74
INSTRUCTION MANUAL FOR ISOLATED PULSE STIMULATOR MODEL 2100 Serial # Date A-M Systems, Inc. PO Box 850 Carlsborg,WA 98324 U.S.A. 360-683-8300 800-426-1306 FAX: 360-683-3525 http://www.a-msystems.com Version 6.0 March 2001

INSTRUCTION MANUAL FOR ISOLATED PULSE STIMULATOR …physics.ucsd.edu/neurophysics/Manuals/A-M Systems, Inc/Instruction... · Each Isolated Pulse Stimulator ... NOTE: Triggers have

Embed Size (px)

Citation preview

INSTRUCTION MANUAL

FOR

ISOLATED PULSE STIMULATOR

MODEL 2100

Serial

Date

A-M Systems Inc PO Box 850

CarlsborgWA 98324 USA

360-683-8300 bull 800-426-1306 FAX 360-683-3525

httpwwwa-msystemscom

Version 60 March 2001

Contents General Description laquo 1

Instrument Features 1 Controls and Connectors 2

Operating Instructions 6 Theory of Operation 10 Calibration Procedures 12

Inputs 14 Output Calibration 16

Specifications 19 Warranty and Service 22

Each Isolated Pulse Stimulator Is delivered complete with

Rack Mount Hardware Instructions amp Maintenance Manual

NOTE

This instrument is not intended for clinical measurements using human subjects A-M Systems Inc does not assume responsibility for injury or damage due to the misuse of this instrument

General Description

A - M S Y S T E M S HOLATID PUlraquoI STIMULATOR MODEL2100

Instrument Features The Isolated Pulse Stimulator Model 2100 is designed for a wide variety of applications It is highly flexible being capable of delivering single pulses biphasic pairs or bursts of pulses Pulses may be started manually or upon receiving a trigger signal from another instrument or computer Two non-isolated trigger outputs are available for triggering other instruments

Four sets of timing controls provide comprehensive control over all aspects of pulse generation Three digit accuracy is available over a 7 decade range for each timing function using lever wheel switches Pulse widths can be set over more than a 9 decade range from 05 fjs to 999 seconds Timing accuracy is assured through the use of a 10 MHz base rate crystal-controlled clock digitally divided to provide accurate timing over the entire range A timing overlap indicator will light if the timing controls are set inconsistently

The output may be conveniently switched between current and voltage modes Pulse and baseline amplitudes are independently presettable with lockable dials An error indicator will light if the Wocfcopy2700cannot deliver the desired signal

WARNING

The Model 2100 can produce potentially dangerous voltages up to 100 Vat the output connectors The isolated output is not connected internally to safety (earth) ground in any way Some part of the external circuit should be connected to safety ground Use caution in handling any wires connectors or electrodes which may be directly or indirectly attached to the Model 2100 output Some kinds of connectors such as BNC connectors have exposed metal parts which may float at dangerous potentials unless externally connected to safety ground For greatest safety turn the Model 2100 off before making any connections to

the instrument

131 Business Paik Loop PO Box 850 Cattsborg Wa 98324 T^aphone 80O426-1306 380683-8300 FAX 36amp683lt352S E-mail sales Oa-msyste)Tiscam Website httpywwwraquoltnsystemsco(n A-M Systems Inc 1

Controls and Connectors The controls for the Model2100 are grouped in three sections START controlling when a pulse or burst of pulses begins TIMING controlling the onoff timing of one or more pulses and OUTPUT controlling the amplitude of the output signal

Start TRIG SLOPE This switch determines whether valid triggers occur at positive or negative edges in the trigger signal

MODE This switch controls how waveforms are initiated When set to FREE RUN one timing cycle immediately follows the last When held in the MANUAL position a timing cycle starts immediately When the switch is in the center position timing cycles start when valid triggering events occur

TRIGD This LED lights up when a timing cycle is in process and continues until the burst is completed

TRIG This BNC connector allows a signal from an external source to initiate timing cycles It is set for standard TTL levels

GATE This BNC connector allows a signal from an external source to restrict the final output signal This input must be at a logical high (or open-circuited) in order for the Model2100X0 recognize either manual or automatic trigger events

Gate L Trigger |~~^

^ ~ ^

Valid triggers are represented by the arrows in the figure Note that the up arrow would apply only if TRIG SLOPE is set to + the down arrows would apply only if TRIG SLOPE is set to-

NOTE Triggers have no effect if the system has not completed Its response to a previous trigger

A-M Systems Inc 131 Business Park Loop PO Box 8S0 Carlsborg Wa 98324 Telophone 800426-1306 360683-8300 FAX 360683-352S E-mail salesfla-msystBiTiscom Website hltpywwwa-msystemscom

Timing Four sets of controls govern the timing of pulse generation Each set contains two values which are multiplied together to determine the actual timing value The rotary knob (rate selector) provides the approximate timing value and the lever wheel switch bank (MULTIPLIER) provides a time resolution of three decimal digits The following diagram shows most of the important relationships

TRAIN B U R S T W I D T H

10 10

TIMII

Output r Delay Duration

|4Periodgtj

t Burst width Trigger event

DELAY These controls set the time between the initiating trigger event and the beginning of the pulse burst If this rate selector is set to NONE or the multiplier is set to ooo there is no delay

BURST WIDTH These controls set the time period in which one or more pulses may be delivered Once started a pulse may outlast the burst width If this rate selector is set to SINGLE or to any time shorter than the pulse duration only a single pulse will occur If the BURST WIDTH is longer than the period pulses will be emitted at the PERIOD rate until the burst time ends Pulses are never truncated by a short BURST WIDTH

gtnds) INTER-PULSE

P E R I O D

DURATION These controls set the length of each pulse If this rate selector is set to SQUARE the duration is set to half of the period regardless of the MULTIPLIER setting

PERIOD These controls set the period of time between adjacent pulse events within the burst It also forces a minimum dead time between recognized input triggers following a burst of one or more pulses This can be used to prevent over stimulation of a tissue without requiring excessive delay between the triggering event and the stimulating pulse

OVERLAP

A-M Systems Inc^^ bull E-majl sale

131 Business Paik Ijoop PO Box 850 Calsboig Wa 98324 80O426-1306 360-683laquo300 - FAX 380-683^3525

E-mail sale60a-msystem3com Website httpywwwa-msystem3com

NOTE If any of these timing controls are changed while a timing cycle is in operation the results are undefined until the current cycle finishes

T I M I N G (seconds)-DTH

TIMING OVERLAP This LED will light to indicate an inconsistency in the timing cycle settings There are several ways to introduce such errors The most common way is to set the inter-pulse PERIOD to be less than the pulse DURATION

TRIG OUT (UPPER) This BNC connector provides a signal which is coincident with the internal Burst timing signal (default) This means the signal starts at the end of the Delay time and persists until the Burst time expires This output may also be set to represent the delay time-out by setting the internal jumper J510 to the right two pins instead of the left two pins (Please see the Calibration section in this manual for jumper location Directions are given as viewed from the front of the instrument)

TRIG OUT (LOWER) This BNC connector provides a signal which is coincident with the Duration timing signal which controls pulse output

NOTE Both trigger output signals slightly lead the isolated output signal

Output

PULSE SIGN This Switch sets the sign for the pulses to be generated It also allows generation of biphasic pulses thereby doubling the effective total period Warning the first pulse generated after changing the PULSE SIGN

switch may have the wrong polarity

BASELINE This switch sets the sign for the baseline signal

RANGE This rotary switch allows one of three current or two voltage ranges to be selected for the output signal

BASELINE AMPLITUDE This value IS independently set using a ten-turn counting dial The maximum baseline amplitude is one tenth the value shown on the range amplitude switch

A-M Systems Inc 131 Business Pai1( Loop PO Box 850 Caitsboig Wa 98324 Telophore 80O426-1306 bull 360683300 bull FAX 360-683-3525 E-mail salasOa-msystemscom Website httpwwwamsystemscom

PULSE AMPLITUDE This value is independently set using a ten-turn counting dial The maximum pulse amplitude is the value shown on the range amplitude switch

EVENT This LED indicates when a pulse is ongoing

ERROR This LED indicates when the internal output amplifier cannot output the pulse as desired This is usually due to a short circuit while trying to output a voltage or an open circuit while trying to output a current

The Pulse Sgfn control in the OutputsecWon directly affects waveform timing When set to the Biphasic mode a positive-going pulse is immediately followed by a negative-going pulse This effectively doubles the pulse duration If a burst of biphasic pulses is being produced the period must be at least twice the single pulse duration In the Square wave mode the baseline disappears as long as the burst persists

A B B f k _ _ laquo laquo laquo laquo 1 ^ 131 Business Paik Loop PO Box 850 CartsborgWa 98324 - | y | O V S i e m S I nC8lt=Praquo880O426-1308-360683300-FAX360683-3525

laquo E-mail salesOa-msystemscom Website httpwwwa-m3yste l O V ^ ltJ O W laquo W - t V ^ www www A n r w w w w i -w ww www w M

E-mail salesOa-msystemscom Website httpwwwa-m3ystemse0m

Operating Instructions

Examples Simple setup (and minimal instrument test)

Connect the output of the Model 2100 to an oscilloscope Before connecting the instrument it is safest to turn its power off

Set the Output controls

Range 10V Pulse Sign +

Baseline Zero Pulse Amplitude 200

Setting The Timing Controls

Delay none Burst Width single

Duration 150M0-2 Period 50010-2

Setting The Start Controls

Mode Free Run

Disconnect any cables to the TRIG or GATE inputs

Note that the green Trig and Evenf indicators turn on as Free Run is turned on (and turn off otherwise) You should observe a 15ms duration 20Hz rate pulse of 200V above a OV baseline on the oscilloscope

A-M Systems Inc 131 Business Pailt Loop PO Box 850 Carlsborg Wa 98324 Telophone 800-426-1306 bull 36Olaquo83-8300 FAX 360683-3S25 E-mail salesfla-msystemscom Website httpwwwa-msystemscom

Demonstration of Burst Mode Connect the output of the Model 2100 to an oscilloscope Before connecting the instrument it is safest to turn its power off

Set the Output controls

Range 10V Pulse Sign +

Baseline Pulse Amplitude 200

Baseline Amplitude 100

Setting The Timing Controls

Delay 88010-2 Burst Width 12010-^

Duration 15010-2 Period 50010-^

Set the START controls as follows

Mode Free Run

Disconnect any cables to the TRIG or GATE inputs

Trigger the oscilloscope from the Strsf trigger out (upper Trig Ouf connector) for a stable display In each burst (occurring every lOOms) you should observe a trio of 15ms duration starting 50ms apart Try switching the StartMode rom Free Run to the center (normal) position The pulses will no longer be produced and the Trig and Even indicators will turn off Pressing this switch once (to Manual) will cause a single burst to occur

A-M Systems Inc 131 Business PaiV Loop PO Box 850 Cai1sboraWa 98324 Telophone 800426-1306 360683-8300 FAX 380683-3S25 E-mal salesOa-msystemscom Website httpwwwa-m5ystemse0m

Problem Solving

If the instrument appears to be not working properly check all of the control settings and connections Be sure to wait at least 5-10 seconds after turning the instrument off before turning it on again The following summary of typical problems for the user (along with the most common solutions) may help

Problem CauseSolution

EVENT indicator never lights even in FREE RUN mode

bull Replace fuse check power connection bullSet DELAY or PERIOD to a shorter

interval bull Power-on too soon after power-off

OVERLAP indicator is on

ERROR indicator is on

Set DURATION gt000 DURATION is set to SQUARE but PERIOD is 000 Increase PERIOD or set DURATION independantly BURST and WIDTH are gt DURATION increase PERIOD or decrease DURATION BIPHASIC pulse output is on and PERIOD is not longer than twice the DURATION Increase PERIOD or decrease DURATION Free-run is on and BURST is lt PERIOD (BURST off) DELAY is 0 and PERIOD is lt DURATION Add delay or modify PERIOD Free-run is on and BURST is gt DURATION (BURSTON) and PERIOD is lt DURATION Increase PERIOD For VOLTAGE outputs the output is trying to drive too low a resistance or capacitance (eg a short circuit) Check by disconnecting the output It is possible (and normal) that for the fastest cycles and largest amplitudes (close to 100 V and 17S) that the ERROR indicator might always come on during repetitive pulses Fix output load or decrease amplitude as required

Time appears to be excessive Changed control in mid-cycle (resets current status)

A B B ^ J I - mdash 131 Business Park Loop RO Box 850 CaitsbotftWa 98324

gt | y | O y S i e m S |nCtradedegraquo0raquo 80O426-1306-36Olaquo8O8300-FAX36O683-3525

8 E-mail salesOa-msyaemscom bull Website httpwwwa-msystemscom

Cant seem to get a full signal out

Incoming triggers not accepted frequently enough

bull Load is not properly connected repair wiring

bull Too low a load impedance (VOLTAGE modes) or too high a load impedance (CURRENT mode)

bull PERIOD is set too long (enforces dead tinrie) followd by BURST set to SIGNAL Reduce PERIOD time

Table 10 Problem Solving

If you suspect that the Model 2100 may have completely failed we recommend checking the basic level of functionality If this fails your instrument is defective and must be repaired If this passes either your experimental setup is incompatible or inconsistent or there is a more subtle flaw in your Modei 2100

If the Model 2100 appears to be malfunctioning contact A-M Systems Inc or your dealer We will first attempt to solve the problem over the telephone so have an exact description of your problem available when you call You do not need to be within the warranty period to obtain over-the-phone assistance

A-M Systems Inc 131 Business Park Loop PO Box 850 Carfsbofg Wa 98324 Tatophone 80O426-1306 bull 360-688300 FAX 380683-3S25 E-mail salesfla-msystemscom Website httpwwwa-msystemscom

Theory of Operation

The operation of the Model 2100 is summarized in the block diagram (see the figure on Page 11) Not shown are all of the interconnections with the microcontroller The internal microcontroler plays an important role in setting the signal path but does not directly contribute to the dynamic characteristics It scans the front panel switches and sets the control values for the logic arrays It programs the internal counters which along with the other hardware achieve the necessary sub-microsecond speeds

All action starts either from an input trigger signal (from Trig In) or from an internal signal (in free Run mode only) A Delay timer counts the 10MHz clock until its count value is exhausted At this point the Burst timer starts Both Period and Duration timers are started at this time If the Burst timer has not expired by the end of the Period the Period and Duration timers are restarted If the Biphasic mode has been set the Duration timer is restarted at the end of the initial Duration and the sign of the output pulse is reversed doubling the total duration

The system state (pulse on pulse sip baseline sign [+0-]) is transmitted to the isolated section via optoisolator The baseline and pulse amplitudes are selected by an analog switch The resulting signal is amplified by a variable-power-supply discrete operational amplifier The amplifier connections and gain is modified to provide two voltage and three current ranges

Timing overlap errors are detected by a logical decision computation rather than by testing for counter collisions This provides instant feedback rather than waiting up to an hour for such a collision to occur Output errors are measured by sensing the output amplifiers differential input voltage Under normal conditions this is a negligible voltage If the amplifier fails to deliver the requested signal the window comparator testing this voltage sends this message (via optoisolator) to the logic section turning on a warning LED

A-M Systems Inc 131 Business Paik Loop PO Box 850 CailsboraWa 98324 i Q Te(ophone 800-426-1306 bull36O683laquo00FAX 360683-3525 ^ E-mail salesOa-msystemscom Website httpywwwa-m5ystemscom

GATE IN

TRIG ^ OUT

(burst)

OPTO ISOLATOR

Amplitude (Pulse)

TRIG -lt^ OUT

(pulse)

c 1

RANGE

C

Analog switch

C

)

-D^sectli OUTPUT

Baseline sign )

Amplitude (baseline) )

O H q

ill V) 5 o i^8 e e -a a fi a

bull o c

M E o ts gtraquo

lt

Calibration Procedures

The calibration intenal is the lesser of 1000 hours of operation or 6 months Somewhat greater drift can be expected in the first 100 hours of operation as the semiconductors age Adjustments should only be made after the instrument has been fully warmed up for at least 15 minutes

Full instrument calibration requires the following test equipment digital multimeter (plusmn 01 ) able to measure resistance to at least 10OMfl oscilloscope with at least 50MHz bandwidth true-rms voltmeter with 4MHz bandwidth universal counter (plusmn 001) able to measure single pulse widths and periods resistors (all plusmn 01) 2kn lOkO 1 watt 20ka 200ka alligator clip lead sets banana plugs and BNC adapters

Adjustment integrated circuit and test point locations are shown in the following figures All adjustments are on the timing board unless otherwise noted

All voltages in the non-isolated section should be measured with respect to ground at TP510 unless othenwise stated Some voltages are measured with respect to an internal isolated ground at TP650 or across the two output terminals Occasionally the voltage at an IC pin must be measured in these cases the reference designator is given with the pin number in parentheses eg U602(16) When it states within this procedure that a voltage is to be minimized this means that the adjustment should be made such that the measured voltage is as close to zero volts as possible Refer to the Specifications Section of this manual for acceptable tolerances

The sequence of this procedure is important If any adjustment is made all adjustments which follow must be made to ensure that the specifications will be met These procedures require that all controls remain as set in previous steps unless otherwise indicated

WARNING

The Model2100 has dangerous voltages throughout the instrument even with the power is off Servicing the Mode2700 should only be done by qualified service personnel Use caution in handling any wires connectors or electrodes which may be directly or indirectly attached to the instrument Do not touch exposed connections or components Disconnect power by unplugging the power cord from the receptacle

A B B ^ _ _ mdash ^ _ I raquo laquo 131SusinessParkLoopROBox850CaitsborBWa98324 -JO

E-mail S8le60a-msystemscom Website httpwwwa-msystemscam

CO

TP501 O o

a OTPsoo

U560 bull

D D D D Q ^ U510

Trig Gate

U570

OQ Q

U500

n U505

Timing

gt U520

Timing

) U530

Timing

gt U540

Q U515

Timing

U508

R503

DDID E

a

gt oo

bull U800 l O r v o w iV_X^TP510 O

U525

f

A U535

^ U550

Timing ^

Clock

U555

J510 Burst Delay

J400 bull U545

d R742^VWgh R619 o

r RZZ3 R737 an c n V - I J I S O I S ^ ^C-COMP

U620 ^ Q Q bull ^ ^ bull

J420 O ^ D^ J440 IfYYYlDfYyYYYYYYYII C Z J E X C T

Q Otrsetl I p J Vlow

L J TP645 C=) cm P650

bull bull fe elUOD

irt

PI pound A

o c

E o

0)

Power supply and bias voltages

Power supply

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

POWER ON Observe voltage at P703 power supply wire top of main board

Check for+15 plusmn 050 V

Observe voltage at P701 power supply wire top of main board

Check for-15 plusmn 050 V

Observe voltage at U505(24) Check for +5 plusmn 025 V

Isolated supply voltage

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

RANGE 10 V TRIG open circuit MODE center position

Alternately observe V from high

R742 to R740 and V _ from kw

the U605(4) to U605(8)

Adjust R773 so that 110VltV lt 120 V and

high

28VltV^^lt34V

Capacitance balance

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

Connect a x10 oscilloscope probe to TP650 and ground the

Adjust R737 for minimum high frequency signal

Inputs

Gate funct ion

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave Verify that the voltage to GATE switches states at the Observe voltage at U510(3) proper input levels with an oscilloscope

Trigger s lope

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave Verify that the voltage to TRIG switches states at the Observe voltage at U510(1) proper input levels with an oscilloscope

TRIG SLOPE-I- Verify voltage is 180deg out of phase

TRIG SLOPE- Verify voltage is in phase

A-M Systems Inc 131 Business Paik Loop PO Box 850 Cailsborg Wa 98324 Tekvhone 8004201306 36O683laquo300 - FAX 360683-3S2S E-mail salesOa-msystemscom Website httpywwwa-msystemscom

14

Trigger and gate funct ion

Controls Inputs Observations

DELAY NONE BURSTWIDTH SINGLE DURATION SQUARE PERIOD 100X10-3

AdjustCheck

Apply a 1 kHz 0 -5 V triangle wave to TRIG Observe TRiGoand EVENT LEDS

TRIG disconnect all Short the GATE connector to GND Verify LEDs extinguish

MODE press to MANUAL Verify LEDs flash once

Timing

System clock frequency

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

Observe the frequency of the wave Verify 1000 MHz plusmn 001 atU555(17)

Mu l t i p l i e rs (Whee l Sw i t ches )

Controls Inputs Observat ions A d j u s t C h e c k

PULSE SIGN+ MODE FREE RUN TRIG disconnect all TIMING MULTIPUERS all

Wheels set to zero except the one being tested

TIMING OVERLAP ignore

Observe the pulse width with the counter at the location specified below

Verify pulse width is correct for each wheel as it is tested independently

For each wheel of each MULTIPLIER test each position to verify that the pulse width is correct Observe the signal at the following locations DELAY U520(2) BURSTWIDTH U530(2) PERIOD U540(2) DURATION U550(2)

Rates (Rotary Switches)

Controls Inputs Observations A d j u s t C h e c k

TIMING MULTIPUERS 001 TIMING RATES all rotary

switches set to 10-4 except the one being tested

Observe the pulse width with the counter at the location specified below

Verify pulse width is correct for each rotary switch as it is tested independently

For each of the four rotary switches in TIMING test each position to verify that the pulse width is correct Observe the signal at the following locations DELAY U520(2) BURSTWIDTH U530(2) PERIOD U540(2) DURATION U550(2)

A-M Systems Inc 131 Business Paik Loop PO Box 850 Caiisborg Wa 98324 Telophone 800-428-1306 bull 3606808300 FAX 360683-3525 E-mail salesOa-msystemscom Website httpwwwa-msystemscom

15

Trigger outputs Controls

Range 10V Pulse Amplitude 500 Delay 100x10-2 Burst 100x10-2 Duration 100 xlQ-^ Period 400x10-3 Pulse sign + Trig Mode Free run Trig in open

Inputs Observations

Trigger the oscilloscope to the Burst Trig Out Observe it the Pulse Trig Out and the isolated output

AdjustCheck

Verify that the waveform consists of a burst of three 1 ms-on3ms-off pulses The burst trigger should be synchronous with the burst the pulse trigger coincident with each pulse

Output Calibration

Isolation Resistance (check) Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

Trig Mode center position Trig In open

Measure the resistance between ground banana jack (front panel) and black banana jack of output with DMM

Resistance read gt 10OMQ

Amplitude Switch Offset (R640) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Zero Trig Mode center position Trig In Open

Measure the voltage at TP645 vs TP650 with the DMM

Adjust R640 (AmpI Sw Offset) for minimum voltage

Output Offset (R332 front panel board) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Zero Range 10V Trig Mode center position Trig In Open

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

Adjust R332 (Output offset) for minimum voltage

Positive Baseline Offset (R607) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Sign + Baseline Amplitude

fully CCW (000) Range 10V Trig In open Trig Mode center position

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

Adjust R602 (BSLN + offset) for minimum voltage

A-M Systems Inc 131 Business Paik Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Jelophone 8004201306 36O6834300 - FAX 380laquo83-352S E-mail salesOa-msystemscom Website httpwwwa-msystemscam

16

Negative Baseline Offset (R619)

Controls InputsObservations

Baseline Sign -Baseline Amplitude

fully CCW (000) Range 10V Trig In open Trig Mode center position

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

AdjustCheck

Adjust R619 (BSLN + offset) for minimum voltage

Pulse Ampl i tude Adjust (R602)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode Free Mode Pulse Amplitude 1000 Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =1001 Period =00110-4 Pulse Sign -Trig In open Range 10V

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

The Overlap indicator should be on Adjust R602 (Max Level) for -10OOV out

Pulse Sign Gain (check)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode Free Mode Pulse Amplitude 1000 Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =100 Is Period =001 10-4s Trig In open Range 10V

Measure the voltage at the output with the DMM for the Pulse Sign at + and - positions

The absolute values of the voltages should differ by less than 10OmV

Baseline Ampl i tudes (check)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

flange 100mA Trig Mode center position Baseline Amplitude fully CW (1000) Trig In open

Measure the voltage at the output with the DMM with Baseline Sign in + Zero and - positions

Gain the matching of current levels at = and - positions and offset current in Zero position

A-M Systems Inc 131 Business Psik Loop PO Box 850 Caiisborg Wa 98324 Telophone 800426-1306 bull 36Olaquo8raquo8300 bull FAX 360683-3525 E-mail salesOa-msystemscom Website httpwwwa-msystemsccm

17

Output Range Amplitude and Drive (check)

Controls InputsObservations

Pulse Amplitude 1000 Pulse Sign + Trig Mode Free Run Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =1001 Period =10010-4 Trig In open

Load the output with a 10KV 1W 01 resistor Measure the voltage at the output with DMM

Pulse Sign and Short Circuit Protection (check)

Controls

Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =200 10-4 Period =00110-3 Baseline Zero Pulse Amplitude 25 Range 10V Trig Mode Free Run Trig In open

InputsObservations

Measure the voltage at the output with the oscilloscope Check for Pulse Sign set to each of + - biphasic Watch for Error indicator when shorting the output

Output Transient Response (check)

Controls InputsObservations

Verify that full scale output is within specification Scale Range 100V 100V 10V 10V 100mA IV 1mA 10V 10mA 100V

AdjustCheck

Verify that pulses of approx 25V amplitude (625V for biphasic mode) of the correct sign are produced every 10ms Short output in biphasic mode Output should return when opened

AdjustCheck

Pulse Sign + Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =20010-4 Period =00110-3 Pulse Amplitude 250 Baseline Zero Trig Mode Free Mode Trig In open

Connect the oscilloscope to the output with a 310 attenuator probe Test both 10V and 10OV ranges

Verify that overshoot and risetime meet specifications

A-M Systems Inc 131 Business Paik Loop PO Box 850 Cailsbora Wa 98324 Tetophone 8004201306 bull 36Oeuro83-8300 bull FAX 360683-352S E-mail salasOa-msystemscom Website hitpywwwa-msystamsoom

18

Specifications

There are three classes of specifications Class A specifications tested in all units and are guaranteed Class B specifications are inherent in the design they are indirectly tested and are guaranteed Class C specifications are typical operating values which are occasionally tested- these are typical values given for your information but not guarshyanteed The class for each specification is noted in the center column of the following sections

Inputs Switching level

Hysteresis

Input equivalent circuit

Minimum duration (TTL-level signal)

A

C

C

C

16 V (plusmn 02 V)

approx 50 mV

lOOKfl to-1-5 in parallel with no more than 35pF

gt50ns

Open circuit condition B defaults to highon level

Timing and rate accuracy

Rate selector steps

Timing multiplier steps

B

B

100S to 100s in 7 steps

1 of rate selector step size Maximum value is 999 X the rate selector step size

Resolution B approx 01 of the maximum value

Timing error (second and later pulses after resetting controls)

B lt 002 of rate selector value + 015S

Timing error (first pulse after readjusting timing controls)

an additional 025s error may occur

Timing repeatability lt 001 settings-20 ns (mbnophasic)

A-M Systems Inc 131 Business Paik Loop PO Box 850 Caiisborg Wa 98324 Telophone 8004201306 3606808300 FAX 3606803S25 E-mail salesOa-msystemscom bull Website httpyy(wwaltTisystemscom

19

TRIG IN to OUTPUT delay (DELAY set to 0) output set to 2V

Timing jitter from TRIG IN to OUTPUT (for TTL trigger input with risetime lt10 ns)

Timing jitter from TRIG OUT (either BURST or PULSE) and OUTPUT

Trigger output to pulse output delay

Output characteristics Pulse level error (voltage mode open circuit current mode short circuit

Biphasic level difference IV-H-i-V-l2

Baseline level error (voltage mode A open circuit current mode short circuit)

Risetime (25 V out)

Risetime (25 V out)

Transient response

A

A

A

Output impedance (voltage mode) C

Output impedance (current mode) C

Isolation resistance A

Isolation capacitance C

approx 05 ps for a load of no more than 10 Kft in parallel with 50 pF

lt 125 ns (all rates except 100s) lt125ys (100s rate)

Less than 20 ns (all rates)

approx 350 ns

lt 03 of setting -i- 05 of r range (plus an additional 05vA in 100 ywA range)

lt 03 of range (voltage modes into open circuit current modes into short circuit)

lt 03 of setting of setting -I- 01 of range (plus an additional 05 pA in 100A range)

= 200 ns into less than 30 pF

= 15 yws into less than 30 pF

lt 8 overshoot into less than 30 pF for pulse voltages different than baseline voltage by at least 10 of range

= 50 ohms

raquo 1 0 Ga (typically 200 GD)

raquo 1 0 0 M n

= 60 pF at 100 Hz

A BB f ^ _ M 1 ^ ^ 131 Business Paik Loop ROBOx850Cai1sOorgWaW3Z4

- I V l o V S i e m S inC80Ph0trade80O42O1308-36O683-8300-FAX36O683-3525 7 bull bull bull bull ^ ^ E-maasale80a-m8vstemscomWebsitehitpjwwwaltnsyste

20 E-mai salesO a-m8ystemscom Website http jwwwa-msystemscom

Noise (differential mode)

Noise (common mode earth to isolated ground) with no signal output

Overload error indicator (low frequency short circuited voltage mode)

Overload error indicator low frequency open circuited current mode)

Overload error response time

Miscellaneous

= 1 mV rms (10 V scale 10 Hz-4 MHz)

- 8 mV rms (10 Hz-4 MHz) =laquo100mVp-p (200 Hz -10 MHz) measured withalOMn 15pF oscilloscope probe

Turns on for set amplitude at or greater than approx plusmn1 V (10 V range) or plusmn2 V (100 V range)

Turns on for set amplitude at or above approx 2 of range

Flat to approx 30 ps duration Decreasing sensitivity for shorter pulses

Power

Fuse

Operating temperature range

Storage temperature range

Operating humidity

Dimensions

Weight

approx 11 watts

1 amp 3 AG

10-30degC

0 - 50deg C

5 - 80 RH

17x475x1125 (inches) 432x121x286 cm

20 lbs (9 kg)

A-M Systems Inc 131 Business Paik Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Tekjptwne 8004201306 bull 36Olaquo8O8300 bull FAX 360laquo8O3525 E-mail salesOa-msystemscom Website httpywwwa-msystemscom

21

Warranty and Service

What does this warranty cover A-f Systems Inc warrants to the Purchaser that the Instrument excluding cables Headstage Probes and any other accessories shipped with the Instrument (hereafter the hardware) is free from defects in workmanship or material under normal use and service for the period of one (1) year This warranty commences on the date of delivery of the hardware to the Purchaser

What are the obligations of A-M Systems Inc under this warranty During the warranty period A-M Systems Inc agrees to repair or replace at its sole option without charge to the Purchaser any defective component part of the hardware To obtain warranty service the Purchaser must return the hardware to A-l^ Systems Inc or an authorized A-M Systems Inc distributor in an adequate shipping container Any postage shipping and insurance charges incurred in shipping the hardware to A-M Systems Inc must be prepaid by the Purchaser and all risk for the hardware shall remain with purchaser until such time as A-M Systems Inc takes receipt of the hardware Upon receipt A-M Systems Inc will promptly repair or replace the defective unit and then return the hardware to the Purchaser postage shipping and insurance prepaid A-M Systems Inc may use reconditioned or like new parts or units at its sole option when repairing any hardware Repaired products shall carry the same amount of outstanding warranty as from original purchase or ninety (90) days which ever is greater Any claim under the warranty must include a dated proof of purchase of the hardware covered by this warranty In any event A-M Systems Inc liability for defective hardware is limited to repairing or replacing the hardware

What is not covered by this warranty This warranty is contingent upon proper use and maintenance of the hardware by the Purchaser and does not cover batteries Neglect misuse whether intentional or othenvise tampering with or altering the hardware damage caused by accident damage caused by unusual physical electrical chemical or electromechanical stress damage caused by failure of electrical power or damage caused during transportation are not covered by this warranty Products may not be returned to A-M Systems Inc for service whether under warranty or otherwise which are contaminated by Infectious agents radioactive compounds or other materials constituting a health hazard to employees of A-M Systems Inc

What are the limits of liability for A-M Systems Inc under this warranty A-M Systems Inc shall not be liable for loss of data profits or savings or any special incidental consequential indirect or other similar damages arising from breach of contract negligence or other legal action even if the company or its agent has been advised of the possibility of such damages or for any claim brought against you by another party THIS EQUIPMENT IS NOT INTENDED FOR CLINICAL MEASUREMENTS USING HUMAN SUBJECTS A-M SYSTEMS INC DOES NOT ASSUME RESPONSIBILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE DUE TO MISUSE OF THIS EQUIPMENT Jurisdictions vary with regard to the enforceability of provisions excluding or limiting liability for incidental or consequential damages Check the provision of your local jurisdiction to find out whether the above exclusion applies to you

This warranty allocates risks of product failure between the Purchaser and A-M Systems Inc A-M Systems Inc hardware pricing reflects this allocation of ris1lt and the limitations of liability contained in this warranty The warranty set forth above is in lieu of all other express warranties whether oral or written The agents employees distributors and dealers of A-M Systems Inc are not authorized to make modifications to this warranty or additional warranties binding on the company Accordingly additional statements such as dealer advertising or presentations whether oral or written do not constitute warranties by A-M Systems Inc and should not be relied upon This warranty gives you specific legal rights You may also have other rights which vary from one jurisdiction to another

A B B J l laquo raquo ^ t3tBusinessPafkLoopPOBox850Cai1sbO(gWa98324

- | V | O V S i e m S |nCtrade042O1306-36O68O8300-FAX36O68O3525 E-mail salasOa-msvstemscom bull Website httowwwa-msvste

t3tBusinassParkLaopROBox8SOCai1sbo(gWa98324 po Telophone 8004201306 360683-8300 FAX 3606803525 ^ ^ E-maH salesOa-msystemscom Wetsite httpwwwa-msystem3e0m

mwal

INSTRUCTION MANUAL

FOR

ISOLATED PULSE STIMULATOR

MODEL 2100

Serial

Date

A-M Systems Inc

PO Box 850

Carisborg WA 98324

USA

360-683-8300 bull 800-426-1306 FAX 360-683-3525

httpwwwa-m8y8temscom

Version 50 May 1998

Contents General Description 1

Instrument Features 1 Controls and Connectors 2

Operating Instructions 6 Theory of Operation 10 Calibration Procedures 12

Inputs ii 14 Output Calibration iii i 16

Specifications i4 il u 19 Warranty and Service wi iJ iJi [ii 22

Each Isolated Pulse Stimulator Is delivered complete with

Rack Mount Hardware Instructions amp Maintenance Manual

NOTE

This instrument is not intended for clinical measurements using human subjects A-M Systems Inc does not assume msponsibility for injury or damage due to the misuse of this instrument

General bull M ^ ion

Instrument Features The Isolated Pulse Stimulator Model 2100 Is designed for a wide variety of applications It is highly flexible being capable of delivering single pulses biphasic pairs or bursts of pulses Pulses may be started manually or upon receiving a trigger signal from another instrument or computer Two non-isolated trigger outputs are available for triggering other instruments

Four sets of timing controls provide comprehensive control over all aspects of pulse generation Three digit accuracy is available over a 7 decade range for each timing function using lever wheel switches Pulse wkiths can be set over more than a 9 decade range from 05 [is to 999 seconds Timing accuracy is assured through the use of a 10 MHz base rate crystal-controlled clock digitally divided to provide accurate timing over the entire range A timing overiap indicator will light if the timing controls are set Inconsistently

The output may be conveniently switched between cun-ent and voltage modes Pulse and baseline amplitudes are independently presettable with lockable dials An error indicator will light if the Model 2100 cannoi deliver the desired signal

WARNING

The Model 2100 can produce potentially dangemus voltages up to 100 V et the output connectors The isolated output is not connected internally to safety (earth) ground in ahy way Some part of the extemal circuit should be connected to safety gmund Use caution in handling any wires connectors or electrodes which may be directly or indirectly attached to the Model 2100 output Some lltinds of connectors such as BNC connectors have exposed metal parts which may float at dangemus potentials unless extemally connected to safety gmund For greatest safety tum the Model 2100 off before making any connections to

the Instrument

131 Business Park LocfiPO Box BSOCarM)orgWa 98324 800426-1308 bull36OlaquoS3laquo300FAX 3 6 M 8 3 ^ 2 5

E-malt uiittyBQaHiByBtumaooiTi Wobsita HipJtwtiwiwftbMiAcon fl-N SystQms I n c ^ T

Controls and Connectors The controls for the Model 2100 are grouped in three sections START controlling when a pulse or burst of pulses begins TIMING controlling the onoff timing of one or more pulses and otJTPliT controlling the amplitude of the output signal

Start TRIG SLOPE This switch determines whether valid triggers occur at positive or negative edges in the trigger signal

MODE This switch controls how wavefomris are initiated When set to FREE RUN one timing cycle immediately follows the last When held in the MANUAL position a timing cycle starts immediately When the switch is in the center position timing cycles start when valid triggering events occur

TRIGD This LED lights up when a timing cycle is in process and continues until the burst is completed

TRIG This BNC connector allows a signal from an extemal source to initiate timing cycles It is set for standard TTL levels

GATE This BNC connector allows a signal from an extemal source to restrict the final output signal This input must be at a logical high (or open-circuited) in order for the Model 2100 to recognize either manual or automatic trigger events

Gate 1_ Trigger [~^ i I Valid triggers are represented by the arrows in the figure Note that the up arrow would apply only if TRIG SLOPE is set to + the down anrows would apply only if TRIG SLOPE is set to-

NOTE Triggers have no effect if the system has not completed its response to a previous trigger

fl-N SystQms I n c ^ 131 Business Park Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 600426-13063eO683laquo300FAX 360683^525

E-maB anBysQraquoinsyaleiTaconi Wsbalto h^KAvwwa-(nsys(smsoom

Timing Four sets of controls govem the timing of pulse generation Each set contains two values which are multiplied together to detennine the actual timing value The rotary knob (rate selector) provides the approximate timing value and the lever wheel switch bank (MULTIPLIER) provkles a time resolution of three decimal digits The following diagram shows most of the important relationships

Pnfe-tRAIM I B E L A V i6Molaquo

BURST WIOtH

Output r Delay

t n

Duration - ^ lt - |4Periodgt|

FLJI -^ Burst width

Trigger event

DELAY These controls set the time between the initiating trigger event and the beginning of the pulse burst If this rate selector is set to NONE or the multiplier is set to ooo there is no delay

BURSTWIDTH These controls set the time period in which one or more pulses may be delivered Once started a pulse may outlast the burst width If this rate selector is set to SINGLE or to any time shorter than the pulse duration only a single pulse will occur If the BURSTWIDTH is longer than the period pulses will be emitted at the PERIOD rate until the burst time ends Pulses are never truncated by a short BURST WIDTH

iNTpoundA-PULSiE PBRiOb

DURATION These controls set the length of each pulse If this rate selector is set to SQUARE the duration is set to half of the period regardless of the MULTIPLIER setting

PERIOD These controls set the period of time between adjacent pulse events within the burst It also forces a minimum dead time between recognized input triggers following a burst of one or more pulses This can be used to prevent over stimulation of a tissue without requiring excessive delay between the triggering event and the stimulating pulse

TlMtNQ OVERLAP

mLiHMPi

VVtJ jiwaa lasm nlaquoilaquo u

t^fi SysUms I n c ^ Elt4nsfl a m

131 Business Pofc Loop PO Box 850 Carisborg 1^98324 600-426-1306 36O6834300 FAK 360683^525

E-mai vrvysQfrflisysleraLOCniWutiailQL N^jAwwa^iByslernUiOOni

NOTE If any of these timing controls are changed while a timing cycle is in operation the results are undefined until the cunent cycle flnishes

TIMING OVERLAP This LED will light to indicate an Inconsistency in the timing cycle settings There are several ways to Introduce such errors The most common way is to set the inter-pulse PERIOD to be less than the pulse DURATION

TRIG OUT (UPPER) This BNC connector provides a signal which is coinckient with the intemal Burst timing signal (default) This means the signal starts at the end of the Delay time and persists until the Burst time expires This output may also be set to represent the delay time-out by setting the internal jumper J510 to the left two pins Instead of the right two pins (Please see the Calibration section in this manual for jumper location Directions are given as viewed from the fix)nt of the instrument)

TRIG OUT (LOWER) This BNC connector provides a signal which is coincident with the Duration timing signal which controls pulse output

NOTE Both trigger output signals slightly lead the isolated output signal

Output PULSE SIGN This Switch sets the sign for the pulses to be generated It also allows generation of biphasic pulses thereby doubling the effective total period Warning the first pulse genemted after changing the PULSE SIGN svntch may have the wmng polarity

BASELINE This switch sets the sign for the baseline signal

RANGE This rotary switch allows one of three current or two voltage ranges to be selected for the output signal

BASELINE AMPLITUDE This counting dial are independently set using ten-minute counting dials with the baseline having one tenth the range of the pulse amplitude

A-N Systlaquomslaquo Inc 131 Buskiess Partt Loop PO BoK 8S0 Cailsbarg Wa 96324 laophone 8004201306 bull36O68M300-FAX 3eolaquo8M525 E-mat bullmsysflMnsyslermoom VMaHsr Hlplhfimnmyekmoom

PULSE AMPLITUDE This counting dial

EVENTS This LED indicates when a pulse is ongoing

ERROR This LED indicates when the intemal output amplifier cannot output the pulse as desired This is usually due to a short circuit while trying to output a voltage or an open circuit while trying to output a current

One control from the Ot^uf section directly affects wavefonn timing the Pulse Sign control When set to the Biphasic mode a positive-going pulse is Immediately followed by a negative-going pulse This effectively doubles the pulse duration If a burst of biphasic pulses is being produced the period must be at least twice the single pulse duration In the Sgtan wave mode the baseline disappears as long as the burst persists

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Bushass Park locpPOBooi 850 C8ri9bcrgMS8324 IMqphona 800426-1306 bull36Olaquo83laquo3a0 FAX 360683-3529 E-nal amsyaOa4nsyatemscomWeMlK hMpJVniwa-nsygtatnscom

Operating Instructions

Examples Simple setup (and minimal Instrument tost)

Connect the output of the Model 2100 to an oscilloscope Before connecting the instrument it is safest to turn its power off

Set the Ou^uf controls

Range Pulse Sign

Baseline Pulse Amplitude

10V +

Zero 200

Setting The Timing Controls

Delay Burst Width

Duratbn Period

none single

15010-2 500102

Setting The Start Controls

Mode Free Run

Disconnect any cables to the TRIG or GATE Inputs

Note that the green Trig and Event Indicators tum on as Free Run is turned on (and tum off othenwise) You should observe a 15ms duration 20Hz rate pulse of 200V above a OV baseline on the oscilloscope i

A ^ M ^ _ _ _ A ^ _ _ _ 1 ^ 131BiiHnD8raquoParttloopPOBoxB50Car)sbcrBlaquoraquoS8324

bull P l ^ y S W n i S f |nC ltV^gt^8deglt^^2O1306380laquo8OS3a0FAX36O6BMS2S

6 E-fnflk 9n^fBOs-in9ystsni9cx]fnWDbs)tec H^ff9Nw^myStem9oom

Demonstration of Burst Mode Connect the output of the Model 2100 to an oscilloscope Before connecting the instrument it is safest to tum Its power off

Set the Output controls

Range Pulse Sign

Baseline Pulse Amplitude

Baseline Amplitude

Setting The Timing Controls

Delay Burst Width

Duration

Period

Set the START controls as follows

Mode

Disconnect any cables to the TRIG or GATE inputs

Trigger the oscilloscope from the Burst trigger out (upper Tr^ Out connector) for a stable display In each burst (occumng every lOOms) you should observe a trio of 15ms duration starting 50ms apart Try switching the StartMode from Free Run to the center (nomnal) position The pulses will no longer be produced and the Trig and Event indicators will turn off Pressing this switch once (to Manual) will cause a single burst to occur

880 120 150 500

10V +

200 100

102 102 102 102

Free Run

fleaff SySlQmSa |nCa deglgt ltlt ^ ^ deg ^ degdeg ^ ^ ^ bull E-matmia

131 Business Park LoopPO Box 850 Carisborg Vfe 86324 lUcphcna 800426-1306 36Olaquo83laquo300 FAX 36068raquo52 E-maft tfii8ysOiHn^nleiTBcom1AWisJto HSpitwraquoM^wytAtii9oom

Problem SoMng If the Instrument appears to be not worthing properiy check all of the control settings and connections Be sure to wait at least 5-10 seconds after turning the Instrument off before tuming it on again The following t6ef summary of typical problems for the user (along with the most common solutions) may help

Problem CauseSolution EVENT indicator never lights even in FREE RUN mode

bull Replace fuse check power connection bullSet DELAY or PERIOD to a shorter interval

bull Power-on too soon after power-off

OVERLAP Indicator is on

ERROR indicator is on

Time appears to be excessive

bullSet DURATION gt000 bull DURATION is set to SQUARE but PERIOD is 000 Increase PERIOD or set DURATION independantly

bull BURST and WIDTH are gt DURATION increase PERIOD or decrease

DURATION bull BIPHASIC pulse output is on and PERIOD is not longer than twice the DURATION Increase PERIOD or decrease DURATION

bull Free-run is on and BURST Is lt PERIOD (BURST off) DELAY is 0 and PERIOD is lt DURATION Add delay or modify PERIOD

bull Free-mn is on and BURST is gt DURATION (BURST ON) and PERIOD is lt DURATION Increase PERIOD

bull For VOLTAGE outputs the output Is trying to drive too low a resistance or capacitance (eg a short circuit) Check by disconnecting the output It is possible (and normal) that for the fastest cycles

and largest amplitudes (close to 100 V and 1 MS) that the ERROR Indicator might always come on during repetitive pulses Fix output load or decrease amplitude as required

bull Changed control in mid-cycle (resets cunent status)

A ^ M bull _ _ _ A ^ ^ _ _ i ^ mdash 131BuslnessPai1ltLoopPOBox850CarlsborgWamp98324

bull p i j ^ v s w m s iiic^^deglt^deg^^deglt^^^3degB3^^^deg^^^^degdeg^^^deg^^deg^^^^ E-mat iiiMOafflwstemseom WabaHe MtaffiwwtHtavsli

8 E-msft flmsjoQfrfraystGfnsoom ^WobsltiK hl^Aiwv9-fn9]nteniscom

Cant seem to get a full signal out

Incoming triggers not accepted frequently enough

bull Load is not properiy connected repair wiring

bull Too low a load impedance (VOLTAGE modes) or too high a load impedance

(CURRENT mode)

bull PERIOD is set too long (enforces dead time) followd by BURST set to SIGNAL Reduce PERIOD time

Table 10 Problem Solving

If you suspect that the Model 2100 may have completely failed we recommend checking the basic level of functionality If this fails your instrument is defective and must be repaired If this passes either your experimental setup is incompatible or inconsistent or there is a more subtle flaw in your Model 2100

If the Model 2100 appears to be malfunctioning contact A-M Systems Inc or your dealer Telephone numtgters for A-M Systems Inc listed on the front cover of this manual We will first attempt to solve the problem over the telephone so have an exact description of your problem available when you call You do not need to be within the warranty period to obtain over-the-phone assistance

A ^ M V - mdash A d B ^ K M I ^ M 131BuslnessPatfcLoopPOBox6SOCai

-PI s y s i Q m s inc-2raquolaquoa22=M^^

131 Business Parfc Loop PO Box 650 Cartsborg VM9 0S324 _ FAX36(W8a3525 E^nrt flnsysQa-ntsyttanB-oom Wsbsfte hHpiMNvwa-nnystsnisooni

9

Theory of Operation

The operation of the Model 2100 is summarized In the block diagram (see Fig 3) Not shown are all of the interconnections with the microcontroller The intemal microcontroler plays an important role in setting the signal path but does not directly

contribute to the dynamic characteristics It scans the front panel switches and sets the control values for the logic arays It programs the intemal counters which along with the other hardware achieve the necessary sub-microsecond speeds

All action starts either from an input trigger signal (from Trig In) or from an intemal signal (in free Run mode only) A Delay timer counts the 10MHz clock until its count value Is exhausted At this point the Burst timer starts Both Period and Duration timers are started at this time If the Burst timer has not expired by the end of the Period the Period and Duration timers are restarted If the Biphasic mode has been set the Duration timer is restarted at the end of the initial Duration and the sign of the output pulse Is reversed doubling the total duration

The system state (pulse on pulse sip baseline sign [+101-]) is transmitted to the isolated section via optoisolator The baseline and pulse amplitudes are selected by an analog switch The resulting signal is amplified by a variable-power-supply discrete operational amplifier The amplifier connections and gain is modified to provide two voltage and three cunent ranges

Timing overlap errors are detected by a logical decision computation rather than by testing for counter collisions This provides instant feedback rather than waiting up to an hour for such a collision to occur Output errors are measured by sensing the output amplifiers differential input voltage Under normal conditions this is a negligible voltage if the amplifier fails to deliver the requested signal the window comparator testing this voltage sends this message (via optoisolator) to the logic section turning on a warning LED

fl-N Systems Inc 131BusbnassPa(tLoopPOBox6SOCari3boigVMg8324 H n |TWoph0n880O426-13083eO6Blaquo300FMt36Olaquo8i3525 E-nnl anaysflfriinysleiiaoemWfcbslte hllphmwraquoimyatennoom

TRIG 3HJ) OUT

(burst)

TRIG ^ OUT

(pulse)

E

Ml

Calibration Procedures

The calibration interval is the lesser of 1000 hours of operation or 6 months Somewhat greater drift can be expected in the first 100 hours of operation as the semiconductors age Adjustments should only be made after the instrument has been fully warmed up for at least 15 minutes

Full instrument calibration requires the following test equipment digital multimeter (plusmn 01) able to measure resistance to at least lOOMfl oscilloscope with at least 50MHz bandwidth true-rms voltmeter with 4MHz bandwidth universal counter (plusmn 001 ) able to measure single pulse widths and periods resistors (all plusmn 01) 2kn lOkH 1 waft 20kn 200kn alligator clip lead sets banana plugs and BNC adapters

Adjustment integrated circuit and test point locations are shown in the following figures All adjustments are on the timing board unless otherwise noted

All voltages in the non-isolated section should be measured with respect to ground at TP510 unless othenvise stated Some voltages are measured with respect to an intemal isolated ground at TP650 or across the two output tenninals Occasionally the voltage at an IC pin must be measured In these cases the reference designator is given with the pin number in parentheses eg U602(16) When it states within this procedure that a voltage is to be minimized this means that the adjustment should be made such that the measured voltage is as close to zero volts as possible Refer to the Specifications Section of this manual for acceptable tolerances

The sequence of this procedure is Important If any adjustment is made all adjustments which follow must be made to ensure that the specifications will be met These procedures require that all controls remain as set in previous steps unless otherwise indicated

WARNING

The Model 2100 has dangerous voltages throughout the instrument even with the power is off Servicing the Model 2100 should only be done by qualified service personnel Use caution in handling any wires connectors or electrodes which may be directly or indirectly attached to the Instrument Do not touch exposed connections or components Disconnect power by unplugging the power cord from the receptacle

fl-N Systems I n c ^ 131BusinesaPartcLoopPOBox850CartsborgVWiB8324 4 n ^gt-mdash80O426-130638Ofl8Jlaquo300FAX36O683J52S bull E-maft BinsysQfrfn^islflnisoomVVfalislle h^KVfWMift^iisystemsoani

CO

- R503

Omg^

TPSOlQ O

OTPSOO

U560 bull

U510

DDID ^ trade E O ^ T P 5 1 0

bullnD Trig

0 ^

U570

Gate n U505

DO D

U515

Timing

Timing h_ U520

bsoo ^25SE Timing

Or r U540

I I Tmlng

[^ELIL

U535 D

U506

13 J510 Timlnff

BurfiDelay J400

i i i i i i i T r m r a

gt U550 ^

Clock

U555 U620

B a

^R^Pvhigh Rfijn O D O Vlow

o

bull U545

Fo sect737 lISOIsPjC-COMP

n r r ^ U760

J420

]]U632

Q S riuGSO

H = ) TP640^ deg I t I

II3D

J440 m i T i

U610 plusmn laquo j U O

bull bull l el

^t

O l

bull

M

I

Power supply and bias voltages

Power supply

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

POWER ON Observe voltage at P703 power supply wire top of main board

Check for+15 plusmn 050 V

Observe voltage at P701 power supply wire top of main board

Check for-15 plusmn 050 V

Observe voltage at U505(24) Check for+5 plusmn 025 V

Isolated supply voltage

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

RANGE 10 V TRIG open circuit MODE center position

Altemately observe V^ from R742 to R740 and V ^ from the U605(4) to U605(8)

Adjust R773 so that 110VltV^lt 120 V and

nign

28VltV^lt34V

Capacitance balance

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Connect a x10 oscilloscope probe to TP650 and ground the

Adjust R737 for minimum high frequency signal

Inputs

Gate funct ion

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave Verify that the voltage to GATE switches states at the Obsene voltage at U51G(3) proper input levels with an oscilloscope ^ ^

Trigger s lope

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave Verify that the voltage to TRIO switches states at the Observe voltage at US 10( 1) proper input levels with an oscilloscope

TRIG SLOPE + Verify voltage is 180 out of phase

TRIG SLOPE Verify voltage is in phase

fl-N Systems Inc ^ 131 Bushess Park Loop PO Bar 850 Carisborg Wa 98324 8004201306 3eOlaquoS3e300 FAX 3606BV352S

C-maft fliii8yBQfriii9yBlumaoamVIAibsMB hRpJhwMifi-iiiBystematxini

14

Trigger and gate funct ion

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

DELA NONE BURS1WII3TH SINGLE DURATION SQUARE PERIOD 100X10-3

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave to TRIG Obsen^e TRIOD and EVENT LEDS

TRIG disconnect all Short the GATE connector to GND Verify LEDs extinguish

MODE press to MANUAL Verify LEDs flash once

Timing

System c lock frequency

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Observe the frequency of the wave atU555(17)

Verify 1000 MHz plusmn001

Multipl iers (Wheel Switches)

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

PULSE SIGN + MODE FREE RUN TRIG disconnect all TIMING MULTIPUERS ail

wheels set to zero except the one being tested

TnmiNG OVERLAP ^nOTB

Observe the pulse width with the counter at the location specified below

Verify pulse width Is correct for each wheel as it is tested Independently

For each wheel of each MULTIPUER test each position to verify that the pulse width is correct Observe the signal at the following locations DELAY U520(2) BURSTWIDTH U530(2) PERIOD US40(2) DURATION U550(2)

Rates (Rotary Switches)

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

TIMING MULTIPUERS 001 TIMING RATES all rotary

switches set to 10-4 except the one being tested

Observe the pulse width with the counter at the location specified below

Verify pulse width is conect for each rotary switch as it is tested independently

For each of the four rotary switches in TIMING test each position to verify that the pulse wkJth is correct Observe the signal at the following locations DELAY U520(2) BURSTWIDTH U530(2) PERIOD U540(2) DURATION U550(2)

fl-N Systems I n c ^ E-maft emfl

131 Business Parti Loop PO 809(850 Cartsborg Wta 98324 8004201306 3804806300 FAX 36068O3S25

E-maft ansysQa nvystems-oom Wobste hflp Avwwa4nsy8(Qnttoam

15

Trigger outputs Controls

Range 10V Pulse Amplitude 500 Delay 100x10 Burst 100x10^2 Duration 100 x1a Period 400x10^ Pulse sign + Trig Mode Free run Trig in open

Inputs Observations

Trigger the oscilloscope to the Burst Trig Out Observe it the Pulse Trig Out and the isolated output

Adjust Check

Verify that the waveform consists of a burst of three 1ms-on3ms-off pulses The burst trigger should be synchronous with the burst the pulse trigger coincident with each pulse

Output Calibration

Isolation Resistance (check) Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode center position Trig In open

Measure the resistance between ground banana jack (front panel) and black banana jack of output with DMM

Resistance read gt 100MQ

Amplitude Switch Offset (R640) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Zero Trig Mode center position Trig In Open

Measure the voltage at TP645 vs TP650 with the DMM

Adjust R640 (AmpI Sw Offset) for minimum voltage

Output Offset (R332 front panel board) Controls I nputsObservatlons AdjustCheck

Baseline Zero Range 10V Trig Mode center position Trig In Open

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

Adjust R332 (Output offset) for minimum voltage

Positive Baseline Offset (R607) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Sign + Baseline Amplitude

fully CCW (000) Range 10V Trig In open Trig Mode center position

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

Adjust R602 (BSLN + offset) for minimum voltage

fl M raquo _ _ _ A laquo ^ _ i ^ ^ 131Buslnelaquo8Pari(loopPOBoK850Cart8borgWB96324

bull P I i s V S i e m S a |||Cg1Maphans80O42O130638O68O8300FAX36Olaquo8raquo^2S E-tiBft anagtraquoflwiisyagtlaquomraquoaimW6baHB hHpffii(wwraquoltnsylaquoleniieom

16

Negative Baseline Offset (R619) Controls

Baseline Sign -i Baseline Amplitude bull fully CCW (000)

Range 10V Trig In open Trig Mode center position

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

AdjustCheck

Adjust R619 (BSLN 4 offset) for minimum voltage

Pulse Amplitude Adjust (R602) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode Free Mode Pulse Amplitude 1000 Timing Dialay =none Burst =single Duration =1001 Period =00110-4 Pulse Sign -Trig In open Range 10V

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

The Overiap indicator should be on Adjust R602 (Max Level) for -1000V out

Pulse Sign Gain (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode Free Mode Pulse Amplitude 1000 Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =1001 s Period =00110-4s Trig In open Range 10V

Measure the voltage at the output with the DMM for the Pulse Sign at -- and - positions

The absolute values of the voltages should differ by less than lOOmV

Baseline Amplitudes (check) Controls InputsObservations

Range 100mA Trig Mode center position Baseline Amplitude fully CW (1000) Trig In open

Measure the voltage at the output with the DMM with Baseline Sign in + Zero and - positions

AdjustCheck

Gain the matching of current levels at = and - positions and offset current in Zero position

fl-N Systems Inc^^ bull E-mal am8

131 Business Partt Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 88324 8004201306360laquo8Oe300FAX 360laquo8O362S

E-maM am8y8^o-mBy8tflmBoom WobaKo hHp Awwwo-f i iBystonuoom

17

Output Range Amplitude and Drive (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Pulse Amplitude 1000 Pulse Sign + Trig Mode Free Run Timing Delay =none Burst =8ingle Duration =1001 Period =10010-4 Trig In open

Load the output with a 10KV1W 01 resistor Measure the voltage at the output with DMM

Verify that full scale output is within specification Scale Range 100V 100V 10V 10V 100mA IV 1mA 10V 10mA 100V

Pulse Sign and Short Circuit Protection (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Timing Delay =none Burst =8ingle Duration =200 10-4 Period =00110-3 Baseline Zero Pulse Amplitude 25 Range 10V Trig Mode Free Run Trig In open

Measure the voltage at the output with the oscilloscope Check for Pulse Sign set to each of + - biphasic Watch for Error indicator when shorting the output

Verify that pulses of approx 25V amplitude (625V for biphasic mode) of the correct sign are produced every 10ms Short output in biphasic mode Output should retum when opened

Output Transient Response (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Pulse Sign + Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =20010-4 Period =00110-3 Pulse Amplitude 250 Baseline Zero Trig Mode Free Mode Trig In open

Connect the oscilloscope to the output with a 310 attenuator prolse Test boVn 10V and 100V ranges

Verify that overshoot and risetime meet specifications

fl-N Systems I n c ^ 131 Business Parte Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wb 98324 8004201306 36Olaquo83O300 FAX 36O680lt352S

E-mQ0 snBy8Qs-msy8faiTiscom VWriMtte N ^ Mvww9-msy8lemscom

18

Specifications

There are three classes of specifications Class A specifications tested in all unHs and are guaranteed Class B specifications are inherent in the design they are indirectly tested and are guaranteed Class C specifications are typical operating values which are occasionally tested- these are typical values given for your infomiation but not guarshyanteed The class for each specification is noted in the center column of the following sections

Inputs Switching level

Hysteresis

Input equivalent circuit

Minimum duration (1 IL-level signal)

A

C

C

C

16V(plusmn02V)

approx 50 mV

100K ft to+5 In parallel with no more than 35pF

gt 50 ns

Open circuit condition B defaults to highon level

Timing and rate accuracy Rate selector steps

Timing multiplier steps

Resolution

Timing eror (second and later pulses after resetting controls)

B

B

B

B

lOOps to 100s In 7 steps

1 of rate selector step size Maximum value is 999 x the rate selector step size

approx 01 of the maximum value

lt 002 of rate selector value + 015 ps

Timing error (first pulse after readjusting timing controls)

an additional 025 ps error may occur

Timing repeatability lt 001 setting + 20 ns (monophasic)

fl-N Systems I nc ^ bull E-moU ams

131 Business Parti Loop PO Boot 850 Cartsborg VM 98324 80O42O130838O08O8300FAX36Olaquo8O3S2S

E-meU anByafl^iiisyslainaoomWebsHe hHpffliiwwraquomsys)emsoom

19

TRIG IN to OUTPUT delay (DELAY set to 0) output set to 2V

Timing jitter ft-om TRIG IN to OUTPUT (for TTL trigger input with risetime lt10 ns)

Timing jitter ft^om TRIG OUT (either BURST or PULSE) and OUTPUT

Trigger output to pulse output delay

Output charactsristics Pulse level enror (voltage mode open circuit cun-ent mode short circuit

Biphasic level difference |V + + V-|2

Baseline level error (voltage mode A open circuit current mode short circuit)

Risetime (25 V out)

Risetime (25 V out)

Transient response

A

A

A

Output impedance (voltage mode) C

Output impedance (current mode) C

Isolation resistance A

Isolation capacitance C

approx 05 ps for a load of no more than 10 Kft in parallel with 50 pF

lt 125 ns (all rates except 100s) lt 125 ps (100s rate)

Less than 20 ns (all rates)

approx 350 ns

lt 03 of setting + 05 of r range (plus an additional 05 pA inlOOpArenge)

lt 03 of range (voltage modes into open circuit current modes into short circuit)

lt 03 of setting of setting + 01 of range (plus an additional 05 pA in lOOpA range)

laquo 200 ns into less than 30 pF

laquo15 ps into less than 30 pF

lt 8 overshoot Into less than 30 pF for pulse voltages different than baseline voltage by at least 10 of range

laquo 50 ohms

raquo 1 0 Gft (typically 200 Gft)

raquo100Mft

laquo 60 pF at 100 Hz

fl-N Systems Inc^^ 131 Business Partt Uxip PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 96324 8004201308 SBOee^^SOO FAX 360laquoS3^52S

E-mat BiByraquoaiMii8ylaquoliiiiiseomWiljalteHlpJV(wwraquo4tgy8lenaoom

20

Noise (differential mode)

Noise (common mode earth to isolated ground) with no signal output

Overioad error indicator (low frequency short circuited voltage mode)

Overioad error indicator low frequency open circuited current mode)

Overioad enor response time

Miscellaneous

Power

Fuse

Operating temperature range

Storage temperature range

Operating humidity

Dimensions

Weight

laquo1 mV rms (10 V scale 10Hz-4MHz)

laquo 8 mV rms (10 Hz-4 MHz) laquo100mVp-p (200 Hz -10 MHz) measured withalOMft 15pF oscilloscope probe

Turns on for set amplitude at or greater than approx plusmn1V (10 V range) or plusmn2 V (100 V range)

Turns on for set amplitude at or above approx 2 of range

Flat to approx 30 ps duration Decreasing sensitivity for shorter pulses

approx 11 watts

1 amp 3 AG

10-30C

0 - 50deg C

5-80RH

17x475x1125 (Inches) 432x121x286 cm

20 lbs (9 kg)

fl mm bull gt _ _ _ A ^ ^ _ _ L ^ 131BusinesraquoPariltLocpPOBox850C8rtsborgWS9e324

bull p i ^ y s v e m s IIIC^^deg(^deg^Bdegltgt^^^3degdeg^deg^^deg^^^degdeg^^I^deg^deg^^^^^

21 E-mei flre^nQo 4n8yo(amscam Wsbsfle hHpAwwwe-msy8Jems-Oom

Warranty and Service

What does this warranty cover A-M Systems Inc warrants to the Purchaser that the Instrument excluding cables Headstage Probes and any other accessories shipped with the Instrument (hereafter the hardware) is free from defects in workmanship or material under normal use and service for the period of one (1) year This warranty commences on the date of delivery of the hardware to the Purchaser

What are the obligations of A-M Systems Inc under this warranty During the warranty period A-M Systems Inc agrees to repair or replace at its sole option without charge to the Purchaser any defective component part of the hardware To obtain warranty service the Purchaser must return the hardware to A-M Systems Inc or an authorized A-M Systems Inc distributor in an adequate shipping container Any postage shipping and insurance charges incurred in shipping the hardware to A-M Systems Inc must be prepaid by the Purchaser and all risk for the hardware shall remain with purchaser until such time as A-M Systems Inc takes receipt of the hardware Upon receipt A-M Systems Inc will promptly repair or replace the defective unit and then return the hardware to the Purchaser postage shipping and insurance prepaid A-M Systems Inc may use reconditioned or like new parts or units at its sole option when repairing any hardware Repaired products shall carry the same amount of outstanding wan^nty as from original purchase or ninety (90) days which ever is greater Any claim under the warranty must include a dated proof of purchase of the hardware covered by this wan-anty In any event A-M Systems Inc liability for defective hardware is limited to repairing or replacing the hardware

What is not covered by this warranty This warranty is contingent upon proper use and maintenance of the hardware by the Purchaser and does not cover batteries Neglect misuse whether intentional or otherwise tampering with or altering the hardware damage caused by accident damage caused by unusual physical electrical chemical or electromechanical stress damage caused by failure of electrical power or damage caused during transportation are not covered by this warranty Products may not be returned to A-M Systems Inc for service whether under warranty or otherwise which are contaminated by infectious agents radioactive compounds or other materials constituting a health hazard to employees of A-M Systems Inc

What are the limits of llabiiity for A-M Systems inc under this warranty A-M Systems Inc shall not be liable for loss of data profits or savings or any special incidental consequential indirect or other similar damages arising from breach of contract negligence or other legal action even if the company or its agent has been advised of the possibility of such damages or for any claim brought against you by another party THIS EQUIPMENT IS NOT INTENDED FOR CLINICAL MEASUREMENTS USING HUMAN SUBJECTS A-M SYSTEMS INC DOES NOT ASSUME RESPONSIBILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE DUE TO MISUSE OF THIS EQUIPMENT Jurisdictions vary with regard to the enforceability of provisions excluding or limiting liability for incidental or consequential damages Check the provision of your local jurisdiction to find out whether the above exclusion applies to you This warranty allocates risks of product failure between the Purchaser and A-M Systems Inc A-M Systems Inc hardware pricing reflects this allocation of risk and the limitations of liability contained in this wanranty The warranty set forth above is in lieu of all other express wan^anties whether oral or written The agents employees distributors and dealers of A-M Systems Inc are not authorized to make modifications to this wan-anty or additional wan-anties binding on the company Accordingly additional statements such as dealer advertising or presentations whether oral or written do not constitute wananties by A-M Systems Inc and should not be relied upon This warranty gives you specific legal rights You may also have other rights whrch vary from one jurisdiction to another

6 mm ^ laquo _ _ A a B ^ _ 1 ^ ^ 131 Business Parti Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg W B 98324 O O

bull P l A y S V e m S l n C T^M 8OO42OI3O6 380683-8300FAX 360 803525 ^ ^ E-msl iiiisy80iHTBy8tenisoom Wsbsito hnphwwfrimysleiiisoom

A

V ISO

INSTRUCTION MANUAL

FOR

ISOLATED PULSE STIMULATOR

MODEL 2100

Serial

Date

A-M Systems Inc

PO Box 850

Carlsborg WA 98324

USA

360-683-8300 bull 800-426-1306 FAX 360-683-3525

httpwwwa-msystemscom

Version 70 February 2002

Contents General Description 1

Instrument Features 1 Controls and Connectors 2

Operating Instructions 6 Theory of Operation 10 Calibration Procedures 12

Inputs 14 Output Calibration 16

Specifications 19 Warranty and Service 22

Each Isolated Pulse Stimulator is delivered complete with

Rack Mount Hardware Instructions amp Maintenance Manual

NOTE

This instrument is not intended for clinical measurements using human subjects A-M Systems Inc does not assume responsibility for Injury or damage due to the misuse of this instrument

General Description

Instrument Features The Isolated Pulse Stimulator Model 2100 is designed for a wide variety of applications It is highly flexible being capable of delivering single pulses biphasic pairs or bursts of pulses Pulses may be started manually or upon receiving a trigger signal from another Instrument or computer Two non-isolated trigger outputs are available for triggering other instruments

Four sets of timing controls provide comprehensive control overall aspects of pulse generation Three digit accuracy is available over a 7 decade range for each timing function using lever wheel switches Pulse widths can be set over more than a 9 decade range from 05 ps to 999 seconds Timing accuracy is assured through the use of a 10 MHz base rate crystal-controlled clock digitally divided to provide accurate timing over the entire range Atiming overiap indicator will light If the timing controls are set inconsistently

The output may be conveniently switched between current and voltage modes Pulse and baseline amplitudes are Independently presettable with lockable dials An error Indicator will light if the Mode2700 cannot deliver the desired signal

r WARNING

The Model 2100 can produce potentially dangerous voltages up to 100 V at the output connectors The isolated output is not connected internally to safety (earth) ground in any way Some part of the extemal circuit should be connected to safety ground Use caution in handling any wires connectors or electrodes which may be directly or indirectly attached to the Model 2100 output Some kinds of connectors such as BNC connectors have exposed metal parts which may float at dangerous potentials unless extemally connected to safety ground For greatest safety tum the Model 2100 off before making any connections to

the instrument

131 Business Parii Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Telophone 800-426-1306 bull 360-68raquolaquo300 bull FAX 360683-3525 E-mal satesa-msystemsoom VVfebsite httpywwwa^nsystemscom fl-N Systems Inc 1

Controls and Connectors The controls for the Model 2100 are grouped in three sections START which controls when a pulse or burst of pulses begins TIMING which controls the onoff timing of one or more pulses and OUTPUT which controls the amplitude of the output signal

Start TRIG SLOPE Determines the polarity of valid trigger pulses (positive or negative edges in the trigger signal)

MODE Controls waveform initiation When set to FREE RUN one timing cycle immediately follows the last When momentarily placed In the MANUAL position a timing cycle starts Immediately When the switch Is In the center position timing cycles start when valid triggering events occur

TRIGD This LED lights up when a timing cycle Is in process and continues until the burst is completed

TRIG This BNC connector allows a signal from an external source to Initiate timing cycles It is set for standard TTL levels

GATE This BNC connector allows a signal from an external source to restrict the final output signal This input must be at a logical high (or open-circuited) in order for the Model 2100 to recognize either manual or automatic trigger events

Gate 1_ Trigger |~~^ i I Valid triggers (represented by the arrows in the figure) can occur only when the gate Is at logical high Note that the up arrow would apply only If TRIG SLOPE is set to + the down an-ows would apply only if TRIG SLOPE Is set to -

NOTE Triggers have no effect if the system has not completed its response to a previous trigger

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Park Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Vb 98324 TelQphQne 80O426-1306 360683-8300 FAX 360683-3525 E-mail sales^a-msystemscom Wsbsite httpywwwa-msystemscom

Timing Four sets of controls govern the timing of pulse generation Each set contains two values which are multiplied together to detemnine the actual timing value The rotary knob (rate selector) provides the approximate timing value and the lever wheel switch bank (MULTIPLIER)

provides a time resolution of three decimal digits The following diagram shows most of the Important relationships

Output r Delay Duration

|ltPeriodgtj

t Burst width

Trigger event

DELAY These controls determine the time duration between the initiating trigger event and the beginning of the pulse burst If this rate selector is set to NONE or the multiplier is set to 000 there Is no delay

BURST WIDTH These controls determine the time period in which one or more pulses may be delivered Once started a pulse may outlast the burst width If this rate selector is set to SINGLE or to any time shorter than the pulse duration only a single pulse will occur If the BURST WIDTH Is longer than the period pulses will be emitted at the PERIOD rate until the burst time ends Pulses are never truncated by a short BURSTWIDTH

inds)-PULSE

D U R A T I O N 1 0 1 0

10

INTEB-PULSE PERIOD

1 1 10

DURATION These controls determine the length of each pulse Ifthis rate selector Is set to SQUARE the duration is set to half of the period regardless of the MULTIPLIER setting

PERIOD These controls set the period of time between adjacent pulse events within the burst It also forces a minimum dead time between recognized input triggers following a burst of one or more pulses This can be used to prevent over stimulation of a tissue without requiring excessive delay between the triggering event and the stimulating pulse

TIMING OVERLAP

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 860 Carisborg Vamp 98324 |Telophone 800-426-1306 360683-8300 bull FAX 3606aW525 E-mail salearega^nsystemsoom Vfeb5ite httpAwwwa^nsyslemscam

NOTE If any of these timing controls are changed while a timing cycle is in operation the results are undefined until the current cycle finishes

TIMING OVERLAP This LED will light to Indicate an inconsistency in the timing cycle settings There are several ways to introduce such errors The most common way is to set the Inter-pulse PERIOD to be less than the pulse DURATION

T I M I N G (seconds)^

TRIG OUT (UPPER) This BNC connector provides a signal which is coincident with the Internal Burst timing signal (default) This means the signal starts at the end of the Delay time and persists until the Burst time expires This output may also be set to represent the delay time-out by setting the internal jumper J510 to the right two pins instead of the left two pins (Please see the Calibration section in this manual for jumper location Directions are given as viewed from the front of the Instrument)

TRIG OUT (LOWER) This BNC connector provides a signal which Is coincident with the Duration timing signal which controls pulse output

NOTE Both trigger output signals slightly lead the isolated output signal

Output

PULSE SIGN This switch determines the polarity of the pulses to be generated It also allows generation of biphasic pulses thereby doubling the effective total period Warning the first pulse generated after changing the PULSE

SIGN switch may have the wrong polarity

BASELINE This Switch determines the polarity ofthe baseline signal

RANGE This rotary switch determines if the output pulses will be constant current (3 ranges) or constant voltage (2 ranges)

BASELINE AMPLITUDE This value is independently set using a ten-turn counting dial The maximum baseline amplitude is one tenth the value shown on the range amplitude switch

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 8S0 Cartsborg Vfa 98324 |Tetaphone 80O426-1306 bull 360683-8300 bull FAX 3606803525 E-mail salesa-msystemscom Wbbsite http7Awwwaflnsystemscom

PULSE AMPLITUDE This value is independently set using a ten-turn counting dial The maximum pulse amplitude is the value shown on the range amplitude switch

EVENT This LED indicates when a pulse is ongoing

ERROR This LED indicates when the internal output amplifier cannot output the pulse as desired This is usually due to a short circuit while trying to output a voltage or an open circuit while trying to output a current

VOTEThe Pulse Sign control in the Oupuf section directly affects waveform timing When set to the Biphasic mode a positive-going pulse is immediately followed by a negative-going pulse This effectively doubles the pulse duration If a burst of biphasic pulses is being produced the period must be at least twice the single pulse duration In the Square wave mode the baseline disappears as long as the burst persists

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsboig Vte 98324 |Telophone 800426-1306 360683-8300 bull FAX 3606833525 E-mail salesa-m5ystem5 com Website httpwwwa-msystemscom

Operating Instructions

Examples Simple setup (and minimal instrument test)

Connect the output ofthe Model 2100 to an oscilloscope Before connecting the Model 2100 to any other instrument or the experimental preparation It is safest to turn Its power off

Set the Oufpuf controls

Range 10V Pulse Sign +

Baseline Zero Pulse Amplitude 200

Setting The Timing Controls

Delay Burst Width

Duration Period

none single

15010-2 50010-2

Setting The Start Controls

Mode Free Run

Disconnect any cables to the TRIG or GATE inputs

Note that the green Trig and Event Indicators turn on as Free Run is turned on (and turn off otherwise) You should observe a 15ms duration 20Hz rate pulse of 200V above a OV baseline on the oscilloscope

fl-N Systems Inc 131 BusinessPartiLoop RO Box850CarisbcxgWa98324 |Telophone 800426-1306 bull 360-683-8300 bull FW 360683-3525 E-mail salesa-msystems com VVbbsite httpywwwa-msystems com

Demonstration of Burst Mode Connect the output ofthe Model 2100 to an oscilloscope Before connecting the Model 2100 to any other instrument or the experimental preparation It Is safest to turn its power off

Set the Outpuf controls

Range 10V Pulse Sign +

Baseline Pulse Amplitude 200

Baseline Amplitude 100

Setting The Timing Controls

Delay 88010-2 Burst Width 12010-^

Duration 15010-2 Period 50010-2

Set the START controls as follows

Mode Free Run

Disconnect any cables to the TRIG or GATE inputs

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Telophooe 8004201306 360683-8300 bull FAX 360683-3525 E^naii salesa-msystems com Watjsite http7wwwa-msystemscom

Trigger the oscilloscope from the Bursf trigger out (upper Trig Out connector) for a stable display In each burst (occurring every lOOms) you should observe a trio of 15ms duration starting 50ms apart Try switching the StartMode from Free Run to the center (nonnal) position The pulses will no longer be produced and the Trig and Event Indicators will tum off Pressing this switch once (to Manual) will cause a single burst to occur

Problem Solving If the instrument appears to be not working properiy check all ofthe control settings and connections Be sure to wait at least 5-10 seconds after turning the instrument off before turning it on again The following summary of typical problems for the user (along with the most common solutions) may help

Problem CauseSolution

EVENT Indicator never lights even in FREE RUN mode

bull Replace fuse check power connection bullSet DELAY or PERIOD to a shorter interval

bull Power-on too soon after power-off

OVERLAP Indicator is on

ERROR indicator is on

bull Set DURATION gt000 bull DURATION Is set to SQUARE but

PERIOD is 000 Increase PERIOD or set DURATION independantly

bull BURST and WIDTH are gt DURATION increase PERIOD or decrease DURATION

bull BIPHASIC pulse output Is on and PERIOD is not longer than twice the DURATION Increase PERIOD or decrease DURATION

bull Free-run Is on and BURST is lt PERIOD (BURST off) DELAY is 0 and PERIOD Is lt DURATION Add delay or modify PERIOD

bull Free-run is on and BURST is gt DURATION (BURST ON) and PERIOD is lt DURATION Increase PERIOD

bull For VOLTAGE outputs the output is trying to drive too low a resistance or capacitance (eg a short circuit) Check by disconnecting the output ft is possible (and normal) that for the fastest cycles and largest amplitudes (close to 100 V

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business PartiLoop PO Box 850 CartsborgWa 98324 iTelophone 800-42O130636O6e3-8300FAX 3606B3-3525 E-mail satesaflisyslefmcom Vfebslte http7wwwa-msyslemscom

and 1 ps) that the ERROR indicator might always come on during repetitive pulses Fix output load or decrease amplitude as required

Time appears to be excessive Changed control in mid-cycle (resets current status)

Cant seem to get a full signal out Load Is not properiy connected repair wiring Too low a load impedance (VOLTAGE modes) or too high a load impedance (CURRENT mode)

Incoming triggers not accepted frequently enough

PERIOD is set too long (enforces dead time) followd by BURST set to SIGNAL Reduce PERIOD time

Table 10 Problem Solving

If you suspect that the Model 2100 may have completely failed we recommend checking the basic level of functionality Ifthis fails your instrument Is defective and must be repaired Ifthis passes either your experimental setup is incompatible or inconsistent or there is a more subtle flaw in your Model 2100

If the Model 2100 appears to be malfunctioning contact A-M Systems Inc or your dealer We will first attempt to solve the problem over the telephone so have an exact description of your problem available when you call You do not need to be within the warranty period to obtain over-the-phone assistance

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 iTetoptxme 80O426-1306 bull 360683-8300 FAX 3606803525 E-mail satesa-msystemsoomAfebsitehttpJwwwaflisystemscom

Theory of Operation

The operation ofthe Model 2100 is summarized in the block diagram (see the figure on Page 11) Not shown are all ofthe interconnections with the microcontroller The internal microcontroler plays an important role in setting the signal path but does not directly contribute to the dynamic characteristics It scans the front panel switches and sets the control values for the logic arrays It programs the internal counters which along with the other hardware achieve the necessary sub-microsecond speeds

Pulse generation starts either from an Input trigger signal (from Trig In) or an internally signal (Free Run mode) A Delay timer counts the 10MHz clock until its count value is exhausted At this point the Burst Period and Duration timers are started If the Burst timer has not expired by the end ofthe Period the Period and Duration timers are restarted If the Biphasic mode has been set the Duration timer is restarted at the end of the initial Duration and the sign ofthe output pulse is reversed doubling the total duration

The system state (pulse on pulse sign baseline sign [+0f-]) is transmitted to the isolated section via optoisolator The baseline and pulse amplitudes are selected by an analog switch The resulting signal is amplified by a variable-power-supply discrete operational amplifier The amplifier connections and gain is modified to provide two voltage and three current ranges

Timing overiap errors are detected by a logical decision computation rather than by testing for counter collisions This provides instant feedback rather than waiting up to an hour for such a collision to occur Output errors are measured by sensing the output amplifiers differential input voltage Under normal conditions this is a negligible voltage If the amplifier fails to deliver the requested signal the window comparator testing this voltage sends this message (via optoisolator) to the logic section turning on a warning LED

fl-N Systems Inc 131BusinessPart(LoopRO Box850CarisboigWa98324 4 n Tel0pri0ne80O426-130636O683^300FAX36O6833525 ^ E-mail salesaflisystBmscom V febsite http7wwwa-msystemsoom

S i

I - - ^^mdasho^M

OUTPUT i l l

TRIG ^ OUT

(burst)

TRIG 3-lt) OUT

(pulse)

til

I laquo

Calibration Procedures

The calibration interval is the lesser of 1000 hours of operation or 6 months Somewhat greater drift can be expected in the first 100 hours of operation as the semiconductors age Adjustments should only be made after the instrument has been fully warmed up for at least 15 minutes

Full instrument calibration requires the following test equipment digital multimeter (plusmn 01) able to measure resistance to at least lOOMO oscilloscope with at least 50MHz bandwidth true-mis voltmeter with 4MHz bandwidth universal counter (plusmn 001 ) able to measure single pulse widths and periods resistors (all plusmn 01) 2kn lOkH 1 watt 20kn 200kn alligator clip lead sets banana plugs and BNC adapters

Adjustment integrated circuit and test point locations are shown in the following figures All adjustments are on the timing board unless othenAise noted

All voltages in the non-isolated section should be measured with respect to ground at TP510 unless othenwise stated Some voltages are measured with respect to an internal isolated ground at TP650 or across the two output temninals Occasionally the voltage at an IC pin must be measured in these cases the reference designator is given with the pin number in parentheses eg U602(16) When it states within this procedure that a voltage is to be minimized this means that the adjustment should be made such that the measured voltage is as close to zero volts as possible Refer to the Specifications Section of this manual for acceptable tolerances

The sequence of this procedure is important If any adjustment is made all adjustments which follow must be made to ensure that the specifications will be met These procedures require that all controls remain as set in previous steps unless othenAise indicated

WARNING

The Model 2100 has dangerous voltages throughout the instrument even with the power is off Servicing the Model 2100 should only be done by qualified service personnel Use caution in handling any wires connectors or electrodes which may be directly or indirectly attached to the instrument Do not touch exposed connections or components Disconnect power by unplugging the power cord from the receptacle

H B ^ ^ S y s t e m s inc^degdegp^deg^^deg-^^^^^^^^B3^^^degdeg^^^lt^^^B^^^^ 131BusinessPartiLoopPO Box850CartsbOigWamp98324 4 9 |Telophone800-42013C6360683-8300F0lt360683-3525 ^ E-mail salesa-msystefnscom website httpwwwaflisystems com

CO

TP501 O lt0

g OTPSOO

U560 S

Trig Gate

0 -TISOS

U570

U500

Timing

p U520

Timing

K U550 Timin

gt U540

U515

o X I Timin

U508 I

J510 Timing nnn

Burst Delay J400

gt U550

R503

D D I D bull U8QQ i Q

n

oo

V P 5 1 0

b U535

^

Clock i _

U555

lt U 5 4 5

o

h d ^ O - - ^ U605

Q D

U620

O fJZ^ R737 bull ^ 1^13015 r j C - C O M P

B B nU770 ^ ^ ^ 5 ^ a

J420

a

o E

bull [ ]U632

riueso

rR742rVhigh R 6 1 9 ^

LJ TP645 O TP650

TPMOQ^QS

Vlow

CD-

CZZl

J440 bull bull tl iUDQ

I t

f i l

Power supply and bias voltages

Power supply

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

POWER ON Observe voltage at P703 power supply wire top of main board

Check for+15 plusmn 050 V

Observe voltage at P701 power supply wire top of main board

Check for-15 plusmn 050 V

Observe voltage at U505(24) Check for +5 plusmn 025 V

Isolated supply voltage Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

RANGE 10 V TRIG open circuit MODE center position

Alternately observe V ^ from R742 to R740 and V ^ from theU605(4)toU605(8)

Adjust R773 so that 110VltV lt 120 V and

nigh

28VltV|^lt34V

Capacitance balance Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

Connect a xlO oscilloscope probe to TP650 and ground the

Adjust R737 for minimum high frequency signal

Inputs

Gate function Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave Verify that the voltage to GATE switches states at the Observe voltage at U510(3) proper input levels with an oscilloscope

Trigger slope Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave Verify that the voltage to TRIG switches states at the Observe voltage at U510( 1) proper input levels with an oscilloscope

TRIG SLOPE Verify voltage is 180deg out of phase

TRIG SLOPE Verify voltage is in phase

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 860 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Jelophone 800-4201306 360683-8300 bull FM 380683-3525 E-mail salesaflTsystBfnscom bull Vtebsite httpVAirwwaflisystems com

14

Trigger and gate f unc t i on

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

DELAY NONE BURS-nMDTH SINGLE DURATION SQUARE PERIOD 100X10-3

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave to TRIG Observe TRIGD and EVENT LEDs

TRIG disconnect all Short the GATE connector to GND Verify LEDs extinguish

MODE press to MANUAL Verify LEDs flash once

Timing

System c lock f requency

Controls Inputs Observations Ad jus t Check

Observe the frequency of the wave Verify 1000 MHz plusmn 001 atU555(17)

Mul t ip l iers (Wheel Swi tches)

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

PULSE SIGN-laquobull MODE FREE RUN TRIG disconnect all TIMING MULTIPUERS all

wheels set to zero except the one being tested

TIMING OVERLAP ignore

Observe the pulse width with the counter at the location specified t)elow

Verify pulse width is correct for each wheel as it is tested independently

For each wheel of each MULTIPLIER test each position to verify that the pulse width is correct Observe the signal at the following locations DELAY U520(2) BURSTWIDTH U530(2) PERIOD U540(2) DURATION U550(2)

Rates (Rotary Swi tches)

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

TIMING MULTIPUERS 001 Observe the pulse width with the TIMING RATES all rotary counter at the location specified

switches set to 10-4 below except the one being tested

Verify pulse width is correct for each rotary switch as it is tested independently

For each ofthe four rotary switches in TIMING test each position to verify that the pulse width is correct Observe the signal at the following locations DELAY U520(2) BURSTWIDTH U530(2) PERIOD U540(2) DURATION U550(2)

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 iTetophone 8004201306 bull 360683-8300 bull FOC 3606803525 E-mail salesa-msystemscom Wbbsite httpJwwwaflTSystemscom

15

Trigger outputs

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

Range 10V Pulse Amplitude 500 Delay 100 xlO^ Burst 100 x 10 ^ Duration 100x10-^ Period 400x10-^ Pulse sign + Trig Mode Free run Trig in open

Trigger the oscilloscope to the Burst Trig Out Observe it the Pulse Trig Out and the isolated output

Verify that the waveform consists of a burst of three 1ms-on3ms-off pulses The burst trigger should be synchronous with the burst the pulse trigger coincident with each pulse

Output Calibration

Isolation Resistance (check)

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode center position Trig In open

Measure the resistance between ground banana jack (front panel) and black banana jack of output with DMM

Resistance read gt 100MQ

Amplitude Switch Offset (R640)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Zero Trig Mode center position Trig In Open

Measure the voltage at TP645 vs TP650 with the DMM

Adjust R640 (AmpI Sw Offset) for minimum voltage

Output Offset (R332 front panel board) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Zero Range 10V Trig Mode center position Trig In Open

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

Adjust R332 (Output offset) for minimum voltage

Positive Baseline Offeet (R607) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Sign + Baseline Amplitude

fully CCW (000) Range 10V Trig In open Trig Mode center position

Measure the voltage across the outputwiththeDMM

Adjust R602 (BSLN + offset) for minimum voltage

fl-N Systems Inc 131 BusBiess Parti Loop P O Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Telophone B00-42O1306 bull 360683-8300 bull FAX 3606803525 E-mail salesaflisystemscom V^tebsite httpy^vwwa-msystems com

16

Negative Baseline Offset (R619)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Sign -Baseline Amplitude

fully CCW (000) Range 10V Trig In open Trig Mode center position

Measure the voltage across the outputwiththeDMM

Adjust R619 (BSLN + offset) for minimum voltage

Pulse Amplitude Adjust (R602)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode Free Mode Pulse Amplitude 1000 Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =1001 Period =00110-4 Pulse Sign -Trig In open Range 10V

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

The Overiap indicator should be on Adjust R602 (Max Level) for -10OOV out

Pulse Sign Gain (check)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode Free Mode Pulse Amplitude 1000 Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =100 1s Period =001 10-4s Trig In open Range 10V

Measure the voltage at the output with the DMM for the Pulse Sign at + and - positions

The absolute values ofthe voltages should differ by less than lOOmV

Baseline Amplitudes (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Range 100mA Trig Mode center position Baseline Amplitude fully CW (1000) Trig In open

Measure the voltage at the output with the DMM with Baseline Sign in + Zero and

- positions

Gain the matching of current levels at = and - positions and offset current in Zero position

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop PO Box 850 Cartsboig Wa 98324 Telophone 800-4201306 360683-8300 FkX 3606803525 E-mail salesa-msystemscom website http^^wwaflisystemsccm

17

Output Range Amplitude and Drive (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Pulse Amplitude 1000 Pulse Sign + Trig Mode Free Run Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =1001 Period =10010-4 Trig In open

Load the output with a 10KV 1W 01 resistor Measure the voltage at the output with DMM

Verify that full scale output is within specification Scale Range 100V 100V 10V 10V 100mA IV 1mA 10V 10mA 100V

Pulse Sign and Short Circuit Protection (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =200 10-4 Period =00110-3 Baseline Zero Pulse Amplitude 25 Range 10V Trig Mode Free Run Trig In open

Measure the voltage at the output with the oscilloscope Check for Pulse Sign set to each of + - biphasic Watch for Error indicator when shorting the output

Verify that pulses of approx 25V amplitude (625V for biphasic mode) of the correct sign are produced every 10ms Short output in biphasic mode Output should return when opened

Output Transient Response (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Pulse Sign + Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =20010-4 Period =00110-3 Pulse Amplitude 250 Baseline Zero Trig Mode Free Mode Trig In open

Connect the oscilloscope to the output with a 310 attenuator probe Test both 10V and 100V ranges

Verify that overshoot and risetime meet specifications

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Telophone 8004201306 bull 3606808300 bull Flaquo( 360laquo83ltJ525 E-mail salesa-msystemsocm V^febsite http^wwwa-msystefnscom

18

Specifications

There are three classes of specifications Class A specifications tested in all units and are guaranteed Class B specifications are inherent in the design they are indirectly tested and are guaranteed Class C specifications are typical operating values which are occasionally tested- these are typical values given for your information but not guarshyanteed The class for each specification is noted in the center column ofthe following sections

Inputs Switching level

Hysteresis

Input equivalent circuit

Minimum duration (1 IL-level signal)

A

C

C

C

16 V(plusmn 02 V)

approx 50 mV

lOOKH to+5 in parallel with no more than 35pF

gt 50 ns

Open circuit condition B defaults to highon level

Timing and rate accuracy Rate selector steps

Timing multiplier steps

B

B

lOOpsto 100s in 7 steps

1 of rate selector step size Maximum value is 999 X the rate selector step size

Resolution B approx 01 ofthe maximum value

Timing error (second and later pulses after resetting controls)

B lt 002 of rate selector value + 015 ps

Timing error (first pulse after readjusting timing controls)

an additional 025 ps error may occur

Timing repeatability lt 001 setting + 20 ns (monophasic)

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Ram Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Vfa 98324 pTelophone 8004201306 bull 360683-8300 bull FAX 360683-3525

E-mail salesraquoflisystems com Wabsite httpJAnww afl isystems com

19

TRIG IN to OUTPUT delay (DELAY set to 0) output set to 2V

Timing jitter from TRIG IN to OUTPUT (for TTL trigger input with risetime lt10 ns)

Timing jitter from TRIG OUT (either BURST or PULSE) and OUTPUT

Trigger output to pulse output delay

Output characteristics Pulse level error (voltage mode open circuit current mode short circuit

Biphasic level difference IV + - V-1 2

Baseline level error (voltage mode open circuit current mode short circuit)

Risetime (25 V out)

Risetime (25 V out)

Transient response

A

A

A

Output impedance (voltage mode) C

Output impedance (current mode) C

Isolation resistance A

Isolation capacitance C

approx 05 ps for a load of no more than 10 KH in parallel with 50 pF

lt 125 ns (all rates except 100s) lt 125 ps (100s rate)

Less than 20 ns (all rates)

approx 350 ns

lt 03 of setting + 05 of r range (plus an additional 05 pA in 100 pA range)

lt 03 of range (voltage modes into open circuit current modes into short circuit)

lt 03 of setting of setting + 01 of range (plus an additional 05 pA in lOOpA range)

= 200 ns into less than 30 pF

= 15 ps into less than 30 pF

lt 8 overshoot into less than 30 pF for pulse voltages different than baseline voltage by at least 10 of range

= 50 ohms

raquo 1 0 GH (typically 200 GO)

raquo 1 0 0 M n

= 60 pF at 100 Hz

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Peril Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg V6 98324 |TelCf)hone 800-4201306 3606808300 bull FAX 360683-3525 E-mal salesaflisystefnsoom Website hnpyMVfWafllsystemsoom

20

Noise (differential mode)

Noise (common mode earth to isolated ground) with no signal output

Overload error indicator (low frequency short circuited voltage mode)

Overload error indicator low frequency open circuited current mode)

Overioad error response time

Miscellaneous

= 1 mV rms (10 V scale 10 Hz-4 MHz)

= 8 mV rms (10 Hz-4 MHz) == 100mVp-p (200 Hz -10 MHz) measured withalOMH 15pF oscilloscope probe

Turns on for set amplitude at or greater than approx plusmn1 V (10 V range) or plusmn2 V (100 V range)

Turns on for set amplitude at or above approx 2 of range

Flat to approx 30 ps duration Decreasing sensitivity for shorter pulses

Power

Fuse

Operating temperature range

Storage temperature range

Operating humidity

Dimensions

approx 11 watts

1 amp 3AG

10-30degC

0 - 50deg C

5 - 80 RH

17x475x1125 (inches) 432x121x286 cm

Weight 20 lbs (9 kg)

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Wb 98324 |Tetcphone 8004201306 3606808300 bull FOt 360683-3525 E-mail satesamsystems comV^febsite httpywwwaflisystemscom

21

Warranty and Service

What does this warranty cover A-M Systems Inc warrants to the Purchaser that the Instrument excluding cables Headstage Probes and any other accessories shipped with the Instrument (hereafter the hardware) is free from defects in workmanship or material under normal use and service for the period of one (1) year This warranty commences on the date of delivery ofthe hardware to the Purchaser

What are the obligations of A-M Systems Inc under this warranty During the warranty period A-M Systems Inc agrees to repair or replace at its sole option without charge to the Purchaser any defective component part of the hardware To obtain warranty service the Purchaser must return the hardware to A-M Systems Inc or an authorized A-M Systems Inc distributor in an adequate shipping container Any postage shipping and insurance charges incurred in shipping the hardware to A-M Systems Inc must be prepaid by the Purchaser and all risk for the hardware shall remain with purchaser until such time as A-M Systems Inc takes receipt of the hardware Upon receipt A-M Systems Inc will promptly repair or replace the defective unit and then return the hardware to the Purchaser postage shipping and insurance prepaid A-M Systems Inc may use reconditioned or like new parts or units at its sole option when repairing any hardware Repaired products shall carry the same amount of outstanding warranty as from original purchase or ninety (90) days which ever is greater Any claim under the warranty must include a dated proof of purchase ofthe hardware covered by this warranty In any event A-M Systems Inc liability for defective hardware is limited to repairing or replacing the hardware

What is not covered by this warranty This warranty is contingent upon proper use and maintenance ofthe hardware by the Purchaser and does not cover batteries Neglect misuse whether intentional or othenwise tampering with or altering the hardware damage caused by accident damage caused by unusual physical electrical chemical or electromechanical stress damage caused by failure of electrical power or damage caused during transportation are not covered by this wan-anty Products may not be returned to A-M Systems Inc for service whether under warranty or otherwise which are contaminated by infectious agents radioactive compounds or other materials constituting a health hazard to employees of A-M Systems Inc

What are the limits of liability for A-M Systems Inc under this warranty A-M Systems Inc shall not be liable for loss of data profits or savings or any special incidental consequential indirect or other similar damages arising from breach of contract negligence or other legal action even if the company or its agent has been advised of the possibility of such damages or for any claim brought against you by another party THIS EQUIPMENT IS NOT INTENDED FOR CLINICAL MEASUREMENTS USING HUMAN SUBJECTS A-M SYSTEMS INC DOES NOT ASSUME RESPONSIBILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE DUE TO MISUSE OF THIS EQUIPMENT Jurisdictions vary with regard to the enforceability of provisions excluding or limiting liability for incidental or consequential damages Check the provision of your local jurisdiction to find out whether the above exclusion applies to you

This warranty allocates risks of product failure between the Purchaser and A-M Systems Inc A-M Systems Inc hardware pricing reflects this allocation of risk and the limitations of liability contained in this warranty The warranty set forth above is in lieu of all other express warranties whether oral or written The agents employees distributors and dealers of A-M Systems Inc are not authorized to make modifications to this warranty or additional wan-anties binding on the company Accordingly additional statements such as dealer advertising or presentations whether oral or written do not constitute warranties by A-M Systems Inc and should not be relied upon This warranty gives you specific legal rights You may also have other rights which vary from one jurisdiction to another

fl-N Systems Inc 131BusinessPartiLoop RO Box850CartsbOfgWa98324 p O |Telophone 8004201306 bull 360683-8300FOC 3606830525 ^ ^ E-mail saiesaflisystefTiscom Wbbsite httpVwwwa-msystemscom

Contents General Description laquo 1

Instrument Features 1 Controls and Connectors 2

Operating Instructions 6 Theory of Operation 10 Calibration Procedures 12

Inputs 14 Output Calibration 16

Specifications 19 Warranty and Service 22

Each Isolated Pulse Stimulator Is delivered complete with

Rack Mount Hardware Instructions amp Maintenance Manual

NOTE

This instrument is not intended for clinical measurements using human subjects A-M Systems Inc does not assume responsibility for injury or damage due to the misuse of this instrument

General Description

A - M S Y S T E M S HOLATID PUlraquoI STIMULATOR MODEL2100

Instrument Features The Isolated Pulse Stimulator Model 2100 is designed for a wide variety of applications It is highly flexible being capable of delivering single pulses biphasic pairs or bursts of pulses Pulses may be started manually or upon receiving a trigger signal from another instrument or computer Two non-isolated trigger outputs are available for triggering other instruments

Four sets of timing controls provide comprehensive control over all aspects of pulse generation Three digit accuracy is available over a 7 decade range for each timing function using lever wheel switches Pulse widths can be set over more than a 9 decade range from 05 fjs to 999 seconds Timing accuracy is assured through the use of a 10 MHz base rate crystal-controlled clock digitally divided to provide accurate timing over the entire range A timing overlap indicator will light if the timing controls are set inconsistently

The output may be conveniently switched between current and voltage modes Pulse and baseline amplitudes are independently presettable with lockable dials An error indicator will light if the Wocfcopy2700cannot deliver the desired signal

WARNING

The Model 2100 can produce potentially dangerous voltages up to 100 Vat the output connectors The isolated output is not connected internally to safety (earth) ground in any way Some part of the external circuit should be connected to safety ground Use caution in handling any wires connectors or electrodes which may be directly or indirectly attached to the Model 2100 output Some kinds of connectors such as BNC connectors have exposed metal parts which may float at dangerous potentials unless externally connected to safety ground For greatest safety turn the Model 2100 off before making any connections to

the instrument

131 Business Paik Loop PO Box 850 Cattsborg Wa 98324 T^aphone 80O426-1306 380683-8300 FAX 36amp683lt352S E-mail sales Oa-msyste)Tiscam Website httpywwwraquoltnsystemsco(n A-M Systems Inc 1

Controls and Connectors The controls for the Model2100 are grouped in three sections START controlling when a pulse or burst of pulses begins TIMING controlling the onoff timing of one or more pulses and OUTPUT controlling the amplitude of the output signal

Start TRIG SLOPE This switch determines whether valid triggers occur at positive or negative edges in the trigger signal

MODE This switch controls how waveforms are initiated When set to FREE RUN one timing cycle immediately follows the last When held in the MANUAL position a timing cycle starts immediately When the switch is in the center position timing cycles start when valid triggering events occur

TRIGD This LED lights up when a timing cycle is in process and continues until the burst is completed

TRIG This BNC connector allows a signal from an external source to initiate timing cycles It is set for standard TTL levels

GATE This BNC connector allows a signal from an external source to restrict the final output signal This input must be at a logical high (or open-circuited) in order for the Model2100X0 recognize either manual or automatic trigger events

Gate L Trigger |~~^

^ ~ ^

Valid triggers are represented by the arrows in the figure Note that the up arrow would apply only if TRIG SLOPE is set to + the down arrows would apply only if TRIG SLOPE is set to-

NOTE Triggers have no effect if the system has not completed Its response to a previous trigger

A-M Systems Inc 131 Business Park Loop PO Box 8S0 Carlsborg Wa 98324 Telophone 800426-1306 360683-8300 FAX 360683-352S E-mail salesfla-msystBiTiscom Website hltpywwwa-msystemscom

Timing Four sets of controls govern the timing of pulse generation Each set contains two values which are multiplied together to determine the actual timing value The rotary knob (rate selector) provides the approximate timing value and the lever wheel switch bank (MULTIPLIER) provides a time resolution of three decimal digits The following diagram shows most of the important relationships

TRAIN B U R S T W I D T H

10 10

TIMII

Output r Delay Duration

|4Periodgtj

t Burst width Trigger event

DELAY These controls set the time between the initiating trigger event and the beginning of the pulse burst If this rate selector is set to NONE or the multiplier is set to ooo there is no delay

BURST WIDTH These controls set the time period in which one or more pulses may be delivered Once started a pulse may outlast the burst width If this rate selector is set to SINGLE or to any time shorter than the pulse duration only a single pulse will occur If the BURST WIDTH is longer than the period pulses will be emitted at the PERIOD rate until the burst time ends Pulses are never truncated by a short BURST WIDTH

gtnds) INTER-PULSE

P E R I O D

DURATION These controls set the length of each pulse If this rate selector is set to SQUARE the duration is set to half of the period regardless of the MULTIPLIER setting

PERIOD These controls set the period of time between adjacent pulse events within the burst It also forces a minimum dead time between recognized input triggers following a burst of one or more pulses This can be used to prevent over stimulation of a tissue without requiring excessive delay between the triggering event and the stimulating pulse

OVERLAP

A-M Systems Inc^^ bull E-majl sale

131 Business Paik Ijoop PO Box 850 Calsboig Wa 98324 80O426-1306 360-683laquo300 - FAX 380-683^3525

E-mail sale60a-msystem3com Website httpywwwa-msystem3com

NOTE If any of these timing controls are changed while a timing cycle is in operation the results are undefined until the current cycle finishes

T I M I N G (seconds)-DTH

TIMING OVERLAP This LED will light to indicate an inconsistency in the timing cycle settings There are several ways to introduce such errors The most common way is to set the inter-pulse PERIOD to be less than the pulse DURATION

TRIG OUT (UPPER) This BNC connector provides a signal which is coincident with the internal Burst timing signal (default) This means the signal starts at the end of the Delay time and persists until the Burst time expires This output may also be set to represent the delay time-out by setting the internal jumper J510 to the right two pins instead of the left two pins (Please see the Calibration section in this manual for jumper location Directions are given as viewed from the front of the instrument)

TRIG OUT (LOWER) This BNC connector provides a signal which is coincident with the Duration timing signal which controls pulse output

NOTE Both trigger output signals slightly lead the isolated output signal

Output

PULSE SIGN This Switch sets the sign for the pulses to be generated It also allows generation of biphasic pulses thereby doubling the effective total period Warning the first pulse generated after changing the PULSE SIGN

switch may have the wrong polarity

BASELINE This switch sets the sign for the baseline signal

RANGE This rotary switch allows one of three current or two voltage ranges to be selected for the output signal

BASELINE AMPLITUDE This value IS independently set using a ten-turn counting dial The maximum baseline amplitude is one tenth the value shown on the range amplitude switch

A-M Systems Inc 131 Business Pai1( Loop PO Box 850 Caitsboig Wa 98324 Telophore 80O426-1306 bull 360683300 bull FAX 360-683-3525 E-mail salasOa-msystemscom Website httpwwwamsystemscom

PULSE AMPLITUDE This value is independently set using a ten-turn counting dial The maximum pulse amplitude is the value shown on the range amplitude switch

EVENT This LED indicates when a pulse is ongoing

ERROR This LED indicates when the internal output amplifier cannot output the pulse as desired This is usually due to a short circuit while trying to output a voltage or an open circuit while trying to output a current

The Pulse Sgfn control in the OutputsecWon directly affects waveform timing When set to the Biphasic mode a positive-going pulse is immediately followed by a negative-going pulse This effectively doubles the pulse duration If a burst of biphasic pulses is being produced the period must be at least twice the single pulse duration In the Square wave mode the baseline disappears as long as the burst persists

A B B f k _ _ laquo laquo laquo laquo 1 ^ 131 Business Paik Loop PO Box 850 CartsborgWa 98324 - | y | O V S i e m S I nC8lt=Praquo880O426-1308-360683300-FAX360683-3525

laquo E-mail salesOa-msystemscom Website httpwwwa-m3yste l O V ^ ltJ O W laquo W - t V ^ www www A n r w w w w i -w ww www w M

E-mail salesOa-msystemscom Website httpwwwa-m3ystemse0m

Operating Instructions

Examples Simple setup (and minimal instrument test)

Connect the output of the Model 2100 to an oscilloscope Before connecting the instrument it is safest to turn its power off

Set the Output controls

Range 10V Pulse Sign +

Baseline Zero Pulse Amplitude 200

Setting The Timing Controls

Delay none Burst Width single

Duration 150M0-2 Period 50010-2

Setting The Start Controls

Mode Free Run

Disconnect any cables to the TRIG or GATE inputs

Note that the green Trig and Evenf indicators turn on as Free Run is turned on (and turn off otherwise) You should observe a 15ms duration 20Hz rate pulse of 200V above a OV baseline on the oscilloscope

A-M Systems Inc 131 Business Pailt Loop PO Box 850 Carlsborg Wa 98324 Telophone 800-426-1306 bull 36Olaquo83-8300 FAX 360683-3S25 E-mail salesfla-msystemscom Website httpwwwa-msystemscom

Demonstration of Burst Mode Connect the output of the Model 2100 to an oscilloscope Before connecting the instrument it is safest to turn its power off

Set the Output controls

Range 10V Pulse Sign +

Baseline Pulse Amplitude 200

Baseline Amplitude 100

Setting The Timing Controls

Delay 88010-2 Burst Width 12010-^

Duration 15010-2 Period 50010-^

Set the START controls as follows

Mode Free Run

Disconnect any cables to the TRIG or GATE inputs

Trigger the oscilloscope from the Strsf trigger out (upper Trig Ouf connector) for a stable display In each burst (occurring every lOOms) you should observe a trio of 15ms duration starting 50ms apart Try switching the StartMode rom Free Run to the center (normal) position The pulses will no longer be produced and the Trig and Even indicators will turn off Pressing this switch once (to Manual) will cause a single burst to occur

A-M Systems Inc 131 Business PaiV Loop PO Box 850 Cai1sboraWa 98324 Telophone 800426-1306 360683-8300 FAX 380683-3S25 E-mal salesOa-msystemscom Website httpwwwa-m5ystemse0m

Problem Solving

If the instrument appears to be not working properly check all of the control settings and connections Be sure to wait at least 5-10 seconds after turning the instrument off before turning it on again The following summary of typical problems for the user (along with the most common solutions) may help

Problem CauseSolution

EVENT indicator never lights even in FREE RUN mode

bull Replace fuse check power connection bullSet DELAY or PERIOD to a shorter

interval bull Power-on too soon after power-off

OVERLAP indicator is on

ERROR indicator is on

Set DURATION gt000 DURATION is set to SQUARE but PERIOD is 000 Increase PERIOD or set DURATION independantly BURST and WIDTH are gt DURATION increase PERIOD or decrease DURATION BIPHASIC pulse output is on and PERIOD is not longer than twice the DURATION Increase PERIOD or decrease DURATION Free-run is on and BURST is lt PERIOD (BURST off) DELAY is 0 and PERIOD is lt DURATION Add delay or modify PERIOD Free-run is on and BURST is gt DURATION (BURSTON) and PERIOD is lt DURATION Increase PERIOD For VOLTAGE outputs the output is trying to drive too low a resistance or capacitance (eg a short circuit) Check by disconnecting the output It is possible (and normal) that for the fastest cycles and largest amplitudes (close to 100 V and 17S) that the ERROR indicator might always come on during repetitive pulses Fix output load or decrease amplitude as required

Time appears to be excessive Changed control in mid-cycle (resets current status)

A B B ^ J I - mdash 131 Business Park Loop RO Box 850 CaitsbotftWa 98324

gt | y | O y S i e m S |nCtradedegraquo0raquo 80O426-1306-36Olaquo8O8300-FAX36O683-3525

8 E-mail salesOa-msyaemscom bull Website httpwwwa-msystemscom

Cant seem to get a full signal out

Incoming triggers not accepted frequently enough

bull Load is not properly connected repair wiring

bull Too low a load impedance (VOLTAGE modes) or too high a load impedance (CURRENT mode)

bull PERIOD is set too long (enforces dead tinrie) followd by BURST set to SIGNAL Reduce PERIOD time

Table 10 Problem Solving

If you suspect that the Model 2100 may have completely failed we recommend checking the basic level of functionality If this fails your instrument is defective and must be repaired If this passes either your experimental setup is incompatible or inconsistent or there is a more subtle flaw in your Modei 2100

If the Model 2100 appears to be malfunctioning contact A-M Systems Inc or your dealer We will first attempt to solve the problem over the telephone so have an exact description of your problem available when you call You do not need to be within the warranty period to obtain over-the-phone assistance

A-M Systems Inc 131 Business Park Loop PO Box 850 Carfsbofg Wa 98324 Tatophone 80O426-1306 bull 360-688300 FAX 380683-3S25 E-mail salesfla-msystemscom Website httpwwwa-msystemscom

Theory of Operation

The operation of the Model 2100 is summarized in the block diagram (see the figure on Page 11) Not shown are all of the interconnections with the microcontroller The internal microcontroler plays an important role in setting the signal path but does not directly contribute to the dynamic characteristics It scans the front panel switches and sets the control values for the logic arrays It programs the internal counters which along with the other hardware achieve the necessary sub-microsecond speeds

All action starts either from an input trigger signal (from Trig In) or from an internal signal (in free Run mode only) A Delay timer counts the 10MHz clock until its count value is exhausted At this point the Burst timer starts Both Period and Duration timers are started at this time If the Burst timer has not expired by the end of the Period the Period and Duration timers are restarted If the Biphasic mode has been set the Duration timer is restarted at the end of the initial Duration and the sign of the output pulse is reversed doubling the total duration

The system state (pulse on pulse sip baseline sign [+0-]) is transmitted to the isolated section via optoisolator The baseline and pulse amplitudes are selected by an analog switch The resulting signal is amplified by a variable-power-supply discrete operational amplifier The amplifier connections and gain is modified to provide two voltage and three current ranges

Timing overlap errors are detected by a logical decision computation rather than by testing for counter collisions This provides instant feedback rather than waiting up to an hour for such a collision to occur Output errors are measured by sensing the output amplifiers differential input voltage Under normal conditions this is a negligible voltage If the amplifier fails to deliver the requested signal the window comparator testing this voltage sends this message (via optoisolator) to the logic section turning on a warning LED

A-M Systems Inc 131 Business Paik Loop PO Box 850 CailsboraWa 98324 i Q Te(ophone 800-426-1306 bull36O683laquo00FAX 360683-3525 ^ E-mail salesOa-msystemscom Website httpywwwa-m5ystemscom

GATE IN

TRIG ^ OUT

(burst)

OPTO ISOLATOR

Amplitude (Pulse)

TRIG -lt^ OUT

(pulse)

c 1

RANGE

C

Analog switch

C

)

-D^sectli OUTPUT

Baseline sign )

Amplitude (baseline) )

O H q

ill V) 5 o i^8 e e -a a fi a

bull o c

M E o ts gtraquo

lt

Calibration Procedures

The calibration intenal is the lesser of 1000 hours of operation or 6 months Somewhat greater drift can be expected in the first 100 hours of operation as the semiconductors age Adjustments should only be made after the instrument has been fully warmed up for at least 15 minutes

Full instrument calibration requires the following test equipment digital multimeter (plusmn 01 ) able to measure resistance to at least 10OMfl oscilloscope with at least 50MHz bandwidth true-rms voltmeter with 4MHz bandwidth universal counter (plusmn 001) able to measure single pulse widths and periods resistors (all plusmn 01) 2kn lOkO 1 watt 20ka 200ka alligator clip lead sets banana plugs and BNC adapters

Adjustment integrated circuit and test point locations are shown in the following figures All adjustments are on the timing board unless otherwise noted

All voltages in the non-isolated section should be measured with respect to ground at TP510 unless othenwise stated Some voltages are measured with respect to an internal isolated ground at TP650 or across the two output terminals Occasionally the voltage at an IC pin must be measured in these cases the reference designator is given with the pin number in parentheses eg U602(16) When it states within this procedure that a voltage is to be minimized this means that the adjustment should be made such that the measured voltage is as close to zero volts as possible Refer to the Specifications Section of this manual for acceptable tolerances

The sequence of this procedure is important If any adjustment is made all adjustments which follow must be made to ensure that the specifications will be met These procedures require that all controls remain as set in previous steps unless otherwise indicated

WARNING

The Model2100 has dangerous voltages throughout the instrument even with the power is off Servicing the Mode2700 should only be done by qualified service personnel Use caution in handling any wires connectors or electrodes which may be directly or indirectly attached to the instrument Do not touch exposed connections or components Disconnect power by unplugging the power cord from the receptacle

A B B ^ _ _ mdash ^ _ I raquo laquo 131SusinessParkLoopROBox850CaitsborBWa98324 -JO

E-mail S8le60a-msystemscom Website httpwwwa-msystemscam

CO

TP501 O o

a OTPsoo

U560 bull

D D D D Q ^ U510

Trig Gate

U570

OQ Q

U500

n U505

Timing

gt U520

Timing

) U530

Timing

gt U540

Q U515

Timing

U508

R503

DDID E

a

gt oo

bull U800 l O r v o w iV_X^TP510 O

U525

f

A U535

^ U550

Timing ^

Clock

U555

J510 Burst Delay

J400 bull U545

d R742^VWgh R619 o

r RZZ3 R737 an c n V - I J I S O I S ^ ^C-COMP

U620 ^ Q Q bull ^ ^ bull

J420 O ^ D^ J440 IfYYYlDfYyYYYYYYYII C Z J E X C T

Q Otrsetl I p J Vlow

L J TP645 C=) cm P650

bull bull fe elUOD

irt

PI pound A

o c

E o

0)

Power supply and bias voltages

Power supply

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

POWER ON Observe voltage at P703 power supply wire top of main board

Check for+15 plusmn 050 V

Observe voltage at P701 power supply wire top of main board

Check for-15 plusmn 050 V

Observe voltage at U505(24) Check for +5 plusmn 025 V

Isolated supply voltage

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

RANGE 10 V TRIG open circuit MODE center position

Alternately observe V from high

R742 to R740 and V _ from kw

the U605(4) to U605(8)

Adjust R773 so that 110VltV lt 120 V and

high

28VltV^^lt34V

Capacitance balance

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

Connect a x10 oscilloscope probe to TP650 and ground the

Adjust R737 for minimum high frequency signal

Inputs

Gate funct ion

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave Verify that the voltage to GATE switches states at the Observe voltage at U510(3) proper input levels with an oscilloscope

Trigger s lope

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave Verify that the voltage to TRIG switches states at the Observe voltage at U510(1) proper input levels with an oscilloscope

TRIG SLOPE-I- Verify voltage is 180deg out of phase

TRIG SLOPE- Verify voltage is in phase

A-M Systems Inc 131 Business Paik Loop PO Box 850 Cailsborg Wa 98324 Tekvhone 8004201306 36O683laquo300 - FAX 360683-3S2S E-mail salesOa-msystemscom Website httpywwwa-msystemscom

14

Trigger and gate funct ion

Controls Inputs Observations

DELAY NONE BURSTWIDTH SINGLE DURATION SQUARE PERIOD 100X10-3

AdjustCheck

Apply a 1 kHz 0 -5 V triangle wave to TRIG Observe TRiGoand EVENT LEDS

TRIG disconnect all Short the GATE connector to GND Verify LEDs extinguish

MODE press to MANUAL Verify LEDs flash once

Timing

System clock frequency

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

Observe the frequency of the wave Verify 1000 MHz plusmn 001 atU555(17)

Mu l t i p l i e rs (Whee l Sw i t ches )

Controls Inputs Observat ions A d j u s t C h e c k

PULSE SIGN+ MODE FREE RUN TRIG disconnect all TIMING MULTIPUERS all

Wheels set to zero except the one being tested

TIMING OVERLAP ignore

Observe the pulse width with the counter at the location specified below

Verify pulse width is correct for each wheel as it is tested independently

For each wheel of each MULTIPLIER test each position to verify that the pulse width is correct Observe the signal at the following locations DELAY U520(2) BURSTWIDTH U530(2) PERIOD U540(2) DURATION U550(2)

Rates (Rotary Switches)

Controls Inputs Observations A d j u s t C h e c k

TIMING MULTIPUERS 001 TIMING RATES all rotary

switches set to 10-4 except the one being tested

Observe the pulse width with the counter at the location specified below

Verify pulse width is correct for each rotary switch as it is tested independently

For each of the four rotary switches in TIMING test each position to verify that the pulse width is correct Observe the signal at the following locations DELAY U520(2) BURSTWIDTH U530(2) PERIOD U540(2) DURATION U550(2)

A-M Systems Inc 131 Business Paik Loop PO Box 850 Caiisborg Wa 98324 Telophone 800-428-1306 bull 3606808300 FAX 360683-3525 E-mail salesOa-msystemscom Website httpwwwa-msystemscom

15

Trigger outputs Controls

Range 10V Pulse Amplitude 500 Delay 100x10-2 Burst 100x10-2 Duration 100 xlQ-^ Period 400x10-3 Pulse sign + Trig Mode Free run Trig in open

Inputs Observations

Trigger the oscilloscope to the Burst Trig Out Observe it the Pulse Trig Out and the isolated output

AdjustCheck

Verify that the waveform consists of a burst of three 1 ms-on3ms-off pulses The burst trigger should be synchronous with the burst the pulse trigger coincident with each pulse

Output Calibration

Isolation Resistance (check) Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

Trig Mode center position Trig In open

Measure the resistance between ground banana jack (front panel) and black banana jack of output with DMM

Resistance read gt 10OMQ

Amplitude Switch Offset (R640) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Zero Trig Mode center position Trig In Open

Measure the voltage at TP645 vs TP650 with the DMM

Adjust R640 (AmpI Sw Offset) for minimum voltage

Output Offset (R332 front panel board) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Zero Range 10V Trig Mode center position Trig In Open

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

Adjust R332 (Output offset) for minimum voltage

Positive Baseline Offset (R607) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Sign + Baseline Amplitude

fully CCW (000) Range 10V Trig In open Trig Mode center position

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

Adjust R602 (BSLN + offset) for minimum voltage

A-M Systems Inc 131 Business Paik Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Jelophone 8004201306 36O6834300 - FAX 380laquo83-352S E-mail salesOa-msystemscom Website httpwwwa-msystemscam

16

Negative Baseline Offset (R619)

Controls InputsObservations

Baseline Sign -Baseline Amplitude

fully CCW (000) Range 10V Trig In open Trig Mode center position

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

AdjustCheck

Adjust R619 (BSLN + offset) for minimum voltage

Pulse Ampl i tude Adjust (R602)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode Free Mode Pulse Amplitude 1000 Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =1001 Period =00110-4 Pulse Sign -Trig In open Range 10V

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

The Overlap indicator should be on Adjust R602 (Max Level) for -10OOV out

Pulse Sign Gain (check)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode Free Mode Pulse Amplitude 1000 Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =100 Is Period =001 10-4s Trig In open Range 10V

Measure the voltage at the output with the DMM for the Pulse Sign at + and - positions

The absolute values of the voltages should differ by less than 10OmV

Baseline Ampl i tudes (check)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

flange 100mA Trig Mode center position Baseline Amplitude fully CW (1000) Trig In open

Measure the voltage at the output with the DMM with Baseline Sign in + Zero and - positions

Gain the matching of current levels at = and - positions and offset current in Zero position

A-M Systems Inc 131 Business Psik Loop PO Box 850 Caiisborg Wa 98324 Telophone 800426-1306 bull 36Olaquo8raquo8300 bull FAX 360683-3525 E-mail salesOa-msystemscom Website httpwwwa-msystemsccm

17

Output Range Amplitude and Drive (check)

Controls InputsObservations

Pulse Amplitude 1000 Pulse Sign + Trig Mode Free Run Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =1001 Period =10010-4 Trig In open

Load the output with a 10KV 1W 01 resistor Measure the voltage at the output with DMM

Pulse Sign and Short Circuit Protection (check)

Controls

Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =200 10-4 Period =00110-3 Baseline Zero Pulse Amplitude 25 Range 10V Trig Mode Free Run Trig In open

InputsObservations

Measure the voltage at the output with the oscilloscope Check for Pulse Sign set to each of + - biphasic Watch for Error indicator when shorting the output

Output Transient Response (check)

Controls InputsObservations

Verify that full scale output is within specification Scale Range 100V 100V 10V 10V 100mA IV 1mA 10V 10mA 100V

AdjustCheck

Verify that pulses of approx 25V amplitude (625V for biphasic mode) of the correct sign are produced every 10ms Short output in biphasic mode Output should return when opened

AdjustCheck

Pulse Sign + Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =20010-4 Period =00110-3 Pulse Amplitude 250 Baseline Zero Trig Mode Free Mode Trig In open

Connect the oscilloscope to the output with a 310 attenuator probe Test both 10V and 10OV ranges

Verify that overshoot and risetime meet specifications

A-M Systems Inc 131 Business Paik Loop PO Box 850 Cailsbora Wa 98324 Tetophone 8004201306 bull 36Oeuro83-8300 bull FAX 360683-352S E-mail salasOa-msystemscom Website hitpywwwa-msystamsoom

18

Specifications

There are three classes of specifications Class A specifications tested in all units and are guaranteed Class B specifications are inherent in the design they are indirectly tested and are guaranteed Class C specifications are typical operating values which are occasionally tested- these are typical values given for your information but not guarshyanteed The class for each specification is noted in the center column of the following sections

Inputs Switching level

Hysteresis

Input equivalent circuit

Minimum duration (TTL-level signal)

A

C

C

C

16 V (plusmn 02 V)

approx 50 mV

lOOKfl to-1-5 in parallel with no more than 35pF

gt50ns

Open circuit condition B defaults to highon level

Timing and rate accuracy

Rate selector steps

Timing multiplier steps

B

B

100S to 100s in 7 steps

1 of rate selector step size Maximum value is 999 X the rate selector step size

Resolution B approx 01 of the maximum value

Timing error (second and later pulses after resetting controls)

B lt 002 of rate selector value + 015S

Timing error (first pulse after readjusting timing controls)

an additional 025s error may occur

Timing repeatability lt 001 settings-20 ns (mbnophasic)

A-M Systems Inc 131 Business Paik Loop PO Box 850 Caiisborg Wa 98324 Telophone 8004201306 3606808300 FAX 3606803S25 E-mail salesOa-msystemscom bull Website httpyy(wwaltTisystemscom

19

TRIG IN to OUTPUT delay (DELAY set to 0) output set to 2V

Timing jitter from TRIG IN to OUTPUT (for TTL trigger input with risetime lt10 ns)

Timing jitter from TRIG OUT (either BURST or PULSE) and OUTPUT

Trigger output to pulse output delay

Output characteristics Pulse level error (voltage mode open circuit current mode short circuit

Biphasic level difference IV-H-i-V-l2

Baseline level error (voltage mode A open circuit current mode short circuit)

Risetime (25 V out)

Risetime (25 V out)

Transient response

A

A

A

Output impedance (voltage mode) C

Output impedance (current mode) C

Isolation resistance A

Isolation capacitance C

approx 05 ps for a load of no more than 10 Kft in parallel with 50 pF

lt 125 ns (all rates except 100s) lt125ys (100s rate)

Less than 20 ns (all rates)

approx 350 ns

lt 03 of setting -i- 05 of r range (plus an additional 05vA in 100 ywA range)

lt 03 of range (voltage modes into open circuit current modes into short circuit)

lt 03 of setting of setting -I- 01 of range (plus an additional 05 pA in 100A range)

= 200 ns into less than 30 pF

= 15 yws into less than 30 pF

lt 8 overshoot into less than 30 pF for pulse voltages different than baseline voltage by at least 10 of range

= 50 ohms

raquo 1 0 Ga (typically 200 GD)

raquo 1 0 0 M n

= 60 pF at 100 Hz

A BB f ^ _ M 1 ^ ^ 131 Business Paik Loop ROBOx850Cai1sOorgWaW3Z4

- I V l o V S i e m S inC80Ph0trade80O42O1308-36O683-8300-FAX36O683-3525 7 bull bull bull bull ^ ^ E-maasale80a-m8vstemscomWebsitehitpjwwwaltnsyste

20 E-mai salesO a-m8ystemscom Website http jwwwa-msystemscom

Noise (differential mode)

Noise (common mode earth to isolated ground) with no signal output

Overload error indicator (low frequency short circuited voltage mode)

Overload error indicator low frequency open circuited current mode)

Overload error response time

Miscellaneous

= 1 mV rms (10 V scale 10 Hz-4 MHz)

- 8 mV rms (10 Hz-4 MHz) =laquo100mVp-p (200 Hz -10 MHz) measured withalOMn 15pF oscilloscope probe

Turns on for set amplitude at or greater than approx plusmn1 V (10 V range) or plusmn2 V (100 V range)

Turns on for set amplitude at or above approx 2 of range

Flat to approx 30 ps duration Decreasing sensitivity for shorter pulses

Power

Fuse

Operating temperature range

Storage temperature range

Operating humidity

Dimensions

Weight

approx 11 watts

1 amp 3 AG

10-30degC

0 - 50deg C

5 - 80 RH

17x475x1125 (inches) 432x121x286 cm

20 lbs (9 kg)

A-M Systems Inc 131 Business Paik Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Tekjptwne 8004201306 bull 36Olaquo8O8300 bull FAX 360laquo8O3525 E-mail salesOa-msystemscom Website httpywwwa-msystemscom

21

Warranty and Service

What does this warranty cover A-f Systems Inc warrants to the Purchaser that the Instrument excluding cables Headstage Probes and any other accessories shipped with the Instrument (hereafter the hardware) is free from defects in workmanship or material under normal use and service for the period of one (1) year This warranty commences on the date of delivery of the hardware to the Purchaser

What are the obligations of A-M Systems Inc under this warranty During the warranty period A-M Systems Inc agrees to repair or replace at its sole option without charge to the Purchaser any defective component part of the hardware To obtain warranty service the Purchaser must return the hardware to A-l^ Systems Inc or an authorized A-M Systems Inc distributor in an adequate shipping container Any postage shipping and insurance charges incurred in shipping the hardware to A-M Systems Inc must be prepaid by the Purchaser and all risk for the hardware shall remain with purchaser until such time as A-M Systems Inc takes receipt of the hardware Upon receipt A-M Systems Inc will promptly repair or replace the defective unit and then return the hardware to the Purchaser postage shipping and insurance prepaid A-M Systems Inc may use reconditioned or like new parts or units at its sole option when repairing any hardware Repaired products shall carry the same amount of outstanding warranty as from original purchase or ninety (90) days which ever is greater Any claim under the warranty must include a dated proof of purchase of the hardware covered by this warranty In any event A-M Systems Inc liability for defective hardware is limited to repairing or replacing the hardware

What is not covered by this warranty This warranty is contingent upon proper use and maintenance of the hardware by the Purchaser and does not cover batteries Neglect misuse whether intentional or othenvise tampering with or altering the hardware damage caused by accident damage caused by unusual physical electrical chemical or electromechanical stress damage caused by failure of electrical power or damage caused during transportation are not covered by this warranty Products may not be returned to A-M Systems Inc for service whether under warranty or otherwise which are contaminated by Infectious agents radioactive compounds or other materials constituting a health hazard to employees of A-M Systems Inc

What are the limits of liability for A-M Systems Inc under this warranty A-M Systems Inc shall not be liable for loss of data profits or savings or any special incidental consequential indirect or other similar damages arising from breach of contract negligence or other legal action even if the company or its agent has been advised of the possibility of such damages or for any claim brought against you by another party THIS EQUIPMENT IS NOT INTENDED FOR CLINICAL MEASUREMENTS USING HUMAN SUBJECTS A-M SYSTEMS INC DOES NOT ASSUME RESPONSIBILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE DUE TO MISUSE OF THIS EQUIPMENT Jurisdictions vary with regard to the enforceability of provisions excluding or limiting liability for incidental or consequential damages Check the provision of your local jurisdiction to find out whether the above exclusion applies to you

This warranty allocates risks of product failure between the Purchaser and A-M Systems Inc A-M Systems Inc hardware pricing reflects this allocation of ris1lt and the limitations of liability contained in this warranty The warranty set forth above is in lieu of all other express warranties whether oral or written The agents employees distributors and dealers of A-M Systems Inc are not authorized to make modifications to this warranty or additional warranties binding on the company Accordingly additional statements such as dealer advertising or presentations whether oral or written do not constitute warranties by A-M Systems Inc and should not be relied upon This warranty gives you specific legal rights You may also have other rights which vary from one jurisdiction to another

A B B J l laquo raquo ^ t3tBusinessPafkLoopPOBox850Cai1sbO(gWa98324

- | V | O V S i e m S |nCtrade042O1306-36O68O8300-FAX36O68O3525 E-mail salasOa-msvstemscom bull Website httowwwa-msvste

t3tBusinassParkLaopROBox8SOCai1sbo(gWa98324 po Telophone 8004201306 360683-8300 FAX 3606803525 ^ ^ E-maH salesOa-msystemscom Wetsite httpwwwa-msystem3e0m

mwal

INSTRUCTION MANUAL

FOR

ISOLATED PULSE STIMULATOR

MODEL 2100

Serial

Date

A-M Systems Inc

PO Box 850

Carisborg WA 98324

USA

360-683-8300 bull 800-426-1306 FAX 360-683-3525

httpwwwa-m8y8temscom

Version 50 May 1998

Contents General Description 1

Instrument Features 1 Controls and Connectors 2

Operating Instructions 6 Theory of Operation 10 Calibration Procedures 12

Inputs ii 14 Output Calibration iii i 16

Specifications i4 il u 19 Warranty and Service wi iJ iJi [ii 22

Each Isolated Pulse Stimulator Is delivered complete with

Rack Mount Hardware Instructions amp Maintenance Manual

NOTE

This instrument is not intended for clinical measurements using human subjects A-M Systems Inc does not assume msponsibility for injury or damage due to the misuse of this instrument

General bull M ^ ion

Instrument Features The Isolated Pulse Stimulator Model 2100 Is designed for a wide variety of applications It is highly flexible being capable of delivering single pulses biphasic pairs or bursts of pulses Pulses may be started manually or upon receiving a trigger signal from another instrument or computer Two non-isolated trigger outputs are available for triggering other instruments

Four sets of timing controls provide comprehensive control over all aspects of pulse generation Three digit accuracy is available over a 7 decade range for each timing function using lever wheel switches Pulse wkiths can be set over more than a 9 decade range from 05 [is to 999 seconds Timing accuracy is assured through the use of a 10 MHz base rate crystal-controlled clock digitally divided to provide accurate timing over the entire range A timing overiap indicator will light if the timing controls are set Inconsistently

The output may be conveniently switched between cun-ent and voltage modes Pulse and baseline amplitudes are independently presettable with lockable dials An error indicator will light if the Model 2100 cannoi deliver the desired signal

WARNING

The Model 2100 can produce potentially dangemus voltages up to 100 V et the output connectors The isolated output is not connected internally to safety (earth) ground in ahy way Some part of the extemal circuit should be connected to safety gmund Use caution in handling any wires connectors or electrodes which may be directly or indirectly attached to the Model 2100 output Some lltinds of connectors such as BNC connectors have exposed metal parts which may float at dangemus potentials unless extemally connected to safety gmund For greatest safety tum the Model 2100 off before making any connections to

the Instrument

131 Business Park LocfiPO Box BSOCarM)orgWa 98324 800426-1308 bull36OlaquoS3laquo300FAX 3 6 M 8 3 ^ 2 5

E-malt uiittyBQaHiByBtumaooiTi Wobsita HipJtwtiwiwftbMiAcon fl-N SystQms I n c ^ T

Controls and Connectors The controls for the Model 2100 are grouped in three sections START controlling when a pulse or burst of pulses begins TIMING controlling the onoff timing of one or more pulses and otJTPliT controlling the amplitude of the output signal

Start TRIG SLOPE This switch determines whether valid triggers occur at positive or negative edges in the trigger signal

MODE This switch controls how wavefomris are initiated When set to FREE RUN one timing cycle immediately follows the last When held in the MANUAL position a timing cycle starts immediately When the switch is in the center position timing cycles start when valid triggering events occur

TRIGD This LED lights up when a timing cycle is in process and continues until the burst is completed

TRIG This BNC connector allows a signal from an extemal source to initiate timing cycles It is set for standard TTL levels

GATE This BNC connector allows a signal from an extemal source to restrict the final output signal This input must be at a logical high (or open-circuited) in order for the Model 2100 to recognize either manual or automatic trigger events

Gate 1_ Trigger [~^ i I Valid triggers are represented by the arrows in the figure Note that the up arrow would apply only if TRIG SLOPE is set to + the down anrows would apply only if TRIG SLOPE is set to-

NOTE Triggers have no effect if the system has not completed its response to a previous trigger

fl-N SystQms I n c ^ 131 Business Park Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 600426-13063eO683laquo300FAX 360683^525

E-maB anBysQraquoinsyaleiTaconi Wsbalto h^KAvwwa-(nsys(smsoom

Timing Four sets of controls govem the timing of pulse generation Each set contains two values which are multiplied together to detennine the actual timing value The rotary knob (rate selector) provides the approximate timing value and the lever wheel switch bank (MULTIPLIER) provkles a time resolution of three decimal digits The following diagram shows most of the important relationships

Pnfe-tRAIM I B E L A V i6Molaquo

BURST WIOtH

Output r Delay

t n

Duration - ^ lt - |4Periodgt|

FLJI -^ Burst width

Trigger event

DELAY These controls set the time between the initiating trigger event and the beginning of the pulse burst If this rate selector is set to NONE or the multiplier is set to ooo there is no delay

BURSTWIDTH These controls set the time period in which one or more pulses may be delivered Once started a pulse may outlast the burst width If this rate selector is set to SINGLE or to any time shorter than the pulse duration only a single pulse will occur If the BURSTWIDTH is longer than the period pulses will be emitted at the PERIOD rate until the burst time ends Pulses are never truncated by a short BURST WIDTH

iNTpoundA-PULSiE PBRiOb

DURATION These controls set the length of each pulse If this rate selector is set to SQUARE the duration is set to half of the period regardless of the MULTIPLIER setting

PERIOD These controls set the period of time between adjacent pulse events within the burst It also forces a minimum dead time between recognized input triggers following a burst of one or more pulses This can be used to prevent over stimulation of a tissue without requiring excessive delay between the triggering event and the stimulating pulse

TlMtNQ OVERLAP

mLiHMPi

VVtJ jiwaa lasm nlaquoilaquo u

t^fi SysUms I n c ^ Elt4nsfl a m

131 Business Pofc Loop PO Box 850 Carisborg 1^98324 600-426-1306 36O6834300 FAK 360683^525

E-mai vrvysQfrflisysleraLOCniWutiailQL N^jAwwa^iByslernUiOOni

NOTE If any of these timing controls are changed while a timing cycle is in operation the results are undefined until the cunent cycle flnishes

TIMING OVERLAP This LED will light to indicate an Inconsistency in the timing cycle settings There are several ways to Introduce such errors The most common way is to set the inter-pulse PERIOD to be less than the pulse DURATION

TRIG OUT (UPPER) This BNC connector provides a signal which is coinckient with the intemal Burst timing signal (default) This means the signal starts at the end of the Delay time and persists until the Burst time expires This output may also be set to represent the delay time-out by setting the internal jumper J510 to the left two pins Instead of the right two pins (Please see the Calibration section in this manual for jumper location Directions are given as viewed from the fix)nt of the instrument)

TRIG OUT (LOWER) This BNC connector provides a signal which is coincident with the Duration timing signal which controls pulse output

NOTE Both trigger output signals slightly lead the isolated output signal

Output PULSE SIGN This Switch sets the sign for the pulses to be generated It also allows generation of biphasic pulses thereby doubling the effective total period Warning the first pulse genemted after changing the PULSE SIGN svntch may have the wmng polarity

BASELINE This switch sets the sign for the baseline signal

RANGE This rotary switch allows one of three current or two voltage ranges to be selected for the output signal

BASELINE AMPLITUDE This counting dial are independently set using ten-minute counting dials with the baseline having one tenth the range of the pulse amplitude

A-N Systlaquomslaquo Inc 131 Buskiess Partt Loop PO BoK 8S0 Cailsbarg Wa 96324 laophone 8004201306 bull36O68M300-FAX 3eolaquo8M525 E-mat bullmsysflMnsyslermoom VMaHsr Hlplhfimnmyekmoom

PULSE AMPLITUDE This counting dial

EVENTS This LED indicates when a pulse is ongoing

ERROR This LED indicates when the intemal output amplifier cannot output the pulse as desired This is usually due to a short circuit while trying to output a voltage or an open circuit while trying to output a current

One control from the Ot^uf section directly affects wavefonn timing the Pulse Sign control When set to the Biphasic mode a positive-going pulse is Immediately followed by a negative-going pulse This effectively doubles the pulse duration If a burst of biphasic pulses is being produced the period must be at least twice the single pulse duration In the Sgtan wave mode the baseline disappears as long as the burst persists

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Bushass Park locpPOBooi 850 C8ri9bcrgMS8324 IMqphona 800426-1306 bull36Olaquo83laquo3a0 FAX 360683-3529 E-nal amsyaOa4nsyatemscomWeMlK hMpJVniwa-nsygtatnscom

Operating Instructions

Examples Simple setup (and minimal Instrument tost)

Connect the output of the Model 2100 to an oscilloscope Before connecting the instrument it is safest to turn its power off

Set the Ou^uf controls

Range Pulse Sign

Baseline Pulse Amplitude

10V +

Zero 200

Setting The Timing Controls

Delay Burst Width

Duratbn Period

none single

15010-2 500102

Setting The Start Controls

Mode Free Run

Disconnect any cables to the TRIG or GATE Inputs

Note that the green Trig and Event Indicators tum on as Free Run is turned on (and tum off othenwise) You should observe a 15ms duration 20Hz rate pulse of 200V above a OV baseline on the oscilloscope i

A ^ M ^ _ _ _ A ^ _ _ _ 1 ^ 131BiiHnD8raquoParttloopPOBoxB50Car)sbcrBlaquoraquoS8324

bull P l ^ y S W n i S f |nC ltV^gt^8deglt^^2O1306380laquo8OS3a0FAX36O6BMS2S

6 E-fnflk 9n^fBOs-in9ystsni9cx]fnWDbs)tec H^ff9Nw^myStem9oom

Demonstration of Burst Mode Connect the output of the Model 2100 to an oscilloscope Before connecting the instrument it is safest to tum Its power off

Set the Output controls

Range Pulse Sign

Baseline Pulse Amplitude

Baseline Amplitude

Setting The Timing Controls

Delay Burst Width

Duration

Period

Set the START controls as follows

Mode

Disconnect any cables to the TRIG or GATE inputs

Trigger the oscilloscope from the Burst trigger out (upper Tr^ Out connector) for a stable display In each burst (occumng every lOOms) you should observe a trio of 15ms duration starting 50ms apart Try switching the StartMode from Free Run to the center (nomnal) position The pulses will no longer be produced and the Trig and Event indicators will turn off Pressing this switch once (to Manual) will cause a single burst to occur

880 120 150 500

10V +

200 100

102 102 102 102

Free Run

fleaff SySlQmSa |nCa deglgt ltlt ^ ^ deg ^ degdeg ^ ^ ^ bull E-matmia

131 Business Park LoopPO Box 850 Carisborg Vfe 86324 lUcphcna 800426-1306 36Olaquo83laquo300 FAX 36068raquo52 E-maft tfii8ysOiHn^nleiTBcom1AWisJto HSpitwraquoM^wytAtii9oom

Problem SoMng If the Instrument appears to be not worthing properiy check all of the control settings and connections Be sure to wait at least 5-10 seconds after turning the Instrument off before tuming it on again The following t6ef summary of typical problems for the user (along with the most common solutions) may help

Problem CauseSolution EVENT indicator never lights even in FREE RUN mode

bull Replace fuse check power connection bullSet DELAY or PERIOD to a shorter interval

bull Power-on too soon after power-off

OVERLAP Indicator is on

ERROR indicator is on

Time appears to be excessive

bullSet DURATION gt000 bull DURATION is set to SQUARE but PERIOD is 000 Increase PERIOD or set DURATION independantly

bull BURST and WIDTH are gt DURATION increase PERIOD or decrease

DURATION bull BIPHASIC pulse output is on and PERIOD is not longer than twice the DURATION Increase PERIOD or decrease DURATION

bull Free-run is on and BURST Is lt PERIOD (BURST off) DELAY is 0 and PERIOD is lt DURATION Add delay or modify PERIOD

bull Free-mn is on and BURST is gt DURATION (BURST ON) and PERIOD is lt DURATION Increase PERIOD

bull For VOLTAGE outputs the output Is trying to drive too low a resistance or capacitance (eg a short circuit) Check by disconnecting the output It is possible (and normal) that for the fastest cycles

and largest amplitudes (close to 100 V and 1 MS) that the ERROR Indicator might always come on during repetitive pulses Fix output load or decrease amplitude as required

bull Changed control in mid-cycle (resets cunent status)

A ^ M bull _ _ _ A ^ ^ _ _ i ^ mdash 131BuslnessPai1ltLoopPOBox850CarlsborgWamp98324

bull p i j ^ v s w m s iiic^^deglt^deg^^deglt^^^3degB3^^^deg^^^^degdeg^^^deg^^deg^^^^ E-mat iiiMOafflwstemseom WabaHe MtaffiwwtHtavsli

8 E-msft flmsjoQfrfraystGfnsoom ^WobsltiK hl^Aiwv9-fn9]nteniscom

Cant seem to get a full signal out

Incoming triggers not accepted frequently enough

bull Load is not properiy connected repair wiring

bull Too low a load impedance (VOLTAGE modes) or too high a load impedance

(CURRENT mode)

bull PERIOD is set too long (enforces dead time) followd by BURST set to SIGNAL Reduce PERIOD time

Table 10 Problem Solving

If you suspect that the Model 2100 may have completely failed we recommend checking the basic level of functionality If this fails your instrument is defective and must be repaired If this passes either your experimental setup is incompatible or inconsistent or there is a more subtle flaw in your Model 2100

If the Model 2100 appears to be malfunctioning contact A-M Systems Inc or your dealer Telephone numtgters for A-M Systems Inc listed on the front cover of this manual We will first attempt to solve the problem over the telephone so have an exact description of your problem available when you call You do not need to be within the warranty period to obtain over-the-phone assistance

A ^ M V - mdash A d B ^ K M I ^ M 131BuslnessPatfcLoopPOBox6SOCai

-PI s y s i Q m s inc-2raquolaquoa22=M^^

131 Business Parfc Loop PO Box 650 Cartsborg VM9 0S324 _ FAX36(W8a3525 E^nrt flnsysQa-ntsyttanB-oom Wsbsfte hHpiMNvwa-nnystsnisooni

9

Theory of Operation

The operation of the Model 2100 is summarized In the block diagram (see Fig 3) Not shown are all of the interconnections with the microcontroller The intemal microcontroler plays an important role in setting the signal path but does not directly

contribute to the dynamic characteristics It scans the front panel switches and sets the control values for the logic arays It programs the intemal counters which along with the other hardware achieve the necessary sub-microsecond speeds

All action starts either from an input trigger signal (from Trig In) or from an intemal signal (in free Run mode only) A Delay timer counts the 10MHz clock until its count value Is exhausted At this point the Burst timer starts Both Period and Duration timers are started at this time If the Burst timer has not expired by the end of the Period the Period and Duration timers are restarted If the Biphasic mode has been set the Duration timer is restarted at the end of the initial Duration and the sign of the output pulse Is reversed doubling the total duration

The system state (pulse on pulse sip baseline sign [+101-]) is transmitted to the isolated section via optoisolator The baseline and pulse amplitudes are selected by an analog switch The resulting signal is amplified by a variable-power-supply discrete operational amplifier The amplifier connections and gain is modified to provide two voltage and three cunent ranges

Timing overlap errors are detected by a logical decision computation rather than by testing for counter collisions This provides instant feedback rather than waiting up to an hour for such a collision to occur Output errors are measured by sensing the output amplifiers differential input voltage Under normal conditions this is a negligible voltage if the amplifier fails to deliver the requested signal the window comparator testing this voltage sends this message (via optoisolator) to the logic section turning on a warning LED

fl-N Systems Inc 131BusbnassPa(tLoopPOBox6SOCari3boigVMg8324 H n |TWoph0n880O426-13083eO6Blaquo300FMt36Olaquo8i3525 E-nnl anaysflfriinysleiiaoemWfcbslte hllphmwraquoimyatennoom

TRIG 3HJ) OUT

(burst)

TRIG ^ OUT

(pulse)

E

Ml

Calibration Procedures

The calibration interval is the lesser of 1000 hours of operation or 6 months Somewhat greater drift can be expected in the first 100 hours of operation as the semiconductors age Adjustments should only be made after the instrument has been fully warmed up for at least 15 minutes

Full instrument calibration requires the following test equipment digital multimeter (plusmn 01) able to measure resistance to at least lOOMfl oscilloscope with at least 50MHz bandwidth true-rms voltmeter with 4MHz bandwidth universal counter (plusmn 001 ) able to measure single pulse widths and periods resistors (all plusmn 01) 2kn lOkH 1 waft 20kn 200kn alligator clip lead sets banana plugs and BNC adapters

Adjustment integrated circuit and test point locations are shown in the following figures All adjustments are on the timing board unless otherwise noted

All voltages in the non-isolated section should be measured with respect to ground at TP510 unless othenvise stated Some voltages are measured with respect to an intemal isolated ground at TP650 or across the two output tenninals Occasionally the voltage at an IC pin must be measured In these cases the reference designator is given with the pin number in parentheses eg U602(16) When it states within this procedure that a voltage is to be minimized this means that the adjustment should be made such that the measured voltage is as close to zero volts as possible Refer to the Specifications Section of this manual for acceptable tolerances

The sequence of this procedure is Important If any adjustment is made all adjustments which follow must be made to ensure that the specifications will be met These procedures require that all controls remain as set in previous steps unless otherwise indicated

WARNING

The Model 2100 has dangerous voltages throughout the instrument even with the power is off Servicing the Model 2100 should only be done by qualified service personnel Use caution in handling any wires connectors or electrodes which may be directly or indirectly attached to the Instrument Do not touch exposed connections or components Disconnect power by unplugging the power cord from the receptacle

fl-N Systems I n c ^ 131BusinesaPartcLoopPOBox850CartsborgVWiB8324 4 n ^gt-mdash80O426-130638Ofl8Jlaquo300FAX36O683J52S bull E-maft BinsysQfrfn^islflnisoomVVfalislle h^KVfWMift^iisystemsoani

CO

- R503

Omg^

TPSOlQ O

OTPSOO

U560 bull

U510

DDID ^ trade E O ^ T P 5 1 0

bullnD Trig

0 ^

U570

Gate n U505

DO D

U515

Timing

Timing h_ U520

bsoo ^25SE Timing

Or r U540

I I Tmlng

[^ELIL

U535 D

U506

13 J510 Timlnff

BurfiDelay J400

i i i i i i i T r m r a

gt U550 ^

Clock

U555 U620

B a

^R^Pvhigh Rfijn O D O Vlow

o

bull U545

Fo sect737 lISOIsPjC-COMP

n r r ^ U760

J420

]]U632

Q S riuGSO

H = ) TP640^ deg I t I

II3D

J440 m i T i

U610 plusmn laquo j U O

bull bull l el

^t

O l

bull

M

I

Power supply and bias voltages

Power supply

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

POWER ON Observe voltage at P703 power supply wire top of main board

Check for+15 plusmn 050 V

Observe voltage at P701 power supply wire top of main board

Check for-15 plusmn 050 V

Observe voltage at U505(24) Check for+5 plusmn 025 V

Isolated supply voltage

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

RANGE 10 V TRIG open circuit MODE center position

Altemately observe V^ from R742 to R740 and V ^ from the U605(4) to U605(8)

Adjust R773 so that 110VltV^lt 120 V and

nign

28VltV^lt34V

Capacitance balance

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Connect a x10 oscilloscope probe to TP650 and ground the

Adjust R737 for minimum high frequency signal

Inputs

Gate funct ion

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave Verify that the voltage to GATE switches states at the Obsene voltage at U51G(3) proper input levels with an oscilloscope ^ ^

Trigger s lope

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave Verify that the voltage to TRIO switches states at the Observe voltage at US 10( 1) proper input levels with an oscilloscope

TRIG SLOPE + Verify voltage is 180 out of phase

TRIG SLOPE Verify voltage is in phase

fl-N Systems Inc ^ 131 Bushess Park Loop PO Bar 850 Carisborg Wa 98324 8004201306 3eOlaquoS3e300 FAX 3606BV352S

C-maft fliii8yBQfriii9yBlumaoamVIAibsMB hRpJhwMifi-iiiBystematxini

14

Trigger and gate funct ion

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

DELA NONE BURS1WII3TH SINGLE DURATION SQUARE PERIOD 100X10-3

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave to TRIG Obsen^e TRIOD and EVENT LEDS

TRIG disconnect all Short the GATE connector to GND Verify LEDs extinguish

MODE press to MANUAL Verify LEDs flash once

Timing

System c lock frequency

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Observe the frequency of the wave atU555(17)

Verify 1000 MHz plusmn001

Multipl iers (Wheel Switches)

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

PULSE SIGN + MODE FREE RUN TRIG disconnect all TIMING MULTIPUERS ail

wheels set to zero except the one being tested

TnmiNG OVERLAP ^nOTB

Observe the pulse width with the counter at the location specified below

Verify pulse width Is correct for each wheel as it is tested Independently

For each wheel of each MULTIPUER test each position to verify that the pulse width is correct Observe the signal at the following locations DELAY U520(2) BURSTWIDTH U530(2) PERIOD US40(2) DURATION U550(2)

Rates (Rotary Switches)

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

TIMING MULTIPUERS 001 TIMING RATES all rotary

switches set to 10-4 except the one being tested

Observe the pulse width with the counter at the location specified below

Verify pulse width is conect for each rotary switch as it is tested independently

For each of the four rotary switches in TIMING test each position to verify that the pulse wkJth is correct Observe the signal at the following locations DELAY U520(2) BURSTWIDTH U530(2) PERIOD U540(2) DURATION U550(2)

fl-N Systems I n c ^ E-maft emfl

131 Business Parti Loop PO 809(850 Cartsborg Wta 98324 8004201306 3804806300 FAX 36068O3S25

E-maft ansysQa nvystems-oom Wobste hflp Avwwa4nsy8(Qnttoam

15

Trigger outputs Controls

Range 10V Pulse Amplitude 500 Delay 100x10 Burst 100x10^2 Duration 100 x1a Period 400x10^ Pulse sign + Trig Mode Free run Trig in open

Inputs Observations

Trigger the oscilloscope to the Burst Trig Out Observe it the Pulse Trig Out and the isolated output

Adjust Check

Verify that the waveform consists of a burst of three 1ms-on3ms-off pulses The burst trigger should be synchronous with the burst the pulse trigger coincident with each pulse

Output Calibration

Isolation Resistance (check) Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode center position Trig In open

Measure the resistance between ground banana jack (front panel) and black banana jack of output with DMM

Resistance read gt 100MQ

Amplitude Switch Offset (R640) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Zero Trig Mode center position Trig In Open

Measure the voltage at TP645 vs TP650 with the DMM

Adjust R640 (AmpI Sw Offset) for minimum voltage

Output Offset (R332 front panel board) Controls I nputsObservatlons AdjustCheck

Baseline Zero Range 10V Trig Mode center position Trig In Open

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

Adjust R332 (Output offset) for minimum voltage

Positive Baseline Offset (R607) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Sign + Baseline Amplitude

fully CCW (000) Range 10V Trig In open Trig Mode center position

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

Adjust R602 (BSLN + offset) for minimum voltage

fl M raquo _ _ _ A laquo ^ _ i ^ ^ 131Buslnelaquo8Pari(loopPOBoK850Cart8borgWB96324

bull P I i s V S i e m S a |||Cg1Maphans80O42O130638O68O8300FAX36Olaquo8raquo^2S E-tiBft anagtraquoflwiisyagtlaquomraquoaimW6baHB hHpffii(wwraquoltnsylaquoleniieom

16

Negative Baseline Offset (R619) Controls

Baseline Sign -i Baseline Amplitude bull fully CCW (000)

Range 10V Trig In open Trig Mode center position

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

AdjustCheck

Adjust R619 (BSLN 4 offset) for minimum voltage

Pulse Amplitude Adjust (R602) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode Free Mode Pulse Amplitude 1000 Timing Dialay =none Burst =single Duration =1001 Period =00110-4 Pulse Sign -Trig In open Range 10V

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

The Overiap indicator should be on Adjust R602 (Max Level) for -1000V out

Pulse Sign Gain (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode Free Mode Pulse Amplitude 1000 Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =1001 s Period =00110-4s Trig In open Range 10V

Measure the voltage at the output with the DMM for the Pulse Sign at -- and - positions

The absolute values of the voltages should differ by less than lOOmV

Baseline Amplitudes (check) Controls InputsObservations

Range 100mA Trig Mode center position Baseline Amplitude fully CW (1000) Trig In open

Measure the voltage at the output with the DMM with Baseline Sign in + Zero and - positions

AdjustCheck

Gain the matching of current levels at = and - positions and offset current in Zero position

fl-N Systems Inc^^ bull E-mal am8

131 Business Partt Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 88324 8004201306360laquo8Oe300FAX 360laquo8O362S

E-maM am8y8^o-mBy8tflmBoom WobaKo hHp Awwwo-f i iBystonuoom

17

Output Range Amplitude and Drive (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Pulse Amplitude 1000 Pulse Sign + Trig Mode Free Run Timing Delay =none Burst =8ingle Duration =1001 Period =10010-4 Trig In open

Load the output with a 10KV1W 01 resistor Measure the voltage at the output with DMM

Verify that full scale output is within specification Scale Range 100V 100V 10V 10V 100mA IV 1mA 10V 10mA 100V

Pulse Sign and Short Circuit Protection (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Timing Delay =none Burst =8ingle Duration =200 10-4 Period =00110-3 Baseline Zero Pulse Amplitude 25 Range 10V Trig Mode Free Run Trig In open

Measure the voltage at the output with the oscilloscope Check for Pulse Sign set to each of + - biphasic Watch for Error indicator when shorting the output

Verify that pulses of approx 25V amplitude (625V for biphasic mode) of the correct sign are produced every 10ms Short output in biphasic mode Output should retum when opened

Output Transient Response (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Pulse Sign + Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =20010-4 Period =00110-3 Pulse Amplitude 250 Baseline Zero Trig Mode Free Mode Trig In open

Connect the oscilloscope to the output with a 310 attenuator prolse Test boVn 10V and 100V ranges

Verify that overshoot and risetime meet specifications

fl-N Systems I n c ^ 131 Business Parte Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wb 98324 8004201306 36Olaquo83O300 FAX 36O680lt352S

E-mQ0 snBy8Qs-msy8faiTiscom VWriMtte N ^ Mvww9-msy8lemscom

18

Specifications

There are three classes of specifications Class A specifications tested in all unHs and are guaranteed Class B specifications are inherent in the design they are indirectly tested and are guaranteed Class C specifications are typical operating values which are occasionally tested- these are typical values given for your infomiation but not guarshyanteed The class for each specification is noted in the center column of the following sections

Inputs Switching level

Hysteresis

Input equivalent circuit

Minimum duration (1 IL-level signal)

A

C

C

C

16V(plusmn02V)

approx 50 mV

100K ft to+5 In parallel with no more than 35pF

gt 50 ns

Open circuit condition B defaults to highon level

Timing and rate accuracy Rate selector steps

Timing multiplier steps

Resolution

Timing eror (second and later pulses after resetting controls)

B

B

B

B

lOOps to 100s In 7 steps

1 of rate selector step size Maximum value is 999 x the rate selector step size

approx 01 of the maximum value

lt 002 of rate selector value + 015 ps

Timing error (first pulse after readjusting timing controls)

an additional 025 ps error may occur

Timing repeatability lt 001 setting + 20 ns (monophasic)

fl-N Systems I nc ^ bull E-moU ams

131 Business Parti Loop PO Boot 850 Cartsborg VM 98324 80O42O130838O08O8300FAX36Olaquo8O3S2S

E-meU anByafl^iiisyslainaoomWebsHe hHpffliiwwraquomsys)emsoom

19

TRIG IN to OUTPUT delay (DELAY set to 0) output set to 2V

Timing jitter ft-om TRIG IN to OUTPUT (for TTL trigger input with risetime lt10 ns)

Timing jitter ft^om TRIG OUT (either BURST or PULSE) and OUTPUT

Trigger output to pulse output delay

Output charactsristics Pulse level enror (voltage mode open circuit cun-ent mode short circuit

Biphasic level difference |V + + V-|2

Baseline level error (voltage mode A open circuit current mode short circuit)

Risetime (25 V out)

Risetime (25 V out)

Transient response

A

A

A

Output impedance (voltage mode) C

Output impedance (current mode) C

Isolation resistance A

Isolation capacitance C

approx 05 ps for a load of no more than 10 Kft in parallel with 50 pF

lt 125 ns (all rates except 100s) lt 125 ps (100s rate)

Less than 20 ns (all rates)

approx 350 ns

lt 03 of setting + 05 of r range (plus an additional 05 pA inlOOpArenge)

lt 03 of range (voltage modes into open circuit current modes into short circuit)

lt 03 of setting of setting + 01 of range (plus an additional 05 pA in lOOpA range)

laquo 200 ns into less than 30 pF

laquo15 ps into less than 30 pF

lt 8 overshoot Into less than 30 pF for pulse voltages different than baseline voltage by at least 10 of range

laquo 50 ohms

raquo 1 0 Gft (typically 200 Gft)

raquo100Mft

laquo 60 pF at 100 Hz

fl-N Systems Inc^^ 131 Business Partt Uxip PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 96324 8004201308 SBOee^^SOO FAX 360laquoS3^52S

E-mat BiByraquoaiMii8ylaquoliiiiiseomWiljalteHlpJV(wwraquo4tgy8lenaoom

20

Noise (differential mode)

Noise (common mode earth to isolated ground) with no signal output

Overioad error indicator (low frequency short circuited voltage mode)

Overioad error indicator low frequency open circuited current mode)

Overioad enor response time

Miscellaneous

Power

Fuse

Operating temperature range

Storage temperature range

Operating humidity

Dimensions

Weight

laquo1 mV rms (10 V scale 10Hz-4MHz)

laquo 8 mV rms (10 Hz-4 MHz) laquo100mVp-p (200 Hz -10 MHz) measured withalOMft 15pF oscilloscope probe

Turns on for set amplitude at or greater than approx plusmn1V (10 V range) or plusmn2 V (100 V range)

Turns on for set amplitude at or above approx 2 of range

Flat to approx 30 ps duration Decreasing sensitivity for shorter pulses

approx 11 watts

1 amp 3 AG

10-30C

0 - 50deg C

5-80RH

17x475x1125 (Inches) 432x121x286 cm

20 lbs (9 kg)

fl mm bull gt _ _ _ A ^ ^ _ _ L ^ 131BusinesraquoPariltLocpPOBox850C8rtsborgWS9e324

bull p i ^ y s v e m s IIIC^^deg(^deg^Bdegltgt^^^3degdeg^deg^^deg^^^degdeg^^I^deg^deg^^^^^

21 E-mei flre^nQo 4n8yo(amscam Wsbsfle hHpAwwwe-msy8Jems-Oom

Warranty and Service

What does this warranty cover A-M Systems Inc warrants to the Purchaser that the Instrument excluding cables Headstage Probes and any other accessories shipped with the Instrument (hereafter the hardware) is free from defects in workmanship or material under normal use and service for the period of one (1) year This warranty commences on the date of delivery of the hardware to the Purchaser

What are the obligations of A-M Systems Inc under this warranty During the warranty period A-M Systems Inc agrees to repair or replace at its sole option without charge to the Purchaser any defective component part of the hardware To obtain warranty service the Purchaser must return the hardware to A-M Systems Inc or an authorized A-M Systems Inc distributor in an adequate shipping container Any postage shipping and insurance charges incurred in shipping the hardware to A-M Systems Inc must be prepaid by the Purchaser and all risk for the hardware shall remain with purchaser until such time as A-M Systems Inc takes receipt of the hardware Upon receipt A-M Systems Inc will promptly repair or replace the defective unit and then return the hardware to the Purchaser postage shipping and insurance prepaid A-M Systems Inc may use reconditioned or like new parts or units at its sole option when repairing any hardware Repaired products shall carry the same amount of outstanding wan^nty as from original purchase or ninety (90) days which ever is greater Any claim under the warranty must include a dated proof of purchase of the hardware covered by this wan-anty In any event A-M Systems Inc liability for defective hardware is limited to repairing or replacing the hardware

What is not covered by this warranty This warranty is contingent upon proper use and maintenance of the hardware by the Purchaser and does not cover batteries Neglect misuse whether intentional or otherwise tampering with or altering the hardware damage caused by accident damage caused by unusual physical electrical chemical or electromechanical stress damage caused by failure of electrical power or damage caused during transportation are not covered by this warranty Products may not be returned to A-M Systems Inc for service whether under warranty or otherwise which are contaminated by infectious agents radioactive compounds or other materials constituting a health hazard to employees of A-M Systems Inc

What are the limits of llabiiity for A-M Systems inc under this warranty A-M Systems Inc shall not be liable for loss of data profits or savings or any special incidental consequential indirect or other similar damages arising from breach of contract negligence or other legal action even if the company or its agent has been advised of the possibility of such damages or for any claim brought against you by another party THIS EQUIPMENT IS NOT INTENDED FOR CLINICAL MEASUREMENTS USING HUMAN SUBJECTS A-M SYSTEMS INC DOES NOT ASSUME RESPONSIBILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE DUE TO MISUSE OF THIS EQUIPMENT Jurisdictions vary with regard to the enforceability of provisions excluding or limiting liability for incidental or consequential damages Check the provision of your local jurisdiction to find out whether the above exclusion applies to you This warranty allocates risks of product failure between the Purchaser and A-M Systems Inc A-M Systems Inc hardware pricing reflects this allocation of risk and the limitations of liability contained in this wanranty The warranty set forth above is in lieu of all other express wan^anties whether oral or written The agents employees distributors and dealers of A-M Systems Inc are not authorized to make modifications to this wan-anty or additional wan-anties binding on the company Accordingly additional statements such as dealer advertising or presentations whether oral or written do not constitute wananties by A-M Systems Inc and should not be relied upon This warranty gives you specific legal rights You may also have other rights whrch vary from one jurisdiction to another

6 mm ^ laquo _ _ A a B ^ _ 1 ^ ^ 131 Business Parti Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg W B 98324 O O

bull P l A y S V e m S l n C T^M 8OO42OI3O6 380683-8300FAX 360 803525 ^ ^ E-msl iiiisy80iHTBy8tenisoom Wsbsito hnphwwfrimysleiiisoom

A

V ISO

INSTRUCTION MANUAL

FOR

ISOLATED PULSE STIMULATOR

MODEL 2100

Serial

Date

A-M Systems Inc

PO Box 850

Carlsborg WA 98324

USA

360-683-8300 bull 800-426-1306 FAX 360-683-3525

httpwwwa-msystemscom

Version 70 February 2002

Contents General Description 1

Instrument Features 1 Controls and Connectors 2

Operating Instructions 6 Theory of Operation 10 Calibration Procedures 12

Inputs 14 Output Calibration 16

Specifications 19 Warranty and Service 22

Each Isolated Pulse Stimulator is delivered complete with

Rack Mount Hardware Instructions amp Maintenance Manual

NOTE

This instrument is not intended for clinical measurements using human subjects A-M Systems Inc does not assume responsibility for Injury or damage due to the misuse of this instrument

General Description

Instrument Features The Isolated Pulse Stimulator Model 2100 is designed for a wide variety of applications It is highly flexible being capable of delivering single pulses biphasic pairs or bursts of pulses Pulses may be started manually or upon receiving a trigger signal from another Instrument or computer Two non-isolated trigger outputs are available for triggering other instruments

Four sets of timing controls provide comprehensive control overall aspects of pulse generation Three digit accuracy is available over a 7 decade range for each timing function using lever wheel switches Pulse widths can be set over more than a 9 decade range from 05 ps to 999 seconds Timing accuracy is assured through the use of a 10 MHz base rate crystal-controlled clock digitally divided to provide accurate timing over the entire range Atiming overiap indicator will light If the timing controls are set inconsistently

The output may be conveniently switched between current and voltage modes Pulse and baseline amplitudes are Independently presettable with lockable dials An error Indicator will light if the Mode2700 cannot deliver the desired signal

r WARNING

The Model 2100 can produce potentially dangerous voltages up to 100 V at the output connectors The isolated output is not connected internally to safety (earth) ground in any way Some part of the extemal circuit should be connected to safety ground Use caution in handling any wires connectors or electrodes which may be directly or indirectly attached to the Model 2100 output Some kinds of connectors such as BNC connectors have exposed metal parts which may float at dangerous potentials unless extemally connected to safety ground For greatest safety tum the Model 2100 off before making any connections to

the instrument

131 Business Parii Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Telophone 800-426-1306 bull 360-68raquolaquo300 bull FAX 360683-3525 E-mal satesa-msystemsoom VVfebsite httpywwwa^nsystemscom fl-N Systems Inc 1

Controls and Connectors The controls for the Model 2100 are grouped in three sections START which controls when a pulse or burst of pulses begins TIMING which controls the onoff timing of one or more pulses and OUTPUT which controls the amplitude of the output signal

Start TRIG SLOPE Determines the polarity of valid trigger pulses (positive or negative edges in the trigger signal)

MODE Controls waveform initiation When set to FREE RUN one timing cycle immediately follows the last When momentarily placed In the MANUAL position a timing cycle starts Immediately When the switch Is In the center position timing cycles start when valid triggering events occur

TRIGD This LED lights up when a timing cycle Is in process and continues until the burst is completed

TRIG This BNC connector allows a signal from an external source to Initiate timing cycles It is set for standard TTL levels

GATE This BNC connector allows a signal from an external source to restrict the final output signal This input must be at a logical high (or open-circuited) in order for the Model 2100 to recognize either manual or automatic trigger events

Gate 1_ Trigger |~~^ i I Valid triggers (represented by the arrows in the figure) can occur only when the gate Is at logical high Note that the up arrow would apply only If TRIG SLOPE is set to + the down an-ows would apply only if TRIG SLOPE Is set to -

NOTE Triggers have no effect if the system has not completed its response to a previous trigger

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Park Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Vb 98324 TelQphQne 80O426-1306 360683-8300 FAX 360683-3525 E-mail sales^a-msystemscom Wsbsite httpywwwa-msystemscom

Timing Four sets of controls govern the timing of pulse generation Each set contains two values which are multiplied together to detemnine the actual timing value The rotary knob (rate selector) provides the approximate timing value and the lever wheel switch bank (MULTIPLIER)

provides a time resolution of three decimal digits The following diagram shows most of the Important relationships

Output r Delay Duration

|ltPeriodgtj

t Burst width

Trigger event

DELAY These controls determine the time duration between the initiating trigger event and the beginning of the pulse burst If this rate selector is set to NONE or the multiplier is set to 000 there Is no delay

BURST WIDTH These controls determine the time period in which one or more pulses may be delivered Once started a pulse may outlast the burst width If this rate selector is set to SINGLE or to any time shorter than the pulse duration only a single pulse will occur If the BURST WIDTH Is longer than the period pulses will be emitted at the PERIOD rate until the burst time ends Pulses are never truncated by a short BURSTWIDTH

inds)-PULSE

D U R A T I O N 1 0 1 0

10

INTEB-PULSE PERIOD

1 1 10

DURATION These controls determine the length of each pulse Ifthis rate selector Is set to SQUARE the duration is set to half of the period regardless of the MULTIPLIER setting

PERIOD These controls set the period of time between adjacent pulse events within the burst It also forces a minimum dead time between recognized input triggers following a burst of one or more pulses This can be used to prevent over stimulation of a tissue without requiring excessive delay between the triggering event and the stimulating pulse

TIMING OVERLAP

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 860 Carisborg Vamp 98324 |Telophone 800-426-1306 360683-8300 bull FAX 3606aW525 E-mail salearega^nsystemsoom Vfeb5ite httpAwwwa^nsyslemscam

NOTE If any of these timing controls are changed while a timing cycle is in operation the results are undefined until the current cycle finishes

TIMING OVERLAP This LED will light to Indicate an inconsistency in the timing cycle settings There are several ways to introduce such errors The most common way is to set the Inter-pulse PERIOD to be less than the pulse DURATION

T I M I N G (seconds)^

TRIG OUT (UPPER) This BNC connector provides a signal which is coincident with the Internal Burst timing signal (default) This means the signal starts at the end of the Delay time and persists until the Burst time expires This output may also be set to represent the delay time-out by setting the internal jumper J510 to the right two pins instead of the left two pins (Please see the Calibration section in this manual for jumper location Directions are given as viewed from the front of the Instrument)

TRIG OUT (LOWER) This BNC connector provides a signal which Is coincident with the Duration timing signal which controls pulse output

NOTE Both trigger output signals slightly lead the isolated output signal

Output

PULSE SIGN This switch determines the polarity of the pulses to be generated It also allows generation of biphasic pulses thereby doubling the effective total period Warning the first pulse generated after changing the PULSE

SIGN switch may have the wrong polarity

BASELINE This Switch determines the polarity ofthe baseline signal

RANGE This rotary switch determines if the output pulses will be constant current (3 ranges) or constant voltage (2 ranges)

BASELINE AMPLITUDE This value is independently set using a ten-turn counting dial The maximum baseline amplitude is one tenth the value shown on the range amplitude switch

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 8S0 Cartsborg Vfa 98324 |Tetaphone 80O426-1306 bull 360683-8300 bull FAX 3606803525 E-mail salesa-msystemscom Wbbsite http7Awwwaflnsystemscom

PULSE AMPLITUDE This value is independently set using a ten-turn counting dial The maximum pulse amplitude is the value shown on the range amplitude switch

EVENT This LED indicates when a pulse is ongoing

ERROR This LED indicates when the internal output amplifier cannot output the pulse as desired This is usually due to a short circuit while trying to output a voltage or an open circuit while trying to output a current

VOTEThe Pulse Sign control in the Oupuf section directly affects waveform timing When set to the Biphasic mode a positive-going pulse is immediately followed by a negative-going pulse This effectively doubles the pulse duration If a burst of biphasic pulses is being produced the period must be at least twice the single pulse duration In the Square wave mode the baseline disappears as long as the burst persists

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsboig Vte 98324 |Telophone 800426-1306 360683-8300 bull FAX 3606833525 E-mail salesa-m5ystem5 com Website httpwwwa-msystemscom

Operating Instructions

Examples Simple setup (and minimal instrument test)

Connect the output ofthe Model 2100 to an oscilloscope Before connecting the Model 2100 to any other instrument or the experimental preparation It is safest to turn Its power off

Set the Oufpuf controls

Range 10V Pulse Sign +

Baseline Zero Pulse Amplitude 200

Setting The Timing Controls

Delay Burst Width

Duration Period

none single

15010-2 50010-2

Setting The Start Controls

Mode Free Run

Disconnect any cables to the TRIG or GATE inputs

Note that the green Trig and Event Indicators turn on as Free Run is turned on (and turn off otherwise) You should observe a 15ms duration 20Hz rate pulse of 200V above a OV baseline on the oscilloscope

fl-N Systems Inc 131 BusinessPartiLoop RO Box850CarisbcxgWa98324 |Telophone 800426-1306 bull 360-683-8300 bull FW 360683-3525 E-mail salesa-msystems com VVbbsite httpywwwa-msystems com

Demonstration of Burst Mode Connect the output ofthe Model 2100 to an oscilloscope Before connecting the Model 2100 to any other instrument or the experimental preparation It Is safest to turn its power off

Set the Outpuf controls

Range 10V Pulse Sign +

Baseline Pulse Amplitude 200

Baseline Amplitude 100

Setting The Timing Controls

Delay 88010-2 Burst Width 12010-^

Duration 15010-2 Period 50010-2

Set the START controls as follows

Mode Free Run

Disconnect any cables to the TRIG or GATE inputs

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Telophooe 8004201306 360683-8300 bull FAX 360683-3525 E^naii salesa-msystems com Watjsite http7wwwa-msystemscom

Trigger the oscilloscope from the Bursf trigger out (upper Trig Out connector) for a stable display In each burst (occurring every lOOms) you should observe a trio of 15ms duration starting 50ms apart Try switching the StartMode from Free Run to the center (nonnal) position The pulses will no longer be produced and the Trig and Event Indicators will tum off Pressing this switch once (to Manual) will cause a single burst to occur

Problem Solving If the instrument appears to be not working properiy check all ofthe control settings and connections Be sure to wait at least 5-10 seconds after turning the instrument off before turning it on again The following summary of typical problems for the user (along with the most common solutions) may help

Problem CauseSolution

EVENT Indicator never lights even in FREE RUN mode

bull Replace fuse check power connection bullSet DELAY or PERIOD to a shorter interval

bull Power-on too soon after power-off

OVERLAP Indicator is on

ERROR indicator is on

bull Set DURATION gt000 bull DURATION Is set to SQUARE but

PERIOD is 000 Increase PERIOD or set DURATION independantly

bull BURST and WIDTH are gt DURATION increase PERIOD or decrease DURATION

bull BIPHASIC pulse output Is on and PERIOD is not longer than twice the DURATION Increase PERIOD or decrease DURATION

bull Free-run Is on and BURST is lt PERIOD (BURST off) DELAY is 0 and PERIOD Is lt DURATION Add delay or modify PERIOD

bull Free-run is on and BURST is gt DURATION (BURST ON) and PERIOD is lt DURATION Increase PERIOD

bull For VOLTAGE outputs the output is trying to drive too low a resistance or capacitance (eg a short circuit) Check by disconnecting the output ft is possible (and normal) that for the fastest cycles and largest amplitudes (close to 100 V

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business PartiLoop PO Box 850 CartsborgWa 98324 iTelophone 800-42O130636O6e3-8300FAX 3606B3-3525 E-mail satesaflisyslefmcom Vfebslte http7wwwa-msyslemscom

and 1 ps) that the ERROR indicator might always come on during repetitive pulses Fix output load or decrease amplitude as required

Time appears to be excessive Changed control in mid-cycle (resets current status)

Cant seem to get a full signal out Load Is not properiy connected repair wiring Too low a load impedance (VOLTAGE modes) or too high a load impedance (CURRENT mode)

Incoming triggers not accepted frequently enough

PERIOD is set too long (enforces dead time) followd by BURST set to SIGNAL Reduce PERIOD time

Table 10 Problem Solving

If you suspect that the Model 2100 may have completely failed we recommend checking the basic level of functionality Ifthis fails your instrument Is defective and must be repaired Ifthis passes either your experimental setup is incompatible or inconsistent or there is a more subtle flaw in your Model 2100

If the Model 2100 appears to be malfunctioning contact A-M Systems Inc or your dealer We will first attempt to solve the problem over the telephone so have an exact description of your problem available when you call You do not need to be within the warranty period to obtain over-the-phone assistance

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 iTetoptxme 80O426-1306 bull 360683-8300 FAX 3606803525 E-mail satesa-msystemsoomAfebsitehttpJwwwaflisystemscom

Theory of Operation

The operation ofthe Model 2100 is summarized in the block diagram (see the figure on Page 11) Not shown are all ofthe interconnections with the microcontroller The internal microcontroler plays an important role in setting the signal path but does not directly contribute to the dynamic characteristics It scans the front panel switches and sets the control values for the logic arrays It programs the internal counters which along with the other hardware achieve the necessary sub-microsecond speeds

Pulse generation starts either from an Input trigger signal (from Trig In) or an internally signal (Free Run mode) A Delay timer counts the 10MHz clock until its count value is exhausted At this point the Burst Period and Duration timers are started If the Burst timer has not expired by the end ofthe Period the Period and Duration timers are restarted If the Biphasic mode has been set the Duration timer is restarted at the end of the initial Duration and the sign ofthe output pulse is reversed doubling the total duration

The system state (pulse on pulse sign baseline sign [+0f-]) is transmitted to the isolated section via optoisolator The baseline and pulse amplitudes are selected by an analog switch The resulting signal is amplified by a variable-power-supply discrete operational amplifier The amplifier connections and gain is modified to provide two voltage and three current ranges

Timing overiap errors are detected by a logical decision computation rather than by testing for counter collisions This provides instant feedback rather than waiting up to an hour for such a collision to occur Output errors are measured by sensing the output amplifiers differential input voltage Under normal conditions this is a negligible voltage If the amplifier fails to deliver the requested signal the window comparator testing this voltage sends this message (via optoisolator) to the logic section turning on a warning LED

fl-N Systems Inc 131BusinessPart(LoopRO Box850CarisboigWa98324 4 n Tel0pri0ne80O426-130636O683^300FAX36O6833525 ^ E-mail salesaflisystBmscom V febsite http7wwwa-msystemsoom

S i

I - - ^^mdasho^M

OUTPUT i l l

TRIG ^ OUT

(burst)

TRIG 3-lt) OUT

(pulse)

til

I laquo

Calibration Procedures

The calibration interval is the lesser of 1000 hours of operation or 6 months Somewhat greater drift can be expected in the first 100 hours of operation as the semiconductors age Adjustments should only be made after the instrument has been fully warmed up for at least 15 minutes

Full instrument calibration requires the following test equipment digital multimeter (plusmn 01) able to measure resistance to at least lOOMO oscilloscope with at least 50MHz bandwidth true-mis voltmeter with 4MHz bandwidth universal counter (plusmn 001 ) able to measure single pulse widths and periods resistors (all plusmn 01) 2kn lOkH 1 watt 20kn 200kn alligator clip lead sets banana plugs and BNC adapters

Adjustment integrated circuit and test point locations are shown in the following figures All adjustments are on the timing board unless othenAise noted

All voltages in the non-isolated section should be measured with respect to ground at TP510 unless othenwise stated Some voltages are measured with respect to an internal isolated ground at TP650 or across the two output temninals Occasionally the voltage at an IC pin must be measured in these cases the reference designator is given with the pin number in parentheses eg U602(16) When it states within this procedure that a voltage is to be minimized this means that the adjustment should be made such that the measured voltage is as close to zero volts as possible Refer to the Specifications Section of this manual for acceptable tolerances

The sequence of this procedure is important If any adjustment is made all adjustments which follow must be made to ensure that the specifications will be met These procedures require that all controls remain as set in previous steps unless othenAise indicated

WARNING

The Model 2100 has dangerous voltages throughout the instrument even with the power is off Servicing the Model 2100 should only be done by qualified service personnel Use caution in handling any wires connectors or electrodes which may be directly or indirectly attached to the instrument Do not touch exposed connections or components Disconnect power by unplugging the power cord from the receptacle

H B ^ ^ S y s t e m s inc^degdegp^deg^^deg-^^^^^^^^B3^^^degdeg^^^lt^^^B^^^^ 131BusinessPartiLoopPO Box850CartsbOigWamp98324 4 9 |Telophone800-42013C6360683-8300F0lt360683-3525 ^ E-mail salesa-msystefnscom website httpwwwaflisystems com

CO

TP501 O lt0

g OTPSOO

U560 S

Trig Gate

0 -TISOS

U570

U500

Timing

p U520

Timing

K U550 Timin

gt U540

U515

o X I Timin

U508 I

J510 Timing nnn

Burst Delay J400

gt U550

R503

D D I D bull U8QQ i Q

n

oo

V P 5 1 0

b U535

^

Clock i _

U555

lt U 5 4 5

o

h d ^ O - - ^ U605

Q D

U620

O fJZ^ R737 bull ^ 1^13015 r j C - C O M P

B B nU770 ^ ^ ^ 5 ^ a

J420

a

o E

bull [ ]U632

riueso

rR742rVhigh R 6 1 9 ^

LJ TP645 O TP650

TPMOQ^QS

Vlow

CD-

CZZl

J440 bull bull tl iUDQ

I t

f i l

Power supply and bias voltages

Power supply

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

POWER ON Observe voltage at P703 power supply wire top of main board

Check for+15 plusmn 050 V

Observe voltage at P701 power supply wire top of main board

Check for-15 plusmn 050 V

Observe voltage at U505(24) Check for +5 plusmn 025 V

Isolated supply voltage Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

RANGE 10 V TRIG open circuit MODE center position

Alternately observe V ^ from R742 to R740 and V ^ from theU605(4)toU605(8)

Adjust R773 so that 110VltV lt 120 V and

nigh

28VltV|^lt34V

Capacitance balance Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

Connect a xlO oscilloscope probe to TP650 and ground the

Adjust R737 for minimum high frequency signal

Inputs

Gate function Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave Verify that the voltage to GATE switches states at the Observe voltage at U510(3) proper input levels with an oscilloscope

Trigger slope Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave Verify that the voltage to TRIG switches states at the Observe voltage at U510( 1) proper input levels with an oscilloscope

TRIG SLOPE Verify voltage is 180deg out of phase

TRIG SLOPE Verify voltage is in phase

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 860 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Jelophone 800-4201306 360683-8300 bull FM 380683-3525 E-mail salesaflTsystBfnscom bull Vtebsite httpVAirwwaflisystems com

14

Trigger and gate f unc t i on

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

DELAY NONE BURS-nMDTH SINGLE DURATION SQUARE PERIOD 100X10-3

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave to TRIG Observe TRIGD and EVENT LEDs

TRIG disconnect all Short the GATE connector to GND Verify LEDs extinguish

MODE press to MANUAL Verify LEDs flash once

Timing

System c lock f requency

Controls Inputs Observations Ad jus t Check

Observe the frequency of the wave Verify 1000 MHz plusmn 001 atU555(17)

Mul t ip l iers (Wheel Swi tches)

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

PULSE SIGN-laquobull MODE FREE RUN TRIG disconnect all TIMING MULTIPUERS all

wheels set to zero except the one being tested

TIMING OVERLAP ignore

Observe the pulse width with the counter at the location specified t)elow

Verify pulse width is correct for each wheel as it is tested independently

For each wheel of each MULTIPLIER test each position to verify that the pulse width is correct Observe the signal at the following locations DELAY U520(2) BURSTWIDTH U530(2) PERIOD U540(2) DURATION U550(2)

Rates (Rotary Swi tches)

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

TIMING MULTIPUERS 001 Observe the pulse width with the TIMING RATES all rotary counter at the location specified

switches set to 10-4 below except the one being tested

Verify pulse width is correct for each rotary switch as it is tested independently

For each ofthe four rotary switches in TIMING test each position to verify that the pulse width is correct Observe the signal at the following locations DELAY U520(2) BURSTWIDTH U530(2) PERIOD U540(2) DURATION U550(2)

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 iTetophone 8004201306 bull 360683-8300 bull FOC 3606803525 E-mail salesa-msystemscom Wbbsite httpJwwwaflTSystemscom

15

Trigger outputs

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

Range 10V Pulse Amplitude 500 Delay 100 xlO^ Burst 100 x 10 ^ Duration 100x10-^ Period 400x10-^ Pulse sign + Trig Mode Free run Trig in open

Trigger the oscilloscope to the Burst Trig Out Observe it the Pulse Trig Out and the isolated output

Verify that the waveform consists of a burst of three 1ms-on3ms-off pulses The burst trigger should be synchronous with the burst the pulse trigger coincident with each pulse

Output Calibration

Isolation Resistance (check)

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode center position Trig In open

Measure the resistance between ground banana jack (front panel) and black banana jack of output with DMM

Resistance read gt 100MQ

Amplitude Switch Offset (R640)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Zero Trig Mode center position Trig In Open

Measure the voltage at TP645 vs TP650 with the DMM

Adjust R640 (AmpI Sw Offset) for minimum voltage

Output Offset (R332 front panel board) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Zero Range 10V Trig Mode center position Trig In Open

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

Adjust R332 (Output offset) for minimum voltage

Positive Baseline Offeet (R607) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Sign + Baseline Amplitude

fully CCW (000) Range 10V Trig In open Trig Mode center position

Measure the voltage across the outputwiththeDMM

Adjust R602 (BSLN + offset) for minimum voltage

fl-N Systems Inc 131 BusBiess Parti Loop P O Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Telophone B00-42O1306 bull 360683-8300 bull FAX 3606803525 E-mail salesaflisystemscom V^tebsite httpy^vwwa-msystems com

16

Negative Baseline Offset (R619)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Sign -Baseline Amplitude

fully CCW (000) Range 10V Trig In open Trig Mode center position

Measure the voltage across the outputwiththeDMM

Adjust R619 (BSLN + offset) for minimum voltage

Pulse Amplitude Adjust (R602)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode Free Mode Pulse Amplitude 1000 Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =1001 Period =00110-4 Pulse Sign -Trig In open Range 10V

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

The Overiap indicator should be on Adjust R602 (Max Level) for -10OOV out

Pulse Sign Gain (check)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode Free Mode Pulse Amplitude 1000 Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =100 1s Period =001 10-4s Trig In open Range 10V

Measure the voltage at the output with the DMM for the Pulse Sign at + and - positions

The absolute values ofthe voltages should differ by less than lOOmV

Baseline Amplitudes (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Range 100mA Trig Mode center position Baseline Amplitude fully CW (1000) Trig In open

Measure the voltage at the output with the DMM with Baseline Sign in + Zero and

- positions

Gain the matching of current levels at = and - positions and offset current in Zero position

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop PO Box 850 Cartsboig Wa 98324 Telophone 800-4201306 360683-8300 FkX 3606803525 E-mail salesa-msystemscom website http^^wwaflisystemsccm

17

Output Range Amplitude and Drive (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Pulse Amplitude 1000 Pulse Sign + Trig Mode Free Run Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =1001 Period =10010-4 Trig In open

Load the output with a 10KV 1W 01 resistor Measure the voltage at the output with DMM

Verify that full scale output is within specification Scale Range 100V 100V 10V 10V 100mA IV 1mA 10V 10mA 100V

Pulse Sign and Short Circuit Protection (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =200 10-4 Period =00110-3 Baseline Zero Pulse Amplitude 25 Range 10V Trig Mode Free Run Trig In open

Measure the voltage at the output with the oscilloscope Check for Pulse Sign set to each of + - biphasic Watch for Error indicator when shorting the output

Verify that pulses of approx 25V amplitude (625V for biphasic mode) of the correct sign are produced every 10ms Short output in biphasic mode Output should return when opened

Output Transient Response (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Pulse Sign + Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =20010-4 Period =00110-3 Pulse Amplitude 250 Baseline Zero Trig Mode Free Mode Trig In open

Connect the oscilloscope to the output with a 310 attenuator probe Test both 10V and 100V ranges

Verify that overshoot and risetime meet specifications

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Telophone 8004201306 bull 3606808300 bull Flaquo( 360laquo83ltJ525 E-mail salesa-msystemsocm V^febsite http^wwwa-msystefnscom

18

Specifications

There are three classes of specifications Class A specifications tested in all units and are guaranteed Class B specifications are inherent in the design they are indirectly tested and are guaranteed Class C specifications are typical operating values which are occasionally tested- these are typical values given for your information but not guarshyanteed The class for each specification is noted in the center column ofthe following sections

Inputs Switching level

Hysteresis

Input equivalent circuit

Minimum duration (1 IL-level signal)

A

C

C

C

16 V(plusmn 02 V)

approx 50 mV

lOOKH to+5 in parallel with no more than 35pF

gt 50 ns

Open circuit condition B defaults to highon level

Timing and rate accuracy Rate selector steps

Timing multiplier steps

B

B

lOOpsto 100s in 7 steps

1 of rate selector step size Maximum value is 999 X the rate selector step size

Resolution B approx 01 ofthe maximum value

Timing error (second and later pulses after resetting controls)

B lt 002 of rate selector value + 015 ps

Timing error (first pulse after readjusting timing controls)

an additional 025 ps error may occur

Timing repeatability lt 001 setting + 20 ns (monophasic)

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Ram Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Vfa 98324 pTelophone 8004201306 bull 360683-8300 bull FAX 360683-3525

E-mail salesraquoflisystems com Wabsite httpJAnww afl isystems com

19

TRIG IN to OUTPUT delay (DELAY set to 0) output set to 2V

Timing jitter from TRIG IN to OUTPUT (for TTL trigger input with risetime lt10 ns)

Timing jitter from TRIG OUT (either BURST or PULSE) and OUTPUT

Trigger output to pulse output delay

Output characteristics Pulse level error (voltage mode open circuit current mode short circuit

Biphasic level difference IV + - V-1 2

Baseline level error (voltage mode open circuit current mode short circuit)

Risetime (25 V out)

Risetime (25 V out)

Transient response

A

A

A

Output impedance (voltage mode) C

Output impedance (current mode) C

Isolation resistance A

Isolation capacitance C

approx 05 ps for a load of no more than 10 KH in parallel with 50 pF

lt 125 ns (all rates except 100s) lt 125 ps (100s rate)

Less than 20 ns (all rates)

approx 350 ns

lt 03 of setting + 05 of r range (plus an additional 05 pA in 100 pA range)

lt 03 of range (voltage modes into open circuit current modes into short circuit)

lt 03 of setting of setting + 01 of range (plus an additional 05 pA in lOOpA range)

= 200 ns into less than 30 pF

= 15 ps into less than 30 pF

lt 8 overshoot into less than 30 pF for pulse voltages different than baseline voltage by at least 10 of range

= 50 ohms

raquo 1 0 GH (typically 200 GO)

raquo 1 0 0 M n

= 60 pF at 100 Hz

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Peril Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg V6 98324 |TelCf)hone 800-4201306 3606808300 bull FAX 360683-3525 E-mal salesaflisystefnsoom Website hnpyMVfWafllsystemsoom

20

Noise (differential mode)

Noise (common mode earth to isolated ground) with no signal output

Overload error indicator (low frequency short circuited voltage mode)

Overload error indicator low frequency open circuited current mode)

Overioad error response time

Miscellaneous

= 1 mV rms (10 V scale 10 Hz-4 MHz)

= 8 mV rms (10 Hz-4 MHz) == 100mVp-p (200 Hz -10 MHz) measured withalOMH 15pF oscilloscope probe

Turns on for set amplitude at or greater than approx plusmn1 V (10 V range) or plusmn2 V (100 V range)

Turns on for set amplitude at or above approx 2 of range

Flat to approx 30 ps duration Decreasing sensitivity for shorter pulses

Power

Fuse

Operating temperature range

Storage temperature range

Operating humidity

Dimensions

approx 11 watts

1 amp 3AG

10-30degC

0 - 50deg C

5 - 80 RH

17x475x1125 (inches) 432x121x286 cm

Weight 20 lbs (9 kg)

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Wb 98324 |Tetcphone 8004201306 3606808300 bull FOt 360683-3525 E-mail satesamsystems comV^febsite httpywwwaflisystemscom

21

Warranty and Service

What does this warranty cover A-M Systems Inc warrants to the Purchaser that the Instrument excluding cables Headstage Probes and any other accessories shipped with the Instrument (hereafter the hardware) is free from defects in workmanship or material under normal use and service for the period of one (1) year This warranty commences on the date of delivery ofthe hardware to the Purchaser

What are the obligations of A-M Systems Inc under this warranty During the warranty period A-M Systems Inc agrees to repair or replace at its sole option without charge to the Purchaser any defective component part of the hardware To obtain warranty service the Purchaser must return the hardware to A-M Systems Inc or an authorized A-M Systems Inc distributor in an adequate shipping container Any postage shipping and insurance charges incurred in shipping the hardware to A-M Systems Inc must be prepaid by the Purchaser and all risk for the hardware shall remain with purchaser until such time as A-M Systems Inc takes receipt of the hardware Upon receipt A-M Systems Inc will promptly repair or replace the defective unit and then return the hardware to the Purchaser postage shipping and insurance prepaid A-M Systems Inc may use reconditioned or like new parts or units at its sole option when repairing any hardware Repaired products shall carry the same amount of outstanding warranty as from original purchase or ninety (90) days which ever is greater Any claim under the warranty must include a dated proof of purchase ofthe hardware covered by this warranty In any event A-M Systems Inc liability for defective hardware is limited to repairing or replacing the hardware

What is not covered by this warranty This warranty is contingent upon proper use and maintenance ofthe hardware by the Purchaser and does not cover batteries Neglect misuse whether intentional or othenwise tampering with or altering the hardware damage caused by accident damage caused by unusual physical electrical chemical or electromechanical stress damage caused by failure of electrical power or damage caused during transportation are not covered by this wan-anty Products may not be returned to A-M Systems Inc for service whether under warranty or otherwise which are contaminated by infectious agents radioactive compounds or other materials constituting a health hazard to employees of A-M Systems Inc

What are the limits of liability for A-M Systems Inc under this warranty A-M Systems Inc shall not be liable for loss of data profits or savings or any special incidental consequential indirect or other similar damages arising from breach of contract negligence or other legal action even if the company or its agent has been advised of the possibility of such damages or for any claim brought against you by another party THIS EQUIPMENT IS NOT INTENDED FOR CLINICAL MEASUREMENTS USING HUMAN SUBJECTS A-M SYSTEMS INC DOES NOT ASSUME RESPONSIBILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE DUE TO MISUSE OF THIS EQUIPMENT Jurisdictions vary with regard to the enforceability of provisions excluding or limiting liability for incidental or consequential damages Check the provision of your local jurisdiction to find out whether the above exclusion applies to you

This warranty allocates risks of product failure between the Purchaser and A-M Systems Inc A-M Systems Inc hardware pricing reflects this allocation of risk and the limitations of liability contained in this warranty The warranty set forth above is in lieu of all other express warranties whether oral or written The agents employees distributors and dealers of A-M Systems Inc are not authorized to make modifications to this warranty or additional wan-anties binding on the company Accordingly additional statements such as dealer advertising or presentations whether oral or written do not constitute warranties by A-M Systems Inc and should not be relied upon This warranty gives you specific legal rights You may also have other rights which vary from one jurisdiction to another

fl-N Systems Inc 131BusinessPartiLoop RO Box850CartsbOfgWa98324 p O |Telophone 8004201306 bull 360683-8300FOC 3606830525 ^ ^ E-mail saiesaflisystefTiscom Wbbsite httpVwwwa-msystemscom

General Description

A - M S Y S T E M S HOLATID PUlraquoI STIMULATOR MODEL2100

Instrument Features The Isolated Pulse Stimulator Model 2100 is designed for a wide variety of applications It is highly flexible being capable of delivering single pulses biphasic pairs or bursts of pulses Pulses may be started manually or upon receiving a trigger signal from another instrument or computer Two non-isolated trigger outputs are available for triggering other instruments

Four sets of timing controls provide comprehensive control over all aspects of pulse generation Three digit accuracy is available over a 7 decade range for each timing function using lever wheel switches Pulse widths can be set over more than a 9 decade range from 05 fjs to 999 seconds Timing accuracy is assured through the use of a 10 MHz base rate crystal-controlled clock digitally divided to provide accurate timing over the entire range A timing overlap indicator will light if the timing controls are set inconsistently

The output may be conveniently switched between current and voltage modes Pulse and baseline amplitudes are independently presettable with lockable dials An error indicator will light if the Wocfcopy2700cannot deliver the desired signal

WARNING

The Model 2100 can produce potentially dangerous voltages up to 100 Vat the output connectors The isolated output is not connected internally to safety (earth) ground in any way Some part of the external circuit should be connected to safety ground Use caution in handling any wires connectors or electrodes which may be directly or indirectly attached to the Model 2100 output Some kinds of connectors such as BNC connectors have exposed metal parts which may float at dangerous potentials unless externally connected to safety ground For greatest safety turn the Model 2100 off before making any connections to

the instrument

131 Business Paik Loop PO Box 850 Cattsborg Wa 98324 T^aphone 80O426-1306 380683-8300 FAX 36amp683lt352S E-mail sales Oa-msyste)Tiscam Website httpywwwraquoltnsystemsco(n A-M Systems Inc 1

Controls and Connectors The controls for the Model2100 are grouped in three sections START controlling when a pulse or burst of pulses begins TIMING controlling the onoff timing of one or more pulses and OUTPUT controlling the amplitude of the output signal

Start TRIG SLOPE This switch determines whether valid triggers occur at positive or negative edges in the trigger signal

MODE This switch controls how waveforms are initiated When set to FREE RUN one timing cycle immediately follows the last When held in the MANUAL position a timing cycle starts immediately When the switch is in the center position timing cycles start when valid triggering events occur

TRIGD This LED lights up when a timing cycle is in process and continues until the burst is completed

TRIG This BNC connector allows a signal from an external source to initiate timing cycles It is set for standard TTL levels

GATE This BNC connector allows a signal from an external source to restrict the final output signal This input must be at a logical high (or open-circuited) in order for the Model2100X0 recognize either manual or automatic trigger events

Gate L Trigger |~~^

^ ~ ^

Valid triggers are represented by the arrows in the figure Note that the up arrow would apply only if TRIG SLOPE is set to + the down arrows would apply only if TRIG SLOPE is set to-

NOTE Triggers have no effect if the system has not completed Its response to a previous trigger

A-M Systems Inc 131 Business Park Loop PO Box 8S0 Carlsborg Wa 98324 Telophone 800426-1306 360683-8300 FAX 360683-352S E-mail salesfla-msystBiTiscom Website hltpywwwa-msystemscom

Timing Four sets of controls govern the timing of pulse generation Each set contains two values which are multiplied together to determine the actual timing value The rotary knob (rate selector) provides the approximate timing value and the lever wheel switch bank (MULTIPLIER) provides a time resolution of three decimal digits The following diagram shows most of the important relationships

TRAIN B U R S T W I D T H

10 10

TIMII

Output r Delay Duration

|4Periodgtj

t Burst width Trigger event

DELAY These controls set the time between the initiating trigger event and the beginning of the pulse burst If this rate selector is set to NONE or the multiplier is set to ooo there is no delay

BURST WIDTH These controls set the time period in which one or more pulses may be delivered Once started a pulse may outlast the burst width If this rate selector is set to SINGLE or to any time shorter than the pulse duration only a single pulse will occur If the BURST WIDTH is longer than the period pulses will be emitted at the PERIOD rate until the burst time ends Pulses are never truncated by a short BURST WIDTH

gtnds) INTER-PULSE

P E R I O D

DURATION These controls set the length of each pulse If this rate selector is set to SQUARE the duration is set to half of the period regardless of the MULTIPLIER setting

PERIOD These controls set the period of time between adjacent pulse events within the burst It also forces a minimum dead time between recognized input triggers following a burst of one or more pulses This can be used to prevent over stimulation of a tissue without requiring excessive delay between the triggering event and the stimulating pulse

OVERLAP

A-M Systems Inc^^ bull E-majl sale

131 Business Paik Ijoop PO Box 850 Calsboig Wa 98324 80O426-1306 360-683laquo300 - FAX 380-683^3525

E-mail sale60a-msystem3com Website httpywwwa-msystem3com

NOTE If any of these timing controls are changed while a timing cycle is in operation the results are undefined until the current cycle finishes

T I M I N G (seconds)-DTH

TIMING OVERLAP This LED will light to indicate an inconsistency in the timing cycle settings There are several ways to introduce such errors The most common way is to set the inter-pulse PERIOD to be less than the pulse DURATION

TRIG OUT (UPPER) This BNC connector provides a signal which is coincident with the internal Burst timing signal (default) This means the signal starts at the end of the Delay time and persists until the Burst time expires This output may also be set to represent the delay time-out by setting the internal jumper J510 to the right two pins instead of the left two pins (Please see the Calibration section in this manual for jumper location Directions are given as viewed from the front of the instrument)

TRIG OUT (LOWER) This BNC connector provides a signal which is coincident with the Duration timing signal which controls pulse output

NOTE Both trigger output signals slightly lead the isolated output signal

Output

PULSE SIGN This Switch sets the sign for the pulses to be generated It also allows generation of biphasic pulses thereby doubling the effective total period Warning the first pulse generated after changing the PULSE SIGN

switch may have the wrong polarity

BASELINE This switch sets the sign for the baseline signal

RANGE This rotary switch allows one of three current or two voltage ranges to be selected for the output signal

BASELINE AMPLITUDE This value IS independently set using a ten-turn counting dial The maximum baseline amplitude is one tenth the value shown on the range amplitude switch

A-M Systems Inc 131 Business Pai1( Loop PO Box 850 Caitsboig Wa 98324 Telophore 80O426-1306 bull 360683300 bull FAX 360-683-3525 E-mail salasOa-msystemscom Website httpwwwamsystemscom

PULSE AMPLITUDE This value is independently set using a ten-turn counting dial The maximum pulse amplitude is the value shown on the range amplitude switch

EVENT This LED indicates when a pulse is ongoing

ERROR This LED indicates when the internal output amplifier cannot output the pulse as desired This is usually due to a short circuit while trying to output a voltage or an open circuit while trying to output a current

The Pulse Sgfn control in the OutputsecWon directly affects waveform timing When set to the Biphasic mode a positive-going pulse is immediately followed by a negative-going pulse This effectively doubles the pulse duration If a burst of biphasic pulses is being produced the period must be at least twice the single pulse duration In the Square wave mode the baseline disappears as long as the burst persists

A B B f k _ _ laquo laquo laquo laquo 1 ^ 131 Business Paik Loop PO Box 850 CartsborgWa 98324 - | y | O V S i e m S I nC8lt=Praquo880O426-1308-360683300-FAX360683-3525

laquo E-mail salesOa-msystemscom Website httpwwwa-m3yste l O V ^ ltJ O W laquo W - t V ^ www www A n r w w w w i -w ww www w M

E-mail salesOa-msystemscom Website httpwwwa-m3ystemse0m

Operating Instructions

Examples Simple setup (and minimal instrument test)

Connect the output of the Model 2100 to an oscilloscope Before connecting the instrument it is safest to turn its power off

Set the Output controls

Range 10V Pulse Sign +

Baseline Zero Pulse Amplitude 200

Setting The Timing Controls

Delay none Burst Width single

Duration 150M0-2 Period 50010-2

Setting The Start Controls

Mode Free Run

Disconnect any cables to the TRIG or GATE inputs

Note that the green Trig and Evenf indicators turn on as Free Run is turned on (and turn off otherwise) You should observe a 15ms duration 20Hz rate pulse of 200V above a OV baseline on the oscilloscope

A-M Systems Inc 131 Business Pailt Loop PO Box 850 Carlsborg Wa 98324 Telophone 800-426-1306 bull 36Olaquo83-8300 FAX 360683-3S25 E-mail salesfla-msystemscom Website httpwwwa-msystemscom

Demonstration of Burst Mode Connect the output of the Model 2100 to an oscilloscope Before connecting the instrument it is safest to turn its power off

Set the Output controls

Range 10V Pulse Sign +

Baseline Pulse Amplitude 200

Baseline Amplitude 100

Setting The Timing Controls

Delay 88010-2 Burst Width 12010-^

Duration 15010-2 Period 50010-^

Set the START controls as follows

Mode Free Run

Disconnect any cables to the TRIG or GATE inputs

Trigger the oscilloscope from the Strsf trigger out (upper Trig Ouf connector) for a stable display In each burst (occurring every lOOms) you should observe a trio of 15ms duration starting 50ms apart Try switching the StartMode rom Free Run to the center (normal) position The pulses will no longer be produced and the Trig and Even indicators will turn off Pressing this switch once (to Manual) will cause a single burst to occur

A-M Systems Inc 131 Business PaiV Loop PO Box 850 Cai1sboraWa 98324 Telophone 800426-1306 360683-8300 FAX 380683-3S25 E-mal salesOa-msystemscom Website httpwwwa-m5ystemse0m

Problem Solving

If the instrument appears to be not working properly check all of the control settings and connections Be sure to wait at least 5-10 seconds after turning the instrument off before turning it on again The following summary of typical problems for the user (along with the most common solutions) may help

Problem CauseSolution

EVENT indicator never lights even in FREE RUN mode

bull Replace fuse check power connection bullSet DELAY or PERIOD to a shorter

interval bull Power-on too soon after power-off

OVERLAP indicator is on

ERROR indicator is on

Set DURATION gt000 DURATION is set to SQUARE but PERIOD is 000 Increase PERIOD or set DURATION independantly BURST and WIDTH are gt DURATION increase PERIOD or decrease DURATION BIPHASIC pulse output is on and PERIOD is not longer than twice the DURATION Increase PERIOD or decrease DURATION Free-run is on and BURST is lt PERIOD (BURST off) DELAY is 0 and PERIOD is lt DURATION Add delay or modify PERIOD Free-run is on and BURST is gt DURATION (BURSTON) and PERIOD is lt DURATION Increase PERIOD For VOLTAGE outputs the output is trying to drive too low a resistance or capacitance (eg a short circuit) Check by disconnecting the output It is possible (and normal) that for the fastest cycles and largest amplitudes (close to 100 V and 17S) that the ERROR indicator might always come on during repetitive pulses Fix output load or decrease amplitude as required

Time appears to be excessive Changed control in mid-cycle (resets current status)

A B B ^ J I - mdash 131 Business Park Loop RO Box 850 CaitsbotftWa 98324

gt | y | O y S i e m S |nCtradedegraquo0raquo 80O426-1306-36Olaquo8O8300-FAX36O683-3525

8 E-mail salesOa-msyaemscom bull Website httpwwwa-msystemscom

Cant seem to get a full signal out

Incoming triggers not accepted frequently enough

bull Load is not properly connected repair wiring

bull Too low a load impedance (VOLTAGE modes) or too high a load impedance (CURRENT mode)

bull PERIOD is set too long (enforces dead tinrie) followd by BURST set to SIGNAL Reduce PERIOD time

Table 10 Problem Solving

If you suspect that the Model 2100 may have completely failed we recommend checking the basic level of functionality If this fails your instrument is defective and must be repaired If this passes either your experimental setup is incompatible or inconsistent or there is a more subtle flaw in your Modei 2100

If the Model 2100 appears to be malfunctioning contact A-M Systems Inc or your dealer We will first attempt to solve the problem over the telephone so have an exact description of your problem available when you call You do not need to be within the warranty period to obtain over-the-phone assistance

A-M Systems Inc 131 Business Park Loop PO Box 850 Carfsbofg Wa 98324 Tatophone 80O426-1306 bull 360-688300 FAX 380683-3S25 E-mail salesfla-msystemscom Website httpwwwa-msystemscom

Theory of Operation

The operation of the Model 2100 is summarized in the block diagram (see the figure on Page 11) Not shown are all of the interconnections with the microcontroller The internal microcontroler plays an important role in setting the signal path but does not directly contribute to the dynamic characteristics It scans the front panel switches and sets the control values for the logic arrays It programs the internal counters which along with the other hardware achieve the necessary sub-microsecond speeds

All action starts either from an input trigger signal (from Trig In) or from an internal signal (in free Run mode only) A Delay timer counts the 10MHz clock until its count value is exhausted At this point the Burst timer starts Both Period and Duration timers are started at this time If the Burst timer has not expired by the end of the Period the Period and Duration timers are restarted If the Biphasic mode has been set the Duration timer is restarted at the end of the initial Duration and the sign of the output pulse is reversed doubling the total duration

The system state (pulse on pulse sip baseline sign [+0-]) is transmitted to the isolated section via optoisolator The baseline and pulse amplitudes are selected by an analog switch The resulting signal is amplified by a variable-power-supply discrete operational amplifier The amplifier connections and gain is modified to provide two voltage and three current ranges

Timing overlap errors are detected by a logical decision computation rather than by testing for counter collisions This provides instant feedback rather than waiting up to an hour for such a collision to occur Output errors are measured by sensing the output amplifiers differential input voltage Under normal conditions this is a negligible voltage If the amplifier fails to deliver the requested signal the window comparator testing this voltage sends this message (via optoisolator) to the logic section turning on a warning LED

A-M Systems Inc 131 Business Paik Loop PO Box 850 CailsboraWa 98324 i Q Te(ophone 800-426-1306 bull36O683laquo00FAX 360683-3525 ^ E-mail salesOa-msystemscom Website httpywwwa-m5ystemscom

GATE IN

TRIG ^ OUT

(burst)

OPTO ISOLATOR

Amplitude (Pulse)

TRIG -lt^ OUT

(pulse)

c 1

RANGE

C

Analog switch

C

)

-D^sectli OUTPUT

Baseline sign )

Amplitude (baseline) )

O H q

ill V) 5 o i^8 e e -a a fi a

bull o c

M E o ts gtraquo

lt

Calibration Procedures

The calibration intenal is the lesser of 1000 hours of operation or 6 months Somewhat greater drift can be expected in the first 100 hours of operation as the semiconductors age Adjustments should only be made after the instrument has been fully warmed up for at least 15 minutes

Full instrument calibration requires the following test equipment digital multimeter (plusmn 01 ) able to measure resistance to at least 10OMfl oscilloscope with at least 50MHz bandwidth true-rms voltmeter with 4MHz bandwidth universal counter (plusmn 001) able to measure single pulse widths and periods resistors (all plusmn 01) 2kn lOkO 1 watt 20ka 200ka alligator clip lead sets banana plugs and BNC adapters

Adjustment integrated circuit and test point locations are shown in the following figures All adjustments are on the timing board unless otherwise noted

All voltages in the non-isolated section should be measured with respect to ground at TP510 unless othenwise stated Some voltages are measured with respect to an internal isolated ground at TP650 or across the two output terminals Occasionally the voltage at an IC pin must be measured in these cases the reference designator is given with the pin number in parentheses eg U602(16) When it states within this procedure that a voltage is to be minimized this means that the adjustment should be made such that the measured voltage is as close to zero volts as possible Refer to the Specifications Section of this manual for acceptable tolerances

The sequence of this procedure is important If any adjustment is made all adjustments which follow must be made to ensure that the specifications will be met These procedures require that all controls remain as set in previous steps unless otherwise indicated

WARNING

The Model2100 has dangerous voltages throughout the instrument even with the power is off Servicing the Mode2700 should only be done by qualified service personnel Use caution in handling any wires connectors or electrodes which may be directly or indirectly attached to the instrument Do not touch exposed connections or components Disconnect power by unplugging the power cord from the receptacle

A B B ^ _ _ mdash ^ _ I raquo laquo 131SusinessParkLoopROBox850CaitsborBWa98324 -JO

E-mail S8le60a-msystemscom Website httpwwwa-msystemscam

CO

TP501 O o

a OTPsoo

U560 bull

D D D D Q ^ U510

Trig Gate

U570

OQ Q

U500

n U505

Timing

gt U520

Timing

) U530

Timing

gt U540

Q U515

Timing

U508

R503

DDID E

a

gt oo

bull U800 l O r v o w iV_X^TP510 O

U525

f

A U535

^ U550

Timing ^

Clock

U555

J510 Burst Delay

J400 bull U545

d R742^VWgh R619 o

r RZZ3 R737 an c n V - I J I S O I S ^ ^C-COMP

U620 ^ Q Q bull ^ ^ bull

J420 O ^ D^ J440 IfYYYlDfYyYYYYYYYII C Z J E X C T

Q Otrsetl I p J Vlow

L J TP645 C=) cm P650

bull bull fe elUOD

irt

PI pound A

o c

E o

0)

Power supply and bias voltages

Power supply

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

POWER ON Observe voltage at P703 power supply wire top of main board

Check for+15 plusmn 050 V

Observe voltage at P701 power supply wire top of main board

Check for-15 plusmn 050 V

Observe voltage at U505(24) Check for +5 plusmn 025 V

Isolated supply voltage

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

RANGE 10 V TRIG open circuit MODE center position

Alternately observe V from high

R742 to R740 and V _ from kw

the U605(4) to U605(8)

Adjust R773 so that 110VltV lt 120 V and

high

28VltV^^lt34V

Capacitance balance

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

Connect a x10 oscilloscope probe to TP650 and ground the

Adjust R737 for minimum high frequency signal

Inputs

Gate funct ion

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave Verify that the voltage to GATE switches states at the Observe voltage at U510(3) proper input levels with an oscilloscope

Trigger s lope

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave Verify that the voltage to TRIG switches states at the Observe voltage at U510(1) proper input levels with an oscilloscope

TRIG SLOPE-I- Verify voltage is 180deg out of phase

TRIG SLOPE- Verify voltage is in phase

A-M Systems Inc 131 Business Paik Loop PO Box 850 Cailsborg Wa 98324 Tekvhone 8004201306 36O683laquo300 - FAX 360683-3S2S E-mail salesOa-msystemscom Website httpywwwa-msystemscom

14

Trigger and gate funct ion

Controls Inputs Observations

DELAY NONE BURSTWIDTH SINGLE DURATION SQUARE PERIOD 100X10-3

AdjustCheck

Apply a 1 kHz 0 -5 V triangle wave to TRIG Observe TRiGoand EVENT LEDS

TRIG disconnect all Short the GATE connector to GND Verify LEDs extinguish

MODE press to MANUAL Verify LEDs flash once

Timing

System clock frequency

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

Observe the frequency of the wave Verify 1000 MHz plusmn 001 atU555(17)

Mu l t i p l i e rs (Whee l Sw i t ches )

Controls Inputs Observat ions A d j u s t C h e c k

PULSE SIGN+ MODE FREE RUN TRIG disconnect all TIMING MULTIPUERS all

Wheels set to zero except the one being tested

TIMING OVERLAP ignore

Observe the pulse width with the counter at the location specified below

Verify pulse width is correct for each wheel as it is tested independently

For each wheel of each MULTIPLIER test each position to verify that the pulse width is correct Observe the signal at the following locations DELAY U520(2) BURSTWIDTH U530(2) PERIOD U540(2) DURATION U550(2)

Rates (Rotary Switches)

Controls Inputs Observations A d j u s t C h e c k

TIMING MULTIPUERS 001 TIMING RATES all rotary

switches set to 10-4 except the one being tested

Observe the pulse width with the counter at the location specified below

Verify pulse width is correct for each rotary switch as it is tested independently

For each of the four rotary switches in TIMING test each position to verify that the pulse width is correct Observe the signal at the following locations DELAY U520(2) BURSTWIDTH U530(2) PERIOD U540(2) DURATION U550(2)

A-M Systems Inc 131 Business Paik Loop PO Box 850 Caiisborg Wa 98324 Telophone 800-428-1306 bull 3606808300 FAX 360683-3525 E-mail salesOa-msystemscom Website httpwwwa-msystemscom

15

Trigger outputs Controls

Range 10V Pulse Amplitude 500 Delay 100x10-2 Burst 100x10-2 Duration 100 xlQ-^ Period 400x10-3 Pulse sign + Trig Mode Free run Trig in open

Inputs Observations

Trigger the oscilloscope to the Burst Trig Out Observe it the Pulse Trig Out and the isolated output

AdjustCheck

Verify that the waveform consists of a burst of three 1 ms-on3ms-off pulses The burst trigger should be synchronous with the burst the pulse trigger coincident with each pulse

Output Calibration

Isolation Resistance (check) Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

Trig Mode center position Trig In open

Measure the resistance between ground banana jack (front panel) and black banana jack of output with DMM

Resistance read gt 10OMQ

Amplitude Switch Offset (R640) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Zero Trig Mode center position Trig In Open

Measure the voltage at TP645 vs TP650 with the DMM

Adjust R640 (AmpI Sw Offset) for minimum voltage

Output Offset (R332 front panel board) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Zero Range 10V Trig Mode center position Trig In Open

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

Adjust R332 (Output offset) for minimum voltage

Positive Baseline Offset (R607) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Sign + Baseline Amplitude

fully CCW (000) Range 10V Trig In open Trig Mode center position

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

Adjust R602 (BSLN + offset) for minimum voltage

A-M Systems Inc 131 Business Paik Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Jelophone 8004201306 36O6834300 - FAX 380laquo83-352S E-mail salesOa-msystemscom Website httpwwwa-msystemscam

16

Negative Baseline Offset (R619)

Controls InputsObservations

Baseline Sign -Baseline Amplitude

fully CCW (000) Range 10V Trig In open Trig Mode center position

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

AdjustCheck

Adjust R619 (BSLN + offset) for minimum voltage

Pulse Ampl i tude Adjust (R602)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode Free Mode Pulse Amplitude 1000 Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =1001 Period =00110-4 Pulse Sign -Trig In open Range 10V

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

The Overlap indicator should be on Adjust R602 (Max Level) for -10OOV out

Pulse Sign Gain (check)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode Free Mode Pulse Amplitude 1000 Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =100 Is Period =001 10-4s Trig In open Range 10V

Measure the voltage at the output with the DMM for the Pulse Sign at + and - positions

The absolute values of the voltages should differ by less than 10OmV

Baseline Ampl i tudes (check)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

flange 100mA Trig Mode center position Baseline Amplitude fully CW (1000) Trig In open

Measure the voltage at the output with the DMM with Baseline Sign in + Zero and - positions

Gain the matching of current levels at = and - positions and offset current in Zero position

A-M Systems Inc 131 Business Psik Loop PO Box 850 Caiisborg Wa 98324 Telophone 800426-1306 bull 36Olaquo8raquo8300 bull FAX 360683-3525 E-mail salesOa-msystemscom Website httpwwwa-msystemsccm

17

Output Range Amplitude and Drive (check)

Controls InputsObservations

Pulse Amplitude 1000 Pulse Sign + Trig Mode Free Run Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =1001 Period =10010-4 Trig In open

Load the output with a 10KV 1W 01 resistor Measure the voltage at the output with DMM

Pulse Sign and Short Circuit Protection (check)

Controls

Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =200 10-4 Period =00110-3 Baseline Zero Pulse Amplitude 25 Range 10V Trig Mode Free Run Trig In open

InputsObservations

Measure the voltage at the output with the oscilloscope Check for Pulse Sign set to each of + - biphasic Watch for Error indicator when shorting the output

Output Transient Response (check)

Controls InputsObservations

Verify that full scale output is within specification Scale Range 100V 100V 10V 10V 100mA IV 1mA 10V 10mA 100V

AdjustCheck

Verify that pulses of approx 25V amplitude (625V for biphasic mode) of the correct sign are produced every 10ms Short output in biphasic mode Output should return when opened

AdjustCheck

Pulse Sign + Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =20010-4 Period =00110-3 Pulse Amplitude 250 Baseline Zero Trig Mode Free Mode Trig In open

Connect the oscilloscope to the output with a 310 attenuator probe Test both 10V and 10OV ranges

Verify that overshoot and risetime meet specifications

A-M Systems Inc 131 Business Paik Loop PO Box 850 Cailsbora Wa 98324 Tetophone 8004201306 bull 36Oeuro83-8300 bull FAX 360683-352S E-mail salasOa-msystemscom Website hitpywwwa-msystamsoom

18

Specifications

There are three classes of specifications Class A specifications tested in all units and are guaranteed Class B specifications are inherent in the design they are indirectly tested and are guaranteed Class C specifications are typical operating values which are occasionally tested- these are typical values given for your information but not guarshyanteed The class for each specification is noted in the center column of the following sections

Inputs Switching level

Hysteresis

Input equivalent circuit

Minimum duration (TTL-level signal)

A

C

C

C

16 V (plusmn 02 V)

approx 50 mV

lOOKfl to-1-5 in parallel with no more than 35pF

gt50ns

Open circuit condition B defaults to highon level

Timing and rate accuracy

Rate selector steps

Timing multiplier steps

B

B

100S to 100s in 7 steps

1 of rate selector step size Maximum value is 999 X the rate selector step size

Resolution B approx 01 of the maximum value

Timing error (second and later pulses after resetting controls)

B lt 002 of rate selector value + 015S

Timing error (first pulse after readjusting timing controls)

an additional 025s error may occur

Timing repeatability lt 001 settings-20 ns (mbnophasic)

A-M Systems Inc 131 Business Paik Loop PO Box 850 Caiisborg Wa 98324 Telophone 8004201306 3606808300 FAX 3606803S25 E-mail salesOa-msystemscom bull Website httpyy(wwaltTisystemscom

19

TRIG IN to OUTPUT delay (DELAY set to 0) output set to 2V

Timing jitter from TRIG IN to OUTPUT (for TTL trigger input with risetime lt10 ns)

Timing jitter from TRIG OUT (either BURST or PULSE) and OUTPUT

Trigger output to pulse output delay

Output characteristics Pulse level error (voltage mode open circuit current mode short circuit

Biphasic level difference IV-H-i-V-l2

Baseline level error (voltage mode A open circuit current mode short circuit)

Risetime (25 V out)

Risetime (25 V out)

Transient response

A

A

A

Output impedance (voltage mode) C

Output impedance (current mode) C

Isolation resistance A

Isolation capacitance C

approx 05 ps for a load of no more than 10 Kft in parallel with 50 pF

lt 125 ns (all rates except 100s) lt125ys (100s rate)

Less than 20 ns (all rates)

approx 350 ns

lt 03 of setting -i- 05 of r range (plus an additional 05vA in 100 ywA range)

lt 03 of range (voltage modes into open circuit current modes into short circuit)

lt 03 of setting of setting -I- 01 of range (plus an additional 05 pA in 100A range)

= 200 ns into less than 30 pF

= 15 yws into less than 30 pF

lt 8 overshoot into less than 30 pF for pulse voltages different than baseline voltage by at least 10 of range

= 50 ohms

raquo 1 0 Ga (typically 200 GD)

raquo 1 0 0 M n

= 60 pF at 100 Hz

A BB f ^ _ M 1 ^ ^ 131 Business Paik Loop ROBOx850Cai1sOorgWaW3Z4

- I V l o V S i e m S inC80Ph0trade80O42O1308-36O683-8300-FAX36O683-3525 7 bull bull bull bull ^ ^ E-maasale80a-m8vstemscomWebsitehitpjwwwaltnsyste

20 E-mai salesO a-m8ystemscom Website http jwwwa-msystemscom

Noise (differential mode)

Noise (common mode earth to isolated ground) with no signal output

Overload error indicator (low frequency short circuited voltage mode)

Overload error indicator low frequency open circuited current mode)

Overload error response time

Miscellaneous

= 1 mV rms (10 V scale 10 Hz-4 MHz)

- 8 mV rms (10 Hz-4 MHz) =laquo100mVp-p (200 Hz -10 MHz) measured withalOMn 15pF oscilloscope probe

Turns on for set amplitude at or greater than approx plusmn1 V (10 V range) or plusmn2 V (100 V range)

Turns on for set amplitude at or above approx 2 of range

Flat to approx 30 ps duration Decreasing sensitivity for shorter pulses

Power

Fuse

Operating temperature range

Storage temperature range

Operating humidity

Dimensions

Weight

approx 11 watts

1 amp 3 AG

10-30degC

0 - 50deg C

5 - 80 RH

17x475x1125 (inches) 432x121x286 cm

20 lbs (9 kg)

A-M Systems Inc 131 Business Paik Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Tekjptwne 8004201306 bull 36Olaquo8O8300 bull FAX 360laquo8O3525 E-mail salesOa-msystemscom Website httpywwwa-msystemscom

21

Warranty and Service

What does this warranty cover A-f Systems Inc warrants to the Purchaser that the Instrument excluding cables Headstage Probes and any other accessories shipped with the Instrument (hereafter the hardware) is free from defects in workmanship or material under normal use and service for the period of one (1) year This warranty commences on the date of delivery of the hardware to the Purchaser

What are the obligations of A-M Systems Inc under this warranty During the warranty period A-M Systems Inc agrees to repair or replace at its sole option without charge to the Purchaser any defective component part of the hardware To obtain warranty service the Purchaser must return the hardware to A-l^ Systems Inc or an authorized A-M Systems Inc distributor in an adequate shipping container Any postage shipping and insurance charges incurred in shipping the hardware to A-M Systems Inc must be prepaid by the Purchaser and all risk for the hardware shall remain with purchaser until such time as A-M Systems Inc takes receipt of the hardware Upon receipt A-M Systems Inc will promptly repair or replace the defective unit and then return the hardware to the Purchaser postage shipping and insurance prepaid A-M Systems Inc may use reconditioned or like new parts or units at its sole option when repairing any hardware Repaired products shall carry the same amount of outstanding warranty as from original purchase or ninety (90) days which ever is greater Any claim under the warranty must include a dated proof of purchase of the hardware covered by this warranty In any event A-M Systems Inc liability for defective hardware is limited to repairing or replacing the hardware

What is not covered by this warranty This warranty is contingent upon proper use and maintenance of the hardware by the Purchaser and does not cover batteries Neglect misuse whether intentional or othenvise tampering with or altering the hardware damage caused by accident damage caused by unusual physical electrical chemical or electromechanical stress damage caused by failure of electrical power or damage caused during transportation are not covered by this warranty Products may not be returned to A-M Systems Inc for service whether under warranty or otherwise which are contaminated by Infectious agents radioactive compounds or other materials constituting a health hazard to employees of A-M Systems Inc

What are the limits of liability for A-M Systems Inc under this warranty A-M Systems Inc shall not be liable for loss of data profits or savings or any special incidental consequential indirect or other similar damages arising from breach of contract negligence or other legal action even if the company or its agent has been advised of the possibility of such damages or for any claim brought against you by another party THIS EQUIPMENT IS NOT INTENDED FOR CLINICAL MEASUREMENTS USING HUMAN SUBJECTS A-M SYSTEMS INC DOES NOT ASSUME RESPONSIBILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE DUE TO MISUSE OF THIS EQUIPMENT Jurisdictions vary with regard to the enforceability of provisions excluding or limiting liability for incidental or consequential damages Check the provision of your local jurisdiction to find out whether the above exclusion applies to you

This warranty allocates risks of product failure between the Purchaser and A-M Systems Inc A-M Systems Inc hardware pricing reflects this allocation of ris1lt and the limitations of liability contained in this warranty The warranty set forth above is in lieu of all other express warranties whether oral or written The agents employees distributors and dealers of A-M Systems Inc are not authorized to make modifications to this warranty or additional warranties binding on the company Accordingly additional statements such as dealer advertising or presentations whether oral or written do not constitute warranties by A-M Systems Inc and should not be relied upon This warranty gives you specific legal rights You may also have other rights which vary from one jurisdiction to another

A B B J l laquo raquo ^ t3tBusinessPafkLoopPOBox850Cai1sbO(gWa98324

- | V | O V S i e m S |nCtrade042O1306-36O68O8300-FAX36O68O3525 E-mail salasOa-msvstemscom bull Website httowwwa-msvste

t3tBusinassParkLaopROBox8SOCai1sbo(gWa98324 po Telophone 8004201306 360683-8300 FAX 3606803525 ^ ^ E-maH salesOa-msystemscom Wetsite httpwwwa-msystem3e0m

mwal

INSTRUCTION MANUAL

FOR

ISOLATED PULSE STIMULATOR

MODEL 2100

Serial

Date

A-M Systems Inc

PO Box 850

Carisborg WA 98324

USA

360-683-8300 bull 800-426-1306 FAX 360-683-3525

httpwwwa-m8y8temscom

Version 50 May 1998

Contents General Description 1

Instrument Features 1 Controls and Connectors 2

Operating Instructions 6 Theory of Operation 10 Calibration Procedures 12

Inputs ii 14 Output Calibration iii i 16

Specifications i4 il u 19 Warranty and Service wi iJ iJi [ii 22

Each Isolated Pulse Stimulator Is delivered complete with

Rack Mount Hardware Instructions amp Maintenance Manual

NOTE

This instrument is not intended for clinical measurements using human subjects A-M Systems Inc does not assume msponsibility for injury or damage due to the misuse of this instrument

General bull M ^ ion

Instrument Features The Isolated Pulse Stimulator Model 2100 Is designed for a wide variety of applications It is highly flexible being capable of delivering single pulses biphasic pairs or bursts of pulses Pulses may be started manually or upon receiving a trigger signal from another instrument or computer Two non-isolated trigger outputs are available for triggering other instruments

Four sets of timing controls provide comprehensive control over all aspects of pulse generation Three digit accuracy is available over a 7 decade range for each timing function using lever wheel switches Pulse wkiths can be set over more than a 9 decade range from 05 [is to 999 seconds Timing accuracy is assured through the use of a 10 MHz base rate crystal-controlled clock digitally divided to provide accurate timing over the entire range A timing overiap indicator will light if the timing controls are set Inconsistently

The output may be conveniently switched between cun-ent and voltage modes Pulse and baseline amplitudes are independently presettable with lockable dials An error indicator will light if the Model 2100 cannoi deliver the desired signal

WARNING

The Model 2100 can produce potentially dangemus voltages up to 100 V et the output connectors The isolated output is not connected internally to safety (earth) ground in ahy way Some part of the extemal circuit should be connected to safety gmund Use caution in handling any wires connectors or electrodes which may be directly or indirectly attached to the Model 2100 output Some lltinds of connectors such as BNC connectors have exposed metal parts which may float at dangemus potentials unless extemally connected to safety gmund For greatest safety tum the Model 2100 off before making any connections to

the Instrument

131 Business Park LocfiPO Box BSOCarM)orgWa 98324 800426-1308 bull36OlaquoS3laquo300FAX 3 6 M 8 3 ^ 2 5

E-malt uiittyBQaHiByBtumaooiTi Wobsita HipJtwtiwiwftbMiAcon fl-N SystQms I n c ^ T

Controls and Connectors The controls for the Model 2100 are grouped in three sections START controlling when a pulse or burst of pulses begins TIMING controlling the onoff timing of one or more pulses and otJTPliT controlling the amplitude of the output signal

Start TRIG SLOPE This switch determines whether valid triggers occur at positive or negative edges in the trigger signal

MODE This switch controls how wavefomris are initiated When set to FREE RUN one timing cycle immediately follows the last When held in the MANUAL position a timing cycle starts immediately When the switch is in the center position timing cycles start when valid triggering events occur

TRIGD This LED lights up when a timing cycle is in process and continues until the burst is completed

TRIG This BNC connector allows a signal from an extemal source to initiate timing cycles It is set for standard TTL levels

GATE This BNC connector allows a signal from an extemal source to restrict the final output signal This input must be at a logical high (or open-circuited) in order for the Model 2100 to recognize either manual or automatic trigger events

Gate 1_ Trigger [~^ i I Valid triggers are represented by the arrows in the figure Note that the up arrow would apply only if TRIG SLOPE is set to + the down anrows would apply only if TRIG SLOPE is set to-

NOTE Triggers have no effect if the system has not completed its response to a previous trigger

fl-N SystQms I n c ^ 131 Business Park Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 600426-13063eO683laquo300FAX 360683^525

E-maB anBysQraquoinsyaleiTaconi Wsbalto h^KAvwwa-(nsys(smsoom

Timing Four sets of controls govem the timing of pulse generation Each set contains two values which are multiplied together to detennine the actual timing value The rotary knob (rate selector) provides the approximate timing value and the lever wheel switch bank (MULTIPLIER) provkles a time resolution of three decimal digits The following diagram shows most of the important relationships

Pnfe-tRAIM I B E L A V i6Molaquo

BURST WIOtH

Output r Delay

t n

Duration - ^ lt - |4Periodgt|

FLJI -^ Burst width

Trigger event

DELAY These controls set the time between the initiating trigger event and the beginning of the pulse burst If this rate selector is set to NONE or the multiplier is set to ooo there is no delay

BURSTWIDTH These controls set the time period in which one or more pulses may be delivered Once started a pulse may outlast the burst width If this rate selector is set to SINGLE or to any time shorter than the pulse duration only a single pulse will occur If the BURSTWIDTH is longer than the period pulses will be emitted at the PERIOD rate until the burst time ends Pulses are never truncated by a short BURST WIDTH

iNTpoundA-PULSiE PBRiOb

DURATION These controls set the length of each pulse If this rate selector is set to SQUARE the duration is set to half of the period regardless of the MULTIPLIER setting

PERIOD These controls set the period of time between adjacent pulse events within the burst It also forces a minimum dead time between recognized input triggers following a burst of one or more pulses This can be used to prevent over stimulation of a tissue without requiring excessive delay between the triggering event and the stimulating pulse

TlMtNQ OVERLAP

mLiHMPi

VVtJ jiwaa lasm nlaquoilaquo u

t^fi SysUms I n c ^ Elt4nsfl a m

131 Business Pofc Loop PO Box 850 Carisborg 1^98324 600-426-1306 36O6834300 FAK 360683^525

E-mai vrvysQfrflisysleraLOCniWutiailQL N^jAwwa^iByslernUiOOni

NOTE If any of these timing controls are changed while a timing cycle is in operation the results are undefined until the cunent cycle flnishes

TIMING OVERLAP This LED will light to indicate an Inconsistency in the timing cycle settings There are several ways to Introduce such errors The most common way is to set the inter-pulse PERIOD to be less than the pulse DURATION

TRIG OUT (UPPER) This BNC connector provides a signal which is coinckient with the intemal Burst timing signal (default) This means the signal starts at the end of the Delay time and persists until the Burst time expires This output may also be set to represent the delay time-out by setting the internal jumper J510 to the left two pins Instead of the right two pins (Please see the Calibration section in this manual for jumper location Directions are given as viewed from the fix)nt of the instrument)

TRIG OUT (LOWER) This BNC connector provides a signal which is coincident with the Duration timing signal which controls pulse output

NOTE Both trigger output signals slightly lead the isolated output signal

Output PULSE SIGN This Switch sets the sign for the pulses to be generated It also allows generation of biphasic pulses thereby doubling the effective total period Warning the first pulse genemted after changing the PULSE SIGN svntch may have the wmng polarity

BASELINE This switch sets the sign for the baseline signal

RANGE This rotary switch allows one of three current or two voltage ranges to be selected for the output signal

BASELINE AMPLITUDE This counting dial are independently set using ten-minute counting dials with the baseline having one tenth the range of the pulse amplitude

A-N Systlaquomslaquo Inc 131 Buskiess Partt Loop PO BoK 8S0 Cailsbarg Wa 96324 laophone 8004201306 bull36O68M300-FAX 3eolaquo8M525 E-mat bullmsysflMnsyslermoom VMaHsr Hlplhfimnmyekmoom

PULSE AMPLITUDE This counting dial

EVENTS This LED indicates when a pulse is ongoing

ERROR This LED indicates when the intemal output amplifier cannot output the pulse as desired This is usually due to a short circuit while trying to output a voltage or an open circuit while trying to output a current

One control from the Ot^uf section directly affects wavefonn timing the Pulse Sign control When set to the Biphasic mode a positive-going pulse is Immediately followed by a negative-going pulse This effectively doubles the pulse duration If a burst of biphasic pulses is being produced the period must be at least twice the single pulse duration In the Sgtan wave mode the baseline disappears as long as the burst persists

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Bushass Park locpPOBooi 850 C8ri9bcrgMS8324 IMqphona 800426-1306 bull36Olaquo83laquo3a0 FAX 360683-3529 E-nal amsyaOa4nsyatemscomWeMlK hMpJVniwa-nsygtatnscom

Operating Instructions

Examples Simple setup (and minimal Instrument tost)

Connect the output of the Model 2100 to an oscilloscope Before connecting the instrument it is safest to turn its power off

Set the Ou^uf controls

Range Pulse Sign

Baseline Pulse Amplitude

10V +

Zero 200

Setting The Timing Controls

Delay Burst Width

Duratbn Period

none single

15010-2 500102

Setting The Start Controls

Mode Free Run

Disconnect any cables to the TRIG or GATE Inputs

Note that the green Trig and Event Indicators tum on as Free Run is turned on (and tum off othenwise) You should observe a 15ms duration 20Hz rate pulse of 200V above a OV baseline on the oscilloscope i

A ^ M ^ _ _ _ A ^ _ _ _ 1 ^ 131BiiHnD8raquoParttloopPOBoxB50Car)sbcrBlaquoraquoS8324

bull P l ^ y S W n i S f |nC ltV^gt^8deglt^^2O1306380laquo8OS3a0FAX36O6BMS2S

6 E-fnflk 9n^fBOs-in9ystsni9cx]fnWDbs)tec H^ff9Nw^myStem9oom

Demonstration of Burst Mode Connect the output of the Model 2100 to an oscilloscope Before connecting the instrument it is safest to tum Its power off

Set the Output controls

Range Pulse Sign

Baseline Pulse Amplitude

Baseline Amplitude

Setting The Timing Controls

Delay Burst Width

Duration

Period

Set the START controls as follows

Mode

Disconnect any cables to the TRIG or GATE inputs

Trigger the oscilloscope from the Burst trigger out (upper Tr^ Out connector) for a stable display In each burst (occumng every lOOms) you should observe a trio of 15ms duration starting 50ms apart Try switching the StartMode from Free Run to the center (nomnal) position The pulses will no longer be produced and the Trig and Event indicators will turn off Pressing this switch once (to Manual) will cause a single burst to occur

880 120 150 500

10V +

200 100

102 102 102 102

Free Run

fleaff SySlQmSa |nCa deglgt ltlt ^ ^ deg ^ degdeg ^ ^ ^ bull E-matmia

131 Business Park LoopPO Box 850 Carisborg Vfe 86324 lUcphcna 800426-1306 36Olaquo83laquo300 FAX 36068raquo52 E-maft tfii8ysOiHn^nleiTBcom1AWisJto HSpitwraquoM^wytAtii9oom

Problem SoMng If the Instrument appears to be not worthing properiy check all of the control settings and connections Be sure to wait at least 5-10 seconds after turning the Instrument off before tuming it on again The following t6ef summary of typical problems for the user (along with the most common solutions) may help

Problem CauseSolution EVENT indicator never lights even in FREE RUN mode

bull Replace fuse check power connection bullSet DELAY or PERIOD to a shorter interval

bull Power-on too soon after power-off

OVERLAP Indicator is on

ERROR indicator is on

Time appears to be excessive

bullSet DURATION gt000 bull DURATION is set to SQUARE but PERIOD is 000 Increase PERIOD or set DURATION independantly

bull BURST and WIDTH are gt DURATION increase PERIOD or decrease

DURATION bull BIPHASIC pulse output is on and PERIOD is not longer than twice the DURATION Increase PERIOD or decrease DURATION

bull Free-run is on and BURST Is lt PERIOD (BURST off) DELAY is 0 and PERIOD is lt DURATION Add delay or modify PERIOD

bull Free-mn is on and BURST is gt DURATION (BURST ON) and PERIOD is lt DURATION Increase PERIOD

bull For VOLTAGE outputs the output Is trying to drive too low a resistance or capacitance (eg a short circuit) Check by disconnecting the output It is possible (and normal) that for the fastest cycles

and largest amplitudes (close to 100 V and 1 MS) that the ERROR Indicator might always come on during repetitive pulses Fix output load or decrease amplitude as required

bull Changed control in mid-cycle (resets cunent status)

A ^ M bull _ _ _ A ^ ^ _ _ i ^ mdash 131BuslnessPai1ltLoopPOBox850CarlsborgWamp98324

bull p i j ^ v s w m s iiic^^deglt^deg^^deglt^^^3degB3^^^deg^^^^degdeg^^^deg^^deg^^^^ E-mat iiiMOafflwstemseom WabaHe MtaffiwwtHtavsli

8 E-msft flmsjoQfrfraystGfnsoom ^WobsltiK hl^Aiwv9-fn9]nteniscom

Cant seem to get a full signal out

Incoming triggers not accepted frequently enough

bull Load is not properiy connected repair wiring

bull Too low a load impedance (VOLTAGE modes) or too high a load impedance

(CURRENT mode)

bull PERIOD is set too long (enforces dead time) followd by BURST set to SIGNAL Reduce PERIOD time

Table 10 Problem Solving

If you suspect that the Model 2100 may have completely failed we recommend checking the basic level of functionality If this fails your instrument is defective and must be repaired If this passes either your experimental setup is incompatible or inconsistent or there is a more subtle flaw in your Model 2100

If the Model 2100 appears to be malfunctioning contact A-M Systems Inc or your dealer Telephone numtgters for A-M Systems Inc listed on the front cover of this manual We will first attempt to solve the problem over the telephone so have an exact description of your problem available when you call You do not need to be within the warranty period to obtain over-the-phone assistance

A ^ M V - mdash A d B ^ K M I ^ M 131BuslnessPatfcLoopPOBox6SOCai

-PI s y s i Q m s inc-2raquolaquoa22=M^^

131 Business Parfc Loop PO Box 650 Cartsborg VM9 0S324 _ FAX36(W8a3525 E^nrt flnsysQa-ntsyttanB-oom Wsbsfte hHpiMNvwa-nnystsnisooni

9

Theory of Operation

The operation of the Model 2100 is summarized In the block diagram (see Fig 3) Not shown are all of the interconnections with the microcontroller The intemal microcontroler plays an important role in setting the signal path but does not directly

contribute to the dynamic characteristics It scans the front panel switches and sets the control values for the logic arays It programs the intemal counters which along with the other hardware achieve the necessary sub-microsecond speeds

All action starts either from an input trigger signal (from Trig In) or from an intemal signal (in free Run mode only) A Delay timer counts the 10MHz clock until its count value Is exhausted At this point the Burst timer starts Both Period and Duration timers are started at this time If the Burst timer has not expired by the end of the Period the Period and Duration timers are restarted If the Biphasic mode has been set the Duration timer is restarted at the end of the initial Duration and the sign of the output pulse Is reversed doubling the total duration

The system state (pulse on pulse sip baseline sign [+101-]) is transmitted to the isolated section via optoisolator The baseline and pulse amplitudes are selected by an analog switch The resulting signal is amplified by a variable-power-supply discrete operational amplifier The amplifier connections and gain is modified to provide two voltage and three cunent ranges

Timing overlap errors are detected by a logical decision computation rather than by testing for counter collisions This provides instant feedback rather than waiting up to an hour for such a collision to occur Output errors are measured by sensing the output amplifiers differential input voltage Under normal conditions this is a negligible voltage if the amplifier fails to deliver the requested signal the window comparator testing this voltage sends this message (via optoisolator) to the logic section turning on a warning LED

fl-N Systems Inc 131BusbnassPa(tLoopPOBox6SOCari3boigVMg8324 H n |TWoph0n880O426-13083eO6Blaquo300FMt36Olaquo8i3525 E-nnl anaysflfriinysleiiaoemWfcbslte hllphmwraquoimyatennoom

TRIG 3HJ) OUT

(burst)

TRIG ^ OUT

(pulse)

E

Ml

Calibration Procedures

The calibration interval is the lesser of 1000 hours of operation or 6 months Somewhat greater drift can be expected in the first 100 hours of operation as the semiconductors age Adjustments should only be made after the instrument has been fully warmed up for at least 15 minutes

Full instrument calibration requires the following test equipment digital multimeter (plusmn 01) able to measure resistance to at least lOOMfl oscilloscope with at least 50MHz bandwidth true-rms voltmeter with 4MHz bandwidth universal counter (plusmn 001 ) able to measure single pulse widths and periods resistors (all plusmn 01) 2kn lOkH 1 waft 20kn 200kn alligator clip lead sets banana plugs and BNC adapters

Adjustment integrated circuit and test point locations are shown in the following figures All adjustments are on the timing board unless otherwise noted

All voltages in the non-isolated section should be measured with respect to ground at TP510 unless othenvise stated Some voltages are measured with respect to an intemal isolated ground at TP650 or across the two output tenninals Occasionally the voltage at an IC pin must be measured In these cases the reference designator is given with the pin number in parentheses eg U602(16) When it states within this procedure that a voltage is to be minimized this means that the adjustment should be made such that the measured voltage is as close to zero volts as possible Refer to the Specifications Section of this manual for acceptable tolerances

The sequence of this procedure is Important If any adjustment is made all adjustments which follow must be made to ensure that the specifications will be met These procedures require that all controls remain as set in previous steps unless otherwise indicated

WARNING

The Model 2100 has dangerous voltages throughout the instrument even with the power is off Servicing the Model 2100 should only be done by qualified service personnel Use caution in handling any wires connectors or electrodes which may be directly or indirectly attached to the Instrument Do not touch exposed connections or components Disconnect power by unplugging the power cord from the receptacle

fl-N Systems I n c ^ 131BusinesaPartcLoopPOBox850CartsborgVWiB8324 4 n ^gt-mdash80O426-130638Ofl8Jlaquo300FAX36O683J52S bull E-maft BinsysQfrfn^islflnisoomVVfalislle h^KVfWMift^iisystemsoani

CO

- R503

Omg^

TPSOlQ O

OTPSOO

U560 bull

U510

DDID ^ trade E O ^ T P 5 1 0

bullnD Trig

0 ^

U570

Gate n U505

DO D

U515

Timing

Timing h_ U520

bsoo ^25SE Timing

Or r U540

I I Tmlng

[^ELIL

U535 D

U506

13 J510 Timlnff

BurfiDelay J400

i i i i i i i T r m r a

gt U550 ^

Clock

U555 U620

B a

^R^Pvhigh Rfijn O D O Vlow

o

bull U545

Fo sect737 lISOIsPjC-COMP

n r r ^ U760

J420

]]U632

Q S riuGSO

H = ) TP640^ deg I t I

II3D

J440 m i T i

U610 plusmn laquo j U O

bull bull l el

^t

O l

bull

M

I

Power supply and bias voltages

Power supply

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

POWER ON Observe voltage at P703 power supply wire top of main board

Check for+15 plusmn 050 V

Observe voltage at P701 power supply wire top of main board

Check for-15 plusmn 050 V

Observe voltage at U505(24) Check for+5 plusmn 025 V

Isolated supply voltage

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

RANGE 10 V TRIG open circuit MODE center position

Altemately observe V^ from R742 to R740 and V ^ from the U605(4) to U605(8)

Adjust R773 so that 110VltV^lt 120 V and

nign

28VltV^lt34V

Capacitance balance

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Connect a x10 oscilloscope probe to TP650 and ground the

Adjust R737 for minimum high frequency signal

Inputs

Gate funct ion

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave Verify that the voltage to GATE switches states at the Obsene voltage at U51G(3) proper input levels with an oscilloscope ^ ^

Trigger s lope

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave Verify that the voltage to TRIO switches states at the Observe voltage at US 10( 1) proper input levels with an oscilloscope

TRIG SLOPE + Verify voltage is 180 out of phase

TRIG SLOPE Verify voltage is in phase

fl-N Systems Inc ^ 131 Bushess Park Loop PO Bar 850 Carisborg Wa 98324 8004201306 3eOlaquoS3e300 FAX 3606BV352S

C-maft fliii8yBQfriii9yBlumaoamVIAibsMB hRpJhwMifi-iiiBystematxini

14

Trigger and gate funct ion

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

DELA NONE BURS1WII3TH SINGLE DURATION SQUARE PERIOD 100X10-3

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave to TRIG Obsen^e TRIOD and EVENT LEDS

TRIG disconnect all Short the GATE connector to GND Verify LEDs extinguish

MODE press to MANUAL Verify LEDs flash once

Timing

System c lock frequency

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Observe the frequency of the wave atU555(17)

Verify 1000 MHz plusmn001

Multipl iers (Wheel Switches)

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

PULSE SIGN + MODE FREE RUN TRIG disconnect all TIMING MULTIPUERS ail

wheels set to zero except the one being tested

TnmiNG OVERLAP ^nOTB

Observe the pulse width with the counter at the location specified below

Verify pulse width Is correct for each wheel as it is tested Independently

For each wheel of each MULTIPUER test each position to verify that the pulse width is correct Observe the signal at the following locations DELAY U520(2) BURSTWIDTH U530(2) PERIOD US40(2) DURATION U550(2)

Rates (Rotary Switches)

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

TIMING MULTIPUERS 001 TIMING RATES all rotary

switches set to 10-4 except the one being tested

Observe the pulse width with the counter at the location specified below

Verify pulse width is conect for each rotary switch as it is tested independently

For each of the four rotary switches in TIMING test each position to verify that the pulse wkJth is correct Observe the signal at the following locations DELAY U520(2) BURSTWIDTH U530(2) PERIOD U540(2) DURATION U550(2)

fl-N Systems I n c ^ E-maft emfl

131 Business Parti Loop PO 809(850 Cartsborg Wta 98324 8004201306 3804806300 FAX 36068O3S25

E-maft ansysQa nvystems-oom Wobste hflp Avwwa4nsy8(Qnttoam

15

Trigger outputs Controls

Range 10V Pulse Amplitude 500 Delay 100x10 Burst 100x10^2 Duration 100 x1a Period 400x10^ Pulse sign + Trig Mode Free run Trig in open

Inputs Observations

Trigger the oscilloscope to the Burst Trig Out Observe it the Pulse Trig Out and the isolated output

Adjust Check

Verify that the waveform consists of a burst of three 1ms-on3ms-off pulses The burst trigger should be synchronous with the burst the pulse trigger coincident with each pulse

Output Calibration

Isolation Resistance (check) Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode center position Trig In open

Measure the resistance between ground banana jack (front panel) and black banana jack of output with DMM

Resistance read gt 100MQ

Amplitude Switch Offset (R640) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Zero Trig Mode center position Trig In Open

Measure the voltage at TP645 vs TP650 with the DMM

Adjust R640 (AmpI Sw Offset) for minimum voltage

Output Offset (R332 front panel board) Controls I nputsObservatlons AdjustCheck

Baseline Zero Range 10V Trig Mode center position Trig In Open

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

Adjust R332 (Output offset) for minimum voltage

Positive Baseline Offset (R607) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Sign + Baseline Amplitude

fully CCW (000) Range 10V Trig In open Trig Mode center position

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

Adjust R602 (BSLN + offset) for minimum voltage

fl M raquo _ _ _ A laquo ^ _ i ^ ^ 131Buslnelaquo8Pari(loopPOBoK850Cart8borgWB96324

bull P I i s V S i e m S a |||Cg1Maphans80O42O130638O68O8300FAX36Olaquo8raquo^2S E-tiBft anagtraquoflwiisyagtlaquomraquoaimW6baHB hHpffii(wwraquoltnsylaquoleniieom

16

Negative Baseline Offset (R619) Controls

Baseline Sign -i Baseline Amplitude bull fully CCW (000)

Range 10V Trig In open Trig Mode center position

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

AdjustCheck

Adjust R619 (BSLN 4 offset) for minimum voltage

Pulse Amplitude Adjust (R602) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode Free Mode Pulse Amplitude 1000 Timing Dialay =none Burst =single Duration =1001 Period =00110-4 Pulse Sign -Trig In open Range 10V

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

The Overiap indicator should be on Adjust R602 (Max Level) for -1000V out

Pulse Sign Gain (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode Free Mode Pulse Amplitude 1000 Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =1001 s Period =00110-4s Trig In open Range 10V

Measure the voltage at the output with the DMM for the Pulse Sign at -- and - positions

The absolute values of the voltages should differ by less than lOOmV

Baseline Amplitudes (check) Controls InputsObservations

Range 100mA Trig Mode center position Baseline Amplitude fully CW (1000) Trig In open

Measure the voltage at the output with the DMM with Baseline Sign in + Zero and - positions

AdjustCheck

Gain the matching of current levels at = and - positions and offset current in Zero position

fl-N Systems Inc^^ bull E-mal am8

131 Business Partt Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 88324 8004201306360laquo8Oe300FAX 360laquo8O362S

E-maM am8y8^o-mBy8tflmBoom WobaKo hHp Awwwo-f i iBystonuoom

17

Output Range Amplitude and Drive (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Pulse Amplitude 1000 Pulse Sign + Trig Mode Free Run Timing Delay =none Burst =8ingle Duration =1001 Period =10010-4 Trig In open

Load the output with a 10KV1W 01 resistor Measure the voltage at the output with DMM

Verify that full scale output is within specification Scale Range 100V 100V 10V 10V 100mA IV 1mA 10V 10mA 100V

Pulse Sign and Short Circuit Protection (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Timing Delay =none Burst =8ingle Duration =200 10-4 Period =00110-3 Baseline Zero Pulse Amplitude 25 Range 10V Trig Mode Free Run Trig In open

Measure the voltage at the output with the oscilloscope Check for Pulse Sign set to each of + - biphasic Watch for Error indicator when shorting the output

Verify that pulses of approx 25V amplitude (625V for biphasic mode) of the correct sign are produced every 10ms Short output in biphasic mode Output should retum when opened

Output Transient Response (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Pulse Sign + Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =20010-4 Period =00110-3 Pulse Amplitude 250 Baseline Zero Trig Mode Free Mode Trig In open

Connect the oscilloscope to the output with a 310 attenuator prolse Test boVn 10V and 100V ranges

Verify that overshoot and risetime meet specifications

fl-N Systems I n c ^ 131 Business Parte Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wb 98324 8004201306 36Olaquo83O300 FAX 36O680lt352S

E-mQ0 snBy8Qs-msy8faiTiscom VWriMtte N ^ Mvww9-msy8lemscom

18

Specifications

There are three classes of specifications Class A specifications tested in all unHs and are guaranteed Class B specifications are inherent in the design they are indirectly tested and are guaranteed Class C specifications are typical operating values which are occasionally tested- these are typical values given for your infomiation but not guarshyanteed The class for each specification is noted in the center column of the following sections

Inputs Switching level

Hysteresis

Input equivalent circuit

Minimum duration (1 IL-level signal)

A

C

C

C

16V(plusmn02V)

approx 50 mV

100K ft to+5 In parallel with no more than 35pF

gt 50 ns

Open circuit condition B defaults to highon level

Timing and rate accuracy Rate selector steps

Timing multiplier steps

Resolution

Timing eror (second and later pulses after resetting controls)

B

B

B

B

lOOps to 100s In 7 steps

1 of rate selector step size Maximum value is 999 x the rate selector step size

approx 01 of the maximum value

lt 002 of rate selector value + 015 ps

Timing error (first pulse after readjusting timing controls)

an additional 025 ps error may occur

Timing repeatability lt 001 setting + 20 ns (monophasic)

fl-N Systems I nc ^ bull E-moU ams

131 Business Parti Loop PO Boot 850 Cartsborg VM 98324 80O42O130838O08O8300FAX36Olaquo8O3S2S

E-meU anByafl^iiisyslainaoomWebsHe hHpffliiwwraquomsys)emsoom

19

TRIG IN to OUTPUT delay (DELAY set to 0) output set to 2V

Timing jitter ft-om TRIG IN to OUTPUT (for TTL trigger input with risetime lt10 ns)

Timing jitter ft^om TRIG OUT (either BURST or PULSE) and OUTPUT

Trigger output to pulse output delay

Output charactsristics Pulse level enror (voltage mode open circuit cun-ent mode short circuit

Biphasic level difference |V + + V-|2

Baseline level error (voltage mode A open circuit current mode short circuit)

Risetime (25 V out)

Risetime (25 V out)

Transient response

A

A

A

Output impedance (voltage mode) C

Output impedance (current mode) C

Isolation resistance A

Isolation capacitance C

approx 05 ps for a load of no more than 10 Kft in parallel with 50 pF

lt 125 ns (all rates except 100s) lt 125 ps (100s rate)

Less than 20 ns (all rates)

approx 350 ns

lt 03 of setting + 05 of r range (plus an additional 05 pA inlOOpArenge)

lt 03 of range (voltage modes into open circuit current modes into short circuit)

lt 03 of setting of setting + 01 of range (plus an additional 05 pA in lOOpA range)

laquo 200 ns into less than 30 pF

laquo15 ps into less than 30 pF

lt 8 overshoot Into less than 30 pF for pulse voltages different than baseline voltage by at least 10 of range

laquo 50 ohms

raquo 1 0 Gft (typically 200 Gft)

raquo100Mft

laquo 60 pF at 100 Hz

fl-N Systems Inc^^ 131 Business Partt Uxip PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 96324 8004201308 SBOee^^SOO FAX 360laquoS3^52S

E-mat BiByraquoaiMii8ylaquoliiiiiseomWiljalteHlpJV(wwraquo4tgy8lenaoom

20

Noise (differential mode)

Noise (common mode earth to isolated ground) with no signal output

Overioad error indicator (low frequency short circuited voltage mode)

Overioad error indicator low frequency open circuited current mode)

Overioad enor response time

Miscellaneous

Power

Fuse

Operating temperature range

Storage temperature range

Operating humidity

Dimensions

Weight

laquo1 mV rms (10 V scale 10Hz-4MHz)

laquo 8 mV rms (10 Hz-4 MHz) laquo100mVp-p (200 Hz -10 MHz) measured withalOMft 15pF oscilloscope probe

Turns on for set amplitude at or greater than approx plusmn1V (10 V range) or plusmn2 V (100 V range)

Turns on for set amplitude at or above approx 2 of range

Flat to approx 30 ps duration Decreasing sensitivity for shorter pulses

approx 11 watts

1 amp 3 AG

10-30C

0 - 50deg C

5-80RH

17x475x1125 (Inches) 432x121x286 cm

20 lbs (9 kg)

fl mm bull gt _ _ _ A ^ ^ _ _ L ^ 131BusinesraquoPariltLocpPOBox850C8rtsborgWS9e324

bull p i ^ y s v e m s IIIC^^deg(^deg^Bdegltgt^^^3degdeg^deg^^deg^^^degdeg^^I^deg^deg^^^^^

21 E-mei flre^nQo 4n8yo(amscam Wsbsfle hHpAwwwe-msy8Jems-Oom

Warranty and Service

What does this warranty cover A-M Systems Inc warrants to the Purchaser that the Instrument excluding cables Headstage Probes and any other accessories shipped with the Instrument (hereafter the hardware) is free from defects in workmanship or material under normal use and service for the period of one (1) year This warranty commences on the date of delivery of the hardware to the Purchaser

What are the obligations of A-M Systems Inc under this warranty During the warranty period A-M Systems Inc agrees to repair or replace at its sole option without charge to the Purchaser any defective component part of the hardware To obtain warranty service the Purchaser must return the hardware to A-M Systems Inc or an authorized A-M Systems Inc distributor in an adequate shipping container Any postage shipping and insurance charges incurred in shipping the hardware to A-M Systems Inc must be prepaid by the Purchaser and all risk for the hardware shall remain with purchaser until such time as A-M Systems Inc takes receipt of the hardware Upon receipt A-M Systems Inc will promptly repair or replace the defective unit and then return the hardware to the Purchaser postage shipping and insurance prepaid A-M Systems Inc may use reconditioned or like new parts or units at its sole option when repairing any hardware Repaired products shall carry the same amount of outstanding wan^nty as from original purchase or ninety (90) days which ever is greater Any claim under the warranty must include a dated proof of purchase of the hardware covered by this wan-anty In any event A-M Systems Inc liability for defective hardware is limited to repairing or replacing the hardware

What is not covered by this warranty This warranty is contingent upon proper use and maintenance of the hardware by the Purchaser and does not cover batteries Neglect misuse whether intentional or otherwise tampering with or altering the hardware damage caused by accident damage caused by unusual physical electrical chemical or electromechanical stress damage caused by failure of electrical power or damage caused during transportation are not covered by this warranty Products may not be returned to A-M Systems Inc for service whether under warranty or otherwise which are contaminated by infectious agents radioactive compounds or other materials constituting a health hazard to employees of A-M Systems Inc

What are the limits of llabiiity for A-M Systems inc under this warranty A-M Systems Inc shall not be liable for loss of data profits or savings or any special incidental consequential indirect or other similar damages arising from breach of contract negligence or other legal action even if the company or its agent has been advised of the possibility of such damages or for any claim brought against you by another party THIS EQUIPMENT IS NOT INTENDED FOR CLINICAL MEASUREMENTS USING HUMAN SUBJECTS A-M SYSTEMS INC DOES NOT ASSUME RESPONSIBILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE DUE TO MISUSE OF THIS EQUIPMENT Jurisdictions vary with regard to the enforceability of provisions excluding or limiting liability for incidental or consequential damages Check the provision of your local jurisdiction to find out whether the above exclusion applies to you This warranty allocates risks of product failure between the Purchaser and A-M Systems Inc A-M Systems Inc hardware pricing reflects this allocation of risk and the limitations of liability contained in this wanranty The warranty set forth above is in lieu of all other express wan^anties whether oral or written The agents employees distributors and dealers of A-M Systems Inc are not authorized to make modifications to this wan-anty or additional wan-anties binding on the company Accordingly additional statements such as dealer advertising or presentations whether oral or written do not constitute wananties by A-M Systems Inc and should not be relied upon This warranty gives you specific legal rights You may also have other rights whrch vary from one jurisdiction to another

6 mm ^ laquo _ _ A a B ^ _ 1 ^ ^ 131 Business Parti Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg W B 98324 O O

bull P l A y S V e m S l n C T^M 8OO42OI3O6 380683-8300FAX 360 803525 ^ ^ E-msl iiiisy80iHTBy8tenisoom Wsbsito hnphwwfrimysleiiisoom

A

V ISO

INSTRUCTION MANUAL

FOR

ISOLATED PULSE STIMULATOR

MODEL 2100

Serial

Date

A-M Systems Inc

PO Box 850

Carlsborg WA 98324

USA

360-683-8300 bull 800-426-1306 FAX 360-683-3525

httpwwwa-msystemscom

Version 70 February 2002

Contents General Description 1

Instrument Features 1 Controls and Connectors 2

Operating Instructions 6 Theory of Operation 10 Calibration Procedures 12

Inputs 14 Output Calibration 16

Specifications 19 Warranty and Service 22

Each Isolated Pulse Stimulator is delivered complete with

Rack Mount Hardware Instructions amp Maintenance Manual

NOTE

This instrument is not intended for clinical measurements using human subjects A-M Systems Inc does not assume responsibility for Injury or damage due to the misuse of this instrument

General Description

Instrument Features The Isolated Pulse Stimulator Model 2100 is designed for a wide variety of applications It is highly flexible being capable of delivering single pulses biphasic pairs or bursts of pulses Pulses may be started manually or upon receiving a trigger signal from another Instrument or computer Two non-isolated trigger outputs are available for triggering other instruments

Four sets of timing controls provide comprehensive control overall aspects of pulse generation Three digit accuracy is available over a 7 decade range for each timing function using lever wheel switches Pulse widths can be set over more than a 9 decade range from 05 ps to 999 seconds Timing accuracy is assured through the use of a 10 MHz base rate crystal-controlled clock digitally divided to provide accurate timing over the entire range Atiming overiap indicator will light If the timing controls are set inconsistently

The output may be conveniently switched between current and voltage modes Pulse and baseline amplitudes are Independently presettable with lockable dials An error Indicator will light if the Mode2700 cannot deliver the desired signal

r WARNING

The Model 2100 can produce potentially dangerous voltages up to 100 V at the output connectors The isolated output is not connected internally to safety (earth) ground in any way Some part of the extemal circuit should be connected to safety ground Use caution in handling any wires connectors or electrodes which may be directly or indirectly attached to the Model 2100 output Some kinds of connectors such as BNC connectors have exposed metal parts which may float at dangerous potentials unless extemally connected to safety ground For greatest safety tum the Model 2100 off before making any connections to

the instrument

131 Business Parii Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Telophone 800-426-1306 bull 360-68raquolaquo300 bull FAX 360683-3525 E-mal satesa-msystemsoom VVfebsite httpywwwa^nsystemscom fl-N Systems Inc 1

Controls and Connectors The controls for the Model 2100 are grouped in three sections START which controls when a pulse or burst of pulses begins TIMING which controls the onoff timing of one or more pulses and OUTPUT which controls the amplitude of the output signal

Start TRIG SLOPE Determines the polarity of valid trigger pulses (positive or negative edges in the trigger signal)

MODE Controls waveform initiation When set to FREE RUN one timing cycle immediately follows the last When momentarily placed In the MANUAL position a timing cycle starts Immediately When the switch Is In the center position timing cycles start when valid triggering events occur

TRIGD This LED lights up when a timing cycle Is in process and continues until the burst is completed

TRIG This BNC connector allows a signal from an external source to Initiate timing cycles It is set for standard TTL levels

GATE This BNC connector allows a signal from an external source to restrict the final output signal This input must be at a logical high (or open-circuited) in order for the Model 2100 to recognize either manual or automatic trigger events

Gate 1_ Trigger |~~^ i I Valid triggers (represented by the arrows in the figure) can occur only when the gate Is at logical high Note that the up arrow would apply only If TRIG SLOPE is set to + the down an-ows would apply only if TRIG SLOPE Is set to -

NOTE Triggers have no effect if the system has not completed its response to a previous trigger

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Park Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Vb 98324 TelQphQne 80O426-1306 360683-8300 FAX 360683-3525 E-mail sales^a-msystemscom Wsbsite httpywwwa-msystemscom

Timing Four sets of controls govern the timing of pulse generation Each set contains two values which are multiplied together to detemnine the actual timing value The rotary knob (rate selector) provides the approximate timing value and the lever wheel switch bank (MULTIPLIER)

provides a time resolution of three decimal digits The following diagram shows most of the Important relationships

Output r Delay Duration

|ltPeriodgtj

t Burst width

Trigger event

DELAY These controls determine the time duration between the initiating trigger event and the beginning of the pulse burst If this rate selector is set to NONE or the multiplier is set to 000 there Is no delay

BURST WIDTH These controls determine the time period in which one or more pulses may be delivered Once started a pulse may outlast the burst width If this rate selector is set to SINGLE or to any time shorter than the pulse duration only a single pulse will occur If the BURST WIDTH Is longer than the period pulses will be emitted at the PERIOD rate until the burst time ends Pulses are never truncated by a short BURSTWIDTH

inds)-PULSE

D U R A T I O N 1 0 1 0

10

INTEB-PULSE PERIOD

1 1 10

DURATION These controls determine the length of each pulse Ifthis rate selector Is set to SQUARE the duration is set to half of the period regardless of the MULTIPLIER setting

PERIOD These controls set the period of time between adjacent pulse events within the burst It also forces a minimum dead time between recognized input triggers following a burst of one or more pulses This can be used to prevent over stimulation of a tissue without requiring excessive delay between the triggering event and the stimulating pulse

TIMING OVERLAP

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 860 Carisborg Vamp 98324 |Telophone 800-426-1306 360683-8300 bull FAX 3606aW525 E-mail salearega^nsystemsoom Vfeb5ite httpAwwwa^nsyslemscam

NOTE If any of these timing controls are changed while a timing cycle is in operation the results are undefined until the current cycle finishes

TIMING OVERLAP This LED will light to Indicate an inconsistency in the timing cycle settings There are several ways to introduce such errors The most common way is to set the Inter-pulse PERIOD to be less than the pulse DURATION

T I M I N G (seconds)^

TRIG OUT (UPPER) This BNC connector provides a signal which is coincident with the Internal Burst timing signal (default) This means the signal starts at the end of the Delay time and persists until the Burst time expires This output may also be set to represent the delay time-out by setting the internal jumper J510 to the right two pins instead of the left two pins (Please see the Calibration section in this manual for jumper location Directions are given as viewed from the front of the Instrument)

TRIG OUT (LOWER) This BNC connector provides a signal which Is coincident with the Duration timing signal which controls pulse output

NOTE Both trigger output signals slightly lead the isolated output signal

Output

PULSE SIGN This switch determines the polarity of the pulses to be generated It also allows generation of biphasic pulses thereby doubling the effective total period Warning the first pulse generated after changing the PULSE

SIGN switch may have the wrong polarity

BASELINE This Switch determines the polarity ofthe baseline signal

RANGE This rotary switch determines if the output pulses will be constant current (3 ranges) or constant voltage (2 ranges)

BASELINE AMPLITUDE This value is independently set using a ten-turn counting dial The maximum baseline amplitude is one tenth the value shown on the range amplitude switch

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 8S0 Cartsborg Vfa 98324 |Tetaphone 80O426-1306 bull 360683-8300 bull FAX 3606803525 E-mail salesa-msystemscom Wbbsite http7Awwwaflnsystemscom

PULSE AMPLITUDE This value is independently set using a ten-turn counting dial The maximum pulse amplitude is the value shown on the range amplitude switch

EVENT This LED indicates when a pulse is ongoing

ERROR This LED indicates when the internal output amplifier cannot output the pulse as desired This is usually due to a short circuit while trying to output a voltage or an open circuit while trying to output a current

VOTEThe Pulse Sign control in the Oupuf section directly affects waveform timing When set to the Biphasic mode a positive-going pulse is immediately followed by a negative-going pulse This effectively doubles the pulse duration If a burst of biphasic pulses is being produced the period must be at least twice the single pulse duration In the Square wave mode the baseline disappears as long as the burst persists

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsboig Vte 98324 |Telophone 800426-1306 360683-8300 bull FAX 3606833525 E-mail salesa-m5ystem5 com Website httpwwwa-msystemscom

Operating Instructions

Examples Simple setup (and minimal instrument test)

Connect the output ofthe Model 2100 to an oscilloscope Before connecting the Model 2100 to any other instrument or the experimental preparation It is safest to turn Its power off

Set the Oufpuf controls

Range 10V Pulse Sign +

Baseline Zero Pulse Amplitude 200

Setting The Timing Controls

Delay Burst Width

Duration Period

none single

15010-2 50010-2

Setting The Start Controls

Mode Free Run

Disconnect any cables to the TRIG or GATE inputs

Note that the green Trig and Event Indicators turn on as Free Run is turned on (and turn off otherwise) You should observe a 15ms duration 20Hz rate pulse of 200V above a OV baseline on the oscilloscope

fl-N Systems Inc 131 BusinessPartiLoop RO Box850CarisbcxgWa98324 |Telophone 800426-1306 bull 360-683-8300 bull FW 360683-3525 E-mail salesa-msystems com VVbbsite httpywwwa-msystems com

Demonstration of Burst Mode Connect the output ofthe Model 2100 to an oscilloscope Before connecting the Model 2100 to any other instrument or the experimental preparation It Is safest to turn its power off

Set the Outpuf controls

Range 10V Pulse Sign +

Baseline Pulse Amplitude 200

Baseline Amplitude 100

Setting The Timing Controls

Delay 88010-2 Burst Width 12010-^

Duration 15010-2 Period 50010-2

Set the START controls as follows

Mode Free Run

Disconnect any cables to the TRIG or GATE inputs

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Telophooe 8004201306 360683-8300 bull FAX 360683-3525 E^naii salesa-msystems com Watjsite http7wwwa-msystemscom

Trigger the oscilloscope from the Bursf trigger out (upper Trig Out connector) for a stable display In each burst (occurring every lOOms) you should observe a trio of 15ms duration starting 50ms apart Try switching the StartMode from Free Run to the center (nonnal) position The pulses will no longer be produced and the Trig and Event Indicators will tum off Pressing this switch once (to Manual) will cause a single burst to occur

Problem Solving If the instrument appears to be not working properiy check all ofthe control settings and connections Be sure to wait at least 5-10 seconds after turning the instrument off before turning it on again The following summary of typical problems for the user (along with the most common solutions) may help

Problem CauseSolution

EVENT Indicator never lights even in FREE RUN mode

bull Replace fuse check power connection bullSet DELAY or PERIOD to a shorter interval

bull Power-on too soon after power-off

OVERLAP Indicator is on

ERROR indicator is on

bull Set DURATION gt000 bull DURATION Is set to SQUARE but

PERIOD is 000 Increase PERIOD or set DURATION independantly

bull BURST and WIDTH are gt DURATION increase PERIOD or decrease DURATION

bull BIPHASIC pulse output Is on and PERIOD is not longer than twice the DURATION Increase PERIOD or decrease DURATION

bull Free-run Is on and BURST is lt PERIOD (BURST off) DELAY is 0 and PERIOD Is lt DURATION Add delay or modify PERIOD

bull Free-run is on and BURST is gt DURATION (BURST ON) and PERIOD is lt DURATION Increase PERIOD

bull For VOLTAGE outputs the output is trying to drive too low a resistance or capacitance (eg a short circuit) Check by disconnecting the output ft is possible (and normal) that for the fastest cycles and largest amplitudes (close to 100 V

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business PartiLoop PO Box 850 CartsborgWa 98324 iTelophone 800-42O130636O6e3-8300FAX 3606B3-3525 E-mail satesaflisyslefmcom Vfebslte http7wwwa-msyslemscom

and 1 ps) that the ERROR indicator might always come on during repetitive pulses Fix output load or decrease amplitude as required

Time appears to be excessive Changed control in mid-cycle (resets current status)

Cant seem to get a full signal out Load Is not properiy connected repair wiring Too low a load impedance (VOLTAGE modes) or too high a load impedance (CURRENT mode)

Incoming triggers not accepted frequently enough

PERIOD is set too long (enforces dead time) followd by BURST set to SIGNAL Reduce PERIOD time

Table 10 Problem Solving

If you suspect that the Model 2100 may have completely failed we recommend checking the basic level of functionality Ifthis fails your instrument Is defective and must be repaired Ifthis passes either your experimental setup is incompatible or inconsistent or there is a more subtle flaw in your Model 2100

If the Model 2100 appears to be malfunctioning contact A-M Systems Inc or your dealer We will first attempt to solve the problem over the telephone so have an exact description of your problem available when you call You do not need to be within the warranty period to obtain over-the-phone assistance

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 iTetoptxme 80O426-1306 bull 360683-8300 FAX 3606803525 E-mail satesa-msystemsoomAfebsitehttpJwwwaflisystemscom

Theory of Operation

The operation ofthe Model 2100 is summarized in the block diagram (see the figure on Page 11) Not shown are all ofthe interconnections with the microcontroller The internal microcontroler plays an important role in setting the signal path but does not directly contribute to the dynamic characteristics It scans the front panel switches and sets the control values for the logic arrays It programs the internal counters which along with the other hardware achieve the necessary sub-microsecond speeds

Pulse generation starts either from an Input trigger signal (from Trig In) or an internally signal (Free Run mode) A Delay timer counts the 10MHz clock until its count value is exhausted At this point the Burst Period and Duration timers are started If the Burst timer has not expired by the end ofthe Period the Period and Duration timers are restarted If the Biphasic mode has been set the Duration timer is restarted at the end of the initial Duration and the sign ofthe output pulse is reversed doubling the total duration

The system state (pulse on pulse sign baseline sign [+0f-]) is transmitted to the isolated section via optoisolator The baseline and pulse amplitudes are selected by an analog switch The resulting signal is amplified by a variable-power-supply discrete operational amplifier The amplifier connections and gain is modified to provide two voltage and three current ranges

Timing overiap errors are detected by a logical decision computation rather than by testing for counter collisions This provides instant feedback rather than waiting up to an hour for such a collision to occur Output errors are measured by sensing the output amplifiers differential input voltage Under normal conditions this is a negligible voltage If the amplifier fails to deliver the requested signal the window comparator testing this voltage sends this message (via optoisolator) to the logic section turning on a warning LED

fl-N Systems Inc 131BusinessPart(LoopRO Box850CarisboigWa98324 4 n Tel0pri0ne80O426-130636O683^300FAX36O6833525 ^ E-mail salesaflisystBmscom V febsite http7wwwa-msystemsoom

S i

I - - ^^mdasho^M

OUTPUT i l l

TRIG ^ OUT

(burst)

TRIG 3-lt) OUT

(pulse)

til

I laquo

Calibration Procedures

The calibration interval is the lesser of 1000 hours of operation or 6 months Somewhat greater drift can be expected in the first 100 hours of operation as the semiconductors age Adjustments should only be made after the instrument has been fully warmed up for at least 15 minutes

Full instrument calibration requires the following test equipment digital multimeter (plusmn 01) able to measure resistance to at least lOOMO oscilloscope with at least 50MHz bandwidth true-mis voltmeter with 4MHz bandwidth universal counter (plusmn 001 ) able to measure single pulse widths and periods resistors (all plusmn 01) 2kn lOkH 1 watt 20kn 200kn alligator clip lead sets banana plugs and BNC adapters

Adjustment integrated circuit and test point locations are shown in the following figures All adjustments are on the timing board unless othenAise noted

All voltages in the non-isolated section should be measured with respect to ground at TP510 unless othenwise stated Some voltages are measured with respect to an internal isolated ground at TP650 or across the two output temninals Occasionally the voltage at an IC pin must be measured in these cases the reference designator is given with the pin number in parentheses eg U602(16) When it states within this procedure that a voltage is to be minimized this means that the adjustment should be made such that the measured voltage is as close to zero volts as possible Refer to the Specifications Section of this manual for acceptable tolerances

The sequence of this procedure is important If any adjustment is made all adjustments which follow must be made to ensure that the specifications will be met These procedures require that all controls remain as set in previous steps unless othenAise indicated

WARNING

The Model 2100 has dangerous voltages throughout the instrument even with the power is off Servicing the Model 2100 should only be done by qualified service personnel Use caution in handling any wires connectors or electrodes which may be directly or indirectly attached to the instrument Do not touch exposed connections or components Disconnect power by unplugging the power cord from the receptacle

H B ^ ^ S y s t e m s inc^degdegp^deg^^deg-^^^^^^^^B3^^^degdeg^^^lt^^^B^^^^ 131BusinessPartiLoopPO Box850CartsbOigWamp98324 4 9 |Telophone800-42013C6360683-8300F0lt360683-3525 ^ E-mail salesa-msystefnscom website httpwwwaflisystems com

CO

TP501 O lt0

g OTPSOO

U560 S

Trig Gate

0 -TISOS

U570

U500

Timing

p U520

Timing

K U550 Timin

gt U540

U515

o X I Timin

U508 I

J510 Timing nnn

Burst Delay J400

gt U550

R503

D D I D bull U8QQ i Q

n

oo

V P 5 1 0

b U535

^

Clock i _

U555

lt U 5 4 5

o

h d ^ O - - ^ U605

Q D

U620

O fJZ^ R737 bull ^ 1^13015 r j C - C O M P

B B nU770 ^ ^ ^ 5 ^ a

J420

a

o E

bull [ ]U632

riueso

rR742rVhigh R 6 1 9 ^

LJ TP645 O TP650

TPMOQ^QS

Vlow

CD-

CZZl

J440 bull bull tl iUDQ

I t

f i l

Power supply and bias voltages

Power supply

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

POWER ON Observe voltage at P703 power supply wire top of main board

Check for+15 plusmn 050 V

Observe voltage at P701 power supply wire top of main board

Check for-15 plusmn 050 V

Observe voltage at U505(24) Check for +5 plusmn 025 V

Isolated supply voltage Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

RANGE 10 V TRIG open circuit MODE center position

Alternately observe V ^ from R742 to R740 and V ^ from theU605(4)toU605(8)

Adjust R773 so that 110VltV lt 120 V and

nigh

28VltV|^lt34V

Capacitance balance Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

Connect a xlO oscilloscope probe to TP650 and ground the

Adjust R737 for minimum high frequency signal

Inputs

Gate function Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave Verify that the voltage to GATE switches states at the Observe voltage at U510(3) proper input levels with an oscilloscope

Trigger slope Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave Verify that the voltage to TRIG switches states at the Observe voltage at U510( 1) proper input levels with an oscilloscope

TRIG SLOPE Verify voltage is 180deg out of phase

TRIG SLOPE Verify voltage is in phase

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 860 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Jelophone 800-4201306 360683-8300 bull FM 380683-3525 E-mail salesaflTsystBfnscom bull Vtebsite httpVAirwwaflisystems com

14

Trigger and gate f unc t i on

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

DELAY NONE BURS-nMDTH SINGLE DURATION SQUARE PERIOD 100X10-3

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave to TRIG Observe TRIGD and EVENT LEDs

TRIG disconnect all Short the GATE connector to GND Verify LEDs extinguish

MODE press to MANUAL Verify LEDs flash once

Timing

System c lock f requency

Controls Inputs Observations Ad jus t Check

Observe the frequency of the wave Verify 1000 MHz plusmn 001 atU555(17)

Mul t ip l iers (Wheel Swi tches)

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

PULSE SIGN-laquobull MODE FREE RUN TRIG disconnect all TIMING MULTIPUERS all

wheels set to zero except the one being tested

TIMING OVERLAP ignore

Observe the pulse width with the counter at the location specified t)elow

Verify pulse width is correct for each wheel as it is tested independently

For each wheel of each MULTIPLIER test each position to verify that the pulse width is correct Observe the signal at the following locations DELAY U520(2) BURSTWIDTH U530(2) PERIOD U540(2) DURATION U550(2)

Rates (Rotary Swi tches)

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

TIMING MULTIPUERS 001 Observe the pulse width with the TIMING RATES all rotary counter at the location specified

switches set to 10-4 below except the one being tested

Verify pulse width is correct for each rotary switch as it is tested independently

For each ofthe four rotary switches in TIMING test each position to verify that the pulse width is correct Observe the signal at the following locations DELAY U520(2) BURSTWIDTH U530(2) PERIOD U540(2) DURATION U550(2)

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 iTetophone 8004201306 bull 360683-8300 bull FOC 3606803525 E-mail salesa-msystemscom Wbbsite httpJwwwaflTSystemscom

15

Trigger outputs

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

Range 10V Pulse Amplitude 500 Delay 100 xlO^ Burst 100 x 10 ^ Duration 100x10-^ Period 400x10-^ Pulse sign + Trig Mode Free run Trig in open

Trigger the oscilloscope to the Burst Trig Out Observe it the Pulse Trig Out and the isolated output

Verify that the waveform consists of a burst of three 1ms-on3ms-off pulses The burst trigger should be synchronous with the burst the pulse trigger coincident with each pulse

Output Calibration

Isolation Resistance (check)

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode center position Trig In open

Measure the resistance between ground banana jack (front panel) and black banana jack of output with DMM

Resistance read gt 100MQ

Amplitude Switch Offset (R640)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Zero Trig Mode center position Trig In Open

Measure the voltage at TP645 vs TP650 with the DMM

Adjust R640 (AmpI Sw Offset) for minimum voltage

Output Offset (R332 front panel board) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Zero Range 10V Trig Mode center position Trig In Open

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

Adjust R332 (Output offset) for minimum voltage

Positive Baseline Offeet (R607) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Sign + Baseline Amplitude

fully CCW (000) Range 10V Trig In open Trig Mode center position

Measure the voltage across the outputwiththeDMM

Adjust R602 (BSLN + offset) for minimum voltage

fl-N Systems Inc 131 BusBiess Parti Loop P O Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Telophone B00-42O1306 bull 360683-8300 bull FAX 3606803525 E-mail salesaflisystemscom V^tebsite httpy^vwwa-msystems com

16

Negative Baseline Offset (R619)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Sign -Baseline Amplitude

fully CCW (000) Range 10V Trig In open Trig Mode center position

Measure the voltage across the outputwiththeDMM

Adjust R619 (BSLN + offset) for minimum voltage

Pulse Amplitude Adjust (R602)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode Free Mode Pulse Amplitude 1000 Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =1001 Period =00110-4 Pulse Sign -Trig In open Range 10V

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

The Overiap indicator should be on Adjust R602 (Max Level) for -10OOV out

Pulse Sign Gain (check)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode Free Mode Pulse Amplitude 1000 Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =100 1s Period =001 10-4s Trig In open Range 10V

Measure the voltage at the output with the DMM for the Pulse Sign at + and - positions

The absolute values ofthe voltages should differ by less than lOOmV

Baseline Amplitudes (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Range 100mA Trig Mode center position Baseline Amplitude fully CW (1000) Trig In open

Measure the voltage at the output with the DMM with Baseline Sign in + Zero and

- positions

Gain the matching of current levels at = and - positions and offset current in Zero position

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop PO Box 850 Cartsboig Wa 98324 Telophone 800-4201306 360683-8300 FkX 3606803525 E-mail salesa-msystemscom website http^^wwaflisystemsccm

17

Output Range Amplitude and Drive (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Pulse Amplitude 1000 Pulse Sign + Trig Mode Free Run Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =1001 Period =10010-4 Trig In open

Load the output with a 10KV 1W 01 resistor Measure the voltage at the output with DMM

Verify that full scale output is within specification Scale Range 100V 100V 10V 10V 100mA IV 1mA 10V 10mA 100V

Pulse Sign and Short Circuit Protection (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =200 10-4 Period =00110-3 Baseline Zero Pulse Amplitude 25 Range 10V Trig Mode Free Run Trig In open

Measure the voltage at the output with the oscilloscope Check for Pulse Sign set to each of + - biphasic Watch for Error indicator when shorting the output

Verify that pulses of approx 25V amplitude (625V for biphasic mode) of the correct sign are produced every 10ms Short output in biphasic mode Output should return when opened

Output Transient Response (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Pulse Sign + Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =20010-4 Period =00110-3 Pulse Amplitude 250 Baseline Zero Trig Mode Free Mode Trig In open

Connect the oscilloscope to the output with a 310 attenuator probe Test both 10V and 100V ranges

Verify that overshoot and risetime meet specifications

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Telophone 8004201306 bull 3606808300 bull Flaquo( 360laquo83ltJ525 E-mail salesa-msystemsocm V^febsite http^wwwa-msystefnscom

18

Specifications

There are three classes of specifications Class A specifications tested in all units and are guaranteed Class B specifications are inherent in the design they are indirectly tested and are guaranteed Class C specifications are typical operating values which are occasionally tested- these are typical values given for your information but not guarshyanteed The class for each specification is noted in the center column ofthe following sections

Inputs Switching level

Hysteresis

Input equivalent circuit

Minimum duration (1 IL-level signal)

A

C

C

C

16 V(plusmn 02 V)

approx 50 mV

lOOKH to+5 in parallel with no more than 35pF

gt 50 ns

Open circuit condition B defaults to highon level

Timing and rate accuracy Rate selector steps

Timing multiplier steps

B

B

lOOpsto 100s in 7 steps

1 of rate selector step size Maximum value is 999 X the rate selector step size

Resolution B approx 01 ofthe maximum value

Timing error (second and later pulses after resetting controls)

B lt 002 of rate selector value + 015 ps

Timing error (first pulse after readjusting timing controls)

an additional 025 ps error may occur

Timing repeatability lt 001 setting + 20 ns (monophasic)

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Ram Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Vfa 98324 pTelophone 8004201306 bull 360683-8300 bull FAX 360683-3525

E-mail salesraquoflisystems com Wabsite httpJAnww afl isystems com

19

TRIG IN to OUTPUT delay (DELAY set to 0) output set to 2V

Timing jitter from TRIG IN to OUTPUT (for TTL trigger input with risetime lt10 ns)

Timing jitter from TRIG OUT (either BURST or PULSE) and OUTPUT

Trigger output to pulse output delay

Output characteristics Pulse level error (voltage mode open circuit current mode short circuit

Biphasic level difference IV + - V-1 2

Baseline level error (voltage mode open circuit current mode short circuit)

Risetime (25 V out)

Risetime (25 V out)

Transient response

A

A

A

Output impedance (voltage mode) C

Output impedance (current mode) C

Isolation resistance A

Isolation capacitance C

approx 05 ps for a load of no more than 10 KH in parallel with 50 pF

lt 125 ns (all rates except 100s) lt 125 ps (100s rate)

Less than 20 ns (all rates)

approx 350 ns

lt 03 of setting + 05 of r range (plus an additional 05 pA in 100 pA range)

lt 03 of range (voltage modes into open circuit current modes into short circuit)

lt 03 of setting of setting + 01 of range (plus an additional 05 pA in lOOpA range)

= 200 ns into less than 30 pF

= 15 ps into less than 30 pF

lt 8 overshoot into less than 30 pF for pulse voltages different than baseline voltage by at least 10 of range

= 50 ohms

raquo 1 0 GH (typically 200 GO)

raquo 1 0 0 M n

= 60 pF at 100 Hz

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Peril Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg V6 98324 |TelCf)hone 800-4201306 3606808300 bull FAX 360683-3525 E-mal salesaflisystefnsoom Website hnpyMVfWafllsystemsoom

20

Noise (differential mode)

Noise (common mode earth to isolated ground) with no signal output

Overload error indicator (low frequency short circuited voltage mode)

Overload error indicator low frequency open circuited current mode)

Overioad error response time

Miscellaneous

= 1 mV rms (10 V scale 10 Hz-4 MHz)

= 8 mV rms (10 Hz-4 MHz) == 100mVp-p (200 Hz -10 MHz) measured withalOMH 15pF oscilloscope probe

Turns on for set amplitude at or greater than approx plusmn1 V (10 V range) or plusmn2 V (100 V range)

Turns on for set amplitude at or above approx 2 of range

Flat to approx 30 ps duration Decreasing sensitivity for shorter pulses

Power

Fuse

Operating temperature range

Storage temperature range

Operating humidity

Dimensions

approx 11 watts

1 amp 3AG

10-30degC

0 - 50deg C

5 - 80 RH

17x475x1125 (inches) 432x121x286 cm

Weight 20 lbs (9 kg)

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Wb 98324 |Tetcphone 8004201306 3606808300 bull FOt 360683-3525 E-mail satesamsystems comV^febsite httpywwwaflisystemscom

21

Warranty and Service

What does this warranty cover A-M Systems Inc warrants to the Purchaser that the Instrument excluding cables Headstage Probes and any other accessories shipped with the Instrument (hereafter the hardware) is free from defects in workmanship or material under normal use and service for the period of one (1) year This warranty commences on the date of delivery ofthe hardware to the Purchaser

What are the obligations of A-M Systems Inc under this warranty During the warranty period A-M Systems Inc agrees to repair or replace at its sole option without charge to the Purchaser any defective component part of the hardware To obtain warranty service the Purchaser must return the hardware to A-M Systems Inc or an authorized A-M Systems Inc distributor in an adequate shipping container Any postage shipping and insurance charges incurred in shipping the hardware to A-M Systems Inc must be prepaid by the Purchaser and all risk for the hardware shall remain with purchaser until such time as A-M Systems Inc takes receipt of the hardware Upon receipt A-M Systems Inc will promptly repair or replace the defective unit and then return the hardware to the Purchaser postage shipping and insurance prepaid A-M Systems Inc may use reconditioned or like new parts or units at its sole option when repairing any hardware Repaired products shall carry the same amount of outstanding warranty as from original purchase or ninety (90) days which ever is greater Any claim under the warranty must include a dated proof of purchase ofthe hardware covered by this warranty In any event A-M Systems Inc liability for defective hardware is limited to repairing or replacing the hardware

What is not covered by this warranty This warranty is contingent upon proper use and maintenance ofthe hardware by the Purchaser and does not cover batteries Neglect misuse whether intentional or othenwise tampering with or altering the hardware damage caused by accident damage caused by unusual physical electrical chemical or electromechanical stress damage caused by failure of electrical power or damage caused during transportation are not covered by this wan-anty Products may not be returned to A-M Systems Inc for service whether under warranty or otherwise which are contaminated by infectious agents radioactive compounds or other materials constituting a health hazard to employees of A-M Systems Inc

What are the limits of liability for A-M Systems Inc under this warranty A-M Systems Inc shall not be liable for loss of data profits or savings or any special incidental consequential indirect or other similar damages arising from breach of contract negligence or other legal action even if the company or its agent has been advised of the possibility of such damages or for any claim brought against you by another party THIS EQUIPMENT IS NOT INTENDED FOR CLINICAL MEASUREMENTS USING HUMAN SUBJECTS A-M SYSTEMS INC DOES NOT ASSUME RESPONSIBILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE DUE TO MISUSE OF THIS EQUIPMENT Jurisdictions vary with regard to the enforceability of provisions excluding or limiting liability for incidental or consequential damages Check the provision of your local jurisdiction to find out whether the above exclusion applies to you

This warranty allocates risks of product failure between the Purchaser and A-M Systems Inc A-M Systems Inc hardware pricing reflects this allocation of risk and the limitations of liability contained in this warranty The warranty set forth above is in lieu of all other express warranties whether oral or written The agents employees distributors and dealers of A-M Systems Inc are not authorized to make modifications to this warranty or additional wan-anties binding on the company Accordingly additional statements such as dealer advertising or presentations whether oral or written do not constitute warranties by A-M Systems Inc and should not be relied upon This warranty gives you specific legal rights You may also have other rights which vary from one jurisdiction to another

fl-N Systems Inc 131BusinessPartiLoop RO Box850CartsbOfgWa98324 p O |Telophone 8004201306 bull 360683-8300FOC 3606830525 ^ ^ E-mail saiesaflisystefTiscom Wbbsite httpVwwwa-msystemscom

Controls and Connectors The controls for the Model2100 are grouped in three sections START controlling when a pulse or burst of pulses begins TIMING controlling the onoff timing of one or more pulses and OUTPUT controlling the amplitude of the output signal

Start TRIG SLOPE This switch determines whether valid triggers occur at positive or negative edges in the trigger signal

MODE This switch controls how waveforms are initiated When set to FREE RUN one timing cycle immediately follows the last When held in the MANUAL position a timing cycle starts immediately When the switch is in the center position timing cycles start when valid triggering events occur

TRIGD This LED lights up when a timing cycle is in process and continues until the burst is completed

TRIG This BNC connector allows a signal from an external source to initiate timing cycles It is set for standard TTL levels

GATE This BNC connector allows a signal from an external source to restrict the final output signal This input must be at a logical high (or open-circuited) in order for the Model2100X0 recognize either manual or automatic trigger events

Gate L Trigger |~~^

^ ~ ^

Valid triggers are represented by the arrows in the figure Note that the up arrow would apply only if TRIG SLOPE is set to + the down arrows would apply only if TRIG SLOPE is set to-

NOTE Triggers have no effect if the system has not completed Its response to a previous trigger

A-M Systems Inc 131 Business Park Loop PO Box 8S0 Carlsborg Wa 98324 Telophone 800426-1306 360683-8300 FAX 360683-352S E-mail salesfla-msystBiTiscom Website hltpywwwa-msystemscom

Timing Four sets of controls govern the timing of pulse generation Each set contains two values which are multiplied together to determine the actual timing value The rotary knob (rate selector) provides the approximate timing value and the lever wheel switch bank (MULTIPLIER) provides a time resolution of three decimal digits The following diagram shows most of the important relationships

TRAIN B U R S T W I D T H

10 10

TIMII

Output r Delay Duration

|4Periodgtj

t Burst width Trigger event

DELAY These controls set the time between the initiating trigger event and the beginning of the pulse burst If this rate selector is set to NONE or the multiplier is set to ooo there is no delay

BURST WIDTH These controls set the time period in which one or more pulses may be delivered Once started a pulse may outlast the burst width If this rate selector is set to SINGLE or to any time shorter than the pulse duration only a single pulse will occur If the BURST WIDTH is longer than the period pulses will be emitted at the PERIOD rate until the burst time ends Pulses are never truncated by a short BURST WIDTH

gtnds) INTER-PULSE

P E R I O D

DURATION These controls set the length of each pulse If this rate selector is set to SQUARE the duration is set to half of the period regardless of the MULTIPLIER setting

PERIOD These controls set the period of time between adjacent pulse events within the burst It also forces a minimum dead time between recognized input triggers following a burst of one or more pulses This can be used to prevent over stimulation of a tissue without requiring excessive delay between the triggering event and the stimulating pulse

OVERLAP

A-M Systems Inc^^ bull E-majl sale

131 Business Paik Ijoop PO Box 850 Calsboig Wa 98324 80O426-1306 360-683laquo300 - FAX 380-683^3525

E-mail sale60a-msystem3com Website httpywwwa-msystem3com

NOTE If any of these timing controls are changed while a timing cycle is in operation the results are undefined until the current cycle finishes

T I M I N G (seconds)-DTH

TIMING OVERLAP This LED will light to indicate an inconsistency in the timing cycle settings There are several ways to introduce such errors The most common way is to set the inter-pulse PERIOD to be less than the pulse DURATION

TRIG OUT (UPPER) This BNC connector provides a signal which is coincident with the internal Burst timing signal (default) This means the signal starts at the end of the Delay time and persists until the Burst time expires This output may also be set to represent the delay time-out by setting the internal jumper J510 to the right two pins instead of the left two pins (Please see the Calibration section in this manual for jumper location Directions are given as viewed from the front of the instrument)

TRIG OUT (LOWER) This BNC connector provides a signal which is coincident with the Duration timing signal which controls pulse output

NOTE Both trigger output signals slightly lead the isolated output signal

Output

PULSE SIGN This Switch sets the sign for the pulses to be generated It also allows generation of biphasic pulses thereby doubling the effective total period Warning the first pulse generated after changing the PULSE SIGN

switch may have the wrong polarity

BASELINE This switch sets the sign for the baseline signal

RANGE This rotary switch allows one of three current or two voltage ranges to be selected for the output signal

BASELINE AMPLITUDE This value IS independently set using a ten-turn counting dial The maximum baseline amplitude is one tenth the value shown on the range amplitude switch

A-M Systems Inc 131 Business Pai1( Loop PO Box 850 Caitsboig Wa 98324 Telophore 80O426-1306 bull 360683300 bull FAX 360-683-3525 E-mail salasOa-msystemscom Website httpwwwamsystemscom

PULSE AMPLITUDE This value is independently set using a ten-turn counting dial The maximum pulse amplitude is the value shown on the range amplitude switch

EVENT This LED indicates when a pulse is ongoing

ERROR This LED indicates when the internal output amplifier cannot output the pulse as desired This is usually due to a short circuit while trying to output a voltage or an open circuit while trying to output a current

The Pulse Sgfn control in the OutputsecWon directly affects waveform timing When set to the Biphasic mode a positive-going pulse is immediately followed by a negative-going pulse This effectively doubles the pulse duration If a burst of biphasic pulses is being produced the period must be at least twice the single pulse duration In the Square wave mode the baseline disappears as long as the burst persists

A B B f k _ _ laquo laquo laquo laquo 1 ^ 131 Business Paik Loop PO Box 850 CartsborgWa 98324 - | y | O V S i e m S I nC8lt=Praquo880O426-1308-360683300-FAX360683-3525

laquo E-mail salesOa-msystemscom Website httpwwwa-m3yste l O V ^ ltJ O W laquo W - t V ^ www www A n r w w w w i -w ww www w M

E-mail salesOa-msystemscom Website httpwwwa-m3ystemse0m

Operating Instructions

Examples Simple setup (and minimal instrument test)

Connect the output of the Model 2100 to an oscilloscope Before connecting the instrument it is safest to turn its power off

Set the Output controls

Range 10V Pulse Sign +

Baseline Zero Pulse Amplitude 200

Setting The Timing Controls

Delay none Burst Width single

Duration 150M0-2 Period 50010-2

Setting The Start Controls

Mode Free Run

Disconnect any cables to the TRIG or GATE inputs

Note that the green Trig and Evenf indicators turn on as Free Run is turned on (and turn off otherwise) You should observe a 15ms duration 20Hz rate pulse of 200V above a OV baseline on the oscilloscope

A-M Systems Inc 131 Business Pailt Loop PO Box 850 Carlsborg Wa 98324 Telophone 800-426-1306 bull 36Olaquo83-8300 FAX 360683-3S25 E-mail salesfla-msystemscom Website httpwwwa-msystemscom

Demonstration of Burst Mode Connect the output of the Model 2100 to an oscilloscope Before connecting the instrument it is safest to turn its power off

Set the Output controls

Range 10V Pulse Sign +

Baseline Pulse Amplitude 200

Baseline Amplitude 100

Setting The Timing Controls

Delay 88010-2 Burst Width 12010-^

Duration 15010-2 Period 50010-^

Set the START controls as follows

Mode Free Run

Disconnect any cables to the TRIG or GATE inputs

Trigger the oscilloscope from the Strsf trigger out (upper Trig Ouf connector) for a stable display In each burst (occurring every lOOms) you should observe a trio of 15ms duration starting 50ms apart Try switching the StartMode rom Free Run to the center (normal) position The pulses will no longer be produced and the Trig and Even indicators will turn off Pressing this switch once (to Manual) will cause a single burst to occur

A-M Systems Inc 131 Business PaiV Loop PO Box 850 Cai1sboraWa 98324 Telophone 800426-1306 360683-8300 FAX 380683-3S25 E-mal salesOa-msystemscom Website httpwwwa-m5ystemse0m

Problem Solving

If the instrument appears to be not working properly check all of the control settings and connections Be sure to wait at least 5-10 seconds after turning the instrument off before turning it on again The following summary of typical problems for the user (along with the most common solutions) may help

Problem CauseSolution

EVENT indicator never lights even in FREE RUN mode

bull Replace fuse check power connection bullSet DELAY or PERIOD to a shorter

interval bull Power-on too soon after power-off

OVERLAP indicator is on

ERROR indicator is on

Set DURATION gt000 DURATION is set to SQUARE but PERIOD is 000 Increase PERIOD or set DURATION independantly BURST and WIDTH are gt DURATION increase PERIOD or decrease DURATION BIPHASIC pulse output is on and PERIOD is not longer than twice the DURATION Increase PERIOD or decrease DURATION Free-run is on and BURST is lt PERIOD (BURST off) DELAY is 0 and PERIOD is lt DURATION Add delay or modify PERIOD Free-run is on and BURST is gt DURATION (BURSTON) and PERIOD is lt DURATION Increase PERIOD For VOLTAGE outputs the output is trying to drive too low a resistance or capacitance (eg a short circuit) Check by disconnecting the output It is possible (and normal) that for the fastest cycles and largest amplitudes (close to 100 V and 17S) that the ERROR indicator might always come on during repetitive pulses Fix output load or decrease amplitude as required

Time appears to be excessive Changed control in mid-cycle (resets current status)

A B B ^ J I - mdash 131 Business Park Loop RO Box 850 CaitsbotftWa 98324

gt | y | O y S i e m S |nCtradedegraquo0raquo 80O426-1306-36Olaquo8O8300-FAX36O683-3525

8 E-mail salesOa-msyaemscom bull Website httpwwwa-msystemscom

Cant seem to get a full signal out

Incoming triggers not accepted frequently enough

bull Load is not properly connected repair wiring

bull Too low a load impedance (VOLTAGE modes) or too high a load impedance (CURRENT mode)

bull PERIOD is set too long (enforces dead tinrie) followd by BURST set to SIGNAL Reduce PERIOD time

Table 10 Problem Solving

If you suspect that the Model 2100 may have completely failed we recommend checking the basic level of functionality If this fails your instrument is defective and must be repaired If this passes either your experimental setup is incompatible or inconsistent or there is a more subtle flaw in your Modei 2100

If the Model 2100 appears to be malfunctioning contact A-M Systems Inc or your dealer We will first attempt to solve the problem over the telephone so have an exact description of your problem available when you call You do not need to be within the warranty period to obtain over-the-phone assistance

A-M Systems Inc 131 Business Park Loop PO Box 850 Carfsbofg Wa 98324 Tatophone 80O426-1306 bull 360-688300 FAX 380683-3S25 E-mail salesfla-msystemscom Website httpwwwa-msystemscom

Theory of Operation

The operation of the Model 2100 is summarized in the block diagram (see the figure on Page 11) Not shown are all of the interconnections with the microcontroller The internal microcontroler plays an important role in setting the signal path but does not directly contribute to the dynamic characteristics It scans the front panel switches and sets the control values for the logic arrays It programs the internal counters which along with the other hardware achieve the necessary sub-microsecond speeds

All action starts either from an input trigger signal (from Trig In) or from an internal signal (in free Run mode only) A Delay timer counts the 10MHz clock until its count value is exhausted At this point the Burst timer starts Both Period and Duration timers are started at this time If the Burst timer has not expired by the end of the Period the Period and Duration timers are restarted If the Biphasic mode has been set the Duration timer is restarted at the end of the initial Duration and the sign of the output pulse is reversed doubling the total duration

The system state (pulse on pulse sip baseline sign [+0-]) is transmitted to the isolated section via optoisolator The baseline and pulse amplitudes are selected by an analog switch The resulting signal is amplified by a variable-power-supply discrete operational amplifier The amplifier connections and gain is modified to provide two voltage and three current ranges

Timing overlap errors are detected by a logical decision computation rather than by testing for counter collisions This provides instant feedback rather than waiting up to an hour for such a collision to occur Output errors are measured by sensing the output amplifiers differential input voltage Under normal conditions this is a negligible voltage If the amplifier fails to deliver the requested signal the window comparator testing this voltage sends this message (via optoisolator) to the logic section turning on a warning LED

A-M Systems Inc 131 Business Paik Loop PO Box 850 CailsboraWa 98324 i Q Te(ophone 800-426-1306 bull36O683laquo00FAX 360683-3525 ^ E-mail salesOa-msystemscom Website httpywwwa-m5ystemscom

GATE IN

TRIG ^ OUT

(burst)

OPTO ISOLATOR

Amplitude (Pulse)

TRIG -lt^ OUT

(pulse)

c 1

RANGE

C

Analog switch

C

)

-D^sectli OUTPUT

Baseline sign )

Amplitude (baseline) )

O H q

ill V) 5 o i^8 e e -a a fi a

bull o c

M E o ts gtraquo

lt

Calibration Procedures

The calibration intenal is the lesser of 1000 hours of operation or 6 months Somewhat greater drift can be expected in the first 100 hours of operation as the semiconductors age Adjustments should only be made after the instrument has been fully warmed up for at least 15 minutes

Full instrument calibration requires the following test equipment digital multimeter (plusmn 01 ) able to measure resistance to at least 10OMfl oscilloscope with at least 50MHz bandwidth true-rms voltmeter with 4MHz bandwidth universal counter (plusmn 001) able to measure single pulse widths and periods resistors (all plusmn 01) 2kn lOkO 1 watt 20ka 200ka alligator clip lead sets banana plugs and BNC adapters

Adjustment integrated circuit and test point locations are shown in the following figures All adjustments are on the timing board unless otherwise noted

All voltages in the non-isolated section should be measured with respect to ground at TP510 unless othenwise stated Some voltages are measured with respect to an internal isolated ground at TP650 or across the two output terminals Occasionally the voltage at an IC pin must be measured in these cases the reference designator is given with the pin number in parentheses eg U602(16) When it states within this procedure that a voltage is to be minimized this means that the adjustment should be made such that the measured voltage is as close to zero volts as possible Refer to the Specifications Section of this manual for acceptable tolerances

The sequence of this procedure is important If any adjustment is made all adjustments which follow must be made to ensure that the specifications will be met These procedures require that all controls remain as set in previous steps unless otherwise indicated

WARNING

The Model2100 has dangerous voltages throughout the instrument even with the power is off Servicing the Mode2700 should only be done by qualified service personnel Use caution in handling any wires connectors or electrodes which may be directly or indirectly attached to the instrument Do not touch exposed connections or components Disconnect power by unplugging the power cord from the receptacle

A B B ^ _ _ mdash ^ _ I raquo laquo 131SusinessParkLoopROBox850CaitsborBWa98324 -JO

E-mail S8le60a-msystemscom Website httpwwwa-msystemscam

CO

TP501 O o

a OTPsoo

U560 bull

D D D D Q ^ U510

Trig Gate

U570

OQ Q

U500

n U505

Timing

gt U520

Timing

) U530

Timing

gt U540

Q U515

Timing

U508

R503

DDID E

a

gt oo

bull U800 l O r v o w iV_X^TP510 O

U525

f

A U535

^ U550

Timing ^

Clock

U555

J510 Burst Delay

J400 bull U545

d R742^VWgh R619 o

r RZZ3 R737 an c n V - I J I S O I S ^ ^C-COMP

U620 ^ Q Q bull ^ ^ bull

J420 O ^ D^ J440 IfYYYlDfYyYYYYYYYII C Z J E X C T

Q Otrsetl I p J Vlow

L J TP645 C=) cm P650

bull bull fe elUOD

irt

PI pound A

o c

E o

0)

Power supply and bias voltages

Power supply

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

POWER ON Observe voltage at P703 power supply wire top of main board

Check for+15 plusmn 050 V

Observe voltage at P701 power supply wire top of main board

Check for-15 plusmn 050 V

Observe voltage at U505(24) Check for +5 plusmn 025 V

Isolated supply voltage

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

RANGE 10 V TRIG open circuit MODE center position

Alternately observe V from high

R742 to R740 and V _ from kw

the U605(4) to U605(8)

Adjust R773 so that 110VltV lt 120 V and

high

28VltV^^lt34V

Capacitance balance

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

Connect a x10 oscilloscope probe to TP650 and ground the

Adjust R737 for minimum high frequency signal

Inputs

Gate funct ion

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave Verify that the voltage to GATE switches states at the Observe voltage at U510(3) proper input levels with an oscilloscope

Trigger s lope

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave Verify that the voltage to TRIG switches states at the Observe voltage at U510(1) proper input levels with an oscilloscope

TRIG SLOPE-I- Verify voltage is 180deg out of phase

TRIG SLOPE- Verify voltage is in phase

A-M Systems Inc 131 Business Paik Loop PO Box 850 Cailsborg Wa 98324 Tekvhone 8004201306 36O683laquo300 - FAX 360683-3S2S E-mail salesOa-msystemscom Website httpywwwa-msystemscom

14

Trigger and gate funct ion

Controls Inputs Observations

DELAY NONE BURSTWIDTH SINGLE DURATION SQUARE PERIOD 100X10-3

AdjustCheck

Apply a 1 kHz 0 -5 V triangle wave to TRIG Observe TRiGoand EVENT LEDS

TRIG disconnect all Short the GATE connector to GND Verify LEDs extinguish

MODE press to MANUAL Verify LEDs flash once

Timing

System clock frequency

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

Observe the frequency of the wave Verify 1000 MHz plusmn 001 atU555(17)

Mu l t i p l i e rs (Whee l Sw i t ches )

Controls Inputs Observat ions A d j u s t C h e c k

PULSE SIGN+ MODE FREE RUN TRIG disconnect all TIMING MULTIPUERS all

Wheels set to zero except the one being tested

TIMING OVERLAP ignore

Observe the pulse width with the counter at the location specified below

Verify pulse width is correct for each wheel as it is tested independently

For each wheel of each MULTIPLIER test each position to verify that the pulse width is correct Observe the signal at the following locations DELAY U520(2) BURSTWIDTH U530(2) PERIOD U540(2) DURATION U550(2)

Rates (Rotary Switches)

Controls Inputs Observations A d j u s t C h e c k

TIMING MULTIPUERS 001 TIMING RATES all rotary

switches set to 10-4 except the one being tested

Observe the pulse width with the counter at the location specified below

Verify pulse width is correct for each rotary switch as it is tested independently

For each of the four rotary switches in TIMING test each position to verify that the pulse width is correct Observe the signal at the following locations DELAY U520(2) BURSTWIDTH U530(2) PERIOD U540(2) DURATION U550(2)

A-M Systems Inc 131 Business Paik Loop PO Box 850 Caiisborg Wa 98324 Telophone 800-428-1306 bull 3606808300 FAX 360683-3525 E-mail salesOa-msystemscom Website httpwwwa-msystemscom

15

Trigger outputs Controls

Range 10V Pulse Amplitude 500 Delay 100x10-2 Burst 100x10-2 Duration 100 xlQ-^ Period 400x10-3 Pulse sign + Trig Mode Free run Trig in open

Inputs Observations

Trigger the oscilloscope to the Burst Trig Out Observe it the Pulse Trig Out and the isolated output

AdjustCheck

Verify that the waveform consists of a burst of three 1 ms-on3ms-off pulses The burst trigger should be synchronous with the burst the pulse trigger coincident with each pulse

Output Calibration

Isolation Resistance (check) Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

Trig Mode center position Trig In open

Measure the resistance between ground banana jack (front panel) and black banana jack of output with DMM

Resistance read gt 10OMQ

Amplitude Switch Offset (R640) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Zero Trig Mode center position Trig In Open

Measure the voltage at TP645 vs TP650 with the DMM

Adjust R640 (AmpI Sw Offset) for minimum voltage

Output Offset (R332 front panel board) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Zero Range 10V Trig Mode center position Trig In Open

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

Adjust R332 (Output offset) for minimum voltage

Positive Baseline Offset (R607) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Sign + Baseline Amplitude

fully CCW (000) Range 10V Trig In open Trig Mode center position

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

Adjust R602 (BSLN + offset) for minimum voltage

A-M Systems Inc 131 Business Paik Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Jelophone 8004201306 36O6834300 - FAX 380laquo83-352S E-mail salesOa-msystemscom Website httpwwwa-msystemscam

16

Negative Baseline Offset (R619)

Controls InputsObservations

Baseline Sign -Baseline Amplitude

fully CCW (000) Range 10V Trig In open Trig Mode center position

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

AdjustCheck

Adjust R619 (BSLN + offset) for minimum voltage

Pulse Ampl i tude Adjust (R602)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode Free Mode Pulse Amplitude 1000 Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =1001 Period =00110-4 Pulse Sign -Trig In open Range 10V

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

The Overlap indicator should be on Adjust R602 (Max Level) for -10OOV out

Pulse Sign Gain (check)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode Free Mode Pulse Amplitude 1000 Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =100 Is Period =001 10-4s Trig In open Range 10V

Measure the voltage at the output with the DMM for the Pulse Sign at + and - positions

The absolute values of the voltages should differ by less than 10OmV

Baseline Ampl i tudes (check)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

flange 100mA Trig Mode center position Baseline Amplitude fully CW (1000) Trig In open

Measure the voltage at the output with the DMM with Baseline Sign in + Zero and - positions

Gain the matching of current levels at = and - positions and offset current in Zero position

A-M Systems Inc 131 Business Psik Loop PO Box 850 Caiisborg Wa 98324 Telophone 800426-1306 bull 36Olaquo8raquo8300 bull FAX 360683-3525 E-mail salesOa-msystemscom Website httpwwwa-msystemsccm

17

Output Range Amplitude and Drive (check)

Controls InputsObservations

Pulse Amplitude 1000 Pulse Sign + Trig Mode Free Run Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =1001 Period =10010-4 Trig In open

Load the output with a 10KV 1W 01 resistor Measure the voltage at the output with DMM

Pulse Sign and Short Circuit Protection (check)

Controls

Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =200 10-4 Period =00110-3 Baseline Zero Pulse Amplitude 25 Range 10V Trig Mode Free Run Trig In open

InputsObservations

Measure the voltage at the output with the oscilloscope Check for Pulse Sign set to each of + - biphasic Watch for Error indicator when shorting the output

Output Transient Response (check)

Controls InputsObservations

Verify that full scale output is within specification Scale Range 100V 100V 10V 10V 100mA IV 1mA 10V 10mA 100V

AdjustCheck

Verify that pulses of approx 25V amplitude (625V for biphasic mode) of the correct sign are produced every 10ms Short output in biphasic mode Output should return when opened

AdjustCheck

Pulse Sign + Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =20010-4 Period =00110-3 Pulse Amplitude 250 Baseline Zero Trig Mode Free Mode Trig In open

Connect the oscilloscope to the output with a 310 attenuator probe Test both 10V and 10OV ranges

Verify that overshoot and risetime meet specifications

A-M Systems Inc 131 Business Paik Loop PO Box 850 Cailsbora Wa 98324 Tetophone 8004201306 bull 36Oeuro83-8300 bull FAX 360683-352S E-mail salasOa-msystemscom Website hitpywwwa-msystamsoom

18

Specifications

There are three classes of specifications Class A specifications tested in all units and are guaranteed Class B specifications are inherent in the design they are indirectly tested and are guaranteed Class C specifications are typical operating values which are occasionally tested- these are typical values given for your information but not guarshyanteed The class for each specification is noted in the center column of the following sections

Inputs Switching level

Hysteresis

Input equivalent circuit

Minimum duration (TTL-level signal)

A

C

C

C

16 V (plusmn 02 V)

approx 50 mV

lOOKfl to-1-5 in parallel with no more than 35pF

gt50ns

Open circuit condition B defaults to highon level

Timing and rate accuracy

Rate selector steps

Timing multiplier steps

B

B

100S to 100s in 7 steps

1 of rate selector step size Maximum value is 999 X the rate selector step size

Resolution B approx 01 of the maximum value

Timing error (second and later pulses after resetting controls)

B lt 002 of rate selector value + 015S

Timing error (first pulse after readjusting timing controls)

an additional 025s error may occur

Timing repeatability lt 001 settings-20 ns (mbnophasic)

A-M Systems Inc 131 Business Paik Loop PO Box 850 Caiisborg Wa 98324 Telophone 8004201306 3606808300 FAX 3606803S25 E-mail salesOa-msystemscom bull Website httpyy(wwaltTisystemscom

19

TRIG IN to OUTPUT delay (DELAY set to 0) output set to 2V

Timing jitter from TRIG IN to OUTPUT (for TTL trigger input with risetime lt10 ns)

Timing jitter from TRIG OUT (either BURST or PULSE) and OUTPUT

Trigger output to pulse output delay

Output characteristics Pulse level error (voltage mode open circuit current mode short circuit

Biphasic level difference IV-H-i-V-l2

Baseline level error (voltage mode A open circuit current mode short circuit)

Risetime (25 V out)

Risetime (25 V out)

Transient response

A

A

A

Output impedance (voltage mode) C

Output impedance (current mode) C

Isolation resistance A

Isolation capacitance C

approx 05 ps for a load of no more than 10 Kft in parallel with 50 pF

lt 125 ns (all rates except 100s) lt125ys (100s rate)

Less than 20 ns (all rates)

approx 350 ns

lt 03 of setting -i- 05 of r range (plus an additional 05vA in 100 ywA range)

lt 03 of range (voltage modes into open circuit current modes into short circuit)

lt 03 of setting of setting -I- 01 of range (plus an additional 05 pA in 100A range)

= 200 ns into less than 30 pF

= 15 yws into less than 30 pF

lt 8 overshoot into less than 30 pF for pulse voltages different than baseline voltage by at least 10 of range

= 50 ohms

raquo 1 0 Ga (typically 200 GD)

raquo 1 0 0 M n

= 60 pF at 100 Hz

A BB f ^ _ M 1 ^ ^ 131 Business Paik Loop ROBOx850Cai1sOorgWaW3Z4

- I V l o V S i e m S inC80Ph0trade80O42O1308-36O683-8300-FAX36O683-3525 7 bull bull bull bull ^ ^ E-maasale80a-m8vstemscomWebsitehitpjwwwaltnsyste

20 E-mai salesO a-m8ystemscom Website http jwwwa-msystemscom

Noise (differential mode)

Noise (common mode earth to isolated ground) with no signal output

Overload error indicator (low frequency short circuited voltage mode)

Overload error indicator low frequency open circuited current mode)

Overload error response time

Miscellaneous

= 1 mV rms (10 V scale 10 Hz-4 MHz)

- 8 mV rms (10 Hz-4 MHz) =laquo100mVp-p (200 Hz -10 MHz) measured withalOMn 15pF oscilloscope probe

Turns on for set amplitude at or greater than approx plusmn1 V (10 V range) or plusmn2 V (100 V range)

Turns on for set amplitude at or above approx 2 of range

Flat to approx 30 ps duration Decreasing sensitivity for shorter pulses

Power

Fuse

Operating temperature range

Storage temperature range

Operating humidity

Dimensions

Weight

approx 11 watts

1 amp 3 AG

10-30degC

0 - 50deg C

5 - 80 RH

17x475x1125 (inches) 432x121x286 cm

20 lbs (9 kg)

A-M Systems Inc 131 Business Paik Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Tekjptwne 8004201306 bull 36Olaquo8O8300 bull FAX 360laquo8O3525 E-mail salesOa-msystemscom Website httpywwwa-msystemscom

21

Warranty and Service

What does this warranty cover A-f Systems Inc warrants to the Purchaser that the Instrument excluding cables Headstage Probes and any other accessories shipped with the Instrument (hereafter the hardware) is free from defects in workmanship or material under normal use and service for the period of one (1) year This warranty commences on the date of delivery of the hardware to the Purchaser

What are the obligations of A-M Systems Inc under this warranty During the warranty period A-M Systems Inc agrees to repair or replace at its sole option without charge to the Purchaser any defective component part of the hardware To obtain warranty service the Purchaser must return the hardware to A-l^ Systems Inc or an authorized A-M Systems Inc distributor in an adequate shipping container Any postage shipping and insurance charges incurred in shipping the hardware to A-M Systems Inc must be prepaid by the Purchaser and all risk for the hardware shall remain with purchaser until such time as A-M Systems Inc takes receipt of the hardware Upon receipt A-M Systems Inc will promptly repair or replace the defective unit and then return the hardware to the Purchaser postage shipping and insurance prepaid A-M Systems Inc may use reconditioned or like new parts or units at its sole option when repairing any hardware Repaired products shall carry the same amount of outstanding warranty as from original purchase or ninety (90) days which ever is greater Any claim under the warranty must include a dated proof of purchase of the hardware covered by this warranty In any event A-M Systems Inc liability for defective hardware is limited to repairing or replacing the hardware

What is not covered by this warranty This warranty is contingent upon proper use and maintenance of the hardware by the Purchaser and does not cover batteries Neglect misuse whether intentional or othenvise tampering with or altering the hardware damage caused by accident damage caused by unusual physical electrical chemical or electromechanical stress damage caused by failure of electrical power or damage caused during transportation are not covered by this warranty Products may not be returned to A-M Systems Inc for service whether under warranty or otherwise which are contaminated by Infectious agents radioactive compounds or other materials constituting a health hazard to employees of A-M Systems Inc

What are the limits of liability for A-M Systems Inc under this warranty A-M Systems Inc shall not be liable for loss of data profits or savings or any special incidental consequential indirect or other similar damages arising from breach of contract negligence or other legal action even if the company or its agent has been advised of the possibility of such damages or for any claim brought against you by another party THIS EQUIPMENT IS NOT INTENDED FOR CLINICAL MEASUREMENTS USING HUMAN SUBJECTS A-M SYSTEMS INC DOES NOT ASSUME RESPONSIBILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE DUE TO MISUSE OF THIS EQUIPMENT Jurisdictions vary with regard to the enforceability of provisions excluding or limiting liability for incidental or consequential damages Check the provision of your local jurisdiction to find out whether the above exclusion applies to you

This warranty allocates risks of product failure between the Purchaser and A-M Systems Inc A-M Systems Inc hardware pricing reflects this allocation of ris1lt and the limitations of liability contained in this warranty The warranty set forth above is in lieu of all other express warranties whether oral or written The agents employees distributors and dealers of A-M Systems Inc are not authorized to make modifications to this warranty or additional warranties binding on the company Accordingly additional statements such as dealer advertising or presentations whether oral or written do not constitute warranties by A-M Systems Inc and should not be relied upon This warranty gives you specific legal rights You may also have other rights which vary from one jurisdiction to another

A B B J l laquo raquo ^ t3tBusinessPafkLoopPOBox850Cai1sbO(gWa98324

- | V | O V S i e m S |nCtrade042O1306-36O68O8300-FAX36O68O3525 E-mail salasOa-msvstemscom bull Website httowwwa-msvste

t3tBusinassParkLaopROBox8SOCai1sbo(gWa98324 po Telophone 8004201306 360683-8300 FAX 3606803525 ^ ^ E-maH salesOa-msystemscom Wetsite httpwwwa-msystem3e0m

mwal

INSTRUCTION MANUAL

FOR

ISOLATED PULSE STIMULATOR

MODEL 2100

Serial

Date

A-M Systems Inc

PO Box 850

Carisborg WA 98324

USA

360-683-8300 bull 800-426-1306 FAX 360-683-3525

httpwwwa-m8y8temscom

Version 50 May 1998

Contents General Description 1

Instrument Features 1 Controls and Connectors 2

Operating Instructions 6 Theory of Operation 10 Calibration Procedures 12

Inputs ii 14 Output Calibration iii i 16

Specifications i4 il u 19 Warranty and Service wi iJ iJi [ii 22

Each Isolated Pulse Stimulator Is delivered complete with

Rack Mount Hardware Instructions amp Maintenance Manual

NOTE

This instrument is not intended for clinical measurements using human subjects A-M Systems Inc does not assume msponsibility for injury or damage due to the misuse of this instrument

General bull M ^ ion

Instrument Features The Isolated Pulse Stimulator Model 2100 Is designed for a wide variety of applications It is highly flexible being capable of delivering single pulses biphasic pairs or bursts of pulses Pulses may be started manually or upon receiving a trigger signal from another instrument or computer Two non-isolated trigger outputs are available for triggering other instruments

Four sets of timing controls provide comprehensive control over all aspects of pulse generation Three digit accuracy is available over a 7 decade range for each timing function using lever wheel switches Pulse wkiths can be set over more than a 9 decade range from 05 [is to 999 seconds Timing accuracy is assured through the use of a 10 MHz base rate crystal-controlled clock digitally divided to provide accurate timing over the entire range A timing overiap indicator will light if the timing controls are set Inconsistently

The output may be conveniently switched between cun-ent and voltage modes Pulse and baseline amplitudes are independently presettable with lockable dials An error indicator will light if the Model 2100 cannoi deliver the desired signal

WARNING

The Model 2100 can produce potentially dangemus voltages up to 100 V et the output connectors The isolated output is not connected internally to safety (earth) ground in ahy way Some part of the extemal circuit should be connected to safety gmund Use caution in handling any wires connectors or electrodes which may be directly or indirectly attached to the Model 2100 output Some lltinds of connectors such as BNC connectors have exposed metal parts which may float at dangemus potentials unless extemally connected to safety gmund For greatest safety tum the Model 2100 off before making any connections to

the Instrument

131 Business Park LocfiPO Box BSOCarM)orgWa 98324 800426-1308 bull36OlaquoS3laquo300FAX 3 6 M 8 3 ^ 2 5

E-malt uiittyBQaHiByBtumaooiTi Wobsita HipJtwtiwiwftbMiAcon fl-N SystQms I n c ^ T

Controls and Connectors The controls for the Model 2100 are grouped in three sections START controlling when a pulse or burst of pulses begins TIMING controlling the onoff timing of one or more pulses and otJTPliT controlling the amplitude of the output signal

Start TRIG SLOPE This switch determines whether valid triggers occur at positive or negative edges in the trigger signal

MODE This switch controls how wavefomris are initiated When set to FREE RUN one timing cycle immediately follows the last When held in the MANUAL position a timing cycle starts immediately When the switch is in the center position timing cycles start when valid triggering events occur

TRIGD This LED lights up when a timing cycle is in process and continues until the burst is completed

TRIG This BNC connector allows a signal from an extemal source to initiate timing cycles It is set for standard TTL levels

GATE This BNC connector allows a signal from an extemal source to restrict the final output signal This input must be at a logical high (or open-circuited) in order for the Model 2100 to recognize either manual or automatic trigger events

Gate 1_ Trigger [~^ i I Valid triggers are represented by the arrows in the figure Note that the up arrow would apply only if TRIG SLOPE is set to + the down anrows would apply only if TRIG SLOPE is set to-

NOTE Triggers have no effect if the system has not completed its response to a previous trigger

fl-N SystQms I n c ^ 131 Business Park Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 600426-13063eO683laquo300FAX 360683^525

E-maB anBysQraquoinsyaleiTaconi Wsbalto h^KAvwwa-(nsys(smsoom

Timing Four sets of controls govem the timing of pulse generation Each set contains two values which are multiplied together to detennine the actual timing value The rotary knob (rate selector) provides the approximate timing value and the lever wheel switch bank (MULTIPLIER) provkles a time resolution of three decimal digits The following diagram shows most of the important relationships

Pnfe-tRAIM I B E L A V i6Molaquo

BURST WIOtH

Output r Delay

t n

Duration - ^ lt - |4Periodgt|

FLJI -^ Burst width

Trigger event

DELAY These controls set the time between the initiating trigger event and the beginning of the pulse burst If this rate selector is set to NONE or the multiplier is set to ooo there is no delay

BURSTWIDTH These controls set the time period in which one or more pulses may be delivered Once started a pulse may outlast the burst width If this rate selector is set to SINGLE or to any time shorter than the pulse duration only a single pulse will occur If the BURSTWIDTH is longer than the period pulses will be emitted at the PERIOD rate until the burst time ends Pulses are never truncated by a short BURST WIDTH

iNTpoundA-PULSiE PBRiOb

DURATION These controls set the length of each pulse If this rate selector is set to SQUARE the duration is set to half of the period regardless of the MULTIPLIER setting

PERIOD These controls set the period of time between adjacent pulse events within the burst It also forces a minimum dead time between recognized input triggers following a burst of one or more pulses This can be used to prevent over stimulation of a tissue without requiring excessive delay between the triggering event and the stimulating pulse

TlMtNQ OVERLAP

mLiHMPi

VVtJ jiwaa lasm nlaquoilaquo u

t^fi SysUms I n c ^ Elt4nsfl a m

131 Business Pofc Loop PO Box 850 Carisborg 1^98324 600-426-1306 36O6834300 FAK 360683^525

E-mai vrvysQfrflisysleraLOCniWutiailQL N^jAwwa^iByslernUiOOni

NOTE If any of these timing controls are changed while a timing cycle is in operation the results are undefined until the cunent cycle flnishes

TIMING OVERLAP This LED will light to indicate an Inconsistency in the timing cycle settings There are several ways to Introduce such errors The most common way is to set the inter-pulse PERIOD to be less than the pulse DURATION

TRIG OUT (UPPER) This BNC connector provides a signal which is coinckient with the intemal Burst timing signal (default) This means the signal starts at the end of the Delay time and persists until the Burst time expires This output may also be set to represent the delay time-out by setting the internal jumper J510 to the left two pins Instead of the right two pins (Please see the Calibration section in this manual for jumper location Directions are given as viewed from the fix)nt of the instrument)

TRIG OUT (LOWER) This BNC connector provides a signal which is coincident with the Duration timing signal which controls pulse output

NOTE Both trigger output signals slightly lead the isolated output signal

Output PULSE SIGN This Switch sets the sign for the pulses to be generated It also allows generation of biphasic pulses thereby doubling the effective total period Warning the first pulse genemted after changing the PULSE SIGN svntch may have the wmng polarity

BASELINE This switch sets the sign for the baseline signal

RANGE This rotary switch allows one of three current or two voltage ranges to be selected for the output signal

BASELINE AMPLITUDE This counting dial are independently set using ten-minute counting dials with the baseline having one tenth the range of the pulse amplitude

A-N Systlaquomslaquo Inc 131 Buskiess Partt Loop PO BoK 8S0 Cailsbarg Wa 96324 laophone 8004201306 bull36O68M300-FAX 3eolaquo8M525 E-mat bullmsysflMnsyslermoom VMaHsr Hlplhfimnmyekmoom

PULSE AMPLITUDE This counting dial

EVENTS This LED indicates when a pulse is ongoing

ERROR This LED indicates when the intemal output amplifier cannot output the pulse as desired This is usually due to a short circuit while trying to output a voltage or an open circuit while trying to output a current

One control from the Ot^uf section directly affects wavefonn timing the Pulse Sign control When set to the Biphasic mode a positive-going pulse is Immediately followed by a negative-going pulse This effectively doubles the pulse duration If a burst of biphasic pulses is being produced the period must be at least twice the single pulse duration In the Sgtan wave mode the baseline disappears as long as the burst persists

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Bushass Park locpPOBooi 850 C8ri9bcrgMS8324 IMqphona 800426-1306 bull36Olaquo83laquo3a0 FAX 360683-3529 E-nal amsyaOa4nsyatemscomWeMlK hMpJVniwa-nsygtatnscom

Operating Instructions

Examples Simple setup (and minimal Instrument tost)

Connect the output of the Model 2100 to an oscilloscope Before connecting the instrument it is safest to turn its power off

Set the Ou^uf controls

Range Pulse Sign

Baseline Pulse Amplitude

10V +

Zero 200

Setting The Timing Controls

Delay Burst Width

Duratbn Period

none single

15010-2 500102

Setting The Start Controls

Mode Free Run

Disconnect any cables to the TRIG or GATE Inputs

Note that the green Trig and Event Indicators tum on as Free Run is turned on (and tum off othenwise) You should observe a 15ms duration 20Hz rate pulse of 200V above a OV baseline on the oscilloscope i

A ^ M ^ _ _ _ A ^ _ _ _ 1 ^ 131BiiHnD8raquoParttloopPOBoxB50Car)sbcrBlaquoraquoS8324

bull P l ^ y S W n i S f |nC ltV^gt^8deglt^^2O1306380laquo8OS3a0FAX36O6BMS2S

6 E-fnflk 9n^fBOs-in9ystsni9cx]fnWDbs)tec H^ff9Nw^myStem9oom

Demonstration of Burst Mode Connect the output of the Model 2100 to an oscilloscope Before connecting the instrument it is safest to tum Its power off

Set the Output controls

Range Pulse Sign

Baseline Pulse Amplitude

Baseline Amplitude

Setting The Timing Controls

Delay Burst Width

Duration

Period

Set the START controls as follows

Mode

Disconnect any cables to the TRIG or GATE inputs

Trigger the oscilloscope from the Burst trigger out (upper Tr^ Out connector) for a stable display In each burst (occumng every lOOms) you should observe a trio of 15ms duration starting 50ms apart Try switching the StartMode from Free Run to the center (nomnal) position The pulses will no longer be produced and the Trig and Event indicators will turn off Pressing this switch once (to Manual) will cause a single burst to occur

880 120 150 500

10V +

200 100

102 102 102 102

Free Run

fleaff SySlQmSa |nCa deglgt ltlt ^ ^ deg ^ degdeg ^ ^ ^ bull E-matmia

131 Business Park LoopPO Box 850 Carisborg Vfe 86324 lUcphcna 800426-1306 36Olaquo83laquo300 FAX 36068raquo52 E-maft tfii8ysOiHn^nleiTBcom1AWisJto HSpitwraquoM^wytAtii9oom

Problem SoMng If the Instrument appears to be not worthing properiy check all of the control settings and connections Be sure to wait at least 5-10 seconds after turning the Instrument off before tuming it on again The following t6ef summary of typical problems for the user (along with the most common solutions) may help

Problem CauseSolution EVENT indicator never lights even in FREE RUN mode

bull Replace fuse check power connection bullSet DELAY or PERIOD to a shorter interval

bull Power-on too soon after power-off

OVERLAP Indicator is on

ERROR indicator is on

Time appears to be excessive

bullSet DURATION gt000 bull DURATION is set to SQUARE but PERIOD is 000 Increase PERIOD or set DURATION independantly

bull BURST and WIDTH are gt DURATION increase PERIOD or decrease

DURATION bull BIPHASIC pulse output is on and PERIOD is not longer than twice the DURATION Increase PERIOD or decrease DURATION

bull Free-run is on and BURST Is lt PERIOD (BURST off) DELAY is 0 and PERIOD is lt DURATION Add delay or modify PERIOD

bull Free-mn is on and BURST is gt DURATION (BURST ON) and PERIOD is lt DURATION Increase PERIOD

bull For VOLTAGE outputs the output Is trying to drive too low a resistance or capacitance (eg a short circuit) Check by disconnecting the output It is possible (and normal) that for the fastest cycles

and largest amplitudes (close to 100 V and 1 MS) that the ERROR Indicator might always come on during repetitive pulses Fix output load or decrease amplitude as required

bull Changed control in mid-cycle (resets cunent status)

A ^ M bull _ _ _ A ^ ^ _ _ i ^ mdash 131BuslnessPai1ltLoopPOBox850CarlsborgWamp98324

bull p i j ^ v s w m s iiic^^deglt^deg^^deglt^^^3degB3^^^deg^^^^degdeg^^^deg^^deg^^^^ E-mat iiiMOafflwstemseom WabaHe MtaffiwwtHtavsli

8 E-msft flmsjoQfrfraystGfnsoom ^WobsltiK hl^Aiwv9-fn9]nteniscom

Cant seem to get a full signal out

Incoming triggers not accepted frequently enough

bull Load is not properiy connected repair wiring

bull Too low a load impedance (VOLTAGE modes) or too high a load impedance

(CURRENT mode)

bull PERIOD is set too long (enforces dead time) followd by BURST set to SIGNAL Reduce PERIOD time

Table 10 Problem Solving

If you suspect that the Model 2100 may have completely failed we recommend checking the basic level of functionality If this fails your instrument is defective and must be repaired If this passes either your experimental setup is incompatible or inconsistent or there is a more subtle flaw in your Model 2100

If the Model 2100 appears to be malfunctioning contact A-M Systems Inc or your dealer Telephone numtgters for A-M Systems Inc listed on the front cover of this manual We will first attempt to solve the problem over the telephone so have an exact description of your problem available when you call You do not need to be within the warranty period to obtain over-the-phone assistance

A ^ M V - mdash A d B ^ K M I ^ M 131BuslnessPatfcLoopPOBox6SOCai

-PI s y s i Q m s inc-2raquolaquoa22=M^^

131 Business Parfc Loop PO Box 650 Cartsborg VM9 0S324 _ FAX36(W8a3525 E^nrt flnsysQa-ntsyttanB-oom Wsbsfte hHpiMNvwa-nnystsnisooni

9

Theory of Operation

The operation of the Model 2100 is summarized In the block diagram (see Fig 3) Not shown are all of the interconnections with the microcontroller The intemal microcontroler plays an important role in setting the signal path but does not directly

contribute to the dynamic characteristics It scans the front panel switches and sets the control values for the logic arays It programs the intemal counters which along with the other hardware achieve the necessary sub-microsecond speeds

All action starts either from an input trigger signal (from Trig In) or from an intemal signal (in free Run mode only) A Delay timer counts the 10MHz clock until its count value Is exhausted At this point the Burst timer starts Both Period and Duration timers are started at this time If the Burst timer has not expired by the end of the Period the Period and Duration timers are restarted If the Biphasic mode has been set the Duration timer is restarted at the end of the initial Duration and the sign of the output pulse Is reversed doubling the total duration

The system state (pulse on pulse sip baseline sign [+101-]) is transmitted to the isolated section via optoisolator The baseline and pulse amplitudes are selected by an analog switch The resulting signal is amplified by a variable-power-supply discrete operational amplifier The amplifier connections and gain is modified to provide two voltage and three cunent ranges

Timing overlap errors are detected by a logical decision computation rather than by testing for counter collisions This provides instant feedback rather than waiting up to an hour for such a collision to occur Output errors are measured by sensing the output amplifiers differential input voltage Under normal conditions this is a negligible voltage if the amplifier fails to deliver the requested signal the window comparator testing this voltage sends this message (via optoisolator) to the logic section turning on a warning LED

fl-N Systems Inc 131BusbnassPa(tLoopPOBox6SOCari3boigVMg8324 H n |TWoph0n880O426-13083eO6Blaquo300FMt36Olaquo8i3525 E-nnl anaysflfriinysleiiaoemWfcbslte hllphmwraquoimyatennoom

TRIG 3HJ) OUT

(burst)

TRIG ^ OUT

(pulse)

E

Ml

Calibration Procedures

The calibration interval is the lesser of 1000 hours of operation or 6 months Somewhat greater drift can be expected in the first 100 hours of operation as the semiconductors age Adjustments should only be made after the instrument has been fully warmed up for at least 15 minutes

Full instrument calibration requires the following test equipment digital multimeter (plusmn 01) able to measure resistance to at least lOOMfl oscilloscope with at least 50MHz bandwidth true-rms voltmeter with 4MHz bandwidth universal counter (plusmn 001 ) able to measure single pulse widths and periods resistors (all plusmn 01) 2kn lOkH 1 waft 20kn 200kn alligator clip lead sets banana plugs and BNC adapters

Adjustment integrated circuit and test point locations are shown in the following figures All adjustments are on the timing board unless otherwise noted

All voltages in the non-isolated section should be measured with respect to ground at TP510 unless othenvise stated Some voltages are measured with respect to an intemal isolated ground at TP650 or across the two output tenninals Occasionally the voltage at an IC pin must be measured In these cases the reference designator is given with the pin number in parentheses eg U602(16) When it states within this procedure that a voltage is to be minimized this means that the adjustment should be made such that the measured voltage is as close to zero volts as possible Refer to the Specifications Section of this manual for acceptable tolerances

The sequence of this procedure is Important If any adjustment is made all adjustments which follow must be made to ensure that the specifications will be met These procedures require that all controls remain as set in previous steps unless otherwise indicated

WARNING

The Model 2100 has dangerous voltages throughout the instrument even with the power is off Servicing the Model 2100 should only be done by qualified service personnel Use caution in handling any wires connectors or electrodes which may be directly or indirectly attached to the Instrument Do not touch exposed connections or components Disconnect power by unplugging the power cord from the receptacle

fl-N Systems I n c ^ 131BusinesaPartcLoopPOBox850CartsborgVWiB8324 4 n ^gt-mdash80O426-130638Ofl8Jlaquo300FAX36O683J52S bull E-maft BinsysQfrfn^islflnisoomVVfalislle h^KVfWMift^iisystemsoani

CO

- R503

Omg^

TPSOlQ O

OTPSOO

U560 bull

U510

DDID ^ trade E O ^ T P 5 1 0

bullnD Trig

0 ^

U570

Gate n U505

DO D

U515

Timing

Timing h_ U520

bsoo ^25SE Timing

Or r U540

I I Tmlng

[^ELIL

U535 D

U506

13 J510 Timlnff

BurfiDelay J400

i i i i i i i T r m r a

gt U550 ^

Clock

U555 U620

B a

^R^Pvhigh Rfijn O D O Vlow

o

bull U545

Fo sect737 lISOIsPjC-COMP

n r r ^ U760

J420

]]U632

Q S riuGSO

H = ) TP640^ deg I t I

II3D

J440 m i T i

U610 plusmn laquo j U O

bull bull l el

^t

O l

bull

M

I

Power supply and bias voltages

Power supply

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

POWER ON Observe voltage at P703 power supply wire top of main board

Check for+15 plusmn 050 V

Observe voltage at P701 power supply wire top of main board

Check for-15 plusmn 050 V

Observe voltage at U505(24) Check for+5 plusmn 025 V

Isolated supply voltage

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

RANGE 10 V TRIG open circuit MODE center position

Altemately observe V^ from R742 to R740 and V ^ from the U605(4) to U605(8)

Adjust R773 so that 110VltV^lt 120 V and

nign

28VltV^lt34V

Capacitance balance

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Connect a x10 oscilloscope probe to TP650 and ground the

Adjust R737 for minimum high frequency signal

Inputs

Gate funct ion

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave Verify that the voltage to GATE switches states at the Obsene voltage at U51G(3) proper input levels with an oscilloscope ^ ^

Trigger s lope

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave Verify that the voltage to TRIO switches states at the Observe voltage at US 10( 1) proper input levels with an oscilloscope

TRIG SLOPE + Verify voltage is 180 out of phase

TRIG SLOPE Verify voltage is in phase

fl-N Systems Inc ^ 131 Bushess Park Loop PO Bar 850 Carisborg Wa 98324 8004201306 3eOlaquoS3e300 FAX 3606BV352S

C-maft fliii8yBQfriii9yBlumaoamVIAibsMB hRpJhwMifi-iiiBystematxini

14

Trigger and gate funct ion

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

DELA NONE BURS1WII3TH SINGLE DURATION SQUARE PERIOD 100X10-3

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave to TRIG Obsen^e TRIOD and EVENT LEDS

TRIG disconnect all Short the GATE connector to GND Verify LEDs extinguish

MODE press to MANUAL Verify LEDs flash once

Timing

System c lock frequency

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Observe the frequency of the wave atU555(17)

Verify 1000 MHz plusmn001

Multipl iers (Wheel Switches)

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

PULSE SIGN + MODE FREE RUN TRIG disconnect all TIMING MULTIPUERS ail

wheels set to zero except the one being tested

TnmiNG OVERLAP ^nOTB

Observe the pulse width with the counter at the location specified below

Verify pulse width Is correct for each wheel as it is tested Independently

For each wheel of each MULTIPUER test each position to verify that the pulse width is correct Observe the signal at the following locations DELAY U520(2) BURSTWIDTH U530(2) PERIOD US40(2) DURATION U550(2)

Rates (Rotary Switches)

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

TIMING MULTIPUERS 001 TIMING RATES all rotary

switches set to 10-4 except the one being tested

Observe the pulse width with the counter at the location specified below

Verify pulse width is conect for each rotary switch as it is tested independently

For each of the four rotary switches in TIMING test each position to verify that the pulse wkJth is correct Observe the signal at the following locations DELAY U520(2) BURSTWIDTH U530(2) PERIOD U540(2) DURATION U550(2)

fl-N Systems I n c ^ E-maft emfl

131 Business Parti Loop PO 809(850 Cartsborg Wta 98324 8004201306 3804806300 FAX 36068O3S25

E-maft ansysQa nvystems-oom Wobste hflp Avwwa4nsy8(Qnttoam

15

Trigger outputs Controls

Range 10V Pulse Amplitude 500 Delay 100x10 Burst 100x10^2 Duration 100 x1a Period 400x10^ Pulse sign + Trig Mode Free run Trig in open

Inputs Observations

Trigger the oscilloscope to the Burst Trig Out Observe it the Pulse Trig Out and the isolated output

Adjust Check

Verify that the waveform consists of a burst of three 1ms-on3ms-off pulses The burst trigger should be synchronous with the burst the pulse trigger coincident with each pulse

Output Calibration

Isolation Resistance (check) Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode center position Trig In open

Measure the resistance between ground banana jack (front panel) and black banana jack of output with DMM

Resistance read gt 100MQ

Amplitude Switch Offset (R640) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Zero Trig Mode center position Trig In Open

Measure the voltage at TP645 vs TP650 with the DMM

Adjust R640 (AmpI Sw Offset) for minimum voltage

Output Offset (R332 front panel board) Controls I nputsObservatlons AdjustCheck

Baseline Zero Range 10V Trig Mode center position Trig In Open

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

Adjust R332 (Output offset) for minimum voltage

Positive Baseline Offset (R607) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Sign + Baseline Amplitude

fully CCW (000) Range 10V Trig In open Trig Mode center position

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

Adjust R602 (BSLN + offset) for minimum voltage

fl M raquo _ _ _ A laquo ^ _ i ^ ^ 131Buslnelaquo8Pari(loopPOBoK850Cart8borgWB96324

bull P I i s V S i e m S a |||Cg1Maphans80O42O130638O68O8300FAX36Olaquo8raquo^2S E-tiBft anagtraquoflwiisyagtlaquomraquoaimW6baHB hHpffii(wwraquoltnsylaquoleniieom

16

Negative Baseline Offset (R619) Controls

Baseline Sign -i Baseline Amplitude bull fully CCW (000)

Range 10V Trig In open Trig Mode center position

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

AdjustCheck

Adjust R619 (BSLN 4 offset) for minimum voltage

Pulse Amplitude Adjust (R602) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode Free Mode Pulse Amplitude 1000 Timing Dialay =none Burst =single Duration =1001 Period =00110-4 Pulse Sign -Trig In open Range 10V

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

The Overiap indicator should be on Adjust R602 (Max Level) for -1000V out

Pulse Sign Gain (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode Free Mode Pulse Amplitude 1000 Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =1001 s Period =00110-4s Trig In open Range 10V

Measure the voltage at the output with the DMM for the Pulse Sign at -- and - positions

The absolute values of the voltages should differ by less than lOOmV

Baseline Amplitudes (check) Controls InputsObservations

Range 100mA Trig Mode center position Baseline Amplitude fully CW (1000) Trig In open

Measure the voltage at the output with the DMM with Baseline Sign in + Zero and - positions

AdjustCheck

Gain the matching of current levels at = and - positions and offset current in Zero position

fl-N Systems Inc^^ bull E-mal am8

131 Business Partt Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 88324 8004201306360laquo8Oe300FAX 360laquo8O362S

E-maM am8y8^o-mBy8tflmBoom WobaKo hHp Awwwo-f i iBystonuoom

17

Output Range Amplitude and Drive (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Pulse Amplitude 1000 Pulse Sign + Trig Mode Free Run Timing Delay =none Burst =8ingle Duration =1001 Period =10010-4 Trig In open

Load the output with a 10KV1W 01 resistor Measure the voltage at the output with DMM

Verify that full scale output is within specification Scale Range 100V 100V 10V 10V 100mA IV 1mA 10V 10mA 100V

Pulse Sign and Short Circuit Protection (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Timing Delay =none Burst =8ingle Duration =200 10-4 Period =00110-3 Baseline Zero Pulse Amplitude 25 Range 10V Trig Mode Free Run Trig In open

Measure the voltage at the output with the oscilloscope Check for Pulse Sign set to each of + - biphasic Watch for Error indicator when shorting the output

Verify that pulses of approx 25V amplitude (625V for biphasic mode) of the correct sign are produced every 10ms Short output in biphasic mode Output should retum when opened

Output Transient Response (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Pulse Sign + Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =20010-4 Period =00110-3 Pulse Amplitude 250 Baseline Zero Trig Mode Free Mode Trig In open

Connect the oscilloscope to the output with a 310 attenuator prolse Test boVn 10V and 100V ranges

Verify that overshoot and risetime meet specifications

fl-N Systems I n c ^ 131 Business Parte Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wb 98324 8004201306 36Olaquo83O300 FAX 36O680lt352S

E-mQ0 snBy8Qs-msy8faiTiscom VWriMtte N ^ Mvww9-msy8lemscom

18

Specifications

There are three classes of specifications Class A specifications tested in all unHs and are guaranteed Class B specifications are inherent in the design they are indirectly tested and are guaranteed Class C specifications are typical operating values which are occasionally tested- these are typical values given for your infomiation but not guarshyanteed The class for each specification is noted in the center column of the following sections

Inputs Switching level

Hysteresis

Input equivalent circuit

Minimum duration (1 IL-level signal)

A

C

C

C

16V(plusmn02V)

approx 50 mV

100K ft to+5 In parallel with no more than 35pF

gt 50 ns

Open circuit condition B defaults to highon level

Timing and rate accuracy Rate selector steps

Timing multiplier steps

Resolution

Timing eror (second and later pulses after resetting controls)

B

B

B

B

lOOps to 100s In 7 steps

1 of rate selector step size Maximum value is 999 x the rate selector step size

approx 01 of the maximum value

lt 002 of rate selector value + 015 ps

Timing error (first pulse after readjusting timing controls)

an additional 025 ps error may occur

Timing repeatability lt 001 setting + 20 ns (monophasic)

fl-N Systems I nc ^ bull E-moU ams

131 Business Parti Loop PO Boot 850 Cartsborg VM 98324 80O42O130838O08O8300FAX36Olaquo8O3S2S

E-meU anByafl^iiisyslainaoomWebsHe hHpffliiwwraquomsys)emsoom

19

TRIG IN to OUTPUT delay (DELAY set to 0) output set to 2V

Timing jitter ft-om TRIG IN to OUTPUT (for TTL trigger input with risetime lt10 ns)

Timing jitter ft^om TRIG OUT (either BURST or PULSE) and OUTPUT

Trigger output to pulse output delay

Output charactsristics Pulse level enror (voltage mode open circuit cun-ent mode short circuit

Biphasic level difference |V + + V-|2

Baseline level error (voltage mode A open circuit current mode short circuit)

Risetime (25 V out)

Risetime (25 V out)

Transient response

A

A

A

Output impedance (voltage mode) C

Output impedance (current mode) C

Isolation resistance A

Isolation capacitance C

approx 05 ps for a load of no more than 10 Kft in parallel with 50 pF

lt 125 ns (all rates except 100s) lt 125 ps (100s rate)

Less than 20 ns (all rates)

approx 350 ns

lt 03 of setting + 05 of r range (plus an additional 05 pA inlOOpArenge)

lt 03 of range (voltage modes into open circuit current modes into short circuit)

lt 03 of setting of setting + 01 of range (plus an additional 05 pA in lOOpA range)

laquo 200 ns into less than 30 pF

laquo15 ps into less than 30 pF

lt 8 overshoot Into less than 30 pF for pulse voltages different than baseline voltage by at least 10 of range

laquo 50 ohms

raquo 1 0 Gft (typically 200 Gft)

raquo100Mft

laquo 60 pF at 100 Hz

fl-N Systems Inc^^ 131 Business Partt Uxip PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 96324 8004201308 SBOee^^SOO FAX 360laquoS3^52S

E-mat BiByraquoaiMii8ylaquoliiiiiseomWiljalteHlpJV(wwraquo4tgy8lenaoom

20

Noise (differential mode)

Noise (common mode earth to isolated ground) with no signal output

Overioad error indicator (low frequency short circuited voltage mode)

Overioad error indicator low frequency open circuited current mode)

Overioad enor response time

Miscellaneous

Power

Fuse

Operating temperature range

Storage temperature range

Operating humidity

Dimensions

Weight

laquo1 mV rms (10 V scale 10Hz-4MHz)

laquo 8 mV rms (10 Hz-4 MHz) laquo100mVp-p (200 Hz -10 MHz) measured withalOMft 15pF oscilloscope probe

Turns on for set amplitude at or greater than approx plusmn1V (10 V range) or plusmn2 V (100 V range)

Turns on for set amplitude at or above approx 2 of range

Flat to approx 30 ps duration Decreasing sensitivity for shorter pulses

approx 11 watts

1 amp 3 AG

10-30C

0 - 50deg C

5-80RH

17x475x1125 (Inches) 432x121x286 cm

20 lbs (9 kg)

fl mm bull gt _ _ _ A ^ ^ _ _ L ^ 131BusinesraquoPariltLocpPOBox850C8rtsborgWS9e324

bull p i ^ y s v e m s IIIC^^deg(^deg^Bdegltgt^^^3degdeg^deg^^deg^^^degdeg^^I^deg^deg^^^^^

21 E-mei flre^nQo 4n8yo(amscam Wsbsfle hHpAwwwe-msy8Jems-Oom

Warranty and Service

What does this warranty cover A-M Systems Inc warrants to the Purchaser that the Instrument excluding cables Headstage Probes and any other accessories shipped with the Instrument (hereafter the hardware) is free from defects in workmanship or material under normal use and service for the period of one (1) year This warranty commences on the date of delivery of the hardware to the Purchaser

What are the obligations of A-M Systems Inc under this warranty During the warranty period A-M Systems Inc agrees to repair or replace at its sole option without charge to the Purchaser any defective component part of the hardware To obtain warranty service the Purchaser must return the hardware to A-M Systems Inc or an authorized A-M Systems Inc distributor in an adequate shipping container Any postage shipping and insurance charges incurred in shipping the hardware to A-M Systems Inc must be prepaid by the Purchaser and all risk for the hardware shall remain with purchaser until such time as A-M Systems Inc takes receipt of the hardware Upon receipt A-M Systems Inc will promptly repair or replace the defective unit and then return the hardware to the Purchaser postage shipping and insurance prepaid A-M Systems Inc may use reconditioned or like new parts or units at its sole option when repairing any hardware Repaired products shall carry the same amount of outstanding wan^nty as from original purchase or ninety (90) days which ever is greater Any claim under the warranty must include a dated proof of purchase of the hardware covered by this wan-anty In any event A-M Systems Inc liability for defective hardware is limited to repairing or replacing the hardware

What is not covered by this warranty This warranty is contingent upon proper use and maintenance of the hardware by the Purchaser and does not cover batteries Neglect misuse whether intentional or otherwise tampering with or altering the hardware damage caused by accident damage caused by unusual physical electrical chemical or electromechanical stress damage caused by failure of electrical power or damage caused during transportation are not covered by this warranty Products may not be returned to A-M Systems Inc for service whether under warranty or otherwise which are contaminated by infectious agents radioactive compounds or other materials constituting a health hazard to employees of A-M Systems Inc

What are the limits of llabiiity for A-M Systems inc under this warranty A-M Systems Inc shall not be liable for loss of data profits or savings or any special incidental consequential indirect or other similar damages arising from breach of contract negligence or other legal action even if the company or its agent has been advised of the possibility of such damages or for any claim brought against you by another party THIS EQUIPMENT IS NOT INTENDED FOR CLINICAL MEASUREMENTS USING HUMAN SUBJECTS A-M SYSTEMS INC DOES NOT ASSUME RESPONSIBILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE DUE TO MISUSE OF THIS EQUIPMENT Jurisdictions vary with regard to the enforceability of provisions excluding or limiting liability for incidental or consequential damages Check the provision of your local jurisdiction to find out whether the above exclusion applies to you This warranty allocates risks of product failure between the Purchaser and A-M Systems Inc A-M Systems Inc hardware pricing reflects this allocation of risk and the limitations of liability contained in this wanranty The warranty set forth above is in lieu of all other express wan^anties whether oral or written The agents employees distributors and dealers of A-M Systems Inc are not authorized to make modifications to this wan-anty or additional wan-anties binding on the company Accordingly additional statements such as dealer advertising or presentations whether oral or written do not constitute wananties by A-M Systems Inc and should not be relied upon This warranty gives you specific legal rights You may also have other rights whrch vary from one jurisdiction to another

6 mm ^ laquo _ _ A a B ^ _ 1 ^ ^ 131 Business Parti Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg W B 98324 O O

bull P l A y S V e m S l n C T^M 8OO42OI3O6 380683-8300FAX 360 803525 ^ ^ E-msl iiiisy80iHTBy8tenisoom Wsbsito hnphwwfrimysleiiisoom

A

V ISO

INSTRUCTION MANUAL

FOR

ISOLATED PULSE STIMULATOR

MODEL 2100

Serial

Date

A-M Systems Inc

PO Box 850

Carlsborg WA 98324

USA

360-683-8300 bull 800-426-1306 FAX 360-683-3525

httpwwwa-msystemscom

Version 70 February 2002

Contents General Description 1

Instrument Features 1 Controls and Connectors 2

Operating Instructions 6 Theory of Operation 10 Calibration Procedures 12

Inputs 14 Output Calibration 16

Specifications 19 Warranty and Service 22

Each Isolated Pulse Stimulator is delivered complete with

Rack Mount Hardware Instructions amp Maintenance Manual

NOTE

This instrument is not intended for clinical measurements using human subjects A-M Systems Inc does not assume responsibility for Injury or damage due to the misuse of this instrument

General Description

Instrument Features The Isolated Pulse Stimulator Model 2100 is designed for a wide variety of applications It is highly flexible being capable of delivering single pulses biphasic pairs or bursts of pulses Pulses may be started manually or upon receiving a trigger signal from another Instrument or computer Two non-isolated trigger outputs are available for triggering other instruments

Four sets of timing controls provide comprehensive control overall aspects of pulse generation Three digit accuracy is available over a 7 decade range for each timing function using lever wheel switches Pulse widths can be set over more than a 9 decade range from 05 ps to 999 seconds Timing accuracy is assured through the use of a 10 MHz base rate crystal-controlled clock digitally divided to provide accurate timing over the entire range Atiming overiap indicator will light If the timing controls are set inconsistently

The output may be conveniently switched between current and voltage modes Pulse and baseline amplitudes are Independently presettable with lockable dials An error Indicator will light if the Mode2700 cannot deliver the desired signal

r WARNING

The Model 2100 can produce potentially dangerous voltages up to 100 V at the output connectors The isolated output is not connected internally to safety (earth) ground in any way Some part of the extemal circuit should be connected to safety ground Use caution in handling any wires connectors or electrodes which may be directly or indirectly attached to the Model 2100 output Some kinds of connectors such as BNC connectors have exposed metal parts which may float at dangerous potentials unless extemally connected to safety ground For greatest safety tum the Model 2100 off before making any connections to

the instrument

131 Business Parii Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Telophone 800-426-1306 bull 360-68raquolaquo300 bull FAX 360683-3525 E-mal satesa-msystemsoom VVfebsite httpywwwa^nsystemscom fl-N Systems Inc 1

Controls and Connectors The controls for the Model 2100 are grouped in three sections START which controls when a pulse or burst of pulses begins TIMING which controls the onoff timing of one or more pulses and OUTPUT which controls the amplitude of the output signal

Start TRIG SLOPE Determines the polarity of valid trigger pulses (positive or negative edges in the trigger signal)

MODE Controls waveform initiation When set to FREE RUN one timing cycle immediately follows the last When momentarily placed In the MANUAL position a timing cycle starts Immediately When the switch Is In the center position timing cycles start when valid triggering events occur

TRIGD This LED lights up when a timing cycle Is in process and continues until the burst is completed

TRIG This BNC connector allows a signal from an external source to Initiate timing cycles It is set for standard TTL levels

GATE This BNC connector allows a signal from an external source to restrict the final output signal This input must be at a logical high (or open-circuited) in order for the Model 2100 to recognize either manual or automatic trigger events

Gate 1_ Trigger |~~^ i I Valid triggers (represented by the arrows in the figure) can occur only when the gate Is at logical high Note that the up arrow would apply only If TRIG SLOPE is set to + the down an-ows would apply only if TRIG SLOPE Is set to -

NOTE Triggers have no effect if the system has not completed its response to a previous trigger

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Park Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Vb 98324 TelQphQne 80O426-1306 360683-8300 FAX 360683-3525 E-mail sales^a-msystemscom Wsbsite httpywwwa-msystemscom

Timing Four sets of controls govern the timing of pulse generation Each set contains two values which are multiplied together to detemnine the actual timing value The rotary knob (rate selector) provides the approximate timing value and the lever wheel switch bank (MULTIPLIER)

provides a time resolution of three decimal digits The following diagram shows most of the Important relationships

Output r Delay Duration

|ltPeriodgtj

t Burst width

Trigger event

DELAY These controls determine the time duration between the initiating trigger event and the beginning of the pulse burst If this rate selector is set to NONE or the multiplier is set to 000 there Is no delay

BURST WIDTH These controls determine the time period in which one or more pulses may be delivered Once started a pulse may outlast the burst width If this rate selector is set to SINGLE or to any time shorter than the pulse duration only a single pulse will occur If the BURST WIDTH Is longer than the period pulses will be emitted at the PERIOD rate until the burst time ends Pulses are never truncated by a short BURSTWIDTH

inds)-PULSE

D U R A T I O N 1 0 1 0

10

INTEB-PULSE PERIOD

1 1 10

DURATION These controls determine the length of each pulse Ifthis rate selector Is set to SQUARE the duration is set to half of the period regardless of the MULTIPLIER setting

PERIOD These controls set the period of time between adjacent pulse events within the burst It also forces a minimum dead time between recognized input triggers following a burst of one or more pulses This can be used to prevent over stimulation of a tissue without requiring excessive delay between the triggering event and the stimulating pulse

TIMING OVERLAP

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 860 Carisborg Vamp 98324 |Telophone 800-426-1306 360683-8300 bull FAX 3606aW525 E-mail salearega^nsystemsoom Vfeb5ite httpAwwwa^nsyslemscam

NOTE If any of these timing controls are changed while a timing cycle is in operation the results are undefined until the current cycle finishes

TIMING OVERLAP This LED will light to Indicate an inconsistency in the timing cycle settings There are several ways to introduce such errors The most common way is to set the Inter-pulse PERIOD to be less than the pulse DURATION

T I M I N G (seconds)^

TRIG OUT (UPPER) This BNC connector provides a signal which is coincident with the Internal Burst timing signal (default) This means the signal starts at the end of the Delay time and persists until the Burst time expires This output may also be set to represent the delay time-out by setting the internal jumper J510 to the right two pins instead of the left two pins (Please see the Calibration section in this manual for jumper location Directions are given as viewed from the front of the Instrument)

TRIG OUT (LOWER) This BNC connector provides a signal which Is coincident with the Duration timing signal which controls pulse output

NOTE Both trigger output signals slightly lead the isolated output signal

Output

PULSE SIGN This switch determines the polarity of the pulses to be generated It also allows generation of biphasic pulses thereby doubling the effective total period Warning the first pulse generated after changing the PULSE

SIGN switch may have the wrong polarity

BASELINE This Switch determines the polarity ofthe baseline signal

RANGE This rotary switch determines if the output pulses will be constant current (3 ranges) or constant voltage (2 ranges)

BASELINE AMPLITUDE This value is independently set using a ten-turn counting dial The maximum baseline amplitude is one tenth the value shown on the range amplitude switch

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 8S0 Cartsborg Vfa 98324 |Tetaphone 80O426-1306 bull 360683-8300 bull FAX 3606803525 E-mail salesa-msystemscom Wbbsite http7Awwwaflnsystemscom

PULSE AMPLITUDE This value is independently set using a ten-turn counting dial The maximum pulse amplitude is the value shown on the range amplitude switch

EVENT This LED indicates when a pulse is ongoing

ERROR This LED indicates when the internal output amplifier cannot output the pulse as desired This is usually due to a short circuit while trying to output a voltage or an open circuit while trying to output a current

VOTEThe Pulse Sign control in the Oupuf section directly affects waveform timing When set to the Biphasic mode a positive-going pulse is immediately followed by a negative-going pulse This effectively doubles the pulse duration If a burst of biphasic pulses is being produced the period must be at least twice the single pulse duration In the Square wave mode the baseline disappears as long as the burst persists

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsboig Vte 98324 |Telophone 800426-1306 360683-8300 bull FAX 3606833525 E-mail salesa-m5ystem5 com Website httpwwwa-msystemscom

Operating Instructions

Examples Simple setup (and minimal instrument test)

Connect the output ofthe Model 2100 to an oscilloscope Before connecting the Model 2100 to any other instrument or the experimental preparation It is safest to turn Its power off

Set the Oufpuf controls

Range 10V Pulse Sign +

Baseline Zero Pulse Amplitude 200

Setting The Timing Controls

Delay Burst Width

Duration Period

none single

15010-2 50010-2

Setting The Start Controls

Mode Free Run

Disconnect any cables to the TRIG or GATE inputs

Note that the green Trig and Event Indicators turn on as Free Run is turned on (and turn off otherwise) You should observe a 15ms duration 20Hz rate pulse of 200V above a OV baseline on the oscilloscope

fl-N Systems Inc 131 BusinessPartiLoop RO Box850CarisbcxgWa98324 |Telophone 800426-1306 bull 360-683-8300 bull FW 360683-3525 E-mail salesa-msystems com VVbbsite httpywwwa-msystems com

Demonstration of Burst Mode Connect the output ofthe Model 2100 to an oscilloscope Before connecting the Model 2100 to any other instrument or the experimental preparation It Is safest to turn its power off

Set the Outpuf controls

Range 10V Pulse Sign +

Baseline Pulse Amplitude 200

Baseline Amplitude 100

Setting The Timing Controls

Delay 88010-2 Burst Width 12010-^

Duration 15010-2 Period 50010-2

Set the START controls as follows

Mode Free Run

Disconnect any cables to the TRIG or GATE inputs

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Telophooe 8004201306 360683-8300 bull FAX 360683-3525 E^naii salesa-msystems com Watjsite http7wwwa-msystemscom

Trigger the oscilloscope from the Bursf trigger out (upper Trig Out connector) for a stable display In each burst (occurring every lOOms) you should observe a trio of 15ms duration starting 50ms apart Try switching the StartMode from Free Run to the center (nonnal) position The pulses will no longer be produced and the Trig and Event Indicators will tum off Pressing this switch once (to Manual) will cause a single burst to occur

Problem Solving If the instrument appears to be not working properiy check all ofthe control settings and connections Be sure to wait at least 5-10 seconds after turning the instrument off before turning it on again The following summary of typical problems for the user (along with the most common solutions) may help

Problem CauseSolution

EVENT Indicator never lights even in FREE RUN mode

bull Replace fuse check power connection bullSet DELAY or PERIOD to a shorter interval

bull Power-on too soon after power-off

OVERLAP Indicator is on

ERROR indicator is on

bull Set DURATION gt000 bull DURATION Is set to SQUARE but

PERIOD is 000 Increase PERIOD or set DURATION independantly

bull BURST and WIDTH are gt DURATION increase PERIOD or decrease DURATION

bull BIPHASIC pulse output Is on and PERIOD is not longer than twice the DURATION Increase PERIOD or decrease DURATION

bull Free-run Is on and BURST is lt PERIOD (BURST off) DELAY is 0 and PERIOD Is lt DURATION Add delay or modify PERIOD

bull Free-run is on and BURST is gt DURATION (BURST ON) and PERIOD is lt DURATION Increase PERIOD

bull For VOLTAGE outputs the output is trying to drive too low a resistance or capacitance (eg a short circuit) Check by disconnecting the output ft is possible (and normal) that for the fastest cycles and largest amplitudes (close to 100 V

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business PartiLoop PO Box 850 CartsborgWa 98324 iTelophone 800-42O130636O6e3-8300FAX 3606B3-3525 E-mail satesaflisyslefmcom Vfebslte http7wwwa-msyslemscom

and 1 ps) that the ERROR indicator might always come on during repetitive pulses Fix output load or decrease amplitude as required

Time appears to be excessive Changed control in mid-cycle (resets current status)

Cant seem to get a full signal out Load Is not properiy connected repair wiring Too low a load impedance (VOLTAGE modes) or too high a load impedance (CURRENT mode)

Incoming triggers not accepted frequently enough

PERIOD is set too long (enforces dead time) followd by BURST set to SIGNAL Reduce PERIOD time

Table 10 Problem Solving

If you suspect that the Model 2100 may have completely failed we recommend checking the basic level of functionality Ifthis fails your instrument Is defective and must be repaired Ifthis passes either your experimental setup is incompatible or inconsistent or there is a more subtle flaw in your Model 2100

If the Model 2100 appears to be malfunctioning contact A-M Systems Inc or your dealer We will first attempt to solve the problem over the telephone so have an exact description of your problem available when you call You do not need to be within the warranty period to obtain over-the-phone assistance

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 iTetoptxme 80O426-1306 bull 360683-8300 FAX 3606803525 E-mail satesa-msystemsoomAfebsitehttpJwwwaflisystemscom

Theory of Operation

The operation ofthe Model 2100 is summarized in the block diagram (see the figure on Page 11) Not shown are all ofthe interconnections with the microcontroller The internal microcontroler plays an important role in setting the signal path but does not directly contribute to the dynamic characteristics It scans the front panel switches and sets the control values for the logic arrays It programs the internal counters which along with the other hardware achieve the necessary sub-microsecond speeds

Pulse generation starts either from an Input trigger signal (from Trig In) or an internally signal (Free Run mode) A Delay timer counts the 10MHz clock until its count value is exhausted At this point the Burst Period and Duration timers are started If the Burst timer has not expired by the end ofthe Period the Period and Duration timers are restarted If the Biphasic mode has been set the Duration timer is restarted at the end of the initial Duration and the sign ofthe output pulse is reversed doubling the total duration

The system state (pulse on pulse sign baseline sign [+0f-]) is transmitted to the isolated section via optoisolator The baseline and pulse amplitudes are selected by an analog switch The resulting signal is amplified by a variable-power-supply discrete operational amplifier The amplifier connections and gain is modified to provide two voltage and three current ranges

Timing overiap errors are detected by a logical decision computation rather than by testing for counter collisions This provides instant feedback rather than waiting up to an hour for such a collision to occur Output errors are measured by sensing the output amplifiers differential input voltage Under normal conditions this is a negligible voltage If the amplifier fails to deliver the requested signal the window comparator testing this voltage sends this message (via optoisolator) to the logic section turning on a warning LED

fl-N Systems Inc 131BusinessPart(LoopRO Box850CarisboigWa98324 4 n Tel0pri0ne80O426-130636O683^300FAX36O6833525 ^ E-mail salesaflisystBmscom V febsite http7wwwa-msystemsoom

S i

I - - ^^mdasho^M

OUTPUT i l l

TRIG ^ OUT

(burst)

TRIG 3-lt) OUT

(pulse)

til

I laquo

Calibration Procedures

The calibration interval is the lesser of 1000 hours of operation or 6 months Somewhat greater drift can be expected in the first 100 hours of operation as the semiconductors age Adjustments should only be made after the instrument has been fully warmed up for at least 15 minutes

Full instrument calibration requires the following test equipment digital multimeter (plusmn 01) able to measure resistance to at least lOOMO oscilloscope with at least 50MHz bandwidth true-mis voltmeter with 4MHz bandwidth universal counter (plusmn 001 ) able to measure single pulse widths and periods resistors (all plusmn 01) 2kn lOkH 1 watt 20kn 200kn alligator clip lead sets banana plugs and BNC adapters

Adjustment integrated circuit and test point locations are shown in the following figures All adjustments are on the timing board unless othenAise noted

All voltages in the non-isolated section should be measured with respect to ground at TP510 unless othenwise stated Some voltages are measured with respect to an internal isolated ground at TP650 or across the two output temninals Occasionally the voltage at an IC pin must be measured in these cases the reference designator is given with the pin number in parentheses eg U602(16) When it states within this procedure that a voltage is to be minimized this means that the adjustment should be made such that the measured voltage is as close to zero volts as possible Refer to the Specifications Section of this manual for acceptable tolerances

The sequence of this procedure is important If any adjustment is made all adjustments which follow must be made to ensure that the specifications will be met These procedures require that all controls remain as set in previous steps unless othenAise indicated

WARNING

The Model 2100 has dangerous voltages throughout the instrument even with the power is off Servicing the Model 2100 should only be done by qualified service personnel Use caution in handling any wires connectors or electrodes which may be directly or indirectly attached to the instrument Do not touch exposed connections or components Disconnect power by unplugging the power cord from the receptacle

H B ^ ^ S y s t e m s inc^degdegp^deg^^deg-^^^^^^^^B3^^^degdeg^^^lt^^^B^^^^ 131BusinessPartiLoopPO Box850CartsbOigWamp98324 4 9 |Telophone800-42013C6360683-8300F0lt360683-3525 ^ E-mail salesa-msystefnscom website httpwwwaflisystems com

CO

TP501 O lt0

g OTPSOO

U560 S

Trig Gate

0 -TISOS

U570

U500

Timing

p U520

Timing

K U550 Timin

gt U540

U515

o X I Timin

U508 I

J510 Timing nnn

Burst Delay J400

gt U550

R503

D D I D bull U8QQ i Q

n

oo

V P 5 1 0

b U535

^

Clock i _

U555

lt U 5 4 5

o

h d ^ O - - ^ U605

Q D

U620

O fJZ^ R737 bull ^ 1^13015 r j C - C O M P

B B nU770 ^ ^ ^ 5 ^ a

J420

a

o E

bull [ ]U632

riueso

rR742rVhigh R 6 1 9 ^

LJ TP645 O TP650

TPMOQ^QS

Vlow

CD-

CZZl

J440 bull bull tl iUDQ

I t

f i l

Power supply and bias voltages

Power supply

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

POWER ON Observe voltage at P703 power supply wire top of main board

Check for+15 plusmn 050 V

Observe voltage at P701 power supply wire top of main board

Check for-15 plusmn 050 V

Observe voltage at U505(24) Check for +5 plusmn 025 V

Isolated supply voltage Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

RANGE 10 V TRIG open circuit MODE center position

Alternately observe V ^ from R742 to R740 and V ^ from theU605(4)toU605(8)

Adjust R773 so that 110VltV lt 120 V and

nigh

28VltV|^lt34V

Capacitance balance Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

Connect a xlO oscilloscope probe to TP650 and ground the

Adjust R737 for minimum high frequency signal

Inputs

Gate function Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave Verify that the voltage to GATE switches states at the Observe voltage at U510(3) proper input levels with an oscilloscope

Trigger slope Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave Verify that the voltage to TRIG switches states at the Observe voltage at U510( 1) proper input levels with an oscilloscope

TRIG SLOPE Verify voltage is 180deg out of phase

TRIG SLOPE Verify voltage is in phase

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 860 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Jelophone 800-4201306 360683-8300 bull FM 380683-3525 E-mail salesaflTsystBfnscom bull Vtebsite httpVAirwwaflisystems com

14

Trigger and gate f unc t i on

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

DELAY NONE BURS-nMDTH SINGLE DURATION SQUARE PERIOD 100X10-3

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave to TRIG Observe TRIGD and EVENT LEDs

TRIG disconnect all Short the GATE connector to GND Verify LEDs extinguish

MODE press to MANUAL Verify LEDs flash once

Timing

System c lock f requency

Controls Inputs Observations Ad jus t Check

Observe the frequency of the wave Verify 1000 MHz plusmn 001 atU555(17)

Mul t ip l iers (Wheel Swi tches)

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

PULSE SIGN-laquobull MODE FREE RUN TRIG disconnect all TIMING MULTIPUERS all

wheels set to zero except the one being tested

TIMING OVERLAP ignore

Observe the pulse width with the counter at the location specified t)elow

Verify pulse width is correct for each wheel as it is tested independently

For each wheel of each MULTIPLIER test each position to verify that the pulse width is correct Observe the signal at the following locations DELAY U520(2) BURSTWIDTH U530(2) PERIOD U540(2) DURATION U550(2)

Rates (Rotary Swi tches)

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

TIMING MULTIPUERS 001 Observe the pulse width with the TIMING RATES all rotary counter at the location specified

switches set to 10-4 below except the one being tested

Verify pulse width is correct for each rotary switch as it is tested independently

For each ofthe four rotary switches in TIMING test each position to verify that the pulse width is correct Observe the signal at the following locations DELAY U520(2) BURSTWIDTH U530(2) PERIOD U540(2) DURATION U550(2)

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 iTetophone 8004201306 bull 360683-8300 bull FOC 3606803525 E-mail salesa-msystemscom Wbbsite httpJwwwaflTSystemscom

15

Trigger outputs

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

Range 10V Pulse Amplitude 500 Delay 100 xlO^ Burst 100 x 10 ^ Duration 100x10-^ Period 400x10-^ Pulse sign + Trig Mode Free run Trig in open

Trigger the oscilloscope to the Burst Trig Out Observe it the Pulse Trig Out and the isolated output

Verify that the waveform consists of a burst of three 1ms-on3ms-off pulses The burst trigger should be synchronous with the burst the pulse trigger coincident with each pulse

Output Calibration

Isolation Resistance (check)

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode center position Trig In open

Measure the resistance between ground banana jack (front panel) and black banana jack of output with DMM

Resistance read gt 100MQ

Amplitude Switch Offset (R640)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Zero Trig Mode center position Trig In Open

Measure the voltage at TP645 vs TP650 with the DMM

Adjust R640 (AmpI Sw Offset) for minimum voltage

Output Offset (R332 front panel board) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Zero Range 10V Trig Mode center position Trig In Open

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

Adjust R332 (Output offset) for minimum voltage

Positive Baseline Offeet (R607) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Sign + Baseline Amplitude

fully CCW (000) Range 10V Trig In open Trig Mode center position

Measure the voltage across the outputwiththeDMM

Adjust R602 (BSLN + offset) for minimum voltage

fl-N Systems Inc 131 BusBiess Parti Loop P O Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Telophone B00-42O1306 bull 360683-8300 bull FAX 3606803525 E-mail salesaflisystemscom V^tebsite httpy^vwwa-msystems com

16

Negative Baseline Offset (R619)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Sign -Baseline Amplitude

fully CCW (000) Range 10V Trig In open Trig Mode center position

Measure the voltage across the outputwiththeDMM

Adjust R619 (BSLN + offset) for minimum voltage

Pulse Amplitude Adjust (R602)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode Free Mode Pulse Amplitude 1000 Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =1001 Period =00110-4 Pulse Sign -Trig In open Range 10V

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

The Overiap indicator should be on Adjust R602 (Max Level) for -10OOV out

Pulse Sign Gain (check)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode Free Mode Pulse Amplitude 1000 Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =100 1s Period =001 10-4s Trig In open Range 10V

Measure the voltage at the output with the DMM for the Pulse Sign at + and - positions

The absolute values ofthe voltages should differ by less than lOOmV

Baseline Amplitudes (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Range 100mA Trig Mode center position Baseline Amplitude fully CW (1000) Trig In open

Measure the voltage at the output with the DMM with Baseline Sign in + Zero and

- positions

Gain the matching of current levels at = and - positions and offset current in Zero position

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop PO Box 850 Cartsboig Wa 98324 Telophone 800-4201306 360683-8300 FkX 3606803525 E-mail salesa-msystemscom website http^^wwaflisystemsccm

17

Output Range Amplitude and Drive (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Pulse Amplitude 1000 Pulse Sign + Trig Mode Free Run Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =1001 Period =10010-4 Trig In open

Load the output with a 10KV 1W 01 resistor Measure the voltage at the output with DMM

Verify that full scale output is within specification Scale Range 100V 100V 10V 10V 100mA IV 1mA 10V 10mA 100V

Pulse Sign and Short Circuit Protection (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =200 10-4 Period =00110-3 Baseline Zero Pulse Amplitude 25 Range 10V Trig Mode Free Run Trig In open

Measure the voltage at the output with the oscilloscope Check for Pulse Sign set to each of + - biphasic Watch for Error indicator when shorting the output

Verify that pulses of approx 25V amplitude (625V for biphasic mode) of the correct sign are produced every 10ms Short output in biphasic mode Output should return when opened

Output Transient Response (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Pulse Sign + Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =20010-4 Period =00110-3 Pulse Amplitude 250 Baseline Zero Trig Mode Free Mode Trig In open

Connect the oscilloscope to the output with a 310 attenuator probe Test both 10V and 100V ranges

Verify that overshoot and risetime meet specifications

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Telophone 8004201306 bull 3606808300 bull Flaquo( 360laquo83ltJ525 E-mail salesa-msystemsocm V^febsite http^wwwa-msystefnscom

18

Specifications

There are three classes of specifications Class A specifications tested in all units and are guaranteed Class B specifications are inherent in the design they are indirectly tested and are guaranteed Class C specifications are typical operating values which are occasionally tested- these are typical values given for your information but not guarshyanteed The class for each specification is noted in the center column ofthe following sections

Inputs Switching level

Hysteresis

Input equivalent circuit

Minimum duration (1 IL-level signal)

A

C

C

C

16 V(plusmn 02 V)

approx 50 mV

lOOKH to+5 in parallel with no more than 35pF

gt 50 ns

Open circuit condition B defaults to highon level

Timing and rate accuracy Rate selector steps

Timing multiplier steps

B

B

lOOpsto 100s in 7 steps

1 of rate selector step size Maximum value is 999 X the rate selector step size

Resolution B approx 01 ofthe maximum value

Timing error (second and later pulses after resetting controls)

B lt 002 of rate selector value + 015 ps

Timing error (first pulse after readjusting timing controls)

an additional 025 ps error may occur

Timing repeatability lt 001 setting + 20 ns (monophasic)

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Ram Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Vfa 98324 pTelophone 8004201306 bull 360683-8300 bull FAX 360683-3525

E-mail salesraquoflisystems com Wabsite httpJAnww afl isystems com

19

TRIG IN to OUTPUT delay (DELAY set to 0) output set to 2V

Timing jitter from TRIG IN to OUTPUT (for TTL trigger input with risetime lt10 ns)

Timing jitter from TRIG OUT (either BURST or PULSE) and OUTPUT

Trigger output to pulse output delay

Output characteristics Pulse level error (voltage mode open circuit current mode short circuit

Biphasic level difference IV + - V-1 2

Baseline level error (voltage mode open circuit current mode short circuit)

Risetime (25 V out)

Risetime (25 V out)

Transient response

A

A

A

Output impedance (voltage mode) C

Output impedance (current mode) C

Isolation resistance A

Isolation capacitance C

approx 05 ps for a load of no more than 10 KH in parallel with 50 pF

lt 125 ns (all rates except 100s) lt 125 ps (100s rate)

Less than 20 ns (all rates)

approx 350 ns

lt 03 of setting + 05 of r range (plus an additional 05 pA in 100 pA range)

lt 03 of range (voltage modes into open circuit current modes into short circuit)

lt 03 of setting of setting + 01 of range (plus an additional 05 pA in lOOpA range)

= 200 ns into less than 30 pF

= 15 ps into less than 30 pF

lt 8 overshoot into less than 30 pF for pulse voltages different than baseline voltage by at least 10 of range

= 50 ohms

raquo 1 0 GH (typically 200 GO)

raquo 1 0 0 M n

= 60 pF at 100 Hz

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Peril Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg V6 98324 |TelCf)hone 800-4201306 3606808300 bull FAX 360683-3525 E-mal salesaflisystefnsoom Website hnpyMVfWafllsystemsoom

20

Noise (differential mode)

Noise (common mode earth to isolated ground) with no signal output

Overload error indicator (low frequency short circuited voltage mode)

Overload error indicator low frequency open circuited current mode)

Overioad error response time

Miscellaneous

= 1 mV rms (10 V scale 10 Hz-4 MHz)

= 8 mV rms (10 Hz-4 MHz) == 100mVp-p (200 Hz -10 MHz) measured withalOMH 15pF oscilloscope probe

Turns on for set amplitude at or greater than approx plusmn1 V (10 V range) or plusmn2 V (100 V range)

Turns on for set amplitude at or above approx 2 of range

Flat to approx 30 ps duration Decreasing sensitivity for shorter pulses

Power

Fuse

Operating temperature range

Storage temperature range

Operating humidity

Dimensions

approx 11 watts

1 amp 3AG

10-30degC

0 - 50deg C

5 - 80 RH

17x475x1125 (inches) 432x121x286 cm

Weight 20 lbs (9 kg)

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Wb 98324 |Tetcphone 8004201306 3606808300 bull FOt 360683-3525 E-mail satesamsystems comV^febsite httpywwwaflisystemscom

21

Warranty and Service

What does this warranty cover A-M Systems Inc warrants to the Purchaser that the Instrument excluding cables Headstage Probes and any other accessories shipped with the Instrument (hereafter the hardware) is free from defects in workmanship or material under normal use and service for the period of one (1) year This warranty commences on the date of delivery ofthe hardware to the Purchaser

What are the obligations of A-M Systems Inc under this warranty During the warranty period A-M Systems Inc agrees to repair or replace at its sole option without charge to the Purchaser any defective component part of the hardware To obtain warranty service the Purchaser must return the hardware to A-M Systems Inc or an authorized A-M Systems Inc distributor in an adequate shipping container Any postage shipping and insurance charges incurred in shipping the hardware to A-M Systems Inc must be prepaid by the Purchaser and all risk for the hardware shall remain with purchaser until such time as A-M Systems Inc takes receipt of the hardware Upon receipt A-M Systems Inc will promptly repair or replace the defective unit and then return the hardware to the Purchaser postage shipping and insurance prepaid A-M Systems Inc may use reconditioned or like new parts or units at its sole option when repairing any hardware Repaired products shall carry the same amount of outstanding warranty as from original purchase or ninety (90) days which ever is greater Any claim under the warranty must include a dated proof of purchase ofthe hardware covered by this warranty In any event A-M Systems Inc liability for defective hardware is limited to repairing or replacing the hardware

What is not covered by this warranty This warranty is contingent upon proper use and maintenance ofthe hardware by the Purchaser and does not cover batteries Neglect misuse whether intentional or othenwise tampering with or altering the hardware damage caused by accident damage caused by unusual physical electrical chemical or electromechanical stress damage caused by failure of electrical power or damage caused during transportation are not covered by this wan-anty Products may not be returned to A-M Systems Inc for service whether under warranty or otherwise which are contaminated by infectious agents radioactive compounds or other materials constituting a health hazard to employees of A-M Systems Inc

What are the limits of liability for A-M Systems Inc under this warranty A-M Systems Inc shall not be liable for loss of data profits or savings or any special incidental consequential indirect or other similar damages arising from breach of contract negligence or other legal action even if the company or its agent has been advised of the possibility of such damages or for any claim brought against you by another party THIS EQUIPMENT IS NOT INTENDED FOR CLINICAL MEASUREMENTS USING HUMAN SUBJECTS A-M SYSTEMS INC DOES NOT ASSUME RESPONSIBILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE DUE TO MISUSE OF THIS EQUIPMENT Jurisdictions vary with regard to the enforceability of provisions excluding or limiting liability for incidental or consequential damages Check the provision of your local jurisdiction to find out whether the above exclusion applies to you

This warranty allocates risks of product failure between the Purchaser and A-M Systems Inc A-M Systems Inc hardware pricing reflects this allocation of risk and the limitations of liability contained in this warranty The warranty set forth above is in lieu of all other express warranties whether oral or written The agents employees distributors and dealers of A-M Systems Inc are not authorized to make modifications to this warranty or additional wan-anties binding on the company Accordingly additional statements such as dealer advertising or presentations whether oral or written do not constitute warranties by A-M Systems Inc and should not be relied upon This warranty gives you specific legal rights You may also have other rights which vary from one jurisdiction to another

fl-N Systems Inc 131BusinessPartiLoop RO Box850CartsbOfgWa98324 p O |Telophone 8004201306 bull 360683-8300FOC 3606830525 ^ ^ E-mail saiesaflisystefTiscom Wbbsite httpVwwwa-msystemscom

Timing Four sets of controls govern the timing of pulse generation Each set contains two values which are multiplied together to determine the actual timing value The rotary knob (rate selector) provides the approximate timing value and the lever wheel switch bank (MULTIPLIER) provides a time resolution of three decimal digits The following diagram shows most of the important relationships

TRAIN B U R S T W I D T H

10 10

TIMII

Output r Delay Duration

|4Periodgtj

t Burst width Trigger event

DELAY These controls set the time between the initiating trigger event and the beginning of the pulse burst If this rate selector is set to NONE or the multiplier is set to ooo there is no delay

BURST WIDTH These controls set the time period in which one or more pulses may be delivered Once started a pulse may outlast the burst width If this rate selector is set to SINGLE or to any time shorter than the pulse duration only a single pulse will occur If the BURST WIDTH is longer than the period pulses will be emitted at the PERIOD rate until the burst time ends Pulses are never truncated by a short BURST WIDTH

gtnds) INTER-PULSE

P E R I O D

DURATION These controls set the length of each pulse If this rate selector is set to SQUARE the duration is set to half of the period regardless of the MULTIPLIER setting

PERIOD These controls set the period of time between adjacent pulse events within the burst It also forces a minimum dead time between recognized input triggers following a burst of one or more pulses This can be used to prevent over stimulation of a tissue without requiring excessive delay between the triggering event and the stimulating pulse

OVERLAP

A-M Systems Inc^^ bull E-majl sale

131 Business Paik Ijoop PO Box 850 Calsboig Wa 98324 80O426-1306 360-683laquo300 - FAX 380-683^3525

E-mail sale60a-msystem3com Website httpywwwa-msystem3com

NOTE If any of these timing controls are changed while a timing cycle is in operation the results are undefined until the current cycle finishes

T I M I N G (seconds)-DTH

TIMING OVERLAP This LED will light to indicate an inconsistency in the timing cycle settings There are several ways to introduce such errors The most common way is to set the inter-pulse PERIOD to be less than the pulse DURATION

TRIG OUT (UPPER) This BNC connector provides a signal which is coincident with the internal Burst timing signal (default) This means the signal starts at the end of the Delay time and persists until the Burst time expires This output may also be set to represent the delay time-out by setting the internal jumper J510 to the right two pins instead of the left two pins (Please see the Calibration section in this manual for jumper location Directions are given as viewed from the front of the instrument)

TRIG OUT (LOWER) This BNC connector provides a signal which is coincident with the Duration timing signal which controls pulse output

NOTE Both trigger output signals slightly lead the isolated output signal

Output

PULSE SIGN This Switch sets the sign for the pulses to be generated It also allows generation of biphasic pulses thereby doubling the effective total period Warning the first pulse generated after changing the PULSE SIGN

switch may have the wrong polarity

BASELINE This switch sets the sign for the baseline signal

RANGE This rotary switch allows one of three current or two voltage ranges to be selected for the output signal

BASELINE AMPLITUDE This value IS independently set using a ten-turn counting dial The maximum baseline amplitude is one tenth the value shown on the range amplitude switch

A-M Systems Inc 131 Business Pai1( Loop PO Box 850 Caitsboig Wa 98324 Telophore 80O426-1306 bull 360683300 bull FAX 360-683-3525 E-mail salasOa-msystemscom Website httpwwwamsystemscom

PULSE AMPLITUDE This value is independently set using a ten-turn counting dial The maximum pulse amplitude is the value shown on the range amplitude switch

EVENT This LED indicates when a pulse is ongoing

ERROR This LED indicates when the internal output amplifier cannot output the pulse as desired This is usually due to a short circuit while trying to output a voltage or an open circuit while trying to output a current

The Pulse Sgfn control in the OutputsecWon directly affects waveform timing When set to the Biphasic mode a positive-going pulse is immediately followed by a negative-going pulse This effectively doubles the pulse duration If a burst of biphasic pulses is being produced the period must be at least twice the single pulse duration In the Square wave mode the baseline disappears as long as the burst persists

A B B f k _ _ laquo laquo laquo laquo 1 ^ 131 Business Paik Loop PO Box 850 CartsborgWa 98324 - | y | O V S i e m S I nC8lt=Praquo880O426-1308-360683300-FAX360683-3525

laquo E-mail salesOa-msystemscom Website httpwwwa-m3yste l O V ^ ltJ O W laquo W - t V ^ www www A n r w w w w i -w ww www w M

E-mail salesOa-msystemscom Website httpwwwa-m3ystemse0m

Operating Instructions

Examples Simple setup (and minimal instrument test)

Connect the output of the Model 2100 to an oscilloscope Before connecting the instrument it is safest to turn its power off

Set the Output controls

Range 10V Pulse Sign +

Baseline Zero Pulse Amplitude 200

Setting The Timing Controls

Delay none Burst Width single

Duration 150M0-2 Period 50010-2

Setting The Start Controls

Mode Free Run

Disconnect any cables to the TRIG or GATE inputs

Note that the green Trig and Evenf indicators turn on as Free Run is turned on (and turn off otherwise) You should observe a 15ms duration 20Hz rate pulse of 200V above a OV baseline on the oscilloscope

A-M Systems Inc 131 Business Pailt Loop PO Box 850 Carlsborg Wa 98324 Telophone 800-426-1306 bull 36Olaquo83-8300 FAX 360683-3S25 E-mail salesfla-msystemscom Website httpwwwa-msystemscom

Demonstration of Burst Mode Connect the output of the Model 2100 to an oscilloscope Before connecting the instrument it is safest to turn its power off

Set the Output controls

Range 10V Pulse Sign +

Baseline Pulse Amplitude 200

Baseline Amplitude 100

Setting The Timing Controls

Delay 88010-2 Burst Width 12010-^

Duration 15010-2 Period 50010-^

Set the START controls as follows

Mode Free Run

Disconnect any cables to the TRIG or GATE inputs

Trigger the oscilloscope from the Strsf trigger out (upper Trig Ouf connector) for a stable display In each burst (occurring every lOOms) you should observe a trio of 15ms duration starting 50ms apart Try switching the StartMode rom Free Run to the center (normal) position The pulses will no longer be produced and the Trig and Even indicators will turn off Pressing this switch once (to Manual) will cause a single burst to occur

A-M Systems Inc 131 Business PaiV Loop PO Box 850 Cai1sboraWa 98324 Telophone 800426-1306 360683-8300 FAX 380683-3S25 E-mal salesOa-msystemscom Website httpwwwa-m5ystemse0m

Problem Solving

If the instrument appears to be not working properly check all of the control settings and connections Be sure to wait at least 5-10 seconds after turning the instrument off before turning it on again The following summary of typical problems for the user (along with the most common solutions) may help

Problem CauseSolution

EVENT indicator never lights even in FREE RUN mode

bull Replace fuse check power connection bullSet DELAY or PERIOD to a shorter

interval bull Power-on too soon after power-off

OVERLAP indicator is on

ERROR indicator is on

Set DURATION gt000 DURATION is set to SQUARE but PERIOD is 000 Increase PERIOD or set DURATION independantly BURST and WIDTH are gt DURATION increase PERIOD or decrease DURATION BIPHASIC pulse output is on and PERIOD is not longer than twice the DURATION Increase PERIOD or decrease DURATION Free-run is on and BURST is lt PERIOD (BURST off) DELAY is 0 and PERIOD is lt DURATION Add delay or modify PERIOD Free-run is on and BURST is gt DURATION (BURSTON) and PERIOD is lt DURATION Increase PERIOD For VOLTAGE outputs the output is trying to drive too low a resistance or capacitance (eg a short circuit) Check by disconnecting the output It is possible (and normal) that for the fastest cycles and largest amplitudes (close to 100 V and 17S) that the ERROR indicator might always come on during repetitive pulses Fix output load or decrease amplitude as required

Time appears to be excessive Changed control in mid-cycle (resets current status)

A B B ^ J I - mdash 131 Business Park Loop RO Box 850 CaitsbotftWa 98324

gt | y | O y S i e m S |nCtradedegraquo0raquo 80O426-1306-36Olaquo8O8300-FAX36O683-3525

8 E-mail salesOa-msyaemscom bull Website httpwwwa-msystemscom

Cant seem to get a full signal out

Incoming triggers not accepted frequently enough

bull Load is not properly connected repair wiring

bull Too low a load impedance (VOLTAGE modes) or too high a load impedance (CURRENT mode)

bull PERIOD is set too long (enforces dead tinrie) followd by BURST set to SIGNAL Reduce PERIOD time

Table 10 Problem Solving

If you suspect that the Model 2100 may have completely failed we recommend checking the basic level of functionality If this fails your instrument is defective and must be repaired If this passes either your experimental setup is incompatible or inconsistent or there is a more subtle flaw in your Modei 2100

If the Model 2100 appears to be malfunctioning contact A-M Systems Inc or your dealer We will first attempt to solve the problem over the telephone so have an exact description of your problem available when you call You do not need to be within the warranty period to obtain over-the-phone assistance

A-M Systems Inc 131 Business Park Loop PO Box 850 Carfsbofg Wa 98324 Tatophone 80O426-1306 bull 360-688300 FAX 380683-3S25 E-mail salesfla-msystemscom Website httpwwwa-msystemscom

Theory of Operation

The operation of the Model 2100 is summarized in the block diagram (see the figure on Page 11) Not shown are all of the interconnections with the microcontroller The internal microcontroler plays an important role in setting the signal path but does not directly contribute to the dynamic characteristics It scans the front panel switches and sets the control values for the logic arrays It programs the internal counters which along with the other hardware achieve the necessary sub-microsecond speeds

All action starts either from an input trigger signal (from Trig In) or from an internal signal (in free Run mode only) A Delay timer counts the 10MHz clock until its count value is exhausted At this point the Burst timer starts Both Period and Duration timers are started at this time If the Burst timer has not expired by the end of the Period the Period and Duration timers are restarted If the Biphasic mode has been set the Duration timer is restarted at the end of the initial Duration and the sign of the output pulse is reversed doubling the total duration

The system state (pulse on pulse sip baseline sign [+0-]) is transmitted to the isolated section via optoisolator The baseline and pulse amplitudes are selected by an analog switch The resulting signal is amplified by a variable-power-supply discrete operational amplifier The amplifier connections and gain is modified to provide two voltage and three current ranges

Timing overlap errors are detected by a logical decision computation rather than by testing for counter collisions This provides instant feedback rather than waiting up to an hour for such a collision to occur Output errors are measured by sensing the output amplifiers differential input voltage Under normal conditions this is a negligible voltage If the amplifier fails to deliver the requested signal the window comparator testing this voltage sends this message (via optoisolator) to the logic section turning on a warning LED

A-M Systems Inc 131 Business Paik Loop PO Box 850 CailsboraWa 98324 i Q Te(ophone 800-426-1306 bull36O683laquo00FAX 360683-3525 ^ E-mail salesOa-msystemscom Website httpywwwa-m5ystemscom

GATE IN

TRIG ^ OUT

(burst)

OPTO ISOLATOR

Amplitude (Pulse)

TRIG -lt^ OUT

(pulse)

c 1

RANGE

C

Analog switch

C

)

-D^sectli OUTPUT

Baseline sign )

Amplitude (baseline) )

O H q

ill V) 5 o i^8 e e -a a fi a

bull o c

M E o ts gtraquo

lt

Calibration Procedures

The calibration intenal is the lesser of 1000 hours of operation or 6 months Somewhat greater drift can be expected in the first 100 hours of operation as the semiconductors age Adjustments should only be made after the instrument has been fully warmed up for at least 15 minutes

Full instrument calibration requires the following test equipment digital multimeter (plusmn 01 ) able to measure resistance to at least 10OMfl oscilloscope with at least 50MHz bandwidth true-rms voltmeter with 4MHz bandwidth universal counter (plusmn 001) able to measure single pulse widths and periods resistors (all plusmn 01) 2kn lOkO 1 watt 20ka 200ka alligator clip lead sets banana plugs and BNC adapters

Adjustment integrated circuit and test point locations are shown in the following figures All adjustments are on the timing board unless otherwise noted

All voltages in the non-isolated section should be measured with respect to ground at TP510 unless othenwise stated Some voltages are measured with respect to an internal isolated ground at TP650 or across the two output terminals Occasionally the voltage at an IC pin must be measured in these cases the reference designator is given with the pin number in parentheses eg U602(16) When it states within this procedure that a voltage is to be minimized this means that the adjustment should be made such that the measured voltage is as close to zero volts as possible Refer to the Specifications Section of this manual for acceptable tolerances

The sequence of this procedure is important If any adjustment is made all adjustments which follow must be made to ensure that the specifications will be met These procedures require that all controls remain as set in previous steps unless otherwise indicated

WARNING

The Model2100 has dangerous voltages throughout the instrument even with the power is off Servicing the Mode2700 should only be done by qualified service personnel Use caution in handling any wires connectors or electrodes which may be directly or indirectly attached to the instrument Do not touch exposed connections or components Disconnect power by unplugging the power cord from the receptacle

A B B ^ _ _ mdash ^ _ I raquo laquo 131SusinessParkLoopROBox850CaitsborBWa98324 -JO

E-mail S8le60a-msystemscom Website httpwwwa-msystemscam

CO

TP501 O o

a OTPsoo

U560 bull

D D D D Q ^ U510

Trig Gate

U570

OQ Q

U500

n U505

Timing

gt U520

Timing

) U530

Timing

gt U540

Q U515

Timing

U508

R503

DDID E

a

gt oo

bull U800 l O r v o w iV_X^TP510 O

U525

f

A U535

^ U550

Timing ^

Clock

U555

J510 Burst Delay

J400 bull U545

d R742^VWgh R619 o

r RZZ3 R737 an c n V - I J I S O I S ^ ^C-COMP

U620 ^ Q Q bull ^ ^ bull

J420 O ^ D^ J440 IfYYYlDfYyYYYYYYYII C Z J E X C T

Q Otrsetl I p J Vlow

L J TP645 C=) cm P650

bull bull fe elUOD

irt

PI pound A

o c

E o

0)

Power supply and bias voltages

Power supply

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

POWER ON Observe voltage at P703 power supply wire top of main board

Check for+15 plusmn 050 V

Observe voltage at P701 power supply wire top of main board

Check for-15 plusmn 050 V

Observe voltage at U505(24) Check for +5 plusmn 025 V

Isolated supply voltage

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

RANGE 10 V TRIG open circuit MODE center position

Alternately observe V from high

R742 to R740 and V _ from kw

the U605(4) to U605(8)

Adjust R773 so that 110VltV lt 120 V and

high

28VltV^^lt34V

Capacitance balance

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

Connect a x10 oscilloscope probe to TP650 and ground the

Adjust R737 for minimum high frequency signal

Inputs

Gate funct ion

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave Verify that the voltage to GATE switches states at the Observe voltage at U510(3) proper input levels with an oscilloscope

Trigger s lope

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave Verify that the voltage to TRIG switches states at the Observe voltage at U510(1) proper input levels with an oscilloscope

TRIG SLOPE-I- Verify voltage is 180deg out of phase

TRIG SLOPE- Verify voltage is in phase

A-M Systems Inc 131 Business Paik Loop PO Box 850 Cailsborg Wa 98324 Tekvhone 8004201306 36O683laquo300 - FAX 360683-3S2S E-mail salesOa-msystemscom Website httpywwwa-msystemscom

14

Trigger and gate funct ion

Controls Inputs Observations

DELAY NONE BURSTWIDTH SINGLE DURATION SQUARE PERIOD 100X10-3

AdjustCheck

Apply a 1 kHz 0 -5 V triangle wave to TRIG Observe TRiGoand EVENT LEDS

TRIG disconnect all Short the GATE connector to GND Verify LEDs extinguish

MODE press to MANUAL Verify LEDs flash once

Timing

System clock frequency

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

Observe the frequency of the wave Verify 1000 MHz plusmn 001 atU555(17)

Mu l t i p l i e rs (Whee l Sw i t ches )

Controls Inputs Observat ions A d j u s t C h e c k

PULSE SIGN+ MODE FREE RUN TRIG disconnect all TIMING MULTIPUERS all

Wheels set to zero except the one being tested

TIMING OVERLAP ignore

Observe the pulse width with the counter at the location specified below

Verify pulse width is correct for each wheel as it is tested independently

For each wheel of each MULTIPLIER test each position to verify that the pulse width is correct Observe the signal at the following locations DELAY U520(2) BURSTWIDTH U530(2) PERIOD U540(2) DURATION U550(2)

Rates (Rotary Switches)

Controls Inputs Observations A d j u s t C h e c k

TIMING MULTIPUERS 001 TIMING RATES all rotary

switches set to 10-4 except the one being tested

Observe the pulse width with the counter at the location specified below

Verify pulse width is correct for each rotary switch as it is tested independently

For each of the four rotary switches in TIMING test each position to verify that the pulse width is correct Observe the signal at the following locations DELAY U520(2) BURSTWIDTH U530(2) PERIOD U540(2) DURATION U550(2)

A-M Systems Inc 131 Business Paik Loop PO Box 850 Caiisborg Wa 98324 Telophone 800-428-1306 bull 3606808300 FAX 360683-3525 E-mail salesOa-msystemscom Website httpwwwa-msystemscom

15

Trigger outputs Controls

Range 10V Pulse Amplitude 500 Delay 100x10-2 Burst 100x10-2 Duration 100 xlQ-^ Period 400x10-3 Pulse sign + Trig Mode Free run Trig in open

Inputs Observations

Trigger the oscilloscope to the Burst Trig Out Observe it the Pulse Trig Out and the isolated output

AdjustCheck

Verify that the waveform consists of a burst of three 1 ms-on3ms-off pulses The burst trigger should be synchronous with the burst the pulse trigger coincident with each pulse

Output Calibration

Isolation Resistance (check) Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

Trig Mode center position Trig In open

Measure the resistance between ground banana jack (front panel) and black banana jack of output with DMM

Resistance read gt 10OMQ

Amplitude Switch Offset (R640) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Zero Trig Mode center position Trig In Open

Measure the voltage at TP645 vs TP650 with the DMM

Adjust R640 (AmpI Sw Offset) for minimum voltage

Output Offset (R332 front panel board) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Zero Range 10V Trig Mode center position Trig In Open

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

Adjust R332 (Output offset) for minimum voltage

Positive Baseline Offset (R607) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Sign + Baseline Amplitude

fully CCW (000) Range 10V Trig In open Trig Mode center position

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

Adjust R602 (BSLN + offset) for minimum voltage

A-M Systems Inc 131 Business Paik Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Jelophone 8004201306 36O6834300 - FAX 380laquo83-352S E-mail salesOa-msystemscom Website httpwwwa-msystemscam

16

Negative Baseline Offset (R619)

Controls InputsObservations

Baseline Sign -Baseline Amplitude

fully CCW (000) Range 10V Trig In open Trig Mode center position

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

AdjustCheck

Adjust R619 (BSLN + offset) for minimum voltage

Pulse Ampl i tude Adjust (R602)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode Free Mode Pulse Amplitude 1000 Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =1001 Period =00110-4 Pulse Sign -Trig In open Range 10V

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

The Overlap indicator should be on Adjust R602 (Max Level) for -10OOV out

Pulse Sign Gain (check)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode Free Mode Pulse Amplitude 1000 Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =100 Is Period =001 10-4s Trig In open Range 10V

Measure the voltage at the output with the DMM for the Pulse Sign at + and - positions

The absolute values of the voltages should differ by less than 10OmV

Baseline Ampl i tudes (check)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

flange 100mA Trig Mode center position Baseline Amplitude fully CW (1000) Trig In open

Measure the voltage at the output with the DMM with Baseline Sign in + Zero and - positions

Gain the matching of current levels at = and - positions and offset current in Zero position

A-M Systems Inc 131 Business Psik Loop PO Box 850 Caiisborg Wa 98324 Telophone 800426-1306 bull 36Olaquo8raquo8300 bull FAX 360683-3525 E-mail salesOa-msystemscom Website httpwwwa-msystemsccm

17

Output Range Amplitude and Drive (check)

Controls InputsObservations

Pulse Amplitude 1000 Pulse Sign + Trig Mode Free Run Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =1001 Period =10010-4 Trig In open

Load the output with a 10KV 1W 01 resistor Measure the voltage at the output with DMM

Pulse Sign and Short Circuit Protection (check)

Controls

Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =200 10-4 Period =00110-3 Baseline Zero Pulse Amplitude 25 Range 10V Trig Mode Free Run Trig In open

InputsObservations

Measure the voltage at the output with the oscilloscope Check for Pulse Sign set to each of + - biphasic Watch for Error indicator when shorting the output

Output Transient Response (check)

Controls InputsObservations

Verify that full scale output is within specification Scale Range 100V 100V 10V 10V 100mA IV 1mA 10V 10mA 100V

AdjustCheck

Verify that pulses of approx 25V amplitude (625V for biphasic mode) of the correct sign are produced every 10ms Short output in biphasic mode Output should return when opened

AdjustCheck

Pulse Sign + Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =20010-4 Period =00110-3 Pulse Amplitude 250 Baseline Zero Trig Mode Free Mode Trig In open

Connect the oscilloscope to the output with a 310 attenuator probe Test both 10V and 10OV ranges

Verify that overshoot and risetime meet specifications

A-M Systems Inc 131 Business Paik Loop PO Box 850 Cailsbora Wa 98324 Tetophone 8004201306 bull 36Oeuro83-8300 bull FAX 360683-352S E-mail salasOa-msystemscom Website hitpywwwa-msystamsoom

18

Specifications

There are three classes of specifications Class A specifications tested in all units and are guaranteed Class B specifications are inherent in the design they are indirectly tested and are guaranteed Class C specifications are typical operating values which are occasionally tested- these are typical values given for your information but not guarshyanteed The class for each specification is noted in the center column of the following sections

Inputs Switching level

Hysteresis

Input equivalent circuit

Minimum duration (TTL-level signal)

A

C

C

C

16 V (plusmn 02 V)

approx 50 mV

lOOKfl to-1-5 in parallel with no more than 35pF

gt50ns

Open circuit condition B defaults to highon level

Timing and rate accuracy

Rate selector steps

Timing multiplier steps

B

B

100S to 100s in 7 steps

1 of rate selector step size Maximum value is 999 X the rate selector step size

Resolution B approx 01 of the maximum value

Timing error (second and later pulses after resetting controls)

B lt 002 of rate selector value + 015S

Timing error (first pulse after readjusting timing controls)

an additional 025s error may occur

Timing repeatability lt 001 settings-20 ns (mbnophasic)

A-M Systems Inc 131 Business Paik Loop PO Box 850 Caiisborg Wa 98324 Telophone 8004201306 3606808300 FAX 3606803S25 E-mail salesOa-msystemscom bull Website httpyy(wwaltTisystemscom

19

TRIG IN to OUTPUT delay (DELAY set to 0) output set to 2V

Timing jitter from TRIG IN to OUTPUT (for TTL trigger input with risetime lt10 ns)

Timing jitter from TRIG OUT (either BURST or PULSE) and OUTPUT

Trigger output to pulse output delay

Output characteristics Pulse level error (voltage mode open circuit current mode short circuit

Biphasic level difference IV-H-i-V-l2

Baseline level error (voltage mode A open circuit current mode short circuit)

Risetime (25 V out)

Risetime (25 V out)

Transient response

A

A

A

Output impedance (voltage mode) C

Output impedance (current mode) C

Isolation resistance A

Isolation capacitance C

approx 05 ps for a load of no more than 10 Kft in parallel with 50 pF

lt 125 ns (all rates except 100s) lt125ys (100s rate)

Less than 20 ns (all rates)

approx 350 ns

lt 03 of setting -i- 05 of r range (plus an additional 05vA in 100 ywA range)

lt 03 of range (voltage modes into open circuit current modes into short circuit)

lt 03 of setting of setting -I- 01 of range (plus an additional 05 pA in 100A range)

= 200 ns into less than 30 pF

= 15 yws into less than 30 pF

lt 8 overshoot into less than 30 pF for pulse voltages different than baseline voltage by at least 10 of range

= 50 ohms

raquo 1 0 Ga (typically 200 GD)

raquo 1 0 0 M n

= 60 pF at 100 Hz

A BB f ^ _ M 1 ^ ^ 131 Business Paik Loop ROBOx850Cai1sOorgWaW3Z4

- I V l o V S i e m S inC80Ph0trade80O42O1308-36O683-8300-FAX36O683-3525 7 bull bull bull bull ^ ^ E-maasale80a-m8vstemscomWebsitehitpjwwwaltnsyste

20 E-mai salesO a-m8ystemscom Website http jwwwa-msystemscom

Noise (differential mode)

Noise (common mode earth to isolated ground) with no signal output

Overload error indicator (low frequency short circuited voltage mode)

Overload error indicator low frequency open circuited current mode)

Overload error response time

Miscellaneous

= 1 mV rms (10 V scale 10 Hz-4 MHz)

- 8 mV rms (10 Hz-4 MHz) =laquo100mVp-p (200 Hz -10 MHz) measured withalOMn 15pF oscilloscope probe

Turns on for set amplitude at or greater than approx plusmn1 V (10 V range) or plusmn2 V (100 V range)

Turns on for set amplitude at or above approx 2 of range

Flat to approx 30 ps duration Decreasing sensitivity for shorter pulses

Power

Fuse

Operating temperature range

Storage temperature range

Operating humidity

Dimensions

Weight

approx 11 watts

1 amp 3 AG

10-30degC

0 - 50deg C

5 - 80 RH

17x475x1125 (inches) 432x121x286 cm

20 lbs (9 kg)

A-M Systems Inc 131 Business Paik Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Tekjptwne 8004201306 bull 36Olaquo8O8300 bull FAX 360laquo8O3525 E-mail salesOa-msystemscom Website httpywwwa-msystemscom

21

Warranty and Service

What does this warranty cover A-f Systems Inc warrants to the Purchaser that the Instrument excluding cables Headstage Probes and any other accessories shipped with the Instrument (hereafter the hardware) is free from defects in workmanship or material under normal use and service for the period of one (1) year This warranty commences on the date of delivery of the hardware to the Purchaser

What are the obligations of A-M Systems Inc under this warranty During the warranty period A-M Systems Inc agrees to repair or replace at its sole option without charge to the Purchaser any defective component part of the hardware To obtain warranty service the Purchaser must return the hardware to A-l^ Systems Inc or an authorized A-M Systems Inc distributor in an adequate shipping container Any postage shipping and insurance charges incurred in shipping the hardware to A-M Systems Inc must be prepaid by the Purchaser and all risk for the hardware shall remain with purchaser until such time as A-M Systems Inc takes receipt of the hardware Upon receipt A-M Systems Inc will promptly repair or replace the defective unit and then return the hardware to the Purchaser postage shipping and insurance prepaid A-M Systems Inc may use reconditioned or like new parts or units at its sole option when repairing any hardware Repaired products shall carry the same amount of outstanding warranty as from original purchase or ninety (90) days which ever is greater Any claim under the warranty must include a dated proof of purchase of the hardware covered by this warranty In any event A-M Systems Inc liability for defective hardware is limited to repairing or replacing the hardware

What is not covered by this warranty This warranty is contingent upon proper use and maintenance of the hardware by the Purchaser and does not cover batteries Neglect misuse whether intentional or othenvise tampering with or altering the hardware damage caused by accident damage caused by unusual physical electrical chemical or electromechanical stress damage caused by failure of electrical power or damage caused during transportation are not covered by this warranty Products may not be returned to A-M Systems Inc for service whether under warranty or otherwise which are contaminated by Infectious agents radioactive compounds or other materials constituting a health hazard to employees of A-M Systems Inc

What are the limits of liability for A-M Systems Inc under this warranty A-M Systems Inc shall not be liable for loss of data profits or savings or any special incidental consequential indirect or other similar damages arising from breach of contract negligence or other legal action even if the company or its agent has been advised of the possibility of such damages or for any claim brought against you by another party THIS EQUIPMENT IS NOT INTENDED FOR CLINICAL MEASUREMENTS USING HUMAN SUBJECTS A-M SYSTEMS INC DOES NOT ASSUME RESPONSIBILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE DUE TO MISUSE OF THIS EQUIPMENT Jurisdictions vary with regard to the enforceability of provisions excluding or limiting liability for incidental or consequential damages Check the provision of your local jurisdiction to find out whether the above exclusion applies to you

This warranty allocates risks of product failure between the Purchaser and A-M Systems Inc A-M Systems Inc hardware pricing reflects this allocation of ris1lt and the limitations of liability contained in this warranty The warranty set forth above is in lieu of all other express warranties whether oral or written The agents employees distributors and dealers of A-M Systems Inc are not authorized to make modifications to this warranty or additional warranties binding on the company Accordingly additional statements such as dealer advertising or presentations whether oral or written do not constitute warranties by A-M Systems Inc and should not be relied upon This warranty gives you specific legal rights You may also have other rights which vary from one jurisdiction to another

A B B J l laquo raquo ^ t3tBusinessPafkLoopPOBox850Cai1sbO(gWa98324

- | V | O V S i e m S |nCtrade042O1306-36O68O8300-FAX36O68O3525 E-mail salasOa-msvstemscom bull Website httowwwa-msvste

t3tBusinassParkLaopROBox8SOCai1sbo(gWa98324 po Telophone 8004201306 360683-8300 FAX 3606803525 ^ ^ E-maH salesOa-msystemscom Wetsite httpwwwa-msystem3e0m

mwal

INSTRUCTION MANUAL

FOR

ISOLATED PULSE STIMULATOR

MODEL 2100

Serial

Date

A-M Systems Inc

PO Box 850

Carisborg WA 98324

USA

360-683-8300 bull 800-426-1306 FAX 360-683-3525

httpwwwa-m8y8temscom

Version 50 May 1998

Contents General Description 1

Instrument Features 1 Controls and Connectors 2

Operating Instructions 6 Theory of Operation 10 Calibration Procedures 12

Inputs ii 14 Output Calibration iii i 16

Specifications i4 il u 19 Warranty and Service wi iJ iJi [ii 22

Each Isolated Pulse Stimulator Is delivered complete with

Rack Mount Hardware Instructions amp Maintenance Manual

NOTE

This instrument is not intended for clinical measurements using human subjects A-M Systems Inc does not assume msponsibility for injury or damage due to the misuse of this instrument

General bull M ^ ion

Instrument Features The Isolated Pulse Stimulator Model 2100 Is designed for a wide variety of applications It is highly flexible being capable of delivering single pulses biphasic pairs or bursts of pulses Pulses may be started manually or upon receiving a trigger signal from another instrument or computer Two non-isolated trigger outputs are available for triggering other instruments

Four sets of timing controls provide comprehensive control over all aspects of pulse generation Three digit accuracy is available over a 7 decade range for each timing function using lever wheel switches Pulse wkiths can be set over more than a 9 decade range from 05 [is to 999 seconds Timing accuracy is assured through the use of a 10 MHz base rate crystal-controlled clock digitally divided to provide accurate timing over the entire range A timing overiap indicator will light if the timing controls are set Inconsistently

The output may be conveniently switched between cun-ent and voltage modes Pulse and baseline amplitudes are independently presettable with lockable dials An error indicator will light if the Model 2100 cannoi deliver the desired signal

WARNING

The Model 2100 can produce potentially dangemus voltages up to 100 V et the output connectors The isolated output is not connected internally to safety (earth) ground in ahy way Some part of the extemal circuit should be connected to safety gmund Use caution in handling any wires connectors or electrodes which may be directly or indirectly attached to the Model 2100 output Some lltinds of connectors such as BNC connectors have exposed metal parts which may float at dangemus potentials unless extemally connected to safety gmund For greatest safety tum the Model 2100 off before making any connections to

the Instrument

131 Business Park LocfiPO Box BSOCarM)orgWa 98324 800426-1308 bull36OlaquoS3laquo300FAX 3 6 M 8 3 ^ 2 5

E-malt uiittyBQaHiByBtumaooiTi Wobsita HipJtwtiwiwftbMiAcon fl-N SystQms I n c ^ T

Controls and Connectors The controls for the Model 2100 are grouped in three sections START controlling when a pulse or burst of pulses begins TIMING controlling the onoff timing of one or more pulses and otJTPliT controlling the amplitude of the output signal

Start TRIG SLOPE This switch determines whether valid triggers occur at positive or negative edges in the trigger signal

MODE This switch controls how wavefomris are initiated When set to FREE RUN one timing cycle immediately follows the last When held in the MANUAL position a timing cycle starts immediately When the switch is in the center position timing cycles start when valid triggering events occur

TRIGD This LED lights up when a timing cycle is in process and continues until the burst is completed

TRIG This BNC connector allows a signal from an extemal source to initiate timing cycles It is set for standard TTL levels

GATE This BNC connector allows a signal from an extemal source to restrict the final output signal This input must be at a logical high (or open-circuited) in order for the Model 2100 to recognize either manual or automatic trigger events

Gate 1_ Trigger [~^ i I Valid triggers are represented by the arrows in the figure Note that the up arrow would apply only if TRIG SLOPE is set to + the down anrows would apply only if TRIG SLOPE is set to-

NOTE Triggers have no effect if the system has not completed its response to a previous trigger

fl-N SystQms I n c ^ 131 Business Park Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 600426-13063eO683laquo300FAX 360683^525

E-maB anBysQraquoinsyaleiTaconi Wsbalto h^KAvwwa-(nsys(smsoom

Timing Four sets of controls govem the timing of pulse generation Each set contains two values which are multiplied together to detennine the actual timing value The rotary knob (rate selector) provides the approximate timing value and the lever wheel switch bank (MULTIPLIER) provkles a time resolution of three decimal digits The following diagram shows most of the important relationships

Pnfe-tRAIM I B E L A V i6Molaquo

BURST WIOtH

Output r Delay

t n

Duration - ^ lt - |4Periodgt|

FLJI -^ Burst width

Trigger event

DELAY These controls set the time between the initiating trigger event and the beginning of the pulse burst If this rate selector is set to NONE or the multiplier is set to ooo there is no delay

BURSTWIDTH These controls set the time period in which one or more pulses may be delivered Once started a pulse may outlast the burst width If this rate selector is set to SINGLE or to any time shorter than the pulse duration only a single pulse will occur If the BURSTWIDTH is longer than the period pulses will be emitted at the PERIOD rate until the burst time ends Pulses are never truncated by a short BURST WIDTH

iNTpoundA-PULSiE PBRiOb

DURATION These controls set the length of each pulse If this rate selector is set to SQUARE the duration is set to half of the period regardless of the MULTIPLIER setting

PERIOD These controls set the period of time between adjacent pulse events within the burst It also forces a minimum dead time between recognized input triggers following a burst of one or more pulses This can be used to prevent over stimulation of a tissue without requiring excessive delay between the triggering event and the stimulating pulse

TlMtNQ OVERLAP

mLiHMPi

VVtJ jiwaa lasm nlaquoilaquo u

t^fi SysUms I n c ^ Elt4nsfl a m

131 Business Pofc Loop PO Box 850 Carisborg 1^98324 600-426-1306 36O6834300 FAK 360683^525

E-mai vrvysQfrflisysleraLOCniWutiailQL N^jAwwa^iByslernUiOOni

NOTE If any of these timing controls are changed while a timing cycle is in operation the results are undefined until the cunent cycle flnishes

TIMING OVERLAP This LED will light to indicate an Inconsistency in the timing cycle settings There are several ways to Introduce such errors The most common way is to set the inter-pulse PERIOD to be less than the pulse DURATION

TRIG OUT (UPPER) This BNC connector provides a signal which is coinckient with the intemal Burst timing signal (default) This means the signal starts at the end of the Delay time and persists until the Burst time expires This output may also be set to represent the delay time-out by setting the internal jumper J510 to the left two pins Instead of the right two pins (Please see the Calibration section in this manual for jumper location Directions are given as viewed from the fix)nt of the instrument)

TRIG OUT (LOWER) This BNC connector provides a signal which is coincident with the Duration timing signal which controls pulse output

NOTE Both trigger output signals slightly lead the isolated output signal

Output PULSE SIGN This Switch sets the sign for the pulses to be generated It also allows generation of biphasic pulses thereby doubling the effective total period Warning the first pulse genemted after changing the PULSE SIGN svntch may have the wmng polarity

BASELINE This switch sets the sign for the baseline signal

RANGE This rotary switch allows one of three current or two voltage ranges to be selected for the output signal

BASELINE AMPLITUDE This counting dial are independently set using ten-minute counting dials with the baseline having one tenth the range of the pulse amplitude

A-N Systlaquomslaquo Inc 131 Buskiess Partt Loop PO BoK 8S0 Cailsbarg Wa 96324 laophone 8004201306 bull36O68M300-FAX 3eolaquo8M525 E-mat bullmsysflMnsyslermoom VMaHsr Hlplhfimnmyekmoom

PULSE AMPLITUDE This counting dial

EVENTS This LED indicates when a pulse is ongoing

ERROR This LED indicates when the intemal output amplifier cannot output the pulse as desired This is usually due to a short circuit while trying to output a voltage or an open circuit while trying to output a current

One control from the Ot^uf section directly affects wavefonn timing the Pulse Sign control When set to the Biphasic mode a positive-going pulse is Immediately followed by a negative-going pulse This effectively doubles the pulse duration If a burst of biphasic pulses is being produced the period must be at least twice the single pulse duration In the Sgtan wave mode the baseline disappears as long as the burst persists

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Bushass Park locpPOBooi 850 C8ri9bcrgMS8324 IMqphona 800426-1306 bull36Olaquo83laquo3a0 FAX 360683-3529 E-nal amsyaOa4nsyatemscomWeMlK hMpJVniwa-nsygtatnscom

Operating Instructions

Examples Simple setup (and minimal Instrument tost)

Connect the output of the Model 2100 to an oscilloscope Before connecting the instrument it is safest to turn its power off

Set the Ou^uf controls

Range Pulse Sign

Baseline Pulse Amplitude

10V +

Zero 200

Setting The Timing Controls

Delay Burst Width

Duratbn Period

none single

15010-2 500102

Setting The Start Controls

Mode Free Run

Disconnect any cables to the TRIG or GATE Inputs

Note that the green Trig and Event Indicators tum on as Free Run is turned on (and tum off othenwise) You should observe a 15ms duration 20Hz rate pulse of 200V above a OV baseline on the oscilloscope i

A ^ M ^ _ _ _ A ^ _ _ _ 1 ^ 131BiiHnD8raquoParttloopPOBoxB50Car)sbcrBlaquoraquoS8324

bull P l ^ y S W n i S f |nC ltV^gt^8deglt^^2O1306380laquo8OS3a0FAX36O6BMS2S

6 E-fnflk 9n^fBOs-in9ystsni9cx]fnWDbs)tec H^ff9Nw^myStem9oom

Demonstration of Burst Mode Connect the output of the Model 2100 to an oscilloscope Before connecting the instrument it is safest to tum Its power off

Set the Output controls

Range Pulse Sign

Baseline Pulse Amplitude

Baseline Amplitude

Setting The Timing Controls

Delay Burst Width

Duration

Period

Set the START controls as follows

Mode

Disconnect any cables to the TRIG or GATE inputs

Trigger the oscilloscope from the Burst trigger out (upper Tr^ Out connector) for a stable display In each burst (occumng every lOOms) you should observe a trio of 15ms duration starting 50ms apart Try switching the StartMode from Free Run to the center (nomnal) position The pulses will no longer be produced and the Trig and Event indicators will turn off Pressing this switch once (to Manual) will cause a single burst to occur

880 120 150 500

10V +

200 100

102 102 102 102

Free Run

fleaff SySlQmSa |nCa deglgt ltlt ^ ^ deg ^ degdeg ^ ^ ^ bull E-matmia

131 Business Park LoopPO Box 850 Carisborg Vfe 86324 lUcphcna 800426-1306 36Olaquo83laquo300 FAX 36068raquo52 E-maft tfii8ysOiHn^nleiTBcom1AWisJto HSpitwraquoM^wytAtii9oom

Problem SoMng If the Instrument appears to be not worthing properiy check all of the control settings and connections Be sure to wait at least 5-10 seconds after turning the Instrument off before tuming it on again The following t6ef summary of typical problems for the user (along with the most common solutions) may help

Problem CauseSolution EVENT indicator never lights even in FREE RUN mode

bull Replace fuse check power connection bullSet DELAY or PERIOD to a shorter interval

bull Power-on too soon after power-off

OVERLAP Indicator is on

ERROR indicator is on

Time appears to be excessive

bullSet DURATION gt000 bull DURATION is set to SQUARE but PERIOD is 000 Increase PERIOD or set DURATION independantly

bull BURST and WIDTH are gt DURATION increase PERIOD or decrease

DURATION bull BIPHASIC pulse output is on and PERIOD is not longer than twice the DURATION Increase PERIOD or decrease DURATION

bull Free-run is on and BURST Is lt PERIOD (BURST off) DELAY is 0 and PERIOD is lt DURATION Add delay or modify PERIOD

bull Free-mn is on and BURST is gt DURATION (BURST ON) and PERIOD is lt DURATION Increase PERIOD

bull For VOLTAGE outputs the output Is trying to drive too low a resistance or capacitance (eg a short circuit) Check by disconnecting the output It is possible (and normal) that for the fastest cycles

and largest amplitudes (close to 100 V and 1 MS) that the ERROR Indicator might always come on during repetitive pulses Fix output load or decrease amplitude as required

bull Changed control in mid-cycle (resets cunent status)

A ^ M bull _ _ _ A ^ ^ _ _ i ^ mdash 131BuslnessPai1ltLoopPOBox850CarlsborgWamp98324

bull p i j ^ v s w m s iiic^^deglt^deg^^deglt^^^3degB3^^^deg^^^^degdeg^^^deg^^deg^^^^ E-mat iiiMOafflwstemseom WabaHe MtaffiwwtHtavsli

8 E-msft flmsjoQfrfraystGfnsoom ^WobsltiK hl^Aiwv9-fn9]nteniscom

Cant seem to get a full signal out

Incoming triggers not accepted frequently enough

bull Load is not properiy connected repair wiring

bull Too low a load impedance (VOLTAGE modes) or too high a load impedance

(CURRENT mode)

bull PERIOD is set too long (enforces dead time) followd by BURST set to SIGNAL Reduce PERIOD time

Table 10 Problem Solving

If you suspect that the Model 2100 may have completely failed we recommend checking the basic level of functionality If this fails your instrument is defective and must be repaired If this passes either your experimental setup is incompatible or inconsistent or there is a more subtle flaw in your Model 2100

If the Model 2100 appears to be malfunctioning contact A-M Systems Inc or your dealer Telephone numtgters for A-M Systems Inc listed on the front cover of this manual We will first attempt to solve the problem over the telephone so have an exact description of your problem available when you call You do not need to be within the warranty period to obtain over-the-phone assistance

A ^ M V - mdash A d B ^ K M I ^ M 131BuslnessPatfcLoopPOBox6SOCai

-PI s y s i Q m s inc-2raquolaquoa22=M^^

131 Business Parfc Loop PO Box 650 Cartsborg VM9 0S324 _ FAX36(W8a3525 E^nrt flnsysQa-ntsyttanB-oom Wsbsfte hHpiMNvwa-nnystsnisooni

9

Theory of Operation

The operation of the Model 2100 is summarized In the block diagram (see Fig 3) Not shown are all of the interconnections with the microcontroller The intemal microcontroler plays an important role in setting the signal path but does not directly

contribute to the dynamic characteristics It scans the front panel switches and sets the control values for the logic arays It programs the intemal counters which along with the other hardware achieve the necessary sub-microsecond speeds

All action starts either from an input trigger signal (from Trig In) or from an intemal signal (in free Run mode only) A Delay timer counts the 10MHz clock until its count value Is exhausted At this point the Burst timer starts Both Period and Duration timers are started at this time If the Burst timer has not expired by the end of the Period the Period and Duration timers are restarted If the Biphasic mode has been set the Duration timer is restarted at the end of the initial Duration and the sign of the output pulse Is reversed doubling the total duration

The system state (pulse on pulse sip baseline sign [+101-]) is transmitted to the isolated section via optoisolator The baseline and pulse amplitudes are selected by an analog switch The resulting signal is amplified by a variable-power-supply discrete operational amplifier The amplifier connections and gain is modified to provide two voltage and three cunent ranges

Timing overlap errors are detected by a logical decision computation rather than by testing for counter collisions This provides instant feedback rather than waiting up to an hour for such a collision to occur Output errors are measured by sensing the output amplifiers differential input voltage Under normal conditions this is a negligible voltage if the amplifier fails to deliver the requested signal the window comparator testing this voltage sends this message (via optoisolator) to the logic section turning on a warning LED

fl-N Systems Inc 131BusbnassPa(tLoopPOBox6SOCari3boigVMg8324 H n |TWoph0n880O426-13083eO6Blaquo300FMt36Olaquo8i3525 E-nnl anaysflfriinysleiiaoemWfcbslte hllphmwraquoimyatennoom

TRIG 3HJ) OUT

(burst)

TRIG ^ OUT

(pulse)

E

Ml

Calibration Procedures

The calibration interval is the lesser of 1000 hours of operation or 6 months Somewhat greater drift can be expected in the first 100 hours of operation as the semiconductors age Adjustments should only be made after the instrument has been fully warmed up for at least 15 minutes

Full instrument calibration requires the following test equipment digital multimeter (plusmn 01) able to measure resistance to at least lOOMfl oscilloscope with at least 50MHz bandwidth true-rms voltmeter with 4MHz bandwidth universal counter (plusmn 001 ) able to measure single pulse widths and periods resistors (all plusmn 01) 2kn lOkH 1 waft 20kn 200kn alligator clip lead sets banana plugs and BNC adapters

Adjustment integrated circuit and test point locations are shown in the following figures All adjustments are on the timing board unless otherwise noted

All voltages in the non-isolated section should be measured with respect to ground at TP510 unless othenvise stated Some voltages are measured with respect to an intemal isolated ground at TP650 or across the two output tenninals Occasionally the voltage at an IC pin must be measured In these cases the reference designator is given with the pin number in parentheses eg U602(16) When it states within this procedure that a voltage is to be minimized this means that the adjustment should be made such that the measured voltage is as close to zero volts as possible Refer to the Specifications Section of this manual for acceptable tolerances

The sequence of this procedure is Important If any adjustment is made all adjustments which follow must be made to ensure that the specifications will be met These procedures require that all controls remain as set in previous steps unless otherwise indicated

WARNING

The Model 2100 has dangerous voltages throughout the instrument even with the power is off Servicing the Model 2100 should only be done by qualified service personnel Use caution in handling any wires connectors or electrodes which may be directly or indirectly attached to the Instrument Do not touch exposed connections or components Disconnect power by unplugging the power cord from the receptacle

fl-N Systems I n c ^ 131BusinesaPartcLoopPOBox850CartsborgVWiB8324 4 n ^gt-mdash80O426-130638Ofl8Jlaquo300FAX36O683J52S bull E-maft BinsysQfrfn^islflnisoomVVfalislle h^KVfWMift^iisystemsoani

CO

- R503

Omg^

TPSOlQ O

OTPSOO

U560 bull

U510

DDID ^ trade E O ^ T P 5 1 0

bullnD Trig

0 ^

U570

Gate n U505

DO D

U515

Timing

Timing h_ U520

bsoo ^25SE Timing

Or r U540

I I Tmlng

[^ELIL

U535 D

U506

13 J510 Timlnff

BurfiDelay J400

i i i i i i i T r m r a

gt U550 ^

Clock

U555 U620

B a

^R^Pvhigh Rfijn O D O Vlow

o

bull U545

Fo sect737 lISOIsPjC-COMP

n r r ^ U760

J420

]]U632

Q S riuGSO

H = ) TP640^ deg I t I

II3D

J440 m i T i

U610 plusmn laquo j U O

bull bull l el

^t

O l

bull

M

I

Power supply and bias voltages

Power supply

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

POWER ON Observe voltage at P703 power supply wire top of main board

Check for+15 plusmn 050 V

Observe voltage at P701 power supply wire top of main board

Check for-15 plusmn 050 V

Observe voltage at U505(24) Check for+5 plusmn 025 V

Isolated supply voltage

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

RANGE 10 V TRIG open circuit MODE center position

Altemately observe V^ from R742 to R740 and V ^ from the U605(4) to U605(8)

Adjust R773 so that 110VltV^lt 120 V and

nign

28VltV^lt34V

Capacitance balance

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Connect a x10 oscilloscope probe to TP650 and ground the

Adjust R737 for minimum high frequency signal

Inputs

Gate funct ion

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave Verify that the voltage to GATE switches states at the Obsene voltage at U51G(3) proper input levels with an oscilloscope ^ ^

Trigger s lope

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave Verify that the voltage to TRIO switches states at the Observe voltage at US 10( 1) proper input levels with an oscilloscope

TRIG SLOPE + Verify voltage is 180 out of phase

TRIG SLOPE Verify voltage is in phase

fl-N Systems Inc ^ 131 Bushess Park Loop PO Bar 850 Carisborg Wa 98324 8004201306 3eOlaquoS3e300 FAX 3606BV352S

C-maft fliii8yBQfriii9yBlumaoamVIAibsMB hRpJhwMifi-iiiBystematxini

14

Trigger and gate funct ion

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

DELA NONE BURS1WII3TH SINGLE DURATION SQUARE PERIOD 100X10-3

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave to TRIG Obsen^e TRIOD and EVENT LEDS

TRIG disconnect all Short the GATE connector to GND Verify LEDs extinguish

MODE press to MANUAL Verify LEDs flash once

Timing

System c lock frequency

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Observe the frequency of the wave atU555(17)

Verify 1000 MHz plusmn001

Multipl iers (Wheel Switches)

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

PULSE SIGN + MODE FREE RUN TRIG disconnect all TIMING MULTIPUERS ail

wheels set to zero except the one being tested

TnmiNG OVERLAP ^nOTB

Observe the pulse width with the counter at the location specified below

Verify pulse width Is correct for each wheel as it is tested Independently

For each wheel of each MULTIPUER test each position to verify that the pulse width is correct Observe the signal at the following locations DELAY U520(2) BURSTWIDTH U530(2) PERIOD US40(2) DURATION U550(2)

Rates (Rotary Switches)

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

TIMING MULTIPUERS 001 TIMING RATES all rotary

switches set to 10-4 except the one being tested

Observe the pulse width with the counter at the location specified below

Verify pulse width is conect for each rotary switch as it is tested independently

For each of the four rotary switches in TIMING test each position to verify that the pulse wkJth is correct Observe the signal at the following locations DELAY U520(2) BURSTWIDTH U530(2) PERIOD U540(2) DURATION U550(2)

fl-N Systems I n c ^ E-maft emfl

131 Business Parti Loop PO 809(850 Cartsborg Wta 98324 8004201306 3804806300 FAX 36068O3S25

E-maft ansysQa nvystems-oom Wobste hflp Avwwa4nsy8(Qnttoam

15

Trigger outputs Controls

Range 10V Pulse Amplitude 500 Delay 100x10 Burst 100x10^2 Duration 100 x1a Period 400x10^ Pulse sign + Trig Mode Free run Trig in open

Inputs Observations

Trigger the oscilloscope to the Burst Trig Out Observe it the Pulse Trig Out and the isolated output

Adjust Check

Verify that the waveform consists of a burst of three 1ms-on3ms-off pulses The burst trigger should be synchronous with the burst the pulse trigger coincident with each pulse

Output Calibration

Isolation Resistance (check) Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode center position Trig In open

Measure the resistance between ground banana jack (front panel) and black banana jack of output with DMM

Resistance read gt 100MQ

Amplitude Switch Offset (R640) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Zero Trig Mode center position Trig In Open

Measure the voltage at TP645 vs TP650 with the DMM

Adjust R640 (AmpI Sw Offset) for minimum voltage

Output Offset (R332 front panel board) Controls I nputsObservatlons AdjustCheck

Baseline Zero Range 10V Trig Mode center position Trig In Open

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

Adjust R332 (Output offset) for minimum voltage

Positive Baseline Offset (R607) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Sign + Baseline Amplitude

fully CCW (000) Range 10V Trig In open Trig Mode center position

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

Adjust R602 (BSLN + offset) for minimum voltage

fl M raquo _ _ _ A laquo ^ _ i ^ ^ 131Buslnelaquo8Pari(loopPOBoK850Cart8borgWB96324

bull P I i s V S i e m S a |||Cg1Maphans80O42O130638O68O8300FAX36Olaquo8raquo^2S E-tiBft anagtraquoflwiisyagtlaquomraquoaimW6baHB hHpffii(wwraquoltnsylaquoleniieom

16

Negative Baseline Offset (R619) Controls

Baseline Sign -i Baseline Amplitude bull fully CCW (000)

Range 10V Trig In open Trig Mode center position

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

AdjustCheck

Adjust R619 (BSLN 4 offset) for minimum voltage

Pulse Amplitude Adjust (R602) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode Free Mode Pulse Amplitude 1000 Timing Dialay =none Burst =single Duration =1001 Period =00110-4 Pulse Sign -Trig In open Range 10V

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

The Overiap indicator should be on Adjust R602 (Max Level) for -1000V out

Pulse Sign Gain (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode Free Mode Pulse Amplitude 1000 Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =1001 s Period =00110-4s Trig In open Range 10V

Measure the voltage at the output with the DMM for the Pulse Sign at -- and - positions

The absolute values of the voltages should differ by less than lOOmV

Baseline Amplitudes (check) Controls InputsObservations

Range 100mA Trig Mode center position Baseline Amplitude fully CW (1000) Trig In open

Measure the voltage at the output with the DMM with Baseline Sign in + Zero and - positions

AdjustCheck

Gain the matching of current levels at = and - positions and offset current in Zero position

fl-N Systems Inc^^ bull E-mal am8

131 Business Partt Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 88324 8004201306360laquo8Oe300FAX 360laquo8O362S

E-maM am8y8^o-mBy8tflmBoom WobaKo hHp Awwwo-f i iBystonuoom

17

Output Range Amplitude and Drive (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Pulse Amplitude 1000 Pulse Sign + Trig Mode Free Run Timing Delay =none Burst =8ingle Duration =1001 Period =10010-4 Trig In open

Load the output with a 10KV1W 01 resistor Measure the voltage at the output with DMM

Verify that full scale output is within specification Scale Range 100V 100V 10V 10V 100mA IV 1mA 10V 10mA 100V

Pulse Sign and Short Circuit Protection (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Timing Delay =none Burst =8ingle Duration =200 10-4 Period =00110-3 Baseline Zero Pulse Amplitude 25 Range 10V Trig Mode Free Run Trig In open

Measure the voltage at the output with the oscilloscope Check for Pulse Sign set to each of + - biphasic Watch for Error indicator when shorting the output

Verify that pulses of approx 25V amplitude (625V for biphasic mode) of the correct sign are produced every 10ms Short output in biphasic mode Output should retum when opened

Output Transient Response (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Pulse Sign + Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =20010-4 Period =00110-3 Pulse Amplitude 250 Baseline Zero Trig Mode Free Mode Trig In open

Connect the oscilloscope to the output with a 310 attenuator prolse Test boVn 10V and 100V ranges

Verify that overshoot and risetime meet specifications

fl-N Systems I n c ^ 131 Business Parte Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wb 98324 8004201306 36Olaquo83O300 FAX 36O680lt352S

E-mQ0 snBy8Qs-msy8faiTiscom VWriMtte N ^ Mvww9-msy8lemscom

18

Specifications

There are three classes of specifications Class A specifications tested in all unHs and are guaranteed Class B specifications are inherent in the design they are indirectly tested and are guaranteed Class C specifications are typical operating values which are occasionally tested- these are typical values given for your infomiation but not guarshyanteed The class for each specification is noted in the center column of the following sections

Inputs Switching level

Hysteresis

Input equivalent circuit

Minimum duration (1 IL-level signal)

A

C

C

C

16V(plusmn02V)

approx 50 mV

100K ft to+5 In parallel with no more than 35pF

gt 50 ns

Open circuit condition B defaults to highon level

Timing and rate accuracy Rate selector steps

Timing multiplier steps

Resolution

Timing eror (second and later pulses after resetting controls)

B

B

B

B

lOOps to 100s In 7 steps

1 of rate selector step size Maximum value is 999 x the rate selector step size

approx 01 of the maximum value

lt 002 of rate selector value + 015 ps

Timing error (first pulse after readjusting timing controls)

an additional 025 ps error may occur

Timing repeatability lt 001 setting + 20 ns (monophasic)

fl-N Systems I nc ^ bull E-moU ams

131 Business Parti Loop PO Boot 850 Cartsborg VM 98324 80O42O130838O08O8300FAX36Olaquo8O3S2S

E-meU anByafl^iiisyslainaoomWebsHe hHpffliiwwraquomsys)emsoom

19

TRIG IN to OUTPUT delay (DELAY set to 0) output set to 2V

Timing jitter ft-om TRIG IN to OUTPUT (for TTL trigger input with risetime lt10 ns)

Timing jitter ft^om TRIG OUT (either BURST or PULSE) and OUTPUT

Trigger output to pulse output delay

Output charactsristics Pulse level enror (voltage mode open circuit cun-ent mode short circuit

Biphasic level difference |V + + V-|2

Baseline level error (voltage mode A open circuit current mode short circuit)

Risetime (25 V out)

Risetime (25 V out)

Transient response

A

A

A

Output impedance (voltage mode) C

Output impedance (current mode) C

Isolation resistance A

Isolation capacitance C

approx 05 ps for a load of no more than 10 Kft in parallel with 50 pF

lt 125 ns (all rates except 100s) lt 125 ps (100s rate)

Less than 20 ns (all rates)

approx 350 ns

lt 03 of setting + 05 of r range (plus an additional 05 pA inlOOpArenge)

lt 03 of range (voltage modes into open circuit current modes into short circuit)

lt 03 of setting of setting + 01 of range (plus an additional 05 pA in lOOpA range)

laquo 200 ns into less than 30 pF

laquo15 ps into less than 30 pF

lt 8 overshoot Into less than 30 pF for pulse voltages different than baseline voltage by at least 10 of range

laquo 50 ohms

raquo 1 0 Gft (typically 200 Gft)

raquo100Mft

laquo 60 pF at 100 Hz

fl-N Systems Inc^^ 131 Business Partt Uxip PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 96324 8004201308 SBOee^^SOO FAX 360laquoS3^52S

E-mat BiByraquoaiMii8ylaquoliiiiiseomWiljalteHlpJV(wwraquo4tgy8lenaoom

20

Noise (differential mode)

Noise (common mode earth to isolated ground) with no signal output

Overioad error indicator (low frequency short circuited voltage mode)

Overioad error indicator low frequency open circuited current mode)

Overioad enor response time

Miscellaneous

Power

Fuse

Operating temperature range

Storage temperature range

Operating humidity

Dimensions

Weight

laquo1 mV rms (10 V scale 10Hz-4MHz)

laquo 8 mV rms (10 Hz-4 MHz) laquo100mVp-p (200 Hz -10 MHz) measured withalOMft 15pF oscilloscope probe

Turns on for set amplitude at or greater than approx plusmn1V (10 V range) or plusmn2 V (100 V range)

Turns on for set amplitude at or above approx 2 of range

Flat to approx 30 ps duration Decreasing sensitivity for shorter pulses

approx 11 watts

1 amp 3 AG

10-30C

0 - 50deg C

5-80RH

17x475x1125 (Inches) 432x121x286 cm

20 lbs (9 kg)

fl mm bull gt _ _ _ A ^ ^ _ _ L ^ 131BusinesraquoPariltLocpPOBox850C8rtsborgWS9e324

bull p i ^ y s v e m s IIIC^^deg(^deg^Bdegltgt^^^3degdeg^deg^^deg^^^degdeg^^I^deg^deg^^^^^

21 E-mei flre^nQo 4n8yo(amscam Wsbsfle hHpAwwwe-msy8Jems-Oom

Warranty and Service

What does this warranty cover A-M Systems Inc warrants to the Purchaser that the Instrument excluding cables Headstage Probes and any other accessories shipped with the Instrument (hereafter the hardware) is free from defects in workmanship or material under normal use and service for the period of one (1) year This warranty commences on the date of delivery of the hardware to the Purchaser

What are the obligations of A-M Systems Inc under this warranty During the warranty period A-M Systems Inc agrees to repair or replace at its sole option without charge to the Purchaser any defective component part of the hardware To obtain warranty service the Purchaser must return the hardware to A-M Systems Inc or an authorized A-M Systems Inc distributor in an adequate shipping container Any postage shipping and insurance charges incurred in shipping the hardware to A-M Systems Inc must be prepaid by the Purchaser and all risk for the hardware shall remain with purchaser until such time as A-M Systems Inc takes receipt of the hardware Upon receipt A-M Systems Inc will promptly repair or replace the defective unit and then return the hardware to the Purchaser postage shipping and insurance prepaid A-M Systems Inc may use reconditioned or like new parts or units at its sole option when repairing any hardware Repaired products shall carry the same amount of outstanding wan^nty as from original purchase or ninety (90) days which ever is greater Any claim under the warranty must include a dated proof of purchase of the hardware covered by this wan-anty In any event A-M Systems Inc liability for defective hardware is limited to repairing or replacing the hardware

What is not covered by this warranty This warranty is contingent upon proper use and maintenance of the hardware by the Purchaser and does not cover batteries Neglect misuse whether intentional or otherwise tampering with or altering the hardware damage caused by accident damage caused by unusual physical electrical chemical or electromechanical stress damage caused by failure of electrical power or damage caused during transportation are not covered by this warranty Products may not be returned to A-M Systems Inc for service whether under warranty or otherwise which are contaminated by infectious agents radioactive compounds or other materials constituting a health hazard to employees of A-M Systems Inc

What are the limits of llabiiity for A-M Systems inc under this warranty A-M Systems Inc shall not be liable for loss of data profits or savings or any special incidental consequential indirect or other similar damages arising from breach of contract negligence or other legal action even if the company or its agent has been advised of the possibility of such damages or for any claim brought against you by another party THIS EQUIPMENT IS NOT INTENDED FOR CLINICAL MEASUREMENTS USING HUMAN SUBJECTS A-M SYSTEMS INC DOES NOT ASSUME RESPONSIBILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE DUE TO MISUSE OF THIS EQUIPMENT Jurisdictions vary with regard to the enforceability of provisions excluding or limiting liability for incidental or consequential damages Check the provision of your local jurisdiction to find out whether the above exclusion applies to you This warranty allocates risks of product failure between the Purchaser and A-M Systems Inc A-M Systems Inc hardware pricing reflects this allocation of risk and the limitations of liability contained in this wanranty The warranty set forth above is in lieu of all other express wan^anties whether oral or written The agents employees distributors and dealers of A-M Systems Inc are not authorized to make modifications to this wan-anty or additional wan-anties binding on the company Accordingly additional statements such as dealer advertising or presentations whether oral or written do not constitute wananties by A-M Systems Inc and should not be relied upon This warranty gives you specific legal rights You may also have other rights whrch vary from one jurisdiction to another

6 mm ^ laquo _ _ A a B ^ _ 1 ^ ^ 131 Business Parti Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg W B 98324 O O

bull P l A y S V e m S l n C T^M 8OO42OI3O6 380683-8300FAX 360 803525 ^ ^ E-msl iiiisy80iHTBy8tenisoom Wsbsito hnphwwfrimysleiiisoom

A

V ISO

INSTRUCTION MANUAL

FOR

ISOLATED PULSE STIMULATOR

MODEL 2100

Serial

Date

A-M Systems Inc

PO Box 850

Carlsborg WA 98324

USA

360-683-8300 bull 800-426-1306 FAX 360-683-3525

httpwwwa-msystemscom

Version 70 February 2002

Contents General Description 1

Instrument Features 1 Controls and Connectors 2

Operating Instructions 6 Theory of Operation 10 Calibration Procedures 12

Inputs 14 Output Calibration 16

Specifications 19 Warranty and Service 22

Each Isolated Pulse Stimulator is delivered complete with

Rack Mount Hardware Instructions amp Maintenance Manual

NOTE

This instrument is not intended for clinical measurements using human subjects A-M Systems Inc does not assume responsibility for Injury or damage due to the misuse of this instrument

General Description

Instrument Features The Isolated Pulse Stimulator Model 2100 is designed for a wide variety of applications It is highly flexible being capable of delivering single pulses biphasic pairs or bursts of pulses Pulses may be started manually or upon receiving a trigger signal from another Instrument or computer Two non-isolated trigger outputs are available for triggering other instruments

Four sets of timing controls provide comprehensive control overall aspects of pulse generation Three digit accuracy is available over a 7 decade range for each timing function using lever wheel switches Pulse widths can be set over more than a 9 decade range from 05 ps to 999 seconds Timing accuracy is assured through the use of a 10 MHz base rate crystal-controlled clock digitally divided to provide accurate timing over the entire range Atiming overiap indicator will light If the timing controls are set inconsistently

The output may be conveniently switched between current and voltage modes Pulse and baseline amplitudes are Independently presettable with lockable dials An error Indicator will light if the Mode2700 cannot deliver the desired signal

r WARNING

The Model 2100 can produce potentially dangerous voltages up to 100 V at the output connectors The isolated output is not connected internally to safety (earth) ground in any way Some part of the extemal circuit should be connected to safety ground Use caution in handling any wires connectors or electrodes which may be directly or indirectly attached to the Model 2100 output Some kinds of connectors such as BNC connectors have exposed metal parts which may float at dangerous potentials unless extemally connected to safety ground For greatest safety tum the Model 2100 off before making any connections to

the instrument

131 Business Parii Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Telophone 800-426-1306 bull 360-68raquolaquo300 bull FAX 360683-3525 E-mal satesa-msystemsoom VVfebsite httpywwwa^nsystemscom fl-N Systems Inc 1

Controls and Connectors The controls for the Model 2100 are grouped in three sections START which controls when a pulse or burst of pulses begins TIMING which controls the onoff timing of one or more pulses and OUTPUT which controls the amplitude of the output signal

Start TRIG SLOPE Determines the polarity of valid trigger pulses (positive or negative edges in the trigger signal)

MODE Controls waveform initiation When set to FREE RUN one timing cycle immediately follows the last When momentarily placed In the MANUAL position a timing cycle starts Immediately When the switch Is In the center position timing cycles start when valid triggering events occur

TRIGD This LED lights up when a timing cycle Is in process and continues until the burst is completed

TRIG This BNC connector allows a signal from an external source to Initiate timing cycles It is set for standard TTL levels

GATE This BNC connector allows a signal from an external source to restrict the final output signal This input must be at a logical high (or open-circuited) in order for the Model 2100 to recognize either manual or automatic trigger events

Gate 1_ Trigger |~~^ i I Valid triggers (represented by the arrows in the figure) can occur only when the gate Is at logical high Note that the up arrow would apply only If TRIG SLOPE is set to + the down an-ows would apply only if TRIG SLOPE Is set to -

NOTE Triggers have no effect if the system has not completed its response to a previous trigger

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Park Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Vb 98324 TelQphQne 80O426-1306 360683-8300 FAX 360683-3525 E-mail sales^a-msystemscom Wsbsite httpywwwa-msystemscom

Timing Four sets of controls govern the timing of pulse generation Each set contains two values which are multiplied together to detemnine the actual timing value The rotary knob (rate selector) provides the approximate timing value and the lever wheel switch bank (MULTIPLIER)

provides a time resolution of three decimal digits The following diagram shows most of the Important relationships

Output r Delay Duration

|ltPeriodgtj

t Burst width

Trigger event

DELAY These controls determine the time duration between the initiating trigger event and the beginning of the pulse burst If this rate selector is set to NONE or the multiplier is set to 000 there Is no delay

BURST WIDTH These controls determine the time period in which one or more pulses may be delivered Once started a pulse may outlast the burst width If this rate selector is set to SINGLE or to any time shorter than the pulse duration only a single pulse will occur If the BURST WIDTH Is longer than the period pulses will be emitted at the PERIOD rate until the burst time ends Pulses are never truncated by a short BURSTWIDTH

inds)-PULSE

D U R A T I O N 1 0 1 0

10

INTEB-PULSE PERIOD

1 1 10

DURATION These controls determine the length of each pulse Ifthis rate selector Is set to SQUARE the duration is set to half of the period regardless of the MULTIPLIER setting

PERIOD These controls set the period of time between adjacent pulse events within the burst It also forces a minimum dead time between recognized input triggers following a burst of one or more pulses This can be used to prevent over stimulation of a tissue without requiring excessive delay between the triggering event and the stimulating pulse

TIMING OVERLAP

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 860 Carisborg Vamp 98324 |Telophone 800-426-1306 360683-8300 bull FAX 3606aW525 E-mail salearega^nsystemsoom Vfeb5ite httpAwwwa^nsyslemscam

NOTE If any of these timing controls are changed while a timing cycle is in operation the results are undefined until the current cycle finishes

TIMING OVERLAP This LED will light to Indicate an inconsistency in the timing cycle settings There are several ways to introduce such errors The most common way is to set the Inter-pulse PERIOD to be less than the pulse DURATION

T I M I N G (seconds)^

TRIG OUT (UPPER) This BNC connector provides a signal which is coincident with the Internal Burst timing signal (default) This means the signal starts at the end of the Delay time and persists until the Burst time expires This output may also be set to represent the delay time-out by setting the internal jumper J510 to the right two pins instead of the left two pins (Please see the Calibration section in this manual for jumper location Directions are given as viewed from the front of the Instrument)

TRIG OUT (LOWER) This BNC connector provides a signal which Is coincident with the Duration timing signal which controls pulse output

NOTE Both trigger output signals slightly lead the isolated output signal

Output

PULSE SIGN This switch determines the polarity of the pulses to be generated It also allows generation of biphasic pulses thereby doubling the effective total period Warning the first pulse generated after changing the PULSE

SIGN switch may have the wrong polarity

BASELINE This Switch determines the polarity ofthe baseline signal

RANGE This rotary switch determines if the output pulses will be constant current (3 ranges) or constant voltage (2 ranges)

BASELINE AMPLITUDE This value is independently set using a ten-turn counting dial The maximum baseline amplitude is one tenth the value shown on the range amplitude switch

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 8S0 Cartsborg Vfa 98324 |Tetaphone 80O426-1306 bull 360683-8300 bull FAX 3606803525 E-mail salesa-msystemscom Wbbsite http7Awwwaflnsystemscom

PULSE AMPLITUDE This value is independently set using a ten-turn counting dial The maximum pulse amplitude is the value shown on the range amplitude switch

EVENT This LED indicates when a pulse is ongoing

ERROR This LED indicates when the internal output amplifier cannot output the pulse as desired This is usually due to a short circuit while trying to output a voltage or an open circuit while trying to output a current

VOTEThe Pulse Sign control in the Oupuf section directly affects waveform timing When set to the Biphasic mode a positive-going pulse is immediately followed by a negative-going pulse This effectively doubles the pulse duration If a burst of biphasic pulses is being produced the period must be at least twice the single pulse duration In the Square wave mode the baseline disappears as long as the burst persists

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsboig Vte 98324 |Telophone 800426-1306 360683-8300 bull FAX 3606833525 E-mail salesa-m5ystem5 com Website httpwwwa-msystemscom

Operating Instructions

Examples Simple setup (and minimal instrument test)

Connect the output ofthe Model 2100 to an oscilloscope Before connecting the Model 2100 to any other instrument or the experimental preparation It is safest to turn Its power off

Set the Oufpuf controls

Range 10V Pulse Sign +

Baseline Zero Pulse Amplitude 200

Setting The Timing Controls

Delay Burst Width

Duration Period

none single

15010-2 50010-2

Setting The Start Controls

Mode Free Run

Disconnect any cables to the TRIG or GATE inputs

Note that the green Trig and Event Indicators turn on as Free Run is turned on (and turn off otherwise) You should observe a 15ms duration 20Hz rate pulse of 200V above a OV baseline on the oscilloscope

fl-N Systems Inc 131 BusinessPartiLoop RO Box850CarisbcxgWa98324 |Telophone 800426-1306 bull 360-683-8300 bull FW 360683-3525 E-mail salesa-msystems com VVbbsite httpywwwa-msystems com

Demonstration of Burst Mode Connect the output ofthe Model 2100 to an oscilloscope Before connecting the Model 2100 to any other instrument or the experimental preparation It Is safest to turn its power off

Set the Outpuf controls

Range 10V Pulse Sign +

Baseline Pulse Amplitude 200

Baseline Amplitude 100

Setting The Timing Controls

Delay 88010-2 Burst Width 12010-^

Duration 15010-2 Period 50010-2

Set the START controls as follows

Mode Free Run

Disconnect any cables to the TRIG or GATE inputs

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Telophooe 8004201306 360683-8300 bull FAX 360683-3525 E^naii salesa-msystems com Watjsite http7wwwa-msystemscom

Trigger the oscilloscope from the Bursf trigger out (upper Trig Out connector) for a stable display In each burst (occurring every lOOms) you should observe a trio of 15ms duration starting 50ms apart Try switching the StartMode from Free Run to the center (nonnal) position The pulses will no longer be produced and the Trig and Event Indicators will tum off Pressing this switch once (to Manual) will cause a single burst to occur

Problem Solving If the instrument appears to be not working properiy check all ofthe control settings and connections Be sure to wait at least 5-10 seconds after turning the instrument off before turning it on again The following summary of typical problems for the user (along with the most common solutions) may help

Problem CauseSolution

EVENT Indicator never lights even in FREE RUN mode

bull Replace fuse check power connection bullSet DELAY or PERIOD to a shorter interval

bull Power-on too soon after power-off

OVERLAP Indicator is on

ERROR indicator is on

bull Set DURATION gt000 bull DURATION Is set to SQUARE but

PERIOD is 000 Increase PERIOD or set DURATION independantly

bull BURST and WIDTH are gt DURATION increase PERIOD or decrease DURATION

bull BIPHASIC pulse output Is on and PERIOD is not longer than twice the DURATION Increase PERIOD or decrease DURATION

bull Free-run Is on and BURST is lt PERIOD (BURST off) DELAY is 0 and PERIOD Is lt DURATION Add delay or modify PERIOD

bull Free-run is on and BURST is gt DURATION (BURST ON) and PERIOD is lt DURATION Increase PERIOD

bull For VOLTAGE outputs the output is trying to drive too low a resistance or capacitance (eg a short circuit) Check by disconnecting the output ft is possible (and normal) that for the fastest cycles and largest amplitudes (close to 100 V

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business PartiLoop PO Box 850 CartsborgWa 98324 iTelophone 800-42O130636O6e3-8300FAX 3606B3-3525 E-mail satesaflisyslefmcom Vfebslte http7wwwa-msyslemscom

and 1 ps) that the ERROR indicator might always come on during repetitive pulses Fix output load or decrease amplitude as required

Time appears to be excessive Changed control in mid-cycle (resets current status)

Cant seem to get a full signal out Load Is not properiy connected repair wiring Too low a load impedance (VOLTAGE modes) or too high a load impedance (CURRENT mode)

Incoming triggers not accepted frequently enough

PERIOD is set too long (enforces dead time) followd by BURST set to SIGNAL Reduce PERIOD time

Table 10 Problem Solving

If you suspect that the Model 2100 may have completely failed we recommend checking the basic level of functionality Ifthis fails your instrument Is defective and must be repaired Ifthis passes either your experimental setup is incompatible or inconsistent or there is a more subtle flaw in your Model 2100

If the Model 2100 appears to be malfunctioning contact A-M Systems Inc or your dealer We will first attempt to solve the problem over the telephone so have an exact description of your problem available when you call You do not need to be within the warranty period to obtain over-the-phone assistance

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 iTetoptxme 80O426-1306 bull 360683-8300 FAX 3606803525 E-mail satesa-msystemsoomAfebsitehttpJwwwaflisystemscom

Theory of Operation

The operation ofthe Model 2100 is summarized in the block diagram (see the figure on Page 11) Not shown are all ofthe interconnections with the microcontroller The internal microcontroler plays an important role in setting the signal path but does not directly contribute to the dynamic characteristics It scans the front panel switches and sets the control values for the logic arrays It programs the internal counters which along with the other hardware achieve the necessary sub-microsecond speeds

Pulse generation starts either from an Input trigger signal (from Trig In) or an internally signal (Free Run mode) A Delay timer counts the 10MHz clock until its count value is exhausted At this point the Burst Period and Duration timers are started If the Burst timer has not expired by the end ofthe Period the Period and Duration timers are restarted If the Biphasic mode has been set the Duration timer is restarted at the end of the initial Duration and the sign ofthe output pulse is reversed doubling the total duration

The system state (pulse on pulse sign baseline sign [+0f-]) is transmitted to the isolated section via optoisolator The baseline and pulse amplitudes are selected by an analog switch The resulting signal is amplified by a variable-power-supply discrete operational amplifier The amplifier connections and gain is modified to provide two voltage and three current ranges

Timing overiap errors are detected by a logical decision computation rather than by testing for counter collisions This provides instant feedback rather than waiting up to an hour for such a collision to occur Output errors are measured by sensing the output amplifiers differential input voltage Under normal conditions this is a negligible voltage If the amplifier fails to deliver the requested signal the window comparator testing this voltage sends this message (via optoisolator) to the logic section turning on a warning LED

fl-N Systems Inc 131BusinessPart(LoopRO Box850CarisboigWa98324 4 n Tel0pri0ne80O426-130636O683^300FAX36O6833525 ^ E-mail salesaflisystBmscom V febsite http7wwwa-msystemsoom

S i

I - - ^^mdasho^M

OUTPUT i l l

TRIG ^ OUT

(burst)

TRIG 3-lt) OUT

(pulse)

til

I laquo

Calibration Procedures

The calibration interval is the lesser of 1000 hours of operation or 6 months Somewhat greater drift can be expected in the first 100 hours of operation as the semiconductors age Adjustments should only be made after the instrument has been fully warmed up for at least 15 minutes

Full instrument calibration requires the following test equipment digital multimeter (plusmn 01) able to measure resistance to at least lOOMO oscilloscope with at least 50MHz bandwidth true-mis voltmeter with 4MHz bandwidth universal counter (plusmn 001 ) able to measure single pulse widths and periods resistors (all plusmn 01) 2kn lOkH 1 watt 20kn 200kn alligator clip lead sets banana plugs and BNC adapters

Adjustment integrated circuit and test point locations are shown in the following figures All adjustments are on the timing board unless othenAise noted

All voltages in the non-isolated section should be measured with respect to ground at TP510 unless othenwise stated Some voltages are measured with respect to an internal isolated ground at TP650 or across the two output temninals Occasionally the voltage at an IC pin must be measured in these cases the reference designator is given with the pin number in parentheses eg U602(16) When it states within this procedure that a voltage is to be minimized this means that the adjustment should be made such that the measured voltage is as close to zero volts as possible Refer to the Specifications Section of this manual for acceptable tolerances

The sequence of this procedure is important If any adjustment is made all adjustments which follow must be made to ensure that the specifications will be met These procedures require that all controls remain as set in previous steps unless othenAise indicated

WARNING

The Model 2100 has dangerous voltages throughout the instrument even with the power is off Servicing the Model 2100 should only be done by qualified service personnel Use caution in handling any wires connectors or electrodes which may be directly or indirectly attached to the instrument Do not touch exposed connections or components Disconnect power by unplugging the power cord from the receptacle

H B ^ ^ S y s t e m s inc^degdegp^deg^^deg-^^^^^^^^B3^^^degdeg^^^lt^^^B^^^^ 131BusinessPartiLoopPO Box850CartsbOigWamp98324 4 9 |Telophone800-42013C6360683-8300F0lt360683-3525 ^ E-mail salesa-msystefnscom website httpwwwaflisystems com

CO

TP501 O lt0

g OTPSOO

U560 S

Trig Gate

0 -TISOS

U570

U500

Timing

p U520

Timing

K U550 Timin

gt U540

U515

o X I Timin

U508 I

J510 Timing nnn

Burst Delay J400

gt U550

R503

D D I D bull U8QQ i Q

n

oo

V P 5 1 0

b U535

^

Clock i _

U555

lt U 5 4 5

o

h d ^ O - - ^ U605

Q D

U620

O fJZ^ R737 bull ^ 1^13015 r j C - C O M P

B B nU770 ^ ^ ^ 5 ^ a

J420

a

o E

bull [ ]U632

riueso

rR742rVhigh R 6 1 9 ^

LJ TP645 O TP650

TPMOQ^QS

Vlow

CD-

CZZl

J440 bull bull tl iUDQ

I t

f i l

Power supply and bias voltages

Power supply

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

POWER ON Observe voltage at P703 power supply wire top of main board

Check for+15 plusmn 050 V

Observe voltage at P701 power supply wire top of main board

Check for-15 plusmn 050 V

Observe voltage at U505(24) Check for +5 plusmn 025 V

Isolated supply voltage Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

RANGE 10 V TRIG open circuit MODE center position

Alternately observe V ^ from R742 to R740 and V ^ from theU605(4)toU605(8)

Adjust R773 so that 110VltV lt 120 V and

nigh

28VltV|^lt34V

Capacitance balance Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

Connect a xlO oscilloscope probe to TP650 and ground the

Adjust R737 for minimum high frequency signal

Inputs

Gate function Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave Verify that the voltage to GATE switches states at the Observe voltage at U510(3) proper input levels with an oscilloscope

Trigger slope Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave Verify that the voltage to TRIG switches states at the Observe voltage at U510( 1) proper input levels with an oscilloscope

TRIG SLOPE Verify voltage is 180deg out of phase

TRIG SLOPE Verify voltage is in phase

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 860 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Jelophone 800-4201306 360683-8300 bull FM 380683-3525 E-mail salesaflTsystBfnscom bull Vtebsite httpVAirwwaflisystems com

14

Trigger and gate f unc t i on

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

DELAY NONE BURS-nMDTH SINGLE DURATION SQUARE PERIOD 100X10-3

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave to TRIG Observe TRIGD and EVENT LEDs

TRIG disconnect all Short the GATE connector to GND Verify LEDs extinguish

MODE press to MANUAL Verify LEDs flash once

Timing

System c lock f requency

Controls Inputs Observations Ad jus t Check

Observe the frequency of the wave Verify 1000 MHz plusmn 001 atU555(17)

Mul t ip l iers (Wheel Swi tches)

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

PULSE SIGN-laquobull MODE FREE RUN TRIG disconnect all TIMING MULTIPUERS all

wheels set to zero except the one being tested

TIMING OVERLAP ignore

Observe the pulse width with the counter at the location specified t)elow

Verify pulse width is correct for each wheel as it is tested independently

For each wheel of each MULTIPLIER test each position to verify that the pulse width is correct Observe the signal at the following locations DELAY U520(2) BURSTWIDTH U530(2) PERIOD U540(2) DURATION U550(2)

Rates (Rotary Swi tches)

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

TIMING MULTIPUERS 001 Observe the pulse width with the TIMING RATES all rotary counter at the location specified

switches set to 10-4 below except the one being tested

Verify pulse width is correct for each rotary switch as it is tested independently

For each ofthe four rotary switches in TIMING test each position to verify that the pulse width is correct Observe the signal at the following locations DELAY U520(2) BURSTWIDTH U530(2) PERIOD U540(2) DURATION U550(2)

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 iTetophone 8004201306 bull 360683-8300 bull FOC 3606803525 E-mail salesa-msystemscom Wbbsite httpJwwwaflTSystemscom

15

Trigger outputs

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

Range 10V Pulse Amplitude 500 Delay 100 xlO^ Burst 100 x 10 ^ Duration 100x10-^ Period 400x10-^ Pulse sign + Trig Mode Free run Trig in open

Trigger the oscilloscope to the Burst Trig Out Observe it the Pulse Trig Out and the isolated output

Verify that the waveform consists of a burst of three 1ms-on3ms-off pulses The burst trigger should be synchronous with the burst the pulse trigger coincident with each pulse

Output Calibration

Isolation Resistance (check)

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode center position Trig In open

Measure the resistance between ground banana jack (front panel) and black banana jack of output with DMM

Resistance read gt 100MQ

Amplitude Switch Offset (R640)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Zero Trig Mode center position Trig In Open

Measure the voltage at TP645 vs TP650 with the DMM

Adjust R640 (AmpI Sw Offset) for minimum voltage

Output Offset (R332 front panel board) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Zero Range 10V Trig Mode center position Trig In Open

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

Adjust R332 (Output offset) for minimum voltage

Positive Baseline Offeet (R607) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Sign + Baseline Amplitude

fully CCW (000) Range 10V Trig In open Trig Mode center position

Measure the voltage across the outputwiththeDMM

Adjust R602 (BSLN + offset) for minimum voltage

fl-N Systems Inc 131 BusBiess Parti Loop P O Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Telophone B00-42O1306 bull 360683-8300 bull FAX 3606803525 E-mail salesaflisystemscom V^tebsite httpy^vwwa-msystems com

16

Negative Baseline Offset (R619)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Sign -Baseline Amplitude

fully CCW (000) Range 10V Trig In open Trig Mode center position

Measure the voltage across the outputwiththeDMM

Adjust R619 (BSLN + offset) for minimum voltage

Pulse Amplitude Adjust (R602)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode Free Mode Pulse Amplitude 1000 Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =1001 Period =00110-4 Pulse Sign -Trig In open Range 10V

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

The Overiap indicator should be on Adjust R602 (Max Level) for -10OOV out

Pulse Sign Gain (check)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode Free Mode Pulse Amplitude 1000 Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =100 1s Period =001 10-4s Trig In open Range 10V

Measure the voltage at the output with the DMM for the Pulse Sign at + and - positions

The absolute values ofthe voltages should differ by less than lOOmV

Baseline Amplitudes (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Range 100mA Trig Mode center position Baseline Amplitude fully CW (1000) Trig In open

Measure the voltage at the output with the DMM with Baseline Sign in + Zero and

- positions

Gain the matching of current levels at = and - positions and offset current in Zero position

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop PO Box 850 Cartsboig Wa 98324 Telophone 800-4201306 360683-8300 FkX 3606803525 E-mail salesa-msystemscom website http^^wwaflisystemsccm

17

Output Range Amplitude and Drive (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Pulse Amplitude 1000 Pulse Sign + Trig Mode Free Run Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =1001 Period =10010-4 Trig In open

Load the output with a 10KV 1W 01 resistor Measure the voltage at the output with DMM

Verify that full scale output is within specification Scale Range 100V 100V 10V 10V 100mA IV 1mA 10V 10mA 100V

Pulse Sign and Short Circuit Protection (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =200 10-4 Period =00110-3 Baseline Zero Pulse Amplitude 25 Range 10V Trig Mode Free Run Trig In open

Measure the voltage at the output with the oscilloscope Check for Pulse Sign set to each of + - biphasic Watch for Error indicator when shorting the output

Verify that pulses of approx 25V amplitude (625V for biphasic mode) of the correct sign are produced every 10ms Short output in biphasic mode Output should return when opened

Output Transient Response (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Pulse Sign + Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =20010-4 Period =00110-3 Pulse Amplitude 250 Baseline Zero Trig Mode Free Mode Trig In open

Connect the oscilloscope to the output with a 310 attenuator probe Test both 10V and 100V ranges

Verify that overshoot and risetime meet specifications

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Telophone 8004201306 bull 3606808300 bull Flaquo( 360laquo83ltJ525 E-mail salesa-msystemsocm V^febsite http^wwwa-msystefnscom

18

Specifications

There are three classes of specifications Class A specifications tested in all units and are guaranteed Class B specifications are inherent in the design they are indirectly tested and are guaranteed Class C specifications are typical operating values which are occasionally tested- these are typical values given for your information but not guarshyanteed The class for each specification is noted in the center column ofthe following sections

Inputs Switching level

Hysteresis

Input equivalent circuit

Minimum duration (1 IL-level signal)

A

C

C

C

16 V(plusmn 02 V)

approx 50 mV

lOOKH to+5 in parallel with no more than 35pF

gt 50 ns

Open circuit condition B defaults to highon level

Timing and rate accuracy Rate selector steps

Timing multiplier steps

B

B

lOOpsto 100s in 7 steps

1 of rate selector step size Maximum value is 999 X the rate selector step size

Resolution B approx 01 ofthe maximum value

Timing error (second and later pulses after resetting controls)

B lt 002 of rate selector value + 015 ps

Timing error (first pulse after readjusting timing controls)

an additional 025 ps error may occur

Timing repeatability lt 001 setting + 20 ns (monophasic)

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Ram Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Vfa 98324 pTelophone 8004201306 bull 360683-8300 bull FAX 360683-3525

E-mail salesraquoflisystems com Wabsite httpJAnww afl isystems com

19

TRIG IN to OUTPUT delay (DELAY set to 0) output set to 2V

Timing jitter from TRIG IN to OUTPUT (for TTL trigger input with risetime lt10 ns)

Timing jitter from TRIG OUT (either BURST or PULSE) and OUTPUT

Trigger output to pulse output delay

Output characteristics Pulse level error (voltage mode open circuit current mode short circuit

Biphasic level difference IV + - V-1 2

Baseline level error (voltage mode open circuit current mode short circuit)

Risetime (25 V out)

Risetime (25 V out)

Transient response

A

A

A

Output impedance (voltage mode) C

Output impedance (current mode) C

Isolation resistance A

Isolation capacitance C

approx 05 ps for a load of no more than 10 KH in parallel with 50 pF

lt 125 ns (all rates except 100s) lt 125 ps (100s rate)

Less than 20 ns (all rates)

approx 350 ns

lt 03 of setting + 05 of r range (plus an additional 05 pA in 100 pA range)

lt 03 of range (voltage modes into open circuit current modes into short circuit)

lt 03 of setting of setting + 01 of range (plus an additional 05 pA in lOOpA range)

= 200 ns into less than 30 pF

= 15 ps into less than 30 pF

lt 8 overshoot into less than 30 pF for pulse voltages different than baseline voltage by at least 10 of range

= 50 ohms

raquo 1 0 GH (typically 200 GO)

raquo 1 0 0 M n

= 60 pF at 100 Hz

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Peril Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg V6 98324 |TelCf)hone 800-4201306 3606808300 bull FAX 360683-3525 E-mal salesaflisystefnsoom Website hnpyMVfWafllsystemsoom

20

Noise (differential mode)

Noise (common mode earth to isolated ground) with no signal output

Overload error indicator (low frequency short circuited voltage mode)

Overload error indicator low frequency open circuited current mode)

Overioad error response time

Miscellaneous

= 1 mV rms (10 V scale 10 Hz-4 MHz)

= 8 mV rms (10 Hz-4 MHz) == 100mVp-p (200 Hz -10 MHz) measured withalOMH 15pF oscilloscope probe

Turns on for set amplitude at or greater than approx plusmn1 V (10 V range) or plusmn2 V (100 V range)

Turns on for set amplitude at or above approx 2 of range

Flat to approx 30 ps duration Decreasing sensitivity for shorter pulses

Power

Fuse

Operating temperature range

Storage temperature range

Operating humidity

Dimensions

approx 11 watts

1 amp 3AG

10-30degC

0 - 50deg C

5 - 80 RH

17x475x1125 (inches) 432x121x286 cm

Weight 20 lbs (9 kg)

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Wb 98324 |Tetcphone 8004201306 3606808300 bull FOt 360683-3525 E-mail satesamsystems comV^febsite httpywwwaflisystemscom

21

Warranty and Service

What does this warranty cover A-M Systems Inc warrants to the Purchaser that the Instrument excluding cables Headstage Probes and any other accessories shipped with the Instrument (hereafter the hardware) is free from defects in workmanship or material under normal use and service for the period of one (1) year This warranty commences on the date of delivery ofthe hardware to the Purchaser

What are the obligations of A-M Systems Inc under this warranty During the warranty period A-M Systems Inc agrees to repair or replace at its sole option without charge to the Purchaser any defective component part of the hardware To obtain warranty service the Purchaser must return the hardware to A-M Systems Inc or an authorized A-M Systems Inc distributor in an adequate shipping container Any postage shipping and insurance charges incurred in shipping the hardware to A-M Systems Inc must be prepaid by the Purchaser and all risk for the hardware shall remain with purchaser until such time as A-M Systems Inc takes receipt of the hardware Upon receipt A-M Systems Inc will promptly repair or replace the defective unit and then return the hardware to the Purchaser postage shipping and insurance prepaid A-M Systems Inc may use reconditioned or like new parts or units at its sole option when repairing any hardware Repaired products shall carry the same amount of outstanding warranty as from original purchase or ninety (90) days which ever is greater Any claim under the warranty must include a dated proof of purchase ofthe hardware covered by this warranty In any event A-M Systems Inc liability for defective hardware is limited to repairing or replacing the hardware

What is not covered by this warranty This warranty is contingent upon proper use and maintenance ofthe hardware by the Purchaser and does not cover batteries Neglect misuse whether intentional or othenwise tampering with or altering the hardware damage caused by accident damage caused by unusual physical electrical chemical or electromechanical stress damage caused by failure of electrical power or damage caused during transportation are not covered by this wan-anty Products may not be returned to A-M Systems Inc for service whether under warranty or otherwise which are contaminated by infectious agents radioactive compounds or other materials constituting a health hazard to employees of A-M Systems Inc

What are the limits of liability for A-M Systems Inc under this warranty A-M Systems Inc shall not be liable for loss of data profits or savings or any special incidental consequential indirect or other similar damages arising from breach of contract negligence or other legal action even if the company or its agent has been advised of the possibility of such damages or for any claim brought against you by another party THIS EQUIPMENT IS NOT INTENDED FOR CLINICAL MEASUREMENTS USING HUMAN SUBJECTS A-M SYSTEMS INC DOES NOT ASSUME RESPONSIBILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE DUE TO MISUSE OF THIS EQUIPMENT Jurisdictions vary with regard to the enforceability of provisions excluding or limiting liability for incidental or consequential damages Check the provision of your local jurisdiction to find out whether the above exclusion applies to you

This warranty allocates risks of product failure between the Purchaser and A-M Systems Inc A-M Systems Inc hardware pricing reflects this allocation of risk and the limitations of liability contained in this warranty The warranty set forth above is in lieu of all other express warranties whether oral or written The agents employees distributors and dealers of A-M Systems Inc are not authorized to make modifications to this warranty or additional wan-anties binding on the company Accordingly additional statements such as dealer advertising or presentations whether oral or written do not constitute warranties by A-M Systems Inc and should not be relied upon This warranty gives you specific legal rights You may also have other rights which vary from one jurisdiction to another

fl-N Systems Inc 131BusinessPartiLoop RO Box850CartsbOfgWa98324 p O |Telophone 8004201306 bull 360683-8300FOC 3606830525 ^ ^ E-mail saiesaflisystefTiscom Wbbsite httpVwwwa-msystemscom

NOTE If any of these timing controls are changed while a timing cycle is in operation the results are undefined until the current cycle finishes

T I M I N G (seconds)-DTH

TIMING OVERLAP This LED will light to indicate an inconsistency in the timing cycle settings There are several ways to introduce such errors The most common way is to set the inter-pulse PERIOD to be less than the pulse DURATION

TRIG OUT (UPPER) This BNC connector provides a signal which is coincident with the internal Burst timing signal (default) This means the signal starts at the end of the Delay time and persists until the Burst time expires This output may also be set to represent the delay time-out by setting the internal jumper J510 to the right two pins instead of the left two pins (Please see the Calibration section in this manual for jumper location Directions are given as viewed from the front of the instrument)

TRIG OUT (LOWER) This BNC connector provides a signal which is coincident with the Duration timing signal which controls pulse output

NOTE Both trigger output signals slightly lead the isolated output signal

Output

PULSE SIGN This Switch sets the sign for the pulses to be generated It also allows generation of biphasic pulses thereby doubling the effective total period Warning the first pulse generated after changing the PULSE SIGN

switch may have the wrong polarity

BASELINE This switch sets the sign for the baseline signal

RANGE This rotary switch allows one of three current or two voltage ranges to be selected for the output signal

BASELINE AMPLITUDE This value IS independently set using a ten-turn counting dial The maximum baseline amplitude is one tenth the value shown on the range amplitude switch

A-M Systems Inc 131 Business Pai1( Loop PO Box 850 Caitsboig Wa 98324 Telophore 80O426-1306 bull 360683300 bull FAX 360-683-3525 E-mail salasOa-msystemscom Website httpwwwamsystemscom

PULSE AMPLITUDE This value is independently set using a ten-turn counting dial The maximum pulse amplitude is the value shown on the range amplitude switch

EVENT This LED indicates when a pulse is ongoing

ERROR This LED indicates when the internal output amplifier cannot output the pulse as desired This is usually due to a short circuit while trying to output a voltage or an open circuit while trying to output a current

The Pulse Sgfn control in the OutputsecWon directly affects waveform timing When set to the Biphasic mode a positive-going pulse is immediately followed by a negative-going pulse This effectively doubles the pulse duration If a burst of biphasic pulses is being produced the period must be at least twice the single pulse duration In the Square wave mode the baseline disappears as long as the burst persists

A B B f k _ _ laquo laquo laquo laquo 1 ^ 131 Business Paik Loop PO Box 850 CartsborgWa 98324 - | y | O V S i e m S I nC8lt=Praquo880O426-1308-360683300-FAX360683-3525

laquo E-mail salesOa-msystemscom Website httpwwwa-m3yste l O V ^ ltJ O W laquo W - t V ^ www www A n r w w w w i -w ww www w M

E-mail salesOa-msystemscom Website httpwwwa-m3ystemse0m

Operating Instructions

Examples Simple setup (and minimal instrument test)

Connect the output of the Model 2100 to an oscilloscope Before connecting the instrument it is safest to turn its power off

Set the Output controls

Range 10V Pulse Sign +

Baseline Zero Pulse Amplitude 200

Setting The Timing Controls

Delay none Burst Width single

Duration 150M0-2 Period 50010-2

Setting The Start Controls

Mode Free Run

Disconnect any cables to the TRIG or GATE inputs

Note that the green Trig and Evenf indicators turn on as Free Run is turned on (and turn off otherwise) You should observe a 15ms duration 20Hz rate pulse of 200V above a OV baseline on the oscilloscope

A-M Systems Inc 131 Business Pailt Loop PO Box 850 Carlsborg Wa 98324 Telophone 800-426-1306 bull 36Olaquo83-8300 FAX 360683-3S25 E-mail salesfla-msystemscom Website httpwwwa-msystemscom

Demonstration of Burst Mode Connect the output of the Model 2100 to an oscilloscope Before connecting the instrument it is safest to turn its power off

Set the Output controls

Range 10V Pulse Sign +

Baseline Pulse Amplitude 200

Baseline Amplitude 100

Setting The Timing Controls

Delay 88010-2 Burst Width 12010-^

Duration 15010-2 Period 50010-^

Set the START controls as follows

Mode Free Run

Disconnect any cables to the TRIG or GATE inputs

Trigger the oscilloscope from the Strsf trigger out (upper Trig Ouf connector) for a stable display In each burst (occurring every lOOms) you should observe a trio of 15ms duration starting 50ms apart Try switching the StartMode rom Free Run to the center (normal) position The pulses will no longer be produced and the Trig and Even indicators will turn off Pressing this switch once (to Manual) will cause a single burst to occur

A-M Systems Inc 131 Business PaiV Loop PO Box 850 Cai1sboraWa 98324 Telophone 800426-1306 360683-8300 FAX 380683-3S25 E-mal salesOa-msystemscom Website httpwwwa-m5ystemse0m

Problem Solving

If the instrument appears to be not working properly check all of the control settings and connections Be sure to wait at least 5-10 seconds after turning the instrument off before turning it on again The following summary of typical problems for the user (along with the most common solutions) may help

Problem CauseSolution

EVENT indicator never lights even in FREE RUN mode

bull Replace fuse check power connection bullSet DELAY or PERIOD to a shorter

interval bull Power-on too soon after power-off

OVERLAP indicator is on

ERROR indicator is on

Set DURATION gt000 DURATION is set to SQUARE but PERIOD is 000 Increase PERIOD or set DURATION independantly BURST and WIDTH are gt DURATION increase PERIOD or decrease DURATION BIPHASIC pulse output is on and PERIOD is not longer than twice the DURATION Increase PERIOD or decrease DURATION Free-run is on and BURST is lt PERIOD (BURST off) DELAY is 0 and PERIOD is lt DURATION Add delay or modify PERIOD Free-run is on and BURST is gt DURATION (BURSTON) and PERIOD is lt DURATION Increase PERIOD For VOLTAGE outputs the output is trying to drive too low a resistance or capacitance (eg a short circuit) Check by disconnecting the output It is possible (and normal) that for the fastest cycles and largest amplitudes (close to 100 V and 17S) that the ERROR indicator might always come on during repetitive pulses Fix output load or decrease amplitude as required

Time appears to be excessive Changed control in mid-cycle (resets current status)

A B B ^ J I - mdash 131 Business Park Loop RO Box 850 CaitsbotftWa 98324

gt | y | O y S i e m S |nCtradedegraquo0raquo 80O426-1306-36Olaquo8O8300-FAX36O683-3525

8 E-mail salesOa-msyaemscom bull Website httpwwwa-msystemscom

Cant seem to get a full signal out

Incoming triggers not accepted frequently enough

bull Load is not properly connected repair wiring

bull Too low a load impedance (VOLTAGE modes) or too high a load impedance (CURRENT mode)

bull PERIOD is set too long (enforces dead tinrie) followd by BURST set to SIGNAL Reduce PERIOD time

Table 10 Problem Solving

If you suspect that the Model 2100 may have completely failed we recommend checking the basic level of functionality If this fails your instrument is defective and must be repaired If this passes either your experimental setup is incompatible or inconsistent or there is a more subtle flaw in your Modei 2100

If the Model 2100 appears to be malfunctioning contact A-M Systems Inc or your dealer We will first attempt to solve the problem over the telephone so have an exact description of your problem available when you call You do not need to be within the warranty period to obtain over-the-phone assistance

A-M Systems Inc 131 Business Park Loop PO Box 850 Carfsbofg Wa 98324 Tatophone 80O426-1306 bull 360-688300 FAX 380683-3S25 E-mail salesfla-msystemscom Website httpwwwa-msystemscom

Theory of Operation

The operation of the Model 2100 is summarized in the block diagram (see the figure on Page 11) Not shown are all of the interconnections with the microcontroller The internal microcontroler plays an important role in setting the signal path but does not directly contribute to the dynamic characteristics It scans the front panel switches and sets the control values for the logic arrays It programs the internal counters which along with the other hardware achieve the necessary sub-microsecond speeds

All action starts either from an input trigger signal (from Trig In) or from an internal signal (in free Run mode only) A Delay timer counts the 10MHz clock until its count value is exhausted At this point the Burst timer starts Both Period and Duration timers are started at this time If the Burst timer has not expired by the end of the Period the Period and Duration timers are restarted If the Biphasic mode has been set the Duration timer is restarted at the end of the initial Duration and the sign of the output pulse is reversed doubling the total duration

The system state (pulse on pulse sip baseline sign [+0-]) is transmitted to the isolated section via optoisolator The baseline and pulse amplitudes are selected by an analog switch The resulting signal is amplified by a variable-power-supply discrete operational amplifier The amplifier connections and gain is modified to provide two voltage and three current ranges

Timing overlap errors are detected by a logical decision computation rather than by testing for counter collisions This provides instant feedback rather than waiting up to an hour for such a collision to occur Output errors are measured by sensing the output amplifiers differential input voltage Under normal conditions this is a negligible voltage If the amplifier fails to deliver the requested signal the window comparator testing this voltage sends this message (via optoisolator) to the logic section turning on a warning LED

A-M Systems Inc 131 Business Paik Loop PO Box 850 CailsboraWa 98324 i Q Te(ophone 800-426-1306 bull36O683laquo00FAX 360683-3525 ^ E-mail salesOa-msystemscom Website httpywwwa-m5ystemscom

GATE IN

TRIG ^ OUT

(burst)

OPTO ISOLATOR

Amplitude (Pulse)

TRIG -lt^ OUT

(pulse)

c 1

RANGE

C

Analog switch

C

)

-D^sectli OUTPUT

Baseline sign )

Amplitude (baseline) )

O H q

ill V) 5 o i^8 e e -a a fi a

bull o c

M E o ts gtraquo

lt

Calibration Procedures

The calibration intenal is the lesser of 1000 hours of operation or 6 months Somewhat greater drift can be expected in the first 100 hours of operation as the semiconductors age Adjustments should only be made after the instrument has been fully warmed up for at least 15 minutes

Full instrument calibration requires the following test equipment digital multimeter (plusmn 01 ) able to measure resistance to at least 10OMfl oscilloscope with at least 50MHz bandwidth true-rms voltmeter with 4MHz bandwidth universal counter (plusmn 001) able to measure single pulse widths and periods resistors (all plusmn 01) 2kn lOkO 1 watt 20ka 200ka alligator clip lead sets banana plugs and BNC adapters

Adjustment integrated circuit and test point locations are shown in the following figures All adjustments are on the timing board unless otherwise noted

All voltages in the non-isolated section should be measured with respect to ground at TP510 unless othenwise stated Some voltages are measured with respect to an internal isolated ground at TP650 or across the two output terminals Occasionally the voltage at an IC pin must be measured in these cases the reference designator is given with the pin number in parentheses eg U602(16) When it states within this procedure that a voltage is to be minimized this means that the adjustment should be made such that the measured voltage is as close to zero volts as possible Refer to the Specifications Section of this manual for acceptable tolerances

The sequence of this procedure is important If any adjustment is made all adjustments which follow must be made to ensure that the specifications will be met These procedures require that all controls remain as set in previous steps unless otherwise indicated

WARNING

The Model2100 has dangerous voltages throughout the instrument even with the power is off Servicing the Mode2700 should only be done by qualified service personnel Use caution in handling any wires connectors or electrodes which may be directly or indirectly attached to the instrument Do not touch exposed connections or components Disconnect power by unplugging the power cord from the receptacle

A B B ^ _ _ mdash ^ _ I raquo laquo 131SusinessParkLoopROBox850CaitsborBWa98324 -JO

E-mail S8le60a-msystemscom Website httpwwwa-msystemscam

CO

TP501 O o

a OTPsoo

U560 bull

D D D D Q ^ U510

Trig Gate

U570

OQ Q

U500

n U505

Timing

gt U520

Timing

) U530

Timing

gt U540

Q U515

Timing

U508

R503

DDID E

a

gt oo

bull U800 l O r v o w iV_X^TP510 O

U525

f

A U535

^ U550

Timing ^

Clock

U555

J510 Burst Delay

J400 bull U545

d R742^VWgh R619 o

r RZZ3 R737 an c n V - I J I S O I S ^ ^C-COMP

U620 ^ Q Q bull ^ ^ bull

J420 O ^ D^ J440 IfYYYlDfYyYYYYYYYII C Z J E X C T

Q Otrsetl I p J Vlow

L J TP645 C=) cm P650

bull bull fe elUOD

irt

PI pound A

o c

E o

0)

Power supply and bias voltages

Power supply

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

POWER ON Observe voltage at P703 power supply wire top of main board

Check for+15 plusmn 050 V

Observe voltage at P701 power supply wire top of main board

Check for-15 plusmn 050 V

Observe voltage at U505(24) Check for +5 plusmn 025 V

Isolated supply voltage

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

RANGE 10 V TRIG open circuit MODE center position

Alternately observe V from high

R742 to R740 and V _ from kw

the U605(4) to U605(8)

Adjust R773 so that 110VltV lt 120 V and

high

28VltV^^lt34V

Capacitance balance

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

Connect a x10 oscilloscope probe to TP650 and ground the

Adjust R737 for minimum high frequency signal

Inputs

Gate funct ion

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave Verify that the voltage to GATE switches states at the Observe voltage at U510(3) proper input levels with an oscilloscope

Trigger s lope

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave Verify that the voltage to TRIG switches states at the Observe voltage at U510(1) proper input levels with an oscilloscope

TRIG SLOPE-I- Verify voltage is 180deg out of phase

TRIG SLOPE- Verify voltage is in phase

A-M Systems Inc 131 Business Paik Loop PO Box 850 Cailsborg Wa 98324 Tekvhone 8004201306 36O683laquo300 - FAX 360683-3S2S E-mail salesOa-msystemscom Website httpywwwa-msystemscom

14

Trigger and gate funct ion

Controls Inputs Observations

DELAY NONE BURSTWIDTH SINGLE DURATION SQUARE PERIOD 100X10-3

AdjustCheck

Apply a 1 kHz 0 -5 V triangle wave to TRIG Observe TRiGoand EVENT LEDS

TRIG disconnect all Short the GATE connector to GND Verify LEDs extinguish

MODE press to MANUAL Verify LEDs flash once

Timing

System clock frequency

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

Observe the frequency of the wave Verify 1000 MHz plusmn 001 atU555(17)

Mu l t i p l i e rs (Whee l Sw i t ches )

Controls Inputs Observat ions A d j u s t C h e c k

PULSE SIGN+ MODE FREE RUN TRIG disconnect all TIMING MULTIPUERS all

Wheels set to zero except the one being tested

TIMING OVERLAP ignore

Observe the pulse width with the counter at the location specified below

Verify pulse width is correct for each wheel as it is tested independently

For each wheel of each MULTIPLIER test each position to verify that the pulse width is correct Observe the signal at the following locations DELAY U520(2) BURSTWIDTH U530(2) PERIOD U540(2) DURATION U550(2)

Rates (Rotary Switches)

Controls Inputs Observations A d j u s t C h e c k

TIMING MULTIPUERS 001 TIMING RATES all rotary

switches set to 10-4 except the one being tested

Observe the pulse width with the counter at the location specified below

Verify pulse width is correct for each rotary switch as it is tested independently

For each of the four rotary switches in TIMING test each position to verify that the pulse width is correct Observe the signal at the following locations DELAY U520(2) BURSTWIDTH U530(2) PERIOD U540(2) DURATION U550(2)

A-M Systems Inc 131 Business Paik Loop PO Box 850 Caiisborg Wa 98324 Telophone 800-428-1306 bull 3606808300 FAX 360683-3525 E-mail salesOa-msystemscom Website httpwwwa-msystemscom

15

Trigger outputs Controls

Range 10V Pulse Amplitude 500 Delay 100x10-2 Burst 100x10-2 Duration 100 xlQ-^ Period 400x10-3 Pulse sign + Trig Mode Free run Trig in open

Inputs Observations

Trigger the oscilloscope to the Burst Trig Out Observe it the Pulse Trig Out and the isolated output

AdjustCheck

Verify that the waveform consists of a burst of three 1 ms-on3ms-off pulses The burst trigger should be synchronous with the burst the pulse trigger coincident with each pulse

Output Calibration

Isolation Resistance (check) Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

Trig Mode center position Trig In open

Measure the resistance between ground banana jack (front panel) and black banana jack of output with DMM

Resistance read gt 10OMQ

Amplitude Switch Offset (R640) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Zero Trig Mode center position Trig In Open

Measure the voltage at TP645 vs TP650 with the DMM

Adjust R640 (AmpI Sw Offset) for minimum voltage

Output Offset (R332 front panel board) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Zero Range 10V Trig Mode center position Trig In Open

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

Adjust R332 (Output offset) for minimum voltage

Positive Baseline Offset (R607) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Sign + Baseline Amplitude

fully CCW (000) Range 10V Trig In open Trig Mode center position

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

Adjust R602 (BSLN + offset) for minimum voltage

A-M Systems Inc 131 Business Paik Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Jelophone 8004201306 36O6834300 - FAX 380laquo83-352S E-mail salesOa-msystemscom Website httpwwwa-msystemscam

16

Negative Baseline Offset (R619)

Controls InputsObservations

Baseline Sign -Baseline Amplitude

fully CCW (000) Range 10V Trig In open Trig Mode center position

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

AdjustCheck

Adjust R619 (BSLN + offset) for minimum voltage

Pulse Ampl i tude Adjust (R602)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode Free Mode Pulse Amplitude 1000 Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =1001 Period =00110-4 Pulse Sign -Trig In open Range 10V

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

The Overlap indicator should be on Adjust R602 (Max Level) for -10OOV out

Pulse Sign Gain (check)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode Free Mode Pulse Amplitude 1000 Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =100 Is Period =001 10-4s Trig In open Range 10V

Measure the voltage at the output with the DMM for the Pulse Sign at + and - positions

The absolute values of the voltages should differ by less than 10OmV

Baseline Ampl i tudes (check)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

flange 100mA Trig Mode center position Baseline Amplitude fully CW (1000) Trig In open

Measure the voltage at the output with the DMM with Baseline Sign in + Zero and - positions

Gain the matching of current levels at = and - positions and offset current in Zero position

A-M Systems Inc 131 Business Psik Loop PO Box 850 Caiisborg Wa 98324 Telophone 800426-1306 bull 36Olaquo8raquo8300 bull FAX 360683-3525 E-mail salesOa-msystemscom Website httpwwwa-msystemsccm

17

Output Range Amplitude and Drive (check)

Controls InputsObservations

Pulse Amplitude 1000 Pulse Sign + Trig Mode Free Run Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =1001 Period =10010-4 Trig In open

Load the output with a 10KV 1W 01 resistor Measure the voltage at the output with DMM

Pulse Sign and Short Circuit Protection (check)

Controls

Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =200 10-4 Period =00110-3 Baseline Zero Pulse Amplitude 25 Range 10V Trig Mode Free Run Trig In open

InputsObservations

Measure the voltage at the output with the oscilloscope Check for Pulse Sign set to each of + - biphasic Watch for Error indicator when shorting the output

Output Transient Response (check)

Controls InputsObservations

Verify that full scale output is within specification Scale Range 100V 100V 10V 10V 100mA IV 1mA 10V 10mA 100V

AdjustCheck

Verify that pulses of approx 25V amplitude (625V for biphasic mode) of the correct sign are produced every 10ms Short output in biphasic mode Output should return when opened

AdjustCheck

Pulse Sign + Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =20010-4 Period =00110-3 Pulse Amplitude 250 Baseline Zero Trig Mode Free Mode Trig In open

Connect the oscilloscope to the output with a 310 attenuator probe Test both 10V and 10OV ranges

Verify that overshoot and risetime meet specifications

A-M Systems Inc 131 Business Paik Loop PO Box 850 Cailsbora Wa 98324 Tetophone 8004201306 bull 36Oeuro83-8300 bull FAX 360683-352S E-mail salasOa-msystemscom Website hitpywwwa-msystamsoom

18

Specifications

There are three classes of specifications Class A specifications tested in all units and are guaranteed Class B specifications are inherent in the design they are indirectly tested and are guaranteed Class C specifications are typical operating values which are occasionally tested- these are typical values given for your information but not guarshyanteed The class for each specification is noted in the center column of the following sections

Inputs Switching level

Hysteresis

Input equivalent circuit

Minimum duration (TTL-level signal)

A

C

C

C

16 V (plusmn 02 V)

approx 50 mV

lOOKfl to-1-5 in parallel with no more than 35pF

gt50ns

Open circuit condition B defaults to highon level

Timing and rate accuracy

Rate selector steps

Timing multiplier steps

B

B

100S to 100s in 7 steps

1 of rate selector step size Maximum value is 999 X the rate selector step size

Resolution B approx 01 of the maximum value

Timing error (second and later pulses after resetting controls)

B lt 002 of rate selector value + 015S

Timing error (first pulse after readjusting timing controls)

an additional 025s error may occur

Timing repeatability lt 001 settings-20 ns (mbnophasic)

A-M Systems Inc 131 Business Paik Loop PO Box 850 Caiisborg Wa 98324 Telophone 8004201306 3606808300 FAX 3606803S25 E-mail salesOa-msystemscom bull Website httpyy(wwaltTisystemscom

19

TRIG IN to OUTPUT delay (DELAY set to 0) output set to 2V

Timing jitter from TRIG IN to OUTPUT (for TTL trigger input with risetime lt10 ns)

Timing jitter from TRIG OUT (either BURST or PULSE) and OUTPUT

Trigger output to pulse output delay

Output characteristics Pulse level error (voltage mode open circuit current mode short circuit

Biphasic level difference IV-H-i-V-l2

Baseline level error (voltage mode A open circuit current mode short circuit)

Risetime (25 V out)

Risetime (25 V out)

Transient response

A

A

A

Output impedance (voltage mode) C

Output impedance (current mode) C

Isolation resistance A

Isolation capacitance C

approx 05 ps for a load of no more than 10 Kft in parallel with 50 pF

lt 125 ns (all rates except 100s) lt125ys (100s rate)

Less than 20 ns (all rates)

approx 350 ns

lt 03 of setting -i- 05 of r range (plus an additional 05vA in 100 ywA range)

lt 03 of range (voltage modes into open circuit current modes into short circuit)

lt 03 of setting of setting -I- 01 of range (plus an additional 05 pA in 100A range)

= 200 ns into less than 30 pF

= 15 yws into less than 30 pF

lt 8 overshoot into less than 30 pF for pulse voltages different than baseline voltage by at least 10 of range

= 50 ohms

raquo 1 0 Ga (typically 200 GD)

raquo 1 0 0 M n

= 60 pF at 100 Hz

A BB f ^ _ M 1 ^ ^ 131 Business Paik Loop ROBOx850Cai1sOorgWaW3Z4

- I V l o V S i e m S inC80Ph0trade80O42O1308-36O683-8300-FAX36O683-3525 7 bull bull bull bull ^ ^ E-maasale80a-m8vstemscomWebsitehitpjwwwaltnsyste

20 E-mai salesO a-m8ystemscom Website http jwwwa-msystemscom

Noise (differential mode)

Noise (common mode earth to isolated ground) with no signal output

Overload error indicator (low frequency short circuited voltage mode)

Overload error indicator low frequency open circuited current mode)

Overload error response time

Miscellaneous

= 1 mV rms (10 V scale 10 Hz-4 MHz)

- 8 mV rms (10 Hz-4 MHz) =laquo100mVp-p (200 Hz -10 MHz) measured withalOMn 15pF oscilloscope probe

Turns on for set amplitude at or greater than approx plusmn1 V (10 V range) or plusmn2 V (100 V range)

Turns on for set amplitude at or above approx 2 of range

Flat to approx 30 ps duration Decreasing sensitivity for shorter pulses

Power

Fuse

Operating temperature range

Storage temperature range

Operating humidity

Dimensions

Weight

approx 11 watts

1 amp 3 AG

10-30degC

0 - 50deg C

5 - 80 RH

17x475x1125 (inches) 432x121x286 cm

20 lbs (9 kg)

A-M Systems Inc 131 Business Paik Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Tekjptwne 8004201306 bull 36Olaquo8O8300 bull FAX 360laquo8O3525 E-mail salesOa-msystemscom Website httpywwwa-msystemscom

21

Warranty and Service

What does this warranty cover A-f Systems Inc warrants to the Purchaser that the Instrument excluding cables Headstage Probes and any other accessories shipped with the Instrument (hereafter the hardware) is free from defects in workmanship or material under normal use and service for the period of one (1) year This warranty commences on the date of delivery of the hardware to the Purchaser

What are the obligations of A-M Systems Inc under this warranty During the warranty period A-M Systems Inc agrees to repair or replace at its sole option without charge to the Purchaser any defective component part of the hardware To obtain warranty service the Purchaser must return the hardware to A-l^ Systems Inc or an authorized A-M Systems Inc distributor in an adequate shipping container Any postage shipping and insurance charges incurred in shipping the hardware to A-M Systems Inc must be prepaid by the Purchaser and all risk for the hardware shall remain with purchaser until such time as A-M Systems Inc takes receipt of the hardware Upon receipt A-M Systems Inc will promptly repair or replace the defective unit and then return the hardware to the Purchaser postage shipping and insurance prepaid A-M Systems Inc may use reconditioned or like new parts or units at its sole option when repairing any hardware Repaired products shall carry the same amount of outstanding warranty as from original purchase or ninety (90) days which ever is greater Any claim under the warranty must include a dated proof of purchase of the hardware covered by this warranty In any event A-M Systems Inc liability for defective hardware is limited to repairing or replacing the hardware

What is not covered by this warranty This warranty is contingent upon proper use and maintenance of the hardware by the Purchaser and does not cover batteries Neglect misuse whether intentional or othenvise tampering with or altering the hardware damage caused by accident damage caused by unusual physical electrical chemical or electromechanical stress damage caused by failure of electrical power or damage caused during transportation are not covered by this warranty Products may not be returned to A-M Systems Inc for service whether under warranty or otherwise which are contaminated by Infectious agents radioactive compounds or other materials constituting a health hazard to employees of A-M Systems Inc

What are the limits of liability for A-M Systems Inc under this warranty A-M Systems Inc shall not be liable for loss of data profits or savings or any special incidental consequential indirect or other similar damages arising from breach of contract negligence or other legal action even if the company or its agent has been advised of the possibility of such damages or for any claim brought against you by another party THIS EQUIPMENT IS NOT INTENDED FOR CLINICAL MEASUREMENTS USING HUMAN SUBJECTS A-M SYSTEMS INC DOES NOT ASSUME RESPONSIBILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE DUE TO MISUSE OF THIS EQUIPMENT Jurisdictions vary with regard to the enforceability of provisions excluding or limiting liability for incidental or consequential damages Check the provision of your local jurisdiction to find out whether the above exclusion applies to you

This warranty allocates risks of product failure between the Purchaser and A-M Systems Inc A-M Systems Inc hardware pricing reflects this allocation of ris1lt and the limitations of liability contained in this warranty The warranty set forth above is in lieu of all other express warranties whether oral or written The agents employees distributors and dealers of A-M Systems Inc are not authorized to make modifications to this warranty or additional warranties binding on the company Accordingly additional statements such as dealer advertising or presentations whether oral or written do not constitute warranties by A-M Systems Inc and should not be relied upon This warranty gives you specific legal rights You may also have other rights which vary from one jurisdiction to another

A B B J l laquo raquo ^ t3tBusinessPafkLoopPOBox850Cai1sbO(gWa98324

- | V | O V S i e m S |nCtrade042O1306-36O68O8300-FAX36O68O3525 E-mail salasOa-msvstemscom bull Website httowwwa-msvste

t3tBusinassParkLaopROBox8SOCai1sbo(gWa98324 po Telophone 8004201306 360683-8300 FAX 3606803525 ^ ^ E-maH salesOa-msystemscom Wetsite httpwwwa-msystem3e0m

mwal

INSTRUCTION MANUAL

FOR

ISOLATED PULSE STIMULATOR

MODEL 2100

Serial

Date

A-M Systems Inc

PO Box 850

Carisborg WA 98324

USA

360-683-8300 bull 800-426-1306 FAX 360-683-3525

httpwwwa-m8y8temscom

Version 50 May 1998

Contents General Description 1

Instrument Features 1 Controls and Connectors 2

Operating Instructions 6 Theory of Operation 10 Calibration Procedures 12

Inputs ii 14 Output Calibration iii i 16

Specifications i4 il u 19 Warranty and Service wi iJ iJi [ii 22

Each Isolated Pulse Stimulator Is delivered complete with

Rack Mount Hardware Instructions amp Maintenance Manual

NOTE

This instrument is not intended for clinical measurements using human subjects A-M Systems Inc does not assume msponsibility for injury or damage due to the misuse of this instrument

General bull M ^ ion

Instrument Features The Isolated Pulse Stimulator Model 2100 Is designed for a wide variety of applications It is highly flexible being capable of delivering single pulses biphasic pairs or bursts of pulses Pulses may be started manually or upon receiving a trigger signal from another instrument or computer Two non-isolated trigger outputs are available for triggering other instruments

Four sets of timing controls provide comprehensive control over all aspects of pulse generation Three digit accuracy is available over a 7 decade range for each timing function using lever wheel switches Pulse wkiths can be set over more than a 9 decade range from 05 [is to 999 seconds Timing accuracy is assured through the use of a 10 MHz base rate crystal-controlled clock digitally divided to provide accurate timing over the entire range A timing overiap indicator will light if the timing controls are set Inconsistently

The output may be conveniently switched between cun-ent and voltage modes Pulse and baseline amplitudes are independently presettable with lockable dials An error indicator will light if the Model 2100 cannoi deliver the desired signal

WARNING

The Model 2100 can produce potentially dangemus voltages up to 100 V et the output connectors The isolated output is not connected internally to safety (earth) ground in ahy way Some part of the extemal circuit should be connected to safety gmund Use caution in handling any wires connectors or electrodes which may be directly or indirectly attached to the Model 2100 output Some lltinds of connectors such as BNC connectors have exposed metal parts which may float at dangemus potentials unless extemally connected to safety gmund For greatest safety tum the Model 2100 off before making any connections to

the Instrument

131 Business Park LocfiPO Box BSOCarM)orgWa 98324 800426-1308 bull36OlaquoS3laquo300FAX 3 6 M 8 3 ^ 2 5

E-malt uiittyBQaHiByBtumaooiTi Wobsita HipJtwtiwiwftbMiAcon fl-N SystQms I n c ^ T

Controls and Connectors The controls for the Model 2100 are grouped in three sections START controlling when a pulse or burst of pulses begins TIMING controlling the onoff timing of one or more pulses and otJTPliT controlling the amplitude of the output signal

Start TRIG SLOPE This switch determines whether valid triggers occur at positive or negative edges in the trigger signal

MODE This switch controls how wavefomris are initiated When set to FREE RUN one timing cycle immediately follows the last When held in the MANUAL position a timing cycle starts immediately When the switch is in the center position timing cycles start when valid triggering events occur

TRIGD This LED lights up when a timing cycle is in process and continues until the burst is completed

TRIG This BNC connector allows a signal from an extemal source to initiate timing cycles It is set for standard TTL levels

GATE This BNC connector allows a signal from an extemal source to restrict the final output signal This input must be at a logical high (or open-circuited) in order for the Model 2100 to recognize either manual or automatic trigger events

Gate 1_ Trigger [~^ i I Valid triggers are represented by the arrows in the figure Note that the up arrow would apply only if TRIG SLOPE is set to + the down anrows would apply only if TRIG SLOPE is set to-

NOTE Triggers have no effect if the system has not completed its response to a previous trigger

fl-N SystQms I n c ^ 131 Business Park Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 600426-13063eO683laquo300FAX 360683^525

E-maB anBysQraquoinsyaleiTaconi Wsbalto h^KAvwwa-(nsys(smsoom

Timing Four sets of controls govem the timing of pulse generation Each set contains two values which are multiplied together to detennine the actual timing value The rotary knob (rate selector) provides the approximate timing value and the lever wheel switch bank (MULTIPLIER) provkles a time resolution of three decimal digits The following diagram shows most of the important relationships

Pnfe-tRAIM I B E L A V i6Molaquo

BURST WIOtH

Output r Delay

t n

Duration - ^ lt - |4Periodgt|

FLJI -^ Burst width

Trigger event

DELAY These controls set the time between the initiating trigger event and the beginning of the pulse burst If this rate selector is set to NONE or the multiplier is set to ooo there is no delay

BURSTWIDTH These controls set the time period in which one or more pulses may be delivered Once started a pulse may outlast the burst width If this rate selector is set to SINGLE or to any time shorter than the pulse duration only a single pulse will occur If the BURSTWIDTH is longer than the period pulses will be emitted at the PERIOD rate until the burst time ends Pulses are never truncated by a short BURST WIDTH

iNTpoundA-PULSiE PBRiOb

DURATION These controls set the length of each pulse If this rate selector is set to SQUARE the duration is set to half of the period regardless of the MULTIPLIER setting

PERIOD These controls set the period of time between adjacent pulse events within the burst It also forces a minimum dead time between recognized input triggers following a burst of one or more pulses This can be used to prevent over stimulation of a tissue without requiring excessive delay between the triggering event and the stimulating pulse

TlMtNQ OVERLAP

mLiHMPi

VVtJ jiwaa lasm nlaquoilaquo u

t^fi SysUms I n c ^ Elt4nsfl a m

131 Business Pofc Loop PO Box 850 Carisborg 1^98324 600-426-1306 36O6834300 FAK 360683^525

E-mai vrvysQfrflisysleraLOCniWutiailQL N^jAwwa^iByslernUiOOni

NOTE If any of these timing controls are changed while a timing cycle is in operation the results are undefined until the cunent cycle flnishes

TIMING OVERLAP This LED will light to indicate an Inconsistency in the timing cycle settings There are several ways to Introduce such errors The most common way is to set the inter-pulse PERIOD to be less than the pulse DURATION

TRIG OUT (UPPER) This BNC connector provides a signal which is coinckient with the intemal Burst timing signal (default) This means the signal starts at the end of the Delay time and persists until the Burst time expires This output may also be set to represent the delay time-out by setting the internal jumper J510 to the left two pins Instead of the right two pins (Please see the Calibration section in this manual for jumper location Directions are given as viewed from the fix)nt of the instrument)

TRIG OUT (LOWER) This BNC connector provides a signal which is coincident with the Duration timing signal which controls pulse output

NOTE Both trigger output signals slightly lead the isolated output signal

Output PULSE SIGN This Switch sets the sign for the pulses to be generated It also allows generation of biphasic pulses thereby doubling the effective total period Warning the first pulse genemted after changing the PULSE SIGN svntch may have the wmng polarity

BASELINE This switch sets the sign for the baseline signal

RANGE This rotary switch allows one of three current or two voltage ranges to be selected for the output signal

BASELINE AMPLITUDE This counting dial are independently set using ten-minute counting dials with the baseline having one tenth the range of the pulse amplitude

A-N Systlaquomslaquo Inc 131 Buskiess Partt Loop PO BoK 8S0 Cailsbarg Wa 96324 laophone 8004201306 bull36O68M300-FAX 3eolaquo8M525 E-mat bullmsysflMnsyslermoom VMaHsr Hlplhfimnmyekmoom

PULSE AMPLITUDE This counting dial

EVENTS This LED indicates when a pulse is ongoing

ERROR This LED indicates when the intemal output amplifier cannot output the pulse as desired This is usually due to a short circuit while trying to output a voltage or an open circuit while trying to output a current

One control from the Ot^uf section directly affects wavefonn timing the Pulse Sign control When set to the Biphasic mode a positive-going pulse is Immediately followed by a negative-going pulse This effectively doubles the pulse duration If a burst of biphasic pulses is being produced the period must be at least twice the single pulse duration In the Sgtan wave mode the baseline disappears as long as the burst persists

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Bushass Park locpPOBooi 850 C8ri9bcrgMS8324 IMqphona 800426-1306 bull36Olaquo83laquo3a0 FAX 360683-3529 E-nal amsyaOa4nsyatemscomWeMlK hMpJVniwa-nsygtatnscom

Operating Instructions

Examples Simple setup (and minimal Instrument tost)

Connect the output of the Model 2100 to an oscilloscope Before connecting the instrument it is safest to turn its power off

Set the Ou^uf controls

Range Pulse Sign

Baseline Pulse Amplitude

10V +

Zero 200

Setting The Timing Controls

Delay Burst Width

Duratbn Period

none single

15010-2 500102

Setting The Start Controls

Mode Free Run

Disconnect any cables to the TRIG or GATE Inputs

Note that the green Trig and Event Indicators tum on as Free Run is turned on (and tum off othenwise) You should observe a 15ms duration 20Hz rate pulse of 200V above a OV baseline on the oscilloscope i

A ^ M ^ _ _ _ A ^ _ _ _ 1 ^ 131BiiHnD8raquoParttloopPOBoxB50Car)sbcrBlaquoraquoS8324

bull P l ^ y S W n i S f |nC ltV^gt^8deglt^^2O1306380laquo8OS3a0FAX36O6BMS2S

6 E-fnflk 9n^fBOs-in9ystsni9cx]fnWDbs)tec H^ff9Nw^myStem9oom

Demonstration of Burst Mode Connect the output of the Model 2100 to an oscilloscope Before connecting the instrument it is safest to tum Its power off

Set the Output controls

Range Pulse Sign

Baseline Pulse Amplitude

Baseline Amplitude

Setting The Timing Controls

Delay Burst Width

Duration

Period

Set the START controls as follows

Mode

Disconnect any cables to the TRIG or GATE inputs

Trigger the oscilloscope from the Burst trigger out (upper Tr^ Out connector) for a stable display In each burst (occumng every lOOms) you should observe a trio of 15ms duration starting 50ms apart Try switching the StartMode from Free Run to the center (nomnal) position The pulses will no longer be produced and the Trig and Event indicators will turn off Pressing this switch once (to Manual) will cause a single burst to occur

880 120 150 500

10V +

200 100

102 102 102 102

Free Run

fleaff SySlQmSa |nCa deglgt ltlt ^ ^ deg ^ degdeg ^ ^ ^ bull E-matmia

131 Business Park LoopPO Box 850 Carisborg Vfe 86324 lUcphcna 800426-1306 36Olaquo83laquo300 FAX 36068raquo52 E-maft tfii8ysOiHn^nleiTBcom1AWisJto HSpitwraquoM^wytAtii9oom

Problem SoMng If the Instrument appears to be not worthing properiy check all of the control settings and connections Be sure to wait at least 5-10 seconds after turning the Instrument off before tuming it on again The following t6ef summary of typical problems for the user (along with the most common solutions) may help

Problem CauseSolution EVENT indicator never lights even in FREE RUN mode

bull Replace fuse check power connection bullSet DELAY or PERIOD to a shorter interval

bull Power-on too soon after power-off

OVERLAP Indicator is on

ERROR indicator is on

Time appears to be excessive

bullSet DURATION gt000 bull DURATION is set to SQUARE but PERIOD is 000 Increase PERIOD or set DURATION independantly

bull BURST and WIDTH are gt DURATION increase PERIOD or decrease

DURATION bull BIPHASIC pulse output is on and PERIOD is not longer than twice the DURATION Increase PERIOD or decrease DURATION

bull Free-run is on and BURST Is lt PERIOD (BURST off) DELAY is 0 and PERIOD is lt DURATION Add delay or modify PERIOD

bull Free-mn is on and BURST is gt DURATION (BURST ON) and PERIOD is lt DURATION Increase PERIOD

bull For VOLTAGE outputs the output Is trying to drive too low a resistance or capacitance (eg a short circuit) Check by disconnecting the output It is possible (and normal) that for the fastest cycles

and largest amplitudes (close to 100 V and 1 MS) that the ERROR Indicator might always come on during repetitive pulses Fix output load or decrease amplitude as required

bull Changed control in mid-cycle (resets cunent status)

A ^ M bull _ _ _ A ^ ^ _ _ i ^ mdash 131BuslnessPai1ltLoopPOBox850CarlsborgWamp98324

bull p i j ^ v s w m s iiic^^deglt^deg^^deglt^^^3degB3^^^deg^^^^degdeg^^^deg^^deg^^^^ E-mat iiiMOafflwstemseom WabaHe MtaffiwwtHtavsli

8 E-msft flmsjoQfrfraystGfnsoom ^WobsltiK hl^Aiwv9-fn9]nteniscom

Cant seem to get a full signal out

Incoming triggers not accepted frequently enough

bull Load is not properiy connected repair wiring

bull Too low a load impedance (VOLTAGE modes) or too high a load impedance

(CURRENT mode)

bull PERIOD is set too long (enforces dead time) followd by BURST set to SIGNAL Reduce PERIOD time

Table 10 Problem Solving

If you suspect that the Model 2100 may have completely failed we recommend checking the basic level of functionality If this fails your instrument is defective and must be repaired If this passes either your experimental setup is incompatible or inconsistent or there is a more subtle flaw in your Model 2100

If the Model 2100 appears to be malfunctioning contact A-M Systems Inc or your dealer Telephone numtgters for A-M Systems Inc listed on the front cover of this manual We will first attempt to solve the problem over the telephone so have an exact description of your problem available when you call You do not need to be within the warranty period to obtain over-the-phone assistance

A ^ M V - mdash A d B ^ K M I ^ M 131BuslnessPatfcLoopPOBox6SOCai

-PI s y s i Q m s inc-2raquolaquoa22=M^^

131 Business Parfc Loop PO Box 650 Cartsborg VM9 0S324 _ FAX36(W8a3525 E^nrt flnsysQa-ntsyttanB-oom Wsbsfte hHpiMNvwa-nnystsnisooni

9

Theory of Operation

The operation of the Model 2100 is summarized In the block diagram (see Fig 3) Not shown are all of the interconnections with the microcontroller The intemal microcontroler plays an important role in setting the signal path but does not directly

contribute to the dynamic characteristics It scans the front panel switches and sets the control values for the logic arays It programs the intemal counters which along with the other hardware achieve the necessary sub-microsecond speeds

All action starts either from an input trigger signal (from Trig In) or from an intemal signal (in free Run mode only) A Delay timer counts the 10MHz clock until its count value Is exhausted At this point the Burst timer starts Both Period and Duration timers are started at this time If the Burst timer has not expired by the end of the Period the Period and Duration timers are restarted If the Biphasic mode has been set the Duration timer is restarted at the end of the initial Duration and the sign of the output pulse Is reversed doubling the total duration

The system state (pulse on pulse sip baseline sign [+101-]) is transmitted to the isolated section via optoisolator The baseline and pulse amplitudes are selected by an analog switch The resulting signal is amplified by a variable-power-supply discrete operational amplifier The amplifier connections and gain is modified to provide two voltage and three cunent ranges

Timing overlap errors are detected by a logical decision computation rather than by testing for counter collisions This provides instant feedback rather than waiting up to an hour for such a collision to occur Output errors are measured by sensing the output amplifiers differential input voltage Under normal conditions this is a negligible voltage if the amplifier fails to deliver the requested signal the window comparator testing this voltage sends this message (via optoisolator) to the logic section turning on a warning LED

fl-N Systems Inc 131BusbnassPa(tLoopPOBox6SOCari3boigVMg8324 H n |TWoph0n880O426-13083eO6Blaquo300FMt36Olaquo8i3525 E-nnl anaysflfriinysleiiaoemWfcbslte hllphmwraquoimyatennoom

TRIG 3HJ) OUT

(burst)

TRIG ^ OUT

(pulse)

E

Ml

Calibration Procedures

The calibration interval is the lesser of 1000 hours of operation or 6 months Somewhat greater drift can be expected in the first 100 hours of operation as the semiconductors age Adjustments should only be made after the instrument has been fully warmed up for at least 15 minutes

Full instrument calibration requires the following test equipment digital multimeter (plusmn 01) able to measure resistance to at least lOOMfl oscilloscope with at least 50MHz bandwidth true-rms voltmeter with 4MHz bandwidth universal counter (plusmn 001 ) able to measure single pulse widths and periods resistors (all plusmn 01) 2kn lOkH 1 waft 20kn 200kn alligator clip lead sets banana plugs and BNC adapters

Adjustment integrated circuit and test point locations are shown in the following figures All adjustments are on the timing board unless otherwise noted

All voltages in the non-isolated section should be measured with respect to ground at TP510 unless othenvise stated Some voltages are measured with respect to an intemal isolated ground at TP650 or across the two output tenninals Occasionally the voltage at an IC pin must be measured In these cases the reference designator is given with the pin number in parentheses eg U602(16) When it states within this procedure that a voltage is to be minimized this means that the adjustment should be made such that the measured voltage is as close to zero volts as possible Refer to the Specifications Section of this manual for acceptable tolerances

The sequence of this procedure is Important If any adjustment is made all adjustments which follow must be made to ensure that the specifications will be met These procedures require that all controls remain as set in previous steps unless otherwise indicated

WARNING

The Model 2100 has dangerous voltages throughout the instrument even with the power is off Servicing the Model 2100 should only be done by qualified service personnel Use caution in handling any wires connectors or electrodes which may be directly or indirectly attached to the Instrument Do not touch exposed connections or components Disconnect power by unplugging the power cord from the receptacle

fl-N Systems I n c ^ 131BusinesaPartcLoopPOBox850CartsborgVWiB8324 4 n ^gt-mdash80O426-130638Ofl8Jlaquo300FAX36O683J52S bull E-maft BinsysQfrfn^islflnisoomVVfalislle h^KVfWMift^iisystemsoani

CO

- R503

Omg^

TPSOlQ O

OTPSOO

U560 bull

U510

DDID ^ trade E O ^ T P 5 1 0

bullnD Trig

0 ^

U570

Gate n U505

DO D

U515

Timing

Timing h_ U520

bsoo ^25SE Timing

Or r U540

I I Tmlng

[^ELIL

U535 D

U506

13 J510 Timlnff

BurfiDelay J400

i i i i i i i T r m r a

gt U550 ^

Clock

U555 U620

B a

^R^Pvhigh Rfijn O D O Vlow

o

bull U545

Fo sect737 lISOIsPjC-COMP

n r r ^ U760

J420

]]U632

Q S riuGSO

H = ) TP640^ deg I t I

II3D

J440 m i T i

U610 plusmn laquo j U O

bull bull l el

^t

O l

bull

M

I

Power supply and bias voltages

Power supply

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

POWER ON Observe voltage at P703 power supply wire top of main board

Check for+15 plusmn 050 V

Observe voltage at P701 power supply wire top of main board

Check for-15 plusmn 050 V

Observe voltage at U505(24) Check for+5 plusmn 025 V

Isolated supply voltage

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

RANGE 10 V TRIG open circuit MODE center position

Altemately observe V^ from R742 to R740 and V ^ from the U605(4) to U605(8)

Adjust R773 so that 110VltV^lt 120 V and

nign

28VltV^lt34V

Capacitance balance

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Connect a x10 oscilloscope probe to TP650 and ground the

Adjust R737 for minimum high frequency signal

Inputs

Gate funct ion

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave Verify that the voltage to GATE switches states at the Obsene voltage at U51G(3) proper input levels with an oscilloscope ^ ^

Trigger s lope

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave Verify that the voltage to TRIO switches states at the Observe voltage at US 10( 1) proper input levels with an oscilloscope

TRIG SLOPE + Verify voltage is 180 out of phase

TRIG SLOPE Verify voltage is in phase

fl-N Systems Inc ^ 131 Bushess Park Loop PO Bar 850 Carisborg Wa 98324 8004201306 3eOlaquoS3e300 FAX 3606BV352S

C-maft fliii8yBQfriii9yBlumaoamVIAibsMB hRpJhwMifi-iiiBystematxini

14

Trigger and gate funct ion

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

DELA NONE BURS1WII3TH SINGLE DURATION SQUARE PERIOD 100X10-3

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave to TRIG Obsen^e TRIOD and EVENT LEDS

TRIG disconnect all Short the GATE connector to GND Verify LEDs extinguish

MODE press to MANUAL Verify LEDs flash once

Timing

System c lock frequency

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Observe the frequency of the wave atU555(17)

Verify 1000 MHz plusmn001

Multipl iers (Wheel Switches)

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

PULSE SIGN + MODE FREE RUN TRIG disconnect all TIMING MULTIPUERS ail

wheels set to zero except the one being tested

TnmiNG OVERLAP ^nOTB

Observe the pulse width with the counter at the location specified below

Verify pulse width Is correct for each wheel as it is tested Independently

For each wheel of each MULTIPUER test each position to verify that the pulse width is correct Observe the signal at the following locations DELAY U520(2) BURSTWIDTH U530(2) PERIOD US40(2) DURATION U550(2)

Rates (Rotary Switches)

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

TIMING MULTIPUERS 001 TIMING RATES all rotary

switches set to 10-4 except the one being tested

Observe the pulse width with the counter at the location specified below

Verify pulse width is conect for each rotary switch as it is tested independently

For each of the four rotary switches in TIMING test each position to verify that the pulse wkJth is correct Observe the signal at the following locations DELAY U520(2) BURSTWIDTH U530(2) PERIOD U540(2) DURATION U550(2)

fl-N Systems I n c ^ E-maft emfl

131 Business Parti Loop PO 809(850 Cartsborg Wta 98324 8004201306 3804806300 FAX 36068O3S25

E-maft ansysQa nvystems-oom Wobste hflp Avwwa4nsy8(Qnttoam

15

Trigger outputs Controls

Range 10V Pulse Amplitude 500 Delay 100x10 Burst 100x10^2 Duration 100 x1a Period 400x10^ Pulse sign + Trig Mode Free run Trig in open

Inputs Observations

Trigger the oscilloscope to the Burst Trig Out Observe it the Pulse Trig Out and the isolated output

Adjust Check

Verify that the waveform consists of a burst of three 1ms-on3ms-off pulses The burst trigger should be synchronous with the burst the pulse trigger coincident with each pulse

Output Calibration

Isolation Resistance (check) Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode center position Trig In open

Measure the resistance between ground banana jack (front panel) and black banana jack of output with DMM

Resistance read gt 100MQ

Amplitude Switch Offset (R640) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Zero Trig Mode center position Trig In Open

Measure the voltage at TP645 vs TP650 with the DMM

Adjust R640 (AmpI Sw Offset) for minimum voltage

Output Offset (R332 front panel board) Controls I nputsObservatlons AdjustCheck

Baseline Zero Range 10V Trig Mode center position Trig In Open

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

Adjust R332 (Output offset) for minimum voltage

Positive Baseline Offset (R607) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Sign + Baseline Amplitude

fully CCW (000) Range 10V Trig In open Trig Mode center position

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

Adjust R602 (BSLN + offset) for minimum voltage

fl M raquo _ _ _ A laquo ^ _ i ^ ^ 131Buslnelaquo8Pari(loopPOBoK850Cart8borgWB96324

bull P I i s V S i e m S a |||Cg1Maphans80O42O130638O68O8300FAX36Olaquo8raquo^2S E-tiBft anagtraquoflwiisyagtlaquomraquoaimW6baHB hHpffii(wwraquoltnsylaquoleniieom

16

Negative Baseline Offset (R619) Controls

Baseline Sign -i Baseline Amplitude bull fully CCW (000)

Range 10V Trig In open Trig Mode center position

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

AdjustCheck

Adjust R619 (BSLN 4 offset) for minimum voltage

Pulse Amplitude Adjust (R602) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode Free Mode Pulse Amplitude 1000 Timing Dialay =none Burst =single Duration =1001 Period =00110-4 Pulse Sign -Trig In open Range 10V

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

The Overiap indicator should be on Adjust R602 (Max Level) for -1000V out

Pulse Sign Gain (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode Free Mode Pulse Amplitude 1000 Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =1001 s Period =00110-4s Trig In open Range 10V

Measure the voltage at the output with the DMM for the Pulse Sign at -- and - positions

The absolute values of the voltages should differ by less than lOOmV

Baseline Amplitudes (check) Controls InputsObservations

Range 100mA Trig Mode center position Baseline Amplitude fully CW (1000) Trig In open

Measure the voltage at the output with the DMM with Baseline Sign in + Zero and - positions

AdjustCheck

Gain the matching of current levels at = and - positions and offset current in Zero position

fl-N Systems Inc^^ bull E-mal am8

131 Business Partt Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 88324 8004201306360laquo8Oe300FAX 360laquo8O362S

E-maM am8y8^o-mBy8tflmBoom WobaKo hHp Awwwo-f i iBystonuoom

17

Output Range Amplitude and Drive (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Pulse Amplitude 1000 Pulse Sign + Trig Mode Free Run Timing Delay =none Burst =8ingle Duration =1001 Period =10010-4 Trig In open

Load the output with a 10KV1W 01 resistor Measure the voltage at the output with DMM

Verify that full scale output is within specification Scale Range 100V 100V 10V 10V 100mA IV 1mA 10V 10mA 100V

Pulse Sign and Short Circuit Protection (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Timing Delay =none Burst =8ingle Duration =200 10-4 Period =00110-3 Baseline Zero Pulse Amplitude 25 Range 10V Trig Mode Free Run Trig In open

Measure the voltage at the output with the oscilloscope Check for Pulse Sign set to each of + - biphasic Watch for Error indicator when shorting the output

Verify that pulses of approx 25V amplitude (625V for biphasic mode) of the correct sign are produced every 10ms Short output in biphasic mode Output should retum when opened

Output Transient Response (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Pulse Sign + Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =20010-4 Period =00110-3 Pulse Amplitude 250 Baseline Zero Trig Mode Free Mode Trig In open

Connect the oscilloscope to the output with a 310 attenuator prolse Test boVn 10V and 100V ranges

Verify that overshoot and risetime meet specifications

fl-N Systems I n c ^ 131 Business Parte Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wb 98324 8004201306 36Olaquo83O300 FAX 36O680lt352S

E-mQ0 snBy8Qs-msy8faiTiscom VWriMtte N ^ Mvww9-msy8lemscom

18

Specifications

There are three classes of specifications Class A specifications tested in all unHs and are guaranteed Class B specifications are inherent in the design they are indirectly tested and are guaranteed Class C specifications are typical operating values which are occasionally tested- these are typical values given for your infomiation but not guarshyanteed The class for each specification is noted in the center column of the following sections

Inputs Switching level

Hysteresis

Input equivalent circuit

Minimum duration (1 IL-level signal)

A

C

C

C

16V(plusmn02V)

approx 50 mV

100K ft to+5 In parallel with no more than 35pF

gt 50 ns

Open circuit condition B defaults to highon level

Timing and rate accuracy Rate selector steps

Timing multiplier steps

Resolution

Timing eror (second and later pulses after resetting controls)

B

B

B

B

lOOps to 100s In 7 steps

1 of rate selector step size Maximum value is 999 x the rate selector step size

approx 01 of the maximum value

lt 002 of rate selector value + 015 ps

Timing error (first pulse after readjusting timing controls)

an additional 025 ps error may occur

Timing repeatability lt 001 setting + 20 ns (monophasic)

fl-N Systems I nc ^ bull E-moU ams

131 Business Parti Loop PO Boot 850 Cartsborg VM 98324 80O42O130838O08O8300FAX36Olaquo8O3S2S

E-meU anByafl^iiisyslainaoomWebsHe hHpffliiwwraquomsys)emsoom

19

TRIG IN to OUTPUT delay (DELAY set to 0) output set to 2V

Timing jitter ft-om TRIG IN to OUTPUT (for TTL trigger input with risetime lt10 ns)

Timing jitter ft^om TRIG OUT (either BURST or PULSE) and OUTPUT

Trigger output to pulse output delay

Output charactsristics Pulse level enror (voltage mode open circuit cun-ent mode short circuit

Biphasic level difference |V + + V-|2

Baseline level error (voltage mode A open circuit current mode short circuit)

Risetime (25 V out)

Risetime (25 V out)

Transient response

A

A

A

Output impedance (voltage mode) C

Output impedance (current mode) C

Isolation resistance A

Isolation capacitance C

approx 05 ps for a load of no more than 10 Kft in parallel with 50 pF

lt 125 ns (all rates except 100s) lt 125 ps (100s rate)

Less than 20 ns (all rates)

approx 350 ns

lt 03 of setting + 05 of r range (plus an additional 05 pA inlOOpArenge)

lt 03 of range (voltage modes into open circuit current modes into short circuit)

lt 03 of setting of setting + 01 of range (plus an additional 05 pA in lOOpA range)

laquo 200 ns into less than 30 pF

laquo15 ps into less than 30 pF

lt 8 overshoot Into less than 30 pF for pulse voltages different than baseline voltage by at least 10 of range

laquo 50 ohms

raquo 1 0 Gft (typically 200 Gft)

raquo100Mft

laquo 60 pF at 100 Hz

fl-N Systems Inc^^ 131 Business Partt Uxip PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 96324 8004201308 SBOee^^SOO FAX 360laquoS3^52S

E-mat BiByraquoaiMii8ylaquoliiiiiseomWiljalteHlpJV(wwraquo4tgy8lenaoom

20

Noise (differential mode)

Noise (common mode earth to isolated ground) with no signal output

Overioad error indicator (low frequency short circuited voltage mode)

Overioad error indicator low frequency open circuited current mode)

Overioad enor response time

Miscellaneous

Power

Fuse

Operating temperature range

Storage temperature range

Operating humidity

Dimensions

Weight

laquo1 mV rms (10 V scale 10Hz-4MHz)

laquo 8 mV rms (10 Hz-4 MHz) laquo100mVp-p (200 Hz -10 MHz) measured withalOMft 15pF oscilloscope probe

Turns on for set amplitude at or greater than approx plusmn1V (10 V range) or plusmn2 V (100 V range)

Turns on for set amplitude at or above approx 2 of range

Flat to approx 30 ps duration Decreasing sensitivity for shorter pulses

approx 11 watts

1 amp 3 AG

10-30C

0 - 50deg C

5-80RH

17x475x1125 (Inches) 432x121x286 cm

20 lbs (9 kg)

fl mm bull gt _ _ _ A ^ ^ _ _ L ^ 131BusinesraquoPariltLocpPOBox850C8rtsborgWS9e324

bull p i ^ y s v e m s IIIC^^deg(^deg^Bdegltgt^^^3degdeg^deg^^deg^^^degdeg^^I^deg^deg^^^^^

21 E-mei flre^nQo 4n8yo(amscam Wsbsfle hHpAwwwe-msy8Jems-Oom

Warranty and Service

What does this warranty cover A-M Systems Inc warrants to the Purchaser that the Instrument excluding cables Headstage Probes and any other accessories shipped with the Instrument (hereafter the hardware) is free from defects in workmanship or material under normal use and service for the period of one (1) year This warranty commences on the date of delivery of the hardware to the Purchaser

What are the obligations of A-M Systems Inc under this warranty During the warranty period A-M Systems Inc agrees to repair or replace at its sole option without charge to the Purchaser any defective component part of the hardware To obtain warranty service the Purchaser must return the hardware to A-M Systems Inc or an authorized A-M Systems Inc distributor in an adequate shipping container Any postage shipping and insurance charges incurred in shipping the hardware to A-M Systems Inc must be prepaid by the Purchaser and all risk for the hardware shall remain with purchaser until such time as A-M Systems Inc takes receipt of the hardware Upon receipt A-M Systems Inc will promptly repair or replace the defective unit and then return the hardware to the Purchaser postage shipping and insurance prepaid A-M Systems Inc may use reconditioned or like new parts or units at its sole option when repairing any hardware Repaired products shall carry the same amount of outstanding wan^nty as from original purchase or ninety (90) days which ever is greater Any claim under the warranty must include a dated proof of purchase of the hardware covered by this wan-anty In any event A-M Systems Inc liability for defective hardware is limited to repairing or replacing the hardware

What is not covered by this warranty This warranty is contingent upon proper use and maintenance of the hardware by the Purchaser and does not cover batteries Neglect misuse whether intentional or otherwise tampering with or altering the hardware damage caused by accident damage caused by unusual physical electrical chemical or electromechanical stress damage caused by failure of electrical power or damage caused during transportation are not covered by this warranty Products may not be returned to A-M Systems Inc for service whether under warranty or otherwise which are contaminated by infectious agents radioactive compounds or other materials constituting a health hazard to employees of A-M Systems Inc

What are the limits of llabiiity for A-M Systems inc under this warranty A-M Systems Inc shall not be liable for loss of data profits or savings or any special incidental consequential indirect or other similar damages arising from breach of contract negligence or other legal action even if the company or its agent has been advised of the possibility of such damages or for any claim brought against you by another party THIS EQUIPMENT IS NOT INTENDED FOR CLINICAL MEASUREMENTS USING HUMAN SUBJECTS A-M SYSTEMS INC DOES NOT ASSUME RESPONSIBILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE DUE TO MISUSE OF THIS EQUIPMENT Jurisdictions vary with regard to the enforceability of provisions excluding or limiting liability for incidental or consequential damages Check the provision of your local jurisdiction to find out whether the above exclusion applies to you This warranty allocates risks of product failure between the Purchaser and A-M Systems Inc A-M Systems Inc hardware pricing reflects this allocation of risk and the limitations of liability contained in this wanranty The warranty set forth above is in lieu of all other express wan^anties whether oral or written The agents employees distributors and dealers of A-M Systems Inc are not authorized to make modifications to this wan-anty or additional wan-anties binding on the company Accordingly additional statements such as dealer advertising or presentations whether oral or written do not constitute wananties by A-M Systems Inc and should not be relied upon This warranty gives you specific legal rights You may also have other rights whrch vary from one jurisdiction to another

6 mm ^ laquo _ _ A a B ^ _ 1 ^ ^ 131 Business Parti Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg W B 98324 O O

bull P l A y S V e m S l n C T^M 8OO42OI3O6 380683-8300FAX 360 803525 ^ ^ E-msl iiiisy80iHTBy8tenisoom Wsbsito hnphwwfrimysleiiisoom

A

V ISO

INSTRUCTION MANUAL

FOR

ISOLATED PULSE STIMULATOR

MODEL 2100

Serial

Date

A-M Systems Inc

PO Box 850

Carlsborg WA 98324

USA

360-683-8300 bull 800-426-1306 FAX 360-683-3525

httpwwwa-msystemscom

Version 70 February 2002

Contents General Description 1

Instrument Features 1 Controls and Connectors 2

Operating Instructions 6 Theory of Operation 10 Calibration Procedures 12

Inputs 14 Output Calibration 16

Specifications 19 Warranty and Service 22

Each Isolated Pulse Stimulator is delivered complete with

Rack Mount Hardware Instructions amp Maintenance Manual

NOTE

This instrument is not intended for clinical measurements using human subjects A-M Systems Inc does not assume responsibility for Injury or damage due to the misuse of this instrument

General Description

Instrument Features The Isolated Pulse Stimulator Model 2100 is designed for a wide variety of applications It is highly flexible being capable of delivering single pulses biphasic pairs or bursts of pulses Pulses may be started manually or upon receiving a trigger signal from another Instrument or computer Two non-isolated trigger outputs are available for triggering other instruments

Four sets of timing controls provide comprehensive control overall aspects of pulse generation Three digit accuracy is available over a 7 decade range for each timing function using lever wheel switches Pulse widths can be set over more than a 9 decade range from 05 ps to 999 seconds Timing accuracy is assured through the use of a 10 MHz base rate crystal-controlled clock digitally divided to provide accurate timing over the entire range Atiming overiap indicator will light If the timing controls are set inconsistently

The output may be conveniently switched between current and voltage modes Pulse and baseline amplitudes are Independently presettable with lockable dials An error Indicator will light if the Mode2700 cannot deliver the desired signal

r WARNING

The Model 2100 can produce potentially dangerous voltages up to 100 V at the output connectors The isolated output is not connected internally to safety (earth) ground in any way Some part of the extemal circuit should be connected to safety ground Use caution in handling any wires connectors or electrodes which may be directly or indirectly attached to the Model 2100 output Some kinds of connectors such as BNC connectors have exposed metal parts which may float at dangerous potentials unless extemally connected to safety ground For greatest safety tum the Model 2100 off before making any connections to

the instrument

131 Business Parii Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Telophone 800-426-1306 bull 360-68raquolaquo300 bull FAX 360683-3525 E-mal satesa-msystemsoom VVfebsite httpywwwa^nsystemscom fl-N Systems Inc 1

Controls and Connectors The controls for the Model 2100 are grouped in three sections START which controls when a pulse or burst of pulses begins TIMING which controls the onoff timing of one or more pulses and OUTPUT which controls the amplitude of the output signal

Start TRIG SLOPE Determines the polarity of valid trigger pulses (positive or negative edges in the trigger signal)

MODE Controls waveform initiation When set to FREE RUN one timing cycle immediately follows the last When momentarily placed In the MANUAL position a timing cycle starts Immediately When the switch Is In the center position timing cycles start when valid triggering events occur

TRIGD This LED lights up when a timing cycle Is in process and continues until the burst is completed

TRIG This BNC connector allows a signal from an external source to Initiate timing cycles It is set for standard TTL levels

GATE This BNC connector allows a signal from an external source to restrict the final output signal This input must be at a logical high (or open-circuited) in order for the Model 2100 to recognize either manual or automatic trigger events

Gate 1_ Trigger |~~^ i I Valid triggers (represented by the arrows in the figure) can occur only when the gate Is at logical high Note that the up arrow would apply only If TRIG SLOPE is set to + the down an-ows would apply only if TRIG SLOPE Is set to -

NOTE Triggers have no effect if the system has not completed its response to a previous trigger

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Park Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Vb 98324 TelQphQne 80O426-1306 360683-8300 FAX 360683-3525 E-mail sales^a-msystemscom Wsbsite httpywwwa-msystemscom

Timing Four sets of controls govern the timing of pulse generation Each set contains two values which are multiplied together to detemnine the actual timing value The rotary knob (rate selector) provides the approximate timing value and the lever wheel switch bank (MULTIPLIER)

provides a time resolution of three decimal digits The following diagram shows most of the Important relationships

Output r Delay Duration

|ltPeriodgtj

t Burst width

Trigger event

DELAY These controls determine the time duration between the initiating trigger event and the beginning of the pulse burst If this rate selector is set to NONE or the multiplier is set to 000 there Is no delay

BURST WIDTH These controls determine the time period in which one or more pulses may be delivered Once started a pulse may outlast the burst width If this rate selector is set to SINGLE or to any time shorter than the pulse duration only a single pulse will occur If the BURST WIDTH Is longer than the period pulses will be emitted at the PERIOD rate until the burst time ends Pulses are never truncated by a short BURSTWIDTH

inds)-PULSE

D U R A T I O N 1 0 1 0

10

INTEB-PULSE PERIOD

1 1 10

DURATION These controls determine the length of each pulse Ifthis rate selector Is set to SQUARE the duration is set to half of the period regardless of the MULTIPLIER setting

PERIOD These controls set the period of time between adjacent pulse events within the burst It also forces a minimum dead time between recognized input triggers following a burst of one or more pulses This can be used to prevent over stimulation of a tissue without requiring excessive delay between the triggering event and the stimulating pulse

TIMING OVERLAP

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 860 Carisborg Vamp 98324 |Telophone 800-426-1306 360683-8300 bull FAX 3606aW525 E-mail salearega^nsystemsoom Vfeb5ite httpAwwwa^nsyslemscam

NOTE If any of these timing controls are changed while a timing cycle is in operation the results are undefined until the current cycle finishes

TIMING OVERLAP This LED will light to Indicate an inconsistency in the timing cycle settings There are several ways to introduce such errors The most common way is to set the Inter-pulse PERIOD to be less than the pulse DURATION

T I M I N G (seconds)^

TRIG OUT (UPPER) This BNC connector provides a signal which is coincident with the Internal Burst timing signal (default) This means the signal starts at the end of the Delay time and persists until the Burst time expires This output may also be set to represent the delay time-out by setting the internal jumper J510 to the right two pins instead of the left two pins (Please see the Calibration section in this manual for jumper location Directions are given as viewed from the front of the Instrument)

TRIG OUT (LOWER) This BNC connector provides a signal which Is coincident with the Duration timing signal which controls pulse output

NOTE Both trigger output signals slightly lead the isolated output signal

Output

PULSE SIGN This switch determines the polarity of the pulses to be generated It also allows generation of biphasic pulses thereby doubling the effective total period Warning the first pulse generated after changing the PULSE

SIGN switch may have the wrong polarity

BASELINE This Switch determines the polarity ofthe baseline signal

RANGE This rotary switch determines if the output pulses will be constant current (3 ranges) or constant voltage (2 ranges)

BASELINE AMPLITUDE This value is independently set using a ten-turn counting dial The maximum baseline amplitude is one tenth the value shown on the range amplitude switch

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 8S0 Cartsborg Vfa 98324 |Tetaphone 80O426-1306 bull 360683-8300 bull FAX 3606803525 E-mail salesa-msystemscom Wbbsite http7Awwwaflnsystemscom

PULSE AMPLITUDE This value is independently set using a ten-turn counting dial The maximum pulse amplitude is the value shown on the range amplitude switch

EVENT This LED indicates when a pulse is ongoing

ERROR This LED indicates when the internal output amplifier cannot output the pulse as desired This is usually due to a short circuit while trying to output a voltage or an open circuit while trying to output a current

VOTEThe Pulse Sign control in the Oupuf section directly affects waveform timing When set to the Biphasic mode a positive-going pulse is immediately followed by a negative-going pulse This effectively doubles the pulse duration If a burst of biphasic pulses is being produced the period must be at least twice the single pulse duration In the Square wave mode the baseline disappears as long as the burst persists

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsboig Vte 98324 |Telophone 800426-1306 360683-8300 bull FAX 3606833525 E-mail salesa-m5ystem5 com Website httpwwwa-msystemscom

Operating Instructions

Examples Simple setup (and minimal instrument test)

Connect the output ofthe Model 2100 to an oscilloscope Before connecting the Model 2100 to any other instrument or the experimental preparation It is safest to turn Its power off

Set the Oufpuf controls

Range 10V Pulse Sign +

Baseline Zero Pulse Amplitude 200

Setting The Timing Controls

Delay Burst Width

Duration Period

none single

15010-2 50010-2

Setting The Start Controls

Mode Free Run

Disconnect any cables to the TRIG or GATE inputs

Note that the green Trig and Event Indicators turn on as Free Run is turned on (and turn off otherwise) You should observe a 15ms duration 20Hz rate pulse of 200V above a OV baseline on the oscilloscope

fl-N Systems Inc 131 BusinessPartiLoop RO Box850CarisbcxgWa98324 |Telophone 800426-1306 bull 360-683-8300 bull FW 360683-3525 E-mail salesa-msystems com VVbbsite httpywwwa-msystems com

Demonstration of Burst Mode Connect the output ofthe Model 2100 to an oscilloscope Before connecting the Model 2100 to any other instrument or the experimental preparation It Is safest to turn its power off

Set the Outpuf controls

Range 10V Pulse Sign +

Baseline Pulse Amplitude 200

Baseline Amplitude 100

Setting The Timing Controls

Delay 88010-2 Burst Width 12010-^

Duration 15010-2 Period 50010-2

Set the START controls as follows

Mode Free Run

Disconnect any cables to the TRIG or GATE inputs

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Telophooe 8004201306 360683-8300 bull FAX 360683-3525 E^naii salesa-msystems com Watjsite http7wwwa-msystemscom

Trigger the oscilloscope from the Bursf trigger out (upper Trig Out connector) for a stable display In each burst (occurring every lOOms) you should observe a trio of 15ms duration starting 50ms apart Try switching the StartMode from Free Run to the center (nonnal) position The pulses will no longer be produced and the Trig and Event Indicators will tum off Pressing this switch once (to Manual) will cause a single burst to occur

Problem Solving If the instrument appears to be not working properiy check all ofthe control settings and connections Be sure to wait at least 5-10 seconds after turning the instrument off before turning it on again The following summary of typical problems for the user (along with the most common solutions) may help

Problem CauseSolution

EVENT Indicator never lights even in FREE RUN mode

bull Replace fuse check power connection bullSet DELAY or PERIOD to a shorter interval

bull Power-on too soon after power-off

OVERLAP Indicator is on

ERROR indicator is on

bull Set DURATION gt000 bull DURATION Is set to SQUARE but

PERIOD is 000 Increase PERIOD or set DURATION independantly

bull BURST and WIDTH are gt DURATION increase PERIOD or decrease DURATION

bull BIPHASIC pulse output Is on and PERIOD is not longer than twice the DURATION Increase PERIOD or decrease DURATION

bull Free-run Is on and BURST is lt PERIOD (BURST off) DELAY is 0 and PERIOD Is lt DURATION Add delay or modify PERIOD

bull Free-run is on and BURST is gt DURATION (BURST ON) and PERIOD is lt DURATION Increase PERIOD

bull For VOLTAGE outputs the output is trying to drive too low a resistance or capacitance (eg a short circuit) Check by disconnecting the output ft is possible (and normal) that for the fastest cycles and largest amplitudes (close to 100 V

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business PartiLoop PO Box 850 CartsborgWa 98324 iTelophone 800-42O130636O6e3-8300FAX 3606B3-3525 E-mail satesaflisyslefmcom Vfebslte http7wwwa-msyslemscom

and 1 ps) that the ERROR indicator might always come on during repetitive pulses Fix output load or decrease amplitude as required

Time appears to be excessive Changed control in mid-cycle (resets current status)

Cant seem to get a full signal out Load Is not properiy connected repair wiring Too low a load impedance (VOLTAGE modes) or too high a load impedance (CURRENT mode)

Incoming triggers not accepted frequently enough

PERIOD is set too long (enforces dead time) followd by BURST set to SIGNAL Reduce PERIOD time

Table 10 Problem Solving

If you suspect that the Model 2100 may have completely failed we recommend checking the basic level of functionality Ifthis fails your instrument Is defective and must be repaired Ifthis passes either your experimental setup is incompatible or inconsistent or there is a more subtle flaw in your Model 2100

If the Model 2100 appears to be malfunctioning contact A-M Systems Inc or your dealer We will first attempt to solve the problem over the telephone so have an exact description of your problem available when you call You do not need to be within the warranty period to obtain over-the-phone assistance

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 iTetoptxme 80O426-1306 bull 360683-8300 FAX 3606803525 E-mail satesa-msystemsoomAfebsitehttpJwwwaflisystemscom

Theory of Operation

The operation ofthe Model 2100 is summarized in the block diagram (see the figure on Page 11) Not shown are all ofthe interconnections with the microcontroller The internal microcontroler plays an important role in setting the signal path but does not directly contribute to the dynamic characteristics It scans the front panel switches and sets the control values for the logic arrays It programs the internal counters which along with the other hardware achieve the necessary sub-microsecond speeds

Pulse generation starts either from an Input trigger signal (from Trig In) or an internally signal (Free Run mode) A Delay timer counts the 10MHz clock until its count value is exhausted At this point the Burst Period and Duration timers are started If the Burst timer has not expired by the end ofthe Period the Period and Duration timers are restarted If the Biphasic mode has been set the Duration timer is restarted at the end of the initial Duration and the sign ofthe output pulse is reversed doubling the total duration

The system state (pulse on pulse sign baseline sign [+0f-]) is transmitted to the isolated section via optoisolator The baseline and pulse amplitudes are selected by an analog switch The resulting signal is amplified by a variable-power-supply discrete operational amplifier The amplifier connections and gain is modified to provide two voltage and three current ranges

Timing overiap errors are detected by a logical decision computation rather than by testing for counter collisions This provides instant feedback rather than waiting up to an hour for such a collision to occur Output errors are measured by sensing the output amplifiers differential input voltage Under normal conditions this is a negligible voltage If the amplifier fails to deliver the requested signal the window comparator testing this voltage sends this message (via optoisolator) to the logic section turning on a warning LED

fl-N Systems Inc 131BusinessPart(LoopRO Box850CarisboigWa98324 4 n Tel0pri0ne80O426-130636O683^300FAX36O6833525 ^ E-mail salesaflisystBmscom V febsite http7wwwa-msystemsoom

S i

I - - ^^mdasho^M

OUTPUT i l l

TRIG ^ OUT

(burst)

TRIG 3-lt) OUT

(pulse)

til

I laquo

Calibration Procedures

The calibration interval is the lesser of 1000 hours of operation or 6 months Somewhat greater drift can be expected in the first 100 hours of operation as the semiconductors age Adjustments should only be made after the instrument has been fully warmed up for at least 15 minutes

Full instrument calibration requires the following test equipment digital multimeter (plusmn 01) able to measure resistance to at least lOOMO oscilloscope with at least 50MHz bandwidth true-mis voltmeter with 4MHz bandwidth universal counter (plusmn 001 ) able to measure single pulse widths and periods resistors (all plusmn 01) 2kn lOkH 1 watt 20kn 200kn alligator clip lead sets banana plugs and BNC adapters

Adjustment integrated circuit and test point locations are shown in the following figures All adjustments are on the timing board unless othenAise noted

All voltages in the non-isolated section should be measured with respect to ground at TP510 unless othenwise stated Some voltages are measured with respect to an internal isolated ground at TP650 or across the two output temninals Occasionally the voltage at an IC pin must be measured in these cases the reference designator is given with the pin number in parentheses eg U602(16) When it states within this procedure that a voltage is to be minimized this means that the adjustment should be made such that the measured voltage is as close to zero volts as possible Refer to the Specifications Section of this manual for acceptable tolerances

The sequence of this procedure is important If any adjustment is made all adjustments which follow must be made to ensure that the specifications will be met These procedures require that all controls remain as set in previous steps unless othenAise indicated

WARNING

The Model 2100 has dangerous voltages throughout the instrument even with the power is off Servicing the Model 2100 should only be done by qualified service personnel Use caution in handling any wires connectors or electrodes which may be directly or indirectly attached to the instrument Do not touch exposed connections or components Disconnect power by unplugging the power cord from the receptacle

H B ^ ^ S y s t e m s inc^degdegp^deg^^deg-^^^^^^^^B3^^^degdeg^^^lt^^^B^^^^ 131BusinessPartiLoopPO Box850CartsbOigWamp98324 4 9 |Telophone800-42013C6360683-8300F0lt360683-3525 ^ E-mail salesa-msystefnscom website httpwwwaflisystems com

CO

TP501 O lt0

g OTPSOO

U560 S

Trig Gate

0 -TISOS

U570

U500

Timing

p U520

Timing

K U550 Timin

gt U540

U515

o X I Timin

U508 I

J510 Timing nnn

Burst Delay J400

gt U550

R503

D D I D bull U8QQ i Q

n

oo

V P 5 1 0

b U535

^

Clock i _

U555

lt U 5 4 5

o

h d ^ O - - ^ U605

Q D

U620

O fJZ^ R737 bull ^ 1^13015 r j C - C O M P

B B nU770 ^ ^ ^ 5 ^ a

J420

a

o E

bull [ ]U632

riueso

rR742rVhigh R 6 1 9 ^

LJ TP645 O TP650

TPMOQ^QS

Vlow

CD-

CZZl

J440 bull bull tl iUDQ

I t

f i l

Power supply and bias voltages

Power supply

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

POWER ON Observe voltage at P703 power supply wire top of main board

Check for+15 plusmn 050 V

Observe voltage at P701 power supply wire top of main board

Check for-15 plusmn 050 V

Observe voltage at U505(24) Check for +5 plusmn 025 V

Isolated supply voltage Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

RANGE 10 V TRIG open circuit MODE center position

Alternately observe V ^ from R742 to R740 and V ^ from theU605(4)toU605(8)

Adjust R773 so that 110VltV lt 120 V and

nigh

28VltV|^lt34V

Capacitance balance Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

Connect a xlO oscilloscope probe to TP650 and ground the

Adjust R737 for minimum high frequency signal

Inputs

Gate function Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave Verify that the voltage to GATE switches states at the Observe voltage at U510(3) proper input levels with an oscilloscope

Trigger slope Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave Verify that the voltage to TRIG switches states at the Observe voltage at U510( 1) proper input levels with an oscilloscope

TRIG SLOPE Verify voltage is 180deg out of phase

TRIG SLOPE Verify voltage is in phase

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 860 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Jelophone 800-4201306 360683-8300 bull FM 380683-3525 E-mail salesaflTsystBfnscom bull Vtebsite httpVAirwwaflisystems com

14

Trigger and gate f unc t i on

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

DELAY NONE BURS-nMDTH SINGLE DURATION SQUARE PERIOD 100X10-3

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave to TRIG Observe TRIGD and EVENT LEDs

TRIG disconnect all Short the GATE connector to GND Verify LEDs extinguish

MODE press to MANUAL Verify LEDs flash once

Timing

System c lock f requency

Controls Inputs Observations Ad jus t Check

Observe the frequency of the wave Verify 1000 MHz plusmn 001 atU555(17)

Mul t ip l iers (Wheel Swi tches)

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

PULSE SIGN-laquobull MODE FREE RUN TRIG disconnect all TIMING MULTIPUERS all

wheels set to zero except the one being tested

TIMING OVERLAP ignore

Observe the pulse width with the counter at the location specified t)elow

Verify pulse width is correct for each wheel as it is tested independently

For each wheel of each MULTIPLIER test each position to verify that the pulse width is correct Observe the signal at the following locations DELAY U520(2) BURSTWIDTH U530(2) PERIOD U540(2) DURATION U550(2)

Rates (Rotary Swi tches)

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

TIMING MULTIPUERS 001 Observe the pulse width with the TIMING RATES all rotary counter at the location specified

switches set to 10-4 below except the one being tested

Verify pulse width is correct for each rotary switch as it is tested independently

For each ofthe four rotary switches in TIMING test each position to verify that the pulse width is correct Observe the signal at the following locations DELAY U520(2) BURSTWIDTH U530(2) PERIOD U540(2) DURATION U550(2)

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 iTetophone 8004201306 bull 360683-8300 bull FOC 3606803525 E-mail salesa-msystemscom Wbbsite httpJwwwaflTSystemscom

15

Trigger outputs

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

Range 10V Pulse Amplitude 500 Delay 100 xlO^ Burst 100 x 10 ^ Duration 100x10-^ Period 400x10-^ Pulse sign + Trig Mode Free run Trig in open

Trigger the oscilloscope to the Burst Trig Out Observe it the Pulse Trig Out and the isolated output

Verify that the waveform consists of a burst of three 1ms-on3ms-off pulses The burst trigger should be synchronous with the burst the pulse trigger coincident with each pulse

Output Calibration

Isolation Resistance (check)

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode center position Trig In open

Measure the resistance between ground banana jack (front panel) and black banana jack of output with DMM

Resistance read gt 100MQ

Amplitude Switch Offset (R640)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Zero Trig Mode center position Trig In Open

Measure the voltage at TP645 vs TP650 with the DMM

Adjust R640 (AmpI Sw Offset) for minimum voltage

Output Offset (R332 front panel board) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Zero Range 10V Trig Mode center position Trig In Open

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

Adjust R332 (Output offset) for minimum voltage

Positive Baseline Offeet (R607) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Sign + Baseline Amplitude

fully CCW (000) Range 10V Trig In open Trig Mode center position

Measure the voltage across the outputwiththeDMM

Adjust R602 (BSLN + offset) for minimum voltage

fl-N Systems Inc 131 BusBiess Parti Loop P O Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Telophone B00-42O1306 bull 360683-8300 bull FAX 3606803525 E-mail salesaflisystemscom V^tebsite httpy^vwwa-msystems com

16

Negative Baseline Offset (R619)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Sign -Baseline Amplitude

fully CCW (000) Range 10V Trig In open Trig Mode center position

Measure the voltage across the outputwiththeDMM

Adjust R619 (BSLN + offset) for minimum voltage

Pulse Amplitude Adjust (R602)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode Free Mode Pulse Amplitude 1000 Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =1001 Period =00110-4 Pulse Sign -Trig In open Range 10V

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

The Overiap indicator should be on Adjust R602 (Max Level) for -10OOV out

Pulse Sign Gain (check)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode Free Mode Pulse Amplitude 1000 Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =100 1s Period =001 10-4s Trig In open Range 10V

Measure the voltage at the output with the DMM for the Pulse Sign at + and - positions

The absolute values ofthe voltages should differ by less than lOOmV

Baseline Amplitudes (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Range 100mA Trig Mode center position Baseline Amplitude fully CW (1000) Trig In open

Measure the voltage at the output with the DMM with Baseline Sign in + Zero and

- positions

Gain the matching of current levels at = and - positions and offset current in Zero position

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop PO Box 850 Cartsboig Wa 98324 Telophone 800-4201306 360683-8300 FkX 3606803525 E-mail salesa-msystemscom website http^^wwaflisystemsccm

17

Output Range Amplitude and Drive (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Pulse Amplitude 1000 Pulse Sign + Trig Mode Free Run Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =1001 Period =10010-4 Trig In open

Load the output with a 10KV 1W 01 resistor Measure the voltage at the output with DMM

Verify that full scale output is within specification Scale Range 100V 100V 10V 10V 100mA IV 1mA 10V 10mA 100V

Pulse Sign and Short Circuit Protection (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =200 10-4 Period =00110-3 Baseline Zero Pulse Amplitude 25 Range 10V Trig Mode Free Run Trig In open

Measure the voltage at the output with the oscilloscope Check for Pulse Sign set to each of + - biphasic Watch for Error indicator when shorting the output

Verify that pulses of approx 25V amplitude (625V for biphasic mode) of the correct sign are produced every 10ms Short output in biphasic mode Output should return when opened

Output Transient Response (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Pulse Sign + Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =20010-4 Period =00110-3 Pulse Amplitude 250 Baseline Zero Trig Mode Free Mode Trig In open

Connect the oscilloscope to the output with a 310 attenuator probe Test both 10V and 100V ranges

Verify that overshoot and risetime meet specifications

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Telophone 8004201306 bull 3606808300 bull Flaquo( 360laquo83ltJ525 E-mail salesa-msystemsocm V^febsite http^wwwa-msystefnscom

18

Specifications

There are three classes of specifications Class A specifications tested in all units and are guaranteed Class B specifications are inherent in the design they are indirectly tested and are guaranteed Class C specifications are typical operating values which are occasionally tested- these are typical values given for your information but not guarshyanteed The class for each specification is noted in the center column ofthe following sections

Inputs Switching level

Hysteresis

Input equivalent circuit

Minimum duration (1 IL-level signal)

A

C

C

C

16 V(plusmn 02 V)

approx 50 mV

lOOKH to+5 in parallel with no more than 35pF

gt 50 ns

Open circuit condition B defaults to highon level

Timing and rate accuracy Rate selector steps

Timing multiplier steps

B

B

lOOpsto 100s in 7 steps

1 of rate selector step size Maximum value is 999 X the rate selector step size

Resolution B approx 01 ofthe maximum value

Timing error (second and later pulses after resetting controls)

B lt 002 of rate selector value + 015 ps

Timing error (first pulse after readjusting timing controls)

an additional 025 ps error may occur

Timing repeatability lt 001 setting + 20 ns (monophasic)

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Ram Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Vfa 98324 pTelophone 8004201306 bull 360683-8300 bull FAX 360683-3525

E-mail salesraquoflisystems com Wabsite httpJAnww afl isystems com

19

TRIG IN to OUTPUT delay (DELAY set to 0) output set to 2V

Timing jitter from TRIG IN to OUTPUT (for TTL trigger input with risetime lt10 ns)

Timing jitter from TRIG OUT (either BURST or PULSE) and OUTPUT

Trigger output to pulse output delay

Output characteristics Pulse level error (voltage mode open circuit current mode short circuit

Biphasic level difference IV + - V-1 2

Baseline level error (voltage mode open circuit current mode short circuit)

Risetime (25 V out)

Risetime (25 V out)

Transient response

A

A

A

Output impedance (voltage mode) C

Output impedance (current mode) C

Isolation resistance A

Isolation capacitance C

approx 05 ps for a load of no more than 10 KH in parallel with 50 pF

lt 125 ns (all rates except 100s) lt 125 ps (100s rate)

Less than 20 ns (all rates)

approx 350 ns

lt 03 of setting + 05 of r range (plus an additional 05 pA in 100 pA range)

lt 03 of range (voltage modes into open circuit current modes into short circuit)

lt 03 of setting of setting + 01 of range (plus an additional 05 pA in lOOpA range)

= 200 ns into less than 30 pF

= 15 ps into less than 30 pF

lt 8 overshoot into less than 30 pF for pulse voltages different than baseline voltage by at least 10 of range

= 50 ohms

raquo 1 0 GH (typically 200 GO)

raquo 1 0 0 M n

= 60 pF at 100 Hz

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Peril Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg V6 98324 |TelCf)hone 800-4201306 3606808300 bull FAX 360683-3525 E-mal salesaflisystefnsoom Website hnpyMVfWafllsystemsoom

20

Noise (differential mode)

Noise (common mode earth to isolated ground) with no signal output

Overload error indicator (low frequency short circuited voltage mode)

Overload error indicator low frequency open circuited current mode)

Overioad error response time

Miscellaneous

= 1 mV rms (10 V scale 10 Hz-4 MHz)

= 8 mV rms (10 Hz-4 MHz) == 100mVp-p (200 Hz -10 MHz) measured withalOMH 15pF oscilloscope probe

Turns on for set amplitude at or greater than approx plusmn1 V (10 V range) or plusmn2 V (100 V range)

Turns on for set amplitude at or above approx 2 of range

Flat to approx 30 ps duration Decreasing sensitivity for shorter pulses

Power

Fuse

Operating temperature range

Storage temperature range

Operating humidity

Dimensions

approx 11 watts

1 amp 3AG

10-30degC

0 - 50deg C

5 - 80 RH

17x475x1125 (inches) 432x121x286 cm

Weight 20 lbs (9 kg)

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Wb 98324 |Tetcphone 8004201306 3606808300 bull FOt 360683-3525 E-mail satesamsystems comV^febsite httpywwwaflisystemscom

21

Warranty and Service

What does this warranty cover A-M Systems Inc warrants to the Purchaser that the Instrument excluding cables Headstage Probes and any other accessories shipped with the Instrument (hereafter the hardware) is free from defects in workmanship or material under normal use and service for the period of one (1) year This warranty commences on the date of delivery ofthe hardware to the Purchaser

What are the obligations of A-M Systems Inc under this warranty During the warranty period A-M Systems Inc agrees to repair or replace at its sole option without charge to the Purchaser any defective component part of the hardware To obtain warranty service the Purchaser must return the hardware to A-M Systems Inc or an authorized A-M Systems Inc distributor in an adequate shipping container Any postage shipping and insurance charges incurred in shipping the hardware to A-M Systems Inc must be prepaid by the Purchaser and all risk for the hardware shall remain with purchaser until such time as A-M Systems Inc takes receipt of the hardware Upon receipt A-M Systems Inc will promptly repair or replace the defective unit and then return the hardware to the Purchaser postage shipping and insurance prepaid A-M Systems Inc may use reconditioned or like new parts or units at its sole option when repairing any hardware Repaired products shall carry the same amount of outstanding warranty as from original purchase or ninety (90) days which ever is greater Any claim under the warranty must include a dated proof of purchase ofthe hardware covered by this warranty In any event A-M Systems Inc liability for defective hardware is limited to repairing or replacing the hardware

What is not covered by this warranty This warranty is contingent upon proper use and maintenance ofthe hardware by the Purchaser and does not cover batteries Neglect misuse whether intentional or othenwise tampering with or altering the hardware damage caused by accident damage caused by unusual physical electrical chemical or electromechanical stress damage caused by failure of electrical power or damage caused during transportation are not covered by this wan-anty Products may not be returned to A-M Systems Inc for service whether under warranty or otherwise which are contaminated by infectious agents radioactive compounds or other materials constituting a health hazard to employees of A-M Systems Inc

What are the limits of liability for A-M Systems Inc under this warranty A-M Systems Inc shall not be liable for loss of data profits or savings or any special incidental consequential indirect or other similar damages arising from breach of contract negligence or other legal action even if the company or its agent has been advised of the possibility of such damages or for any claim brought against you by another party THIS EQUIPMENT IS NOT INTENDED FOR CLINICAL MEASUREMENTS USING HUMAN SUBJECTS A-M SYSTEMS INC DOES NOT ASSUME RESPONSIBILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE DUE TO MISUSE OF THIS EQUIPMENT Jurisdictions vary with regard to the enforceability of provisions excluding or limiting liability for incidental or consequential damages Check the provision of your local jurisdiction to find out whether the above exclusion applies to you

This warranty allocates risks of product failure between the Purchaser and A-M Systems Inc A-M Systems Inc hardware pricing reflects this allocation of risk and the limitations of liability contained in this warranty The warranty set forth above is in lieu of all other express warranties whether oral or written The agents employees distributors and dealers of A-M Systems Inc are not authorized to make modifications to this warranty or additional wan-anties binding on the company Accordingly additional statements such as dealer advertising or presentations whether oral or written do not constitute warranties by A-M Systems Inc and should not be relied upon This warranty gives you specific legal rights You may also have other rights which vary from one jurisdiction to another

fl-N Systems Inc 131BusinessPartiLoop RO Box850CartsbOfgWa98324 p O |Telophone 8004201306 bull 360683-8300FOC 3606830525 ^ ^ E-mail saiesaflisystefTiscom Wbbsite httpVwwwa-msystemscom

PULSE AMPLITUDE This value is independently set using a ten-turn counting dial The maximum pulse amplitude is the value shown on the range amplitude switch

EVENT This LED indicates when a pulse is ongoing

ERROR This LED indicates when the internal output amplifier cannot output the pulse as desired This is usually due to a short circuit while trying to output a voltage or an open circuit while trying to output a current

The Pulse Sgfn control in the OutputsecWon directly affects waveform timing When set to the Biphasic mode a positive-going pulse is immediately followed by a negative-going pulse This effectively doubles the pulse duration If a burst of biphasic pulses is being produced the period must be at least twice the single pulse duration In the Square wave mode the baseline disappears as long as the burst persists

A B B f k _ _ laquo laquo laquo laquo 1 ^ 131 Business Paik Loop PO Box 850 CartsborgWa 98324 - | y | O V S i e m S I nC8lt=Praquo880O426-1308-360683300-FAX360683-3525

laquo E-mail salesOa-msystemscom Website httpwwwa-m3yste l O V ^ ltJ O W laquo W - t V ^ www www A n r w w w w i -w ww www w M

E-mail salesOa-msystemscom Website httpwwwa-m3ystemse0m

Operating Instructions

Examples Simple setup (and minimal instrument test)

Connect the output of the Model 2100 to an oscilloscope Before connecting the instrument it is safest to turn its power off

Set the Output controls

Range 10V Pulse Sign +

Baseline Zero Pulse Amplitude 200

Setting The Timing Controls

Delay none Burst Width single

Duration 150M0-2 Period 50010-2

Setting The Start Controls

Mode Free Run

Disconnect any cables to the TRIG or GATE inputs

Note that the green Trig and Evenf indicators turn on as Free Run is turned on (and turn off otherwise) You should observe a 15ms duration 20Hz rate pulse of 200V above a OV baseline on the oscilloscope

A-M Systems Inc 131 Business Pailt Loop PO Box 850 Carlsborg Wa 98324 Telophone 800-426-1306 bull 36Olaquo83-8300 FAX 360683-3S25 E-mail salesfla-msystemscom Website httpwwwa-msystemscom

Demonstration of Burst Mode Connect the output of the Model 2100 to an oscilloscope Before connecting the instrument it is safest to turn its power off

Set the Output controls

Range 10V Pulse Sign +

Baseline Pulse Amplitude 200

Baseline Amplitude 100

Setting The Timing Controls

Delay 88010-2 Burst Width 12010-^

Duration 15010-2 Period 50010-^

Set the START controls as follows

Mode Free Run

Disconnect any cables to the TRIG or GATE inputs

Trigger the oscilloscope from the Strsf trigger out (upper Trig Ouf connector) for a stable display In each burst (occurring every lOOms) you should observe a trio of 15ms duration starting 50ms apart Try switching the StartMode rom Free Run to the center (normal) position The pulses will no longer be produced and the Trig and Even indicators will turn off Pressing this switch once (to Manual) will cause a single burst to occur

A-M Systems Inc 131 Business PaiV Loop PO Box 850 Cai1sboraWa 98324 Telophone 800426-1306 360683-8300 FAX 380683-3S25 E-mal salesOa-msystemscom Website httpwwwa-m5ystemse0m

Problem Solving

If the instrument appears to be not working properly check all of the control settings and connections Be sure to wait at least 5-10 seconds after turning the instrument off before turning it on again The following summary of typical problems for the user (along with the most common solutions) may help

Problem CauseSolution

EVENT indicator never lights even in FREE RUN mode

bull Replace fuse check power connection bullSet DELAY or PERIOD to a shorter

interval bull Power-on too soon after power-off

OVERLAP indicator is on

ERROR indicator is on

Set DURATION gt000 DURATION is set to SQUARE but PERIOD is 000 Increase PERIOD or set DURATION independantly BURST and WIDTH are gt DURATION increase PERIOD or decrease DURATION BIPHASIC pulse output is on and PERIOD is not longer than twice the DURATION Increase PERIOD or decrease DURATION Free-run is on and BURST is lt PERIOD (BURST off) DELAY is 0 and PERIOD is lt DURATION Add delay or modify PERIOD Free-run is on and BURST is gt DURATION (BURSTON) and PERIOD is lt DURATION Increase PERIOD For VOLTAGE outputs the output is trying to drive too low a resistance or capacitance (eg a short circuit) Check by disconnecting the output It is possible (and normal) that for the fastest cycles and largest amplitudes (close to 100 V and 17S) that the ERROR indicator might always come on during repetitive pulses Fix output load or decrease amplitude as required

Time appears to be excessive Changed control in mid-cycle (resets current status)

A B B ^ J I - mdash 131 Business Park Loop RO Box 850 CaitsbotftWa 98324

gt | y | O y S i e m S |nCtradedegraquo0raquo 80O426-1306-36Olaquo8O8300-FAX36O683-3525

8 E-mail salesOa-msyaemscom bull Website httpwwwa-msystemscom

Cant seem to get a full signal out

Incoming triggers not accepted frequently enough

bull Load is not properly connected repair wiring

bull Too low a load impedance (VOLTAGE modes) or too high a load impedance (CURRENT mode)

bull PERIOD is set too long (enforces dead tinrie) followd by BURST set to SIGNAL Reduce PERIOD time

Table 10 Problem Solving

If you suspect that the Model 2100 may have completely failed we recommend checking the basic level of functionality If this fails your instrument is defective and must be repaired If this passes either your experimental setup is incompatible or inconsistent or there is a more subtle flaw in your Modei 2100

If the Model 2100 appears to be malfunctioning contact A-M Systems Inc or your dealer We will first attempt to solve the problem over the telephone so have an exact description of your problem available when you call You do not need to be within the warranty period to obtain over-the-phone assistance

A-M Systems Inc 131 Business Park Loop PO Box 850 Carfsbofg Wa 98324 Tatophone 80O426-1306 bull 360-688300 FAX 380683-3S25 E-mail salesfla-msystemscom Website httpwwwa-msystemscom

Theory of Operation

The operation of the Model 2100 is summarized in the block diagram (see the figure on Page 11) Not shown are all of the interconnections with the microcontroller The internal microcontroler plays an important role in setting the signal path but does not directly contribute to the dynamic characteristics It scans the front panel switches and sets the control values for the logic arrays It programs the internal counters which along with the other hardware achieve the necessary sub-microsecond speeds

All action starts either from an input trigger signal (from Trig In) or from an internal signal (in free Run mode only) A Delay timer counts the 10MHz clock until its count value is exhausted At this point the Burst timer starts Both Period and Duration timers are started at this time If the Burst timer has not expired by the end of the Period the Period and Duration timers are restarted If the Biphasic mode has been set the Duration timer is restarted at the end of the initial Duration and the sign of the output pulse is reversed doubling the total duration

The system state (pulse on pulse sip baseline sign [+0-]) is transmitted to the isolated section via optoisolator The baseline and pulse amplitudes are selected by an analog switch The resulting signal is amplified by a variable-power-supply discrete operational amplifier The amplifier connections and gain is modified to provide two voltage and three current ranges

Timing overlap errors are detected by a logical decision computation rather than by testing for counter collisions This provides instant feedback rather than waiting up to an hour for such a collision to occur Output errors are measured by sensing the output amplifiers differential input voltage Under normal conditions this is a negligible voltage If the amplifier fails to deliver the requested signal the window comparator testing this voltage sends this message (via optoisolator) to the logic section turning on a warning LED

A-M Systems Inc 131 Business Paik Loop PO Box 850 CailsboraWa 98324 i Q Te(ophone 800-426-1306 bull36O683laquo00FAX 360683-3525 ^ E-mail salesOa-msystemscom Website httpywwwa-m5ystemscom

GATE IN

TRIG ^ OUT

(burst)

OPTO ISOLATOR

Amplitude (Pulse)

TRIG -lt^ OUT

(pulse)

c 1

RANGE

C

Analog switch

C

)

-D^sectli OUTPUT

Baseline sign )

Amplitude (baseline) )

O H q

ill V) 5 o i^8 e e -a a fi a

bull o c

M E o ts gtraquo

lt

Calibration Procedures

The calibration intenal is the lesser of 1000 hours of operation or 6 months Somewhat greater drift can be expected in the first 100 hours of operation as the semiconductors age Adjustments should only be made after the instrument has been fully warmed up for at least 15 minutes

Full instrument calibration requires the following test equipment digital multimeter (plusmn 01 ) able to measure resistance to at least 10OMfl oscilloscope with at least 50MHz bandwidth true-rms voltmeter with 4MHz bandwidth universal counter (plusmn 001) able to measure single pulse widths and periods resistors (all plusmn 01) 2kn lOkO 1 watt 20ka 200ka alligator clip lead sets banana plugs and BNC adapters

Adjustment integrated circuit and test point locations are shown in the following figures All adjustments are on the timing board unless otherwise noted

All voltages in the non-isolated section should be measured with respect to ground at TP510 unless othenwise stated Some voltages are measured with respect to an internal isolated ground at TP650 or across the two output terminals Occasionally the voltage at an IC pin must be measured in these cases the reference designator is given with the pin number in parentheses eg U602(16) When it states within this procedure that a voltage is to be minimized this means that the adjustment should be made such that the measured voltage is as close to zero volts as possible Refer to the Specifications Section of this manual for acceptable tolerances

The sequence of this procedure is important If any adjustment is made all adjustments which follow must be made to ensure that the specifications will be met These procedures require that all controls remain as set in previous steps unless otherwise indicated

WARNING

The Model2100 has dangerous voltages throughout the instrument even with the power is off Servicing the Mode2700 should only be done by qualified service personnel Use caution in handling any wires connectors or electrodes which may be directly or indirectly attached to the instrument Do not touch exposed connections or components Disconnect power by unplugging the power cord from the receptacle

A B B ^ _ _ mdash ^ _ I raquo laquo 131SusinessParkLoopROBox850CaitsborBWa98324 -JO

E-mail S8le60a-msystemscom Website httpwwwa-msystemscam

CO

TP501 O o

a OTPsoo

U560 bull

D D D D Q ^ U510

Trig Gate

U570

OQ Q

U500

n U505

Timing

gt U520

Timing

) U530

Timing

gt U540

Q U515

Timing

U508

R503

DDID E

a

gt oo

bull U800 l O r v o w iV_X^TP510 O

U525

f

A U535

^ U550

Timing ^

Clock

U555

J510 Burst Delay

J400 bull U545

d R742^VWgh R619 o

r RZZ3 R737 an c n V - I J I S O I S ^ ^C-COMP

U620 ^ Q Q bull ^ ^ bull

J420 O ^ D^ J440 IfYYYlDfYyYYYYYYYII C Z J E X C T

Q Otrsetl I p J Vlow

L J TP645 C=) cm P650

bull bull fe elUOD

irt

PI pound A

o c

E o

0)

Power supply and bias voltages

Power supply

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

POWER ON Observe voltage at P703 power supply wire top of main board

Check for+15 plusmn 050 V

Observe voltage at P701 power supply wire top of main board

Check for-15 plusmn 050 V

Observe voltage at U505(24) Check for +5 plusmn 025 V

Isolated supply voltage

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

RANGE 10 V TRIG open circuit MODE center position

Alternately observe V from high

R742 to R740 and V _ from kw

the U605(4) to U605(8)

Adjust R773 so that 110VltV lt 120 V and

high

28VltV^^lt34V

Capacitance balance

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

Connect a x10 oscilloscope probe to TP650 and ground the

Adjust R737 for minimum high frequency signal

Inputs

Gate funct ion

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave Verify that the voltage to GATE switches states at the Observe voltage at U510(3) proper input levels with an oscilloscope

Trigger s lope

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave Verify that the voltage to TRIG switches states at the Observe voltage at U510(1) proper input levels with an oscilloscope

TRIG SLOPE-I- Verify voltage is 180deg out of phase

TRIG SLOPE- Verify voltage is in phase

A-M Systems Inc 131 Business Paik Loop PO Box 850 Cailsborg Wa 98324 Tekvhone 8004201306 36O683laquo300 - FAX 360683-3S2S E-mail salesOa-msystemscom Website httpywwwa-msystemscom

14

Trigger and gate funct ion

Controls Inputs Observations

DELAY NONE BURSTWIDTH SINGLE DURATION SQUARE PERIOD 100X10-3

AdjustCheck

Apply a 1 kHz 0 -5 V triangle wave to TRIG Observe TRiGoand EVENT LEDS

TRIG disconnect all Short the GATE connector to GND Verify LEDs extinguish

MODE press to MANUAL Verify LEDs flash once

Timing

System clock frequency

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

Observe the frequency of the wave Verify 1000 MHz plusmn 001 atU555(17)

Mu l t i p l i e rs (Whee l Sw i t ches )

Controls Inputs Observat ions A d j u s t C h e c k

PULSE SIGN+ MODE FREE RUN TRIG disconnect all TIMING MULTIPUERS all

Wheels set to zero except the one being tested

TIMING OVERLAP ignore

Observe the pulse width with the counter at the location specified below

Verify pulse width is correct for each wheel as it is tested independently

For each wheel of each MULTIPLIER test each position to verify that the pulse width is correct Observe the signal at the following locations DELAY U520(2) BURSTWIDTH U530(2) PERIOD U540(2) DURATION U550(2)

Rates (Rotary Switches)

Controls Inputs Observations A d j u s t C h e c k

TIMING MULTIPUERS 001 TIMING RATES all rotary

switches set to 10-4 except the one being tested

Observe the pulse width with the counter at the location specified below

Verify pulse width is correct for each rotary switch as it is tested independently

For each of the four rotary switches in TIMING test each position to verify that the pulse width is correct Observe the signal at the following locations DELAY U520(2) BURSTWIDTH U530(2) PERIOD U540(2) DURATION U550(2)

A-M Systems Inc 131 Business Paik Loop PO Box 850 Caiisborg Wa 98324 Telophone 800-428-1306 bull 3606808300 FAX 360683-3525 E-mail salesOa-msystemscom Website httpwwwa-msystemscom

15

Trigger outputs Controls

Range 10V Pulse Amplitude 500 Delay 100x10-2 Burst 100x10-2 Duration 100 xlQ-^ Period 400x10-3 Pulse sign + Trig Mode Free run Trig in open

Inputs Observations

Trigger the oscilloscope to the Burst Trig Out Observe it the Pulse Trig Out and the isolated output

AdjustCheck

Verify that the waveform consists of a burst of three 1 ms-on3ms-off pulses The burst trigger should be synchronous with the burst the pulse trigger coincident with each pulse

Output Calibration

Isolation Resistance (check) Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

Trig Mode center position Trig In open

Measure the resistance between ground banana jack (front panel) and black banana jack of output with DMM

Resistance read gt 10OMQ

Amplitude Switch Offset (R640) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Zero Trig Mode center position Trig In Open

Measure the voltage at TP645 vs TP650 with the DMM

Adjust R640 (AmpI Sw Offset) for minimum voltage

Output Offset (R332 front panel board) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Zero Range 10V Trig Mode center position Trig In Open

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

Adjust R332 (Output offset) for minimum voltage

Positive Baseline Offset (R607) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Sign + Baseline Amplitude

fully CCW (000) Range 10V Trig In open Trig Mode center position

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

Adjust R602 (BSLN + offset) for minimum voltage

A-M Systems Inc 131 Business Paik Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Jelophone 8004201306 36O6834300 - FAX 380laquo83-352S E-mail salesOa-msystemscom Website httpwwwa-msystemscam

16

Negative Baseline Offset (R619)

Controls InputsObservations

Baseline Sign -Baseline Amplitude

fully CCW (000) Range 10V Trig In open Trig Mode center position

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

AdjustCheck

Adjust R619 (BSLN + offset) for minimum voltage

Pulse Ampl i tude Adjust (R602)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode Free Mode Pulse Amplitude 1000 Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =1001 Period =00110-4 Pulse Sign -Trig In open Range 10V

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

The Overlap indicator should be on Adjust R602 (Max Level) for -10OOV out

Pulse Sign Gain (check)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode Free Mode Pulse Amplitude 1000 Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =100 Is Period =001 10-4s Trig In open Range 10V

Measure the voltage at the output with the DMM for the Pulse Sign at + and - positions

The absolute values of the voltages should differ by less than 10OmV

Baseline Ampl i tudes (check)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

flange 100mA Trig Mode center position Baseline Amplitude fully CW (1000) Trig In open

Measure the voltage at the output with the DMM with Baseline Sign in + Zero and - positions

Gain the matching of current levels at = and - positions and offset current in Zero position

A-M Systems Inc 131 Business Psik Loop PO Box 850 Caiisborg Wa 98324 Telophone 800426-1306 bull 36Olaquo8raquo8300 bull FAX 360683-3525 E-mail salesOa-msystemscom Website httpwwwa-msystemsccm

17

Output Range Amplitude and Drive (check)

Controls InputsObservations

Pulse Amplitude 1000 Pulse Sign + Trig Mode Free Run Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =1001 Period =10010-4 Trig In open

Load the output with a 10KV 1W 01 resistor Measure the voltage at the output with DMM

Pulse Sign and Short Circuit Protection (check)

Controls

Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =200 10-4 Period =00110-3 Baseline Zero Pulse Amplitude 25 Range 10V Trig Mode Free Run Trig In open

InputsObservations

Measure the voltage at the output with the oscilloscope Check for Pulse Sign set to each of + - biphasic Watch for Error indicator when shorting the output

Output Transient Response (check)

Controls InputsObservations

Verify that full scale output is within specification Scale Range 100V 100V 10V 10V 100mA IV 1mA 10V 10mA 100V

AdjustCheck

Verify that pulses of approx 25V amplitude (625V for biphasic mode) of the correct sign are produced every 10ms Short output in biphasic mode Output should return when opened

AdjustCheck

Pulse Sign + Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =20010-4 Period =00110-3 Pulse Amplitude 250 Baseline Zero Trig Mode Free Mode Trig In open

Connect the oscilloscope to the output with a 310 attenuator probe Test both 10V and 10OV ranges

Verify that overshoot and risetime meet specifications

A-M Systems Inc 131 Business Paik Loop PO Box 850 Cailsbora Wa 98324 Tetophone 8004201306 bull 36Oeuro83-8300 bull FAX 360683-352S E-mail salasOa-msystemscom Website hitpywwwa-msystamsoom

18

Specifications

There are three classes of specifications Class A specifications tested in all units and are guaranteed Class B specifications are inherent in the design they are indirectly tested and are guaranteed Class C specifications are typical operating values which are occasionally tested- these are typical values given for your information but not guarshyanteed The class for each specification is noted in the center column of the following sections

Inputs Switching level

Hysteresis

Input equivalent circuit

Minimum duration (TTL-level signal)

A

C

C

C

16 V (plusmn 02 V)

approx 50 mV

lOOKfl to-1-5 in parallel with no more than 35pF

gt50ns

Open circuit condition B defaults to highon level

Timing and rate accuracy

Rate selector steps

Timing multiplier steps

B

B

100S to 100s in 7 steps

1 of rate selector step size Maximum value is 999 X the rate selector step size

Resolution B approx 01 of the maximum value

Timing error (second and later pulses after resetting controls)

B lt 002 of rate selector value + 015S

Timing error (first pulse after readjusting timing controls)

an additional 025s error may occur

Timing repeatability lt 001 settings-20 ns (mbnophasic)

A-M Systems Inc 131 Business Paik Loop PO Box 850 Caiisborg Wa 98324 Telophone 8004201306 3606808300 FAX 3606803S25 E-mail salesOa-msystemscom bull Website httpyy(wwaltTisystemscom

19

TRIG IN to OUTPUT delay (DELAY set to 0) output set to 2V

Timing jitter from TRIG IN to OUTPUT (for TTL trigger input with risetime lt10 ns)

Timing jitter from TRIG OUT (either BURST or PULSE) and OUTPUT

Trigger output to pulse output delay

Output characteristics Pulse level error (voltage mode open circuit current mode short circuit

Biphasic level difference IV-H-i-V-l2

Baseline level error (voltage mode A open circuit current mode short circuit)

Risetime (25 V out)

Risetime (25 V out)

Transient response

A

A

A

Output impedance (voltage mode) C

Output impedance (current mode) C

Isolation resistance A

Isolation capacitance C

approx 05 ps for a load of no more than 10 Kft in parallel with 50 pF

lt 125 ns (all rates except 100s) lt125ys (100s rate)

Less than 20 ns (all rates)

approx 350 ns

lt 03 of setting -i- 05 of r range (plus an additional 05vA in 100 ywA range)

lt 03 of range (voltage modes into open circuit current modes into short circuit)

lt 03 of setting of setting -I- 01 of range (plus an additional 05 pA in 100A range)

= 200 ns into less than 30 pF

= 15 yws into less than 30 pF

lt 8 overshoot into less than 30 pF for pulse voltages different than baseline voltage by at least 10 of range

= 50 ohms

raquo 1 0 Ga (typically 200 GD)

raquo 1 0 0 M n

= 60 pF at 100 Hz

A BB f ^ _ M 1 ^ ^ 131 Business Paik Loop ROBOx850Cai1sOorgWaW3Z4

- I V l o V S i e m S inC80Ph0trade80O42O1308-36O683-8300-FAX36O683-3525 7 bull bull bull bull ^ ^ E-maasale80a-m8vstemscomWebsitehitpjwwwaltnsyste

20 E-mai salesO a-m8ystemscom Website http jwwwa-msystemscom

Noise (differential mode)

Noise (common mode earth to isolated ground) with no signal output

Overload error indicator (low frequency short circuited voltage mode)

Overload error indicator low frequency open circuited current mode)

Overload error response time

Miscellaneous

= 1 mV rms (10 V scale 10 Hz-4 MHz)

- 8 mV rms (10 Hz-4 MHz) =laquo100mVp-p (200 Hz -10 MHz) measured withalOMn 15pF oscilloscope probe

Turns on for set amplitude at or greater than approx plusmn1 V (10 V range) or plusmn2 V (100 V range)

Turns on for set amplitude at or above approx 2 of range

Flat to approx 30 ps duration Decreasing sensitivity for shorter pulses

Power

Fuse

Operating temperature range

Storage temperature range

Operating humidity

Dimensions

Weight

approx 11 watts

1 amp 3 AG

10-30degC

0 - 50deg C

5 - 80 RH

17x475x1125 (inches) 432x121x286 cm

20 lbs (9 kg)

A-M Systems Inc 131 Business Paik Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Tekjptwne 8004201306 bull 36Olaquo8O8300 bull FAX 360laquo8O3525 E-mail salesOa-msystemscom Website httpywwwa-msystemscom

21

Warranty and Service

What does this warranty cover A-f Systems Inc warrants to the Purchaser that the Instrument excluding cables Headstage Probes and any other accessories shipped with the Instrument (hereafter the hardware) is free from defects in workmanship or material under normal use and service for the period of one (1) year This warranty commences on the date of delivery of the hardware to the Purchaser

What are the obligations of A-M Systems Inc under this warranty During the warranty period A-M Systems Inc agrees to repair or replace at its sole option without charge to the Purchaser any defective component part of the hardware To obtain warranty service the Purchaser must return the hardware to A-l^ Systems Inc or an authorized A-M Systems Inc distributor in an adequate shipping container Any postage shipping and insurance charges incurred in shipping the hardware to A-M Systems Inc must be prepaid by the Purchaser and all risk for the hardware shall remain with purchaser until such time as A-M Systems Inc takes receipt of the hardware Upon receipt A-M Systems Inc will promptly repair or replace the defective unit and then return the hardware to the Purchaser postage shipping and insurance prepaid A-M Systems Inc may use reconditioned or like new parts or units at its sole option when repairing any hardware Repaired products shall carry the same amount of outstanding warranty as from original purchase or ninety (90) days which ever is greater Any claim under the warranty must include a dated proof of purchase of the hardware covered by this warranty In any event A-M Systems Inc liability for defective hardware is limited to repairing or replacing the hardware

What is not covered by this warranty This warranty is contingent upon proper use and maintenance of the hardware by the Purchaser and does not cover batteries Neglect misuse whether intentional or othenvise tampering with or altering the hardware damage caused by accident damage caused by unusual physical electrical chemical or electromechanical stress damage caused by failure of electrical power or damage caused during transportation are not covered by this warranty Products may not be returned to A-M Systems Inc for service whether under warranty or otherwise which are contaminated by Infectious agents radioactive compounds or other materials constituting a health hazard to employees of A-M Systems Inc

What are the limits of liability for A-M Systems Inc under this warranty A-M Systems Inc shall not be liable for loss of data profits or savings or any special incidental consequential indirect or other similar damages arising from breach of contract negligence or other legal action even if the company or its agent has been advised of the possibility of such damages or for any claim brought against you by another party THIS EQUIPMENT IS NOT INTENDED FOR CLINICAL MEASUREMENTS USING HUMAN SUBJECTS A-M SYSTEMS INC DOES NOT ASSUME RESPONSIBILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE DUE TO MISUSE OF THIS EQUIPMENT Jurisdictions vary with regard to the enforceability of provisions excluding or limiting liability for incidental or consequential damages Check the provision of your local jurisdiction to find out whether the above exclusion applies to you

This warranty allocates risks of product failure between the Purchaser and A-M Systems Inc A-M Systems Inc hardware pricing reflects this allocation of ris1lt and the limitations of liability contained in this warranty The warranty set forth above is in lieu of all other express warranties whether oral or written The agents employees distributors and dealers of A-M Systems Inc are not authorized to make modifications to this warranty or additional warranties binding on the company Accordingly additional statements such as dealer advertising or presentations whether oral or written do not constitute warranties by A-M Systems Inc and should not be relied upon This warranty gives you specific legal rights You may also have other rights which vary from one jurisdiction to another

A B B J l laquo raquo ^ t3tBusinessPafkLoopPOBox850Cai1sbO(gWa98324

- | V | O V S i e m S |nCtrade042O1306-36O68O8300-FAX36O68O3525 E-mail salasOa-msvstemscom bull Website httowwwa-msvste

t3tBusinassParkLaopROBox8SOCai1sbo(gWa98324 po Telophone 8004201306 360683-8300 FAX 3606803525 ^ ^ E-maH salesOa-msystemscom Wetsite httpwwwa-msystem3e0m

mwal

INSTRUCTION MANUAL

FOR

ISOLATED PULSE STIMULATOR

MODEL 2100

Serial

Date

A-M Systems Inc

PO Box 850

Carisborg WA 98324

USA

360-683-8300 bull 800-426-1306 FAX 360-683-3525

httpwwwa-m8y8temscom

Version 50 May 1998

Contents General Description 1

Instrument Features 1 Controls and Connectors 2

Operating Instructions 6 Theory of Operation 10 Calibration Procedures 12

Inputs ii 14 Output Calibration iii i 16

Specifications i4 il u 19 Warranty and Service wi iJ iJi [ii 22

Each Isolated Pulse Stimulator Is delivered complete with

Rack Mount Hardware Instructions amp Maintenance Manual

NOTE

This instrument is not intended for clinical measurements using human subjects A-M Systems Inc does not assume msponsibility for injury or damage due to the misuse of this instrument

General bull M ^ ion

Instrument Features The Isolated Pulse Stimulator Model 2100 Is designed for a wide variety of applications It is highly flexible being capable of delivering single pulses biphasic pairs or bursts of pulses Pulses may be started manually or upon receiving a trigger signal from another instrument or computer Two non-isolated trigger outputs are available for triggering other instruments

Four sets of timing controls provide comprehensive control over all aspects of pulse generation Three digit accuracy is available over a 7 decade range for each timing function using lever wheel switches Pulse wkiths can be set over more than a 9 decade range from 05 [is to 999 seconds Timing accuracy is assured through the use of a 10 MHz base rate crystal-controlled clock digitally divided to provide accurate timing over the entire range A timing overiap indicator will light if the timing controls are set Inconsistently

The output may be conveniently switched between cun-ent and voltage modes Pulse and baseline amplitudes are independently presettable with lockable dials An error indicator will light if the Model 2100 cannoi deliver the desired signal

WARNING

The Model 2100 can produce potentially dangemus voltages up to 100 V et the output connectors The isolated output is not connected internally to safety (earth) ground in ahy way Some part of the extemal circuit should be connected to safety gmund Use caution in handling any wires connectors or electrodes which may be directly or indirectly attached to the Model 2100 output Some lltinds of connectors such as BNC connectors have exposed metal parts which may float at dangemus potentials unless extemally connected to safety gmund For greatest safety tum the Model 2100 off before making any connections to

the Instrument

131 Business Park LocfiPO Box BSOCarM)orgWa 98324 800426-1308 bull36OlaquoS3laquo300FAX 3 6 M 8 3 ^ 2 5

E-malt uiittyBQaHiByBtumaooiTi Wobsita HipJtwtiwiwftbMiAcon fl-N SystQms I n c ^ T

Controls and Connectors The controls for the Model 2100 are grouped in three sections START controlling when a pulse or burst of pulses begins TIMING controlling the onoff timing of one or more pulses and otJTPliT controlling the amplitude of the output signal

Start TRIG SLOPE This switch determines whether valid triggers occur at positive or negative edges in the trigger signal

MODE This switch controls how wavefomris are initiated When set to FREE RUN one timing cycle immediately follows the last When held in the MANUAL position a timing cycle starts immediately When the switch is in the center position timing cycles start when valid triggering events occur

TRIGD This LED lights up when a timing cycle is in process and continues until the burst is completed

TRIG This BNC connector allows a signal from an extemal source to initiate timing cycles It is set for standard TTL levels

GATE This BNC connector allows a signal from an extemal source to restrict the final output signal This input must be at a logical high (or open-circuited) in order for the Model 2100 to recognize either manual or automatic trigger events

Gate 1_ Trigger [~^ i I Valid triggers are represented by the arrows in the figure Note that the up arrow would apply only if TRIG SLOPE is set to + the down anrows would apply only if TRIG SLOPE is set to-

NOTE Triggers have no effect if the system has not completed its response to a previous trigger

fl-N SystQms I n c ^ 131 Business Park Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 600426-13063eO683laquo300FAX 360683^525

E-maB anBysQraquoinsyaleiTaconi Wsbalto h^KAvwwa-(nsys(smsoom

Timing Four sets of controls govem the timing of pulse generation Each set contains two values which are multiplied together to detennine the actual timing value The rotary knob (rate selector) provides the approximate timing value and the lever wheel switch bank (MULTIPLIER) provkles a time resolution of three decimal digits The following diagram shows most of the important relationships

Pnfe-tRAIM I B E L A V i6Molaquo

BURST WIOtH

Output r Delay

t n

Duration - ^ lt - |4Periodgt|

FLJI -^ Burst width

Trigger event

DELAY These controls set the time between the initiating trigger event and the beginning of the pulse burst If this rate selector is set to NONE or the multiplier is set to ooo there is no delay

BURSTWIDTH These controls set the time period in which one or more pulses may be delivered Once started a pulse may outlast the burst width If this rate selector is set to SINGLE or to any time shorter than the pulse duration only a single pulse will occur If the BURSTWIDTH is longer than the period pulses will be emitted at the PERIOD rate until the burst time ends Pulses are never truncated by a short BURST WIDTH

iNTpoundA-PULSiE PBRiOb

DURATION These controls set the length of each pulse If this rate selector is set to SQUARE the duration is set to half of the period regardless of the MULTIPLIER setting

PERIOD These controls set the period of time between adjacent pulse events within the burst It also forces a minimum dead time between recognized input triggers following a burst of one or more pulses This can be used to prevent over stimulation of a tissue without requiring excessive delay between the triggering event and the stimulating pulse

TlMtNQ OVERLAP

mLiHMPi

VVtJ jiwaa lasm nlaquoilaquo u

t^fi SysUms I n c ^ Elt4nsfl a m

131 Business Pofc Loop PO Box 850 Carisborg 1^98324 600-426-1306 36O6834300 FAK 360683^525

E-mai vrvysQfrflisysleraLOCniWutiailQL N^jAwwa^iByslernUiOOni

NOTE If any of these timing controls are changed while a timing cycle is in operation the results are undefined until the cunent cycle flnishes

TIMING OVERLAP This LED will light to indicate an Inconsistency in the timing cycle settings There are several ways to Introduce such errors The most common way is to set the inter-pulse PERIOD to be less than the pulse DURATION

TRIG OUT (UPPER) This BNC connector provides a signal which is coinckient with the intemal Burst timing signal (default) This means the signal starts at the end of the Delay time and persists until the Burst time expires This output may also be set to represent the delay time-out by setting the internal jumper J510 to the left two pins Instead of the right two pins (Please see the Calibration section in this manual for jumper location Directions are given as viewed from the fix)nt of the instrument)

TRIG OUT (LOWER) This BNC connector provides a signal which is coincident with the Duration timing signal which controls pulse output

NOTE Both trigger output signals slightly lead the isolated output signal

Output PULSE SIGN This Switch sets the sign for the pulses to be generated It also allows generation of biphasic pulses thereby doubling the effective total period Warning the first pulse genemted after changing the PULSE SIGN svntch may have the wmng polarity

BASELINE This switch sets the sign for the baseline signal

RANGE This rotary switch allows one of three current or two voltage ranges to be selected for the output signal

BASELINE AMPLITUDE This counting dial are independently set using ten-minute counting dials with the baseline having one tenth the range of the pulse amplitude

A-N Systlaquomslaquo Inc 131 Buskiess Partt Loop PO BoK 8S0 Cailsbarg Wa 96324 laophone 8004201306 bull36O68M300-FAX 3eolaquo8M525 E-mat bullmsysflMnsyslermoom VMaHsr Hlplhfimnmyekmoom

PULSE AMPLITUDE This counting dial

EVENTS This LED indicates when a pulse is ongoing

ERROR This LED indicates when the intemal output amplifier cannot output the pulse as desired This is usually due to a short circuit while trying to output a voltage or an open circuit while trying to output a current

One control from the Ot^uf section directly affects wavefonn timing the Pulse Sign control When set to the Biphasic mode a positive-going pulse is Immediately followed by a negative-going pulse This effectively doubles the pulse duration If a burst of biphasic pulses is being produced the period must be at least twice the single pulse duration In the Sgtan wave mode the baseline disappears as long as the burst persists

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Bushass Park locpPOBooi 850 C8ri9bcrgMS8324 IMqphona 800426-1306 bull36Olaquo83laquo3a0 FAX 360683-3529 E-nal amsyaOa4nsyatemscomWeMlK hMpJVniwa-nsygtatnscom

Operating Instructions

Examples Simple setup (and minimal Instrument tost)

Connect the output of the Model 2100 to an oscilloscope Before connecting the instrument it is safest to turn its power off

Set the Ou^uf controls

Range Pulse Sign

Baseline Pulse Amplitude

10V +

Zero 200

Setting The Timing Controls

Delay Burst Width

Duratbn Period

none single

15010-2 500102

Setting The Start Controls

Mode Free Run

Disconnect any cables to the TRIG or GATE Inputs

Note that the green Trig and Event Indicators tum on as Free Run is turned on (and tum off othenwise) You should observe a 15ms duration 20Hz rate pulse of 200V above a OV baseline on the oscilloscope i

A ^ M ^ _ _ _ A ^ _ _ _ 1 ^ 131BiiHnD8raquoParttloopPOBoxB50Car)sbcrBlaquoraquoS8324

bull P l ^ y S W n i S f |nC ltV^gt^8deglt^^2O1306380laquo8OS3a0FAX36O6BMS2S

6 E-fnflk 9n^fBOs-in9ystsni9cx]fnWDbs)tec H^ff9Nw^myStem9oom

Demonstration of Burst Mode Connect the output of the Model 2100 to an oscilloscope Before connecting the instrument it is safest to tum Its power off

Set the Output controls

Range Pulse Sign

Baseline Pulse Amplitude

Baseline Amplitude

Setting The Timing Controls

Delay Burst Width

Duration

Period

Set the START controls as follows

Mode

Disconnect any cables to the TRIG or GATE inputs

Trigger the oscilloscope from the Burst trigger out (upper Tr^ Out connector) for a stable display In each burst (occumng every lOOms) you should observe a trio of 15ms duration starting 50ms apart Try switching the StartMode from Free Run to the center (nomnal) position The pulses will no longer be produced and the Trig and Event indicators will turn off Pressing this switch once (to Manual) will cause a single burst to occur

880 120 150 500

10V +

200 100

102 102 102 102

Free Run

fleaff SySlQmSa |nCa deglgt ltlt ^ ^ deg ^ degdeg ^ ^ ^ bull E-matmia

131 Business Park LoopPO Box 850 Carisborg Vfe 86324 lUcphcna 800426-1306 36Olaquo83laquo300 FAX 36068raquo52 E-maft tfii8ysOiHn^nleiTBcom1AWisJto HSpitwraquoM^wytAtii9oom

Problem SoMng If the Instrument appears to be not worthing properiy check all of the control settings and connections Be sure to wait at least 5-10 seconds after turning the Instrument off before tuming it on again The following t6ef summary of typical problems for the user (along with the most common solutions) may help

Problem CauseSolution EVENT indicator never lights even in FREE RUN mode

bull Replace fuse check power connection bullSet DELAY or PERIOD to a shorter interval

bull Power-on too soon after power-off

OVERLAP Indicator is on

ERROR indicator is on

Time appears to be excessive

bullSet DURATION gt000 bull DURATION is set to SQUARE but PERIOD is 000 Increase PERIOD or set DURATION independantly

bull BURST and WIDTH are gt DURATION increase PERIOD or decrease

DURATION bull BIPHASIC pulse output is on and PERIOD is not longer than twice the DURATION Increase PERIOD or decrease DURATION

bull Free-run is on and BURST Is lt PERIOD (BURST off) DELAY is 0 and PERIOD is lt DURATION Add delay or modify PERIOD

bull Free-mn is on and BURST is gt DURATION (BURST ON) and PERIOD is lt DURATION Increase PERIOD

bull For VOLTAGE outputs the output Is trying to drive too low a resistance or capacitance (eg a short circuit) Check by disconnecting the output It is possible (and normal) that for the fastest cycles

and largest amplitudes (close to 100 V and 1 MS) that the ERROR Indicator might always come on during repetitive pulses Fix output load or decrease amplitude as required

bull Changed control in mid-cycle (resets cunent status)

A ^ M bull _ _ _ A ^ ^ _ _ i ^ mdash 131BuslnessPai1ltLoopPOBox850CarlsborgWamp98324

bull p i j ^ v s w m s iiic^^deglt^deg^^deglt^^^3degB3^^^deg^^^^degdeg^^^deg^^deg^^^^ E-mat iiiMOafflwstemseom WabaHe MtaffiwwtHtavsli

8 E-msft flmsjoQfrfraystGfnsoom ^WobsltiK hl^Aiwv9-fn9]nteniscom

Cant seem to get a full signal out

Incoming triggers not accepted frequently enough

bull Load is not properiy connected repair wiring

bull Too low a load impedance (VOLTAGE modes) or too high a load impedance

(CURRENT mode)

bull PERIOD is set too long (enforces dead time) followd by BURST set to SIGNAL Reduce PERIOD time

Table 10 Problem Solving

If you suspect that the Model 2100 may have completely failed we recommend checking the basic level of functionality If this fails your instrument is defective and must be repaired If this passes either your experimental setup is incompatible or inconsistent or there is a more subtle flaw in your Model 2100

If the Model 2100 appears to be malfunctioning contact A-M Systems Inc or your dealer Telephone numtgters for A-M Systems Inc listed on the front cover of this manual We will first attempt to solve the problem over the telephone so have an exact description of your problem available when you call You do not need to be within the warranty period to obtain over-the-phone assistance

A ^ M V - mdash A d B ^ K M I ^ M 131BuslnessPatfcLoopPOBox6SOCai

-PI s y s i Q m s inc-2raquolaquoa22=M^^

131 Business Parfc Loop PO Box 650 Cartsborg VM9 0S324 _ FAX36(W8a3525 E^nrt flnsysQa-ntsyttanB-oom Wsbsfte hHpiMNvwa-nnystsnisooni

9

Theory of Operation

The operation of the Model 2100 is summarized In the block diagram (see Fig 3) Not shown are all of the interconnections with the microcontroller The intemal microcontroler plays an important role in setting the signal path but does not directly

contribute to the dynamic characteristics It scans the front panel switches and sets the control values for the logic arays It programs the intemal counters which along with the other hardware achieve the necessary sub-microsecond speeds

All action starts either from an input trigger signal (from Trig In) or from an intemal signal (in free Run mode only) A Delay timer counts the 10MHz clock until its count value Is exhausted At this point the Burst timer starts Both Period and Duration timers are started at this time If the Burst timer has not expired by the end of the Period the Period and Duration timers are restarted If the Biphasic mode has been set the Duration timer is restarted at the end of the initial Duration and the sign of the output pulse Is reversed doubling the total duration

The system state (pulse on pulse sip baseline sign [+101-]) is transmitted to the isolated section via optoisolator The baseline and pulse amplitudes are selected by an analog switch The resulting signal is amplified by a variable-power-supply discrete operational amplifier The amplifier connections and gain is modified to provide two voltage and three cunent ranges

Timing overlap errors are detected by a logical decision computation rather than by testing for counter collisions This provides instant feedback rather than waiting up to an hour for such a collision to occur Output errors are measured by sensing the output amplifiers differential input voltage Under normal conditions this is a negligible voltage if the amplifier fails to deliver the requested signal the window comparator testing this voltage sends this message (via optoisolator) to the logic section turning on a warning LED

fl-N Systems Inc 131BusbnassPa(tLoopPOBox6SOCari3boigVMg8324 H n |TWoph0n880O426-13083eO6Blaquo300FMt36Olaquo8i3525 E-nnl anaysflfriinysleiiaoemWfcbslte hllphmwraquoimyatennoom

TRIG 3HJ) OUT

(burst)

TRIG ^ OUT

(pulse)

E

Ml

Calibration Procedures

The calibration interval is the lesser of 1000 hours of operation or 6 months Somewhat greater drift can be expected in the first 100 hours of operation as the semiconductors age Adjustments should only be made after the instrument has been fully warmed up for at least 15 minutes

Full instrument calibration requires the following test equipment digital multimeter (plusmn 01) able to measure resistance to at least lOOMfl oscilloscope with at least 50MHz bandwidth true-rms voltmeter with 4MHz bandwidth universal counter (plusmn 001 ) able to measure single pulse widths and periods resistors (all plusmn 01) 2kn lOkH 1 waft 20kn 200kn alligator clip lead sets banana plugs and BNC adapters

Adjustment integrated circuit and test point locations are shown in the following figures All adjustments are on the timing board unless otherwise noted

All voltages in the non-isolated section should be measured with respect to ground at TP510 unless othenvise stated Some voltages are measured with respect to an intemal isolated ground at TP650 or across the two output tenninals Occasionally the voltage at an IC pin must be measured In these cases the reference designator is given with the pin number in parentheses eg U602(16) When it states within this procedure that a voltage is to be minimized this means that the adjustment should be made such that the measured voltage is as close to zero volts as possible Refer to the Specifications Section of this manual for acceptable tolerances

The sequence of this procedure is Important If any adjustment is made all adjustments which follow must be made to ensure that the specifications will be met These procedures require that all controls remain as set in previous steps unless otherwise indicated

WARNING

The Model 2100 has dangerous voltages throughout the instrument even with the power is off Servicing the Model 2100 should only be done by qualified service personnel Use caution in handling any wires connectors or electrodes which may be directly or indirectly attached to the Instrument Do not touch exposed connections or components Disconnect power by unplugging the power cord from the receptacle

fl-N Systems I n c ^ 131BusinesaPartcLoopPOBox850CartsborgVWiB8324 4 n ^gt-mdash80O426-130638Ofl8Jlaquo300FAX36O683J52S bull E-maft BinsysQfrfn^islflnisoomVVfalislle h^KVfWMift^iisystemsoani

CO

- R503

Omg^

TPSOlQ O

OTPSOO

U560 bull

U510

DDID ^ trade E O ^ T P 5 1 0

bullnD Trig

0 ^

U570

Gate n U505

DO D

U515

Timing

Timing h_ U520

bsoo ^25SE Timing

Or r U540

I I Tmlng

[^ELIL

U535 D

U506

13 J510 Timlnff

BurfiDelay J400

i i i i i i i T r m r a

gt U550 ^

Clock

U555 U620

B a

^R^Pvhigh Rfijn O D O Vlow

o

bull U545

Fo sect737 lISOIsPjC-COMP

n r r ^ U760

J420

]]U632

Q S riuGSO

H = ) TP640^ deg I t I

II3D

J440 m i T i

U610 plusmn laquo j U O

bull bull l el

^t

O l

bull

M

I

Power supply and bias voltages

Power supply

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

POWER ON Observe voltage at P703 power supply wire top of main board

Check for+15 plusmn 050 V

Observe voltage at P701 power supply wire top of main board

Check for-15 plusmn 050 V

Observe voltage at U505(24) Check for+5 plusmn 025 V

Isolated supply voltage

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

RANGE 10 V TRIG open circuit MODE center position

Altemately observe V^ from R742 to R740 and V ^ from the U605(4) to U605(8)

Adjust R773 so that 110VltV^lt 120 V and

nign

28VltV^lt34V

Capacitance balance

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Connect a x10 oscilloscope probe to TP650 and ground the

Adjust R737 for minimum high frequency signal

Inputs

Gate funct ion

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave Verify that the voltage to GATE switches states at the Obsene voltage at U51G(3) proper input levels with an oscilloscope ^ ^

Trigger s lope

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave Verify that the voltage to TRIO switches states at the Observe voltage at US 10( 1) proper input levels with an oscilloscope

TRIG SLOPE + Verify voltage is 180 out of phase

TRIG SLOPE Verify voltage is in phase

fl-N Systems Inc ^ 131 Bushess Park Loop PO Bar 850 Carisborg Wa 98324 8004201306 3eOlaquoS3e300 FAX 3606BV352S

C-maft fliii8yBQfriii9yBlumaoamVIAibsMB hRpJhwMifi-iiiBystematxini

14

Trigger and gate funct ion

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

DELA NONE BURS1WII3TH SINGLE DURATION SQUARE PERIOD 100X10-3

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave to TRIG Obsen^e TRIOD and EVENT LEDS

TRIG disconnect all Short the GATE connector to GND Verify LEDs extinguish

MODE press to MANUAL Verify LEDs flash once

Timing

System c lock frequency

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Observe the frequency of the wave atU555(17)

Verify 1000 MHz plusmn001

Multipl iers (Wheel Switches)

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

PULSE SIGN + MODE FREE RUN TRIG disconnect all TIMING MULTIPUERS ail

wheels set to zero except the one being tested

TnmiNG OVERLAP ^nOTB

Observe the pulse width with the counter at the location specified below

Verify pulse width Is correct for each wheel as it is tested Independently

For each wheel of each MULTIPUER test each position to verify that the pulse width is correct Observe the signal at the following locations DELAY U520(2) BURSTWIDTH U530(2) PERIOD US40(2) DURATION U550(2)

Rates (Rotary Switches)

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

TIMING MULTIPUERS 001 TIMING RATES all rotary

switches set to 10-4 except the one being tested

Observe the pulse width with the counter at the location specified below

Verify pulse width is conect for each rotary switch as it is tested independently

For each of the four rotary switches in TIMING test each position to verify that the pulse wkJth is correct Observe the signal at the following locations DELAY U520(2) BURSTWIDTH U530(2) PERIOD U540(2) DURATION U550(2)

fl-N Systems I n c ^ E-maft emfl

131 Business Parti Loop PO 809(850 Cartsborg Wta 98324 8004201306 3804806300 FAX 36068O3S25

E-maft ansysQa nvystems-oom Wobste hflp Avwwa4nsy8(Qnttoam

15

Trigger outputs Controls

Range 10V Pulse Amplitude 500 Delay 100x10 Burst 100x10^2 Duration 100 x1a Period 400x10^ Pulse sign + Trig Mode Free run Trig in open

Inputs Observations

Trigger the oscilloscope to the Burst Trig Out Observe it the Pulse Trig Out and the isolated output

Adjust Check

Verify that the waveform consists of a burst of three 1ms-on3ms-off pulses The burst trigger should be synchronous with the burst the pulse trigger coincident with each pulse

Output Calibration

Isolation Resistance (check) Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode center position Trig In open

Measure the resistance between ground banana jack (front panel) and black banana jack of output with DMM

Resistance read gt 100MQ

Amplitude Switch Offset (R640) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Zero Trig Mode center position Trig In Open

Measure the voltage at TP645 vs TP650 with the DMM

Adjust R640 (AmpI Sw Offset) for minimum voltage

Output Offset (R332 front panel board) Controls I nputsObservatlons AdjustCheck

Baseline Zero Range 10V Trig Mode center position Trig In Open

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

Adjust R332 (Output offset) for minimum voltage

Positive Baseline Offset (R607) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Sign + Baseline Amplitude

fully CCW (000) Range 10V Trig In open Trig Mode center position

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

Adjust R602 (BSLN + offset) for minimum voltage

fl M raquo _ _ _ A laquo ^ _ i ^ ^ 131Buslnelaquo8Pari(loopPOBoK850Cart8borgWB96324

bull P I i s V S i e m S a |||Cg1Maphans80O42O130638O68O8300FAX36Olaquo8raquo^2S E-tiBft anagtraquoflwiisyagtlaquomraquoaimW6baHB hHpffii(wwraquoltnsylaquoleniieom

16

Negative Baseline Offset (R619) Controls

Baseline Sign -i Baseline Amplitude bull fully CCW (000)

Range 10V Trig In open Trig Mode center position

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

AdjustCheck

Adjust R619 (BSLN 4 offset) for minimum voltage

Pulse Amplitude Adjust (R602) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode Free Mode Pulse Amplitude 1000 Timing Dialay =none Burst =single Duration =1001 Period =00110-4 Pulse Sign -Trig In open Range 10V

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

The Overiap indicator should be on Adjust R602 (Max Level) for -1000V out

Pulse Sign Gain (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode Free Mode Pulse Amplitude 1000 Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =1001 s Period =00110-4s Trig In open Range 10V

Measure the voltage at the output with the DMM for the Pulse Sign at -- and - positions

The absolute values of the voltages should differ by less than lOOmV

Baseline Amplitudes (check) Controls InputsObservations

Range 100mA Trig Mode center position Baseline Amplitude fully CW (1000) Trig In open

Measure the voltage at the output with the DMM with Baseline Sign in + Zero and - positions

AdjustCheck

Gain the matching of current levels at = and - positions and offset current in Zero position

fl-N Systems Inc^^ bull E-mal am8

131 Business Partt Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 88324 8004201306360laquo8Oe300FAX 360laquo8O362S

E-maM am8y8^o-mBy8tflmBoom WobaKo hHp Awwwo-f i iBystonuoom

17

Output Range Amplitude and Drive (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Pulse Amplitude 1000 Pulse Sign + Trig Mode Free Run Timing Delay =none Burst =8ingle Duration =1001 Period =10010-4 Trig In open

Load the output with a 10KV1W 01 resistor Measure the voltage at the output with DMM

Verify that full scale output is within specification Scale Range 100V 100V 10V 10V 100mA IV 1mA 10V 10mA 100V

Pulse Sign and Short Circuit Protection (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Timing Delay =none Burst =8ingle Duration =200 10-4 Period =00110-3 Baseline Zero Pulse Amplitude 25 Range 10V Trig Mode Free Run Trig In open

Measure the voltage at the output with the oscilloscope Check for Pulse Sign set to each of + - biphasic Watch for Error indicator when shorting the output

Verify that pulses of approx 25V amplitude (625V for biphasic mode) of the correct sign are produced every 10ms Short output in biphasic mode Output should retum when opened

Output Transient Response (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Pulse Sign + Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =20010-4 Period =00110-3 Pulse Amplitude 250 Baseline Zero Trig Mode Free Mode Trig In open

Connect the oscilloscope to the output with a 310 attenuator prolse Test boVn 10V and 100V ranges

Verify that overshoot and risetime meet specifications

fl-N Systems I n c ^ 131 Business Parte Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wb 98324 8004201306 36Olaquo83O300 FAX 36O680lt352S

E-mQ0 snBy8Qs-msy8faiTiscom VWriMtte N ^ Mvww9-msy8lemscom

18

Specifications

There are three classes of specifications Class A specifications tested in all unHs and are guaranteed Class B specifications are inherent in the design they are indirectly tested and are guaranteed Class C specifications are typical operating values which are occasionally tested- these are typical values given for your infomiation but not guarshyanteed The class for each specification is noted in the center column of the following sections

Inputs Switching level

Hysteresis

Input equivalent circuit

Minimum duration (1 IL-level signal)

A

C

C

C

16V(plusmn02V)

approx 50 mV

100K ft to+5 In parallel with no more than 35pF

gt 50 ns

Open circuit condition B defaults to highon level

Timing and rate accuracy Rate selector steps

Timing multiplier steps

Resolution

Timing eror (second and later pulses after resetting controls)

B

B

B

B

lOOps to 100s In 7 steps

1 of rate selector step size Maximum value is 999 x the rate selector step size

approx 01 of the maximum value

lt 002 of rate selector value + 015 ps

Timing error (first pulse after readjusting timing controls)

an additional 025 ps error may occur

Timing repeatability lt 001 setting + 20 ns (monophasic)

fl-N Systems I nc ^ bull E-moU ams

131 Business Parti Loop PO Boot 850 Cartsborg VM 98324 80O42O130838O08O8300FAX36Olaquo8O3S2S

E-meU anByafl^iiisyslainaoomWebsHe hHpffliiwwraquomsys)emsoom

19

TRIG IN to OUTPUT delay (DELAY set to 0) output set to 2V

Timing jitter ft-om TRIG IN to OUTPUT (for TTL trigger input with risetime lt10 ns)

Timing jitter ft^om TRIG OUT (either BURST or PULSE) and OUTPUT

Trigger output to pulse output delay

Output charactsristics Pulse level enror (voltage mode open circuit cun-ent mode short circuit

Biphasic level difference |V + + V-|2

Baseline level error (voltage mode A open circuit current mode short circuit)

Risetime (25 V out)

Risetime (25 V out)

Transient response

A

A

A

Output impedance (voltage mode) C

Output impedance (current mode) C

Isolation resistance A

Isolation capacitance C

approx 05 ps for a load of no more than 10 Kft in parallel with 50 pF

lt 125 ns (all rates except 100s) lt 125 ps (100s rate)

Less than 20 ns (all rates)

approx 350 ns

lt 03 of setting + 05 of r range (plus an additional 05 pA inlOOpArenge)

lt 03 of range (voltage modes into open circuit current modes into short circuit)

lt 03 of setting of setting + 01 of range (plus an additional 05 pA in lOOpA range)

laquo 200 ns into less than 30 pF

laquo15 ps into less than 30 pF

lt 8 overshoot Into less than 30 pF for pulse voltages different than baseline voltage by at least 10 of range

laquo 50 ohms

raquo 1 0 Gft (typically 200 Gft)

raquo100Mft

laquo 60 pF at 100 Hz

fl-N Systems Inc^^ 131 Business Partt Uxip PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 96324 8004201308 SBOee^^SOO FAX 360laquoS3^52S

E-mat BiByraquoaiMii8ylaquoliiiiiseomWiljalteHlpJV(wwraquo4tgy8lenaoom

20

Noise (differential mode)

Noise (common mode earth to isolated ground) with no signal output

Overioad error indicator (low frequency short circuited voltage mode)

Overioad error indicator low frequency open circuited current mode)

Overioad enor response time

Miscellaneous

Power

Fuse

Operating temperature range

Storage temperature range

Operating humidity

Dimensions

Weight

laquo1 mV rms (10 V scale 10Hz-4MHz)

laquo 8 mV rms (10 Hz-4 MHz) laquo100mVp-p (200 Hz -10 MHz) measured withalOMft 15pF oscilloscope probe

Turns on for set amplitude at or greater than approx plusmn1V (10 V range) or plusmn2 V (100 V range)

Turns on for set amplitude at or above approx 2 of range

Flat to approx 30 ps duration Decreasing sensitivity for shorter pulses

approx 11 watts

1 amp 3 AG

10-30C

0 - 50deg C

5-80RH

17x475x1125 (Inches) 432x121x286 cm

20 lbs (9 kg)

fl mm bull gt _ _ _ A ^ ^ _ _ L ^ 131BusinesraquoPariltLocpPOBox850C8rtsborgWS9e324

bull p i ^ y s v e m s IIIC^^deg(^deg^Bdegltgt^^^3degdeg^deg^^deg^^^degdeg^^I^deg^deg^^^^^

21 E-mei flre^nQo 4n8yo(amscam Wsbsfle hHpAwwwe-msy8Jems-Oom

Warranty and Service

What does this warranty cover A-M Systems Inc warrants to the Purchaser that the Instrument excluding cables Headstage Probes and any other accessories shipped with the Instrument (hereafter the hardware) is free from defects in workmanship or material under normal use and service for the period of one (1) year This warranty commences on the date of delivery of the hardware to the Purchaser

What are the obligations of A-M Systems Inc under this warranty During the warranty period A-M Systems Inc agrees to repair or replace at its sole option without charge to the Purchaser any defective component part of the hardware To obtain warranty service the Purchaser must return the hardware to A-M Systems Inc or an authorized A-M Systems Inc distributor in an adequate shipping container Any postage shipping and insurance charges incurred in shipping the hardware to A-M Systems Inc must be prepaid by the Purchaser and all risk for the hardware shall remain with purchaser until such time as A-M Systems Inc takes receipt of the hardware Upon receipt A-M Systems Inc will promptly repair or replace the defective unit and then return the hardware to the Purchaser postage shipping and insurance prepaid A-M Systems Inc may use reconditioned or like new parts or units at its sole option when repairing any hardware Repaired products shall carry the same amount of outstanding wan^nty as from original purchase or ninety (90) days which ever is greater Any claim under the warranty must include a dated proof of purchase of the hardware covered by this wan-anty In any event A-M Systems Inc liability for defective hardware is limited to repairing or replacing the hardware

What is not covered by this warranty This warranty is contingent upon proper use and maintenance of the hardware by the Purchaser and does not cover batteries Neglect misuse whether intentional or otherwise tampering with or altering the hardware damage caused by accident damage caused by unusual physical electrical chemical or electromechanical stress damage caused by failure of electrical power or damage caused during transportation are not covered by this warranty Products may not be returned to A-M Systems Inc for service whether under warranty or otherwise which are contaminated by infectious agents radioactive compounds or other materials constituting a health hazard to employees of A-M Systems Inc

What are the limits of llabiiity for A-M Systems inc under this warranty A-M Systems Inc shall not be liable for loss of data profits or savings or any special incidental consequential indirect or other similar damages arising from breach of contract negligence or other legal action even if the company or its agent has been advised of the possibility of such damages or for any claim brought against you by another party THIS EQUIPMENT IS NOT INTENDED FOR CLINICAL MEASUREMENTS USING HUMAN SUBJECTS A-M SYSTEMS INC DOES NOT ASSUME RESPONSIBILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE DUE TO MISUSE OF THIS EQUIPMENT Jurisdictions vary with regard to the enforceability of provisions excluding or limiting liability for incidental or consequential damages Check the provision of your local jurisdiction to find out whether the above exclusion applies to you This warranty allocates risks of product failure between the Purchaser and A-M Systems Inc A-M Systems Inc hardware pricing reflects this allocation of risk and the limitations of liability contained in this wanranty The warranty set forth above is in lieu of all other express wan^anties whether oral or written The agents employees distributors and dealers of A-M Systems Inc are not authorized to make modifications to this wan-anty or additional wan-anties binding on the company Accordingly additional statements such as dealer advertising or presentations whether oral or written do not constitute wananties by A-M Systems Inc and should not be relied upon This warranty gives you specific legal rights You may also have other rights whrch vary from one jurisdiction to another

6 mm ^ laquo _ _ A a B ^ _ 1 ^ ^ 131 Business Parti Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg W B 98324 O O

bull P l A y S V e m S l n C T^M 8OO42OI3O6 380683-8300FAX 360 803525 ^ ^ E-msl iiiisy80iHTBy8tenisoom Wsbsito hnphwwfrimysleiiisoom

A

V ISO

INSTRUCTION MANUAL

FOR

ISOLATED PULSE STIMULATOR

MODEL 2100

Serial

Date

A-M Systems Inc

PO Box 850

Carlsborg WA 98324

USA

360-683-8300 bull 800-426-1306 FAX 360-683-3525

httpwwwa-msystemscom

Version 70 February 2002

Contents General Description 1

Instrument Features 1 Controls and Connectors 2

Operating Instructions 6 Theory of Operation 10 Calibration Procedures 12

Inputs 14 Output Calibration 16

Specifications 19 Warranty and Service 22

Each Isolated Pulse Stimulator is delivered complete with

Rack Mount Hardware Instructions amp Maintenance Manual

NOTE

This instrument is not intended for clinical measurements using human subjects A-M Systems Inc does not assume responsibility for Injury or damage due to the misuse of this instrument

General Description

Instrument Features The Isolated Pulse Stimulator Model 2100 is designed for a wide variety of applications It is highly flexible being capable of delivering single pulses biphasic pairs or bursts of pulses Pulses may be started manually or upon receiving a trigger signal from another Instrument or computer Two non-isolated trigger outputs are available for triggering other instruments

Four sets of timing controls provide comprehensive control overall aspects of pulse generation Three digit accuracy is available over a 7 decade range for each timing function using lever wheel switches Pulse widths can be set over more than a 9 decade range from 05 ps to 999 seconds Timing accuracy is assured through the use of a 10 MHz base rate crystal-controlled clock digitally divided to provide accurate timing over the entire range Atiming overiap indicator will light If the timing controls are set inconsistently

The output may be conveniently switched between current and voltage modes Pulse and baseline amplitudes are Independently presettable with lockable dials An error Indicator will light if the Mode2700 cannot deliver the desired signal

r WARNING

The Model 2100 can produce potentially dangerous voltages up to 100 V at the output connectors The isolated output is not connected internally to safety (earth) ground in any way Some part of the extemal circuit should be connected to safety ground Use caution in handling any wires connectors or electrodes which may be directly or indirectly attached to the Model 2100 output Some kinds of connectors such as BNC connectors have exposed metal parts which may float at dangerous potentials unless extemally connected to safety ground For greatest safety tum the Model 2100 off before making any connections to

the instrument

131 Business Parii Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Telophone 800-426-1306 bull 360-68raquolaquo300 bull FAX 360683-3525 E-mal satesa-msystemsoom VVfebsite httpywwwa^nsystemscom fl-N Systems Inc 1

Controls and Connectors The controls for the Model 2100 are grouped in three sections START which controls when a pulse or burst of pulses begins TIMING which controls the onoff timing of one or more pulses and OUTPUT which controls the amplitude of the output signal

Start TRIG SLOPE Determines the polarity of valid trigger pulses (positive or negative edges in the trigger signal)

MODE Controls waveform initiation When set to FREE RUN one timing cycle immediately follows the last When momentarily placed In the MANUAL position a timing cycle starts Immediately When the switch Is In the center position timing cycles start when valid triggering events occur

TRIGD This LED lights up when a timing cycle Is in process and continues until the burst is completed

TRIG This BNC connector allows a signal from an external source to Initiate timing cycles It is set for standard TTL levels

GATE This BNC connector allows a signal from an external source to restrict the final output signal This input must be at a logical high (or open-circuited) in order for the Model 2100 to recognize either manual or automatic trigger events

Gate 1_ Trigger |~~^ i I Valid triggers (represented by the arrows in the figure) can occur only when the gate Is at logical high Note that the up arrow would apply only If TRIG SLOPE is set to + the down an-ows would apply only if TRIG SLOPE Is set to -

NOTE Triggers have no effect if the system has not completed its response to a previous trigger

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Park Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Vb 98324 TelQphQne 80O426-1306 360683-8300 FAX 360683-3525 E-mail sales^a-msystemscom Wsbsite httpywwwa-msystemscom

Timing Four sets of controls govern the timing of pulse generation Each set contains two values which are multiplied together to detemnine the actual timing value The rotary knob (rate selector) provides the approximate timing value and the lever wheel switch bank (MULTIPLIER)

provides a time resolution of three decimal digits The following diagram shows most of the Important relationships

Output r Delay Duration

|ltPeriodgtj

t Burst width

Trigger event

DELAY These controls determine the time duration between the initiating trigger event and the beginning of the pulse burst If this rate selector is set to NONE or the multiplier is set to 000 there Is no delay

BURST WIDTH These controls determine the time period in which one or more pulses may be delivered Once started a pulse may outlast the burst width If this rate selector is set to SINGLE or to any time shorter than the pulse duration only a single pulse will occur If the BURST WIDTH Is longer than the period pulses will be emitted at the PERIOD rate until the burst time ends Pulses are never truncated by a short BURSTWIDTH

inds)-PULSE

D U R A T I O N 1 0 1 0

10

INTEB-PULSE PERIOD

1 1 10

DURATION These controls determine the length of each pulse Ifthis rate selector Is set to SQUARE the duration is set to half of the period regardless of the MULTIPLIER setting

PERIOD These controls set the period of time between adjacent pulse events within the burst It also forces a minimum dead time between recognized input triggers following a burst of one or more pulses This can be used to prevent over stimulation of a tissue without requiring excessive delay between the triggering event and the stimulating pulse

TIMING OVERLAP

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 860 Carisborg Vamp 98324 |Telophone 800-426-1306 360683-8300 bull FAX 3606aW525 E-mail salearega^nsystemsoom Vfeb5ite httpAwwwa^nsyslemscam

NOTE If any of these timing controls are changed while a timing cycle is in operation the results are undefined until the current cycle finishes

TIMING OVERLAP This LED will light to Indicate an inconsistency in the timing cycle settings There are several ways to introduce such errors The most common way is to set the Inter-pulse PERIOD to be less than the pulse DURATION

T I M I N G (seconds)^

TRIG OUT (UPPER) This BNC connector provides a signal which is coincident with the Internal Burst timing signal (default) This means the signal starts at the end of the Delay time and persists until the Burst time expires This output may also be set to represent the delay time-out by setting the internal jumper J510 to the right two pins instead of the left two pins (Please see the Calibration section in this manual for jumper location Directions are given as viewed from the front of the Instrument)

TRIG OUT (LOWER) This BNC connector provides a signal which Is coincident with the Duration timing signal which controls pulse output

NOTE Both trigger output signals slightly lead the isolated output signal

Output

PULSE SIGN This switch determines the polarity of the pulses to be generated It also allows generation of biphasic pulses thereby doubling the effective total period Warning the first pulse generated after changing the PULSE

SIGN switch may have the wrong polarity

BASELINE This Switch determines the polarity ofthe baseline signal

RANGE This rotary switch determines if the output pulses will be constant current (3 ranges) or constant voltage (2 ranges)

BASELINE AMPLITUDE This value is independently set using a ten-turn counting dial The maximum baseline amplitude is one tenth the value shown on the range amplitude switch

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 8S0 Cartsborg Vfa 98324 |Tetaphone 80O426-1306 bull 360683-8300 bull FAX 3606803525 E-mail salesa-msystemscom Wbbsite http7Awwwaflnsystemscom

PULSE AMPLITUDE This value is independently set using a ten-turn counting dial The maximum pulse amplitude is the value shown on the range amplitude switch

EVENT This LED indicates when a pulse is ongoing

ERROR This LED indicates when the internal output amplifier cannot output the pulse as desired This is usually due to a short circuit while trying to output a voltage or an open circuit while trying to output a current

VOTEThe Pulse Sign control in the Oupuf section directly affects waveform timing When set to the Biphasic mode a positive-going pulse is immediately followed by a negative-going pulse This effectively doubles the pulse duration If a burst of biphasic pulses is being produced the period must be at least twice the single pulse duration In the Square wave mode the baseline disappears as long as the burst persists

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsboig Vte 98324 |Telophone 800426-1306 360683-8300 bull FAX 3606833525 E-mail salesa-m5ystem5 com Website httpwwwa-msystemscom

Operating Instructions

Examples Simple setup (and minimal instrument test)

Connect the output ofthe Model 2100 to an oscilloscope Before connecting the Model 2100 to any other instrument or the experimental preparation It is safest to turn Its power off

Set the Oufpuf controls

Range 10V Pulse Sign +

Baseline Zero Pulse Amplitude 200

Setting The Timing Controls

Delay Burst Width

Duration Period

none single

15010-2 50010-2

Setting The Start Controls

Mode Free Run

Disconnect any cables to the TRIG or GATE inputs

Note that the green Trig and Event Indicators turn on as Free Run is turned on (and turn off otherwise) You should observe a 15ms duration 20Hz rate pulse of 200V above a OV baseline on the oscilloscope

fl-N Systems Inc 131 BusinessPartiLoop RO Box850CarisbcxgWa98324 |Telophone 800426-1306 bull 360-683-8300 bull FW 360683-3525 E-mail salesa-msystems com VVbbsite httpywwwa-msystems com

Demonstration of Burst Mode Connect the output ofthe Model 2100 to an oscilloscope Before connecting the Model 2100 to any other instrument or the experimental preparation It Is safest to turn its power off

Set the Outpuf controls

Range 10V Pulse Sign +

Baseline Pulse Amplitude 200

Baseline Amplitude 100

Setting The Timing Controls

Delay 88010-2 Burst Width 12010-^

Duration 15010-2 Period 50010-2

Set the START controls as follows

Mode Free Run

Disconnect any cables to the TRIG or GATE inputs

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Telophooe 8004201306 360683-8300 bull FAX 360683-3525 E^naii salesa-msystems com Watjsite http7wwwa-msystemscom

Trigger the oscilloscope from the Bursf trigger out (upper Trig Out connector) for a stable display In each burst (occurring every lOOms) you should observe a trio of 15ms duration starting 50ms apart Try switching the StartMode from Free Run to the center (nonnal) position The pulses will no longer be produced and the Trig and Event Indicators will tum off Pressing this switch once (to Manual) will cause a single burst to occur

Problem Solving If the instrument appears to be not working properiy check all ofthe control settings and connections Be sure to wait at least 5-10 seconds after turning the instrument off before turning it on again The following summary of typical problems for the user (along with the most common solutions) may help

Problem CauseSolution

EVENT Indicator never lights even in FREE RUN mode

bull Replace fuse check power connection bullSet DELAY or PERIOD to a shorter interval

bull Power-on too soon after power-off

OVERLAP Indicator is on

ERROR indicator is on

bull Set DURATION gt000 bull DURATION Is set to SQUARE but

PERIOD is 000 Increase PERIOD or set DURATION independantly

bull BURST and WIDTH are gt DURATION increase PERIOD or decrease DURATION

bull BIPHASIC pulse output Is on and PERIOD is not longer than twice the DURATION Increase PERIOD or decrease DURATION

bull Free-run Is on and BURST is lt PERIOD (BURST off) DELAY is 0 and PERIOD Is lt DURATION Add delay or modify PERIOD

bull Free-run is on and BURST is gt DURATION (BURST ON) and PERIOD is lt DURATION Increase PERIOD

bull For VOLTAGE outputs the output is trying to drive too low a resistance or capacitance (eg a short circuit) Check by disconnecting the output ft is possible (and normal) that for the fastest cycles and largest amplitudes (close to 100 V

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business PartiLoop PO Box 850 CartsborgWa 98324 iTelophone 800-42O130636O6e3-8300FAX 3606B3-3525 E-mail satesaflisyslefmcom Vfebslte http7wwwa-msyslemscom

and 1 ps) that the ERROR indicator might always come on during repetitive pulses Fix output load or decrease amplitude as required

Time appears to be excessive Changed control in mid-cycle (resets current status)

Cant seem to get a full signal out Load Is not properiy connected repair wiring Too low a load impedance (VOLTAGE modes) or too high a load impedance (CURRENT mode)

Incoming triggers not accepted frequently enough

PERIOD is set too long (enforces dead time) followd by BURST set to SIGNAL Reduce PERIOD time

Table 10 Problem Solving

If you suspect that the Model 2100 may have completely failed we recommend checking the basic level of functionality Ifthis fails your instrument Is defective and must be repaired Ifthis passes either your experimental setup is incompatible or inconsistent or there is a more subtle flaw in your Model 2100

If the Model 2100 appears to be malfunctioning contact A-M Systems Inc or your dealer We will first attempt to solve the problem over the telephone so have an exact description of your problem available when you call You do not need to be within the warranty period to obtain over-the-phone assistance

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 iTetoptxme 80O426-1306 bull 360683-8300 FAX 3606803525 E-mail satesa-msystemsoomAfebsitehttpJwwwaflisystemscom

Theory of Operation

The operation ofthe Model 2100 is summarized in the block diagram (see the figure on Page 11) Not shown are all ofthe interconnections with the microcontroller The internal microcontroler plays an important role in setting the signal path but does not directly contribute to the dynamic characteristics It scans the front panel switches and sets the control values for the logic arrays It programs the internal counters which along with the other hardware achieve the necessary sub-microsecond speeds

Pulse generation starts either from an Input trigger signal (from Trig In) or an internally signal (Free Run mode) A Delay timer counts the 10MHz clock until its count value is exhausted At this point the Burst Period and Duration timers are started If the Burst timer has not expired by the end ofthe Period the Period and Duration timers are restarted If the Biphasic mode has been set the Duration timer is restarted at the end of the initial Duration and the sign ofthe output pulse is reversed doubling the total duration

The system state (pulse on pulse sign baseline sign [+0f-]) is transmitted to the isolated section via optoisolator The baseline and pulse amplitudes are selected by an analog switch The resulting signal is amplified by a variable-power-supply discrete operational amplifier The amplifier connections and gain is modified to provide two voltage and three current ranges

Timing overiap errors are detected by a logical decision computation rather than by testing for counter collisions This provides instant feedback rather than waiting up to an hour for such a collision to occur Output errors are measured by sensing the output amplifiers differential input voltage Under normal conditions this is a negligible voltage If the amplifier fails to deliver the requested signal the window comparator testing this voltage sends this message (via optoisolator) to the logic section turning on a warning LED

fl-N Systems Inc 131BusinessPart(LoopRO Box850CarisboigWa98324 4 n Tel0pri0ne80O426-130636O683^300FAX36O6833525 ^ E-mail salesaflisystBmscom V febsite http7wwwa-msystemsoom

S i

I - - ^^mdasho^M

OUTPUT i l l

TRIG ^ OUT

(burst)

TRIG 3-lt) OUT

(pulse)

til

I laquo

Calibration Procedures

The calibration interval is the lesser of 1000 hours of operation or 6 months Somewhat greater drift can be expected in the first 100 hours of operation as the semiconductors age Adjustments should only be made after the instrument has been fully warmed up for at least 15 minutes

Full instrument calibration requires the following test equipment digital multimeter (plusmn 01) able to measure resistance to at least lOOMO oscilloscope with at least 50MHz bandwidth true-mis voltmeter with 4MHz bandwidth universal counter (plusmn 001 ) able to measure single pulse widths and periods resistors (all plusmn 01) 2kn lOkH 1 watt 20kn 200kn alligator clip lead sets banana plugs and BNC adapters

Adjustment integrated circuit and test point locations are shown in the following figures All adjustments are on the timing board unless othenAise noted

All voltages in the non-isolated section should be measured with respect to ground at TP510 unless othenwise stated Some voltages are measured with respect to an internal isolated ground at TP650 or across the two output temninals Occasionally the voltage at an IC pin must be measured in these cases the reference designator is given with the pin number in parentheses eg U602(16) When it states within this procedure that a voltage is to be minimized this means that the adjustment should be made such that the measured voltage is as close to zero volts as possible Refer to the Specifications Section of this manual for acceptable tolerances

The sequence of this procedure is important If any adjustment is made all adjustments which follow must be made to ensure that the specifications will be met These procedures require that all controls remain as set in previous steps unless othenAise indicated

WARNING

The Model 2100 has dangerous voltages throughout the instrument even with the power is off Servicing the Model 2100 should only be done by qualified service personnel Use caution in handling any wires connectors or electrodes which may be directly or indirectly attached to the instrument Do not touch exposed connections or components Disconnect power by unplugging the power cord from the receptacle

H B ^ ^ S y s t e m s inc^degdegp^deg^^deg-^^^^^^^^B3^^^degdeg^^^lt^^^B^^^^ 131BusinessPartiLoopPO Box850CartsbOigWamp98324 4 9 |Telophone800-42013C6360683-8300F0lt360683-3525 ^ E-mail salesa-msystefnscom website httpwwwaflisystems com

CO

TP501 O lt0

g OTPSOO

U560 S

Trig Gate

0 -TISOS

U570

U500

Timing

p U520

Timing

K U550 Timin

gt U540

U515

o X I Timin

U508 I

J510 Timing nnn

Burst Delay J400

gt U550

R503

D D I D bull U8QQ i Q

n

oo

V P 5 1 0

b U535

^

Clock i _

U555

lt U 5 4 5

o

h d ^ O - - ^ U605

Q D

U620

O fJZ^ R737 bull ^ 1^13015 r j C - C O M P

B B nU770 ^ ^ ^ 5 ^ a

J420

a

o E

bull [ ]U632

riueso

rR742rVhigh R 6 1 9 ^

LJ TP645 O TP650

TPMOQ^QS

Vlow

CD-

CZZl

J440 bull bull tl iUDQ

I t

f i l

Power supply and bias voltages

Power supply

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

POWER ON Observe voltage at P703 power supply wire top of main board

Check for+15 plusmn 050 V

Observe voltage at P701 power supply wire top of main board

Check for-15 plusmn 050 V

Observe voltage at U505(24) Check for +5 plusmn 025 V

Isolated supply voltage Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

RANGE 10 V TRIG open circuit MODE center position

Alternately observe V ^ from R742 to R740 and V ^ from theU605(4)toU605(8)

Adjust R773 so that 110VltV lt 120 V and

nigh

28VltV|^lt34V

Capacitance balance Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

Connect a xlO oscilloscope probe to TP650 and ground the

Adjust R737 for minimum high frequency signal

Inputs

Gate function Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave Verify that the voltage to GATE switches states at the Observe voltage at U510(3) proper input levels with an oscilloscope

Trigger slope Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave Verify that the voltage to TRIG switches states at the Observe voltage at U510( 1) proper input levels with an oscilloscope

TRIG SLOPE Verify voltage is 180deg out of phase

TRIG SLOPE Verify voltage is in phase

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 860 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Jelophone 800-4201306 360683-8300 bull FM 380683-3525 E-mail salesaflTsystBfnscom bull Vtebsite httpVAirwwaflisystems com

14

Trigger and gate f unc t i on

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

DELAY NONE BURS-nMDTH SINGLE DURATION SQUARE PERIOD 100X10-3

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave to TRIG Observe TRIGD and EVENT LEDs

TRIG disconnect all Short the GATE connector to GND Verify LEDs extinguish

MODE press to MANUAL Verify LEDs flash once

Timing

System c lock f requency

Controls Inputs Observations Ad jus t Check

Observe the frequency of the wave Verify 1000 MHz plusmn 001 atU555(17)

Mul t ip l iers (Wheel Swi tches)

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

PULSE SIGN-laquobull MODE FREE RUN TRIG disconnect all TIMING MULTIPUERS all

wheels set to zero except the one being tested

TIMING OVERLAP ignore

Observe the pulse width with the counter at the location specified t)elow

Verify pulse width is correct for each wheel as it is tested independently

For each wheel of each MULTIPLIER test each position to verify that the pulse width is correct Observe the signal at the following locations DELAY U520(2) BURSTWIDTH U530(2) PERIOD U540(2) DURATION U550(2)

Rates (Rotary Swi tches)

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

TIMING MULTIPUERS 001 Observe the pulse width with the TIMING RATES all rotary counter at the location specified

switches set to 10-4 below except the one being tested

Verify pulse width is correct for each rotary switch as it is tested independently

For each ofthe four rotary switches in TIMING test each position to verify that the pulse width is correct Observe the signal at the following locations DELAY U520(2) BURSTWIDTH U530(2) PERIOD U540(2) DURATION U550(2)

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 iTetophone 8004201306 bull 360683-8300 bull FOC 3606803525 E-mail salesa-msystemscom Wbbsite httpJwwwaflTSystemscom

15

Trigger outputs

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

Range 10V Pulse Amplitude 500 Delay 100 xlO^ Burst 100 x 10 ^ Duration 100x10-^ Period 400x10-^ Pulse sign + Trig Mode Free run Trig in open

Trigger the oscilloscope to the Burst Trig Out Observe it the Pulse Trig Out and the isolated output

Verify that the waveform consists of a burst of three 1ms-on3ms-off pulses The burst trigger should be synchronous with the burst the pulse trigger coincident with each pulse

Output Calibration

Isolation Resistance (check)

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode center position Trig In open

Measure the resistance between ground banana jack (front panel) and black banana jack of output with DMM

Resistance read gt 100MQ

Amplitude Switch Offset (R640)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Zero Trig Mode center position Trig In Open

Measure the voltage at TP645 vs TP650 with the DMM

Adjust R640 (AmpI Sw Offset) for minimum voltage

Output Offset (R332 front panel board) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Zero Range 10V Trig Mode center position Trig In Open

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

Adjust R332 (Output offset) for minimum voltage

Positive Baseline Offeet (R607) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Sign + Baseline Amplitude

fully CCW (000) Range 10V Trig In open Trig Mode center position

Measure the voltage across the outputwiththeDMM

Adjust R602 (BSLN + offset) for minimum voltage

fl-N Systems Inc 131 BusBiess Parti Loop P O Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Telophone B00-42O1306 bull 360683-8300 bull FAX 3606803525 E-mail salesaflisystemscom V^tebsite httpy^vwwa-msystems com

16

Negative Baseline Offset (R619)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Sign -Baseline Amplitude

fully CCW (000) Range 10V Trig In open Trig Mode center position

Measure the voltage across the outputwiththeDMM

Adjust R619 (BSLN + offset) for minimum voltage

Pulse Amplitude Adjust (R602)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode Free Mode Pulse Amplitude 1000 Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =1001 Period =00110-4 Pulse Sign -Trig In open Range 10V

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

The Overiap indicator should be on Adjust R602 (Max Level) for -10OOV out

Pulse Sign Gain (check)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode Free Mode Pulse Amplitude 1000 Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =100 1s Period =001 10-4s Trig In open Range 10V

Measure the voltage at the output with the DMM for the Pulse Sign at + and - positions

The absolute values ofthe voltages should differ by less than lOOmV

Baseline Amplitudes (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Range 100mA Trig Mode center position Baseline Amplitude fully CW (1000) Trig In open

Measure the voltage at the output with the DMM with Baseline Sign in + Zero and

- positions

Gain the matching of current levels at = and - positions and offset current in Zero position

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop PO Box 850 Cartsboig Wa 98324 Telophone 800-4201306 360683-8300 FkX 3606803525 E-mail salesa-msystemscom website http^^wwaflisystemsccm

17

Output Range Amplitude and Drive (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Pulse Amplitude 1000 Pulse Sign + Trig Mode Free Run Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =1001 Period =10010-4 Trig In open

Load the output with a 10KV 1W 01 resistor Measure the voltage at the output with DMM

Verify that full scale output is within specification Scale Range 100V 100V 10V 10V 100mA IV 1mA 10V 10mA 100V

Pulse Sign and Short Circuit Protection (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =200 10-4 Period =00110-3 Baseline Zero Pulse Amplitude 25 Range 10V Trig Mode Free Run Trig In open

Measure the voltage at the output with the oscilloscope Check for Pulse Sign set to each of + - biphasic Watch for Error indicator when shorting the output

Verify that pulses of approx 25V amplitude (625V for biphasic mode) of the correct sign are produced every 10ms Short output in biphasic mode Output should return when opened

Output Transient Response (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Pulse Sign + Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =20010-4 Period =00110-3 Pulse Amplitude 250 Baseline Zero Trig Mode Free Mode Trig In open

Connect the oscilloscope to the output with a 310 attenuator probe Test both 10V and 100V ranges

Verify that overshoot and risetime meet specifications

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Telophone 8004201306 bull 3606808300 bull Flaquo( 360laquo83ltJ525 E-mail salesa-msystemsocm V^febsite http^wwwa-msystefnscom

18

Specifications

There are three classes of specifications Class A specifications tested in all units and are guaranteed Class B specifications are inherent in the design they are indirectly tested and are guaranteed Class C specifications are typical operating values which are occasionally tested- these are typical values given for your information but not guarshyanteed The class for each specification is noted in the center column ofthe following sections

Inputs Switching level

Hysteresis

Input equivalent circuit

Minimum duration (1 IL-level signal)

A

C

C

C

16 V(plusmn 02 V)

approx 50 mV

lOOKH to+5 in parallel with no more than 35pF

gt 50 ns

Open circuit condition B defaults to highon level

Timing and rate accuracy Rate selector steps

Timing multiplier steps

B

B

lOOpsto 100s in 7 steps

1 of rate selector step size Maximum value is 999 X the rate selector step size

Resolution B approx 01 ofthe maximum value

Timing error (second and later pulses after resetting controls)

B lt 002 of rate selector value + 015 ps

Timing error (first pulse after readjusting timing controls)

an additional 025 ps error may occur

Timing repeatability lt 001 setting + 20 ns (monophasic)

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Ram Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Vfa 98324 pTelophone 8004201306 bull 360683-8300 bull FAX 360683-3525

E-mail salesraquoflisystems com Wabsite httpJAnww afl isystems com

19

TRIG IN to OUTPUT delay (DELAY set to 0) output set to 2V

Timing jitter from TRIG IN to OUTPUT (for TTL trigger input with risetime lt10 ns)

Timing jitter from TRIG OUT (either BURST or PULSE) and OUTPUT

Trigger output to pulse output delay

Output characteristics Pulse level error (voltage mode open circuit current mode short circuit

Biphasic level difference IV + - V-1 2

Baseline level error (voltage mode open circuit current mode short circuit)

Risetime (25 V out)

Risetime (25 V out)

Transient response

A

A

A

Output impedance (voltage mode) C

Output impedance (current mode) C

Isolation resistance A

Isolation capacitance C

approx 05 ps for a load of no more than 10 KH in parallel with 50 pF

lt 125 ns (all rates except 100s) lt 125 ps (100s rate)

Less than 20 ns (all rates)

approx 350 ns

lt 03 of setting + 05 of r range (plus an additional 05 pA in 100 pA range)

lt 03 of range (voltage modes into open circuit current modes into short circuit)

lt 03 of setting of setting + 01 of range (plus an additional 05 pA in lOOpA range)

= 200 ns into less than 30 pF

= 15 ps into less than 30 pF

lt 8 overshoot into less than 30 pF for pulse voltages different than baseline voltage by at least 10 of range

= 50 ohms

raquo 1 0 GH (typically 200 GO)

raquo 1 0 0 M n

= 60 pF at 100 Hz

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Peril Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg V6 98324 |TelCf)hone 800-4201306 3606808300 bull FAX 360683-3525 E-mal salesaflisystefnsoom Website hnpyMVfWafllsystemsoom

20

Noise (differential mode)

Noise (common mode earth to isolated ground) with no signal output

Overload error indicator (low frequency short circuited voltage mode)

Overload error indicator low frequency open circuited current mode)

Overioad error response time

Miscellaneous

= 1 mV rms (10 V scale 10 Hz-4 MHz)

= 8 mV rms (10 Hz-4 MHz) == 100mVp-p (200 Hz -10 MHz) measured withalOMH 15pF oscilloscope probe

Turns on for set amplitude at or greater than approx plusmn1 V (10 V range) or plusmn2 V (100 V range)

Turns on for set amplitude at or above approx 2 of range

Flat to approx 30 ps duration Decreasing sensitivity for shorter pulses

Power

Fuse

Operating temperature range

Storage temperature range

Operating humidity

Dimensions

approx 11 watts

1 amp 3AG

10-30degC

0 - 50deg C

5 - 80 RH

17x475x1125 (inches) 432x121x286 cm

Weight 20 lbs (9 kg)

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Wb 98324 |Tetcphone 8004201306 3606808300 bull FOt 360683-3525 E-mail satesamsystems comV^febsite httpywwwaflisystemscom

21

Warranty and Service

What does this warranty cover A-M Systems Inc warrants to the Purchaser that the Instrument excluding cables Headstage Probes and any other accessories shipped with the Instrument (hereafter the hardware) is free from defects in workmanship or material under normal use and service for the period of one (1) year This warranty commences on the date of delivery ofthe hardware to the Purchaser

What are the obligations of A-M Systems Inc under this warranty During the warranty period A-M Systems Inc agrees to repair or replace at its sole option without charge to the Purchaser any defective component part of the hardware To obtain warranty service the Purchaser must return the hardware to A-M Systems Inc or an authorized A-M Systems Inc distributor in an adequate shipping container Any postage shipping and insurance charges incurred in shipping the hardware to A-M Systems Inc must be prepaid by the Purchaser and all risk for the hardware shall remain with purchaser until such time as A-M Systems Inc takes receipt of the hardware Upon receipt A-M Systems Inc will promptly repair or replace the defective unit and then return the hardware to the Purchaser postage shipping and insurance prepaid A-M Systems Inc may use reconditioned or like new parts or units at its sole option when repairing any hardware Repaired products shall carry the same amount of outstanding warranty as from original purchase or ninety (90) days which ever is greater Any claim under the warranty must include a dated proof of purchase ofthe hardware covered by this warranty In any event A-M Systems Inc liability for defective hardware is limited to repairing or replacing the hardware

What is not covered by this warranty This warranty is contingent upon proper use and maintenance ofthe hardware by the Purchaser and does not cover batteries Neglect misuse whether intentional or othenwise tampering with or altering the hardware damage caused by accident damage caused by unusual physical electrical chemical or electromechanical stress damage caused by failure of electrical power or damage caused during transportation are not covered by this wan-anty Products may not be returned to A-M Systems Inc for service whether under warranty or otherwise which are contaminated by infectious agents radioactive compounds or other materials constituting a health hazard to employees of A-M Systems Inc

What are the limits of liability for A-M Systems Inc under this warranty A-M Systems Inc shall not be liable for loss of data profits or savings or any special incidental consequential indirect or other similar damages arising from breach of contract negligence or other legal action even if the company or its agent has been advised of the possibility of such damages or for any claim brought against you by another party THIS EQUIPMENT IS NOT INTENDED FOR CLINICAL MEASUREMENTS USING HUMAN SUBJECTS A-M SYSTEMS INC DOES NOT ASSUME RESPONSIBILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE DUE TO MISUSE OF THIS EQUIPMENT Jurisdictions vary with regard to the enforceability of provisions excluding or limiting liability for incidental or consequential damages Check the provision of your local jurisdiction to find out whether the above exclusion applies to you

This warranty allocates risks of product failure between the Purchaser and A-M Systems Inc A-M Systems Inc hardware pricing reflects this allocation of risk and the limitations of liability contained in this warranty The warranty set forth above is in lieu of all other express warranties whether oral or written The agents employees distributors and dealers of A-M Systems Inc are not authorized to make modifications to this warranty or additional wan-anties binding on the company Accordingly additional statements such as dealer advertising or presentations whether oral or written do not constitute warranties by A-M Systems Inc and should not be relied upon This warranty gives you specific legal rights You may also have other rights which vary from one jurisdiction to another

fl-N Systems Inc 131BusinessPartiLoop RO Box850CartsbOfgWa98324 p O |Telophone 8004201306 bull 360683-8300FOC 3606830525 ^ ^ E-mail saiesaflisystefTiscom Wbbsite httpVwwwa-msystemscom

Operating Instructions

Examples Simple setup (and minimal instrument test)

Connect the output of the Model 2100 to an oscilloscope Before connecting the instrument it is safest to turn its power off

Set the Output controls

Range 10V Pulse Sign +

Baseline Zero Pulse Amplitude 200

Setting The Timing Controls

Delay none Burst Width single

Duration 150M0-2 Period 50010-2

Setting The Start Controls

Mode Free Run

Disconnect any cables to the TRIG or GATE inputs

Note that the green Trig and Evenf indicators turn on as Free Run is turned on (and turn off otherwise) You should observe a 15ms duration 20Hz rate pulse of 200V above a OV baseline on the oscilloscope

A-M Systems Inc 131 Business Pailt Loop PO Box 850 Carlsborg Wa 98324 Telophone 800-426-1306 bull 36Olaquo83-8300 FAX 360683-3S25 E-mail salesfla-msystemscom Website httpwwwa-msystemscom

Demonstration of Burst Mode Connect the output of the Model 2100 to an oscilloscope Before connecting the instrument it is safest to turn its power off

Set the Output controls

Range 10V Pulse Sign +

Baseline Pulse Amplitude 200

Baseline Amplitude 100

Setting The Timing Controls

Delay 88010-2 Burst Width 12010-^

Duration 15010-2 Period 50010-^

Set the START controls as follows

Mode Free Run

Disconnect any cables to the TRIG or GATE inputs

Trigger the oscilloscope from the Strsf trigger out (upper Trig Ouf connector) for a stable display In each burst (occurring every lOOms) you should observe a trio of 15ms duration starting 50ms apart Try switching the StartMode rom Free Run to the center (normal) position The pulses will no longer be produced and the Trig and Even indicators will turn off Pressing this switch once (to Manual) will cause a single burst to occur

A-M Systems Inc 131 Business PaiV Loop PO Box 850 Cai1sboraWa 98324 Telophone 800426-1306 360683-8300 FAX 380683-3S25 E-mal salesOa-msystemscom Website httpwwwa-m5ystemse0m

Problem Solving

If the instrument appears to be not working properly check all of the control settings and connections Be sure to wait at least 5-10 seconds after turning the instrument off before turning it on again The following summary of typical problems for the user (along with the most common solutions) may help

Problem CauseSolution

EVENT indicator never lights even in FREE RUN mode

bull Replace fuse check power connection bullSet DELAY or PERIOD to a shorter

interval bull Power-on too soon after power-off

OVERLAP indicator is on

ERROR indicator is on

Set DURATION gt000 DURATION is set to SQUARE but PERIOD is 000 Increase PERIOD or set DURATION independantly BURST and WIDTH are gt DURATION increase PERIOD or decrease DURATION BIPHASIC pulse output is on and PERIOD is not longer than twice the DURATION Increase PERIOD or decrease DURATION Free-run is on and BURST is lt PERIOD (BURST off) DELAY is 0 and PERIOD is lt DURATION Add delay or modify PERIOD Free-run is on and BURST is gt DURATION (BURSTON) and PERIOD is lt DURATION Increase PERIOD For VOLTAGE outputs the output is trying to drive too low a resistance or capacitance (eg a short circuit) Check by disconnecting the output It is possible (and normal) that for the fastest cycles and largest amplitudes (close to 100 V and 17S) that the ERROR indicator might always come on during repetitive pulses Fix output load or decrease amplitude as required

Time appears to be excessive Changed control in mid-cycle (resets current status)

A B B ^ J I - mdash 131 Business Park Loop RO Box 850 CaitsbotftWa 98324

gt | y | O y S i e m S |nCtradedegraquo0raquo 80O426-1306-36Olaquo8O8300-FAX36O683-3525

8 E-mail salesOa-msyaemscom bull Website httpwwwa-msystemscom

Cant seem to get a full signal out

Incoming triggers not accepted frequently enough

bull Load is not properly connected repair wiring

bull Too low a load impedance (VOLTAGE modes) or too high a load impedance (CURRENT mode)

bull PERIOD is set too long (enforces dead tinrie) followd by BURST set to SIGNAL Reduce PERIOD time

Table 10 Problem Solving

If you suspect that the Model 2100 may have completely failed we recommend checking the basic level of functionality If this fails your instrument is defective and must be repaired If this passes either your experimental setup is incompatible or inconsistent or there is a more subtle flaw in your Modei 2100

If the Model 2100 appears to be malfunctioning contact A-M Systems Inc or your dealer We will first attempt to solve the problem over the telephone so have an exact description of your problem available when you call You do not need to be within the warranty period to obtain over-the-phone assistance

A-M Systems Inc 131 Business Park Loop PO Box 850 Carfsbofg Wa 98324 Tatophone 80O426-1306 bull 360-688300 FAX 380683-3S25 E-mail salesfla-msystemscom Website httpwwwa-msystemscom

Theory of Operation

The operation of the Model 2100 is summarized in the block diagram (see the figure on Page 11) Not shown are all of the interconnections with the microcontroller The internal microcontroler plays an important role in setting the signal path but does not directly contribute to the dynamic characteristics It scans the front panel switches and sets the control values for the logic arrays It programs the internal counters which along with the other hardware achieve the necessary sub-microsecond speeds

All action starts either from an input trigger signal (from Trig In) or from an internal signal (in free Run mode only) A Delay timer counts the 10MHz clock until its count value is exhausted At this point the Burst timer starts Both Period and Duration timers are started at this time If the Burst timer has not expired by the end of the Period the Period and Duration timers are restarted If the Biphasic mode has been set the Duration timer is restarted at the end of the initial Duration and the sign of the output pulse is reversed doubling the total duration

The system state (pulse on pulse sip baseline sign [+0-]) is transmitted to the isolated section via optoisolator The baseline and pulse amplitudes are selected by an analog switch The resulting signal is amplified by a variable-power-supply discrete operational amplifier The amplifier connections and gain is modified to provide two voltage and three current ranges

Timing overlap errors are detected by a logical decision computation rather than by testing for counter collisions This provides instant feedback rather than waiting up to an hour for such a collision to occur Output errors are measured by sensing the output amplifiers differential input voltage Under normal conditions this is a negligible voltage If the amplifier fails to deliver the requested signal the window comparator testing this voltage sends this message (via optoisolator) to the logic section turning on a warning LED

A-M Systems Inc 131 Business Paik Loop PO Box 850 CailsboraWa 98324 i Q Te(ophone 800-426-1306 bull36O683laquo00FAX 360683-3525 ^ E-mail salesOa-msystemscom Website httpywwwa-m5ystemscom

GATE IN

TRIG ^ OUT

(burst)

OPTO ISOLATOR

Amplitude (Pulse)

TRIG -lt^ OUT

(pulse)

c 1

RANGE

C

Analog switch

C

)

-D^sectli OUTPUT

Baseline sign )

Amplitude (baseline) )

O H q

ill V) 5 o i^8 e e -a a fi a

bull o c

M E o ts gtraquo

lt

Calibration Procedures

The calibration intenal is the lesser of 1000 hours of operation or 6 months Somewhat greater drift can be expected in the first 100 hours of operation as the semiconductors age Adjustments should only be made after the instrument has been fully warmed up for at least 15 minutes

Full instrument calibration requires the following test equipment digital multimeter (plusmn 01 ) able to measure resistance to at least 10OMfl oscilloscope with at least 50MHz bandwidth true-rms voltmeter with 4MHz bandwidth universal counter (plusmn 001) able to measure single pulse widths and periods resistors (all plusmn 01) 2kn lOkO 1 watt 20ka 200ka alligator clip lead sets banana plugs and BNC adapters

Adjustment integrated circuit and test point locations are shown in the following figures All adjustments are on the timing board unless otherwise noted

All voltages in the non-isolated section should be measured with respect to ground at TP510 unless othenwise stated Some voltages are measured with respect to an internal isolated ground at TP650 or across the two output terminals Occasionally the voltage at an IC pin must be measured in these cases the reference designator is given with the pin number in parentheses eg U602(16) When it states within this procedure that a voltage is to be minimized this means that the adjustment should be made such that the measured voltage is as close to zero volts as possible Refer to the Specifications Section of this manual for acceptable tolerances

The sequence of this procedure is important If any adjustment is made all adjustments which follow must be made to ensure that the specifications will be met These procedures require that all controls remain as set in previous steps unless otherwise indicated

WARNING

The Model2100 has dangerous voltages throughout the instrument even with the power is off Servicing the Mode2700 should only be done by qualified service personnel Use caution in handling any wires connectors or electrodes which may be directly or indirectly attached to the instrument Do not touch exposed connections or components Disconnect power by unplugging the power cord from the receptacle

A B B ^ _ _ mdash ^ _ I raquo laquo 131SusinessParkLoopROBox850CaitsborBWa98324 -JO

E-mail S8le60a-msystemscom Website httpwwwa-msystemscam

CO

TP501 O o

a OTPsoo

U560 bull

D D D D Q ^ U510

Trig Gate

U570

OQ Q

U500

n U505

Timing

gt U520

Timing

) U530

Timing

gt U540

Q U515

Timing

U508

R503

DDID E

a

gt oo

bull U800 l O r v o w iV_X^TP510 O

U525

f

A U535

^ U550

Timing ^

Clock

U555

J510 Burst Delay

J400 bull U545

d R742^VWgh R619 o

r RZZ3 R737 an c n V - I J I S O I S ^ ^C-COMP

U620 ^ Q Q bull ^ ^ bull

J420 O ^ D^ J440 IfYYYlDfYyYYYYYYYII C Z J E X C T

Q Otrsetl I p J Vlow

L J TP645 C=) cm P650

bull bull fe elUOD

irt

PI pound A

o c

E o

0)

Power supply and bias voltages

Power supply

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

POWER ON Observe voltage at P703 power supply wire top of main board

Check for+15 plusmn 050 V

Observe voltage at P701 power supply wire top of main board

Check for-15 plusmn 050 V

Observe voltage at U505(24) Check for +5 plusmn 025 V

Isolated supply voltage

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

RANGE 10 V TRIG open circuit MODE center position

Alternately observe V from high

R742 to R740 and V _ from kw

the U605(4) to U605(8)

Adjust R773 so that 110VltV lt 120 V and

high

28VltV^^lt34V

Capacitance balance

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

Connect a x10 oscilloscope probe to TP650 and ground the

Adjust R737 for minimum high frequency signal

Inputs

Gate funct ion

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave Verify that the voltage to GATE switches states at the Observe voltage at U510(3) proper input levels with an oscilloscope

Trigger s lope

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave Verify that the voltage to TRIG switches states at the Observe voltage at U510(1) proper input levels with an oscilloscope

TRIG SLOPE-I- Verify voltage is 180deg out of phase

TRIG SLOPE- Verify voltage is in phase

A-M Systems Inc 131 Business Paik Loop PO Box 850 Cailsborg Wa 98324 Tekvhone 8004201306 36O683laquo300 - FAX 360683-3S2S E-mail salesOa-msystemscom Website httpywwwa-msystemscom

14

Trigger and gate funct ion

Controls Inputs Observations

DELAY NONE BURSTWIDTH SINGLE DURATION SQUARE PERIOD 100X10-3

AdjustCheck

Apply a 1 kHz 0 -5 V triangle wave to TRIG Observe TRiGoand EVENT LEDS

TRIG disconnect all Short the GATE connector to GND Verify LEDs extinguish

MODE press to MANUAL Verify LEDs flash once

Timing

System clock frequency

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

Observe the frequency of the wave Verify 1000 MHz plusmn 001 atU555(17)

Mu l t i p l i e rs (Whee l Sw i t ches )

Controls Inputs Observat ions A d j u s t C h e c k

PULSE SIGN+ MODE FREE RUN TRIG disconnect all TIMING MULTIPUERS all

Wheels set to zero except the one being tested

TIMING OVERLAP ignore

Observe the pulse width with the counter at the location specified below

Verify pulse width is correct for each wheel as it is tested independently

For each wheel of each MULTIPLIER test each position to verify that the pulse width is correct Observe the signal at the following locations DELAY U520(2) BURSTWIDTH U530(2) PERIOD U540(2) DURATION U550(2)

Rates (Rotary Switches)

Controls Inputs Observations A d j u s t C h e c k

TIMING MULTIPUERS 001 TIMING RATES all rotary

switches set to 10-4 except the one being tested

Observe the pulse width with the counter at the location specified below

Verify pulse width is correct for each rotary switch as it is tested independently

For each of the four rotary switches in TIMING test each position to verify that the pulse width is correct Observe the signal at the following locations DELAY U520(2) BURSTWIDTH U530(2) PERIOD U540(2) DURATION U550(2)

A-M Systems Inc 131 Business Paik Loop PO Box 850 Caiisborg Wa 98324 Telophone 800-428-1306 bull 3606808300 FAX 360683-3525 E-mail salesOa-msystemscom Website httpwwwa-msystemscom

15

Trigger outputs Controls

Range 10V Pulse Amplitude 500 Delay 100x10-2 Burst 100x10-2 Duration 100 xlQ-^ Period 400x10-3 Pulse sign + Trig Mode Free run Trig in open

Inputs Observations

Trigger the oscilloscope to the Burst Trig Out Observe it the Pulse Trig Out and the isolated output

AdjustCheck

Verify that the waveform consists of a burst of three 1 ms-on3ms-off pulses The burst trigger should be synchronous with the burst the pulse trigger coincident with each pulse

Output Calibration

Isolation Resistance (check) Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

Trig Mode center position Trig In open

Measure the resistance between ground banana jack (front panel) and black banana jack of output with DMM

Resistance read gt 10OMQ

Amplitude Switch Offset (R640) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Zero Trig Mode center position Trig In Open

Measure the voltage at TP645 vs TP650 with the DMM

Adjust R640 (AmpI Sw Offset) for minimum voltage

Output Offset (R332 front panel board) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Zero Range 10V Trig Mode center position Trig In Open

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

Adjust R332 (Output offset) for minimum voltage

Positive Baseline Offset (R607) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Sign + Baseline Amplitude

fully CCW (000) Range 10V Trig In open Trig Mode center position

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

Adjust R602 (BSLN + offset) for minimum voltage

A-M Systems Inc 131 Business Paik Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Jelophone 8004201306 36O6834300 - FAX 380laquo83-352S E-mail salesOa-msystemscom Website httpwwwa-msystemscam

16

Negative Baseline Offset (R619)

Controls InputsObservations

Baseline Sign -Baseline Amplitude

fully CCW (000) Range 10V Trig In open Trig Mode center position

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

AdjustCheck

Adjust R619 (BSLN + offset) for minimum voltage

Pulse Ampl i tude Adjust (R602)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode Free Mode Pulse Amplitude 1000 Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =1001 Period =00110-4 Pulse Sign -Trig In open Range 10V

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

The Overlap indicator should be on Adjust R602 (Max Level) for -10OOV out

Pulse Sign Gain (check)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode Free Mode Pulse Amplitude 1000 Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =100 Is Period =001 10-4s Trig In open Range 10V

Measure the voltage at the output with the DMM for the Pulse Sign at + and - positions

The absolute values of the voltages should differ by less than 10OmV

Baseline Ampl i tudes (check)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

flange 100mA Trig Mode center position Baseline Amplitude fully CW (1000) Trig In open

Measure the voltage at the output with the DMM with Baseline Sign in + Zero and - positions

Gain the matching of current levels at = and - positions and offset current in Zero position

A-M Systems Inc 131 Business Psik Loop PO Box 850 Caiisborg Wa 98324 Telophone 800426-1306 bull 36Olaquo8raquo8300 bull FAX 360683-3525 E-mail salesOa-msystemscom Website httpwwwa-msystemsccm

17

Output Range Amplitude and Drive (check)

Controls InputsObservations

Pulse Amplitude 1000 Pulse Sign + Trig Mode Free Run Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =1001 Period =10010-4 Trig In open

Load the output with a 10KV 1W 01 resistor Measure the voltage at the output with DMM

Pulse Sign and Short Circuit Protection (check)

Controls

Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =200 10-4 Period =00110-3 Baseline Zero Pulse Amplitude 25 Range 10V Trig Mode Free Run Trig In open

InputsObservations

Measure the voltage at the output with the oscilloscope Check for Pulse Sign set to each of + - biphasic Watch for Error indicator when shorting the output

Output Transient Response (check)

Controls InputsObservations

Verify that full scale output is within specification Scale Range 100V 100V 10V 10V 100mA IV 1mA 10V 10mA 100V

AdjustCheck

Verify that pulses of approx 25V amplitude (625V for biphasic mode) of the correct sign are produced every 10ms Short output in biphasic mode Output should return when opened

AdjustCheck

Pulse Sign + Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =20010-4 Period =00110-3 Pulse Amplitude 250 Baseline Zero Trig Mode Free Mode Trig In open

Connect the oscilloscope to the output with a 310 attenuator probe Test both 10V and 10OV ranges

Verify that overshoot and risetime meet specifications

A-M Systems Inc 131 Business Paik Loop PO Box 850 Cailsbora Wa 98324 Tetophone 8004201306 bull 36Oeuro83-8300 bull FAX 360683-352S E-mail salasOa-msystemscom Website hitpywwwa-msystamsoom

18

Specifications

There are three classes of specifications Class A specifications tested in all units and are guaranteed Class B specifications are inherent in the design they are indirectly tested and are guaranteed Class C specifications are typical operating values which are occasionally tested- these are typical values given for your information but not guarshyanteed The class for each specification is noted in the center column of the following sections

Inputs Switching level

Hysteresis

Input equivalent circuit

Minimum duration (TTL-level signal)

A

C

C

C

16 V (plusmn 02 V)

approx 50 mV

lOOKfl to-1-5 in parallel with no more than 35pF

gt50ns

Open circuit condition B defaults to highon level

Timing and rate accuracy

Rate selector steps

Timing multiplier steps

B

B

100S to 100s in 7 steps

1 of rate selector step size Maximum value is 999 X the rate selector step size

Resolution B approx 01 of the maximum value

Timing error (second and later pulses after resetting controls)

B lt 002 of rate selector value + 015S

Timing error (first pulse after readjusting timing controls)

an additional 025s error may occur

Timing repeatability lt 001 settings-20 ns (mbnophasic)

A-M Systems Inc 131 Business Paik Loop PO Box 850 Caiisborg Wa 98324 Telophone 8004201306 3606808300 FAX 3606803S25 E-mail salesOa-msystemscom bull Website httpyy(wwaltTisystemscom

19

TRIG IN to OUTPUT delay (DELAY set to 0) output set to 2V

Timing jitter from TRIG IN to OUTPUT (for TTL trigger input with risetime lt10 ns)

Timing jitter from TRIG OUT (either BURST or PULSE) and OUTPUT

Trigger output to pulse output delay

Output characteristics Pulse level error (voltage mode open circuit current mode short circuit

Biphasic level difference IV-H-i-V-l2

Baseline level error (voltage mode A open circuit current mode short circuit)

Risetime (25 V out)

Risetime (25 V out)

Transient response

A

A

A

Output impedance (voltage mode) C

Output impedance (current mode) C

Isolation resistance A

Isolation capacitance C

approx 05 ps for a load of no more than 10 Kft in parallel with 50 pF

lt 125 ns (all rates except 100s) lt125ys (100s rate)

Less than 20 ns (all rates)

approx 350 ns

lt 03 of setting -i- 05 of r range (plus an additional 05vA in 100 ywA range)

lt 03 of range (voltage modes into open circuit current modes into short circuit)

lt 03 of setting of setting -I- 01 of range (plus an additional 05 pA in 100A range)

= 200 ns into less than 30 pF

= 15 yws into less than 30 pF

lt 8 overshoot into less than 30 pF for pulse voltages different than baseline voltage by at least 10 of range

= 50 ohms

raquo 1 0 Ga (typically 200 GD)

raquo 1 0 0 M n

= 60 pF at 100 Hz

A BB f ^ _ M 1 ^ ^ 131 Business Paik Loop ROBOx850Cai1sOorgWaW3Z4

- I V l o V S i e m S inC80Ph0trade80O42O1308-36O683-8300-FAX36O683-3525 7 bull bull bull bull ^ ^ E-maasale80a-m8vstemscomWebsitehitpjwwwaltnsyste

20 E-mai salesO a-m8ystemscom Website http jwwwa-msystemscom

Noise (differential mode)

Noise (common mode earth to isolated ground) with no signal output

Overload error indicator (low frequency short circuited voltage mode)

Overload error indicator low frequency open circuited current mode)

Overload error response time

Miscellaneous

= 1 mV rms (10 V scale 10 Hz-4 MHz)

- 8 mV rms (10 Hz-4 MHz) =laquo100mVp-p (200 Hz -10 MHz) measured withalOMn 15pF oscilloscope probe

Turns on for set amplitude at or greater than approx plusmn1 V (10 V range) or plusmn2 V (100 V range)

Turns on for set amplitude at or above approx 2 of range

Flat to approx 30 ps duration Decreasing sensitivity for shorter pulses

Power

Fuse

Operating temperature range

Storage temperature range

Operating humidity

Dimensions

Weight

approx 11 watts

1 amp 3 AG

10-30degC

0 - 50deg C

5 - 80 RH

17x475x1125 (inches) 432x121x286 cm

20 lbs (9 kg)

A-M Systems Inc 131 Business Paik Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Tekjptwne 8004201306 bull 36Olaquo8O8300 bull FAX 360laquo8O3525 E-mail salesOa-msystemscom Website httpywwwa-msystemscom

21

Warranty and Service

What does this warranty cover A-f Systems Inc warrants to the Purchaser that the Instrument excluding cables Headstage Probes and any other accessories shipped with the Instrument (hereafter the hardware) is free from defects in workmanship or material under normal use and service for the period of one (1) year This warranty commences on the date of delivery of the hardware to the Purchaser

What are the obligations of A-M Systems Inc under this warranty During the warranty period A-M Systems Inc agrees to repair or replace at its sole option without charge to the Purchaser any defective component part of the hardware To obtain warranty service the Purchaser must return the hardware to A-l^ Systems Inc or an authorized A-M Systems Inc distributor in an adequate shipping container Any postage shipping and insurance charges incurred in shipping the hardware to A-M Systems Inc must be prepaid by the Purchaser and all risk for the hardware shall remain with purchaser until such time as A-M Systems Inc takes receipt of the hardware Upon receipt A-M Systems Inc will promptly repair or replace the defective unit and then return the hardware to the Purchaser postage shipping and insurance prepaid A-M Systems Inc may use reconditioned or like new parts or units at its sole option when repairing any hardware Repaired products shall carry the same amount of outstanding warranty as from original purchase or ninety (90) days which ever is greater Any claim under the warranty must include a dated proof of purchase of the hardware covered by this warranty In any event A-M Systems Inc liability for defective hardware is limited to repairing or replacing the hardware

What is not covered by this warranty This warranty is contingent upon proper use and maintenance of the hardware by the Purchaser and does not cover batteries Neglect misuse whether intentional or othenvise tampering with or altering the hardware damage caused by accident damage caused by unusual physical electrical chemical or electromechanical stress damage caused by failure of electrical power or damage caused during transportation are not covered by this warranty Products may not be returned to A-M Systems Inc for service whether under warranty or otherwise which are contaminated by Infectious agents radioactive compounds or other materials constituting a health hazard to employees of A-M Systems Inc

What are the limits of liability for A-M Systems Inc under this warranty A-M Systems Inc shall not be liable for loss of data profits or savings or any special incidental consequential indirect or other similar damages arising from breach of contract negligence or other legal action even if the company or its agent has been advised of the possibility of such damages or for any claim brought against you by another party THIS EQUIPMENT IS NOT INTENDED FOR CLINICAL MEASUREMENTS USING HUMAN SUBJECTS A-M SYSTEMS INC DOES NOT ASSUME RESPONSIBILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE DUE TO MISUSE OF THIS EQUIPMENT Jurisdictions vary with regard to the enforceability of provisions excluding or limiting liability for incidental or consequential damages Check the provision of your local jurisdiction to find out whether the above exclusion applies to you

This warranty allocates risks of product failure between the Purchaser and A-M Systems Inc A-M Systems Inc hardware pricing reflects this allocation of ris1lt and the limitations of liability contained in this warranty The warranty set forth above is in lieu of all other express warranties whether oral or written The agents employees distributors and dealers of A-M Systems Inc are not authorized to make modifications to this warranty or additional warranties binding on the company Accordingly additional statements such as dealer advertising or presentations whether oral or written do not constitute warranties by A-M Systems Inc and should not be relied upon This warranty gives you specific legal rights You may also have other rights which vary from one jurisdiction to another

A B B J l laquo raquo ^ t3tBusinessPafkLoopPOBox850Cai1sbO(gWa98324

- | V | O V S i e m S |nCtrade042O1306-36O68O8300-FAX36O68O3525 E-mail salasOa-msvstemscom bull Website httowwwa-msvste

t3tBusinassParkLaopROBox8SOCai1sbo(gWa98324 po Telophone 8004201306 360683-8300 FAX 3606803525 ^ ^ E-maH salesOa-msystemscom Wetsite httpwwwa-msystem3e0m

mwal

INSTRUCTION MANUAL

FOR

ISOLATED PULSE STIMULATOR

MODEL 2100

Serial

Date

A-M Systems Inc

PO Box 850

Carisborg WA 98324

USA

360-683-8300 bull 800-426-1306 FAX 360-683-3525

httpwwwa-m8y8temscom

Version 50 May 1998

Contents General Description 1

Instrument Features 1 Controls and Connectors 2

Operating Instructions 6 Theory of Operation 10 Calibration Procedures 12

Inputs ii 14 Output Calibration iii i 16

Specifications i4 il u 19 Warranty and Service wi iJ iJi [ii 22

Each Isolated Pulse Stimulator Is delivered complete with

Rack Mount Hardware Instructions amp Maintenance Manual

NOTE

This instrument is not intended for clinical measurements using human subjects A-M Systems Inc does not assume msponsibility for injury or damage due to the misuse of this instrument

General bull M ^ ion

Instrument Features The Isolated Pulse Stimulator Model 2100 Is designed for a wide variety of applications It is highly flexible being capable of delivering single pulses biphasic pairs or bursts of pulses Pulses may be started manually or upon receiving a trigger signal from another instrument or computer Two non-isolated trigger outputs are available for triggering other instruments

Four sets of timing controls provide comprehensive control over all aspects of pulse generation Three digit accuracy is available over a 7 decade range for each timing function using lever wheel switches Pulse wkiths can be set over more than a 9 decade range from 05 [is to 999 seconds Timing accuracy is assured through the use of a 10 MHz base rate crystal-controlled clock digitally divided to provide accurate timing over the entire range A timing overiap indicator will light if the timing controls are set Inconsistently

The output may be conveniently switched between cun-ent and voltage modes Pulse and baseline amplitudes are independently presettable with lockable dials An error indicator will light if the Model 2100 cannoi deliver the desired signal

WARNING

The Model 2100 can produce potentially dangemus voltages up to 100 V et the output connectors The isolated output is not connected internally to safety (earth) ground in ahy way Some part of the extemal circuit should be connected to safety gmund Use caution in handling any wires connectors or electrodes which may be directly or indirectly attached to the Model 2100 output Some lltinds of connectors such as BNC connectors have exposed metal parts which may float at dangemus potentials unless extemally connected to safety gmund For greatest safety tum the Model 2100 off before making any connections to

the Instrument

131 Business Park LocfiPO Box BSOCarM)orgWa 98324 800426-1308 bull36OlaquoS3laquo300FAX 3 6 M 8 3 ^ 2 5

E-malt uiittyBQaHiByBtumaooiTi Wobsita HipJtwtiwiwftbMiAcon fl-N SystQms I n c ^ T

Controls and Connectors The controls for the Model 2100 are grouped in three sections START controlling when a pulse or burst of pulses begins TIMING controlling the onoff timing of one or more pulses and otJTPliT controlling the amplitude of the output signal

Start TRIG SLOPE This switch determines whether valid triggers occur at positive or negative edges in the trigger signal

MODE This switch controls how wavefomris are initiated When set to FREE RUN one timing cycle immediately follows the last When held in the MANUAL position a timing cycle starts immediately When the switch is in the center position timing cycles start when valid triggering events occur

TRIGD This LED lights up when a timing cycle is in process and continues until the burst is completed

TRIG This BNC connector allows a signal from an extemal source to initiate timing cycles It is set for standard TTL levels

GATE This BNC connector allows a signal from an extemal source to restrict the final output signal This input must be at a logical high (or open-circuited) in order for the Model 2100 to recognize either manual or automatic trigger events

Gate 1_ Trigger [~^ i I Valid triggers are represented by the arrows in the figure Note that the up arrow would apply only if TRIG SLOPE is set to + the down anrows would apply only if TRIG SLOPE is set to-

NOTE Triggers have no effect if the system has not completed its response to a previous trigger

fl-N SystQms I n c ^ 131 Business Park Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 600426-13063eO683laquo300FAX 360683^525

E-maB anBysQraquoinsyaleiTaconi Wsbalto h^KAvwwa-(nsys(smsoom

Timing Four sets of controls govem the timing of pulse generation Each set contains two values which are multiplied together to detennine the actual timing value The rotary knob (rate selector) provides the approximate timing value and the lever wheel switch bank (MULTIPLIER) provkles a time resolution of three decimal digits The following diagram shows most of the important relationships

Pnfe-tRAIM I B E L A V i6Molaquo

BURST WIOtH

Output r Delay

t n

Duration - ^ lt - |4Periodgt|

FLJI -^ Burst width

Trigger event

DELAY These controls set the time between the initiating trigger event and the beginning of the pulse burst If this rate selector is set to NONE or the multiplier is set to ooo there is no delay

BURSTWIDTH These controls set the time period in which one or more pulses may be delivered Once started a pulse may outlast the burst width If this rate selector is set to SINGLE or to any time shorter than the pulse duration only a single pulse will occur If the BURSTWIDTH is longer than the period pulses will be emitted at the PERIOD rate until the burst time ends Pulses are never truncated by a short BURST WIDTH

iNTpoundA-PULSiE PBRiOb

DURATION These controls set the length of each pulse If this rate selector is set to SQUARE the duration is set to half of the period regardless of the MULTIPLIER setting

PERIOD These controls set the period of time between adjacent pulse events within the burst It also forces a minimum dead time between recognized input triggers following a burst of one or more pulses This can be used to prevent over stimulation of a tissue without requiring excessive delay between the triggering event and the stimulating pulse

TlMtNQ OVERLAP

mLiHMPi

VVtJ jiwaa lasm nlaquoilaquo u

t^fi SysUms I n c ^ Elt4nsfl a m

131 Business Pofc Loop PO Box 850 Carisborg 1^98324 600-426-1306 36O6834300 FAK 360683^525

E-mai vrvysQfrflisysleraLOCniWutiailQL N^jAwwa^iByslernUiOOni

NOTE If any of these timing controls are changed while a timing cycle is in operation the results are undefined until the cunent cycle flnishes

TIMING OVERLAP This LED will light to indicate an Inconsistency in the timing cycle settings There are several ways to Introduce such errors The most common way is to set the inter-pulse PERIOD to be less than the pulse DURATION

TRIG OUT (UPPER) This BNC connector provides a signal which is coinckient with the intemal Burst timing signal (default) This means the signal starts at the end of the Delay time and persists until the Burst time expires This output may also be set to represent the delay time-out by setting the internal jumper J510 to the left two pins Instead of the right two pins (Please see the Calibration section in this manual for jumper location Directions are given as viewed from the fix)nt of the instrument)

TRIG OUT (LOWER) This BNC connector provides a signal which is coincident with the Duration timing signal which controls pulse output

NOTE Both trigger output signals slightly lead the isolated output signal

Output PULSE SIGN This Switch sets the sign for the pulses to be generated It also allows generation of biphasic pulses thereby doubling the effective total period Warning the first pulse genemted after changing the PULSE SIGN svntch may have the wmng polarity

BASELINE This switch sets the sign for the baseline signal

RANGE This rotary switch allows one of three current or two voltage ranges to be selected for the output signal

BASELINE AMPLITUDE This counting dial are independently set using ten-minute counting dials with the baseline having one tenth the range of the pulse amplitude

A-N Systlaquomslaquo Inc 131 Buskiess Partt Loop PO BoK 8S0 Cailsbarg Wa 96324 laophone 8004201306 bull36O68M300-FAX 3eolaquo8M525 E-mat bullmsysflMnsyslermoom VMaHsr Hlplhfimnmyekmoom

PULSE AMPLITUDE This counting dial

EVENTS This LED indicates when a pulse is ongoing

ERROR This LED indicates when the intemal output amplifier cannot output the pulse as desired This is usually due to a short circuit while trying to output a voltage or an open circuit while trying to output a current

One control from the Ot^uf section directly affects wavefonn timing the Pulse Sign control When set to the Biphasic mode a positive-going pulse is Immediately followed by a negative-going pulse This effectively doubles the pulse duration If a burst of biphasic pulses is being produced the period must be at least twice the single pulse duration In the Sgtan wave mode the baseline disappears as long as the burst persists

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Bushass Park locpPOBooi 850 C8ri9bcrgMS8324 IMqphona 800426-1306 bull36Olaquo83laquo3a0 FAX 360683-3529 E-nal amsyaOa4nsyatemscomWeMlK hMpJVniwa-nsygtatnscom

Operating Instructions

Examples Simple setup (and minimal Instrument tost)

Connect the output of the Model 2100 to an oscilloscope Before connecting the instrument it is safest to turn its power off

Set the Ou^uf controls

Range Pulse Sign

Baseline Pulse Amplitude

10V +

Zero 200

Setting The Timing Controls

Delay Burst Width

Duratbn Period

none single

15010-2 500102

Setting The Start Controls

Mode Free Run

Disconnect any cables to the TRIG or GATE Inputs

Note that the green Trig and Event Indicators tum on as Free Run is turned on (and tum off othenwise) You should observe a 15ms duration 20Hz rate pulse of 200V above a OV baseline on the oscilloscope i

A ^ M ^ _ _ _ A ^ _ _ _ 1 ^ 131BiiHnD8raquoParttloopPOBoxB50Car)sbcrBlaquoraquoS8324

bull P l ^ y S W n i S f |nC ltV^gt^8deglt^^2O1306380laquo8OS3a0FAX36O6BMS2S

6 E-fnflk 9n^fBOs-in9ystsni9cx]fnWDbs)tec H^ff9Nw^myStem9oom

Demonstration of Burst Mode Connect the output of the Model 2100 to an oscilloscope Before connecting the instrument it is safest to tum Its power off

Set the Output controls

Range Pulse Sign

Baseline Pulse Amplitude

Baseline Amplitude

Setting The Timing Controls

Delay Burst Width

Duration

Period

Set the START controls as follows

Mode

Disconnect any cables to the TRIG or GATE inputs

Trigger the oscilloscope from the Burst trigger out (upper Tr^ Out connector) for a stable display In each burst (occumng every lOOms) you should observe a trio of 15ms duration starting 50ms apart Try switching the StartMode from Free Run to the center (nomnal) position The pulses will no longer be produced and the Trig and Event indicators will turn off Pressing this switch once (to Manual) will cause a single burst to occur

880 120 150 500

10V +

200 100

102 102 102 102

Free Run

fleaff SySlQmSa |nCa deglgt ltlt ^ ^ deg ^ degdeg ^ ^ ^ bull E-matmia

131 Business Park LoopPO Box 850 Carisborg Vfe 86324 lUcphcna 800426-1306 36Olaquo83laquo300 FAX 36068raquo52 E-maft tfii8ysOiHn^nleiTBcom1AWisJto HSpitwraquoM^wytAtii9oom

Problem SoMng If the Instrument appears to be not worthing properiy check all of the control settings and connections Be sure to wait at least 5-10 seconds after turning the Instrument off before tuming it on again The following t6ef summary of typical problems for the user (along with the most common solutions) may help

Problem CauseSolution EVENT indicator never lights even in FREE RUN mode

bull Replace fuse check power connection bullSet DELAY or PERIOD to a shorter interval

bull Power-on too soon after power-off

OVERLAP Indicator is on

ERROR indicator is on

Time appears to be excessive

bullSet DURATION gt000 bull DURATION is set to SQUARE but PERIOD is 000 Increase PERIOD or set DURATION independantly

bull BURST and WIDTH are gt DURATION increase PERIOD or decrease

DURATION bull BIPHASIC pulse output is on and PERIOD is not longer than twice the DURATION Increase PERIOD or decrease DURATION

bull Free-run is on and BURST Is lt PERIOD (BURST off) DELAY is 0 and PERIOD is lt DURATION Add delay or modify PERIOD

bull Free-mn is on and BURST is gt DURATION (BURST ON) and PERIOD is lt DURATION Increase PERIOD

bull For VOLTAGE outputs the output Is trying to drive too low a resistance or capacitance (eg a short circuit) Check by disconnecting the output It is possible (and normal) that for the fastest cycles

and largest amplitudes (close to 100 V and 1 MS) that the ERROR Indicator might always come on during repetitive pulses Fix output load or decrease amplitude as required

bull Changed control in mid-cycle (resets cunent status)

A ^ M bull _ _ _ A ^ ^ _ _ i ^ mdash 131BuslnessPai1ltLoopPOBox850CarlsborgWamp98324

bull p i j ^ v s w m s iiic^^deglt^deg^^deglt^^^3degB3^^^deg^^^^degdeg^^^deg^^deg^^^^ E-mat iiiMOafflwstemseom WabaHe MtaffiwwtHtavsli

8 E-msft flmsjoQfrfraystGfnsoom ^WobsltiK hl^Aiwv9-fn9]nteniscom

Cant seem to get a full signal out

Incoming triggers not accepted frequently enough

bull Load is not properiy connected repair wiring

bull Too low a load impedance (VOLTAGE modes) or too high a load impedance

(CURRENT mode)

bull PERIOD is set too long (enforces dead time) followd by BURST set to SIGNAL Reduce PERIOD time

Table 10 Problem Solving

If you suspect that the Model 2100 may have completely failed we recommend checking the basic level of functionality If this fails your instrument is defective and must be repaired If this passes either your experimental setup is incompatible or inconsistent or there is a more subtle flaw in your Model 2100

If the Model 2100 appears to be malfunctioning contact A-M Systems Inc or your dealer Telephone numtgters for A-M Systems Inc listed on the front cover of this manual We will first attempt to solve the problem over the telephone so have an exact description of your problem available when you call You do not need to be within the warranty period to obtain over-the-phone assistance

A ^ M V - mdash A d B ^ K M I ^ M 131BuslnessPatfcLoopPOBox6SOCai

-PI s y s i Q m s inc-2raquolaquoa22=M^^

131 Business Parfc Loop PO Box 650 Cartsborg VM9 0S324 _ FAX36(W8a3525 E^nrt flnsysQa-ntsyttanB-oom Wsbsfte hHpiMNvwa-nnystsnisooni

9

Theory of Operation

The operation of the Model 2100 is summarized In the block diagram (see Fig 3) Not shown are all of the interconnections with the microcontroller The intemal microcontroler plays an important role in setting the signal path but does not directly

contribute to the dynamic characteristics It scans the front panel switches and sets the control values for the logic arays It programs the intemal counters which along with the other hardware achieve the necessary sub-microsecond speeds

All action starts either from an input trigger signal (from Trig In) or from an intemal signal (in free Run mode only) A Delay timer counts the 10MHz clock until its count value Is exhausted At this point the Burst timer starts Both Period and Duration timers are started at this time If the Burst timer has not expired by the end of the Period the Period and Duration timers are restarted If the Biphasic mode has been set the Duration timer is restarted at the end of the initial Duration and the sign of the output pulse Is reversed doubling the total duration

The system state (pulse on pulse sip baseline sign [+101-]) is transmitted to the isolated section via optoisolator The baseline and pulse amplitudes are selected by an analog switch The resulting signal is amplified by a variable-power-supply discrete operational amplifier The amplifier connections and gain is modified to provide two voltage and three cunent ranges

Timing overlap errors are detected by a logical decision computation rather than by testing for counter collisions This provides instant feedback rather than waiting up to an hour for such a collision to occur Output errors are measured by sensing the output amplifiers differential input voltage Under normal conditions this is a negligible voltage if the amplifier fails to deliver the requested signal the window comparator testing this voltage sends this message (via optoisolator) to the logic section turning on a warning LED

fl-N Systems Inc 131BusbnassPa(tLoopPOBox6SOCari3boigVMg8324 H n |TWoph0n880O426-13083eO6Blaquo300FMt36Olaquo8i3525 E-nnl anaysflfriinysleiiaoemWfcbslte hllphmwraquoimyatennoom

TRIG 3HJ) OUT

(burst)

TRIG ^ OUT

(pulse)

E

Ml

Calibration Procedures

The calibration interval is the lesser of 1000 hours of operation or 6 months Somewhat greater drift can be expected in the first 100 hours of operation as the semiconductors age Adjustments should only be made after the instrument has been fully warmed up for at least 15 minutes

Full instrument calibration requires the following test equipment digital multimeter (plusmn 01) able to measure resistance to at least lOOMfl oscilloscope with at least 50MHz bandwidth true-rms voltmeter with 4MHz bandwidth universal counter (plusmn 001 ) able to measure single pulse widths and periods resistors (all plusmn 01) 2kn lOkH 1 waft 20kn 200kn alligator clip lead sets banana plugs and BNC adapters

Adjustment integrated circuit and test point locations are shown in the following figures All adjustments are on the timing board unless otherwise noted

All voltages in the non-isolated section should be measured with respect to ground at TP510 unless othenvise stated Some voltages are measured with respect to an intemal isolated ground at TP650 or across the two output tenninals Occasionally the voltage at an IC pin must be measured In these cases the reference designator is given with the pin number in parentheses eg U602(16) When it states within this procedure that a voltage is to be minimized this means that the adjustment should be made such that the measured voltage is as close to zero volts as possible Refer to the Specifications Section of this manual for acceptable tolerances

The sequence of this procedure is Important If any adjustment is made all adjustments which follow must be made to ensure that the specifications will be met These procedures require that all controls remain as set in previous steps unless otherwise indicated

WARNING

The Model 2100 has dangerous voltages throughout the instrument even with the power is off Servicing the Model 2100 should only be done by qualified service personnel Use caution in handling any wires connectors or electrodes which may be directly or indirectly attached to the Instrument Do not touch exposed connections or components Disconnect power by unplugging the power cord from the receptacle

fl-N Systems I n c ^ 131BusinesaPartcLoopPOBox850CartsborgVWiB8324 4 n ^gt-mdash80O426-130638Ofl8Jlaquo300FAX36O683J52S bull E-maft BinsysQfrfn^islflnisoomVVfalislle h^KVfWMift^iisystemsoani

CO

- R503

Omg^

TPSOlQ O

OTPSOO

U560 bull

U510

DDID ^ trade E O ^ T P 5 1 0

bullnD Trig

0 ^

U570

Gate n U505

DO D

U515

Timing

Timing h_ U520

bsoo ^25SE Timing

Or r U540

I I Tmlng

[^ELIL

U535 D

U506

13 J510 Timlnff

BurfiDelay J400

i i i i i i i T r m r a

gt U550 ^

Clock

U555 U620

B a

^R^Pvhigh Rfijn O D O Vlow

o

bull U545

Fo sect737 lISOIsPjC-COMP

n r r ^ U760

J420

]]U632

Q S riuGSO

H = ) TP640^ deg I t I

II3D

J440 m i T i

U610 plusmn laquo j U O

bull bull l el

^t

O l

bull

M

I

Power supply and bias voltages

Power supply

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

POWER ON Observe voltage at P703 power supply wire top of main board

Check for+15 plusmn 050 V

Observe voltage at P701 power supply wire top of main board

Check for-15 plusmn 050 V

Observe voltage at U505(24) Check for+5 plusmn 025 V

Isolated supply voltage

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

RANGE 10 V TRIG open circuit MODE center position

Altemately observe V^ from R742 to R740 and V ^ from the U605(4) to U605(8)

Adjust R773 so that 110VltV^lt 120 V and

nign

28VltV^lt34V

Capacitance balance

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Connect a x10 oscilloscope probe to TP650 and ground the

Adjust R737 for minimum high frequency signal

Inputs

Gate funct ion

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave Verify that the voltage to GATE switches states at the Obsene voltage at U51G(3) proper input levels with an oscilloscope ^ ^

Trigger s lope

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave Verify that the voltage to TRIO switches states at the Observe voltage at US 10( 1) proper input levels with an oscilloscope

TRIG SLOPE + Verify voltage is 180 out of phase

TRIG SLOPE Verify voltage is in phase

fl-N Systems Inc ^ 131 Bushess Park Loop PO Bar 850 Carisborg Wa 98324 8004201306 3eOlaquoS3e300 FAX 3606BV352S

C-maft fliii8yBQfriii9yBlumaoamVIAibsMB hRpJhwMifi-iiiBystematxini

14

Trigger and gate funct ion

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

DELA NONE BURS1WII3TH SINGLE DURATION SQUARE PERIOD 100X10-3

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave to TRIG Obsen^e TRIOD and EVENT LEDS

TRIG disconnect all Short the GATE connector to GND Verify LEDs extinguish

MODE press to MANUAL Verify LEDs flash once

Timing

System c lock frequency

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Observe the frequency of the wave atU555(17)

Verify 1000 MHz plusmn001

Multipl iers (Wheel Switches)

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

PULSE SIGN + MODE FREE RUN TRIG disconnect all TIMING MULTIPUERS ail

wheels set to zero except the one being tested

TnmiNG OVERLAP ^nOTB

Observe the pulse width with the counter at the location specified below

Verify pulse width Is correct for each wheel as it is tested Independently

For each wheel of each MULTIPUER test each position to verify that the pulse width is correct Observe the signal at the following locations DELAY U520(2) BURSTWIDTH U530(2) PERIOD US40(2) DURATION U550(2)

Rates (Rotary Switches)

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

TIMING MULTIPUERS 001 TIMING RATES all rotary

switches set to 10-4 except the one being tested

Observe the pulse width with the counter at the location specified below

Verify pulse width is conect for each rotary switch as it is tested independently

For each of the four rotary switches in TIMING test each position to verify that the pulse wkJth is correct Observe the signal at the following locations DELAY U520(2) BURSTWIDTH U530(2) PERIOD U540(2) DURATION U550(2)

fl-N Systems I n c ^ E-maft emfl

131 Business Parti Loop PO 809(850 Cartsborg Wta 98324 8004201306 3804806300 FAX 36068O3S25

E-maft ansysQa nvystems-oom Wobste hflp Avwwa4nsy8(Qnttoam

15

Trigger outputs Controls

Range 10V Pulse Amplitude 500 Delay 100x10 Burst 100x10^2 Duration 100 x1a Period 400x10^ Pulse sign + Trig Mode Free run Trig in open

Inputs Observations

Trigger the oscilloscope to the Burst Trig Out Observe it the Pulse Trig Out and the isolated output

Adjust Check

Verify that the waveform consists of a burst of three 1ms-on3ms-off pulses The burst trigger should be synchronous with the burst the pulse trigger coincident with each pulse

Output Calibration

Isolation Resistance (check) Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode center position Trig In open

Measure the resistance between ground banana jack (front panel) and black banana jack of output with DMM

Resistance read gt 100MQ

Amplitude Switch Offset (R640) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Zero Trig Mode center position Trig In Open

Measure the voltage at TP645 vs TP650 with the DMM

Adjust R640 (AmpI Sw Offset) for minimum voltage

Output Offset (R332 front panel board) Controls I nputsObservatlons AdjustCheck

Baseline Zero Range 10V Trig Mode center position Trig In Open

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

Adjust R332 (Output offset) for minimum voltage

Positive Baseline Offset (R607) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Sign + Baseline Amplitude

fully CCW (000) Range 10V Trig In open Trig Mode center position

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

Adjust R602 (BSLN + offset) for minimum voltage

fl M raquo _ _ _ A laquo ^ _ i ^ ^ 131Buslnelaquo8Pari(loopPOBoK850Cart8borgWB96324

bull P I i s V S i e m S a |||Cg1Maphans80O42O130638O68O8300FAX36Olaquo8raquo^2S E-tiBft anagtraquoflwiisyagtlaquomraquoaimW6baHB hHpffii(wwraquoltnsylaquoleniieom

16

Negative Baseline Offset (R619) Controls

Baseline Sign -i Baseline Amplitude bull fully CCW (000)

Range 10V Trig In open Trig Mode center position

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

AdjustCheck

Adjust R619 (BSLN 4 offset) for minimum voltage

Pulse Amplitude Adjust (R602) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode Free Mode Pulse Amplitude 1000 Timing Dialay =none Burst =single Duration =1001 Period =00110-4 Pulse Sign -Trig In open Range 10V

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

The Overiap indicator should be on Adjust R602 (Max Level) for -1000V out

Pulse Sign Gain (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode Free Mode Pulse Amplitude 1000 Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =1001 s Period =00110-4s Trig In open Range 10V

Measure the voltage at the output with the DMM for the Pulse Sign at -- and - positions

The absolute values of the voltages should differ by less than lOOmV

Baseline Amplitudes (check) Controls InputsObservations

Range 100mA Trig Mode center position Baseline Amplitude fully CW (1000) Trig In open

Measure the voltage at the output with the DMM with Baseline Sign in + Zero and - positions

AdjustCheck

Gain the matching of current levels at = and - positions and offset current in Zero position

fl-N Systems Inc^^ bull E-mal am8

131 Business Partt Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 88324 8004201306360laquo8Oe300FAX 360laquo8O362S

E-maM am8y8^o-mBy8tflmBoom WobaKo hHp Awwwo-f i iBystonuoom

17

Output Range Amplitude and Drive (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Pulse Amplitude 1000 Pulse Sign + Trig Mode Free Run Timing Delay =none Burst =8ingle Duration =1001 Period =10010-4 Trig In open

Load the output with a 10KV1W 01 resistor Measure the voltage at the output with DMM

Verify that full scale output is within specification Scale Range 100V 100V 10V 10V 100mA IV 1mA 10V 10mA 100V

Pulse Sign and Short Circuit Protection (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Timing Delay =none Burst =8ingle Duration =200 10-4 Period =00110-3 Baseline Zero Pulse Amplitude 25 Range 10V Trig Mode Free Run Trig In open

Measure the voltage at the output with the oscilloscope Check for Pulse Sign set to each of + - biphasic Watch for Error indicator when shorting the output

Verify that pulses of approx 25V amplitude (625V for biphasic mode) of the correct sign are produced every 10ms Short output in biphasic mode Output should retum when opened

Output Transient Response (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Pulse Sign + Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =20010-4 Period =00110-3 Pulse Amplitude 250 Baseline Zero Trig Mode Free Mode Trig In open

Connect the oscilloscope to the output with a 310 attenuator prolse Test boVn 10V and 100V ranges

Verify that overshoot and risetime meet specifications

fl-N Systems I n c ^ 131 Business Parte Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wb 98324 8004201306 36Olaquo83O300 FAX 36O680lt352S

E-mQ0 snBy8Qs-msy8faiTiscom VWriMtte N ^ Mvww9-msy8lemscom

18

Specifications

There are three classes of specifications Class A specifications tested in all unHs and are guaranteed Class B specifications are inherent in the design they are indirectly tested and are guaranteed Class C specifications are typical operating values which are occasionally tested- these are typical values given for your infomiation but not guarshyanteed The class for each specification is noted in the center column of the following sections

Inputs Switching level

Hysteresis

Input equivalent circuit

Minimum duration (1 IL-level signal)

A

C

C

C

16V(plusmn02V)

approx 50 mV

100K ft to+5 In parallel with no more than 35pF

gt 50 ns

Open circuit condition B defaults to highon level

Timing and rate accuracy Rate selector steps

Timing multiplier steps

Resolution

Timing eror (second and later pulses after resetting controls)

B

B

B

B

lOOps to 100s In 7 steps

1 of rate selector step size Maximum value is 999 x the rate selector step size

approx 01 of the maximum value

lt 002 of rate selector value + 015 ps

Timing error (first pulse after readjusting timing controls)

an additional 025 ps error may occur

Timing repeatability lt 001 setting + 20 ns (monophasic)

fl-N Systems I nc ^ bull E-moU ams

131 Business Parti Loop PO Boot 850 Cartsborg VM 98324 80O42O130838O08O8300FAX36Olaquo8O3S2S

E-meU anByafl^iiisyslainaoomWebsHe hHpffliiwwraquomsys)emsoom

19

TRIG IN to OUTPUT delay (DELAY set to 0) output set to 2V

Timing jitter ft-om TRIG IN to OUTPUT (for TTL trigger input with risetime lt10 ns)

Timing jitter ft^om TRIG OUT (either BURST or PULSE) and OUTPUT

Trigger output to pulse output delay

Output charactsristics Pulse level enror (voltage mode open circuit cun-ent mode short circuit

Biphasic level difference |V + + V-|2

Baseline level error (voltage mode A open circuit current mode short circuit)

Risetime (25 V out)

Risetime (25 V out)

Transient response

A

A

A

Output impedance (voltage mode) C

Output impedance (current mode) C

Isolation resistance A

Isolation capacitance C

approx 05 ps for a load of no more than 10 Kft in parallel with 50 pF

lt 125 ns (all rates except 100s) lt 125 ps (100s rate)

Less than 20 ns (all rates)

approx 350 ns

lt 03 of setting + 05 of r range (plus an additional 05 pA inlOOpArenge)

lt 03 of range (voltage modes into open circuit current modes into short circuit)

lt 03 of setting of setting + 01 of range (plus an additional 05 pA in lOOpA range)

laquo 200 ns into less than 30 pF

laquo15 ps into less than 30 pF

lt 8 overshoot Into less than 30 pF for pulse voltages different than baseline voltage by at least 10 of range

laquo 50 ohms

raquo 1 0 Gft (typically 200 Gft)

raquo100Mft

laquo 60 pF at 100 Hz

fl-N Systems Inc^^ 131 Business Partt Uxip PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 96324 8004201308 SBOee^^SOO FAX 360laquoS3^52S

E-mat BiByraquoaiMii8ylaquoliiiiiseomWiljalteHlpJV(wwraquo4tgy8lenaoom

20

Noise (differential mode)

Noise (common mode earth to isolated ground) with no signal output

Overioad error indicator (low frequency short circuited voltage mode)

Overioad error indicator low frequency open circuited current mode)

Overioad enor response time

Miscellaneous

Power

Fuse

Operating temperature range

Storage temperature range

Operating humidity

Dimensions

Weight

laquo1 mV rms (10 V scale 10Hz-4MHz)

laquo 8 mV rms (10 Hz-4 MHz) laquo100mVp-p (200 Hz -10 MHz) measured withalOMft 15pF oscilloscope probe

Turns on for set amplitude at or greater than approx plusmn1V (10 V range) or plusmn2 V (100 V range)

Turns on for set amplitude at or above approx 2 of range

Flat to approx 30 ps duration Decreasing sensitivity for shorter pulses

approx 11 watts

1 amp 3 AG

10-30C

0 - 50deg C

5-80RH

17x475x1125 (Inches) 432x121x286 cm

20 lbs (9 kg)

fl mm bull gt _ _ _ A ^ ^ _ _ L ^ 131BusinesraquoPariltLocpPOBox850C8rtsborgWS9e324

bull p i ^ y s v e m s IIIC^^deg(^deg^Bdegltgt^^^3degdeg^deg^^deg^^^degdeg^^I^deg^deg^^^^^

21 E-mei flre^nQo 4n8yo(amscam Wsbsfle hHpAwwwe-msy8Jems-Oom

Warranty and Service

What does this warranty cover A-M Systems Inc warrants to the Purchaser that the Instrument excluding cables Headstage Probes and any other accessories shipped with the Instrument (hereafter the hardware) is free from defects in workmanship or material under normal use and service for the period of one (1) year This warranty commences on the date of delivery of the hardware to the Purchaser

What are the obligations of A-M Systems Inc under this warranty During the warranty period A-M Systems Inc agrees to repair or replace at its sole option without charge to the Purchaser any defective component part of the hardware To obtain warranty service the Purchaser must return the hardware to A-M Systems Inc or an authorized A-M Systems Inc distributor in an adequate shipping container Any postage shipping and insurance charges incurred in shipping the hardware to A-M Systems Inc must be prepaid by the Purchaser and all risk for the hardware shall remain with purchaser until such time as A-M Systems Inc takes receipt of the hardware Upon receipt A-M Systems Inc will promptly repair or replace the defective unit and then return the hardware to the Purchaser postage shipping and insurance prepaid A-M Systems Inc may use reconditioned or like new parts or units at its sole option when repairing any hardware Repaired products shall carry the same amount of outstanding wan^nty as from original purchase or ninety (90) days which ever is greater Any claim under the warranty must include a dated proof of purchase of the hardware covered by this wan-anty In any event A-M Systems Inc liability for defective hardware is limited to repairing or replacing the hardware

What is not covered by this warranty This warranty is contingent upon proper use and maintenance of the hardware by the Purchaser and does not cover batteries Neglect misuse whether intentional or otherwise tampering with or altering the hardware damage caused by accident damage caused by unusual physical electrical chemical or electromechanical stress damage caused by failure of electrical power or damage caused during transportation are not covered by this warranty Products may not be returned to A-M Systems Inc for service whether under warranty or otherwise which are contaminated by infectious agents radioactive compounds or other materials constituting a health hazard to employees of A-M Systems Inc

What are the limits of llabiiity for A-M Systems inc under this warranty A-M Systems Inc shall not be liable for loss of data profits or savings or any special incidental consequential indirect or other similar damages arising from breach of contract negligence or other legal action even if the company or its agent has been advised of the possibility of such damages or for any claim brought against you by another party THIS EQUIPMENT IS NOT INTENDED FOR CLINICAL MEASUREMENTS USING HUMAN SUBJECTS A-M SYSTEMS INC DOES NOT ASSUME RESPONSIBILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE DUE TO MISUSE OF THIS EQUIPMENT Jurisdictions vary with regard to the enforceability of provisions excluding or limiting liability for incidental or consequential damages Check the provision of your local jurisdiction to find out whether the above exclusion applies to you This warranty allocates risks of product failure between the Purchaser and A-M Systems Inc A-M Systems Inc hardware pricing reflects this allocation of risk and the limitations of liability contained in this wanranty The warranty set forth above is in lieu of all other express wan^anties whether oral or written The agents employees distributors and dealers of A-M Systems Inc are not authorized to make modifications to this wan-anty or additional wan-anties binding on the company Accordingly additional statements such as dealer advertising or presentations whether oral or written do not constitute wananties by A-M Systems Inc and should not be relied upon This warranty gives you specific legal rights You may also have other rights whrch vary from one jurisdiction to another

6 mm ^ laquo _ _ A a B ^ _ 1 ^ ^ 131 Business Parti Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg W B 98324 O O

bull P l A y S V e m S l n C T^M 8OO42OI3O6 380683-8300FAX 360 803525 ^ ^ E-msl iiiisy80iHTBy8tenisoom Wsbsito hnphwwfrimysleiiisoom

A

V ISO

INSTRUCTION MANUAL

FOR

ISOLATED PULSE STIMULATOR

MODEL 2100

Serial

Date

A-M Systems Inc

PO Box 850

Carlsborg WA 98324

USA

360-683-8300 bull 800-426-1306 FAX 360-683-3525

httpwwwa-msystemscom

Version 70 February 2002

Contents General Description 1

Instrument Features 1 Controls and Connectors 2

Operating Instructions 6 Theory of Operation 10 Calibration Procedures 12

Inputs 14 Output Calibration 16

Specifications 19 Warranty and Service 22

Each Isolated Pulse Stimulator is delivered complete with

Rack Mount Hardware Instructions amp Maintenance Manual

NOTE

This instrument is not intended for clinical measurements using human subjects A-M Systems Inc does not assume responsibility for Injury or damage due to the misuse of this instrument

General Description

Instrument Features The Isolated Pulse Stimulator Model 2100 is designed for a wide variety of applications It is highly flexible being capable of delivering single pulses biphasic pairs or bursts of pulses Pulses may be started manually or upon receiving a trigger signal from another Instrument or computer Two non-isolated trigger outputs are available for triggering other instruments

Four sets of timing controls provide comprehensive control overall aspects of pulse generation Three digit accuracy is available over a 7 decade range for each timing function using lever wheel switches Pulse widths can be set over more than a 9 decade range from 05 ps to 999 seconds Timing accuracy is assured through the use of a 10 MHz base rate crystal-controlled clock digitally divided to provide accurate timing over the entire range Atiming overiap indicator will light If the timing controls are set inconsistently

The output may be conveniently switched between current and voltage modes Pulse and baseline amplitudes are Independently presettable with lockable dials An error Indicator will light if the Mode2700 cannot deliver the desired signal

r WARNING

The Model 2100 can produce potentially dangerous voltages up to 100 V at the output connectors The isolated output is not connected internally to safety (earth) ground in any way Some part of the extemal circuit should be connected to safety ground Use caution in handling any wires connectors or electrodes which may be directly or indirectly attached to the Model 2100 output Some kinds of connectors such as BNC connectors have exposed metal parts which may float at dangerous potentials unless extemally connected to safety ground For greatest safety tum the Model 2100 off before making any connections to

the instrument

131 Business Parii Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Telophone 800-426-1306 bull 360-68raquolaquo300 bull FAX 360683-3525 E-mal satesa-msystemsoom VVfebsite httpywwwa^nsystemscom fl-N Systems Inc 1

Controls and Connectors The controls for the Model 2100 are grouped in three sections START which controls when a pulse or burst of pulses begins TIMING which controls the onoff timing of one or more pulses and OUTPUT which controls the amplitude of the output signal

Start TRIG SLOPE Determines the polarity of valid trigger pulses (positive or negative edges in the trigger signal)

MODE Controls waveform initiation When set to FREE RUN one timing cycle immediately follows the last When momentarily placed In the MANUAL position a timing cycle starts Immediately When the switch Is In the center position timing cycles start when valid triggering events occur

TRIGD This LED lights up when a timing cycle Is in process and continues until the burst is completed

TRIG This BNC connector allows a signal from an external source to Initiate timing cycles It is set for standard TTL levels

GATE This BNC connector allows a signal from an external source to restrict the final output signal This input must be at a logical high (or open-circuited) in order for the Model 2100 to recognize either manual or automatic trigger events

Gate 1_ Trigger |~~^ i I Valid triggers (represented by the arrows in the figure) can occur only when the gate Is at logical high Note that the up arrow would apply only If TRIG SLOPE is set to + the down an-ows would apply only if TRIG SLOPE Is set to -

NOTE Triggers have no effect if the system has not completed its response to a previous trigger

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Park Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Vb 98324 TelQphQne 80O426-1306 360683-8300 FAX 360683-3525 E-mail sales^a-msystemscom Wsbsite httpywwwa-msystemscom

Timing Four sets of controls govern the timing of pulse generation Each set contains two values which are multiplied together to detemnine the actual timing value The rotary knob (rate selector) provides the approximate timing value and the lever wheel switch bank (MULTIPLIER)

provides a time resolution of three decimal digits The following diagram shows most of the Important relationships

Output r Delay Duration

|ltPeriodgtj

t Burst width

Trigger event

DELAY These controls determine the time duration between the initiating trigger event and the beginning of the pulse burst If this rate selector is set to NONE or the multiplier is set to 000 there Is no delay

BURST WIDTH These controls determine the time period in which one or more pulses may be delivered Once started a pulse may outlast the burst width If this rate selector is set to SINGLE or to any time shorter than the pulse duration only a single pulse will occur If the BURST WIDTH Is longer than the period pulses will be emitted at the PERIOD rate until the burst time ends Pulses are never truncated by a short BURSTWIDTH

inds)-PULSE

D U R A T I O N 1 0 1 0

10

INTEB-PULSE PERIOD

1 1 10

DURATION These controls determine the length of each pulse Ifthis rate selector Is set to SQUARE the duration is set to half of the period regardless of the MULTIPLIER setting

PERIOD These controls set the period of time between adjacent pulse events within the burst It also forces a minimum dead time between recognized input triggers following a burst of one or more pulses This can be used to prevent over stimulation of a tissue without requiring excessive delay between the triggering event and the stimulating pulse

TIMING OVERLAP

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 860 Carisborg Vamp 98324 |Telophone 800-426-1306 360683-8300 bull FAX 3606aW525 E-mail salearega^nsystemsoom Vfeb5ite httpAwwwa^nsyslemscam

NOTE If any of these timing controls are changed while a timing cycle is in operation the results are undefined until the current cycle finishes

TIMING OVERLAP This LED will light to Indicate an inconsistency in the timing cycle settings There are several ways to introduce such errors The most common way is to set the Inter-pulse PERIOD to be less than the pulse DURATION

T I M I N G (seconds)^

TRIG OUT (UPPER) This BNC connector provides a signal which is coincident with the Internal Burst timing signal (default) This means the signal starts at the end of the Delay time and persists until the Burst time expires This output may also be set to represent the delay time-out by setting the internal jumper J510 to the right two pins instead of the left two pins (Please see the Calibration section in this manual for jumper location Directions are given as viewed from the front of the Instrument)

TRIG OUT (LOWER) This BNC connector provides a signal which Is coincident with the Duration timing signal which controls pulse output

NOTE Both trigger output signals slightly lead the isolated output signal

Output

PULSE SIGN This switch determines the polarity of the pulses to be generated It also allows generation of biphasic pulses thereby doubling the effective total period Warning the first pulse generated after changing the PULSE

SIGN switch may have the wrong polarity

BASELINE This Switch determines the polarity ofthe baseline signal

RANGE This rotary switch determines if the output pulses will be constant current (3 ranges) or constant voltage (2 ranges)

BASELINE AMPLITUDE This value is independently set using a ten-turn counting dial The maximum baseline amplitude is one tenth the value shown on the range amplitude switch

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 8S0 Cartsborg Vfa 98324 |Tetaphone 80O426-1306 bull 360683-8300 bull FAX 3606803525 E-mail salesa-msystemscom Wbbsite http7Awwwaflnsystemscom

PULSE AMPLITUDE This value is independently set using a ten-turn counting dial The maximum pulse amplitude is the value shown on the range amplitude switch

EVENT This LED indicates when a pulse is ongoing

ERROR This LED indicates when the internal output amplifier cannot output the pulse as desired This is usually due to a short circuit while trying to output a voltage or an open circuit while trying to output a current

VOTEThe Pulse Sign control in the Oupuf section directly affects waveform timing When set to the Biphasic mode a positive-going pulse is immediately followed by a negative-going pulse This effectively doubles the pulse duration If a burst of biphasic pulses is being produced the period must be at least twice the single pulse duration In the Square wave mode the baseline disappears as long as the burst persists

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsboig Vte 98324 |Telophone 800426-1306 360683-8300 bull FAX 3606833525 E-mail salesa-m5ystem5 com Website httpwwwa-msystemscom

Operating Instructions

Examples Simple setup (and minimal instrument test)

Connect the output ofthe Model 2100 to an oscilloscope Before connecting the Model 2100 to any other instrument or the experimental preparation It is safest to turn Its power off

Set the Oufpuf controls

Range 10V Pulse Sign +

Baseline Zero Pulse Amplitude 200

Setting The Timing Controls

Delay Burst Width

Duration Period

none single

15010-2 50010-2

Setting The Start Controls

Mode Free Run

Disconnect any cables to the TRIG or GATE inputs

Note that the green Trig and Event Indicators turn on as Free Run is turned on (and turn off otherwise) You should observe a 15ms duration 20Hz rate pulse of 200V above a OV baseline on the oscilloscope

fl-N Systems Inc 131 BusinessPartiLoop RO Box850CarisbcxgWa98324 |Telophone 800426-1306 bull 360-683-8300 bull FW 360683-3525 E-mail salesa-msystems com VVbbsite httpywwwa-msystems com

Demonstration of Burst Mode Connect the output ofthe Model 2100 to an oscilloscope Before connecting the Model 2100 to any other instrument or the experimental preparation It Is safest to turn its power off

Set the Outpuf controls

Range 10V Pulse Sign +

Baseline Pulse Amplitude 200

Baseline Amplitude 100

Setting The Timing Controls

Delay 88010-2 Burst Width 12010-^

Duration 15010-2 Period 50010-2

Set the START controls as follows

Mode Free Run

Disconnect any cables to the TRIG or GATE inputs

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Telophooe 8004201306 360683-8300 bull FAX 360683-3525 E^naii salesa-msystems com Watjsite http7wwwa-msystemscom

Trigger the oscilloscope from the Bursf trigger out (upper Trig Out connector) for a stable display In each burst (occurring every lOOms) you should observe a trio of 15ms duration starting 50ms apart Try switching the StartMode from Free Run to the center (nonnal) position The pulses will no longer be produced and the Trig and Event Indicators will tum off Pressing this switch once (to Manual) will cause a single burst to occur

Problem Solving If the instrument appears to be not working properiy check all ofthe control settings and connections Be sure to wait at least 5-10 seconds after turning the instrument off before turning it on again The following summary of typical problems for the user (along with the most common solutions) may help

Problem CauseSolution

EVENT Indicator never lights even in FREE RUN mode

bull Replace fuse check power connection bullSet DELAY or PERIOD to a shorter interval

bull Power-on too soon after power-off

OVERLAP Indicator is on

ERROR indicator is on

bull Set DURATION gt000 bull DURATION Is set to SQUARE but

PERIOD is 000 Increase PERIOD or set DURATION independantly

bull BURST and WIDTH are gt DURATION increase PERIOD or decrease DURATION

bull BIPHASIC pulse output Is on and PERIOD is not longer than twice the DURATION Increase PERIOD or decrease DURATION

bull Free-run Is on and BURST is lt PERIOD (BURST off) DELAY is 0 and PERIOD Is lt DURATION Add delay or modify PERIOD

bull Free-run is on and BURST is gt DURATION (BURST ON) and PERIOD is lt DURATION Increase PERIOD

bull For VOLTAGE outputs the output is trying to drive too low a resistance or capacitance (eg a short circuit) Check by disconnecting the output ft is possible (and normal) that for the fastest cycles and largest amplitudes (close to 100 V

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business PartiLoop PO Box 850 CartsborgWa 98324 iTelophone 800-42O130636O6e3-8300FAX 3606B3-3525 E-mail satesaflisyslefmcom Vfebslte http7wwwa-msyslemscom

and 1 ps) that the ERROR indicator might always come on during repetitive pulses Fix output load or decrease amplitude as required

Time appears to be excessive Changed control in mid-cycle (resets current status)

Cant seem to get a full signal out Load Is not properiy connected repair wiring Too low a load impedance (VOLTAGE modes) or too high a load impedance (CURRENT mode)

Incoming triggers not accepted frequently enough

PERIOD is set too long (enforces dead time) followd by BURST set to SIGNAL Reduce PERIOD time

Table 10 Problem Solving

If you suspect that the Model 2100 may have completely failed we recommend checking the basic level of functionality Ifthis fails your instrument Is defective and must be repaired Ifthis passes either your experimental setup is incompatible or inconsistent or there is a more subtle flaw in your Model 2100

If the Model 2100 appears to be malfunctioning contact A-M Systems Inc or your dealer We will first attempt to solve the problem over the telephone so have an exact description of your problem available when you call You do not need to be within the warranty period to obtain over-the-phone assistance

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 iTetoptxme 80O426-1306 bull 360683-8300 FAX 3606803525 E-mail satesa-msystemsoomAfebsitehttpJwwwaflisystemscom

Theory of Operation

The operation ofthe Model 2100 is summarized in the block diagram (see the figure on Page 11) Not shown are all ofthe interconnections with the microcontroller The internal microcontroler plays an important role in setting the signal path but does not directly contribute to the dynamic characteristics It scans the front panel switches and sets the control values for the logic arrays It programs the internal counters which along with the other hardware achieve the necessary sub-microsecond speeds

Pulse generation starts either from an Input trigger signal (from Trig In) or an internally signal (Free Run mode) A Delay timer counts the 10MHz clock until its count value is exhausted At this point the Burst Period and Duration timers are started If the Burst timer has not expired by the end ofthe Period the Period and Duration timers are restarted If the Biphasic mode has been set the Duration timer is restarted at the end of the initial Duration and the sign ofthe output pulse is reversed doubling the total duration

The system state (pulse on pulse sign baseline sign [+0f-]) is transmitted to the isolated section via optoisolator The baseline and pulse amplitudes are selected by an analog switch The resulting signal is amplified by a variable-power-supply discrete operational amplifier The amplifier connections and gain is modified to provide two voltage and three current ranges

Timing overiap errors are detected by a logical decision computation rather than by testing for counter collisions This provides instant feedback rather than waiting up to an hour for such a collision to occur Output errors are measured by sensing the output amplifiers differential input voltage Under normal conditions this is a negligible voltage If the amplifier fails to deliver the requested signal the window comparator testing this voltage sends this message (via optoisolator) to the logic section turning on a warning LED

fl-N Systems Inc 131BusinessPart(LoopRO Box850CarisboigWa98324 4 n Tel0pri0ne80O426-130636O683^300FAX36O6833525 ^ E-mail salesaflisystBmscom V febsite http7wwwa-msystemsoom

S i

I - - ^^mdasho^M

OUTPUT i l l

TRIG ^ OUT

(burst)

TRIG 3-lt) OUT

(pulse)

til

I laquo

Calibration Procedures

The calibration interval is the lesser of 1000 hours of operation or 6 months Somewhat greater drift can be expected in the first 100 hours of operation as the semiconductors age Adjustments should only be made after the instrument has been fully warmed up for at least 15 minutes

Full instrument calibration requires the following test equipment digital multimeter (plusmn 01) able to measure resistance to at least lOOMO oscilloscope with at least 50MHz bandwidth true-mis voltmeter with 4MHz bandwidth universal counter (plusmn 001 ) able to measure single pulse widths and periods resistors (all plusmn 01) 2kn lOkH 1 watt 20kn 200kn alligator clip lead sets banana plugs and BNC adapters

Adjustment integrated circuit and test point locations are shown in the following figures All adjustments are on the timing board unless othenAise noted

All voltages in the non-isolated section should be measured with respect to ground at TP510 unless othenwise stated Some voltages are measured with respect to an internal isolated ground at TP650 or across the two output temninals Occasionally the voltage at an IC pin must be measured in these cases the reference designator is given with the pin number in parentheses eg U602(16) When it states within this procedure that a voltage is to be minimized this means that the adjustment should be made such that the measured voltage is as close to zero volts as possible Refer to the Specifications Section of this manual for acceptable tolerances

The sequence of this procedure is important If any adjustment is made all adjustments which follow must be made to ensure that the specifications will be met These procedures require that all controls remain as set in previous steps unless othenAise indicated

WARNING

The Model 2100 has dangerous voltages throughout the instrument even with the power is off Servicing the Model 2100 should only be done by qualified service personnel Use caution in handling any wires connectors or electrodes which may be directly or indirectly attached to the instrument Do not touch exposed connections or components Disconnect power by unplugging the power cord from the receptacle

H B ^ ^ S y s t e m s inc^degdegp^deg^^deg-^^^^^^^^B3^^^degdeg^^^lt^^^B^^^^ 131BusinessPartiLoopPO Box850CartsbOigWamp98324 4 9 |Telophone800-42013C6360683-8300F0lt360683-3525 ^ E-mail salesa-msystefnscom website httpwwwaflisystems com

CO

TP501 O lt0

g OTPSOO

U560 S

Trig Gate

0 -TISOS

U570

U500

Timing

p U520

Timing

K U550 Timin

gt U540

U515

o X I Timin

U508 I

J510 Timing nnn

Burst Delay J400

gt U550

R503

D D I D bull U8QQ i Q

n

oo

V P 5 1 0

b U535

^

Clock i _

U555

lt U 5 4 5

o

h d ^ O - - ^ U605

Q D

U620

O fJZ^ R737 bull ^ 1^13015 r j C - C O M P

B B nU770 ^ ^ ^ 5 ^ a

J420

a

o E

bull [ ]U632

riueso

rR742rVhigh R 6 1 9 ^

LJ TP645 O TP650

TPMOQ^QS

Vlow

CD-

CZZl

J440 bull bull tl iUDQ

I t

f i l

Power supply and bias voltages

Power supply

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

POWER ON Observe voltage at P703 power supply wire top of main board

Check for+15 plusmn 050 V

Observe voltage at P701 power supply wire top of main board

Check for-15 plusmn 050 V

Observe voltage at U505(24) Check for +5 plusmn 025 V

Isolated supply voltage Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

RANGE 10 V TRIG open circuit MODE center position

Alternately observe V ^ from R742 to R740 and V ^ from theU605(4)toU605(8)

Adjust R773 so that 110VltV lt 120 V and

nigh

28VltV|^lt34V

Capacitance balance Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

Connect a xlO oscilloscope probe to TP650 and ground the

Adjust R737 for minimum high frequency signal

Inputs

Gate function Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave Verify that the voltage to GATE switches states at the Observe voltage at U510(3) proper input levels with an oscilloscope

Trigger slope Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave Verify that the voltage to TRIG switches states at the Observe voltage at U510( 1) proper input levels with an oscilloscope

TRIG SLOPE Verify voltage is 180deg out of phase

TRIG SLOPE Verify voltage is in phase

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 860 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Jelophone 800-4201306 360683-8300 bull FM 380683-3525 E-mail salesaflTsystBfnscom bull Vtebsite httpVAirwwaflisystems com

14

Trigger and gate f unc t i on

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

DELAY NONE BURS-nMDTH SINGLE DURATION SQUARE PERIOD 100X10-3

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave to TRIG Observe TRIGD and EVENT LEDs

TRIG disconnect all Short the GATE connector to GND Verify LEDs extinguish

MODE press to MANUAL Verify LEDs flash once

Timing

System c lock f requency

Controls Inputs Observations Ad jus t Check

Observe the frequency of the wave Verify 1000 MHz plusmn 001 atU555(17)

Mul t ip l iers (Wheel Swi tches)

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

PULSE SIGN-laquobull MODE FREE RUN TRIG disconnect all TIMING MULTIPUERS all

wheels set to zero except the one being tested

TIMING OVERLAP ignore

Observe the pulse width with the counter at the location specified t)elow

Verify pulse width is correct for each wheel as it is tested independently

For each wheel of each MULTIPLIER test each position to verify that the pulse width is correct Observe the signal at the following locations DELAY U520(2) BURSTWIDTH U530(2) PERIOD U540(2) DURATION U550(2)

Rates (Rotary Swi tches)

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

TIMING MULTIPUERS 001 Observe the pulse width with the TIMING RATES all rotary counter at the location specified

switches set to 10-4 below except the one being tested

Verify pulse width is correct for each rotary switch as it is tested independently

For each ofthe four rotary switches in TIMING test each position to verify that the pulse width is correct Observe the signal at the following locations DELAY U520(2) BURSTWIDTH U530(2) PERIOD U540(2) DURATION U550(2)

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 iTetophone 8004201306 bull 360683-8300 bull FOC 3606803525 E-mail salesa-msystemscom Wbbsite httpJwwwaflTSystemscom

15

Trigger outputs

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

Range 10V Pulse Amplitude 500 Delay 100 xlO^ Burst 100 x 10 ^ Duration 100x10-^ Period 400x10-^ Pulse sign + Trig Mode Free run Trig in open

Trigger the oscilloscope to the Burst Trig Out Observe it the Pulse Trig Out and the isolated output

Verify that the waveform consists of a burst of three 1ms-on3ms-off pulses The burst trigger should be synchronous with the burst the pulse trigger coincident with each pulse

Output Calibration

Isolation Resistance (check)

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode center position Trig In open

Measure the resistance between ground banana jack (front panel) and black banana jack of output with DMM

Resistance read gt 100MQ

Amplitude Switch Offset (R640)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Zero Trig Mode center position Trig In Open

Measure the voltage at TP645 vs TP650 with the DMM

Adjust R640 (AmpI Sw Offset) for minimum voltage

Output Offset (R332 front panel board) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Zero Range 10V Trig Mode center position Trig In Open

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

Adjust R332 (Output offset) for minimum voltage

Positive Baseline Offeet (R607) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Sign + Baseline Amplitude

fully CCW (000) Range 10V Trig In open Trig Mode center position

Measure the voltage across the outputwiththeDMM

Adjust R602 (BSLN + offset) for minimum voltage

fl-N Systems Inc 131 BusBiess Parti Loop P O Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Telophone B00-42O1306 bull 360683-8300 bull FAX 3606803525 E-mail salesaflisystemscom V^tebsite httpy^vwwa-msystems com

16

Negative Baseline Offset (R619)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Sign -Baseline Amplitude

fully CCW (000) Range 10V Trig In open Trig Mode center position

Measure the voltage across the outputwiththeDMM

Adjust R619 (BSLN + offset) for minimum voltage

Pulse Amplitude Adjust (R602)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode Free Mode Pulse Amplitude 1000 Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =1001 Period =00110-4 Pulse Sign -Trig In open Range 10V

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

The Overiap indicator should be on Adjust R602 (Max Level) for -10OOV out

Pulse Sign Gain (check)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode Free Mode Pulse Amplitude 1000 Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =100 1s Period =001 10-4s Trig In open Range 10V

Measure the voltage at the output with the DMM for the Pulse Sign at + and - positions

The absolute values ofthe voltages should differ by less than lOOmV

Baseline Amplitudes (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Range 100mA Trig Mode center position Baseline Amplitude fully CW (1000) Trig In open

Measure the voltage at the output with the DMM with Baseline Sign in + Zero and

- positions

Gain the matching of current levels at = and - positions and offset current in Zero position

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop PO Box 850 Cartsboig Wa 98324 Telophone 800-4201306 360683-8300 FkX 3606803525 E-mail salesa-msystemscom website http^^wwaflisystemsccm

17

Output Range Amplitude and Drive (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Pulse Amplitude 1000 Pulse Sign + Trig Mode Free Run Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =1001 Period =10010-4 Trig In open

Load the output with a 10KV 1W 01 resistor Measure the voltage at the output with DMM

Verify that full scale output is within specification Scale Range 100V 100V 10V 10V 100mA IV 1mA 10V 10mA 100V

Pulse Sign and Short Circuit Protection (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =200 10-4 Period =00110-3 Baseline Zero Pulse Amplitude 25 Range 10V Trig Mode Free Run Trig In open

Measure the voltage at the output with the oscilloscope Check for Pulse Sign set to each of + - biphasic Watch for Error indicator when shorting the output

Verify that pulses of approx 25V amplitude (625V for biphasic mode) of the correct sign are produced every 10ms Short output in biphasic mode Output should return when opened

Output Transient Response (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Pulse Sign + Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =20010-4 Period =00110-3 Pulse Amplitude 250 Baseline Zero Trig Mode Free Mode Trig In open

Connect the oscilloscope to the output with a 310 attenuator probe Test both 10V and 100V ranges

Verify that overshoot and risetime meet specifications

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Telophone 8004201306 bull 3606808300 bull Flaquo( 360laquo83ltJ525 E-mail salesa-msystemsocm V^febsite http^wwwa-msystefnscom

18

Specifications

There are three classes of specifications Class A specifications tested in all units and are guaranteed Class B specifications are inherent in the design they are indirectly tested and are guaranteed Class C specifications are typical operating values which are occasionally tested- these are typical values given for your information but not guarshyanteed The class for each specification is noted in the center column ofthe following sections

Inputs Switching level

Hysteresis

Input equivalent circuit

Minimum duration (1 IL-level signal)

A

C

C

C

16 V(plusmn 02 V)

approx 50 mV

lOOKH to+5 in parallel with no more than 35pF

gt 50 ns

Open circuit condition B defaults to highon level

Timing and rate accuracy Rate selector steps

Timing multiplier steps

B

B

lOOpsto 100s in 7 steps

1 of rate selector step size Maximum value is 999 X the rate selector step size

Resolution B approx 01 ofthe maximum value

Timing error (second and later pulses after resetting controls)

B lt 002 of rate selector value + 015 ps

Timing error (first pulse after readjusting timing controls)

an additional 025 ps error may occur

Timing repeatability lt 001 setting + 20 ns (monophasic)

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Ram Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Vfa 98324 pTelophone 8004201306 bull 360683-8300 bull FAX 360683-3525

E-mail salesraquoflisystems com Wabsite httpJAnww afl isystems com

19

TRIG IN to OUTPUT delay (DELAY set to 0) output set to 2V

Timing jitter from TRIG IN to OUTPUT (for TTL trigger input with risetime lt10 ns)

Timing jitter from TRIG OUT (either BURST or PULSE) and OUTPUT

Trigger output to pulse output delay

Output characteristics Pulse level error (voltage mode open circuit current mode short circuit

Biphasic level difference IV + - V-1 2

Baseline level error (voltage mode open circuit current mode short circuit)

Risetime (25 V out)

Risetime (25 V out)

Transient response

A

A

A

Output impedance (voltage mode) C

Output impedance (current mode) C

Isolation resistance A

Isolation capacitance C

approx 05 ps for a load of no more than 10 KH in parallel with 50 pF

lt 125 ns (all rates except 100s) lt 125 ps (100s rate)

Less than 20 ns (all rates)

approx 350 ns

lt 03 of setting + 05 of r range (plus an additional 05 pA in 100 pA range)

lt 03 of range (voltage modes into open circuit current modes into short circuit)

lt 03 of setting of setting + 01 of range (plus an additional 05 pA in lOOpA range)

= 200 ns into less than 30 pF

= 15 ps into less than 30 pF

lt 8 overshoot into less than 30 pF for pulse voltages different than baseline voltage by at least 10 of range

= 50 ohms

raquo 1 0 GH (typically 200 GO)

raquo 1 0 0 M n

= 60 pF at 100 Hz

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Peril Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg V6 98324 |TelCf)hone 800-4201306 3606808300 bull FAX 360683-3525 E-mal salesaflisystefnsoom Website hnpyMVfWafllsystemsoom

20

Noise (differential mode)

Noise (common mode earth to isolated ground) with no signal output

Overload error indicator (low frequency short circuited voltage mode)

Overload error indicator low frequency open circuited current mode)

Overioad error response time

Miscellaneous

= 1 mV rms (10 V scale 10 Hz-4 MHz)

= 8 mV rms (10 Hz-4 MHz) == 100mVp-p (200 Hz -10 MHz) measured withalOMH 15pF oscilloscope probe

Turns on for set amplitude at or greater than approx plusmn1 V (10 V range) or plusmn2 V (100 V range)

Turns on for set amplitude at or above approx 2 of range

Flat to approx 30 ps duration Decreasing sensitivity for shorter pulses

Power

Fuse

Operating temperature range

Storage temperature range

Operating humidity

Dimensions

approx 11 watts

1 amp 3AG

10-30degC

0 - 50deg C

5 - 80 RH

17x475x1125 (inches) 432x121x286 cm

Weight 20 lbs (9 kg)

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Wb 98324 |Tetcphone 8004201306 3606808300 bull FOt 360683-3525 E-mail satesamsystems comV^febsite httpywwwaflisystemscom

21

Warranty and Service

What does this warranty cover A-M Systems Inc warrants to the Purchaser that the Instrument excluding cables Headstage Probes and any other accessories shipped with the Instrument (hereafter the hardware) is free from defects in workmanship or material under normal use and service for the period of one (1) year This warranty commences on the date of delivery ofthe hardware to the Purchaser

What are the obligations of A-M Systems Inc under this warranty During the warranty period A-M Systems Inc agrees to repair or replace at its sole option without charge to the Purchaser any defective component part of the hardware To obtain warranty service the Purchaser must return the hardware to A-M Systems Inc or an authorized A-M Systems Inc distributor in an adequate shipping container Any postage shipping and insurance charges incurred in shipping the hardware to A-M Systems Inc must be prepaid by the Purchaser and all risk for the hardware shall remain with purchaser until such time as A-M Systems Inc takes receipt of the hardware Upon receipt A-M Systems Inc will promptly repair or replace the defective unit and then return the hardware to the Purchaser postage shipping and insurance prepaid A-M Systems Inc may use reconditioned or like new parts or units at its sole option when repairing any hardware Repaired products shall carry the same amount of outstanding warranty as from original purchase or ninety (90) days which ever is greater Any claim under the warranty must include a dated proof of purchase ofthe hardware covered by this warranty In any event A-M Systems Inc liability for defective hardware is limited to repairing or replacing the hardware

What is not covered by this warranty This warranty is contingent upon proper use and maintenance ofthe hardware by the Purchaser and does not cover batteries Neglect misuse whether intentional or othenwise tampering with or altering the hardware damage caused by accident damage caused by unusual physical electrical chemical or electromechanical stress damage caused by failure of electrical power or damage caused during transportation are not covered by this wan-anty Products may not be returned to A-M Systems Inc for service whether under warranty or otherwise which are contaminated by infectious agents radioactive compounds or other materials constituting a health hazard to employees of A-M Systems Inc

What are the limits of liability for A-M Systems Inc under this warranty A-M Systems Inc shall not be liable for loss of data profits or savings or any special incidental consequential indirect or other similar damages arising from breach of contract negligence or other legal action even if the company or its agent has been advised of the possibility of such damages or for any claim brought against you by another party THIS EQUIPMENT IS NOT INTENDED FOR CLINICAL MEASUREMENTS USING HUMAN SUBJECTS A-M SYSTEMS INC DOES NOT ASSUME RESPONSIBILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE DUE TO MISUSE OF THIS EQUIPMENT Jurisdictions vary with regard to the enforceability of provisions excluding or limiting liability for incidental or consequential damages Check the provision of your local jurisdiction to find out whether the above exclusion applies to you

This warranty allocates risks of product failure between the Purchaser and A-M Systems Inc A-M Systems Inc hardware pricing reflects this allocation of risk and the limitations of liability contained in this warranty The warranty set forth above is in lieu of all other express warranties whether oral or written The agents employees distributors and dealers of A-M Systems Inc are not authorized to make modifications to this warranty or additional wan-anties binding on the company Accordingly additional statements such as dealer advertising or presentations whether oral or written do not constitute warranties by A-M Systems Inc and should not be relied upon This warranty gives you specific legal rights You may also have other rights which vary from one jurisdiction to another

fl-N Systems Inc 131BusinessPartiLoop RO Box850CartsbOfgWa98324 p O |Telophone 8004201306 bull 360683-8300FOC 3606830525 ^ ^ E-mail saiesaflisystefTiscom Wbbsite httpVwwwa-msystemscom

Demonstration of Burst Mode Connect the output of the Model 2100 to an oscilloscope Before connecting the instrument it is safest to turn its power off

Set the Output controls

Range 10V Pulse Sign +

Baseline Pulse Amplitude 200

Baseline Amplitude 100

Setting The Timing Controls

Delay 88010-2 Burst Width 12010-^

Duration 15010-2 Period 50010-^

Set the START controls as follows

Mode Free Run

Disconnect any cables to the TRIG or GATE inputs

Trigger the oscilloscope from the Strsf trigger out (upper Trig Ouf connector) for a stable display In each burst (occurring every lOOms) you should observe a trio of 15ms duration starting 50ms apart Try switching the StartMode rom Free Run to the center (normal) position The pulses will no longer be produced and the Trig and Even indicators will turn off Pressing this switch once (to Manual) will cause a single burst to occur

A-M Systems Inc 131 Business PaiV Loop PO Box 850 Cai1sboraWa 98324 Telophone 800426-1306 360683-8300 FAX 380683-3S25 E-mal salesOa-msystemscom Website httpwwwa-m5ystemse0m

Problem Solving

If the instrument appears to be not working properly check all of the control settings and connections Be sure to wait at least 5-10 seconds after turning the instrument off before turning it on again The following summary of typical problems for the user (along with the most common solutions) may help

Problem CauseSolution

EVENT indicator never lights even in FREE RUN mode

bull Replace fuse check power connection bullSet DELAY or PERIOD to a shorter

interval bull Power-on too soon after power-off

OVERLAP indicator is on

ERROR indicator is on

Set DURATION gt000 DURATION is set to SQUARE but PERIOD is 000 Increase PERIOD or set DURATION independantly BURST and WIDTH are gt DURATION increase PERIOD or decrease DURATION BIPHASIC pulse output is on and PERIOD is not longer than twice the DURATION Increase PERIOD or decrease DURATION Free-run is on and BURST is lt PERIOD (BURST off) DELAY is 0 and PERIOD is lt DURATION Add delay or modify PERIOD Free-run is on and BURST is gt DURATION (BURSTON) and PERIOD is lt DURATION Increase PERIOD For VOLTAGE outputs the output is trying to drive too low a resistance or capacitance (eg a short circuit) Check by disconnecting the output It is possible (and normal) that for the fastest cycles and largest amplitudes (close to 100 V and 17S) that the ERROR indicator might always come on during repetitive pulses Fix output load or decrease amplitude as required

Time appears to be excessive Changed control in mid-cycle (resets current status)

A B B ^ J I - mdash 131 Business Park Loop RO Box 850 CaitsbotftWa 98324

gt | y | O y S i e m S |nCtradedegraquo0raquo 80O426-1306-36Olaquo8O8300-FAX36O683-3525

8 E-mail salesOa-msyaemscom bull Website httpwwwa-msystemscom

Cant seem to get a full signal out

Incoming triggers not accepted frequently enough

bull Load is not properly connected repair wiring

bull Too low a load impedance (VOLTAGE modes) or too high a load impedance (CURRENT mode)

bull PERIOD is set too long (enforces dead tinrie) followd by BURST set to SIGNAL Reduce PERIOD time

Table 10 Problem Solving

If you suspect that the Model 2100 may have completely failed we recommend checking the basic level of functionality If this fails your instrument is defective and must be repaired If this passes either your experimental setup is incompatible or inconsistent or there is a more subtle flaw in your Modei 2100

If the Model 2100 appears to be malfunctioning contact A-M Systems Inc or your dealer We will first attempt to solve the problem over the telephone so have an exact description of your problem available when you call You do not need to be within the warranty period to obtain over-the-phone assistance

A-M Systems Inc 131 Business Park Loop PO Box 850 Carfsbofg Wa 98324 Tatophone 80O426-1306 bull 360-688300 FAX 380683-3S25 E-mail salesfla-msystemscom Website httpwwwa-msystemscom

Theory of Operation

The operation of the Model 2100 is summarized in the block diagram (see the figure on Page 11) Not shown are all of the interconnections with the microcontroller The internal microcontroler plays an important role in setting the signal path but does not directly contribute to the dynamic characteristics It scans the front panel switches and sets the control values for the logic arrays It programs the internal counters which along with the other hardware achieve the necessary sub-microsecond speeds

All action starts either from an input trigger signal (from Trig In) or from an internal signal (in free Run mode only) A Delay timer counts the 10MHz clock until its count value is exhausted At this point the Burst timer starts Both Period and Duration timers are started at this time If the Burst timer has not expired by the end of the Period the Period and Duration timers are restarted If the Biphasic mode has been set the Duration timer is restarted at the end of the initial Duration and the sign of the output pulse is reversed doubling the total duration

The system state (pulse on pulse sip baseline sign [+0-]) is transmitted to the isolated section via optoisolator The baseline and pulse amplitudes are selected by an analog switch The resulting signal is amplified by a variable-power-supply discrete operational amplifier The amplifier connections and gain is modified to provide two voltage and three current ranges

Timing overlap errors are detected by a logical decision computation rather than by testing for counter collisions This provides instant feedback rather than waiting up to an hour for such a collision to occur Output errors are measured by sensing the output amplifiers differential input voltage Under normal conditions this is a negligible voltage If the amplifier fails to deliver the requested signal the window comparator testing this voltage sends this message (via optoisolator) to the logic section turning on a warning LED

A-M Systems Inc 131 Business Paik Loop PO Box 850 CailsboraWa 98324 i Q Te(ophone 800-426-1306 bull36O683laquo00FAX 360683-3525 ^ E-mail salesOa-msystemscom Website httpywwwa-m5ystemscom

GATE IN

TRIG ^ OUT

(burst)

OPTO ISOLATOR

Amplitude (Pulse)

TRIG -lt^ OUT

(pulse)

c 1

RANGE

C

Analog switch

C

)

-D^sectli OUTPUT

Baseline sign )

Amplitude (baseline) )

O H q

ill V) 5 o i^8 e e -a a fi a

bull o c

M E o ts gtraquo

lt

Calibration Procedures

The calibration intenal is the lesser of 1000 hours of operation or 6 months Somewhat greater drift can be expected in the first 100 hours of operation as the semiconductors age Adjustments should only be made after the instrument has been fully warmed up for at least 15 minutes

Full instrument calibration requires the following test equipment digital multimeter (plusmn 01 ) able to measure resistance to at least 10OMfl oscilloscope with at least 50MHz bandwidth true-rms voltmeter with 4MHz bandwidth universal counter (plusmn 001) able to measure single pulse widths and periods resistors (all plusmn 01) 2kn lOkO 1 watt 20ka 200ka alligator clip lead sets banana plugs and BNC adapters

Adjustment integrated circuit and test point locations are shown in the following figures All adjustments are on the timing board unless otherwise noted

All voltages in the non-isolated section should be measured with respect to ground at TP510 unless othenwise stated Some voltages are measured with respect to an internal isolated ground at TP650 or across the two output terminals Occasionally the voltage at an IC pin must be measured in these cases the reference designator is given with the pin number in parentheses eg U602(16) When it states within this procedure that a voltage is to be minimized this means that the adjustment should be made such that the measured voltage is as close to zero volts as possible Refer to the Specifications Section of this manual for acceptable tolerances

The sequence of this procedure is important If any adjustment is made all adjustments which follow must be made to ensure that the specifications will be met These procedures require that all controls remain as set in previous steps unless otherwise indicated

WARNING

The Model2100 has dangerous voltages throughout the instrument even with the power is off Servicing the Mode2700 should only be done by qualified service personnel Use caution in handling any wires connectors or electrodes which may be directly or indirectly attached to the instrument Do not touch exposed connections or components Disconnect power by unplugging the power cord from the receptacle

A B B ^ _ _ mdash ^ _ I raquo laquo 131SusinessParkLoopROBox850CaitsborBWa98324 -JO

E-mail S8le60a-msystemscom Website httpwwwa-msystemscam

CO

TP501 O o

a OTPsoo

U560 bull

D D D D Q ^ U510

Trig Gate

U570

OQ Q

U500

n U505

Timing

gt U520

Timing

) U530

Timing

gt U540

Q U515

Timing

U508

R503

DDID E

a

gt oo

bull U800 l O r v o w iV_X^TP510 O

U525

f

A U535

^ U550

Timing ^

Clock

U555

J510 Burst Delay

J400 bull U545

d R742^VWgh R619 o

r RZZ3 R737 an c n V - I J I S O I S ^ ^C-COMP

U620 ^ Q Q bull ^ ^ bull

J420 O ^ D^ J440 IfYYYlDfYyYYYYYYYII C Z J E X C T

Q Otrsetl I p J Vlow

L J TP645 C=) cm P650

bull bull fe elUOD

irt

PI pound A

o c

E o

0)

Power supply and bias voltages

Power supply

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

POWER ON Observe voltage at P703 power supply wire top of main board

Check for+15 plusmn 050 V

Observe voltage at P701 power supply wire top of main board

Check for-15 plusmn 050 V

Observe voltage at U505(24) Check for +5 plusmn 025 V

Isolated supply voltage

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

RANGE 10 V TRIG open circuit MODE center position

Alternately observe V from high

R742 to R740 and V _ from kw

the U605(4) to U605(8)

Adjust R773 so that 110VltV lt 120 V and

high

28VltV^^lt34V

Capacitance balance

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

Connect a x10 oscilloscope probe to TP650 and ground the

Adjust R737 for minimum high frequency signal

Inputs

Gate funct ion

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave Verify that the voltage to GATE switches states at the Observe voltage at U510(3) proper input levels with an oscilloscope

Trigger s lope

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave Verify that the voltage to TRIG switches states at the Observe voltage at U510(1) proper input levels with an oscilloscope

TRIG SLOPE-I- Verify voltage is 180deg out of phase

TRIG SLOPE- Verify voltage is in phase

A-M Systems Inc 131 Business Paik Loop PO Box 850 Cailsborg Wa 98324 Tekvhone 8004201306 36O683laquo300 - FAX 360683-3S2S E-mail salesOa-msystemscom Website httpywwwa-msystemscom

14

Trigger and gate funct ion

Controls Inputs Observations

DELAY NONE BURSTWIDTH SINGLE DURATION SQUARE PERIOD 100X10-3

AdjustCheck

Apply a 1 kHz 0 -5 V triangle wave to TRIG Observe TRiGoand EVENT LEDS

TRIG disconnect all Short the GATE connector to GND Verify LEDs extinguish

MODE press to MANUAL Verify LEDs flash once

Timing

System clock frequency

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

Observe the frequency of the wave Verify 1000 MHz plusmn 001 atU555(17)

Mu l t i p l i e rs (Whee l Sw i t ches )

Controls Inputs Observat ions A d j u s t C h e c k

PULSE SIGN+ MODE FREE RUN TRIG disconnect all TIMING MULTIPUERS all

Wheels set to zero except the one being tested

TIMING OVERLAP ignore

Observe the pulse width with the counter at the location specified below

Verify pulse width is correct for each wheel as it is tested independently

For each wheel of each MULTIPLIER test each position to verify that the pulse width is correct Observe the signal at the following locations DELAY U520(2) BURSTWIDTH U530(2) PERIOD U540(2) DURATION U550(2)

Rates (Rotary Switches)

Controls Inputs Observations A d j u s t C h e c k

TIMING MULTIPUERS 001 TIMING RATES all rotary

switches set to 10-4 except the one being tested

Observe the pulse width with the counter at the location specified below

Verify pulse width is correct for each rotary switch as it is tested independently

For each of the four rotary switches in TIMING test each position to verify that the pulse width is correct Observe the signal at the following locations DELAY U520(2) BURSTWIDTH U530(2) PERIOD U540(2) DURATION U550(2)

A-M Systems Inc 131 Business Paik Loop PO Box 850 Caiisborg Wa 98324 Telophone 800-428-1306 bull 3606808300 FAX 360683-3525 E-mail salesOa-msystemscom Website httpwwwa-msystemscom

15

Trigger outputs Controls

Range 10V Pulse Amplitude 500 Delay 100x10-2 Burst 100x10-2 Duration 100 xlQ-^ Period 400x10-3 Pulse sign + Trig Mode Free run Trig in open

Inputs Observations

Trigger the oscilloscope to the Burst Trig Out Observe it the Pulse Trig Out and the isolated output

AdjustCheck

Verify that the waveform consists of a burst of three 1 ms-on3ms-off pulses The burst trigger should be synchronous with the burst the pulse trigger coincident with each pulse

Output Calibration

Isolation Resistance (check) Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

Trig Mode center position Trig In open

Measure the resistance between ground banana jack (front panel) and black banana jack of output with DMM

Resistance read gt 10OMQ

Amplitude Switch Offset (R640) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Zero Trig Mode center position Trig In Open

Measure the voltage at TP645 vs TP650 with the DMM

Adjust R640 (AmpI Sw Offset) for minimum voltage

Output Offset (R332 front panel board) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Zero Range 10V Trig Mode center position Trig In Open

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

Adjust R332 (Output offset) for minimum voltage

Positive Baseline Offset (R607) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Sign + Baseline Amplitude

fully CCW (000) Range 10V Trig In open Trig Mode center position

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

Adjust R602 (BSLN + offset) for minimum voltage

A-M Systems Inc 131 Business Paik Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Jelophone 8004201306 36O6834300 - FAX 380laquo83-352S E-mail salesOa-msystemscom Website httpwwwa-msystemscam

16

Negative Baseline Offset (R619)

Controls InputsObservations

Baseline Sign -Baseline Amplitude

fully CCW (000) Range 10V Trig In open Trig Mode center position

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

AdjustCheck

Adjust R619 (BSLN + offset) for minimum voltage

Pulse Ampl i tude Adjust (R602)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode Free Mode Pulse Amplitude 1000 Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =1001 Period =00110-4 Pulse Sign -Trig In open Range 10V

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

The Overlap indicator should be on Adjust R602 (Max Level) for -10OOV out

Pulse Sign Gain (check)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode Free Mode Pulse Amplitude 1000 Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =100 Is Period =001 10-4s Trig In open Range 10V

Measure the voltage at the output with the DMM for the Pulse Sign at + and - positions

The absolute values of the voltages should differ by less than 10OmV

Baseline Ampl i tudes (check)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

flange 100mA Trig Mode center position Baseline Amplitude fully CW (1000) Trig In open

Measure the voltage at the output with the DMM with Baseline Sign in + Zero and - positions

Gain the matching of current levels at = and - positions and offset current in Zero position

A-M Systems Inc 131 Business Psik Loop PO Box 850 Caiisborg Wa 98324 Telophone 800426-1306 bull 36Olaquo8raquo8300 bull FAX 360683-3525 E-mail salesOa-msystemscom Website httpwwwa-msystemsccm

17

Output Range Amplitude and Drive (check)

Controls InputsObservations

Pulse Amplitude 1000 Pulse Sign + Trig Mode Free Run Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =1001 Period =10010-4 Trig In open

Load the output with a 10KV 1W 01 resistor Measure the voltage at the output with DMM

Pulse Sign and Short Circuit Protection (check)

Controls

Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =200 10-4 Period =00110-3 Baseline Zero Pulse Amplitude 25 Range 10V Trig Mode Free Run Trig In open

InputsObservations

Measure the voltage at the output with the oscilloscope Check for Pulse Sign set to each of + - biphasic Watch for Error indicator when shorting the output

Output Transient Response (check)

Controls InputsObservations

Verify that full scale output is within specification Scale Range 100V 100V 10V 10V 100mA IV 1mA 10V 10mA 100V

AdjustCheck

Verify that pulses of approx 25V amplitude (625V for biphasic mode) of the correct sign are produced every 10ms Short output in biphasic mode Output should return when opened

AdjustCheck

Pulse Sign + Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =20010-4 Period =00110-3 Pulse Amplitude 250 Baseline Zero Trig Mode Free Mode Trig In open

Connect the oscilloscope to the output with a 310 attenuator probe Test both 10V and 10OV ranges

Verify that overshoot and risetime meet specifications

A-M Systems Inc 131 Business Paik Loop PO Box 850 Cailsbora Wa 98324 Tetophone 8004201306 bull 36Oeuro83-8300 bull FAX 360683-352S E-mail salasOa-msystemscom Website hitpywwwa-msystamsoom

18

Specifications

There are three classes of specifications Class A specifications tested in all units and are guaranteed Class B specifications are inherent in the design they are indirectly tested and are guaranteed Class C specifications are typical operating values which are occasionally tested- these are typical values given for your information but not guarshyanteed The class for each specification is noted in the center column of the following sections

Inputs Switching level

Hysteresis

Input equivalent circuit

Minimum duration (TTL-level signal)

A

C

C

C

16 V (plusmn 02 V)

approx 50 mV

lOOKfl to-1-5 in parallel with no more than 35pF

gt50ns

Open circuit condition B defaults to highon level

Timing and rate accuracy

Rate selector steps

Timing multiplier steps

B

B

100S to 100s in 7 steps

1 of rate selector step size Maximum value is 999 X the rate selector step size

Resolution B approx 01 of the maximum value

Timing error (second and later pulses after resetting controls)

B lt 002 of rate selector value + 015S

Timing error (first pulse after readjusting timing controls)

an additional 025s error may occur

Timing repeatability lt 001 settings-20 ns (mbnophasic)

A-M Systems Inc 131 Business Paik Loop PO Box 850 Caiisborg Wa 98324 Telophone 8004201306 3606808300 FAX 3606803S25 E-mail salesOa-msystemscom bull Website httpyy(wwaltTisystemscom

19

TRIG IN to OUTPUT delay (DELAY set to 0) output set to 2V

Timing jitter from TRIG IN to OUTPUT (for TTL trigger input with risetime lt10 ns)

Timing jitter from TRIG OUT (either BURST or PULSE) and OUTPUT

Trigger output to pulse output delay

Output characteristics Pulse level error (voltage mode open circuit current mode short circuit

Biphasic level difference IV-H-i-V-l2

Baseline level error (voltage mode A open circuit current mode short circuit)

Risetime (25 V out)

Risetime (25 V out)

Transient response

A

A

A

Output impedance (voltage mode) C

Output impedance (current mode) C

Isolation resistance A

Isolation capacitance C

approx 05 ps for a load of no more than 10 Kft in parallel with 50 pF

lt 125 ns (all rates except 100s) lt125ys (100s rate)

Less than 20 ns (all rates)

approx 350 ns

lt 03 of setting -i- 05 of r range (plus an additional 05vA in 100 ywA range)

lt 03 of range (voltage modes into open circuit current modes into short circuit)

lt 03 of setting of setting -I- 01 of range (plus an additional 05 pA in 100A range)

= 200 ns into less than 30 pF

= 15 yws into less than 30 pF

lt 8 overshoot into less than 30 pF for pulse voltages different than baseline voltage by at least 10 of range

= 50 ohms

raquo 1 0 Ga (typically 200 GD)

raquo 1 0 0 M n

= 60 pF at 100 Hz

A BB f ^ _ M 1 ^ ^ 131 Business Paik Loop ROBOx850Cai1sOorgWaW3Z4

- I V l o V S i e m S inC80Ph0trade80O42O1308-36O683-8300-FAX36O683-3525 7 bull bull bull bull ^ ^ E-maasale80a-m8vstemscomWebsitehitpjwwwaltnsyste

20 E-mai salesO a-m8ystemscom Website http jwwwa-msystemscom

Noise (differential mode)

Noise (common mode earth to isolated ground) with no signal output

Overload error indicator (low frequency short circuited voltage mode)

Overload error indicator low frequency open circuited current mode)

Overload error response time

Miscellaneous

= 1 mV rms (10 V scale 10 Hz-4 MHz)

- 8 mV rms (10 Hz-4 MHz) =laquo100mVp-p (200 Hz -10 MHz) measured withalOMn 15pF oscilloscope probe

Turns on for set amplitude at or greater than approx plusmn1 V (10 V range) or plusmn2 V (100 V range)

Turns on for set amplitude at or above approx 2 of range

Flat to approx 30 ps duration Decreasing sensitivity for shorter pulses

Power

Fuse

Operating temperature range

Storage temperature range

Operating humidity

Dimensions

Weight

approx 11 watts

1 amp 3 AG

10-30degC

0 - 50deg C

5 - 80 RH

17x475x1125 (inches) 432x121x286 cm

20 lbs (9 kg)

A-M Systems Inc 131 Business Paik Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Tekjptwne 8004201306 bull 36Olaquo8O8300 bull FAX 360laquo8O3525 E-mail salesOa-msystemscom Website httpywwwa-msystemscom

21

Warranty and Service

What does this warranty cover A-f Systems Inc warrants to the Purchaser that the Instrument excluding cables Headstage Probes and any other accessories shipped with the Instrument (hereafter the hardware) is free from defects in workmanship or material under normal use and service for the period of one (1) year This warranty commences on the date of delivery of the hardware to the Purchaser

What are the obligations of A-M Systems Inc under this warranty During the warranty period A-M Systems Inc agrees to repair or replace at its sole option without charge to the Purchaser any defective component part of the hardware To obtain warranty service the Purchaser must return the hardware to A-l^ Systems Inc or an authorized A-M Systems Inc distributor in an adequate shipping container Any postage shipping and insurance charges incurred in shipping the hardware to A-M Systems Inc must be prepaid by the Purchaser and all risk for the hardware shall remain with purchaser until such time as A-M Systems Inc takes receipt of the hardware Upon receipt A-M Systems Inc will promptly repair or replace the defective unit and then return the hardware to the Purchaser postage shipping and insurance prepaid A-M Systems Inc may use reconditioned or like new parts or units at its sole option when repairing any hardware Repaired products shall carry the same amount of outstanding warranty as from original purchase or ninety (90) days which ever is greater Any claim under the warranty must include a dated proof of purchase of the hardware covered by this warranty In any event A-M Systems Inc liability for defective hardware is limited to repairing or replacing the hardware

What is not covered by this warranty This warranty is contingent upon proper use and maintenance of the hardware by the Purchaser and does not cover batteries Neglect misuse whether intentional or othenvise tampering with or altering the hardware damage caused by accident damage caused by unusual physical electrical chemical or electromechanical stress damage caused by failure of electrical power or damage caused during transportation are not covered by this warranty Products may not be returned to A-M Systems Inc for service whether under warranty or otherwise which are contaminated by Infectious agents radioactive compounds or other materials constituting a health hazard to employees of A-M Systems Inc

What are the limits of liability for A-M Systems Inc under this warranty A-M Systems Inc shall not be liable for loss of data profits or savings or any special incidental consequential indirect or other similar damages arising from breach of contract negligence or other legal action even if the company or its agent has been advised of the possibility of such damages or for any claim brought against you by another party THIS EQUIPMENT IS NOT INTENDED FOR CLINICAL MEASUREMENTS USING HUMAN SUBJECTS A-M SYSTEMS INC DOES NOT ASSUME RESPONSIBILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE DUE TO MISUSE OF THIS EQUIPMENT Jurisdictions vary with regard to the enforceability of provisions excluding or limiting liability for incidental or consequential damages Check the provision of your local jurisdiction to find out whether the above exclusion applies to you

This warranty allocates risks of product failure between the Purchaser and A-M Systems Inc A-M Systems Inc hardware pricing reflects this allocation of ris1lt and the limitations of liability contained in this warranty The warranty set forth above is in lieu of all other express warranties whether oral or written The agents employees distributors and dealers of A-M Systems Inc are not authorized to make modifications to this warranty or additional warranties binding on the company Accordingly additional statements such as dealer advertising or presentations whether oral or written do not constitute warranties by A-M Systems Inc and should not be relied upon This warranty gives you specific legal rights You may also have other rights which vary from one jurisdiction to another

A B B J l laquo raquo ^ t3tBusinessPafkLoopPOBox850Cai1sbO(gWa98324

- | V | O V S i e m S |nCtrade042O1306-36O68O8300-FAX36O68O3525 E-mail salasOa-msvstemscom bull Website httowwwa-msvste

t3tBusinassParkLaopROBox8SOCai1sbo(gWa98324 po Telophone 8004201306 360683-8300 FAX 3606803525 ^ ^ E-maH salesOa-msystemscom Wetsite httpwwwa-msystem3e0m

mwal

INSTRUCTION MANUAL

FOR

ISOLATED PULSE STIMULATOR

MODEL 2100

Serial

Date

A-M Systems Inc

PO Box 850

Carisborg WA 98324

USA

360-683-8300 bull 800-426-1306 FAX 360-683-3525

httpwwwa-m8y8temscom

Version 50 May 1998

Contents General Description 1

Instrument Features 1 Controls and Connectors 2

Operating Instructions 6 Theory of Operation 10 Calibration Procedures 12

Inputs ii 14 Output Calibration iii i 16

Specifications i4 il u 19 Warranty and Service wi iJ iJi [ii 22

Each Isolated Pulse Stimulator Is delivered complete with

Rack Mount Hardware Instructions amp Maintenance Manual

NOTE

This instrument is not intended for clinical measurements using human subjects A-M Systems Inc does not assume msponsibility for injury or damage due to the misuse of this instrument

General bull M ^ ion

Instrument Features The Isolated Pulse Stimulator Model 2100 Is designed for a wide variety of applications It is highly flexible being capable of delivering single pulses biphasic pairs or bursts of pulses Pulses may be started manually or upon receiving a trigger signal from another instrument or computer Two non-isolated trigger outputs are available for triggering other instruments

Four sets of timing controls provide comprehensive control over all aspects of pulse generation Three digit accuracy is available over a 7 decade range for each timing function using lever wheel switches Pulse wkiths can be set over more than a 9 decade range from 05 [is to 999 seconds Timing accuracy is assured through the use of a 10 MHz base rate crystal-controlled clock digitally divided to provide accurate timing over the entire range A timing overiap indicator will light if the timing controls are set Inconsistently

The output may be conveniently switched between cun-ent and voltage modes Pulse and baseline amplitudes are independently presettable with lockable dials An error indicator will light if the Model 2100 cannoi deliver the desired signal

WARNING

The Model 2100 can produce potentially dangemus voltages up to 100 V et the output connectors The isolated output is not connected internally to safety (earth) ground in ahy way Some part of the extemal circuit should be connected to safety gmund Use caution in handling any wires connectors or electrodes which may be directly or indirectly attached to the Model 2100 output Some lltinds of connectors such as BNC connectors have exposed metal parts which may float at dangemus potentials unless extemally connected to safety gmund For greatest safety tum the Model 2100 off before making any connections to

the Instrument

131 Business Park LocfiPO Box BSOCarM)orgWa 98324 800426-1308 bull36OlaquoS3laquo300FAX 3 6 M 8 3 ^ 2 5

E-malt uiittyBQaHiByBtumaooiTi Wobsita HipJtwtiwiwftbMiAcon fl-N SystQms I n c ^ T

Controls and Connectors The controls for the Model 2100 are grouped in three sections START controlling when a pulse or burst of pulses begins TIMING controlling the onoff timing of one or more pulses and otJTPliT controlling the amplitude of the output signal

Start TRIG SLOPE This switch determines whether valid triggers occur at positive or negative edges in the trigger signal

MODE This switch controls how wavefomris are initiated When set to FREE RUN one timing cycle immediately follows the last When held in the MANUAL position a timing cycle starts immediately When the switch is in the center position timing cycles start when valid triggering events occur

TRIGD This LED lights up when a timing cycle is in process and continues until the burst is completed

TRIG This BNC connector allows a signal from an extemal source to initiate timing cycles It is set for standard TTL levels

GATE This BNC connector allows a signal from an extemal source to restrict the final output signal This input must be at a logical high (or open-circuited) in order for the Model 2100 to recognize either manual or automatic trigger events

Gate 1_ Trigger [~^ i I Valid triggers are represented by the arrows in the figure Note that the up arrow would apply only if TRIG SLOPE is set to + the down anrows would apply only if TRIG SLOPE is set to-

NOTE Triggers have no effect if the system has not completed its response to a previous trigger

fl-N SystQms I n c ^ 131 Business Park Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 600426-13063eO683laquo300FAX 360683^525

E-maB anBysQraquoinsyaleiTaconi Wsbalto h^KAvwwa-(nsys(smsoom

Timing Four sets of controls govem the timing of pulse generation Each set contains two values which are multiplied together to detennine the actual timing value The rotary knob (rate selector) provides the approximate timing value and the lever wheel switch bank (MULTIPLIER) provkles a time resolution of three decimal digits The following diagram shows most of the important relationships

Pnfe-tRAIM I B E L A V i6Molaquo

BURST WIOtH

Output r Delay

t n

Duration - ^ lt - |4Periodgt|

FLJI -^ Burst width

Trigger event

DELAY These controls set the time between the initiating trigger event and the beginning of the pulse burst If this rate selector is set to NONE or the multiplier is set to ooo there is no delay

BURSTWIDTH These controls set the time period in which one or more pulses may be delivered Once started a pulse may outlast the burst width If this rate selector is set to SINGLE or to any time shorter than the pulse duration only a single pulse will occur If the BURSTWIDTH is longer than the period pulses will be emitted at the PERIOD rate until the burst time ends Pulses are never truncated by a short BURST WIDTH

iNTpoundA-PULSiE PBRiOb

DURATION These controls set the length of each pulse If this rate selector is set to SQUARE the duration is set to half of the period regardless of the MULTIPLIER setting

PERIOD These controls set the period of time between adjacent pulse events within the burst It also forces a minimum dead time between recognized input triggers following a burst of one or more pulses This can be used to prevent over stimulation of a tissue without requiring excessive delay between the triggering event and the stimulating pulse

TlMtNQ OVERLAP

mLiHMPi

VVtJ jiwaa lasm nlaquoilaquo u

t^fi SysUms I n c ^ Elt4nsfl a m

131 Business Pofc Loop PO Box 850 Carisborg 1^98324 600-426-1306 36O6834300 FAK 360683^525

E-mai vrvysQfrflisysleraLOCniWutiailQL N^jAwwa^iByslernUiOOni

NOTE If any of these timing controls are changed while a timing cycle is in operation the results are undefined until the cunent cycle flnishes

TIMING OVERLAP This LED will light to indicate an Inconsistency in the timing cycle settings There are several ways to Introduce such errors The most common way is to set the inter-pulse PERIOD to be less than the pulse DURATION

TRIG OUT (UPPER) This BNC connector provides a signal which is coinckient with the intemal Burst timing signal (default) This means the signal starts at the end of the Delay time and persists until the Burst time expires This output may also be set to represent the delay time-out by setting the internal jumper J510 to the left two pins Instead of the right two pins (Please see the Calibration section in this manual for jumper location Directions are given as viewed from the fix)nt of the instrument)

TRIG OUT (LOWER) This BNC connector provides a signal which is coincident with the Duration timing signal which controls pulse output

NOTE Both trigger output signals slightly lead the isolated output signal

Output PULSE SIGN This Switch sets the sign for the pulses to be generated It also allows generation of biphasic pulses thereby doubling the effective total period Warning the first pulse genemted after changing the PULSE SIGN svntch may have the wmng polarity

BASELINE This switch sets the sign for the baseline signal

RANGE This rotary switch allows one of three current or two voltage ranges to be selected for the output signal

BASELINE AMPLITUDE This counting dial are independently set using ten-minute counting dials with the baseline having one tenth the range of the pulse amplitude

A-N Systlaquomslaquo Inc 131 Buskiess Partt Loop PO BoK 8S0 Cailsbarg Wa 96324 laophone 8004201306 bull36O68M300-FAX 3eolaquo8M525 E-mat bullmsysflMnsyslermoom VMaHsr Hlplhfimnmyekmoom

PULSE AMPLITUDE This counting dial

EVENTS This LED indicates when a pulse is ongoing

ERROR This LED indicates when the intemal output amplifier cannot output the pulse as desired This is usually due to a short circuit while trying to output a voltage or an open circuit while trying to output a current

One control from the Ot^uf section directly affects wavefonn timing the Pulse Sign control When set to the Biphasic mode a positive-going pulse is Immediately followed by a negative-going pulse This effectively doubles the pulse duration If a burst of biphasic pulses is being produced the period must be at least twice the single pulse duration In the Sgtan wave mode the baseline disappears as long as the burst persists

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Bushass Park locpPOBooi 850 C8ri9bcrgMS8324 IMqphona 800426-1306 bull36Olaquo83laquo3a0 FAX 360683-3529 E-nal amsyaOa4nsyatemscomWeMlK hMpJVniwa-nsygtatnscom

Operating Instructions

Examples Simple setup (and minimal Instrument tost)

Connect the output of the Model 2100 to an oscilloscope Before connecting the instrument it is safest to turn its power off

Set the Ou^uf controls

Range Pulse Sign

Baseline Pulse Amplitude

10V +

Zero 200

Setting The Timing Controls

Delay Burst Width

Duratbn Period

none single

15010-2 500102

Setting The Start Controls

Mode Free Run

Disconnect any cables to the TRIG or GATE Inputs

Note that the green Trig and Event Indicators tum on as Free Run is turned on (and tum off othenwise) You should observe a 15ms duration 20Hz rate pulse of 200V above a OV baseline on the oscilloscope i

A ^ M ^ _ _ _ A ^ _ _ _ 1 ^ 131BiiHnD8raquoParttloopPOBoxB50Car)sbcrBlaquoraquoS8324

bull P l ^ y S W n i S f |nC ltV^gt^8deglt^^2O1306380laquo8OS3a0FAX36O6BMS2S

6 E-fnflk 9n^fBOs-in9ystsni9cx]fnWDbs)tec H^ff9Nw^myStem9oom

Demonstration of Burst Mode Connect the output of the Model 2100 to an oscilloscope Before connecting the instrument it is safest to tum Its power off

Set the Output controls

Range Pulse Sign

Baseline Pulse Amplitude

Baseline Amplitude

Setting The Timing Controls

Delay Burst Width

Duration

Period

Set the START controls as follows

Mode

Disconnect any cables to the TRIG or GATE inputs

Trigger the oscilloscope from the Burst trigger out (upper Tr^ Out connector) for a stable display In each burst (occumng every lOOms) you should observe a trio of 15ms duration starting 50ms apart Try switching the StartMode from Free Run to the center (nomnal) position The pulses will no longer be produced and the Trig and Event indicators will turn off Pressing this switch once (to Manual) will cause a single burst to occur

880 120 150 500

10V +

200 100

102 102 102 102

Free Run

fleaff SySlQmSa |nCa deglgt ltlt ^ ^ deg ^ degdeg ^ ^ ^ bull E-matmia

131 Business Park LoopPO Box 850 Carisborg Vfe 86324 lUcphcna 800426-1306 36Olaquo83laquo300 FAX 36068raquo52 E-maft tfii8ysOiHn^nleiTBcom1AWisJto HSpitwraquoM^wytAtii9oom

Problem SoMng If the Instrument appears to be not worthing properiy check all of the control settings and connections Be sure to wait at least 5-10 seconds after turning the Instrument off before tuming it on again The following t6ef summary of typical problems for the user (along with the most common solutions) may help

Problem CauseSolution EVENT indicator never lights even in FREE RUN mode

bull Replace fuse check power connection bullSet DELAY or PERIOD to a shorter interval

bull Power-on too soon after power-off

OVERLAP Indicator is on

ERROR indicator is on

Time appears to be excessive

bullSet DURATION gt000 bull DURATION is set to SQUARE but PERIOD is 000 Increase PERIOD or set DURATION independantly

bull BURST and WIDTH are gt DURATION increase PERIOD or decrease

DURATION bull BIPHASIC pulse output is on and PERIOD is not longer than twice the DURATION Increase PERIOD or decrease DURATION

bull Free-run is on and BURST Is lt PERIOD (BURST off) DELAY is 0 and PERIOD is lt DURATION Add delay or modify PERIOD

bull Free-mn is on and BURST is gt DURATION (BURST ON) and PERIOD is lt DURATION Increase PERIOD

bull For VOLTAGE outputs the output Is trying to drive too low a resistance or capacitance (eg a short circuit) Check by disconnecting the output It is possible (and normal) that for the fastest cycles

and largest amplitudes (close to 100 V and 1 MS) that the ERROR Indicator might always come on during repetitive pulses Fix output load or decrease amplitude as required

bull Changed control in mid-cycle (resets cunent status)

A ^ M bull _ _ _ A ^ ^ _ _ i ^ mdash 131BuslnessPai1ltLoopPOBox850CarlsborgWamp98324

bull p i j ^ v s w m s iiic^^deglt^deg^^deglt^^^3degB3^^^deg^^^^degdeg^^^deg^^deg^^^^ E-mat iiiMOafflwstemseom WabaHe MtaffiwwtHtavsli

8 E-msft flmsjoQfrfraystGfnsoom ^WobsltiK hl^Aiwv9-fn9]nteniscom

Cant seem to get a full signal out

Incoming triggers not accepted frequently enough

bull Load is not properiy connected repair wiring

bull Too low a load impedance (VOLTAGE modes) or too high a load impedance

(CURRENT mode)

bull PERIOD is set too long (enforces dead time) followd by BURST set to SIGNAL Reduce PERIOD time

Table 10 Problem Solving

If you suspect that the Model 2100 may have completely failed we recommend checking the basic level of functionality If this fails your instrument is defective and must be repaired If this passes either your experimental setup is incompatible or inconsistent or there is a more subtle flaw in your Model 2100

If the Model 2100 appears to be malfunctioning contact A-M Systems Inc or your dealer Telephone numtgters for A-M Systems Inc listed on the front cover of this manual We will first attempt to solve the problem over the telephone so have an exact description of your problem available when you call You do not need to be within the warranty period to obtain over-the-phone assistance

A ^ M V - mdash A d B ^ K M I ^ M 131BuslnessPatfcLoopPOBox6SOCai

-PI s y s i Q m s inc-2raquolaquoa22=M^^

131 Business Parfc Loop PO Box 650 Cartsborg VM9 0S324 _ FAX36(W8a3525 E^nrt flnsysQa-ntsyttanB-oom Wsbsfte hHpiMNvwa-nnystsnisooni

9

Theory of Operation

The operation of the Model 2100 is summarized In the block diagram (see Fig 3) Not shown are all of the interconnections with the microcontroller The intemal microcontroler plays an important role in setting the signal path but does not directly

contribute to the dynamic characteristics It scans the front panel switches and sets the control values for the logic arays It programs the intemal counters which along with the other hardware achieve the necessary sub-microsecond speeds

All action starts either from an input trigger signal (from Trig In) or from an intemal signal (in free Run mode only) A Delay timer counts the 10MHz clock until its count value Is exhausted At this point the Burst timer starts Both Period and Duration timers are started at this time If the Burst timer has not expired by the end of the Period the Period and Duration timers are restarted If the Biphasic mode has been set the Duration timer is restarted at the end of the initial Duration and the sign of the output pulse Is reversed doubling the total duration

The system state (pulse on pulse sip baseline sign [+101-]) is transmitted to the isolated section via optoisolator The baseline and pulse amplitudes are selected by an analog switch The resulting signal is amplified by a variable-power-supply discrete operational amplifier The amplifier connections and gain is modified to provide two voltage and three cunent ranges

Timing overlap errors are detected by a logical decision computation rather than by testing for counter collisions This provides instant feedback rather than waiting up to an hour for such a collision to occur Output errors are measured by sensing the output amplifiers differential input voltage Under normal conditions this is a negligible voltage if the amplifier fails to deliver the requested signal the window comparator testing this voltage sends this message (via optoisolator) to the logic section turning on a warning LED

fl-N Systems Inc 131BusbnassPa(tLoopPOBox6SOCari3boigVMg8324 H n |TWoph0n880O426-13083eO6Blaquo300FMt36Olaquo8i3525 E-nnl anaysflfriinysleiiaoemWfcbslte hllphmwraquoimyatennoom

TRIG 3HJ) OUT

(burst)

TRIG ^ OUT

(pulse)

E

Ml

Calibration Procedures

The calibration interval is the lesser of 1000 hours of operation or 6 months Somewhat greater drift can be expected in the first 100 hours of operation as the semiconductors age Adjustments should only be made after the instrument has been fully warmed up for at least 15 minutes

Full instrument calibration requires the following test equipment digital multimeter (plusmn 01) able to measure resistance to at least lOOMfl oscilloscope with at least 50MHz bandwidth true-rms voltmeter with 4MHz bandwidth universal counter (plusmn 001 ) able to measure single pulse widths and periods resistors (all plusmn 01) 2kn lOkH 1 waft 20kn 200kn alligator clip lead sets banana plugs and BNC adapters

Adjustment integrated circuit and test point locations are shown in the following figures All adjustments are on the timing board unless otherwise noted

All voltages in the non-isolated section should be measured with respect to ground at TP510 unless othenvise stated Some voltages are measured with respect to an intemal isolated ground at TP650 or across the two output tenninals Occasionally the voltage at an IC pin must be measured In these cases the reference designator is given with the pin number in parentheses eg U602(16) When it states within this procedure that a voltage is to be minimized this means that the adjustment should be made such that the measured voltage is as close to zero volts as possible Refer to the Specifications Section of this manual for acceptable tolerances

The sequence of this procedure is Important If any adjustment is made all adjustments which follow must be made to ensure that the specifications will be met These procedures require that all controls remain as set in previous steps unless otherwise indicated

WARNING

The Model 2100 has dangerous voltages throughout the instrument even with the power is off Servicing the Model 2100 should only be done by qualified service personnel Use caution in handling any wires connectors or electrodes which may be directly or indirectly attached to the Instrument Do not touch exposed connections or components Disconnect power by unplugging the power cord from the receptacle

fl-N Systems I n c ^ 131BusinesaPartcLoopPOBox850CartsborgVWiB8324 4 n ^gt-mdash80O426-130638Ofl8Jlaquo300FAX36O683J52S bull E-maft BinsysQfrfn^islflnisoomVVfalislle h^KVfWMift^iisystemsoani

CO

- R503

Omg^

TPSOlQ O

OTPSOO

U560 bull

U510

DDID ^ trade E O ^ T P 5 1 0

bullnD Trig

0 ^

U570

Gate n U505

DO D

U515

Timing

Timing h_ U520

bsoo ^25SE Timing

Or r U540

I I Tmlng

[^ELIL

U535 D

U506

13 J510 Timlnff

BurfiDelay J400

i i i i i i i T r m r a

gt U550 ^

Clock

U555 U620

B a

^R^Pvhigh Rfijn O D O Vlow

o

bull U545

Fo sect737 lISOIsPjC-COMP

n r r ^ U760

J420

]]U632

Q S riuGSO

H = ) TP640^ deg I t I

II3D

J440 m i T i

U610 plusmn laquo j U O

bull bull l el

^t

O l

bull

M

I

Power supply and bias voltages

Power supply

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

POWER ON Observe voltage at P703 power supply wire top of main board

Check for+15 plusmn 050 V

Observe voltage at P701 power supply wire top of main board

Check for-15 plusmn 050 V

Observe voltage at U505(24) Check for+5 plusmn 025 V

Isolated supply voltage

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

RANGE 10 V TRIG open circuit MODE center position

Altemately observe V^ from R742 to R740 and V ^ from the U605(4) to U605(8)

Adjust R773 so that 110VltV^lt 120 V and

nign

28VltV^lt34V

Capacitance balance

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Connect a x10 oscilloscope probe to TP650 and ground the

Adjust R737 for minimum high frequency signal

Inputs

Gate funct ion

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave Verify that the voltage to GATE switches states at the Obsene voltage at U51G(3) proper input levels with an oscilloscope ^ ^

Trigger s lope

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave Verify that the voltage to TRIO switches states at the Observe voltage at US 10( 1) proper input levels with an oscilloscope

TRIG SLOPE + Verify voltage is 180 out of phase

TRIG SLOPE Verify voltage is in phase

fl-N Systems Inc ^ 131 Bushess Park Loop PO Bar 850 Carisborg Wa 98324 8004201306 3eOlaquoS3e300 FAX 3606BV352S

C-maft fliii8yBQfriii9yBlumaoamVIAibsMB hRpJhwMifi-iiiBystematxini

14

Trigger and gate funct ion

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

DELA NONE BURS1WII3TH SINGLE DURATION SQUARE PERIOD 100X10-3

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave to TRIG Obsen^e TRIOD and EVENT LEDS

TRIG disconnect all Short the GATE connector to GND Verify LEDs extinguish

MODE press to MANUAL Verify LEDs flash once

Timing

System c lock frequency

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Observe the frequency of the wave atU555(17)

Verify 1000 MHz plusmn001

Multipl iers (Wheel Switches)

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

PULSE SIGN + MODE FREE RUN TRIG disconnect all TIMING MULTIPUERS ail

wheels set to zero except the one being tested

TnmiNG OVERLAP ^nOTB

Observe the pulse width with the counter at the location specified below

Verify pulse width Is correct for each wheel as it is tested Independently

For each wheel of each MULTIPUER test each position to verify that the pulse width is correct Observe the signal at the following locations DELAY U520(2) BURSTWIDTH U530(2) PERIOD US40(2) DURATION U550(2)

Rates (Rotary Switches)

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

TIMING MULTIPUERS 001 TIMING RATES all rotary

switches set to 10-4 except the one being tested

Observe the pulse width with the counter at the location specified below

Verify pulse width is conect for each rotary switch as it is tested independently

For each of the four rotary switches in TIMING test each position to verify that the pulse wkJth is correct Observe the signal at the following locations DELAY U520(2) BURSTWIDTH U530(2) PERIOD U540(2) DURATION U550(2)

fl-N Systems I n c ^ E-maft emfl

131 Business Parti Loop PO 809(850 Cartsborg Wta 98324 8004201306 3804806300 FAX 36068O3S25

E-maft ansysQa nvystems-oom Wobste hflp Avwwa4nsy8(Qnttoam

15

Trigger outputs Controls

Range 10V Pulse Amplitude 500 Delay 100x10 Burst 100x10^2 Duration 100 x1a Period 400x10^ Pulse sign + Trig Mode Free run Trig in open

Inputs Observations

Trigger the oscilloscope to the Burst Trig Out Observe it the Pulse Trig Out and the isolated output

Adjust Check

Verify that the waveform consists of a burst of three 1ms-on3ms-off pulses The burst trigger should be synchronous with the burst the pulse trigger coincident with each pulse

Output Calibration

Isolation Resistance (check) Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode center position Trig In open

Measure the resistance between ground banana jack (front panel) and black banana jack of output with DMM

Resistance read gt 100MQ

Amplitude Switch Offset (R640) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Zero Trig Mode center position Trig In Open

Measure the voltage at TP645 vs TP650 with the DMM

Adjust R640 (AmpI Sw Offset) for minimum voltage

Output Offset (R332 front panel board) Controls I nputsObservatlons AdjustCheck

Baseline Zero Range 10V Trig Mode center position Trig In Open

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

Adjust R332 (Output offset) for minimum voltage

Positive Baseline Offset (R607) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Sign + Baseline Amplitude

fully CCW (000) Range 10V Trig In open Trig Mode center position

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

Adjust R602 (BSLN + offset) for minimum voltage

fl M raquo _ _ _ A laquo ^ _ i ^ ^ 131Buslnelaquo8Pari(loopPOBoK850Cart8borgWB96324

bull P I i s V S i e m S a |||Cg1Maphans80O42O130638O68O8300FAX36Olaquo8raquo^2S E-tiBft anagtraquoflwiisyagtlaquomraquoaimW6baHB hHpffii(wwraquoltnsylaquoleniieom

16

Negative Baseline Offset (R619) Controls

Baseline Sign -i Baseline Amplitude bull fully CCW (000)

Range 10V Trig In open Trig Mode center position

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

AdjustCheck

Adjust R619 (BSLN 4 offset) for minimum voltage

Pulse Amplitude Adjust (R602) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode Free Mode Pulse Amplitude 1000 Timing Dialay =none Burst =single Duration =1001 Period =00110-4 Pulse Sign -Trig In open Range 10V

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

The Overiap indicator should be on Adjust R602 (Max Level) for -1000V out

Pulse Sign Gain (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode Free Mode Pulse Amplitude 1000 Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =1001 s Period =00110-4s Trig In open Range 10V

Measure the voltage at the output with the DMM for the Pulse Sign at -- and - positions

The absolute values of the voltages should differ by less than lOOmV

Baseline Amplitudes (check) Controls InputsObservations

Range 100mA Trig Mode center position Baseline Amplitude fully CW (1000) Trig In open

Measure the voltage at the output with the DMM with Baseline Sign in + Zero and - positions

AdjustCheck

Gain the matching of current levels at = and - positions and offset current in Zero position

fl-N Systems Inc^^ bull E-mal am8

131 Business Partt Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 88324 8004201306360laquo8Oe300FAX 360laquo8O362S

E-maM am8y8^o-mBy8tflmBoom WobaKo hHp Awwwo-f i iBystonuoom

17

Output Range Amplitude and Drive (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Pulse Amplitude 1000 Pulse Sign + Trig Mode Free Run Timing Delay =none Burst =8ingle Duration =1001 Period =10010-4 Trig In open

Load the output with a 10KV1W 01 resistor Measure the voltage at the output with DMM

Verify that full scale output is within specification Scale Range 100V 100V 10V 10V 100mA IV 1mA 10V 10mA 100V

Pulse Sign and Short Circuit Protection (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Timing Delay =none Burst =8ingle Duration =200 10-4 Period =00110-3 Baseline Zero Pulse Amplitude 25 Range 10V Trig Mode Free Run Trig In open

Measure the voltage at the output with the oscilloscope Check for Pulse Sign set to each of + - biphasic Watch for Error indicator when shorting the output

Verify that pulses of approx 25V amplitude (625V for biphasic mode) of the correct sign are produced every 10ms Short output in biphasic mode Output should retum when opened

Output Transient Response (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Pulse Sign + Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =20010-4 Period =00110-3 Pulse Amplitude 250 Baseline Zero Trig Mode Free Mode Trig In open

Connect the oscilloscope to the output with a 310 attenuator prolse Test boVn 10V and 100V ranges

Verify that overshoot and risetime meet specifications

fl-N Systems I n c ^ 131 Business Parte Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wb 98324 8004201306 36Olaquo83O300 FAX 36O680lt352S

E-mQ0 snBy8Qs-msy8faiTiscom VWriMtte N ^ Mvww9-msy8lemscom

18

Specifications

There are three classes of specifications Class A specifications tested in all unHs and are guaranteed Class B specifications are inherent in the design they are indirectly tested and are guaranteed Class C specifications are typical operating values which are occasionally tested- these are typical values given for your infomiation but not guarshyanteed The class for each specification is noted in the center column of the following sections

Inputs Switching level

Hysteresis

Input equivalent circuit

Minimum duration (1 IL-level signal)

A

C

C

C

16V(plusmn02V)

approx 50 mV

100K ft to+5 In parallel with no more than 35pF

gt 50 ns

Open circuit condition B defaults to highon level

Timing and rate accuracy Rate selector steps

Timing multiplier steps

Resolution

Timing eror (second and later pulses after resetting controls)

B

B

B

B

lOOps to 100s In 7 steps

1 of rate selector step size Maximum value is 999 x the rate selector step size

approx 01 of the maximum value

lt 002 of rate selector value + 015 ps

Timing error (first pulse after readjusting timing controls)

an additional 025 ps error may occur

Timing repeatability lt 001 setting + 20 ns (monophasic)

fl-N Systems I nc ^ bull E-moU ams

131 Business Parti Loop PO Boot 850 Cartsborg VM 98324 80O42O130838O08O8300FAX36Olaquo8O3S2S

E-meU anByafl^iiisyslainaoomWebsHe hHpffliiwwraquomsys)emsoom

19

TRIG IN to OUTPUT delay (DELAY set to 0) output set to 2V

Timing jitter ft-om TRIG IN to OUTPUT (for TTL trigger input with risetime lt10 ns)

Timing jitter ft^om TRIG OUT (either BURST or PULSE) and OUTPUT

Trigger output to pulse output delay

Output charactsristics Pulse level enror (voltage mode open circuit cun-ent mode short circuit

Biphasic level difference |V + + V-|2

Baseline level error (voltage mode A open circuit current mode short circuit)

Risetime (25 V out)

Risetime (25 V out)

Transient response

A

A

A

Output impedance (voltage mode) C

Output impedance (current mode) C

Isolation resistance A

Isolation capacitance C

approx 05 ps for a load of no more than 10 Kft in parallel with 50 pF

lt 125 ns (all rates except 100s) lt 125 ps (100s rate)

Less than 20 ns (all rates)

approx 350 ns

lt 03 of setting + 05 of r range (plus an additional 05 pA inlOOpArenge)

lt 03 of range (voltage modes into open circuit current modes into short circuit)

lt 03 of setting of setting + 01 of range (plus an additional 05 pA in lOOpA range)

laquo 200 ns into less than 30 pF

laquo15 ps into less than 30 pF

lt 8 overshoot Into less than 30 pF for pulse voltages different than baseline voltage by at least 10 of range

laquo 50 ohms

raquo 1 0 Gft (typically 200 Gft)

raquo100Mft

laquo 60 pF at 100 Hz

fl-N Systems Inc^^ 131 Business Partt Uxip PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 96324 8004201308 SBOee^^SOO FAX 360laquoS3^52S

E-mat BiByraquoaiMii8ylaquoliiiiiseomWiljalteHlpJV(wwraquo4tgy8lenaoom

20

Noise (differential mode)

Noise (common mode earth to isolated ground) with no signal output

Overioad error indicator (low frequency short circuited voltage mode)

Overioad error indicator low frequency open circuited current mode)

Overioad enor response time

Miscellaneous

Power

Fuse

Operating temperature range

Storage temperature range

Operating humidity

Dimensions

Weight

laquo1 mV rms (10 V scale 10Hz-4MHz)

laquo 8 mV rms (10 Hz-4 MHz) laquo100mVp-p (200 Hz -10 MHz) measured withalOMft 15pF oscilloscope probe

Turns on for set amplitude at or greater than approx plusmn1V (10 V range) or plusmn2 V (100 V range)

Turns on for set amplitude at or above approx 2 of range

Flat to approx 30 ps duration Decreasing sensitivity for shorter pulses

approx 11 watts

1 amp 3 AG

10-30C

0 - 50deg C

5-80RH

17x475x1125 (Inches) 432x121x286 cm

20 lbs (9 kg)

fl mm bull gt _ _ _ A ^ ^ _ _ L ^ 131BusinesraquoPariltLocpPOBox850C8rtsborgWS9e324

bull p i ^ y s v e m s IIIC^^deg(^deg^Bdegltgt^^^3degdeg^deg^^deg^^^degdeg^^I^deg^deg^^^^^

21 E-mei flre^nQo 4n8yo(amscam Wsbsfle hHpAwwwe-msy8Jems-Oom

Warranty and Service

What does this warranty cover A-M Systems Inc warrants to the Purchaser that the Instrument excluding cables Headstage Probes and any other accessories shipped with the Instrument (hereafter the hardware) is free from defects in workmanship or material under normal use and service for the period of one (1) year This warranty commences on the date of delivery of the hardware to the Purchaser

What are the obligations of A-M Systems Inc under this warranty During the warranty period A-M Systems Inc agrees to repair or replace at its sole option without charge to the Purchaser any defective component part of the hardware To obtain warranty service the Purchaser must return the hardware to A-M Systems Inc or an authorized A-M Systems Inc distributor in an adequate shipping container Any postage shipping and insurance charges incurred in shipping the hardware to A-M Systems Inc must be prepaid by the Purchaser and all risk for the hardware shall remain with purchaser until such time as A-M Systems Inc takes receipt of the hardware Upon receipt A-M Systems Inc will promptly repair or replace the defective unit and then return the hardware to the Purchaser postage shipping and insurance prepaid A-M Systems Inc may use reconditioned or like new parts or units at its sole option when repairing any hardware Repaired products shall carry the same amount of outstanding wan^nty as from original purchase or ninety (90) days which ever is greater Any claim under the warranty must include a dated proof of purchase of the hardware covered by this wan-anty In any event A-M Systems Inc liability for defective hardware is limited to repairing or replacing the hardware

What is not covered by this warranty This warranty is contingent upon proper use and maintenance of the hardware by the Purchaser and does not cover batteries Neglect misuse whether intentional or otherwise tampering with or altering the hardware damage caused by accident damage caused by unusual physical electrical chemical or electromechanical stress damage caused by failure of electrical power or damage caused during transportation are not covered by this warranty Products may not be returned to A-M Systems Inc for service whether under warranty or otherwise which are contaminated by infectious agents radioactive compounds or other materials constituting a health hazard to employees of A-M Systems Inc

What are the limits of llabiiity for A-M Systems inc under this warranty A-M Systems Inc shall not be liable for loss of data profits or savings or any special incidental consequential indirect or other similar damages arising from breach of contract negligence or other legal action even if the company or its agent has been advised of the possibility of such damages or for any claim brought against you by another party THIS EQUIPMENT IS NOT INTENDED FOR CLINICAL MEASUREMENTS USING HUMAN SUBJECTS A-M SYSTEMS INC DOES NOT ASSUME RESPONSIBILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE DUE TO MISUSE OF THIS EQUIPMENT Jurisdictions vary with regard to the enforceability of provisions excluding or limiting liability for incidental or consequential damages Check the provision of your local jurisdiction to find out whether the above exclusion applies to you This warranty allocates risks of product failure between the Purchaser and A-M Systems Inc A-M Systems Inc hardware pricing reflects this allocation of risk and the limitations of liability contained in this wanranty The warranty set forth above is in lieu of all other express wan^anties whether oral or written The agents employees distributors and dealers of A-M Systems Inc are not authorized to make modifications to this wan-anty or additional wan-anties binding on the company Accordingly additional statements such as dealer advertising or presentations whether oral or written do not constitute wananties by A-M Systems Inc and should not be relied upon This warranty gives you specific legal rights You may also have other rights whrch vary from one jurisdiction to another

6 mm ^ laquo _ _ A a B ^ _ 1 ^ ^ 131 Business Parti Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg W B 98324 O O

bull P l A y S V e m S l n C T^M 8OO42OI3O6 380683-8300FAX 360 803525 ^ ^ E-msl iiiisy80iHTBy8tenisoom Wsbsito hnphwwfrimysleiiisoom

A

V ISO

INSTRUCTION MANUAL

FOR

ISOLATED PULSE STIMULATOR

MODEL 2100

Serial

Date

A-M Systems Inc

PO Box 850

Carlsborg WA 98324

USA

360-683-8300 bull 800-426-1306 FAX 360-683-3525

httpwwwa-msystemscom

Version 70 February 2002

Contents General Description 1

Instrument Features 1 Controls and Connectors 2

Operating Instructions 6 Theory of Operation 10 Calibration Procedures 12

Inputs 14 Output Calibration 16

Specifications 19 Warranty and Service 22

Each Isolated Pulse Stimulator is delivered complete with

Rack Mount Hardware Instructions amp Maintenance Manual

NOTE

This instrument is not intended for clinical measurements using human subjects A-M Systems Inc does not assume responsibility for Injury or damage due to the misuse of this instrument

General Description

Instrument Features The Isolated Pulse Stimulator Model 2100 is designed for a wide variety of applications It is highly flexible being capable of delivering single pulses biphasic pairs or bursts of pulses Pulses may be started manually or upon receiving a trigger signal from another Instrument or computer Two non-isolated trigger outputs are available for triggering other instruments

Four sets of timing controls provide comprehensive control overall aspects of pulse generation Three digit accuracy is available over a 7 decade range for each timing function using lever wheel switches Pulse widths can be set over more than a 9 decade range from 05 ps to 999 seconds Timing accuracy is assured through the use of a 10 MHz base rate crystal-controlled clock digitally divided to provide accurate timing over the entire range Atiming overiap indicator will light If the timing controls are set inconsistently

The output may be conveniently switched between current and voltage modes Pulse and baseline amplitudes are Independently presettable with lockable dials An error Indicator will light if the Mode2700 cannot deliver the desired signal

r WARNING

The Model 2100 can produce potentially dangerous voltages up to 100 V at the output connectors The isolated output is not connected internally to safety (earth) ground in any way Some part of the extemal circuit should be connected to safety ground Use caution in handling any wires connectors or electrodes which may be directly or indirectly attached to the Model 2100 output Some kinds of connectors such as BNC connectors have exposed metal parts which may float at dangerous potentials unless extemally connected to safety ground For greatest safety tum the Model 2100 off before making any connections to

the instrument

131 Business Parii Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Telophone 800-426-1306 bull 360-68raquolaquo300 bull FAX 360683-3525 E-mal satesa-msystemsoom VVfebsite httpywwwa^nsystemscom fl-N Systems Inc 1

Controls and Connectors The controls for the Model 2100 are grouped in three sections START which controls when a pulse or burst of pulses begins TIMING which controls the onoff timing of one or more pulses and OUTPUT which controls the amplitude of the output signal

Start TRIG SLOPE Determines the polarity of valid trigger pulses (positive or negative edges in the trigger signal)

MODE Controls waveform initiation When set to FREE RUN one timing cycle immediately follows the last When momentarily placed In the MANUAL position a timing cycle starts Immediately When the switch Is In the center position timing cycles start when valid triggering events occur

TRIGD This LED lights up when a timing cycle Is in process and continues until the burst is completed

TRIG This BNC connector allows a signal from an external source to Initiate timing cycles It is set for standard TTL levels

GATE This BNC connector allows a signal from an external source to restrict the final output signal This input must be at a logical high (or open-circuited) in order for the Model 2100 to recognize either manual or automatic trigger events

Gate 1_ Trigger |~~^ i I Valid triggers (represented by the arrows in the figure) can occur only when the gate Is at logical high Note that the up arrow would apply only If TRIG SLOPE is set to + the down an-ows would apply only if TRIG SLOPE Is set to -

NOTE Triggers have no effect if the system has not completed its response to a previous trigger

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Park Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Vb 98324 TelQphQne 80O426-1306 360683-8300 FAX 360683-3525 E-mail sales^a-msystemscom Wsbsite httpywwwa-msystemscom

Timing Four sets of controls govern the timing of pulse generation Each set contains two values which are multiplied together to detemnine the actual timing value The rotary knob (rate selector) provides the approximate timing value and the lever wheel switch bank (MULTIPLIER)

provides a time resolution of three decimal digits The following diagram shows most of the Important relationships

Output r Delay Duration

|ltPeriodgtj

t Burst width

Trigger event

DELAY These controls determine the time duration between the initiating trigger event and the beginning of the pulse burst If this rate selector is set to NONE or the multiplier is set to 000 there Is no delay

BURST WIDTH These controls determine the time period in which one or more pulses may be delivered Once started a pulse may outlast the burst width If this rate selector is set to SINGLE or to any time shorter than the pulse duration only a single pulse will occur If the BURST WIDTH Is longer than the period pulses will be emitted at the PERIOD rate until the burst time ends Pulses are never truncated by a short BURSTWIDTH

inds)-PULSE

D U R A T I O N 1 0 1 0

10

INTEB-PULSE PERIOD

1 1 10

DURATION These controls determine the length of each pulse Ifthis rate selector Is set to SQUARE the duration is set to half of the period regardless of the MULTIPLIER setting

PERIOD These controls set the period of time between adjacent pulse events within the burst It also forces a minimum dead time between recognized input triggers following a burst of one or more pulses This can be used to prevent over stimulation of a tissue without requiring excessive delay between the triggering event and the stimulating pulse

TIMING OVERLAP

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 860 Carisborg Vamp 98324 |Telophone 800-426-1306 360683-8300 bull FAX 3606aW525 E-mail salearega^nsystemsoom Vfeb5ite httpAwwwa^nsyslemscam

NOTE If any of these timing controls are changed while a timing cycle is in operation the results are undefined until the current cycle finishes

TIMING OVERLAP This LED will light to Indicate an inconsistency in the timing cycle settings There are several ways to introduce such errors The most common way is to set the Inter-pulse PERIOD to be less than the pulse DURATION

T I M I N G (seconds)^

TRIG OUT (UPPER) This BNC connector provides a signal which is coincident with the Internal Burst timing signal (default) This means the signal starts at the end of the Delay time and persists until the Burst time expires This output may also be set to represent the delay time-out by setting the internal jumper J510 to the right two pins instead of the left two pins (Please see the Calibration section in this manual for jumper location Directions are given as viewed from the front of the Instrument)

TRIG OUT (LOWER) This BNC connector provides a signal which Is coincident with the Duration timing signal which controls pulse output

NOTE Both trigger output signals slightly lead the isolated output signal

Output

PULSE SIGN This switch determines the polarity of the pulses to be generated It also allows generation of biphasic pulses thereby doubling the effective total period Warning the first pulse generated after changing the PULSE

SIGN switch may have the wrong polarity

BASELINE This Switch determines the polarity ofthe baseline signal

RANGE This rotary switch determines if the output pulses will be constant current (3 ranges) or constant voltage (2 ranges)

BASELINE AMPLITUDE This value is independently set using a ten-turn counting dial The maximum baseline amplitude is one tenth the value shown on the range amplitude switch

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 8S0 Cartsborg Vfa 98324 |Tetaphone 80O426-1306 bull 360683-8300 bull FAX 3606803525 E-mail salesa-msystemscom Wbbsite http7Awwwaflnsystemscom

PULSE AMPLITUDE This value is independently set using a ten-turn counting dial The maximum pulse amplitude is the value shown on the range amplitude switch

EVENT This LED indicates when a pulse is ongoing

ERROR This LED indicates when the internal output amplifier cannot output the pulse as desired This is usually due to a short circuit while trying to output a voltage or an open circuit while trying to output a current

VOTEThe Pulse Sign control in the Oupuf section directly affects waveform timing When set to the Biphasic mode a positive-going pulse is immediately followed by a negative-going pulse This effectively doubles the pulse duration If a burst of biphasic pulses is being produced the period must be at least twice the single pulse duration In the Square wave mode the baseline disappears as long as the burst persists

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsboig Vte 98324 |Telophone 800426-1306 360683-8300 bull FAX 3606833525 E-mail salesa-m5ystem5 com Website httpwwwa-msystemscom

Operating Instructions

Examples Simple setup (and minimal instrument test)

Connect the output ofthe Model 2100 to an oscilloscope Before connecting the Model 2100 to any other instrument or the experimental preparation It is safest to turn Its power off

Set the Oufpuf controls

Range 10V Pulse Sign +

Baseline Zero Pulse Amplitude 200

Setting The Timing Controls

Delay Burst Width

Duration Period

none single

15010-2 50010-2

Setting The Start Controls

Mode Free Run

Disconnect any cables to the TRIG or GATE inputs

Note that the green Trig and Event Indicators turn on as Free Run is turned on (and turn off otherwise) You should observe a 15ms duration 20Hz rate pulse of 200V above a OV baseline on the oscilloscope

fl-N Systems Inc 131 BusinessPartiLoop RO Box850CarisbcxgWa98324 |Telophone 800426-1306 bull 360-683-8300 bull FW 360683-3525 E-mail salesa-msystems com VVbbsite httpywwwa-msystems com

Demonstration of Burst Mode Connect the output ofthe Model 2100 to an oscilloscope Before connecting the Model 2100 to any other instrument or the experimental preparation It Is safest to turn its power off

Set the Outpuf controls

Range 10V Pulse Sign +

Baseline Pulse Amplitude 200

Baseline Amplitude 100

Setting The Timing Controls

Delay 88010-2 Burst Width 12010-^

Duration 15010-2 Period 50010-2

Set the START controls as follows

Mode Free Run

Disconnect any cables to the TRIG or GATE inputs

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Telophooe 8004201306 360683-8300 bull FAX 360683-3525 E^naii salesa-msystems com Watjsite http7wwwa-msystemscom

Trigger the oscilloscope from the Bursf trigger out (upper Trig Out connector) for a stable display In each burst (occurring every lOOms) you should observe a trio of 15ms duration starting 50ms apart Try switching the StartMode from Free Run to the center (nonnal) position The pulses will no longer be produced and the Trig and Event Indicators will tum off Pressing this switch once (to Manual) will cause a single burst to occur

Problem Solving If the instrument appears to be not working properiy check all ofthe control settings and connections Be sure to wait at least 5-10 seconds after turning the instrument off before turning it on again The following summary of typical problems for the user (along with the most common solutions) may help

Problem CauseSolution

EVENT Indicator never lights even in FREE RUN mode

bull Replace fuse check power connection bullSet DELAY or PERIOD to a shorter interval

bull Power-on too soon after power-off

OVERLAP Indicator is on

ERROR indicator is on

bull Set DURATION gt000 bull DURATION Is set to SQUARE but

PERIOD is 000 Increase PERIOD or set DURATION independantly

bull BURST and WIDTH are gt DURATION increase PERIOD or decrease DURATION

bull BIPHASIC pulse output Is on and PERIOD is not longer than twice the DURATION Increase PERIOD or decrease DURATION

bull Free-run Is on and BURST is lt PERIOD (BURST off) DELAY is 0 and PERIOD Is lt DURATION Add delay or modify PERIOD

bull Free-run is on and BURST is gt DURATION (BURST ON) and PERIOD is lt DURATION Increase PERIOD

bull For VOLTAGE outputs the output is trying to drive too low a resistance or capacitance (eg a short circuit) Check by disconnecting the output ft is possible (and normal) that for the fastest cycles and largest amplitudes (close to 100 V

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business PartiLoop PO Box 850 CartsborgWa 98324 iTelophone 800-42O130636O6e3-8300FAX 3606B3-3525 E-mail satesaflisyslefmcom Vfebslte http7wwwa-msyslemscom

and 1 ps) that the ERROR indicator might always come on during repetitive pulses Fix output load or decrease amplitude as required

Time appears to be excessive Changed control in mid-cycle (resets current status)

Cant seem to get a full signal out Load Is not properiy connected repair wiring Too low a load impedance (VOLTAGE modes) or too high a load impedance (CURRENT mode)

Incoming triggers not accepted frequently enough

PERIOD is set too long (enforces dead time) followd by BURST set to SIGNAL Reduce PERIOD time

Table 10 Problem Solving

If you suspect that the Model 2100 may have completely failed we recommend checking the basic level of functionality Ifthis fails your instrument Is defective and must be repaired Ifthis passes either your experimental setup is incompatible or inconsistent or there is a more subtle flaw in your Model 2100

If the Model 2100 appears to be malfunctioning contact A-M Systems Inc or your dealer We will first attempt to solve the problem over the telephone so have an exact description of your problem available when you call You do not need to be within the warranty period to obtain over-the-phone assistance

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 iTetoptxme 80O426-1306 bull 360683-8300 FAX 3606803525 E-mail satesa-msystemsoomAfebsitehttpJwwwaflisystemscom

Theory of Operation

The operation ofthe Model 2100 is summarized in the block diagram (see the figure on Page 11) Not shown are all ofthe interconnections with the microcontroller The internal microcontroler plays an important role in setting the signal path but does not directly contribute to the dynamic characteristics It scans the front panel switches and sets the control values for the logic arrays It programs the internal counters which along with the other hardware achieve the necessary sub-microsecond speeds

Pulse generation starts either from an Input trigger signal (from Trig In) or an internally signal (Free Run mode) A Delay timer counts the 10MHz clock until its count value is exhausted At this point the Burst Period and Duration timers are started If the Burst timer has not expired by the end ofthe Period the Period and Duration timers are restarted If the Biphasic mode has been set the Duration timer is restarted at the end of the initial Duration and the sign ofthe output pulse is reversed doubling the total duration

The system state (pulse on pulse sign baseline sign [+0f-]) is transmitted to the isolated section via optoisolator The baseline and pulse amplitudes are selected by an analog switch The resulting signal is amplified by a variable-power-supply discrete operational amplifier The amplifier connections and gain is modified to provide two voltage and three current ranges

Timing overiap errors are detected by a logical decision computation rather than by testing for counter collisions This provides instant feedback rather than waiting up to an hour for such a collision to occur Output errors are measured by sensing the output amplifiers differential input voltage Under normal conditions this is a negligible voltage If the amplifier fails to deliver the requested signal the window comparator testing this voltage sends this message (via optoisolator) to the logic section turning on a warning LED

fl-N Systems Inc 131BusinessPart(LoopRO Box850CarisboigWa98324 4 n Tel0pri0ne80O426-130636O683^300FAX36O6833525 ^ E-mail salesaflisystBmscom V febsite http7wwwa-msystemsoom

S i

I - - ^^mdasho^M

OUTPUT i l l

TRIG ^ OUT

(burst)

TRIG 3-lt) OUT

(pulse)

til

I laquo

Calibration Procedures

The calibration interval is the lesser of 1000 hours of operation or 6 months Somewhat greater drift can be expected in the first 100 hours of operation as the semiconductors age Adjustments should only be made after the instrument has been fully warmed up for at least 15 minutes

Full instrument calibration requires the following test equipment digital multimeter (plusmn 01) able to measure resistance to at least lOOMO oscilloscope with at least 50MHz bandwidth true-mis voltmeter with 4MHz bandwidth universal counter (plusmn 001 ) able to measure single pulse widths and periods resistors (all plusmn 01) 2kn lOkH 1 watt 20kn 200kn alligator clip lead sets banana plugs and BNC adapters

Adjustment integrated circuit and test point locations are shown in the following figures All adjustments are on the timing board unless othenAise noted

All voltages in the non-isolated section should be measured with respect to ground at TP510 unless othenwise stated Some voltages are measured with respect to an internal isolated ground at TP650 or across the two output temninals Occasionally the voltage at an IC pin must be measured in these cases the reference designator is given with the pin number in parentheses eg U602(16) When it states within this procedure that a voltage is to be minimized this means that the adjustment should be made such that the measured voltage is as close to zero volts as possible Refer to the Specifications Section of this manual for acceptable tolerances

The sequence of this procedure is important If any adjustment is made all adjustments which follow must be made to ensure that the specifications will be met These procedures require that all controls remain as set in previous steps unless othenAise indicated

WARNING

The Model 2100 has dangerous voltages throughout the instrument even with the power is off Servicing the Model 2100 should only be done by qualified service personnel Use caution in handling any wires connectors or electrodes which may be directly or indirectly attached to the instrument Do not touch exposed connections or components Disconnect power by unplugging the power cord from the receptacle

H B ^ ^ S y s t e m s inc^degdegp^deg^^deg-^^^^^^^^B3^^^degdeg^^^lt^^^B^^^^ 131BusinessPartiLoopPO Box850CartsbOigWamp98324 4 9 |Telophone800-42013C6360683-8300F0lt360683-3525 ^ E-mail salesa-msystefnscom website httpwwwaflisystems com

CO

TP501 O lt0

g OTPSOO

U560 S

Trig Gate

0 -TISOS

U570

U500

Timing

p U520

Timing

K U550 Timin

gt U540

U515

o X I Timin

U508 I

J510 Timing nnn

Burst Delay J400

gt U550

R503

D D I D bull U8QQ i Q

n

oo

V P 5 1 0

b U535

^

Clock i _

U555

lt U 5 4 5

o

h d ^ O - - ^ U605

Q D

U620

O fJZ^ R737 bull ^ 1^13015 r j C - C O M P

B B nU770 ^ ^ ^ 5 ^ a

J420

a

o E

bull [ ]U632

riueso

rR742rVhigh R 6 1 9 ^

LJ TP645 O TP650

TPMOQ^QS

Vlow

CD-

CZZl

J440 bull bull tl iUDQ

I t

f i l

Power supply and bias voltages

Power supply

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

POWER ON Observe voltage at P703 power supply wire top of main board

Check for+15 plusmn 050 V

Observe voltage at P701 power supply wire top of main board

Check for-15 plusmn 050 V

Observe voltage at U505(24) Check for +5 plusmn 025 V

Isolated supply voltage Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

RANGE 10 V TRIG open circuit MODE center position

Alternately observe V ^ from R742 to R740 and V ^ from theU605(4)toU605(8)

Adjust R773 so that 110VltV lt 120 V and

nigh

28VltV|^lt34V

Capacitance balance Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

Connect a xlO oscilloscope probe to TP650 and ground the

Adjust R737 for minimum high frequency signal

Inputs

Gate function Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave Verify that the voltage to GATE switches states at the Observe voltage at U510(3) proper input levels with an oscilloscope

Trigger slope Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave Verify that the voltage to TRIG switches states at the Observe voltage at U510( 1) proper input levels with an oscilloscope

TRIG SLOPE Verify voltage is 180deg out of phase

TRIG SLOPE Verify voltage is in phase

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 860 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Jelophone 800-4201306 360683-8300 bull FM 380683-3525 E-mail salesaflTsystBfnscom bull Vtebsite httpVAirwwaflisystems com

14

Trigger and gate f unc t i on

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

DELAY NONE BURS-nMDTH SINGLE DURATION SQUARE PERIOD 100X10-3

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave to TRIG Observe TRIGD and EVENT LEDs

TRIG disconnect all Short the GATE connector to GND Verify LEDs extinguish

MODE press to MANUAL Verify LEDs flash once

Timing

System c lock f requency

Controls Inputs Observations Ad jus t Check

Observe the frequency of the wave Verify 1000 MHz plusmn 001 atU555(17)

Mul t ip l iers (Wheel Swi tches)

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

PULSE SIGN-laquobull MODE FREE RUN TRIG disconnect all TIMING MULTIPUERS all

wheels set to zero except the one being tested

TIMING OVERLAP ignore

Observe the pulse width with the counter at the location specified t)elow

Verify pulse width is correct for each wheel as it is tested independently

For each wheel of each MULTIPLIER test each position to verify that the pulse width is correct Observe the signal at the following locations DELAY U520(2) BURSTWIDTH U530(2) PERIOD U540(2) DURATION U550(2)

Rates (Rotary Swi tches)

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

TIMING MULTIPUERS 001 Observe the pulse width with the TIMING RATES all rotary counter at the location specified

switches set to 10-4 below except the one being tested

Verify pulse width is correct for each rotary switch as it is tested independently

For each ofthe four rotary switches in TIMING test each position to verify that the pulse width is correct Observe the signal at the following locations DELAY U520(2) BURSTWIDTH U530(2) PERIOD U540(2) DURATION U550(2)

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 iTetophone 8004201306 bull 360683-8300 bull FOC 3606803525 E-mail salesa-msystemscom Wbbsite httpJwwwaflTSystemscom

15

Trigger outputs

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

Range 10V Pulse Amplitude 500 Delay 100 xlO^ Burst 100 x 10 ^ Duration 100x10-^ Period 400x10-^ Pulse sign + Trig Mode Free run Trig in open

Trigger the oscilloscope to the Burst Trig Out Observe it the Pulse Trig Out and the isolated output

Verify that the waveform consists of a burst of three 1ms-on3ms-off pulses The burst trigger should be synchronous with the burst the pulse trigger coincident with each pulse

Output Calibration

Isolation Resistance (check)

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode center position Trig In open

Measure the resistance between ground banana jack (front panel) and black banana jack of output with DMM

Resistance read gt 100MQ

Amplitude Switch Offset (R640)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Zero Trig Mode center position Trig In Open

Measure the voltage at TP645 vs TP650 with the DMM

Adjust R640 (AmpI Sw Offset) for minimum voltage

Output Offset (R332 front panel board) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Zero Range 10V Trig Mode center position Trig In Open

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

Adjust R332 (Output offset) for minimum voltage

Positive Baseline Offeet (R607) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Sign + Baseline Amplitude

fully CCW (000) Range 10V Trig In open Trig Mode center position

Measure the voltage across the outputwiththeDMM

Adjust R602 (BSLN + offset) for minimum voltage

fl-N Systems Inc 131 BusBiess Parti Loop P O Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Telophone B00-42O1306 bull 360683-8300 bull FAX 3606803525 E-mail salesaflisystemscom V^tebsite httpy^vwwa-msystems com

16

Negative Baseline Offset (R619)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Sign -Baseline Amplitude

fully CCW (000) Range 10V Trig In open Trig Mode center position

Measure the voltage across the outputwiththeDMM

Adjust R619 (BSLN + offset) for minimum voltage

Pulse Amplitude Adjust (R602)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode Free Mode Pulse Amplitude 1000 Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =1001 Period =00110-4 Pulse Sign -Trig In open Range 10V

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

The Overiap indicator should be on Adjust R602 (Max Level) for -10OOV out

Pulse Sign Gain (check)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode Free Mode Pulse Amplitude 1000 Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =100 1s Period =001 10-4s Trig In open Range 10V

Measure the voltage at the output with the DMM for the Pulse Sign at + and - positions

The absolute values ofthe voltages should differ by less than lOOmV

Baseline Amplitudes (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Range 100mA Trig Mode center position Baseline Amplitude fully CW (1000) Trig In open

Measure the voltage at the output with the DMM with Baseline Sign in + Zero and

- positions

Gain the matching of current levels at = and - positions and offset current in Zero position

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop PO Box 850 Cartsboig Wa 98324 Telophone 800-4201306 360683-8300 FkX 3606803525 E-mail salesa-msystemscom website http^^wwaflisystemsccm

17

Output Range Amplitude and Drive (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Pulse Amplitude 1000 Pulse Sign + Trig Mode Free Run Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =1001 Period =10010-4 Trig In open

Load the output with a 10KV 1W 01 resistor Measure the voltage at the output with DMM

Verify that full scale output is within specification Scale Range 100V 100V 10V 10V 100mA IV 1mA 10V 10mA 100V

Pulse Sign and Short Circuit Protection (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =200 10-4 Period =00110-3 Baseline Zero Pulse Amplitude 25 Range 10V Trig Mode Free Run Trig In open

Measure the voltage at the output with the oscilloscope Check for Pulse Sign set to each of + - biphasic Watch for Error indicator when shorting the output

Verify that pulses of approx 25V amplitude (625V for biphasic mode) of the correct sign are produced every 10ms Short output in biphasic mode Output should return when opened

Output Transient Response (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Pulse Sign + Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =20010-4 Period =00110-3 Pulse Amplitude 250 Baseline Zero Trig Mode Free Mode Trig In open

Connect the oscilloscope to the output with a 310 attenuator probe Test both 10V and 100V ranges

Verify that overshoot and risetime meet specifications

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Telophone 8004201306 bull 3606808300 bull Flaquo( 360laquo83ltJ525 E-mail salesa-msystemsocm V^febsite http^wwwa-msystefnscom

18

Specifications

There are three classes of specifications Class A specifications tested in all units and are guaranteed Class B specifications are inherent in the design they are indirectly tested and are guaranteed Class C specifications are typical operating values which are occasionally tested- these are typical values given for your information but not guarshyanteed The class for each specification is noted in the center column ofthe following sections

Inputs Switching level

Hysteresis

Input equivalent circuit

Minimum duration (1 IL-level signal)

A

C

C

C

16 V(plusmn 02 V)

approx 50 mV

lOOKH to+5 in parallel with no more than 35pF

gt 50 ns

Open circuit condition B defaults to highon level

Timing and rate accuracy Rate selector steps

Timing multiplier steps

B

B

lOOpsto 100s in 7 steps

1 of rate selector step size Maximum value is 999 X the rate selector step size

Resolution B approx 01 ofthe maximum value

Timing error (second and later pulses after resetting controls)

B lt 002 of rate selector value + 015 ps

Timing error (first pulse after readjusting timing controls)

an additional 025 ps error may occur

Timing repeatability lt 001 setting + 20 ns (monophasic)

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Ram Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Vfa 98324 pTelophone 8004201306 bull 360683-8300 bull FAX 360683-3525

E-mail salesraquoflisystems com Wabsite httpJAnww afl isystems com

19

TRIG IN to OUTPUT delay (DELAY set to 0) output set to 2V

Timing jitter from TRIG IN to OUTPUT (for TTL trigger input with risetime lt10 ns)

Timing jitter from TRIG OUT (either BURST or PULSE) and OUTPUT

Trigger output to pulse output delay

Output characteristics Pulse level error (voltage mode open circuit current mode short circuit

Biphasic level difference IV + - V-1 2

Baseline level error (voltage mode open circuit current mode short circuit)

Risetime (25 V out)

Risetime (25 V out)

Transient response

A

A

A

Output impedance (voltage mode) C

Output impedance (current mode) C

Isolation resistance A

Isolation capacitance C

approx 05 ps for a load of no more than 10 KH in parallel with 50 pF

lt 125 ns (all rates except 100s) lt 125 ps (100s rate)

Less than 20 ns (all rates)

approx 350 ns

lt 03 of setting + 05 of r range (plus an additional 05 pA in 100 pA range)

lt 03 of range (voltage modes into open circuit current modes into short circuit)

lt 03 of setting of setting + 01 of range (plus an additional 05 pA in lOOpA range)

= 200 ns into less than 30 pF

= 15 ps into less than 30 pF

lt 8 overshoot into less than 30 pF for pulse voltages different than baseline voltage by at least 10 of range

= 50 ohms

raquo 1 0 GH (typically 200 GO)

raquo 1 0 0 M n

= 60 pF at 100 Hz

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Peril Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg V6 98324 |TelCf)hone 800-4201306 3606808300 bull FAX 360683-3525 E-mal salesaflisystefnsoom Website hnpyMVfWafllsystemsoom

20

Noise (differential mode)

Noise (common mode earth to isolated ground) with no signal output

Overload error indicator (low frequency short circuited voltage mode)

Overload error indicator low frequency open circuited current mode)

Overioad error response time

Miscellaneous

= 1 mV rms (10 V scale 10 Hz-4 MHz)

= 8 mV rms (10 Hz-4 MHz) == 100mVp-p (200 Hz -10 MHz) measured withalOMH 15pF oscilloscope probe

Turns on for set amplitude at or greater than approx plusmn1 V (10 V range) or plusmn2 V (100 V range)

Turns on for set amplitude at or above approx 2 of range

Flat to approx 30 ps duration Decreasing sensitivity for shorter pulses

Power

Fuse

Operating temperature range

Storage temperature range

Operating humidity

Dimensions

approx 11 watts

1 amp 3AG

10-30degC

0 - 50deg C

5 - 80 RH

17x475x1125 (inches) 432x121x286 cm

Weight 20 lbs (9 kg)

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Wb 98324 |Tetcphone 8004201306 3606808300 bull FOt 360683-3525 E-mail satesamsystems comV^febsite httpywwwaflisystemscom

21

Warranty and Service

What does this warranty cover A-M Systems Inc warrants to the Purchaser that the Instrument excluding cables Headstage Probes and any other accessories shipped with the Instrument (hereafter the hardware) is free from defects in workmanship or material under normal use and service for the period of one (1) year This warranty commences on the date of delivery ofthe hardware to the Purchaser

What are the obligations of A-M Systems Inc under this warranty During the warranty period A-M Systems Inc agrees to repair or replace at its sole option without charge to the Purchaser any defective component part of the hardware To obtain warranty service the Purchaser must return the hardware to A-M Systems Inc or an authorized A-M Systems Inc distributor in an adequate shipping container Any postage shipping and insurance charges incurred in shipping the hardware to A-M Systems Inc must be prepaid by the Purchaser and all risk for the hardware shall remain with purchaser until such time as A-M Systems Inc takes receipt of the hardware Upon receipt A-M Systems Inc will promptly repair or replace the defective unit and then return the hardware to the Purchaser postage shipping and insurance prepaid A-M Systems Inc may use reconditioned or like new parts or units at its sole option when repairing any hardware Repaired products shall carry the same amount of outstanding warranty as from original purchase or ninety (90) days which ever is greater Any claim under the warranty must include a dated proof of purchase ofthe hardware covered by this warranty In any event A-M Systems Inc liability for defective hardware is limited to repairing or replacing the hardware

What is not covered by this warranty This warranty is contingent upon proper use and maintenance ofthe hardware by the Purchaser and does not cover batteries Neglect misuse whether intentional or othenwise tampering with or altering the hardware damage caused by accident damage caused by unusual physical electrical chemical or electromechanical stress damage caused by failure of electrical power or damage caused during transportation are not covered by this wan-anty Products may not be returned to A-M Systems Inc for service whether under warranty or otherwise which are contaminated by infectious agents radioactive compounds or other materials constituting a health hazard to employees of A-M Systems Inc

What are the limits of liability for A-M Systems Inc under this warranty A-M Systems Inc shall not be liable for loss of data profits or savings or any special incidental consequential indirect or other similar damages arising from breach of contract negligence or other legal action even if the company or its agent has been advised of the possibility of such damages or for any claim brought against you by another party THIS EQUIPMENT IS NOT INTENDED FOR CLINICAL MEASUREMENTS USING HUMAN SUBJECTS A-M SYSTEMS INC DOES NOT ASSUME RESPONSIBILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE DUE TO MISUSE OF THIS EQUIPMENT Jurisdictions vary with regard to the enforceability of provisions excluding or limiting liability for incidental or consequential damages Check the provision of your local jurisdiction to find out whether the above exclusion applies to you

This warranty allocates risks of product failure between the Purchaser and A-M Systems Inc A-M Systems Inc hardware pricing reflects this allocation of risk and the limitations of liability contained in this warranty The warranty set forth above is in lieu of all other express warranties whether oral or written The agents employees distributors and dealers of A-M Systems Inc are not authorized to make modifications to this warranty or additional wan-anties binding on the company Accordingly additional statements such as dealer advertising or presentations whether oral or written do not constitute warranties by A-M Systems Inc and should not be relied upon This warranty gives you specific legal rights You may also have other rights which vary from one jurisdiction to another

fl-N Systems Inc 131BusinessPartiLoop RO Box850CartsbOfgWa98324 p O |Telophone 8004201306 bull 360683-8300FOC 3606830525 ^ ^ E-mail saiesaflisystefTiscom Wbbsite httpVwwwa-msystemscom

Problem Solving

If the instrument appears to be not working properly check all of the control settings and connections Be sure to wait at least 5-10 seconds after turning the instrument off before turning it on again The following summary of typical problems for the user (along with the most common solutions) may help

Problem CauseSolution

EVENT indicator never lights even in FREE RUN mode

bull Replace fuse check power connection bullSet DELAY or PERIOD to a shorter

interval bull Power-on too soon after power-off

OVERLAP indicator is on

ERROR indicator is on

Set DURATION gt000 DURATION is set to SQUARE but PERIOD is 000 Increase PERIOD or set DURATION independantly BURST and WIDTH are gt DURATION increase PERIOD or decrease DURATION BIPHASIC pulse output is on and PERIOD is not longer than twice the DURATION Increase PERIOD or decrease DURATION Free-run is on and BURST is lt PERIOD (BURST off) DELAY is 0 and PERIOD is lt DURATION Add delay or modify PERIOD Free-run is on and BURST is gt DURATION (BURSTON) and PERIOD is lt DURATION Increase PERIOD For VOLTAGE outputs the output is trying to drive too low a resistance or capacitance (eg a short circuit) Check by disconnecting the output It is possible (and normal) that for the fastest cycles and largest amplitudes (close to 100 V and 17S) that the ERROR indicator might always come on during repetitive pulses Fix output load or decrease amplitude as required

Time appears to be excessive Changed control in mid-cycle (resets current status)

A B B ^ J I - mdash 131 Business Park Loop RO Box 850 CaitsbotftWa 98324

gt | y | O y S i e m S |nCtradedegraquo0raquo 80O426-1306-36Olaquo8O8300-FAX36O683-3525

8 E-mail salesOa-msyaemscom bull Website httpwwwa-msystemscom

Cant seem to get a full signal out

Incoming triggers not accepted frequently enough

bull Load is not properly connected repair wiring

bull Too low a load impedance (VOLTAGE modes) or too high a load impedance (CURRENT mode)

bull PERIOD is set too long (enforces dead tinrie) followd by BURST set to SIGNAL Reduce PERIOD time

Table 10 Problem Solving

If you suspect that the Model 2100 may have completely failed we recommend checking the basic level of functionality If this fails your instrument is defective and must be repaired If this passes either your experimental setup is incompatible or inconsistent or there is a more subtle flaw in your Modei 2100

If the Model 2100 appears to be malfunctioning contact A-M Systems Inc or your dealer We will first attempt to solve the problem over the telephone so have an exact description of your problem available when you call You do not need to be within the warranty period to obtain over-the-phone assistance

A-M Systems Inc 131 Business Park Loop PO Box 850 Carfsbofg Wa 98324 Tatophone 80O426-1306 bull 360-688300 FAX 380683-3S25 E-mail salesfla-msystemscom Website httpwwwa-msystemscom

Theory of Operation

The operation of the Model 2100 is summarized in the block diagram (see the figure on Page 11) Not shown are all of the interconnections with the microcontroller The internal microcontroler plays an important role in setting the signal path but does not directly contribute to the dynamic characteristics It scans the front panel switches and sets the control values for the logic arrays It programs the internal counters which along with the other hardware achieve the necessary sub-microsecond speeds

All action starts either from an input trigger signal (from Trig In) or from an internal signal (in free Run mode only) A Delay timer counts the 10MHz clock until its count value is exhausted At this point the Burst timer starts Both Period and Duration timers are started at this time If the Burst timer has not expired by the end of the Period the Period and Duration timers are restarted If the Biphasic mode has been set the Duration timer is restarted at the end of the initial Duration and the sign of the output pulse is reversed doubling the total duration

The system state (pulse on pulse sip baseline sign [+0-]) is transmitted to the isolated section via optoisolator The baseline and pulse amplitudes are selected by an analog switch The resulting signal is amplified by a variable-power-supply discrete operational amplifier The amplifier connections and gain is modified to provide two voltage and three current ranges

Timing overlap errors are detected by a logical decision computation rather than by testing for counter collisions This provides instant feedback rather than waiting up to an hour for such a collision to occur Output errors are measured by sensing the output amplifiers differential input voltage Under normal conditions this is a negligible voltage If the amplifier fails to deliver the requested signal the window comparator testing this voltage sends this message (via optoisolator) to the logic section turning on a warning LED

A-M Systems Inc 131 Business Paik Loop PO Box 850 CailsboraWa 98324 i Q Te(ophone 800-426-1306 bull36O683laquo00FAX 360683-3525 ^ E-mail salesOa-msystemscom Website httpywwwa-m5ystemscom

GATE IN

TRIG ^ OUT

(burst)

OPTO ISOLATOR

Amplitude (Pulse)

TRIG -lt^ OUT

(pulse)

c 1

RANGE

C

Analog switch

C

)

-D^sectli OUTPUT

Baseline sign )

Amplitude (baseline) )

O H q

ill V) 5 o i^8 e e -a a fi a

bull o c

M E o ts gtraquo

lt

Calibration Procedures

The calibration intenal is the lesser of 1000 hours of operation or 6 months Somewhat greater drift can be expected in the first 100 hours of operation as the semiconductors age Adjustments should only be made after the instrument has been fully warmed up for at least 15 minutes

Full instrument calibration requires the following test equipment digital multimeter (plusmn 01 ) able to measure resistance to at least 10OMfl oscilloscope with at least 50MHz bandwidth true-rms voltmeter with 4MHz bandwidth universal counter (plusmn 001) able to measure single pulse widths and periods resistors (all plusmn 01) 2kn lOkO 1 watt 20ka 200ka alligator clip lead sets banana plugs and BNC adapters

Adjustment integrated circuit and test point locations are shown in the following figures All adjustments are on the timing board unless otherwise noted

All voltages in the non-isolated section should be measured with respect to ground at TP510 unless othenwise stated Some voltages are measured with respect to an internal isolated ground at TP650 or across the two output terminals Occasionally the voltage at an IC pin must be measured in these cases the reference designator is given with the pin number in parentheses eg U602(16) When it states within this procedure that a voltage is to be minimized this means that the adjustment should be made such that the measured voltage is as close to zero volts as possible Refer to the Specifications Section of this manual for acceptable tolerances

The sequence of this procedure is important If any adjustment is made all adjustments which follow must be made to ensure that the specifications will be met These procedures require that all controls remain as set in previous steps unless otherwise indicated

WARNING

The Model2100 has dangerous voltages throughout the instrument even with the power is off Servicing the Mode2700 should only be done by qualified service personnel Use caution in handling any wires connectors or electrodes which may be directly or indirectly attached to the instrument Do not touch exposed connections or components Disconnect power by unplugging the power cord from the receptacle

A B B ^ _ _ mdash ^ _ I raquo laquo 131SusinessParkLoopROBox850CaitsborBWa98324 -JO

E-mail S8le60a-msystemscom Website httpwwwa-msystemscam

CO

TP501 O o

a OTPsoo

U560 bull

D D D D Q ^ U510

Trig Gate

U570

OQ Q

U500

n U505

Timing

gt U520

Timing

) U530

Timing

gt U540

Q U515

Timing

U508

R503

DDID E

a

gt oo

bull U800 l O r v o w iV_X^TP510 O

U525

f

A U535

^ U550

Timing ^

Clock

U555

J510 Burst Delay

J400 bull U545

d R742^VWgh R619 o

r RZZ3 R737 an c n V - I J I S O I S ^ ^C-COMP

U620 ^ Q Q bull ^ ^ bull

J420 O ^ D^ J440 IfYYYlDfYyYYYYYYYII C Z J E X C T

Q Otrsetl I p J Vlow

L J TP645 C=) cm P650

bull bull fe elUOD

irt

PI pound A

o c

E o

0)

Power supply and bias voltages

Power supply

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

POWER ON Observe voltage at P703 power supply wire top of main board

Check for+15 plusmn 050 V

Observe voltage at P701 power supply wire top of main board

Check for-15 plusmn 050 V

Observe voltage at U505(24) Check for +5 plusmn 025 V

Isolated supply voltage

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

RANGE 10 V TRIG open circuit MODE center position

Alternately observe V from high

R742 to R740 and V _ from kw

the U605(4) to U605(8)

Adjust R773 so that 110VltV lt 120 V and

high

28VltV^^lt34V

Capacitance balance

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

Connect a x10 oscilloscope probe to TP650 and ground the

Adjust R737 for minimum high frequency signal

Inputs

Gate funct ion

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave Verify that the voltage to GATE switches states at the Observe voltage at U510(3) proper input levels with an oscilloscope

Trigger s lope

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave Verify that the voltage to TRIG switches states at the Observe voltage at U510(1) proper input levels with an oscilloscope

TRIG SLOPE-I- Verify voltage is 180deg out of phase

TRIG SLOPE- Verify voltage is in phase

A-M Systems Inc 131 Business Paik Loop PO Box 850 Cailsborg Wa 98324 Tekvhone 8004201306 36O683laquo300 - FAX 360683-3S2S E-mail salesOa-msystemscom Website httpywwwa-msystemscom

14

Trigger and gate funct ion

Controls Inputs Observations

DELAY NONE BURSTWIDTH SINGLE DURATION SQUARE PERIOD 100X10-3

AdjustCheck

Apply a 1 kHz 0 -5 V triangle wave to TRIG Observe TRiGoand EVENT LEDS

TRIG disconnect all Short the GATE connector to GND Verify LEDs extinguish

MODE press to MANUAL Verify LEDs flash once

Timing

System clock frequency

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

Observe the frequency of the wave Verify 1000 MHz plusmn 001 atU555(17)

Mu l t i p l i e rs (Whee l Sw i t ches )

Controls Inputs Observat ions A d j u s t C h e c k

PULSE SIGN+ MODE FREE RUN TRIG disconnect all TIMING MULTIPUERS all

Wheels set to zero except the one being tested

TIMING OVERLAP ignore

Observe the pulse width with the counter at the location specified below

Verify pulse width is correct for each wheel as it is tested independently

For each wheel of each MULTIPLIER test each position to verify that the pulse width is correct Observe the signal at the following locations DELAY U520(2) BURSTWIDTH U530(2) PERIOD U540(2) DURATION U550(2)

Rates (Rotary Switches)

Controls Inputs Observations A d j u s t C h e c k

TIMING MULTIPUERS 001 TIMING RATES all rotary

switches set to 10-4 except the one being tested

Observe the pulse width with the counter at the location specified below

Verify pulse width is correct for each rotary switch as it is tested independently

For each of the four rotary switches in TIMING test each position to verify that the pulse width is correct Observe the signal at the following locations DELAY U520(2) BURSTWIDTH U530(2) PERIOD U540(2) DURATION U550(2)

A-M Systems Inc 131 Business Paik Loop PO Box 850 Caiisborg Wa 98324 Telophone 800-428-1306 bull 3606808300 FAX 360683-3525 E-mail salesOa-msystemscom Website httpwwwa-msystemscom

15

Trigger outputs Controls

Range 10V Pulse Amplitude 500 Delay 100x10-2 Burst 100x10-2 Duration 100 xlQ-^ Period 400x10-3 Pulse sign + Trig Mode Free run Trig in open

Inputs Observations

Trigger the oscilloscope to the Burst Trig Out Observe it the Pulse Trig Out and the isolated output

AdjustCheck

Verify that the waveform consists of a burst of three 1 ms-on3ms-off pulses The burst trigger should be synchronous with the burst the pulse trigger coincident with each pulse

Output Calibration

Isolation Resistance (check) Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

Trig Mode center position Trig In open

Measure the resistance between ground banana jack (front panel) and black banana jack of output with DMM

Resistance read gt 10OMQ

Amplitude Switch Offset (R640) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Zero Trig Mode center position Trig In Open

Measure the voltage at TP645 vs TP650 with the DMM

Adjust R640 (AmpI Sw Offset) for minimum voltage

Output Offset (R332 front panel board) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Zero Range 10V Trig Mode center position Trig In Open

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

Adjust R332 (Output offset) for minimum voltage

Positive Baseline Offset (R607) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Sign + Baseline Amplitude

fully CCW (000) Range 10V Trig In open Trig Mode center position

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

Adjust R602 (BSLN + offset) for minimum voltage

A-M Systems Inc 131 Business Paik Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Jelophone 8004201306 36O6834300 - FAX 380laquo83-352S E-mail salesOa-msystemscom Website httpwwwa-msystemscam

16

Negative Baseline Offset (R619)

Controls InputsObservations

Baseline Sign -Baseline Amplitude

fully CCW (000) Range 10V Trig In open Trig Mode center position

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

AdjustCheck

Adjust R619 (BSLN + offset) for minimum voltage

Pulse Ampl i tude Adjust (R602)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode Free Mode Pulse Amplitude 1000 Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =1001 Period =00110-4 Pulse Sign -Trig In open Range 10V

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

The Overlap indicator should be on Adjust R602 (Max Level) for -10OOV out

Pulse Sign Gain (check)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode Free Mode Pulse Amplitude 1000 Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =100 Is Period =001 10-4s Trig In open Range 10V

Measure the voltage at the output with the DMM for the Pulse Sign at + and - positions

The absolute values of the voltages should differ by less than 10OmV

Baseline Ampl i tudes (check)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

flange 100mA Trig Mode center position Baseline Amplitude fully CW (1000) Trig In open

Measure the voltage at the output with the DMM with Baseline Sign in + Zero and - positions

Gain the matching of current levels at = and - positions and offset current in Zero position

A-M Systems Inc 131 Business Psik Loop PO Box 850 Caiisborg Wa 98324 Telophone 800426-1306 bull 36Olaquo8raquo8300 bull FAX 360683-3525 E-mail salesOa-msystemscom Website httpwwwa-msystemsccm

17

Output Range Amplitude and Drive (check)

Controls InputsObservations

Pulse Amplitude 1000 Pulse Sign + Trig Mode Free Run Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =1001 Period =10010-4 Trig In open

Load the output with a 10KV 1W 01 resistor Measure the voltage at the output with DMM

Pulse Sign and Short Circuit Protection (check)

Controls

Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =200 10-4 Period =00110-3 Baseline Zero Pulse Amplitude 25 Range 10V Trig Mode Free Run Trig In open

InputsObservations

Measure the voltage at the output with the oscilloscope Check for Pulse Sign set to each of + - biphasic Watch for Error indicator when shorting the output

Output Transient Response (check)

Controls InputsObservations

Verify that full scale output is within specification Scale Range 100V 100V 10V 10V 100mA IV 1mA 10V 10mA 100V

AdjustCheck

Verify that pulses of approx 25V amplitude (625V for biphasic mode) of the correct sign are produced every 10ms Short output in biphasic mode Output should return when opened

AdjustCheck

Pulse Sign + Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =20010-4 Period =00110-3 Pulse Amplitude 250 Baseline Zero Trig Mode Free Mode Trig In open

Connect the oscilloscope to the output with a 310 attenuator probe Test both 10V and 10OV ranges

Verify that overshoot and risetime meet specifications

A-M Systems Inc 131 Business Paik Loop PO Box 850 Cailsbora Wa 98324 Tetophone 8004201306 bull 36Oeuro83-8300 bull FAX 360683-352S E-mail salasOa-msystemscom Website hitpywwwa-msystamsoom

18

Specifications

There are three classes of specifications Class A specifications tested in all units and are guaranteed Class B specifications are inherent in the design they are indirectly tested and are guaranteed Class C specifications are typical operating values which are occasionally tested- these are typical values given for your information but not guarshyanteed The class for each specification is noted in the center column of the following sections

Inputs Switching level

Hysteresis

Input equivalent circuit

Minimum duration (TTL-level signal)

A

C

C

C

16 V (plusmn 02 V)

approx 50 mV

lOOKfl to-1-5 in parallel with no more than 35pF

gt50ns

Open circuit condition B defaults to highon level

Timing and rate accuracy

Rate selector steps

Timing multiplier steps

B

B

100S to 100s in 7 steps

1 of rate selector step size Maximum value is 999 X the rate selector step size

Resolution B approx 01 of the maximum value

Timing error (second and later pulses after resetting controls)

B lt 002 of rate selector value + 015S

Timing error (first pulse after readjusting timing controls)

an additional 025s error may occur

Timing repeatability lt 001 settings-20 ns (mbnophasic)

A-M Systems Inc 131 Business Paik Loop PO Box 850 Caiisborg Wa 98324 Telophone 8004201306 3606808300 FAX 3606803S25 E-mail salesOa-msystemscom bull Website httpyy(wwaltTisystemscom

19

TRIG IN to OUTPUT delay (DELAY set to 0) output set to 2V

Timing jitter from TRIG IN to OUTPUT (for TTL trigger input with risetime lt10 ns)

Timing jitter from TRIG OUT (either BURST or PULSE) and OUTPUT

Trigger output to pulse output delay

Output characteristics Pulse level error (voltage mode open circuit current mode short circuit

Biphasic level difference IV-H-i-V-l2

Baseline level error (voltage mode A open circuit current mode short circuit)

Risetime (25 V out)

Risetime (25 V out)

Transient response

A

A

A

Output impedance (voltage mode) C

Output impedance (current mode) C

Isolation resistance A

Isolation capacitance C

approx 05 ps for a load of no more than 10 Kft in parallel with 50 pF

lt 125 ns (all rates except 100s) lt125ys (100s rate)

Less than 20 ns (all rates)

approx 350 ns

lt 03 of setting -i- 05 of r range (plus an additional 05vA in 100 ywA range)

lt 03 of range (voltage modes into open circuit current modes into short circuit)

lt 03 of setting of setting -I- 01 of range (plus an additional 05 pA in 100A range)

= 200 ns into less than 30 pF

= 15 yws into less than 30 pF

lt 8 overshoot into less than 30 pF for pulse voltages different than baseline voltage by at least 10 of range

= 50 ohms

raquo 1 0 Ga (typically 200 GD)

raquo 1 0 0 M n

= 60 pF at 100 Hz

A BB f ^ _ M 1 ^ ^ 131 Business Paik Loop ROBOx850Cai1sOorgWaW3Z4

- I V l o V S i e m S inC80Ph0trade80O42O1308-36O683-8300-FAX36O683-3525 7 bull bull bull bull ^ ^ E-maasale80a-m8vstemscomWebsitehitpjwwwaltnsyste

20 E-mai salesO a-m8ystemscom Website http jwwwa-msystemscom

Noise (differential mode)

Noise (common mode earth to isolated ground) with no signal output

Overload error indicator (low frequency short circuited voltage mode)

Overload error indicator low frequency open circuited current mode)

Overload error response time

Miscellaneous

= 1 mV rms (10 V scale 10 Hz-4 MHz)

- 8 mV rms (10 Hz-4 MHz) =laquo100mVp-p (200 Hz -10 MHz) measured withalOMn 15pF oscilloscope probe

Turns on for set amplitude at or greater than approx plusmn1 V (10 V range) or plusmn2 V (100 V range)

Turns on for set amplitude at or above approx 2 of range

Flat to approx 30 ps duration Decreasing sensitivity for shorter pulses

Power

Fuse

Operating temperature range

Storage temperature range

Operating humidity

Dimensions

Weight

approx 11 watts

1 amp 3 AG

10-30degC

0 - 50deg C

5 - 80 RH

17x475x1125 (inches) 432x121x286 cm

20 lbs (9 kg)

A-M Systems Inc 131 Business Paik Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Tekjptwne 8004201306 bull 36Olaquo8O8300 bull FAX 360laquo8O3525 E-mail salesOa-msystemscom Website httpywwwa-msystemscom

21

Warranty and Service

What does this warranty cover A-f Systems Inc warrants to the Purchaser that the Instrument excluding cables Headstage Probes and any other accessories shipped with the Instrument (hereafter the hardware) is free from defects in workmanship or material under normal use and service for the period of one (1) year This warranty commences on the date of delivery of the hardware to the Purchaser

What are the obligations of A-M Systems Inc under this warranty During the warranty period A-M Systems Inc agrees to repair or replace at its sole option without charge to the Purchaser any defective component part of the hardware To obtain warranty service the Purchaser must return the hardware to A-l^ Systems Inc or an authorized A-M Systems Inc distributor in an adequate shipping container Any postage shipping and insurance charges incurred in shipping the hardware to A-M Systems Inc must be prepaid by the Purchaser and all risk for the hardware shall remain with purchaser until such time as A-M Systems Inc takes receipt of the hardware Upon receipt A-M Systems Inc will promptly repair or replace the defective unit and then return the hardware to the Purchaser postage shipping and insurance prepaid A-M Systems Inc may use reconditioned or like new parts or units at its sole option when repairing any hardware Repaired products shall carry the same amount of outstanding warranty as from original purchase or ninety (90) days which ever is greater Any claim under the warranty must include a dated proof of purchase of the hardware covered by this warranty In any event A-M Systems Inc liability for defective hardware is limited to repairing or replacing the hardware

What is not covered by this warranty This warranty is contingent upon proper use and maintenance of the hardware by the Purchaser and does not cover batteries Neglect misuse whether intentional or othenvise tampering with or altering the hardware damage caused by accident damage caused by unusual physical electrical chemical or electromechanical stress damage caused by failure of electrical power or damage caused during transportation are not covered by this warranty Products may not be returned to A-M Systems Inc for service whether under warranty or otherwise which are contaminated by Infectious agents radioactive compounds or other materials constituting a health hazard to employees of A-M Systems Inc

What are the limits of liability for A-M Systems Inc under this warranty A-M Systems Inc shall not be liable for loss of data profits or savings or any special incidental consequential indirect or other similar damages arising from breach of contract negligence or other legal action even if the company or its agent has been advised of the possibility of such damages or for any claim brought against you by another party THIS EQUIPMENT IS NOT INTENDED FOR CLINICAL MEASUREMENTS USING HUMAN SUBJECTS A-M SYSTEMS INC DOES NOT ASSUME RESPONSIBILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE DUE TO MISUSE OF THIS EQUIPMENT Jurisdictions vary with regard to the enforceability of provisions excluding or limiting liability for incidental or consequential damages Check the provision of your local jurisdiction to find out whether the above exclusion applies to you

This warranty allocates risks of product failure between the Purchaser and A-M Systems Inc A-M Systems Inc hardware pricing reflects this allocation of ris1lt and the limitations of liability contained in this warranty The warranty set forth above is in lieu of all other express warranties whether oral or written The agents employees distributors and dealers of A-M Systems Inc are not authorized to make modifications to this warranty or additional warranties binding on the company Accordingly additional statements such as dealer advertising or presentations whether oral or written do not constitute warranties by A-M Systems Inc and should not be relied upon This warranty gives you specific legal rights You may also have other rights which vary from one jurisdiction to another

A B B J l laquo raquo ^ t3tBusinessPafkLoopPOBox850Cai1sbO(gWa98324

- | V | O V S i e m S |nCtrade042O1306-36O68O8300-FAX36O68O3525 E-mail salasOa-msvstemscom bull Website httowwwa-msvste

t3tBusinassParkLaopROBox8SOCai1sbo(gWa98324 po Telophone 8004201306 360683-8300 FAX 3606803525 ^ ^ E-maH salesOa-msystemscom Wetsite httpwwwa-msystem3e0m

mwal

INSTRUCTION MANUAL

FOR

ISOLATED PULSE STIMULATOR

MODEL 2100

Serial

Date

A-M Systems Inc

PO Box 850

Carisborg WA 98324

USA

360-683-8300 bull 800-426-1306 FAX 360-683-3525

httpwwwa-m8y8temscom

Version 50 May 1998

Contents General Description 1

Instrument Features 1 Controls and Connectors 2

Operating Instructions 6 Theory of Operation 10 Calibration Procedures 12

Inputs ii 14 Output Calibration iii i 16

Specifications i4 il u 19 Warranty and Service wi iJ iJi [ii 22

Each Isolated Pulse Stimulator Is delivered complete with

Rack Mount Hardware Instructions amp Maintenance Manual

NOTE

This instrument is not intended for clinical measurements using human subjects A-M Systems Inc does not assume msponsibility for injury or damage due to the misuse of this instrument

General bull M ^ ion

Instrument Features The Isolated Pulse Stimulator Model 2100 Is designed for a wide variety of applications It is highly flexible being capable of delivering single pulses biphasic pairs or bursts of pulses Pulses may be started manually or upon receiving a trigger signal from another instrument or computer Two non-isolated trigger outputs are available for triggering other instruments

Four sets of timing controls provide comprehensive control over all aspects of pulse generation Three digit accuracy is available over a 7 decade range for each timing function using lever wheel switches Pulse wkiths can be set over more than a 9 decade range from 05 [is to 999 seconds Timing accuracy is assured through the use of a 10 MHz base rate crystal-controlled clock digitally divided to provide accurate timing over the entire range A timing overiap indicator will light if the timing controls are set Inconsistently

The output may be conveniently switched between cun-ent and voltage modes Pulse and baseline amplitudes are independently presettable with lockable dials An error indicator will light if the Model 2100 cannoi deliver the desired signal

WARNING

The Model 2100 can produce potentially dangemus voltages up to 100 V et the output connectors The isolated output is not connected internally to safety (earth) ground in ahy way Some part of the extemal circuit should be connected to safety gmund Use caution in handling any wires connectors or electrodes which may be directly or indirectly attached to the Model 2100 output Some lltinds of connectors such as BNC connectors have exposed metal parts which may float at dangemus potentials unless extemally connected to safety gmund For greatest safety tum the Model 2100 off before making any connections to

the Instrument

131 Business Park LocfiPO Box BSOCarM)orgWa 98324 800426-1308 bull36OlaquoS3laquo300FAX 3 6 M 8 3 ^ 2 5

E-malt uiittyBQaHiByBtumaooiTi Wobsita HipJtwtiwiwftbMiAcon fl-N SystQms I n c ^ T

Controls and Connectors The controls for the Model 2100 are grouped in three sections START controlling when a pulse or burst of pulses begins TIMING controlling the onoff timing of one or more pulses and otJTPliT controlling the amplitude of the output signal

Start TRIG SLOPE This switch determines whether valid triggers occur at positive or negative edges in the trigger signal

MODE This switch controls how wavefomris are initiated When set to FREE RUN one timing cycle immediately follows the last When held in the MANUAL position a timing cycle starts immediately When the switch is in the center position timing cycles start when valid triggering events occur

TRIGD This LED lights up when a timing cycle is in process and continues until the burst is completed

TRIG This BNC connector allows a signal from an extemal source to initiate timing cycles It is set for standard TTL levels

GATE This BNC connector allows a signal from an extemal source to restrict the final output signal This input must be at a logical high (or open-circuited) in order for the Model 2100 to recognize either manual or automatic trigger events

Gate 1_ Trigger [~^ i I Valid triggers are represented by the arrows in the figure Note that the up arrow would apply only if TRIG SLOPE is set to + the down anrows would apply only if TRIG SLOPE is set to-

NOTE Triggers have no effect if the system has not completed its response to a previous trigger

fl-N SystQms I n c ^ 131 Business Park Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 600426-13063eO683laquo300FAX 360683^525

E-maB anBysQraquoinsyaleiTaconi Wsbalto h^KAvwwa-(nsys(smsoom

Timing Four sets of controls govem the timing of pulse generation Each set contains two values which are multiplied together to detennine the actual timing value The rotary knob (rate selector) provides the approximate timing value and the lever wheel switch bank (MULTIPLIER) provkles a time resolution of three decimal digits The following diagram shows most of the important relationships

Pnfe-tRAIM I B E L A V i6Molaquo

BURST WIOtH

Output r Delay

t n

Duration - ^ lt - |4Periodgt|

FLJI -^ Burst width

Trigger event

DELAY These controls set the time between the initiating trigger event and the beginning of the pulse burst If this rate selector is set to NONE or the multiplier is set to ooo there is no delay

BURSTWIDTH These controls set the time period in which one or more pulses may be delivered Once started a pulse may outlast the burst width If this rate selector is set to SINGLE or to any time shorter than the pulse duration only a single pulse will occur If the BURSTWIDTH is longer than the period pulses will be emitted at the PERIOD rate until the burst time ends Pulses are never truncated by a short BURST WIDTH

iNTpoundA-PULSiE PBRiOb

DURATION These controls set the length of each pulse If this rate selector is set to SQUARE the duration is set to half of the period regardless of the MULTIPLIER setting

PERIOD These controls set the period of time between adjacent pulse events within the burst It also forces a minimum dead time between recognized input triggers following a burst of one or more pulses This can be used to prevent over stimulation of a tissue without requiring excessive delay between the triggering event and the stimulating pulse

TlMtNQ OVERLAP

mLiHMPi

VVtJ jiwaa lasm nlaquoilaquo u

t^fi SysUms I n c ^ Elt4nsfl a m

131 Business Pofc Loop PO Box 850 Carisborg 1^98324 600-426-1306 36O6834300 FAK 360683^525

E-mai vrvysQfrflisysleraLOCniWutiailQL N^jAwwa^iByslernUiOOni

NOTE If any of these timing controls are changed while a timing cycle is in operation the results are undefined until the cunent cycle flnishes

TIMING OVERLAP This LED will light to indicate an Inconsistency in the timing cycle settings There are several ways to Introduce such errors The most common way is to set the inter-pulse PERIOD to be less than the pulse DURATION

TRIG OUT (UPPER) This BNC connector provides a signal which is coinckient with the intemal Burst timing signal (default) This means the signal starts at the end of the Delay time and persists until the Burst time expires This output may also be set to represent the delay time-out by setting the internal jumper J510 to the left two pins Instead of the right two pins (Please see the Calibration section in this manual for jumper location Directions are given as viewed from the fix)nt of the instrument)

TRIG OUT (LOWER) This BNC connector provides a signal which is coincident with the Duration timing signal which controls pulse output

NOTE Both trigger output signals slightly lead the isolated output signal

Output PULSE SIGN This Switch sets the sign for the pulses to be generated It also allows generation of biphasic pulses thereby doubling the effective total period Warning the first pulse genemted after changing the PULSE SIGN svntch may have the wmng polarity

BASELINE This switch sets the sign for the baseline signal

RANGE This rotary switch allows one of three current or two voltage ranges to be selected for the output signal

BASELINE AMPLITUDE This counting dial are independently set using ten-minute counting dials with the baseline having one tenth the range of the pulse amplitude

A-N Systlaquomslaquo Inc 131 Buskiess Partt Loop PO BoK 8S0 Cailsbarg Wa 96324 laophone 8004201306 bull36O68M300-FAX 3eolaquo8M525 E-mat bullmsysflMnsyslermoom VMaHsr Hlplhfimnmyekmoom

PULSE AMPLITUDE This counting dial

EVENTS This LED indicates when a pulse is ongoing

ERROR This LED indicates when the intemal output amplifier cannot output the pulse as desired This is usually due to a short circuit while trying to output a voltage or an open circuit while trying to output a current

One control from the Ot^uf section directly affects wavefonn timing the Pulse Sign control When set to the Biphasic mode a positive-going pulse is Immediately followed by a negative-going pulse This effectively doubles the pulse duration If a burst of biphasic pulses is being produced the period must be at least twice the single pulse duration In the Sgtan wave mode the baseline disappears as long as the burst persists

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Bushass Park locpPOBooi 850 C8ri9bcrgMS8324 IMqphona 800426-1306 bull36Olaquo83laquo3a0 FAX 360683-3529 E-nal amsyaOa4nsyatemscomWeMlK hMpJVniwa-nsygtatnscom

Operating Instructions

Examples Simple setup (and minimal Instrument tost)

Connect the output of the Model 2100 to an oscilloscope Before connecting the instrument it is safest to turn its power off

Set the Ou^uf controls

Range Pulse Sign

Baseline Pulse Amplitude

10V +

Zero 200

Setting The Timing Controls

Delay Burst Width

Duratbn Period

none single

15010-2 500102

Setting The Start Controls

Mode Free Run

Disconnect any cables to the TRIG or GATE Inputs

Note that the green Trig and Event Indicators tum on as Free Run is turned on (and tum off othenwise) You should observe a 15ms duration 20Hz rate pulse of 200V above a OV baseline on the oscilloscope i

A ^ M ^ _ _ _ A ^ _ _ _ 1 ^ 131BiiHnD8raquoParttloopPOBoxB50Car)sbcrBlaquoraquoS8324

bull P l ^ y S W n i S f |nC ltV^gt^8deglt^^2O1306380laquo8OS3a0FAX36O6BMS2S

6 E-fnflk 9n^fBOs-in9ystsni9cx]fnWDbs)tec H^ff9Nw^myStem9oom

Demonstration of Burst Mode Connect the output of the Model 2100 to an oscilloscope Before connecting the instrument it is safest to tum Its power off

Set the Output controls

Range Pulse Sign

Baseline Pulse Amplitude

Baseline Amplitude

Setting The Timing Controls

Delay Burst Width

Duration

Period

Set the START controls as follows

Mode

Disconnect any cables to the TRIG or GATE inputs

Trigger the oscilloscope from the Burst trigger out (upper Tr^ Out connector) for a stable display In each burst (occumng every lOOms) you should observe a trio of 15ms duration starting 50ms apart Try switching the StartMode from Free Run to the center (nomnal) position The pulses will no longer be produced and the Trig and Event indicators will turn off Pressing this switch once (to Manual) will cause a single burst to occur

880 120 150 500

10V +

200 100

102 102 102 102

Free Run

fleaff SySlQmSa |nCa deglgt ltlt ^ ^ deg ^ degdeg ^ ^ ^ bull E-matmia

131 Business Park LoopPO Box 850 Carisborg Vfe 86324 lUcphcna 800426-1306 36Olaquo83laquo300 FAX 36068raquo52 E-maft tfii8ysOiHn^nleiTBcom1AWisJto HSpitwraquoM^wytAtii9oom

Problem SoMng If the Instrument appears to be not worthing properiy check all of the control settings and connections Be sure to wait at least 5-10 seconds after turning the Instrument off before tuming it on again The following t6ef summary of typical problems for the user (along with the most common solutions) may help

Problem CauseSolution EVENT indicator never lights even in FREE RUN mode

bull Replace fuse check power connection bullSet DELAY or PERIOD to a shorter interval

bull Power-on too soon after power-off

OVERLAP Indicator is on

ERROR indicator is on

Time appears to be excessive

bullSet DURATION gt000 bull DURATION is set to SQUARE but PERIOD is 000 Increase PERIOD or set DURATION independantly

bull BURST and WIDTH are gt DURATION increase PERIOD or decrease

DURATION bull BIPHASIC pulse output is on and PERIOD is not longer than twice the DURATION Increase PERIOD or decrease DURATION

bull Free-run is on and BURST Is lt PERIOD (BURST off) DELAY is 0 and PERIOD is lt DURATION Add delay or modify PERIOD

bull Free-mn is on and BURST is gt DURATION (BURST ON) and PERIOD is lt DURATION Increase PERIOD

bull For VOLTAGE outputs the output Is trying to drive too low a resistance or capacitance (eg a short circuit) Check by disconnecting the output It is possible (and normal) that for the fastest cycles

and largest amplitudes (close to 100 V and 1 MS) that the ERROR Indicator might always come on during repetitive pulses Fix output load or decrease amplitude as required

bull Changed control in mid-cycle (resets cunent status)

A ^ M bull _ _ _ A ^ ^ _ _ i ^ mdash 131BuslnessPai1ltLoopPOBox850CarlsborgWamp98324

bull p i j ^ v s w m s iiic^^deglt^deg^^deglt^^^3degB3^^^deg^^^^degdeg^^^deg^^deg^^^^ E-mat iiiMOafflwstemseom WabaHe MtaffiwwtHtavsli

8 E-msft flmsjoQfrfraystGfnsoom ^WobsltiK hl^Aiwv9-fn9]nteniscom

Cant seem to get a full signal out

Incoming triggers not accepted frequently enough

bull Load is not properiy connected repair wiring

bull Too low a load impedance (VOLTAGE modes) or too high a load impedance

(CURRENT mode)

bull PERIOD is set too long (enforces dead time) followd by BURST set to SIGNAL Reduce PERIOD time

Table 10 Problem Solving

If you suspect that the Model 2100 may have completely failed we recommend checking the basic level of functionality If this fails your instrument is defective and must be repaired If this passes either your experimental setup is incompatible or inconsistent or there is a more subtle flaw in your Model 2100

If the Model 2100 appears to be malfunctioning contact A-M Systems Inc or your dealer Telephone numtgters for A-M Systems Inc listed on the front cover of this manual We will first attempt to solve the problem over the telephone so have an exact description of your problem available when you call You do not need to be within the warranty period to obtain over-the-phone assistance

A ^ M V - mdash A d B ^ K M I ^ M 131BuslnessPatfcLoopPOBox6SOCai

-PI s y s i Q m s inc-2raquolaquoa22=M^^

131 Business Parfc Loop PO Box 650 Cartsborg VM9 0S324 _ FAX36(W8a3525 E^nrt flnsysQa-ntsyttanB-oom Wsbsfte hHpiMNvwa-nnystsnisooni

9

Theory of Operation

The operation of the Model 2100 is summarized In the block diagram (see Fig 3) Not shown are all of the interconnections with the microcontroller The intemal microcontroler plays an important role in setting the signal path but does not directly

contribute to the dynamic characteristics It scans the front panel switches and sets the control values for the logic arays It programs the intemal counters which along with the other hardware achieve the necessary sub-microsecond speeds

All action starts either from an input trigger signal (from Trig In) or from an intemal signal (in free Run mode only) A Delay timer counts the 10MHz clock until its count value Is exhausted At this point the Burst timer starts Both Period and Duration timers are started at this time If the Burst timer has not expired by the end of the Period the Period and Duration timers are restarted If the Biphasic mode has been set the Duration timer is restarted at the end of the initial Duration and the sign of the output pulse Is reversed doubling the total duration

The system state (pulse on pulse sip baseline sign [+101-]) is transmitted to the isolated section via optoisolator The baseline and pulse amplitudes are selected by an analog switch The resulting signal is amplified by a variable-power-supply discrete operational amplifier The amplifier connections and gain is modified to provide two voltage and three cunent ranges

Timing overlap errors are detected by a logical decision computation rather than by testing for counter collisions This provides instant feedback rather than waiting up to an hour for such a collision to occur Output errors are measured by sensing the output amplifiers differential input voltage Under normal conditions this is a negligible voltage if the amplifier fails to deliver the requested signal the window comparator testing this voltage sends this message (via optoisolator) to the logic section turning on a warning LED

fl-N Systems Inc 131BusbnassPa(tLoopPOBox6SOCari3boigVMg8324 H n |TWoph0n880O426-13083eO6Blaquo300FMt36Olaquo8i3525 E-nnl anaysflfriinysleiiaoemWfcbslte hllphmwraquoimyatennoom

TRIG 3HJ) OUT

(burst)

TRIG ^ OUT

(pulse)

E

Ml

Calibration Procedures

The calibration interval is the lesser of 1000 hours of operation or 6 months Somewhat greater drift can be expected in the first 100 hours of operation as the semiconductors age Adjustments should only be made after the instrument has been fully warmed up for at least 15 minutes

Full instrument calibration requires the following test equipment digital multimeter (plusmn 01) able to measure resistance to at least lOOMfl oscilloscope with at least 50MHz bandwidth true-rms voltmeter with 4MHz bandwidth universal counter (plusmn 001 ) able to measure single pulse widths and periods resistors (all plusmn 01) 2kn lOkH 1 waft 20kn 200kn alligator clip lead sets banana plugs and BNC adapters

Adjustment integrated circuit and test point locations are shown in the following figures All adjustments are on the timing board unless otherwise noted

All voltages in the non-isolated section should be measured with respect to ground at TP510 unless othenvise stated Some voltages are measured with respect to an intemal isolated ground at TP650 or across the two output tenninals Occasionally the voltage at an IC pin must be measured In these cases the reference designator is given with the pin number in parentheses eg U602(16) When it states within this procedure that a voltage is to be minimized this means that the adjustment should be made such that the measured voltage is as close to zero volts as possible Refer to the Specifications Section of this manual for acceptable tolerances

The sequence of this procedure is Important If any adjustment is made all adjustments which follow must be made to ensure that the specifications will be met These procedures require that all controls remain as set in previous steps unless otherwise indicated

WARNING

The Model 2100 has dangerous voltages throughout the instrument even with the power is off Servicing the Model 2100 should only be done by qualified service personnel Use caution in handling any wires connectors or electrodes which may be directly or indirectly attached to the Instrument Do not touch exposed connections or components Disconnect power by unplugging the power cord from the receptacle

fl-N Systems I n c ^ 131BusinesaPartcLoopPOBox850CartsborgVWiB8324 4 n ^gt-mdash80O426-130638Ofl8Jlaquo300FAX36O683J52S bull E-maft BinsysQfrfn^islflnisoomVVfalislle h^KVfWMift^iisystemsoani

CO

- R503

Omg^

TPSOlQ O

OTPSOO

U560 bull

U510

DDID ^ trade E O ^ T P 5 1 0

bullnD Trig

0 ^

U570

Gate n U505

DO D

U515

Timing

Timing h_ U520

bsoo ^25SE Timing

Or r U540

I I Tmlng

[^ELIL

U535 D

U506

13 J510 Timlnff

BurfiDelay J400

i i i i i i i T r m r a

gt U550 ^

Clock

U555 U620

B a

^R^Pvhigh Rfijn O D O Vlow

o

bull U545

Fo sect737 lISOIsPjC-COMP

n r r ^ U760

J420

]]U632

Q S riuGSO

H = ) TP640^ deg I t I

II3D

J440 m i T i

U610 plusmn laquo j U O

bull bull l el

^t

O l

bull

M

I

Power supply and bias voltages

Power supply

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

POWER ON Observe voltage at P703 power supply wire top of main board

Check for+15 plusmn 050 V

Observe voltage at P701 power supply wire top of main board

Check for-15 plusmn 050 V

Observe voltage at U505(24) Check for+5 plusmn 025 V

Isolated supply voltage

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

RANGE 10 V TRIG open circuit MODE center position

Altemately observe V^ from R742 to R740 and V ^ from the U605(4) to U605(8)

Adjust R773 so that 110VltV^lt 120 V and

nign

28VltV^lt34V

Capacitance balance

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Connect a x10 oscilloscope probe to TP650 and ground the

Adjust R737 for minimum high frequency signal

Inputs

Gate funct ion

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave Verify that the voltage to GATE switches states at the Obsene voltage at U51G(3) proper input levels with an oscilloscope ^ ^

Trigger s lope

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave Verify that the voltage to TRIO switches states at the Observe voltage at US 10( 1) proper input levels with an oscilloscope

TRIG SLOPE + Verify voltage is 180 out of phase

TRIG SLOPE Verify voltage is in phase

fl-N Systems Inc ^ 131 Bushess Park Loop PO Bar 850 Carisborg Wa 98324 8004201306 3eOlaquoS3e300 FAX 3606BV352S

C-maft fliii8yBQfriii9yBlumaoamVIAibsMB hRpJhwMifi-iiiBystematxini

14

Trigger and gate funct ion

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

DELA NONE BURS1WII3TH SINGLE DURATION SQUARE PERIOD 100X10-3

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave to TRIG Obsen^e TRIOD and EVENT LEDS

TRIG disconnect all Short the GATE connector to GND Verify LEDs extinguish

MODE press to MANUAL Verify LEDs flash once

Timing

System c lock frequency

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Observe the frequency of the wave atU555(17)

Verify 1000 MHz plusmn001

Multipl iers (Wheel Switches)

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

PULSE SIGN + MODE FREE RUN TRIG disconnect all TIMING MULTIPUERS ail

wheels set to zero except the one being tested

TnmiNG OVERLAP ^nOTB

Observe the pulse width with the counter at the location specified below

Verify pulse width Is correct for each wheel as it is tested Independently

For each wheel of each MULTIPUER test each position to verify that the pulse width is correct Observe the signal at the following locations DELAY U520(2) BURSTWIDTH U530(2) PERIOD US40(2) DURATION U550(2)

Rates (Rotary Switches)

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

TIMING MULTIPUERS 001 TIMING RATES all rotary

switches set to 10-4 except the one being tested

Observe the pulse width with the counter at the location specified below

Verify pulse width is conect for each rotary switch as it is tested independently

For each of the four rotary switches in TIMING test each position to verify that the pulse wkJth is correct Observe the signal at the following locations DELAY U520(2) BURSTWIDTH U530(2) PERIOD U540(2) DURATION U550(2)

fl-N Systems I n c ^ E-maft emfl

131 Business Parti Loop PO 809(850 Cartsborg Wta 98324 8004201306 3804806300 FAX 36068O3S25

E-maft ansysQa nvystems-oom Wobste hflp Avwwa4nsy8(Qnttoam

15

Trigger outputs Controls

Range 10V Pulse Amplitude 500 Delay 100x10 Burst 100x10^2 Duration 100 x1a Period 400x10^ Pulse sign + Trig Mode Free run Trig in open

Inputs Observations

Trigger the oscilloscope to the Burst Trig Out Observe it the Pulse Trig Out and the isolated output

Adjust Check

Verify that the waveform consists of a burst of three 1ms-on3ms-off pulses The burst trigger should be synchronous with the burst the pulse trigger coincident with each pulse

Output Calibration

Isolation Resistance (check) Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode center position Trig In open

Measure the resistance between ground banana jack (front panel) and black banana jack of output with DMM

Resistance read gt 100MQ

Amplitude Switch Offset (R640) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Zero Trig Mode center position Trig In Open

Measure the voltage at TP645 vs TP650 with the DMM

Adjust R640 (AmpI Sw Offset) for minimum voltage

Output Offset (R332 front panel board) Controls I nputsObservatlons AdjustCheck

Baseline Zero Range 10V Trig Mode center position Trig In Open

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

Adjust R332 (Output offset) for minimum voltage

Positive Baseline Offset (R607) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Sign + Baseline Amplitude

fully CCW (000) Range 10V Trig In open Trig Mode center position

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

Adjust R602 (BSLN + offset) for minimum voltage

fl M raquo _ _ _ A laquo ^ _ i ^ ^ 131Buslnelaquo8Pari(loopPOBoK850Cart8borgWB96324

bull P I i s V S i e m S a |||Cg1Maphans80O42O130638O68O8300FAX36Olaquo8raquo^2S E-tiBft anagtraquoflwiisyagtlaquomraquoaimW6baHB hHpffii(wwraquoltnsylaquoleniieom

16

Negative Baseline Offset (R619) Controls

Baseline Sign -i Baseline Amplitude bull fully CCW (000)

Range 10V Trig In open Trig Mode center position

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

AdjustCheck

Adjust R619 (BSLN 4 offset) for minimum voltage

Pulse Amplitude Adjust (R602) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode Free Mode Pulse Amplitude 1000 Timing Dialay =none Burst =single Duration =1001 Period =00110-4 Pulse Sign -Trig In open Range 10V

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

The Overiap indicator should be on Adjust R602 (Max Level) for -1000V out

Pulse Sign Gain (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode Free Mode Pulse Amplitude 1000 Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =1001 s Period =00110-4s Trig In open Range 10V

Measure the voltage at the output with the DMM for the Pulse Sign at -- and - positions

The absolute values of the voltages should differ by less than lOOmV

Baseline Amplitudes (check) Controls InputsObservations

Range 100mA Trig Mode center position Baseline Amplitude fully CW (1000) Trig In open

Measure the voltage at the output with the DMM with Baseline Sign in + Zero and - positions

AdjustCheck

Gain the matching of current levels at = and - positions and offset current in Zero position

fl-N Systems Inc^^ bull E-mal am8

131 Business Partt Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 88324 8004201306360laquo8Oe300FAX 360laquo8O362S

E-maM am8y8^o-mBy8tflmBoom WobaKo hHp Awwwo-f i iBystonuoom

17

Output Range Amplitude and Drive (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Pulse Amplitude 1000 Pulse Sign + Trig Mode Free Run Timing Delay =none Burst =8ingle Duration =1001 Period =10010-4 Trig In open

Load the output with a 10KV1W 01 resistor Measure the voltage at the output with DMM

Verify that full scale output is within specification Scale Range 100V 100V 10V 10V 100mA IV 1mA 10V 10mA 100V

Pulse Sign and Short Circuit Protection (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Timing Delay =none Burst =8ingle Duration =200 10-4 Period =00110-3 Baseline Zero Pulse Amplitude 25 Range 10V Trig Mode Free Run Trig In open

Measure the voltage at the output with the oscilloscope Check for Pulse Sign set to each of + - biphasic Watch for Error indicator when shorting the output

Verify that pulses of approx 25V amplitude (625V for biphasic mode) of the correct sign are produced every 10ms Short output in biphasic mode Output should retum when opened

Output Transient Response (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Pulse Sign + Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =20010-4 Period =00110-3 Pulse Amplitude 250 Baseline Zero Trig Mode Free Mode Trig In open

Connect the oscilloscope to the output with a 310 attenuator prolse Test boVn 10V and 100V ranges

Verify that overshoot and risetime meet specifications

fl-N Systems I n c ^ 131 Business Parte Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wb 98324 8004201306 36Olaquo83O300 FAX 36O680lt352S

E-mQ0 snBy8Qs-msy8faiTiscom VWriMtte N ^ Mvww9-msy8lemscom

18

Specifications

There are three classes of specifications Class A specifications tested in all unHs and are guaranteed Class B specifications are inherent in the design they are indirectly tested and are guaranteed Class C specifications are typical operating values which are occasionally tested- these are typical values given for your infomiation but not guarshyanteed The class for each specification is noted in the center column of the following sections

Inputs Switching level

Hysteresis

Input equivalent circuit

Minimum duration (1 IL-level signal)

A

C

C

C

16V(plusmn02V)

approx 50 mV

100K ft to+5 In parallel with no more than 35pF

gt 50 ns

Open circuit condition B defaults to highon level

Timing and rate accuracy Rate selector steps

Timing multiplier steps

Resolution

Timing eror (second and later pulses after resetting controls)

B

B

B

B

lOOps to 100s In 7 steps

1 of rate selector step size Maximum value is 999 x the rate selector step size

approx 01 of the maximum value

lt 002 of rate selector value + 015 ps

Timing error (first pulse after readjusting timing controls)

an additional 025 ps error may occur

Timing repeatability lt 001 setting + 20 ns (monophasic)

fl-N Systems I nc ^ bull E-moU ams

131 Business Parti Loop PO Boot 850 Cartsborg VM 98324 80O42O130838O08O8300FAX36Olaquo8O3S2S

E-meU anByafl^iiisyslainaoomWebsHe hHpffliiwwraquomsys)emsoom

19

TRIG IN to OUTPUT delay (DELAY set to 0) output set to 2V

Timing jitter ft-om TRIG IN to OUTPUT (for TTL trigger input with risetime lt10 ns)

Timing jitter ft^om TRIG OUT (either BURST or PULSE) and OUTPUT

Trigger output to pulse output delay

Output charactsristics Pulse level enror (voltage mode open circuit cun-ent mode short circuit

Biphasic level difference |V + + V-|2

Baseline level error (voltage mode A open circuit current mode short circuit)

Risetime (25 V out)

Risetime (25 V out)

Transient response

A

A

A

Output impedance (voltage mode) C

Output impedance (current mode) C

Isolation resistance A

Isolation capacitance C

approx 05 ps for a load of no more than 10 Kft in parallel with 50 pF

lt 125 ns (all rates except 100s) lt 125 ps (100s rate)

Less than 20 ns (all rates)

approx 350 ns

lt 03 of setting + 05 of r range (plus an additional 05 pA inlOOpArenge)

lt 03 of range (voltage modes into open circuit current modes into short circuit)

lt 03 of setting of setting + 01 of range (plus an additional 05 pA in lOOpA range)

laquo 200 ns into less than 30 pF

laquo15 ps into less than 30 pF

lt 8 overshoot Into less than 30 pF for pulse voltages different than baseline voltage by at least 10 of range

laquo 50 ohms

raquo 1 0 Gft (typically 200 Gft)

raquo100Mft

laquo 60 pF at 100 Hz

fl-N Systems Inc^^ 131 Business Partt Uxip PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 96324 8004201308 SBOee^^SOO FAX 360laquoS3^52S

E-mat BiByraquoaiMii8ylaquoliiiiiseomWiljalteHlpJV(wwraquo4tgy8lenaoom

20

Noise (differential mode)

Noise (common mode earth to isolated ground) with no signal output

Overioad error indicator (low frequency short circuited voltage mode)

Overioad error indicator low frequency open circuited current mode)

Overioad enor response time

Miscellaneous

Power

Fuse

Operating temperature range

Storage temperature range

Operating humidity

Dimensions

Weight

laquo1 mV rms (10 V scale 10Hz-4MHz)

laquo 8 mV rms (10 Hz-4 MHz) laquo100mVp-p (200 Hz -10 MHz) measured withalOMft 15pF oscilloscope probe

Turns on for set amplitude at or greater than approx plusmn1V (10 V range) or plusmn2 V (100 V range)

Turns on for set amplitude at or above approx 2 of range

Flat to approx 30 ps duration Decreasing sensitivity for shorter pulses

approx 11 watts

1 amp 3 AG

10-30C

0 - 50deg C

5-80RH

17x475x1125 (Inches) 432x121x286 cm

20 lbs (9 kg)

fl mm bull gt _ _ _ A ^ ^ _ _ L ^ 131BusinesraquoPariltLocpPOBox850C8rtsborgWS9e324

bull p i ^ y s v e m s IIIC^^deg(^deg^Bdegltgt^^^3degdeg^deg^^deg^^^degdeg^^I^deg^deg^^^^^

21 E-mei flre^nQo 4n8yo(amscam Wsbsfle hHpAwwwe-msy8Jems-Oom

Warranty and Service

What does this warranty cover A-M Systems Inc warrants to the Purchaser that the Instrument excluding cables Headstage Probes and any other accessories shipped with the Instrument (hereafter the hardware) is free from defects in workmanship or material under normal use and service for the period of one (1) year This warranty commences on the date of delivery of the hardware to the Purchaser

What are the obligations of A-M Systems Inc under this warranty During the warranty period A-M Systems Inc agrees to repair or replace at its sole option without charge to the Purchaser any defective component part of the hardware To obtain warranty service the Purchaser must return the hardware to A-M Systems Inc or an authorized A-M Systems Inc distributor in an adequate shipping container Any postage shipping and insurance charges incurred in shipping the hardware to A-M Systems Inc must be prepaid by the Purchaser and all risk for the hardware shall remain with purchaser until such time as A-M Systems Inc takes receipt of the hardware Upon receipt A-M Systems Inc will promptly repair or replace the defective unit and then return the hardware to the Purchaser postage shipping and insurance prepaid A-M Systems Inc may use reconditioned or like new parts or units at its sole option when repairing any hardware Repaired products shall carry the same amount of outstanding wan^nty as from original purchase or ninety (90) days which ever is greater Any claim under the warranty must include a dated proof of purchase of the hardware covered by this wan-anty In any event A-M Systems Inc liability for defective hardware is limited to repairing or replacing the hardware

What is not covered by this warranty This warranty is contingent upon proper use and maintenance of the hardware by the Purchaser and does not cover batteries Neglect misuse whether intentional or otherwise tampering with or altering the hardware damage caused by accident damage caused by unusual physical electrical chemical or electromechanical stress damage caused by failure of electrical power or damage caused during transportation are not covered by this warranty Products may not be returned to A-M Systems Inc for service whether under warranty or otherwise which are contaminated by infectious agents radioactive compounds or other materials constituting a health hazard to employees of A-M Systems Inc

What are the limits of llabiiity for A-M Systems inc under this warranty A-M Systems Inc shall not be liable for loss of data profits or savings or any special incidental consequential indirect or other similar damages arising from breach of contract negligence or other legal action even if the company or its agent has been advised of the possibility of such damages or for any claim brought against you by another party THIS EQUIPMENT IS NOT INTENDED FOR CLINICAL MEASUREMENTS USING HUMAN SUBJECTS A-M SYSTEMS INC DOES NOT ASSUME RESPONSIBILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE DUE TO MISUSE OF THIS EQUIPMENT Jurisdictions vary with regard to the enforceability of provisions excluding or limiting liability for incidental or consequential damages Check the provision of your local jurisdiction to find out whether the above exclusion applies to you This warranty allocates risks of product failure between the Purchaser and A-M Systems Inc A-M Systems Inc hardware pricing reflects this allocation of risk and the limitations of liability contained in this wanranty The warranty set forth above is in lieu of all other express wan^anties whether oral or written The agents employees distributors and dealers of A-M Systems Inc are not authorized to make modifications to this wan-anty or additional wan-anties binding on the company Accordingly additional statements such as dealer advertising or presentations whether oral or written do not constitute wananties by A-M Systems Inc and should not be relied upon This warranty gives you specific legal rights You may also have other rights whrch vary from one jurisdiction to another

6 mm ^ laquo _ _ A a B ^ _ 1 ^ ^ 131 Business Parti Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg W B 98324 O O

bull P l A y S V e m S l n C T^M 8OO42OI3O6 380683-8300FAX 360 803525 ^ ^ E-msl iiiisy80iHTBy8tenisoom Wsbsito hnphwwfrimysleiiisoom

A

V ISO

INSTRUCTION MANUAL

FOR

ISOLATED PULSE STIMULATOR

MODEL 2100

Serial

Date

A-M Systems Inc

PO Box 850

Carlsborg WA 98324

USA

360-683-8300 bull 800-426-1306 FAX 360-683-3525

httpwwwa-msystemscom

Version 70 February 2002

Contents General Description 1

Instrument Features 1 Controls and Connectors 2

Operating Instructions 6 Theory of Operation 10 Calibration Procedures 12

Inputs 14 Output Calibration 16

Specifications 19 Warranty and Service 22

Each Isolated Pulse Stimulator is delivered complete with

Rack Mount Hardware Instructions amp Maintenance Manual

NOTE

This instrument is not intended for clinical measurements using human subjects A-M Systems Inc does not assume responsibility for Injury or damage due to the misuse of this instrument

General Description

Instrument Features The Isolated Pulse Stimulator Model 2100 is designed for a wide variety of applications It is highly flexible being capable of delivering single pulses biphasic pairs or bursts of pulses Pulses may be started manually or upon receiving a trigger signal from another Instrument or computer Two non-isolated trigger outputs are available for triggering other instruments

Four sets of timing controls provide comprehensive control overall aspects of pulse generation Three digit accuracy is available over a 7 decade range for each timing function using lever wheel switches Pulse widths can be set over more than a 9 decade range from 05 ps to 999 seconds Timing accuracy is assured through the use of a 10 MHz base rate crystal-controlled clock digitally divided to provide accurate timing over the entire range Atiming overiap indicator will light If the timing controls are set inconsistently

The output may be conveniently switched between current and voltage modes Pulse and baseline amplitudes are Independently presettable with lockable dials An error Indicator will light if the Mode2700 cannot deliver the desired signal

r WARNING

The Model 2100 can produce potentially dangerous voltages up to 100 V at the output connectors The isolated output is not connected internally to safety (earth) ground in any way Some part of the extemal circuit should be connected to safety ground Use caution in handling any wires connectors or electrodes which may be directly or indirectly attached to the Model 2100 output Some kinds of connectors such as BNC connectors have exposed metal parts which may float at dangerous potentials unless extemally connected to safety ground For greatest safety tum the Model 2100 off before making any connections to

the instrument

131 Business Parii Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Telophone 800-426-1306 bull 360-68raquolaquo300 bull FAX 360683-3525 E-mal satesa-msystemsoom VVfebsite httpywwwa^nsystemscom fl-N Systems Inc 1

Controls and Connectors The controls for the Model 2100 are grouped in three sections START which controls when a pulse or burst of pulses begins TIMING which controls the onoff timing of one or more pulses and OUTPUT which controls the amplitude of the output signal

Start TRIG SLOPE Determines the polarity of valid trigger pulses (positive or negative edges in the trigger signal)

MODE Controls waveform initiation When set to FREE RUN one timing cycle immediately follows the last When momentarily placed In the MANUAL position a timing cycle starts Immediately When the switch Is In the center position timing cycles start when valid triggering events occur

TRIGD This LED lights up when a timing cycle Is in process and continues until the burst is completed

TRIG This BNC connector allows a signal from an external source to Initiate timing cycles It is set for standard TTL levels

GATE This BNC connector allows a signal from an external source to restrict the final output signal This input must be at a logical high (or open-circuited) in order for the Model 2100 to recognize either manual or automatic trigger events

Gate 1_ Trigger |~~^ i I Valid triggers (represented by the arrows in the figure) can occur only when the gate Is at logical high Note that the up arrow would apply only If TRIG SLOPE is set to + the down an-ows would apply only if TRIG SLOPE Is set to -

NOTE Triggers have no effect if the system has not completed its response to a previous trigger

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Park Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Vb 98324 TelQphQne 80O426-1306 360683-8300 FAX 360683-3525 E-mail sales^a-msystemscom Wsbsite httpywwwa-msystemscom

Timing Four sets of controls govern the timing of pulse generation Each set contains two values which are multiplied together to detemnine the actual timing value The rotary knob (rate selector) provides the approximate timing value and the lever wheel switch bank (MULTIPLIER)

provides a time resolution of three decimal digits The following diagram shows most of the Important relationships

Output r Delay Duration

|ltPeriodgtj

t Burst width

Trigger event

DELAY These controls determine the time duration between the initiating trigger event and the beginning of the pulse burst If this rate selector is set to NONE or the multiplier is set to 000 there Is no delay

BURST WIDTH These controls determine the time period in which one or more pulses may be delivered Once started a pulse may outlast the burst width If this rate selector is set to SINGLE or to any time shorter than the pulse duration only a single pulse will occur If the BURST WIDTH Is longer than the period pulses will be emitted at the PERIOD rate until the burst time ends Pulses are never truncated by a short BURSTWIDTH

inds)-PULSE

D U R A T I O N 1 0 1 0

10

INTEB-PULSE PERIOD

1 1 10

DURATION These controls determine the length of each pulse Ifthis rate selector Is set to SQUARE the duration is set to half of the period regardless of the MULTIPLIER setting

PERIOD These controls set the period of time between adjacent pulse events within the burst It also forces a minimum dead time between recognized input triggers following a burst of one or more pulses This can be used to prevent over stimulation of a tissue without requiring excessive delay between the triggering event and the stimulating pulse

TIMING OVERLAP

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 860 Carisborg Vamp 98324 |Telophone 800-426-1306 360683-8300 bull FAX 3606aW525 E-mail salearega^nsystemsoom Vfeb5ite httpAwwwa^nsyslemscam

NOTE If any of these timing controls are changed while a timing cycle is in operation the results are undefined until the current cycle finishes

TIMING OVERLAP This LED will light to Indicate an inconsistency in the timing cycle settings There are several ways to introduce such errors The most common way is to set the Inter-pulse PERIOD to be less than the pulse DURATION

T I M I N G (seconds)^

TRIG OUT (UPPER) This BNC connector provides a signal which is coincident with the Internal Burst timing signal (default) This means the signal starts at the end of the Delay time and persists until the Burst time expires This output may also be set to represent the delay time-out by setting the internal jumper J510 to the right two pins instead of the left two pins (Please see the Calibration section in this manual for jumper location Directions are given as viewed from the front of the Instrument)

TRIG OUT (LOWER) This BNC connector provides a signal which Is coincident with the Duration timing signal which controls pulse output

NOTE Both trigger output signals slightly lead the isolated output signal

Output

PULSE SIGN This switch determines the polarity of the pulses to be generated It also allows generation of biphasic pulses thereby doubling the effective total period Warning the first pulse generated after changing the PULSE

SIGN switch may have the wrong polarity

BASELINE This Switch determines the polarity ofthe baseline signal

RANGE This rotary switch determines if the output pulses will be constant current (3 ranges) or constant voltage (2 ranges)

BASELINE AMPLITUDE This value is independently set using a ten-turn counting dial The maximum baseline amplitude is one tenth the value shown on the range amplitude switch

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 8S0 Cartsborg Vfa 98324 |Tetaphone 80O426-1306 bull 360683-8300 bull FAX 3606803525 E-mail salesa-msystemscom Wbbsite http7Awwwaflnsystemscom

PULSE AMPLITUDE This value is independently set using a ten-turn counting dial The maximum pulse amplitude is the value shown on the range amplitude switch

EVENT This LED indicates when a pulse is ongoing

ERROR This LED indicates when the internal output amplifier cannot output the pulse as desired This is usually due to a short circuit while trying to output a voltage or an open circuit while trying to output a current

VOTEThe Pulse Sign control in the Oupuf section directly affects waveform timing When set to the Biphasic mode a positive-going pulse is immediately followed by a negative-going pulse This effectively doubles the pulse duration If a burst of biphasic pulses is being produced the period must be at least twice the single pulse duration In the Square wave mode the baseline disappears as long as the burst persists

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsboig Vte 98324 |Telophone 800426-1306 360683-8300 bull FAX 3606833525 E-mail salesa-m5ystem5 com Website httpwwwa-msystemscom

Operating Instructions

Examples Simple setup (and minimal instrument test)

Connect the output ofthe Model 2100 to an oscilloscope Before connecting the Model 2100 to any other instrument or the experimental preparation It is safest to turn Its power off

Set the Oufpuf controls

Range 10V Pulse Sign +

Baseline Zero Pulse Amplitude 200

Setting The Timing Controls

Delay Burst Width

Duration Period

none single

15010-2 50010-2

Setting The Start Controls

Mode Free Run

Disconnect any cables to the TRIG or GATE inputs

Note that the green Trig and Event Indicators turn on as Free Run is turned on (and turn off otherwise) You should observe a 15ms duration 20Hz rate pulse of 200V above a OV baseline on the oscilloscope

fl-N Systems Inc 131 BusinessPartiLoop RO Box850CarisbcxgWa98324 |Telophone 800426-1306 bull 360-683-8300 bull FW 360683-3525 E-mail salesa-msystems com VVbbsite httpywwwa-msystems com

Demonstration of Burst Mode Connect the output ofthe Model 2100 to an oscilloscope Before connecting the Model 2100 to any other instrument or the experimental preparation It Is safest to turn its power off

Set the Outpuf controls

Range 10V Pulse Sign +

Baseline Pulse Amplitude 200

Baseline Amplitude 100

Setting The Timing Controls

Delay 88010-2 Burst Width 12010-^

Duration 15010-2 Period 50010-2

Set the START controls as follows

Mode Free Run

Disconnect any cables to the TRIG or GATE inputs

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Telophooe 8004201306 360683-8300 bull FAX 360683-3525 E^naii salesa-msystems com Watjsite http7wwwa-msystemscom

Trigger the oscilloscope from the Bursf trigger out (upper Trig Out connector) for a stable display In each burst (occurring every lOOms) you should observe a trio of 15ms duration starting 50ms apart Try switching the StartMode from Free Run to the center (nonnal) position The pulses will no longer be produced and the Trig and Event Indicators will tum off Pressing this switch once (to Manual) will cause a single burst to occur

Problem Solving If the instrument appears to be not working properiy check all ofthe control settings and connections Be sure to wait at least 5-10 seconds after turning the instrument off before turning it on again The following summary of typical problems for the user (along with the most common solutions) may help

Problem CauseSolution

EVENT Indicator never lights even in FREE RUN mode

bull Replace fuse check power connection bullSet DELAY or PERIOD to a shorter interval

bull Power-on too soon after power-off

OVERLAP Indicator is on

ERROR indicator is on

bull Set DURATION gt000 bull DURATION Is set to SQUARE but

PERIOD is 000 Increase PERIOD or set DURATION independantly

bull BURST and WIDTH are gt DURATION increase PERIOD or decrease DURATION

bull BIPHASIC pulse output Is on and PERIOD is not longer than twice the DURATION Increase PERIOD or decrease DURATION

bull Free-run Is on and BURST is lt PERIOD (BURST off) DELAY is 0 and PERIOD Is lt DURATION Add delay or modify PERIOD

bull Free-run is on and BURST is gt DURATION (BURST ON) and PERIOD is lt DURATION Increase PERIOD

bull For VOLTAGE outputs the output is trying to drive too low a resistance or capacitance (eg a short circuit) Check by disconnecting the output ft is possible (and normal) that for the fastest cycles and largest amplitudes (close to 100 V

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business PartiLoop PO Box 850 CartsborgWa 98324 iTelophone 800-42O130636O6e3-8300FAX 3606B3-3525 E-mail satesaflisyslefmcom Vfebslte http7wwwa-msyslemscom

and 1 ps) that the ERROR indicator might always come on during repetitive pulses Fix output load or decrease amplitude as required

Time appears to be excessive Changed control in mid-cycle (resets current status)

Cant seem to get a full signal out Load Is not properiy connected repair wiring Too low a load impedance (VOLTAGE modes) or too high a load impedance (CURRENT mode)

Incoming triggers not accepted frequently enough

PERIOD is set too long (enforces dead time) followd by BURST set to SIGNAL Reduce PERIOD time

Table 10 Problem Solving

If you suspect that the Model 2100 may have completely failed we recommend checking the basic level of functionality Ifthis fails your instrument Is defective and must be repaired Ifthis passes either your experimental setup is incompatible or inconsistent or there is a more subtle flaw in your Model 2100

If the Model 2100 appears to be malfunctioning contact A-M Systems Inc or your dealer We will first attempt to solve the problem over the telephone so have an exact description of your problem available when you call You do not need to be within the warranty period to obtain over-the-phone assistance

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 iTetoptxme 80O426-1306 bull 360683-8300 FAX 3606803525 E-mail satesa-msystemsoomAfebsitehttpJwwwaflisystemscom

Theory of Operation

The operation ofthe Model 2100 is summarized in the block diagram (see the figure on Page 11) Not shown are all ofthe interconnections with the microcontroller The internal microcontroler plays an important role in setting the signal path but does not directly contribute to the dynamic characteristics It scans the front panel switches and sets the control values for the logic arrays It programs the internal counters which along with the other hardware achieve the necessary sub-microsecond speeds

Pulse generation starts either from an Input trigger signal (from Trig In) or an internally signal (Free Run mode) A Delay timer counts the 10MHz clock until its count value is exhausted At this point the Burst Period and Duration timers are started If the Burst timer has not expired by the end ofthe Period the Period and Duration timers are restarted If the Biphasic mode has been set the Duration timer is restarted at the end of the initial Duration and the sign ofthe output pulse is reversed doubling the total duration

The system state (pulse on pulse sign baseline sign [+0f-]) is transmitted to the isolated section via optoisolator The baseline and pulse amplitudes are selected by an analog switch The resulting signal is amplified by a variable-power-supply discrete operational amplifier The amplifier connections and gain is modified to provide two voltage and three current ranges

Timing overiap errors are detected by a logical decision computation rather than by testing for counter collisions This provides instant feedback rather than waiting up to an hour for such a collision to occur Output errors are measured by sensing the output amplifiers differential input voltage Under normal conditions this is a negligible voltage If the amplifier fails to deliver the requested signal the window comparator testing this voltage sends this message (via optoisolator) to the logic section turning on a warning LED

fl-N Systems Inc 131BusinessPart(LoopRO Box850CarisboigWa98324 4 n Tel0pri0ne80O426-130636O683^300FAX36O6833525 ^ E-mail salesaflisystBmscom V febsite http7wwwa-msystemsoom

S i

I - - ^^mdasho^M

OUTPUT i l l

TRIG ^ OUT

(burst)

TRIG 3-lt) OUT

(pulse)

til

I laquo

Calibration Procedures

The calibration interval is the lesser of 1000 hours of operation or 6 months Somewhat greater drift can be expected in the first 100 hours of operation as the semiconductors age Adjustments should only be made after the instrument has been fully warmed up for at least 15 minutes

Full instrument calibration requires the following test equipment digital multimeter (plusmn 01) able to measure resistance to at least lOOMO oscilloscope with at least 50MHz bandwidth true-mis voltmeter with 4MHz bandwidth universal counter (plusmn 001 ) able to measure single pulse widths and periods resistors (all plusmn 01) 2kn lOkH 1 watt 20kn 200kn alligator clip lead sets banana plugs and BNC adapters

Adjustment integrated circuit and test point locations are shown in the following figures All adjustments are on the timing board unless othenAise noted

All voltages in the non-isolated section should be measured with respect to ground at TP510 unless othenwise stated Some voltages are measured with respect to an internal isolated ground at TP650 or across the two output temninals Occasionally the voltage at an IC pin must be measured in these cases the reference designator is given with the pin number in parentheses eg U602(16) When it states within this procedure that a voltage is to be minimized this means that the adjustment should be made such that the measured voltage is as close to zero volts as possible Refer to the Specifications Section of this manual for acceptable tolerances

The sequence of this procedure is important If any adjustment is made all adjustments which follow must be made to ensure that the specifications will be met These procedures require that all controls remain as set in previous steps unless othenAise indicated

WARNING

The Model 2100 has dangerous voltages throughout the instrument even with the power is off Servicing the Model 2100 should only be done by qualified service personnel Use caution in handling any wires connectors or electrodes which may be directly or indirectly attached to the instrument Do not touch exposed connections or components Disconnect power by unplugging the power cord from the receptacle

H B ^ ^ S y s t e m s inc^degdegp^deg^^deg-^^^^^^^^B3^^^degdeg^^^lt^^^B^^^^ 131BusinessPartiLoopPO Box850CartsbOigWamp98324 4 9 |Telophone800-42013C6360683-8300F0lt360683-3525 ^ E-mail salesa-msystefnscom website httpwwwaflisystems com

CO

TP501 O lt0

g OTPSOO

U560 S

Trig Gate

0 -TISOS

U570

U500

Timing

p U520

Timing

K U550 Timin

gt U540

U515

o X I Timin

U508 I

J510 Timing nnn

Burst Delay J400

gt U550

R503

D D I D bull U8QQ i Q

n

oo

V P 5 1 0

b U535

^

Clock i _

U555

lt U 5 4 5

o

h d ^ O - - ^ U605

Q D

U620

O fJZ^ R737 bull ^ 1^13015 r j C - C O M P

B B nU770 ^ ^ ^ 5 ^ a

J420

a

o E

bull [ ]U632

riueso

rR742rVhigh R 6 1 9 ^

LJ TP645 O TP650

TPMOQ^QS

Vlow

CD-

CZZl

J440 bull bull tl iUDQ

I t

f i l

Power supply and bias voltages

Power supply

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

POWER ON Observe voltage at P703 power supply wire top of main board

Check for+15 plusmn 050 V

Observe voltage at P701 power supply wire top of main board

Check for-15 plusmn 050 V

Observe voltage at U505(24) Check for +5 plusmn 025 V

Isolated supply voltage Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

RANGE 10 V TRIG open circuit MODE center position

Alternately observe V ^ from R742 to R740 and V ^ from theU605(4)toU605(8)

Adjust R773 so that 110VltV lt 120 V and

nigh

28VltV|^lt34V

Capacitance balance Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

Connect a xlO oscilloscope probe to TP650 and ground the

Adjust R737 for minimum high frequency signal

Inputs

Gate function Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave Verify that the voltage to GATE switches states at the Observe voltage at U510(3) proper input levels with an oscilloscope

Trigger slope Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave Verify that the voltage to TRIG switches states at the Observe voltage at U510( 1) proper input levels with an oscilloscope

TRIG SLOPE Verify voltage is 180deg out of phase

TRIG SLOPE Verify voltage is in phase

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 860 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Jelophone 800-4201306 360683-8300 bull FM 380683-3525 E-mail salesaflTsystBfnscom bull Vtebsite httpVAirwwaflisystems com

14

Trigger and gate f unc t i on

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

DELAY NONE BURS-nMDTH SINGLE DURATION SQUARE PERIOD 100X10-3

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave to TRIG Observe TRIGD and EVENT LEDs

TRIG disconnect all Short the GATE connector to GND Verify LEDs extinguish

MODE press to MANUAL Verify LEDs flash once

Timing

System c lock f requency

Controls Inputs Observations Ad jus t Check

Observe the frequency of the wave Verify 1000 MHz plusmn 001 atU555(17)

Mul t ip l iers (Wheel Swi tches)

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

PULSE SIGN-laquobull MODE FREE RUN TRIG disconnect all TIMING MULTIPUERS all

wheels set to zero except the one being tested

TIMING OVERLAP ignore

Observe the pulse width with the counter at the location specified t)elow

Verify pulse width is correct for each wheel as it is tested independently

For each wheel of each MULTIPLIER test each position to verify that the pulse width is correct Observe the signal at the following locations DELAY U520(2) BURSTWIDTH U530(2) PERIOD U540(2) DURATION U550(2)

Rates (Rotary Swi tches)

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

TIMING MULTIPUERS 001 Observe the pulse width with the TIMING RATES all rotary counter at the location specified

switches set to 10-4 below except the one being tested

Verify pulse width is correct for each rotary switch as it is tested independently

For each ofthe four rotary switches in TIMING test each position to verify that the pulse width is correct Observe the signal at the following locations DELAY U520(2) BURSTWIDTH U530(2) PERIOD U540(2) DURATION U550(2)

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 iTetophone 8004201306 bull 360683-8300 bull FOC 3606803525 E-mail salesa-msystemscom Wbbsite httpJwwwaflTSystemscom

15

Trigger outputs

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

Range 10V Pulse Amplitude 500 Delay 100 xlO^ Burst 100 x 10 ^ Duration 100x10-^ Period 400x10-^ Pulse sign + Trig Mode Free run Trig in open

Trigger the oscilloscope to the Burst Trig Out Observe it the Pulse Trig Out and the isolated output

Verify that the waveform consists of a burst of three 1ms-on3ms-off pulses The burst trigger should be synchronous with the burst the pulse trigger coincident with each pulse

Output Calibration

Isolation Resistance (check)

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode center position Trig In open

Measure the resistance between ground banana jack (front panel) and black banana jack of output with DMM

Resistance read gt 100MQ

Amplitude Switch Offset (R640)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Zero Trig Mode center position Trig In Open

Measure the voltage at TP645 vs TP650 with the DMM

Adjust R640 (AmpI Sw Offset) for minimum voltage

Output Offset (R332 front panel board) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Zero Range 10V Trig Mode center position Trig In Open

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

Adjust R332 (Output offset) for minimum voltage

Positive Baseline Offeet (R607) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Sign + Baseline Amplitude

fully CCW (000) Range 10V Trig In open Trig Mode center position

Measure the voltage across the outputwiththeDMM

Adjust R602 (BSLN + offset) for minimum voltage

fl-N Systems Inc 131 BusBiess Parti Loop P O Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Telophone B00-42O1306 bull 360683-8300 bull FAX 3606803525 E-mail salesaflisystemscom V^tebsite httpy^vwwa-msystems com

16

Negative Baseline Offset (R619)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Sign -Baseline Amplitude

fully CCW (000) Range 10V Trig In open Trig Mode center position

Measure the voltage across the outputwiththeDMM

Adjust R619 (BSLN + offset) for minimum voltage

Pulse Amplitude Adjust (R602)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode Free Mode Pulse Amplitude 1000 Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =1001 Period =00110-4 Pulse Sign -Trig In open Range 10V

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

The Overiap indicator should be on Adjust R602 (Max Level) for -10OOV out

Pulse Sign Gain (check)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode Free Mode Pulse Amplitude 1000 Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =100 1s Period =001 10-4s Trig In open Range 10V

Measure the voltage at the output with the DMM for the Pulse Sign at + and - positions

The absolute values ofthe voltages should differ by less than lOOmV

Baseline Amplitudes (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Range 100mA Trig Mode center position Baseline Amplitude fully CW (1000) Trig In open

Measure the voltage at the output with the DMM with Baseline Sign in + Zero and

- positions

Gain the matching of current levels at = and - positions and offset current in Zero position

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop PO Box 850 Cartsboig Wa 98324 Telophone 800-4201306 360683-8300 FkX 3606803525 E-mail salesa-msystemscom website http^^wwaflisystemsccm

17

Output Range Amplitude and Drive (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Pulse Amplitude 1000 Pulse Sign + Trig Mode Free Run Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =1001 Period =10010-4 Trig In open

Load the output with a 10KV 1W 01 resistor Measure the voltage at the output with DMM

Verify that full scale output is within specification Scale Range 100V 100V 10V 10V 100mA IV 1mA 10V 10mA 100V

Pulse Sign and Short Circuit Protection (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =200 10-4 Period =00110-3 Baseline Zero Pulse Amplitude 25 Range 10V Trig Mode Free Run Trig In open

Measure the voltage at the output with the oscilloscope Check for Pulse Sign set to each of + - biphasic Watch for Error indicator when shorting the output

Verify that pulses of approx 25V amplitude (625V for biphasic mode) of the correct sign are produced every 10ms Short output in biphasic mode Output should return when opened

Output Transient Response (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Pulse Sign + Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =20010-4 Period =00110-3 Pulse Amplitude 250 Baseline Zero Trig Mode Free Mode Trig In open

Connect the oscilloscope to the output with a 310 attenuator probe Test both 10V and 100V ranges

Verify that overshoot and risetime meet specifications

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Telophone 8004201306 bull 3606808300 bull Flaquo( 360laquo83ltJ525 E-mail salesa-msystemsocm V^febsite http^wwwa-msystefnscom

18

Specifications

There are three classes of specifications Class A specifications tested in all units and are guaranteed Class B specifications are inherent in the design they are indirectly tested and are guaranteed Class C specifications are typical operating values which are occasionally tested- these are typical values given for your information but not guarshyanteed The class for each specification is noted in the center column ofthe following sections

Inputs Switching level

Hysteresis

Input equivalent circuit

Minimum duration (1 IL-level signal)

A

C

C

C

16 V(plusmn 02 V)

approx 50 mV

lOOKH to+5 in parallel with no more than 35pF

gt 50 ns

Open circuit condition B defaults to highon level

Timing and rate accuracy Rate selector steps

Timing multiplier steps

B

B

lOOpsto 100s in 7 steps

1 of rate selector step size Maximum value is 999 X the rate selector step size

Resolution B approx 01 ofthe maximum value

Timing error (second and later pulses after resetting controls)

B lt 002 of rate selector value + 015 ps

Timing error (first pulse after readjusting timing controls)

an additional 025 ps error may occur

Timing repeatability lt 001 setting + 20 ns (monophasic)

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Ram Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Vfa 98324 pTelophone 8004201306 bull 360683-8300 bull FAX 360683-3525

E-mail salesraquoflisystems com Wabsite httpJAnww afl isystems com

19

TRIG IN to OUTPUT delay (DELAY set to 0) output set to 2V

Timing jitter from TRIG IN to OUTPUT (for TTL trigger input with risetime lt10 ns)

Timing jitter from TRIG OUT (either BURST or PULSE) and OUTPUT

Trigger output to pulse output delay

Output characteristics Pulse level error (voltage mode open circuit current mode short circuit

Biphasic level difference IV + - V-1 2

Baseline level error (voltage mode open circuit current mode short circuit)

Risetime (25 V out)

Risetime (25 V out)

Transient response

A

A

A

Output impedance (voltage mode) C

Output impedance (current mode) C

Isolation resistance A

Isolation capacitance C

approx 05 ps for a load of no more than 10 KH in parallel with 50 pF

lt 125 ns (all rates except 100s) lt 125 ps (100s rate)

Less than 20 ns (all rates)

approx 350 ns

lt 03 of setting + 05 of r range (plus an additional 05 pA in 100 pA range)

lt 03 of range (voltage modes into open circuit current modes into short circuit)

lt 03 of setting of setting + 01 of range (plus an additional 05 pA in lOOpA range)

= 200 ns into less than 30 pF

= 15 ps into less than 30 pF

lt 8 overshoot into less than 30 pF for pulse voltages different than baseline voltage by at least 10 of range

= 50 ohms

raquo 1 0 GH (typically 200 GO)

raquo 1 0 0 M n

= 60 pF at 100 Hz

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Peril Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg V6 98324 |TelCf)hone 800-4201306 3606808300 bull FAX 360683-3525 E-mal salesaflisystefnsoom Website hnpyMVfWafllsystemsoom

20

Noise (differential mode)

Noise (common mode earth to isolated ground) with no signal output

Overload error indicator (low frequency short circuited voltage mode)

Overload error indicator low frequency open circuited current mode)

Overioad error response time

Miscellaneous

= 1 mV rms (10 V scale 10 Hz-4 MHz)

= 8 mV rms (10 Hz-4 MHz) == 100mVp-p (200 Hz -10 MHz) measured withalOMH 15pF oscilloscope probe

Turns on for set amplitude at or greater than approx plusmn1 V (10 V range) or plusmn2 V (100 V range)

Turns on for set amplitude at or above approx 2 of range

Flat to approx 30 ps duration Decreasing sensitivity for shorter pulses

Power

Fuse

Operating temperature range

Storage temperature range

Operating humidity

Dimensions

approx 11 watts

1 amp 3AG

10-30degC

0 - 50deg C

5 - 80 RH

17x475x1125 (inches) 432x121x286 cm

Weight 20 lbs (9 kg)

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Wb 98324 |Tetcphone 8004201306 3606808300 bull FOt 360683-3525 E-mail satesamsystems comV^febsite httpywwwaflisystemscom

21

Warranty and Service

What does this warranty cover A-M Systems Inc warrants to the Purchaser that the Instrument excluding cables Headstage Probes and any other accessories shipped with the Instrument (hereafter the hardware) is free from defects in workmanship or material under normal use and service for the period of one (1) year This warranty commences on the date of delivery ofthe hardware to the Purchaser

What are the obligations of A-M Systems Inc under this warranty During the warranty period A-M Systems Inc agrees to repair or replace at its sole option without charge to the Purchaser any defective component part of the hardware To obtain warranty service the Purchaser must return the hardware to A-M Systems Inc or an authorized A-M Systems Inc distributor in an adequate shipping container Any postage shipping and insurance charges incurred in shipping the hardware to A-M Systems Inc must be prepaid by the Purchaser and all risk for the hardware shall remain with purchaser until such time as A-M Systems Inc takes receipt of the hardware Upon receipt A-M Systems Inc will promptly repair or replace the defective unit and then return the hardware to the Purchaser postage shipping and insurance prepaid A-M Systems Inc may use reconditioned or like new parts or units at its sole option when repairing any hardware Repaired products shall carry the same amount of outstanding warranty as from original purchase or ninety (90) days which ever is greater Any claim under the warranty must include a dated proof of purchase ofthe hardware covered by this warranty In any event A-M Systems Inc liability for defective hardware is limited to repairing or replacing the hardware

What is not covered by this warranty This warranty is contingent upon proper use and maintenance ofthe hardware by the Purchaser and does not cover batteries Neglect misuse whether intentional or othenwise tampering with or altering the hardware damage caused by accident damage caused by unusual physical electrical chemical or electromechanical stress damage caused by failure of electrical power or damage caused during transportation are not covered by this wan-anty Products may not be returned to A-M Systems Inc for service whether under warranty or otherwise which are contaminated by infectious agents radioactive compounds or other materials constituting a health hazard to employees of A-M Systems Inc

What are the limits of liability for A-M Systems Inc under this warranty A-M Systems Inc shall not be liable for loss of data profits or savings or any special incidental consequential indirect or other similar damages arising from breach of contract negligence or other legal action even if the company or its agent has been advised of the possibility of such damages or for any claim brought against you by another party THIS EQUIPMENT IS NOT INTENDED FOR CLINICAL MEASUREMENTS USING HUMAN SUBJECTS A-M SYSTEMS INC DOES NOT ASSUME RESPONSIBILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE DUE TO MISUSE OF THIS EQUIPMENT Jurisdictions vary with regard to the enforceability of provisions excluding or limiting liability for incidental or consequential damages Check the provision of your local jurisdiction to find out whether the above exclusion applies to you

This warranty allocates risks of product failure between the Purchaser and A-M Systems Inc A-M Systems Inc hardware pricing reflects this allocation of risk and the limitations of liability contained in this warranty The warranty set forth above is in lieu of all other express warranties whether oral or written The agents employees distributors and dealers of A-M Systems Inc are not authorized to make modifications to this warranty or additional wan-anties binding on the company Accordingly additional statements such as dealer advertising or presentations whether oral or written do not constitute warranties by A-M Systems Inc and should not be relied upon This warranty gives you specific legal rights You may also have other rights which vary from one jurisdiction to another

fl-N Systems Inc 131BusinessPartiLoop RO Box850CartsbOfgWa98324 p O |Telophone 8004201306 bull 360683-8300FOC 3606830525 ^ ^ E-mail saiesaflisystefTiscom Wbbsite httpVwwwa-msystemscom

Cant seem to get a full signal out

Incoming triggers not accepted frequently enough

bull Load is not properly connected repair wiring

bull Too low a load impedance (VOLTAGE modes) or too high a load impedance (CURRENT mode)

bull PERIOD is set too long (enforces dead tinrie) followd by BURST set to SIGNAL Reduce PERIOD time

Table 10 Problem Solving

If you suspect that the Model 2100 may have completely failed we recommend checking the basic level of functionality If this fails your instrument is defective and must be repaired If this passes either your experimental setup is incompatible or inconsistent or there is a more subtle flaw in your Modei 2100

If the Model 2100 appears to be malfunctioning contact A-M Systems Inc or your dealer We will first attempt to solve the problem over the telephone so have an exact description of your problem available when you call You do not need to be within the warranty period to obtain over-the-phone assistance

A-M Systems Inc 131 Business Park Loop PO Box 850 Carfsbofg Wa 98324 Tatophone 80O426-1306 bull 360-688300 FAX 380683-3S25 E-mail salesfla-msystemscom Website httpwwwa-msystemscom

Theory of Operation

The operation of the Model 2100 is summarized in the block diagram (see the figure on Page 11) Not shown are all of the interconnections with the microcontroller The internal microcontroler plays an important role in setting the signal path but does not directly contribute to the dynamic characteristics It scans the front panel switches and sets the control values for the logic arrays It programs the internal counters which along with the other hardware achieve the necessary sub-microsecond speeds

All action starts either from an input trigger signal (from Trig In) or from an internal signal (in free Run mode only) A Delay timer counts the 10MHz clock until its count value is exhausted At this point the Burst timer starts Both Period and Duration timers are started at this time If the Burst timer has not expired by the end of the Period the Period and Duration timers are restarted If the Biphasic mode has been set the Duration timer is restarted at the end of the initial Duration and the sign of the output pulse is reversed doubling the total duration

The system state (pulse on pulse sip baseline sign [+0-]) is transmitted to the isolated section via optoisolator The baseline and pulse amplitudes are selected by an analog switch The resulting signal is amplified by a variable-power-supply discrete operational amplifier The amplifier connections and gain is modified to provide two voltage and three current ranges

Timing overlap errors are detected by a logical decision computation rather than by testing for counter collisions This provides instant feedback rather than waiting up to an hour for such a collision to occur Output errors are measured by sensing the output amplifiers differential input voltage Under normal conditions this is a negligible voltage If the amplifier fails to deliver the requested signal the window comparator testing this voltage sends this message (via optoisolator) to the logic section turning on a warning LED

A-M Systems Inc 131 Business Paik Loop PO Box 850 CailsboraWa 98324 i Q Te(ophone 800-426-1306 bull36O683laquo00FAX 360683-3525 ^ E-mail salesOa-msystemscom Website httpywwwa-m5ystemscom

GATE IN

TRIG ^ OUT

(burst)

OPTO ISOLATOR

Amplitude (Pulse)

TRIG -lt^ OUT

(pulse)

c 1

RANGE

C

Analog switch

C

)

-D^sectli OUTPUT

Baseline sign )

Amplitude (baseline) )

O H q

ill V) 5 o i^8 e e -a a fi a

bull o c

M E o ts gtraquo

lt

Calibration Procedures

The calibration intenal is the lesser of 1000 hours of operation or 6 months Somewhat greater drift can be expected in the first 100 hours of operation as the semiconductors age Adjustments should only be made after the instrument has been fully warmed up for at least 15 minutes

Full instrument calibration requires the following test equipment digital multimeter (plusmn 01 ) able to measure resistance to at least 10OMfl oscilloscope with at least 50MHz bandwidth true-rms voltmeter with 4MHz bandwidth universal counter (plusmn 001) able to measure single pulse widths and periods resistors (all plusmn 01) 2kn lOkO 1 watt 20ka 200ka alligator clip lead sets banana plugs and BNC adapters

Adjustment integrated circuit and test point locations are shown in the following figures All adjustments are on the timing board unless otherwise noted

All voltages in the non-isolated section should be measured with respect to ground at TP510 unless othenwise stated Some voltages are measured with respect to an internal isolated ground at TP650 or across the two output terminals Occasionally the voltage at an IC pin must be measured in these cases the reference designator is given with the pin number in parentheses eg U602(16) When it states within this procedure that a voltage is to be minimized this means that the adjustment should be made such that the measured voltage is as close to zero volts as possible Refer to the Specifications Section of this manual for acceptable tolerances

The sequence of this procedure is important If any adjustment is made all adjustments which follow must be made to ensure that the specifications will be met These procedures require that all controls remain as set in previous steps unless otherwise indicated

WARNING

The Model2100 has dangerous voltages throughout the instrument even with the power is off Servicing the Mode2700 should only be done by qualified service personnel Use caution in handling any wires connectors or electrodes which may be directly or indirectly attached to the instrument Do not touch exposed connections or components Disconnect power by unplugging the power cord from the receptacle

A B B ^ _ _ mdash ^ _ I raquo laquo 131SusinessParkLoopROBox850CaitsborBWa98324 -JO

E-mail S8le60a-msystemscom Website httpwwwa-msystemscam

CO

TP501 O o

a OTPsoo

U560 bull

D D D D Q ^ U510

Trig Gate

U570

OQ Q

U500

n U505

Timing

gt U520

Timing

) U530

Timing

gt U540

Q U515

Timing

U508

R503

DDID E

a

gt oo

bull U800 l O r v o w iV_X^TP510 O

U525

f

A U535

^ U550

Timing ^

Clock

U555

J510 Burst Delay

J400 bull U545

d R742^VWgh R619 o

r RZZ3 R737 an c n V - I J I S O I S ^ ^C-COMP

U620 ^ Q Q bull ^ ^ bull

J420 O ^ D^ J440 IfYYYlDfYyYYYYYYYII C Z J E X C T

Q Otrsetl I p J Vlow

L J TP645 C=) cm P650

bull bull fe elUOD

irt

PI pound A

o c

E o

0)

Power supply and bias voltages

Power supply

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

POWER ON Observe voltage at P703 power supply wire top of main board

Check for+15 plusmn 050 V

Observe voltage at P701 power supply wire top of main board

Check for-15 plusmn 050 V

Observe voltage at U505(24) Check for +5 plusmn 025 V

Isolated supply voltage

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

RANGE 10 V TRIG open circuit MODE center position

Alternately observe V from high

R742 to R740 and V _ from kw

the U605(4) to U605(8)

Adjust R773 so that 110VltV lt 120 V and

high

28VltV^^lt34V

Capacitance balance

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

Connect a x10 oscilloscope probe to TP650 and ground the

Adjust R737 for minimum high frequency signal

Inputs

Gate funct ion

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave Verify that the voltage to GATE switches states at the Observe voltage at U510(3) proper input levels with an oscilloscope

Trigger s lope

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave Verify that the voltage to TRIG switches states at the Observe voltage at U510(1) proper input levels with an oscilloscope

TRIG SLOPE-I- Verify voltage is 180deg out of phase

TRIG SLOPE- Verify voltage is in phase

A-M Systems Inc 131 Business Paik Loop PO Box 850 Cailsborg Wa 98324 Tekvhone 8004201306 36O683laquo300 - FAX 360683-3S2S E-mail salesOa-msystemscom Website httpywwwa-msystemscom

14

Trigger and gate funct ion

Controls Inputs Observations

DELAY NONE BURSTWIDTH SINGLE DURATION SQUARE PERIOD 100X10-3

AdjustCheck

Apply a 1 kHz 0 -5 V triangle wave to TRIG Observe TRiGoand EVENT LEDS

TRIG disconnect all Short the GATE connector to GND Verify LEDs extinguish

MODE press to MANUAL Verify LEDs flash once

Timing

System clock frequency

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

Observe the frequency of the wave Verify 1000 MHz plusmn 001 atU555(17)

Mu l t i p l i e rs (Whee l Sw i t ches )

Controls Inputs Observat ions A d j u s t C h e c k

PULSE SIGN+ MODE FREE RUN TRIG disconnect all TIMING MULTIPUERS all

Wheels set to zero except the one being tested

TIMING OVERLAP ignore

Observe the pulse width with the counter at the location specified below

Verify pulse width is correct for each wheel as it is tested independently

For each wheel of each MULTIPLIER test each position to verify that the pulse width is correct Observe the signal at the following locations DELAY U520(2) BURSTWIDTH U530(2) PERIOD U540(2) DURATION U550(2)

Rates (Rotary Switches)

Controls Inputs Observations A d j u s t C h e c k

TIMING MULTIPUERS 001 TIMING RATES all rotary

switches set to 10-4 except the one being tested

Observe the pulse width with the counter at the location specified below

Verify pulse width is correct for each rotary switch as it is tested independently

For each of the four rotary switches in TIMING test each position to verify that the pulse width is correct Observe the signal at the following locations DELAY U520(2) BURSTWIDTH U530(2) PERIOD U540(2) DURATION U550(2)

A-M Systems Inc 131 Business Paik Loop PO Box 850 Caiisborg Wa 98324 Telophone 800-428-1306 bull 3606808300 FAX 360683-3525 E-mail salesOa-msystemscom Website httpwwwa-msystemscom

15

Trigger outputs Controls

Range 10V Pulse Amplitude 500 Delay 100x10-2 Burst 100x10-2 Duration 100 xlQ-^ Period 400x10-3 Pulse sign + Trig Mode Free run Trig in open

Inputs Observations

Trigger the oscilloscope to the Burst Trig Out Observe it the Pulse Trig Out and the isolated output

AdjustCheck

Verify that the waveform consists of a burst of three 1 ms-on3ms-off pulses The burst trigger should be synchronous with the burst the pulse trigger coincident with each pulse

Output Calibration

Isolation Resistance (check) Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

Trig Mode center position Trig In open

Measure the resistance between ground banana jack (front panel) and black banana jack of output with DMM

Resistance read gt 10OMQ

Amplitude Switch Offset (R640) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Zero Trig Mode center position Trig In Open

Measure the voltage at TP645 vs TP650 with the DMM

Adjust R640 (AmpI Sw Offset) for minimum voltage

Output Offset (R332 front panel board) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Zero Range 10V Trig Mode center position Trig In Open

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

Adjust R332 (Output offset) for minimum voltage

Positive Baseline Offset (R607) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Sign + Baseline Amplitude

fully CCW (000) Range 10V Trig In open Trig Mode center position

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

Adjust R602 (BSLN + offset) for minimum voltage

A-M Systems Inc 131 Business Paik Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Jelophone 8004201306 36O6834300 - FAX 380laquo83-352S E-mail salesOa-msystemscom Website httpwwwa-msystemscam

16

Negative Baseline Offset (R619)

Controls InputsObservations

Baseline Sign -Baseline Amplitude

fully CCW (000) Range 10V Trig In open Trig Mode center position

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

AdjustCheck

Adjust R619 (BSLN + offset) for minimum voltage

Pulse Ampl i tude Adjust (R602)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode Free Mode Pulse Amplitude 1000 Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =1001 Period =00110-4 Pulse Sign -Trig In open Range 10V

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

The Overlap indicator should be on Adjust R602 (Max Level) for -10OOV out

Pulse Sign Gain (check)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode Free Mode Pulse Amplitude 1000 Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =100 Is Period =001 10-4s Trig In open Range 10V

Measure the voltage at the output with the DMM for the Pulse Sign at + and - positions

The absolute values of the voltages should differ by less than 10OmV

Baseline Ampl i tudes (check)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

flange 100mA Trig Mode center position Baseline Amplitude fully CW (1000) Trig In open

Measure the voltage at the output with the DMM with Baseline Sign in + Zero and - positions

Gain the matching of current levels at = and - positions and offset current in Zero position

A-M Systems Inc 131 Business Psik Loop PO Box 850 Caiisborg Wa 98324 Telophone 800426-1306 bull 36Olaquo8raquo8300 bull FAX 360683-3525 E-mail salesOa-msystemscom Website httpwwwa-msystemsccm

17

Output Range Amplitude and Drive (check)

Controls InputsObservations

Pulse Amplitude 1000 Pulse Sign + Trig Mode Free Run Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =1001 Period =10010-4 Trig In open

Load the output with a 10KV 1W 01 resistor Measure the voltage at the output with DMM

Pulse Sign and Short Circuit Protection (check)

Controls

Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =200 10-4 Period =00110-3 Baseline Zero Pulse Amplitude 25 Range 10V Trig Mode Free Run Trig In open

InputsObservations

Measure the voltage at the output with the oscilloscope Check for Pulse Sign set to each of + - biphasic Watch for Error indicator when shorting the output

Output Transient Response (check)

Controls InputsObservations

Verify that full scale output is within specification Scale Range 100V 100V 10V 10V 100mA IV 1mA 10V 10mA 100V

AdjustCheck

Verify that pulses of approx 25V amplitude (625V for biphasic mode) of the correct sign are produced every 10ms Short output in biphasic mode Output should return when opened

AdjustCheck

Pulse Sign + Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =20010-4 Period =00110-3 Pulse Amplitude 250 Baseline Zero Trig Mode Free Mode Trig In open

Connect the oscilloscope to the output with a 310 attenuator probe Test both 10V and 10OV ranges

Verify that overshoot and risetime meet specifications

A-M Systems Inc 131 Business Paik Loop PO Box 850 Cailsbora Wa 98324 Tetophone 8004201306 bull 36Oeuro83-8300 bull FAX 360683-352S E-mail salasOa-msystemscom Website hitpywwwa-msystamsoom

18

Specifications

There are three classes of specifications Class A specifications tested in all units and are guaranteed Class B specifications are inherent in the design they are indirectly tested and are guaranteed Class C specifications are typical operating values which are occasionally tested- these are typical values given for your information but not guarshyanteed The class for each specification is noted in the center column of the following sections

Inputs Switching level

Hysteresis

Input equivalent circuit

Minimum duration (TTL-level signal)

A

C

C

C

16 V (plusmn 02 V)

approx 50 mV

lOOKfl to-1-5 in parallel with no more than 35pF

gt50ns

Open circuit condition B defaults to highon level

Timing and rate accuracy

Rate selector steps

Timing multiplier steps

B

B

100S to 100s in 7 steps

1 of rate selector step size Maximum value is 999 X the rate selector step size

Resolution B approx 01 of the maximum value

Timing error (second and later pulses after resetting controls)

B lt 002 of rate selector value + 015S

Timing error (first pulse after readjusting timing controls)

an additional 025s error may occur

Timing repeatability lt 001 settings-20 ns (mbnophasic)

A-M Systems Inc 131 Business Paik Loop PO Box 850 Caiisborg Wa 98324 Telophone 8004201306 3606808300 FAX 3606803S25 E-mail salesOa-msystemscom bull Website httpyy(wwaltTisystemscom

19

TRIG IN to OUTPUT delay (DELAY set to 0) output set to 2V

Timing jitter from TRIG IN to OUTPUT (for TTL trigger input with risetime lt10 ns)

Timing jitter from TRIG OUT (either BURST or PULSE) and OUTPUT

Trigger output to pulse output delay

Output characteristics Pulse level error (voltage mode open circuit current mode short circuit

Biphasic level difference IV-H-i-V-l2

Baseline level error (voltage mode A open circuit current mode short circuit)

Risetime (25 V out)

Risetime (25 V out)

Transient response

A

A

A

Output impedance (voltage mode) C

Output impedance (current mode) C

Isolation resistance A

Isolation capacitance C

approx 05 ps for a load of no more than 10 Kft in parallel with 50 pF

lt 125 ns (all rates except 100s) lt125ys (100s rate)

Less than 20 ns (all rates)

approx 350 ns

lt 03 of setting -i- 05 of r range (plus an additional 05vA in 100 ywA range)

lt 03 of range (voltage modes into open circuit current modes into short circuit)

lt 03 of setting of setting -I- 01 of range (plus an additional 05 pA in 100A range)

= 200 ns into less than 30 pF

= 15 yws into less than 30 pF

lt 8 overshoot into less than 30 pF for pulse voltages different than baseline voltage by at least 10 of range

= 50 ohms

raquo 1 0 Ga (typically 200 GD)

raquo 1 0 0 M n

= 60 pF at 100 Hz

A BB f ^ _ M 1 ^ ^ 131 Business Paik Loop ROBOx850Cai1sOorgWaW3Z4

- I V l o V S i e m S inC80Ph0trade80O42O1308-36O683-8300-FAX36O683-3525 7 bull bull bull bull ^ ^ E-maasale80a-m8vstemscomWebsitehitpjwwwaltnsyste

20 E-mai salesO a-m8ystemscom Website http jwwwa-msystemscom

Noise (differential mode)

Noise (common mode earth to isolated ground) with no signal output

Overload error indicator (low frequency short circuited voltage mode)

Overload error indicator low frequency open circuited current mode)

Overload error response time

Miscellaneous

= 1 mV rms (10 V scale 10 Hz-4 MHz)

- 8 mV rms (10 Hz-4 MHz) =laquo100mVp-p (200 Hz -10 MHz) measured withalOMn 15pF oscilloscope probe

Turns on for set amplitude at or greater than approx plusmn1 V (10 V range) or plusmn2 V (100 V range)

Turns on for set amplitude at or above approx 2 of range

Flat to approx 30 ps duration Decreasing sensitivity for shorter pulses

Power

Fuse

Operating temperature range

Storage temperature range

Operating humidity

Dimensions

Weight

approx 11 watts

1 amp 3 AG

10-30degC

0 - 50deg C

5 - 80 RH

17x475x1125 (inches) 432x121x286 cm

20 lbs (9 kg)

A-M Systems Inc 131 Business Paik Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Tekjptwne 8004201306 bull 36Olaquo8O8300 bull FAX 360laquo8O3525 E-mail salesOa-msystemscom Website httpywwwa-msystemscom

21

Warranty and Service

What does this warranty cover A-f Systems Inc warrants to the Purchaser that the Instrument excluding cables Headstage Probes and any other accessories shipped with the Instrument (hereafter the hardware) is free from defects in workmanship or material under normal use and service for the period of one (1) year This warranty commences on the date of delivery of the hardware to the Purchaser

What are the obligations of A-M Systems Inc under this warranty During the warranty period A-M Systems Inc agrees to repair or replace at its sole option without charge to the Purchaser any defective component part of the hardware To obtain warranty service the Purchaser must return the hardware to A-l^ Systems Inc or an authorized A-M Systems Inc distributor in an adequate shipping container Any postage shipping and insurance charges incurred in shipping the hardware to A-M Systems Inc must be prepaid by the Purchaser and all risk for the hardware shall remain with purchaser until such time as A-M Systems Inc takes receipt of the hardware Upon receipt A-M Systems Inc will promptly repair or replace the defective unit and then return the hardware to the Purchaser postage shipping and insurance prepaid A-M Systems Inc may use reconditioned or like new parts or units at its sole option when repairing any hardware Repaired products shall carry the same amount of outstanding warranty as from original purchase or ninety (90) days which ever is greater Any claim under the warranty must include a dated proof of purchase of the hardware covered by this warranty In any event A-M Systems Inc liability for defective hardware is limited to repairing or replacing the hardware

What is not covered by this warranty This warranty is contingent upon proper use and maintenance of the hardware by the Purchaser and does not cover batteries Neglect misuse whether intentional or othenvise tampering with or altering the hardware damage caused by accident damage caused by unusual physical electrical chemical or electromechanical stress damage caused by failure of electrical power or damage caused during transportation are not covered by this warranty Products may not be returned to A-M Systems Inc for service whether under warranty or otherwise which are contaminated by Infectious agents radioactive compounds or other materials constituting a health hazard to employees of A-M Systems Inc

What are the limits of liability for A-M Systems Inc under this warranty A-M Systems Inc shall not be liable for loss of data profits or savings or any special incidental consequential indirect or other similar damages arising from breach of contract negligence or other legal action even if the company or its agent has been advised of the possibility of such damages or for any claim brought against you by another party THIS EQUIPMENT IS NOT INTENDED FOR CLINICAL MEASUREMENTS USING HUMAN SUBJECTS A-M SYSTEMS INC DOES NOT ASSUME RESPONSIBILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE DUE TO MISUSE OF THIS EQUIPMENT Jurisdictions vary with regard to the enforceability of provisions excluding or limiting liability for incidental or consequential damages Check the provision of your local jurisdiction to find out whether the above exclusion applies to you

This warranty allocates risks of product failure between the Purchaser and A-M Systems Inc A-M Systems Inc hardware pricing reflects this allocation of ris1lt and the limitations of liability contained in this warranty The warranty set forth above is in lieu of all other express warranties whether oral or written The agents employees distributors and dealers of A-M Systems Inc are not authorized to make modifications to this warranty or additional warranties binding on the company Accordingly additional statements such as dealer advertising or presentations whether oral or written do not constitute warranties by A-M Systems Inc and should not be relied upon This warranty gives you specific legal rights You may also have other rights which vary from one jurisdiction to another

A B B J l laquo raquo ^ t3tBusinessPafkLoopPOBox850Cai1sbO(gWa98324

- | V | O V S i e m S |nCtrade042O1306-36O68O8300-FAX36O68O3525 E-mail salasOa-msvstemscom bull Website httowwwa-msvste

t3tBusinassParkLaopROBox8SOCai1sbo(gWa98324 po Telophone 8004201306 360683-8300 FAX 3606803525 ^ ^ E-maH salesOa-msystemscom Wetsite httpwwwa-msystem3e0m

mwal

INSTRUCTION MANUAL

FOR

ISOLATED PULSE STIMULATOR

MODEL 2100

Serial

Date

A-M Systems Inc

PO Box 850

Carisborg WA 98324

USA

360-683-8300 bull 800-426-1306 FAX 360-683-3525

httpwwwa-m8y8temscom

Version 50 May 1998

Contents General Description 1

Instrument Features 1 Controls and Connectors 2

Operating Instructions 6 Theory of Operation 10 Calibration Procedures 12

Inputs ii 14 Output Calibration iii i 16

Specifications i4 il u 19 Warranty and Service wi iJ iJi [ii 22

Each Isolated Pulse Stimulator Is delivered complete with

Rack Mount Hardware Instructions amp Maintenance Manual

NOTE

This instrument is not intended for clinical measurements using human subjects A-M Systems Inc does not assume msponsibility for injury or damage due to the misuse of this instrument

General bull M ^ ion

Instrument Features The Isolated Pulse Stimulator Model 2100 Is designed for a wide variety of applications It is highly flexible being capable of delivering single pulses biphasic pairs or bursts of pulses Pulses may be started manually or upon receiving a trigger signal from another instrument or computer Two non-isolated trigger outputs are available for triggering other instruments

Four sets of timing controls provide comprehensive control over all aspects of pulse generation Three digit accuracy is available over a 7 decade range for each timing function using lever wheel switches Pulse wkiths can be set over more than a 9 decade range from 05 [is to 999 seconds Timing accuracy is assured through the use of a 10 MHz base rate crystal-controlled clock digitally divided to provide accurate timing over the entire range A timing overiap indicator will light if the timing controls are set Inconsistently

The output may be conveniently switched between cun-ent and voltage modes Pulse and baseline amplitudes are independently presettable with lockable dials An error indicator will light if the Model 2100 cannoi deliver the desired signal

WARNING

The Model 2100 can produce potentially dangemus voltages up to 100 V et the output connectors The isolated output is not connected internally to safety (earth) ground in ahy way Some part of the extemal circuit should be connected to safety gmund Use caution in handling any wires connectors or electrodes which may be directly or indirectly attached to the Model 2100 output Some lltinds of connectors such as BNC connectors have exposed metal parts which may float at dangemus potentials unless extemally connected to safety gmund For greatest safety tum the Model 2100 off before making any connections to

the Instrument

131 Business Park LocfiPO Box BSOCarM)orgWa 98324 800426-1308 bull36OlaquoS3laquo300FAX 3 6 M 8 3 ^ 2 5

E-malt uiittyBQaHiByBtumaooiTi Wobsita HipJtwtiwiwftbMiAcon fl-N SystQms I n c ^ T

Controls and Connectors The controls for the Model 2100 are grouped in three sections START controlling when a pulse or burst of pulses begins TIMING controlling the onoff timing of one or more pulses and otJTPliT controlling the amplitude of the output signal

Start TRIG SLOPE This switch determines whether valid triggers occur at positive or negative edges in the trigger signal

MODE This switch controls how wavefomris are initiated When set to FREE RUN one timing cycle immediately follows the last When held in the MANUAL position a timing cycle starts immediately When the switch is in the center position timing cycles start when valid triggering events occur

TRIGD This LED lights up when a timing cycle is in process and continues until the burst is completed

TRIG This BNC connector allows a signal from an extemal source to initiate timing cycles It is set for standard TTL levels

GATE This BNC connector allows a signal from an extemal source to restrict the final output signal This input must be at a logical high (or open-circuited) in order for the Model 2100 to recognize either manual or automatic trigger events

Gate 1_ Trigger [~^ i I Valid triggers are represented by the arrows in the figure Note that the up arrow would apply only if TRIG SLOPE is set to + the down anrows would apply only if TRIG SLOPE is set to-

NOTE Triggers have no effect if the system has not completed its response to a previous trigger

fl-N SystQms I n c ^ 131 Business Park Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 600426-13063eO683laquo300FAX 360683^525

E-maB anBysQraquoinsyaleiTaconi Wsbalto h^KAvwwa-(nsys(smsoom

Timing Four sets of controls govem the timing of pulse generation Each set contains two values which are multiplied together to detennine the actual timing value The rotary knob (rate selector) provides the approximate timing value and the lever wheel switch bank (MULTIPLIER) provkles a time resolution of three decimal digits The following diagram shows most of the important relationships

Pnfe-tRAIM I B E L A V i6Molaquo

BURST WIOtH

Output r Delay

t n

Duration - ^ lt - |4Periodgt|

FLJI -^ Burst width

Trigger event

DELAY These controls set the time between the initiating trigger event and the beginning of the pulse burst If this rate selector is set to NONE or the multiplier is set to ooo there is no delay

BURSTWIDTH These controls set the time period in which one or more pulses may be delivered Once started a pulse may outlast the burst width If this rate selector is set to SINGLE or to any time shorter than the pulse duration only a single pulse will occur If the BURSTWIDTH is longer than the period pulses will be emitted at the PERIOD rate until the burst time ends Pulses are never truncated by a short BURST WIDTH

iNTpoundA-PULSiE PBRiOb

DURATION These controls set the length of each pulse If this rate selector is set to SQUARE the duration is set to half of the period regardless of the MULTIPLIER setting

PERIOD These controls set the period of time between adjacent pulse events within the burst It also forces a minimum dead time between recognized input triggers following a burst of one or more pulses This can be used to prevent over stimulation of a tissue without requiring excessive delay between the triggering event and the stimulating pulse

TlMtNQ OVERLAP

mLiHMPi

VVtJ jiwaa lasm nlaquoilaquo u

t^fi SysUms I n c ^ Elt4nsfl a m

131 Business Pofc Loop PO Box 850 Carisborg 1^98324 600-426-1306 36O6834300 FAK 360683^525

E-mai vrvysQfrflisysleraLOCniWutiailQL N^jAwwa^iByslernUiOOni

NOTE If any of these timing controls are changed while a timing cycle is in operation the results are undefined until the cunent cycle flnishes

TIMING OVERLAP This LED will light to indicate an Inconsistency in the timing cycle settings There are several ways to Introduce such errors The most common way is to set the inter-pulse PERIOD to be less than the pulse DURATION

TRIG OUT (UPPER) This BNC connector provides a signal which is coinckient with the intemal Burst timing signal (default) This means the signal starts at the end of the Delay time and persists until the Burst time expires This output may also be set to represent the delay time-out by setting the internal jumper J510 to the left two pins Instead of the right two pins (Please see the Calibration section in this manual for jumper location Directions are given as viewed from the fix)nt of the instrument)

TRIG OUT (LOWER) This BNC connector provides a signal which is coincident with the Duration timing signal which controls pulse output

NOTE Both trigger output signals slightly lead the isolated output signal

Output PULSE SIGN This Switch sets the sign for the pulses to be generated It also allows generation of biphasic pulses thereby doubling the effective total period Warning the first pulse genemted after changing the PULSE SIGN svntch may have the wmng polarity

BASELINE This switch sets the sign for the baseline signal

RANGE This rotary switch allows one of three current or two voltage ranges to be selected for the output signal

BASELINE AMPLITUDE This counting dial are independently set using ten-minute counting dials with the baseline having one tenth the range of the pulse amplitude

A-N Systlaquomslaquo Inc 131 Buskiess Partt Loop PO BoK 8S0 Cailsbarg Wa 96324 laophone 8004201306 bull36O68M300-FAX 3eolaquo8M525 E-mat bullmsysflMnsyslermoom VMaHsr Hlplhfimnmyekmoom

PULSE AMPLITUDE This counting dial

EVENTS This LED indicates when a pulse is ongoing

ERROR This LED indicates when the intemal output amplifier cannot output the pulse as desired This is usually due to a short circuit while trying to output a voltage or an open circuit while trying to output a current

One control from the Ot^uf section directly affects wavefonn timing the Pulse Sign control When set to the Biphasic mode a positive-going pulse is Immediately followed by a negative-going pulse This effectively doubles the pulse duration If a burst of biphasic pulses is being produced the period must be at least twice the single pulse duration In the Sgtan wave mode the baseline disappears as long as the burst persists

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Bushass Park locpPOBooi 850 C8ri9bcrgMS8324 IMqphona 800426-1306 bull36Olaquo83laquo3a0 FAX 360683-3529 E-nal amsyaOa4nsyatemscomWeMlK hMpJVniwa-nsygtatnscom

Operating Instructions

Examples Simple setup (and minimal Instrument tost)

Connect the output of the Model 2100 to an oscilloscope Before connecting the instrument it is safest to turn its power off

Set the Ou^uf controls

Range Pulse Sign

Baseline Pulse Amplitude

10V +

Zero 200

Setting The Timing Controls

Delay Burst Width

Duratbn Period

none single

15010-2 500102

Setting The Start Controls

Mode Free Run

Disconnect any cables to the TRIG or GATE Inputs

Note that the green Trig and Event Indicators tum on as Free Run is turned on (and tum off othenwise) You should observe a 15ms duration 20Hz rate pulse of 200V above a OV baseline on the oscilloscope i

A ^ M ^ _ _ _ A ^ _ _ _ 1 ^ 131BiiHnD8raquoParttloopPOBoxB50Car)sbcrBlaquoraquoS8324

bull P l ^ y S W n i S f |nC ltV^gt^8deglt^^2O1306380laquo8OS3a0FAX36O6BMS2S

6 E-fnflk 9n^fBOs-in9ystsni9cx]fnWDbs)tec H^ff9Nw^myStem9oom

Demonstration of Burst Mode Connect the output of the Model 2100 to an oscilloscope Before connecting the instrument it is safest to tum Its power off

Set the Output controls

Range Pulse Sign

Baseline Pulse Amplitude

Baseline Amplitude

Setting The Timing Controls

Delay Burst Width

Duration

Period

Set the START controls as follows

Mode

Disconnect any cables to the TRIG or GATE inputs

Trigger the oscilloscope from the Burst trigger out (upper Tr^ Out connector) for a stable display In each burst (occumng every lOOms) you should observe a trio of 15ms duration starting 50ms apart Try switching the StartMode from Free Run to the center (nomnal) position The pulses will no longer be produced and the Trig and Event indicators will turn off Pressing this switch once (to Manual) will cause a single burst to occur

880 120 150 500

10V +

200 100

102 102 102 102

Free Run

fleaff SySlQmSa |nCa deglgt ltlt ^ ^ deg ^ degdeg ^ ^ ^ bull E-matmia

131 Business Park LoopPO Box 850 Carisborg Vfe 86324 lUcphcna 800426-1306 36Olaquo83laquo300 FAX 36068raquo52 E-maft tfii8ysOiHn^nleiTBcom1AWisJto HSpitwraquoM^wytAtii9oom

Problem SoMng If the Instrument appears to be not worthing properiy check all of the control settings and connections Be sure to wait at least 5-10 seconds after turning the Instrument off before tuming it on again The following t6ef summary of typical problems for the user (along with the most common solutions) may help

Problem CauseSolution EVENT indicator never lights even in FREE RUN mode

bull Replace fuse check power connection bullSet DELAY or PERIOD to a shorter interval

bull Power-on too soon after power-off

OVERLAP Indicator is on

ERROR indicator is on

Time appears to be excessive

bullSet DURATION gt000 bull DURATION is set to SQUARE but PERIOD is 000 Increase PERIOD or set DURATION independantly

bull BURST and WIDTH are gt DURATION increase PERIOD or decrease

DURATION bull BIPHASIC pulse output is on and PERIOD is not longer than twice the DURATION Increase PERIOD or decrease DURATION

bull Free-run is on and BURST Is lt PERIOD (BURST off) DELAY is 0 and PERIOD is lt DURATION Add delay or modify PERIOD

bull Free-mn is on and BURST is gt DURATION (BURST ON) and PERIOD is lt DURATION Increase PERIOD

bull For VOLTAGE outputs the output Is trying to drive too low a resistance or capacitance (eg a short circuit) Check by disconnecting the output It is possible (and normal) that for the fastest cycles

and largest amplitudes (close to 100 V and 1 MS) that the ERROR Indicator might always come on during repetitive pulses Fix output load or decrease amplitude as required

bull Changed control in mid-cycle (resets cunent status)

A ^ M bull _ _ _ A ^ ^ _ _ i ^ mdash 131BuslnessPai1ltLoopPOBox850CarlsborgWamp98324

bull p i j ^ v s w m s iiic^^deglt^deg^^deglt^^^3degB3^^^deg^^^^degdeg^^^deg^^deg^^^^ E-mat iiiMOafflwstemseom WabaHe MtaffiwwtHtavsli

8 E-msft flmsjoQfrfraystGfnsoom ^WobsltiK hl^Aiwv9-fn9]nteniscom

Cant seem to get a full signal out

Incoming triggers not accepted frequently enough

bull Load is not properiy connected repair wiring

bull Too low a load impedance (VOLTAGE modes) or too high a load impedance

(CURRENT mode)

bull PERIOD is set too long (enforces dead time) followd by BURST set to SIGNAL Reduce PERIOD time

Table 10 Problem Solving

If you suspect that the Model 2100 may have completely failed we recommend checking the basic level of functionality If this fails your instrument is defective and must be repaired If this passes either your experimental setup is incompatible or inconsistent or there is a more subtle flaw in your Model 2100

If the Model 2100 appears to be malfunctioning contact A-M Systems Inc or your dealer Telephone numtgters for A-M Systems Inc listed on the front cover of this manual We will first attempt to solve the problem over the telephone so have an exact description of your problem available when you call You do not need to be within the warranty period to obtain over-the-phone assistance

A ^ M V - mdash A d B ^ K M I ^ M 131BuslnessPatfcLoopPOBox6SOCai

-PI s y s i Q m s inc-2raquolaquoa22=M^^

131 Business Parfc Loop PO Box 650 Cartsborg VM9 0S324 _ FAX36(W8a3525 E^nrt flnsysQa-ntsyttanB-oom Wsbsfte hHpiMNvwa-nnystsnisooni

9

Theory of Operation

The operation of the Model 2100 is summarized In the block diagram (see Fig 3) Not shown are all of the interconnections with the microcontroller The intemal microcontroler plays an important role in setting the signal path but does not directly

contribute to the dynamic characteristics It scans the front panel switches and sets the control values for the logic arays It programs the intemal counters which along with the other hardware achieve the necessary sub-microsecond speeds

All action starts either from an input trigger signal (from Trig In) or from an intemal signal (in free Run mode only) A Delay timer counts the 10MHz clock until its count value Is exhausted At this point the Burst timer starts Both Period and Duration timers are started at this time If the Burst timer has not expired by the end of the Period the Period and Duration timers are restarted If the Biphasic mode has been set the Duration timer is restarted at the end of the initial Duration and the sign of the output pulse Is reversed doubling the total duration

The system state (pulse on pulse sip baseline sign [+101-]) is transmitted to the isolated section via optoisolator The baseline and pulse amplitudes are selected by an analog switch The resulting signal is amplified by a variable-power-supply discrete operational amplifier The amplifier connections and gain is modified to provide two voltage and three cunent ranges

Timing overlap errors are detected by a logical decision computation rather than by testing for counter collisions This provides instant feedback rather than waiting up to an hour for such a collision to occur Output errors are measured by sensing the output amplifiers differential input voltage Under normal conditions this is a negligible voltage if the amplifier fails to deliver the requested signal the window comparator testing this voltage sends this message (via optoisolator) to the logic section turning on a warning LED

fl-N Systems Inc 131BusbnassPa(tLoopPOBox6SOCari3boigVMg8324 H n |TWoph0n880O426-13083eO6Blaquo300FMt36Olaquo8i3525 E-nnl anaysflfriinysleiiaoemWfcbslte hllphmwraquoimyatennoom

TRIG 3HJ) OUT

(burst)

TRIG ^ OUT

(pulse)

E

Ml

Calibration Procedures

The calibration interval is the lesser of 1000 hours of operation or 6 months Somewhat greater drift can be expected in the first 100 hours of operation as the semiconductors age Adjustments should only be made after the instrument has been fully warmed up for at least 15 minutes

Full instrument calibration requires the following test equipment digital multimeter (plusmn 01) able to measure resistance to at least lOOMfl oscilloscope with at least 50MHz bandwidth true-rms voltmeter with 4MHz bandwidth universal counter (plusmn 001 ) able to measure single pulse widths and periods resistors (all plusmn 01) 2kn lOkH 1 waft 20kn 200kn alligator clip lead sets banana plugs and BNC adapters

Adjustment integrated circuit and test point locations are shown in the following figures All adjustments are on the timing board unless otherwise noted

All voltages in the non-isolated section should be measured with respect to ground at TP510 unless othenvise stated Some voltages are measured with respect to an intemal isolated ground at TP650 or across the two output tenninals Occasionally the voltage at an IC pin must be measured In these cases the reference designator is given with the pin number in parentheses eg U602(16) When it states within this procedure that a voltage is to be minimized this means that the adjustment should be made such that the measured voltage is as close to zero volts as possible Refer to the Specifications Section of this manual for acceptable tolerances

The sequence of this procedure is Important If any adjustment is made all adjustments which follow must be made to ensure that the specifications will be met These procedures require that all controls remain as set in previous steps unless otherwise indicated

WARNING

The Model 2100 has dangerous voltages throughout the instrument even with the power is off Servicing the Model 2100 should only be done by qualified service personnel Use caution in handling any wires connectors or electrodes which may be directly or indirectly attached to the Instrument Do not touch exposed connections or components Disconnect power by unplugging the power cord from the receptacle

fl-N Systems I n c ^ 131BusinesaPartcLoopPOBox850CartsborgVWiB8324 4 n ^gt-mdash80O426-130638Ofl8Jlaquo300FAX36O683J52S bull E-maft BinsysQfrfn^islflnisoomVVfalislle h^KVfWMift^iisystemsoani

CO

- R503

Omg^

TPSOlQ O

OTPSOO

U560 bull

U510

DDID ^ trade E O ^ T P 5 1 0

bullnD Trig

0 ^

U570

Gate n U505

DO D

U515

Timing

Timing h_ U520

bsoo ^25SE Timing

Or r U540

I I Tmlng

[^ELIL

U535 D

U506

13 J510 Timlnff

BurfiDelay J400

i i i i i i i T r m r a

gt U550 ^

Clock

U555 U620

B a

^R^Pvhigh Rfijn O D O Vlow

o

bull U545

Fo sect737 lISOIsPjC-COMP

n r r ^ U760

J420

]]U632

Q S riuGSO

H = ) TP640^ deg I t I

II3D

J440 m i T i

U610 plusmn laquo j U O

bull bull l el

^t

O l

bull

M

I

Power supply and bias voltages

Power supply

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

POWER ON Observe voltage at P703 power supply wire top of main board

Check for+15 plusmn 050 V

Observe voltage at P701 power supply wire top of main board

Check for-15 plusmn 050 V

Observe voltage at U505(24) Check for+5 plusmn 025 V

Isolated supply voltage

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

RANGE 10 V TRIG open circuit MODE center position

Altemately observe V^ from R742 to R740 and V ^ from the U605(4) to U605(8)

Adjust R773 so that 110VltV^lt 120 V and

nign

28VltV^lt34V

Capacitance balance

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Connect a x10 oscilloscope probe to TP650 and ground the

Adjust R737 for minimum high frequency signal

Inputs

Gate funct ion

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave Verify that the voltage to GATE switches states at the Obsene voltage at U51G(3) proper input levels with an oscilloscope ^ ^

Trigger s lope

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave Verify that the voltage to TRIO switches states at the Observe voltage at US 10( 1) proper input levels with an oscilloscope

TRIG SLOPE + Verify voltage is 180 out of phase

TRIG SLOPE Verify voltage is in phase

fl-N Systems Inc ^ 131 Bushess Park Loop PO Bar 850 Carisborg Wa 98324 8004201306 3eOlaquoS3e300 FAX 3606BV352S

C-maft fliii8yBQfriii9yBlumaoamVIAibsMB hRpJhwMifi-iiiBystematxini

14

Trigger and gate funct ion

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

DELA NONE BURS1WII3TH SINGLE DURATION SQUARE PERIOD 100X10-3

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave to TRIG Obsen^e TRIOD and EVENT LEDS

TRIG disconnect all Short the GATE connector to GND Verify LEDs extinguish

MODE press to MANUAL Verify LEDs flash once

Timing

System c lock frequency

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Observe the frequency of the wave atU555(17)

Verify 1000 MHz plusmn001

Multipl iers (Wheel Switches)

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

PULSE SIGN + MODE FREE RUN TRIG disconnect all TIMING MULTIPUERS ail

wheels set to zero except the one being tested

TnmiNG OVERLAP ^nOTB

Observe the pulse width with the counter at the location specified below

Verify pulse width Is correct for each wheel as it is tested Independently

For each wheel of each MULTIPUER test each position to verify that the pulse width is correct Observe the signal at the following locations DELAY U520(2) BURSTWIDTH U530(2) PERIOD US40(2) DURATION U550(2)

Rates (Rotary Switches)

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

TIMING MULTIPUERS 001 TIMING RATES all rotary

switches set to 10-4 except the one being tested

Observe the pulse width with the counter at the location specified below

Verify pulse width is conect for each rotary switch as it is tested independently

For each of the four rotary switches in TIMING test each position to verify that the pulse wkJth is correct Observe the signal at the following locations DELAY U520(2) BURSTWIDTH U530(2) PERIOD U540(2) DURATION U550(2)

fl-N Systems I n c ^ E-maft emfl

131 Business Parti Loop PO 809(850 Cartsborg Wta 98324 8004201306 3804806300 FAX 36068O3S25

E-maft ansysQa nvystems-oom Wobste hflp Avwwa4nsy8(Qnttoam

15

Trigger outputs Controls

Range 10V Pulse Amplitude 500 Delay 100x10 Burst 100x10^2 Duration 100 x1a Period 400x10^ Pulse sign + Trig Mode Free run Trig in open

Inputs Observations

Trigger the oscilloscope to the Burst Trig Out Observe it the Pulse Trig Out and the isolated output

Adjust Check

Verify that the waveform consists of a burst of three 1ms-on3ms-off pulses The burst trigger should be synchronous with the burst the pulse trigger coincident with each pulse

Output Calibration

Isolation Resistance (check) Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode center position Trig In open

Measure the resistance between ground banana jack (front panel) and black banana jack of output with DMM

Resistance read gt 100MQ

Amplitude Switch Offset (R640) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Zero Trig Mode center position Trig In Open

Measure the voltage at TP645 vs TP650 with the DMM

Adjust R640 (AmpI Sw Offset) for minimum voltage

Output Offset (R332 front panel board) Controls I nputsObservatlons AdjustCheck

Baseline Zero Range 10V Trig Mode center position Trig In Open

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

Adjust R332 (Output offset) for minimum voltage

Positive Baseline Offset (R607) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Sign + Baseline Amplitude

fully CCW (000) Range 10V Trig In open Trig Mode center position

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

Adjust R602 (BSLN + offset) for minimum voltage

fl M raquo _ _ _ A laquo ^ _ i ^ ^ 131Buslnelaquo8Pari(loopPOBoK850Cart8borgWB96324

bull P I i s V S i e m S a |||Cg1Maphans80O42O130638O68O8300FAX36Olaquo8raquo^2S E-tiBft anagtraquoflwiisyagtlaquomraquoaimW6baHB hHpffii(wwraquoltnsylaquoleniieom

16

Negative Baseline Offset (R619) Controls

Baseline Sign -i Baseline Amplitude bull fully CCW (000)

Range 10V Trig In open Trig Mode center position

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

AdjustCheck

Adjust R619 (BSLN 4 offset) for minimum voltage

Pulse Amplitude Adjust (R602) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode Free Mode Pulse Amplitude 1000 Timing Dialay =none Burst =single Duration =1001 Period =00110-4 Pulse Sign -Trig In open Range 10V

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

The Overiap indicator should be on Adjust R602 (Max Level) for -1000V out

Pulse Sign Gain (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode Free Mode Pulse Amplitude 1000 Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =1001 s Period =00110-4s Trig In open Range 10V

Measure the voltage at the output with the DMM for the Pulse Sign at -- and - positions

The absolute values of the voltages should differ by less than lOOmV

Baseline Amplitudes (check) Controls InputsObservations

Range 100mA Trig Mode center position Baseline Amplitude fully CW (1000) Trig In open

Measure the voltage at the output with the DMM with Baseline Sign in + Zero and - positions

AdjustCheck

Gain the matching of current levels at = and - positions and offset current in Zero position

fl-N Systems Inc^^ bull E-mal am8

131 Business Partt Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 88324 8004201306360laquo8Oe300FAX 360laquo8O362S

E-maM am8y8^o-mBy8tflmBoom WobaKo hHp Awwwo-f i iBystonuoom

17

Output Range Amplitude and Drive (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Pulse Amplitude 1000 Pulse Sign + Trig Mode Free Run Timing Delay =none Burst =8ingle Duration =1001 Period =10010-4 Trig In open

Load the output with a 10KV1W 01 resistor Measure the voltage at the output with DMM

Verify that full scale output is within specification Scale Range 100V 100V 10V 10V 100mA IV 1mA 10V 10mA 100V

Pulse Sign and Short Circuit Protection (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Timing Delay =none Burst =8ingle Duration =200 10-4 Period =00110-3 Baseline Zero Pulse Amplitude 25 Range 10V Trig Mode Free Run Trig In open

Measure the voltage at the output with the oscilloscope Check for Pulse Sign set to each of + - biphasic Watch for Error indicator when shorting the output

Verify that pulses of approx 25V amplitude (625V for biphasic mode) of the correct sign are produced every 10ms Short output in biphasic mode Output should retum when opened

Output Transient Response (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Pulse Sign + Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =20010-4 Period =00110-3 Pulse Amplitude 250 Baseline Zero Trig Mode Free Mode Trig In open

Connect the oscilloscope to the output with a 310 attenuator prolse Test boVn 10V and 100V ranges

Verify that overshoot and risetime meet specifications

fl-N Systems I n c ^ 131 Business Parte Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wb 98324 8004201306 36Olaquo83O300 FAX 36O680lt352S

E-mQ0 snBy8Qs-msy8faiTiscom VWriMtte N ^ Mvww9-msy8lemscom

18

Specifications

There are three classes of specifications Class A specifications tested in all unHs and are guaranteed Class B specifications are inherent in the design they are indirectly tested and are guaranteed Class C specifications are typical operating values which are occasionally tested- these are typical values given for your infomiation but not guarshyanteed The class for each specification is noted in the center column of the following sections

Inputs Switching level

Hysteresis

Input equivalent circuit

Minimum duration (1 IL-level signal)

A

C

C

C

16V(plusmn02V)

approx 50 mV

100K ft to+5 In parallel with no more than 35pF

gt 50 ns

Open circuit condition B defaults to highon level

Timing and rate accuracy Rate selector steps

Timing multiplier steps

Resolution

Timing eror (second and later pulses after resetting controls)

B

B

B

B

lOOps to 100s In 7 steps

1 of rate selector step size Maximum value is 999 x the rate selector step size

approx 01 of the maximum value

lt 002 of rate selector value + 015 ps

Timing error (first pulse after readjusting timing controls)

an additional 025 ps error may occur

Timing repeatability lt 001 setting + 20 ns (monophasic)

fl-N Systems I nc ^ bull E-moU ams

131 Business Parti Loop PO Boot 850 Cartsborg VM 98324 80O42O130838O08O8300FAX36Olaquo8O3S2S

E-meU anByafl^iiisyslainaoomWebsHe hHpffliiwwraquomsys)emsoom

19

TRIG IN to OUTPUT delay (DELAY set to 0) output set to 2V

Timing jitter ft-om TRIG IN to OUTPUT (for TTL trigger input with risetime lt10 ns)

Timing jitter ft^om TRIG OUT (either BURST or PULSE) and OUTPUT

Trigger output to pulse output delay

Output charactsristics Pulse level enror (voltage mode open circuit cun-ent mode short circuit

Biphasic level difference |V + + V-|2

Baseline level error (voltage mode A open circuit current mode short circuit)

Risetime (25 V out)

Risetime (25 V out)

Transient response

A

A

A

Output impedance (voltage mode) C

Output impedance (current mode) C

Isolation resistance A

Isolation capacitance C

approx 05 ps for a load of no more than 10 Kft in parallel with 50 pF

lt 125 ns (all rates except 100s) lt 125 ps (100s rate)

Less than 20 ns (all rates)

approx 350 ns

lt 03 of setting + 05 of r range (plus an additional 05 pA inlOOpArenge)

lt 03 of range (voltage modes into open circuit current modes into short circuit)

lt 03 of setting of setting + 01 of range (plus an additional 05 pA in lOOpA range)

laquo 200 ns into less than 30 pF

laquo15 ps into less than 30 pF

lt 8 overshoot Into less than 30 pF for pulse voltages different than baseline voltage by at least 10 of range

laquo 50 ohms

raquo 1 0 Gft (typically 200 Gft)

raquo100Mft

laquo 60 pF at 100 Hz

fl-N Systems Inc^^ 131 Business Partt Uxip PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 96324 8004201308 SBOee^^SOO FAX 360laquoS3^52S

E-mat BiByraquoaiMii8ylaquoliiiiiseomWiljalteHlpJV(wwraquo4tgy8lenaoom

20

Noise (differential mode)

Noise (common mode earth to isolated ground) with no signal output

Overioad error indicator (low frequency short circuited voltage mode)

Overioad error indicator low frequency open circuited current mode)

Overioad enor response time

Miscellaneous

Power

Fuse

Operating temperature range

Storage temperature range

Operating humidity

Dimensions

Weight

laquo1 mV rms (10 V scale 10Hz-4MHz)

laquo 8 mV rms (10 Hz-4 MHz) laquo100mVp-p (200 Hz -10 MHz) measured withalOMft 15pF oscilloscope probe

Turns on for set amplitude at or greater than approx plusmn1V (10 V range) or plusmn2 V (100 V range)

Turns on for set amplitude at or above approx 2 of range

Flat to approx 30 ps duration Decreasing sensitivity for shorter pulses

approx 11 watts

1 amp 3 AG

10-30C

0 - 50deg C

5-80RH

17x475x1125 (Inches) 432x121x286 cm

20 lbs (9 kg)

fl mm bull gt _ _ _ A ^ ^ _ _ L ^ 131BusinesraquoPariltLocpPOBox850C8rtsborgWS9e324

bull p i ^ y s v e m s IIIC^^deg(^deg^Bdegltgt^^^3degdeg^deg^^deg^^^degdeg^^I^deg^deg^^^^^

21 E-mei flre^nQo 4n8yo(amscam Wsbsfle hHpAwwwe-msy8Jems-Oom

Warranty and Service

What does this warranty cover A-M Systems Inc warrants to the Purchaser that the Instrument excluding cables Headstage Probes and any other accessories shipped with the Instrument (hereafter the hardware) is free from defects in workmanship or material under normal use and service for the period of one (1) year This warranty commences on the date of delivery of the hardware to the Purchaser

What are the obligations of A-M Systems Inc under this warranty During the warranty period A-M Systems Inc agrees to repair or replace at its sole option without charge to the Purchaser any defective component part of the hardware To obtain warranty service the Purchaser must return the hardware to A-M Systems Inc or an authorized A-M Systems Inc distributor in an adequate shipping container Any postage shipping and insurance charges incurred in shipping the hardware to A-M Systems Inc must be prepaid by the Purchaser and all risk for the hardware shall remain with purchaser until such time as A-M Systems Inc takes receipt of the hardware Upon receipt A-M Systems Inc will promptly repair or replace the defective unit and then return the hardware to the Purchaser postage shipping and insurance prepaid A-M Systems Inc may use reconditioned or like new parts or units at its sole option when repairing any hardware Repaired products shall carry the same amount of outstanding wan^nty as from original purchase or ninety (90) days which ever is greater Any claim under the warranty must include a dated proof of purchase of the hardware covered by this wan-anty In any event A-M Systems Inc liability for defective hardware is limited to repairing or replacing the hardware

What is not covered by this warranty This warranty is contingent upon proper use and maintenance of the hardware by the Purchaser and does not cover batteries Neglect misuse whether intentional or otherwise tampering with or altering the hardware damage caused by accident damage caused by unusual physical electrical chemical or electromechanical stress damage caused by failure of electrical power or damage caused during transportation are not covered by this warranty Products may not be returned to A-M Systems Inc for service whether under warranty or otherwise which are contaminated by infectious agents radioactive compounds or other materials constituting a health hazard to employees of A-M Systems Inc

What are the limits of llabiiity for A-M Systems inc under this warranty A-M Systems Inc shall not be liable for loss of data profits or savings or any special incidental consequential indirect or other similar damages arising from breach of contract negligence or other legal action even if the company or its agent has been advised of the possibility of such damages or for any claim brought against you by another party THIS EQUIPMENT IS NOT INTENDED FOR CLINICAL MEASUREMENTS USING HUMAN SUBJECTS A-M SYSTEMS INC DOES NOT ASSUME RESPONSIBILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE DUE TO MISUSE OF THIS EQUIPMENT Jurisdictions vary with regard to the enforceability of provisions excluding or limiting liability for incidental or consequential damages Check the provision of your local jurisdiction to find out whether the above exclusion applies to you This warranty allocates risks of product failure between the Purchaser and A-M Systems Inc A-M Systems Inc hardware pricing reflects this allocation of risk and the limitations of liability contained in this wanranty The warranty set forth above is in lieu of all other express wan^anties whether oral or written The agents employees distributors and dealers of A-M Systems Inc are not authorized to make modifications to this wan-anty or additional wan-anties binding on the company Accordingly additional statements such as dealer advertising or presentations whether oral or written do not constitute wananties by A-M Systems Inc and should not be relied upon This warranty gives you specific legal rights You may also have other rights whrch vary from one jurisdiction to another

6 mm ^ laquo _ _ A a B ^ _ 1 ^ ^ 131 Business Parti Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg W B 98324 O O

bull P l A y S V e m S l n C T^M 8OO42OI3O6 380683-8300FAX 360 803525 ^ ^ E-msl iiiisy80iHTBy8tenisoom Wsbsito hnphwwfrimysleiiisoom

A

V ISO

INSTRUCTION MANUAL

FOR

ISOLATED PULSE STIMULATOR

MODEL 2100

Serial

Date

A-M Systems Inc

PO Box 850

Carlsborg WA 98324

USA

360-683-8300 bull 800-426-1306 FAX 360-683-3525

httpwwwa-msystemscom

Version 70 February 2002

Contents General Description 1

Instrument Features 1 Controls and Connectors 2

Operating Instructions 6 Theory of Operation 10 Calibration Procedures 12

Inputs 14 Output Calibration 16

Specifications 19 Warranty and Service 22

Each Isolated Pulse Stimulator is delivered complete with

Rack Mount Hardware Instructions amp Maintenance Manual

NOTE

This instrument is not intended for clinical measurements using human subjects A-M Systems Inc does not assume responsibility for Injury or damage due to the misuse of this instrument

General Description

Instrument Features The Isolated Pulse Stimulator Model 2100 is designed for a wide variety of applications It is highly flexible being capable of delivering single pulses biphasic pairs or bursts of pulses Pulses may be started manually or upon receiving a trigger signal from another Instrument or computer Two non-isolated trigger outputs are available for triggering other instruments

Four sets of timing controls provide comprehensive control overall aspects of pulse generation Three digit accuracy is available over a 7 decade range for each timing function using lever wheel switches Pulse widths can be set over more than a 9 decade range from 05 ps to 999 seconds Timing accuracy is assured through the use of a 10 MHz base rate crystal-controlled clock digitally divided to provide accurate timing over the entire range Atiming overiap indicator will light If the timing controls are set inconsistently

The output may be conveniently switched between current and voltage modes Pulse and baseline amplitudes are Independently presettable with lockable dials An error Indicator will light if the Mode2700 cannot deliver the desired signal

r WARNING

The Model 2100 can produce potentially dangerous voltages up to 100 V at the output connectors The isolated output is not connected internally to safety (earth) ground in any way Some part of the extemal circuit should be connected to safety ground Use caution in handling any wires connectors or electrodes which may be directly or indirectly attached to the Model 2100 output Some kinds of connectors such as BNC connectors have exposed metal parts which may float at dangerous potentials unless extemally connected to safety ground For greatest safety tum the Model 2100 off before making any connections to

the instrument

131 Business Parii Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Telophone 800-426-1306 bull 360-68raquolaquo300 bull FAX 360683-3525 E-mal satesa-msystemsoom VVfebsite httpywwwa^nsystemscom fl-N Systems Inc 1

Controls and Connectors The controls for the Model 2100 are grouped in three sections START which controls when a pulse or burst of pulses begins TIMING which controls the onoff timing of one or more pulses and OUTPUT which controls the amplitude of the output signal

Start TRIG SLOPE Determines the polarity of valid trigger pulses (positive or negative edges in the trigger signal)

MODE Controls waveform initiation When set to FREE RUN one timing cycle immediately follows the last When momentarily placed In the MANUAL position a timing cycle starts Immediately When the switch Is In the center position timing cycles start when valid triggering events occur

TRIGD This LED lights up when a timing cycle Is in process and continues until the burst is completed

TRIG This BNC connector allows a signal from an external source to Initiate timing cycles It is set for standard TTL levels

GATE This BNC connector allows a signal from an external source to restrict the final output signal This input must be at a logical high (or open-circuited) in order for the Model 2100 to recognize either manual or automatic trigger events

Gate 1_ Trigger |~~^ i I Valid triggers (represented by the arrows in the figure) can occur only when the gate Is at logical high Note that the up arrow would apply only If TRIG SLOPE is set to + the down an-ows would apply only if TRIG SLOPE Is set to -

NOTE Triggers have no effect if the system has not completed its response to a previous trigger

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Park Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Vb 98324 TelQphQne 80O426-1306 360683-8300 FAX 360683-3525 E-mail sales^a-msystemscom Wsbsite httpywwwa-msystemscom

Timing Four sets of controls govern the timing of pulse generation Each set contains two values which are multiplied together to detemnine the actual timing value The rotary knob (rate selector) provides the approximate timing value and the lever wheel switch bank (MULTIPLIER)

provides a time resolution of three decimal digits The following diagram shows most of the Important relationships

Output r Delay Duration

|ltPeriodgtj

t Burst width

Trigger event

DELAY These controls determine the time duration between the initiating trigger event and the beginning of the pulse burst If this rate selector is set to NONE or the multiplier is set to 000 there Is no delay

BURST WIDTH These controls determine the time period in which one or more pulses may be delivered Once started a pulse may outlast the burst width If this rate selector is set to SINGLE or to any time shorter than the pulse duration only a single pulse will occur If the BURST WIDTH Is longer than the period pulses will be emitted at the PERIOD rate until the burst time ends Pulses are never truncated by a short BURSTWIDTH

inds)-PULSE

D U R A T I O N 1 0 1 0

10

INTEB-PULSE PERIOD

1 1 10

DURATION These controls determine the length of each pulse Ifthis rate selector Is set to SQUARE the duration is set to half of the period regardless of the MULTIPLIER setting

PERIOD These controls set the period of time between adjacent pulse events within the burst It also forces a minimum dead time between recognized input triggers following a burst of one or more pulses This can be used to prevent over stimulation of a tissue without requiring excessive delay between the triggering event and the stimulating pulse

TIMING OVERLAP

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 860 Carisborg Vamp 98324 |Telophone 800-426-1306 360683-8300 bull FAX 3606aW525 E-mail salearega^nsystemsoom Vfeb5ite httpAwwwa^nsyslemscam

NOTE If any of these timing controls are changed while a timing cycle is in operation the results are undefined until the current cycle finishes

TIMING OVERLAP This LED will light to Indicate an inconsistency in the timing cycle settings There are several ways to introduce such errors The most common way is to set the Inter-pulse PERIOD to be less than the pulse DURATION

T I M I N G (seconds)^

TRIG OUT (UPPER) This BNC connector provides a signal which is coincident with the Internal Burst timing signal (default) This means the signal starts at the end of the Delay time and persists until the Burst time expires This output may also be set to represent the delay time-out by setting the internal jumper J510 to the right two pins instead of the left two pins (Please see the Calibration section in this manual for jumper location Directions are given as viewed from the front of the Instrument)

TRIG OUT (LOWER) This BNC connector provides a signal which Is coincident with the Duration timing signal which controls pulse output

NOTE Both trigger output signals slightly lead the isolated output signal

Output

PULSE SIGN This switch determines the polarity of the pulses to be generated It also allows generation of biphasic pulses thereby doubling the effective total period Warning the first pulse generated after changing the PULSE

SIGN switch may have the wrong polarity

BASELINE This Switch determines the polarity ofthe baseline signal

RANGE This rotary switch determines if the output pulses will be constant current (3 ranges) or constant voltage (2 ranges)

BASELINE AMPLITUDE This value is independently set using a ten-turn counting dial The maximum baseline amplitude is one tenth the value shown on the range amplitude switch

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 8S0 Cartsborg Vfa 98324 |Tetaphone 80O426-1306 bull 360683-8300 bull FAX 3606803525 E-mail salesa-msystemscom Wbbsite http7Awwwaflnsystemscom

PULSE AMPLITUDE This value is independently set using a ten-turn counting dial The maximum pulse amplitude is the value shown on the range amplitude switch

EVENT This LED indicates when a pulse is ongoing

ERROR This LED indicates when the internal output amplifier cannot output the pulse as desired This is usually due to a short circuit while trying to output a voltage or an open circuit while trying to output a current

VOTEThe Pulse Sign control in the Oupuf section directly affects waveform timing When set to the Biphasic mode a positive-going pulse is immediately followed by a negative-going pulse This effectively doubles the pulse duration If a burst of biphasic pulses is being produced the period must be at least twice the single pulse duration In the Square wave mode the baseline disappears as long as the burst persists

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsboig Vte 98324 |Telophone 800426-1306 360683-8300 bull FAX 3606833525 E-mail salesa-m5ystem5 com Website httpwwwa-msystemscom

Operating Instructions

Examples Simple setup (and minimal instrument test)

Connect the output ofthe Model 2100 to an oscilloscope Before connecting the Model 2100 to any other instrument or the experimental preparation It is safest to turn Its power off

Set the Oufpuf controls

Range 10V Pulse Sign +

Baseline Zero Pulse Amplitude 200

Setting The Timing Controls

Delay Burst Width

Duration Period

none single

15010-2 50010-2

Setting The Start Controls

Mode Free Run

Disconnect any cables to the TRIG or GATE inputs

Note that the green Trig and Event Indicators turn on as Free Run is turned on (and turn off otherwise) You should observe a 15ms duration 20Hz rate pulse of 200V above a OV baseline on the oscilloscope

fl-N Systems Inc 131 BusinessPartiLoop RO Box850CarisbcxgWa98324 |Telophone 800426-1306 bull 360-683-8300 bull FW 360683-3525 E-mail salesa-msystems com VVbbsite httpywwwa-msystems com

Demonstration of Burst Mode Connect the output ofthe Model 2100 to an oscilloscope Before connecting the Model 2100 to any other instrument or the experimental preparation It Is safest to turn its power off

Set the Outpuf controls

Range 10V Pulse Sign +

Baseline Pulse Amplitude 200

Baseline Amplitude 100

Setting The Timing Controls

Delay 88010-2 Burst Width 12010-^

Duration 15010-2 Period 50010-2

Set the START controls as follows

Mode Free Run

Disconnect any cables to the TRIG or GATE inputs

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Telophooe 8004201306 360683-8300 bull FAX 360683-3525 E^naii salesa-msystems com Watjsite http7wwwa-msystemscom

Trigger the oscilloscope from the Bursf trigger out (upper Trig Out connector) for a stable display In each burst (occurring every lOOms) you should observe a trio of 15ms duration starting 50ms apart Try switching the StartMode from Free Run to the center (nonnal) position The pulses will no longer be produced and the Trig and Event Indicators will tum off Pressing this switch once (to Manual) will cause a single burst to occur

Problem Solving If the instrument appears to be not working properiy check all ofthe control settings and connections Be sure to wait at least 5-10 seconds after turning the instrument off before turning it on again The following summary of typical problems for the user (along with the most common solutions) may help

Problem CauseSolution

EVENT Indicator never lights even in FREE RUN mode

bull Replace fuse check power connection bullSet DELAY or PERIOD to a shorter interval

bull Power-on too soon after power-off

OVERLAP Indicator is on

ERROR indicator is on

bull Set DURATION gt000 bull DURATION Is set to SQUARE but

PERIOD is 000 Increase PERIOD or set DURATION independantly

bull BURST and WIDTH are gt DURATION increase PERIOD or decrease DURATION

bull BIPHASIC pulse output Is on and PERIOD is not longer than twice the DURATION Increase PERIOD or decrease DURATION

bull Free-run Is on and BURST is lt PERIOD (BURST off) DELAY is 0 and PERIOD Is lt DURATION Add delay or modify PERIOD

bull Free-run is on and BURST is gt DURATION (BURST ON) and PERIOD is lt DURATION Increase PERIOD

bull For VOLTAGE outputs the output is trying to drive too low a resistance or capacitance (eg a short circuit) Check by disconnecting the output ft is possible (and normal) that for the fastest cycles and largest amplitudes (close to 100 V

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business PartiLoop PO Box 850 CartsborgWa 98324 iTelophone 800-42O130636O6e3-8300FAX 3606B3-3525 E-mail satesaflisyslefmcom Vfebslte http7wwwa-msyslemscom

and 1 ps) that the ERROR indicator might always come on during repetitive pulses Fix output load or decrease amplitude as required

Time appears to be excessive Changed control in mid-cycle (resets current status)

Cant seem to get a full signal out Load Is not properiy connected repair wiring Too low a load impedance (VOLTAGE modes) or too high a load impedance (CURRENT mode)

Incoming triggers not accepted frequently enough

PERIOD is set too long (enforces dead time) followd by BURST set to SIGNAL Reduce PERIOD time

Table 10 Problem Solving

If you suspect that the Model 2100 may have completely failed we recommend checking the basic level of functionality Ifthis fails your instrument Is defective and must be repaired Ifthis passes either your experimental setup is incompatible or inconsistent or there is a more subtle flaw in your Model 2100

If the Model 2100 appears to be malfunctioning contact A-M Systems Inc or your dealer We will first attempt to solve the problem over the telephone so have an exact description of your problem available when you call You do not need to be within the warranty period to obtain over-the-phone assistance

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 iTetoptxme 80O426-1306 bull 360683-8300 FAX 3606803525 E-mail satesa-msystemsoomAfebsitehttpJwwwaflisystemscom

Theory of Operation

The operation ofthe Model 2100 is summarized in the block diagram (see the figure on Page 11) Not shown are all ofthe interconnections with the microcontroller The internal microcontroler plays an important role in setting the signal path but does not directly contribute to the dynamic characteristics It scans the front panel switches and sets the control values for the logic arrays It programs the internal counters which along with the other hardware achieve the necessary sub-microsecond speeds

Pulse generation starts either from an Input trigger signal (from Trig In) or an internally signal (Free Run mode) A Delay timer counts the 10MHz clock until its count value is exhausted At this point the Burst Period and Duration timers are started If the Burst timer has not expired by the end ofthe Period the Period and Duration timers are restarted If the Biphasic mode has been set the Duration timer is restarted at the end of the initial Duration and the sign ofthe output pulse is reversed doubling the total duration

The system state (pulse on pulse sign baseline sign [+0f-]) is transmitted to the isolated section via optoisolator The baseline and pulse amplitudes are selected by an analog switch The resulting signal is amplified by a variable-power-supply discrete operational amplifier The amplifier connections and gain is modified to provide two voltage and three current ranges

Timing overiap errors are detected by a logical decision computation rather than by testing for counter collisions This provides instant feedback rather than waiting up to an hour for such a collision to occur Output errors are measured by sensing the output amplifiers differential input voltage Under normal conditions this is a negligible voltage If the amplifier fails to deliver the requested signal the window comparator testing this voltage sends this message (via optoisolator) to the logic section turning on a warning LED

fl-N Systems Inc 131BusinessPart(LoopRO Box850CarisboigWa98324 4 n Tel0pri0ne80O426-130636O683^300FAX36O6833525 ^ E-mail salesaflisystBmscom V febsite http7wwwa-msystemsoom

S i

I - - ^^mdasho^M

OUTPUT i l l

TRIG ^ OUT

(burst)

TRIG 3-lt) OUT

(pulse)

til

I laquo

Calibration Procedures

The calibration interval is the lesser of 1000 hours of operation or 6 months Somewhat greater drift can be expected in the first 100 hours of operation as the semiconductors age Adjustments should only be made after the instrument has been fully warmed up for at least 15 minutes

Full instrument calibration requires the following test equipment digital multimeter (plusmn 01) able to measure resistance to at least lOOMO oscilloscope with at least 50MHz bandwidth true-mis voltmeter with 4MHz bandwidth universal counter (plusmn 001 ) able to measure single pulse widths and periods resistors (all plusmn 01) 2kn lOkH 1 watt 20kn 200kn alligator clip lead sets banana plugs and BNC adapters

Adjustment integrated circuit and test point locations are shown in the following figures All adjustments are on the timing board unless othenAise noted

All voltages in the non-isolated section should be measured with respect to ground at TP510 unless othenwise stated Some voltages are measured with respect to an internal isolated ground at TP650 or across the two output temninals Occasionally the voltage at an IC pin must be measured in these cases the reference designator is given with the pin number in parentheses eg U602(16) When it states within this procedure that a voltage is to be minimized this means that the adjustment should be made such that the measured voltage is as close to zero volts as possible Refer to the Specifications Section of this manual for acceptable tolerances

The sequence of this procedure is important If any adjustment is made all adjustments which follow must be made to ensure that the specifications will be met These procedures require that all controls remain as set in previous steps unless othenAise indicated

WARNING

The Model 2100 has dangerous voltages throughout the instrument even with the power is off Servicing the Model 2100 should only be done by qualified service personnel Use caution in handling any wires connectors or electrodes which may be directly or indirectly attached to the instrument Do not touch exposed connections or components Disconnect power by unplugging the power cord from the receptacle

H B ^ ^ S y s t e m s inc^degdegp^deg^^deg-^^^^^^^^B3^^^degdeg^^^lt^^^B^^^^ 131BusinessPartiLoopPO Box850CartsbOigWamp98324 4 9 |Telophone800-42013C6360683-8300F0lt360683-3525 ^ E-mail salesa-msystefnscom website httpwwwaflisystems com

CO

TP501 O lt0

g OTPSOO

U560 S

Trig Gate

0 -TISOS

U570

U500

Timing

p U520

Timing

K U550 Timin

gt U540

U515

o X I Timin

U508 I

J510 Timing nnn

Burst Delay J400

gt U550

R503

D D I D bull U8QQ i Q

n

oo

V P 5 1 0

b U535

^

Clock i _

U555

lt U 5 4 5

o

h d ^ O - - ^ U605

Q D

U620

O fJZ^ R737 bull ^ 1^13015 r j C - C O M P

B B nU770 ^ ^ ^ 5 ^ a

J420

a

o E

bull [ ]U632

riueso

rR742rVhigh R 6 1 9 ^

LJ TP645 O TP650

TPMOQ^QS

Vlow

CD-

CZZl

J440 bull bull tl iUDQ

I t

f i l

Power supply and bias voltages

Power supply

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

POWER ON Observe voltage at P703 power supply wire top of main board

Check for+15 plusmn 050 V

Observe voltage at P701 power supply wire top of main board

Check for-15 plusmn 050 V

Observe voltage at U505(24) Check for +5 plusmn 025 V

Isolated supply voltage Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

RANGE 10 V TRIG open circuit MODE center position

Alternately observe V ^ from R742 to R740 and V ^ from theU605(4)toU605(8)

Adjust R773 so that 110VltV lt 120 V and

nigh

28VltV|^lt34V

Capacitance balance Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

Connect a xlO oscilloscope probe to TP650 and ground the

Adjust R737 for minimum high frequency signal

Inputs

Gate function Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave Verify that the voltage to GATE switches states at the Observe voltage at U510(3) proper input levels with an oscilloscope

Trigger slope Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave Verify that the voltage to TRIG switches states at the Observe voltage at U510( 1) proper input levels with an oscilloscope

TRIG SLOPE Verify voltage is 180deg out of phase

TRIG SLOPE Verify voltage is in phase

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 860 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Jelophone 800-4201306 360683-8300 bull FM 380683-3525 E-mail salesaflTsystBfnscom bull Vtebsite httpVAirwwaflisystems com

14

Trigger and gate f unc t i on

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

DELAY NONE BURS-nMDTH SINGLE DURATION SQUARE PERIOD 100X10-3

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave to TRIG Observe TRIGD and EVENT LEDs

TRIG disconnect all Short the GATE connector to GND Verify LEDs extinguish

MODE press to MANUAL Verify LEDs flash once

Timing

System c lock f requency

Controls Inputs Observations Ad jus t Check

Observe the frequency of the wave Verify 1000 MHz plusmn 001 atU555(17)

Mul t ip l iers (Wheel Swi tches)

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

PULSE SIGN-laquobull MODE FREE RUN TRIG disconnect all TIMING MULTIPUERS all

wheels set to zero except the one being tested

TIMING OVERLAP ignore

Observe the pulse width with the counter at the location specified t)elow

Verify pulse width is correct for each wheel as it is tested independently

For each wheel of each MULTIPLIER test each position to verify that the pulse width is correct Observe the signal at the following locations DELAY U520(2) BURSTWIDTH U530(2) PERIOD U540(2) DURATION U550(2)

Rates (Rotary Swi tches)

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

TIMING MULTIPUERS 001 Observe the pulse width with the TIMING RATES all rotary counter at the location specified

switches set to 10-4 below except the one being tested

Verify pulse width is correct for each rotary switch as it is tested independently

For each ofthe four rotary switches in TIMING test each position to verify that the pulse width is correct Observe the signal at the following locations DELAY U520(2) BURSTWIDTH U530(2) PERIOD U540(2) DURATION U550(2)

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 iTetophone 8004201306 bull 360683-8300 bull FOC 3606803525 E-mail salesa-msystemscom Wbbsite httpJwwwaflTSystemscom

15

Trigger outputs

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

Range 10V Pulse Amplitude 500 Delay 100 xlO^ Burst 100 x 10 ^ Duration 100x10-^ Period 400x10-^ Pulse sign + Trig Mode Free run Trig in open

Trigger the oscilloscope to the Burst Trig Out Observe it the Pulse Trig Out and the isolated output

Verify that the waveform consists of a burst of three 1ms-on3ms-off pulses The burst trigger should be synchronous with the burst the pulse trigger coincident with each pulse

Output Calibration

Isolation Resistance (check)

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode center position Trig In open

Measure the resistance between ground banana jack (front panel) and black banana jack of output with DMM

Resistance read gt 100MQ

Amplitude Switch Offset (R640)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Zero Trig Mode center position Trig In Open

Measure the voltage at TP645 vs TP650 with the DMM

Adjust R640 (AmpI Sw Offset) for minimum voltage

Output Offset (R332 front panel board) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Zero Range 10V Trig Mode center position Trig In Open

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

Adjust R332 (Output offset) for minimum voltage

Positive Baseline Offeet (R607) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Sign + Baseline Amplitude

fully CCW (000) Range 10V Trig In open Trig Mode center position

Measure the voltage across the outputwiththeDMM

Adjust R602 (BSLN + offset) for minimum voltage

fl-N Systems Inc 131 BusBiess Parti Loop P O Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Telophone B00-42O1306 bull 360683-8300 bull FAX 3606803525 E-mail salesaflisystemscom V^tebsite httpy^vwwa-msystems com

16

Negative Baseline Offset (R619)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Sign -Baseline Amplitude

fully CCW (000) Range 10V Trig In open Trig Mode center position

Measure the voltage across the outputwiththeDMM

Adjust R619 (BSLN + offset) for minimum voltage

Pulse Amplitude Adjust (R602)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode Free Mode Pulse Amplitude 1000 Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =1001 Period =00110-4 Pulse Sign -Trig In open Range 10V

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

The Overiap indicator should be on Adjust R602 (Max Level) for -10OOV out

Pulse Sign Gain (check)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode Free Mode Pulse Amplitude 1000 Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =100 1s Period =001 10-4s Trig In open Range 10V

Measure the voltage at the output with the DMM for the Pulse Sign at + and - positions

The absolute values ofthe voltages should differ by less than lOOmV

Baseline Amplitudes (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Range 100mA Trig Mode center position Baseline Amplitude fully CW (1000) Trig In open

Measure the voltage at the output with the DMM with Baseline Sign in + Zero and

- positions

Gain the matching of current levels at = and - positions and offset current in Zero position

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop PO Box 850 Cartsboig Wa 98324 Telophone 800-4201306 360683-8300 FkX 3606803525 E-mail salesa-msystemscom website http^^wwaflisystemsccm

17

Output Range Amplitude and Drive (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Pulse Amplitude 1000 Pulse Sign + Trig Mode Free Run Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =1001 Period =10010-4 Trig In open

Load the output with a 10KV 1W 01 resistor Measure the voltage at the output with DMM

Verify that full scale output is within specification Scale Range 100V 100V 10V 10V 100mA IV 1mA 10V 10mA 100V

Pulse Sign and Short Circuit Protection (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =200 10-4 Period =00110-3 Baseline Zero Pulse Amplitude 25 Range 10V Trig Mode Free Run Trig In open

Measure the voltage at the output with the oscilloscope Check for Pulse Sign set to each of + - biphasic Watch for Error indicator when shorting the output

Verify that pulses of approx 25V amplitude (625V for biphasic mode) of the correct sign are produced every 10ms Short output in biphasic mode Output should return when opened

Output Transient Response (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Pulse Sign + Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =20010-4 Period =00110-3 Pulse Amplitude 250 Baseline Zero Trig Mode Free Mode Trig In open

Connect the oscilloscope to the output with a 310 attenuator probe Test both 10V and 100V ranges

Verify that overshoot and risetime meet specifications

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Telophone 8004201306 bull 3606808300 bull Flaquo( 360laquo83ltJ525 E-mail salesa-msystemsocm V^febsite http^wwwa-msystefnscom

18

Specifications

There are three classes of specifications Class A specifications tested in all units and are guaranteed Class B specifications are inherent in the design they are indirectly tested and are guaranteed Class C specifications are typical operating values which are occasionally tested- these are typical values given for your information but not guarshyanteed The class for each specification is noted in the center column ofthe following sections

Inputs Switching level

Hysteresis

Input equivalent circuit

Minimum duration (1 IL-level signal)

A

C

C

C

16 V(plusmn 02 V)

approx 50 mV

lOOKH to+5 in parallel with no more than 35pF

gt 50 ns

Open circuit condition B defaults to highon level

Timing and rate accuracy Rate selector steps

Timing multiplier steps

B

B

lOOpsto 100s in 7 steps

1 of rate selector step size Maximum value is 999 X the rate selector step size

Resolution B approx 01 ofthe maximum value

Timing error (second and later pulses after resetting controls)

B lt 002 of rate selector value + 015 ps

Timing error (first pulse after readjusting timing controls)

an additional 025 ps error may occur

Timing repeatability lt 001 setting + 20 ns (monophasic)

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Ram Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Vfa 98324 pTelophone 8004201306 bull 360683-8300 bull FAX 360683-3525

E-mail salesraquoflisystems com Wabsite httpJAnww afl isystems com

19

TRIG IN to OUTPUT delay (DELAY set to 0) output set to 2V

Timing jitter from TRIG IN to OUTPUT (for TTL trigger input with risetime lt10 ns)

Timing jitter from TRIG OUT (either BURST or PULSE) and OUTPUT

Trigger output to pulse output delay

Output characteristics Pulse level error (voltage mode open circuit current mode short circuit

Biphasic level difference IV + - V-1 2

Baseline level error (voltage mode open circuit current mode short circuit)

Risetime (25 V out)

Risetime (25 V out)

Transient response

A

A

A

Output impedance (voltage mode) C

Output impedance (current mode) C

Isolation resistance A

Isolation capacitance C

approx 05 ps for a load of no more than 10 KH in parallel with 50 pF

lt 125 ns (all rates except 100s) lt 125 ps (100s rate)

Less than 20 ns (all rates)

approx 350 ns

lt 03 of setting + 05 of r range (plus an additional 05 pA in 100 pA range)

lt 03 of range (voltage modes into open circuit current modes into short circuit)

lt 03 of setting of setting + 01 of range (plus an additional 05 pA in lOOpA range)

= 200 ns into less than 30 pF

= 15 ps into less than 30 pF

lt 8 overshoot into less than 30 pF for pulse voltages different than baseline voltage by at least 10 of range

= 50 ohms

raquo 1 0 GH (typically 200 GO)

raquo 1 0 0 M n

= 60 pF at 100 Hz

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Peril Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg V6 98324 |TelCf)hone 800-4201306 3606808300 bull FAX 360683-3525 E-mal salesaflisystefnsoom Website hnpyMVfWafllsystemsoom

20

Noise (differential mode)

Noise (common mode earth to isolated ground) with no signal output

Overload error indicator (low frequency short circuited voltage mode)

Overload error indicator low frequency open circuited current mode)

Overioad error response time

Miscellaneous

= 1 mV rms (10 V scale 10 Hz-4 MHz)

= 8 mV rms (10 Hz-4 MHz) == 100mVp-p (200 Hz -10 MHz) measured withalOMH 15pF oscilloscope probe

Turns on for set amplitude at or greater than approx plusmn1 V (10 V range) or plusmn2 V (100 V range)

Turns on for set amplitude at or above approx 2 of range

Flat to approx 30 ps duration Decreasing sensitivity for shorter pulses

Power

Fuse

Operating temperature range

Storage temperature range

Operating humidity

Dimensions

approx 11 watts

1 amp 3AG

10-30degC

0 - 50deg C

5 - 80 RH

17x475x1125 (inches) 432x121x286 cm

Weight 20 lbs (9 kg)

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Wb 98324 |Tetcphone 8004201306 3606808300 bull FOt 360683-3525 E-mail satesamsystems comV^febsite httpywwwaflisystemscom

21

Warranty and Service

What does this warranty cover A-M Systems Inc warrants to the Purchaser that the Instrument excluding cables Headstage Probes and any other accessories shipped with the Instrument (hereafter the hardware) is free from defects in workmanship or material under normal use and service for the period of one (1) year This warranty commences on the date of delivery ofthe hardware to the Purchaser

What are the obligations of A-M Systems Inc under this warranty During the warranty period A-M Systems Inc agrees to repair or replace at its sole option without charge to the Purchaser any defective component part of the hardware To obtain warranty service the Purchaser must return the hardware to A-M Systems Inc or an authorized A-M Systems Inc distributor in an adequate shipping container Any postage shipping and insurance charges incurred in shipping the hardware to A-M Systems Inc must be prepaid by the Purchaser and all risk for the hardware shall remain with purchaser until such time as A-M Systems Inc takes receipt of the hardware Upon receipt A-M Systems Inc will promptly repair or replace the defective unit and then return the hardware to the Purchaser postage shipping and insurance prepaid A-M Systems Inc may use reconditioned or like new parts or units at its sole option when repairing any hardware Repaired products shall carry the same amount of outstanding warranty as from original purchase or ninety (90) days which ever is greater Any claim under the warranty must include a dated proof of purchase ofthe hardware covered by this warranty In any event A-M Systems Inc liability for defective hardware is limited to repairing or replacing the hardware

What is not covered by this warranty This warranty is contingent upon proper use and maintenance ofthe hardware by the Purchaser and does not cover batteries Neglect misuse whether intentional or othenwise tampering with or altering the hardware damage caused by accident damage caused by unusual physical electrical chemical or electromechanical stress damage caused by failure of electrical power or damage caused during transportation are not covered by this wan-anty Products may not be returned to A-M Systems Inc for service whether under warranty or otherwise which are contaminated by infectious agents radioactive compounds or other materials constituting a health hazard to employees of A-M Systems Inc

What are the limits of liability for A-M Systems Inc under this warranty A-M Systems Inc shall not be liable for loss of data profits or savings or any special incidental consequential indirect or other similar damages arising from breach of contract negligence or other legal action even if the company or its agent has been advised of the possibility of such damages or for any claim brought against you by another party THIS EQUIPMENT IS NOT INTENDED FOR CLINICAL MEASUREMENTS USING HUMAN SUBJECTS A-M SYSTEMS INC DOES NOT ASSUME RESPONSIBILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE DUE TO MISUSE OF THIS EQUIPMENT Jurisdictions vary with regard to the enforceability of provisions excluding or limiting liability for incidental or consequential damages Check the provision of your local jurisdiction to find out whether the above exclusion applies to you

This warranty allocates risks of product failure between the Purchaser and A-M Systems Inc A-M Systems Inc hardware pricing reflects this allocation of risk and the limitations of liability contained in this warranty The warranty set forth above is in lieu of all other express warranties whether oral or written The agents employees distributors and dealers of A-M Systems Inc are not authorized to make modifications to this warranty or additional wan-anties binding on the company Accordingly additional statements such as dealer advertising or presentations whether oral or written do not constitute warranties by A-M Systems Inc and should not be relied upon This warranty gives you specific legal rights You may also have other rights which vary from one jurisdiction to another

fl-N Systems Inc 131BusinessPartiLoop RO Box850CartsbOfgWa98324 p O |Telophone 8004201306 bull 360683-8300FOC 3606830525 ^ ^ E-mail saiesaflisystefTiscom Wbbsite httpVwwwa-msystemscom

Theory of Operation

The operation of the Model 2100 is summarized in the block diagram (see the figure on Page 11) Not shown are all of the interconnections with the microcontroller The internal microcontroler plays an important role in setting the signal path but does not directly contribute to the dynamic characteristics It scans the front panel switches and sets the control values for the logic arrays It programs the internal counters which along with the other hardware achieve the necessary sub-microsecond speeds

All action starts either from an input trigger signal (from Trig In) or from an internal signal (in free Run mode only) A Delay timer counts the 10MHz clock until its count value is exhausted At this point the Burst timer starts Both Period and Duration timers are started at this time If the Burst timer has not expired by the end of the Period the Period and Duration timers are restarted If the Biphasic mode has been set the Duration timer is restarted at the end of the initial Duration and the sign of the output pulse is reversed doubling the total duration

The system state (pulse on pulse sip baseline sign [+0-]) is transmitted to the isolated section via optoisolator The baseline and pulse amplitudes are selected by an analog switch The resulting signal is amplified by a variable-power-supply discrete operational amplifier The amplifier connections and gain is modified to provide two voltage and three current ranges

Timing overlap errors are detected by a logical decision computation rather than by testing for counter collisions This provides instant feedback rather than waiting up to an hour for such a collision to occur Output errors are measured by sensing the output amplifiers differential input voltage Under normal conditions this is a negligible voltage If the amplifier fails to deliver the requested signal the window comparator testing this voltage sends this message (via optoisolator) to the logic section turning on a warning LED

A-M Systems Inc 131 Business Paik Loop PO Box 850 CailsboraWa 98324 i Q Te(ophone 800-426-1306 bull36O683laquo00FAX 360683-3525 ^ E-mail salesOa-msystemscom Website httpywwwa-m5ystemscom

GATE IN

TRIG ^ OUT

(burst)

OPTO ISOLATOR

Amplitude (Pulse)

TRIG -lt^ OUT

(pulse)

c 1

RANGE

C

Analog switch

C

)

-D^sectli OUTPUT

Baseline sign )

Amplitude (baseline) )

O H q

ill V) 5 o i^8 e e -a a fi a

bull o c

M E o ts gtraquo

lt

Calibration Procedures

The calibration intenal is the lesser of 1000 hours of operation or 6 months Somewhat greater drift can be expected in the first 100 hours of operation as the semiconductors age Adjustments should only be made after the instrument has been fully warmed up for at least 15 minutes

Full instrument calibration requires the following test equipment digital multimeter (plusmn 01 ) able to measure resistance to at least 10OMfl oscilloscope with at least 50MHz bandwidth true-rms voltmeter with 4MHz bandwidth universal counter (plusmn 001) able to measure single pulse widths and periods resistors (all plusmn 01) 2kn lOkO 1 watt 20ka 200ka alligator clip lead sets banana plugs and BNC adapters

Adjustment integrated circuit and test point locations are shown in the following figures All adjustments are on the timing board unless otherwise noted

All voltages in the non-isolated section should be measured with respect to ground at TP510 unless othenwise stated Some voltages are measured with respect to an internal isolated ground at TP650 or across the two output terminals Occasionally the voltage at an IC pin must be measured in these cases the reference designator is given with the pin number in parentheses eg U602(16) When it states within this procedure that a voltage is to be minimized this means that the adjustment should be made such that the measured voltage is as close to zero volts as possible Refer to the Specifications Section of this manual for acceptable tolerances

The sequence of this procedure is important If any adjustment is made all adjustments which follow must be made to ensure that the specifications will be met These procedures require that all controls remain as set in previous steps unless otherwise indicated

WARNING

The Model2100 has dangerous voltages throughout the instrument even with the power is off Servicing the Mode2700 should only be done by qualified service personnel Use caution in handling any wires connectors or electrodes which may be directly or indirectly attached to the instrument Do not touch exposed connections or components Disconnect power by unplugging the power cord from the receptacle

A B B ^ _ _ mdash ^ _ I raquo laquo 131SusinessParkLoopROBox850CaitsborBWa98324 -JO

E-mail S8le60a-msystemscom Website httpwwwa-msystemscam

CO

TP501 O o

a OTPsoo

U560 bull

D D D D Q ^ U510

Trig Gate

U570

OQ Q

U500

n U505

Timing

gt U520

Timing

) U530

Timing

gt U540

Q U515

Timing

U508

R503

DDID E

a

gt oo

bull U800 l O r v o w iV_X^TP510 O

U525

f

A U535

^ U550

Timing ^

Clock

U555

J510 Burst Delay

J400 bull U545

d R742^VWgh R619 o

r RZZ3 R737 an c n V - I J I S O I S ^ ^C-COMP

U620 ^ Q Q bull ^ ^ bull

J420 O ^ D^ J440 IfYYYlDfYyYYYYYYYII C Z J E X C T

Q Otrsetl I p J Vlow

L J TP645 C=) cm P650

bull bull fe elUOD

irt

PI pound A

o c

E o

0)

Power supply and bias voltages

Power supply

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

POWER ON Observe voltage at P703 power supply wire top of main board

Check for+15 plusmn 050 V

Observe voltage at P701 power supply wire top of main board

Check for-15 plusmn 050 V

Observe voltage at U505(24) Check for +5 plusmn 025 V

Isolated supply voltage

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

RANGE 10 V TRIG open circuit MODE center position

Alternately observe V from high

R742 to R740 and V _ from kw

the U605(4) to U605(8)

Adjust R773 so that 110VltV lt 120 V and

high

28VltV^^lt34V

Capacitance balance

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

Connect a x10 oscilloscope probe to TP650 and ground the

Adjust R737 for minimum high frequency signal

Inputs

Gate funct ion

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave Verify that the voltage to GATE switches states at the Observe voltage at U510(3) proper input levels with an oscilloscope

Trigger s lope

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave Verify that the voltage to TRIG switches states at the Observe voltage at U510(1) proper input levels with an oscilloscope

TRIG SLOPE-I- Verify voltage is 180deg out of phase

TRIG SLOPE- Verify voltage is in phase

A-M Systems Inc 131 Business Paik Loop PO Box 850 Cailsborg Wa 98324 Tekvhone 8004201306 36O683laquo300 - FAX 360683-3S2S E-mail salesOa-msystemscom Website httpywwwa-msystemscom

14

Trigger and gate funct ion

Controls Inputs Observations

DELAY NONE BURSTWIDTH SINGLE DURATION SQUARE PERIOD 100X10-3

AdjustCheck

Apply a 1 kHz 0 -5 V triangle wave to TRIG Observe TRiGoand EVENT LEDS

TRIG disconnect all Short the GATE connector to GND Verify LEDs extinguish

MODE press to MANUAL Verify LEDs flash once

Timing

System clock frequency

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

Observe the frequency of the wave Verify 1000 MHz plusmn 001 atU555(17)

Mu l t i p l i e rs (Whee l Sw i t ches )

Controls Inputs Observat ions A d j u s t C h e c k

PULSE SIGN+ MODE FREE RUN TRIG disconnect all TIMING MULTIPUERS all

Wheels set to zero except the one being tested

TIMING OVERLAP ignore

Observe the pulse width with the counter at the location specified below

Verify pulse width is correct for each wheel as it is tested independently

For each wheel of each MULTIPLIER test each position to verify that the pulse width is correct Observe the signal at the following locations DELAY U520(2) BURSTWIDTH U530(2) PERIOD U540(2) DURATION U550(2)

Rates (Rotary Switches)

Controls Inputs Observations A d j u s t C h e c k

TIMING MULTIPUERS 001 TIMING RATES all rotary

switches set to 10-4 except the one being tested

Observe the pulse width with the counter at the location specified below

Verify pulse width is correct for each rotary switch as it is tested independently

For each of the four rotary switches in TIMING test each position to verify that the pulse width is correct Observe the signal at the following locations DELAY U520(2) BURSTWIDTH U530(2) PERIOD U540(2) DURATION U550(2)

A-M Systems Inc 131 Business Paik Loop PO Box 850 Caiisborg Wa 98324 Telophone 800-428-1306 bull 3606808300 FAX 360683-3525 E-mail salesOa-msystemscom Website httpwwwa-msystemscom

15

Trigger outputs Controls

Range 10V Pulse Amplitude 500 Delay 100x10-2 Burst 100x10-2 Duration 100 xlQ-^ Period 400x10-3 Pulse sign + Trig Mode Free run Trig in open

Inputs Observations

Trigger the oscilloscope to the Burst Trig Out Observe it the Pulse Trig Out and the isolated output

AdjustCheck

Verify that the waveform consists of a burst of three 1 ms-on3ms-off pulses The burst trigger should be synchronous with the burst the pulse trigger coincident with each pulse

Output Calibration

Isolation Resistance (check) Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

Trig Mode center position Trig In open

Measure the resistance between ground banana jack (front panel) and black banana jack of output with DMM

Resistance read gt 10OMQ

Amplitude Switch Offset (R640) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Zero Trig Mode center position Trig In Open

Measure the voltage at TP645 vs TP650 with the DMM

Adjust R640 (AmpI Sw Offset) for minimum voltage

Output Offset (R332 front panel board) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Zero Range 10V Trig Mode center position Trig In Open

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

Adjust R332 (Output offset) for minimum voltage

Positive Baseline Offset (R607) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Sign + Baseline Amplitude

fully CCW (000) Range 10V Trig In open Trig Mode center position

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

Adjust R602 (BSLN + offset) for minimum voltage

A-M Systems Inc 131 Business Paik Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Jelophone 8004201306 36O6834300 - FAX 380laquo83-352S E-mail salesOa-msystemscom Website httpwwwa-msystemscam

16

Negative Baseline Offset (R619)

Controls InputsObservations

Baseline Sign -Baseline Amplitude

fully CCW (000) Range 10V Trig In open Trig Mode center position

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

AdjustCheck

Adjust R619 (BSLN + offset) for minimum voltage

Pulse Ampl i tude Adjust (R602)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode Free Mode Pulse Amplitude 1000 Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =1001 Period =00110-4 Pulse Sign -Trig In open Range 10V

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

The Overlap indicator should be on Adjust R602 (Max Level) for -10OOV out

Pulse Sign Gain (check)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode Free Mode Pulse Amplitude 1000 Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =100 Is Period =001 10-4s Trig In open Range 10V

Measure the voltage at the output with the DMM for the Pulse Sign at + and - positions

The absolute values of the voltages should differ by less than 10OmV

Baseline Ampl i tudes (check)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

flange 100mA Trig Mode center position Baseline Amplitude fully CW (1000) Trig In open

Measure the voltage at the output with the DMM with Baseline Sign in + Zero and - positions

Gain the matching of current levels at = and - positions and offset current in Zero position

A-M Systems Inc 131 Business Psik Loop PO Box 850 Caiisborg Wa 98324 Telophone 800426-1306 bull 36Olaquo8raquo8300 bull FAX 360683-3525 E-mail salesOa-msystemscom Website httpwwwa-msystemsccm

17

Output Range Amplitude and Drive (check)

Controls InputsObservations

Pulse Amplitude 1000 Pulse Sign + Trig Mode Free Run Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =1001 Period =10010-4 Trig In open

Load the output with a 10KV 1W 01 resistor Measure the voltage at the output with DMM

Pulse Sign and Short Circuit Protection (check)

Controls

Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =200 10-4 Period =00110-3 Baseline Zero Pulse Amplitude 25 Range 10V Trig Mode Free Run Trig In open

InputsObservations

Measure the voltage at the output with the oscilloscope Check for Pulse Sign set to each of + - biphasic Watch for Error indicator when shorting the output

Output Transient Response (check)

Controls InputsObservations

Verify that full scale output is within specification Scale Range 100V 100V 10V 10V 100mA IV 1mA 10V 10mA 100V

AdjustCheck

Verify that pulses of approx 25V amplitude (625V for biphasic mode) of the correct sign are produced every 10ms Short output in biphasic mode Output should return when opened

AdjustCheck

Pulse Sign + Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =20010-4 Period =00110-3 Pulse Amplitude 250 Baseline Zero Trig Mode Free Mode Trig In open

Connect the oscilloscope to the output with a 310 attenuator probe Test both 10V and 10OV ranges

Verify that overshoot and risetime meet specifications

A-M Systems Inc 131 Business Paik Loop PO Box 850 Cailsbora Wa 98324 Tetophone 8004201306 bull 36Oeuro83-8300 bull FAX 360683-352S E-mail salasOa-msystemscom Website hitpywwwa-msystamsoom

18

Specifications

There are three classes of specifications Class A specifications tested in all units and are guaranteed Class B specifications are inherent in the design they are indirectly tested and are guaranteed Class C specifications are typical operating values which are occasionally tested- these are typical values given for your information but not guarshyanteed The class for each specification is noted in the center column of the following sections

Inputs Switching level

Hysteresis

Input equivalent circuit

Minimum duration (TTL-level signal)

A

C

C

C

16 V (plusmn 02 V)

approx 50 mV

lOOKfl to-1-5 in parallel with no more than 35pF

gt50ns

Open circuit condition B defaults to highon level

Timing and rate accuracy

Rate selector steps

Timing multiplier steps

B

B

100S to 100s in 7 steps

1 of rate selector step size Maximum value is 999 X the rate selector step size

Resolution B approx 01 of the maximum value

Timing error (second and later pulses after resetting controls)

B lt 002 of rate selector value + 015S

Timing error (first pulse after readjusting timing controls)

an additional 025s error may occur

Timing repeatability lt 001 settings-20 ns (mbnophasic)

A-M Systems Inc 131 Business Paik Loop PO Box 850 Caiisborg Wa 98324 Telophone 8004201306 3606808300 FAX 3606803S25 E-mail salesOa-msystemscom bull Website httpyy(wwaltTisystemscom

19

TRIG IN to OUTPUT delay (DELAY set to 0) output set to 2V

Timing jitter from TRIG IN to OUTPUT (for TTL trigger input with risetime lt10 ns)

Timing jitter from TRIG OUT (either BURST or PULSE) and OUTPUT

Trigger output to pulse output delay

Output characteristics Pulse level error (voltage mode open circuit current mode short circuit

Biphasic level difference IV-H-i-V-l2

Baseline level error (voltage mode A open circuit current mode short circuit)

Risetime (25 V out)

Risetime (25 V out)

Transient response

A

A

A

Output impedance (voltage mode) C

Output impedance (current mode) C

Isolation resistance A

Isolation capacitance C

approx 05 ps for a load of no more than 10 Kft in parallel with 50 pF

lt 125 ns (all rates except 100s) lt125ys (100s rate)

Less than 20 ns (all rates)

approx 350 ns

lt 03 of setting -i- 05 of r range (plus an additional 05vA in 100 ywA range)

lt 03 of range (voltage modes into open circuit current modes into short circuit)

lt 03 of setting of setting -I- 01 of range (plus an additional 05 pA in 100A range)

= 200 ns into less than 30 pF

= 15 yws into less than 30 pF

lt 8 overshoot into less than 30 pF for pulse voltages different than baseline voltage by at least 10 of range

= 50 ohms

raquo 1 0 Ga (typically 200 GD)

raquo 1 0 0 M n

= 60 pF at 100 Hz

A BB f ^ _ M 1 ^ ^ 131 Business Paik Loop ROBOx850Cai1sOorgWaW3Z4

- I V l o V S i e m S inC80Ph0trade80O42O1308-36O683-8300-FAX36O683-3525 7 bull bull bull bull ^ ^ E-maasale80a-m8vstemscomWebsitehitpjwwwaltnsyste

20 E-mai salesO a-m8ystemscom Website http jwwwa-msystemscom

Noise (differential mode)

Noise (common mode earth to isolated ground) with no signal output

Overload error indicator (low frequency short circuited voltage mode)

Overload error indicator low frequency open circuited current mode)

Overload error response time

Miscellaneous

= 1 mV rms (10 V scale 10 Hz-4 MHz)

- 8 mV rms (10 Hz-4 MHz) =laquo100mVp-p (200 Hz -10 MHz) measured withalOMn 15pF oscilloscope probe

Turns on for set amplitude at or greater than approx plusmn1 V (10 V range) or plusmn2 V (100 V range)

Turns on for set amplitude at or above approx 2 of range

Flat to approx 30 ps duration Decreasing sensitivity for shorter pulses

Power

Fuse

Operating temperature range

Storage temperature range

Operating humidity

Dimensions

Weight

approx 11 watts

1 amp 3 AG

10-30degC

0 - 50deg C

5 - 80 RH

17x475x1125 (inches) 432x121x286 cm

20 lbs (9 kg)

A-M Systems Inc 131 Business Paik Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Tekjptwne 8004201306 bull 36Olaquo8O8300 bull FAX 360laquo8O3525 E-mail salesOa-msystemscom Website httpywwwa-msystemscom

21

Warranty and Service

What does this warranty cover A-f Systems Inc warrants to the Purchaser that the Instrument excluding cables Headstage Probes and any other accessories shipped with the Instrument (hereafter the hardware) is free from defects in workmanship or material under normal use and service for the period of one (1) year This warranty commences on the date of delivery of the hardware to the Purchaser

What are the obligations of A-M Systems Inc under this warranty During the warranty period A-M Systems Inc agrees to repair or replace at its sole option without charge to the Purchaser any defective component part of the hardware To obtain warranty service the Purchaser must return the hardware to A-l^ Systems Inc or an authorized A-M Systems Inc distributor in an adequate shipping container Any postage shipping and insurance charges incurred in shipping the hardware to A-M Systems Inc must be prepaid by the Purchaser and all risk for the hardware shall remain with purchaser until such time as A-M Systems Inc takes receipt of the hardware Upon receipt A-M Systems Inc will promptly repair or replace the defective unit and then return the hardware to the Purchaser postage shipping and insurance prepaid A-M Systems Inc may use reconditioned or like new parts or units at its sole option when repairing any hardware Repaired products shall carry the same amount of outstanding warranty as from original purchase or ninety (90) days which ever is greater Any claim under the warranty must include a dated proof of purchase of the hardware covered by this warranty In any event A-M Systems Inc liability for defective hardware is limited to repairing or replacing the hardware

What is not covered by this warranty This warranty is contingent upon proper use and maintenance of the hardware by the Purchaser and does not cover batteries Neglect misuse whether intentional or othenvise tampering with or altering the hardware damage caused by accident damage caused by unusual physical electrical chemical or electromechanical stress damage caused by failure of electrical power or damage caused during transportation are not covered by this warranty Products may not be returned to A-M Systems Inc for service whether under warranty or otherwise which are contaminated by Infectious agents radioactive compounds or other materials constituting a health hazard to employees of A-M Systems Inc

What are the limits of liability for A-M Systems Inc under this warranty A-M Systems Inc shall not be liable for loss of data profits or savings or any special incidental consequential indirect or other similar damages arising from breach of contract negligence or other legal action even if the company or its agent has been advised of the possibility of such damages or for any claim brought against you by another party THIS EQUIPMENT IS NOT INTENDED FOR CLINICAL MEASUREMENTS USING HUMAN SUBJECTS A-M SYSTEMS INC DOES NOT ASSUME RESPONSIBILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE DUE TO MISUSE OF THIS EQUIPMENT Jurisdictions vary with regard to the enforceability of provisions excluding or limiting liability for incidental or consequential damages Check the provision of your local jurisdiction to find out whether the above exclusion applies to you

This warranty allocates risks of product failure between the Purchaser and A-M Systems Inc A-M Systems Inc hardware pricing reflects this allocation of ris1lt and the limitations of liability contained in this warranty The warranty set forth above is in lieu of all other express warranties whether oral or written The agents employees distributors and dealers of A-M Systems Inc are not authorized to make modifications to this warranty or additional warranties binding on the company Accordingly additional statements such as dealer advertising or presentations whether oral or written do not constitute warranties by A-M Systems Inc and should not be relied upon This warranty gives you specific legal rights You may also have other rights which vary from one jurisdiction to another

A B B J l laquo raquo ^ t3tBusinessPafkLoopPOBox850Cai1sbO(gWa98324

- | V | O V S i e m S |nCtrade042O1306-36O68O8300-FAX36O68O3525 E-mail salasOa-msvstemscom bull Website httowwwa-msvste

t3tBusinassParkLaopROBox8SOCai1sbo(gWa98324 po Telophone 8004201306 360683-8300 FAX 3606803525 ^ ^ E-maH salesOa-msystemscom Wetsite httpwwwa-msystem3e0m

mwal

INSTRUCTION MANUAL

FOR

ISOLATED PULSE STIMULATOR

MODEL 2100

Serial

Date

A-M Systems Inc

PO Box 850

Carisborg WA 98324

USA

360-683-8300 bull 800-426-1306 FAX 360-683-3525

httpwwwa-m8y8temscom

Version 50 May 1998

Contents General Description 1

Instrument Features 1 Controls and Connectors 2

Operating Instructions 6 Theory of Operation 10 Calibration Procedures 12

Inputs ii 14 Output Calibration iii i 16

Specifications i4 il u 19 Warranty and Service wi iJ iJi [ii 22

Each Isolated Pulse Stimulator Is delivered complete with

Rack Mount Hardware Instructions amp Maintenance Manual

NOTE

This instrument is not intended for clinical measurements using human subjects A-M Systems Inc does not assume msponsibility for injury or damage due to the misuse of this instrument

General bull M ^ ion

Instrument Features The Isolated Pulse Stimulator Model 2100 Is designed for a wide variety of applications It is highly flexible being capable of delivering single pulses biphasic pairs or bursts of pulses Pulses may be started manually or upon receiving a trigger signal from another instrument or computer Two non-isolated trigger outputs are available for triggering other instruments

Four sets of timing controls provide comprehensive control over all aspects of pulse generation Three digit accuracy is available over a 7 decade range for each timing function using lever wheel switches Pulse wkiths can be set over more than a 9 decade range from 05 [is to 999 seconds Timing accuracy is assured through the use of a 10 MHz base rate crystal-controlled clock digitally divided to provide accurate timing over the entire range A timing overiap indicator will light if the timing controls are set Inconsistently

The output may be conveniently switched between cun-ent and voltage modes Pulse and baseline amplitudes are independently presettable with lockable dials An error indicator will light if the Model 2100 cannoi deliver the desired signal

WARNING

The Model 2100 can produce potentially dangemus voltages up to 100 V et the output connectors The isolated output is not connected internally to safety (earth) ground in ahy way Some part of the extemal circuit should be connected to safety gmund Use caution in handling any wires connectors or electrodes which may be directly or indirectly attached to the Model 2100 output Some lltinds of connectors such as BNC connectors have exposed metal parts which may float at dangemus potentials unless extemally connected to safety gmund For greatest safety tum the Model 2100 off before making any connections to

the Instrument

131 Business Park LocfiPO Box BSOCarM)orgWa 98324 800426-1308 bull36OlaquoS3laquo300FAX 3 6 M 8 3 ^ 2 5

E-malt uiittyBQaHiByBtumaooiTi Wobsita HipJtwtiwiwftbMiAcon fl-N SystQms I n c ^ T

Controls and Connectors The controls for the Model 2100 are grouped in three sections START controlling when a pulse or burst of pulses begins TIMING controlling the onoff timing of one or more pulses and otJTPliT controlling the amplitude of the output signal

Start TRIG SLOPE This switch determines whether valid triggers occur at positive or negative edges in the trigger signal

MODE This switch controls how wavefomris are initiated When set to FREE RUN one timing cycle immediately follows the last When held in the MANUAL position a timing cycle starts immediately When the switch is in the center position timing cycles start when valid triggering events occur

TRIGD This LED lights up when a timing cycle is in process and continues until the burst is completed

TRIG This BNC connector allows a signal from an extemal source to initiate timing cycles It is set for standard TTL levels

GATE This BNC connector allows a signal from an extemal source to restrict the final output signal This input must be at a logical high (or open-circuited) in order for the Model 2100 to recognize either manual or automatic trigger events

Gate 1_ Trigger [~^ i I Valid triggers are represented by the arrows in the figure Note that the up arrow would apply only if TRIG SLOPE is set to + the down anrows would apply only if TRIG SLOPE is set to-

NOTE Triggers have no effect if the system has not completed its response to a previous trigger

fl-N SystQms I n c ^ 131 Business Park Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 600426-13063eO683laquo300FAX 360683^525

E-maB anBysQraquoinsyaleiTaconi Wsbalto h^KAvwwa-(nsys(smsoom

Timing Four sets of controls govem the timing of pulse generation Each set contains two values which are multiplied together to detennine the actual timing value The rotary knob (rate selector) provides the approximate timing value and the lever wheel switch bank (MULTIPLIER) provkles a time resolution of three decimal digits The following diagram shows most of the important relationships

Pnfe-tRAIM I B E L A V i6Molaquo

BURST WIOtH

Output r Delay

t n

Duration - ^ lt - |4Periodgt|

FLJI -^ Burst width

Trigger event

DELAY These controls set the time between the initiating trigger event and the beginning of the pulse burst If this rate selector is set to NONE or the multiplier is set to ooo there is no delay

BURSTWIDTH These controls set the time period in which one or more pulses may be delivered Once started a pulse may outlast the burst width If this rate selector is set to SINGLE or to any time shorter than the pulse duration only a single pulse will occur If the BURSTWIDTH is longer than the period pulses will be emitted at the PERIOD rate until the burst time ends Pulses are never truncated by a short BURST WIDTH

iNTpoundA-PULSiE PBRiOb

DURATION These controls set the length of each pulse If this rate selector is set to SQUARE the duration is set to half of the period regardless of the MULTIPLIER setting

PERIOD These controls set the period of time between adjacent pulse events within the burst It also forces a minimum dead time between recognized input triggers following a burst of one or more pulses This can be used to prevent over stimulation of a tissue without requiring excessive delay between the triggering event and the stimulating pulse

TlMtNQ OVERLAP

mLiHMPi

VVtJ jiwaa lasm nlaquoilaquo u

t^fi SysUms I n c ^ Elt4nsfl a m

131 Business Pofc Loop PO Box 850 Carisborg 1^98324 600-426-1306 36O6834300 FAK 360683^525

E-mai vrvysQfrflisysleraLOCniWutiailQL N^jAwwa^iByslernUiOOni

NOTE If any of these timing controls are changed while a timing cycle is in operation the results are undefined until the cunent cycle flnishes

TIMING OVERLAP This LED will light to indicate an Inconsistency in the timing cycle settings There are several ways to Introduce such errors The most common way is to set the inter-pulse PERIOD to be less than the pulse DURATION

TRIG OUT (UPPER) This BNC connector provides a signal which is coinckient with the intemal Burst timing signal (default) This means the signal starts at the end of the Delay time and persists until the Burst time expires This output may also be set to represent the delay time-out by setting the internal jumper J510 to the left two pins Instead of the right two pins (Please see the Calibration section in this manual for jumper location Directions are given as viewed from the fix)nt of the instrument)

TRIG OUT (LOWER) This BNC connector provides a signal which is coincident with the Duration timing signal which controls pulse output

NOTE Both trigger output signals slightly lead the isolated output signal

Output PULSE SIGN This Switch sets the sign for the pulses to be generated It also allows generation of biphasic pulses thereby doubling the effective total period Warning the first pulse genemted after changing the PULSE SIGN svntch may have the wmng polarity

BASELINE This switch sets the sign for the baseline signal

RANGE This rotary switch allows one of three current or two voltage ranges to be selected for the output signal

BASELINE AMPLITUDE This counting dial are independently set using ten-minute counting dials with the baseline having one tenth the range of the pulse amplitude

A-N Systlaquomslaquo Inc 131 Buskiess Partt Loop PO BoK 8S0 Cailsbarg Wa 96324 laophone 8004201306 bull36O68M300-FAX 3eolaquo8M525 E-mat bullmsysflMnsyslermoom VMaHsr Hlplhfimnmyekmoom

PULSE AMPLITUDE This counting dial

EVENTS This LED indicates when a pulse is ongoing

ERROR This LED indicates when the intemal output amplifier cannot output the pulse as desired This is usually due to a short circuit while trying to output a voltage or an open circuit while trying to output a current

One control from the Ot^uf section directly affects wavefonn timing the Pulse Sign control When set to the Biphasic mode a positive-going pulse is Immediately followed by a negative-going pulse This effectively doubles the pulse duration If a burst of biphasic pulses is being produced the period must be at least twice the single pulse duration In the Sgtan wave mode the baseline disappears as long as the burst persists

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Bushass Park locpPOBooi 850 C8ri9bcrgMS8324 IMqphona 800426-1306 bull36Olaquo83laquo3a0 FAX 360683-3529 E-nal amsyaOa4nsyatemscomWeMlK hMpJVniwa-nsygtatnscom

Operating Instructions

Examples Simple setup (and minimal Instrument tost)

Connect the output of the Model 2100 to an oscilloscope Before connecting the instrument it is safest to turn its power off

Set the Ou^uf controls

Range Pulse Sign

Baseline Pulse Amplitude

10V +

Zero 200

Setting The Timing Controls

Delay Burst Width

Duratbn Period

none single

15010-2 500102

Setting The Start Controls

Mode Free Run

Disconnect any cables to the TRIG or GATE Inputs

Note that the green Trig and Event Indicators tum on as Free Run is turned on (and tum off othenwise) You should observe a 15ms duration 20Hz rate pulse of 200V above a OV baseline on the oscilloscope i

A ^ M ^ _ _ _ A ^ _ _ _ 1 ^ 131BiiHnD8raquoParttloopPOBoxB50Car)sbcrBlaquoraquoS8324

bull P l ^ y S W n i S f |nC ltV^gt^8deglt^^2O1306380laquo8OS3a0FAX36O6BMS2S

6 E-fnflk 9n^fBOs-in9ystsni9cx]fnWDbs)tec H^ff9Nw^myStem9oom

Demonstration of Burst Mode Connect the output of the Model 2100 to an oscilloscope Before connecting the instrument it is safest to tum Its power off

Set the Output controls

Range Pulse Sign

Baseline Pulse Amplitude

Baseline Amplitude

Setting The Timing Controls

Delay Burst Width

Duration

Period

Set the START controls as follows

Mode

Disconnect any cables to the TRIG or GATE inputs

Trigger the oscilloscope from the Burst trigger out (upper Tr^ Out connector) for a stable display In each burst (occumng every lOOms) you should observe a trio of 15ms duration starting 50ms apart Try switching the StartMode from Free Run to the center (nomnal) position The pulses will no longer be produced and the Trig and Event indicators will turn off Pressing this switch once (to Manual) will cause a single burst to occur

880 120 150 500

10V +

200 100

102 102 102 102

Free Run

fleaff SySlQmSa |nCa deglgt ltlt ^ ^ deg ^ degdeg ^ ^ ^ bull E-matmia

131 Business Park LoopPO Box 850 Carisborg Vfe 86324 lUcphcna 800426-1306 36Olaquo83laquo300 FAX 36068raquo52 E-maft tfii8ysOiHn^nleiTBcom1AWisJto HSpitwraquoM^wytAtii9oom

Problem SoMng If the Instrument appears to be not worthing properiy check all of the control settings and connections Be sure to wait at least 5-10 seconds after turning the Instrument off before tuming it on again The following t6ef summary of typical problems for the user (along with the most common solutions) may help

Problem CauseSolution EVENT indicator never lights even in FREE RUN mode

bull Replace fuse check power connection bullSet DELAY or PERIOD to a shorter interval

bull Power-on too soon after power-off

OVERLAP Indicator is on

ERROR indicator is on

Time appears to be excessive

bullSet DURATION gt000 bull DURATION is set to SQUARE but PERIOD is 000 Increase PERIOD or set DURATION independantly

bull BURST and WIDTH are gt DURATION increase PERIOD or decrease

DURATION bull BIPHASIC pulse output is on and PERIOD is not longer than twice the DURATION Increase PERIOD or decrease DURATION

bull Free-run is on and BURST Is lt PERIOD (BURST off) DELAY is 0 and PERIOD is lt DURATION Add delay or modify PERIOD

bull Free-mn is on and BURST is gt DURATION (BURST ON) and PERIOD is lt DURATION Increase PERIOD

bull For VOLTAGE outputs the output Is trying to drive too low a resistance or capacitance (eg a short circuit) Check by disconnecting the output It is possible (and normal) that for the fastest cycles

and largest amplitudes (close to 100 V and 1 MS) that the ERROR Indicator might always come on during repetitive pulses Fix output load or decrease amplitude as required

bull Changed control in mid-cycle (resets cunent status)

A ^ M bull _ _ _ A ^ ^ _ _ i ^ mdash 131BuslnessPai1ltLoopPOBox850CarlsborgWamp98324

bull p i j ^ v s w m s iiic^^deglt^deg^^deglt^^^3degB3^^^deg^^^^degdeg^^^deg^^deg^^^^ E-mat iiiMOafflwstemseom WabaHe MtaffiwwtHtavsli

8 E-msft flmsjoQfrfraystGfnsoom ^WobsltiK hl^Aiwv9-fn9]nteniscom

Cant seem to get a full signal out

Incoming triggers not accepted frequently enough

bull Load is not properiy connected repair wiring

bull Too low a load impedance (VOLTAGE modes) or too high a load impedance

(CURRENT mode)

bull PERIOD is set too long (enforces dead time) followd by BURST set to SIGNAL Reduce PERIOD time

Table 10 Problem Solving

If you suspect that the Model 2100 may have completely failed we recommend checking the basic level of functionality If this fails your instrument is defective and must be repaired If this passes either your experimental setup is incompatible or inconsistent or there is a more subtle flaw in your Model 2100

If the Model 2100 appears to be malfunctioning contact A-M Systems Inc or your dealer Telephone numtgters for A-M Systems Inc listed on the front cover of this manual We will first attempt to solve the problem over the telephone so have an exact description of your problem available when you call You do not need to be within the warranty period to obtain over-the-phone assistance

A ^ M V - mdash A d B ^ K M I ^ M 131BuslnessPatfcLoopPOBox6SOCai

-PI s y s i Q m s inc-2raquolaquoa22=M^^

131 Business Parfc Loop PO Box 650 Cartsborg VM9 0S324 _ FAX36(W8a3525 E^nrt flnsysQa-ntsyttanB-oom Wsbsfte hHpiMNvwa-nnystsnisooni

9

Theory of Operation

The operation of the Model 2100 is summarized In the block diagram (see Fig 3) Not shown are all of the interconnections with the microcontroller The intemal microcontroler plays an important role in setting the signal path but does not directly

contribute to the dynamic characteristics It scans the front panel switches and sets the control values for the logic arays It programs the intemal counters which along with the other hardware achieve the necessary sub-microsecond speeds

All action starts either from an input trigger signal (from Trig In) or from an intemal signal (in free Run mode only) A Delay timer counts the 10MHz clock until its count value Is exhausted At this point the Burst timer starts Both Period and Duration timers are started at this time If the Burst timer has not expired by the end of the Period the Period and Duration timers are restarted If the Biphasic mode has been set the Duration timer is restarted at the end of the initial Duration and the sign of the output pulse Is reversed doubling the total duration

The system state (pulse on pulse sip baseline sign [+101-]) is transmitted to the isolated section via optoisolator The baseline and pulse amplitudes are selected by an analog switch The resulting signal is amplified by a variable-power-supply discrete operational amplifier The amplifier connections and gain is modified to provide two voltage and three cunent ranges

Timing overlap errors are detected by a logical decision computation rather than by testing for counter collisions This provides instant feedback rather than waiting up to an hour for such a collision to occur Output errors are measured by sensing the output amplifiers differential input voltage Under normal conditions this is a negligible voltage if the amplifier fails to deliver the requested signal the window comparator testing this voltage sends this message (via optoisolator) to the logic section turning on a warning LED

fl-N Systems Inc 131BusbnassPa(tLoopPOBox6SOCari3boigVMg8324 H n |TWoph0n880O426-13083eO6Blaquo300FMt36Olaquo8i3525 E-nnl anaysflfriinysleiiaoemWfcbslte hllphmwraquoimyatennoom

TRIG 3HJ) OUT

(burst)

TRIG ^ OUT

(pulse)

E

Ml

Calibration Procedures

The calibration interval is the lesser of 1000 hours of operation or 6 months Somewhat greater drift can be expected in the first 100 hours of operation as the semiconductors age Adjustments should only be made after the instrument has been fully warmed up for at least 15 minutes

Full instrument calibration requires the following test equipment digital multimeter (plusmn 01) able to measure resistance to at least lOOMfl oscilloscope with at least 50MHz bandwidth true-rms voltmeter with 4MHz bandwidth universal counter (plusmn 001 ) able to measure single pulse widths and periods resistors (all plusmn 01) 2kn lOkH 1 waft 20kn 200kn alligator clip lead sets banana plugs and BNC adapters

Adjustment integrated circuit and test point locations are shown in the following figures All adjustments are on the timing board unless otherwise noted

All voltages in the non-isolated section should be measured with respect to ground at TP510 unless othenvise stated Some voltages are measured with respect to an intemal isolated ground at TP650 or across the two output tenninals Occasionally the voltage at an IC pin must be measured In these cases the reference designator is given with the pin number in parentheses eg U602(16) When it states within this procedure that a voltage is to be minimized this means that the adjustment should be made such that the measured voltage is as close to zero volts as possible Refer to the Specifications Section of this manual for acceptable tolerances

The sequence of this procedure is Important If any adjustment is made all adjustments which follow must be made to ensure that the specifications will be met These procedures require that all controls remain as set in previous steps unless otherwise indicated

WARNING

The Model 2100 has dangerous voltages throughout the instrument even with the power is off Servicing the Model 2100 should only be done by qualified service personnel Use caution in handling any wires connectors or electrodes which may be directly or indirectly attached to the Instrument Do not touch exposed connections or components Disconnect power by unplugging the power cord from the receptacle

fl-N Systems I n c ^ 131BusinesaPartcLoopPOBox850CartsborgVWiB8324 4 n ^gt-mdash80O426-130638Ofl8Jlaquo300FAX36O683J52S bull E-maft BinsysQfrfn^islflnisoomVVfalislle h^KVfWMift^iisystemsoani

CO

- R503

Omg^

TPSOlQ O

OTPSOO

U560 bull

U510

DDID ^ trade E O ^ T P 5 1 0

bullnD Trig

0 ^

U570

Gate n U505

DO D

U515

Timing

Timing h_ U520

bsoo ^25SE Timing

Or r U540

I I Tmlng

[^ELIL

U535 D

U506

13 J510 Timlnff

BurfiDelay J400

i i i i i i i T r m r a

gt U550 ^

Clock

U555 U620

B a

^R^Pvhigh Rfijn O D O Vlow

o

bull U545

Fo sect737 lISOIsPjC-COMP

n r r ^ U760

J420

]]U632

Q S riuGSO

H = ) TP640^ deg I t I

II3D

J440 m i T i

U610 plusmn laquo j U O

bull bull l el

^t

O l

bull

M

I

Power supply and bias voltages

Power supply

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

POWER ON Observe voltage at P703 power supply wire top of main board

Check for+15 plusmn 050 V

Observe voltage at P701 power supply wire top of main board

Check for-15 plusmn 050 V

Observe voltage at U505(24) Check for+5 plusmn 025 V

Isolated supply voltage

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

RANGE 10 V TRIG open circuit MODE center position

Altemately observe V^ from R742 to R740 and V ^ from the U605(4) to U605(8)

Adjust R773 so that 110VltV^lt 120 V and

nign

28VltV^lt34V

Capacitance balance

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Connect a x10 oscilloscope probe to TP650 and ground the

Adjust R737 for minimum high frequency signal

Inputs

Gate funct ion

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave Verify that the voltage to GATE switches states at the Obsene voltage at U51G(3) proper input levels with an oscilloscope ^ ^

Trigger s lope

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave Verify that the voltage to TRIO switches states at the Observe voltage at US 10( 1) proper input levels with an oscilloscope

TRIG SLOPE + Verify voltage is 180 out of phase

TRIG SLOPE Verify voltage is in phase

fl-N Systems Inc ^ 131 Bushess Park Loop PO Bar 850 Carisborg Wa 98324 8004201306 3eOlaquoS3e300 FAX 3606BV352S

C-maft fliii8yBQfriii9yBlumaoamVIAibsMB hRpJhwMifi-iiiBystematxini

14

Trigger and gate funct ion

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

DELA NONE BURS1WII3TH SINGLE DURATION SQUARE PERIOD 100X10-3

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave to TRIG Obsen^e TRIOD and EVENT LEDS

TRIG disconnect all Short the GATE connector to GND Verify LEDs extinguish

MODE press to MANUAL Verify LEDs flash once

Timing

System c lock frequency

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Observe the frequency of the wave atU555(17)

Verify 1000 MHz plusmn001

Multipl iers (Wheel Switches)

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

PULSE SIGN + MODE FREE RUN TRIG disconnect all TIMING MULTIPUERS ail

wheels set to zero except the one being tested

TnmiNG OVERLAP ^nOTB

Observe the pulse width with the counter at the location specified below

Verify pulse width Is correct for each wheel as it is tested Independently

For each wheel of each MULTIPUER test each position to verify that the pulse width is correct Observe the signal at the following locations DELAY U520(2) BURSTWIDTH U530(2) PERIOD US40(2) DURATION U550(2)

Rates (Rotary Switches)

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

TIMING MULTIPUERS 001 TIMING RATES all rotary

switches set to 10-4 except the one being tested

Observe the pulse width with the counter at the location specified below

Verify pulse width is conect for each rotary switch as it is tested independently

For each of the four rotary switches in TIMING test each position to verify that the pulse wkJth is correct Observe the signal at the following locations DELAY U520(2) BURSTWIDTH U530(2) PERIOD U540(2) DURATION U550(2)

fl-N Systems I n c ^ E-maft emfl

131 Business Parti Loop PO 809(850 Cartsborg Wta 98324 8004201306 3804806300 FAX 36068O3S25

E-maft ansysQa nvystems-oom Wobste hflp Avwwa4nsy8(Qnttoam

15

Trigger outputs Controls

Range 10V Pulse Amplitude 500 Delay 100x10 Burst 100x10^2 Duration 100 x1a Period 400x10^ Pulse sign + Trig Mode Free run Trig in open

Inputs Observations

Trigger the oscilloscope to the Burst Trig Out Observe it the Pulse Trig Out and the isolated output

Adjust Check

Verify that the waveform consists of a burst of three 1ms-on3ms-off pulses The burst trigger should be synchronous with the burst the pulse trigger coincident with each pulse

Output Calibration

Isolation Resistance (check) Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode center position Trig In open

Measure the resistance between ground banana jack (front panel) and black banana jack of output with DMM

Resistance read gt 100MQ

Amplitude Switch Offset (R640) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Zero Trig Mode center position Trig In Open

Measure the voltage at TP645 vs TP650 with the DMM

Adjust R640 (AmpI Sw Offset) for minimum voltage

Output Offset (R332 front panel board) Controls I nputsObservatlons AdjustCheck

Baseline Zero Range 10V Trig Mode center position Trig In Open

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

Adjust R332 (Output offset) for minimum voltage

Positive Baseline Offset (R607) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Sign + Baseline Amplitude

fully CCW (000) Range 10V Trig In open Trig Mode center position

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

Adjust R602 (BSLN + offset) for minimum voltage

fl M raquo _ _ _ A laquo ^ _ i ^ ^ 131Buslnelaquo8Pari(loopPOBoK850Cart8borgWB96324

bull P I i s V S i e m S a |||Cg1Maphans80O42O130638O68O8300FAX36Olaquo8raquo^2S E-tiBft anagtraquoflwiisyagtlaquomraquoaimW6baHB hHpffii(wwraquoltnsylaquoleniieom

16

Negative Baseline Offset (R619) Controls

Baseline Sign -i Baseline Amplitude bull fully CCW (000)

Range 10V Trig In open Trig Mode center position

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

AdjustCheck

Adjust R619 (BSLN 4 offset) for minimum voltage

Pulse Amplitude Adjust (R602) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode Free Mode Pulse Amplitude 1000 Timing Dialay =none Burst =single Duration =1001 Period =00110-4 Pulse Sign -Trig In open Range 10V

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

The Overiap indicator should be on Adjust R602 (Max Level) for -1000V out

Pulse Sign Gain (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode Free Mode Pulse Amplitude 1000 Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =1001 s Period =00110-4s Trig In open Range 10V

Measure the voltage at the output with the DMM for the Pulse Sign at -- and - positions

The absolute values of the voltages should differ by less than lOOmV

Baseline Amplitudes (check) Controls InputsObservations

Range 100mA Trig Mode center position Baseline Amplitude fully CW (1000) Trig In open

Measure the voltage at the output with the DMM with Baseline Sign in + Zero and - positions

AdjustCheck

Gain the matching of current levels at = and - positions and offset current in Zero position

fl-N Systems Inc^^ bull E-mal am8

131 Business Partt Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 88324 8004201306360laquo8Oe300FAX 360laquo8O362S

E-maM am8y8^o-mBy8tflmBoom WobaKo hHp Awwwo-f i iBystonuoom

17

Output Range Amplitude and Drive (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Pulse Amplitude 1000 Pulse Sign + Trig Mode Free Run Timing Delay =none Burst =8ingle Duration =1001 Period =10010-4 Trig In open

Load the output with a 10KV1W 01 resistor Measure the voltage at the output with DMM

Verify that full scale output is within specification Scale Range 100V 100V 10V 10V 100mA IV 1mA 10V 10mA 100V

Pulse Sign and Short Circuit Protection (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Timing Delay =none Burst =8ingle Duration =200 10-4 Period =00110-3 Baseline Zero Pulse Amplitude 25 Range 10V Trig Mode Free Run Trig In open

Measure the voltage at the output with the oscilloscope Check for Pulse Sign set to each of + - biphasic Watch for Error indicator when shorting the output

Verify that pulses of approx 25V amplitude (625V for biphasic mode) of the correct sign are produced every 10ms Short output in biphasic mode Output should retum when opened

Output Transient Response (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Pulse Sign + Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =20010-4 Period =00110-3 Pulse Amplitude 250 Baseline Zero Trig Mode Free Mode Trig In open

Connect the oscilloscope to the output with a 310 attenuator prolse Test boVn 10V and 100V ranges

Verify that overshoot and risetime meet specifications

fl-N Systems I n c ^ 131 Business Parte Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wb 98324 8004201306 36Olaquo83O300 FAX 36O680lt352S

E-mQ0 snBy8Qs-msy8faiTiscom VWriMtte N ^ Mvww9-msy8lemscom

18

Specifications

There are three classes of specifications Class A specifications tested in all unHs and are guaranteed Class B specifications are inherent in the design they are indirectly tested and are guaranteed Class C specifications are typical operating values which are occasionally tested- these are typical values given for your infomiation but not guarshyanteed The class for each specification is noted in the center column of the following sections

Inputs Switching level

Hysteresis

Input equivalent circuit

Minimum duration (1 IL-level signal)

A

C

C

C

16V(plusmn02V)

approx 50 mV

100K ft to+5 In parallel with no more than 35pF

gt 50 ns

Open circuit condition B defaults to highon level

Timing and rate accuracy Rate selector steps

Timing multiplier steps

Resolution

Timing eror (second and later pulses after resetting controls)

B

B

B

B

lOOps to 100s In 7 steps

1 of rate selector step size Maximum value is 999 x the rate selector step size

approx 01 of the maximum value

lt 002 of rate selector value + 015 ps

Timing error (first pulse after readjusting timing controls)

an additional 025 ps error may occur

Timing repeatability lt 001 setting + 20 ns (monophasic)

fl-N Systems I nc ^ bull E-moU ams

131 Business Parti Loop PO Boot 850 Cartsborg VM 98324 80O42O130838O08O8300FAX36Olaquo8O3S2S

E-meU anByafl^iiisyslainaoomWebsHe hHpffliiwwraquomsys)emsoom

19

TRIG IN to OUTPUT delay (DELAY set to 0) output set to 2V

Timing jitter ft-om TRIG IN to OUTPUT (for TTL trigger input with risetime lt10 ns)

Timing jitter ft^om TRIG OUT (either BURST or PULSE) and OUTPUT

Trigger output to pulse output delay

Output charactsristics Pulse level enror (voltage mode open circuit cun-ent mode short circuit

Biphasic level difference |V + + V-|2

Baseline level error (voltage mode A open circuit current mode short circuit)

Risetime (25 V out)

Risetime (25 V out)

Transient response

A

A

A

Output impedance (voltage mode) C

Output impedance (current mode) C

Isolation resistance A

Isolation capacitance C

approx 05 ps for a load of no more than 10 Kft in parallel with 50 pF

lt 125 ns (all rates except 100s) lt 125 ps (100s rate)

Less than 20 ns (all rates)

approx 350 ns

lt 03 of setting + 05 of r range (plus an additional 05 pA inlOOpArenge)

lt 03 of range (voltage modes into open circuit current modes into short circuit)

lt 03 of setting of setting + 01 of range (plus an additional 05 pA in lOOpA range)

laquo 200 ns into less than 30 pF

laquo15 ps into less than 30 pF

lt 8 overshoot Into less than 30 pF for pulse voltages different than baseline voltage by at least 10 of range

laquo 50 ohms

raquo 1 0 Gft (typically 200 Gft)

raquo100Mft

laquo 60 pF at 100 Hz

fl-N Systems Inc^^ 131 Business Partt Uxip PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 96324 8004201308 SBOee^^SOO FAX 360laquoS3^52S

E-mat BiByraquoaiMii8ylaquoliiiiiseomWiljalteHlpJV(wwraquo4tgy8lenaoom

20

Noise (differential mode)

Noise (common mode earth to isolated ground) with no signal output

Overioad error indicator (low frequency short circuited voltage mode)

Overioad error indicator low frequency open circuited current mode)

Overioad enor response time

Miscellaneous

Power

Fuse

Operating temperature range

Storage temperature range

Operating humidity

Dimensions

Weight

laquo1 mV rms (10 V scale 10Hz-4MHz)

laquo 8 mV rms (10 Hz-4 MHz) laquo100mVp-p (200 Hz -10 MHz) measured withalOMft 15pF oscilloscope probe

Turns on for set amplitude at or greater than approx plusmn1V (10 V range) or plusmn2 V (100 V range)

Turns on for set amplitude at or above approx 2 of range

Flat to approx 30 ps duration Decreasing sensitivity for shorter pulses

approx 11 watts

1 amp 3 AG

10-30C

0 - 50deg C

5-80RH

17x475x1125 (Inches) 432x121x286 cm

20 lbs (9 kg)

fl mm bull gt _ _ _ A ^ ^ _ _ L ^ 131BusinesraquoPariltLocpPOBox850C8rtsborgWS9e324

bull p i ^ y s v e m s IIIC^^deg(^deg^Bdegltgt^^^3degdeg^deg^^deg^^^degdeg^^I^deg^deg^^^^^

21 E-mei flre^nQo 4n8yo(amscam Wsbsfle hHpAwwwe-msy8Jems-Oom

Warranty and Service

What does this warranty cover A-M Systems Inc warrants to the Purchaser that the Instrument excluding cables Headstage Probes and any other accessories shipped with the Instrument (hereafter the hardware) is free from defects in workmanship or material under normal use and service for the period of one (1) year This warranty commences on the date of delivery of the hardware to the Purchaser

What are the obligations of A-M Systems Inc under this warranty During the warranty period A-M Systems Inc agrees to repair or replace at its sole option without charge to the Purchaser any defective component part of the hardware To obtain warranty service the Purchaser must return the hardware to A-M Systems Inc or an authorized A-M Systems Inc distributor in an adequate shipping container Any postage shipping and insurance charges incurred in shipping the hardware to A-M Systems Inc must be prepaid by the Purchaser and all risk for the hardware shall remain with purchaser until such time as A-M Systems Inc takes receipt of the hardware Upon receipt A-M Systems Inc will promptly repair or replace the defective unit and then return the hardware to the Purchaser postage shipping and insurance prepaid A-M Systems Inc may use reconditioned or like new parts or units at its sole option when repairing any hardware Repaired products shall carry the same amount of outstanding wan^nty as from original purchase or ninety (90) days which ever is greater Any claim under the warranty must include a dated proof of purchase of the hardware covered by this wan-anty In any event A-M Systems Inc liability for defective hardware is limited to repairing or replacing the hardware

What is not covered by this warranty This warranty is contingent upon proper use and maintenance of the hardware by the Purchaser and does not cover batteries Neglect misuse whether intentional or otherwise tampering with or altering the hardware damage caused by accident damage caused by unusual physical electrical chemical or electromechanical stress damage caused by failure of electrical power or damage caused during transportation are not covered by this warranty Products may not be returned to A-M Systems Inc for service whether under warranty or otherwise which are contaminated by infectious agents radioactive compounds or other materials constituting a health hazard to employees of A-M Systems Inc

What are the limits of llabiiity for A-M Systems inc under this warranty A-M Systems Inc shall not be liable for loss of data profits or savings or any special incidental consequential indirect or other similar damages arising from breach of contract negligence or other legal action even if the company or its agent has been advised of the possibility of such damages or for any claim brought against you by another party THIS EQUIPMENT IS NOT INTENDED FOR CLINICAL MEASUREMENTS USING HUMAN SUBJECTS A-M SYSTEMS INC DOES NOT ASSUME RESPONSIBILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE DUE TO MISUSE OF THIS EQUIPMENT Jurisdictions vary with regard to the enforceability of provisions excluding or limiting liability for incidental or consequential damages Check the provision of your local jurisdiction to find out whether the above exclusion applies to you This warranty allocates risks of product failure between the Purchaser and A-M Systems Inc A-M Systems Inc hardware pricing reflects this allocation of risk and the limitations of liability contained in this wanranty The warranty set forth above is in lieu of all other express wan^anties whether oral or written The agents employees distributors and dealers of A-M Systems Inc are not authorized to make modifications to this wan-anty or additional wan-anties binding on the company Accordingly additional statements such as dealer advertising or presentations whether oral or written do not constitute wananties by A-M Systems Inc and should not be relied upon This warranty gives you specific legal rights You may also have other rights whrch vary from one jurisdiction to another

6 mm ^ laquo _ _ A a B ^ _ 1 ^ ^ 131 Business Parti Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg W B 98324 O O

bull P l A y S V e m S l n C T^M 8OO42OI3O6 380683-8300FAX 360 803525 ^ ^ E-msl iiiisy80iHTBy8tenisoom Wsbsito hnphwwfrimysleiiisoom

A

V ISO

INSTRUCTION MANUAL

FOR

ISOLATED PULSE STIMULATOR

MODEL 2100

Serial

Date

A-M Systems Inc

PO Box 850

Carlsborg WA 98324

USA

360-683-8300 bull 800-426-1306 FAX 360-683-3525

httpwwwa-msystemscom

Version 70 February 2002

Contents General Description 1

Instrument Features 1 Controls and Connectors 2

Operating Instructions 6 Theory of Operation 10 Calibration Procedures 12

Inputs 14 Output Calibration 16

Specifications 19 Warranty and Service 22

Each Isolated Pulse Stimulator is delivered complete with

Rack Mount Hardware Instructions amp Maintenance Manual

NOTE

This instrument is not intended for clinical measurements using human subjects A-M Systems Inc does not assume responsibility for Injury or damage due to the misuse of this instrument

General Description

Instrument Features The Isolated Pulse Stimulator Model 2100 is designed for a wide variety of applications It is highly flexible being capable of delivering single pulses biphasic pairs or bursts of pulses Pulses may be started manually or upon receiving a trigger signal from another Instrument or computer Two non-isolated trigger outputs are available for triggering other instruments

Four sets of timing controls provide comprehensive control overall aspects of pulse generation Three digit accuracy is available over a 7 decade range for each timing function using lever wheel switches Pulse widths can be set over more than a 9 decade range from 05 ps to 999 seconds Timing accuracy is assured through the use of a 10 MHz base rate crystal-controlled clock digitally divided to provide accurate timing over the entire range Atiming overiap indicator will light If the timing controls are set inconsistently

The output may be conveniently switched between current and voltage modes Pulse and baseline amplitudes are Independently presettable with lockable dials An error Indicator will light if the Mode2700 cannot deliver the desired signal

r WARNING

The Model 2100 can produce potentially dangerous voltages up to 100 V at the output connectors The isolated output is not connected internally to safety (earth) ground in any way Some part of the extemal circuit should be connected to safety ground Use caution in handling any wires connectors or electrodes which may be directly or indirectly attached to the Model 2100 output Some kinds of connectors such as BNC connectors have exposed metal parts which may float at dangerous potentials unless extemally connected to safety ground For greatest safety tum the Model 2100 off before making any connections to

the instrument

131 Business Parii Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Telophone 800-426-1306 bull 360-68raquolaquo300 bull FAX 360683-3525 E-mal satesa-msystemsoom VVfebsite httpywwwa^nsystemscom fl-N Systems Inc 1

Controls and Connectors The controls for the Model 2100 are grouped in three sections START which controls when a pulse or burst of pulses begins TIMING which controls the onoff timing of one or more pulses and OUTPUT which controls the amplitude of the output signal

Start TRIG SLOPE Determines the polarity of valid trigger pulses (positive or negative edges in the trigger signal)

MODE Controls waveform initiation When set to FREE RUN one timing cycle immediately follows the last When momentarily placed In the MANUAL position a timing cycle starts Immediately When the switch Is In the center position timing cycles start when valid triggering events occur

TRIGD This LED lights up when a timing cycle Is in process and continues until the burst is completed

TRIG This BNC connector allows a signal from an external source to Initiate timing cycles It is set for standard TTL levels

GATE This BNC connector allows a signal from an external source to restrict the final output signal This input must be at a logical high (or open-circuited) in order for the Model 2100 to recognize either manual or automatic trigger events

Gate 1_ Trigger |~~^ i I Valid triggers (represented by the arrows in the figure) can occur only when the gate Is at logical high Note that the up arrow would apply only If TRIG SLOPE is set to + the down an-ows would apply only if TRIG SLOPE Is set to -

NOTE Triggers have no effect if the system has not completed its response to a previous trigger

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Park Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Vb 98324 TelQphQne 80O426-1306 360683-8300 FAX 360683-3525 E-mail sales^a-msystemscom Wsbsite httpywwwa-msystemscom

Timing Four sets of controls govern the timing of pulse generation Each set contains two values which are multiplied together to detemnine the actual timing value The rotary knob (rate selector) provides the approximate timing value and the lever wheel switch bank (MULTIPLIER)

provides a time resolution of three decimal digits The following diagram shows most of the Important relationships

Output r Delay Duration

|ltPeriodgtj

t Burst width

Trigger event

DELAY These controls determine the time duration between the initiating trigger event and the beginning of the pulse burst If this rate selector is set to NONE or the multiplier is set to 000 there Is no delay

BURST WIDTH These controls determine the time period in which one or more pulses may be delivered Once started a pulse may outlast the burst width If this rate selector is set to SINGLE or to any time shorter than the pulse duration only a single pulse will occur If the BURST WIDTH Is longer than the period pulses will be emitted at the PERIOD rate until the burst time ends Pulses are never truncated by a short BURSTWIDTH

inds)-PULSE

D U R A T I O N 1 0 1 0

10

INTEB-PULSE PERIOD

1 1 10

DURATION These controls determine the length of each pulse Ifthis rate selector Is set to SQUARE the duration is set to half of the period regardless of the MULTIPLIER setting

PERIOD These controls set the period of time between adjacent pulse events within the burst It also forces a minimum dead time between recognized input triggers following a burst of one or more pulses This can be used to prevent over stimulation of a tissue without requiring excessive delay between the triggering event and the stimulating pulse

TIMING OVERLAP

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 860 Carisborg Vamp 98324 |Telophone 800-426-1306 360683-8300 bull FAX 3606aW525 E-mail salearega^nsystemsoom Vfeb5ite httpAwwwa^nsyslemscam

NOTE If any of these timing controls are changed while a timing cycle is in operation the results are undefined until the current cycle finishes

TIMING OVERLAP This LED will light to Indicate an inconsistency in the timing cycle settings There are several ways to introduce such errors The most common way is to set the Inter-pulse PERIOD to be less than the pulse DURATION

T I M I N G (seconds)^

TRIG OUT (UPPER) This BNC connector provides a signal which is coincident with the Internal Burst timing signal (default) This means the signal starts at the end of the Delay time and persists until the Burst time expires This output may also be set to represent the delay time-out by setting the internal jumper J510 to the right two pins instead of the left two pins (Please see the Calibration section in this manual for jumper location Directions are given as viewed from the front of the Instrument)

TRIG OUT (LOWER) This BNC connector provides a signal which Is coincident with the Duration timing signal which controls pulse output

NOTE Both trigger output signals slightly lead the isolated output signal

Output

PULSE SIGN This switch determines the polarity of the pulses to be generated It also allows generation of biphasic pulses thereby doubling the effective total period Warning the first pulse generated after changing the PULSE

SIGN switch may have the wrong polarity

BASELINE This Switch determines the polarity ofthe baseline signal

RANGE This rotary switch determines if the output pulses will be constant current (3 ranges) or constant voltage (2 ranges)

BASELINE AMPLITUDE This value is independently set using a ten-turn counting dial The maximum baseline amplitude is one tenth the value shown on the range amplitude switch

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 8S0 Cartsborg Vfa 98324 |Tetaphone 80O426-1306 bull 360683-8300 bull FAX 3606803525 E-mail salesa-msystemscom Wbbsite http7Awwwaflnsystemscom

PULSE AMPLITUDE This value is independently set using a ten-turn counting dial The maximum pulse amplitude is the value shown on the range amplitude switch

EVENT This LED indicates when a pulse is ongoing

ERROR This LED indicates when the internal output amplifier cannot output the pulse as desired This is usually due to a short circuit while trying to output a voltage or an open circuit while trying to output a current

VOTEThe Pulse Sign control in the Oupuf section directly affects waveform timing When set to the Biphasic mode a positive-going pulse is immediately followed by a negative-going pulse This effectively doubles the pulse duration If a burst of biphasic pulses is being produced the period must be at least twice the single pulse duration In the Square wave mode the baseline disappears as long as the burst persists

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsboig Vte 98324 |Telophone 800426-1306 360683-8300 bull FAX 3606833525 E-mail salesa-m5ystem5 com Website httpwwwa-msystemscom

Operating Instructions

Examples Simple setup (and minimal instrument test)

Connect the output ofthe Model 2100 to an oscilloscope Before connecting the Model 2100 to any other instrument or the experimental preparation It is safest to turn Its power off

Set the Oufpuf controls

Range 10V Pulse Sign +

Baseline Zero Pulse Amplitude 200

Setting The Timing Controls

Delay Burst Width

Duration Period

none single

15010-2 50010-2

Setting The Start Controls

Mode Free Run

Disconnect any cables to the TRIG or GATE inputs

Note that the green Trig and Event Indicators turn on as Free Run is turned on (and turn off otherwise) You should observe a 15ms duration 20Hz rate pulse of 200V above a OV baseline on the oscilloscope

fl-N Systems Inc 131 BusinessPartiLoop RO Box850CarisbcxgWa98324 |Telophone 800426-1306 bull 360-683-8300 bull FW 360683-3525 E-mail salesa-msystems com VVbbsite httpywwwa-msystems com

Demonstration of Burst Mode Connect the output ofthe Model 2100 to an oscilloscope Before connecting the Model 2100 to any other instrument or the experimental preparation It Is safest to turn its power off

Set the Outpuf controls

Range 10V Pulse Sign +

Baseline Pulse Amplitude 200

Baseline Amplitude 100

Setting The Timing Controls

Delay 88010-2 Burst Width 12010-^

Duration 15010-2 Period 50010-2

Set the START controls as follows

Mode Free Run

Disconnect any cables to the TRIG or GATE inputs

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Telophooe 8004201306 360683-8300 bull FAX 360683-3525 E^naii salesa-msystems com Watjsite http7wwwa-msystemscom

Trigger the oscilloscope from the Bursf trigger out (upper Trig Out connector) for a stable display In each burst (occurring every lOOms) you should observe a trio of 15ms duration starting 50ms apart Try switching the StartMode from Free Run to the center (nonnal) position The pulses will no longer be produced and the Trig and Event Indicators will tum off Pressing this switch once (to Manual) will cause a single burst to occur

Problem Solving If the instrument appears to be not working properiy check all ofthe control settings and connections Be sure to wait at least 5-10 seconds after turning the instrument off before turning it on again The following summary of typical problems for the user (along with the most common solutions) may help

Problem CauseSolution

EVENT Indicator never lights even in FREE RUN mode

bull Replace fuse check power connection bullSet DELAY or PERIOD to a shorter interval

bull Power-on too soon after power-off

OVERLAP Indicator is on

ERROR indicator is on

bull Set DURATION gt000 bull DURATION Is set to SQUARE but

PERIOD is 000 Increase PERIOD or set DURATION independantly

bull BURST and WIDTH are gt DURATION increase PERIOD or decrease DURATION

bull BIPHASIC pulse output Is on and PERIOD is not longer than twice the DURATION Increase PERIOD or decrease DURATION

bull Free-run Is on and BURST is lt PERIOD (BURST off) DELAY is 0 and PERIOD Is lt DURATION Add delay or modify PERIOD

bull Free-run is on and BURST is gt DURATION (BURST ON) and PERIOD is lt DURATION Increase PERIOD

bull For VOLTAGE outputs the output is trying to drive too low a resistance or capacitance (eg a short circuit) Check by disconnecting the output ft is possible (and normal) that for the fastest cycles and largest amplitudes (close to 100 V

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business PartiLoop PO Box 850 CartsborgWa 98324 iTelophone 800-42O130636O6e3-8300FAX 3606B3-3525 E-mail satesaflisyslefmcom Vfebslte http7wwwa-msyslemscom

and 1 ps) that the ERROR indicator might always come on during repetitive pulses Fix output load or decrease amplitude as required

Time appears to be excessive Changed control in mid-cycle (resets current status)

Cant seem to get a full signal out Load Is not properiy connected repair wiring Too low a load impedance (VOLTAGE modes) or too high a load impedance (CURRENT mode)

Incoming triggers not accepted frequently enough

PERIOD is set too long (enforces dead time) followd by BURST set to SIGNAL Reduce PERIOD time

Table 10 Problem Solving

If you suspect that the Model 2100 may have completely failed we recommend checking the basic level of functionality Ifthis fails your instrument Is defective and must be repaired Ifthis passes either your experimental setup is incompatible or inconsistent or there is a more subtle flaw in your Model 2100

If the Model 2100 appears to be malfunctioning contact A-M Systems Inc or your dealer We will first attempt to solve the problem over the telephone so have an exact description of your problem available when you call You do not need to be within the warranty period to obtain over-the-phone assistance

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 iTetoptxme 80O426-1306 bull 360683-8300 FAX 3606803525 E-mail satesa-msystemsoomAfebsitehttpJwwwaflisystemscom

Theory of Operation

The operation ofthe Model 2100 is summarized in the block diagram (see the figure on Page 11) Not shown are all ofthe interconnections with the microcontroller The internal microcontroler plays an important role in setting the signal path but does not directly contribute to the dynamic characteristics It scans the front panel switches and sets the control values for the logic arrays It programs the internal counters which along with the other hardware achieve the necessary sub-microsecond speeds

Pulse generation starts either from an Input trigger signal (from Trig In) or an internally signal (Free Run mode) A Delay timer counts the 10MHz clock until its count value is exhausted At this point the Burst Period and Duration timers are started If the Burst timer has not expired by the end ofthe Period the Period and Duration timers are restarted If the Biphasic mode has been set the Duration timer is restarted at the end of the initial Duration and the sign ofthe output pulse is reversed doubling the total duration

The system state (pulse on pulse sign baseline sign [+0f-]) is transmitted to the isolated section via optoisolator The baseline and pulse amplitudes are selected by an analog switch The resulting signal is amplified by a variable-power-supply discrete operational amplifier The amplifier connections and gain is modified to provide two voltage and three current ranges

Timing overiap errors are detected by a logical decision computation rather than by testing for counter collisions This provides instant feedback rather than waiting up to an hour for such a collision to occur Output errors are measured by sensing the output amplifiers differential input voltage Under normal conditions this is a negligible voltage If the amplifier fails to deliver the requested signal the window comparator testing this voltage sends this message (via optoisolator) to the logic section turning on a warning LED

fl-N Systems Inc 131BusinessPart(LoopRO Box850CarisboigWa98324 4 n Tel0pri0ne80O426-130636O683^300FAX36O6833525 ^ E-mail salesaflisystBmscom V febsite http7wwwa-msystemsoom

S i

I - - ^^mdasho^M

OUTPUT i l l

TRIG ^ OUT

(burst)

TRIG 3-lt) OUT

(pulse)

til

I laquo

Calibration Procedures

The calibration interval is the lesser of 1000 hours of operation or 6 months Somewhat greater drift can be expected in the first 100 hours of operation as the semiconductors age Adjustments should only be made after the instrument has been fully warmed up for at least 15 minutes

Full instrument calibration requires the following test equipment digital multimeter (plusmn 01) able to measure resistance to at least lOOMO oscilloscope with at least 50MHz bandwidth true-mis voltmeter with 4MHz bandwidth universal counter (plusmn 001 ) able to measure single pulse widths and periods resistors (all plusmn 01) 2kn lOkH 1 watt 20kn 200kn alligator clip lead sets banana plugs and BNC adapters

Adjustment integrated circuit and test point locations are shown in the following figures All adjustments are on the timing board unless othenAise noted

All voltages in the non-isolated section should be measured with respect to ground at TP510 unless othenwise stated Some voltages are measured with respect to an internal isolated ground at TP650 or across the two output temninals Occasionally the voltage at an IC pin must be measured in these cases the reference designator is given with the pin number in parentheses eg U602(16) When it states within this procedure that a voltage is to be minimized this means that the adjustment should be made such that the measured voltage is as close to zero volts as possible Refer to the Specifications Section of this manual for acceptable tolerances

The sequence of this procedure is important If any adjustment is made all adjustments which follow must be made to ensure that the specifications will be met These procedures require that all controls remain as set in previous steps unless othenAise indicated

WARNING

The Model 2100 has dangerous voltages throughout the instrument even with the power is off Servicing the Model 2100 should only be done by qualified service personnel Use caution in handling any wires connectors or electrodes which may be directly or indirectly attached to the instrument Do not touch exposed connections or components Disconnect power by unplugging the power cord from the receptacle

H B ^ ^ S y s t e m s inc^degdegp^deg^^deg-^^^^^^^^B3^^^degdeg^^^lt^^^B^^^^ 131BusinessPartiLoopPO Box850CartsbOigWamp98324 4 9 |Telophone800-42013C6360683-8300F0lt360683-3525 ^ E-mail salesa-msystefnscom website httpwwwaflisystems com

CO

TP501 O lt0

g OTPSOO

U560 S

Trig Gate

0 -TISOS

U570

U500

Timing

p U520

Timing

K U550 Timin

gt U540

U515

o X I Timin

U508 I

J510 Timing nnn

Burst Delay J400

gt U550

R503

D D I D bull U8QQ i Q

n

oo

V P 5 1 0

b U535

^

Clock i _

U555

lt U 5 4 5

o

h d ^ O - - ^ U605

Q D

U620

O fJZ^ R737 bull ^ 1^13015 r j C - C O M P

B B nU770 ^ ^ ^ 5 ^ a

J420

a

o E

bull [ ]U632

riueso

rR742rVhigh R 6 1 9 ^

LJ TP645 O TP650

TPMOQ^QS

Vlow

CD-

CZZl

J440 bull bull tl iUDQ

I t

f i l

Power supply and bias voltages

Power supply

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

POWER ON Observe voltage at P703 power supply wire top of main board

Check for+15 plusmn 050 V

Observe voltage at P701 power supply wire top of main board

Check for-15 plusmn 050 V

Observe voltage at U505(24) Check for +5 plusmn 025 V

Isolated supply voltage Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

RANGE 10 V TRIG open circuit MODE center position

Alternately observe V ^ from R742 to R740 and V ^ from theU605(4)toU605(8)

Adjust R773 so that 110VltV lt 120 V and

nigh

28VltV|^lt34V

Capacitance balance Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

Connect a xlO oscilloscope probe to TP650 and ground the

Adjust R737 for minimum high frequency signal

Inputs

Gate function Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave Verify that the voltage to GATE switches states at the Observe voltage at U510(3) proper input levels with an oscilloscope

Trigger slope Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave Verify that the voltage to TRIG switches states at the Observe voltage at U510( 1) proper input levels with an oscilloscope

TRIG SLOPE Verify voltage is 180deg out of phase

TRIG SLOPE Verify voltage is in phase

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 860 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Jelophone 800-4201306 360683-8300 bull FM 380683-3525 E-mail salesaflTsystBfnscom bull Vtebsite httpVAirwwaflisystems com

14

Trigger and gate f unc t i on

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

DELAY NONE BURS-nMDTH SINGLE DURATION SQUARE PERIOD 100X10-3

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave to TRIG Observe TRIGD and EVENT LEDs

TRIG disconnect all Short the GATE connector to GND Verify LEDs extinguish

MODE press to MANUAL Verify LEDs flash once

Timing

System c lock f requency

Controls Inputs Observations Ad jus t Check

Observe the frequency of the wave Verify 1000 MHz plusmn 001 atU555(17)

Mul t ip l iers (Wheel Swi tches)

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

PULSE SIGN-laquobull MODE FREE RUN TRIG disconnect all TIMING MULTIPUERS all

wheels set to zero except the one being tested

TIMING OVERLAP ignore

Observe the pulse width with the counter at the location specified t)elow

Verify pulse width is correct for each wheel as it is tested independently

For each wheel of each MULTIPLIER test each position to verify that the pulse width is correct Observe the signal at the following locations DELAY U520(2) BURSTWIDTH U530(2) PERIOD U540(2) DURATION U550(2)

Rates (Rotary Swi tches)

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

TIMING MULTIPUERS 001 Observe the pulse width with the TIMING RATES all rotary counter at the location specified

switches set to 10-4 below except the one being tested

Verify pulse width is correct for each rotary switch as it is tested independently

For each ofthe four rotary switches in TIMING test each position to verify that the pulse width is correct Observe the signal at the following locations DELAY U520(2) BURSTWIDTH U530(2) PERIOD U540(2) DURATION U550(2)

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 iTetophone 8004201306 bull 360683-8300 bull FOC 3606803525 E-mail salesa-msystemscom Wbbsite httpJwwwaflTSystemscom

15

Trigger outputs

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

Range 10V Pulse Amplitude 500 Delay 100 xlO^ Burst 100 x 10 ^ Duration 100x10-^ Period 400x10-^ Pulse sign + Trig Mode Free run Trig in open

Trigger the oscilloscope to the Burst Trig Out Observe it the Pulse Trig Out and the isolated output

Verify that the waveform consists of a burst of three 1ms-on3ms-off pulses The burst trigger should be synchronous with the burst the pulse trigger coincident with each pulse

Output Calibration

Isolation Resistance (check)

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode center position Trig In open

Measure the resistance between ground banana jack (front panel) and black banana jack of output with DMM

Resistance read gt 100MQ

Amplitude Switch Offset (R640)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Zero Trig Mode center position Trig In Open

Measure the voltage at TP645 vs TP650 with the DMM

Adjust R640 (AmpI Sw Offset) for minimum voltage

Output Offset (R332 front panel board) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Zero Range 10V Trig Mode center position Trig In Open

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

Adjust R332 (Output offset) for minimum voltage

Positive Baseline Offeet (R607) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Sign + Baseline Amplitude

fully CCW (000) Range 10V Trig In open Trig Mode center position

Measure the voltage across the outputwiththeDMM

Adjust R602 (BSLN + offset) for minimum voltage

fl-N Systems Inc 131 BusBiess Parti Loop P O Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Telophone B00-42O1306 bull 360683-8300 bull FAX 3606803525 E-mail salesaflisystemscom V^tebsite httpy^vwwa-msystems com

16

Negative Baseline Offset (R619)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Sign -Baseline Amplitude

fully CCW (000) Range 10V Trig In open Trig Mode center position

Measure the voltage across the outputwiththeDMM

Adjust R619 (BSLN + offset) for minimum voltage

Pulse Amplitude Adjust (R602)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode Free Mode Pulse Amplitude 1000 Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =1001 Period =00110-4 Pulse Sign -Trig In open Range 10V

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

The Overiap indicator should be on Adjust R602 (Max Level) for -10OOV out

Pulse Sign Gain (check)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode Free Mode Pulse Amplitude 1000 Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =100 1s Period =001 10-4s Trig In open Range 10V

Measure the voltage at the output with the DMM for the Pulse Sign at + and - positions

The absolute values ofthe voltages should differ by less than lOOmV

Baseline Amplitudes (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Range 100mA Trig Mode center position Baseline Amplitude fully CW (1000) Trig In open

Measure the voltage at the output with the DMM with Baseline Sign in + Zero and

- positions

Gain the matching of current levels at = and - positions and offset current in Zero position

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop PO Box 850 Cartsboig Wa 98324 Telophone 800-4201306 360683-8300 FkX 3606803525 E-mail salesa-msystemscom website http^^wwaflisystemsccm

17

Output Range Amplitude and Drive (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Pulse Amplitude 1000 Pulse Sign + Trig Mode Free Run Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =1001 Period =10010-4 Trig In open

Load the output with a 10KV 1W 01 resistor Measure the voltage at the output with DMM

Verify that full scale output is within specification Scale Range 100V 100V 10V 10V 100mA IV 1mA 10V 10mA 100V

Pulse Sign and Short Circuit Protection (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =200 10-4 Period =00110-3 Baseline Zero Pulse Amplitude 25 Range 10V Trig Mode Free Run Trig In open

Measure the voltage at the output with the oscilloscope Check for Pulse Sign set to each of + - biphasic Watch for Error indicator when shorting the output

Verify that pulses of approx 25V amplitude (625V for biphasic mode) of the correct sign are produced every 10ms Short output in biphasic mode Output should return when opened

Output Transient Response (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Pulse Sign + Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =20010-4 Period =00110-3 Pulse Amplitude 250 Baseline Zero Trig Mode Free Mode Trig In open

Connect the oscilloscope to the output with a 310 attenuator probe Test both 10V and 100V ranges

Verify that overshoot and risetime meet specifications

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Telophone 8004201306 bull 3606808300 bull Flaquo( 360laquo83ltJ525 E-mail salesa-msystemsocm V^febsite http^wwwa-msystefnscom

18

Specifications

There are three classes of specifications Class A specifications tested in all units and are guaranteed Class B specifications are inherent in the design they are indirectly tested and are guaranteed Class C specifications are typical operating values which are occasionally tested- these are typical values given for your information but not guarshyanteed The class for each specification is noted in the center column ofthe following sections

Inputs Switching level

Hysteresis

Input equivalent circuit

Minimum duration (1 IL-level signal)

A

C

C

C

16 V(plusmn 02 V)

approx 50 mV

lOOKH to+5 in parallel with no more than 35pF

gt 50 ns

Open circuit condition B defaults to highon level

Timing and rate accuracy Rate selector steps

Timing multiplier steps

B

B

lOOpsto 100s in 7 steps

1 of rate selector step size Maximum value is 999 X the rate selector step size

Resolution B approx 01 ofthe maximum value

Timing error (second and later pulses after resetting controls)

B lt 002 of rate selector value + 015 ps

Timing error (first pulse after readjusting timing controls)

an additional 025 ps error may occur

Timing repeatability lt 001 setting + 20 ns (monophasic)

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Ram Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Vfa 98324 pTelophone 8004201306 bull 360683-8300 bull FAX 360683-3525

E-mail salesraquoflisystems com Wabsite httpJAnww afl isystems com

19

TRIG IN to OUTPUT delay (DELAY set to 0) output set to 2V

Timing jitter from TRIG IN to OUTPUT (for TTL trigger input with risetime lt10 ns)

Timing jitter from TRIG OUT (either BURST or PULSE) and OUTPUT

Trigger output to pulse output delay

Output characteristics Pulse level error (voltage mode open circuit current mode short circuit

Biphasic level difference IV + - V-1 2

Baseline level error (voltage mode open circuit current mode short circuit)

Risetime (25 V out)

Risetime (25 V out)

Transient response

A

A

A

Output impedance (voltage mode) C

Output impedance (current mode) C

Isolation resistance A

Isolation capacitance C

approx 05 ps for a load of no more than 10 KH in parallel with 50 pF

lt 125 ns (all rates except 100s) lt 125 ps (100s rate)

Less than 20 ns (all rates)

approx 350 ns

lt 03 of setting + 05 of r range (plus an additional 05 pA in 100 pA range)

lt 03 of range (voltage modes into open circuit current modes into short circuit)

lt 03 of setting of setting + 01 of range (plus an additional 05 pA in lOOpA range)

= 200 ns into less than 30 pF

= 15 ps into less than 30 pF

lt 8 overshoot into less than 30 pF for pulse voltages different than baseline voltage by at least 10 of range

= 50 ohms

raquo 1 0 GH (typically 200 GO)

raquo 1 0 0 M n

= 60 pF at 100 Hz

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Peril Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg V6 98324 |TelCf)hone 800-4201306 3606808300 bull FAX 360683-3525 E-mal salesaflisystefnsoom Website hnpyMVfWafllsystemsoom

20

Noise (differential mode)

Noise (common mode earth to isolated ground) with no signal output

Overload error indicator (low frequency short circuited voltage mode)

Overload error indicator low frequency open circuited current mode)

Overioad error response time

Miscellaneous

= 1 mV rms (10 V scale 10 Hz-4 MHz)

= 8 mV rms (10 Hz-4 MHz) == 100mVp-p (200 Hz -10 MHz) measured withalOMH 15pF oscilloscope probe

Turns on for set amplitude at or greater than approx plusmn1 V (10 V range) or plusmn2 V (100 V range)

Turns on for set amplitude at or above approx 2 of range

Flat to approx 30 ps duration Decreasing sensitivity for shorter pulses

Power

Fuse

Operating temperature range

Storage temperature range

Operating humidity

Dimensions

approx 11 watts

1 amp 3AG

10-30degC

0 - 50deg C

5 - 80 RH

17x475x1125 (inches) 432x121x286 cm

Weight 20 lbs (9 kg)

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Wb 98324 |Tetcphone 8004201306 3606808300 bull FOt 360683-3525 E-mail satesamsystems comV^febsite httpywwwaflisystemscom

21

Warranty and Service

What does this warranty cover A-M Systems Inc warrants to the Purchaser that the Instrument excluding cables Headstage Probes and any other accessories shipped with the Instrument (hereafter the hardware) is free from defects in workmanship or material under normal use and service for the period of one (1) year This warranty commences on the date of delivery ofthe hardware to the Purchaser

What are the obligations of A-M Systems Inc under this warranty During the warranty period A-M Systems Inc agrees to repair or replace at its sole option without charge to the Purchaser any defective component part of the hardware To obtain warranty service the Purchaser must return the hardware to A-M Systems Inc or an authorized A-M Systems Inc distributor in an adequate shipping container Any postage shipping and insurance charges incurred in shipping the hardware to A-M Systems Inc must be prepaid by the Purchaser and all risk for the hardware shall remain with purchaser until such time as A-M Systems Inc takes receipt of the hardware Upon receipt A-M Systems Inc will promptly repair or replace the defective unit and then return the hardware to the Purchaser postage shipping and insurance prepaid A-M Systems Inc may use reconditioned or like new parts or units at its sole option when repairing any hardware Repaired products shall carry the same amount of outstanding warranty as from original purchase or ninety (90) days which ever is greater Any claim under the warranty must include a dated proof of purchase ofthe hardware covered by this warranty In any event A-M Systems Inc liability for defective hardware is limited to repairing or replacing the hardware

What is not covered by this warranty This warranty is contingent upon proper use and maintenance ofthe hardware by the Purchaser and does not cover batteries Neglect misuse whether intentional or othenwise tampering with or altering the hardware damage caused by accident damage caused by unusual physical electrical chemical or electromechanical stress damage caused by failure of electrical power or damage caused during transportation are not covered by this wan-anty Products may not be returned to A-M Systems Inc for service whether under warranty or otherwise which are contaminated by infectious agents radioactive compounds or other materials constituting a health hazard to employees of A-M Systems Inc

What are the limits of liability for A-M Systems Inc under this warranty A-M Systems Inc shall not be liable for loss of data profits or savings or any special incidental consequential indirect or other similar damages arising from breach of contract negligence or other legal action even if the company or its agent has been advised of the possibility of such damages or for any claim brought against you by another party THIS EQUIPMENT IS NOT INTENDED FOR CLINICAL MEASUREMENTS USING HUMAN SUBJECTS A-M SYSTEMS INC DOES NOT ASSUME RESPONSIBILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE DUE TO MISUSE OF THIS EQUIPMENT Jurisdictions vary with regard to the enforceability of provisions excluding or limiting liability for incidental or consequential damages Check the provision of your local jurisdiction to find out whether the above exclusion applies to you

This warranty allocates risks of product failure between the Purchaser and A-M Systems Inc A-M Systems Inc hardware pricing reflects this allocation of risk and the limitations of liability contained in this warranty The warranty set forth above is in lieu of all other express warranties whether oral or written The agents employees distributors and dealers of A-M Systems Inc are not authorized to make modifications to this warranty or additional wan-anties binding on the company Accordingly additional statements such as dealer advertising or presentations whether oral or written do not constitute warranties by A-M Systems Inc and should not be relied upon This warranty gives you specific legal rights You may also have other rights which vary from one jurisdiction to another

fl-N Systems Inc 131BusinessPartiLoop RO Box850CartsbOfgWa98324 p O |Telophone 8004201306 bull 360683-8300FOC 3606830525 ^ ^ E-mail saiesaflisystefTiscom Wbbsite httpVwwwa-msystemscom

GATE IN

TRIG ^ OUT

(burst)

OPTO ISOLATOR

Amplitude (Pulse)

TRIG -lt^ OUT

(pulse)

c 1

RANGE

C

Analog switch

C

)

-D^sectli OUTPUT

Baseline sign )

Amplitude (baseline) )

O H q

ill V) 5 o i^8 e e -a a fi a

bull o c

M E o ts gtraquo

lt

Calibration Procedures

The calibration intenal is the lesser of 1000 hours of operation or 6 months Somewhat greater drift can be expected in the first 100 hours of operation as the semiconductors age Adjustments should only be made after the instrument has been fully warmed up for at least 15 minutes

Full instrument calibration requires the following test equipment digital multimeter (plusmn 01 ) able to measure resistance to at least 10OMfl oscilloscope with at least 50MHz bandwidth true-rms voltmeter with 4MHz bandwidth universal counter (plusmn 001) able to measure single pulse widths and periods resistors (all plusmn 01) 2kn lOkO 1 watt 20ka 200ka alligator clip lead sets banana plugs and BNC adapters

Adjustment integrated circuit and test point locations are shown in the following figures All adjustments are on the timing board unless otherwise noted

All voltages in the non-isolated section should be measured with respect to ground at TP510 unless othenwise stated Some voltages are measured with respect to an internal isolated ground at TP650 or across the two output terminals Occasionally the voltage at an IC pin must be measured in these cases the reference designator is given with the pin number in parentheses eg U602(16) When it states within this procedure that a voltage is to be minimized this means that the adjustment should be made such that the measured voltage is as close to zero volts as possible Refer to the Specifications Section of this manual for acceptable tolerances

The sequence of this procedure is important If any adjustment is made all adjustments which follow must be made to ensure that the specifications will be met These procedures require that all controls remain as set in previous steps unless otherwise indicated

WARNING

The Model2100 has dangerous voltages throughout the instrument even with the power is off Servicing the Mode2700 should only be done by qualified service personnel Use caution in handling any wires connectors or electrodes which may be directly or indirectly attached to the instrument Do not touch exposed connections or components Disconnect power by unplugging the power cord from the receptacle

A B B ^ _ _ mdash ^ _ I raquo laquo 131SusinessParkLoopROBox850CaitsborBWa98324 -JO

E-mail S8le60a-msystemscom Website httpwwwa-msystemscam

CO

TP501 O o

a OTPsoo

U560 bull

D D D D Q ^ U510

Trig Gate

U570

OQ Q

U500

n U505

Timing

gt U520

Timing

) U530

Timing

gt U540

Q U515

Timing

U508

R503

DDID E

a

gt oo

bull U800 l O r v o w iV_X^TP510 O

U525

f

A U535

^ U550

Timing ^

Clock

U555

J510 Burst Delay

J400 bull U545

d R742^VWgh R619 o

r RZZ3 R737 an c n V - I J I S O I S ^ ^C-COMP

U620 ^ Q Q bull ^ ^ bull

J420 O ^ D^ J440 IfYYYlDfYyYYYYYYYII C Z J E X C T

Q Otrsetl I p J Vlow

L J TP645 C=) cm P650

bull bull fe elUOD

irt

PI pound A

o c

E o

0)

Power supply and bias voltages

Power supply

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

POWER ON Observe voltage at P703 power supply wire top of main board

Check for+15 plusmn 050 V

Observe voltage at P701 power supply wire top of main board

Check for-15 plusmn 050 V

Observe voltage at U505(24) Check for +5 plusmn 025 V

Isolated supply voltage

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

RANGE 10 V TRIG open circuit MODE center position

Alternately observe V from high

R742 to R740 and V _ from kw

the U605(4) to U605(8)

Adjust R773 so that 110VltV lt 120 V and

high

28VltV^^lt34V

Capacitance balance

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

Connect a x10 oscilloscope probe to TP650 and ground the

Adjust R737 for minimum high frequency signal

Inputs

Gate funct ion

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave Verify that the voltage to GATE switches states at the Observe voltage at U510(3) proper input levels with an oscilloscope

Trigger s lope

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave Verify that the voltage to TRIG switches states at the Observe voltage at U510(1) proper input levels with an oscilloscope

TRIG SLOPE-I- Verify voltage is 180deg out of phase

TRIG SLOPE- Verify voltage is in phase

A-M Systems Inc 131 Business Paik Loop PO Box 850 Cailsborg Wa 98324 Tekvhone 8004201306 36O683laquo300 - FAX 360683-3S2S E-mail salesOa-msystemscom Website httpywwwa-msystemscom

14

Trigger and gate funct ion

Controls Inputs Observations

DELAY NONE BURSTWIDTH SINGLE DURATION SQUARE PERIOD 100X10-3

AdjustCheck

Apply a 1 kHz 0 -5 V triangle wave to TRIG Observe TRiGoand EVENT LEDS

TRIG disconnect all Short the GATE connector to GND Verify LEDs extinguish

MODE press to MANUAL Verify LEDs flash once

Timing

System clock frequency

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

Observe the frequency of the wave Verify 1000 MHz plusmn 001 atU555(17)

Mu l t i p l i e rs (Whee l Sw i t ches )

Controls Inputs Observat ions A d j u s t C h e c k

PULSE SIGN+ MODE FREE RUN TRIG disconnect all TIMING MULTIPUERS all

Wheels set to zero except the one being tested

TIMING OVERLAP ignore

Observe the pulse width with the counter at the location specified below

Verify pulse width is correct for each wheel as it is tested independently

For each wheel of each MULTIPLIER test each position to verify that the pulse width is correct Observe the signal at the following locations DELAY U520(2) BURSTWIDTH U530(2) PERIOD U540(2) DURATION U550(2)

Rates (Rotary Switches)

Controls Inputs Observations A d j u s t C h e c k

TIMING MULTIPUERS 001 TIMING RATES all rotary

switches set to 10-4 except the one being tested

Observe the pulse width with the counter at the location specified below

Verify pulse width is correct for each rotary switch as it is tested independently

For each of the four rotary switches in TIMING test each position to verify that the pulse width is correct Observe the signal at the following locations DELAY U520(2) BURSTWIDTH U530(2) PERIOD U540(2) DURATION U550(2)

A-M Systems Inc 131 Business Paik Loop PO Box 850 Caiisborg Wa 98324 Telophone 800-428-1306 bull 3606808300 FAX 360683-3525 E-mail salesOa-msystemscom Website httpwwwa-msystemscom

15

Trigger outputs Controls

Range 10V Pulse Amplitude 500 Delay 100x10-2 Burst 100x10-2 Duration 100 xlQ-^ Period 400x10-3 Pulse sign + Trig Mode Free run Trig in open

Inputs Observations

Trigger the oscilloscope to the Burst Trig Out Observe it the Pulse Trig Out and the isolated output

AdjustCheck

Verify that the waveform consists of a burst of three 1 ms-on3ms-off pulses The burst trigger should be synchronous with the burst the pulse trigger coincident with each pulse

Output Calibration

Isolation Resistance (check) Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

Trig Mode center position Trig In open

Measure the resistance between ground banana jack (front panel) and black banana jack of output with DMM

Resistance read gt 10OMQ

Amplitude Switch Offset (R640) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Zero Trig Mode center position Trig In Open

Measure the voltage at TP645 vs TP650 with the DMM

Adjust R640 (AmpI Sw Offset) for minimum voltage

Output Offset (R332 front panel board) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Zero Range 10V Trig Mode center position Trig In Open

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

Adjust R332 (Output offset) for minimum voltage

Positive Baseline Offset (R607) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Sign + Baseline Amplitude

fully CCW (000) Range 10V Trig In open Trig Mode center position

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

Adjust R602 (BSLN + offset) for minimum voltage

A-M Systems Inc 131 Business Paik Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Jelophone 8004201306 36O6834300 - FAX 380laquo83-352S E-mail salesOa-msystemscom Website httpwwwa-msystemscam

16

Negative Baseline Offset (R619)

Controls InputsObservations

Baseline Sign -Baseline Amplitude

fully CCW (000) Range 10V Trig In open Trig Mode center position

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

AdjustCheck

Adjust R619 (BSLN + offset) for minimum voltage

Pulse Ampl i tude Adjust (R602)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode Free Mode Pulse Amplitude 1000 Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =1001 Period =00110-4 Pulse Sign -Trig In open Range 10V

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

The Overlap indicator should be on Adjust R602 (Max Level) for -10OOV out

Pulse Sign Gain (check)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode Free Mode Pulse Amplitude 1000 Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =100 Is Period =001 10-4s Trig In open Range 10V

Measure the voltage at the output with the DMM for the Pulse Sign at + and - positions

The absolute values of the voltages should differ by less than 10OmV

Baseline Ampl i tudes (check)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

flange 100mA Trig Mode center position Baseline Amplitude fully CW (1000) Trig In open

Measure the voltage at the output with the DMM with Baseline Sign in + Zero and - positions

Gain the matching of current levels at = and - positions and offset current in Zero position

A-M Systems Inc 131 Business Psik Loop PO Box 850 Caiisborg Wa 98324 Telophone 800426-1306 bull 36Olaquo8raquo8300 bull FAX 360683-3525 E-mail salesOa-msystemscom Website httpwwwa-msystemsccm

17

Output Range Amplitude and Drive (check)

Controls InputsObservations

Pulse Amplitude 1000 Pulse Sign + Trig Mode Free Run Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =1001 Period =10010-4 Trig In open

Load the output with a 10KV 1W 01 resistor Measure the voltage at the output with DMM

Pulse Sign and Short Circuit Protection (check)

Controls

Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =200 10-4 Period =00110-3 Baseline Zero Pulse Amplitude 25 Range 10V Trig Mode Free Run Trig In open

InputsObservations

Measure the voltage at the output with the oscilloscope Check for Pulse Sign set to each of + - biphasic Watch for Error indicator when shorting the output

Output Transient Response (check)

Controls InputsObservations

Verify that full scale output is within specification Scale Range 100V 100V 10V 10V 100mA IV 1mA 10V 10mA 100V

AdjustCheck

Verify that pulses of approx 25V amplitude (625V for biphasic mode) of the correct sign are produced every 10ms Short output in biphasic mode Output should return when opened

AdjustCheck

Pulse Sign + Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =20010-4 Period =00110-3 Pulse Amplitude 250 Baseline Zero Trig Mode Free Mode Trig In open

Connect the oscilloscope to the output with a 310 attenuator probe Test both 10V and 10OV ranges

Verify that overshoot and risetime meet specifications

A-M Systems Inc 131 Business Paik Loop PO Box 850 Cailsbora Wa 98324 Tetophone 8004201306 bull 36Oeuro83-8300 bull FAX 360683-352S E-mail salasOa-msystemscom Website hitpywwwa-msystamsoom

18

Specifications

There are three classes of specifications Class A specifications tested in all units and are guaranteed Class B specifications are inherent in the design they are indirectly tested and are guaranteed Class C specifications are typical operating values which are occasionally tested- these are typical values given for your information but not guarshyanteed The class for each specification is noted in the center column of the following sections

Inputs Switching level

Hysteresis

Input equivalent circuit

Minimum duration (TTL-level signal)

A

C

C

C

16 V (plusmn 02 V)

approx 50 mV

lOOKfl to-1-5 in parallel with no more than 35pF

gt50ns

Open circuit condition B defaults to highon level

Timing and rate accuracy

Rate selector steps

Timing multiplier steps

B

B

100S to 100s in 7 steps

1 of rate selector step size Maximum value is 999 X the rate selector step size

Resolution B approx 01 of the maximum value

Timing error (second and later pulses after resetting controls)

B lt 002 of rate selector value + 015S

Timing error (first pulse after readjusting timing controls)

an additional 025s error may occur

Timing repeatability lt 001 settings-20 ns (mbnophasic)

A-M Systems Inc 131 Business Paik Loop PO Box 850 Caiisborg Wa 98324 Telophone 8004201306 3606808300 FAX 3606803S25 E-mail salesOa-msystemscom bull Website httpyy(wwaltTisystemscom

19

TRIG IN to OUTPUT delay (DELAY set to 0) output set to 2V

Timing jitter from TRIG IN to OUTPUT (for TTL trigger input with risetime lt10 ns)

Timing jitter from TRIG OUT (either BURST or PULSE) and OUTPUT

Trigger output to pulse output delay

Output characteristics Pulse level error (voltage mode open circuit current mode short circuit

Biphasic level difference IV-H-i-V-l2

Baseline level error (voltage mode A open circuit current mode short circuit)

Risetime (25 V out)

Risetime (25 V out)

Transient response

A

A

A

Output impedance (voltage mode) C

Output impedance (current mode) C

Isolation resistance A

Isolation capacitance C

approx 05 ps for a load of no more than 10 Kft in parallel with 50 pF

lt 125 ns (all rates except 100s) lt125ys (100s rate)

Less than 20 ns (all rates)

approx 350 ns

lt 03 of setting -i- 05 of r range (plus an additional 05vA in 100 ywA range)

lt 03 of range (voltage modes into open circuit current modes into short circuit)

lt 03 of setting of setting -I- 01 of range (plus an additional 05 pA in 100A range)

= 200 ns into less than 30 pF

= 15 yws into less than 30 pF

lt 8 overshoot into less than 30 pF for pulse voltages different than baseline voltage by at least 10 of range

= 50 ohms

raquo 1 0 Ga (typically 200 GD)

raquo 1 0 0 M n

= 60 pF at 100 Hz

A BB f ^ _ M 1 ^ ^ 131 Business Paik Loop ROBOx850Cai1sOorgWaW3Z4

- I V l o V S i e m S inC80Ph0trade80O42O1308-36O683-8300-FAX36O683-3525 7 bull bull bull bull ^ ^ E-maasale80a-m8vstemscomWebsitehitpjwwwaltnsyste

20 E-mai salesO a-m8ystemscom Website http jwwwa-msystemscom

Noise (differential mode)

Noise (common mode earth to isolated ground) with no signal output

Overload error indicator (low frequency short circuited voltage mode)

Overload error indicator low frequency open circuited current mode)

Overload error response time

Miscellaneous

= 1 mV rms (10 V scale 10 Hz-4 MHz)

- 8 mV rms (10 Hz-4 MHz) =laquo100mVp-p (200 Hz -10 MHz) measured withalOMn 15pF oscilloscope probe

Turns on for set amplitude at or greater than approx plusmn1 V (10 V range) or plusmn2 V (100 V range)

Turns on for set amplitude at or above approx 2 of range

Flat to approx 30 ps duration Decreasing sensitivity for shorter pulses

Power

Fuse

Operating temperature range

Storage temperature range

Operating humidity

Dimensions

Weight

approx 11 watts

1 amp 3 AG

10-30degC

0 - 50deg C

5 - 80 RH

17x475x1125 (inches) 432x121x286 cm

20 lbs (9 kg)

A-M Systems Inc 131 Business Paik Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Tekjptwne 8004201306 bull 36Olaquo8O8300 bull FAX 360laquo8O3525 E-mail salesOa-msystemscom Website httpywwwa-msystemscom

21

Warranty and Service

What does this warranty cover A-f Systems Inc warrants to the Purchaser that the Instrument excluding cables Headstage Probes and any other accessories shipped with the Instrument (hereafter the hardware) is free from defects in workmanship or material under normal use and service for the period of one (1) year This warranty commences on the date of delivery of the hardware to the Purchaser

What are the obligations of A-M Systems Inc under this warranty During the warranty period A-M Systems Inc agrees to repair or replace at its sole option without charge to the Purchaser any defective component part of the hardware To obtain warranty service the Purchaser must return the hardware to A-l^ Systems Inc or an authorized A-M Systems Inc distributor in an adequate shipping container Any postage shipping and insurance charges incurred in shipping the hardware to A-M Systems Inc must be prepaid by the Purchaser and all risk for the hardware shall remain with purchaser until such time as A-M Systems Inc takes receipt of the hardware Upon receipt A-M Systems Inc will promptly repair or replace the defective unit and then return the hardware to the Purchaser postage shipping and insurance prepaid A-M Systems Inc may use reconditioned or like new parts or units at its sole option when repairing any hardware Repaired products shall carry the same amount of outstanding warranty as from original purchase or ninety (90) days which ever is greater Any claim under the warranty must include a dated proof of purchase of the hardware covered by this warranty In any event A-M Systems Inc liability for defective hardware is limited to repairing or replacing the hardware

What is not covered by this warranty This warranty is contingent upon proper use and maintenance of the hardware by the Purchaser and does not cover batteries Neglect misuse whether intentional or othenvise tampering with or altering the hardware damage caused by accident damage caused by unusual physical electrical chemical or electromechanical stress damage caused by failure of electrical power or damage caused during transportation are not covered by this warranty Products may not be returned to A-M Systems Inc for service whether under warranty or otherwise which are contaminated by Infectious agents radioactive compounds or other materials constituting a health hazard to employees of A-M Systems Inc

What are the limits of liability for A-M Systems Inc under this warranty A-M Systems Inc shall not be liable for loss of data profits or savings or any special incidental consequential indirect or other similar damages arising from breach of contract negligence or other legal action even if the company or its agent has been advised of the possibility of such damages or for any claim brought against you by another party THIS EQUIPMENT IS NOT INTENDED FOR CLINICAL MEASUREMENTS USING HUMAN SUBJECTS A-M SYSTEMS INC DOES NOT ASSUME RESPONSIBILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE DUE TO MISUSE OF THIS EQUIPMENT Jurisdictions vary with regard to the enforceability of provisions excluding or limiting liability for incidental or consequential damages Check the provision of your local jurisdiction to find out whether the above exclusion applies to you

This warranty allocates risks of product failure between the Purchaser and A-M Systems Inc A-M Systems Inc hardware pricing reflects this allocation of ris1lt and the limitations of liability contained in this warranty The warranty set forth above is in lieu of all other express warranties whether oral or written The agents employees distributors and dealers of A-M Systems Inc are not authorized to make modifications to this warranty or additional warranties binding on the company Accordingly additional statements such as dealer advertising or presentations whether oral or written do not constitute warranties by A-M Systems Inc and should not be relied upon This warranty gives you specific legal rights You may also have other rights which vary from one jurisdiction to another

A B B J l laquo raquo ^ t3tBusinessPafkLoopPOBox850Cai1sbO(gWa98324

- | V | O V S i e m S |nCtrade042O1306-36O68O8300-FAX36O68O3525 E-mail salasOa-msvstemscom bull Website httowwwa-msvste

t3tBusinassParkLaopROBox8SOCai1sbo(gWa98324 po Telophone 8004201306 360683-8300 FAX 3606803525 ^ ^ E-maH salesOa-msystemscom Wetsite httpwwwa-msystem3e0m

mwal

INSTRUCTION MANUAL

FOR

ISOLATED PULSE STIMULATOR

MODEL 2100

Serial

Date

A-M Systems Inc

PO Box 850

Carisborg WA 98324

USA

360-683-8300 bull 800-426-1306 FAX 360-683-3525

httpwwwa-m8y8temscom

Version 50 May 1998

Contents General Description 1

Instrument Features 1 Controls and Connectors 2

Operating Instructions 6 Theory of Operation 10 Calibration Procedures 12

Inputs ii 14 Output Calibration iii i 16

Specifications i4 il u 19 Warranty and Service wi iJ iJi [ii 22

Each Isolated Pulse Stimulator Is delivered complete with

Rack Mount Hardware Instructions amp Maintenance Manual

NOTE

This instrument is not intended for clinical measurements using human subjects A-M Systems Inc does not assume msponsibility for injury or damage due to the misuse of this instrument

General bull M ^ ion

Instrument Features The Isolated Pulse Stimulator Model 2100 Is designed for a wide variety of applications It is highly flexible being capable of delivering single pulses biphasic pairs or bursts of pulses Pulses may be started manually or upon receiving a trigger signal from another instrument or computer Two non-isolated trigger outputs are available for triggering other instruments

Four sets of timing controls provide comprehensive control over all aspects of pulse generation Three digit accuracy is available over a 7 decade range for each timing function using lever wheel switches Pulse wkiths can be set over more than a 9 decade range from 05 [is to 999 seconds Timing accuracy is assured through the use of a 10 MHz base rate crystal-controlled clock digitally divided to provide accurate timing over the entire range A timing overiap indicator will light if the timing controls are set Inconsistently

The output may be conveniently switched between cun-ent and voltage modes Pulse and baseline amplitudes are independently presettable with lockable dials An error indicator will light if the Model 2100 cannoi deliver the desired signal

WARNING

The Model 2100 can produce potentially dangemus voltages up to 100 V et the output connectors The isolated output is not connected internally to safety (earth) ground in ahy way Some part of the extemal circuit should be connected to safety gmund Use caution in handling any wires connectors or electrodes which may be directly or indirectly attached to the Model 2100 output Some lltinds of connectors such as BNC connectors have exposed metal parts which may float at dangemus potentials unless extemally connected to safety gmund For greatest safety tum the Model 2100 off before making any connections to

the Instrument

131 Business Park LocfiPO Box BSOCarM)orgWa 98324 800426-1308 bull36OlaquoS3laquo300FAX 3 6 M 8 3 ^ 2 5

E-malt uiittyBQaHiByBtumaooiTi Wobsita HipJtwtiwiwftbMiAcon fl-N SystQms I n c ^ T

Controls and Connectors The controls for the Model 2100 are grouped in three sections START controlling when a pulse or burst of pulses begins TIMING controlling the onoff timing of one or more pulses and otJTPliT controlling the amplitude of the output signal

Start TRIG SLOPE This switch determines whether valid triggers occur at positive or negative edges in the trigger signal

MODE This switch controls how wavefomris are initiated When set to FREE RUN one timing cycle immediately follows the last When held in the MANUAL position a timing cycle starts immediately When the switch is in the center position timing cycles start when valid triggering events occur

TRIGD This LED lights up when a timing cycle is in process and continues until the burst is completed

TRIG This BNC connector allows a signal from an extemal source to initiate timing cycles It is set for standard TTL levels

GATE This BNC connector allows a signal from an extemal source to restrict the final output signal This input must be at a logical high (or open-circuited) in order for the Model 2100 to recognize either manual or automatic trigger events

Gate 1_ Trigger [~^ i I Valid triggers are represented by the arrows in the figure Note that the up arrow would apply only if TRIG SLOPE is set to + the down anrows would apply only if TRIG SLOPE is set to-

NOTE Triggers have no effect if the system has not completed its response to a previous trigger

fl-N SystQms I n c ^ 131 Business Park Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 600426-13063eO683laquo300FAX 360683^525

E-maB anBysQraquoinsyaleiTaconi Wsbalto h^KAvwwa-(nsys(smsoom

Timing Four sets of controls govem the timing of pulse generation Each set contains two values which are multiplied together to detennine the actual timing value The rotary knob (rate selector) provides the approximate timing value and the lever wheel switch bank (MULTIPLIER) provkles a time resolution of three decimal digits The following diagram shows most of the important relationships

Pnfe-tRAIM I B E L A V i6Molaquo

BURST WIOtH

Output r Delay

t n

Duration - ^ lt - |4Periodgt|

FLJI -^ Burst width

Trigger event

DELAY These controls set the time between the initiating trigger event and the beginning of the pulse burst If this rate selector is set to NONE or the multiplier is set to ooo there is no delay

BURSTWIDTH These controls set the time period in which one or more pulses may be delivered Once started a pulse may outlast the burst width If this rate selector is set to SINGLE or to any time shorter than the pulse duration only a single pulse will occur If the BURSTWIDTH is longer than the period pulses will be emitted at the PERIOD rate until the burst time ends Pulses are never truncated by a short BURST WIDTH

iNTpoundA-PULSiE PBRiOb

DURATION These controls set the length of each pulse If this rate selector is set to SQUARE the duration is set to half of the period regardless of the MULTIPLIER setting

PERIOD These controls set the period of time between adjacent pulse events within the burst It also forces a minimum dead time between recognized input triggers following a burst of one or more pulses This can be used to prevent over stimulation of a tissue without requiring excessive delay between the triggering event and the stimulating pulse

TlMtNQ OVERLAP

mLiHMPi

VVtJ jiwaa lasm nlaquoilaquo u

t^fi SysUms I n c ^ Elt4nsfl a m

131 Business Pofc Loop PO Box 850 Carisborg 1^98324 600-426-1306 36O6834300 FAK 360683^525

E-mai vrvysQfrflisysleraLOCniWutiailQL N^jAwwa^iByslernUiOOni

NOTE If any of these timing controls are changed while a timing cycle is in operation the results are undefined until the cunent cycle flnishes

TIMING OVERLAP This LED will light to indicate an Inconsistency in the timing cycle settings There are several ways to Introduce such errors The most common way is to set the inter-pulse PERIOD to be less than the pulse DURATION

TRIG OUT (UPPER) This BNC connector provides a signal which is coinckient with the intemal Burst timing signal (default) This means the signal starts at the end of the Delay time and persists until the Burst time expires This output may also be set to represent the delay time-out by setting the internal jumper J510 to the left two pins Instead of the right two pins (Please see the Calibration section in this manual for jumper location Directions are given as viewed from the fix)nt of the instrument)

TRIG OUT (LOWER) This BNC connector provides a signal which is coincident with the Duration timing signal which controls pulse output

NOTE Both trigger output signals slightly lead the isolated output signal

Output PULSE SIGN This Switch sets the sign for the pulses to be generated It also allows generation of biphasic pulses thereby doubling the effective total period Warning the first pulse genemted after changing the PULSE SIGN svntch may have the wmng polarity

BASELINE This switch sets the sign for the baseline signal

RANGE This rotary switch allows one of three current or two voltage ranges to be selected for the output signal

BASELINE AMPLITUDE This counting dial are independently set using ten-minute counting dials with the baseline having one tenth the range of the pulse amplitude

A-N Systlaquomslaquo Inc 131 Buskiess Partt Loop PO BoK 8S0 Cailsbarg Wa 96324 laophone 8004201306 bull36O68M300-FAX 3eolaquo8M525 E-mat bullmsysflMnsyslermoom VMaHsr Hlplhfimnmyekmoom

PULSE AMPLITUDE This counting dial

EVENTS This LED indicates when a pulse is ongoing

ERROR This LED indicates when the intemal output amplifier cannot output the pulse as desired This is usually due to a short circuit while trying to output a voltage or an open circuit while trying to output a current

One control from the Ot^uf section directly affects wavefonn timing the Pulse Sign control When set to the Biphasic mode a positive-going pulse is Immediately followed by a negative-going pulse This effectively doubles the pulse duration If a burst of biphasic pulses is being produced the period must be at least twice the single pulse duration In the Sgtan wave mode the baseline disappears as long as the burst persists

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Bushass Park locpPOBooi 850 C8ri9bcrgMS8324 IMqphona 800426-1306 bull36Olaquo83laquo3a0 FAX 360683-3529 E-nal amsyaOa4nsyatemscomWeMlK hMpJVniwa-nsygtatnscom

Operating Instructions

Examples Simple setup (and minimal Instrument tost)

Connect the output of the Model 2100 to an oscilloscope Before connecting the instrument it is safest to turn its power off

Set the Ou^uf controls

Range Pulse Sign

Baseline Pulse Amplitude

10V +

Zero 200

Setting The Timing Controls

Delay Burst Width

Duratbn Period

none single

15010-2 500102

Setting The Start Controls

Mode Free Run

Disconnect any cables to the TRIG or GATE Inputs

Note that the green Trig and Event Indicators tum on as Free Run is turned on (and tum off othenwise) You should observe a 15ms duration 20Hz rate pulse of 200V above a OV baseline on the oscilloscope i

A ^ M ^ _ _ _ A ^ _ _ _ 1 ^ 131BiiHnD8raquoParttloopPOBoxB50Car)sbcrBlaquoraquoS8324

bull P l ^ y S W n i S f |nC ltV^gt^8deglt^^2O1306380laquo8OS3a0FAX36O6BMS2S

6 E-fnflk 9n^fBOs-in9ystsni9cx]fnWDbs)tec H^ff9Nw^myStem9oom

Demonstration of Burst Mode Connect the output of the Model 2100 to an oscilloscope Before connecting the instrument it is safest to tum Its power off

Set the Output controls

Range Pulse Sign

Baseline Pulse Amplitude

Baseline Amplitude

Setting The Timing Controls

Delay Burst Width

Duration

Period

Set the START controls as follows

Mode

Disconnect any cables to the TRIG or GATE inputs

Trigger the oscilloscope from the Burst trigger out (upper Tr^ Out connector) for a stable display In each burst (occumng every lOOms) you should observe a trio of 15ms duration starting 50ms apart Try switching the StartMode from Free Run to the center (nomnal) position The pulses will no longer be produced and the Trig and Event indicators will turn off Pressing this switch once (to Manual) will cause a single burst to occur

880 120 150 500

10V +

200 100

102 102 102 102

Free Run

fleaff SySlQmSa |nCa deglgt ltlt ^ ^ deg ^ degdeg ^ ^ ^ bull E-matmia

131 Business Park LoopPO Box 850 Carisborg Vfe 86324 lUcphcna 800426-1306 36Olaquo83laquo300 FAX 36068raquo52 E-maft tfii8ysOiHn^nleiTBcom1AWisJto HSpitwraquoM^wytAtii9oom

Problem SoMng If the Instrument appears to be not worthing properiy check all of the control settings and connections Be sure to wait at least 5-10 seconds after turning the Instrument off before tuming it on again The following t6ef summary of typical problems for the user (along with the most common solutions) may help

Problem CauseSolution EVENT indicator never lights even in FREE RUN mode

bull Replace fuse check power connection bullSet DELAY or PERIOD to a shorter interval

bull Power-on too soon after power-off

OVERLAP Indicator is on

ERROR indicator is on

Time appears to be excessive

bullSet DURATION gt000 bull DURATION is set to SQUARE but PERIOD is 000 Increase PERIOD or set DURATION independantly

bull BURST and WIDTH are gt DURATION increase PERIOD or decrease

DURATION bull BIPHASIC pulse output is on and PERIOD is not longer than twice the DURATION Increase PERIOD or decrease DURATION

bull Free-run is on and BURST Is lt PERIOD (BURST off) DELAY is 0 and PERIOD is lt DURATION Add delay or modify PERIOD

bull Free-mn is on and BURST is gt DURATION (BURST ON) and PERIOD is lt DURATION Increase PERIOD

bull For VOLTAGE outputs the output Is trying to drive too low a resistance or capacitance (eg a short circuit) Check by disconnecting the output It is possible (and normal) that for the fastest cycles

and largest amplitudes (close to 100 V and 1 MS) that the ERROR Indicator might always come on during repetitive pulses Fix output load or decrease amplitude as required

bull Changed control in mid-cycle (resets cunent status)

A ^ M bull _ _ _ A ^ ^ _ _ i ^ mdash 131BuslnessPai1ltLoopPOBox850CarlsborgWamp98324

bull p i j ^ v s w m s iiic^^deglt^deg^^deglt^^^3degB3^^^deg^^^^degdeg^^^deg^^deg^^^^ E-mat iiiMOafflwstemseom WabaHe MtaffiwwtHtavsli

8 E-msft flmsjoQfrfraystGfnsoom ^WobsltiK hl^Aiwv9-fn9]nteniscom

Cant seem to get a full signal out

Incoming triggers not accepted frequently enough

bull Load is not properiy connected repair wiring

bull Too low a load impedance (VOLTAGE modes) or too high a load impedance

(CURRENT mode)

bull PERIOD is set too long (enforces dead time) followd by BURST set to SIGNAL Reduce PERIOD time

Table 10 Problem Solving

If you suspect that the Model 2100 may have completely failed we recommend checking the basic level of functionality If this fails your instrument is defective and must be repaired If this passes either your experimental setup is incompatible or inconsistent or there is a more subtle flaw in your Model 2100

If the Model 2100 appears to be malfunctioning contact A-M Systems Inc or your dealer Telephone numtgters for A-M Systems Inc listed on the front cover of this manual We will first attempt to solve the problem over the telephone so have an exact description of your problem available when you call You do not need to be within the warranty period to obtain over-the-phone assistance

A ^ M V - mdash A d B ^ K M I ^ M 131BuslnessPatfcLoopPOBox6SOCai

-PI s y s i Q m s inc-2raquolaquoa22=M^^

131 Business Parfc Loop PO Box 650 Cartsborg VM9 0S324 _ FAX36(W8a3525 E^nrt flnsysQa-ntsyttanB-oom Wsbsfte hHpiMNvwa-nnystsnisooni

9

Theory of Operation

The operation of the Model 2100 is summarized In the block diagram (see Fig 3) Not shown are all of the interconnections with the microcontroller The intemal microcontroler plays an important role in setting the signal path but does not directly

contribute to the dynamic characteristics It scans the front panel switches and sets the control values for the logic arays It programs the intemal counters which along with the other hardware achieve the necessary sub-microsecond speeds

All action starts either from an input trigger signal (from Trig In) or from an intemal signal (in free Run mode only) A Delay timer counts the 10MHz clock until its count value Is exhausted At this point the Burst timer starts Both Period and Duration timers are started at this time If the Burst timer has not expired by the end of the Period the Period and Duration timers are restarted If the Biphasic mode has been set the Duration timer is restarted at the end of the initial Duration and the sign of the output pulse Is reversed doubling the total duration

The system state (pulse on pulse sip baseline sign [+101-]) is transmitted to the isolated section via optoisolator The baseline and pulse amplitudes are selected by an analog switch The resulting signal is amplified by a variable-power-supply discrete operational amplifier The amplifier connections and gain is modified to provide two voltage and three cunent ranges

Timing overlap errors are detected by a logical decision computation rather than by testing for counter collisions This provides instant feedback rather than waiting up to an hour for such a collision to occur Output errors are measured by sensing the output amplifiers differential input voltage Under normal conditions this is a negligible voltage if the amplifier fails to deliver the requested signal the window comparator testing this voltage sends this message (via optoisolator) to the logic section turning on a warning LED

fl-N Systems Inc 131BusbnassPa(tLoopPOBox6SOCari3boigVMg8324 H n |TWoph0n880O426-13083eO6Blaquo300FMt36Olaquo8i3525 E-nnl anaysflfriinysleiiaoemWfcbslte hllphmwraquoimyatennoom

TRIG 3HJ) OUT

(burst)

TRIG ^ OUT

(pulse)

E

Ml

Calibration Procedures

The calibration interval is the lesser of 1000 hours of operation or 6 months Somewhat greater drift can be expected in the first 100 hours of operation as the semiconductors age Adjustments should only be made after the instrument has been fully warmed up for at least 15 minutes

Full instrument calibration requires the following test equipment digital multimeter (plusmn 01) able to measure resistance to at least lOOMfl oscilloscope with at least 50MHz bandwidth true-rms voltmeter with 4MHz bandwidth universal counter (plusmn 001 ) able to measure single pulse widths and periods resistors (all plusmn 01) 2kn lOkH 1 waft 20kn 200kn alligator clip lead sets banana plugs and BNC adapters

Adjustment integrated circuit and test point locations are shown in the following figures All adjustments are on the timing board unless otherwise noted

All voltages in the non-isolated section should be measured with respect to ground at TP510 unless othenvise stated Some voltages are measured with respect to an intemal isolated ground at TP650 or across the two output tenninals Occasionally the voltage at an IC pin must be measured In these cases the reference designator is given with the pin number in parentheses eg U602(16) When it states within this procedure that a voltage is to be minimized this means that the adjustment should be made such that the measured voltage is as close to zero volts as possible Refer to the Specifications Section of this manual for acceptable tolerances

The sequence of this procedure is Important If any adjustment is made all adjustments which follow must be made to ensure that the specifications will be met These procedures require that all controls remain as set in previous steps unless otherwise indicated

WARNING

The Model 2100 has dangerous voltages throughout the instrument even with the power is off Servicing the Model 2100 should only be done by qualified service personnel Use caution in handling any wires connectors or electrodes which may be directly or indirectly attached to the Instrument Do not touch exposed connections or components Disconnect power by unplugging the power cord from the receptacle

fl-N Systems I n c ^ 131BusinesaPartcLoopPOBox850CartsborgVWiB8324 4 n ^gt-mdash80O426-130638Ofl8Jlaquo300FAX36O683J52S bull E-maft BinsysQfrfn^islflnisoomVVfalislle h^KVfWMift^iisystemsoani

CO

- R503

Omg^

TPSOlQ O

OTPSOO

U560 bull

U510

DDID ^ trade E O ^ T P 5 1 0

bullnD Trig

0 ^

U570

Gate n U505

DO D

U515

Timing

Timing h_ U520

bsoo ^25SE Timing

Or r U540

I I Tmlng

[^ELIL

U535 D

U506

13 J510 Timlnff

BurfiDelay J400

i i i i i i i T r m r a

gt U550 ^

Clock

U555 U620

B a

^R^Pvhigh Rfijn O D O Vlow

o

bull U545

Fo sect737 lISOIsPjC-COMP

n r r ^ U760

J420

]]U632

Q S riuGSO

H = ) TP640^ deg I t I

II3D

J440 m i T i

U610 plusmn laquo j U O

bull bull l el

^t

O l

bull

M

I

Power supply and bias voltages

Power supply

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

POWER ON Observe voltage at P703 power supply wire top of main board

Check for+15 plusmn 050 V

Observe voltage at P701 power supply wire top of main board

Check for-15 plusmn 050 V

Observe voltage at U505(24) Check for+5 plusmn 025 V

Isolated supply voltage

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

RANGE 10 V TRIG open circuit MODE center position

Altemately observe V^ from R742 to R740 and V ^ from the U605(4) to U605(8)

Adjust R773 so that 110VltV^lt 120 V and

nign

28VltV^lt34V

Capacitance balance

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Connect a x10 oscilloscope probe to TP650 and ground the

Adjust R737 for minimum high frequency signal

Inputs

Gate funct ion

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave Verify that the voltage to GATE switches states at the Obsene voltage at U51G(3) proper input levels with an oscilloscope ^ ^

Trigger s lope

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave Verify that the voltage to TRIO switches states at the Observe voltage at US 10( 1) proper input levels with an oscilloscope

TRIG SLOPE + Verify voltage is 180 out of phase

TRIG SLOPE Verify voltage is in phase

fl-N Systems Inc ^ 131 Bushess Park Loop PO Bar 850 Carisborg Wa 98324 8004201306 3eOlaquoS3e300 FAX 3606BV352S

C-maft fliii8yBQfriii9yBlumaoamVIAibsMB hRpJhwMifi-iiiBystematxini

14

Trigger and gate funct ion

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

DELA NONE BURS1WII3TH SINGLE DURATION SQUARE PERIOD 100X10-3

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave to TRIG Obsen^e TRIOD and EVENT LEDS

TRIG disconnect all Short the GATE connector to GND Verify LEDs extinguish

MODE press to MANUAL Verify LEDs flash once

Timing

System c lock frequency

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Observe the frequency of the wave atU555(17)

Verify 1000 MHz plusmn001

Multipl iers (Wheel Switches)

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

PULSE SIGN + MODE FREE RUN TRIG disconnect all TIMING MULTIPUERS ail

wheels set to zero except the one being tested

TnmiNG OVERLAP ^nOTB

Observe the pulse width with the counter at the location specified below

Verify pulse width Is correct for each wheel as it is tested Independently

For each wheel of each MULTIPUER test each position to verify that the pulse width is correct Observe the signal at the following locations DELAY U520(2) BURSTWIDTH U530(2) PERIOD US40(2) DURATION U550(2)

Rates (Rotary Switches)

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

TIMING MULTIPUERS 001 TIMING RATES all rotary

switches set to 10-4 except the one being tested

Observe the pulse width with the counter at the location specified below

Verify pulse width is conect for each rotary switch as it is tested independently

For each of the four rotary switches in TIMING test each position to verify that the pulse wkJth is correct Observe the signal at the following locations DELAY U520(2) BURSTWIDTH U530(2) PERIOD U540(2) DURATION U550(2)

fl-N Systems I n c ^ E-maft emfl

131 Business Parti Loop PO 809(850 Cartsborg Wta 98324 8004201306 3804806300 FAX 36068O3S25

E-maft ansysQa nvystems-oom Wobste hflp Avwwa4nsy8(Qnttoam

15

Trigger outputs Controls

Range 10V Pulse Amplitude 500 Delay 100x10 Burst 100x10^2 Duration 100 x1a Period 400x10^ Pulse sign + Trig Mode Free run Trig in open

Inputs Observations

Trigger the oscilloscope to the Burst Trig Out Observe it the Pulse Trig Out and the isolated output

Adjust Check

Verify that the waveform consists of a burst of three 1ms-on3ms-off pulses The burst trigger should be synchronous with the burst the pulse trigger coincident with each pulse

Output Calibration

Isolation Resistance (check) Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode center position Trig In open

Measure the resistance between ground banana jack (front panel) and black banana jack of output with DMM

Resistance read gt 100MQ

Amplitude Switch Offset (R640) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Zero Trig Mode center position Trig In Open

Measure the voltage at TP645 vs TP650 with the DMM

Adjust R640 (AmpI Sw Offset) for minimum voltage

Output Offset (R332 front panel board) Controls I nputsObservatlons AdjustCheck

Baseline Zero Range 10V Trig Mode center position Trig In Open

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

Adjust R332 (Output offset) for minimum voltage

Positive Baseline Offset (R607) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Sign + Baseline Amplitude

fully CCW (000) Range 10V Trig In open Trig Mode center position

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

Adjust R602 (BSLN + offset) for minimum voltage

fl M raquo _ _ _ A laquo ^ _ i ^ ^ 131Buslnelaquo8Pari(loopPOBoK850Cart8borgWB96324

bull P I i s V S i e m S a |||Cg1Maphans80O42O130638O68O8300FAX36Olaquo8raquo^2S E-tiBft anagtraquoflwiisyagtlaquomraquoaimW6baHB hHpffii(wwraquoltnsylaquoleniieom

16

Negative Baseline Offset (R619) Controls

Baseline Sign -i Baseline Amplitude bull fully CCW (000)

Range 10V Trig In open Trig Mode center position

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

AdjustCheck

Adjust R619 (BSLN 4 offset) for minimum voltage

Pulse Amplitude Adjust (R602) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode Free Mode Pulse Amplitude 1000 Timing Dialay =none Burst =single Duration =1001 Period =00110-4 Pulse Sign -Trig In open Range 10V

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

The Overiap indicator should be on Adjust R602 (Max Level) for -1000V out

Pulse Sign Gain (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode Free Mode Pulse Amplitude 1000 Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =1001 s Period =00110-4s Trig In open Range 10V

Measure the voltage at the output with the DMM for the Pulse Sign at -- and - positions

The absolute values of the voltages should differ by less than lOOmV

Baseline Amplitudes (check) Controls InputsObservations

Range 100mA Trig Mode center position Baseline Amplitude fully CW (1000) Trig In open

Measure the voltage at the output with the DMM with Baseline Sign in + Zero and - positions

AdjustCheck

Gain the matching of current levels at = and - positions and offset current in Zero position

fl-N Systems Inc^^ bull E-mal am8

131 Business Partt Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 88324 8004201306360laquo8Oe300FAX 360laquo8O362S

E-maM am8y8^o-mBy8tflmBoom WobaKo hHp Awwwo-f i iBystonuoom

17

Output Range Amplitude and Drive (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Pulse Amplitude 1000 Pulse Sign + Trig Mode Free Run Timing Delay =none Burst =8ingle Duration =1001 Period =10010-4 Trig In open

Load the output with a 10KV1W 01 resistor Measure the voltage at the output with DMM

Verify that full scale output is within specification Scale Range 100V 100V 10V 10V 100mA IV 1mA 10V 10mA 100V

Pulse Sign and Short Circuit Protection (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Timing Delay =none Burst =8ingle Duration =200 10-4 Period =00110-3 Baseline Zero Pulse Amplitude 25 Range 10V Trig Mode Free Run Trig In open

Measure the voltage at the output with the oscilloscope Check for Pulse Sign set to each of + - biphasic Watch for Error indicator when shorting the output

Verify that pulses of approx 25V amplitude (625V for biphasic mode) of the correct sign are produced every 10ms Short output in biphasic mode Output should retum when opened

Output Transient Response (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Pulse Sign + Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =20010-4 Period =00110-3 Pulse Amplitude 250 Baseline Zero Trig Mode Free Mode Trig In open

Connect the oscilloscope to the output with a 310 attenuator prolse Test boVn 10V and 100V ranges

Verify that overshoot and risetime meet specifications

fl-N Systems I n c ^ 131 Business Parte Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wb 98324 8004201306 36Olaquo83O300 FAX 36O680lt352S

E-mQ0 snBy8Qs-msy8faiTiscom VWriMtte N ^ Mvww9-msy8lemscom

18

Specifications

There are three classes of specifications Class A specifications tested in all unHs and are guaranteed Class B specifications are inherent in the design they are indirectly tested and are guaranteed Class C specifications are typical operating values which are occasionally tested- these are typical values given for your infomiation but not guarshyanteed The class for each specification is noted in the center column of the following sections

Inputs Switching level

Hysteresis

Input equivalent circuit

Minimum duration (1 IL-level signal)

A

C

C

C

16V(plusmn02V)

approx 50 mV

100K ft to+5 In parallel with no more than 35pF

gt 50 ns

Open circuit condition B defaults to highon level

Timing and rate accuracy Rate selector steps

Timing multiplier steps

Resolution

Timing eror (second and later pulses after resetting controls)

B

B

B

B

lOOps to 100s In 7 steps

1 of rate selector step size Maximum value is 999 x the rate selector step size

approx 01 of the maximum value

lt 002 of rate selector value + 015 ps

Timing error (first pulse after readjusting timing controls)

an additional 025 ps error may occur

Timing repeatability lt 001 setting + 20 ns (monophasic)

fl-N Systems I nc ^ bull E-moU ams

131 Business Parti Loop PO Boot 850 Cartsborg VM 98324 80O42O130838O08O8300FAX36Olaquo8O3S2S

E-meU anByafl^iiisyslainaoomWebsHe hHpffliiwwraquomsys)emsoom

19

TRIG IN to OUTPUT delay (DELAY set to 0) output set to 2V

Timing jitter ft-om TRIG IN to OUTPUT (for TTL trigger input with risetime lt10 ns)

Timing jitter ft^om TRIG OUT (either BURST or PULSE) and OUTPUT

Trigger output to pulse output delay

Output charactsristics Pulse level enror (voltage mode open circuit cun-ent mode short circuit

Biphasic level difference |V + + V-|2

Baseline level error (voltage mode A open circuit current mode short circuit)

Risetime (25 V out)

Risetime (25 V out)

Transient response

A

A

A

Output impedance (voltage mode) C

Output impedance (current mode) C

Isolation resistance A

Isolation capacitance C

approx 05 ps for a load of no more than 10 Kft in parallel with 50 pF

lt 125 ns (all rates except 100s) lt 125 ps (100s rate)

Less than 20 ns (all rates)

approx 350 ns

lt 03 of setting + 05 of r range (plus an additional 05 pA inlOOpArenge)

lt 03 of range (voltage modes into open circuit current modes into short circuit)

lt 03 of setting of setting + 01 of range (plus an additional 05 pA in lOOpA range)

laquo 200 ns into less than 30 pF

laquo15 ps into less than 30 pF

lt 8 overshoot Into less than 30 pF for pulse voltages different than baseline voltage by at least 10 of range

laquo 50 ohms

raquo 1 0 Gft (typically 200 Gft)

raquo100Mft

laquo 60 pF at 100 Hz

fl-N Systems Inc^^ 131 Business Partt Uxip PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 96324 8004201308 SBOee^^SOO FAX 360laquoS3^52S

E-mat BiByraquoaiMii8ylaquoliiiiiseomWiljalteHlpJV(wwraquo4tgy8lenaoom

20

Noise (differential mode)

Noise (common mode earth to isolated ground) with no signal output

Overioad error indicator (low frequency short circuited voltage mode)

Overioad error indicator low frequency open circuited current mode)

Overioad enor response time

Miscellaneous

Power

Fuse

Operating temperature range

Storage temperature range

Operating humidity

Dimensions

Weight

laquo1 mV rms (10 V scale 10Hz-4MHz)

laquo 8 mV rms (10 Hz-4 MHz) laquo100mVp-p (200 Hz -10 MHz) measured withalOMft 15pF oscilloscope probe

Turns on for set amplitude at or greater than approx plusmn1V (10 V range) or plusmn2 V (100 V range)

Turns on for set amplitude at or above approx 2 of range

Flat to approx 30 ps duration Decreasing sensitivity for shorter pulses

approx 11 watts

1 amp 3 AG

10-30C

0 - 50deg C

5-80RH

17x475x1125 (Inches) 432x121x286 cm

20 lbs (9 kg)

fl mm bull gt _ _ _ A ^ ^ _ _ L ^ 131BusinesraquoPariltLocpPOBox850C8rtsborgWS9e324

bull p i ^ y s v e m s IIIC^^deg(^deg^Bdegltgt^^^3degdeg^deg^^deg^^^degdeg^^I^deg^deg^^^^^

21 E-mei flre^nQo 4n8yo(amscam Wsbsfle hHpAwwwe-msy8Jems-Oom

Warranty and Service

What does this warranty cover A-M Systems Inc warrants to the Purchaser that the Instrument excluding cables Headstage Probes and any other accessories shipped with the Instrument (hereafter the hardware) is free from defects in workmanship or material under normal use and service for the period of one (1) year This warranty commences on the date of delivery of the hardware to the Purchaser

What are the obligations of A-M Systems Inc under this warranty During the warranty period A-M Systems Inc agrees to repair or replace at its sole option without charge to the Purchaser any defective component part of the hardware To obtain warranty service the Purchaser must return the hardware to A-M Systems Inc or an authorized A-M Systems Inc distributor in an adequate shipping container Any postage shipping and insurance charges incurred in shipping the hardware to A-M Systems Inc must be prepaid by the Purchaser and all risk for the hardware shall remain with purchaser until such time as A-M Systems Inc takes receipt of the hardware Upon receipt A-M Systems Inc will promptly repair or replace the defective unit and then return the hardware to the Purchaser postage shipping and insurance prepaid A-M Systems Inc may use reconditioned or like new parts or units at its sole option when repairing any hardware Repaired products shall carry the same amount of outstanding wan^nty as from original purchase or ninety (90) days which ever is greater Any claim under the warranty must include a dated proof of purchase of the hardware covered by this wan-anty In any event A-M Systems Inc liability for defective hardware is limited to repairing or replacing the hardware

What is not covered by this warranty This warranty is contingent upon proper use and maintenance of the hardware by the Purchaser and does not cover batteries Neglect misuse whether intentional or otherwise tampering with or altering the hardware damage caused by accident damage caused by unusual physical electrical chemical or electromechanical stress damage caused by failure of electrical power or damage caused during transportation are not covered by this warranty Products may not be returned to A-M Systems Inc for service whether under warranty or otherwise which are contaminated by infectious agents radioactive compounds or other materials constituting a health hazard to employees of A-M Systems Inc

What are the limits of llabiiity for A-M Systems inc under this warranty A-M Systems Inc shall not be liable for loss of data profits or savings or any special incidental consequential indirect or other similar damages arising from breach of contract negligence or other legal action even if the company or its agent has been advised of the possibility of such damages or for any claim brought against you by another party THIS EQUIPMENT IS NOT INTENDED FOR CLINICAL MEASUREMENTS USING HUMAN SUBJECTS A-M SYSTEMS INC DOES NOT ASSUME RESPONSIBILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE DUE TO MISUSE OF THIS EQUIPMENT Jurisdictions vary with regard to the enforceability of provisions excluding or limiting liability for incidental or consequential damages Check the provision of your local jurisdiction to find out whether the above exclusion applies to you This warranty allocates risks of product failure between the Purchaser and A-M Systems Inc A-M Systems Inc hardware pricing reflects this allocation of risk and the limitations of liability contained in this wanranty The warranty set forth above is in lieu of all other express wan^anties whether oral or written The agents employees distributors and dealers of A-M Systems Inc are not authorized to make modifications to this wan-anty or additional wan-anties binding on the company Accordingly additional statements such as dealer advertising or presentations whether oral or written do not constitute wananties by A-M Systems Inc and should not be relied upon This warranty gives you specific legal rights You may also have other rights whrch vary from one jurisdiction to another

6 mm ^ laquo _ _ A a B ^ _ 1 ^ ^ 131 Business Parti Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg W B 98324 O O

bull P l A y S V e m S l n C T^M 8OO42OI3O6 380683-8300FAX 360 803525 ^ ^ E-msl iiiisy80iHTBy8tenisoom Wsbsito hnphwwfrimysleiiisoom

A

V ISO

INSTRUCTION MANUAL

FOR

ISOLATED PULSE STIMULATOR

MODEL 2100

Serial

Date

A-M Systems Inc

PO Box 850

Carlsborg WA 98324

USA

360-683-8300 bull 800-426-1306 FAX 360-683-3525

httpwwwa-msystemscom

Version 70 February 2002

Contents General Description 1

Instrument Features 1 Controls and Connectors 2

Operating Instructions 6 Theory of Operation 10 Calibration Procedures 12

Inputs 14 Output Calibration 16

Specifications 19 Warranty and Service 22

Each Isolated Pulse Stimulator is delivered complete with

Rack Mount Hardware Instructions amp Maintenance Manual

NOTE

This instrument is not intended for clinical measurements using human subjects A-M Systems Inc does not assume responsibility for Injury or damage due to the misuse of this instrument

General Description

Instrument Features The Isolated Pulse Stimulator Model 2100 is designed for a wide variety of applications It is highly flexible being capable of delivering single pulses biphasic pairs or bursts of pulses Pulses may be started manually or upon receiving a trigger signal from another Instrument or computer Two non-isolated trigger outputs are available for triggering other instruments

Four sets of timing controls provide comprehensive control overall aspects of pulse generation Three digit accuracy is available over a 7 decade range for each timing function using lever wheel switches Pulse widths can be set over more than a 9 decade range from 05 ps to 999 seconds Timing accuracy is assured through the use of a 10 MHz base rate crystal-controlled clock digitally divided to provide accurate timing over the entire range Atiming overiap indicator will light If the timing controls are set inconsistently

The output may be conveniently switched between current and voltage modes Pulse and baseline amplitudes are Independently presettable with lockable dials An error Indicator will light if the Mode2700 cannot deliver the desired signal

r WARNING

The Model 2100 can produce potentially dangerous voltages up to 100 V at the output connectors The isolated output is not connected internally to safety (earth) ground in any way Some part of the extemal circuit should be connected to safety ground Use caution in handling any wires connectors or electrodes which may be directly or indirectly attached to the Model 2100 output Some kinds of connectors such as BNC connectors have exposed metal parts which may float at dangerous potentials unless extemally connected to safety ground For greatest safety tum the Model 2100 off before making any connections to

the instrument

131 Business Parii Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Telophone 800-426-1306 bull 360-68raquolaquo300 bull FAX 360683-3525 E-mal satesa-msystemsoom VVfebsite httpywwwa^nsystemscom fl-N Systems Inc 1

Controls and Connectors The controls for the Model 2100 are grouped in three sections START which controls when a pulse or burst of pulses begins TIMING which controls the onoff timing of one or more pulses and OUTPUT which controls the amplitude of the output signal

Start TRIG SLOPE Determines the polarity of valid trigger pulses (positive or negative edges in the trigger signal)

MODE Controls waveform initiation When set to FREE RUN one timing cycle immediately follows the last When momentarily placed In the MANUAL position a timing cycle starts Immediately When the switch Is In the center position timing cycles start when valid triggering events occur

TRIGD This LED lights up when a timing cycle Is in process and continues until the burst is completed

TRIG This BNC connector allows a signal from an external source to Initiate timing cycles It is set for standard TTL levels

GATE This BNC connector allows a signal from an external source to restrict the final output signal This input must be at a logical high (or open-circuited) in order for the Model 2100 to recognize either manual or automatic trigger events

Gate 1_ Trigger |~~^ i I Valid triggers (represented by the arrows in the figure) can occur only when the gate Is at logical high Note that the up arrow would apply only If TRIG SLOPE is set to + the down an-ows would apply only if TRIG SLOPE Is set to -

NOTE Triggers have no effect if the system has not completed its response to a previous trigger

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Park Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Vb 98324 TelQphQne 80O426-1306 360683-8300 FAX 360683-3525 E-mail sales^a-msystemscom Wsbsite httpywwwa-msystemscom

Timing Four sets of controls govern the timing of pulse generation Each set contains two values which are multiplied together to detemnine the actual timing value The rotary knob (rate selector) provides the approximate timing value and the lever wheel switch bank (MULTIPLIER)

provides a time resolution of three decimal digits The following diagram shows most of the Important relationships

Output r Delay Duration

|ltPeriodgtj

t Burst width

Trigger event

DELAY These controls determine the time duration between the initiating trigger event and the beginning of the pulse burst If this rate selector is set to NONE or the multiplier is set to 000 there Is no delay

BURST WIDTH These controls determine the time period in which one or more pulses may be delivered Once started a pulse may outlast the burst width If this rate selector is set to SINGLE or to any time shorter than the pulse duration only a single pulse will occur If the BURST WIDTH Is longer than the period pulses will be emitted at the PERIOD rate until the burst time ends Pulses are never truncated by a short BURSTWIDTH

inds)-PULSE

D U R A T I O N 1 0 1 0

10

INTEB-PULSE PERIOD

1 1 10

DURATION These controls determine the length of each pulse Ifthis rate selector Is set to SQUARE the duration is set to half of the period regardless of the MULTIPLIER setting

PERIOD These controls set the period of time between adjacent pulse events within the burst It also forces a minimum dead time between recognized input triggers following a burst of one or more pulses This can be used to prevent over stimulation of a tissue without requiring excessive delay between the triggering event and the stimulating pulse

TIMING OVERLAP

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 860 Carisborg Vamp 98324 |Telophone 800-426-1306 360683-8300 bull FAX 3606aW525 E-mail salearega^nsystemsoom Vfeb5ite httpAwwwa^nsyslemscam

NOTE If any of these timing controls are changed while a timing cycle is in operation the results are undefined until the current cycle finishes

TIMING OVERLAP This LED will light to Indicate an inconsistency in the timing cycle settings There are several ways to introduce such errors The most common way is to set the Inter-pulse PERIOD to be less than the pulse DURATION

T I M I N G (seconds)^

TRIG OUT (UPPER) This BNC connector provides a signal which is coincident with the Internal Burst timing signal (default) This means the signal starts at the end of the Delay time and persists until the Burst time expires This output may also be set to represent the delay time-out by setting the internal jumper J510 to the right two pins instead of the left two pins (Please see the Calibration section in this manual for jumper location Directions are given as viewed from the front of the Instrument)

TRIG OUT (LOWER) This BNC connector provides a signal which Is coincident with the Duration timing signal which controls pulse output

NOTE Both trigger output signals slightly lead the isolated output signal

Output

PULSE SIGN This switch determines the polarity of the pulses to be generated It also allows generation of biphasic pulses thereby doubling the effective total period Warning the first pulse generated after changing the PULSE

SIGN switch may have the wrong polarity

BASELINE This Switch determines the polarity ofthe baseline signal

RANGE This rotary switch determines if the output pulses will be constant current (3 ranges) or constant voltage (2 ranges)

BASELINE AMPLITUDE This value is independently set using a ten-turn counting dial The maximum baseline amplitude is one tenth the value shown on the range amplitude switch

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 8S0 Cartsborg Vfa 98324 |Tetaphone 80O426-1306 bull 360683-8300 bull FAX 3606803525 E-mail salesa-msystemscom Wbbsite http7Awwwaflnsystemscom

PULSE AMPLITUDE This value is independently set using a ten-turn counting dial The maximum pulse amplitude is the value shown on the range amplitude switch

EVENT This LED indicates when a pulse is ongoing

ERROR This LED indicates when the internal output amplifier cannot output the pulse as desired This is usually due to a short circuit while trying to output a voltage or an open circuit while trying to output a current

VOTEThe Pulse Sign control in the Oupuf section directly affects waveform timing When set to the Biphasic mode a positive-going pulse is immediately followed by a negative-going pulse This effectively doubles the pulse duration If a burst of biphasic pulses is being produced the period must be at least twice the single pulse duration In the Square wave mode the baseline disappears as long as the burst persists

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsboig Vte 98324 |Telophone 800426-1306 360683-8300 bull FAX 3606833525 E-mail salesa-m5ystem5 com Website httpwwwa-msystemscom

Operating Instructions

Examples Simple setup (and minimal instrument test)

Connect the output ofthe Model 2100 to an oscilloscope Before connecting the Model 2100 to any other instrument or the experimental preparation It is safest to turn Its power off

Set the Oufpuf controls

Range 10V Pulse Sign +

Baseline Zero Pulse Amplitude 200

Setting The Timing Controls

Delay Burst Width

Duration Period

none single

15010-2 50010-2

Setting The Start Controls

Mode Free Run

Disconnect any cables to the TRIG or GATE inputs

Note that the green Trig and Event Indicators turn on as Free Run is turned on (and turn off otherwise) You should observe a 15ms duration 20Hz rate pulse of 200V above a OV baseline on the oscilloscope

fl-N Systems Inc 131 BusinessPartiLoop RO Box850CarisbcxgWa98324 |Telophone 800426-1306 bull 360-683-8300 bull FW 360683-3525 E-mail salesa-msystems com VVbbsite httpywwwa-msystems com

Demonstration of Burst Mode Connect the output ofthe Model 2100 to an oscilloscope Before connecting the Model 2100 to any other instrument or the experimental preparation It Is safest to turn its power off

Set the Outpuf controls

Range 10V Pulse Sign +

Baseline Pulse Amplitude 200

Baseline Amplitude 100

Setting The Timing Controls

Delay 88010-2 Burst Width 12010-^

Duration 15010-2 Period 50010-2

Set the START controls as follows

Mode Free Run

Disconnect any cables to the TRIG or GATE inputs

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Telophooe 8004201306 360683-8300 bull FAX 360683-3525 E^naii salesa-msystems com Watjsite http7wwwa-msystemscom

Trigger the oscilloscope from the Bursf trigger out (upper Trig Out connector) for a stable display In each burst (occurring every lOOms) you should observe a trio of 15ms duration starting 50ms apart Try switching the StartMode from Free Run to the center (nonnal) position The pulses will no longer be produced and the Trig and Event Indicators will tum off Pressing this switch once (to Manual) will cause a single burst to occur

Problem Solving If the instrument appears to be not working properiy check all ofthe control settings and connections Be sure to wait at least 5-10 seconds after turning the instrument off before turning it on again The following summary of typical problems for the user (along with the most common solutions) may help

Problem CauseSolution

EVENT Indicator never lights even in FREE RUN mode

bull Replace fuse check power connection bullSet DELAY or PERIOD to a shorter interval

bull Power-on too soon after power-off

OVERLAP Indicator is on

ERROR indicator is on

bull Set DURATION gt000 bull DURATION Is set to SQUARE but

PERIOD is 000 Increase PERIOD or set DURATION independantly

bull BURST and WIDTH are gt DURATION increase PERIOD or decrease DURATION

bull BIPHASIC pulse output Is on and PERIOD is not longer than twice the DURATION Increase PERIOD or decrease DURATION

bull Free-run Is on and BURST is lt PERIOD (BURST off) DELAY is 0 and PERIOD Is lt DURATION Add delay or modify PERIOD

bull Free-run is on and BURST is gt DURATION (BURST ON) and PERIOD is lt DURATION Increase PERIOD

bull For VOLTAGE outputs the output is trying to drive too low a resistance or capacitance (eg a short circuit) Check by disconnecting the output ft is possible (and normal) that for the fastest cycles and largest amplitudes (close to 100 V

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business PartiLoop PO Box 850 CartsborgWa 98324 iTelophone 800-42O130636O6e3-8300FAX 3606B3-3525 E-mail satesaflisyslefmcom Vfebslte http7wwwa-msyslemscom

and 1 ps) that the ERROR indicator might always come on during repetitive pulses Fix output load or decrease amplitude as required

Time appears to be excessive Changed control in mid-cycle (resets current status)

Cant seem to get a full signal out Load Is not properiy connected repair wiring Too low a load impedance (VOLTAGE modes) or too high a load impedance (CURRENT mode)

Incoming triggers not accepted frequently enough

PERIOD is set too long (enforces dead time) followd by BURST set to SIGNAL Reduce PERIOD time

Table 10 Problem Solving

If you suspect that the Model 2100 may have completely failed we recommend checking the basic level of functionality Ifthis fails your instrument Is defective and must be repaired Ifthis passes either your experimental setup is incompatible or inconsistent or there is a more subtle flaw in your Model 2100

If the Model 2100 appears to be malfunctioning contact A-M Systems Inc or your dealer We will first attempt to solve the problem over the telephone so have an exact description of your problem available when you call You do not need to be within the warranty period to obtain over-the-phone assistance

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 iTetoptxme 80O426-1306 bull 360683-8300 FAX 3606803525 E-mail satesa-msystemsoomAfebsitehttpJwwwaflisystemscom

Theory of Operation

The operation ofthe Model 2100 is summarized in the block diagram (see the figure on Page 11) Not shown are all ofthe interconnections with the microcontroller The internal microcontroler plays an important role in setting the signal path but does not directly contribute to the dynamic characteristics It scans the front panel switches and sets the control values for the logic arrays It programs the internal counters which along with the other hardware achieve the necessary sub-microsecond speeds

Pulse generation starts either from an Input trigger signal (from Trig In) or an internally signal (Free Run mode) A Delay timer counts the 10MHz clock until its count value is exhausted At this point the Burst Period and Duration timers are started If the Burst timer has not expired by the end ofthe Period the Period and Duration timers are restarted If the Biphasic mode has been set the Duration timer is restarted at the end of the initial Duration and the sign ofthe output pulse is reversed doubling the total duration

The system state (pulse on pulse sign baseline sign [+0f-]) is transmitted to the isolated section via optoisolator The baseline and pulse amplitudes are selected by an analog switch The resulting signal is amplified by a variable-power-supply discrete operational amplifier The amplifier connections and gain is modified to provide two voltage and three current ranges

Timing overiap errors are detected by a logical decision computation rather than by testing for counter collisions This provides instant feedback rather than waiting up to an hour for such a collision to occur Output errors are measured by sensing the output amplifiers differential input voltage Under normal conditions this is a negligible voltage If the amplifier fails to deliver the requested signal the window comparator testing this voltage sends this message (via optoisolator) to the logic section turning on a warning LED

fl-N Systems Inc 131BusinessPart(LoopRO Box850CarisboigWa98324 4 n Tel0pri0ne80O426-130636O683^300FAX36O6833525 ^ E-mail salesaflisystBmscom V febsite http7wwwa-msystemsoom

S i

I - - ^^mdasho^M

OUTPUT i l l

TRIG ^ OUT

(burst)

TRIG 3-lt) OUT

(pulse)

til

I laquo

Calibration Procedures

The calibration interval is the lesser of 1000 hours of operation or 6 months Somewhat greater drift can be expected in the first 100 hours of operation as the semiconductors age Adjustments should only be made after the instrument has been fully warmed up for at least 15 minutes

Full instrument calibration requires the following test equipment digital multimeter (plusmn 01) able to measure resistance to at least lOOMO oscilloscope with at least 50MHz bandwidth true-mis voltmeter with 4MHz bandwidth universal counter (plusmn 001 ) able to measure single pulse widths and periods resistors (all plusmn 01) 2kn lOkH 1 watt 20kn 200kn alligator clip lead sets banana plugs and BNC adapters

Adjustment integrated circuit and test point locations are shown in the following figures All adjustments are on the timing board unless othenAise noted

All voltages in the non-isolated section should be measured with respect to ground at TP510 unless othenwise stated Some voltages are measured with respect to an internal isolated ground at TP650 or across the two output temninals Occasionally the voltage at an IC pin must be measured in these cases the reference designator is given with the pin number in parentheses eg U602(16) When it states within this procedure that a voltage is to be minimized this means that the adjustment should be made such that the measured voltage is as close to zero volts as possible Refer to the Specifications Section of this manual for acceptable tolerances

The sequence of this procedure is important If any adjustment is made all adjustments which follow must be made to ensure that the specifications will be met These procedures require that all controls remain as set in previous steps unless othenAise indicated

WARNING

The Model 2100 has dangerous voltages throughout the instrument even with the power is off Servicing the Model 2100 should only be done by qualified service personnel Use caution in handling any wires connectors or electrodes which may be directly or indirectly attached to the instrument Do not touch exposed connections or components Disconnect power by unplugging the power cord from the receptacle

H B ^ ^ S y s t e m s inc^degdegp^deg^^deg-^^^^^^^^B3^^^degdeg^^^lt^^^B^^^^ 131BusinessPartiLoopPO Box850CartsbOigWamp98324 4 9 |Telophone800-42013C6360683-8300F0lt360683-3525 ^ E-mail salesa-msystefnscom website httpwwwaflisystems com

CO

TP501 O lt0

g OTPSOO

U560 S

Trig Gate

0 -TISOS

U570

U500

Timing

p U520

Timing

K U550 Timin

gt U540

U515

o X I Timin

U508 I

J510 Timing nnn

Burst Delay J400

gt U550

R503

D D I D bull U8QQ i Q

n

oo

V P 5 1 0

b U535

^

Clock i _

U555

lt U 5 4 5

o

h d ^ O - - ^ U605

Q D

U620

O fJZ^ R737 bull ^ 1^13015 r j C - C O M P

B B nU770 ^ ^ ^ 5 ^ a

J420

a

o E

bull [ ]U632

riueso

rR742rVhigh R 6 1 9 ^

LJ TP645 O TP650

TPMOQ^QS

Vlow

CD-

CZZl

J440 bull bull tl iUDQ

I t

f i l

Power supply and bias voltages

Power supply

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

POWER ON Observe voltage at P703 power supply wire top of main board

Check for+15 plusmn 050 V

Observe voltage at P701 power supply wire top of main board

Check for-15 plusmn 050 V

Observe voltage at U505(24) Check for +5 plusmn 025 V

Isolated supply voltage Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

RANGE 10 V TRIG open circuit MODE center position

Alternately observe V ^ from R742 to R740 and V ^ from theU605(4)toU605(8)

Adjust R773 so that 110VltV lt 120 V and

nigh

28VltV|^lt34V

Capacitance balance Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

Connect a xlO oscilloscope probe to TP650 and ground the

Adjust R737 for minimum high frequency signal

Inputs

Gate function Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave Verify that the voltage to GATE switches states at the Observe voltage at U510(3) proper input levels with an oscilloscope

Trigger slope Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave Verify that the voltage to TRIG switches states at the Observe voltage at U510( 1) proper input levels with an oscilloscope

TRIG SLOPE Verify voltage is 180deg out of phase

TRIG SLOPE Verify voltage is in phase

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 860 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Jelophone 800-4201306 360683-8300 bull FM 380683-3525 E-mail salesaflTsystBfnscom bull Vtebsite httpVAirwwaflisystems com

14

Trigger and gate f unc t i on

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

DELAY NONE BURS-nMDTH SINGLE DURATION SQUARE PERIOD 100X10-3

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave to TRIG Observe TRIGD and EVENT LEDs

TRIG disconnect all Short the GATE connector to GND Verify LEDs extinguish

MODE press to MANUAL Verify LEDs flash once

Timing

System c lock f requency

Controls Inputs Observations Ad jus t Check

Observe the frequency of the wave Verify 1000 MHz plusmn 001 atU555(17)

Mul t ip l iers (Wheel Swi tches)

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

PULSE SIGN-laquobull MODE FREE RUN TRIG disconnect all TIMING MULTIPUERS all

wheels set to zero except the one being tested

TIMING OVERLAP ignore

Observe the pulse width with the counter at the location specified t)elow

Verify pulse width is correct for each wheel as it is tested independently

For each wheel of each MULTIPLIER test each position to verify that the pulse width is correct Observe the signal at the following locations DELAY U520(2) BURSTWIDTH U530(2) PERIOD U540(2) DURATION U550(2)

Rates (Rotary Swi tches)

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

TIMING MULTIPUERS 001 Observe the pulse width with the TIMING RATES all rotary counter at the location specified

switches set to 10-4 below except the one being tested

Verify pulse width is correct for each rotary switch as it is tested independently

For each ofthe four rotary switches in TIMING test each position to verify that the pulse width is correct Observe the signal at the following locations DELAY U520(2) BURSTWIDTH U530(2) PERIOD U540(2) DURATION U550(2)

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 iTetophone 8004201306 bull 360683-8300 bull FOC 3606803525 E-mail salesa-msystemscom Wbbsite httpJwwwaflTSystemscom

15

Trigger outputs

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

Range 10V Pulse Amplitude 500 Delay 100 xlO^ Burst 100 x 10 ^ Duration 100x10-^ Period 400x10-^ Pulse sign + Trig Mode Free run Trig in open

Trigger the oscilloscope to the Burst Trig Out Observe it the Pulse Trig Out and the isolated output

Verify that the waveform consists of a burst of three 1ms-on3ms-off pulses The burst trigger should be synchronous with the burst the pulse trigger coincident with each pulse

Output Calibration

Isolation Resistance (check)

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode center position Trig In open

Measure the resistance between ground banana jack (front panel) and black banana jack of output with DMM

Resistance read gt 100MQ

Amplitude Switch Offset (R640)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Zero Trig Mode center position Trig In Open

Measure the voltage at TP645 vs TP650 with the DMM

Adjust R640 (AmpI Sw Offset) for minimum voltage

Output Offset (R332 front panel board) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Zero Range 10V Trig Mode center position Trig In Open

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

Adjust R332 (Output offset) for minimum voltage

Positive Baseline Offeet (R607) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Sign + Baseline Amplitude

fully CCW (000) Range 10V Trig In open Trig Mode center position

Measure the voltage across the outputwiththeDMM

Adjust R602 (BSLN + offset) for minimum voltage

fl-N Systems Inc 131 BusBiess Parti Loop P O Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Telophone B00-42O1306 bull 360683-8300 bull FAX 3606803525 E-mail salesaflisystemscom V^tebsite httpy^vwwa-msystems com

16

Negative Baseline Offset (R619)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Sign -Baseline Amplitude

fully CCW (000) Range 10V Trig In open Trig Mode center position

Measure the voltage across the outputwiththeDMM

Adjust R619 (BSLN + offset) for minimum voltage

Pulse Amplitude Adjust (R602)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode Free Mode Pulse Amplitude 1000 Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =1001 Period =00110-4 Pulse Sign -Trig In open Range 10V

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

The Overiap indicator should be on Adjust R602 (Max Level) for -10OOV out

Pulse Sign Gain (check)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode Free Mode Pulse Amplitude 1000 Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =100 1s Period =001 10-4s Trig In open Range 10V

Measure the voltage at the output with the DMM for the Pulse Sign at + and - positions

The absolute values ofthe voltages should differ by less than lOOmV

Baseline Amplitudes (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Range 100mA Trig Mode center position Baseline Amplitude fully CW (1000) Trig In open

Measure the voltage at the output with the DMM with Baseline Sign in + Zero and

- positions

Gain the matching of current levels at = and - positions and offset current in Zero position

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop PO Box 850 Cartsboig Wa 98324 Telophone 800-4201306 360683-8300 FkX 3606803525 E-mail salesa-msystemscom website http^^wwaflisystemsccm

17

Output Range Amplitude and Drive (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Pulse Amplitude 1000 Pulse Sign + Trig Mode Free Run Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =1001 Period =10010-4 Trig In open

Load the output with a 10KV 1W 01 resistor Measure the voltage at the output with DMM

Verify that full scale output is within specification Scale Range 100V 100V 10V 10V 100mA IV 1mA 10V 10mA 100V

Pulse Sign and Short Circuit Protection (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =200 10-4 Period =00110-3 Baseline Zero Pulse Amplitude 25 Range 10V Trig Mode Free Run Trig In open

Measure the voltage at the output with the oscilloscope Check for Pulse Sign set to each of + - biphasic Watch for Error indicator when shorting the output

Verify that pulses of approx 25V amplitude (625V for biphasic mode) of the correct sign are produced every 10ms Short output in biphasic mode Output should return when opened

Output Transient Response (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Pulse Sign + Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =20010-4 Period =00110-3 Pulse Amplitude 250 Baseline Zero Trig Mode Free Mode Trig In open

Connect the oscilloscope to the output with a 310 attenuator probe Test both 10V and 100V ranges

Verify that overshoot and risetime meet specifications

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Telophone 8004201306 bull 3606808300 bull Flaquo( 360laquo83ltJ525 E-mail salesa-msystemsocm V^febsite http^wwwa-msystefnscom

18

Specifications

There are three classes of specifications Class A specifications tested in all units and are guaranteed Class B specifications are inherent in the design they are indirectly tested and are guaranteed Class C specifications are typical operating values which are occasionally tested- these are typical values given for your information but not guarshyanteed The class for each specification is noted in the center column ofthe following sections

Inputs Switching level

Hysteresis

Input equivalent circuit

Minimum duration (1 IL-level signal)

A

C

C

C

16 V(plusmn 02 V)

approx 50 mV

lOOKH to+5 in parallel with no more than 35pF

gt 50 ns

Open circuit condition B defaults to highon level

Timing and rate accuracy Rate selector steps

Timing multiplier steps

B

B

lOOpsto 100s in 7 steps

1 of rate selector step size Maximum value is 999 X the rate selector step size

Resolution B approx 01 ofthe maximum value

Timing error (second and later pulses after resetting controls)

B lt 002 of rate selector value + 015 ps

Timing error (first pulse after readjusting timing controls)

an additional 025 ps error may occur

Timing repeatability lt 001 setting + 20 ns (monophasic)

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Ram Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Vfa 98324 pTelophone 8004201306 bull 360683-8300 bull FAX 360683-3525

E-mail salesraquoflisystems com Wabsite httpJAnww afl isystems com

19

TRIG IN to OUTPUT delay (DELAY set to 0) output set to 2V

Timing jitter from TRIG IN to OUTPUT (for TTL trigger input with risetime lt10 ns)

Timing jitter from TRIG OUT (either BURST or PULSE) and OUTPUT

Trigger output to pulse output delay

Output characteristics Pulse level error (voltage mode open circuit current mode short circuit

Biphasic level difference IV + - V-1 2

Baseline level error (voltage mode open circuit current mode short circuit)

Risetime (25 V out)

Risetime (25 V out)

Transient response

A

A

A

Output impedance (voltage mode) C

Output impedance (current mode) C

Isolation resistance A

Isolation capacitance C

approx 05 ps for a load of no more than 10 KH in parallel with 50 pF

lt 125 ns (all rates except 100s) lt 125 ps (100s rate)

Less than 20 ns (all rates)

approx 350 ns

lt 03 of setting + 05 of r range (plus an additional 05 pA in 100 pA range)

lt 03 of range (voltage modes into open circuit current modes into short circuit)

lt 03 of setting of setting + 01 of range (plus an additional 05 pA in lOOpA range)

= 200 ns into less than 30 pF

= 15 ps into less than 30 pF

lt 8 overshoot into less than 30 pF for pulse voltages different than baseline voltage by at least 10 of range

= 50 ohms

raquo 1 0 GH (typically 200 GO)

raquo 1 0 0 M n

= 60 pF at 100 Hz

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Peril Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg V6 98324 |TelCf)hone 800-4201306 3606808300 bull FAX 360683-3525 E-mal salesaflisystefnsoom Website hnpyMVfWafllsystemsoom

20

Noise (differential mode)

Noise (common mode earth to isolated ground) with no signal output

Overload error indicator (low frequency short circuited voltage mode)

Overload error indicator low frequency open circuited current mode)

Overioad error response time

Miscellaneous

= 1 mV rms (10 V scale 10 Hz-4 MHz)

= 8 mV rms (10 Hz-4 MHz) == 100mVp-p (200 Hz -10 MHz) measured withalOMH 15pF oscilloscope probe

Turns on for set amplitude at or greater than approx plusmn1 V (10 V range) or plusmn2 V (100 V range)

Turns on for set amplitude at or above approx 2 of range

Flat to approx 30 ps duration Decreasing sensitivity for shorter pulses

Power

Fuse

Operating temperature range

Storage temperature range

Operating humidity

Dimensions

approx 11 watts

1 amp 3AG

10-30degC

0 - 50deg C

5 - 80 RH

17x475x1125 (inches) 432x121x286 cm

Weight 20 lbs (9 kg)

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Wb 98324 |Tetcphone 8004201306 3606808300 bull FOt 360683-3525 E-mail satesamsystems comV^febsite httpywwwaflisystemscom

21

Warranty and Service

What does this warranty cover A-M Systems Inc warrants to the Purchaser that the Instrument excluding cables Headstage Probes and any other accessories shipped with the Instrument (hereafter the hardware) is free from defects in workmanship or material under normal use and service for the period of one (1) year This warranty commences on the date of delivery ofthe hardware to the Purchaser

What are the obligations of A-M Systems Inc under this warranty During the warranty period A-M Systems Inc agrees to repair or replace at its sole option without charge to the Purchaser any defective component part of the hardware To obtain warranty service the Purchaser must return the hardware to A-M Systems Inc or an authorized A-M Systems Inc distributor in an adequate shipping container Any postage shipping and insurance charges incurred in shipping the hardware to A-M Systems Inc must be prepaid by the Purchaser and all risk for the hardware shall remain with purchaser until such time as A-M Systems Inc takes receipt of the hardware Upon receipt A-M Systems Inc will promptly repair or replace the defective unit and then return the hardware to the Purchaser postage shipping and insurance prepaid A-M Systems Inc may use reconditioned or like new parts or units at its sole option when repairing any hardware Repaired products shall carry the same amount of outstanding warranty as from original purchase or ninety (90) days which ever is greater Any claim under the warranty must include a dated proof of purchase ofthe hardware covered by this warranty In any event A-M Systems Inc liability for defective hardware is limited to repairing or replacing the hardware

What is not covered by this warranty This warranty is contingent upon proper use and maintenance ofthe hardware by the Purchaser and does not cover batteries Neglect misuse whether intentional or othenwise tampering with or altering the hardware damage caused by accident damage caused by unusual physical electrical chemical or electromechanical stress damage caused by failure of electrical power or damage caused during transportation are not covered by this wan-anty Products may not be returned to A-M Systems Inc for service whether under warranty or otherwise which are contaminated by infectious agents radioactive compounds or other materials constituting a health hazard to employees of A-M Systems Inc

What are the limits of liability for A-M Systems Inc under this warranty A-M Systems Inc shall not be liable for loss of data profits or savings or any special incidental consequential indirect or other similar damages arising from breach of contract negligence or other legal action even if the company or its agent has been advised of the possibility of such damages or for any claim brought against you by another party THIS EQUIPMENT IS NOT INTENDED FOR CLINICAL MEASUREMENTS USING HUMAN SUBJECTS A-M SYSTEMS INC DOES NOT ASSUME RESPONSIBILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE DUE TO MISUSE OF THIS EQUIPMENT Jurisdictions vary with regard to the enforceability of provisions excluding or limiting liability for incidental or consequential damages Check the provision of your local jurisdiction to find out whether the above exclusion applies to you

This warranty allocates risks of product failure between the Purchaser and A-M Systems Inc A-M Systems Inc hardware pricing reflects this allocation of risk and the limitations of liability contained in this warranty The warranty set forth above is in lieu of all other express warranties whether oral or written The agents employees distributors and dealers of A-M Systems Inc are not authorized to make modifications to this warranty or additional wan-anties binding on the company Accordingly additional statements such as dealer advertising or presentations whether oral or written do not constitute warranties by A-M Systems Inc and should not be relied upon This warranty gives you specific legal rights You may also have other rights which vary from one jurisdiction to another

fl-N Systems Inc 131BusinessPartiLoop RO Box850CartsbOfgWa98324 p O |Telophone 8004201306 bull 360683-8300FOC 3606830525 ^ ^ E-mail saiesaflisystefTiscom Wbbsite httpVwwwa-msystemscom

Calibration Procedures

The calibration intenal is the lesser of 1000 hours of operation or 6 months Somewhat greater drift can be expected in the first 100 hours of operation as the semiconductors age Adjustments should only be made after the instrument has been fully warmed up for at least 15 minutes

Full instrument calibration requires the following test equipment digital multimeter (plusmn 01 ) able to measure resistance to at least 10OMfl oscilloscope with at least 50MHz bandwidth true-rms voltmeter with 4MHz bandwidth universal counter (plusmn 001) able to measure single pulse widths and periods resistors (all plusmn 01) 2kn lOkO 1 watt 20ka 200ka alligator clip lead sets banana plugs and BNC adapters

Adjustment integrated circuit and test point locations are shown in the following figures All adjustments are on the timing board unless otherwise noted

All voltages in the non-isolated section should be measured with respect to ground at TP510 unless othenwise stated Some voltages are measured with respect to an internal isolated ground at TP650 or across the two output terminals Occasionally the voltage at an IC pin must be measured in these cases the reference designator is given with the pin number in parentheses eg U602(16) When it states within this procedure that a voltage is to be minimized this means that the adjustment should be made such that the measured voltage is as close to zero volts as possible Refer to the Specifications Section of this manual for acceptable tolerances

The sequence of this procedure is important If any adjustment is made all adjustments which follow must be made to ensure that the specifications will be met These procedures require that all controls remain as set in previous steps unless otherwise indicated

WARNING

The Model2100 has dangerous voltages throughout the instrument even with the power is off Servicing the Mode2700 should only be done by qualified service personnel Use caution in handling any wires connectors or electrodes which may be directly or indirectly attached to the instrument Do not touch exposed connections or components Disconnect power by unplugging the power cord from the receptacle

A B B ^ _ _ mdash ^ _ I raquo laquo 131SusinessParkLoopROBox850CaitsborBWa98324 -JO

E-mail S8le60a-msystemscom Website httpwwwa-msystemscam

CO

TP501 O o

a OTPsoo

U560 bull

D D D D Q ^ U510

Trig Gate

U570

OQ Q

U500

n U505

Timing

gt U520

Timing

) U530

Timing

gt U540

Q U515

Timing

U508

R503

DDID E

a

gt oo

bull U800 l O r v o w iV_X^TP510 O

U525

f

A U535

^ U550

Timing ^

Clock

U555

J510 Burst Delay

J400 bull U545

d R742^VWgh R619 o

r RZZ3 R737 an c n V - I J I S O I S ^ ^C-COMP

U620 ^ Q Q bull ^ ^ bull

J420 O ^ D^ J440 IfYYYlDfYyYYYYYYYII C Z J E X C T

Q Otrsetl I p J Vlow

L J TP645 C=) cm P650

bull bull fe elUOD

irt

PI pound A

o c

E o

0)

Power supply and bias voltages

Power supply

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

POWER ON Observe voltage at P703 power supply wire top of main board

Check for+15 plusmn 050 V

Observe voltage at P701 power supply wire top of main board

Check for-15 plusmn 050 V

Observe voltage at U505(24) Check for +5 plusmn 025 V

Isolated supply voltage

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

RANGE 10 V TRIG open circuit MODE center position

Alternately observe V from high

R742 to R740 and V _ from kw

the U605(4) to U605(8)

Adjust R773 so that 110VltV lt 120 V and

high

28VltV^^lt34V

Capacitance balance

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

Connect a x10 oscilloscope probe to TP650 and ground the

Adjust R737 for minimum high frequency signal

Inputs

Gate funct ion

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave Verify that the voltage to GATE switches states at the Observe voltage at U510(3) proper input levels with an oscilloscope

Trigger s lope

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave Verify that the voltage to TRIG switches states at the Observe voltage at U510(1) proper input levels with an oscilloscope

TRIG SLOPE-I- Verify voltage is 180deg out of phase

TRIG SLOPE- Verify voltage is in phase

A-M Systems Inc 131 Business Paik Loop PO Box 850 Cailsborg Wa 98324 Tekvhone 8004201306 36O683laquo300 - FAX 360683-3S2S E-mail salesOa-msystemscom Website httpywwwa-msystemscom

14

Trigger and gate funct ion

Controls Inputs Observations

DELAY NONE BURSTWIDTH SINGLE DURATION SQUARE PERIOD 100X10-3

AdjustCheck

Apply a 1 kHz 0 -5 V triangle wave to TRIG Observe TRiGoand EVENT LEDS

TRIG disconnect all Short the GATE connector to GND Verify LEDs extinguish

MODE press to MANUAL Verify LEDs flash once

Timing

System clock frequency

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

Observe the frequency of the wave Verify 1000 MHz plusmn 001 atU555(17)

Mu l t i p l i e rs (Whee l Sw i t ches )

Controls Inputs Observat ions A d j u s t C h e c k

PULSE SIGN+ MODE FREE RUN TRIG disconnect all TIMING MULTIPUERS all

Wheels set to zero except the one being tested

TIMING OVERLAP ignore

Observe the pulse width with the counter at the location specified below

Verify pulse width is correct for each wheel as it is tested independently

For each wheel of each MULTIPLIER test each position to verify that the pulse width is correct Observe the signal at the following locations DELAY U520(2) BURSTWIDTH U530(2) PERIOD U540(2) DURATION U550(2)

Rates (Rotary Switches)

Controls Inputs Observations A d j u s t C h e c k

TIMING MULTIPUERS 001 TIMING RATES all rotary

switches set to 10-4 except the one being tested

Observe the pulse width with the counter at the location specified below

Verify pulse width is correct for each rotary switch as it is tested independently

For each of the four rotary switches in TIMING test each position to verify that the pulse width is correct Observe the signal at the following locations DELAY U520(2) BURSTWIDTH U530(2) PERIOD U540(2) DURATION U550(2)

A-M Systems Inc 131 Business Paik Loop PO Box 850 Caiisborg Wa 98324 Telophone 800-428-1306 bull 3606808300 FAX 360683-3525 E-mail salesOa-msystemscom Website httpwwwa-msystemscom

15

Trigger outputs Controls

Range 10V Pulse Amplitude 500 Delay 100x10-2 Burst 100x10-2 Duration 100 xlQ-^ Period 400x10-3 Pulse sign + Trig Mode Free run Trig in open

Inputs Observations

Trigger the oscilloscope to the Burst Trig Out Observe it the Pulse Trig Out and the isolated output

AdjustCheck

Verify that the waveform consists of a burst of three 1 ms-on3ms-off pulses The burst trigger should be synchronous with the burst the pulse trigger coincident with each pulse

Output Calibration

Isolation Resistance (check) Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

Trig Mode center position Trig In open

Measure the resistance between ground banana jack (front panel) and black banana jack of output with DMM

Resistance read gt 10OMQ

Amplitude Switch Offset (R640) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Zero Trig Mode center position Trig In Open

Measure the voltage at TP645 vs TP650 with the DMM

Adjust R640 (AmpI Sw Offset) for minimum voltage

Output Offset (R332 front panel board) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Zero Range 10V Trig Mode center position Trig In Open

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

Adjust R332 (Output offset) for minimum voltage

Positive Baseline Offset (R607) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Sign + Baseline Amplitude

fully CCW (000) Range 10V Trig In open Trig Mode center position

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

Adjust R602 (BSLN + offset) for minimum voltage

A-M Systems Inc 131 Business Paik Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Jelophone 8004201306 36O6834300 - FAX 380laquo83-352S E-mail salesOa-msystemscom Website httpwwwa-msystemscam

16

Negative Baseline Offset (R619)

Controls InputsObservations

Baseline Sign -Baseline Amplitude

fully CCW (000) Range 10V Trig In open Trig Mode center position

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

AdjustCheck

Adjust R619 (BSLN + offset) for minimum voltage

Pulse Ampl i tude Adjust (R602)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode Free Mode Pulse Amplitude 1000 Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =1001 Period =00110-4 Pulse Sign -Trig In open Range 10V

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

The Overlap indicator should be on Adjust R602 (Max Level) for -10OOV out

Pulse Sign Gain (check)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode Free Mode Pulse Amplitude 1000 Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =100 Is Period =001 10-4s Trig In open Range 10V

Measure the voltage at the output with the DMM for the Pulse Sign at + and - positions

The absolute values of the voltages should differ by less than 10OmV

Baseline Ampl i tudes (check)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

flange 100mA Trig Mode center position Baseline Amplitude fully CW (1000) Trig In open

Measure the voltage at the output with the DMM with Baseline Sign in + Zero and - positions

Gain the matching of current levels at = and - positions and offset current in Zero position

A-M Systems Inc 131 Business Psik Loop PO Box 850 Caiisborg Wa 98324 Telophone 800426-1306 bull 36Olaquo8raquo8300 bull FAX 360683-3525 E-mail salesOa-msystemscom Website httpwwwa-msystemsccm

17

Output Range Amplitude and Drive (check)

Controls InputsObservations

Pulse Amplitude 1000 Pulse Sign + Trig Mode Free Run Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =1001 Period =10010-4 Trig In open

Load the output with a 10KV 1W 01 resistor Measure the voltage at the output with DMM

Pulse Sign and Short Circuit Protection (check)

Controls

Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =200 10-4 Period =00110-3 Baseline Zero Pulse Amplitude 25 Range 10V Trig Mode Free Run Trig In open

InputsObservations

Measure the voltage at the output with the oscilloscope Check for Pulse Sign set to each of + - biphasic Watch for Error indicator when shorting the output

Output Transient Response (check)

Controls InputsObservations

Verify that full scale output is within specification Scale Range 100V 100V 10V 10V 100mA IV 1mA 10V 10mA 100V

AdjustCheck

Verify that pulses of approx 25V amplitude (625V for biphasic mode) of the correct sign are produced every 10ms Short output in biphasic mode Output should return when opened

AdjustCheck

Pulse Sign + Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =20010-4 Period =00110-3 Pulse Amplitude 250 Baseline Zero Trig Mode Free Mode Trig In open

Connect the oscilloscope to the output with a 310 attenuator probe Test both 10V and 10OV ranges

Verify that overshoot and risetime meet specifications

A-M Systems Inc 131 Business Paik Loop PO Box 850 Cailsbora Wa 98324 Tetophone 8004201306 bull 36Oeuro83-8300 bull FAX 360683-352S E-mail salasOa-msystemscom Website hitpywwwa-msystamsoom

18

Specifications

There are three classes of specifications Class A specifications tested in all units and are guaranteed Class B specifications are inherent in the design they are indirectly tested and are guaranteed Class C specifications are typical operating values which are occasionally tested- these are typical values given for your information but not guarshyanteed The class for each specification is noted in the center column of the following sections

Inputs Switching level

Hysteresis

Input equivalent circuit

Minimum duration (TTL-level signal)

A

C

C

C

16 V (plusmn 02 V)

approx 50 mV

lOOKfl to-1-5 in parallel with no more than 35pF

gt50ns

Open circuit condition B defaults to highon level

Timing and rate accuracy

Rate selector steps

Timing multiplier steps

B

B

100S to 100s in 7 steps

1 of rate selector step size Maximum value is 999 X the rate selector step size

Resolution B approx 01 of the maximum value

Timing error (second and later pulses after resetting controls)

B lt 002 of rate selector value + 015S

Timing error (first pulse after readjusting timing controls)

an additional 025s error may occur

Timing repeatability lt 001 settings-20 ns (mbnophasic)

A-M Systems Inc 131 Business Paik Loop PO Box 850 Caiisborg Wa 98324 Telophone 8004201306 3606808300 FAX 3606803S25 E-mail salesOa-msystemscom bull Website httpyy(wwaltTisystemscom

19

TRIG IN to OUTPUT delay (DELAY set to 0) output set to 2V

Timing jitter from TRIG IN to OUTPUT (for TTL trigger input with risetime lt10 ns)

Timing jitter from TRIG OUT (either BURST or PULSE) and OUTPUT

Trigger output to pulse output delay

Output characteristics Pulse level error (voltage mode open circuit current mode short circuit

Biphasic level difference IV-H-i-V-l2

Baseline level error (voltage mode A open circuit current mode short circuit)

Risetime (25 V out)

Risetime (25 V out)

Transient response

A

A

A

Output impedance (voltage mode) C

Output impedance (current mode) C

Isolation resistance A

Isolation capacitance C

approx 05 ps for a load of no more than 10 Kft in parallel with 50 pF

lt 125 ns (all rates except 100s) lt125ys (100s rate)

Less than 20 ns (all rates)

approx 350 ns

lt 03 of setting -i- 05 of r range (plus an additional 05vA in 100 ywA range)

lt 03 of range (voltage modes into open circuit current modes into short circuit)

lt 03 of setting of setting -I- 01 of range (plus an additional 05 pA in 100A range)

= 200 ns into less than 30 pF

= 15 yws into less than 30 pF

lt 8 overshoot into less than 30 pF for pulse voltages different than baseline voltage by at least 10 of range

= 50 ohms

raquo 1 0 Ga (typically 200 GD)

raquo 1 0 0 M n

= 60 pF at 100 Hz

A BB f ^ _ M 1 ^ ^ 131 Business Paik Loop ROBOx850Cai1sOorgWaW3Z4

- I V l o V S i e m S inC80Ph0trade80O42O1308-36O683-8300-FAX36O683-3525 7 bull bull bull bull ^ ^ E-maasale80a-m8vstemscomWebsitehitpjwwwaltnsyste

20 E-mai salesO a-m8ystemscom Website http jwwwa-msystemscom

Noise (differential mode)

Noise (common mode earth to isolated ground) with no signal output

Overload error indicator (low frequency short circuited voltage mode)

Overload error indicator low frequency open circuited current mode)

Overload error response time

Miscellaneous

= 1 mV rms (10 V scale 10 Hz-4 MHz)

- 8 mV rms (10 Hz-4 MHz) =laquo100mVp-p (200 Hz -10 MHz) measured withalOMn 15pF oscilloscope probe

Turns on for set amplitude at or greater than approx plusmn1 V (10 V range) or plusmn2 V (100 V range)

Turns on for set amplitude at or above approx 2 of range

Flat to approx 30 ps duration Decreasing sensitivity for shorter pulses

Power

Fuse

Operating temperature range

Storage temperature range

Operating humidity

Dimensions

Weight

approx 11 watts

1 amp 3 AG

10-30degC

0 - 50deg C

5 - 80 RH

17x475x1125 (inches) 432x121x286 cm

20 lbs (9 kg)

A-M Systems Inc 131 Business Paik Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Tekjptwne 8004201306 bull 36Olaquo8O8300 bull FAX 360laquo8O3525 E-mail salesOa-msystemscom Website httpywwwa-msystemscom

21

Warranty and Service

What does this warranty cover A-f Systems Inc warrants to the Purchaser that the Instrument excluding cables Headstage Probes and any other accessories shipped with the Instrument (hereafter the hardware) is free from defects in workmanship or material under normal use and service for the period of one (1) year This warranty commences on the date of delivery of the hardware to the Purchaser

What are the obligations of A-M Systems Inc under this warranty During the warranty period A-M Systems Inc agrees to repair or replace at its sole option without charge to the Purchaser any defective component part of the hardware To obtain warranty service the Purchaser must return the hardware to A-l^ Systems Inc or an authorized A-M Systems Inc distributor in an adequate shipping container Any postage shipping and insurance charges incurred in shipping the hardware to A-M Systems Inc must be prepaid by the Purchaser and all risk for the hardware shall remain with purchaser until such time as A-M Systems Inc takes receipt of the hardware Upon receipt A-M Systems Inc will promptly repair or replace the defective unit and then return the hardware to the Purchaser postage shipping and insurance prepaid A-M Systems Inc may use reconditioned or like new parts or units at its sole option when repairing any hardware Repaired products shall carry the same amount of outstanding warranty as from original purchase or ninety (90) days which ever is greater Any claim under the warranty must include a dated proof of purchase of the hardware covered by this warranty In any event A-M Systems Inc liability for defective hardware is limited to repairing or replacing the hardware

What is not covered by this warranty This warranty is contingent upon proper use and maintenance of the hardware by the Purchaser and does not cover batteries Neglect misuse whether intentional or othenvise tampering with or altering the hardware damage caused by accident damage caused by unusual physical electrical chemical or electromechanical stress damage caused by failure of electrical power or damage caused during transportation are not covered by this warranty Products may not be returned to A-M Systems Inc for service whether under warranty or otherwise which are contaminated by Infectious agents radioactive compounds or other materials constituting a health hazard to employees of A-M Systems Inc

What are the limits of liability for A-M Systems Inc under this warranty A-M Systems Inc shall not be liable for loss of data profits or savings or any special incidental consequential indirect or other similar damages arising from breach of contract negligence or other legal action even if the company or its agent has been advised of the possibility of such damages or for any claim brought against you by another party THIS EQUIPMENT IS NOT INTENDED FOR CLINICAL MEASUREMENTS USING HUMAN SUBJECTS A-M SYSTEMS INC DOES NOT ASSUME RESPONSIBILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE DUE TO MISUSE OF THIS EQUIPMENT Jurisdictions vary with regard to the enforceability of provisions excluding or limiting liability for incidental or consequential damages Check the provision of your local jurisdiction to find out whether the above exclusion applies to you

This warranty allocates risks of product failure between the Purchaser and A-M Systems Inc A-M Systems Inc hardware pricing reflects this allocation of ris1lt and the limitations of liability contained in this warranty The warranty set forth above is in lieu of all other express warranties whether oral or written The agents employees distributors and dealers of A-M Systems Inc are not authorized to make modifications to this warranty or additional warranties binding on the company Accordingly additional statements such as dealer advertising or presentations whether oral or written do not constitute warranties by A-M Systems Inc and should not be relied upon This warranty gives you specific legal rights You may also have other rights which vary from one jurisdiction to another

A B B J l laquo raquo ^ t3tBusinessPafkLoopPOBox850Cai1sbO(gWa98324

- | V | O V S i e m S |nCtrade042O1306-36O68O8300-FAX36O68O3525 E-mail salasOa-msvstemscom bull Website httowwwa-msvste

t3tBusinassParkLaopROBox8SOCai1sbo(gWa98324 po Telophone 8004201306 360683-8300 FAX 3606803525 ^ ^ E-maH salesOa-msystemscom Wetsite httpwwwa-msystem3e0m

mwal

INSTRUCTION MANUAL

FOR

ISOLATED PULSE STIMULATOR

MODEL 2100

Serial

Date

A-M Systems Inc

PO Box 850

Carisborg WA 98324

USA

360-683-8300 bull 800-426-1306 FAX 360-683-3525

httpwwwa-m8y8temscom

Version 50 May 1998

Contents General Description 1

Instrument Features 1 Controls and Connectors 2

Operating Instructions 6 Theory of Operation 10 Calibration Procedures 12

Inputs ii 14 Output Calibration iii i 16

Specifications i4 il u 19 Warranty and Service wi iJ iJi [ii 22

Each Isolated Pulse Stimulator Is delivered complete with

Rack Mount Hardware Instructions amp Maintenance Manual

NOTE

This instrument is not intended for clinical measurements using human subjects A-M Systems Inc does not assume msponsibility for injury or damage due to the misuse of this instrument

General bull M ^ ion

Instrument Features The Isolated Pulse Stimulator Model 2100 Is designed for a wide variety of applications It is highly flexible being capable of delivering single pulses biphasic pairs or bursts of pulses Pulses may be started manually or upon receiving a trigger signal from another instrument or computer Two non-isolated trigger outputs are available for triggering other instruments

Four sets of timing controls provide comprehensive control over all aspects of pulse generation Three digit accuracy is available over a 7 decade range for each timing function using lever wheel switches Pulse wkiths can be set over more than a 9 decade range from 05 [is to 999 seconds Timing accuracy is assured through the use of a 10 MHz base rate crystal-controlled clock digitally divided to provide accurate timing over the entire range A timing overiap indicator will light if the timing controls are set Inconsistently

The output may be conveniently switched between cun-ent and voltage modes Pulse and baseline amplitudes are independently presettable with lockable dials An error indicator will light if the Model 2100 cannoi deliver the desired signal

WARNING

The Model 2100 can produce potentially dangemus voltages up to 100 V et the output connectors The isolated output is not connected internally to safety (earth) ground in ahy way Some part of the extemal circuit should be connected to safety gmund Use caution in handling any wires connectors or electrodes which may be directly or indirectly attached to the Model 2100 output Some lltinds of connectors such as BNC connectors have exposed metal parts which may float at dangemus potentials unless extemally connected to safety gmund For greatest safety tum the Model 2100 off before making any connections to

the Instrument

131 Business Park LocfiPO Box BSOCarM)orgWa 98324 800426-1308 bull36OlaquoS3laquo300FAX 3 6 M 8 3 ^ 2 5

E-malt uiittyBQaHiByBtumaooiTi Wobsita HipJtwtiwiwftbMiAcon fl-N SystQms I n c ^ T

Controls and Connectors The controls for the Model 2100 are grouped in three sections START controlling when a pulse or burst of pulses begins TIMING controlling the onoff timing of one or more pulses and otJTPliT controlling the amplitude of the output signal

Start TRIG SLOPE This switch determines whether valid triggers occur at positive or negative edges in the trigger signal

MODE This switch controls how wavefomris are initiated When set to FREE RUN one timing cycle immediately follows the last When held in the MANUAL position a timing cycle starts immediately When the switch is in the center position timing cycles start when valid triggering events occur

TRIGD This LED lights up when a timing cycle is in process and continues until the burst is completed

TRIG This BNC connector allows a signal from an extemal source to initiate timing cycles It is set for standard TTL levels

GATE This BNC connector allows a signal from an extemal source to restrict the final output signal This input must be at a logical high (or open-circuited) in order for the Model 2100 to recognize either manual or automatic trigger events

Gate 1_ Trigger [~^ i I Valid triggers are represented by the arrows in the figure Note that the up arrow would apply only if TRIG SLOPE is set to + the down anrows would apply only if TRIG SLOPE is set to-

NOTE Triggers have no effect if the system has not completed its response to a previous trigger

fl-N SystQms I n c ^ 131 Business Park Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 600426-13063eO683laquo300FAX 360683^525

E-maB anBysQraquoinsyaleiTaconi Wsbalto h^KAvwwa-(nsys(smsoom

Timing Four sets of controls govem the timing of pulse generation Each set contains two values which are multiplied together to detennine the actual timing value The rotary knob (rate selector) provides the approximate timing value and the lever wheel switch bank (MULTIPLIER) provkles a time resolution of three decimal digits The following diagram shows most of the important relationships

Pnfe-tRAIM I B E L A V i6Molaquo

BURST WIOtH

Output r Delay

t n

Duration - ^ lt - |4Periodgt|

FLJI -^ Burst width

Trigger event

DELAY These controls set the time between the initiating trigger event and the beginning of the pulse burst If this rate selector is set to NONE or the multiplier is set to ooo there is no delay

BURSTWIDTH These controls set the time period in which one or more pulses may be delivered Once started a pulse may outlast the burst width If this rate selector is set to SINGLE or to any time shorter than the pulse duration only a single pulse will occur If the BURSTWIDTH is longer than the period pulses will be emitted at the PERIOD rate until the burst time ends Pulses are never truncated by a short BURST WIDTH

iNTpoundA-PULSiE PBRiOb

DURATION These controls set the length of each pulse If this rate selector is set to SQUARE the duration is set to half of the period regardless of the MULTIPLIER setting

PERIOD These controls set the period of time between adjacent pulse events within the burst It also forces a minimum dead time between recognized input triggers following a burst of one or more pulses This can be used to prevent over stimulation of a tissue without requiring excessive delay between the triggering event and the stimulating pulse

TlMtNQ OVERLAP

mLiHMPi

VVtJ jiwaa lasm nlaquoilaquo u

t^fi SysUms I n c ^ Elt4nsfl a m

131 Business Pofc Loop PO Box 850 Carisborg 1^98324 600-426-1306 36O6834300 FAK 360683^525

E-mai vrvysQfrflisysleraLOCniWutiailQL N^jAwwa^iByslernUiOOni

NOTE If any of these timing controls are changed while a timing cycle is in operation the results are undefined until the cunent cycle flnishes

TIMING OVERLAP This LED will light to indicate an Inconsistency in the timing cycle settings There are several ways to Introduce such errors The most common way is to set the inter-pulse PERIOD to be less than the pulse DURATION

TRIG OUT (UPPER) This BNC connector provides a signal which is coinckient with the intemal Burst timing signal (default) This means the signal starts at the end of the Delay time and persists until the Burst time expires This output may also be set to represent the delay time-out by setting the internal jumper J510 to the left two pins Instead of the right two pins (Please see the Calibration section in this manual for jumper location Directions are given as viewed from the fix)nt of the instrument)

TRIG OUT (LOWER) This BNC connector provides a signal which is coincident with the Duration timing signal which controls pulse output

NOTE Both trigger output signals slightly lead the isolated output signal

Output PULSE SIGN This Switch sets the sign for the pulses to be generated It also allows generation of biphasic pulses thereby doubling the effective total period Warning the first pulse genemted after changing the PULSE SIGN svntch may have the wmng polarity

BASELINE This switch sets the sign for the baseline signal

RANGE This rotary switch allows one of three current or two voltage ranges to be selected for the output signal

BASELINE AMPLITUDE This counting dial are independently set using ten-minute counting dials with the baseline having one tenth the range of the pulse amplitude

A-N Systlaquomslaquo Inc 131 Buskiess Partt Loop PO BoK 8S0 Cailsbarg Wa 96324 laophone 8004201306 bull36O68M300-FAX 3eolaquo8M525 E-mat bullmsysflMnsyslermoom VMaHsr Hlplhfimnmyekmoom

PULSE AMPLITUDE This counting dial

EVENTS This LED indicates when a pulse is ongoing

ERROR This LED indicates when the intemal output amplifier cannot output the pulse as desired This is usually due to a short circuit while trying to output a voltage or an open circuit while trying to output a current

One control from the Ot^uf section directly affects wavefonn timing the Pulse Sign control When set to the Biphasic mode a positive-going pulse is Immediately followed by a negative-going pulse This effectively doubles the pulse duration If a burst of biphasic pulses is being produced the period must be at least twice the single pulse duration In the Sgtan wave mode the baseline disappears as long as the burst persists

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Bushass Park locpPOBooi 850 C8ri9bcrgMS8324 IMqphona 800426-1306 bull36Olaquo83laquo3a0 FAX 360683-3529 E-nal amsyaOa4nsyatemscomWeMlK hMpJVniwa-nsygtatnscom

Operating Instructions

Examples Simple setup (and minimal Instrument tost)

Connect the output of the Model 2100 to an oscilloscope Before connecting the instrument it is safest to turn its power off

Set the Ou^uf controls

Range Pulse Sign

Baseline Pulse Amplitude

10V +

Zero 200

Setting The Timing Controls

Delay Burst Width

Duratbn Period

none single

15010-2 500102

Setting The Start Controls

Mode Free Run

Disconnect any cables to the TRIG or GATE Inputs

Note that the green Trig and Event Indicators tum on as Free Run is turned on (and tum off othenwise) You should observe a 15ms duration 20Hz rate pulse of 200V above a OV baseline on the oscilloscope i

A ^ M ^ _ _ _ A ^ _ _ _ 1 ^ 131BiiHnD8raquoParttloopPOBoxB50Car)sbcrBlaquoraquoS8324

bull P l ^ y S W n i S f |nC ltV^gt^8deglt^^2O1306380laquo8OS3a0FAX36O6BMS2S

6 E-fnflk 9n^fBOs-in9ystsni9cx]fnWDbs)tec H^ff9Nw^myStem9oom

Demonstration of Burst Mode Connect the output of the Model 2100 to an oscilloscope Before connecting the instrument it is safest to tum Its power off

Set the Output controls

Range Pulse Sign

Baseline Pulse Amplitude

Baseline Amplitude

Setting The Timing Controls

Delay Burst Width

Duration

Period

Set the START controls as follows

Mode

Disconnect any cables to the TRIG or GATE inputs

Trigger the oscilloscope from the Burst trigger out (upper Tr^ Out connector) for a stable display In each burst (occumng every lOOms) you should observe a trio of 15ms duration starting 50ms apart Try switching the StartMode from Free Run to the center (nomnal) position The pulses will no longer be produced and the Trig and Event indicators will turn off Pressing this switch once (to Manual) will cause a single burst to occur

880 120 150 500

10V +

200 100

102 102 102 102

Free Run

fleaff SySlQmSa |nCa deglgt ltlt ^ ^ deg ^ degdeg ^ ^ ^ bull E-matmia

131 Business Park LoopPO Box 850 Carisborg Vfe 86324 lUcphcna 800426-1306 36Olaquo83laquo300 FAX 36068raquo52 E-maft tfii8ysOiHn^nleiTBcom1AWisJto HSpitwraquoM^wytAtii9oom

Problem SoMng If the Instrument appears to be not worthing properiy check all of the control settings and connections Be sure to wait at least 5-10 seconds after turning the Instrument off before tuming it on again The following t6ef summary of typical problems for the user (along with the most common solutions) may help

Problem CauseSolution EVENT indicator never lights even in FREE RUN mode

bull Replace fuse check power connection bullSet DELAY or PERIOD to a shorter interval

bull Power-on too soon after power-off

OVERLAP Indicator is on

ERROR indicator is on

Time appears to be excessive

bullSet DURATION gt000 bull DURATION is set to SQUARE but PERIOD is 000 Increase PERIOD or set DURATION independantly

bull BURST and WIDTH are gt DURATION increase PERIOD or decrease

DURATION bull BIPHASIC pulse output is on and PERIOD is not longer than twice the DURATION Increase PERIOD or decrease DURATION

bull Free-run is on and BURST Is lt PERIOD (BURST off) DELAY is 0 and PERIOD is lt DURATION Add delay or modify PERIOD

bull Free-mn is on and BURST is gt DURATION (BURST ON) and PERIOD is lt DURATION Increase PERIOD

bull For VOLTAGE outputs the output Is trying to drive too low a resistance or capacitance (eg a short circuit) Check by disconnecting the output It is possible (and normal) that for the fastest cycles

and largest amplitudes (close to 100 V and 1 MS) that the ERROR Indicator might always come on during repetitive pulses Fix output load or decrease amplitude as required

bull Changed control in mid-cycle (resets cunent status)

A ^ M bull _ _ _ A ^ ^ _ _ i ^ mdash 131BuslnessPai1ltLoopPOBox850CarlsborgWamp98324

bull p i j ^ v s w m s iiic^^deglt^deg^^deglt^^^3degB3^^^deg^^^^degdeg^^^deg^^deg^^^^ E-mat iiiMOafflwstemseom WabaHe MtaffiwwtHtavsli

8 E-msft flmsjoQfrfraystGfnsoom ^WobsltiK hl^Aiwv9-fn9]nteniscom

Cant seem to get a full signal out

Incoming triggers not accepted frequently enough

bull Load is not properiy connected repair wiring

bull Too low a load impedance (VOLTAGE modes) or too high a load impedance

(CURRENT mode)

bull PERIOD is set too long (enforces dead time) followd by BURST set to SIGNAL Reduce PERIOD time

Table 10 Problem Solving

If you suspect that the Model 2100 may have completely failed we recommend checking the basic level of functionality If this fails your instrument is defective and must be repaired If this passes either your experimental setup is incompatible or inconsistent or there is a more subtle flaw in your Model 2100

If the Model 2100 appears to be malfunctioning contact A-M Systems Inc or your dealer Telephone numtgters for A-M Systems Inc listed on the front cover of this manual We will first attempt to solve the problem over the telephone so have an exact description of your problem available when you call You do not need to be within the warranty period to obtain over-the-phone assistance

A ^ M V - mdash A d B ^ K M I ^ M 131BuslnessPatfcLoopPOBox6SOCai

-PI s y s i Q m s inc-2raquolaquoa22=M^^

131 Business Parfc Loop PO Box 650 Cartsborg VM9 0S324 _ FAX36(W8a3525 E^nrt flnsysQa-ntsyttanB-oom Wsbsfte hHpiMNvwa-nnystsnisooni

9

Theory of Operation

The operation of the Model 2100 is summarized In the block diagram (see Fig 3) Not shown are all of the interconnections with the microcontroller The intemal microcontroler plays an important role in setting the signal path but does not directly

contribute to the dynamic characteristics It scans the front panel switches and sets the control values for the logic arays It programs the intemal counters which along with the other hardware achieve the necessary sub-microsecond speeds

All action starts either from an input trigger signal (from Trig In) or from an intemal signal (in free Run mode only) A Delay timer counts the 10MHz clock until its count value Is exhausted At this point the Burst timer starts Both Period and Duration timers are started at this time If the Burst timer has not expired by the end of the Period the Period and Duration timers are restarted If the Biphasic mode has been set the Duration timer is restarted at the end of the initial Duration and the sign of the output pulse Is reversed doubling the total duration

The system state (pulse on pulse sip baseline sign [+101-]) is transmitted to the isolated section via optoisolator The baseline and pulse amplitudes are selected by an analog switch The resulting signal is amplified by a variable-power-supply discrete operational amplifier The amplifier connections and gain is modified to provide two voltage and three cunent ranges

Timing overlap errors are detected by a logical decision computation rather than by testing for counter collisions This provides instant feedback rather than waiting up to an hour for such a collision to occur Output errors are measured by sensing the output amplifiers differential input voltage Under normal conditions this is a negligible voltage if the amplifier fails to deliver the requested signal the window comparator testing this voltage sends this message (via optoisolator) to the logic section turning on a warning LED

fl-N Systems Inc 131BusbnassPa(tLoopPOBox6SOCari3boigVMg8324 H n |TWoph0n880O426-13083eO6Blaquo300FMt36Olaquo8i3525 E-nnl anaysflfriinysleiiaoemWfcbslte hllphmwraquoimyatennoom

TRIG 3HJ) OUT

(burst)

TRIG ^ OUT

(pulse)

E

Ml

Calibration Procedures

The calibration interval is the lesser of 1000 hours of operation or 6 months Somewhat greater drift can be expected in the first 100 hours of operation as the semiconductors age Adjustments should only be made after the instrument has been fully warmed up for at least 15 minutes

Full instrument calibration requires the following test equipment digital multimeter (plusmn 01) able to measure resistance to at least lOOMfl oscilloscope with at least 50MHz bandwidth true-rms voltmeter with 4MHz bandwidth universal counter (plusmn 001 ) able to measure single pulse widths and periods resistors (all plusmn 01) 2kn lOkH 1 waft 20kn 200kn alligator clip lead sets banana plugs and BNC adapters

Adjustment integrated circuit and test point locations are shown in the following figures All adjustments are on the timing board unless otherwise noted

All voltages in the non-isolated section should be measured with respect to ground at TP510 unless othenvise stated Some voltages are measured with respect to an intemal isolated ground at TP650 or across the two output tenninals Occasionally the voltage at an IC pin must be measured In these cases the reference designator is given with the pin number in parentheses eg U602(16) When it states within this procedure that a voltage is to be minimized this means that the adjustment should be made such that the measured voltage is as close to zero volts as possible Refer to the Specifications Section of this manual for acceptable tolerances

The sequence of this procedure is Important If any adjustment is made all adjustments which follow must be made to ensure that the specifications will be met These procedures require that all controls remain as set in previous steps unless otherwise indicated

WARNING

The Model 2100 has dangerous voltages throughout the instrument even with the power is off Servicing the Model 2100 should only be done by qualified service personnel Use caution in handling any wires connectors or electrodes which may be directly or indirectly attached to the Instrument Do not touch exposed connections or components Disconnect power by unplugging the power cord from the receptacle

fl-N Systems I n c ^ 131BusinesaPartcLoopPOBox850CartsborgVWiB8324 4 n ^gt-mdash80O426-130638Ofl8Jlaquo300FAX36O683J52S bull E-maft BinsysQfrfn^islflnisoomVVfalislle h^KVfWMift^iisystemsoani

CO

- R503

Omg^

TPSOlQ O

OTPSOO

U560 bull

U510

DDID ^ trade E O ^ T P 5 1 0

bullnD Trig

0 ^

U570

Gate n U505

DO D

U515

Timing

Timing h_ U520

bsoo ^25SE Timing

Or r U540

I I Tmlng

[^ELIL

U535 D

U506

13 J510 Timlnff

BurfiDelay J400

i i i i i i i T r m r a

gt U550 ^

Clock

U555 U620

B a

^R^Pvhigh Rfijn O D O Vlow

o

bull U545

Fo sect737 lISOIsPjC-COMP

n r r ^ U760

J420

]]U632

Q S riuGSO

H = ) TP640^ deg I t I

II3D

J440 m i T i

U610 plusmn laquo j U O

bull bull l el

^t

O l

bull

M

I

Power supply and bias voltages

Power supply

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

POWER ON Observe voltage at P703 power supply wire top of main board

Check for+15 plusmn 050 V

Observe voltage at P701 power supply wire top of main board

Check for-15 plusmn 050 V

Observe voltage at U505(24) Check for+5 plusmn 025 V

Isolated supply voltage

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

RANGE 10 V TRIG open circuit MODE center position

Altemately observe V^ from R742 to R740 and V ^ from the U605(4) to U605(8)

Adjust R773 so that 110VltV^lt 120 V and

nign

28VltV^lt34V

Capacitance balance

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Connect a x10 oscilloscope probe to TP650 and ground the

Adjust R737 for minimum high frequency signal

Inputs

Gate funct ion

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave Verify that the voltage to GATE switches states at the Obsene voltage at U51G(3) proper input levels with an oscilloscope ^ ^

Trigger s lope

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave Verify that the voltage to TRIO switches states at the Observe voltage at US 10( 1) proper input levels with an oscilloscope

TRIG SLOPE + Verify voltage is 180 out of phase

TRIG SLOPE Verify voltage is in phase

fl-N Systems Inc ^ 131 Bushess Park Loop PO Bar 850 Carisborg Wa 98324 8004201306 3eOlaquoS3e300 FAX 3606BV352S

C-maft fliii8yBQfriii9yBlumaoamVIAibsMB hRpJhwMifi-iiiBystematxini

14

Trigger and gate funct ion

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

DELA NONE BURS1WII3TH SINGLE DURATION SQUARE PERIOD 100X10-3

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave to TRIG Obsen^e TRIOD and EVENT LEDS

TRIG disconnect all Short the GATE connector to GND Verify LEDs extinguish

MODE press to MANUAL Verify LEDs flash once

Timing

System c lock frequency

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Observe the frequency of the wave atU555(17)

Verify 1000 MHz plusmn001

Multipl iers (Wheel Switches)

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

PULSE SIGN + MODE FREE RUN TRIG disconnect all TIMING MULTIPUERS ail

wheels set to zero except the one being tested

TnmiNG OVERLAP ^nOTB

Observe the pulse width with the counter at the location specified below

Verify pulse width Is correct for each wheel as it is tested Independently

For each wheel of each MULTIPUER test each position to verify that the pulse width is correct Observe the signal at the following locations DELAY U520(2) BURSTWIDTH U530(2) PERIOD US40(2) DURATION U550(2)

Rates (Rotary Switches)

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

TIMING MULTIPUERS 001 TIMING RATES all rotary

switches set to 10-4 except the one being tested

Observe the pulse width with the counter at the location specified below

Verify pulse width is conect for each rotary switch as it is tested independently

For each of the four rotary switches in TIMING test each position to verify that the pulse wkJth is correct Observe the signal at the following locations DELAY U520(2) BURSTWIDTH U530(2) PERIOD U540(2) DURATION U550(2)

fl-N Systems I n c ^ E-maft emfl

131 Business Parti Loop PO 809(850 Cartsborg Wta 98324 8004201306 3804806300 FAX 36068O3S25

E-maft ansysQa nvystems-oom Wobste hflp Avwwa4nsy8(Qnttoam

15

Trigger outputs Controls

Range 10V Pulse Amplitude 500 Delay 100x10 Burst 100x10^2 Duration 100 x1a Period 400x10^ Pulse sign + Trig Mode Free run Trig in open

Inputs Observations

Trigger the oscilloscope to the Burst Trig Out Observe it the Pulse Trig Out and the isolated output

Adjust Check

Verify that the waveform consists of a burst of three 1ms-on3ms-off pulses The burst trigger should be synchronous with the burst the pulse trigger coincident with each pulse

Output Calibration

Isolation Resistance (check) Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode center position Trig In open

Measure the resistance between ground banana jack (front panel) and black banana jack of output with DMM

Resistance read gt 100MQ

Amplitude Switch Offset (R640) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Zero Trig Mode center position Trig In Open

Measure the voltage at TP645 vs TP650 with the DMM

Adjust R640 (AmpI Sw Offset) for minimum voltage

Output Offset (R332 front panel board) Controls I nputsObservatlons AdjustCheck

Baseline Zero Range 10V Trig Mode center position Trig In Open

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

Adjust R332 (Output offset) for minimum voltage

Positive Baseline Offset (R607) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Sign + Baseline Amplitude

fully CCW (000) Range 10V Trig In open Trig Mode center position

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

Adjust R602 (BSLN + offset) for minimum voltage

fl M raquo _ _ _ A laquo ^ _ i ^ ^ 131Buslnelaquo8Pari(loopPOBoK850Cart8borgWB96324

bull P I i s V S i e m S a |||Cg1Maphans80O42O130638O68O8300FAX36Olaquo8raquo^2S E-tiBft anagtraquoflwiisyagtlaquomraquoaimW6baHB hHpffii(wwraquoltnsylaquoleniieom

16

Negative Baseline Offset (R619) Controls

Baseline Sign -i Baseline Amplitude bull fully CCW (000)

Range 10V Trig In open Trig Mode center position

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

AdjustCheck

Adjust R619 (BSLN 4 offset) for minimum voltage

Pulse Amplitude Adjust (R602) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode Free Mode Pulse Amplitude 1000 Timing Dialay =none Burst =single Duration =1001 Period =00110-4 Pulse Sign -Trig In open Range 10V

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

The Overiap indicator should be on Adjust R602 (Max Level) for -1000V out

Pulse Sign Gain (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode Free Mode Pulse Amplitude 1000 Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =1001 s Period =00110-4s Trig In open Range 10V

Measure the voltage at the output with the DMM for the Pulse Sign at -- and - positions

The absolute values of the voltages should differ by less than lOOmV

Baseline Amplitudes (check) Controls InputsObservations

Range 100mA Trig Mode center position Baseline Amplitude fully CW (1000) Trig In open

Measure the voltage at the output with the DMM with Baseline Sign in + Zero and - positions

AdjustCheck

Gain the matching of current levels at = and - positions and offset current in Zero position

fl-N Systems Inc^^ bull E-mal am8

131 Business Partt Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 88324 8004201306360laquo8Oe300FAX 360laquo8O362S

E-maM am8y8^o-mBy8tflmBoom WobaKo hHp Awwwo-f i iBystonuoom

17

Output Range Amplitude and Drive (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Pulse Amplitude 1000 Pulse Sign + Trig Mode Free Run Timing Delay =none Burst =8ingle Duration =1001 Period =10010-4 Trig In open

Load the output with a 10KV1W 01 resistor Measure the voltage at the output with DMM

Verify that full scale output is within specification Scale Range 100V 100V 10V 10V 100mA IV 1mA 10V 10mA 100V

Pulse Sign and Short Circuit Protection (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Timing Delay =none Burst =8ingle Duration =200 10-4 Period =00110-3 Baseline Zero Pulse Amplitude 25 Range 10V Trig Mode Free Run Trig In open

Measure the voltage at the output with the oscilloscope Check for Pulse Sign set to each of + - biphasic Watch for Error indicator when shorting the output

Verify that pulses of approx 25V amplitude (625V for biphasic mode) of the correct sign are produced every 10ms Short output in biphasic mode Output should retum when opened

Output Transient Response (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Pulse Sign + Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =20010-4 Period =00110-3 Pulse Amplitude 250 Baseline Zero Trig Mode Free Mode Trig In open

Connect the oscilloscope to the output with a 310 attenuator prolse Test boVn 10V and 100V ranges

Verify that overshoot and risetime meet specifications

fl-N Systems I n c ^ 131 Business Parte Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wb 98324 8004201306 36Olaquo83O300 FAX 36O680lt352S

E-mQ0 snBy8Qs-msy8faiTiscom VWriMtte N ^ Mvww9-msy8lemscom

18

Specifications

There are three classes of specifications Class A specifications tested in all unHs and are guaranteed Class B specifications are inherent in the design they are indirectly tested and are guaranteed Class C specifications are typical operating values which are occasionally tested- these are typical values given for your infomiation but not guarshyanteed The class for each specification is noted in the center column of the following sections

Inputs Switching level

Hysteresis

Input equivalent circuit

Minimum duration (1 IL-level signal)

A

C

C

C

16V(plusmn02V)

approx 50 mV

100K ft to+5 In parallel with no more than 35pF

gt 50 ns

Open circuit condition B defaults to highon level

Timing and rate accuracy Rate selector steps

Timing multiplier steps

Resolution

Timing eror (second and later pulses after resetting controls)

B

B

B

B

lOOps to 100s In 7 steps

1 of rate selector step size Maximum value is 999 x the rate selector step size

approx 01 of the maximum value

lt 002 of rate selector value + 015 ps

Timing error (first pulse after readjusting timing controls)

an additional 025 ps error may occur

Timing repeatability lt 001 setting + 20 ns (monophasic)

fl-N Systems I nc ^ bull E-moU ams

131 Business Parti Loop PO Boot 850 Cartsborg VM 98324 80O42O130838O08O8300FAX36Olaquo8O3S2S

E-meU anByafl^iiisyslainaoomWebsHe hHpffliiwwraquomsys)emsoom

19

TRIG IN to OUTPUT delay (DELAY set to 0) output set to 2V

Timing jitter ft-om TRIG IN to OUTPUT (for TTL trigger input with risetime lt10 ns)

Timing jitter ft^om TRIG OUT (either BURST or PULSE) and OUTPUT

Trigger output to pulse output delay

Output charactsristics Pulse level enror (voltage mode open circuit cun-ent mode short circuit

Biphasic level difference |V + + V-|2

Baseline level error (voltage mode A open circuit current mode short circuit)

Risetime (25 V out)

Risetime (25 V out)

Transient response

A

A

A

Output impedance (voltage mode) C

Output impedance (current mode) C

Isolation resistance A

Isolation capacitance C

approx 05 ps for a load of no more than 10 Kft in parallel with 50 pF

lt 125 ns (all rates except 100s) lt 125 ps (100s rate)

Less than 20 ns (all rates)

approx 350 ns

lt 03 of setting + 05 of r range (plus an additional 05 pA inlOOpArenge)

lt 03 of range (voltage modes into open circuit current modes into short circuit)

lt 03 of setting of setting + 01 of range (plus an additional 05 pA in lOOpA range)

laquo 200 ns into less than 30 pF

laquo15 ps into less than 30 pF

lt 8 overshoot Into less than 30 pF for pulse voltages different than baseline voltage by at least 10 of range

laquo 50 ohms

raquo 1 0 Gft (typically 200 Gft)

raquo100Mft

laquo 60 pF at 100 Hz

fl-N Systems Inc^^ 131 Business Partt Uxip PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 96324 8004201308 SBOee^^SOO FAX 360laquoS3^52S

E-mat BiByraquoaiMii8ylaquoliiiiiseomWiljalteHlpJV(wwraquo4tgy8lenaoom

20

Noise (differential mode)

Noise (common mode earth to isolated ground) with no signal output

Overioad error indicator (low frequency short circuited voltage mode)

Overioad error indicator low frequency open circuited current mode)

Overioad enor response time

Miscellaneous

Power

Fuse

Operating temperature range

Storage temperature range

Operating humidity

Dimensions

Weight

laquo1 mV rms (10 V scale 10Hz-4MHz)

laquo 8 mV rms (10 Hz-4 MHz) laquo100mVp-p (200 Hz -10 MHz) measured withalOMft 15pF oscilloscope probe

Turns on for set amplitude at or greater than approx plusmn1V (10 V range) or plusmn2 V (100 V range)

Turns on for set amplitude at or above approx 2 of range

Flat to approx 30 ps duration Decreasing sensitivity for shorter pulses

approx 11 watts

1 amp 3 AG

10-30C

0 - 50deg C

5-80RH

17x475x1125 (Inches) 432x121x286 cm

20 lbs (9 kg)

fl mm bull gt _ _ _ A ^ ^ _ _ L ^ 131BusinesraquoPariltLocpPOBox850C8rtsborgWS9e324

bull p i ^ y s v e m s IIIC^^deg(^deg^Bdegltgt^^^3degdeg^deg^^deg^^^degdeg^^I^deg^deg^^^^^

21 E-mei flre^nQo 4n8yo(amscam Wsbsfle hHpAwwwe-msy8Jems-Oom

Warranty and Service

What does this warranty cover A-M Systems Inc warrants to the Purchaser that the Instrument excluding cables Headstage Probes and any other accessories shipped with the Instrument (hereafter the hardware) is free from defects in workmanship or material under normal use and service for the period of one (1) year This warranty commences on the date of delivery of the hardware to the Purchaser

What are the obligations of A-M Systems Inc under this warranty During the warranty period A-M Systems Inc agrees to repair or replace at its sole option without charge to the Purchaser any defective component part of the hardware To obtain warranty service the Purchaser must return the hardware to A-M Systems Inc or an authorized A-M Systems Inc distributor in an adequate shipping container Any postage shipping and insurance charges incurred in shipping the hardware to A-M Systems Inc must be prepaid by the Purchaser and all risk for the hardware shall remain with purchaser until such time as A-M Systems Inc takes receipt of the hardware Upon receipt A-M Systems Inc will promptly repair or replace the defective unit and then return the hardware to the Purchaser postage shipping and insurance prepaid A-M Systems Inc may use reconditioned or like new parts or units at its sole option when repairing any hardware Repaired products shall carry the same amount of outstanding wan^nty as from original purchase or ninety (90) days which ever is greater Any claim under the warranty must include a dated proof of purchase of the hardware covered by this wan-anty In any event A-M Systems Inc liability for defective hardware is limited to repairing or replacing the hardware

What is not covered by this warranty This warranty is contingent upon proper use and maintenance of the hardware by the Purchaser and does not cover batteries Neglect misuse whether intentional or otherwise tampering with or altering the hardware damage caused by accident damage caused by unusual physical electrical chemical or electromechanical stress damage caused by failure of electrical power or damage caused during transportation are not covered by this warranty Products may not be returned to A-M Systems Inc for service whether under warranty or otherwise which are contaminated by infectious agents radioactive compounds or other materials constituting a health hazard to employees of A-M Systems Inc

What are the limits of llabiiity for A-M Systems inc under this warranty A-M Systems Inc shall not be liable for loss of data profits or savings or any special incidental consequential indirect or other similar damages arising from breach of contract negligence or other legal action even if the company or its agent has been advised of the possibility of such damages or for any claim brought against you by another party THIS EQUIPMENT IS NOT INTENDED FOR CLINICAL MEASUREMENTS USING HUMAN SUBJECTS A-M SYSTEMS INC DOES NOT ASSUME RESPONSIBILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE DUE TO MISUSE OF THIS EQUIPMENT Jurisdictions vary with regard to the enforceability of provisions excluding or limiting liability for incidental or consequential damages Check the provision of your local jurisdiction to find out whether the above exclusion applies to you This warranty allocates risks of product failure between the Purchaser and A-M Systems Inc A-M Systems Inc hardware pricing reflects this allocation of risk and the limitations of liability contained in this wanranty The warranty set forth above is in lieu of all other express wan^anties whether oral or written The agents employees distributors and dealers of A-M Systems Inc are not authorized to make modifications to this wan-anty or additional wan-anties binding on the company Accordingly additional statements such as dealer advertising or presentations whether oral or written do not constitute wananties by A-M Systems Inc and should not be relied upon This warranty gives you specific legal rights You may also have other rights whrch vary from one jurisdiction to another

6 mm ^ laquo _ _ A a B ^ _ 1 ^ ^ 131 Business Parti Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg W B 98324 O O

bull P l A y S V e m S l n C T^M 8OO42OI3O6 380683-8300FAX 360 803525 ^ ^ E-msl iiiisy80iHTBy8tenisoom Wsbsito hnphwwfrimysleiiisoom

A

V ISO

INSTRUCTION MANUAL

FOR

ISOLATED PULSE STIMULATOR

MODEL 2100

Serial

Date

A-M Systems Inc

PO Box 850

Carlsborg WA 98324

USA

360-683-8300 bull 800-426-1306 FAX 360-683-3525

httpwwwa-msystemscom

Version 70 February 2002

Contents General Description 1

Instrument Features 1 Controls and Connectors 2

Operating Instructions 6 Theory of Operation 10 Calibration Procedures 12

Inputs 14 Output Calibration 16

Specifications 19 Warranty and Service 22

Each Isolated Pulse Stimulator is delivered complete with

Rack Mount Hardware Instructions amp Maintenance Manual

NOTE

This instrument is not intended for clinical measurements using human subjects A-M Systems Inc does not assume responsibility for Injury or damage due to the misuse of this instrument

General Description

Instrument Features The Isolated Pulse Stimulator Model 2100 is designed for a wide variety of applications It is highly flexible being capable of delivering single pulses biphasic pairs or bursts of pulses Pulses may be started manually or upon receiving a trigger signal from another Instrument or computer Two non-isolated trigger outputs are available for triggering other instruments

Four sets of timing controls provide comprehensive control overall aspects of pulse generation Three digit accuracy is available over a 7 decade range for each timing function using lever wheel switches Pulse widths can be set over more than a 9 decade range from 05 ps to 999 seconds Timing accuracy is assured through the use of a 10 MHz base rate crystal-controlled clock digitally divided to provide accurate timing over the entire range Atiming overiap indicator will light If the timing controls are set inconsistently

The output may be conveniently switched between current and voltage modes Pulse and baseline amplitudes are Independently presettable with lockable dials An error Indicator will light if the Mode2700 cannot deliver the desired signal

r WARNING

The Model 2100 can produce potentially dangerous voltages up to 100 V at the output connectors The isolated output is not connected internally to safety (earth) ground in any way Some part of the extemal circuit should be connected to safety ground Use caution in handling any wires connectors or electrodes which may be directly or indirectly attached to the Model 2100 output Some kinds of connectors such as BNC connectors have exposed metal parts which may float at dangerous potentials unless extemally connected to safety ground For greatest safety tum the Model 2100 off before making any connections to

the instrument

131 Business Parii Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Telophone 800-426-1306 bull 360-68raquolaquo300 bull FAX 360683-3525 E-mal satesa-msystemsoom VVfebsite httpywwwa^nsystemscom fl-N Systems Inc 1

Controls and Connectors The controls for the Model 2100 are grouped in three sections START which controls when a pulse or burst of pulses begins TIMING which controls the onoff timing of one or more pulses and OUTPUT which controls the amplitude of the output signal

Start TRIG SLOPE Determines the polarity of valid trigger pulses (positive or negative edges in the trigger signal)

MODE Controls waveform initiation When set to FREE RUN one timing cycle immediately follows the last When momentarily placed In the MANUAL position a timing cycle starts Immediately When the switch Is In the center position timing cycles start when valid triggering events occur

TRIGD This LED lights up when a timing cycle Is in process and continues until the burst is completed

TRIG This BNC connector allows a signal from an external source to Initiate timing cycles It is set for standard TTL levels

GATE This BNC connector allows a signal from an external source to restrict the final output signal This input must be at a logical high (or open-circuited) in order for the Model 2100 to recognize either manual or automatic trigger events

Gate 1_ Trigger |~~^ i I Valid triggers (represented by the arrows in the figure) can occur only when the gate Is at logical high Note that the up arrow would apply only If TRIG SLOPE is set to + the down an-ows would apply only if TRIG SLOPE Is set to -

NOTE Triggers have no effect if the system has not completed its response to a previous trigger

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Park Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Vb 98324 TelQphQne 80O426-1306 360683-8300 FAX 360683-3525 E-mail sales^a-msystemscom Wsbsite httpywwwa-msystemscom

Timing Four sets of controls govern the timing of pulse generation Each set contains two values which are multiplied together to detemnine the actual timing value The rotary knob (rate selector) provides the approximate timing value and the lever wheel switch bank (MULTIPLIER)

provides a time resolution of three decimal digits The following diagram shows most of the Important relationships

Output r Delay Duration

|ltPeriodgtj

t Burst width

Trigger event

DELAY These controls determine the time duration between the initiating trigger event and the beginning of the pulse burst If this rate selector is set to NONE or the multiplier is set to 000 there Is no delay

BURST WIDTH These controls determine the time period in which one or more pulses may be delivered Once started a pulse may outlast the burst width If this rate selector is set to SINGLE or to any time shorter than the pulse duration only a single pulse will occur If the BURST WIDTH Is longer than the period pulses will be emitted at the PERIOD rate until the burst time ends Pulses are never truncated by a short BURSTWIDTH

inds)-PULSE

D U R A T I O N 1 0 1 0

10

INTEB-PULSE PERIOD

1 1 10

DURATION These controls determine the length of each pulse Ifthis rate selector Is set to SQUARE the duration is set to half of the period regardless of the MULTIPLIER setting

PERIOD These controls set the period of time between adjacent pulse events within the burst It also forces a minimum dead time between recognized input triggers following a burst of one or more pulses This can be used to prevent over stimulation of a tissue without requiring excessive delay between the triggering event and the stimulating pulse

TIMING OVERLAP

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 860 Carisborg Vamp 98324 |Telophone 800-426-1306 360683-8300 bull FAX 3606aW525 E-mail salearega^nsystemsoom Vfeb5ite httpAwwwa^nsyslemscam

NOTE If any of these timing controls are changed while a timing cycle is in operation the results are undefined until the current cycle finishes

TIMING OVERLAP This LED will light to Indicate an inconsistency in the timing cycle settings There are several ways to introduce such errors The most common way is to set the Inter-pulse PERIOD to be less than the pulse DURATION

T I M I N G (seconds)^

TRIG OUT (UPPER) This BNC connector provides a signal which is coincident with the Internal Burst timing signal (default) This means the signal starts at the end of the Delay time and persists until the Burst time expires This output may also be set to represent the delay time-out by setting the internal jumper J510 to the right two pins instead of the left two pins (Please see the Calibration section in this manual for jumper location Directions are given as viewed from the front of the Instrument)

TRIG OUT (LOWER) This BNC connector provides a signal which Is coincident with the Duration timing signal which controls pulse output

NOTE Both trigger output signals slightly lead the isolated output signal

Output

PULSE SIGN This switch determines the polarity of the pulses to be generated It also allows generation of biphasic pulses thereby doubling the effective total period Warning the first pulse generated after changing the PULSE

SIGN switch may have the wrong polarity

BASELINE This Switch determines the polarity ofthe baseline signal

RANGE This rotary switch determines if the output pulses will be constant current (3 ranges) or constant voltage (2 ranges)

BASELINE AMPLITUDE This value is independently set using a ten-turn counting dial The maximum baseline amplitude is one tenth the value shown on the range amplitude switch

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 8S0 Cartsborg Vfa 98324 |Tetaphone 80O426-1306 bull 360683-8300 bull FAX 3606803525 E-mail salesa-msystemscom Wbbsite http7Awwwaflnsystemscom

PULSE AMPLITUDE This value is independently set using a ten-turn counting dial The maximum pulse amplitude is the value shown on the range amplitude switch

EVENT This LED indicates when a pulse is ongoing

ERROR This LED indicates when the internal output amplifier cannot output the pulse as desired This is usually due to a short circuit while trying to output a voltage or an open circuit while trying to output a current

VOTEThe Pulse Sign control in the Oupuf section directly affects waveform timing When set to the Biphasic mode a positive-going pulse is immediately followed by a negative-going pulse This effectively doubles the pulse duration If a burst of biphasic pulses is being produced the period must be at least twice the single pulse duration In the Square wave mode the baseline disappears as long as the burst persists

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsboig Vte 98324 |Telophone 800426-1306 360683-8300 bull FAX 3606833525 E-mail salesa-m5ystem5 com Website httpwwwa-msystemscom

Operating Instructions

Examples Simple setup (and minimal instrument test)

Connect the output ofthe Model 2100 to an oscilloscope Before connecting the Model 2100 to any other instrument or the experimental preparation It is safest to turn Its power off

Set the Oufpuf controls

Range 10V Pulse Sign +

Baseline Zero Pulse Amplitude 200

Setting The Timing Controls

Delay Burst Width

Duration Period

none single

15010-2 50010-2

Setting The Start Controls

Mode Free Run

Disconnect any cables to the TRIG or GATE inputs

Note that the green Trig and Event Indicators turn on as Free Run is turned on (and turn off otherwise) You should observe a 15ms duration 20Hz rate pulse of 200V above a OV baseline on the oscilloscope

fl-N Systems Inc 131 BusinessPartiLoop RO Box850CarisbcxgWa98324 |Telophone 800426-1306 bull 360-683-8300 bull FW 360683-3525 E-mail salesa-msystems com VVbbsite httpywwwa-msystems com

Demonstration of Burst Mode Connect the output ofthe Model 2100 to an oscilloscope Before connecting the Model 2100 to any other instrument or the experimental preparation It Is safest to turn its power off

Set the Outpuf controls

Range 10V Pulse Sign +

Baseline Pulse Amplitude 200

Baseline Amplitude 100

Setting The Timing Controls

Delay 88010-2 Burst Width 12010-^

Duration 15010-2 Period 50010-2

Set the START controls as follows

Mode Free Run

Disconnect any cables to the TRIG or GATE inputs

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Telophooe 8004201306 360683-8300 bull FAX 360683-3525 E^naii salesa-msystems com Watjsite http7wwwa-msystemscom

Trigger the oscilloscope from the Bursf trigger out (upper Trig Out connector) for a stable display In each burst (occurring every lOOms) you should observe a trio of 15ms duration starting 50ms apart Try switching the StartMode from Free Run to the center (nonnal) position The pulses will no longer be produced and the Trig and Event Indicators will tum off Pressing this switch once (to Manual) will cause a single burst to occur

Problem Solving If the instrument appears to be not working properiy check all ofthe control settings and connections Be sure to wait at least 5-10 seconds after turning the instrument off before turning it on again The following summary of typical problems for the user (along with the most common solutions) may help

Problem CauseSolution

EVENT Indicator never lights even in FREE RUN mode

bull Replace fuse check power connection bullSet DELAY or PERIOD to a shorter interval

bull Power-on too soon after power-off

OVERLAP Indicator is on

ERROR indicator is on

bull Set DURATION gt000 bull DURATION Is set to SQUARE but

PERIOD is 000 Increase PERIOD or set DURATION independantly

bull BURST and WIDTH are gt DURATION increase PERIOD or decrease DURATION

bull BIPHASIC pulse output Is on and PERIOD is not longer than twice the DURATION Increase PERIOD or decrease DURATION

bull Free-run Is on and BURST is lt PERIOD (BURST off) DELAY is 0 and PERIOD Is lt DURATION Add delay or modify PERIOD

bull Free-run is on and BURST is gt DURATION (BURST ON) and PERIOD is lt DURATION Increase PERIOD

bull For VOLTAGE outputs the output is trying to drive too low a resistance or capacitance (eg a short circuit) Check by disconnecting the output ft is possible (and normal) that for the fastest cycles and largest amplitudes (close to 100 V

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business PartiLoop PO Box 850 CartsborgWa 98324 iTelophone 800-42O130636O6e3-8300FAX 3606B3-3525 E-mail satesaflisyslefmcom Vfebslte http7wwwa-msyslemscom

and 1 ps) that the ERROR indicator might always come on during repetitive pulses Fix output load or decrease amplitude as required

Time appears to be excessive Changed control in mid-cycle (resets current status)

Cant seem to get a full signal out Load Is not properiy connected repair wiring Too low a load impedance (VOLTAGE modes) or too high a load impedance (CURRENT mode)

Incoming triggers not accepted frequently enough

PERIOD is set too long (enforces dead time) followd by BURST set to SIGNAL Reduce PERIOD time

Table 10 Problem Solving

If you suspect that the Model 2100 may have completely failed we recommend checking the basic level of functionality Ifthis fails your instrument Is defective and must be repaired Ifthis passes either your experimental setup is incompatible or inconsistent or there is a more subtle flaw in your Model 2100

If the Model 2100 appears to be malfunctioning contact A-M Systems Inc or your dealer We will first attempt to solve the problem over the telephone so have an exact description of your problem available when you call You do not need to be within the warranty period to obtain over-the-phone assistance

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 iTetoptxme 80O426-1306 bull 360683-8300 FAX 3606803525 E-mail satesa-msystemsoomAfebsitehttpJwwwaflisystemscom

Theory of Operation

The operation ofthe Model 2100 is summarized in the block diagram (see the figure on Page 11) Not shown are all ofthe interconnections with the microcontroller The internal microcontroler plays an important role in setting the signal path but does not directly contribute to the dynamic characteristics It scans the front panel switches and sets the control values for the logic arrays It programs the internal counters which along with the other hardware achieve the necessary sub-microsecond speeds

Pulse generation starts either from an Input trigger signal (from Trig In) or an internally signal (Free Run mode) A Delay timer counts the 10MHz clock until its count value is exhausted At this point the Burst Period and Duration timers are started If the Burst timer has not expired by the end ofthe Period the Period and Duration timers are restarted If the Biphasic mode has been set the Duration timer is restarted at the end of the initial Duration and the sign ofthe output pulse is reversed doubling the total duration

The system state (pulse on pulse sign baseline sign [+0f-]) is transmitted to the isolated section via optoisolator The baseline and pulse amplitudes are selected by an analog switch The resulting signal is amplified by a variable-power-supply discrete operational amplifier The amplifier connections and gain is modified to provide two voltage and three current ranges

Timing overiap errors are detected by a logical decision computation rather than by testing for counter collisions This provides instant feedback rather than waiting up to an hour for such a collision to occur Output errors are measured by sensing the output amplifiers differential input voltage Under normal conditions this is a negligible voltage If the amplifier fails to deliver the requested signal the window comparator testing this voltage sends this message (via optoisolator) to the logic section turning on a warning LED

fl-N Systems Inc 131BusinessPart(LoopRO Box850CarisboigWa98324 4 n Tel0pri0ne80O426-130636O683^300FAX36O6833525 ^ E-mail salesaflisystBmscom V febsite http7wwwa-msystemsoom

S i

I - - ^^mdasho^M

OUTPUT i l l

TRIG ^ OUT

(burst)

TRIG 3-lt) OUT

(pulse)

til

I laquo

Calibration Procedures

The calibration interval is the lesser of 1000 hours of operation or 6 months Somewhat greater drift can be expected in the first 100 hours of operation as the semiconductors age Adjustments should only be made after the instrument has been fully warmed up for at least 15 minutes

Full instrument calibration requires the following test equipment digital multimeter (plusmn 01) able to measure resistance to at least lOOMO oscilloscope with at least 50MHz bandwidth true-mis voltmeter with 4MHz bandwidth universal counter (plusmn 001 ) able to measure single pulse widths and periods resistors (all plusmn 01) 2kn lOkH 1 watt 20kn 200kn alligator clip lead sets banana plugs and BNC adapters

Adjustment integrated circuit and test point locations are shown in the following figures All adjustments are on the timing board unless othenAise noted

All voltages in the non-isolated section should be measured with respect to ground at TP510 unless othenwise stated Some voltages are measured with respect to an internal isolated ground at TP650 or across the two output temninals Occasionally the voltage at an IC pin must be measured in these cases the reference designator is given with the pin number in parentheses eg U602(16) When it states within this procedure that a voltage is to be minimized this means that the adjustment should be made such that the measured voltage is as close to zero volts as possible Refer to the Specifications Section of this manual for acceptable tolerances

The sequence of this procedure is important If any adjustment is made all adjustments which follow must be made to ensure that the specifications will be met These procedures require that all controls remain as set in previous steps unless othenAise indicated

WARNING

The Model 2100 has dangerous voltages throughout the instrument even with the power is off Servicing the Model 2100 should only be done by qualified service personnel Use caution in handling any wires connectors or electrodes which may be directly or indirectly attached to the instrument Do not touch exposed connections or components Disconnect power by unplugging the power cord from the receptacle

H B ^ ^ S y s t e m s inc^degdegp^deg^^deg-^^^^^^^^B3^^^degdeg^^^lt^^^B^^^^ 131BusinessPartiLoopPO Box850CartsbOigWamp98324 4 9 |Telophone800-42013C6360683-8300F0lt360683-3525 ^ E-mail salesa-msystefnscom website httpwwwaflisystems com

CO

TP501 O lt0

g OTPSOO

U560 S

Trig Gate

0 -TISOS

U570

U500

Timing

p U520

Timing

K U550 Timin

gt U540

U515

o X I Timin

U508 I

J510 Timing nnn

Burst Delay J400

gt U550

R503

D D I D bull U8QQ i Q

n

oo

V P 5 1 0

b U535

^

Clock i _

U555

lt U 5 4 5

o

h d ^ O - - ^ U605

Q D

U620

O fJZ^ R737 bull ^ 1^13015 r j C - C O M P

B B nU770 ^ ^ ^ 5 ^ a

J420

a

o E

bull [ ]U632

riueso

rR742rVhigh R 6 1 9 ^

LJ TP645 O TP650

TPMOQ^QS

Vlow

CD-

CZZl

J440 bull bull tl iUDQ

I t

f i l

Power supply and bias voltages

Power supply

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

POWER ON Observe voltage at P703 power supply wire top of main board

Check for+15 plusmn 050 V

Observe voltage at P701 power supply wire top of main board

Check for-15 plusmn 050 V

Observe voltage at U505(24) Check for +5 plusmn 025 V

Isolated supply voltage Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

RANGE 10 V TRIG open circuit MODE center position

Alternately observe V ^ from R742 to R740 and V ^ from theU605(4)toU605(8)

Adjust R773 so that 110VltV lt 120 V and

nigh

28VltV|^lt34V

Capacitance balance Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

Connect a xlO oscilloscope probe to TP650 and ground the

Adjust R737 for minimum high frequency signal

Inputs

Gate function Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave Verify that the voltage to GATE switches states at the Observe voltage at U510(3) proper input levels with an oscilloscope

Trigger slope Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave Verify that the voltage to TRIG switches states at the Observe voltage at U510( 1) proper input levels with an oscilloscope

TRIG SLOPE Verify voltage is 180deg out of phase

TRIG SLOPE Verify voltage is in phase

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 860 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Jelophone 800-4201306 360683-8300 bull FM 380683-3525 E-mail salesaflTsystBfnscom bull Vtebsite httpVAirwwaflisystems com

14

Trigger and gate f unc t i on

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

DELAY NONE BURS-nMDTH SINGLE DURATION SQUARE PERIOD 100X10-3

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave to TRIG Observe TRIGD and EVENT LEDs

TRIG disconnect all Short the GATE connector to GND Verify LEDs extinguish

MODE press to MANUAL Verify LEDs flash once

Timing

System c lock f requency

Controls Inputs Observations Ad jus t Check

Observe the frequency of the wave Verify 1000 MHz plusmn 001 atU555(17)

Mul t ip l iers (Wheel Swi tches)

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

PULSE SIGN-laquobull MODE FREE RUN TRIG disconnect all TIMING MULTIPUERS all

wheels set to zero except the one being tested

TIMING OVERLAP ignore

Observe the pulse width with the counter at the location specified t)elow

Verify pulse width is correct for each wheel as it is tested independently

For each wheel of each MULTIPLIER test each position to verify that the pulse width is correct Observe the signal at the following locations DELAY U520(2) BURSTWIDTH U530(2) PERIOD U540(2) DURATION U550(2)

Rates (Rotary Swi tches)

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

TIMING MULTIPUERS 001 Observe the pulse width with the TIMING RATES all rotary counter at the location specified

switches set to 10-4 below except the one being tested

Verify pulse width is correct for each rotary switch as it is tested independently

For each ofthe four rotary switches in TIMING test each position to verify that the pulse width is correct Observe the signal at the following locations DELAY U520(2) BURSTWIDTH U530(2) PERIOD U540(2) DURATION U550(2)

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 iTetophone 8004201306 bull 360683-8300 bull FOC 3606803525 E-mail salesa-msystemscom Wbbsite httpJwwwaflTSystemscom

15

Trigger outputs

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

Range 10V Pulse Amplitude 500 Delay 100 xlO^ Burst 100 x 10 ^ Duration 100x10-^ Period 400x10-^ Pulse sign + Trig Mode Free run Trig in open

Trigger the oscilloscope to the Burst Trig Out Observe it the Pulse Trig Out and the isolated output

Verify that the waveform consists of a burst of three 1ms-on3ms-off pulses The burst trigger should be synchronous with the burst the pulse trigger coincident with each pulse

Output Calibration

Isolation Resistance (check)

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode center position Trig In open

Measure the resistance between ground banana jack (front panel) and black banana jack of output with DMM

Resistance read gt 100MQ

Amplitude Switch Offset (R640)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Zero Trig Mode center position Trig In Open

Measure the voltage at TP645 vs TP650 with the DMM

Adjust R640 (AmpI Sw Offset) for minimum voltage

Output Offset (R332 front panel board) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Zero Range 10V Trig Mode center position Trig In Open

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

Adjust R332 (Output offset) for minimum voltage

Positive Baseline Offeet (R607) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Sign + Baseline Amplitude

fully CCW (000) Range 10V Trig In open Trig Mode center position

Measure the voltage across the outputwiththeDMM

Adjust R602 (BSLN + offset) for minimum voltage

fl-N Systems Inc 131 BusBiess Parti Loop P O Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Telophone B00-42O1306 bull 360683-8300 bull FAX 3606803525 E-mail salesaflisystemscom V^tebsite httpy^vwwa-msystems com

16

Negative Baseline Offset (R619)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Sign -Baseline Amplitude

fully CCW (000) Range 10V Trig In open Trig Mode center position

Measure the voltage across the outputwiththeDMM

Adjust R619 (BSLN + offset) for minimum voltage

Pulse Amplitude Adjust (R602)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode Free Mode Pulse Amplitude 1000 Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =1001 Period =00110-4 Pulse Sign -Trig In open Range 10V

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

The Overiap indicator should be on Adjust R602 (Max Level) for -10OOV out

Pulse Sign Gain (check)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode Free Mode Pulse Amplitude 1000 Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =100 1s Period =001 10-4s Trig In open Range 10V

Measure the voltage at the output with the DMM for the Pulse Sign at + and - positions

The absolute values ofthe voltages should differ by less than lOOmV

Baseline Amplitudes (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Range 100mA Trig Mode center position Baseline Amplitude fully CW (1000) Trig In open

Measure the voltage at the output with the DMM with Baseline Sign in + Zero and

- positions

Gain the matching of current levels at = and - positions and offset current in Zero position

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop PO Box 850 Cartsboig Wa 98324 Telophone 800-4201306 360683-8300 FkX 3606803525 E-mail salesa-msystemscom website http^^wwaflisystemsccm

17

Output Range Amplitude and Drive (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Pulse Amplitude 1000 Pulse Sign + Trig Mode Free Run Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =1001 Period =10010-4 Trig In open

Load the output with a 10KV 1W 01 resistor Measure the voltage at the output with DMM

Verify that full scale output is within specification Scale Range 100V 100V 10V 10V 100mA IV 1mA 10V 10mA 100V

Pulse Sign and Short Circuit Protection (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =200 10-4 Period =00110-3 Baseline Zero Pulse Amplitude 25 Range 10V Trig Mode Free Run Trig In open

Measure the voltage at the output with the oscilloscope Check for Pulse Sign set to each of + - biphasic Watch for Error indicator when shorting the output

Verify that pulses of approx 25V amplitude (625V for biphasic mode) of the correct sign are produced every 10ms Short output in biphasic mode Output should return when opened

Output Transient Response (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Pulse Sign + Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =20010-4 Period =00110-3 Pulse Amplitude 250 Baseline Zero Trig Mode Free Mode Trig In open

Connect the oscilloscope to the output with a 310 attenuator probe Test both 10V and 100V ranges

Verify that overshoot and risetime meet specifications

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Telophone 8004201306 bull 3606808300 bull Flaquo( 360laquo83ltJ525 E-mail salesa-msystemsocm V^febsite http^wwwa-msystefnscom

18

Specifications

There are three classes of specifications Class A specifications tested in all units and are guaranteed Class B specifications are inherent in the design they are indirectly tested and are guaranteed Class C specifications are typical operating values which are occasionally tested- these are typical values given for your information but not guarshyanteed The class for each specification is noted in the center column ofthe following sections

Inputs Switching level

Hysteresis

Input equivalent circuit

Minimum duration (1 IL-level signal)

A

C

C

C

16 V(plusmn 02 V)

approx 50 mV

lOOKH to+5 in parallel with no more than 35pF

gt 50 ns

Open circuit condition B defaults to highon level

Timing and rate accuracy Rate selector steps

Timing multiplier steps

B

B

lOOpsto 100s in 7 steps

1 of rate selector step size Maximum value is 999 X the rate selector step size

Resolution B approx 01 ofthe maximum value

Timing error (second and later pulses after resetting controls)

B lt 002 of rate selector value + 015 ps

Timing error (first pulse after readjusting timing controls)

an additional 025 ps error may occur

Timing repeatability lt 001 setting + 20 ns (monophasic)

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Ram Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Vfa 98324 pTelophone 8004201306 bull 360683-8300 bull FAX 360683-3525

E-mail salesraquoflisystems com Wabsite httpJAnww afl isystems com

19

TRIG IN to OUTPUT delay (DELAY set to 0) output set to 2V

Timing jitter from TRIG IN to OUTPUT (for TTL trigger input with risetime lt10 ns)

Timing jitter from TRIG OUT (either BURST or PULSE) and OUTPUT

Trigger output to pulse output delay

Output characteristics Pulse level error (voltage mode open circuit current mode short circuit

Biphasic level difference IV + - V-1 2

Baseline level error (voltage mode open circuit current mode short circuit)

Risetime (25 V out)

Risetime (25 V out)

Transient response

A

A

A

Output impedance (voltage mode) C

Output impedance (current mode) C

Isolation resistance A

Isolation capacitance C

approx 05 ps for a load of no more than 10 KH in parallel with 50 pF

lt 125 ns (all rates except 100s) lt 125 ps (100s rate)

Less than 20 ns (all rates)

approx 350 ns

lt 03 of setting + 05 of r range (plus an additional 05 pA in 100 pA range)

lt 03 of range (voltage modes into open circuit current modes into short circuit)

lt 03 of setting of setting + 01 of range (plus an additional 05 pA in lOOpA range)

= 200 ns into less than 30 pF

= 15 ps into less than 30 pF

lt 8 overshoot into less than 30 pF for pulse voltages different than baseline voltage by at least 10 of range

= 50 ohms

raquo 1 0 GH (typically 200 GO)

raquo 1 0 0 M n

= 60 pF at 100 Hz

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Peril Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg V6 98324 |TelCf)hone 800-4201306 3606808300 bull FAX 360683-3525 E-mal salesaflisystefnsoom Website hnpyMVfWafllsystemsoom

20

Noise (differential mode)

Noise (common mode earth to isolated ground) with no signal output

Overload error indicator (low frequency short circuited voltage mode)

Overload error indicator low frequency open circuited current mode)

Overioad error response time

Miscellaneous

= 1 mV rms (10 V scale 10 Hz-4 MHz)

= 8 mV rms (10 Hz-4 MHz) == 100mVp-p (200 Hz -10 MHz) measured withalOMH 15pF oscilloscope probe

Turns on for set amplitude at or greater than approx plusmn1 V (10 V range) or plusmn2 V (100 V range)

Turns on for set amplitude at or above approx 2 of range

Flat to approx 30 ps duration Decreasing sensitivity for shorter pulses

Power

Fuse

Operating temperature range

Storage temperature range

Operating humidity

Dimensions

approx 11 watts

1 amp 3AG

10-30degC

0 - 50deg C

5 - 80 RH

17x475x1125 (inches) 432x121x286 cm

Weight 20 lbs (9 kg)

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Wb 98324 |Tetcphone 8004201306 3606808300 bull FOt 360683-3525 E-mail satesamsystems comV^febsite httpywwwaflisystemscom

21

Warranty and Service

What does this warranty cover A-M Systems Inc warrants to the Purchaser that the Instrument excluding cables Headstage Probes and any other accessories shipped with the Instrument (hereafter the hardware) is free from defects in workmanship or material under normal use and service for the period of one (1) year This warranty commences on the date of delivery ofthe hardware to the Purchaser

What are the obligations of A-M Systems Inc under this warranty During the warranty period A-M Systems Inc agrees to repair or replace at its sole option without charge to the Purchaser any defective component part of the hardware To obtain warranty service the Purchaser must return the hardware to A-M Systems Inc or an authorized A-M Systems Inc distributor in an adequate shipping container Any postage shipping and insurance charges incurred in shipping the hardware to A-M Systems Inc must be prepaid by the Purchaser and all risk for the hardware shall remain with purchaser until such time as A-M Systems Inc takes receipt of the hardware Upon receipt A-M Systems Inc will promptly repair or replace the defective unit and then return the hardware to the Purchaser postage shipping and insurance prepaid A-M Systems Inc may use reconditioned or like new parts or units at its sole option when repairing any hardware Repaired products shall carry the same amount of outstanding warranty as from original purchase or ninety (90) days which ever is greater Any claim under the warranty must include a dated proof of purchase ofthe hardware covered by this warranty In any event A-M Systems Inc liability for defective hardware is limited to repairing or replacing the hardware

What is not covered by this warranty This warranty is contingent upon proper use and maintenance ofthe hardware by the Purchaser and does not cover batteries Neglect misuse whether intentional or othenwise tampering with or altering the hardware damage caused by accident damage caused by unusual physical electrical chemical or electromechanical stress damage caused by failure of electrical power or damage caused during transportation are not covered by this wan-anty Products may not be returned to A-M Systems Inc for service whether under warranty or otherwise which are contaminated by infectious agents radioactive compounds or other materials constituting a health hazard to employees of A-M Systems Inc

What are the limits of liability for A-M Systems Inc under this warranty A-M Systems Inc shall not be liable for loss of data profits or savings or any special incidental consequential indirect or other similar damages arising from breach of contract negligence or other legal action even if the company or its agent has been advised of the possibility of such damages or for any claim brought against you by another party THIS EQUIPMENT IS NOT INTENDED FOR CLINICAL MEASUREMENTS USING HUMAN SUBJECTS A-M SYSTEMS INC DOES NOT ASSUME RESPONSIBILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE DUE TO MISUSE OF THIS EQUIPMENT Jurisdictions vary with regard to the enforceability of provisions excluding or limiting liability for incidental or consequential damages Check the provision of your local jurisdiction to find out whether the above exclusion applies to you

This warranty allocates risks of product failure between the Purchaser and A-M Systems Inc A-M Systems Inc hardware pricing reflects this allocation of risk and the limitations of liability contained in this warranty The warranty set forth above is in lieu of all other express warranties whether oral or written The agents employees distributors and dealers of A-M Systems Inc are not authorized to make modifications to this warranty or additional wan-anties binding on the company Accordingly additional statements such as dealer advertising or presentations whether oral or written do not constitute warranties by A-M Systems Inc and should not be relied upon This warranty gives you specific legal rights You may also have other rights which vary from one jurisdiction to another

fl-N Systems Inc 131BusinessPartiLoop RO Box850CartsbOfgWa98324 p O |Telophone 8004201306 bull 360683-8300FOC 3606830525 ^ ^ E-mail saiesaflisystefTiscom Wbbsite httpVwwwa-msystemscom

CO

TP501 O o

a OTPsoo

U560 bull

D D D D Q ^ U510

Trig Gate

U570

OQ Q

U500

n U505

Timing

gt U520

Timing

) U530

Timing

gt U540

Q U515

Timing

U508

R503

DDID E

a

gt oo

bull U800 l O r v o w iV_X^TP510 O

U525

f

A U535

^ U550

Timing ^

Clock

U555

J510 Burst Delay

J400 bull U545

d R742^VWgh R619 o

r RZZ3 R737 an c n V - I J I S O I S ^ ^C-COMP

U620 ^ Q Q bull ^ ^ bull

J420 O ^ D^ J440 IfYYYlDfYyYYYYYYYII C Z J E X C T

Q Otrsetl I p J Vlow

L J TP645 C=) cm P650

bull bull fe elUOD

irt

PI pound A

o c

E o

0)

Power supply and bias voltages

Power supply

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

POWER ON Observe voltage at P703 power supply wire top of main board

Check for+15 plusmn 050 V

Observe voltage at P701 power supply wire top of main board

Check for-15 plusmn 050 V

Observe voltage at U505(24) Check for +5 plusmn 025 V

Isolated supply voltage

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

RANGE 10 V TRIG open circuit MODE center position

Alternately observe V from high

R742 to R740 and V _ from kw

the U605(4) to U605(8)

Adjust R773 so that 110VltV lt 120 V and

high

28VltV^^lt34V

Capacitance balance

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

Connect a x10 oscilloscope probe to TP650 and ground the

Adjust R737 for minimum high frequency signal

Inputs

Gate funct ion

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave Verify that the voltage to GATE switches states at the Observe voltage at U510(3) proper input levels with an oscilloscope

Trigger s lope

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave Verify that the voltage to TRIG switches states at the Observe voltage at U510(1) proper input levels with an oscilloscope

TRIG SLOPE-I- Verify voltage is 180deg out of phase

TRIG SLOPE- Verify voltage is in phase

A-M Systems Inc 131 Business Paik Loop PO Box 850 Cailsborg Wa 98324 Tekvhone 8004201306 36O683laquo300 - FAX 360683-3S2S E-mail salesOa-msystemscom Website httpywwwa-msystemscom

14

Trigger and gate funct ion

Controls Inputs Observations

DELAY NONE BURSTWIDTH SINGLE DURATION SQUARE PERIOD 100X10-3

AdjustCheck

Apply a 1 kHz 0 -5 V triangle wave to TRIG Observe TRiGoand EVENT LEDS

TRIG disconnect all Short the GATE connector to GND Verify LEDs extinguish

MODE press to MANUAL Verify LEDs flash once

Timing

System clock frequency

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

Observe the frequency of the wave Verify 1000 MHz plusmn 001 atU555(17)

Mu l t i p l i e rs (Whee l Sw i t ches )

Controls Inputs Observat ions A d j u s t C h e c k

PULSE SIGN+ MODE FREE RUN TRIG disconnect all TIMING MULTIPUERS all

Wheels set to zero except the one being tested

TIMING OVERLAP ignore

Observe the pulse width with the counter at the location specified below

Verify pulse width is correct for each wheel as it is tested independently

For each wheel of each MULTIPLIER test each position to verify that the pulse width is correct Observe the signal at the following locations DELAY U520(2) BURSTWIDTH U530(2) PERIOD U540(2) DURATION U550(2)

Rates (Rotary Switches)

Controls Inputs Observations A d j u s t C h e c k

TIMING MULTIPUERS 001 TIMING RATES all rotary

switches set to 10-4 except the one being tested

Observe the pulse width with the counter at the location specified below

Verify pulse width is correct for each rotary switch as it is tested independently

For each of the four rotary switches in TIMING test each position to verify that the pulse width is correct Observe the signal at the following locations DELAY U520(2) BURSTWIDTH U530(2) PERIOD U540(2) DURATION U550(2)

A-M Systems Inc 131 Business Paik Loop PO Box 850 Caiisborg Wa 98324 Telophone 800-428-1306 bull 3606808300 FAX 360683-3525 E-mail salesOa-msystemscom Website httpwwwa-msystemscom

15

Trigger outputs Controls

Range 10V Pulse Amplitude 500 Delay 100x10-2 Burst 100x10-2 Duration 100 xlQ-^ Period 400x10-3 Pulse sign + Trig Mode Free run Trig in open

Inputs Observations

Trigger the oscilloscope to the Burst Trig Out Observe it the Pulse Trig Out and the isolated output

AdjustCheck

Verify that the waveform consists of a burst of three 1 ms-on3ms-off pulses The burst trigger should be synchronous with the burst the pulse trigger coincident with each pulse

Output Calibration

Isolation Resistance (check) Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

Trig Mode center position Trig In open

Measure the resistance between ground banana jack (front panel) and black banana jack of output with DMM

Resistance read gt 10OMQ

Amplitude Switch Offset (R640) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Zero Trig Mode center position Trig In Open

Measure the voltage at TP645 vs TP650 with the DMM

Adjust R640 (AmpI Sw Offset) for minimum voltage

Output Offset (R332 front panel board) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Zero Range 10V Trig Mode center position Trig In Open

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

Adjust R332 (Output offset) for minimum voltage

Positive Baseline Offset (R607) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Sign + Baseline Amplitude

fully CCW (000) Range 10V Trig In open Trig Mode center position

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

Adjust R602 (BSLN + offset) for minimum voltage

A-M Systems Inc 131 Business Paik Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Jelophone 8004201306 36O6834300 - FAX 380laquo83-352S E-mail salesOa-msystemscom Website httpwwwa-msystemscam

16

Negative Baseline Offset (R619)

Controls InputsObservations

Baseline Sign -Baseline Amplitude

fully CCW (000) Range 10V Trig In open Trig Mode center position

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

AdjustCheck

Adjust R619 (BSLN + offset) for minimum voltage

Pulse Ampl i tude Adjust (R602)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode Free Mode Pulse Amplitude 1000 Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =1001 Period =00110-4 Pulse Sign -Trig In open Range 10V

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

The Overlap indicator should be on Adjust R602 (Max Level) for -10OOV out

Pulse Sign Gain (check)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode Free Mode Pulse Amplitude 1000 Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =100 Is Period =001 10-4s Trig In open Range 10V

Measure the voltage at the output with the DMM for the Pulse Sign at + and - positions

The absolute values of the voltages should differ by less than 10OmV

Baseline Ampl i tudes (check)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

flange 100mA Trig Mode center position Baseline Amplitude fully CW (1000) Trig In open

Measure the voltage at the output with the DMM with Baseline Sign in + Zero and - positions

Gain the matching of current levels at = and - positions and offset current in Zero position

A-M Systems Inc 131 Business Psik Loop PO Box 850 Caiisborg Wa 98324 Telophone 800426-1306 bull 36Olaquo8raquo8300 bull FAX 360683-3525 E-mail salesOa-msystemscom Website httpwwwa-msystemsccm

17

Output Range Amplitude and Drive (check)

Controls InputsObservations

Pulse Amplitude 1000 Pulse Sign + Trig Mode Free Run Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =1001 Period =10010-4 Trig In open

Load the output with a 10KV 1W 01 resistor Measure the voltage at the output with DMM

Pulse Sign and Short Circuit Protection (check)

Controls

Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =200 10-4 Period =00110-3 Baseline Zero Pulse Amplitude 25 Range 10V Trig Mode Free Run Trig In open

InputsObservations

Measure the voltage at the output with the oscilloscope Check for Pulse Sign set to each of + - biphasic Watch for Error indicator when shorting the output

Output Transient Response (check)

Controls InputsObservations

Verify that full scale output is within specification Scale Range 100V 100V 10V 10V 100mA IV 1mA 10V 10mA 100V

AdjustCheck

Verify that pulses of approx 25V amplitude (625V for biphasic mode) of the correct sign are produced every 10ms Short output in biphasic mode Output should return when opened

AdjustCheck

Pulse Sign + Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =20010-4 Period =00110-3 Pulse Amplitude 250 Baseline Zero Trig Mode Free Mode Trig In open

Connect the oscilloscope to the output with a 310 attenuator probe Test both 10V and 10OV ranges

Verify that overshoot and risetime meet specifications

A-M Systems Inc 131 Business Paik Loop PO Box 850 Cailsbora Wa 98324 Tetophone 8004201306 bull 36Oeuro83-8300 bull FAX 360683-352S E-mail salasOa-msystemscom Website hitpywwwa-msystamsoom

18

Specifications

There are three classes of specifications Class A specifications tested in all units and are guaranteed Class B specifications are inherent in the design they are indirectly tested and are guaranteed Class C specifications are typical operating values which are occasionally tested- these are typical values given for your information but not guarshyanteed The class for each specification is noted in the center column of the following sections

Inputs Switching level

Hysteresis

Input equivalent circuit

Minimum duration (TTL-level signal)

A

C

C

C

16 V (plusmn 02 V)

approx 50 mV

lOOKfl to-1-5 in parallel with no more than 35pF

gt50ns

Open circuit condition B defaults to highon level

Timing and rate accuracy

Rate selector steps

Timing multiplier steps

B

B

100S to 100s in 7 steps

1 of rate selector step size Maximum value is 999 X the rate selector step size

Resolution B approx 01 of the maximum value

Timing error (second and later pulses after resetting controls)

B lt 002 of rate selector value + 015S

Timing error (first pulse after readjusting timing controls)

an additional 025s error may occur

Timing repeatability lt 001 settings-20 ns (mbnophasic)

A-M Systems Inc 131 Business Paik Loop PO Box 850 Caiisborg Wa 98324 Telophone 8004201306 3606808300 FAX 3606803S25 E-mail salesOa-msystemscom bull Website httpyy(wwaltTisystemscom

19

TRIG IN to OUTPUT delay (DELAY set to 0) output set to 2V

Timing jitter from TRIG IN to OUTPUT (for TTL trigger input with risetime lt10 ns)

Timing jitter from TRIG OUT (either BURST or PULSE) and OUTPUT

Trigger output to pulse output delay

Output characteristics Pulse level error (voltage mode open circuit current mode short circuit

Biphasic level difference IV-H-i-V-l2

Baseline level error (voltage mode A open circuit current mode short circuit)

Risetime (25 V out)

Risetime (25 V out)

Transient response

A

A

A

Output impedance (voltage mode) C

Output impedance (current mode) C

Isolation resistance A

Isolation capacitance C

approx 05 ps for a load of no more than 10 Kft in parallel with 50 pF

lt 125 ns (all rates except 100s) lt125ys (100s rate)

Less than 20 ns (all rates)

approx 350 ns

lt 03 of setting -i- 05 of r range (plus an additional 05vA in 100 ywA range)

lt 03 of range (voltage modes into open circuit current modes into short circuit)

lt 03 of setting of setting -I- 01 of range (plus an additional 05 pA in 100A range)

= 200 ns into less than 30 pF

= 15 yws into less than 30 pF

lt 8 overshoot into less than 30 pF for pulse voltages different than baseline voltage by at least 10 of range

= 50 ohms

raquo 1 0 Ga (typically 200 GD)

raquo 1 0 0 M n

= 60 pF at 100 Hz

A BB f ^ _ M 1 ^ ^ 131 Business Paik Loop ROBOx850Cai1sOorgWaW3Z4

- I V l o V S i e m S inC80Ph0trade80O42O1308-36O683-8300-FAX36O683-3525 7 bull bull bull bull ^ ^ E-maasale80a-m8vstemscomWebsitehitpjwwwaltnsyste

20 E-mai salesO a-m8ystemscom Website http jwwwa-msystemscom

Noise (differential mode)

Noise (common mode earth to isolated ground) with no signal output

Overload error indicator (low frequency short circuited voltage mode)

Overload error indicator low frequency open circuited current mode)

Overload error response time

Miscellaneous

= 1 mV rms (10 V scale 10 Hz-4 MHz)

- 8 mV rms (10 Hz-4 MHz) =laquo100mVp-p (200 Hz -10 MHz) measured withalOMn 15pF oscilloscope probe

Turns on for set amplitude at or greater than approx plusmn1 V (10 V range) or plusmn2 V (100 V range)

Turns on for set amplitude at or above approx 2 of range

Flat to approx 30 ps duration Decreasing sensitivity for shorter pulses

Power

Fuse

Operating temperature range

Storage temperature range

Operating humidity

Dimensions

Weight

approx 11 watts

1 amp 3 AG

10-30degC

0 - 50deg C

5 - 80 RH

17x475x1125 (inches) 432x121x286 cm

20 lbs (9 kg)

A-M Systems Inc 131 Business Paik Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Tekjptwne 8004201306 bull 36Olaquo8O8300 bull FAX 360laquo8O3525 E-mail salesOa-msystemscom Website httpywwwa-msystemscom

21

Warranty and Service

What does this warranty cover A-f Systems Inc warrants to the Purchaser that the Instrument excluding cables Headstage Probes and any other accessories shipped with the Instrument (hereafter the hardware) is free from defects in workmanship or material under normal use and service for the period of one (1) year This warranty commences on the date of delivery of the hardware to the Purchaser

What are the obligations of A-M Systems Inc under this warranty During the warranty period A-M Systems Inc agrees to repair or replace at its sole option without charge to the Purchaser any defective component part of the hardware To obtain warranty service the Purchaser must return the hardware to A-l^ Systems Inc or an authorized A-M Systems Inc distributor in an adequate shipping container Any postage shipping and insurance charges incurred in shipping the hardware to A-M Systems Inc must be prepaid by the Purchaser and all risk for the hardware shall remain with purchaser until such time as A-M Systems Inc takes receipt of the hardware Upon receipt A-M Systems Inc will promptly repair or replace the defective unit and then return the hardware to the Purchaser postage shipping and insurance prepaid A-M Systems Inc may use reconditioned or like new parts or units at its sole option when repairing any hardware Repaired products shall carry the same amount of outstanding warranty as from original purchase or ninety (90) days which ever is greater Any claim under the warranty must include a dated proof of purchase of the hardware covered by this warranty In any event A-M Systems Inc liability for defective hardware is limited to repairing or replacing the hardware

What is not covered by this warranty This warranty is contingent upon proper use and maintenance of the hardware by the Purchaser and does not cover batteries Neglect misuse whether intentional or othenvise tampering with or altering the hardware damage caused by accident damage caused by unusual physical electrical chemical or electromechanical stress damage caused by failure of electrical power or damage caused during transportation are not covered by this warranty Products may not be returned to A-M Systems Inc for service whether under warranty or otherwise which are contaminated by Infectious agents radioactive compounds or other materials constituting a health hazard to employees of A-M Systems Inc

What are the limits of liability for A-M Systems Inc under this warranty A-M Systems Inc shall not be liable for loss of data profits or savings or any special incidental consequential indirect or other similar damages arising from breach of contract negligence or other legal action even if the company or its agent has been advised of the possibility of such damages or for any claim brought against you by another party THIS EQUIPMENT IS NOT INTENDED FOR CLINICAL MEASUREMENTS USING HUMAN SUBJECTS A-M SYSTEMS INC DOES NOT ASSUME RESPONSIBILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE DUE TO MISUSE OF THIS EQUIPMENT Jurisdictions vary with regard to the enforceability of provisions excluding or limiting liability for incidental or consequential damages Check the provision of your local jurisdiction to find out whether the above exclusion applies to you

This warranty allocates risks of product failure between the Purchaser and A-M Systems Inc A-M Systems Inc hardware pricing reflects this allocation of ris1lt and the limitations of liability contained in this warranty The warranty set forth above is in lieu of all other express warranties whether oral or written The agents employees distributors and dealers of A-M Systems Inc are not authorized to make modifications to this warranty or additional warranties binding on the company Accordingly additional statements such as dealer advertising or presentations whether oral or written do not constitute warranties by A-M Systems Inc and should not be relied upon This warranty gives you specific legal rights You may also have other rights which vary from one jurisdiction to another

A B B J l laquo raquo ^ t3tBusinessPafkLoopPOBox850Cai1sbO(gWa98324

- | V | O V S i e m S |nCtrade042O1306-36O68O8300-FAX36O68O3525 E-mail salasOa-msvstemscom bull Website httowwwa-msvste

t3tBusinassParkLaopROBox8SOCai1sbo(gWa98324 po Telophone 8004201306 360683-8300 FAX 3606803525 ^ ^ E-maH salesOa-msystemscom Wetsite httpwwwa-msystem3e0m

mwal

INSTRUCTION MANUAL

FOR

ISOLATED PULSE STIMULATOR

MODEL 2100

Serial

Date

A-M Systems Inc

PO Box 850

Carisborg WA 98324

USA

360-683-8300 bull 800-426-1306 FAX 360-683-3525

httpwwwa-m8y8temscom

Version 50 May 1998

Contents General Description 1

Instrument Features 1 Controls and Connectors 2

Operating Instructions 6 Theory of Operation 10 Calibration Procedures 12

Inputs ii 14 Output Calibration iii i 16

Specifications i4 il u 19 Warranty and Service wi iJ iJi [ii 22

Each Isolated Pulse Stimulator Is delivered complete with

Rack Mount Hardware Instructions amp Maintenance Manual

NOTE

This instrument is not intended for clinical measurements using human subjects A-M Systems Inc does not assume msponsibility for injury or damage due to the misuse of this instrument

General bull M ^ ion

Instrument Features The Isolated Pulse Stimulator Model 2100 Is designed for a wide variety of applications It is highly flexible being capable of delivering single pulses biphasic pairs or bursts of pulses Pulses may be started manually or upon receiving a trigger signal from another instrument or computer Two non-isolated trigger outputs are available for triggering other instruments

Four sets of timing controls provide comprehensive control over all aspects of pulse generation Three digit accuracy is available over a 7 decade range for each timing function using lever wheel switches Pulse wkiths can be set over more than a 9 decade range from 05 [is to 999 seconds Timing accuracy is assured through the use of a 10 MHz base rate crystal-controlled clock digitally divided to provide accurate timing over the entire range A timing overiap indicator will light if the timing controls are set Inconsistently

The output may be conveniently switched between cun-ent and voltage modes Pulse and baseline amplitudes are independently presettable with lockable dials An error indicator will light if the Model 2100 cannoi deliver the desired signal

WARNING

The Model 2100 can produce potentially dangemus voltages up to 100 V et the output connectors The isolated output is not connected internally to safety (earth) ground in ahy way Some part of the extemal circuit should be connected to safety gmund Use caution in handling any wires connectors or electrodes which may be directly or indirectly attached to the Model 2100 output Some lltinds of connectors such as BNC connectors have exposed metal parts which may float at dangemus potentials unless extemally connected to safety gmund For greatest safety tum the Model 2100 off before making any connections to

the Instrument

131 Business Park LocfiPO Box BSOCarM)orgWa 98324 800426-1308 bull36OlaquoS3laquo300FAX 3 6 M 8 3 ^ 2 5

E-malt uiittyBQaHiByBtumaooiTi Wobsita HipJtwtiwiwftbMiAcon fl-N SystQms I n c ^ T

Controls and Connectors The controls for the Model 2100 are grouped in three sections START controlling when a pulse or burst of pulses begins TIMING controlling the onoff timing of one or more pulses and otJTPliT controlling the amplitude of the output signal

Start TRIG SLOPE This switch determines whether valid triggers occur at positive or negative edges in the trigger signal

MODE This switch controls how wavefomris are initiated When set to FREE RUN one timing cycle immediately follows the last When held in the MANUAL position a timing cycle starts immediately When the switch is in the center position timing cycles start when valid triggering events occur

TRIGD This LED lights up when a timing cycle is in process and continues until the burst is completed

TRIG This BNC connector allows a signal from an extemal source to initiate timing cycles It is set for standard TTL levels

GATE This BNC connector allows a signal from an extemal source to restrict the final output signal This input must be at a logical high (or open-circuited) in order for the Model 2100 to recognize either manual or automatic trigger events

Gate 1_ Trigger [~^ i I Valid triggers are represented by the arrows in the figure Note that the up arrow would apply only if TRIG SLOPE is set to + the down anrows would apply only if TRIG SLOPE is set to-

NOTE Triggers have no effect if the system has not completed its response to a previous trigger

fl-N SystQms I n c ^ 131 Business Park Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 600426-13063eO683laquo300FAX 360683^525

E-maB anBysQraquoinsyaleiTaconi Wsbalto h^KAvwwa-(nsys(smsoom

Timing Four sets of controls govem the timing of pulse generation Each set contains two values which are multiplied together to detennine the actual timing value The rotary knob (rate selector) provides the approximate timing value and the lever wheel switch bank (MULTIPLIER) provkles a time resolution of three decimal digits The following diagram shows most of the important relationships

Pnfe-tRAIM I B E L A V i6Molaquo

BURST WIOtH

Output r Delay

t n

Duration - ^ lt - |4Periodgt|

FLJI -^ Burst width

Trigger event

DELAY These controls set the time between the initiating trigger event and the beginning of the pulse burst If this rate selector is set to NONE or the multiplier is set to ooo there is no delay

BURSTWIDTH These controls set the time period in which one or more pulses may be delivered Once started a pulse may outlast the burst width If this rate selector is set to SINGLE or to any time shorter than the pulse duration only a single pulse will occur If the BURSTWIDTH is longer than the period pulses will be emitted at the PERIOD rate until the burst time ends Pulses are never truncated by a short BURST WIDTH

iNTpoundA-PULSiE PBRiOb

DURATION These controls set the length of each pulse If this rate selector is set to SQUARE the duration is set to half of the period regardless of the MULTIPLIER setting

PERIOD These controls set the period of time between adjacent pulse events within the burst It also forces a minimum dead time between recognized input triggers following a burst of one or more pulses This can be used to prevent over stimulation of a tissue without requiring excessive delay between the triggering event and the stimulating pulse

TlMtNQ OVERLAP

mLiHMPi

VVtJ jiwaa lasm nlaquoilaquo u

t^fi SysUms I n c ^ Elt4nsfl a m

131 Business Pofc Loop PO Box 850 Carisborg 1^98324 600-426-1306 36O6834300 FAK 360683^525

E-mai vrvysQfrflisysleraLOCniWutiailQL N^jAwwa^iByslernUiOOni

NOTE If any of these timing controls are changed while a timing cycle is in operation the results are undefined until the cunent cycle flnishes

TIMING OVERLAP This LED will light to indicate an Inconsistency in the timing cycle settings There are several ways to Introduce such errors The most common way is to set the inter-pulse PERIOD to be less than the pulse DURATION

TRIG OUT (UPPER) This BNC connector provides a signal which is coinckient with the intemal Burst timing signal (default) This means the signal starts at the end of the Delay time and persists until the Burst time expires This output may also be set to represent the delay time-out by setting the internal jumper J510 to the left two pins Instead of the right two pins (Please see the Calibration section in this manual for jumper location Directions are given as viewed from the fix)nt of the instrument)

TRIG OUT (LOWER) This BNC connector provides a signal which is coincident with the Duration timing signal which controls pulse output

NOTE Both trigger output signals slightly lead the isolated output signal

Output PULSE SIGN This Switch sets the sign for the pulses to be generated It also allows generation of biphasic pulses thereby doubling the effective total period Warning the first pulse genemted after changing the PULSE SIGN svntch may have the wmng polarity

BASELINE This switch sets the sign for the baseline signal

RANGE This rotary switch allows one of three current or two voltage ranges to be selected for the output signal

BASELINE AMPLITUDE This counting dial are independently set using ten-minute counting dials with the baseline having one tenth the range of the pulse amplitude

A-N Systlaquomslaquo Inc 131 Buskiess Partt Loop PO BoK 8S0 Cailsbarg Wa 96324 laophone 8004201306 bull36O68M300-FAX 3eolaquo8M525 E-mat bullmsysflMnsyslermoom VMaHsr Hlplhfimnmyekmoom

PULSE AMPLITUDE This counting dial

EVENTS This LED indicates when a pulse is ongoing

ERROR This LED indicates when the intemal output amplifier cannot output the pulse as desired This is usually due to a short circuit while trying to output a voltage or an open circuit while trying to output a current

One control from the Ot^uf section directly affects wavefonn timing the Pulse Sign control When set to the Biphasic mode a positive-going pulse is Immediately followed by a negative-going pulse This effectively doubles the pulse duration If a burst of biphasic pulses is being produced the period must be at least twice the single pulse duration In the Sgtan wave mode the baseline disappears as long as the burst persists

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Bushass Park locpPOBooi 850 C8ri9bcrgMS8324 IMqphona 800426-1306 bull36Olaquo83laquo3a0 FAX 360683-3529 E-nal amsyaOa4nsyatemscomWeMlK hMpJVniwa-nsygtatnscom

Operating Instructions

Examples Simple setup (and minimal Instrument tost)

Connect the output of the Model 2100 to an oscilloscope Before connecting the instrument it is safest to turn its power off

Set the Ou^uf controls

Range Pulse Sign

Baseline Pulse Amplitude

10V +

Zero 200

Setting The Timing Controls

Delay Burst Width

Duratbn Period

none single

15010-2 500102

Setting The Start Controls

Mode Free Run

Disconnect any cables to the TRIG or GATE Inputs

Note that the green Trig and Event Indicators tum on as Free Run is turned on (and tum off othenwise) You should observe a 15ms duration 20Hz rate pulse of 200V above a OV baseline on the oscilloscope i

A ^ M ^ _ _ _ A ^ _ _ _ 1 ^ 131BiiHnD8raquoParttloopPOBoxB50Car)sbcrBlaquoraquoS8324

bull P l ^ y S W n i S f |nC ltV^gt^8deglt^^2O1306380laquo8OS3a0FAX36O6BMS2S

6 E-fnflk 9n^fBOs-in9ystsni9cx]fnWDbs)tec H^ff9Nw^myStem9oom

Demonstration of Burst Mode Connect the output of the Model 2100 to an oscilloscope Before connecting the instrument it is safest to tum Its power off

Set the Output controls

Range Pulse Sign

Baseline Pulse Amplitude

Baseline Amplitude

Setting The Timing Controls

Delay Burst Width

Duration

Period

Set the START controls as follows

Mode

Disconnect any cables to the TRIG or GATE inputs

Trigger the oscilloscope from the Burst trigger out (upper Tr^ Out connector) for a stable display In each burst (occumng every lOOms) you should observe a trio of 15ms duration starting 50ms apart Try switching the StartMode from Free Run to the center (nomnal) position The pulses will no longer be produced and the Trig and Event indicators will turn off Pressing this switch once (to Manual) will cause a single burst to occur

880 120 150 500

10V +

200 100

102 102 102 102

Free Run

fleaff SySlQmSa |nCa deglgt ltlt ^ ^ deg ^ degdeg ^ ^ ^ bull E-matmia

131 Business Park LoopPO Box 850 Carisborg Vfe 86324 lUcphcna 800426-1306 36Olaquo83laquo300 FAX 36068raquo52 E-maft tfii8ysOiHn^nleiTBcom1AWisJto HSpitwraquoM^wytAtii9oom

Problem SoMng If the Instrument appears to be not worthing properiy check all of the control settings and connections Be sure to wait at least 5-10 seconds after turning the Instrument off before tuming it on again The following t6ef summary of typical problems for the user (along with the most common solutions) may help

Problem CauseSolution EVENT indicator never lights even in FREE RUN mode

bull Replace fuse check power connection bullSet DELAY or PERIOD to a shorter interval

bull Power-on too soon after power-off

OVERLAP Indicator is on

ERROR indicator is on

Time appears to be excessive

bullSet DURATION gt000 bull DURATION is set to SQUARE but PERIOD is 000 Increase PERIOD or set DURATION independantly

bull BURST and WIDTH are gt DURATION increase PERIOD or decrease

DURATION bull BIPHASIC pulse output is on and PERIOD is not longer than twice the DURATION Increase PERIOD or decrease DURATION

bull Free-run is on and BURST Is lt PERIOD (BURST off) DELAY is 0 and PERIOD is lt DURATION Add delay or modify PERIOD

bull Free-mn is on and BURST is gt DURATION (BURST ON) and PERIOD is lt DURATION Increase PERIOD

bull For VOLTAGE outputs the output Is trying to drive too low a resistance or capacitance (eg a short circuit) Check by disconnecting the output It is possible (and normal) that for the fastest cycles

and largest amplitudes (close to 100 V and 1 MS) that the ERROR Indicator might always come on during repetitive pulses Fix output load or decrease amplitude as required

bull Changed control in mid-cycle (resets cunent status)

A ^ M bull _ _ _ A ^ ^ _ _ i ^ mdash 131BuslnessPai1ltLoopPOBox850CarlsborgWamp98324

bull p i j ^ v s w m s iiic^^deglt^deg^^deglt^^^3degB3^^^deg^^^^degdeg^^^deg^^deg^^^^ E-mat iiiMOafflwstemseom WabaHe MtaffiwwtHtavsli

8 E-msft flmsjoQfrfraystGfnsoom ^WobsltiK hl^Aiwv9-fn9]nteniscom

Cant seem to get a full signal out

Incoming triggers not accepted frequently enough

bull Load is not properiy connected repair wiring

bull Too low a load impedance (VOLTAGE modes) or too high a load impedance

(CURRENT mode)

bull PERIOD is set too long (enforces dead time) followd by BURST set to SIGNAL Reduce PERIOD time

Table 10 Problem Solving

If you suspect that the Model 2100 may have completely failed we recommend checking the basic level of functionality If this fails your instrument is defective and must be repaired If this passes either your experimental setup is incompatible or inconsistent or there is a more subtle flaw in your Model 2100

If the Model 2100 appears to be malfunctioning contact A-M Systems Inc or your dealer Telephone numtgters for A-M Systems Inc listed on the front cover of this manual We will first attempt to solve the problem over the telephone so have an exact description of your problem available when you call You do not need to be within the warranty period to obtain over-the-phone assistance

A ^ M V - mdash A d B ^ K M I ^ M 131BuslnessPatfcLoopPOBox6SOCai

-PI s y s i Q m s inc-2raquolaquoa22=M^^

131 Business Parfc Loop PO Box 650 Cartsborg VM9 0S324 _ FAX36(W8a3525 E^nrt flnsysQa-ntsyttanB-oom Wsbsfte hHpiMNvwa-nnystsnisooni

9

Theory of Operation

The operation of the Model 2100 is summarized In the block diagram (see Fig 3) Not shown are all of the interconnections with the microcontroller The intemal microcontroler plays an important role in setting the signal path but does not directly

contribute to the dynamic characteristics It scans the front panel switches and sets the control values for the logic arays It programs the intemal counters which along with the other hardware achieve the necessary sub-microsecond speeds

All action starts either from an input trigger signal (from Trig In) or from an intemal signal (in free Run mode only) A Delay timer counts the 10MHz clock until its count value Is exhausted At this point the Burst timer starts Both Period and Duration timers are started at this time If the Burst timer has not expired by the end of the Period the Period and Duration timers are restarted If the Biphasic mode has been set the Duration timer is restarted at the end of the initial Duration and the sign of the output pulse Is reversed doubling the total duration

The system state (pulse on pulse sip baseline sign [+101-]) is transmitted to the isolated section via optoisolator The baseline and pulse amplitudes are selected by an analog switch The resulting signal is amplified by a variable-power-supply discrete operational amplifier The amplifier connections and gain is modified to provide two voltage and three cunent ranges

Timing overlap errors are detected by a logical decision computation rather than by testing for counter collisions This provides instant feedback rather than waiting up to an hour for such a collision to occur Output errors are measured by sensing the output amplifiers differential input voltage Under normal conditions this is a negligible voltage if the amplifier fails to deliver the requested signal the window comparator testing this voltage sends this message (via optoisolator) to the logic section turning on a warning LED

fl-N Systems Inc 131BusbnassPa(tLoopPOBox6SOCari3boigVMg8324 H n |TWoph0n880O426-13083eO6Blaquo300FMt36Olaquo8i3525 E-nnl anaysflfriinysleiiaoemWfcbslte hllphmwraquoimyatennoom

TRIG 3HJ) OUT

(burst)

TRIG ^ OUT

(pulse)

E

Ml

Calibration Procedures

The calibration interval is the lesser of 1000 hours of operation or 6 months Somewhat greater drift can be expected in the first 100 hours of operation as the semiconductors age Adjustments should only be made after the instrument has been fully warmed up for at least 15 minutes

Full instrument calibration requires the following test equipment digital multimeter (plusmn 01) able to measure resistance to at least lOOMfl oscilloscope with at least 50MHz bandwidth true-rms voltmeter with 4MHz bandwidth universal counter (plusmn 001 ) able to measure single pulse widths and periods resistors (all plusmn 01) 2kn lOkH 1 waft 20kn 200kn alligator clip lead sets banana plugs and BNC adapters

Adjustment integrated circuit and test point locations are shown in the following figures All adjustments are on the timing board unless otherwise noted

All voltages in the non-isolated section should be measured with respect to ground at TP510 unless othenvise stated Some voltages are measured with respect to an intemal isolated ground at TP650 or across the two output tenninals Occasionally the voltage at an IC pin must be measured In these cases the reference designator is given with the pin number in parentheses eg U602(16) When it states within this procedure that a voltage is to be minimized this means that the adjustment should be made such that the measured voltage is as close to zero volts as possible Refer to the Specifications Section of this manual for acceptable tolerances

The sequence of this procedure is Important If any adjustment is made all adjustments which follow must be made to ensure that the specifications will be met These procedures require that all controls remain as set in previous steps unless otherwise indicated

WARNING

The Model 2100 has dangerous voltages throughout the instrument even with the power is off Servicing the Model 2100 should only be done by qualified service personnel Use caution in handling any wires connectors or electrodes which may be directly or indirectly attached to the Instrument Do not touch exposed connections or components Disconnect power by unplugging the power cord from the receptacle

fl-N Systems I n c ^ 131BusinesaPartcLoopPOBox850CartsborgVWiB8324 4 n ^gt-mdash80O426-130638Ofl8Jlaquo300FAX36O683J52S bull E-maft BinsysQfrfn^islflnisoomVVfalislle h^KVfWMift^iisystemsoani

CO

- R503

Omg^

TPSOlQ O

OTPSOO

U560 bull

U510

DDID ^ trade E O ^ T P 5 1 0

bullnD Trig

0 ^

U570

Gate n U505

DO D

U515

Timing

Timing h_ U520

bsoo ^25SE Timing

Or r U540

I I Tmlng

[^ELIL

U535 D

U506

13 J510 Timlnff

BurfiDelay J400

i i i i i i i T r m r a

gt U550 ^

Clock

U555 U620

B a

^R^Pvhigh Rfijn O D O Vlow

o

bull U545

Fo sect737 lISOIsPjC-COMP

n r r ^ U760

J420

]]U632

Q S riuGSO

H = ) TP640^ deg I t I

II3D

J440 m i T i

U610 plusmn laquo j U O

bull bull l el

^t

O l

bull

M

I

Power supply and bias voltages

Power supply

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

POWER ON Observe voltage at P703 power supply wire top of main board

Check for+15 plusmn 050 V

Observe voltage at P701 power supply wire top of main board

Check for-15 plusmn 050 V

Observe voltage at U505(24) Check for+5 plusmn 025 V

Isolated supply voltage

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

RANGE 10 V TRIG open circuit MODE center position

Altemately observe V^ from R742 to R740 and V ^ from the U605(4) to U605(8)

Adjust R773 so that 110VltV^lt 120 V and

nign

28VltV^lt34V

Capacitance balance

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Connect a x10 oscilloscope probe to TP650 and ground the

Adjust R737 for minimum high frequency signal

Inputs

Gate funct ion

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave Verify that the voltage to GATE switches states at the Obsene voltage at U51G(3) proper input levels with an oscilloscope ^ ^

Trigger s lope

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave Verify that the voltage to TRIO switches states at the Observe voltage at US 10( 1) proper input levels with an oscilloscope

TRIG SLOPE + Verify voltage is 180 out of phase

TRIG SLOPE Verify voltage is in phase

fl-N Systems Inc ^ 131 Bushess Park Loop PO Bar 850 Carisborg Wa 98324 8004201306 3eOlaquoS3e300 FAX 3606BV352S

C-maft fliii8yBQfriii9yBlumaoamVIAibsMB hRpJhwMifi-iiiBystematxini

14

Trigger and gate funct ion

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

DELA NONE BURS1WII3TH SINGLE DURATION SQUARE PERIOD 100X10-3

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave to TRIG Obsen^e TRIOD and EVENT LEDS

TRIG disconnect all Short the GATE connector to GND Verify LEDs extinguish

MODE press to MANUAL Verify LEDs flash once

Timing

System c lock frequency

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Observe the frequency of the wave atU555(17)

Verify 1000 MHz plusmn001

Multipl iers (Wheel Switches)

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

PULSE SIGN + MODE FREE RUN TRIG disconnect all TIMING MULTIPUERS ail

wheels set to zero except the one being tested

TnmiNG OVERLAP ^nOTB

Observe the pulse width with the counter at the location specified below

Verify pulse width Is correct for each wheel as it is tested Independently

For each wheel of each MULTIPUER test each position to verify that the pulse width is correct Observe the signal at the following locations DELAY U520(2) BURSTWIDTH U530(2) PERIOD US40(2) DURATION U550(2)

Rates (Rotary Switches)

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

TIMING MULTIPUERS 001 TIMING RATES all rotary

switches set to 10-4 except the one being tested

Observe the pulse width with the counter at the location specified below

Verify pulse width is conect for each rotary switch as it is tested independently

For each of the four rotary switches in TIMING test each position to verify that the pulse wkJth is correct Observe the signal at the following locations DELAY U520(2) BURSTWIDTH U530(2) PERIOD U540(2) DURATION U550(2)

fl-N Systems I n c ^ E-maft emfl

131 Business Parti Loop PO 809(850 Cartsborg Wta 98324 8004201306 3804806300 FAX 36068O3S25

E-maft ansysQa nvystems-oom Wobste hflp Avwwa4nsy8(Qnttoam

15

Trigger outputs Controls

Range 10V Pulse Amplitude 500 Delay 100x10 Burst 100x10^2 Duration 100 x1a Period 400x10^ Pulse sign + Trig Mode Free run Trig in open

Inputs Observations

Trigger the oscilloscope to the Burst Trig Out Observe it the Pulse Trig Out and the isolated output

Adjust Check

Verify that the waveform consists of a burst of three 1ms-on3ms-off pulses The burst trigger should be synchronous with the burst the pulse trigger coincident with each pulse

Output Calibration

Isolation Resistance (check) Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode center position Trig In open

Measure the resistance between ground banana jack (front panel) and black banana jack of output with DMM

Resistance read gt 100MQ

Amplitude Switch Offset (R640) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Zero Trig Mode center position Trig In Open

Measure the voltage at TP645 vs TP650 with the DMM

Adjust R640 (AmpI Sw Offset) for minimum voltage

Output Offset (R332 front panel board) Controls I nputsObservatlons AdjustCheck

Baseline Zero Range 10V Trig Mode center position Trig In Open

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

Adjust R332 (Output offset) for minimum voltage

Positive Baseline Offset (R607) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Sign + Baseline Amplitude

fully CCW (000) Range 10V Trig In open Trig Mode center position

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

Adjust R602 (BSLN + offset) for minimum voltage

fl M raquo _ _ _ A laquo ^ _ i ^ ^ 131Buslnelaquo8Pari(loopPOBoK850Cart8borgWB96324

bull P I i s V S i e m S a |||Cg1Maphans80O42O130638O68O8300FAX36Olaquo8raquo^2S E-tiBft anagtraquoflwiisyagtlaquomraquoaimW6baHB hHpffii(wwraquoltnsylaquoleniieom

16

Negative Baseline Offset (R619) Controls

Baseline Sign -i Baseline Amplitude bull fully CCW (000)

Range 10V Trig In open Trig Mode center position

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

AdjustCheck

Adjust R619 (BSLN 4 offset) for minimum voltage

Pulse Amplitude Adjust (R602) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode Free Mode Pulse Amplitude 1000 Timing Dialay =none Burst =single Duration =1001 Period =00110-4 Pulse Sign -Trig In open Range 10V

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

The Overiap indicator should be on Adjust R602 (Max Level) for -1000V out

Pulse Sign Gain (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode Free Mode Pulse Amplitude 1000 Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =1001 s Period =00110-4s Trig In open Range 10V

Measure the voltage at the output with the DMM for the Pulse Sign at -- and - positions

The absolute values of the voltages should differ by less than lOOmV

Baseline Amplitudes (check) Controls InputsObservations

Range 100mA Trig Mode center position Baseline Amplitude fully CW (1000) Trig In open

Measure the voltage at the output with the DMM with Baseline Sign in + Zero and - positions

AdjustCheck

Gain the matching of current levels at = and - positions and offset current in Zero position

fl-N Systems Inc^^ bull E-mal am8

131 Business Partt Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 88324 8004201306360laquo8Oe300FAX 360laquo8O362S

E-maM am8y8^o-mBy8tflmBoom WobaKo hHp Awwwo-f i iBystonuoom

17

Output Range Amplitude and Drive (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Pulse Amplitude 1000 Pulse Sign + Trig Mode Free Run Timing Delay =none Burst =8ingle Duration =1001 Period =10010-4 Trig In open

Load the output with a 10KV1W 01 resistor Measure the voltage at the output with DMM

Verify that full scale output is within specification Scale Range 100V 100V 10V 10V 100mA IV 1mA 10V 10mA 100V

Pulse Sign and Short Circuit Protection (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Timing Delay =none Burst =8ingle Duration =200 10-4 Period =00110-3 Baseline Zero Pulse Amplitude 25 Range 10V Trig Mode Free Run Trig In open

Measure the voltage at the output with the oscilloscope Check for Pulse Sign set to each of + - biphasic Watch for Error indicator when shorting the output

Verify that pulses of approx 25V amplitude (625V for biphasic mode) of the correct sign are produced every 10ms Short output in biphasic mode Output should retum when opened

Output Transient Response (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Pulse Sign + Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =20010-4 Period =00110-3 Pulse Amplitude 250 Baseline Zero Trig Mode Free Mode Trig In open

Connect the oscilloscope to the output with a 310 attenuator prolse Test boVn 10V and 100V ranges

Verify that overshoot and risetime meet specifications

fl-N Systems I n c ^ 131 Business Parte Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wb 98324 8004201306 36Olaquo83O300 FAX 36O680lt352S

E-mQ0 snBy8Qs-msy8faiTiscom VWriMtte N ^ Mvww9-msy8lemscom

18

Specifications

There are three classes of specifications Class A specifications tested in all unHs and are guaranteed Class B specifications are inherent in the design they are indirectly tested and are guaranteed Class C specifications are typical operating values which are occasionally tested- these are typical values given for your infomiation but not guarshyanteed The class for each specification is noted in the center column of the following sections

Inputs Switching level

Hysteresis

Input equivalent circuit

Minimum duration (1 IL-level signal)

A

C

C

C

16V(plusmn02V)

approx 50 mV

100K ft to+5 In parallel with no more than 35pF

gt 50 ns

Open circuit condition B defaults to highon level

Timing and rate accuracy Rate selector steps

Timing multiplier steps

Resolution

Timing eror (second and later pulses after resetting controls)

B

B

B

B

lOOps to 100s In 7 steps

1 of rate selector step size Maximum value is 999 x the rate selector step size

approx 01 of the maximum value

lt 002 of rate selector value + 015 ps

Timing error (first pulse after readjusting timing controls)

an additional 025 ps error may occur

Timing repeatability lt 001 setting + 20 ns (monophasic)

fl-N Systems I nc ^ bull E-moU ams

131 Business Parti Loop PO Boot 850 Cartsborg VM 98324 80O42O130838O08O8300FAX36Olaquo8O3S2S

E-meU anByafl^iiisyslainaoomWebsHe hHpffliiwwraquomsys)emsoom

19

TRIG IN to OUTPUT delay (DELAY set to 0) output set to 2V

Timing jitter ft-om TRIG IN to OUTPUT (for TTL trigger input with risetime lt10 ns)

Timing jitter ft^om TRIG OUT (either BURST or PULSE) and OUTPUT

Trigger output to pulse output delay

Output charactsristics Pulse level enror (voltage mode open circuit cun-ent mode short circuit

Biphasic level difference |V + + V-|2

Baseline level error (voltage mode A open circuit current mode short circuit)

Risetime (25 V out)

Risetime (25 V out)

Transient response

A

A

A

Output impedance (voltage mode) C

Output impedance (current mode) C

Isolation resistance A

Isolation capacitance C

approx 05 ps for a load of no more than 10 Kft in parallel with 50 pF

lt 125 ns (all rates except 100s) lt 125 ps (100s rate)

Less than 20 ns (all rates)

approx 350 ns

lt 03 of setting + 05 of r range (plus an additional 05 pA inlOOpArenge)

lt 03 of range (voltage modes into open circuit current modes into short circuit)

lt 03 of setting of setting + 01 of range (plus an additional 05 pA in lOOpA range)

laquo 200 ns into less than 30 pF

laquo15 ps into less than 30 pF

lt 8 overshoot Into less than 30 pF for pulse voltages different than baseline voltage by at least 10 of range

laquo 50 ohms

raquo 1 0 Gft (typically 200 Gft)

raquo100Mft

laquo 60 pF at 100 Hz

fl-N Systems Inc^^ 131 Business Partt Uxip PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 96324 8004201308 SBOee^^SOO FAX 360laquoS3^52S

E-mat BiByraquoaiMii8ylaquoliiiiiseomWiljalteHlpJV(wwraquo4tgy8lenaoom

20

Noise (differential mode)

Noise (common mode earth to isolated ground) with no signal output

Overioad error indicator (low frequency short circuited voltage mode)

Overioad error indicator low frequency open circuited current mode)

Overioad enor response time

Miscellaneous

Power

Fuse

Operating temperature range

Storage temperature range

Operating humidity

Dimensions

Weight

laquo1 mV rms (10 V scale 10Hz-4MHz)

laquo 8 mV rms (10 Hz-4 MHz) laquo100mVp-p (200 Hz -10 MHz) measured withalOMft 15pF oscilloscope probe

Turns on for set amplitude at or greater than approx plusmn1V (10 V range) or plusmn2 V (100 V range)

Turns on for set amplitude at or above approx 2 of range

Flat to approx 30 ps duration Decreasing sensitivity for shorter pulses

approx 11 watts

1 amp 3 AG

10-30C

0 - 50deg C

5-80RH

17x475x1125 (Inches) 432x121x286 cm

20 lbs (9 kg)

fl mm bull gt _ _ _ A ^ ^ _ _ L ^ 131BusinesraquoPariltLocpPOBox850C8rtsborgWS9e324

bull p i ^ y s v e m s IIIC^^deg(^deg^Bdegltgt^^^3degdeg^deg^^deg^^^degdeg^^I^deg^deg^^^^^

21 E-mei flre^nQo 4n8yo(amscam Wsbsfle hHpAwwwe-msy8Jems-Oom

Warranty and Service

What does this warranty cover A-M Systems Inc warrants to the Purchaser that the Instrument excluding cables Headstage Probes and any other accessories shipped with the Instrument (hereafter the hardware) is free from defects in workmanship or material under normal use and service for the period of one (1) year This warranty commences on the date of delivery of the hardware to the Purchaser

What are the obligations of A-M Systems Inc under this warranty During the warranty period A-M Systems Inc agrees to repair or replace at its sole option without charge to the Purchaser any defective component part of the hardware To obtain warranty service the Purchaser must return the hardware to A-M Systems Inc or an authorized A-M Systems Inc distributor in an adequate shipping container Any postage shipping and insurance charges incurred in shipping the hardware to A-M Systems Inc must be prepaid by the Purchaser and all risk for the hardware shall remain with purchaser until such time as A-M Systems Inc takes receipt of the hardware Upon receipt A-M Systems Inc will promptly repair or replace the defective unit and then return the hardware to the Purchaser postage shipping and insurance prepaid A-M Systems Inc may use reconditioned or like new parts or units at its sole option when repairing any hardware Repaired products shall carry the same amount of outstanding wan^nty as from original purchase or ninety (90) days which ever is greater Any claim under the warranty must include a dated proof of purchase of the hardware covered by this wan-anty In any event A-M Systems Inc liability for defective hardware is limited to repairing or replacing the hardware

What is not covered by this warranty This warranty is contingent upon proper use and maintenance of the hardware by the Purchaser and does not cover batteries Neglect misuse whether intentional or otherwise tampering with or altering the hardware damage caused by accident damage caused by unusual physical electrical chemical or electromechanical stress damage caused by failure of electrical power or damage caused during transportation are not covered by this warranty Products may not be returned to A-M Systems Inc for service whether under warranty or otherwise which are contaminated by infectious agents radioactive compounds or other materials constituting a health hazard to employees of A-M Systems Inc

What are the limits of llabiiity for A-M Systems inc under this warranty A-M Systems Inc shall not be liable for loss of data profits or savings or any special incidental consequential indirect or other similar damages arising from breach of contract negligence or other legal action even if the company or its agent has been advised of the possibility of such damages or for any claim brought against you by another party THIS EQUIPMENT IS NOT INTENDED FOR CLINICAL MEASUREMENTS USING HUMAN SUBJECTS A-M SYSTEMS INC DOES NOT ASSUME RESPONSIBILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE DUE TO MISUSE OF THIS EQUIPMENT Jurisdictions vary with regard to the enforceability of provisions excluding or limiting liability for incidental or consequential damages Check the provision of your local jurisdiction to find out whether the above exclusion applies to you This warranty allocates risks of product failure between the Purchaser and A-M Systems Inc A-M Systems Inc hardware pricing reflects this allocation of risk and the limitations of liability contained in this wanranty The warranty set forth above is in lieu of all other express wan^anties whether oral or written The agents employees distributors and dealers of A-M Systems Inc are not authorized to make modifications to this wan-anty or additional wan-anties binding on the company Accordingly additional statements such as dealer advertising or presentations whether oral or written do not constitute wananties by A-M Systems Inc and should not be relied upon This warranty gives you specific legal rights You may also have other rights whrch vary from one jurisdiction to another

6 mm ^ laquo _ _ A a B ^ _ 1 ^ ^ 131 Business Parti Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg W B 98324 O O

bull P l A y S V e m S l n C T^M 8OO42OI3O6 380683-8300FAX 360 803525 ^ ^ E-msl iiiisy80iHTBy8tenisoom Wsbsito hnphwwfrimysleiiisoom

A

V ISO

INSTRUCTION MANUAL

FOR

ISOLATED PULSE STIMULATOR

MODEL 2100

Serial

Date

A-M Systems Inc

PO Box 850

Carlsborg WA 98324

USA

360-683-8300 bull 800-426-1306 FAX 360-683-3525

httpwwwa-msystemscom

Version 70 February 2002

Contents General Description 1

Instrument Features 1 Controls and Connectors 2

Operating Instructions 6 Theory of Operation 10 Calibration Procedures 12

Inputs 14 Output Calibration 16

Specifications 19 Warranty and Service 22

Each Isolated Pulse Stimulator is delivered complete with

Rack Mount Hardware Instructions amp Maintenance Manual

NOTE

This instrument is not intended for clinical measurements using human subjects A-M Systems Inc does not assume responsibility for Injury or damage due to the misuse of this instrument

General Description

Instrument Features The Isolated Pulse Stimulator Model 2100 is designed for a wide variety of applications It is highly flexible being capable of delivering single pulses biphasic pairs or bursts of pulses Pulses may be started manually or upon receiving a trigger signal from another Instrument or computer Two non-isolated trigger outputs are available for triggering other instruments

Four sets of timing controls provide comprehensive control overall aspects of pulse generation Three digit accuracy is available over a 7 decade range for each timing function using lever wheel switches Pulse widths can be set over more than a 9 decade range from 05 ps to 999 seconds Timing accuracy is assured through the use of a 10 MHz base rate crystal-controlled clock digitally divided to provide accurate timing over the entire range Atiming overiap indicator will light If the timing controls are set inconsistently

The output may be conveniently switched between current and voltage modes Pulse and baseline amplitudes are Independently presettable with lockable dials An error Indicator will light if the Mode2700 cannot deliver the desired signal

r WARNING

The Model 2100 can produce potentially dangerous voltages up to 100 V at the output connectors The isolated output is not connected internally to safety (earth) ground in any way Some part of the extemal circuit should be connected to safety ground Use caution in handling any wires connectors or electrodes which may be directly or indirectly attached to the Model 2100 output Some kinds of connectors such as BNC connectors have exposed metal parts which may float at dangerous potentials unless extemally connected to safety ground For greatest safety tum the Model 2100 off before making any connections to

the instrument

131 Business Parii Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Telophone 800-426-1306 bull 360-68raquolaquo300 bull FAX 360683-3525 E-mal satesa-msystemsoom VVfebsite httpywwwa^nsystemscom fl-N Systems Inc 1

Controls and Connectors The controls for the Model 2100 are grouped in three sections START which controls when a pulse or burst of pulses begins TIMING which controls the onoff timing of one or more pulses and OUTPUT which controls the amplitude of the output signal

Start TRIG SLOPE Determines the polarity of valid trigger pulses (positive or negative edges in the trigger signal)

MODE Controls waveform initiation When set to FREE RUN one timing cycle immediately follows the last When momentarily placed In the MANUAL position a timing cycle starts Immediately When the switch Is In the center position timing cycles start when valid triggering events occur

TRIGD This LED lights up when a timing cycle Is in process and continues until the burst is completed

TRIG This BNC connector allows a signal from an external source to Initiate timing cycles It is set for standard TTL levels

GATE This BNC connector allows a signal from an external source to restrict the final output signal This input must be at a logical high (or open-circuited) in order for the Model 2100 to recognize either manual or automatic trigger events

Gate 1_ Trigger |~~^ i I Valid triggers (represented by the arrows in the figure) can occur only when the gate Is at logical high Note that the up arrow would apply only If TRIG SLOPE is set to + the down an-ows would apply only if TRIG SLOPE Is set to -

NOTE Triggers have no effect if the system has not completed its response to a previous trigger

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Park Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Vb 98324 TelQphQne 80O426-1306 360683-8300 FAX 360683-3525 E-mail sales^a-msystemscom Wsbsite httpywwwa-msystemscom

Timing Four sets of controls govern the timing of pulse generation Each set contains two values which are multiplied together to detemnine the actual timing value The rotary knob (rate selector) provides the approximate timing value and the lever wheel switch bank (MULTIPLIER)

provides a time resolution of three decimal digits The following diagram shows most of the Important relationships

Output r Delay Duration

|ltPeriodgtj

t Burst width

Trigger event

DELAY These controls determine the time duration between the initiating trigger event and the beginning of the pulse burst If this rate selector is set to NONE or the multiplier is set to 000 there Is no delay

BURST WIDTH These controls determine the time period in which one or more pulses may be delivered Once started a pulse may outlast the burst width If this rate selector is set to SINGLE or to any time shorter than the pulse duration only a single pulse will occur If the BURST WIDTH Is longer than the period pulses will be emitted at the PERIOD rate until the burst time ends Pulses are never truncated by a short BURSTWIDTH

inds)-PULSE

D U R A T I O N 1 0 1 0

10

INTEB-PULSE PERIOD

1 1 10

DURATION These controls determine the length of each pulse Ifthis rate selector Is set to SQUARE the duration is set to half of the period regardless of the MULTIPLIER setting

PERIOD These controls set the period of time between adjacent pulse events within the burst It also forces a minimum dead time between recognized input triggers following a burst of one or more pulses This can be used to prevent over stimulation of a tissue without requiring excessive delay between the triggering event and the stimulating pulse

TIMING OVERLAP

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 860 Carisborg Vamp 98324 |Telophone 800-426-1306 360683-8300 bull FAX 3606aW525 E-mail salearega^nsystemsoom Vfeb5ite httpAwwwa^nsyslemscam

NOTE If any of these timing controls are changed while a timing cycle is in operation the results are undefined until the current cycle finishes

TIMING OVERLAP This LED will light to Indicate an inconsistency in the timing cycle settings There are several ways to introduce such errors The most common way is to set the Inter-pulse PERIOD to be less than the pulse DURATION

T I M I N G (seconds)^

TRIG OUT (UPPER) This BNC connector provides a signal which is coincident with the Internal Burst timing signal (default) This means the signal starts at the end of the Delay time and persists until the Burst time expires This output may also be set to represent the delay time-out by setting the internal jumper J510 to the right two pins instead of the left two pins (Please see the Calibration section in this manual for jumper location Directions are given as viewed from the front of the Instrument)

TRIG OUT (LOWER) This BNC connector provides a signal which Is coincident with the Duration timing signal which controls pulse output

NOTE Both trigger output signals slightly lead the isolated output signal

Output

PULSE SIGN This switch determines the polarity of the pulses to be generated It also allows generation of biphasic pulses thereby doubling the effective total period Warning the first pulse generated after changing the PULSE

SIGN switch may have the wrong polarity

BASELINE This Switch determines the polarity ofthe baseline signal

RANGE This rotary switch determines if the output pulses will be constant current (3 ranges) or constant voltage (2 ranges)

BASELINE AMPLITUDE This value is independently set using a ten-turn counting dial The maximum baseline amplitude is one tenth the value shown on the range amplitude switch

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 8S0 Cartsborg Vfa 98324 |Tetaphone 80O426-1306 bull 360683-8300 bull FAX 3606803525 E-mail salesa-msystemscom Wbbsite http7Awwwaflnsystemscom

PULSE AMPLITUDE This value is independently set using a ten-turn counting dial The maximum pulse amplitude is the value shown on the range amplitude switch

EVENT This LED indicates when a pulse is ongoing

ERROR This LED indicates when the internal output amplifier cannot output the pulse as desired This is usually due to a short circuit while trying to output a voltage or an open circuit while trying to output a current

VOTEThe Pulse Sign control in the Oupuf section directly affects waveform timing When set to the Biphasic mode a positive-going pulse is immediately followed by a negative-going pulse This effectively doubles the pulse duration If a burst of biphasic pulses is being produced the period must be at least twice the single pulse duration In the Square wave mode the baseline disappears as long as the burst persists

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsboig Vte 98324 |Telophone 800426-1306 360683-8300 bull FAX 3606833525 E-mail salesa-m5ystem5 com Website httpwwwa-msystemscom

Operating Instructions

Examples Simple setup (and minimal instrument test)

Connect the output ofthe Model 2100 to an oscilloscope Before connecting the Model 2100 to any other instrument or the experimental preparation It is safest to turn Its power off

Set the Oufpuf controls

Range 10V Pulse Sign +

Baseline Zero Pulse Amplitude 200

Setting The Timing Controls

Delay Burst Width

Duration Period

none single

15010-2 50010-2

Setting The Start Controls

Mode Free Run

Disconnect any cables to the TRIG or GATE inputs

Note that the green Trig and Event Indicators turn on as Free Run is turned on (and turn off otherwise) You should observe a 15ms duration 20Hz rate pulse of 200V above a OV baseline on the oscilloscope

fl-N Systems Inc 131 BusinessPartiLoop RO Box850CarisbcxgWa98324 |Telophone 800426-1306 bull 360-683-8300 bull FW 360683-3525 E-mail salesa-msystems com VVbbsite httpywwwa-msystems com

Demonstration of Burst Mode Connect the output ofthe Model 2100 to an oscilloscope Before connecting the Model 2100 to any other instrument or the experimental preparation It Is safest to turn its power off

Set the Outpuf controls

Range 10V Pulse Sign +

Baseline Pulse Amplitude 200

Baseline Amplitude 100

Setting The Timing Controls

Delay 88010-2 Burst Width 12010-^

Duration 15010-2 Period 50010-2

Set the START controls as follows

Mode Free Run

Disconnect any cables to the TRIG or GATE inputs

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Telophooe 8004201306 360683-8300 bull FAX 360683-3525 E^naii salesa-msystems com Watjsite http7wwwa-msystemscom

Trigger the oscilloscope from the Bursf trigger out (upper Trig Out connector) for a stable display In each burst (occurring every lOOms) you should observe a trio of 15ms duration starting 50ms apart Try switching the StartMode from Free Run to the center (nonnal) position The pulses will no longer be produced and the Trig and Event Indicators will tum off Pressing this switch once (to Manual) will cause a single burst to occur

Problem Solving If the instrument appears to be not working properiy check all ofthe control settings and connections Be sure to wait at least 5-10 seconds after turning the instrument off before turning it on again The following summary of typical problems for the user (along with the most common solutions) may help

Problem CauseSolution

EVENT Indicator never lights even in FREE RUN mode

bull Replace fuse check power connection bullSet DELAY or PERIOD to a shorter interval

bull Power-on too soon after power-off

OVERLAP Indicator is on

ERROR indicator is on

bull Set DURATION gt000 bull DURATION Is set to SQUARE but

PERIOD is 000 Increase PERIOD or set DURATION independantly

bull BURST and WIDTH are gt DURATION increase PERIOD or decrease DURATION

bull BIPHASIC pulse output Is on and PERIOD is not longer than twice the DURATION Increase PERIOD or decrease DURATION

bull Free-run Is on and BURST is lt PERIOD (BURST off) DELAY is 0 and PERIOD Is lt DURATION Add delay or modify PERIOD

bull Free-run is on and BURST is gt DURATION (BURST ON) and PERIOD is lt DURATION Increase PERIOD

bull For VOLTAGE outputs the output is trying to drive too low a resistance or capacitance (eg a short circuit) Check by disconnecting the output ft is possible (and normal) that for the fastest cycles and largest amplitudes (close to 100 V

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business PartiLoop PO Box 850 CartsborgWa 98324 iTelophone 800-42O130636O6e3-8300FAX 3606B3-3525 E-mail satesaflisyslefmcom Vfebslte http7wwwa-msyslemscom

and 1 ps) that the ERROR indicator might always come on during repetitive pulses Fix output load or decrease amplitude as required

Time appears to be excessive Changed control in mid-cycle (resets current status)

Cant seem to get a full signal out Load Is not properiy connected repair wiring Too low a load impedance (VOLTAGE modes) or too high a load impedance (CURRENT mode)

Incoming triggers not accepted frequently enough

PERIOD is set too long (enforces dead time) followd by BURST set to SIGNAL Reduce PERIOD time

Table 10 Problem Solving

If you suspect that the Model 2100 may have completely failed we recommend checking the basic level of functionality Ifthis fails your instrument Is defective and must be repaired Ifthis passes either your experimental setup is incompatible or inconsistent or there is a more subtle flaw in your Model 2100

If the Model 2100 appears to be malfunctioning contact A-M Systems Inc or your dealer We will first attempt to solve the problem over the telephone so have an exact description of your problem available when you call You do not need to be within the warranty period to obtain over-the-phone assistance

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 iTetoptxme 80O426-1306 bull 360683-8300 FAX 3606803525 E-mail satesa-msystemsoomAfebsitehttpJwwwaflisystemscom

Theory of Operation

The operation ofthe Model 2100 is summarized in the block diagram (see the figure on Page 11) Not shown are all ofthe interconnections with the microcontroller The internal microcontroler plays an important role in setting the signal path but does not directly contribute to the dynamic characteristics It scans the front panel switches and sets the control values for the logic arrays It programs the internal counters which along with the other hardware achieve the necessary sub-microsecond speeds

Pulse generation starts either from an Input trigger signal (from Trig In) or an internally signal (Free Run mode) A Delay timer counts the 10MHz clock until its count value is exhausted At this point the Burst Period and Duration timers are started If the Burst timer has not expired by the end ofthe Period the Period and Duration timers are restarted If the Biphasic mode has been set the Duration timer is restarted at the end of the initial Duration and the sign ofthe output pulse is reversed doubling the total duration

The system state (pulse on pulse sign baseline sign [+0f-]) is transmitted to the isolated section via optoisolator The baseline and pulse amplitudes are selected by an analog switch The resulting signal is amplified by a variable-power-supply discrete operational amplifier The amplifier connections and gain is modified to provide two voltage and three current ranges

Timing overiap errors are detected by a logical decision computation rather than by testing for counter collisions This provides instant feedback rather than waiting up to an hour for such a collision to occur Output errors are measured by sensing the output amplifiers differential input voltage Under normal conditions this is a negligible voltage If the amplifier fails to deliver the requested signal the window comparator testing this voltage sends this message (via optoisolator) to the logic section turning on a warning LED

fl-N Systems Inc 131BusinessPart(LoopRO Box850CarisboigWa98324 4 n Tel0pri0ne80O426-130636O683^300FAX36O6833525 ^ E-mail salesaflisystBmscom V febsite http7wwwa-msystemsoom

S i

I - - ^^mdasho^M

OUTPUT i l l

TRIG ^ OUT

(burst)

TRIG 3-lt) OUT

(pulse)

til

I laquo

Calibration Procedures

The calibration interval is the lesser of 1000 hours of operation or 6 months Somewhat greater drift can be expected in the first 100 hours of operation as the semiconductors age Adjustments should only be made after the instrument has been fully warmed up for at least 15 minutes

Full instrument calibration requires the following test equipment digital multimeter (plusmn 01) able to measure resistance to at least lOOMO oscilloscope with at least 50MHz bandwidth true-mis voltmeter with 4MHz bandwidth universal counter (plusmn 001 ) able to measure single pulse widths and periods resistors (all plusmn 01) 2kn lOkH 1 watt 20kn 200kn alligator clip lead sets banana plugs and BNC adapters

Adjustment integrated circuit and test point locations are shown in the following figures All adjustments are on the timing board unless othenAise noted

All voltages in the non-isolated section should be measured with respect to ground at TP510 unless othenwise stated Some voltages are measured with respect to an internal isolated ground at TP650 or across the two output temninals Occasionally the voltage at an IC pin must be measured in these cases the reference designator is given with the pin number in parentheses eg U602(16) When it states within this procedure that a voltage is to be minimized this means that the adjustment should be made such that the measured voltage is as close to zero volts as possible Refer to the Specifications Section of this manual for acceptable tolerances

The sequence of this procedure is important If any adjustment is made all adjustments which follow must be made to ensure that the specifications will be met These procedures require that all controls remain as set in previous steps unless othenAise indicated

WARNING

The Model 2100 has dangerous voltages throughout the instrument even with the power is off Servicing the Model 2100 should only be done by qualified service personnel Use caution in handling any wires connectors or electrodes which may be directly or indirectly attached to the instrument Do not touch exposed connections or components Disconnect power by unplugging the power cord from the receptacle

H B ^ ^ S y s t e m s inc^degdegp^deg^^deg-^^^^^^^^B3^^^degdeg^^^lt^^^B^^^^ 131BusinessPartiLoopPO Box850CartsbOigWamp98324 4 9 |Telophone800-42013C6360683-8300F0lt360683-3525 ^ E-mail salesa-msystefnscom website httpwwwaflisystems com

CO

TP501 O lt0

g OTPSOO

U560 S

Trig Gate

0 -TISOS

U570

U500

Timing

p U520

Timing

K U550 Timin

gt U540

U515

o X I Timin

U508 I

J510 Timing nnn

Burst Delay J400

gt U550

R503

D D I D bull U8QQ i Q

n

oo

V P 5 1 0

b U535

^

Clock i _

U555

lt U 5 4 5

o

h d ^ O - - ^ U605

Q D

U620

O fJZ^ R737 bull ^ 1^13015 r j C - C O M P

B B nU770 ^ ^ ^ 5 ^ a

J420

a

o E

bull [ ]U632

riueso

rR742rVhigh R 6 1 9 ^

LJ TP645 O TP650

TPMOQ^QS

Vlow

CD-

CZZl

J440 bull bull tl iUDQ

I t

f i l

Power supply and bias voltages

Power supply

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

POWER ON Observe voltage at P703 power supply wire top of main board

Check for+15 plusmn 050 V

Observe voltage at P701 power supply wire top of main board

Check for-15 plusmn 050 V

Observe voltage at U505(24) Check for +5 plusmn 025 V

Isolated supply voltage Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

RANGE 10 V TRIG open circuit MODE center position

Alternately observe V ^ from R742 to R740 and V ^ from theU605(4)toU605(8)

Adjust R773 so that 110VltV lt 120 V and

nigh

28VltV|^lt34V

Capacitance balance Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

Connect a xlO oscilloscope probe to TP650 and ground the

Adjust R737 for minimum high frequency signal

Inputs

Gate function Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave Verify that the voltage to GATE switches states at the Observe voltage at U510(3) proper input levels with an oscilloscope

Trigger slope Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave Verify that the voltage to TRIG switches states at the Observe voltage at U510( 1) proper input levels with an oscilloscope

TRIG SLOPE Verify voltage is 180deg out of phase

TRIG SLOPE Verify voltage is in phase

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 860 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Jelophone 800-4201306 360683-8300 bull FM 380683-3525 E-mail salesaflTsystBfnscom bull Vtebsite httpVAirwwaflisystems com

14

Trigger and gate f unc t i on

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

DELAY NONE BURS-nMDTH SINGLE DURATION SQUARE PERIOD 100X10-3

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave to TRIG Observe TRIGD and EVENT LEDs

TRIG disconnect all Short the GATE connector to GND Verify LEDs extinguish

MODE press to MANUAL Verify LEDs flash once

Timing

System c lock f requency

Controls Inputs Observations Ad jus t Check

Observe the frequency of the wave Verify 1000 MHz plusmn 001 atU555(17)

Mul t ip l iers (Wheel Swi tches)

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

PULSE SIGN-laquobull MODE FREE RUN TRIG disconnect all TIMING MULTIPUERS all

wheels set to zero except the one being tested

TIMING OVERLAP ignore

Observe the pulse width with the counter at the location specified t)elow

Verify pulse width is correct for each wheel as it is tested independently

For each wheel of each MULTIPLIER test each position to verify that the pulse width is correct Observe the signal at the following locations DELAY U520(2) BURSTWIDTH U530(2) PERIOD U540(2) DURATION U550(2)

Rates (Rotary Swi tches)

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

TIMING MULTIPUERS 001 Observe the pulse width with the TIMING RATES all rotary counter at the location specified

switches set to 10-4 below except the one being tested

Verify pulse width is correct for each rotary switch as it is tested independently

For each ofthe four rotary switches in TIMING test each position to verify that the pulse width is correct Observe the signal at the following locations DELAY U520(2) BURSTWIDTH U530(2) PERIOD U540(2) DURATION U550(2)

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 iTetophone 8004201306 bull 360683-8300 bull FOC 3606803525 E-mail salesa-msystemscom Wbbsite httpJwwwaflTSystemscom

15

Trigger outputs

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

Range 10V Pulse Amplitude 500 Delay 100 xlO^ Burst 100 x 10 ^ Duration 100x10-^ Period 400x10-^ Pulse sign + Trig Mode Free run Trig in open

Trigger the oscilloscope to the Burst Trig Out Observe it the Pulse Trig Out and the isolated output

Verify that the waveform consists of a burst of three 1ms-on3ms-off pulses The burst trigger should be synchronous with the burst the pulse trigger coincident with each pulse

Output Calibration

Isolation Resistance (check)

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode center position Trig In open

Measure the resistance between ground banana jack (front panel) and black banana jack of output with DMM

Resistance read gt 100MQ

Amplitude Switch Offset (R640)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Zero Trig Mode center position Trig In Open

Measure the voltage at TP645 vs TP650 with the DMM

Adjust R640 (AmpI Sw Offset) for minimum voltage

Output Offset (R332 front panel board) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Zero Range 10V Trig Mode center position Trig In Open

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

Adjust R332 (Output offset) for minimum voltage

Positive Baseline Offeet (R607) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Sign + Baseline Amplitude

fully CCW (000) Range 10V Trig In open Trig Mode center position

Measure the voltage across the outputwiththeDMM

Adjust R602 (BSLN + offset) for minimum voltage

fl-N Systems Inc 131 BusBiess Parti Loop P O Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Telophone B00-42O1306 bull 360683-8300 bull FAX 3606803525 E-mail salesaflisystemscom V^tebsite httpy^vwwa-msystems com

16

Negative Baseline Offset (R619)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Sign -Baseline Amplitude

fully CCW (000) Range 10V Trig In open Trig Mode center position

Measure the voltage across the outputwiththeDMM

Adjust R619 (BSLN + offset) for minimum voltage

Pulse Amplitude Adjust (R602)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode Free Mode Pulse Amplitude 1000 Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =1001 Period =00110-4 Pulse Sign -Trig In open Range 10V

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

The Overiap indicator should be on Adjust R602 (Max Level) for -10OOV out

Pulse Sign Gain (check)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode Free Mode Pulse Amplitude 1000 Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =100 1s Period =001 10-4s Trig In open Range 10V

Measure the voltage at the output with the DMM for the Pulse Sign at + and - positions

The absolute values ofthe voltages should differ by less than lOOmV

Baseline Amplitudes (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Range 100mA Trig Mode center position Baseline Amplitude fully CW (1000) Trig In open

Measure the voltage at the output with the DMM with Baseline Sign in + Zero and

- positions

Gain the matching of current levels at = and - positions and offset current in Zero position

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop PO Box 850 Cartsboig Wa 98324 Telophone 800-4201306 360683-8300 FkX 3606803525 E-mail salesa-msystemscom website http^^wwaflisystemsccm

17

Output Range Amplitude and Drive (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Pulse Amplitude 1000 Pulse Sign + Trig Mode Free Run Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =1001 Period =10010-4 Trig In open

Load the output with a 10KV 1W 01 resistor Measure the voltage at the output with DMM

Verify that full scale output is within specification Scale Range 100V 100V 10V 10V 100mA IV 1mA 10V 10mA 100V

Pulse Sign and Short Circuit Protection (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =200 10-4 Period =00110-3 Baseline Zero Pulse Amplitude 25 Range 10V Trig Mode Free Run Trig In open

Measure the voltage at the output with the oscilloscope Check for Pulse Sign set to each of + - biphasic Watch for Error indicator when shorting the output

Verify that pulses of approx 25V amplitude (625V for biphasic mode) of the correct sign are produced every 10ms Short output in biphasic mode Output should return when opened

Output Transient Response (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Pulse Sign + Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =20010-4 Period =00110-3 Pulse Amplitude 250 Baseline Zero Trig Mode Free Mode Trig In open

Connect the oscilloscope to the output with a 310 attenuator probe Test both 10V and 100V ranges

Verify that overshoot and risetime meet specifications

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Telophone 8004201306 bull 3606808300 bull Flaquo( 360laquo83ltJ525 E-mail salesa-msystemsocm V^febsite http^wwwa-msystefnscom

18

Specifications

There are three classes of specifications Class A specifications tested in all units and are guaranteed Class B specifications are inherent in the design they are indirectly tested and are guaranteed Class C specifications are typical operating values which are occasionally tested- these are typical values given for your information but not guarshyanteed The class for each specification is noted in the center column ofthe following sections

Inputs Switching level

Hysteresis

Input equivalent circuit

Minimum duration (1 IL-level signal)

A

C

C

C

16 V(plusmn 02 V)

approx 50 mV

lOOKH to+5 in parallel with no more than 35pF

gt 50 ns

Open circuit condition B defaults to highon level

Timing and rate accuracy Rate selector steps

Timing multiplier steps

B

B

lOOpsto 100s in 7 steps

1 of rate selector step size Maximum value is 999 X the rate selector step size

Resolution B approx 01 ofthe maximum value

Timing error (second and later pulses after resetting controls)

B lt 002 of rate selector value + 015 ps

Timing error (first pulse after readjusting timing controls)

an additional 025 ps error may occur

Timing repeatability lt 001 setting + 20 ns (monophasic)

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Ram Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Vfa 98324 pTelophone 8004201306 bull 360683-8300 bull FAX 360683-3525

E-mail salesraquoflisystems com Wabsite httpJAnww afl isystems com

19

TRIG IN to OUTPUT delay (DELAY set to 0) output set to 2V

Timing jitter from TRIG IN to OUTPUT (for TTL trigger input with risetime lt10 ns)

Timing jitter from TRIG OUT (either BURST or PULSE) and OUTPUT

Trigger output to pulse output delay

Output characteristics Pulse level error (voltage mode open circuit current mode short circuit

Biphasic level difference IV + - V-1 2

Baseline level error (voltage mode open circuit current mode short circuit)

Risetime (25 V out)

Risetime (25 V out)

Transient response

A

A

A

Output impedance (voltage mode) C

Output impedance (current mode) C

Isolation resistance A

Isolation capacitance C

approx 05 ps for a load of no more than 10 KH in parallel with 50 pF

lt 125 ns (all rates except 100s) lt 125 ps (100s rate)

Less than 20 ns (all rates)

approx 350 ns

lt 03 of setting + 05 of r range (plus an additional 05 pA in 100 pA range)

lt 03 of range (voltage modes into open circuit current modes into short circuit)

lt 03 of setting of setting + 01 of range (plus an additional 05 pA in lOOpA range)

= 200 ns into less than 30 pF

= 15 ps into less than 30 pF

lt 8 overshoot into less than 30 pF for pulse voltages different than baseline voltage by at least 10 of range

= 50 ohms

raquo 1 0 GH (typically 200 GO)

raquo 1 0 0 M n

= 60 pF at 100 Hz

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Peril Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg V6 98324 |TelCf)hone 800-4201306 3606808300 bull FAX 360683-3525 E-mal salesaflisystefnsoom Website hnpyMVfWafllsystemsoom

20

Noise (differential mode)

Noise (common mode earth to isolated ground) with no signal output

Overload error indicator (low frequency short circuited voltage mode)

Overload error indicator low frequency open circuited current mode)

Overioad error response time

Miscellaneous

= 1 mV rms (10 V scale 10 Hz-4 MHz)

= 8 mV rms (10 Hz-4 MHz) == 100mVp-p (200 Hz -10 MHz) measured withalOMH 15pF oscilloscope probe

Turns on for set amplitude at or greater than approx plusmn1 V (10 V range) or plusmn2 V (100 V range)

Turns on for set amplitude at or above approx 2 of range

Flat to approx 30 ps duration Decreasing sensitivity for shorter pulses

Power

Fuse

Operating temperature range

Storage temperature range

Operating humidity

Dimensions

approx 11 watts

1 amp 3AG

10-30degC

0 - 50deg C

5 - 80 RH

17x475x1125 (inches) 432x121x286 cm

Weight 20 lbs (9 kg)

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Wb 98324 |Tetcphone 8004201306 3606808300 bull FOt 360683-3525 E-mail satesamsystems comV^febsite httpywwwaflisystemscom

21

Warranty and Service

What does this warranty cover A-M Systems Inc warrants to the Purchaser that the Instrument excluding cables Headstage Probes and any other accessories shipped with the Instrument (hereafter the hardware) is free from defects in workmanship or material under normal use and service for the period of one (1) year This warranty commences on the date of delivery ofthe hardware to the Purchaser

What are the obligations of A-M Systems Inc under this warranty During the warranty period A-M Systems Inc agrees to repair or replace at its sole option without charge to the Purchaser any defective component part of the hardware To obtain warranty service the Purchaser must return the hardware to A-M Systems Inc or an authorized A-M Systems Inc distributor in an adequate shipping container Any postage shipping and insurance charges incurred in shipping the hardware to A-M Systems Inc must be prepaid by the Purchaser and all risk for the hardware shall remain with purchaser until such time as A-M Systems Inc takes receipt of the hardware Upon receipt A-M Systems Inc will promptly repair or replace the defective unit and then return the hardware to the Purchaser postage shipping and insurance prepaid A-M Systems Inc may use reconditioned or like new parts or units at its sole option when repairing any hardware Repaired products shall carry the same amount of outstanding warranty as from original purchase or ninety (90) days which ever is greater Any claim under the warranty must include a dated proof of purchase ofthe hardware covered by this warranty In any event A-M Systems Inc liability for defective hardware is limited to repairing or replacing the hardware

What is not covered by this warranty This warranty is contingent upon proper use and maintenance ofthe hardware by the Purchaser and does not cover batteries Neglect misuse whether intentional or othenwise tampering with or altering the hardware damage caused by accident damage caused by unusual physical electrical chemical or electromechanical stress damage caused by failure of electrical power or damage caused during transportation are not covered by this wan-anty Products may not be returned to A-M Systems Inc for service whether under warranty or otherwise which are contaminated by infectious agents radioactive compounds or other materials constituting a health hazard to employees of A-M Systems Inc

What are the limits of liability for A-M Systems Inc under this warranty A-M Systems Inc shall not be liable for loss of data profits or savings or any special incidental consequential indirect or other similar damages arising from breach of contract negligence or other legal action even if the company or its agent has been advised of the possibility of such damages or for any claim brought against you by another party THIS EQUIPMENT IS NOT INTENDED FOR CLINICAL MEASUREMENTS USING HUMAN SUBJECTS A-M SYSTEMS INC DOES NOT ASSUME RESPONSIBILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE DUE TO MISUSE OF THIS EQUIPMENT Jurisdictions vary with regard to the enforceability of provisions excluding or limiting liability for incidental or consequential damages Check the provision of your local jurisdiction to find out whether the above exclusion applies to you

This warranty allocates risks of product failure between the Purchaser and A-M Systems Inc A-M Systems Inc hardware pricing reflects this allocation of risk and the limitations of liability contained in this warranty The warranty set forth above is in lieu of all other express warranties whether oral or written The agents employees distributors and dealers of A-M Systems Inc are not authorized to make modifications to this warranty or additional wan-anties binding on the company Accordingly additional statements such as dealer advertising or presentations whether oral or written do not constitute warranties by A-M Systems Inc and should not be relied upon This warranty gives you specific legal rights You may also have other rights which vary from one jurisdiction to another

fl-N Systems Inc 131BusinessPartiLoop RO Box850CartsbOfgWa98324 p O |Telophone 8004201306 bull 360683-8300FOC 3606830525 ^ ^ E-mail saiesaflisystefTiscom Wbbsite httpVwwwa-msystemscom

Power supply and bias voltages

Power supply

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

POWER ON Observe voltage at P703 power supply wire top of main board

Check for+15 plusmn 050 V

Observe voltage at P701 power supply wire top of main board

Check for-15 plusmn 050 V

Observe voltage at U505(24) Check for +5 plusmn 025 V

Isolated supply voltage

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

RANGE 10 V TRIG open circuit MODE center position

Alternately observe V from high

R742 to R740 and V _ from kw

the U605(4) to U605(8)

Adjust R773 so that 110VltV lt 120 V and

high

28VltV^^lt34V

Capacitance balance

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

Connect a x10 oscilloscope probe to TP650 and ground the

Adjust R737 for minimum high frequency signal

Inputs

Gate funct ion

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave Verify that the voltage to GATE switches states at the Observe voltage at U510(3) proper input levels with an oscilloscope

Trigger s lope

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave Verify that the voltage to TRIG switches states at the Observe voltage at U510(1) proper input levels with an oscilloscope

TRIG SLOPE-I- Verify voltage is 180deg out of phase

TRIG SLOPE- Verify voltage is in phase

A-M Systems Inc 131 Business Paik Loop PO Box 850 Cailsborg Wa 98324 Tekvhone 8004201306 36O683laquo300 - FAX 360683-3S2S E-mail salesOa-msystemscom Website httpywwwa-msystemscom

14

Trigger and gate funct ion

Controls Inputs Observations

DELAY NONE BURSTWIDTH SINGLE DURATION SQUARE PERIOD 100X10-3

AdjustCheck

Apply a 1 kHz 0 -5 V triangle wave to TRIG Observe TRiGoand EVENT LEDS

TRIG disconnect all Short the GATE connector to GND Verify LEDs extinguish

MODE press to MANUAL Verify LEDs flash once

Timing

System clock frequency

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

Observe the frequency of the wave Verify 1000 MHz plusmn 001 atU555(17)

Mu l t i p l i e rs (Whee l Sw i t ches )

Controls Inputs Observat ions A d j u s t C h e c k

PULSE SIGN+ MODE FREE RUN TRIG disconnect all TIMING MULTIPUERS all

Wheels set to zero except the one being tested

TIMING OVERLAP ignore

Observe the pulse width with the counter at the location specified below

Verify pulse width is correct for each wheel as it is tested independently

For each wheel of each MULTIPLIER test each position to verify that the pulse width is correct Observe the signal at the following locations DELAY U520(2) BURSTWIDTH U530(2) PERIOD U540(2) DURATION U550(2)

Rates (Rotary Switches)

Controls Inputs Observations A d j u s t C h e c k

TIMING MULTIPUERS 001 TIMING RATES all rotary

switches set to 10-4 except the one being tested

Observe the pulse width with the counter at the location specified below

Verify pulse width is correct for each rotary switch as it is tested independently

For each of the four rotary switches in TIMING test each position to verify that the pulse width is correct Observe the signal at the following locations DELAY U520(2) BURSTWIDTH U530(2) PERIOD U540(2) DURATION U550(2)

A-M Systems Inc 131 Business Paik Loop PO Box 850 Caiisborg Wa 98324 Telophone 800-428-1306 bull 3606808300 FAX 360683-3525 E-mail salesOa-msystemscom Website httpwwwa-msystemscom

15

Trigger outputs Controls

Range 10V Pulse Amplitude 500 Delay 100x10-2 Burst 100x10-2 Duration 100 xlQ-^ Period 400x10-3 Pulse sign + Trig Mode Free run Trig in open

Inputs Observations

Trigger the oscilloscope to the Burst Trig Out Observe it the Pulse Trig Out and the isolated output

AdjustCheck

Verify that the waveform consists of a burst of three 1 ms-on3ms-off pulses The burst trigger should be synchronous with the burst the pulse trigger coincident with each pulse

Output Calibration

Isolation Resistance (check) Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

Trig Mode center position Trig In open

Measure the resistance between ground banana jack (front panel) and black banana jack of output with DMM

Resistance read gt 10OMQ

Amplitude Switch Offset (R640) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Zero Trig Mode center position Trig In Open

Measure the voltage at TP645 vs TP650 with the DMM

Adjust R640 (AmpI Sw Offset) for minimum voltage

Output Offset (R332 front panel board) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Zero Range 10V Trig Mode center position Trig In Open

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

Adjust R332 (Output offset) for minimum voltage

Positive Baseline Offset (R607) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Sign + Baseline Amplitude

fully CCW (000) Range 10V Trig In open Trig Mode center position

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

Adjust R602 (BSLN + offset) for minimum voltage

A-M Systems Inc 131 Business Paik Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Jelophone 8004201306 36O6834300 - FAX 380laquo83-352S E-mail salesOa-msystemscom Website httpwwwa-msystemscam

16

Negative Baseline Offset (R619)

Controls InputsObservations

Baseline Sign -Baseline Amplitude

fully CCW (000) Range 10V Trig In open Trig Mode center position

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

AdjustCheck

Adjust R619 (BSLN + offset) for minimum voltage

Pulse Ampl i tude Adjust (R602)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode Free Mode Pulse Amplitude 1000 Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =1001 Period =00110-4 Pulse Sign -Trig In open Range 10V

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

The Overlap indicator should be on Adjust R602 (Max Level) for -10OOV out

Pulse Sign Gain (check)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode Free Mode Pulse Amplitude 1000 Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =100 Is Period =001 10-4s Trig In open Range 10V

Measure the voltage at the output with the DMM for the Pulse Sign at + and - positions

The absolute values of the voltages should differ by less than 10OmV

Baseline Ampl i tudes (check)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

flange 100mA Trig Mode center position Baseline Amplitude fully CW (1000) Trig In open

Measure the voltage at the output with the DMM with Baseline Sign in + Zero and - positions

Gain the matching of current levels at = and - positions and offset current in Zero position

A-M Systems Inc 131 Business Psik Loop PO Box 850 Caiisborg Wa 98324 Telophone 800426-1306 bull 36Olaquo8raquo8300 bull FAX 360683-3525 E-mail salesOa-msystemscom Website httpwwwa-msystemsccm

17

Output Range Amplitude and Drive (check)

Controls InputsObservations

Pulse Amplitude 1000 Pulse Sign + Trig Mode Free Run Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =1001 Period =10010-4 Trig In open

Load the output with a 10KV 1W 01 resistor Measure the voltage at the output with DMM

Pulse Sign and Short Circuit Protection (check)

Controls

Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =200 10-4 Period =00110-3 Baseline Zero Pulse Amplitude 25 Range 10V Trig Mode Free Run Trig In open

InputsObservations

Measure the voltage at the output with the oscilloscope Check for Pulse Sign set to each of + - biphasic Watch for Error indicator when shorting the output

Output Transient Response (check)

Controls InputsObservations

Verify that full scale output is within specification Scale Range 100V 100V 10V 10V 100mA IV 1mA 10V 10mA 100V

AdjustCheck

Verify that pulses of approx 25V amplitude (625V for biphasic mode) of the correct sign are produced every 10ms Short output in biphasic mode Output should return when opened

AdjustCheck

Pulse Sign + Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =20010-4 Period =00110-3 Pulse Amplitude 250 Baseline Zero Trig Mode Free Mode Trig In open

Connect the oscilloscope to the output with a 310 attenuator probe Test both 10V and 10OV ranges

Verify that overshoot and risetime meet specifications

A-M Systems Inc 131 Business Paik Loop PO Box 850 Cailsbora Wa 98324 Tetophone 8004201306 bull 36Oeuro83-8300 bull FAX 360683-352S E-mail salasOa-msystemscom Website hitpywwwa-msystamsoom

18

Specifications

There are three classes of specifications Class A specifications tested in all units and are guaranteed Class B specifications are inherent in the design they are indirectly tested and are guaranteed Class C specifications are typical operating values which are occasionally tested- these are typical values given for your information but not guarshyanteed The class for each specification is noted in the center column of the following sections

Inputs Switching level

Hysteresis

Input equivalent circuit

Minimum duration (TTL-level signal)

A

C

C

C

16 V (plusmn 02 V)

approx 50 mV

lOOKfl to-1-5 in parallel with no more than 35pF

gt50ns

Open circuit condition B defaults to highon level

Timing and rate accuracy

Rate selector steps

Timing multiplier steps

B

B

100S to 100s in 7 steps

1 of rate selector step size Maximum value is 999 X the rate selector step size

Resolution B approx 01 of the maximum value

Timing error (second and later pulses after resetting controls)

B lt 002 of rate selector value + 015S

Timing error (first pulse after readjusting timing controls)

an additional 025s error may occur

Timing repeatability lt 001 settings-20 ns (mbnophasic)

A-M Systems Inc 131 Business Paik Loop PO Box 850 Caiisborg Wa 98324 Telophone 8004201306 3606808300 FAX 3606803S25 E-mail salesOa-msystemscom bull Website httpyy(wwaltTisystemscom

19

TRIG IN to OUTPUT delay (DELAY set to 0) output set to 2V

Timing jitter from TRIG IN to OUTPUT (for TTL trigger input with risetime lt10 ns)

Timing jitter from TRIG OUT (either BURST or PULSE) and OUTPUT

Trigger output to pulse output delay

Output characteristics Pulse level error (voltage mode open circuit current mode short circuit

Biphasic level difference IV-H-i-V-l2

Baseline level error (voltage mode A open circuit current mode short circuit)

Risetime (25 V out)

Risetime (25 V out)

Transient response

A

A

A

Output impedance (voltage mode) C

Output impedance (current mode) C

Isolation resistance A

Isolation capacitance C

approx 05 ps for a load of no more than 10 Kft in parallel with 50 pF

lt 125 ns (all rates except 100s) lt125ys (100s rate)

Less than 20 ns (all rates)

approx 350 ns

lt 03 of setting -i- 05 of r range (plus an additional 05vA in 100 ywA range)

lt 03 of range (voltage modes into open circuit current modes into short circuit)

lt 03 of setting of setting -I- 01 of range (plus an additional 05 pA in 100A range)

= 200 ns into less than 30 pF

= 15 yws into less than 30 pF

lt 8 overshoot into less than 30 pF for pulse voltages different than baseline voltage by at least 10 of range

= 50 ohms

raquo 1 0 Ga (typically 200 GD)

raquo 1 0 0 M n

= 60 pF at 100 Hz

A BB f ^ _ M 1 ^ ^ 131 Business Paik Loop ROBOx850Cai1sOorgWaW3Z4

- I V l o V S i e m S inC80Ph0trade80O42O1308-36O683-8300-FAX36O683-3525 7 bull bull bull bull ^ ^ E-maasale80a-m8vstemscomWebsitehitpjwwwaltnsyste

20 E-mai salesO a-m8ystemscom Website http jwwwa-msystemscom

Noise (differential mode)

Noise (common mode earth to isolated ground) with no signal output

Overload error indicator (low frequency short circuited voltage mode)

Overload error indicator low frequency open circuited current mode)

Overload error response time

Miscellaneous

= 1 mV rms (10 V scale 10 Hz-4 MHz)

- 8 mV rms (10 Hz-4 MHz) =laquo100mVp-p (200 Hz -10 MHz) measured withalOMn 15pF oscilloscope probe

Turns on for set amplitude at or greater than approx plusmn1 V (10 V range) or plusmn2 V (100 V range)

Turns on for set amplitude at or above approx 2 of range

Flat to approx 30 ps duration Decreasing sensitivity for shorter pulses

Power

Fuse

Operating temperature range

Storage temperature range

Operating humidity

Dimensions

Weight

approx 11 watts

1 amp 3 AG

10-30degC

0 - 50deg C

5 - 80 RH

17x475x1125 (inches) 432x121x286 cm

20 lbs (9 kg)

A-M Systems Inc 131 Business Paik Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Tekjptwne 8004201306 bull 36Olaquo8O8300 bull FAX 360laquo8O3525 E-mail salesOa-msystemscom Website httpywwwa-msystemscom

21

Warranty and Service

What does this warranty cover A-f Systems Inc warrants to the Purchaser that the Instrument excluding cables Headstage Probes and any other accessories shipped with the Instrument (hereafter the hardware) is free from defects in workmanship or material under normal use and service for the period of one (1) year This warranty commences on the date of delivery of the hardware to the Purchaser

What are the obligations of A-M Systems Inc under this warranty During the warranty period A-M Systems Inc agrees to repair or replace at its sole option without charge to the Purchaser any defective component part of the hardware To obtain warranty service the Purchaser must return the hardware to A-l^ Systems Inc or an authorized A-M Systems Inc distributor in an adequate shipping container Any postage shipping and insurance charges incurred in shipping the hardware to A-M Systems Inc must be prepaid by the Purchaser and all risk for the hardware shall remain with purchaser until such time as A-M Systems Inc takes receipt of the hardware Upon receipt A-M Systems Inc will promptly repair or replace the defective unit and then return the hardware to the Purchaser postage shipping and insurance prepaid A-M Systems Inc may use reconditioned or like new parts or units at its sole option when repairing any hardware Repaired products shall carry the same amount of outstanding warranty as from original purchase or ninety (90) days which ever is greater Any claim under the warranty must include a dated proof of purchase of the hardware covered by this warranty In any event A-M Systems Inc liability for defective hardware is limited to repairing or replacing the hardware

What is not covered by this warranty This warranty is contingent upon proper use and maintenance of the hardware by the Purchaser and does not cover batteries Neglect misuse whether intentional or othenvise tampering with or altering the hardware damage caused by accident damage caused by unusual physical electrical chemical or electromechanical stress damage caused by failure of electrical power or damage caused during transportation are not covered by this warranty Products may not be returned to A-M Systems Inc for service whether under warranty or otherwise which are contaminated by Infectious agents radioactive compounds or other materials constituting a health hazard to employees of A-M Systems Inc

What are the limits of liability for A-M Systems Inc under this warranty A-M Systems Inc shall not be liable for loss of data profits or savings or any special incidental consequential indirect or other similar damages arising from breach of contract negligence or other legal action even if the company or its agent has been advised of the possibility of such damages or for any claim brought against you by another party THIS EQUIPMENT IS NOT INTENDED FOR CLINICAL MEASUREMENTS USING HUMAN SUBJECTS A-M SYSTEMS INC DOES NOT ASSUME RESPONSIBILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE DUE TO MISUSE OF THIS EQUIPMENT Jurisdictions vary with regard to the enforceability of provisions excluding or limiting liability for incidental or consequential damages Check the provision of your local jurisdiction to find out whether the above exclusion applies to you

This warranty allocates risks of product failure between the Purchaser and A-M Systems Inc A-M Systems Inc hardware pricing reflects this allocation of ris1lt and the limitations of liability contained in this warranty The warranty set forth above is in lieu of all other express warranties whether oral or written The agents employees distributors and dealers of A-M Systems Inc are not authorized to make modifications to this warranty or additional warranties binding on the company Accordingly additional statements such as dealer advertising or presentations whether oral or written do not constitute warranties by A-M Systems Inc and should not be relied upon This warranty gives you specific legal rights You may also have other rights which vary from one jurisdiction to another

A B B J l laquo raquo ^ t3tBusinessPafkLoopPOBox850Cai1sbO(gWa98324

- | V | O V S i e m S |nCtrade042O1306-36O68O8300-FAX36O68O3525 E-mail salasOa-msvstemscom bull Website httowwwa-msvste

t3tBusinassParkLaopROBox8SOCai1sbo(gWa98324 po Telophone 8004201306 360683-8300 FAX 3606803525 ^ ^ E-maH salesOa-msystemscom Wetsite httpwwwa-msystem3e0m

mwal

INSTRUCTION MANUAL

FOR

ISOLATED PULSE STIMULATOR

MODEL 2100

Serial

Date

A-M Systems Inc

PO Box 850

Carisborg WA 98324

USA

360-683-8300 bull 800-426-1306 FAX 360-683-3525

httpwwwa-m8y8temscom

Version 50 May 1998

Contents General Description 1

Instrument Features 1 Controls and Connectors 2

Operating Instructions 6 Theory of Operation 10 Calibration Procedures 12

Inputs ii 14 Output Calibration iii i 16

Specifications i4 il u 19 Warranty and Service wi iJ iJi [ii 22

Each Isolated Pulse Stimulator Is delivered complete with

Rack Mount Hardware Instructions amp Maintenance Manual

NOTE

This instrument is not intended for clinical measurements using human subjects A-M Systems Inc does not assume msponsibility for injury or damage due to the misuse of this instrument

General bull M ^ ion

Instrument Features The Isolated Pulse Stimulator Model 2100 Is designed for a wide variety of applications It is highly flexible being capable of delivering single pulses biphasic pairs or bursts of pulses Pulses may be started manually or upon receiving a trigger signal from another instrument or computer Two non-isolated trigger outputs are available for triggering other instruments

Four sets of timing controls provide comprehensive control over all aspects of pulse generation Three digit accuracy is available over a 7 decade range for each timing function using lever wheel switches Pulse wkiths can be set over more than a 9 decade range from 05 [is to 999 seconds Timing accuracy is assured through the use of a 10 MHz base rate crystal-controlled clock digitally divided to provide accurate timing over the entire range A timing overiap indicator will light if the timing controls are set Inconsistently

The output may be conveniently switched between cun-ent and voltage modes Pulse and baseline amplitudes are independently presettable with lockable dials An error indicator will light if the Model 2100 cannoi deliver the desired signal

WARNING

The Model 2100 can produce potentially dangemus voltages up to 100 V et the output connectors The isolated output is not connected internally to safety (earth) ground in ahy way Some part of the extemal circuit should be connected to safety gmund Use caution in handling any wires connectors or electrodes which may be directly or indirectly attached to the Model 2100 output Some lltinds of connectors such as BNC connectors have exposed metal parts which may float at dangemus potentials unless extemally connected to safety gmund For greatest safety tum the Model 2100 off before making any connections to

the Instrument

131 Business Park LocfiPO Box BSOCarM)orgWa 98324 800426-1308 bull36OlaquoS3laquo300FAX 3 6 M 8 3 ^ 2 5

E-malt uiittyBQaHiByBtumaooiTi Wobsita HipJtwtiwiwftbMiAcon fl-N SystQms I n c ^ T

Controls and Connectors The controls for the Model 2100 are grouped in three sections START controlling when a pulse or burst of pulses begins TIMING controlling the onoff timing of one or more pulses and otJTPliT controlling the amplitude of the output signal

Start TRIG SLOPE This switch determines whether valid triggers occur at positive or negative edges in the trigger signal

MODE This switch controls how wavefomris are initiated When set to FREE RUN one timing cycle immediately follows the last When held in the MANUAL position a timing cycle starts immediately When the switch is in the center position timing cycles start when valid triggering events occur

TRIGD This LED lights up when a timing cycle is in process and continues until the burst is completed

TRIG This BNC connector allows a signal from an extemal source to initiate timing cycles It is set for standard TTL levels

GATE This BNC connector allows a signal from an extemal source to restrict the final output signal This input must be at a logical high (or open-circuited) in order for the Model 2100 to recognize either manual or automatic trigger events

Gate 1_ Trigger [~^ i I Valid triggers are represented by the arrows in the figure Note that the up arrow would apply only if TRIG SLOPE is set to + the down anrows would apply only if TRIG SLOPE is set to-

NOTE Triggers have no effect if the system has not completed its response to a previous trigger

fl-N SystQms I n c ^ 131 Business Park Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 600426-13063eO683laquo300FAX 360683^525

E-maB anBysQraquoinsyaleiTaconi Wsbalto h^KAvwwa-(nsys(smsoom

Timing Four sets of controls govem the timing of pulse generation Each set contains two values which are multiplied together to detennine the actual timing value The rotary knob (rate selector) provides the approximate timing value and the lever wheel switch bank (MULTIPLIER) provkles a time resolution of three decimal digits The following diagram shows most of the important relationships

Pnfe-tRAIM I B E L A V i6Molaquo

BURST WIOtH

Output r Delay

t n

Duration - ^ lt - |4Periodgt|

FLJI -^ Burst width

Trigger event

DELAY These controls set the time between the initiating trigger event and the beginning of the pulse burst If this rate selector is set to NONE or the multiplier is set to ooo there is no delay

BURSTWIDTH These controls set the time period in which one or more pulses may be delivered Once started a pulse may outlast the burst width If this rate selector is set to SINGLE or to any time shorter than the pulse duration only a single pulse will occur If the BURSTWIDTH is longer than the period pulses will be emitted at the PERIOD rate until the burst time ends Pulses are never truncated by a short BURST WIDTH

iNTpoundA-PULSiE PBRiOb

DURATION These controls set the length of each pulse If this rate selector is set to SQUARE the duration is set to half of the period regardless of the MULTIPLIER setting

PERIOD These controls set the period of time between adjacent pulse events within the burst It also forces a minimum dead time between recognized input triggers following a burst of one or more pulses This can be used to prevent over stimulation of a tissue without requiring excessive delay between the triggering event and the stimulating pulse

TlMtNQ OVERLAP

mLiHMPi

VVtJ jiwaa lasm nlaquoilaquo u

t^fi SysUms I n c ^ Elt4nsfl a m

131 Business Pofc Loop PO Box 850 Carisborg 1^98324 600-426-1306 36O6834300 FAK 360683^525

E-mai vrvysQfrflisysleraLOCniWutiailQL N^jAwwa^iByslernUiOOni

NOTE If any of these timing controls are changed while a timing cycle is in operation the results are undefined until the cunent cycle flnishes

TIMING OVERLAP This LED will light to indicate an Inconsistency in the timing cycle settings There are several ways to Introduce such errors The most common way is to set the inter-pulse PERIOD to be less than the pulse DURATION

TRIG OUT (UPPER) This BNC connector provides a signal which is coinckient with the intemal Burst timing signal (default) This means the signal starts at the end of the Delay time and persists until the Burst time expires This output may also be set to represent the delay time-out by setting the internal jumper J510 to the left two pins Instead of the right two pins (Please see the Calibration section in this manual for jumper location Directions are given as viewed from the fix)nt of the instrument)

TRIG OUT (LOWER) This BNC connector provides a signal which is coincident with the Duration timing signal which controls pulse output

NOTE Both trigger output signals slightly lead the isolated output signal

Output PULSE SIGN This Switch sets the sign for the pulses to be generated It also allows generation of biphasic pulses thereby doubling the effective total period Warning the first pulse genemted after changing the PULSE SIGN svntch may have the wmng polarity

BASELINE This switch sets the sign for the baseline signal

RANGE This rotary switch allows one of three current or two voltage ranges to be selected for the output signal

BASELINE AMPLITUDE This counting dial are independently set using ten-minute counting dials with the baseline having one tenth the range of the pulse amplitude

A-N Systlaquomslaquo Inc 131 Buskiess Partt Loop PO BoK 8S0 Cailsbarg Wa 96324 laophone 8004201306 bull36O68M300-FAX 3eolaquo8M525 E-mat bullmsysflMnsyslermoom VMaHsr Hlplhfimnmyekmoom

PULSE AMPLITUDE This counting dial

EVENTS This LED indicates when a pulse is ongoing

ERROR This LED indicates when the intemal output amplifier cannot output the pulse as desired This is usually due to a short circuit while trying to output a voltage or an open circuit while trying to output a current

One control from the Ot^uf section directly affects wavefonn timing the Pulse Sign control When set to the Biphasic mode a positive-going pulse is Immediately followed by a negative-going pulse This effectively doubles the pulse duration If a burst of biphasic pulses is being produced the period must be at least twice the single pulse duration In the Sgtan wave mode the baseline disappears as long as the burst persists

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Bushass Park locpPOBooi 850 C8ri9bcrgMS8324 IMqphona 800426-1306 bull36Olaquo83laquo3a0 FAX 360683-3529 E-nal amsyaOa4nsyatemscomWeMlK hMpJVniwa-nsygtatnscom

Operating Instructions

Examples Simple setup (and minimal Instrument tost)

Connect the output of the Model 2100 to an oscilloscope Before connecting the instrument it is safest to turn its power off

Set the Ou^uf controls

Range Pulse Sign

Baseline Pulse Amplitude

10V +

Zero 200

Setting The Timing Controls

Delay Burst Width

Duratbn Period

none single

15010-2 500102

Setting The Start Controls

Mode Free Run

Disconnect any cables to the TRIG or GATE Inputs

Note that the green Trig and Event Indicators tum on as Free Run is turned on (and tum off othenwise) You should observe a 15ms duration 20Hz rate pulse of 200V above a OV baseline on the oscilloscope i

A ^ M ^ _ _ _ A ^ _ _ _ 1 ^ 131BiiHnD8raquoParttloopPOBoxB50Car)sbcrBlaquoraquoS8324

bull P l ^ y S W n i S f |nC ltV^gt^8deglt^^2O1306380laquo8OS3a0FAX36O6BMS2S

6 E-fnflk 9n^fBOs-in9ystsni9cx]fnWDbs)tec H^ff9Nw^myStem9oom

Demonstration of Burst Mode Connect the output of the Model 2100 to an oscilloscope Before connecting the instrument it is safest to tum Its power off

Set the Output controls

Range Pulse Sign

Baseline Pulse Amplitude

Baseline Amplitude

Setting The Timing Controls

Delay Burst Width

Duration

Period

Set the START controls as follows

Mode

Disconnect any cables to the TRIG or GATE inputs

Trigger the oscilloscope from the Burst trigger out (upper Tr^ Out connector) for a stable display In each burst (occumng every lOOms) you should observe a trio of 15ms duration starting 50ms apart Try switching the StartMode from Free Run to the center (nomnal) position The pulses will no longer be produced and the Trig and Event indicators will turn off Pressing this switch once (to Manual) will cause a single burst to occur

880 120 150 500

10V +

200 100

102 102 102 102

Free Run

fleaff SySlQmSa |nCa deglgt ltlt ^ ^ deg ^ degdeg ^ ^ ^ bull E-matmia

131 Business Park LoopPO Box 850 Carisborg Vfe 86324 lUcphcna 800426-1306 36Olaquo83laquo300 FAX 36068raquo52 E-maft tfii8ysOiHn^nleiTBcom1AWisJto HSpitwraquoM^wytAtii9oom

Problem SoMng If the Instrument appears to be not worthing properiy check all of the control settings and connections Be sure to wait at least 5-10 seconds after turning the Instrument off before tuming it on again The following t6ef summary of typical problems for the user (along with the most common solutions) may help

Problem CauseSolution EVENT indicator never lights even in FREE RUN mode

bull Replace fuse check power connection bullSet DELAY or PERIOD to a shorter interval

bull Power-on too soon after power-off

OVERLAP Indicator is on

ERROR indicator is on

Time appears to be excessive

bullSet DURATION gt000 bull DURATION is set to SQUARE but PERIOD is 000 Increase PERIOD or set DURATION independantly

bull BURST and WIDTH are gt DURATION increase PERIOD or decrease

DURATION bull BIPHASIC pulse output is on and PERIOD is not longer than twice the DURATION Increase PERIOD or decrease DURATION

bull Free-run is on and BURST Is lt PERIOD (BURST off) DELAY is 0 and PERIOD is lt DURATION Add delay or modify PERIOD

bull Free-mn is on and BURST is gt DURATION (BURST ON) and PERIOD is lt DURATION Increase PERIOD

bull For VOLTAGE outputs the output Is trying to drive too low a resistance or capacitance (eg a short circuit) Check by disconnecting the output It is possible (and normal) that for the fastest cycles

and largest amplitudes (close to 100 V and 1 MS) that the ERROR Indicator might always come on during repetitive pulses Fix output load or decrease amplitude as required

bull Changed control in mid-cycle (resets cunent status)

A ^ M bull _ _ _ A ^ ^ _ _ i ^ mdash 131BuslnessPai1ltLoopPOBox850CarlsborgWamp98324

bull p i j ^ v s w m s iiic^^deglt^deg^^deglt^^^3degB3^^^deg^^^^degdeg^^^deg^^deg^^^^ E-mat iiiMOafflwstemseom WabaHe MtaffiwwtHtavsli

8 E-msft flmsjoQfrfraystGfnsoom ^WobsltiK hl^Aiwv9-fn9]nteniscom

Cant seem to get a full signal out

Incoming triggers not accepted frequently enough

bull Load is not properiy connected repair wiring

bull Too low a load impedance (VOLTAGE modes) or too high a load impedance

(CURRENT mode)

bull PERIOD is set too long (enforces dead time) followd by BURST set to SIGNAL Reduce PERIOD time

Table 10 Problem Solving

If you suspect that the Model 2100 may have completely failed we recommend checking the basic level of functionality If this fails your instrument is defective and must be repaired If this passes either your experimental setup is incompatible or inconsistent or there is a more subtle flaw in your Model 2100

If the Model 2100 appears to be malfunctioning contact A-M Systems Inc or your dealer Telephone numtgters for A-M Systems Inc listed on the front cover of this manual We will first attempt to solve the problem over the telephone so have an exact description of your problem available when you call You do not need to be within the warranty period to obtain over-the-phone assistance

A ^ M V - mdash A d B ^ K M I ^ M 131BuslnessPatfcLoopPOBox6SOCai

-PI s y s i Q m s inc-2raquolaquoa22=M^^

131 Business Parfc Loop PO Box 650 Cartsborg VM9 0S324 _ FAX36(W8a3525 E^nrt flnsysQa-ntsyttanB-oom Wsbsfte hHpiMNvwa-nnystsnisooni

9

Theory of Operation

The operation of the Model 2100 is summarized In the block diagram (see Fig 3) Not shown are all of the interconnections with the microcontroller The intemal microcontroler plays an important role in setting the signal path but does not directly

contribute to the dynamic characteristics It scans the front panel switches and sets the control values for the logic arays It programs the intemal counters which along with the other hardware achieve the necessary sub-microsecond speeds

All action starts either from an input trigger signal (from Trig In) or from an intemal signal (in free Run mode only) A Delay timer counts the 10MHz clock until its count value Is exhausted At this point the Burst timer starts Both Period and Duration timers are started at this time If the Burst timer has not expired by the end of the Period the Period and Duration timers are restarted If the Biphasic mode has been set the Duration timer is restarted at the end of the initial Duration and the sign of the output pulse Is reversed doubling the total duration

The system state (pulse on pulse sip baseline sign [+101-]) is transmitted to the isolated section via optoisolator The baseline and pulse amplitudes are selected by an analog switch The resulting signal is amplified by a variable-power-supply discrete operational amplifier The amplifier connections and gain is modified to provide two voltage and three cunent ranges

Timing overlap errors are detected by a logical decision computation rather than by testing for counter collisions This provides instant feedback rather than waiting up to an hour for such a collision to occur Output errors are measured by sensing the output amplifiers differential input voltage Under normal conditions this is a negligible voltage if the amplifier fails to deliver the requested signal the window comparator testing this voltage sends this message (via optoisolator) to the logic section turning on a warning LED

fl-N Systems Inc 131BusbnassPa(tLoopPOBox6SOCari3boigVMg8324 H n |TWoph0n880O426-13083eO6Blaquo300FMt36Olaquo8i3525 E-nnl anaysflfriinysleiiaoemWfcbslte hllphmwraquoimyatennoom

TRIG 3HJ) OUT

(burst)

TRIG ^ OUT

(pulse)

E

Ml

Calibration Procedures

The calibration interval is the lesser of 1000 hours of operation or 6 months Somewhat greater drift can be expected in the first 100 hours of operation as the semiconductors age Adjustments should only be made after the instrument has been fully warmed up for at least 15 minutes

Full instrument calibration requires the following test equipment digital multimeter (plusmn 01) able to measure resistance to at least lOOMfl oscilloscope with at least 50MHz bandwidth true-rms voltmeter with 4MHz bandwidth universal counter (plusmn 001 ) able to measure single pulse widths and periods resistors (all plusmn 01) 2kn lOkH 1 waft 20kn 200kn alligator clip lead sets banana plugs and BNC adapters

Adjustment integrated circuit and test point locations are shown in the following figures All adjustments are on the timing board unless otherwise noted

All voltages in the non-isolated section should be measured with respect to ground at TP510 unless othenvise stated Some voltages are measured with respect to an intemal isolated ground at TP650 or across the two output tenninals Occasionally the voltage at an IC pin must be measured In these cases the reference designator is given with the pin number in parentheses eg U602(16) When it states within this procedure that a voltage is to be minimized this means that the adjustment should be made such that the measured voltage is as close to zero volts as possible Refer to the Specifications Section of this manual for acceptable tolerances

The sequence of this procedure is Important If any adjustment is made all adjustments which follow must be made to ensure that the specifications will be met These procedures require that all controls remain as set in previous steps unless otherwise indicated

WARNING

The Model 2100 has dangerous voltages throughout the instrument even with the power is off Servicing the Model 2100 should only be done by qualified service personnel Use caution in handling any wires connectors or electrodes which may be directly or indirectly attached to the Instrument Do not touch exposed connections or components Disconnect power by unplugging the power cord from the receptacle

fl-N Systems I n c ^ 131BusinesaPartcLoopPOBox850CartsborgVWiB8324 4 n ^gt-mdash80O426-130638Ofl8Jlaquo300FAX36O683J52S bull E-maft BinsysQfrfn^islflnisoomVVfalislle h^KVfWMift^iisystemsoani

CO

- R503

Omg^

TPSOlQ O

OTPSOO

U560 bull

U510

DDID ^ trade E O ^ T P 5 1 0

bullnD Trig

0 ^

U570

Gate n U505

DO D

U515

Timing

Timing h_ U520

bsoo ^25SE Timing

Or r U540

I I Tmlng

[^ELIL

U535 D

U506

13 J510 Timlnff

BurfiDelay J400

i i i i i i i T r m r a

gt U550 ^

Clock

U555 U620

B a

^R^Pvhigh Rfijn O D O Vlow

o

bull U545

Fo sect737 lISOIsPjC-COMP

n r r ^ U760

J420

]]U632

Q S riuGSO

H = ) TP640^ deg I t I

II3D

J440 m i T i

U610 plusmn laquo j U O

bull bull l el

^t

O l

bull

M

I

Power supply and bias voltages

Power supply

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

POWER ON Observe voltage at P703 power supply wire top of main board

Check for+15 plusmn 050 V

Observe voltage at P701 power supply wire top of main board

Check for-15 plusmn 050 V

Observe voltage at U505(24) Check for+5 plusmn 025 V

Isolated supply voltage

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

RANGE 10 V TRIG open circuit MODE center position

Altemately observe V^ from R742 to R740 and V ^ from the U605(4) to U605(8)

Adjust R773 so that 110VltV^lt 120 V and

nign

28VltV^lt34V

Capacitance balance

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Connect a x10 oscilloscope probe to TP650 and ground the

Adjust R737 for minimum high frequency signal

Inputs

Gate funct ion

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave Verify that the voltage to GATE switches states at the Obsene voltage at U51G(3) proper input levels with an oscilloscope ^ ^

Trigger s lope

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave Verify that the voltage to TRIO switches states at the Observe voltage at US 10( 1) proper input levels with an oscilloscope

TRIG SLOPE + Verify voltage is 180 out of phase

TRIG SLOPE Verify voltage is in phase

fl-N Systems Inc ^ 131 Bushess Park Loop PO Bar 850 Carisborg Wa 98324 8004201306 3eOlaquoS3e300 FAX 3606BV352S

C-maft fliii8yBQfriii9yBlumaoamVIAibsMB hRpJhwMifi-iiiBystematxini

14

Trigger and gate funct ion

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

DELA NONE BURS1WII3TH SINGLE DURATION SQUARE PERIOD 100X10-3

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave to TRIG Obsen^e TRIOD and EVENT LEDS

TRIG disconnect all Short the GATE connector to GND Verify LEDs extinguish

MODE press to MANUAL Verify LEDs flash once

Timing

System c lock frequency

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Observe the frequency of the wave atU555(17)

Verify 1000 MHz plusmn001

Multipl iers (Wheel Switches)

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

PULSE SIGN + MODE FREE RUN TRIG disconnect all TIMING MULTIPUERS ail

wheels set to zero except the one being tested

TnmiNG OVERLAP ^nOTB

Observe the pulse width with the counter at the location specified below

Verify pulse width Is correct for each wheel as it is tested Independently

For each wheel of each MULTIPUER test each position to verify that the pulse width is correct Observe the signal at the following locations DELAY U520(2) BURSTWIDTH U530(2) PERIOD US40(2) DURATION U550(2)

Rates (Rotary Switches)

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

TIMING MULTIPUERS 001 TIMING RATES all rotary

switches set to 10-4 except the one being tested

Observe the pulse width with the counter at the location specified below

Verify pulse width is conect for each rotary switch as it is tested independently

For each of the four rotary switches in TIMING test each position to verify that the pulse wkJth is correct Observe the signal at the following locations DELAY U520(2) BURSTWIDTH U530(2) PERIOD U540(2) DURATION U550(2)

fl-N Systems I n c ^ E-maft emfl

131 Business Parti Loop PO 809(850 Cartsborg Wta 98324 8004201306 3804806300 FAX 36068O3S25

E-maft ansysQa nvystems-oom Wobste hflp Avwwa4nsy8(Qnttoam

15

Trigger outputs Controls

Range 10V Pulse Amplitude 500 Delay 100x10 Burst 100x10^2 Duration 100 x1a Period 400x10^ Pulse sign + Trig Mode Free run Trig in open

Inputs Observations

Trigger the oscilloscope to the Burst Trig Out Observe it the Pulse Trig Out and the isolated output

Adjust Check

Verify that the waveform consists of a burst of three 1ms-on3ms-off pulses The burst trigger should be synchronous with the burst the pulse trigger coincident with each pulse

Output Calibration

Isolation Resistance (check) Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode center position Trig In open

Measure the resistance between ground banana jack (front panel) and black banana jack of output with DMM

Resistance read gt 100MQ

Amplitude Switch Offset (R640) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Zero Trig Mode center position Trig In Open

Measure the voltage at TP645 vs TP650 with the DMM

Adjust R640 (AmpI Sw Offset) for minimum voltage

Output Offset (R332 front panel board) Controls I nputsObservatlons AdjustCheck

Baseline Zero Range 10V Trig Mode center position Trig In Open

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

Adjust R332 (Output offset) for minimum voltage

Positive Baseline Offset (R607) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Sign + Baseline Amplitude

fully CCW (000) Range 10V Trig In open Trig Mode center position

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

Adjust R602 (BSLN + offset) for minimum voltage

fl M raquo _ _ _ A laquo ^ _ i ^ ^ 131Buslnelaquo8Pari(loopPOBoK850Cart8borgWB96324

bull P I i s V S i e m S a |||Cg1Maphans80O42O130638O68O8300FAX36Olaquo8raquo^2S E-tiBft anagtraquoflwiisyagtlaquomraquoaimW6baHB hHpffii(wwraquoltnsylaquoleniieom

16

Negative Baseline Offset (R619) Controls

Baseline Sign -i Baseline Amplitude bull fully CCW (000)

Range 10V Trig In open Trig Mode center position

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

AdjustCheck

Adjust R619 (BSLN 4 offset) for minimum voltage

Pulse Amplitude Adjust (R602) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode Free Mode Pulse Amplitude 1000 Timing Dialay =none Burst =single Duration =1001 Period =00110-4 Pulse Sign -Trig In open Range 10V

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

The Overiap indicator should be on Adjust R602 (Max Level) for -1000V out

Pulse Sign Gain (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode Free Mode Pulse Amplitude 1000 Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =1001 s Period =00110-4s Trig In open Range 10V

Measure the voltage at the output with the DMM for the Pulse Sign at -- and - positions

The absolute values of the voltages should differ by less than lOOmV

Baseline Amplitudes (check) Controls InputsObservations

Range 100mA Trig Mode center position Baseline Amplitude fully CW (1000) Trig In open

Measure the voltage at the output with the DMM with Baseline Sign in + Zero and - positions

AdjustCheck

Gain the matching of current levels at = and - positions and offset current in Zero position

fl-N Systems Inc^^ bull E-mal am8

131 Business Partt Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 88324 8004201306360laquo8Oe300FAX 360laquo8O362S

E-maM am8y8^o-mBy8tflmBoom WobaKo hHp Awwwo-f i iBystonuoom

17

Output Range Amplitude and Drive (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Pulse Amplitude 1000 Pulse Sign + Trig Mode Free Run Timing Delay =none Burst =8ingle Duration =1001 Period =10010-4 Trig In open

Load the output with a 10KV1W 01 resistor Measure the voltage at the output with DMM

Verify that full scale output is within specification Scale Range 100V 100V 10V 10V 100mA IV 1mA 10V 10mA 100V

Pulse Sign and Short Circuit Protection (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Timing Delay =none Burst =8ingle Duration =200 10-4 Period =00110-3 Baseline Zero Pulse Amplitude 25 Range 10V Trig Mode Free Run Trig In open

Measure the voltage at the output with the oscilloscope Check for Pulse Sign set to each of + - biphasic Watch for Error indicator when shorting the output

Verify that pulses of approx 25V amplitude (625V for biphasic mode) of the correct sign are produced every 10ms Short output in biphasic mode Output should retum when opened

Output Transient Response (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Pulse Sign + Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =20010-4 Period =00110-3 Pulse Amplitude 250 Baseline Zero Trig Mode Free Mode Trig In open

Connect the oscilloscope to the output with a 310 attenuator prolse Test boVn 10V and 100V ranges

Verify that overshoot and risetime meet specifications

fl-N Systems I n c ^ 131 Business Parte Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wb 98324 8004201306 36Olaquo83O300 FAX 36O680lt352S

E-mQ0 snBy8Qs-msy8faiTiscom VWriMtte N ^ Mvww9-msy8lemscom

18

Specifications

There are three classes of specifications Class A specifications tested in all unHs and are guaranteed Class B specifications are inherent in the design they are indirectly tested and are guaranteed Class C specifications are typical operating values which are occasionally tested- these are typical values given for your infomiation but not guarshyanteed The class for each specification is noted in the center column of the following sections

Inputs Switching level

Hysteresis

Input equivalent circuit

Minimum duration (1 IL-level signal)

A

C

C

C

16V(plusmn02V)

approx 50 mV

100K ft to+5 In parallel with no more than 35pF

gt 50 ns

Open circuit condition B defaults to highon level

Timing and rate accuracy Rate selector steps

Timing multiplier steps

Resolution

Timing eror (second and later pulses after resetting controls)

B

B

B

B

lOOps to 100s In 7 steps

1 of rate selector step size Maximum value is 999 x the rate selector step size

approx 01 of the maximum value

lt 002 of rate selector value + 015 ps

Timing error (first pulse after readjusting timing controls)

an additional 025 ps error may occur

Timing repeatability lt 001 setting + 20 ns (monophasic)

fl-N Systems I nc ^ bull E-moU ams

131 Business Parti Loop PO Boot 850 Cartsborg VM 98324 80O42O130838O08O8300FAX36Olaquo8O3S2S

E-meU anByafl^iiisyslainaoomWebsHe hHpffliiwwraquomsys)emsoom

19

TRIG IN to OUTPUT delay (DELAY set to 0) output set to 2V

Timing jitter ft-om TRIG IN to OUTPUT (for TTL trigger input with risetime lt10 ns)

Timing jitter ft^om TRIG OUT (either BURST or PULSE) and OUTPUT

Trigger output to pulse output delay

Output charactsristics Pulse level enror (voltage mode open circuit cun-ent mode short circuit

Biphasic level difference |V + + V-|2

Baseline level error (voltage mode A open circuit current mode short circuit)

Risetime (25 V out)

Risetime (25 V out)

Transient response

A

A

A

Output impedance (voltage mode) C

Output impedance (current mode) C

Isolation resistance A

Isolation capacitance C

approx 05 ps for a load of no more than 10 Kft in parallel with 50 pF

lt 125 ns (all rates except 100s) lt 125 ps (100s rate)

Less than 20 ns (all rates)

approx 350 ns

lt 03 of setting + 05 of r range (plus an additional 05 pA inlOOpArenge)

lt 03 of range (voltage modes into open circuit current modes into short circuit)

lt 03 of setting of setting + 01 of range (plus an additional 05 pA in lOOpA range)

laquo 200 ns into less than 30 pF

laquo15 ps into less than 30 pF

lt 8 overshoot Into less than 30 pF for pulse voltages different than baseline voltage by at least 10 of range

laquo 50 ohms

raquo 1 0 Gft (typically 200 Gft)

raquo100Mft

laquo 60 pF at 100 Hz

fl-N Systems Inc^^ 131 Business Partt Uxip PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 96324 8004201308 SBOee^^SOO FAX 360laquoS3^52S

E-mat BiByraquoaiMii8ylaquoliiiiiseomWiljalteHlpJV(wwraquo4tgy8lenaoom

20

Noise (differential mode)

Noise (common mode earth to isolated ground) with no signal output

Overioad error indicator (low frequency short circuited voltage mode)

Overioad error indicator low frequency open circuited current mode)

Overioad enor response time

Miscellaneous

Power

Fuse

Operating temperature range

Storage temperature range

Operating humidity

Dimensions

Weight

laquo1 mV rms (10 V scale 10Hz-4MHz)

laquo 8 mV rms (10 Hz-4 MHz) laquo100mVp-p (200 Hz -10 MHz) measured withalOMft 15pF oscilloscope probe

Turns on for set amplitude at or greater than approx plusmn1V (10 V range) or plusmn2 V (100 V range)

Turns on for set amplitude at or above approx 2 of range

Flat to approx 30 ps duration Decreasing sensitivity for shorter pulses

approx 11 watts

1 amp 3 AG

10-30C

0 - 50deg C

5-80RH

17x475x1125 (Inches) 432x121x286 cm

20 lbs (9 kg)

fl mm bull gt _ _ _ A ^ ^ _ _ L ^ 131BusinesraquoPariltLocpPOBox850C8rtsborgWS9e324

bull p i ^ y s v e m s IIIC^^deg(^deg^Bdegltgt^^^3degdeg^deg^^deg^^^degdeg^^I^deg^deg^^^^^

21 E-mei flre^nQo 4n8yo(amscam Wsbsfle hHpAwwwe-msy8Jems-Oom

Warranty and Service

What does this warranty cover A-M Systems Inc warrants to the Purchaser that the Instrument excluding cables Headstage Probes and any other accessories shipped with the Instrument (hereafter the hardware) is free from defects in workmanship or material under normal use and service for the period of one (1) year This warranty commences on the date of delivery of the hardware to the Purchaser

What are the obligations of A-M Systems Inc under this warranty During the warranty period A-M Systems Inc agrees to repair or replace at its sole option without charge to the Purchaser any defective component part of the hardware To obtain warranty service the Purchaser must return the hardware to A-M Systems Inc or an authorized A-M Systems Inc distributor in an adequate shipping container Any postage shipping and insurance charges incurred in shipping the hardware to A-M Systems Inc must be prepaid by the Purchaser and all risk for the hardware shall remain with purchaser until such time as A-M Systems Inc takes receipt of the hardware Upon receipt A-M Systems Inc will promptly repair or replace the defective unit and then return the hardware to the Purchaser postage shipping and insurance prepaid A-M Systems Inc may use reconditioned or like new parts or units at its sole option when repairing any hardware Repaired products shall carry the same amount of outstanding wan^nty as from original purchase or ninety (90) days which ever is greater Any claim under the warranty must include a dated proof of purchase of the hardware covered by this wan-anty In any event A-M Systems Inc liability for defective hardware is limited to repairing or replacing the hardware

What is not covered by this warranty This warranty is contingent upon proper use and maintenance of the hardware by the Purchaser and does not cover batteries Neglect misuse whether intentional or otherwise tampering with or altering the hardware damage caused by accident damage caused by unusual physical electrical chemical or electromechanical stress damage caused by failure of electrical power or damage caused during transportation are not covered by this warranty Products may not be returned to A-M Systems Inc for service whether under warranty or otherwise which are contaminated by infectious agents radioactive compounds or other materials constituting a health hazard to employees of A-M Systems Inc

What are the limits of llabiiity for A-M Systems inc under this warranty A-M Systems Inc shall not be liable for loss of data profits or savings or any special incidental consequential indirect or other similar damages arising from breach of contract negligence or other legal action even if the company or its agent has been advised of the possibility of such damages or for any claim brought against you by another party THIS EQUIPMENT IS NOT INTENDED FOR CLINICAL MEASUREMENTS USING HUMAN SUBJECTS A-M SYSTEMS INC DOES NOT ASSUME RESPONSIBILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE DUE TO MISUSE OF THIS EQUIPMENT Jurisdictions vary with regard to the enforceability of provisions excluding or limiting liability for incidental or consequential damages Check the provision of your local jurisdiction to find out whether the above exclusion applies to you This warranty allocates risks of product failure between the Purchaser and A-M Systems Inc A-M Systems Inc hardware pricing reflects this allocation of risk and the limitations of liability contained in this wanranty The warranty set forth above is in lieu of all other express wan^anties whether oral or written The agents employees distributors and dealers of A-M Systems Inc are not authorized to make modifications to this wan-anty or additional wan-anties binding on the company Accordingly additional statements such as dealer advertising or presentations whether oral or written do not constitute wananties by A-M Systems Inc and should not be relied upon This warranty gives you specific legal rights You may also have other rights whrch vary from one jurisdiction to another

6 mm ^ laquo _ _ A a B ^ _ 1 ^ ^ 131 Business Parti Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg W B 98324 O O

bull P l A y S V e m S l n C T^M 8OO42OI3O6 380683-8300FAX 360 803525 ^ ^ E-msl iiiisy80iHTBy8tenisoom Wsbsito hnphwwfrimysleiiisoom

A

V ISO

INSTRUCTION MANUAL

FOR

ISOLATED PULSE STIMULATOR

MODEL 2100

Serial

Date

A-M Systems Inc

PO Box 850

Carlsborg WA 98324

USA

360-683-8300 bull 800-426-1306 FAX 360-683-3525

httpwwwa-msystemscom

Version 70 February 2002

Contents General Description 1

Instrument Features 1 Controls and Connectors 2

Operating Instructions 6 Theory of Operation 10 Calibration Procedures 12

Inputs 14 Output Calibration 16

Specifications 19 Warranty and Service 22

Each Isolated Pulse Stimulator is delivered complete with

Rack Mount Hardware Instructions amp Maintenance Manual

NOTE

This instrument is not intended for clinical measurements using human subjects A-M Systems Inc does not assume responsibility for Injury or damage due to the misuse of this instrument

General Description

Instrument Features The Isolated Pulse Stimulator Model 2100 is designed for a wide variety of applications It is highly flexible being capable of delivering single pulses biphasic pairs or bursts of pulses Pulses may be started manually or upon receiving a trigger signal from another Instrument or computer Two non-isolated trigger outputs are available for triggering other instruments

Four sets of timing controls provide comprehensive control overall aspects of pulse generation Three digit accuracy is available over a 7 decade range for each timing function using lever wheel switches Pulse widths can be set over more than a 9 decade range from 05 ps to 999 seconds Timing accuracy is assured through the use of a 10 MHz base rate crystal-controlled clock digitally divided to provide accurate timing over the entire range Atiming overiap indicator will light If the timing controls are set inconsistently

The output may be conveniently switched between current and voltage modes Pulse and baseline amplitudes are Independently presettable with lockable dials An error Indicator will light if the Mode2700 cannot deliver the desired signal

r WARNING

The Model 2100 can produce potentially dangerous voltages up to 100 V at the output connectors The isolated output is not connected internally to safety (earth) ground in any way Some part of the extemal circuit should be connected to safety ground Use caution in handling any wires connectors or electrodes which may be directly or indirectly attached to the Model 2100 output Some kinds of connectors such as BNC connectors have exposed metal parts which may float at dangerous potentials unless extemally connected to safety ground For greatest safety tum the Model 2100 off before making any connections to

the instrument

131 Business Parii Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Telophone 800-426-1306 bull 360-68raquolaquo300 bull FAX 360683-3525 E-mal satesa-msystemsoom VVfebsite httpywwwa^nsystemscom fl-N Systems Inc 1

Controls and Connectors The controls for the Model 2100 are grouped in three sections START which controls when a pulse or burst of pulses begins TIMING which controls the onoff timing of one or more pulses and OUTPUT which controls the amplitude of the output signal

Start TRIG SLOPE Determines the polarity of valid trigger pulses (positive or negative edges in the trigger signal)

MODE Controls waveform initiation When set to FREE RUN one timing cycle immediately follows the last When momentarily placed In the MANUAL position a timing cycle starts Immediately When the switch Is In the center position timing cycles start when valid triggering events occur

TRIGD This LED lights up when a timing cycle Is in process and continues until the burst is completed

TRIG This BNC connector allows a signal from an external source to Initiate timing cycles It is set for standard TTL levels

GATE This BNC connector allows a signal from an external source to restrict the final output signal This input must be at a logical high (or open-circuited) in order for the Model 2100 to recognize either manual or automatic trigger events

Gate 1_ Trigger |~~^ i I Valid triggers (represented by the arrows in the figure) can occur only when the gate Is at logical high Note that the up arrow would apply only If TRIG SLOPE is set to + the down an-ows would apply only if TRIG SLOPE Is set to -

NOTE Triggers have no effect if the system has not completed its response to a previous trigger

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Park Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Vb 98324 TelQphQne 80O426-1306 360683-8300 FAX 360683-3525 E-mail sales^a-msystemscom Wsbsite httpywwwa-msystemscom

Timing Four sets of controls govern the timing of pulse generation Each set contains two values which are multiplied together to detemnine the actual timing value The rotary knob (rate selector) provides the approximate timing value and the lever wheel switch bank (MULTIPLIER)

provides a time resolution of three decimal digits The following diagram shows most of the Important relationships

Output r Delay Duration

|ltPeriodgtj

t Burst width

Trigger event

DELAY These controls determine the time duration between the initiating trigger event and the beginning of the pulse burst If this rate selector is set to NONE or the multiplier is set to 000 there Is no delay

BURST WIDTH These controls determine the time period in which one or more pulses may be delivered Once started a pulse may outlast the burst width If this rate selector is set to SINGLE or to any time shorter than the pulse duration only a single pulse will occur If the BURST WIDTH Is longer than the period pulses will be emitted at the PERIOD rate until the burst time ends Pulses are never truncated by a short BURSTWIDTH

inds)-PULSE

D U R A T I O N 1 0 1 0

10

INTEB-PULSE PERIOD

1 1 10

DURATION These controls determine the length of each pulse Ifthis rate selector Is set to SQUARE the duration is set to half of the period regardless of the MULTIPLIER setting

PERIOD These controls set the period of time between adjacent pulse events within the burst It also forces a minimum dead time between recognized input triggers following a burst of one or more pulses This can be used to prevent over stimulation of a tissue without requiring excessive delay between the triggering event and the stimulating pulse

TIMING OVERLAP

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 860 Carisborg Vamp 98324 |Telophone 800-426-1306 360683-8300 bull FAX 3606aW525 E-mail salearega^nsystemsoom Vfeb5ite httpAwwwa^nsyslemscam

NOTE If any of these timing controls are changed while a timing cycle is in operation the results are undefined until the current cycle finishes

TIMING OVERLAP This LED will light to Indicate an inconsistency in the timing cycle settings There are several ways to introduce such errors The most common way is to set the Inter-pulse PERIOD to be less than the pulse DURATION

T I M I N G (seconds)^

TRIG OUT (UPPER) This BNC connector provides a signal which is coincident with the Internal Burst timing signal (default) This means the signal starts at the end of the Delay time and persists until the Burst time expires This output may also be set to represent the delay time-out by setting the internal jumper J510 to the right two pins instead of the left two pins (Please see the Calibration section in this manual for jumper location Directions are given as viewed from the front of the Instrument)

TRIG OUT (LOWER) This BNC connector provides a signal which Is coincident with the Duration timing signal which controls pulse output

NOTE Both trigger output signals slightly lead the isolated output signal

Output

PULSE SIGN This switch determines the polarity of the pulses to be generated It also allows generation of biphasic pulses thereby doubling the effective total period Warning the first pulse generated after changing the PULSE

SIGN switch may have the wrong polarity

BASELINE This Switch determines the polarity ofthe baseline signal

RANGE This rotary switch determines if the output pulses will be constant current (3 ranges) or constant voltage (2 ranges)

BASELINE AMPLITUDE This value is independently set using a ten-turn counting dial The maximum baseline amplitude is one tenth the value shown on the range amplitude switch

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 8S0 Cartsborg Vfa 98324 |Tetaphone 80O426-1306 bull 360683-8300 bull FAX 3606803525 E-mail salesa-msystemscom Wbbsite http7Awwwaflnsystemscom

PULSE AMPLITUDE This value is independently set using a ten-turn counting dial The maximum pulse amplitude is the value shown on the range amplitude switch

EVENT This LED indicates when a pulse is ongoing

ERROR This LED indicates when the internal output amplifier cannot output the pulse as desired This is usually due to a short circuit while trying to output a voltage or an open circuit while trying to output a current

VOTEThe Pulse Sign control in the Oupuf section directly affects waveform timing When set to the Biphasic mode a positive-going pulse is immediately followed by a negative-going pulse This effectively doubles the pulse duration If a burst of biphasic pulses is being produced the period must be at least twice the single pulse duration In the Square wave mode the baseline disappears as long as the burst persists

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsboig Vte 98324 |Telophone 800426-1306 360683-8300 bull FAX 3606833525 E-mail salesa-m5ystem5 com Website httpwwwa-msystemscom

Operating Instructions

Examples Simple setup (and minimal instrument test)

Connect the output ofthe Model 2100 to an oscilloscope Before connecting the Model 2100 to any other instrument or the experimental preparation It is safest to turn Its power off

Set the Oufpuf controls

Range 10V Pulse Sign +

Baseline Zero Pulse Amplitude 200

Setting The Timing Controls

Delay Burst Width

Duration Period

none single

15010-2 50010-2

Setting The Start Controls

Mode Free Run

Disconnect any cables to the TRIG or GATE inputs

Note that the green Trig and Event Indicators turn on as Free Run is turned on (and turn off otherwise) You should observe a 15ms duration 20Hz rate pulse of 200V above a OV baseline on the oscilloscope

fl-N Systems Inc 131 BusinessPartiLoop RO Box850CarisbcxgWa98324 |Telophone 800426-1306 bull 360-683-8300 bull FW 360683-3525 E-mail salesa-msystems com VVbbsite httpywwwa-msystems com

Demonstration of Burst Mode Connect the output ofthe Model 2100 to an oscilloscope Before connecting the Model 2100 to any other instrument or the experimental preparation It Is safest to turn its power off

Set the Outpuf controls

Range 10V Pulse Sign +

Baseline Pulse Amplitude 200

Baseline Amplitude 100

Setting The Timing Controls

Delay 88010-2 Burst Width 12010-^

Duration 15010-2 Period 50010-2

Set the START controls as follows

Mode Free Run

Disconnect any cables to the TRIG or GATE inputs

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Telophooe 8004201306 360683-8300 bull FAX 360683-3525 E^naii salesa-msystems com Watjsite http7wwwa-msystemscom

Trigger the oscilloscope from the Bursf trigger out (upper Trig Out connector) for a stable display In each burst (occurring every lOOms) you should observe a trio of 15ms duration starting 50ms apart Try switching the StartMode from Free Run to the center (nonnal) position The pulses will no longer be produced and the Trig and Event Indicators will tum off Pressing this switch once (to Manual) will cause a single burst to occur

Problem Solving If the instrument appears to be not working properiy check all ofthe control settings and connections Be sure to wait at least 5-10 seconds after turning the instrument off before turning it on again The following summary of typical problems for the user (along with the most common solutions) may help

Problem CauseSolution

EVENT Indicator never lights even in FREE RUN mode

bull Replace fuse check power connection bullSet DELAY or PERIOD to a shorter interval

bull Power-on too soon after power-off

OVERLAP Indicator is on

ERROR indicator is on

bull Set DURATION gt000 bull DURATION Is set to SQUARE but

PERIOD is 000 Increase PERIOD or set DURATION independantly

bull BURST and WIDTH are gt DURATION increase PERIOD or decrease DURATION

bull BIPHASIC pulse output Is on and PERIOD is not longer than twice the DURATION Increase PERIOD or decrease DURATION

bull Free-run Is on and BURST is lt PERIOD (BURST off) DELAY is 0 and PERIOD Is lt DURATION Add delay or modify PERIOD

bull Free-run is on and BURST is gt DURATION (BURST ON) and PERIOD is lt DURATION Increase PERIOD

bull For VOLTAGE outputs the output is trying to drive too low a resistance or capacitance (eg a short circuit) Check by disconnecting the output ft is possible (and normal) that for the fastest cycles and largest amplitudes (close to 100 V

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business PartiLoop PO Box 850 CartsborgWa 98324 iTelophone 800-42O130636O6e3-8300FAX 3606B3-3525 E-mail satesaflisyslefmcom Vfebslte http7wwwa-msyslemscom

and 1 ps) that the ERROR indicator might always come on during repetitive pulses Fix output load or decrease amplitude as required

Time appears to be excessive Changed control in mid-cycle (resets current status)

Cant seem to get a full signal out Load Is not properiy connected repair wiring Too low a load impedance (VOLTAGE modes) or too high a load impedance (CURRENT mode)

Incoming triggers not accepted frequently enough

PERIOD is set too long (enforces dead time) followd by BURST set to SIGNAL Reduce PERIOD time

Table 10 Problem Solving

If you suspect that the Model 2100 may have completely failed we recommend checking the basic level of functionality Ifthis fails your instrument Is defective and must be repaired Ifthis passes either your experimental setup is incompatible or inconsistent or there is a more subtle flaw in your Model 2100

If the Model 2100 appears to be malfunctioning contact A-M Systems Inc or your dealer We will first attempt to solve the problem over the telephone so have an exact description of your problem available when you call You do not need to be within the warranty period to obtain over-the-phone assistance

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 iTetoptxme 80O426-1306 bull 360683-8300 FAX 3606803525 E-mail satesa-msystemsoomAfebsitehttpJwwwaflisystemscom

Theory of Operation

The operation ofthe Model 2100 is summarized in the block diagram (see the figure on Page 11) Not shown are all ofthe interconnections with the microcontroller The internal microcontroler plays an important role in setting the signal path but does not directly contribute to the dynamic characteristics It scans the front panel switches and sets the control values for the logic arrays It programs the internal counters which along with the other hardware achieve the necessary sub-microsecond speeds

Pulse generation starts either from an Input trigger signal (from Trig In) or an internally signal (Free Run mode) A Delay timer counts the 10MHz clock until its count value is exhausted At this point the Burst Period and Duration timers are started If the Burst timer has not expired by the end ofthe Period the Period and Duration timers are restarted If the Biphasic mode has been set the Duration timer is restarted at the end of the initial Duration and the sign ofthe output pulse is reversed doubling the total duration

The system state (pulse on pulse sign baseline sign [+0f-]) is transmitted to the isolated section via optoisolator The baseline and pulse amplitudes are selected by an analog switch The resulting signal is amplified by a variable-power-supply discrete operational amplifier The amplifier connections and gain is modified to provide two voltage and three current ranges

Timing overiap errors are detected by a logical decision computation rather than by testing for counter collisions This provides instant feedback rather than waiting up to an hour for such a collision to occur Output errors are measured by sensing the output amplifiers differential input voltage Under normal conditions this is a negligible voltage If the amplifier fails to deliver the requested signal the window comparator testing this voltage sends this message (via optoisolator) to the logic section turning on a warning LED

fl-N Systems Inc 131BusinessPart(LoopRO Box850CarisboigWa98324 4 n Tel0pri0ne80O426-130636O683^300FAX36O6833525 ^ E-mail salesaflisystBmscom V febsite http7wwwa-msystemsoom

S i

I - - ^^mdasho^M

OUTPUT i l l

TRIG ^ OUT

(burst)

TRIG 3-lt) OUT

(pulse)

til

I laquo

Calibration Procedures

The calibration interval is the lesser of 1000 hours of operation or 6 months Somewhat greater drift can be expected in the first 100 hours of operation as the semiconductors age Adjustments should only be made after the instrument has been fully warmed up for at least 15 minutes

Full instrument calibration requires the following test equipment digital multimeter (plusmn 01) able to measure resistance to at least lOOMO oscilloscope with at least 50MHz bandwidth true-mis voltmeter with 4MHz bandwidth universal counter (plusmn 001 ) able to measure single pulse widths and periods resistors (all plusmn 01) 2kn lOkH 1 watt 20kn 200kn alligator clip lead sets banana plugs and BNC adapters

Adjustment integrated circuit and test point locations are shown in the following figures All adjustments are on the timing board unless othenAise noted

All voltages in the non-isolated section should be measured with respect to ground at TP510 unless othenwise stated Some voltages are measured with respect to an internal isolated ground at TP650 or across the two output temninals Occasionally the voltage at an IC pin must be measured in these cases the reference designator is given with the pin number in parentheses eg U602(16) When it states within this procedure that a voltage is to be minimized this means that the adjustment should be made such that the measured voltage is as close to zero volts as possible Refer to the Specifications Section of this manual for acceptable tolerances

The sequence of this procedure is important If any adjustment is made all adjustments which follow must be made to ensure that the specifications will be met These procedures require that all controls remain as set in previous steps unless othenAise indicated

WARNING

The Model 2100 has dangerous voltages throughout the instrument even with the power is off Servicing the Model 2100 should only be done by qualified service personnel Use caution in handling any wires connectors or electrodes which may be directly or indirectly attached to the instrument Do not touch exposed connections or components Disconnect power by unplugging the power cord from the receptacle

H B ^ ^ S y s t e m s inc^degdegp^deg^^deg-^^^^^^^^B3^^^degdeg^^^lt^^^B^^^^ 131BusinessPartiLoopPO Box850CartsbOigWamp98324 4 9 |Telophone800-42013C6360683-8300F0lt360683-3525 ^ E-mail salesa-msystefnscom website httpwwwaflisystems com

CO

TP501 O lt0

g OTPSOO

U560 S

Trig Gate

0 -TISOS

U570

U500

Timing

p U520

Timing

K U550 Timin

gt U540

U515

o X I Timin

U508 I

J510 Timing nnn

Burst Delay J400

gt U550

R503

D D I D bull U8QQ i Q

n

oo

V P 5 1 0

b U535

^

Clock i _

U555

lt U 5 4 5

o

h d ^ O - - ^ U605

Q D

U620

O fJZ^ R737 bull ^ 1^13015 r j C - C O M P

B B nU770 ^ ^ ^ 5 ^ a

J420

a

o E

bull [ ]U632

riueso

rR742rVhigh R 6 1 9 ^

LJ TP645 O TP650

TPMOQ^QS

Vlow

CD-

CZZl

J440 bull bull tl iUDQ

I t

f i l

Power supply and bias voltages

Power supply

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

POWER ON Observe voltage at P703 power supply wire top of main board

Check for+15 plusmn 050 V

Observe voltage at P701 power supply wire top of main board

Check for-15 plusmn 050 V

Observe voltage at U505(24) Check for +5 plusmn 025 V

Isolated supply voltage Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

RANGE 10 V TRIG open circuit MODE center position

Alternately observe V ^ from R742 to R740 and V ^ from theU605(4)toU605(8)

Adjust R773 so that 110VltV lt 120 V and

nigh

28VltV|^lt34V

Capacitance balance Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

Connect a xlO oscilloscope probe to TP650 and ground the

Adjust R737 for minimum high frequency signal

Inputs

Gate function Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave Verify that the voltage to GATE switches states at the Observe voltage at U510(3) proper input levels with an oscilloscope

Trigger slope Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave Verify that the voltage to TRIG switches states at the Observe voltage at U510( 1) proper input levels with an oscilloscope

TRIG SLOPE Verify voltage is 180deg out of phase

TRIG SLOPE Verify voltage is in phase

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 860 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Jelophone 800-4201306 360683-8300 bull FM 380683-3525 E-mail salesaflTsystBfnscom bull Vtebsite httpVAirwwaflisystems com

14

Trigger and gate f unc t i on

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

DELAY NONE BURS-nMDTH SINGLE DURATION SQUARE PERIOD 100X10-3

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave to TRIG Observe TRIGD and EVENT LEDs

TRIG disconnect all Short the GATE connector to GND Verify LEDs extinguish

MODE press to MANUAL Verify LEDs flash once

Timing

System c lock f requency

Controls Inputs Observations Ad jus t Check

Observe the frequency of the wave Verify 1000 MHz plusmn 001 atU555(17)

Mul t ip l iers (Wheel Swi tches)

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

PULSE SIGN-laquobull MODE FREE RUN TRIG disconnect all TIMING MULTIPUERS all

wheels set to zero except the one being tested

TIMING OVERLAP ignore

Observe the pulse width with the counter at the location specified t)elow

Verify pulse width is correct for each wheel as it is tested independently

For each wheel of each MULTIPLIER test each position to verify that the pulse width is correct Observe the signal at the following locations DELAY U520(2) BURSTWIDTH U530(2) PERIOD U540(2) DURATION U550(2)

Rates (Rotary Swi tches)

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

TIMING MULTIPUERS 001 Observe the pulse width with the TIMING RATES all rotary counter at the location specified

switches set to 10-4 below except the one being tested

Verify pulse width is correct for each rotary switch as it is tested independently

For each ofthe four rotary switches in TIMING test each position to verify that the pulse width is correct Observe the signal at the following locations DELAY U520(2) BURSTWIDTH U530(2) PERIOD U540(2) DURATION U550(2)

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 iTetophone 8004201306 bull 360683-8300 bull FOC 3606803525 E-mail salesa-msystemscom Wbbsite httpJwwwaflTSystemscom

15

Trigger outputs

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

Range 10V Pulse Amplitude 500 Delay 100 xlO^ Burst 100 x 10 ^ Duration 100x10-^ Period 400x10-^ Pulse sign + Trig Mode Free run Trig in open

Trigger the oscilloscope to the Burst Trig Out Observe it the Pulse Trig Out and the isolated output

Verify that the waveform consists of a burst of three 1ms-on3ms-off pulses The burst trigger should be synchronous with the burst the pulse trigger coincident with each pulse

Output Calibration

Isolation Resistance (check)

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode center position Trig In open

Measure the resistance between ground banana jack (front panel) and black banana jack of output with DMM

Resistance read gt 100MQ

Amplitude Switch Offset (R640)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Zero Trig Mode center position Trig In Open

Measure the voltage at TP645 vs TP650 with the DMM

Adjust R640 (AmpI Sw Offset) for minimum voltage

Output Offset (R332 front panel board) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Zero Range 10V Trig Mode center position Trig In Open

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

Adjust R332 (Output offset) for minimum voltage

Positive Baseline Offeet (R607) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Sign + Baseline Amplitude

fully CCW (000) Range 10V Trig In open Trig Mode center position

Measure the voltage across the outputwiththeDMM

Adjust R602 (BSLN + offset) for minimum voltage

fl-N Systems Inc 131 BusBiess Parti Loop P O Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Telophone B00-42O1306 bull 360683-8300 bull FAX 3606803525 E-mail salesaflisystemscom V^tebsite httpy^vwwa-msystems com

16

Negative Baseline Offset (R619)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Sign -Baseline Amplitude

fully CCW (000) Range 10V Trig In open Trig Mode center position

Measure the voltage across the outputwiththeDMM

Adjust R619 (BSLN + offset) for minimum voltage

Pulse Amplitude Adjust (R602)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode Free Mode Pulse Amplitude 1000 Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =1001 Period =00110-4 Pulse Sign -Trig In open Range 10V

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

The Overiap indicator should be on Adjust R602 (Max Level) for -10OOV out

Pulse Sign Gain (check)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode Free Mode Pulse Amplitude 1000 Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =100 1s Period =001 10-4s Trig In open Range 10V

Measure the voltage at the output with the DMM for the Pulse Sign at + and - positions

The absolute values ofthe voltages should differ by less than lOOmV

Baseline Amplitudes (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Range 100mA Trig Mode center position Baseline Amplitude fully CW (1000) Trig In open

Measure the voltage at the output with the DMM with Baseline Sign in + Zero and

- positions

Gain the matching of current levels at = and - positions and offset current in Zero position

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop PO Box 850 Cartsboig Wa 98324 Telophone 800-4201306 360683-8300 FkX 3606803525 E-mail salesa-msystemscom website http^^wwaflisystemsccm

17

Output Range Amplitude and Drive (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Pulse Amplitude 1000 Pulse Sign + Trig Mode Free Run Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =1001 Period =10010-4 Trig In open

Load the output with a 10KV 1W 01 resistor Measure the voltage at the output with DMM

Verify that full scale output is within specification Scale Range 100V 100V 10V 10V 100mA IV 1mA 10V 10mA 100V

Pulse Sign and Short Circuit Protection (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =200 10-4 Period =00110-3 Baseline Zero Pulse Amplitude 25 Range 10V Trig Mode Free Run Trig In open

Measure the voltage at the output with the oscilloscope Check for Pulse Sign set to each of + - biphasic Watch for Error indicator when shorting the output

Verify that pulses of approx 25V amplitude (625V for biphasic mode) of the correct sign are produced every 10ms Short output in biphasic mode Output should return when opened

Output Transient Response (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Pulse Sign + Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =20010-4 Period =00110-3 Pulse Amplitude 250 Baseline Zero Trig Mode Free Mode Trig In open

Connect the oscilloscope to the output with a 310 attenuator probe Test both 10V and 100V ranges

Verify that overshoot and risetime meet specifications

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Telophone 8004201306 bull 3606808300 bull Flaquo( 360laquo83ltJ525 E-mail salesa-msystemsocm V^febsite http^wwwa-msystefnscom

18

Specifications

There are three classes of specifications Class A specifications tested in all units and are guaranteed Class B specifications are inherent in the design they are indirectly tested and are guaranteed Class C specifications are typical operating values which are occasionally tested- these are typical values given for your information but not guarshyanteed The class for each specification is noted in the center column ofthe following sections

Inputs Switching level

Hysteresis

Input equivalent circuit

Minimum duration (1 IL-level signal)

A

C

C

C

16 V(plusmn 02 V)

approx 50 mV

lOOKH to+5 in parallel with no more than 35pF

gt 50 ns

Open circuit condition B defaults to highon level

Timing and rate accuracy Rate selector steps

Timing multiplier steps

B

B

lOOpsto 100s in 7 steps

1 of rate selector step size Maximum value is 999 X the rate selector step size

Resolution B approx 01 ofthe maximum value

Timing error (second and later pulses after resetting controls)

B lt 002 of rate selector value + 015 ps

Timing error (first pulse after readjusting timing controls)

an additional 025 ps error may occur

Timing repeatability lt 001 setting + 20 ns (monophasic)

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Ram Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Vfa 98324 pTelophone 8004201306 bull 360683-8300 bull FAX 360683-3525

E-mail salesraquoflisystems com Wabsite httpJAnww afl isystems com

19

TRIG IN to OUTPUT delay (DELAY set to 0) output set to 2V

Timing jitter from TRIG IN to OUTPUT (for TTL trigger input with risetime lt10 ns)

Timing jitter from TRIG OUT (either BURST or PULSE) and OUTPUT

Trigger output to pulse output delay

Output characteristics Pulse level error (voltage mode open circuit current mode short circuit

Biphasic level difference IV + - V-1 2

Baseline level error (voltage mode open circuit current mode short circuit)

Risetime (25 V out)

Risetime (25 V out)

Transient response

A

A

A

Output impedance (voltage mode) C

Output impedance (current mode) C

Isolation resistance A

Isolation capacitance C

approx 05 ps for a load of no more than 10 KH in parallel with 50 pF

lt 125 ns (all rates except 100s) lt 125 ps (100s rate)

Less than 20 ns (all rates)

approx 350 ns

lt 03 of setting + 05 of r range (plus an additional 05 pA in 100 pA range)

lt 03 of range (voltage modes into open circuit current modes into short circuit)

lt 03 of setting of setting + 01 of range (plus an additional 05 pA in lOOpA range)

= 200 ns into less than 30 pF

= 15 ps into less than 30 pF

lt 8 overshoot into less than 30 pF for pulse voltages different than baseline voltage by at least 10 of range

= 50 ohms

raquo 1 0 GH (typically 200 GO)

raquo 1 0 0 M n

= 60 pF at 100 Hz

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Peril Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg V6 98324 |TelCf)hone 800-4201306 3606808300 bull FAX 360683-3525 E-mal salesaflisystefnsoom Website hnpyMVfWafllsystemsoom

20

Noise (differential mode)

Noise (common mode earth to isolated ground) with no signal output

Overload error indicator (low frequency short circuited voltage mode)

Overload error indicator low frequency open circuited current mode)

Overioad error response time

Miscellaneous

= 1 mV rms (10 V scale 10 Hz-4 MHz)

= 8 mV rms (10 Hz-4 MHz) == 100mVp-p (200 Hz -10 MHz) measured withalOMH 15pF oscilloscope probe

Turns on for set amplitude at or greater than approx plusmn1 V (10 V range) or plusmn2 V (100 V range)

Turns on for set amplitude at or above approx 2 of range

Flat to approx 30 ps duration Decreasing sensitivity for shorter pulses

Power

Fuse

Operating temperature range

Storage temperature range

Operating humidity

Dimensions

approx 11 watts

1 amp 3AG

10-30degC

0 - 50deg C

5 - 80 RH

17x475x1125 (inches) 432x121x286 cm

Weight 20 lbs (9 kg)

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Wb 98324 |Tetcphone 8004201306 3606808300 bull FOt 360683-3525 E-mail satesamsystems comV^febsite httpywwwaflisystemscom

21

Warranty and Service

What does this warranty cover A-M Systems Inc warrants to the Purchaser that the Instrument excluding cables Headstage Probes and any other accessories shipped with the Instrument (hereafter the hardware) is free from defects in workmanship or material under normal use and service for the period of one (1) year This warranty commences on the date of delivery ofthe hardware to the Purchaser

What are the obligations of A-M Systems Inc under this warranty During the warranty period A-M Systems Inc agrees to repair or replace at its sole option without charge to the Purchaser any defective component part of the hardware To obtain warranty service the Purchaser must return the hardware to A-M Systems Inc or an authorized A-M Systems Inc distributor in an adequate shipping container Any postage shipping and insurance charges incurred in shipping the hardware to A-M Systems Inc must be prepaid by the Purchaser and all risk for the hardware shall remain with purchaser until such time as A-M Systems Inc takes receipt of the hardware Upon receipt A-M Systems Inc will promptly repair or replace the defective unit and then return the hardware to the Purchaser postage shipping and insurance prepaid A-M Systems Inc may use reconditioned or like new parts or units at its sole option when repairing any hardware Repaired products shall carry the same amount of outstanding warranty as from original purchase or ninety (90) days which ever is greater Any claim under the warranty must include a dated proof of purchase ofthe hardware covered by this warranty In any event A-M Systems Inc liability for defective hardware is limited to repairing or replacing the hardware

What is not covered by this warranty This warranty is contingent upon proper use and maintenance ofthe hardware by the Purchaser and does not cover batteries Neglect misuse whether intentional or othenwise tampering with or altering the hardware damage caused by accident damage caused by unusual physical electrical chemical or electromechanical stress damage caused by failure of electrical power or damage caused during transportation are not covered by this wan-anty Products may not be returned to A-M Systems Inc for service whether under warranty or otherwise which are contaminated by infectious agents radioactive compounds or other materials constituting a health hazard to employees of A-M Systems Inc

What are the limits of liability for A-M Systems Inc under this warranty A-M Systems Inc shall not be liable for loss of data profits or savings or any special incidental consequential indirect or other similar damages arising from breach of contract negligence or other legal action even if the company or its agent has been advised of the possibility of such damages or for any claim brought against you by another party THIS EQUIPMENT IS NOT INTENDED FOR CLINICAL MEASUREMENTS USING HUMAN SUBJECTS A-M SYSTEMS INC DOES NOT ASSUME RESPONSIBILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE DUE TO MISUSE OF THIS EQUIPMENT Jurisdictions vary with regard to the enforceability of provisions excluding or limiting liability for incidental or consequential damages Check the provision of your local jurisdiction to find out whether the above exclusion applies to you

This warranty allocates risks of product failure between the Purchaser and A-M Systems Inc A-M Systems Inc hardware pricing reflects this allocation of risk and the limitations of liability contained in this warranty The warranty set forth above is in lieu of all other express warranties whether oral or written The agents employees distributors and dealers of A-M Systems Inc are not authorized to make modifications to this warranty or additional wan-anties binding on the company Accordingly additional statements such as dealer advertising or presentations whether oral or written do not constitute warranties by A-M Systems Inc and should not be relied upon This warranty gives you specific legal rights You may also have other rights which vary from one jurisdiction to another

fl-N Systems Inc 131BusinessPartiLoop RO Box850CartsbOfgWa98324 p O |Telophone 8004201306 bull 360683-8300FOC 3606830525 ^ ^ E-mail saiesaflisystefTiscom Wbbsite httpVwwwa-msystemscom

Trigger and gate funct ion

Controls Inputs Observations

DELAY NONE BURSTWIDTH SINGLE DURATION SQUARE PERIOD 100X10-3

AdjustCheck

Apply a 1 kHz 0 -5 V triangle wave to TRIG Observe TRiGoand EVENT LEDS

TRIG disconnect all Short the GATE connector to GND Verify LEDs extinguish

MODE press to MANUAL Verify LEDs flash once

Timing

System clock frequency

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

Observe the frequency of the wave Verify 1000 MHz plusmn 001 atU555(17)

Mu l t i p l i e rs (Whee l Sw i t ches )

Controls Inputs Observat ions A d j u s t C h e c k

PULSE SIGN+ MODE FREE RUN TRIG disconnect all TIMING MULTIPUERS all

Wheels set to zero except the one being tested

TIMING OVERLAP ignore

Observe the pulse width with the counter at the location specified below

Verify pulse width is correct for each wheel as it is tested independently

For each wheel of each MULTIPLIER test each position to verify that the pulse width is correct Observe the signal at the following locations DELAY U520(2) BURSTWIDTH U530(2) PERIOD U540(2) DURATION U550(2)

Rates (Rotary Switches)

Controls Inputs Observations A d j u s t C h e c k

TIMING MULTIPUERS 001 TIMING RATES all rotary

switches set to 10-4 except the one being tested

Observe the pulse width with the counter at the location specified below

Verify pulse width is correct for each rotary switch as it is tested independently

For each of the four rotary switches in TIMING test each position to verify that the pulse width is correct Observe the signal at the following locations DELAY U520(2) BURSTWIDTH U530(2) PERIOD U540(2) DURATION U550(2)

A-M Systems Inc 131 Business Paik Loop PO Box 850 Caiisborg Wa 98324 Telophone 800-428-1306 bull 3606808300 FAX 360683-3525 E-mail salesOa-msystemscom Website httpwwwa-msystemscom

15

Trigger outputs Controls

Range 10V Pulse Amplitude 500 Delay 100x10-2 Burst 100x10-2 Duration 100 xlQ-^ Period 400x10-3 Pulse sign + Trig Mode Free run Trig in open

Inputs Observations

Trigger the oscilloscope to the Burst Trig Out Observe it the Pulse Trig Out and the isolated output

AdjustCheck

Verify that the waveform consists of a burst of three 1 ms-on3ms-off pulses The burst trigger should be synchronous with the burst the pulse trigger coincident with each pulse

Output Calibration

Isolation Resistance (check) Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

Trig Mode center position Trig In open

Measure the resistance between ground banana jack (front panel) and black banana jack of output with DMM

Resistance read gt 10OMQ

Amplitude Switch Offset (R640) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Zero Trig Mode center position Trig In Open

Measure the voltage at TP645 vs TP650 with the DMM

Adjust R640 (AmpI Sw Offset) for minimum voltage

Output Offset (R332 front panel board) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Zero Range 10V Trig Mode center position Trig In Open

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

Adjust R332 (Output offset) for minimum voltage

Positive Baseline Offset (R607) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Sign + Baseline Amplitude

fully CCW (000) Range 10V Trig In open Trig Mode center position

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

Adjust R602 (BSLN + offset) for minimum voltage

A-M Systems Inc 131 Business Paik Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Jelophone 8004201306 36O6834300 - FAX 380laquo83-352S E-mail salesOa-msystemscom Website httpwwwa-msystemscam

16

Negative Baseline Offset (R619)

Controls InputsObservations

Baseline Sign -Baseline Amplitude

fully CCW (000) Range 10V Trig In open Trig Mode center position

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

AdjustCheck

Adjust R619 (BSLN + offset) for minimum voltage

Pulse Ampl i tude Adjust (R602)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode Free Mode Pulse Amplitude 1000 Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =1001 Period =00110-4 Pulse Sign -Trig In open Range 10V

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

The Overlap indicator should be on Adjust R602 (Max Level) for -10OOV out

Pulse Sign Gain (check)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode Free Mode Pulse Amplitude 1000 Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =100 Is Period =001 10-4s Trig In open Range 10V

Measure the voltage at the output with the DMM for the Pulse Sign at + and - positions

The absolute values of the voltages should differ by less than 10OmV

Baseline Ampl i tudes (check)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

flange 100mA Trig Mode center position Baseline Amplitude fully CW (1000) Trig In open

Measure the voltage at the output with the DMM with Baseline Sign in + Zero and - positions

Gain the matching of current levels at = and - positions and offset current in Zero position

A-M Systems Inc 131 Business Psik Loop PO Box 850 Caiisborg Wa 98324 Telophone 800426-1306 bull 36Olaquo8raquo8300 bull FAX 360683-3525 E-mail salesOa-msystemscom Website httpwwwa-msystemsccm

17

Output Range Amplitude and Drive (check)

Controls InputsObservations

Pulse Amplitude 1000 Pulse Sign + Trig Mode Free Run Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =1001 Period =10010-4 Trig In open

Load the output with a 10KV 1W 01 resistor Measure the voltage at the output with DMM

Pulse Sign and Short Circuit Protection (check)

Controls

Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =200 10-4 Period =00110-3 Baseline Zero Pulse Amplitude 25 Range 10V Trig Mode Free Run Trig In open

InputsObservations

Measure the voltage at the output with the oscilloscope Check for Pulse Sign set to each of + - biphasic Watch for Error indicator when shorting the output

Output Transient Response (check)

Controls InputsObservations

Verify that full scale output is within specification Scale Range 100V 100V 10V 10V 100mA IV 1mA 10V 10mA 100V

AdjustCheck

Verify that pulses of approx 25V amplitude (625V for biphasic mode) of the correct sign are produced every 10ms Short output in biphasic mode Output should return when opened

AdjustCheck

Pulse Sign + Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =20010-4 Period =00110-3 Pulse Amplitude 250 Baseline Zero Trig Mode Free Mode Trig In open

Connect the oscilloscope to the output with a 310 attenuator probe Test both 10V and 10OV ranges

Verify that overshoot and risetime meet specifications

A-M Systems Inc 131 Business Paik Loop PO Box 850 Cailsbora Wa 98324 Tetophone 8004201306 bull 36Oeuro83-8300 bull FAX 360683-352S E-mail salasOa-msystemscom Website hitpywwwa-msystamsoom

18

Specifications

There are three classes of specifications Class A specifications tested in all units and are guaranteed Class B specifications are inherent in the design they are indirectly tested and are guaranteed Class C specifications are typical operating values which are occasionally tested- these are typical values given for your information but not guarshyanteed The class for each specification is noted in the center column of the following sections

Inputs Switching level

Hysteresis

Input equivalent circuit

Minimum duration (TTL-level signal)

A

C

C

C

16 V (plusmn 02 V)

approx 50 mV

lOOKfl to-1-5 in parallel with no more than 35pF

gt50ns

Open circuit condition B defaults to highon level

Timing and rate accuracy

Rate selector steps

Timing multiplier steps

B

B

100S to 100s in 7 steps

1 of rate selector step size Maximum value is 999 X the rate selector step size

Resolution B approx 01 of the maximum value

Timing error (second and later pulses after resetting controls)

B lt 002 of rate selector value + 015S

Timing error (first pulse after readjusting timing controls)

an additional 025s error may occur

Timing repeatability lt 001 settings-20 ns (mbnophasic)

A-M Systems Inc 131 Business Paik Loop PO Box 850 Caiisborg Wa 98324 Telophone 8004201306 3606808300 FAX 3606803S25 E-mail salesOa-msystemscom bull Website httpyy(wwaltTisystemscom

19

TRIG IN to OUTPUT delay (DELAY set to 0) output set to 2V

Timing jitter from TRIG IN to OUTPUT (for TTL trigger input with risetime lt10 ns)

Timing jitter from TRIG OUT (either BURST or PULSE) and OUTPUT

Trigger output to pulse output delay

Output characteristics Pulse level error (voltage mode open circuit current mode short circuit

Biphasic level difference IV-H-i-V-l2

Baseline level error (voltage mode A open circuit current mode short circuit)

Risetime (25 V out)

Risetime (25 V out)

Transient response

A

A

A

Output impedance (voltage mode) C

Output impedance (current mode) C

Isolation resistance A

Isolation capacitance C

approx 05 ps for a load of no more than 10 Kft in parallel with 50 pF

lt 125 ns (all rates except 100s) lt125ys (100s rate)

Less than 20 ns (all rates)

approx 350 ns

lt 03 of setting -i- 05 of r range (plus an additional 05vA in 100 ywA range)

lt 03 of range (voltage modes into open circuit current modes into short circuit)

lt 03 of setting of setting -I- 01 of range (plus an additional 05 pA in 100A range)

= 200 ns into less than 30 pF

= 15 yws into less than 30 pF

lt 8 overshoot into less than 30 pF for pulse voltages different than baseline voltage by at least 10 of range

= 50 ohms

raquo 1 0 Ga (typically 200 GD)

raquo 1 0 0 M n

= 60 pF at 100 Hz

A BB f ^ _ M 1 ^ ^ 131 Business Paik Loop ROBOx850Cai1sOorgWaW3Z4

- I V l o V S i e m S inC80Ph0trade80O42O1308-36O683-8300-FAX36O683-3525 7 bull bull bull bull ^ ^ E-maasale80a-m8vstemscomWebsitehitpjwwwaltnsyste

20 E-mai salesO a-m8ystemscom Website http jwwwa-msystemscom

Noise (differential mode)

Noise (common mode earth to isolated ground) with no signal output

Overload error indicator (low frequency short circuited voltage mode)

Overload error indicator low frequency open circuited current mode)

Overload error response time

Miscellaneous

= 1 mV rms (10 V scale 10 Hz-4 MHz)

- 8 mV rms (10 Hz-4 MHz) =laquo100mVp-p (200 Hz -10 MHz) measured withalOMn 15pF oscilloscope probe

Turns on for set amplitude at or greater than approx plusmn1 V (10 V range) or plusmn2 V (100 V range)

Turns on for set amplitude at or above approx 2 of range

Flat to approx 30 ps duration Decreasing sensitivity for shorter pulses

Power

Fuse

Operating temperature range

Storage temperature range

Operating humidity

Dimensions

Weight

approx 11 watts

1 amp 3 AG

10-30degC

0 - 50deg C

5 - 80 RH

17x475x1125 (inches) 432x121x286 cm

20 lbs (9 kg)

A-M Systems Inc 131 Business Paik Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Tekjptwne 8004201306 bull 36Olaquo8O8300 bull FAX 360laquo8O3525 E-mail salesOa-msystemscom Website httpywwwa-msystemscom

21

Warranty and Service

What does this warranty cover A-f Systems Inc warrants to the Purchaser that the Instrument excluding cables Headstage Probes and any other accessories shipped with the Instrument (hereafter the hardware) is free from defects in workmanship or material under normal use and service for the period of one (1) year This warranty commences on the date of delivery of the hardware to the Purchaser

What are the obligations of A-M Systems Inc under this warranty During the warranty period A-M Systems Inc agrees to repair or replace at its sole option without charge to the Purchaser any defective component part of the hardware To obtain warranty service the Purchaser must return the hardware to A-l^ Systems Inc or an authorized A-M Systems Inc distributor in an adequate shipping container Any postage shipping and insurance charges incurred in shipping the hardware to A-M Systems Inc must be prepaid by the Purchaser and all risk for the hardware shall remain with purchaser until such time as A-M Systems Inc takes receipt of the hardware Upon receipt A-M Systems Inc will promptly repair or replace the defective unit and then return the hardware to the Purchaser postage shipping and insurance prepaid A-M Systems Inc may use reconditioned or like new parts or units at its sole option when repairing any hardware Repaired products shall carry the same amount of outstanding warranty as from original purchase or ninety (90) days which ever is greater Any claim under the warranty must include a dated proof of purchase of the hardware covered by this warranty In any event A-M Systems Inc liability for defective hardware is limited to repairing or replacing the hardware

What is not covered by this warranty This warranty is contingent upon proper use and maintenance of the hardware by the Purchaser and does not cover batteries Neglect misuse whether intentional or othenvise tampering with or altering the hardware damage caused by accident damage caused by unusual physical electrical chemical or electromechanical stress damage caused by failure of electrical power or damage caused during transportation are not covered by this warranty Products may not be returned to A-M Systems Inc for service whether under warranty or otherwise which are contaminated by Infectious agents radioactive compounds or other materials constituting a health hazard to employees of A-M Systems Inc

What are the limits of liability for A-M Systems Inc under this warranty A-M Systems Inc shall not be liable for loss of data profits or savings or any special incidental consequential indirect or other similar damages arising from breach of contract negligence or other legal action even if the company or its agent has been advised of the possibility of such damages or for any claim brought against you by another party THIS EQUIPMENT IS NOT INTENDED FOR CLINICAL MEASUREMENTS USING HUMAN SUBJECTS A-M SYSTEMS INC DOES NOT ASSUME RESPONSIBILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE DUE TO MISUSE OF THIS EQUIPMENT Jurisdictions vary with regard to the enforceability of provisions excluding or limiting liability for incidental or consequential damages Check the provision of your local jurisdiction to find out whether the above exclusion applies to you

This warranty allocates risks of product failure between the Purchaser and A-M Systems Inc A-M Systems Inc hardware pricing reflects this allocation of ris1lt and the limitations of liability contained in this warranty The warranty set forth above is in lieu of all other express warranties whether oral or written The agents employees distributors and dealers of A-M Systems Inc are not authorized to make modifications to this warranty or additional warranties binding on the company Accordingly additional statements such as dealer advertising or presentations whether oral or written do not constitute warranties by A-M Systems Inc and should not be relied upon This warranty gives you specific legal rights You may also have other rights which vary from one jurisdiction to another

A B B J l laquo raquo ^ t3tBusinessPafkLoopPOBox850Cai1sbO(gWa98324

- | V | O V S i e m S |nCtrade042O1306-36O68O8300-FAX36O68O3525 E-mail salasOa-msvstemscom bull Website httowwwa-msvste

t3tBusinassParkLaopROBox8SOCai1sbo(gWa98324 po Telophone 8004201306 360683-8300 FAX 3606803525 ^ ^ E-maH salesOa-msystemscom Wetsite httpwwwa-msystem3e0m

mwal

INSTRUCTION MANUAL

FOR

ISOLATED PULSE STIMULATOR

MODEL 2100

Serial

Date

A-M Systems Inc

PO Box 850

Carisborg WA 98324

USA

360-683-8300 bull 800-426-1306 FAX 360-683-3525

httpwwwa-m8y8temscom

Version 50 May 1998

Contents General Description 1

Instrument Features 1 Controls and Connectors 2

Operating Instructions 6 Theory of Operation 10 Calibration Procedures 12

Inputs ii 14 Output Calibration iii i 16

Specifications i4 il u 19 Warranty and Service wi iJ iJi [ii 22

Each Isolated Pulse Stimulator Is delivered complete with

Rack Mount Hardware Instructions amp Maintenance Manual

NOTE

This instrument is not intended for clinical measurements using human subjects A-M Systems Inc does not assume msponsibility for injury or damage due to the misuse of this instrument

General bull M ^ ion

Instrument Features The Isolated Pulse Stimulator Model 2100 Is designed for a wide variety of applications It is highly flexible being capable of delivering single pulses biphasic pairs or bursts of pulses Pulses may be started manually or upon receiving a trigger signal from another instrument or computer Two non-isolated trigger outputs are available for triggering other instruments

Four sets of timing controls provide comprehensive control over all aspects of pulse generation Three digit accuracy is available over a 7 decade range for each timing function using lever wheel switches Pulse wkiths can be set over more than a 9 decade range from 05 [is to 999 seconds Timing accuracy is assured through the use of a 10 MHz base rate crystal-controlled clock digitally divided to provide accurate timing over the entire range A timing overiap indicator will light if the timing controls are set Inconsistently

The output may be conveniently switched between cun-ent and voltage modes Pulse and baseline amplitudes are independently presettable with lockable dials An error indicator will light if the Model 2100 cannoi deliver the desired signal

WARNING

The Model 2100 can produce potentially dangemus voltages up to 100 V et the output connectors The isolated output is not connected internally to safety (earth) ground in ahy way Some part of the extemal circuit should be connected to safety gmund Use caution in handling any wires connectors or electrodes which may be directly or indirectly attached to the Model 2100 output Some lltinds of connectors such as BNC connectors have exposed metal parts which may float at dangemus potentials unless extemally connected to safety gmund For greatest safety tum the Model 2100 off before making any connections to

the Instrument

131 Business Park LocfiPO Box BSOCarM)orgWa 98324 800426-1308 bull36OlaquoS3laquo300FAX 3 6 M 8 3 ^ 2 5

E-malt uiittyBQaHiByBtumaooiTi Wobsita HipJtwtiwiwftbMiAcon fl-N SystQms I n c ^ T

Controls and Connectors The controls for the Model 2100 are grouped in three sections START controlling when a pulse or burst of pulses begins TIMING controlling the onoff timing of one or more pulses and otJTPliT controlling the amplitude of the output signal

Start TRIG SLOPE This switch determines whether valid triggers occur at positive or negative edges in the trigger signal

MODE This switch controls how wavefomris are initiated When set to FREE RUN one timing cycle immediately follows the last When held in the MANUAL position a timing cycle starts immediately When the switch is in the center position timing cycles start when valid triggering events occur

TRIGD This LED lights up when a timing cycle is in process and continues until the burst is completed

TRIG This BNC connector allows a signal from an extemal source to initiate timing cycles It is set for standard TTL levels

GATE This BNC connector allows a signal from an extemal source to restrict the final output signal This input must be at a logical high (or open-circuited) in order for the Model 2100 to recognize either manual or automatic trigger events

Gate 1_ Trigger [~^ i I Valid triggers are represented by the arrows in the figure Note that the up arrow would apply only if TRIG SLOPE is set to + the down anrows would apply only if TRIG SLOPE is set to-

NOTE Triggers have no effect if the system has not completed its response to a previous trigger

fl-N SystQms I n c ^ 131 Business Park Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 600426-13063eO683laquo300FAX 360683^525

E-maB anBysQraquoinsyaleiTaconi Wsbalto h^KAvwwa-(nsys(smsoom

Timing Four sets of controls govem the timing of pulse generation Each set contains two values which are multiplied together to detennine the actual timing value The rotary knob (rate selector) provides the approximate timing value and the lever wheel switch bank (MULTIPLIER) provkles a time resolution of three decimal digits The following diagram shows most of the important relationships

Pnfe-tRAIM I B E L A V i6Molaquo

BURST WIOtH

Output r Delay

t n

Duration - ^ lt - |4Periodgt|

FLJI -^ Burst width

Trigger event

DELAY These controls set the time between the initiating trigger event and the beginning of the pulse burst If this rate selector is set to NONE or the multiplier is set to ooo there is no delay

BURSTWIDTH These controls set the time period in which one or more pulses may be delivered Once started a pulse may outlast the burst width If this rate selector is set to SINGLE or to any time shorter than the pulse duration only a single pulse will occur If the BURSTWIDTH is longer than the period pulses will be emitted at the PERIOD rate until the burst time ends Pulses are never truncated by a short BURST WIDTH

iNTpoundA-PULSiE PBRiOb

DURATION These controls set the length of each pulse If this rate selector is set to SQUARE the duration is set to half of the period regardless of the MULTIPLIER setting

PERIOD These controls set the period of time between adjacent pulse events within the burst It also forces a minimum dead time between recognized input triggers following a burst of one or more pulses This can be used to prevent over stimulation of a tissue without requiring excessive delay between the triggering event and the stimulating pulse

TlMtNQ OVERLAP

mLiHMPi

VVtJ jiwaa lasm nlaquoilaquo u

t^fi SysUms I n c ^ Elt4nsfl a m

131 Business Pofc Loop PO Box 850 Carisborg 1^98324 600-426-1306 36O6834300 FAK 360683^525

E-mai vrvysQfrflisysleraLOCniWutiailQL N^jAwwa^iByslernUiOOni

NOTE If any of these timing controls are changed while a timing cycle is in operation the results are undefined until the cunent cycle flnishes

TIMING OVERLAP This LED will light to indicate an Inconsistency in the timing cycle settings There are several ways to Introduce such errors The most common way is to set the inter-pulse PERIOD to be less than the pulse DURATION

TRIG OUT (UPPER) This BNC connector provides a signal which is coinckient with the intemal Burst timing signal (default) This means the signal starts at the end of the Delay time and persists until the Burst time expires This output may also be set to represent the delay time-out by setting the internal jumper J510 to the left two pins Instead of the right two pins (Please see the Calibration section in this manual for jumper location Directions are given as viewed from the fix)nt of the instrument)

TRIG OUT (LOWER) This BNC connector provides a signal which is coincident with the Duration timing signal which controls pulse output

NOTE Both trigger output signals slightly lead the isolated output signal

Output PULSE SIGN This Switch sets the sign for the pulses to be generated It also allows generation of biphasic pulses thereby doubling the effective total period Warning the first pulse genemted after changing the PULSE SIGN svntch may have the wmng polarity

BASELINE This switch sets the sign for the baseline signal

RANGE This rotary switch allows one of three current or two voltage ranges to be selected for the output signal

BASELINE AMPLITUDE This counting dial are independently set using ten-minute counting dials with the baseline having one tenth the range of the pulse amplitude

A-N Systlaquomslaquo Inc 131 Buskiess Partt Loop PO BoK 8S0 Cailsbarg Wa 96324 laophone 8004201306 bull36O68M300-FAX 3eolaquo8M525 E-mat bullmsysflMnsyslermoom VMaHsr Hlplhfimnmyekmoom

PULSE AMPLITUDE This counting dial

EVENTS This LED indicates when a pulse is ongoing

ERROR This LED indicates when the intemal output amplifier cannot output the pulse as desired This is usually due to a short circuit while trying to output a voltage or an open circuit while trying to output a current

One control from the Ot^uf section directly affects wavefonn timing the Pulse Sign control When set to the Biphasic mode a positive-going pulse is Immediately followed by a negative-going pulse This effectively doubles the pulse duration If a burst of biphasic pulses is being produced the period must be at least twice the single pulse duration In the Sgtan wave mode the baseline disappears as long as the burst persists

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Bushass Park locpPOBooi 850 C8ri9bcrgMS8324 IMqphona 800426-1306 bull36Olaquo83laquo3a0 FAX 360683-3529 E-nal amsyaOa4nsyatemscomWeMlK hMpJVniwa-nsygtatnscom

Operating Instructions

Examples Simple setup (and minimal Instrument tost)

Connect the output of the Model 2100 to an oscilloscope Before connecting the instrument it is safest to turn its power off

Set the Ou^uf controls

Range Pulse Sign

Baseline Pulse Amplitude

10V +

Zero 200

Setting The Timing Controls

Delay Burst Width

Duratbn Period

none single

15010-2 500102

Setting The Start Controls

Mode Free Run

Disconnect any cables to the TRIG or GATE Inputs

Note that the green Trig and Event Indicators tum on as Free Run is turned on (and tum off othenwise) You should observe a 15ms duration 20Hz rate pulse of 200V above a OV baseline on the oscilloscope i

A ^ M ^ _ _ _ A ^ _ _ _ 1 ^ 131BiiHnD8raquoParttloopPOBoxB50Car)sbcrBlaquoraquoS8324

bull P l ^ y S W n i S f |nC ltV^gt^8deglt^^2O1306380laquo8OS3a0FAX36O6BMS2S

6 E-fnflk 9n^fBOs-in9ystsni9cx]fnWDbs)tec H^ff9Nw^myStem9oom

Demonstration of Burst Mode Connect the output of the Model 2100 to an oscilloscope Before connecting the instrument it is safest to tum Its power off

Set the Output controls

Range Pulse Sign

Baseline Pulse Amplitude

Baseline Amplitude

Setting The Timing Controls

Delay Burst Width

Duration

Period

Set the START controls as follows

Mode

Disconnect any cables to the TRIG or GATE inputs

Trigger the oscilloscope from the Burst trigger out (upper Tr^ Out connector) for a stable display In each burst (occumng every lOOms) you should observe a trio of 15ms duration starting 50ms apart Try switching the StartMode from Free Run to the center (nomnal) position The pulses will no longer be produced and the Trig and Event indicators will turn off Pressing this switch once (to Manual) will cause a single burst to occur

880 120 150 500

10V +

200 100

102 102 102 102

Free Run

fleaff SySlQmSa |nCa deglgt ltlt ^ ^ deg ^ degdeg ^ ^ ^ bull E-matmia

131 Business Park LoopPO Box 850 Carisborg Vfe 86324 lUcphcna 800426-1306 36Olaquo83laquo300 FAX 36068raquo52 E-maft tfii8ysOiHn^nleiTBcom1AWisJto HSpitwraquoM^wytAtii9oom

Problem SoMng If the Instrument appears to be not worthing properiy check all of the control settings and connections Be sure to wait at least 5-10 seconds after turning the Instrument off before tuming it on again The following t6ef summary of typical problems for the user (along with the most common solutions) may help

Problem CauseSolution EVENT indicator never lights even in FREE RUN mode

bull Replace fuse check power connection bullSet DELAY or PERIOD to a shorter interval

bull Power-on too soon after power-off

OVERLAP Indicator is on

ERROR indicator is on

Time appears to be excessive

bullSet DURATION gt000 bull DURATION is set to SQUARE but PERIOD is 000 Increase PERIOD or set DURATION independantly

bull BURST and WIDTH are gt DURATION increase PERIOD or decrease

DURATION bull BIPHASIC pulse output is on and PERIOD is not longer than twice the DURATION Increase PERIOD or decrease DURATION

bull Free-run is on and BURST Is lt PERIOD (BURST off) DELAY is 0 and PERIOD is lt DURATION Add delay or modify PERIOD

bull Free-mn is on and BURST is gt DURATION (BURST ON) and PERIOD is lt DURATION Increase PERIOD

bull For VOLTAGE outputs the output Is trying to drive too low a resistance or capacitance (eg a short circuit) Check by disconnecting the output It is possible (and normal) that for the fastest cycles

and largest amplitudes (close to 100 V and 1 MS) that the ERROR Indicator might always come on during repetitive pulses Fix output load or decrease amplitude as required

bull Changed control in mid-cycle (resets cunent status)

A ^ M bull _ _ _ A ^ ^ _ _ i ^ mdash 131BuslnessPai1ltLoopPOBox850CarlsborgWamp98324

bull p i j ^ v s w m s iiic^^deglt^deg^^deglt^^^3degB3^^^deg^^^^degdeg^^^deg^^deg^^^^ E-mat iiiMOafflwstemseom WabaHe MtaffiwwtHtavsli

8 E-msft flmsjoQfrfraystGfnsoom ^WobsltiK hl^Aiwv9-fn9]nteniscom

Cant seem to get a full signal out

Incoming triggers not accepted frequently enough

bull Load is not properiy connected repair wiring

bull Too low a load impedance (VOLTAGE modes) or too high a load impedance

(CURRENT mode)

bull PERIOD is set too long (enforces dead time) followd by BURST set to SIGNAL Reduce PERIOD time

Table 10 Problem Solving

If you suspect that the Model 2100 may have completely failed we recommend checking the basic level of functionality If this fails your instrument is defective and must be repaired If this passes either your experimental setup is incompatible or inconsistent or there is a more subtle flaw in your Model 2100

If the Model 2100 appears to be malfunctioning contact A-M Systems Inc or your dealer Telephone numtgters for A-M Systems Inc listed on the front cover of this manual We will first attempt to solve the problem over the telephone so have an exact description of your problem available when you call You do not need to be within the warranty period to obtain over-the-phone assistance

A ^ M V - mdash A d B ^ K M I ^ M 131BuslnessPatfcLoopPOBox6SOCai

-PI s y s i Q m s inc-2raquolaquoa22=M^^

131 Business Parfc Loop PO Box 650 Cartsborg VM9 0S324 _ FAX36(W8a3525 E^nrt flnsysQa-ntsyttanB-oom Wsbsfte hHpiMNvwa-nnystsnisooni

9

Theory of Operation

The operation of the Model 2100 is summarized In the block diagram (see Fig 3) Not shown are all of the interconnections with the microcontroller The intemal microcontroler plays an important role in setting the signal path but does not directly

contribute to the dynamic characteristics It scans the front panel switches and sets the control values for the logic arays It programs the intemal counters which along with the other hardware achieve the necessary sub-microsecond speeds

All action starts either from an input trigger signal (from Trig In) or from an intemal signal (in free Run mode only) A Delay timer counts the 10MHz clock until its count value Is exhausted At this point the Burst timer starts Both Period and Duration timers are started at this time If the Burst timer has not expired by the end of the Period the Period and Duration timers are restarted If the Biphasic mode has been set the Duration timer is restarted at the end of the initial Duration and the sign of the output pulse Is reversed doubling the total duration

The system state (pulse on pulse sip baseline sign [+101-]) is transmitted to the isolated section via optoisolator The baseline and pulse amplitudes are selected by an analog switch The resulting signal is amplified by a variable-power-supply discrete operational amplifier The amplifier connections and gain is modified to provide two voltage and three cunent ranges

Timing overlap errors are detected by a logical decision computation rather than by testing for counter collisions This provides instant feedback rather than waiting up to an hour for such a collision to occur Output errors are measured by sensing the output amplifiers differential input voltage Under normal conditions this is a negligible voltage if the amplifier fails to deliver the requested signal the window comparator testing this voltage sends this message (via optoisolator) to the logic section turning on a warning LED

fl-N Systems Inc 131BusbnassPa(tLoopPOBox6SOCari3boigVMg8324 H n |TWoph0n880O426-13083eO6Blaquo300FMt36Olaquo8i3525 E-nnl anaysflfriinysleiiaoemWfcbslte hllphmwraquoimyatennoom

TRIG 3HJ) OUT

(burst)

TRIG ^ OUT

(pulse)

E

Ml

Calibration Procedures

The calibration interval is the lesser of 1000 hours of operation or 6 months Somewhat greater drift can be expected in the first 100 hours of operation as the semiconductors age Adjustments should only be made after the instrument has been fully warmed up for at least 15 minutes

Full instrument calibration requires the following test equipment digital multimeter (plusmn 01) able to measure resistance to at least lOOMfl oscilloscope with at least 50MHz bandwidth true-rms voltmeter with 4MHz bandwidth universal counter (plusmn 001 ) able to measure single pulse widths and periods resistors (all plusmn 01) 2kn lOkH 1 waft 20kn 200kn alligator clip lead sets banana plugs and BNC adapters

Adjustment integrated circuit and test point locations are shown in the following figures All adjustments are on the timing board unless otherwise noted

All voltages in the non-isolated section should be measured with respect to ground at TP510 unless othenvise stated Some voltages are measured with respect to an intemal isolated ground at TP650 or across the two output tenninals Occasionally the voltage at an IC pin must be measured In these cases the reference designator is given with the pin number in parentheses eg U602(16) When it states within this procedure that a voltage is to be minimized this means that the adjustment should be made such that the measured voltage is as close to zero volts as possible Refer to the Specifications Section of this manual for acceptable tolerances

The sequence of this procedure is Important If any adjustment is made all adjustments which follow must be made to ensure that the specifications will be met These procedures require that all controls remain as set in previous steps unless otherwise indicated

WARNING

The Model 2100 has dangerous voltages throughout the instrument even with the power is off Servicing the Model 2100 should only be done by qualified service personnel Use caution in handling any wires connectors or electrodes which may be directly or indirectly attached to the Instrument Do not touch exposed connections or components Disconnect power by unplugging the power cord from the receptacle

fl-N Systems I n c ^ 131BusinesaPartcLoopPOBox850CartsborgVWiB8324 4 n ^gt-mdash80O426-130638Ofl8Jlaquo300FAX36O683J52S bull E-maft BinsysQfrfn^islflnisoomVVfalislle h^KVfWMift^iisystemsoani

CO

- R503

Omg^

TPSOlQ O

OTPSOO

U560 bull

U510

DDID ^ trade E O ^ T P 5 1 0

bullnD Trig

0 ^

U570

Gate n U505

DO D

U515

Timing

Timing h_ U520

bsoo ^25SE Timing

Or r U540

I I Tmlng

[^ELIL

U535 D

U506

13 J510 Timlnff

BurfiDelay J400

i i i i i i i T r m r a

gt U550 ^

Clock

U555 U620

B a

^R^Pvhigh Rfijn O D O Vlow

o

bull U545

Fo sect737 lISOIsPjC-COMP

n r r ^ U760

J420

]]U632

Q S riuGSO

H = ) TP640^ deg I t I

II3D

J440 m i T i

U610 plusmn laquo j U O

bull bull l el

^t

O l

bull

M

I

Power supply and bias voltages

Power supply

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

POWER ON Observe voltage at P703 power supply wire top of main board

Check for+15 plusmn 050 V

Observe voltage at P701 power supply wire top of main board

Check for-15 plusmn 050 V

Observe voltage at U505(24) Check for+5 plusmn 025 V

Isolated supply voltage

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

RANGE 10 V TRIG open circuit MODE center position

Altemately observe V^ from R742 to R740 and V ^ from the U605(4) to U605(8)

Adjust R773 so that 110VltV^lt 120 V and

nign

28VltV^lt34V

Capacitance balance

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Connect a x10 oscilloscope probe to TP650 and ground the

Adjust R737 for minimum high frequency signal

Inputs

Gate funct ion

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave Verify that the voltage to GATE switches states at the Obsene voltage at U51G(3) proper input levels with an oscilloscope ^ ^

Trigger s lope

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave Verify that the voltage to TRIO switches states at the Observe voltage at US 10( 1) proper input levels with an oscilloscope

TRIG SLOPE + Verify voltage is 180 out of phase

TRIG SLOPE Verify voltage is in phase

fl-N Systems Inc ^ 131 Bushess Park Loop PO Bar 850 Carisborg Wa 98324 8004201306 3eOlaquoS3e300 FAX 3606BV352S

C-maft fliii8yBQfriii9yBlumaoamVIAibsMB hRpJhwMifi-iiiBystematxini

14

Trigger and gate funct ion

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

DELA NONE BURS1WII3TH SINGLE DURATION SQUARE PERIOD 100X10-3

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave to TRIG Obsen^e TRIOD and EVENT LEDS

TRIG disconnect all Short the GATE connector to GND Verify LEDs extinguish

MODE press to MANUAL Verify LEDs flash once

Timing

System c lock frequency

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Observe the frequency of the wave atU555(17)

Verify 1000 MHz plusmn001

Multipl iers (Wheel Switches)

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

PULSE SIGN + MODE FREE RUN TRIG disconnect all TIMING MULTIPUERS ail

wheels set to zero except the one being tested

TnmiNG OVERLAP ^nOTB

Observe the pulse width with the counter at the location specified below

Verify pulse width Is correct for each wheel as it is tested Independently

For each wheel of each MULTIPUER test each position to verify that the pulse width is correct Observe the signal at the following locations DELAY U520(2) BURSTWIDTH U530(2) PERIOD US40(2) DURATION U550(2)

Rates (Rotary Switches)

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

TIMING MULTIPUERS 001 TIMING RATES all rotary

switches set to 10-4 except the one being tested

Observe the pulse width with the counter at the location specified below

Verify pulse width is conect for each rotary switch as it is tested independently

For each of the four rotary switches in TIMING test each position to verify that the pulse wkJth is correct Observe the signal at the following locations DELAY U520(2) BURSTWIDTH U530(2) PERIOD U540(2) DURATION U550(2)

fl-N Systems I n c ^ E-maft emfl

131 Business Parti Loop PO 809(850 Cartsborg Wta 98324 8004201306 3804806300 FAX 36068O3S25

E-maft ansysQa nvystems-oom Wobste hflp Avwwa4nsy8(Qnttoam

15

Trigger outputs Controls

Range 10V Pulse Amplitude 500 Delay 100x10 Burst 100x10^2 Duration 100 x1a Period 400x10^ Pulse sign + Trig Mode Free run Trig in open

Inputs Observations

Trigger the oscilloscope to the Burst Trig Out Observe it the Pulse Trig Out and the isolated output

Adjust Check

Verify that the waveform consists of a burst of three 1ms-on3ms-off pulses The burst trigger should be synchronous with the burst the pulse trigger coincident with each pulse

Output Calibration

Isolation Resistance (check) Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode center position Trig In open

Measure the resistance between ground banana jack (front panel) and black banana jack of output with DMM

Resistance read gt 100MQ

Amplitude Switch Offset (R640) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Zero Trig Mode center position Trig In Open

Measure the voltage at TP645 vs TP650 with the DMM

Adjust R640 (AmpI Sw Offset) for minimum voltage

Output Offset (R332 front panel board) Controls I nputsObservatlons AdjustCheck

Baseline Zero Range 10V Trig Mode center position Trig In Open

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

Adjust R332 (Output offset) for minimum voltage

Positive Baseline Offset (R607) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Sign + Baseline Amplitude

fully CCW (000) Range 10V Trig In open Trig Mode center position

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

Adjust R602 (BSLN + offset) for minimum voltage

fl M raquo _ _ _ A laquo ^ _ i ^ ^ 131Buslnelaquo8Pari(loopPOBoK850Cart8borgWB96324

bull P I i s V S i e m S a |||Cg1Maphans80O42O130638O68O8300FAX36Olaquo8raquo^2S E-tiBft anagtraquoflwiisyagtlaquomraquoaimW6baHB hHpffii(wwraquoltnsylaquoleniieom

16

Negative Baseline Offset (R619) Controls

Baseline Sign -i Baseline Amplitude bull fully CCW (000)

Range 10V Trig In open Trig Mode center position

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

AdjustCheck

Adjust R619 (BSLN 4 offset) for minimum voltage

Pulse Amplitude Adjust (R602) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode Free Mode Pulse Amplitude 1000 Timing Dialay =none Burst =single Duration =1001 Period =00110-4 Pulse Sign -Trig In open Range 10V

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

The Overiap indicator should be on Adjust R602 (Max Level) for -1000V out

Pulse Sign Gain (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode Free Mode Pulse Amplitude 1000 Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =1001 s Period =00110-4s Trig In open Range 10V

Measure the voltage at the output with the DMM for the Pulse Sign at -- and - positions

The absolute values of the voltages should differ by less than lOOmV

Baseline Amplitudes (check) Controls InputsObservations

Range 100mA Trig Mode center position Baseline Amplitude fully CW (1000) Trig In open

Measure the voltage at the output with the DMM with Baseline Sign in + Zero and - positions

AdjustCheck

Gain the matching of current levels at = and - positions and offset current in Zero position

fl-N Systems Inc^^ bull E-mal am8

131 Business Partt Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 88324 8004201306360laquo8Oe300FAX 360laquo8O362S

E-maM am8y8^o-mBy8tflmBoom WobaKo hHp Awwwo-f i iBystonuoom

17

Output Range Amplitude and Drive (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Pulse Amplitude 1000 Pulse Sign + Trig Mode Free Run Timing Delay =none Burst =8ingle Duration =1001 Period =10010-4 Trig In open

Load the output with a 10KV1W 01 resistor Measure the voltage at the output with DMM

Verify that full scale output is within specification Scale Range 100V 100V 10V 10V 100mA IV 1mA 10V 10mA 100V

Pulse Sign and Short Circuit Protection (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Timing Delay =none Burst =8ingle Duration =200 10-4 Period =00110-3 Baseline Zero Pulse Amplitude 25 Range 10V Trig Mode Free Run Trig In open

Measure the voltage at the output with the oscilloscope Check for Pulse Sign set to each of + - biphasic Watch for Error indicator when shorting the output

Verify that pulses of approx 25V amplitude (625V for biphasic mode) of the correct sign are produced every 10ms Short output in biphasic mode Output should retum when opened

Output Transient Response (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Pulse Sign + Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =20010-4 Period =00110-3 Pulse Amplitude 250 Baseline Zero Trig Mode Free Mode Trig In open

Connect the oscilloscope to the output with a 310 attenuator prolse Test boVn 10V and 100V ranges

Verify that overshoot and risetime meet specifications

fl-N Systems I n c ^ 131 Business Parte Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wb 98324 8004201306 36Olaquo83O300 FAX 36O680lt352S

E-mQ0 snBy8Qs-msy8faiTiscom VWriMtte N ^ Mvww9-msy8lemscom

18

Specifications

There are three classes of specifications Class A specifications tested in all unHs and are guaranteed Class B specifications are inherent in the design they are indirectly tested and are guaranteed Class C specifications are typical operating values which are occasionally tested- these are typical values given for your infomiation but not guarshyanteed The class for each specification is noted in the center column of the following sections

Inputs Switching level

Hysteresis

Input equivalent circuit

Minimum duration (1 IL-level signal)

A

C

C

C

16V(plusmn02V)

approx 50 mV

100K ft to+5 In parallel with no more than 35pF

gt 50 ns

Open circuit condition B defaults to highon level

Timing and rate accuracy Rate selector steps

Timing multiplier steps

Resolution

Timing eror (second and later pulses after resetting controls)

B

B

B

B

lOOps to 100s In 7 steps

1 of rate selector step size Maximum value is 999 x the rate selector step size

approx 01 of the maximum value

lt 002 of rate selector value + 015 ps

Timing error (first pulse after readjusting timing controls)

an additional 025 ps error may occur

Timing repeatability lt 001 setting + 20 ns (monophasic)

fl-N Systems I nc ^ bull E-moU ams

131 Business Parti Loop PO Boot 850 Cartsborg VM 98324 80O42O130838O08O8300FAX36Olaquo8O3S2S

E-meU anByafl^iiisyslainaoomWebsHe hHpffliiwwraquomsys)emsoom

19

TRIG IN to OUTPUT delay (DELAY set to 0) output set to 2V

Timing jitter ft-om TRIG IN to OUTPUT (for TTL trigger input with risetime lt10 ns)

Timing jitter ft^om TRIG OUT (either BURST or PULSE) and OUTPUT

Trigger output to pulse output delay

Output charactsristics Pulse level enror (voltage mode open circuit cun-ent mode short circuit

Biphasic level difference |V + + V-|2

Baseline level error (voltage mode A open circuit current mode short circuit)

Risetime (25 V out)

Risetime (25 V out)

Transient response

A

A

A

Output impedance (voltage mode) C

Output impedance (current mode) C

Isolation resistance A

Isolation capacitance C

approx 05 ps for a load of no more than 10 Kft in parallel with 50 pF

lt 125 ns (all rates except 100s) lt 125 ps (100s rate)

Less than 20 ns (all rates)

approx 350 ns

lt 03 of setting + 05 of r range (plus an additional 05 pA inlOOpArenge)

lt 03 of range (voltage modes into open circuit current modes into short circuit)

lt 03 of setting of setting + 01 of range (plus an additional 05 pA in lOOpA range)

laquo 200 ns into less than 30 pF

laquo15 ps into less than 30 pF

lt 8 overshoot Into less than 30 pF for pulse voltages different than baseline voltage by at least 10 of range

laquo 50 ohms

raquo 1 0 Gft (typically 200 Gft)

raquo100Mft

laquo 60 pF at 100 Hz

fl-N Systems Inc^^ 131 Business Partt Uxip PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 96324 8004201308 SBOee^^SOO FAX 360laquoS3^52S

E-mat BiByraquoaiMii8ylaquoliiiiiseomWiljalteHlpJV(wwraquo4tgy8lenaoom

20

Noise (differential mode)

Noise (common mode earth to isolated ground) with no signal output

Overioad error indicator (low frequency short circuited voltage mode)

Overioad error indicator low frequency open circuited current mode)

Overioad enor response time

Miscellaneous

Power

Fuse

Operating temperature range

Storage temperature range

Operating humidity

Dimensions

Weight

laquo1 mV rms (10 V scale 10Hz-4MHz)

laquo 8 mV rms (10 Hz-4 MHz) laquo100mVp-p (200 Hz -10 MHz) measured withalOMft 15pF oscilloscope probe

Turns on for set amplitude at or greater than approx plusmn1V (10 V range) or plusmn2 V (100 V range)

Turns on for set amplitude at or above approx 2 of range

Flat to approx 30 ps duration Decreasing sensitivity for shorter pulses

approx 11 watts

1 amp 3 AG

10-30C

0 - 50deg C

5-80RH

17x475x1125 (Inches) 432x121x286 cm

20 lbs (9 kg)

fl mm bull gt _ _ _ A ^ ^ _ _ L ^ 131BusinesraquoPariltLocpPOBox850C8rtsborgWS9e324

bull p i ^ y s v e m s IIIC^^deg(^deg^Bdegltgt^^^3degdeg^deg^^deg^^^degdeg^^I^deg^deg^^^^^

21 E-mei flre^nQo 4n8yo(amscam Wsbsfle hHpAwwwe-msy8Jems-Oom

Warranty and Service

What does this warranty cover A-M Systems Inc warrants to the Purchaser that the Instrument excluding cables Headstage Probes and any other accessories shipped with the Instrument (hereafter the hardware) is free from defects in workmanship or material under normal use and service for the period of one (1) year This warranty commences on the date of delivery of the hardware to the Purchaser

What are the obligations of A-M Systems Inc under this warranty During the warranty period A-M Systems Inc agrees to repair or replace at its sole option without charge to the Purchaser any defective component part of the hardware To obtain warranty service the Purchaser must return the hardware to A-M Systems Inc or an authorized A-M Systems Inc distributor in an adequate shipping container Any postage shipping and insurance charges incurred in shipping the hardware to A-M Systems Inc must be prepaid by the Purchaser and all risk for the hardware shall remain with purchaser until such time as A-M Systems Inc takes receipt of the hardware Upon receipt A-M Systems Inc will promptly repair or replace the defective unit and then return the hardware to the Purchaser postage shipping and insurance prepaid A-M Systems Inc may use reconditioned or like new parts or units at its sole option when repairing any hardware Repaired products shall carry the same amount of outstanding wan^nty as from original purchase or ninety (90) days which ever is greater Any claim under the warranty must include a dated proof of purchase of the hardware covered by this wan-anty In any event A-M Systems Inc liability for defective hardware is limited to repairing or replacing the hardware

What is not covered by this warranty This warranty is contingent upon proper use and maintenance of the hardware by the Purchaser and does not cover batteries Neglect misuse whether intentional or otherwise tampering with or altering the hardware damage caused by accident damage caused by unusual physical electrical chemical or electromechanical stress damage caused by failure of electrical power or damage caused during transportation are not covered by this warranty Products may not be returned to A-M Systems Inc for service whether under warranty or otherwise which are contaminated by infectious agents radioactive compounds or other materials constituting a health hazard to employees of A-M Systems Inc

What are the limits of llabiiity for A-M Systems inc under this warranty A-M Systems Inc shall not be liable for loss of data profits or savings or any special incidental consequential indirect or other similar damages arising from breach of contract negligence or other legal action even if the company or its agent has been advised of the possibility of such damages or for any claim brought against you by another party THIS EQUIPMENT IS NOT INTENDED FOR CLINICAL MEASUREMENTS USING HUMAN SUBJECTS A-M SYSTEMS INC DOES NOT ASSUME RESPONSIBILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE DUE TO MISUSE OF THIS EQUIPMENT Jurisdictions vary with regard to the enforceability of provisions excluding or limiting liability for incidental or consequential damages Check the provision of your local jurisdiction to find out whether the above exclusion applies to you This warranty allocates risks of product failure between the Purchaser and A-M Systems Inc A-M Systems Inc hardware pricing reflects this allocation of risk and the limitations of liability contained in this wanranty The warranty set forth above is in lieu of all other express wan^anties whether oral or written The agents employees distributors and dealers of A-M Systems Inc are not authorized to make modifications to this wan-anty or additional wan-anties binding on the company Accordingly additional statements such as dealer advertising or presentations whether oral or written do not constitute wananties by A-M Systems Inc and should not be relied upon This warranty gives you specific legal rights You may also have other rights whrch vary from one jurisdiction to another

6 mm ^ laquo _ _ A a B ^ _ 1 ^ ^ 131 Business Parti Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg W B 98324 O O

bull P l A y S V e m S l n C T^M 8OO42OI3O6 380683-8300FAX 360 803525 ^ ^ E-msl iiiisy80iHTBy8tenisoom Wsbsito hnphwwfrimysleiiisoom

A

V ISO

INSTRUCTION MANUAL

FOR

ISOLATED PULSE STIMULATOR

MODEL 2100

Serial

Date

A-M Systems Inc

PO Box 850

Carlsborg WA 98324

USA

360-683-8300 bull 800-426-1306 FAX 360-683-3525

httpwwwa-msystemscom

Version 70 February 2002

Contents General Description 1

Instrument Features 1 Controls and Connectors 2

Operating Instructions 6 Theory of Operation 10 Calibration Procedures 12

Inputs 14 Output Calibration 16

Specifications 19 Warranty and Service 22

Each Isolated Pulse Stimulator is delivered complete with

Rack Mount Hardware Instructions amp Maintenance Manual

NOTE

This instrument is not intended for clinical measurements using human subjects A-M Systems Inc does not assume responsibility for Injury or damage due to the misuse of this instrument

General Description

Instrument Features The Isolated Pulse Stimulator Model 2100 is designed for a wide variety of applications It is highly flexible being capable of delivering single pulses biphasic pairs or bursts of pulses Pulses may be started manually or upon receiving a trigger signal from another Instrument or computer Two non-isolated trigger outputs are available for triggering other instruments

Four sets of timing controls provide comprehensive control overall aspects of pulse generation Three digit accuracy is available over a 7 decade range for each timing function using lever wheel switches Pulse widths can be set over more than a 9 decade range from 05 ps to 999 seconds Timing accuracy is assured through the use of a 10 MHz base rate crystal-controlled clock digitally divided to provide accurate timing over the entire range Atiming overiap indicator will light If the timing controls are set inconsistently

The output may be conveniently switched between current and voltage modes Pulse and baseline amplitudes are Independently presettable with lockable dials An error Indicator will light if the Mode2700 cannot deliver the desired signal

r WARNING

The Model 2100 can produce potentially dangerous voltages up to 100 V at the output connectors The isolated output is not connected internally to safety (earth) ground in any way Some part of the extemal circuit should be connected to safety ground Use caution in handling any wires connectors or electrodes which may be directly or indirectly attached to the Model 2100 output Some kinds of connectors such as BNC connectors have exposed metal parts which may float at dangerous potentials unless extemally connected to safety ground For greatest safety tum the Model 2100 off before making any connections to

the instrument

131 Business Parii Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Telophone 800-426-1306 bull 360-68raquolaquo300 bull FAX 360683-3525 E-mal satesa-msystemsoom VVfebsite httpywwwa^nsystemscom fl-N Systems Inc 1

Controls and Connectors The controls for the Model 2100 are grouped in three sections START which controls when a pulse or burst of pulses begins TIMING which controls the onoff timing of one or more pulses and OUTPUT which controls the amplitude of the output signal

Start TRIG SLOPE Determines the polarity of valid trigger pulses (positive or negative edges in the trigger signal)

MODE Controls waveform initiation When set to FREE RUN one timing cycle immediately follows the last When momentarily placed In the MANUAL position a timing cycle starts Immediately When the switch Is In the center position timing cycles start when valid triggering events occur

TRIGD This LED lights up when a timing cycle Is in process and continues until the burst is completed

TRIG This BNC connector allows a signal from an external source to Initiate timing cycles It is set for standard TTL levels

GATE This BNC connector allows a signal from an external source to restrict the final output signal This input must be at a logical high (or open-circuited) in order for the Model 2100 to recognize either manual or automatic trigger events

Gate 1_ Trigger |~~^ i I Valid triggers (represented by the arrows in the figure) can occur only when the gate Is at logical high Note that the up arrow would apply only If TRIG SLOPE is set to + the down an-ows would apply only if TRIG SLOPE Is set to -

NOTE Triggers have no effect if the system has not completed its response to a previous trigger

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Park Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Vb 98324 TelQphQne 80O426-1306 360683-8300 FAX 360683-3525 E-mail sales^a-msystemscom Wsbsite httpywwwa-msystemscom

Timing Four sets of controls govern the timing of pulse generation Each set contains two values which are multiplied together to detemnine the actual timing value The rotary knob (rate selector) provides the approximate timing value and the lever wheel switch bank (MULTIPLIER)

provides a time resolution of three decimal digits The following diagram shows most of the Important relationships

Output r Delay Duration

|ltPeriodgtj

t Burst width

Trigger event

DELAY These controls determine the time duration between the initiating trigger event and the beginning of the pulse burst If this rate selector is set to NONE or the multiplier is set to 000 there Is no delay

BURST WIDTH These controls determine the time period in which one or more pulses may be delivered Once started a pulse may outlast the burst width If this rate selector is set to SINGLE or to any time shorter than the pulse duration only a single pulse will occur If the BURST WIDTH Is longer than the period pulses will be emitted at the PERIOD rate until the burst time ends Pulses are never truncated by a short BURSTWIDTH

inds)-PULSE

D U R A T I O N 1 0 1 0

10

INTEB-PULSE PERIOD

1 1 10

DURATION These controls determine the length of each pulse Ifthis rate selector Is set to SQUARE the duration is set to half of the period regardless of the MULTIPLIER setting

PERIOD These controls set the period of time between adjacent pulse events within the burst It also forces a minimum dead time between recognized input triggers following a burst of one or more pulses This can be used to prevent over stimulation of a tissue without requiring excessive delay between the triggering event and the stimulating pulse

TIMING OVERLAP

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 860 Carisborg Vamp 98324 |Telophone 800-426-1306 360683-8300 bull FAX 3606aW525 E-mail salearega^nsystemsoom Vfeb5ite httpAwwwa^nsyslemscam

NOTE If any of these timing controls are changed while a timing cycle is in operation the results are undefined until the current cycle finishes

TIMING OVERLAP This LED will light to Indicate an inconsistency in the timing cycle settings There are several ways to introduce such errors The most common way is to set the Inter-pulse PERIOD to be less than the pulse DURATION

T I M I N G (seconds)^

TRIG OUT (UPPER) This BNC connector provides a signal which is coincident with the Internal Burst timing signal (default) This means the signal starts at the end of the Delay time and persists until the Burst time expires This output may also be set to represent the delay time-out by setting the internal jumper J510 to the right two pins instead of the left two pins (Please see the Calibration section in this manual for jumper location Directions are given as viewed from the front of the Instrument)

TRIG OUT (LOWER) This BNC connector provides a signal which Is coincident with the Duration timing signal which controls pulse output

NOTE Both trigger output signals slightly lead the isolated output signal

Output

PULSE SIGN This switch determines the polarity of the pulses to be generated It also allows generation of biphasic pulses thereby doubling the effective total period Warning the first pulse generated after changing the PULSE

SIGN switch may have the wrong polarity

BASELINE This Switch determines the polarity ofthe baseline signal

RANGE This rotary switch determines if the output pulses will be constant current (3 ranges) or constant voltage (2 ranges)

BASELINE AMPLITUDE This value is independently set using a ten-turn counting dial The maximum baseline amplitude is one tenth the value shown on the range amplitude switch

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 8S0 Cartsborg Vfa 98324 |Tetaphone 80O426-1306 bull 360683-8300 bull FAX 3606803525 E-mail salesa-msystemscom Wbbsite http7Awwwaflnsystemscom

PULSE AMPLITUDE This value is independently set using a ten-turn counting dial The maximum pulse amplitude is the value shown on the range amplitude switch

EVENT This LED indicates when a pulse is ongoing

ERROR This LED indicates when the internal output amplifier cannot output the pulse as desired This is usually due to a short circuit while trying to output a voltage or an open circuit while trying to output a current

VOTEThe Pulse Sign control in the Oupuf section directly affects waveform timing When set to the Biphasic mode a positive-going pulse is immediately followed by a negative-going pulse This effectively doubles the pulse duration If a burst of biphasic pulses is being produced the period must be at least twice the single pulse duration In the Square wave mode the baseline disappears as long as the burst persists

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsboig Vte 98324 |Telophone 800426-1306 360683-8300 bull FAX 3606833525 E-mail salesa-m5ystem5 com Website httpwwwa-msystemscom

Operating Instructions

Examples Simple setup (and minimal instrument test)

Connect the output ofthe Model 2100 to an oscilloscope Before connecting the Model 2100 to any other instrument or the experimental preparation It is safest to turn Its power off

Set the Oufpuf controls

Range 10V Pulse Sign +

Baseline Zero Pulse Amplitude 200

Setting The Timing Controls

Delay Burst Width

Duration Period

none single

15010-2 50010-2

Setting The Start Controls

Mode Free Run

Disconnect any cables to the TRIG or GATE inputs

Note that the green Trig and Event Indicators turn on as Free Run is turned on (and turn off otherwise) You should observe a 15ms duration 20Hz rate pulse of 200V above a OV baseline on the oscilloscope

fl-N Systems Inc 131 BusinessPartiLoop RO Box850CarisbcxgWa98324 |Telophone 800426-1306 bull 360-683-8300 bull FW 360683-3525 E-mail salesa-msystems com VVbbsite httpywwwa-msystems com

Demonstration of Burst Mode Connect the output ofthe Model 2100 to an oscilloscope Before connecting the Model 2100 to any other instrument or the experimental preparation It Is safest to turn its power off

Set the Outpuf controls

Range 10V Pulse Sign +

Baseline Pulse Amplitude 200

Baseline Amplitude 100

Setting The Timing Controls

Delay 88010-2 Burst Width 12010-^

Duration 15010-2 Period 50010-2

Set the START controls as follows

Mode Free Run

Disconnect any cables to the TRIG or GATE inputs

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Telophooe 8004201306 360683-8300 bull FAX 360683-3525 E^naii salesa-msystems com Watjsite http7wwwa-msystemscom

Trigger the oscilloscope from the Bursf trigger out (upper Trig Out connector) for a stable display In each burst (occurring every lOOms) you should observe a trio of 15ms duration starting 50ms apart Try switching the StartMode from Free Run to the center (nonnal) position The pulses will no longer be produced and the Trig and Event Indicators will tum off Pressing this switch once (to Manual) will cause a single burst to occur

Problem Solving If the instrument appears to be not working properiy check all ofthe control settings and connections Be sure to wait at least 5-10 seconds after turning the instrument off before turning it on again The following summary of typical problems for the user (along with the most common solutions) may help

Problem CauseSolution

EVENT Indicator never lights even in FREE RUN mode

bull Replace fuse check power connection bullSet DELAY or PERIOD to a shorter interval

bull Power-on too soon after power-off

OVERLAP Indicator is on

ERROR indicator is on

bull Set DURATION gt000 bull DURATION Is set to SQUARE but

PERIOD is 000 Increase PERIOD or set DURATION independantly

bull BURST and WIDTH are gt DURATION increase PERIOD or decrease DURATION

bull BIPHASIC pulse output Is on and PERIOD is not longer than twice the DURATION Increase PERIOD or decrease DURATION

bull Free-run Is on and BURST is lt PERIOD (BURST off) DELAY is 0 and PERIOD Is lt DURATION Add delay or modify PERIOD

bull Free-run is on and BURST is gt DURATION (BURST ON) and PERIOD is lt DURATION Increase PERIOD

bull For VOLTAGE outputs the output is trying to drive too low a resistance or capacitance (eg a short circuit) Check by disconnecting the output ft is possible (and normal) that for the fastest cycles and largest amplitudes (close to 100 V

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business PartiLoop PO Box 850 CartsborgWa 98324 iTelophone 800-42O130636O6e3-8300FAX 3606B3-3525 E-mail satesaflisyslefmcom Vfebslte http7wwwa-msyslemscom

and 1 ps) that the ERROR indicator might always come on during repetitive pulses Fix output load or decrease amplitude as required

Time appears to be excessive Changed control in mid-cycle (resets current status)

Cant seem to get a full signal out Load Is not properiy connected repair wiring Too low a load impedance (VOLTAGE modes) or too high a load impedance (CURRENT mode)

Incoming triggers not accepted frequently enough

PERIOD is set too long (enforces dead time) followd by BURST set to SIGNAL Reduce PERIOD time

Table 10 Problem Solving

If you suspect that the Model 2100 may have completely failed we recommend checking the basic level of functionality Ifthis fails your instrument Is defective and must be repaired Ifthis passes either your experimental setup is incompatible or inconsistent or there is a more subtle flaw in your Model 2100

If the Model 2100 appears to be malfunctioning contact A-M Systems Inc or your dealer We will first attempt to solve the problem over the telephone so have an exact description of your problem available when you call You do not need to be within the warranty period to obtain over-the-phone assistance

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 iTetoptxme 80O426-1306 bull 360683-8300 FAX 3606803525 E-mail satesa-msystemsoomAfebsitehttpJwwwaflisystemscom

Theory of Operation

The operation ofthe Model 2100 is summarized in the block diagram (see the figure on Page 11) Not shown are all ofthe interconnections with the microcontroller The internal microcontroler plays an important role in setting the signal path but does not directly contribute to the dynamic characteristics It scans the front panel switches and sets the control values for the logic arrays It programs the internal counters which along with the other hardware achieve the necessary sub-microsecond speeds

Pulse generation starts either from an Input trigger signal (from Trig In) or an internally signal (Free Run mode) A Delay timer counts the 10MHz clock until its count value is exhausted At this point the Burst Period and Duration timers are started If the Burst timer has not expired by the end ofthe Period the Period and Duration timers are restarted If the Biphasic mode has been set the Duration timer is restarted at the end of the initial Duration and the sign ofthe output pulse is reversed doubling the total duration

The system state (pulse on pulse sign baseline sign [+0f-]) is transmitted to the isolated section via optoisolator The baseline and pulse amplitudes are selected by an analog switch The resulting signal is amplified by a variable-power-supply discrete operational amplifier The amplifier connections and gain is modified to provide two voltage and three current ranges

Timing overiap errors are detected by a logical decision computation rather than by testing for counter collisions This provides instant feedback rather than waiting up to an hour for such a collision to occur Output errors are measured by sensing the output amplifiers differential input voltage Under normal conditions this is a negligible voltage If the amplifier fails to deliver the requested signal the window comparator testing this voltage sends this message (via optoisolator) to the logic section turning on a warning LED

fl-N Systems Inc 131BusinessPart(LoopRO Box850CarisboigWa98324 4 n Tel0pri0ne80O426-130636O683^300FAX36O6833525 ^ E-mail salesaflisystBmscom V febsite http7wwwa-msystemsoom

S i

I - - ^^mdasho^M

OUTPUT i l l

TRIG ^ OUT

(burst)

TRIG 3-lt) OUT

(pulse)

til

I laquo

Calibration Procedures

The calibration interval is the lesser of 1000 hours of operation or 6 months Somewhat greater drift can be expected in the first 100 hours of operation as the semiconductors age Adjustments should only be made after the instrument has been fully warmed up for at least 15 minutes

Full instrument calibration requires the following test equipment digital multimeter (plusmn 01) able to measure resistance to at least lOOMO oscilloscope with at least 50MHz bandwidth true-mis voltmeter with 4MHz bandwidth universal counter (plusmn 001 ) able to measure single pulse widths and periods resistors (all plusmn 01) 2kn lOkH 1 watt 20kn 200kn alligator clip lead sets banana plugs and BNC adapters

Adjustment integrated circuit and test point locations are shown in the following figures All adjustments are on the timing board unless othenAise noted

All voltages in the non-isolated section should be measured with respect to ground at TP510 unless othenwise stated Some voltages are measured with respect to an internal isolated ground at TP650 or across the two output temninals Occasionally the voltage at an IC pin must be measured in these cases the reference designator is given with the pin number in parentheses eg U602(16) When it states within this procedure that a voltage is to be minimized this means that the adjustment should be made such that the measured voltage is as close to zero volts as possible Refer to the Specifications Section of this manual for acceptable tolerances

The sequence of this procedure is important If any adjustment is made all adjustments which follow must be made to ensure that the specifications will be met These procedures require that all controls remain as set in previous steps unless othenAise indicated

WARNING

The Model 2100 has dangerous voltages throughout the instrument even with the power is off Servicing the Model 2100 should only be done by qualified service personnel Use caution in handling any wires connectors or electrodes which may be directly or indirectly attached to the instrument Do not touch exposed connections or components Disconnect power by unplugging the power cord from the receptacle

H B ^ ^ S y s t e m s inc^degdegp^deg^^deg-^^^^^^^^B3^^^degdeg^^^lt^^^B^^^^ 131BusinessPartiLoopPO Box850CartsbOigWamp98324 4 9 |Telophone800-42013C6360683-8300F0lt360683-3525 ^ E-mail salesa-msystefnscom website httpwwwaflisystems com

CO

TP501 O lt0

g OTPSOO

U560 S

Trig Gate

0 -TISOS

U570

U500

Timing

p U520

Timing

K U550 Timin

gt U540

U515

o X I Timin

U508 I

J510 Timing nnn

Burst Delay J400

gt U550

R503

D D I D bull U8QQ i Q

n

oo

V P 5 1 0

b U535

^

Clock i _

U555

lt U 5 4 5

o

h d ^ O - - ^ U605

Q D

U620

O fJZ^ R737 bull ^ 1^13015 r j C - C O M P

B B nU770 ^ ^ ^ 5 ^ a

J420

a

o E

bull [ ]U632

riueso

rR742rVhigh R 6 1 9 ^

LJ TP645 O TP650

TPMOQ^QS

Vlow

CD-

CZZl

J440 bull bull tl iUDQ

I t

f i l

Power supply and bias voltages

Power supply

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

POWER ON Observe voltage at P703 power supply wire top of main board

Check for+15 plusmn 050 V

Observe voltage at P701 power supply wire top of main board

Check for-15 plusmn 050 V

Observe voltage at U505(24) Check for +5 plusmn 025 V

Isolated supply voltage Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

RANGE 10 V TRIG open circuit MODE center position

Alternately observe V ^ from R742 to R740 and V ^ from theU605(4)toU605(8)

Adjust R773 so that 110VltV lt 120 V and

nigh

28VltV|^lt34V

Capacitance balance Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

Connect a xlO oscilloscope probe to TP650 and ground the

Adjust R737 for minimum high frequency signal

Inputs

Gate function Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave Verify that the voltage to GATE switches states at the Observe voltage at U510(3) proper input levels with an oscilloscope

Trigger slope Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave Verify that the voltage to TRIG switches states at the Observe voltage at U510( 1) proper input levels with an oscilloscope

TRIG SLOPE Verify voltage is 180deg out of phase

TRIG SLOPE Verify voltage is in phase

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 860 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Jelophone 800-4201306 360683-8300 bull FM 380683-3525 E-mail salesaflTsystBfnscom bull Vtebsite httpVAirwwaflisystems com

14

Trigger and gate f unc t i on

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

DELAY NONE BURS-nMDTH SINGLE DURATION SQUARE PERIOD 100X10-3

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave to TRIG Observe TRIGD and EVENT LEDs

TRIG disconnect all Short the GATE connector to GND Verify LEDs extinguish

MODE press to MANUAL Verify LEDs flash once

Timing

System c lock f requency

Controls Inputs Observations Ad jus t Check

Observe the frequency of the wave Verify 1000 MHz plusmn 001 atU555(17)

Mul t ip l iers (Wheel Swi tches)

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

PULSE SIGN-laquobull MODE FREE RUN TRIG disconnect all TIMING MULTIPUERS all

wheels set to zero except the one being tested

TIMING OVERLAP ignore

Observe the pulse width with the counter at the location specified t)elow

Verify pulse width is correct for each wheel as it is tested independently

For each wheel of each MULTIPLIER test each position to verify that the pulse width is correct Observe the signal at the following locations DELAY U520(2) BURSTWIDTH U530(2) PERIOD U540(2) DURATION U550(2)

Rates (Rotary Swi tches)

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

TIMING MULTIPUERS 001 Observe the pulse width with the TIMING RATES all rotary counter at the location specified

switches set to 10-4 below except the one being tested

Verify pulse width is correct for each rotary switch as it is tested independently

For each ofthe four rotary switches in TIMING test each position to verify that the pulse width is correct Observe the signal at the following locations DELAY U520(2) BURSTWIDTH U530(2) PERIOD U540(2) DURATION U550(2)

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 iTetophone 8004201306 bull 360683-8300 bull FOC 3606803525 E-mail salesa-msystemscom Wbbsite httpJwwwaflTSystemscom

15

Trigger outputs

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

Range 10V Pulse Amplitude 500 Delay 100 xlO^ Burst 100 x 10 ^ Duration 100x10-^ Period 400x10-^ Pulse sign + Trig Mode Free run Trig in open

Trigger the oscilloscope to the Burst Trig Out Observe it the Pulse Trig Out and the isolated output

Verify that the waveform consists of a burst of three 1ms-on3ms-off pulses The burst trigger should be synchronous with the burst the pulse trigger coincident with each pulse

Output Calibration

Isolation Resistance (check)

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode center position Trig In open

Measure the resistance between ground banana jack (front panel) and black banana jack of output with DMM

Resistance read gt 100MQ

Amplitude Switch Offset (R640)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Zero Trig Mode center position Trig In Open

Measure the voltage at TP645 vs TP650 with the DMM

Adjust R640 (AmpI Sw Offset) for minimum voltage

Output Offset (R332 front panel board) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Zero Range 10V Trig Mode center position Trig In Open

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

Adjust R332 (Output offset) for minimum voltage

Positive Baseline Offeet (R607) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Sign + Baseline Amplitude

fully CCW (000) Range 10V Trig In open Trig Mode center position

Measure the voltage across the outputwiththeDMM

Adjust R602 (BSLN + offset) for minimum voltage

fl-N Systems Inc 131 BusBiess Parti Loop P O Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Telophone B00-42O1306 bull 360683-8300 bull FAX 3606803525 E-mail salesaflisystemscom V^tebsite httpy^vwwa-msystems com

16

Negative Baseline Offset (R619)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Sign -Baseline Amplitude

fully CCW (000) Range 10V Trig In open Trig Mode center position

Measure the voltage across the outputwiththeDMM

Adjust R619 (BSLN + offset) for minimum voltage

Pulse Amplitude Adjust (R602)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode Free Mode Pulse Amplitude 1000 Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =1001 Period =00110-4 Pulse Sign -Trig In open Range 10V

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

The Overiap indicator should be on Adjust R602 (Max Level) for -10OOV out

Pulse Sign Gain (check)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode Free Mode Pulse Amplitude 1000 Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =100 1s Period =001 10-4s Trig In open Range 10V

Measure the voltage at the output with the DMM for the Pulse Sign at + and - positions

The absolute values ofthe voltages should differ by less than lOOmV

Baseline Amplitudes (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Range 100mA Trig Mode center position Baseline Amplitude fully CW (1000) Trig In open

Measure the voltage at the output with the DMM with Baseline Sign in + Zero and

- positions

Gain the matching of current levels at = and - positions and offset current in Zero position

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop PO Box 850 Cartsboig Wa 98324 Telophone 800-4201306 360683-8300 FkX 3606803525 E-mail salesa-msystemscom website http^^wwaflisystemsccm

17

Output Range Amplitude and Drive (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Pulse Amplitude 1000 Pulse Sign + Trig Mode Free Run Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =1001 Period =10010-4 Trig In open

Load the output with a 10KV 1W 01 resistor Measure the voltage at the output with DMM

Verify that full scale output is within specification Scale Range 100V 100V 10V 10V 100mA IV 1mA 10V 10mA 100V

Pulse Sign and Short Circuit Protection (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =200 10-4 Period =00110-3 Baseline Zero Pulse Amplitude 25 Range 10V Trig Mode Free Run Trig In open

Measure the voltage at the output with the oscilloscope Check for Pulse Sign set to each of + - biphasic Watch for Error indicator when shorting the output

Verify that pulses of approx 25V amplitude (625V for biphasic mode) of the correct sign are produced every 10ms Short output in biphasic mode Output should return when opened

Output Transient Response (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Pulse Sign + Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =20010-4 Period =00110-3 Pulse Amplitude 250 Baseline Zero Trig Mode Free Mode Trig In open

Connect the oscilloscope to the output with a 310 attenuator probe Test both 10V and 100V ranges

Verify that overshoot and risetime meet specifications

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Telophone 8004201306 bull 3606808300 bull Flaquo( 360laquo83ltJ525 E-mail salesa-msystemsocm V^febsite http^wwwa-msystefnscom

18

Specifications

There are three classes of specifications Class A specifications tested in all units and are guaranteed Class B specifications are inherent in the design they are indirectly tested and are guaranteed Class C specifications are typical operating values which are occasionally tested- these are typical values given for your information but not guarshyanteed The class for each specification is noted in the center column ofthe following sections

Inputs Switching level

Hysteresis

Input equivalent circuit

Minimum duration (1 IL-level signal)

A

C

C

C

16 V(plusmn 02 V)

approx 50 mV

lOOKH to+5 in parallel with no more than 35pF

gt 50 ns

Open circuit condition B defaults to highon level

Timing and rate accuracy Rate selector steps

Timing multiplier steps

B

B

lOOpsto 100s in 7 steps

1 of rate selector step size Maximum value is 999 X the rate selector step size

Resolution B approx 01 ofthe maximum value

Timing error (second and later pulses after resetting controls)

B lt 002 of rate selector value + 015 ps

Timing error (first pulse after readjusting timing controls)

an additional 025 ps error may occur

Timing repeatability lt 001 setting + 20 ns (monophasic)

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Ram Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Vfa 98324 pTelophone 8004201306 bull 360683-8300 bull FAX 360683-3525

E-mail salesraquoflisystems com Wabsite httpJAnww afl isystems com

19

TRIG IN to OUTPUT delay (DELAY set to 0) output set to 2V

Timing jitter from TRIG IN to OUTPUT (for TTL trigger input with risetime lt10 ns)

Timing jitter from TRIG OUT (either BURST or PULSE) and OUTPUT

Trigger output to pulse output delay

Output characteristics Pulse level error (voltage mode open circuit current mode short circuit

Biphasic level difference IV + - V-1 2

Baseline level error (voltage mode open circuit current mode short circuit)

Risetime (25 V out)

Risetime (25 V out)

Transient response

A

A

A

Output impedance (voltage mode) C

Output impedance (current mode) C

Isolation resistance A

Isolation capacitance C

approx 05 ps for a load of no more than 10 KH in parallel with 50 pF

lt 125 ns (all rates except 100s) lt 125 ps (100s rate)

Less than 20 ns (all rates)

approx 350 ns

lt 03 of setting + 05 of r range (plus an additional 05 pA in 100 pA range)

lt 03 of range (voltage modes into open circuit current modes into short circuit)

lt 03 of setting of setting + 01 of range (plus an additional 05 pA in lOOpA range)

= 200 ns into less than 30 pF

= 15 ps into less than 30 pF

lt 8 overshoot into less than 30 pF for pulse voltages different than baseline voltage by at least 10 of range

= 50 ohms

raquo 1 0 GH (typically 200 GO)

raquo 1 0 0 M n

= 60 pF at 100 Hz

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Peril Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg V6 98324 |TelCf)hone 800-4201306 3606808300 bull FAX 360683-3525 E-mal salesaflisystefnsoom Website hnpyMVfWafllsystemsoom

20

Noise (differential mode)

Noise (common mode earth to isolated ground) with no signal output

Overload error indicator (low frequency short circuited voltage mode)

Overload error indicator low frequency open circuited current mode)

Overioad error response time

Miscellaneous

= 1 mV rms (10 V scale 10 Hz-4 MHz)

= 8 mV rms (10 Hz-4 MHz) == 100mVp-p (200 Hz -10 MHz) measured withalOMH 15pF oscilloscope probe

Turns on for set amplitude at or greater than approx plusmn1 V (10 V range) or plusmn2 V (100 V range)

Turns on for set amplitude at or above approx 2 of range

Flat to approx 30 ps duration Decreasing sensitivity for shorter pulses

Power

Fuse

Operating temperature range

Storage temperature range

Operating humidity

Dimensions

approx 11 watts

1 amp 3AG

10-30degC

0 - 50deg C

5 - 80 RH

17x475x1125 (inches) 432x121x286 cm

Weight 20 lbs (9 kg)

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Wb 98324 |Tetcphone 8004201306 3606808300 bull FOt 360683-3525 E-mail satesamsystems comV^febsite httpywwwaflisystemscom

21

Warranty and Service

What does this warranty cover A-M Systems Inc warrants to the Purchaser that the Instrument excluding cables Headstage Probes and any other accessories shipped with the Instrument (hereafter the hardware) is free from defects in workmanship or material under normal use and service for the period of one (1) year This warranty commences on the date of delivery ofthe hardware to the Purchaser

What are the obligations of A-M Systems Inc under this warranty During the warranty period A-M Systems Inc agrees to repair or replace at its sole option without charge to the Purchaser any defective component part of the hardware To obtain warranty service the Purchaser must return the hardware to A-M Systems Inc or an authorized A-M Systems Inc distributor in an adequate shipping container Any postage shipping and insurance charges incurred in shipping the hardware to A-M Systems Inc must be prepaid by the Purchaser and all risk for the hardware shall remain with purchaser until such time as A-M Systems Inc takes receipt of the hardware Upon receipt A-M Systems Inc will promptly repair or replace the defective unit and then return the hardware to the Purchaser postage shipping and insurance prepaid A-M Systems Inc may use reconditioned or like new parts or units at its sole option when repairing any hardware Repaired products shall carry the same amount of outstanding warranty as from original purchase or ninety (90) days which ever is greater Any claim under the warranty must include a dated proof of purchase ofthe hardware covered by this warranty In any event A-M Systems Inc liability for defective hardware is limited to repairing or replacing the hardware

What is not covered by this warranty This warranty is contingent upon proper use and maintenance ofthe hardware by the Purchaser and does not cover batteries Neglect misuse whether intentional or othenwise tampering with or altering the hardware damage caused by accident damage caused by unusual physical electrical chemical or electromechanical stress damage caused by failure of electrical power or damage caused during transportation are not covered by this wan-anty Products may not be returned to A-M Systems Inc for service whether under warranty or otherwise which are contaminated by infectious agents radioactive compounds or other materials constituting a health hazard to employees of A-M Systems Inc

What are the limits of liability for A-M Systems Inc under this warranty A-M Systems Inc shall not be liable for loss of data profits or savings or any special incidental consequential indirect or other similar damages arising from breach of contract negligence or other legal action even if the company or its agent has been advised of the possibility of such damages or for any claim brought against you by another party THIS EQUIPMENT IS NOT INTENDED FOR CLINICAL MEASUREMENTS USING HUMAN SUBJECTS A-M SYSTEMS INC DOES NOT ASSUME RESPONSIBILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE DUE TO MISUSE OF THIS EQUIPMENT Jurisdictions vary with regard to the enforceability of provisions excluding or limiting liability for incidental or consequential damages Check the provision of your local jurisdiction to find out whether the above exclusion applies to you

This warranty allocates risks of product failure between the Purchaser and A-M Systems Inc A-M Systems Inc hardware pricing reflects this allocation of risk and the limitations of liability contained in this warranty The warranty set forth above is in lieu of all other express warranties whether oral or written The agents employees distributors and dealers of A-M Systems Inc are not authorized to make modifications to this warranty or additional wan-anties binding on the company Accordingly additional statements such as dealer advertising or presentations whether oral or written do not constitute warranties by A-M Systems Inc and should not be relied upon This warranty gives you specific legal rights You may also have other rights which vary from one jurisdiction to another

fl-N Systems Inc 131BusinessPartiLoop RO Box850CartsbOfgWa98324 p O |Telophone 8004201306 bull 360683-8300FOC 3606830525 ^ ^ E-mail saiesaflisystefTiscom Wbbsite httpVwwwa-msystemscom

Trigger outputs Controls

Range 10V Pulse Amplitude 500 Delay 100x10-2 Burst 100x10-2 Duration 100 xlQ-^ Period 400x10-3 Pulse sign + Trig Mode Free run Trig in open

Inputs Observations

Trigger the oscilloscope to the Burst Trig Out Observe it the Pulse Trig Out and the isolated output

AdjustCheck

Verify that the waveform consists of a burst of three 1 ms-on3ms-off pulses The burst trigger should be synchronous with the burst the pulse trigger coincident with each pulse

Output Calibration

Isolation Resistance (check) Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

Trig Mode center position Trig In open

Measure the resistance between ground banana jack (front panel) and black banana jack of output with DMM

Resistance read gt 10OMQ

Amplitude Switch Offset (R640) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Zero Trig Mode center position Trig In Open

Measure the voltage at TP645 vs TP650 with the DMM

Adjust R640 (AmpI Sw Offset) for minimum voltage

Output Offset (R332 front panel board) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Zero Range 10V Trig Mode center position Trig In Open

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

Adjust R332 (Output offset) for minimum voltage

Positive Baseline Offset (R607) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Sign + Baseline Amplitude

fully CCW (000) Range 10V Trig In open Trig Mode center position

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

Adjust R602 (BSLN + offset) for minimum voltage

A-M Systems Inc 131 Business Paik Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Jelophone 8004201306 36O6834300 - FAX 380laquo83-352S E-mail salesOa-msystemscom Website httpwwwa-msystemscam

16

Negative Baseline Offset (R619)

Controls InputsObservations

Baseline Sign -Baseline Amplitude

fully CCW (000) Range 10V Trig In open Trig Mode center position

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

AdjustCheck

Adjust R619 (BSLN + offset) for minimum voltage

Pulse Ampl i tude Adjust (R602)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode Free Mode Pulse Amplitude 1000 Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =1001 Period =00110-4 Pulse Sign -Trig In open Range 10V

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

The Overlap indicator should be on Adjust R602 (Max Level) for -10OOV out

Pulse Sign Gain (check)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode Free Mode Pulse Amplitude 1000 Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =100 Is Period =001 10-4s Trig In open Range 10V

Measure the voltage at the output with the DMM for the Pulse Sign at + and - positions

The absolute values of the voltages should differ by less than 10OmV

Baseline Ampl i tudes (check)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

flange 100mA Trig Mode center position Baseline Amplitude fully CW (1000) Trig In open

Measure the voltage at the output with the DMM with Baseline Sign in + Zero and - positions

Gain the matching of current levels at = and - positions and offset current in Zero position

A-M Systems Inc 131 Business Psik Loop PO Box 850 Caiisborg Wa 98324 Telophone 800426-1306 bull 36Olaquo8raquo8300 bull FAX 360683-3525 E-mail salesOa-msystemscom Website httpwwwa-msystemsccm

17

Output Range Amplitude and Drive (check)

Controls InputsObservations

Pulse Amplitude 1000 Pulse Sign + Trig Mode Free Run Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =1001 Period =10010-4 Trig In open

Load the output with a 10KV 1W 01 resistor Measure the voltage at the output with DMM

Pulse Sign and Short Circuit Protection (check)

Controls

Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =200 10-4 Period =00110-3 Baseline Zero Pulse Amplitude 25 Range 10V Trig Mode Free Run Trig In open

InputsObservations

Measure the voltage at the output with the oscilloscope Check for Pulse Sign set to each of + - biphasic Watch for Error indicator when shorting the output

Output Transient Response (check)

Controls InputsObservations

Verify that full scale output is within specification Scale Range 100V 100V 10V 10V 100mA IV 1mA 10V 10mA 100V

AdjustCheck

Verify that pulses of approx 25V amplitude (625V for biphasic mode) of the correct sign are produced every 10ms Short output in biphasic mode Output should return when opened

AdjustCheck

Pulse Sign + Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =20010-4 Period =00110-3 Pulse Amplitude 250 Baseline Zero Trig Mode Free Mode Trig In open

Connect the oscilloscope to the output with a 310 attenuator probe Test both 10V and 10OV ranges

Verify that overshoot and risetime meet specifications

A-M Systems Inc 131 Business Paik Loop PO Box 850 Cailsbora Wa 98324 Tetophone 8004201306 bull 36Oeuro83-8300 bull FAX 360683-352S E-mail salasOa-msystemscom Website hitpywwwa-msystamsoom

18

Specifications

There are three classes of specifications Class A specifications tested in all units and are guaranteed Class B specifications are inherent in the design they are indirectly tested and are guaranteed Class C specifications are typical operating values which are occasionally tested- these are typical values given for your information but not guarshyanteed The class for each specification is noted in the center column of the following sections

Inputs Switching level

Hysteresis

Input equivalent circuit

Minimum duration (TTL-level signal)

A

C

C

C

16 V (plusmn 02 V)

approx 50 mV

lOOKfl to-1-5 in parallel with no more than 35pF

gt50ns

Open circuit condition B defaults to highon level

Timing and rate accuracy

Rate selector steps

Timing multiplier steps

B

B

100S to 100s in 7 steps

1 of rate selector step size Maximum value is 999 X the rate selector step size

Resolution B approx 01 of the maximum value

Timing error (second and later pulses after resetting controls)

B lt 002 of rate selector value + 015S

Timing error (first pulse after readjusting timing controls)

an additional 025s error may occur

Timing repeatability lt 001 settings-20 ns (mbnophasic)

A-M Systems Inc 131 Business Paik Loop PO Box 850 Caiisborg Wa 98324 Telophone 8004201306 3606808300 FAX 3606803S25 E-mail salesOa-msystemscom bull Website httpyy(wwaltTisystemscom

19

TRIG IN to OUTPUT delay (DELAY set to 0) output set to 2V

Timing jitter from TRIG IN to OUTPUT (for TTL trigger input with risetime lt10 ns)

Timing jitter from TRIG OUT (either BURST or PULSE) and OUTPUT

Trigger output to pulse output delay

Output characteristics Pulse level error (voltage mode open circuit current mode short circuit

Biphasic level difference IV-H-i-V-l2

Baseline level error (voltage mode A open circuit current mode short circuit)

Risetime (25 V out)

Risetime (25 V out)

Transient response

A

A

A

Output impedance (voltage mode) C

Output impedance (current mode) C

Isolation resistance A

Isolation capacitance C

approx 05 ps for a load of no more than 10 Kft in parallel with 50 pF

lt 125 ns (all rates except 100s) lt125ys (100s rate)

Less than 20 ns (all rates)

approx 350 ns

lt 03 of setting -i- 05 of r range (plus an additional 05vA in 100 ywA range)

lt 03 of range (voltage modes into open circuit current modes into short circuit)

lt 03 of setting of setting -I- 01 of range (plus an additional 05 pA in 100A range)

= 200 ns into less than 30 pF

= 15 yws into less than 30 pF

lt 8 overshoot into less than 30 pF for pulse voltages different than baseline voltage by at least 10 of range

= 50 ohms

raquo 1 0 Ga (typically 200 GD)

raquo 1 0 0 M n

= 60 pF at 100 Hz

A BB f ^ _ M 1 ^ ^ 131 Business Paik Loop ROBOx850Cai1sOorgWaW3Z4

- I V l o V S i e m S inC80Ph0trade80O42O1308-36O683-8300-FAX36O683-3525 7 bull bull bull bull ^ ^ E-maasale80a-m8vstemscomWebsitehitpjwwwaltnsyste

20 E-mai salesO a-m8ystemscom Website http jwwwa-msystemscom

Noise (differential mode)

Noise (common mode earth to isolated ground) with no signal output

Overload error indicator (low frequency short circuited voltage mode)

Overload error indicator low frequency open circuited current mode)

Overload error response time

Miscellaneous

= 1 mV rms (10 V scale 10 Hz-4 MHz)

- 8 mV rms (10 Hz-4 MHz) =laquo100mVp-p (200 Hz -10 MHz) measured withalOMn 15pF oscilloscope probe

Turns on for set amplitude at or greater than approx plusmn1 V (10 V range) or plusmn2 V (100 V range)

Turns on for set amplitude at or above approx 2 of range

Flat to approx 30 ps duration Decreasing sensitivity for shorter pulses

Power

Fuse

Operating temperature range

Storage temperature range

Operating humidity

Dimensions

Weight

approx 11 watts

1 amp 3 AG

10-30degC

0 - 50deg C

5 - 80 RH

17x475x1125 (inches) 432x121x286 cm

20 lbs (9 kg)

A-M Systems Inc 131 Business Paik Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Tekjptwne 8004201306 bull 36Olaquo8O8300 bull FAX 360laquo8O3525 E-mail salesOa-msystemscom Website httpywwwa-msystemscom

21

Warranty and Service

What does this warranty cover A-f Systems Inc warrants to the Purchaser that the Instrument excluding cables Headstage Probes and any other accessories shipped with the Instrument (hereafter the hardware) is free from defects in workmanship or material under normal use and service for the period of one (1) year This warranty commences on the date of delivery of the hardware to the Purchaser

What are the obligations of A-M Systems Inc under this warranty During the warranty period A-M Systems Inc agrees to repair or replace at its sole option without charge to the Purchaser any defective component part of the hardware To obtain warranty service the Purchaser must return the hardware to A-l^ Systems Inc or an authorized A-M Systems Inc distributor in an adequate shipping container Any postage shipping and insurance charges incurred in shipping the hardware to A-M Systems Inc must be prepaid by the Purchaser and all risk for the hardware shall remain with purchaser until such time as A-M Systems Inc takes receipt of the hardware Upon receipt A-M Systems Inc will promptly repair or replace the defective unit and then return the hardware to the Purchaser postage shipping and insurance prepaid A-M Systems Inc may use reconditioned or like new parts or units at its sole option when repairing any hardware Repaired products shall carry the same amount of outstanding warranty as from original purchase or ninety (90) days which ever is greater Any claim under the warranty must include a dated proof of purchase of the hardware covered by this warranty In any event A-M Systems Inc liability for defective hardware is limited to repairing or replacing the hardware

What is not covered by this warranty This warranty is contingent upon proper use and maintenance of the hardware by the Purchaser and does not cover batteries Neglect misuse whether intentional or othenvise tampering with or altering the hardware damage caused by accident damage caused by unusual physical electrical chemical or electromechanical stress damage caused by failure of electrical power or damage caused during transportation are not covered by this warranty Products may not be returned to A-M Systems Inc for service whether under warranty or otherwise which are contaminated by Infectious agents radioactive compounds or other materials constituting a health hazard to employees of A-M Systems Inc

What are the limits of liability for A-M Systems Inc under this warranty A-M Systems Inc shall not be liable for loss of data profits or savings or any special incidental consequential indirect or other similar damages arising from breach of contract negligence or other legal action even if the company or its agent has been advised of the possibility of such damages or for any claim brought against you by another party THIS EQUIPMENT IS NOT INTENDED FOR CLINICAL MEASUREMENTS USING HUMAN SUBJECTS A-M SYSTEMS INC DOES NOT ASSUME RESPONSIBILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE DUE TO MISUSE OF THIS EQUIPMENT Jurisdictions vary with regard to the enforceability of provisions excluding or limiting liability for incidental or consequential damages Check the provision of your local jurisdiction to find out whether the above exclusion applies to you

This warranty allocates risks of product failure between the Purchaser and A-M Systems Inc A-M Systems Inc hardware pricing reflects this allocation of ris1lt and the limitations of liability contained in this warranty The warranty set forth above is in lieu of all other express warranties whether oral or written The agents employees distributors and dealers of A-M Systems Inc are not authorized to make modifications to this warranty or additional warranties binding on the company Accordingly additional statements such as dealer advertising or presentations whether oral or written do not constitute warranties by A-M Systems Inc and should not be relied upon This warranty gives you specific legal rights You may also have other rights which vary from one jurisdiction to another

A B B J l laquo raquo ^ t3tBusinessPafkLoopPOBox850Cai1sbO(gWa98324

- | V | O V S i e m S |nCtrade042O1306-36O68O8300-FAX36O68O3525 E-mail salasOa-msvstemscom bull Website httowwwa-msvste

t3tBusinassParkLaopROBox8SOCai1sbo(gWa98324 po Telophone 8004201306 360683-8300 FAX 3606803525 ^ ^ E-maH salesOa-msystemscom Wetsite httpwwwa-msystem3e0m

mwal

INSTRUCTION MANUAL

FOR

ISOLATED PULSE STIMULATOR

MODEL 2100

Serial

Date

A-M Systems Inc

PO Box 850

Carisborg WA 98324

USA

360-683-8300 bull 800-426-1306 FAX 360-683-3525

httpwwwa-m8y8temscom

Version 50 May 1998

Contents General Description 1

Instrument Features 1 Controls and Connectors 2

Operating Instructions 6 Theory of Operation 10 Calibration Procedures 12

Inputs ii 14 Output Calibration iii i 16

Specifications i4 il u 19 Warranty and Service wi iJ iJi [ii 22

Each Isolated Pulse Stimulator Is delivered complete with

Rack Mount Hardware Instructions amp Maintenance Manual

NOTE

This instrument is not intended for clinical measurements using human subjects A-M Systems Inc does not assume msponsibility for injury or damage due to the misuse of this instrument

General bull M ^ ion

Instrument Features The Isolated Pulse Stimulator Model 2100 Is designed for a wide variety of applications It is highly flexible being capable of delivering single pulses biphasic pairs or bursts of pulses Pulses may be started manually or upon receiving a trigger signal from another instrument or computer Two non-isolated trigger outputs are available for triggering other instruments

Four sets of timing controls provide comprehensive control over all aspects of pulse generation Three digit accuracy is available over a 7 decade range for each timing function using lever wheel switches Pulse wkiths can be set over more than a 9 decade range from 05 [is to 999 seconds Timing accuracy is assured through the use of a 10 MHz base rate crystal-controlled clock digitally divided to provide accurate timing over the entire range A timing overiap indicator will light if the timing controls are set Inconsistently

The output may be conveniently switched between cun-ent and voltage modes Pulse and baseline amplitudes are independently presettable with lockable dials An error indicator will light if the Model 2100 cannoi deliver the desired signal

WARNING

The Model 2100 can produce potentially dangemus voltages up to 100 V et the output connectors The isolated output is not connected internally to safety (earth) ground in ahy way Some part of the extemal circuit should be connected to safety gmund Use caution in handling any wires connectors or electrodes which may be directly or indirectly attached to the Model 2100 output Some lltinds of connectors such as BNC connectors have exposed metal parts which may float at dangemus potentials unless extemally connected to safety gmund For greatest safety tum the Model 2100 off before making any connections to

the Instrument

131 Business Park LocfiPO Box BSOCarM)orgWa 98324 800426-1308 bull36OlaquoS3laquo300FAX 3 6 M 8 3 ^ 2 5

E-malt uiittyBQaHiByBtumaooiTi Wobsita HipJtwtiwiwftbMiAcon fl-N SystQms I n c ^ T

Controls and Connectors The controls for the Model 2100 are grouped in three sections START controlling when a pulse or burst of pulses begins TIMING controlling the onoff timing of one or more pulses and otJTPliT controlling the amplitude of the output signal

Start TRIG SLOPE This switch determines whether valid triggers occur at positive or negative edges in the trigger signal

MODE This switch controls how wavefomris are initiated When set to FREE RUN one timing cycle immediately follows the last When held in the MANUAL position a timing cycle starts immediately When the switch is in the center position timing cycles start when valid triggering events occur

TRIGD This LED lights up when a timing cycle is in process and continues until the burst is completed

TRIG This BNC connector allows a signal from an extemal source to initiate timing cycles It is set for standard TTL levels

GATE This BNC connector allows a signal from an extemal source to restrict the final output signal This input must be at a logical high (or open-circuited) in order for the Model 2100 to recognize either manual or automatic trigger events

Gate 1_ Trigger [~^ i I Valid triggers are represented by the arrows in the figure Note that the up arrow would apply only if TRIG SLOPE is set to + the down anrows would apply only if TRIG SLOPE is set to-

NOTE Triggers have no effect if the system has not completed its response to a previous trigger

fl-N SystQms I n c ^ 131 Business Park Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 600426-13063eO683laquo300FAX 360683^525

E-maB anBysQraquoinsyaleiTaconi Wsbalto h^KAvwwa-(nsys(smsoom

Timing Four sets of controls govem the timing of pulse generation Each set contains two values which are multiplied together to detennine the actual timing value The rotary knob (rate selector) provides the approximate timing value and the lever wheel switch bank (MULTIPLIER) provkles a time resolution of three decimal digits The following diagram shows most of the important relationships

Pnfe-tRAIM I B E L A V i6Molaquo

BURST WIOtH

Output r Delay

t n

Duration - ^ lt - |4Periodgt|

FLJI -^ Burst width

Trigger event

DELAY These controls set the time between the initiating trigger event and the beginning of the pulse burst If this rate selector is set to NONE or the multiplier is set to ooo there is no delay

BURSTWIDTH These controls set the time period in which one or more pulses may be delivered Once started a pulse may outlast the burst width If this rate selector is set to SINGLE or to any time shorter than the pulse duration only a single pulse will occur If the BURSTWIDTH is longer than the period pulses will be emitted at the PERIOD rate until the burst time ends Pulses are never truncated by a short BURST WIDTH

iNTpoundA-PULSiE PBRiOb

DURATION These controls set the length of each pulse If this rate selector is set to SQUARE the duration is set to half of the period regardless of the MULTIPLIER setting

PERIOD These controls set the period of time between adjacent pulse events within the burst It also forces a minimum dead time between recognized input triggers following a burst of one or more pulses This can be used to prevent over stimulation of a tissue without requiring excessive delay between the triggering event and the stimulating pulse

TlMtNQ OVERLAP

mLiHMPi

VVtJ jiwaa lasm nlaquoilaquo u

t^fi SysUms I n c ^ Elt4nsfl a m

131 Business Pofc Loop PO Box 850 Carisborg 1^98324 600-426-1306 36O6834300 FAK 360683^525

E-mai vrvysQfrflisysleraLOCniWutiailQL N^jAwwa^iByslernUiOOni

NOTE If any of these timing controls are changed while a timing cycle is in operation the results are undefined until the cunent cycle flnishes

TIMING OVERLAP This LED will light to indicate an Inconsistency in the timing cycle settings There are several ways to Introduce such errors The most common way is to set the inter-pulse PERIOD to be less than the pulse DURATION

TRIG OUT (UPPER) This BNC connector provides a signal which is coinckient with the intemal Burst timing signal (default) This means the signal starts at the end of the Delay time and persists until the Burst time expires This output may also be set to represent the delay time-out by setting the internal jumper J510 to the left two pins Instead of the right two pins (Please see the Calibration section in this manual for jumper location Directions are given as viewed from the fix)nt of the instrument)

TRIG OUT (LOWER) This BNC connector provides a signal which is coincident with the Duration timing signal which controls pulse output

NOTE Both trigger output signals slightly lead the isolated output signal

Output PULSE SIGN This Switch sets the sign for the pulses to be generated It also allows generation of biphasic pulses thereby doubling the effective total period Warning the first pulse genemted after changing the PULSE SIGN svntch may have the wmng polarity

BASELINE This switch sets the sign for the baseline signal

RANGE This rotary switch allows one of three current or two voltage ranges to be selected for the output signal

BASELINE AMPLITUDE This counting dial are independently set using ten-minute counting dials with the baseline having one tenth the range of the pulse amplitude

A-N Systlaquomslaquo Inc 131 Buskiess Partt Loop PO BoK 8S0 Cailsbarg Wa 96324 laophone 8004201306 bull36O68M300-FAX 3eolaquo8M525 E-mat bullmsysflMnsyslermoom VMaHsr Hlplhfimnmyekmoom

PULSE AMPLITUDE This counting dial

EVENTS This LED indicates when a pulse is ongoing

ERROR This LED indicates when the intemal output amplifier cannot output the pulse as desired This is usually due to a short circuit while trying to output a voltage or an open circuit while trying to output a current

One control from the Ot^uf section directly affects wavefonn timing the Pulse Sign control When set to the Biphasic mode a positive-going pulse is Immediately followed by a negative-going pulse This effectively doubles the pulse duration If a burst of biphasic pulses is being produced the period must be at least twice the single pulse duration In the Sgtan wave mode the baseline disappears as long as the burst persists

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Bushass Park locpPOBooi 850 C8ri9bcrgMS8324 IMqphona 800426-1306 bull36Olaquo83laquo3a0 FAX 360683-3529 E-nal amsyaOa4nsyatemscomWeMlK hMpJVniwa-nsygtatnscom

Operating Instructions

Examples Simple setup (and minimal Instrument tost)

Connect the output of the Model 2100 to an oscilloscope Before connecting the instrument it is safest to turn its power off

Set the Ou^uf controls

Range Pulse Sign

Baseline Pulse Amplitude

10V +

Zero 200

Setting The Timing Controls

Delay Burst Width

Duratbn Period

none single

15010-2 500102

Setting The Start Controls

Mode Free Run

Disconnect any cables to the TRIG or GATE Inputs

Note that the green Trig and Event Indicators tum on as Free Run is turned on (and tum off othenwise) You should observe a 15ms duration 20Hz rate pulse of 200V above a OV baseline on the oscilloscope i

A ^ M ^ _ _ _ A ^ _ _ _ 1 ^ 131BiiHnD8raquoParttloopPOBoxB50Car)sbcrBlaquoraquoS8324

bull P l ^ y S W n i S f |nC ltV^gt^8deglt^^2O1306380laquo8OS3a0FAX36O6BMS2S

6 E-fnflk 9n^fBOs-in9ystsni9cx]fnWDbs)tec H^ff9Nw^myStem9oom

Demonstration of Burst Mode Connect the output of the Model 2100 to an oscilloscope Before connecting the instrument it is safest to tum Its power off

Set the Output controls

Range Pulse Sign

Baseline Pulse Amplitude

Baseline Amplitude

Setting The Timing Controls

Delay Burst Width

Duration

Period

Set the START controls as follows

Mode

Disconnect any cables to the TRIG or GATE inputs

Trigger the oscilloscope from the Burst trigger out (upper Tr^ Out connector) for a stable display In each burst (occumng every lOOms) you should observe a trio of 15ms duration starting 50ms apart Try switching the StartMode from Free Run to the center (nomnal) position The pulses will no longer be produced and the Trig and Event indicators will turn off Pressing this switch once (to Manual) will cause a single burst to occur

880 120 150 500

10V +

200 100

102 102 102 102

Free Run

fleaff SySlQmSa |nCa deglgt ltlt ^ ^ deg ^ degdeg ^ ^ ^ bull E-matmia

131 Business Park LoopPO Box 850 Carisborg Vfe 86324 lUcphcna 800426-1306 36Olaquo83laquo300 FAX 36068raquo52 E-maft tfii8ysOiHn^nleiTBcom1AWisJto HSpitwraquoM^wytAtii9oom

Problem SoMng If the Instrument appears to be not worthing properiy check all of the control settings and connections Be sure to wait at least 5-10 seconds after turning the Instrument off before tuming it on again The following t6ef summary of typical problems for the user (along with the most common solutions) may help

Problem CauseSolution EVENT indicator never lights even in FREE RUN mode

bull Replace fuse check power connection bullSet DELAY or PERIOD to a shorter interval

bull Power-on too soon after power-off

OVERLAP Indicator is on

ERROR indicator is on

Time appears to be excessive

bullSet DURATION gt000 bull DURATION is set to SQUARE but PERIOD is 000 Increase PERIOD or set DURATION independantly

bull BURST and WIDTH are gt DURATION increase PERIOD or decrease

DURATION bull BIPHASIC pulse output is on and PERIOD is not longer than twice the DURATION Increase PERIOD or decrease DURATION

bull Free-run is on and BURST Is lt PERIOD (BURST off) DELAY is 0 and PERIOD is lt DURATION Add delay or modify PERIOD

bull Free-mn is on and BURST is gt DURATION (BURST ON) and PERIOD is lt DURATION Increase PERIOD

bull For VOLTAGE outputs the output Is trying to drive too low a resistance or capacitance (eg a short circuit) Check by disconnecting the output It is possible (and normal) that for the fastest cycles

and largest amplitudes (close to 100 V and 1 MS) that the ERROR Indicator might always come on during repetitive pulses Fix output load or decrease amplitude as required

bull Changed control in mid-cycle (resets cunent status)

A ^ M bull _ _ _ A ^ ^ _ _ i ^ mdash 131BuslnessPai1ltLoopPOBox850CarlsborgWamp98324

bull p i j ^ v s w m s iiic^^deglt^deg^^deglt^^^3degB3^^^deg^^^^degdeg^^^deg^^deg^^^^ E-mat iiiMOafflwstemseom WabaHe MtaffiwwtHtavsli

8 E-msft flmsjoQfrfraystGfnsoom ^WobsltiK hl^Aiwv9-fn9]nteniscom

Cant seem to get a full signal out

Incoming triggers not accepted frequently enough

bull Load is not properiy connected repair wiring

bull Too low a load impedance (VOLTAGE modes) or too high a load impedance

(CURRENT mode)

bull PERIOD is set too long (enforces dead time) followd by BURST set to SIGNAL Reduce PERIOD time

Table 10 Problem Solving

If you suspect that the Model 2100 may have completely failed we recommend checking the basic level of functionality If this fails your instrument is defective and must be repaired If this passes either your experimental setup is incompatible or inconsistent or there is a more subtle flaw in your Model 2100

If the Model 2100 appears to be malfunctioning contact A-M Systems Inc or your dealer Telephone numtgters for A-M Systems Inc listed on the front cover of this manual We will first attempt to solve the problem over the telephone so have an exact description of your problem available when you call You do not need to be within the warranty period to obtain over-the-phone assistance

A ^ M V - mdash A d B ^ K M I ^ M 131BuslnessPatfcLoopPOBox6SOCai

-PI s y s i Q m s inc-2raquolaquoa22=M^^

131 Business Parfc Loop PO Box 650 Cartsborg VM9 0S324 _ FAX36(W8a3525 E^nrt flnsysQa-ntsyttanB-oom Wsbsfte hHpiMNvwa-nnystsnisooni

9

Theory of Operation

The operation of the Model 2100 is summarized In the block diagram (see Fig 3) Not shown are all of the interconnections with the microcontroller The intemal microcontroler plays an important role in setting the signal path but does not directly

contribute to the dynamic characteristics It scans the front panel switches and sets the control values for the logic arays It programs the intemal counters which along with the other hardware achieve the necessary sub-microsecond speeds

All action starts either from an input trigger signal (from Trig In) or from an intemal signal (in free Run mode only) A Delay timer counts the 10MHz clock until its count value Is exhausted At this point the Burst timer starts Both Period and Duration timers are started at this time If the Burst timer has not expired by the end of the Period the Period and Duration timers are restarted If the Biphasic mode has been set the Duration timer is restarted at the end of the initial Duration and the sign of the output pulse Is reversed doubling the total duration

The system state (pulse on pulse sip baseline sign [+101-]) is transmitted to the isolated section via optoisolator The baseline and pulse amplitudes are selected by an analog switch The resulting signal is amplified by a variable-power-supply discrete operational amplifier The amplifier connections and gain is modified to provide two voltage and three cunent ranges

Timing overlap errors are detected by a logical decision computation rather than by testing for counter collisions This provides instant feedback rather than waiting up to an hour for such a collision to occur Output errors are measured by sensing the output amplifiers differential input voltage Under normal conditions this is a negligible voltage if the amplifier fails to deliver the requested signal the window comparator testing this voltage sends this message (via optoisolator) to the logic section turning on a warning LED

fl-N Systems Inc 131BusbnassPa(tLoopPOBox6SOCari3boigVMg8324 H n |TWoph0n880O426-13083eO6Blaquo300FMt36Olaquo8i3525 E-nnl anaysflfriinysleiiaoemWfcbslte hllphmwraquoimyatennoom

TRIG 3HJ) OUT

(burst)

TRIG ^ OUT

(pulse)

E

Ml

Calibration Procedures

The calibration interval is the lesser of 1000 hours of operation or 6 months Somewhat greater drift can be expected in the first 100 hours of operation as the semiconductors age Adjustments should only be made after the instrument has been fully warmed up for at least 15 minutes

Full instrument calibration requires the following test equipment digital multimeter (plusmn 01) able to measure resistance to at least lOOMfl oscilloscope with at least 50MHz bandwidth true-rms voltmeter with 4MHz bandwidth universal counter (plusmn 001 ) able to measure single pulse widths and periods resistors (all plusmn 01) 2kn lOkH 1 waft 20kn 200kn alligator clip lead sets banana plugs and BNC adapters

Adjustment integrated circuit and test point locations are shown in the following figures All adjustments are on the timing board unless otherwise noted

All voltages in the non-isolated section should be measured with respect to ground at TP510 unless othenvise stated Some voltages are measured with respect to an intemal isolated ground at TP650 or across the two output tenninals Occasionally the voltage at an IC pin must be measured In these cases the reference designator is given with the pin number in parentheses eg U602(16) When it states within this procedure that a voltage is to be minimized this means that the adjustment should be made such that the measured voltage is as close to zero volts as possible Refer to the Specifications Section of this manual for acceptable tolerances

The sequence of this procedure is Important If any adjustment is made all adjustments which follow must be made to ensure that the specifications will be met These procedures require that all controls remain as set in previous steps unless otherwise indicated

WARNING

The Model 2100 has dangerous voltages throughout the instrument even with the power is off Servicing the Model 2100 should only be done by qualified service personnel Use caution in handling any wires connectors or electrodes which may be directly or indirectly attached to the Instrument Do not touch exposed connections or components Disconnect power by unplugging the power cord from the receptacle

fl-N Systems I n c ^ 131BusinesaPartcLoopPOBox850CartsborgVWiB8324 4 n ^gt-mdash80O426-130638Ofl8Jlaquo300FAX36O683J52S bull E-maft BinsysQfrfn^islflnisoomVVfalislle h^KVfWMift^iisystemsoani

CO

- R503

Omg^

TPSOlQ O

OTPSOO

U560 bull

U510

DDID ^ trade E O ^ T P 5 1 0

bullnD Trig

0 ^

U570

Gate n U505

DO D

U515

Timing

Timing h_ U520

bsoo ^25SE Timing

Or r U540

I I Tmlng

[^ELIL

U535 D

U506

13 J510 Timlnff

BurfiDelay J400

i i i i i i i T r m r a

gt U550 ^

Clock

U555 U620

B a

^R^Pvhigh Rfijn O D O Vlow

o

bull U545

Fo sect737 lISOIsPjC-COMP

n r r ^ U760

J420

]]U632

Q S riuGSO

H = ) TP640^ deg I t I

II3D

J440 m i T i

U610 plusmn laquo j U O

bull bull l el

^t

O l

bull

M

I

Power supply and bias voltages

Power supply

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

POWER ON Observe voltage at P703 power supply wire top of main board

Check for+15 plusmn 050 V

Observe voltage at P701 power supply wire top of main board

Check for-15 plusmn 050 V

Observe voltage at U505(24) Check for+5 plusmn 025 V

Isolated supply voltage

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

RANGE 10 V TRIG open circuit MODE center position

Altemately observe V^ from R742 to R740 and V ^ from the U605(4) to U605(8)

Adjust R773 so that 110VltV^lt 120 V and

nign

28VltV^lt34V

Capacitance balance

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Connect a x10 oscilloscope probe to TP650 and ground the

Adjust R737 for minimum high frequency signal

Inputs

Gate funct ion

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave Verify that the voltage to GATE switches states at the Obsene voltage at U51G(3) proper input levels with an oscilloscope ^ ^

Trigger s lope

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave Verify that the voltage to TRIO switches states at the Observe voltage at US 10( 1) proper input levels with an oscilloscope

TRIG SLOPE + Verify voltage is 180 out of phase

TRIG SLOPE Verify voltage is in phase

fl-N Systems Inc ^ 131 Bushess Park Loop PO Bar 850 Carisborg Wa 98324 8004201306 3eOlaquoS3e300 FAX 3606BV352S

C-maft fliii8yBQfriii9yBlumaoamVIAibsMB hRpJhwMifi-iiiBystematxini

14

Trigger and gate funct ion

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

DELA NONE BURS1WII3TH SINGLE DURATION SQUARE PERIOD 100X10-3

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave to TRIG Obsen^e TRIOD and EVENT LEDS

TRIG disconnect all Short the GATE connector to GND Verify LEDs extinguish

MODE press to MANUAL Verify LEDs flash once

Timing

System c lock frequency

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Observe the frequency of the wave atU555(17)

Verify 1000 MHz plusmn001

Multipl iers (Wheel Switches)

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

PULSE SIGN + MODE FREE RUN TRIG disconnect all TIMING MULTIPUERS ail

wheels set to zero except the one being tested

TnmiNG OVERLAP ^nOTB

Observe the pulse width with the counter at the location specified below

Verify pulse width Is correct for each wheel as it is tested Independently

For each wheel of each MULTIPUER test each position to verify that the pulse width is correct Observe the signal at the following locations DELAY U520(2) BURSTWIDTH U530(2) PERIOD US40(2) DURATION U550(2)

Rates (Rotary Switches)

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

TIMING MULTIPUERS 001 TIMING RATES all rotary

switches set to 10-4 except the one being tested

Observe the pulse width with the counter at the location specified below

Verify pulse width is conect for each rotary switch as it is tested independently

For each of the four rotary switches in TIMING test each position to verify that the pulse wkJth is correct Observe the signal at the following locations DELAY U520(2) BURSTWIDTH U530(2) PERIOD U540(2) DURATION U550(2)

fl-N Systems I n c ^ E-maft emfl

131 Business Parti Loop PO 809(850 Cartsborg Wta 98324 8004201306 3804806300 FAX 36068O3S25

E-maft ansysQa nvystems-oom Wobste hflp Avwwa4nsy8(Qnttoam

15

Trigger outputs Controls

Range 10V Pulse Amplitude 500 Delay 100x10 Burst 100x10^2 Duration 100 x1a Period 400x10^ Pulse sign + Trig Mode Free run Trig in open

Inputs Observations

Trigger the oscilloscope to the Burst Trig Out Observe it the Pulse Trig Out and the isolated output

Adjust Check

Verify that the waveform consists of a burst of three 1ms-on3ms-off pulses The burst trigger should be synchronous with the burst the pulse trigger coincident with each pulse

Output Calibration

Isolation Resistance (check) Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode center position Trig In open

Measure the resistance between ground banana jack (front panel) and black banana jack of output with DMM

Resistance read gt 100MQ

Amplitude Switch Offset (R640) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Zero Trig Mode center position Trig In Open

Measure the voltage at TP645 vs TP650 with the DMM

Adjust R640 (AmpI Sw Offset) for minimum voltage

Output Offset (R332 front panel board) Controls I nputsObservatlons AdjustCheck

Baseline Zero Range 10V Trig Mode center position Trig In Open

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

Adjust R332 (Output offset) for minimum voltage

Positive Baseline Offset (R607) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Sign + Baseline Amplitude

fully CCW (000) Range 10V Trig In open Trig Mode center position

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

Adjust R602 (BSLN + offset) for minimum voltage

fl M raquo _ _ _ A laquo ^ _ i ^ ^ 131Buslnelaquo8Pari(loopPOBoK850Cart8borgWB96324

bull P I i s V S i e m S a |||Cg1Maphans80O42O130638O68O8300FAX36Olaquo8raquo^2S E-tiBft anagtraquoflwiisyagtlaquomraquoaimW6baHB hHpffii(wwraquoltnsylaquoleniieom

16

Negative Baseline Offset (R619) Controls

Baseline Sign -i Baseline Amplitude bull fully CCW (000)

Range 10V Trig In open Trig Mode center position

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

AdjustCheck

Adjust R619 (BSLN 4 offset) for minimum voltage

Pulse Amplitude Adjust (R602) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode Free Mode Pulse Amplitude 1000 Timing Dialay =none Burst =single Duration =1001 Period =00110-4 Pulse Sign -Trig In open Range 10V

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

The Overiap indicator should be on Adjust R602 (Max Level) for -1000V out

Pulse Sign Gain (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode Free Mode Pulse Amplitude 1000 Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =1001 s Period =00110-4s Trig In open Range 10V

Measure the voltage at the output with the DMM for the Pulse Sign at -- and - positions

The absolute values of the voltages should differ by less than lOOmV

Baseline Amplitudes (check) Controls InputsObservations

Range 100mA Trig Mode center position Baseline Amplitude fully CW (1000) Trig In open

Measure the voltage at the output with the DMM with Baseline Sign in + Zero and - positions

AdjustCheck

Gain the matching of current levels at = and - positions and offset current in Zero position

fl-N Systems Inc^^ bull E-mal am8

131 Business Partt Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 88324 8004201306360laquo8Oe300FAX 360laquo8O362S

E-maM am8y8^o-mBy8tflmBoom WobaKo hHp Awwwo-f i iBystonuoom

17

Output Range Amplitude and Drive (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Pulse Amplitude 1000 Pulse Sign + Trig Mode Free Run Timing Delay =none Burst =8ingle Duration =1001 Period =10010-4 Trig In open

Load the output with a 10KV1W 01 resistor Measure the voltage at the output with DMM

Verify that full scale output is within specification Scale Range 100V 100V 10V 10V 100mA IV 1mA 10V 10mA 100V

Pulse Sign and Short Circuit Protection (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Timing Delay =none Burst =8ingle Duration =200 10-4 Period =00110-3 Baseline Zero Pulse Amplitude 25 Range 10V Trig Mode Free Run Trig In open

Measure the voltage at the output with the oscilloscope Check for Pulse Sign set to each of + - biphasic Watch for Error indicator when shorting the output

Verify that pulses of approx 25V amplitude (625V for biphasic mode) of the correct sign are produced every 10ms Short output in biphasic mode Output should retum when opened

Output Transient Response (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Pulse Sign + Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =20010-4 Period =00110-3 Pulse Amplitude 250 Baseline Zero Trig Mode Free Mode Trig In open

Connect the oscilloscope to the output with a 310 attenuator prolse Test boVn 10V and 100V ranges

Verify that overshoot and risetime meet specifications

fl-N Systems I n c ^ 131 Business Parte Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wb 98324 8004201306 36Olaquo83O300 FAX 36O680lt352S

E-mQ0 snBy8Qs-msy8faiTiscom VWriMtte N ^ Mvww9-msy8lemscom

18

Specifications

There are three classes of specifications Class A specifications tested in all unHs and are guaranteed Class B specifications are inherent in the design they are indirectly tested and are guaranteed Class C specifications are typical operating values which are occasionally tested- these are typical values given for your infomiation but not guarshyanteed The class for each specification is noted in the center column of the following sections

Inputs Switching level

Hysteresis

Input equivalent circuit

Minimum duration (1 IL-level signal)

A

C

C

C

16V(plusmn02V)

approx 50 mV

100K ft to+5 In parallel with no more than 35pF

gt 50 ns

Open circuit condition B defaults to highon level

Timing and rate accuracy Rate selector steps

Timing multiplier steps

Resolution

Timing eror (second and later pulses after resetting controls)

B

B

B

B

lOOps to 100s In 7 steps

1 of rate selector step size Maximum value is 999 x the rate selector step size

approx 01 of the maximum value

lt 002 of rate selector value + 015 ps

Timing error (first pulse after readjusting timing controls)

an additional 025 ps error may occur

Timing repeatability lt 001 setting + 20 ns (monophasic)

fl-N Systems I nc ^ bull E-moU ams

131 Business Parti Loop PO Boot 850 Cartsborg VM 98324 80O42O130838O08O8300FAX36Olaquo8O3S2S

E-meU anByafl^iiisyslainaoomWebsHe hHpffliiwwraquomsys)emsoom

19

TRIG IN to OUTPUT delay (DELAY set to 0) output set to 2V

Timing jitter ft-om TRIG IN to OUTPUT (for TTL trigger input with risetime lt10 ns)

Timing jitter ft^om TRIG OUT (either BURST or PULSE) and OUTPUT

Trigger output to pulse output delay

Output charactsristics Pulse level enror (voltage mode open circuit cun-ent mode short circuit

Biphasic level difference |V + + V-|2

Baseline level error (voltage mode A open circuit current mode short circuit)

Risetime (25 V out)

Risetime (25 V out)

Transient response

A

A

A

Output impedance (voltage mode) C

Output impedance (current mode) C

Isolation resistance A

Isolation capacitance C

approx 05 ps for a load of no more than 10 Kft in parallel with 50 pF

lt 125 ns (all rates except 100s) lt 125 ps (100s rate)

Less than 20 ns (all rates)

approx 350 ns

lt 03 of setting + 05 of r range (plus an additional 05 pA inlOOpArenge)

lt 03 of range (voltage modes into open circuit current modes into short circuit)

lt 03 of setting of setting + 01 of range (plus an additional 05 pA in lOOpA range)

laquo 200 ns into less than 30 pF

laquo15 ps into less than 30 pF

lt 8 overshoot Into less than 30 pF for pulse voltages different than baseline voltage by at least 10 of range

laquo 50 ohms

raquo 1 0 Gft (typically 200 Gft)

raquo100Mft

laquo 60 pF at 100 Hz

fl-N Systems Inc^^ 131 Business Partt Uxip PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 96324 8004201308 SBOee^^SOO FAX 360laquoS3^52S

E-mat BiByraquoaiMii8ylaquoliiiiiseomWiljalteHlpJV(wwraquo4tgy8lenaoom

20

Noise (differential mode)

Noise (common mode earth to isolated ground) with no signal output

Overioad error indicator (low frequency short circuited voltage mode)

Overioad error indicator low frequency open circuited current mode)

Overioad enor response time

Miscellaneous

Power

Fuse

Operating temperature range

Storage temperature range

Operating humidity

Dimensions

Weight

laquo1 mV rms (10 V scale 10Hz-4MHz)

laquo 8 mV rms (10 Hz-4 MHz) laquo100mVp-p (200 Hz -10 MHz) measured withalOMft 15pF oscilloscope probe

Turns on for set amplitude at or greater than approx plusmn1V (10 V range) or plusmn2 V (100 V range)

Turns on for set amplitude at or above approx 2 of range

Flat to approx 30 ps duration Decreasing sensitivity for shorter pulses

approx 11 watts

1 amp 3 AG

10-30C

0 - 50deg C

5-80RH

17x475x1125 (Inches) 432x121x286 cm

20 lbs (9 kg)

fl mm bull gt _ _ _ A ^ ^ _ _ L ^ 131BusinesraquoPariltLocpPOBox850C8rtsborgWS9e324

bull p i ^ y s v e m s IIIC^^deg(^deg^Bdegltgt^^^3degdeg^deg^^deg^^^degdeg^^I^deg^deg^^^^^

21 E-mei flre^nQo 4n8yo(amscam Wsbsfle hHpAwwwe-msy8Jems-Oom

Warranty and Service

What does this warranty cover A-M Systems Inc warrants to the Purchaser that the Instrument excluding cables Headstage Probes and any other accessories shipped with the Instrument (hereafter the hardware) is free from defects in workmanship or material under normal use and service for the period of one (1) year This warranty commences on the date of delivery of the hardware to the Purchaser

What are the obligations of A-M Systems Inc under this warranty During the warranty period A-M Systems Inc agrees to repair or replace at its sole option without charge to the Purchaser any defective component part of the hardware To obtain warranty service the Purchaser must return the hardware to A-M Systems Inc or an authorized A-M Systems Inc distributor in an adequate shipping container Any postage shipping and insurance charges incurred in shipping the hardware to A-M Systems Inc must be prepaid by the Purchaser and all risk for the hardware shall remain with purchaser until such time as A-M Systems Inc takes receipt of the hardware Upon receipt A-M Systems Inc will promptly repair or replace the defective unit and then return the hardware to the Purchaser postage shipping and insurance prepaid A-M Systems Inc may use reconditioned or like new parts or units at its sole option when repairing any hardware Repaired products shall carry the same amount of outstanding wan^nty as from original purchase or ninety (90) days which ever is greater Any claim under the warranty must include a dated proof of purchase of the hardware covered by this wan-anty In any event A-M Systems Inc liability for defective hardware is limited to repairing or replacing the hardware

What is not covered by this warranty This warranty is contingent upon proper use and maintenance of the hardware by the Purchaser and does not cover batteries Neglect misuse whether intentional or otherwise tampering with or altering the hardware damage caused by accident damage caused by unusual physical electrical chemical or electromechanical stress damage caused by failure of electrical power or damage caused during transportation are not covered by this warranty Products may not be returned to A-M Systems Inc for service whether under warranty or otherwise which are contaminated by infectious agents radioactive compounds or other materials constituting a health hazard to employees of A-M Systems Inc

What are the limits of llabiiity for A-M Systems inc under this warranty A-M Systems Inc shall not be liable for loss of data profits or savings or any special incidental consequential indirect or other similar damages arising from breach of contract negligence or other legal action even if the company or its agent has been advised of the possibility of such damages or for any claim brought against you by another party THIS EQUIPMENT IS NOT INTENDED FOR CLINICAL MEASUREMENTS USING HUMAN SUBJECTS A-M SYSTEMS INC DOES NOT ASSUME RESPONSIBILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE DUE TO MISUSE OF THIS EQUIPMENT Jurisdictions vary with regard to the enforceability of provisions excluding or limiting liability for incidental or consequential damages Check the provision of your local jurisdiction to find out whether the above exclusion applies to you This warranty allocates risks of product failure between the Purchaser and A-M Systems Inc A-M Systems Inc hardware pricing reflects this allocation of risk and the limitations of liability contained in this wanranty The warranty set forth above is in lieu of all other express wan^anties whether oral or written The agents employees distributors and dealers of A-M Systems Inc are not authorized to make modifications to this wan-anty or additional wan-anties binding on the company Accordingly additional statements such as dealer advertising or presentations whether oral or written do not constitute wananties by A-M Systems Inc and should not be relied upon This warranty gives you specific legal rights You may also have other rights whrch vary from one jurisdiction to another

6 mm ^ laquo _ _ A a B ^ _ 1 ^ ^ 131 Business Parti Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg W B 98324 O O

bull P l A y S V e m S l n C T^M 8OO42OI3O6 380683-8300FAX 360 803525 ^ ^ E-msl iiiisy80iHTBy8tenisoom Wsbsito hnphwwfrimysleiiisoom

A

V ISO

INSTRUCTION MANUAL

FOR

ISOLATED PULSE STIMULATOR

MODEL 2100

Serial

Date

A-M Systems Inc

PO Box 850

Carlsborg WA 98324

USA

360-683-8300 bull 800-426-1306 FAX 360-683-3525

httpwwwa-msystemscom

Version 70 February 2002

Contents General Description 1

Instrument Features 1 Controls and Connectors 2

Operating Instructions 6 Theory of Operation 10 Calibration Procedures 12

Inputs 14 Output Calibration 16

Specifications 19 Warranty and Service 22

Each Isolated Pulse Stimulator is delivered complete with

Rack Mount Hardware Instructions amp Maintenance Manual

NOTE

This instrument is not intended for clinical measurements using human subjects A-M Systems Inc does not assume responsibility for Injury or damage due to the misuse of this instrument

General Description

Instrument Features The Isolated Pulse Stimulator Model 2100 is designed for a wide variety of applications It is highly flexible being capable of delivering single pulses biphasic pairs or bursts of pulses Pulses may be started manually or upon receiving a trigger signal from another Instrument or computer Two non-isolated trigger outputs are available for triggering other instruments

Four sets of timing controls provide comprehensive control overall aspects of pulse generation Three digit accuracy is available over a 7 decade range for each timing function using lever wheel switches Pulse widths can be set over more than a 9 decade range from 05 ps to 999 seconds Timing accuracy is assured through the use of a 10 MHz base rate crystal-controlled clock digitally divided to provide accurate timing over the entire range Atiming overiap indicator will light If the timing controls are set inconsistently

The output may be conveniently switched between current and voltage modes Pulse and baseline amplitudes are Independently presettable with lockable dials An error Indicator will light if the Mode2700 cannot deliver the desired signal

r WARNING

The Model 2100 can produce potentially dangerous voltages up to 100 V at the output connectors The isolated output is not connected internally to safety (earth) ground in any way Some part of the extemal circuit should be connected to safety ground Use caution in handling any wires connectors or electrodes which may be directly or indirectly attached to the Model 2100 output Some kinds of connectors such as BNC connectors have exposed metal parts which may float at dangerous potentials unless extemally connected to safety ground For greatest safety tum the Model 2100 off before making any connections to

the instrument

131 Business Parii Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Telophone 800-426-1306 bull 360-68raquolaquo300 bull FAX 360683-3525 E-mal satesa-msystemsoom VVfebsite httpywwwa^nsystemscom fl-N Systems Inc 1

Controls and Connectors The controls for the Model 2100 are grouped in three sections START which controls when a pulse or burst of pulses begins TIMING which controls the onoff timing of one or more pulses and OUTPUT which controls the amplitude of the output signal

Start TRIG SLOPE Determines the polarity of valid trigger pulses (positive or negative edges in the trigger signal)

MODE Controls waveform initiation When set to FREE RUN one timing cycle immediately follows the last When momentarily placed In the MANUAL position a timing cycle starts Immediately When the switch Is In the center position timing cycles start when valid triggering events occur

TRIGD This LED lights up when a timing cycle Is in process and continues until the burst is completed

TRIG This BNC connector allows a signal from an external source to Initiate timing cycles It is set for standard TTL levels

GATE This BNC connector allows a signal from an external source to restrict the final output signal This input must be at a logical high (or open-circuited) in order for the Model 2100 to recognize either manual or automatic trigger events

Gate 1_ Trigger |~~^ i I Valid triggers (represented by the arrows in the figure) can occur only when the gate Is at logical high Note that the up arrow would apply only If TRIG SLOPE is set to + the down an-ows would apply only if TRIG SLOPE Is set to -

NOTE Triggers have no effect if the system has not completed its response to a previous trigger

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Park Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Vb 98324 TelQphQne 80O426-1306 360683-8300 FAX 360683-3525 E-mail sales^a-msystemscom Wsbsite httpywwwa-msystemscom

Timing Four sets of controls govern the timing of pulse generation Each set contains two values which are multiplied together to detemnine the actual timing value The rotary knob (rate selector) provides the approximate timing value and the lever wheel switch bank (MULTIPLIER)

provides a time resolution of three decimal digits The following diagram shows most of the Important relationships

Output r Delay Duration

|ltPeriodgtj

t Burst width

Trigger event

DELAY These controls determine the time duration between the initiating trigger event and the beginning of the pulse burst If this rate selector is set to NONE or the multiplier is set to 000 there Is no delay

BURST WIDTH These controls determine the time period in which one or more pulses may be delivered Once started a pulse may outlast the burst width If this rate selector is set to SINGLE or to any time shorter than the pulse duration only a single pulse will occur If the BURST WIDTH Is longer than the period pulses will be emitted at the PERIOD rate until the burst time ends Pulses are never truncated by a short BURSTWIDTH

inds)-PULSE

D U R A T I O N 1 0 1 0

10

INTEB-PULSE PERIOD

1 1 10

DURATION These controls determine the length of each pulse Ifthis rate selector Is set to SQUARE the duration is set to half of the period regardless of the MULTIPLIER setting

PERIOD These controls set the period of time between adjacent pulse events within the burst It also forces a minimum dead time between recognized input triggers following a burst of one or more pulses This can be used to prevent over stimulation of a tissue without requiring excessive delay between the triggering event and the stimulating pulse

TIMING OVERLAP

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 860 Carisborg Vamp 98324 |Telophone 800-426-1306 360683-8300 bull FAX 3606aW525 E-mail salearega^nsystemsoom Vfeb5ite httpAwwwa^nsyslemscam

NOTE If any of these timing controls are changed while a timing cycle is in operation the results are undefined until the current cycle finishes

TIMING OVERLAP This LED will light to Indicate an inconsistency in the timing cycle settings There are several ways to introduce such errors The most common way is to set the Inter-pulse PERIOD to be less than the pulse DURATION

T I M I N G (seconds)^

TRIG OUT (UPPER) This BNC connector provides a signal which is coincident with the Internal Burst timing signal (default) This means the signal starts at the end of the Delay time and persists until the Burst time expires This output may also be set to represent the delay time-out by setting the internal jumper J510 to the right two pins instead of the left two pins (Please see the Calibration section in this manual for jumper location Directions are given as viewed from the front of the Instrument)

TRIG OUT (LOWER) This BNC connector provides a signal which Is coincident with the Duration timing signal which controls pulse output

NOTE Both trigger output signals slightly lead the isolated output signal

Output

PULSE SIGN This switch determines the polarity of the pulses to be generated It also allows generation of biphasic pulses thereby doubling the effective total period Warning the first pulse generated after changing the PULSE

SIGN switch may have the wrong polarity

BASELINE This Switch determines the polarity ofthe baseline signal

RANGE This rotary switch determines if the output pulses will be constant current (3 ranges) or constant voltage (2 ranges)

BASELINE AMPLITUDE This value is independently set using a ten-turn counting dial The maximum baseline amplitude is one tenth the value shown on the range amplitude switch

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 8S0 Cartsborg Vfa 98324 |Tetaphone 80O426-1306 bull 360683-8300 bull FAX 3606803525 E-mail salesa-msystemscom Wbbsite http7Awwwaflnsystemscom

PULSE AMPLITUDE This value is independently set using a ten-turn counting dial The maximum pulse amplitude is the value shown on the range amplitude switch

EVENT This LED indicates when a pulse is ongoing

ERROR This LED indicates when the internal output amplifier cannot output the pulse as desired This is usually due to a short circuit while trying to output a voltage or an open circuit while trying to output a current

VOTEThe Pulse Sign control in the Oupuf section directly affects waveform timing When set to the Biphasic mode a positive-going pulse is immediately followed by a negative-going pulse This effectively doubles the pulse duration If a burst of biphasic pulses is being produced the period must be at least twice the single pulse duration In the Square wave mode the baseline disappears as long as the burst persists

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsboig Vte 98324 |Telophone 800426-1306 360683-8300 bull FAX 3606833525 E-mail salesa-m5ystem5 com Website httpwwwa-msystemscom

Operating Instructions

Examples Simple setup (and minimal instrument test)

Connect the output ofthe Model 2100 to an oscilloscope Before connecting the Model 2100 to any other instrument or the experimental preparation It is safest to turn Its power off

Set the Oufpuf controls

Range 10V Pulse Sign +

Baseline Zero Pulse Amplitude 200

Setting The Timing Controls

Delay Burst Width

Duration Period

none single

15010-2 50010-2

Setting The Start Controls

Mode Free Run

Disconnect any cables to the TRIG or GATE inputs

Note that the green Trig and Event Indicators turn on as Free Run is turned on (and turn off otherwise) You should observe a 15ms duration 20Hz rate pulse of 200V above a OV baseline on the oscilloscope

fl-N Systems Inc 131 BusinessPartiLoop RO Box850CarisbcxgWa98324 |Telophone 800426-1306 bull 360-683-8300 bull FW 360683-3525 E-mail salesa-msystems com VVbbsite httpywwwa-msystems com

Demonstration of Burst Mode Connect the output ofthe Model 2100 to an oscilloscope Before connecting the Model 2100 to any other instrument or the experimental preparation It Is safest to turn its power off

Set the Outpuf controls

Range 10V Pulse Sign +

Baseline Pulse Amplitude 200

Baseline Amplitude 100

Setting The Timing Controls

Delay 88010-2 Burst Width 12010-^

Duration 15010-2 Period 50010-2

Set the START controls as follows

Mode Free Run

Disconnect any cables to the TRIG or GATE inputs

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Telophooe 8004201306 360683-8300 bull FAX 360683-3525 E^naii salesa-msystems com Watjsite http7wwwa-msystemscom

Trigger the oscilloscope from the Bursf trigger out (upper Trig Out connector) for a stable display In each burst (occurring every lOOms) you should observe a trio of 15ms duration starting 50ms apart Try switching the StartMode from Free Run to the center (nonnal) position The pulses will no longer be produced and the Trig and Event Indicators will tum off Pressing this switch once (to Manual) will cause a single burst to occur

Problem Solving If the instrument appears to be not working properiy check all ofthe control settings and connections Be sure to wait at least 5-10 seconds after turning the instrument off before turning it on again The following summary of typical problems for the user (along with the most common solutions) may help

Problem CauseSolution

EVENT Indicator never lights even in FREE RUN mode

bull Replace fuse check power connection bullSet DELAY or PERIOD to a shorter interval

bull Power-on too soon after power-off

OVERLAP Indicator is on

ERROR indicator is on

bull Set DURATION gt000 bull DURATION Is set to SQUARE but

PERIOD is 000 Increase PERIOD or set DURATION independantly

bull BURST and WIDTH are gt DURATION increase PERIOD or decrease DURATION

bull BIPHASIC pulse output Is on and PERIOD is not longer than twice the DURATION Increase PERIOD or decrease DURATION

bull Free-run Is on and BURST is lt PERIOD (BURST off) DELAY is 0 and PERIOD Is lt DURATION Add delay or modify PERIOD

bull Free-run is on and BURST is gt DURATION (BURST ON) and PERIOD is lt DURATION Increase PERIOD

bull For VOLTAGE outputs the output is trying to drive too low a resistance or capacitance (eg a short circuit) Check by disconnecting the output ft is possible (and normal) that for the fastest cycles and largest amplitudes (close to 100 V

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business PartiLoop PO Box 850 CartsborgWa 98324 iTelophone 800-42O130636O6e3-8300FAX 3606B3-3525 E-mail satesaflisyslefmcom Vfebslte http7wwwa-msyslemscom

and 1 ps) that the ERROR indicator might always come on during repetitive pulses Fix output load or decrease amplitude as required

Time appears to be excessive Changed control in mid-cycle (resets current status)

Cant seem to get a full signal out Load Is not properiy connected repair wiring Too low a load impedance (VOLTAGE modes) or too high a load impedance (CURRENT mode)

Incoming triggers not accepted frequently enough

PERIOD is set too long (enforces dead time) followd by BURST set to SIGNAL Reduce PERIOD time

Table 10 Problem Solving

If you suspect that the Model 2100 may have completely failed we recommend checking the basic level of functionality Ifthis fails your instrument Is defective and must be repaired Ifthis passes either your experimental setup is incompatible or inconsistent or there is a more subtle flaw in your Model 2100

If the Model 2100 appears to be malfunctioning contact A-M Systems Inc or your dealer We will first attempt to solve the problem over the telephone so have an exact description of your problem available when you call You do not need to be within the warranty period to obtain over-the-phone assistance

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 iTetoptxme 80O426-1306 bull 360683-8300 FAX 3606803525 E-mail satesa-msystemsoomAfebsitehttpJwwwaflisystemscom

Theory of Operation

The operation ofthe Model 2100 is summarized in the block diagram (see the figure on Page 11) Not shown are all ofthe interconnections with the microcontroller The internal microcontroler plays an important role in setting the signal path but does not directly contribute to the dynamic characteristics It scans the front panel switches and sets the control values for the logic arrays It programs the internal counters which along with the other hardware achieve the necessary sub-microsecond speeds

Pulse generation starts either from an Input trigger signal (from Trig In) or an internally signal (Free Run mode) A Delay timer counts the 10MHz clock until its count value is exhausted At this point the Burst Period and Duration timers are started If the Burst timer has not expired by the end ofthe Period the Period and Duration timers are restarted If the Biphasic mode has been set the Duration timer is restarted at the end of the initial Duration and the sign ofthe output pulse is reversed doubling the total duration

The system state (pulse on pulse sign baseline sign [+0f-]) is transmitted to the isolated section via optoisolator The baseline and pulse amplitudes are selected by an analog switch The resulting signal is amplified by a variable-power-supply discrete operational amplifier The amplifier connections and gain is modified to provide two voltage and three current ranges

Timing overiap errors are detected by a logical decision computation rather than by testing for counter collisions This provides instant feedback rather than waiting up to an hour for such a collision to occur Output errors are measured by sensing the output amplifiers differential input voltage Under normal conditions this is a negligible voltage If the amplifier fails to deliver the requested signal the window comparator testing this voltage sends this message (via optoisolator) to the logic section turning on a warning LED

fl-N Systems Inc 131BusinessPart(LoopRO Box850CarisboigWa98324 4 n Tel0pri0ne80O426-130636O683^300FAX36O6833525 ^ E-mail salesaflisystBmscom V febsite http7wwwa-msystemsoom

S i

I - - ^^mdasho^M

OUTPUT i l l

TRIG ^ OUT

(burst)

TRIG 3-lt) OUT

(pulse)

til

I laquo

Calibration Procedures

The calibration interval is the lesser of 1000 hours of operation or 6 months Somewhat greater drift can be expected in the first 100 hours of operation as the semiconductors age Adjustments should only be made after the instrument has been fully warmed up for at least 15 minutes

Full instrument calibration requires the following test equipment digital multimeter (plusmn 01) able to measure resistance to at least lOOMO oscilloscope with at least 50MHz bandwidth true-mis voltmeter with 4MHz bandwidth universal counter (plusmn 001 ) able to measure single pulse widths and periods resistors (all plusmn 01) 2kn lOkH 1 watt 20kn 200kn alligator clip lead sets banana plugs and BNC adapters

Adjustment integrated circuit and test point locations are shown in the following figures All adjustments are on the timing board unless othenAise noted

All voltages in the non-isolated section should be measured with respect to ground at TP510 unless othenwise stated Some voltages are measured with respect to an internal isolated ground at TP650 or across the two output temninals Occasionally the voltage at an IC pin must be measured in these cases the reference designator is given with the pin number in parentheses eg U602(16) When it states within this procedure that a voltage is to be minimized this means that the adjustment should be made such that the measured voltage is as close to zero volts as possible Refer to the Specifications Section of this manual for acceptable tolerances

The sequence of this procedure is important If any adjustment is made all adjustments which follow must be made to ensure that the specifications will be met These procedures require that all controls remain as set in previous steps unless othenAise indicated

WARNING

The Model 2100 has dangerous voltages throughout the instrument even with the power is off Servicing the Model 2100 should only be done by qualified service personnel Use caution in handling any wires connectors or electrodes which may be directly or indirectly attached to the instrument Do not touch exposed connections or components Disconnect power by unplugging the power cord from the receptacle

H B ^ ^ S y s t e m s inc^degdegp^deg^^deg-^^^^^^^^B3^^^degdeg^^^lt^^^B^^^^ 131BusinessPartiLoopPO Box850CartsbOigWamp98324 4 9 |Telophone800-42013C6360683-8300F0lt360683-3525 ^ E-mail salesa-msystefnscom website httpwwwaflisystems com

CO

TP501 O lt0

g OTPSOO

U560 S

Trig Gate

0 -TISOS

U570

U500

Timing

p U520

Timing

K U550 Timin

gt U540

U515

o X I Timin

U508 I

J510 Timing nnn

Burst Delay J400

gt U550

R503

D D I D bull U8QQ i Q

n

oo

V P 5 1 0

b U535

^

Clock i _

U555

lt U 5 4 5

o

h d ^ O - - ^ U605

Q D

U620

O fJZ^ R737 bull ^ 1^13015 r j C - C O M P

B B nU770 ^ ^ ^ 5 ^ a

J420

a

o E

bull [ ]U632

riueso

rR742rVhigh R 6 1 9 ^

LJ TP645 O TP650

TPMOQ^QS

Vlow

CD-

CZZl

J440 bull bull tl iUDQ

I t

f i l

Power supply and bias voltages

Power supply

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

POWER ON Observe voltage at P703 power supply wire top of main board

Check for+15 plusmn 050 V

Observe voltage at P701 power supply wire top of main board

Check for-15 plusmn 050 V

Observe voltage at U505(24) Check for +5 plusmn 025 V

Isolated supply voltage Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

RANGE 10 V TRIG open circuit MODE center position

Alternately observe V ^ from R742 to R740 and V ^ from theU605(4)toU605(8)

Adjust R773 so that 110VltV lt 120 V and

nigh

28VltV|^lt34V

Capacitance balance Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

Connect a xlO oscilloscope probe to TP650 and ground the

Adjust R737 for minimum high frequency signal

Inputs

Gate function Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave Verify that the voltage to GATE switches states at the Observe voltage at U510(3) proper input levels with an oscilloscope

Trigger slope Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave Verify that the voltage to TRIG switches states at the Observe voltage at U510( 1) proper input levels with an oscilloscope

TRIG SLOPE Verify voltage is 180deg out of phase

TRIG SLOPE Verify voltage is in phase

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 860 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Jelophone 800-4201306 360683-8300 bull FM 380683-3525 E-mail salesaflTsystBfnscom bull Vtebsite httpVAirwwaflisystems com

14

Trigger and gate f unc t i on

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

DELAY NONE BURS-nMDTH SINGLE DURATION SQUARE PERIOD 100X10-3

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave to TRIG Observe TRIGD and EVENT LEDs

TRIG disconnect all Short the GATE connector to GND Verify LEDs extinguish

MODE press to MANUAL Verify LEDs flash once

Timing

System c lock f requency

Controls Inputs Observations Ad jus t Check

Observe the frequency of the wave Verify 1000 MHz plusmn 001 atU555(17)

Mul t ip l iers (Wheel Swi tches)

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

PULSE SIGN-laquobull MODE FREE RUN TRIG disconnect all TIMING MULTIPUERS all

wheels set to zero except the one being tested

TIMING OVERLAP ignore

Observe the pulse width with the counter at the location specified t)elow

Verify pulse width is correct for each wheel as it is tested independently

For each wheel of each MULTIPLIER test each position to verify that the pulse width is correct Observe the signal at the following locations DELAY U520(2) BURSTWIDTH U530(2) PERIOD U540(2) DURATION U550(2)

Rates (Rotary Swi tches)

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

TIMING MULTIPUERS 001 Observe the pulse width with the TIMING RATES all rotary counter at the location specified

switches set to 10-4 below except the one being tested

Verify pulse width is correct for each rotary switch as it is tested independently

For each ofthe four rotary switches in TIMING test each position to verify that the pulse width is correct Observe the signal at the following locations DELAY U520(2) BURSTWIDTH U530(2) PERIOD U540(2) DURATION U550(2)

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 iTetophone 8004201306 bull 360683-8300 bull FOC 3606803525 E-mail salesa-msystemscom Wbbsite httpJwwwaflTSystemscom

15

Trigger outputs

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

Range 10V Pulse Amplitude 500 Delay 100 xlO^ Burst 100 x 10 ^ Duration 100x10-^ Period 400x10-^ Pulse sign + Trig Mode Free run Trig in open

Trigger the oscilloscope to the Burst Trig Out Observe it the Pulse Trig Out and the isolated output

Verify that the waveform consists of a burst of three 1ms-on3ms-off pulses The burst trigger should be synchronous with the burst the pulse trigger coincident with each pulse

Output Calibration

Isolation Resistance (check)

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode center position Trig In open

Measure the resistance between ground banana jack (front panel) and black banana jack of output with DMM

Resistance read gt 100MQ

Amplitude Switch Offset (R640)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Zero Trig Mode center position Trig In Open

Measure the voltage at TP645 vs TP650 with the DMM

Adjust R640 (AmpI Sw Offset) for minimum voltage

Output Offset (R332 front panel board) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Zero Range 10V Trig Mode center position Trig In Open

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

Adjust R332 (Output offset) for minimum voltage

Positive Baseline Offeet (R607) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Sign + Baseline Amplitude

fully CCW (000) Range 10V Trig In open Trig Mode center position

Measure the voltage across the outputwiththeDMM

Adjust R602 (BSLN + offset) for minimum voltage

fl-N Systems Inc 131 BusBiess Parti Loop P O Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Telophone B00-42O1306 bull 360683-8300 bull FAX 3606803525 E-mail salesaflisystemscom V^tebsite httpy^vwwa-msystems com

16

Negative Baseline Offset (R619)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Sign -Baseline Amplitude

fully CCW (000) Range 10V Trig In open Trig Mode center position

Measure the voltage across the outputwiththeDMM

Adjust R619 (BSLN + offset) for minimum voltage

Pulse Amplitude Adjust (R602)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode Free Mode Pulse Amplitude 1000 Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =1001 Period =00110-4 Pulse Sign -Trig In open Range 10V

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

The Overiap indicator should be on Adjust R602 (Max Level) for -10OOV out

Pulse Sign Gain (check)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode Free Mode Pulse Amplitude 1000 Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =100 1s Period =001 10-4s Trig In open Range 10V

Measure the voltage at the output with the DMM for the Pulse Sign at + and - positions

The absolute values ofthe voltages should differ by less than lOOmV

Baseline Amplitudes (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Range 100mA Trig Mode center position Baseline Amplitude fully CW (1000) Trig In open

Measure the voltage at the output with the DMM with Baseline Sign in + Zero and

- positions

Gain the matching of current levels at = and - positions and offset current in Zero position

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop PO Box 850 Cartsboig Wa 98324 Telophone 800-4201306 360683-8300 FkX 3606803525 E-mail salesa-msystemscom website http^^wwaflisystemsccm

17

Output Range Amplitude and Drive (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Pulse Amplitude 1000 Pulse Sign + Trig Mode Free Run Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =1001 Period =10010-4 Trig In open

Load the output with a 10KV 1W 01 resistor Measure the voltage at the output with DMM

Verify that full scale output is within specification Scale Range 100V 100V 10V 10V 100mA IV 1mA 10V 10mA 100V

Pulse Sign and Short Circuit Protection (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =200 10-4 Period =00110-3 Baseline Zero Pulse Amplitude 25 Range 10V Trig Mode Free Run Trig In open

Measure the voltage at the output with the oscilloscope Check for Pulse Sign set to each of + - biphasic Watch for Error indicator when shorting the output

Verify that pulses of approx 25V amplitude (625V for biphasic mode) of the correct sign are produced every 10ms Short output in biphasic mode Output should return when opened

Output Transient Response (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Pulse Sign + Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =20010-4 Period =00110-3 Pulse Amplitude 250 Baseline Zero Trig Mode Free Mode Trig In open

Connect the oscilloscope to the output with a 310 attenuator probe Test both 10V and 100V ranges

Verify that overshoot and risetime meet specifications

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Telophone 8004201306 bull 3606808300 bull Flaquo( 360laquo83ltJ525 E-mail salesa-msystemsocm V^febsite http^wwwa-msystefnscom

18

Specifications

There are three classes of specifications Class A specifications tested in all units and are guaranteed Class B specifications are inherent in the design they are indirectly tested and are guaranteed Class C specifications are typical operating values which are occasionally tested- these are typical values given for your information but not guarshyanteed The class for each specification is noted in the center column ofthe following sections

Inputs Switching level

Hysteresis

Input equivalent circuit

Minimum duration (1 IL-level signal)

A

C

C

C

16 V(plusmn 02 V)

approx 50 mV

lOOKH to+5 in parallel with no more than 35pF

gt 50 ns

Open circuit condition B defaults to highon level

Timing and rate accuracy Rate selector steps

Timing multiplier steps

B

B

lOOpsto 100s in 7 steps

1 of rate selector step size Maximum value is 999 X the rate selector step size

Resolution B approx 01 ofthe maximum value

Timing error (second and later pulses after resetting controls)

B lt 002 of rate selector value + 015 ps

Timing error (first pulse after readjusting timing controls)

an additional 025 ps error may occur

Timing repeatability lt 001 setting + 20 ns (monophasic)

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Ram Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Vfa 98324 pTelophone 8004201306 bull 360683-8300 bull FAX 360683-3525

E-mail salesraquoflisystems com Wabsite httpJAnww afl isystems com

19

TRIG IN to OUTPUT delay (DELAY set to 0) output set to 2V

Timing jitter from TRIG IN to OUTPUT (for TTL trigger input with risetime lt10 ns)

Timing jitter from TRIG OUT (either BURST or PULSE) and OUTPUT

Trigger output to pulse output delay

Output characteristics Pulse level error (voltage mode open circuit current mode short circuit

Biphasic level difference IV + - V-1 2

Baseline level error (voltage mode open circuit current mode short circuit)

Risetime (25 V out)

Risetime (25 V out)

Transient response

A

A

A

Output impedance (voltage mode) C

Output impedance (current mode) C

Isolation resistance A

Isolation capacitance C

approx 05 ps for a load of no more than 10 KH in parallel with 50 pF

lt 125 ns (all rates except 100s) lt 125 ps (100s rate)

Less than 20 ns (all rates)

approx 350 ns

lt 03 of setting + 05 of r range (plus an additional 05 pA in 100 pA range)

lt 03 of range (voltage modes into open circuit current modes into short circuit)

lt 03 of setting of setting + 01 of range (plus an additional 05 pA in lOOpA range)

= 200 ns into less than 30 pF

= 15 ps into less than 30 pF

lt 8 overshoot into less than 30 pF for pulse voltages different than baseline voltage by at least 10 of range

= 50 ohms

raquo 1 0 GH (typically 200 GO)

raquo 1 0 0 M n

= 60 pF at 100 Hz

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Peril Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg V6 98324 |TelCf)hone 800-4201306 3606808300 bull FAX 360683-3525 E-mal salesaflisystefnsoom Website hnpyMVfWafllsystemsoom

20

Noise (differential mode)

Noise (common mode earth to isolated ground) with no signal output

Overload error indicator (low frequency short circuited voltage mode)

Overload error indicator low frequency open circuited current mode)

Overioad error response time

Miscellaneous

= 1 mV rms (10 V scale 10 Hz-4 MHz)

= 8 mV rms (10 Hz-4 MHz) == 100mVp-p (200 Hz -10 MHz) measured withalOMH 15pF oscilloscope probe

Turns on for set amplitude at or greater than approx plusmn1 V (10 V range) or plusmn2 V (100 V range)

Turns on for set amplitude at or above approx 2 of range

Flat to approx 30 ps duration Decreasing sensitivity for shorter pulses

Power

Fuse

Operating temperature range

Storage temperature range

Operating humidity

Dimensions

approx 11 watts

1 amp 3AG

10-30degC

0 - 50deg C

5 - 80 RH

17x475x1125 (inches) 432x121x286 cm

Weight 20 lbs (9 kg)

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Wb 98324 |Tetcphone 8004201306 3606808300 bull FOt 360683-3525 E-mail satesamsystems comV^febsite httpywwwaflisystemscom

21

Warranty and Service

What does this warranty cover A-M Systems Inc warrants to the Purchaser that the Instrument excluding cables Headstage Probes and any other accessories shipped with the Instrument (hereafter the hardware) is free from defects in workmanship or material under normal use and service for the period of one (1) year This warranty commences on the date of delivery ofthe hardware to the Purchaser

What are the obligations of A-M Systems Inc under this warranty During the warranty period A-M Systems Inc agrees to repair or replace at its sole option without charge to the Purchaser any defective component part of the hardware To obtain warranty service the Purchaser must return the hardware to A-M Systems Inc or an authorized A-M Systems Inc distributor in an adequate shipping container Any postage shipping and insurance charges incurred in shipping the hardware to A-M Systems Inc must be prepaid by the Purchaser and all risk for the hardware shall remain with purchaser until such time as A-M Systems Inc takes receipt of the hardware Upon receipt A-M Systems Inc will promptly repair or replace the defective unit and then return the hardware to the Purchaser postage shipping and insurance prepaid A-M Systems Inc may use reconditioned or like new parts or units at its sole option when repairing any hardware Repaired products shall carry the same amount of outstanding warranty as from original purchase or ninety (90) days which ever is greater Any claim under the warranty must include a dated proof of purchase ofthe hardware covered by this warranty In any event A-M Systems Inc liability for defective hardware is limited to repairing or replacing the hardware

What is not covered by this warranty This warranty is contingent upon proper use and maintenance ofthe hardware by the Purchaser and does not cover batteries Neglect misuse whether intentional or othenwise tampering with or altering the hardware damage caused by accident damage caused by unusual physical electrical chemical or electromechanical stress damage caused by failure of electrical power or damage caused during transportation are not covered by this wan-anty Products may not be returned to A-M Systems Inc for service whether under warranty or otherwise which are contaminated by infectious agents radioactive compounds or other materials constituting a health hazard to employees of A-M Systems Inc

What are the limits of liability for A-M Systems Inc under this warranty A-M Systems Inc shall not be liable for loss of data profits or savings or any special incidental consequential indirect or other similar damages arising from breach of contract negligence or other legal action even if the company or its agent has been advised of the possibility of such damages or for any claim brought against you by another party THIS EQUIPMENT IS NOT INTENDED FOR CLINICAL MEASUREMENTS USING HUMAN SUBJECTS A-M SYSTEMS INC DOES NOT ASSUME RESPONSIBILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE DUE TO MISUSE OF THIS EQUIPMENT Jurisdictions vary with regard to the enforceability of provisions excluding or limiting liability for incidental or consequential damages Check the provision of your local jurisdiction to find out whether the above exclusion applies to you

This warranty allocates risks of product failure between the Purchaser and A-M Systems Inc A-M Systems Inc hardware pricing reflects this allocation of risk and the limitations of liability contained in this warranty The warranty set forth above is in lieu of all other express warranties whether oral or written The agents employees distributors and dealers of A-M Systems Inc are not authorized to make modifications to this warranty or additional wan-anties binding on the company Accordingly additional statements such as dealer advertising or presentations whether oral or written do not constitute warranties by A-M Systems Inc and should not be relied upon This warranty gives you specific legal rights You may also have other rights which vary from one jurisdiction to another

fl-N Systems Inc 131BusinessPartiLoop RO Box850CartsbOfgWa98324 p O |Telophone 8004201306 bull 360683-8300FOC 3606830525 ^ ^ E-mail saiesaflisystefTiscom Wbbsite httpVwwwa-msystemscom

Negative Baseline Offset (R619)

Controls InputsObservations

Baseline Sign -Baseline Amplitude

fully CCW (000) Range 10V Trig In open Trig Mode center position

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

AdjustCheck

Adjust R619 (BSLN + offset) for minimum voltage

Pulse Ampl i tude Adjust (R602)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode Free Mode Pulse Amplitude 1000 Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =1001 Period =00110-4 Pulse Sign -Trig In open Range 10V

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

The Overlap indicator should be on Adjust R602 (Max Level) for -10OOV out

Pulse Sign Gain (check)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode Free Mode Pulse Amplitude 1000 Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =100 Is Period =001 10-4s Trig In open Range 10V

Measure the voltage at the output with the DMM for the Pulse Sign at + and - positions

The absolute values of the voltages should differ by less than 10OmV

Baseline Ampl i tudes (check)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

flange 100mA Trig Mode center position Baseline Amplitude fully CW (1000) Trig In open

Measure the voltage at the output with the DMM with Baseline Sign in + Zero and - positions

Gain the matching of current levels at = and - positions and offset current in Zero position

A-M Systems Inc 131 Business Psik Loop PO Box 850 Caiisborg Wa 98324 Telophone 800426-1306 bull 36Olaquo8raquo8300 bull FAX 360683-3525 E-mail salesOa-msystemscom Website httpwwwa-msystemsccm

17

Output Range Amplitude and Drive (check)

Controls InputsObservations

Pulse Amplitude 1000 Pulse Sign + Trig Mode Free Run Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =1001 Period =10010-4 Trig In open

Load the output with a 10KV 1W 01 resistor Measure the voltage at the output with DMM

Pulse Sign and Short Circuit Protection (check)

Controls

Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =200 10-4 Period =00110-3 Baseline Zero Pulse Amplitude 25 Range 10V Trig Mode Free Run Trig In open

InputsObservations

Measure the voltage at the output with the oscilloscope Check for Pulse Sign set to each of + - biphasic Watch for Error indicator when shorting the output

Output Transient Response (check)

Controls InputsObservations

Verify that full scale output is within specification Scale Range 100V 100V 10V 10V 100mA IV 1mA 10V 10mA 100V

AdjustCheck

Verify that pulses of approx 25V amplitude (625V for biphasic mode) of the correct sign are produced every 10ms Short output in biphasic mode Output should return when opened

AdjustCheck

Pulse Sign + Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =20010-4 Period =00110-3 Pulse Amplitude 250 Baseline Zero Trig Mode Free Mode Trig In open

Connect the oscilloscope to the output with a 310 attenuator probe Test both 10V and 10OV ranges

Verify that overshoot and risetime meet specifications

A-M Systems Inc 131 Business Paik Loop PO Box 850 Cailsbora Wa 98324 Tetophone 8004201306 bull 36Oeuro83-8300 bull FAX 360683-352S E-mail salasOa-msystemscom Website hitpywwwa-msystamsoom

18

Specifications

There are three classes of specifications Class A specifications tested in all units and are guaranteed Class B specifications are inherent in the design they are indirectly tested and are guaranteed Class C specifications are typical operating values which are occasionally tested- these are typical values given for your information but not guarshyanteed The class for each specification is noted in the center column of the following sections

Inputs Switching level

Hysteresis

Input equivalent circuit

Minimum duration (TTL-level signal)

A

C

C

C

16 V (plusmn 02 V)

approx 50 mV

lOOKfl to-1-5 in parallel with no more than 35pF

gt50ns

Open circuit condition B defaults to highon level

Timing and rate accuracy

Rate selector steps

Timing multiplier steps

B

B

100S to 100s in 7 steps

1 of rate selector step size Maximum value is 999 X the rate selector step size

Resolution B approx 01 of the maximum value

Timing error (second and later pulses after resetting controls)

B lt 002 of rate selector value + 015S

Timing error (first pulse after readjusting timing controls)

an additional 025s error may occur

Timing repeatability lt 001 settings-20 ns (mbnophasic)

A-M Systems Inc 131 Business Paik Loop PO Box 850 Caiisborg Wa 98324 Telophone 8004201306 3606808300 FAX 3606803S25 E-mail salesOa-msystemscom bull Website httpyy(wwaltTisystemscom

19

TRIG IN to OUTPUT delay (DELAY set to 0) output set to 2V

Timing jitter from TRIG IN to OUTPUT (for TTL trigger input with risetime lt10 ns)

Timing jitter from TRIG OUT (either BURST or PULSE) and OUTPUT

Trigger output to pulse output delay

Output characteristics Pulse level error (voltage mode open circuit current mode short circuit

Biphasic level difference IV-H-i-V-l2

Baseline level error (voltage mode A open circuit current mode short circuit)

Risetime (25 V out)

Risetime (25 V out)

Transient response

A

A

A

Output impedance (voltage mode) C

Output impedance (current mode) C

Isolation resistance A

Isolation capacitance C

approx 05 ps for a load of no more than 10 Kft in parallel with 50 pF

lt 125 ns (all rates except 100s) lt125ys (100s rate)

Less than 20 ns (all rates)

approx 350 ns

lt 03 of setting -i- 05 of r range (plus an additional 05vA in 100 ywA range)

lt 03 of range (voltage modes into open circuit current modes into short circuit)

lt 03 of setting of setting -I- 01 of range (plus an additional 05 pA in 100A range)

= 200 ns into less than 30 pF

= 15 yws into less than 30 pF

lt 8 overshoot into less than 30 pF for pulse voltages different than baseline voltage by at least 10 of range

= 50 ohms

raquo 1 0 Ga (typically 200 GD)

raquo 1 0 0 M n

= 60 pF at 100 Hz

A BB f ^ _ M 1 ^ ^ 131 Business Paik Loop ROBOx850Cai1sOorgWaW3Z4

- I V l o V S i e m S inC80Ph0trade80O42O1308-36O683-8300-FAX36O683-3525 7 bull bull bull bull ^ ^ E-maasale80a-m8vstemscomWebsitehitpjwwwaltnsyste

20 E-mai salesO a-m8ystemscom Website http jwwwa-msystemscom

Noise (differential mode)

Noise (common mode earth to isolated ground) with no signal output

Overload error indicator (low frequency short circuited voltage mode)

Overload error indicator low frequency open circuited current mode)

Overload error response time

Miscellaneous

= 1 mV rms (10 V scale 10 Hz-4 MHz)

- 8 mV rms (10 Hz-4 MHz) =laquo100mVp-p (200 Hz -10 MHz) measured withalOMn 15pF oscilloscope probe

Turns on for set amplitude at or greater than approx plusmn1 V (10 V range) or plusmn2 V (100 V range)

Turns on for set amplitude at or above approx 2 of range

Flat to approx 30 ps duration Decreasing sensitivity for shorter pulses

Power

Fuse

Operating temperature range

Storage temperature range

Operating humidity

Dimensions

Weight

approx 11 watts

1 amp 3 AG

10-30degC

0 - 50deg C

5 - 80 RH

17x475x1125 (inches) 432x121x286 cm

20 lbs (9 kg)

A-M Systems Inc 131 Business Paik Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Tekjptwne 8004201306 bull 36Olaquo8O8300 bull FAX 360laquo8O3525 E-mail salesOa-msystemscom Website httpywwwa-msystemscom

21

Warranty and Service

What does this warranty cover A-f Systems Inc warrants to the Purchaser that the Instrument excluding cables Headstage Probes and any other accessories shipped with the Instrument (hereafter the hardware) is free from defects in workmanship or material under normal use and service for the period of one (1) year This warranty commences on the date of delivery of the hardware to the Purchaser

What are the obligations of A-M Systems Inc under this warranty During the warranty period A-M Systems Inc agrees to repair or replace at its sole option without charge to the Purchaser any defective component part of the hardware To obtain warranty service the Purchaser must return the hardware to A-l^ Systems Inc or an authorized A-M Systems Inc distributor in an adequate shipping container Any postage shipping and insurance charges incurred in shipping the hardware to A-M Systems Inc must be prepaid by the Purchaser and all risk for the hardware shall remain with purchaser until such time as A-M Systems Inc takes receipt of the hardware Upon receipt A-M Systems Inc will promptly repair or replace the defective unit and then return the hardware to the Purchaser postage shipping and insurance prepaid A-M Systems Inc may use reconditioned or like new parts or units at its sole option when repairing any hardware Repaired products shall carry the same amount of outstanding warranty as from original purchase or ninety (90) days which ever is greater Any claim under the warranty must include a dated proof of purchase of the hardware covered by this warranty In any event A-M Systems Inc liability for defective hardware is limited to repairing or replacing the hardware

What is not covered by this warranty This warranty is contingent upon proper use and maintenance of the hardware by the Purchaser and does not cover batteries Neglect misuse whether intentional or othenvise tampering with or altering the hardware damage caused by accident damage caused by unusual physical electrical chemical or electromechanical stress damage caused by failure of electrical power or damage caused during transportation are not covered by this warranty Products may not be returned to A-M Systems Inc for service whether under warranty or otherwise which are contaminated by Infectious agents radioactive compounds or other materials constituting a health hazard to employees of A-M Systems Inc

What are the limits of liability for A-M Systems Inc under this warranty A-M Systems Inc shall not be liable for loss of data profits or savings or any special incidental consequential indirect or other similar damages arising from breach of contract negligence or other legal action even if the company or its agent has been advised of the possibility of such damages or for any claim brought against you by another party THIS EQUIPMENT IS NOT INTENDED FOR CLINICAL MEASUREMENTS USING HUMAN SUBJECTS A-M SYSTEMS INC DOES NOT ASSUME RESPONSIBILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE DUE TO MISUSE OF THIS EQUIPMENT Jurisdictions vary with regard to the enforceability of provisions excluding or limiting liability for incidental or consequential damages Check the provision of your local jurisdiction to find out whether the above exclusion applies to you

This warranty allocates risks of product failure between the Purchaser and A-M Systems Inc A-M Systems Inc hardware pricing reflects this allocation of ris1lt and the limitations of liability contained in this warranty The warranty set forth above is in lieu of all other express warranties whether oral or written The agents employees distributors and dealers of A-M Systems Inc are not authorized to make modifications to this warranty or additional warranties binding on the company Accordingly additional statements such as dealer advertising or presentations whether oral or written do not constitute warranties by A-M Systems Inc and should not be relied upon This warranty gives you specific legal rights You may also have other rights which vary from one jurisdiction to another

A B B J l laquo raquo ^ t3tBusinessPafkLoopPOBox850Cai1sbO(gWa98324

- | V | O V S i e m S |nCtrade042O1306-36O68O8300-FAX36O68O3525 E-mail salasOa-msvstemscom bull Website httowwwa-msvste

t3tBusinassParkLaopROBox8SOCai1sbo(gWa98324 po Telophone 8004201306 360683-8300 FAX 3606803525 ^ ^ E-maH salesOa-msystemscom Wetsite httpwwwa-msystem3e0m

mwal

INSTRUCTION MANUAL

FOR

ISOLATED PULSE STIMULATOR

MODEL 2100

Serial

Date

A-M Systems Inc

PO Box 850

Carisborg WA 98324

USA

360-683-8300 bull 800-426-1306 FAX 360-683-3525

httpwwwa-m8y8temscom

Version 50 May 1998

Contents General Description 1

Instrument Features 1 Controls and Connectors 2

Operating Instructions 6 Theory of Operation 10 Calibration Procedures 12

Inputs ii 14 Output Calibration iii i 16

Specifications i4 il u 19 Warranty and Service wi iJ iJi [ii 22

Each Isolated Pulse Stimulator Is delivered complete with

Rack Mount Hardware Instructions amp Maintenance Manual

NOTE

This instrument is not intended for clinical measurements using human subjects A-M Systems Inc does not assume msponsibility for injury or damage due to the misuse of this instrument

General bull M ^ ion

Instrument Features The Isolated Pulse Stimulator Model 2100 Is designed for a wide variety of applications It is highly flexible being capable of delivering single pulses biphasic pairs or bursts of pulses Pulses may be started manually or upon receiving a trigger signal from another instrument or computer Two non-isolated trigger outputs are available for triggering other instruments

Four sets of timing controls provide comprehensive control over all aspects of pulse generation Three digit accuracy is available over a 7 decade range for each timing function using lever wheel switches Pulse wkiths can be set over more than a 9 decade range from 05 [is to 999 seconds Timing accuracy is assured through the use of a 10 MHz base rate crystal-controlled clock digitally divided to provide accurate timing over the entire range A timing overiap indicator will light if the timing controls are set Inconsistently

The output may be conveniently switched between cun-ent and voltage modes Pulse and baseline amplitudes are independently presettable with lockable dials An error indicator will light if the Model 2100 cannoi deliver the desired signal

WARNING

The Model 2100 can produce potentially dangemus voltages up to 100 V et the output connectors The isolated output is not connected internally to safety (earth) ground in ahy way Some part of the extemal circuit should be connected to safety gmund Use caution in handling any wires connectors or electrodes which may be directly or indirectly attached to the Model 2100 output Some lltinds of connectors such as BNC connectors have exposed metal parts which may float at dangemus potentials unless extemally connected to safety gmund For greatest safety tum the Model 2100 off before making any connections to

the Instrument

131 Business Park LocfiPO Box BSOCarM)orgWa 98324 800426-1308 bull36OlaquoS3laquo300FAX 3 6 M 8 3 ^ 2 5

E-malt uiittyBQaHiByBtumaooiTi Wobsita HipJtwtiwiwftbMiAcon fl-N SystQms I n c ^ T

Controls and Connectors The controls for the Model 2100 are grouped in three sections START controlling when a pulse or burst of pulses begins TIMING controlling the onoff timing of one or more pulses and otJTPliT controlling the amplitude of the output signal

Start TRIG SLOPE This switch determines whether valid triggers occur at positive or negative edges in the trigger signal

MODE This switch controls how wavefomris are initiated When set to FREE RUN one timing cycle immediately follows the last When held in the MANUAL position a timing cycle starts immediately When the switch is in the center position timing cycles start when valid triggering events occur

TRIGD This LED lights up when a timing cycle is in process and continues until the burst is completed

TRIG This BNC connector allows a signal from an extemal source to initiate timing cycles It is set for standard TTL levels

GATE This BNC connector allows a signal from an extemal source to restrict the final output signal This input must be at a logical high (or open-circuited) in order for the Model 2100 to recognize either manual or automatic trigger events

Gate 1_ Trigger [~^ i I Valid triggers are represented by the arrows in the figure Note that the up arrow would apply only if TRIG SLOPE is set to + the down anrows would apply only if TRIG SLOPE is set to-

NOTE Triggers have no effect if the system has not completed its response to a previous trigger

fl-N SystQms I n c ^ 131 Business Park Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 600426-13063eO683laquo300FAX 360683^525

E-maB anBysQraquoinsyaleiTaconi Wsbalto h^KAvwwa-(nsys(smsoom

Timing Four sets of controls govem the timing of pulse generation Each set contains two values which are multiplied together to detennine the actual timing value The rotary knob (rate selector) provides the approximate timing value and the lever wheel switch bank (MULTIPLIER) provkles a time resolution of three decimal digits The following diagram shows most of the important relationships

Pnfe-tRAIM I B E L A V i6Molaquo

BURST WIOtH

Output r Delay

t n

Duration - ^ lt - |4Periodgt|

FLJI -^ Burst width

Trigger event

DELAY These controls set the time between the initiating trigger event and the beginning of the pulse burst If this rate selector is set to NONE or the multiplier is set to ooo there is no delay

BURSTWIDTH These controls set the time period in which one or more pulses may be delivered Once started a pulse may outlast the burst width If this rate selector is set to SINGLE or to any time shorter than the pulse duration only a single pulse will occur If the BURSTWIDTH is longer than the period pulses will be emitted at the PERIOD rate until the burst time ends Pulses are never truncated by a short BURST WIDTH

iNTpoundA-PULSiE PBRiOb

DURATION These controls set the length of each pulse If this rate selector is set to SQUARE the duration is set to half of the period regardless of the MULTIPLIER setting

PERIOD These controls set the period of time between adjacent pulse events within the burst It also forces a minimum dead time between recognized input triggers following a burst of one or more pulses This can be used to prevent over stimulation of a tissue without requiring excessive delay between the triggering event and the stimulating pulse

TlMtNQ OVERLAP

mLiHMPi

VVtJ jiwaa lasm nlaquoilaquo u

t^fi SysUms I n c ^ Elt4nsfl a m

131 Business Pofc Loop PO Box 850 Carisborg 1^98324 600-426-1306 36O6834300 FAK 360683^525

E-mai vrvysQfrflisysleraLOCniWutiailQL N^jAwwa^iByslernUiOOni

NOTE If any of these timing controls are changed while a timing cycle is in operation the results are undefined until the cunent cycle flnishes

TIMING OVERLAP This LED will light to indicate an Inconsistency in the timing cycle settings There are several ways to Introduce such errors The most common way is to set the inter-pulse PERIOD to be less than the pulse DURATION

TRIG OUT (UPPER) This BNC connector provides a signal which is coinckient with the intemal Burst timing signal (default) This means the signal starts at the end of the Delay time and persists until the Burst time expires This output may also be set to represent the delay time-out by setting the internal jumper J510 to the left two pins Instead of the right two pins (Please see the Calibration section in this manual for jumper location Directions are given as viewed from the fix)nt of the instrument)

TRIG OUT (LOWER) This BNC connector provides a signal which is coincident with the Duration timing signal which controls pulse output

NOTE Both trigger output signals slightly lead the isolated output signal

Output PULSE SIGN This Switch sets the sign for the pulses to be generated It also allows generation of biphasic pulses thereby doubling the effective total period Warning the first pulse genemted after changing the PULSE SIGN svntch may have the wmng polarity

BASELINE This switch sets the sign for the baseline signal

RANGE This rotary switch allows one of three current or two voltage ranges to be selected for the output signal

BASELINE AMPLITUDE This counting dial are independently set using ten-minute counting dials with the baseline having one tenth the range of the pulse amplitude

A-N Systlaquomslaquo Inc 131 Buskiess Partt Loop PO BoK 8S0 Cailsbarg Wa 96324 laophone 8004201306 bull36O68M300-FAX 3eolaquo8M525 E-mat bullmsysflMnsyslermoom VMaHsr Hlplhfimnmyekmoom

PULSE AMPLITUDE This counting dial

EVENTS This LED indicates when a pulse is ongoing

ERROR This LED indicates when the intemal output amplifier cannot output the pulse as desired This is usually due to a short circuit while trying to output a voltage or an open circuit while trying to output a current

One control from the Ot^uf section directly affects wavefonn timing the Pulse Sign control When set to the Biphasic mode a positive-going pulse is Immediately followed by a negative-going pulse This effectively doubles the pulse duration If a burst of biphasic pulses is being produced the period must be at least twice the single pulse duration In the Sgtan wave mode the baseline disappears as long as the burst persists

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Bushass Park locpPOBooi 850 C8ri9bcrgMS8324 IMqphona 800426-1306 bull36Olaquo83laquo3a0 FAX 360683-3529 E-nal amsyaOa4nsyatemscomWeMlK hMpJVniwa-nsygtatnscom

Operating Instructions

Examples Simple setup (and minimal Instrument tost)

Connect the output of the Model 2100 to an oscilloscope Before connecting the instrument it is safest to turn its power off

Set the Ou^uf controls

Range Pulse Sign

Baseline Pulse Amplitude

10V +

Zero 200

Setting The Timing Controls

Delay Burst Width

Duratbn Period

none single

15010-2 500102

Setting The Start Controls

Mode Free Run

Disconnect any cables to the TRIG or GATE Inputs

Note that the green Trig and Event Indicators tum on as Free Run is turned on (and tum off othenwise) You should observe a 15ms duration 20Hz rate pulse of 200V above a OV baseline on the oscilloscope i

A ^ M ^ _ _ _ A ^ _ _ _ 1 ^ 131BiiHnD8raquoParttloopPOBoxB50Car)sbcrBlaquoraquoS8324

bull P l ^ y S W n i S f |nC ltV^gt^8deglt^^2O1306380laquo8OS3a0FAX36O6BMS2S

6 E-fnflk 9n^fBOs-in9ystsni9cx]fnWDbs)tec H^ff9Nw^myStem9oom

Demonstration of Burst Mode Connect the output of the Model 2100 to an oscilloscope Before connecting the instrument it is safest to tum Its power off

Set the Output controls

Range Pulse Sign

Baseline Pulse Amplitude

Baseline Amplitude

Setting The Timing Controls

Delay Burst Width

Duration

Period

Set the START controls as follows

Mode

Disconnect any cables to the TRIG or GATE inputs

Trigger the oscilloscope from the Burst trigger out (upper Tr^ Out connector) for a stable display In each burst (occumng every lOOms) you should observe a trio of 15ms duration starting 50ms apart Try switching the StartMode from Free Run to the center (nomnal) position The pulses will no longer be produced and the Trig and Event indicators will turn off Pressing this switch once (to Manual) will cause a single burst to occur

880 120 150 500

10V +

200 100

102 102 102 102

Free Run

fleaff SySlQmSa |nCa deglgt ltlt ^ ^ deg ^ degdeg ^ ^ ^ bull E-matmia

131 Business Park LoopPO Box 850 Carisborg Vfe 86324 lUcphcna 800426-1306 36Olaquo83laquo300 FAX 36068raquo52 E-maft tfii8ysOiHn^nleiTBcom1AWisJto HSpitwraquoM^wytAtii9oom

Problem SoMng If the Instrument appears to be not worthing properiy check all of the control settings and connections Be sure to wait at least 5-10 seconds after turning the Instrument off before tuming it on again The following t6ef summary of typical problems for the user (along with the most common solutions) may help

Problem CauseSolution EVENT indicator never lights even in FREE RUN mode

bull Replace fuse check power connection bullSet DELAY or PERIOD to a shorter interval

bull Power-on too soon after power-off

OVERLAP Indicator is on

ERROR indicator is on

Time appears to be excessive

bullSet DURATION gt000 bull DURATION is set to SQUARE but PERIOD is 000 Increase PERIOD or set DURATION independantly

bull BURST and WIDTH are gt DURATION increase PERIOD or decrease

DURATION bull BIPHASIC pulse output is on and PERIOD is not longer than twice the DURATION Increase PERIOD or decrease DURATION

bull Free-run is on and BURST Is lt PERIOD (BURST off) DELAY is 0 and PERIOD is lt DURATION Add delay or modify PERIOD

bull Free-mn is on and BURST is gt DURATION (BURST ON) and PERIOD is lt DURATION Increase PERIOD

bull For VOLTAGE outputs the output Is trying to drive too low a resistance or capacitance (eg a short circuit) Check by disconnecting the output It is possible (and normal) that for the fastest cycles

and largest amplitudes (close to 100 V and 1 MS) that the ERROR Indicator might always come on during repetitive pulses Fix output load or decrease amplitude as required

bull Changed control in mid-cycle (resets cunent status)

A ^ M bull _ _ _ A ^ ^ _ _ i ^ mdash 131BuslnessPai1ltLoopPOBox850CarlsborgWamp98324

bull p i j ^ v s w m s iiic^^deglt^deg^^deglt^^^3degB3^^^deg^^^^degdeg^^^deg^^deg^^^^ E-mat iiiMOafflwstemseom WabaHe MtaffiwwtHtavsli

8 E-msft flmsjoQfrfraystGfnsoom ^WobsltiK hl^Aiwv9-fn9]nteniscom

Cant seem to get a full signal out

Incoming triggers not accepted frequently enough

bull Load is not properiy connected repair wiring

bull Too low a load impedance (VOLTAGE modes) or too high a load impedance

(CURRENT mode)

bull PERIOD is set too long (enforces dead time) followd by BURST set to SIGNAL Reduce PERIOD time

Table 10 Problem Solving

If you suspect that the Model 2100 may have completely failed we recommend checking the basic level of functionality If this fails your instrument is defective and must be repaired If this passes either your experimental setup is incompatible or inconsistent or there is a more subtle flaw in your Model 2100

If the Model 2100 appears to be malfunctioning contact A-M Systems Inc or your dealer Telephone numtgters for A-M Systems Inc listed on the front cover of this manual We will first attempt to solve the problem over the telephone so have an exact description of your problem available when you call You do not need to be within the warranty period to obtain over-the-phone assistance

A ^ M V - mdash A d B ^ K M I ^ M 131BuslnessPatfcLoopPOBox6SOCai

-PI s y s i Q m s inc-2raquolaquoa22=M^^

131 Business Parfc Loop PO Box 650 Cartsborg VM9 0S324 _ FAX36(W8a3525 E^nrt flnsysQa-ntsyttanB-oom Wsbsfte hHpiMNvwa-nnystsnisooni

9

Theory of Operation

The operation of the Model 2100 is summarized In the block diagram (see Fig 3) Not shown are all of the interconnections with the microcontroller The intemal microcontroler plays an important role in setting the signal path but does not directly

contribute to the dynamic characteristics It scans the front panel switches and sets the control values for the logic arays It programs the intemal counters which along with the other hardware achieve the necessary sub-microsecond speeds

All action starts either from an input trigger signal (from Trig In) or from an intemal signal (in free Run mode only) A Delay timer counts the 10MHz clock until its count value Is exhausted At this point the Burst timer starts Both Period and Duration timers are started at this time If the Burst timer has not expired by the end of the Period the Period and Duration timers are restarted If the Biphasic mode has been set the Duration timer is restarted at the end of the initial Duration and the sign of the output pulse Is reversed doubling the total duration

The system state (pulse on pulse sip baseline sign [+101-]) is transmitted to the isolated section via optoisolator The baseline and pulse amplitudes are selected by an analog switch The resulting signal is amplified by a variable-power-supply discrete operational amplifier The amplifier connections and gain is modified to provide two voltage and three cunent ranges

Timing overlap errors are detected by a logical decision computation rather than by testing for counter collisions This provides instant feedback rather than waiting up to an hour for such a collision to occur Output errors are measured by sensing the output amplifiers differential input voltage Under normal conditions this is a negligible voltage if the amplifier fails to deliver the requested signal the window comparator testing this voltage sends this message (via optoisolator) to the logic section turning on a warning LED

fl-N Systems Inc 131BusbnassPa(tLoopPOBox6SOCari3boigVMg8324 H n |TWoph0n880O426-13083eO6Blaquo300FMt36Olaquo8i3525 E-nnl anaysflfriinysleiiaoemWfcbslte hllphmwraquoimyatennoom

TRIG 3HJ) OUT

(burst)

TRIG ^ OUT

(pulse)

E

Ml

Calibration Procedures

The calibration interval is the lesser of 1000 hours of operation or 6 months Somewhat greater drift can be expected in the first 100 hours of operation as the semiconductors age Adjustments should only be made after the instrument has been fully warmed up for at least 15 minutes

Full instrument calibration requires the following test equipment digital multimeter (plusmn 01) able to measure resistance to at least lOOMfl oscilloscope with at least 50MHz bandwidth true-rms voltmeter with 4MHz bandwidth universal counter (plusmn 001 ) able to measure single pulse widths and periods resistors (all plusmn 01) 2kn lOkH 1 waft 20kn 200kn alligator clip lead sets banana plugs and BNC adapters

Adjustment integrated circuit and test point locations are shown in the following figures All adjustments are on the timing board unless otherwise noted

All voltages in the non-isolated section should be measured with respect to ground at TP510 unless othenvise stated Some voltages are measured with respect to an intemal isolated ground at TP650 or across the two output tenninals Occasionally the voltage at an IC pin must be measured In these cases the reference designator is given with the pin number in parentheses eg U602(16) When it states within this procedure that a voltage is to be minimized this means that the adjustment should be made such that the measured voltage is as close to zero volts as possible Refer to the Specifications Section of this manual for acceptable tolerances

The sequence of this procedure is Important If any adjustment is made all adjustments which follow must be made to ensure that the specifications will be met These procedures require that all controls remain as set in previous steps unless otherwise indicated

WARNING

The Model 2100 has dangerous voltages throughout the instrument even with the power is off Servicing the Model 2100 should only be done by qualified service personnel Use caution in handling any wires connectors or electrodes which may be directly or indirectly attached to the Instrument Do not touch exposed connections or components Disconnect power by unplugging the power cord from the receptacle

fl-N Systems I n c ^ 131BusinesaPartcLoopPOBox850CartsborgVWiB8324 4 n ^gt-mdash80O426-130638Ofl8Jlaquo300FAX36O683J52S bull E-maft BinsysQfrfn^islflnisoomVVfalislle h^KVfWMift^iisystemsoani

CO

- R503

Omg^

TPSOlQ O

OTPSOO

U560 bull

U510

DDID ^ trade E O ^ T P 5 1 0

bullnD Trig

0 ^

U570

Gate n U505

DO D

U515

Timing

Timing h_ U520

bsoo ^25SE Timing

Or r U540

I I Tmlng

[^ELIL

U535 D

U506

13 J510 Timlnff

BurfiDelay J400

i i i i i i i T r m r a

gt U550 ^

Clock

U555 U620

B a

^R^Pvhigh Rfijn O D O Vlow

o

bull U545

Fo sect737 lISOIsPjC-COMP

n r r ^ U760

J420

]]U632

Q S riuGSO

H = ) TP640^ deg I t I

II3D

J440 m i T i

U610 plusmn laquo j U O

bull bull l el

^t

O l

bull

M

I

Power supply and bias voltages

Power supply

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

POWER ON Observe voltage at P703 power supply wire top of main board

Check for+15 plusmn 050 V

Observe voltage at P701 power supply wire top of main board

Check for-15 plusmn 050 V

Observe voltage at U505(24) Check for+5 plusmn 025 V

Isolated supply voltage

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

RANGE 10 V TRIG open circuit MODE center position

Altemately observe V^ from R742 to R740 and V ^ from the U605(4) to U605(8)

Adjust R773 so that 110VltV^lt 120 V and

nign

28VltV^lt34V

Capacitance balance

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Connect a x10 oscilloscope probe to TP650 and ground the

Adjust R737 for minimum high frequency signal

Inputs

Gate funct ion

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave Verify that the voltage to GATE switches states at the Obsene voltage at U51G(3) proper input levels with an oscilloscope ^ ^

Trigger s lope

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave Verify that the voltage to TRIO switches states at the Observe voltage at US 10( 1) proper input levels with an oscilloscope

TRIG SLOPE + Verify voltage is 180 out of phase

TRIG SLOPE Verify voltage is in phase

fl-N Systems Inc ^ 131 Bushess Park Loop PO Bar 850 Carisborg Wa 98324 8004201306 3eOlaquoS3e300 FAX 3606BV352S

C-maft fliii8yBQfriii9yBlumaoamVIAibsMB hRpJhwMifi-iiiBystematxini

14

Trigger and gate funct ion

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

DELA NONE BURS1WII3TH SINGLE DURATION SQUARE PERIOD 100X10-3

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave to TRIG Obsen^e TRIOD and EVENT LEDS

TRIG disconnect all Short the GATE connector to GND Verify LEDs extinguish

MODE press to MANUAL Verify LEDs flash once

Timing

System c lock frequency

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Observe the frequency of the wave atU555(17)

Verify 1000 MHz plusmn001

Multipl iers (Wheel Switches)

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

PULSE SIGN + MODE FREE RUN TRIG disconnect all TIMING MULTIPUERS ail

wheels set to zero except the one being tested

TnmiNG OVERLAP ^nOTB

Observe the pulse width with the counter at the location specified below

Verify pulse width Is correct for each wheel as it is tested Independently

For each wheel of each MULTIPUER test each position to verify that the pulse width is correct Observe the signal at the following locations DELAY U520(2) BURSTWIDTH U530(2) PERIOD US40(2) DURATION U550(2)

Rates (Rotary Switches)

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

TIMING MULTIPUERS 001 TIMING RATES all rotary

switches set to 10-4 except the one being tested

Observe the pulse width with the counter at the location specified below

Verify pulse width is conect for each rotary switch as it is tested independently

For each of the four rotary switches in TIMING test each position to verify that the pulse wkJth is correct Observe the signal at the following locations DELAY U520(2) BURSTWIDTH U530(2) PERIOD U540(2) DURATION U550(2)

fl-N Systems I n c ^ E-maft emfl

131 Business Parti Loop PO 809(850 Cartsborg Wta 98324 8004201306 3804806300 FAX 36068O3S25

E-maft ansysQa nvystems-oom Wobste hflp Avwwa4nsy8(Qnttoam

15

Trigger outputs Controls

Range 10V Pulse Amplitude 500 Delay 100x10 Burst 100x10^2 Duration 100 x1a Period 400x10^ Pulse sign + Trig Mode Free run Trig in open

Inputs Observations

Trigger the oscilloscope to the Burst Trig Out Observe it the Pulse Trig Out and the isolated output

Adjust Check

Verify that the waveform consists of a burst of three 1ms-on3ms-off pulses The burst trigger should be synchronous with the burst the pulse trigger coincident with each pulse

Output Calibration

Isolation Resistance (check) Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode center position Trig In open

Measure the resistance between ground banana jack (front panel) and black banana jack of output with DMM

Resistance read gt 100MQ

Amplitude Switch Offset (R640) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Zero Trig Mode center position Trig In Open

Measure the voltage at TP645 vs TP650 with the DMM

Adjust R640 (AmpI Sw Offset) for minimum voltage

Output Offset (R332 front panel board) Controls I nputsObservatlons AdjustCheck

Baseline Zero Range 10V Trig Mode center position Trig In Open

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

Adjust R332 (Output offset) for minimum voltage

Positive Baseline Offset (R607) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Sign + Baseline Amplitude

fully CCW (000) Range 10V Trig In open Trig Mode center position

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

Adjust R602 (BSLN + offset) for minimum voltage

fl M raquo _ _ _ A laquo ^ _ i ^ ^ 131Buslnelaquo8Pari(loopPOBoK850Cart8borgWB96324

bull P I i s V S i e m S a |||Cg1Maphans80O42O130638O68O8300FAX36Olaquo8raquo^2S E-tiBft anagtraquoflwiisyagtlaquomraquoaimW6baHB hHpffii(wwraquoltnsylaquoleniieom

16

Negative Baseline Offset (R619) Controls

Baseline Sign -i Baseline Amplitude bull fully CCW (000)

Range 10V Trig In open Trig Mode center position

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

AdjustCheck

Adjust R619 (BSLN 4 offset) for minimum voltage

Pulse Amplitude Adjust (R602) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode Free Mode Pulse Amplitude 1000 Timing Dialay =none Burst =single Duration =1001 Period =00110-4 Pulse Sign -Trig In open Range 10V

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

The Overiap indicator should be on Adjust R602 (Max Level) for -1000V out

Pulse Sign Gain (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode Free Mode Pulse Amplitude 1000 Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =1001 s Period =00110-4s Trig In open Range 10V

Measure the voltage at the output with the DMM for the Pulse Sign at -- and - positions

The absolute values of the voltages should differ by less than lOOmV

Baseline Amplitudes (check) Controls InputsObservations

Range 100mA Trig Mode center position Baseline Amplitude fully CW (1000) Trig In open

Measure the voltage at the output with the DMM with Baseline Sign in + Zero and - positions

AdjustCheck

Gain the matching of current levels at = and - positions and offset current in Zero position

fl-N Systems Inc^^ bull E-mal am8

131 Business Partt Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 88324 8004201306360laquo8Oe300FAX 360laquo8O362S

E-maM am8y8^o-mBy8tflmBoom WobaKo hHp Awwwo-f i iBystonuoom

17

Output Range Amplitude and Drive (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Pulse Amplitude 1000 Pulse Sign + Trig Mode Free Run Timing Delay =none Burst =8ingle Duration =1001 Period =10010-4 Trig In open

Load the output with a 10KV1W 01 resistor Measure the voltage at the output with DMM

Verify that full scale output is within specification Scale Range 100V 100V 10V 10V 100mA IV 1mA 10V 10mA 100V

Pulse Sign and Short Circuit Protection (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Timing Delay =none Burst =8ingle Duration =200 10-4 Period =00110-3 Baseline Zero Pulse Amplitude 25 Range 10V Trig Mode Free Run Trig In open

Measure the voltage at the output with the oscilloscope Check for Pulse Sign set to each of + - biphasic Watch for Error indicator when shorting the output

Verify that pulses of approx 25V amplitude (625V for biphasic mode) of the correct sign are produced every 10ms Short output in biphasic mode Output should retum when opened

Output Transient Response (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Pulse Sign + Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =20010-4 Period =00110-3 Pulse Amplitude 250 Baseline Zero Trig Mode Free Mode Trig In open

Connect the oscilloscope to the output with a 310 attenuator prolse Test boVn 10V and 100V ranges

Verify that overshoot and risetime meet specifications

fl-N Systems I n c ^ 131 Business Parte Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wb 98324 8004201306 36Olaquo83O300 FAX 36O680lt352S

E-mQ0 snBy8Qs-msy8faiTiscom VWriMtte N ^ Mvww9-msy8lemscom

18

Specifications

There are three classes of specifications Class A specifications tested in all unHs and are guaranteed Class B specifications are inherent in the design they are indirectly tested and are guaranteed Class C specifications are typical operating values which are occasionally tested- these are typical values given for your infomiation but not guarshyanteed The class for each specification is noted in the center column of the following sections

Inputs Switching level

Hysteresis

Input equivalent circuit

Minimum duration (1 IL-level signal)

A

C

C

C

16V(plusmn02V)

approx 50 mV

100K ft to+5 In parallel with no more than 35pF

gt 50 ns

Open circuit condition B defaults to highon level

Timing and rate accuracy Rate selector steps

Timing multiplier steps

Resolution

Timing eror (second and later pulses after resetting controls)

B

B

B

B

lOOps to 100s In 7 steps

1 of rate selector step size Maximum value is 999 x the rate selector step size

approx 01 of the maximum value

lt 002 of rate selector value + 015 ps

Timing error (first pulse after readjusting timing controls)

an additional 025 ps error may occur

Timing repeatability lt 001 setting + 20 ns (monophasic)

fl-N Systems I nc ^ bull E-moU ams

131 Business Parti Loop PO Boot 850 Cartsborg VM 98324 80O42O130838O08O8300FAX36Olaquo8O3S2S

E-meU anByafl^iiisyslainaoomWebsHe hHpffliiwwraquomsys)emsoom

19

TRIG IN to OUTPUT delay (DELAY set to 0) output set to 2V

Timing jitter ft-om TRIG IN to OUTPUT (for TTL trigger input with risetime lt10 ns)

Timing jitter ft^om TRIG OUT (either BURST or PULSE) and OUTPUT

Trigger output to pulse output delay

Output charactsristics Pulse level enror (voltage mode open circuit cun-ent mode short circuit

Biphasic level difference |V + + V-|2

Baseline level error (voltage mode A open circuit current mode short circuit)

Risetime (25 V out)

Risetime (25 V out)

Transient response

A

A

A

Output impedance (voltage mode) C

Output impedance (current mode) C

Isolation resistance A

Isolation capacitance C

approx 05 ps for a load of no more than 10 Kft in parallel with 50 pF

lt 125 ns (all rates except 100s) lt 125 ps (100s rate)

Less than 20 ns (all rates)

approx 350 ns

lt 03 of setting + 05 of r range (plus an additional 05 pA inlOOpArenge)

lt 03 of range (voltage modes into open circuit current modes into short circuit)

lt 03 of setting of setting + 01 of range (plus an additional 05 pA in lOOpA range)

laquo 200 ns into less than 30 pF

laquo15 ps into less than 30 pF

lt 8 overshoot Into less than 30 pF for pulse voltages different than baseline voltage by at least 10 of range

laquo 50 ohms

raquo 1 0 Gft (typically 200 Gft)

raquo100Mft

laquo 60 pF at 100 Hz

fl-N Systems Inc^^ 131 Business Partt Uxip PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 96324 8004201308 SBOee^^SOO FAX 360laquoS3^52S

E-mat BiByraquoaiMii8ylaquoliiiiiseomWiljalteHlpJV(wwraquo4tgy8lenaoom

20

Noise (differential mode)

Noise (common mode earth to isolated ground) with no signal output

Overioad error indicator (low frequency short circuited voltage mode)

Overioad error indicator low frequency open circuited current mode)

Overioad enor response time

Miscellaneous

Power

Fuse

Operating temperature range

Storage temperature range

Operating humidity

Dimensions

Weight

laquo1 mV rms (10 V scale 10Hz-4MHz)

laquo 8 mV rms (10 Hz-4 MHz) laquo100mVp-p (200 Hz -10 MHz) measured withalOMft 15pF oscilloscope probe

Turns on for set amplitude at or greater than approx plusmn1V (10 V range) or plusmn2 V (100 V range)

Turns on for set amplitude at or above approx 2 of range

Flat to approx 30 ps duration Decreasing sensitivity for shorter pulses

approx 11 watts

1 amp 3 AG

10-30C

0 - 50deg C

5-80RH

17x475x1125 (Inches) 432x121x286 cm

20 lbs (9 kg)

fl mm bull gt _ _ _ A ^ ^ _ _ L ^ 131BusinesraquoPariltLocpPOBox850C8rtsborgWS9e324

bull p i ^ y s v e m s IIIC^^deg(^deg^Bdegltgt^^^3degdeg^deg^^deg^^^degdeg^^I^deg^deg^^^^^

21 E-mei flre^nQo 4n8yo(amscam Wsbsfle hHpAwwwe-msy8Jems-Oom

Warranty and Service

What does this warranty cover A-M Systems Inc warrants to the Purchaser that the Instrument excluding cables Headstage Probes and any other accessories shipped with the Instrument (hereafter the hardware) is free from defects in workmanship or material under normal use and service for the period of one (1) year This warranty commences on the date of delivery of the hardware to the Purchaser

What are the obligations of A-M Systems Inc under this warranty During the warranty period A-M Systems Inc agrees to repair or replace at its sole option without charge to the Purchaser any defective component part of the hardware To obtain warranty service the Purchaser must return the hardware to A-M Systems Inc or an authorized A-M Systems Inc distributor in an adequate shipping container Any postage shipping and insurance charges incurred in shipping the hardware to A-M Systems Inc must be prepaid by the Purchaser and all risk for the hardware shall remain with purchaser until such time as A-M Systems Inc takes receipt of the hardware Upon receipt A-M Systems Inc will promptly repair or replace the defective unit and then return the hardware to the Purchaser postage shipping and insurance prepaid A-M Systems Inc may use reconditioned or like new parts or units at its sole option when repairing any hardware Repaired products shall carry the same amount of outstanding wan^nty as from original purchase or ninety (90) days which ever is greater Any claim under the warranty must include a dated proof of purchase of the hardware covered by this wan-anty In any event A-M Systems Inc liability for defective hardware is limited to repairing or replacing the hardware

What is not covered by this warranty This warranty is contingent upon proper use and maintenance of the hardware by the Purchaser and does not cover batteries Neglect misuse whether intentional or otherwise tampering with or altering the hardware damage caused by accident damage caused by unusual physical electrical chemical or electromechanical stress damage caused by failure of electrical power or damage caused during transportation are not covered by this warranty Products may not be returned to A-M Systems Inc for service whether under warranty or otherwise which are contaminated by infectious agents radioactive compounds or other materials constituting a health hazard to employees of A-M Systems Inc

What are the limits of llabiiity for A-M Systems inc under this warranty A-M Systems Inc shall not be liable for loss of data profits or savings or any special incidental consequential indirect or other similar damages arising from breach of contract negligence or other legal action even if the company or its agent has been advised of the possibility of such damages or for any claim brought against you by another party THIS EQUIPMENT IS NOT INTENDED FOR CLINICAL MEASUREMENTS USING HUMAN SUBJECTS A-M SYSTEMS INC DOES NOT ASSUME RESPONSIBILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE DUE TO MISUSE OF THIS EQUIPMENT Jurisdictions vary with regard to the enforceability of provisions excluding or limiting liability for incidental or consequential damages Check the provision of your local jurisdiction to find out whether the above exclusion applies to you This warranty allocates risks of product failure between the Purchaser and A-M Systems Inc A-M Systems Inc hardware pricing reflects this allocation of risk and the limitations of liability contained in this wanranty The warranty set forth above is in lieu of all other express wan^anties whether oral or written The agents employees distributors and dealers of A-M Systems Inc are not authorized to make modifications to this wan-anty or additional wan-anties binding on the company Accordingly additional statements such as dealer advertising or presentations whether oral or written do not constitute wananties by A-M Systems Inc and should not be relied upon This warranty gives you specific legal rights You may also have other rights whrch vary from one jurisdiction to another

6 mm ^ laquo _ _ A a B ^ _ 1 ^ ^ 131 Business Parti Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg W B 98324 O O

bull P l A y S V e m S l n C T^M 8OO42OI3O6 380683-8300FAX 360 803525 ^ ^ E-msl iiiisy80iHTBy8tenisoom Wsbsito hnphwwfrimysleiiisoom

A

V ISO

INSTRUCTION MANUAL

FOR

ISOLATED PULSE STIMULATOR

MODEL 2100

Serial

Date

A-M Systems Inc

PO Box 850

Carlsborg WA 98324

USA

360-683-8300 bull 800-426-1306 FAX 360-683-3525

httpwwwa-msystemscom

Version 70 February 2002

Contents General Description 1

Instrument Features 1 Controls and Connectors 2

Operating Instructions 6 Theory of Operation 10 Calibration Procedures 12

Inputs 14 Output Calibration 16

Specifications 19 Warranty and Service 22

Each Isolated Pulse Stimulator is delivered complete with

Rack Mount Hardware Instructions amp Maintenance Manual

NOTE

This instrument is not intended for clinical measurements using human subjects A-M Systems Inc does not assume responsibility for Injury or damage due to the misuse of this instrument

General Description

Instrument Features The Isolated Pulse Stimulator Model 2100 is designed for a wide variety of applications It is highly flexible being capable of delivering single pulses biphasic pairs or bursts of pulses Pulses may be started manually or upon receiving a trigger signal from another Instrument or computer Two non-isolated trigger outputs are available for triggering other instruments

Four sets of timing controls provide comprehensive control overall aspects of pulse generation Three digit accuracy is available over a 7 decade range for each timing function using lever wheel switches Pulse widths can be set over more than a 9 decade range from 05 ps to 999 seconds Timing accuracy is assured through the use of a 10 MHz base rate crystal-controlled clock digitally divided to provide accurate timing over the entire range Atiming overiap indicator will light If the timing controls are set inconsistently

The output may be conveniently switched between current and voltage modes Pulse and baseline amplitudes are Independently presettable with lockable dials An error Indicator will light if the Mode2700 cannot deliver the desired signal

r WARNING

The Model 2100 can produce potentially dangerous voltages up to 100 V at the output connectors The isolated output is not connected internally to safety (earth) ground in any way Some part of the extemal circuit should be connected to safety ground Use caution in handling any wires connectors or electrodes which may be directly or indirectly attached to the Model 2100 output Some kinds of connectors such as BNC connectors have exposed metal parts which may float at dangerous potentials unless extemally connected to safety ground For greatest safety tum the Model 2100 off before making any connections to

the instrument

131 Business Parii Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Telophone 800-426-1306 bull 360-68raquolaquo300 bull FAX 360683-3525 E-mal satesa-msystemsoom VVfebsite httpywwwa^nsystemscom fl-N Systems Inc 1

Controls and Connectors The controls for the Model 2100 are grouped in three sections START which controls when a pulse or burst of pulses begins TIMING which controls the onoff timing of one or more pulses and OUTPUT which controls the amplitude of the output signal

Start TRIG SLOPE Determines the polarity of valid trigger pulses (positive or negative edges in the trigger signal)

MODE Controls waveform initiation When set to FREE RUN one timing cycle immediately follows the last When momentarily placed In the MANUAL position a timing cycle starts Immediately When the switch Is In the center position timing cycles start when valid triggering events occur

TRIGD This LED lights up when a timing cycle Is in process and continues until the burst is completed

TRIG This BNC connector allows a signal from an external source to Initiate timing cycles It is set for standard TTL levels

GATE This BNC connector allows a signal from an external source to restrict the final output signal This input must be at a logical high (or open-circuited) in order for the Model 2100 to recognize either manual or automatic trigger events

Gate 1_ Trigger |~~^ i I Valid triggers (represented by the arrows in the figure) can occur only when the gate Is at logical high Note that the up arrow would apply only If TRIG SLOPE is set to + the down an-ows would apply only if TRIG SLOPE Is set to -

NOTE Triggers have no effect if the system has not completed its response to a previous trigger

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Park Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Vb 98324 TelQphQne 80O426-1306 360683-8300 FAX 360683-3525 E-mail sales^a-msystemscom Wsbsite httpywwwa-msystemscom

Timing Four sets of controls govern the timing of pulse generation Each set contains two values which are multiplied together to detemnine the actual timing value The rotary knob (rate selector) provides the approximate timing value and the lever wheel switch bank (MULTIPLIER)

provides a time resolution of three decimal digits The following diagram shows most of the Important relationships

Output r Delay Duration

|ltPeriodgtj

t Burst width

Trigger event

DELAY These controls determine the time duration between the initiating trigger event and the beginning of the pulse burst If this rate selector is set to NONE or the multiplier is set to 000 there Is no delay

BURST WIDTH These controls determine the time period in which one or more pulses may be delivered Once started a pulse may outlast the burst width If this rate selector is set to SINGLE or to any time shorter than the pulse duration only a single pulse will occur If the BURST WIDTH Is longer than the period pulses will be emitted at the PERIOD rate until the burst time ends Pulses are never truncated by a short BURSTWIDTH

inds)-PULSE

D U R A T I O N 1 0 1 0

10

INTEB-PULSE PERIOD

1 1 10

DURATION These controls determine the length of each pulse Ifthis rate selector Is set to SQUARE the duration is set to half of the period regardless of the MULTIPLIER setting

PERIOD These controls set the period of time between adjacent pulse events within the burst It also forces a minimum dead time between recognized input triggers following a burst of one or more pulses This can be used to prevent over stimulation of a tissue without requiring excessive delay between the triggering event and the stimulating pulse

TIMING OVERLAP

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 860 Carisborg Vamp 98324 |Telophone 800-426-1306 360683-8300 bull FAX 3606aW525 E-mail salearega^nsystemsoom Vfeb5ite httpAwwwa^nsyslemscam

NOTE If any of these timing controls are changed while a timing cycle is in operation the results are undefined until the current cycle finishes

TIMING OVERLAP This LED will light to Indicate an inconsistency in the timing cycle settings There are several ways to introduce such errors The most common way is to set the Inter-pulse PERIOD to be less than the pulse DURATION

T I M I N G (seconds)^

TRIG OUT (UPPER) This BNC connector provides a signal which is coincident with the Internal Burst timing signal (default) This means the signal starts at the end of the Delay time and persists until the Burst time expires This output may also be set to represent the delay time-out by setting the internal jumper J510 to the right two pins instead of the left two pins (Please see the Calibration section in this manual for jumper location Directions are given as viewed from the front of the Instrument)

TRIG OUT (LOWER) This BNC connector provides a signal which Is coincident with the Duration timing signal which controls pulse output

NOTE Both trigger output signals slightly lead the isolated output signal

Output

PULSE SIGN This switch determines the polarity of the pulses to be generated It also allows generation of biphasic pulses thereby doubling the effective total period Warning the first pulse generated after changing the PULSE

SIGN switch may have the wrong polarity

BASELINE This Switch determines the polarity ofthe baseline signal

RANGE This rotary switch determines if the output pulses will be constant current (3 ranges) or constant voltage (2 ranges)

BASELINE AMPLITUDE This value is independently set using a ten-turn counting dial The maximum baseline amplitude is one tenth the value shown on the range amplitude switch

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 8S0 Cartsborg Vfa 98324 |Tetaphone 80O426-1306 bull 360683-8300 bull FAX 3606803525 E-mail salesa-msystemscom Wbbsite http7Awwwaflnsystemscom

PULSE AMPLITUDE This value is independently set using a ten-turn counting dial The maximum pulse amplitude is the value shown on the range amplitude switch

EVENT This LED indicates when a pulse is ongoing

ERROR This LED indicates when the internal output amplifier cannot output the pulse as desired This is usually due to a short circuit while trying to output a voltage or an open circuit while trying to output a current

VOTEThe Pulse Sign control in the Oupuf section directly affects waveform timing When set to the Biphasic mode a positive-going pulse is immediately followed by a negative-going pulse This effectively doubles the pulse duration If a burst of biphasic pulses is being produced the period must be at least twice the single pulse duration In the Square wave mode the baseline disappears as long as the burst persists

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsboig Vte 98324 |Telophone 800426-1306 360683-8300 bull FAX 3606833525 E-mail salesa-m5ystem5 com Website httpwwwa-msystemscom

Operating Instructions

Examples Simple setup (and minimal instrument test)

Connect the output ofthe Model 2100 to an oscilloscope Before connecting the Model 2100 to any other instrument or the experimental preparation It is safest to turn Its power off

Set the Oufpuf controls

Range 10V Pulse Sign +

Baseline Zero Pulse Amplitude 200

Setting The Timing Controls

Delay Burst Width

Duration Period

none single

15010-2 50010-2

Setting The Start Controls

Mode Free Run

Disconnect any cables to the TRIG or GATE inputs

Note that the green Trig and Event Indicators turn on as Free Run is turned on (and turn off otherwise) You should observe a 15ms duration 20Hz rate pulse of 200V above a OV baseline on the oscilloscope

fl-N Systems Inc 131 BusinessPartiLoop RO Box850CarisbcxgWa98324 |Telophone 800426-1306 bull 360-683-8300 bull FW 360683-3525 E-mail salesa-msystems com VVbbsite httpywwwa-msystems com

Demonstration of Burst Mode Connect the output ofthe Model 2100 to an oscilloscope Before connecting the Model 2100 to any other instrument or the experimental preparation It Is safest to turn its power off

Set the Outpuf controls

Range 10V Pulse Sign +

Baseline Pulse Amplitude 200

Baseline Amplitude 100

Setting The Timing Controls

Delay 88010-2 Burst Width 12010-^

Duration 15010-2 Period 50010-2

Set the START controls as follows

Mode Free Run

Disconnect any cables to the TRIG or GATE inputs

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Telophooe 8004201306 360683-8300 bull FAX 360683-3525 E^naii salesa-msystems com Watjsite http7wwwa-msystemscom

Trigger the oscilloscope from the Bursf trigger out (upper Trig Out connector) for a stable display In each burst (occurring every lOOms) you should observe a trio of 15ms duration starting 50ms apart Try switching the StartMode from Free Run to the center (nonnal) position The pulses will no longer be produced and the Trig and Event Indicators will tum off Pressing this switch once (to Manual) will cause a single burst to occur

Problem Solving If the instrument appears to be not working properiy check all ofthe control settings and connections Be sure to wait at least 5-10 seconds after turning the instrument off before turning it on again The following summary of typical problems for the user (along with the most common solutions) may help

Problem CauseSolution

EVENT Indicator never lights even in FREE RUN mode

bull Replace fuse check power connection bullSet DELAY or PERIOD to a shorter interval

bull Power-on too soon after power-off

OVERLAP Indicator is on

ERROR indicator is on

bull Set DURATION gt000 bull DURATION Is set to SQUARE but

PERIOD is 000 Increase PERIOD or set DURATION independantly

bull BURST and WIDTH are gt DURATION increase PERIOD or decrease DURATION

bull BIPHASIC pulse output Is on and PERIOD is not longer than twice the DURATION Increase PERIOD or decrease DURATION

bull Free-run Is on and BURST is lt PERIOD (BURST off) DELAY is 0 and PERIOD Is lt DURATION Add delay or modify PERIOD

bull Free-run is on and BURST is gt DURATION (BURST ON) and PERIOD is lt DURATION Increase PERIOD

bull For VOLTAGE outputs the output is trying to drive too low a resistance or capacitance (eg a short circuit) Check by disconnecting the output ft is possible (and normal) that for the fastest cycles and largest amplitudes (close to 100 V

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business PartiLoop PO Box 850 CartsborgWa 98324 iTelophone 800-42O130636O6e3-8300FAX 3606B3-3525 E-mail satesaflisyslefmcom Vfebslte http7wwwa-msyslemscom

and 1 ps) that the ERROR indicator might always come on during repetitive pulses Fix output load or decrease amplitude as required

Time appears to be excessive Changed control in mid-cycle (resets current status)

Cant seem to get a full signal out Load Is not properiy connected repair wiring Too low a load impedance (VOLTAGE modes) or too high a load impedance (CURRENT mode)

Incoming triggers not accepted frequently enough

PERIOD is set too long (enforces dead time) followd by BURST set to SIGNAL Reduce PERIOD time

Table 10 Problem Solving

If you suspect that the Model 2100 may have completely failed we recommend checking the basic level of functionality Ifthis fails your instrument Is defective and must be repaired Ifthis passes either your experimental setup is incompatible or inconsistent or there is a more subtle flaw in your Model 2100

If the Model 2100 appears to be malfunctioning contact A-M Systems Inc or your dealer We will first attempt to solve the problem over the telephone so have an exact description of your problem available when you call You do not need to be within the warranty period to obtain over-the-phone assistance

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 iTetoptxme 80O426-1306 bull 360683-8300 FAX 3606803525 E-mail satesa-msystemsoomAfebsitehttpJwwwaflisystemscom

Theory of Operation

The operation ofthe Model 2100 is summarized in the block diagram (see the figure on Page 11) Not shown are all ofthe interconnections with the microcontroller The internal microcontroler plays an important role in setting the signal path but does not directly contribute to the dynamic characteristics It scans the front panel switches and sets the control values for the logic arrays It programs the internal counters which along with the other hardware achieve the necessary sub-microsecond speeds

Pulse generation starts either from an Input trigger signal (from Trig In) or an internally signal (Free Run mode) A Delay timer counts the 10MHz clock until its count value is exhausted At this point the Burst Period and Duration timers are started If the Burst timer has not expired by the end ofthe Period the Period and Duration timers are restarted If the Biphasic mode has been set the Duration timer is restarted at the end of the initial Duration and the sign ofthe output pulse is reversed doubling the total duration

The system state (pulse on pulse sign baseline sign [+0f-]) is transmitted to the isolated section via optoisolator The baseline and pulse amplitudes are selected by an analog switch The resulting signal is amplified by a variable-power-supply discrete operational amplifier The amplifier connections and gain is modified to provide two voltage and three current ranges

Timing overiap errors are detected by a logical decision computation rather than by testing for counter collisions This provides instant feedback rather than waiting up to an hour for such a collision to occur Output errors are measured by sensing the output amplifiers differential input voltage Under normal conditions this is a negligible voltage If the amplifier fails to deliver the requested signal the window comparator testing this voltage sends this message (via optoisolator) to the logic section turning on a warning LED

fl-N Systems Inc 131BusinessPart(LoopRO Box850CarisboigWa98324 4 n Tel0pri0ne80O426-130636O683^300FAX36O6833525 ^ E-mail salesaflisystBmscom V febsite http7wwwa-msystemsoom

S i

I - - ^^mdasho^M

OUTPUT i l l

TRIG ^ OUT

(burst)

TRIG 3-lt) OUT

(pulse)

til

I laquo

Calibration Procedures

The calibration interval is the lesser of 1000 hours of operation or 6 months Somewhat greater drift can be expected in the first 100 hours of operation as the semiconductors age Adjustments should only be made after the instrument has been fully warmed up for at least 15 minutes

Full instrument calibration requires the following test equipment digital multimeter (plusmn 01) able to measure resistance to at least lOOMO oscilloscope with at least 50MHz bandwidth true-mis voltmeter with 4MHz bandwidth universal counter (plusmn 001 ) able to measure single pulse widths and periods resistors (all plusmn 01) 2kn lOkH 1 watt 20kn 200kn alligator clip lead sets banana plugs and BNC adapters

Adjustment integrated circuit and test point locations are shown in the following figures All adjustments are on the timing board unless othenAise noted

All voltages in the non-isolated section should be measured with respect to ground at TP510 unless othenwise stated Some voltages are measured with respect to an internal isolated ground at TP650 or across the two output temninals Occasionally the voltage at an IC pin must be measured in these cases the reference designator is given with the pin number in parentheses eg U602(16) When it states within this procedure that a voltage is to be minimized this means that the adjustment should be made such that the measured voltage is as close to zero volts as possible Refer to the Specifications Section of this manual for acceptable tolerances

The sequence of this procedure is important If any adjustment is made all adjustments which follow must be made to ensure that the specifications will be met These procedures require that all controls remain as set in previous steps unless othenAise indicated

WARNING

The Model 2100 has dangerous voltages throughout the instrument even with the power is off Servicing the Model 2100 should only be done by qualified service personnel Use caution in handling any wires connectors or electrodes which may be directly or indirectly attached to the instrument Do not touch exposed connections or components Disconnect power by unplugging the power cord from the receptacle

H B ^ ^ S y s t e m s inc^degdegp^deg^^deg-^^^^^^^^B3^^^degdeg^^^lt^^^B^^^^ 131BusinessPartiLoopPO Box850CartsbOigWamp98324 4 9 |Telophone800-42013C6360683-8300F0lt360683-3525 ^ E-mail salesa-msystefnscom website httpwwwaflisystems com

CO

TP501 O lt0

g OTPSOO

U560 S

Trig Gate

0 -TISOS

U570

U500

Timing

p U520

Timing

K U550 Timin

gt U540

U515

o X I Timin

U508 I

J510 Timing nnn

Burst Delay J400

gt U550

R503

D D I D bull U8QQ i Q

n

oo

V P 5 1 0

b U535

^

Clock i _

U555

lt U 5 4 5

o

h d ^ O - - ^ U605

Q D

U620

O fJZ^ R737 bull ^ 1^13015 r j C - C O M P

B B nU770 ^ ^ ^ 5 ^ a

J420

a

o E

bull [ ]U632

riueso

rR742rVhigh R 6 1 9 ^

LJ TP645 O TP650

TPMOQ^QS

Vlow

CD-

CZZl

J440 bull bull tl iUDQ

I t

f i l

Power supply and bias voltages

Power supply

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

POWER ON Observe voltage at P703 power supply wire top of main board

Check for+15 plusmn 050 V

Observe voltage at P701 power supply wire top of main board

Check for-15 plusmn 050 V

Observe voltage at U505(24) Check for +5 plusmn 025 V

Isolated supply voltage Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

RANGE 10 V TRIG open circuit MODE center position

Alternately observe V ^ from R742 to R740 and V ^ from theU605(4)toU605(8)

Adjust R773 so that 110VltV lt 120 V and

nigh

28VltV|^lt34V

Capacitance balance Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

Connect a xlO oscilloscope probe to TP650 and ground the

Adjust R737 for minimum high frequency signal

Inputs

Gate function Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave Verify that the voltage to GATE switches states at the Observe voltage at U510(3) proper input levels with an oscilloscope

Trigger slope Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave Verify that the voltage to TRIG switches states at the Observe voltage at U510( 1) proper input levels with an oscilloscope

TRIG SLOPE Verify voltage is 180deg out of phase

TRIG SLOPE Verify voltage is in phase

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 860 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Jelophone 800-4201306 360683-8300 bull FM 380683-3525 E-mail salesaflTsystBfnscom bull Vtebsite httpVAirwwaflisystems com

14

Trigger and gate f unc t i on

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

DELAY NONE BURS-nMDTH SINGLE DURATION SQUARE PERIOD 100X10-3

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave to TRIG Observe TRIGD and EVENT LEDs

TRIG disconnect all Short the GATE connector to GND Verify LEDs extinguish

MODE press to MANUAL Verify LEDs flash once

Timing

System c lock f requency

Controls Inputs Observations Ad jus t Check

Observe the frequency of the wave Verify 1000 MHz plusmn 001 atU555(17)

Mul t ip l iers (Wheel Swi tches)

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

PULSE SIGN-laquobull MODE FREE RUN TRIG disconnect all TIMING MULTIPUERS all

wheels set to zero except the one being tested

TIMING OVERLAP ignore

Observe the pulse width with the counter at the location specified t)elow

Verify pulse width is correct for each wheel as it is tested independently

For each wheel of each MULTIPLIER test each position to verify that the pulse width is correct Observe the signal at the following locations DELAY U520(2) BURSTWIDTH U530(2) PERIOD U540(2) DURATION U550(2)

Rates (Rotary Swi tches)

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

TIMING MULTIPUERS 001 Observe the pulse width with the TIMING RATES all rotary counter at the location specified

switches set to 10-4 below except the one being tested

Verify pulse width is correct for each rotary switch as it is tested independently

For each ofthe four rotary switches in TIMING test each position to verify that the pulse width is correct Observe the signal at the following locations DELAY U520(2) BURSTWIDTH U530(2) PERIOD U540(2) DURATION U550(2)

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 iTetophone 8004201306 bull 360683-8300 bull FOC 3606803525 E-mail salesa-msystemscom Wbbsite httpJwwwaflTSystemscom

15

Trigger outputs

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

Range 10V Pulse Amplitude 500 Delay 100 xlO^ Burst 100 x 10 ^ Duration 100x10-^ Period 400x10-^ Pulse sign + Trig Mode Free run Trig in open

Trigger the oscilloscope to the Burst Trig Out Observe it the Pulse Trig Out and the isolated output

Verify that the waveform consists of a burst of three 1ms-on3ms-off pulses The burst trigger should be synchronous with the burst the pulse trigger coincident with each pulse

Output Calibration

Isolation Resistance (check)

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode center position Trig In open

Measure the resistance between ground banana jack (front panel) and black banana jack of output with DMM

Resistance read gt 100MQ

Amplitude Switch Offset (R640)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Zero Trig Mode center position Trig In Open

Measure the voltage at TP645 vs TP650 with the DMM

Adjust R640 (AmpI Sw Offset) for minimum voltage

Output Offset (R332 front panel board) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Zero Range 10V Trig Mode center position Trig In Open

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

Adjust R332 (Output offset) for minimum voltage

Positive Baseline Offeet (R607) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Sign + Baseline Amplitude

fully CCW (000) Range 10V Trig In open Trig Mode center position

Measure the voltage across the outputwiththeDMM

Adjust R602 (BSLN + offset) for minimum voltage

fl-N Systems Inc 131 BusBiess Parti Loop P O Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Telophone B00-42O1306 bull 360683-8300 bull FAX 3606803525 E-mail salesaflisystemscom V^tebsite httpy^vwwa-msystems com

16

Negative Baseline Offset (R619)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Sign -Baseline Amplitude

fully CCW (000) Range 10V Trig In open Trig Mode center position

Measure the voltage across the outputwiththeDMM

Adjust R619 (BSLN + offset) for minimum voltage

Pulse Amplitude Adjust (R602)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode Free Mode Pulse Amplitude 1000 Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =1001 Period =00110-4 Pulse Sign -Trig In open Range 10V

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

The Overiap indicator should be on Adjust R602 (Max Level) for -10OOV out

Pulse Sign Gain (check)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode Free Mode Pulse Amplitude 1000 Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =100 1s Period =001 10-4s Trig In open Range 10V

Measure the voltage at the output with the DMM for the Pulse Sign at + and - positions

The absolute values ofthe voltages should differ by less than lOOmV

Baseline Amplitudes (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Range 100mA Trig Mode center position Baseline Amplitude fully CW (1000) Trig In open

Measure the voltage at the output with the DMM with Baseline Sign in + Zero and

- positions

Gain the matching of current levels at = and - positions and offset current in Zero position

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop PO Box 850 Cartsboig Wa 98324 Telophone 800-4201306 360683-8300 FkX 3606803525 E-mail salesa-msystemscom website http^^wwaflisystemsccm

17

Output Range Amplitude and Drive (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Pulse Amplitude 1000 Pulse Sign + Trig Mode Free Run Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =1001 Period =10010-4 Trig In open

Load the output with a 10KV 1W 01 resistor Measure the voltage at the output with DMM

Verify that full scale output is within specification Scale Range 100V 100V 10V 10V 100mA IV 1mA 10V 10mA 100V

Pulse Sign and Short Circuit Protection (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =200 10-4 Period =00110-3 Baseline Zero Pulse Amplitude 25 Range 10V Trig Mode Free Run Trig In open

Measure the voltage at the output with the oscilloscope Check for Pulse Sign set to each of + - biphasic Watch for Error indicator when shorting the output

Verify that pulses of approx 25V amplitude (625V for biphasic mode) of the correct sign are produced every 10ms Short output in biphasic mode Output should return when opened

Output Transient Response (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Pulse Sign + Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =20010-4 Period =00110-3 Pulse Amplitude 250 Baseline Zero Trig Mode Free Mode Trig In open

Connect the oscilloscope to the output with a 310 attenuator probe Test both 10V and 100V ranges

Verify that overshoot and risetime meet specifications

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Telophone 8004201306 bull 3606808300 bull Flaquo( 360laquo83ltJ525 E-mail salesa-msystemsocm V^febsite http^wwwa-msystefnscom

18

Specifications

There are three classes of specifications Class A specifications tested in all units and are guaranteed Class B specifications are inherent in the design they are indirectly tested and are guaranteed Class C specifications are typical operating values which are occasionally tested- these are typical values given for your information but not guarshyanteed The class for each specification is noted in the center column ofthe following sections

Inputs Switching level

Hysteresis

Input equivalent circuit

Minimum duration (1 IL-level signal)

A

C

C

C

16 V(plusmn 02 V)

approx 50 mV

lOOKH to+5 in parallel with no more than 35pF

gt 50 ns

Open circuit condition B defaults to highon level

Timing and rate accuracy Rate selector steps

Timing multiplier steps

B

B

lOOpsto 100s in 7 steps

1 of rate selector step size Maximum value is 999 X the rate selector step size

Resolution B approx 01 ofthe maximum value

Timing error (second and later pulses after resetting controls)

B lt 002 of rate selector value + 015 ps

Timing error (first pulse after readjusting timing controls)

an additional 025 ps error may occur

Timing repeatability lt 001 setting + 20 ns (monophasic)

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Ram Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Vfa 98324 pTelophone 8004201306 bull 360683-8300 bull FAX 360683-3525

E-mail salesraquoflisystems com Wabsite httpJAnww afl isystems com

19

TRIG IN to OUTPUT delay (DELAY set to 0) output set to 2V

Timing jitter from TRIG IN to OUTPUT (for TTL trigger input with risetime lt10 ns)

Timing jitter from TRIG OUT (either BURST or PULSE) and OUTPUT

Trigger output to pulse output delay

Output characteristics Pulse level error (voltage mode open circuit current mode short circuit

Biphasic level difference IV + - V-1 2

Baseline level error (voltage mode open circuit current mode short circuit)

Risetime (25 V out)

Risetime (25 V out)

Transient response

A

A

A

Output impedance (voltage mode) C

Output impedance (current mode) C

Isolation resistance A

Isolation capacitance C

approx 05 ps for a load of no more than 10 KH in parallel with 50 pF

lt 125 ns (all rates except 100s) lt 125 ps (100s rate)

Less than 20 ns (all rates)

approx 350 ns

lt 03 of setting + 05 of r range (plus an additional 05 pA in 100 pA range)

lt 03 of range (voltage modes into open circuit current modes into short circuit)

lt 03 of setting of setting + 01 of range (plus an additional 05 pA in lOOpA range)

= 200 ns into less than 30 pF

= 15 ps into less than 30 pF

lt 8 overshoot into less than 30 pF for pulse voltages different than baseline voltage by at least 10 of range

= 50 ohms

raquo 1 0 GH (typically 200 GO)

raquo 1 0 0 M n

= 60 pF at 100 Hz

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Peril Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg V6 98324 |TelCf)hone 800-4201306 3606808300 bull FAX 360683-3525 E-mal salesaflisystefnsoom Website hnpyMVfWafllsystemsoom

20

Noise (differential mode)

Noise (common mode earth to isolated ground) with no signal output

Overload error indicator (low frequency short circuited voltage mode)

Overload error indicator low frequency open circuited current mode)

Overioad error response time

Miscellaneous

= 1 mV rms (10 V scale 10 Hz-4 MHz)

= 8 mV rms (10 Hz-4 MHz) == 100mVp-p (200 Hz -10 MHz) measured withalOMH 15pF oscilloscope probe

Turns on for set amplitude at or greater than approx plusmn1 V (10 V range) or plusmn2 V (100 V range)

Turns on for set amplitude at or above approx 2 of range

Flat to approx 30 ps duration Decreasing sensitivity for shorter pulses

Power

Fuse

Operating temperature range

Storage temperature range

Operating humidity

Dimensions

approx 11 watts

1 amp 3AG

10-30degC

0 - 50deg C

5 - 80 RH

17x475x1125 (inches) 432x121x286 cm

Weight 20 lbs (9 kg)

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Wb 98324 |Tetcphone 8004201306 3606808300 bull FOt 360683-3525 E-mail satesamsystems comV^febsite httpywwwaflisystemscom

21

Warranty and Service

What does this warranty cover A-M Systems Inc warrants to the Purchaser that the Instrument excluding cables Headstage Probes and any other accessories shipped with the Instrument (hereafter the hardware) is free from defects in workmanship or material under normal use and service for the period of one (1) year This warranty commences on the date of delivery ofthe hardware to the Purchaser

What are the obligations of A-M Systems Inc under this warranty During the warranty period A-M Systems Inc agrees to repair or replace at its sole option without charge to the Purchaser any defective component part of the hardware To obtain warranty service the Purchaser must return the hardware to A-M Systems Inc or an authorized A-M Systems Inc distributor in an adequate shipping container Any postage shipping and insurance charges incurred in shipping the hardware to A-M Systems Inc must be prepaid by the Purchaser and all risk for the hardware shall remain with purchaser until such time as A-M Systems Inc takes receipt of the hardware Upon receipt A-M Systems Inc will promptly repair or replace the defective unit and then return the hardware to the Purchaser postage shipping and insurance prepaid A-M Systems Inc may use reconditioned or like new parts or units at its sole option when repairing any hardware Repaired products shall carry the same amount of outstanding warranty as from original purchase or ninety (90) days which ever is greater Any claim under the warranty must include a dated proof of purchase ofthe hardware covered by this warranty In any event A-M Systems Inc liability for defective hardware is limited to repairing or replacing the hardware

What is not covered by this warranty This warranty is contingent upon proper use and maintenance ofthe hardware by the Purchaser and does not cover batteries Neglect misuse whether intentional or othenwise tampering with or altering the hardware damage caused by accident damage caused by unusual physical electrical chemical or electromechanical stress damage caused by failure of electrical power or damage caused during transportation are not covered by this wan-anty Products may not be returned to A-M Systems Inc for service whether under warranty or otherwise which are contaminated by infectious agents radioactive compounds or other materials constituting a health hazard to employees of A-M Systems Inc

What are the limits of liability for A-M Systems Inc under this warranty A-M Systems Inc shall not be liable for loss of data profits or savings or any special incidental consequential indirect or other similar damages arising from breach of contract negligence or other legal action even if the company or its agent has been advised of the possibility of such damages or for any claim brought against you by another party THIS EQUIPMENT IS NOT INTENDED FOR CLINICAL MEASUREMENTS USING HUMAN SUBJECTS A-M SYSTEMS INC DOES NOT ASSUME RESPONSIBILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE DUE TO MISUSE OF THIS EQUIPMENT Jurisdictions vary with regard to the enforceability of provisions excluding or limiting liability for incidental or consequential damages Check the provision of your local jurisdiction to find out whether the above exclusion applies to you

This warranty allocates risks of product failure between the Purchaser and A-M Systems Inc A-M Systems Inc hardware pricing reflects this allocation of risk and the limitations of liability contained in this warranty The warranty set forth above is in lieu of all other express warranties whether oral or written The agents employees distributors and dealers of A-M Systems Inc are not authorized to make modifications to this warranty or additional wan-anties binding on the company Accordingly additional statements such as dealer advertising or presentations whether oral or written do not constitute warranties by A-M Systems Inc and should not be relied upon This warranty gives you specific legal rights You may also have other rights which vary from one jurisdiction to another

fl-N Systems Inc 131BusinessPartiLoop RO Box850CartsbOfgWa98324 p O |Telophone 8004201306 bull 360683-8300FOC 3606830525 ^ ^ E-mail saiesaflisystefTiscom Wbbsite httpVwwwa-msystemscom

Output Range Amplitude and Drive (check)

Controls InputsObservations

Pulse Amplitude 1000 Pulse Sign + Trig Mode Free Run Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =1001 Period =10010-4 Trig In open

Load the output with a 10KV 1W 01 resistor Measure the voltage at the output with DMM

Pulse Sign and Short Circuit Protection (check)

Controls

Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =200 10-4 Period =00110-3 Baseline Zero Pulse Amplitude 25 Range 10V Trig Mode Free Run Trig In open

InputsObservations

Measure the voltage at the output with the oscilloscope Check for Pulse Sign set to each of + - biphasic Watch for Error indicator when shorting the output

Output Transient Response (check)

Controls InputsObservations

Verify that full scale output is within specification Scale Range 100V 100V 10V 10V 100mA IV 1mA 10V 10mA 100V

AdjustCheck

Verify that pulses of approx 25V amplitude (625V for biphasic mode) of the correct sign are produced every 10ms Short output in biphasic mode Output should return when opened

AdjustCheck

Pulse Sign + Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =20010-4 Period =00110-3 Pulse Amplitude 250 Baseline Zero Trig Mode Free Mode Trig In open

Connect the oscilloscope to the output with a 310 attenuator probe Test both 10V and 10OV ranges

Verify that overshoot and risetime meet specifications

A-M Systems Inc 131 Business Paik Loop PO Box 850 Cailsbora Wa 98324 Tetophone 8004201306 bull 36Oeuro83-8300 bull FAX 360683-352S E-mail salasOa-msystemscom Website hitpywwwa-msystamsoom

18

Specifications

There are three classes of specifications Class A specifications tested in all units and are guaranteed Class B specifications are inherent in the design they are indirectly tested and are guaranteed Class C specifications are typical operating values which are occasionally tested- these are typical values given for your information but not guarshyanteed The class for each specification is noted in the center column of the following sections

Inputs Switching level

Hysteresis

Input equivalent circuit

Minimum duration (TTL-level signal)

A

C

C

C

16 V (plusmn 02 V)

approx 50 mV

lOOKfl to-1-5 in parallel with no more than 35pF

gt50ns

Open circuit condition B defaults to highon level

Timing and rate accuracy

Rate selector steps

Timing multiplier steps

B

B

100S to 100s in 7 steps

1 of rate selector step size Maximum value is 999 X the rate selector step size

Resolution B approx 01 of the maximum value

Timing error (second and later pulses after resetting controls)

B lt 002 of rate selector value + 015S

Timing error (first pulse after readjusting timing controls)

an additional 025s error may occur

Timing repeatability lt 001 settings-20 ns (mbnophasic)

A-M Systems Inc 131 Business Paik Loop PO Box 850 Caiisborg Wa 98324 Telophone 8004201306 3606808300 FAX 3606803S25 E-mail salesOa-msystemscom bull Website httpyy(wwaltTisystemscom

19

TRIG IN to OUTPUT delay (DELAY set to 0) output set to 2V

Timing jitter from TRIG IN to OUTPUT (for TTL trigger input with risetime lt10 ns)

Timing jitter from TRIG OUT (either BURST or PULSE) and OUTPUT

Trigger output to pulse output delay

Output characteristics Pulse level error (voltage mode open circuit current mode short circuit

Biphasic level difference IV-H-i-V-l2

Baseline level error (voltage mode A open circuit current mode short circuit)

Risetime (25 V out)

Risetime (25 V out)

Transient response

A

A

A

Output impedance (voltage mode) C

Output impedance (current mode) C

Isolation resistance A

Isolation capacitance C

approx 05 ps for a load of no more than 10 Kft in parallel with 50 pF

lt 125 ns (all rates except 100s) lt125ys (100s rate)

Less than 20 ns (all rates)

approx 350 ns

lt 03 of setting -i- 05 of r range (plus an additional 05vA in 100 ywA range)

lt 03 of range (voltage modes into open circuit current modes into short circuit)

lt 03 of setting of setting -I- 01 of range (plus an additional 05 pA in 100A range)

= 200 ns into less than 30 pF

= 15 yws into less than 30 pF

lt 8 overshoot into less than 30 pF for pulse voltages different than baseline voltage by at least 10 of range

= 50 ohms

raquo 1 0 Ga (typically 200 GD)

raquo 1 0 0 M n

= 60 pF at 100 Hz

A BB f ^ _ M 1 ^ ^ 131 Business Paik Loop ROBOx850Cai1sOorgWaW3Z4

- I V l o V S i e m S inC80Ph0trade80O42O1308-36O683-8300-FAX36O683-3525 7 bull bull bull bull ^ ^ E-maasale80a-m8vstemscomWebsitehitpjwwwaltnsyste

20 E-mai salesO a-m8ystemscom Website http jwwwa-msystemscom

Noise (differential mode)

Noise (common mode earth to isolated ground) with no signal output

Overload error indicator (low frequency short circuited voltage mode)

Overload error indicator low frequency open circuited current mode)

Overload error response time

Miscellaneous

= 1 mV rms (10 V scale 10 Hz-4 MHz)

- 8 mV rms (10 Hz-4 MHz) =laquo100mVp-p (200 Hz -10 MHz) measured withalOMn 15pF oscilloscope probe

Turns on for set amplitude at or greater than approx plusmn1 V (10 V range) or plusmn2 V (100 V range)

Turns on for set amplitude at or above approx 2 of range

Flat to approx 30 ps duration Decreasing sensitivity for shorter pulses

Power

Fuse

Operating temperature range

Storage temperature range

Operating humidity

Dimensions

Weight

approx 11 watts

1 amp 3 AG

10-30degC

0 - 50deg C

5 - 80 RH

17x475x1125 (inches) 432x121x286 cm

20 lbs (9 kg)

A-M Systems Inc 131 Business Paik Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Tekjptwne 8004201306 bull 36Olaquo8O8300 bull FAX 360laquo8O3525 E-mail salesOa-msystemscom Website httpywwwa-msystemscom

21

Warranty and Service

What does this warranty cover A-f Systems Inc warrants to the Purchaser that the Instrument excluding cables Headstage Probes and any other accessories shipped with the Instrument (hereafter the hardware) is free from defects in workmanship or material under normal use and service for the period of one (1) year This warranty commences on the date of delivery of the hardware to the Purchaser

What are the obligations of A-M Systems Inc under this warranty During the warranty period A-M Systems Inc agrees to repair or replace at its sole option without charge to the Purchaser any defective component part of the hardware To obtain warranty service the Purchaser must return the hardware to A-l^ Systems Inc or an authorized A-M Systems Inc distributor in an adequate shipping container Any postage shipping and insurance charges incurred in shipping the hardware to A-M Systems Inc must be prepaid by the Purchaser and all risk for the hardware shall remain with purchaser until such time as A-M Systems Inc takes receipt of the hardware Upon receipt A-M Systems Inc will promptly repair or replace the defective unit and then return the hardware to the Purchaser postage shipping and insurance prepaid A-M Systems Inc may use reconditioned or like new parts or units at its sole option when repairing any hardware Repaired products shall carry the same amount of outstanding warranty as from original purchase or ninety (90) days which ever is greater Any claim under the warranty must include a dated proof of purchase of the hardware covered by this warranty In any event A-M Systems Inc liability for defective hardware is limited to repairing or replacing the hardware

What is not covered by this warranty This warranty is contingent upon proper use and maintenance of the hardware by the Purchaser and does not cover batteries Neglect misuse whether intentional or othenvise tampering with or altering the hardware damage caused by accident damage caused by unusual physical electrical chemical or electromechanical stress damage caused by failure of electrical power or damage caused during transportation are not covered by this warranty Products may not be returned to A-M Systems Inc for service whether under warranty or otherwise which are contaminated by Infectious agents radioactive compounds or other materials constituting a health hazard to employees of A-M Systems Inc

What are the limits of liability for A-M Systems Inc under this warranty A-M Systems Inc shall not be liable for loss of data profits or savings or any special incidental consequential indirect or other similar damages arising from breach of contract negligence or other legal action even if the company or its agent has been advised of the possibility of such damages or for any claim brought against you by another party THIS EQUIPMENT IS NOT INTENDED FOR CLINICAL MEASUREMENTS USING HUMAN SUBJECTS A-M SYSTEMS INC DOES NOT ASSUME RESPONSIBILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE DUE TO MISUSE OF THIS EQUIPMENT Jurisdictions vary with regard to the enforceability of provisions excluding or limiting liability for incidental or consequential damages Check the provision of your local jurisdiction to find out whether the above exclusion applies to you

This warranty allocates risks of product failure between the Purchaser and A-M Systems Inc A-M Systems Inc hardware pricing reflects this allocation of ris1lt and the limitations of liability contained in this warranty The warranty set forth above is in lieu of all other express warranties whether oral or written The agents employees distributors and dealers of A-M Systems Inc are not authorized to make modifications to this warranty or additional warranties binding on the company Accordingly additional statements such as dealer advertising or presentations whether oral or written do not constitute warranties by A-M Systems Inc and should not be relied upon This warranty gives you specific legal rights You may also have other rights which vary from one jurisdiction to another

A B B J l laquo raquo ^ t3tBusinessPafkLoopPOBox850Cai1sbO(gWa98324

- | V | O V S i e m S |nCtrade042O1306-36O68O8300-FAX36O68O3525 E-mail salasOa-msvstemscom bull Website httowwwa-msvste

t3tBusinassParkLaopROBox8SOCai1sbo(gWa98324 po Telophone 8004201306 360683-8300 FAX 3606803525 ^ ^ E-maH salesOa-msystemscom Wetsite httpwwwa-msystem3e0m

mwal

INSTRUCTION MANUAL

FOR

ISOLATED PULSE STIMULATOR

MODEL 2100

Serial

Date

A-M Systems Inc

PO Box 850

Carisborg WA 98324

USA

360-683-8300 bull 800-426-1306 FAX 360-683-3525

httpwwwa-m8y8temscom

Version 50 May 1998

Contents General Description 1

Instrument Features 1 Controls and Connectors 2

Operating Instructions 6 Theory of Operation 10 Calibration Procedures 12

Inputs ii 14 Output Calibration iii i 16

Specifications i4 il u 19 Warranty and Service wi iJ iJi [ii 22

Each Isolated Pulse Stimulator Is delivered complete with

Rack Mount Hardware Instructions amp Maintenance Manual

NOTE

This instrument is not intended for clinical measurements using human subjects A-M Systems Inc does not assume msponsibility for injury or damage due to the misuse of this instrument

General bull M ^ ion

Instrument Features The Isolated Pulse Stimulator Model 2100 Is designed for a wide variety of applications It is highly flexible being capable of delivering single pulses biphasic pairs or bursts of pulses Pulses may be started manually or upon receiving a trigger signal from another instrument or computer Two non-isolated trigger outputs are available for triggering other instruments

Four sets of timing controls provide comprehensive control over all aspects of pulse generation Three digit accuracy is available over a 7 decade range for each timing function using lever wheel switches Pulse wkiths can be set over more than a 9 decade range from 05 [is to 999 seconds Timing accuracy is assured through the use of a 10 MHz base rate crystal-controlled clock digitally divided to provide accurate timing over the entire range A timing overiap indicator will light if the timing controls are set Inconsistently

The output may be conveniently switched between cun-ent and voltage modes Pulse and baseline amplitudes are independently presettable with lockable dials An error indicator will light if the Model 2100 cannoi deliver the desired signal

WARNING

The Model 2100 can produce potentially dangemus voltages up to 100 V et the output connectors The isolated output is not connected internally to safety (earth) ground in ahy way Some part of the extemal circuit should be connected to safety gmund Use caution in handling any wires connectors or electrodes which may be directly or indirectly attached to the Model 2100 output Some lltinds of connectors such as BNC connectors have exposed metal parts which may float at dangemus potentials unless extemally connected to safety gmund For greatest safety tum the Model 2100 off before making any connections to

the Instrument

131 Business Park LocfiPO Box BSOCarM)orgWa 98324 800426-1308 bull36OlaquoS3laquo300FAX 3 6 M 8 3 ^ 2 5

E-malt uiittyBQaHiByBtumaooiTi Wobsita HipJtwtiwiwftbMiAcon fl-N SystQms I n c ^ T

Controls and Connectors The controls for the Model 2100 are grouped in three sections START controlling when a pulse or burst of pulses begins TIMING controlling the onoff timing of one or more pulses and otJTPliT controlling the amplitude of the output signal

Start TRIG SLOPE This switch determines whether valid triggers occur at positive or negative edges in the trigger signal

MODE This switch controls how wavefomris are initiated When set to FREE RUN one timing cycle immediately follows the last When held in the MANUAL position a timing cycle starts immediately When the switch is in the center position timing cycles start when valid triggering events occur

TRIGD This LED lights up when a timing cycle is in process and continues until the burst is completed

TRIG This BNC connector allows a signal from an extemal source to initiate timing cycles It is set for standard TTL levels

GATE This BNC connector allows a signal from an extemal source to restrict the final output signal This input must be at a logical high (or open-circuited) in order for the Model 2100 to recognize either manual or automatic trigger events

Gate 1_ Trigger [~^ i I Valid triggers are represented by the arrows in the figure Note that the up arrow would apply only if TRIG SLOPE is set to + the down anrows would apply only if TRIG SLOPE is set to-

NOTE Triggers have no effect if the system has not completed its response to a previous trigger

fl-N SystQms I n c ^ 131 Business Park Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 600426-13063eO683laquo300FAX 360683^525

E-maB anBysQraquoinsyaleiTaconi Wsbalto h^KAvwwa-(nsys(smsoom

Timing Four sets of controls govem the timing of pulse generation Each set contains two values which are multiplied together to detennine the actual timing value The rotary knob (rate selector) provides the approximate timing value and the lever wheel switch bank (MULTIPLIER) provkles a time resolution of three decimal digits The following diagram shows most of the important relationships

Pnfe-tRAIM I B E L A V i6Molaquo

BURST WIOtH

Output r Delay

t n

Duration - ^ lt - |4Periodgt|

FLJI -^ Burst width

Trigger event

DELAY These controls set the time between the initiating trigger event and the beginning of the pulse burst If this rate selector is set to NONE or the multiplier is set to ooo there is no delay

BURSTWIDTH These controls set the time period in which one or more pulses may be delivered Once started a pulse may outlast the burst width If this rate selector is set to SINGLE or to any time shorter than the pulse duration only a single pulse will occur If the BURSTWIDTH is longer than the period pulses will be emitted at the PERIOD rate until the burst time ends Pulses are never truncated by a short BURST WIDTH

iNTpoundA-PULSiE PBRiOb

DURATION These controls set the length of each pulse If this rate selector is set to SQUARE the duration is set to half of the period regardless of the MULTIPLIER setting

PERIOD These controls set the period of time between adjacent pulse events within the burst It also forces a minimum dead time between recognized input triggers following a burst of one or more pulses This can be used to prevent over stimulation of a tissue without requiring excessive delay between the triggering event and the stimulating pulse

TlMtNQ OVERLAP

mLiHMPi

VVtJ jiwaa lasm nlaquoilaquo u

t^fi SysUms I n c ^ Elt4nsfl a m

131 Business Pofc Loop PO Box 850 Carisborg 1^98324 600-426-1306 36O6834300 FAK 360683^525

E-mai vrvysQfrflisysleraLOCniWutiailQL N^jAwwa^iByslernUiOOni

NOTE If any of these timing controls are changed while a timing cycle is in operation the results are undefined until the cunent cycle flnishes

TIMING OVERLAP This LED will light to indicate an Inconsistency in the timing cycle settings There are several ways to Introduce such errors The most common way is to set the inter-pulse PERIOD to be less than the pulse DURATION

TRIG OUT (UPPER) This BNC connector provides a signal which is coinckient with the intemal Burst timing signal (default) This means the signal starts at the end of the Delay time and persists until the Burst time expires This output may also be set to represent the delay time-out by setting the internal jumper J510 to the left two pins Instead of the right two pins (Please see the Calibration section in this manual for jumper location Directions are given as viewed from the fix)nt of the instrument)

TRIG OUT (LOWER) This BNC connector provides a signal which is coincident with the Duration timing signal which controls pulse output

NOTE Both trigger output signals slightly lead the isolated output signal

Output PULSE SIGN This Switch sets the sign for the pulses to be generated It also allows generation of biphasic pulses thereby doubling the effective total period Warning the first pulse genemted after changing the PULSE SIGN svntch may have the wmng polarity

BASELINE This switch sets the sign for the baseline signal

RANGE This rotary switch allows one of three current or two voltage ranges to be selected for the output signal

BASELINE AMPLITUDE This counting dial are independently set using ten-minute counting dials with the baseline having one tenth the range of the pulse amplitude

A-N Systlaquomslaquo Inc 131 Buskiess Partt Loop PO BoK 8S0 Cailsbarg Wa 96324 laophone 8004201306 bull36O68M300-FAX 3eolaquo8M525 E-mat bullmsysflMnsyslermoom VMaHsr Hlplhfimnmyekmoom

PULSE AMPLITUDE This counting dial

EVENTS This LED indicates when a pulse is ongoing

ERROR This LED indicates when the intemal output amplifier cannot output the pulse as desired This is usually due to a short circuit while trying to output a voltage or an open circuit while trying to output a current

One control from the Ot^uf section directly affects wavefonn timing the Pulse Sign control When set to the Biphasic mode a positive-going pulse is Immediately followed by a negative-going pulse This effectively doubles the pulse duration If a burst of biphasic pulses is being produced the period must be at least twice the single pulse duration In the Sgtan wave mode the baseline disappears as long as the burst persists

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Bushass Park locpPOBooi 850 C8ri9bcrgMS8324 IMqphona 800426-1306 bull36Olaquo83laquo3a0 FAX 360683-3529 E-nal amsyaOa4nsyatemscomWeMlK hMpJVniwa-nsygtatnscom

Operating Instructions

Examples Simple setup (and minimal Instrument tost)

Connect the output of the Model 2100 to an oscilloscope Before connecting the instrument it is safest to turn its power off

Set the Ou^uf controls

Range Pulse Sign

Baseline Pulse Amplitude

10V +

Zero 200

Setting The Timing Controls

Delay Burst Width

Duratbn Period

none single

15010-2 500102

Setting The Start Controls

Mode Free Run

Disconnect any cables to the TRIG or GATE Inputs

Note that the green Trig and Event Indicators tum on as Free Run is turned on (and tum off othenwise) You should observe a 15ms duration 20Hz rate pulse of 200V above a OV baseline on the oscilloscope i

A ^ M ^ _ _ _ A ^ _ _ _ 1 ^ 131BiiHnD8raquoParttloopPOBoxB50Car)sbcrBlaquoraquoS8324

bull P l ^ y S W n i S f |nC ltV^gt^8deglt^^2O1306380laquo8OS3a0FAX36O6BMS2S

6 E-fnflk 9n^fBOs-in9ystsni9cx]fnWDbs)tec H^ff9Nw^myStem9oom

Demonstration of Burst Mode Connect the output of the Model 2100 to an oscilloscope Before connecting the instrument it is safest to tum Its power off

Set the Output controls

Range Pulse Sign

Baseline Pulse Amplitude

Baseline Amplitude

Setting The Timing Controls

Delay Burst Width

Duration

Period

Set the START controls as follows

Mode

Disconnect any cables to the TRIG or GATE inputs

Trigger the oscilloscope from the Burst trigger out (upper Tr^ Out connector) for a stable display In each burst (occumng every lOOms) you should observe a trio of 15ms duration starting 50ms apart Try switching the StartMode from Free Run to the center (nomnal) position The pulses will no longer be produced and the Trig and Event indicators will turn off Pressing this switch once (to Manual) will cause a single burst to occur

880 120 150 500

10V +

200 100

102 102 102 102

Free Run

fleaff SySlQmSa |nCa deglgt ltlt ^ ^ deg ^ degdeg ^ ^ ^ bull E-matmia

131 Business Park LoopPO Box 850 Carisborg Vfe 86324 lUcphcna 800426-1306 36Olaquo83laquo300 FAX 36068raquo52 E-maft tfii8ysOiHn^nleiTBcom1AWisJto HSpitwraquoM^wytAtii9oom

Problem SoMng If the Instrument appears to be not worthing properiy check all of the control settings and connections Be sure to wait at least 5-10 seconds after turning the Instrument off before tuming it on again The following t6ef summary of typical problems for the user (along with the most common solutions) may help

Problem CauseSolution EVENT indicator never lights even in FREE RUN mode

bull Replace fuse check power connection bullSet DELAY or PERIOD to a shorter interval

bull Power-on too soon after power-off

OVERLAP Indicator is on

ERROR indicator is on

Time appears to be excessive

bullSet DURATION gt000 bull DURATION is set to SQUARE but PERIOD is 000 Increase PERIOD or set DURATION independantly

bull BURST and WIDTH are gt DURATION increase PERIOD or decrease

DURATION bull BIPHASIC pulse output is on and PERIOD is not longer than twice the DURATION Increase PERIOD or decrease DURATION

bull Free-run is on and BURST Is lt PERIOD (BURST off) DELAY is 0 and PERIOD is lt DURATION Add delay or modify PERIOD

bull Free-mn is on and BURST is gt DURATION (BURST ON) and PERIOD is lt DURATION Increase PERIOD

bull For VOLTAGE outputs the output Is trying to drive too low a resistance or capacitance (eg a short circuit) Check by disconnecting the output It is possible (and normal) that for the fastest cycles

and largest amplitudes (close to 100 V and 1 MS) that the ERROR Indicator might always come on during repetitive pulses Fix output load or decrease amplitude as required

bull Changed control in mid-cycle (resets cunent status)

A ^ M bull _ _ _ A ^ ^ _ _ i ^ mdash 131BuslnessPai1ltLoopPOBox850CarlsborgWamp98324

bull p i j ^ v s w m s iiic^^deglt^deg^^deglt^^^3degB3^^^deg^^^^degdeg^^^deg^^deg^^^^ E-mat iiiMOafflwstemseom WabaHe MtaffiwwtHtavsli

8 E-msft flmsjoQfrfraystGfnsoom ^WobsltiK hl^Aiwv9-fn9]nteniscom

Cant seem to get a full signal out

Incoming triggers not accepted frequently enough

bull Load is not properiy connected repair wiring

bull Too low a load impedance (VOLTAGE modes) or too high a load impedance

(CURRENT mode)

bull PERIOD is set too long (enforces dead time) followd by BURST set to SIGNAL Reduce PERIOD time

Table 10 Problem Solving

If you suspect that the Model 2100 may have completely failed we recommend checking the basic level of functionality If this fails your instrument is defective and must be repaired If this passes either your experimental setup is incompatible or inconsistent or there is a more subtle flaw in your Model 2100

If the Model 2100 appears to be malfunctioning contact A-M Systems Inc or your dealer Telephone numtgters for A-M Systems Inc listed on the front cover of this manual We will first attempt to solve the problem over the telephone so have an exact description of your problem available when you call You do not need to be within the warranty period to obtain over-the-phone assistance

A ^ M V - mdash A d B ^ K M I ^ M 131BuslnessPatfcLoopPOBox6SOCai

-PI s y s i Q m s inc-2raquolaquoa22=M^^

131 Business Parfc Loop PO Box 650 Cartsborg VM9 0S324 _ FAX36(W8a3525 E^nrt flnsysQa-ntsyttanB-oom Wsbsfte hHpiMNvwa-nnystsnisooni

9

Theory of Operation

The operation of the Model 2100 is summarized In the block diagram (see Fig 3) Not shown are all of the interconnections with the microcontroller The intemal microcontroler plays an important role in setting the signal path but does not directly

contribute to the dynamic characteristics It scans the front panel switches and sets the control values for the logic arays It programs the intemal counters which along with the other hardware achieve the necessary sub-microsecond speeds

All action starts either from an input trigger signal (from Trig In) or from an intemal signal (in free Run mode only) A Delay timer counts the 10MHz clock until its count value Is exhausted At this point the Burst timer starts Both Period and Duration timers are started at this time If the Burst timer has not expired by the end of the Period the Period and Duration timers are restarted If the Biphasic mode has been set the Duration timer is restarted at the end of the initial Duration and the sign of the output pulse Is reversed doubling the total duration

The system state (pulse on pulse sip baseline sign [+101-]) is transmitted to the isolated section via optoisolator The baseline and pulse amplitudes are selected by an analog switch The resulting signal is amplified by a variable-power-supply discrete operational amplifier The amplifier connections and gain is modified to provide two voltage and three cunent ranges

Timing overlap errors are detected by a logical decision computation rather than by testing for counter collisions This provides instant feedback rather than waiting up to an hour for such a collision to occur Output errors are measured by sensing the output amplifiers differential input voltage Under normal conditions this is a negligible voltage if the amplifier fails to deliver the requested signal the window comparator testing this voltage sends this message (via optoisolator) to the logic section turning on a warning LED

fl-N Systems Inc 131BusbnassPa(tLoopPOBox6SOCari3boigVMg8324 H n |TWoph0n880O426-13083eO6Blaquo300FMt36Olaquo8i3525 E-nnl anaysflfriinysleiiaoemWfcbslte hllphmwraquoimyatennoom

TRIG 3HJ) OUT

(burst)

TRIG ^ OUT

(pulse)

E

Ml

Calibration Procedures

The calibration interval is the lesser of 1000 hours of operation or 6 months Somewhat greater drift can be expected in the first 100 hours of operation as the semiconductors age Adjustments should only be made after the instrument has been fully warmed up for at least 15 minutes

Full instrument calibration requires the following test equipment digital multimeter (plusmn 01) able to measure resistance to at least lOOMfl oscilloscope with at least 50MHz bandwidth true-rms voltmeter with 4MHz bandwidth universal counter (plusmn 001 ) able to measure single pulse widths and periods resistors (all plusmn 01) 2kn lOkH 1 waft 20kn 200kn alligator clip lead sets banana plugs and BNC adapters

Adjustment integrated circuit and test point locations are shown in the following figures All adjustments are on the timing board unless otherwise noted

All voltages in the non-isolated section should be measured with respect to ground at TP510 unless othenvise stated Some voltages are measured with respect to an intemal isolated ground at TP650 or across the two output tenninals Occasionally the voltage at an IC pin must be measured In these cases the reference designator is given with the pin number in parentheses eg U602(16) When it states within this procedure that a voltage is to be minimized this means that the adjustment should be made such that the measured voltage is as close to zero volts as possible Refer to the Specifications Section of this manual for acceptable tolerances

The sequence of this procedure is Important If any adjustment is made all adjustments which follow must be made to ensure that the specifications will be met These procedures require that all controls remain as set in previous steps unless otherwise indicated

WARNING

The Model 2100 has dangerous voltages throughout the instrument even with the power is off Servicing the Model 2100 should only be done by qualified service personnel Use caution in handling any wires connectors or electrodes which may be directly or indirectly attached to the Instrument Do not touch exposed connections or components Disconnect power by unplugging the power cord from the receptacle

fl-N Systems I n c ^ 131BusinesaPartcLoopPOBox850CartsborgVWiB8324 4 n ^gt-mdash80O426-130638Ofl8Jlaquo300FAX36O683J52S bull E-maft BinsysQfrfn^islflnisoomVVfalislle h^KVfWMift^iisystemsoani

CO

- R503

Omg^

TPSOlQ O

OTPSOO

U560 bull

U510

DDID ^ trade E O ^ T P 5 1 0

bullnD Trig

0 ^

U570

Gate n U505

DO D

U515

Timing

Timing h_ U520

bsoo ^25SE Timing

Or r U540

I I Tmlng

[^ELIL

U535 D

U506

13 J510 Timlnff

BurfiDelay J400

i i i i i i i T r m r a

gt U550 ^

Clock

U555 U620

B a

^R^Pvhigh Rfijn O D O Vlow

o

bull U545

Fo sect737 lISOIsPjC-COMP

n r r ^ U760

J420

]]U632

Q S riuGSO

H = ) TP640^ deg I t I

II3D

J440 m i T i

U610 plusmn laquo j U O

bull bull l el

^t

O l

bull

M

I

Power supply and bias voltages

Power supply

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

POWER ON Observe voltage at P703 power supply wire top of main board

Check for+15 plusmn 050 V

Observe voltage at P701 power supply wire top of main board

Check for-15 plusmn 050 V

Observe voltage at U505(24) Check for+5 plusmn 025 V

Isolated supply voltage

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

RANGE 10 V TRIG open circuit MODE center position

Altemately observe V^ from R742 to R740 and V ^ from the U605(4) to U605(8)

Adjust R773 so that 110VltV^lt 120 V and

nign

28VltV^lt34V

Capacitance balance

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Connect a x10 oscilloscope probe to TP650 and ground the

Adjust R737 for minimum high frequency signal

Inputs

Gate funct ion

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave Verify that the voltage to GATE switches states at the Obsene voltage at U51G(3) proper input levels with an oscilloscope ^ ^

Trigger s lope

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave Verify that the voltage to TRIO switches states at the Observe voltage at US 10( 1) proper input levels with an oscilloscope

TRIG SLOPE + Verify voltage is 180 out of phase

TRIG SLOPE Verify voltage is in phase

fl-N Systems Inc ^ 131 Bushess Park Loop PO Bar 850 Carisborg Wa 98324 8004201306 3eOlaquoS3e300 FAX 3606BV352S

C-maft fliii8yBQfriii9yBlumaoamVIAibsMB hRpJhwMifi-iiiBystematxini

14

Trigger and gate funct ion

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

DELA NONE BURS1WII3TH SINGLE DURATION SQUARE PERIOD 100X10-3

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave to TRIG Obsen^e TRIOD and EVENT LEDS

TRIG disconnect all Short the GATE connector to GND Verify LEDs extinguish

MODE press to MANUAL Verify LEDs flash once

Timing

System c lock frequency

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Observe the frequency of the wave atU555(17)

Verify 1000 MHz plusmn001

Multipl iers (Wheel Switches)

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

PULSE SIGN + MODE FREE RUN TRIG disconnect all TIMING MULTIPUERS ail

wheels set to zero except the one being tested

TnmiNG OVERLAP ^nOTB

Observe the pulse width with the counter at the location specified below

Verify pulse width Is correct for each wheel as it is tested Independently

For each wheel of each MULTIPUER test each position to verify that the pulse width is correct Observe the signal at the following locations DELAY U520(2) BURSTWIDTH U530(2) PERIOD US40(2) DURATION U550(2)

Rates (Rotary Switches)

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

TIMING MULTIPUERS 001 TIMING RATES all rotary

switches set to 10-4 except the one being tested

Observe the pulse width with the counter at the location specified below

Verify pulse width is conect for each rotary switch as it is tested independently

For each of the four rotary switches in TIMING test each position to verify that the pulse wkJth is correct Observe the signal at the following locations DELAY U520(2) BURSTWIDTH U530(2) PERIOD U540(2) DURATION U550(2)

fl-N Systems I n c ^ E-maft emfl

131 Business Parti Loop PO 809(850 Cartsborg Wta 98324 8004201306 3804806300 FAX 36068O3S25

E-maft ansysQa nvystems-oom Wobste hflp Avwwa4nsy8(Qnttoam

15

Trigger outputs Controls

Range 10V Pulse Amplitude 500 Delay 100x10 Burst 100x10^2 Duration 100 x1a Period 400x10^ Pulse sign + Trig Mode Free run Trig in open

Inputs Observations

Trigger the oscilloscope to the Burst Trig Out Observe it the Pulse Trig Out and the isolated output

Adjust Check

Verify that the waveform consists of a burst of three 1ms-on3ms-off pulses The burst trigger should be synchronous with the burst the pulse trigger coincident with each pulse

Output Calibration

Isolation Resistance (check) Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode center position Trig In open

Measure the resistance between ground banana jack (front panel) and black banana jack of output with DMM

Resistance read gt 100MQ

Amplitude Switch Offset (R640) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Zero Trig Mode center position Trig In Open

Measure the voltage at TP645 vs TP650 with the DMM

Adjust R640 (AmpI Sw Offset) for minimum voltage

Output Offset (R332 front panel board) Controls I nputsObservatlons AdjustCheck

Baseline Zero Range 10V Trig Mode center position Trig In Open

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

Adjust R332 (Output offset) for minimum voltage

Positive Baseline Offset (R607) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Sign + Baseline Amplitude

fully CCW (000) Range 10V Trig In open Trig Mode center position

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

Adjust R602 (BSLN + offset) for minimum voltage

fl M raquo _ _ _ A laquo ^ _ i ^ ^ 131Buslnelaquo8Pari(loopPOBoK850Cart8borgWB96324

bull P I i s V S i e m S a |||Cg1Maphans80O42O130638O68O8300FAX36Olaquo8raquo^2S E-tiBft anagtraquoflwiisyagtlaquomraquoaimW6baHB hHpffii(wwraquoltnsylaquoleniieom

16

Negative Baseline Offset (R619) Controls

Baseline Sign -i Baseline Amplitude bull fully CCW (000)

Range 10V Trig In open Trig Mode center position

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

AdjustCheck

Adjust R619 (BSLN 4 offset) for minimum voltage

Pulse Amplitude Adjust (R602) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode Free Mode Pulse Amplitude 1000 Timing Dialay =none Burst =single Duration =1001 Period =00110-4 Pulse Sign -Trig In open Range 10V

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

The Overiap indicator should be on Adjust R602 (Max Level) for -1000V out

Pulse Sign Gain (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode Free Mode Pulse Amplitude 1000 Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =1001 s Period =00110-4s Trig In open Range 10V

Measure the voltage at the output with the DMM for the Pulse Sign at -- and - positions

The absolute values of the voltages should differ by less than lOOmV

Baseline Amplitudes (check) Controls InputsObservations

Range 100mA Trig Mode center position Baseline Amplitude fully CW (1000) Trig In open

Measure the voltage at the output with the DMM with Baseline Sign in + Zero and - positions

AdjustCheck

Gain the matching of current levels at = and - positions and offset current in Zero position

fl-N Systems Inc^^ bull E-mal am8

131 Business Partt Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 88324 8004201306360laquo8Oe300FAX 360laquo8O362S

E-maM am8y8^o-mBy8tflmBoom WobaKo hHp Awwwo-f i iBystonuoom

17

Output Range Amplitude and Drive (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Pulse Amplitude 1000 Pulse Sign + Trig Mode Free Run Timing Delay =none Burst =8ingle Duration =1001 Period =10010-4 Trig In open

Load the output with a 10KV1W 01 resistor Measure the voltage at the output with DMM

Verify that full scale output is within specification Scale Range 100V 100V 10V 10V 100mA IV 1mA 10V 10mA 100V

Pulse Sign and Short Circuit Protection (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Timing Delay =none Burst =8ingle Duration =200 10-4 Period =00110-3 Baseline Zero Pulse Amplitude 25 Range 10V Trig Mode Free Run Trig In open

Measure the voltage at the output with the oscilloscope Check for Pulse Sign set to each of + - biphasic Watch for Error indicator when shorting the output

Verify that pulses of approx 25V amplitude (625V for biphasic mode) of the correct sign are produced every 10ms Short output in biphasic mode Output should retum when opened

Output Transient Response (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Pulse Sign + Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =20010-4 Period =00110-3 Pulse Amplitude 250 Baseline Zero Trig Mode Free Mode Trig In open

Connect the oscilloscope to the output with a 310 attenuator prolse Test boVn 10V and 100V ranges

Verify that overshoot and risetime meet specifications

fl-N Systems I n c ^ 131 Business Parte Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wb 98324 8004201306 36Olaquo83O300 FAX 36O680lt352S

E-mQ0 snBy8Qs-msy8faiTiscom VWriMtte N ^ Mvww9-msy8lemscom

18

Specifications

There are three classes of specifications Class A specifications tested in all unHs and are guaranteed Class B specifications are inherent in the design they are indirectly tested and are guaranteed Class C specifications are typical operating values which are occasionally tested- these are typical values given for your infomiation but not guarshyanteed The class for each specification is noted in the center column of the following sections

Inputs Switching level

Hysteresis

Input equivalent circuit

Minimum duration (1 IL-level signal)

A

C

C

C

16V(plusmn02V)

approx 50 mV

100K ft to+5 In parallel with no more than 35pF

gt 50 ns

Open circuit condition B defaults to highon level

Timing and rate accuracy Rate selector steps

Timing multiplier steps

Resolution

Timing eror (second and later pulses after resetting controls)

B

B

B

B

lOOps to 100s In 7 steps

1 of rate selector step size Maximum value is 999 x the rate selector step size

approx 01 of the maximum value

lt 002 of rate selector value + 015 ps

Timing error (first pulse after readjusting timing controls)

an additional 025 ps error may occur

Timing repeatability lt 001 setting + 20 ns (monophasic)

fl-N Systems I nc ^ bull E-moU ams

131 Business Parti Loop PO Boot 850 Cartsborg VM 98324 80O42O130838O08O8300FAX36Olaquo8O3S2S

E-meU anByafl^iiisyslainaoomWebsHe hHpffliiwwraquomsys)emsoom

19

TRIG IN to OUTPUT delay (DELAY set to 0) output set to 2V

Timing jitter ft-om TRIG IN to OUTPUT (for TTL trigger input with risetime lt10 ns)

Timing jitter ft^om TRIG OUT (either BURST or PULSE) and OUTPUT

Trigger output to pulse output delay

Output charactsristics Pulse level enror (voltage mode open circuit cun-ent mode short circuit

Biphasic level difference |V + + V-|2

Baseline level error (voltage mode A open circuit current mode short circuit)

Risetime (25 V out)

Risetime (25 V out)

Transient response

A

A

A

Output impedance (voltage mode) C

Output impedance (current mode) C

Isolation resistance A

Isolation capacitance C

approx 05 ps for a load of no more than 10 Kft in parallel with 50 pF

lt 125 ns (all rates except 100s) lt 125 ps (100s rate)

Less than 20 ns (all rates)

approx 350 ns

lt 03 of setting + 05 of r range (plus an additional 05 pA inlOOpArenge)

lt 03 of range (voltage modes into open circuit current modes into short circuit)

lt 03 of setting of setting + 01 of range (plus an additional 05 pA in lOOpA range)

laquo 200 ns into less than 30 pF

laquo15 ps into less than 30 pF

lt 8 overshoot Into less than 30 pF for pulse voltages different than baseline voltage by at least 10 of range

laquo 50 ohms

raquo 1 0 Gft (typically 200 Gft)

raquo100Mft

laquo 60 pF at 100 Hz

fl-N Systems Inc^^ 131 Business Partt Uxip PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 96324 8004201308 SBOee^^SOO FAX 360laquoS3^52S

E-mat BiByraquoaiMii8ylaquoliiiiiseomWiljalteHlpJV(wwraquo4tgy8lenaoom

20

Noise (differential mode)

Noise (common mode earth to isolated ground) with no signal output

Overioad error indicator (low frequency short circuited voltage mode)

Overioad error indicator low frequency open circuited current mode)

Overioad enor response time

Miscellaneous

Power

Fuse

Operating temperature range

Storage temperature range

Operating humidity

Dimensions

Weight

laquo1 mV rms (10 V scale 10Hz-4MHz)

laquo 8 mV rms (10 Hz-4 MHz) laquo100mVp-p (200 Hz -10 MHz) measured withalOMft 15pF oscilloscope probe

Turns on for set amplitude at or greater than approx plusmn1V (10 V range) or plusmn2 V (100 V range)

Turns on for set amplitude at or above approx 2 of range

Flat to approx 30 ps duration Decreasing sensitivity for shorter pulses

approx 11 watts

1 amp 3 AG

10-30C

0 - 50deg C

5-80RH

17x475x1125 (Inches) 432x121x286 cm

20 lbs (9 kg)

fl mm bull gt _ _ _ A ^ ^ _ _ L ^ 131BusinesraquoPariltLocpPOBox850C8rtsborgWS9e324

bull p i ^ y s v e m s IIIC^^deg(^deg^Bdegltgt^^^3degdeg^deg^^deg^^^degdeg^^I^deg^deg^^^^^

21 E-mei flre^nQo 4n8yo(amscam Wsbsfle hHpAwwwe-msy8Jems-Oom

Warranty and Service

What does this warranty cover A-M Systems Inc warrants to the Purchaser that the Instrument excluding cables Headstage Probes and any other accessories shipped with the Instrument (hereafter the hardware) is free from defects in workmanship or material under normal use and service for the period of one (1) year This warranty commences on the date of delivery of the hardware to the Purchaser

What are the obligations of A-M Systems Inc under this warranty During the warranty period A-M Systems Inc agrees to repair or replace at its sole option without charge to the Purchaser any defective component part of the hardware To obtain warranty service the Purchaser must return the hardware to A-M Systems Inc or an authorized A-M Systems Inc distributor in an adequate shipping container Any postage shipping and insurance charges incurred in shipping the hardware to A-M Systems Inc must be prepaid by the Purchaser and all risk for the hardware shall remain with purchaser until such time as A-M Systems Inc takes receipt of the hardware Upon receipt A-M Systems Inc will promptly repair or replace the defective unit and then return the hardware to the Purchaser postage shipping and insurance prepaid A-M Systems Inc may use reconditioned or like new parts or units at its sole option when repairing any hardware Repaired products shall carry the same amount of outstanding wan^nty as from original purchase or ninety (90) days which ever is greater Any claim under the warranty must include a dated proof of purchase of the hardware covered by this wan-anty In any event A-M Systems Inc liability for defective hardware is limited to repairing or replacing the hardware

What is not covered by this warranty This warranty is contingent upon proper use and maintenance of the hardware by the Purchaser and does not cover batteries Neglect misuse whether intentional or otherwise tampering with or altering the hardware damage caused by accident damage caused by unusual physical electrical chemical or electromechanical stress damage caused by failure of electrical power or damage caused during transportation are not covered by this warranty Products may not be returned to A-M Systems Inc for service whether under warranty or otherwise which are contaminated by infectious agents radioactive compounds or other materials constituting a health hazard to employees of A-M Systems Inc

What are the limits of llabiiity for A-M Systems inc under this warranty A-M Systems Inc shall not be liable for loss of data profits or savings or any special incidental consequential indirect or other similar damages arising from breach of contract negligence or other legal action even if the company or its agent has been advised of the possibility of such damages or for any claim brought against you by another party THIS EQUIPMENT IS NOT INTENDED FOR CLINICAL MEASUREMENTS USING HUMAN SUBJECTS A-M SYSTEMS INC DOES NOT ASSUME RESPONSIBILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE DUE TO MISUSE OF THIS EQUIPMENT Jurisdictions vary with regard to the enforceability of provisions excluding or limiting liability for incidental or consequential damages Check the provision of your local jurisdiction to find out whether the above exclusion applies to you This warranty allocates risks of product failure between the Purchaser and A-M Systems Inc A-M Systems Inc hardware pricing reflects this allocation of risk and the limitations of liability contained in this wanranty The warranty set forth above is in lieu of all other express wan^anties whether oral or written The agents employees distributors and dealers of A-M Systems Inc are not authorized to make modifications to this wan-anty or additional wan-anties binding on the company Accordingly additional statements such as dealer advertising or presentations whether oral or written do not constitute wananties by A-M Systems Inc and should not be relied upon This warranty gives you specific legal rights You may also have other rights whrch vary from one jurisdiction to another

6 mm ^ laquo _ _ A a B ^ _ 1 ^ ^ 131 Business Parti Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg W B 98324 O O

bull P l A y S V e m S l n C T^M 8OO42OI3O6 380683-8300FAX 360 803525 ^ ^ E-msl iiiisy80iHTBy8tenisoom Wsbsito hnphwwfrimysleiiisoom

A

V ISO

INSTRUCTION MANUAL

FOR

ISOLATED PULSE STIMULATOR

MODEL 2100

Serial

Date

A-M Systems Inc

PO Box 850

Carlsborg WA 98324

USA

360-683-8300 bull 800-426-1306 FAX 360-683-3525

httpwwwa-msystemscom

Version 70 February 2002

Contents General Description 1

Instrument Features 1 Controls and Connectors 2

Operating Instructions 6 Theory of Operation 10 Calibration Procedures 12

Inputs 14 Output Calibration 16

Specifications 19 Warranty and Service 22

Each Isolated Pulse Stimulator is delivered complete with

Rack Mount Hardware Instructions amp Maintenance Manual

NOTE

This instrument is not intended for clinical measurements using human subjects A-M Systems Inc does not assume responsibility for Injury or damage due to the misuse of this instrument

General Description

Instrument Features The Isolated Pulse Stimulator Model 2100 is designed for a wide variety of applications It is highly flexible being capable of delivering single pulses biphasic pairs or bursts of pulses Pulses may be started manually or upon receiving a trigger signal from another Instrument or computer Two non-isolated trigger outputs are available for triggering other instruments

Four sets of timing controls provide comprehensive control overall aspects of pulse generation Three digit accuracy is available over a 7 decade range for each timing function using lever wheel switches Pulse widths can be set over more than a 9 decade range from 05 ps to 999 seconds Timing accuracy is assured through the use of a 10 MHz base rate crystal-controlled clock digitally divided to provide accurate timing over the entire range Atiming overiap indicator will light If the timing controls are set inconsistently

The output may be conveniently switched between current and voltage modes Pulse and baseline amplitudes are Independently presettable with lockable dials An error Indicator will light if the Mode2700 cannot deliver the desired signal

r WARNING

The Model 2100 can produce potentially dangerous voltages up to 100 V at the output connectors The isolated output is not connected internally to safety (earth) ground in any way Some part of the extemal circuit should be connected to safety ground Use caution in handling any wires connectors or electrodes which may be directly or indirectly attached to the Model 2100 output Some kinds of connectors such as BNC connectors have exposed metal parts which may float at dangerous potentials unless extemally connected to safety ground For greatest safety tum the Model 2100 off before making any connections to

the instrument

131 Business Parii Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Telophone 800-426-1306 bull 360-68raquolaquo300 bull FAX 360683-3525 E-mal satesa-msystemsoom VVfebsite httpywwwa^nsystemscom fl-N Systems Inc 1

Controls and Connectors The controls for the Model 2100 are grouped in three sections START which controls when a pulse or burst of pulses begins TIMING which controls the onoff timing of one or more pulses and OUTPUT which controls the amplitude of the output signal

Start TRIG SLOPE Determines the polarity of valid trigger pulses (positive or negative edges in the trigger signal)

MODE Controls waveform initiation When set to FREE RUN one timing cycle immediately follows the last When momentarily placed In the MANUAL position a timing cycle starts Immediately When the switch Is In the center position timing cycles start when valid triggering events occur

TRIGD This LED lights up when a timing cycle Is in process and continues until the burst is completed

TRIG This BNC connector allows a signal from an external source to Initiate timing cycles It is set for standard TTL levels

GATE This BNC connector allows a signal from an external source to restrict the final output signal This input must be at a logical high (or open-circuited) in order for the Model 2100 to recognize either manual or automatic trigger events

Gate 1_ Trigger |~~^ i I Valid triggers (represented by the arrows in the figure) can occur only when the gate Is at logical high Note that the up arrow would apply only If TRIG SLOPE is set to + the down an-ows would apply only if TRIG SLOPE Is set to -

NOTE Triggers have no effect if the system has not completed its response to a previous trigger

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Park Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Vb 98324 TelQphQne 80O426-1306 360683-8300 FAX 360683-3525 E-mail sales^a-msystemscom Wsbsite httpywwwa-msystemscom

Timing Four sets of controls govern the timing of pulse generation Each set contains two values which are multiplied together to detemnine the actual timing value The rotary knob (rate selector) provides the approximate timing value and the lever wheel switch bank (MULTIPLIER)

provides a time resolution of three decimal digits The following diagram shows most of the Important relationships

Output r Delay Duration

|ltPeriodgtj

t Burst width

Trigger event

DELAY These controls determine the time duration between the initiating trigger event and the beginning of the pulse burst If this rate selector is set to NONE or the multiplier is set to 000 there Is no delay

BURST WIDTH These controls determine the time period in which one or more pulses may be delivered Once started a pulse may outlast the burst width If this rate selector is set to SINGLE or to any time shorter than the pulse duration only a single pulse will occur If the BURST WIDTH Is longer than the period pulses will be emitted at the PERIOD rate until the burst time ends Pulses are never truncated by a short BURSTWIDTH

inds)-PULSE

D U R A T I O N 1 0 1 0

10

INTEB-PULSE PERIOD

1 1 10

DURATION These controls determine the length of each pulse Ifthis rate selector Is set to SQUARE the duration is set to half of the period regardless of the MULTIPLIER setting

PERIOD These controls set the period of time between adjacent pulse events within the burst It also forces a minimum dead time between recognized input triggers following a burst of one or more pulses This can be used to prevent over stimulation of a tissue without requiring excessive delay between the triggering event and the stimulating pulse

TIMING OVERLAP

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 860 Carisborg Vamp 98324 |Telophone 800-426-1306 360683-8300 bull FAX 3606aW525 E-mail salearega^nsystemsoom Vfeb5ite httpAwwwa^nsyslemscam

NOTE If any of these timing controls are changed while a timing cycle is in operation the results are undefined until the current cycle finishes

TIMING OVERLAP This LED will light to Indicate an inconsistency in the timing cycle settings There are several ways to introduce such errors The most common way is to set the Inter-pulse PERIOD to be less than the pulse DURATION

T I M I N G (seconds)^

TRIG OUT (UPPER) This BNC connector provides a signal which is coincident with the Internal Burst timing signal (default) This means the signal starts at the end of the Delay time and persists until the Burst time expires This output may also be set to represent the delay time-out by setting the internal jumper J510 to the right two pins instead of the left two pins (Please see the Calibration section in this manual for jumper location Directions are given as viewed from the front of the Instrument)

TRIG OUT (LOWER) This BNC connector provides a signal which Is coincident with the Duration timing signal which controls pulse output

NOTE Both trigger output signals slightly lead the isolated output signal

Output

PULSE SIGN This switch determines the polarity of the pulses to be generated It also allows generation of biphasic pulses thereby doubling the effective total period Warning the first pulse generated after changing the PULSE

SIGN switch may have the wrong polarity

BASELINE This Switch determines the polarity ofthe baseline signal

RANGE This rotary switch determines if the output pulses will be constant current (3 ranges) or constant voltage (2 ranges)

BASELINE AMPLITUDE This value is independently set using a ten-turn counting dial The maximum baseline amplitude is one tenth the value shown on the range amplitude switch

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 8S0 Cartsborg Vfa 98324 |Tetaphone 80O426-1306 bull 360683-8300 bull FAX 3606803525 E-mail salesa-msystemscom Wbbsite http7Awwwaflnsystemscom

PULSE AMPLITUDE This value is independently set using a ten-turn counting dial The maximum pulse amplitude is the value shown on the range amplitude switch

EVENT This LED indicates when a pulse is ongoing

ERROR This LED indicates when the internal output amplifier cannot output the pulse as desired This is usually due to a short circuit while trying to output a voltage or an open circuit while trying to output a current

VOTEThe Pulse Sign control in the Oupuf section directly affects waveform timing When set to the Biphasic mode a positive-going pulse is immediately followed by a negative-going pulse This effectively doubles the pulse duration If a burst of biphasic pulses is being produced the period must be at least twice the single pulse duration In the Square wave mode the baseline disappears as long as the burst persists

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsboig Vte 98324 |Telophone 800426-1306 360683-8300 bull FAX 3606833525 E-mail salesa-m5ystem5 com Website httpwwwa-msystemscom

Operating Instructions

Examples Simple setup (and minimal instrument test)

Connect the output ofthe Model 2100 to an oscilloscope Before connecting the Model 2100 to any other instrument or the experimental preparation It is safest to turn Its power off

Set the Oufpuf controls

Range 10V Pulse Sign +

Baseline Zero Pulse Amplitude 200

Setting The Timing Controls

Delay Burst Width

Duration Period

none single

15010-2 50010-2

Setting The Start Controls

Mode Free Run

Disconnect any cables to the TRIG or GATE inputs

Note that the green Trig and Event Indicators turn on as Free Run is turned on (and turn off otherwise) You should observe a 15ms duration 20Hz rate pulse of 200V above a OV baseline on the oscilloscope

fl-N Systems Inc 131 BusinessPartiLoop RO Box850CarisbcxgWa98324 |Telophone 800426-1306 bull 360-683-8300 bull FW 360683-3525 E-mail salesa-msystems com VVbbsite httpywwwa-msystems com

Demonstration of Burst Mode Connect the output ofthe Model 2100 to an oscilloscope Before connecting the Model 2100 to any other instrument or the experimental preparation It Is safest to turn its power off

Set the Outpuf controls

Range 10V Pulse Sign +

Baseline Pulse Amplitude 200

Baseline Amplitude 100

Setting The Timing Controls

Delay 88010-2 Burst Width 12010-^

Duration 15010-2 Period 50010-2

Set the START controls as follows

Mode Free Run

Disconnect any cables to the TRIG or GATE inputs

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Telophooe 8004201306 360683-8300 bull FAX 360683-3525 E^naii salesa-msystems com Watjsite http7wwwa-msystemscom

Trigger the oscilloscope from the Bursf trigger out (upper Trig Out connector) for a stable display In each burst (occurring every lOOms) you should observe a trio of 15ms duration starting 50ms apart Try switching the StartMode from Free Run to the center (nonnal) position The pulses will no longer be produced and the Trig and Event Indicators will tum off Pressing this switch once (to Manual) will cause a single burst to occur

Problem Solving If the instrument appears to be not working properiy check all ofthe control settings and connections Be sure to wait at least 5-10 seconds after turning the instrument off before turning it on again The following summary of typical problems for the user (along with the most common solutions) may help

Problem CauseSolution

EVENT Indicator never lights even in FREE RUN mode

bull Replace fuse check power connection bullSet DELAY or PERIOD to a shorter interval

bull Power-on too soon after power-off

OVERLAP Indicator is on

ERROR indicator is on

bull Set DURATION gt000 bull DURATION Is set to SQUARE but

PERIOD is 000 Increase PERIOD or set DURATION independantly

bull BURST and WIDTH are gt DURATION increase PERIOD or decrease DURATION

bull BIPHASIC pulse output Is on and PERIOD is not longer than twice the DURATION Increase PERIOD or decrease DURATION

bull Free-run Is on and BURST is lt PERIOD (BURST off) DELAY is 0 and PERIOD Is lt DURATION Add delay or modify PERIOD

bull Free-run is on and BURST is gt DURATION (BURST ON) and PERIOD is lt DURATION Increase PERIOD

bull For VOLTAGE outputs the output is trying to drive too low a resistance or capacitance (eg a short circuit) Check by disconnecting the output ft is possible (and normal) that for the fastest cycles and largest amplitudes (close to 100 V

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business PartiLoop PO Box 850 CartsborgWa 98324 iTelophone 800-42O130636O6e3-8300FAX 3606B3-3525 E-mail satesaflisyslefmcom Vfebslte http7wwwa-msyslemscom

and 1 ps) that the ERROR indicator might always come on during repetitive pulses Fix output load or decrease amplitude as required

Time appears to be excessive Changed control in mid-cycle (resets current status)

Cant seem to get a full signal out Load Is not properiy connected repair wiring Too low a load impedance (VOLTAGE modes) or too high a load impedance (CURRENT mode)

Incoming triggers not accepted frequently enough

PERIOD is set too long (enforces dead time) followd by BURST set to SIGNAL Reduce PERIOD time

Table 10 Problem Solving

If you suspect that the Model 2100 may have completely failed we recommend checking the basic level of functionality Ifthis fails your instrument Is defective and must be repaired Ifthis passes either your experimental setup is incompatible or inconsistent or there is a more subtle flaw in your Model 2100

If the Model 2100 appears to be malfunctioning contact A-M Systems Inc or your dealer We will first attempt to solve the problem over the telephone so have an exact description of your problem available when you call You do not need to be within the warranty period to obtain over-the-phone assistance

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 iTetoptxme 80O426-1306 bull 360683-8300 FAX 3606803525 E-mail satesa-msystemsoomAfebsitehttpJwwwaflisystemscom

Theory of Operation

The operation ofthe Model 2100 is summarized in the block diagram (see the figure on Page 11) Not shown are all ofthe interconnections with the microcontroller The internal microcontroler plays an important role in setting the signal path but does not directly contribute to the dynamic characteristics It scans the front panel switches and sets the control values for the logic arrays It programs the internal counters which along with the other hardware achieve the necessary sub-microsecond speeds

Pulse generation starts either from an Input trigger signal (from Trig In) or an internally signal (Free Run mode) A Delay timer counts the 10MHz clock until its count value is exhausted At this point the Burst Period and Duration timers are started If the Burst timer has not expired by the end ofthe Period the Period and Duration timers are restarted If the Biphasic mode has been set the Duration timer is restarted at the end of the initial Duration and the sign ofthe output pulse is reversed doubling the total duration

The system state (pulse on pulse sign baseline sign [+0f-]) is transmitted to the isolated section via optoisolator The baseline and pulse amplitudes are selected by an analog switch The resulting signal is amplified by a variable-power-supply discrete operational amplifier The amplifier connections and gain is modified to provide two voltage and three current ranges

Timing overiap errors are detected by a logical decision computation rather than by testing for counter collisions This provides instant feedback rather than waiting up to an hour for such a collision to occur Output errors are measured by sensing the output amplifiers differential input voltage Under normal conditions this is a negligible voltage If the amplifier fails to deliver the requested signal the window comparator testing this voltage sends this message (via optoisolator) to the logic section turning on a warning LED

fl-N Systems Inc 131BusinessPart(LoopRO Box850CarisboigWa98324 4 n Tel0pri0ne80O426-130636O683^300FAX36O6833525 ^ E-mail salesaflisystBmscom V febsite http7wwwa-msystemsoom

S i

I - - ^^mdasho^M

OUTPUT i l l

TRIG ^ OUT

(burst)

TRIG 3-lt) OUT

(pulse)

til

I laquo

Calibration Procedures

The calibration interval is the lesser of 1000 hours of operation or 6 months Somewhat greater drift can be expected in the first 100 hours of operation as the semiconductors age Adjustments should only be made after the instrument has been fully warmed up for at least 15 minutes

Full instrument calibration requires the following test equipment digital multimeter (plusmn 01) able to measure resistance to at least lOOMO oscilloscope with at least 50MHz bandwidth true-mis voltmeter with 4MHz bandwidth universal counter (plusmn 001 ) able to measure single pulse widths and periods resistors (all plusmn 01) 2kn lOkH 1 watt 20kn 200kn alligator clip lead sets banana plugs and BNC adapters

Adjustment integrated circuit and test point locations are shown in the following figures All adjustments are on the timing board unless othenAise noted

All voltages in the non-isolated section should be measured with respect to ground at TP510 unless othenwise stated Some voltages are measured with respect to an internal isolated ground at TP650 or across the two output temninals Occasionally the voltage at an IC pin must be measured in these cases the reference designator is given with the pin number in parentheses eg U602(16) When it states within this procedure that a voltage is to be minimized this means that the adjustment should be made such that the measured voltage is as close to zero volts as possible Refer to the Specifications Section of this manual for acceptable tolerances

The sequence of this procedure is important If any adjustment is made all adjustments which follow must be made to ensure that the specifications will be met These procedures require that all controls remain as set in previous steps unless othenAise indicated

WARNING

The Model 2100 has dangerous voltages throughout the instrument even with the power is off Servicing the Model 2100 should only be done by qualified service personnel Use caution in handling any wires connectors or electrodes which may be directly or indirectly attached to the instrument Do not touch exposed connections or components Disconnect power by unplugging the power cord from the receptacle

H B ^ ^ S y s t e m s inc^degdegp^deg^^deg-^^^^^^^^B3^^^degdeg^^^lt^^^B^^^^ 131BusinessPartiLoopPO Box850CartsbOigWamp98324 4 9 |Telophone800-42013C6360683-8300F0lt360683-3525 ^ E-mail salesa-msystefnscom website httpwwwaflisystems com

CO

TP501 O lt0

g OTPSOO

U560 S

Trig Gate

0 -TISOS

U570

U500

Timing

p U520

Timing

K U550 Timin

gt U540

U515

o X I Timin

U508 I

J510 Timing nnn

Burst Delay J400

gt U550

R503

D D I D bull U8QQ i Q

n

oo

V P 5 1 0

b U535

^

Clock i _

U555

lt U 5 4 5

o

h d ^ O - - ^ U605

Q D

U620

O fJZ^ R737 bull ^ 1^13015 r j C - C O M P

B B nU770 ^ ^ ^ 5 ^ a

J420

a

o E

bull [ ]U632

riueso

rR742rVhigh R 6 1 9 ^

LJ TP645 O TP650

TPMOQ^QS

Vlow

CD-

CZZl

J440 bull bull tl iUDQ

I t

f i l

Power supply and bias voltages

Power supply

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

POWER ON Observe voltage at P703 power supply wire top of main board

Check for+15 plusmn 050 V

Observe voltage at P701 power supply wire top of main board

Check for-15 plusmn 050 V

Observe voltage at U505(24) Check for +5 plusmn 025 V

Isolated supply voltage Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

RANGE 10 V TRIG open circuit MODE center position

Alternately observe V ^ from R742 to R740 and V ^ from theU605(4)toU605(8)

Adjust R773 so that 110VltV lt 120 V and

nigh

28VltV|^lt34V

Capacitance balance Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

Connect a xlO oscilloscope probe to TP650 and ground the

Adjust R737 for minimum high frequency signal

Inputs

Gate function Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave Verify that the voltage to GATE switches states at the Observe voltage at U510(3) proper input levels with an oscilloscope

Trigger slope Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave Verify that the voltage to TRIG switches states at the Observe voltage at U510( 1) proper input levels with an oscilloscope

TRIG SLOPE Verify voltage is 180deg out of phase

TRIG SLOPE Verify voltage is in phase

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 860 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Jelophone 800-4201306 360683-8300 bull FM 380683-3525 E-mail salesaflTsystBfnscom bull Vtebsite httpVAirwwaflisystems com

14

Trigger and gate f unc t i on

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

DELAY NONE BURS-nMDTH SINGLE DURATION SQUARE PERIOD 100X10-3

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave to TRIG Observe TRIGD and EVENT LEDs

TRIG disconnect all Short the GATE connector to GND Verify LEDs extinguish

MODE press to MANUAL Verify LEDs flash once

Timing

System c lock f requency

Controls Inputs Observations Ad jus t Check

Observe the frequency of the wave Verify 1000 MHz plusmn 001 atU555(17)

Mul t ip l iers (Wheel Swi tches)

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

PULSE SIGN-laquobull MODE FREE RUN TRIG disconnect all TIMING MULTIPUERS all

wheels set to zero except the one being tested

TIMING OVERLAP ignore

Observe the pulse width with the counter at the location specified t)elow

Verify pulse width is correct for each wheel as it is tested independently

For each wheel of each MULTIPLIER test each position to verify that the pulse width is correct Observe the signal at the following locations DELAY U520(2) BURSTWIDTH U530(2) PERIOD U540(2) DURATION U550(2)

Rates (Rotary Swi tches)

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

TIMING MULTIPUERS 001 Observe the pulse width with the TIMING RATES all rotary counter at the location specified

switches set to 10-4 below except the one being tested

Verify pulse width is correct for each rotary switch as it is tested independently

For each ofthe four rotary switches in TIMING test each position to verify that the pulse width is correct Observe the signal at the following locations DELAY U520(2) BURSTWIDTH U530(2) PERIOD U540(2) DURATION U550(2)

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 iTetophone 8004201306 bull 360683-8300 bull FOC 3606803525 E-mail salesa-msystemscom Wbbsite httpJwwwaflTSystemscom

15

Trigger outputs

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

Range 10V Pulse Amplitude 500 Delay 100 xlO^ Burst 100 x 10 ^ Duration 100x10-^ Period 400x10-^ Pulse sign + Trig Mode Free run Trig in open

Trigger the oscilloscope to the Burst Trig Out Observe it the Pulse Trig Out and the isolated output

Verify that the waveform consists of a burst of three 1ms-on3ms-off pulses The burst trigger should be synchronous with the burst the pulse trigger coincident with each pulse

Output Calibration

Isolation Resistance (check)

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode center position Trig In open

Measure the resistance between ground banana jack (front panel) and black banana jack of output with DMM

Resistance read gt 100MQ

Amplitude Switch Offset (R640)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Zero Trig Mode center position Trig In Open

Measure the voltage at TP645 vs TP650 with the DMM

Adjust R640 (AmpI Sw Offset) for minimum voltage

Output Offset (R332 front panel board) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Zero Range 10V Trig Mode center position Trig In Open

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

Adjust R332 (Output offset) for minimum voltage

Positive Baseline Offeet (R607) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Sign + Baseline Amplitude

fully CCW (000) Range 10V Trig In open Trig Mode center position

Measure the voltage across the outputwiththeDMM

Adjust R602 (BSLN + offset) for minimum voltage

fl-N Systems Inc 131 BusBiess Parti Loop P O Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Telophone B00-42O1306 bull 360683-8300 bull FAX 3606803525 E-mail salesaflisystemscom V^tebsite httpy^vwwa-msystems com

16

Negative Baseline Offset (R619)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Sign -Baseline Amplitude

fully CCW (000) Range 10V Trig In open Trig Mode center position

Measure the voltage across the outputwiththeDMM

Adjust R619 (BSLN + offset) for minimum voltage

Pulse Amplitude Adjust (R602)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode Free Mode Pulse Amplitude 1000 Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =1001 Period =00110-4 Pulse Sign -Trig In open Range 10V

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

The Overiap indicator should be on Adjust R602 (Max Level) for -10OOV out

Pulse Sign Gain (check)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode Free Mode Pulse Amplitude 1000 Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =100 1s Period =001 10-4s Trig In open Range 10V

Measure the voltage at the output with the DMM for the Pulse Sign at + and - positions

The absolute values ofthe voltages should differ by less than lOOmV

Baseline Amplitudes (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Range 100mA Trig Mode center position Baseline Amplitude fully CW (1000) Trig In open

Measure the voltage at the output with the DMM with Baseline Sign in + Zero and

- positions

Gain the matching of current levels at = and - positions and offset current in Zero position

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop PO Box 850 Cartsboig Wa 98324 Telophone 800-4201306 360683-8300 FkX 3606803525 E-mail salesa-msystemscom website http^^wwaflisystemsccm

17

Output Range Amplitude and Drive (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Pulse Amplitude 1000 Pulse Sign + Trig Mode Free Run Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =1001 Period =10010-4 Trig In open

Load the output with a 10KV 1W 01 resistor Measure the voltage at the output with DMM

Verify that full scale output is within specification Scale Range 100V 100V 10V 10V 100mA IV 1mA 10V 10mA 100V

Pulse Sign and Short Circuit Protection (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =200 10-4 Period =00110-3 Baseline Zero Pulse Amplitude 25 Range 10V Trig Mode Free Run Trig In open

Measure the voltage at the output with the oscilloscope Check for Pulse Sign set to each of + - biphasic Watch for Error indicator when shorting the output

Verify that pulses of approx 25V amplitude (625V for biphasic mode) of the correct sign are produced every 10ms Short output in biphasic mode Output should return when opened

Output Transient Response (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Pulse Sign + Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =20010-4 Period =00110-3 Pulse Amplitude 250 Baseline Zero Trig Mode Free Mode Trig In open

Connect the oscilloscope to the output with a 310 attenuator probe Test both 10V and 100V ranges

Verify that overshoot and risetime meet specifications

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Telophone 8004201306 bull 3606808300 bull Flaquo( 360laquo83ltJ525 E-mail salesa-msystemsocm V^febsite http^wwwa-msystefnscom

18

Specifications

There are three classes of specifications Class A specifications tested in all units and are guaranteed Class B specifications are inherent in the design they are indirectly tested and are guaranteed Class C specifications are typical operating values which are occasionally tested- these are typical values given for your information but not guarshyanteed The class for each specification is noted in the center column ofthe following sections

Inputs Switching level

Hysteresis

Input equivalent circuit

Minimum duration (1 IL-level signal)

A

C

C

C

16 V(plusmn 02 V)

approx 50 mV

lOOKH to+5 in parallel with no more than 35pF

gt 50 ns

Open circuit condition B defaults to highon level

Timing and rate accuracy Rate selector steps

Timing multiplier steps

B

B

lOOpsto 100s in 7 steps

1 of rate selector step size Maximum value is 999 X the rate selector step size

Resolution B approx 01 ofthe maximum value

Timing error (second and later pulses after resetting controls)

B lt 002 of rate selector value + 015 ps

Timing error (first pulse after readjusting timing controls)

an additional 025 ps error may occur

Timing repeatability lt 001 setting + 20 ns (monophasic)

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Ram Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Vfa 98324 pTelophone 8004201306 bull 360683-8300 bull FAX 360683-3525

E-mail salesraquoflisystems com Wabsite httpJAnww afl isystems com

19

TRIG IN to OUTPUT delay (DELAY set to 0) output set to 2V

Timing jitter from TRIG IN to OUTPUT (for TTL trigger input with risetime lt10 ns)

Timing jitter from TRIG OUT (either BURST or PULSE) and OUTPUT

Trigger output to pulse output delay

Output characteristics Pulse level error (voltage mode open circuit current mode short circuit

Biphasic level difference IV + - V-1 2

Baseline level error (voltage mode open circuit current mode short circuit)

Risetime (25 V out)

Risetime (25 V out)

Transient response

A

A

A

Output impedance (voltage mode) C

Output impedance (current mode) C

Isolation resistance A

Isolation capacitance C

approx 05 ps for a load of no more than 10 KH in parallel with 50 pF

lt 125 ns (all rates except 100s) lt 125 ps (100s rate)

Less than 20 ns (all rates)

approx 350 ns

lt 03 of setting + 05 of r range (plus an additional 05 pA in 100 pA range)

lt 03 of range (voltage modes into open circuit current modes into short circuit)

lt 03 of setting of setting + 01 of range (plus an additional 05 pA in lOOpA range)

= 200 ns into less than 30 pF

= 15 ps into less than 30 pF

lt 8 overshoot into less than 30 pF for pulse voltages different than baseline voltage by at least 10 of range

= 50 ohms

raquo 1 0 GH (typically 200 GO)

raquo 1 0 0 M n

= 60 pF at 100 Hz

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Peril Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg V6 98324 |TelCf)hone 800-4201306 3606808300 bull FAX 360683-3525 E-mal salesaflisystefnsoom Website hnpyMVfWafllsystemsoom

20

Noise (differential mode)

Noise (common mode earth to isolated ground) with no signal output

Overload error indicator (low frequency short circuited voltage mode)

Overload error indicator low frequency open circuited current mode)

Overioad error response time

Miscellaneous

= 1 mV rms (10 V scale 10 Hz-4 MHz)

= 8 mV rms (10 Hz-4 MHz) == 100mVp-p (200 Hz -10 MHz) measured withalOMH 15pF oscilloscope probe

Turns on for set amplitude at or greater than approx plusmn1 V (10 V range) or plusmn2 V (100 V range)

Turns on for set amplitude at or above approx 2 of range

Flat to approx 30 ps duration Decreasing sensitivity for shorter pulses

Power

Fuse

Operating temperature range

Storage temperature range

Operating humidity

Dimensions

approx 11 watts

1 amp 3AG

10-30degC

0 - 50deg C

5 - 80 RH

17x475x1125 (inches) 432x121x286 cm

Weight 20 lbs (9 kg)

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Wb 98324 |Tetcphone 8004201306 3606808300 bull FOt 360683-3525 E-mail satesamsystems comV^febsite httpywwwaflisystemscom

21

Warranty and Service

What does this warranty cover A-M Systems Inc warrants to the Purchaser that the Instrument excluding cables Headstage Probes and any other accessories shipped with the Instrument (hereafter the hardware) is free from defects in workmanship or material under normal use and service for the period of one (1) year This warranty commences on the date of delivery ofthe hardware to the Purchaser

What are the obligations of A-M Systems Inc under this warranty During the warranty period A-M Systems Inc agrees to repair or replace at its sole option without charge to the Purchaser any defective component part of the hardware To obtain warranty service the Purchaser must return the hardware to A-M Systems Inc or an authorized A-M Systems Inc distributor in an adequate shipping container Any postage shipping and insurance charges incurred in shipping the hardware to A-M Systems Inc must be prepaid by the Purchaser and all risk for the hardware shall remain with purchaser until such time as A-M Systems Inc takes receipt of the hardware Upon receipt A-M Systems Inc will promptly repair or replace the defective unit and then return the hardware to the Purchaser postage shipping and insurance prepaid A-M Systems Inc may use reconditioned or like new parts or units at its sole option when repairing any hardware Repaired products shall carry the same amount of outstanding warranty as from original purchase or ninety (90) days which ever is greater Any claim under the warranty must include a dated proof of purchase ofthe hardware covered by this warranty In any event A-M Systems Inc liability for defective hardware is limited to repairing or replacing the hardware

What is not covered by this warranty This warranty is contingent upon proper use and maintenance ofthe hardware by the Purchaser and does not cover batteries Neglect misuse whether intentional or othenwise tampering with or altering the hardware damage caused by accident damage caused by unusual physical electrical chemical or electromechanical stress damage caused by failure of electrical power or damage caused during transportation are not covered by this wan-anty Products may not be returned to A-M Systems Inc for service whether under warranty or otherwise which are contaminated by infectious agents radioactive compounds or other materials constituting a health hazard to employees of A-M Systems Inc

What are the limits of liability for A-M Systems Inc under this warranty A-M Systems Inc shall not be liable for loss of data profits or savings or any special incidental consequential indirect or other similar damages arising from breach of contract negligence or other legal action even if the company or its agent has been advised of the possibility of such damages or for any claim brought against you by another party THIS EQUIPMENT IS NOT INTENDED FOR CLINICAL MEASUREMENTS USING HUMAN SUBJECTS A-M SYSTEMS INC DOES NOT ASSUME RESPONSIBILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE DUE TO MISUSE OF THIS EQUIPMENT Jurisdictions vary with regard to the enforceability of provisions excluding or limiting liability for incidental or consequential damages Check the provision of your local jurisdiction to find out whether the above exclusion applies to you

This warranty allocates risks of product failure between the Purchaser and A-M Systems Inc A-M Systems Inc hardware pricing reflects this allocation of risk and the limitations of liability contained in this warranty The warranty set forth above is in lieu of all other express warranties whether oral or written The agents employees distributors and dealers of A-M Systems Inc are not authorized to make modifications to this warranty or additional wan-anties binding on the company Accordingly additional statements such as dealer advertising or presentations whether oral or written do not constitute warranties by A-M Systems Inc and should not be relied upon This warranty gives you specific legal rights You may also have other rights which vary from one jurisdiction to another

fl-N Systems Inc 131BusinessPartiLoop RO Box850CartsbOfgWa98324 p O |Telophone 8004201306 bull 360683-8300FOC 3606830525 ^ ^ E-mail saiesaflisystefTiscom Wbbsite httpVwwwa-msystemscom

Specifications

There are three classes of specifications Class A specifications tested in all units and are guaranteed Class B specifications are inherent in the design they are indirectly tested and are guaranteed Class C specifications are typical operating values which are occasionally tested- these are typical values given for your information but not guarshyanteed The class for each specification is noted in the center column of the following sections

Inputs Switching level

Hysteresis

Input equivalent circuit

Minimum duration (TTL-level signal)

A

C

C

C

16 V (plusmn 02 V)

approx 50 mV

lOOKfl to-1-5 in parallel with no more than 35pF

gt50ns

Open circuit condition B defaults to highon level

Timing and rate accuracy

Rate selector steps

Timing multiplier steps

B

B

100S to 100s in 7 steps

1 of rate selector step size Maximum value is 999 X the rate selector step size

Resolution B approx 01 of the maximum value

Timing error (second and later pulses after resetting controls)

B lt 002 of rate selector value + 015S

Timing error (first pulse after readjusting timing controls)

an additional 025s error may occur

Timing repeatability lt 001 settings-20 ns (mbnophasic)

A-M Systems Inc 131 Business Paik Loop PO Box 850 Caiisborg Wa 98324 Telophone 8004201306 3606808300 FAX 3606803S25 E-mail salesOa-msystemscom bull Website httpyy(wwaltTisystemscom

19

TRIG IN to OUTPUT delay (DELAY set to 0) output set to 2V

Timing jitter from TRIG IN to OUTPUT (for TTL trigger input with risetime lt10 ns)

Timing jitter from TRIG OUT (either BURST or PULSE) and OUTPUT

Trigger output to pulse output delay

Output characteristics Pulse level error (voltage mode open circuit current mode short circuit

Biphasic level difference IV-H-i-V-l2

Baseline level error (voltage mode A open circuit current mode short circuit)

Risetime (25 V out)

Risetime (25 V out)

Transient response

A

A

A

Output impedance (voltage mode) C

Output impedance (current mode) C

Isolation resistance A

Isolation capacitance C

approx 05 ps for a load of no more than 10 Kft in parallel with 50 pF

lt 125 ns (all rates except 100s) lt125ys (100s rate)

Less than 20 ns (all rates)

approx 350 ns

lt 03 of setting -i- 05 of r range (plus an additional 05vA in 100 ywA range)

lt 03 of range (voltage modes into open circuit current modes into short circuit)

lt 03 of setting of setting -I- 01 of range (plus an additional 05 pA in 100A range)

= 200 ns into less than 30 pF

= 15 yws into less than 30 pF

lt 8 overshoot into less than 30 pF for pulse voltages different than baseline voltage by at least 10 of range

= 50 ohms

raquo 1 0 Ga (typically 200 GD)

raquo 1 0 0 M n

= 60 pF at 100 Hz

A BB f ^ _ M 1 ^ ^ 131 Business Paik Loop ROBOx850Cai1sOorgWaW3Z4

- I V l o V S i e m S inC80Ph0trade80O42O1308-36O683-8300-FAX36O683-3525 7 bull bull bull bull ^ ^ E-maasale80a-m8vstemscomWebsitehitpjwwwaltnsyste

20 E-mai salesO a-m8ystemscom Website http jwwwa-msystemscom

Noise (differential mode)

Noise (common mode earth to isolated ground) with no signal output

Overload error indicator (low frequency short circuited voltage mode)

Overload error indicator low frequency open circuited current mode)

Overload error response time

Miscellaneous

= 1 mV rms (10 V scale 10 Hz-4 MHz)

- 8 mV rms (10 Hz-4 MHz) =laquo100mVp-p (200 Hz -10 MHz) measured withalOMn 15pF oscilloscope probe

Turns on for set amplitude at or greater than approx plusmn1 V (10 V range) or plusmn2 V (100 V range)

Turns on for set amplitude at or above approx 2 of range

Flat to approx 30 ps duration Decreasing sensitivity for shorter pulses

Power

Fuse

Operating temperature range

Storage temperature range

Operating humidity

Dimensions

Weight

approx 11 watts

1 amp 3 AG

10-30degC

0 - 50deg C

5 - 80 RH

17x475x1125 (inches) 432x121x286 cm

20 lbs (9 kg)

A-M Systems Inc 131 Business Paik Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Tekjptwne 8004201306 bull 36Olaquo8O8300 bull FAX 360laquo8O3525 E-mail salesOa-msystemscom Website httpywwwa-msystemscom

21

Warranty and Service

What does this warranty cover A-f Systems Inc warrants to the Purchaser that the Instrument excluding cables Headstage Probes and any other accessories shipped with the Instrument (hereafter the hardware) is free from defects in workmanship or material under normal use and service for the period of one (1) year This warranty commences on the date of delivery of the hardware to the Purchaser

What are the obligations of A-M Systems Inc under this warranty During the warranty period A-M Systems Inc agrees to repair or replace at its sole option without charge to the Purchaser any defective component part of the hardware To obtain warranty service the Purchaser must return the hardware to A-l^ Systems Inc or an authorized A-M Systems Inc distributor in an adequate shipping container Any postage shipping and insurance charges incurred in shipping the hardware to A-M Systems Inc must be prepaid by the Purchaser and all risk for the hardware shall remain with purchaser until such time as A-M Systems Inc takes receipt of the hardware Upon receipt A-M Systems Inc will promptly repair or replace the defective unit and then return the hardware to the Purchaser postage shipping and insurance prepaid A-M Systems Inc may use reconditioned or like new parts or units at its sole option when repairing any hardware Repaired products shall carry the same amount of outstanding warranty as from original purchase or ninety (90) days which ever is greater Any claim under the warranty must include a dated proof of purchase of the hardware covered by this warranty In any event A-M Systems Inc liability for defective hardware is limited to repairing or replacing the hardware

What is not covered by this warranty This warranty is contingent upon proper use and maintenance of the hardware by the Purchaser and does not cover batteries Neglect misuse whether intentional or othenvise tampering with or altering the hardware damage caused by accident damage caused by unusual physical electrical chemical or electromechanical stress damage caused by failure of electrical power or damage caused during transportation are not covered by this warranty Products may not be returned to A-M Systems Inc for service whether under warranty or otherwise which are contaminated by Infectious agents radioactive compounds or other materials constituting a health hazard to employees of A-M Systems Inc

What are the limits of liability for A-M Systems Inc under this warranty A-M Systems Inc shall not be liable for loss of data profits or savings or any special incidental consequential indirect or other similar damages arising from breach of contract negligence or other legal action even if the company or its agent has been advised of the possibility of such damages or for any claim brought against you by another party THIS EQUIPMENT IS NOT INTENDED FOR CLINICAL MEASUREMENTS USING HUMAN SUBJECTS A-M SYSTEMS INC DOES NOT ASSUME RESPONSIBILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE DUE TO MISUSE OF THIS EQUIPMENT Jurisdictions vary with regard to the enforceability of provisions excluding or limiting liability for incidental or consequential damages Check the provision of your local jurisdiction to find out whether the above exclusion applies to you

This warranty allocates risks of product failure between the Purchaser and A-M Systems Inc A-M Systems Inc hardware pricing reflects this allocation of ris1lt and the limitations of liability contained in this warranty The warranty set forth above is in lieu of all other express warranties whether oral or written The agents employees distributors and dealers of A-M Systems Inc are not authorized to make modifications to this warranty or additional warranties binding on the company Accordingly additional statements such as dealer advertising or presentations whether oral or written do not constitute warranties by A-M Systems Inc and should not be relied upon This warranty gives you specific legal rights You may also have other rights which vary from one jurisdiction to another

A B B J l laquo raquo ^ t3tBusinessPafkLoopPOBox850Cai1sbO(gWa98324

- | V | O V S i e m S |nCtrade042O1306-36O68O8300-FAX36O68O3525 E-mail salasOa-msvstemscom bull Website httowwwa-msvste

t3tBusinassParkLaopROBox8SOCai1sbo(gWa98324 po Telophone 8004201306 360683-8300 FAX 3606803525 ^ ^ E-maH salesOa-msystemscom Wetsite httpwwwa-msystem3e0m

mwal

INSTRUCTION MANUAL

FOR

ISOLATED PULSE STIMULATOR

MODEL 2100

Serial

Date

A-M Systems Inc

PO Box 850

Carisborg WA 98324

USA

360-683-8300 bull 800-426-1306 FAX 360-683-3525

httpwwwa-m8y8temscom

Version 50 May 1998

Contents General Description 1

Instrument Features 1 Controls and Connectors 2

Operating Instructions 6 Theory of Operation 10 Calibration Procedures 12

Inputs ii 14 Output Calibration iii i 16

Specifications i4 il u 19 Warranty and Service wi iJ iJi [ii 22

Each Isolated Pulse Stimulator Is delivered complete with

Rack Mount Hardware Instructions amp Maintenance Manual

NOTE

This instrument is not intended for clinical measurements using human subjects A-M Systems Inc does not assume msponsibility for injury or damage due to the misuse of this instrument

General bull M ^ ion

Instrument Features The Isolated Pulse Stimulator Model 2100 Is designed for a wide variety of applications It is highly flexible being capable of delivering single pulses biphasic pairs or bursts of pulses Pulses may be started manually or upon receiving a trigger signal from another instrument or computer Two non-isolated trigger outputs are available for triggering other instruments

Four sets of timing controls provide comprehensive control over all aspects of pulse generation Three digit accuracy is available over a 7 decade range for each timing function using lever wheel switches Pulse wkiths can be set over more than a 9 decade range from 05 [is to 999 seconds Timing accuracy is assured through the use of a 10 MHz base rate crystal-controlled clock digitally divided to provide accurate timing over the entire range A timing overiap indicator will light if the timing controls are set Inconsistently

The output may be conveniently switched between cun-ent and voltage modes Pulse and baseline amplitudes are independently presettable with lockable dials An error indicator will light if the Model 2100 cannoi deliver the desired signal

WARNING

The Model 2100 can produce potentially dangemus voltages up to 100 V et the output connectors The isolated output is not connected internally to safety (earth) ground in ahy way Some part of the extemal circuit should be connected to safety gmund Use caution in handling any wires connectors or electrodes which may be directly or indirectly attached to the Model 2100 output Some lltinds of connectors such as BNC connectors have exposed metal parts which may float at dangemus potentials unless extemally connected to safety gmund For greatest safety tum the Model 2100 off before making any connections to

the Instrument

131 Business Park LocfiPO Box BSOCarM)orgWa 98324 800426-1308 bull36OlaquoS3laquo300FAX 3 6 M 8 3 ^ 2 5

E-malt uiittyBQaHiByBtumaooiTi Wobsita HipJtwtiwiwftbMiAcon fl-N SystQms I n c ^ T

Controls and Connectors The controls for the Model 2100 are grouped in three sections START controlling when a pulse or burst of pulses begins TIMING controlling the onoff timing of one or more pulses and otJTPliT controlling the amplitude of the output signal

Start TRIG SLOPE This switch determines whether valid triggers occur at positive or negative edges in the trigger signal

MODE This switch controls how wavefomris are initiated When set to FREE RUN one timing cycle immediately follows the last When held in the MANUAL position a timing cycle starts immediately When the switch is in the center position timing cycles start when valid triggering events occur

TRIGD This LED lights up when a timing cycle is in process and continues until the burst is completed

TRIG This BNC connector allows a signal from an extemal source to initiate timing cycles It is set for standard TTL levels

GATE This BNC connector allows a signal from an extemal source to restrict the final output signal This input must be at a logical high (or open-circuited) in order for the Model 2100 to recognize either manual or automatic trigger events

Gate 1_ Trigger [~^ i I Valid triggers are represented by the arrows in the figure Note that the up arrow would apply only if TRIG SLOPE is set to + the down anrows would apply only if TRIG SLOPE is set to-

NOTE Triggers have no effect if the system has not completed its response to a previous trigger

fl-N SystQms I n c ^ 131 Business Park Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 600426-13063eO683laquo300FAX 360683^525

E-maB anBysQraquoinsyaleiTaconi Wsbalto h^KAvwwa-(nsys(smsoom

Timing Four sets of controls govem the timing of pulse generation Each set contains two values which are multiplied together to detennine the actual timing value The rotary knob (rate selector) provides the approximate timing value and the lever wheel switch bank (MULTIPLIER) provkles a time resolution of three decimal digits The following diagram shows most of the important relationships

Pnfe-tRAIM I B E L A V i6Molaquo

BURST WIOtH

Output r Delay

t n

Duration - ^ lt - |4Periodgt|

FLJI -^ Burst width

Trigger event

DELAY These controls set the time between the initiating trigger event and the beginning of the pulse burst If this rate selector is set to NONE or the multiplier is set to ooo there is no delay

BURSTWIDTH These controls set the time period in which one or more pulses may be delivered Once started a pulse may outlast the burst width If this rate selector is set to SINGLE or to any time shorter than the pulse duration only a single pulse will occur If the BURSTWIDTH is longer than the period pulses will be emitted at the PERIOD rate until the burst time ends Pulses are never truncated by a short BURST WIDTH

iNTpoundA-PULSiE PBRiOb

DURATION These controls set the length of each pulse If this rate selector is set to SQUARE the duration is set to half of the period regardless of the MULTIPLIER setting

PERIOD These controls set the period of time between adjacent pulse events within the burst It also forces a minimum dead time between recognized input triggers following a burst of one or more pulses This can be used to prevent over stimulation of a tissue without requiring excessive delay between the triggering event and the stimulating pulse

TlMtNQ OVERLAP

mLiHMPi

VVtJ jiwaa lasm nlaquoilaquo u

t^fi SysUms I n c ^ Elt4nsfl a m

131 Business Pofc Loop PO Box 850 Carisborg 1^98324 600-426-1306 36O6834300 FAK 360683^525

E-mai vrvysQfrflisysleraLOCniWutiailQL N^jAwwa^iByslernUiOOni

NOTE If any of these timing controls are changed while a timing cycle is in operation the results are undefined until the cunent cycle flnishes

TIMING OVERLAP This LED will light to indicate an Inconsistency in the timing cycle settings There are several ways to Introduce such errors The most common way is to set the inter-pulse PERIOD to be less than the pulse DURATION

TRIG OUT (UPPER) This BNC connector provides a signal which is coinckient with the intemal Burst timing signal (default) This means the signal starts at the end of the Delay time and persists until the Burst time expires This output may also be set to represent the delay time-out by setting the internal jumper J510 to the left two pins Instead of the right two pins (Please see the Calibration section in this manual for jumper location Directions are given as viewed from the fix)nt of the instrument)

TRIG OUT (LOWER) This BNC connector provides a signal which is coincident with the Duration timing signal which controls pulse output

NOTE Both trigger output signals slightly lead the isolated output signal

Output PULSE SIGN This Switch sets the sign for the pulses to be generated It also allows generation of biphasic pulses thereby doubling the effective total period Warning the first pulse genemted after changing the PULSE SIGN svntch may have the wmng polarity

BASELINE This switch sets the sign for the baseline signal

RANGE This rotary switch allows one of three current or two voltage ranges to be selected for the output signal

BASELINE AMPLITUDE This counting dial are independently set using ten-minute counting dials with the baseline having one tenth the range of the pulse amplitude

A-N Systlaquomslaquo Inc 131 Buskiess Partt Loop PO BoK 8S0 Cailsbarg Wa 96324 laophone 8004201306 bull36O68M300-FAX 3eolaquo8M525 E-mat bullmsysflMnsyslermoom VMaHsr Hlplhfimnmyekmoom

PULSE AMPLITUDE This counting dial

EVENTS This LED indicates when a pulse is ongoing

ERROR This LED indicates when the intemal output amplifier cannot output the pulse as desired This is usually due to a short circuit while trying to output a voltage or an open circuit while trying to output a current

One control from the Ot^uf section directly affects wavefonn timing the Pulse Sign control When set to the Biphasic mode a positive-going pulse is Immediately followed by a negative-going pulse This effectively doubles the pulse duration If a burst of biphasic pulses is being produced the period must be at least twice the single pulse duration In the Sgtan wave mode the baseline disappears as long as the burst persists

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Bushass Park locpPOBooi 850 C8ri9bcrgMS8324 IMqphona 800426-1306 bull36Olaquo83laquo3a0 FAX 360683-3529 E-nal amsyaOa4nsyatemscomWeMlK hMpJVniwa-nsygtatnscom

Operating Instructions

Examples Simple setup (and minimal Instrument tost)

Connect the output of the Model 2100 to an oscilloscope Before connecting the instrument it is safest to turn its power off

Set the Ou^uf controls

Range Pulse Sign

Baseline Pulse Amplitude

10V +

Zero 200

Setting The Timing Controls

Delay Burst Width

Duratbn Period

none single

15010-2 500102

Setting The Start Controls

Mode Free Run

Disconnect any cables to the TRIG or GATE Inputs

Note that the green Trig and Event Indicators tum on as Free Run is turned on (and tum off othenwise) You should observe a 15ms duration 20Hz rate pulse of 200V above a OV baseline on the oscilloscope i

A ^ M ^ _ _ _ A ^ _ _ _ 1 ^ 131BiiHnD8raquoParttloopPOBoxB50Car)sbcrBlaquoraquoS8324

bull P l ^ y S W n i S f |nC ltV^gt^8deglt^^2O1306380laquo8OS3a0FAX36O6BMS2S

6 E-fnflk 9n^fBOs-in9ystsni9cx]fnWDbs)tec H^ff9Nw^myStem9oom

Demonstration of Burst Mode Connect the output of the Model 2100 to an oscilloscope Before connecting the instrument it is safest to tum Its power off

Set the Output controls

Range Pulse Sign

Baseline Pulse Amplitude

Baseline Amplitude

Setting The Timing Controls

Delay Burst Width

Duration

Period

Set the START controls as follows

Mode

Disconnect any cables to the TRIG or GATE inputs

Trigger the oscilloscope from the Burst trigger out (upper Tr^ Out connector) for a stable display In each burst (occumng every lOOms) you should observe a trio of 15ms duration starting 50ms apart Try switching the StartMode from Free Run to the center (nomnal) position The pulses will no longer be produced and the Trig and Event indicators will turn off Pressing this switch once (to Manual) will cause a single burst to occur

880 120 150 500

10V +

200 100

102 102 102 102

Free Run

fleaff SySlQmSa |nCa deglgt ltlt ^ ^ deg ^ degdeg ^ ^ ^ bull E-matmia

131 Business Park LoopPO Box 850 Carisborg Vfe 86324 lUcphcna 800426-1306 36Olaquo83laquo300 FAX 36068raquo52 E-maft tfii8ysOiHn^nleiTBcom1AWisJto HSpitwraquoM^wytAtii9oom

Problem SoMng If the Instrument appears to be not worthing properiy check all of the control settings and connections Be sure to wait at least 5-10 seconds after turning the Instrument off before tuming it on again The following t6ef summary of typical problems for the user (along with the most common solutions) may help

Problem CauseSolution EVENT indicator never lights even in FREE RUN mode

bull Replace fuse check power connection bullSet DELAY or PERIOD to a shorter interval

bull Power-on too soon after power-off

OVERLAP Indicator is on

ERROR indicator is on

Time appears to be excessive

bullSet DURATION gt000 bull DURATION is set to SQUARE but PERIOD is 000 Increase PERIOD or set DURATION independantly

bull BURST and WIDTH are gt DURATION increase PERIOD or decrease

DURATION bull BIPHASIC pulse output is on and PERIOD is not longer than twice the DURATION Increase PERIOD or decrease DURATION

bull Free-run is on and BURST Is lt PERIOD (BURST off) DELAY is 0 and PERIOD is lt DURATION Add delay or modify PERIOD

bull Free-mn is on and BURST is gt DURATION (BURST ON) and PERIOD is lt DURATION Increase PERIOD

bull For VOLTAGE outputs the output Is trying to drive too low a resistance or capacitance (eg a short circuit) Check by disconnecting the output It is possible (and normal) that for the fastest cycles

and largest amplitudes (close to 100 V and 1 MS) that the ERROR Indicator might always come on during repetitive pulses Fix output load or decrease amplitude as required

bull Changed control in mid-cycle (resets cunent status)

A ^ M bull _ _ _ A ^ ^ _ _ i ^ mdash 131BuslnessPai1ltLoopPOBox850CarlsborgWamp98324

bull p i j ^ v s w m s iiic^^deglt^deg^^deglt^^^3degB3^^^deg^^^^degdeg^^^deg^^deg^^^^ E-mat iiiMOafflwstemseom WabaHe MtaffiwwtHtavsli

8 E-msft flmsjoQfrfraystGfnsoom ^WobsltiK hl^Aiwv9-fn9]nteniscom

Cant seem to get a full signal out

Incoming triggers not accepted frequently enough

bull Load is not properiy connected repair wiring

bull Too low a load impedance (VOLTAGE modes) or too high a load impedance

(CURRENT mode)

bull PERIOD is set too long (enforces dead time) followd by BURST set to SIGNAL Reduce PERIOD time

Table 10 Problem Solving

If you suspect that the Model 2100 may have completely failed we recommend checking the basic level of functionality If this fails your instrument is defective and must be repaired If this passes either your experimental setup is incompatible or inconsistent or there is a more subtle flaw in your Model 2100

If the Model 2100 appears to be malfunctioning contact A-M Systems Inc or your dealer Telephone numtgters for A-M Systems Inc listed on the front cover of this manual We will first attempt to solve the problem over the telephone so have an exact description of your problem available when you call You do not need to be within the warranty period to obtain over-the-phone assistance

A ^ M V - mdash A d B ^ K M I ^ M 131BuslnessPatfcLoopPOBox6SOCai

-PI s y s i Q m s inc-2raquolaquoa22=M^^

131 Business Parfc Loop PO Box 650 Cartsborg VM9 0S324 _ FAX36(W8a3525 E^nrt flnsysQa-ntsyttanB-oom Wsbsfte hHpiMNvwa-nnystsnisooni

9

Theory of Operation

The operation of the Model 2100 is summarized In the block diagram (see Fig 3) Not shown are all of the interconnections with the microcontroller The intemal microcontroler plays an important role in setting the signal path but does not directly

contribute to the dynamic characteristics It scans the front panel switches and sets the control values for the logic arays It programs the intemal counters which along with the other hardware achieve the necessary sub-microsecond speeds

All action starts either from an input trigger signal (from Trig In) or from an intemal signal (in free Run mode only) A Delay timer counts the 10MHz clock until its count value Is exhausted At this point the Burst timer starts Both Period and Duration timers are started at this time If the Burst timer has not expired by the end of the Period the Period and Duration timers are restarted If the Biphasic mode has been set the Duration timer is restarted at the end of the initial Duration and the sign of the output pulse Is reversed doubling the total duration

The system state (pulse on pulse sip baseline sign [+101-]) is transmitted to the isolated section via optoisolator The baseline and pulse amplitudes are selected by an analog switch The resulting signal is amplified by a variable-power-supply discrete operational amplifier The amplifier connections and gain is modified to provide two voltage and three cunent ranges

Timing overlap errors are detected by a logical decision computation rather than by testing for counter collisions This provides instant feedback rather than waiting up to an hour for such a collision to occur Output errors are measured by sensing the output amplifiers differential input voltage Under normal conditions this is a negligible voltage if the amplifier fails to deliver the requested signal the window comparator testing this voltage sends this message (via optoisolator) to the logic section turning on a warning LED

fl-N Systems Inc 131BusbnassPa(tLoopPOBox6SOCari3boigVMg8324 H n |TWoph0n880O426-13083eO6Blaquo300FMt36Olaquo8i3525 E-nnl anaysflfriinysleiiaoemWfcbslte hllphmwraquoimyatennoom

TRIG 3HJ) OUT

(burst)

TRIG ^ OUT

(pulse)

E

Ml

Calibration Procedures

The calibration interval is the lesser of 1000 hours of operation or 6 months Somewhat greater drift can be expected in the first 100 hours of operation as the semiconductors age Adjustments should only be made after the instrument has been fully warmed up for at least 15 minutes

Full instrument calibration requires the following test equipment digital multimeter (plusmn 01) able to measure resistance to at least lOOMfl oscilloscope with at least 50MHz bandwidth true-rms voltmeter with 4MHz bandwidth universal counter (plusmn 001 ) able to measure single pulse widths and periods resistors (all plusmn 01) 2kn lOkH 1 waft 20kn 200kn alligator clip lead sets banana plugs and BNC adapters

Adjustment integrated circuit and test point locations are shown in the following figures All adjustments are on the timing board unless otherwise noted

All voltages in the non-isolated section should be measured with respect to ground at TP510 unless othenvise stated Some voltages are measured with respect to an intemal isolated ground at TP650 or across the two output tenninals Occasionally the voltage at an IC pin must be measured In these cases the reference designator is given with the pin number in parentheses eg U602(16) When it states within this procedure that a voltage is to be minimized this means that the adjustment should be made such that the measured voltage is as close to zero volts as possible Refer to the Specifications Section of this manual for acceptable tolerances

The sequence of this procedure is Important If any adjustment is made all adjustments which follow must be made to ensure that the specifications will be met These procedures require that all controls remain as set in previous steps unless otherwise indicated

WARNING

The Model 2100 has dangerous voltages throughout the instrument even with the power is off Servicing the Model 2100 should only be done by qualified service personnel Use caution in handling any wires connectors or electrodes which may be directly or indirectly attached to the Instrument Do not touch exposed connections or components Disconnect power by unplugging the power cord from the receptacle

fl-N Systems I n c ^ 131BusinesaPartcLoopPOBox850CartsborgVWiB8324 4 n ^gt-mdash80O426-130638Ofl8Jlaquo300FAX36O683J52S bull E-maft BinsysQfrfn^islflnisoomVVfalislle h^KVfWMift^iisystemsoani

CO

- R503

Omg^

TPSOlQ O

OTPSOO

U560 bull

U510

DDID ^ trade E O ^ T P 5 1 0

bullnD Trig

0 ^

U570

Gate n U505

DO D

U515

Timing

Timing h_ U520

bsoo ^25SE Timing

Or r U540

I I Tmlng

[^ELIL

U535 D

U506

13 J510 Timlnff

BurfiDelay J400

i i i i i i i T r m r a

gt U550 ^

Clock

U555 U620

B a

^R^Pvhigh Rfijn O D O Vlow

o

bull U545

Fo sect737 lISOIsPjC-COMP

n r r ^ U760

J420

]]U632

Q S riuGSO

H = ) TP640^ deg I t I

II3D

J440 m i T i

U610 plusmn laquo j U O

bull bull l el

^t

O l

bull

M

I

Power supply and bias voltages

Power supply

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

POWER ON Observe voltage at P703 power supply wire top of main board

Check for+15 plusmn 050 V

Observe voltage at P701 power supply wire top of main board

Check for-15 plusmn 050 V

Observe voltage at U505(24) Check for+5 plusmn 025 V

Isolated supply voltage

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

RANGE 10 V TRIG open circuit MODE center position

Altemately observe V^ from R742 to R740 and V ^ from the U605(4) to U605(8)

Adjust R773 so that 110VltV^lt 120 V and

nign

28VltV^lt34V

Capacitance balance

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Connect a x10 oscilloscope probe to TP650 and ground the

Adjust R737 for minimum high frequency signal

Inputs

Gate funct ion

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave Verify that the voltage to GATE switches states at the Obsene voltage at U51G(3) proper input levels with an oscilloscope ^ ^

Trigger s lope

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave Verify that the voltage to TRIO switches states at the Observe voltage at US 10( 1) proper input levels with an oscilloscope

TRIG SLOPE + Verify voltage is 180 out of phase

TRIG SLOPE Verify voltage is in phase

fl-N Systems Inc ^ 131 Bushess Park Loop PO Bar 850 Carisborg Wa 98324 8004201306 3eOlaquoS3e300 FAX 3606BV352S

C-maft fliii8yBQfriii9yBlumaoamVIAibsMB hRpJhwMifi-iiiBystematxini

14

Trigger and gate funct ion

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

DELA NONE BURS1WII3TH SINGLE DURATION SQUARE PERIOD 100X10-3

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave to TRIG Obsen^e TRIOD and EVENT LEDS

TRIG disconnect all Short the GATE connector to GND Verify LEDs extinguish

MODE press to MANUAL Verify LEDs flash once

Timing

System c lock frequency

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Observe the frequency of the wave atU555(17)

Verify 1000 MHz plusmn001

Multipl iers (Wheel Switches)

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

PULSE SIGN + MODE FREE RUN TRIG disconnect all TIMING MULTIPUERS ail

wheels set to zero except the one being tested

TnmiNG OVERLAP ^nOTB

Observe the pulse width with the counter at the location specified below

Verify pulse width Is correct for each wheel as it is tested Independently

For each wheel of each MULTIPUER test each position to verify that the pulse width is correct Observe the signal at the following locations DELAY U520(2) BURSTWIDTH U530(2) PERIOD US40(2) DURATION U550(2)

Rates (Rotary Switches)

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

TIMING MULTIPUERS 001 TIMING RATES all rotary

switches set to 10-4 except the one being tested

Observe the pulse width with the counter at the location specified below

Verify pulse width is conect for each rotary switch as it is tested independently

For each of the four rotary switches in TIMING test each position to verify that the pulse wkJth is correct Observe the signal at the following locations DELAY U520(2) BURSTWIDTH U530(2) PERIOD U540(2) DURATION U550(2)

fl-N Systems I n c ^ E-maft emfl

131 Business Parti Loop PO 809(850 Cartsborg Wta 98324 8004201306 3804806300 FAX 36068O3S25

E-maft ansysQa nvystems-oom Wobste hflp Avwwa4nsy8(Qnttoam

15

Trigger outputs Controls

Range 10V Pulse Amplitude 500 Delay 100x10 Burst 100x10^2 Duration 100 x1a Period 400x10^ Pulse sign + Trig Mode Free run Trig in open

Inputs Observations

Trigger the oscilloscope to the Burst Trig Out Observe it the Pulse Trig Out and the isolated output

Adjust Check

Verify that the waveform consists of a burst of three 1ms-on3ms-off pulses The burst trigger should be synchronous with the burst the pulse trigger coincident with each pulse

Output Calibration

Isolation Resistance (check) Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode center position Trig In open

Measure the resistance between ground banana jack (front panel) and black banana jack of output with DMM

Resistance read gt 100MQ

Amplitude Switch Offset (R640) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Zero Trig Mode center position Trig In Open

Measure the voltage at TP645 vs TP650 with the DMM

Adjust R640 (AmpI Sw Offset) for minimum voltage

Output Offset (R332 front panel board) Controls I nputsObservatlons AdjustCheck

Baseline Zero Range 10V Trig Mode center position Trig In Open

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

Adjust R332 (Output offset) for minimum voltage

Positive Baseline Offset (R607) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Sign + Baseline Amplitude

fully CCW (000) Range 10V Trig In open Trig Mode center position

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

Adjust R602 (BSLN + offset) for minimum voltage

fl M raquo _ _ _ A laquo ^ _ i ^ ^ 131Buslnelaquo8Pari(loopPOBoK850Cart8borgWB96324

bull P I i s V S i e m S a |||Cg1Maphans80O42O130638O68O8300FAX36Olaquo8raquo^2S E-tiBft anagtraquoflwiisyagtlaquomraquoaimW6baHB hHpffii(wwraquoltnsylaquoleniieom

16

Negative Baseline Offset (R619) Controls

Baseline Sign -i Baseline Amplitude bull fully CCW (000)

Range 10V Trig In open Trig Mode center position

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

AdjustCheck

Adjust R619 (BSLN 4 offset) for minimum voltage

Pulse Amplitude Adjust (R602) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode Free Mode Pulse Amplitude 1000 Timing Dialay =none Burst =single Duration =1001 Period =00110-4 Pulse Sign -Trig In open Range 10V

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

The Overiap indicator should be on Adjust R602 (Max Level) for -1000V out

Pulse Sign Gain (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode Free Mode Pulse Amplitude 1000 Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =1001 s Period =00110-4s Trig In open Range 10V

Measure the voltage at the output with the DMM for the Pulse Sign at -- and - positions

The absolute values of the voltages should differ by less than lOOmV

Baseline Amplitudes (check) Controls InputsObservations

Range 100mA Trig Mode center position Baseline Amplitude fully CW (1000) Trig In open

Measure the voltage at the output with the DMM with Baseline Sign in + Zero and - positions

AdjustCheck

Gain the matching of current levels at = and - positions and offset current in Zero position

fl-N Systems Inc^^ bull E-mal am8

131 Business Partt Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 88324 8004201306360laquo8Oe300FAX 360laquo8O362S

E-maM am8y8^o-mBy8tflmBoom WobaKo hHp Awwwo-f i iBystonuoom

17

Output Range Amplitude and Drive (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Pulse Amplitude 1000 Pulse Sign + Trig Mode Free Run Timing Delay =none Burst =8ingle Duration =1001 Period =10010-4 Trig In open

Load the output with a 10KV1W 01 resistor Measure the voltage at the output with DMM

Verify that full scale output is within specification Scale Range 100V 100V 10V 10V 100mA IV 1mA 10V 10mA 100V

Pulse Sign and Short Circuit Protection (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Timing Delay =none Burst =8ingle Duration =200 10-4 Period =00110-3 Baseline Zero Pulse Amplitude 25 Range 10V Trig Mode Free Run Trig In open

Measure the voltage at the output with the oscilloscope Check for Pulse Sign set to each of + - biphasic Watch for Error indicator when shorting the output

Verify that pulses of approx 25V amplitude (625V for biphasic mode) of the correct sign are produced every 10ms Short output in biphasic mode Output should retum when opened

Output Transient Response (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Pulse Sign + Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =20010-4 Period =00110-3 Pulse Amplitude 250 Baseline Zero Trig Mode Free Mode Trig In open

Connect the oscilloscope to the output with a 310 attenuator prolse Test boVn 10V and 100V ranges

Verify that overshoot and risetime meet specifications

fl-N Systems I n c ^ 131 Business Parte Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wb 98324 8004201306 36Olaquo83O300 FAX 36O680lt352S

E-mQ0 snBy8Qs-msy8faiTiscom VWriMtte N ^ Mvww9-msy8lemscom

18

Specifications

There are three classes of specifications Class A specifications tested in all unHs and are guaranteed Class B specifications are inherent in the design they are indirectly tested and are guaranteed Class C specifications are typical operating values which are occasionally tested- these are typical values given for your infomiation but not guarshyanteed The class for each specification is noted in the center column of the following sections

Inputs Switching level

Hysteresis

Input equivalent circuit

Minimum duration (1 IL-level signal)

A

C

C

C

16V(plusmn02V)

approx 50 mV

100K ft to+5 In parallel with no more than 35pF

gt 50 ns

Open circuit condition B defaults to highon level

Timing and rate accuracy Rate selector steps

Timing multiplier steps

Resolution

Timing eror (second and later pulses after resetting controls)

B

B

B

B

lOOps to 100s In 7 steps

1 of rate selector step size Maximum value is 999 x the rate selector step size

approx 01 of the maximum value

lt 002 of rate selector value + 015 ps

Timing error (first pulse after readjusting timing controls)

an additional 025 ps error may occur

Timing repeatability lt 001 setting + 20 ns (monophasic)

fl-N Systems I nc ^ bull E-moU ams

131 Business Parti Loop PO Boot 850 Cartsborg VM 98324 80O42O130838O08O8300FAX36Olaquo8O3S2S

E-meU anByafl^iiisyslainaoomWebsHe hHpffliiwwraquomsys)emsoom

19

TRIG IN to OUTPUT delay (DELAY set to 0) output set to 2V

Timing jitter ft-om TRIG IN to OUTPUT (for TTL trigger input with risetime lt10 ns)

Timing jitter ft^om TRIG OUT (either BURST or PULSE) and OUTPUT

Trigger output to pulse output delay

Output charactsristics Pulse level enror (voltage mode open circuit cun-ent mode short circuit

Biphasic level difference |V + + V-|2

Baseline level error (voltage mode A open circuit current mode short circuit)

Risetime (25 V out)

Risetime (25 V out)

Transient response

A

A

A

Output impedance (voltage mode) C

Output impedance (current mode) C

Isolation resistance A

Isolation capacitance C

approx 05 ps for a load of no more than 10 Kft in parallel with 50 pF

lt 125 ns (all rates except 100s) lt 125 ps (100s rate)

Less than 20 ns (all rates)

approx 350 ns

lt 03 of setting + 05 of r range (plus an additional 05 pA inlOOpArenge)

lt 03 of range (voltage modes into open circuit current modes into short circuit)

lt 03 of setting of setting + 01 of range (plus an additional 05 pA in lOOpA range)

laquo 200 ns into less than 30 pF

laquo15 ps into less than 30 pF

lt 8 overshoot Into less than 30 pF for pulse voltages different than baseline voltage by at least 10 of range

laquo 50 ohms

raquo 1 0 Gft (typically 200 Gft)

raquo100Mft

laquo 60 pF at 100 Hz

fl-N Systems Inc^^ 131 Business Partt Uxip PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 96324 8004201308 SBOee^^SOO FAX 360laquoS3^52S

E-mat BiByraquoaiMii8ylaquoliiiiiseomWiljalteHlpJV(wwraquo4tgy8lenaoom

20

Noise (differential mode)

Noise (common mode earth to isolated ground) with no signal output

Overioad error indicator (low frequency short circuited voltage mode)

Overioad error indicator low frequency open circuited current mode)

Overioad enor response time

Miscellaneous

Power

Fuse

Operating temperature range

Storage temperature range

Operating humidity

Dimensions

Weight

laquo1 mV rms (10 V scale 10Hz-4MHz)

laquo 8 mV rms (10 Hz-4 MHz) laquo100mVp-p (200 Hz -10 MHz) measured withalOMft 15pF oscilloscope probe

Turns on for set amplitude at or greater than approx plusmn1V (10 V range) or plusmn2 V (100 V range)

Turns on for set amplitude at or above approx 2 of range

Flat to approx 30 ps duration Decreasing sensitivity for shorter pulses

approx 11 watts

1 amp 3 AG

10-30C

0 - 50deg C

5-80RH

17x475x1125 (Inches) 432x121x286 cm

20 lbs (9 kg)

fl mm bull gt _ _ _ A ^ ^ _ _ L ^ 131BusinesraquoPariltLocpPOBox850C8rtsborgWS9e324

bull p i ^ y s v e m s IIIC^^deg(^deg^Bdegltgt^^^3degdeg^deg^^deg^^^degdeg^^I^deg^deg^^^^^

21 E-mei flre^nQo 4n8yo(amscam Wsbsfle hHpAwwwe-msy8Jems-Oom

Warranty and Service

What does this warranty cover A-M Systems Inc warrants to the Purchaser that the Instrument excluding cables Headstage Probes and any other accessories shipped with the Instrument (hereafter the hardware) is free from defects in workmanship or material under normal use and service for the period of one (1) year This warranty commences on the date of delivery of the hardware to the Purchaser

What are the obligations of A-M Systems Inc under this warranty During the warranty period A-M Systems Inc agrees to repair or replace at its sole option without charge to the Purchaser any defective component part of the hardware To obtain warranty service the Purchaser must return the hardware to A-M Systems Inc or an authorized A-M Systems Inc distributor in an adequate shipping container Any postage shipping and insurance charges incurred in shipping the hardware to A-M Systems Inc must be prepaid by the Purchaser and all risk for the hardware shall remain with purchaser until such time as A-M Systems Inc takes receipt of the hardware Upon receipt A-M Systems Inc will promptly repair or replace the defective unit and then return the hardware to the Purchaser postage shipping and insurance prepaid A-M Systems Inc may use reconditioned or like new parts or units at its sole option when repairing any hardware Repaired products shall carry the same amount of outstanding wan^nty as from original purchase or ninety (90) days which ever is greater Any claim under the warranty must include a dated proof of purchase of the hardware covered by this wan-anty In any event A-M Systems Inc liability for defective hardware is limited to repairing or replacing the hardware

What is not covered by this warranty This warranty is contingent upon proper use and maintenance of the hardware by the Purchaser and does not cover batteries Neglect misuse whether intentional or otherwise tampering with or altering the hardware damage caused by accident damage caused by unusual physical electrical chemical or electromechanical stress damage caused by failure of electrical power or damage caused during transportation are not covered by this warranty Products may not be returned to A-M Systems Inc for service whether under warranty or otherwise which are contaminated by infectious agents radioactive compounds or other materials constituting a health hazard to employees of A-M Systems Inc

What are the limits of llabiiity for A-M Systems inc under this warranty A-M Systems Inc shall not be liable for loss of data profits or savings or any special incidental consequential indirect or other similar damages arising from breach of contract negligence or other legal action even if the company or its agent has been advised of the possibility of such damages or for any claim brought against you by another party THIS EQUIPMENT IS NOT INTENDED FOR CLINICAL MEASUREMENTS USING HUMAN SUBJECTS A-M SYSTEMS INC DOES NOT ASSUME RESPONSIBILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE DUE TO MISUSE OF THIS EQUIPMENT Jurisdictions vary with regard to the enforceability of provisions excluding or limiting liability for incidental or consequential damages Check the provision of your local jurisdiction to find out whether the above exclusion applies to you This warranty allocates risks of product failure between the Purchaser and A-M Systems Inc A-M Systems Inc hardware pricing reflects this allocation of risk and the limitations of liability contained in this wanranty The warranty set forth above is in lieu of all other express wan^anties whether oral or written The agents employees distributors and dealers of A-M Systems Inc are not authorized to make modifications to this wan-anty or additional wan-anties binding on the company Accordingly additional statements such as dealer advertising or presentations whether oral or written do not constitute wananties by A-M Systems Inc and should not be relied upon This warranty gives you specific legal rights You may also have other rights whrch vary from one jurisdiction to another

6 mm ^ laquo _ _ A a B ^ _ 1 ^ ^ 131 Business Parti Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg W B 98324 O O

bull P l A y S V e m S l n C T^M 8OO42OI3O6 380683-8300FAX 360 803525 ^ ^ E-msl iiiisy80iHTBy8tenisoom Wsbsito hnphwwfrimysleiiisoom

A

V ISO

INSTRUCTION MANUAL

FOR

ISOLATED PULSE STIMULATOR

MODEL 2100

Serial

Date

A-M Systems Inc

PO Box 850

Carlsborg WA 98324

USA

360-683-8300 bull 800-426-1306 FAX 360-683-3525

httpwwwa-msystemscom

Version 70 February 2002

Contents General Description 1

Instrument Features 1 Controls and Connectors 2

Operating Instructions 6 Theory of Operation 10 Calibration Procedures 12

Inputs 14 Output Calibration 16

Specifications 19 Warranty and Service 22

Each Isolated Pulse Stimulator is delivered complete with

Rack Mount Hardware Instructions amp Maintenance Manual

NOTE

This instrument is not intended for clinical measurements using human subjects A-M Systems Inc does not assume responsibility for Injury or damage due to the misuse of this instrument

General Description

Instrument Features The Isolated Pulse Stimulator Model 2100 is designed for a wide variety of applications It is highly flexible being capable of delivering single pulses biphasic pairs or bursts of pulses Pulses may be started manually or upon receiving a trigger signal from another Instrument or computer Two non-isolated trigger outputs are available for triggering other instruments

Four sets of timing controls provide comprehensive control overall aspects of pulse generation Three digit accuracy is available over a 7 decade range for each timing function using lever wheel switches Pulse widths can be set over more than a 9 decade range from 05 ps to 999 seconds Timing accuracy is assured through the use of a 10 MHz base rate crystal-controlled clock digitally divided to provide accurate timing over the entire range Atiming overiap indicator will light If the timing controls are set inconsistently

The output may be conveniently switched between current and voltage modes Pulse and baseline amplitudes are Independently presettable with lockable dials An error Indicator will light if the Mode2700 cannot deliver the desired signal

r WARNING

The Model 2100 can produce potentially dangerous voltages up to 100 V at the output connectors The isolated output is not connected internally to safety (earth) ground in any way Some part of the extemal circuit should be connected to safety ground Use caution in handling any wires connectors or electrodes which may be directly or indirectly attached to the Model 2100 output Some kinds of connectors such as BNC connectors have exposed metal parts which may float at dangerous potentials unless extemally connected to safety ground For greatest safety tum the Model 2100 off before making any connections to

the instrument

131 Business Parii Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Telophone 800-426-1306 bull 360-68raquolaquo300 bull FAX 360683-3525 E-mal satesa-msystemsoom VVfebsite httpywwwa^nsystemscom fl-N Systems Inc 1

Controls and Connectors The controls for the Model 2100 are grouped in three sections START which controls when a pulse or burst of pulses begins TIMING which controls the onoff timing of one or more pulses and OUTPUT which controls the amplitude of the output signal

Start TRIG SLOPE Determines the polarity of valid trigger pulses (positive or negative edges in the trigger signal)

MODE Controls waveform initiation When set to FREE RUN one timing cycle immediately follows the last When momentarily placed In the MANUAL position a timing cycle starts Immediately When the switch Is In the center position timing cycles start when valid triggering events occur

TRIGD This LED lights up when a timing cycle Is in process and continues until the burst is completed

TRIG This BNC connector allows a signal from an external source to Initiate timing cycles It is set for standard TTL levels

GATE This BNC connector allows a signal from an external source to restrict the final output signal This input must be at a logical high (or open-circuited) in order for the Model 2100 to recognize either manual or automatic trigger events

Gate 1_ Trigger |~~^ i I Valid triggers (represented by the arrows in the figure) can occur only when the gate Is at logical high Note that the up arrow would apply only If TRIG SLOPE is set to + the down an-ows would apply only if TRIG SLOPE Is set to -

NOTE Triggers have no effect if the system has not completed its response to a previous trigger

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Park Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Vb 98324 TelQphQne 80O426-1306 360683-8300 FAX 360683-3525 E-mail sales^a-msystemscom Wsbsite httpywwwa-msystemscom

Timing Four sets of controls govern the timing of pulse generation Each set contains two values which are multiplied together to detemnine the actual timing value The rotary knob (rate selector) provides the approximate timing value and the lever wheel switch bank (MULTIPLIER)

provides a time resolution of three decimal digits The following diagram shows most of the Important relationships

Output r Delay Duration

|ltPeriodgtj

t Burst width

Trigger event

DELAY These controls determine the time duration between the initiating trigger event and the beginning of the pulse burst If this rate selector is set to NONE or the multiplier is set to 000 there Is no delay

BURST WIDTH These controls determine the time period in which one or more pulses may be delivered Once started a pulse may outlast the burst width If this rate selector is set to SINGLE or to any time shorter than the pulse duration only a single pulse will occur If the BURST WIDTH Is longer than the period pulses will be emitted at the PERIOD rate until the burst time ends Pulses are never truncated by a short BURSTWIDTH

inds)-PULSE

D U R A T I O N 1 0 1 0

10

INTEB-PULSE PERIOD

1 1 10

DURATION These controls determine the length of each pulse Ifthis rate selector Is set to SQUARE the duration is set to half of the period regardless of the MULTIPLIER setting

PERIOD These controls set the period of time between adjacent pulse events within the burst It also forces a minimum dead time between recognized input triggers following a burst of one or more pulses This can be used to prevent over stimulation of a tissue without requiring excessive delay between the triggering event and the stimulating pulse

TIMING OVERLAP

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 860 Carisborg Vamp 98324 |Telophone 800-426-1306 360683-8300 bull FAX 3606aW525 E-mail salearega^nsystemsoom Vfeb5ite httpAwwwa^nsyslemscam

NOTE If any of these timing controls are changed while a timing cycle is in operation the results are undefined until the current cycle finishes

TIMING OVERLAP This LED will light to Indicate an inconsistency in the timing cycle settings There are several ways to introduce such errors The most common way is to set the Inter-pulse PERIOD to be less than the pulse DURATION

T I M I N G (seconds)^

TRIG OUT (UPPER) This BNC connector provides a signal which is coincident with the Internal Burst timing signal (default) This means the signal starts at the end of the Delay time and persists until the Burst time expires This output may also be set to represent the delay time-out by setting the internal jumper J510 to the right two pins instead of the left two pins (Please see the Calibration section in this manual for jumper location Directions are given as viewed from the front of the Instrument)

TRIG OUT (LOWER) This BNC connector provides a signal which Is coincident with the Duration timing signal which controls pulse output

NOTE Both trigger output signals slightly lead the isolated output signal

Output

PULSE SIGN This switch determines the polarity of the pulses to be generated It also allows generation of biphasic pulses thereby doubling the effective total period Warning the first pulse generated after changing the PULSE

SIGN switch may have the wrong polarity

BASELINE This Switch determines the polarity ofthe baseline signal

RANGE This rotary switch determines if the output pulses will be constant current (3 ranges) or constant voltage (2 ranges)

BASELINE AMPLITUDE This value is independently set using a ten-turn counting dial The maximum baseline amplitude is one tenth the value shown on the range amplitude switch

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 8S0 Cartsborg Vfa 98324 |Tetaphone 80O426-1306 bull 360683-8300 bull FAX 3606803525 E-mail salesa-msystemscom Wbbsite http7Awwwaflnsystemscom

PULSE AMPLITUDE This value is independently set using a ten-turn counting dial The maximum pulse amplitude is the value shown on the range amplitude switch

EVENT This LED indicates when a pulse is ongoing

ERROR This LED indicates when the internal output amplifier cannot output the pulse as desired This is usually due to a short circuit while trying to output a voltage or an open circuit while trying to output a current

VOTEThe Pulse Sign control in the Oupuf section directly affects waveform timing When set to the Biphasic mode a positive-going pulse is immediately followed by a negative-going pulse This effectively doubles the pulse duration If a burst of biphasic pulses is being produced the period must be at least twice the single pulse duration In the Square wave mode the baseline disappears as long as the burst persists

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsboig Vte 98324 |Telophone 800426-1306 360683-8300 bull FAX 3606833525 E-mail salesa-m5ystem5 com Website httpwwwa-msystemscom

Operating Instructions

Examples Simple setup (and minimal instrument test)

Connect the output ofthe Model 2100 to an oscilloscope Before connecting the Model 2100 to any other instrument or the experimental preparation It is safest to turn Its power off

Set the Oufpuf controls

Range 10V Pulse Sign +

Baseline Zero Pulse Amplitude 200

Setting The Timing Controls

Delay Burst Width

Duration Period

none single

15010-2 50010-2

Setting The Start Controls

Mode Free Run

Disconnect any cables to the TRIG or GATE inputs

Note that the green Trig and Event Indicators turn on as Free Run is turned on (and turn off otherwise) You should observe a 15ms duration 20Hz rate pulse of 200V above a OV baseline on the oscilloscope

fl-N Systems Inc 131 BusinessPartiLoop RO Box850CarisbcxgWa98324 |Telophone 800426-1306 bull 360-683-8300 bull FW 360683-3525 E-mail salesa-msystems com VVbbsite httpywwwa-msystems com

Demonstration of Burst Mode Connect the output ofthe Model 2100 to an oscilloscope Before connecting the Model 2100 to any other instrument or the experimental preparation It Is safest to turn its power off

Set the Outpuf controls

Range 10V Pulse Sign +

Baseline Pulse Amplitude 200

Baseline Amplitude 100

Setting The Timing Controls

Delay 88010-2 Burst Width 12010-^

Duration 15010-2 Period 50010-2

Set the START controls as follows

Mode Free Run

Disconnect any cables to the TRIG or GATE inputs

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Telophooe 8004201306 360683-8300 bull FAX 360683-3525 E^naii salesa-msystems com Watjsite http7wwwa-msystemscom

Trigger the oscilloscope from the Bursf trigger out (upper Trig Out connector) for a stable display In each burst (occurring every lOOms) you should observe a trio of 15ms duration starting 50ms apart Try switching the StartMode from Free Run to the center (nonnal) position The pulses will no longer be produced and the Trig and Event Indicators will tum off Pressing this switch once (to Manual) will cause a single burst to occur

Problem Solving If the instrument appears to be not working properiy check all ofthe control settings and connections Be sure to wait at least 5-10 seconds after turning the instrument off before turning it on again The following summary of typical problems for the user (along with the most common solutions) may help

Problem CauseSolution

EVENT Indicator never lights even in FREE RUN mode

bull Replace fuse check power connection bullSet DELAY or PERIOD to a shorter interval

bull Power-on too soon after power-off

OVERLAP Indicator is on

ERROR indicator is on

bull Set DURATION gt000 bull DURATION Is set to SQUARE but

PERIOD is 000 Increase PERIOD or set DURATION independantly

bull BURST and WIDTH are gt DURATION increase PERIOD or decrease DURATION

bull BIPHASIC pulse output Is on and PERIOD is not longer than twice the DURATION Increase PERIOD or decrease DURATION

bull Free-run Is on and BURST is lt PERIOD (BURST off) DELAY is 0 and PERIOD Is lt DURATION Add delay or modify PERIOD

bull Free-run is on and BURST is gt DURATION (BURST ON) and PERIOD is lt DURATION Increase PERIOD

bull For VOLTAGE outputs the output is trying to drive too low a resistance or capacitance (eg a short circuit) Check by disconnecting the output ft is possible (and normal) that for the fastest cycles and largest amplitudes (close to 100 V

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business PartiLoop PO Box 850 CartsborgWa 98324 iTelophone 800-42O130636O6e3-8300FAX 3606B3-3525 E-mail satesaflisyslefmcom Vfebslte http7wwwa-msyslemscom

and 1 ps) that the ERROR indicator might always come on during repetitive pulses Fix output load or decrease amplitude as required

Time appears to be excessive Changed control in mid-cycle (resets current status)

Cant seem to get a full signal out Load Is not properiy connected repair wiring Too low a load impedance (VOLTAGE modes) or too high a load impedance (CURRENT mode)

Incoming triggers not accepted frequently enough

PERIOD is set too long (enforces dead time) followd by BURST set to SIGNAL Reduce PERIOD time

Table 10 Problem Solving

If you suspect that the Model 2100 may have completely failed we recommend checking the basic level of functionality Ifthis fails your instrument Is defective and must be repaired Ifthis passes either your experimental setup is incompatible or inconsistent or there is a more subtle flaw in your Model 2100

If the Model 2100 appears to be malfunctioning contact A-M Systems Inc or your dealer We will first attempt to solve the problem over the telephone so have an exact description of your problem available when you call You do not need to be within the warranty period to obtain over-the-phone assistance

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 iTetoptxme 80O426-1306 bull 360683-8300 FAX 3606803525 E-mail satesa-msystemsoomAfebsitehttpJwwwaflisystemscom

Theory of Operation

The operation ofthe Model 2100 is summarized in the block diagram (see the figure on Page 11) Not shown are all ofthe interconnections with the microcontroller The internal microcontroler plays an important role in setting the signal path but does not directly contribute to the dynamic characteristics It scans the front panel switches and sets the control values for the logic arrays It programs the internal counters which along with the other hardware achieve the necessary sub-microsecond speeds

Pulse generation starts either from an Input trigger signal (from Trig In) or an internally signal (Free Run mode) A Delay timer counts the 10MHz clock until its count value is exhausted At this point the Burst Period and Duration timers are started If the Burst timer has not expired by the end ofthe Period the Period and Duration timers are restarted If the Biphasic mode has been set the Duration timer is restarted at the end of the initial Duration and the sign ofthe output pulse is reversed doubling the total duration

The system state (pulse on pulse sign baseline sign [+0f-]) is transmitted to the isolated section via optoisolator The baseline and pulse amplitudes are selected by an analog switch The resulting signal is amplified by a variable-power-supply discrete operational amplifier The amplifier connections and gain is modified to provide two voltage and three current ranges

Timing overiap errors are detected by a logical decision computation rather than by testing for counter collisions This provides instant feedback rather than waiting up to an hour for such a collision to occur Output errors are measured by sensing the output amplifiers differential input voltage Under normal conditions this is a negligible voltage If the amplifier fails to deliver the requested signal the window comparator testing this voltage sends this message (via optoisolator) to the logic section turning on a warning LED

fl-N Systems Inc 131BusinessPart(LoopRO Box850CarisboigWa98324 4 n Tel0pri0ne80O426-130636O683^300FAX36O6833525 ^ E-mail salesaflisystBmscom V febsite http7wwwa-msystemsoom

S i

I - - ^^mdasho^M

OUTPUT i l l

TRIG ^ OUT

(burst)

TRIG 3-lt) OUT

(pulse)

til

I laquo

Calibration Procedures

The calibration interval is the lesser of 1000 hours of operation or 6 months Somewhat greater drift can be expected in the first 100 hours of operation as the semiconductors age Adjustments should only be made after the instrument has been fully warmed up for at least 15 minutes

Full instrument calibration requires the following test equipment digital multimeter (plusmn 01) able to measure resistance to at least lOOMO oscilloscope with at least 50MHz bandwidth true-mis voltmeter with 4MHz bandwidth universal counter (plusmn 001 ) able to measure single pulse widths and periods resistors (all plusmn 01) 2kn lOkH 1 watt 20kn 200kn alligator clip lead sets banana plugs and BNC adapters

Adjustment integrated circuit and test point locations are shown in the following figures All adjustments are on the timing board unless othenAise noted

All voltages in the non-isolated section should be measured with respect to ground at TP510 unless othenwise stated Some voltages are measured with respect to an internal isolated ground at TP650 or across the two output temninals Occasionally the voltage at an IC pin must be measured in these cases the reference designator is given with the pin number in parentheses eg U602(16) When it states within this procedure that a voltage is to be minimized this means that the adjustment should be made such that the measured voltage is as close to zero volts as possible Refer to the Specifications Section of this manual for acceptable tolerances

The sequence of this procedure is important If any adjustment is made all adjustments which follow must be made to ensure that the specifications will be met These procedures require that all controls remain as set in previous steps unless othenAise indicated

WARNING

The Model 2100 has dangerous voltages throughout the instrument even with the power is off Servicing the Model 2100 should only be done by qualified service personnel Use caution in handling any wires connectors or electrodes which may be directly or indirectly attached to the instrument Do not touch exposed connections or components Disconnect power by unplugging the power cord from the receptacle

H B ^ ^ S y s t e m s inc^degdegp^deg^^deg-^^^^^^^^B3^^^degdeg^^^lt^^^B^^^^ 131BusinessPartiLoopPO Box850CartsbOigWamp98324 4 9 |Telophone800-42013C6360683-8300F0lt360683-3525 ^ E-mail salesa-msystefnscom website httpwwwaflisystems com

CO

TP501 O lt0

g OTPSOO

U560 S

Trig Gate

0 -TISOS

U570

U500

Timing

p U520

Timing

K U550 Timin

gt U540

U515

o X I Timin

U508 I

J510 Timing nnn

Burst Delay J400

gt U550

R503

D D I D bull U8QQ i Q

n

oo

V P 5 1 0

b U535

^

Clock i _

U555

lt U 5 4 5

o

h d ^ O - - ^ U605

Q D

U620

O fJZ^ R737 bull ^ 1^13015 r j C - C O M P

B B nU770 ^ ^ ^ 5 ^ a

J420

a

o E

bull [ ]U632

riueso

rR742rVhigh R 6 1 9 ^

LJ TP645 O TP650

TPMOQ^QS

Vlow

CD-

CZZl

J440 bull bull tl iUDQ

I t

f i l

Power supply and bias voltages

Power supply

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

POWER ON Observe voltage at P703 power supply wire top of main board

Check for+15 plusmn 050 V

Observe voltage at P701 power supply wire top of main board

Check for-15 plusmn 050 V

Observe voltage at U505(24) Check for +5 plusmn 025 V

Isolated supply voltage Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

RANGE 10 V TRIG open circuit MODE center position

Alternately observe V ^ from R742 to R740 and V ^ from theU605(4)toU605(8)

Adjust R773 so that 110VltV lt 120 V and

nigh

28VltV|^lt34V

Capacitance balance Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

Connect a xlO oscilloscope probe to TP650 and ground the

Adjust R737 for minimum high frequency signal

Inputs

Gate function Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave Verify that the voltage to GATE switches states at the Observe voltage at U510(3) proper input levels with an oscilloscope

Trigger slope Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave Verify that the voltage to TRIG switches states at the Observe voltage at U510( 1) proper input levels with an oscilloscope

TRIG SLOPE Verify voltage is 180deg out of phase

TRIG SLOPE Verify voltage is in phase

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 860 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Jelophone 800-4201306 360683-8300 bull FM 380683-3525 E-mail salesaflTsystBfnscom bull Vtebsite httpVAirwwaflisystems com

14

Trigger and gate f unc t i on

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

DELAY NONE BURS-nMDTH SINGLE DURATION SQUARE PERIOD 100X10-3

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave to TRIG Observe TRIGD and EVENT LEDs

TRIG disconnect all Short the GATE connector to GND Verify LEDs extinguish

MODE press to MANUAL Verify LEDs flash once

Timing

System c lock f requency

Controls Inputs Observations Ad jus t Check

Observe the frequency of the wave Verify 1000 MHz plusmn 001 atU555(17)

Mul t ip l iers (Wheel Swi tches)

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

PULSE SIGN-laquobull MODE FREE RUN TRIG disconnect all TIMING MULTIPUERS all

wheels set to zero except the one being tested

TIMING OVERLAP ignore

Observe the pulse width with the counter at the location specified t)elow

Verify pulse width is correct for each wheel as it is tested independently

For each wheel of each MULTIPLIER test each position to verify that the pulse width is correct Observe the signal at the following locations DELAY U520(2) BURSTWIDTH U530(2) PERIOD U540(2) DURATION U550(2)

Rates (Rotary Swi tches)

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

TIMING MULTIPUERS 001 Observe the pulse width with the TIMING RATES all rotary counter at the location specified

switches set to 10-4 below except the one being tested

Verify pulse width is correct for each rotary switch as it is tested independently

For each ofthe four rotary switches in TIMING test each position to verify that the pulse width is correct Observe the signal at the following locations DELAY U520(2) BURSTWIDTH U530(2) PERIOD U540(2) DURATION U550(2)

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 iTetophone 8004201306 bull 360683-8300 bull FOC 3606803525 E-mail salesa-msystemscom Wbbsite httpJwwwaflTSystemscom

15

Trigger outputs

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

Range 10V Pulse Amplitude 500 Delay 100 xlO^ Burst 100 x 10 ^ Duration 100x10-^ Period 400x10-^ Pulse sign + Trig Mode Free run Trig in open

Trigger the oscilloscope to the Burst Trig Out Observe it the Pulse Trig Out and the isolated output

Verify that the waveform consists of a burst of three 1ms-on3ms-off pulses The burst trigger should be synchronous with the burst the pulse trigger coincident with each pulse

Output Calibration

Isolation Resistance (check)

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode center position Trig In open

Measure the resistance between ground banana jack (front panel) and black banana jack of output with DMM

Resistance read gt 100MQ

Amplitude Switch Offset (R640)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Zero Trig Mode center position Trig In Open

Measure the voltage at TP645 vs TP650 with the DMM

Adjust R640 (AmpI Sw Offset) for minimum voltage

Output Offset (R332 front panel board) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Zero Range 10V Trig Mode center position Trig In Open

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

Adjust R332 (Output offset) for minimum voltage

Positive Baseline Offeet (R607) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Sign + Baseline Amplitude

fully CCW (000) Range 10V Trig In open Trig Mode center position

Measure the voltage across the outputwiththeDMM

Adjust R602 (BSLN + offset) for minimum voltage

fl-N Systems Inc 131 BusBiess Parti Loop P O Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Telophone B00-42O1306 bull 360683-8300 bull FAX 3606803525 E-mail salesaflisystemscom V^tebsite httpy^vwwa-msystems com

16

Negative Baseline Offset (R619)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Sign -Baseline Amplitude

fully CCW (000) Range 10V Trig In open Trig Mode center position

Measure the voltage across the outputwiththeDMM

Adjust R619 (BSLN + offset) for minimum voltage

Pulse Amplitude Adjust (R602)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode Free Mode Pulse Amplitude 1000 Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =1001 Period =00110-4 Pulse Sign -Trig In open Range 10V

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

The Overiap indicator should be on Adjust R602 (Max Level) for -10OOV out

Pulse Sign Gain (check)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode Free Mode Pulse Amplitude 1000 Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =100 1s Period =001 10-4s Trig In open Range 10V

Measure the voltage at the output with the DMM for the Pulse Sign at + and - positions

The absolute values ofthe voltages should differ by less than lOOmV

Baseline Amplitudes (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Range 100mA Trig Mode center position Baseline Amplitude fully CW (1000) Trig In open

Measure the voltage at the output with the DMM with Baseline Sign in + Zero and

- positions

Gain the matching of current levels at = and - positions and offset current in Zero position

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop PO Box 850 Cartsboig Wa 98324 Telophone 800-4201306 360683-8300 FkX 3606803525 E-mail salesa-msystemscom website http^^wwaflisystemsccm

17

Output Range Amplitude and Drive (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Pulse Amplitude 1000 Pulse Sign + Trig Mode Free Run Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =1001 Period =10010-4 Trig In open

Load the output with a 10KV 1W 01 resistor Measure the voltage at the output with DMM

Verify that full scale output is within specification Scale Range 100V 100V 10V 10V 100mA IV 1mA 10V 10mA 100V

Pulse Sign and Short Circuit Protection (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =200 10-4 Period =00110-3 Baseline Zero Pulse Amplitude 25 Range 10V Trig Mode Free Run Trig In open

Measure the voltage at the output with the oscilloscope Check for Pulse Sign set to each of + - biphasic Watch for Error indicator when shorting the output

Verify that pulses of approx 25V amplitude (625V for biphasic mode) of the correct sign are produced every 10ms Short output in biphasic mode Output should return when opened

Output Transient Response (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Pulse Sign + Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =20010-4 Period =00110-3 Pulse Amplitude 250 Baseline Zero Trig Mode Free Mode Trig In open

Connect the oscilloscope to the output with a 310 attenuator probe Test both 10V and 100V ranges

Verify that overshoot and risetime meet specifications

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Telophone 8004201306 bull 3606808300 bull Flaquo( 360laquo83ltJ525 E-mail salesa-msystemsocm V^febsite http^wwwa-msystefnscom

18

Specifications

There are three classes of specifications Class A specifications tested in all units and are guaranteed Class B specifications are inherent in the design they are indirectly tested and are guaranteed Class C specifications are typical operating values which are occasionally tested- these are typical values given for your information but not guarshyanteed The class for each specification is noted in the center column ofthe following sections

Inputs Switching level

Hysteresis

Input equivalent circuit

Minimum duration (1 IL-level signal)

A

C

C

C

16 V(plusmn 02 V)

approx 50 mV

lOOKH to+5 in parallel with no more than 35pF

gt 50 ns

Open circuit condition B defaults to highon level

Timing and rate accuracy Rate selector steps

Timing multiplier steps

B

B

lOOpsto 100s in 7 steps

1 of rate selector step size Maximum value is 999 X the rate selector step size

Resolution B approx 01 ofthe maximum value

Timing error (second and later pulses after resetting controls)

B lt 002 of rate selector value + 015 ps

Timing error (first pulse after readjusting timing controls)

an additional 025 ps error may occur

Timing repeatability lt 001 setting + 20 ns (monophasic)

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Ram Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Vfa 98324 pTelophone 8004201306 bull 360683-8300 bull FAX 360683-3525

E-mail salesraquoflisystems com Wabsite httpJAnww afl isystems com

19

TRIG IN to OUTPUT delay (DELAY set to 0) output set to 2V

Timing jitter from TRIG IN to OUTPUT (for TTL trigger input with risetime lt10 ns)

Timing jitter from TRIG OUT (either BURST or PULSE) and OUTPUT

Trigger output to pulse output delay

Output characteristics Pulse level error (voltage mode open circuit current mode short circuit

Biphasic level difference IV + - V-1 2

Baseline level error (voltage mode open circuit current mode short circuit)

Risetime (25 V out)

Risetime (25 V out)

Transient response

A

A

A

Output impedance (voltage mode) C

Output impedance (current mode) C

Isolation resistance A

Isolation capacitance C

approx 05 ps for a load of no more than 10 KH in parallel with 50 pF

lt 125 ns (all rates except 100s) lt 125 ps (100s rate)

Less than 20 ns (all rates)

approx 350 ns

lt 03 of setting + 05 of r range (plus an additional 05 pA in 100 pA range)

lt 03 of range (voltage modes into open circuit current modes into short circuit)

lt 03 of setting of setting + 01 of range (plus an additional 05 pA in lOOpA range)

= 200 ns into less than 30 pF

= 15 ps into less than 30 pF

lt 8 overshoot into less than 30 pF for pulse voltages different than baseline voltage by at least 10 of range

= 50 ohms

raquo 1 0 GH (typically 200 GO)

raquo 1 0 0 M n

= 60 pF at 100 Hz

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Peril Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg V6 98324 |TelCf)hone 800-4201306 3606808300 bull FAX 360683-3525 E-mal salesaflisystefnsoom Website hnpyMVfWafllsystemsoom

20

Noise (differential mode)

Noise (common mode earth to isolated ground) with no signal output

Overload error indicator (low frequency short circuited voltage mode)

Overload error indicator low frequency open circuited current mode)

Overioad error response time

Miscellaneous

= 1 mV rms (10 V scale 10 Hz-4 MHz)

= 8 mV rms (10 Hz-4 MHz) == 100mVp-p (200 Hz -10 MHz) measured withalOMH 15pF oscilloscope probe

Turns on for set amplitude at or greater than approx plusmn1 V (10 V range) or plusmn2 V (100 V range)

Turns on for set amplitude at or above approx 2 of range

Flat to approx 30 ps duration Decreasing sensitivity for shorter pulses

Power

Fuse

Operating temperature range

Storage temperature range

Operating humidity

Dimensions

approx 11 watts

1 amp 3AG

10-30degC

0 - 50deg C

5 - 80 RH

17x475x1125 (inches) 432x121x286 cm

Weight 20 lbs (9 kg)

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Wb 98324 |Tetcphone 8004201306 3606808300 bull FOt 360683-3525 E-mail satesamsystems comV^febsite httpywwwaflisystemscom

21

Warranty and Service

What does this warranty cover A-M Systems Inc warrants to the Purchaser that the Instrument excluding cables Headstage Probes and any other accessories shipped with the Instrument (hereafter the hardware) is free from defects in workmanship or material under normal use and service for the period of one (1) year This warranty commences on the date of delivery ofthe hardware to the Purchaser

What are the obligations of A-M Systems Inc under this warranty During the warranty period A-M Systems Inc agrees to repair or replace at its sole option without charge to the Purchaser any defective component part of the hardware To obtain warranty service the Purchaser must return the hardware to A-M Systems Inc or an authorized A-M Systems Inc distributor in an adequate shipping container Any postage shipping and insurance charges incurred in shipping the hardware to A-M Systems Inc must be prepaid by the Purchaser and all risk for the hardware shall remain with purchaser until such time as A-M Systems Inc takes receipt of the hardware Upon receipt A-M Systems Inc will promptly repair or replace the defective unit and then return the hardware to the Purchaser postage shipping and insurance prepaid A-M Systems Inc may use reconditioned or like new parts or units at its sole option when repairing any hardware Repaired products shall carry the same amount of outstanding warranty as from original purchase or ninety (90) days which ever is greater Any claim under the warranty must include a dated proof of purchase ofthe hardware covered by this warranty In any event A-M Systems Inc liability for defective hardware is limited to repairing or replacing the hardware

What is not covered by this warranty This warranty is contingent upon proper use and maintenance ofthe hardware by the Purchaser and does not cover batteries Neglect misuse whether intentional or othenwise tampering with or altering the hardware damage caused by accident damage caused by unusual physical electrical chemical or electromechanical stress damage caused by failure of electrical power or damage caused during transportation are not covered by this wan-anty Products may not be returned to A-M Systems Inc for service whether under warranty or otherwise which are contaminated by infectious agents radioactive compounds or other materials constituting a health hazard to employees of A-M Systems Inc

What are the limits of liability for A-M Systems Inc under this warranty A-M Systems Inc shall not be liable for loss of data profits or savings or any special incidental consequential indirect or other similar damages arising from breach of contract negligence or other legal action even if the company or its agent has been advised of the possibility of such damages or for any claim brought against you by another party THIS EQUIPMENT IS NOT INTENDED FOR CLINICAL MEASUREMENTS USING HUMAN SUBJECTS A-M SYSTEMS INC DOES NOT ASSUME RESPONSIBILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE DUE TO MISUSE OF THIS EQUIPMENT Jurisdictions vary with regard to the enforceability of provisions excluding or limiting liability for incidental or consequential damages Check the provision of your local jurisdiction to find out whether the above exclusion applies to you

This warranty allocates risks of product failure between the Purchaser and A-M Systems Inc A-M Systems Inc hardware pricing reflects this allocation of risk and the limitations of liability contained in this warranty The warranty set forth above is in lieu of all other express warranties whether oral or written The agents employees distributors and dealers of A-M Systems Inc are not authorized to make modifications to this warranty or additional wan-anties binding on the company Accordingly additional statements such as dealer advertising or presentations whether oral or written do not constitute warranties by A-M Systems Inc and should not be relied upon This warranty gives you specific legal rights You may also have other rights which vary from one jurisdiction to another

fl-N Systems Inc 131BusinessPartiLoop RO Box850CartsbOfgWa98324 p O |Telophone 8004201306 bull 360683-8300FOC 3606830525 ^ ^ E-mail saiesaflisystefTiscom Wbbsite httpVwwwa-msystemscom

TRIG IN to OUTPUT delay (DELAY set to 0) output set to 2V

Timing jitter from TRIG IN to OUTPUT (for TTL trigger input with risetime lt10 ns)

Timing jitter from TRIG OUT (either BURST or PULSE) and OUTPUT

Trigger output to pulse output delay

Output characteristics Pulse level error (voltage mode open circuit current mode short circuit

Biphasic level difference IV-H-i-V-l2

Baseline level error (voltage mode A open circuit current mode short circuit)

Risetime (25 V out)

Risetime (25 V out)

Transient response

A

A

A

Output impedance (voltage mode) C

Output impedance (current mode) C

Isolation resistance A

Isolation capacitance C

approx 05 ps for a load of no more than 10 Kft in parallel with 50 pF

lt 125 ns (all rates except 100s) lt125ys (100s rate)

Less than 20 ns (all rates)

approx 350 ns

lt 03 of setting -i- 05 of r range (plus an additional 05vA in 100 ywA range)

lt 03 of range (voltage modes into open circuit current modes into short circuit)

lt 03 of setting of setting -I- 01 of range (plus an additional 05 pA in 100A range)

= 200 ns into less than 30 pF

= 15 yws into less than 30 pF

lt 8 overshoot into less than 30 pF for pulse voltages different than baseline voltage by at least 10 of range

= 50 ohms

raquo 1 0 Ga (typically 200 GD)

raquo 1 0 0 M n

= 60 pF at 100 Hz

A BB f ^ _ M 1 ^ ^ 131 Business Paik Loop ROBOx850Cai1sOorgWaW3Z4

- I V l o V S i e m S inC80Ph0trade80O42O1308-36O683-8300-FAX36O683-3525 7 bull bull bull bull ^ ^ E-maasale80a-m8vstemscomWebsitehitpjwwwaltnsyste

20 E-mai salesO a-m8ystemscom Website http jwwwa-msystemscom

Noise (differential mode)

Noise (common mode earth to isolated ground) with no signal output

Overload error indicator (low frequency short circuited voltage mode)

Overload error indicator low frequency open circuited current mode)

Overload error response time

Miscellaneous

= 1 mV rms (10 V scale 10 Hz-4 MHz)

- 8 mV rms (10 Hz-4 MHz) =laquo100mVp-p (200 Hz -10 MHz) measured withalOMn 15pF oscilloscope probe

Turns on for set amplitude at or greater than approx plusmn1 V (10 V range) or plusmn2 V (100 V range)

Turns on for set amplitude at or above approx 2 of range

Flat to approx 30 ps duration Decreasing sensitivity for shorter pulses

Power

Fuse

Operating temperature range

Storage temperature range

Operating humidity

Dimensions

Weight

approx 11 watts

1 amp 3 AG

10-30degC

0 - 50deg C

5 - 80 RH

17x475x1125 (inches) 432x121x286 cm

20 lbs (9 kg)

A-M Systems Inc 131 Business Paik Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Tekjptwne 8004201306 bull 36Olaquo8O8300 bull FAX 360laquo8O3525 E-mail salesOa-msystemscom Website httpywwwa-msystemscom

21

Warranty and Service

What does this warranty cover A-f Systems Inc warrants to the Purchaser that the Instrument excluding cables Headstage Probes and any other accessories shipped with the Instrument (hereafter the hardware) is free from defects in workmanship or material under normal use and service for the period of one (1) year This warranty commences on the date of delivery of the hardware to the Purchaser

What are the obligations of A-M Systems Inc under this warranty During the warranty period A-M Systems Inc agrees to repair or replace at its sole option without charge to the Purchaser any defective component part of the hardware To obtain warranty service the Purchaser must return the hardware to A-l^ Systems Inc or an authorized A-M Systems Inc distributor in an adequate shipping container Any postage shipping and insurance charges incurred in shipping the hardware to A-M Systems Inc must be prepaid by the Purchaser and all risk for the hardware shall remain with purchaser until such time as A-M Systems Inc takes receipt of the hardware Upon receipt A-M Systems Inc will promptly repair or replace the defective unit and then return the hardware to the Purchaser postage shipping and insurance prepaid A-M Systems Inc may use reconditioned or like new parts or units at its sole option when repairing any hardware Repaired products shall carry the same amount of outstanding warranty as from original purchase or ninety (90) days which ever is greater Any claim under the warranty must include a dated proof of purchase of the hardware covered by this warranty In any event A-M Systems Inc liability for defective hardware is limited to repairing or replacing the hardware

What is not covered by this warranty This warranty is contingent upon proper use and maintenance of the hardware by the Purchaser and does not cover batteries Neglect misuse whether intentional or othenvise tampering with or altering the hardware damage caused by accident damage caused by unusual physical electrical chemical or electromechanical stress damage caused by failure of electrical power or damage caused during transportation are not covered by this warranty Products may not be returned to A-M Systems Inc for service whether under warranty or otherwise which are contaminated by Infectious agents radioactive compounds or other materials constituting a health hazard to employees of A-M Systems Inc

What are the limits of liability for A-M Systems Inc under this warranty A-M Systems Inc shall not be liable for loss of data profits or savings or any special incidental consequential indirect or other similar damages arising from breach of contract negligence or other legal action even if the company or its agent has been advised of the possibility of such damages or for any claim brought against you by another party THIS EQUIPMENT IS NOT INTENDED FOR CLINICAL MEASUREMENTS USING HUMAN SUBJECTS A-M SYSTEMS INC DOES NOT ASSUME RESPONSIBILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE DUE TO MISUSE OF THIS EQUIPMENT Jurisdictions vary with regard to the enforceability of provisions excluding or limiting liability for incidental or consequential damages Check the provision of your local jurisdiction to find out whether the above exclusion applies to you

This warranty allocates risks of product failure between the Purchaser and A-M Systems Inc A-M Systems Inc hardware pricing reflects this allocation of ris1lt and the limitations of liability contained in this warranty The warranty set forth above is in lieu of all other express warranties whether oral or written The agents employees distributors and dealers of A-M Systems Inc are not authorized to make modifications to this warranty or additional warranties binding on the company Accordingly additional statements such as dealer advertising or presentations whether oral or written do not constitute warranties by A-M Systems Inc and should not be relied upon This warranty gives you specific legal rights You may also have other rights which vary from one jurisdiction to another

A B B J l laquo raquo ^ t3tBusinessPafkLoopPOBox850Cai1sbO(gWa98324

- | V | O V S i e m S |nCtrade042O1306-36O68O8300-FAX36O68O3525 E-mail salasOa-msvstemscom bull Website httowwwa-msvste

t3tBusinassParkLaopROBox8SOCai1sbo(gWa98324 po Telophone 8004201306 360683-8300 FAX 3606803525 ^ ^ E-maH salesOa-msystemscom Wetsite httpwwwa-msystem3e0m

mwal

INSTRUCTION MANUAL

FOR

ISOLATED PULSE STIMULATOR

MODEL 2100

Serial

Date

A-M Systems Inc

PO Box 850

Carisborg WA 98324

USA

360-683-8300 bull 800-426-1306 FAX 360-683-3525

httpwwwa-m8y8temscom

Version 50 May 1998

Contents General Description 1

Instrument Features 1 Controls and Connectors 2

Operating Instructions 6 Theory of Operation 10 Calibration Procedures 12

Inputs ii 14 Output Calibration iii i 16

Specifications i4 il u 19 Warranty and Service wi iJ iJi [ii 22

Each Isolated Pulse Stimulator Is delivered complete with

Rack Mount Hardware Instructions amp Maintenance Manual

NOTE

This instrument is not intended for clinical measurements using human subjects A-M Systems Inc does not assume msponsibility for injury or damage due to the misuse of this instrument

General bull M ^ ion

Instrument Features The Isolated Pulse Stimulator Model 2100 Is designed for a wide variety of applications It is highly flexible being capable of delivering single pulses biphasic pairs or bursts of pulses Pulses may be started manually or upon receiving a trigger signal from another instrument or computer Two non-isolated trigger outputs are available for triggering other instruments

Four sets of timing controls provide comprehensive control over all aspects of pulse generation Three digit accuracy is available over a 7 decade range for each timing function using lever wheel switches Pulse wkiths can be set over more than a 9 decade range from 05 [is to 999 seconds Timing accuracy is assured through the use of a 10 MHz base rate crystal-controlled clock digitally divided to provide accurate timing over the entire range A timing overiap indicator will light if the timing controls are set Inconsistently

The output may be conveniently switched between cun-ent and voltage modes Pulse and baseline amplitudes are independently presettable with lockable dials An error indicator will light if the Model 2100 cannoi deliver the desired signal

WARNING

The Model 2100 can produce potentially dangemus voltages up to 100 V et the output connectors The isolated output is not connected internally to safety (earth) ground in ahy way Some part of the extemal circuit should be connected to safety gmund Use caution in handling any wires connectors or electrodes which may be directly or indirectly attached to the Model 2100 output Some lltinds of connectors such as BNC connectors have exposed metal parts which may float at dangemus potentials unless extemally connected to safety gmund For greatest safety tum the Model 2100 off before making any connections to

the Instrument

131 Business Park LocfiPO Box BSOCarM)orgWa 98324 800426-1308 bull36OlaquoS3laquo300FAX 3 6 M 8 3 ^ 2 5

E-malt uiittyBQaHiByBtumaooiTi Wobsita HipJtwtiwiwftbMiAcon fl-N SystQms I n c ^ T

Controls and Connectors The controls for the Model 2100 are grouped in three sections START controlling when a pulse or burst of pulses begins TIMING controlling the onoff timing of one or more pulses and otJTPliT controlling the amplitude of the output signal

Start TRIG SLOPE This switch determines whether valid triggers occur at positive or negative edges in the trigger signal

MODE This switch controls how wavefomris are initiated When set to FREE RUN one timing cycle immediately follows the last When held in the MANUAL position a timing cycle starts immediately When the switch is in the center position timing cycles start when valid triggering events occur

TRIGD This LED lights up when a timing cycle is in process and continues until the burst is completed

TRIG This BNC connector allows a signal from an extemal source to initiate timing cycles It is set for standard TTL levels

GATE This BNC connector allows a signal from an extemal source to restrict the final output signal This input must be at a logical high (or open-circuited) in order for the Model 2100 to recognize either manual or automatic trigger events

Gate 1_ Trigger [~^ i I Valid triggers are represented by the arrows in the figure Note that the up arrow would apply only if TRIG SLOPE is set to + the down anrows would apply only if TRIG SLOPE is set to-

NOTE Triggers have no effect if the system has not completed its response to a previous trigger

fl-N SystQms I n c ^ 131 Business Park Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 600426-13063eO683laquo300FAX 360683^525

E-maB anBysQraquoinsyaleiTaconi Wsbalto h^KAvwwa-(nsys(smsoom

Timing Four sets of controls govem the timing of pulse generation Each set contains two values which are multiplied together to detennine the actual timing value The rotary knob (rate selector) provides the approximate timing value and the lever wheel switch bank (MULTIPLIER) provkles a time resolution of three decimal digits The following diagram shows most of the important relationships

Pnfe-tRAIM I B E L A V i6Molaquo

BURST WIOtH

Output r Delay

t n

Duration - ^ lt - |4Periodgt|

FLJI -^ Burst width

Trigger event

DELAY These controls set the time between the initiating trigger event and the beginning of the pulse burst If this rate selector is set to NONE or the multiplier is set to ooo there is no delay

BURSTWIDTH These controls set the time period in which one or more pulses may be delivered Once started a pulse may outlast the burst width If this rate selector is set to SINGLE or to any time shorter than the pulse duration only a single pulse will occur If the BURSTWIDTH is longer than the period pulses will be emitted at the PERIOD rate until the burst time ends Pulses are never truncated by a short BURST WIDTH

iNTpoundA-PULSiE PBRiOb

DURATION These controls set the length of each pulse If this rate selector is set to SQUARE the duration is set to half of the period regardless of the MULTIPLIER setting

PERIOD These controls set the period of time between adjacent pulse events within the burst It also forces a minimum dead time between recognized input triggers following a burst of one or more pulses This can be used to prevent over stimulation of a tissue without requiring excessive delay between the triggering event and the stimulating pulse

TlMtNQ OVERLAP

mLiHMPi

VVtJ jiwaa lasm nlaquoilaquo u

t^fi SysUms I n c ^ Elt4nsfl a m

131 Business Pofc Loop PO Box 850 Carisborg 1^98324 600-426-1306 36O6834300 FAK 360683^525

E-mai vrvysQfrflisysleraLOCniWutiailQL N^jAwwa^iByslernUiOOni

NOTE If any of these timing controls are changed while a timing cycle is in operation the results are undefined until the cunent cycle flnishes

TIMING OVERLAP This LED will light to indicate an Inconsistency in the timing cycle settings There are several ways to Introduce such errors The most common way is to set the inter-pulse PERIOD to be less than the pulse DURATION

TRIG OUT (UPPER) This BNC connector provides a signal which is coinckient with the intemal Burst timing signal (default) This means the signal starts at the end of the Delay time and persists until the Burst time expires This output may also be set to represent the delay time-out by setting the internal jumper J510 to the left two pins Instead of the right two pins (Please see the Calibration section in this manual for jumper location Directions are given as viewed from the fix)nt of the instrument)

TRIG OUT (LOWER) This BNC connector provides a signal which is coincident with the Duration timing signal which controls pulse output

NOTE Both trigger output signals slightly lead the isolated output signal

Output PULSE SIGN This Switch sets the sign for the pulses to be generated It also allows generation of biphasic pulses thereby doubling the effective total period Warning the first pulse genemted after changing the PULSE SIGN svntch may have the wmng polarity

BASELINE This switch sets the sign for the baseline signal

RANGE This rotary switch allows one of three current or two voltage ranges to be selected for the output signal

BASELINE AMPLITUDE This counting dial are independently set using ten-minute counting dials with the baseline having one tenth the range of the pulse amplitude

A-N Systlaquomslaquo Inc 131 Buskiess Partt Loop PO BoK 8S0 Cailsbarg Wa 96324 laophone 8004201306 bull36O68M300-FAX 3eolaquo8M525 E-mat bullmsysflMnsyslermoom VMaHsr Hlplhfimnmyekmoom

PULSE AMPLITUDE This counting dial

EVENTS This LED indicates when a pulse is ongoing

ERROR This LED indicates when the intemal output amplifier cannot output the pulse as desired This is usually due to a short circuit while trying to output a voltage or an open circuit while trying to output a current

One control from the Ot^uf section directly affects wavefonn timing the Pulse Sign control When set to the Biphasic mode a positive-going pulse is Immediately followed by a negative-going pulse This effectively doubles the pulse duration If a burst of biphasic pulses is being produced the period must be at least twice the single pulse duration In the Sgtan wave mode the baseline disappears as long as the burst persists

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Bushass Park locpPOBooi 850 C8ri9bcrgMS8324 IMqphona 800426-1306 bull36Olaquo83laquo3a0 FAX 360683-3529 E-nal amsyaOa4nsyatemscomWeMlK hMpJVniwa-nsygtatnscom

Operating Instructions

Examples Simple setup (and minimal Instrument tost)

Connect the output of the Model 2100 to an oscilloscope Before connecting the instrument it is safest to turn its power off

Set the Ou^uf controls

Range Pulse Sign

Baseline Pulse Amplitude

10V +

Zero 200

Setting The Timing Controls

Delay Burst Width

Duratbn Period

none single

15010-2 500102

Setting The Start Controls

Mode Free Run

Disconnect any cables to the TRIG or GATE Inputs

Note that the green Trig and Event Indicators tum on as Free Run is turned on (and tum off othenwise) You should observe a 15ms duration 20Hz rate pulse of 200V above a OV baseline on the oscilloscope i

A ^ M ^ _ _ _ A ^ _ _ _ 1 ^ 131BiiHnD8raquoParttloopPOBoxB50Car)sbcrBlaquoraquoS8324

bull P l ^ y S W n i S f |nC ltV^gt^8deglt^^2O1306380laquo8OS3a0FAX36O6BMS2S

6 E-fnflk 9n^fBOs-in9ystsni9cx]fnWDbs)tec H^ff9Nw^myStem9oom

Demonstration of Burst Mode Connect the output of the Model 2100 to an oscilloscope Before connecting the instrument it is safest to tum Its power off

Set the Output controls

Range Pulse Sign

Baseline Pulse Amplitude

Baseline Amplitude

Setting The Timing Controls

Delay Burst Width

Duration

Period

Set the START controls as follows

Mode

Disconnect any cables to the TRIG or GATE inputs

Trigger the oscilloscope from the Burst trigger out (upper Tr^ Out connector) for a stable display In each burst (occumng every lOOms) you should observe a trio of 15ms duration starting 50ms apart Try switching the StartMode from Free Run to the center (nomnal) position The pulses will no longer be produced and the Trig and Event indicators will turn off Pressing this switch once (to Manual) will cause a single burst to occur

880 120 150 500

10V +

200 100

102 102 102 102

Free Run

fleaff SySlQmSa |nCa deglgt ltlt ^ ^ deg ^ degdeg ^ ^ ^ bull E-matmia

131 Business Park LoopPO Box 850 Carisborg Vfe 86324 lUcphcna 800426-1306 36Olaquo83laquo300 FAX 36068raquo52 E-maft tfii8ysOiHn^nleiTBcom1AWisJto HSpitwraquoM^wytAtii9oom

Problem SoMng If the Instrument appears to be not worthing properiy check all of the control settings and connections Be sure to wait at least 5-10 seconds after turning the Instrument off before tuming it on again The following t6ef summary of typical problems for the user (along with the most common solutions) may help

Problem CauseSolution EVENT indicator never lights even in FREE RUN mode

bull Replace fuse check power connection bullSet DELAY or PERIOD to a shorter interval

bull Power-on too soon after power-off

OVERLAP Indicator is on

ERROR indicator is on

Time appears to be excessive

bullSet DURATION gt000 bull DURATION is set to SQUARE but PERIOD is 000 Increase PERIOD or set DURATION independantly

bull BURST and WIDTH are gt DURATION increase PERIOD or decrease

DURATION bull BIPHASIC pulse output is on and PERIOD is not longer than twice the DURATION Increase PERIOD or decrease DURATION

bull Free-run is on and BURST Is lt PERIOD (BURST off) DELAY is 0 and PERIOD is lt DURATION Add delay or modify PERIOD

bull Free-mn is on and BURST is gt DURATION (BURST ON) and PERIOD is lt DURATION Increase PERIOD

bull For VOLTAGE outputs the output Is trying to drive too low a resistance or capacitance (eg a short circuit) Check by disconnecting the output It is possible (and normal) that for the fastest cycles

and largest amplitudes (close to 100 V and 1 MS) that the ERROR Indicator might always come on during repetitive pulses Fix output load or decrease amplitude as required

bull Changed control in mid-cycle (resets cunent status)

A ^ M bull _ _ _ A ^ ^ _ _ i ^ mdash 131BuslnessPai1ltLoopPOBox850CarlsborgWamp98324

bull p i j ^ v s w m s iiic^^deglt^deg^^deglt^^^3degB3^^^deg^^^^degdeg^^^deg^^deg^^^^ E-mat iiiMOafflwstemseom WabaHe MtaffiwwtHtavsli

8 E-msft flmsjoQfrfraystGfnsoom ^WobsltiK hl^Aiwv9-fn9]nteniscom

Cant seem to get a full signal out

Incoming triggers not accepted frequently enough

bull Load is not properiy connected repair wiring

bull Too low a load impedance (VOLTAGE modes) or too high a load impedance

(CURRENT mode)

bull PERIOD is set too long (enforces dead time) followd by BURST set to SIGNAL Reduce PERIOD time

Table 10 Problem Solving

If you suspect that the Model 2100 may have completely failed we recommend checking the basic level of functionality If this fails your instrument is defective and must be repaired If this passes either your experimental setup is incompatible or inconsistent or there is a more subtle flaw in your Model 2100

If the Model 2100 appears to be malfunctioning contact A-M Systems Inc or your dealer Telephone numtgters for A-M Systems Inc listed on the front cover of this manual We will first attempt to solve the problem over the telephone so have an exact description of your problem available when you call You do not need to be within the warranty period to obtain over-the-phone assistance

A ^ M V - mdash A d B ^ K M I ^ M 131BuslnessPatfcLoopPOBox6SOCai

-PI s y s i Q m s inc-2raquolaquoa22=M^^

131 Business Parfc Loop PO Box 650 Cartsborg VM9 0S324 _ FAX36(W8a3525 E^nrt flnsysQa-ntsyttanB-oom Wsbsfte hHpiMNvwa-nnystsnisooni

9

Theory of Operation

The operation of the Model 2100 is summarized In the block diagram (see Fig 3) Not shown are all of the interconnections with the microcontroller The intemal microcontroler plays an important role in setting the signal path but does not directly

contribute to the dynamic characteristics It scans the front panel switches and sets the control values for the logic arays It programs the intemal counters which along with the other hardware achieve the necessary sub-microsecond speeds

All action starts either from an input trigger signal (from Trig In) or from an intemal signal (in free Run mode only) A Delay timer counts the 10MHz clock until its count value Is exhausted At this point the Burst timer starts Both Period and Duration timers are started at this time If the Burst timer has not expired by the end of the Period the Period and Duration timers are restarted If the Biphasic mode has been set the Duration timer is restarted at the end of the initial Duration and the sign of the output pulse Is reversed doubling the total duration

The system state (pulse on pulse sip baseline sign [+101-]) is transmitted to the isolated section via optoisolator The baseline and pulse amplitudes are selected by an analog switch The resulting signal is amplified by a variable-power-supply discrete operational amplifier The amplifier connections and gain is modified to provide two voltage and three cunent ranges

Timing overlap errors are detected by a logical decision computation rather than by testing for counter collisions This provides instant feedback rather than waiting up to an hour for such a collision to occur Output errors are measured by sensing the output amplifiers differential input voltage Under normal conditions this is a negligible voltage if the amplifier fails to deliver the requested signal the window comparator testing this voltage sends this message (via optoisolator) to the logic section turning on a warning LED

fl-N Systems Inc 131BusbnassPa(tLoopPOBox6SOCari3boigVMg8324 H n |TWoph0n880O426-13083eO6Blaquo300FMt36Olaquo8i3525 E-nnl anaysflfriinysleiiaoemWfcbslte hllphmwraquoimyatennoom

TRIG 3HJ) OUT

(burst)

TRIG ^ OUT

(pulse)

E

Ml

Calibration Procedures

The calibration interval is the lesser of 1000 hours of operation or 6 months Somewhat greater drift can be expected in the first 100 hours of operation as the semiconductors age Adjustments should only be made after the instrument has been fully warmed up for at least 15 minutes

Full instrument calibration requires the following test equipment digital multimeter (plusmn 01) able to measure resistance to at least lOOMfl oscilloscope with at least 50MHz bandwidth true-rms voltmeter with 4MHz bandwidth universal counter (plusmn 001 ) able to measure single pulse widths and periods resistors (all plusmn 01) 2kn lOkH 1 waft 20kn 200kn alligator clip lead sets banana plugs and BNC adapters

Adjustment integrated circuit and test point locations are shown in the following figures All adjustments are on the timing board unless otherwise noted

All voltages in the non-isolated section should be measured with respect to ground at TP510 unless othenvise stated Some voltages are measured with respect to an intemal isolated ground at TP650 or across the two output tenninals Occasionally the voltage at an IC pin must be measured In these cases the reference designator is given with the pin number in parentheses eg U602(16) When it states within this procedure that a voltage is to be minimized this means that the adjustment should be made such that the measured voltage is as close to zero volts as possible Refer to the Specifications Section of this manual for acceptable tolerances

The sequence of this procedure is Important If any adjustment is made all adjustments which follow must be made to ensure that the specifications will be met These procedures require that all controls remain as set in previous steps unless otherwise indicated

WARNING

The Model 2100 has dangerous voltages throughout the instrument even with the power is off Servicing the Model 2100 should only be done by qualified service personnel Use caution in handling any wires connectors or electrodes which may be directly or indirectly attached to the Instrument Do not touch exposed connections or components Disconnect power by unplugging the power cord from the receptacle

fl-N Systems I n c ^ 131BusinesaPartcLoopPOBox850CartsborgVWiB8324 4 n ^gt-mdash80O426-130638Ofl8Jlaquo300FAX36O683J52S bull E-maft BinsysQfrfn^islflnisoomVVfalislle h^KVfWMift^iisystemsoani

CO

- R503

Omg^

TPSOlQ O

OTPSOO

U560 bull

U510

DDID ^ trade E O ^ T P 5 1 0

bullnD Trig

0 ^

U570

Gate n U505

DO D

U515

Timing

Timing h_ U520

bsoo ^25SE Timing

Or r U540

I I Tmlng

[^ELIL

U535 D

U506

13 J510 Timlnff

BurfiDelay J400

i i i i i i i T r m r a

gt U550 ^

Clock

U555 U620

B a

^R^Pvhigh Rfijn O D O Vlow

o

bull U545

Fo sect737 lISOIsPjC-COMP

n r r ^ U760

J420

]]U632

Q S riuGSO

H = ) TP640^ deg I t I

II3D

J440 m i T i

U610 plusmn laquo j U O

bull bull l el

^t

O l

bull

M

I

Power supply and bias voltages

Power supply

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

POWER ON Observe voltage at P703 power supply wire top of main board

Check for+15 plusmn 050 V

Observe voltage at P701 power supply wire top of main board

Check for-15 plusmn 050 V

Observe voltage at U505(24) Check for+5 plusmn 025 V

Isolated supply voltage

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

RANGE 10 V TRIG open circuit MODE center position

Altemately observe V^ from R742 to R740 and V ^ from the U605(4) to U605(8)

Adjust R773 so that 110VltV^lt 120 V and

nign

28VltV^lt34V

Capacitance balance

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Connect a x10 oscilloscope probe to TP650 and ground the

Adjust R737 for minimum high frequency signal

Inputs

Gate funct ion

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave Verify that the voltage to GATE switches states at the Obsene voltage at U51G(3) proper input levels with an oscilloscope ^ ^

Trigger s lope

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave Verify that the voltage to TRIO switches states at the Observe voltage at US 10( 1) proper input levels with an oscilloscope

TRIG SLOPE + Verify voltage is 180 out of phase

TRIG SLOPE Verify voltage is in phase

fl-N Systems Inc ^ 131 Bushess Park Loop PO Bar 850 Carisborg Wa 98324 8004201306 3eOlaquoS3e300 FAX 3606BV352S

C-maft fliii8yBQfriii9yBlumaoamVIAibsMB hRpJhwMifi-iiiBystematxini

14

Trigger and gate funct ion

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

DELA NONE BURS1WII3TH SINGLE DURATION SQUARE PERIOD 100X10-3

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave to TRIG Obsen^e TRIOD and EVENT LEDS

TRIG disconnect all Short the GATE connector to GND Verify LEDs extinguish

MODE press to MANUAL Verify LEDs flash once

Timing

System c lock frequency

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Observe the frequency of the wave atU555(17)

Verify 1000 MHz plusmn001

Multipl iers (Wheel Switches)

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

PULSE SIGN + MODE FREE RUN TRIG disconnect all TIMING MULTIPUERS ail

wheels set to zero except the one being tested

TnmiNG OVERLAP ^nOTB

Observe the pulse width with the counter at the location specified below

Verify pulse width Is correct for each wheel as it is tested Independently

For each wheel of each MULTIPUER test each position to verify that the pulse width is correct Observe the signal at the following locations DELAY U520(2) BURSTWIDTH U530(2) PERIOD US40(2) DURATION U550(2)

Rates (Rotary Switches)

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

TIMING MULTIPUERS 001 TIMING RATES all rotary

switches set to 10-4 except the one being tested

Observe the pulse width with the counter at the location specified below

Verify pulse width is conect for each rotary switch as it is tested independently

For each of the four rotary switches in TIMING test each position to verify that the pulse wkJth is correct Observe the signal at the following locations DELAY U520(2) BURSTWIDTH U530(2) PERIOD U540(2) DURATION U550(2)

fl-N Systems I n c ^ E-maft emfl

131 Business Parti Loop PO 809(850 Cartsborg Wta 98324 8004201306 3804806300 FAX 36068O3S25

E-maft ansysQa nvystems-oom Wobste hflp Avwwa4nsy8(Qnttoam

15

Trigger outputs Controls

Range 10V Pulse Amplitude 500 Delay 100x10 Burst 100x10^2 Duration 100 x1a Period 400x10^ Pulse sign + Trig Mode Free run Trig in open

Inputs Observations

Trigger the oscilloscope to the Burst Trig Out Observe it the Pulse Trig Out and the isolated output

Adjust Check

Verify that the waveform consists of a burst of three 1ms-on3ms-off pulses The burst trigger should be synchronous with the burst the pulse trigger coincident with each pulse

Output Calibration

Isolation Resistance (check) Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode center position Trig In open

Measure the resistance between ground banana jack (front panel) and black banana jack of output with DMM

Resistance read gt 100MQ

Amplitude Switch Offset (R640) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Zero Trig Mode center position Trig In Open

Measure the voltage at TP645 vs TP650 with the DMM

Adjust R640 (AmpI Sw Offset) for minimum voltage

Output Offset (R332 front panel board) Controls I nputsObservatlons AdjustCheck

Baseline Zero Range 10V Trig Mode center position Trig In Open

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

Adjust R332 (Output offset) for minimum voltage

Positive Baseline Offset (R607) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Sign + Baseline Amplitude

fully CCW (000) Range 10V Trig In open Trig Mode center position

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

Adjust R602 (BSLN + offset) for minimum voltage

fl M raquo _ _ _ A laquo ^ _ i ^ ^ 131Buslnelaquo8Pari(loopPOBoK850Cart8borgWB96324

bull P I i s V S i e m S a |||Cg1Maphans80O42O130638O68O8300FAX36Olaquo8raquo^2S E-tiBft anagtraquoflwiisyagtlaquomraquoaimW6baHB hHpffii(wwraquoltnsylaquoleniieom

16

Negative Baseline Offset (R619) Controls

Baseline Sign -i Baseline Amplitude bull fully CCW (000)

Range 10V Trig In open Trig Mode center position

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

AdjustCheck

Adjust R619 (BSLN 4 offset) for minimum voltage

Pulse Amplitude Adjust (R602) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode Free Mode Pulse Amplitude 1000 Timing Dialay =none Burst =single Duration =1001 Period =00110-4 Pulse Sign -Trig In open Range 10V

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

The Overiap indicator should be on Adjust R602 (Max Level) for -1000V out

Pulse Sign Gain (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode Free Mode Pulse Amplitude 1000 Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =1001 s Period =00110-4s Trig In open Range 10V

Measure the voltage at the output with the DMM for the Pulse Sign at -- and - positions

The absolute values of the voltages should differ by less than lOOmV

Baseline Amplitudes (check) Controls InputsObservations

Range 100mA Trig Mode center position Baseline Amplitude fully CW (1000) Trig In open

Measure the voltage at the output with the DMM with Baseline Sign in + Zero and - positions

AdjustCheck

Gain the matching of current levels at = and - positions and offset current in Zero position

fl-N Systems Inc^^ bull E-mal am8

131 Business Partt Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 88324 8004201306360laquo8Oe300FAX 360laquo8O362S

E-maM am8y8^o-mBy8tflmBoom WobaKo hHp Awwwo-f i iBystonuoom

17

Output Range Amplitude and Drive (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Pulse Amplitude 1000 Pulse Sign + Trig Mode Free Run Timing Delay =none Burst =8ingle Duration =1001 Period =10010-4 Trig In open

Load the output with a 10KV1W 01 resistor Measure the voltage at the output with DMM

Verify that full scale output is within specification Scale Range 100V 100V 10V 10V 100mA IV 1mA 10V 10mA 100V

Pulse Sign and Short Circuit Protection (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Timing Delay =none Burst =8ingle Duration =200 10-4 Period =00110-3 Baseline Zero Pulse Amplitude 25 Range 10V Trig Mode Free Run Trig In open

Measure the voltage at the output with the oscilloscope Check for Pulse Sign set to each of + - biphasic Watch for Error indicator when shorting the output

Verify that pulses of approx 25V amplitude (625V for biphasic mode) of the correct sign are produced every 10ms Short output in biphasic mode Output should retum when opened

Output Transient Response (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Pulse Sign + Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =20010-4 Period =00110-3 Pulse Amplitude 250 Baseline Zero Trig Mode Free Mode Trig In open

Connect the oscilloscope to the output with a 310 attenuator prolse Test boVn 10V and 100V ranges

Verify that overshoot and risetime meet specifications

fl-N Systems I n c ^ 131 Business Parte Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wb 98324 8004201306 36Olaquo83O300 FAX 36O680lt352S

E-mQ0 snBy8Qs-msy8faiTiscom VWriMtte N ^ Mvww9-msy8lemscom

18

Specifications

There are three classes of specifications Class A specifications tested in all unHs and are guaranteed Class B specifications are inherent in the design they are indirectly tested and are guaranteed Class C specifications are typical operating values which are occasionally tested- these are typical values given for your infomiation but not guarshyanteed The class for each specification is noted in the center column of the following sections

Inputs Switching level

Hysteresis

Input equivalent circuit

Minimum duration (1 IL-level signal)

A

C

C

C

16V(plusmn02V)

approx 50 mV

100K ft to+5 In parallel with no more than 35pF

gt 50 ns

Open circuit condition B defaults to highon level

Timing and rate accuracy Rate selector steps

Timing multiplier steps

Resolution

Timing eror (second and later pulses after resetting controls)

B

B

B

B

lOOps to 100s In 7 steps

1 of rate selector step size Maximum value is 999 x the rate selector step size

approx 01 of the maximum value

lt 002 of rate selector value + 015 ps

Timing error (first pulse after readjusting timing controls)

an additional 025 ps error may occur

Timing repeatability lt 001 setting + 20 ns (monophasic)

fl-N Systems I nc ^ bull E-moU ams

131 Business Parti Loop PO Boot 850 Cartsborg VM 98324 80O42O130838O08O8300FAX36Olaquo8O3S2S

E-meU anByafl^iiisyslainaoomWebsHe hHpffliiwwraquomsys)emsoom

19

TRIG IN to OUTPUT delay (DELAY set to 0) output set to 2V

Timing jitter ft-om TRIG IN to OUTPUT (for TTL trigger input with risetime lt10 ns)

Timing jitter ft^om TRIG OUT (either BURST or PULSE) and OUTPUT

Trigger output to pulse output delay

Output charactsristics Pulse level enror (voltage mode open circuit cun-ent mode short circuit

Biphasic level difference |V + + V-|2

Baseline level error (voltage mode A open circuit current mode short circuit)

Risetime (25 V out)

Risetime (25 V out)

Transient response

A

A

A

Output impedance (voltage mode) C

Output impedance (current mode) C

Isolation resistance A

Isolation capacitance C

approx 05 ps for a load of no more than 10 Kft in parallel with 50 pF

lt 125 ns (all rates except 100s) lt 125 ps (100s rate)

Less than 20 ns (all rates)

approx 350 ns

lt 03 of setting + 05 of r range (plus an additional 05 pA inlOOpArenge)

lt 03 of range (voltage modes into open circuit current modes into short circuit)

lt 03 of setting of setting + 01 of range (plus an additional 05 pA in lOOpA range)

laquo 200 ns into less than 30 pF

laquo15 ps into less than 30 pF

lt 8 overshoot Into less than 30 pF for pulse voltages different than baseline voltage by at least 10 of range

laquo 50 ohms

raquo 1 0 Gft (typically 200 Gft)

raquo100Mft

laquo 60 pF at 100 Hz

fl-N Systems Inc^^ 131 Business Partt Uxip PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 96324 8004201308 SBOee^^SOO FAX 360laquoS3^52S

E-mat BiByraquoaiMii8ylaquoliiiiiseomWiljalteHlpJV(wwraquo4tgy8lenaoom

20

Noise (differential mode)

Noise (common mode earth to isolated ground) with no signal output

Overioad error indicator (low frequency short circuited voltage mode)

Overioad error indicator low frequency open circuited current mode)

Overioad enor response time

Miscellaneous

Power

Fuse

Operating temperature range

Storage temperature range

Operating humidity

Dimensions

Weight

laquo1 mV rms (10 V scale 10Hz-4MHz)

laquo 8 mV rms (10 Hz-4 MHz) laquo100mVp-p (200 Hz -10 MHz) measured withalOMft 15pF oscilloscope probe

Turns on for set amplitude at or greater than approx plusmn1V (10 V range) or plusmn2 V (100 V range)

Turns on for set amplitude at or above approx 2 of range

Flat to approx 30 ps duration Decreasing sensitivity for shorter pulses

approx 11 watts

1 amp 3 AG

10-30C

0 - 50deg C

5-80RH

17x475x1125 (Inches) 432x121x286 cm

20 lbs (9 kg)

fl mm bull gt _ _ _ A ^ ^ _ _ L ^ 131BusinesraquoPariltLocpPOBox850C8rtsborgWS9e324

bull p i ^ y s v e m s IIIC^^deg(^deg^Bdegltgt^^^3degdeg^deg^^deg^^^degdeg^^I^deg^deg^^^^^

21 E-mei flre^nQo 4n8yo(amscam Wsbsfle hHpAwwwe-msy8Jems-Oom

Warranty and Service

What does this warranty cover A-M Systems Inc warrants to the Purchaser that the Instrument excluding cables Headstage Probes and any other accessories shipped with the Instrument (hereafter the hardware) is free from defects in workmanship or material under normal use and service for the period of one (1) year This warranty commences on the date of delivery of the hardware to the Purchaser

What are the obligations of A-M Systems Inc under this warranty During the warranty period A-M Systems Inc agrees to repair or replace at its sole option without charge to the Purchaser any defective component part of the hardware To obtain warranty service the Purchaser must return the hardware to A-M Systems Inc or an authorized A-M Systems Inc distributor in an adequate shipping container Any postage shipping and insurance charges incurred in shipping the hardware to A-M Systems Inc must be prepaid by the Purchaser and all risk for the hardware shall remain with purchaser until such time as A-M Systems Inc takes receipt of the hardware Upon receipt A-M Systems Inc will promptly repair or replace the defective unit and then return the hardware to the Purchaser postage shipping and insurance prepaid A-M Systems Inc may use reconditioned or like new parts or units at its sole option when repairing any hardware Repaired products shall carry the same amount of outstanding wan^nty as from original purchase or ninety (90) days which ever is greater Any claim under the warranty must include a dated proof of purchase of the hardware covered by this wan-anty In any event A-M Systems Inc liability for defective hardware is limited to repairing or replacing the hardware

What is not covered by this warranty This warranty is contingent upon proper use and maintenance of the hardware by the Purchaser and does not cover batteries Neglect misuse whether intentional or otherwise tampering with or altering the hardware damage caused by accident damage caused by unusual physical electrical chemical or electromechanical stress damage caused by failure of electrical power or damage caused during transportation are not covered by this warranty Products may not be returned to A-M Systems Inc for service whether under warranty or otherwise which are contaminated by infectious agents radioactive compounds or other materials constituting a health hazard to employees of A-M Systems Inc

What are the limits of llabiiity for A-M Systems inc under this warranty A-M Systems Inc shall not be liable for loss of data profits or savings or any special incidental consequential indirect or other similar damages arising from breach of contract negligence or other legal action even if the company or its agent has been advised of the possibility of such damages or for any claim brought against you by another party THIS EQUIPMENT IS NOT INTENDED FOR CLINICAL MEASUREMENTS USING HUMAN SUBJECTS A-M SYSTEMS INC DOES NOT ASSUME RESPONSIBILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE DUE TO MISUSE OF THIS EQUIPMENT Jurisdictions vary with regard to the enforceability of provisions excluding or limiting liability for incidental or consequential damages Check the provision of your local jurisdiction to find out whether the above exclusion applies to you This warranty allocates risks of product failure between the Purchaser and A-M Systems Inc A-M Systems Inc hardware pricing reflects this allocation of risk and the limitations of liability contained in this wanranty The warranty set forth above is in lieu of all other express wan^anties whether oral or written The agents employees distributors and dealers of A-M Systems Inc are not authorized to make modifications to this wan-anty or additional wan-anties binding on the company Accordingly additional statements such as dealer advertising or presentations whether oral or written do not constitute wananties by A-M Systems Inc and should not be relied upon This warranty gives you specific legal rights You may also have other rights whrch vary from one jurisdiction to another

6 mm ^ laquo _ _ A a B ^ _ 1 ^ ^ 131 Business Parti Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg W B 98324 O O

bull P l A y S V e m S l n C T^M 8OO42OI3O6 380683-8300FAX 360 803525 ^ ^ E-msl iiiisy80iHTBy8tenisoom Wsbsito hnphwwfrimysleiiisoom

A

V ISO

INSTRUCTION MANUAL

FOR

ISOLATED PULSE STIMULATOR

MODEL 2100

Serial

Date

A-M Systems Inc

PO Box 850

Carlsborg WA 98324

USA

360-683-8300 bull 800-426-1306 FAX 360-683-3525

httpwwwa-msystemscom

Version 70 February 2002

Contents General Description 1

Instrument Features 1 Controls and Connectors 2

Operating Instructions 6 Theory of Operation 10 Calibration Procedures 12

Inputs 14 Output Calibration 16

Specifications 19 Warranty and Service 22

Each Isolated Pulse Stimulator is delivered complete with

Rack Mount Hardware Instructions amp Maintenance Manual

NOTE

This instrument is not intended for clinical measurements using human subjects A-M Systems Inc does not assume responsibility for Injury or damage due to the misuse of this instrument

General Description

Instrument Features The Isolated Pulse Stimulator Model 2100 is designed for a wide variety of applications It is highly flexible being capable of delivering single pulses biphasic pairs or bursts of pulses Pulses may be started manually or upon receiving a trigger signal from another Instrument or computer Two non-isolated trigger outputs are available for triggering other instruments

Four sets of timing controls provide comprehensive control overall aspects of pulse generation Three digit accuracy is available over a 7 decade range for each timing function using lever wheel switches Pulse widths can be set over more than a 9 decade range from 05 ps to 999 seconds Timing accuracy is assured through the use of a 10 MHz base rate crystal-controlled clock digitally divided to provide accurate timing over the entire range Atiming overiap indicator will light If the timing controls are set inconsistently

The output may be conveniently switched between current and voltage modes Pulse and baseline amplitudes are Independently presettable with lockable dials An error Indicator will light if the Mode2700 cannot deliver the desired signal

r WARNING

The Model 2100 can produce potentially dangerous voltages up to 100 V at the output connectors The isolated output is not connected internally to safety (earth) ground in any way Some part of the extemal circuit should be connected to safety ground Use caution in handling any wires connectors or electrodes which may be directly or indirectly attached to the Model 2100 output Some kinds of connectors such as BNC connectors have exposed metal parts which may float at dangerous potentials unless extemally connected to safety ground For greatest safety tum the Model 2100 off before making any connections to

the instrument

131 Business Parii Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Telophone 800-426-1306 bull 360-68raquolaquo300 bull FAX 360683-3525 E-mal satesa-msystemsoom VVfebsite httpywwwa^nsystemscom fl-N Systems Inc 1

Controls and Connectors The controls for the Model 2100 are grouped in three sections START which controls when a pulse or burst of pulses begins TIMING which controls the onoff timing of one or more pulses and OUTPUT which controls the amplitude of the output signal

Start TRIG SLOPE Determines the polarity of valid trigger pulses (positive or negative edges in the trigger signal)

MODE Controls waveform initiation When set to FREE RUN one timing cycle immediately follows the last When momentarily placed In the MANUAL position a timing cycle starts Immediately When the switch Is In the center position timing cycles start when valid triggering events occur

TRIGD This LED lights up when a timing cycle Is in process and continues until the burst is completed

TRIG This BNC connector allows a signal from an external source to Initiate timing cycles It is set for standard TTL levels

GATE This BNC connector allows a signal from an external source to restrict the final output signal This input must be at a logical high (or open-circuited) in order for the Model 2100 to recognize either manual or automatic trigger events

Gate 1_ Trigger |~~^ i I Valid triggers (represented by the arrows in the figure) can occur only when the gate Is at logical high Note that the up arrow would apply only If TRIG SLOPE is set to + the down an-ows would apply only if TRIG SLOPE Is set to -

NOTE Triggers have no effect if the system has not completed its response to a previous trigger

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Park Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Vb 98324 TelQphQne 80O426-1306 360683-8300 FAX 360683-3525 E-mail sales^a-msystemscom Wsbsite httpywwwa-msystemscom

Timing Four sets of controls govern the timing of pulse generation Each set contains two values which are multiplied together to detemnine the actual timing value The rotary knob (rate selector) provides the approximate timing value and the lever wheel switch bank (MULTIPLIER)

provides a time resolution of three decimal digits The following diagram shows most of the Important relationships

Output r Delay Duration

|ltPeriodgtj

t Burst width

Trigger event

DELAY These controls determine the time duration between the initiating trigger event and the beginning of the pulse burst If this rate selector is set to NONE or the multiplier is set to 000 there Is no delay

BURST WIDTH These controls determine the time period in which one or more pulses may be delivered Once started a pulse may outlast the burst width If this rate selector is set to SINGLE or to any time shorter than the pulse duration only a single pulse will occur If the BURST WIDTH Is longer than the period pulses will be emitted at the PERIOD rate until the burst time ends Pulses are never truncated by a short BURSTWIDTH

inds)-PULSE

D U R A T I O N 1 0 1 0

10

INTEB-PULSE PERIOD

1 1 10

DURATION These controls determine the length of each pulse Ifthis rate selector Is set to SQUARE the duration is set to half of the period regardless of the MULTIPLIER setting

PERIOD These controls set the period of time between adjacent pulse events within the burst It also forces a minimum dead time between recognized input triggers following a burst of one or more pulses This can be used to prevent over stimulation of a tissue without requiring excessive delay between the triggering event and the stimulating pulse

TIMING OVERLAP

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 860 Carisborg Vamp 98324 |Telophone 800-426-1306 360683-8300 bull FAX 3606aW525 E-mail salearega^nsystemsoom Vfeb5ite httpAwwwa^nsyslemscam

NOTE If any of these timing controls are changed while a timing cycle is in operation the results are undefined until the current cycle finishes

TIMING OVERLAP This LED will light to Indicate an inconsistency in the timing cycle settings There are several ways to introduce such errors The most common way is to set the Inter-pulse PERIOD to be less than the pulse DURATION

T I M I N G (seconds)^

TRIG OUT (UPPER) This BNC connector provides a signal which is coincident with the Internal Burst timing signal (default) This means the signal starts at the end of the Delay time and persists until the Burst time expires This output may also be set to represent the delay time-out by setting the internal jumper J510 to the right two pins instead of the left two pins (Please see the Calibration section in this manual for jumper location Directions are given as viewed from the front of the Instrument)

TRIG OUT (LOWER) This BNC connector provides a signal which Is coincident with the Duration timing signal which controls pulse output

NOTE Both trigger output signals slightly lead the isolated output signal

Output

PULSE SIGN This switch determines the polarity of the pulses to be generated It also allows generation of biphasic pulses thereby doubling the effective total period Warning the first pulse generated after changing the PULSE

SIGN switch may have the wrong polarity

BASELINE This Switch determines the polarity ofthe baseline signal

RANGE This rotary switch determines if the output pulses will be constant current (3 ranges) or constant voltage (2 ranges)

BASELINE AMPLITUDE This value is independently set using a ten-turn counting dial The maximum baseline amplitude is one tenth the value shown on the range amplitude switch

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 8S0 Cartsborg Vfa 98324 |Tetaphone 80O426-1306 bull 360683-8300 bull FAX 3606803525 E-mail salesa-msystemscom Wbbsite http7Awwwaflnsystemscom

PULSE AMPLITUDE This value is independently set using a ten-turn counting dial The maximum pulse amplitude is the value shown on the range amplitude switch

EVENT This LED indicates when a pulse is ongoing

ERROR This LED indicates when the internal output amplifier cannot output the pulse as desired This is usually due to a short circuit while trying to output a voltage or an open circuit while trying to output a current

VOTEThe Pulse Sign control in the Oupuf section directly affects waveform timing When set to the Biphasic mode a positive-going pulse is immediately followed by a negative-going pulse This effectively doubles the pulse duration If a burst of biphasic pulses is being produced the period must be at least twice the single pulse duration In the Square wave mode the baseline disappears as long as the burst persists

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsboig Vte 98324 |Telophone 800426-1306 360683-8300 bull FAX 3606833525 E-mail salesa-m5ystem5 com Website httpwwwa-msystemscom

Operating Instructions

Examples Simple setup (and minimal instrument test)

Connect the output ofthe Model 2100 to an oscilloscope Before connecting the Model 2100 to any other instrument or the experimental preparation It is safest to turn Its power off

Set the Oufpuf controls

Range 10V Pulse Sign +

Baseline Zero Pulse Amplitude 200

Setting The Timing Controls

Delay Burst Width

Duration Period

none single

15010-2 50010-2

Setting The Start Controls

Mode Free Run

Disconnect any cables to the TRIG or GATE inputs

Note that the green Trig and Event Indicators turn on as Free Run is turned on (and turn off otherwise) You should observe a 15ms duration 20Hz rate pulse of 200V above a OV baseline on the oscilloscope

fl-N Systems Inc 131 BusinessPartiLoop RO Box850CarisbcxgWa98324 |Telophone 800426-1306 bull 360-683-8300 bull FW 360683-3525 E-mail salesa-msystems com VVbbsite httpywwwa-msystems com

Demonstration of Burst Mode Connect the output ofthe Model 2100 to an oscilloscope Before connecting the Model 2100 to any other instrument or the experimental preparation It Is safest to turn its power off

Set the Outpuf controls

Range 10V Pulse Sign +

Baseline Pulse Amplitude 200

Baseline Amplitude 100

Setting The Timing Controls

Delay 88010-2 Burst Width 12010-^

Duration 15010-2 Period 50010-2

Set the START controls as follows

Mode Free Run

Disconnect any cables to the TRIG or GATE inputs

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Telophooe 8004201306 360683-8300 bull FAX 360683-3525 E^naii salesa-msystems com Watjsite http7wwwa-msystemscom

Trigger the oscilloscope from the Bursf trigger out (upper Trig Out connector) for a stable display In each burst (occurring every lOOms) you should observe a trio of 15ms duration starting 50ms apart Try switching the StartMode from Free Run to the center (nonnal) position The pulses will no longer be produced and the Trig and Event Indicators will tum off Pressing this switch once (to Manual) will cause a single burst to occur

Problem Solving If the instrument appears to be not working properiy check all ofthe control settings and connections Be sure to wait at least 5-10 seconds after turning the instrument off before turning it on again The following summary of typical problems for the user (along with the most common solutions) may help

Problem CauseSolution

EVENT Indicator never lights even in FREE RUN mode

bull Replace fuse check power connection bullSet DELAY or PERIOD to a shorter interval

bull Power-on too soon after power-off

OVERLAP Indicator is on

ERROR indicator is on

bull Set DURATION gt000 bull DURATION Is set to SQUARE but

PERIOD is 000 Increase PERIOD or set DURATION independantly

bull BURST and WIDTH are gt DURATION increase PERIOD or decrease DURATION

bull BIPHASIC pulse output Is on and PERIOD is not longer than twice the DURATION Increase PERIOD or decrease DURATION

bull Free-run Is on and BURST is lt PERIOD (BURST off) DELAY is 0 and PERIOD Is lt DURATION Add delay or modify PERIOD

bull Free-run is on and BURST is gt DURATION (BURST ON) and PERIOD is lt DURATION Increase PERIOD

bull For VOLTAGE outputs the output is trying to drive too low a resistance or capacitance (eg a short circuit) Check by disconnecting the output ft is possible (and normal) that for the fastest cycles and largest amplitudes (close to 100 V

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business PartiLoop PO Box 850 CartsborgWa 98324 iTelophone 800-42O130636O6e3-8300FAX 3606B3-3525 E-mail satesaflisyslefmcom Vfebslte http7wwwa-msyslemscom

and 1 ps) that the ERROR indicator might always come on during repetitive pulses Fix output load or decrease amplitude as required

Time appears to be excessive Changed control in mid-cycle (resets current status)

Cant seem to get a full signal out Load Is not properiy connected repair wiring Too low a load impedance (VOLTAGE modes) or too high a load impedance (CURRENT mode)

Incoming triggers not accepted frequently enough

PERIOD is set too long (enforces dead time) followd by BURST set to SIGNAL Reduce PERIOD time

Table 10 Problem Solving

If you suspect that the Model 2100 may have completely failed we recommend checking the basic level of functionality Ifthis fails your instrument Is defective and must be repaired Ifthis passes either your experimental setup is incompatible or inconsistent or there is a more subtle flaw in your Model 2100

If the Model 2100 appears to be malfunctioning contact A-M Systems Inc or your dealer We will first attempt to solve the problem over the telephone so have an exact description of your problem available when you call You do not need to be within the warranty period to obtain over-the-phone assistance

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 iTetoptxme 80O426-1306 bull 360683-8300 FAX 3606803525 E-mail satesa-msystemsoomAfebsitehttpJwwwaflisystemscom

Theory of Operation

The operation ofthe Model 2100 is summarized in the block diagram (see the figure on Page 11) Not shown are all ofthe interconnections with the microcontroller The internal microcontroler plays an important role in setting the signal path but does not directly contribute to the dynamic characteristics It scans the front panel switches and sets the control values for the logic arrays It programs the internal counters which along with the other hardware achieve the necessary sub-microsecond speeds

Pulse generation starts either from an Input trigger signal (from Trig In) or an internally signal (Free Run mode) A Delay timer counts the 10MHz clock until its count value is exhausted At this point the Burst Period and Duration timers are started If the Burst timer has not expired by the end ofthe Period the Period and Duration timers are restarted If the Biphasic mode has been set the Duration timer is restarted at the end of the initial Duration and the sign ofthe output pulse is reversed doubling the total duration

The system state (pulse on pulse sign baseline sign [+0f-]) is transmitted to the isolated section via optoisolator The baseline and pulse amplitudes are selected by an analog switch The resulting signal is amplified by a variable-power-supply discrete operational amplifier The amplifier connections and gain is modified to provide two voltage and three current ranges

Timing overiap errors are detected by a logical decision computation rather than by testing for counter collisions This provides instant feedback rather than waiting up to an hour for such a collision to occur Output errors are measured by sensing the output amplifiers differential input voltage Under normal conditions this is a negligible voltage If the amplifier fails to deliver the requested signal the window comparator testing this voltage sends this message (via optoisolator) to the logic section turning on a warning LED

fl-N Systems Inc 131BusinessPart(LoopRO Box850CarisboigWa98324 4 n Tel0pri0ne80O426-130636O683^300FAX36O6833525 ^ E-mail salesaflisystBmscom V febsite http7wwwa-msystemsoom

S i

I - - ^^mdasho^M

OUTPUT i l l

TRIG ^ OUT

(burst)

TRIG 3-lt) OUT

(pulse)

til

I laquo

Calibration Procedures

The calibration interval is the lesser of 1000 hours of operation or 6 months Somewhat greater drift can be expected in the first 100 hours of operation as the semiconductors age Adjustments should only be made after the instrument has been fully warmed up for at least 15 minutes

Full instrument calibration requires the following test equipment digital multimeter (plusmn 01) able to measure resistance to at least lOOMO oscilloscope with at least 50MHz bandwidth true-mis voltmeter with 4MHz bandwidth universal counter (plusmn 001 ) able to measure single pulse widths and periods resistors (all plusmn 01) 2kn lOkH 1 watt 20kn 200kn alligator clip lead sets banana plugs and BNC adapters

Adjustment integrated circuit and test point locations are shown in the following figures All adjustments are on the timing board unless othenAise noted

All voltages in the non-isolated section should be measured with respect to ground at TP510 unless othenwise stated Some voltages are measured with respect to an internal isolated ground at TP650 or across the two output temninals Occasionally the voltage at an IC pin must be measured in these cases the reference designator is given with the pin number in parentheses eg U602(16) When it states within this procedure that a voltage is to be minimized this means that the adjustment should be made such that the measured voltage is as close to zero volts as possible Refer to the Specifications Section of this manual for acceptable tolerances

The sequence of this procedure is important If any adjustment is made all adjustments which follow must be made to ensure that the specifications will be met These procedures require that all controls remain as set in previous steps unless othenAise indicated

WARNING

The Model 2100 has dangerous voltages throughout the instrument even with the power is off Servicing the Model 2100 should only be done by qualified service personnel Use caution in handling any wires connectors or electrodes which may be directly or indirectly attached to the instrument Do not touch exposed connections or components Disconnect power by unplugging the power cord from the receptacle

H B ^ ^ S y s t e m s inc^degdegp^deg^^deg-^^^^^^^^B3^^^degdeg^^^lt^^^B^^^^ 131BusinessPartiLoopPO Box850CartsbOigWamp98324 4 9 |Telophone800-42013C6360683-8300F0lt360683-3525 ^ E-mail salesa-msystefnscom website httpwwwaflisystems com

CO

TP501 O lt0

g OTPSOO

U560 S

Trig Gate

0 -TISOS

U570

U500

Timing

p U520

Timing

K U550 Timin

gt U540

U515

o X I Timin

U508 I

J510 Timing nnn

Burst Delay J400

gt U550

R503

D D I D bull U8QQ i Q

n

oo

V P 5 1 0

b U535

^

Clock i _

U555

lt U 5 4 5

o

h d ^ O - - ^ U605

Q D

U620

O fJZ^ R737 bull ^ 1^13015 r j C - C O M P

B B nU770 ^ ^ ^ 5 ^ a

J420

a

o E

bull [ ]U632

riueso

rR742rVhigh R 6 1 9 ^

LJ TP645 O TP650

TPMOQ^QS

Vlow

CD-

CZZl

J440 bull bull tl iUDQ

I t

f i l

Power supply and bias voltages

Power supply

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

POWER ON Observe voltage at P703 power supply wire top of main board

Check for+15 plusmn 050 V

Observe voltage at P701 power supply wire top of main board

Check for-15 plusmn 050 V

Observe voltage at U505(24) Check for +5 plusmn 025 V

Isolated supply voltage Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

RANGE 10 V TRIG open circuit MODE center position

Alternately observe V ^ from R742 to R740 and V ^ from theU605(4)toU605(8)

Adjust R773 so that 110VltV lt 120 V and

nigh

28VltV|^lt34V

Capacitance balance Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

Connect a xlO oscilloscope probe to TP650 and ground the

Adjust R737 for minimum high frequency signal

Inputs

Gate function Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave Verify that the voltage to GATE switches states at the Observe voltage at U510(3) proper input levels with an oscilloscope

Trigger slope Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave Verify that the voltage to TRIG switches states at the Observe voltage at U510( 1) proper input levels with an oscilloscope

TRIG SLOPE Verify voltage is 180deg out of phase

TRIG SLOPE Verify voltage is in phase

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 860 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Jelophone 800-4201306 360683-8300 bull FM 380683-3525 E-mail salesaflTsystBfnscom bull Vtebsite httpVAirwwaflisystems com

14

Trigger and gate f unc t i on

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

DELAY NONE BURS-nMDTH SINGLE DURATION SQUARE PERIOD 100X10-3

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave to TRIG Observe TRIGD and EVENT LEDs

TRIG disconnect all Short the GATE connector to GND Verify LEDs extinguish

MODE press to MANUAL Verify LEDs flash once

Timing

System c lock f requency

Controls Inputs Observations Ad jus t Check

Observe the frequency of the wave Verify 1000 MHz plusmn 001 atU555(17)

Mul t ip l iers (Wheel Swi tches)

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

PULSE SIGN-laquobull MODE FREE RUN TRIG disconnect all TIMING MULTIPUERS all

wheels set to zero except the one being tested

TIMING OVERLAP ignore

Observe the pulse width with the counter at the location specified t)elow

Verify pulse width is correct for each wheel as it is tested independently

For each wheel of each MULTIPLIER test each position to verify that the pulse width is correct Observe the signal at the following locations DELAY U520(2) BURSTWIDTH U530(2) PERIOD U540(2) DURATION U550(2)

Rates (Rotary Swi tches)

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

TIMING MULTIPUERS 001 Observe the pulse width with the TIMING RATES all rotary counter at the location specified

switches set to 10-4 below except the one being tested

Verify pulse width is correct for each rotary switch as it is tested independently

For each ofthe four rotary switches in TIMING test each position to verify that the pulse width is correct Observe the signal at the following locations DELAY U520(2) BURSTWIDTH U530(2) PERIOD U540(2) DURATION U550(2)

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 iTetophone 8004201306 bull 360683-8300 bull FOC 3606803525 E-mail salesa-msystemscom Wbbsite httpJwwwaflTSystemscom

15

Trigger outputs

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

Range 10V Pulse Amplitude 500 Delay 100 xlO^ Burst 100 x 10 ^ Duration 100x10-^ Period 400x10-^ Pulse sign + Trig Mode Free run Trig in open

Trigger the oscilloscope to the Burst Trig Out Observe it the Pulse Trig Out and the isolated output

Verify that the waveform consists of a burst of three 1ms-on3ms-off pulses The burst trigger should be synchronous with the burst the pulse trigger coincident with each pulse

Output Calibration

Isolation Resistance (check)

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode center position Trig In open

Measure the resistance between ground banana jack (front panel) and black banana jack of output with DMM

Resistance read gt 100MQ

Amplitude Switch Offset (R640)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Zero Trig Mode center position Trig In Open

Measure the voltage at TP645 vs TP650 with the DMM

Adjust R640 (AmpI Sw Offset) for minimum voltage

Output Offset (R332 front panel board) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Zero Range 10V Trig Mode center position Trig In Open

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

Adjust R332 (Output offset) for minimum voltage

Positive Baseline Offeet (R607) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Sign + Baseline Amplitude

fully CCW (000) Range 10V Trig In open Trig Mode center position

Measure the voltage across the outputwiththeDMM

Adjust R602 (BSLN + offset) for minimum voltage

fl-N Systems Inc 131 BusBiess Parti Loop P O Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Telophone B00-42O1306 bull 360683-8300 bull FAX 3606803525 E-mail salesaflisystemscom V^tebsite httpy^vwwa-msystems com

16

Negative Baseline Offset (R619)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Sign -Baseline Amplitude

fully CCW (000) Range 10V Trig In open Trig Mode center position

Measure the voltage across the outputwiththeDMM

Adjust R619 (BSLN + offset) for minimum voltage

Pulse Amplitude Adjust (R602)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode Free Mode Pulse Amplitude 1000 Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =1001 Period =00110-4 Pulse Sign -Trig In open Range 10V

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

The Overiap indicator should be on Adjust R602 (Max Level) for -10OOV out

Pulse Sign Gain (check)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode Free Mode Pulse Amplitude 1000 Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =100 1s Period =001 10-4s Trig In open Range 10V

Measure the voltage at the output with the DMM for the Pulse Sign at + and - positions

The absolute values ofthe voltages should differ by less than lOOmV

Baseline Amplitudes (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Range 100mA Trig Mode center position Baseline Amplitude fully CW (1000) Trig In open

Measure the voltage at the output with the DMM with Baseline Sign in + Zero and

- positions

Gain the matching of current levels at = and - positions and offset current in Zero position

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop PO Box 850 Cartsboig Wa 98324 Telophone 800-4201306 360683-8300 FkX 3606803525 E-mail salesa-msystemscom website http^^wwaflisystemsccm

17

Output Range Amplitude and Drive (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Pulse Amplitude 1000 Pulse Sign + Trig Mode Free Run Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =1001 Period =10010-4 Trig In open

Load the output with a 10KV 1W 01 resistor Measure the voltage at the output with DMM

Verify that full scale output is within specification Scale Range 100V 100V 10V 10V 100mA IV 1mA 10V 10mA 100V

Pulse Sign and Short Circuit Protection (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =200 10-4 Period =00110-3 Baseline Zero Pulse Amplitude 25 Range 10V Trig Mode Free Run Trig In open

Measure the voltage at the output with the oscilloscope Check for Pulse Sign set to each of + - biphasic Watch for Error indicator when shorting the output

Verify that pulses of approx 25V amplitude (625V for biphasic mode) of the correct sign are produced every 10ms Short output in biphasic mode Output should return when opened

Output Transient Response (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Pulse Sign + Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =20010-4 Period =00110-3 Pulse Amplitude 250 Baseline Zero Trig Mode Free Mode Trig In open

Connect the oscilloscope to the output with a 310 attenuator probe Test both 10V and 100V ranges

Verify that overshoot and risetime meet specifications

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Telophone 8004201306 bull 3606808300 bull Flaquo( 360laquo83ltJ525 E-mail salesa-msystemsocm V^febsite http^wwwa-msystefnscom

18

Specifications

There are three classes of specifications Class A specifications tested in all units and are guaranteed Class B specifications are inherent in the design they are indirectly tested and are guaranteed Class C specifications are typical operating values which are occasionally tested- these are typical values given for your information but not guarshyanteed The class for each specification is noted in the center column ofthe following sections

Inputs Switching level

Hysteresis

Input equivalent circuit

Minimum duration (1 IL-level signal)

A

C

C

C

16 V(plusmn 02 V)

approx 50 mV

lOOKH to+5 in parallel with no more than 35pF

gt 50 ns

Open circuit condition B defaults to highon level

Timing and rate accuracy Rate selector steps

Timing multiplier steps

B

B

lOOpsto 100s in 7 steps

1 of rate selector step size Maximum value is 999 X the rate selector step size

Resolution B approx 01 ofthe maximum value

Timing error (second and later pulses after resetting controls)

B lt 002 of rate selector value + 015 ps

Timing error (first pulse after readjusting timing controls)

an additional 025 ps error may occur

Timing repeatability lt 001 setting + 20 ns (monophasic)

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Ram Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Vfa 98324 pTelophone 8004201306 bull 360683-8300 bull FAX 360683-3525

E-mail salesraquoflisystems com Wabsite httpJAnww afl isystems com

19

TRIG IN to OUTPUT delay (DELAY set to 0) output set to 2V

Timing jitter from TRIG IN to OUTPUT (for TTL trigger input with risetime lt10 ns)

Timing jitter from TRIG OUT (either BURST or PULSE) and OUTPUT

Trigger output to pulse output delay

Output characteristics Pulse level error (voltage mode open circuit current mode short circuit

Biphasic level difference IV + - V-1 2

Baseline level error (voltage mode open circuit current mode short circuit)

Risetime (25 V out)

Risetime (25 V out)

Transient response

A

A

A

Output impedance (voltage mode) C

Output impedance (current mode) C

Isolation resistance A

Isolation capacitance C

approx 05 ps for a load of no more than 10 KH in parallel with 50 pF

lt 125 ns (all rates except 100s) lt 125 ps (100s rate)

Less than 20 ns (all rates)

approx 350 ns

lt 03 of setting + 05 of r range (plus an additional 05 pA in 100 pA range)

lt 03 of range (voltage modes into open circuit current modes into short circuit)

lt 03 of setting of setting + 01 of range (plus an additional 05 pA in lOOpA range)

= 200 ns into less than 30 pF

= 15 ps into less than 30 pF

lt 8 overshoot into less than 30 pF for pulse voltages different than baseline voltage by at least 10 of range

= 50 ohms

raquo 1 0 GH (typically 200 GO)

raquo 1 0 0 M n

= 60 pF at 100 Hz

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Peril Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg V6 98324 |TelCf)hone 800-4201306 3606808300 bull FAX 360683-3525 E-mal salesaflisystefnsoom Website hnpyMVfWafllsystemsoom

20

Noise (differential mode)

Noise (common mode earth to isolated ground) with no signal output

Overload error indicator (low frequency short circuited voltage mode)

Overload error indicator low frequency open circuited current mode)

Overioad error response time

Miscellaneous

= 1 mV rms (10 V scale 10 Hz-4 MHz)

= 8 mV rms (10 Hz-4 MHz) == 100mVp-p (200 Hz -10 MHz) measured withalOMH 15pF oscilloscope probe

Turns on for set amplitude at or greater than approx plusmn1 V (10 V range) or plusmn2 V (100 V range)

Turns on for set amplitude at or above approx 2 of range

Flat to approx 30 ps duration Decreasing sensitivity for shorter pulses

Power

Fuse

Operating temperature range

Storage temperature range

Operating humidity

Dimensions

approx 11 watts

1 amp 3AG

10-30degC

0 - 50deg C

5 - 80 RH

17x475x1125 (inches) 432x121x286 cm

Weight 20 lbs (9 kg)

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Wb 98324 |Tetcphone 8004201306 3606808300 bull FOt 360683-3525 E-mail satesamsystems comV^febsite httpywwwaflisystemscom

21

Warranty and Service

What does this warranty cover A-M Systems Inc warrants to the Purchaser that the Instrument excluding cables Headstage Probes and any other accessories shipped with the Instrument (hereafter the hardware) is free from defects in workmanship or material under normal use and service for the period of one (1) year This warranty commences on the date of delivery ofthe hardware to the Purchaser

What are the obligations of A-M Systems Inc under this warranty During the warranty period A-M Systems Inc agrees to repair or replace at its sole option without charge to the Purchaser any defective component part of the hardware To obtain warranty service the Purchaser must return the hardware to A-M Systems Inc or an authorized A-M Systems Inc distributor in an adequate shipping container Any postage shipping and insurance charges incurred in shipping the hardware to A-M Systems Inc must be prepaid by the Purchaser and all risk for the hardware shall remain with purchaser until such time as A-M Systems Inc takes receipt of the hardware Upon receipt A-M Systems Inc will promptly repair or replace the defective unit and then return the hardware to the Purchaser postage shipping and insurance prepaid A-M Systems Inc may use reconditioned or like new parts or units at its sole option when repairing any hardware Repaired products shall carry the same amount of outstanding warranty as from original purchase or ninety (90) days which ever is greater Any claim under the warranty must include a dated proof of purchase ofthe hardware covered by this warranty In any event A-M Systems Inc liability for defective hardware is limited to repairing or replacing the hardware

What is not covered by this warranty This warranty is contingent upon proper use and maintenance ofthe hardware by the Purchaser and does not cover batteries Neglect misuse whether intentional or othenwise tampering with or altering the hardware damage caused by accident damage caused by unusual physical electrical chemical or electromechanical stress damage caused by failure of electrical power or damage caused during transportation are not covered by this wan-anty Products may not be returned to A-M Systems Inc for service whether under warranty or otherwise which are contaminated by infectious agents radioactive compounds or other materials constituting a health hazard to employees of A-M Systems Inc

What are the limits of liability for A-M Systems Inc under this warranty A-M Systems Inc shall not be liable for loss of data profits or savings or any special incidental consequential indirect or other similar damages arising from breach of contract negligence or other legal action even if the company or its agent has been advised of the possibility of such damages or for any claim brought against you by another party THIS EQUIPMENT IS NOT INTENDED FOR CLINICAL MEASUREMENTS USING HUMAN SUBJECTS A-M SYSTEMS INC DOES NOT ASSUME RESPONSIBILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE DUE TO MISUSE OF THIS EQUIPMENT Jurisdictions vary with regard to the enforceability of provisions excluding or limiting liability for incidental or consequential damages Check the provision of your local jurisdiction to find out whether the above exclusion applies to you

This warranty allocates risks of product failure between the Purchaser and A-M Systems Inc A-M Systems Inc hardware pricing reflects this allocation of risk and the limitations of liability contained in this warranty The warranty set forth above is in lieu of all other express warranties whether oral or written The agents employees distributors and dealers of A-M Systems Inc are not authorized to make modifications to this warranty or additional wan-anties binding on the company Accordingly additional statements such as dealer advertising or presentations whether oral or written do not constitute warranties by A-M Systems Inc and should not be relied upon This warranty gives you specific legal rights You may also have other rights which vary from one jurisdiction to another

fl-N Systems Inc 131BusinessPartiLoop RO Box850CartsbOfgWa98324 p O |Telophone 8004201306 bull 360683-8300FOC 3606830525 ^ ^ E-mail saiesaflisystefTiscom Wbbsite httpVwwwa-msystemscom

Noise (differential mode)

Noise (common mode earth to isolated ground) with no signal output

Overload error indicator (low frequency short circuited voltage mode)

Overload error indicator low frequency open circuited current mode)

Overload error response time

Miscellaneous

= 1 mV rms (10 V scale 10 Hz-4 MHz)

- 8 mV rms (10 Hz-4 MHz) =laquo100mVp-p (200 Hz -10 MHz) measured withalOMn 15pF oscilloscope probe

Turns on for set amplitude at or greater than approx plusmn1 V (10 V range) or plusmn2 V (100 V range)

Turns on for set amplitude at or above approx 2 of range

Flat to approx 30 ps duration Decreasing sensitivity for shorter pulses

Power

Fuse

Operating temperature range

Storage temperature range

Operating humidity

Dimensions

Weight

approx 11 watts

1 amp 3 AG

10-30degC

0 - 50deg C

5 - 80 RH

17x475x1125 (inches) 432x121x286 cm

20 lbs (9 kg)

A-M Systems Inc 131 Business Paik Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Tekjptwne 8004201306 bull 36Olaquo8O8300 bull FAX 360laquo8O3525 E-mail salesOa-msystemscom Website httpywwwa-msystemscom

21

Warranty and Service

What does this warranty cover A-f Systems Inc warrants to the Purchaser that the Instrument excluding cables Headstage Probes and any other accessories shipped with the Instrument (hereafter the hardware) is free from defects in workmanship or material under normal use and service for the period of one (1) year This warranty commences on the date of delivery of the hardware to the Purchaser

What are the obligations of A-M Systems Inc under this warranty During the warranty period A-M Systems Inc agrees to repair or replace at its sole option without charge to the Purchaser any defective component part of the hardware To obtain warranty service the Purchaser must return the hardware to A-l^ Systems Inc or an authorized A-M Systems Inc distributor in an adequate shipping container Any postage shipping and insurance charges incurred in shipping the hardware to A-M Systems Inc must be prepaid by the Purchaser and all risk for the hardware shall remain with purchaser until such time as A-M Systems Inc takes receipt of the hardware Upon receipt A-M Systems Inc will promptly repair or replace the defective unit and then return the hardware to the Purchaser postage shipping and insurance prepaid A-M Systems Inc may use reconditioned or like new parts or units at its sole option when repairing any hardware Repaired products shall carry the same amount of outstanding warranty as from original purchase or ninety (90) days which ever is greater Any claim under the warranty must include a dated proof of purchase of the hardware covered by this warranty In any event A-M Systems Inc liability for defective hardware is limited to repairing or replacing the hardware

What is not covered by this warranty This warranty is contingent upon proper use and maintenance of the hardware by the Purchaser and does not cover batteries Neglect misuse whether intentional or othenvise tampering with or altering the hardware damage caused by accident damage caused by unusual physical electrical chemical or electromechanical stress damage caused by failure of electrical power or damage caused during transportation are not covered by this warranty Products may not be returned to A-M Systems Inc for service whether under warranty or otherwise which are contaminated by Infectious agents radioactive compounds or other materials constituting a health hazard to employees of A-M Systems Inc

What are the limits of liability for A-M Systems Inc under this warranty A-M Systems Inc shall not be liable for loss of data profits or savings or any special incidental consequential indirect or other similar damages arising from breach of contract negligence or other legal action even if the company or its agent has been advised of the possibility of such damages or for any claim brought against you by another party THIS EQUIPMENT IS NOT INTENDED FOR CLINICAL MEASUREMENTS USING HUMAN SUBJECTS A-M SYSTEMS INC DOES NOT ASSUME RESPONSIBILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE DUE TO MISUSE OF THIS EQUIPMENT Jurisdictions vary with regard to the enforceability of provisions excluding or limiting liability for incidental or consequential damages Check the provision of your local jurisdiction to find out whether the above exclusion applies to you

This warranty allocates risks of product failure between the Purchaser and A-M Systems Inc A-M Systems Inc hardware pricing reflects this allocation of ris1lt and the limitations of liability contained in this warranty The warranty set forth above is in lieu of all other express warranties whether oral or written The agents employees distributors and dealers of A-M Systems Inc are not authorized to make modifications to this warranty or additional warranties binding on the company Accordingly additional statements such as dealer advertising or presentations whether oral or written do not constitute warranties by A-M Systems Inc and should not be relied upon This warranty gives you specific legal rights You may also have other rights which vary from one jurisdiction to another

A B B J l laquo raquo ^ t3tBusinessPafkLoopPOBox850Cai1sbO(gWa98324

- | V | O V S i e m S |nCtrade042O1306-36O68O8300-FAX36O68O3525 E-mail salasOa-msvstemscom bull Website httowwwa-msvste

t3tBusinassParkLaopROBox8SOCai1sbo(gWa98324 po Telophone 8004201306 360683-8300 FAX 3606803525 ^ ^ E-maH salesOa-msystemscom Wetsite httpwwwa-msystem3e0m

mwal

INSTRUCTION MANUAL

FOR

ISOLATED PULSE STIMULATOR

MODEL 2100

Serial

Date

A-M Systems Inc

PO Box 850

Carisborg WA 98324

USA

360-683-8300 bull 800-426-1306 FAX 360-683-3525

httpwwwa-m8y8temscom

Version 50 May 1998

Contents General Description 1

Instrument Features 1 Controls and Connectors 2

Operating Instructions 6 Theory of Operation 10 Calibration Procedures 12

Inputs ii 14 Output Calibration iii i 16

Specifications i4 il u 19 Warranty and Service wi iJ iJi [ii 22

Each Isolated Pulse Stimulator Is delivered complete with

Rack Mount Hardware Instructions amp Maintenance Manual

NOTE

This instrument is not intended for clinical measurements using human subjects A-M Systems Inc does not assume msponsibility for injury or damage due to the misuse of this instrument

General bull M ^ ion

Instrument Features The Isolated Pulse Stimulator Model 2100 Is designed for a wide variety of applications It is highly flexible being capable of delivering single pulses biphasic pairs or bursts of pulses Pulses may be started manually or upon receiving a trigger signal from another instrument or computer Two non-isolated trigger outputs are available for triggering other instruments

Four sets of timing controls provide comprehensive control over all aspects of pulse generation Three digit accuracy is available over a 7 decade range for each timing function using lever wheel switches Pulse wkiths can be set over more than a 9 decade range from 05 [is to 999 seconds Timing accuracy is assured through the use of a 10 MHz base rate crystal-controlled clock digitally divided to provide accurate timing over the entire range A timing overiap indicator will light if the timing controls are set Inconsistently

The output may be conveniently switched between cun-ent and voltage modes Pulse and baseline amplitudes are independently presettable with lockable dials An error indicator will light if the Model 2100 cannoi deliver the desired signal

WARNING

The Model 2100 can produce potentially dangemus voltages up to 100 V et the output connectors The isolated output is not connected internally to safety (earth) ground in ahy way Some part of the extemal circuit should be connected to safety gmund Use caution in handling any wires connectors or electrodes which may be directly or indirectly attached to the Model 2100 output Some lltinds of connectors such as BNC connectors have exposed metal parts which may float at dangemus potentials unless extemally connected to safety gmund For greatest safety tum the Model 2100 off before making any connections to

the Instrument

131 Business Park LocfiPO Box BSOCarM)orgWa 98324 800426-1308 bull36OlaquoS3laquo300FAX 3 6 M 8 3 ^ 2 5

E-malt uiittyBQaHiByBtumaooiTi Wobsita HipJtwtiwiwftbMiAcon fl-N SystQms I n c ^ T

Controls and Connectors The controls for the Model 2100 are grouped in three sections START controlling when a pulse or burst of pulses begins TIMING controlling the onoff timing of one or more pulses and otJTPliT controlling the amplitude of the output signal

Start TRIG SLOPE This switch determines whether valid triggers occur at positive or negative edges in the trigger signal

MODE This switch controls how wavefomris are initiated When set to FREE RUN one timing cycle immediately follows the last When held in the MANUAL position a timing cycle starts immediately When the switch is in the center position timing cycles start when valid triggering events occur

TRIGD This LED lights up when a timing cycle is in process and continues until the burst is completed

TRIG This BNC connector allows a signal from an extemal source to initiate timing cycles It is set for standard TTL levels

GATE This BNC connector allows a signal from an extemal source to restrict the final output signal This input must be at a logical high (or open-circuited) in order for the Model 2100 to recognize either manual or automatic trigger events

Gate 1_ Trigger [~^ i I Valid triggers are represented by the arrows in the figure Note that the up arrow would apply only if TRIG SLOPE is set to + the down anrows would apply only if TRIG SLOPE is set to-

NOTE Triggers have no effect if the system has not completed its response to a previous trigger

fl-N SystQms I n c ^ 131 Business Park Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 600426-13063eO683laquo300FAX 360683^525

E-maB anBysQraquoinsyaleiTaconi Wsbalto h^KAvwwa-(nsys(smsoom

Timing Four sets of controls govem the timing of pulse generation Each set contains two values which are multiplied together to detennine the actual timing value The rotary knob (rate selector) provides the approximate timing value and the lever wheel switch bank (MULTIPLIER) provkles a time resolution of three decimal digits The following diagram shows most of the important relationships

Pnfe-tRAIM I B E L A V i6Molaquo

BURST WIOtH

Output r Delay

t n

Duration - ^ lt - |4Periodgt|

FLJI -^ Burst width

Trigger event

DELAY These controls set the time between the initiating trigger event and the beginning of the pulse burst If this rate selector is set to NONE or the multiplier is set to ooo there is no delay

BURSTWIDTH These controls set the time period in which one or more pulses may be delivered Once started a pulse may outlast the burst width If this rate selector is set to SINGLE or to any time shorter than the pulse duration only a single pulse will occur If the BURSTWIDTH is longer than the period pulses will be emitted at the PERIOD rate until the burst time ends Pulses are never truncated by a short BURST WIDTH

iNTpoundA-PULSiE PBRiOb

DURATION These controls set the length of each pulse If this rate selector is set to SQUARE the duration is set to half of the period regardless of the MULTIPLIER setting

PERIOD These controls set the period of time between adjacent pulse events within the burst It also forces a minimum dead time between recognized input triggers following a burst of one or more pulses This can be used to prevent over stimulation of a tissue without requiring excessive delay between the triggering event and the stimulating pulse

TlMtNQ OVERLAP

mLiHMPi

VVtJ jiwaa lasm nlaquoilaquo u

t^fi SysUms I n c ^ Elt4nsfl a m

131 Business Pofc Loop PO Box 850 Carisborg 1^98324 600-426-1306 36O6834300 FAK 360683^525

E-mai vrvysQfrflisysleraLOCniWutiailQL N^jAwwa^iByslernUiOOni

NOTE If any of these timing controls are changed while a timing cycle is in operation the results are undefined until the cunent cycle flnishes

TIMING OVERLAP This LED will light to indicate an Inconsistency in the timing cycle settings There are several ways to Introduce such errors The most common way is to set the inter-pulse PERIOD to be less than the pulse DURATION

TRIG OUT (UPPER) This BNC connector provides a signal which is coinckient with the intemal Burst timing signal (default) This means the signal starts at the end of the Delay time and persists until the Burst time expires This output may also be set to represent the delay time-out by setting the internal jumper J510 to the left two pins Instead of the right two pins (Please see the Calibration section in this manual for jumper location Directions are given as viewed from the fix)nt of the instrument)

TRIG OUT (LOWER) This BNC connector provides a signal which is coincident with the Duration timing signal which controls pulse output

NOTE Both trigger output signals slightly lead the isolated output signal

Output PULSE SIGN This Switch sets the sign for the pulses to be generated It also allows generation of biphasic pulses thereby doubling the effective total period Warning the first pulse genemted after changing the PULSE SIGN svntch may have the wmng polarity

BASELINE This switch sets the sign for the baseline signal

RANGE This rotary switch allows one of three current or two voltage ranges to be selected for the output signal

BASELINE AMPLITUDE This counting dial are independently set using ten-minute counting dials with the baseline having one tenth the range of the pulse amplitude

A-N Systlaquomslaquo Inc 131 Buskiess Partt Loop PO BoK 8S0 Cailsbarg Wa 96324 laophone 8004201306 bull36O68M300-FAX 3eolaquo8M525 E-mat bullmsysflMnsyslermoom VMaHsr Hlplhfimnmyekmoom

PULSE AMPLITUDE This counting dial

EVENTS This LED indicates when a pulse is ongoing

ERROR This LED indicates when the intemal output amplifier cannot output the pulse as desired This is usually due to a short circuit while trying to output a voltage or an open circuit while trying to output a current

One control from the Ot^uf section directly affects wavefonn timing the Pulse Sign control When set to the Biphasic mode a positive-going pulse is Immediately followed by a negative-going pulse This effectively doubles the pulse duration If a burst of biphasic pulses is being produced the period must be at least twice the single pulse duration In the Sgtan wave mode the baseline disappears as long as the burst persists

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Bushass Park locpPOBooi 850 C8ri9bcrgMS8324 IMqphona 800426-1306 bull36Olaquo83laquo3a0 FAX 360683-3529 E-nal amsyaOa4nsyatemscomWeMlK hMpJVniwa-nsygtatnscom

Operating Instructions

Examples Simple setup (and minimal Instrument tost)

Connect the output of the Model 2100 to an oscilloscope Before connecting the instrument it is safest to turn its power off

Set the Ou^uf controls

Range Pulse Sign

Baseline Pulse Amplitude

10V +

Zero 200

Setting The Timing Controls

Delay Burst Width

Duratbn Period

none single

15010-2 500102

Setting The Start Controls

Mode Free Run

Disconnect any cables to the TRIG or GATE Inputs

Note that the green Trig and Event Indicators tum on as Free Run is turned on (and tum off othenwise) You should observe a 15ms duration 20Hz rate pulse of 200V above a OV baseline on the oscilloscope i

A ^ M ^ _ _ _ A ^ _ _ _ 1 ^ 131BiiHnD8raquoParttloopPOBoxB50Car)sbcrBlaquoraquoS8324

bull P l ^ y S W n i S f |nC ltV^gt^8deglt^^2O1306380laquo8OS3a0FAX36O6BMS2S

6 E-fnflk 9n^fBOs-in9ystsni9cx]fnWDbs)tec H^ff9Nw^myStem9oom

Demonstration of Burst Mode Connect the output of the Model 2100 to an oscilloscope Before connecting the instrument it is safest to tum Its power off

Set the Output controls

Range Pulse Sign

Baseline Pulse Amplitude

Baseline Amplitude

Setting The Timing Controls

Delay Burst Width

Duration

Period

Set the START controls as follows

Mode

Disconnect any cables to the TRIG or GATE inputs

Trigger the oscilloscope from the Burst trigger out (upper Tr^ Out connector) for a stable display In each burst (occumng every lOOms) you should observe a trio of 15ms duration starting 50ms apart Try switching the StartMode from Free Run to the center (nomnal) position The pulses will no longer be produced and the Trig and Event indicators will turn off Pressing this switch once (to Manual) will cause a single burst to occur

880 120 150 500

10V +

200 100

102 102 102 102

Free Run

fleaff SySlQmSa |nCa deglgt ltlt ^ ^ deg ^ degdeg ^ ^ ^ bull E-matmia

131 Business Park LoopPO Box 850 Carisborg Vfe 86324 lUcphcna 800426-1306 36Olaquo83laquo300 FAX 36068raquo52 E-maft tfii8ysOiHn^nleiTBcom1AWisJto HSpitwraquoM^wytAtii9oom

Problem SoMng If the Instrument appears to be not worthing properiy check all of the control settings and connections Be sure to wait at least 5-10 seconds after turning the Instrument off before tuming it on again The following t6ef summary of typical problems for the user (along with the most common solutions) may help

Problem CauseSolution EVENT indicator never lights even in FREE RUN mode

bull Replace fuse check power connection bullSet DELAY or PERIOD to a shorter interval

bull Power-on too soon after power-off

OVERLAP Indicator is on

ERROR indicator is on

Time appears to be excessive

bullSet DURATION gt000 bull DURATION is set to SQUARE but PERIOD is 000 Increase PERIOD or set DURATION independantly

bull BURST and WIDTH are gt DURATION increase PERIOD or decrease

DURATION bull BIPHASIC pulse output is on and PERIOD is not longer than twice the DURATION Increase PERIOD or decrease DURATION

bull Free-run is on and BURST Is lt PERIOD (BURST off) DELAY is 0 and PERIOD is lt DURATION Add delay or modify PERIOD

bull Free-mn is on and BURST is gt DURATION (BURST ON) and PERIOD is lt DURATION Increase PERIOD

bull For VOLTAGE outputs the output Is trying to drive too low a resistance or capacitance (eg a short circuit) Check by disconnecting the output It is possible (and normal) that for the fastest cycles

and largest amplitudes (close to 100 V and 1 MS) that the ERROR Indicator might always come on during repetitive pulses Fix output load or decrease amplitude as required

bull Changed control in mid-cycle (resets cunent status)

A ^ M bull _ _ _ A ^ ^ _ _ i ^ mdash 131BuslnessPai1ltLoopPOBox850CarlsborgWamp98324

bull p i j ^ v s w m s iiic^^deglt^deg^^deglt^^^3degB3^^^deg^^^^degdeg^^^deg^^deg^^^^ E-mat iiiMOafflwstemseom WabaHe MtaffiwwtHtavsli

8 E-msft flmsjoQfrfraystGfnsoom ^WobsltiK hl^Aiwv9-fn9]nteniscom

Cant seem to get a full signal out

Incoming triggers not accepted frequently enough

bull Load is not properiy connected repair wiring

bull Too low a load impedance (VOLTAGE modes) or too high a load impedance

(CURRENT mode)

bull PERIOD is set too long (enforces dead time) followd by BURST set to SIGNAL Reduce PERIOD time

Table 10 Problem Solving

If you suspect that the Model 2100 may have completely failed we recommend checking the basic level of functionality If this fails your instrument is defective and must be repaired If this passes either your experimental setup is incompatible or inconsistent or there is a more subtle flaw in your Model 2100

If the Model 2100 appears to be malfunctioning contact A-M Systems Inc or your dealer Telephone numtgters for A-M Systems Inc listed on the front cover of this manual We will first attempt to solve the problem over the telephone so have an exact description of your problem available when you call You do not need to be within the warranty period to obtain over-the-phone assistance

A ^ M V - mdash A d B ^ K M I ^ M 131BuslnessPatfcLoopPOBox6SOCai

-PI s y s i Q m s inc-2raquolaquoa22=M^^

131 Business Parfc Loop PO Box 650 Cartsborg VM9 0S324 _ FAX36(W8a3525 E^nrt flnsysQa-ntsyttanB-oom Wsbsfte hHpiMNvwa-nnystsnisooni

9

Theory of Operation

The operation of the Model 2100 is summarized In the block diagram (see Fig 3) Not shown are all of the interconnections with the microcontroller The intemal microcontroler plays an important role in setting the signal path but does not directly

contribute to the dynamic characteristics It scans the front panel switches and sets the control values for the logic arays It programs the intemal counters which along with the other hardware achieve the necessary sub-microsecond speeds

All action starts either from an input trigger signal (from Trig In) or from an intemal signal (in free Run mode only) A Delay timer counts the 10MHz clock until its count value Is exhausted At this point the Burst timer starts Both Period and Duration timers are started at this time If the Burst timer has not expired by the end of the Period the Period and Duration timers are restarted If the Biphasic mode has been set the Duration timer is restarted at the end of the initial Duration and the sign of the output pulse Is reversed doubling the total duration

The system state (pulse on pulse sip baseline sign [+101-]) is transmitted to the isolated section via optoisolator The baseline and pulse amplitudes are selected by an analog switch The resulting signal is amplified by a variable-power-supply discrete operational amplifier The amplifier connections and gain is modified to provide two voltage and three cunent ranges

Timing overlap errors are detected by a logical decision computation rather than by testing for counter collisions This provides instant feedback rather than waiting up to an hour for such a collision to occur Output errors are measured by sensing the output amplifiers differential input voltage Under normal conditions this is a negligible voltage if the amplifier fails to deliver the requested signal the window comparator testing this voltage sends this message (via optoisolator) to the logic section turning on a warning LED

fl-N Systems Inc 131BusbnassPa(tLoopPOBox6SOCari3boigVMg8324 H n |TWoph0n880O426-13083eO6Blaquo300FMt36Olaquo8i3525 E-nnl anaysflfriinysleiiaoemWfcbslte hllphmwraquoimyatennoom

TRIG 3HJ) OUT

(burst)

TRIG ^ OUT

(pulse)

E

Ml

Calibration Procedures

The calibration interval is the lesser of 1000 hours of operation or 6 months Somewhat greater drift can be expected in the first 100 hours of operation as the semiconductors age Adjustments should only be made after the instrument has been fully warmed up for at least 15 minutes

Full instrument calibration requires the following test equipment digital multimeter (plusmn 01) able to measure resistance to at least lOOMfl oscilloscope with at least 50MHz bandwidth true-rms voltmeter with 4MHz bandwidth universal counter (plusmn 001 ) able to measure single pulse widths and periods resistors (all plusmn 01) 2kn lOkH 1 waft 20kn 200kn alligator clip lead sets banana plugs and BNC adapters

Adjustment integrated circuit and test point locations are shown in the following figures All adjustments are on the timing board unless otherwise noted

All voltages in the non-isolated section should be measured with respect to ground at TP510 unless othenvise stated Some voltages are measured with respect to an intemal isolated ground at TP650 or across the two output tenninals Occasionally the voltage at an IC pin must be measured In these cases the reference designator is given with the pin number in parentheses eg U602(16) When it states within this procedure that a voltage is to be minimized this means that the adjustment should be made such that the measured voltage is as close to zero volts as possible Refer to the Specifications Section of this manual for acceptable tolerances

The sequence of this procedure is Important If any adjustment is made all adjustments which follow must be made to ensure that the specifications will be met These procedures require that all controls remain as set in previous steps unless otherwise indicated

WARNING

The Model 2100 has dangerous voltages throughout the instrument even with the power is off Servicing the Model 2100 should only be done by qualified service personnel Use caution in handling any wires connectors or electrodes which may be directly or indirectly attached to the Instrument Do not touch exposed connections or components Disconnect power by unplugging the power cord from the receptacle

fl-N Systems I n c ^ 131BusinesaPartcLoopPOBox850CartsborgVWiB8324 4 n ^gt-mdash80O426-130638Ofl8Jlaquo300FAX36O683J52S bull E-maft BinsysQfrfn^islflnisoomVVfalislle h^KVfWMift^iisystemsoani

CO

- R503

Omg^

TPSOlQ O

OTPSOO

U560 bull

U510

DDID ^ trade E O ^ T P 5 1 0

bullnD Trig

0 ^

U570

Gate n U505

DO D

U515

Timing

Timing h_ U520

bsoo ^25SE Timing

Or r U540

I I Tmlng

[^ELIL

U535 D

U506

13 J510 Timlnff

BurfiDelay J400

i i i i i i i T r m r a

gt U550 ^

Clock

U555 U620

B a

^R^Pvhigh Rfijn O D O Vlow

o

bull U545

Fo sect737 lISOIsPjC-COMP

n r r ^ U760

J420

]]U632

Q S riuGSO

H = ) TP640^ deg I t I

II3D

J440 m i T i

U610 plusmn laquo j U O

bull bull l el

^t

O l

bull

M

I

Power supply and bias voltages

Power supply

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

POWER ON Observe voltage at P703 power supply wire top of main board

Check for+15 plusmn 050 V

Observe voltage at P701 power supply wire top of main board

Check for-15 plusmn 050 V

Observe voltage at U505(24) Check for+5 plusmn 025 V

Isolated supply voltage

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

RANGE 10 V TRIG open circuit MODE center position

Altemately observe V^ from R742 to R740 and V ^ from the U605(4) to U605(8)

Adjust R773 so that 110VltV^lt 120 V and

nign

28VltV^lt34V

Capacitance balance

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Connect a x10 oscilloscope probe to TP650 and ground the

Adjust R737 for minimum high frequency signal

Inputs

Gate funct ion

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave Verify that the voltage to GATE switches states at the Obsene voltage at U51G(3) proper input levels with an oscilloscope ^ ^

Trigger s lope

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave Verify that the voltage to TRIO switches states at the Observe voltage at US 10( 1) proper input levels with an oscilloscope

TRIG SLOPE + Verify voltage is 180 out of phase

TRIG SLOPE Verify voltage is in phase

fl-N Systems Inc ^ 131 Bushess Park Loop PO Bar 850 Carisborg Wa 98324 8004201306 3eOlaquoS3e300 FAX 3606BV352S

C-maft fliii8yBQfriii9yBlumaoamVIAibsMB hRpJhwMifi-iiiBystematxini

14

Trigger and gate funct ion

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

DELA NONE BURS1WII3TH SINGLE DURATION SQUARE PERIOD 100X10-3

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave to TRIG Obsen^e TRIOD and EVENT LEDS

TRIG disconnect all Short the GATE connector to GND Verify LEDs extinguish

MODE press to MANUAL Verify LEDs flash once

Timing

System c lock frequency

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Observe the frequency of the wave atU555(17)

Verify 1000 MHz plusmn001

Multipl iers (Wheel Switches)

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

PULSE SIGN + MODE FREE RUN TRIG disconnect all TIMING MULTIPUERS ail

wheels set to zero except the one being tested

TnmiNG OVERLAP ^nOTB

Observe the pulse width with the counter at the location specified below

Verify pulse width Is correct for each wheel as it is tested Independently

For each wheel of each MULTIPUER test each position to verify that the pulse width is correct Observe the signal at the following locations DELAY U520(2) BURSTWIDTH U530(2) PERIOD US40(2) DURATION U550(2)

Rates (Rotary Switches)

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

TIMING MULTIPUERS 001 TIMING RATES all rotary

switches set to 10-4 except the one being tested

Observe the pulse width with the counter at the location specified below

Verify pulse width is conect for each rotary switch as it is tested independently

For each of the four rotary switches in TIMING test each position to verify that the pulse wkJth is correct Observe the signal at the following locations DELAY U520(2) BURSTWIDTH U530(2) PERIOD U540(2) DURATION U550(2)

fl-N Systems I n c ^ E-maft emfl

131 Business Parti Loop PO 809(850 Cartsborg Wta 98324 8004201306 3804806300 FAX 36068O3S25

E-maft ansysQa nvystems-oom Wobste hflp Avwwa4nsy8(Qnttoam

15

Trigger outputs Controls

Range 10V Pulse Amplitude 500 Delay 100x10 Burst 100x10^2 Duration 100 x1a Period 400x10^ Pulse sign + Trig Mode Free run Trig in open

Inputs Observations

Trigger the oscilloscope to the Burst Trig Out Observe it the Pulse Trig Out and the isolated output

Adjust Check

Verify that the waveform consists of a burst of three 1ms-on3ms-off pulses The burst trigger should be synchronous with the burst the pulse trigger coincident with each pulse

Output Calibration

Isolation Resistance (check) Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode center position Trig In open

Measure the resistance between ground banana jack (front panel) and black banana jack of output with DMM

Resistance read gt 100MQ

Amplitude Switch Offset (R640) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Zero Trig Mode center position Trig In Open

Measure the voltage at TP645 vs TP650 with the DMM

Adjust R640 (AmpI Sw Offset) for minimum voltage

Output Offset (R332 front panel board) Controls I nputsObservatlons AdjustCheck

Baseline Zero Range 10V Trig Mode center position Trig In Open

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

Adjust R332 (Output offset) for minimum voltage

Positive Baseline Offset (R607) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Sign + Baseline Amplitude

fully CCW (000) Range 10V Trig In open Trig Mode center position

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

Adjust R602 (BSLN + offset) for minimum voltage

fl M raquo _ _ _ A laquo ^ _ i ^ ^ 131Buslnelaquo8Pari(loopPOBoK850Cart8borgWB96324

bull P I i s V S i e m S a |||Cg1Maphans80O42O130638O68O8300FAX36Olaquo8raquo^2S E-tiBft anagtraquoflwiisyagtlaquomraquoaimW6baHB hHpffii(wwraquoltnsylaquoleniieom

16

Negative Baseline Offset (R619) Controls

Baseline Sign -i Baseline Amplitude bull fully CCW (000)

Range 10V Trig In open Trig Mode center position

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

AdjustCheck

Adjust R619 (BSLN 4 offset) for minimum voltage

Pulse Amplitude Adjust (R602) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode Free Mode Pulse Amplitude 1000 Timing Dialay =none Burst =single Duration =1001 Period =00110-4 Pulse Sign -Trig In open Range 10V

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

The Overiap indicator should be on Adjust R602 (Max Level) for -1000V out

Pulse Sign Gain (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode Free Mode Pulse Amplitude 1000 Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =1001 s Period =00110-4s Trig In open Range 10V

Measure the voltage at the output with the DMM for the Pulse Sign at -- and - positions

The absolute values of the voltages should differ by less than lOOmV

Baseline Amplitudes (check) Controls InputsObservations

Range 100mA Trig Mode center position Baseline Amplitude fully CW (1000) Trig In open

Measure the voltage at the output with the DMM with Baseline Sign in + Zero and - positions

AdjustCheck

Gain the matching of current levels at = and - positions and offset current in Zero position

fl-N Systems Inc^^ bull E-mal am8

131 Business Partt Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 88324 8004201306360laquo8Oe300FAX 360laquo8O362S

E-maM am8y8^o-mBy8tflmBoom WobaKo hHp Awwwo-f i iBystonuoom

17

Output Range Amplitude and Drive (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Pulse Amplitude 1000 Pulse Sign + Trig Mode Free Run Timing Delay =none Burst =8ingle Duration =1001 Period =10010-4 Trig In open

Load the output with a 10KV1W 01 resistor Measure the voltage at the output with DMM

Verify that full scale output is within specification Scale Range 100V 100V 10V 10V 100mA IV 1mA 10V 10mA 100V

Pulse Sign and Short Circuit Protection (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Timing Delay =none Burst =8ingle Duration =200 10-4 Period =00110-3 Baseline Zero Pulse Amplitude 25 Range 10V Trig Mode Free Run Trig In open

Measure the voltage at the output with the oscilloscope Check for Pulse Sign set to each of + - biphasic Watch for Error indicator when shorting the output

Verify that pulses of approx 25V amplitude (625V for biphasic mode) of the correct sign are produced every 10ms Short output in biphasic mode Output should retum when opened

Output Transient Response (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Pulse Sign + Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =20010-4 Period =00110-3 Pulse Amplitude 250 Baseline Zero Trig Mode Free Mode Trig In open

Connect the oscilloscope to the output with a 310 attenuator prolse Test boVn 10V and 100V ranges

Verify that overshoot and risetime meet specifications

fl-N Systems I n c ^ 131 Business Parte Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wb 98324 8004201306 36Olaquo83O300 FAX 36O680lt352S

E-mQ0 snBy8Qs-msy8faiTiscom VWriMtte N ^ Mvww9-msy8lemscom

18

Specifications

There are three classes of specifications Class A specifications tested in all unHs and are guaranteed Class B specifications are inherent in the design they are indirectly tested and are guaranteed Class C specifications are typical operating values which are occasionally tested- these are typical values given for your infomiation but not guarshyanteed The class for each specification is noted in the center column of the following sections

Inputs Switching level

Hysteresis

Input equivalent circuit

Minimum duration (1 IL-level signal)

A

C

C

C

16V(plusmn02V)

approx 50 mV

100K ft to+5 In parallel with no more than 35pF

gt 50 ns

Open circuit condition B defaults to highon level

Timing and rate accuracy Rate selector steps

Timing multiplier steps

Resolution

Timing eror (second and later pulses after resetting controls)

B

B

B

B

lOOps to 100s In 7 steps

1 of rate selector step size Maximum value is 999 x the rate selector step size

approx 01 of the maximum value

lt 002 of rate selector value + 015 ps

Timing error (first pulse after readjusting timing controls)

an additional 025 ps error may occur

Timing repeatability lt 001 setting + 20 ns (monophasic)

fl-N Systems I nc ^ bull E-moU ams

131 Business Parti Loop PO Boot 850 Cartsborg VM 98324 80O42O130838O08O8300FAX36Olaquo8O3S2S

E-meU anByafl^iiisyslainaoomWebsHe hHpffliiwwraquomsys)emsoom

19

TRIG IN to OUTPUT delay (DELAY set to 0) output set to 2V

Timing jitter ft-om TRIG IN to OUTPUT (for TTL trigger input with risetime lt10 ns)

Timing jitter ft^om TRIG OUT (either BURST or PULSE) and OUTPUT

Trigger output to pulse output delay

Output charactsristics Pulse level enror (voltage mode open circuit cun-ent mode short circuit

Biphasic level difference |V + + V-|2

Baseline level error (voltage mode A open circuit current mode short circuit)

Risetime (25 V out)

Risetime (25 V out)

Transient response

A

A

A

Output impedance (voltage mode) C

Output impedance (current mode) C

Isolation resistance A

Isolation capacitance C

approx 05 ps for a load of no more than 10 Kft in parallel with 50 pF

lt 125 ns (all rates except 100s) lt 125 ps (100s rate)

Less than 20 ns (all rates)

approx 350 ns

lt 03 of setting + 05 of r range (plus an additional 05 pA inlOOpArenge)

lt 03 of range (voltage modes into open circuit current modes into short circuit)

lt 03 of setting of setting + 01 of range (plus an additional 05 pA in lOOpA range)

laquo 200 ns into less than 30 pF

laquo15 ps into less than 30 pF

lt 8 overshoot Into less than 30 pF for pulse voltages different than baseline voltage by at least 10 of range

laquo 50 ohms

raquo 1 0 Gft (typically 200 Gft)

raquo100Mft

laquo 60 pF at 100 Hz

fl-N Systems Inc^^ 131 Business Partt Uxip PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 96324 8004201308 SBOee^^SOO FAX 360laquoS3^52S

E-mat BiByraquoaiMii8ylaquoliiiiiseomWiljalteHlpJV(wwraquo4tgy8lenaoom

20

Noise (differential mode)

Noise (common mode earth to isolated ground) with no signal output

Overioad error indicator (low frequency short circuited voltage mode)

Overioad error indicator low frequency open circuited current mode)

Overioad enor response time

Miscellaneous

Power

Fuse

Operating temperature range

Storage temperature range

Operating humidity

Dimensions

Weight

laquo1 mV rms (10 V scale 10Hz-4MHz)

laquo 8 mV rms (10 Hz-4 MHz) laquo100mVp-p (200 Hz -10 MHz) measured withalOMft 15pF oscilloscope probe

Turns on for set amplitude at or greater than approx plusmn1V (10 V range) or plusmn2 V (100 V range)

Turns on for set amplitude at or above approx 2 of range

Flat to approx 30 ps duration Decreasing sensitivity for shorter pulses

approx 11 watts

1 amp 3 AG

10-30C

0 - 50deg C

5-80RH

17x475x1125 (Inches) 432x121x286 cm

20 lbs (9 kg)

fl mm bull gt _ _ _ A ^ ^ _ _ L ^ 131BusinesraquoPariltLocpPOBox850C8rtsborgWS9e324

bull p i ^ y s v e m s IIIC^^deg(^deg^Bdegltgt^^^3degdeg^deg^^deg^^^degdeg^^I^deg^deg^^^^^

21 E-mei flre^nQo 4n8yo(amscam Wsbsfle hHpAwwwe-msy8Jems-Oom

Warranty and Service

What does this warranty cover A-M Systems Inc warrants to the Purchaser that the Instrument excluding cables Headstage Probes and any other accessories shipped with the Instrument (hereafter the hardware) is free from defects in workmanship or material under normal use and service for the period of one (1) year This warranty commences on the date of delivery of the hardware to the Purchaser

What are the obligations of A-M Systems Inc under this warranty During the warranty period A-M Systems Inc agrees to repair or replace at its sole option without charge to the Purchaser any defective component part of the hardware To obtain warranty service the Purchaser must return the hardware to A-M Systems Inc or an authorized A-M Systems Inc distributor in an adequate shipping container Any postage shipping and insurance charges incurred in shipping the hardware to A-M Systems Inc must be prepaid by the Purchaser and all risk for the hardware shall remain with purchaser until such time as A-M Systems Inc takes receipt of the hardware Upon receipt A-M Systems Inc will promptly repair or replace the defective unit and then return the hardware to the Purchaser postage shipping and insurance prepaid A-M Systems Inc may use reconditioned or like new parts or units at its sole option when repairing any hardware Repaired products shall carry the same amount of outstanding wan^nty as from original purchase or ninety (90) days which ever is greater Any claim under the warranty must include a dated proof of purchase of the hardware covered by this wan-anty In any event A-M Systems Inc liability for defective hardware is limited to repairing or replacing the hardware

What is not covered by this warranty This warranty is contingent upon proper use and maintenance of the hardware by the Purchaser and does not cover batteries Neglect misuse whether intentional or otherwise tampering with or altering the hardware damage caused by accident damage caused by unusual physical electrical chemical or electromechanical stress damage caused by failure of electrical power or damage caused during transportation are not covered by this warranty Products may not be returned to A-M Systems Inc for service whether under warranty or otherwise which are contaminated by infectious agents radioactive compounds or other materials constituting a health hazard to employees of A-M Systems Inc

What are the limits of llabiiity for A-M Systems inc under this warranty A-M Systems Inc shall not be liable for loss of data profits or savings or any special incidental consequential indirect or other similar damages arising from breach of contract negligence or other legal action even if the company or its agent has been advised of the possibility of such damages or for any claim brought against you by another party THIS EQUIPMENT IS NOT INTENDED FOR CLINICAL MEASUREMENTS USING HUMAN SUBJECTS A-M SYSTEMS INC DOES NOT ASSUME RESPONSIBILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE DUE TO MISUSE OF THIS EQUIPMENT Jurisdictions vary with regard to the enforceability of provisions excluding or limiting liability for incidental or consequential damages Check the provision of your local jurisdiction to find out whether the above exclusion applies to you This warranty allocates risks of product failure between the Purchaser and A-M Systems Inc A-M Systems Inc hardware pricing reflects this allocation of risk and the limitations of liability contained in this wanranty The warranty set forth above is in lieu of all other express wan^anties whether oral or written The agents employees distributors and dealers of A-M Systems Inc are not authorized to make modifications to this wan-anty or additional wan-anties binding on the company Accordingly additional statements such as dealer advertising or presentations whether oral or written do not constitute wananties by A-M Systems Inc and should not be relied upon This warranty gives you specific legal rights You may also have other rights whrch vary from one jurisdiction to another

6 mm ^ laquo _ _ A a B ^ _ 1 ^ ^ 131 Business Parti Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg W B 98324 O O

bull P l A y S V e m S l n C T^M 8OO42OI3O6 380683-8300FAX 360 803525 ^ ^ E-msl iiiisy80iHTBy8tenisoom Wsbsito hnphwwfrimysleiiisoom

A

V ISO

INSTRUCTION MANUAL

FOR

ISOLATED PULSE STIMULATOR

MODEL 2100

Serial

Date

A-M Systems Inc

PO Box 850

Carlsborg WA 98324

USA

360-683-8300 bull 800-426-1306 FAX 360-683-3525

httpwwwa-msystemscom

Version 70 February 2002

Contents General Description 1

Instrument Features 1 Controls and Connectors 2

Operating Instructions 6 Theory of Operation 10 Calibration Procedures 12

Inputs 14 Output Calibration 16

Specifications 19 Warranty and Service 22

Each Isolated Pulse Stimulator is delivered complete with

Rack Mount Hardware Instructions amp Maintenance Manual

NOTE

This instrument is not intended for clinical measurements using human subjects A-M Systems Inc does not assume responsibility for Injury or damage due to the misuse of this instrument

General Description

Instrument Features The Isolated Pulse Stimulator Model 2100 is designed for a wide variety of applications It is highly flexible being capable of delivering single pulses biphasic pairs or bursts of pulses Pulses may be started manually or upon receiving a trigger signal from another Instrument or computer Two non-isolated trigger outputs are available for triggering other instruments

Four sets of timing controls provide comprehensive control overall aspects of pulse generation Three digit accuracy is available over a 7 decade range for each timing function using lever wheel switches Pulse widths can be set over more than a 9 decade range from 05 ps to 999 seconds Timing accuracy is assured through the use of a 10 MHz base rate crystal-controlled clock digitally divided to provide accurate timing over the entire range Atiming overiap indicator will light If the timing controls are set inconsistently

The output may be conveniently switched between current and voltage modes Pulse and baseline amplitudes are Independently presettable with lockable dials An error Indicator will light if the Mode2700 cannot deliver the desired signal

r WARNING

The Model 2100 can produce potentially dangerous voltages up to 100 V at the output connectors The isolated output is not connected internally to safety (earth) ground in any way Some part of the extemal circuit should be connected to safety ground Use caution in handling any wires connectors or electrodes which may be directly or indirectly attached to the Model 2100 output Some kinds of connectors such as BNC connectors have exposed metal parts which may float at dangerous potentials unless extemally connected to safety ground For greatest safety tum the Model 2100 off before making any connections to

the instrument

131 Business Parii Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Telophone 800-426-1306 bull 360-68raquolaquo300 bull FAX 360683-3525 E-mal satesa-msystemsoom VVfebsite httpywwwa^nsystemscom fl-N Systems Inc 1

Controls and Connectors The controls for the Model 2100 are grouped in three sections START which controls when a pulse or burst of pulses begins TIMING which controls the onoff timing of one or more pulses and OUTPUT which controls the amplitude of the output signal

Start TRIG SLOPE Determines the polarity of valid trigger pulses (positive or negative edges in the trigger signal)

MODE Controls waveform initiation When set to FREE RUN one timing cycle immediately follows the last When momentarily placed In the MANUAL position a timing cycle starts Immediately When the switch Is In the center position timing cycles start when valid triggering events occur

TRIGD This LED lights up when a timing cycle Is in process and continues until the burst is completed

TRIG This BNC connector allows a signal from an external source to Initiate timing cycles It is set for standard TTL levels

GATE This BNC connector allows a signal from an external source to restrict the final output signal This input must be at a logical high (or open-circuited) in order for the Model 2100 to recognize either manual or automatic trigger events

Gate 1_ Trigger |~~^ i I Valid triggers (represented by the arrows in the figure) can occur only when the gate Is at logical high Note that the up arrow would apply only If TRIG SLOPE is set to + the down an-ows would apply only if TRIG SLOPE Is set to -

NOTE Triggers have no effect if the system has not completed its response to a previous trigger

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Park Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Vb 98324 TelQphQne 80O426-1306 360683-8300 FAX 360683-3525 E-mail sales^a-msystemscom Wsbsite httpywwwa-msystemscom

Timing Four sets of controls govern the timing of pulse generation Each set contains two values which are multiplied together to detemnine the actual timing value The rotary knob (rate selector) provides the approximate timing value and the lever wheel switch bank (MULTIPLIER)

provides a time resolution of three decimal digits The following diagram shows most of the Important relationships

Output r Delay Duration

|ltPeriodgtj

t Burst width

Trigger event

DELAY These controls determine the time duration between the initiating trigger event and the beginning of the pulse burst If this rate selector is set to NONE or the multiplier is set to 000 there Is no delay

BURST WIDTH These controls determine the time period in which one or more pulses may be delivered Once started a pulse may outlast the burst width If this rate selector is set to SINGLE or to any time shorter than the pulse duration only a single pulse will occur If the BURST WIDTH Is longer than the period pulses will be emitted at the PERIOD rate until the burst time ends Pulses are never truncated by a short BURSTWIDTH

inds)-PULSE

D U R A T I O N 1 0 1 0

10

INTEB-PULSE PERIOD

1 1 10

DURATION These controls determine the length of each pulse Ifthis rate selector Is set to SQUARE the duration is set to half of the period regardless of the MULTIPLIER setting

PERIOD These controls set the period of time between adjacent pulse events within the burst It also forces a minimum dead time between recognized input triggers following a burst of one or more pulses This can be used to prevent over stimulation of a tissue without requiring excessive delay between the triggering event and the stimulating pulse

TIMING OVERLAP

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 860 Carisborg Vamp 98324 |Telophone 800-426-1306 360683-8300 bull FAX 3606aW525 E-mail salearega^nsystemsoom Vfeb5ite httpAwwwa^nsyslemscam

NOTE If any of these timing controls are changed while a timing cycle is in operation the results are undefined until the current cycle finishes

TIMING OVERLAP This LED will light to Indicate an inconsistency in the timing cycle settings There are several ways to introduce such errors The most common way is to set the Inter-pulse PERIOD to be less than the pulse DURATION

T I M I N G (seconds)^

TRIG OUT (UPPER) This BNC connector provides a signal which is coincident with the Internal Burst timing signal (default) This means the signal starts at the end of the Delay time and persists until the Burst time expires This output may also be set to represent the delay time-out by setting the internal jumper J510 to the right two pins instead of the left two pins (Please see the Calibration section in this manual for jumper location Directions are given as viewed from the front of the Instrument)

TRIG OUT (LOWER) This BNC connector provides a signal which Is coincident with the Duration timing signal which controls pulse output

NOTE Both trigger output signals slightly lead the isolated output signal

Output

PULSE SIGN This switch determines the polarity of the pulses to be generated It also allows generation of biphasic pulses thereby doubling the effective total period Warning the first pulse generated after changing the PULSE

SIGN switch may have the wrong polarity

BASELINE This Switch determines the polarity ofthe baseline signal

RANGE This rotary switch determines if the output pulses will be constant current (3 ranges) or constant voltage (2 ranges)

BASELINE AMPLITUDE This value is independently set using a ten-turn counting dial The maximum baseline amplitude is one tenth the value shown on the range amplitude switch

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 8S0 Cartsborg Vfa 98324 |Tetaphone 80O426-1306 bull 360683-8300 bull FAX 3606803525 E-mail salesa-msystemscom Wbbsite http7Awwwaflnsystemscom

PULSE AMPLITUDE This value is independently set using a ten-turn counting dial The maximum pulse amplitude is the value shown on the range amplitude switch

EVENT This LED indicates when a pulse is ongoing

ERROR This LED indicates when the internal output amplifier cannot output the pulse as desired This is usually due to a short circuit while trying to output a voltage or an open circuit while trying to output a current

VOTEThe Pulse Sign control in the Oupuf section directly affects waveform timing When set to the Biphasic mode a positive-going pulse is immediately followed by a negative-going pulse This effectively doubles the pulse duration If a burst of biphasic pulses is being produced the period must be at least twice the single pulse duration In the Square wave mode the baseline disappears as long as the burst persists

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsboig Vte 98324 |Telophone 800426-1306 360683-8300 bull FAX 3606833525 E-mail salesa-m5ystem5 com Website httpwwwa-msystemscom

Operating Instructions

Examples Simple setup (and minimal instrument test)

Connect the output ofthe Model 2100 to an oscilloscope Before connecting the Model 2100 to any other instrument or the experimental preparation It is safest to turn Its power off

Set the Oufpuf controls

Range 10V Pulse Sign +

Baseline Zero Pulse Amplitude 200

Setting The Timing Controls

Delay Burst Width

Duration Period

none single

15010-2 50010-2

Setting The Start Controls

Mode Free Run

Disconnect any cables to the TRIG or GATE inputs

Note that the green Trig and Event Indicators turn on as Free Run is turned on (and turn off otherwise) You should observe a 15ms duration 20Hz rate pulse of 200V above a OV baseline on the oscilloscope

fl-N Systems Inc 131 BusinessPartiLoop RO Box850CarisbcxgWa98324 |Telophone 800426-1306 bull 360-683-8300 bull FW 360683-3525 E-mail salesa-msystems com VVbbsite httpywwwa-msystems com

Demonstration of Burst Mode Connect the output ofthe Model 2100 to an oscilloscope Before connecting the Model 2100 to any other instrument or the experimental preparation It Is safest to turn its power off

Set the Outpuf controls

Range 10V Pulse Sign +

Baseline Pulse Amplitude 200

Baseline Amplitude 100

Setting The Timing Controls

Delay 88010-2 Burst Width 12010-^

Duration 15010-2 Period 50010-2

Set the START controls as follows

Mode Free Run

Disconnect any cables to the TRIG or GATE inputs

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Telophooe 8004201306 360683-8300 bull FAX 360683-3525 E^naii salesa-msystems com Watjsite http7wwwa-msystemscom

Trigger the oscilloscope from the Bursf trigger out (upper Trig Out connector) for a stable display In each burst (occurring every lOOms) you should observe a trio of 15ms duration starting 50ms apart Try switching the StartMode from Free Run to the center (nonnal) position The pulses will no longer be produced and the Trig and Event Indicators will tum off Pressing this switch once (to Manual) will cause a single burst to occur

Problem Solving If the instrument appears to be not working properiy check all ofthe control settings and connections Be sure to wait at least 5-10 seconds after turning the instrument off before turning it on again The following summary of typical problems for the user (along with the most common solutions) may help

Problem CauseSolution

EVENT Indicator never lights even in FREE RUN mode

bull Replace fuse check power connection bullSet DELAY or PERIOD to a shorter interval

bull Power-on too soon after power-off

OVERLAP Indicator is on

ERROR indicator is on

bull Set DURATION gt000 bull DURATION Is set to SQUARE but

PERIOD is 000 Increase PERIOD or set DURATION independantly

bull BURST and WIDTH are gt DURATION increase PERIOD or decrease DURATION

bull BIPHASIC pulse output Is on and PERIOD is not longer than twice the DURATION Increase PERIOD or decrease DURATION

bull Free-run Is on and BURST is lt PERIOD (BURST off) DELAY is 0 and PERIOD Is lt DURATION Add delay or modify PERIOD

bull Free-run is on and BURST is gt DURATION (BURST ON) and PERIOD is lt DURATION Increase PERIOD

bull For VOLTAGE outputs the output is trying to drive too low a resistance or capacitance (eg a short circuit) Check by disconnecting the output ft is possible (and normal) that for the fastest cycles and largest amplitudes (close to 100 V

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business PartiLoop PO Box 850 CartsborgWa 98324 iTelophone 800-42O130636O6e3-8300FAX 3606B3-3525 E-mail satesaflisyslefmcom Vfebslte http7wwwa-msyslemscom

and 1 ps) that the ERROR indicator might always come on during repetitive pulses Fix output load or decrease amplitude as required

Time appears to be excessive Changed control in mid-cycle (resets current status)

Cant seem to get a full signal out Load Is not properiy connected repair wiring Too low a load impedance (VOLTAGE modes) or too high a load impedance (CURRENT mode)

Incoming triggers not accepted frequently enough

PERIOD is set too long (enforces dead time) followd by BURST set to SIGNAL Reduce PERIOD time

Table 10 Problem Solving

If you suspect that the Model 2100 may have completely failed we recommend checking the basic level of functionality Ifthis fails your instrument Is defective and must be repaired Ifthis passes either your experimental setup is incompatible or inconsistent or there is a more subtle flaw in your Model 2100

If the Model 2100 appears to be malfunctioning contact A-M Systems Inc or your dealer We will first attempt to solve the problem over the telephone so have an exact description of your problem available when you call You do not need to be within the warranty period to obtain over-the-phone assistance

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 iTetoptxme 80O426-1306 bull 360683-8300 FAX 3606803525 E-mail satesa-msystemsoomAfebsitehttpJwwwaflisystemscom

Theory of Operation

The operation ofthe Model 2100 is summarized in the block diagram (see the figure on Page 11) Not shown are all ofthe interconnections with the microcontroller The internal microcontroler plays an important role in setting the signal path but does not directly contribute to the dynamic characteristics It scans the front panel switches and sets the control values for the logic arrays It programs the internal counters which along with the other hardware achieve the necessary sub-microsecond speeds

Pulse generation starts either from an Input trigger signal (from Trig In) or an internally signal (Free Run mode) A Delay timer counts the 10MHz clock until its count value is exhausted At this point the Burst Period and Duration timers are started If the Burst timer has not expired by the end ofthe Period the Period and Duration timers are restarted If the Biphasic mode has been set the Duration timer is restarted at the end of the initial Duration and the sign ofthe output pulse is reversed doubling the total duration

The system state (pulse on pulse sign baseline sign [+0f-]) is transmitted to the isolated section via optoisolator The baseline and pulse amplitudes are selected by an analog switch The resulting signal is amplified by a variable-power-supply discrete operational amplifier The amplifier connections and gain is modified to provide two voltage and three current ranges

Timing overiap errors are detected by a logical decision computation rather than by testing for counter collisions This provides instant feedback rather than waiting up to an hour for such a collision to occur Output errors are measured by sensing the output amplifiers differential input voltage Under normal conditions this is a negligible voltage If the amplifier fails to deliver the requested signal the window comparator testing this voltage sends this message (via optoisolator) to the logic section turning on a warning LED

fl-N Systems Inc 131BusinessPart(LoopRO Box850CarisboigWa98324 4 n Tel0pri0ne80O426-130636O683^300FAX36O6833525 ^ E-mail salesaflisystBmscom V febsite http7wwwa-msystemsoom

S i

I - - ^^mdasho^M

OUTPUT i l l

TRIG ^ OUT

(burst)

TRIG 3-lt) OUT

(pulse)

til

I laquo

Calibration Procedures

The calibration interval is the lesser of 1000 hours of operation or 6 months Somewhat greater drift can be expected in the first 100 hours of operation as the semiconductors age Adjustments should only be made after the instrument has been fully warmed up for at least 15 minutes

Full instrument calibration requires the following test equipment digital multimeter (plusmn 01) able to measure resistance to at least lOOMO oscilloscope with at least 50MHz bandwidth true-mis voltmeter with 4MHz bandwidth universal counter (plusmn 001 ) able to measure single pulse widths and periods resistors (all plusmn 01) 2kn lOkH 1 watt 20kn 200kn alligator clip lead sets banana plugs and BNC adapters

Adjustment integrated circuit and test point locations are shown in the following figures All adjustments are on the timing board unless othenAise noted

All voltages in the non-isolated section should be measured with respect to ground at TP510 unless othenwise stated Some voltages are measured with respect to an internal isolated ground at TP650 or across the two output temninals Occasionally the voltage at an IC pin must be measured in these cases the reference designator is given with the pin number in parentheses eg U602(16) When it states within this procedure that a voltage is to be minimized this means that the adjustment should be made such that the measured voltage is as close to zero volts as possible Refer to the Specifications Section of this manual for acceptable tolerances

The sequence of this procedure is important If any adjustment is made all adjustments which follow must be made to ensure that the specifications will be met These procedures require that all controls remain as set in previous steps unless othenAise indicated

WARNING

The Model 2100 has dangerous voltages throughout the instrument even with the power is off Servicing the Model 2100 should only be done by qualified service personnel Use caution in handling any wires connectors or electrodes which may be directly or indirectly attached to the instrument Do not touch exposed connections or components Disconnect power by unplugging the power cord from the receptacle

H B ^ ^ S y s t e m s inc^degdegp^deg^^deg-^^^^^^^^B3^^^degdeg^^^lt^^^B^^^^ 131BusinessPartiLoopPO Box850CartsbOigWamp98324 4 9 |Telophone800-42013C6360683-8300F0lt360683-3525 ^ E-mail salesa-msystefnscom website httpwwwaflisystems com

CO

TP501 O lt0

g OTPSOO

U560 S

Trig Gate

0 -TISOS

U570

U500

Timing

p U520

Timing

K U550 Timin

gt U540

U515

o X I Timin

U508 I

J510 Timing nnn

Burst Delay J400

gt U550

R503

D D I D bull U8QQ i Q

n

oo

V P 5 1 0

b U535

^

Clock i _

U555

lt U 5 4 5

o

h d ^ O - - ^ U605

Q D

U620

O fJZ^ R737 bull ^ 1^13015 r j C - C O M P

B B nU770 ^ ^ ^ 5 ^ a

J420

a

o E

bull [ ]U632

riueso

rR742rVhigh R 6 1 9 ^

LJ TP645 O TP650

TPMOQ^QS

Vlow

CD-

CZZl

J440 bull bull tl iUDQ

I t

f i l

Power supply and bias voltages

Power supply

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

POWER ON Observe voltage at P703 power supply wire top of main board

Check for+15 plusmn 050 V

Observe voltage at P701 power supply wire top of main board

Check for-15 plusmn 050 V

Observe voltage at U505(24) Check for +5 plusmn 025 V

Isolated supply voltage Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

RANGE 10 V TRIG open circuit MODE center position

Alternately observe V ^ from R742 to R740 and V ^ from theU605(4)toU605(8)

Adjust R773 so that 110VltV lt 120 V and

nigh

28VltV|^lt34V

Capacitance balance Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

Connect a xlO oscilloscope probe to TP650 and ground the

Adjust R737 for minimum high frequency signal

Inputs

Gate function Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave Verify that the voltage to GATE switches states at the Observe voltage at U510(3) proper input levels with an oscilloscope

Trigger slope Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave Verify that the voltage to TRIG switches states at the Observe voltage at U510( 1) proper input levels with an oscilloscope

TRIG SLOPE Verify voltage is 180deg out of phase

TRIG SLOPE Verify voltage is in phase

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 860 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Jelophone 800-4201306 360683-8300 bull FM 380683-3525 E-mail salesaflTsystBfnscom bull Vtebsite httpVAirwwaflisystems com

14

Trigger and gate f unc t i on

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

DELAY NONE BURS-nMDTH SINGLE DURATION SQUARE PERIOD 100X10-3

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave to TRIG Observe TRIGD and EVENT LEDs

TRIG disconnect all Short the GATE connector to GND Verify LEDs extinguish

MODE press to MANUAL Verify LEDs flash once

Timing

System c lock f requency

Controls Inputs Observations Ad jus t Check

Observe the frequency of the wave Verify 1000 MHz plusmn 001 atU555(17)

Mul t ip l iers (Wheel Swi tches)

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

PULSE SIGN-laquobull MODE FREE RUN TRIG disconnect all TIMING MULTIPUERS all

wheels set to zero except the one being tested

TIMING OVERLAP ignore

Observe the pulse width with the counter at the location specified t)elow

Verify pulse width is correct for each wheel as it is tested independently

For each wheel of each MULTIPLIER test each position to verify that the pulse width is correct Observe the signal at the following locations DELAY U520(2) BURSTWIDTH U530(2) PERIOD U540(2) DURATION U550(2)

Rates (Rotary Swi tches)

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

TIMING MULTIPUERS 001 Observe the pulse width with the TIMING RATES all rotary counter at the location specified

switches set to 10-4 below except the one being tested

Verify pulse width is correct for each rotary switch as it is tested independently

For each ofthe four rotary switches in TIMING test each position to verify that the pulse width is correct Observe the signal at the following locations DELAY U520(2) BURSTWIDTH U530(2) PERIOD U540(2) DURATION U550(2)

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 iTetophone 8004201306 bull 360683-8300 bull FOC 3606803525 E-mail salesa-msystemscom Wbbsite httpJwwwaflTSystemscom

15

Trigger outputs

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

Range 10V Pulse Amplitude 500 Delay 100 xlO^ Burst 100 x 10 ^ Duration 100x10-^ Period 400x10-^ Pulse sign + Trig Mode Free run Trig in open

Trigger the oscilloscope to the Burst Trig Out Observe it the Pulse Trig Out and the isolated output

Verify that the waveform consists of a burst of three 1ms-on3ms-off pulses The burst trigger should be synchronous with the burst the pulse trigger coincident with each pulse

Output Calibration

Isolation Resistance (check)

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode center position Trig In open

Measure the resistance between ground banana jack (front panel) and black banana jack of output with DMM

Resistance read gt 100MQ

Amplitude Switch Offset (R640)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Zero Trig Mode center position Trig In Open

Measure the voltage at TP645 vs TP650 with the DMM

Adjust R640 (AmpI Sw Offset) for minimum voltage

Output Offset (R332 front panel board) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Zero Range 10V Trig Mode center position Trig In Open

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

Adjust R332 (Output offset) for minimum voltage

Positive Baseline Offeet (R607) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Sign + Baseline Amplitude

fully CCW (000) Range 10V Trig In open Trig Mode center position

Measure the voltage across the outputwiththeDMM

Adjust R602 (BSLN + offset) for minimum voltage

fl-N Systems Inc 131 BusBiess Parti Loop P O Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Telophone B00-42O1306 bull 360683-8300 bull FAX 3606803525 E-mail salesaflisystemscom V^tebsite httpy^vwwa-msystems com

16

Negative Baseline Offset (R619)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Sign -Baseline Amplitude

fully CCW (000) Range 10V Trig In open Trig Mode center position

Measure the voltage across the outputwiththeDMM

Adjust R619 (BSLN + offset) for minimum voltage

Pulse Amplitude Adjust (R602)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode Free Mode Pulse Amplitude 1000 Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =1001 Period =00110-4 Pulse Sign -Trig In open Range 10V

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

The Overiap indicator should be on Adjust R602 (Max Level) for -10OOV out

Pulse Sign Gain (check)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode Free Mode Pulse Amplitude 1000 Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =100 1s Period =001 10-4s Trig In open Range 10V

Measure the voltage at the output with the DMM for the Pulse Sign at + and - positions

The absolute values ofthe voltages should differ by less than lOOmV

Baseline Amplitudes (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Range 100mA Trig Mode center position Baseline Amplitude fully CW (1000) Trig In open

Measure the voltage at the output with the DMM with Baseline Sign in + Zero and

- positions

Gain the matching of current levels at = and - positions and offset current in Zero position

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop PO Box 850 Cartsboig Wa 98324 Telophone 800-4201306 360683-8300 FkX 3606803525 E-mail salesa-msystemscom website http^^wwaflisystemsccm

17

Output Range Amplitude and Drive (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Pulse Amplitude 1000 Pulse Sign + Trig Mode Free Run Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =1001 Period =10010-4 Trig In open

Load the output with a 10KV 1W 01 resistor Measure the voltage at the output with DMM

Verify that full scale output is within specification Scale Range 100V 100V 10V 10V 100mA IV 1mA 10V 10mA 100V

Pulse Sign and Short Circuit Protection (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =200 10-4 Period =00110-3 Baseline Zero Pulse Amplitude 25 Range 10V Trig Mode Free Run Trig In open

Measure the voltage at the output with the oscilloscope Check for Pulse Sign set to each of + - biphasic Watch for Error indicator when shorting the output

Verify that pulses of approx 25V amplitude (625V for biphasic mode) of the correct sign are produced every 10ms Short output in biphasic mode Output should return when opened

Output Transient Response (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Pulse Sign + Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =20010-4 Period =00110-3 Pulse Amplitude 250 Baseline Zero Trig Mode Free Mode Trig In open

Connect the oscilloscope to the output with a 310 attenuator probe Test both 10V and 100V ranges

Verify that overshoot and risetime meet specifications

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Telophone 8004201306 bull 3606808300 bull Flaquo( 360laquo83ltJ525 E-mail salesa-msystemsocm V^febsite http^wwwa-msystefnscom

18

Specifications

There are three classes of specifications Class A specifications tested in all units and are guaranteed Class B specifications are inherent in the design they are indirectly tested and are guaranteed Class C specifications are typical operating values which are occasionally tested- these are typical values given for your information but not guarshyanteed The class for each specification is noted in the center column ofthe following sections

Inputs Switching level

Hysteresis

Input equivalent circuit

Minimum duration (1 IL-level signal)

A

C

C

C

16 V(plusmn 02 V)

approx 50 mV

lOOKH to+5 in parallel with no more than 35pF

gt 50 ns

Open circuit condition B defaults to highon level

Timing and rate accuracy Rate selector steps

Timing multiplier steps

B

B

lOOpsto 100s in 7 steps

1 of rate selector step size Maximum value is 999 X the rate selector step size

Resolution B approx 01 ofthe maximum value

Timing error (second and later pulses after resetting controls)

B lt 002 of rate selector value + 015 ps

Timing error (first pulse after readjusting timing controls)

an additional 025 ps error may occur

Timing repeatability lt 001 setting + 20 ns (monophasic)

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Ram Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Vfa 98324 pTelophone 8004201306 bull 360683-8300 bull FAX 360683-3525

E-mail salesraquoflisystems com Wabsite httpJAnww afl isystems com

19

TRIG IN to OUTPUT delay (DELAY set to 0) output set to 2V

Timing jitter from TRIG IN to OUTPUT (for TTL trigger input with risetime lt10 ns)

Timing jitter from TRIG OUT (either BURST or PULSE) and OUTPUT

Trigger output to pulse output delay

Output characteristics Pulse level error (voltage mode open circuit current mode short circuit

Biphasic level difference IV + - V-1 2

Baseline level error (voltage mode open circuit current mode short circuit)

Risetime (25 V out)

Risetime (25 V out)

Transient response

A

A

A

Output impedance (voltage mode) C

Output impedance (current mode) C

Isolation resistance A

Isolation capacitance C

approx 05 ps for a load of no more than 10 KH in parallel with 50 pF

lt 125 ns (all rates except 100s) lt 125 ps (100s rate)

Less than 20 ns (all rates)

approx 350 ns

lt 03 of setting + 05 of r range (plus an additional 05 pA in 100 pA range)

lt 03 of range (voltage modes into open circuit current modes into short circuit)

lt 03 of setting of setting + 01 of range (plus an additional 05 pA in lOOpA range)

= 200 ns into less than 30 pF

= 15 ps into less than 30 pF

lt 8 overshoot into less than 30 pF for pulse voltages different than baseline voltage by at least 10 of range

= 50 ohms

raquo 1 0 GH (typically 200 GO)

raquo 1 0 0 M n

= 60 pF at 100 Hz

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Peril Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg V6 98324 |TelCf)hone 800-4201306 3606808300 bull FAX 360683-3525 E-mal salesaflisystefnsoom Website hnpyMVfWafllsystemsoom

20

Noise (differential mode)

Noise (common mode earth to isolated ground) with no signal output

Overload error indicator (low frequency short circuited voltage mode)

Overload error indicator low frequency open circuited current mode)

Overioad error response time

Miscellaneous

= 1 mV rms (10 V scale 10 Hz-4 MHz)

= 8 mV rms (10 Hz-4 MHz) == 100mVp-p (200 Hz -10 MHz) measured withalOMH 15pF oscilloscope probe

Turns on for set amplitude at or greater than approx plusmn1 V (10 V range) or plusmn2 V (100 V range)

Turns on for set amplitude at or above approx 2 of range

Flat to approx 30 ps duration Decreasing sensitivity for shorter pulses

Power

Fuse

Operating temperature range

Storage temperature range

Operating humidity

Dimensions

approx 11 watts

1 amp 3AG

10-30degC

0 - 50deg C

5 - 80 RH

17x475x1125 (inches) 432x121x286 cm

Weight 20 lbs (9 kg)

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Wb 98324 |Tetcphone 8004201306 3606808300 bull FOt 360683-3525 E-mail satesamsystems comV^febsite httpywwwaflisystemscom

21

Warranty and Service

What does this warranty cover A-M Systems Inc warrants to the Purchaser that the Instrument excluding cables Headstage Probes and any other accessories shipped with the Instrument (hereafter the hardware) is free from defects in workmanship or material under normal use and service for the period of one (1) year This warranty commences on the date of delivery ofthe hardware to the Purchaser

What are the obligations of A-M Systems Inc under this warranty During the warranty period A-M Systems Inc agrees to repair or replace at its sole option without charge to the Purchaser any defective component part of the hardware To obtain warranty service the Purchaser must return the hardware to A-M Systems Inc or an authorized A-M Systems Inc distributor in an adequate shipping container Any postage shipping and insurance charges incurred in shipping the hardware to A-M Systems Inc must be prepaid by the Purchaser and all risk for the hardware shall remain with purchaser until such time as A-M Systems Inc takes receipt of the hardware Upon receipt A-M Systems Inc will promptly repair or replace the defective unit and then return the hardware to the Purchaser postage shipping and insurance prepaid A-M Systems Inc may use reconditioned or like new parts or units at its sole option when repairing any hardware Repaired products shall carry the same amount of outstanding warranty as from original purchase or ninety (90) days which ever is greater Any claim under the warranty must include a dated proof of purchase ofthe hardware covered by this warranty In any event A-M Systems Inc liability for defective hardware is limited to repairing or replacing the hardware

What is not covered by this warranty This warranty is contingent upon proper use and maintenance ofthe hardware by the Purchaser and does not cover batteries Neglect misuse whether intentional or othenwise tampering with or altering the hardware damage caused by accident damage caused by unusual physical electrical chemical or electromechanical stress damage caused by failure of electrical power or damage caused during transportation are not covered by this wan-anty Products may not be returned to A-M Systems Inc for service whether under warranty or otherwise which are contaminated by infectious agents radioactive compounds or other materials constituting a health hazard to employees of A-M Systems Inc

What are the limits of liability for A-M Systems Inc under this warranty A-M Systems Inc shall not be liable for loss of data profits or savings or any special incidental consequential indirect or other similar damages arising from breach of contract negligence or other legal action even if the company or its agent has been advised of the possibility of such damages or for any claim brought against you by another party THIS EQUIPMENT IS NOT INTENDED FOR CLINICAL MEASUREMENTS USING HUMAN SUBJECTS A-M SYSTEMS INC DOES NOT ASSUME RESPONSIBILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE DUE TO MISUSE OF THIS EQUIPMENT Jurisdictions vary with regard to the enforceability of provisions excluding or limiting liability for incidental or consequential damages Check the provision of your local jurisdiction to find out whether the above exclusion applies to you

This warranty allocates risks of product failure between the Purchaser and A-M Systems Inc A-M Systems Inc hardware pricing reflects this allocation of risk and the limitations of liability contained in this warranty The warranty set forth above is in lieu of all other express warranties whether oral or written The agents employees distributors and dealers of A-M Systems Inc are not authorized to make modifications to this warranty or additional wan-anties binding on the company Accordingly additional statements such as dealer advertising or presentations whether oral or written do not constitute warranties by A-M Systems Inc and should not be relied upon This warranty gives you specific legal rights You may also have other rights which vary from one jurisdiction to another

fl-N Systems Inc 131BusinessPartiLoop RO Box850CartsbOfgWa98324 p O |Telophone 8004201306 bull 360683-8300FOC 3606830525 ^ ^ E-mail saiesaflisystefTiscom Wbbsite httpVwwwa-msystemscom

Warranty and Service

What does this warranty cover A-f Systems Inc warrants to the Purchaser that the Instrument excluding cables Headstage Probes and any other accessories shipped with the Instrument (hereafter the hardware) is free from defects in workmanship or material under normal use and service for the period of one (1) year This warranty commences on the date of delivery of the hardware to the Purchaser

What are the obligations of A-M Systems Inc under this warranty During the warranty period A-M Systems Inc agrees to repair or replace at its sole option without charge to the Purchaser any defective component part of the hardware To obtain warranty service the Purchaser must return the hardware to A-l^ Systems Inc or an authorized A-M Systems Inc distributor in an adequate shipping container Any postage shipping and insurance charges incurred in shipping the hardware to A-M Systems Inc must be prepaid by the Purchaser and all risk for the hardware shall remain with purchaser until such time as A-M Systems Inc takes receipt of the hardware Upon receipt A-M Systems Inc will promptly repair or replace the defective unit and then return the hardware to the Purchaser postage shipping and insurance prepaid A-M Systems Inc may use reconditioned or like new parts or units at its sole option when repairing any hardware Repaired products shall carry the same amount of outstanding warranty as from original purchase or ninety (90) days which ever is greater Any claim under the warranty must include a dated proof of purchase of the hardware covered by this warranty In any event A-M Systems Inc liability for defective hardware is limited to repairing or replacing the hardware

What is not covered by this warranty This warranty is contingent upon proper use and maintenance of the hardware by the Purchaser and does not cover batteries Neglect misuse whether intentional or othenvise tampering with or altering the hardware damage caused by accident damage caused by unusual physical electrical chemical or electromechanical stress damage caused by failure of electrical power or damage caused during transportation are not covered by this warranty Products may not be returned to A-M Systems Inc for service whether under warranty or otherwise which are contaminated by Infectious agents radioactive compounds or other materials constituting a health hazard to employees of A-M Systems Inc

What are the limits of liability for A-M Systems Inc under this warranty A-M Systems Inc shall not be liable for loss of data profits or savings or any special incidental consequential indirect or other similar damages arising from breach of contract negligence or other legal action even if the company or its agent has been advised of the possibility of such damages or for any claim brought against you by another party THIS EQUIPMENT IS NOT INTENDED FOR CLINICAL MEASUREMENTS USING HUMAN SUBJECTS A-M SYSTEMS INC DOES NOT ASSUME RESPONSIBILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE DUE TO MISUSE OF THIS EQUIPMENT Jurisdictions vary with regard to the enforceability of provisions excluding or limiting liability for incidental or consequential damages Check the provision of your local jurisdiction to find out whether the above exclusion applies to you

This warranty allocates risks of product failure between the Purchaser and A-M Systems Inc A-M Systems Inc hardware pricing reflects this allocation of ris1lt and the limitations of liability contained in this warranty The warranty set forth above is in lieu of all other express warranties whether oral or written The agents employees distributors and dealers of A-M Systems Inc are not authorized to make modifications to this warranty or additional warranties binding on the company Accordingly additional statements such as dealer advertising or presentations whether oral or written do not constitute warranties by A-M Systems Inc and should not be relied upon This warranty gives you specific legal rights You may also have other rights which vary from one jurisdiction to another

A B B J l laquo raquo ^ t3tBusinessPafkLoopPOBox850Cai1sbO(gWa98324

- | V | O V S i e m S |nCtrade042O1306-36O68O8300-FAX36O68O3525 E-mail salasOa-msvstemscom bull Website httowwwa-msvste

t3tBusinassParkLaopROBox8SOCai1sbo(gWa98324 po Telophone 8004201306 360683-8300 FAX 3606803525 ^ ^ E-maH salesOa-msystemscom Wetsite httpwwwa-msystem3e0m

mwal

INSTRUCTION MANUAL

FOR

ISOLATED PULSE STIMULATOR

MODEL 2100

Serial

Date

A-M Systems Inc

PO Box 850

Carisborg WA 98324

USA

360-683-8300 bull 800-426-1306 FAX 360-683-3525

httpwwwa-m8y8temscom

Version 50 May 1998

Contents General Description 1

Instrument Features 1 Controls and Connectors 2

Operating Instructions 6 Theory of Operation 10 Calibration Procedures 12

Inputs ii 14 Output Calibration iii i 16

Specifications i4 il u 19 Warranty and Service wi iJ iJi [ii 22

Each Isolated Pulse Stimulator Is delivered complete with

Rack Mount Hardware Instructions amp Maintenance Manual

NOTE

This instrument is not intended for clinical measurements using human subjects A-M Systems Inc does not assume msponsibility for injury or damage due to the misuse of this instrument

General bull M ^ ion

Instrument Features The Isolated Pulse Stimulator Model 2100 Is designed for a wide variety of applications It is highly flexible being capable of delivering single pulses biphasic pairs or bursts of pulses Pulses may be started manually or upon receiving a trigger signal from another instrument or computer Two non-isolated trigger outputs are available for triggering other instruments

Four sets of timing controls provide comprehensive control over all aspects of pulse generation Three digit accuracy is available over a 7 decade range for each timing function using lever wheel switches Pulse wkiths can be set over more than a 9 decade range from 05 [is to 999 seconds Timing accuracy is assured through the use of a 10 MHz base rate crystal-controlled clock digitally divided to provide accurate timing over the entire range A timing overiap indicator will light if the timing controls are set Inconsistently

The output may be conveniently switched between cun-ent and voltage modes Pulse and baseline amplitudes are independently presettable with lockable dials An error indicator will light if the Model 2100 cannoi deliver the desired signal

WARNING

The Model 2100 can produce potentially dangemus voltages up to 100 V et the output connectors The isolated output is not connected internally to safety (earth) ground in ahy way Some part of the extemal circuit should be connected to safety gmund Use caution in handling any wires connectors or electrodes which may be directly or indirectly attached to the Model 2100 output Some lltinds of connectors such as BNC connectors have exposed metal parts which may float at dangemus potentials unless extemally connected to safety gmund For greatest safety tum the Model 2100 off before making any connections to

the Instrument

131 Business Park LocfiPO Box BSOCarM)orgWa 98324 800426-1308 bull36OlaquoS3laquo300FAX 3 6 M 8 3 ^ 2 5

E-malt uiittyBQaHiByBtumaooiTi Wobsita HipJtwtiwiwftbMiAcon fl-N SystQms I n c ^ T

Controls and Connectors The controls for the Model 2100 are grouped in three sections START controlling when a pulse or burst of pulses begins TIMING controlling the onoff timing of one or more pulses and otJTPliT controlling the amplitude of the output signal

Start TRIG SLOPE This switch determines whether valid triggers occur at positive or negative edges in the trigger signal

MODE This switch controls how wavefomris are initiated When set to FREE RUN one timing cycle immediately follows the last When held in the MANUAL position a timing cycle starts immediately When the switch is in the center position timing cycles start when valid triggering events occur

TRIGD This LED lights up when a timing cycle is in process and continues until the burst is completed

TRIG This BNC connector allows a signal from an extemal source to initiate timing cycles It is set for standard TTL levels

GATE This BNC connector allows a signal from an extemal source to restrict the final output signal This input must be at a logical high (or open-circuited) in order for the Model 2100 to recognize either manual or automatic trigger events

Gate 1_ Trigger [~^ i I Valid triggers are represented by the arrows in the figure Note that the up arrow would apply only if TRIG SLOPE is set to + the down anrows would apply only if TRIG SLOPE is set to-

NOTE Triggers have no effect if the system has not completed its response to a previous trigger

fl-N SystQms I n c ^ 131 Business Park Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 600426-13063eO683laquo300FAX 360683^525

E-maB anBysQraquoinsyaleiTaconi Wsbalto h^KAvwwa-(nsys(smsoom

Timing Four sets of controls govem the timing of pulse generation Each set contains two values which are multiplied together to detennine the actual timing value The rotary knob (rate selector) provides the approximate timing value and the lever wheel switch bank (MULTIPLIER) provkles a time resolution of three decimal digits The following diagram shows most of the important relationships

Pnfe-tRAIM I B E L A V i6Molaquo

BURST WIOtH

Output r Delay

t n

Duration - ^ lt - |4Periodgt|

FLJI -^ Burst width

Trigger event

DELAY These controls set the time between the initiating trigger event and the beginning of the pulse burst If this rate selector is set to NONE or the multiplier is set to ooo there is no delay

BURSTWIDTH These controls set the time period in which one or more pulses may be delivered Once started a pulse may outlast the burst width If this rate selector is set to SINGLE or to any time shorter than the pulse duration only a single pulse will occur If the BURSTWIDTH is longer than the period pulses will be emitted at the PERIOD rate until the burst time ends Pulses are never truncated by a short BURST WIDTH

iNTpoundA-PULSiE PBRiOb

DURATION These controls set the length of each pulse If this rate selector is set to SQUARE the duration is set to half of the period regardless of the MULTIPLIER setting

PERIOD These controls set the period of time between adjacent pulse events within the burst It also forces a minimum dead time between recognized input triggers following a burst of one or more pulses This can be used to prevent over stimulation of a tissue without requiring excessive delay between the triggering event and the stimulating pulse

TlMtNQ OVERLAP

mLiHMPi

VVtJ jiwaa lasm nlaquoilaquo u

t^fi SysUms I n c ^ Elt4nsfl a m

131 Business Pofc Loop PO Box 850 Carisborg 1^98324 600-426-1306 36O6834300 FAK 360683^525

E-mai vrvysQfrflisysleraLOCniWutiailQL N^jAwwa^iByslernUiOOni

NOTE If any of these timing controls are changed while a timing cycle is in operation the results are undefined until the cunent cycle flnishes

TIMING OVERLAP This LED will light to indicate an Inconsistency in the timing cycle settings There are several ways to Introduce such errors The most common way is to set the inter-pulse PERIOD to be less than the pulse DURATION

TRIG OUT (UPPER) This BNC connector provides a signal which is coinckient with the intemal Burst timing signal (default) This means the signal starts at the end of the Delay time and persists until the Burst time expires This output may also be set to represent the delay time-out by setting the internal jumper J510 to the left two pins Instead of the right two pins (Please see the Calibration section in this manual for jumper location Directions are given as viewed from the fix)nt of the instrument)

TRIG OUT (LOWER) This BNC connector provides a signal which is coincident with the Duration timing signal which controls pulse output

NOTE Both trigger output signals slightly lead the isolated output signal

Output PULSE SIGN This Switch sets the sign for the pulses to be generated It also allows generation of biphasic pulses thereby doubling the effective total period Warning the first pulse genemted after changing the PULSE SIGN svntch may have the wmng polarity

BASELINE This switch sets the sign for the baseline signal

RANGE This rotary switch allows one of three current or two voltage ranges to be selected for the output signal

BASELINE AMPLITUDE This counting dial are independently set using ten-minute counting dials with the baseline having one tenth the range of the pulse amplitude

A-N Systlaquomslaquo Inc 131 Buskiess Partt Loop PO BoK 8S0 Cailsbarg Wa 96324 laophone 8004201306 bull36O68M300-FAX 3eolaquo8M525 E-mat bullmsysflMnsyslermoom VMaHsr Hlplhfimnmyekmoom

PULSE AMPLITUDE This counting dial

EVENTS This LED indicates when a pulse is ongoing

ERROR This LED indicates when the intemal output amplifier cannot output the pulse as desired This is usually due to a short circuit while trying to output a voltage or an open circuit while trying to output a current

One control from the Ot^uf section directly affects wavefonn timing the Pulse Sign control When set to the Biphasic mode a positive-going pulse is Immediately followed by a negative-going pulse This effectively doubles the pulse duration If a burst of biphasic pulses is being produced the period must be at least twice the single pulse duration In the Sgtan wave mode the baseline disappears as long as the burst persists

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Bushass Park locpPOBooi 850 C8ri9bcrgMS8324 IMqphona 800426-1306 bull36Olaquo83laquo3a0 FAX 360683-3529 E-nal amsyaOa4nsyatemscomWeMlK hMpJVniwa-nsygtatnscom

Operating Instructions

Examples Simple setup (and minimal Instrument tost)

Connect the output of the Model 2100 to an oscilloscope Before connecting the instrument it is safest to turn its power off

Set the Ou^uf controls

Range Pulse Sign

Baseline Pulse Amplitude

10V +

Zero 200

Setting The Timing Controls

Delay Burst Width

Duratbn Period

none single

15010-2 500102

Setting The Start Controls

Mode Free Run

Disconnect any cables to the TRIG or GATE Inputs

Note that the green Trig and Event Indicators tum on as Free Run is turned on (and tum off othenwise) You should observe a 15ms duration 20Hz rate pulse of 200V above a OV baseline on the oscilloscope i

A ^ M ^ _ _ _ A ^ _ _ _ 1 ^ 131BiiHnD8raquoParttloopPOBoxB50Car)sbcrBlaquoraquoS8324

bull P l ^ y S W n i S f |nC ltV^gt^8deglt^^2O1306380laquo8OS3a0FAX36O6BMS2S

6 E-fnflk 9n^fBOs-in9ystsni9cx]fnWDbs)tec H^ff9Nw^myStem9oom

Demonstration of Burst Mode Connect the output of the Model 2100 to an oscilloscope Before connecting the instrument it is safest to tum Its power off

Set the Output controls

Range Pulse Sign

Baseline Pulse Amplitude

Baseline Amplitude

Setting The Timing Controls

Delay Burst Width

Duration

Period

Set the START controls as follows

Mode

Disconnect any cables to the TRIG or GATE inputs

Trigger the oscilloscope from the Burst trigger out (upper Tr^ Out connector) for a stable display In each burst (occumng every lOOms) you should observe a trio of 15ms duration starting 50ms apart Try switching the StartMode from Free Run to the center (nomnal) position The pulses will no longer be produced and the Trig and Event indicators will turn off Pressing this switch once (to Manual) will cause a single burst to occur

880 120 150 500

10V +

200 100

102 102 102 102

Free Run

fleaff SySlQmSa |nCa deglgt ltlt ^ ^ deg ^ degdeg ^ ^ ^ bull E-matmia

131 Business Park LoopPO Box 850 Carisborg Vfe 86324 lUcphcna 800426-1306 36Olaquo83laquo300 FAX 36068raquo52 E-maft tfii8ysOiHn^nleiTBcom1AWisJto HSpitwraquoM^wytAtii9oom

Problem SoMng If the Instrument appears to be not worthing properiy check all of the control settings and connections Be sure to wait at least 5-10 seconds after turning the Instrument off before tuming it on again The following t6ef summary of typical problems for the user (along with the most common solutions) may help

Problem CauseSolution EVENT indicator never lights even in FREE RUN mode

bull Replace fuse check power connection bullSet DELAY or PERIOD to a shorter interval

bull Power-on too soon after power-off

OVERLAP Indicator is on

ERROR indicator is on

Time appears to be excessive

bullSet DURATION gt000 bull DURATION is set to SQUARE but PERIOD is 000 Increase PERIOD or set DURATION independantly

bull BURST and WIDTH are gt DURATION increase PERIOD or decrease

DURATION bull BIPHASIC pulse output is on and PERIOD is not longer than twice the DURATION Increase PERIOD or decrease DURATION

bull Free-run is on and BURST Is lt PERIOD (BURST off) DELAY is 0 and PERIOD is lt DURATION Add delay or modify PERIOD

bull Free-mn is on and BURST is gt DURATION (BURST ON) and PERIOD is lt DURATION Increase PERIOD

bull For VOLTAGE outputs the output Is trying to drive too low a resistance or capacitance (eg a short circuit) Check by disconnecting the output It is possible (and normal) that for the fastest cycles

and largest amplitudes (close to 100 V and 1 MS) that the ERROR Indicator might always come on during repetitive pulses Fix output load or decrease amplitude as required

bull Changed control in mid-cycle (resets cunent status)

A ^ M bull _ _ _ A ^ ^ _ _ i ^ mdash 131BuslnessPai1ltLoopPOBox850CarlsborgWamp98324

bull p i j ^ v s w m s iiic^^deglt^deg^^deglt^^^3degB3^^^deg^^^^degdeg^^^deg^^deg^^^^ E-mat iiiMOafflwstemseom WabaHe MtaffiwwtHtavsli

8 E-msft flmsjoQfrfraystGfnsoom ^WobsltiK hl^Aiwv9-fn9]nteniscom

Cant seem to get a full signal out

Incoming triggers not accepted frequently enough

bull Load is not properiy connected repair wiring

bull Too low a load impedance (VOLTAGE modes) or too high a load impedance

(CURRENT mode)

bull PERIOD is set too long (enforces dead time) followd by BURST set to SIGNAL Reduce PERIOD time

Table 10 Problem Solving

If you suspect that the Model 2100 may have completely failed we recommend checking the basic level of functionality If this fails your instrument is defective and must be repaired If this passes either your experimental setup is incompatible or inconsistent or there is a more subtle flaw in your Model 2100

If the Model 2100 appears to be malfunctioning contact A-M Systems Inc or your dealer Telephone numtgters for A-M Systems Inc listed on the front cover of this manual We will first attempt to solve the problem over the telephone so have an exact description of your problem available when you call You do not need to be within the warranty period to obtain over-the-phone assistance

A ^ M V - mdash A d B ^ K M I ^ M 131BuslnessPatfcLoopPOBox6SOCai

-PI s y s i Q m s inc-2raquolaquoa22=M^^

131 Business Parfc Loop PO Box 650 Cartsborg VM9 0S324 _ FAX36(W8a3525 E^nrt flnsysQa-ntsyttanB-oom Wsbsfte hHpiMNvwa-nnystsnisooni

9

Theory of Operation

The operation of the Model 2100 is summarized In the block diagram (see Fig 3) Not shown are all of the interconnections with the microcontroller The intemal microcontroler plays an important role in setting the signal path but does not directly

contribute to the dynamic characteristics It scans the front panel switches and sets the control values for the logic arays It programs the intemal counters which along with the other hardware achieve the necessary sub-microsecond speeds

All action starts either from an input trigger signal (from Trig In) or from an intemal signal (in free Run mode only) A Delay timer counts the 10MHz clock until its count value Is exhausted At this point the Burst timer starts Both Period and Duration timers are started at this time If the Burst timer has not expired by the end of the Period the Period and Duration timers are restarted If the Biphasic mode has been set the Duration timer is restarted at the end of the initial Duration and the sign of the output pulse Is reversed doubling the total duration

The system state (pulse on pulse sip baseline sign [+101-]) is transmitted to the isolated section via optoisolator The baseline and pulse amplitudes are selected by an analog switch The resulting signal is amplified by a variable-power-supply discrete operational amplifier The amplifier connections and gain is modified to provide two voltage and three cunent ranges

Timing overlap errors are detected by a logical decision computation rather than by testing for counter collisions This provides instant feedback rather than waiting up to an hour for such a collision to occur Output errors are measured by sensing the output amplifiers differential input voltage Under normal conditions this is a negligible voltage if the amplifier fails to deliver the requested signal the window comparator testing this voltage sends this message (via optoisolator) to the logic section turning on a warning LED

fl-N Systems Inc 131BusbnassPa(tLoopPOBox6SOCari3boigVMg8324 H n |TWoph0n880O426-13083eO6Blaquo300FMt36Olaquo8i3525 E-nnl anaysflfriinysleiiaoemWfcbslte hllphmwraquoimyatennoom

TRIG 3HJ) OUT

(burst)

TRIG ^ OUT

(pulse)

E

Ml

Calibration Procedures

The calibration interval is the lesser of 1000 hours of operation or 6 months Somewhat greater drift can be expected in the first 100 hours of operation as the semiconductors age Adjustments should only be made after the instrument has been fully warmed up for at least 15 minutes

Full instrument calibration requires the following test equipment digital multimeter (plusmn 01) able to measure resistance to at least lOOMfl oscilloscope with at least 50MHz bandwidth true-rms voltmeter with 4MHz bandwidth universal counter (plusmn 001 ) able to measure single pulse widths and periods resistors (all plusmn 01) 2kn lOkH 1 waft 20kn 200kn alligator clip lead sets banana plugs and BNC adapters

Adjustment integrated circuit and test point locations are shown in the following figures All adjustments are on the timing board unless otherwise noted

All voltages in the non-isolated section should be measured with respect to ground at TP510 unless othenvise stated Some voltages are measured with respect to an intemal isolated ground at TP650 or across the two output tenninals Occasionally the voltage at an IC pin must be measured In these cases the reference designator is given with the pin number in parentheses eg U602(16) When it states within this procedure that a voltage is to be minimized this means that the adjustment should be made such that the measured voltage is as close to zero volts as possible Refer to the Specifications Section of this manual for acceptable tolerances

The sequence of this procedure is Important If any adjustment is made all adjustments which follow must be made to ensure that the specifications will be met These procedures require that all controls remain as set in previous steps unless otherwise indicated

WARNING

The Model 2100 has dangerous voltages throughout the instrument even with the power is off Servicing the Model 2100 should only be done by qualified service personnel Use caution in handling any wires connectors or electrodes which may be directly or indirectly attached to the Instrument Do not touch exposed connections or components Disconnect power by unplugging the power cord from the receptacle

fl-N Systems I n c ^ 131BusinesaPartcLoopPOBox850CartsborgVWiB8324 4 n ^gt-mdash80O426-130638Ofl8Jlaquo300FAX36O683J52S bull E-maft BinsysQfrfn^islflnisoomVVfalislle h^KVfWMift^iisystemsoani

CO

- R503

Omg^

TPSOlQ O

OTPSOO

U560 bull

U510

DDID ^ trade E O ^ T P 5 1 0

bullnD Trig

0 ^

U570

Gate n U505

DO D

U515

Timing

Timing h_ U520

bsoo ^25SE Timing

Or r U540

I I Tmlng

[^ELIL

U535 D

U506

13 J510 Timlnff

BurfiDelay J400

i i i i i i i T r m r a

gt U550 ^

Clock

U555 U620

B a

^R^Pvhigh Rfijn O D O Vlow

o

bull U545

Fo sect737 lISOIsPjC-COMP

n r r ^ U760

J420

]]U632

Q S riuGSO

H = ) TP640^ deg I t I

II3D

J440 m i T i

U610 plusmn laquo j U O

bull bull l el

^t

O l

bull

M

I

Power supply and bias voltages

Power supply

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

POWER ON Observe voltage at P703 power supply wire top of main board

Check for+15 plusmn 050 V

Observe voltage at P701 power supply wire top of main board

Check for-15 plusmn 050 V

Observe voltage at U505(24) Check for+5 plusmn 025 V

Isolated supply voltage

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

RANGE 10 V TRIG open circuit MODE center position

Altemately observe V^ from R742 to R740 and V ^ from the U605(4) to U605(8)

Adjust R773 so that 110VltV^lt 120 V and

nign

28VltV^lt34V

Capacitance balance

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Connect a x10 oscilloscope probe to TP650 and ground the

Adjust R737 for minimum high frequency signal

Inputs

Gate funct ion

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave Verify that the voltage to GATE switches states at the Obsene voltage at U51G(3) proper input levels with an oscilloscope ^ ^

Trigger s lope

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave Verify that the voltage to TRIO switches states at the Observe voltage at US 10( 1) proper input levels with an oscilloscope

TRIG SLOPE + Verify voltage is 180 out of phase

TRIG SLOPE Verify voltage is in phase

fl-N Systems Inc ^ 131 Bushess Park Loop PO Bar 850 Carisborg Wa 98324 8004201306 3eOlaquoS3e300 FAX 3606BV352S

C-maft fliii8yBQfriii9yBlumaoamVIAibsMB hRpJhwMifi-iiiBystematxini

14

Trigger and gate funct ion

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

DELA NONE BURS1WII3TH SINGLE DURATION SQUARE PERIOD 100X10-3

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave to TRIG Obsen^e TRIOD and EVENT LEDS

TRIG disconnect all Short the GATE connector to GND Verify LEDs extinguish

MODE press to MANUAL Verify LEDs flash once

Timing

System c lock frequency

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Observe the frequency of the wave atU555(17)

Verify 1000 MHz plusmn001

Multipl iers (Wheel Switches)

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

PULSE SIGN + MODE FREE RUN TRIG disconnect all TIMING MULTIPUERS ail

wheels set to zero except the one being tested

TnmiNG OVERLAP ^nOTB

Observe the pulse width with the counter at the location specified below

Verify pulse width Is correct for each wheel as it is tested Independently

For each wheel of each MULTIPUER test each position to verify that the pulse width is correct Observe the signal at the following locations DELAY U520(2) BURSTWIDTH U530(2) PERIOD US40(2) DURATION U550(2)

Rates (Rotary Switches)

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

TIMING MULTIPUERS 001 TIMING RATES all rotary

switches set to 10-4 except the one being tested

Observe the pulse width with the counter at the location specified below

Verify pulse width is conect for each rotary switch as it is tested independently

For each of the four rotary switches in TIMING test each position to verify that the pulse wkJth is correct Observe the signal at the following locations DELAY U520(2) BURSTWIDTH U530(2) PERIOD U540(2) DURATION U550(2)

fl-N Systems I n c ^ E-maft emfl

131 Business Parti Loop PO 809(850 Cartsborg Wta 98324 8004201306 3804806300 FAX 36068O3S25

E-maft ansysQa nvystems-oom Wobste hflp Avwwa4nsy8(Qnttoam

15

Trigger outputs Controls

Range 10V Pulse Amplitude 500 Delay 100x10 Burst 100x10^2 Duration 100 x1a Period 400x10^ Pulse sign + Trig Mode Free run Trig in open

Inputs Observations

Trigger the oscilloscope to the Burst Trig Out Observe it the Pulse Trig Out and the isolated output

Adjust Check

Verify that the waveform consists of a burst of three 1ms-on3ms-off pulses The burst trigger should be synchronous with the burst the pulse trigger coincident with each pulse

Output Calibration

Isolation Resistance (check) Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode center position Trig In open

Measure the resistance between ground banana jack (front panel) and black banana jack of output with DMM

Resistance read gt 100MQ

Amplitude Switch Offset (R640) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Zero Trig Mode center position Trig In Open

Measure the voltage at TP645 vs TP650 with the DMM

Adjust R640 (AmpI Sw Offset) for minimum voltage

Output Offset (R332 front panel board) Controls I nputsObservatlons AdjustCheck

Baseline Zero Range 10V Trig Mode center position Trig In Open

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

Adjust R332 (Output offset) for minimum voltage

Positive Baseline Offset (R607) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Sign + Baseline Amplitude

fully CCW (000) Range 10V Trig In open Trig Mode center position

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

Adjust R602 (BSLN + offset) for minimum voltage

fl M raquo _ _ _ A laquo ^ _ i ^ ^ 131Buslnelaquo8Pari(loopPOBoK850Cart8borgWB96324

bull P I i s V S i e m S a |||Cg1Maphans80O42O130638O68O8300FAX36Olaquo8raquo^2S E-tiBft anagtraquoflwiisyagtlaquomraquoaimW6baHB hHpffii(wwraquoltnsylaquoleniieom

16

Negative Baseline Offset (R619) Controls

Baseline Sign -i Baseline Amplitude bull fully CCW (000)

Range 10V Trig In open Trig Mode center position

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

AdjustCheck

Adjust R619 (BSLN 4 offset) for minimum voltage

Pulse Amplitude Adjust (R602) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode Free Mode Pulse Amplitude 1000 Timing Dialay =none Burst =single Duration =1001 Period =00110-4 Pulse Sign -Trig In open Range 10V

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

The Overiap indicator should be on Adjust R602 (Max Level) for -1000V out

Pulse Sign Gain (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode Free Mode Pulse Amplitude 1000 Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =1001 s Period =00110-4s Trig In open Range 10V

Measure the voltage at the output with the DMM for the Pulse Sign at -- and - positions

The absolute values of the voltages should differ by less than lOOmV

Baseline Amplitudes (check) Controls InputsObservations

Range 100mA Trig Mode center position Baseline Amplitude fully CW (1000) Trig In open

Measure the voltage at the output with the DMM with Baseline Sign in + Zero and - positions

AdjustCheck

Gain the matching of current levels at = and - positions and offset current in Zero position

fl-N Systems Inc^^ bull E-mal am8

131 Business Partt Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 88324 8004201306360laquo8Oe300FAX 360laquo8O362S

E-maM am8y8^o-mBy8tflmBoom WobaKo hHp Awwwo-f i iBystonuoom

17

Output Range Amplitude and Drive (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Pulse Amplitude 1000 Pulse Sign + Trig Mode Free Run Timing Delay =none Burst =8ingle Duration =1001 Period =10010-4 Trig In open

Load the output with a 10KV1W 01 resistor Measure the voltage at the output with DMM

Verify that full scale output is within specification Scale Range 100V 100V 10V 10V 100mA IV 1mA 10V 10mA 100V

Pulse Sign and Short Circuit Protection (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Timing Delay =none Burst =8ingle Duration =200 10-4 Period =00110-3 Baseline Zero Pulse Amplitude 25 Range 10V Trig Mode Free Run Trig In open

Measure the voltage at the output with the oscilloscope Check for Pulse Sign set to each of + - biphasic Watch for Error indicator when shorting the output

Verify that pulses of approx 25V amplitude (625V for biphasic mode) of the correct sign are produced every 10ms Short output in biphasic mode Output should retum when opened

Output Transient Response (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Pulse Sign + Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =20010-4 Period =00110-3 Pulse Amplitude 250 Baseline Zero Trig Mode Free Mode Trig In open

Connect the oscilloscope to the output with a 310 attenuator prolse Test boVn 10V and 100V ranges

Verify that overshoot and risetime meet specifications

fl-N Systems I n c ^ 131 Business Parte Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wb 98324 8004201306 36Olaquo83O300 FAX 36O680lt352S

E-mQ0 snBy8Qs-msy8faiTiscom VWriMtte N ^ Mvww9-msy8lemscom

18

Specifications

There are three classes of specifications Class A specifications tested in all unHs and are guaranteed Class B specifications are inherent in the design they are indirectly tested and are guaranteed Class C specifications are typical operating values which are occasionally tested- these are typical values given for your infomiation but not guarshyanteed The class for each specification is noted in the center column of the following sections

Inputs Switching level

Hysteresis

Input equivalent circuit

Minimum duration (1 IL-level signal)

A

C

C

C

16V(plusmn02V)

approx 50 mV

100K ft to+5 In parallel with no more than 35pF

gt 50 ns

Open circuit condition B defaults to highon level

Timing and rate accuracy Rate selector steps

Timing multiplier steps

Resolution

Timing eror (second and later pulses after resetting controls)

B

B

B

B

lOOps to 100s In 7 steps

1 of rate selector step size Maximum value is 999 x the rate selector step size

approx 01 of the maximum value

lt 002 of rate selector value + 015 ps

Timing error (first pulse after readjusting timing controls)

an additional 025 ps error may occur

Timing repeatability lt 001 setting + 20 ns (monophasic)

fl-N Systems I nc ^ bull E-moU ams

131 Business Parti Loop PO Boot 850 Cartsborg VM 98324 80O42O130838O08O8300FAX36Olaquo8O3S2S

E-meU anByafl^iiisyslainaoomWebsHe hHpffliiwwraquomsys)emsoom

19

TRIG IN to OUTPUT delay (DELAY set to 0) output set to 2V

Timing jitter ft-om TRIG IN to OUTPUT (for TTL trigger input with risetime lt10 ns)

Timing jitter ft^om TRIG OUT (either BURST or PULSE) and OUTPUT

Trigger output to pulse output delay

Output charactsristics Pulse level enror (voltage mode open circuit cun-ent mode short circuit

Biphasic level difference |V + + V-|2

Baseline level error (voltage mode A open circuit current mode short circuit)

Risetime (25 V out)

Risetime (25 V out)

Transient response

A

A

A

Output impedance (voltage mode) C

Output impedance (current mode) C

Isolation resistance A

Isolation capacitance C

approx 05 ps for a load of no more than 10 Kft in parallel with 50 pF

lt 125 ns (all rates except 100s) lt 125 ps (100s rate)

Less than 20 ns (all rates)

approx 350 ns

lt 03 of setting + 05 of r range (plus an additional 05 pA inlOOpArenge)

lt 03 of range (voltage modes into open circuit current modes into short circuit)

lt 03 of setting of setting + 01 of range (plus an additional 05 pA in lOOpA range)

laquo 200 ns into less than 30 pF

laquo15 ps into less than 30 pF

lt 8 overshoot Into less than 30 pF for pulse voltages different than baseline voltage by at least 10 of range

laquo 50 ohms

raquo 1 0 Gft (typically 200 Gft)

raquo100Mft

laquo 60 pF at 100 Hz

fl-N Systems Inc^^ 131 Business Partt Uxip PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 96324 8004201308 SBOee^^SOO FAX 360laquoS3^52S

E-mat BiByraquoaiMii8ylaquoliiiiiseomWiljalteHlpJV(wwraquo4tgy8lenaoom

20

Noise (differential mode)

Noise (common mode earth to isolated ground) with no signal output

Overioad error indicator (low frequency short circuited voltage mode)

Overioad error indicator low frequency open circuited current mode)

Overioad enor response time

Miscellaneous

Power

Fuse

Operating temperature range

Storage temperature range

Operating humidity

Dimensions

Weight

laquo1 mV rms (10 V scale 10Hz-4MHz)

laquo 8 mV rms (10 Hz-4 MHz) laquo100mVp-p (200 Hz -10 MHz) measured withalOMft 15pF oscilloscope probe

Turns on for set amplitude at or greater than approx plusmn1V (10 V range) or plusmn2 V (100 V range)

Turns on for set amplitude at or above approx 2 of range

Flat to approx 30 ps duration Decreasing sensitivity for shorter pulses

approx 11 watts

1 amp 3 AG

10-30C

0 - 50deg C

5-80RH

17x475x1125 (Inches) 432x121x286 cm

20 lbs (9 kg)

fl mm bull gt _ _ _ A ^ ^ _ _ L ^ 131BusinesraquoPariltLocpPOBox850C8rtsborgWS9e324

bull p i ^ y s v e m s IIIC^^deg(^deg^Bdegltgt^^^3degdeg^deg^^deg^^^degdeg^^I^deg^deg^^^^^

21 E-mei flre^nQo 4n8yo(amscam Wsbsfle hHpAwwwe-msy8Jems-Oom

Warranty and Service

What does this warranty cover A-M Systems Inc warrants to the Purchaser that the Instrument excluding cables Headstage Probes and any other accessories shipped with the Instrument (hereafter the hardware) is free from defects in workmanship or material under normal use and service for the period of one (1) year This warranty commences on the date of delivery of the hardware to the Purchaser

What are the obligations of A-M Systems Inc under this warranty During the warranty period A-M Systems Inc agrees to repair or replace at its sole option without charge to the Purchaser any defective component part of the hardware To obtain warranty service the Purchaser must return the hardware to A-M Systems Inc or an authorized A-M Systems Inc distributor in an adequate shipping container Any postage shipping and insurance charges incurred in shipping the hardware to A-M Systems Inc must be prepaid by the Purchaser and all risk for the hardware shall remain with purchaser until such time as A-M Systems Inc takes receipt of the hardware Upon receipt A-M Systems Inc will promptly repair or replace the defective unit and then return the hardware to the Purchaser postage shipping and insurance prepaid A-M Systems Inc may use reconditioned or like new parts or units at its sole option when repairing any hardware Repaired products shall carry the same amount of outstanding wan^nty as from original purchase or ninety (90) days which ever is greater Any claim under the warranty must include a dated proof of purchase of the hardware covered by this wan-anty In any event A-M Systems Inc liability for defective hardware is limited to repairing or replacing the hardware

What is not covered by this warranty This warranty is contingent upon proper use and maintenance of the hardware by the Purchaser and does not cover batteries Neglect misuse whether intentional or otherwise tampering with or altering the hardware damage caused by accident damage caused by unusual physical electrical chemical or electromechanical stress damage caused by failure of electrical power or damage caused during transportation are not covered by this warranty Products may not be returned to A-M Systems Inc for service whether under warranty or otherwise which are contaminated by infectious agents radioactive compounds or other materials constituting a health hazard to employees of A-M Systems Inc

What are the limits of llabiiity for A-M Systems inc under this warranty A-M Systems Inc shall not be liable for loss of data profits or savings or any special incidental consequential indirect or other similar damages arising from breach of contract negligence or other legal action even if the company or its agent has been advised of the possibility of such damages or for any claim brought against you by another party THIS EQUIPMENT IS NOT INTENDED FOR CLINICAL MEASUREMENTS USING HUMAN SUBJECTS A-M SYSTEMS INC DOES NOT ASSUME RESPONSIBILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE DUE TO MISUSE OF THIS EQUIPMENT Jurisdictions vary with regard to the enforceability of provisions excluding or limiting liability for incidental or consequential damages Check the provision of your local jurisdiction to find out whether the above exclusion applies to you This warranty allocates risks of product failure between the Purchaser and A-M Systems Inc A-M Systems Inc hardware pricing reflects this allocation of risk and the limitations of liability contained in this wanranty The warranty set forth above is in lieu of all other express wan^anties whether oral or written The agents employees distributors and dealers of A-M Systems Inc are not authorized to make modifications to this wan-anty or additional wan-anties binding on the company Accordingly additional statements such as dealer advertising or presentations whether oral or written do not constitute wananties by A-M Systems Inc and should not be relied upon This warranty gives you specific legal rights You may also have other rights whrch vary from one jurisdiction to another

6 mm ^ laquo _ _ A a B ^ _ 1 ^ ^ 131 Business Parti Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg W B 98324 O O

bull P l A y S V e m S l n C T^M 8OO42OI3O6 380683-8300FAX 360 803525 ^ ^ E-msl iiiisy80iHTBy8tenisoom Wsbsito hnphwwfrimysleiiisoom

A

V ISO

INSTRUCTION MANUAL

FOR

ISOLATED PULSE STIMULATOR

MODEL 2100

Serial

Date

A-M Systems Inc

PO Box 850

Carlsborg WA 98324

USA

360-683-8300 bull 800-426-1306 FAX 360-683-3525

httpwwwa-msystemscom

Version 70 February 2002

Contents General Description 1

Instrument Features 1 Controls and Connectors 2

Operating Instructions 6 Theory of Operation 10 Calibration Procedures 12

Inputs 14 Output Calibration 16

Specifications 19 Warranty and Service 22

Each Isolated Pulse Stimulator is delivered complete with

Rack Mount Hardware Instructions amp Maintenance Manual

NOTE

This instrument is not intended for clinical measurements using human subjects A-M Systems Inc does not assume responsibility for Injury or damage due to the misuse of this instrument

General Description

Instrument Features The Isolated Pulse Stimulator Model 2100 is designed for a wide variety of applications It is highly flexible being capable of delivering single pulses biphasic pairs or bursts of pulses Pulses may be started manually or upon receiving a trigger signal from another Instrument or computer Two non-isolated trigger outputs are available for triggering other instruments

Four sets of timing controls provide comprehensive control overall aspects of pulse generation Three digit accuracy is available over a 7 decade range for each timing function using lever wheel switches Pulse widths can be set over more than a 9 decade range from 05 ps to 999 seconds Timing accuracy is assured through the use of a 10 MHz base rate crystal-controlled clock digitally divided to provide accurate timing over the entire range Atiming overiap indicator will light If the timing controls are set inconsistently

The output may be conveniently switched between current and voltage modes Pulse and baseline amplitudes are Independently presettable with lockable dials An error Indicator will light if the Mode2700 cannot deliver the desired signal

r WARNING

The Model 2100 can produce potentially dangerous voltages up to 100 V at the output connectors The isolated output is not connected internally to safety (earth) ground in any way Some part of the extemal circuit should be connected to safety ground Use caution in handling any wires connectors or electrodes which may be directly or indirectly attached to the Model 2100 output Some kinds of connectors such as BNC connectors have exposed metal parts which may float at dangerous potentials unless extemally connected to safety ground For greatest safety tum the Model 2100 off before making any connections to

the instrument

131 Business Parii Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Telophone 800-426-1306 bull 360-68raquolaquo300 bull FAX 360683-3525 E-mal satesa-msystemsoom VVfebsite httpywwwa^nsystemscom fl-N Systems Inc 1

Controls and Connectors The controls for the Model 2100 are grouped in three sections START which controls when a pulse or burst of pulses begins TIMING which controls the onoff timing of one or more pulses and OUTPUT which controls the amplitude of the output signal

Start TRIG SLOPE Determines the polarity of valid trigger pulses (positive or negative edges in the trigger signal)

MODE Controls waveform initiation When set to FREE RUN one timing cycle immediately follows the last When momentarily placed In the MANUAL position a timing cycle starts Immediately When the switch Is In the center position timing cycles start when valid triggering events occur

TRIGD This LED lights up when a timing cycle Is in process and continues until the burst is completed

TRIG This BNC connector allows a signal from an external source to Initiate timing cycles It is set for standard TTL levels

GATE This BNC connector allows a signal from an external source to restrict the final output signal This input must be at a logical high (or open-circuited) in order for the Model 2100 to recognize either manual or automatic trigger events

Gate 1_ Trigger |~~^ i I Valid triggers (represented by the arrows in the figure) can occur only when the gate Is at logical high Note that the up arrow would apply only If TRIG SLOPE is set to + the down an-ows would apply only if TRIG SLOPE Is set to -

NOTE Triggers have no effect if the system has not completed its response to a previous trigger

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Park Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Vb 98324 TelQphQne 80O426-1306 360683-8300 FAX 360683-3525 E-mail sales^a-msystemscom Wsbsite httpywwwa-msystemscom

Timing Four sets of controls govern the timing of pulse generation Each set contains two values which are multiplied together to detemnine the actual timing value The rotary knob (rate selector) provides the approximate timing value and the lever wheel switch bank (MULTIPLIER)

provides a time resolution of three decimal digits The following diagram shows most of the Important relationships

Output r Delay Duration

|ltPeriodgtj

t Burst width

Trigger event

DELAY These controls determine the time duration between the initiating trigger event and the beginning of the pulse burst If this rate selector is set to NONE or the multiplier is set to 000 there Is no delay

BURST WIDTH These controls determine the time period in which one or more pulses may be delivered Once started a pulse may outlast the burst width If this rate selector is set to SINGLE or to any time shorter than the pulse duration only a single pulse will occur If the BURST WIDTH Is longer than the period pulses will be emitted at the PERIOD rate until the burst time ends Pulses are never truncated by a short BURSTWIDTH

inds)-PULSE

D U R A T I O N 1 0 1 0

10

INTEB-PULSE PERIOD

1 1 10

DURATION These controls determine the length of each pulse Ifthis rate selector Is set to SQUARE the duration is set to half of the period regardless of the MULTIPLIER setting

PERIOD These controls set the period of time between adjacent pulse events within the burst It also forces a minimum dead time between recognized input triggers following a burst of one or more pulses This can be used to prevent over stimulation of a tissue without requiring excessive delay between the triggering event and the stimulating pulse

TIMING OVERLAP

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 860 Carisborg Vamp 98324 |Telophone 800-426-1306 360683-8300 bull FAX 3606aW525 E-mail salearega^nsystemsoom Vfeb5ite httpAwwwa^nsyslemscam

NOTE If any of these timing controls are changed while a timing cycle is in operation the results are undefined until the current cycle finishes

TIMING OVERLAP This LED will light to Indicate an inconsistency in the timing cycle settings There are several ways to introduce such errors The most common way is to set the Inter-pulse PERIOD to be less than the pulse DURATION

T I M I N G (seconds)^

TRIG OUT (UPPER) This BNC connector provides a signal which is coincident with the Internal Burst timing signal (default) This means the signal starts at the end of the Delay time and persists until the Burst time expires This output may also be set to represent the delay time-out by setting the internal jumper J510 to the right two pins instead of the left two pins (Please see the Calibration section in this manual for jumper location Directions are given as viewed from the front of the Instrument)

TRIG OUT (LOWER) This BNC connector provides a signal which Is coincident with the Duration timing signal which controls pulse output

NOTE Both trigger output signals slightly lead the isolated output signal

Output

PULSE SIGN This switch determines the polarity of the pulses to be generated It also allows generation of biphasic pulses thereby doubling the effective total period Warning the first pulse generated after changing the PULSE

SIGN switch may have the wrong polarity

BASELINE This Switch determines the polarity ofthe baseline signal

RANGE This rotary switch determines if the output pulses will be constant current (3 ranges) or constant voltage (2 ranges)

BASELINE AMPLITUDE This value is independently set using a ten-turn counting dial The maximum baseline amplitude is one tenth the value shown on the range amplitude switch

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 8S0 Cartsborg Vfa 98324 |Tetaphone 80O426-1306 bull 360683-8300 bull FAX 3606803525 E-mail salesa-msystemscom Wbbsite http7Awwwaflnsystemscom

PULSE AMPLITUDE This value is independently set using a ten-turn counting dial The maximum pulse amplitude is the value shown on the range amplitude switch

EVENT This LED indicates when a pulse is ongoing

ERROR This LED indicates when the internal output amplifier cannot output the pulse as desired This is usually due to a short circuit while trying to output a voltage or an open circuit while trying to output a current

VOTEThe Pulse Sign control in the Oupuf section directly affects waveform timing When set to the Biphasic mode a positive-going pulse is immediately followed by a negative-going pulse This effectively doubles the pulse duration If a burst of biphasic pulses is being produced the period must be at least twice the single pulse duration In the Square wave mode the baseline disappears as long as the burst persists

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsboig Vte 98324 |Telophone 800426-1306 360683-8300 bull FAX 3606833525 E-mail salesa-m5ystem5 com Website httpwwwa-msystemscom

Operating Instructions

Examples Simple setup (and minimal instrument test)

Connect the output ofthe Model 2100 to an oscilloscope Before connecting the Model 2100 to any other instrument or the experimental preparation It is safest to turn Its power off

Set the Oufpuf controls

Range 10V Pulse Sign +

Baseline Zero Pulse Amplitude 200

Setting The Timing Controls

Delay Burst Width

Duration Period

none single

15010-2 50010-2

Setting The Start Controls

Mode Free Run

Disconnect any cables to the TRIG or GATE inputs

Note that the green Trig and Event Indicators turn on as Free Run is turned on (and turn off otherwise) You should observe a 15ms duration 20Hz rate pulse of 200V above a OV baseline on the oscilloscope

fl-N Systems Inc 131 BusinessPartiLoop RO Box850CarisbcxgWa98324 |Telophone 800426-1306 bull 360-683-8300 bull FW 360683-3525 E-mail salesa-msystems com VVbbsite httpywwwa-msystems com

Demonstration of Burst Mode Connect the output ofthe Model 2100 to an oscilloscope Before connecting the Model 2100 to any other instrument or the experimental preparation It Is safest to turn its power off

Set the Outpuf controls

Range 10V Pulse Sign +

Baseline Pulse Amplitude 200

Baseline Amplitude 100

Setting The Timing Controls

Delay 88010-2 Burst Width 12010-^

Duration 15010-2 Period 50010-2

Set the START controls as follows

Mode Free Run

Disconnect any cables to the TRIG or GATE inputs

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Telophooe 8004201306 360683-8300 bull FAX 360683-3525 E^naii salesa-msystems com Watjsite http7wwwa-msystemscom

Trigger the oscilloscope from the Bursf trigger out (upper Trig Out connector) for a stable display In each burst (occurring every lOOms) you should observe a trio of 15ms duration starting 50ms apart Try switching the StartMode from Free Run to the center (nonnal) position The pulses will no longer be produced and the Trig and Event Indicators will tum off Pressing this switch once (to Manual) will cause a single burst to occur

Problem Solving If the instrument appears to be not working properiy check all ofthe control settings and connections Be sure to wait at least 5-10 seconds after turning the instrument off before turning it on again The following summary of typical problems for the user (along with the most common solutions) may help

Problem CauseSolution

EVENT Indicator never lights even in FREE RUN mode

bull Replace fuse check power connection bullSet DELAY or PERIOD to a shorter interval

bull Power-on too soon after power-off

OVERLAP Indicator is on

ERROR indicator is on

bull Set DURATION gt000 bull DURATION Is set to SQUARE but

PERIOD is 000 Increase PERIOD or set DURATION independantly

bull BURST and WIDTH are gt DURATION increase PERIOD or decrease DURATION

bull BIPHASIC pulse output Is on and PERIOD is not longer than twice the DURATION Increase PERIOD or decrease DURATION

bull Free-run Is on and BURST is lt PERIOD (BURST off) DELAY is 0 and PERIOD Is lt DURATION Add delay or modify PERIOD

bull Free-run is on and BURST is gt DURATION (BURST ON) and PERIOD is lt DURATION Increase PERIOD

bull For VOLTAGE outputs the output is trying to drive too low a resistance or capacitance (eg a short circuit) Check by disconnecting the output ft is possible (and normal) that for the fastest cycles and largest amplitudes (close to 100 V

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business PartiLoop PO Box 850 CartsborgWa 98324 iTelophone 800-42O130636O6e3-8300FAX 3606B3-3525 E-mail satesaflisyslefmcom Vfebslte http7wwwa-msyslemscom

and 1 ps) that the ERROR indicator might always come on during repetitive pulses Fix output load or decrease amplitude as required

Time appears to be excessive Changed control in mid-cycle (resets current status)

Cant seem to get a full signal out Load Is not properiy connected repair wiring Too low a load impedance (VOLTAGE modes) or too high a load impedance (CURRENT mode)

Incoming triggers not accepted frequently enough

PERIOD is set too long (enforces dead time) followd by BURST set to SIGNAL Reduce PERIOD time

Table 10 Problem Solving

If you suspect that the Model 2100 may have completely failed we recommend checking the basic level of functionality Ifthis fails your instrument Is defective and must be repaired Ifthis passes either your experimental setup is incompatible or inconsistent or there is a more subtle flaw in your Model 2100

If the Model 2100 appears to be malfunctioning contact A-M Systems Inc or your dealer We will first attempt to solve the problem over the telephone so have an exact description of your problem available when you call You do not need to be within the warranty period to obtain over-the-phone assistance

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 iTetoptxme 80O426-1306 bull 360683-8300 FAX 3606803525 E-mail satesa-msystemsoomAfebsitehttpJwwwaflisystemscom

Theory of Operation

The operation ofthe Model 2100 is summarized in the block diagram (see the figure on Page 11) Not shown are all ofthe interconnections with the microcontroller The internal microcontroler plays an important role in setting the signal path but does not directly contribute to the dynamic characteristics It scans the front panel switches and sets the control values for the logic arrays It programs the internal counters which along with the other hardware achieve the necessary sub-microsecond speeds

Pulse generation starts either from an Input trigger signal (from Trig In) or an internally signal (Free Run mode) A Delay timer counts the 10MHz clock until its count value is exhausted At this point the Burst Period and Duration timers are started If the Burst timer has not expired by the end ofthe Period the Period and Duration timers are restarted If the Biphasic mode has been set the Duration timer is restarted at the end of the initial Duration and the sign ofthe output pulse is reversed doubling the total duration

The system state (pulse on pulse sign baseline sign [+0f-]) is transmitted to the isolated section via optoisolator The baseline and pulse amplitudes are selected by an analog switch The resulting signal is amplified by a variable-power-supply discrete operational amplifier The amplifier connections and gain is modified to provide two voltage and three current ranges

Timing overiap errors are detected by a logical decision computation rather than by testing for counter collisions This provides instant feedback rather than waiting up to an hour for such a collision to occur Output errors are measured by sensing the output amplifiers differential input voltage Under normal conditions this is a negligible voltage If the amplifier fails to deliver the requested signal the window comparator testing this voltage sends this message (via optoisolator) to the logic section turning on a warning LED

fl-N Systems Inc 131BusinessPart(LoopRO Box850CarisboigWa98324 4 n Tel0pri0ne80O426-130636O683^300FAX36O6833525 ^ E-mail salesaflisystBmscom V febsite http7wwwa-msystemsoom

S i

I - - ^^mdasho^M

OUTPUT i l l

TRIG ^ OUT

(burst)

TRIG 3-lt) OUT

(pulse)

til

I laquo

Calibration Procedures

The calibration interval is the lesser of 1000 hours of operation or 6 months Somewhat greater drift can be expected in the first 100 hours of operation as the semiconductors age Adjustments should only be made after the instrument has been fully warmed up for at least 15 minutes

Full instrument calibration requires the following test equipment digital multimeter (plusmn 01) able to measure resistance to at least lOOMO oscilloscope with at least 50MHz bandwidth true-mis voltmeter with 4MHz bandwidth universal counter (plusmn 001 ) able to measure single pulse widths and periods resistors (all plusmn 01) 2kn lOkH 1 watt 20kn 200kn alligator clip lead sets banana plugs and BNC adapters

Adjustment integrated circuit and test point locations are shown in the following figures All adjustments are on the timing board unless othenAise noted

All voltages in the non-isolated section should be measured with respect to ground at TP510 unless othenwise stated Some voltages are measured with respect to an internal isolated ground at TP650 or across the two output temninals Occasionally the voltage at an IC pin must be measured in these cases the reference designator is given with the pin number in parentheses eg U602(16) When it states within this procedure that a voltage is to be minimized this means that the adjustment should be made such that the measured voltage is as close to zero volts as possible Refer to the Specifications Section of this manual for acceptable tolerances

The sequence of this procedure is important If any adjustment is made all adjustments which follow must be made to ensure that the specifications will be met These procedures require that all controls remain as set in previous steps unless othenAise indicated

WARNING

The Model 2100 has dangerous voltages throughout the instrument even with the power is off Servicing the Model 2100 should only be done by qualified service personnel Use caution in handling any wires connectors or electrodes which may be directly or indirectly attached to the instrument Do not touch exposed connections or components Disconnect power by unplugging the power cord from the receptacle

H B ^ ^ S y s t e m s inc^degdegp^deg^^deg-^^^^^^^^B3^^^degdeg^^^lt^^^B^^^^ 131BusinessPartiLoopPO Box850CartsbOigWamp98324 4 9 |Telophone800-42013C6360683-8300F0lt360683-3525 ^ E-mail salesa-msystefnscom website httpwwwaflisystems com

CO

TP501 O lt0

g OTPSOO

U560 S

Trig Gate

0 -TISOS

U570

U500

Timing

p U520

Timing

K U550 Timin

gt U540

U515

o X I Timin

U508 I

J510 Timing nnn

Burst Delay J400

gt U550

R503

D D I D bull U8QQ i Q

n

oo

V P 5 1 0

b U535

^

Clock i _

U555

lt U 5 4 5

o

h d ^ O - - ^ U605

Q D

U620

O fJZ^ R737 bull ^ 1^13015 r j C - C O M P

B B nU770 ^ ^ ^ 5 ^ a

J420

a

o E

bull [ ]U632

riueso

rR742rVhigh R 6 1 9 ^

LJ TP645 O TP650

TPMOQ^QS

Vlow

CD-

CZZl

J440 bull bull tl iUDQ

I t

f i l

Power supply and bias voltages

Power supply

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

POWER ON Observe voltage at P703 power supply wire top of main board

Check for+15 plusmn 050 V

Observe voltage at P701 power supply wire top of main board

Check for-15 plusmn 050 V

Observe voltage at U505(24) Check for +5 plusmn 025 V

Isolated supply voltage Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

RANGE 10 V TRIG open circuit MODE center position

Alternately observe V ^ from R742 to R740 and V ^ from theU605(4)toU605(8)

Adjust R773 so that 110VltV lt 120 V and

nigh

28VltV|^lt34V

Capacitance balance Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

Connect a xlO oscilloscope probe to TP650 and ground the

Adjust R737 for minimum high frequency signal

Inputs

Gate function Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave Verify that the voltage to GATE switches states at the Observe voltage at U510(3) proper input levels with an oscilloscope

Trigger slope Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave Verify that the voltage to TRIG switches states at the Observe voltage at U510( 1) proper input levels with an oscilloscope

TRIG SLOPE Verify voltage is 180deg out of phase

TRIG SLOPE Verify voltage is in phase

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 860 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Jelophone 800-4201306 360683-8300 bull FM 380683-3525 E-mail salesaflTsystBfnscom bull Vtebsite httpVAirwwaflisystems com

14

Trigger and gate f unc t i on

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

DELAY NONE BURS-nMDTH SINGLE DURATION SQUARE PERIOD 100X10-3

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave to TRIG Observe TRIGD and EVENT LEDs

TRIG disconnect all Short the GATE connector to GND Verify LEDs extinguish

MODE press to MANUAL Verify LEDs flash once

Timing

System c lock f requency

Controls Inputs Observations Ad jus t Check

Observe the frequency of the wave Verify 1000 MHz plusmn 001 atU555(17)

Mul t ip l iers (Wheel Swi tches)

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

PULSE SIGN-laquobull MODE FREE RUN TRIG disconnect all TIMING MULTIPUERS all

wheels set to zero except the one being tested

TIMING OVERLAP ignore

Observe the pulse width with the counter at the location specified t)elow

Verify pulse width is correct for each wheel as it is tested independently

For each wheel of each MULTIPLIER test each position to verify that the pulse width is correct Observe the signal at the following locations DELAY U520(2) BURSTWIDTH U530(2) PERIOD U540(2) DURATION U550(2)

Rates (Rotary Swi tches)

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

TIMING MULTIPUERS 001 Observe the pulse width with the TIMING RATES all rotary counter at the location specified

switches set to 10-4 below except the one being tested

Verify pulse width is correct for each rotary switch as it is tested independently

For each ofthe four rotary switches in TIMING test each position to verify that the pulse width is correct Observe the signal at the following locations DELAY U520(2) BURSTWIDTH U530(2) PERIOD U540(2) DURATION U550(2)

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 iTetophone 8004201306 bull 360683-8300 bull FOC 3606803525 E-mail salesa-msystemscom Wbbsite httpJwwwaflTSystemscom

15

Trigger outputs

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

Range 10V Pulse Amplitude 500 Delay 100 xlO^ Burst 100 x 10 ^ Duration 100x10-^ Period 400x10-^ Pulse sign + Trig Mode Free run Trig in open

Trigger the oscilloscope to the Burst Trig Out Observe it the Pulse Trig Out and the isolated output

Verify that the waveform consists of a burst of three 1ms-on3ms-off pulses The burst trigger should be synchronous with the burst the pulse trigger coincident with each pulse

Output Calibration

Isolation Resistance (check)

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode center position Trig In open

Measure the resistance between ground banana jack (front panel) and black banana jack of output with DMM

Resistance read gt 100MQ

Amplitude Switch Offset (R640)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Zero Trig Mode center position Trig In Open

Measure the voltage at TP645 vs TP650 with the DMM

Adjust R640 (AmpI Sw Offset) for minimum voltage

Output Offset (R332 front panel board) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Zero Range 10V Trig Mode center position Trig In Open

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

Adjust R332 (Output offset) for minimum voltage

Positive Baseline Offeet (R607) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Sign + Baseline Amplitude

fully CCW (000) Range 10V Trig In open Trig Mode center position

Measure the voltage across the outputwiththeDMM

Adjust R602 (BSLN + offset) for minimum voltage

fl-N Systems Inc 131 BusBiess Parti Loop P O Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Telophone B00-42O1306 bull 360683-8300 bull FAX 3606803525 E-mail salesaflisystemscom V^tebsite httpy^vwwa-msystems com

16

Negative Baseline Offset (R619)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Sign -Baseline Amplitude

fully CCW (000) Range 10V Trig In open Trig Mode center position

Measure the voltage across the outputwiththeDMM

Adjust R619 (BSLN + offset) for minimum voltage

Pulse Amplitude Adjust (R602)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode Free Mode Pulse Amplitude 1000 Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =1001 Period =00110-4 Pulse Sign -Trig In open Range 10V

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

The Overiap indicator should be on Adjust R602 (Max Level) for -10OOV out

Pulse Sign Gain (check)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode Free Mode Pulse Amplitude 1000 Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =100 1s Period =001 10-4s Trig In open Range 10V

Measure the voltage at the output with the DMM for the Pulse Sign at + and - positions

The absolute values ofthe voltages should differ by less than lOOmV

Baseline Amplitudes (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Range 100mA Trig Mode center position Baseline Amplitude fully CW (1000) Trig In open

Measure the voltage at the output with the DMM with Baseline Sign in + Zero and

- positions

Gain the matching of current levels at = and - positions and offset current in Zero position

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop PO Box 850 Cartsboig Wa 98324 Telophone 800-4201306 360683-8300 FkX 3606803525 E-mail salesa-msystemscom website http^^wwaflisystemsccm

17

Output Range Amplitude and Drive (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Pulse Amplitude 1000 Pulse Sign + Trig Mode Free Run Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =1001 Period =10010-4 Trig In open

Load the output with a 10KV 1W 01 resistor Measure the voltage at the output with DMM

Verify that full scale output is within specification Scale Range 100V 100V 10V 10V 100mA IV 1mA 10V 10mA 100V

Pulse Sign and Short Circuit Protection (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =200 10-4 Period =00110-3 Baseline Zero Pulse Amplitude 25 Range 10V Trig Mode Free Run Trig In open

Measure the voltage at the output with the oscilloscope Check for Pulse Sign set to each of + - biphasic Watch for Error indicator when shorting the output

Verify that pulses of approx 25V amplitude (625V for biphasic mode) of the correct sign are produced every 10ms Short output in biphasic mode Output should return when opened

Output Transient Response (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Pulse Sign + Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =20010-4 Period =00110-3 Pulse Amplitude 250 Baseline Zero Trig Mode Free Mode Trig In open

Connect the oscilloscope to the output with a 310 attenuator probe Test both 10V and 100V ranges

Verify that overshoot and risetime meet specifications

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Telophone 8004201306 bull 3606808300 bull Flaquo( 360laquo83ltJ525 E-mail salesa-msystemsocm V^febsite http^wwwa-msystefnscom

18

Specifications

There are three classes of specifications Class A specifications tested in all units and are guaranteed Class B specifications are inherent in the design they are indirectly tested and are guaranteed Class C specifications are typical operating values which are occasionally tested- these are typical values given for your information but not guarshyanteed The class for each specification is noted in the center column ofthe following sections

Inputs Switching level

Hysteresis

Input equivalent circuit

Minimum duration (1 IL-level signal)

A

C

C

C

16 V(plusmn 02 V)

approx 50 mV

lOOKH to+5 in parallel with no more than 35pF

gt 50 ns

Open circuit condition B defaults to highon level

Timing and rate accuracy Rate selector steps

Timing multiplier steps

B

B

lOOpsto 100s in 7 steps

1 of rate selector step size Maximum value is 999 X the rate selector step size

Resolution B approx 01 ofthe maximum value

Timing error (second and later pulses after resetting controls)

B lt 002 of rate selector value + 015 ps

Timing error (first pulse after readjusting timing controls)

an additional 025 ps error may occur

Timing repeatability lt 001 setting + 20 ns (monophasic)

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Ram Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Vfa 98324 pTelophone 8004201306 bull 360683-8300 bull FAX 360683-3525

E-mail salesraquoflisystems com Wabsite httpJAnww afl isystems com

19

TRIG IN to OUTPUT delay (DELAY set to 0) output set to 2V

Timing jitter from TRIG IN to OUTPUT (for TTL trigger input with risetime lt10 ns)

Timing jitter from TRIG OUT (either BURST or PULSE) and OUTPUT

Trigger output to pulse output delay

Output characteristics Pulse level error (voltage mode open circuit current mode short circuit

Biphasic level difference IV + - V-1 2

Baseline level error (voltage mode open circuit current mode short circuit)

Risetime (25 V out)

Risetime (25 V out)

Transient response

A

A

A

Output impedance (voltage mode) C

Output impedance (current mode) C

Isolation resistance A

Isolation capacitance C

approx 05 ps for a load of no more than 10 KH in parallel with 50 pF

lt 125 ns (all rates except 100s) lt 125 ps (100s rate)

Less than 20 ns (all rates)

approx 350 ns

lt 03 of setting + 05 of r range (plus an additional 05 pA in 100 pA range)

lt 03 of range (voltage modes into open circuit current modes into short circuit)

lt 03 of setting of setting + 01 of range (plus an additional 05 pA in lOOpA range)

= 200 ns into less than 30 pF

= 15 ps into less than 30 pF

lt 8 overshoot into less than 30 pF for pulse voltages different than baseline voltage by at least 10 of range

= 50 ohms

raquo 1 0 GH (typically 200 GO)

raquo 1 0 0 M n

= 60 pF at 100 Hz

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Peril Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg V6 98324 |TelCf)hone 800-4201306 3606808300 bull FAX 360683-3525 E-mal salesaflisystefnsoom Website hnpyMVfWafllsystemsoom

20

Noise (differential mode)

Noise (common mode earth to isolated ground) with no signal output

Overload error indicator (low frequency short circuited voltage mode)

Overload error indicator low frequency open circuited current mode)

Overioad error response time

Miscellaneous

= 1 mV rms (10 V scale 10 Hz-4 MHz)

= 8 mV rms (10 Hz-4 MHz) == 100mVp-p (200 Hz -10 MHz) measured withalOMH 15pF oscilloscope probe

Turns on for set amplitude at or greater than approx plusmn1 V (10 V range) or plusmn2 V (100 V range)

Turns on for set amplitude at or above approx 2 of range

Flat to approx 30 ps duration Decreasing sensitivity for shorter pulses

Power

Fuse

Operating temperature range

Storage temperature range

Operating humidity

Dimensions

approx 11 watts

1 amp 3AG

10-30degC

0 - 50deg C

5 - 80 RH

17x475x1125 (inches) 432x121x286 cm

Weight 20 lbs (9 kg)

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Wb 98324 |Tetcphone 8004201306 3606808300 bull FOt 360683-3525 E-mail satesamsystems comV^febsite httpywwwaflisystemscom

21

Warranty and Service

What does this warranty cover A-M Systems Inc warrants to the Purchaser that the Instrument excluding cables Headstage Probes and any other accessories shipped with the Instrument (hereafter the hardware) is free from defects in workmanship or material under normal use and service for the period of one (1) year This warranty commences on the date of delivery ofthe hardware to the Purchaser

What are the obligations of A-M Systems Inc under this warranty During the warranty period A-M Systems Inc agrees to repair or replace at its sole option without charge to the Purchaser any defective component part of the hardware To obtain warranty service the Purchaser must return the hardware to A-M Systems Inc or an authorized A-M Systems Inc distributor in an adequate shipping container Any postage shipping and insurance charges incurred in shipping the hardware to A-M Systems Inc must be prepaid by the Purchaser and all risk for the hardware shall remain with purchaser until such time as A-M Systems Inc takes receipt of the hardware Upon receipt A-M Systems Inc will promptly repair or replace the defective unit and then return the hardware to the Purchaser postage shipping and insurance prepaid A-M Systems Inc may use reconditioned or like new parts or units at its sole option when repairing any hardware Repaired products shall carry the same amount of outstanding warranty as from original purchase or ninety (90) days which ever is greater Any claim under the warranty must include a dated proof of purchase ofthe hardware covered by this warranty In any event A-M Systems Inc liability for defective hardware is limited to repairing or replacing the hardware

What is not covered by this warranty This warranty is contingent upon proper use and maintenance ofthe hardware by the Purchaser and does not cover batteries Neglect misuse whether intentional or othenwise tampering with or altering the hardware damage caused by accident damage caused by unusual physical electrical chemical or electromechanical stress damage caused by failure of electrical power or damage caused during transportation are not covered by this wan-anty Products may not be returned to A-M Systems Inc for service whether under warranty or otherwise which are contaminated by infectious agents radioactive compounds or other materials constituting a health hazard to employees of A-M Systems Inc

What are the limits of liability for A-M Systems Inc under this warranty A-M Systems Inc shall not be liable for loss of data profits or savings or any special incidental consequential indirect or other similar damages arising from breach of contract negligence or other legal action even if the company or its agent has been advised of the possibility of such damages or for any claim brought against you by another party THIS EQUIPMENT IS NOT INTENDED FOR CLINICAL MEASUREMENTS USING HUMAN SUBJECTS A-M SYSTEMS INC DOES NOT ASSUME RESPONSIBILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE DUE TO MISUSE OF THIS EQUIPMENT Jurisdictions vary with regard to the enforceability of provisions excluding or limiting liability for incidental or consequential damages Check the provision of your local jurisdiction to find out whether the above exclusion applies to you

This warranty allocates risks of product failure between the Purchaser and A-M Systems Inc A-M Systems Inc hardware pricing reflects this allocation of risk and the limitations of liability contained in this warranty The warranty set forth above is in lieu of all other express warranties whether oral or written The agents employees distributors and dealers of A-M Systems Inc are not authorized to make modifications to this warranty or additional wan-anties binding on the company Accordingly additional statements such as dealer advertising or presentations whether oral or written do not constitute warranties by A-M Systems Inc and should not be relied upon This warranty gives you specific legal rights You may also have other rights which vary from one jurisdiction to another

fl-N Systems Inc 131BusinessPartiLoop RO Box850CartsbOfgWa98324 p O |Telophone 8004201306 bull 360683-8300FOC 3606830525 ^ ^ E-mail saiesaflisystefTiscom Wbbsite httpVwwwa-msystemscom

mwal

INSTRUCTION MANUAL

FOR

ISOLATED PULSE STIMULATOR

MODEL 2100

Serial

Date

A-M Systems Inc

PO Box 850

Carisborg WA 98324

USA

360-683-8300 bull 800-426-1306 FAX 360-683-3525

httpwwwa-m8y8temscom

Version 50 May 1998

Contents General Description 1

Instrument Features 1 Controls and Connectors 2

Operating Instructions 6 Theory of Operation 10 Calibration Procedures 12

Inputs ii 14 Output Calibration iii i 16

Specifications i4 il u 19 Warranty and Service wi iJ iJi [ii 22

Each Isolated Pulse Stimulator Is delivered complete with

Rack Mount Hardware Instructions amp Maintenance Manual

NOTE

This instrument is not intended for clinical measurements using human subjects A-M Systems Inc does not assume msponsibility for injury or damage due to the misuse of this instrument

General bull M ^ ion

Instrument Features The Isolated Pulse Stimulator Model 2100 Is designed for a wide variety of applications It is highly flexible being capable of delivering single pulses biphasic pairs or bursts of pulses Pulses may be started manually or upon receiving a trigger signal from another instrument or computer Two non-isolated trigger outputs are available for triggering other instruments

Four sets of timing controls provide comprehensive control over all aspects of pulse generation Three digit accuracy is available over a 7 decade range for each timing function using lever wheel switches Pulse wkiths can be set over more than a 9 decade range from 05 [is to 999 seconds Timing accuracy is assured through the use of a 10 MHz base rate crystal-controlled clock digitally divided to provide accurate timing over the entire range A timing overiap indicator will light if the timing controls are set Inconsistently

The output may be conveniently switched between cun-ent and voltage modes Pulse and baseline amplitudes are independently presettable with lockable dials An error indicator will light if the Model 2100 cannoi deliver the desired signal

WARNING

The Model 2100 can produce potentially dangemus voltages up to 100 V et the output connectors The isolated output is not connected internally to safety (earth) ground in ahy way Some part of the extemal circuit should be connected to safety gmund Use caution in handling any wires connectors or electrodes which may be directly or indirectly attached to the Model 2100 output Some lltinds of connectors such as BNC connectors have exposed metal parts which may float at dangemus potentials unless extemally connected to safety gmund For greatest safety tum the Model 2100 off before making any connections to

the Instrument

131 Business Park LocfiPO Box BSOCarM)orgWa 98324 800426-1308 bull36OlaquoS3laquo300FAX 3 6 M 8 3 ^ 2 5

E-malt uiittyBQaHiByBtumaooiTi Wobsita HipJtwtiwiwftbMiAcon fl-N SystQms I n c ^ T

Controls and Connectors The controls for the Model 2100 are grouped in three sections START controlling when a pulse or burst of pulses begins TIMING controlling the onoff timing of one or more pulses and otJTPliT controlling the amplitude of the output signal

Start TRIG SLOPE This switch determines whether valid triggers occur at positive or negative edges in the trigger signal

MODE This switch controls how wavefomris are initiated When set to FREE RUN one timing cycle immediately follows the last When held in the MANUAL position a timing cycle starts immediately When the switch is in the center position timing cycles start when valid triggering events occur

TRIGD This LED lights up when a timing cycle is in process and continues until the burst is completed

TRIG This BNC connector allows a signal from an extemal source to initiate timing cycles It is set for standard TTL levels

GATE This BNC connector allows a signal from an extemal source to restrict the final output signal This input must be at a logical high (or open-circuited) in order for the Model 2100 to recognize either manual or automatic trigger events

Gate 1_ Trigger [~^ i I Valid triggers are represented by the arrows in the figure Note that the up arrow would apply only if TRIG SLOPE is set to + the down anrows would apply only if TRIG SLOPE is set to-

NOTE Triggers have no effect if the system has not completed its response to a previous trigger

fl-N SystQms I n c ^ 131 Business Park Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 600426-13063eO683laquo300FAX 360683^525

E-maB anBysQraquoinsyaleiTaconi Wsbalto h^KAvwwa-(nsys(smsoom

Timing Four sets of controls govem the timing of pulse generation Each set contains two values which are multiplied together to detennine the actual timing value The rotary knob (rate selector) provides the approximate timing value and the lever wheel switch bank (MULTIPLIER) provkles a time resolution of three decimal digits The following diagram shows most of the important relationships

Pnfe-tRAIM I B E L A V i6Molaquo

BURST WIOtH

Output r Delay

t n

Duration - ^ lt - |4Periodgt|

FLJI -^ Burst width

Trigger event

DELAY These controls set the time between the initiating trigger event and the beginning of the pulse burst If this rate selector is set to NONE or the multiplier is set to ooo there is no delay

BURSTWIDTH These controls set the time period in which one or more pulses may be delivered Once started a pulse may outlast the burst width If this rate selector is set to SINGLE or to any time shorter than the pulse duration only a single pulse will occur If the BURSTWIDTH is longer than the period pulses will be emitted at the PERIOD rate until the burst time ends Pulses are never truncated by a short BURST WIDTH

iNTpoundA-PULSiE PBRiOb

DURATION These controls set the length of each pulse If this rate selector is set to SQUARE the duration is set to half of the period regardless of the MULTIPLIER setting

PERIOD These controls set the period of time between adjacent pulse events within the burst It also forces a minimum dead time between recognized input triggers following a burst of one or more pulses This can be used to prevent over stimulation of a tissue without requiring excessive delay between the triggering event and the stimulating pulse

TlMtNQ OVERLAP

mLiHMPi

VVtJ jiwaa lasm nlaquoilaquo u

t^fi SysUms I n c ^ Elt4nsfl a m

131 Business Pofc Loop PO Box 850 Carisborg 1^98324 600-426-1306 36O6834300 FAK 360683^525

E-mai vrvysQfrflisysleraLOCniWutiailQL N^jAwwa^iByslernUiOOni

NOTE If any of these timing controls are changed while a timing cycle is in operation the results are undefined until the cunent cycle flnishes

TIMING OVERLAP This LED will light to indicate an Inconsistency in the timing cycle settings There are several ways to Introduce such errors The most common way is to set the inter-pulse PERIOD to be less than the pulse DURATION

TRIG OUT (UPPER) This BNC connector provides a signal which is coinckient with the intemal Burst timing signal (default) This means the signal starts at the end of the Delay time and persists until the Burst time expires This output may also be set to represent the delay time-out by setting the internal jumper J510 to the left two pins Instead of the right two pins (Please see the Calibration section in this manual for jumper location Directions are given as viewed from the fix)nt of the instrument)

TRIG OUT (LOWER) This BNC connector provides a signal which is coincident with the Duration timing signal which controls pulse output

NOTE Both trigger output signals slightly lead the isolated output signal

Output PULSE SIGN This Switch sets the sign for the pulses to be generated It also allows generation of biphasic pulses thereby doubling the effective total period Warning the first pulse genemted after changing the PULSE SIGN svntch may have the wmng polarity

BASELINE This switch sets the sign for the baseline signal

RANGE This rotary switch allows one of three current or two voltage ranges to be selected for the output signal

BASELINE AMPLITUDE This counting dial are independently set using ten-minute counting dials with the baseline having one tenth the range of the pulse amplitude

A-N Systlaquomslaquo Inc 131 Buskiess Partt Loop PO BoK 8S0 Cailsbarg Wa 96324 laophone 8004201306 bull36O68M300-FAX 3eolaquo8M525 E-mat bullmsysflMnsyslermoom VMaHsr Hlplhfimnmyekmoom

PULSE AMPLITUDE This counting dial

EVENTS This LED indicates when a pulse is ongoing

ERROR This LED indicates when the intemal output amplifier cannot output the pulse as desired This is usually due to a short circuit while trying to output a voltage or an open circuit while trying to output a current

One control from the Ot^uf section directly affects wavefonn timing the Pulse Sign control When set to the Biphasic mode a positive-going pulse is Immediately followed by a negative-going pulse This effectively doubles the pulse duration If a burst of biphasic pulses is being produced the period must be at least twice the single pulse duration In the Sgtan wave mode the baseline disappears as long as the burst persists

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Bushass Park locpPOBooi 850 C8ri9bcrgMS8324 IMqphona 800426-1306 bull36Olaquo83laquo3a0 FAX 360683-3529 E-nal amsyaOa4nsyatemscomWeMlK hMpJVniwa-nsygtatnscom

Operating Instructions

Examples Simple setup (and minimal Instrument tost)

Connect the output of the Model 2100 to an oscilloscope Before connecting the instrument it is safest to turn its power off

Set the Ou^uf controls

Range Pulse Sign

Baseline Pulse Amplitude

10V +

Zero 200

Setting The Timing Controls

Delay Burst Width

Duratbn Period

none single

15010-2 500102

Setting The Start Controls

Mode Free Run

Disconnect any cables to the TRIG or GATE Inputs

Note that the green Trig and Event Indicators tum on as Free Run is turned on (and tum off othenwise) You should observe a 15ms duration 20Hz rate pulse of 200V above a OV baseline on the oscilloscope i

A ^ M ^ _ _ _ A ^ _ _ _ 1 ^ 131BiiHnD8raquoParttloopPOBoxB50Car)sbcrBlaquoraquoS8324

bull P l ^ y S W n i S f |nC ltV^gt^8deglt^^2O1306380laquo8OS3a0FAX36O6BMS2S

6 E-fnflk 9n^fBOs-in9ystsni9cx]fnWDbs)tec H^ff9Nw^myStem9oom

Demonstration of Burst Mode Connect the output of the Model 2100 to an oscilloscope Before connecting the instrument it is safest to tum Its power off

Set the Output controls

Range Pulse Sign

Baseline Pulse Amplitude

Baseline Amplitude

Setting The Timing Controls

Delay Burst Width

Duration

Period

Set the START controls as follows

Mode

Disconnect any cables to the TRIG or GATE inputs

Trigger the oscilloscope from the Burst trigger out (upper Tr^ Out connector) for a stable display In each burst (occumng every lOOms) you should observe a trio of 15ms duration starting 50ms apart Try switching the StartMode from Free Run to the center (nomnal) position The pulses will no longer be produced and the Trig and Event indicators will turn off Pressing this switch once (to Manual) will cause a single burst to occur

880 120 150 500

10V +

200 100

102 102 102 102

Free Run

fleaff SySlQmSa |nCa deglgt ltlt ^ ^ deg ^ degdeg ^ ^ ^ bull E-matmia

131 Business Park LoopPO Box 850 Carisborg Vfe 86324 lUcphcna 800426-1306 36Olaquo83laquo300 FAX 36068raquo52 E-maft tfii8ysOiHn^nleiTBcom1AWisJto HSpitwraquoM^wytAtii9oom

Problem SoMng If the Instrument appears to be not worthing properiy check all of the control settings and connections Be sure to wait at least 5-10 seconds after turning the Instrument off before tuming it on again The following t6ef summary of typical problems for the user (along with the most common solutions) may help

Problem CauseSolution EVENT indicator never lights even in FREE RUN mode

bull Replace fuse check power connection bullSet DELAY or PERIOD to a shorter interval

bull Power-on too soon after power-off

OVERLAP Indicator is on

ERROR indicator is on

Time appears to be excessive

bullSet DURATION gt000 bull DURATION is set to SQUARE but PERIOD is 000 Increase PERIOD or set DURATION independantly

bull BURST and WIDTH are gt DURATION increase PERIOD or decrease

DURATION bull BIPHASIC pulse output is on and PERIOD is not longer than twice the DURATION Increase PERIOD or decrease DURATION

bull Free-run is on and BURST Is lt PERIOD (BURST off) DELAY is 0 and PERIOD is lt DURATION Add delay or modify PERIOD

bull Free-mn is on and BURST is gt DURATION (BURST ON) and PERIOD is lt DURATION Increase PERIOD

bull For VOLTAGE outputs the output Is trying to drive too low a resistance or capacitance (eg a short circuit) Check by disconnecting the output It is possible (and normal) that for the fastest cycles

and largest amplitudes (close to 100 V and 1 MS) that the ERROR Indicator might always come on during repetitive pulses Fix output load or decrease amplitude as required

bull Changed control in mid-cycle (resets cunent status)

A ^ M bull _ _ _ A ^ ^ _ _ i ^ mdash 131BuslnessPai1ltLoopPOBox850CarlsborgWamp98324

bull p i j ^ v s w m s iiic^^deglt^deg^^deglt^^^3degB3^^^deg^^^^degdeg^^^deg^^deg^^^^ E-mat iiiMOafflwstemseom WabaHe MtaffiwwtHtavsli

8 E-msft flmsjoQfrfraystGfnsoom ^WobsltiK hl^Aiwv9-fn9]nteniscom

Cant seem to get a full signal out

Incoming triggers not accepted frequently enough

bull Load is not properiy connected repair wiring

bull Too low a load impedance (VOLTAGE modes) or too high a load impedance

(CURRENT mode)

bull PERIOD is set too long (enforces dead time) followd by BURST set to SIGNAL Reduce PERIOD time

Table 10 Problem Solving

If you suspect that the Model 2100 may have completely failed we recommend checking the basic level of functionality If this fails your instrument is defective and must be repaired If this passes either your experimental setup is incompatible or inconsistent or there is a more subtle flaw in your Model 2100

If the Model 2100 appears to be malfunctioning contact A-M Systems Inc or your dealer Telephone numtgters for A-M Systems Inc listed on the front cover of this manual We will first attempt to solve the problem over the telephone so have an exact description of your problem available when you call You do not need to be within the warranty period to obtain over-the-phone assistance

A ^ M V - mdash A d B ^ K M I ^ M 131BuslnessPatfcLoopPOBox6SOCai

-PI s y s i Q m s inc-2raquolaquoa22=M^^

131 Business Parfc Loop PO Box 650 Cartsborg VM9 0S324 _ FAX36(W8a3525 E^nrt flnsysQa-ntsyttanB-oom Wsbsfte hHpiMNvwa-nnystsnisooni

9

Theory of Operation

The operation of the Model 2100 is summarized In the block diagram (see Fig 3) Not shown are all of the interconnections with the microcontroller The intemal microcontroler plays an important role in setting the signal path but does not directly

contribute to the dynamic characteristics It scans the front panel switches and sets the control values for the logic arays It programs the intemal counters which along with the other hardware achieve the necessary sub-microsecond speeds

All action starts either from an input trigger signal (from Trig In) or from an intemal signal (in free Run mode only) A Delay timer counts the 10MHz clock until its count value Is exhausted At this point the Burst timer starts Both Period and Duration timers are started at this time If the Burst timer has not expired by the end of the Period the Period and Duration timers are restarted If the Biphasic mode has been set the Duration timer is restarted at the end of the initial Duration and the sign of the output pulse Is reversed doubling the total duration

The system state (pulse on pulse sip baseline sign [+101-]) is transmitted to the isolated section via optoisolator The baseline and pulse amplitudes are selected by an analog switch The resulting signal is amplified by a variable-power-supply discrete operational amplifier The amplifier connections and gain is modified to provide two voltage and three cunent ranges

Timing overlap errors are detected by a logical decision computation rather than by testing for counter collisions This provides instant feedback rather than waiting up to an hour for such a collision to occur Output errors are measured by sensing the output amplifiers differential input voltage Under normal conditions this is a negligible voltage if the amplifier fails to deliver the requested signal the window comparator testing this voltage sends this message (via optoisolator) to the logic section turning on a warning LED

fl-N Systems Inc 131BusbnassPa(tLoopPOBox6SOCari3boigVMg8324 H n |TWoph0n880O426-13083eO6Blaquo300FMt36Olaquo8i3525 E-nnl anaysflfriinysleiiaoemWfcbslte hllphmwraquoimyatennoom

TRIG 3HJ) OUT

(burst)

TRIG ^ OUT

(pulse)

E

Ml

Calibration Procedures

The calibration interval is the lesser of 1000 hours of operation or 6 months Somewhat greater drift can be expected in the first 100 hours of operation as the semiconductors age Adjustments should only be made after the instrument has been fully warmed up for at least 15 minutes

Full instrument calibration requires the following test equipment digital multimeter (plusmn 01) able to measure resistance to at least lOOMfl oscilloscope with at least 50MHz bandwidth true-rms voltmeter with 4MHz bandwidth universal counter (plusmn 001 ) able to measure single pulse widths and periods resistors (all plusmn 01) 2kn lOkH 1 waft 20kn 200kn alligator clip lead sets banana plugs and BNC adapters

Adjustment integrated circuit and test point locations are shown in the following figures All adjustments are on the timing board unless otherwise noted

All voltages in the non-isolated section should be measured with respect to ground at TP510 unless othenvise stated Some voltages are measured with respect to an intemal isolated ground at TP650 or across the two output tenninals Occasionally the voltage at an IC pin must be measured In these cases the reference designator is given with the pin number in parentheses eg U602(16) When it states within this procedure that a voltage is to be minimized this means that the adjustment should be made such that the measured voltage is as close to zero volts as possible Refer to the Specifications Section of this manual for acceptable tolerances

The sequence of this procedure is Important If any adjustment is made all adjustments which follow must be made to ensure that the specifications will be met These procedures require that all controls remain as set in previous steps unless otherwise indicated

WARNING

The Model 2100 has dangerous voltages throughout the instrument even with the power is off Servicing the Model 2100 should only be done by qualified service personnel Use caution in handling any wires connectors or electrodes which may be directly or indirectly attached to the Instrument Do not touch exposed connections or components Disconnect power by unplugging the power cord from the receptacle

fl-N Systems I n c ^ 131BusinesaPartcLoopPOBox850CartsborgVWiB8324 4 n ^gt-mdash80O426-130638Ofl8Jlaquo300FAX36O683J52S bull E-maft BinsysQfrfn^islflnisoomVVfalislle h^KVfWMift^iisystemsoani

CO

- R503

Omg^

TPSOlQ O

OTPSOO

U560 bull

U510

DDID ^ trade E O ^ T P 5 1 0

bullnD Trig

0 ^

U570

Gate n U505

DO D

U515

Timing

Timing h_ U520

bsoo ^25SE Timing

Or r U540

I I Tmlng

[^ELIL

U535 D

U506

13 J510 Timlnff

BurfiDelay J400

i i i i i i i T r m r a

gt U550 ^

Clock

U555 U620

B a

^R^Pvhigh Rfijn O D O Vlow

o

bull U545

Fo sect737 lISOIsPjC-COMP

n r r ^ U760

J420

]]U632

Q S riuGSO

H = ) TP640^ deg I t I

II3D

J440 m i T i

U610 plusmn laquo j U O

bull bull l el

^t

O l

bull

M

I

Power supply and bias voltages

Power supply

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

POWER ON Observe voltage at P703 power supply wire top of main board

Check for+15 plusmn 050 V

Observe voltage at P701 power supply wire top of main board

Check for-15 plusmn 050 V

Observe voltage at U505(24) Check for+5 plusmn 025 V

Isolated supply voltage

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

RANGE 10 V TRIG open circuit MODE center position

Altemately observe V^ from R742 to R740 and V ^ from the U605(4) to U605(8)

Adjust R773 so that 110VltV^lt 120 V and

nign

28VltV^lt34V

Capacitance balance

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Connect a x10 oscilloscope probe to TP650 and ground the

Adjust R737 for minimum high frequency signal

Inputs

Gate funct ion

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave Verify that the voltage to GATE switches states at the Obsene voltage at U51G(3) proper input levels with an oscilloscope ^ ^

Trigger s lope

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave Verify that the voltage to TRIO switches states at the Observe voltage at US 10( 1) proper input levels with an oscilloscope

TRIG SLOPE + Verify voltage is 180 out of phase

TRIG SLOPE Verify voltage is in phase

fl-N Systems Inc ^ 131 Bushess Park Loop PO Bar 850 Carisborg Wa 98324 8004201306 3eOlaquoS3e300 FAX 3606BV352S

C-maft fliii8yBQfriii9yBlumaoamVIAibsMB hRpJhwMifi-iiiBystematxini

14

Trigger and gate funct ion

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

DELA NONE BURS1WII3TH SINGLE DURATION SQUARE PERIOD 100X10-3

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave to TRIG Obsen^e TRIOD and EVENT LEDS

TRIG disconnect all Short the GATE connector to GND Verify LEDs extinguish

MODE press to MANUAL Verify LEDs flash once

Timing

System c lock frequency

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Observe the frequency of the wave atU555(17)

Verify 1000 MHz plusmn001

Multipl iers (Wheel Switches)

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

PULSE SIGN + MODE FREE RUN TRIG disconnect all TIMING MULTIPUERS ail

wheels set to zero except the one being tested

TnmiNG OVERLAP ^nOTB

Observe the pulse width with the counter at the location specified below

Verify pulse width Is correct for each wheel as it is tested Independently

For each wheel of each MULTIPUER test each position to verify that the pulse width is correct Observe the signal at the following locations DELAY U520(2) BURSTWIDTH U530(2) PERIOD US40(2) DURATION U550(2)

Rates (Rotary Switches)

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

TIMING MULTIPUERS 001 TIMING RATES all rotary

switches set to 10-4 except the one being tested

Observe the pulse width with the counter at the location specified below

Verify pulse width is conect for each rotary switch as it is tested independently

For each of the four rotary switches in TIMING test each position to verify that the pulse wkJth is correct Observe the signal at the following locations DELAY U520(2) BURSTWIDTH U530(2) PERIOD U540(2) DURATION U550(2)

fl-N Systems I n c ^ E-maft emfl

131 Business Parti Loop PO 809(850 Cartsborg Wta 98324 8004201306 3804806300 FAX 36068O3S25

E-maft ansysQa nvystems-oom Wobste hflp Avwwa4nsy8(Qnttoam

15

Trigger outputs Controls

Range 10V Pulse Amplitude 500 Delay 100x10 Burst 100x10^2 Duration 100 x1a Period 400x10^ Pulse sign + Trig Mode Free run Trig in open

Inputs Observations

Trigger the oscilloscope to the Burst Trig Out Observe it the Pulse Trig Out and the isolated output

Adjust Check

Verify that the waveform consists of a burst of three 1ms-on3ms-off pulses The burst trigger should be synchronous with the burst the pulse trigger coincident with each pulse

Output Calibration

Isolation Resistance (check) Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode center position Trig In open

Measure the resistance between ground banana jack (front panel) and black banana jack of output with DMM

Resistance read gt 100MQ

Amplitude Switch Offset (R640) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Zero Trig Mode center position Trig In Open

Measure the voltage at TP645 vs TP650 with the DMM

Adjust R640 (AmpI Sw Offset) for minimum voltage

Output Offset (R332 front panel board) Controls I nputsObservatlons AdjustCheck

Baseline Zero Range 10V Trig Mode center position Trig In Open

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

Adjust R332 (Output offset) for minimum voltage

Positive Baseline Offset (R607) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Sign + Baseline Amplitude

fully CCW (000) Range 10V Trig In open Trig Mode center position

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

Adjust R602 (BSLN + offset) for minimum voltage

fl M raquo _ _ _ A laquo ^ _ i ^ ^ 131Buslnelaquo8Pari(loopPOBoK850Cart8borgWB96324

bull P I i s V S i e m S a |||Cg1Maphans80O42O130638O68O8300FAX36Olaquo8raquo^2S E-tiBft anagtraquoflwiisyagtlaquomraquoaimW6baHB hHpffii(wwraquoltnsylaquoleniieom

16

Negative Baseline Offset (R619) Controls

Baseline Sign -i Baseline Amplitude bull fully CCW (000)

Range 10V Trig In open Trig Mode center position

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

AdjustCheck

Adjust R619 (BSLN 4 offset) for minimum voltage

Pulse Amplitude Adjust (R602) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode Free Mode Pulse Amplitude 1000 Timing Dialay =none Burst =single Duration =1001 Period =00110-4 Pulse Sign -Trig In open Range 10V

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

The Overiap indicator should be on Adjust R602 (Max Level) for -1000V out

Pulse Sign Gain (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode Free Mode Pulse Amplitude 1000 Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =1001 s Period =00110-4s Trig In open Range 10V

Measure the voltage at the output with the DMM for the Pulse Sign at -- and - positions

The absolute values of the voltages should differ by less than lOOmV

Baseline Amplitudes (check) Controls InputsObservations

Range 100mA Trig Mode center position Baseline Amplitude fully CW (1000) Trig In open

Measure the voltage at the output with the DMM with Baseline Sign in + Zero and - positions

AdjustCheck

Gain the matching of current levels at = and - positions and offset current in Zero position

fl-N Systems Inc^^ bull E-mal am8

131 Business Partt Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 88324 8004201306360laquo8Oe300FAX 360laquo8O362S

E-maM am8y8^o-mBy8tflmBoom WobaKo hHp Awwwo-f i iBystonuoom

17

Output Range Amplitude and Drive (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Pulse Amplitude 1000 Pulse Sign + Trig Mode Free Run Timing Delay =none Burst =8ingle Duration =1001 Period =10010-4 Trig In open

Load the output with a 10KV1W 01 resistor Measure the voltage at the output with DMM

Verify that full scale output is within specification Scale Range 100V 100V 10V 10V 100mA IV 1mA 10V 10mA 100V

Pulse Sign and Short Circuit Protection (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Timing Delay =none Burst =8ingle Duration =200 10-4 Period =00110-3 Baseline Zero Pulse Amplitude 25 Range 10V Trig Mode Free Run Trig In open

Measure the voltage at the output with the oscilloscope Check for Pulse Sign set to each of + - biphasic Watch for Error indicator when shorting the output

Verify that pulses of approx 25V amplitude (625V for biphasic mode) of the correct sign are produced every 10ms Short output in biphasic mode Output should retum when opened

Output Transient Response (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Pulse Sign + Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =20010-4 Period =00110-3 Pulse Amplitude 250 Baseline Zero Trig Mode Free Mode Trig In open

Connect the oscilloscope to the output with a 310 attenuator prolse Test boVn 10V and 100V ranges

Verify that overshoot and risetime meet specifications

fl-N Systems I n c ^ 131 Business Parte Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wb 98324 8004201306 36Olaquo83O300 FAX 36O680lt352S

E-mQ0 snBy8Qs-msy8faiTiscom VWriMtte N ^ Mvww9-msy8lemscom

18

Specifications

There are three classes of specifications Class A specifications tested in all unHs and are guaranteed Class B specifications are inherent in the design they are indirectly tested and are guaranteed Class C specifications are typical operating values which are occasionally tested- these are typical values given for your infomiation but not guarshyanteed The class for each specification is noted in the center column of the following sections

Inputs Switching level

Hysteresis

Input equivalent circuit

Minimum duration (1 IL-level signal)

A

C

C

C

16V(plusmn02V)

approx 50 mV

100K ft to+5 In parallel with no more than 35pF

gt 50 ns

Open circuit condition B defaults to highon level

Timing and rate accuracy Rate selector steps

Timing multiplier steps

Resolution

Timing eror (second and later pulses after resetting controls)

B

B

B

B

lOOps to 100s In 7 steps

1 of rate selector step size Maximum value is 999 x the rate selector step size

approx 01 of the maximum value

lt 002 of rate selector value + 015 ps

Timing error (first pulse after readjusting timing controls)

an additional 025 ps error may occur

Timing repeatability lt 001 setting + 20 ns (monophasic)

fl-N Systems I nc ^ bull E-moU ams

131 Business Parti Loop PO Boot 850 Cartsborg VM 98324 80O42O130838O08O8300FAX36Olaquo8O3S2S

E-meU anByafl^iiisyslainaoomWebsHe hHpffliiwwraquomsys)emsoom

19

TRIG IN to OUTPUT delay (DELAY set to 0) output set to 2V

Timing jitter ft-om TRIG IN to OUTPUT (for TTL trigger input with risetime lt10 ns)

Timing jitter ft^om TRIG OUT (either BURST or PULSE) and OUTPUT

Trigger output to pulse output delay

Output charactsristics Pulse level enror (voltage mode open circuit cun-ent mode short circuit

Biphasic level difference |V + + V-|2

Baseline level error (voltage mode A open circuit current mode short circuit)

Risetime (25 V out)

Risetime (25 V out)

Transient response

A

A

A

Output impedance (voltage mode) C

Output impedance (current mode) C

Isolation resistance A

Isolation capacitance C

approx 05 ps for a load of no more than 10 Kft in parallel with 50 pF

lt 125 ns (all rates except 100s) lt 125 ps (100s rate)

Less than 20 ns (all rates)

approx 350 ns

lt 03 of setting + 05 of r range (plus an additional 05 pA inlOOpArenge)

lt 03 of range (voltage modes into open circuit current modes into short circuit)

lt 03 of setting of setting + 01 of range (plus an additional 05 pA in lOOpA range)

laquo 200 ns into less than 30 pF

laquo15 ps into less than 30 pF

lt 8 overshoot Into less than 30 pF for pulse voltages different than baseline voltage by at least 10 of range

laquo 50 ohms

raquo 1 0 Gft (typically 200 Gft)

raquo100Mft

laquo 60 pF at 100 Hz

fl-N Systems Inc^^ 131 Business Partt Uxip PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 96324 8004201308 SBOee^^SOO FAX 360laquoS3^52S

E-mat BiByraquoaiMii8ylaquoliiiiiseomWiljalteHlpJV(wwraquo4tgy8lenaoom

20

Noise (differential mode)

Noise (common mode earth to isolated ground) with no signal output

Overioad error indicator (low frequency short circuited voltage mode)

Overioad error indicator low frequency open circuited current mode)

Overioad enor response time

Miscellaneous

Power

Fuse

Operating temperature range

Storage temperature range

Operating humidity

Dimensions

Weight

laquo1 mV rms (10 V scale 10Hz-4MHz)

laquo 8 mV rms (10 Hz-4 MHz) laquo100mVp-p (200 Hz -10 MHz) measured withalOMft 15pF oscilloscope probe

Turns on for set amplitude at or greater than approx plusmn1V (10 V range) or plusmn2 V (100 V range)

Turns on for set amplitude at or above approx 2 of range

Flat to approx 30 ps duration Decreasing sensitivity for shorter pulses

approx 11 watts

1 amp 3 AG

10-30C

0 - 50deg C

5-80RH

17x475x1125 (Inches) 432x121x286 cm

20 lbs (9 kg)

fl mm bull gt _ _ _ A ^ ^ _ _ L ^ 131BusinesraquoPariltLocpPOBox850C8rtsborgWS9e324

bull p i ^ y s v e m s IIIC^^deg(^deg^Bdegltgt^^^3degdeg^deg^^deg^^^degdeg^^I^deg^deg^^^^^

21 E-mei flre^nQo 4n8yo(amscam Wsbsfle hHpAwwwe-msy8Jems-Oom

Warranty and Service

What does this warranty cover A-M Systems Inc warrants to the Purchaser that the Instrument excluding cables Headstage Probes and any other accessories shipped with the Instrument (hereafter the hardware) is free from defects in workmanship or material under normal use and service for the period of one (1) year This warranty commences on the date of delivery of the hardware to the Purchaser

What are the obligations of A-M Systems Inc under this warranty During the warranty period A-M Systems Inc agrees to repair or replace at its sole option without charge to the Purchaser any defective component part of the hardware To obtain warranty service the Purchaser must return the hardware to A-M Systems Inc or an authorized A-M Systems Inc distributor in an adequate shipping container Any postage shipping and insurance charges incurred in shipping the hardware to A-M Systems Inc must be prepaid by the Purchaser and all risk for the hardware shall remain with purchaser until such time as A-M Systems Inc takes receipt of the hardware Upon receipt A-M Systems Inc will promptly repair or replace the defective unit and then return the hardware to the Purchaser postage shipping and insurance prepaid A-M Systems Inc may use reconditioned or like new parts or units at its sole option when repairing any hardware Repaired products shall carry the same amount of outstanding wan^nty as from original purchase or ninety (90) days which ever is greater Any claim under the warranty must include a dated proof of purchase of the hardware covered by this wan-anty In any event A-M Systems Inc liability for defective hardware is limited to repairing or replacing the hardware

What is not covered by this warranty This warranty is contingent upon proper use and maintenance of the hardware by the Purchaser and does not cover batteries Neglect misuse whether intentional or otherwise tampering with or altering the hardware damage caused by accident damage caused by unusual physical electrical chemical or electromechanical stress damage caused by failure of electrical power or damage caused during transportation are not covered by this warranty Products may not be returned to A-M Systems Inc for service whether under warranty or otherwise which are contaminated by infectious agents radioactive compounds or other materials constituting a health hazard to employees of A-M Systems Inc

What are the limits of llabiiity for A-M Systems inc under this warranty A-M Systems Inc shall not be liable for loss of data profits or savings or any special incidental consequential indirect or other similar damages arising from breach of contract negligence or other legal action even if the company or its agent has been advised of the possibility of such damages or for any claim brought against you by another party THIS EQUIPMENT IS NOT INTENDED FOR CLINICAL MEASUREMENTS USING HUMAN SUBJECTS A-M SYSTEMS INC DOES NOT ASSUME RESPONSIBILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE DUE TO MISUSE OF THIS EQUIPMENT Jurisdictions vary with regard to the enforceability of provisions excluding or limiting liability for incidental or consequential damages Check the provision of your local jurisdiction to find out whether the above exclusion applies to you This warranty allocates risks of product failure between the Purchaser and A-M Systems Inc A-M Systems Inc hardware pricing reflects this allocation of risk and the limitations of liability contained in this wanranty The warranty set forth above is in lieu of all other express wan^anties whether oral or written The agents employees distributors and dealers of A-M Systems Inc are not authorized to make modifications to this wan-anty or additional wan-anties binding on the company Accordingly additional statements such as dealer advertising or presentations whether oral or written do not constitute wananties by A-M Systems Inc and should not be relied upon This warranty gives you specific legal rights You may also have other rights whrch vary from one jurisdiction to another

6 mm ^ laquo _ _ A a B ^ _ 1 ^ ^ 131 Business Parti Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg W B 98324 O O

bull P l A y S V e m S l n C T^M 8OO42OI3O6 380683-8300FAX 360 803525 ^ ^ E-msl iiiisy80iHTBy8tenisoom Wsbsito hnphwwfrimysleiiisoom

A

V ISO

INSTRUCTION MANUAL

FOR

ISOLATED PULSE STIMULATOR

MODEL 2100

Serial

Date

A-M Systems Inc

PO Box 850

Carlsborg WA 98324

USA

360-683-8300 bull 800-426-1306 FAX 360-683-3525

httpwwwa-msystemscom

Version 70 February 2002

Contents General Description 1

Instrument Features 1 Controls and Connectors 2

Operating Instructions 6 Theory of Operation 10 Calibration Procedures 12

Inputs 14 Output Calibration 16

Specifications 19 Warranty and Service 22

Each Isolated Pulse Stimulator is delivered complete with

Rack Mount Hardware Instructions amp Maintenance Manual

NOTE

This instrument is not intended for clinical measurements using human subjects A-M Systems Inc does not assume responsibility for Injury or damage due to the misuse of this instrument

General Description

Instrument Features The Isolated Pulse Stimulator Model 2100 is designed for a wide variety of applications It is highly flexible being capable of delivering single pulses biphasic pairs or bursts of pulses Pulses may be started manually or upon receiving a trigger signal from another Instrument or computer Two non-isolated trigger outputs are available for triggering other instruments

Four sets of timing controls provide comprehensive control overall aspects of pulse generation Three digit accuracy is available over a 7 decade range for each timing function using lever wheel switches Pulse widths can be set over more than a 9 decade range from 05 ps to 999 seconds Timing accuracy is assured through the use of a 10 MHz base rate crystal-controlled clock digitally divided to provide accurate timing over the entire range Atiming overiap indicator will light If the timing controls are set inconsistently

The output may be conveniently switched between current and voltage modes Pulse and baseline amplitudes are Independently presettable with lockable dials An error Indicator will light if the Mode2700 cannot deliver the desired signal

r WARNING

The Model 2100 can produce potentially dangerous voltages up to 100 V at the output connectors The isolated output is not connected internally to safety (earth) ground in any way Some part of the extemal circuit should be connected to safety ground Use caution in handling any wires connectors or electrodes which may be directly or indirectly attached to the Model 2100 output Some kinds of connectors such as BNC connectors have exposed metal parts which may float at dangerous potentials unless extemally connected to safety ground For greatest safety tum the Model 2100 off before making any connections to

the instrument

131 Business Parii Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Telophone 800-426-1306 bull 360-68raquolaquo300 bull FAX 360683-3525 E-mal satesa-msystemsoom VVfebsite httpywwwa^nsystemscom fl-N Systems Inc 1

Controls and Connectors The controls for the Model 2100 are grouped in three sections START which controls when a pulse or burst of pulses begins TIMING which controls the onoff timing of one or more pulses and OUTPUT which controls the amplitude of the output signal

Start TRIG SLOPE Determines the polarity of valid trigger pulses (positive or negative edges in the trigger signal)

MODE Controls waveform initiation When set to FREE RUN one timing cycle immediately follows the last When momentarily placed In the MANUAL position a timing cycle starts Immediately When the switch Is In the center position timing cycles start when valid triggering events occur

TRIGD This LED lights up when a timing cycle Is in process and continues until the burst is completed

TRIG This BNC connector allows a signal from an external source to Initiate timing cycles It is set for standard TTL levels

GATE This BNC connector allows a signal from an external source to restrict the final output signal This input must be at a logical high (or open-circuited) in order for the Model 2100 to recognize either manual or automatic trigger events

Gate 1_ Trigger |~~^ i I Valid triggers (represented by the arrows in the figure) can occur only when the gate Is at logical high Note that the up arrow would apply only If TRIG SLOPE is set to + the down an-ows would apply only if TRIG SLOPE Is set to -

NOTE Triggers have no effect if the system has not completed its response to a previous trigger

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Park Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Vb 98324 TelQphQne 80O426-1306 360683-8300 FAX 360683-3525 E-mail sales^a-msystemscom Wsbsite httpywwwa-msystemscom

Timing Four sets of controls govern the timing of pulse generation Each set contains two values which are multiplied together to detemnine the actual timing value The rotary knob (rate selector) provides the approximate timing value and the lever wheel switch bank (MULTIPLIER)

provides a time resolution of three decimal digits The following diagram shows most of the Important relationships

Output r Delay Duration

|ltPeriodgtj

t Burst width

Trigger event

DELAY These controls determine the time duration between the initiating trigger event and the beginning of the pulse burst If this rate selector is set to NONE or the multiplier is set to 000 there Is no delay

BURST WIDTH These controls determine the time period in which one or more pulses may be delivered Once started a pulse may outlast the burst width If this rate selector is set to SINGLE or to any time shorter than the pulse duration only a single pulse will occur If the BURST WIDTH Is longer than the period pulses will be emitted at the PERIOD rate until the burst time ends Pulses are never truncated by a short BURSTWIDTH

inds)-PULSE

D U R A T I O N 1 0 1 0

10

INTEB-PULSE PERIOD

1 1 10

DURATION These controls determine the length of each pulse Ifthis rate selector Is set to SQUARE the duration is set to half of the period regardless of the MULTIPLIER setting

PERIOD These controls set the period of time between adjacent pulse events within the burst It also forces a minimum dead time between recognized input triggers following a burst of one or more pulses This can be used to prevent over stimulation of a tissue without requiring excessive delay between the triggering event and the stimulating pulse

TIMING OVERLAP

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 860 Carisborg Vamp 98324 |Telophone 800-426-1306 360683-8300 bull FAX 3606aW525 E-mail salearega^nsystemsoom Vfeb5ite httpAwwwa^nsyslemscam

NOTE If any of these timing controls are changed while a timing cycle is in operation the results are undefined until the current cycle finishes

TIMING OVERLAP This LED will light to Indicate an inconsistency in the timing cycle settings There are several ways to introduce such errors The most common way is to set the Inter-pulse PERIOD to be less than the pulse DURATION

T I M I N G (seconds)^

TRIG OUT (UPPER) This BNC connector provides a signal which is coincident with the Internal Burst timing signal (default) This means the signal starts at the end of the Delay time and persists until the Burst time expires This output may also be set to represent the delay time-out by setting the internal jumper J510 to the right two pins instead of the left two pins (Please see the Calibration section in this manual for jumper location Directions are given as viewed from the front of the Instrument)

TRIG OUT (LOWER) This BNC connector provides a signal which Is coincident with the Duration timing signal which controls pulse output

NOTE Both trigger output signals slightly lead the isolated output signal

Output

PULSE SIGN This switch determines the polarity of the pulses to be generated It also allows generation of biphasic pulses thereby doubling the effective total period Warning the first pulse generated after changing the PULSE

SIGN switch may have the wrong polarity

BASELINE This Switch determines the polarity ofthe baseline signal

RANGE This rotary switch determines if the output pulses will be constant current (3 ranges) or constant voltage (2 ranges)

BASELINE AMPLITUDE This value is independently set using a ten-turn counting dial The maximum baseline amplitude is one tenth the value shown on the range amplitude switch

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 8S0 Cartsborg Vfa 98324 |Tetaphone 80O426-1306 bull 360683-8300 bull FAX 3606803525 E-mail salesa-msystemscom Wbbsite http7Awwwaflnsystemscom

PULSE AMPLITUDE This value is independently set using a ten-turn counting dial The maximum pulse amplitude is the value shown on the range amplitude switch

EVENT This LED indicates when a pulse is ongoing

ERROR This LED indicates when the internal output amplifier cannot output the pulse as desired This is usually due to a short circuit while trying to output a voltage or an open circuit while trying to output a current

VOTEThe Pulse Sign control in the Oupuf section directly affects waveform timing When set to the Biphasic mode a positive-going pulse is immediately followed by a negative-going pulse This effectively doubles the pulse duration If a burst of biphasic pulses is being produced the period must be at least twice the single pulse duration In the Square wave mode the baseline disappears as long as the burst persists

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsboig Vte 98324 |Telophone 800426-1306 360683-8300 bull FAX 3606833525 E-mail salesa-m5ystem5 com Website httpwwwa-msystemscom

Operating Instructions

Examples Simple setup (and minimal instrument test)

Connect the output ofthe Model 2100 to an oscilloscope Before connecting the Model 2100 to any other instrument or the experimental preparation It is safest to turn Its power off

Set the Oufpuf controls

Range 10V Pulse Sign +

Baseline Zero Pulse Amplitude 200

Setting The Timing Controls

Delay Burst Width

Duration Period

none single

15010-2 50010-2

Setting The Start Controls

Mode Free Run

Disconnect any cables to the TRIG or GATE inputs

Note that the green Trig and Event Indicators turn on as Free Run is turned on (and turn off otherwise) You should observe a 15ms duration 20Hz rate pulse of 200V above a OV baseline on the oscilloscope

fl-N Systems Inc 131 BusinessPartiLoop RO Box850CarisbcxgWa98324 |Telophone 800426-1306 bull 360-683-8300 bull FW 360683-3525 E-mail salesa-msystems com VVbbsite httpywwwa-msystems com

Demonstration of Burst Mode Connect the output ofthe Model 2100 to an oscilloscope Before connecting the Model 2100 to any other instrument or the experimental preparation It Is safest to turn its power off

Set the Outpuf controls

Range 10V Pulse Sign +

Baseline Pulse Amplitude 200

Baseline Amplitude 100

Setting The Timing Controls

Delay 88010-2 Burst Width 12010-^

Duration 15010-2 Period 50010-2

Set the START controls as follows

Mode Free Run

Disconnect any cables to the TRIG or GATE inputs

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Telophooe 8004201306 360683-8300 bull FAX 360683-3525 E^naii salesa-msystems com Watjsite http7wwwa-msystemscom

Trigger the oscilloscope from the Bursf trigger out (upper Trig Out connector) for a stable display In each burst (occurring every lOOms) you should observe a trio of 15ms duration starting 50ms apart Try switching the StartMode from Free Run to the center (nonnal) position The pulses will no longer be produced and the Trig and Event Indicators will tum off Pressing this switch once (to Manual) will cause a single burst to occur

Problem Solving If the instrument appears to be not working properiy check all ofthe control settings and connections Be sure to wait at least 5-10 seconds after turning the instrument off before turning it on again The following summary of typical problems for the user (along with the most common solutions) may help

Problem CauseSolution

EVENT Indicator never lights even in FREE RUN mode

bull Replace fuse check power connection bullSet DELAY or PERIOD to a shorter interval

bull Power-on too soon after power-off

OVERLAP Indicator is on

ERROR indicator is on

bull Set DURATION gt000 bull DURATION Is set to SQUARE but

PERIOD is 000 Increase PERIOD or set DURATION independantly

bull BURST and WIDTH are gt DURATION increase PERIOD or decrease DURATION

bull BIPHASIC pulse output Is on and PERIOD is not longer than twice the DURATION Increase PERIOD or decrease DURATION

bull Free-run Is on and BURST is lt PERIOD (BURST off) DELAY is 0 and PERIOD Is lt DURATION Add delay or modify PERIOD

bull Free-run is on and BURST is gt DURATION (BURST ON) and PERIOD is lt DURATION Increase PERIOD

bull For VOLTAGE outputs the output is trying to drive too low a resistance or capacitance (eg a short circuit) Check by disconnecting the output ft is possible (and normal) that for the fastest cycles and largest amplitudes (close to 100 V

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business PartiLoop PO Box 850 CartsborgWa 98324 iTelophone 800-42O130636O6e3-8300FAX 3606B3-3525 E-mail satesaflisyslefmcom Vfebslte http7wwwa-msyslemscom

and 1 ps) that the ERROR indicator might always come on during repetitive pulses Fix output load or decrease amplitude as required

Time appears to be excessive Changed control in mid-cycle (resets current status)

Cant seem to get a full signal out Load Is not properiy connected repair wiring Too low a load impedance (VOLTAGE modes) or too high a load impedance (CURRENT mode)

Incoming triggers not accepted frequently enough

PERIOD is set too long (enforces dead time) followd by BURST set to SIGNAL Reduce PERIOD time

Table 10 Problem Solving

If you suspect that the Model 2100 may have completely failed we recommend checking the basic level of functionality Ifthis fails your instrument Is defective and must be repaired Ifthis passes either your experimental setup is incompatible or inconsistent or there is a more subtle flaw in your Model 2100

If the Model 2100 appears to be malfunctioning contact A-M Systems Inc or your dealer We will first attempt to solve the problem over the telephone so have an exact description of your problem available when you call You do not need to be within the warranty period to obtain over-the-phone assistance

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 iTetoptxme 80O426-1306 bull 360683-8300 FAX 3606803525 E-mail satesa-msystemsoomAfebsitehttpJwwwaflisystemscom

Theory of Operation

The operation ofthe Model 2100 is summarized in the block diagram (see the figure on Page 11) Not shown are all ofthe interconnections with the microcontroller The internal microcontroler plays an important role in setting the signal path but does not directly contribute to the dynamic characteristics It scans the front panel switches and sets the control values for the logic arrays It programs the internal counters which along with the other hardware achieve the necessary sub-microsecond speeds

Pulse generation starts either from an Input trigger signal (from Trig In) or an internally signal (Free Run mode) A Delay timer counts the 10MHz clock until its count value is exhausted At this point the Burst Period and Duration timers are started If the Burst timer has not expired by the end ofthe Period the Period and Duration timers are restarted If the Biphasic mode has been set the Duration timer is restarted at the end of the initial Duration and the sign ofthe output pulse is reversed doubling the total duration

The system state (pulse on pulse sign baseline sign [+0f-]) is transmitted to the isolated section via optoisolator The baseline and pulse amplitudes are selected by an analog switch The resulting signal is amplified by a variable-power-supply discrete operational amplifier The amplifier connections and gain is modified to provide two voltage and three current ranges

Timing overiap errors are detected by a logical decision computation rather than by testing for counter collisions This provides instant feedback rather than waiting up to an hour for such a collision to occur Output errors are measured by sensing the output amplifiers differential input voltage Under normal conditions this is a negligible voltage If the amplifier fails to deliver the requested signal the window comparator testing this voltage sends this message (via optoisolator) to the logic section turning on a warning LED

fl-N Systems Inc 131BusinessPart(LoopRO Box850CarisboigWa98324 4 n Tel0pri0ne80O426-130636O683^300FAX36O6833525 ^ E-mail salesaflisystBmscom V febsite http7wwwa-msystemsoom

S i

I - - ^^mdasho^M

OUTPUT i l l

TRIG ^ OUT

(burst)

TRIG 3-lt) OUT

(pulse)

til

I laquo

Calibration Procedures

The calibration interval is the lesser of 1000 hours of operation or 6 months Somewhat greater drift can be expected in the first 100 hours of operation as the semiconductors age Adjustments should only be made after the instrument has been fully warmed up for at least 15 minutes

Full instrument calibration requires the following test equipment digital multimeter (plusmn 01) able to measure resistance to at least lOOMO oscilloscope with at least 50MHz bandwidth true-mis voltmeter with 4MHz bandwidth universal counter (plusmn 001 ) able to measure single pulse widths and periods resistors (all plusmn 01) 2kn lOkH 1 watt 20kn 200kn alligator clip lead sets banana plugs and BNC adapters

Adjustment integrated circuit and test point locations are shown in the following figures All adjustments are on the timing board unless othenAise noted

All voltages in the non-isolated section should be measured with respect to ground at TP510 unless othenwise stated Some voltages are measured with respect to an internal isolated ground at TP650 or across the two output temninals Occasionally the voltage at an IC pin must be measured in these cases the reference designator is given with the pin number in parentheses eg U602(16) When it states within this procedure that a voltage is to be minimized this means that the adjustment should be made such that the measured voltage is as close to zero volts as possible Refer to the Specifications Section of this manual for acceptable tolerances

The sequence of this procedure is important If any adjustment is made all adjustments which follow must be made to ensure that the specifications will be met These procedures require that all controls remain as set in previous steps unless othenAise indicated

WARNING

The Model 2100 has dangerous voltages throughout the instrument even with the power is off Servicing the Model 2100 should only be done by qualified service personnel Use caution in handling any wires connectors or electrodes which may be directly or indirectly attached to the instrument Do not touch exposed connections or components Disconnect power by unplugging the power cord from the receptacle

H B ^ ^ S y s t e m s inc^degdegp^deg^^deg-^^^^^^^^B3^^^degdeg^^^lt^^^B^^^^ 131BusinessPartiLoopPO Box850CartsbOigWamp98324 4 9 |Telophone800-42013C6360683-8300F0lt360683-3525 ^ E-mail salesa-msystefnscom website httpwwwaflisystems com

CO

TP501 O lt0

g OTPSOO

U560 S

Trig Gate

0 -TISOS

U570

U500

Timing

p U520

Timing

K U550 Timin

gt U540

U515

o X I Timin

U508 I

J510 Timing nnn

Burst Delay J400

gt U550

R503

D D I D bull U8QQ i Q

n

oo

V P 5 1 0

b U535

^

Clock i _

U555

lt U 5 4 5

o

h d ^ O - - ^ U605

Q D

U620

O fJZ^ R737 bull ^ 1^13015 r j C - C O M P

B B nU770 ^ ^ ^ 5 ^ a

J420

a

o E

bull [ ]U632

riueso

rR742rVhigh R 6 1 9 ^

LJ TP645 O TP650

TPMOQ^QS

Vlow

CD-

CZZl

J440 bull bull tl iUDQ

I t

f i l

Power supply and bias voltages

Power supply

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

POWER ON Observe voltage at P703 power supply wire top of main board

Check for+15 plusmn 050 V

Observe voltage at P701 power supply wire top of main board

Check for-15 plusmn 050 V

Observe voltage at U505(24) Check for +5 plusmn 025 V

Isolated supply voltage Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

RANGE 10 V TRIG open circuit MODE center position

Alternately observe V ^ from R742 to R740 and V ^ from theU605(4)toU605(8)

Adjust R773 so that 110VltV lt 120 V and

nigh

28VltV|^lt34V

Capacitance balance Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

Connect a xlO oscilloscope probe to TP650 and ground the

Adjust R737 for minimum high frequency signal

Inputs

Gate function Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave Verify that the voltage to GATE switches states at the Observe voltage at U510(3) proper input levels with an oscilloscope

Trigger slope Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave Verify that the voltage to TRIG switches states at the Observe voltage at U510( 1) proper input levels with an oscilloscope

TRIG SLOPE Verify voltage is 180deg out of phase

TRIG SLOPE Verify voltage is in phase

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 860 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Jelophone 800-4201306 360683-8300 bull FM 380683-3525 E-mail salesaflTsystBfnscom bull Vtebsite httpVAirwwaflisystems com

14

Trigger and gate f unc t i on

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

DELAY NONE BURS-nMDTH SINGLE DURATION SQUARE PERIOD 100X10-3

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave to TRIG Observe TRIGD and EVENT LEDs

TRIG disconnect all Short the GATE connector to GND Verify LEDs extinguish

MODE press to MANUAL Verify LEDs flash once

Timing

System c lock f requency

Controls Inputs Observations Ad jus t Check

Observe the frequency of the wave Verify 1000 MHz plusmn 001 atU555(17)

Mul t ip l iers (Wheel Swi tches)

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

PULSE SIGN-laquobull MODE FREE RUN TRIG disconnect all TIMING MULTIPUERS all

wheels set to zero except the one being tested

TIMING OVERLAP ignore

Observe the pulse width with the counter at the location specified t)elow

Verify pulse width is correct for each wheel as it is tested independently

For each wheel of each MULTIPLIER test each position to verify that the pulse width is correct Observe the signal at the following locations DELAY U520(2) BURSTWIDTH U530(2) PERIOD U540(2) DURATION U550(2)

Rates (Rotary Swi tches)

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

TIMING MULTIPUERS 001 Observe the pulse width with the TIMING RATES all rotary counter at the location specified

switches set to 10-4 below except the one being tested

Verify pulse width is correct for each rotary switch as it is tested independently

For each ofthe four rotary switches in TIMING test each position to verify that the pulse width is correct Observe the signal at the following locations DELAY U520(2) BURSTWIDTH U530(2) PERIOD U540(2) DURATION U550(2)

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 iTetophone 8004201306 bull 360683-8300 bull FOC 3606803525 E-mail salesa-msystemscom Wbbsite httpJwwwaflTSystemscom

15

Trigger outputs

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

Range 10V Pulse Amplitude 500 Delay 100 xlO^ Burst 100 x 10 ^ Duration 100x10-^ Period 400x10-^ Pulse sign + Trig Mode Free run Trig in open

Trigger the oscilloscope to the Burst Trig Out Observe it the Pulse Trig Out and the isolated output

Verify that the waveform consists of a burst of three 1ms-on3ms-off pulses The burst trigger should be synchronous with the burst the pulse trigger coincident with each pulse

Output Calibration

Isolation Resistance (check)

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode center position Trig In open

Measure the resistance between ground banana jack (front panel) and black banana jack of output with DMM

Resistance read gt 100MQ

Amplitude Switch Offset (R640)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Zero Trig Mode center position Trig In Open

Measure the voltage at TP645 vs TP650 with the DMM

Adjust R640 (AmpI Sw Offset) for minimum voltage

Output Offset (R332 front panel board) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Zero Range 10V Trig Mode center position Trig In Open

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

Adjust R332 (Output offset) for minimum voltage

Positive Baseline Offeet (R607) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Sign + Baseline Amplitude

fully CCW (000) Range 10V Trig In open Trig Mode center position

Measure the voltage across the outputwiththeDMM

Adjust R602 (BSLN + offset) for minimum voltage

fl-N Systems Inc 131 BusBiess Parti Loop P O Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Telophone B00-42O1306 bull 360683-8300 bull FAX 3606803525 E-mail salesaflisystemscom V^tebsite httpy^vwwa-msystems com

16

Negative Baseline Offset (R619)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Sign -Baseline Amplitude

fully CCW (000) Range 10V Trig In open Trig Mode center position

Measure the voltage across the outputwiththeDMM

Adjust R619 (BSLN + offset) for minimum voltage

Pulse Amplitude Adjust (R602)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode Free Mode Pulse Amplitude 1000 Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =1001 Period =00110-4 Pulse Sign -Trig In open Range 10V

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

The Overiap indicator should be on Adjust R602 (Max Level) for -10OOV out

Pulse Sign Gain (check)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode Free Mode Pulse Amplitude 1000 Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =100 1s Period =001 10-4s Trig In open Range 10V

Measure the voltage at the output with the DMM for the Pulse Sign at + and - positions

The absolute values ofthe voltages should differ by less than lOOmV

Baseline Amplitudes (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Range 100mA Trig Mode center position Baseline Amplitude fully CW (1000) Trig In open

Measure the voltage at the output with the DMM with Baseline Sign in + Zero and

- positions

Gain the matching of current levels at = and - positions and offset current in Zero position

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop PO Box 850 Cartsboig Wa 98324 Telophone 800-4201306 360683-8300 FkX 3606803525 E-mail salesa-msystemscom website http^^wwaflisystemsccm

17

Output Range Amplitude and Drive (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Pulse Amplitude 1000 Pulse Sign + Trig Mode Free Run Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =1001 Period =10010-4 Trig In open

Load the output with a 10KV 1W 01 resistor Measure the voltage at the output with DMM

Verify that full scale output is within specification Scale Range 100V 100V 10V 10V 100mA IV 1mA 10V 10mA 100V

Pulse Sign and Short Circuit Protection (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =200 10-4 Period =00110-3 Baseline Zero Pulse Amplitude 25 Range 10V Trig Mode Free Run Trig In open

Measure the voltage at the output with the oscilloscope Check for Pulse Sign set to each of + - biphasic Watch for Error indicator when shorting the output

Verify that pulses of approx 25V amplitude (625V for biphasic mode) of the correct sign are produced every 10ms Short output in biphasic mode Output should return when opened

Output Transient Response (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Pulse Sign + Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =20010-4 Period =00110-3 Pulse Amplitude 250 Baseline Zero Trig Mode Free Mode Trig In open

Connect the oscilloscope to the output with a 310 attenuator probe Test both 10V and 100V ranges

Verify that overshoot and risetime meet specifications

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Telophone 8004201306 bull 3606808300 bull Flaquo( 360laquo83ltJ525 E-mail salesa-msystemsocm V^febsite http^wwwa-msystefnscom

18

Specifications

There are three classes of specifications Class A specifications tested in all units and are guaranteed Class B specifications are inherent in the design they are indirectly tested and are guaranteed Class C specifications are typical operating values which are occasionally tested- these are typical values given for your information but not guarshyanteed The class for each specification is noted in the center column ofthe following sections

Inputs Switching level

Hysteresis

Input equivalent circuit

Minimum duration (1 IL-level signal)

A

C

C

C

16 V(plusmn 02 V)

approx 50 mV

lOOKH to+5 in parallel with no more than 35pF

gt 50 ns

Open circuit condition B defaults to highon level

Timing and rate accuracy Rate selector steps

Timing multiplier steps

B

B

lOOpsto 100s in 7 steps

1 of rate selector step size Maximum value is 999 X the rate selector step size

Resolution B approx 01 ofthe maximum value

Timing error (second and later pulses after resetting controls)

B lt 002 of rate selector value + 015 ps

Timing error (first pulse after readjusting timing controls)

an additional 025 ps error may occur

Timing repeatability lt 001 setting + 20 ns (monophasic)

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Ram Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Vfa 98324 pTelophone 8004201306 bull 360683-8300 bull FAX 360683-3525

E-mail salesraquoflisystems com Wabsite httpJAnww afl isystems com

19

TRIG IN to OUTPUT delay (DELAY set to 0) output set to 2V

Timing jitter from TRIG IN to OUTPUT (for TTL trigger input with risetime lt10 ns)

Timing jitter from TRIG OUT (either BURST or PULSE) and OUTPUT

Trigger output to pulse output delay

Output characteristics Pulse level error (voltage mode open circuit current mode short circuit

Biphasic level difference IV + - V-1 2

Baseline level error (voltage mode open circuit current mode short circuit)

Risetime (25 V out)

Risetime (25 V out)

Transient response

A

A

A

Output impedance (voltage mode) C

Output impedance (current mode) C

Isolation resistance A

Isolation capacitance C

approx 05 ps for a load of no more than 10 KH in parallel with 50 pF

lt 125 ns (all rates except 100s) lt 125 ps (100s rate)

Less than 20 ns (all rates)

approx 350 ns

lt 03 of setting + 05 of r range (plus an additional 05 pA in 100 pA range)

lt 03 of range (voltage modes into open circuit current modes into short circuit)

lt 03 of setting of setting + 01 of range (plus an additional 05 pA in lOOpA range)

= 200 ns into less than 30 pF

= 15 ps into less than 30 pF

lt 8 overshoot into less than 30 pF for pulse voltages different than baseline voltage by at least 10 of range

= 50 ohms

raquo 1 0 GH (typically 200 GO)

raquo 1 0 0 M n

= 60 pF at 100 Hz

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Peril Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg V6 98324 |TelCf)hone 800-4201306 3606808300 bull FAX 360683-3525 E-mal salesaflisystefnsoom Website hnpyMVfWafllsystemsoom

20

Noise (differential mode)

Noise (common mode earth to isolated ground) with no signal output

Overload error indicator (low frequency short circuited voltage mode)

Overload error indicator low frequency open circuited current mode)

Overioad error response time

Miscellaneous

= 1 mV rms (10 V scale 10 Hz-4 MHz)

= 8 mV rms (10 Hz-4 MHz) == 100mVp-p (200 Hz -10 MHz) measured withalOMH 15pF oscilloscope probe

Turns on for set amplitude at or greater than approx plusmn1 V (10 V range) or plusmn2 V (100 V range)

Turns on for set amplitude at or above approx 2 of range

Flat to approx 30 ps duration Decreasing sensitivity for shorter pulses

Power

Fuse

Operating temperature range

Storage temperature range

Operating humidity

Dimensions

approx 11 watts

1 amp 3AG

10-30degC

0 - 50deg C

5 - 80 RH

17x475x1125 (inches) 432x121x286 cm

Weight 20 lbs (9 kg)

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Wb 98324 |Tetcphone 8004201306 3606808300 bull FOt 360683-3525 E-mail satesamsystems comV^febsite httpywwwaflisystemscom

21

Warranty and Service

What does this warranty cover A-M Systems Inc warrants to the Purchaser that the Instrument excluding cables Headstage Probes and any other accessories shipped with the Instrument (hereafter the hardware) is free from defects in workmanship or material under normal use and service for the period of one (1) year This warranty commences on the date of delivery ofthe hardware to the Purchaser

What are the obligations of A-M Systems Inc under this warranty During the warranty period A-M Systems Inc agrees to repair or replace at its sole option without charge to the Purchaser any defective component part of the hardware To obtain warranty service the Purchaser must return the hardware to A-M Systems Inc or an authorized A-M Systems Inc distributor in an adequate shipping container Any postage shipping and insurance charges incurred in shipping the hardware to A-M Systems Inc must be prepaid by the Purchaser and all risk for the hardware shall remain with purchaser until such time as A-M Systems Inc takes receipt of the hardware Upon receipt A-M Systems Inc will promptly repair or replace the defective unit and then return the hardware to the Purchaser postage shipping and insurance prepaid A-M Systems Inc may use reconditioned or like new parts or units at its sole option when repairing any hardware Repaired products shall carry the same amount of outstanding warranty as from original purchase or ninety (90) days which ever is greater Any claim under the warranty must include a dated proof of purchase ofthe hardware covered by this warranty In any event A-M Systems Inc liability for defective hardware is limited to repairing or replacing the hardware

What is not covered by this warranty This warranty is contingent upon proper use and maintenance ofthe hardware by the Purchaser and does not cover batteries Neglect misuse whether intentional or othenwise tampering with or altering the hardware damage caused by accident damage caused by unusual physical electrical chemical or electromechanical stress damage caused by failure of electrical power or damage caused during transportation are not covered by this wan-anty Products may not be returned to A-M Systems Inc for service whether under warranty or otherwise which are contaminated by infectious agents radioactive compounds or other materials constituting a health hazard to employees of A-M Systems Inc

What are the limits of liability for A-M Systems Inc under this warranty A-M Systems Inc shall not be liable for loss of data profits or savings or any special incidental consequential indirect or other similar damages arising from breach of contract negligence or other legal action even if the company or its agent has been advised of the possibility of such damages or for any claim brought against you by another party THIS EQUIPMENT IS NOT INTENDED FOR CLINICAL MEASUREMENTS USING HUMAN SUBJECTS A-M SYSTEMS INC DOES NOT ASSUME RESPONSIBILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE DUE TO MISUSE OF THIS EQUIPMENT Jurisdictions vary with regard to the enforceability of provisions excluding or limiting liability for incidental or consequential damages Check the provision of your local jurisdiction to find out whether the above exclusion applies to you

This warranty allocates risks of product failure between the Purchaser and A-M Systems Inc A-M Systems Inc hardware pricing reflects this allocation of risk and the limitations of liability contained in this warranty The warranty set forth above is in lieu of all other express warranties whether oral or written The agents employees distributors and dealers of A-M Systems Inc are not authorized to make modifications to this warranty or additional wan-anties binding on the company Accordingly additional statements such as dealer advertising or presentations whether oral or written do not constitute warranties by A-M Systems Inc and should not be relied upon This warranty gives you specific legal rights You may also have other rights which vary from one jurisdiction to another

fl-N Systems Inc 131BusinessPartiLoop RO Box850CartsbOfgWa98324 p O |Telophone 8004201306 bull 360683-8300FOC 3606830525 ^ ^ E-mail saiesaflisystefTiscom Wbbsite httpVwwwa-msystemscom

INSTRUCTION MANUAL

FOR

ISOLATED PULSE STIMULATOR

MODEL 2100

Serial

Date

A-M Systems Inc

PO Box 850

Carisborg WA 98324

USA

360-683-8300 bull 800-426-1306 FAX 360-683-3525

httpwwwa-m8y8temscom

Version 50 May 1998

Contents General Description 1

Instrument Features 1 Controls and Connectors 2

Operating Instructions 6 Theory of Operation 10 Calibration Procedures 12

Inputs ii 14 Output Calibration iii i 16

Specifications i4 il u 19 Warranty and Service wi iJ iJi [ii 22

Each Isolated Pulse Stimulator Is delivered complete with

Rack Mount Hardware Instructions amp Maintenance Manual

NOTE

This instrument is not intended for clinical measurements using human subjects A-M Systems Inc does not assume msponsibility for injury or damage due to the misuse of this instrument

General bull M ^ ion

Instrument Features The Isolated Pulse Stimulator Model 2100 Is designed for a wide variety of applications It is highly flexible being capable of delivering single pulses biphasic pairs or bursts of pulses Pulses may be started manually or upon receiving a trigger signal from another instrument or computer Two non-isolated trigger outputs are available for triggering other instruments

Four sets of timing controls provide comprehensive control over all aspects of pulse generation Three digit accuracy is available over a 7 decade range for each timing function using lever wheel switches Pulse wkiths can be set over more than a 9 decade range from 05 [is to 999 seconds Timing accuracy is assured through the use of a 10 MHz base rate crystal-controlled clock digitally divided to provide accurate timing over the entire range A timing overiap indicator will light if the timing controls are set Inconsistently

The output may be conveniently switched between cun-ent and voltage modes Pulse and baseline amplitudes are independently presettable with lockable dials An error indicator will light if the Model 2100 cannoi deliver the desired signal

WARNING

The Model 2100 can produce potentially dangemus voltages up to 100 V et the output connectors The isolated output is not connected internally to safety (earth) ground in ahy way Some part of the extemal circuit should be connected to safety gmund Use caution in handling any wires connectors or electrodes which may be directly or indirectly attached to the Model 2100 output Some lltinds of connectors such as BNC connectors have exposed metal parts which may float at dangemus potentials unless extemally connected to safety gmund For greatest safety tum the Model 2100 off before making any connections to

the Instrument

131 Business Park LocfiPO Box BSOCarM)orgWa 98324 800426-1308 bull36OlaquoS3laquo300FAX 3 6 M 8 3 ^ 2 5

E-malt uiittyBQaHiByBtumaooiTi Wobsita HipJtwtiwiwftbMiAcon fl-N SystQms I n c ^ T

Controls and Connectors The controls for the Model 2100 are grouped in three sections START controlling when a pulse or burst of pulses begins TIMING controlling the onoff timing of one or more pulses and otJTPliT controlling the amplitude of the output signal

Start TRIG SLOPE This switch determines whether valid triggers occur at positive or negative edges in the trigger signal

MODE This switch controls how wavefomris are initiated When set to FREE RUN one timing cycle immediately follows the last When held in the MANUAL position a timing cycle starts immediately When the switch is in the center position timing cycles start when valid triggering events occur

TRIGD This LED lights up when a timing cycle is in process and continues until the burst is completed

TRIG This BNC connector allows a signal from an extemal source to initiate timing cycles It is set for standard TTL levels

GATE This BNC connector allows a signal from an extemal source to restrict the final output signal This input must be at a logical high (or open-circuited) in order for the Model 2100 to recognize either manual or automatic trigger events

Gate 1_ Trigger [~^ i I Valid triggers are represented by the arrows in the figure Note that the up arrow would apply only if TRIG SLOPE is set to + the down anrows would apply only if TRIG SLOPE is set to-

NOTE Triggers have no effect if the system has not completed its response to a previous trigger

fl-N SystQms I n c ^ 131 Business Park Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 600426-13063eO683laquo300FAX 360683^525

E-maB anBysQraquoinsyaleiTaconi Wsbalto h^KAvwwa-(nsys(smsoom

Timing Four sets of controls govem the timing of pulse generation Each set contains two values which are multiplied together to detennine the actual timing value The rotary knob (rate selector) provides the approximate timing value and the lever wheel switch bank (MULTIPLIER) provkles a time resolution of three decimal digits The following diagram shows most of the important relationships

Pnfe-tRAIM I B E L A V i6Molaquo

BURST WIOtH

Output r Delay

t n

Duration - ^ lt - |4Periodgt|

FLJI -^ Burst width

Trigger event

DELAY These controls set the time between the initiating trigger event and the beginning of the pulse burst If this rate selector is set to NONE or the multiplier is set to ooo there is no delay

BURSTWIDTH These controls set the time period in which one or more pulses may be delivered Once started a pulse may outlast the burst width If this rate selector is set to SINGLE or to any time shorter than the pulse duration only a single pulse will occur If the BURSTWIDTH is longer than the period pulses will be emitted at the PERIOD rate until the burst time ends Pulses are never truncated by a short BURST WIDTH

iNTpoundA-PULSiE PBRiOb

DURATION These controls set the length of each pulse If this rate selector is set to SQUARE the duration is set to half of the period regardless of the MULTIPLIER setting

PERIOD These controls set the period of time between adjacent pulse events within the burst It also forces a minimum dead time between recognized input triggers following a burst of one or more pulses This can be used to prevent over stimulation of a tissue without requiring excessive delay between the triggering event and the stimulating pulse

TlMtNQ OVERLAP

mLiHMPi

VVtJ jiwaa lasm nlaquoilaquo u

t^fi SysUms I n c ^ Elt4nsfl a m

131 Business Pofc Loop PO Box 850 Carisborg 1^98324 600-426-1306 36O6834300 FAK 360683^525

E-mai vrvysQfrflisysleraLOCniWutiailQL N^jAwwa^iByslernUiOOni

NOTE If any of these timing controls are changed while a timing cycle is in operation the results are undefined until the cunent cycle flnishes

TIMING OVERLAP This LED will light to indicate an Inconsistency in the timing cycle settings There are several ways to Introduce such errors The most common way is to set the inter-pulse PERIOD to be less than the pulse DURATION

TRIG OUT (UPPER) This BNC connector provides a signal which is coinckient with the intemal Burst timing signal (default) This means the signal starts at the end of the Delay time and persists until the Burst time expires This output may also be set to represent the delay time-out by setting the internal jumper J510 to the left two pins Instead of the right two pins (Please see the Calibration section in this manual for jumper location Directions are given as viewed from the fix)nt of the instrument)

TRIG OUT (LOWER) This BNC connector provides a signal which is coincident with the Duration timing signal which controls pulse output

NOTE Both trigger output signals slightly lead the isolated output signal

Output PULSE SIGN This Switch sets the sign for the pulses to be generated It also allows generation of biphasic pulses thereby doubling the effective total period Warning the first pulse genemted after changing the PULSE SIGN svntch may have the wmng polarity

BASELINE This switch sets the sign for the baseline signal

RANGE This rotary switch allows one of three current or two voltage ranges to be selected for the output signal

BASELINE AMPLITUDE This counting dial are independently set using ten-minute counting dials with the baseline having one tenth the range of the pulse amplitude

A-N Systlaquomslaquo Inc 131 Buskiess Partt Loop PO BoK 8S0 Cailsbarg Wa 96324 laophone 8004201306 bull36O68M300-FAX 3eolaquo8M525 E-mat bullmsysflMnsyslermoom VMaHsr Hlplhfimnmyekmoom

PULSE AMPLITUDE This counting dial

EVENTS This LED indicates when a pulse is ongoing

ERROR This LED indicates when the intemal output amplifier cannot output the pulse as desired This is usually due to a short circuit while trying to output a voltage or an open circuit while trying to output a current

One control from the Ot^uf section directly affects wavefonn timing the Pulse Sign control When set to the Biphasic mode a positive-going pulse is Immediately followed by a negative-going pulse This effectively doubles the pulse duration If a burst of biphasic pulses is being produced the period must be at least twice the single pulse duration In the Sgtan wave mode the baseline disappears as long as the burst persists

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Bushass Park locpPOBooi 850 C8ri9bcrgMS8324 IMqphona 800426-1306 bull36Olaquo83laquo3a0 FAX 360683-3529 E-nal amsyaOa4nsyatemscomWeMlK hMpJVniwa-nsygtatnscom

Operating Instructions

Examples Simple setup (and minimal Instrument tost)

Connect the output of the Model 2100 to an oscilloscope Before connecting the instrument it is safest to turn its power off

Set the Ou^uf controls

Range Pulse Sign

Baseline Pulse Amplitude

10V +

Zero 200

Setting The Timing Controls

Delay Burst Width

Duratbn Period

none single

15010-2 500102

Setting The Start Controls

Mode Free Run

Disconnect any cables to the TRIG or GATE Inputs

Note that the green Trig and Event Indicators tum on as Free Run is turned on (and tum off othenwise) You should observe a 15ms duration 20Hz rate pulse of 200V above a OV baseline on the oscilloscope i

A ^ M ^ _ _ _ A ^ _ _ _ 1 ^ 131BiiHnD8raquoParttloopPOBoxB50Car)sbcrBlaquoraquoS8324

bull P l ^ y S W n i S f |nC ltV^gt^8deglt^^2O1306380laquo8OS3a0FAX36O6BMS2S

6 E-fnflk 9n^fBOs-in9ystsni9cx]fnWDbs)tec H^ff9Nw^myStem9oom

Demonstration of Burst Mode Connect the output of the Model 2100 to an oscilloscope Before connecting the instrument it is safest to tum Its power off

Set the Output controls

Range Pulse Sign

Baseline Pulse Amplitude

Baseline Amplitude

Setting The Timing Controls

Delay Burst Width

Duration

Period

Set the START controls as follows

Mode

Disconnect any cables to the TRIG or GATE inputs

Trigger the oscilloscope from the Burst trigger out (upper Tr^ Out connector) for a stable display In each burst (occumng every lOOms) you should observe a trio of 15ms duration starting 50ms apart Try switching the StartMode from Free Run to the center (nomnal) position The pulses will no longer be produced and the Trig and Event indicators will turn off Pressing this switch once (to Manual) will cause a single burst to occur

880 120 150 500

10V +

200 100

102 102 102 102

Free Run

fleaff SySlQmSa |nCa deglgt ltlt ^ ^ deg ^ degdeg ^ ^ ^ bull E-matmia

131 Business Park LoopPO Box 850 Carisborg Vfe 86324 lUcphcna 800426-1306 36Olaquo83laquo300 FAX 36068raquo52 E-maft tfii8ysOiHn^nleiTBcom1AWisJto HSpitwraquoM^wytAtii9oom

Problem SoMng If the Instrument appears to be not worthing properiy check all of the control settings and connections Be sure to wait at least 5-10 seconds after turning the Instrument off before tuming it on again The following t6ef summary of typical problems for the user (along with the most common solutions) may help

Problem CauseSolution EVENT indicator never lights even in FREE RUN mode

bull Replace fuse check power connection bullSet DELAY or PERIOD to a shorter interval

bull Power-on too soon after power-off

OVERLAP Indicator is on

ERROR indicator is on

Time appears to be excessive

bullSet DURATION gt000 bull DURATION is set to SQUARE but PERIOD is 000 Increase PERIOD or set DURATION independantly

bull BURST and WIDTH are gt DURATION increase PERIOD or decrease

DURATION bull BIPHASIC pulse output is on and PERIOD is not longer than twice the DURATION Increase PERIOD or decrease DURATION

bull Free-run is on and BURST Is lt PERIOD (BURST off) DELAY is 0 and PERIOD is lt DURATION Add delay or modify PERIOD

bull Free-mn is on and BURST is gt DURATION (BURST ON) and PERIOD is lt DURATION Increase PERIOD

bull For VOLTAGE outputs the output Is trying to drive too low a resistance or capacitance (eg a short circuit) Check by disconnecting the output It is possible (and normal) that for the fastest cycles

and largest amplitudes (close to 100 V and 1 MS) that the ERROR Indicator might always come on during repetitive pulses Fix output load or decrease amplitude as required

bull Changed control in mid-cycle (resets cunent status)

A ^ M bull _ _ _ A ^ ^ _ _ i ^ mdash 131BuslnessPai1ltLoopPOBox850CarlsborgWamp98324

bull p i j ^ v s w m s iiic^^deglt^deg^^deglt^^^3degB3^^^deg^^^^degdeg^^^deg^^deg^^^^ E-mat iiiMOafflwstemseom WabaHe MtaffiwwtHtavsli

8 E-msft flmsjoQfrfraystGfnsoom ^WobsltiK hl^Aiwv9-fn9]nteniscom

Cant seem to get a full signal out

Incoming triggers not accepted frequently enough

bull Load is not properiy connected repair wiring

bull Too low a load impedance (VOLTAGE modes) or too high a load impedance

(CURRENT mode)

bull PERIOD is set too long (enforces dead time) followd by BURST set to SIGNAL Reduce PERIOD time

Table 10 Problem Solving

If you suspect that the Model 2100 may have completely failed we recommend checking the basic level of functionality If this fails your instrument is defective and must be repaired If this passes either your experimental setup is incompatible or inconsistent or there is a more subtle flaw in your Model 2100

If the Model 2100 appears to be malfunctioning contact A-M Systems Inc or your dealer Telephone numtgters for A-M Systems Inc listed on the front cover of this manual We will first attempt to solve the problem over the telephone so have an exact description of your problem available when you call You do not need to be within the warranty period to obtain over-the-phone assistance

A ^ M V - mdash A d B ^ K M I ^ M 131BuslnessPatfcLoopPOBox6SOCai

-PI s y s i Q m s inc-2raquolaquoa22=M^^

131 Business Parfc Loop PO Box 650 Cartsborg VM9 0S324 _ FAX36(W8a3525 E^nrt flnsysQa-ntsyttanB-oom Wsbsfte hHpiMNvwa-nnystsnisooni

9

Theory of Operation

The operation of the Model 2100 is summarized In the block diagram (see Fig 3) Not shown are all of the interconnections with the microcontroller The intemal microcontroler plays an important role in setting the signal path but does not directly

contribute to the dynamic characteristics It scans the front panel switches and sets the control values for the logic arays It programs the intemal counters which along with the other hardware achieve the necessary sub-microsecond speeds

All action starts either from an input trigger signal (from Trig In) or from an intemal signal (in free Run mode only) A Delay timer counts the 10MHz clock until its count value Is exhausted At this point the Burst timer starts Both Period and Duration timers are started at this time If the Burst timer has not expired by the end of the Period the Period and Duration timers are restarted If the Biphasic mode has been set the Duration timer is restarted at the end of the initial Duration and the sign of the output pulse Is reversed doubling the total duration

The system state (pulse on pulse sip baseline sign [+101-]) is transmitted to the isolated section via optoisolator The baseline and pulse amplitudes are selected by an analog switch The resulting signal is amplified by a variable-power-supply discrete operational amplifier The amplifier connections and gain is modified to provide two voltage and three cunent ranges

Timing overlap errors are detected by a logical decision computation rather than by testing for counter collisions This provides instant feedback rather than waiting up to an hour for such a collision to occur Output errors are measured by sensing the output amplifiers differential input voltage Under normal conditions this is a negligible voltage if the amplifier fails to deliver the requested signal the window comparator testing this voltage sends this message (via optoisolator) to the logic section turning on a warning LED

fl-N Systems Inc 131BusbnassPa(tLoopPOBox6SOCari3boigVMg8324 H n |TWoph0n880O426-13083eO6Blaquo300FMt36Olaquo8i3525 E-nnl anaysflfriinysleiiaoemWfcbslte hllphmwraquoimyatennoom

TRIG 3HJ) OUT

(burst)

TRIG ^ OUT

(pulse)

E

Ml

Calibration Procedures

The calibration interval is the lesser of 1000 hours of operation or 6 months Somewhat greater drift can be expected in the first 100 hours of operation as the semiconductors age Adjustments should only be made after the instrument has been fully warmed up for at least 15 minutes

Full instrument calibration requires the following test equipment digital multimeter (plusmn 01) able to measure resistance to at least lOOMfl oscilloscope with at least 50MHz bandwidth true-rms voltmeter with 4MHz bandwidth universal counter (plusmn 001 ) able to measure single pulse widths and periods resistors (all plusmn 01) 2kn lOkH 1 waft 20kn 200kn alligator clip lead sets banana plugs and BNC adapters

Adjustment integrated circuit and test point locations are shown in the following figures All adjustments are on the timing board unless otherwise noted

All voltages in the non-isolated section should be measured with respect to ground at TP510 unless othenvise stated Some voltages are measured with respect to an intemal isolated ground at TP650 or across the two output tenninals Occasionally the voltage at an IC pin must be measured In these cases the reference designator is given with the pin number in parentheses eg U602(16) When it states within this procedure that a voltage is to be minimized this means that the adjustment should be made such that the measured voltage is as close to zero volts as possible Refer to the Specifications Section of this manual for acceptable tolerances

The sequence of this procedure is Important If any adjustment is made all adjustments which follow must be made to ensure that the specifications will be met These procedures require that all controls remain as set in previous steps unless otherwise indicated

WARNING

The Model 2100 has dangerous voltages throughout the instrument even with the power is off Servicing the Model 2100 should only be done by qualified service personnel Use caution in handling any wires connectors or electrodes which may be directly or indirectly attached to the Instrument Do not touch exposed connections or components Disconnect power by unplugging the power cord from the receptacle

fl-N Systems I n c ^ 131BusinesaPartcLoopPOBox850CartsborgVWiB8324 4 n ^gt-mdash80O426-130638Ofl8Jlaquo300FAX36O683J52S bull E-maft BinsysQfrfn^islflnisoomVVfalislle h^KVfWMift^iisystemsoani

CO

- R503

Omg^

TPSOlQ O

OTPSOO

U560 bull

U510

DDID ^ trade E O ^ T P 5 1 0

bullnD Trig

0 ^

U570

Gate n U505

DO D

U515

Timing

Timing h_ U520

bsoo ^25SE Timing

Or r U540

I I Tmlng

[^ELIL

U535 D

U506

13 J510 Timlnff

BurfiDelay J400

i i i i i i i T r m r a

gt U550 ^

Clock

U555 U620

B a

^R^Pvhigh Rfijn O D O Vlow

o

bull U545

Fo sect737 lISOIsPjC-COMP

n r r ^ U760

J420

]]U632

Q S riuGSO

H = ) TP640^ deg I t I

II3D

J440 m i T i

U610 plusmn laquo j U O

bull bull l el

^t

O l

bull

M

I

Power supply and bias voltages

Power supply

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

POWER ON Observe voltage at P703 power supply wire top of main board

Check for+15 plusmn 050 V

Observe voltage at P701 power supply wire top of main board

Check for-15 plusmn 050 V

Observe voltage at U505(24) Check for+5 plusmn 025 V

Isolated supply voltage

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

RANGE 10 V TRIG open circuit MODE center position

Altemately observe V^ from R742 to R740 and V ^ from the U605(4) to U605(8)

Adjust R773 so that 110VltV^lt 120 V and

nign

28VltV^lt34V

Capacitance balance

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Connect a x10 oscilloscope probe to TP650 and ground the

Adjust R737 for minimum high frequency signal

Inputs

Gate funct ion

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave Verify that the voltage to GATE switches states at the Obsene voltage at U51G(3) proper input levels with an oscilloscope ^ ^

Trigger s lope

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave Verify that the voltage to TRIO switches states at the Observe voltage at US 10( 1) proper input levels with an oscilloscope

TRIG SLOPE + Verify voltage is 180 out of phase

TRIG SLOPE Verify voltage is in phase

fl-N Systems Inc ^ 131 Bushess Park Loop PO Bar 850 Carisborg Wa 98324 8004201306 3eOlaquoS3e300 FAX 3606BV352S

C-maft fliii8yBQfriii9yBlumaoamVIAibsMB hRpJhwMifi-iiiBystematxini

14

Trigger and gate funct ion

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

DELA NONE BURS1WII3TH SINGLE DURATION SQUARE PERIOD 100X10-3

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave to TRIG Obsen^e TRIOD and EVENT LEDS

TRIG disconnect all Short the GATE connector to GND Verify LEDs extinguish

MODE press to MANUAL Verify LEDs flash once

Timing

System c lock frequency

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Observe the frequency of the wave atU555(17)

Verify 1000 MHz plusmn001

Multipl iers (Wheel Switches)

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

PULSE SIGN + MODE FREE RUN TRIG disconnect all TIMING MULTIPUERS ail

wheels set to zero except the one being tested

TnmiNG OVERLAP ^nOTB

Observe the pulse width with the counter at the location specified below

Verify pulse width Is correct for each wheel as it is tested Independently

For each wheel of each MULTIPUER test each position to verify that the pulse width is correct Observe the signal at the following locations DELAY U520(2) BURSTWIDTH U530(2) PERIOD US40(2) DURATION U550(2)

Rates (Rotary Switches)

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

TIMING MULTIPUERS 001 TIMING RATES all rotary

switches set to 10-4 except the one being tested

Observe the pulse width with the counter at the location specified below

Verify pulse width is conect for each rotary switch as it is tested independently

For each of the four rotary switches in TIMING test each position to verify that the pulse wkJth is correct Observe the signal at the following locations DELAY U520(2) BURSTWIDTH U530(2) PERIOD U540(2) DURATION U550(2)

fl-N Systems I n c ^ E-maft emfl

131 Business Parti Loop PO 809(850 Cartsborg Wta 98324 8004201306 3804806300 FAX 36068O3S25

E-maft ansysQa nvystems-oom Wobste hflp Avwwa4nsy8(Qnttoam

15

Trigger outputs Controls

Range 10V Pulse Amplitude 500 Delay 100x10 Burst 100x10^2 Duration 100 x1a Period 400x10^ Pulse sign + Trig Mode Free run Trig in open

Inputs Observations

Trigger the oscilloscope to the Burst Trig Out Observe it the Pulse Trig Out and the isolated output

Adjust Check

Verify that the waveform consists of a burst of three 1ms-on3ms-off pulses The burst trigger should be synchronous with the burst the pulse trigger coincident with each pulse

Output Calibration

Isolation Resistance (check) Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode center position Trig In open

Measure the resistance between ground banana jack (front panel) and black banana jack of output with DMM

Resistance read gt 100MQ

Amplitude Switch Offset (R640) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Zero Trig Mode center position Trig In Open

Measure the voltage at TP645 vs TP650 with the DMM

Adjust R640 (AmpI Sw Offset) for minimum voltage

Output Offset (R332 front panel board) Controls I nputsObservatlons AdjustCheck

Baseline Zero Range 10V Trig Mode center position Trig In Open

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

Adjust R332 (Output offset) for minimum voltage

Positive Baseline Offset (R607) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Sign + Baseline Amplitude

fully CCW (000) Range 10V Trig In open Trig Mode center position

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

Adjust R602 (BSLN + offset) for minimum voltage

fl M raquo _ _ _ A laquo ^ _ i ^ ^ 131Buslnelaquo8Pari(loopPOBoK850Cart8borgWB96324

bull P I i s V S i e m S a |||Cg1Maphans80O42O130638O68O8300FAX36Olaquo8raquo^2S E-tiBft anagtraquoflwiisyagtlaquomraquoaimW6baHB hHpffii(wwraquoltnsylaquoleniieom

16

Negative Baseline Offset (R619) Controls

Baseline Sign -i Baseline Amplitude bull fully CCW (000)

Range 10V Trig In open Trig Mode center position

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

AdjustCheck

Adjust R619 (BSLN 4 offset) for minimum voltage

Pulse Amplitude Adjust (R602) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode Free Mode Pulse Amplitude 1000 Timing Dialay =none Burst =single Duration =1001 Period =00110-4 Pulse Sign -Trig In open Range 10V

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

The Overiap indicator should be on Adjust R602 (Max Level) for -1000V out

Pulse Sign Gain (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode Free Mode Pulse Amplitude 1000 Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =1001 s Period =00110-4s Trig In open Range 10V

Measure the voltage at the output with the DMM for the Pulse Sign at -- and - positions

The absolute values of the voltages should differ by less than lOOmV

Baseline Amplitudes (check) Controls InputsObservations

Range 100mA Trig Mode center position Baseline Amplitude fully CW (1000) Trig In open

Measure the voltage at the output with the DMM with Baseline Sign in + Zero and - positions

AdjustCheck

Gain the matching of current levels at = and - positions and offset current in Zero position

fl-N Systems Inc^^ bull E-mal am8

131 Business Partt Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 88324 8004201306360laquo8Oe300FAX 360laquo8O362S

E-maM am8y8^o-mBy8tflmBoom WobaKo hHp Awwwo-f i iBystonuoom

17

Output Range Amplitude and Drive (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Pulse Amplitude 1000 Pulse Sign + Trig Mode Free Run Timing Delay =none Burst =8ingle Duration =1001 Period =10010-4 Trig In open

Load the output with a 10KV1W 01 resistor Measure the voltage at the output with DMM

Verify that full scale output is within specification Scale Range 100V 100V 10V 10V 100mA IV 1mA 10V 10mA 100V

Pulse Sign and Short Circuit Protection (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Timing Delay =none Burst =8ingle Duration =200 10-4 Period =00110-3 Baseline Zero Pulse Amplitude 25 Range 10V Trig Mode Free Run Trig In open

Measure the voltage at the output with the oscilloscope Check for Pulse Sign set to each of + - biphasic Watch for Error indicator when shorting the output

Verify that pulses of approx 25V amplitude (625V for biphasic mode) of the correct sign are produced every 10ms Short output in biphasic mode Output should retum when opened

Output Transient Response (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Pulse Sign + Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =20010-4 Period =00110-3 Pulse Amplitude 250 Baseline Zero Trig Mode Free Mode Trig In open

Connect the oscilloscope to the output with a 310 attenuator prolse Test boVn 10V and 100V ranges

Verify that overshoot and risetime meet specifications

fl-N Systems I n c ^ 131 Business Parte Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wb 98324 8004201306 36Olaquo83O300 FAX 36O680lt352S

E-mQ0 snBy8Qs-msy8faiTiscom VWriMtte N ^ Mvww9-msy8lemscom

18

Specifications

There are three classes of specifications Class A specifications tested in all unHs and are guaranteed Class B specifications are inherent in the design they are indirectly tested and are guaranteed Class C specifications are typical operating values which are occasionally tested- these are typical values given for your infomiation but not guarshyanteed The class for each specification is noted in the center column of the following sections

Inputs Switching level

Hysteresis

Input equivalent circuit

Minimum duration (1 IL-level signal)

A

C

C

C

16V(plusmn02V)

approx 50 mV

100K ft to+5 In parallel with no more than 35pF

gt 50 ns

Open circuit condition B defaults to highon level

Timing and rate accuracy Rate selector steps

Timing multiplier steps

Resolution

Timing eror (second and later pulses after resetting controls)

B

B

B

B

lOOps to 100s In 7 steps

1 of rate selector step size Maximum value is 999 x the rate selector step size

approx 01 of the maximum value

lt 002 of rate selector value + 015 ps

Timing error (first pulse after readjusting timing controls)

an additional 025 ps error may occur

Timing repeatability lt 001 setting + 20 ns (monophasic)

fl-N Systems I nc ^ bull E-moU ams

131 Business Parti Loop PO Boot 850 Cartsborg VM 98324 80O42O130838O08O8300FAX36Olaquo8O3S2S

E-meU anByafl^iiisyslainaoomWebsHe hHpffliiwwraquomsys)emsoom

19

TRIG IN to OUTPUT delay (DELAY set to 0) output set to 2V

Timing jitter ft-om TRIG IN to OUTPUT (for TTL trigger input with risetime lt10 ns)

Timing jitter ft^om TRIG OUT (either BURST or PULSE) and OUTPUT

Trigger output to pulse output delay

Output charactsristics Pulse level enror (voltage mode open circuit cun-ent mode short circuit

Biphasic level difference |V + + V-|2

Baseline level error (voltage mode A open circuit current mode short circuit)

Risetime (25 V out)

Risetime (25 V out)

Transient response

A

A

A

Output impedance (voltage mode) C

Output impedance (current mode) C

Isolation resistance A

Isolation capacitance C

approx 05 ps for a load of no more than 10 Kft in parallel with 50 pF

lt 125 ns (all rates except 100s) lt 125 ps (100s rate)

Less than 20 ns (all rates)

approx 350 ns

lt 03 of setting + 05 of r range (plus an additional 05 pA inlOOpArenge)

lt 03 of range (voltage modes into open circuit current modes into short circuit)

lt 03 of setting of setting + 01 of range (plus an additional 05 pA in lOOpA range)

laquo 200 ns into less than 30 pF

laquo15 ps into less than 30 pF

lt 8 overshoot Into less than 30 pF for pulse voltages different than baseline voltage by at least 10 of range

laquo 50 ohms

raquo 1 0 Gft (typically 200 Gft)

raquo100Mft

laquo 60 pF at 100 Hz

fl-N Systems Inc^^ 131 Business Partt Uxip PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 96324 8004201308 SBOee^^SOO FAX 360laquoS3^52S

E-mat BiByraquoaiMii8ylaquoliiiiiseomWiljalteHlpJV(wwraquo4tgy8lenaoom

20

Noise (differential mode)

Noise (common mode earth to isolated ground) with no signal output

Overioad error indicator (low frequency short circuited voltage mode)

Overioad error indicator low frequency open circuited current mode)

Overioad enor response time

Miscellaneous

Power

Fuse

Operating temperature range

Storage temperature range

Operating humidity

Dimensions

Weight

laquo1 mV rms (10 V scale 10Hz-4MHz)

laquo 8 mV rms (10 Hz-4 MHz) laquo100mVp-p (200 Hz -10 MHz) measured withalOMft 15pF oscilloscope probe

Turns on for set amplitude at or greater than approx plusmn1V (10 V range) or plusmn2 V (100 V range)

Turns on for set amplitude at or above approx 2 of range

Flat to approx 30 ps duration Decreasing sensitivity for shorter pulses

approx 11 watts

1 amp 3 AG

10-30C

0 - 50deg C

5-80RH

17x475x1125 (Inches) 432x121x286 cm

20 lbs (9 kg)

fl mm bull gt _ _ _ A ^ ^ _ _ L ^ 131BusinesraquoPariltLocpPOBox850C8rtsborgWS9e324

bull p i ^ y s v e m s IIIC^^deg(^deg^Bdegltgt^^^3degdeg^deg^^deg^^^degdeg^^I^deg^deg^^^^^

21 E-mei flre^nQo 4n8yo(amscam Wsbsfle hHpAwwwe-msy8Jems-Oom

Warranty and Service

What does this warranty cover A-M Systems Inc warrants to the Purchaser that the Instrument excluding cables Headstage Probes and any other accessories shipped with the Instrument (hereafter the hardware) is free from defects in workmanship or material under normal use and service for the period of one (1) year This warranty commences on the date of delivery of the hardware to the Purchaser

What are the obligations of A-M Systems Inc under this warranty During the warranty period A-M Systems Inc agrees to repair or replace at its sole option without charge to the Purchaser any defective component part of the hardware To obtain warranty service the Purchaser must return the hardware to A-M Systems Inc or an authorized A-M Systems Inc distributor in an adequate shipping container Any postage shipping and insurance charges incurred in shipping the hardware to A-M Systems Inc must be prepaid by the Purchaser and all risk for the hardware shall remain with purchaser until such time as A-M Systems Inc takes receipt of the hardware Upon receipt A-M Systems Inc will promptly repair or replace the defective unit and then return the hardware to the Purchaser postage shipping and insurance prepaid A-M Systems Inc may use reconditioned or like new parts or units at its sole option when repairing any hardware Repaired products shall carry the same amount of outstanding wan^nty as from original purchase or ninety (90) days which ever is greater Any claim under the warranty must include a dated proof of purchase of the hardware covered by this wan-anty In any event A-M Systems Inc liability for defective hardware is limited to repairing or replacing the hardware

What is not covered by this warranty This warranty is contingent upon proper use and maintenance of the hardware by the Purchaser and does not cover batteries Neglect misuse whether intentional or otherwise tampering with or altering the hardware damage caused by accident damage caused by unusual physical electrical chemical or electromechanical stress damage caused by failure of electrical power or damage caused during transportation are not covered by this warranty Products may not be returned to A-M Systems Inc for service whether under warranty or otherwise which are contaminated by infectious agents radioactive compounds or other materials constituting a health hazard to employees of A-M Systems Inc

What are the limits of llabiiity for A-M Systems inc under this warranty A-M Systems Inc shall not be liable for loss of data profits or savings or any special incidental consequential indirect or other similar damages arising from breach of contract negligence or other legal action even if the company or its agent has been advised of the possibility of such damages or for any claim brought against you by another party THIS EQUIPMENT IS NOT INTENDED FOR CLINICAL MEASUREMENTS USING HUMAN SUBJECTS A-M SYSTEMS INC DOES NOT ASSUME RESPONSIBILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE DUE TO MISUSE OF THIS EQUIPMENT Jurisdictions vary with regard to the enforceability of provisions excluding or limiting liability for incidental or consequential damages Check the provision of your local jurisdiction to find out whether the above exclusion applies to you This warranty allocates risks of product failure between the Purchaser and A-M Systems Inc A-M Systems Inc hardware pricing reflects this allocation of risk and the limitations of liability contained in this wanranty The warranty set forth above is in lieu of all other express wan^anties whether oral or written The agents employees distributors and dealers of A-M Systems Inc are not authorized to make modifications to this wan-anty or additional wan-anties binding on the company Accordingly additional statements such as dealer advertising or presentations whether oral or written do not constitute wananties by A-M Systems Inc and should not be relied upon This warranty gives you specific legal rights You may also have other rights whrch vary from one jurisdiction to another

6 mm ^ laquo _ _ A a B ^ _ 1 ^ ^ 131 Business Parti Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg W B 98324 O O

bull P l A y S V e m S l n C T^M 8OO42OI3O6 380683-8300FAX 360 803525 ^ ^ E-msl iiiisy80iHTBy8tenisoom Wsbsito hnphwwfrimysleiiisoom

A

V ISO

INSTRUCTION MANUAL

FOR

ISOLATED PULSE STIMULATOR

MODEL 2100

Serial

Date

A-M Systems Inc

PO Box 850

Carlsborg WA 98324

USA

360-683-8300 bull 800-426-1306 FAX 360-683-3525

httpwwwa-msystemscom

Version 70 February 2002

Contents General Description 1

Instrument Features 1 Controls and Connectors 2

Operating Instructions 6 Theory of Operation 10 Calibration Procedures 12

Inputs 14 Output Calibration 16

Specifications 19 Warranty and Service 22

Each Isolated Pulse Stimulator is delivered complete with

Rack Mount Hardware Instructions amp Maintenance Manual

NOTE

This instrument is not intended for clinical measurements using human subjects A-M Systems Inc does not assume responsibility for Injury or damage due to the misuse of this instrument

General Description

Instrument Features The Isolated Pulse Stimulator Model 2100 is designed for a wide variety of applications It is highly flexible being capable of delivering single pulses biphasic pairs or bursts of pulses Pulses may be started manually or upon receiving a trigger signal from another Instrument or computer Two non-isolated trigger outputs are available for triggering other instruments

Four sets of timing controls provide comprehensive control overall aspects of pulse generation Three digit accuracy is available over a 7 decade range for each timing function using lever wheel switches Pulse widths can be set over more than a 9 decade range from 05 ps to 999 seconds Timing accuracy is assured through the use of a 10 MHz base rate crystal-controlled clock digitally divided to provide accurate timing over the entire range Atiming overiap indicator will light If the timing controls are set inconsistently

The output may be conveniently switched between current and voltage modes Pulse and baseline amplitudes are Independently presettable with lockable dials An error Indicator will light if the Mode2700 cannot deliver the desired signal

r WARNING

The Model 2100 can produce potentially dangerous voltages up to 100 V at the output connectors The isolated output is not connected internally to safety (earth) ground in any way Some part of the extemal circuit should be connected to safety ground Use caution in handling any wires connectors or electrodes which may be directly or indirectly attached to the Model 2100 output Some kinds of connectors such as BNC connectors have exposed metal parts which may float at dangerous potentials unless extemally connected to safety ground For greatest safety tum the Model 2100 off before making any connections to

the instrument

131 Business Parii Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Telophone 800-426-1306 bull 360-68raquolaquo300 bull FAX 360683-3525 E-mal satesa-msystemsoom VVfebsite httpywwwa^nsystemscom fl-N Systems Inc 1

Controls and Connectors The controls for the Model 2100 are grouped in three sections START which controls when a pulse or burst of pulses begins TIMING which controls the onoff timing of one or more pulses and OUTPUT which controls the amplitude of the output signal

Start TRIG SLOPE Determines the polarity of valid trigger pulses (positive or negative edges in the trigger signal)

MODE Controls waveform initiation When set to FREE RUN one timing cycle immediately follows the last When momentarily placed In the MANUAL position a timing cycle starts Immediately When the switch Is In the center position timing cycles start when valid triggering events occur

TRIGD This LED lights up when a timing cycle Is in process and continues until the burst is completed

TRIG This BNC connector allows a signal from an external source to Initiate timing cycles It is set for standard TTL levels

GATE This BNC connector allows a signal from an external source to restrict the final output signal This input must be at a logical high (or open-circuited) in order for the Model 2100 to recognize either manual or automatic trigger events

Gate 1_ Trigger |~~^ i I Valid triggers (represented by the arrows in the figure) can occur only when the gate Is at logical high Note that the up arrow would apply only If TRIG SLOPE is set to + the down an-ows would apply only if TRIG SLOPE Is set to -

NOTE Triggers have no effect if the system has not completed its response to a previous trigger

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Park Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Vb 98324 TelQphQne 80O426-1306 360683-8300 FAX 360683-3525 E-mail sales^a-msystemscom Wsbsite httpywwwa-msystemscom

Timing Four sets of controls govern the timing of pulse generation Each set contains two values which are multiplied together to detemnine the actual timing value The rotary knob (rate selector) provides the approximate timing value and the lever wheel switch bank (MULTIPLIER)

provides a time resolution of three decimal digits The following diagram shows most of the Important relationships

Output r Delay Duration

|ltPeriodgtj

t Burst width

Trigger event

DELAY These controls determine the time duration between the initiating trigger event and the beginning of the pulse burst If this rate selector is set to NONE or the multiplier is set to 000 there Is no delay

BURST WIDTH These controls determine the time period in which one or more pulses may be delivered Once started a pulse may outlast the burst width If this rate selector is set to SINGLE or to any time shorter than the pulse duration only a single pulse will occur If the BURST WIDTH Is longer than the period pulses will be emitted at the PERIOD rate until the burst time ends Pulses are never truncated by a short BURSTWIDTH

inds)-PULSE

D U R A T I O N 1 0 1 0

10

INTEB-PULSE PERIOD

1 1 10

DURATION These controls determine the length of each pulse Ifthis rate selector Is set to SQUARE the duration is set to half of the period regardless of the MULTIPLIER setting

PERIOD These controls set the period of time between adjacent pulse events within the burst It also forces a minimum dead time between recognized input triggers following a burst of one or more pulses This can be used to prevent over stimulation of a tissue without requiring excessive delay between the triggering event and the stimulating pulse

TIMING OVERLAP

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 860 Carisborg Vamp 98324 |Telophone 800-426-1306 360683-8300 bull FAX 3606aW525 E-mail salearega^nsystemsoom Vfeb5ite httpAwwwa^nsyslemscam

NOTE If any of these timing controls are changed while a timing cycle is in operation the results are undefined until the current cycle finishes

TIMING OVERLAP This LED will light to Indicate an inconsistency in the timing cycle settings There are several ways to introduce such errors The most common way is to set the Inter-pulse PERIOD to be less than the pulse DURATION

T I M I N G (seconds)^

TRIG OUT (UPPER) This BNC connector provides a signal which is coincident with the Internal Burst timing signal (default) This means the signal starts at the end of the Delay time and persists until the Burst time expires This output may also be set to represent the delay time-out by setting the internal jumper J510 to the right two pins instead of the left two pins (Please see the Calibration section in this manual for jumper location Directions are given as viewed from the front of the Instrument)

TRIG OUT (LOWER) This BNC connector provides a signal which Is coincident with the Duration timing signal which controls pulse output

NOTE Both trigger output signals slightly lead the isolated output signal

Output

PULSE SIGN This switch determines the polarity of the pulses to be generated It also allows generation of biphasic pulses thereby doubling the effective total period Warning the first pulse generated after changing the PULSE

SIGN switch may have the wrong polarity

BASELINE This Switch determines the polarity ofthe baseline signal

RANGE This rotary switch determines if the output pulses will be constant current (3 ranges) or constant voltage (2 ranges)

BASELINE AMPLITUDE This value is independently set using a ten-turn counting dial The maximum baseline amplitude is one tenth the value shown on the range amplitude switch

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 8S0 Cartsborg Vfa 98324 |Tetaphone 80O426-1306 bull 360683-8300 bull FAX 3606803525 E-mail salesa-msystemscom Wbbsite http7Awwwaflnsystemscom

PULSE AMPLITUDE This value is independently set using a ten-turn counting dial The maximum pulse amplitude is the value shown on the range amplitude switch

EVENT This LED indicates when a pulse is ongoing

ERROR This LED indicates when the internal output amplifier cannot output the pulse as desired This is usually due to a short circuit while trying to output a voltage or an open circuit while trying to output a current

VOTEThe Pulse Sign control in the Oupuf section directly affects waveform timing When set to the Biphasic mode a positive-going pulse is immediately followed by a negative-going pulse This effectively doubles the pulse duration If a burst of biphasic pulses is being produced the period must be at least twice the single pulse duration In the Square wave mode the baseline disappears as long as the burst persists

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsboig Vte 98324 |Telophone 800426-1306 360683-8300 bull FAX 3606833525 E-mail salesa-m5ystem5 com Website httpwwwa-msystemscom

Operating Instructions

Examples Simple setup (and minimal instrument test)

Connect the output ofthe Model 2100 to an oscilloscope Before connecting the Model 2100 to any other instrument or the experimental preparation It is safest to turn Its power off

Set the Oufpuf controls

Range 10V Pulse Sign +

Baseline Zero Pulse Amplitude 200

Setting The Timing Controls

Delay Burst Width

Duration Period

none single

15010-2 50010-2

Setting The Start Controls

Mode Free Run

Disconnect any cables to the TRIG or GATE inputs

Note that the green Trig and Event Indicators turn on as Free Run is turned on (and turn off otherwise) You should observe a 15ms duration 20Hz rate pulse of 200V above a OV baseline on the oscilloscope

fl-N Systems Inc 131 BusinessPartiLoop RO Box850CarisbcxgWa98324 |Telophone 800426-1306 bull 360-683-8300 bull FW 360683-3525 E-mail salesa-msystems com VVbbsite httpywwwa-msystems com

Demonstration of Burst Mode Connect the output ofthe Model 2100 to an oscilloscope Before connecting the Model 2100 to any other instrument or the experimental preparation It Is safest to turn its power off

Set the Outpuf controls

Range 10V Pulse Sign +

Baseline Pulse Amplitude 200

Baseline Amplitude 100

Setting The Timing Controls

Delay 88010-2 Burst Width 12010-^

Duration 15010-2 Period 50010-2

Set the START controls as follows

Mode Free Run

Disconnect any cables to the TRIG or GATE inputs

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Telophooe 8004201306 360683-8300 bull FAX 360683-3525 E^naii salesa-msystems com Watjsite http7wwwa-msystemscom

Trigger the oscilloscope from the Bursf trigger out (upper Trig Out connector) for a stable display In each burst (occurring every lOOms) you should observe a trio of 15ms duration starting 50ms apart Try switching the StartMode from Free Run to the center (nonnal) position The pulses will no longer be produced and the Trig and Event Indicators will tum off Pressing this switch once (to Manual) will cause a single burst to occur

Problem Solving If the instrument appears to be not working properiy check all ofthe control settings and connections Be sure to wait at least 5-10 seconds after turning the instrument off before turning it on again The following summary of typical problems for the user (along with the most common solutions) may help

Problem CauseSolution

EVENT Indicator never lights even in FREE RUN mode

bull Replace fuse check power connection bullSet DELAY or PERIOD to a shorter interval

bull Power-on too soon after power-off

OVERLAP Indicator is on

ERROR indicator is on

bull Set DURATION gt000 bull DURATION Is set to SQUARE but

PERIOD is 000 Increase PERIOD or set DURATION independantly

bull BURST and WIDTH are gt DURATION increase PERIOD or decrease DURATION

bull BIPHASIC pulse output Is on and PERIOD is not longer than twice the DURATION Increase PERIOD or decrease DURATION

bull Free-run Is on and BURST is lt PERIOD (BURST off) DELAY is 0 and PERIOD Is lt DURATION Add delay or modify PERIOD

bull Free-run is on and BURST is gt DURATION (BURST ON) and PERIOD is lt DURATION Increase PERIOD

bull For VOLTAGE outputs the output is trying to drive too low a resistance or capacitance (eg a short circuit) Check by disconnecting the output ft is possible (and normal) that for the fastest cycles and largest amplitudes (close to 100 V

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business PartiLoop PO Box 850 CartsborgWa 98324 iTelophone 800-42O130636O6e3-8300FAX 3606B3-3525 E-mail satesaflisyslefmcom Vfebslte http7wwwa-msyslemscom

and 1 ps) that the ERROR indicator might always come on during repetitive pulses Fix output load or decrease amplitude as required

Time appears to be excessive Changed control in mid-cycle (resets current status)

Cant seem to get a full signal out Load Is not properiy connected repair wiring Too low a load impedance (VOLTAGE modes) or too high a load impedance (CURRENT mode)

Incoming triggers not accepted frequently enough

PERIOD is set too long (enforces dead time) followd by BURST set to SIGNAL Reduce PERIOD time

Table 10 Problem Solving

If you suspect that the Model 2100 may have completely failed we recommend checking the basic level of functionality Ifthis fails your instrument Is defective and must be repaired Ifthis passes either your experimental setup is incompatible or inconsistent or there is a more subtle flaw in your Model 2100

If the Model 2100 appears to be malfunctioning contact A-M Systems Inc or your dealer We will first attempt to solve the problem over the telephone so have an exact description of your problem available when you call You do not need to be within the warranty period to obtain over-the-phone assistance

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 iTetoptxme 80O426-1306 bull 360683-8300 FAX 3606803525 E-mail satesa-msystemsoomAfebsitehttpJwwwaflisystemscom

Theory of Operation

The operation ofthe Model 2100 is summarized in the block diagram (see the figure on Page 11) Not shown are all ofthe interconnections with the microcontroller The internal microcontroler plays an important role in setting the signal path but does not directly contribute to the dynamic characteristics It scans the front panel switches and sets the control values for the logic arrays It programs the internal counters which along with the other hardware achieve the necessary sub-microsecond speeds

Pulse generation starts either from an Input trigger signal (from Trig In) or an internally signal (Free Run mode) A Delay timer counts the 10MHz clock until its count value is exhausted At this point the Burst Period and Duration timers are started If the Burst timer has not expired by the end ofthe Period the Period and Duration timers are restarted If the Biphasic mode has been set the Duration timer is restarted at the end of the initial Duration and the sign ofthe output pulse is reversed doubling the total duration

The system state (pulse on pulse sign baseline sign [+0f-]) is transmitted to the isolated section via optoisolator The baseline and pulse amplitudes are selected by an analog switch The resulting signal is amplified by a variable-power-supply discrete operational amplifier The amplifier connections and gain is modified to provide two voltage and three current ranges

Timing overiap errors are detected by a logical decision computation rather than by testing for counter collisions This provides instant feedback rather than waiting up to an hour for such a collision to occur Output errors are measured by sensing the output amplifiers differential input voltage Under normal conditions this is a negligible voltage If the amplifier fails to deliver the requested signal the window comparator testing this voltage sends this message (via optoisolator) to the logic section turning on a warning LED

fl-N Systems Inc 131BusinessPart(LoopRO Box850CarisboigWa98324 4 n Tel0pri0ne80O426-130636O683^300FAX36O6833525 ^ E-mail salesaflisystBmscom V febsite http7wwwa-msystemsoom

S i

I - - ^^mdasho^M

OUTPUT i l l

TRIG ^ OUT

(burst)

TRIG 3-lt) OUT

(pulse)

til

I laquo

Calibration Procedures

The calibration interval is the lesser of 1000 hours of operation or 6 months Somewhat greater drift can be expected in the first 100 hours of operation as the semiconductors age Adjustments should only be made after the instrument has been fully warmed up for at least 15 minutes

Full instrument calibration requires the following test equipment digital multimeter (plusmn 01) able to measure resistance to at least lOOMO oscilloscope with at least 50MHz bandwidth true-mis voltmeter with 4MHz bandwidth universal counter (plusmn 001 ) able to measure single pulse widths and periods resistors (all plusmn 01) 2kn lOkH 1 watt 20kn 200kn alligator clip lead sets banana plugs and BNC adapters

Adjustment integrated circuit and test point locations are shown in the following figures All adjustments are on the timing board unless othenAise noted

All voltages in the non-isolated section should be measured with respect to ground at TP510 unless othenwise stated Some voltages are measured with respect to an internal isolated ground at TP650 or across the two output temninals Occasionally the voltage at an IC pin must be measured in these cases the reference designator is given with the pin number in parentheses eg U602(16) When it states within this procedure that a voltage is to be minimized this means that the adjustment should be made such that the measured voltage is as close to zero volts as possible Refer to the Specifications Section of this manual for acceptable tolerances

The sequence of this procedure is important If any adjustment is made all adjustments which follow must be made to ensure that the specifications will be met These procedures require that all controls remain as set in previous steps unless othenAise indicated

WARNING

The Model 2100 has dangerous voltages throughout the instrument even with the power is off Servicing the Model 2100 should only be done by qualified service personnel Use caution in handling any wires connectors or electrodes which may be directly or indirectly attached to the instrument Do not touch exposed connections or components Disconnect power by unplugging the power cord from the receptacle

H B ^ ^ S y s t e m s inc^degdegp^deg^^deg-^^^^^^^^B3^^^degdeg^^^lt^^^B^^^^ 131BusinessPartiLoopPO Box850CartsbOigWamp98324 4 9 |Telophone800-42013C6360683-8300F0lt360683-3525 ^ E-mail salesa-msystefnscom website httpwwwaflisystems com

CO

TP501 O lt0

g OTPSOO

U560 S

Trig Gate

0 -TISOS

U570

U500

Timing

p U520

Timing

K U550 Timin

gt U540

U515

o X I Timin

U508 I

J510 Timing nnn

Burst Delay J400

gt U550

R503

D D I D bull U8QQ i Q

n

oo

V P 5 1 0

b U535

^

Clock i _

U555

lt U 5 4 5

o

h d ^ O - - ^ U605

Q D

U620

O fJZ^ R737 bull ^ 1^13015 r j C - C O M P

B B nU770 ^ ^ ^ 5 ^ a

J420

a

o E

bull [ ]U632

riueso

rR742rVhigh R 6 1 9 ^

LJ TP645 O TP650

TPMOQ^QS

Vlow

CD-

CZZl

J440 bull bull tl iUDQ

I t

f i l

Power supply and bias voltages

Power supply

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

POWER ON Observe voltage at P703 power supply wire top of main board

Check for+15 plusmn 050 V

Observe voltage at P701 power supply wire top of main board

Check for-15 plusmn 050 V

Observe voltage at U505(24) Check for +5 plusmn 025 V

Isolated supply voltage Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

RANGE 10 V TRIG open circuit MODE center position

Alternately observe V ^ from R742 to R740 and V ^ from theU605(4)toU605(8)

Adjust R773 so that 110VltV lt 120 V and

nigh

28VltV|^lt34V

Capacitance balance Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

Connect a xlO oscilloscope probe to TP650 and ground the

Adjust R737 for minimum high frequency signal

Inputs

Gate function Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave Verify that the voltage to GATE switches states at the Observe voltage at U510(3) proper input levels with an oscilloscope

Trigger slope Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave Verify that the voltage to TRIG switches states at the Observe voltage at U510( 1) proper input levels with an oscilloscope

TRIG SLOPE Verify voltage is 180deg out of phase

TRIG SLOPE Verify voltage is in phase

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 860 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Jelophone 800-4201306 360683-8300 bull FM 380683-3525 E-mail salesaflTsystBfnscom bull Vtebsite httpVAirwwaflisystems com

14

Trigger and gate f unc t i on

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

DELAY NONE BURS-nMDTH SINGLE DURATION SQUARE PERIOD 100X10-3

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave to TRIG Observe TRIGD and EVENT LEDs

TRIG disconnect all Short the GATE connector to GND Verify LEDs extinguish

MODE press to MANUAL Verify LEDs flash once

Timing

System c lock f requency

Controls Inputs Observations Ad jus t Check

Observe the frequency of the wave Verify 1000 MHz plusmn 001 atU555(17)

Mul t ip l iers (Wheel Swi tches)

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

PULSE SIGN-laquobull MODE FREE RUN TRIG disconnect all TIMING MULTIPUERS all

wheels set to zero except the one being tested

TIMING OVERLAP ignore

Observe the pulse width with the counter at the location specified t)elow

Verify pulse width is correct for each wheel as it is tested independently

For each wheel of each MULTIPLIER test each position to verify that the pulse width is correct Observe the signal at the following locations DELAY U520(2) BURSTWIDTH U530(2) PERIOD U540(2) DURATION U550(2)

Rates (Rotary Swi tches)

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

TIMING MULTIPUERS 001 Observe the pulse width with the TIMING RATES all rotary counter at the location specified

switches set to 10-4 below except the one being tested

Verify pulse width is correct for each rotary switch as it is tested independently

For each ofthe four rotary switches in TIMING test each position to verify that the pulse width is correct Observe the signal at the following locations DELAY U520(2) BURSTWIDTH U530(2) PERIOD U540(2) DURATION U550(2)

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 iTetophone 8004201306 bull 360683-8300 bull FOC 3606803525 E-mail salesa-msystemscom Wbbsite httpJwwwaflTSystemscom

15

Trigger outputs

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

Range 10V Pulse Amplitude 500 Delay 100 xlO^ Burst 100 x 10 ^ Duration 100x10-^ Period 400x10-^ Pulse sign + Trig Mode Free run Trig in open

Trigger the oscilloscope to the Burst Trig Out Observe it the Pulse Trig Out and the isolated output

Verify that the waveform consists of a burst of three 1ms-on3ms-off pulses The burst trigger should be synchronous with the burst the pulse trigger coincident with each pulse

Output Calibration

Isolation Resistance (check)

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode center position Trig In open

Measure the resistance between ground banana jack (front panel) and black banana jack of output with DMM

Resistance read gt 100MQ

Amplitude Switch Offset (R640)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Zero Trig Mode center position Trig In Open

Measure the voltage at TP645 vs TP650 with the DMM

Adjust R640 (AmpI Sw Offset) for minimum voltage

Output Offset (R332 front panel board) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Zero Range 10V Trig Mode center position Trig In Open

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

Adjust R332 (Output offset) for minimum voltage

Positive Baseline Offeet (R607) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Sign + Baseline Amplitude

fully CCW (000) Range 10V Trig In open Trig Mode center position

Measure the voltage across the outputwiththeDMM

Adjust R602 (BSLN + offset) for minimum voltage

fl-N Systems Inc 131 BusBiess Parti Loop P O Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Telophone B00-42O1306 bull 360683-8300 bull FAX 3606803525 E-mail salesaflisystemscom V^tebsite httpy^vwwa-msystems com

16

Negative Baseline Offset (R619)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Sign -Baseline Amplitude

fully CCW (000) Range 10V Trig In open Trig Mode center position

Measure the voltage across the outputwiththeDMM

Adjust R619 (BSLN + offset) for minimum voltage

Pulse Amplitude Adjust (R602)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode Free Mode Pulse Amplitude 1000 Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =1001 Period =00110-4 Pulse Sign -Trig In open Range 10V

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

The Overiap indicator should be on Adjust R602 (Max Level) for -10OOV out

Pulse Sign Gain (check)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode Free Mode Pulse Amplitude 1000 Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =100 1s Period =001 10-4s Trig In open Range 10V

Measure the voltage at the output with the DMM for the Pulse Sign at + and - positions

The absolute values ofthe voltages should differ by less than lOOmV

Baseline Amplitudes (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Range 100mA Trig Mode center position Baseline Amplitude fully CW (1000) Trig In open

Measure the voltage at the output with the DMM with Baseline Sign in + Zero and

- positions

Gain the matching of current levels at = and - positions and offset current in Zero position

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop PO Box 850 Cartsboig Wa 98324 Telophone 800-4201306 360683-8300 FkX 3606803525 E-mail salesa-msystemscom website http^^wwaflisystemsccm

17

Output Range Amplitude and Drive (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Pulse Amplitude 1000 Pulse Sign + Trig Mode Free Run Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =1001 Period =10010-4 Trig In open

Load the output with a 10KV 1W 01 resistor Measure the voltage at the output with DMM

Verify that full scale output is within specification Scale Range 100V 100V 10V 10V 100mA IV 1mA 10V 10mA 100V

Pulse Sign and Short Circuit Protection (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =200 10-4 Period =00110-3 Baseline Zero Pulse Amplitude 25 Range 10V Trig Mode Free Run Trig In open

Measure the voltage at the output with the oscilloscope Check for Pulse Sign set to each of + - biphasic Watch for Error indicator when shorting the output

Verify that pulses of approx 25V amplitude (625V for biphasic mode) of the correct sign are produced every 10ms Short output in biphasic mode Output should return when opened

Output Transient Response (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Pulse Sign + Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =20010-4 Period =00110-3 Pulse Amplitude 250 Baseline Zero Trig Mode Free Mode Trig In open

Connect the oscilloscope to the output with a 310 attenuator probe Test both 10V and 100V ranges

Verify that overshoot and risetime meet specifications

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Telophone 8004201306 bull 3606808300 bull Flaquo( 360laquo83ltJ525 E-mail salesa-msystemsocm V^febsite http^wwwa-msystefnscom

18

Specifications

There are three classes of specifications Class A specifications tested in all units and are guaranteed Class B specifications are inherent in the design they are indirectly tested and are guaranteed Class C specifications are typical operating values which are occasionally tested- these are typical values given for your information but not guarshyanteed The class for each specification is noted in the center column ofthe following sections

Inputs Switching level

Hysteresis

Input equivalent circuit

Minimum duration (1 IL-level signal)

A

C

C

C

16 V(plusmn 02 V)

approx 50 mV

lOOKH to+5 in parallel with no more than 35pF

gt 50 ns

Open circuit condition B defaults to highon level

Timing and rate accuracy Rate selector steps

Timing multiplier steps

B

B

lOOpsto 100s in 7 steps

1 of rate selector step size Maximum value is 999 X the rate selector step size

Resolution B approx 01 ofthe maximum value

Timing error (second and later pulses after resetting controls)

B lt 002 of rate selector value + 015 ps

Timing error (first pulse after readjusting timing controls)

an additional 025 ps error may occur

Timing repeatability lt 001 setting + 20 ns (monophasic)

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Ram Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Vfa 98324 pTelophone 8004201306 bull 360683-8300 bull FAX 360683-3525

E-mail salesraquoflisystems com Wabsite httpJAnww afl isystems com

19

TRIG IN to OUTPUT delay (DELAY set to 0) output set to 2V

Timing jitter from TRIG IN to OUTPUT (for TTL trigger input with risetime lt10 ns)

Timing jitter from TRIG OUT (either BURST or PULSE) and OUTPUT

Trigger output to pulse output delay

Output characteristics Pulse level error (voltage mode open circuit current mode short circuit

Biphasic level difference IV + - V-1 2

Baseline level error (voltage mode open circuit current mode short circuit)

Risetime (25 V out)

Risetime (25 V out)

Transient response

A

A

A

Output impedance (voltage mode) C

Output impedance (current mode) C

Isolation resistance A

Isolation capacitance C

approx 05 ps for a load of no more than 10 KH in parallel with 50 pF

lt 125 ns (all rates except 100s) lt 125 ps (100s rate)

Less than 20 ns (all rates)

approx 350 ns

lt 03 of setting + 05 of r range (plus an additional 05 pA in 100 pA range)

lt 03 of range (voltage modes into open circuit current modes into short circuit)

lt 03 of setting of setting + 01 of range (plus an additional 05 pA in lOOpA range)

= 200 ns into less than 30 pF

= 15 ps into less than 30 pF

lt 8 overshoot into less than 30 pF for pulse voltages different than baseline voltage by at least 10 of range

= 50 ohms

raquo 1 0 GH (typically 200 GO)

raquo 1 0 0 M n

= 60 pF at 100 Hz

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Peril Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg V6 98324 |TelCf)hone 800-4201306 3606808300 bull FAX 360683-3525 E-mal salesaflisystefnsoom Website hnpyMVfWafllsystemsoom

20

Noise (differential mode)

Noise (common mode earth to isolated ground) with no signal output

Overload error indicator (low frequency short circuited voltage mode)

Overload error indicator low frequency open circuited current mode)

Overioad error response time

Miscellaneous

= 1 mV rms (10 V scale 10 Hz-4 MHz)

= 8 mV rms (10 Hz-4 MHz) == 100mVp-p (200 Hz -10 MHz) measured withalOMH 15pF oscilloscope probe

Turns on for set amplitude at or greater than approx plusmn1 V (10 V range) or plusmn2 V (100 V range)

Turns on for set amplitude at or above approx 2 of range

Flat to approx 30 ps duration Decreasing sensitivity for shorter pulses

Power

Fuse

Operating temperature range

Storage temperature range

Operating humidity

Dimensions

approx 11 watts

1 amp 3AG

10-30degC

0 - 50deg C

5 - 80 RH

17x475x1125 (inches) 432x121x286 cm

Weight 20 lbs (9 kg)

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Wb 98324 |Tetcphone 8004201306 3606808300 bull FOt 360683-3525 E-mail satesamsystems comV^febsite httpywwwaflisystemscom

21

Warranty and Service

What does this warranty cover A-M Systems Inc warrants to the Purchaser that the Instrument excluding cables Headstage Probes and any other accessories shipped with the Instrument (hereafter the hardware) is free from defects in workmanship or material under normal use and service for the period of one (1) year This warranty commences on the date of delivery ofthe hardware to the Purchaser

What are the obligations of A-M Systems Inc under this warranty During the warranty period A-M Systems Inc agrees to repair or replace at its sole option without charge to the Purchaser any defective component part of the hardware To obtain warranty service the Purchaser must return the hardware to A-M Systems Inc or an authorized A-M Systems Inc distributor in an adequate shipping container Any postage shipping and insurance charges incurred in shipping the hardware to A-M Systems Inc must be prepaid by the Purchaser and all risk for the hardware shall remain with purchaser until such time as A-M Systems Inc takes receipt of the hardware Upon receipt A-M Systems Inc will promptly repair or replace the defective unit and then return the hardware to the Purchaser postage shipping and insurance prepaid A-M Systems Inc may use reconditioned or like new parts or units at its sole option when repairing any hardware Repaired products shall carry the same amount of outstanding warranty as from original purchase or ninety (90) days which ever is greater Any claim under the warranty must include a dated proof of purchase ofthe hardware covered by this warranty In any event A-M Systems Inc liability for defective hardware is limited to repairing or replacing the hardware

What is not covered by this warranty This warranty is contingent upon proper use and maintenance ofthe hardware by the Purchaser and does not cover batteries Neglect misuse whether intentional or othenwise tampering with or altering the hardware damage caused by accident damage caused by unusual physical electrical chemical or electromechanical stress damage caused by failure of electrical power or damage caused during transportation are not covered by this wan-anty Products may not be returned to A-M Systems Inc for service whether under warranty or otherwise which are contaminated by infectious agents radioactive compounds or other materials constituting a health hazard to employees of A-M Systems Inc

What are the limits of liability for A-M Systems Inc under this warranty A-M Systems Inc shall not be liable for loss of data profits or savings or any special incidental consequential indirect or other similar damages arising from breach of contract negligence or other legal action even if the company or its agent has been advised of the possibility of such damages or for any claim brought against you by another party THIS EQUIPMENT IS NOT INTENDED FOR CLINICAL MEASUREMENTS USING HUMAN SUBJECTS A-M SYSTEMS INC DOES NOT ASSUME RESPONSIBILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE DUE TO MISUSE OF THIS EQUIPMENT Jurisdictions vary with regard to the enforceability of provisions excluding or limiting liability for incidental or consequential damages Check the provision of your local jurisdiction to find out whether the above exclusion applies to you

This warranty allocates risks of product failure between the Purchaser and A-M Systems Inc A-M Systems Inc hardware pricing reflects this allocation of risk and the limitations of liability contained in this warranty The warranty set forth above is in lieu of all other express warranties whether oral or written The agents employees distributors and dealers of A-M Systems Inc are not authorized to make modifications to this warranty or additional wan-anties binding on the company Accordingly additional statements such as dealer advertising or presentations whether oral or written do not constitute warranties by A-M Systems Inc and should not be relied upon This warranty gives you specific legal rights You may also have other rights which vary from one jurisdiction to another

fl-N Systems Inc 131BusinessPartiLoop RO Box850CartsbOfgWa98324 p O |Telophone 8004201306 bull 360683-8300FOC 3606830525 ^ ^ E-mail saiesaflisystefTiscom Wbbsite httpVwwwa-msystemscom

Contents General Description 1

Instrument Features 1 Controls and Connectors 2

Operating Instructions 6 Theory of Operation 10 Calibration Procedures 12

Inputs ii 14 Output Calibration iii i 16

Specifications i4 il u 19 Warranty and Service wi iJ iJi [ii 22

Each Isolated Pulse Stimulator Is delivered complete with

Rack Mount Hardware Instructions amp Maintenance Manual

NOTE

This instrument is not intended for clinical measurements using human subjects A-M Systems Inc does not assume msponsibility for injury or damage due to the misuse of this instrument

General bull M ^ ion

Instrument Features The Isolated Pulse Stimulator Model 2100 Is designed for a wide variety of applications It is highly flexible being capable of delivering single pulses biphasic pairs or bursts of pulses Pulses may be started manually or upon receiving a trigger signal from another instrument or computer Two non-isolated trigger outputs are available for triggering other instruments

Four sets of timing controls provide comprehensive control over all aspects of pulse generation Three digit accuracy is available over a 7 decade range for each timing function using lever wheel switches Pulse wkiths can be set over more than a 9 decade range from 05 [is to 999 seconds Timing accuracy is assured through the use of a 10 MHz base rate crystal-controlled clock digitally divided to provide accurate timing over the entire range A timing overiap indicator will light if the timing controls are set Inconsistently

The output may be conveniently switched between cun-ent and voltage modes Pulse and baseline amplitudes are independently presettable with lockable dials An error indicator will light if the Model 2100 cannoi deliver the desired signal

WARNING

The Model 2100 can produce potentially dangemus voltages up to 100 V et the output connectors The isolated output is not connected internally to safety (earth) ground in ahy way Some part of the extemal circuit should be connected to safety gmund Use caution in handling any wires connectors or electrodes which may be directly or indirectly attached to the Model 2100 output Some lltinds of connectors such as BNC connectors have exposed metal parts which may float at dangemus potentials unless extemally connected to safety gmund For greatest safety tum the Model 2100 off before making any connections to

the Instrument

131 Business Park LocfiPO Box BSOCarM)orgWa 98324 800426-1308 bull36OlaquoS3laquo300FAX 3 6 M 8 3 ^ 2 5

E-malt uiittyBQaHiByBtumaooiTi Wobsita HipJtwtiwiwftbMiAcon fl-N SystQms I n c ^ T

Controls and Connectors The controls for the Model 2100 are grouped in three sections START controlling when a pulse or burst of pulses begins TIMING controlling the onoff timing of one or more pulses and otJTPliT controlling the amplitude of the output signal

Start TRIG SLOPE This switch determines whether valid triggers occur at positive or negative edges in the trigger signal

MODE This switch controls how wavefomris are initiated When set to FREE RUN one timing cycle immediately follows the last When held in the MANUAL position a timing cycle starts immediately When the switch is in the center position timing cycles start when valid triggering events occur

TRIGD This LED lights up when a timing cycle is in process and continues until the burst is completed

TRIG This BNC connector allows a signal from an extemal source to initiate timing cycles It is set for standard TTL levels

GATE This BNC connector allows a signal from an extemal source to restrict the final output signal This input must be at a logical high (or open-circuited) in order for the Model 2100 to recognize either manual or automatic trigger events

Gate 1_ Trigger [~^ i I Valid triggers are represented by the arrows in the figure Note that the up arrow would apply only if TRIG SLOPE is set to + the down anrows would apply only if TRIG SLOPE is set to-

NOTE Triggers have no effect if the system has not completed its response to a previous trigger

fl-N SystQms I n c ^ 131 Business Park Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 600426-13063eO683laquo300FAX 360683^525

E-maB anBysQraquoinsyaleiTaconi Wsbalto h^KAvwwa-(nsys(smsoom

Timing Four sets of controls govem the timing of pulse generation Each set contains two values which are multiplied together to detennine the actual timing value The rotary knob (rate selector) provides the approximate timing value and the lever wheel switch bank (MULTIPLIER) provkles a time resolution of three decimal digits The following diagram shows most of the important relationships

Pnfe-tRAIM I B E L A V i6Molaquo

BURST WIOtH

Output r Delay

t n

Duration - ^ lt - |4Periodgt|

FLJI -^ Burst width

Trigger event

DELAY These controls set the time between the initiating trigger event and the beginning of the pulse burst If this rate selector is set to NONE or the multiplier is set to ooo there is no delay

BURSTWIDTH These controls set the time period in which one or more pulses may be delivered Once started a pulse may outlast the burst width If this rate selector is set to SINGLE or to any time shorter than the pulse duration only a single pulse will occur If the BURSTWIDTH is longer than the period pulses will be emitted at the PERIOD rate until the burst time ends Pulses are never truncated by a short BURST WIDTH

iNTpoundA-PULSiE PBRiOb

DURATION These controls set the length of each pulse If this rate selector is set to SQUARE the duration is set to half of the period regardless of the MULTIPLIER setting

PERIOD These controls set the period of time between adjacent pulse events within the burst It also forces a minimum dead time between recognized input triggers following a burst of one or more pulses This can be used to prevent over stimulation of a tissue without requiring excessive delay between the triggering event and the stimulating pulse

TlMtNQ OVERLAP

mLiHMPi

VVtJ jiwaa lasm nlaquoilaquo u

t^fi SysUms I n c ^ Elt4nsfl a m

131 Business Pofc Loop PO Box 850 Carisborg 1^98324 600-426-1306 36O6834300 FAK 360683^525

E-mai vrvysQfrflisysleraLOCniWutiailQL N^jAwwa^iByslernUiOOni

NOTE If any of these timing controls are changed while a timing cycle is in operation the results are undefined until the cunent cycle flnishes

TIMING OVERLAP This LED will light to indicate an Inconsistency in the timing cycle settings There are several ways to Introduce such errors The most common way is to set the inter-pulse PERIOD to be less than the pulse DURATION

TRIG OUT (UPPER) This BNC connector provides a signal which is coinckient with the intemal Burst timing signal (default) This means the signal starts at the end of the Delay time and persists until the Burst time expires This output may also be set to represent the delay time-out by setting the internal jumper J510 to the left two pins Instead of the right two pins (Please see the Calibration section in this manual for jumper location Directions are given as viewed from the fix)nt of the instrument)

TRIG OUT (LOWER) This BNC connector provides a signal which is coincident with the Duration timing signal which controls pulse output

NOTE Both trigger output signals slightly lead the isolated output signal

Output PULSE SIGN This Switch sets the sign for the pulses to be generated It also allows generation of biphasic pulses thereby doubling the effective total period Warning the first pulse genemted after changing the PULSE SIGN svntch may have the wmng polarity

BASELINE This switch sets the sign for the baseline signal

RANGE This rotary switch allows one of three current or two voltage ranges to be selected for the output signal

BASELINE AMPLITUDE This counting dial are independently set using ten-minute counting dials with the baseline having one tenth the range of the pulse amplitude

A-N Systlaquomslaquo Inc 131 Buskiess Partt Loop PO BoK 8S0 Cailsbarg Wa 96324 laophone 8004201306 bull36O68M300-FAX 3eolaquo8M525 E-mat bullmsysflMnsyslermoom VMaHsr Hlplhfimnmyekmoom

PULSE AMPLITUDE This counting dial

EVENTS This LED indicates when a pulse is ongoing

ERROR This LED indicates when the intemal output amplifier cannot output the pulse as desired This is usually due to a short circuit while trying to output a voltage or an open circuit while trying to output a current

One control from the Ot^uf section directly affects wavefonn timing the Pulse Sign control When set to the Biphasic mode a positive-going pulse is Immediately followed by a negative-going pulse This effectively doubles the pulse duration If a burst of biphasic pulses is being produced the period must be at least twice the single pulse duration In the Sgtan wave mode the baseline disappears as long as the burst persists

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Bushass Park locpPOBooi 850 C8ri9bcrgMS8324 IMqphona 800426-1306 bull36Olaquo83laquo3a0 FAX 360683-3529 E-nal amsyaOa4nsyatemscomWeMlK hMpJVniwa-nsygtatnscom

Operating Instructions

Examples Simple setup (and minimal Instrument tost)

Connect the output of the Model 2100 to an oscilloscope Before connecting the instrument it is safest to turn its power off

Set the Ou^uf controls

Range Pulse Sign

Baseline Pulse Amplitude

10V +

Zero 200

Setting The Timing Controls

Delay Burst Width

Duratbn Period

none single

15010-2 500102

Setting The Start Controls

Mode Free Run

Disconnect any cables to the TRIG or GATE Inputs

Note that the green Trig and Event Indicators tum on as Free Run is turned on (and tum off othenwise) You should observe a 15ms duration 20Hz rate pulse of 200V above a OV baseline on the oscilloscope i

A ^ M ^ _ _ _ A ^ _ _ _ 1 ^ 131BiiHnD8raquoParttloopPOBoxB50Car)sbcrBlaquoraquoS8324

bull P l ^ y S W n i S f |nC ltV^gt^8deglt^^2O1306380laquo8OS3a0FAX36O6BMS2S

6 E-fnflk 9n^fBOs-in9ystsni9cx]fnWDbs)tec H^ff9Nw^myStem9oom

Demonstration of Burst Mode Connect the output of the Model 2100 to an oscilloscope Before connecting the instrument it is safest to tum Its power off

Set the Output controls

Range Pulse Sign

Baseline Pulse Amplitude

Baseline Amplitude

Setting The Timing Controls

Delay Burst Width

Duration

Period

Set the START controls as follows

Mode

Disconnect any cables to the TRIG or GATE inputs

Trigger the oscilloscope from the Burst trigger out (upper Tr^ Out connector) for a stable display In each burst (occumng every lOOms) you should observe a trio of 15ms duration starting 50ms apart Try switching the StartMode from Free Run to the center (nomnal) position The pulses will no longer be produced and the Trig and Event indicators will turn off Pressing this switch once (to Manual) will cause a single burst to occur

880 120 150 500

10V +

200 100

102 102 102 102

Free Run

fleaff SySlQmSa |nCa deglgt ltlt ^ ^ deg ^ degdeg ^ ^ ^ bull E-matmia

131 Business Park LoopPO Box 850 Carisborg Vfe 86324 lUcphcna 800426-1306 36Olaquo83laquo300 FAX 36068raquo52 E-maft tfii8ysOiHn^nleiTBcom1AWisJto HSpitwraquoM^wytAtii9oom

Problem SoMng If the Instrument appears to be not worthing properiy check all of the control settings and connections Be sure to wait at least 5-10 seconds after turning the Instrument off before tuming it on again The following t6ef summary of typical problems for the user (along with the most common solutions) may help

Problem CauseSolution EVENT indicator never lights even in FREE RUN mode

bull Replace fuse check power connection bullSet DELAY or PERIOD to a shorter interval

bull Power-on too soon after power-off

OVERLAP Indicator is on

ERROR indicator is on

Time appears to be excessive

bullSet DURATION gt000 bull DURATION is set to SQUARE but PERIOD is 000 Increase PERIOD or set DURATION independantly

bull BURST and WIDTH are gt DURATION increase PERIOD or decrease

DURATION bull BIPHASIC pulse output is on and PERIOD is not longer than twice the DURATION Increase PERIOD or decrease DURATION

bull Free-run is on and BURST Is lt PERIOD (BURST off) DELAY is 0 and PERIOD is lt DURATION Add delay or modify PERIOD

bull Free-mn is on and BURST is gt DURATION (BURST ON) and PERIOD is lt DURATION Increase PERIOD

bull For VOLTAGE outputs the output Is trying to drive too low a resistance or capacitance (eg a short circuit) Check by disconnecting the output It is possible (and normal) that for the fastest cycles

and largest amplitudes (close to 100 V and 1 MS) that the ERROR Indicator might always come on during repetitive pulses Fix output load or decrease amplitude as required

bull Changed control in mid-cycle (resets cunent status)

A ^ M bull _ _ _ A ^ ^ _ _ i ^ mdash 131BuslnessPai1ltLoopPOBox850CarlsborgWamp98324

bull p i j ^ v s w m s iiic^^deglt^deg^^deglt^^^3degB3^^^deg^^^^degdeg^^^deg^^deg^^^^ E-mat iiiMOafflwstemseom WabaHe MtaffiwwtHtavsli

8 E-msft flmsjoQfrfraystGfnsoom ^WobsltiK hl^Aiwv9-fn9]nteniscom

Cant seem to get a full signal out

Incoming triggers not accepted frequently enough

bull Load is not properiy connected repair wiring

bull Too low a load impedance (VOLTAGE modes) or too high a load impedance

(CURRENT mode)

bull PERIOD is set too long (enforces dead time) followd by BURST set to SIGNAL Reduce PERIOD time

Table 10 Problem Solving

If you suspect that the Model 2100 may have completely failed we recommend checking the basic level of functionality If this fails your instrument is defective and must be repaired If this passes either your experimental setup is incompatible or inconsistent or there is a more subtle flaw in your Model 2100

If the Model 2100 appears to be malfunctioning contact A-M Systems Inc or your dealer Telephone numtgters for A-M Systems Inc listed on the front cover of this manual We will first attempt to solve the problem over the telephone so have an exact description of your problem available when you call You do not need to be within the warranty period to obtain over-the-phone assistance

A ^ M V - mdash A d B ^ K M I ^ M 131BuslnessPatfcLoopPOBox6SOCai

-PI s y s i Q m s inc-2raquolaquoa22=M^^

131 Business Parfc Loop PO Box 650 Cartsborg VM9 0S324 _ FAX36(W8a3525 E^nrt flnsysQa-ntsyttanB-oom Wsbsfte hHpiMNvwa-nnystsnisooni

9

Theory of Operation

The operation of the Model 2100 is summarized In the block diagram (see Fig 3) Not shown are all of the interconnections with the microcontroller The intemal microcontroler plays an important role in setting the signal path but does not directly

contribute to the dynamic characteristics It scans the front panel switches and sets the control values for the logic arays It programs the intemal counters which along with the other hardware achieve the necessary sub-microsecond speeds

All action starts either from an input trigger signal (from Trig In) or from an intemal signal (in free Run mode only) A Delay timer counts the 10MHz clock until its count value Is exhausted At this point the Burst timer starts Both Period and Duration timers are started at this time If the Burst timer has not expired by the end of the Period the Period and Duration timers are restarted If the Biphasic mode has been set the Duration timer is restarted at the end of the initial Duration and the sign of the output pulse Is reversed doubling the total duration

The system state (pulse on pulse sip baseline sign [+101-]) is transmitted to the isolated section via optoisolator The baseline and pulse amplitudes are selected by an analog switch The resulting signal is amplified by a variable-power-supply discrete operational amplifier The amplifier connections and gain is modified to provide two voltage and three cunent ranges

Timing overlap errors are detected by a logical decision computation rather than by testing for counter collisions This provides instant feedback rather than waiting up to an hour for such a collision to occur Output errors are measured by sensing the output amplifiers differential input voltage Under normal conditions this is a negligible voltage if the amplifier fails to deliver the requested signal the window comparator testing this voltage sends this message (via optoisolator) to the logic section turning on a warning LED

fl-N Systems Inc 131BusbnassPa(tLoopPOBox6SOCari3boigVMg8324 H n |TWoph0n880O426-13083eO6Blaquo300FMt36Olaquo8i3525 E-nnl anaysflfriinysleiiaoemWfcbslte hllphmwraquoimyatennoom

TRIG 3HJ) OUT

(burst)

TRIG ^ OUT

(pulse)

E

Ml

Calibration Procedures

The calibration interval is the lesser of 1000 hours of operation or 6 months Somewhat greater drift can be expected in the first 100 hours of operation as the semiconductors age Adjustments should only be made after the instrument has been fully warmed up for at least 15 minutes

Full instrument calibration requires the following test equipment digital multimeter (plusmn 01) able to measure resistance to at least lOOMfl oscilloscope with at least 50MHz bandwidth true-rms voltmeter with 4MHz bandwidth universal counter (plusmn 001 ) able to measure single pulse widths and periods resistors (all plusmn 01) 2kn lOkH 1 waft 20kn 200kn alligator clip lead sets banana plugs and BNC adapters

Adjustment integrated circuit and test point locations are shown in the following figures All adjustments are on the timing board unless otherwise noted

All voltages in the non-isolated section should be measured with respect to ground at TP510 unless othenvise stated Some voltages are measured with respect to an intemal isolated ground at TP650 or across the two output tenninals Occasionally the voltage at an IC pin must be measured In these cases the reference designator is given with the pin number in parentheses eg U602(16) When it states within this procedure that a voltage is to be minimized this means that the adjustment should be made such that the measured voltage is as close to zero volts as possible Refer to the Specifications Section of this manual for acceptable tolerances

The sequence of this procedure is Important If any adjustment is made all adjustments which follow must be made to ensure that the specifications will be met These procedures require that all controls remain as set in previous steps unless otherwise indicated

WARNING

The Model 2100 has dangerous voltages throughout the instrument even with the power is off Servicing the Model 2100 should only be done by qualified service personnel Use caution in handling any wires connectors or electrodes which may be directly or indirectly attached to the Instrument Do not touch exposed connections or components Disconnect power by unplugging the power cord from the receptacle

fl-N Systems I n c ^ 131BusinesaPartcLoopPOBox850CartsborgVWiB8324 4 n ^gt-mdash80O426-130638Ofl8Jlaquo300FAX36O683J52S bull E-maft BinsysQfrfn^islflnisoomVVfalislle h^KVfWMift^iisystemsoani

CO

- R503

Omg^

TPSOlQ O

OTPSOO

U560 bull

U510

DDID ^ trade E O ^ T P 5 1 0

bullnD Trig

0 ^

U570

Gate n U505

DO D

U515

Timing

Timing h_ U520

bsoo ^25SE Timing

Or r U540

I I Tmlng

[^ELIL

U535 D

U506

13 J510 Timlnff

BurfiDelay J400

i i i i i i i T r m r a

gt U550 ^

Clock

U555 U620

B a

^R^Pvhigh Rfijn O D O Vlow

o

bull U545

Fo sect737 lISOIsPjC-COMP

n r r ^ U760

J420

]]U632

Q S riuGSO

H = ) TP640^ deg I t I

II3D

J440 m i T i

U610 plusmn laquo j U O

bull bull l el

^t

O l

bull

M

I

Power supply and bias voltages

Power supply

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

POWER ON Observe voltage at P703 power supply wire top of main board

Check for+15 plusmn 050 V

Observe voltage at P701 power supply wire top of main board

Check for-15 plusmn 050 V

Observe voltage at U505(24) Check for+5 plusmn 025 V

Isolated supply voltage

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

RANGE 10 V TRIG open circuit MODE center position

Altemately observe V^ from R742 to R740 and V ^ from the U605(4) to U605(8)

Adjust R773 so that 110VltV^lt 120 V and

nign

28VltV^lt34V

Capacitance balance

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Connect a x10 oscilloscope probe to TP650 and ground the

Adjust R737 for minimum high frequency signal

Inputs

Gate funct ion

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave Verify that the voltage to GATE switches states at the Obsene voltage at U51G(3) proper input levels with an oscilloscope ^ ^

Trigger s lope

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave Verify that the voltage to TRIO switches states at the Observe voltage at US 10( 1) proper input levels with an oscilloscope

TRIG SLOPE + Verify voltage is 180 out of phase

TRIG SLOPE Verify voltage is in phase

fl-N Systems Inc ^ 131 Bushess Park Loop PO Bar 850 Carisborg Wa 98324 8004201306 3eOlaquoS3e300 FAX 3606BV352S

C-maft fliii8yBQfriii9yBlumaoamVIAibsMB hRpJhwMifi-iiiBystematxini

14

Trigger and gate funct ion

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

DELA NONE BURS1WII3TH SINGLE DURATION SQUARE PERIOD 100X10-3

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave to TRIG Obsen^e TRIOD and EVENT LEDS

TRIG disconnect all Short the GATE connector to GND Verify LEDs extinguish

MODE press to MANUAL Verify LEDs flash once

Timing

System c lock frequency

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Observe the frequency of the wave atU555(17)

Verify 1000 MHz plusmn001

Multipl iers (Wheel Switches)

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

PULSE SIGN + MODE FREE RUN TRIG disconnect all TIMING MULTIPUERS ail

wheels set to zero except the one being tested

TnmiNG OVERLAP ^nOTB

Observe the pulse width with the counter at the location specified below

Verify pulse width Is correct for each wheel as it is tested Independently

For each wheel of each MULTIPUER test each position to verify that the pulse width is correct Observe the signal at the following locations DELAY U520(2) BURSTWIDTH U530(2) PERIOD US40(2) DURATION U550(2)

Rates (Rotary Switches)

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

TIMING MULTIPUERS 001 TIMING RATES all rotary

switches set to 10-4 except the one being tested

Observe the pulse width with the counter at the location specified below

Verify pulse width is conect for each rotary switch as it is tested independently

For each of the four rotary switches in TIMING test each position to verify that the pulse wkJth is correct Observe the signal at the following locations DELAY U520(2) BURSTWIDTH U530(2) PERIOD U540(2) DURATION U550(2)

fl-N Systems I n c ^ E-maft emfl

131 Business Parti Loop PO 809(850 Cartsborg Wta 98324 8004201306 3804806300 FAX 36068O3S25

E-maft ansysQa nvystems-oom Wobste hflp Avwwa4nsy8(Qnttoam

15

Trigger outputs Controls

Range 10V Pulse Amplitude 500 Delay 100x10 Burst 100x10^2 Duration 100 x1a Period 400x10^ Pulse sign + Trig Mode Free run Trig in open

Inputs Observations

Trigger the oscilloscope to the Burst Trig Out Observe it the Pulse Trig Out and the isolated output

Adjust Check

Verify that the waveform consists of a burst of three 1ms-on3ms-off pulses The burst trigger should be synchronous with the burst the pulse trigger coincident with each pulse

Output Calibration

Isolation Resistance (check) Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode center position Trig In open

Measure the resistance between ground banana jack (front panel) and black banana jack of output with DMM

Resistance read gt 100MQ

Amplitude Switch Offset (R640) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Zero Trig Mode center position Trig In Open

Measure the voltage at TP645 vs TP650 with the DMM

Adjust R640 (AmpI Sw Offset) for minimum voltage

Output Offset (R332 front panel board) Controls I nputsObservatlons AdjustCheck

Baseline Zero Range 10V Trig Mode center position Trig In Open

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

Adjust R332 (Output offset) for minimum voltage

Positive Baseline Offset (R607) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Sign + Baseline Amplitude

fully CCW (000) Range 10V Trig In open Trig Mode center position

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

Adjust R602 (BSLN + offset) for minimum voltage

fl M raquo _ _ _ A laquo ^ _ i ^ ^ 131Buslnelaquo8Pari(loopPOBoK850Cart8borgWB96324

bull P I i s V S i e m S a |||Cg1Maphans80O42O130638O68O8300FAX36Olaquo8raquo^2S E-tiBft anagtraquoflwiisyagtlaquomraquoaimW6baHB hHpffii(wwraquoltnsylaquoleniieom

16

Negative Baseline Offset (R619) Controls

Baseline Sign -i Baseline Amplitude bull fully CCW (000)

Range 10V Trig In open Trig Mode center position

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

AdjustCheck

Adjust R619 (BSLN 4 offset) for minimum voltage

Pulse Amplitude Adjust (R602) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode Free Mode Pulse Amplitude 1000 Timing Dialay =none Burst =single Duration =1001 Period =00110-4 Pulse Sign -Trig In open Range 10V

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

The Overiap indicator should be on Adjust R602 (Max Level) for -1000V out

Pulse Sign Gain (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode Free Mode Pulse Amplitude 1000 Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =1001 s Period =00110-4s Trig In open Range 10V

Measure the voltage at the output with the DMM for the Pulse Sign at -- and - positions

The absolute values of the voltages should differ by less than lOOmV

Baseline Amplitudes (check) Controls InputsObservations

Range 100mA Trig Mode center position Baseline Amplitude fully CW (1000) Trig In open

Measure the voltage at the output with the DMM with Baseline Sign in + Zero and - positions

AdjustCheck

Gain the matching of current levels at = and - positions and offset current in Zero position

fl-N Systems Inc^^ bull E-mal am8

131 Business Partt Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 88324 8004201306360laquo8Oe300FAX 360laquo8O362S

E-maM am8y8^o-mBy8tflmBoom WobaKo hHp Awwwo-f i iBystonuoom

17

Output Range Amplitude and Drive (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Pulse Amplitude 1000 Pulse Sign + Trig Mode Free Run Timing Delay =none Burst =8ingle Duration =1001 Period =10010-4 Trig In open

Load the output with a 10KV1W 01 resistor Measure the voltage at the output with DMM

Verify that full scale output is within specification Scale Range 100V 100V 10V 10V 100mA IV 1mA 10V 10mA 100V

Pulse Sign and Short Circuit Protection (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Timing Delay =none Burst =8ingle Duration =200 10-4 Period =00110-3 Baseline Zero Pulse Amplitude 25 Range 10V Trig Mode Free Run Trig In open

Measure the voltage at the output with the oscilloscope Check for Pulse Sign set to each of + - biphasic Watch for Error indicator when shorting the output

Verify that pulses of approx 25V amplitude (625V for biphasic mode) of the correct sign are produced every 10ms Short output in biphasic mode Output should retum when opened

Output Transient Response (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Pulse Sign + Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =20010-4 Period =00110-3 Pulse Amplitude 250 Baseline Zero Trig Mode Free Mode Trig In open

Connect the oscilloscope to the output with a 310 attenuator prolse Test boVn 10V and 100V ranges

Verify that overshoot and risetime meet specifications

fl-N Systems I n c ^ 131 Business Parte Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wb 98324 8004201306 36Olaquo83O300 FAX 36O680lt352S

E-mQ0 snBy8Qs-msy8faiTiscom VWriMtte N ^ Mvww9-msy8lemscom

18

Specifications

There are three classes of specifications Class A specifications tested in all unHs and are guaranteed Class B specifications are inherent in the design they are indirectly tested and are guaranteed Class C specifications are typical operating values which are occasionally tested- these are typical values given for your infomiation but not guarshyanteed The class for each specification is noted in the center column of the following sections

Inputs Switching level

Hysteresis

Input equivalent circuit

Minimum duration (1 IL-level signal)

A

C

C

C

16V(plusmn02V)

approx 50 mV

100K ft to+5 In parallel with no more than 35pF

gt 50 ns

Open circuit condition B defaults to highon level

Timing and rate accuracy Rate selector steps

Timing multiplier steps

Resolution

Timing eror (second and later pulses after resetting controls)

B

B

B

B

lOOps to 100s In 7 steps

1 of rate selector step size Maximum value is 999 x the rate selector step size

approx 01 of the maximum value

lt 002 of rate selector value + 015 ps

Timing error (first pulse after readjusting timing controls)

an additional 025 ps error may occur

Timing repeatability lt 001 setting + 20 ns (monophasic)

fl-N Systems I nc ^ bull E-moU ams

131 Business Parti Loop PO Boot 850 Cartsborg VM 98324 80O42O130838O08O8300FAX36Olaquo8O3S2S

E-meU anByafl^iiisyslainaoomWebsHe hHpffliiwwraquomsys)emsoom

19

TRIG IN to OUTPUT delay (DELAY set to 0) output set to 2V

Timing jitter ft-om TRIG IN to OUTPUT (for TTL trigger input with risetime lt10 ns)

Timing jitter ft^om TRIG OUT (either BURST or PULSE) and OUTPUT

Trigger output to pulse output delay

Output charactsristics Pulse level enror (voltage mode open circuit cun-ent mode short circuit

Biphasic level difference |V + + V-|2

Baseline level error (voltage mode A open circuit current mode short circuit)

Risetime (25 V out)

Risetime (25 V out)

Transient response

A

A

A

Output impedance (voltage mode) C

Output impedance (current mode) C

Isolation resistance A

Isolation capacitance C

approx 05 ps for a load of no more than 10 Kft in parallel with 50 pF

lt 125 ns (all rates except 100s) lt 125 ps (100s rate)

Less than 20 ns (all rates)

approx 350 ns

lt 03 of setting + 05 of r range (plus an additional 05 pA inlOOpArenge)

lt 03 of range (voltage modes into open circuit current modes into short circuit)

lt 03 of setting of setting + 01 of range (plus an additional 05 pA in lOOpA range)

laquo 200 ns into less than 30 pF

laquo15 ps into less than 30 pF

lt 8 overshoot Into less than 30 pF for pulse voltages different than baseline voltage by at least 10 of range

laquo 50 ohms

raquo 1 0 Gft (typically 200 Gft)

raquo100Mft

laquo 60 pF at 100 Hz

fl-N Systems Inc^^ 131 Business Partt Uxip PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 96324 8004201308 SBOee^^SOO FAX 360laquoS3^52S

E-mat BiByraquoaiMii8ylaquoliiiiiseomWiljalteHlpJV(wwraquo4tgy8lenaoom

20

Noise (differential mode)

Noise (common mode earth to isolated ground) with no signal output

Overioad error indicator (low frequency short circuited voltage mode)

Overioad error indicator low frequency open circuited current mode)

Overioad enor response time

Miscellaneous

Power

Fuse

Operating temperature range

Storage temperature range

Operating humidity

Dimensions

Weight

laquo1 mV rms (10 V scale 10Hz-4MHz)

laquo 8 mV rms (10 Hz-4 MHz) laquo100mVp-p (200 Hz -10 MHz) measured withalOMft 15pF oscilloscope probe

Turns on for set amplitude at or greater than approx plusmn1V (10 V range) or plusmn2 V (100 V range)

Turns on for set amplitude at or above approx 2 of range

Flat to approx 30 ps duration Decreasing sensitivity for shorter pulses

approx 11 watts

1 amp 3 AG

10-30C

0 - 50deg C

5-80RH

17x475x1125 (Inches) 432x121x286 cm

20 lbs (9 kg)

fl mm bull gt _ _ _ A ^ ^ _ _ L ^ 131BusinesraquoPariltLocpPOBox850C8rtsborgWS9e324

bull p i ^ y s v e m s IIIC^^deg(^deg^Bdegltgt^^^3degdeg^deg^^deg^^^degdeg^^I^deg^deg^^^^^

21 E-mei flre^nQo 4n8yo(amscam Wsbsfle hHpAwwwe-msy8Jems-Oom

Warranty and Service

What does this warranty cover A-M Systems Inc warrants to the Purchaser that the Instrument excluding cables Headstage Probes and any other accessories shipped with the Instrument (hereafter the hardware) is free from defects in workmanship or material under normal use and service for the period of one (1) year This warranty commences on the date of delivery of the hardware to the Purchaser

What are the obligations of A-M Systems Inc under this warranty During the warranty period A-M Systems Inc agrees to repair or replace at its sole option without charge to the Purchaser any defective component part of the hardware To obtain warranty service the Purchaser must return the hardware to A-M Systems Inc or an authorized A-M Systems Inc distributor in an adequate shipping container Any postage shipping and insurance charges incurred in shipping the hardware to A-M Systems Inc must be prepaid by the Purchaser and all risk for the hardware shall remain with purchaser until such time as A-M Systems Inc takes receipt of the hardware Upon receipt A-M Systems Inc will promptly repair or replace the defective unit and then return the hardware to the Purchaser postage shipping and insurance prepaid A-M Systems Inc may use reconditioned or like new parts or units at its sole option when repairing any hardware Repaired products shall carry the same amount of outstanding wan^nty as from original purchase or ninety (90) days which ever is greater Any claim under the warranty must include a dated proof of purchase of the hardware covered by this wan-anty In any event A-M Systems Inc liability for defective hardware is limited to repairing or replacing the hardware

What is not covered by this warranty This warranty is contingent upon proper use and maintenance of the hardware by the Purchaser and does not cover batteries Neglect misuse whether intentional or otherwise tampering with or altering the hardware damage caused by accident damage caused by unusual physical electrical chemical or electromechanical stress damage caused by failure of electrical power or damage caused during transportation are not covered by this warranty Products may not be returned to A-M Systems Inc for service whether under warranty or otherwise which are contaminated by infectious agents radioactive compounds or other materials constituting a health hazard to employees of A-M Systems Inc

What are the limits of llabiiity for A-M Systems inc under this warranty A-M Systems Inc shall not be liable for loss of data profits or savings or any special incidental consequential indirect or other similar damages arising from breach of contract negligence or other legal action even if the company or its agent has been advised of the possibility of such damages or for any claim brought against you by another party THIS EQUIPMENT IS NOT INTENDED FOR CLINICAL MEASUREMENTS USING HUMAN SUBJECTS A-M SYSTEMS INC DOES NOT ASSUME RESPONSIBILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE DUE TO MISUSE OF THIS EQUIPMENT Jurisdictions vary with regard to the enforceability of provisions excluding or limiting liability for incidental or consequential damages Check the provision of your local jurisdiction to find out whether the above exclusion applies to you This warranty allocates risks of product failure between the Purchaser and A-M Systems Inc A-M Systems Inc hardware pricing reflects this allocation of risk and the limitations of liability contained in this wanranty The warranty set forth above is in lieu of all other express wan^anties whether oral or written The agents employees distributors and dealers of A-M Systems Inc are not authorized to make modifications to this wan-anty or additional wan-anties binding on the company Accordingly additional statements such as dealer advertising or presentations whether oral or written do not constitute wananties by A-M Systems Inc and should not be relied upon This warranty gives you specific legal rights You may also have other rights whrch vary from one jurisdiction to another

6 mm ^ laquo _ _ A a B ^ _ 1 ^ ^ 131 Business Parti Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg W B 98324 O O

bull P l A y S V e m S l n C T^M 8OO42OI3O6 380683-8300FAX 360 803525 ^ ^ E-msl iiiisy80iHTBy8tenisoom Wsbsito hnphwwfrimysleiiisoom

A

V ISO

INSTRUCTION MANUAL

FOR

ISOLATED PULSE STIMULATOR

MODEL 2100

Serial

Date

A-M Systems Inc

PO Box 850

Carlsborg WA 98324

USA

360-683-8300 bull 800-426-1306 FAX 360-683-3525

httpwwwa-msystemscom

Version 70 February 2002

Contents General Description 1

Instrument Features 1 Controls and Connectors 2

Operating Instructions 6 Theory of Operation 10 Calibration Procedures 12

Inputs 14 Output Calibration 16

Specifications 19 Warranty and Service 22

Each Isolated Pulse Stimulator is delivered complete with

Rack Mount Hardware Instructions amp Maintenance Manual

NOTE

This instrument is not intended for clinical measurements using human subjects A-M Systems Inc does not assume responsibility for Injury or damage due to the misuse of this instrument

General Description

Instrument Features The Isolated Pulse Stimulator Model 2100 is designed for a wide variety of applications It is highly flexible being capable of delivering single pulses biphasic pairs or bursts of pulses Pulses may be started manually or upon receiving a trigger signal from another Instrument or computer Two non-isolated trigger outputs are available for triggering other instruments

Four sets of timing controls provide comprehensive control overall aspects of pulse generation Three digit accuracy is available over a 7 decade range for each timing function using lever wheel switches Pulse widths can be set over more than a 9 decade range from 05 ps to 999 seconds Timing accuracy is assured through the use of a 10 MHz base rate crystal-controlled clock digitally divided to provide accurate timing over the entire range Atiming overiap indicator will light If the timing controls are set inconsistently

The output may be conveniently switched between current and voltage modes Pulse and baseline amplitudes are Independently presettable with lockable dials An error Indicator will light if the Mode2700 cannot deliver the desired signal

r WARNING

The Model 2100 can produce potentially dangerous voltages up to 100 V at the output connectors The isolated output is not connected internally to safety (earth) ground in any way Some part of the extemal circuit should be connected to safety ground Use caution in handling any wires connectors or electrodes which may be directly or indirectly attached to the Model 2100 output Some kinds of connectors such as BNC connectors have exposed metal parts which may float at dangerous potentials unless extemally connected to safety ground For greatest safety tum the Model 2100 off before making any connections to

the instrument

131 Business Parii Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Telophone 800-426-1306 bull 360-68raquolaquo300 bull FAX 360683-3525 E-mal satesa-msystemsoom VVfebsite httpywwwa^nsystemscom fl-N Systems Inc 1

Controls and Connectors The controls for the Model 2100 are grouped in three sections START which controls when a pulse or burst of pulses begins TIMING which controls the onoff timing of one or more pulses and OUTPUT which controls the amplitude of the output signal

Start TRIG SLOPE Determines the polarity of valid trigger pulses (positive or negative edges in the trigger signal)

MODE Controls waveform initiation When set to FREE RUN one timing cycle immediately follows the last When momentarily placed In the MANUAL position a timing cycle starts Immediately When the switch Is In the center position timing cycles start when valid triggering events occur

TRIGD This LED lights up when a timing cycle Is in process and continues until the burst is completed

TRIG This BNC connector allows a signal from an external source to Initiate timing cycles It is set for standard TTL levels

GATE This BNC connector allows a signal from an external source to restrict the final output signal This input must be at a logical high (or open-circuited) in order for the Model 2100 to recognize either manual or automatic trigger events

Gate 1_ Trigger |~~^ i I Valid triggers (represented by the arrows in the figure) can occur only when the gate Is at logical high Note that the up arrow would apply only If TRIG SLOPE is set to + the down an-ows would apply only if TRIG SLOPE Is set to -

NOTE Triggers have no effect if the system has not completed its response to a previous trigger

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Park Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Vb 98324 TelQphQne 80O426-1306 360683-8300 FAX 360683-3525 E-mail sales^a-msystemscom Wsbsite httpywwwa-msystemscom

Timing Four sets of controls govern the timing of pulse generation Each set contains two values which are multiplied together to detemnine the actual timing value The rotary knob (rate selector) provides the approximate timing value and the lever wheel switch bank (MULTIPLIER)

provides a time resolution of three decimal digits The following diagram shows most of the Important relationships

Output r Delay Duration

|ltPeriodgtj

t Burst width

Trigger event

DELAY These controls determine the time duration between the initiating trigger event and the beginning of the pulse burst If this rate selector is set to NONE or the multiplier is set to 000 there Is no delay

BURST WIDTH These controls determine the time period in which one or more pulses may be delivered Once started a pulse may outlast the burst width If this rate selector is set to SINGLE or to any time shorter than the pulse duration only a single pulse will occur If the BURST WIDTH Is longer than the period pulses will be emitted at the PERIOD rate until the burst time ends Pulses are never truncated by a short BURSTWIDTH

inds)-PULSE

D U R A T I O N 1 0 1 0

10

INTEB-PULSE PERIOD

1 1 10

DURATION These controls determine the length of each pulse Ifthis rate selector Is set to SQUARE the duration is set to half of the period regardless of the MULTIPLIER setting

PERIOD These controls set the period of time between adjacent pulse events within the burst It also forces a minimum dead time between recognized input triggers following a burst of one or more pulses This can be used to prevent over stimulation of a tissue without requiring excessive delay between the triggering event and the stimulating pulse

TIMING OVERLAP

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 860 Carisborg Vamp 98324 |Telophone 800-426-1306 360683-8300 bull FAX 3606aW525 E-mail salearega^nsystemsoom Vfeb5ite httpAwwwa^nsyslemscam

NOTE If any of these timing controls are changed while a timing cycle is in operation the results are undefined until the current cycle finishes

TIMING OVERLAP This LED will light to Indicate an inconsistency in the timing cycle settings There are several ways to introduce such errors The most common way is to set the Inter-pulse PERIOD to be less than the pulse DURATION

T I M I N G (seconds)^

TRIG OUT (UPPER) This BNC connector provides a signal which is coincident with the Internal Burst timing signal (default) This means the signal starts at the end of the Delay time and persists until the Burst time expires This output may also be set to represent the delay time-out by setting the internal jumper J510 to the right two pins instead of the left two pins (Please see the Calibration section in this manual for jumper location Directions are given as viewed from the front of the Instrument)

TRIG OUT (LOWER) This BNC connector provides a signal which Is coincident with the Duration timing signal which controls pulse output

NOTE Both trigger output signals slightly lead the isolated output signal

Output

PULSE SIGN This switch determines the polarity of the pulses to be generated It also allows generation of biphasic pulses thereby doubling the effective total period Warning the first pulse generated after changing the PULSE

SIGN switch may have the wrong polarity

BASELINE This Switch determines the polarity ofthe baseline signal

RANGE This rotary switch determines if the output pulses will be constant current (3 ranges) or constant voltage (2 ranges)

BASELINE AMPLITUDE This value is independently set using a ten-turn counting dial The maximum baseline amplitude is one tenth the value shown on the range amplitude switch

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 8S0 Cartsborg Vfa 98324 |Tetaphone 80O426-1306 bull 360683-8300 bull FAX 3606803525 E-mail salesa-msystemscom Wbbsite http7Awwwaflnsystemscom

PULSE AMPLITUDE This value is independently set using a ten-turn counting dial The maximum pulse amplitude is the value shown on the range amplitude switch

EVENT This LED indicates when a pulse is ongoing

ERROR This LED indicates when the internal output amplifier cannot output the pulse as desired This is usually due to a short circuit while trying to output a voltage or an open circuit while trying to output a current

VOTEThe Pulse Sign control in the Oupuf section directly affects waveform timing When set to the Biphasic mode a positive-going pulse is immediately followed by a negative-going pulse This effectively doubles the pulse duration If a burst of biphasic pulses is being produced the period must be at least twice the single pulse duration In the Square wave mode the baseline disappears as long as the burst persists

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsboig Vte 98324 |Telophone 800426-1306 360683-8300 bull FAX 3606833525 E-mail salesa-m5ystem5 com Website httpwwwa-msystemscom

Operating Instructions

Examples Simple setup (and minimal instrument test)

Connect the output ofthe Model 2100 to an oscilloscope Before connecting the Model 2100 to any other instrument or the experimental preparation It is safest to turn Its power off

Set the Oufpuf controls

Range 10V Pulse Sign +

Baseline Zero Pulse Amplitude 200

Setting The Timing Controls

Delay Burst Width

Duration Period

none single

15010-2 50010-2

Setting The Start Controls

Mode Free Run

Disconnect any cables to the TRIG or GATE inputs

Note that the green Trig and Event Indicators turn on as Free Run is turned on (and turn off otherwise) You should observe a 15ms duration 20Hz rate pulse of 200V above a OV baseline on the oscilloscope

fl-N Systems Inc 131 BusinessPartiLoop RO Box850CarisbcxgWa98324 |Telophone 800426-1306 bull 360-683-8300 bull FW 360683-3525 E-mail salesa-msystems com VVbbsite httpywwwa-msystems com

Demonstration of Burst Mode Connect the output ofthe Model 2100 to an oscilloscope Before connecting the Model 2100 to any other instrument or the experimental preparation It Is safest to turn its power off

Set the Outpuf controls

Range 10V Pulse Sign +

Baseline Pulse Amplitude 200

Baseline Amplitude 100

Setting The Timing Controls

Delay 88010-2 Burst Width 12010-^

Duration 15010-2 Period 50010-2

Set the START controls as follows

Mode Free Run

Disconnect any cables to the TRIG or GATE inputs

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Telophooe 8004201306 360683-8300 bull FAX 360683-3525 E^naii salesa-msystems com Watjsite http7wwwa-msystemscom

Trigger the oscilloscope from the Bursf trigger out (upper Trig Out connector) for a stable display In each burst (occurring every lOOms) you should observe a trio of 15ms duration starting 50ms apart Try switching the StartMode from Free Run to the center (nonnal) position The pulses will no longer be produced and the Trig and Event Indicators will tum off Pressing this switch once (to Manual) will cause a single burst to occur

Problem Solving If the instrument appears to be not working properiy check all ofthe control settings and connections Be sure to wait at least 5-10 seconds after turning the instrument off before turning it on again The following summary of typical problems for the user (along with the most common solutions) may help

Problem CauseSolution

EVENT Indicator never lights even in FREE RUN mode

bull Replace fuse check power connection bullSet DELAY or PERIOD to a shorter interval

bull Power-on too soon after power-off

OVERLAP Indicator is on

ERROR indicator is on

bull Set DURATION gt000 bull DURATION Is set to SQUARE but

PERIOD is 000 Increase PERIOD or set DURATION independantly

bull BURST and WIDTH are gt DURATION increase PERIOD or decrease DURATION

bull BIPHASIC pulse output Is on and PERIOD is not longer than twice the DURATION Increase PERIOD or decrease DURATION

bull Free-run Is on and BURST is lt PERIOD (BURST off) DELAY is 0 and PERIOD Is lt DURATION Add delay or modify PERIOD

bull Free-run is on and BURST is gt DURATION (BURST ON) and PERIOD is lt DURATION Increase PERIOD

bull For VOLTAGE outputs the output is trying to drive too low a resistance or capacitance (eg a short circuit) Check by disconnecting the output ft is possible (and normal) that for the fastest cycles and largest amplitudes (close to 100 V

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business PartiLoop PO Box 850 CartsborgWa 98324 iTelophone 800-42O130636O6e3-8300FAX 3606B3-3525 E-mail satesaflisyslefmcom Vfebslte http7wwwa-msyslemscom

and 1 ps) that the ERROR indicator might always come on during repetitive pulses Fix output load or decrease amplitude as required

Time appears to be excessive Changed control in mid-cycle (resets current status)

Cant seem to get a full signal out Load Is not properiy connected repair wiring Too low a load impedance (VOLTAGE modes) or too high a load impedance (CURRENT mode)

Incoming triggers not accepted frequently enough

PERIOD is set too long (enforces dead time) followd by BURST set to SIGNAL Reduce PERIOD time

Table 10 Problem Solving

If you suspect that the Model 2100 may have completely failed we recommend checking the basic level of functionality Ifthis fails your instrument Is defective and must be repaired Ifthis passes either your experimental setup is incompatible or inconsistent or there is a more subtle flaw in your Model 2100

If the Model 2100 appears to be malfunctioning contact A-M Systems Inc or your dealer We will first attempt to solve the problem over the telephone so have an exact description of your problem available when you call You do not need to be within the warranty period to obtain over-the-phone assistance

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 iTetoptxme 80O426-1306 bull 360683-8300 FAX 3606803525 E-mail satesa-msystemsoomAfebsitehttpJwwwaflisystemscom

Theory of Operation

The operation ofthe Model 2100 is summarized in the block diagram (see the figure on Page 11) Not shown are all ofthe interconnections with the microcontroller The internal microcontroler plays an important role in setting the signal path but does not directly contribute to the dynamic characteristics It scans the front panel switches and sets the control values for the logic arrays It programs the internal counters which along with the other hardware achieve the necessary sub-microsecond speeds

Pulse generation starts either from an Input trigger signal (from Trig In) or an internally signal (Free Run mode) A Delay timer counts the 10MHz clock until its count value is exhausted At this point the Burst Period and Duration timers are started If the Burst timer has not expired by the end ofthe Period the Period and Duration timers are restarted If the Biphasic mode has been set the Duration timer is restarted at the end of the initial Duration and the sign ofthe output pulse is reversed doubling the total duration

The system state (pulse on pulse sign baseline sign [+0f-]) is transmitted to the isolated section via optoisolator The baseline and pulse amplitudes are selected by an analog switch The resulting signal is amplified by a variable-power-supply discrete operational amplifier The amplifier connections and gain is modified to provide two voltage and three current ranges

Timing overiap errors are detected by a logical decision computation rather than by testing for counter collisions This provides instant feedback rather than waiting up to an hour for such a collision to occur Output errors are measured by sensing the output amplifiers differential input voltage Under normal conditions this is a negligible voltage If the amplifier fails to deliver the requested signal the window comparator testing this voltage sends this message (via optoisolator) to the logic section turning on a warning LED

fl-N Systems Inc 131BusinessPart(LoopRO Box850CarisboigWa98324 4 n Tel0pri0ne80O426-130636O683^300FAX36O6833525 ^ E-mail salesaflisystBmscom V febsite http7wwwa-msystemsoom

S i

I - - ^^mdasho^M

OUTPUT i l l

TRIG ^ OUT

(burst)

TRIG 3-lt) OUT

(pulse)

til

I laquo

Calibration Procedures

The calibration interval is the lesser of 1000 hours of operation or 6 months Somewhat greater drift can be expected in the first 100 hours of operation as the semiconductors age Adjustments should only be made after the instrument has been fully warmed up for at least 15 minutes

Full instrument calibration requires the following test equipment digital multimeter (plusmn 01) able to measure resistance to at least lOOMO oscilloscope with at least 50MHz bandwidth true-mis voltmeter with 4MHz bandwidth universal counter (plusmn 001 ) able to measure single pulse widths and periods resistors (all plusmn 01) 2kn lOkH 1 watt 20kn 200kn alligator clip lead sets banana plugs and BNC adapters

Adjustment integrated circuit and test point locations are shown in the following figures All adjustments are on the timing board unless othenAise noted

All voltages in the non-isolated section should be measured with respect to ground at TP510 unless othenwise stated Some voltages are measured with respect to an internal isolated ground at TP650 or across the two output temninals Occasionally the voltage at an IC pin must be measured in these cases the reference designator is given with the pin number in parentheses eg U602(16) When it states within this procedure that a voltage is to be minimized this means that the adjustment should be made such that the measured voltage is as close to zero volts as possible Refer to the Specifications Section of this manual for acceptable tolerances

The sequence of this procedure is important If any adjustment is made all adjustments which follow must be made to ensure that the specifications will be met These procedures require that all controls remain as set in previous steps unless othenAise indicated

WARNING

The Model 2100 has dangerous voltages throughout the instrument even with the power is off Servicing the Model 2100 should only be done by qualified service personnel Use caution in handling any wires connectors or electrodes which may be directly or indirectly attached to the instrument Do not touch exposed connections or components Disconnect power by unplugging the power cord from the receptacle

H B ^ ^ S y s t e m s inc^degdegp^deg^^deg-^^^^^^^^B3^^^degdeg^^^lt^^^B^^^^ 131BusinessPartiLoopPO Box850CartsbOigWamp98324 4 9 |Telophone800-42013C6360683-8300F0lt360683-3525 ^ E-mail salesa-msystefnscom website httpwwwaflisystems com

CO

TP501 O lt0

g OTPSOO

U560 S

Trig Gate

0 -TISOS

U570

U500

Timing

p U520

Timing

K U550 Timin

gt U540

U515

o X I Timin

U508 I

J510 Timing nnn

Burst Delay J400

gt U550

R503

D D I D bull U8QQ i Q

n

oo

V P 5 1 0

b U535

^

Clock i _

U555

lt U 5 4 5

o

h d ^ O - - ^ U605

Q D

U620

O fJZ^ R737 bull ^ 1^13015 r j C - C O M P

B B nU770 ^ ^ ^ 5 ^ a

J420

a

o E

bull [ ]U632

riueso

rR742rVhigh R 6 1 9 ^

LJ TP645 O TP650

TPMOQ^QS

Vlow

CD-

CZZl

J440 bull bull tl iUDQ

I t

f i l

Power supply and bias voltages

Power supply

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

POWER ON Observe voltage at P703 power supply wire top of main board

Check for+15 plusmn 050 V

Observe voltage at P701 power supply wire top of main board

Check for-15 plusmn 050 V

Observe voltage at U505(24) Check for +5 plusmn 025 V

Isolated supply voltage Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

RANGE 10 V TRIG open circuit MODE center position

Alternately observe V ^ from R742 to R740 and V ^ from theU605(4)toU605(8)

Adjust R773 so that 110VltV lt 120 V and

nigh

28VltV|^lt34V

Capacitance balance Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

Connect a xlO oscilloscope probe to TP650 and ground the

Adjust R737 for minimum high frequency signal

Inputs

Gate function Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave Verify that the voltage to GATE switches states at the Observe voltage at U510(3) proper input levels with an oscilloscope

Trigger slope Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave Verify that the voltage to TRIG switches states at the Observe voltage at U510( 1) proper input levels with an oscilloscope

TRIG SLOPE Verify voltage is 180deg out of phase

TRIG SLOPE Verify voltage is in phase

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 860 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Jelophone 800-4201306 360683-8300 bull FM 380683-3525 E-mail salesaflTsystBfnscom bull Vtebsite httpVAirwwaflisystems com

14

Trigger and gate f unc t i on

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

DELAY NONE BURS-nMDTH SINGLE DURATION SQUARE PERIOD 100X10-3

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave to TRIG Observe TRIGD and EVENT LEDs

TRIG disconnect all Short the GATE connector to GND Verify LEDs extinguish

MODE press to MANUAL Verify LEDs flash once

Timing

System c lock f requency

Controls Inputs Observations Ad jus t Check

Observe the frequency of the wave Verify 1000 MHz plusmn 001 atU555(17)

Mul t ip l iers (Wheel Swi tches)

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

PULSE SIGN-laquobull MODE FREE RUN TRIG disconnect all TIMING MULTIPUERS all

wheels set to zero except the one being tested

TIMING OVERLAP ignore

Observe the pulse width with the counter at the location specified t)elow

Verify pulse width is correct for each wheel as it is tested independently

For each wheel of each MULTIPLIER test each position to verify that the pulse width is correct Observe the signal at the following locations DELAY U520(2) BURSTWIDTH U530(2) PERIOD U540(2) DURATION U550(2)

Rates (Rotary Swi tches)

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

TIMING MULTIPUERS 001 Observe the pulse width with the TIMING RATES all rotary counter at the location specified

switches set to 10-4 below except the one being tested

Verify pulse width is correct for each rotary switch as it is tested independently

For each ofthe four rotary switches in TIMING test each position to verify that the pulse width is correct Observe the signal at the following locations DELAY U520(2) BURSTWIDTH U530(2) PERIOD U540(2) DURATION U550(2)

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 iTetophone 8004201306 bull 360683-8300 bull FOC 3606803525 E-mail salesa-msystemscom Wbbsite httpJwwwaflTSystemscom

15

Trigger outputs

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

Range 10V Pulse Amplitude 500 Delay 100 xlO^ Burst 100 x 10 ^ Duration 100x10-^ Period 400x10-^ Pulse sign + Trig Mode Free run Trig in open

Trigger the oscilloscope to the Burst Trig Out Observe it the Pulse Trig Out and the isolated output

Verify that the waveform consists of a burst of three 1ms-on3ms-off pulses The burst trigger should be synchronous with the burst the pulse trigger coincident with each pulse

Output Calibration

Isolation Resistance (check)

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode center position Trig In open

Measure the resistance between ground banana jack (front panel) and black banana jack of output with DMM

Resistance read gt 100MQ

Amplitude Switch Offset (R640)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Zero Trig Mode center position Trig In Open

Measure the voltage at TP645 vs TP650 with the DMM

Adjust R640 (AmpI Sw Offset) for minimum voltage

Output Offset (R332 front panel board) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Zero Range 10V Trig Mode center position Trig In Open

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

Adjust R332 (Output offset) for minimum voltage

Positive Baseline Offeet (R607) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Sign + Baseline Amplitude

fully CCW (000) Range 10V Trig In open Trig Mode center position

Measure the voltage across the outputwiththeDMM

Adjust R602 (BSLN + offset) for minimum voltage

fl-N Systems Inc 131 BusBiess Parti Loop P O Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Telophone B00-42O1306 bull 360683-8300 bull FAX 3606803525 E-mail salesaflisystemscom V^tebsite httpy^vwwa-msystems com

16

Negative Baseline Offset (R619)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Sign -Baseline Amplitude

fully CCW (000) Range 10V Trig In open Trig Mode center position

Measure the voltage across the outputwiththeDMM

Adjust R619 (BSLN + offset) for minimum voltage

Pulse Amplitude Adjust (R602)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode Free Mode Pulse Amplitude 1000 Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =1001 Period =00110-4 Pulse Sign -Trig In open Range 10V

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

The Overiap indicator should be on Adjust R602 (Max Level) for -10OOV out

Pulse Sign Gain (check)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode Free Mode Pulse Amplitude 1000 Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =100 1s Period =001 10-4s Trig In open Range 10V

Measure the voltage at the output with the DMM for the Pulse Sign at + and - positions

The absolute values ofthe voltages should differ by less than lOOmV

Baseline Amplitudes (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Range 100mA Trig Mode center position Baseline Amplitude fully CW (1000) Trig In open

Measure the voltage at the output with the DMM with Baseline Sign in + Zero and

- positions

Gain the matching of current levels at = and - positions and offset current in Zero position

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop PO Box 850 Cartsboig Wa 98324 Telophone 800-4201306 360683-8300 FkX 3606803525 E-mail salesa-msystemscom website http^^wwaflisystemsccm

17

Output Range Amplitude and Drive (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Pulse Amplitude 1000 Pulse Sign + Trig Mode Free Run Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =1001 Period =10010-4 Trig In open

Load the output with a 10KV 1W 01 resistor Measure the voltage at the output with DMM

Verify that full scale output is within specification Scale Range 100V 100V 10V 10V 100mA IV 1mA 10V 10mA 100V

Pulse Sign and Short Circuit Protection (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =200 10-4 Period =00110-3 Baseline Zero Pulse Amplitude 25 Range 10V Trig Mode Free Run Trig In open

Measure the voltage at the output with the oscilloscope Check for Pulse Sign set to each of + - biphasic Watch for Error indicator when shorting the output

Verify that pulses of approx 25V amplitude (625V for biphasic mode) of the correct sign are produced every 10ms Short output in biphasic mode Output should return when opened

Output Transient Response (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Pulse Sign + Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =20010-4 Period =00110-3 Pulse Amplitude 250 Baseline Zero Trig Mode Free Mode Trig In open

Connect the oscilloscope to the output with a 310 attenuator probe Test both 10V and 100V ranges

Verify that overshoot and risetime meet specifications

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Telophone 8004201306 bull 3606808300 bull Flaquo( 360laquo83ltJ525 E-mail salesa-msystemsocm V^febsite http^wwwa-msystefnscom

18

Specifications

There are three classes of specifications Class A specifications tested in all units and are guaranteed Class B specifications are inherent in the design they are indirectly tested and are guaranteed Class C specifications are typical operating values which are occasionally tested- these are typical values given for your information but not guarshyanteed The class for each specification is noted in the center column ofthe following sections

Inputs Switching level

Hysteresis

Input equivalent circuit

Minimum duration (1 IL-level signal)

A

C

C

C

16 V(plusmn 02 V)

approx 50 mV

lOOKH to+5 in parallel with no more than 35pF

gt 50 ns

Open circuit condition B defaults to highon level

Timing and rate accuracy Rate selector steps

Timing multiplier steps

B

B

lOOpsto 100s in 7 steps

1 of rate selector step size Maximum value is 999 X the rate selector step size

Resolution B approx 01 ofthe maximum value

Timing error (second and later pulses after resetting controls)

B lt 002 of rate selector value + 015 ps

Timing error (first pulse after readjusting timing controls)

an additional 025 ps error may occur

Timing repeatability lt 001 setting + 20 ns (monophasic)

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Ram Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Vfa 98324 pTelophone 8004201306 bull 360683-8300 bull FAX 360683-3525

E-mail salesraquoflisystems com Wabsite httpJAnww afl isystems com

19

TRIG IN to OUTPUT delay (DELAY set to 0) output set to 2V

Timing jitter from TRIG IN to OUTPUT (for TTL trigger input with risetime lt10 ns)

Timing jitter from TRIG OUT (either BURST or PULSE) and OUTPUT

Trigger output to pulse output delay

Output characteristics Pulse level error (voltage mode open circuit current mode short circuit

Biphasic level difference IV + - V-1 2

Baseline level error (voltage mode open circuit current mode short circuit)

Risetime (25 V out)

Risetime (25 V out)

Transient response

A

A

A

Output impedance (voltage mode) C

Output impedance (current mode) C

Isolation resistance A

Isolation capacitance C

approx 05 ps for a load of no more than 10 KH in parallel with 50 pF

lt 125 ns (all rates except 100s) lt 125 ps (100s rate)

Less than 20 ns (all rates)

approx 350 ns

lt 03 of setting + 05 of r range (plus an additional 05 pA in 100 pA range)

lt 03 of range (voltage modes into open circuit current modes into short circuit)

lt 03 of setting of setting + 01 of range (plus an additional 05 pA in lOOpA range)

= 200 ns into less than 30 pF

= 15 ps into less than 30 pF

lt 8 overshoot into less than 30 pF for pulse voltages different than baseline voltage by at least 10 of range

= 50 ohms

raquo 1 0 GH (typically 200 GO)

raquo 1 0 0 M n

= 60 pF at 100 Hz

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Peril Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg V6 98324 |TelCf)hone 800-4201306 3606808300 bull FAX 360683-3525 E-mal salesaflisystefnsoom Website hnpyMVfWafllsystemsoom

20

Noise (differential mode)

Noise (common mode earth to isolated ground) with no signal output

Overload error indicator (low frequency short circuited voltage mode)

Overload error indicator low frequency open circuited current mode)

Overioad error response time

Miscellaneous

= 1 mV rms (10 V scale 10 Hz-4 MHz)

= 8 mV rms (10 Hz-4 MHz) == 100mVp-p (200 Hz -10 MHz) measured withalOMH 15pF oscilloscope probe

Turns on for set amplitude at or greater than approx plusmn1 V (10 V range) or plusmn2 V (100 V range)

Turns on for set amplitude at or above approx 2 of range

Flat to approx 30 ps duration Decreasing sensitivity for shorter pulses

Power

Fuse

Operating temperature range

Storage temperature range

Operating humidity

Dimensions

approx 11 watts

1 amp 3AG

10-30degC

0 - 50deg C

5 - 80 RH

17x475x1125 (inches) 432x121x286 cm

Weight 20 lbs (9 kg)

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Wb 98324 |Tetcphone 8004201306 3606808300 bull FOt 360683-3525 E-mail satesamsystems comV^febsite httpywwwaflisystemscom

21

Warranty and Service

What does this warranty cover A-M Systems Inc warrants to the Purchaser that the Instrument excluding cables Headstage Probes and any other accessories shipped with the Instrument (hereafter the hardware) is free from defects in workmanship or material under normal use and service for the period of one (1) year This warranty commences on the date of delivery ofthe hardware to the Purchaser

What are the obligations of A-M Systems Inc under this warranty During the warranty period A-M Systems Inc agrees to repair or replace at its sole option without charge to the Purchaser any defective component part of the hardware To obtain warranty service the Purchaser must return the hardware to A-M Systems Inc or an authorized A-M Systems Inc distributor in an adequate shipping container Any postage shipping and insurance charges incurred in shipping the hardware to A-M Systems Inc must be prepaid by the Purchaser and all risk for the hardware shall remain with purchaser until such time as A-M Systems Inc takes receipt of the hardware Upon receipt A-M Systems Inc will promptly repair or replace the defective unit and then return the hardware to the Purchaser postage shipping and insurance prepaid A-M Systems Inc may use reconditioned or like new parts or units at its sole option when repairing any hardware Repaired products shall carry the same amount of outstanding warranty as from original purchase or ninety (90) days which ever is greater Any claim under the warranty must include a dated proof of purchase ofthe hardware covered by this warranty In any event A-M Systems Inc liability for defective hardware is limited to repairing or replacing the hardware

What is not covered by this warranty This warranty is contingent upon proper use and maintenance ofthe hardware by the Purchaser and does not cover batteries Neglect misuse whether intentional or othenwise tampering with or altering the hardware damage caused by accident damage caused by unusual physical electrical chemical or electromechanical stress damage caused by failure of electrical power or damage caused during transportation are not covered by this wan-anty Products may not be returned to A-M Systems Inc for service whether under warranty or otherwise which are contaminated by infectious agents radioactive compounds or other materials constituting a health hazard to employees of A-M Systems Inc

What are the limits of liability for A-M Systems Inc under this warranty A-M Systems Inc shall not be liable for loss of data profits or savings or any special incidental consequential indirect or other similar damages arising from breach of contract negligence or other legal action even if the company or its agent has been advised of the possibility of such damages or for any claim brought against you by another party THIS EQUIPMENT IS NOT INTENDED FOR CLINICAL MEASUREMENTS USING HUMAN SUBJECTS A-M SYSTEMS INC DOES NOT ASSUME RESPONSIBILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE DUE TO MISUSE OF THIS EQUIPMENT Jurisdictions vary with regard to the enforceability of provisions excluding or limiting liability for incidental or consequential damages Check the provision of your local jurisdiction to find out whether the above exclusion applies to you

This warranty allocates risks of product failure between the Purchaser and A-M Systems Inc A-M Systems Inc hardware pricing reflects this allocation of risk and the limitations of liability contained in this warranty The warranty set forth above is in lieu of all other express warranties whether oral or written The agents employees distributors and dealers of A-M Systems Inc are not authorized to make modifications to this warranty or additional wan-anties binding on the company Accordingly additional statements such as dealer advertising or presentations whether oral or written do not constitute warranties by A-M Systems Inc and should not be relied upon This warranty gives you specific legal rights You may also have other rights which vary from one jurisdiction to another

fl-N Systems Inc 131BusinessPartiLoop RO Box850CartsbOfgWa98324 p O |Telophone 8004201306 bull 360683-8300FOC 3606830525 ^ ^ E-mail saiesaflisystefTiscom Wbbsite httpVwwwa-msystemscom

General bull M ^ ion

Instrument Features The Isolated Pulse Stimulator Model 2100 Is designed for a wide variety of applications It is highly flexible being capable of delivering single pulses biphasic pairs or bursts of pulses Pulses may be started manually or upon receiving a trigger signal from another instrument or computer Two non-isolated trigger outputs are available for triggering other instruments

Four sets of timing controls provide comprehensive control over all aspects of pulse generation Three digit accuracy is available over a 7 decade range for each timing function using lever wheel switches Pulse wkiths can be set over more than a 9 decade range from 05 [is to 999 seconds Timing accuracy is assured through the use of a 10 MHz base rate crystal-controlled clock digitally divided to provide accurate timing over the entire range A timing overiap indicator will light if the timing controls are set Inconsistently

The output may be conveniently switched between cun-ent and voltage modes Pulse and baseline amplitudes are independently presettable with lockable dials An error indicator will light if the Model 2100 cannoi deliver the desired signal

WARNING

The Model 2100 can produce potentially dangemus voltages up to 100 V et the output connectors The isolated output is not connected internally to safety (earth) ground in ahy way Some part of the extemal circuit should be connected to safety gmund Use caution in handling any wires connectors or electrodes which may be directly or indirectly attached to the Model 2100 output Some lltinds of connectors such as BNC connectors have exposed metal parts which may float at dangemus potentials unless extemally connected to safety gmund For greatest safety tum the Model 2100 off before making any connections to

the Instrument

131 Business Park LocfiPO Box BSOCarM)orgWa 98324 800426-1308 bull36OlaquoS3laquo300FAX 3 6 M 8 3 ^ 2 5

E-malt uiittyBQaHiByBtumaooiTi Wobsita HipJtwtiwiwftbMiAcon fl-N SystQms I n c ^ T

Controls and Connectors The controls for the Model 2100 are grouped in three sections START controlling when a pulse or burst of pulses begins TIMING controlling the onoff timing of one or more pulses and otJTPliT controlling the amplitude of the output signal

Start TRIG SLOPE This switch determines whether valid triggers occur at positive or negative edges in the trigger signal

MODE This switch controls how wavefomris are initiated When set to FREE RUN one timing cycle immediately follows the last When held in the MANUAL position a timing cycle starts immediately When the switch is in the center position timing cycles start when valid triggering events occur

TRIGD This LED lights up when a timing cycle is in process and continues until the burst is completed

TRIG This BNC connector allows a signal from an extemal source to initiate timing cycles It is set for standard TTL levels

GATE This BNC connector allows a signal from an extemal source to restrict the final output signal This input must be at a logical high (or open-circuited) in order for the Model 2100 to recognize either manual or automatic trigger events

Gate 1_ Trigger [~^ i I Valid triggers are represented by the arrows in the figure Note that the up arrow would apply only if TRIG SLOPE is set to + the down anrows would apply only if TRIG SLOPE is set to-

NOTE Triggers have no effect if the system has not completed its response to a previous trigger

fl-N SystQms I n c ^ 131 Business Park Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 600426-13063eO683laquo300FAX 360683^525

E-maB anBysQraquoinsyaleiTaconi Wsbalto h^KAvwwa-(nsys(smsoom

Timing Four sets of controls govem the timing of pulse generation Each set contains two values which are multiplied together to detennine the actual timing value The rotary knob (rate selector) provides the approximate timing value and the lever wheel switch bank (MULTIPLIER) provkles a time resolution of three decimal digits The following diagram shows most of the important relationships

Pnfe-tRAIM I B E L A V i6Molaquo

BURST WIOtH

Output r Delay

t n

Duration - ^ lt - |4Periodgt|

FLJI -^ Burst width

Trigger event

DELAY These controls set the time between the initiating trigger event and the beginning of the pulse burst If this rate selector is set to NONE or the multiplier is set to ooo there is no delay

BURSTWIDTH These controls set the time period in which one or more pulses may be delivered Once started a pulse may outlast the burst width If this rate selector is set to SINGLE or to any time shorter than the pulse duration only a single pulse will occur If the BURSTWIDTH is longer than the period pulses will be emitted at the PERIOD rate until the burst time ends Pulses are never truncated by a short BURST WIDTH

iNTpoundA-PULSiE PBRiOb

DURATION These controls set the length of each pulse If this rate selector is set to SQUARE the duration is set to half of the period regardless of the MULTIPLIER setting

PERIOD These controls set the period of time between adjacent pulse events within the burst It also forces a minimum dead time between recognized input triggers following a burst of one or more pulses This can be used to prevent over stimulation of a tissue without requiring excessive delay between the triggering event and the stimulating pulse

TlMtNQ OVERLAP

mLiHMPi

VVtJ jiwaa lasm nlaquoilaquo u

t^fi SysUms I n c ^ Elt4nsfl a m

131 Business Pofc Loop PO Box 850 Carisborg 1^98324 600-426-1306 36O6834300 FAK 360683^525

E-mai vrvysQfrflisysleraLOCniWutiailQL N^jAwwa^iByslernUiOOni

NOTE If any of these timing controls are changed while a timing cycle is in operation the results are undefined until the cunent cycle flnishes

TIMING OVERLAP This LED will light to indicate an Inconsistency in the timing cycle settings There are several ways to Introduce such errors The most common way is to set the inter-pulse PERIOD to be less than the pulse DURATION

TRIG OUT (UPPER) This BNC connector provides a signal which is coinckient with the intemal Burst timing signal (default) This means the signal starts at the end of the Delay time and persists until the Burst time expires This output may also be set to represent the delay time-out by setting the internal jumper J510 to the left two pins Instead of the right two pins (Please see the Calibration section in this manual for jumper location Directions are given as viewed from the fix)nt of the instrument)

TRIG OUT (LOWER) This BNC connector provides a signal which is coincident with the Duration timing signal which controls pulse output

NOTE Both trigger output signals slightly lead the isolated output signal

Output PULSE SIGN This Switch sets the sign for the pulses to be generated It also allows generation of biphasic pulses thereby doubling the effective total period Warning the first pulse genemted after changing the PULSE SIGN svntch may have the wmng polarity

BASELINE This switch sets the sign for the baseline signal

RANGE This rotary switch allows one of three current or two voltage ranges to be selected for the output signal

BASELINE AMPLITUDE This counting dial are independently set using ten-minute counting dials with the baseline having one tenth the range of the pulse amplitude

A-N Systlaquomslaquo Inc 131 Buskiess Partt Loop PO BoK 8S0 Cailsbarg Wa 96324 laophone 8004201306 bull36O68M300-FAX 3eolaquo8M525 E-mat bullmsysflMnsyslermoom VMaHsr Hlplhfimnmyekmoom

PULSE AMPLITUDE This counting dial

EVENTS This LED indicates when a pulse is ongoing

ERROR This LED indicates when the intemal output amplifier cannot output the pulse as desired This is usually due to a short circuit while trying to output a voltage or an open circuit while trying to output a current

One control from the Ot^uf section directly affects wavefonn timing the Pulse Sign control When set to the Biphasic mode a positive-going pulse is Immediately followed by a negative-going pulse This effectively doubles the pulse duration If a burst of biphasic pulses is being produced the period must be at least twice the single pulse duration In the Sgtan wave mode the baseline disappears as long as the burst persists

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Bushass Park locpPOBooi 850 C8ri9bcrgMS8324 IMqphona 800426-1306 bull36Olaquo83laquo3a0 FAX 360683-3529 E-nal amsyaOa4nsyatemscomWeMlK hMpJVniwa-nsygtatnscom

Operating Instructions

Examples Simple setup (and minimal Instrument tost)

Connect the output of the Model 2100 to an oscilloscope Before connecting the instrument it is safest to turn its power off

Set the Ou^uf controls

Range Pulse Sign

Baseline Pulse Amplitude

10V +

Zero 200

Setting The Timing Controls

Delay Burst Width

Duratbn Period

none single

15010-2 500102

Setting The Start Controls

Mode Free Run

Disconnect any cables to the TRIG or GATE Inputs

Note that the green Trig and Event Indicators tum on as Free Run is turned on (and tum off othenwise) You should observe a 15ms duration 20Hz rate pulse of 200V above a OV baseline on the oscilloscope i

A ^ M ^ _ _ _ A ^ _ _ _ 1 ^ 131BiiHnD8raquoParttloopPOBoxB50Car)sbcrBlaquoraquoS8324

bull P l ^ y S W n i S f |nC ltV^gt^8deglt^^2O1306380laquo8OS3a0FAX36O6BMS2S

6 E-fnflk 9n^fBOs-in9ystsni9cx]fnWDbs)tec H^ff9Nw^myStem9oom

Demonstration of Burst Mode Connect the output of the Model 2100 to an oscilloscope Before connecting the instrument it is safest to tum Its power off

Set the Output controls

Range Pulse Sign

Baseline Pulse Amplitude

Baseline Amplitude

Setting The Timing Controls

Delay Burst Width

Duration

Period

Set the START controls as follows

Mode

Disconnect any cables to the TRIG or GATE inputs

Trigger the oscilloscope from the Burst trigger out (upper Tr^ Out connector) for a stable display In each burst (occumng every lOOms) you should observe a trio of 15ms duration starting 50ms apart Try switching the StartMode from Free Run to the center (nomnal) position The pulses will no longer be produced and the Trig and Event indicators will turn off Pressing this switch once (to Manual) will cause a single burst to occur

880 120 150 500

10V +

200 100

102 102 102 102

Free Run

fleaff SySlQmSa |nCa deglgt ltlt ^ ^ deg ^ degdeg ^ ^ ^ bull E-matmia

131 Business Park LoopPO Box 850 Carisborg Vfe 86324 lUcphcna 800426-1306 36Olaquo83laquo300 FAX 36068raquo52 E-maft tfii8ysOiHn^nleiTBcom1AWisJto HSpitwraquoM^wytAtii9oom

Problem SoMng If the Instrument appears to be not worthing properiy check all of the control settings and connections Be sure to wait at least 5-10 seconds after turning the Instrument off before tuming it on again The following t6ef summary of typical problems for the user (along with the most common solutions) may help

Problem CauseSolution EVENT indicator never lights even in FREE RUN mode

bull Replace fuse check power connection bullSet DELAY or PERIOD to a shorter interval

bull Power-on too soon after power-off

OVERLAP Indicator is on

ERROR indicator is on

Time appears to be excessive

bullSet DURATION gt000 bull DURATION is set to SQUARE but PERIOD is 000 Increase PERIOD or set DURATION independantly

bull BURST and WIDTH are gt DURATION increase PERIOD or decrease

DURATION bull BIPHASIC pulse output is on and PERIOD is not longer than twice the DURATION Increase PERIOD or decrease DURATION

bull Free-run is on and BURST Is lt PERIOD (BURST off) DELAY is 0 and PERIOD is lt DURATION Add delay or modify PERIOD

bull Free-mn is on and BURST is gt DURATION (BURST ON) and PERIOD is lt DURATION Increase PERIOD

bull For VOLTAGE outputs the output Is trying to drive too low a resistance or capacitance (eg a short circuit) Check by disconnecting the output It is possible (and normal) that for the fastest cycles

and largest amplitudes (close to 100 V and 1 MS) that the ERROR Indicator might always come on during repetitive pulses Fix output load or decrease amplitude as required

bull Changed control in mid-cycle (resets cunent status)

A ^ M bull _ _ _ A ^ ^ _ _ i ^ mdash 131BuslnessPai1ltLoopPOBox850CarlsborgWamp98324

bull p i j ^ v s w m s iiic^^deglt^deg^^deglt^^^3degB3^^^deg^^^^degdeg^^^deg^^deg^^^^ E-mat iiiMOafflwstemseom WabaHe MtaffiwwtHtavsli

8 E-msft flmsjoQfrfraystGfnsoom ^WobsltiK hl^Aiwv9-fn9]nteniscom

Cant seem to get a full signal out

Incoming triggers not accepted frequently enough

bull Load is not properiy connected repair wiring

bull Too low a load impedance (VOLTAGE modes) or too high a load impedance

(CURRENT mode)

bull PERIOD is set too long (enforces dead time) followd by BURST set to SIGNAL Reduce PERIOD time

Table 10 Problem Solving

If you suspect that the Model 2100 may have completely failed we recommend checking the basic level of functionality If this fails your instrument is defective and must be repaired If this passes either your experimental setup is incompatible or inconsistent or there is a more subtle flaw in your Model 2100

If the Model 2100 appears to be malfunctioning contact A-M Systems Inc or your dealer Telephone numtgters for A-M Systems Inc listed on the front cover of this manual We will first attempt to solve the problem over the telephone so have an exact description of your problem available when you call You do not need to be within the warranty period to obtain over-the-phone assistance

A ^ M V - mdash A d B ^ K M I ^ M 131BuslnessPatfcLoopPOBox6SOCai

-PI s y s i Q m s inc-2raquolaquoa22=M^^

131 Business Parfc Loop PO Box 650 Cartsborg VM9 0S324 _ FAX36(W8a3525 E^nrt flnsysQa-ntsyttanB-oom Wsbsfte hHpiMNvwa-nnystsnisooni

9

Theory of Operation

The operation of the Model 2100 is summarized In the block diagram (see Fig 3) Not shown are all of the interconnections with the microcontroller The intemal microcontroler plays an important role in setting the signal path but does not directly

contribute to the dynamic characteristics It scans the front panel switches and sets the control values for the logic arays It programs the intemal counters which along with the other hardware achieve the necessary sub-microsecond speeds

All action starts either from an input trigger signal (from Trig In) or from an intemal signal (in free Run mode only) A Delay timer counts the 10MHz clock until its count value Is exhausted At this point the Burst timer starts Both Period and Duration timers are started at this time If the Burst timer has not expired by the end of the Period the Period and Duration timers are restarted If the Biphasic mode has been set the Duration timer is restarted at the end of the initial Duration and the sign of the output pulse Is reversed doubling the total duration

The system state (pulse on pulse sip baseline sign [+101-]) is transmitted to the isolated section via optoisolator The baseline and pulse amplitudes are selected by an analog switch The resulting signal is amplified by a variable-power-supply discrete operational amplifier The amplifier connections and gain is modified to provide two voltage and three cunent ranges

Timing overlap errors are detected by a logical decision computation rather than by testing for counter collisions This provides instant feedback rather than waiting up to an hour for such a collision to occur Output errors are measured by sensing the output amplifiers differential input voltage Under normal conditions this is a negligible voltage if the amplifier fails to deliver the requested signal the window comparator testing this voltage sends this message (via optoisolator) to the logic section turning on a warning LED

fl-N Systems Inc 131BusbnassPa(tLoopPOBox6SOCari3boigVMg8324 H n |TWoph0n880O426-13083eO6Blaquo300FMt36Olaquo8i3525 E-nnl anaysflfriinysleiiaoemWfcbslte hllphmwraquoimyatennoom

TRIG 3HJ) OUT

(burst)

TRIG ^ OUT

(pulse)

E

Ml

Calibration Procedures

The calibration interval is the lesser of 1000 hours of operation or 6 months Somewhat greater drift can be expected in the first 100 hours of operation as the semiconductors age Adjustments should only be made after the instrument has been fully warmed up for at least 15 minutes

Full instrument calibration requires the following test equipment digital multimeter (plusmn 01) able to measure resistance to at least lOOMfl oscilloscope with at least 50MHz bandwidth true-rms voltmeter with 4MHz bandwidth universal counter (plusmn 001 ) able to measure single pulse widths and periods resistors (all plusmn 01) 2kn lOkH 1 waft 20kn 200kn alligator clip lead sets banana plugs and BNC adapters

Adjustment integrated circuit and test point locations are shown in the following figures All adjustments are on the timing board unless otherwise noted

All voltages in the non-isolated section should be measured with respect to ground at TP510 unless othenvise stated Some voltages are measured with respect to an intemal isolated ground at TP650 or across the two output tenninals Occasionally the voltage at an IC pin must be measured In these cases the reference designator is given with the pin number in parentheses eg U602(16) When it states within this procedure that a voltage is to be minimized this means that the adjustment should be made such that the measured voltage is as close to zero volts as possible Refer to the Specifications Section of this manual for acceptable tolerances

The sequence of this procedure is Important If any adjustment is made all adjustments which follow must be made to ensure that the specifications will be met These procedures require that all controls remain as set in previous steps unless otherwise indicated

WARNING

The Model 2100 has dangerous voltages throughout the instrument even with the power is off Servicing the Model 2100 should only be done by qualified service personnel Use caution in handling any wires connectors or electrodes which may be directly or indirectly attached to the Instrument Do not touch exposed connections or components Disconnect power by unplugging the power cord from the receptacle

fl-N Systems I n c ^ 131BusinesaPartcLoopPOBox850CartsborgVWiB8324 4 n ^gt-mdash80O426-130638Ofl8Jlaquo300FAX36O683J52S bull E-maft BinsysQfrfn^islflnisoomVVfalislle h^KVfWMift^iisystemsoani

CO

- R503

Omg^

TPSOlQ O

OTPSOO

U560 bull

U510

DDID ^ trade E O ^ T P 5 1 0

bullnD Trig

0 ^

U570

Gate n U505

DO D

U515

Timing

Timing h_ U520

bsoo ^25SE Timing

Or r U540

I I Tmlng

[^ELIL

U535 D

U506

13 J510 Timlnff

BurfiDelay J400

i i i i i i i T r m r a

gt U550 ^

Clock

U555 U620

B a

^R^Pvhigh Rfijn O D O Vlow

o

bull U545

Fo sect737 lISOIsPjC-COMP

n r r ^ U760

J420

]]U632

Q S riuGSO

H = ) TP640^ deg I t I

II3D

J440 m i T i

U610 plusmn laquo j U O

bull bull l el

^t

O l

bull

M

I

Power supply and bias voltages

Power supply

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

POWER ON Observe voltage at P703 power supply wire top of main board

Check for+15 plusmn 050 V

Observe voltage at P701 power supply wire top of main board

Check for-15 plusmn 050 V

Observe voltage at U505(24) Check for+5 plusmn 025 V

Isolated supply voltage

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

RANGE 10 V TRIG open circuit MODE center position

Altemately observe V^ from R742 to R740 and V ^ from the U605(4) to U605(8)

Adjust R773 so that 110VltV^lt 120 V and

nign

28VltV^lt34V

Capacitance balance

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Connect a x10 oscilloscope probe to TP650 and ground the

Adjust R737 for minimum high frequency signal

Inputs

Gate funct ion

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave Verify that the voltage to GATE switches states at the Obsene voltage at U51G(3) proper input levels with an oscilloscope ^ ^

Trigger s lope

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave Verify that the voltage to TRIO switches states at the Observe voltage at US 10( 1) proper input levels with an oscilloscope

TRIG SLOPE + Verify voltage is 180 out of phase

TRIG SLOPE Verify voltage is in phase

fl-N Systems Inc ^ 131 Bushess Park Loop PO Bar 850 Carisborg Wa 98324 8004201306 3eOlaquoS3e300 FAX 3606BV352S

C-maft fliii8yBQfriii9yBlumaoamVIAibsMB hRpJhwMifi-iiiBystematxini

14

Trigger and gate funct ion

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

DELA NONE BURS1WII3TH SINGLE DURATION SQUARE PERIOD 100X10-3

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave to TRIG Obsen^e TRIOD and EVENT LEDS

TRIG disconnect all Short the GATE connector to GND Verify LEDs extinguish

MODE press to MANUAL Verify LEDs flash once

Timing

System c lock frequency

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Observe the frequency of the wave atU555(17)

Verify 1000 MHz plusmn001

Multipl iers (Wheel Switches)

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

PULSE SIGN + MODE FREE RUN TRIG disconnect all TIMING MULTIPUERS ail

wheels set to zero except the one being tested

TnmiNG OVERLAP ^nOTB

Observe the pulse width with the counter at the location specified below

Verify pulse width Is correct for each wheel as it is tested Independently

For each wheel of each MULTIPUER test each position to verify that the pulse width is correct Observe the signal at the following locations DELAY U520(2) BURSTWIDTH U530(2) PERIOD US40(2) DURATION U550(2)

Rates (Rotary Switches)

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

TIMING MULTIPUERS 001 TIMING RATES all rotary

switches set to 10-4 except the one being tested

Observe the pulse width with the counter at the location specified below

Verify pulse width is conect for each rotary switch as it is tested independently

For each of the four rotary switches in TIMING test each position to verify that the pulse wkJth is correct Observe the signal at the following locations DELAY U520(2) BURSTWIDTH U530(2) PERIOD U540(2) DURATION U550(2)

fl-N Systems I n c ^ E-maft emfl

131 Business Parti Loop PO 809(850 Cartsborg Wta 98324 8004201306 3804806300 FAX 36068O3S25

E-maft ansysQa nvystems-oom Wobste hflp Avwwa4nsy8(Qnttoam

15

Trigger outputs Controls

Range 10V Pulse Amplitude 500 Delay 100x10 Burst 100x10^2 Duration 100 x1a Period 400x10^ Pulse sign + Trig Mode Free run Trig in open

Inputs Observations

Trigger the oscilloscope to the Burst Trig Out Observe it the Pulse Trig Out and the isolated output

Adjust Check

Verify that the waveform consists of a burst of three 1ms-on3ms-off pulses The burst trigger should be synchronous with the burst the pulse trigger coincident with each pulse

Output Calibration

Isolation Resistance (check) Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode center position Trig In open

Measure the resistance between ground banana jack (front panel) and black banana jack of output with DMM

Resistance read gt 100MQ

Amplitude Switch Offset (R640) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Zero Trig Mode center position Trig In Open

Measure the voltage at TP645 vs TP650 with the DMM

Adjust R640 (AmpI Sw Offset) for minimum voltage

Output Offset (R332 front panel board) Controls I nputsObservatlons AdjustCheck

Baseline Zero Range 10V Trig Mode center position Trig In Open

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

Adjust R332 (Output offset) for minimum voltage

Positive Baseline Offset (R607) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Sign + Baseline Amplitude

fully CCW (000) Range 10V Trig In open Trig Mode center position

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

Adjust R602 (BSLN + offset) for minimum voltage

fl M raquo _ _ _ A laquo ^ _ i ^ ^ 131Buslnelaquo8Pari(loopPOBoK850Cart8borgWB96324

bull P I i s V S i e m S a |||Cg1Maphans80O42O130638O68O8300FAX36Olaquo8raquo^2S E-tiBft anagtraquoflwiisyagtlaquomraquoaimW6baHB hHpffii(wwraquoltnsylaquoleniieom

16

Negative Baseline Offset (R619) Controls

Baseline Sign -i Baseline Amplitude bull fully CCW (000)

Range 10V Trig In open Trig Mode center position

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

AdjustCheck

Adjust R619 (BSLN 4 offset) for minimum voltage

Pulse Amplitude Adjust (R602) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode Free Mode Pulse Amplitude 1000 Timing Dialay =none Burst =single Duration =1001 Period =00110-4 Pulse Sign -Trig In open Range 10V

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

The Overiap indicator should be on Adjust R602 (Max Level) for -1000V out

Pulse Sign Gain (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode Free Mode Pulse Amplitude 1000 Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =1001 s Period =00110-4s Trig In open Range 10V

Measure the voltage at the output with the DMM for the Pulse Sign at -- and - positions

The absolute values of the voltages should differ by less than lOOmV

Baseline Amplitudes (check) Controls InputsObservations

Range 100mA Trig Mode center position Baseline Amplitude fully CW (1000) Trig In open

Measure the voltage at the output with the DMM with Baseline Sign in + Zero and - positions

AdjustCheck

Gain the matching of current levels at = and - positions and offset current in Zero position

fl-N Systems Inc^^ bull E-mal am8

131 Business Partt Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 88324 8004201306360laquo8Oe300FAX 360laquo8O362S

E-maM am8y8^o-mBy8tflmBoom WobaKo hHp Awwwo-f i iBystonuoom

17

Output Range Amplitude and Drive (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Pulse Amplitude 1000 Pulse Sign + Trig Mode Free Run Timing Delay =none Burst =8ingle Duration =1001 Period =10010-4 Trig In open

Load the output with a 10KV1W 01 resistor Measure the voltage at the output with DMM

Verify that full scale output is within specification Scale Range 100V 100V 10V 10V 100mA IV 1mA 10V 10mA 100V

Pulse Sign and Short Circuit Protection (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Timing Delay =none Burst =8ingle Duration =200 10-4 Period =00110-3 Baseline Zero Pulse Amplitude 25 Range 10V Trig Mode Free Run Trig In open

Measure the voltage at the output with the oscilloscope Check for Pulse Sign set to each of + - biphasic Watch for Error indicator when shorting the output

Verify that pulses of approx 25V amplitude (625V for biphasic mode) of the correct sign are produced every 10ms Short output in biphasic mode Output should retum when opened

Output Transient Response (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Pulse Sign + Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =20010-4 Period =00110-3 Pulse Amplitude 250 Baseline Zero Trig Mode Free Mode Trig In open

Connect the oscilloscope to the output with a 310 attenuator prolse Test boVn 10V and 100V ranges

Verify that overshoot and risetime meet specifications

fl-N Systems I n c ^ 131 Business Parte Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wb 98324 8004201306 36Olaquo83O300 FAX 36O680lt352S

E-mQ0 snBy8Qs-msy8faiTiscom VWriMtte N ^ Mvww9-msy8lemscom

18

Specifications

There are three classes of specifications Class A specifications tested in all unHs and are guaranteed Class B specifications are inherent in the design they are indirectly tested and are guaranteed Class C specifications are typical operating values which are occasionally tested- these are typical values given for your infomiation but not guarshyanteed The class for each specification is noted in the center column of the following sections

Inputs Switching level

Hysteresis

Input equivalent circuit

Minimum duration (1 IL-level signal)

A

C

C

C

16V(plusmn02V)

approx 50 mV

100K ft to+5 In parallel with no more than 35pF

gt 50 ns

Open circuit condition B defaults to highon level

Timing and rate accuracy Rate selector steps

Timing multiplier steps

Resolution

Timing eror (second and later pulses after resetting controls)

B

B

B

B

lOOps to 100s In 7 steps

1 of rate selector step size Maximum value is 999 x the rate selector step size

approx 01 of the maximum value

lt 002 of rate selector value + 015 ps

Timing error (first pulse after readjusting timing controls)

an additional 025 ps error may occur

Timing repeatability lt 001 setting + 20 ns (monophasic)

fl-N Systems I nc ^ bull E-moU ams

131 Business Parti Loop PO Boot 850 Cartsborg VM 98324 80O42O130838O08O8300FAX36Olaquo8O3S2S

E-meU anByafl^iiisyslainaoomWebsHe hHpffliiwwraquomsys)emsoom

19

TRIG IN to OUTPUT delay (DELAY set to 0) output set to 2V

Timing jitter ft-om TRIG IN to OUTPUT (for TTL trigger input with risetime lt10 ns)

Timing jitter ft^om TRIG OUT (either BURST or PULSE) and OUTPUT

Trigger output to pulse output delay

Output charactsristics Pulse level enror (voltage mode open circuit cun-ent mode short circuit

Biphasic level difference |V + + V-|2

Baseline level error (voltage mode A open circuit current mode short circuit)

Risetime (25 V out)

Risetime (25 V out)

Transient response

A

A

A

Output impedance (voltage mode) C

Output impedance (current mode) C

Isolation resistance A

Isolation capacitance C

approx 05 ps for a load of no more than 10 Kft in parallel with 50 pF

lt 125 ns (all rates except 100s) lt 125 ps (100s rate)

Less than 20 ns (all rates)

approx 350 ns

lt 03 of setting + 05 of r range (plus an additional 05 pA inlOOpArenge)

lt 03 of range (voltage modes into open circuit current modes into short circuit)

lt 03 of setting of setting + 01 of range (plus an additional 05 pA in lOOpA range)

laquo 200 ns into less than 30 pF

laquo15 ps into less than 30 pF

lt 8 overshoot Into less than 30 pF for pulse voltages different than baseline voltage by at least 10 of range

laquo 50 ohms

raquo 1 0 Gft (typically 200 Gft)

raquo100Mft

laquo 60 pF at 100 Hz

fl-N Systems Inc^^ 131 Business Partt Uxip PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 96324 8004201308 SBOee^^SOO FAX 360laquoS3^52S

E-mat BiByraquoaiMii8ylaquoliiiiiseomWiljalteHlpJV(wwraquo4tgy8lenaoom

20

Noise (differential mode)

Noise (common mode earth to isolated ground) with no signal output

Overioad error indicator (low frequency short circuited voltage mode)

Overioad error indicator low frequency open circuited current mode)

Overioad enor response time

Miscellaneous

Power

Fuse

Operating temperature range

Storage temperature range

Operating humidity

Dimensions

Weight

laquo1 mV rms (10 V scale 10Hz-4MHz)

laquo 8 mV rms (10 Hz-4 MHz) laquo100mVp-p (200 Hz -10 MHz) measured withalOMft 15pF oscilloscope probe

Turns on for set amplitude at or greater than approx plusmn1V (10 V range) or plusmn2 V (100 V range)

Turns on for set amplitude at or above approx 2 of range

Flat to approx 30 ps duration Decreasing sensitivity for shorter pulses

approx 11 watts

1 amp 3 AG

10-30C

0 - 50deg C

5-80RH

17x475x1125 (Inches) 432x121x286 cm

20 lbs (9 kg)

fl mm bull gt _ _ _ A ^ ^ _ _ L ^ 131BusinesraquoPariltLocpPOBox850C8rtsborgWS9e324

bull p i ^ y s v e m s IIIC^^deg(^deg^Bdegltgt^^^3degdeg^deg^^deg^^^degdeg^^I^deg^deg^^^^^

21 E-mei flre^nQo 4n8yo(amscam Wsbsfle hHpAwwwe-msy8Jems-Oom

Warranty and Service

What does this warranty cover A-M Systems Inc warrants to the Purchaser that the Instrument excluding cables Headstage Probes and any other accessories shipped with the Instrument (hereafter the hardware) is free from defects in workmanship or material under normal use and service for the period of one (1) year This warranty commences on the date of delivery of the hardware to the Purchaser

What are the obligations of A-M Systems Inc under this warranty During the warranty period A-M Systems Inc agrees to repair or replace at its sole option without charge to the Purchaser any defective component part of the hardware To obtain warranty service the Purchaser must return the hardware to A-M Systems Inc or an authorized A-M Systems Inc distributor in an adequate shipping container Any postage shipping and insurance charges incurred in shipping the hardware to A-M Systems Inc must be prepaid by the Purchaser and all risk for the hardware shall remain with purchaser until such time as A-M Systems Inc takes receipt of the hardware Upon receipt A-M Systems Inc will promptly repair or replace the defective unit and then return the hardware to the Purchaser postage shipping and insurance prepaid A-M Systems Inc may use reconditioned or like new parts or units at its sole option when repairing any hardware Repaired products shall carry the same amount of outstanding wan^nty as from original purchase or ninety (90) days which ever is greater Any claim under the warranty must include a dated proof of purchase of the hardware covered by this wan-anty In any event A-M Systems Inc liability for defective hardware is limited to repairing or replacing the hardware

What is not covered by this warranty This warranty is contingent upon proper use and maintenance of the hardware by the Purchaser and does not cover batteries Neglect misuse whether intentional or otherwise tampering with or altering the hardware damage caused by accident damage caused by unusual physical electrical chemical or electromechanical stress damage caused by failure of electrical power or damage caused during transportation are not covered by this warranty Products may not be returned to A-M Systems Inc for service whether under warranty or otherwise which are contaminated by infectious agents radioactive compounds or other materials constituting a health hazard to employees of A-M Systems Inc

What are the limits of llabiiity for A-M Systems inc under this warranty A-M Systems Inc shall not be liable for loss of data profits or savings or any special incidental consequential indirect or other similar damages arising from breach of contract negligence or other legal action even if the company or its agent has been advised of the possibility of such damages or for any claim brought against you by another party THIS EQUIPMENT IS NOT INTENDED FOR CLINICAL MEASUREMENTS USING HUMAN SUBJECTS A-M SYSTEMS INC DOES NOT ASSUME RESPONSIBILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE DUE TO MISUSE OF THIS EQUIPMENT Jurisdictions vary with regard to the enforceability of provisions excluding or limiting liability for incidental or consequential damages Check the provision of your local jurisdiction to find out whether the above exclusion applies to you This warranty allocates risks of product failure between the Purchaser and A-M Systems Inc A-M Systems Inc hardware pricing reflects this allocation of risk and the limitations of liability contained in this wanranty The warranty set forth above is in lieu of all other express wan^anties whether oral or written The agents employees distributors and dealers of A-M Systems Inc are not authorized to make modifications to this wan-anty or additional wan-anties binding on the company Accordingly additional statements such as dealer advertising or presentations whether oral or written do not constitute wananties by A-M Systems Inc and should not be relied upon This warranty gives you specific legal rights You may also have other rights whrch vary from one jurisdiction to another

6 mm ^ laquo _ _ A a B ^ _ 1 ^ ^ 131 Business Parti Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg W B 98324 O O

bull P l A y S V e m S l n C T^M 8OO42OI3O6 380683-8300FAX 360 803525 ^ ^ E-msl iiiisy80iHTBy8tenisoom Wsbsito hnphwwfrimysleiiisoom

A

V ISO

INSTRUCTION MANUAL

FOR

ISOLATED PULSE STIMULATOR

MODEL 2100

Serial

Date

A-M Systems Inc

PO Box 850

Carlsborg WA 98324

USA

360-683-8300 bull 800-426-1306 FAX 360-683-3525

httpwwwa-msystemscom

Version 70 February 2002

Contents General Description 1

Instrument Features 1 Controls and Connectors 2

Operating Instructions 6 Theory of Operation 10 Calibration Procedures 12

Inputs 14 Output Calibration 16

Specifications 19 Warranty and Service 22

Each Isolated Pulse Stimulator is delivered complete with

Rack Mount Hardware Instructions amp Maintenance Manual

NOTE

This instrument is not intended for clinical measurements using human subjects A-M Systems Inc does not assume responsibility for Injury or damage due to the misuse of this instrument

General Description

Instrument Features The Isolated Pulse Stimulator Model 2100 is designed for a wide variety of applications It is highly flexible being capable of delivering single pulses biphasic pairs or bursts of pulses Pulses may be started manually or upon receiving a trigger signal from another Instrument or computer Two non-isolated trigger outputs are available for triggering other instruments

Four sets of timing controls provide comprehensive control overall aspects of pulse generation Three digit accuracy is available over a 7 decade range for each timing function using lever wheel switches Pulse widths can be set over more than a 9 decade range from 05 ps to 999 seconds Timing accuracy is assured through the use of a 10 MHz base rate crystal-controlled clock digitally divided to provide accurate timing over the entire range Atiming overiap indicator will light If the timing controls are set inconsistently

The output may be conveniently switched between current and voltage modes Pulse and baseline amplitudes are Independently presettable with lockable dials An error Indicator will light if the Mode2700 cannot deliver the desired signal

r WARNING

The Model 2100 can produce potentially dangerous voltages up to 100 V at the output connectors The isolated output is not connected internally to safety (earth) ground in any way Some part of the extemal circuit should be connected to safety ground Use caution in handling any wires connectors or electrodes which may be directly or indirectly attached to the Model 2100 output Some kinds of connectors such as BNC connectors have exposed metal parts which may float at dangerous potentials unless extemally connected to safety ground For greatest safety tum the Model 2100 off before making any connections to

the instrument

131 Business Parii Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Telophone 800-426-1306 bull 360-68raquolaquo300 bull FAX 360683-3525 E-mal satesa-msystemsoom VVfebsite httpywwwa^nsystemscom fl-N Systems Inc 1

Controls and Connectors The controls for the Model 2100 are grouped in three sections START which controls when a pulse or burst of pulses begins TIMING which controls the onoff timing of one or more pulses and OUTPUT which controls the amplitude of the output signal

Start TRIG SLOPE Determines the polarity of valid trigger pulses (positive or negative edges in the trigger signal)

MODE Controls waveform initiation When set to FREE RUN one timing cycle immediately follows the last When momentarily placed In the MANUAL position a timing cycle starts Immediately When the switch Is In the center position timing cycles start when valid triggering events occur

TRIGD This LED lights up when a timing cycle Is in process and continues until the burst is completed

TRIG This BNC connector allows a signal from an external source to Initiate timing cycles It is set for standard TTL levels

GATE This BNC connector allows a signal from an external source to restrict the final output signal This input must be at a logical high (or open-circuited) in order for the Model 2100 to recognize either manual or automatic trigger events

Gate 1_ Trigger |~~^ i I Valid triggers (represented by the arrows in the figure) can occur only when the gate Is at logical high Note that the up arrow would apply only If TRIG SLOPE is set to + the down an-ows would apply only if TRIG SLOPE Is set to -

NOTE Triggers have no effect if the system has not completed its response to a previous trigger

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Park Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Vb 98324 TelQphQne 80O426-1306 360683-8300 FAX 360683-3525 E-mail sales^a-msystemscom Wsbsite httpywwwa-msystemscom

Timing Four sets of controls govern the timing of pulse generation Each set contains two values which are multiplied together to detemnine the actual timing value The rotary knob (rate selector) provides the approximate timing value and the lever wheel switch bank (MULTIPLIER)

provides a time resolution of three decimal digits The following diagram shows most of the Important relationships

Output r Delay Duration

|ltPeriodgtj

t Burst width

Trigger event

DELAY These controls determine the time duration between the initiating trigger event and the beginning of the pulse burst If this rate selector is set to NONE or the multiplier is set to 000 there Is no delay

BURST WIDTH These controls determine the time period in which one or more pulses may be delivered Once started a pulse may outlast the burst width If this rate selector is set to SINGLE or to any time shorter than the pulse duration only a single pulse will occur If the BURST WIDTH Is longer than the period pulses will be emitted at the PERIOD rate until the burst time ends Pulses are never truncated by a short BURSTWIDTH

inds)-PULSE

D U R A T I O N 1 0 1 0

10

INTEB-PULSE PERIOD

1 1 10

DURATION These controls determine the length of each pulse Ifthis rate selector Is set to SQUARE the duration is set to half of the period regardless of the MULTIPLIER setting

PERIOD These controls set the period of time between adjacent pulse events within the burst It also forces a minimum dead time between recognized input triggers following a burst of one or more pulses This can be used to prevent over stimulation of a tissue without requiring excessive delay between the triggering event and the stimulating pulse

TIMING OVERLAP

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 860 Carisborg Vamp 98324 |Telophone 800-426-1306 360683-8300 bull FAX 3606aW525 E-mail salearega^nsystemsoom Vfeb5ite httpAwwwa^nsyslemscam

NOTE If any of these timing controls are changed while a timing cycle is in operation the results are undefined until the current cycle finishes

TIMING OVERLAP This LED will light to Indicate an inconsistency in the timing cycle settings There are several ways to introduce such errors The most common way is to set the Inter-pulse PERIOD to be less than the pulse DURATION

T I M I N G (seconds)^

TRIG OUT (UPPER) This BNC connector provides a signal which is coincident with the Internal Burst timing signal (default) This means the signal starts at the end of the Delay time and persists until the Burst time expires This output may also be set to represent the delay time-out by setting the internal jumper J510 to the right two pins instead of the left two pins (Please see the Calibration section in this manual for jumper location Directions are given as viewed from the front of the Instrument)

TRIG OUT (LOWER) This BNC connector provides a signal which Is coincident with the Duration timing signal which controls pulse output

NOTE Both trigger output signals slightly lead the isolated output signal

Output

PULSE SIGN This switch determines the polarity of the pulses to be generated It also allows generation of biphasic pulses thereby doubling the effective total period Warning the first pulse generated after changing the PULSE

SIGN switch may have the wrong polarity

BASELINE This Switch determines the polarity ofthe baseline signal

RANGE This rotary switch determines if the output pulses will be constant current (3 ranges) or constant voltage (2 ranges)

BASELINE AMPLITUDE This value is independently set using a ten-turn counting dial The maximum baseline amplitude is one tenth the value shown on the range amplitude switch

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 8S0 Cartsborg Vfa 98324 |Tetaphone 80O426-1306 bull 360683-8300 bull FAX 3606803525 E-mail salesa-msystemscom Wbbsite http7Awwwaflnsystemscom

PULSE AMPLITUDE This value is independently set using a ten-turn counting dial The maximum pulse amplitude is the value shown on the range amplitude switch

EVENT This LED indicates when a pulse is ongoing

ERROR This LED indicates when the internal output amplifier cannot output the pulse as desired This is usually due to a short circuit while trying to output a voltage or an open circuit while trying to output a current

VOTEThe Pulse Sign control in the Oupuf section directly affects waveform timing When set to the Biphasic mode a positive-going pulse is immediately followed by a negative-going pulse This effectively doubles the pulse duration If a burst of biphasic pulses is being produced the period must be at least twice the single pulse duration In the Square wave mode the baseline disappears as long as the burst persists

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsboig Vte 98324 |Telophone 800426-1306 360683-8300 bull FAX 3606833525 E-mail salesa-m5ystem5 com Website httpwwwa-msystemscom

Operating Instructions

Examples Simple setup (and minimal instrument test)

Connect the output ofthe Model 2100 to an oscilloscope Before connecting the Model 2100 to any other instrument or the experimental preparation It is safest to turn Its power off

Set the Oufpuf controls

Range 10V Pulse Sign +

Baseline Zero Pulse Amplitude 200

Setting The Timing Controls

Delay Burst Width

Duration Period

none single

15010-2 50010-2

Setting The Start Controls

Mode Free Run

Disconnect any cables to the TRIG or GATE inputs

Note that the green Trig and Event Indicators turn on as Free Run is turned on (and turn off otherwise) You should observe a 15ms duration 20Hz rate pulse of 200V above a OV baseline on the oscilloscope

fl-N Systems Inc 131 BusinessPartiLoop RO Box850CarisbcxgWa98324 |Telophone 800426-1306 bull 360-683-8300 bull FW 360683-3525 E-mail salesa-msystems com VVbbsite httpywwwa-msystems com

Demonstration of Burst Mode Connect the output ofthe Model 2100 to an oscilloscope Before connecting the Model 2100 to any other instrument or the experimental preparation It Is safest to turn its power off

Set the Outpuf controls

Range 10V Pulse Sign +

Baseline Pulse Amplitude 200

Baseline Amplitude 100

Setting The Timing Controls

Delay 88010-2 Burst Width 12010-^

Duration 15010-2 Period 50010-2

Set the START controls as follows

Mode Free Run

Disconnect any cables to the TRIG or GATE inputs

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Telophooe 8004201306 360683-8300 bull FAX 360683-3525 E^naii salesa-msystems com Watjsite http7wwwa-msystemscom

Trigger the oscilloscope from the Bursf trigger out (upper Trig Out connector) for a stable display In each burst (occurring every lOOms) you should observe a trio of 15ms duration starting 50ms apart Try switching the StartMode from Free Run to the center (nonnal) position The pulses will no longer be produced and the Trig and Event Indicators will tum off Pressing this switch once (to Manual) will cause a single burst to occur

Problem Solving If the instrument appears to be not working properiy check all ofthe control settings and connections Be sure to wait at least 5-10 seconds after turning the instrument off before turning it on again The following summary of typical problems for the user (along with the most common solutions) may help

Problem CauseSolution

EVENT Indicator never lights even in FREE RUN mode

bull Replace fuse check power connection bullSet DELAY or PERIOD to a shorter interval

bull Power-on too soon after power-off

OVERLAP Indicator is on

ERROR indicator is on

bull Set DURATION gt000 bull DURATION Is set to SQUARE but

PERIOD is 000 Increase PERIOD or set DURATION independantly

bull BURST and WIDTH are gt DURATION increase PERIOD or decrease DURATION

bull BIPHASIC pulse output Is on and PERIOD is not longer than twice the DURATION Increase PERIOD or decrease DURATION

bull Free-run Is on and BURST is lt PERIOD (BURST off) DELAY is 0 and PERIOD Is lt DURATION Add delay or modify PERIOD

bull Free-run is on and BURST is gt DURATION (BURST ON) and PERIOD is lt DURATION Increase PERIOD

bull For VOLTAGE outputs the output is trying to drive too low a resistance or capacitance (eg a short circuit) Check by disconnecting the output ft is possible (and normal) that for the fastest cycles and largest amplitudes (close to 100 V

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business PartiLoop PO Box 850 CartsborgWa 98324 iTelophone 800-42O130636O6e3-8300FAX 3606B3-3525 E-mail satesaflisyslefmcom Vfebslte http7wwwa-msyslemscom

and 1 ps) that the ERROR indicator might always come on during repetitive pulses Fix output load or decrease amplitude as required

Time appears to be excessive Changed control in mid-cycle (resets current status)

Cant seem to get a full signal out Load Is not properiy connected repair wiring Too low a load impedance (VOLTAGE modes) or too high a load impedance (CURRENT mode)

Incoming triggers not accepted frequently enough

PERIOD is set too long (enforces dead time) followd by BURST set to SIGNAL Reduce PERIOD time

Table 10 Problem Solving

If you suspect that the Model 2100 may have completely failed we recommend checking the basic level of functionality Ifthis fails your instrument Is defective and must be repaired Ifthis passes either your experimental setup is incompatible or inconsistent or there is a more subtle flaw in your Model 2100

If the Model 2100 appears to be malfunctioning contact A-M Systems Inc or your dealer We will first attempt to solve the problem over the telephone so have an exact description of your problem available when you call You do not need to be within the warranty period to obtain over-the-phone assistance

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 iTetoptxme 80O426-1306 bull 360683-8300 FAX 3606803525 E-mail satesa-msystemsoomAfebsitehttpJwwwaflisystemscom

Theory of Operation

The operation ofthe Model 2100 is summarized in the block diagram (see the figure on Page 11) Not shown are all ofthe interconnections with the microcontroller The internal microcontroler plays an important role in setting the signal path but does not directly contribute to the dynamic characteristics It scans the front panel switches and sets the control values for the logic arrays It programs the internal counters which along with the other hardware achieve the necessary sub-microsecond speeds

Pulse generation starts either from an Input trigger signal (from Trig In) or an internally signal (Free Run mode) A Delay timer counts the 10MHz clock until its count value is exhausted At this point the Burst Period and Duration timers are started If the Burst timer has not expired by the end ofthe Period the Period and Duration timers are restarted If the Biphasic mode has been set the Duration timer is restarted at the end of the initial Duration and the sign ofthe output pulse is reversed doubling the total duration

The system state (pulse on pulse sign baseline sign [+0f-]) is transmitted to the isolated section via optoisolator The baseline and pulse amplitudes are selected by an analog switch The resulting signal is amplified by a variable-power-supply discrete operational amplifier The amplifier connections and gain is modified to provide two voltage and three current ranges

Timing overiap errors are detected by a logical decision computation rather than by testing for counter collisions This provides instant feedback rather than waiting up to an hour for such a collision to occur Output errors are measured by sensing the output amplifiers differential input voltage Under normal conditions this is a negligible voltage If the amplifier fails to deliver the requested signal the window comparator testing this voltage sends this message (via optoisolator) to the logic section turning on a warning LED

fl-N Systems Inc 131BusinessPart(LoopRO Box850CarisboigWa98324 4 n Tel0pri0ne80O426-130636O683^300FAX36O6833525 ^ E-mail salesaflisystBmscom V febsite http7wwwa-msystemsoom

S i

I - - ^^mdasho^M

OUTPUT i l l

TRIG ^ OUT

(burst)

TRIG 3-lt) OUT

(pulse)

til

I laquo

Calibration Procedures

The calibration interval is the lesser of 1000 hours of operation or 6 months Somewhat greater drift can be expected in the first 100 hours of operation as the semiconductors age Adjustments should only be made after the instrument has been fully warmed up for at least 15 minutes

Full instrument calibration requires the following test equipment digital multimeter (plusmn 01) able to measure resistance to at least lOOMO oscilloscope with at least 50MHz bandwidth true-mis voltmeter with 4MHz bandwidth universal counter (plusmn 001 ) able to measure single pulse widths and periods resistors (all plusmn 01) 2kn lOkH 1 watt 20kn 200kn alligator clip lead sets banana plugs and BNC adapters

Adjustment integrated circuit and test point locations are shown in the following figures All adjustments are on the timing board unless othenAise noted

All voltages in the non-isolated section should be measured with respect to ground at TP510 unless othenwise stated Some voltages are measured with respect to an internal isolated ground at TP650 or across the two output temninals Occasionally the voltage at an IC pin must be measured in these cases the reference designator is given with the pin number in parentheses eg U602(16) When it states within this procedure that a voltage is to be minimized this means that the adjustment should be made such that the measured voltage is as close to zero volts as possible Refer to the Specifications Section of this manual for acceptable tolerances

The sequence of this procedure is important If any adjustment is made all adjustments which follow must be made to ensure that the specifications will be met These procedures require that all controls remain as set in previous steps unless othenAise indicated

WARNING

The Model 2100 has dangerous voltages throughout the instrument even with the power is off Servicing the Model 2100 should only be done by qualified service personnel Use caution in handling any wires connectors or electrodes which may be directly or indirectly attached to the instrument Do not touch exposed connections or components Disconnect power by unplugging the power cord from the receptacle

H B ^ ^ S y s t e m s inc^degdegp^deg^^deg-^^^^^^^^B3^^^degdeg^^^lt^^^B^^^^ 131BusinessPartiLoopPO Box850CartsbOigWamp98324 4 9 |Telophone800-42013C6360683-8300F0lt360683-3525 ^ E-mail salesa-msystefnscom website httpwwwaflisystems com

CO

TP501 O lt0

g OTPSOO

U560 S

Trig Gate

0 -TISOS

U570

U500

Timing

p U520

Timing

K U550 Timin

gt U540

U515

o X I Timin

U508 I

J510 Timing nnn

Burst Delay J400

gt U550

R503

D D I D bull U8QQ i Q

n

oo

V P 5 1 0

b U535

^

Clock i _

U555

lt U 5 4 5

o

h d ^ O - - ^ U605

Q D

U620

O fJZ^ R737 bull ^ 1^13015 r j C - C O M P

B B nU770 ^ ^ ^ 5 ^ a

J420

a

o E

bull [ ]U632

riueso

rR742rVhigh R 6 1 9 ^

LJ TP645 O TP650

TPMOQ^QS

Vlow

CD-

CZZl

J440 bull bull tl iUDQ

I t

f i l

Power supply and bias voltages

Power supply

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

POWER ON Observe voltage at P703 power supply wire top of main board

Check for+15 plusmn 050 V

Observe voltage at P701 power supply wire top of main board

Check for-15 plusmn 050 V

Observe voltage at U505(24) Check for +5 plusmn 025 V

Isolated supply voltage Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

RANGE 10 V TRIG open circuit MODE center position

Alternately observe V ^ from R742 to R740 and V ^ from theU605(4)toU605(8)

Adjust R773 so that 110VltV lt 120 V and

nigh

28VltV|^lt34V

Capacitance balance Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

Connect a xlO oscilloscope probe to TP650 and ground the

Adjust R737 for minimum high frequency signal

Inputs

Gate function Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave Verify that the voltage to GATE switches states at the Observe voltage at U510(3) proper input levels with an oscilloscope

Trigger slope Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave Verify that the voltage to TRIG switches states at the Observe voltage at U510( 1) proper input levels with an oscilloscope

TRIG SLOPE Verify voltage is 180deg out of phase

TRIG SLOPE Verify voltage is in phase

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 860 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Jelophone 800-4201306 360683-8300 bull FM 380683-3525 E-mail salesaflTsystBfnscom bull Vtebsite httpVAirwwaflisystems com

14

Trigger and gate f unc t i on

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

DELAY NONE BURS-nMDTH SINGLE DURATION SQUARE PERIOD 100X10-3

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave to TRIG Observe TRIGD and EVENT LEDs

TRIG disconnect all Short the GATE connector to GND Verify LEDs extinguish

MODE press to MANUAL Verify LEDs flash once

Timing

System c lock f requency

Controls Inputs Observations Ad jus t Check

Observe the frequency of the wave Verify 1000 MHz plusmn 001 atU555(17)

Mul t ip l iers (Wheel Swi tches)

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

PULSE SIGN-laquobull MODE FREE RUN TRIG disconnect all TIMING MULTIPUERS all

wheels set to zero except the one being tested

TIMING OVERLAP ignore

Observe the pulse width with the counter at the location specified t)elow

Verify pulse width is correct for each wheel as it is tested independently

For each wheel of each MULTIPLIER test each position to verify that the pulse width is correct Observe the signal at the following locations DELAY U520(2) BURSTWIDTH U530(2) PERIOD U540(2) DURATION U550(2)

Rates (Rotary Swi tches)

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

TIMING MULTIPUERS 001 Observe the pulse width with the TIMING RATES all rotary counter at the location specified

switches set to 10-4 below except the one being tested

Verify pulse width is correct for each rotary switch as it is tested independently

For each ofthe four rotary switches in TIMING test each position to verify that the pulse width is correct Observe the signal at the following locations DELAY U520(2) BURSTWIDTH U530(2) PERIOD U540(2) DURATION U550(2)

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 iTetophone 8004201306 bull 360683-8300 bull FOC 3606803525 E-mail salesa-msystemscom Wbbsite httpJwwwaflTSystemscom

15

Trigger outputs

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

Range 10V Pulse Amplitude 500 Delay 100 xlO^ Burst 100 x 10 ^ Duration 100x10-^ Period 400x10-^ Pulse sign + Trig Mode Free run Trig in open

Trigger the oscilloscope to the Burst Trig Out Observe it the Pulse Trig Out and the isolated output

Verify that the waveform consists of a burst of three 1ms-on3ms-off pulses The burst trigger should be synchronous with the burst the pulse trigger coincident with each pulse

Output Calibration

Isolation Resistance (check)

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode center position Trig In open

Measure the resistance between ground banana jack (front panel) and black banana jack of output with DMM

Resistance read gt 100MQ

Amplitude Switch Offset (R640)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Zero Trig Mode center position Trig In Open

Measure the voltage at TP645 vs TP650 with the DMM

Adjust R640 (AmpI Sw Offset) for minimum voltage

Output Offset (R332 front panel board) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Zero Range 10V Trig Mode center position Trig In Open

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

Adjust R332 (Output offset) for minimum voltage

Positive Baseline Offeet (R607) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Sign + Baseline Amplitude

fully CCW (000) Range 10V Trig In open Trig Mode center position

Measure the voltage across the outputwiththeDMM

Adjust R602 (BSLN + offset) for minimum voltage

fl-N Systems Inc 131 BusBiess Parti Loop P O Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Telophone B00-42O1306 bull 360683-8300 bull FAX 3606803525 E-mail salesaflisystemscom V^tebsite httpy^vwwa-msystems com

16

Negative Baseline Offset (R619)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Sign -Baseline Amplitude

fully CCW (000) Range 10V Trig In open Trig Mode center position

Measure the voltage across the outputwiththeDMM

Adjust R619 (BSLN + offset) for minimum voltage

Pulse Amplitude Adjust (R602)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode Free Mode Pulse Amplitude 1000 Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =1001 Period =00110-4 Pulse Sign -Trig In open Range 10V

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

The Overiap indicator should be on Adjust R602 (Max Level) for -10OOV out

Pulse Sign Gain (check)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode Free Mode Pulse Amplitude 1000 Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =100 1s Period =001 10-4s Trig In open Range 10V

Measure the voltage at the output with the DMM for the Pulse Sign at + and - positions

The absolute values ofthe voltages should differ by less than lOOmV

Baseline Amplitudes (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Range 100mA Trig Mode center position Baseline Amplitude fully CW (1000) Trig In open

Measure the voltage at the output with the DMM with Baseline Sign in + Zero and

- positions

Gain the matching of current levels at = and - positions and offset current in Zero position

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop PO Box 850 Cartsboig Wa 98324 Telophone 800-4201306 360683-8300 FkX 3606803525 E-mail salesa-msystemscom website http^^wwaflisystemsccm

17

Output Range Amplitude and Drive (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Pulse Amplitude 1000 Pulse Sign + Trig Mode Free Run Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =1001 Period =10010-4 Trig In open

Load the output with a 10KV 1W 01 resistor Measure the voltage at the output with DMM

Verify that full scale output is within specification Scale Range 100V 100V 10V 10V 100mA IV 1mA 10V 10mA 100V

Pulse Sign and Short Circuit Protection (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =200 10-4 Period =00110-3 Baseline Zero Pulse Amplitude 25 Range 10V Trig Mode Free Run Trig In open

Measure the voltage at the output with the oscilloscope Check for Pulse Sign set to each of + - biphasic Watch for Error indicator when shorting the output

Verify that pulses of approx 25V amplitude (625V for biphasic mode) of the correct sign are produced every 10ms Short output in biphasic mode Output should return when opened

Output Transient Response (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Pulse Sign + Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =20010-4 Period =00110-3 Pulse Amplitude 250 Baseline Zero Trig Mode Free Mode Trig In open

Connect the oscilloscope to the output with a 310 attenuator probe Test both 10V and 100V ranges

Verify that overshoot and risetime meet specifications

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Telophone 8004201306 bull 3606808300 bull Flaquo( 360laquo83ltJ525 E-mail salesa-msystemsocm V^febsite http^wwwa-msystefnscom

18

Specifications

There are three classes of specifications Class A specifications tested in all units and are guaranteed Class B specifications are inherent in the design they are indirectly tested and are guaranteed Class C specifications are typical operating values which are occasionally tested- these are typical values given for your information but not guarshyanteed The class for each specification is noted in the center column ofthe following sections

Inputs Switching level

Hysteresis

Input equivalent circuit

Minimum duration (1 IL-level signal)

A

C

C

C

16 V(plusmn 02 V)

approx 50 mV

lOOKH to+5 in parallel with no more than 35pF

gt 50 ns

Open circuit condition B defaults to highon level

Timing and rate accuracy Rate selector steps

Timing multiplier steps

B

B

lOOpsto 100s in 7 steps

1 of rate selector step size Maximum value is 999 X the rate selector step size

Resolution B approx 01 ofthe maximum value

Timing error (second and later pulses after resetting controls)

B lt 002 of rate selector value + 015 ps

Timing error (first pulse after readjusting timing controls)

an additional 025 ps error may occur

Timing repeatability lt 001 setting + 20 ns (monophasic)

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Ram Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Vfa 98324 pTelophone 8004201306 bull 360683-8300 bull FAX 360683-3525

E-mail salesraquoflisystems com Wabsite httpJAnww afl isystems com

19

TRIG IN to OUTPUT delay (DELAY set to 0) output set to 2V

Timing jitter from TRIG IN to OUTPUT (for TTL trigger input with risetime lt10 ns)

Timing jitter from TRIG OUT (either BURST or PULSE) and OUTPUT

Trigger output to pulse output delay

Output characteristics Pulse level error (voltage mode open circuit current mode short circuit

Biphasic level difference IV + - V-1 2

Baseline level error (voltage mode open circuit current mode short circuit)

Risetime (25 V out)

Risetime (25 V out)

Transient response

A

A

A

Output impedance (voltage mode) C

Output impedance (current mode) C

Isolation resistance A

Isolation capacitance C

approx 05 ps for a load of no more than 10 KH in parallel with 50 pF

lt 125 ns (all rates except 100s) lt 125 ps (100s rate)

Less than 20 ns (all rates)

approx 350 ns

lt 03 of setting + 05 of r range (plus an additional 05 pA in 100 pA range)

lt 03 of range (voltage modes into open circuit current modes into short circuit)

lt 03 of setting of setting + 01 of range (plus an additional 05 pA in lOOpA range)

= 200 ns into less than 30 pF

= 15 ps into less than 30 pF

lt 8 overshoot into less than 30 pF for pulse voltages different than baseline voltage by at least 10 of range

= 50 ohms

raquo 1 0 GH (typically 200 GO)

raquo 1 0 0 M n

= 60 pF at 100 Hz

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Peril Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg V6 98324 |TelCf)hone 800-4201306 3606808300 bull FAX 360683-3525 E-mal salesaflisystefnsoom Website hnpyMVfWafllsystemsoom

20

Noise (differential mode)

Noise (common mode earth to isolated ground) with no signal output

Overload error indicator (low frequency short circuited voltage mode)

Overload error indicator low frequency open circuited current mode)

Overioad error response time

Miscellaneous

= 1 mV rms (10 V scale 10 Hz-4 MHz)

= 8 mV rms (10 Hz-4 MHz) == 100mVp-p (200 Hz -10 MHz) measured withalOMH 15pF oscilloscope probe

Turns on for set amplitude at or greater than approx plusmn1 V (10 V range) or plusmn2 V (100 V range)

Turns on for set amplitude at or above approx 2 of range

Flat to approx 30 ps duration Decreasing sensitivity for shorter pulses

Power

Fuse

Operating temperature range

Storage temperature range

Operating humidity

Dimensions

approx 11 watts

1 amp 3AG

10-30degC

0 - 50deg C

5 - 80 RH

17x475x1125 (inches) 432x121x286 cm

Weight 20 lbs (9 kg)

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Wb 98324 |Tetcphone 8004201306 3606808300 bull FOt 360683-3525 E-mail satesamsystems comV^febsite httpywwwaflisystemscom

21

Warranty and Service

What does this warranty cover A-M Systems Inc warrants to the Purchaser that the Instrument excluding cables Headstage Probes and any other accessories shipped with the Instrument (hereafter the hardware) is free from defects in workmanship or material under normal use and service for the period of one (1) year This warranty commences on the date of delivery ofthe hardware to the Purchaser

What are the obligations of A-M Systems Inc under this warranty During the warranty period A-M Systems Inc agrees to repair or replace at its sole option without charge to the Purchaser any defective component part of the hardware To obtain warranty service the Purchaser must return the hardware to A-M Systems Inc or an authorized A-M Systems Inc distributor in an adequate shipping container Any postage shipping and insurance charges incurred in shipping the hardware to A-M Systems Inc must be prepaid by the Purchaser and all risk for the hardware shall remain with purchaser until such time as A-M Systems Inc takes receipt of the hardware Upon receipt A-M Systems Inc will promptly repair or replace the defective unit and then return the hardware to the Purchaser postage shipping and insurance prepaid A-M Systems Inc may use reconditioned or like new parts or units at its sole option when repairing any hardware Repaired products shall carry the same amount of outstanding warranty as from original purchase or ninety (90) days which ever is greater Any claim under the warranty must include a dated proof of purchase ofthe hardware covered by this warranty In any event A-M Systems Inc liability for defective hardware is limited to repairing or replacing the hardware

What is not covered by this warranty This warranty is contingent upon proper use and maintenance ofthe hardware by the Purchaser and does not cover batteries Neglect misuse whether intentional or othenwise tampering with or altering the hardware damage caused by accident damage caused by unusual physical electrical chemical or electromechanical stress damage caused by failure of electrical power or damage caused during transportation are not covered by this wan-anty Products may not be returned to A-M Systems Inc for service whether under warranty or otherwise which are contaminated by infectious agents radioactive compounds or other materials constituting a health hazard to employees of A-M Systems Inc

What are the limits of liability for A-M Systems Inc under this warranty A-M Systems Inc shall not be liable for loss of data profits or savings or any special incidental consequential indirect or other similar damages arising from breach of contract negligence or other legal action even if the company or its agent has been advised of the possibility of such damages or for any claim brought against you by another party THIS EQUIPMENT IS NOT INTENDED FOR CLINICAL MEASUREMENTS USING HUMAN SUBJECTS A-M SYSTEMS INC DOES NOT ASSUME RESPONSIBILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE DUE TO MISUSE OF THIS EQUIPMENT Jurisdictions vary with regard to the enforceability of provisions excluding or limiting liability for incidental or consequential damages Check the provision of your local jurisdiction to find out whether the above exclusion applies to you

This warranty allocates risks of product failure between the Purchaser and A-M Systems Inc A-M Systems Inc hardware pricing reflects this allocation of risk and the limitations of liability contained in this warranty The warranty set forth above is in lieu of all other express warranties whether oral or written The agents employees distributors and dealers of A-M Systems Inc are not authorized to make modifications to this warranty or additional wan-anties binding on the company Accordingly additional statements such as dealer advertising or presentations whether oral or written do not constitute warranties by A-M Systems Inc and should not be relied upon This warranty gives you specific legal rights You may also have other rights which vary from one jurisdiction to another

fl-N Systems Inc 131BusinessPartiLoop RO Box850CartsbOfgWa98324 p O |Telophone 8004201306 bull 360683-8300FOC 3606830525 ^ ^ E-mail saiesaflisystefTiscom Wbbsite httpVwwwa-msystemscom

Controls and Connectors The controls for the Model 2100 are grouped in three sections START controlling when a pulse or burst of pulses begins TIMING controlling the onoff timing of one or more pulses and otJTPliT controlling the amplitude of the output signal

Start TRIG SLOPE This switch determines whether valid triggers occur at positive or negative edges in the trigger signal

MODE This switch controls how wavefomris are initiated When set to FREE RUN one timing cycle immediately follows the last When held in the MANUAL position a timing cycle starts immediately When the switch is in the center position timing cycles start when valid triggering events occur

TRIGD This LED lights up when a timing cycle is in process and continues until the burst is completed

TRIG This BNC connector allows a signal from an extemal source to initiate timing cycles It is set for standard TTL levels

GATE This BNC connector allows a signal from an extemal source to restrict the final output signal This input must be at a logical high (or open-circuited) in order for the Model 2100 to recognize either manual or automatic trigger events

Gate 1_ Trigger [~^ i I Valid triggers are represented by the arrows in the figure Note that the up arrow would apply only if TRIG SLOPE is set to + the down anrows would apply only if TRIG SLOPE is set to-

NOTE Triggers have no effect if the system has not completed its response to a previous trigger

fl-N SystQms I n c ^ 131 Business Park Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 600426-13063eO683laquo300FAX 360683^525

E-maB anBysQraquoinsyaleiTaconi Wsbalto h^KAvwwa-(nsys(smsoom

Timing Four sets of controls govem the timing of pulse generation Each set contains two values which are multiplied together to detennine the actual timing value The rotary knob (rate selector) provides the approximate timing value and the lever wheel switch bank (MULTIPLIER) provkles a time resolution of three decimal digits The following diagram shows most of the important relationships

Pnfe-tRAIM I B E L A V i6Molaquo

BURST WIOtH

Output r Delay

t n

Duration - ^ lt - |4Periodgt|

FLJI -^ Burst width

Trigger event

DELAY These controls set the time between the initiating trigger event and the beginning of the pulse burst If this rate selector is set to NONE or the multiplier is set to ooo there is no delay

BURSTWIDTH These controls set the time period in which one or more pulses may be delivered Once started a pulse may outlast the burst width If this rate selector is set to SINGLE or to any time shorter than the pulse duration only a single pulse will occur If the BURSTWIDTH is longer than the period pulses will be emitted at the PERIOD rate until the burst time ends Pulses are never truncated by a short BURST WIDTH

iNTpoundA-PULSiE PBRiOb

DURATION These controls set the length of each pulse If this rate selector is set to SQUARE the duration is set to half of the period regardless of the MULTIPLIER setting

PERIOD These controls set the period of time between adjacent pulse events within the burst It also forces a minimum dead time between recognized input triggers following a burst of one or more pulses This can be used to prevent over stimulation of a tissue without requiring excessive delay between the triggering event and the stimulating pulse

TlMtNQ OVERLAP

mLiHMPi

VVtJ jiwaa lasm nlaquoilaquo u

t^fi SysUms I n c ^ Elt4nsfl a m

131 Business Pofc Loop PO Box 850 Carisborg 1^98324 600-426-1306 36O6834300 FAK 360683^525

E-mai vrvysQfrflisysleraLOCniWutiailQL N^jAwwa^iByslernUiOOni

NOTE If any of these timing controls are changed while a timing cycle is in operation the results are undefined until the cunent cycle flnishes

TIMING OVERLAP This LED will light to indicate an Inconsistency in the timing cycle settings There are several ways to Introduce such errors The most common way is to set the inter-pulse PERIOD to be less than the pulse DURATION

TRIG OUT (UPPER) This BNC connector provides a signal which is coinckient with the intemal Burst timing signal (default) This means the signal starts at the end of the Delay time and persists until the Burst time expires This output may also be set to represent the delay time-out by setting the internal jumper J510 to the left two pins Instead of the right two pins (Please see the Calibration section in this manual for jumper location Directions are given as viewed from the fix)nt of the instrument)

TRIG OUT (LOWER) This BNC connector provides a signal which is coincident with the Duration timing signal which controls pulse output

NOTE Both trigger output signals slightly lead the isolated output signal

Output PULSE SIGN This Switch sets the sign for the pulses to be generated It also allows generation of biphasic pulses thereby doubling the effective total period Warning the first pulse genemted after changing the PULSE SIGN svntch may have the wmng polarity

BASELINE This switch sets the sign for the baseline signal

RANGE This rotary switch allows one of three current or two voltage ranges to be selected for the output signal

BASELINE AMPLITUDE This counting dial are independently set using ten-minute counting dials with the baseline having one tenth the range of the pulse amplitude

A-N Systlaquomslaquo Inc 131 Buskiess Partt Loop PO BoK 8S0 Cailsbarg Wa 96324 laophone 8004201306 bull36O68M300-FAX 3eolaquo8M525 E-mat bullmsysflMnsyslermoom VMaHsr Hlplhfimnmyekmoom

PULSE AMPLITUDE This counting dial

EVENTS This LED indicates when a pulse is ongoing

ERROR This LED indicates when the intemal output amplifier cannot output the pulse as desired This is usually due to a short circuit while trying to output a voltage or an open circuit while trying to output a current

One control from the Ot^uf section directly affects wavefonn timing the Pulse Sign control When set to the Biphasic mode a positive-going pulse is Immediately followed by a negative-going pulse This effectively doubles the pulse duration If a burst of biphasic pulses is being produced the period must be at least twice the single pulse duration In the Sgtan wave mode the baseline disappears as long as the burst persists

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Bushass Park locpPOBooi 850 C8ri9bcrgMS8324 IMqphona 800426-1306 bull36Olaquo83laquo3a0 FAX 360683-3529 E-nal amsyaOa4nsyatemscomWeMlK hMpJVniwa-nsygtatnscom

Operating Instructions

Examples Simple setup (and minimal Instrument tost)

Connect the output of the Model 2100 to an oscilloscope Before connecting the instrument it is safest to turn its power off

Set the Ou^uf controls

Range Pulse Sign

Baseline Pulse Amplitude

10V +

Zero 200

Setting The Timing Controls

Delay Burst Width

Duratbn Period

none single

15010-2 500102

Setting The Start Controls

Mode Free Run

Disconnect any cables to the TRIG or GATE Inputs

Note that the green Trig and Event Indicators tum on as Free Run is turned on (and tum off othenwise) You should observe a 15ms duration 20Hz rate pulse of 200V above a OV baseline on the oscilloscope i

A ^ M ^ _ _ _ A ^ _ _ _ 1 ^ 131BiiHnD8raquoParttloopPOBoxB50Car)sbcrBlaquoraquoS8324

bull P l ^ y S W n i S f |nC ltV^gt^8deglt^^2O1306380laquo8OS3a0FAX36O6BMS2S

6 E-fnflk 9n^fBOs-in9ystsni9cx]fnWDbs)tec H^ff9Nw^myStem9oom

Demonstration of Burst Mode Connect the output of the Model 2100 to an oscilloscope Before connecting the instrument it is safest to tum Its power off

Set the Output controls

Range Pulse Sign

Baseline Pulse Amplitude

Baseline Amplitude

Setting The Timing Controls

Delay Burst Width

Duration

Period

Set the START controls as follows

Mode

Disconnect any cables to the TRIG or GATE inputs

Trigger the oscilloscope from the Burst trigger out (upper Tr^ Out connector) for a stable display In each burst (occumng every lOOms) you should observe a trio of 15ms duration starting 50ms apart Try switching the StartMode from Free Run to the center (nomnal) position The pulses will no longer be produced and the Trig and Event indicators will turn off Pressing this switch once (to Manual) will cause a single burst to occur

880 120 150 500

10V +

200 100

102 102 102 102

Free Run

fleaff SySlQmSa |nCa deglgt ltlt ^ ^ deg ^ degdeg ^ ^ ^ bull E-matmia

131 Business Park LoopPO Box 850 Carisborg Vfe 86324 lUcphcna 800426-1306 36Olaquo83laquo300 FAX 36068raquo52 E-maft tfii8ysOiHn^nleiTBcom1AWisJto HSpitwraquoM^wytAtii9oom

Problem SoMng If the Instrument appears to be not worthing properiy check all of the control settings and connections Be sure to wait at least 5-10 seconds after turning the Instrument off before tuming it on again The following t6ef summary of typical problems for the user (along with the most common solutions) may help

Problem CauseSolution EVENT indicator never lights even in FREE RUN mode

bull Replace fuse check power connection bullSet DELAY or PERIOD to a shorter interval

bull Power-on too soon after power-off

OVERLAP Indicator is on

ERROR indicator is on

Time appears to be excessive

bullSet DURATION gt000 bull DURATION is set to SQUARE but PERIOD is 000 Increase PERIOD or set DURATION independantly

bull BURST and WIDTH are gt DURATION increase PERIOD or decrease

DURATION bull BIPHASIC pulse output is on and PERIOD is not longer than twice the DURATION Increase PERIOD or decrease DURATION

bull Free-run is on and BURST Is lt PERIOD (BURST off) DELAY is 0 and PERIOD is lt DURATION Add delay or modify PERIOD

bull Free-mn is on and BURST is gt DURATION (BURST ON) and PERIOD is lt DURATION Increase PERIOD

bull For VOLTAGE outputs the output Is trying to drive too low a resistance or capacitance (eg a short circuit) Check by disconnecting the output It is possible (and normal) that for the fastest cycles

and largest amplitudes (close to 100 V and 1 MS) that the ERROR Indicator might always come on during repetitive pulses Fix output load or decrease amplitude as required

bull Changed control in mid-cycle (resets cunent status)

A ^ M bull _ _ _ A ^ ^ _ _ i ^ mdash 131BuslnessPai1ltLoopPOBox850CarlsborgWamp98324

bull p i j ^ v s w m s iiic^^deglt^deg^^deglt^^^3degB3^^^deg^^^^degdeg^^^deg^^deg^^^^ E-mat iiiMOafflwstemseom WabaHe MtaffiwwtHtavsli

8 E-msft flmsjoQfrfraystGfnsoom ^WobsltiK hl^Aiwv9-fn9]nteniscom

Cant seem to get a full signal out

Incoming triggers not accepted frequently enough

bull Load is not properiy connected repair wiring

bull Too low a load impedance (VOLTAGE modes) or too high a load impedance

(CURRENT mode)

bull PERIOD is set too long (enforces dead time) followd by BURST set to SIGNAL Reduce PERIOD time

Table 10 Problem Solving

If you suspect that the Model 2100 may have completely failed we recommend checking the basic level of functionality If this fails your instrument is defective and must be repaired If this passes either your experimental setup is incompatible or inconsistent or there is a more subtle flaw in your Model 2100

If the Model 2100 appears to be malfunctioning contact A-M Systems Inc or your dealer Telephone numtgters for A-M Systems Inc listed on the front cover of this manual We will first attempt to solve the problem over the telephone so have an exact description of your problem available when you call You do not need to be within the warranty period to obtain over-the-phone assistance

A ^ M V - mdash A d B ^ K M I ^ M 131BuslnessPatfcLoopPOBox6SOCai

-PI s y s i Q m s inc-2raquolaquoa22=M^^

131 Business Parfc Loop PO Box 650 Cartsborg VM9 0S324 _ FAX36(W8a3525 E^nrt flnsysQa-ntsyttanB-oom Wsbsfte hHpiMNvwa-nnystsnisooni

9

Theory of Operation

The operation of the Model 2100 is summarized In the block diagram (see Fig 3) Not shown are all of the interconnections with the microcontroller The intemal microcontroler plays an important role in setting the signal path but does not directly

contribute to the dynamic characteristics It scans the front panel switches and sets the control values for the logic arays It programs the intemal counters which along with the other hardware achieve the necessary sub-microsecond speeds

All action starts either from an input trigger signal (from Trig In) or from an intemal signal (in free Run mode only) A Delay timer counts the 10MHz clock until its count value Is exhausted At this point the Burst timer starts Both Period and Duration timers are started at this time If the Burst timer has not expired by the end of the Period the Period and Duration timers are restarted If the Biphasic mode has been set the Duration timer is restarted at the end of the initial Duration and the sign of the output pulse Is reversed doubling the total duration

The system state (pulse on pulse sip baseline sign [+101-]) is transmitted to the isolated section via optoisolator The baseline and pulse amplitudes are selected by an analog switch The resulting signal is amplified by a variable-power-supply discrete operational amplifier The amplifier connections and gain is modified to provide two voltage and three cunent ranges

Timing overlap errors are detected by a logical decision computation rather than by testing for counter collisions This provides instant feedback rather than waiting up to an hour for such a collision to occur Output errors are measured by sensing the output amplifiers differential input voltage Under normal conditions this is a negligible voltage if the amplifier fails to deliver the requested signal the window comparator testing this voltage sends this message (via optoisolator) to the logic section turning on a warning LED

fl-N Systems Inc 131BusbnassPa(tLoopPOBox6SOCari3boigVMg8324 H n |TWoph0n880O426-13083eO6Blaquo300FMt36Olaquo8i3525 E-nnl anaysflfriinysleiiaoemWfcbslte hllphmwraquoimyatennoom

TRIG 3HJ) OUT

(burst)

TRIG ^ OUT

(pulse)

E

Ml

Calibration Procedures

The calibration interval is the lesser of 1000 hours of operation or 6 months Somewhat greater drift can be expected in the first 100 hours of operation as the semiconductors age Adjustments should only be made after the instrument has been fully warmed up for at least 15 minutes

Full instrument calibration requires the following test equipment digital multimeter (plusmn 01) able to measure resistance to at least lOOMfl oscilloscope with at least 50MHz bandwidth true-rms voltmeter with 4MHz bandwidth universal counter (plusmn 001 ) able to measure single pulse widths and periods resistors (all plusmn 01) 2kn lOkH 1 waft 20kn 200kn alligator clip lead sets banana plugs and BNC adapters

Adjustment integrated circuit and test point locations are shown in the following figures All adjustments are on the timing board unless otherwise noted

All voltages in the non-isolated section should be measured with respect to ground at TP510 unless othenvise stated Some voltages are measured with respect to an intemal isolated ground at TP650 or across the two output tenninals Occasionally the voltage at an IC pin must be measured In these cases the reference designator is given with the pin number in parentheses eg U602(16) When it states within this procedure that a voltage is to be minimized this means that the adjustment should be made such that the measured voltage is as close to zero volts as possible Refer to the Specifications Section of this manual for acceptable tolerances

The sequence of this procedure is Important If any adjustment is made all adjustments which follow must be made to ensure that the specifications will be met These procedures require that all controls remain as set in previous steps unless otherwise indicated

WARNING

The Model 2100 has dangerous voltages throughout the instrument even with the power is off Servicing the Model 2100 should only be done by qualified service personnel Use caution in handling any wires connectors or electrodes which may be directly or indirectly attached to the Instrument Do not touch exposed connections or components Disconnect power by unplugging the power cord from the receptacle

fl-N Systems I n c ^ 131BusinesaPartcLoopPOBox850CartsborgVWiB8324 4 n ^gt-mdash80O426-130638Ofl8Jlaquo300FAX36O683J52S bull E-maft BinsysQfrfn^islflnisoomVVfalislle h^KVfWMift^iisystemsoani

CO

- R503

Omg^

TPSOlQ O

OTPSOO

U560 bull

U510

DDID ^ trade E O ^ T P 5 1 0

bullnD Trig

0 ^

U570

Gate n U505

DO D

U515

Timing

Timing h_ U520

bsoo ^25SE Timing

Or r U540

I I Tmlng

[^ELIL

U535 D

U506

13 J510 Timlnff

BurfiDelay J400

i i i i i i i T r m r a

gt U550 ^

Clock

U555 U620

B a

^R^Pvhigh Rfijn O D O Vlow

o

bull U545

Fo sect737 lISOIsPjC-COMP

n r r ^ U760

J420

]]U632

Q S riuGSO

H = ) TP640^ deg I t I

II3D

J440 m i T i

U610 plusmn laquo j U O

bull bull l el

^t

O l

bull

M

I

Power supply and bias voltages

Power supply

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

POWER ON Observe voltage at P703 power supply wire top of main board

Check for+15 plusmn 050 V

Observe voltage at P701 power supply wire top of main board

Check for-15 plusmn 050 V

Observe voltage at U505(24) Check for+5 plusmn 025 V

Isolated supply voltage

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

RANGE 10 V TRIG open circuit MODE center position

Altemately observe V^ from R742 to R740 and V ^ from the U605(4) to U605(8)

Adjust R773 so that 110VltV^lt 120 V and

nign

28VltV^lt34V

Capacitance balance

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Connect a x10 oscilloscope probe to TP650 and ground the

Adjust R737 for minimum high frequency signal

Inputs

Gate funct ion

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave Verify that the voltage to GATE switches states at the Obsene voltage at U51G(3) proper input levels with an oscilloscope ^ ^

Trigger s lope

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave Verify that the voltage to TRIO switches states at the Observe voltage at US 10( 1) proper input levels with an oscilloscope

TRIG SLOPE + Verify voltage is 180 out of phase

TRIG SLOPE Verify voltage is in phase

fl-N Systems Inc ^ 131 Bushess Park Loop PO Bar 850 Carisborg Wa 98324 8004201306 3eOlaquoS3e300 FAX 3606BV352S

C-maft fliii8yBQfriii9yBlumaoamVIAibsMB hRpJhwMifi-iiiBystematxini

14

Trigger and gate funct ion

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

DELA NONE BURS1WII3TH SINGLE DURATION SQUARE PERIOD 100X10-3

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave to TRIG Obsen^e TRIOD and EVENT LEDS

TRIG disconnect all Short the GATE connector to GND Verify LEDs extinguish

MODE press to MANUAL Verify LEDs flash once

Timing

System c lock frequency

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Observe the frequency of the wave atU555(17)

Verify 1000 MHz plusmn001

Multipl iers (Wheel Switches)

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

PULSE SIGN + MODE FREE RUN TRIG disconnect all TIMING MULTIPUERS ail

wheels set to zero except the one being tested

TnmiNG OVERLAP ^nOTB

Observe the pulse width with the counter at the location specified below

Verify pulse width Is correct for each wheel as it is tested Independently

For each wheel of each MULTIPUER test each position to verify that the pulse width is correct Observe the signal at the following locations DELAY U520(2) BURSTWIDTH U530(2) PERIOD US40(2) DURATION U550(2)

Rates (Rotary Switches)

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

TIMING MULTIPUERS 001 TIMING RATES all rotary

switches set to 10-4 except the one being tested

Observe the pulse width with the counter at the location specified below

Verify pulse width is conect for each rotary switch as it is tested independently

For each of the four rotary switches in TIMING test each position to verify that the pulse wkJth is correct Observe the signal at the following locations DELAY U520(2) BURSTWIDTH U530(2) PERIOD U540(2) DURATION U550(2)

fl-N Systems I n c ^ E-maft emfl

131 Business Parti Loop PO 809(850 Cartsborg Wta 98324 8004201306 3804806300 FAX 36068O3S25

E-maft ansysQa nvystems-oom Wobste hflp Avwwa4nsy8(Qnttoam

15

Trigger outputs Controls

Range 10V Pulse Amplitude 500 Delay 100x10 Burst 100x10^2 Duration 100 x1a Period 400x10^ Pulse sign + Trig Mode Free run Trig in open

Inputs Observations

Trigger the oscilloscope to the Burst Trig Out Observe it the Pulse Trig Out and the isolated output

Adjust Check

Verify that the waveform consists of a burst of three 1ms-on3ms-off pulses The burst trigger should be synchronous with the burst the pulse trigger coincident with each pulse

Output Calibration

Isolation Resistance (check) Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode center position Trig In open

Measure the resistance between ground banana jack (front panel) and black banana jack of output with DMM

Resistance read gt 100MQ

Amplitude Switch Offset (R640) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Zero Trig Mode center position Trig In Open

Measure the voltage at TP645 vs TP650 with the DMM

Adjust R640 (AmpI Sw Offset) for minimum voltage

Output Offset (R332 front panel board) Controls I nputsObservatlons AdjustCheck

Baseline Zero Range 10V Trig Mode center position Trig In Open

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

Adjust R332 (Output offset) for minimum voltage

Positive Baseline Offset (R607) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Sign + Baseline Amplitude

fully CCW (000) Range 10V Trig In open Trig Mode center position

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

Adjust R602 (BSLN + offset) for minimum voltage

fl M raquo _ _ _ A laquo ^ _ i ^ ^ 131Buslnelaquo8Pari(loopPOBoK850Cart8borgWB96324

bull P I i s V S i e m S a |||Cg1Maphans80O42O130638O68O8300FAX36Olaquo8raquo^2S E-tiBft anagtraquoflwiisyagtlaquomraquoaimW6baHB hHpffii(wwraquoltnsylaquoleniieom

16

Negative Baseline Offset (R619) Controls

Baseline Sign -i Baseline Amplitude bull fully CCW (000)

Range 10V Trig In open Trig Mode center position

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

AdjustCheck

Adjust R619 (BSLN 4 offset) for minimum voltage

Pulse Amplitude Adjust (R602) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode Free Mode Pulse Amplitude 1000 Timing Dialay =none Burst =single Duration =1001 Period =00110-4 Pulse Sign -Trig In open Range 10V

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

The Overiap indicator should be on Adjust R602 (Max Level) for -1000V out

Pulse Sign Gain (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode Free Mode Pulse Amplitude 1000 Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =1001 s Period =00110-4s Trig In open Range 10V

Measure the voltage at the output with the DMM for the Pulse Sign at -- and - positions

The absolute values of the voltages should differ by less than lOOmV

Baseline Amplitudes (check) Controls InputsObservations

Range 100mA Trig Mode center position Baseline Amplitude fully CW (1000) Trig In open

Measure the voltage at the output with the DMM with Baseline Sign in + Zero and - positions

AdjustCheck

Gain the matching of current levels at = and - positions and offset current in Zero position

fl-N Systems Inc^^ bull E-mal am8

131 Business Partt Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 88324 8004201306360laquo8Oe300FAX 360laquo8O362S

E-maM am8y8^o-mBy8tflmBoom WobaKo hHp Awwwo-f i iBystonuoom

17

Output Range Amplitude and Drive (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Pulse Amplitude 1000 Pulse Sign + Trig Mode Free Run Timing Delay =none Burst =8ingle Duration =1001 Period =10010-4 Trig In open

Load the output with a 10KV1W 01 resistor Measure the voltage at the output with DMM

Verify that full scale output is within specification Scale Range 100V 100V 10V 10V 100mA IV 1mA 10V 10mA 100V

Pulse Sign and Short Circuit Protection (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Timing Delay =none Burst =8ingle Duration =200 10-4 Period =00110-3 Baseline Zero Pulse Amplitude 25 Range 10V Trig Mode Free Run Trig In open

Measure the voltage at the output with the oscilloscope Check for Pulse Sign set to each of + - biphasic Watch for Error indicator when shorting the output

Verify that pulses of approx 25V amplitude (625V for biphasic mode) of the correct sign are produced every 10ms Short output in biphasic mode Output should retum when opened

Output Transient Response (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Pulse Sign + Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =20010-4 Period =00110-3 Pulse Amplitude 250 Baseline Zero Trig Mode Free Mode Trig In open

Connect the oscilloscope to the output with a 310 attenuator prolse Test boVn 10V and 100V ranges

Verify that overshoot and risetime meet specifications

fl-N Systems I n c ^ 131 Business Parte Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wb 98324 8004201306 36Olaquo83O300 FAX 36O680lt352S

E-mQ0 snBy8Qs-msy8faiTiscom VWriMtte N ^ Mvww9-msy8lemscom

18

Specifications

There are three classes of specifications Class A specifications tested in all unHs and are guaranteed Class B specifications are inherent in the design they are indirectly tested and are guaranteed Class C specifications are typical operating values which are occasionally tested- these are typical values given for your infomiation but not guarshyanteed The class for each specification is noted in the center column of the following sections

Inputs Switching level

Hysteresis

Input equivalent circuit

Minimum duration (1 IL-level signal)

A

C

C

C

16V(plusmn02V)

approx 50 mV

100K ft to+5 In parallel with no more than 35pF

gt 50 ns

Open circuit condition B defaults to highon level

Timing and rate accuracy Rate selector steps

Timing multiplier steps

Resolution

Timing eror (second and later pulses after resetting controls)

B

B

B

B

lOOps to 100s In 7 steps

1 of rate selector step size Maximum value is 999 x the rate selector step size

approx 01 of the maximum value

lt 002 of rate selector value + 015 ps

Timing error (first pulse after readjusting timing controls)

an additional 025 ps error may occur

Timing repeatability lt 001 setting + 20 ns (monophasic)

fl-N Systems I nc ^ bull E-moU ams

131 Business Parti Loop PO Boot 850 Cartsborg VM 98324 80O42O130838O08O8300FAX36Olaquo8O3S2S

E-meU anByafl^iiisyslainaoomWebsHe hHpffliiwwraquomsys)emsoom

19

TRIG IN to OUTPUT delay (DELAY set to 0) output set to 2V

Timing jitter ft-om TRIG IN to OUTPUT (for TTL trigger input with risetime lt10 ns)

Timing jitter ft^om TRIG OUT (either BURST or PULSE) and OUTPUT

Trigger output to pulse output delay

Output charactsristics Pulse level enror (voltage mode open circuit cun-ent mode short circuit

Biphasic level difference |V + + V-|2

Baseline level error (voltage mode A open circuit current mode short circuit)

Risetime (25 V out)

Risetime (25 V out)

Transient response

A

A

A

Output impedance (voltage mode) C

Output impedance (current mode) C

Isolation resistance A

Isolation capacitance C

approx 05 ps for a load of no more than 10 Kft in parallel with 50 pF

lt 125 ns (all rates except 100s) lt 125 ps (100s rate)

Less than 20 ns (all rates)

approx 350 ns

lt 03 of setting + 05 of r range (plus an additional 05 pA inlOOpArenge)

lt 03 of range (voltage modes into open circuit current modes into short circuit)

lt 03 of setting of setting + 01 of range (plus an additional 05 pA in lOOpA range)

laquo 200 ns into less than 30 pF

laquo15 ps into less than 30 pF

lt 8 overshoot Into less than 30 pF for pulse voltages different than baseline voltage by at least 10 of range

laquo 50 ohms

raquo 1 0 Gft (typically 200 Gft)

raquo100Mft

laquo 60 pF at 100 Hz

fl-N Systems Inc^^ 131 Business Partt Uxip PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 96324 8004201308 SBOee^^SOO FAX 360laquoS3^52S

E-mat BiByraquoaiMii8ylaquoliiiiiseomWiljalteHlpJV(wwraquo4tgy8lenaoom

20

Noise (differential mode)

Noise (common mode earth to isolated ground) with no signal output

Overioad error indicator (low frequency short circuited voltage mode)

Overioad error indicator low frequency open circuited current mode)

Overioad enor response time

Miscellaneous

Power

Fuse

Operating temperature range

Storage temperature range

Operating humidity

Dimensions

Weight

laquo1 mV rms (10 V scale 10Hz-4MHz)

laquo 8 mV rms (10 Hz-4 MHz) laquo100mVp-p (200 Hz -10 MHz) measured withalOMft 15pF oscilloscope probe

Turns on for set amplitude at or greater than approx plusmn1V (10 V range) or plusmn2 V (100 V range)

Turns on for set amplitude at or above approx 2 of range

Flat to approx 30 ps duration Decreasing sensitivity for shorter pulses

approx 11 watts

1 amp 3 AG

10-30C

0 - 50deg C

5-80RH

17x475x1125 (Inches) 432x121x286 cm

20 lbs (9 kg)

fl mm bull gt _ _ _ A ^ ^ _ _ L ^ 131BusinesraquoPariltLocpPOBox850C8rtsborgWS9e324

bull p i ^ y s v e m s IIIC^^deg(^deg^Bdegltgt^^^3degdeg^deg^^deg^^^degdeg^^I^deg^deg^^^^^

21 E-mei flre^nQo 4n8yo(amscam Wsbsfle hHpAwwwe-msy8Jems-Oom

Warranty and Service

What does this warranty cover A-M Systems Inc warrants to the Purchaser that the Instrument excluding cables Headstage Probes and any other accessories shipped with the Instrument (hereafter the hardware) is free from defects in workmanship or material under normal use and service for the period of one (1) year This warranty commences on the date of delivery of the hardware to the Purchaser

What are the obligations of A-M Systems Inc under this warranty During the warranty period A-M Systems Inc agrees to repair or replace at its sole option without charge to the Purchaser any defective component part of the hardware To obtain warranty service the Purchaser must return the hardware to A-M Systems Inc or an authorized A-M Systems Inc distributor in an adequate shipping container Any postage shipping and insurance charges incurred in shipping the hardware to A-M Systems Inc must be prepaid by the Purchaser and all risk for the hardware shall remain with purchaser until such time as A-M Systems Inc takes receipt of the hardware Upon receipt A-M Systems Inc will promptly repair or replace the defective unit and then return the hardware to the Purchaser postage shipping and insurance prepaid A-M Systems Inc may use reconditioned or like new parts or units at its sole option when repairing any hardware Repaired products shall carry the same amount of outstanding wan^nty as from original purchase or ninety (90) days which ever is greater Any claim under the warranty must include a dated proof of purchase of the hardware covered by this wan-anty In any event A-M Systems Inc liability for defective hardware is limited to repairing or replacing the hardware

What is not covered by this warranty This warranty is contingent upon proper use and maintenance of the hardware by the Purchaser and does not cover batteries Neglect misuse whether intentional or otherwise tampering with or altering the hardware damage caused by accident damage caused by unusual physical electrical chemical or electromechanical stress damage caused by failure of electrical power or damage caused during transportation are not covered by this warranty Products may not be returned to A-M Systems Inc for service whether under warranty or otherwise which are contaminated by infectious agents radioactive compounds or other materials constituting a health hazard to employees of A-M Systems Inc

What are the limits of llabiiity for A-M Systems inc under this warranty A-M Systems Inc shall not be liable for loss of data profits or savings or any special incidental consequential indirect or other similar damages arising from breach of contract negligence or other legal action even if the company or its agent has been advised of the possibility of such damages or for any claim brought against you by another party THIS EQUIPMENT IS NOT INTENDED FOR CLINICAL MEASUREMENTS USING HUMAN SUBJECTS A-M SYSTEMS INC DOES NOT ASSUME RESPONSIBILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE DUE TO MISUSE OF THIS EQUIPMENT Jurisdictions vary with regard to the enforceability of provisions excluding or limiting liability for incidental or consequential damages Check the provision of your local jurisdiction to find out whether the above exclusion applies to you This warranty allocates risks of product failure between the Purchaser and A-M Systems Inc A-M Systems Inc hardware pricing reflects this allocation of risk and the limitations of liability contained in this wanranty The warranty set forth above is in lieu of all other express wan^anties whether oral or written The agents employees distributors and dealers of A-M Systems Inc are not authorized to make modifications to this wan-anty or additional wan-anties binding on the company Accordingly additional statements such as dealer advertising or presentations whether oral or written do not constitute wananties by A-M Systems Inc and should not be relied upon This warranty gives you specific legal rights You may also have other rights whrch vary from one jurisdiction to another

6 mm ^ laquo _ _ A a B ^ _ 1 ^ ^ 131 Business Parti Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg W B 98324 O O

bull P l A y S V e m S l n C T^M 8OO42OI3O6 380683-8300FAX 360 803525 ^ ^ E-msl iiiisy80iHTBy8tenisoom Wsbsito hnphwwfrimysleiiisoom

A

V ISO

INSTRUCTION MANUAL

FOR

ISOLATED PULSE STIMULATOR

MODEL 2100

Serial

Date

A-M Systems Inc

PO Box 850

Carlsborg WA 98324

USA

360-683-8300 bull 800-426-1306 FAX 360-683-3525

httpwwwa-msystemscom

Version 70 February 2002

Contents General Description 1

Instrument Features 1 Controls and Connectors 2

Operating Instructions 6 Theory of Operation 10 Calibration Procedures 12

Inputs 14 Output Calibration 16

Specifications 19 Warranty and Service 22

Each Isolated Pulse Stimulator is delivered complete with

Rack Mount Hardware Instructions amp Maintenance Manual

NOTE

This instrument is not intended for clinical measurements using human subjects A-M Systems Inc does not assume responsibility for Injury or damage due to the misuse of this instrument

General Description

Instrument Features The Isolated Pulse Stimulator Model 2100 is designed for a wide variety of applications It is highly flexible being capable of delivering single pulses biphasic pairs or bursts of pulses Pulses may be started manually or upon receiving a trigger signal from another Instrument or computer Two non-isolated trigger outputs are available for triggering other instruments

Four sets of timing controls provide comprehensive control overall aspects of pulse generation Three digit accuracy is available over a 7 decade range for each timing function using lever wheel switches Pulse widths can be set over more than a 9 decade range from 05 ps to 999 seconds Timing accuracy is assured through the use of a 10 MHz base rate crystal-controlled clock digitally divided to provide accurate timing over the entire range Atiming overiap indicator will light If the timing controls are set inconsistently

The output may be conveniently switched between current and voltage modes Pulse and baseline amplitudes are Independently presettable with lockable dials An error Indicator will light if the Mode2700 cannot deliver the desired signal

r WARNING

The Model 2100 can produce potentially dangerous voltages up to 100 V at the output connectors The isolated output is not connected internally to safety (earth) ground in any way Some part of the extemal circuit should be connected to safety ground Use caution in handling any wires connectors or electrodes which may be directly or indirectly attached to the Model 2100 output Some kinds of connectors such as BNC connectors have exposed metal parts which may float at dangerous potentials unless extemally connected to safety ground For greatest safety tum the Model 2100 off before making any connections to

the instrument

131 Business Parii Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Telophone 800-426-1306 bull 360-68raquolaquo300 bull FAX 360683-3525 E-mal satesa-msystemsoom VVfebsite httpywwwa^nsystemscom fl-N Systems Inc 1

Controls and Connectors The controls for the Model 2100 are grouped in three sections START which controls when a pulse or burst of pulses begins TIMING which controls the onoff timing of one or more pulses and OUTPUT which controls the amplitude of the output signal

Start TRIG SLOPE Determines the polarity of valid trigger pulses (positive or negative edges in the trigger signal)

MODE Controls waveform initiation When set to FREE RUN one timing cycle immediately follows the last When momentarily placed In the MANUAL position a timing cycle starts Immediately When the switch Is In the center position timing cycles start when valid triggering events occur

TRIGD This LED lights up when a timing cycle Is in process and continues until the burst is completed

TRIG This BNC connector allows a signal from an external source to Initiate timing cycles It is set for standard TTL levels

GATE This BNC connector allows a signal from an external source to restrict the final output signal This input must be at a logical high (or open-circuited) in order for the Model 2100 to recognize either manual or automatic trigger events

Gate 1_ Trigger |~~^ i I Valid triggers (represented by the arrows in the figure) can occur only when the gate Is at logical high Note that the up arrow would apply only If TRIG SLOPE is set to + the down an-ows would apply only if TRIG SLOPE Is set to -

NOTE Triggers have no effect if the system has not completed its response to a previous trigger

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Park Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Vb 98324 TelQphQne 80O426-1306 360683-8300 FAX 360683-3525 E-mail sales^a-msystemscom Wsbsite httpywwwa-msystemscom

Timing Four sets of controls govern the timing of pulse generation Each set contains two values which are multiplied together to detemnine the actual timing value The rotary knob (rate selector) provides the approximate timing value and the lever wheel switch bank (MULTIPLIER)

provides a time resolution of three decimal digits The following diagram shows most of the Important relationships

Output r Delay Duration

|ltPeriodgtj

t Burst width

Trigger event

DELAY These controls determine the time duration between the initiating trigger event and the beginning of the pulse burst If this rate selector is set to NONE or the multiplier is set to 000 there Is no delay

BURST WIDTH These controls determine the time period in which one or more pulses may be delivered Once started a pulse may outlast the burst width If this rate selector is set to SINGLE or to any time shorter than the pulse duration only a single pulse will occur If the BURST WIDTH Is longer than the period pulses will be emitted at the PERIOD rate until the burst time ends Pulses are never truncated by a short BURSTWIDTH

inds)-PULSE

D U R A T I O N 1 0 1 0

10

INTEB-PULSE PERIOD

1 1 10

DURATION These controls determine the length of each pulse Ifthis rate selector Is set to SQUARE the duration is set to half of the period regardless of the MULTIPLIER setting

PERIOD These controls set the period of time between adjacent pulse events within the burst It also forces a minimum dead time between recognized input triggers following a burst of one or more pulses This can be used to prevent over stimulation of a tissue without requiring excessive delay between the triggering event and the stimulating pulse

TIMING OVERLAP

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 860 Carisborg Vamp 98324 |Telophone 800-426-1306 360683-8300 bull FAX 3606aW525 E-mail salearega^nsystemsoom Vfeb5ite httpAwwwa^nsyslemscam

NOTE If any of these timing controls are changed while a timing cycle is in operation the results are undefined until the current cycle finishes

TIMING OVERLAP This LED will light to Indicate an inconsistency in the timing cycle settings There are several ways to introduce such errors The most common way is to set the Inter-pulse PERIOD to be less than the pulse DURATION

T I M I N G (seconds)^

TRIG OUT (UPPER) This BNC connector provides a signal which is coincident with the Internal Burst timing signal (default) This means the signal starts at the end of the Delay time and persists until the Burst time expires This output may also be set to represent the delay time-out by setting the internal jumper J510 to the right two pins instead of the left two pins (Please see the Calibration section in this manual for jumper location Directions are given as viewed from the front of the Instrument)

TRIG OUT (LOWER) This BNC connector provides a signal which Is coincident with the Duration timing signal which controls pulse output

NOTE Both trigger output signals slightly lead the isolated output signal

Output

PULSE SIGN This switch determines the polarity of the pulses to be generated It also allows generation of biphasic pulses thereby doubling the effective total period Warning the first pulse generated after changing the PULSE

SIGN switch may have the wrong polarity

BASELINE This Switch determines the polarity ofthe baseline signal

RANGE This rotary switch determines if the output pulses will be constant current (3 ranges) or constant voltage (2 ranges)

BASELINE AMPLITUDE This value is independently set using a ten-turn counting dial The maximum baseline amplitude is one tenth the value shown on the range amplitude switch

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 8S0 Cartsborg Vfa 98324 |Tetaphone 80O426-1306 bull 360683-8300 bull FAX 3606803525 E-mail salesa-msystemscom Wbbsite http7Awwwaflnsystemscom

PULSE AMPLITUDE This value is independently set using a ten-turn counting dial The maximum pulse amplitude is the value shown on the range amplitude switch

EVENT This LED indicates when a pulse is ongoing

ERROR This LED indicates when the internal output amplifier cannot output the pulse as desired This is usually due to a short circuit while trying to output a voltage or an open circuit while trying to output a current

VOTEThe Pulse Sign control in the Oupuf section directly affects waveform timing When set to the Biphasic mode a positive-going pulse is immediately followed by a negative-going pulse This effectively doubles the pulse duration If a burst of biphasic pulses is being produced the period must be at least twice the single pulse duration In the Square wave mode the baseline disappears as long as the burst persists

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsboig Vte 98324 |Telophone 800426-1306 360683-8300 bull FAX 3606833525 E-mail salesa-m5ystem5 com Website httpwwwa-msystemscom

Operating Instructions

Examples Simple setup (and minimal instrument test)

Connect the output ofthe Model 2100 to an oscilloscope Before connecting the Model 2100 to any other instrument or the experimental preparation It is safest to turn Its power off

Set the Oufpuf controls

Range 10V Pulse Sign +

Baseline Zero Pulse Amplitude 200

Setting The Timing Controls

Delay Burst Width

Duration Period

none single

15010-2 50010-2

Setting The Start Controls

Mode Free Run

Disconnect any cables to the TRIG or GATE inputs

Note that the green Trig and Event Indicators turn on as Free Run is turned on (and turn off otherwise) You should observe a 15ms duration 20Hz rate pulse of 200V above a OV baseline on the oscilloscope

fl-N Systems Inc 131 BusinessPartiLoop RO Box850CarisbcxgWa98324 |Telophone 800426-1306 bull 360-683-8300 bull FW 360683-3525 E-mail salesa-msystems com VVbbsite httpywwwa-msystems com

Demonstration of Burst Mode Connect the output ofthe Model 2100 to an oscilloscope Before connecting the Model 2100 to any other instrument or the experimental preparation It Is safest to turn its power off

Set the Outpuf controls

Range 10V Pulse Sign +

Baseline Pulse Amplitude 200

Baseline Amplitude 100

Setting The Timing Controls

Delay 88010-2 Burst Width 12010-^

Duration 15010-2 Period 50010-2

Set the START controls as follows

Mode Free Run

Disconnect any cables to the TRIG or GATE inputs

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Telophooe 8004201306 360683-8300 bull FAX 360683-3525 E^naii salesa-msystems com Watjsite http7wwwa-msystemscom

Trigger the oscilloscope from the Bursf trigger out (upper Trig Out connector) for a stable display In each burst (occurring every lOOms) you should observe a trio of 15ms duration starting 50ms apart Try switching the StartMode from Free Run to the center (nonnal) position The pulses will no longer be produced and the Trig and Event Indicators will tum off Pressing this switch once (to Manual) will cause a single burst to occur

Problem Solving If the instrument appears to be not working properiy check all ofthe control settings and connections Be sure to wait at least 5-10 seconds after turning the instrument off before turning it on again The following summary of typical problems for the user (along with the most common solutions) may help

Problem CauseSolution

EVENT Indicator never lights even in FREE RUN mode

bull Replace fuse check power connection bullSet DELAY or PERIOD to a shorter interval

bull Power-on too soon after power-off

OVERLAP Indicator is on

ERROR indicator is on

bull Set DURATION gt000 bull DURATION Is set to SQUARE but

PERIOD is 000 Increase PERIOD or set DURATION independantly

bull BURST and WIDTH are gt DURATION increase PERIOD or decrease DURATION

bull BIPHASIC pulse output Is on and PERIOD is not longer than twice the DURATION Increase PERIOD or decrease DURATION

bull Free-run Is on and BURST is lt PERIOD (BURST off) DELAY is 0 and PERIOD Is lt DURATION Add delay or modify PERIOD

bull Free-run is on and BURST is gt DURATION (BURST ON) and PERIOD is lt DURATION Increase PERIOD

bull For VOLTAGE outputs the output is trying to drive too low a resistance or capacitance (eg a short circuit) Check by disconnecting the output ft is possible (and normal) that for the fastest cycles and largest amplitudes (close to 100 V

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business PartiLoop PO Box 850 CartsborgWa 98324 iTelophone 800-42O130636O6e3-8300FAX 3606B3-3525 E-mail satesaflisyslefmcom Vfebslte http7wwwa-msyslemscom

and 1 ps) that the ERROR indicator might always come on during repetitive pulses Fix output load or decrease amplitude as required

Time appears to be excessive Changed control in mid-cycle (resets current status)

Cant seem to get a full signal out Load Is not properiy connected repair wiring Too low a load impedance (VOLTAGE modes) or too high a load impedance (CURRENT mode)

Incoming triggers not accepted frequently enough

PERIOD is set too long (enforces dead time) followd by BURST set to SIGNAL Reduce PERIOD time

Table 10 Problem Solving

If you suspect that the Model 2100 may have completely failed we recommend checking the basic level of functionality Ifthis fails your instrument Is defective and must be repaired Ifthis passes either your experimental setup is incompatible or inconsistent or there is a more subtle flaw in your Model 2100

If the Model 2100 appears to be malfunctioning contact A-M Systems Inc or your dealer We will first attempt to solve the problem over the telephone so have an exact description of your problem available when you call You do not need to be within the warranty period to obtain over-the-phone assistance

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 iTetoptxme 80O426-1306 bull 360683-8300 FAX 3606803525 E-mail satesa-msystemsoomAfebsitehttpJwwwaflisystemscom

Theory of Operation

The operation ofthe Model 2100 is summarized in the block diagram (see the figure on Page 11) Not shown are all ofthe interconnections with the microcontroller The internal microcontroler plays an important role in setting the signal path but does not directly contribute to the dynamic characteristics It scans the front panel switches and sets the control values for the logic arrays It programs the internal counters which along with the other hardware achieve the necessary sub-microsecond speeds

Pulse generation starts either from an Input trigger signal (from Trig In) or an internally signal (Free Run mode) A Delay timer counts the 10MHz clock until its count value is exhausted At this point the Burst Period and Duration timers are started If the Burst timer has not expired by the end ofthe Period the Period and Duration timers are restarted If the Biphasic mode has been set the Duration timer is restarted at the end of the initial Duration and the sign ofthe output pulse is reversed doubling the total duration

The system state (pulse on pulse sign baseline sign [+0f-]) is transmitted to the isolated section via optoisolator The baseline and pulse amplitudes are selected by an analog switch The resulting signal is amplified by a variable-power-supply discrete operational amplifier The amplifier connections and gain is modified to provide two voltage and three current ranges

Timing overiap errors are detected by a logical decision computation rather than by testing for counter collisions This provides instant feedback rather than waiting up to an hour for such a collision to occur Output errors are measured by sensing the output amplifiers differential input voltage Under normal conditions this is a negligible voltage If the amplifier fails to deliver the requested signal the window comparator testing this voltage sends this message (via optoisolator) to the logic section turning on a warning LED

fl-N Systems Inc 131BusinessPart(LoopRO Box850CarisboigWa98324 4 n Tel0pri0ne80O426-130636O683^300FAX36O6833525 ^ E-mail salesaflisystBmscom V febsite http7wwwa-msystemsoom

S i

I - - ^^mdasho^M

OUTPUT i l l

TRIG ^ OUT

(burst)

TRIG 3-lt) OUT

(pulse)

til

I laquo

Calibration Procedures

The calibration interval is the lesser of 1000 hours of operation or 6 months Somewhat greater drift can be expected in the first 100 hours of operation as the semiconductors age Adjustments should only be made after the instrument has been fully warmed up for at least 15 minutes

Full instrument calibration requires the following test equipment digital multimeter (plusmn 01) able to measure resistance to at least lOOMO oscilloscope with at least 50MHz bandwidth true-mis voltmeter with 4MHz bandwidth universal counter (plusmn 001 ) able to measure single pulse widths and periods resistors (all plusmn 01) 2kn lOkH 1 watt 20kn 200kn alligator clip lead sets banana plugs and BNC adapters

Adjustment integrated circuit and test point locations are shown in the following figures All adjustments are on the timing board unless othenAise noted

All voltages in the non-isolated section should be measured with respect to ground at TP510 unless othenwise stated Some voltages are measured with respect to an internal isolated ground at TP650 or across the two output temninals Occasionally the voltage at an IC pin must be measured in these cases the reference designator is given with the pin number in parentheses eg U602(16) When it states within this procedure that a voltage is to be minimized this means that the adjustment should be made such that the measured voltage is as close to zero volts as possible Refer to the Specifications Section of this manual for acceptable tolerances

The sequence of this procedure is important If any adjustment is made all adjustments which follow must be made to ensure that the specifications will be met These procedures require that all controls remain as set in previous steps unless othenAise indicated

WARNING

The Model 2100 has dangerous voltages throughout the instrument even with the power is off Servicing the Model 2100 should only be done by qualified service personnel Use caution in handling any wires connectors or electrodes which may be directly or indirectly attached to the instrument Do not touch exposed connections or components Disconnect power by unplugging the power cord from the receptacle

H B ^ ^ S y s t e m s inc^degdegp^deg^^deg-^^^^^^^^B3^^^degdeg^^^lt^^^B^^^^ 131BusinessPartiLoopPO Box850CartsbOigWamp98324 4 9 |Telophone800-42013C6360683-8300F0lt360683-3525 ^ E-mail salesa-msystefnscom website httpwwwaflisystems com

CO

TP501 O lt0

g OTPSOO

U560 S

Trig Gate

0 -TISOS

U570

U500

Timing

p U520

Timing

K U550 Timin

gt U540

U515

o X I Timin

U508 I

J510 Timing nnn

Burst Delay J400

gt U550

R503

D D I D bull U8QQ i Q

n

oo

V P 5 1 0

b U535

^

Clock i _

U555

lt U 5 4 5

o

h d ^ O - - ^ U605

Q D

U620

O fJZ^ R737 bull ^ 1^13015 r j C - C O M P

B B nU770 ^ ^ ^ 5 ^ a

J420

a

o E

bull [ ]U632

riueso

rR742rVhigh R 6 1 9 ^

LJ TP645 O TP650

TPMOQ^QS

Vlow

CD-

CZZl

J440 bull bull tl iUDQ

I t

f i l

Power supply and bias voltages

Power supply

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

POWER ON Observe voltage at P703 power supply wire top of main board

Check for+15 plusmn 050 V

Observe voltage at P701 power supply wire top of main board

Check for-15 plusmn 050 V

Observe voltage at U505(24) Check for +5 plusmn 025 V

Isolated supply voltage Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

RANGE 10 V TRIG open circuit MODE center position

Alternately observe V ^ from R742 to R740 and V ^ from theU605(4)toU605(8)

Adjust R773 so that 110VltV lt 120 V and

nigh

28VltV|^lt34V

Capacitance balance Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

Connect a xlO oscilloscope probe to TP650 and ground the

Adjust R737 for minimum high frequency signal

Inputs

Gate function Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave Verify that the voltage to GATE switches states at the Observe voltage at U510(3) proper input levels with an oscilloscope

Trigger slope Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave Verify that the voltage to TRIG switches states at the Observe voltage at U510( 1) proper input levels with an oscilloscope

TRIG SLOPE Verify voltage is 180deg out of phase

TRIG SLOPE Verify voltage is in phase

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 860 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Jelophone 800-4201306 360683-8300 bull FM 380683-3525 E-mail salesaflTsystBfnscom bull Vtebsite httpVAirwwaflisystems com

14

Trigger and gate f unc t i on

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

DELAY NONE BURS-nMDTH SINGLE DURATION SQUARE PERIOD 100X10-3

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave to TRIG Observe TRIGD and EVENT LEDs

TRIG disconnect all Short the GATE connector to GND Verify LEDs extinguish

MODE press to MANUAL Verify LEDs flash once

Timing

System c lock f requency

Controls Inputs Observations Ad jus t Check

Observe the frequency of the wave Verify 1000 MHz plusmn 001 atU555(17)

Mul t ip l iers (Wheel Swi tches)

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

PULSE SIGN-laquobull MODE FREE RUN TRIG disconnect all TIMING MULTIPUERS all

wheels set to zero except the one being tested

TIMING OVERLAP ignore

Observe the pulse width with the counter at the location specified t)elow

Verify pulse width is correct for each wheel as it is tested independently

For each wheel of each MULTIPLIER test each position to verify that the pulse width is correct Observe the signal at the following locations DELAY U520(2) BURSTWIDTH U530(2) PERIOD U540(2) DURATION U550(2)

Rates (Rotary Swi tches)

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

TIMING MULTIPUERS 001 Observe the pulse width with the TIMING RATES all rotary counter at the location specified

switches set to 10-4 below except the one being tested

Verify pulse width is correct for each rotary switch as it is tested independently

For each ofthe four rotary switches in TIMING test each position to verify that the pulse width is correct Observe the signal at the following locations DELAY U520(2) BURSTWIDTH U530(2) PERIOD U540(2) DURATION U550(2)

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 iTetophone 8004201306 bull 360683-8300 bull FOC 3606803525 E-mail salesa-msystemscom Wbbsite httpJwwwaflTSystemscom

15

Trigger outputs

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

Range 10V Pulse Amplitude 500 Delay 100 xlO^ Burst 100 x 10 ^ Duration 100x10-^ Period 400x10-^ Pulse sign + Trig Mode Free run Trig in open

Trigger the oscilloscope to the Burst Trig Out Observe it the Pulse Trig Out and the isolated output

Verify that the waveform consists of a burst of three 1ms-on3ms-off pulses The burst trigger should be synchronous with the burst the pulse trigger coincident with each pulse

Output Calibration

Isolation Resistance (check)

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode center position Trig In open

Measure the resistance between ground banana jack (front panel) and black banana jack of output with DMM

Resistance read gt 100MQ

Amplitude Switch Offset (R640)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Zero Trig Mode center position Trig In Open

Measure the voltage at TP645 vs TP650 with the DMM

Adjust R640 (AmpI Sw Offset) for minimum voltage

Output Offset (R332 front panel board) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Zero Range 10V Trig Mode center position Trig In Open

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

Adjust R332 (Output offset) for minimum voltage

Positive Baseline Offeet (R607) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Sign + Baseline Amplitude

fully CCW (000) Range 10V Trig In open Trig Mode center position

Measure the voltage across the outputwiththeDMM

Adjust R602 (BSLN + offset) for minimum voltage

fl-N Systems Inc 131 BusBiess Parti Loop P O Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Telophone B00-42O1306 bull 360683-8300 bull FAX 3606803525 E-mail salesaflisystemscom V^tebsite httpy^vwwa-msystems com

16

Negative Baseline Offset (R619)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Sign -Baseline Amplitude

fully CCW (000) Range 10V Trig In open Trig Mode center position

Measure the voltage across the outputwiththeDMM

Adjust R619 (BSLN + offset) for minimum voltage

Pulse Amplitude Adjust (R602)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode Free Mode Pulse Amplitude 1000 Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =1001 Period =00110-4 Pulse Sign -Trig In open Range 10V

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

The Overiap indicator should be on Adjust R602 (Max Level) for -10OOV out

Pulse Sign Gain (check)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode Free Mode Pulse Amplitude 1000 Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =100 1s Period =001 10-4s Trig In open Range 10V

Measure the voltage at the output with the DMM for the Pulse Sign at + and - positions

The absolute values ofthe voltages should differ by less than lOOmV

Baseline Amplitudes (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Range 100mA Trig Mode center position Baseline Amplitude fully CW (1000) Trig In open

Measure the voltage at the output with the DMM with Baseline Sign in + Zero and

- positions

Gain the matching of current levels at = and - positions and offset current in Zero position

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop PO Box 850 Cartsboig Wa 98324 Telophone 800-4201306 360683-8300 FkX 3606803525 E-mail salesa-msystemscom website http^^wwaflisystemsccm

17

Output Range Amplitude and Drive (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Pulse Amplitude 1000 Pulse Sign + Trig Mode Free Run Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =1001 Period =10010-4 Trig In open

Load the output with a 10KV 1W 01 resistor Measure the voltage at the output with DMM

Verify that full scale output is within specification Scale Range 100V 100V 10V 10V 100mA IV 1mA 10V 10mA 100V

Pulse Sign and Short Circuit Protection (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =200 10-4 Period =00110-3 Baseline Zero Pulse Amplitude 25 Range 10V Trig Mode Free Run Trig In open

Measure the voltage at the output with the oscilloscope Check for Pulse Sign set to each of + - biphasic Watch for Error indicator when shorting the output

Verify that pulses of approx 25V amplitude (625V for biphasic mode) of the correct sign are produced every 10ms Short output in biphasic mode Output should return when opened

Output Transient Response (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Pulse Sign + Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =20010-4 Period =00110-3 Pulse Amplitude 250 Baseline Zero Trig Mode Free Mode Trig In open

Connect the oscilloscope to the output with a 310 attenuator probe Test both 10V and 100V ranges

Verify that overshoot and risetime meet specifications

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Telophone 8004201306 bull 3606808300 bull Flaquo( 360laquo83ltJ525 E-mail salesa-msystemsocm V^febsite http^wwwa-msystefnscom

18

Specifications

There are three classes of specifications Class A specifications tested in all units and are guaranteed Class B specifications are inherent in the design they are indirectly tested and are guaranteed Class C specifications are typical operating values which are occasionally tested- these are typical values given for your information but not guarshyanteed The class for each specification is noted in the center column ofthe following sections

Inputs Switching level

Hysteresis

Input equivalent circuit

Minimum duration (1 IL-level signal)

A

C

C

C

16 V(plusmn 02 V)

approx 50 mV

lOOKH to+5 in parallel with no more than 35pF

gt 50 ns

Open circuit condition B defaults to highon level

Timing and rate accuracy Rate selector steps

Timing multiplier steps

B

B

lOOpsto 100s in 7 steps

1 of rate selector step size Maximum value is 999 X the rate selector step size

Resolution B approx 01 ofthe maximum value

Timing error (second and later pulses after resetting controls)

B lt 002 of rate selector value + 015 ps

Timing error (first pulse after readjusting timing controls)

an additional 025 ps error may occur

Timing repeatability lt 001 setting + 20 ns (monophasic)

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Ram Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Vfa 98324 pTelophone 8004201306 bull 360683-8300 bull FAX 360683-3525

E-mail salesraquoflisystems com Wabsite httpJAnww afl isystems com

19

TRIG IN to OUTPUT delay (DELAY set to 0) output set to 2V

Timing jitter from TRIG IN to OUTPUT (for TTL trigger input with risetime lt10 ns)

Timing jitter from TRIG OUT (either BURST or PULSE) and OUTPUT

Trigger output to pulse output delay

Output characteristics Pulse level error (voltage mode open circuit current mode short circuit

Biphasic level difference IV + - V-1 2

Baseline level error (voltage mode open circuit current mode short circuit)

Risetime (25 V out)

Risetime (25 V out)

Transient response

A

A

A

Output impedance (voltage mode) C

Output impedance (current mode) C

Isolation resistance A

Isolation capacitance C

approx 05 ps for a load of no more than 10 KH in parallel with 50 pF

lt 125 ns (all rates except 100s) lt 125 ps (100s rate)

Less than 20 ns (all rates)

approx 350 ns

lt 03 of setting + 05 of r range (plus an additional 05 pA in 100 pA range)

lt 03 of range (voltage modes into open circuit current modes into short circuit)

lt 03 of setting of setting + 01 of range (plus an additional 05 pA in lOOpA range)

= 200 ns into less than 30 pF

= 15 ps into less than 30 pF

lt 8 overshoot into less than 30 pF for pulse voltages different than baseline voltage by at least 10 of range

= 50 ohms

raquo 1 0 GH (typically 200 GO)

raquo 1 0 0 M n

= 60 pF at 100 Hz

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Peril Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg V6 98324 |TelCf)hone 800-4201306 3606808300 bull FAX 360683-3525 E-mal salesaflisystefnsoom Website hnpyMVfWafllsystemsoom

20

Noise (differential mode)

Noise (common mode earth to isolated ground) with no signal output

Overload error indicator (low frequency short circuited voltage mode)

Overload error indicator low frequency open circuited current mode)

Overioad error response time

Miscellaneous

= 1 mV rms (10 V scale 10 Hz-4 MHz)

= 8 mV rms (10 Hz-4 MHz) == 100mVp-p (200 Hz -10 MHz) measured withalOMH 15pF oscilloscope probe

Turns on for set amplitude at or greater than approx plusmn1 V (10 V range) or plusmn2 V (100 V range)

Turns on for set amplitude at or above approx 2 of range

Flat to approx 30 ps duration Decreasing sensitivity for shorter pulses

Power

Fuse

Operating temperature range

Storage temperature range

Operating humidity

Dimensions

approx 11 watts

1 amp 3AG

10-30degC

0 - 50deg C

5 - 80 RH

17x475x1125 (inches) 432x121x286 cm

Weight 20 lbs (9 kg)

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Wb 98324 |Tetcphone 8004201306 3606808300 bull FOt 360683-3525 E-mail satesamsystems comV^febsite httpywwwaflisystemscom

21

Warranty and Service

What does this warranty cover A-M Systems Inc warrants to the Purchaser that the Instrument excluding cables Headstage Probes and any other accessories shipped with the Instrument (hereafter the hardware) is free from defects in workmanship or material under normal use and service for the period of one (1) year This warranty commences on the date of delivery ofthe hardware to the Purchaser

What are the obligations of A-M Systems Inc under this warranty During the warranty period A-M Systems Inc agrees to repair or replace at its sole option without charge to the Purchaser any defective component part of the hardware To obtain warranty service the Purchaser must return the hardware to A-M Systems Inc or an authorized A-M Systems Inc distributor in an adequate shipping container Any postage shipping and insurance charges incurred in shipping the hardware to A-M Systems Inc must be prepaid by the Purchaser and all risk for the hardware shall remain with purchaser until such time as A-M Systems Inc takes receipt of the hardware Upon receipt A-M Systems Inc will promptly repair or replace the defective unit and then return the hardware to the Purchaser postage shipping and insurance prepaid A-M Systems Inc may use reconditioned or like new parts or units at its sole option when repairing any hardware Repaired products shall carry the same amount of outstanding warranty as from original purchase or ninety (90) days which ever is greater Any claim under the warranty must include a dated proof of purchase ofthe hardware covered by this warranty In any event A-M Systems Inc liability for defective hardware is limited to repairing or replacing the hardware

What is not covered by this warranty This warranty is contingent upon proper use and maintenance ofthe hardware by the Purchaser and does not cover batteries Neglect misuse whether intentional or othenwise tampering with or altering the hardware damage caused by accident damage caused by unusual physical electrical chemical or electromechanical stress damage caused by failure of electrical power or damage caused during transportation are not covered by this wan-anty Products may not be returned to A-M Systems Inc for service whether under warranty or otherwise which are contaminated by infectious agents radioactive compounds or other materials constituting a health hazard to employees of A-M Systems Inc

What are the limits of liability for A-M Systems Inc under this warranty A-M Systems Inc shall not be liable for loss of data profits or savings or any special incidental consequential indirect or other similar damages arising from breach of contract negligence or other legal action even if the company or its agent has been advised of the possibility of such damages or for any claim brought against you by another party THIS EQUIPMENT IS NOT INTENDED FOR CLINICAL MEASUREMENTS USING HUMAN SUBJECTS A-M SYSTEMS INC DOES NOT ASSUME RESPONSIBILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE DUE TO MISUSE OF THIS EQUIPMENT Jurisdictions vary with regard to the enforceability of provisions excluding or limiting liability for incidental or consequential damages Check the provision of your local jurisdiction to find out whether the above exclusion applies to you

This warranty allocates risks of product failure between the Purchaser and A-M Systems Inc A-M Systems Inc hardware pricing reflects this allocation of risk and the limitations of liability contained in this warranty The warranty set forth above is in lieu of all other express warranties whether oral or written The agents employees distributors and dealers of A-M Systems Inc are not authorized to make modifications to this warranty or additional wan-anties binding on the company Accordingly additional statements such as dealer advertising or presentations whether oral or written do not constitute warranties by A-M Systems Inc and should not be relied upon This warranty gives you specific legal rights You may also have other rights which vary from one jurisdiction to another

fl-N Systems Inc 131BusinessPartiLoop RO Box850CartsbOfgWa98324 p O |Telophone 8004201306 bull 360683-8300FOC 3606830525 ^ ^ E-mail saiesaflisystefTiscom Wbbsite httpVwwwa-msystemscom

Timing Four sets of controls govem the timing of pulse generation Each set contains two values which are multiplied together to detennine the actual timing value The rotary knob (rate selector) provides the approximate timing value and the lever wheel switch bank (MULTIPLIER) provkles a time resolution of three decimal digits The following diagram shows most of the important relationships

Pnfe-tRAIM I B E L A V i6Molaquo

BURST WIOtH

Output r Delay

t n

Duration - ^ lt - |4Periodgt|

FLJI -^ Burst width

Trigger event

DELAY These controls set the time between the initiating trigger event and the beginning of the pulse burst If this rate selector is set to NONE or the multiplier is set to ooo there is no delay

BURSTWIDTH These controls set the time period in which one or more pulses may be delivered Once started a pulse may outlast the burst width If this rate selector is set to SINGLE or to any time shorter than the pulse duration only a single pulse will occur If the BURSTWIDTH is longer than the period pulses will be emitted at the PERIOD rate until the burst time ends Pulses are never truncated by a short BURST WIDTH

iNTpoundA-PULSiE PBRiOb

DURATION These controls set the length of each pulse If this rate selector is set to SQUARE the duration is set to half of the period regardless of the MULTIPLIER setting

PERIOD These controls set the period of time between adjacent pulse events within the burst It also forces a minimum dead time between recognized input triggers following a burst of one or more pulses This can be used to prevent over stimulation of a tissue without requiring excessive delay between the triggering event and the stimulating pulse

TlMtNQ OVERLAP

mLiHMPi

VVtJ jiwaa lasm nlaquoilaquo u

t^fi SysUms I n c ^ Elt4nsfl a m

131 Business Pofc Loop PO Box 850 Carisborg 1^98324 600-426-1306 36O6834300 FAK 360683^525

E-mai vrvysQfrflisysleraLOCniWutiailQL N^jAwwa^iByslernUiOOni

NOTE If any of these timing controls are changed while a timing cycle is in operation the results are undefined until the cunent cycle flnishes

TIMING OVERLAP This LED will light to indicate an Inconsistency in the timing cycle settings There are several ways to Introduce such errors The most common way is to set the inter-pulse PERIOD to be less than the pulse DURATION

TRIG OUT (UPPER) This BNC connector provides a signal which is coinckient with the intemal Burst timing signal (default) This means the signal starts at the end of the Delay time and persists until the Burst time expires This output may also be set to represent the delay time-out by setting the internal jumper J510 to the left two pins Instead of the right two pins (Please see the Calibration section in this manual for jumper location Directions are given as viewed from the fix)nt of the instrument)

TRIG OUT (LOWER) This BNC connector provides a signal which is coincident with the Duration timing signal which controls pulse output

NOTE Both trigger output signals slightly lead the isolated output signal

Output PULSE SIGN This Switch sets the sign for the pulses to be generated It also allows generation of biphasic pulses thereby doubling the effective total period Warning the first pulse genemted after changing the PULSE SIGN svntch may have the wmng polarity

BASELINE This switch sets the sign for the baseline signal

RANGE This rotary switch allows one of three current or two voltage ranges to be selected for the output signal

BASELINE AMPLITUDE This counting dial are independently set using ten-minute counting dials with the baseline having one tenth the range of the pulse amplitude

A-N Systlaquomslaquo Inc 131 Buskiess Partt Loop PO BoK 8S0 Cailsbarg Wa 96324 laophone 8004201306 bull36O68M300-FAX 3eolaquo8M525 E-mat bullmsysflMnsyslermoom VMaHsr Hlplhfimnmyekmoom

PULSE AMPLITUDE This counting dial

EVENTS This LED indicates when a pulse is ongoing

ERROR This LED indicates when the intemal output amplifier cannot output the pulse as desired This is usually due to a short circuit while trying to output a voltage or an open circuit while trying to output a current

One control from the Ot^uf section directly affects wavefonn timing the Pulse Sign control When set to the Biphasic mode a positive-going pulse is Immediately followed by a negative-going pulse This effectively doubles the pulse duration If a burst of biphasic pulses is being produced the period must be at least twice the single pulse duration In the Sgtan wave mode the baseline disappears as long as the burst persists

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Bushass Park locpPOBooi 850 C8ri9bcrgMS8324 IMqphona 800426-1306 bull36Olaquo83laquo3a0 FAX 360683-3529 E-nal amsyaOa4nsyatemscomWeMlK hMpJVniwa-nsygtatnscom

Operating Instructions

Examples Simple setup (and minimal Instrument tost)

Connect the output of the Model 2100 to an oscilloscope Before connecting the instrument it is safest to turn its power off

Set the Ou^uf controls

Range Pulse Sign

Baseline Pulse Amplitude

10V +

Zero 200

Setting The Timing Controls

Delay Burst Width

Duratbn Period

none single

15010-2 500102

Setting The Start Controls

Mode Free Run

Disconnect any cables to the TRIG or GATE Inputs

Note that the green Trig and Event Indicators tum on as Free Run is turned on (and tum off othenwise) You should observe a 15ms duration 20Hz rate pulse of 200V above a OV baseline on the oscilloscope i

A ^ M ^ _ _ _ A ^ _ _ _ 1 ^ 131BiiHnD8raquoParttloopPOBoxB50Car)sbcrBlaquoraquoS8324

bull P l ^ y S W n i S f |nC ltV^gt^8deglt^^2O1306380laquo8OS3a0FAX36O6BMS2S

6 E-fnflk 9n^fBOs-in9ystsni9cx]fnWDbs)tec H^ff9Nw^myStem9oom

Demonstration of Burst Mode Connect the output of the Model 2100 to an oscilloscope Before connecting the instrument it is safest to tum Its power off

Set the Output controls

Range Pulse Sign

Baseline Pulse Amplitude

Baseline Amplitude

Setting The Timing Controls

Delay Burst Width

Duration

Period

Set the START controls as follows

Mode

Disconnect any cables to the TRIG or GATE inputs

Trigger the oscilloscope from the Burst trigger out (upper Tr^ Out connector) for a stable display In each burst (occumng every lOOms) you should observe a trio of 15ms duration starting 50ms apart Try switching the StartMode from Free Run to the center (nomnal) position The pulses will no longer be produced and the Trig and Event indicators will turn off Pressing this switch once (to Manual) will cause a single burst to occur

880 120 150 500

10V +

200 100

102 102 102 102

Free Run

fleaff SySlQmSa |nCa deglgt ltlt ^ ^ deg ^ degdeg ^ ^ ^ bull E-matmia

131 Business Park LoopPO Box 850 Carisborg Vfe 86324 lUcphcna 800426-1306 36Olaquo83laquo300 FAX 36068raquo52 E-maft tfii8ysOiHn^nleiTBcom1AWisJto HSpitwraquoM^wytAtii9oom

Problem SoMng If the Instrument appears to be not worthing properiy check all of the control settings and connections Be sure to wait at least 5-10 seconds after turning the Instrument off before tuming it on again The following t6ef summary of typical problems for the user (along with the most common solutions) may help

Problem CauseSolution EVENT indicator never lights even in FREE RUN mode

bull Replace fuse check power connection bullSet DELAY or PERIOD to a shorter interval

bull Power-on too soon after power-off

OVERLAP Indicator is on

ERROR indicator is on

Time appears to be excessive

bullSet DURATION gt000 bull DURATION is set to SQUARE but PERIOD is 000 Increase PERIOD or set DURATION independantly

bull BURST and WIDTH are gt DURATION increase PERIOD or decrease

DURATION bull BIPHASIC pulse output is on and PERIOD is not longer than twice the DURATION Increase PERIOD or decrease DURATION

bull Free-run is on and BURST Is lt PERIOD (BURST off) DELAY is 0 and PERIOD is lt DURATION Add delay or modify PERIOD

bull Free-mn is on and BURST is gt DURATION (BURST ON) and PERIOD is lt DURATION Increase PERIOD

bull For VOLTAGE outputs the output Is trying to drive too low a resistance or capacitance (eg a short circuit) Check by disconnecting the output It is possible (and normal) that for the fastest cycles

and largest amplitudes (close to 100 V and 1 MS) that the ERROR Indicator might always come on during repetitive pulses Fix output load or decrease amplitude as required

bull Changed control in mid-cycle (resets cunent status)

A ^ M bull _ _ _ A ^ ^ _ _ i ^ mdash 131BuslnessPai1ltLoopPOBox850CarlsborgWamp98324

bull p i j ^ v s w m s iiic^^deglt^deg^^deglt^^^3degB3^^^deg^^^^degdeg^^^deg^^deg^^^^ E-mat iiiMOafflwstemseom WabaHe MtaffiwwtHtavsli

8 E-msft flmsjoQfrfraystGfnsoom ^WobsltiK hl^Aiwv9-fn9]nteniscom

Cant seem to get a full signal out

Incoming triggers not accepted frequently enough

bull Load is not properiy connected repair wiring

bull Too low a load impedance (VOLTAGE modes) or too high a load impedance

(CURRENT mode)

bull PERIOD is set too long (enforces dead time) followd by BURST set to SIGNAL Reduce PERIOD time

Table 10 Problem Solving

If you suspect that the Model 2100 may have completely failed we recommend checking the basic level of functionality If this fails your instrument is defective and must be repaired If this passes either your experimental setup is incompatible or inconsistent or there is a more subtle flaw in your Model 2100

If the Model 2100 appears to be malfunctioning contact A-M Systems Inc or your dealer Telephone numtgters for A-M Systems Inc listed on the front cover of this manual We will first attempt to solve the problem over the telephone so have an exact description of your problem available when you call You do not need to be within the warranty period to obtain over-the-phone assistance

A ^ M V - mdash A d B ^ K M I ^ M 131BuslnessPatfcLoopPOBox6SOCai

-PI s y s i Q m s inc-2raquolaquoa22=M^^

131 Business Parfc Loop PO Box 650 Cartsborg VM9 0S324 _ FAX36(W8a3525 E^nrt flnsysQa-ntsyttanB-oom Wsbsfte hHpiMNvwa-nnystsnisooni

9

Theory of Operation

The operation of the Model 2100 is summarized In the block diagram (see Fig 3) Not shown are all of the interconnections with the microcontroller The intemal microcontroler plays an important role in setting the signal path but does not directly

contribute to the dynamic characteristics It scans the front panel switches and sets the control values for the logic arays It programs the intemal counters which along with the other hardware achieve the necessary sub-microsecond speeds

All action starts either from an input trigger signal (from Trig In) or from an intemal signal (in free Run mode only) A Delay timer counts the 10MHz clock until its count value Is exhausted At this point the Burst timer starts Both Period and Duration timers are started at this time If the Burst timer has not expired by the end of the Period the Period and Duration timers are restarted If the Biphasic mode has been set the Duration timer is restarted at the end of the initial Duration and the sign of the output pulse Is reversed doubling the total duration

The system state (pulse on pulse sip baseline sign [+101-]) is transmitted to the isolated section via optoisolator The baseline and pulse amplitudes are selected by an analog switch The resulting signal is amplified by a variable-power-supply discrete operational amplifier The amplifier connections and gain is modified to provide two voltage and three cunent ranges

Timing overlap errors are detected by a logical decision computation rather than by testing for counter collisions This provides instant feedback rather than waiting up to an hour for such a collision to occur Output errors are measured by sensing the output amplifiers differential input voltage Under normal conditions this is a negligible voltage if the amplifier fails to deliver the requested signal the window comparator testing this voltage sends this message (via optoisolator) to the logic section turning on a warning LED

fl-N Systems Inc 131BusbnassPa(tLoopPOBox6SOCari3boigVMg8324 H n |TWoph0n880O426-13083eO6Blaquo300FMt36Olaquo8i3525 E-nnl anaysflfriinysleiiaoemWfcbslte hllphmwraquoimyatennoom

TRIG 3HJ) OUT

(burst)

TRIG ^ OUT

(pulse)

E

Ml

Calibration Procedures

The calibration interval is the lesser of 1000 hours of operation or 6 months Somewhat greater drift can be expected in the first 100 hours of operation as the semiconductors age Adjustments should only be made after the instrument has been fully warmed up for at least 15 minutes

Full instrument calibration requires the following test equipment digital multimeter (plusmn 01) able to measure resistance to at least lOOMfl oscilloscope with at least 50MHz bandwidth true-rms voltmeter with 4MHz bandwidth universal counter (plusmn 001 ) able to measure single pulse widths and periods resistors (all plusmn 01) 2kn lOkH 1 waft 20kn 200kn alligator clip lead sets banana plugs and BNC adapters

Adjustment integrated circuit and test point locations are shown in the following figures All adjustments are on the timing board unless otherwise noted

All voltages in the non-isolated section should be measured with respect to ground at TP510 unless othenvise stated Some voltages are measured with respect to an intemal isolated ground at TP650 or across the two output tenninals Occasionally the voltage at an IC pin must be measured In these cases the reference designator is given with the pin number in parentheses eg U602(16) When it states within this procedure that a voltage is to be minimized this means that the adjustment should be made such that the measured voltage is as close to zero volts as possible Refer to the Specifications Section of this manual for acceptable tolerances

The sequence of this procedure is Important If any adjustment is made all adjustments which follow must be made to ensure that the specifications will be met These procedures require that all controls remain as set in previous steps unless otherwise indicated

WARNING

The Model 2100 has dangerous voltages throughout the instrument even with the power is off Servicing the Model 2100 should only be done by qualified service personnel Use caution in handling any wires connectors or electrodes which may be directly or indirectly attached to the Instrument Do not touch exposed connections or components Disconnect power by unplugging the power cord from the receptacle

fl-N Systems I n c ^ 131BusinesaPartcLoopPOBox850CartsborgVWiB8324 4 n ^gt-mdash80O426-130638Ofl8Jlaquo300FAX36O683J52S bull E-maft BinsysQfrfn^islflnisoomVVfalislle h^KVfWMift^iisystemsoani

CO

- R503

Omg^

TPSOlQ O

OTPSOO

U560 bull

U510

DDID ^ trade E O ^ T P 5 1 0

bullnD Trig

0 ^

U570

Gate n U505

DO D

U515

Timing

Timing h_ U520

bsoo ^25SE Timing

Or r U540

I I Tmlng

[^ELIL

U535 D

U506

13 J510 Timlnff

BurfiDelay J400

i i i i i i i T r m r a

gt U550 ^

Clock

U555 U620

B a

^R^Pvhigh Rfijn O D O Vlow

o

bull U545

Fo sect737 lISOIsPjC-COMP

n r r ^ U760

J420

]]U632

Q S riuGSO

H = ) TP640^ deg I t I

II3D

J440 m i T i

U610 plusmn laquo j U O

bull bull l el

^t

O l

bull

M

I

Power supply and bias voltages

Power supply

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

POWER ON Observe voltage at P703 power supply wire top of main board

Check for+15 plusmn 050 V

Observe voltage at P701 power supply wire top of main board

Check for-15 plusmn 050 V

Observe voltage at U505(24) Check for+5 plusmn 025 V

Isolated supply voltage

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

RANGE 10 V TRIG open circuit MODE center position

Altemately observe V^ from R742 to R740 and V ^ from the U605(4) to U605(8)

Adjust R773 so that 110VltV^lt 120 V and

nign

28VltV^lt34V

Capacitance balance

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Connect a x10 oscilloscope probe to TP650 and ground the

Adjust R737 for minimum high frequency signal

Inputs

Gate funct ion

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave Verify that the voltage to GATE switches states at the Obsene voltage at U51G(3) proper input levels with an oscilloscope ^ ^

Trigger s lope

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave Verify that the voltage to TRIO switches states at the Observe voltage at US 10( 1) proper input levels with an oscilloscope

TRIG SLOPE + Verify voltage is 180 out of phase

TRIG SLOPE Verify voltage is in phase

fl-N Systems Inc ^ 131 Bushess Park Loop PO Bar 850 Carisborg Wa 98324 8004201306 3eOlaquoS3e300 FAX 3606BV352S

C-maft fliii8yBQfriii9yBlumaoamVIAibsMB hRpJhwMifi-iiiBystematxini

14

Trigger and gate funct ion

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

DELA NONE BURS1WII3TH SINGLE DURATION SQUARE PERIOD 100X10-3

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave to TRIG Obsen^e TRIOD and EVENT LEDS

TRIG disconnect all Short the GATE connector to GND Verify LEDs extinguish

MODE press to MANUAL Verify LEDs flash once

Timing

System c lock frequency

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Observe the frequency of the wave atU555(17)

Verify 1000 MHz plusmn001

Multipl iers (Wheel Switches)

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

PULSE SIGN + MODE FREE RUN TRIG disconnect all TIMING MULTIPUERS ail

wheels set to zero except the one being tested

TnmiNG OVERLAP ^nOTB

Observe the pulse width with the counter at the location specified below

Verify pulse width Is correct for each wheel as it is tested Independently

For each wheel of each MULTIPUER test each position to verify that the pulse width is correct Observe the signal at the following locations DELAY U520(2) BURSTWIDTH U530(2) PERIOD US40(2) DURATION U550(2)

Rates (Rotary Switches)

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

TIMING MULTIPUERS 001 TIMING RATES all rotary

switches set to 10-4 except the one being tested

Observe the pulse width with the counter at the location specified below

Verify pulse width is conect for each rotary switch as it is tested independently

For each of the four rotary switches in TIMING test each position to verify that the pulse wkJth is correct Observe the signal at the following locations DELAY U520(2) BURSTWIDTH U530(2) PERIOD U540(2) DURATION U550(2)

fl-N Systems I n c ^ E-maft emfl

131 Business Parti Loop PO 809(850 Cartsborg Wta 98324 8004201306 3804806300 FAX 36068O3S25

E-maft ansysQa nvystems-oom Wobste hflp Avwwa4nsy8(Qnttoam

15

Trigger outputs Controls

Range 10V Pulse Amplitude 500 Delay 100x10 Burst 100x10^2 Duration 100 x1a Period 400x10^ Pulse sign + Trig Mode Free run Trig in open

Inputs Observations

Trigger the oscilloscope to the Burst Trig Out Observe it the Pulse Trig Out and the isolated output

Adjust Check

Verify that the waveform consists of a burst of three 1ms-on3ms-off pulses The burst trigger should be synchronous with the burst the pulse trigger coincident with each pulse

Output Calibration

Isolation Resistance (check) Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode center position Trig In open

Measure the resistance between ground banana jack (front panel) and black banana jack of output with DMM

Resistance read gt 100MQ

Amplitude Switch Offset (R640) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Zero Trig Mode center position Trig In Open

Measure the voltage at TP645 vs TP650 with the DMM

Adjust R640 (AmpI Sw Offset) for minimum voltage

Output Offset (R332 front panel board) Controls I nputsObservatlons AdjustCheck

Baseline Zero Range 10V Trig Mode center position Trig In Open

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

Adjust R332 (Output offset) for minimum voltage

Positive Baseline Offset (R607) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Sign + Baseline Amplitude

fully CCW (000) Range 10V Trig In open Trig Mode center position

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

Adjust R602 (BSLN + offset) for minimum voltage

fl M raquo _ _ _ A laquo ^ _ i ^ ^ 131Buslnelaquo8Pari(loopPOBoK850Cart8borgWB96324

bull P I i s V S i e m S a |||Cg1Maphans80O42O130638O68O8300FAX36Olaquo8raquo^2S E-tiBft anagtraquoflwiisyagtlaquomraquoaimW6baHB hHpffii(wwraquoltnsylaquoleniieom

16

Negative Baseline Offset (R619) Controls

Baseline Sign -i Baseline Amplitude bull fully CCW (000)

Range 10V Trig In open Trig Mode center position

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

AdjustCheck

Adjust R619 (BSLN 4 offset) for minimum voltage

Pulse Amplitude Adjust (R602) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode Free Mode Pulse Amplitude 1000 Timing Dialay =none Burst =single Duration =1001 Period =00110-4 Pulse Sign -Trig In open Range 10V

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

The Overiap indicator should be on Adjust R602 (Max Level) for -1000V out

Pulse Sign Gain (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode Free Mode Pulse Amplitude 1000 Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =1001 s Period =00110-4s Trig In open Range 10V

Measure the voltage at the output with the DMM for the Pulse Sign at -- and - positions

The absolute values of the voltages should differ by less than lOOmV

Baseline Amplitudes (check) Controls InputsObservations

Range 100mA Trig Mode center position Baseline Amplitude fully CW (1000) Trig In open

Measure the voltage at the output with the DMM with Baseline Sign in + Zero and - positions

AdjustCheck

Gain the matching of current levels at = and - positions and offset current in Zero position

fl-N Systems Inc^^ bull E-mal am8

131 Business Partt Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 88324 8004201306360laquo8Oe300FAX 360laquo8O362S

E-maM am8y8^o-mBy8tflmBoom WobaKo hHp Awwwo-f i iBystonuoom

17

Output Range Amplitude and Drive (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Pulse Amplitude 1000 Pulse Sign + Trig Mode Free Run Timing Delay =none Burst =8ingle Duration =1001 Period =10010-4 Trig In open

Load the output with a 10KV1W 01 resistor Measure the voltage at the output with DMM

Verify that full scale output is within specification Scale Range 100V 100V 10V 10V 100mA IV 1mA 10V 10mA 100V

Pulse Sign and Short Circuit Protection (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Timing Delay =none Burst =8ingle Duration =200 10-4 Period =00110-3 Baseline Zero Pulse Amplitude 25 Range 10V Trig Mode Free Run Trig In open

Measure the voltage at the output with the oscilloscope Check for Pulse Sign set to each of + - biphasic Watch for Error indicator when shorting the output

Verify that pulses of approx 25V amplitude (625V for biphasic mode) of the correct sign are produced every 10ms Short output in biphasic mode Output should retum when opened

Output Transient Response (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Pulse Sign + Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =20010-4 Period =00110-3 Pulse Amplitude 250 Baseline Zero Trig Mode Free Mode Trig In open

Connect the oscilloscope to the output with a 310 attenuator prolse Test boVn 10V and 100V ranges

Verify that overshoot and risetime meet specifications

fl-N Systems I n c ^ 131 Business Parte Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wb 98324 8004201306 36Olaquo83O300 FAX 36O680lt352S

E-mQ0 snBy8Qs-msy8faiTiscom VWriMtte N ^ Mvww9-msy8lemscom

18

Specifications

There are three classes of specifications Class A specifications tested in all unHs and are guaranteed Class B specifications are inherent in the design they are indirectly tested and are guaranteed Class C specifications are typical operating values which are occasionally tested- these are typical values given for your infomiation but not guarshyanteed The class for each specification is noted in the center column of the following sections

Inputs Switching level

Hysteresis

Input equivalent circuit

Minimum duration (1 IL-level signal)

A

C

C

C

16V(plusmn02V)

approx 50 mV

100K ft to+5 In parallel with no more than 35pF

gt 50 ns

Open circuit condition B defaults to highon level

Timing and rate accuracy Rate selector steps

Timing multiplier steps

Resolution

Timing eror (second and later pulses after resetting controls)

B

B

B

B

lOOps to 100s In 7 steps

1 of rate selector step size Maximum value is 999 x the rate selector step size

approx 01 of the maximum value

lt 002 of rate selector value + 015 ps

Timing error (first pulse after readjusting timing controls)

an additional 025 ps error may occur

Timing repeatability lt 001 setting + 20 ns (monophasic)

fl-N Systems I nc ^ bull E-moU ams

131 Business Parti Loop PO Boot 850 Cartsborg VM 98324 80O42O130838O08O8300FAX36Olaquo8O3S2S

E-meU anByafl^iiisyslainaoomWebsHe hHpffliiwwraquomsys)emsoom

19

TRIG IN to OUTPUT delay (DELAY set to 0) output set to 2V

Timing jitter ft-om TRIG IN to OUTPUT (for TTL trigger input with risetime lt10 ns)

Timing jitter ft^om TRIG OUT (either BURST or PULSE) and OUTPUT

Trigger output to pulse output delay

Output charactsristics Pulse level enror (voltage mode open circuit cun-ent mode short circuit

Biphasic level difference |V + + V-|2

Baseline level error (voltage mode A open circuit current mode short circuit)

Risetime (25 V out)

Risetime (25 V out)

Transient response

A

A

A

Output impedance (voltage mode) C

Output impedance (current mode) C

Isolation resistance A

Isolation capacitance C

approx 05 ps for a load of no more than 10 Kft in parallel with 50 pF

lt 125 ns (all rates except 100s) lt 125 ps (100s rate)

Less than 20 ns (all rates)

approx 350 ns

lt 03 of setting + 05 of r range (plus an additional 05 pA inlOOpArenge)

lt 03 of range (voltage modes into open circuit current modes into short circuit)

lt 03 of setting of setting + 01 of range (plus an additional 05 pA in lOOpA range)

laquo 200 ns into less than 30 pF

laquo15 ps into less than 30 pF

lt 8 overshoot Into less than 30 pF for pulse voltages different than baseline voltage by at least 10 of range

laquo 50 ohms

raquo 1 0 Gft (typically 200 Gft)

raquo100Mft

laquo 60 pF at 100 Hz

fl-N Systems Inc^^ 131 Business Partt Uxip PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 96324 8004201308 SBOee^^SOO FAX 360laquoS3^52S

E-mat BiByraquoaiMii8ylaquoliiiiiseomWiljalteHlpJV(wwraquo4tgy8lenaoom

20

Noise (differential mode)

Noise (common mode earth to isolated ground) with no signal output

Overioad error indicator (low frequency short circuited voltage mode)

Overioad error indicator low frequency open circuited current mode)

Overioad enor response time

Miscellaneous

Power

Fuse

Operating temperature range

Storage temperature range

Operating humidity

Dimensions

Weight

laquo1 mV rms (10 V scale 10Hz-4MHz)

laquo 8 mV rms (10 Hz-4 MHz) laquo100mVp-p (200 Hz -10 MHz) measured withalOMft 15pF oscilloscope probe

Turns on for set amplitude at or greater than approx plusmn1V (10 V range) or plusmn2 V (100 V range)

Turns on for set amplitude at or above approx 2 of range

Flat to approx 30 ps duration Decreasing sensitivity for shorter pulses

approx 11 watts

1 amp 3 AG

10-30C

0 - 50deg C

5-80RH

17x475x1125 (Inches) 432x121x286 cm

20 lbs (9 kg)

fl mm bull gt _ _ _ A ^ ^ _ _ L ^ 131BusinesraquoPariltLocpPOBox850C8rtsborgWS9e324

bull p i ^ y s v e m s IIIC^^deg(^deg^Bdegltgt^^^3degdeg^deg^^deg^^^degdeg^^I^deg^deg^^^^^

21 E-mei flre^nQo 4n8yo(amscam Wsbsfle hHpAwwwe-msy8Jems-Oom

Warranty and Service

What does this warranty cover A-M Systems Inc warrants to the Purchaser that the Instrument excluding cables Headstage Probes and any other accessories shipped with the Instrument (hereafter the hardware) is free from defects in workmanship or material under normal use and service for the period of one (1) year This warranty commences on the date of delivery of the hardware to the Purchaser

What are the obligations of A-M Systems Inc under this warranty During the warranty period A-M Systems Inc agrees to repair or replace at its sole option without charge to the Purchaser any defective component part of the hardware To obtain warranty service the Purchaser must return the hardware to A-M Systems Inc or an authorized A-M Systems Inc distributor in an adequate shipping container Any postage shipping and insurance charges incurred in shipping the hardware to A-M Systems Inc must be prepaid by the Purchaser and all risk for the hardware shall remain with purchaser until such time as A-M Systems Inc takes receipt of the hardware Upon receipt A-M Systems Inc will promptly repair or replace the defective unit and then return the hardware to the Purchaser postage shipping and insurance prepaid A-M Systems Inc may use reconditioned or like new parts or units at its sole option when repairing any hardware Repaired products shall carry the same amount of outstanding wan^nty as from original purchase or ninety (90) days which ever is greater Any claim under the warranty must include a dated proof of purchase of the hardware covered by this wan-anty In any event A-M Systems Inc liability for defective hardware is limited to repairing or replacing the hardware

What is not covered by this warranty This warranty is contingent upon proper use and maintenance of the hardware by the Purchaser and does not cover batteries Neglect misuse whether intentional or otherwise tampering with or altering the hardware damage caused by accident damage caused by unusual physical electrical chemical or electromechanical stress damage caused by failure of electrical power or damage caused during transportation are not covered by this warranty Products may not be returned to A-M Systems Inc for service whether under warranty or otherwise which are contaminated by infectious agents radioactive compounds or other materials constituting a health hazard to employees of A-M Systems Inc

What are the limits of llabiiity for A-M Systems inc under this warranty A-M Systems Inc shall not be liable for loss of data profits or savings or any special incidental consequential indirect or other similar damages arising from breach of contract negligence or other legal action even if the company or its agent has been advised of the possibility of such damages or for any claim brought against you by another party THIS EQUIPMENT IS NOT INTENDED FOR CLINICAL MEASUREMENTS USING HUMAN SUBJECTS A-M SYSTEMS INC DOES NOT ASSUME RESPONSIBILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE DUE TO MISUSE OF THIS EQUIPMENT Jurisdictions vary with regard to the enforceability of provisions excluding or limiting liability for incidental or consequential damages Check the provision of your local jurisdiction to find out whether the above exclusion applies to you This warranty allocates risks of product failure between the Purchaser and A-M Systems Inc A-M Systems Inc hardware pricing reflects this allocation of risk and the limitations of liability contained in this wanranty The warranty set forth above is in lieu of all other express wan^anties whether oral or written The agents employees distributors and dealers of A-M Systems Inc are not authorized to make modifications to this wan-anty or additional wan-anties binding on the company Accordingly additional statements such as dealer advertising or presentations whether oral or written do not constitute wananties by A-M Systems Inc and should not be relied upon This warranty gives you specific legal rights You may also have other rights whrch vary from one jurisdiction to another

6 mm ^ laquo _ _ A a B ^ _ 1 ^ ^ 131 Business Parti Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg W B 98324 O O

bull P l A y S V e m S l n C T^M 8OO42OI3O6 380683-8300FAX 360 803525 ^ ^ E-msl iiiisy80iHTBy8tenisoom Wsbsito hnphwwfrimysleiiisoom

A

V ISO

INSTRUCTION MANUAL

FOR

ISOLATED PULSE STIMULATOR

MODEL 2100

Serial

Date

A-M Systems Inc

PO Box 850

Carlsborg WA 98324

USA

360-683-8300 bull 800-426-1306 FAX 360-683-3525

httpwwwa-msystemscom

Version 70 February 2002

Contents General Description 1

Instrument Features 1 Controls and Connectors 2

Operating Instructions 6 Theory of Operation 10 Calibration Procedures 12

Inputs 14 Output Calibration 16

Specifications 19 Warranty and Service 22

Each Isolated Pulse Stimulator is delivered complete with

Rack Mount Hardware Instructions amp Maintenance Manual

NOTE

This instrument is not intended for clinical measurements using human subjects A-M Systems Inc does not assume responsibility for Injury or damage due to the misuse of this instrument

General Description

Instrument Features The Isolated Pulse Stimulator Model 2100 is designed for a wide variety of applications It is highly flexible being capable of delivering single pulses biphasic pairs or bursts of pulses Pulses may be started manually or upon receiving a trigger signal from another Instrument or computer Two non-isolated trigger outputs are available for triggering other instruments

Four sets of timing controls provide comprehensive control overall aspects of pulse generation Three digit accuracy is available over a 7 decade range for each timing function using lever wheel switches Pulse widths can be set over more than a 9 decade range from 05 ps to 999 seconds Timing accuracy is assured through the use of a 10 MHz base rate crystal-controlled clock digitally divided to provide accurate timing over the entire range Atiming overiap indicator will light If the timing controls are set inconsistently

The output may be conveniently switched between current and voltage modes Pulse and baseline amplitudes are Independently presettable with lockable dials An error Indicator will light if the Mode2700 cannot deliver the desired signal

r WARNING

The Model 2100 can produce potentially dangerous voltages up to 100 V at the output connectors The isolated output is not connected internally to safety (earth) ground in any way Some part of the extemal circuit should be connected to safety ground Use caution in handling any wires connectors or electrodes which may be directly or indirectly attached to the Model 2100 output Some kinds of connectors such as BNC connectors have exposed metal parts which may float at dangerous potentials unless extemally connected to safety ground For greatest safety tum the Model 2100 off before making any connections to

the instrument

131 Business Parii Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Telophone 800-426-1306 bull 360-68raquolaquo300 bull FAX 360683-3525 E-mal satesa-msystemsoom VVfebsite httpywwwa^nsystemscom fl-N Systems Inc 1

Controls and Connectors The controls for the Model 2100 are grouped in three sections START which controls when a pulse or burst of pulses begins TIMING which controls the onoff timing of one or more pulses and OUTPUT which controls the amplitude of the output signal

Start TRIG SLOPE Determines the polarity of valid trigger pulses (positive or negative edges in the trigger signal)

MODE Controls waveform initiation When set to FREE RUN one timing cycle immediately follows the last When momentarily placed In the MANUAL position a timing cycle starts Immediately When the switch Is In the center position timing cycles start when valid triggering events occur

TRIGD This LED lights up when a timing cycle Is in process and continues until the burst is completed

TRIG This BNC connector allows a signal from an external source to Initiate timing cycles It is set for standard TTL levels

GATE This BNC connector allows a signal from an external source to restrict the final output signal This input must be at a logical high (or open-circuited) in order for the Model 2100 to recognize either manual or automatic trigger events

Gate 1_ Trigger |~~^ i I Valid triggers (represented by the arrows in the figure) can occur only when the gate Is at logical high Note that the up arrow would apply only If TRIG SLOPE is set to + the down an-ows would apply only if TRIG SLOPE Is set to -

NOTE Triggers have no effect if the system has not completed its response to a previous trigger

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Park Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Vb 98324 TelQphQne 80O426-1306 360683-8300 FAX 360683-3525 E-mail sales^a-msystemscom Wsbsite httpywwwa-msystemscom

Timing Four sets of controls govern the timing of pulse generation Each set contains two values which are multiplied together to detemnine the actual timing value The rotary knob (rate selector) provides the approximate timing value and the lever wheel switch bank (MULTIPLIER)

provides a time resolution of three decimal digits The following diagram shows most of the Important relationships

Output r Delay Duration

|ltPeriodgtj

t Burst width

Trigger event

DELAY These controls determine the time duration between the initiating trigger event and the beginning of the pulse burst If this rate selector is set to NONE or the multiplier is set to 000 there Is no delay

BURST WIDTH These controls determine the time period in which one or more pulses may be delivered Once started a pulse may outlast the burst width If this rate selector is set to SINGLE or to any time shorter than the pulse duration only a single pulse will occur If the BURST WIDTH Is longer than the period pulses will be emitted at the PERIOD rate until the burst time ends Pulses are never truncated by a short BURSTWIDTH

inds)-PULSE

D U R A T I O N 1 0 1 0

10

INTEB-PULSE PERIOD

1 1 10

DURATION These controls determine the length of each pulse Ifthis rate selector Is set to SQUARE the duration is set to half of the period regardless of the MULTIPLIER setting

PERIOD These controls set the period of time between adjacent pulse events within the burst It also forces a minimum dead time between recognized input triggers following a burst of one or more pulses This can be used to prevent over stimulation of a tissue without requiring excessive delay between the triggering event and the stimulating pulse

TIMING OVERLAP

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 860 Carisborg Vamp 98324 |Telophone 800-426-1306 360683-8300 bull FAX 3606aW525 E-mail salearega^nsystemsoom Vfeb5ite httpAwwwa^nsyslemscam

NOTE If any of these timing controls are changed while a timing cycle is in operation the results are undefined until the current cycle finishes

TIMING OVERLAP This LED will light to Indicate an inconsistency in the timing cycle settings There are several ways to introduce such errors The most common way is to set the Inter-pulse PERIOD to be less than the pulse DURATION

T I M I N G (seconds)^

TRIG OUT (UPPER) This BNC connector provides a signal which is coincident with the Internal Burst timing signal (default) This means the signal starts at the end of the Delay time and persists until the Burst time expires This output may also be set to represent the delay time-out by setting the internal jumper J510 to the right two pins instead of the left two pins (Please see the Calibration section in this manual for jumper location Directions are given as viewed from the front of the Instrument)

TRIG OUT (LOWER) This BNC connector provides a signal which Is coincident with the Duration timing signal which controls pulse output

NOTE Both trigger output signals slightly lead the isolated output signal

Output

PULSE SIGN This switch determines the polarity of the pulses to be generated It also allows generation of biphasic pulses thereby doubling the effective total period Warning the first pulse generated after changing the PULSE

SIGN switch may have the wrong polarity

BASELINE This Switch determines the polarity ofthe baseline signal

RANGE This rotary switch determines if the output pulses will be constant current (3 ranges) or constant voltage (2 ranges)

BASELINE AMPLITUDE This value is independently set using a ten-turn counting dial The maximum baseline amplitude is one tenth the value shown on the range amplitude switch

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 8S0 Cartsborg Vfa 98324 |Tetaphone 80O426-1306 bull 360683-8300 bull FAX 3606803525 E-mail salesa-msystemscom Wbbsite http7Awwwaflnsystemscom

PULSE AMPLITUDE This value is independently set using a ten-turn counting dial The maximum pulse amplitude is the value shown on the range amplitude switch

EVENT This LED indicates when a pulse is ongoing

ERROR This LED indicates when the internal output amplifier cannot output the pulse as desired This is usually due to a short circuit while trying to output a voltage or an open circuit while trying to output a current

VOTEThe Pulse Sign control in the Oupuf section directly affects waveform timing When set to the Biphasic mode a positive-going pulse is immediately followed by a negative-going pulse This effectively doubles the pulse duration If a burst of biphasic pulses is being produced the period must be at least twice the single pulse duration In the Square wave mode the baseline disappears as long as the burst persists

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsboig Vte 98324 |Telophone 800426-1306 360683-8300 bull FAX 3606833525 E-mail salesa-m5ystem5 com Website httpwwwa-msystemscom

Operating Instructions

Examples Simple setup (and minimal instrument test)

Connect the output ofthe Model 2100 to an oscilloscope Before connecting the Model 2100 to any other instrument or the experimental preparation It is safest to turn Its power off

Set the Oufpuf controls

Range 10V Pulse Sign +

Baseline Zero Pulse Amplitude 200

Setting The Timing Controls

Delay Burst Width

Duration Period

none single

15010-2 50010-2

Setting The Start Controls

Mode Free Run

Disconnect any cables to the TRIG or GATE inputs

Note that the green Trig and Event Indicators turn on as Free Run is turned on (and turn off otherwise) You should observe a 15ms duration 20Hz rate pulse of 200V above a OV baseline on the oscilloscope

fl-N Systems Inc 131 BusinessPartiLoop RO Box850CarisbcxgWa98324 |Telophone 800426-1306 bull 360-683-8300 bull FW 360683-3525 E-mail salesa-msystems com VVbbsite httpywwwa-msystems com

Demonstration of Burst Mode Connect the output ofthe Model 2100 to an oscilloscope Before connecting the Model 2100 to any other instrument or the experimental preparation It Is safest to turn its power off

Set the Outpuf controls

Range 10V Pulse Sign +

Baseline Pulse Amplitude 200

Baseline Amplitude 100

Setting The Timing Controls

Delay 88010-2 Burst Width 12010-^

Duration 15010-2 Period 50010-2

Set the START controls as follows

Mode Free Run

Disconnect any cables to the TRIG or GATE inputs

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Telophooe 8004201306 360683-8300 bull FAX 360683-3525 E^naii salesa-msystems com Watjsite http7wwwa-msystemscom

Trigger the oscilloscope from the Bursf trigger out (upper Trig Out connector) for a stable display In each burst (occurring every lOOms) you should observe a trio of 15ms duration starting 50ms apart Try switching the StartMode from Free Run to the center (nonnal) position The pulses will no longer be produced and the Trig and Event Indicators will tum off Pressing this switch once (to Manual) will cause a single burst to occur

Problem Solving If the instrument appears to be not working properiy check all ofthe control settings and connections Be sure to wait at least 5-10 seconds after turning the instrument off before turning it on again The following summary of typical problems for the user (along with the most common solutions) may help

Problem CauseSolution

EVENT Indicator never lights even in FREE RUN mode

bull Replace fuse check power connection bullSet DELAY or PERIOD to a shorter interval

bull Power-on too soon after power-off

OVERLAP Indicator is on

ERROR indicator is on

bull Set DURATION gt000 bull DURATION Is set to SQUARE but

PERIOD is 000 Increase PERIOD or set DURATION independantly

bull BURST and WIDTH are gt DURATION increase PERIOD or decrease DURATION

bull BIPHASIC pulse output Is on and PERIOD is not longer than twice the DURATION Increase PERIOD or decrease DURATION

bull Free-run Is on and BURST is lt PERIOD (BURST off) DELAY is 0 and PERIOD Is lt DURATION Add delay or modify PERIOD

bull Free-run is on and BURST is gt DURATION (BURST ON) and PERIOD is lt DURATION Increase PERIOD

bull For VOLTAGE outputs the output is trying to drive too low a resistance or capacitance (eg a short circuit) Check by disconnecting the output ft is possible (and normal) that for the fastest cycles and largest amplitudes (close to 100 V

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business PartiLoop PO Box 850 CartsborgWa 98324 iTelophone 800-42O130636O6e3-8300FAX 3606B3-3525 E-mail satesaflisyslefmcom Vfebslte http7wwwa-msyslemscom

and 1 ps) that the ERROR indicator might always come on during repetitive pulses Fix output load or decrease amplitude as required

Time appears to be excessive Changed control in mid-cycle (resets current status)

Cant seem to get a full signal out Load Is not properiy connected repair wiring Too low a load impedance (VOLTAGE modes) or too high a load impedance (CURRENT mode)

Incoming triggers not accepted frequently enough

PERIOD is set too long (enforces dead time) followd by BURST set to SIGNAL Reduce PERIOD time

Table 10 Problem Solving

If you suspect that the Model 2100 may have completely failed we recommend checking the basic level of functionality Ifthis fails your instrument Is defective and must be repaired Ifthis passes either your experimental setup is incompatible or inconsistent or there is a more subtle flaw in your Model 2100

If the Model 2100 appears to be malfunctioning contact A-M Systems Inc or your dealer We will first attempt to solve the problem over the telephone so have an exact description of your problem available when you call You do not need to be within the warranty period to obtain over-the-phone assistance

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 iTetoptxme 80O426-1306 bull 360683-8300 FAX 3606803525 E-mail satesa-msystemsoomAfebsitehttpJwwwaflisystemscom

Theory of Operation

The operation ofthe Model 2100 is summarized in the block diagram (see the figure on Page 11) Not shown are all ofthe interconnections with the microcontroller The internal microcontroler plays an important role in setting the signal path but does not directly contribute to the dynamic characteristics It scans the front panel switches and sets the control values for the logic arrays It programs the internal counters which along with the other hardware achieve the necessary sub-microsecond speeds

Pulse generation starts either from an Input trigger signal (from Trig In) or an internally signal (Free Run mode) A Delay timer counts the 10MHz clock until its count value is exhausted At this point the Burst Period and Duration timers are started If the Burst timer has not expired by the end ofthe Period the Period and Duration timers are restarted If the Biphasic mode has been set the Duration timer is restarted at the end of the initial Duration and the sign ofthe output pulse is reversed doubling the total duration

The system state (pulse on pulse sign baseline sign [+0f-]) is transmitted to the isolated section via optoisolator The baseline and pulse amplitudes are selected by an analog switch The resulting signal is amplified by a variable-power-supply discrete operational amplifier The amplifier connections and gain is modified to provide two voltage and three current ranges

Timing overiap errors are detected by a logical decision computation rather than by testing for counter collisions This provides instant feedback rather than waiting up to an hour for such a collision to occur Output errors are measured by sensing the output amplifiers differential input voltage Under normal conditions this is a negligible voltage If the amplifier fails to deliver the requested signal the window comparator testing this voltage sends this message (via optoisolator) to the logic section turning on a warning LED

fl-N Systems Inc 131BusinessPart(LoopRO Box850CarisboigWa98324 4 n Tel0pri0ne80O426-130636O683^300FAX36O6833525 ^ E-mail salesaflisystBmscom V febsite http7wwwa-msystemsoom

S i

I - - ^^mdasho^M

OUTPUT i l l

TRIG ^ OUT

(burst)

TRIG 3-lt) OUT

(pulse)

til

I laquo

Calibration Procedures

The calibration interval is the lesser of 1000 hours of operation or 6 months Somewhat greater drift can be expected in the first 100 hours of operation as the semiconductors age Adjustments should only be made after the instrument has been fully warmed up for at least 15 minutes

Full instrument calibration requires the following test equipment digital multimeter (plusmn 01) able to measure resistance to at least lOOMO oscilloscope with at least 50MHz bandwidth true-mis voltmeter with 4MHz bandwidth universal counter (plusmn 001 ) able to measure single pulse widths and periods resistors (all plusmn 01) 2kn lOkH 1 watt 20kn 200kn alligator clip lead sets banana plugs and BNC adapters

Adjustment integrated circuit and test point locations are shown in the following figures All adjustments are on the timing board unless othenAise noted

All voltages in the non-isolated section should be measured with respect to ground at TP510 unless othenwise stated Some voltages are measured with respect to an internal isolated ground at TP650 or across the two output temninals Occasionally the voltage at an IC pin must be measured in these cases the reference designator is given with the pin number in parentheses eg U602(16) When it states within this procedure that a voltage is to be minimized this means that the adjustment should be made such that the measured voltage is as close to zero volts as possible Refer to the Specifications Section of this manual for acceptable tolerances

The sequence of this procedure is important If any adjustment is made all adjustments which follow must be made to ensure that the specifications will be met These procedures require that all controls remain as set in previous steps unless othenAise indicated

WARNING

The Model 2100 has dangerous voltages throughout the instrument even with the power is off Servicing the Model 2100 should only be done by qualified service personnel Use caution in handling any wires connectors or electrodes which may be directly or indirectly attached to the instrument Do not touch exposed connections or components Disconnect power by unplugging the power cord from the receptacle

H B ^ ^ S y s t e m s inc^degdegp^deg^^deg-^^^^^^^^B3^^^degdeg^^^lt^^^B^^^^ 131BusinessPartiLoopPO Box850CartsbOigWamp98324 4 9 |Telophone800-42013C6360683-8300F0lt360683-3525 ^ E-mail salesa-msystefnscom website httpwwwaflisystems com

CO

TP501 O lt0

g OTPSOO

U560 S

Trig Gate

0 -TISOS

U570

U500

Timing

p U520

Timing

K U550 Timin

gt U540

U515

o X I Timin

U508 I

J510 Timing nnn

Burst Delay J400

gt U550

R503

D D I D bull U8QQ i Q

n

oo

V P 5 1 0

b U535

^

Clock i _

U555

lt U 5 4 5

o

h d ^ O - - ^ U605

Q D

U620

O fJZ^ R737 bull ^ 1^13015 r j C - C O M P

B B nU770 ^ ^ ^ 5 ^ a

J420

a

o E

bull [ ]U632

riueso

rR742rVhigh R 6 1 9 ^

LJ TP645 O TP650

TPMOQ^QS

Vlow

CD-

CZZl

J440 bull bull tl iUDQ

I t

f i l

Power supply and bias voltages

Power supply

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

POWER ON Observe voltage at P703 power supply wire top of main board

Check for+15 plusmn 050 V

Observe voltage at P701 power supply wire top of main board

Check for-15 plusmn 050 V

Observe voltage at U505(24) Check for +5 plusmn 025 V

Isolated supply voltage Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

RANGE 10 V TRIG open circuit MODE center position

Alternately observe V ^ from R742 to R740 and V ^ from theU605(4)toU605(8)

Adjust R773 so that 110VltV lt 120 V and

nigh

28VltV|^lt34V

Capacitance balance Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

Connect a xlO oscilloscope probe to TP650 and ground the

Adjust R737 for minimum high frequency signal

Inputs

Gate function Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave Verify that the voltage to GATE switches states at the Observe voltage at U510(3) proper input levels with an oscilloscope

Trigger slope Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave Verify that the voltage to TRIG switches states at the Observe voltage at U510( 1) proper input levels with an oscilloscope

TRIG SLOPE Verify voltage is 180deg out of phase

TRIG SLOPE Verify voltage is in phase

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 860 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Jelophone 800-4201306 360683-8300 bull FM 380683-3525 E-mail salesaflTsystBfnscom bull Vtebsite httpVAirwwaflisystems com

14

Trigger and gate f unc t i on

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

DELAY NONE BURS-nMDTH SINGLE DURATION SQUARE PERIOD 100X10-3

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave to TRIG Observe TRIGD and EVENT LEDs

TRIG disconnect all Short the GATE connector to GND Verify LEDs extinguish

MODE press to MANUAL Verify LEDs flash once

Timing

System c lock f requency

Controls Inputs Observations Ad jus t Check

Observe the frequency of the wave Verify 1000 MHz plusmn 001 atU555(17)

Mul t ip l iers (Wheel Swi tches)

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

PULSE SIGN-laquobull MODE FREE RUN TRIG disconnect all TIMING MULTIPUERS all

wheels set to zero except the one being tested

TIMING OVERLAP ignore

Observe the pulse width with the counter at the location specified t)elow

Verify pulse width is correct for each wheel as it is tested independently

For each wheel of each MULTIPLIER test each position to verify that the pulse width is correct Observe the signal at the following locations DELAY U520(2) BURSTWIDTH U530(2) PERIOD U540(2) DURATION U550(2)

Rates (Rotary Swi tches)

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

TIMING MULTIPUERS 001 Observe the pulse width with the TIMING RATES all rotary counter at the location specified

switches set to 10-4 below except the one being tested

Verify pulse width is correct for each rotary switch as it is tested independently

For each ofthe four rotary switches in TIMING test each position to verify that the pulse width is correct Observe the signal at the following locations DELAY U520(2) BURSTWIDTH U530(2) PERIOD U540(2) DURATION U550(2)

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 iTetophone 8004201306 bull 360683-8300 bull FOC 3606803525 E-mail salesa-msystemscom Wbbsite httpJwwwaflTSystemscom

15

Trigger outputs

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

Range 10V Pulse Amplitude 500 Delay 100 xlO^ Burst 100 x 10 ^ Duration 100x10-^ Period 400x10-^ Pulse sign + Trig Mode Free run Trig in open

Trigger the oscilloscope to the Burst Trig Out Observe it the Pulse Trig Out and the isolated output

Verify that the waveform consists of a burst of three 1ms-on3ms-off pulses The burst trigger should be synchronous with the burst the pulse trigger coincident with each pulse

Output Calibration

Isolation Resistance (check)

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode center position Trig In open

Measure the resistance between ground banana jack (front panel) and black banana jack of output with DMM

Resistance read gt 100MQ

Amplitude Switch Offset (R640)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Zero Trig Mode center position Trig In Open

Measure the voltage at TP645 vs TP650 with the DMM

Adjust R640 (AmpI Sw Offset) for minimum voltage

Output Offset (R332 front panel board) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Zero Range 10V Trig Mode center position Trig In Open

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

Adjust R332 (Output offset) for minimum voltage

Positive Baseline Offeet (R607) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Sign + Baseline Amplitude

fully CCW (000) Range 10V Trig In open Trig Mode center position

Measure the voltage across the outputwiththeDMM

Adjust R602 (BSLN + offset) for minimum voltage

fl-N Systems Inc 131 BusBiess Parti Loop P O Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Telophone B00-42O1306 bull 360683-8300 bull FAX 3606803525 E-mail salesaflisystemscom V^tebsite httpy^vwwa-msystems com

16

Negative Baseline Offset (R619)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Sign -Baseline Amplitude

fully CCW (000) Range 10V Trig In open Trig Mode center position

Measure the voltage across the outputwiththeDMM

Adjust R619 (BSLN + offset) for minimum voltage

Pulse Amplitude Adjust (R602)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode Free Mode Pulse Amplitude 1000 Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =1001 Period =00110-4 Pulse Sign -Trig In open Range 10V

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

The Overiap indicator should be on Adjust R602 (Max Level) for -10OOV out

Pulse Sign Gain (check)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode Free Mode Pulse Amplitude 1000 Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =100 1s Period =001 10-4s Trig In open Range 10V

Measure the voltage at the output with the DMM for the Pulse Sign at + and - positions

The absolute values ofthe voltages should differ by less than lOOmV

Baseline Amplitudes (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Range 100mA Trig Mode center position Baseline Amplitude fully CW (1000) Trig In open

Measure the voltage at the output with the DMM with Baseline Sign in + Zero and

- positions

Gain the matching of current levels at = and - positions and offset current in Zero position

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop PO Box 850 Cartsboig Wa 98324 Telophone 800-4201306 360683-8300 FkX 3606803525 E-mail salesa-msystemscom website http^^wwaflisystemsccm

17

Output Range Amplitude and Drive (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Pulse Amplitude 1000 Pulse Sign + Trig Mode Free Run Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =1001 Period =10010-4 Trig In open

Load the output with a 10KV 1W 01 resistor Measure the voltage at the output with DMM

Verify that full scale output is within specification Scale Range 100V 100V 10V 10V 100mA IV 1mA 10V 10mA 100V

Pulse Sign and Short Circuit Protection (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =200 10-4 Period =00110-3 Baseline Zero Pulse Amplitude 25 Range 10V Trig Mode Free Run Trig In open

Measure the voltage at the output with the oscilloscope Check for Pulse Sign set to each of + - biphasic Watch for Error indicator when shorting the output

Verify that pulses of approx 25V amplitude (625V for biphasic mode) of the correct sign are produced every 10ms Short output in biphasic mode Output should return when opened

Output Transient Response (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Pulse Sign + Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =20010-4 Period =00110-3 Pulse Amplitude 250 Baseline Zero Trig Mode Free Mode Trig In open

Connect the oscilloscope to the output with a 310 attenuator probe Test both 10V and 100V ranges

Verify that overshoot and risetime meet specifications

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Telophone 8004201306 bull 3606808300 bull Flaquo( 360laquo83ltJ525 E-mail salesa-msystemsocm V^febsite http^wwwa-msystefnscom

18

Specifications

There are three classes of specifications Class A specifications tested in all units and are guaranteed Class B specifications are inherent in the design they are indirectly tested and are guaranteed Class C specifications are typical operating values which are occasionally tested- these are typical values given for your information but not guarshyanteed The class for each specification is noted in the center column ofthe following sections

Inputs Switching level

Hysteresis

Input equivalent circuit

Minimum duration (1 IL-level signal)

A

C

C

C

16 V(plusmn 02 V)

approx 50 mV

lOOKH to+5 in parallel with no more than 35pF

gt 50 ns

Open circuit condition B defaults to highon level

Timing and rate accuracy Rate selector steps

Timing multiplier steps

B

B

lOOpsto 100s in 7 steps

1 of rate selector step size Maximum value is 999 X the rate selector step size

Resolution B approx 01 ofthe maximum value

Timing error (second and later pulses after resetting controls)

B lt 002 of rate selector value + 015 ps

Timing error (first pulse after readjusting timing controls)

an additional 025 ps error may occur

Timing repeatability lt 001 setting + 20 ns (monophasic)

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Ram Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Vfa 98324 pTelophone 8004201306 bull 360683-8300 bull FAX 360683-3525

E-mail salesraquoflisystems com Wabsite httpJAnww afl isystems com

19

TRIG IN to OUTPUT delay (DELAY set to 0) output set to 2V

Timing jitter from TRIG IN to OUTPUT (for TTL trigger input with risetime lt10 ns)

Timing jitter from TRIG OUT (either BURST or PULSE) and OUTPUT

Trigger output to pulse output delay

Output characteristics Pulse level error (voltage mode open circuit current mode short circuit

Biphasic level difference IV + - V-1 2

Baseline level error (voltage mode open circuit current mode short circuit)

Risetime (25 V out)

Risetime (25 V out)

Transient response

A

A

A

Output impedance (voltage mode) C

Output impedance (current mode) C

Isolation resistance A

Isolation capacitance C

approx 05 ps for a load of no more than 10 KH in parallel with 50 pF

lt 125 ns (all rates except 100s) lt 125 ps (100s rate)

Less than 20 ns (all rates)

approx 350 ns

lt 03 of setting + 05 of r range (plus an additional 05 pA in 100 pA range)

lt 03 of range (voltage modes into open circuit current modes into short circuit)

lt 03 of setting of setting + 01 of range (plus an additional 05 pA in lOOpA range)

= 200 ns into less than 30 pF

= 15 ps into less than 30 pF

lt 8 overshoot into less than 30 pF for pulse voltages different than baseline voltage by at least 10 of range

= 50 ohms

raquo 1 0 GH (typically 200 GO)

raquo 1 0 0 M n

= 60 pF at 100 Hz

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Peril Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg V6 98324 |TelCf)hone 800-4201306 3606808300 bull FAX 360683-3525 E-mal salesaflisystefnsoom Website hnpyMVfWafllsystemsoom

20

Noise (differential mode)

Noise (common mode earth to isolated ground) with no signal output

Overload error indicator (low frequency short circuited voltage mode)

Overload error indicator low frequency open circuited current mode)

Overioad error response time

Miscellaneous

= 1 mV rms (10 V scale 10 Hz-4 MHz)

= 8 mV rms (10 Hz-4 MHz) == 100mVp-p (200 Hz -10 MHz) measured withalOMH 15pF oscilloscope probe

Turns on for set amplitude at or greater than approx plusmn1 V (10 V range) or plusmn2 V (100 V range)

Turns on for set amplitude at or above approx 2 of range

Flat to approx 30 ps duration Decreasing sensitivity for shorter pulses

Power

Fuse

Operating temperature range

Storage temperature range

Operating humidity

Dimensions

approx 11 watts

1 amp 3AG

10-30degC

0 - 50deg C

5 - 80 RH

17x475x1125 (inches) 432x121x286 cm

Weight 20 lbs (9 kg)

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Wb 98324 |Tetcphone 8004201306 3606808300 bull FOt 360683-3525 E-mail satesamsystems comV^febsite httpywwwaflisystemscom

21

Warranty and Service

What does this warranty cover A-M Systems Inc warrants to the Purchaser that the Instrument excluding cables Headstage Probes and any other accessories shipped with the Instrument (hereafter the hardware) is free from defects in workmanship or material under normal use and service for the period of one (1) year This warranty commences on the date of delivery ofthe hardware to the Purchaser

What are the obligations of A-M Systems Inc under this warranty During the warranty period A-M Systems Inc agrees to repair or replace at its sole option without charge to the Purchaser any defective component part of the hardware To obtain warranty service the Purchaser must return the hardware to A-M Systems Inc or an authorized A-M Systems Inc distributor in an adequate shipping container Any postage shipping and insurance charges incurred in shipping the hardware to A-M Systems Inc must be prepaid by the Purchaser and all risk for the hardware shall remain with purchaser until such time as A-M Systems Inc takes receipt of the hardware Upon receipt A-M Systems Inc will promptly repair or replace the defective unit and then return the hardware to the Purchaser postage shipping and insurance prepaid A-M Systems Inc may use reconditioned or like new parts or units at its sole option when repairing any hardware Repaired products shall carry the same amount of outstanding warranty as from original purchase or ninety (90) days which ever is greater Any claim under the warranty must include a dated proof of purchase ofthe hardware covered by this warranty In any event A-M Systems Inc liability for defective hardware is limited to repairing or replacing the hardware

What is not covered by this warranty This warranty is contingent upon proper use and maintenance ofthe hardware by the Purchaser and does not cover batteries Neglect misuse whether intentional or othenwise tampering with or altering the hardware damage caused by accident damage caused by unusual physical electrical chemical or electromechanical stress damage caused by failure of electrical power or damage caused during transportation are not covered by this wan-anty Products may not be returned to A-M Systems Inc for service whether under warranty or otherwise which are contaminated by infectious agents radioactive compounds or other materials constituting a health hazard to employees of A-M Systems Inc

What are the limits of liability for A-M Systems Inc under this warranty A-M Systems Inc shall not be liable for loss of data profits or savings or any special incidental consequential indirect or other similar damages arising from breach of contract negligence or other legal action even if the company or its agent has been advised of the possibility of such damages or for any claim brought against you by another party THIS EQUIPMENT IS NOT INTENDED FOR CLINICAL MEASUREMENTS USING HUMAN SUBJECTS A-M SYSTEMS INC DOES NOT ASSUME RESPONSIBILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE DUE TO MISUSE OF THIS EQUIPMENT Jurisdictions vary with regard to the enforceability of provisions excluding or limiting liability for incidental or consequential damages Check the provision of your local jurisdiction to find out whether the above exclusion applies to you

This warranty allocates risks of product failure between the Purchaser and A-M Systems Inc A-M Systems Inc hardware pricing reflects this allocation of risk and the limitations of liability contained in this warranty The warranty set forth above is in lieu of all other express warranties whether oral or written The agents employees distributors and dealers of A-M Systems Inc are not authorized to make modifications to this warranty or additional wan-anties binding on the company Accordingly additional statements such as dealer advertising or presentations whether oral or written do not constitute warranties by A-M Systems Inc and should not be relied upon This warranty gives you specific legal rights You may also have other rights which vary from one jurisdiction to another

fl-N Systems Inc 131BusinessPartiLoop RO Box850CartsbOfgWa98324 p O |Telophone 8004201306 bull 360683-8300FOC 3606830525 ^ ^ E-mail saiesaflisystefTiscom Wbbsite httpVwwwa-msystemscom

NOTE If any of these timing controls are changed while a timing cycle is in operation the results are undefined until the cunent cycle flnishes

TIMING OVERLAP This LED will light to indicate an Inconsistency in the timing cycle settings There are several ways to Introduce such errors The most common way is to set the inter-pulse PERIOD to be less than the pulse DURATION

TRIG OUT (UPPER) This BNC connector provides a signal which is coinckient with the intemal Burst timing signal (default) This means the signal starts at the end of the Delay time and persists until the Burst time expires This output may also be set to represent the delay time-out by setting the internal jumper J510 to the left two pins Instead of the right two pins (Please see the Calibration section in this manual for jumper location Directions are given as viewed from the fix)nt of the instrument)

TRIG OUT (LOWER) This BNC connector provides a signal which is coincident with the Duration timing signal which controls pulse output

NOTE Both trigger output signals slightly lead the isolated output signal

Output PULSE SIGN This Switch sets the sign for the pulses to be generated It also allows generation of biphasic pulses thereby doubling the effective total period Warning the first pulse genemted after changing the PULSE SIGN svntch may have the wmng polarity

BASELINE This switch sets the sign for the baseline signal

RANGE This rotary switch allows one of three current or two voltage ranges to be selected for the output signal

BASELINE AMPLITUDE This counting dial are independently set using ten-minute counting dials with the baseline having one tenth the range of the pulse amplitude

A-N Systlaquomslaquo Inc 131 Buskiess Partt Loop PO BoK 8S0 Cailsbarg Wa 96324 laophone 8004201306 bull36O68M300-FAX 3eolaquo8M525 E-mat bullmsysflMnsyslermoom VMaHsr Hlplhfimnmyekmoom

PULSE AMPLITUDE This counting dial

EVENTS This LED indicates when a pulse is ongoing

ERROR This LED indicates when the intemal output amplifier cannot output the pulse as desired This is usually due to a short circuit while trying to output a voltage or an open circuit while trying to output a current

One control from the Ot^uf section directly affects wavefonn timing the Pulse Sign control When set to the Biphasic mode a positive-going pulse is Immediately followed by a negative-going pulse This effectively doubles the pulse duration If a burst of biphasic pulses is being produced the period must be at least twice the single pulse duration In the Sgtan wave mode the baseline disappears as long as the burst persists

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Bushass Park locpPOBooi 850 C8ri9bcrgMS8324 IMqphona 800426-1306 bull36Olaquo83laquo3a0 FAX 360683-3529 E-nal amsyaOa4nsyatemscomWeMlK hMpJVniwa-nsygtatnscom

Operating Instructions

Examples Simple setup (and minimal Instrument tost)

Connect the output of the Model 2100 to an oscilloscope Before connecting the instrument it is safest to turn its power off

Set the Ou^uf controls

Range Pulse Sign

Baseline Pulse Amplitude

10V +

Zero 200

Setting The Timing Controls

Delay Burst Width

Duratbn Period

none single

15010-2 500102

Setting The Start Controls

Mode Free Run

Disconnect any cables to the TRIG or GATE Inputs

Note that the green Trig and Event Indicators tum on as Free Run is turned on (and tum off othenwise) You should observe a 15ms duration 20Hz rate pulse of 200V above a OV baseline on the oscilloscope i

A ^ M ^ _ _ _ A ^ _ _ _ 1 ^ 131BiiHnD8raquoParttloopPOBoxB50Car)sbcrBlaquoraquoS8324

bull P l ^ y S W n i S f |nC ltV^gt^8deglt^^2O1306380laquo8OS3a0FAX36O6BMS2S

6 E-fnflk 9n^fBOs-in9ystsni9cx]fnWDbs)tec H^ff9Nw^myStem9oom

Demonstration of Burst Mode Connect the output of the Model 2100 to an oscilloscope Before connecting the instrument it is safest to tum Its power off

Set the Output controls

Range Pulse Sign

Baseline Pulse Amplitude

Baseline Amplitude

Setting The Timing Controls

Delay Burst Width

Duration

Period

Set the START controls as follows

Mode

Disconnect any cables to the TRIG or GATE inputs

Trigger the oscilloscope from the Burst trigger out (upper Tr^ Out connector) for a stable display In each burst (occumng every lOOms) you should observe a trio of 15ms duration starting 50ms apart Try switching the StartMode from Free Run to the center (nomnal) position The pulses will no longer be produced and the Trig and Event indicators will turn off Pressing this switch once (to Manual) will cause a single burst to occur

880 120 150 500

10V +

200 100

102 102 102 102

Free Run

fleaff SySlQmSa |nCa deglgt ltlt ^ ^ deg ^ degdeg ^ ^ ^ bull E-matmia

131 Business Park LoopPO Box 850 Carisborg Vfe 86324 lUcphcna 800426-1306 36Olaquo83laquo300 FAX 36068raquo52 E-maft tfii8ysOiHn^nleiTBcom1AWisJto HSpitwraquoM^wytAtii9oom

Problem SoMng If the Instrument appears to be not worthing properiy check all of the control settings and connections Be sure to wait at least 5-10 seconds after turning the Instrument off before tuming it on again The following t6ef summary of typical problems for the user (along with the most common solutions) may help

Problem CauseSolution EVENT indicator never lights even in FREE RUN mode

bull Replace fuse check power connection bullSet DELAY or PERIOD to a shorter interval

bull Power-on too soon after power-off

OVERLAP Indicator is on

ERROR indicator is on

Time appears to be excessive

bullSet DURATION gt000 bull DURATION is set to SQUARE but PERIOD is 000 Increase PERIOD or set DURATION independantly

bull BURST and WIDTH are gt DURATION increase PERIOD or decrease

DURATION bull BIPHASIC pulse output is on and PERIOD is not longer than twice the DURATION Increase PERIOD or decrease DURATION

bull Free-run is on and BURST Is lt PERIOD (BURST off) DELAY is 0 and PERIOD is lt DURATION Add delay or modify PERIOD

bull Free-mn is on and BURST is gt DURATION (BURST ON) and PERIOD is lt DURATION Increase PERIOD

bull For VOLTAGE outputs the output Is trying to drive too low a resistance or capacitance (eg a short circuit) Check by disconnecting the output It is possible (and normal) that for the fastest cycles

and largest amplitudes (close to 100 V and 1 MS) that the ERROR Indicator might always come on during repetitive pulses Fix output load or decrease amplitude as required

bull Changed control in mid-cycle (resets cunent status)

A ^ M bull _ _ _ A ^ ^ _ _ i ^ mdash 131BuslnessPai1ltLoopPOBox850CarlsborgWamp98324

bull p i j ^ v s w m s iiic^^deglt^deg^^deglt^^^3degB3^^^deg^^^^degdeg^^^deg^^deg^^^^ E-mat iiiMOafflwstemseom WabaHe MtaffiwwtHtavsli

8 E-msft flmsjoQfrfraystGfnsoom ^WobsltiK hl^Aiwv9-fn9]nteniscom

Cant seem to get a full signal out

Incoming triggers not accepted frequently enough

bull Load is not properiy connected repair wiring

bull Too low a load impedance (VOLTAGE modes) or too high a load impedance

(CURRENT mode)

bull PERIOD is set too long (enforces dead time) followd by BURST set to SIGNAL Reduce PERIOD time

Table 10 Problem Solving

If you suspect that the Model 2100 may have completely failed we recommend checking the basic level of functionality If this fails your instrument is defective and must be repaired If this passes either your experimental setup is incompatible or inconsistent or there is a more subtle flaw in your Model 2100

If the Model 2100 appears to be malfunctioning contact A-M Systems Inc or your dealer Telephone numtgters for A-M Systems Inc listed on the front cover of this manual We will first attempt to solve the problem over the telephone so have an exact description of your problem available when you call You do not need to be within the warranty period to obtain over-the-phone assistance

A ^ M V - mdash A d B ^ K M I ^ M 131BuslnessPatfcLoopPOBox6SOCai

-PI s y s i Q m s inc-2raquolaquoa22=M^^

131 Business Parfc Loop PO Box 650 Cartsborg VM9 0S324 _ FAX36(W8a3525 E^nrt flnsysQa-ntsyttanB-oom Wsbsfte hHpiMNvwa-nnystsnisooni

9

Theory of Operation

The operation of the Model 2100 is summarized In the block diagram (see Fig 3) Not shown are all of the interconnections with the microcontroller The intemal microcontroler plays an important role in setting the signal path but does not directly

contribute to the dynamic characteristics It scans the front panel switches and sets the control values for the logic arays It programs the intemal counters which along with the other hardware achieve the necessary sub-microsecond speeds

All action starts either from an input trigger signal (from Trig In) or from an intemal signal (in free Run mode only) A Delay timer counts the 10MHz clock until its count value Is exhausted At this point the Burst timer starts Both Period and Duration timers are started at this time If the Burst timer has not expired by the end of the Period the Period and Duration timers are restarted If the Biphasic mode has been set the Duration timer is restarted at the end of the initial Duration and the sign of the output pulse Is reversed doubling the total duration

The system state (pulse on pulse sip baseline sign [+101-]) is transmitted to the isolated section via optoisolator The baseline and pulse amplitudes are selected by an analog switch The resulting signal is amplified by a variable-power-supply discrete operational amplifier The amplifier connections and gain is modified to provide two voltage and three cunent ranges

Timing overlap errors are detected by a logical decision computation rather than by testing for counter collisions This provides instant feedback rather than waiting up to an hour for such a collision to occur Output errors are measured by sensing the output amplifiers differential input voltage Under normal conditions this is a negligible voltage if the amplifier fails to deliver the requested signal the window comparator testing this voltage sends this message (via optoisolator) to the logic section turning on a warning LED

fl-N Systems Inc 131BusbnassPa(tLoopPOBox6SOCari3boigVMg8324 H n |TWoph0n880O426-13083eO6Blaquo300FMt36Olaquo8i3525 E-nnl anaysflfriinysleiiaoemWfcbslte hllphmwraquoimyatennoom

TRIG 3HJ) OUT

(burst)

TRIG ^ OUT

(pulse)

E

Ml

Calibration Procedures

The calibration interval is the lesser of 1000 hours of operation or 6 months Somewhat greater drift can be expected in the first 100 hours of operation as the semiconductors age Adjustments should only be made after the instrument has been fully warmed up for at least 15 minutes

Full instrument calibration requires the following test equipment digital multimeter (plusmn 01) able to measure resistance to at least lOOMfl oscilloscope with at least 50MHz bandwidth true-rms voltmeter with 4MHz bandwidth universal counter (plusmn 001 ) able to measure single pulse widths and periods resistors (all plusmn 01) 2kn lOkH 1 waft 20kn 200kn alligator clip lead sets banana plugs and BNC adapters

Adjustment integrated circuit and test point locations are shown in the following figures All adjustments are on the timing board unless otherwise noted

All voltages in the non-isolated section should be measured with respect to ground at TP510 unless othenvise stated Some voltages are measured with respect to an intemal isolated ground at TP650 or across the two output tenninals Occasionally the voltage at an IC pin must be measured In these cases the reference designator is given with the pin number in parentheses eg U602(16) When it states within this procedure that a voltage is to be minimized this means that the adjustment should be made such that the measured voltage is as close to zero volts as possible Refer to the Specifications Section of this manual for acceptable tolerances

The sequence of this procedure is Important If any adjustment is made all adjustments which follow must be made to ensure that the specifications will be met These procedures require that all controls remain as set in previous steps unless otherwise indicated

WARNING

The Model 2100 has dangerous voltages throughout the instrument even with the power is off Servicing the Model 2100 should only be done by qualified service personnel Use caution in handling any wires connectors or electrodes which may be directly or indirectly attached to the Instrument Do not touch exposed connections or components Disconnect power by unplugging the power cord from the receptacle

fl-N Systems I n c ^ 131BusinesaPartcLoopPOBox850CartsborgVWiB8324 4 n ^gt-mdash80O426-130638Ofl8Jlaquo300FAX36O683J52S bull E-maft BinsysQfrfn^islflnisoomVVfalislle h^KVfWMift^iisystemsoani

CO

- R503

Omg^

TPSOlQ O

OTPSOO

U560 bull

U510

DDID ^ trade E O ^ T P 5 1 0

bullnD Trig

0 ^

U570

Gate n U505

DO D

U515

Timing

Timing h_ U520

bsoo ^25SE Timing

Or r U540

I I Tmlng

[^ELIL

U535 D

U506

13 J510 Timlnff

BurfiDelay J400

i i i i i i i T r m r a

gt U550 ^

Clock

U555 U620

B a

^R^Pvhigh Rfijn O D O Vlow

o

bull U545

Fo sect737 lISOIsPjC-COMP

n r r ^ U760

J420

]]U632

Q S riuGSO

H = ) TP640^ deg I t I

II3D

J440 m i T i

U610 plusmn laquo j U O

bull bull l el

^t

O l

bull

M

I

Power supply and bias voltages

Power supply

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

POWER ON Observe voltage at P703 power supply wire top of main board

Check for+15 plusmn 050 V

Observe voltage at P701 power supply wire top of main board

Check for-15 plusmn 050 V

Observe voltage at U505(24) Check for+5 plusmn 025 V

Isolated supply voltage

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

RANGE 10 V TRIG open circuit MODE center position

Altemately observe V^ from R742 to R740 and V ^ from the U605(4) to U605(8)

Adjust R773 so that 110VltV^lt 120 V and

nign

28VltV^lt34V

Capacitance balance

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Connect a x10 oscilloscope probe to TP650 and ground the

Adjust R737 for minimum high frequency signal

Inputs

Gate funct ion

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave Verify that the voltage to GATE switches states at the Obsene voltage at U51G(3) proper input levels with an oscilloscope ^ ^

Trigger s lope

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave Verify that the voltage to TRIO switches states at the Observe voltage at US 10( 1) proper input levels with an oscilloscope

TRIG SLOPE + Verify voltage is 180 out of phase

TRIG SLOPE Verify voltage is in phase

fl-N Systems Inc ^ 131 Bushess Park Loop PO Bar 850 Carisborg Wa 98324 8004201306 3eOlaquoS3e300 FAX 3606BV352S

C-maft fliii8yBQfriii9yBlumaoamVIAibsMB hRpJhwMifi-iiiBystematxini

14

Trigger and gate funct ion

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

DELA NONE BURS1WII3TH SINGLE DURATION SQUARE PERIOD 100X10-3

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave to TRIG Obsen^e TRIOD and EVENT LEDS

TRIG disconnect all Short the GATE connector to GND Verify LEDs extinguish

MODE press to MANUAL Verify LEDs flash once

Timing

System c lock frequency

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Observe the frequency of the wave atU555(17)

Verify 1000 MHz plusmn001

Multipl iers (Wheel Switches)

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

PULSE SIGN + MODE FREE RUN TRIG disconnect all TIMING MULTIPUERS ail

wheels set to zero except the one being tested

TnmiNG OVERLAP ^nOTB

Observe the pulse width with the counter at the location specified below

Verify pulse width Is correct for each wheel as it is tested Independently

For each wheel of each MULTIPUER test each position to verify that the pulse width is correct Observe the signal at the following locations DELAY U520(2) BURSTWIDTH U530(2) PERIOD US40(2) DURATION U550(2)

Rates (Rotary Switches)

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

TIMING MULTIPUERS 001 TIMING RATES all rotary

switches set to 10-4 except the one being tested

Observe the pulse width with the counter at the location specified below

Verify pulse width is conect for each rotary switch as it is tested independently

For each of the four rotary switches in TIMING test each position to verify that the pulse wkJth is correct Observe the signal at the following locations DELAY U520(2) BURSTWIDTH U530(2) PERIOD U540(2) DURATION U550(2)

fl-N Systems I n c ^ E-maft emfl

131 Business Parti Loop PO 809(850 Cartsborg Wta 98324 8004201306 3804806300 FAX 36068O3S25

E-maft ansysQa nvystems-oom Wobste hflp Avwwa4nsy8(Qnttoam

15

Trigger outputs Controls

Range 10V Pulse Amplitude 500 Delay 100x10 Burst 100x10^2 Duration 100 x1a Period 400x10^ Pulse sign + Trig Mode Free run Trig in open

Inputs Observations

Trigger the oscilloscope to the Burst Trig Out Observe it the Pulse Trig Out and the isolated output

Adjust Check

Verify that the waveform consists of a burst of three 1ms-on3ms-off pulses The burst trigger should be synchronous with the burst the pulse trigger coincident with each pulse

Output Calibration

Isolation Resistance (check) Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode center position Trig In open

Measure the resistance between ground banana jack (front panel) and black banana jack of output with DMM

Resistance read gt 100MQ

Amplitude Switch Offset (R640) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Zero Trig Mode center position Trig In Open

Measure the voltage at TP645 vs TP650 with the DMM

Adjust R640 (AmpI Sw Offset) for minimum voltage

Output Offset (R332 front panel board) Controls I nputsObservatlons AdjustCheck

Baseline Zero Range 10V Trig Mode center position Trig In Open

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

Adjust R332 (Output offset) for minimum voltage

Positive Baseline Offset (R607) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Sign + Baseline Amplitude

fully CCW (000) Range 10V Trig In open Trig Mode center position

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

Adjust R602 (BSLN + offset) for minimum voltage

fl M raquo _ _ _ A laquo ^ _ i ^ ^ 131Buslnelaquo8Pari(loopPOBoK850Cart8borgWB96324

bull P I i s V S i e m S a |||Cg1Maphans80O42O130638O68O8300FAX36Olaquo8raquo^2S E-tiBft anagtraquoflwiisyagtlaquomraquoaimW6baHB hHpffii(wwraquoltnsylaquoleniieom

16

Negative Baseline Offset (R619) Controls

Baseline Sign -i Baseline Amplitude bull fully CCW (000)

Range 10V Trig In open Trig Mode center position

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

AdjustCheck

Adjust R619 (BSLN 4 offset) for minimum voltage

Pulse Amplitude Adjust (R602) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode Free Mode Pulse Amplitude 1000 Timing Dialay =none Burst =single Duration =1001 Period =00110-4 Pulse Sign -Trig In open Range 10V

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

The Overiap indicator should be on Adjust R602 (Max Level) for -1000V out

Pulse Sign Gain (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode Free Mode Pulse Amplitude 1000 Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =1001 s Period =00110-4s Trig In open Range 10V

Measure the voltage at the output with the DMM for the Pulse Sign at -- and - positions

The absolute values of the voltages should differ by less than lOOmV

Baseline Amplitudes (check) Controls InputsObservations

Range 100mA Trig Mode center position Baseline Amplitude fully CW (1000) Trig In open

Measure the voltage at the output with the DMM with Baseline Sign in + Zero and - positions

AdjustCheck

Gain the matching of current levels at = and - positions and offset current in Zero position

fl-N Systems Inc^^ bull E-mal am8

131 Business Partt Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 88324 8004201306360laquo8Oe300FAX 360laquo8O362S

E-maM am8y8^o-mBy8tflmBoom WobaKo hHp Awwwo-f i iBystonuoom

17

Output Range Amplitude and Drive (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Pulse Amplitude 1000 Pulse Sign + Trig Mode Free Run Timing Delay =none Burst =8ingle Duration =1001 Period =10010-4 Trig In open

Load the output with a 10KV1W 01 resistor Measure the voltage at the output with DMM

Verify that full scale output is within specification Scale Range 100V 100V 10V 10V 100mA IV 1mA 10V 10mA 100V

Pulse Sign and Short Circuit Protection (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Timing Delay =none Burst =8ingle Duration =200 10-4 Period =00110-3 Baseline Zero Pulse Amplitude 25 Range 10V Trig Mode Free Run Trig In open

Measure the voltage at the output with the oscilloscope Check for Pulse Sign set to each of + - biphasic Watch for Error indicator when shorting the output

Verify that pulses of approx 25V amplitude (625V for biphasic mode) of the correct sign are produced every 10ms Short output in biphasic mode Output should retum when opened

Output Transient Response (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Pulse Sign + Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =20010-4 Period =00110-3 Pulse Amplitude 250 Baseline Zero Trig Mode Free Mode Trig In open

Connect the oscilloscope to the output with a 310 attenuator prolse Test boVn 10V and 100V ranges

Verify that overshoot and risetime meet specifications

fl-N Systems I n c ^ 131 Business Parte Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wb 98324 8004201306 36Olaquo83O300 FAX 36O680lt352S

E-mQ0 snBy8Qs-msy8faiTiscom VWriMtte N ^ Mvww9-msy8lemscom

18

Specifications

There are three classes of specifications Class A specifications tested in all unHs and are guaranteed Class B specifications are inherent in the design they are indirectly tested and are guaranteed Class C specifications are typical operating values which are occasionally tested- these are typical values given for your infomiation but not guarshyanteed The class for each specification is noted in the center column of the following sections

Inputs Switching level

Hysteresis

Input equivalent circuit

Minimum duration (1 IL-level signal)

A

C

C

C

16V(plusmn02V)

approx 50 mV

100K ft to+5 In parallel with no more than 35pF

gt 50 ns

Open circuit condition B defaults to highon level

Timing and rate accuracy Rate selector steps

Timing multiplier steps

Resolution

Timing eror (second and later pulses after resetting controls)

B

B

B

B

lOOps to 100s In 7 steps

1 of rate selector step size Maximum value is 999 x the rate selector step size

approx 01 of the maximum value

lt 002 of rate selector value + 015 ps

Timing error (first pulse after readjusting timing controls)

an additional 025 ps error may occur

Timing repeatability lt 001 setting + 20 ns (monophasic)

fl-N Systems I nc ^ bull E-moU ams

131 Business Parti Loop PO Boot 850 Cartsborg VM 98324 80O42O130838O08O8300FAX36Olaquo8O3S2S

E-meU anByafl^iiisyslainaoomWebsHe hHpffliiwwraquomsys)emsoom

19

TRIG IN to OUTPUT delay (DELAY set to 0) output set to 2V

Timing jitter ft-om TRIG IN to OUTPUT (for TTL trigger input with risetime lt10 ns)

Timing jitter ft^om TRIG OUT (either BURST or PULSE) and OUTPUT

Trigger output to pulse output delay

Output charactsristics Pulse level enror (voltage mode open circuit cun-ent mode short circuit

Biphasic level difference |V + + V-|2

Baseline level error (voltage mode A open circuit current mode short circuit)

Risetime (25 V out)

Risetime (25 V out)

Transient response

A

A

A

Output impedance (voltage mode) C

Output impedance (current mode) C

Isolation resistance A

Isolation capacitance C

approx 05 ps for a load of no more than 10 Kft in parallel with 50 pF

lt 125 ns (all rates except 100s) lt 125 ps (100s rate)

Less than 20 ns (all rates)

approx 350 ns

lt 03 of setting + 05 of r range (plus an additional 05 pA inlOOpArenge)

lt 03 of range (voltage modes into open circuit current modes into short circuit)

lt 03 of setting of setting + 01 of range (plus an additional 05 pA in lOOpA range)

laquo 200 ns into less than 30 pF

laquo15 ps into less than 30 pF

lt 8 overshoot Into less than 30 pF for pulse voltages different than baseline voltage by at least 10 of range

laquo 50 ohms

raquo 1 0 Gft (typically 200 Gft)

raquo100Mft

laquo 60 pF at 100 Hz

fl-N Systems Inc^^ 131 Business Partt Uxip PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 96324 8004201308 SBOee^^SOO FAX 360laquoS3^52S

E-mat BiByraquoaiMii8ylaquoliiiiiseomWiljalteHlpJV(wwraquo4tgy8lenaoom

20

Noise (differential mode)

Noise (common mode earth to isolated ground) with no signal output

Overioad error indicator (low frequency short circuited voltage mode)

Overioad error indicator low frequency open circuited current mode)

Overioad enor response time

Miscellaneous

Power

Fuse

Operating temperature range

Storage temperature range

Operating humidity

Dimensions

Weight

laquo1 mV rms (10 V scale 10Hz-4MHz)

laquo 8 mV rms (10 Hz-4 MHz) laquo100mVp-p (200 Hz -10 MHz) measured withalOMft 15pF oscilloscope probe

Turns on for set amplitude at or greater than approx plusmn1V (10 V range) or plusmn2 V (100 V range)

Turns on for set amplitude at or above approx 2 of range

Flat to approx 30 ps duration Decreasing sensitivity for shorter pulses

approx 11 watts

1 amp 3 AG

10-30C

0 - 50deg C

5-80RH

17x475x1125 (Inches) 432x121x286 cm

20 lbs (9 kg)

fl mm bull gt _ _ _ A ^ ^ _ _ L ^ 131BusinesraquoPariltLocpPOBox850C8rtsborgWS9e324

bull p i ^ y s v e m s IIIC^^deg(^deg^Bdegltgt^^^3degdeg^deg^^deg^^^degdeg^^I^deg^deg^^^^^

21 E-mei flre^nQo 4n8yo(amscam Wsbsfle hHpAwwwe-msy8Jems-Oom

Warranty and Service

What does this warranty cover A-M Systems Inc warrants to the Purchaser that the Instrument excluding cables Headstage Probes and any other accessories shipped with the Instrument (hereafter the hardware) is free from defects in workmanship or material under normal use and service for the period of one (1) year This warranty commences on the date of delivery of the hardware to the Purchaser

What are the obligations of A-M Systems Inc under this warranty During the warranty period A-M Systems Inc agrees to repair or replace at its sole option without charge to the Purchaser any defective component part of the hardware To obtain warranty service the Purchaser must return the hardware to A-M Systems Inc or an authorized A-M Systems Inc distributor in an adequate shipping container Any postage shipping and insurance charges incurred in shipping the hardware to A-M Systems Inc must be prepaid by the Purchaser and all risk for the hardware shall remain with purchaser until such time as A-M Systems Inc takes receipt of the hardware Upon receipt A-M Systems Inc will promptly repair or replace the defective unit and then return the hardware to the Purchaser postage shipping and insurance prepaid A-M Systems Inc may use reconditioned or like new parts or units at its sole option when repairing any hardware Repaired products shall carry the same amount of outstanding wan^nty as from original purchase or ninety (90) days which ever is greater Any claim under the warranty must include a dated proof of purchase of the hardware covered by this wan-anty In any event A-M Systems Inc liability for defective hardware is limited to repairing or replacing the hardware

What is not covered by this warranty This warranty is contingent upon proper use and maintenance of the hardware by the Purchaser and does not cover batteries Neglect misuse whether intentional or otherwise tampering with or altering the hardware damage caused by accident damage caused by unusual physical electrical chemical or electromechanical stress damage caused by failure of electrical power or damage caused during transportation are not covered by this warranty Products may not be returned to A-M Systems Inc for service whether under warranty or otherwise which are contaminated by infectious agents radioactive compounds or other materials constituting a health hazard to employees of A-M Systems Inc

What are the limits of llabiiity for A-M Systems inc under this warranty A-M Systems Inc shall not be liable for loss of data profits or savings or any special incidental consequential indirect or other similar damages arising from breach of contract negligence or other legal action even if the company or its agent has been advised of the possibility of such damages or for any claim brought against you by another party THIS EQUIPMENT IS NOT INTENDED FOR CLINICAL MEASUREMENTS USING HUMAN SUBJECTS A-M SYSTEMS INC DOES NOT ASSUME RESPONSIBILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE DUE TO MISUSE OF THIS EQUIPMENT Jurisdictions vary with regard to the enforceability of provisions excluding or limiting liability for incidental or consequential damages Check the provision of your local jurisdiction to find out whether the above exclusion applies to you This warranty allocates risks of product failure between the Purchaser and A-M Systems Inc A-M Systems Inc hardware pricing reflects this allocation of risk and the limitations of liability contained in this wanranty The warranty set forth above is in lieu of all other express wan^anties whether oral or written The agents employees distributors and dealers of A-M Systems Inc are not authorized to make modifications to this wan-anty or additional wan-anties binding on the company Accordingly additional statements such as dealer advertising or presentations whether oral or written do not constitute wananties by A-M Systems Inc and should not be relied upon This warranty gives you specific legal rights You may also have other rights whrch vary from one jurisdiction to another

6 mm ^ laquo _ _ A a B ^ _ 1 ^ ^ 131 Business Parti Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg W B 98324 O O

bull P l A y S V e m S l n C T^M 8OO42OI3O6 380683-8300FAX 360 803525 ^ ^ E-msl iiiisy80iHTBy8tenisoom Wsbsito hnphwwfrimysleiiisoom

A

V ISO

INSTRUCTION MANUAL

FOR

ISOLATED PULSE STIMULATOR

MODEL 2100

Serial

Date

A-M Systems Inc

PO Box 850

Carlsborg WA 98324

USA

360-683-8300 bull 800-426-1306 FAX 360-683-3525

httpwwwa-msystemscom

Version 70 February 2002

Contents General Description 1

Instrument Features 1 Controls and Connectors 2

Operating Instructions 6 Theory of Operation 10 Calibration Procedures 12

Inputs 14 Output Calibration 16

Specifications 19 Warranty and Service 22

Each Isolated Pulse Stimulator is delivered complete with

Rack Mount Hardware Instructions amp Maintenance Manual

NOTE

This instrument is not intended for clinical measurements using human subjects A-M Systems Inc does not assume responsibility for Injury or damage due to the misuse of this instrument

General Description

Instrument Features The Isolated Pulse Stimulator Model 2100 is designed for a wide variety of applications It is highly flexible being capable of delivering single pulses biphasic pairs or bursts of pulses Pulses may be started manually or upon receiving a trigger signal from another Instrument or computer Two non-isolated trigger outputs are available for triggering other instruments

Four sets of timing controls provide comprehensive control overall aspects of pulse generation Three digit accuracy is available over a 7 decade range for each timing function using lever wheel switches Pulse widths can be set over more than a 9 decade range from 05 ps to 999 seconds Timing accuracy is assured through the use of a 10 MHz base rate crystal-controlled clock digitally divided to provide accurate timing over the entire range Atiming overiap indicator will light If the timing controls are set inconsistently

The output may be conveniently switched between current and voltage modes Pulse and baseline amplitudes are Independently presettable with lockable dials An error Indicator will light if the Mode2700 cannot deliver the desired signal

r WARNING

The Model 2100 can produce potentially dangerous voltages up to 100 V at the output connectors The isolated output is not connected internally to safety (earth) ground in any way Some part of the extemal circuit should be connected to safety ground Use caution in handling any wires connectors or electrodes which may be directly or indirectly attached to the Model 2100 output Some kinds of connectors such as BNC connectors have exposed metal parts which may float at dangerous potentials unless extemally connected to safety ground For greatest safety tum the Model 2100 off before making any connections to

the instrument

131 Business Parii Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Telophone 800-426-1306 bull 360-68raquolaquo300 bull FAX 360683-3525 E-mal satesa-msystemsoom VVfebsite httpywwwa^nsystemscom fl-N Systems Inc 1

Controls and Connectors The controls for the Model 2100 are grouped in three sections START which controls when a pulse or burst of pulses begins TIMING which controls the onoff timing of one or more pulses and OUTPUT which controls the amplitude of the output signal

Start TRIG SLOPE Determines the polarity of valid trigger pulses (positive or negative edges in the trigger signal)

MODE Controls waveform initiation When set to FREE RUN one timing cycle immediately follows the last When momentarily placed In the MANUAL position a timing cycle starts Immediately When the switch Is In the center position timing cycles start when valid triggering events occur

TRIGD This LED lights up when a timing cycle Is in process and continues until the burst is completed

TRIG This BNC connector allows a signal from an external source to Initiate timing cycles It is set for standard TTL levels

GATE This BNC connector allows a signal from an external source to restrict the final output signal This input must be at a logical high (or open-circuited) in order for the Model 2100 to recognize either manual or automatic trigger events

Gate 1_ Trigger |~~^ i I Valid triggers (represented by the arrows in the figure) can occur only when the gate Is at logical high Note that the up arrow would apply only If TRIG SLOPE is set to + the down an-ows would apply only if TRIG SLOPE Is set to -

NOTE Triggers have no effect if the system has not completed its response to a previous trigger

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Park Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Vb 98324 TelQphQne 80O426-1306 360683-8300 FAX 360683-3525 E-mail sales^a-msystemscom Wsbsite httpywwwa-msystemscom

Timing Four sets of controls govern the timing of pulse generation Each set contains two values which are multiplied together to detemnine the actual timing value The rotary knob (rate selector) provides the approximate timing value and the lever wheel switch bank (MULTIPLIER)

provides a time resolution of three decimal digits The following diagram shows most of the Important relationships

Output r Delay Duration

|ltPeriodgtj

t Burst width

Trigger event

DELAY These controls determine the time duration between the initiating trigger event and the beginning of the pulse burst If this rate selector is set to NONE or the multiplier is set to 000 there Is no delay

BURST WIDTH These controls determine the time period in which one or more pulses may be delivered Once started a pulse may outlast the burst width If this rate selector is set to SINGLE or to any time shorter than the pulse duration only a single pulse will occur If the BURST WIDTH Is longer than the period pulses will be emitted at the PERIOD rate until the burst time ends Pulses are never truncated by a short BURSTWIDTH

inds)-PULSE

D U R A T I O N 1 0 1 0

10

INTEB-PULSE PERIOD

1 1 10

DURATION These controls determine the length of each pulse Ifthis rate selector Is set to SQUARE the duration is set to half of the period regardless of the MULTIPLIER setting

PERIOD These controls set the period of time between adjacent pulse events within the burst It also forces a minimum dead time between recognized input triggers following a burst of one or more pulses This can be used to prevent over stimulation of a tissue without requiring excessive delay between the triggering event and the stimulating pulse

TIMING OVERLAP

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 860 Carisborg Vamp 98324 |Telophone 800-426-1306 360683-8300 bull FAX 3606aW525 E-mail salearega^nsystemsoom Vfeb5ite httpAwwwa^nsyslemscam

NOTE If any of these timing controls are changed while a timing cycle is in operation the results are undefined until the current cycle finishes

TIMING OVERLAP This LED will light to Indicate an inconsistency in the timing cycle settings There are several ways to introduce such errors The most common way is to set the Inter-pulse PERIOD to be less than the pulse DURATION

T I M I N G (seconds)^

TRIG OUT (UPPER) This BNC connector provides a signal which is coincident with the Internal Burst timing signal (default) This means the signal starts at the end of the Delay time and persists until the Burst time expires This output may also be set to represent the delay time-out by setting the internal jumper J510 to the right two pins instead of the left two pins (Please see the Calibration section in this manual for jumper location Directions are given as viewed from the front of the Instrument)

TRIG OUT (LOWER) This BNC connector provides a signal which Is coincident with the Duration timing signal which controls pulse output

NOTE Both trigger output signals slightly lead the isolated output signal

Output

PULSE SIGN This switch determines the polarity of the pulses to be generated It also allows generation of biphasic pulses thereby doubling the effective total period Warning the first pulse generated after changing the PULSE

SIGN switch may have the wrong polarity

BASELINE This Switch determines the polarity ofthe baseline signal

RANGE This rotary switch determines if the output pulses will be constant current (3 ranges) or constant voltage (2 ranges)

BASELINE AMPLITUDE This value is independently set using a ten-turn counting dial The maximum baseline amplitude is one tenth the value shown on the range amplitude switch

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 8S0 Cartsborg Vfa 98324 |Tetaphone 80O426-1306 bull 360683-8300 bull FAX 3606803525 E-mail salesa-msystemscom Wbbsite http7Awwwaflnsystemscom

PULSE AMPLITUDE This value is independently set using a ten-turn counting dial The maximum pulse amplitude is the value shown on the range amplitude switch

EVENT This LED indicates when a pulse is ongoing

ERROR This LED indicates when the internal output amplifier cannot output the pulse as desired This is usually due to a short circuit while trying to output a voltage or an open circuit while trying to output a current

VOTEThe Pulse Sign control in the Oupuf section directly affects waveform timing When set to the Biphasic mode a positive-going pulse is immediately followed by a negative-going pulse This effectively doubles the pulse duration If a burst of biphasic pulses is being produced the period must be at least twice the single pulse duration In the Square wave mode the baseline disappears as long as the burst persists

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsboig Vte 98324 |Telophone 800426-1306 360683-8300 bull FAX 3606833525 E-mail salesa-m5ystem5 com Website httpwwwa-msystemscom

Operating Instructions

Examples Simple setup (and minimal instrument test)

Connect the output ofthe Model 2100 to an oscilloscope Before connecting the Model 2100 to any other instrument or the experimental preparation It is safest to turn Its power off

Set the Oufpuf controls

Range 10V Pulse Sign +

Baseline Zero Pulse Amplitude 200

Setting The Timing Controls

Delay Burst Width

Duration Period

none single

15010-2 50010-2

Setting The Start Controls

Mode Free Run

Disconnect any cables to the TRIG or GATE inputs

Note that the green Trig and Event Indicators turn on as Free Run is turned on (and turn off otherwise) You should observe a 15ms duration 20Hz rate pulse of 200V above a OV baseline on the oscilloscope

fl-N Systems Inc 131 BusinessPartiLoop RO Box850CarisbcxgWa98324 |Telophone 800426-1306 bull 360-683-8300 bull FW 360683-3525 E-mail salesa-msystems com VVbbsite httpywwwa-msystems com

Demonstration of Burst Mode Connect the output ofthe Model 2100 to an oscilloscope Before connecting the Model 2100 to any other instrument or the experimental preparation It Is safest to turn its power off

Set the Outpuf controls

Range 10V Pulse Sign +

Baseline Pulse Amplitude 200

Baseline Amplitude 100

Setting The Timing Controls

Delay 88010-2 Burst Width 12010-^

Duration 15010-2 Period 50010-2

Set the START controls as follows

Mode Free Run

Disconnect any cables to the TRIG or GATE inputs

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Telophooe 8004201306 360683-8300 bull FAX 360683-3525 E^naii salesa-msystems com Watjsite http7wwwa-msystemscom

Trigger the oscilloscope from the Bursf trigger out (upper Trig Out connector) for a stable display In each burst (occurring every lOOms) you should observe a trio of 15ms duration starting 50ms apart Try switching the StartMode from Free Run to the center (nonnal) position The pulses will no longer be produced and the Trig and Event Indicators will tum off Pressing this switch once (to Manual) will cause a single burst to occur

Problem Solving If the instrument appears to be not working properiy check all ofthe control settings and connections Be sure to wait at least 5-10 seconds after turning the instrument off before turning it on again The following summary of typical problems for the user (along with the most common solutions) may help

Problem CauseSolution

EVENT Indicator never lights even in FREE RUN mode

bull Replace fuse check power connection bullSet DELAY or PERIOD to a shorter interval

bull Power-on too soon after power-off

OVERLAP Indicator is on

ERROR indicator is on

bull Set DURATION gt000 bull DURATION Is set to SQUARE but

PERIOD is 000 Increase PERIOD or set DURATION independantly

bull BURST and WIDTH are gt DURATION increase PERIOD or decrease DURATION

bull BIPHASIC pulse output Is on and PERIOD is not longer than twice the DURATION Increase PERIOD or decrease DURATION

bull Free-run Is on and BURST is lt PERIOD (BURST off) DELAY is 0 and PERIOD Is lt DURATION Add delay or modify PERIOD

bull Free-run is on and BURST is gt DURATION (BURST ON) and PERIOD is lt DURATION Increase PERIOD

bull For VOLTAGE outputs the output is trying to drive too low a resistance or capacitance (eg a short circuit) Check by disconnecting the output ft is possible (and normal) that for the fastest cycles and largest amplitudes (close to 100 V

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business PartiLoop PO Box 850 CartsborgWa 98324 iTelophone 800-42O130636O6e3-8300FAX 3606B3-3525 E-mail satesaflisyslefmcom Vfebslte http7wwwa-msyslemscom

and 1 ps) that the ERROR indicator might always come on during repetitive pulses Fix output load or decrease amplitude as required

Time appears to be excessive Changed control in mid-cycle (resets current status)

Cant seem to get a full signal out Load Is not properiy connected repair wiring Too low a load impedance (VOLTAGE modes) or too high a load impedance (CURRENT mode)

Incoming triggers not accepted frequently enough

PERIOD is set too long (enforces dead time) followd by BURST set to SIGNAL Reduce PERIOD time

Table 10 Problem Solving

If you suspect that the Model 2100 may have completely failed we recommend checking the basic level of functionality Ifthis fails your instrument Is defective and must be repaired Ifthis passes either your experimental setup is incompatible or inconsistent or there is a more subtle flaw in your Model 2100

If the Model 2100 appears to be malfunctioning contact A-M Systems Inc or your dealer We will first attempt to solve the problem over the telephone so have an exact description of your problem available when you call You do not need to be within the warranty period to obtain over-the-phone assistance

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 iTetoptxme 80O426-1306 bull 360683-8300 FAX 3606803525 E-mail satesa-msystemsoomAfebsitehttpJwwwaflisystemscom

Theory of Operation

The operation ofthe Model 2100 is summarized in the block diagram (see the figure on Page 11) Not shown are all ofthe interconnections with the microcontroller The internal microcontroler plays an important role in setting the signal path but does not directly contribute to the dynamic characteristics It scans the front panel switches and sets the control values for the logic arrays It programs the internal counters which along with the other hardware achieve the necessary sub-microsecond speeds

Pulse generation starts either from an Input trigger signal (from Trig In) or an internally signal (Free Run mode) A Delay timer counts the 10MHz clock until its count value is exhausted At this point the Burst Period and Duration timers are started If the Burst timer has not expired by the end ofthe Period the Period and Duration timers are restarted If the Biphasic mode has been set the Duration timer is restarted at the end of the initial Duration and the sign ofthe output pulse is reversed doubling the total duration

The system state (pulse on pulse sign baseline sign [+0f-]) is transmitted to the isolated section via optoisolator The baseline and pulse amplitudes are selected by an analog switch The resulting signal is amplified by a variable-power-supply discrete operational amplifier The amplifier connections and gain is modified to provide two voltage and three current ranges

Timing overiap errors are detected by a logical decision computation rather than by testing for counter collisions This provides instant feedback rather than waiting up to an hour for such a collision to occur Output errors are measured by sensing the output amplifiers differential input voltage Under normal conditions this is a negligible voltage If the amplifier fails to deliver the requested signal the window comparator testing this voltage sends this message (via optoisolator) to the logic section turning on a warning LED

fl-N Systems Inc 131BusinessPart(LoopRO Box850CarisboigWa98324 4 n Tel0pri0ne80O426-130636O683^300FAX36O6833525 ^ E-mail salesaflisystBmscom V febsite http7wwwa-msystemsoom

S i

I - - ^^mdasho^M

OUTPUT i l l

TRIG ^ OUT

(burst)

TRIG 3-lt) OUT

(pulse)

til

I laquo

Calibration Procedures

The calibration interval is the lesser of 1000 hours of operation or 6 months Somewhat greater drift can be expected in the first 100 hours of operation as the semiconductors age Adjustments should only be made after the instrument has been fully warmed up for at least 15 minutes

Full instrument calibration requires the following test equipment digital multimeter (plusmn 01) able to measure resistance to at least lOOMO oscilloscope with at least 50MHz bandwidth true-mis voltmeter with 4MHz bandwidth universal counter (plusmn 001 ) able to measure single pulse widths and periods resistors (all plusmn 01) 2kn lOkH 1 watt 20kn 200kn alligator clip lead sets banana plugs and BNC adapters

Adjustment integrated circuit and test point locations are shown in the following figures All adjustments are on the timing board unless othenAise noted

All voltages in the non-isolated section should be measured with respect to ground at TP510 unless othenwise stated Some voltages are measured with respect to an internal isolated ground at TP650 or across the two output temninals Occasionally the voltage at an IC pin must be measured in these cases the reference designator is given with the pin number in parentheses eg U602(16) When it states within this procedure that a voltage is to be minimized this means that the adjustment should be made such that the measured voltage is as close to zero volts as possible Refer to the Specifications Section of this manual for acceptable tolerances

The sequence of this procedure is important If any adjustment is made all adjustments which follow must be made to ensure that the specifications will be met These procedures require that all controls remain as set in previous steps unless othenAise indicated

WARNING

The Model 2100 has dangerous voltages throughout the instrument even with the power is off Servicing the Model 2100 should only be done by qualified service personnel Use caution in handling any wires connectors or electrodes which may be directly or indirectly attached to the instrument Do not touch exposed connections or components Disconnect power by unplugging the power cord from the receptacle

H B ^ ^ S y s t e m s inc^degdegp^deg^^deg-^^^^^^^^B3^^^degdeg^^^lt^^^B^^^^ 131BusinessPartiLoopPO Box850CartsbOigWamp98324 4 9 |Telophone800-42013C6360683-8300F0lt360683-3525 ^ E-mail salesa-msystefnscom website httpwwwaflisystems com

CO

TP501 O lt0

g OTPSOO

U560 S

Trig Gate

0 -TISOS

U570

U500

Timing

p U520

Timing

K U550 Timin

gt U540

U515

o X I Timin

U508 I

J510 Timing nnn

Burst Delay J400

gt U550

R503

D D I D bull U8QQ i Q

n

oo

V P 5 1 0

b U535

^

Clock i _

U555

lt U 5 4 5

o

h d ^ O - - ^ U605

Q D

U620

O fJZ^ R737 bull ^ 1^13015 r j C - C O M P

B B nU770 ^ ^ ^ 5 ^ a

J420

a

o E

bull [ ]U632

riueso

rR742rVhigh R 6 1 9 ^

LJ TP645 O TP650

TPMOQ^QS

Vlow

CD-

CZZl

J440 bull bull tl iUDQ

I t

f i l

Power supply and bias voltages

Power supply

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

POWER ON Observe voltage at P703 power supply wire top of main board

Check for+15 plusmn 050 V

Observe voltage at P701 power supply wire top of main board

Check for-15 plusmn 050 V

Observe voltage at U505(24) Check for +5 plusmn 025 V

Isolated supply voltage Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

RANGE 10 V TRIG open circuit MODE center position

Alternately observe V ^ from R742 to R740 and V ^ from theU605(4)toU605(8)

Adjust R773 so that 110VltV lt 120 V and

nigh

28VltV|^lt34V

Capacitance balance Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

Connect a xlO oscilloscope probe to TP650 and ground the

Adjust R737 for minimum high frequency signal

Inputs

Gate function Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave Verify that the voltage to GATE switches states at the Observe voltage at U510(3) proper input levels with an oscilloscope

Trigger slope Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave Verify that the voltage to TRIG switches states at the Observe voltage at U510( 1) proper input levels with an oscilloscope

TRIG SLOPE Verify voltage is 180deg out of phase

TRIG SLOPE Verify voltage is in phase

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 860 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Jelophone 800-4201306 360683-8300 bull FM 380683-3525 E-mail salesaflTsystBfnscom bull Vtebsite httpVAirwwaflisystems com

14

Trigger and gate f unc t i on

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

DELAY NONE BURS-nMDTH SINGLE DURATION SQUARE PERIOD 100X10-3

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave to TRIG Observe TRIGD and EVENT LEDs

TRIG disconnect all Short the GATE connector to GND Verify LEDs extinguish

MODE press to MANUAL Verify LEDs flash once

Timing

System c lock f requency

Controls Inputs Observations Ad jus t Check

Observe the frequency of the wave Verify 1000 MHz plusmn 001 atU555(17)

Mul t ip l iers (Wheel Swi tches)

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

PULSE SIGN-laquobull MODE FREE RUN TRIG disconnect all TIMING MULTIPUERS all

wheels set to zero except the one being tested

TIMING OVERLAP ignore

Observe the pulse width with the counter at the location specified t)elow

Verify pulse width is correct for each wheel as it is tested independently

For each wheel of each MULTIPLIER test each position to verify that the pulse width is correct Observe the signal at the following locations DELAY U520(2) BURSTWIDTH U530(2) PERIOD U540(2) DURATION U550(2)

Rates (Rotary Swi tches)

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

TIMING MULTIPUERS 001 Observe the pulse width with the TIMING RATES all rotary counter at the location specified

switches set to 10-4 below except the one being tested

Verify pulse width is correct for each rotary switch as it is tested independently

For each ofthe four rotary switches in TIMING test each position to verify that the pulse width is correct Observe the signal at the following locations DELAY U520(2) BURSTWIDTH U530(2) PERIOD U540(2) DURATION U550(2)

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 iTetophone 8004201306 bull 360683-8300 bull FOC 3606803525 E-mail salesa-msystemscom Wbbsite httpJwwwaflTSystemscom

15

Trigger outputs

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

Range 10V Pulse Amplitude 500 Delay 100 xlO^ Burst 100 x 10 ^ Duration 100x10-^ Period 400x10-^ Pulse sign + Trig Mode Free run Trig in open

Trigger the oscilloscope to the Burst Trig Out Observe it the Pulse Trig Out and the isolated output

Verify that the waveform consists of a burst of three 1ms-on3ms-off pulses The burst trigger should be synchronous with the burst the pulse trigger coincident with each pulse

Output Calibration

Isolation Resistance (check)

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode center position Trig In open

Measure the resistance between ground banana jack (front panel) and black banana jack of output with DMM

Resistance read gt 100MQ

Amplitude Switch Offset (R640)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Zero Trig Mode center position Trig In Open

Measure the voltage at TP645 vs TP650 with the DMM

Adjust R640 (AmpI Sw Offset) for minimum voltage

Output Offset (R332 front panel board) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Zero Range 10V Trig Mode center position Trig In Open

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

Adjust R332 (Output offset) for minimum voltage

Positive Baseline Offeet (R607) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Sign + Baseline Amplitude

fully CCW (000) Range 10V Trig In open Trig Mode center position

Measure the voltage across the outputwiththeDMM

Adjust R602 (BSLN + offset) for minimum voltage

fl-N Systems Inc 131 BusBiess Parti Loop P O Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Telophone B00-42O1306 bull 360683-8300 bull FAX 3606803525 E-mail salesaflisystemscom V^tebsite httpy^vwwa-msystems com

16

Negative Baseline Offset (R619)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Sign -Baseline Amplitude

fully CCW (000) Range 10V Trig In open Trig Mode center position

Measure the voltage across the outputwiththeDMM

Adjust R619 (BSLN + offset) for minimum voltage

Pulse Amplitude Adjust (R602)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode Free Mode Pulse Amplitude 1000 Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =1001 Period =00110-4 Pulse Sign -Trig In open Range 10V

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

The Overiap indicator should be on Adjust R602 (Max Level) for -10OOV out

Pulse Sign Gain (check)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode Free Mode Pulse Amplitude 1000 Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =100 1s Period =001 10-4s Trig In open Range 10V

Measure the voltage at the output with the DMM for the Pulse Sign at + and - positions

The absolute values ofthe voltages should differ by less than lOOmV

Baseline Amplitudes (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Range 100mA Trig Mode center position Baseline Amplitude fully CW (1000) Trig In open

Measure the voltage at the output with the DMM with Baseline Sign in + Zero and

- positions

Gain the matching of current levels at = and - positions and offset current in Zero position

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop PO Box 850 Cartsboig Wa 98324 Telophone 800-4201306 360683-8300 FkX 3606803525 E-mail salesa-msystemscom website http^^wwaflisystemsccm

17

Output Range Amplitude and Drive (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Pulse Amplitude 1000 Pulse Sign + Trig Mode Free Run Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =1001 Period =10010-4 Trig In open

Load the output with a 10KV 1W 01 resistor Measure the voltage at the output with DMM

Verify that full scale output is within specification Scale Range 100V 100V 10V 10V 100mA IV 1mA 10V 10mA 100V

Pulse Sign and Short Circuit Protection (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =200 10-4 Period =00110-3 Baseline Zero Pulse Amplitude 25 Range 10V Trig Mode Free Run Trig In open

Measure the voltage at the output with the oscilloscope Check for Pulse Sign set to each of + - biphasic Watch for Error indicator when shorting the output

Verify that pulses of approx 25V amplitude (625V for biphasic mode) of the correct sign are produced every 10ms Short output in biphasic mode Output should return when opened

Output Transient Response (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Pulse Sign + Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =20010-4 Period =00110-3 Pulse Amplitude 250 Baseline Zero Trig Mode Free Mode Trig In open

Connect the oscilloscope to the output with a 310 attenuator probe Test both 10V and 100V ranges

Verify that overshoot and risetime meet specifications

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Telophone 8004201306 bull 3606808300 bull Flaquo( 360laquo83ltJ525 E-mail salesa-msystemsocm V^febsite http^wwwa-msystefnscom

18

Specifications

There are three classes of specifications Class A specifications tested in all units and are guaranteed Class B specifications are inherent in the design they are indirectly tested and are guaranteed Class C specifications are typical operating values which are occasionally tested- these are typical values given for your information but not guarshyanteed The class for each specification is noted in the center column ofthe following sections

Inputs Switching level

Hysteresis

Input equivalent circuit

Minimum duration (1 IL-level signal)

A

C

C

C

16 V(plusmn 02 V)

approx 50 mV

lOOKH to+5 in parallel with no more than 35pF

gt 50 ns

Open circuit condition B defaults to highon level

Timing and rate accuracy Rate selector steps

Timing multiplier steps

B

B

lOOpsto 100s in 7 steps

1 of rate selector step size Maximum value is 999 X the rate selector step size

Resolution B approx 01 ofthe maximum value

Timing error (second and later pulses after resetting controls)

B lt 002 of rate selector value + 015 ps

Timing error (first pulse after readjusting timing controls)

an additional 025 ps error may occur

Timing repeatability lt 001 setting + 20 ns (monophasic)

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Ram Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Vfa 98324 pTelophone 8004201306 bull 360683-8300 bull FAX 360683-3525

E-mail salesraquoflisystems com Wabsite httpJAnww afl isystems com

19

TRIG IN to OUTPUT delay (DELAY set to 0) output set to 2V

Timing jitter from TRIG IN to OUTPUT (for TTL trigger input with risetime lt10 ns)

Timing jitter from TRIG OUT (either BURST or PULSE) and OUTPUT

Trigger output to pulse output delay

Output characteristics Pulse level error (voltage mode open circuit current mode short circuit

Biphasic level difference IV + - V-1 2

Baseline level error (voltage mode open circuit current mode short circuit)

Risetime (25 V out)

Risetime (25 V out)

Transient response

A

A

A

Output impedance (voltage mode) C

Output impedance (current mode) C

Isolation resistance A

Isolation capacitance C

approx 05 ps for a load of no more than 10 KH in parallel with 50 pF

lt 125 ns (all rates except 100s) lt 125 ps (100s rate)

Less than 20 ns (all rates)

approx 350 ns

lt 03 of setting + 05 of r range (plus an additional 05 pA in 100 pA range)

lt 03 of range (voltage modes into open circuit current modes into short circuit)

lt 03 of setting of setting + 01 of range (plus an additional 05 pA in lOOpA range)

= 200 ns into less than 30 pF

= 15 ps into less than 30 pF

lt 8 overshoot into less than 30 pF for pulse voltages different than baseline voltage by at least 10 of range

= 50 ohms

raquo 1 0 GH (typically 200 GO)

raquo 1 0 0 M n

= 60 pF at 100 Hz

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Peril Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg V6 98324 |TelCf)hone 800-4201306 3606808300 bull FAX 360683-3525 E-mal salesaflisystefnsoom Website hnpyMVfWafllsystemsoom

20

Noise (differential mode)

Noise (common mode earth to isolated ground) with no signal output

Overload error indicator (low frequency short circuited voltage mode)

Overload error indicator low frequency open circuited current mode)

Overioad error response time

Miscellaneous

= 1 mV rms (10 V scale 10 Hz-4 MHz)

= 8 mV rms (10 Hz-4 MHz) == 100mVp-p (200 Hz -10 MHz) measured withalOMH 15pF oscilloscope probe

Turns on for set amplitude at or greater than approx plusmn1 V (10 V range) or plusmn2 V (100 V range)

Turns on for set amplitude at or above approx 2 of range

Flat to approx 30 ps duration Decreasing sensitivity for shorter pulses

Power

Fuse

Operating temperature range

Storage temperature range

Operating humidity

Dimensions

approx 11 watts

1 amp 3AG

10-30degC

0 - 50deg C

5 - 80 RH

17x475x1125 (inches) 432x121x286 cm

Weight 20 lbs (9 kg)

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Wb 98324 |Tetcphone 8004201306 3606808300 bull FOt 360683-3525 E-mail satesamsystems comV^febsite httpywwwaflisystemscom

21

Warranty and Service

What does this warranty cover A-M Systems Inc warrants to the Purchaser that the Instrument excluding cables Headstage Probes and any other accessories shipped with the Instrument (hereafter the hardware) is free from defects in workmanship or material under normal use and service for the period of one (1) year This warranty commences on the date of delivery ofthe hardware to the Purchaser

What are the obligations of A-M Systems Inc under this warranty During the warranty period A-M Systems Inc agrees to repair or replace at its sole option without charge to the Purchaser any defective component part of the hardware To obtain warranty service the Purchaser must return the hardware to A-M Systems Inc or an authorized A-M Systems Inc distributor in an adequate shipping container Any postage shipping and insurance charges incurred in shipping the hardware to A-M Systems Inc must be prepaid by the Purchaser and all risk for the hardware shall remain with purchaser until such time as A-M Systems Inc takes receipt of the hardware Upon receipt A-M Systems Inc will promptly repair or replace the defective unit and then return the hardware to the Purchaser postage shipping and insurance prepaid A-M Systems Inc may use reconditioned or like new parts or units at its sole option when repairing any hardware Repaired products shall carry the same amount of outstanding warranty as from original purchase or ninety (90) days which ever is greater Any claim under the warranty must include a dated proof of purchase ofthe hardware covered by this warranty In any event A-M Systems Inc liability for defective hardware is limited to repairing or replacing the hardware

What is not covered by this warranty This warranty is contingent upon proper use and maintenance ofthe hardware by the Purchaser and does not cover batteries Neglect misuse whether intentional or othenwise tampering with or altering the hardware damage caused by accident damage caused by unusual physical electrical chemical or electromechanical stress damage caused by failure of electrical power or damage caused during transportation are not covered by this wan-anty Products may not be returned to A-M Systems Inc for service whether under warranty or otherwise which are contaminated by infectious agents radioactive compounds or other materials constituting a health hazard to employees of A-M Systems Inc

What are the limits of liability for A-M Systems Inc under this warranty A-M Systems Inc shall not be liable for loss of data profits or savings or any special incidental consequential indirect or other similar damages arising from breach of contract negligence or other legal action even if the company or its agent has been advised of the possibility of such damages or for any claim brought against you by another party THIS EQUIPMENT IS NOT INTENDED FOR CLINICAL MEASUREMENTS USING HUMAN SUBJECTS A-M SYSTEMS INC DOES NOT ASSUME RESPONSIBILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE DUE TO MISUSE OF THIS EQUIPMENT Jurisdictions vary with regard to the enforceability of provisions excluding or limiting liability for incidental or consequential damages Check the provision of your local jurisdiction to find out whether the above exclusion applies to you

This warranty allocates risks of product failure between the Purchaser and A-M Systems Inc A-M Systems Inc hardware pricing reflects this allocation of risk and the limitations of liability contained in this warranty The warranty set forth above is in lieu of all other express warranties whether oral or written The agents employees distributors and dealers of A-M Systems Inc are not authorized to make modifications to this warranty or additional wan-anties binding on the company Accordingly additional statements such as dealer advertising or presentations whether oral or written do not constitute warranties by A-M Systems Inc and should not be relied upon This warranty gives you specific legal rights You may also have other rights which vary from one jurisdiction to another

fl-N Systems Inc 131BusinessPartiLoop RO Box850CartsbOfgWa98324 p O |Telophone 8004201306 bull 360683-8300FOC 3606830525 ^ ^ E-mail saiesaflisystefTiscom Wbbsite httpVwwwa-msystemscom

PULSE AMPLITUDE This counting dial

EVENTS This LED indicates when a pulse is ongoing

ERROR This LED indicates when the intemal output amplifier cannot output the pulse as desired This is usually due to a short circuit while trying to output a voltage or an open circuit while trying to output a current

One control from the Ot^uf section directly affects wavefonn timing the Pulse Sign control When set to the Biphasic mode a positive-going pulse is Immediately followed by a negative-going pulse This effectively doubles the pulse duration If a burst of biphasic pulses is being produced the period must be at least twice the single pulse duration In the Sgtan wave mode the baseline disappears as long as the burst persists

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Bushass Park locpPOBooi 850 C8ri9bcrgMS8324 IMqphona 800426-1306 bull36Olaquo83laquo3a0 FAX 360683-3529 E-nal amsyaOa4nsyatemscomWeMlK hMpJVniwa-nsygtatnscom

Operating Instructions

Examples Simple setup (and minimal Instrument tost)

Connect the output of the Model 2100 to an oscilloscope Before connecting the instrument it is safest to turn its power off

Set the Ou^uf controls

Range Pulse Sign

Baseline Pulse Amplitude

10V +

Zero 200

Setting The Timing Controls

Delay Burst Width

Duratbn Period

none single

15010-2 500102

Setting The Start Controls

Mode Free Run

Disconnect any cables to the TRIG or GATE Inputs

Note that the green Trig and Event Indicators tum on as Free Run is turned on (and tum off othenwise) You should observe a 15ms duration 20Hz rate pulse of 200V above a OV baseline on the oscilloscope i

A ^ M ^ _ _ _ A ^ _ _ _ 1 ^ 131BiiHnD8raquoParttloopPOBoxB50Car)sbcrBlaquoraquoS8324

bull P l ^ y S W n i S f |nC ltV^gt^8deglt^^2O1306380laquo8OS3a0FAX36O6BMS2S

6 E-fnflk 9n^fBOs-in9ystsni9cx]fnWDbs)tec H^ff9Nw^myStem9oom

Demonstration of Burst Mode Connect the output of the Model 2100 to an oscilloscope Before connecting the instrument it is safest to tum Its power off

Set the Output controls

Range Pulse Sign

Baseline Pulse Amplitude

Baseline Amplitude

Setting The Timing Controls

Delay Burst Width

Duration

Period

Set the START controls as follows

Mode

Disconnect any cables to the TRIG or GATE inputs

Trigger the oscilloscope from the Burst trigger out (upper Tr^ Out connector) for a stable display In each burst (occumng every lOOms) you should observe a trio of 15ms duration starting 50ms apart Try switching the StartMode from Free Run to the center (nomnal) position The pulses will no longer be produced and the Trig and Event indicators will turn off Pressing this switch once (to Manual) will cause a single burst to occur

880 120 150 500

10V +

200 100

102 102 102 102

Free Run

fleaff SySlQmSa |nCa deglgt ltlt ^ ^ deg ^ degdeg ^ ^ ^ bull E-matmia

131 Business Park LoopPO Box 850 Carisborg Vfe 86324 lUcphcna 800426-1306 36Olaquo83laquo300 FAX 36068raquo52 E-maft tfii8ysOiHn^nleiTBcom1AWisJto HSpitwraquoM^wytAtii9oom

Problem SoMng If the Instrument appears to be not worthing properiy check all of the control settings and connections Be sure to wait at least 5-10 seconds after turning the Instrument off before tuming it on again The following t6ef summary of typical problems for the user (along with the most common solutions) may help

Problem CauseSolution EVENT indicator never lights even in FREE RUN mode

bull Replace fuse check power connection bullSet DELAY or PERIOD to a shorter interval

bull Power-on too soon after power-off

OVERLAP Indicator is on

ERROR indicator is on

Time appears to be excessive

bullSet DURATION gt000 bull DURATION is set to SQUARE but PERIOD is 000 Increase PERIOD or set DURATION independantly

bull BURST and WIDTH are gt DURATION increase PERIOD or decrease

DURATION bull BIPHASIC pulse output is on and PERIOD is not longer than twice the DURATION Increase PERIOD or decrease DURATION

bull Free-run is on and BURST Is lt PERIOD (BURST off) DELAY is 0 and PERIOD is lt DURATION Add delay or modify PERIOD

bull Free-mn is on and BURST is gt DURATION (BURST ON) and PERIOD is lt DURATION Increase PERIOD

bull For VOLTAGE outputs the output Is trying to drive too low a resistance or capacitance (eg a short circuit) Check by disconnecting the output It is possible (and normal) that for the fastest cycles

and largest amplitudes (close to 100 V and 1 MS) that the ERROR Indicator might always come on during repetitive pulses Fix output load or decrease amplitude as required

bull Changed control in mid-cycle (resets cunent status)

A ^ M bull _ _ _ A ^ ^ _ _ i ^ mdash 131BuslnessPai1ltLoopPOBox850CarlsborgWamp98324

bull p i j ^ v s w m s iiic^^deglt^deg^^deglt^^^3degB3^^^deg^^^^degdeg^^^deg^^deg^^^^ E-mat iiiMOafflwstemseom WabaHe MtaffiwwtHtavsli

8 E-msft flmsjoQfrfraystGfnsoom ^WobsltiK hl^Aiwv9-fn9]nteniscom

Cant seem to get a full signal out

Incoming triggers not accepted frequently enough

bull Load is not properiy connected repair wiring

bull Too low a load impedance (VOLTAGE modes) or too high a load impedance

(CURRENT mode)

bull PERIOD is set too long (enforces dead time) followd by BURST set to SIGNAL Reduce PERIOD time

Table 10 Problem Solving

If you suspect that the Model 2100 may have completely failed we recommend checking the basic level of functionality If this fails your instrument is defective and must be repaired If this passes either your experimental setup is incompatible or inconsistent or there is a more subtle flaw in your Model 2100

If the Model 2100 appears to be malfunctioning contact A-M Systems Inc or your dealer Telephone numtgters for A-M Systems Inc listed on the front cover of this manual We will first attempt to solve the problem over the telephone so have an exact description of your problem available when you call You do not need to be within the warranty period to obtain over-the-phone assistance

A ^ M V - mdash A d B ^ K M I ^ M 131BuslnessPatfcLoopPOBox6SOCai

-PI s y s i Q m s inc-2raquolaquoa22=M^^

131 Business Parfc Loop PO Box 650 Cartsborg VM9 0S324 _ FAX36(W8a3525 E^nrt flnsysQa-ntsyttanB-oom Wsbsfte hHpiMNvwa-nnystsnisooni

9

Theory of Operation

The operation of the Model 2100 is summarized In the block diagram (see Fig 3) Not shown are all of the interconnections with the microcontroller The intemal microcontroler plays an important role in setting the signal path but does not directly

contribute to the dynamic characteristics It scans the front panel switches and sets the control values for the logic arays It programs the intemal counters which along with the other hardware achieve the necessary sub-microsecond speeds

All action starts either from an input trigger signal (from Trig In) or from an intemal signal (in free Run mode only) A Delay timer counts the 10MHz clock until its count value Is exhausted At this point the Burst timer starts Both Period and Duration timers are started at this time If the Burst timer has not expired by the end of the Period the Period and Duration timers are restarted If the Biphasic mode has been set the Duration timer is restarted at the end of the initial Duration and the sign of the output pulse Is reversed doubling the total duration

The system state (pulse on pulse sip baseline sign [+101-]) is transmitted to the isolated section via optoisolator The baseline and pulse amplitudes are selected by an analog switch The resulting signal is amplified by a variable-power-supply discrete operational amplifier The amplifier connections and gain is modified to provide two voltage and three cunent ranges

Timing overlap errors are detected by a logical decision computation rather than by testing for counter collisions This provides instant feedback rather than waiting up to an hour for such a collision to occur Output errors are measured by sensing the output amplifiers differential input voltage Under normal conditions this is a negligible voltage if the amplifier fails to deliver the requested signal the window comparator testing this voltage sends this message (via optoisolator) to the logic section turning on a warning LED

fl-N Systems Inc 131BusbnassPa(tLoopPOBox6SOCari3boigVMg8324 H n |TWoph0n880O426-13083eO6Blaquo300FMt36Olaquo8i3525 E-nnl anaysflfriinysleiiaoemWfcbslte hllphmwraquoimyatennoom

TRIG 3HJ) OUT

(burst)

TRIG ^ OUT

(pulse)

E

Ml

Calibration Procedures

The calibration interval is the lesser of 1000 hours of operation or 6 months Somewhat greater drift can be expected in the first 100 hours of operation as the semiconductors age Adjustments should only be made after the instrument has been fully warmed up for at least 15 minutes

Full instrument calibration requires the following test equipment digital multimeter (plusmn 01) able to measure resistance to at least lOOMfl oscilloscope with at least 50MHz bandwidth true-rms voltmeter with 4MHz bandwidth universal counter (plusmn 001 ) able to measure single pulse widths and periods resistors (all plusmn 01) 2kn lOkH 1 waft 20kn 200kn alligator clip lead sets banana plugs and BNC adapters

Adjustment integrated circuit and test point locations are shown in the following figures All adjustments are on the timing board unless otherwise noted

All voltages in the non-isolated section should be measured with respect to ground at TP510 unless othenvise stated Some voltages are measured with respect to an intemal isolated ground at TP650 or across the two output tenninals Occasionally the voltage at an IC pin must be measured In these cases the reference designator is given with the pin number in parentheses eg U602(16) When it states within this procedure that a voltage is to be minimized this means that the adjustment should be made such that the measured voltage is as close to zero volts as possible Refer to the Specifications Section of this manual for acceptable tolerances

The sequence of this procedure is Important If any adjustment is made all adjustments which follow must be made to ensure that the specifications will be met These procedures require that all controls remain as set in previous steps unless otherwise indicated

WARNING

The Model 2100 has dangerous voltages throughout the instrument even with the power is off Servicing the Model 2100 should only be done by qualified service personnel Use caution in handling any wires connectors or electrodes which may be directly or indirectly attached to the Instrument Do not touch exposed connections or components Disconnect power by unplugging the power cord from the receptacle

fl-N Systems I n c ^ 131BusinesaPartcLoopPOBox850CartsborgVWiB8324 4 n ^gt-mdash80O426-130638Ofl8Jlaquo300FAX36O683J52S bull E-maft BinsysQfrfn^islflnisoomVVfalislle h^KVfWMift^iisystemsoani

CO

- R503

Omg^

TPSOlQ O

OTPSOO

U560 bull

U510

DDID ^ trade E O ^ T P 5 1 0

bullnD Trig

0 ^

U570

Gate n U505

DO D

U515

Timing

Timing h_ U520

bsoo ^25SE Timing

Or r U540

I I Tmlng

[^ELIL

U535 D

U506

13 J510 Timlnff

BurfiDelay J400

i i i i i i i T r m r a

gt U550 ^

Clock

U555 U620

B a

^R^Pvhigh Rfijn O D O Vlow

o

bull U545

Fo sect737 lISOIsPjC-COMP

n r r ^ U760

J420

]]U632

Q S riuGSO

H = ) TP640^ deg I t I

II3D

J440 m i T i

U610 plusmn laquo j U O

bull bull l el

^t

O l

bull

M

I

Power supply and bias voltages

Power supply

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

POWER ON Observe voltage at P703 power supply wire top of main board

Check for+15 plusmn 050 V

Observe voltage at P701 power supply wire top of main board

Check for-15 plusmn 050 V

Observe voltage at U505(24) Check for+5 plusmn 025 V

Isolated supply voltage

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

RANGE 10 V TRIG open circuit MODE center position

Altemately observe V^ from R742 to R740 and V ^ from the U605(4) to U605(8)

Adjust R773 so that 110VltV^lt 120 V and

nign

28VltV^lt34V

Capacitance balance

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Connect a x10 oscilloscope probe to TP650 and ground the

Adjust R737 for minimum high frequency signal

Inputs

Gate funct ion

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave Verify that the voltage to GATE switches states at the Obsene voltage at U51G(3) proper input levels with an oscilloscope ^ ^

Trigger s lope

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave Verify that the voltage to TRIO switches states at the Observe voltage at US 10( 1) proper input levels with an oscilloscope

TRIG SLOPE + Verify voltage is 180 out of phase

TRIG SLOPE Verify voltage is in phase

fl-N Systems Inc ^ 131 Bushess Park Loop PO Bar 850 Carisborg Wa 98324 8004201306 3eOlaquoS3e300 FAX 3606BV352S

C-maft fliii8yBQfriii9yBlumaoamVIAibsMB hRpJhwMifi-iiiBystematxini

14

Trigger and gate funct ion

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

DELA NONE BURS1WII3TH SINGLE DURATION SQUARE PERIOD 100X10-3

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave to TRIG Obsen^e TRIOD and EVENT LEDS

TRIG disconnect all Short the GATE connector to GND Verify LEDs extinguish

MODE press to MANUAL Verify LEDs flash once

Timing

System c lock frequency

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Observe the frequency of the wave atU555(17)

Verify 1000 MHz plusmn001

Multipl iers (Wheel Switches)

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

PULSE SIGN + MODE FREE RUN TRIG disconnect all TIMING MULTIPUERS ail

wheels set to zero except the one being tested

TnmiNG OVERLAP ^nOTB

Observe the pulse width with the counter at the location specified below

Verify pulse width Is correct for each wheel as it is tested Independently

For each wheel of each MULTIPUER test each position to verify that the pulse width is correct Observe the signal at the following locations DELAY U520(2) BURSTWIDTH U530(2) PERIOD US40(2) DURATION U550(2)

Rates (Rotary Switches)

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

TIMING MULTIPUERS 001 TIMING RATES all rotary

switches set to 10-4 except the one being tested

Observe the pulse width with the counter at the location specified below

Verify pulse width is conect for each rotary switch as it is tested independently

For each of the four rotary switches in TIMING test each position to verify that the pulse wkJth is correct Observe the signal at the following locations DELAY U520(2) BURSTWIDTH U530(2) PERIOD U540(2) DURATION U550(2)

fl-N Systems I n c ^ E-maft emfl

131 Business Parti Loop PO 809(850 Cartsborg Wta 98324 8004201306 3804806300 FAX 36068O3S25

E-maft ansysQa nvystems-oom Wobste hflp Avwwa4nsy8(Qnttoam

15

Trigger outputs Controls

Range 10V Pulse Amplitude 500 Delay 100x10 Burst 100x10^2 Duration 100 x1a Period 400x10^ Pulse sign + Trig Mode Free run Trig in open

Inputs Observations

Trigger the oscilloscope to the Burst Trig Out Observe it the Pulse Trig Out and the isolated output

Adjust Check

Verify that the waveform consists of a burst of three 1ms-on3ms-off pulses The burst trigger should be synchronous with the burst the pulse trigger coincident with each pulse

Output Calibration

Isolation Resistance (check) Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode center position Trig In open

Measure the resistance between ground banana jack (front panel) and black banana jack of output with DMM

Resistance read gt 100MQ

Amplitude Switch Offset (R640) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Zero Trig Mode center position Trig In Open

Measure the voltage at TP645 vs TP650 with the DMM

Adjust R640 (AmpI Sw Offset) for minimum voltage

Output Offset (R332 front panel board) Controls I nputsObservatlons AdjustCheck

Baseline Zero Range 10V Trig Mode center position Trig In Open

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

Adjust R332 (Output offset) for minimum voltage

Positive Baseline Offset (R607) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Sign + Baseline Amplitude

fully CCW (000) Range 10V Trig In open Trig Mode center position

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

Adjust R602 (BSLN + offset) for minimum voltage

fl M raquo _ _ _ A laquo ^ _ i ^ ^ 131Buslnelaquo8Pari(loopPOBoK850Cart8borgWB96324

bull P I i s V S i e m S a |||Cg1Maphans80O42O130638O68O8300FAX36Olaquo8raquo^2S E-tiBft anagtraquoflwiisyagtlaquomraquoaimW6baHB hHpffii(wwraquoltnsylaquoleniieom

16

Negative Baseline Offset (R619) Controls

Baseline Sign -i Baseline Amplitude bull fully CCW (000)

Range 10V Trig In open Trig Mode center position

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

AdjustCheck

Adjust R619 (BSLN 4 offset) for minimum voltage

Pulse Amplitude Adjust (R602) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode Free Mode Pulse Amplitude 1000 Timing Dialay =none Burst =single Duration =1001 Period =00110-4 Pulse Sign -Trig In open Range 10V

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

The Overiap indicator should be on Adjust R602 (Max Level) for -1000V out

Pulse Sign Gain (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode Free Mode Pulse Amplitude 1000 Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =1001 s Period =00110-4s Trig In open Range 10V

Measure the voltage at the output with the DMM for the Pulse Sign at -- and - positions

The absolute values of the voltages should differ by less than lOOmV

Baseline Amplitudes (check) Controls InputsObservations

Range 100mA Trig Mode center position Baseline Amplitude fully CW (1000) Trig In open

Measure the voltage at the output with the DMM with Baseline Sign in + Zero and - positions

AdjustCheck

Gain the matching of current levels at = and - positions and offset current in Zero position

fl-N Systems Inc^^ bull E-mal am8

131 Business Partt Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 88324 8004201306360laquo8Oe300FAX 360laquo8O362S

E-maM am8y8^o-mBy8tflmBoom WobaKo hHp Awwwo-f i iBystonuoom

17

Output Range Amplitude and Drive (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Pulse Amplitude 1000 Pulse Sign + Trig Mode Free Run Timing Delay =none Burst =8ingle Duration =1001 Period =10010-4 Trig In open

Load the output with a 10KV1W 01 resistor Measure the voltage at the output with DMM

Verify that full scale output is within specification Scale Range 100V 100V 10V 10V 100mA IV 1mA 10V 10mA 100V

Pulse Sign and Short Circuit Protection (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Timing Delay =none Burst =8ingle Duration =200 10-4 Period =00110-3 Baseline Zero Pulse Amplitude 25 Range 10V Trig Mode Free Run Trig In open

Measure the voltage at the output with the oscilloscope Check for Pulse Sign set to each of + - biphasic Watch for Error indicator when shorting the output

Verify that pulses of approx 25V amplitude (625V for biphasic mode) of the correct sign are produced every 10ms Short output in biphasic mode Output should retum when opened

Output Transient Response (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Pulse Sign + Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =20010-4 Period =00110-3 Pulse Amplitude 250 Baseline Zero Trig Mode Free Mode Trig In open

Connect the oscilloscope to the output with a 310 attenuator prolse Test boVn 10V and 100V ranges

Verify that overshoot and risetime meet specifications

fl-N Systems I n c ^ 131 Business Parte Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wb 98324 8004201306 36Olaquo83O300 FAX 36O680lt352S

E-mQ0 snBy8Qs-msy8faiTiscom VWriMtte N ^ Mvww9-msy8lemscom

18

Specifications

There are three classes of specifications Class A specifications tested in all unHs and are guaranteed Class B specifications are inherent in the design they are indirectly tested and are guaranteed Class C specifications are typical operating values which are occasionally tested- these are typical values given for your infomiation but not guarshyanteed The class for each specification is noted in the center column of the following sections

Inputs Switching level

Hysteresis

Input equivalent circuit

Minimum duration (1 IL-level signal)

A

C

C

C

16V(plusmn02V)

approx 50 mV

100K ft to+5 In parallel with no more than 35pF

gt 50 ns

Open circuit condition B defaults to highon level

Timing and rate accuracy Rate selector steps

Timing multiplier steps

Resolution

Timing eror (second and later pulses after resetting controls)

B

B

B

B

lOOps to 100s In 7 steps

1 of rate selector step size Maximum value is 999 x the rate selector step size

approx 01 of the maximum value

lt 002 of rate selector value + 015 ps

Timing error (first pulse after readjusting timing controls)

an additional 025 ps error may occur

Timing repeatability lt 001 setting + 20 ns (monophasic)

fl-N Systems I nc ^ bull E-moU ams

131 Business Parti Loop PO Boot 850 Cartsborg VM 98324 80O42O130838O08O8300FAX36Olaquo8O3S2S

E-meU anByafl^iiisyslainaoomWebsHe hHpffliiwwraquomsys)emsoom

19

TRIG IN to OUTPUT delay (DELAY set to 0) output set to 2V

Timing jitter ft-om TRIG IN to OUTPUT (for TTL trigger input with risetime lt10 ns)

Timing jitter ft^om TRIG OUT (either BURST or PULSE) and OUTPUT

Trigger output to pulse output delay

Output charactsristics Pulse level enror (voltage mode open circuit cun-ent mode short circuit

Biphasic level difference |V + + V-|2

Baseline level error (voltage mode A open circuit current mode short circuit)

Risetime (25 V out)

Risetime (25 V out)

Transient response

A

A

A

Output impedance (voltage mode) C

Output impedance (current mode) C

Isolation resistance A

Isolation capacitance C

approx 05 ps for a load of no more than 10 Kft in parallel with 50 pF

lt 125 ns (all rates except 100s) lt 125 ps (100s rate)

Less than 20 ns (all rates)

approx 350 ns

lt 03 of setting + 05 of r range (plus an additional 05 pA inlOOpArenge)

lt 03 of range (voltage modes into open circuit current modes into short circuit)

lt 03 of setting of setting + 01 of range (plus an additional 05 pA in lOOpA range)

laquo 200 ns into less than 30 pF

laquo15 ps into less than 30 pF

lt 8 overshoot Into less than 30 pF for pulse voltages different than baseline voltage by at least 10 of range

laquo 50 ohms

raquo 1 0 Gft (typically 200 Gft)

raquo100Mft

laquo 60 pF at 100 Hz

fl-N Systems Inc^^ 131 Business Partt Uxip PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 96324 8004201308 SBOee^^SOO FAX 360laquoS3^52S

E-mat BiByraquoaiMii8ylaquoliiiiiseomWiljalteHlpJV(wwraquo4tgy8lenaoom

20

Noise (differential mode)

Noise (common mode earth to isolated ground) with no signal output

Overioad error indicator (low frequency short circuited voltage mode)

Overioad error indicator low frequency open circuited current mode)

Overioad enor response time

Miscellaneous

Power

Fuse

Operating temperature range

Storage temperature range

Operating humidity

Dimensions

Weight

laquo1 mV rms (10 V scale 10Hz-4MHz)

laquo 8 mV rms (10 Hz-4 MHz) laquo100mVp-p (200 Hz -10 MHz) measured withalOMft 15pF oscilloscope probe

Turns on for set amplitude at or greater than approx plusmn1V (10 V range) or plusmn2 V (100 V range)

Turns on for set amplitude at or above approx 2 of range

Flat to approx 30 ps duration Decreasing sensitivity for shorter pulses

approx 11 watts

1 amp 3 AG

10-30C

0 - 50deg C

5-80RH

17x475x1125 (Inches) 432x121x286 cm

20 lbs (9 kg)

fl mm bull gt _ _ _ A ^ ^ _ _ L ^ 131BusinesraquoPariltLocpPOBox850C8rtsborgWS9e324

bull p i ^ y s v e m s IIIC^^deg(^deg^Bdegltgt^^^3degdeg^deg^^deg^^^degdeg^^I^deg^deg^^^^^

21 E-mei flre^nQo 4n8yo(amscam Wsbsfle hHpAwwwe-msy8Jems-Oom

Warranty and Service

What does this warranty cover A-M Systems Inc warrants to the Purchaser that the Instrument excluding cables Headstage Probes and any other accessories shipped with the Instrument (hereafter the hardware) is free from defects in workmanship or material under normal use and service for the period of one (1) year This warranty commences on the date of delivery of the hardware to the Purchaser

What are the obligations of A-M Systems Inc under this warranty During the warranty period A-M Systems Inc agrees to repair or replace at its sole option without charge to the Purchaser any defective component part of the hardware To obtain warranty service the Purchaser must return the hardware to A-M Systems Inc or an authorized A-M Systems Inc distributor in an adequate shipping container Any postage shipping and insurance charges incurred in shipping the hardware to A-M Systems Inc must be prepaid by the Purchaser and all risk for the hardware shall remain with purchaser until such time as A-M Systems Inc takes receipt of the hardware Upon receipt A-M Systems Inc will promptly repair or replace the defective unit and then return the hardware to the Purchaser postage shipping and insurance prepaid A-M Systems Inc may use reconditioned or like new parts or units at its sole option when repairing any hardware Repaired products shall carry the same amount of outstanding wan^nty as from original purchase or ninety (90) days which ever is greater Any claim under the warranty must include a dated proof of purchase of the hardware covered by this wan-anty In any event A-M Systems Inc liability for defective hardware is limited to repairing or replacing the hardware

What is not covered by this warranty This warranty is contingent upon proper use and maintenance of the hardware by the Purchaser and does not cover batteries Neglect misuse whether intentional or otherwise tampering with or altering the hardware damage caused by accident damage caused by unusual physical electrical chemical or electromechanical stress damage caused by failure of electrical power or damage caused during transportation are not covered by this warranty Products may not be returned to A-M Systems Inc for service whether under warranty or otherwise which are contaminated by infectious agents radioactive compounds or other materials constituting a health hazard to employees of A-M Systems Inc

What are the limits of llabiiity for A-M Systems inc under this warranty A-M Systems Inc shall not be liable for loss of data profits or savings or any special incidental consequential indirect or other similar damages arising from breach of contract negligence or other legal action even if the company or its agent has been advised of the possibility of such damages or for any claim brought against you by another party THIS EQUIPMENT IS NOT INTENDED FOR CLINICAL MEASUREMENTS USING HUMAN SUBJECTS A-M SYSTEMS INC DOES NOT ASSUME RESPONSIBILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE DUE TO MISUSE OF THIS EQUIPMENT Jurisdictions vary with regard to the enforceability of provisions excluding or limiting liability for incidental or consequential damages Check the provision of your local jurisdiction to find out whether the above exclusion applies to you This warranty allocates risks of product failure between the Purchaser and A-M Systems Inc A-M Systems Inc hardware pricing reflects this allocation of risk and the limitations of liability contained in this wanranty The warranty set forth above is in lieu of all other express wan^anties whether oral or written The agents employees distributors and dealers of A-M Systems Inc are not authorized to make modifications to this wan-anty or additional wan-anties binding on the company Accordingly additional statements such as dealer advertising or presentations whether oral or written do not constitute wananties by A-M Systems Inc and should not be relied upon This warranty gives you specific legal rights You may also have other rights whrch vary from one jurisdiction to another

6 mm ^ laquo _ _ A a B ^ _ 1 ^ ^ 131 Business Parti Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg W B 98324 O O

bull P l A y S V e m S l n C T^M 8OO42OI3O6 380683-8300FAX 360 803525 ^ ^ E-msl iiiisy80iHTBy8tenisoom Wsbsito hnphwwfrimysleiiisoom

A

V ISO

INSTRUCTION MANUAL

FOR

ISOLATED PULSE STIMULATOR

MODEL 2100

Serial

Date

A-M Systems Inc

PO Box 850

Carlsborg WA 98324

USA

360-683-8300 bull 800-426-1306 FAX 360-683-3525

httpwwwa-msystemscom

Version 70 February 2002

Contents General Description 1

Instrument Features 1 Controls and Connectors 2

Operating Instructions 6 Theory of Operation 10 Calibration Procedures 12

Inputs 14 Output Calibration 16

Specifications 19 Warranty and Service 22

Each Isolated Pulse Stimulator is delivered complete with

Rack Mount Hardware Instructions amp Maintenance Manual

NOTE

This instrument is not intended for clinical measurements using human subjects A-M Systems Inc does not assume responsibility for Injury or damage due to the misuse of this instrument

General Description

Instrument Features The Isolated Pulse Stimulator Model 2100 is designed for a wide variety of applications It is highly flexible being capable of delivering single pulses biphasic pairs or bursts of pulses Pulses may be started manually or upon receiving a trigger signal from another Instrument or computer Two non-isolated trigger outputs are available for triggering other instruments

Four sets of timing controls provide comprehensive control overall aspects of pulse generation Three digit accuracy is available over a 7 decade range for each timing function using lever wheel switches Pulse widths can be set over more than a 9 decade range from 05 ps to 999 seconds Timing accuracy is assured through the use of a 10 MHz base rate crystal-controlled clock digitally divided to provide accurate timing over the entire range Atiming overiap indicator will light If the timing controls are set inconsistently

The output may be conveniently switched between current and voltage modes Pulse and baseline amplitudes are Independently presettable with lockable dials An error Indicator will light if the Mode2700 cannot deliver the desired signal

r WARNING

The Model 2100 can produce potentially dangerous voltages up to 100 V at the output connectors The isolated output is not connected internally to safety (earth) ground in any way Some part of the extemal circuit should be connected to safety ground Use caution in handling any wires connectors or electrodes which may be directly or indirectly attached to the Model 2100 output Some kinds of connectors such as BNC connectors have exposed metal parts which may float at dangerous potentials unless extemally connected to safety ground For greatest safety tum the Model 2100 off before making any connections to

the instrument

131 Business Parii Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Telophone 800-426-1306 bull 360-68raquolaquo300 bull FAX 360683-3525 E-mal satesa-msystemsoom VVfebsite httpywwwa^nsystemscom fl-N Systems Inc 1

Controls and Connectors The controls for the Model 2100 are grouped in three sections START which controls when a pulse or burst of pulses begins TIMING which controls the onoff timing of one or more pulses and OUTPUT which controls the amplitude of the output signal

Start TRIG SLOPE Determines the polarity of valid trigger pulses (positive or negative edges in the trigger signal)

MODE Controls waveform initiation When set to FREE RUN one timing cycle immediately follows the last When momentarily placed In the MANUAL position a timing cycle starts Immediately When the switch Is In the center position timing cycles start when valid triggering events occur

TRIGD This LED lights up when a timing cycle Is in process and continues until the burst is completed

TRIG This BNC connector allows a signal from an external source to Initiate timing cycles It is set for standard TTL levels

GATE This BNC connector allows a signal from an external source to restrict the final output signal This input must be at a logical high (or open-circuited) in order for the Model 2100 to recognize either manual or automatic trigger events

Gate 1_ Trigger |~~^ i I Valid triggers (represented by the arrows in the figure) can occur only when the gate Is at logical high Note that the up arrow would apply only If TRIG SLOPE is set to + the down an-ows would apply only if TRIG SLOPE Is set to -

NOTE Triggers have no effect if the system has not completed its response to a previous trigger

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Park Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Vb 98324 TelQphQne 80O426-1306 360683-8300 FAX 360683-3525 E-mail sales^a-msystemscom Wsbsite httpywwwa-msystemscom

Timing Four sets of controls govern the timing of pulse generation Each set contains two values which are multiplied together to detemnine the actual timing value The rotary knob (rate selector) provides the approximate timing value and the lever wheel switch bank (MULTIPLIER)

provides a time resolution of three decimal digits The following diagram shows most of the Important relationships

Output r Delay Duration

|ltPeriodgtj

t Burst width

Trigger event

DELAY These controls determine the time duration between the initiating trigger event and the beginning of the pulse burst If this rate selector is set to NONE or the multiplier is set to 000 there Is no delay

BURST WIDTH These controls determine the time period in which one or more pulses may be delivered Once started a pulse may outlast the burst width If this rate selector is set to SINGLE or to any time shorter than the pulse duration only a single pulse will occur If the BURST WIDTH Is longer than the period pulses will be emitted at the PERIOD rate until the burst time ends Pulses are never truncated by a short BURSTWIDTH

inds)-PULSE

D U R A T I O N 1 0 1 0

10

INTEB-PULSE PERIOD

1 1 10

DURATION These controls determine the length of each pulse Ifthis rate selector Is set to SQUARE the duration is set to half of the period regardless of the MULTIPLIER setting

PERIOD These controls set the period of time between adjacent pulse events within the burst It also forces a minimum dead time between recognized input triggers following a burst of one or more pulses This can be used to prevent over stimulation of a tissue without requiring excessive delay between the triggering event and the stimulating pulse

TIMING OVERLAP

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 860 Carisborg Vamp 98324 |Telophone 800-426-1306 360683-8300 bull FAX 3606aW525 E-mail salearega^nsystemsoom Vfeb5ite httpAwwwa^nsyslemscam

NOTE If any of these timing controls are changed while a timing cycle is in operation the results are undefined until the current cycle finishes

TIMING OVERLAP This LED will light to Indicate an inconsistency in the timing cycle settings There are several ways to introduce such errors The most common way is to set the Inter-pulse PERIOD to be less than the pulse DURATION

T I M I N G (seconds)^

TRIG OUT (UPPER) This BNC connector provides a signal which is coincident with the Internal Burst timing signal (default) This means the signal starts at the end of the Delay time and persists until the Burst time expires This output may also be set to represent the delay time-out by setting the internal jumper J510 to the right two pins instead of the left two pins (Please see the Calibration section in this manual for jumper location Directions are given as viewed from the front of the Instrument)

TRIG OUT (LOWER) This BNC connector provides a signal which Is coincident with the Duration timing signal which controls pulse output

NOTE Both trigger output signals slightly lead the isolated output signal

Output

PULSE SIGN This switch determines the polarity of the pulses to be generated It also allows generation of biphasic pulses thereby doubling the effective total period Warning the first pulse generated after changing the PULSE

SIGN switch may have the wrong polarity

BASELINE This Switch determines the polarity ofthe baseline signal

RANGE This rotary switch determines if the output pulses will be constant current (3 ranges) or constant voltage (2 ranges)

BASELINE AMPLITUDE This value is independently set using a ten-turn counting dial The maximum baseline amplitude is one tenth the value shown on the range amplitude switch

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 8S0 Cartsborg Vfa 98324 |Tetaphone 80O426-1306 bull 360683-8300 bull FAX 3606803525 E-mail salesa-msystemscom Wbbsite http7Awwwaflnsystemscom

PULSE AMPLITUDE This value is independently set using a ten-turn counting dial The maximum pulse amplitude is the value shown on the range amplitude switch

EVENT This LED indicates when a pulse is ongoing

ERROR This LED indicates when the internal output amplifier cannot output the pulse as desired This is usually due to a short circuit while trying to output a voltage or an open circuit while trying to output a current

VOTEThe Pulse Sign control in the Oupuf section directly affects waveform timing When set to the Biphasic mode a positive-going pulse is immediately followed by a negative-going pulse This effectively doubles the pulse duration If a burst of biphasic pulses is being produced the period must be at least twice the single pulse duration In the Square wave mode the baseline disappears as long as the burst persists

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsboig Vte 98324 |Telophone 800426-1306 360683-8300 bull FAX 3606833525 E-mail salesa-m5ystem5 com Website httpwwwa-msystemscom

Operating Instructions

Examples Simple setup (and minimal instrument test)

Connect the output ofthe Model 2100 to an oscilloscope Before connecting the Model 2100 to any other instrument or the experimental preparation It is safest to turn Its power off

Set the Oufpuf controls

Range 10V Pulse Sign +

Baseline Zero Pulse Amplitude 200

Setting The Timing Controls

Delay Burst Width

Duration Period

none single

15010-2 50010-2

Setting The Start Controls

Mode Free Run

Disconnect any cables to the TRIG or GATE inputs

Note that the green Trig and Event Indicators turn on as Free Run is turned on (and turn off otherwise) You should observe a 15ms duration 20Hz rate pulse of 200V above a OV baseline on the oscilloscope

fl-N Systems Inc 131 BusinessPartiLoop RO Box850CarisbcxgWa98324 |Telophone 800426-1306 bull 360-683-8300 bull FW 360683-3525 E-mail salesa-msystems com VVbbsite httpywwwa-msystems com

Demonstration of Burst Mode Connect the output ofthe Model 2100 to an oscilloscope Before connecting the Model 2100 to any other instrument or the experimental preparation It Is safest to turn its power off

Set the Outpuf controls

Range 10V Pulse Sign +

Baseline Pulse Amplitude 200

Baseline Amplitude 100

Setting The Timing Controls

Delay 88010-2 Burst Width 12010-^

Duration 15010-2 Period 50010-2

Set the START controls as follows

Mode Free Run

Disconnect any cables to the TRIG or GATE inputs

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Telophooe 8004201306 360683-8300 bull FAX 360683-3525 E^naii salesa-msystems com Watjsite http7wwwa-msystemscom

Trigger the oscilloscope from the Bursf trigger out (upper Trig Out connector) for a stable display In each burst (occurring every lOOms) you should observe a trio of 15ms duration starting 50ms apart Try switching the StartMode from Free Run to the center (nonnal) position The pulses will no longer be produced and the Trig and Event Indicators will tum off Pressing this switch once (to Manual) will cause a single burst to occur

Problem Solving If the instrument appears to be not working properiy check all ofthe control settings and connections Be sure to wait at least 5-10 seconds after turning the instrument off before turning it on again The following summary of typical problems for the user (along with the most common solutions) may help

Problem CauseSolution

EVENT Indicator never lights even in FREE RUN mode

bull Replace fuse check power connection bullSet DELAY or PERIOD to a shorter interval

bull Power-on too soon after power-off

OVERLAP Indicator is on

ERROR indicator is on

bull Set DURATION gt000 bull DURATION Is set to SQUARE but

PERIOD is 000 Increase PERIOD or set DURATION independantly

bull BURST and WIDTH are gt DURATION increase PERIOD or decrease DURATION

bull BIPHASIC pulse output Is on and PERIOD is not longer than twice the DURATION Increase PERIOD or decrease DURATION

bull Free-run Is on and BURST is lt PERIOD (BURST off) DELAY is 0 and PERIOD Is lt DURATION Add delay or modify PERIOD

bull Free-run is on and BURST is gt DURATION (BURST ON) and PERIOD is lt DURATION Increase PERIOD

bull For VOLTAGE outputs the output is trying to drive too low a resistance or capacitance (eg a short circuit) Check by disconnecting the output ft is possible (and normal) that for the fastest cycles and largest amplitudes (close to 100 V

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business PartiLoop PO Box 850 CartsborgWa 98324 iTelophone 800-42O130636O6e3-8300FAX 3606B3-3525 E-mail satesaflisyslefmcom Vfebslte http7wwwa-msyslemscom

and 1 ps) that the ERROR indicator might always come on during repetitive pulses Fix output load or decrease amplitude as required

Time appears to be excessive Changed control in mid-cycle (resets current status)

Cant seem to get a full signal out Load Is not properiy connected repair wiring Too low a load impedance (VOLTAGE modes) or too high a load impedance (CURRENT mode)

Incoming triggers not accepted frequently enough

PERIOD is set too long (enforces dead time) followd by BURST set to SIGNAL Reduce PERIOD time

Table 10 Problem Solving

If you suspect that the Model 2100 may have completely failed we recommend checking the basic level of functionality Ifthis fails your instrument Is defective and must be repaired Ifthis passes either your experimental setup is incompatible or inconsistent or there is a more subtle flaw in your Model 2100

If the Model 2100 appears to be malfunctioning contact A-M Systems Inc or your dealer We will first attempt to solve the problem over the telephone so have an exact description of your problem available when you call You do not need to be within the warranty period to obtain over-the-phone assistance

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 iTetoptxme 80O426-1306 bull 360683-8300 FAX 3606803525 E-mail satesa-msystemsoomAfebsitehttpJwwwaflisystemscom

Theory of Operation

The operation ofthe Model 2100 is summarized in the block diagram (see the figure on Page 11) Not shown are all ofthe interconnections with the microcontroller The internal microcontroler plays an important role in setting the signal path but does not directly contribute to the dynamic characteristics It scans the front panel switches and sets the control values for the logic arrays It programs the internal counters which along with the other hardware achieve the necessary sub-microsecond speeds

Pulse generation starts either from an Input trigger signal (from Trig In) or an internally signal (Free Run mode) A Delay timer counts the 10MHz clock until its count value is exhausted At this point the Burst Period and Duration timers are started If the Burst timer has not expired by the end ofthe Period the Period and Duration timers are restarted If the Biphasic mode has been set the Duration timer is restarted at the end of the initial Duration and the sign ofthe output pulse is reversed doubling the total duration

The system state (pulse on pulse sign baseline sign [+0f-]) is transmitted to the isolated section via optoisolator The baseline and pulse amplitudes are selected by an analog switch The resulting signal is amplified by a variable-power-supply discrete operational amplifier The amplifier connections and gain is modified to provide two voltage and three current ranges

Timing overiap errors are detected by a logical decision computation rather than by testing for counter collisions This provides instant feedback rather than waiting up to an hour for such a collision to occur Output errors are measured by sensing the output amplifiers differential input voltage Under normal conditions this is a negligible voltage If the amplifier fails to deliver the requested signal the window comparator testing this voltage sends this message (via optoisolator) to the logic section turning on a warning LED

fl-N Systems Inc 131BusinessPart(LoopRO Box850CarisboigWa98324 4 n Tel0pri0ne80O426-130636O683^300FAX36O6833525 ^ E-mail salesaflisystBmscom V febsite http7wwwa-msystemsoom

S i

I - - ^^mdasho^M

OUTPUT i l l

TRIG ^ OUT

(burst)

TRIG 3-lt) OUT

(pulse)

til

I laquo

Calibration Procedures

The calibration interval is the lesser of 1000 hours of operation or 6 months Somewhat greater drift can be expected in the first 100 hours of operation as the semiconductors age Adjustments should only be made after the instrument has been fully warmed up for at least 15 minutes

Full instrument calibration requires the following test equipment digital multimeter (plusmn 01) able to measure resistance to at least lOOMO oscilloscope with at least 50MHz bandwidth true-mis voltmeter with 4MHz bandwidth universal counter (plusmn 001 ) able to measure single pulse widths and periods resistors (all plusmn 01) 2kn lOkH 1 watt 20kn 200kn alligator clip lead sets banana plugs and BNC adapters

Adjustment integrated circuit and test point locations are shown in the following figures All adjustments are on the timing board unless othenAise noted

All voltages in the non-isolated section should be measured with respect to ground at TP510 unless othenwise stated Some voltages are measured with respect to an internal isolated ground at TP650 or across the two output temninals Occasionally the voltage at an IC pin must be measured in these cases the reference designator is given with the pin number in parentheses eg U602(16) When it states within this procedure that a voltage is to be minimized this means that the adjustment should be made such that the measured voltage is as close to zero volts as possible Refer to the Specifications Section of this manual for acceptable tolerances

The sequence of this procedure is important If any adjustment is made all adjustments which follow must be made to ensure that the specifications will be met These procedures require that all controls remain as set in previous steps unless othenAise indicated

WARNING

The Model 2100 has dangerous voltages throughout the instrument even with the power is off Servicing the Model 2100 should only be done by qualified service personnel Use caution in handling any wires connectors or electrodes which may be directly or indirectly attached to the instrument Do not touch exposed connections or components Disconnect power by unplugging the power cord from the receptacle

H B ^ ^ S y s t e m s inc^degdegp^deg^^deg-^^^^^^^^B3^^^degdeg^^^lt^^^B^^^^ 131BusinessPartiLoopPO Box850CartsbOigWamp98324 4 9 |Telophone800-42013C6360683-8300F0lt360683-3525 ^ E-mail salesa-msystefnscom website httpwwwaflisystems com

CO

TP501 O lt0

g OTPSOO

U560 S

Trig Gate

0 -TISOS

U570

U500

Timing

p U520

Timing

K U550 Timin

gt U540

U515

o X I Timin

U508 I

J510 Timing nnn

Burst Delay J400

gt U550

R503

D D I D bull U8QQ i Q

n

oo

V P 5 1 0

b U535

^

Clock i _

U555

lt U 5 4 5

o

h d ^ O - - ^ U605

Q D

U620

O fJZ^ R737 bull ^ 1^13015 r j C - C O M P

B B nU770 ^ ^ ^ 5 ^ a

J420

a

o E

bull [ ]U632

riueso

rR742rVhigh R 6 1 9 ^

LJ TP645 O TP650

TPMOQ^QS

Vlow

CD-

CZZl

J440 bull bull tl iUDQ

I t

f i l

Power supply and bias voltages

Power supply

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

POWER ON Observe voltage at P703 power supply wire top of main board

Check for+15 plusmn 050 V

Observe voltage at P701 power supply wire top of main board

Check for-15 plusmn 050 V

Observe voltage at U505(24) Check for +5 plusmn 025 V

Isolated supply voltage Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

RANGE 10 V TRIG open circuit MODE center position

Alternately observe V ^ from R742 to R740 and V ^ from theU605(4)toU605(8)

Adjust R773 so that 110VltV lt 120 V and

nigh

28VltV|^lt34V

Capacitance balance Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

Connect a xlO oscilloscope probe to TP650 and ground the

Adjust R737 for minimum high frequency signal

Inputs

Gate function Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave Verify that the voltage to GATE switches states at the Observe voltage at U510(3) proper input levels with an oscilloscope

Trigger slope Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave Verify that the voltage to TRIG switches states at the Observe voltage at U510( 1) proper input levels with an oscilloscope

TRIG SLOPE Verify voltage is 180deg out of phase

TRIG SLOPE Verify voltage is in phase

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 860 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Jelophone 800-4201306 360683-8300 bull FM 380683-3525 E-mail salesaflTsystBfnscom bull Vtebsite httpVAirwwaflisystems com

14

Trigger and gate f unc t i on

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

DELAY NONE BURS-nMDTH SINGLE DURATION SQUARE PERIOD 100X10-3

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave to TRIG Observe TRIGD and EVENT LEDs

TRIG disconnect all Short the GATE connector to GND Verify LEDs extinguish

MODE press to MANUAL Verify LEDs flash once

Timing

System c lock f requency

Controls Inputs Observations Ad jus t Check

Observe the frequency of the wave Verify 1000 MHz plusmn 001 atU555(17)

Mul t ip l iers (Wheel Swi tches)

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

PULSE SIGN-laquobull MODE FREE RUN TRIG disconnect all TIMING MULTIPUERS all

wheels set to zero except the one being tested

TIMING OVERLAP ignore

Observe the pulse width with the counter at the location specified t)elow

Verify pulse width is correct for each wheel as it is tested independently

For each wheel of each MULTIPLIER test each position to verify that the pulse width is correct Observe the signal at the following locations DELAY U520(2) BURSTWIDTH U530(2) PERIOD U540(2) DURATION U550(2)

Rates (Rotary Swi tches)

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

TIMING MULTIPUERS 001 Observe the pulse width with the TIMING RATES all rotary counter at the location specified

switches set to 10-4 below except the one being tested

Verify pulse width is correct for each rotary switch as it is tested independently

For each ofthe four rotary switches in TIMING test each position to verify that the pulse width is correct Observe the signal at the following locations DELAY U520(2) BURSTWIDTH U530(2) PERIOD U540(2) DURATION U550(2)

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 iTetophone 8004201306 bull 360683-8300 bull FOC 3606803525 E-mail salesa-msystemscom Wbbsite httpJwwwaflTSystemscom

15

Trigger outputs

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

Range 10V Pulse Amplitude 500 Delay 100 xlO^ Burst 100 x 10 ^ Duration 100x10-^ Period 400x10-^ Pulse sign + Trig Mode Free run Trig in open

Trigger the oscilloscope to the Burst Trig Out Observe it the Pulse Trig Out and the isolated output

Verify that the waveform consists of a burst of three 1ms-on3ms-off pulses The burst trigger should be synchronous with the burst the pulse trigger coincident with each pulse

Output Calibration

Isolation Resistance (check)

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode center position Trig In open

Measure the resistance between ground banana jack (front panel) and black banana jack of output with DMM

Resistance read gt 100MQ

Amplitude Switch Offset (R640)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Zero Trig Mode center position Trig In Open

Measure the voltage at TP645 vs TP650 with the DMM

Adjust R640 (AmpI Sw Offset) for minimum voltage

Output Offset (R332 front panel board) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Zero Range 10V Trig Mode center position Trig In Open

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

Adjust R332 (Output offset) for minimum voltage

Positive Baseline Offeet (R607) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Sign + Baseline Amplitude

fully CCW (000) Range 10V Trig In open Trig Mode center position

Measure the voltage across the outputwiththeDMM

Adjust R602 (BSLN + offset) for minimum voltage

fl-N Systems Inc 131 BusBiess Parti Loop P O Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Telophone B00-42O1306 bull 360683-8300 bull FAX 3606803525 E-mail salesaflisystemscom V^tebsite httpy^vwwa-msystems com

16

Negative Baseline Offset (R619)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Sign -Baseline Amplitude

fully CCW (000) Range 10V Trig In open Trig Mode center position

Measure the voltage across the outputwiththeDMM

Adjust R619 (BSLN + offset) for minimum voltage

Pulse Amplitude Adjust (R602)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode Free Mode Pulse Amplitude 1000 Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =1001 Period =00110-4 Pulse Sign -Trig In open Range 10V

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

The Overiap indicator should be on Adjust R602 (Max Level) for -10OOV out

Pulse Sign Gain (check)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode Free Mode Pulse Amplitude 1000 Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =100 1s Period =001 10-4s Trig In open Range 10V

Measure the voltage at the output with the DMM for the Pulse Sign at + and - positions

The absolute values ofthe voltages should differ by less than lOOmV

Baseline Amplitudes (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Range 100mA Trig Mode center position Baseline Amplitude fully CW (1000) Trig In open

Measure the voltage at the output with the DMM with Baseline Sign in + Zero and

- positions

Gain the matching of current levels at = and - positions and offset current in Zero position

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop PO Box 850 Cartsboig Wa 98324 Telophone 800-4201306 360683-8300 FkX 3606803525 E-mail salesa-msystemscom website http^^wwaflisystemsccm

17

Output Range Amplitude and Drive (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Pulse Amplitude 1000 Pulse Sign + Trig Mode Free Run Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =1001 Period =10010-4 Trig In open

Load the output with a 10KV 1W 01 resistor Measure the voltage at the output with DMM

Verify that full scale output is within specification Scale Range 100V 100V 10V 10V 100mA IV 1mA 10V 10mA 100V

Pulse Sign and Short Circuit Protection (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =200 10-4 Period =00110-3 Baseline Zero Pulse Amplitude 25 Range 10V Trig Mode Free Run Trig In open

Measure the voltage at the output with the oscilloscope Check for Pulse Sign set to each of + - biphasic Watch for Error indicator when shorting the output

Verify that pulses of approx 25V amplitude (625V for biphasic mode) of the correct sign are produced every 10ms Short output in biphasic mode Output should return when opened

Output Transient Response (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Pulse Sign + Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =20010-4 Period =00110-3 Pulse Amplitude 250 Baseline Zero Trig Mode Free Mode Trig In open

Connect the oscilloscope to the output with a 310 attenuator probe Test both 10V and 100V ranges

Verify that overshoot and risetime meet specifications

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Telophone 8004201306 bull 3606808300 bull Flaquo( 360laquo83ltJ525 E-mail salesa-msystemsocm V^febsite http^wwwa-msystefnscom

18

Specifications

There are three classes of specifications Class A specifications tested in all units and are guaranteed Class B specifications are inherent in the design they are indirectly tested and are guaranteed Class C specifications are typical operating values which are occasionally tested- these are typical values given for your information but not guarshyanteed The class for each specification is noted in the center column ofthe following sections

Inputs Switching level

Hysteresis

Input equivalent circuit

Minimum duration (1 IL-level signal)

A

C

C

C

16 V(plusmn 02 V)

approx 50 mV

lOOKH to+5 in parallel with no more than 35pF

gt 50 ns

Open circuit condition B defaults to highon level

Timing and rate accuracy Rate selector steps

Timing multiplier steps

B

B

lOOpsto 100s in 7 steps

1 of rate selector step size Maximum value is 999 X the rate selector step size

Resolution B approx 01 ofthe maximum value

Timing error (second and later pulses after resetting controls)

B lt 002 of rate selector value + 015 ps

Timing error (first pulse after readjusting timing controls)

an additional 025 ps error may occur

Timing repeatability lt 001 setting + 20 ns (monophasic)

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Ram Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Vfa 98324 pTelophone 8004201306 bull 360683-8300 bull FAX 360683-3525

E-mail salesraquoflisystems com Wabsite httpJAnww afl isystems com

19

TRIG IN to OUTPUT delay (DELAY set to 0) output set to 2V

Timing jitter from TRIG IN to OUTPUT (for TTL trigger input with risetime lt10 ns)

Timing jitter from TRIG OUT (either BURST or PULSE) and OUTPUT

Trigger output to pulse output delay

Output characteristics Pulse level error (voltage mode open circuit current mode short circuit

Biphasic level difference IV + - V-1 2

Baseline level error (voltage mode open circuit current mode short circuit)

Risetime (25 V out)

Risetime (25 V out)

Transient response

A

A

A

Output impedance (voltage mode) C

Output impedance (current mode) C

Isolation resistance A

Isolation capacitance C

approx 05 ps for a load of no more than 10 KH in parallel with 50 pF

lt 125 ns (all rates except 100s) lt 125 ps (100s rate)

Less than 20 ns (all rates)

approx 350 ns

lt 03 of setting + 05 of r range (plus an additional 05 pA in 100 pA range)

lt 03 of range (voltage modes into open circuit current modes into short circuit)

lt 03 of setting of setting + 01 of range (plus an additional 05 pA in lOOpA range)

= 200 ns into less than 30 pF

= 15 ps into less than 30 pF

lt 8 overshoot into less than 30 pF for pulse voltages different than baseline voltage by at least 10 of range

= 50 ohms

raquo 1 0 GH (typically 200 GO)

raquo 1 0 0 M n

= 60 pF at 100 Hz

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Peril Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg V6 98324 |TelCf)hone 800-4201306 3606808300 bull FAX 360683-3525 E-mal salesaflisystefnsoom Website hnpyMVfWafllsystemsoom

20

Noise (differential mode)

Noise (common mode earth to isolated ground) with no signal output

Overload error indicator (low frequency short circuited voltage mode)

Overload error indicator low frequency open circuited current mode)

Overioad error response time

Miscellaneous

= 1 mV rms (10 V scale 10 Hz-4 MHz)

= 8 mV rms (10 Hz-4 MHz) == 100mVp-p (200 Hz -10 MHz) measured withalOMH 15pF oscilloscope probe

Turns on for set amplitude at or greater than approx plusmn1 V (10 V range) or plusmn2 V (100 V range)

Turns on for set amplitude at or above approx 2 of range

Flat to approx 30 ps duration Decreasing sensitivity for shorter pulses

Power

Fuse

Operating temperature range

Storage temperature range

Operating humidity

Dimensions

approx 11 watts

1 amp 3AG

10-30degC

0 - 50deg C

5 - 80 RH

17x475x1125 (inches) 432x121x286 cm

Weight 20 lbs (9 kg)

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Wb 98324 |Tetcphone 8004201306 3606808300 bull FOt 360683-3525 E-mail satesamsystems comV^febsite httpywwwaflisystemscom

21

Warranty and Service

What does this warranty cover A-M Systems Inc warrants to the Purchaser that the Instrument excluding cables Headstage Probes and any other accessories shipped with the Instrument (hereafter the hardware) is free from defects in workmanship or material under normal use and service for the period of one (1) year This warranty commences on the date of delivery ofthe hardware to the Purchaser

What are the obligations of A-M Systems Inc under this warranty During the warranty period A-M Systems Inc agrees to repair or replace at its sole option without charge to the Purchaser any defective component part of the hardware To obtain warranty service the Purchaser must return the hardware to A-M Systems Inc or an authorized A-M Systems Inc distributor in an adequate shipping container Any postage shipping and insurance charges incurred in shipping the hardware to A-M Systems Inc must be prepaid by the Purchaser and all risk for the hardware shall remain with purchaser until such time as A-M Systems Inc takes receipt of the hardware Upon receipt A-M Systems Inc will promptly repair or replace the defective unit and then return the hardware to the Purchaser postage shipping and insurance prepaid A-M Systems Inc may use reconditioned or like new parts or units at its sole option when repairing any hardware Repaired products shall carry the same amount of outstanding warranty as from original purchase or ninety (90) days which ever is greater Any claim under the warranty must include a dated proof of purchase ofthe hardware covered by this warranty In any event A-M Systems Inc liability for defective hardware is limited to repairing or replacing the hardware

What is not covered by this warranty This warranty is contingent upon proper use and maintenance ofthe hardware by the Purchaser and does not cover batteries Neglect misuse whether intentional or othenwise tampering with or altering the hardware damage caused by accident damage caused by unusual physical electrical chemical or electromechanical stress damage caused by failure of electrical power or damage caused during transportation are not covered by this wan-anty Products may not be returned to A-M Systems Inc for service whether under warranty or otherwise which are contaminated by infectious agents radioactive compounds or other materials constituting a health hazard to employees of A-M Systems Inc

What are the limits of liability for A-M Systems Inc under this warranty A-M Systems Inc shall not be liable for loss of data profits or savings or any special incidental consequential indirect or other similar damages arising from breach of contract negligence or other legal action even if the company or its agent has been advised of the possibility of such damages or for any claim brought against you by another party THIS EQUIPMENT IS NOT INTENDED FOR CLINICAL MEASUREMENTS USING HUMAN SUBJECTS A-M SYSTEMS INC DOES NOT ASSUME RESPONSIBILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE DUE TO MISUSE OF THIS EQUIPMENT Jurisdictions vary with regard to the enforceability of provisions excluding or limiting liability for incidental or consequential damages Check the provision of your local jurisdiction to find out whether the above exclusion applies to you

This warranty allocates risks of product failure between the Purchaser and A-M Systems Inc A-M Systems Inc hardware pricing reflects this allocation of risk and the limitations of liability contained in this warranty The warranty set forth above is in lieu of all other express warranties whether oral or written The agents employees distributors and dealers of A-M Systems Inc are not authorized to make modifications to this warranty or additional wan-anties binding on the company Accordingly additional statements such as dealer advertising or presentations whether oral or written do not constitute warranties by A-M Systems Inc and should not be relied upon This warranty gives you specific legal rights You may also have other rights which vary from one jurisdiction to another

fl-N Systems Inc 131BusinessPartiLoop RO Box850CartsbOfgWa98324 p O |Telophone 8004201306 bull 360683-8300FOC 3606830525 ^ ^ E-mail saiesaflisystefTiscom Wbbsite httpVwwwa-msystemscom

Operating Instructions

Examples Simple setup (and minimal Instrument tost)

Connect the output of the Model 2100 to an oscilloscope Before connecting the instrument it is safest to turn its power off

Set the Ou^uf controls

Range Pulse Sign

Baseline Pulse Amplitude

10V +

Zero 200

Setting The Timing Controls

Delay Burst Width

Duratbn Period

none single

15010-2 500102

Setting The Start Controls

Mode Free Run

Disconnect any cables to the TRIG or GATE Inputs

Note that the green Trig and Event Indicators tum on as Free Run is turned on (and tum off othenwise) You should observe a 15ms duration 20Hz rate pulse of 200V above a OV baseline on the oscilloscope i

A ^ M ^ _ _ _ A ^ _ _ _ 1 ^ 131BiiHnD8raquoParttloopPOBoxB50Car)sbcrBlaquoraquoS8324

bull P l ^ y S W n i S f |nC ltV^gt^8deglt^^2O1306380laquo8OS3a0FAX36O6BMS2S

6 E-fnflk 9n^fBOs-in9ystsni9cx]fnWDbs)tec H^ff9Nw^myStem9oom

Demonstration of Burst Mode Connect the output of the Model 2100 to an oscilloscope Before connecting the instrument it is safest to tum Its power off

Set the Output controls

Range Pulse Sign

Baseline Pulse Amplitude

Baseline Amplitude

Setting The Timing Controls

Delay Burst Width

Duration

Period

Set the START controls as follows

Mode

Disconnect any cables to the TRIG or GATE inputs

Trigger the oscilloscope from the Burst trigger out (upper Tr^ Out connector) for a stable display In each burst (occumng every lOOms) you should observe a trio of 15ms duration starting 50ms apart Try switching the StartMode from Free Run to the center (nomnal) position The pulses will no longer be produced and the Trig and Event indicators will turn off Pressing this switch once (to Manual) will cause a single burst to occur

880 120 150 500

10V +

200 100

102 102 102 102

Free Run

fleaff SySlQmSa |nCa deglgt ltlt ^ ^ deg ^ degdeg ^ ^ ^ bull E-matmia

131 Business Park LoopPO Box 850 Carisborg Vfe 86324 lUcphcna 800426-1306 36Olaquo83laquo300 FAX 36068raquo52 E-maft tfii8ysOiHn^nleiTBcom1AWisJto HSpitwraquoM^wytAtii9oom

Problem SoMng If the Instrument appears to be not worthing properiy check all of the control settings and connections Be sure to wait at least 5-10 seconds after turning the Instrument off before tuming it on again The following t6ef summary of typical problems for the user (along with the most common solutions) may help

Problem CauseSolution EVENT indicator never lights even in FREE RUN mode

bull Replace fuse check power connection bullSet DELAY or PERIOD to a shorter interval

bull Power-on too soon after power-off

OVERLAP Indicator is on

ERROR indicator is on

Time appears to be excessive

bullSet DURATION gt000 bull DURATION is set to SQUARE but PERIOD is 000 Increase PERIOD or set DURATION independantly

bull BURST and WIDTH are gt DURATION increase PERIOD or decrease

DURATION bull BIPHASIC pulse output is on and PERIOD is not longer than twice the DURATION Increase PERIOD or decrease DURATION

bull Free-run is on and BURST Is lt PERIOD (BURST off) DELAY is 0 and PERIOD is lt DURATION Add delay or modify PERIOD

bull Free-mn is on and BURST is gt DURATION (BURST ON) and PERIOD is lt DURATION Increase PERIOD

bull For VOLTAGE outputs the output Is trying to drive too low a resistance or capacitance (eg a short circuit) Check by disconnecting the output It is possible (and normal) that for the fastest cycles

and largest amplitudes (close to 100 V and 1 MS) that the ERROR Indicator might always come on during repetitive pulses Fix output load or decrease amplitude as required

bull Changed control in mid-cycle (resets cunent status)

A ^ M bull _ _ _ A ^ ^ _ _ i ^ mdash 131BuslnessPai1ltLoopPOBox850CarlsborgWamp98324

bull p i j ^ v s w m s iiic^^deglt^deg^^deglt^^^3degB3^^^deg^^^^degdeg^^^deg^^deg^^^^ E-mat iiiMOafflwstemseom WabaHe MtaffiwwtHtavsli

8 E-msft flmsjoQfrfraystGfnsoom ^WobsltiK hl^Aiwv9-fn9]nteniscom

Cant seem to get a full signal out

Incoming triggers not accepted frequently enough

bull Load is not properiy connected repair wiring

bull Too low a load impedance (VOLTAGE modes) or too high a load impedance

(CURRENT mode)

bull PERIOD is set too long (enforces dead time) followd by BURST set to SIGNAL Reduce PERIOD time

Table 10 Problem Solving

If you suspect that the Model 2100 may have completely failed we recommend checking the basic level of functionality If this fails your instrument is defective and must be repaired If this passes either your experimental setup is incompatible or inconsistent or there is a more subtle flaw in your Model 2100

If the Model 2100 appears to be malfunctioning contact A-M Systems Inc or your dealer Telephone numtgters for A-M Systems Inc listed on the front cover of this manual We will first attempt to solve the problem over the telephone so have an exact description of your problem available when you call You do not need to be within the warranty period to obtain over-the-phone assistance

A ^ M V - mdash A d B ^ K M I ^ M 131BuslnessPatfcLoopPOBox6SOCai

-PI s y s i Q m s inc-2raquolaquoa22=M^^

131 Business Parfc Loop PO Box 650 Cartsborg VM9 0S324 _ FAX36(W8a3525 E^nrt flnsysQa-ntsyttanB-oom Wsbsfte hHpiMNvwa-nnystsnisooni

9

Theory of Operation

The operation of the Model 2100 is summarized In the block diagram (see Fig 3) Not shown are all of the interconnections with the microcontroller The intemal microcontroler plays an important role in setting the signal path but does not directly

contribute to the dynamic characteristics It scans the front panel switches and sets the control values for the logic arays It programs the intemal counters which along with the other hardware achieve the necessary sub-microsecond speeds

All action starts either from an input trigger signal (from Trig In) or from an intemal signal (in free Run mode only) A Delay timer counts the 10MHz clock until its count value Is exhausted At this point the Burst timer starts Both Period and Duration timers are started at this time If the Burst timer has not expired by the end of the Period the Period and Duration timers are restarted If the Biphasic mode has been set the Duration timer is restarted at the end of the initial Duration and the sign of the output pulse Is reversed doubling the total duration

The system state (pulse on pulse sip baseline sign [+101-]) is transmitted to the isolated section via optoisolator The baseline and pulse amplitudes are selected by an analog switch The resulting signal is amplified by a variable-power-supply discrete operational amplifier The amplifier connections and gain is modified to provide two voltage and three cunent ranges

Timing overlap errors are detected by a logical decision computation rather than by testing for counter collisions This provides instant feedback rather than waiting up to an hour for such a collision to occur Output errors are measured by sensing the output amplifiers differential input voltage Under normal conditions this is a negligible voltage if the amplifier fails to deliver the requested signal the window comparator testing this voltage sends this message (via optoisolator) to the logic section turning on a warning LED

fl-N Systems Inc 131BusbnassPa(tLoopPOBox6SOCari3boigVMg8324 H n |TWoph0n880O426-13083eO6Blaquo300FMt36Olaquo8i3525 E-nnl anaysflfriinysleiiaoemWfcbslte hllphmwraquoimyatennoom

TRIG 3HJ) OUT

(burst)

TRIG ^ OUT

(pulse)

E

Ml

Calibration Procedures

The calibration interval is the lesser of 1000 hours of operation or 6 months Somewhat greater drift can be expected in the first 100 hours of operation as the semiconductors age Adjustments should only be made after the instrument has been fully warmed up for at least 15 minutes

Full instrument calibration requires the following test equipment digital multimeter (plusmn 01) able to measure resistance to at least lOOMfl oscilloscope with at least 50MHz bandwidth true-rms voltmeter with 4MHz bandwidth universal counter (plusmn 001 ) able to measure single pulse widths and periods resistors (all plusmn 01) 2kn lOkH 1 waft 20kn 200kn alligator clip lead sets banana plugs and BNC adapters

Adjustment integrated circuit and test point locations are shown in the following figures All adjustments are on the timing board unless otherwise noted

All voltages in the non-isolated section should be measured with respect to ground at TP510 unless othenvise stated Some voltages are measured with respect to an intemal isolated ground at TP650 or across the two output tenninals Occasionally the voltage at an IC pin must be measured In these cases the reference designator is given with the pin number in parentheses eg U602(16) When it states within this procedure that a voltage is to be minimized this means that the adjustment should be made such that the measured voltage is as close to zero volts as possible Refer to the Specifications Section of this manual for acceptable tolerances

The sequence of this procedure is Important If any adjustment is made all adjustments which follow must be made to ensure that the specifications will be met These procedures require that all controls remain as set in previous steps unless otherwise indicated

WARNING

The Model 2100 has dangerous voltages throughout the instrument even with the power is off Servicing the Model 2100 should only be done by qualified service personnel Use caution in handling any wires connectors or electrodes which may be directly or indirectly attached to the Instrument Do not touch exposed connections or components Disconnect power by unplugging the power cord from the receptacle

fl-N Systems I n c ^ 131BusinesaPartcLoopPOBox850CartsborgVWiB8324 4 n ^gt-mdash80O426-130638Ofl8Jlaquo300FAX36O683J52S bull E-maft BinsysQfrfn^islflnisoomVVfalislle h^KVfWMift^iisystemsoani

CO

- R503

Omg^

TPSOlQ O

OTPSOO

U560 bull

U510

DDID ^ trade E O ^ T P 5 1 0

bullnD Trig

0 ^

U570

Gate n U505

DO D

U515

Timing

Timing h_ U520

bsoo ^25SE Timing

Or r U540

I I Tmlng

[^ELIL

U535 D

U506

13 J510 Timlnff

BurfiDelay J400

i i i i i i i T r m r a

gt U550 ^

Clock

U555 U620

B a

^R^Pvhigh Rfijn O D O Vlow

o

bull U545

Fo sect737 lISOIsPjC-COMP

n r r ^ U760

J420

]]U632

Q S riuGSO

H = ) TP640^ deg I t I

II3D

J440 m i T i

U610 plusmn laquo j U O

bull bull l el

^t

O l

bull

M

I

Power supply and bias voltages

Power supply

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

POWER ON Observe voltage at P703 power supply wire top of main board

Check for+15 plusmn 050 V

Observe voltage at P701 power supply wire top of main board

Check for-15 plusmn 050 V

Observe voltage at U505(24) Check for+5 plusmn 025 V

Isolated supply voltage

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

RANGE 10 V TRIG open circuit MODE center position

Altemately observe V^ from R742 to R740 and V ^ from the U605(4) to U605(8)

Adjust R773 so that 110VltV^lt 120 V and

nign

28VltV^lt34V

Capacitance balance

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Connect a x10 oscilloscope probe to TP650 and ground the

Adjust R737 for minimum high frequency signal

Inputs

Gate funct ion

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave Verify that the voltage to GATE switches states at the Obsene voltage at U51G(3) proper input levels with an oscilloscope ^ ^

Trigger s lope

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave Verify that the voltage to TRIO switches states at the Observe voltage at US 10( 1) proper input levels with an oscilloscope

TRIG SLOPE + Verify voltage is 180 out of phase

TRIG SLOPE Verify voltage is in phase

fl-N Systems Inc ^ 131 Bushess Park Loop PO Bar 850 Carisborg Wa 98324 8004201306 3eOlaquoS3e300 FAX 3606BV352S

C-maft fliii8yBQfriii9yBlumaoamVIAibsMB hRpJhwMifi-iiiBystematxini

14

Trigger and gate funct ion

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

DELA NONE BURS1WII3TH SINGLE DURATION SQUARE PERIOD 100X10-3

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave to TRIG Obsen^e TRIOD and EVENT LEDS

TRIG disconnect all Short the GATE connector to GND Verify LEDs extinguish

MODE press to MANUAL Verify LEDs flash once

Timing

System c lock frequency

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Observe the frequency of the wave atU555(17)

Verify 1000 MHz plusmn001

Multipl iers (Wheel Switches)

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

PULSE SIGN + MODE FREE RUN TRIG disconnect all TIMING MULTIPUERS ail

wheels set to zero except the one being tested

TnmiNG OVERLAP ^nOTB

Observe the pulse width with the counter at the location specified below

Verify pulse width Is correct for each wheel as it is tested Independently

For each wheel of each MULTIPUER test each position to verify that the pulse width is correct Observe the signal at the following locations DELAY U520(2) BURSTWIDTH U530(2) PERIOD US40(2) DURATION U550(2)

Rates (Rotary Switches)

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

TIMING MULTIPUERS 001 TIMING RATES all rotary

switches set to 10-4 except the one being tested

Observe the pulse width with the counter at the location specified below

Verify pulse width is conect for each rotary switch as it is tested independently

For each of the four rotary switches in TIMING test each position to verify that the pulse wkJth is correct Observe the signal at the following locations DELAY U520(2) BURSTWIDTH U530(2) PERIOD U540(2) DURATION U550(2)

fl-N Systems I n c ^ E-maft emfl

131 Business Parti Loop PO 809(850 Cartsborg Wta 98324 8004201306 3804806300 FAX 36068O3S25

E-maft ansysQa nvystems-oom Wobste hflp Avwwa4nsy8(Qnttoam

15

Trigger outputs Controls

Range 10V Pulse Amplitude 500 Delay 100x10 Burst 100x10^2 Duration 100 x1a Period 400x10^ Pulse sign + Trig Mode Free run Trig in open

Inputs Observations

Trigger the oscilloscope to the Burst Trig Out Observe it the Pulse Trig Out and the isolated output

Adjust Check

Verify that the waveform consists of a burst of three 1ms-on3ms-off pulses The burst trigger should be synchronous with the burst the pulse trigger coincident with each pulse

Output Calibration

Isolation Resistance (check) Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode center position Trig In open

Measure the resistance between ground banana jack (front panel) and black banana jack of output with DMM

Resistance read gt 100MQ

Amplitude Switch Offset (R640) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Zero Trig Mode center position Trig In Open

Measure the voltage at TP645 vs TP650 with the DMM

Adjust R640 (AmpI Sw Offset) for minimum voltage

Output Offset (R332 front panel board) Controls I nputsObservatlons AdjustCheck

Baseline Zero Range 10V Trig Mode center position Trig In Open

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

Adjust R332 (Output offset) for minimum voltage

Positive Baseline Offset (R607) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Sign + Baseline Amplitude

fully CCW (000) Range 10V Trig In open Trig Mode center position

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

Adjust R602 (BSLN + offset) for minimum voltage

fl M raquo _ _ _ A laquo ^ _ i ^ ^ 131Buslnelaquo8Pari(loopPOBoK850Cart8borgWB96324

bull P I i s V S i e m S a |||Cg1Maphans80O42O130638O68O8300FAX36Olaquo8raquo^2S E-tiBft anagtraquoflwiisyagtlaquomraquoaimW6baHB hHpffii(wwraquoltnsylaquoleniieom

16

Negative Baseline Offset (R619) Controls

Baseline Sign -i Baseline Amplitude bull fully CCW (000)

Range 10V Trig In open Trig Mode center position

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

AdjustCheck

Adjust R619 (BSLN 4 offset) for minimum voltage

Pulse Amplitude Adjust (R602) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode Free Mode Pulse Amplitude 1000 Timing Dialay =none Burst =single Duration =1001 Period =00110-4 Pulse Sign -Trig In open Range 10V

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

The Overiap indicator should be on Adjust R602 (Max Level) for -1000V out

Pulse Sign Gain (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode Free Mode Pulse Amplitude 1000 Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =1001 s Period =00110-4s Trig In open Range 10V

Measure the voltage at the output with the DMM for the Pulse Sign at -- and - positions

The absolute values of the voltages should differ by less than lOOmV

Baseline Amplitudes (check) Controls InputsObservations

Range 100mA Trig Mode center position Baseline Amplitude fully CW (1000) Trig In open

Measure the voltage at the output with the DMM with Baseline Sign in + Zero and - positions

AdjustCheck

Gain the matching of current levels at = and - positions and offset current in Zero position

fl-N Systems Inc^^ bull E-mal am8

131 Business Partt Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 88324 8004201306360laquo8Oe300FAX 360laquo8O362S

E-maM am8y8^o-mBy8tflmBoom WobaKo hHp Awwwo-f i iBystonuoom

17

Output Range Amplitude and Drive (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Pulse Amplitude 1000 Pulse Sign + Trig Mode Free Run Timing Delay =none Burst =8ingle Duration =1001 Period =10010-4 Trig In open

Load the output with a 10KV1W 01 resistor Measure the voltage at the output with DMM

Verify that full scale output is within specification Scale Range 100V 100V 10V 10V 100mA IV 1mA 10V 10mA 100V

Pulse Sign and Short Circuit Protection (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Timing Delay =none Burst =8ingle Duration =200 10-4 Period =00110-3 Baseline Zero Pulse Amplitude 25 Range 10V Trig Mode Free Run Trig In open

Measure the voltage at the output with the oscilloscope Check for Pulse Sign set to each of + - biphasic Watch for Error indicator when shorting the output

Verify that pulses of approx 25V amplitude (625V for biphasic mode) of the correct sign are produced every 10ms Short output in biphasic mode Output should retum when opened

Output Transient Response (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Pulse Sign + Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =20010-4 Period =00110-3 Pulse Amplitude 250 Baseline Zero Trig Mode Free Mode Trig In open

Connect the oscilloscope to the output with a 310 attenuator prolse Test boVn 10V and 100V ranges

Verify that overshoot and risetime meet specifications

fl-N Systems I n c ^ 131 Business Parte Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wb 98324 8004201306 36Olaquo83O300 FAX 36O680lt352S

E-mQ0 snBy8Qs-msy8faiTiscom VWriMtte N ^ Mvww9-msy8lemscom

18

Specifications

There are three classes of specifications Class A specifications tested in all unHs and are guaranteed Class B specifications are inherent in the design they are indirectly tested and are guaranteed Class C specifications are typical operating values which are occasionally tested- these are typical values given for your infomiation but not guarshyanteed The class for each specification is noted in the center column of the following sections

Inputs Switching level

Hysteresis

Input equivalent circuit

Minimum duration (1 IL-level signal)

A

C

C

C

16V(plusmn02V)

approx 50 mV

100K ft to+5 In parallel with no more than 35pF

gt 50 ns

Open circuit condition B defaults to highon level

Timing and rate accuracy Rate selector steps

Timing multiplier steps

Resolution

Timing eror (second and later pulses after resetting controls)

B

B

B

B

lOOps to 100s In 7 steps

1 of rate selector step size Maximum value is 999 x the rate selector step size

approx 01 of the maximum value

lt 002 of rate selector value + 015 ps

Timing error (first pulse after readjusting timing controls)

an additional 025 ps error may occur

Timing repeatability lt 001 setting + 20 ns (monophasic)

fl-N Systems I nc ^ bull E-moU ams

131 Business Parti Loop PO Boot 850 Cartsborg VM 98324 80O42O130838O08O8300FAX36Olaquo8O3S2S

E-meU anByafl^iiisyslainaoomWebsHe hHpffliiwwraquomsys)emsoom

19

TRIG IN to OUTPUT delay (DELAY set to 0) output set to 2V

Timing jitter ft-om TRIG IN to OUTPUT (for TTL trigger input with risetime lt10 ns)

Timing jitter ft^om TRIG OUT (either BURST or PULSE) and OUTPUT

Trigger output to pulse output delay

Output charactsristics Pulse level enror (voltage mode open circuit cun-ent mode short circuit

Biphasic level difference |V + + V-|2

Baseline level error (voltage mode A open circuit current mode short circuit)

Risetime (25 V out)

Risetime (25 V out)

Transient response

A

A

A

Output impedance (voltage mode) C

Output impedance (current mode) C

Isolation resistance A

Isolation capacitance C

approx 05 ps for a load of no more than 10 Kft in parallel with 50 pF

lt 125 ns (all rates except 100s) lt 125 ps (100s rate)

Less than 20 ns (all rates)

approx 350 ns

lt 03 of setting + 05 of r range (plus an additional 05 pA inlOOpArenge)

lt 03 of range (voltage modes into open circuit current modes into short circuit)

lt 03 of setting of setting + 01 of range (plus an additional 05 pA in lOOpA range)

laquo 200 ns into less than 30 pF

laquo15 ps into less than 30 pF

lt 8 overshoot Into less than 30 pF for pulse voltages different than baseline voltage by at least 10 of range

laquo 50 ohms

raquo 1 0 Gft (typically 200 Gft)

raquo100Mft

laquo 60 pF at 100 Hz

fl-N Systems Inc^^ 131 Business Partt Uxip PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 96324 8004201308 SBOee^^SOO FAX 360laquoS3^52S

E-mat BiByraquoaiMii8ylaquoliiiiiseomWiljalteHlpJV(wwraquo4tgy8lenaoom

20

Noise (differential mode)

Noise (common mode earth to isolated ground) with no signal output

Overioad error indicator (low frequency short circuited voltage mode)

Overioad error indicator low frequency open circuited current mode)

Overioad enor response time

Miscellaneous

Power

Fuse

Operating temperature range

Storage temperature range

Operating humidity

Dimensions

Weight

laquo1 mV rms (10 V scale 10Hz-4MHz)

laquo 8 mV rms (10 Hz-4 MHz) laquo100mVp-p (200 Hz -10 MHz) measured withalOMft 15pF oscilloscope probe

Turns on for set amplitude at or greater than approx plusmn1V (10 V range) or plusmn2 V (100 V range)

Turns on for set amplitude at or above approx 2 of range

Flat to approx 30 ps duration Decreasing sensitivity for shorter pulses

approx 11 watts

1 amp 3 AG

10-30C

0 - 50deg C

5-80RH

17x475x1125 (Inches) 432x121x286 cm

20 lbs (9 kg)

fl mm bull gt _ _ _ A ^ ^ _ _ L ^ 131BusinesraquoPariltLocpPOBox850C8rtsborgWS9e324

bull p i ^ y s v e m s IIIC^^deg(^deg^Bdegltgt^^^3degdeg^deg^^deg^^^degdeg^^I^deg^deg^^^^^

21 E-mei flre^nQo 4n8yo(amscam Wsbsfle hHpAwwwe-msy8Jems-Oom

Warranty and Service

What does this warranty cover A-M Systems Inc warrants to the Purchaser that the Instrument excluding cables Headstage Probes and any other accessories shipped with the Instrument (hereafter the hardware) is free from defects in workmanship or material under normal use and service for the period of one (1) year This warranty commences on the date of delivery of the hardware to the Purchaser

What are the obligations of A-M Systems Inc under this warranty During the warranty period A-M Systems Inc agrees to repair or replace at its sole option without charge to the Purchaser any defective component part of the hardware To obtain warranty service the Purchaser must return the hardware to A-M Systems Inc or an authorized A-M Systems Inc distributor in an adequate shipping container Any postage shipping and insurance charges incurred in shipping the hardware to A-M Systems Inc must be prepaid by the Purchaser and all risk for the hardware shall remain with purchaser until such time as A-M Systems Inc takes receipt of the hardware Upon receipt A-M Systems Inc will promptly repair or replace the defective unit and then return the hardware to the Purchaser postage shipping and insurance prepaid A-M Systems Inc may use reconditioned or like new parts or units at its sole option when repairing any hardware Repaired products shall carry the same amount of outstanding wan^nty as from original purchase or ninety (90) days which ever is greater Any claim under the warranty must include a dated proof of purchase of the hardware covered by this wan-anty In any event A-M Systems Inc liability for defective hardware is limited to repairing or replacing the hardware

What is not covered by this warranty This warranty is contingent upon proper use and maintenance of the hardware by the Purchaser and does not cover batteries Neglect misuse whether intentional or otherwise tampering with or altering the hardware damage caused by accident damage caused by unusual physical electrical chemical or electromechanical stress damage caused by failure of electrical power or damage caused during transportation are not covered by this warranty Products may not be returned to A-M Systems Inc for service whether under warranty or otherwise which are contaminated by infectious agents radioactive compounds or other materials constituting a health hazard to employees of A-M Systems Inc

What are the limits of llabiiity for A-M Systems inc under this warranty A-M Systems Inc shall not be liable for loss of data profits or savings or any special incidental consequential indirect or other similar damages arising from breach of contract negligence or other legal action even if the company or its agent has been advised of the possibility of such damages or for any claim brought against you by another party THIS EQUIPMENT IS NOT INTENDED FOR CLINICAL MEASUREMENTS USING HUMAN SUBJECTS A-M SYSTEMS INC DOES NOT ASSUME RESPONSIBILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE DUE TO MISUSE OF THIS EQUIPMENT Jurisdictions vary with regard to the enforceability of provisions excluding or limiting liability for incidental or consequential damages Check the provision of your local jurisdiction to find out whether the above exclusion applies to you This warranty allocates risks of product failure between the Purchaser and A-M Systems Inc A-M Systems Inc hardware pricing reflects this allocation of risk and the limitations of liability contained in this wanranty The warranty set forth above is in lieu of all other express wan^anties whether oral or written The agents employees distributors and dealers of A-M Systems Inc are not authorized to make modifications to this wan-anty or additional wan-anties binding on the company Accordingly additional statements such as dealer advertising or presentations whether oral or written do not constitute wananties by A-M Systems Inc and should not be relied upon This warranty gives you specific legal rights You may also have other rights whrch vary from one jurisdiction to another

6 mm ^ laquo _ _ A a B ^ _ 1 ^ ^ 131 Business Parti Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg W B 98324 O O

bull P l A y S V e m S l n C T^M 8OO42OI3O6 380683-8300FAX 360 803525 ^ ^ E-msl iiiisy80iHTBy8tenisoom Wsbsito hnphwwfrimysleiiisoom

A

V ISO

INSTRUCTION MANUAL

FOR

ISOLATED PULSE STIMULATOR

MODEL 2100

Serial

Date

A-M Systems Inc

PO Box 850

Carlsborg WA 98324

USA

360-683-8300 bull 800-426-1306 FAX 360-683-3525

httpwwwa-msystemscom

Version 70 February 2002

Contents General Description 1

Instrument Features 1 Controls and Connectors 2

Operating Instructions 6 Theory of Operation 10 Calibration Procedures 12

Inputs 14 Output Calibration 16

Specifications 19 Warranty and Service 22

Each Isolated Pulse Stimulator is delivered complete with

Rack Mount Hardware Instructions amp Maintenance Manual

NOTE

This instrument is not intended for clinical measurements using human subjects A-M Systems Inc does not assume responsibility for Injury or damage due to the misuse of this instrument

General Description

Instrument Features The Isolated Pulse Stimulator Model 2100 is designed for a wide variety of applications It is highly flexible being capable of delivering single pulses biphasic pairs or bursts of pulses Pulses may be started manually or upon receiving a trigger signal from another Instrument or computer Two non-isolated trigger outputs are available for triggering other instruments

Four sets of timing controls provide comprehensive control overall aspects of pulse generation Three digit accuracy is available over a 7 decade range for each timing function using lever wheel switches Pulse widths can be set over more than a 9 decade range from 05 ps to 999 seconds Timing accuracy is assured through the use of a 10 MHz base rate crystal-controlled clock digitally divided to provide accurate timing over the entire range Atiming overiap indicator will light If the timing controls are set inconsistently

The output may be conveniently switched between current and voltage modes Pulse and baseline amplitudes are Independently presettable with lockable dials An error Indicator will light if the Mode2700 cannot deliver the desired signal

r WARNING

The Model 2100 can produce potentially dangerous voltages up to 100 V at the output connectors The isolated output is not connected internally to safety (earth) ground in any way Some part of the extemal circuit should be connected to safety ground Use caution in handling any wires connectors or electrodes which may be directly or indirectly attached to the Model 2100 output Some kinds of connectors such as BNC connectors have exposed metal parts which may float at dangerous potentials unless extemally connected to safety ground For greatest safety tum the Model 2100 off before making any connections to

the instrument

131 Business Parii Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Telophone 800-426-1306 bull 360-68raquolaquo300 bull FAX 360683-3525 E-mal satesa-msystemsoom VVfebsite httpywwwa^nsystemscom fl-N Systems Inc 1

Controls and Connectors The controls for the Model 2100 are grouped in three sections START which controls when a pulse or burst of pulses begins TIMING which controls the onoff timing of one or more pulses and OUTPUT which controls the amplitude of the output signal

Start TRIG SLOPE Determines the polarity of valid trigger pulses (positive or negative edges in the trigger signal)

MODE Controls waveform initiation When set to FREE RUN one timing cycle immediately follows the last When momentarily placed In the MANUAL position a timing cycle starts Immediately When the switch Is In the center position timing cycles start when valid triggering events occur

TRIGD This LED lights up when a timing cycle Is in process and continues until the burst is completed

TRIG This BNC connector allows a signal from an external source to Initiate timing cycles It is set for standard TTL levels

GATE This BNC connector allows a signal from an external source to restrict the final output signal This input must be at a logical high (or open-circuited) in order for the Model 2100 to recognize either manual or automatic trigger events

Gate 1_ Trigger |~~^ i I Valid triggers (represented by the arrows in the figure) can occur only when the gate Is at logical high Note that the up arrow would apply only If TRIG SLOPE is set to + the down an-ows would apply only if TRIG SLOPE Is set to -

NOTE Triggers have no effect if the system has not completed its response to a previous trigger

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Park Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Vb 98324 TelQphQne 80O426-1306 360683-8300 FAX 360683-3525 E-mail sales^a-msystemscom Wsbsite httpywwwa-msystemscom

Timing Four sets of controls govern the timing of pulse generation Each set contains two values which are multiplied together to detemnine the actual timing value The rotary knob (rate selector) provides the approximate timing value and the lever wheel switch bank (MULTIPLIER)

provides a time resolution of three decimal digits The following diagram shows most of the Important relationships

Output r Delay Duration

|ltPeriodgtj

t Burst width

Trigger event

DELAY These controls determine the time duration between the initiating trigger event and the beginning of the pulse burst If this rate selector is set to NONE or the multiplier is set to 000 there Is no delay

BURST WIDTH These controls determine the time period in which one or more pulses may be delivered Once started a pulse may outlast the burst width If this rate selector is set to SINGLE or to any time shorter than the pulse duration only a single pulse will occur If the BURST WIDTH Is longer than the period pulses will be emitted at the PERIOD rate until the burst time ends Pulses are never truncated by a short BURSTWIDTH

inds)-PULSE

D U R A T I O N 1 0 1 0

10

INTEB-PULSE PERIOD

1 1 10

DURATION These controls determine the length of each pulse Ifthis rate selector Is set to SQUARE the duration is set to half of the period regardless of the MULTIPLIER setting

PERIOD These controls set the period of time between adjacent pulse events within the burst It also forces a minimum dead time between recognized input triggers following a burst of one or more pulses This can be used to prevent over stimulation of a tissue without requiring excessive delay between the triggering event and the stimulating pulse

TIMING OVERLAP

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 860 Carisborg Vamp 98324 |Telophone 800-426-1306 360683-8300 bull FAX 3606aW525 E-mail salearega^nsystemsoom Vfeb5ite httpAwwwa^nsyslemscam

NOTE If any of these timing controls are changed while a timing cycle is in operation the results are undefined until the current cycle finishes

TIMING OVERLAP This LED will light to Indicate an inconsistency in the timing cycle settings There are several ways to introduce such errors The most common way is to set the Inter-pulse PERIOD to be less than the pulse DURATION

T I M I N G (seconds)^

TRIG OUT (UPPER) This BNC connector provides a signal which is coincident with the Internal Burst timing signal (default) This means the signal starts at the end of the Delay time and persists until the Burst time expires This output may also be set to represent the delay time-out by setting the internal jumper J510 to the right two pins instead of the left two pins (Please see the Calibration section in this manual for jumper location Directions are given as viewed from the front of the Instrument)

TRIG OUT (LOWER) This BNC connector provides a signal which Is coincident with the Duration timing signal which controls pulse output

NOTE Both trigger output signals slightly lead the isolated output signal

Output

PULSE SIGN This switch determines the polarity of the pulses to be generated It also allows generation of biphasic pulses thereby doubling the effective total period Warning the first pulse generated after changing the PULSE

SIGN switch may have the wrong polarity

BASELINE This Switch determines the polarity ofthe baseline signal

RANGE This rotary switch determines if the output pulses will be constant current (3 ranges) or constant voltage (2 ranges)

BASELINE AMPLITUDE This value is independently set using a ten-turn counting dial The maximum baseline amplitude is one tenth the value shown on the range amplitude switch

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 8S0 Cartsborg Vfa 98324 |Tetaphone 80O426-1306 bull 360683-8300 bull FAX 3606803525 E-mail salesa-msystemscom Wbbsite http7Awwwaflnsystemscom

PULSE AMPLITUDE This value is independently set using a ten-turn counting dial The maximum pulse amplitude is the value shown on the range amplitude switch

EVENT This LED indicates when a pulse is ongoing

ERROR This LED indicates when the internal output amplifier cannot output the pulse as desired This is usually due to a short circuit while trying to output a voltage or an open circuit while trying to output a current

VOTEThe Pulse Sign control in the Oupuf section directly affects waveform timing When set to the Biphasic mode a positive-going pulse is immediately followed by a negative-going pulse This effectively doubles the pulse duration If a burst of biphasic pulses is being produced the period must be at least twice the single pulse duration In the Square wave mode the baseline disappears as long as the burst persists

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsboig Vte 98324 |Telophone 800426-1306 360683-8300 bull FAX 3606833525 E-mail salesa-m5ystem5 com Website httpwwwa-msystemscom

Operating Instructions

Examples Simple setup (and minimal instrument test)

Connect the output ofthe Model 2100 to an oscilloscope Before connecting the Model 2100 to any other instrument or the experimental preparation It is safest to turn Its power off

Set the Oufpuf controls

Range 10V Pulse Sign +

Baseline Zero Pulse Amplitude 200

Setting The Timing Controls

Delay Burst Width

Duration Period

none single

15010-2 50010-2

Setting The Start Controls

Mode Free Run

Disconnect any cables to the TRIG or GATE inputs

Note that the green Trig and Event Indicators turn on as Free Run is turned on (and turn off otherwise) You should observe a 15ms duration 20Hz rate pulse of 200V above a OV baseline on the oscilloscope

fl-N Systems Inc 131 BusinessPartiLoop RO Box850CarisbcxgWa98324 |Telophone 800426-1306 bull 360-683-8300 bull FW 360683-3525 E-mail salesa-msystems com VVbbsite httpywwwa-msystems com

Demonstration of Burst Mode Connect the output ofthe Model 2100 to an oscilloscope Before connecting the Model 2100 to any other instrument or the experimental preparation It Is safest to turn its power off

Set the Outpuf controls

Range 10V Pulse Sign +

Baseline Pulse Amplitude 200

Baseline Amplitude 100

Setting The Timing Controls

Delay 88010-2 Burst Width 12010-^

Duration 15010-2 Period 50010-2

Set the START controls as follows

Mode Free Run

Disconnect any cables to the TRIG or GATE inputs

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Telophooe 8004201306 360683-8300 bull FAX 360683-3525 E^naii salesa-msystems com Watjsite http7wwwa-msystemscom

Trigger the oscilloscope from the Bursf trigger out (upper Trig Out connector) for a stable display In each burst (occurring every lOOms) you should observe a trio of 15ms duration starting 50ms apart Try switching the StartMode from Free Run to the center (nonnal) position The pulses will no longer be produced and the Trig and Event Indicators will tum off Pressing this switch once (to Manual) will cause a single burst to occur

Problem Solving If the instrument appears to be not working properiy check all ofthe control settings and connections Be sure to wait at least 5-10 seconds after turning the instrument off before turning it on again The following summary of typical problems for the user (along with the most common solutions) may help

Problem CauseSolution

EVENT Indicator never lights even in FREE RUN mode

bull Replace fuse check power connection bullSet DELAY or PERIOD to a shorter interval

bull Power-on too soon after power-off

OVERLAP Indicator is on

ERROR indicator is on

bull Set DURATION gt000 bull DURATION Is set to SQUARE but

PERIOD is 000 Increase PERIOD or set DURATION independantly

bull BURST and WIDTH are gt DURATION increase PERIOD or decrease DURATION

bull BIPHASIC pulse output Is on and PERIOD is not longer than twice the DURATION Increase PERIOD or decrease DURATION

bull Free-run Is on and BURST is lt PERIOD (BURST off) DELAY is 0 and PERIOD Is lt DURATION Add delay or modify PERIOD

bull Free-run is on and BURST is gt DURATION (BURST ON) and PERIOD is lt DURATION Increase PERIOD

bull For VOLTAGE outputs the output is trying to drive too low a resistance or capacitance (eg a short circuit) Check by disconnecting the output ft is possible (and normal) that for the fastest cycles and largest amplitudes (close to 100 V

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business PartiLoop PO Box 850 CartsborgWa 98324 iTelophone 800-42O130636O6e3-8300FAX 3606B3-3525 E-mail satesaflisyslefmcom Vfebslte http7wwwa-msyslemscom

and 1 ps) that the ERROR indicator might always come on during repetitive pulses Fix output load or decrease amplitude as required

Time appears to be excessive Changed control in mid-cycle (resets current status)

Cant seem to get a full signal out Load Is not properiy connected repair wiring Too low a load impedance (VOLTAGE modes) or too high a load impedance (CURRENT mode)

Incoming triggers not accepted frequently enough

PERIOD is set too long (enforces dead time) followd by BURST set to SIGNAL Reduce PERIOD time

Table 10 Problem Solving

If you suspect that the Model 2100 may have completely failed we recommend checking the basic level of functionality Ifthis fails your instrument Is defective and must be repaired Ifthis passes either your experimental setup is incompatible or inconsistent or there is a more subtle flaw in your Model 2100

If the Model 2100 appears to be malfunctioning contact A-M Systems Inc or your dealer We will first attempt to solve the problem over the telephone so have an exact description of your problem available when you call You do not need to be within the warranty period to obtain over-the-phone assistance

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 iTetoptxme 80O426-1306 bull 360683-8300 FAX 3606803525 E-mail satesa-msystemsoomAfebsitehttpJwwwaflisystemscom

Theory of Operation

The operation ofthe Model 2100 is summarized in the block diagram (see the figure on Page 11) Not shown are all ofthe interconnections with the microcontroller The internal microcontroler plays an important role in setting the signal path but does not directly contribute to the dynamic characteristics It scans the front panel switches and sets the control values for the logic arrays It programs the internal counters which along with the other hardware achieve the necessary sub-microsecond speeds

Pulse generation starts either from an Input trigger signal (from Trig In) or an internally signal (Free Run mode) A Delay timer counts the 10MHz clock until its count value is exhausted At this point the Burst Period and Duration timers are started If the Burst timer has not expired by the end ofthe Period the Period and Duration timers are restarted If the Biphasic mode has been set the Duration timer is restarted at the end of the initial Duration and the sign ofthe output pulse is reversed doubling the total duration

The system state (pulse on pulse sign baseline sign [+0f-]) is transmitted to the isolated section via optoisolator The baseline and pulse amplitudes are selected by an analog switch The resulting signal is amplified by a variable-power-supply discrete operational amplifier The amplifier connections and gain is modified to provide two voltage and three current ranges

Timing overiap errors are detected by a logical decision computation rather than by testing for counter collisions This provides instant feedback rather than waiting up to an hour for such a collision to occur Output errors are measured by sensing the output amplifiers differential input voltage Under normal conditions this is a negligible voltage If the amplifier fails to deliver the requested signal the window comparator testing this voltage sends this message (via optoisolator) to the logic section turning on a warning LED

fl-N Systems Inc 131BusinessPart(LoopRO Box850CarisboigWa98324 4 n Tel0pri0ne80O426-130636O683^300FAX36O6833525 ^ E-mail salesaflisystBmscom V febsite http7wwwa-msystemsoom

S i

I - - ^^mdasho^M

OUTPUT i l l

TRIG ^ OUT

(burst)

TRIG 3-lt) OUT

(pulse)

til

I laquo

Calibration Procedures

The calibration interval is the lesser of 1000 hours of operation or 6 months Somewhat greater drift can be expected in the first 100 hours of operation as the semiconductors age Adjustments should only be made after the instrument has been fully warmed up for at least 15 minutes

Full instrument calibration requires the following test equipment digital multimeter (plusmn 01) able to measure resistance to at least lOOMO oscilloscope with at least 50MHz bandwidth true-mis voltmeter with 4MHz bandwidth universal counter (plusmn 001 ) able to measure single pulse widths and periods resistors (all plusmn 01) 2kn lOkH 1 watt 20kn 200kn alligator clip lead sets banana plugs and BNC adapters

Adjustment integrated circuit and test point locations are shown in the following figures All adjustments are on the timing board unless othenAise noted

All voltages in the non-isolated section should be measured with respect to ground at TP510 unless othenwise stated Some voltages are measured with respect to an internal isolated ground at TP650 or across the two output temninals Occasionally the voltage at an IC pin must be measured in these cases the reference designator is given with the pin number in parentheses eg U602(16) When it states within this procedure that a voltage is to be minimized this means that the adjustment should be made such that the measured voltage is as close to zero volts as possible Refer to the Specifications Section of this manual for acceptable tolerances

The sequence of this procedure is important If any adjustment is made all adjustments which follow must be made to ensure that the specifications will be met These procedures require that all controls remain as set in previous steps unless othenAise indicated

WARNING

The Model 2100 has dangerous voltages throughout the instrument even with the power is off Servicing the Model 2100 should only be done by qualified service personnel Use caution in handling any wires connectors or electrodes which may be directly or indirectly attached to the instrument Do not touch exposed connections or components Disconnect power by unplugging the power cord from the receptacle

H B ^ ^ S y s t e m s inc^degdegp^deg^^deg-^^^^^^^^B3^^^degdeg^^^lt^^^B^^^^ 131BusinessPartiLoopPO Box850CartsbOigWamp98324 4 9 |Telophone800-42013C6360683-8300F0lt360683-3525 ^ E-mail salesa-msystefnscom website httpwwwaflisystems com

CO

TP501 O lt0

g OTPSOO

U560 S

Trig Gate

0 -TISOS

U570

U500

Timing

p U520

Timing

K U550 Timin

gt U540

U515

o X I Timin

U508 I

J510 Timing nnn

Burst Delay J400

gt U550

R503

D D I D bull U8QQ i Q

n

oo

V P 5 1 0

b U535

^

Clock i _

U555

lt U 5 4 5

o

h d ^ O - - ^ U605

Q D

U620

O fJZ^ R737 bull ^ 1^13015 r j C - C O M P

B B nU770 ^ ^ ^ 5 ^ a

J420

a

o E

bull [ ]U632

riueso

rR742rVhigh R 6 1 9 ^

LJ TP645 O TP650

TPMOQ^QS

Vlow

CD-

CZZl

J440 bull bull tl iUDQ

I t

f i l

Power supply and bias voltages

Power supply

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

POWER ON Observe voltage at P703 power supply wire top of main board

Check for+15 plusmn 050 V

Observe voltage at P701 power supply wire top of main board

Check for-15 plusmn 050 V

Observe voltage at U505(24) Check for +5 plusmn 025 V

Isolated supply voltage Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

RANGE 10 V TRIG open circuit MODE center position

Alternately observe V ^ from R742 to R740 and V ^ from theU605(4)toU605(8)

Adjust R773 so that 110VltV lt 120 V and

nigh

28VltV|^lt34V

Capacitance balance Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

Connect a xlO oscilloscope probe to TP650 and ground the

Adjust R737 for minimum high frequency signal

Inputs

Gate function Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave Verify that the voltage to GATE switches states at the Observe voltage at U510(3) proper input levels with an oscilloscope

Trigger slope Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave Verify that the voltage to TRIG switches states at the Observe voltage at U510( 1) proper input levels with an oscilloscope

TRIG SLOPE Verify voltage is 180deg out of phase

TRIG SLOPE Verify voltage is in phase

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 860 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Jelophone 800-4201306 360683-8300 bull FM 380683-3525 E-mail salesaflTsystBfnscom bull Vtebsite httpVAirwwaflisystems com

14

Trigger and gate f unc t i on

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

DELAY NONE BURS-nMDTH SINGLE DURATION SQUARE PERIOD 100X10-3

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave to TRIG Observe TRIGD and EVENT LEDs

TRIG disconnect all Short the GATE connector to GND Verify LEDs extinguish

MODE press to MANUAL Verify LEDs flash once

Timing

System c lock f requency

Controls Inputs Observations Ad jus t Check

Observe the frequency of the wave Verify 1000 MHz plusmn 001 atU555(17)

Mul t ip l iers (Wheel Swi tches)

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

PULSE SIGN-laquobull MODE FREE RUN TRIG disconnect all TIMING MULTIPUERS all

wheels set to zero except the one being tested

TIMING OVERLAP ignore

Observe the pulse width with the counter at the location specified t)elow

Verify pulse width is correct for each wheel as it is tested independently

For each wheel of each MULTIPLIER test each position to verify that the pulse width is correct Observe the signal at the following locations DELAY U520(2) BURSTWIDTH U530(2) PERIOD U540(2) DURATION U550(2)

Rates (Rotary Swi tches)

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

TIMING MULTIPUERS 001 Observe the pulse width with the TIMING RATES all rotary counter at the location specified

switches set to 10-4 below except the one being tested

Verify pulse width is correct for each rotary switch as it is tested independently

For each ofthe four rotary switches in TIMING test each position to verify that the pulse width is correct Observe the signal at the following locations DELAY U520(2) BURSTWIDTH U530(2) PERIOD U540(2) DURATION U550(2)

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 iTetophone 8004201306 bull 360683-8300 bull FOC 3606803525 E-mail salesa-msystemscom Wbbsite httpJwwwaflTSystemscom

15

Trigger outputs

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

Range 10V Pulse Amplitude 500 Delay 100 xlO^ Burst 100 x 10 ^ Duration 100x10-^ Period 400x10-^ Pulse sign + Trig Mode Free run Trig in open

Trigger the oscilloscope to the Burst Trig Out Observe it the Pulse Trig Out and the isolated output

Verify that the waveform consists of a burst of three 1ms-on3ms-off pulses The burst trigger should be synchronous with the burst the pulse trigger coincident with each pulse

Output Calibration

Isolation Resistance (check)

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode center position Trig In open

Measure the resistance between ground banana jack (front panel) and black banana jack of output with DMM

Resistance read gt 100MQ

Amplitude Switch Offset (R640)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Zero Trig Mode center position Trig In Open

Measure the voltage at TP645 vs TP650 with the DMM

Adjust R640 (AmpI Sw Offset) for minimum voltage

Output Offset (R332 front panel board) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Zero Range 10V Trig Mode center position Trig In Open

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

Adjust R332 (Output offset) for minimum voltage

Positive Baseline Offeet (R607) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Sign + Baseline Amplitude

fully CCW (000) Range 10V Trig In open Trig Mode center position

Measure the voltage across the outputwiththeDMM

Adjust R602 (BSLN + offset) for minimum voltage

fl-N Systems Inc 131 BusBiess Parti Loop P O Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Telophone B00-42O1306 bull 360683-8300 bull FAX 3606803525 E-mail salesaflisystemscom V^tebsite httpy^vwwa-msystems com

16

Negative Baseline Offset (R619)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Sign -Baseline Amplitude

fully CCW (000) Range 10V Trig In open Trig Mode center position

Measure the voltage across the outputwiththeDMM

Adjust R619 (BSLN + offset) for minimum voltage

Pulse Amplitude Adjust (R602)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode Free Mode Pulse Amplitude 1000 Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =1001 Period =00110-4 Pulse Sign -Trig In open Range 10V

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

The Overiap indicator should be on Adjust R602 (Max Level) for -10OOV out

Pulse Sign Gain (check)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode Free Mode Pulse Amplitude 1000 Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =100 1s Period =001 10-4s Trig In open Range 10V

Measure the voltage at the output with the DMM for the Pulse Sign at + and - positions

The absolute values ofthe voltages should differ by less than lOOmV

Baseline Amplitudes (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Range 100mA Trig Mode center position Baseline Amplitude fully CW (1000) Trig In open

Measure the voltage at the output with the DMM with Baseline Sign in + Zero and

- positions

Gain the matching of current levels at = and - positions and offset current in Zero position

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop PO Box 850 Cartsboig Wa 98324 Telophone 800-4201306 360683-8300 FkX 3606803525 E-mail salesa-msystemscom website http^^wwaflisystemsccm

17

Output Range Amplitude and Drive (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Pulse Amplitude 1000 Pulse Sign + Trig Mode Free Run Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =1001 Period =10010-4 Trig In open

Load the output with a 10KV 1W 01 resistor Measure the voltage at the output with DMM

Verify that full scale output is within specification Scale Range 100V 100V 10V 10V 100mA IV 1mA 10V 10mA 100V

Pulse Sign and Short Circuit Protection (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =200 10-4 Period =00110-3 Baseline Zero Pulse Amplitude 25 Range 10V Trig Mode Free Run Trig In open

Measure the voltage at the output with the oscilloscope Check for Pulse Sign set to each of + - biphasic Watch for Error indicator when shorting the output

Verify that pulses of approx 25V amplitude (625V for biphasic mode) of the correct sign are produced every 10ms Short output in biphasic mode Output should return when opened

Output Transient Response (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Pulse Sign + Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =20010-4 Period =00110-3 Pulse Amplitude 250 Baseline Zero Trig Mode Free Mode Trig In open

Connect the oscilloscope to the output with a 310 attenuator probe Test both 10V and 100V ranges

Verify that overshoot and risetime meet specifications

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Telophone 8004201306 bull 3606808300 bull Flaquo( 360laquo83ltJ525 E-mail salesa-msystemsocm V^febsite http^wwwa-msystefnscom

18

Specifications

There are three classes of specifications Class A specifications tested in all units and are guaranteed Class B specifications are inherent in the design they are indirectly tested and are guaranteed Class C specifications are typical operating values which are occasionally tested- these are typical values given for your information but not guarshyanteed The class for each specification is noted in the center column ofthe following sections

Inputs Switching level

Hysteresis

Input equivalent circuit

Minimum duration (1 IL-level signal)

A

C

C

C

16 V(plusmn 02 V)

approx 50 mV

lOOKH to+5 in parallel with no more than 35pF

gt 50 ns

Open circuit condition B defaults to highon level

Timing and rate accuracy Rate selector steps

Timing multiplier steps

B

B

lOOpsto 100s in 7 steps

1 of rate selector step size Maximum value is 999 X the rate selector step size

Resolution B approx 01 ofthe maximum value

Timing error (second and later pulses after resetting controls)

B lt 002 of rate selector value + 015 ps

Timing error (first pulse after readjusting timing controls)

an additional 025 ps error may occur

Timing repeatability lt 001 setting + 20 ns (monophasic)

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Ram Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Vfa 98324 pTelophone 8004201306 bull 360683-8300 bull FAX 360683-3525

E-mail salesraquoflisystems com Wabsite httpJAnww afl isystems com

19

TRIG IN to OUTPUT delay (DELAY set to 0) output set to 2V

Timing jitter from TRIG IN to OUTPUT (for TTL trigger input with risetime lt10 ns)

Timing jitter from TRIG OUT (either BURST or PULSE) and OUTPUT

Trigger output to pulse output delay

Output characteristics Pulse level error (voltage mode open circuit current mode short circuit

Biphasic level difference IV + - V-1 2

Baseline level error (voltage mode open circuit current mode short circuit)

Risetime (25 V out)

Risetime (25 V out)

Transient response

A

A

A

Output impedance (voltage mode) C

Output impedance (current mode) C

Isolation resistance A

Isolation capacitance C

approx 05 ps for a load of no more than 10 KH in parallel with 50 pF

lt 125 ns (all rates except 100s) lt 125 ps (100s rate)

Less than 20 ns (all rates)

approx 350 ns

lt 03 of setting + 05 of r range (plus an additional 05 pA in 100 pA range)

lt 03 of range (voltage modes into open circuit current modes into short circuit)

lt 03 of setting of setting + 01 of range (plus an additional 05 pA in lOOpA range)

= 200 ns into less than 30 pF

= 15 ps into less than 30 pF

lt 8 overshoot into less than 30 pF for pulse voltages different than baseline voltage by at least 10 of range

= 50 ohms

raquo 1 0 GH (typically 200 GO)

raquo 1 0 0 M n

= 60 pF at 100 Hz

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Peril Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg V6 98324 |TelCf)hone 800-4201306 3606808300 bull FAX 360683-3525 E-mal salesaflisystefnsoom Website hnpyMVfWafllsystemsoom

20

Noise (differential mode)

Noise (common mode earth to isolated ground) with no signal output

Overload error indicator (low frequency short circuited voltage mode)

Overload error indicator low frequency open circuited current mode)

Overioad error response time

Miscellaneous

= 1 mV rms (10 V scale 10 Hz-4 MHz)

= 8 mV rms (10 Hz-4 MHz) == 100mVp-p (200 Hz -10 MHz) measured withalOMH 15pF oscilloscope probe

Turns on for set amplitude at or greater than approx plusmn1 V (10 V range) or plusmn2 V (100 V range)

Turns on for set amplitude at or above approx 2 of range

Flat to approx 30 ps duration Decreasing sensitivity for shorter pulses

Power

Fuse

Operating temperature range

Storage temperature range

Operating humidity

Dimensions

approx 11 watts

1 amp 3AG

10-30degC

0 - 50deg C

5 - 80 RH

17x475x1125 (inches) 432x121x286 cm

Weight 20 lbs (9 kg)

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Wb 98324 |Tetcphone 8004201306 3606808300 bull FOt 360683-3525 E-mail satesamsystems comV^febsite httpywwwaflisystemscom

21

Warranty and Service

What does this warranty cover A-M Systems Inc warrants to the Purchaser that the Instrument excluding cables Headstage Probes and any other accessories shipped with the Instrument (hereafter the hardware) is free from defects in workmanship or material under normal use and service for the period of one (1) year This warranty commences on the date of delivery ofthe hardware to the Purchaser

What are the obligations of A-M Systems Inc under this warranty During the warranty period A-M Systems Inc agrees to repair or replace at its sole option without charge to the Purchaser any defective component part of the hardware To obtain warranty service the Purchaser must return the hardware to A-M Systems Inc or an authorized A-M Systems Inc distributor in an adequate shipping container Any postage shipping and insurance charges incurred in shipping the hardware to A-M Systems Inc must be prepaid by the Purchaser and all risk for the hardware shall remain with purchaser until such time as A-M Systems Inc takes receipt of the hardware Upon receipt A-M Systems Inc will promptly repair or replace the defective unit and then return the hardware to the Purchaser postage shipping and insurance prepaid A-M Systems Inc may use reconditioned or like new parts or units at its sole option when repairing any hardware Repaired products shall carry the same amount of outstanding warranty as from original purchase or ninety (90) days which ever is greater Any claim under the warranty must include a dated proof of purchase ofthe hardware covered by this warranty In any event A-M Systems Inc liability for defective hardware is limited to repairing or replacing the hardware

What is not covered by this warranty This warranty is contingent upon proper use and maintenance ofthe hardware by the Purchaser and does not cover batteries Neglect misuse whether intentional or othenwise tampering with or altering the hardware damage caused by accident damage caused by unusual physical electrical chemical or electromechanical stress damage caused by failure of electrical power or damage caused during transportation are not covered by this wan-anty Products may not be returned to A-M Systems Inc for service whether under warranty or otherwise which are contaminated by infectious agents radioactive compounds or other materials constituting a health hazard to employees of A-M Systems Inc

What are the limits of liability for A-M Systems Inc under this warranty A-M Systems Inc shall not be liable for loss of data profits or savings or any special incidental consequential indirect or other similar damages arising from breach of contract negligence or other legal action even if the company or its agent has been advised of the possibility of such damages or for any claim brought against you by another party THIS EQUIPMENT IS NOT INTENDED FOR CLINICAL MEASUREMENTS USING HUMAN SUBJECTS A-M SYSTEMS INC DOES NOT ASSUME RESPONSIBILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE DUE TO MISUSE OF THIS EQUIPMENT Jurisdictions vary with regard to the enforceability of provisions excluding or limiting liability for incidental or consequential damages Check the provision of your local jurisdiction to find out whether the above exclusion applies to you

This warranty allocates risks of product failure between the Purchaser and A-M Systems Inc A-M Systems Inc hardware pricing reflects this allocation of risk and the limitations of liability contained in this warranty The warranty set forth above is in lieu of all other express warranties whether oral or written The agents employees distributors and dealers of A-M Systems Inc are not authorized to make modifications to this warranty or additional wan-anties binding on the company Accordingly additional statements such as dealer advertising or presentations whether oral or written do not constitute warranties by A-M Systems Inc and should not be relied upon This warranty gives you specific legal rights You may also have other rights which vary from one jurisdiction to another

fl-N Systems Inc 131BusinessPartiLoop RO Box850CartsbOfgWa98324 p O |Telophone 8004201306 bull 360683-8300FOC 3606830525 ^ ^ E-mail saiesaflisystefTiscom Wbbsite httpVwwwa-msystemscom

Demonstration of Burst Mode Connect the output of the Model 2100 to an oscilloscope Before connecting the instrument it is safest to tum Its power off

Set the Output controls

Range Pulse Sign

Baseline Pulse Amplitude

Baseline Amplitude

Setting The Timing Controls

Delay Burst Width

Duration

Period

Set the START controls as follows

Mode

Disconnect any cables to the TRIG or GATE inputs

Trigger the oscilloscope from the Burst trigger out (upper Tr^ Out connector) for a stable display In each burst (occumng every lOOms) you should observe a trio of 15ms duration starting 50ms apart Try switching the StartMode from Free Run to the center (nomnal) position The pulses will no longer be produced and the Trig and Event indicators will turn off Pressing this switch once (to Manual) will cause a single burst to occur

880 120 150 500

10V +

200 100

102 102 102 102

Free Run

fleaff SySlQmSa |nCa deglgt ltlt ^ ^ deg ^ degdeg ^ ^ ^ bull E-matmia

131 Business Park LoopPO Box 850 Carisborg Vfe 86324 lUcphcna 800426-1306 36Olaquo83laquo300 FAX 36068raquo52 E-maft tfii8ysOiHn^nleiTBcom1AWisJto HSpitwraquoM^wytAtii9oom

Problem SoMng If the Instrument appears to be not worthing properiy check all of the control settings and connections Be sure to wait at least 5-10 seconds after turning the Instrument off before tuming it on again The following t6ef summary of typical problems for the user (along with the most common solutions) may help

Problem CauseSolution EVENT indicator never lights even in FREE RUN mode

bull Replace fuse check power connection bullSet DELAY or PERIOD to a shorter interval

bull Power-on too soon after power-off

OVERLAP Indicator is on

ERROR indicator is on

Time appears to be excessive

bullSet DURATION gt000 bull DURATION is set to SQUARE but PERIOD is 000 Increase PERIOD or set DURATION independantly

bull BURST and WIDTH are gt DURATION increase PERIOD or decrease

DURATION bull BIPHASIC pulse output is on and PERIOD is not longer than twice the DURATION Increase PERIOD or decrease DURATION

bull Free-run is on and BURST Is lt PERIOD (BURST off) DELAY is 0 and PERIOD is lt DURATION Add delay or modify PERIOD

bull Free-mn is on and BURST is gt DURATION (BURST ON) and PERIOD is lt DURATION Increase PERIOD

bull For VOLTAGE outputs the output Is trying to drive too low a resistance or capacitance (eg a short circuit) Check by disconnecting the output It is possible (and normal) that for the fastest cycles

and largest amplitudes (close to 100 V and 1 MS) that the ERROR Indicator might always come on during repetitive pulses Fix output load or decrease amplitude as required

bull Changed control in mid-cycle (resets cunent status)

A ^ M bull _ _ _ A ^ ^ _ _ i ^ mdash 131BuslnessPai1ltLoopPOBox850CarlsborgWamp98324

bull p i j ^ v s w m s iiic^^deglt^deg^^deglt^^^3degB3^^^deg^^^^degdeg^^^deg^^deg^^^^ E-mat iiiMOafflwstemseom WabaHe MtaffiwwtHtavsli

8 E-msft flmsjoQfrfraystGfnsoom ^WobsltiK hl^Aiwv9-fn9]nteniscom

Cant seem to get a full signal out

Incoming triggers not accepted frequently enough

bull Load is not properiy connected repair wiring

bull Too low a load impedance (VOLTAGE modes) or too high a load impedance

(CURRENT mode)

bull PERIOD is set too long (enforces dead time) followd by BURST set to SIGNAL Reduce PERIOD time

Table 10 Problem Solving

If you suspect that the Model 2100 may have completely failed we recommend checking the basic level of functionality If this fails your instrument is defective and must be repaired If this passes either your experimental setup is incompatible or inconsistent or there is a more subtle flaw in your Model 2100

If the Model 2100 appears to be malfunctioning contact A-M Systems Inc or your dealer Telephone numtgters for A-M Systems Inc listed on the front cover of this manual We will first attempt to solve the problem over the telephone so have an exact description of your problem available when you call You do not need to be within the warranty period to obtain over-the-phone assistance

A ^ M V - mdash A d B ^ K M I ^ M 131BuslnessPatfcLoopPOBox6SOCai

-PI s y s i Q m s inc-2raquolaquoa22=M^^

131 Business Parfc Loop PO Box 650 Cartsborg VM9 0S324 _ FAX36(W8a3525 E^nrt flnsysQa-ntsyttanB-oom Wsbsfte hHpiMNvwa-nnystsnisooni

9

Theory of Operation

The operation of the Model 2100 is summarized In the block diagram (see Fig 3) Not shown are all of the interconnections with the microcontroller The intemal microcontroler plays an important role in setting the signal path but does not directly

contribute to the dynamic characteristics It scans the front panel switches and sets the control values for the logic arays It programs the intemal counters which along with the other hardware achieve the necessary sub-microsecond speeds

All action starts either from an input trigger signal (from Trig In) or from an intemal signal (in free Run mode only) A Delay timer counts the 10MHz clock until its count value Is exhausted At this point the Burst timer starts Both Period and Duration timers are started at this time If the Burst timer has not expired by the end of the Period the Period and Duration timers are restarted If the Biphasic mode has been set the Duration timer is restarted at the end of the initial Duration and the sign of the output pulse Is reversed doubling the total duration

The system state (pulse on pulse sip baseline sign [+101-]) is transmitted to the isolated section via optoisolator The baseline and pulse amplitudes are selected by an analog switch The resulting signal is amplified by a variable-power-supply discrete operational amplifier The amplifier connections and gain is modified to provide two voltage and three cunent ranges

Timing overlap errors are detected by a logical decision computation rather than by testing for counter collisions This provides instant feedback rather than waiting up to an hour for such a collision to occur Output errors are measured by sensing the output amplifiers differential input voltage Under normal conditions this is a negligible voltage if the amplifier fails to deliver the requested signal the window comparator testing this voltage sends this message (via optoisolator) to the logic section turning on a warning LED

fl-N Systems Inc 131BusbnassPa(tLoopPOBox6SOCari3boigVMg8324 H n |TWoph0n880O426-13083eO6Blaquo300FMt36Olaquo8i3525 E-nnl anaysflfriinysleiiaoemWfcbslte hllphmwraquoimyatennoom

TRIG 3HJ) OUT

(burst)

TRIG ^ OUT

(pulse)

E

Ml

Calibration Procedures

The calibration interval is the lesser of 1000 hours of operation or 6 months Somewhat greater drift can be expected in the first 100 hours of operation as the semiconductors age Adjustments should only be made after the instrument has been fully warmed up for at least 15 minutes

Full instrument calibration requires the following test equipment digital multimeter (plusmn 01) able to measure resistance to at least lOOMfl oscilloscope with at least 50MHz bandwidth true-rms voltmeter with 4MHz bandwidth universal counter (plusmn 001 ) able to measure single pulse widths and periods resistors (all plusmn 01) 2kn lOkH 1 waft 20kn 200kn alligator clip lead sets banana plugs and BNC adapters

Adjustment integrated circuit and test point locations are shown in the following figures All adjustments are on the timing board unless otherwise noted

All voltages in the non-isolated section should be measured with respect to ground at TP510 unless othenvise stated Some voltages are measured with respect to an intemal isolated ground at TP650 or across the two output tenninals Occasionally the voltage at an IC pin must be measured In these cases the reference designator is given with the pin number in parentheses eg U602(16) When it states within this procedure that a voltage is to be minimized this means that the adjustment should be made such that the measured voltage is as close to zero volts as possible Refer to the Specifications Section of this manual for acceptable tolerances

The sequence of this procedure is Important If any adjustment is made all adjustments which follow must be made to ensure that the specifications will be met These procedures require that all controls remain as set in previous steps unless otherwise indicated

WARNING

The Model 2100 has dangerous voltages throughout the instrument even with the power is off Servicing the Model 2100 should only be done by qualified service personnel Use caution in handling any wires connectors or electrodes which may be directly or indirectly attached to the Instrument Do not touch exposed connections or components Disconnect power by unplugging the power cord from the receptacle

fl-N Systems I n c ^ 131BusinesaPartcLoopPOBox850CartsborgVWiB8324 4 n ^gt-mdash80O426-130638Ofl8Jlaquo300FAX36O683J52S bull E-maft BinsysQfrfn^islflnisoomVVfalislle h^KVfWMift^iisystemsoani

CO

- R503

Omg^

TPSOlQ O

OTPSOO

U560 bull

U510

DDID ^ trade E O ^ T P 5 1 0

bullnD Trig

0 ^

U570

Gate n U505

DO D

U515

Timing

Timing h_ U520

bsoo ^25SE Timing

Or r U540

I I Tmlng

[^ELIL

U535 D

U506

13 J510 Timlnff

BurfiDelay J400

i i i i i i i T r m r a

gt U550 ^

Clock

U555 U620

B a

^R^Pvhigh Rfijn O D O Vlow

o

bull U545

Fo sect737 lISOIsPjC-COMP

n r r ^ U760

J420

]]U632

Q S riuGSO

H = ) TP640^ deg I t I

II3D

J440 m i T i

U610 plusmn laquo j U O

bull bull l el

^t

O l

bull

M

I

Power supply and bias voltages

Power supply

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

POWER ON Observe voltage at P703 power supply wire top of main board

Check for+15 plusmn 050 V

Observe voltage at P701 power supply wire top of main board

Check for-15 plusmn 050 V

Observe voltage at U505(24) Check for+5 plusmn 025 V

Isolated supply voltage

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

RANGE 10 V TRIG open circuit MODE center position

Altemately observe V^ from R742 to R740 and V ^ from the U605(4) to U605(8)

Adjust R773 so that 110VltV^lt 120 V and

nign

28VltV^lt34V

Capacitance balance

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Connect a x10 oscilloscope probe to TP650 and ground the

Adjust R737 for minimum high frequency signal

Inputs

Gate funct ion

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave Verify that the voltage to GATE switches states at the Obsene voltage at U51G(3) proper input levels with an oscilloscope ^ ^

Trigger s lope

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave Verify that the voltage to TRIO switches states at the Observe voltage at US 10( 1) proper input levels with an oscilloscope

TRIG SLOPE + Verify voltage is 180 out of phase

TRIG SLOPE Verify voltage is in phase

fl-N Systems Inc ^ 131 Bushess Park Loop PO Bar 850 Carisborg Wa 98324 8004201306 3eOlaquoS3e300 FAX 3606BV352S

C-maft fliii8yBQfriii9yBlumaoamVIAibsMB hRpJhwMifi-iiiBystematxini

14

Trigger and gate funct ion

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

DELA NONE BURS1WII3TH SINGLE DURATION SQUARE PERIOD 100X10-3

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave to TRIG Obsen^e TRIOD and EVENT LEDS

TRIG disconnect all Short the GATE connector to GND Verify LEDs extinguish

MODE press to MANUAL Verify LEDs flash once

Timing

System c lock frequency

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Observe the frequency of the wave atU555(17)

Verify 1000 MHz plusmn001

Multipl iers (Wheel Switches)

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

PULSE SIGN + MODE FREE RUN TRIG disconnect all TIMING MULTIPUERS ail

wheels set to zero except the one being tested

TnmiNG OVERLAP ^nOTB

Observe the pulse width with the counter at the location specified below

Verify pulse width Is correct for each wheel as it is tested Independently

For each wheel of each MULTIPUER test each position to verify that the pulse width is correct Observe the signal at the following locations DELAY U520(2) BURSTWIDTH U530(2) PERIOD US40(2) DURATION U550(2)

Rates (Rotary Switches)

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

TIMING MULTIPUERS 001 TIMING RATES all rotary

switches set to 10-4 except the one being tested

Observe the pulse width with the counter at the location specified below

Verify pulse width is conect for each rotary switch as it is tested independently

For each of the four rotary switches in TIMING test each position to verify that the pulse wkJth is correct Observe the signal at the following locations DELAY U520(2) BURSTWIDTH U530(2) PERIOD U540(2) DURATION U550(2)

fl-N Systems I n c ^ E-maft emfl

131 Business Parti Loop PO 809(850 Cartsborg Wta 98324 8004201306 3804806300 FAX 36068O3S25

E-maft ansysQa nvystems-oom Wobste hflp Avwwa4nsy8(Qnttoam

15

Trigger outputs Controls

Range 10V Pulse Amplitude 500 Delay 100x10 Burst 100x10^2 Duration 100 x1a Period 400x10^ Pulse sign + Trig Mode Free run Trig in open

Inputs Observations

Trigger the oscilloscope to the Burst Trig Out Observe it the Pulse Trig Out and the isolated output

Adjust Check

Verify that the waveform consists of a burst of three 1ms-on3ms-off pulses The burst trigger should be synchronous with the burst the pulse trigger coincident with each pulse

Output Calibration

Isolation Resistance (check) Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode center position Trig In open

Measure the resistance between ground banana jack (front panel) and black banana jack of output with DMM

Resistance read gt 100MQ

Amplitude Switch Offset (R640) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Zero Trig Mode center position Trig In Open

Measure the voltage at TP645 vs TP650 with the DMM

Adjust R640 (AmpI Sw Offset) for minimum voltage

Output Offset (R332 front panel board) Controls I nputsObservatlons AdjustCheck

Baseline Zero Range 10V Trig Mode center position Trig In Open

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

Adjust R332 (Output offset) for minimum voltage

Positive Baseline Offset (R607) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Sign + Baseline Amplitude

fully CCW (000) Range 10V Trig In open Trig Mode center position

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

Adjust R602 (BSLN + offset) for minimum voltage

fl M raquo _ _ _ A laquo ^ _ i ^ ^ 131Buslnelaquo8Pari(loopPOBoK850Cart8borgWB96324

bull P I i s V S i e m S a |||Cg1Maphans80O42O130638O68O8300FAX36Olaquo8raquo^2S E-tiBft anagtraquoflwiisyagtlaquomraquoaimW6baHB hHpffii(wwraquoltnsylaquoleniieom

16

Negative Baseline Offset (R619) Controls

Baseline Sign -i Baseline Amplitude bull fully CCW (000)

Range 10V Trig In open Trig Mode center position

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

AdjustCheck

Adjust R619 (BSLN 4 offset) for minimum voltage

Pulse Amplitude Adjust (R602) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode Free Mode Pulse Amplitude 1000 Timing Dialay =none Burst =single Duration =1001 Period =00110-4 Pulse Sign -Trig In open Range 10V

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

The Overiap indicator should be on Adjust R602 (Max Level) for -1000V out

Pulse Sign Gain (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode Free Mode Pulse Amplitude 1000 Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =1001 s Period =00110-4s Trig In open Range 10V

Measure the voltage at the output with the DMM for the Pulse Sign at -- and - positions

The absolute values of the voltages should differ by less than lOOmV

Baseline Amplitudes (check) Controls InputsObservations

Range 100mA Trig Mode center position Baseline Amplitude fully CW (1000) Trig In open

Measure the voltage at the output with the DMM with Baseline Sign in + Zero and - positions

AdjustCheck

Gain the matching of current levels at = and - positions and offset current in Zero position

fl-N Systems Inc^^ bull E-mal am8

131 Business Partt Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 88324 8004201306360laquo8Oe300FAX 360laquo8O362S

E-maM am8y8^o-mBy8tflmBoom WobaKo hHp Awwwo-f i iBystonuoom

17

Output Range Amplitude and Drive (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Pulse Amplitude 1000 Pulse Sign + Trig Mode Free Run Timing Delay =none Burst =8ingle Duration =1001 Period =10010-4 Trig In open

Load the output with a 10KV1W 01 resistor Measure the voltage at the output with DMM

Verify that full scale output is within specification Scale Range 100V 100V 10V 10V 100mA IV 1mA 10V 10mA 100V

Pulse Sign and Short Circuit Protection (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Timing Delay =none Burst =8ingle Duration =200 10-4 Period =00110-3 Baseline Zero Pulse Amplitude 25 Range 10V Trig Mode Free Run Trig In open

Measure the voltage at the output with the oscilloscope Check for Pulse Sign set to each of + - biphasic Watch for Error indicator when shorting the output

Verify that pulses of approx 25V amplitude (625V for biphasic mode) of the correct sign are produced every 10ms Short output in biphasic mode Output should retum when opened

Output Transient Response (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Pulse Sign + Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =20010-4 Period =00110-3 Pulse Amplitude 250 Baseline Zero Trig Mode Free Mode Trig In open

Connect the oscilloscope to the output with a 310 attenuator prolse Test boVn 10V and 100V ranges

Verify that overshoot and risetime meet specifications

fl-N Systems I n c ^ 131 Business Parte Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wb 98324 8004201306 36Olaquo83O300 FAX 36O680lt352S

E-mQ0 snBy8Qs-msy8faiTiscom VWriMtte N ^ Mvww9-msy8lemscom

18

Specifications

There are three classes of specifications Class A specifications tested in all unHs and are guaranteed Class B specifications are inherent in the design they are indirectly tested and are guaranteed Class C specifications are typical operating values which are occasionally tested- these are typical values given for your infomiation but not guarshyanteed The class for each specification is noted in the center column of the following sections

Inputs Switching level

Hysteresis

Input equivalent circuit

Minimum duration (1 IL-level signal)

A

C

C

C

16V(plusmn02V)

approx 50 mV

100K ft to+5 In parallel with no more than 35pF

gt 50 ns

Open circuit condition B defaults to highon level

Timing and rate accuracy Rate selector steps

Timing multiplier steps

Resolution

Timing eror (second and later pulses after resetting controls)

B

B

B

B

lOOps to 100s In 7 steps

1 of rate selector step size Maximum value is 999 x the rate selector step size

approx 01 of the maximum value

lt 002 of rate selector value + 015 ps

Timing error (first pulse after readjusting timing controls)

an additional 025 ps error may occur

Timing repeatability lt 001 setting + 20 ns (monophasic)

fl-N Systems I nc ^ bull E-moU ams

131 Business Parti Loop PO Boot 850 Cartsborg VM 98324 80O42O130838O08O8300FAX36Olaquo8O3S2S

E-meU anByafl^iiisyslainaoomWebsHe hHpffliiwwraquomsys)emsoom

19

TRIG IN to OUTPUT delay (DELAY set to 0) output set to 2V

Timing jitter ft-om TRIG IN to OUTPUT (for TTL trigger input with risetime lt10 ns)

Timing jitter ft^om TRIG OUT (either BURST or PULSE) and OUTPUT

Trigger output to pulse output delay

Output charactsristics Pulse level enror (voltage mode open circuit cun-ent mode short circuit

Biphasic level difference |V + + V-|2

Baseline level error (voltage mode A open circuit current mode short circuit)

Risetime (25 V out)

Risetime (25 V out)

Transient response

A

A

A

Output impedance (voltage mode) C

Output impedance (current mode) C

Isolation resistance A

Isolation capacitance C

approx 05 ps for a load of no more than 10 Kft in parallel with 50 pF

lt 125 ns (all rates except 100s) lt 125 ps (100s rate)

Less than 20 ns (all rates)

approx 350 ns

lt 03 of setting + 05 of r range (plus an additional 05 pA inlOOpArenge)

lt 03 of range (voltage modes into open circuit current modes into short circuit)

lt 03 of setting of setting + 01 of range (plus an additional 05 pA in lOOpA range)

laquo 200 ns into less than 30 pF

laquo15 ps into less than 30 pF

lt 8 overshoot Into less than 30 pF for pulse voltages different than baseline voltage by at least 10 of range

laquo 50 ohms

raquo 1 0 Gft (typically 200 Gft)

raquo100Mft

laquo 60 pF at 100 Hz

fl-N Systems Inc^^ 131 Business Partt Uxip PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 96324 8004201308 SBOee^^SOO FAX 360laquoS3^52S

E-mat BiByraquoaiMii8ylaquoliiiiiseomWiljalteHlpJV(wwraquo4tgy8lenaoom

20

Noise (differential mode)

Noise (common mode earth to isolated ground) with no signal output

Overioad error indicator (low frequency short circuited voltage mode)

Overioad error indicator low frequency open circuited current mode)

Overioad enor response time

Miscellaneous

Power

Fuse

Operating temperature range

Storage temperature range

Operating humidity

Dimensions

Weight

laquo1 mV rms (10 V scale 10Hz-4MHz)

laquo 8 mV rms (10 Hz-4 MHz) laquo100mVp-p (200 Hz -10 MHz) measured withalOMft 15pF oscilloscope probe

Turns on for set amplitude at or greater than approx plusmn1V (10 V range) or plusmn2 V (100 V range)

Turns on for set amplitude at or above approx 2 of range

Flat to approx 30 ps duration Decreasing sensitivity for shorter pulses

approx 11 watts

1 amp 3 AG

10-30C

0 - 50deg C

5-80RH

17x475x1125 (Inches) 432x121x286 cm

20 lbs (9 kg)

fl mm bull gt _ _ _ A ^ ^ _ _ L ^ 131BusinesraquoPariltLocpPOBox850C8rtsborgWS9e324

bull p i ^ y s v e m s IIIC^^deg(^deg^Bdegltgt^^^3degdeg^deg^^deg^^^degdeg^^I^deg^deg^^^^^

21 E-mei flre^nQo 4n8yo(amscam Wsbsfle hHpAwwwe-msy8Jems-Oom

Warranty and Service

What does this warranty cover A-M Systems Inc warrants to the Purchaser that the Instrument excluding cables Headstage Probes and any other accessories shipped with the Instrument (hereafter the hardware) is free from defects in workmanship or material under normal use and service for the period of one (1) year This warranty commences on the date of delivery of the hardware to the Purchaser

What are the obligations of A-M Systems Inc under this warranty During the warranty period A-M Systems Inc agrees to repair or replace at its sole option without charge to the Purchaser any defective component part of the hardware To obtain warranty service the Purchaser must return the hardware to A-M Systems Inc or an authorized A-M Systems Inc distributor in an adequate shipping container Any postage shipping and insurance charges incurred in shipping the hardware to A-M Systems Inc must be prepaid by the Purchaser and all risk for the hardware shall remain with purchaser until such time as A-M Systems Inc takes receipt of the hardware Upon receipt A-M Systems Inc will promptly repair or replace the defective unit and then return the hardware to the Purchaser postage shipping and insurance prepaid A-M Systems Inc may use reconditioned or like new parts or units at its sole option when repairing any hardware Repaired products shall carry the same amount of outstanding wan^nty as from original purchase or ninety (90) days which ever is greater Any claim under the warranty must include a dated proof of purchase of the hardware covered by this wan-anty In any event A-M Systems Inc liability for defective hardware is limited to repairing or replacing the hardware

What is not covered by this warranty This warranty is contingent upon proper use and maintenance of the hardware by the Purchaser and does not cover batteries Neglect misuse whether intentional or otherwise tampering with or altering the hardware damage caused by accident damage caused by unusual physical electrical chemical or electromechanical stress damage caused by failure of electrical power or damage caused during transportation are not covered by this warranty Products may not be returned to A-M Systems Inc for service whether under warranty or otherwise which are contaminated by infectious agents radioactive compounds or other materials constituting a health hazard to employees of A-M Systems Inc

What are the limits of llabiiity for A-M Systems inc under this warranty A-M Systems Inc shall not be liable for loss of data profits or savings or any special incidental consequential indirect or other similar damages arising from breach of contract negligence or other legal action even if the company or its agent has been advised of the possibility of such damages or for any claim brought against you by another party THIS EQUIPMENT IS NOT INTENDED FOR CLINICAL MEASUREMENTS USING HUMAN SUBJECTS A-M SYSTEMS INC DOES NOT ASSUME RESPONSIBILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE DUE TO MISUSE OF THIS EQUIPMENT Jurisdictions vary with regard to the enforceability of provisions excluding or limiting liability for incidental or consequential damages Check the provision of your local jurisdiction to find out whether the above exclusion applies to you This warranty allocates risks of product failure between the Purchaser and A-M Systems Inc A-M Systems Inc hardware pricing reflects this allocation of risk and the limitations of liability contained in this wanranty The warranty set forth above is in lieu of all other express wan^anties whether oral or written The agents employees distributors and dealers of A-M Systems Inc are not authorized to make modifications to this wan-anty or additional wan-anties binding on the company Accordingly additional statements such as dealer advertising or presentations whether oral or written do not constitute wananties by A-M Systems Inc and should not be relied upon This warranty gives you specific legal rights You may also have other rights whrch vary from one jurisdiction to another

6 mm ^ laquo _ _ A a B ^ _ 1 ^ ^ 131 Business Parti Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg W B 98324 O O

bull P l A y S V e m S l n C T^M 8OO42OI3O6 380683-8300FAX 360 803525 ^ ^ E-msl iiiisy80iHTBy8tenisoom Wsbsito hnphwwfrimysleiiisoom

A

V ISO

INSTRUCTION MANUAL

FOR

ISOLATED PULSE STIMULATOR

MODEL 2100

Serial

Date

A-M Systems Inc

PO Box 850

Carlsborg WA 98324

USA

360-683-8300 bull 800-426-1306 FAX 360-683-3525

httpwwwa-msystemscom

Version 70 February 2002

Contents General Description 1

Instrument Features 1 Controls and Connectors 2

Operating Instructions 6 Theory of Operation 10 Calibration Procedures 12

Inputs 14 Output Calibration 16

Specifications 19 Warranty and Service 22

Each Isolated Pulse Stimulator is delivered complete with

Rack Mount Hardware Instructions amp Maintenance Manual

NOTE

This instrument is not intended for clinical measurements using human subjects A-M Systems Inc does not assume responsibility for Injury or damage due to the misuse of this instrument

General Description

Instrument Features The Isolated Pulse Stimulator Model 2100 is designed for a wide variety of applications It is highly flexible being capable of delivering single pulses biphasic pairs or bursts of pulses Pulses may be started manually or upon receiving a trigger signal from another Instrument or computer Two non-isolated trigger outputs are available for triggering other instruments

Four sets of timing controls provide comprehensive control overall aspects of pulse generation Three digit accuracy is available over a 7 decade range for each timing function using lever wheel switches Pulse widths can be set over more than a 9 decade range from 05 ps to 999 seconds Timing accuracy is assured through the use of a 10 MHz base rate crystal-controlled clock digitally divided to provide accurate timing over the entire range Atiming overiap indicator will light If the timing controls are set inconsistently

The output may be conveniently switched between current and voltage modes Pulse and baseline amplitudes are Independently presettable with lockable dials An error Indicator will light if the Mode2700 cannot deliver the desired signal

r WARNING

The Model 2100 can produce potentially dangerous voltages up to 100 V at the output connectors The isolated output is not connected internally to safety (earth) ground in any way Some part of the extemal circuit should be connected to safety ground Use caution in handling any wires connectors or electrodes which may be directly or indirectly attached to the Model 2100 output Some kinds of connectors such as BNC connectors have exposed metal parts which may float at dangerous potentials unless extemally connected to safety ground For greatest safety tum the Model 2100 off before making any connections to

the instrument

131 Business Parii Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Telophone 800-426-1306 bull 360-68raquolaquo300 bull FAX 360683-3525 E-mal satesa-msystemsoom VVfebsite httpywwwa^nsystemscom fl-N Systems Inc 1

Controls and Connectors The controls for the Model 2100 are grouped in three sections START which controls when a pulse or burst of pulses begins TIMING which controls the onoff timing of one or more pulses and OUTPUT which controls the amplitude of the output signal

Start TRIG SLOPE Determines the polarity of valid trigger pulses (positive or negative edges in the trigger signal)

MODE Controls waveform initiation When set to FREE RUN one timing cycle immediately follows the last When momentarily placed In the MANUAL position a timing cycle starts Immediately When the switch Is In the center position timing cycles start when valid triggering events occur

TRIGD This LED lights up when a timing cycle Is in process and continues until the burst is completed

TRIG This BNC connector allows a signal from an external source to Initiate timing cycles It is set for standard TTL levels

GATE This BNC connector allows a signal from an external source to restrict the final output signal This input must be at a logical high (or open-circuited) in order for the Model 2100 to recognize either manual or automatic trigger events

Gate 1_ Trigger |~~^ i I Valid triggers (represented by the arrows in the figure) can occur only when the gate Is at logical high Note that the up arrow would apply only If TRIG SLOPE is set to + the down an-ows would apply only if TRIG SLOPE Is set to -

NOTE Triggers have no effect if the system has not completed its response to a previous trigger

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Park Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Vb 98324 TelQphQne 80O426-1306 360683-8300 FAX 360683-3525 E-mail sales^a-msystemscom Wsbsite httpywwwa-msystemscom

Timing Four sets of controls govern the timing of pulse generation Each set contains two values which are multiplied together to detemnine the actual timing value The rotary knob (rate selector) provides the approximate timing value and the lever wheel switch bank (MULTIPLIER)

provides a time resolution of three decimal digits The following diagram shows most of the Important relationships

Output r Delay Duration

|ltPeriodgtj

t Burst width

Trigger event

DELAY These controls determine the time duration between the initiating trigger event and the beginning of the pulse burst If this rate selector is set to NONE or the multiplier is set to 000 there Is no delay

BURST WIDTH These controls determine the time period in which one or more pulses may be delivered Once started a pulse may outlast the burst width If this rate selector is set to SINGLE or to any time shorter than the pulse duration only a single pulse will occur If the BURST WIDTH Is longer than the period pulses will be emitted at the PERIOD rate until the burst time ends Pulses are never truncated by a short BURSTWIDTH

inds)-PULSE

D U R A T I O N 1 0 1 0

10

INTEB-PULSE PERIOD

1 1 10

DURATION These controls determine the length of each pulse Ifthis rate selector Is set to SQUARE the duration is set to half of the period regardless of the MULTIPLIER setting

PERIOD These controls set the period of time between adjacent pulse events within the burst It also forces a minimum dead time between recognized input triggers following a burst of one or more pulses This can be used to prevent over stimulation of a tissue without requiring excessive delay between the triggering event and the stimulating pulse

TIMING OVERLAP

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 860 Carisborg Vamp 98324 |Telophone 800-426-1306 360683-8300 bull FAX 3606aW525 E-mail salearega^nsystemsoom Vfeb5ite httpAwwwa^nsyslemscam

NOTE If any of these timing controls are changed while a timing cycle is in operation the results are undefined until the current cycle finishes

TIMING OVERLAP This LED will light to Indicate an inconsistency in the timing cycle settings There are several ways to introduce such errors The most common way is to set the Inter-pulse PERIOD to be less than the pulse DURATION

T I M I N G (seconds)^

TRIG OUT (UPPER) This BNC connector provides a signal which is coincident with the Internal Burst timing signal (default) This means the signal starts at the end of the Delay time and persists until the Burst time expires This output may also be set to represent the delay time-out by setting the internal jumper J510 to the right two pins instead of the left two pins (Please see the Calibration section in this manual for jumper location Directions are given as viewed from the front of the Instrument)

TRIG OUT (LOWER) This BNC connector provides a signal which Is coincident with the Duration timing signal which controls pulse output

NOTE Both trigger output signals slightly lead the isolated output signal

Output

PULSE SIGN This switch determines the polarity of the pulses to be generated It also allows generation of biphasic pulses thereby doubling the effective total period Warning the first pulse generated after changing the PULSE

SIGN switch may have the wrong polarity

BASELINE This Switch determines the polarity ofthe baseline signal

RANGE This rotary switch determines if the output pulses will be constant current (3 ranges) or constant voltage (2 ranges)

BASELINE AMPLITUDE This value is independently set using a ten-turn counting dial The maximum baseline amplitude is one tenth the value shown on the range amplitude switch

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 8S0 Cartsborg Vfa 98324 |Tetaphone 80O426-1306 bull 360683-8300 bull FAX 3606803525 E-mail salesa-msystemscom Wbbsite http7Awwwaflnsystemscom

PULSE AMPLITUDE This value is independently set using a ten-turn counting dial The maximum pulse amplitude is the value shown on the range amplitude switch

EVENT This LED indicates when a pulse is ongoing

ERROR This LED indicates when the internal output amplifier cannot output the pulse as desired This is usually due to a short circuit while trying to output a voltage or an open circuit while trying to output a current

VOTEThe Pulse Sign control in the Oupuf section directly affects waveform timing When set to the Biphasic mode a positive-going pulse is immediately followed by a negative-going pulse This effectively doubles the pulse duration If a burst of biphasic pulses is being produced the period must be at least twice the single pulse duration In the Square wave mode the baseline disappears as long as the burst persists

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsboig Vte 98324 |Telophone 800426-1306 360683-8300 bull FAX 3606833525 E-mail salesa-m5ystem5 com Website httpwwwa-msystemscom

Operating Instructions

Examples Simple setup (and minimal instrument test)

Connect the output ofthe Model 2100 to an oscilloscope Before connecting the Model 2100 to any other instrument or the experimental preparation It is safest to turn Its power off

Set the Oufpuf controls

Range 10V Pulse Sign +

Baseline Zero Pulse Amplitude 200

Setting The Timing Controls

Delay Burst Width

Duration Period

none single

15010-2 50010-2

Setting The Start Controls

Mode Free Run

Disconnect any cables to the TRIG or GATE inputs

Note that the green Trig and Event Indicators turn on as Free Run is turned on (and turn off otherwise) You should observe a 15ms duration 20Hz rate pulse of 200V above a OV baseline on the oscilloscope

fl-N Systems Inc 131 BusinessPartiLoop RO Box850CarisbcxgWa98324 |Telophone 800426-1306 bull 360-683-8300 bull FW 360683-3525 E-mail salesa-msystems com VVbbsite httpywwwa-msystems com

Demonstration of Burst Mode Connect the output ofthe Model 2100 to an oscilloscope Before connecting the Model 2100 to any other instrument or the experimental preparation It Is safest to turn its power off

Set the Outpuf controls

Range 10V Pulse Sign +

Baseline Pulse Amplitude 200

Baseline Amplitude 100

Setting The Timing Controls

Delay 88010-2 Burst Width 12010-^

Duration 15010-2 Period 50010-2

Set the START controls as follows

Mode Free Run

Disconnect any cables to the TRIG or GATE inputs

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Telophooe 8004201306 360683-8300 bull FAX 360683-3525 E^naii salesa-msystems com Watjsite http7wwwa-msystemscom

Trigger the oscilloscope from the Bursf trigger out (upper Trig Out connector) for a stable display In each burst (occurring every lOOms) you should observe a trio of 15ms duration starting 50ms apart Try switching the StartMode from Free Run to the center (nonnal) position The pulses will no longer be produced and the Trig and Event Indicators will tum off Pressing this switch once (to Manual) will cause a single burst to occur

Problem Solving If the instrument appears to be not working properiy check all ofthe control settings and connections Be sure to wait at least 5-10 seconds after turning the instrument off before turning it on again The following summary of typical problems for the user (along with the most common solutions) may help

Problem CauseSolution

EVENT Indicator never lights even in FREE RUN mode

bull Replace fuse check power connection bullSet DELAY or PERIOD to a shorter interval

bull Power-on too soon after power-off

OVERLAP Indicator is on

ERROR indicator is on

bull Set DURATION gt000 bull DURATION Is set to SQUARE but

PERIOD is 000 Increase PERIOD or set DURATION independantly

bull BURST and WIDTH are gt DURATION increase PERIOD or decrease DURATION

bull BIPHASIC pulse output Is on and PERIOD is not longer than twice the DURATION Increase PERIOD or decrease DURATION

bull Free-run Is on and BURST is lt PERIOD (BURST off) DELAY is 0 and PERIOD Is lt DURATION Add delay or modify PERIOD

bull Free-run is on and BURST is gt DURATION (BURST ON) and PERIOD is lt DURATION Increase PERIOD

bull For VOLTAGE outputs the output is trying to drive too low a resistance or capacitance (eg a short circuit) Check by disconnecting the output ft is possible (and normal) that for the fastest cycles and largest amplitudes (close to 100 V

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business PartiLoop PO Box 850 CartsborgWa 98324 iTelophone 800-42O130636O6e3-8300FAX 3606B3-3525 E-mail satesaflisyslefmcom Vfebslte http7wwwa-msyslemscom

and 1 ps) that the ERROR indicator might always come on during repetitive pulses Fix output load or decrease amplitude as required

Time appears to be excessive Changed control in mid-cycle (resets current status)

Cant seem to get a full signal out Load Is not properiy connected repair wiring Too low a load impedance (VOLTAGE modes) or too high a load impedance (CURRENT mode)

Incoming triggers not accepted frequently enough

PERIOD is set too long (enforces dead time) followd by BURST set to SIGNAL Reduce PERIOD time

Table 10 Problem Solving

If you suspect that the Model 2100 may have completely failed we recommend checking the basic level of functionality Ifthis fails your instrument Is defective and must be repaired Ifthis passes either your experimental setup is incompatible or inconsistent or there is a more subtle flaw in your Model 2100

If the Model 2100 appears to be malfunctioning contact A-M Systems Inc or your dealer We will first attempt to solve the problem over the telephone so have an exact description of your problem available when you call You do not need to be within the warranty period to obtain over-the-phone assistance

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 iTetoptxme 80O426-1306 bull 360683-8300 FAX 3606803525 E-mail satesa-msystemsoomAfebsitehttpJwwwaflisystemscom

Theory of Operation

The operation ofthe Model 2100 is summarized in the block diagram (see the figure on Page 11) Not shown are all ofthe interconnections with the microcontroller The internal microcontroler plays an important role in setting the signal path but does not directly contribute to the dynamic characteristics It scans the front panel switches and sets the control values for the logic arrays It programs the internal counters which along with the other hardware achieve the necessary sub-microsecond speeds

Pulse generation starts either from an Input trigger signal (from Trig In) or an internally signal (Free Run mode) A Delay timer counts the 10MHz clock until its count value is exhausted At this point the Burst Period and Duration timers are started If the Burst timer has not expired by the end ofthe Period the Period and Duration timers are restarted If the Biphasic mode has been set the Duration timer is restarted at the end of the initial Duration and the sign ofthe output pulse is reversed doubling the total duration

The system state (pulse on pulse sign baseline sign [+0f-]) is transmitted to the isolated section via optoisolator The baseline and pulse amplitudes are selected by an analog switch The resulting signal is amplified by a variable-power-supply discrete operational amplifier The amplifier connections and gain is modified to provide two voltage and three current ranges

Timing overiap errors are detected by a logical decision computation rather than by testing for counter collisions This provides instant feedback rather than waiting up to an hour for such a collision to occur Output errors are measured by sensing the output amplifiers differential input voltage Under normal conditions this is a negligible voltage If the amplifier fails to deliver the requested signal the window comparator testing this voltage sends this message (via optoisolator) to the logic section turning on a warning LED

fl-N Systems Inc 131BusinessPart(LoopRO Box850CarisboigWa98324 4 n Tel0pri0ne80O426-130636O683^300FAX36O6833525 ^ E-mail salesaflisystBmscom V febsite http7wwwa-msystemsoom

S i

I - - ^^mdasho^M

OUTPUT i l l

TRIG ^ OUT

(burst)

TRIG 3-lt) OUT

(pulse)

til

I laquo

Calibration Procedures

The calibration interval is the lesser of 1000 hours of operation or 6 months Somewhat greater drift can be expected in the first 100 hours of operation as the semiconductors age Adjustments should only be made after the instrument has been fully warmed up for at least 15 minutes

Full instrument calibration requires the following test equipment digital multimeter (plusmn 01) able to measure resistance to at least lOOMO oscilloscope with at least 50MHz bandwidth true-mis voltmeter with 4MHz bandwidth universal counter (plusmn 001 ) able to measure single pulse widths and periods resistors (all plusmn 01) 2kn lOkH 1 watt 20kn 200kn alligator clip lead sets banana plugs and BNC adapters

Adjustment integrated circuit and test point locations are shown in the following figures All adjustments are on the timing board unless othenAise noted

All voltages in the non-isolated section should be measured with respect to ground at TP510 unless othenwise stated Some voltages are measured with respect to an internal isolated ground at TP650 or across the two output temninals Occasionally the voltage at an IC pin must be measured in these cases the reference designator is given with the pin number in parentheses eg U602(16) When it states within this procedure that a voltage is to be minimized this means that the adjustment should be made such that the measured voltage is as close to zero volts as possible Refer to the Specifications Section of this manual for acceptable tolerances

The sequence of this procedure is important If any adjustment is made all adjustments which follow must be made to ensure that the specifications will be met These procedures require that all controls remain as set in previous steps unless othenAise indicated

WARNING

The Model 2100 has dangerous voltages throughout the instrument even with the power is off Servicing the Model 2100 should only be done by qualified service personnel Use caution in handling any wires connectors or electrodes which may be directly or indirectly attached to the instrument Do not touch exposed connections or components Disconnect power by unplugging the power cord from the receptacle

H B ^ ^ S y s t e m s inc^degdegp^deg^^deg-^^^^^^^^B3^^^degdeg^^^lt^^^B^^^^ 131BusinessPartiLoopPO Box850CartsbOigWamp98324 4 9 |Telophone800-42013C6360683-8300F0lt360683-3525 ^ E-mail salesa-msystefnscom website httpwwwaflisystems com

CO

TP501 O lt0

g OTPSOO

U560 S

Trig Gate

0 -TISOS

U570

U500

Timing

p U520

Timing

K U550 Timin

gt U540

U515

o X I Timin

U508 I

J510 Timing nnn

Burst Delay J400

gt U550

R503

D D I D bull U8QQ i Q

n

oo

V P 5 1 0

b U535

^

Clock i _

U555

lt U 5 4 5

o

h d ^ O - - ^ U605

Q D

U620

O fJZ^ R737 bull ^ 1^13015 r j C - C O M P

B B nU770 ^ ^ ^ 5 ^ a

J420

a

o E

bull [ ]U632

riueso

rR742rVhigh R 6 1 9 ^

LJ TP645 O TP650

TPMOQ^QS

Vlow

CD-

CZZl

J440 bull bull tl iUDQ

I t

f i l

Power supply and bias voltages

Power supply

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

POWER ON Observe voltage at P703 power supply wire top of main board

Check for+15 plusmn 050 V

Observe voltage at P701 power supply wire top of main board

Check for-15 plusmn 050 V

Observe voltage at U505(24) Check for +5 plusmn 025 V

Isolated supply voltage Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

RANGE 10 V TRIG open circuit MODE center position

Alternately observe V ^ from R742 to R740 and V ^ from theU605(4)toU605(8)

Adjust R773 so that 110VltV lt 120 V and

nigh

28VltV|^lt34V

Capacitance balance Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

Connect a xlO oscilloscope probe to TP650 and ground the

Adjust R737 for minimum high frequency signal

Inputs

Gate function Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave Verify that the voltage to GATE switches states at the Observe voltage at U510(3) proper input levels with an oscilloscope

Trigger slope Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave Verify that the voltage to TRIG switches states at the Observe voltage at U510( 1) proper input levels with an oscilloscope

TRIG SLOPE Verify voltage is 180deg out of phase

TRIG SLOPE Verify voltage is in phase

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 860 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Jelophone 800-4201306 360683-8300 bull FM 380683-3525 E-mail salesaflTsystBfnscom bull Vtebsite httpVAirwwaflisystems com

14

Trigger and gate f unc t i on

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

DELAY NONE BURS-nMDTH SINGLE DURATION SQUARE PERIOD 100X10-3

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave to TRIG Observe TRIGD and EVENT LEDs

TRIG disconnect all Short the GATE connector to GND Verify LEDs extinguish

MODE press to MANUAL Verify LEDs flash once

Timing

System c lock f requency

Controls Inputs Observations Ad jus t Check

Observe the frequency of the wave Verify 1000 MHz plusmn 001 atU555(17)

Mul t ip l iers (Wheel Swi tches)

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

PULSE SIGN-laquobull MODE FREE RUN TRIG disconnect all TIMING MULTIPUERS all

wheels set to zero except the one being tested

TIMING OVERLAP ignore

Observe the pulse width with the counter at the location specified t)elow

Verify pulse width is correct for each wheel as it is tested independently

For each wheel of each MULTIPLIER test each position to verify that the pulse width is correct Observe the signal at the following locations DELAY U520(2) BURSTWIDTH U530(2) PERIOD U540(2) DURATION U550(2)

Rates (Rotary Swi tches)

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

TIMING MULTIPUERS 001 Observe the pulse width with the TIMING RATES all rotary counter at the location specified

switches set to 10-4 below except the one being tested

Verify pulse width is correct for each rotary switch as it is tested independently

For each ofthe four rotary switches in TIMING test each position to verify that the pulse width is correct Observe the signal at the following locations DELAY U520(2) BURSTWIDTH U530(2) PERIOD U540(2) DURATION U550(2)

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 iTetophone 8004201306 bull 360683-8300 bull FOC 3606803525 E-mail salesa-msystemscom Wbbsite httpJwwwaflTSystemscom

15

Trigger outputs

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

Range 10V Pulse Amplitude 500 Delay 100 xlO^ Burst 100 x 10 ^ Duration 100x10-^ Period 400x10-^ Pulse sign + Trig Mode Free run Trig in open

Trigger the oscilloscope to the Burst Trig Out Observe it the Pulse Trig Out and the isolated output

Verify that the waveform consists of a burst of three 1ms-on3ms-off pulses The burst trigger should be synchronous with the burst the pulse trigger coincident with each pulse

Output Calibration

Isolation Resistance (check)

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode center position Trig In open

Measure the resistance between ground banana jack (front panel) and black banana jack of output with DMM

Resistance read gt 100MQ

Amplitude Switch Offset (R640)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Zero Trig Mode center position Trig In Open

Measure the voltage at TP645 vs TP650 with the DMM

Adjust R640 (AmpI Sw Offset) for minimum voltage

Output Offset (R332 front panel board) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Zero Range 10V Trig Mode center position Trig In Open

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

Adjust R332 (Output offset) for minimum voltage

Positive Baseline Offeet (R607) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Sign + Baseline Amplitude

fully CCW (000) Range 10V Trig In open Trig Mode center position

Measure the voltage across the outputwiththeDMM

Adjust R602 (BSLN + offset) for minimum voltage

fl-N Systems Inc 131 BusBiess Parti Loop P O Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Telophone B00-42O1306 bull 360683-8300 bull FAX 3606803525 E-mail salesaflisystemscom V^tebsite httpy^vwwa-msystems com

16

Negative Baseline Offset (R619)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Sign -Baseline Amplitude

fully CCW (000) Range 10V Trig In open Trig Mode center position

Measure the voltage across the outputwiththeDMM

Adjust R619 (BSLN + offset) for minimum voltage

Pulse Amplitude Adjust (R602)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode Free Mode Pulse Amplitude 1000 Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =1001 Period =00110-4 Pulse Sign -Trig In open Range 10V

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

The Overiap indicator should be on Adjust R602 (Max Level) for -10OOV out

Pulse Sign Gain (check)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode Free Mode Pulse Amplitude 1000 Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =100 1s Period =001 10-4s Trig In open Range 10V

Measure the voltage at the output with the DMM for the Pulse Sign at + and - positions

The absolute values ofthe voltages should differ by less than lOOmV

Baseline Amplitudes (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Range 100mA Trig Mode center position Baseline Amplitude fully CW (1000) Trig In open

Measure the voltage at the output with the DMM with Baseline Sign in + Zero and

- positions

Gain the matching of current levels at = and - positions and offset current in Zero position

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop PO Box 850 Cartsboig Wa 98324 Telophone 800-4201306 360683-8300 FkX 3606803525 E-mail salesa-msystemscom website http^^wwaflisystemsccm

17

Output Range Amplitude and Drive (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Pulse Amplitude 1000 Pulse Sign + Trig Mode Free Run Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =1001 Period =10010-4 Trig In open

Load the output with a 10KV 1W 01 resistor Measure the voltage at the output with DMM

Verify that full scale output is within specification Scale Range 100V 100V 10V 10V 100mA IV 1mA 10V 10mA 100V

Pulse Sign and Short Circuit Protection (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =200 10-4 Period =00110-3 Baseline Zero Pulse Amplitude 25 Range 10V Trig Mode Free Run Trig In open

Measure the voltage at the output with the oscilloscope Check for Pulse Sign set to each of + - biphasic Watch for Error indicator when shorting the output

Verify that pulses of approx 25V amplitude (625V for biphasic mode) of the correct sign are produced every 10ms Short output in biphasic mode Output should return when opened

Output Transient Response (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Pulse Sign + Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =20010-4 Period =00110-3 Pulse Amplitude 250 Baseline Zero Trig Mode Free Mode Trig In open

Connect the oscilloscope to the output with a 310 attenuator probe Test both 10V and 100V ranges

Verify that overshoot and risetime meet specifications

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Telophone 8004201306 bull 3606808300 bull Flaquo( 360laquo83ltJ525 E-mail salesa-msystemsocm V^febsite http^wwwa-msystefnscom

18

Specifications

There are three classes of specifications Class A specifications tested in all units and are guaranteed Class B specifications are inherent in the design they are indirectly tested and are guaranteed Class C specifications are typical operating values which are occasionally tested- these are typical values given for your information but not guarshyanteed The class for each specification is noted in the center column ofthe following sections

Inputs Switching level

Hysteresis

Input equivalent circuit

Minimum duration (1 IL-level signal)

A

C

C

C

16 V(plusmn 02 V)

approx 50 mV

lOOKH to+5 in parallel with no more than 35pF

gt 50 ns

Open circuit condition B defaults to highon level

Timing and rate accuracy Rate selector steps

Timing multiplier steps

B

B

lOOpsto 100s in 7 steps

1 of rate selector step size Maximum value is 999 X the rate selector step size

Resolution B approx 01 ofthe maximum value

Timing error (second and later pulses after resetting controls)

B lt 002 of rate selector value + 015 ps

Timing error (first pulse after readjusting timing controls)

an additional 025 ps error may occur

Timing repeatability lt 001 setting + 20 ns (monophasic)

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Ram Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Vfa 98324 pTelophone 8004201306 bull 360683-8300 bull FAX 360683-3525

E-mail salesraquoflisystems com Wabsite httpJAnww afl isystems com

19

TRIG IN to OUTPUT delay (DELAY set to 0) output set to 2V

Timing jitter from TRIG IN to OUTPUT (for TTL trigger input with risetime lt10 ns)

Timing jitter from TRIG OUT (either BURST or PULSE) and OUTPUT

Trigger output to pulse output delay

Output characteristics Pulse level error (voltage mode open circuit current mode short circuit

Biphasic level difference IV + - V-1 2

Baseline level error (voltage mode open circuit current mode short circuit)

Risetime (25 V out)

Risetime (25 V out)

Transient response

A

A

A

Output impedance (voltage mode) C

Output impedance (current mode) C

Isolation resistance A

Isolation capacitance C

approx 05 ps for a load of no more than 10 KH in parallel with 50 pF

lt 125 ns (all rates except 100s) lt 125 ps (100s rate)

Less than 20 ns (all rates)

approx 350 ns

lt 03 of setting + 05 of r range (plus an additional 05 pA in 100 pA range)

lt 03 of range (voltage modes into open circuit current modes into short circuit)

lt 03 of setting of setting + 01 of range (plus an additional 05 pA in lOOpA range)

= 200 ns into less than 30 pF

= 15 ps into less than 30 pF

lt 8 overshoot into less than 30 pF for pulse voltages different than baseline voltage by at least 10 of range

= 50 ohms

raquo 1 0 GH (typically 200 GO)

raquo 1 0 0 M n

= 60 pF at 100 Hz

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Peril Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg V6 98324 |TelCf)hone 800-4201306 3606808300 bull FAX 360683-3525 E-mal salesaflisystefnsoom Website hnpyMVfWafllsystemsoom

20

Noise (differential mode)

Noise (common mode earth to isolated ground) with no signal output

Overload error indicator (low frequency short circuited voltage mode)

Overload error indicator low frequency open circuited current mode)

Overioad error response time

Miscellaneous

= 1 mV rms (10 V scale 10 Hz-4 MHz)

= 8 mV rms (10 Hz-4 MHz) == 100mVp-p (200 Hz -10 MHz) measured withalOMH 15pF oscilloscope probe

Turns on for set amplitude at or greater than approx plusmn1 V (10 V range) or plusmn2 V (100 V range)

Turns on for set amplitude at or above approx 2 of range

Flat to approx 30 ps duration Decreasing sensitivity for shorter pulses

Power

Fuse

Operating temperature range

Storage temperature range

Operating humidity

Dimensions

approx 11 watts

1 amp 3AG

10-30degC

0 - 50deg C

5 - 80 RH

17x475x1125 (inches) 432x121x286 cm

Weight 20 lbs (9 kg)

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Wb 98324 |Tetcphone 8004201306 3606808300 bull FOt 360683-3525 E-mail satesamsystems comV^febsite httpywwwaflisystemscom

21

Warranty and Service

What does this warranty cover A-M Systems Inc warrants to the Purchaser that the Instrument excluding cables Headstage Probes and any other accessories shipped with the Instrument (hereafter the hardware) is free from defects in workmanship or material under normal use and service for the period of one (1) year This warranty commences on the date of delivery ofthe hardware to the Purchaser

What are the obligations of A-M Systems Inc under this warranty During the warranty period A-M Systems Inc agrees to repair or replace at its sole option without charge to the Purchaser any defective component part of the hardware To obtain warranty service the Purchaser must return the hardware to A-M Systems Inc or an authorized A-M Systems Inc distributor in an adequate shipping container Any postage shipping and insurance charges incurred in shipping the hardware to A-M Systems Inc must be prepaid by the Purchaser and all risk for the hardware shall remain with purchaser until such time as A-M Systems Inc takes receipt of the hardware Upon receipt A-M Systems Inc will promptly repair or replace the defective unit and then return the hardware to the Purchaser postage shipping and insurance prepaid A-M Systems Inc may use reconditioned or like new parts or units at its sole option when repairing any hardware Repaired products shall carry the same amount of outstanding warranty as from original purchase or ninety (90) days which ever is greater Any claim under the warranty must include a dated proof of purchase ofthe hardware covered by this warranty In any event A-M Systems Inc liability for defective hardware is limited to repairing or replacing the hardware

What is not covered by this warranty This warranty is contingent upon proper use and maintenance ofthe hardware by the Purchaser and does not cover batteries Neglect misuse whether intentional or othenwise tampering with or altering the hardware damage caused by accident damage caused by unusual physical electrical chemical or electromechanical stress damage caused by failure of electrical power or damage caused during transportation are not covered by this wan-anty Products may not be returned to A-M Systems Inc for service whether under warranty or otherwise which are contaminated by infectious agents radioactive compounds or other materials constituting a health hazard to employees of A-M Systems Inc

What are the limits of liability for A-M Systems Inc under this warranty A-M Systems Inc shall not be liable for loss of data profits or savings or any special incidental consequential indirect or other similar damages arising from breach of contract negligence or other legal action even if the company or its agent has been advised of the possibility of such damages or for any claim brought against you by another party THIS EQUIPMENT IS NOT INTENDED FOR CLINICAL MEASUREMENTS USING HUMAN SUBJECTS A-M SYSTEMS INC DOES NOT ASSUME RESPONSIBILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE DUE TO MISUSE OF THIS EQUIPMENT Jurisdictions vary with regard to the enforceability of provisions excluding or limiting liability for incidental or consequential damages Check the provision of your local jurisdiction to find out whether the above exclusion applies to you

This warranty allocates risks of product failure between the Purchaser and A-M Systems Inc A-M Systems Inc hardware pricing reflects this allocation of risk and the limitations of liability contained in this warranty The warranty set forth above is in lieu of all other express warranties whether oral or written The agents employees distributors and dealers of A-M Systems Inc are not authorized to make modifications to this warranty or additional wan-anties binding on the company Accordingly additional statements such as dealer advertising or presentations whether oral or written do not constitute warranties by A-M Systems Inc and should not be relied upon This warranty gives you specific legal rights You may also have other rights which vary from one jurisdiction to another

fl-N Systems Inc 131BusinessPartiLoop RO Box850CartsbOfgWa98324 p O |Telophone 8004201306 bull 360683-8300FOC 3606830525 ^ ^ E-mail saiesaflisystefTiscom Wbbsite httpVwwwa-msystemscom

Problem SoMng If the Instrument appears to be not worthing properiy check all of the control settings and connections Be sure to wait at least 5-10 seconds after turning the Instrument off before tuming it on again The following t6ef summary of typical problems for the user (along with the most common solutions) may help

Problem CauseSolution EVENT indicator never lights even in FREE RUN mode

bull Replace fuse check power connection bullSet DELAY or PERIOD to a shorter interval

bull Power-on too soon after power-off

OVERLAP Indicator is on

ERROR indicator is on

Time appears to be excessive

bullSet DURATION gt000 bull DURATION is set to SQUARE but PERIOD is 000 Increase PERIOD or set DURATION independantly

bull BURST and WIDTH are gt DURATION increase PERIOD or decrease

DURATION bull BIPHASIC pulse output is on and PERIOD is not longer than twice the DURATION Increase PERIOD or decrease DURATION

bull Free-run is on and BURST Is lt PERIOD (BURST off) DELAY is 0 and PERIOD is lt DURATION Add delay or modify PERIOD

bull Free-mn is on and BURST is gt DURATION (BURST ON) and PERIOD is lt DURATION Increase PERIOD

bull For VOLTAGE outputs the output Is trying to drive too low a resistance or capacitance (eg a short circuit) Check by disconnecting the output It is possible (and normal) that for the fastest cycles

and largest amplitudes (close to 100 V and 1 MS) that the ERROR Indicator might always come on during repetitive pulses Fix output load or decrease amplitude as required

bull Changed control in mid-cycle (resets cunent status)

A ^ M bull _ _ _ A ^ ^ _ _ i ^ mdash 131BuslnessPai1ltLoopPOBox850CarlsborgWamp98324

bull p i j ^ v s w m s iiic^^deglt^deg^^deglt^^^3degB3^^^deg^^^^degdeg^^^deg^^deg^^^^ E-mat iiiMOafflwstemseom WabaHe MtaffiwwtHtavsli

8 E-msft flmsjoQfrfraystGfnsoom ^WobsltiK hl^Aiwv9-fn9]nteniscom

Cant seem to get a full signal out

Incoming triggers not accepted frequently enough

bull Load is not properiy connected repair wiring

bull Too low a load impedance (VOLTAGE modes) or too high a load impedance

(CURRENT mode)

bull PERIOD is set too long (enforces dead time) followd by BURST set to SIGNAL Reduce PERIOD time

Table 10 Problem Solving

If you suspect that the Model 2100 may have completely failed we recommend checking the basic level of functionality If this fails your instrument is defective and must be repaired If this passes either your experimental setup is incompatible or inconsistent or there is a more subtle flaw in your Model 2100

If the Model 2100 appears to be malfunctioning contact A-M Systems Inc or your dealer Telephone numtgters for A-M Systems Inc listed on the front cover of this manual We will first attempt to solve the problem over the telephone so have an exact description of your problem available when you call You do not need to be within the warranty period to obtain over-the-phone assistance

A ^ M V - mdash A d B ^ K M I ^ M 131BuslnessPatfcLoopPOBox6SOCai

-PI s y s i Q m s inc-2raquolaquoa22=M^^

131 Business Parfc Loop PO Box 650 Cartsborg VM9 0S324 _ FAX36(W8a3525 E^nrt flnsysQa-ntsyttanB-oom Wsbsfte hHpiMNvwa-nnystsnisooni

9

Theory of Operation

The operation of the Model 2100 is summarized In the block diagram (see Fig 3) Not shown are all of the interconnections with the microcontroller The intemal microcontroler plays an important role in setting the signal path but does not directly

contribute to the dynamic characteristics It scans the front panel switches and sets the control values for the logic arays It programs the intemal counters which along with the other hardware achieve the necessary sub-microsecond speeds

All action starts either from an input trigger signal (from Trig In) or from an intemal signal (in free Run mode only) A Delay timer counts the 10MHz clock until its count value Is exhausted At this point the Burst timer starts Both Period and Duration timers are started at this time If the Burst timer has not expired by the end of the Period the Period and Duration timers are restarted If the Biphasic mode has been set the Duration timer is restarted at the end of the initial Duration and the sign of the output pulse Is reversed doubling the total duration

The system state (pulse on pulse sip baseline sign [+101-]) is transmitted to the isolated section via optoisolator The baseline and pulse amplitudes are selected by an analog switch The resulting signal is amplified by a variable-power-supply discrete operational amplifier The amplifier connections and gain is modified to provide two voltage and three cunent ranges

Timing overlap errors are detected by a logical decision computation rather than by testing for counter collisions This provides instant feedback rather than waiting up to an hour for such a collision to occur Output errors are measured by sensing the output amplifiers differential input voltage Under normal conditions this is a negligible voltage if the amplifier fails to deliver the requested signal the window comparator testing this voltage sends this message (via optoisolator) to the logic section turning on a warning LED

fl-N Systems Inc 131BusbnassPa(tLoopPOBox6SOCari3boigVMg8324 H n |TWoph0n880O426-13083eO6Blaquo300FMt36Olaquo8i3525 E-nnl anaysflfriinysleiiaoemWfcbslte hllphmwraquoimyatennoom

TRIG 3HJ) OUT

(burst)

TRIG ^ OUT

(pulse)

E

Ml

Calibration Procedures

The calibration interval is the lesser of 1000 hours of operation or 6 months Somewhat greater drift can be expected in the first 100 hours of operation as the semiconductors age Adjustments should only be made after the instrument has been fully warmed up for at least 15 minutes

Full instrument calibration requires the following test equipment digital multimeter (plusmn 01) able to measure resistance to at least lOOMfl oscilloscope with at least 50MHz bandwidth true-rms voltmeter with 4MHz bandwidth universal counter (plusmn 001 ) able to measure single pulse widths and periods resistors (all plusmn 01) 2kn lOkH 1 waft 20kn 200kn alligator clip lead sets banana plugs and BNC adapters

Adjustment integrated circuit and test point locations are shown in the following figures All adjustments are on the timing board unless otherwise noted

All voltages in the non-isolated section should be measured with respect to ground at TP510 unless othenvise stated Some voltages are measured with respect to an intemal isolated ground at TP650 or across the two output tenninals Occasionally the voltage at an IC pin must be measured In these cases the reference designator is given with the pin number in parentheses eg U602(16) When it states within this procedure that a voltage is to be minimized this means that the adjustment should be made such that the measured voltage is as close to zero volts as possible Refer to the Specifications Section of this manual for acceptable tolerances

The sequence of this procedure is Important If any adjustment is made all adjustments which follow must be made to ensure that the specifications will be met These procedures require that all controls remain as set in previous steps unless otherwise indicated

WARNING

The Model 2100 has dangerous voltages throughout the instrument even with the power is off Servicing the Model 2100 should only be done by qualified service personnel Use caution in handling any wires connectors or electrodes which may be directly or indirectly attached to the Instrument Do not touch exposed connections or components Disconnect power by unplugging the power cord from the receptacle

fl-N Systems I n c ^ 131BusinesaPartcLoopPOBox850CartsborgVWiB8324 4 n ^gt-mdash80O426-130638Ofl8Jlaquo300FAX36O683J52S bull E-maft BinsysQfrfn^islflnisoomVVfalislle h^KVfWMift^iisystemsoani

CO

- R503

Omg^

TPSOlQ O

OTPSOO

U560 bull

U510

DDID ^ trade E O ^ T P 5 1 0

bullnD Trig

0 ^

U570

Gate n U505

DO D

U515

Timing

Timing h_ U520

bsoo ^25SE Timing

Or r U540

I I Tmlng

[^ELIL

U535 D

U506

13 J510 Timlnff

BurfiDelay J400

i i i i i i i T r m r a

gt U550 ^

Clock

U555 U620

B a

^R^Pvhigh Rfijn O D O Vlow

o

bull U545

Fo sect737 lISOIsPjC-COMP

n r r ^ U760

J420

]]U632

Q S riuGSO

H = ) TP640^ deg I t I

II3D

J440 m i T i

U610 plusmn laquo j U O

bull bull l el

^t

O l

bull

M

I

Power supply and bias voltages

Power supply

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

POWER ON Observe voltage at P703 power supply wire top of main board

Check for+15 plusmn 050 V

Observe voltage at P701 power supply wire top of main board

Check for-15 plusmn 050 V

Observe voltage at U505(24) Check for+5 plusmn 025 V

Isolated supply voltage

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

RANGE 10 V TRIG open circuit MODE center position

Altemately observe V^ from R742 to R740 and V ^ from the U605(4) to U605(8)

Adjust R773 so that 110VltV^lt 120 V and

nign

28VltV^lt34V

Capacitance balance

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Connect a x10 oscilloscope probe to TP650 and ground the

Adjust R737 for minimum high frequency signal

Inputs

Gate funct ion

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave Verify that the voltage to GATE switches states at the Obsene voltage at U51G(3) proper input levels with an oscilloscope ^ ^

Trigger s lope

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave Verify that the voltage to TRIO switches states at the Observe voltage at US 10( 1) proper input levels with an oscilloscope

TRIG SLOPE + Verify voltage is 180 out of phase

TRIG SLOPE Verify voltage is in phase

fl-N Systems Inc ^ 131 Bushess Park Loop PO Bar 850 Carisborg Wa 98324 8004201306 3eOlaquoS3e300 FAX 3606BV352S

C-maft fliii8yBQfriii9yBlumaoamVIAibsMB hRpJhwMifi-iiiBystematxini

14

Trigger and gate funct ion

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

DELA NONE BURS1WII3TH SINGLE DURATION SQUARE PERIOD 100X10-3

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave to TRIG Obsen^e TRIOD and EVENT LEDS

TRIG disconnect all Short the GATE connector to GND Verify LEDs extinguish

MODE press to MANUAL Verify LEDs flash once

Timing

System c lock frequency

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Observe the frequency of the wave atU555(17)

Verify 1000 MHz plusmn001

Multipl iers (Wheel Switches)

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

PULSE SIGN + MODE FREE RUN TRIG disconnect all TIMING MULTIPUERS ail

wheels set to zero except the one being tested

TnmiNG OVERLAP ^nOTB

Observe the pulse width with the counter at the location specified below

Verify pulse width Is correct for each wheel as it is tested Independently

For each wheel of each MULTIPUER test each position to verify that the pulse width is correct Observe the signal at the following locations DELAY U520(2) BURSTWIDTH U530(2) PERIOD US40(2) DURATION U550(2)

Rates (Rotary Switches)

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

TIMING MULTIPUERS 001 TIMING RATES all rotary

switches set to 10-4 except the one being tested

Observe the pulse width with the counter at the location specified below

Verify pulse width is conect for each rotary switch as it is tested independently

For each of the four rotary switches in TIMING test each position to verify that the pulse wkJth is correct Observe the signal at the following locations DELAY U520(2) BURSTWIDTH U530(2) PERIOD U540(2) DURATION U550(2)

fl-N Systems I n c ^ E-maft emfl

131 Business Parti Loop PO 809(850 Cartsborg Wta 98324 8004201306 3804806300 FAX 36068O3S25

E-maft ansysQa nvystems-oom Wobste hflp Avwwa4nsy8(Qnttoam

15

Trigger outputs Controls

Range 10V Pulse Amplitude 500 Delay 100x10 Burst 100x10^2 Duration 100 x1a Period 400x10^ Pulse sign + Trig Mode Free run Trig in open

Inputs Observations

Trigger the oscilloscope to the Burst Trig Out Observe it the Pulse Trig Out and the isolated output

Adjust Check

Verify that the waveform consists of a burst of three 1ms-on3ms-off pulses The burst trigger should be synchronous with the burst the pulse trigger coincident with each pulse

Output Calibration

Isolation Resistance (check) Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode center position Trig In open

Measure the resistance between ground banana jack (front panel) and black banana jack of output with DMM

Resistance read gt 100MQ

Amplitude Switch Offset (R640) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Zero Trig Mode center position Trig In Open

Measure the voltage at TP645 vs TP650 with the DMM

Adjust R640 (AmpI Sw Offset) for minimum voltage

Output Offset (R332 front panel board) Controls I nputsObservatlons AdjustCheck

Baseline Zero Range 10V Trig Mode center position Trig In Open

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

Adjust R332 (Output offset) for minimum voltage

Positive Baseline Offset (R607) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Sign + Baseline Amplitude

fully CCW (000) Range 10V Trig In open Trig Mode center position

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

Adjust R602 (BSLN + offset) for minimum voltage

fl M raquo _ _ _ A laquo ^ _ i ^ ^ 131Buslnelaquo8Pari(loopPOBoK850Cart8borgWB96324

bull P I i s V S i e m S a |||Cg1Maphans80O42O130638O68O8300FAX36Olaquo8raquo^2S E-tiBft anagtraquoflwiisyagtlaquomraquoaimW6baHB hHpffii(wwraquoltnsylaquoleniieom

16

Negative Baseline Offset (R619) Controls

Baseline Sign -i Baseline Amplitude bull fully CCW (000)

Range 10V Trig In open Trig Mode center position

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

AdjustCheck

Adjust R619 (BSLN 4 offset) for minimum voltage

Pulse Amplitude Adjust (R602) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode Free Mode Pulse Amplitude 1000 Timing Dialay =none Burst =single Duration =1001 Period =00110-4 Pulse Sign -Trig In open Range 10V

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

The Overiap indicator should be on Adjust R602 (Max Level) for -1000V out

Pulse Sign Gain (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode Free Mode Pulse Amplitude 1000 Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =1001 s Period =00110-4s Trig In open Range 10V

Measure the voltage at the output with the DMM for the Pulse Sign at -- and - positions

The absolute values of the voltages should differ by less than lOOmV

Baseline Amplitudes (check) Controls InputsObservations

Range 100mA Trig Mode center position Baseline Amplitude fully CW (1000) Trig In open

Measure the voltage at the output with the DMM with Baseline Sign in + Zero and - positions

AdjustCheck

Gain the matching of current levels at = and - positions and offset current in Zero position

fl-N Systems Inc^^ bull E-mal am8

131 Business Partt Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 88324 8004201306360laquo8Oe300FAX 360laquo8O362S

E-maM am8y8^o-mBy8tflmBoom WobaKo hHp Awwwo-f i iBystonuoom

17

Output Range Amplitude and Drive (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Pulse Amplitude 1000 Pulse Sign + Trig Mode Free Run Timing Delay =none Burst =8ingle Duration =1001 Period =10010-4 Trig In open

Load the output with a 10KV1W 01 resistor Measure the voltage at the output with DMM

Verify that full scale output is within specification Scale Range 100V 100V 10V 10V 100mA IV 1mA 10V 10mA 100V

Pulse Sign and Short Circuit Protection (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Timing Delay =none Burst =8ingle Duration =200 10-4 Period =00110-3 Baseline Zero Pulse Amplitude 25 Range 10V Trig Mode Free Run Trig In open

Measure the voltage at the output with the oscilloscope Check for Pulse Sign set to each of + - biphasic Watch for Error indicator when shorting the output

Verify that pulses of approx 25V amplitude (625V for biphasic mode) of the correct sign are produced every 10ms Short output in biphasic mode Output should retum when opened

Output Transient Response (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Pulse Sign + Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =20010-4 Period =00110-3 Pulse Amplitude 250 Baseline Zero Trig Mode Free Mode Trig In open

Connect the oscilloscope to the output with a 310 attenuator prolse Test boVn 10V and 100V ranges

Verify that overshoot and risetime meet specifications

fl-N Systems I n c ^ 131 Business Parte Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wb 98324 8004201306 36Olaquo83O300 FAX 36O680lt352S

E-mQ0 snBy8Qs-msy8faiTiscom VWriMtte N ^ Mvww9-msy8lemscom

18

Specifications

There are three classes of specifications Class A specifications tested in all unHs and are guaranteed Class B specifications are inherent in the design they are indirectly tested and are guaranteed Class C specifications are typical operating values which are occasionally tested- these are typical values given for your infomiation but not guarshyanteed The class for each specification is noted in the center column of the following sections

Inputs Switching level

Hysteresis

Input equivalent circuit

Minimum duration (1 IL-level signal)

A

C

C

C

16V(plusmn02V)

approx 50 mV

100K ft to+5 In parallel with no more than 35pF

gt 50 ns

Open circuit condition B defaults to highon level

Timing and rate accuracy Rate selector steps

Timing multiplier steps

Resolution

Timing eror (second and later pulses after resetting controls)

B

B

B

B

lOOps to 100s In 7 steps

1 of rate selector step size Maximum value is 999 x the rate selector step size

approx 01 of the maximum value

lt 002 of rate selector value + 015 ps

Timing error (first pulse after readjusting timing controls)

an additional 025 ps error may occur

Timing repeatability lt 001 setting + 20 ns (monophasic)

fl-N Systems I nc ^ bull E-moU ams

131 Business Parti Loop PO Boot 850 Cartsborg VM 98324 80O42O130838O08O8300FAX36Olaquo8O3S2S

E-meU anByafl^iiisyslainaoomWebsHe hHpffliiwwraquomsys)emsoom

19

TRIG IN to OUTPUT delay (DELAY set to 0) output set to 2V

Timing jitter ft-om TRIG IN to OUTPUT (for TTL trigger input with risetime lt10 ns)

Timing jitter ft^om TRIG OUT (either BURST or PULSE) and OUTPUT

Trigger output to pulse output delay

Output charactsristics Pulse level enror (voltage mode open circuit cun-ent mode short circuit

Biphasic level difference |V + + V-|2

Baseline level error (voltage mode A open circuit current mode short circuit)

Risetime (25 V out)

Risetime (25 V out)

Transient response

A

A

A

Output impedance (voltage mode) C

Output impedance (current mode) C

Isolation resistance A

Isolation capacitance C

approx 05 ps for a load of no more than 10 Kft in parallel with 50 pF

lt 125 ns (all rates except 100s) lt 125 ps (100s rate)

Less than 20 ns (all rates)

approx 350 ns

lt 03 of setting + 05 of r range (plus an additional 05 pA inlOOpArenge)

lt 03 of range (voltage modes into open circuit current modes into short circuit)

lt 03 of setting of setting + 01 of range (plus an additional 05 pA in lOOpA range)

laquo 200 ns into less than 30 pF

laquo15 ps into less than 30 pF

lt 8 overshoot Into less than 30 pF for pulse voltages different than baseline voltage by at least 10 of range

laquo 50 ohms

raquo 1 0 Gft (typically 200 Gft)

raquo100Mft

laquo 60 pF at 100 Hz

fl-N Systems Inc^^ 131 Business Partt Uxip PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 96324 8004201308 SBOee^^SOO FAX 360laquoS3^52S

E-mat BiByraquoaiMii8ylaquoliiiiiseomWiljalteHlpJV(wwraquo4tgy8lenaoom

20

Noise (differential mode)

Noise (common mode earth to isolated ground) with no signal output

Overioad error indicator (low frequency short circuited voltage mode)

Overioad error indicator low frequency open circuited current mode)

Overioad enor response time

Miscellaneous

Power

Fuse

Operating temperature range

Storage temperature range

Operating humidity

Dimensions

Weight

laquo1 mV rms (10 V scale 10Hz-4MHz)

laquo 8 mV rms (10 Hz-4 MHz) laquo100mVp-p (200 Hz -10 MHz) measured withalOMft 15pF oscilloscope probe

Turns on for set amplitude at or greater than approx plusmn1V (10 V range) or plusmn2 V (100 V range)

Turns on for set amplitude at or above approx 2 of range

Flat to approx 30 ps duration Decreasing sensitivity for shorter pulses

approx 11 watts

1 amp 3 AG

10-30C

0 - 50deg C

5-80RH

17x475x1125 (Inches) 432x121x286 cm

20 lbs (9 kg)

fl mm bull gt _ _ _ A ^ ^ _ _ L ^ 131BusinesraquoPariltLocpPOBox850C8rtsborgWS9e324

bull p i ^ y s v e m s IIIC^^deg(^deg^Bdegltgt^^^3degdeg^deg^^deg^^^degdeg^^I^deg^deg^^^^^

21 E-mei flre^nQo 4n8yo(amscam Wsbsfle hHpAwwwe-msy8Jems-Oom

Warranty and Service

What does this warranty cover A-M Systems Inc warrants to the Purchaser that the Instrument excluding cables Headstage Probes and any other accessories shipped with the Instrument (hereafter the hardware) is free from defects in workmanship or material under normal use and service for the period of one (1) year This warranty commences on the date of delivery of the hardware to the Purchaser

What are the obligations of A-M Systems Inc under this warranty During the warranty period A-M Systems Inc agrees to repair or replace at its sole option without charge to the Purchaser any defective component part of the hardware To obtain warranty service the Purchaser must return the hardware to A-M Systems Inc or an authorized A-M Systems Inc distributor in an adequate shipping container Any postage shipping and insurance charges incurred in shipping the hardware to A-M Systems Inc must be prepaid by the Purchaser and all risk for the hardware shall remain with purchaser until such time as A-M Systems Inc takes receipt of the hardware Upon receipt A-M Systems Inc will promptly repair or replace the defective unit and then return the hardware to the Purchaser postage shipping and insurance prepaid A-M Systems Inc may use reconditioned or like new parts or units at its sole option when repairing any hardware Repaired products shall carry the same amount of outstanding wan^nty as from original purchase or ninety (90) days which ever is greater Any claim under the warranty must include a dated proof of purchase of the hardware covered by this wan-anty In any event A-M Systems Inc liability for defective hardware is limited to repairing or replacing the hardware

What is not covered by this warranty This warranty is contingent upon proper use and maintenance of the hardware by the Purchaser and does not cover batteries Neglect misuse whether intentional or otherwise tampering with or altering the hardware damage caused by accident damage caused by unusual physical electrical chemical or electromechanical stress damage caused by failure of electrical power or damage caused during transportation are not covered by this warranty Products may not be returned to A-M Systems Inc for service whether under warranty or otherwise which are contaminated by infectious agents radioactive compounds or other materials constituting a health hazard to employees of A-M Systems Inc

What are the limits of llabiiity for A-M Systems inc under this warranty A-M Systems Inc shall not be liable for loss of data profits or savings or any special incidental consequential indirect or other similar damages arising from breach of contract negligence or other legal action even if the company or its agent has been advised of the possibility of such damages or for any claim brought against you by another party THIS EQUIPMENT IS NOT INTENDED FOR CLINICAL MEASUREMENTS USING HUMAN SUBJECTS A-M SYSTEMS INC DOES NOT ASSUME RESPONSIBILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE DUE TO MISUSE OF THIS EQUIPMENT Jurisdictions vary with regard to the enforceability of provisions excluding or limiting liability for incidental or consequential damages Check the provision of your local jurisdiction to find out whether the above exclusion applies to you This warranty allocates risks of product failure between the Purchaser and A-M Systems Inc A-M Systems Inc hardware pricing reflects this allocation of risk and the limitations of liability contained in this wanranty The warranty set forth above is in lieu of all other express wan^anties whether oral or written The agents employees distributors and dealers of A-M Systems Inc are not authorized to make modifications to this wan-anty or additional wan-anties binding on the company Accordingly additional statements such as dealer advertising or presentations whether oral or written do not constitute wananties by A-M Systems Inc and should not be relied upon This warranty gives you specific legal rights You may also have other rights whrch vary from one jurisdiction to another

6 mm ^ laquo _ _ A a B ^ _ 1 ^ ^ 131 Business Parti Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg W B 98324 O O

bull P l A y S V e m S l n C T^M 8OO42OI3O6 380683-8300FAX 360 803525 ^ ^ E-msl iiiisy80iHTBy8tenisoom Wsbsito hnphwwfrimysleiiisoom

A

V ISO

INSTRUCTION MANUAL

FOR

ISOLATED PULSE STIMULATOR

MODEL 2100

Serial

Date

A-M Systems Inc

PO Box 850

Carlsborg WA 98324

USA

360-683-8300 bull 800-426-1306 FAX 360-683-3525

httpwwwa-msystemscom

Version 70 February 2002

Contents General Description 1

Instrument Features 1 Controls and Connectors 2

Operating Instructions 6 Theory of Operation 10 Calibration Procedures 12

Inputs 14 Output Calibration 16

Specifications 19 Warranty and Service 22

Each Isolated Pulse Stimulator is delivered complete with

Rack Mount Hardware Instructions amp Maintenance Manual

NOTE

This instrument is not intended for clinical measurements using human subjects A-M Systems Inc does not assume responsibility for Injury or damage due to the misuse of this instrument

General Description

Instrument Features The Isolated Pulse Stimulator Model 2100 is designed for a wide variety of applications It is highly flexible being capable of delivering single pulses biphasic pairs or bursts of pulses Pulses may be started manually or upon receiving a trigger signal from another Instrument or computer Two non-isolated trigger outputs are available for triggering other instruments

Four sets of timing controls provide comprehensive control overall aspects of pulse generation Three digit accuracy is available over a 7 decade range for each timing function using lever wheel switches Pulse widths can be set over more than a 9 decade range from 05 ps to 999 seconds Timing accuracy is assured through the use of a 10 MHz base rate crystal-controlled clock digitally divided to provide accurate timing over the entire range Atiming overiap indicator will light If the timing controls are set inconsistently

The output may be conveniently switched between current and voltage modes Pulse and baseline amplitudes are Independently presettable with lockable dials An error Indicator will light if the Mode2700 cannot deliver the desired signal

r WARNING

The Model 2100 can produce potentially dangerous voltages up to 100 V at the output connectors The isolated output is not connected internally to safety (earth) ground in any way Some part of the extemal circuit should be connected to safety ground Use caution in handling any wires connectors or electrodes which may be directly or indirectly attached to the Model 2100 output Some kinds of connectors such as BNC connectors have exposed metal parts which may float at dangerous potentials unless extemally connected to safety ground For greatest safety tum the Model 2100 off before making any connections to

the instrument

131 Business Parii Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Telophone 800-426-1306 bull 360-68raquolaquo300 bull FAX 360683-3525 E-mal satesa-msystemsoom VVfebsite httpywwwa^nsystemscom fl-N Systems Inc 1

Controls and Connectors The controls for the Model 2100 are grouped in three sections START which controls when a pulse or burst of pulses begins TIMING which controls the onoff timing of one or more pulses and OUTPUT which controls the amplitude of the output signal

Start TRIG SLOPE Determines the polarity of valid trigger pulses (positive or negative edges in the trigger signal)

MODE Controls waveform initiation When set to FREE RUN one timing cycle immediately follows the last When momentarily placed In the MANUAL position a timing cycle starts Immediately When the switch Is In the center position timing cycles start when valid triggering events occur

TRIGD This LED lights up when a timing cycle Is in process and continues until the burst is completed

TRIG This BNC connector allows a signal from an external source to Initiate timing cycles It is set for standard TTL levels

GATE This BNC connector allows a signal from an external source to restrict the final output signal This input must be at a logical high (or open-circuited) in order for the Model 2100 to recognize either manual or automatic trigger events

Gate 1_ Trigger |~~^ i I Valid triggers (represented by the arrows in the figure) can occur only when the gate Is at logical high Note that the up arrow would apply only If TRIG SLOPE is set to + the down an-ows would apply only if TRIG SLOPE Is set to -

NOTE Triggers have no effect if the system has not completed its response to a previous trigger

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Park Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Vb 98324 TelQphQne 80O426-1306 360683-8300 FAX 360683-3525 E-mail sales^a-msystemscom Wsbsite httpywwwa-msystemscom

Timing Four sets of controls govern the timing of pulse generation Each set contains two values which are multiplied together to detemnine the actual timing value The rotary knob (rate selector) provides the approximate timing value and the lever wheel switch bank (MULTIPLIER)

provides a time resolution of three decimal digits The following diagram shows most of the Important relationships

Output r Delay Duration

|ltPeriodgtj

t Burst width

Trigger event

DELAY These controls determine the time duration between the initiating trigger event and the beginning of the pulse burst If this rate selector is set to NONE or the multiplier is set to 000 there Is no delay

BURST WIDTH These controls determine the time period in which one or more pulses may be delivered Once started a pulse may outlast the burst width If this rate selector is set to SINGLE or to any time shorter than the pulse duration only a single pulse will occur If the BURST WIDTH Is longer than the period pulses will be emitted at the PERIOD rate until the burst time ends Pulses are never truncated by a short BURSTWIDTH

inds)-PULSE

D U R A T I O N 1 0 1 0

10

INTEB-PULSE PERIOD

1 1 10

DURATION These controls determine the length of each pulse Ifthis rate selector Is set to SQUARE the duration is set to half of the period regardless of the MULTIPLIER setting

PERIOD These controls set the period of time between adjacent pulse events within the burst It also forces a minimum dead time between recognized input triggers following a burst of one or more pulses This can be used to prevent over stimulation of a tissue without requiring excessive delay between the triggering event and the stimulating pulse

TIMING OVERLAP

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 860 Carisborg Vamp 98324 |Telophone 800-426-1306 360683-8300 bull FAX 3606aW525 E-mail salearega^nsystemsoom Vfeb5ite httpAwwwa^nsyslemscam

NOTE If any of these timing controls are changed while a timing cycle is in operation the results are undefined until the current cycle finishes

TIMING OVERLAP This LED will light to Indicate an inconsistency in the timing cycle settings There are several ways to introduce such errors The most common way is to set the Inter-pulse PERIOD to be less than the pulse DURATION

T I M I N G (seconds)^

TRIG OUT (UPPER) This BNC connector provides a signal which is coincident with the Internal Burst timing signal (default) This means the signal starts at the end of the Delay time and persists until the Burst time expires This output may also be set to represent the delay time-out by setting the internal jumper J510 to the right two pins instead of the left two pins (Please see the Calibration section in this manual for jumper location Directions are given as viewed from the front of the Instrument)

TRIG OUT (LOWER) This BNC connector provides a signal which Is coincident with the Duration timing signal which controls pulse output

NOTE Both trigger output signals slightly lead the isolated output signal

Output

PULSE SIGN This switch determines the polarity of the pulses to be generated It also allows generation of biphasic pulses thereby doubling the effective total period Warning the first pulse generated after changing the PULSE

SIGN switch may have the wrong polarity

BASELINE This Switch determines the polarity ofthe baseline signal

RANGE This rotary switch determines if the output pulses will be constant current (3 ranges) or constant voltage (2 ranges)

BASELINE AMPLITUDE This value is independently set using a ten-turn counting dial The maximum baseline amplitude is one tenth the value shown on the range amplitude switch

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 8S0 Cartsborg Vfa 98324 |Tetaphone 80O426-1306 bull 360683-8300 bull FAX 3606803525 E-mail salesa-msystemscom Wbbsite http7Awwwaflnsystemscom

PULSE AMPLITUDE This value is independently set using a ten-turn counting dial The maximum pulse amplitude is the value shown on the range amplitude switch

EVENT This LED indicates when a pulse is ongoing

ERROR This LED indicates when the internal output amplifier cannot output the pulse as desired This is usually due to a short circuit while trying to output a voltage or an open circuit while trying to output a current

VOTEThe Pulse Sign control in the Oupuf section directly affects waveform timing When set to the Biphasic mode a positive-going pulse is immediately followed by a negative-going pulse This effectively doubles the pulse duration If a burst of biphasic pulses is being produced the period must be at least twice the single pulse duration In the Square wave mode the baseline disappears as long as the burst persists

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsboig Vte 98324 |Telophone 800426-1306 360683-8300 bull FAX 3606833525 E-mail salesa-m5ystem5 com Website httpwwwa-msystemscom

Operating Instructions

Examples Simple setup (and minimal instrument test)

Connect the output ofthe Model 2100 to an oscilloscope Before connecting the Model 2100 to any other instrument or the experimental preparation It is safest to turn Its power off

Set the Oufpuf controls

Range 10V Pulse Sign +

Baseline Zero Pulse Amplitude 200

Setting The Timing Controls

Delay Burst Width

Duration Period

none single

15010-2 50010-2

Setting The Start Controls

Mode Free Run

Disconnect any cables to the TRIG or GATE inputs

Note that the green Trig and Event Indicators turn on as Free Run is turned on (and turn off otherwise) You should observe a 15ms duration 20Hz rate pulse of 200V above a OV baseline on the oscilloscope

fl-N Systems Inc 131 BusinessPartiLoop RO Box850CarisbcxgWa98324 |Telophone 800426-1306 bull 360-683-8300 bull FW 360683-3525 E-mail salesa-msystems com VVbbsite httpywwwa-msystems com

Demonstration of Burst Mode Connect the output ofthe Model 2100 to an oscilloscope Before connecting the Model 2100 to any other instrument or the experimental preparation It Is safest to turn its power off

Set the Outpuf controls

Range 10V Pulse Sign +

Baseline Pulse Amplitude 200

Baseline Amplitude 100

Setting The Timing Controls

Delay 88010-2 Burst Width 12010-^

Duration 15010-2 Period 50010-2

Set the START controls as follows

Mode Free Run

Disconnect any cables to the TRIG or GATE inputs

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Telophooe 8004201306 360683-8300 bull FAX 360683-3525 E^naii salesa-msystems com Watjsite http7wwwa-msystemscom

Trigger the oscilloscope from the Bursf trigger out (upper Trig Out connector) for a stable display In each burst (occurring every lOOms) you should observe a trio of 15ms duration starting 50ms apart Try switching the StartMode from Free Run to the center (nonnal) position The pulses will no longer be produced and the Trig and Event Indicators will tum off Pressing this switch once (to Manual) will cause a single burst to occur

Problem Solving If the instrument appears to be not working properiy check all ofthe control settings and connections Be sure to wait at least 5-10 seconds after turning the instrument off before turning it on again The following summary of typical problems for the user (along with the most common solutions) may help

Problem CauseSolution

EVENT Indicator never lights even in FREE RUN mode

bull Replace fuse check power connection bullSet DELAY or PERIOD to a shorter interval

bull Power-on too soon after power-off

OVERLAP Indicator is on

ERROR indicator is on

bull Set DURATION gt000 bull DURATION Is set to SQUARE but

PERIOD is 000 Increase PERIOD or set DURATION independantly

bull BURST and WIDTH are gt DURATION increase PERIOD or decrease DURATION

bull BIPHASIC pulse output Is on and PERIOD is not longer than twice the DURATION Increase PERIOD or decrease DURATION

bull Free-run Is on and BURST is lt PERIOD (BURST off) DELAY is 0 and PERIOD Is lt DURATION Add delay or modify PERIOD

bull Free-run is on and BURST is gt DURATION (BURST ON) and PERIOD is lt DURATION Increase PERIOD

bull For VOLTAGE outputs the output is trying to drive too low a resistance or capacitance (eg a short circuit) Check by disconnecting the output ft is possible (and normal) that for the fastest cycles and largest amplitudes (close to 100 V

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business PartiLoop PO Box 850 CartsborgWa 98324 iTelophone 800-42O130636O6e3-8300FAX 3606B3-3525 E-mail satesaflisyslefmcom Vfebslte http7wwwa-msyslemscom

and 1 ps) that the ERROR indicator might always come on during repetitive pulses Fix output load or decrease amplitude as required

Time appears to be excessive Changed control in mid-cycle (resets current status)

Cant seem to get a full signal out Load Is not properiy connected repair wiring Too low a load impedance (VOLTAGE modes) or too high a load impedance (CURRENT mode)

Incoming triggers not accepted frequently enough

PERIOD is set too long (enforces dead time) followd by BURST set to SIGNAL Reduce PERIOD time

Table 10 Problem Solving

If you suspect that the Model 2100 may have completely failed we recommend checking the basic level of functionality Ifthis fails your instrument Is defective and must be repaired Ifthis passes either your experimental setup is incompatible or inconsistent or there is a more subtle flaw in your Model 2100

If the Model 2100 appears to be malfunctioning contact A-M Systems Inc or your dealer We will first attempt to solve the problem over the telephone so have an exact description of your problem available when you call You do not need to be within the warranty period to obtain over-the-phone assistance

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 iTetoptxme 80O426-1306 bull 360683-8300 FAX 3606803525 E-mail satesa-msystemsoomAfebsitehttpJwwwaflisystemscom

Theory of Operation

The operation ofthe Model 2100 is summarized in the block diagram (see the figure on Page 11) Not shown are all ofthe interconnections with the microcontroller The internal microcontroler plays an important role in setting the signal path but does not directly contribute to the dynamic characteristics It scans the front panel switches and sets the control values for the logic arrays It programs the internal counters which along with the other hardware achieve the necessary sub-microsecond speeds

Pulse generation starts either from an Input trigger signal (from Trig In) or an internally signal (Free Run mode) A Delay timer counts the 10MHz clock until its count value is exhausted At this point the Burst Period and Duration timers are started If the Burst timer has not expired by the end ofthe Period the Period and Duration timers are restarted If the Biphasic mode has been set the Duration timer is restarted at the end of the initial Duration and the sign ofthe output pulse is reversed doubling the total duration

The system state (pulse on pulse sign baseline sign [+0f-]) is transmitted to the isolated section via optoisolator The baseline and pulse amplitudes are selected by an analog switch The resulting signal is amplified by a variable-power-supply discrete operational amplifier The amplifier connections and gain is modified to provide two voltage and three current ranges

Timing overiap errors are detected by a logical decision computation rather than by testing for counter collisions This provides instant feedback rather than waiting up to an hour for such a collision to occur Output errors are measured by sensing the output amplifiers differential input voltage Under normal conditions this is a negligible voltage If the amplifier fails to deliver the requested signal the window comparator testing this voltage sends this message (via optoisolator) to the logic section turning on a warning LED

fl-N Systems Inc 131BusinessPart(LoopRO Box850CarisboigWa98324 4 n Tel0pri0ne80O426-130636O683^300FAX36O6833525 ^ E-mail salesaflisystBmscom V febsite http7wwwa-msystemsoom

S i

I - - ^^mdasho^M

OUTPUT i l l

TRIG ^ OUT

(burst)

TRIG 3-lt) OUT

(pulse)

til

I laquo

Calibration Procedures

The calibration interval is the lesser of 1000 hours of operation or 6 months Somewhat greater drift can be expected in the first 100 hours of operation as the semiconductors age Adjustments should only be made after the instrument has been fully warmed up for at least 15 minutes

Full instrument calibration requires the following test equipment digital multimeter (plusmn 01) able to measure resistance to at least lOOMO oscilloscope with at least 50MHz bandwidth true-mis voltmeter with 4MHz bandwidth universal counter (plusmn 001 ) able to measure single pulse widths and periods resistors (all plusmn 01) 2kn lOkH 1 watt 20kn 200kn alligator clip lead sets banana plugs and BNC adapters

Adjustment integrated circuit and test point locations are shown in the following figures All adjustments are on the timing board unless othenAise noted

All voltages in the non-isolated section should be measured with respect to ground at TP510 unless othenwise stated Some voltages are measured with respect to an internal isolated ground at TP650 or across the two output temninals Occasionally the voltage at an IC pin must be measured in these cases the reference designator is given with the pin number in parentheses eg U602(16) When it states within this procedure that a voltage is to be minimized this means that the adjustment should be made such that the measured voltage is as close to zero volts as possible Refer to the Specifications Section of this manual for acceptable tolerances

The sequence of this procedure is important If any adjustment is made all adjustments which follow must be made to ensure that the specifications will be met These procedures require that all controls remain as set in previous steps unless othenAise indicated

WARNING

The Model 2100 has dangerous voltages throughout the instrument even with the power is off Servicing the Model 2100 should only be done by qualified service personnel Use caution in handling any wires connectors or electrodes which may be directly or indirectly attached to the instrument Do not touch exposed connections or components Disconnect power by unplugging the power cord from the receptacle

H B ^ ^ S y s t e m s inc^degdegp^deg^^deg-^^^^^^^^B3^^^degdeg^^^lt^^^B^^^^ 131BusinessPartiLoopPO Box850CartsbOigWamp98324 4 9 |Telophone800-42013C6360683-8300F0lt360683-3525 ^ E-mail salesa-msystefnscom website httpwwwaflisystems com

CO

TP501 O lt0

g OTPSOO

U560 S

Trig Gate

0 -TISOS

U570

U500

Timing

p U520

Timing

K U550 Timin

gt U540

U515

o X I Timin

U508 I

J510 Timing nnn

Burst Delay J400

gt U550

R503

D D I D bull U8QQ i Q

n

oo

V P 5 1 0

b U535

^

Clock i _

U555

lt U 5 4 5

o

h d ^ O - - ^ U605

Q D

U620

O fJZ^ R737 bull ^ 1^13015 r j C - C O M P

B B nU770 ^ ^ ^ 5 ^ a

J420

a

o E

bull [ ]U632

riueso

rR742rVhigh R 6 1 9 ^

LJ TP645 O TP650

TPMOQ^QS

Vlow

CD-

CZZl

J440 bull bull tl iUDQ

I t

f i l

Power supply and bias voltages

Power supply

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

POWER ON Observe voltage at P703 power supply wire top of main board

Check for+15 plusmn 050 V

Observe voltage at P701 power supply wire top of main board

Check for-15 plusmn 050 V

Observe voltage at U505(24) Check for +5 plusmn 025 V

Isolated supply voltage Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

RANGE 10 V TRIG open circuit MODE center position

Alternately observe V ^ from R742 to R740 and V ^ from theU605(4)toU605(8)

Adjust R773 so that 110VltV lt 120 V and

nigh

28VltV|^lt34V

Capacitance balance Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

Connect a xlO oscilloscope probe to TP650 and ground the

Adjust R737 for minimum high frequency signal

Inputs

Gate function Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave Verify that the voltage to GATE switches states at the Observe voltage at U510(3) proper input levels with an oscilloscope

Trigger slope Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave Verify that the voltage to TRIG switches states at the Observe voltage at U510( 1) proper input levels with an oscilloscope

TRIG SLOPE Verify voltage is 180deg out of phase

TRIG SLOPE Verify voltage is in phase

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 860 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Jelophone 800-4201306 360683-8300 bull FM 380683-3525 E-mail salesaflTsystBfnscom bull Vtebsite httpVAirwwaflisystems com

14

Trigger and gate f unc t i on

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

DELAY NONE BURS-nMDTH SINGLE DURATION SQUARE PERIOD 100X10-3

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave to TRIG Observe TRIGD and EVENT LEDs

TRIG disconnect all Short the GATE connector to GND Verify LEDs extinguish

MODE press to MANUAL Verify LEDs flash once

Timing

System c lock f requency

Controls Inputs Observations Ad jus t Check

Observe the frequency of the wave Verify 1000 MHz plusmn 001 atU555(17)

Mul t ip l iers (Wheel Swi tches)

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

PULSE SIGN-laquobull MODE FREE RUN TRIG disconnect all TIMING MULTIPUERS all

wheels set to zero except the one being tested

TIMING OVERLAP ignore

Observe the pulse width with the counter at the location specified t)elow

Verify pulse width is correct for each wheel as it is tested independently

For each wheel of each MULTIPLIER test each position to verify that the pulse width is correct Observe the signal at the following locations DELAY U520(2) BURSTWIDTH U530(2) PERIOD U540(2) DURATION U550(2)

Rates (Rotary Swi tches)

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

TIMING MULTIPUERS 001 Observe the pulse width with the TIMING RATES all rotary counter at the location specified

switches set to 10-4 below except the one being tested

Verify pulse width is correct for each rotary switch as it is tested independently

For each ofthe four rotary switches in TIMING test each position to verify that the pulse width is correct Observe the signal at the following locations DELAY U520(2) BURSTWIDTH U530(2) PERIOD U540(2) DURATION U550(2)

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 iTetophone 8004201306 bull 360683-8300 bull FOC 3606803525 E-mail salesa-msystemscom Wbbsite httpJwwwaflTSystemscom

15

Trigger outputs

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

Range 10V Pulse Amplitude 500 Delay 100 xlO^ Burst 100 x 10 ^ Duration 100x10-^ Period 400x10-^ Pulse sign + Trig Mode Free run Trig in open

Trigger the oscilloscope to the Burst Trig Out Observe it the Pulse Trig Out and the isolated output

Verify that the waveform consists of a burst of three 1ms-on3ms-off pulses The burst trigger should be synchronous with the burst the pulse trigger coincident with each pulse

Output Calibration

Isolation Resistance (check)

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode center position Trig In open

Measure the resistance between ground banana jack (front panel) and black banana jack of output with DMM

Resistance read gt 100MQ

Amplitude Switch Offset (R640)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Zero Trig Mode center position Trig In Open

Measure the voltage at TP645 vs TP650 with the DMM

Adjust R640 (AmpI Sw Offset) for minimum voltage

Output Offset (R332 front panel board) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Zero Range 10V Trig Mode center position Trig In Open

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

Adjust R332 (Output offset) for minimum voltage

Positive Baseline Offeet (R607) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Sign + Baseline Amplitude

fully CCW (000) Range 10V Trig In open Trig Mode center position

Measure the voltage across the outputwiththeDMM

Adjust R602 (BSLN + offset) for minimum voltage

fl-N Systems Inc 131 BusBiess Parti Loop P O Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Telophone B00-42O1306 bull 360683-8300 bull FAX 3606803525 E-mail salesaflisystemscom V^tebsite httpy^vwwa-msystems com

16

Negative Baseline Offset (R619)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Sign -Baseline Amplitude

fully CCW (000) Range 10V Trig In open Trig Mode center position

Measure the voltage across the outputwiththeDMM

Adjust R619 (BSLN + offset) for minimum voltage

Pulse Amplitude Adjust (R602)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode Free Mode Pulse Amplitude 1000 Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =1001 Period =00110-4 Pulse Sign -Trig In open Range 10V

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

The Overiap indicator should be on Adjust R602 (Max Level) for -10OOV out

Pulse Sign Gain (check)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode Free Mode Pulse Amplitude 1000 Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =100 1s Period =001 10-4s Trig In open Range 10V

Measure the voltage at the output with the DMM for the Pulse Sign at + and - positions

The absolute values ofthe voltages should differ by less than lOOmV

Baseline Amplitudes (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Range 100mA Trig Mode center position Baseline Amplitude fully CW (1000) Trig In open

Measure the voltage at the output with the DMM with Baseline Sign in + Zero and

- positions

Gain the matching of current levels at = and - positions and offset current in Zero position

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop PO Box 850 Cartsboig Wa 98324 Telophone 800-4201306 360683-8300 FkX 3606803525 E-mail salesa-msystemscom website http^^wwaflisystemsccm

17

Output Range Amplitude and Drive (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Pulse Amplitude 1000 Pulse Sign + Trig Mode Free Run Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =1001 Period =10010-4 Trig In open

Load the output with a 10KV 1W 01 resistor Measure the voltage at the output with DMM

Verify that full scale output is within specification Scale Range 100V 100V 10V 10V 100mA IV 1mA 10V 10mA 100V

Pulse Sign and Short Circuit Protection (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =200 10-4 Period =00110-3 Baseline Zero Pulse Amplitude 25 Range 10V Trig Mode Free Run Trig In open

Measure the voltage at the output with the oscilloscope Check for Pulse Sign set to each of + - biphasic Watch for Error indicator when shorting the output

Verify that pulses of approx 25V amplitude (625V for biphasic mode) of the correct sign are produced every 10ms Short output in biphasic mode Output should return when opened

Output Transient Response (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Pulse Sign + Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =20010-4 Period =00110-3 Pulse Amplitude 250 Baseline Zero Trig Mode Free Mode Trig In open

Connect the oscilloscope to the output with a 310 attenuator probe Test both 10V and 100V ranges

Verify that overshoot and risetime meet specifications

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Telophone 8004201306 bull 3606808300 bull Flaquo( 360laquo83ltJ525 E-mail salesa-msystemsocm V^febsite http^wwwa-msystefnscom

18

Specifications

There are three classes of specifications Class A specifications tested in all units and are guaranteed Class B specifications are inherent in the design they are indirectly tested and are guaranteed Class C specifications are typical operating values which are occasionally tested- these are typical values given for your information but not guarshyanteed The class for each specification is noted in the center column ofthe following sections

Inputs Switching level

Hysteresis

Input equivalent circuit

Minimum duration (1 IL-level signal)

A

C

C

C

16 V(plusmn 02 V)

approx 50 mV

lOOKH to+5 in parallel with no more than 35pF

gt 50 ns

Open circuit condition B defaults to highon level

Timing and rate accuracy Rate selector steps

Timing multiplier steps

B

B

lOOpsto 100s in 7 steps

1 of rate selector step size Maximum value is 999 X the rate selector step size

Resolution B approx 01 ofthe maximum value

Timing error (second and later pulses after resetting controls)

B lt 002 of rate selector value + 015 ps

Timing error (first pulse after readjusting timing controls)

an additional 025 ps error may occur

Timing repeatability lt 001 setting + 20 ns (monophasic)

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Ram Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Vfa 98324 pTelophone 8004201306 bull 360683-8300 bull FAX 360683-3525

E-mail salesraquoflisystems com Wabsite httpJAnww afl isystems com

19

TRIG IN to OUTPUT delay (DELAY set to 0) output set to 2V

Timing jitter from TRIG IN to OUTPUT (for TTL trigger input with risetime lt10 ns)

Timing jitter from TRIG OUT (either BURST or PULSE) and OUTPUT

Trigger output to pulse output delay

Output characteristics Pulse level error (voltage mode open circuit current mode short circuit

Biphasic level difference IV + - V-1 2

Baseline level error (voltage mode open circuit current mode short circuit)

Risetime (25 V out)

Risetime (25 V out)

Transient response

A

A

A

Output impedance (voltage mode) C

Output impedance (current mode) C

Isolation resistance A

Isolation capacitance C

approx 05 ps for a load of no more than 10 KH in parallel with 50 pF

lt 125 ns (all rates except 100s) lt 125 ps (100s rate)

Less than 20 ns (all rates)

approx 350 ns

lt 03 of setting + 05 of r range (plus an additional 05 pA in 100 pA range)

lt 03 of range (voltage modes into open circuit current modes into short circuit)

lt 03 of setting of setting + 01 of range (plus an additional 05 pA in lOOpA range)

= 200 ns into less than 30 pF

= 15 ps into less than 30 pF

lt 8 overshoot into less than 30 pF for pulse voltages different than baseline voltage by at least 10 of range

= 50 ohms

raquo 1 0 GH (typically 200 GO)

raquo 1 0 0 M n

= 60 pF at 100 Hz

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Peril Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg V6 98324 |TelCf)hone 800-4201306 3606808300 bull FAX 360683-3525 E-mal salesaflisystefnsoom Website hnpyMVfWafllsystemsoom

20

Noise (differential mode)

Noise (common mode earth to isolated ground) with no signal output

Overload error indicator (low frequency short circuited voltage mode)

Overload error indicator low frequency open circuited current mode)

Overioad error response time

Miscellaneous

= 1 mV rms (10 V scale 10 Hz-4 MHz)

= 8 mV rms (10 Hz-4 MHz) == 100mVp-p (200 Hz -10 MHz) measured withalOMH 15pF oscilloscope probe

Turns on for set amplitude at or greater than approx plusmn1 V (10 V range) or plusmn2 V (100 V range)

Turns on for set amplitude at or above approx 2 of range

Flat to approx 30 ps duration Decreasing sensitivity for shorter pulses

Power

Fuse

Operating temperature range

Storage temperature range

Operating humidity

Dimensions

approx 11 watts

1 amp 3AG

10-30degC

0 - 50deg C

5 - 80 RH

17x475x1125 (inches) 432x121x286 cm

Weight 20 lbs (9 kg)

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Wb 98324 |Tetcphone 8004201306 3606808300 bull FOt 360683-3525 E-mail satesamsystems comV^febsite httpywwwaflisystemscom

21

Warranty and Service

What does this warranty cover A-M Systems Inc warrants to the Purchaser that the Instrument excluding cables Headstage Probes and any other accessories shipped with the Instrument (hereafter the hardware) is free from defects in workmanship or material under normal use and service for the period of one (1) year This warranty commences on the date of delivery ofthe hardware to the Purchaser

What are the obligations of A-M Systems Inc under this warranty During the warranty period A-M Systems Inc agrees to repair or replace at its sole option without charge to the Purchaser any defective component part of the hardware To obtain warranty service the Purchaser must return the hardware to A-M Systems Inc or an authorized A-M Systems Inc distributor in an adequate shipping container Any postage shipping and insurance charges incurred in shipping the hardware to A-M Systems Inc must be prepaid by the Purchaser and all risk for the hardware shall remain with purchaser until such time as A-M Systems Inc takes receipt of the hardware Upon receipt A-M Systems Inc will promptly repair or replace the defective unit and then return the hardware to the Purchaser postage shipping and insurance prepaid A-M Systems Inc may use reconditioned or like new parts or units at its sole option when repairing any hardware Repaired products shall carry the same amount of outstanding warranty as from original purchase or ninety (90) days which ever is greater Any claim under the warranty must include a dated proof of purchase ofthe hardware covered by this warranty In any event A-M Systems Inc liability for defective hardware is limited to repairing or replacing the hardware

What is not covered by this warranty This warranty is contingent upon proper use and maintenance ofthe hardware by the Purchaser and does not cover batteries Neglect misuse whether intentional or othenwise tampering with or altering the hardware damage caused by accident damage caused by unusual physical electrical chemical or electromechanical stress damage caused by failure of electrical power or damage caused during transportation are not covered by this wan-anty Products may not be returned to A-M Systems Inc for service whether under warranty or otherwise which are contaminated by infectious agents radioactive compounds or other materials constituting a health hazard to employees of A-M Systems Inc

What are the limits of liability for A-M Systems Inc under this warranty A-M Systems Inc shall not be liable for loss of data profits or savings or any special incidental consequential indirect or other similar damages arising from breach of contract negligence or other legal action even if the company or its agent has been advised of the possibility of such damages or for any claim brought against you by another party THIS EQUIPMENT IS NOT INTENDED FOR CLINICAL MEASUREMENTS USING HUMAN SUBJECTS A-M SYSTEMS INC DOES NOT ASSUME RESPONSIBILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE DUE TO MISUSE OF THIS EQUIPMENT Jurisdictions vary with regard to the enforceability of provisions excluding or limiting liability for incidental or consequential damages Check the provision of your local jurisdiction to find out whether the above exclusion applies to you

This warranty allocates risks of product failure between the Purchaser and A-M Systems Inc A-M Systems Inc hardware pricing reflects this allocation of risk and the limitations of liability contained in this warranty The warranty set forth above is in lieu of all other express warranties whether oral or written The agents employees distributors and dealers of A-M Systems Inc are not authorized to make modifications to this warranty or additional wan-anties binding on the company Accordingly additional statements such as dealer advertising or presentations whether oral or written do not constitute warranties by A-M Systems Inc and should not be relied upon This warranty gives you specific legal rights You may also have other rights which vary from one jurisdiction to another

fl-N Systems Inc 131BusinessPartiLoop RO Box850CartsbOfgWa98324 p O |Telophone 8004201306 bull 360683-8300FOC 3606830525 ^ ^ E-mail saiesaflisystefTiscom Wbbsite httpVwwwa-msystemscom

Cant seem to get a full signal out

Incoming triggers not accepted frequently enough

bull Load is not properiy connected repair wiring

bull Too low a load impedance (VOLTAGE modes) or too high a load impedance

(CURRENT mode)

bull PERIOD is set too long (enforces dead time) followd by BURST set to SIGNAL Reduce PERIOD time

Table 10 Problem Solving

If you suspect that the Model 2100 may have completely failed we recommend checking the basic level of functionality If this fails your instrument is defective and must be repaired If this passes either your experimental setup is incompatible or inconsistent or there is a more subtle flaw in your Model 2100

If the Model 2100 appears to be malfunctioning contact A-M Systems Inc or your dealer Telephone numtgters for A-M Systems Inc listed on the front cover of this manual We will first attempt to solve the problem over the telephone so have an exact description of your problem available when you call You do not need to be within the warranty period to obtain over-the-phone assistance

A ^ M V - mdash A d B ^ K M I ^ M 131BuslnessPatfcLoopPOBox6SOCai

-PI s y s i Q m s inc-2raquolaquoa22=M^^

131 Business Parfc Loop PO Box 650 Cartsborg VM9 0S324 _ FAX36(W8a3525 E^nrt flnsysQa-ntsyttanB-oom Wsbsfte hHpiMNvwa-nnystsnisooni

9

Theory of Operation

The operation of the Model 2100 is summarized In the block diagram (see Fig 3) Not shown are all of the interconnections with the microcontroller The intemal microcontroler plays an important role in setting the signal path but does not directly

contribute to the dynamic characteristics It scans the front panel switches and sets the control values for the logic arays It programs the intemal counters which along with the other hardware achieve the necessary sub-microsecond speeds

All action starts either from an input trigger signal (from Trig In) or from an intemal signal (in free Run mode only) A Delay timer counts the 10MHz clock until its count value Is exhausted At this point the Burst timer starts Both Period and Duration timers are started at this time If the Burst timer has not expired by the end of the Period the Period and Duration timers are restarted If the Biphasic mode has been set the Duration timer is restarted at the end of the initial Duration and the sign of the output pulse Is reversed doubling the total duration

The system state (pulse on pulse sip baseline sign [+101-]) is transmitted to the isolated section via optoisolator The baseline and pulse amplitudes are selected by an analog switch The resulting signal is amplified by a variable-power-supply discrete operational amplifier The amplifier connections and gain is modified to provide two voltage and three cunent ranges

Timing overlap errors are detected by a logical decision computation rather than by testing for counter collisions This provides instant feedback rather than waiting up to an hour for such a collision to occur Output errors are measured by sensing the output amplifiers differential input voltage Under normal conditions this is a negligible voltage if the amplifier fails to deliver the requested signal the window comparator testing this voltage sends this message (via optoisolator) to the logic section turning on a warning LED

fl-N Systems Inc 131BusbnassPa(tLoopPOBox6SOCari3boigVMg8324 H n |TWoph0n880O426-13083eO6Blaquo300FMt36Olaquo8i3525 E-nnl anaysflfriinysleiiaoemWfcbslte hllphmwraquoimyatennoom

TRIG 3HJ) OUT

(burst)

TRIG ^ OUT

(pulse)

E

Ml

Calibration Procedures

The calibration interval is the lesser of 1000 hours of operation or 6 months Somewhat greater drift can be expected in the first 100 hours of operation as the semiconductors age Adjustments should only be made after the instrument has been fully warmed up for at least 15 minutes

Full instrument calibration requires the following test equipment digital multimeter (plusmn 01) able to measure resistance to at least lOOMfl oscilloscope with at least 50MHz bandwidth true-rms voltmeter with 4MHz bandwidth universal counter (plusmn 001 ) able to measure single pulse widths and periods resistors (all plusmn 01) 2kn lOkH 1 waft 20kn 200kn alligator clip lead sets banana plugs and BNC adapters

Adjustment integrated circuit and test point locations are shown in the following figures All adjustments are on the timing board unless otherwise noted

All voltages in the non-isolated section should be measured with respect to ground at TP510 unless othenvise stated Some voltages are measured with respect to an intemal isolated ground at TP650 or across the two output tenninals Occasionally the voltage at an IC pin must be measured In these cases the reference designator is given with the pin number in parentheses eg U602(16) When it states within this procedure that a voltage is to be minimized this means that the adjustment should be made such that the measured voltage is as close to zero volts as possible Refer to the Specifications Section of this manual for acceptable tolerances

The sequence of this procedure is Important If any adjustment is made all adjustments which follow must be made to ensure that the specifications will be met These procedures require that all controls remain as set in previous steps unless otherwise indicated

WARNING

The Model 2100 has dangerous voltages throughout the instrument even with the power is off Servicing the Model 2100 should only be done by qualified service personnel Use caution in handling any wires connectors or electrodes which may be directly or indirectly attached to the Instrument Do not touch exposed connections or components Disconnect power by unplugging the power cord from the receptacle

fl-N Systems I n c ^ 131BusinesaPartcLoopPOBox850CartsborgVWiB8324 4 n ^gt-mdash80O426-130638Ofl8Jlaquo300FAX36O683J52S bull E-maft BinsysQfrfn^islflnisoomVVfalislle h^KVfWMift^iisystemsoani

CO

- R503

Omg^

TPSOlQ O

OTPSOO

U560 bull

U510

DDID ^ trade E O ^ T P 5 1 0

bullnD Trig

0 ^

U570

Gate n U505

DO D

U515

Timing

Timing h_ U520

bsoo ^25SE Timing

Or r U540

I I Tmlng

[^ELIL

U535 D

U506

13 J510 Timlnff

BurfiDelay J400

i i i i i i i T r m r a

gt U550 ^

Clock

U555 U620

B a

^R^Pvhigh Rfijn O D O Vlow

o

bull U545

Fo sect737 lISOIsPjC-COMP

n r r ^ U760

J420

]]U632

Q S riuGSO

H = ) TP640^ deg I t I

II3D

J440 m i T i

U610 plusmn laquo j U O

bull bull l el

^t

O l

bull

M

I

Power supply and bias voltages

Power supply

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

POWER ON Observe voltage at P703 power supply wire top of main board

Check for+15 plusmn 050 V

Observe voltage at P701 power supply wire top of main board

Check for-15 plusmn 050 V

Observe voltage at U505(24) Check for+5 plusmn 025 V

Isolated supply voltage

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

RANGE 10 V TRIG open circuit MODE center position

Altemately observe V^ from R742 to R740 and V ^ from the U605(4) to U605(8)

Adjust R773 so that 110VltV^lt 120 V and

nign

28VltV^lt34V

Capacitance balance

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Connect a x10 oscilloscope probe to TP650 and ground the

Adjust R737 for minimum high frequency signal

Inputs

Gate funct ion

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave Verify that the voltage to GATE switches states at the Obsene voltage at U51G(3) proper input levels with an oscilloscope ^ ^

Trigger s lope

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave Verify that the voltage to TRIO switches states at the Observe voltage at US 10( 1) proper input levels with an oscilloscope

TRIG SLOPE + Verify voltage is 180 out of phase

TRIG SLOPE Verify voltage is in phase

fl-N Systems Inc ^ 131 Bushess Park Loop PO Bar 850 Carisborg Wa 98324 8004201306 3eOlaquoS3e300 FAX 3606BV352S

C-maft fliii8yBQfriii9yBlumaoamVIAibsMB hRpJhwMifi-iiiBystematxini

14

Trigger and gate funct ion

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

DELA NONE BURS1WII3TH SINGLE DURATION SQUARE PERIOD 100X10-3

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave to TRIG Obsen^e TRIOD and EVENT LEDS

TRIG disconnect all Short the GATE connector to GND Verify LEDs extinguish

MODE press to MANUAL Verify LEDs flash once

Timing

System c lock frequency

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Observe the frequency of the wave atU555(17)

Verify 1000 MHz plusmn001

Multipl iers (Wheel Switches)

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

PULSE SIGN + MODE FREE RUN TRIG disconnect all TIMING MULTIPUERS ail

wheels set to zero except the one being tested

TnmiNG OVERLAP ^nOTB

Observe the pulse width with the counter at the location specified below

Verify pulse width Is correct for each wheel as it is tested Independently

For each wheel of each MULTIPUER test each position to verify that the pulse width is correct Observe the signal at the following locations DELAY U520(2) BURSTWIDTH U530(2) PERIOD US40(2) DURATION U550(2)

Rates (Rotary Switches)

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

TIMING MULTIPUERS 001 TIMING RATES all rotary

switches set to 10-4 except the one being tested

Observe the pulse width with the counter at the location specified below

Verify pulse width is conect for each rotary switch as it is tested independently

For each of the four rotary switches in TIMING test each position to verify that the pulse wkJth is correct Observe the signal at the following locations DELAY U520(2) BURSTWIDTH U530(2) PERIOD U540(2) DURATION U550(2)

fl-N Systems I n c ^ E-maft emfl

131 Business Parti Loop PO 809(850 Cartsborg Wta 98324 8004201306 3804806300 FAX 36068O3S25

E-maft ansysQa nvystems-oom Wobste hflp Avwwa4nsy8(Qnttoam

15

Trigger outputs Controls

Range 10V Pulse Amplitude 500 Delay 100x10 Burst 100x10^2 Duration 100 x1a Period 400x10^ Pulse sign + Trig Mode Free run Trig in open

Inputs Observations

Trigger the oscilloscope to the Burst Trig Out Observe it the Pulse Trig Out and the isolated output

Adjust Check

Verify that the waveform consists of a burst of three 1ms-on3ms-off pulses The burst trigger should be synchronous with the burst the pulse trigger coincident with each pulse

Output Calibration

Isolation Resistance (check) Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode center position Trig In open

Measure the resistance between ground banana jack (front panel) and black banana jack of output with DMM

Resistance read gt 100MQ

Amplitude Switch Offset (R640) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Zero Trig Mode center position Trig In Open

Measure the voltage at TP645 vs TP650 with the DMM

Adjust R640 (AmpI Sw Offset) for minimum voltage

Output Offset (R332 front panel board) Controls I nputsObservatlons AdjustCheck

Baseline Zero Range 10V Trig Mode center position Trig In Open

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

Adjust R332 (Output offset) for minimum voltage

Positive Baseline Offset (R607) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Sign + Baseline Amplitude

fully CCW (000) Range 10V Trig In open Trig Mode center position

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

Adjust R602 (BSLN + offset) for minimum voltage

fl M raquo _ _ _ A laquo ^ _ i ^ ^ 131Buslnelaquo8Pari(loopPOBoK850Cart8borgWB96324

bull P I i s V S i e m S a |||Cg1Maphans80O42O130638O68O8300FAX36Olaquo8raquo^2S E-tiBft anagtraquoflwiisyagtlaquomraquoaimW6baHB hHpffii(wwraquoltnsylaquoleniieom

16

Negative Baseline Offset (R619) Controls

Baseline Sign -i Baseline Amplitude bull fully CCW (000)

Range 10V Trig In open Trig Mode center position

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

AdjustCheck

Adjust R619 (BSLN 4 offset) for minimum voltage

Pulse Amplitude Adjust (R602) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode Free Mode Pulse Amplitude 1000 Timing Dialay =none Burst =single Duration =1001 Period =00110-4 Pulse Sign -Trig In open Range 10V

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

The Overiap indicator should be on Adjust R602 (Max Level) for -1000V out

Pulse Sign Gain (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode Free Mode Pulse Amplitude 1000 Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =1001 s Period =00110-4s Trig In open Range 10V

Measure the voltage at the output with the DMM for the Pulse Sign at -- and - positions

The absolute values of the voltages should differ by less than lOOmV

Baseline Amplitudes (check) Controls InputsObservations

Range 100mA Trig Mode center position Baseline Amplitude fully CW (1000) Trig In open

Measure the voltage at the output with the DMM with Baseline Sign in + Zero and - positions

AdjustCheck

Gain the matching of current levels at = and - positions and offset current in Zero position

fl-N Systems Inc^^ bull E-mal am8

131 Business Partt Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 88324 8004201306360laquo8Oe300FAX 360laquo8O362S

E-maM am8y8^o-mBy8tflmBoom WobaKo hHp Awwwo-f i iBystonuoom

17

Output Range Amplitude and Drive (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Pulse Amplitude 1000 Pulse Sign + Trig Mode Free Run Timing Delay =none Burst =8ingle Duration =1001 Period =10010-4 Trig In open

Load the output with a 10KV1W 01 resistor Measure the voltage at the output with DMM

Verify that full scale output is within specification Scale Range 100V 100V 10V 10V 100mA IV 1mA 10V 10mA 100V

Pulse Sign and Short Circuit Protection (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Timing Delay =none Burst =8ingle Duration =200 10-4 Period =00110-3 Baseline Zero Pulse Amplitude 25 Range 10V Trig Mode Free Run Trig In open

Measure the voltage at the output with the oscilloscope Check for Pulse Sign set to each of + - biphasic Watch for Error indicator when shorting the output

Verify that pulses of approx 25V amplitude (625V for biphasic mode) of the correct sign are produced every 10ms Short output in biphasic mode Output should retum when opened

Output Transient Response (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Pulse Sign + Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =20010-4 Period =00110-3 Pulse Amplitude 250 Baseline Zero Trig Mode Free Mode Trig In open

Connect the oscilloscope to the output with a 310 attenuator prolse Test boVn 10V and 100V ranges

Verify that overshoot and risetime meet specifications

fl-N Systems I n c ^ 131 Business Parte Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wb 98324 8004201306 36Olaquo83O300 FAX 36O680lt352S

E-mQ0 snBy8Qs-msy8faiTiscom VWriMtte N ^ Mvww9-msy8lemscom

18

Specifications

There are three classes of specifications Class A specifications tested in all unHs and are guaranteed Class B specifications are inherent in the design they are indirectly tested and are guaranteed Class C specifications are typical operating values which are occasionally tested- these are typical values given for your infomiation but not guarshyanteed The class for each specification is noted in the center column of the following sections

Inputs Switching level

Hysteresis

Input equivalent circuit

Minimum duration (1 IL-level signal)

A

C

C

C

16V(plusmn02V)

approx 50 mV

100K ft to+5 In parallel with no more than 35pF

gt 50 ns

Open circuit condition B defaults to highon level

Timing and rate accuracy Rate selector steps

Timing multiplier steps

Resolution

Timing eror (second and later pulses after resetting controls)

B

B

B

B

lOOps to 100s In 7 steps

1 of rate selector step size Maximum value is 999 x the rate selector step size

approx 01 of the maximum value

lt 002 of rate selector value + 015 ps

Timing error (first pulse after readjusting timing controls)

an additional 025 ps error may occur

Timing repeatability lt 001 setting + 20 ns (monophasic)

fl-N Systems I nc ^ bull E-moU ams

131 Business Parti Loop PO Boot 850 Cartsborg VM 98324 80O42O130838O08O8300FAX36Olaquo8O3S2S

E-meU anByafl^iiisyslainaoomWebsHe hHpffliiwwraquomsys)emsoom

19

TRIG IN to OUTPUT delay (DELAY set to 0) output set to 2V

Timing jitter ft-om TRIG IN to OUTPUT (for TTL trigger input with risetime lt10 ns)

Timing jitter ft^om TRIG OUT (either BURST or PULSE) and OUTPUT

Trigger output to pulse output delay

Output charactsristics Pulse level enror (voltage mode open circuit cun-ent mode short circuit

Biphasic level difference |V + + V-|2

Baseline level error (voltage mode A open circuit current mode short circuit)

Risetime (25 V out)

Risetime (25 V out)

Transient response

A

A

A

Output impedance (voltage mode) C

Output impedance (current mode) C

Isolation resistance A

Isolation capacitance C

approx 05 ps for a load of no more than 10 Kft in parallel with 50 pF

lt 125 ns (all rates except 100s) lt 125 ps (100s rate)

Less than 20 ns (all rates)

approx 350 ns

lt 03 of setting + 05 of r range (plus an additional 05 pA inlOOpArenge)

lt 03 of range (voltage modes into open circuit current modes into short circuit)

lt 03 of setting of setting + 01 of range (plus an additional 05 pA in lOOpA range)

laquo 200 ns into less than 30 pF

laquo15 ps into less than 30 pF

lt 8 overshoot Into less than 30 pF for pulse voltages different than baseline voltage by at least 10 of range

laquo 50 ohms

raquo 1 0 Gft (typically 200 Gft)

raquo100Mft

laquo 60 pF at 100 Hz

fl-N Systems Inc^^ 131 Business Partt Uxip PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 96324 8004201308 SBOee^^SOO FAX 360laquoS3^52S

E-mat BiByraquoaiMii8ylaquoliiiiiseomWiljalteHlpJV(wwraquo4tgy8lenaoom

20

Noise (differential mode)

Noise (common mode earth to isolated ground) with no signal output

Overioad error indicator (low frequency short circuited voltage mode)

Overioad error indicator low frequency open circuited current mode)

Overioad enor response time

Miscellaneous

Power

Fuse

Operating temperature range

Storage temperature range

Operating humidity

Dimensions

Weight

laquo1 mV rms (10 V scale 10Hz-4MHz)

laquo 8 mV rms (10 Hz-4 MHz) laquo100mVp-p (200 Hz -10 MHz) measured withalOMft 15pF oscilloscope probe

Turns on for set amplitude at or greater than approx plusmn1V (10 V range) or plusmn2 V (100 V range)

Turns on for set amplitude at or above approx 2 of range

Flat to approx 30 ps duration Decreasing sensitivity for shorter pulses

approx 11 watts

1 amp 3 AG

10-30C

0 - 50deg C

5-80RH

17x475x1125 (Inches) 432x121x286 cm

20 lbs (9 kg)

fl mm bull gt _ _ _ A ^ ^ _ _ L ^ 131BusinesraquoPariltLocpPOBox850C8rtsborgWS9e324

bull p i ^ y s v e m s IIIC^^deg(^deg^Bdegltgt^^^3degdeg^deg^^deg^^^degdeg^^I^deg^deg^^^^^

21 E-mei flre^nQo 4n8yo(amscam Wsbsfle hHpAwwwe-msy8Jems-Oom

Warranty and Service

What does this warranty cover A-M Systems Inc warrants to the Purchaser that the Instrument excluding cables Headstage Probes and any other accessories shipped with the Instrument (hereafter the hardware) is free from defects in workmanship or material under normal use and service for the period of one (1) year This warranty commences on the date of delivery of the hardware to the Purchaser

What are the obligations of A-M Systems Inc under this warranty During the warranty period A-M Systems Inc agrees to repair or replace at its sole option without charge to the Purchaser any defective component part of the hardware To obtain warranty service the Purchaser must return the hardware to A-M Systems Inc or an authorized A-M Systems Inc distributor in an adequate shipping container Any postage shipping and insurance charges incurred in shipping the hardware to A-M Systems Inc must be prepaid by the Purchaser and all risk for the hardware shall remain with purchaser until such time as A-M Systems Inc takes receipt of the hardware Upon receipt A-M Systems Inc will promptly repair or replace the defective unit and then return the hardware to the Purchaser postage shipping and insurance prepaid A-M Systems Inc may use reconditioned or like new parts or units at its sole option when repairing any hardware Repaired products shall carry the same amount of outstanding wan^nty as from original purchase or ninety (90) days which ever is greater Any claim under the warranty must include a dated proof of purchase of the hardware covered by this wan-anty In any event A-M Systems Inc liability for defective hardware is limited to repairing or replacing the hardware

What is not covered by this warranty This warranty is contingent upon proper use and maintenance of the hardware by the Purchaser and does not cover batteries Neglect misuse whether intentional or otherwise tampering with or altering the hardware damage caused by accident damage caused by unusual physical electrical chemical or electromechanical stress damage caused by failure of electrical power or damage caused during transportation are not covered by this warranty Products may not be returned to A-M Systems Inc for service whether under warranty or otherwise which are contaminated by infectious agents radioactive compounds or other materials constituting a health hazard to employees of A-M Systems Inc

What are the limits of llabiiity for A-M Systems inc under this warranty A-M Systems Inc shall not be liable for loss of data profits or savings or any special incidental consequential indirect or other similar damages arising from breach of contract negligence or other legal action even if the company or its agent has been advised of the possibility of such damages or for any claim brought against you by another party THIS EQUIPMENT IS NOT INTENDED FOR CLINICAL MEASUREMENTS USING HUMAN SUBJECTS A-M SYSTEMS INC DOES NOT ASSUME RESPONSIBILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE DUE TO MISUSE OF THIS EQUIPMENT Jurisdictions vary with regard to the enforceability of provisions excluding or limiting liability for incidental or consequential damages Check the provision of your local jurisdiction to find out whether the above exclusion applies to you This warranty allocates risks of product failure between the Purchaser and A-M Systems Inc A-M Systems Inc hardware pricing reflects this allocation of risk and the limitations of liability contained in this wanranty The warranty set forth above is in lieu of all other express wan^anties whether oral or written The agents employees distributors and dealers of A-M Systems Inc are not authorized to make modifications to this wan-anty or additional wan-anties binding on the company Accordingly additional statements such as dealer advertising or presentations whether oral or written do not constitute wananties by A-M Systems Inc and should not be relied upon This warranty gives you specific legal rights You may also have other rights whrch vary from one jurisdiction to another

6 mm ^ laquo _ _ A a B ^ _ 1 ^ ^ 131 Business Parti Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg W B 98324 O O

bull P l A y S V e m S l n C T^M 8OO42OI3O6 380683-8300FAX 360 803525 ^ ^ E-msl iiiisy80iHTBy8tenisoom Wsbsito hnphwwfrimysleiiisoom

A

V ISO

INSTRUCTION MANUAL

FOR

ISOLATED PULSE STIMULATOR

MODEL 2100

Serial

Date

A-M Systems Inc

PO Box 850

Carlsborg WA 98324

USA

360-683-8300 bull 800-426-1306 FAX 360-683-3525

httpwwwa-msystemscom

Version 70 February 2002

Contents General Description 1

Instrument Features 1 Controls and Connectors 2

Operating Instructions 6 Theory of Operation 10 Calibration Procedures 12

Inputs 14 Output Calibration 16

Specifications 19 Warranty and Service 22

Each Isolated Pulse Stimulator is delivered complete with

Rack Mount Hardware Instructions amp Maintenance Manual

NOTE

This instrument is not intended for clinical measurements using human subjects A-M Systems Inc does not assume responsibility for Injury or damage due to the misuse of this instrument

General Description

Instrument Features The Isolated Pulse Stimulator Model 2100 is designed for a wide variety of applications It is highly flexible being capable of delivering single pulses biphasic pairs or bursts of pulses Pulses may be started manually or upon receiving a trigger signal from another Instrument or computer Two non-isolated trigger outputs are available for triggering other instruments

Four sets of timing controls provide comprehensive control overall aspects of pulse generation Three digit accuracy is available over a 7 decade range for each timing function using lever wheel switches Pulse widths can be set over more than a 9 decade range from 05 ps to 999 seconds Timing accuracy is assured through the use of a 10 MHz base rate crystal-controlled clock digitally divided to provide accurate timing over the entire range Atiming overiap indicator will light If the timing controls are set inconsistently

The output may be conveniently switched between current and voltage modes Pulse and baseline amplitudes are Independently presettable with lockable dials An error Indicator will light if the Mode2700 cannot deliver the desired signal

r WARNING

The Model 2100 can produce potentially dangerous voltages up to 100 V at the output connectors The isolated output is not connected internally to safety (earth) ground in any way Some part of the extemal circuit should be connected to safety ground Use caution in handling any wires connectors or electrodes which may be directly or indirectly attached to the Model 2100 output Some kinds of connectors such as BNC connectors have exposed metal parts which may float at dangerous potentials unless extemally connected to safety ground For greatest safety tum the Model 2100 off before making any connections to

the instrument

131 Business Parii Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Telophone 800-426-1306 bull 360-68raquolaquo300 bull FAX 360683-3525 E-mal satesa-msystemsoom VVfebsite httpywwwa^nsystemscom fl-N Systems Inc 1

Controls and Connectors The controls for the Model 2100 are grouped in three sections START which controls when a pulse or burst of pulses begins TIMING which controls the onoff timing of one or more pulses and OUTPUT which controls the amplitude of the output signal

Start TRIG SLOPE Determines the polarity of valid trigger pulses (positive or negative edges in the trigger signal)

MODE Controls waveform initiation When set to FREE RUN one timing cycle immediately follows the last When momentarily placed In the MANUAL position a timing cycle starts Immediately When the switch Is In the center position timing cycles start when valid triggering events occur

TRIGD This LED lights up when a timing cycle Is in process and continues until the burst is completed

TRIG This BNC connector allows a signal from an external source to Initiate timing cycles It is set for standard TTL levels

GATE This BNC connector allows a signal from an external source to restrict the final output signal This input must be at a logical high (or open-circuited) in order for the Model 2100 to recognize either manual or automatic trigger events

Gate 1_ Trigger |~~^ i I Valid triggers (represented by the arrows in the figure) can occur only when the gate Is at logical high Note that the up arrow would apply only If TRIG SLOPE is set to + the down an-ows would apply only if TRIG SLOPE Is set to -

NOTE Triggers have no effect if the system has not completed its response to a previous trigger

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Park Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Vb 98324 TelQphQne 80O426-1306 360683-8300 FAX 360683-3525 E-mail sales^a-msystemscom Wsbsite httpywwwa-msystemscom

Timing Four sets of controls govern the timing of pulse generation Each set contains two values which are multiplied together to detemnine the actual timing value The rotary knob (rate selector) provides the approximate timing value and the lever wheel switch bank (MULTIPLIER)

provides a time resolution of three decimal digits The following diagram shows most of the Important relationships

Output r Delay Duration

|ltPeriodgtj

t Burst width

Trigger event

DELAY These controls determine the time duration between the initiating trigger event and the beginning of the pulse burst If this rate selector is set to NONE or the multiplier is set to 000 there Is no delay

BURST WIDTH These controls determine the time period in which one or more pulses may be delivered Once started a pulse may outlast the burst width If this rate selector is set to SINGLE or to any time shorter than the pulse duration only a single pulse will occur If the BURST WIDTH Is longer than the period pulses will be emitted at the PERIOD rate until the burst time ends Pulses are never truncated by a short BURSTWIDTH

inds)-PULSE

D U R A T I O N 1 0 1 0

10

INTEB-PULSE PERIOD

1 1 10

DURATION These controls determine the length of each pulse Ifthis rate selector Is set to SQUARE the duration is set to half of the period regardless of the MULTIPLIER setting

PERIOD These controls set the period of time between adjacent pulse events within the burst It also forces a minimum dead time between recognized input triggers following a burst of one or more pulses This can be used to prevent over stimulation of a tissue without requiring excessive delay between the triggering event and the stimulating pulse

TIMING OVERLAP

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 860 Carisborg Vamp 98324 |Telophone 800-426-1306 360683-8300 bull FAX 3606aW525 E-mail salearega^nsystemsoom Vfeb5ite httpAwwwa^nsyslemscam

NOTE If any of these timing controls are changed while a timing cycle is in operation the results are undefined until the current cycle finishes

TIMING OVERLAP This LED will light to Indicate an inconsistency in the timing cycle settings There are several ways to introduce such errors The most common way is to set the Inter-pulse PERIOD to be less than the pulse DURATION

T I M I N G (seconds)^

TRIG OUT (UPPER) This BNC connector provides a signal which is coincident with the Internal Burst timing signal (default) This means the signal starts at the end of the Delay time and persists until the Burst time expires This output may also be set to represent the delay time-out by setting the internal jumper J510 to the right two pins instead of the left two pins (Please see the Calibration section in this manual for jumper location Directions are given as viewed from the front of the Instrument)

TRIG OUT (LOWER) This BNC connector provides a signal which Is coincident with the Duration timing signal which controls pulse output

NOTE Both trigger output signals slightly lead the isolated output signal

Output

PULSE SIGN This switch determines the polarity of the pulses to be generated It also allows generation of biphasic pulses thereby doubling the effective total period Warning the first pulse generated after changing the PULSE

SIGN switch may have the wrong polarity

BASELINE This Switch determines the polarity ofthe baseline signal

RANGE This rotary switch determines if the output pulses will be constant current (3 ranges) or constant voltage (2 ranges)

BASELINE AMPLITUDE This value is independently set using a ten-turn counting dial The maximum baseline amplitude is one tenth the value shown on the range amplitude switch

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 8S0 Cartsborg Vfa 98324 |Tetaphone 80O426-1306 bull 360683-8300 bull FAX 3606803525 E-mail salesa-msystemscom Wbbsite http7Awwwaflnsystemscom

PULSE AMPLITUDE This value is independently set using a ten-turn counting dial The maximum pulse amplitude is the value shown on the range amplitude switch

EVENT This LED indicates when a pulse is ongoing

ERROR This LED indicates when the internal output amplifier cannot output the pulse as desired This is usually due to a short circuit while trying to output a voltage or an open circuit while trying to output a current

VOTEThe Pulse Sign control in the Oupuf section directly affects waveform timing When set to the Biphasic mode a positive-going pulse is immediately followed by a negative-going pulse This effectively doubles the pulse duration If a burst of biphasic pulses is being produced the period must be at least twice the single pulse duration In the Square wave mode the baseline disappears as long as the burst persists

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsboig Vte 98324 |Telophone 800426-1306 360683-8300 bull FAX 3606833525 E-mail salesa-m5ystem5 com Website httpwwwa-msystemscom

Operating Instructions

Examples Simple setup (and minimal instrument test)

Connect the output ofthe Model 2100 to an oscilloscope Before connecting the Model 2100 to any other instrument or the experimental preparation It is safest to turn Its power off

Set the Oufpuf controls

Range 10V Pulse Sign +

Baseline Zero Pulse Amplitude 200

Setting The Timing Controls

Delay Burst Width

Duration Period

none single

15010-2 50010-2

Setting The Start Controls

Mode Free Run

Disconnect any cables to the TRIG or GATE inputs

Note that the green Trig and Event Indicators turn on as Free Run is turned on (and turn off otherwise) You should observe a 15ms duration 20Hz rate pulse of 200V above a OV baseline on the oscilloscope

fl-N Systems Inc 131 BusinessPartiLoop RO Box850CarisbcxgWa98324 |Telophone 800426-1306 bull 360-683-8300 bull FW 360683-3525 E-mail salesa-msystems com VVbbsite httpywwwa-msystems com

Demonstration of Burst Mode Connect the output ofthe Model 2100 to an oscilloscope Before connecting the Model 2100 to any other instrument or the experimental preparation It Is safest to turn its power off

Set the Outpuf controls

Range 10V Pulse Sign +

Baseline Pulse Amplitude 200

Baseline Amplitude 100

Setting The Timing Controls

Delay 88010-2 Burst Width 12010-^

Duration 15010-2 Period 50010-2

Set the START controls as follows

Mode Free Run

Disconnect any cables to the TRIG or GATE inputs

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Telophooe 8004201306 360683-8300 bull FAX 360683-3525 E^naii salesa-msystems com Watjsite http7wwwa-msystemscom

Trigger the oscilloscope from the Bursf trigger out (upper Trig Out connector) for a stable display In each burst (occurring every lOOms) you should observe a trio of 15ms duration starting 50ms apart Try switching the StartMode from Free Run to the center (nonnal) position The pulses will no longer be produced and the Trig and Event Indicators will tum off Pressing this switch once (to Manual) will cause a single burst to occur

Problem Solving If the instrument appears to be not working properiy check all ofthe control settings and connections Be sure to wait at least 5-10 seconds after turning the instrument off before turning it on again The following summary of typical problems for the user (along with the most common solutions) may help

Problem CauseSolution

EVENT Indicator never lights even in FREE RUN mode

bull Replace fuse check power connection bullSet DELAY or PERIOD to a shorter interval

bull Power-on too soon after power-off

OVERLAP Indicator is on

ERROR indicator is on

bull Set DURATION gt000 bull DURATION Is set to SQUARE but

PERIOD is 000 Increase PERIOD or set DURATION independantly

bull BURST and WIDTH are gt DURATION increase PERIOD or decrease DURATION

bull BIPHASIC pulse output Is on and PERIOD is not longer than twice the DURATION Increase PERIOD or decrease DURATION

bull Free-run Is on and BURST is lt PERIOD (BURST off) DELAY is 0 and PERIOD Is lt DURATION Add delay or modify PERIOD

bull Free-run is on and BURST is gt DURATION (BURST ON) and PERIOD is lt DURATION Increase PERIOD

bull For VOLTAGE outputs the output is trying to drive too low a resistance or capacitance (eg a short circuit) Check by disconnecting the output ft is possible (and normal) that for the fastest cycles and largest amplitudes (close to 100 V

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business PartiLoop PO Box 850 CartsborgWa 98324 iTelophone 800-42O130636O6e3-8300FAX 3606B3-3525 E-mail satesaflisyslefmcom Vfebslte http7wwwa-msyslemscom

and 1 ps) that the ERROR indicator might always come on during repetitive pulses Fix output load or decrease amplitude as required

Time appears to be excessive Changed control in mid-cycle (resets current status)

Cant seem to get a full signal out Load Is not properiy connected repair wiring Too low a load impedance (VOLTAGE modes) or too high a load impedance (CURRENT mode)

Incoming triggers not accepted frequently enough

PERIOD is set too long (enforces dead time) followd by BURST set to SIGNAL Reduce PERIOD time

Table 10 Problem Solving

If you suspect that the Model 2100 may have completely failed we recommend checking the basic level of functionality Ifthis fails your instrument Is defective and must be repaired Ifthis passes either your experimental setup is incompatible or inconsistent or there is a more subtle flaw in your Model 2100

If the Model 2100 appears to be malfunctioning contact A-M Systems Inc or your dealer We will first attempt to solve the problem over the telephone so have an exact description of your problem available when you call You do not need to be within the warranty period to obtain over-the-phone assistance

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 iTetoptxme 80O426-1306 bull 360683-8300 FAX 3606803525 E-mail satesa-msystemsoomAfebsitehttpJwwwaflisystemscom

Theory of Operation

The operation ofthe Model 2100 is summarized in the block diagram (see the figure on Page 11) Not shown are all ofthe interconnections with the microcontroller The internal microcontroler plays an important role in setting the signal path but does not directly contribute to the dynamic characteristics It scans the front panel switches and sets the control values for the logic arrays It programs the internal counters which along with the other hardware achieve the necessary sub-microsecond speeds

Pulse generation starts either from an Input trigger signal (from Trig In) or an internally signal (Free Run mode) A Delay timer counts the 10MHz clock until its count value is exhausted At this point the Burst Period and Duration timers are started If the Burst timer has not expired by the end ofthe Period the Period and Duration timers are restarted If the Biphasic mode has been set the Duration timer is restarted at the end of the initial Duration and the sign ofthe output pulse is reversed doubling the total duration

The system state (pulse on pulse sign baseline sign [+0f-]) is transmitted to the isolated section via optoisolator The baseline and pulse amplitudes are selected by an analog switch The resulting signal is amplified by a variable-power-supply discrete operational amplifier The amplifier connections and gain is modified to provide two voltage and three current ranges

Timing overiap errors are detected by a logical decision computation rather than by testing for counter collisions This provides instant feedback rather than waiting up to an hour for such a collision to occur Output errors are measured by sensing the output amplifiers differential input voltage Under normal conditions this is a negligible voltage If the amplifier fails to deliver the requested signal the window comparator testing this voltage sends this message (via optoisolator) to the logic section turning on a warning LED

fl-N Systems Inc 131BusinessPart(LoopRO Box850CarisboigWa98324 4 n Tel0pri0ne80O426-130636O683^300FAX36O6833525 ^ E-mail salesaflisystBmscom V febsite http7wwwa-msystemsoom

S i

I - - ^^mdasho^M

OUTPUT i l l

TRIG ^ OUT

(burst)

TRIG 3-lt) OUT

(pulse)

til

I laquo

Calibration Procedures

The calibration interval is the lesser of 1000 hours of operation or 6 months Somewhat greater drift can be expected in the first 100 hours of operation as the semiconductors age Adjustments should only be made after the instrument has been fully warmed up for at least 15 minutes

Full instrument calibration requires the following test equipment digital multimeter (plusmn 01) able to measure resistance to at least lOOMO oscilloscope with at least 50MHz bandwidth true-mis voltmeter with 4MHz bandwidth universal counter (plusmn 001 ) able to measure single pulse widths and periods resistors (all plusmn 01) 2kn lOkH 1 watt 20kn 200kn alligator clip lead sets banana plugs and BNC adapters

Adjustment integrated circuit and test point locations are shown in the following figures All adjustments are on the timing board unless othenAise noted

All voltages in the non-isolated section should be measured with respect to ground at TP510 unless othenwise stated Some voltages are measured with respect to an internal isolated ground at TP650 or across the two output temninals Occasionally the voltage at an IC pin must be measured in these cases the reference designator is given with the pin number in parentheses eg U602(16) When it states within this procedure that a voltage is to be minimized this means that the adjustment should be made such that the measured voltage is as close to zero volts as possible Refer to the Specifications Section of this manual for acceptable tolerances

The sequence of this procedure is important If any adjustment is made all adjustments which follow must be made to ensure that the specifications will be met These procedures require that all controls remain as set in previous steps unless othenAise indicated

WARNING

The Model 2100 has dangerous voltages throughout the instrument even with the power is off Servicing the Model 2100 should only be done by qualified service personnel Use caution in handling any wires connectors or electrodes which may be directly or indirectly attached to the instrument Do not touch exposed connections or components Disconnect power by unplugging the power cord from the receptacle

H B ^ ^ S y s t e m s inc^degdegp^deg^^deg-^^^^^^^^B3^^^degdeg^^^lt^^^B^^^^ 131BusinessPartiLoopPO Box850CartsbOigWamp98324 4 9 |Telophone800-42013C6360683-8300F0lt360683-3525 ^ E-mail salesa-msystefnscom website httpwwwaflisystems com

CO

TP501 O lt0

g OTPSOO

U560 S

Trig Gate

0 -TISOS

U570

U500

Timing

p U520

Timing

K U550 Timin

gt U540

U515

o X I Timin

U508 I

J510 Timing nnn

Burst Delay J400

gt U550

R503

D D I D bull U8QQ i Q

n

oo

V P 5 1 0

b U535

^

Clock i _

U555

lt U 5 4 5

o

h d ^ O - - ^ U605

Q D

U620

O fJZ^ R737 bull ^ 1^13015 r j C - C O M P

B B nU770 ^ ^ ^ 5 ^ a

J420

a

o E

bull [ ]U632

riueso

rR742rVhigh R 6 1 9 ^

LJ TP645 O TP650

TPMOQ^QS

Vlow

CD-

CZZl

J440 bull bull tl iUDQ

I t

f i l

Power supply and bias voltages

Power supply

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

POWER ON Observe voltage at P703 power supply wire top of main board

Check for+15 plusmn 050 V

Observe voltage at P701 power supply wire top of main board

Check for-15 plusmn 050 V

Observe voltage at U505(24) Check for +5 plusmn 025 V

Isolated supply voltage Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

RANGE 10 V TRIG open circuit MODE center position

Alternately observe V ^ from R742 to R740 and V ^ from theU605(4)toU605(8)

Adjust R773 so that 110VltV lt 120 V and

nigh

28VltV|^lt34V

Capacitance balance Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

Connect a xlO oscilloscope probe to TP650 and ground the

Adjust R737 for minimum high frequency signal

Inputs

Gate function Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave Verify that the voltage to GATE switches states at the Observe voltage at U510(3) proper input levels with an oscilloscope

Trigger slope Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave Verify that the voltage to TRIG switches states at the Observe voltage at U510( 1) proper input levels with an oscilloscope

TRIG SLOPE Verify voltage is 180deg out of phase

TRIG SLOPE Verify voltage is in phase

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 860 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Jelophone 800-4201306 360683-8300 bull FM 380683-3525 E-mail salesaflTsystBfnscom bull Vtebsite httpVAirwwaflisystems com

14

Trigger and gate f unc t i on

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

DELAY NONE BURS-nMDTH SINGLE DURATION SQUARE PERIOD 100X10-3

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave to TRIG Observe TRIGD and EVENT LEDs

TRIG disconnect all Short the GATE connector to GND Verify LEDs extinguish

MODE press to MANUAL Verify LEDs flash once

Timing

System c lock f requency

Controls Inputs Observations Ad jus t Check

Observe the frequency of the wave Verify 1000 MHz plusmn 001 atU555(17)

Mul t ip l iers (Wheel Swi tches)

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

PULSE SIGN-laquobull MODE FREE RUN TRIG disconnect all TIMING MULTIPUERS all

wheels set to zero except the one being tested

TIMING OVERLAP ignore

Observe the pulse width with the counter at the location specified t)elow

Verify pulse width is correct for each wheel as it is tested independently

For each wheel of each MULTIPLIER test each position to verify that the pulse width is correct Observe the signal at the following locations DELAY U520(2) BURSTWIDTH U530(2) PERIOD U540(2) DURATION U550(2)

Rates (Rotary Swi tches)

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

TIMING MULTIPUERS 001 Observe the pulse width with the TIMING RATES all rotary counter at the location specified

switches set to 10-4 below except the one being tested

Verify pulse width is correct for each rotary switch as it is tested independently

For each ofthe four rotary switches in TIMING test each position to verify that the pulse width is correct Observe the signal at the following locations DELAY U520(2) BURSTWIDTH U530(2) PERIOD U540(2) DURATION U550(2)

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 iTetophone 8004201306 bull 360683-8300 bull FOC 3606803525 E-mail salesa-msystemscom Wbbsite httpJwwwaflTSystemscom

15

Trigger outputs

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

Range 10V Pulse Amplitude 500 Delay 100 xlO^ Burst 100 x 10 ^ Duration 100x10-^ Period 400x10-^ Pulse sign + Trig Mode Free run Trig in open

Trigger the oscilloscope to the Burst Trig Out Observe it the Pulse Trig Out and the isolated output

Verify that the waveform consists of a burst of three 1ms-on3ms-off pulses The burst trigger should be synchronous with the burst the pulse trigger coincident with each pulse

Output Calibration

Isolation Resistance (check)

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode center position Trig In open

Measure the resistance between ground banana jack (front panel) and black banana jack of output with DMM

Resistance read gt 100MQ

Amplitude Switch Offset (R640)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Zero Trig Mode center position Trig In Open

Measure the voltage at TP645 vs TP650 with the DMM

Adjust R640 (AmpI Sw Offset) for minimum voltage

Output Offset (R332 front panel board) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Zero Range 10V Trig Mode center position Trig In Open

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

Adjust R332 (Output offset) for minimum voltage

Positive Baseline Offeet (R607) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Sign + Baseline Amplitude

fully CCW (000) Range 10V Trig In open Trig Mode center position

Measure the voltage across the outputwiththeDMM

Adjust R602 (BSLN + offset) for minimum voltage

fl-N Systems Inc 131 BusBiess Parti Loop P O Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Telophone B00-42O1306 bull 360683-8300 bull FAX 3606803525 E-mail salesaflisystemscom V^tebsite httpy^vwwa-msystems com

16

Negative Baseline Offset (R619)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Sign -Baseline Amplitude

fully CCW (000) Range 10V Trig In open Trig Mode center position

Measure the voltage across the outputwiththeDMM

Adjust R619 (BSLN + offset) for minimum voltage

Pulse Amplitude Adjust (R602)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode Free Mode Pulse Amplitude 1000 Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =1001 Period =00110-4 Pulse Sign -Trig In open Range 10V

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

The Overiap indicator should be on Adjust R602 (Max Level) for -10OOV out

Pulse Sign Gain (check)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode Free Mode Pulse Amplitude 1000 Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =100 1s Period =001 10-4s Trig In open Range 10V

Measure the voltage at the output with the DMM for the Pulse Sign at + and - positions

The absolute values ofthe voltages should differ by less than lOOmV

Baseline Amplitudes (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Range 100mA Trig Mode center position Baseline Amplitude fully CW (1000) Trig In open

Measure the voltage at the output with the DMM with Baseline Sign in + Zero and

- positions

Gain the matching of current levels at = and - positions and offset current in Zero position

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop PO Box 850 Cartsboig Wa 98324 Telophone 800-4201306 360683-8300 FkX 3606803525 E-mail salesa-msystemscom website http^^wwaflisystemsccm

17

Output Range Amplitude and Drive (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Pulse Amplitude 1000 Pulse Sign + Trig Mode Free Run Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =1001 Period =10010-4 Trig In open

Load the output with a 10KV 1W 01 resistor Measure the voltage at the output with DMM

Verify that full scale output is within specification Scale Range 100V 100V 10V 10V 100mA IV 1mA 10V 10mA 100V

Pulse Sign and Short Circuit Protection (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =200 10-4 Period =00110-3 Baseline Zero Pulse Amplitude 25 Range 10V Trig Mode Free Run Trig In open

Measure the voltage at the output with the oscilloscope Check for Pulse Sign set to each of + - biphasic Watch for Error indicator when shorting the output

Verify that pulses of approx 25V amplitude (625V for biphasic mode) of the correct sign are produced every 10ms Short output in biphasic mode Output should return when opened

Output Transient Response (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Pulse Sign + Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =20010-4 Period =00110-3 Pulse Amplitude 250 Baseline Zero Trig Mode Free Mode Trig In open

Connect the oscilloscope to the output with a 310 attenuator probe Test both 10V and 100V ranges

Verify that overshoot and risetime meet specifications

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Telophone 8004201306 bull 3606808300 bull Flaquo( 360laquo83ltJ525 E-mail salesa-msystemsocm V^febsite http^wwwa-msystefnscom

18

Specifications

There are three classes of specifications Class A specifications tested in all units and are guaranteed Class B specifications are inherent in the design they are indirectly tested and are guaranteed Class C specifications are typical operating values which are occasionally tested- these are typical values given for your information but not guarshyanteed The class for each specification is noted in the center column ofthe following sections

Inputs Switching level

Hysteresis

Input equivalent circuit

Minimum duration (1 IL-level signal)

A

C

C

C

16 V(plusmn 02 V)

approx 50 mV

lOOKH to+5 in parallel with no more than 35pF

gt 50 ns

Open circuit condition B defaults to highon level

Timing and rate accuracy Rate selector steps

Timing multiplier steps

B

B

lOOpsto 100s in 7 steps

1 of rate selector step size Maximum value is 999 X the rate selector step size

Resolution B approx 01 ofthe maximum value

Timing error (second and later pulses after resetting controls)

B lt 002 of rate selector value + 015 ps

Timing error (first pulse after readjusting timing controls)

an additional 025 ps error may occur

Timing repeatability lt 001 setting + 20 ns (monophasic)

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Ram Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Vfa 98324 pTelophone 8004201306 bull 360683-8300 bull FAX 360683-3525

E-mail salesraquoflisystems com Wabsite httpJAnww afl isystems com

19

TRIG IN to OUTPUT delay (DELAY set to 0) output set to 2V

Timing jitter from TRIG IN to OUTPUT (for TTL trigger input with risetime lt10 ns)

Timing jitter from TRIG OUT (either BURST or PULSE) and OUTPUT

Trigger output to pulse output delay

Output characteristics Pulse level error (voltage mode open circuit current mode short circuit

Biphasic level difference IV + - V-1 2

Baseline level error (voltage mode open circuit current mode short circuit)

Risetime (25 V out)

Risetime (25 V out)

Transient response

A

A

A

Output impedance (voltage mode) C

Output impedance (current mode) C

Isolation resistance A

Isolation capacitance C

approx 05 ps for a load of no more than 10 KH in parallel with 50 pF

lt 125 ns (all rates except 100s) lt 125 ps (100s rate)

Less than 20 ns (all rates)

approx 350 ns

lt 03 of setting + 05 of r range (plus an additional 05 pA in 100 pA range)

lt 03 of range (voltage modes into open circuit current modes into short circuit)

lt 03 of setting of setting + 01 of range (plus an additional 05 pA in lOOpA range)

= 200 ns into less than 30 pF

= 15 ps into less than 30 pF

lt 8 overshoot into less than 30 pF for pulse voltages different than baseline voltage by at least 10 of range

= 50 ohms

raquo 1 0 GH (typically 200 GO)

raquo 1 0 0 M n

= 60 pF at 100 Hz

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Peril Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg V6 98324 |TelCf)hone 800-4201306 3606808300 bull FAX 360683-3525 E-mal salesaflisystefnsoom Website hnpyMVfWafllsystemsoom

20

Noise (differential mode)

Noise (common mode earth to isolated ground) with no signal output

Overload error indicator (low frequency short circuited voltage mode)

Overload error indicator low frequency open circuited current mode)

Overioad error response time

Miscellaneous

= 1 mV rms (10 V scale 10 Hz-4 MHz)

= 8 mV rms (10 Hz-4 MHz) == 100mVp-p (200 Hz -10 MHz) measured withalOMH 15pF oscilloscope probe

Turns on for set amplitude at or greater than approx plusmn1 V (10 V range) or plusmn2 V (100 V range)

Turns on for set amplitude at or above approx 2 of range

Flat to approx 30 ps duration Decreasing sensitivity for shorter pulses

Power

Fuse

Operating temperature range

Storage temperature range

Operating humidity

Dimensions

approx 11 watts

1 amp 3AG

10-30degC

0 - 50deg C

5 - 80 RH

17x475x1125 (inches) 432x121x286 cm

Weight 20 lbs (9 kg)

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Wb 98324 |Tetcphone 8004201306 3606808300 bull FOt 360683-3525 E-mail satesamsystems comV^febsite httpywwwaflisystemscom

21

Warranty and Service

What does this warranty cover A-M Systems Inc warrants to the Purchaser that the Instrument excluding cables Headstage Probes and any other accessories shipped with the Instrument (hereafter the hardware) is free from defects in workmanship or material under normal use and service for the period of one (1) year This warranty commences on the date of delivery ofthe hardware to the Purchaser

What are the obligations of A-M Systems Inc under this warranty During the warranty period A-M Systems Inc agrees to repair or replace at its sole option without charge to the Purchaser any defective component part of the hardware To obtain warranty service the Purchaser must return the hardware to A-M Systems Inc or an authorized A-M Systems Inc distributor in an adequate shipping container Any postage shipping and insurance charges incurred in shipping the hardware to A-M Systems Inc must be prepaid by the Purchaser and all risk for the hardware shall remain with purchaser until such time as A-M Systems Inc takes receipt of the hardware Upon receipt A-M Systems Inc will promptly repair or replace the defective unit and then return the hardware to the Purchaser postage shipping and insurance prepaid A-M Systems Inc may use reconditioned or like new parts or units at its sole option when repairing any hardware Repaired products shall carry the same amount of outstanding warranty as from original purchase or ninety (90) days which ever is greater Any claim under the warranty must include a dated proof of purchase ofthe hardware covered by this warranty In any event A-M Systems Inc liability for defective hardware is limited to repairing or replacing the hardware

What is not covered by this warranty This warranty is contingent upon proper use and maintenance ofthe hardware by the Purchaser and does not cover batteries Neglect misuse whether intentional or othenwise tampering with or altering the hardware damage caused by accident damage caused by unusual physical electrical chemical or electromechanical stress damage caused by failure of electrical power or damage caused during transportation are not covered by this wan-anty Products may not be returned to A-M Systems Inc for service whether under warranty or otherwise which are contaminated by infectious agents radioactive compounds or other materials constituting a health hazard to employees of A-M Systems Inc

What are the limits of liability for A-M Systems Inc under this warranty A-M Systems Inc shall not be liable for loss of data profits or savings or any special incidental consequential indirect or other similar damages arising from breach of contract negligence or other legal action even if the company or its agent has been advised of the possibility of such damages or for any claim brought against you by another party THIS EQUIPMENT IS NOT INTENDED FOR CLINICAL MEASUREMENTS USING HUMAN SUBJECTS A-M SYSTEMS INC DOES NOT ASSUME RESPONSIBILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE DUE TO MISUSE OF THIS EQUIPMENT Jurisdictions vary with regard to the enforceability of provisions excluding or limiting liability for incidental or consequential damages Check the provision of your local jurisdiction to find out whether the above exclusion applies to you

This warranty allocates risks of product failure between the Purchaser and A-M Systems Inc A-M Systems Inc hardware pricing reflects this allocation of risk and the limitations of liability contained in this warranty The warranty set forth above is in lieu of all other express warranties whether oral or written The agents employees distributors and dealers of A-M Systems Inc are not authorized to make modifications to this warranty or additional wan-anties binding on the company Accordingly additional statements such as dealer advertising or presentations whether oral or written do not constitute warranties by A-M Systems Inc and should not be relied upon This warranty gives you specific legal rights You may also have other rights which vary from one jurisdiction to another

fl-N Systems Inc 131BusinessPartiLoop RO Box850CartsbOfgWa98324 p O |Telophone 8004201306 bull 360683-8300FOC 3606830525 ^ ^ E-mail saiesaflisystefTiscom Wbbsite httpVwwwa-msystemscom

Theory of Operation

The operation of the Model 2100 is summarized In the block diagram (see Fig 3) Not shown are all of the interconnections with the microcontroller The intemal microcontroler plays an important role in setting the signal path but does not directly

contribute to the dynamic characteristics It scans the front panel switches and sets the control values for the logic arays It programs the intemal counters which along with the other hardware achieve the necessary sub-microsecond speeds

All action starts either from an input trigger signal (from Trig In) or from an intemal signal (in free Run mode only) A Delay timer counts the 10MHz clock until its count value Is exhausted At this point the Burst timer starts Both Period and Duration timers are started at this time If the Burst timer has not expired by the end of the Period the Period and Duration timers are restarted If the Biphasic mode has been set the Duration timer is restarted at the end of the initial Duration and the sign of the output pulse Is reversed doubling the total duration

The system state (pulse on pulse sip baseline sign [+101-]) is transmitted to the isolated section via optoisolator The baseline and pulse amplitudes are selected by an analog switch The resulting signal is amplified by a variable-power-supply discrete operational amplifier The amplifier connections and gain is modified to provide two voltage and three cunent ranges

Timing overlap errors are detected by a logical decision computation rather than by testing for counter collisions This provides instant feedback rather than waiting up to an hour for such a collision to occur Output errors are measured by sensing the output amplifiers differential input voltage Under normal conditions this is a negligible voltage if the amplifier fails to deliver the requested signal the window comparator testing this voltage sends this message (via optoisolator) to the logic section turning on a warning LED

fl-N Systems Inc 131BusbnassPa(tLoopPOBox6SOCari3boigVMg8324 H n |TWoph0n880O426-13083eO6Blaquo300FMt36Olaquo8i3525 E-nnl anaysflfriinysleiiaoemWfcbslte hllphmwraquoimyatennoom

TRIG 3HJ) OUT

(burst)

TRIG ^ OUT

(pulse)

E

Ml

Calibration Procedures

The calibration interval is the lesser of 1000 hours of operation or 6 months Somewhat greater drift can be expected in the first 100 hours of operation as the semiconductors age Adjustments should only be made after the instrument has been fully warmed up for at least 15 minutes

Full instrument calibration requires the following test equipment digital multimeter (plusmn 01) able to measure resistance to at least lOOMfl oscilloscope with at least 50MHz bandwidth true-rms voltmeter with 4MHz bandwidth universal counter (plusmn 001 ) able to measure single pulse widths and periods resistors (all plusmn 01) 2kn lOkH 1 waft 20kn 200kn alligator clip lead sets banana plugs and BNC adapters

Adjustment integrated circuit and test point locations are shown in the following figures All adjustments are on the timing board unless otherwise noted

All voltages in the non-isolated section should be measured with respect to ground at TP510 unless othenvise stated Some voltages are measured with respect to an intemal isolated ground at TP650 or across the two output tenninals Occasionally the voltage at an IC pin must be measured In these cases the reference designator is given with the pin number in parentheses eg U602(16) When it states within this procedure that a voltage is to be minimized this means that the adjustment should be made such that the measured voltage is as close to zero volts as possible Refer to the Specifications Section of this manual for acceptable tolerances

The sequence of this procedure is Important If any adjustment is made all adjustments which follow must be made to ensure that the specifications will be met These procedures require that all controls remain as set in previous steps unless otherwise indicated

WARNING

The Model 2100 has dangerous voltages throughout the instrument even with the power is off Servicing the Model 2100 should only be done by qualified service personnel Use caution in handling any wires connectors or electrodes which may be directly or indirectly attached to the Instrument Do not touch exposed connections or components Disconnect power by unplugging the power cord from the receptacle

fl-N Systems I n c ^ 131BusinesaPartcLoopPOBox850CartsborgVWiB8324 4 n ^gt-mdash80O426-130638Ofl8Jlaquo300FAX36O683J52S bull E-maft BinsysQfrfn^islflnisoomVVfalislle h^KVfWMift^iisystemsoani

CO

- R503

Omg^

TPSOlQ O

OTPSOO

U560 bull

U510

DDID ^ trade E O ^ T P 5 1 0

bullnD Trig

0 ^

U570

Gate n U505

DO D

U515

Timing

Timing h_ U520

bsoo ^25SE Timing

Or r U540

I I Tmlng

[^ELIL

U535 D

U506

13 J510 Timlnff

BurfiDelay J400

i i i i i i i T r m r a

gt U550 ^

Clock

U555 U620

B a

^R^Pvhigh Rfijn O D O Vlow

o

bull U545

Fo sect737 lISOIsPjC-COMP

n r r ^ U760

J420

]]U632

Q S riuGSO

H = ) TP640^ deg I t I

II3D

J440 m i T i

U610 plusmn laquo j U O

bull bull l el

^t

O l

bull

M

I

Power supply and bias voltages

Power supply

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

POWER ON Observe voltage at P703 power supply wire top of main board

Check for+15 plusmn 050 V

Observe voltage at P701 power supply wire top of main board

Check for-15 plusmn 050 V

Observe voltage at U505(24) Check for+5 plusmn 025 V

Isolated supply voltage

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

RANGE 10 V TRIG open circuit MODE center position

Altemately observe V^ from R742 to R740 and V ^ from the U605(4) to U605(8)

Adjust R773 so that 110VltV^lt 120 V and

nign

28VltV^lt34V

Capacitance balance

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Connect a x10 oscilloscope probe to TP650 and ground the

Adjust R737 for minimum high frequency signal

Inputs

Gate funct ion

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave Verify that the voltage to GATE switches states at the Obsene voltage at U51G(3) proper input levels with an oscilloscope ^ ^

Trigger s lope

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave Verify that the voltage to TRIO switches states at the Observe voltage at US 10( 1) proper input levels with an oscilloscope

TRIG SLOPE + Verify voltage is 180 out of phase

TRIG SLOPE Verify voltage is in phase

fl-N Systems Inc ^ 131 Bushess Park Loop PO Bar 850 Carisborg Wa 98324 8004201306 3eOlaquoS3e300 FAX 3606BV352S

C-maft fliii8yBQfriii9yBlumaoamVIAibsMB hRpJhwMifi-iiiBystematxini

14

Trigger and gate funct ion

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

DELA NONE BURS1WII3TH SINGLE DURATION SQUARE PERIOD 100X10-3

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave to TRIG Obsen^e TRIOD and EVENT LEDS

TRIG disconnect all Short the GATE connector to GND Verify LEDs extinguish

MODE press to MANUAL Verify LEDs flash once

Timing

System c lock frequency

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Observe the frequency of the wave atU555(17)

Verify 1000 MHz plusmn001

Multipl iers (Wheel Switches)

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

PULSE SIGN + MODE FREE RUN TRIG disconnect all TIMING MULTIPUERS ail

wheels set to zero except the one being tested

TnmiNG OVERLAP ^nOTB

Observe the pulse width with the counter at the location specified below

Verify pulse width Is correct for each wheel as it is tested Independently

For each wheel of each MULTIPUER test each position to verify that the pulse width is correct Observe the signal at the following locations DELAY U520(2) BURSTWIDTH U530(2) PERIOD US40(2) DURATION U550(2)

Rates (Rotary Switches)

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

TIMING MULTIPUERS 001 TIMING RATES all rotary

switches set to 10-4 except the one being tested

Observe the pulse width with the counter at the location specified below

Verify pulse width is conect for each rotary switch as it is tested independently

For each of the four rotary switches in TIMING test each position to verify that the pulse wkJth is correct Observe the signal at the following locations DELAY U520(2) BURSTWIDTH U530(2) PERIOD U540(2) DURATION U550(2)

fl-N Systems I n c ^ E-maft emfl

131 Business Parti Loop PO 809(850 Cartsborg Wta 98324 8004201306 3804806300 FAX 36068O3S25

E-maft ansysQa nvystems-oom Wobste hflp Avwwa4nsy8(Qnttoam

15

Trigger outputs Controls

Range 10V Pulse Amplitude 500 Delay 100x10 Burst 100x10^2 Duration 100 x1a Period 400x10^ Pulse sign + Trig Mode Free run Trig in open

Inputs Observations

Trigger the oscilloscope to the Burst Trig Out Observe it the Pulse Trig Out and the isolated output

Adjust Check

Verify that the waveform consists of a burst of three 1ms-on3ms-off pulses The burst trigger should be synchronous with the burst the pulse trigger coincident with each pulse

Output Calibration

Isolation Resistance (check) Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode center position Trig In open

Measure the resistance between ground banana jack (front panel) and black banana jack of output with DMM

Resistance read gt 100MQ

Amplitude Switch Offset (R640) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Zero Trig Mode center position Trig In Open

Measure the voltage at TP645 vs TP650 with the DMM

Adjust R640 (AmpI Sw Offset) for minimum voltage

Output Offset (R332 front panel board) Controls I nputsObservatlons AdjustCheck

Baseline Zero Range 10V Trig Mode center position Trig In Open

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

Adjust R332 (Output offset) for minimum voltage

Positive Baseline Offset (R607) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Sign + Baseline Amplitude

fully CCW (000) Range 10V Trig In open Trig Mode center position

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

Adjust R602 (BSLN + offset) for minimum voltage

fl M raquo _ _ _ A laquo ^ _ i ^ ^ 131Buslnelaquo8Pari(loopPOBoK850Cart8borgWB96324

bull P I i s V S i e m S a |||Cg1Maphans80O42O130638O68O8300FAX36Olaquo8raquo^2S E-tiBft anagtraquoflwiisyagtlaquomraquoaimW6baHB hHpffii(wwraquoltnsylaquoleniieom

16

Negative Baseline Offset (R619) Controls

Baseline Sign -i Baseline Amplitude bull fully CCW (000)

Range 10V Trig In open Trig Mode center position

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

AdjustCheck

Adjust R619 (BSLN 4 offset) for minimum voltage

Pulse Amplitude Adjust (R602) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode Free Mode Pulse Amplitude 1000 Timing Dialay =none Burst =single Duration =1001 Period =00110-4 Pulse Sign -Trig In open Range 10V

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

The Overiap indicator should be on Adjust R602 (Max Level) for -1000V out

Pulse Sign Gain (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode Free Mode Pulse Amplitude 1000 Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =1001 s Period =00110-4s Trig In open Range 10V

Measure the voltage at the output with the DMM for the Pulse Sign at -- and - positions

The absolute values of the voltages should differ by less than lOOmV

Baseline Amplitudes (check) Controls InputsObservations

Range 100mA Trig Mode center position Baseline Amplitude fully CW (1000) Trig In open

Measure the voltage at the output with the DMM with Baseline Sign in + Zero and - positions

AdjustCheck

Gain the matching of current levels at = and - positions and offset current in Zero position

fl-N Systems Inc^^ bull E-mal am8

131 Business Partt Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 88324 8004201306360laquo8Oe300FAX 360laquo8O362S

E-maM am8y8^o-mBy8tflmBoom WobaKo hHp Awwwo-f i iBystonuoom

17

Output Range Amplitude and Drive (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Pulse Amplitude 1000 Pulse Sign + Trig Mode Free Run Timing Delay =none Burst =8ingle Duration =1001 Period =10010-4 Trig In open

Load the output with a 10KV1W 01 resistor Measure the voltage at the output with DMM

Verify that full scale output is within specification Scale Range 100V 100V 10V 10V 100mA IV 1mA 10V 10mA 100V

Pulse Sign and Short Circuit Protection (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Timing Delay =none Burst =8ingle Duration =200 10-4 Period =00110-3 Baseline Zero Pulse Amplitude 25 Range 10V Trig Mode Free Run Trig In open

Measure the voltage at the output with the oscilloscope Check for Pulse Sign set to each of + - biphasic Watch for Error indicator when shorting the output

Verify that pulses of approx 25V amplitude (625V for biphasic mode) of the correct sign are produced every 10ms Short output in biphasic mode Output should retum when opened

Output Transient Response (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Pulse Sign + Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =20010-4 Period =00110-3 Pulse Amplitude 250 Baseline Zero Trig Mode Free Mode Trig In open

Connect the oscilloscope to the output with a 310 attenuator prolse Test boVn 10V and 100V ranges

Verify that overshoot and risetime meet specifications

fl-N Systems I n c ^ 131 Business Parte Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wb 98324 8004201306 36Olaquo83O300 FAX 36O680lt352S

E-mQ0 snBy8Qs-msy8faiTiscom VWriMtte N ^ Mvww9-msy8lemscom

18

Specifications

There are three classes of specifications Class A specifications tested in all unHs and are guaranteed Class B specifications are inherent in the design they are indirectly tested and are guaranteed Class C specifications are typical operating values which are occasionally tested- these are typical values given for your infomiation but not guarshyanteed The class for each specification is noted in the center column of the following sections

Inputs Switching level

Hysteresis

Input equivalent circuit

Minimum duration (1 IL-level signal)

A

C

C

C

16V(plusmn02V)

approx 50 mV

100K ft to+5 In parallel with no more than 35pF

gt 50 ns

Open circuit condition B defaults to highon level

Timing and rate accuracy Rate selector steps

Timing multiplier steps

Resolution

Timing eror (second and later pulses after resetting controls)

B

B

B

B

lOOps to 100s In 7 steps

1 of rate selector step size Maximum value is 999 x the rate selector step size

approx 01 of the maximum value

lt 002 of rate selector value + 015 ps

Timing error (first pulse after readjusting timing controls)

an additional 025 ps error may occur

Timing repeatability lt 001 setting + 20 ns (monophasic)

fl-N Systems I nc ^ bull E-moU ams

131 Business Parti Loop PO Boot 850 Cartsborg VM 98324 80O42O130838O08O8300FAX36Olaquo8O3S2S

E-meU anByafl^iiisyslainaoomWebsHe hHpffliiwwraquomsys)emsoom

19

TRIG IN to OUTPUT delay (DELAY set to 0) output set to 2V

Timing jitter ft-om TRIG IN to OUTPUT (for TTL trigger input with risetime lt10 ns)

Timing jitter ft^om TRIG OUT (either BURST or PULSE) and OUTPUT

Trigger output to pulse output delay

Output charactsristics Pulse level enror (voltage mode open circuit cun-ent mode short circuit

Biphasic level difference |V + + V-|2

Baseline level error (voltage mode A open circuit current mode short circuit)

Risetime (25 V out)

Risetime (25 V out)

Transient response

A

A

A

Output impedance (voltage mode) C

Output impedance (current mode) C

Isolation resistance A

Isolation capacitance C

approx 05 ps for a load of no more than 10 Kft in parallel with 50 pF

lt 125 ns (all rates except 100s) lt 125 ps (100s rate)

Less than 20 ns (all rates)

approx 350 ns

lt 03 of setting + 05 of r range (plus an additional 05 pA inlOOpArenge)

lt 03 of range (voltage modes into open circuit current modes into short circuit)

lt 03 of setting of setting + 01 of range (plus an additional 05 pA in lOOpA range)

laquo 200 ns into less than 30 pF

laquo15 ps into less than 30 pF

lt 8 overshoot Into less than 30 pF for pulse voltages different than baseline voltage by at least 10 of range

laquo 50 ohms

raquo 1 0 Gft (typically 200 Gft)

raquo100Mft

laquo 60 pF at 100 Hz

fl-N Systems Inc^^ 131 Business Partt Uxip PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 96324 8004201308 SBOee^^SOO FAX 360laquoS3^52S

E-mat BiByraquoaiMii8ylaquoliiiiiseomWiljalteHlpJV(wwraquo4tgy8lenaoom

20

Noise (differential mode)

Noise (common mode earth to isolated ground) with no signal output

Overioad error indicator (low frequency short circuited voltage mode)

Overioad error indicator low frequency open circuited current mode)

Overioad enor response time

Miscellaneous

Power

Fuse

Operating temperature range

Storage temperature range

Operating humidity

Dimensions

Weight

laquo1 mV rms (10 V scale 10Hz-4MHz)

laquo 8 mV rms (10 Hz-4 MHz) laquo100mVp-p (200 Hz -10 MHz) measured withalOMft 15pF oscilloscope probe

Turns on for set amplitude at or greater than approx plusmn1V (10 V range) or plusmn2 V (100 V range)

Turns on for set amplitude at or above approx 2 of range

Flat to approx 30 ps duration Decreasing sensitivity for shorter pulses

approx 11 watts

1 amp 3 AG

10-30C

0 - 50deg C

5-80RH

17x475x1125 (Inches) 432x121x286 cm

20 lbs (9 kg)

fl mm bull gt _ _ _ A ^ ^ _ _ L ^ 131BusinesraquoPariltLocpPOBox850C8rtsborgWS9e324

bull p i ^ y s v e m s IIIC^^deg(^deg^Bdegltgt^^^3degdeg^deg^^deg^^^degdeg^^I^deg^deg^^^^^

21 E-mei flre^nQo 4n8yo(amscam Wsbsfle hHpAwwwe-msy8Jems-Oom

Warranty and Service

What does this warranty cover A-M Systems Inc warrants to the Purchaser that the Instrument excluding cables Headstage Probes and any other accessories shipped with the Instrument (hereafter the hardware) is free from defects in workmanship or material under normal use and service for the period of one (1) year This warranty commences on the date of delivery of the hardware to the Purchaser

What are the obligations of A-M Systems Inc under this warranty During the warranty period A-M Systems Inc agrees to repair or replace at its sole option without charge to the Purchaser any defective component part of the hardware To obtain warranty service the Purchaser must return the hardware to A-M Systems Inc or an authorized A-M Systems Inc distributor in an adequate shipping container Any postage shipping and insurance charges incurred in shipping the hardware to A-M Systems Inc must be prepaid by the Purchaser and all risk for the hardware shall remain with purchaser until such time as A-M Systems Inc takes receipt of the hardware Upon receipt A-M Systems Inc will promptly repair or replace the defective unit and then return the hardware to the Purchaser postage shipping and insurance prepaid A-M Systems Inc may use reconditioned or like new parts or units at its sole option when repairing any hardware Repaired products shall carry the same amount of outstanding wan^nty as from original purchase or ninety (90) days which ever is greater Any claim under the warranty must include a dated proof of purchase of the hardware covered by this wan-anty In any event A-M Systems Inc liability for defective hardware is limited to repairing or replacing the hardware

What is not covered by this warranty This warranty is contingent upon proper use and maintenance of the hardware by the Purchaser and does not cover batteries Neglect misuse whether intentional or otherwise tampering with or altering the hardware damage caused by accident damage caused by unusual physical electrical chemical or electromechanical stress damage caused by failure of electrical power or damage caused during transportation are not covered by this warranty Products may not be returned to A-M Systems Inc for service whether under warranty or otherwise which are contaminated by infectious agents radioactive compounds or other materials constituting a health hazard to employees of A-M Systems Inc

What are the limits of llabiiity for A-M Systems inc under this warranty A-M Systems Inc shall not be liable for loss of data profits or savings or any special incidental consequential indirect or other similar damages arising from breach of contract negligence or other legal action even if the company or its agent has been advised of the possibility of such damages or for any claim brought against you by another party THIS EQUIPMENT IS NOT INTENDED FOR CLINICAL MEASUREMENTS USING HUMAN SUBJECTS A-M SYSTEMS INC DOES NOT ASSUME RESPONSIBILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE DUE TO MISUSE OF THIS EQUIPMENT Jurisdictions vary with regard to the enforceability of provisions excluding or limiting liability for incidental or consequential damages Check the provision of your local jurisdiction to find out whether the above exclusion applies to you This warranty allocates risks of product failure between the Purchaser and A-M Systems Inc A-M Systems Inc hardware pricing reflects this allocation of risk and the limitations of liability contained in this wanranty The warranty set forth above is in lieu of all other express wan^anties whether oral or written The agents employees distributors and dealers of A-M Systems Inc are not authorized to make modifications to this wan-anty or additional wan-anties binding on the company Accordingly additional statements such as dealer advertising or presentations whether oral or written do not constitute wananties by A-M Systems Inc and should not be relied upon This warranty gives you specific legal rights You may also have other rights whrch vary from one jurisdiction to another

6 mm ^ laquo _ _ A a B ^ _ 1 ^ ^ 131 Business Parti Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg W B 98324 O O

bull P l A y S V e m S l n C T^M 8OO42OI3O6 380683-8300FAX 360 803525 ^ ^ E-msl iiiisy80iHTBy8tenisoom Wsbsito hnphwwfrimysleiiisoom

A

V ISO

INSTRUCTION MANUAL

FOR

ISOLATED PULSE STIMULATOR

MODEL 2100

Serial

Date

A-M Systems Inc

PO Box 850

Carlsborg WA 98324

USA

360-683-8300 bull 800-426-1306 FAX 360-683-3525

httpwwwa-msystemscom

Version 70 February 2002

Contents General Description 1

Instrument Features 1 Controls and Connectors 2

Operating Instructions 6 Theory of Operation 10 Calibration Procedures 12

Inputs 14 Output Calibration 16

Specifications 19 Warranty and Service 22

Each Isolated Pulse Stimulator is delivered complete with

Rack Mount Hardware Instructions amp Maintenance Manual

NOTE

This instrument is not intended for clinical measurements using human subjects A-M Systems Inc does not assume responsibility for Injury or damage due to the misuse of this instrument

General Description

Instrument Features The Isolated Pulse Stimulator Model 2100 is designed for a wide variety of applications It is highly flexible being capable of delivering single pulses biphasic pairs or bursts of pulses Pulses may be started manually or upon receiving a trigger signal from another Instrument or computer Two non-isolated trigger outputs are available for triggering other instruments

Four sets of timing controls provide comprehensive control overall aspects of pulse generation Three digit accuracy is available over a 7 decade range for each timing function using lever wheel switches Pulse widths can be set over more than a 9 decade range from 05 ps to 999 seconds Timing accuracy is assured through the use of a 10 MHz base rate crystal-controlled clock digitally divided to provide accurate timing over the entire range Atiming overiap indicator will light If the timing controls are set inconsistently

The output may be conveniently switched between current and voltage modes Pulse and baseline amplitudes are Independently presettable with lockable dials An error Indicator will light if the Mode2700 cannot deliver the desired signal

r WARNING

The Model 2100 can produce potentially dangerous voltages up to 100 V at the output connectors The isolated output is not connected internally to safety (earth) ground in any way Some part of the extemal circuit should be connected to safety ground Use caution in handling any wires connectors or electrodes which may be directly or indirectly attached to the Model 2100 output Some kinds of connectors such as BNC connectors have exposed metal parts which may float at dangerous potentials unless extemally connected to safety ground For greatest safety tum the Model 2100 off before making any connections to

the instrument

131 Business Parii Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Telophone 800-426-1306 bull 360-68raquolaquo300 bull FAX 360683-3525 E-mal satesa-msystemsoom VVfebsite httpywwwa^nsystemscom fl-N Systems Inc 1

Controls and Connectors The controls for the Model 2100 are grouped in three sections START which controls when a pulse or burst of pulses begins TIMING which controls the onoff timing of one or more pulses and OUTPUT which controls the amplitude of the output signal

Start TRIG SLOPE Determines the polarity of valid trigger pulses (positive or negative edges in the trigger signal)

MODE Controls waveform initiation When set to FREE RUN one timing cycle immediately follows the last When momentarily placed In the MANUAL position a timing cycle starts Immediately When the switch Is In the center position timing cycles start when valid triggering events occur

TRIGD This LED lights up when a timing cycle Is in process and continues until the burst is completed

TRIG This BNC connector allows a signal from an external source to Initiate timing cycles It is set for standard TTL levels

GATE This BNC connector allows a signal from an external source to restrict the final output signal This input must be at a logical high (or open-circuited) in order for the Model 2100 to recognize either manual or automatic trigger events

Gate 1_ Trigger |~~^ i I Valid triggers (represented by the arrows in the figure) can occur only when the gate Is at logical high Note that the up arrow would apply only If TRIG SLOPE is set to + the down an-ows would apply only if TRIG SLOPE Is set to -

NOTE Triggers have no effect if the system has not completed its response to a previous trigger

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Park Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Vb 98324 TelQphQne 80O426-1306 360683-8300 FAX 360683-3525 E-mail sales^a-msystemscom Wsbsite httpywwwa-msystemscom

Timing Four sets of controls govern the timing of pulse generation Each set contains two values which are multiplied together to detemnine the actual timing value The rotary knob (rate selector) provides the approximate timing value and the lever wheel switch bank (MULTIPLIER)

provides a time resolution of three decimal digits The following diagram shows most of the Important relationships

Output r Delay Duration

|ltPeriodgtj

t Burst width

Trigger event

DELAY These controls determine the time duration between the initiating trigger event and the beginning of the pulse burst If this rate selector is set to NONE or the multiplier is set to 000 there Is no delay

BURST WIDTH These controls determine the time period in which one or more pulses may be delivered Once started a pulse may outlast the burst width If this rate selector is set to SINGLE or to any time shorter than the pulse duration only a single pulse will occur If the BURST WIDTH Is longer than the period pulses will be emitted at the PERIOD rate until the burst time ends Pulses are never truncated by a short BURSTWIDTH

inds)-PULSE

D U R A T I O N 1 0 1 0

10

INTEB-PULSE PERIOD

1 1 10

DURATION These controls determine the length of each pulse Ifthis rate selector Is set to SQUARE the duration is set to half of the period regardless of the MULTIPLIER setting

PERIOD These controls set the period of time between adjacent pulse events within the burst It also forces a minimum dead time between recognized input triggers following a burst of one or more pulses This can be used to prevent over stimulation of a tissue without requiring excessive delay between the triggering event and the stimulating pulse

TIMING OVERLAP

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 860 Carisborg Vamp 98324 |Telophone 800-426-1306 360683-8300 bull FAX 3606aW525 E-mail salearega^nsystemsoom Vfeb5ite httpAwwwa^nsyslemscam

NOTE If any of these timing controls are changed while a timing cycle is in operation the results are undefined until the current cycle finishes

TIMING OVERLAP This LED will light to Indicate an inconsistency in the timing cycle settings There are several ways to introduce such errors The most common way is to set the Inter-pulse PERIOD to be less than the pulse DURATION

T I M I N G (seconds)^

TRIG OUT (UPPER) This BNC connector provides a signal which is coincident with the Internal Burst timing signal (default) This means the signal starts at the end of the Delay time and persists until the Burst time expires This output may also be set to represent the delay time-out by setting the internal jumper J510 to the right two pins instead of the left two pins (Please see the Calibration section in this manual for jumper location Directions are given as viewed from the front of the Instrument)

TRIG OUT (LOWER) This BNC connector provides a signal which Is coincident with the Duration timing signal which controls pulse output

NOTE Both trigger output signals slightly lead the isolated output signal

Output

PULSE SIGN This switch determines the polarity of the pulses to be generated It also allows generation of biphasic pulses thereby doubling the effective total period Warning the first pulse generated after changing the PULSE

SIGN switch may have the wrong polarity

BASELINE This Switch determines the polarity ofthe baseline signal

RANGE This rotary switch determines if the output pulses will be constant current (3 ranges) or constant voltage (2 ranges)

BASELINE AMPLITUDE This value is independently set using a ten-turn counting dial The maximum baseline amplitude is one tenth the value shown on the range amplitude switch

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 8S0 Cartsborg Vfa 98324 |Tetaphone 80O426-1306 bull 360683-8300 bull FAX 3606803525 E-mail salesa-msystemscom Wbbsite http7Awwwaflnsystemscom

PULSE AMPLITUDE This value is independently set using a ten-turn counting dial The maximum pulse amplitude is the value shown on the range amplitude switch

EVENT This LED indicates when a pulse is ongoing

ERROR This LED indicates when the internal output amplifier cannot output the pulse as desired This is usually due to a short circuit while trying to output a voltage or an open circuit while trying to output a current

VOTEThe Pulse Sign control in the Oupuf section directly affects waveform timing When set to the Biphasic mode a positive-going pulse is immediately followed by a negative-going pulse This effectively doubles the pulse duration If a burst of biphasic pulses is being produced the period must be at least twice the single pulse duration In the Square wave mode the baseline disappears as long as the burst persists

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsboig Vte 98324 |Telophone 800426-1306 360683-8300 bull FAX 3606833525 E-mail salesa-m5ystem5 com Website httpwwwa-msystemscom

Operating Instructions

Examples Simple setup (and minimal instrument test)

Connect the output ofthe Model 2100 to an oscilloscope Before connecting the Model 2100 to any other instrument or the experimental preparation It is safest to turn Its power off

Set the Oufpuf controls

Range 10V Pulse Sign +

Baseline Zero Pulse Amplitude 200

Setting The Timing Controls

Delay Burst Width

Duration Period

none single

15010-2 50010-2

Setting The Start Controls

Mode Free Run

Disconnect any cables to the TRIG or GATE inputs

Note that the green Trig and Event Indicators turn on as Free Run is turned on (and turn off otherwise) You should observe a 15ms duration 20Hz rate pulse of 200V above a OV baseline on the oscilloscope

fl-N Systems Inc 131 BusinessPartiLoop RO Box850CarisbcxgWa98324 |Telophone 800426-1306 bull 360-683-8300 bull FW 360683-3525 E-mail salesa-msystems com VVbbsite httpywwwa-msystems com

Demonstration of Burst Mode Connect the output ofthe Model 2100 to an oscilloscope Before connecting the Model 2100 to any other instrument or the experimental preparation It Is safest to turn its power off

Set the Outpuf controls

Range 10V Pulse Sign +

Baseline Pulse Amplitude 200

Baseline Amplitude 100

Setting The Timing Controls

Delay 88010-2 Burst Width 12010-^

Duration 15010-2 Period 50010-2

Set the START controls as follows

Mode Free Run

Disconnect any cables to the TRIG or GATE inputs

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Telophooe 8004201306 360683-8300 bull FAX 360683-3525 E^naii salesa-msystems com Watjsite http7wwwa-msystemscom

Trigger the oscilloscope from the Bursf trigger out (upper Trig Out connector) for a stable display In each burst (occurring every lOOms) you should observe a trio of 15ms duration starting 50ms apart Try switching the StartMode from Free Run to the center (nonnal) position The pulses will no longer be produced and the Trig and Event Indicators will tum off Pressing this switch once (to Manual) will cause a single burst to occur

Problem Solving If the instrument appears to be not working properiy check all ofthe control settings and connections Be sure to wait at least 5-10 seconds after turning the instrument off before turning it on again The following summary of typical problems for the user (along with the most common solutions) may help

Problem CauseSolution

EVENT Indicator never lights even in FREE RUN mode

bull Replace fuse check power connection bullSet DELAY or PERIOD to a shorter interval

bull Power-on too soon after power-off

OVERLAP Indicator is on

ERROR indicator is on

bull Set DURATION gt000 bull DURATION Is set to SQUARE but

PERIOD is 000 Increase PERIOD or set DURATION independantly

bull BURST and WIDTH are gt DURATION increase PERIOD or decrease DURATION

bull BIPHASIC pulse output Is on and PERIOD is not longer than twice the DURATION Increase PERIOD or decrease DURATION

bull Free-run Is on and BURST is lt PERIOD (BURST off) DELAY is 0 and PERIOD Is lt DURATION Add delay or modify PERIOD

bull Free-run is on and BURST is gt DURATION (BURST ON) and PERIOD is lt DURATION Increase PERIOD

bull For VOLTAGE outputs the output is trying to drive too low a resistance or capacitance (eg a short circuit) Check by disconnecting the output ft is possible (and normal) that for the fastest cycles and largest amplitudes (close to 100 V

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business PartiLoop PO Box 850 CartsborgWa 98324 iTelophone 800-42O130636O6e3-8300FAX 3606B3-3525 E-mail satesaflisyslefmcom Vfebslte http7wwwa-msyslemscom

and 1 ps) that the ERROR indicator might always come on during repetitive pulses Fix output load or decrease amplitude as required

Time appears to be excessive Changed control in mid-cycle (resets current status)

Cant seem to get a full signal out Load Is not properiy connected repair wiring Too low a load impedance (VOLTAGE modes) or too high a load impedance (CURRENT mode)

Incoming triggers not accepted frequently enough

PERIOD is set too long (enforces dead time) followd by BURST set to SIGNAL Reduce PERIOD time

Table 10 Problem Solving

If you suspect that the Model 2100 may have completely failed we recommend checking the basic level of functionality Ifthis fails your instrument Is defective and must be repaired Ifthis passes either your experimental setup is incompatible or inconsistent or there is a more subtle flaw in your Model 2100

If the Model 2100 appears to be malfunctioning contact A-M Systems Inc or your dealer We will first attempt to solve the problem over the telephone so have an exact description of your problem available when you call You do not need to be within the warranty period to obtain over-the-phone assistance

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 iTetoptxme 80O426-1306 bull 360683-8300 FAX 3606803525 E-mail satesa-msystemsoomAfebsitehttpJwwwaflisystemscom

Theory of Operation

The operation ofthe Model 2100 is summarized in the block diagram (see the figure on Page 11) Not shown are all ofthe interconnections with the microcontroller The internal microcontroler plays an important role in setting the signal path but does not directly contribute to the dynamic characteristics It scans the front panel switches and sets the control values for the logic arrays It programs the internal counters which along with the other hardware achieve the necessary sub-microsecond speeds

Pulse generation starts either from an Input trigger signal (from Trig In) or an internally signal (Free Run mode) A Delay timer counts the 10MHz clock until its count value is exhausted At this point the Burst Period and Duration timers are started If the Burst timer has not expired by the end ofthe Period the Period and Duration timers are restarted If the Biphasic mode has been set the Duration timer is restarted at the end of the initial Duration and the sign ofthe output pulse is reversed doubling the total duration

The system state (pulse on pulse sign baseline sign [+0f-]) is transmitted to the isolated section via optoisolator The baseline and pulse amplitudes are selected by an analog switch The resulting signal is amplified by a variable-power-supply discrete operational amplifier The amplifier connections and gain is modified to provide two voltage and three current ranges

Timing overiap errors are detected by a logical decision computation rather than by testing for counter collisions This provides instant feedback rather than waiting up to an hour for such a collision to occur Output errors are measured by sensing the output amplifiers differential input voltage Under normal conditions this is a negligible voltage If the amplifier fails to deliver the requested signal the window comparator testing this voltage sends this message (via optoisolator) to the logic section turning on a warning LED

fl-N Systems Inc 131BusinessPart(LoopRO Box850CarisboigWa98324 4 n Tel0pri0ne80O426-130636O683^300FAX36O6833525 ^ E-mail salesaflisystBmscom V febsite http7wwwa-msystemsoom

S i

I - - ^^mdasho^M

OUTPUT i l l

TRIG ^ OUT

(burst)

TRIG 3-lt) OUT

(pulse)

til

I laquo

Calibration Procedures

The calibration interval is the lesser of 1000 hours of operation or 6 months Somewhat greater drift can be expected in the first 100 hours of operation as the semiconductors age Adjustments should only be made after the instrument has been fully warmed up for at least 15 minutes

Full instrument calibration requires the following test equipment digital multimeter (plusmn 01) able to measure resistance to at least lOOMO oscilloscope with at least 50MHz bandwidth true-mis voltmeter with 4MHz bandwidth universal counter (plusmn 001 ) able to measure single pulse widths and periods resistors (all plusmn 01) 2kn lOkH 1 watt 20kn 200kn alligator clip lead sets banana plugs and BNC adapters

Adjustment integrated circuit and test point locations are shown in the following figures All adjustments are on the timing board unless othenAise noted

All voltages in the non-isolated section should be measured with respect to ground at TP510 unless othenwise stated Some voltages are measured with respect to an internal isolated ground at TP650 or across the two output temninals Occasionally the voltage at an IC pin must be measured in these cases the reference designator is given with the pin number in parentheses eg U602(16) When it states within this procedure that a voltage is to be minimized this means that the adjustment should be made such that the measured voltage is as close to zero volts as possible Refer to the Specifications Section of this manual for acceptable tolerances

The sequence of this procedure is important If any adjustment is made all adjustments which follow must be made to ensure that the specifications will be met These procedures require that all controls remain as set in previous steps unless othenAise indicated

WARNING

The Model 2100 has dangerous voltages throughout the instrument even with the power is off Servicing the Model 2100 should only be done by qualified service personnel Use caution in handling any wires connectors or electrodes which may be directly or indirectly attached to the instrument Do not touch exposed connections or components Disconnect power by unplugging the power cord from the receptacle

H B ^ ^ S y s t e m s inc^degdegp^deg^^deg-^^^^^^^^B3^^^degdeg^^^lt^^^B^^^^ 131BusinessPartiLoopPO Box850CartsbOigWamp98324 4 9 |Telophone800-42013C6360683-8300F0lt360683-3525 ^ E-mail salesa-msystefnscom website httpwwwaflisystems com

CO

TP501 O lt0

g OTPSOO

U560 S

Trig Gate

0 -TISOS

U570

U500

Timing

p U520

Timing

K U550 Timin

gt U540

U515

o X I Timin

U508 I

J510 Timing nnn

Burst Delay J400

gt U550

R503

D D I D bull U8QQ i Q

n

oo

V P 5 1 0

b U535

^

Clock i _

U555

lt U 5 4 5

o

h d ^ O - - ^ U605

Q D

U620

O fJZ^ R737 bull ^ 1^13015 r j C - C O M P

B B nU770 ^ ^ ^ 5 ^ a

J420

a

o E

bull [ ]U632

riueso

rR742rVhigh R 6 1 9 ^

LJ TP645 O TP650

TPMOQ^QS

Vlow

CD-

CZZl

J440 bull bull tl iUDQ

I t

f i l

Power supply and bias voltages

Power supply

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

POWER ON Observe voltage at P703 power supply wire top of main board

Check for+15 plusmn 050 V

Observe voltage at P701 power supply wire top of main board

Check for-15 plusmn 050 V

Observe voltage at U505(24) Check for +5 plusmn 025 V

Isolated supply voltage Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

RANGE 10 V TRIG open circuit MODE center position

Alternately observe V ^ from R742 to R740 and V ^ from theU605(4)toU605(8)

Adjust R773 so that 110VltV lt 120 V and

nigh

28VltV|^lt34V

Capacitance balance Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

Connect a xlO oscilloscope probe to TP650 and ground the

Adjust R737 for minimum high frequency signal

Inputs

Gate function Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave Verify that the voltage to GATE switches states at the Observe voltage at U510(3) proper input levels with an oscilloscope

Trigger slope Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave Verify that the voltage to TRIG switches states at the Observe voltage at U510( 1) proper input levels with an oscilloscope

TRIG SLOPE Verify voltage is 180deg out of phase

TRIG SLOPE Verify voltage is in phase

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 860 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Jelophone 800-4201306 360683-8300 bull FM 380683-3525 E-mail salesaflTsystBfnscom bull Vtebsite httpVAirwwaflisystems com

14

Trigger and gate f unc t i on

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

DELAY NONE BURS-nMDTH SINGLE DURATION SQUARE PERIOD 100X10-3

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave to TRIG Observe TRIGD and EVENT LEDs

TRIG disconnect all Short the GATE connector to GND Verify LEDs extinguish

MODE press to MANUAL Verify LEDs flash once

Timing

System c lock f requency

Controls Inputs Observations Ad jus t Check

Observe the frequency of the wave Verify 1000 MHz plusmn 001 atU555(17)

Mul t ip l iers (Wheel Swi tches)

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

PULSE SIGN-laquobull MODE FREE RUN TRIG disconnect all TIMING MULTIPUERS all

wheels set to zero except the one being tested

TIMING OVERLAP ignore

Observe the pulse width with the counter at the location specified t)elow

Verify pulse width is correct for each wheel as it is tested independently

For each wheel of each MULTIPLIER test each position to verify that the pulse width is correct Observe the signal at the following locations DELAY U520(2) BURSTWIDTH U530(2) PERIOD U540(2) DURATION U550(2)

Rates (Rotary Swi tches)

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

TIMING MULTIPUERS 001 Observe the pulse width with the TIMING RATES all rotary counter at the location specified

switches set to 10-4 below except the one being tested

Verify pulse width is correct for each rotary switch as it is tested independently

For each ofthe four rotary switches in TIMING test each position to verify that the pulse width is correct Observe the signal at the following locations DELAY U520(2) BURSTWIDTH U530(2) PERIOD U540(2) DURATION U550(2)

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 iTetophone 8004201306 bull 360683-8300 bull FOC 3606803525 E-mail salesa-msystemscom Wbbsite httpJwwwaflTSystemscom

15

Trigger outputs

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

Range 10V Pulse Amplitude 500 Delay 100 xlO^ Burst 100 x 10 ^ Duration 100x10-^ Period 400x10-^ Pulse sign + Trig Mode Free run Trig in open

Trigger the oscilloscope to the Burst Trig Out Observe it the Pulse Trig Out and the isolated output

Verify that the waveform consists of a burst of three 1ms-on3ms-off pulses The burst trigger should be synchronous with the burst the pulse trigger coincident with each pulse

Output Calibration

Isolation Resistance (check)

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode center position Trig In open

Measure the resistance between ground banana jack (front panel) and black banana jack of output with DMM

Resistance read gt 100MQ

Amplitude Switch Offset (R640)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Zero Trig Mode center position Trig In Open

Measure the voltage at TP645 vs TP650 with the DMM

Adjust R640 (AmpI Sw Offset) for minimum voltage

Output Offset (R332 front panel board) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Zero Range 10V Trig Mode center position Trig In Open

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

Adjust R332 (Output offset) for minimum voltage

Positive Baseline Offeet (R607) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Sign + Baseline Amplitude

fully CCW (000) Range 10V Trig In open Trig Mode center position

Measure the voltage across the outputwiththeDMM

Adjust R602 (BSLN + offset) for minimum voltage

fl-N Systems Inc 131 BusBiess Parti Loop P O Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Telophone B00-42O1306 bull 360683-8300 bull FAX 3606803525 E-mail salesaflisystemscom V^tebsite httpy^vwwa-msystems com

16

Negative Baseline Offset (R619)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Sign -Baseline Amplitude

fully CCW (000) Range 10V Trig In open Trig Mode center position

Measure the voltage across the outputwiththeDMM

Adjust R619 (BSLN + offset) for minimum voltage

Pulse Amplitude Adjust (R602)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode Free Mode Pulse Amplitude 1000 Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =1001 Period =00110-4 Pulse Sign -Trig In open Range 10V

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

The Overiap indicator should be on Adjust R602 (Max Level) for -10OOV out

Pulse Sign Gain (check)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode Free Mode Pulse Amplitude 1000 Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =100 1s Period =001 10-4s Trig In open Range 10V

Measure the voltage at the output with the DMM for the Pulse Sign at + and - positions

The absolute values ofthe voltages should differ by less than lOOmV

Baseline Amplitudes (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Range 100mA Trig Mode center position Baseline Amplitude fully CW (1000) Trig In open

Measure the voltage at the output with the DMM with Baseline Sign in + Zero and

- positions

Gain the matching of current levels at = and - positions and offset current in Zero position

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop PO Box 850 Cartsboig Wa 98324 Telophone 800-4201306 360683-8300 FkX 3606803525 E-mail salesa-msystemscom website http^^wwaflisystemsccm

17

Output Range Amplitude and Drive (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Pulse Amplitude 1000 Pulse Sign + Trig Mode Free Run Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =1001 Period =10010-4 Trig In open

Load the output with a 10KV 1W 01 resistor Measure the voltage at the output with DMM

Verify that full scale output is within specification Scale Range 100V 100V 10V 10V 100mA IV 1mA 10V 10mA 100V

Pulse Sign and Short Circuit Protection (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =200 10-4 Period =00110-3 Baseline Zero Pulse Amplitude 25 Range 10V Trig Mode Free Run Trig In open

Measure the voltage at the output with the oscilloscope Check for Pulse Sign set to each of + - biphasic Watch for Error indicator when shorting the output

Verify that pulses of approx 25V amplitude (625V for biphasic mode) of the correct sign are produced every 10ms Short output in biphasic mode Output should return when opened

Output Transient Response (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Pulse Sign + Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =20010-4 Period =00110-3 Pulse Amplitude 250 Baseline Zero Trig Mode Free Mode Trig In open

Connect the oscilloscope to the output with a 310 attenuator probe Test both 10V and 100V ranges

Verify that overshoot and risetime meet specifications

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Telophone 8004201306 bull 3606808300 bull Flaquo( 360laquo83ltJ525 E-mail salesa-msystemsocm V^febsite http^wwwa-msystefnscom

18

Specifications

There are three classes of specifications Class A specifications tested in all units and are guaranteed Class B specifications are inherent in the design they are indirectly tested and are guaranteed Class C specifications are typical operating values which are occasionally tested- these are typical values given for your information but not guarshyanteed The class for each specification is noted in the center column ofthe following sections

Inputs Switching level

Hysteresis

Input equivalent circuit

Minimum duration (1 IL-level signal)

A

C

C

C

16 V(plusmn 02 V)

approx 50 mV

lOOKH to+5 in parallel with no more than 35pF

gt 50 ns

Open circuit condition B defaults to highon level

Timing and rate accuracy Rate selector steps

Timing multiplier steps

B

B

lOOpsto 100s in 7 steps

1 of rate selector step size Maximum value is 999 X the rate selector step size

Resolution B approx 01 ofthe maximum value

Timing error (second and later pulses after resetting controls)

B lt 002 of rate selector value + 015 ps

Timing error (first pulse after readjusting timing controls)

an additional 025 ps error may occur

Timing repeatability lt 001 setting + 20 ns (monophasic)

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Ram Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Vfa 98324 pTelophone 8004201306 bull 360683-8300 bull FAX 360683-3525

E-mail salesraquoflisystems com Wabsite httpJAnww afl isystems com

19

TRIG IN to OUTPUT delay (DELAY set to 0) output set to 2V

Timing jitter from TRIG IN to OUTPUT (for TTL trigger input with risetime lt10 ns)

Timing jitter from TRIG OUT (either BURST or PULSE) and OUTPUT

Trigger output to pulse output delay

Output characteristics Pulse level error (voltage mode open circuit current mode short circuit

Biphasic level difference IV + - V-1 2

Baseline level error (voltage mode open circuit current mode short circuit)

Risetime (25 V out)

Risetime (25 V out)

Transient response

A

A

A

Output impedance (voltage mode) C

Output impedance (current mode) C

Isolation resistance A

Isolation capacitance C

approx 05 ps for a load of no more than 10 KH in parallel with 50 pF

lt 125 ns (all rates except 100s) lt 125 ps (100s rate)

Less than 20 ns (all rates)

approx 350 ns

lt 03 of setting + 05 of r range (plus an additional 05 pA in 100 pA range)

lt 03 of range (voltage modes into open circuit current modes into short circuit)

lt 03 of setting of setting + 01 of range (plus an additional 05 pA in lOOpA range)

= 200 ns into less than 30 pF

= 15 ps into less than 30 pF

lt 8 overshoot into less than 30 pF for pulse voltages different than baseline voltage by at least 10 of range

= 50 ohms

raquo 1 0 GH (typically 200 GO)

raquo 1 0 0 M n

= 60 pF at 100 Hz

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Peril Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg V6 98324 |TelCf)hone 800-4201306 3606808300 bull FAX 360683-3525 E-mal salesaflisystefnsoom Website hnpyMVfWafllsystemsoom

20

Noise (differential mode)

Noise (common mode earth to isolated ground) with no signal output

Overload error indicator (low frequency short circuited voltage mode)

Overload error indicator low frequency open circuited current mode)

Overioad error response time

Miscellaneous

= 1 mV rms (10 V scale 10 Hz-4 MHz)

= 8 mV rms (10 Hz-4 MHz) == 100mVp-p (200 Hz -10 MHz) measured withalOMH 15pF oscilloscope probe

Turns on for set amplitude at or greater than approx plusmn1 V (10 V range) or plusmn2 V (100 V range)

Turns on for set amplitude at or above approx 2 of range

Flat to approx 30 ps duration Decreasing sensitivity for shorter pulses

Power

Fuse

Operating temperature range

Storage temperature range

Operating humidity

Dimensions

approx 11 watts

1 amp 3AG

10-30degC

0 - 50deg C

5 - 80 RH

17x475x1125 (inches) 432x121x286 cm

Weight 20 lbs (9 kg)

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Wb 98324 |Tetcphone 8004201306 3606808300 bull FOt 360683-3525 E-mail satesamsystems comV^febsite httpywwwaflisystemscom

21

Warranty and Service

What does this warranty cover A-M Systems Inc warrants to the Purchaser that the Instrument excluding cables Headstage Probes and any other accessories shipped with the Instrument (hereafter the hardware) is free from defects in workmanship or material under normal use and service for the period of one (1) year This warranty commences on the date of delivery ofthe hardware to the Purchaser

What are the obligations of A-M Systems Inc under this warranty During the warranty period A-M Systems Inc agrees to repair or replace at its sole option without charge to the Purchaser any defective component part of the hardware To obtain warranty service the Purchaser must return the hardware to A-M Systems Inc or an authorized A-M Systems Inc distributor in an adequate shipping container Any postage shipping and insurance charges incurred in shipping the hardware to A-M Systems Inc must be prepaid by the Purchaser and all risk for the hardware shall remain with purchaser until such time as A-M Systems Inc takes receipt of the hardware Upon receipt A-M Systems Inc will promptly repair or replace the defective unit and then return the hardware to the Purchaser postage shipping and insurance prepaid A-M Systems Inc may use reconditioned or like new parts or units at its sole option when repairing any hardware Repaired products shall carry the same amount of outstanding warranty as from original purchase or ninety (90) days which ever is greater Any claim under the warranty must include a dated proof of purchase ofthe hardware covered by this warranty In any event A-M Systems Inc liability for defective hardware is limited to repairing or replacing the hardware

What is not covered by this warranty This warranty is contingent upon proper use and maintenance ofthe hardware by the Purchaser and does not cover batteries Neglect misuse whether intentional or othenwise tampering with or altering the hardware damage caused by accident damage caused by unusual physical electrical chemical or electromechanical stress damage caused by failure of electrical power or damage caused during transportation are not covered by this wan-anty Products may not be returned to A-M Systems Inc for service whether under warranty or otherwise which are contaminated by infectious agents radioactive compounds or other materials constituting a health hazard to employees of A-M Systems Inc

What are the limits of liability for A-M Systems Inc under this warranty A-M Systems Inc shall not be liable for loss of data profits or savings or any special incidental consequential indirect or other similar damages arising from breach of contract negligence or other legal action even if the company or its agent has been advised of the possibility of such damages or for any claim brought against you by another party THIS EQUIPMENT IS NOT INTENDED FOR CLINICAL MEASUREMENTS USING HUMAN SUBJECTS A-M SYSTEMS INC DOES NOT ASSUME RESPONSIBILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE DUE TO MISUSE OF THIS EQUIPMENT Jurisdictions vary with regard to the enforceability of provisions excluding or limiting liability for incidental or consequential damages Check the provision of your local jurisdiction to find out whether the above exclusion applies to you

This warranty allocates risks of product failure between the Purchaser and A-M Systems Inc A-M Systems Inc hardware pricing reflects this allocation of risk and the limitations of liability contained in this warranty The warranty set forth above is in lieu of all other express warranties whether oral or written The agents employees distributors and dealers of A-M Systems Inc are not authorized to make modifications to this warranty or additional wan-anties binding on the company Accordingly additional statements such as dealer advertising or presentations whether oral or written do not constitute warranties by A-M Systems Inc and should not be relied upon This warranty gives you specific legal rights You may also have other rights which vary from one jurisdiction to another

fl-N Systems Inc 131BusinessPartiLoop RO Box850CartsbOfgWa98324 p O |Telophone 8004201306 bull 360683-8300FOC 3606830525 ^ ^ E-mail saiesaflisystefTiscom Wbbsite httpVwwwa-msystemscom

TRIG 3HJ) OUT

(burst)

TRIG ^ OUT

(pulse)

E

Ml

Calibration Procedures

The calibration interval is the lesser of 1000 hours of operation or 6 months Somewhat greater drift can be expected in the first 100 hours of operation as the semiconductors age Adjustments should only be made after the instrument has been fully warmed up for at least 15 minutes

Full instrument calibration requires the following test equipment digital multimeter (plusmn 01) able to measure resistance to at least lOOMfl oscilloscope with at least 50MHz bandwidth true-rms voltmeter with 4MHz bandwidth universal counter (plusmn 001 ) able to measure single pulse widths and periods resistors (all plusmn 01) 2kn lOkH 1 waft 20kn 200kn alligator clip lead sets banana plugs and BNC adapters

Adjustment integrated circuit and test point locations are shown in the following figures All adjustments are on the timing board unless otherwise noted

All voltages in the non-isolated section should be measured with respect to ground at TP510 unless othenvise stated Some voltages are measured with respect to an intemal isolated ground at TP650 or across the two output tenninals Occasionally the voltage at an IC pin must be measured In these cases the reference designator is given with the pin number in parentheses eg U602(16) When it states within this procedure that a voltage is to be minimized this means that the adjustment should be made such that the measured voltage is as close to zero volts as possible Refer to the Specifications Section of this manual for acceptable tolerances

The sequence of this procedure is Important If any adjustment is made all adjustments which follow must be made to ensure that the specifications will be met These procedures require that all controls remain as set in previous steps unless otherwise indicated

WARNING

The Model 2100 has dangerous voltages throughout the instrument even with the power is off Servicing the Model 2100 should only be done by qualified service personnel Use caution in handling any wires connectors or electrodes which may be directly or indirectly attached to the Instrument Do not touch exposed connections or components Disconnect power by unplugging the power cord from the receptacle

fl-N Systems I n c ^ 131BusinesaPartcLoopPOBox850CartsborgVWiB8324 4 n ^gt-mdash80O426-130638Ofl8Jlaquo300FAX36O683J52S bull E-maft BinsysQfrfn^islflnisoomVVfalislle h^KVfWMift^iisystemsoani

CO

- R503

Omg^

TPSOlQ O

OTPSOO

U560 bull

U510

DDID ^ trade E O ^ T P 5 1 0

bullnD Trig

0 ^

U570

Gate n U505

DO D

U515

Timing

Timing h_ U520

bsoo ^25SE Timing

Or r U540

I I Tmlng

[^ELIL

U535 D

U506

13 J510 Timlnff

BurfiDelay J400

i i i i i i i T r m r a

gt U550 ^

Clock

U555 U620

B a

^R^Pvhigh Rfijn O D O Vlow

o

bull U545

Fo sect737 lISOIsPjC-COMP

n r r ^ U760

J420

]]U632

Q S riuGSO

H = ) TP640^ deg I t I

II3D

J440 m i T i

U610 plusmn laquo j U O

bull bull l el

^t

O l

bull

M

I

Power supply and bias voltages

Power supply

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

POWER ON Observe voltage at P703 power supply wire top of main board

Check for+15 plusmn 050 V

Observe voltage at P701 power supply wire top of main board

Check for-15 plusmn 050 V

Observe voltage at U505(24) Check for+5 plusmn 025 V

Isolated supply voltage

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

RANGE 10 V TRIG open circuit MODE center position

Altemately observe V^ from R742 to R740 and V ^ from the U605(4) to U605(8)

Adjust R773 so that 110VltV^lt 120 V and

nign

28VltV^lt34V

Capacitance balance

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Connect a x10 oscilloscope probe to TP650 and ground the

Adjust R737 for minimum high frequency signal

Inputs

Gate funct ion

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave Verify that the voltage to GATE switches states at the Obsene voltage at U51G(3) proper input levels with an oscilloscope ^ ^

Trigger s lope

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave Verify that the voltage to TRIO switches states at the Observe voltage at US 10( 1) proper input levels with an oscilloscope

TRIG SLOPE + Verify voltage is 180 out of phase

TRIG SLOPE Verify voltage is in phase

fl-N Systems Inc ^ 131 Bushess Park Loop PO Bar 850 Carisborg Wa 98324 8004201306 3eOlaquoS3e300 FAX 3606BV352S

C-maft fliii8yBQfriii9yBlumaoamVIAibsMB hRpJhwMifi-iiiBystematxini

14

Trigger and gate funct ion

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

DELA NONE BURS1WII3TH SINGLE DURATION SQUARE PERIOD 100X10-3

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave to TRIG Obsen^e TRIOD and EVENT LEDS

TRIG disconnect all Short the GATE connector to GND Verify LEDs extinguish

MODE press to MANUAL Verify LEDs flash once

Timing

System c lock frequency

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Observe the frequency of the wave atU555(17)

Verify 1000 MHz plusmn001

Multipl iers (Wheel Switches)

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

PULSE SIGN + MODE FREE RUN TRIG disconnect all TIMING MULTIPUERS ail

wheels set to zero except the one being tested

TnmiNG OVERLAP ^nOTB

Observe the pulse width with the counter at the location specified below

Verify pulse width Is correct for each wheel as it is tested Independently

For each wheel of each MULTIPUER test each position to verify that the pulse width is correct Observe the signal at the following locations DELAY U520(2) BURSTWIDTH U530(2) PERIOD US40(2) DURATION U550(2)

Rates (Rotary Switches)

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

TIMING MULTIPUERS 001 TIMING RATES all rotary

switches set to 10-4 except the one being tested

Observe the pulse width with the counter at the location specified below

Verify pulse width is conect for each rotary switch as it is tested independently

For each of the four rotary switches in TIMING test each position to verify that the pulse wkJth is correct Observe the signal at the following locations DELAY U520(2) BURSTWIDTH U530(2) PERIOD U540(2) DURATION U550(2)

fl-N Systems I n c ^ E-maft emfl

131 Business Parti Loop PO 809(850 Cartsborg Wta 98324 8004201306 3804806300 FAX 36068O3S25

E-maft ansysQa nvystems-oom Wobste hflp Avwwa4nsy8(Qnttoam

15

Trigger outputs Controls

Range 10V Pulse Amplitude 500 Delay 100x10 Burst 100x10^2 Duration 100 x1a Period 400x10^ Pulse sign + Trig Mode Free run Trig in open

Inputs Observations

Trigger the oscilloscope to the Burst Trig Out Observe it the Pulse Trig Out and the isolated output

Adjust Check

Verify that the waveform consists of a burst of three 1ms-on3ms-off pulses The burst trigger should be synchronous with the burst the pulse trigger coincident with each pulse

Output Calibration

Isolation Resistance (check) Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode center position Trig In open

Measure the resistance between ground banana jack (front panel) and black banana jack of output with DMM

Resistance read gt 100MQ

Amplitude Switch Offset (R640) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Zero Trig Mode center position Trig In Open

Measure the voltage at TP645 vs TP650 with the DMM

Adjust R640 (AmpI Sw Offset) for minimum voltage

Output Offset (R332 front panel board) Controls I nputsObservatlons AdjustCheck

Baseline Zero Range 10V Trig Mode center position Trig In Open

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

Adjust R332 (Output offset) for minimum voltage

Positive Baseline Offset (R607) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Sign + Baseline Amplitude

fully CCW (000) Range 10V Trig In open Trig Mode center position

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

Adjust R602 (BSLN + offset) for minimum voltage

fl M raquo _ _ _ A laquo ^ _ i ^ ^ 131Buslnelaquo8Pari(loopPOBoK850Cart8borgWB96324

bull P I i s V S i e m S a |||Cg1Maphans80O42O130638O68O8300FAX36Olaquo8raquo^2S E-tiBft anagtraquoflwiisyagtlaquomraquoaimW6baHB hHpffii(wwraquoltnsylaquoleniieom

16

Negative Baseline Offset (R619) Controls

Baseline Sign -i Baseline Amplitude bull fully CCW (000)

Range 10V Trig In open Trig Mode center position

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

AdjustCheck

Adjust R619 (BSLN 4 offset) for minimum voltage

Pulse Amplitude Adjust (R602) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode Free Mode Pulse Amplitude 1000 Timing Dialay =none Burst =single Duration =1001 Period =00110-4 Pulse Sign -Trig In open Range 10V

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

The Overiap indicator should be on Adjust R602 (Max Level) for -1000V out

Pulse Sign Gain (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode Free Mode Pulse Amplitude 1000 Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =1001 s Period =00110-4s Trig In open Range 10V

Measure the voltage at the output with the DMM for the Pulse Sign at -- and - positions

The absolute values of the voltages should differ by less than lOOmV

Baseline Amplitudes (check) Controls InputsObservations

Range 100mA Trig Mode center position Baseline Amplitude fully CW (1000) Trig In open

Measure the voltage at the output with the DMM with Baseline Sign in + Zero and - positions

AdjustCheck

Gain the matching of current levels at = and - positions and offset current in Zero position

fl-N Systems Inc^^ bull E-mal am8

131 Business Partt Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 88324 8004201306360laquo8Oe300FAX 360laquo8O362S

E-maM am8y8^o-mBy8tflmBoom WobaKo hHp Awwwo-f i iBystonuoom

17

Output Range Amplitude and Drive (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Pulse Amplitude 1000 Pulse Sign + Trig Mode Free Run Timing Delay =none Burst =8ingle Duration =1001 Period =10010-4 Trig In open

Load the output with a 10KV1W 01 resistor Measure the voltage at the output with DMM

Verify that full scale output is within specification Scale Range 100V 100V 10V 10V 100mA IV 1mA 10V 10mA 100V

Pulse Sign and Short Circuit Protection (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Timing Delay =none Burst =8ingle Duration =200 10-4 Period =00110-3 Baseline Zero Pulse Amplitude 25 Range 10V Trig Mode Free Run Trig In open

Measure the voltage at the output with the oscilloscope Check for Pulse Sign set to each of + - biphasic Watch for Error indicator when shorting the output

Verify that pulses of approx 25V amplitude (625V for biphasic mode) of the correct sign are produced every 10ms Short output in biphasic mode Output should retum when opened

Output Transient Response (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Pulse Sign + Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =20010-4 Period =00110-3 Pulse Amplitude 250 Baseline Zero Trig Mode Free Mode Trig In open

Connect the oscilloscope to the output with a 310 attenuator prolse Test boVn 10V and 100V ranges

Verify that overshoot and risetime meet specifications

fl-N Systems I n c ^ 131 Business Parte Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wb 98324 8004201306 36Olaquo83O300 FAX 36O680lt352S

E-mQ0 snBy8Qs-msy8faiTiscom VWriMtte N ^ Mvww9-msy8lemscom

18

Specifications

There are three classes of specifications Class A specifications tested in all unHs and are guaranteed Class B specifications are inherent in the design they are indirectly tested and are guaranteed Class C specifications are typical operating values which are occasionally tested- these are typical values given for your infomiation but not guarshyanteed The class for each specification is noted in the center column of the following sections

Inputs Switching level

Hysteresis

Input equivalent circuit

Minimum duration (1 IL-level signal)

A

C

C

C

16V(plusmn02V)

approx 50 mV

100K ft to+5 In parallel with no more than 35pF

gt 50 ns

Open circuit condition B defaults to highon level

Timing and rate accuracy Rate selector steps

Timing multiplier steps

Resolution

Timing eror (second and later pulses after resetting controls)

B

B

B

B

lOOps to 100s In 7 steps

1 of rate selector step size Maximum value is 999 x the rate selector step size

approx 01 of the maximum value

lt 002 of rate selector value + 015 ps

Timing error (first pulse after readjusting timing controls)

an additional 025 ps error may occur

Timing repeatability lt 001 setting + 20 ns (monophasic)

fl-N Systems I nc ^ bull E-moU ams

131 Business Parti Loop PO Boot 850 Cartsborg VM 98324 80O42O130838O08O8300FAX36Olaquo8O3S2S

E-meU anByafl^iiisyslainaoomWebsHe hHpffliiwwraquomsys)emsoom

19

TRIG IN to OUTPUT delay (DELAY set to 0) output set to 2V

Timing jitter ft-om TRIG IN to OUTPUT (for TTL trigger input with risetime lt10 ns)

Timing jitter ft^om TRIG OUT (either BURST or PULSE) and OUTPUT

Trigger output to pulse output delay

Output charactsristics Pulse level enror (voltage mode open circuit cun-ent mode short circuit

Biphasic level difference |V + + V-|2

Baseline level error (voltage mode A open circuit current mode short circuit)

Risetime (25 V out)

Risetime (25 V out)

Transient response

A

A

A

Output impedance (voltage mode) C

Output impedance (current mode) C

Isolation resistance A

Isolation capacitance C

approx 05 ps for a load of no more than 10 Kft in parallel with 50 pF

lt 125 ns (all rates except 100s) lt 125 ps (100s rate)

Less than 20 ns (all rates)

approx 350 ns

lt 03 of setting + 05 of r range (plus an additional 05 pA inlOOpArenge)

lt 03 of range (voltage modes into open circuit current modes into short circuit)

lt 03 of setting of setting + 01 of range (plus an additional 05 pA in lOOpA range)

laquo 200 ns into less than 30 pF

laquo15 ps into less than 30 pF

lt 8 overshoot Into less than 30 pF for pulse voltages different than baseline voltage by at least 10 of range

laquo 50 ohms

raquo 1 0 Gft (typically 200 Gft)

raquo100Mft

laquo 60 pF at 100 Hz

fl-N Systems Inc^^ 131 Business Partt Uxip PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 96324 8004201308 SBOee^^SOO FAX 360laquoS3^52S

E-mat BiByraquoaiMii8ylaquoliiiiiseomWiljalteHlpJV(wwraquo4tgy8lenaoom

20

Noise (differential mode)

Noise (common mode earth to isolated ground) with no signal output

Overioad error indicator (low frequency short circuited voltage mode)

Overioad error indicator low frequency open circuited current mode)

Overioad enor response time

Miscellaneous

Power

Fuse

Operating temperature range

Storage temperature range

Operating humidity

Dimensions

Weight

laquo1 mV rms (10 V scale 10Hz-4MHz)

laquo 8 mV rms (10 Hz-4 MHz) laquo100mVp-p (200 Hz -10 MHz) measured withalOMft 15pF oscilloscope probe

Turns on for set amplitude at or greater than approx plusmn1V (10 V range) or plusmn2 V (100 V range)

Turns on for set amplitude at or above approx 2 of range

Flat to approx 30 ps duration Decreasing sensitivity for shorter pulses

approx 11 watts

1 amp 3 AG

10-30C

0 - 50deg C

5-80RH

17x475x1125 (Inches) 432x121x286 cm

20 lbs (9 kg)

fl mm bull gt _ _ _ A ^ ^ _ _ L ^ 131BusinesraquoPariltLocpPOBox850C8rtsborgWS9e324

bull p i ^ y s v e m s IIIC^^deg(^deg^Bdegltgt^^^3degdeg^deg^^deg^^^degdeg^^I^deg^deg^^^^^

21 E-mei flre^nQo 4n8yo(amscam Wsbsfle hHpAwwwe-msy8Jems-Oom

Warranty and Service

What does this warranty cover A-M Systems Inc warrants to the Purchaser that the Instrument excluding cables Headstage Probes and any other accessories shipped with the Instrument (hereafter the hardware) is free from defects in workmanship or material under normal use and service for the period of one (1) year This warranty commences on the date of delivery of the hardware to the Purchaser

What are the obligations of A-M Systems Inc under this warranty During the warranty period A-M Systems Inc agrees to repair or replace at its sole option without charge to the Purchaser any defective component part of the hardware To obtain warranty service the Purchaser must return the hardware to A-M Systems Inc or an authorized A-M Systems Inc distributor in an adequate shipping container Any postage shipping and insurance charges incurred in shipping the hardware to A-M Systems Inc must be prepaid by the Purchaser and all risk for the hardware shall remain with purchaser until such time as A-M Systems Inc takes receipt of the hardware Upon receipt A-M Systems Inc will promptly repair or replace the defective unit and then return the hardware to the Purchaser postage shipping and insurance prepaid A-M Systems Inc may use reconditioned or like new parts or units at its sole option when repairing any hardware Repaired products shall carry the same amount of outstanding wan^nty as from original purchase or ninety (90) days which ever is greater Any claim under the warranty must include a dated proof of purchase of the hardware covered by this wan-anty In any event A-M Systems Inc liability for defective hardware is limited to repairing or replacing the hardware

What is not covered by this warranty This warranty is contingent upon proper use and maintenance of the hardware by the Purchaser and does not cover batteries Neglect misuse whether intentional or otherwise tampering with or altering the hardware damage caused by accident damage caused by unusual physical electrical chemical or electromechanical stress damage caused by failure of electrical power or damage caused during transportation are not covered by this warranty Products may not be returned to A-M Systems Inc for service whether under warranty or otherwise which are contaminated by infectious agents radioactive compounds or other materials constituting a health hazard to employees of A-M Systems Inc

What are the limits of llabiiity for A-M Systems inc under this warranty A-M Systems Inc shall not be liable for loss of data profits or savings or any special incidental consequential indirect or other similar damages arising from breach of contract negligence or other legal action even if the company or its agent has been advised of the possibility of such damages or for any claim brought against you by another party THIS EQUIPMENT IS NOT INTENDED FOR CLINICAL MEASUREMENTS USING HUMAN SUBJECTS A-M SYSTEMS INC DOES NOT ASSUME RESPONSIBILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE DUE TO MISUSE OF THIS EQUIPMENT Jurisdictions vary with regard to the enforceability of provisions excluding or limiting liability for incidental or consequential damages Check the provision of your local jurisdiction to find out whether the above exclusion applies to you This warranty allocates risks of product failure between the Purchaser and A-M Systems Inc A-M Systems Inc hardware pricing reflects this allocation of risk and the limitations of liability contained in this wanranty The warranty set forth above is in lieu of all other express wan^anties whether oral or written The agents employees distributors and dealers of A-M Systems Inc are not authorized to make modifications to this wan-anty or additional wan-anties binding on the company Accordingly additional statements such as dealer advertising or presentations whether oral or written do not constitute wananties by A-M Systems Inc and should not be relied upon This warranty gives you specific legal rights You may also have other rights whrch vary from one jurisdiction to another

6 mm ^ laquo _ _ A a B ^ _ 1 ^ ^ 131 Business Parti Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg W B 98324 O O

bull P l A y S V e m S l n C T^M 8OO42OI3O6 380683-8300FAX 360 803525 ^ ^ E-msl iiiisy80iHTBy8tenisoom Wsbsito hnphwwfrimysleiiisoom

A

V ISO

INSTRUCTION MANUAL

FOR

ISOLATED PULSE STIMULATOR

MODEL 2100

Serial

Date

A-M Systems Inc

PO Box 850

Carlsborg WA 98324

USA

360-683-8300 bull 800-426-1306 FAX 360-683-3525

httpwwwa-msystemscom

Version 70 February 2002

Contents General Description 1

Instrument Features 1 Controls and Connectors 2

Operating Instructions 6 Theory of Operation 10 Calibration Procedures 12

Inputs 14 Output Calibration 16

Specifications 19 Warranty and Service 22

Each Isolated Pulse Stimulator is delivered complete with

Rack Mount Hardware Instructions amp Maintenance Manual

NOTE

This instrument is not intended for clinical measurements using human subjects A-M Systems Inc does not assume responsibility for Injury or damage due to the misuse of this instrument

General Description

Instrument Features The Isolated Pulse Stimulator Model 2100 is designed for a wide variety of applications It is highly flexible being capable of delivering single pulses biphasic pairs or bursts of pulses Pulses may be started manually or upon receiving a trigger signal from another Instrument or computer Two non-isolated trigger outputs are available for triggering other instruments

Four sets of timing controls provide comprehensive control overall aspects of pulse generation Three digit accuracy is available over a 7 decade range for each timing function using lever wheel switches Pulse widths can be set over more than a 9 decade range from 05 ps to 999 seconds Timing accuracy is assured through the use of a 10 MHz base rate crystal-controlled clock digitally divided to provide accurate timing over the entire range Atiming overiap indicator will light If the timing controls are set inconsistently

The output may be conveniently switched between current and voltage modes Pulse and baseline amplitudes are Independently presettable with lockable dials An error Indicator will light if the Mode2700 cannot deliver the desired signal

r WARNING

The Model 2100 can produce potentially dangerous voltages up to 100 V at the output connectors The isolated output is not connected internally to safety (earth) ground in any way Some part of the extemal circuit should be connected to safety ground Use caution in handling any wires connectors or electrodes which may be directly or indirectly attached to the Model 2100 output Some kinds of connectors such as BNC connectors have exposed metal parts which may float at dangerous potentials unless extemally connected to safety ground For greatest safety tum the Model 2100 off before making any connections to

the instrument

131 Business Parii Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Telophone 800-426-1306 bull 360-68raquolaquo300 bull FAX 360683-3525 E-mal satesa-msystemsoom VVfebsite httpywwwa^nsystemscom fl-N Systems Inc 1

Controls and Connectors The controls for the Model 2100 are grouped in three sections START which controls when a pulse or burst of pulses begins TIMING which controls the onoff timing of one or more pulses and OUTPUT which controls the amplitude of the output signal

Start TRIG SLOPE Determines the polarity of valid trigger pulses (positive or negative edges in the trigger signal)

MODE Controls waveform initiation When set to FREE RUN one timing cycle immediately follows the last When momentarily placed In the MANUAL position a timing cycle starts Immediately When the switch Is In the center position timing cycles start when valid triggering events occur

TRIGD This LED lights up when a timing cycle Is in process and continues until the burst is completed

TRIG This BNC connector allows a signal from an external source to Initiate timing cycles It is set for standard TTL levels

GATE This BNC connector allows a signal from an external source to restrict the final output signal This input must be at a logical high (or open-circuited) in order for the Model 2100 to recognize either manual or automatic trigger events

Gate 1_ Trigger |~~^ i I Valid triggers (represented by the arrows in the figure) can occur only when the gate Is at logical high Note that the up arrow would apply only If TRIG SLOPE is set to + the down an-ows would apply only if TRIG SLOPE Is set to -

NOTE Triggers have no effect if the system has not completed its response to a previous trigger

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Park Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Vb 98324 TelQphQne 80O426-1306 360683-8300 FAX 360683-3525 E-mail sales^a-msystemscom Wsbsite httpywwwa-msystemscom

Timing Four sets of controls govern the timing of pulse generation Each set contains two values which are multiplied together to detemnine the actual timing value The rotary knob (rate selector) provides the approximate timing value and the lever wheel switch bank (MULTIPLIER)

provides a time resolution of three decimal digits The following diagram shows most of the Important relationships

Output r Delay Duration

|ltPeriodgtj

t Burst width

Trigger event

DELAY These controls determine the time duration between the initiating trigger event and the beginning of the pulse burst If this rate selector is set to NONE or the multiplier is set to 000 there Is no delay

BURST WIDTH These controls determine the time period in which one or more pulses may be delivered Once started a pulse may outlast the burst width If this rate selector is set to SINGLE or to any time shorter than the pulse duration only a single pulse will occur If the BURST WIDTH Is longer than the period pulses will be emitted at the PERIOD rate until the burst time ends Pulses are never truncated by a short BURSTWIDTH

inds)-PULSE

D U R A T I O N 1 0 1 0

10

INTEB-PULSE PERIOD

1 1 10

DURATION These controls determine the length of each pulse Ifthis rate selector Is set to SQUARE the duration is set to half of the period regardless of the MULTIPLIER setting

PERIOD These controls set the period of time between adjacent pulse events within the burst It also forces a minimum dead time between recognized input triggers following a burst of one or more pulses This can be used to prevent over stimulation of a tissue without requiring excessive delay between the triggering event and the stimulating pulse

TIMING OVERLAP

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 860 Carisborg Vamp 98324 |Telophone 800-426-1306 360683-8300 bull FAX 3606aW525 E-mail salearega^nsystemsoom Vfeb5ite httpAwwwa^nsyslemscam

NOTE If any of these timing controls are changed while a timing cycle is in operation the results are undefined until the current cycle finishes

TIMING OVERLAP This LED will light to Indicate an inconsistency in the timing cycle settings There are several ways to introduce such errors The most common way is to set the Inter-pulse PERIOD to be less than the pulse DURATION

T I M I N G (seconds)^

TRIG OUT (UPPER) This BNC connector provides a signal which is coincident with the Internal Burst timing signal (default) This means the signal starts at the end of the Delay time and persists until the Burst time expires This output may also be set to represent the delay time-out by setting the internal jumper J510 to the right two pins instead of the left two pins (Please see the Calibration section in this manual for jumper location Directions are given as viewed from the front of the Instrument)

TRIG OUT (LOWER) This BNC connector provides a signal which Is coincident with the Duration timing signal which controls pulse output

NOTE Both trigger output signals slightly lead the isolated output signal

Output

PULSE SIGN This switch determines the polarity of the pulses to be generated It also allows generation of biphasic pulses thereby doubling the effective total period Warning the first pulse generated after changing the PULSE

SIGN switch may have the wrong polarity

BASELINE This Switch determines the polarity ofthe baseline signal

RANGE This rotary switch determines if the output pulses will be constant current (3 ranges) or constant voltage (2 ranges)

BASELINE AMPLITUDE This value is independently set using a ten-turn counting dial The maximum baseline amplitude is one tenth the value shown on the range amplitude switch

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 8S0 Cartsborg Vfa 98324 |Tetaphone 80O426-1306 bull 360683-8300 bull FAX 3606803525 E-mail salesa-msystemscom Wbbsite http7Awwwaflnsystemscom

PULSE AMPLITUDE This value is independently set using a ten-turn counting dial The maximum pulse amplitude is the value shown on the range amplitude switch

EVENT This LED indicates when a pulse is ongoing

ERROR This LED indicates when the internal output amplifier cannot output the pulse as desired This is usually due to a short circuit while trying to output a voltage or an open circuit while trying to output a current

VOTEThe Pulse Sign control in the Oupuf section directly affects waveform timing When set to the Biphasic mode a positive-going pulse is immediately followed by a negative-going pulse This effectively doubles the pulse duration If a burst of biphasic pulses is being produced the period must be at least twice the single pulse duration In the Square wave mode the baseline disappears as long as the burst persists

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsboig Vte 98324 |Telophone 800426-1306 360683-8300 bull FAX 3606833525 E-mail salesa-m5ystem5 com Website httpwwwa-msystemscom

Operating Instructions

Examples Simple setup (and minimal instrument test)

Connect the output ofthe Model 2100 to an oscilloscope Before connecting the Model 2100 to any other instrument or the experimental preparation It is safest to turn Its power off

Set the Oufpuf controls

Range 10V Pulse Sign +

Baseline Zero Pulse Amplitude 200

Setting The Timing Controls

Delay Burst Width

Duration Period

none single

15010-2 50010-2

Setting The Start Controls

Mode Free Run

Disconnect any cables to the TRIG or GATE inputs

Note that the green Trig and Event Indicators turn on as Free Run is turned on (and turn off otherwise) You should observe a 15ms duration 20Hz rate pulse of 200V above a OV baseline on the oscilloscope

fl-N Systems Inc 131 BusinessPartiLoop RO Box850CarisbcxgWa98324 |Telophone 800426-1306 bull 360-683-8300 bull FW 360683-3525 E-mail salesa-msystems com VVbbsite httpywwwa-msystems com

Demonstration of Burst Mode Connect the output ofthe Model 2100 to an oscilloscope Before connecting the Model 2100 to any other instrument or the experimental preparation It Is safest to turn its power off

Set the Outpuf controls

Range 10V Pulse Sign +

Baseline Pulse Amplitude 200

Baseline Amplitude 100

Setting The Timing Controls

Delay 88010-2 Burst Width 12010-^

Duration 15010-2 Period 50010-2

Set the START controls as follows

Mode Free Run

Disconnect any cables to the TRIG or GATE inputs

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Telophooe 8004201306 360683-8300 bull FAX 360683-3525 E^naii salesa-msystems com Watjsite http7wwwa-msystemscom

Trigger the oscilloscope from the Bursf trigger out (upper Trig Out connector) for a stable display In each burst (occurring every lOOms) you should observe a trio of 15ms duration starting 50ms apart Try switching the StartMode from Free Run to the center (nonnal) position The pulses will no longer be produced and the Trig and Event Indicators will tum off Pressing this switch once (to Manual) will cause a single burst to occur

Problem Solving If the instrument appears to be not working properiy check all ofthe control settings and connections Be sure to wait at least 5-10 seconds after turning the instrument off before turning it on again The following summary of typical problems for the user (along with the most common solutions) may help

Problem CauseSolution

EVENT Indicator never lights even in FREE RUN mode

bull Replace fuse check power connection bullSet DELAY or PERIOD to a shorter interval

bull Power-on too soon after power-off

OVERLAP Indicator is on

ERROR indicator is on

bull Set DURATION gt000 bull DURATION Is set to SQUARE but

PERIOD is 000 Increase PERIOD or set DURATION independantly

bull BURST and WIDTH are gt DURATION increase PERIOD or decrease DURATION

bull BIPHASIC pulse output Is on and PERIOD is not longer than twice the DURATION Increase PERIOD or decrease DURATION

bull Free-run Is on and BURST is lt PERIOD (BURST off) DELAY is 0 and PERIOD Is lt DURATION Add delay or modify PERIOD

bull Free-run is on and BURST is gt DURATION (BURST ON) and PERIOD is lt DURATION Increase PERIOD

bull For VOLTAGE outputs the output is trying to drive too low a resistance or capacitance (eg a short circuit) Check by disconnecting the output ft is possible (and normal) that for the fastest cycles and largest amplitudes (close to 100 V

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business PartiLoop PO Box 850 CartsborgWa 98324 iTelophone 800-42O130636O6e3-8300FAX 3606B3-3525 E-mail satesaflisyslefmcom Vfebslte http7wwwa-msyslemscom

and 1 ps) that the ERROR indicator might always come on during repetitive pulses Fix output load or decrease amplitude as required

Time appears to be excessive Changed control in mid-cycle (resets current status)

Cant seem to get a full signal out Load Is not properiy connected repair wiring Too low a load impedance (VOLTAGE modes) or too high a load impedance (CURRENT mode)

Incoming triggers not accepted frequently enough

PERIOD is set too long (enforces dead time) followd by BURST set to SIGNAL Reduce PERIOD time

Table 10 Problem Solving

If you suspect that the Model 2100 may have completely failed we recommend checking the basic level of functionality Ifthis fails your instrument Is defective and must be repaired Ifthis passes either your experimental setup is incompatible or inconsistent or there is a more subtle flaw in your Model 2100

If the Model 2100 appears to be malfunctioning contact A-M Systems Inc or your dealer We will first attempt to solve the problem over the telephone so have an exact description of your problem available when you call You do not need to be within the warranty period to obtain over-the-phone assistance

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 iTetoptxme 80O426-1306 bull 360683-8300 FAX 3606803525 E-mail satesa-msystemsoomAfebsitehttpJwwwaflisystemscom

Theory of Operation

The operation ofthe Model 2100 is summarized in the block diagram (see the figure on Page 11) Not shown are all ofthe interconnections with the microcontroller The internal microcontroler plays an important role in setting the signal path but does not directly contribute to the dynamic characteristics It scans the front panel switches and sets the control values for the logic arrays It programs the internal counters which along with the other hardware achieve the necessary sub-microsecond speeds

Pulse generation starts either from an Input trigger signal (from Trig In) or an internally signal (Free Run mode) A Delay timer counts the 10MHz clock until its count value is exhausted At this point the Burst Period and Duration timers are started If the Burst timer has not expired by the end ofthe Period the Period and Duration timers are restarted If the Biphasic mode has been set the Duration timer is restarted at the end of the initial Duration and the sign ofthe output pulse is reversed doubling the total duration

The system state (pulse on pulse sign baseline sign [+0f-]) is transmitted to the isolated section via optoisolator The baseline and pulse amplitudes are selected by an analog switch The resulting signal is amplified by a variable-power-supply discrete operational amplifier The amplifier connections and gain is modified to provide two voltage and three current ranges

Timing overiap errors are detected by a logical decision computation rather than by testing for counter collisions This provides instant feedback rather than waiting up to an hour for such a collision to occur Output errors are measured by sensing the output amplifiers differential input voltage Under normal conditions this is a negligible voltage If the amplifier fails to deliver the requested signal the window comparator testing this voltage sends this message (via optoisolator) to the logic section turning on a warning LED

fl-N Systems Inc 131BusinessPart(LoopRO Box850CarisboigWa98324 4 n Tel0pri0ne80O426-130636O683^300FAX36O6833525 ^ E-mail salesaflisystBmscom V febsite http7wwwa-msystemsoom

S i

I - - ^^mdasho^M

OUTPUT i l l

TRIG ^ OUT

(burst)

TRIG 3-lt) OUT

(pulse)

til

I laquo

Calibration Procedures

The calibration interval is the lesser of 1000 hours of operation or 6 months Somewhat greater drift can be expected in the first 100 hours of operation as the semiconductors age Adjustments should only be made after the instrument has been fully warmed up for at least 15 minutes

Full instrument calibration requires the following test equipment digital multimeter (plusmn 01) able to measure resistance to at least lOOMO oscilloscope with at least 50MHz bandwidth true-mis voltmeter with 4MHz bandwidth universal counter (plusmn 001 ) able to measure single pulse widths and periods resistors (all plusmn 01) 2kn lOkH 1 watt 20kn 200kn alligator clip lead sets banana plugs and BNC adapters

Adjustment integrated circuit and test point locations are shown in the following figures All adjustments are on the timing board unless othenAise noted

All voltages in the non-isolated section should be measured with respect to ground at TP510 unless othenwise stated Some voltages are measured with respect to an internal isolated ground at TP650 or across the two output temninals Occasionally the voltage at an IC pin must be measured in these cases the reference designator is given with the pin number in parentheses eg U602(16) When it states within this procedure that a voltage is to be minimized this means that the adjustment should be made such that the measured voltage is as close to zero volts as possible Refer to the Specifications Section of this manual for acceptable tolerances

The sequence of this procedure is important If any adjustment is made all adjustments which follow must be made to ensure that the specifications will be met These procedures require that all controls remain as set in previous steps unless othenAise indicated

WARNING

The Model 2100 has dangerous voltages throughout the instrument even with the power is off Servicing the Model 2100 should only be done by qualified service personnel Use caution in handling any wires connectors or electrodes which may be directly or indirectly attached to the instrument Do not touch exposed connections or components Disconnect power by unplugging the power cord from the receptacle

H B ^ ^ S y s t e m s inc^degdegp^deg^^deg-^^^^^^^^B3^^^degdeg^^^lt^^^B^^^^ 131BusinessPartiLoopPO Box850CartsbOigWamp98324 4 9 |Telophone800-42013C6360683-8300F0lt360683-3525 ^ E-mail salesa-msystefnscom website httpwwwaflisystems com

CO

TP501 O lt0

g OTPSOO

U560 S

Trig Gate

0 -TISOS

U570

U500

Timing

p U520

Timing

K U550 Timin

gt U540

U515

o X I Timin

U508 I

J510 Timing nnn

Burst Delay J400

gt U550

R503

D D I D bull U8QQ i Q

n

oo

V P 5 1 0

b U535

^

Clock i _

U555

lt U 5 4 5

o

h d ^ O - - ^ U605

Q D

U620

O fJZ^ R737 bull ^ 1^13015 r j C - C O M P

B B nU770 ^ ^ ^ 5 ^ a

J420

a

o E

bull [ ]U632

riueso

rR742rVhigh R 6 1 9 ^

LJ TP645 O TP650

TPMOQ^QS

Vlow

CD-

CZZl

J440 bull bull tl iUDQ

I t

f i l

Power supply and bias voltages

Power supply

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

POWER ON Observe voltage at P703 power supply wire top of main board

Check for+15 plusmn 050 V

Observe voltage at P701 power supply wire top of main board

Check for-15 plusmn 050 V

Observe voltage at U505(24) Check for +5 plusmn 025 V

Isolated supply voltage Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

RANGE 10 V TRIG open circuit MODE center position

Alternately observe V ^ from R742 to R740 and V ^ from theU605(4)toU605(8)

Adjust R773 so that 110VltV lt 120 V and

nigh

28VltV|^lt34V

Capacitance balance Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

Connect a xlO oscilloscope probe to TP650 and ground the

Adjust R737 for minimum high frequency signal

Inputs

Gate function Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave Verify that the voltage to GATE switches states at the Observe voltage at U510(3) proper input levels with an oscilloscope

Trigger slope Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave Verify that the voltage to TRIG switches states at the Observe voltage at U510( 1) proper input levels with an oscilloscope

TRIG SLOPE Verify voltage is 180deg out of phase

TRIG SLOPE Verify voltage is in phase

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 860 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Jelophone 800-4201306 360683-8300 bull FM 380683-3525 E-mail salesaflTsystBfnscom bull Vtebsite httpVAirwwaflisystems com

14

Trigger and gate f unc t i on

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

DELAY NONE BURS-nMDTH SINGLE DURATION SQUARE PERIOD 100X10-3

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave to TRIG Observe TRIGD and EVENT LEDs

TRIG disconnect all Short the GATE connector to GND Verify LEDs extinguish

MODE press to MANUAL Verify LEDs flash once

Timing

System c lock f requency

Controls Inputs Observations Ad jus t Check

Observe the frequency of the wave Verify 1000 MHz plusmn 001 atU555(17)

Mul t ip l iers (Wheel Swi tches)

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

PULSE SIGN-laquobull MODE FREE RUN TRIG disconnect all TIMING MULTIPUERS all

wheels set to zero except the one being tested

TIMING OVERLAP ignore

Observe the pulse width with the counter at the location specified t)elow

Verify pulse width is correct for each wheel as it is tested independently

For each wheel of each MULTIPLIER test each position to verify that the pulse width is correct Observe the signal at the following locations DELAY U520(2) BURSTWIDTH U530(2) PERIOD U540(2) DURATION U550(2)

Rates (Rotary Swi tches)

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

TIMING MULTIPUERS 001 Observe the pulse width with the TIMING RATES all rotary counter at the location specified

switches set to 10-4 below except the one being tested

Verify pulse width is correct for each rotary switch as it is tested independently

For each ofthe four rotary switches in TIMING test each position to verify that the pulse width is correct Observe the signal at the following locations DELAY U520(2) BURSTWIDTH U530(2) PERIOD U540(2) DURATION U550(2)

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 iTetophone 8004201306 bull 360683-8300 bull FOC 3606803525 E-mail salesa-msystemscom Wbbsite httpJwwwaflTSystemscom

15

Trigger outputs

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

Range 10V Pulse Amplitude 500 Delay 100 xlO^ Burst 100 x 10 ^ Duration 100x10-^ Period 400x10-^ Pulse sign + Trig Mode Free run Trig in open

Trigger the oscilloscope to the Burst Trig Out Observe it the Pulse Trig Out and the isolated output

Verify that the waveform consists of a burst of three 1ms-on3ms-off pulses The burst trigger should be synchronous with the burst the pulse trigger coincident with each pulse

Output Calibration

Isolation Resistance (check)

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode center position Trig In open

Measure the resistance between ground banana jack (front panel) and black banana jack of output with DMM

Resistance read gt 100MQ

Amplitude Switch Offset (R640)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Zero Trig Mode center position Trig In Open

Measure the voltage at TP645 vs TP650 with the DMM

Adjust R640 (AmpI Sw Offset) for minimum voltage

Output Offset (R332 front panel board) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Zero Range 10V Trig Mode center position Trig In Open

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

Adjust R332 (Output offset) for minimum voltage

Positive Baseline Offeet (R607) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Sign + Baseline Amplitude

fully CCW (000) Range 10V Trig In open Trig Mode center position

Measure the voltage across the outputwiththeDMM

Adjust R602 (BSLN + offset) for minimum voltage

fl-N Systems Inc 131 BusBiess Parti Loop P O Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Telophone B00-42O1306 bull 360683-8300 bull FAX 3606803525 E-mail salesaflisystemscom V^tebsite httpy^vwwa-msystems com

16

Negative Baseline Offset (R619)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Sign -Baseline Amplitude

fully CCW (000) Range 10V Trig In open Trig Mode center position

Measure the voltage across the outputwiththeDMM

Adjust R619 (BSLN + offset) for minimum voltage

Pulse Amplitude Adjust (R602)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode Free Mode Pulse Amplitude 1000 Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =1001 Period =00110-4 Pulse Sign -Trig In open Range 10V

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

The Overiap indicator should be on Adjust R602 (Max Level) for -10OOV out

Pulse Sign Gain (check)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode Free Mode Pulse Amplitude 1000 Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =100 1s Period =001 10-4s Trig In open Range 10V

Measure the voltage at the output with the DMM for the Pulse Sign at + and - positions

The absolute values ofthe voltages should differ by less than lOOmV

Baseline Amplitudes (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Range 100mA Trig Mode center position Baseline Amplitude fully CW (1000) Trig In open

Measure the voltage at the output with the DMM with Baseline Sign in + Zero and

- positions

Gain the matching of current levels at = and - positions and offset current in Zero position

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop PO Box 850 Cartsboig Wa 98324 Telophone 800-4201306 360683-8300 FkX 3606803525 E-mail salesa-msystemscom website http^^wwaflisystemsccm

17

Output Range Amplitude and Drive (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Pulse Amplitude 1000 Pulse Sign + Trig Mode Free Run Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =1001 Period =10010-4 Trig In open

Load the output with a 10KV 1W 01 resistor Measure the voltage at the output with DMM

Verify that full scale output is within specification Scale Range 100V 100V 10V 10V 100mA IV 1mA 10V 10mA 100V

Pulse Sign and Short Circuit Protection (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =200 10-4 Period =00110-3 Baseline Zero Pulse Amplitude 25 Range 10V Trig Mode Free Run Trig In open

Measure the voltage at the output with the oscilloscope Check for Pulse Sign set to each of + - biphasic Watch for Error indicator when shorting the output

Verify that pulses of approx 25V amplitude (625V for biphasic mode) of the correct sign are produced every 10ms Short output in biphasic mode Output should return when opened

Output Transient Response (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Pulse Sign + Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =20010-4 Period =00110-3 Pulse Amplitude 250 Baseline Zero Trig Mode Free Mode Trig In open

Connect the oscilloscope to the output with a 310 attenuator probe Test both 10V and 100V ranges

Verify that overshoot and risetime meet specifications

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Telophone 8004201306 bull 3606808300 bull Flaquo( 360laquo83ltJ525 E-mail salesa-msystemsocm V^febsite http^wwwa-msystefnscom

18

Specifications

There are three classes of specifications Class A specifications tested in all units and are guaranteed Class B specifications are inherent in the design they are indirectly tested and are guaranteed Class C specifications are typical operating values which are occasionally tested- these are typical values given for your information but not guarshyanteed The class for each specification is noted in the center column ofthe following sections

Inputs Switching level

Hysteresis

Input equivalent circuit

Minimum duration (1 IL-level signal)

A

C

C

C

16 V(plusmn 02 V)

approx 50 mV

lOOKH to+5 in parallel with no more than 35pF

gt 50 ns

Open circuit condition B defaults to highon level

Timing and rate accuracy Rate selector steps

Timing multiplier steps

B

B

lOOpsto 100s in 7 steps

1 of rate selector step size Maximum value is 999 X the rate selector step size

Resolution B approx 01 ofthe maximum value

Timing error (second and later pulses after resetting controls)

B lt 002 of rate selector value + 015 ps

Timing error (first pulse after readjusting timing controls)

an additional 025 ps error may occur

Timing repeatability lt 001 setting + 20 ns (monophasic)

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Ram Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Vfa 98324 pTelophone 8004201306 bull 360683-8300 bull FAX 360683-3525

E-mail salesraquoflisystems com Wabsite httpJAnww afl isystems com

19

TRIG IN to OUTPUT delay (DELAY set to 0) output set to 2V

Timing jitter from TRIG IN to OUTPUT (for TTL trigger input with risetime lt10 ns)

Timing jitter from TRIG OUT (either BURST or PULSE) and OUTPUT

Trigger output to pulse output delay

Output characteristics Pulse level error (voltage mode open circuit current mode short circuit

Biphasic level difference IV + - V-1 2

Baseline level error (voltage mode open circuit current mode short circuit)

Risetime (25 V out)

Risetime (25 V out)

Transient response

A

A

A

Output impedance (voltage mode) C

Output impedance (current mode) C

Isolation resistance A

Isolation capacitance C

approx 05 ps for a load of no more than 10 KH in parallel with 50 pF

lt 125 ns (all rates except 100s) lt 125 ps (100s rate)

Less than 20 ns (all rates)

approx 350 ns

lt 03 of setting + 05 of r range (plus an additional 05 pA in 100 pA range)

lt 03 of range (voltage modes into open circuit current modes into short circuit)

lt 03 of setting of setting + 01 of range (plus an additional 05 pA in lOOpA range)

= 200 ns into less than 30 pF

= 15 ps into less than 30 pF

lt 8 overshoot into less than 30 pF for pulse voltages different than baseline voltage by at least 10 of range

= 50 ohms

raquo 1 0 GH (typically 200 GO)

raquo 1 0 0 M n

= 60 pF at 100 Hz

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Peril Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg V6 98324 |TelCf)hone 800-4201306 3606808300 bull FAX 360683-3525 E-mal salesaflisystefnsoom Website hnpyMVfWafllsystemsoom

20

Noise (differential mode)

Noise (common mode earth to isolated ground) with no signal output

Overload error indicator (low frequency short circuited voltage mode)

Overload error indicator low frequency open circuited current mode)

Overioad error response time

Miscellaneous

= 1 mV rms (10 V scale 10 Hz-4 MHz)

= 8 mV rms (10 Hz-4 MHz) == 100mVp-p (200 Hz -10 MHz) measured withalOMH 15pF oscilloscope probe

Turns on for set amplitude at or greater than approx plusmn1 V (10 V range) or plusmn2 V (100 V range)

Turns on for set amplitude at or above approx 2 of range

Flat to approx 30 ps duration Decreasing sensitivity for shorter pulses

Power

Fuse

Operating temperature range

Storage temperature range

Operating humidity

Dimensions

approx 11 watts

1 amp 3AG

10-30degC

0 - 50deg C

5 - 80 RH

17x475x1125 (inches) 432x121x286 cm

Weight 20 lbs (9 kg)

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Wb 98324 |Tetcphone 8004201306 3606808300 bull FOt 360683-3525 E-mail satesamsystems comV^febsite httpywwwaflisystemscom

21

Warranty and Service

What does this warranty cover A-M Systems Inc warrants to the Purchaser that the Instrument excluding cables Headstage Probes and any other accessories shipped with the Instrument (hereafter the hardware) is free from defects in workmanship or material under normal use and service for the period of one (1) year This warranty commences on the date of delivery ofthe hardware to the Purchaser

What are the obligations of A-M Systems Inc under this warranty During the warranty period A-M Systems Inc agrees to repair or replace at its sole option without charge to the Purchaser any defective component part of the hardware To obtain warranty service the Purchaser must return the hardware to A-M Systems Inc or an authorized A-M Systems Inc distributor in an adequate shipping container Any postage shipping and insurance charges incurred in shipping the hardware to A-M Systems Inc must be prepaid by the Purchaser and all risk for the hardware shall remain with purchaser until such time as A-M Systems Inc takes receipt of the hardware Upon receipt A-M Systems Inc will promptly repair or replace the defective unit and then return the hardware to the Purchaser postage shipping and insurance prepaid A-M Systems Inc may use reconditioned or like new parts or units at its sole option when repairing any hardware Repaired products shall carry the same amount of outstanding warranty as from original purchase or ninety (90) days which ever is greater Any claim under the warranty must include a dated proof of purchase ofthe hardware covered by this warranty In any event A-M Systems Inc liability for defective hardware is limited to repairing or replacing the hardware

What is not covered by this warranty This warranty is contingent upon proper use and maintenance ofthe hardware by the Purchaser and does not cover batteries Neglect misuse whether intentional or othenwise tampering with or altering the hardware damage caused by accident damage caused by unusual physical electrical chemical or electromechanical stress damage caused by failure of electrical power or damage caused during transportation are not covered by this wan-anty Products may not be returned to A-M Systems Inc for service whether under warranty or otherwise which are contaminated by infectious agents radioactive compounds or other materials constituting a health hazard to employees of A-M Systems Inc

What are the limits of liability for A-M Systems Inc under this warranty A-M Systems Inc shall not be liable for loss of data profits or savings or any special incidental consequential indirect or other similar damages arising from breach of contract negligence or other legal action even if the company or its agent has been advised of the possibility of such damages or for any claim brought against you by another party THIS EQUIPMENT IS NOT INTENDED FOR CLINICAL MEASUREMENTS USING HUMAN SUBJECTS A-M SYSTEMS INC DOES NOT ASSUME RESPONSIBILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE DUE TO MISUSE OF THIS EQUIPMENT Jurisdictions vary with regard to the enforceability of provisions excluding or limiting liability for incidental or consequential damages Check the provision of your local jurisdiction to find out whether the above exclusion applies to you

This warranty allocates risks of product failure between the Purchaser and A-M Systems Inc A-M Systems Inc hardware pricing reflects this allocation of risk and the limitations of liability contained in this warranty The warranty set forth above is in lieu of all other express warranties whether oral or written The agents employees distributors and dealers of A-M Systems Inc are not authorized to make modifications to this warranty or additional wan-anties binding on the company Accordingly additional statements such as dealer advertising or presentations whether oral or written do not constitute warranties by A-M Systems Inc and should not be relied upon This warranty gives you specific legal rights You may also have other rights which vary from one jurisdiction to another

fl-N Systems Inc 131BusinessPartiLoop RO Box850CartsbOfgWa98324 p O |Telophone 8004201306 bull 360683-8300FOC 3606830525 ^ ^ E-mail saiesaflisystefTiscom Wbbsite httpVwwwa-msystemscom

Calibration Procedures

The calibration interval is the lesser of 1000 hours of operation or 6 months Somewhat greater drift can be expected in the first 100 hours of operation as the semiconductors age Adjustments should only be made after the instrument has been fully warmed up for at least 15 minutes

Full instrument calibration requires the following test equipment digital multimeter (plusmn 01) able to measure resistance to at least lOOMfl oscilloscope with at least 50MHz bandwidth true-rms voltmeter with 4MHz bandwidth universal counter (plusmn 001 ) able to measure single pulse widths and periods resistors (all plusmn 01) 2kn lOkH 1 waft 20kn 200kn alligator clip lead sets banana plugs and BNC adapters

Adjustment integrated circuit and test point locations are shown in the following figures All adjustments are on the timing board unless otherwise noted

All voltages in the non-isolated section should be measured with respect to ground at TP510 unless othenvise stated Some voltages are measured with respect to an intemal isolated ground at TP650 or across the two output tenninals Occasionally the voltage at an IC pin must be measured In these cases the reference designator is given with the pin number in parentheses eg U602(16) When it states within this procedure that a voltage is to be minimized this means that the adjustment should be made such that the measured voltage is as close to zero volts as possible Refer to the Specifications Section of this manual for acceptable tolerances

The sequence of this procedure is Important If any adjustment is made all adjustments which follow must be made to ensure that the specifications will be met These procedures require that all controls remain as set in previous steps unless otherwise indicated

WARNING

The Model 2100 has dangerous voltages throughout the instrument even with the power is off Servicing the Model 2100 should only be done by qualified service personnel Use caution in handling any wires connectors or electrodes which may be directly or indirectly attached to the Instrument Do not touch exposed connections or components Disconnect power by unplugging the power cord from the receptacle

fl-N Systems I n c ^ 131BusinesaPartcLoopPOBox850CartsborgVWiB8324 4 n ^gt-mdash80O426-130638Ofl8Jlaquo300FAX36O683J52S bull E-maft BinsysQfrfn^islflnisoomVVfalislle h^KVfWMift^iisystemsoani

CO

- R503

Omg^

TPSOlQ O

OTPSOO

U560 bull

U510

DDID ^ trade E O ^ T P 5 1 0

bullnD Trig

0 ^

U570

Gate n U505

DO D

U515

Timing

Timing h_ U520

bsoo ^25SE Timing

Or r U540

I I Tmlng

[^ELIL

U535 D

U506

13 J510 Timlnff

BurfiDelay J400

i i i i i i i T r m r a

gt U550 ^

Clock

U555 U620

B a

^R^Pvhigh Rfijn O D O Vlow

o

bull U545

Fo sect737 lISOIsPjC-COMP

n r r ^ U760

J420

]]U632

Q S riuGSO

H = ) TP640^ deg I t I

II3D

J440 m i T i

U610 plusmn laquo j U O

bull bull l el

^t

O l

bull

M

I

Power supply and bias voltages

Power supply

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

POWER ON Observe voltage at P703 power supply wire top of main board

Check for+15 plusmn 050 V

Observe voltage at P701 power supply wire top of main board

Check for-15 plusmn 050 V

Observe voltage at U505(24) Check for+5 plusmn 025 V

Isolated supply voltage

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

RANGE 10 V TRIG open circuit MODE center position

Altemately observe V^ from R742 to R740 and V ^ from the U605(4) to U605(8)

Adjust R773 so that 110VltV^lt 120 V and

nign

28VltV^lt34V

Capacitance balance

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Connect a x10 oscilloscope probe to TP650 and ground the

Adjust R737 for minimum high frequency signal

Inputs

Gate funct ion

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave Verify that the voltage to GATE switches states at the Obsene voltage at U51G(3) proper input levels with an oscilloscope ^ ^

Trigger s lope

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave Verify that the voltage to TRIO switches states at the Observe voltage at US 10( 1) proper input levels with an oscilloscope

TRIG SLOPE + Verify voltage is 180 out of phase

TRIG SLOPE Verify voltage is in phase

fl-N Systems Inc ^ 131 Bushess Park Loop PO Bar 850 Carisborg Wa 98324 8004201306 3eOlaquoS3e300 FAX 3606BV352S

C-maft fliii8yBQfriii9yBlumaoamVIAibsMB hRpJhwMifi-iiiBystematxini

14

Trigger and gate funct ion

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

DELA NONE BURS1WII3TH SINGLE DURATION SQUARE PERIOD 100X10-3

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave to TRIG Obsen^e TRIOD and EVENT LEDS

TRIG disconnect all Short the GATE connector to GND Verify LEDs extinguish

MODE press to MANUAL Verify LEDs flash once

Timing

System c lock frequency

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Observe the frequency of the wave atU555(17)

Verify 1000 MHz plusmn001

Multipl iers (Wheel Switches)

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

PULSE SIGN + MODE FREE RUN TRIG disconnect all TIMING MULTIPUERS ail

wheels set to zero except the one being tested

TnmiNG OVERLAP ^nOTB

Observe the pulse width with the counter at the location specified below

Verify pulse width Is correct for each wheel as it is tested Independently

For each wheel of each MULTIPUER test each position to verify that the pulse width is correct Observe the signal at the following locations DELAY U520(2) BURSTWIDTH U530(2) PERIOD US40(2) DURATION U550(2)

Rates (Rotary Switches)

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

TIMING MULTIPUERS 001 TIMING RATES all rotary

switches set to 10-4 except the one being tested

Observe the pulse width with the counter at the location specified below

Verify pulse width is conect for each rotary switch as it is tested independently

For each of the four rotary switches in TIMING test each position to verify that the pulse wkJth is correct Observe the signal at the following locations DELAY U520(2) BURSTWIDTH U530(2) PERIOD U540(2) DURATION U550(2)

fl-N Systems I n c ^ E-maft emfl

131 Business Parti Loop PO 809(850 Cartsborg Wta 98324 8004201306 3804806300 FAX 36068O3S25

E-maft ansysQa nvystems-oom Wobste hflp Avwwa4nsy8(Qnttoam

15

Trigger outputs Controls

Range 10V Pulse Amplitude 500 Delay 100x10 Burst 100x10^2 Duration 100 x1a Period 400x10^ Pulse sign + Trig Mode Free run Trig in open

Inputs Observations

Trigger the oscilloscope to the Burst Trig Out Observe it the Pulse Trig Out and the isolated output

Adjust Check

Verify that the waveform consists of a burst of three 1ms-on3ms-off pulses The burst trigger should be synchronous with the burst the pulse trigger coincident with each pulse

Output Calibration

Isolation Resistance (check) Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode center position Trig In open

Measure the resistance between ground banana jack (front panel) and black banana jack of output with DMM

Resistance read gt 100MQ

Amplitude Switch Offset (R640) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Zero Trig Mode center position Trig In Open

Measure the voltage at TP645 vs TP650 with the DMM

Adjust R640 (AmpI Sw Offset) for minimum voltage

Output Offset (R332 front panel board) Controls I nputsObservatlons AdjustCheck

Baseline Zero Range 10V Trig Mode center position Trig In Open

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

Adjust R332 (Output offset) for minimum voltage

Positive Baseline Offset (R607) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Sign + Baseline Amplitude

fully CCW (000) Range 10V Trig In open Trig Mode center position

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

Adjust R602 (BSLN + offset) for minimum voltage

fl M raquo _ _ _ A laquo ^ _ i ^ ^ 131Buslnelaquo8Pari(loopPOBoK850Cart8borgWB96324

bull P I i s V S i e m S a |||Cg1Maphans80O42O130638O68O8300FAX36Olaquo8raquo^2S E-tiBft anagtraquoflwiisyagtlaquomraquoaimW6baHB hHpffii(wwraquoltnsylaquoleniieom

16

Negative Baseline Offset (R619) Controls

Baseline Sign -i Baseline Amplitude bull fully CCW (000)

Range 10V Trig In open Trig Mode center position

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

AdjustCheck

Adjust R619 (BSLN 4 offset) for minimum voltage

Pulse Amplitude Adjust (R602) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode Free Mode Pulse Amplitude 1000 Timing Dialay =none Burst =single Duration =1001 Period =00110-4 Pulse Sign -Trig In open Range 10V

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

The Overiap indicator should be on Adjust R602 (Max Level) for -1000V out

Pulse Sign Gain (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode Free Mode Pulse Amplitude 1000 Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =1001 s Period =00110-4s Trig In open Range 10V

Measure the voltage at the output with the DMM for the Pulse Sign at -- and - positions

The absolute values of the voltages should differ by less than lOOmV

Baseline Amplitudes (check) Controls InputsObservations

Range 100mA Trig Mode center position Baseline Amplitude fully CW (1000) Trig In open

Measure the voltage at the output with the DMM with Baseline Sign in + Zero and - positions

AdjustCheck

Gain the matching of current levels at = and - positions and offset current in Zero position

fl-N Systems Inc^^ bull E-mal am8

131 Business Partt Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 88324 8004201306360laquo8Oe300FAX 360laquo8O362S

E-maM am8y8^o-mBy8tflmBoom WobaKo hHp Awwwo-f i iBystonuoom

17

Output Range Amplitude and Drive (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Pulse Amplitude 1000 Pulse Sign + Trig Mode Free Run Timing Delay =none Burst =8ingle Duration =1001 Period =10010-4 Trig In open

Load the output with a 10KV1W 01 resistor Measure the voltage at the output with DMM

Verify that full scale output is within specification Scale Range 100V 100V 10V 10V 100mA IV 1mA 10V 10mA 100V

Pulse Sign and Short Circuit Protection (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Timing Delay =none Burst =8ingle Duration =200 10-4 Period =00110-3 Baseline Zero Pulse Amplitude 25 Range 10V Trig Mode Free Run Trig In open

Measure the voltage at the output with the oscilloscope Check for Pulse Sign set to each of + - biphasic Watch for Error indicator when shorting the output

Verify that pulses of approx 25V amplitude (625V for biphasic mode) of the correct sign are produced every 10ms Short output in biphasic mode Output should retum when opened

Output Transient Response (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Pulse Sign + Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =20010-4 Period =00110-3 Pulse Amplitude 250 Baseline Zero Trig Mode Free Mode Trig In open

Connect the oscilloscope to the output with a 310 attenuator prolse Test boVn 10V and 100V ranges

Verify that overshoot and risetime meet specifications

fl-N Systems I n c ^ 131 Business Parte Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wb 98324 8004201306 36Olaquo83O300 FAX 36O680lt352S

E-mQ0 snBy8Qs-msy8faiTiscom VWriMtte N ^ Mvww9-msy8lemscom

18

Specifications

There are three classes of specifications Class A specifications tested in all unHs and are guaranteed Class B specifications are inherent in the design they are indirectly tested and are guaranteed Class C specifications are typical operating values which are occasionally tested- these are typical values given for your infomiation but not guarshyanteed The class for each specification is noted in the center column of the following sections

Inputs Switching level

Hysteresis

Input equivalent circuit

Minimum duration (1 IL-level signal)

A

C

C

C

16V(plusmn02V)

approx 50 mV

100K ft to+5 In parallel with no more than 35pF

gt 50 ns

Open circuit condition B defaults to highon level

Timing and rate accuracy Rate selector steps

Timing multiplier steps

Resolution

Timing eror (second and later pulses after resetting controls)

B

B

B

B

lOOps to 100s In 7 steps

1 of rate selector step size Maximum value is 999 x the rate selector step size

approx 01 of the maximum value

lt 002 of rate selector value + 015 ps

Timing error (first pulse after readjusting timing controls)

an additional 025 ps error may occur

Timing repeatability lt 001 setting + 20 ns (monophasic)

fl-N Systems I nc ^ bull E-moU ams

131 Business Parti Loop PO Boot 850 Cartsborg VM 98324 80O42O130838O08O8300FAX36Olaquo8O3S2S

E-meU anByafl^iiisyslainaoomWebsHe hHpffliiwwraquomsys)emsoom

19

TRIG IN to OUTPUT delay (DELAY set to 0) output set to 2V

Timing jitter ft-om TRIG IN to OUTPUT (for TTL trigger input with risetime lt10 ns)

Timing jitter ft^om TRIG OUT (either BURST or PULSE) and OUTPUT

Trigger output to pulse output delay

Output charactsristics Pulse level enror (voltage mode open circuit cun-ent mode short circuit

Biphasic level difference |V + + V-|2

Baseline level error (voltage mode A open circuit current mode short circuit)

Risetime (25 V out)

Risetime (25 V out)

Transient response

A

A

A

Output impedance (voltage mode) C

Output impedance (current mode) C

Isolation resistance A

Isolation capacitance C

approx 05 ps for a load of no more than 10 Kft in parallel with 50 pF

lt 125 ns (all rates except 100s) lt 125 ps (100s rate)

Less than 20 ns (all rates)

approx 350 ns

lt 03 of setting + 05 of r range (plus an additional 05 pA inlOOpArenge)

lt 03 of range (voltage modes into open circuit current modes into short circuit)

lt 03 of setting of setting + 01 of range (plus an additional 05 pA in lOOpA range)

laquo 200 ns into less than 30 pF

laquo15 ps into less than 30 pF

lt 8 overshoot Into less than 30 pF for pulse voltages different than baseline voltage by at least 10 of range

laquo 50 ohms

raquo 1 0 Gft (typically 200 Gft)

raquo100Mft

laquo 60 pF at 100 Hz

fl-N Systems Inc^^ 131 Business Partt Uxip PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 96324 8004201308 SBOee^^SOO FAX 360laquoS3^52S

E-mat BiByraquoaiMii8ylaquoliiiiiseomWiljalteHlpJV(wwraquo4tgy8lenaoom

20

Noise (differential mode)

Noise (common mode earth to isolated ground) with no signal output

Overioad error indicator (low frequency short circuited voltage mode)

Overioad error indicator low frequency open circuited current mode)

Overioad enor response time

Miscellaneous

Power

Fuse

Operating temperature range

Storage temperature range

Operating humidity

Dimensions

Weight

laquo1 mV rms (10 V scale 10Hz-4MHz)

laquo 8 mV rms (10 Hz-4 MHz) laquo100mVp-p (200 Hz -10 MHz) measured withalOMft 15pF oscilloscope probe

Turns on for set amplitude at or greater than approx plusmn1V (10 V range) or plusmn2 V (100 V range)

Turns on for set amplitude at or above approx 2 of range

Flat to approx 30 ps duration Decreasing sensitivity for shorter pulses

approx 11 watts

1 amp 3 AG

10-30C

0 - 50deg C

5-80RH

17x475x1125 (Inches) 432x121x286 cm

20 lbs (9 kg)

fl mm bull gt _ _ _ A ^ ^ _ _ L ^ 131BusinesraquoPariltLocpPOBox850C8rtsborgWS9e324

bull p i ^ y s v e m s IIIC^^deg(^deg^Bdegltgt^^^3degdeg^deg^^deg^^^degdeg^^I^deg^deg^^^^^

21 E-mei flre^nQo 4n8yo(amscam Wsbsfle hHpAwwwe-msy8Jems-Oom

Warranty and Service

What does this warranty cover A-M Systems Inc warrants to the Purchaser that the Instrument excluding cables Headstage Probes and any other accessories shipped with the Instrument (hereafter the hardware) is free from defects in workmanship or material under normal use and service for the period of one (1) year This warranty commences on the date of delivery of the hardware to the Purchaser

What are the obligations of A-M Systems Inc under this warranty During the warranty period A-M Systems Inc agrees to repair or replace at its sole option without charge to the Purchaser any defective component part of the hardware To obtain warranty service the Purchaser must return the hardware to A-M Systems Inc or an authorized A-M Systems Inc distributor in an adequate shipping container Any postage shipping and insurance charges incurred in shipping the hardware to A-M Systems Inc must be prepaid by the Purchaser and all risk for the hardware shall remain with purchaser until such time as A-M Systems Inc takes receipt of the hardware Upon receipt A-M Systems Inc will promptly repair or replace the defective unit and then return the hardware to the Purchaser postage shipping and insurance prepaid A-M Systems Inc may use reconditioned or like new parts or units at its sole option when repairing any hardware Repaired products shall carry the same amount of outstanding wan^nty as from original purchase or ninety (90) days which ever is greater Any claim under the warranty must include a dated proof of purchase of the hardware covered by this wan-anty In any event A-M Systems Inc liability for defective hardware is limited to repairing or replacing the hardware

What is not covered by this warranty This warranty is contingent upon proper use and maintenance of the hardware by the Purchaser and does not cover batteries Neglect misuse whether intentional or otherwise tampering with or altering the hardware damage caused by accident damage caused by unusual physical electrical chemical or electromechanical stress damage caused by failure of electrical power or damage caused during transportation are not covered by this warranty Products may not be returned to A-M Systems Inc for service whether under warranty or otherwise which are contaminated by infectious agents radioactive compounds or other materials constituting a health hazard to employees of A-M Systems Inc

What are the limits of llabiiity for A-M Systems inc under this warranty A-M Systems Inc shall not be liable for loss of data profits or savings or any special incidental consequential indirect or other similar damages arising from breach of contract negligence or other legal action even if the company or its agent has been advised of the possibility of such damages or for any claim brought against you by another party THIS EQUIPMENT IS NOT INTENDED FOR CLINICAL MEASUREMENTS USING HUMAN SUBJECTS A-M SYSTEMS INC DOES NOT ASSUME RESPONSIBILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE DUE TO MISUSE OF THIS EQUIPMENT Jurisdictions vary with regard to the enforceability of provisions excluding or limiting liability for incidental or consequential damages Check the provision of your local jurisdiction to find out whether the above exclusion applies to you This warranty allocates risks of product failure between the Purchaser and A-M Systems Inc A-M Systems Inc hardware pricing reflects this allocation of risk and the limitations of liability contained in this wanranty The warranty set forth above is in lieu of all other express wan^anties whether oral or written The agents employees distributors and dealers of A-M Systems Inc are not authorized to make modifications to this wan-anty or additional wan-anties binding on the company Accordingly additional statements such as dealer advertising or presentations whether oral or written do not constitute wananties by A-M Systems Inc and should not be relied upon This warranty gives you specific legal rights You may also have other rights whrch vary from one jurisdiction to another

6 mm ^ laquo _ _ A a B ^ _ 1 ^ ^ 131 Business Parti Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg W B 98324 O O

bull P l A y S V e m S l n C T^M 8OO42OI3O6 380683-8300FAX 360 803525 ^ ^ E-msl iiiisy80iHTBy8tenisoom Wsbsito hnphwwfrimysleiiisoom

A

V ISO

INSTRUCTION MANUAL

FOR

ISOLATED PULSE STIMULATOR

MODEL 2100

Serial

Date

A-M Systems Inc

PO Box 850

Carlsborg WA 98324

USA

360-683-8300 bull 800-426-1306 FAX 360-683-3525

httpwwwa-msystemscom

Version 70 February 2002

Contents General Description 1

Instrument Features 1 Controls and Connectors 2

Operating Instructions 6 Theory of Operation 10 Calibration Procedures 12

Inputs 14 Output Calibration 16

Specifications 19 Warranty and Service 22

Each Isolated Pulse Stimulator is delivered complete with

Rack Mount Hardware Instructions amp Maintenance Manual

NOTE

This instrument is not intended for clinical measurements using human subjects A-M Systems Inc does not assume responsibility for Injury or damage due to the misuse of this instrument

General Description

Instrument Features The Isolated Pulse Stimulator Model 2100 is designed for a wide variety of applications It is highly flexible being capable of delivering single pulses biphasic pairs or bursts of pulses Pulses may be started manually or upon receiving a trigger signal from another Instrument or computer Two non-isolated trigger outputs are available for triggering other instruments

Four sets of timing controls provide comprehensive control overall aspects of pulse generation Three digit accuracy is available over a 7 decade range for each timing function using lever wheel switches Pulse widths can be set over more than a 9 decade range from 05 ps to 999 seconds Timing accuracy is assured through the use of a 10 MHz base rate crystal-controlled clock digitally divided to provide accurate timing over the entire range Atiming overiap indicator will light If the timing controls are set inconsistently

The output may be conveniently switched between current and voltage modes Pulse and baseline amplitudes are Independently presettable with lockable dials An error Indicator will light if the Mode2700 cannot deliver the desired signal

r WARNING

The Model 2100 can produce potentially dangerous voltages up to 100 V at the output connectors The isolated output is not connected internally to safety (earth) ground in any way Some part of the extemal circuit should be connected to safety ground Use caution in handling any wires connectors or electrodes which may be directly or indirectly attached to the Model 2100 output Some kinds of connectors such as BNC connectors have exposed metal parts which may float at dangerous potentials unless extemally connected to safety ground For greatest safety tum the Model 2100 off before making any connections to

the instrument

131 Business Parii Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Telophone 800-426-1306 bull 360-68raquolaquo300 bull FAX 360683-3525 E-mal satesa-msystemsoom VVfebsite httpywwwa^nsystemscom fl-N Systems Inc 1

Controls and Connectors The controls for the Model 2100 are grouped in three sections START which controls when a pulse or burst of pulses begins TIMING which controls the onoff timing of one or more pulses and OUTPUT which controls the amplitude of the output signal

Start TRIG SLOPE Determines the polarity of valid trigger pulses (positive or negative edges in the trigger signal)

MODE Controls waveform initiation When set to FREE RUN one timing cycle immediately follows the last When momentarily placed In the MANUAL position a timing cycle starts Immediately When the switch Is In the center position timing cycles start when valid triggering events occur

TRIGD This LED lights up when a timing cycle Is in process and continues until the burst is completed

TRIG This BNC connector allows a signal from an external source to Initiate timing cycles It is set for standard TTL levels

GATE This BNC connector allows a signal from an external source to restrict the final output signal This input must be at a logical high (or open-circuited) in order for the Model 2100 to recognize either manual or automatic trigger events

Gate 1_ Trigger |~~^ i I Valid triggers (represented by the arrows in the figure) can occur only when the gate Is at logical high Note that the up arrow would apply only If TRIG SLOPE is set to + the down an-ows would apply only if TRIG SLOPE Is set to -

NOTE Triggers have no effect if the system has not completed its response to a previous trigger

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Park Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Vb 98324 TelQphQne 80O426-1306 360683-8300 FAX 360683-3525 E-mail sales^a-msystemscom Wsbsite httpywwwa-msystemscom

Timing Four sets of controls govern the timing of pulse generation Each set contains two values which are multiplied together to detemnine the actual timing value The rotary knob (rate selector) provides the approximate timing value and the lever wheel switch bank (MULTIPLIER)

provides a time resolution of three decimal digits The following diagram shows most of the Important relationships

Output r Delay Duration

|ltPeriodgtj

t Burst width

Trigger event

DELAY These controls determine the time duration between the initiating trigger event and the beginning of the pulse burst If this rate selector is set to NONE or the multiplier is set to 000 there Is no delay

BURST WIDTH These controls determine the time period in which one or more pulses may be delivered Once started a pulse may outlast the burst width If this rate selector is set to SINGLE or to any time shorter than the pulse duration only a single pulse will occur If the BURST WIDTH Is longer than the period pulses will be emitted at the PERIOD rate until the burst time ends Pulses are never truncated by a short BURSTWIDTH

inds)-PULSE

D U R A T I O N 1 0 1 0

10

INTEB-PULSE PERIOD

1 1 10

DURATION These controls determine the length of each pulse Ifthis rate selector Is set to SQUARE the duration is set to half of the period regardless of the MULTIPLIER setting

PERIOD These controls set the period of time between adjacent pulse events within the burst It also forces a minimum dead time between recognized input triggers following a burst of one or more pulses This can be used to prevent over stimulation of a tissue without requiring excessive delay between the triggering event and the stimulating pulse

TIMING OVERLAP

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 860 Carisborg Vamp 98324 |Telophone 800-426-1306 360683-8300 bull FAX 3606aW525 E-mail salearega^nsystemsoom Vfeb5ite httpAwwwa^nsyslemscam

NOTE If any of these timing controls are changed while a timing cycle is in operation the results are undefined until the current cycle finishes

TIMING OVERLAP This LED will light to Indicate an inconsistency in the timing cycle settings There are several ways to introduce such errors The most common way is to set the Inter-pulse PERIOD to be less than the pulse DURATION

T I M I N G (seconds)^

TRIG OUT (UPPER) This BNC connector provides a signal which is coincident with the Internal Burst timing signal (default) This means the signal starts at the end of the Delay time and persists until the Burst time expires This output may also be set to represent the delay time-out by setting the internal jumper J510 to the right two pins instead of the left two pins (Please see the Calibration section in this manual for jumper location Directions are given as viewed from the front of the Instrument)

TRIG OUT (LOWER) This BNC connector provides a signal which Is coincident with the Duration timing signal which controls pulse output

NOTE Both trigger output signals slightly lead the isolated output signal

Output

PULSE SIGN This switch determines the polarity of the pulses to be generated It also allows generation of biphasic pulses thereby doubling the effective total period Warning the first pulse generated after changing the PULSE

SIGN switch may have the wrong polarity

BASELINE This Switch determines the polarity ofthe baseline signal

RANGE This rotary switch determines if the output pulses will be constant current (3 ranges) or constant voltage (2 ranges)

BASELINE AMPLITUDE This value is independently set using a ten-turn counting dial The maximum baseline amplitude is one tenth the value shown on the range amplitude switch

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 8S0 Cartsborg Vfa 98324 |Tetaphone 80O426-1306 bull 360683-8300 bull FAX 3606803525 E-mail salesa-msystemscom Wbbsite http7Awwwaflnsystemscom

PULSE AMPLITUDE This value is independently set using a ten-turn counting dial The maximum pulse amplitude is the value shown on the range amplitude switch

EVENT This LED indicates when a pulse is ongoing

ERROR This LED indicates when the internal output amplifier cannot output the pulse as desired This is usually due to a short circuit while trying to output a voltage or an open circuit while trying to output a current

VOTEThe Pulse Sign control in the Oupuf section directly affects waveform timing When set to the Biphasic mode a positive-going pulse is immediately followed by a negative-going pulse This effectively doubles the pulse duration If a burst of biphasic pulses is being produced the period must be at least twice the single pulse duration In the Square wave mode the baseline disappears as long as the burst persists

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsboig Vte 98324 |Telophone 800426-1306 360683-8300 bull FAX 3606833525 E-mail salesa-m5ystem5 com Website httpwwwa-msystemscom

Operating Instructions

Examples Simple setup (and minimal instrument test)

Connect the output ofthe Model 2100 to an oscilloscope Before connecting the Model 2100 to any other instrument or the experimental preparation It is safest to turn Its power off

Set the Oufpuf controls

Range 10V Pulse Sign +

Baseline Zero Pulse Amplitude 200

Setting The Timing Controls

Delay Burst Width

Duration Period

none single

15010-2 50010-2

Setting The Start Controls

Mode Free Run

Disconnect any cables to the TRIG or GATE inputs

Note that the green Trig and Event Indicators turn on as Free Run is turned on (and turn off otherwise) You should observe a 15ms duration 20Hz rate pulse of 200V above a OV baseline on the oscilloscope

fl-N Systems Inc 131 BusinessPartiLoop RO Box850CarisbcxgWa98324 |Telophone 800426-1306 bull 360-683-8300 bull FW 360683-3525 E-mail salesa-msystems com VVbbsite httpywwwa-msystems com

Demonstration of Burst Mode Connect the output ofthe Model 2100 to an oscilloscope Before connecting the Model 2100 to any other instrument or the experimental preparation It Is safest to turn its power off

Set the Outpuf controls

Range 10V Pulse Sign +

Baseline Pulse Amplitude 200

Baseline Amplitude 100

Setting The Timing Controls

Delay 88010-2 Burst Width 12010-^

Duration 15010-2 Period 50010-2

Set the START controls as follows

Mode Free Run

Disconnect any cables to the TRIG or GATE inputs

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Telophooe 8004201306 360683-8300 bull FAX 360683-3525 E^naii salesa-msystems com Watjsite http7wwwa-msystemscom

Trigger the oscilloscope from the Bursf trigger out (upper Trig Out connector) for a stable display In each burst (occurring every lOOms) you should observe a trio of 15ms duration starting 50ms apart Try switching the StartMode from Free Run to the center (nonnal) position The pulses will no longer be produced and the Trig and Event Indicators will tum off Pressing this switch once (to Manual) will cause a single burst to occur

Problem Solving If the instrument appears to be not working properiy check all ofthe control settings and connections Be sure to wait at least 5-10 seconds after turning the instrument off before turning it on again The following summary of typical problems for the user (along with the most common solutions) may help

Problem CauseSolution

EVENT Indicator never lights even in FREE RUN mode

bull Replace fuse check power connection bullSet DELAY or PERIOD to a shorter interval

bull Power-on too soon after power-off

OVERLAP Indicator is on

ERROR indicator is on

bull Set DURATION gt000 bull DURATION Is set to SQUARE but

PERIOD is 000 Increase PERIOD or set DURATION independantly

bull BURST and WIDTH are gt DURATION increase PERIOD or decrease DURATION

bull BIPHASIC pulse output Is on and PERIOD is not longer than twice the DURATION Increase PERIOD or decrease DURATION

bull Free-run Is on and BURST is lt PERIOD (BURST off) DELAY is 0 and PERIOD Is lt DURATION Add delay or modify PERIOD

bull Free-run is on and BURST is gt DURATION (BURST ON) and PERIOD is lt DURATION Increase PERIOD

bull For VOLTAGE outputs the output is trying to drive too low a resistance or capacitance (eg a short circuit) Check by disconnecting the output ft is possible (and normal) that for the fastest cycles and largest amplitudes (close to 100 V

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business PartiLoop PO Box 850 CartsborgWa 98324 iTelophone 800-42O130636O6e3-8300FAX 3606B3-3525 E-mail satesaflisyslefmcom Vfebslte http7wwwa-msyslemscom

and 1 ps) that the ERROR indicator might always come on during repetitive pulses Fix output load or decrease amplitude as required

Time appears to be excessive Changed control in mid-cycle (resets current status)

Cant seem to get a full signal out Load Is not properiy connected repair wiring Too low a load impedance (VOLTAGE modes) or too high a load impedance (CURRENT mode)

Incoming triggers not accepted frequently enough

PERIOD is set too long (enforces dead time) followd by BURST set to SIGNAL Reduce PERIOD time

Table 10 Problem Solving

If you suspect that the Model 2100 may have completely failed we recommend checking the basic level of functionality Ifthis fails your instrument Is defective and must be repaired Ifthis passes either your experimental setup is incompatible or inconsistent or there is a more subtle flaw in your Model 2100

If the Model 2100 appears to be malfunctioning contact A-M Systems Inc or your dealer We will first attempt to solve the problem over the telephone so have an exact description of your problem available when you call You do not need to be within the warranty period to obtain over-the-phone assistance

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 iTetoptxme 80O426-1306 bull 360683-8300 FAX 3606803525 E-mail satesa-msystemsoomAfebsitehttpJwwwaflisystemscom

Theory of Operation

The operation ofthe Model 2100 is summarized in the block diagram (see the figure on Page 11) Not shown are all ofthe interconnections with the microcontroller The internal microcontroler plays an important role in setting the signal path but does not directly contribute to the dynamic characteristics It scans the front panel switches and sets the control values for the logic arrays It programs the internal counters which along with the other hardware achieve the necessary sub-microsecond speeds

Pulse generation starts either from an Input trigger signal (from Trig In) or an internally signal (Free Run mode) A Delay timer counts the 10MHz clock until its count value is exhausted At this point the Burst Period and Duration timers are started If the Burst timer has not expired by the end ofthe Period the Period and Duration timers are restarted If the Biphasic mode has been set the Duration timer is restarted at the end of the initial Duration and the sign ofthe output pulse is reversed doubling the total duration

The system state (pulse on pulse sign baseline sign [+0f-]) is transmitted to the isolated section via optoisolator The baseline and pulse amplitudes are selected by an analog switch The resulting signal is amplified by a variable-power-supply discrete operational amplifier The amplifier connections and gain is modified to provide two voltage and three current ranges

Timing overiap errors are detected by a logical decision computation rather than by testing for counter collisions This provides instant feedback rather than waiting up to an hour for such a collision to occur Output errors are measured by sensing the output amplifiers differential input voltage Under normal conditions this is a negligible voltage If the amplifier fails to deliver the requested signal the window comparator testing this voltage sends this message (via optoisolator) to the logic section turning on a warning LED

fl-N Systems Inc 131BusinessPart(LoopRO Box850CarisboigWa98324 4 n Tel0pri0ne80O426-130636O683^300FAX36O6833525 ^ E-mail salesaflisystBmscom V febsite http7wwwa-msystemsoom

S i

I - - ^^mdasho^M

OUTPUT i l l

TRIG ^ OUT

(burst)

TRIG 3-lt) OUT

(pulse)

til

I laquo

Calibration Procedures

The calibration interval is the lesser of 1000 hours of operation or 6 months Somewhat greater drift can be expected in the first 100 hours of operation as the semiconductors age Adjustments should only be made after the instrument has been fully warmed up for at least 15 minutes

Full instrument calibration requires the following test equipment digital multimeter (plusmn 01) able to measure resistance to at least lOOMO oscilloscope with at least 50MHz bandwidth true-mis voltmeter with 4MHz bandwidth universal counter (plusmn 001 ) able to measure single pulse widths and periods resistors (all plusmn 01) 2kn lOkH 1 watt 20kn 200kn alligator clip lead sets banana plugs and BNC adapters

Adjustment integrated circuit and test point locations are shown in the following figures All adjustments are on the timing board unless othenAise noted

All voltages in the non-isolated section should be measured with respect to ground at TP510 unless othenwise stated Some voltages are measured with respect to an internal isolated ground at TP650 or across the two output temninals Occasionally the voltage at an IC pin must be measured in these cases the reference designator is given with the pin number in parentheses eg U602(16) When it states within this procedure that a voltage is to be minimized this means that the adjustment should be made such that the measured voltage is as close to zero volts as possible Refer to the Specifications Section of this manual for acceptable tolerances

The sequence of this procedure is important If any adjustment is made all adjustments which follow must be made to ensure that the specifications will be met These procedures require that all controls remain as set in previous steps unless othenAise indicated

WARNING

The Model 2100 has dangerous voltages throughout the instrument even with the power is off Servicing the Model 2100 should only be done by qualified service personnel Use caution in handling any wires connectors or electrodes which may be directly or indirectly attached to the instrument Do not touch exposed connections or components Disconnect power by unplugging the power cord from the receptacle

H B ^ ^ S y s t e m s inc^degdegp^deg^^deg-^^^^^^^^B3^^^degdeg^^^lt^^^B^^^^ 131BusinessPartiLoopPO Box850CartsbOigWamp98324 4 9 |Telophone800-42013C6360683-8300F0lt360683-3525 ^ E-mail salesa-msystefnscom website httpwwwaflisystems com

CO

TP501 O lt0

g OTPSOO

U560 S

Trig Gate

0 -TISOS

U570

U500

Timing

p U520

Timing

K U550 Timin

gt U540

U515

o X I Timin

U508 I

J510 Timing nnn

Burst Delay J400

gt U550

R503

D D I D bull U8QQ i Q

n

oo

V P 5 1 0

b U535

^

Clock i _

U555

lt U 5 4 5

o

h d ^ O - - ^ U605

Q D

U620

O fJZ^ R737 bull ^ 1^13015 r j C - C O M P

B B nU770 ^ ^ ^ 5 ^ a

J420

a

o E

bull [ ]U632

riueso

rR742rVhigh R 6 1 9 ^

LJ TP645 O TP650

TPMOQ^QS

Vlow

CD-

CZZl

J440 bull bull tl iUDQ

I t

f i l

Power supply and bias voltages

Power supply

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

POWER ON Observe voltage at P703 power supply wire top of main board

Check for+15 plusmn 050 V

Observe voltage at P701 power supply wire top of main board

Check for-15 plusmn 050 V

Observe voltage at U505(24) Check for +5 plusmn 025 V

Isolated supply voltage Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

RANGE 10 V TRIG open circuit MODE center position

Alternately observe V ^ from R742 to R740 and V ^ from theU605(4)toU605(8)

Adjust R773 so that 110VltV lt 120 V and

nigh

28VltV|^lt34V

Capacitance balance Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

Connect a xlO oscilloscope probe to TP650 and ground the

Adjust R737 for minimum high frequency signal

Inputs

Gate function Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave Verify that the voltage to GATE switches states at the Observe voltage at U510(3) proper input levels with an oscilloscope

Trigger slope Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave Verify that the voltage to TRIG switches states at the Observe voltage at U510( 1) proper input levels with an oscilloscope

TRIG SLOPE Verify voltage is 180deg out of phase

TRIG SLOPE Verify voltage is in phase

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 860 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Jelophone 800-4201306 360683-8300 bull FM 380683-3525 E-mail salesaflTsystBfnscom bull Vtebsite httpVAirwwaflisystems com

14

Trigger and gate f unc t i on

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

DELAY NONE BURS-nMDTH SINGLE DURATION SQUARE PERIOD 100X10-3

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave to TRIG Observe TRIGD and EVENT LEDs

TRIG disconnect all Short the GATE connector to GND Verify LEDs extinguish

MODE press to MANUAL Verify LEDs flash once

Timing

System c lock f requency

Controls Inputs Observations Ad jus t Check

Observe the frequency of the wave Verify 1000 MHz plusmn 001 atU555(17)

Mul t ip l iers (Wheel Swi tches)

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

PULSE SIGN-laquobull MODE FREE RUN TRIG disconnect all TIMING MULTIPUERS all

wheels set to zero except the one being tested

TIMING OVERLAP ignore

Observe the pulse width with the counter at the location specified t)elow

Verify pulse width is correct for each wheel as it is tested independently

For each wheel of each MULTIPLIER test each position to verify that the pulse width is correct Observe the signal at the following locations DELAY U520(2) BURSTWIDTH U530(2) PERIOD U540(2) DURATION U550(2)

Rates (Rotary Swi tches)

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

TIMING MULTIPUERS 001 Observe the pulse width with the TIMING RATES all rotary counter at the location specified

switches set to 10-4 below except the one being tested

Verify pulse width is correct for each rotary switch as it is tested independently

For each ofthe four rotary switches in TIMING test each position to verify that the pulse width is correct Observe the signal at the following locations DELAY U520(2) BURSTWIDTH U530(2) PERIOD U540(2) DURATION U550(2)

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 iTetophone 8004201306 bull 360683-8300 bull FOC 3606803525 E-mail salesa-msystemscom Wbbsite httpJwwwaflTSystemscom

15

Trigger outputs

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

Range 10V Pulse Amplitude 500 Delay 100 xlO^ Burst 100 x 10 ^ Duration 100x10-^ Period 400x10-^ Pulse sign + Trig Mode Free run Trig in open

Trigger the oscilloscope to the Burst Trig Out Observe it the Pulse Trig Out and the isolated output

Verify that the waveform consists of a burst of three 1ms-on3ms-off pulses The burst trigger should be synchronous with the burst the pulse trigger coincident with each pulse

Output Calibration

Isolation Resistance (check)

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode center position Trig In open

Measure the resistance between ground banana jack (front panel) and black banana jack of output with DMM

Resistance read gt 100MQ

Amplitude Switch Offset (R640)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Zero Trig Mode center position Trig In Open

Measure the voltage at TP645 vs TP650 with the DMM

Adjust R640 (AmpI Sw Offset) for minimum voltage

Output Offset (R332 front panel board) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Zero Range 10V Trig Mode center position Trig In Open

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

Adjust R332 (Output offset) for minimum voltage

Positive Baseline Offeet (R607) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Sign + Baseline Amplitude

fully CCW (000) Range 10V Trig In open Trig Mode center position

Measure the voltage across the outputwiththeDMM

Adjust R602 (BSLN + offset) for minimum voltage

fl-N Systems Inc 131 BusBiess Parti Loop P O Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Telophone B00-42O1306 bull 360683-8300 bull FAX 3606803525 E-mail salesaflisystemscom V^tebsite httpy^vwwa-msystems com

16

Negative Baseline Offset (R619)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Sign -Baseline Amplitude

fully CCW (000) Range 10V Trig In open Trig Mode center position

Measure the voltage across the outputwiththeDMM

Adjust R619 (BSLN + offset) for minimum voltage

Pulse Amplitude Adjust (R602)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode Free Mode Pulse Amplitude 1000 Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =1001 Period =00110-4 Pulse Sign -Trig In open Range 10V

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

The Overiap indicator should be on Adjust R602 (Max Level) for -10OOV out

Pulse Sign Gain (check)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode Free Mode Pulse Amplitude 1000 Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =100 1s Period =001 10-4s Trig In open Range 10V

Measure the voltage at the output with the DMM for the Pulse Sign at + and - positions

The absolute values ofthe voltages should differ by less than lOOmV

Baseline Amplitudes (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Range 100mA Trig Mode center position Baseline Amplitude fully CW (1000) Trig In open

Measure the voltage at the output with the DMM with Baseline Sign in + Zero and

- positions

Gain the matching of current levels at = and - positions and offset current in Zero position

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop PO Box 850 Cartsboig Wa 98324 Telophone 800-4201306 360683-8300 FkX 3606803525 E-mail salesa-msystemscom website http^^wwaflisystemsccm

17

Output Range Amplitude and Drive (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Pulse Amplitude 1000 Pulse Sign + Trig Mode Free Run Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =1001 Period =10010-4 Trig In open

Load the output with a 10KV 1W 01 resistor Measure the voltage at the output with DMM

Verify that full scale output is within specification Scale Range 100V 100V 10V 10V 100mA IV 1mA 10V 10mA 100V

Pulse Sign and Short Circuit Protection (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =200 10-4 Period =00110-3 Baseline Zero Pulse Amplitude 25 Range 10V Trig Mode Free Run Trig In open

Measure the voltage at the output with the oscilloscope Check for Pulse Sign set to each of + - biphasic Watch for Error indicator when shorting the output

Verify that pulses of approx 25V amplitude (625V for biphasic mode) of the correct sign are produced every 10ms Short output in biphasic mode Output should return when opened

Output Transient Response (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Pulse Sign + Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =20010-4 Period =00110-3 Pulse Amplitude 250 Baseline Zero Trig Mode Free Mode Trig In open

Connect the oscilloscope to the output with a 310 attenuator probe Test both 10V and 100V ranges

Verify that overshoot and risetime meet specifications

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Telophone 8004201306 bull 3606808300 bull Flaquo( 360laquo83ltJ525 E-mail salesa-msystemsocm V^febsite http^wwwa-msystefnscom

18

Specifications

There are three classes of specifications Class A specifications tested in all units and are guaranteed Class B specifications are inherent in the design they are indirectly tested and are guaranteed Class C specifications are typical operating values which are occasionally tested- these are typical values given for your information but not guarshyanteed The class for each specification is noted in the center column ofthe following sections

Inputs Switching level

Hysteresis

Input equivalent circuit

Minimum duration (1 IL-level signal)

A

C

C

C

16 V(plusmn 02 V)

approx 50 mV

lOOKH to+5 in parallel with no more than 35pF

gt 50 ns

Open circuit condition B defaults to highon level

Timing and rate accuracy Rate selector steps

Timing multiplier steps

B

B

lOOpsto 100s in 7 steps

1 of rate selector step size Maximum value is 999 X the rate selector step size

Resolution B approx 01 ofthe maximum value

Timing error (second and later pulses after resetting controls)

B lt 002 of rate selector value + 015 ps

Timing error (first pulse after readjusting timing controls)

an additional 025 ps error may occur

Timing repeatability lt 001 setting + 20 ns (monophasic)

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Ram Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Vfa 98324 pTelophone 8004201306 bull 360683-8300 bull FAX 360683-3525

E-mail salesraquoflisystems com Wabsite httpJAnww afl isystems com

19

TRIG IN to OUTPUT delay (DELAY set to 0) output set to 2V

Timing jitter from TRIG IN to OUTPUT (for TTL trigger input with risetime lt10 ns)

Timing jitter from TRIG OUT (either BURST or PULSE) and OUTPUT

Trigger output to pulse output delay

Output characteristics Pulse level error (voltage mode open circuit current mode short circuit

Biphasic level difference IV + - V-1 2

Baseline level error (voltage mode open circuit current mode short circuit)

Risetime (25 V out)

Risetime (25 V out)

Transient response

A

A

A

Output impedance (voltage mode) C

Output impedance (current mode) C

Isolation resistance A

Isolation capacitance C

approx 05 ps for a load of no more than 10 KH in parallel with 50 pF

lt 125 ns (all rates except 100s) lt 125 ps (100s rate)

Less than 20 ns (all rates)

approx 350 ns

lt 03 of setting + 05 of r range (plus an additional 05 pA in 100 pA range)

lt 03 of range (voltage modes into open circuit current modes into short circuit)

lt 03 of setting of setting + 01 of range (plus an additional 05 pA in lOOpA range)

= 200 ns into less than 30 pF

= 15 ps into less than 30 pF

lt 8 overshoot into less than 30 pF for pulse voltages different than baseline voltage by at least 10 of range

= 50 ohms

raquo 1 0 GH (typically 200 GO)

raquo 1 0 0 M n

= 60 pF at 100 Hz

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Peril Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg V6 98324 |TelCf)hone 800-4201306 3606808300 bull FAX 360683-3525 E-mal salesaflisystefnsoom Website hnpyMVfWafllsystemsoom

20

Noise (differential mode)

Noise (common mode earth to isolated ground) with no signal output

Overload error indicator (low frequency short circuited voltage mode)

Overload error indicator low frequency open circuited current mode)

Overioad error response time

Miscellaneous

= 1 mV rms (10 V scale 10 Hz-4 MHz)

= 8 mV rms (10 Hz-4 MHz) == 100mVp-p (200 Hz -10 MHz) measured withalOMH 15pF oscilloscope probe

Turns on for set amplitude at or greater than approx plusmn1 V (10 V range) or plusmn2 V (100 V range)

Turns on for set amplitude at or above approx 2 of range

Flat to approx 30 ps duration Decreasing sensitivity for shorter pulses

Power

Fuse

Operating temperature range

Storage temperature range

Operating humidity

Dimensions

approx 11 watts

1 amp 3AG

10-30degC

0 - 50deg C

5 - 80 RH

17x475x1125 (inches) 432x121x286 cm

Weight 20 lbs (9 kg)

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Wb 98324 |Tetcphone 8004201306 3606808300 bull FOt 360683-3525 E-mail satesamsystems comV^febsite httpywwwaflisystemscom

21

Warranty and Service

What does this warranty cover A-M Systems Inc warrants to the Purchaser that the Instrument excluding cables Headstage Probes and any other accessories shipped with the Instrument (hereafter the hardware) is free from defects in workmanship or material under normal use and service for the period of one (1) year This warranty commences on the date of delivery ofthe hardware to the Purchaser

What are the obligations of A-M Systems Inc under this warranty During the warranty period A-M Systems Inc agrees to repair or replace at its sole option without charge to the Purchaser any defective component part of the hardware To obtain warranty service the Purchaser must return the hardware to A-M Systems Inc or an authorized A-M Systems Inc distributor in an adequate shipping container Any postage shipping and insurance charges incurred in shipping the hardware to A-M Systems Inc must be prepaid by the Purchaser and all risk for the hardware shall remain with purchaser until such time as A-M Systems Inc takes receipt of the hardware Upon receipt A-M Systems Inc will promptly repair or replace the defective unit and then return the hardware to the Purchaser postage shipping and insurance prepaid A-M Systems Inc may use reconditioned or like new parts or units at its sole option when repairing any hardware Repaired products shall carry the same amount of outstanding warranty as from original purchase or ninety (90) days which ever is greater Any claim under the warranty must include a dated proof of purchase ofthe hardware covered by this warranty In any event A-M Systems Inc liability for defective hardware is limited to repairing or replacing the hardware

What is not covered by this warranty This warranty is contingent upon proper use and maintenance ofthe hardware by the Purchaser and does not cover batteries Neglect misuse whether intentional or othenwise tampering with or altering the hardware damage caused by accident damage caused by unusual physical electrical chemical or electromechanical stress damage caused by failure of electrical power or damage caused during transportation are not covered by this wan-anty Products may not be returned to A-M Systems Inc for service whether under warranty or otherwise which are contaminated by infectious agents radioactive compounds or other materials constituting a health hazard to employees of A-M Systems Inc

What are the limits of liability for A-M Systems Inc under this warranty A-M Systems Inc shall not be liable for loss of data profits or savings or any special incidental consequential indirect or other similar damages arising from breach of contract negligence or other legal action even if the company or its agent has been advised of the possibility of such damages or for any claim brought against you by another party THIS EQUIPMENT IS NOT INTENDED FOR CLINICAL MEASUREMENTS USING HUMAN SUBJECTS A-M SYSTEMS INC DOES NOT ASSUME RESPONSIBILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE DUE TO MISUSE OF THIS EQUIPMENT Jurisdictions vary with regard to the enforceability of provisions excluding or limiting liability for incidental or consequential damages Check the provision of your local jurisdiction to find out whether the above exclusion applies to you

This warranty allocates risks of product failure between the Purchaser and A-M Systems Inc A-M Systems Inc hardware pricing reflects this allocation of risk and the limitations of liability contained in this warranty The warranty set forth above is in lieu of all other express warranties whether oral or written The agents employees distributors and dealers of A-M Systems Inc are not authorized to make modifications to this warranty or additional wan-anties binding on the company Accordingly additional statements such as dealer advertising or presentations whether oral or written do not constitute warranties by A-M Systems Inc and should not be relied upon This warranty gives you specific legal rights You may also have other rights which vary from one jurisdiction to another

fl-N Systems Inc 131BusinessPartiLoop RO Box850CartsbOfgWa98324 p O |Telophone 8004201306 bull 360683-8300FOC 3606830525 ^ ^ E-mail saiesaflisystefTiscom Wbbsite httpVwwwa-msystemscom

CO

- R503

Omg^

TPSOlQ O

OTPSOO

U560 bull

U510

DDID ^ trade E O ^ T P 5 1 0

bullnD Trig

0 ^

U570

Gate n U505

DO D

U515

Timing

Timing h_ U520

bsoo ^25SE Timing

Or r U540

I I Tmlng

[^ELIL

U535 D

U506

13 J510 Timlnff

BurfiDelay J400

i i i i i i i T r m r a

gt U550 ^

Clock

U555 U620

B a

^R^Pvhigh Rfijn O D O Vlow

o

bull U545

Fo sect737 lISOIsPjC-COMP

n r r ^ U760

J420

]]U632

Q S riuGSO

H = ) TP640^ deg I t I

II3D

J440 m i T i

U610 plusmn laquo j U O

bull bull l el

^t

O l

bull

M

I

Power supply and bias voltages

Power supply

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

POWER ON Observe voltage at P703 power supply wire top of main board

Check for+15 plusmn 050 V

Observe voltage at P701 power supply wire top of main board

Check for-15 plusmn 050 V

Observe voltage at U505(24) Check for+5 plusmn 025 V

Isolated supply voltage

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

RANGE 10 V TRIG open circuit MODE center position

Altemately observe V^ from R742 to R740 and V ^ from the U605(4) to U605(8)

Adjust R773 so that 110VltV^lt 120 V and

nign

28VltV^lt34V

Capacitance balance

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Connect a x10 oscilloscope probe to TP650 and ground the

Adjust R737 for minimum high frequency signal

Inputs

Gate funct ion

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave Verify that the voltage to GATE switches states at the Obsene voltage at U51G(3) proper input levels with an oscilloscope ^ ^

Trigger s lope

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave Verify that the voltage to TRIO switches states at the Observe voltage at US 10( 1) proper input levels with an oscilloscope

TRIG SLOPE + Verify voltage is 180 out of phase

TRIG SLOPE Verify voltage is in phase

fl-N Systems Inc ^ 131 Bushess Park Loop PO Bar 850 Carisborg Wa 98324 8004201306 3eOlaquoS3e300 FAX 3606BV352S

C-maft fliii8yBQfriii9yBlumaoamVIAibsMB hRpJhwMifi-iiiBystematxini

14

Trigger and gate funct ion

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

DELA NONE BURS1WII3TH SINGLE DURATION SQUARE PERIOD 100X10-3

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave to TRIG Obsen^e TRIOD and EVENT LEDS

TRIG disconnect all Short the GATE connector to GND Verify LEDs extinguish

MODE press to MANUAL Verify LEDs flash once

Timing

System c lock frequency

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Observe the frequency of the wave atU555(17)

Verify 1000 MHz plusmn001

Multipl iers (Wheel Switches)

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

PULSE SIGN + MODE FREE RUN TRIG disconnect all TIMING MULTIPUERS ail

wheels set to zero except the one being tested

TnmiNG OVERLAP ^nOTB

Observe the pulse width with the counter at the location specified below

Verify pulse width Is correct for each wheel as it is tested Independently

For each wheel of each MULTIPUER test each position to verify that the pulse width is correct Observe the signal at the following locations DELAY U520(2) BURSTWIDTH U530(2) PERIOD US40(2) DURATION U550(2)

Rates (Rotary Switches)

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

TIMING MULTIPUERS 001 TIMING RATES all rotary

switches set to 10-4 except the one being tested

Observe the pulse width with the counter at the location specified below

Verify pulse width is conect for each rotary switch as it is tested independently

For each of the four rotary switches in TIMING test each position to verify that the pulse wkJth is correct Observe the signal at the following locations DELAY U520(2) BURSTWIDTH U530(2) PERIOD U540(2) DURATION U550(2)

fl-N Systems I n c ^ E-maft emfl

131 Business Parti Loop PO 809(850 Cartsborg Wta 98324 8004201306 3804806300 FAX 36068O3S25

E-maft ansysQa nvystems-oom Wobste hflp Avwwa4nsy8(Qnttoam

15

Trigger outputs Controls

Range 10V Pulse Amplitude 500 Delay 100x10 Burst 100x10^2 Duration 100 x1a Period 400x10^ Pulse sign + Trig Mode Free run Trig in open

Inputs Observations

Trigger the oscilloscope to the Burst Trig Out Observe it the Pulse Trig Out and the isolated output

Adjust Check

Verify that the waveform consists of a burst of three 1ms-on3ms-off pulses The burst trigger should be synchronous with the burst the pulse trigger coincident with each pulse

Output Calibration

Isolation Resistance (check) Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode center position Trig In open

Measure the resistance between ground banana jack (front panel) and black banana jack of output with DMM

Resistance read gt 100MQ

Amplitude Switch Offset (R640) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Zero Trig Mode center position Trig In Open

Measure the voltage at TP645 vs TP650 with the DMM

Adjust R640 (AmpI Sw Offset) for minimum voltage

Output Offset (R332 front panel board) Controls I nputsObservatlons AdjustCheck

Baseline Zero Range 10V Trig Mode center position Trig In Open

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

Adjust R332 (Output offset) for minimum voltage

Positive Baseline Offset (R607) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Sign + Baseline Amplitude

fully CCW (000) Range 10V Trig In open Trig Mode center position

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

Adjust R602 (BSLN + offset) for minimum voltage

fl M raquo _ _ _ A laquo ^ _ i ^ ^ 131Buslnelaquo8Pari(loopPOBoK850Cart8borgWB96324

bull P I i s V S i e m S a |||Cg1Maphans80O42O130638O68O8300FAX36Olaquo8raquo^2S E-tiBft anagtraquoflwiisyagtlaquomraquoaimW6baHB hHpffii(wwraquoltnsylaquoleniieom

16

Negative Baseline Offset (R619) Controls

Baseline Sign -i Baseline Amplitude bull fully CCW (000)

Range 10V Trig In open Trig Mode center position

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

AdjustCheck

Adjust R619 (BSLN 4 offset) for minimum voltage

Pulse Amplitude Adjust (R602) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode Free Mode Pulse Amplitude 1000 Timing Dialay =none Burst =single Duration =1001 Period =00110-4 Pulse Sign -Trig In open Range 10V

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

The Overiap indicator should be on Adjust R602 (Max Level) for -1000V out

Pulse Sign Gain (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode Free Mode Pulse Amplitude 1000 Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =1001 s Period =00110-4s Trig In open Range 10V

Measure the voltage at the output with the DMM for the Pulse Sign at -- and - positions

The absolute values of the voltages should differ by less than lOOmV

Baseline Amplitudes (check) Controls InputsObservations

Range 100mA Trig Mode center position Baseline Amplitude fully CW (1000) Trig In open

Measure the voltage at the output with the DMM with Baseline Sign in + Zero and - positions

AdjustCheck

Gain the matching of current levels at = and - positions and offset current in Zero position

fl-N Systems Inc^^ bull E-mal am8

131 Business Partt Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 88324 8004201306360laquo8Oe300FAX 360laquo8O362S

E-maM am8y8^o-mBy8tflmBoom WobaKo hHp Awwwo-f i iBystonuoom

17

Output Range Amplitude and Drive (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Pulse Amplitude 1000 Pulse Sign + Trig Mode Free Run Timing Delay =none Burst =8ingle Duration =1001 Period =10010-4 Trig In open

Load the output with a 10KV1W 01 resistor Measure the voltage at the output with DMM

Verify that full scale output is within specification Scale Range 100V 100V 10V 10V 100mA IV 1mA 10V 10mA 100V

Pulse Sign and Short Circuit Protection (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Timing Delay =none Burst =8ingle Duration =200 10-4 Period =00110-3 Baseline Zero Pulse Amplitude 25 Range 10V Trig Mode Free Run Trig In open

Measure the voltage at the output with the oscilloscope Check for Pulse Sign set to each of + - biphasic Watch for Error indicator when shorting the output

Verify that pulses of approx 25V amplitude (625V for biphasic mode) of the correct sign are produced every 10ms Short output in biphasic mode Output should retum when opened

Output Transient Response (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Pulse Sign + Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =20010-4 Period =00110-3 Pulse Amplitude 250 Baseline Zero Trig Mode Free Mode Trig In open

Connect the oscilloscope to the output with a 310 attenuator prolse Test boVn 10V and 100V ranges

Verify that overshoot and risetime meet specifications

fl-N Systems I n c ^ 131 Business Parte Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wb 98324 8004201306 36Olaquo83O300 FAX 36O680lt352S

E-mQ0 snBy8Qs-msy8faiTiscom VWriMtte N ^ Mvww9-msy8lemscom

18

Specifications

There are three classes of specifications Class A specifications tested in all unHs and are guaranteed Class B specifications are inherent in the design they are indirectly tested and are guaranteed Class C specifications are typical operating values which are occasionally tested- these are typical values given for your infomiation but not guarshyanteed The class for each specification is noted in the center column of the following sections

Inputs Switching level

Hysteresis

Input equivalent circuit

Minimum duration (1 IL-level signal)

A

C

C

C

16V(plusmn02V)

approx 50 mV

100K ft to+5 In parallel with no more than 35pF

gt 50 ns

Open circuit condition B defaults to highon level

Timing and rate accuracy Rate selector steps

Timing multiplier steps

Resolution

Timing eror (second and later pulses after resetting controls)

B

B

B

B

lOOps to 100s In 7 steps

1 of rate selector step size Maximum value is 999 x the rate selector step size

approx 01 of the maximum value

lt 002 of rate selector value + 015 ps

Timing error (first pulse after readjusting timing controls)

an additional 025 ps error may occur

Timing repeatability lt 001 setting + 20 ns (monophasic)

fl-N Systems I nc ^ bull E-moU ams

131 Business Parti Loop PO Boot 850 Cartsborg VM 98324 80O42O130838O08O8300FAX36Olaquo8O3S2S

E-meU anByafl^iiisyslainaoomWebsHe hHpffliiwwraquomsys)emsoom

19

TRIG IN to OUTPUT delay (DELAY set to 0) output set to 2V

Timing jitter ft-om TRIG IN to OUTPUT (for TTL trigger input with risetime lt10 ns)

Timing jitter ft^om TRIG OUT (either BURST or PULSE) and OUTPUT

Trigger output to pulse output delay

Output charactsristics Pulse level enror (voltage mode open circuit cun-ent mode short circuit

Biphasic level difference |V + + V-|2

Baseline level error (voltage mode A open circuit current mode short circuit)

Risetime (25 V out)

Risetime (25 V out)

Transient response

A

A

A

Output impedance (voltage mode) C

Output impedance (current mode) C

Isolation resistance A

Isolation capacitance C

approx 05 ps for a load of no more than 10 Kft in parallel with 50 pF

lt 125 ns (all rates except 100s) lt 125 ps (100s rate)

Less than 20 ns (all rates)

approx 350 ns

lt 03 of setting + 05 of r range (plus an additional 05 pA inlOOpArenge)

lt 03 of range (voltage modes into open circuit current modes into short circuit)

lt 03 of setting of setting + 01 of range (plus an additional 05 pA in lOOpA range)

laquo 200 ns into less than 30 pF

laquo15 ps into less than 30 pF

lt 8 overshoot Into less than 30 pF for pulse voltages different than baseline voltage by at least 10 of range

laquo 50 ohms

raquo 1 0 Gft (typically 200 Gft)

raquo100Mft

laquo 60 pF at 100 Hz

fl-N Systems Inc^^ 131 Business Partt Uxip PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 96324 8004201308 SBOee^^SOO FAX 360laquoS3^52S

E-mat BiByraquoaiMii8ylaquoliiiiiseomWiljalteHlpJV(wwraquo4tgy8lenaoom

20

Noise (differential mode)

Noise (common mode earth to isolated ground) with no signal output

Overioad error indicator (low frequency short circuited voltage mode)

Overioad error indicator low frequency open circuited current mode)

Overioad enor response time

Miscellaneous

Power

Fuse

Operating temperature range

Storage temperature range

Operating humidity

Dimensions

Weight

laquo1 mV rms (10 V scale 10Hz-4MHz)

laquo 8 mV rms (10 Hz-4 MHz) laquo100mVp-p (200 Hz -10 MHz) measured withalOMft 15pF oscilloscope probe

Turns on for set amplitude at or greater than approx plusmn1V (10 V range) or plusmn2 V (100 V range)

Turns on for set amplitude at or above approx 2 of range

Flat to approx 30 ps duration Decreasing sensitivity for shorter pulses

approx 11 watts

1 amp 3 AG

10-30C

0 - 50deg C

5-80RH

17x475x1125 (Inches) 432x121x286 cm

20 lbs (9 kg)

fl mm bull gt _ _ _ A ^ ^ _ _ L ^ 131BusinesraquoPariltLocpPOBox850C8rtsborgWS9e324

bull p i ^ y s v e m s IIIC^^deg(^deg^Bdegltgt^^^3degdeg^deg^^deg^^^degdeg^^I^deg^deg^^^^^

21 E-mei flre^nQo 4n8yo(amscam Wsbsfle hHpAwwwe-msy8Jems-Oom

Warranty and Service

What does this warranty cover A-M Systems Inc warrants to the Purchaser that the Instrument excluding cables Headstage Probes and any other accessories shipped with the Instrument (hereafter the hardware) is free from defects in workmanship or material under normal use and service for the period of one (1) year This warranty commences on the date of delivery of the hardware to the Purchaser

What are the obligations of A-M Systems Inc under this warranty During the warranty period A-M Systems Inc agrees to repair or replace at its sole option without charge to the Purchaser any defective component part of the hardware To obtain warranty service the Purchaser must return the hardware to A-M Systems Inc or an authorized A-M Systems Inc distributor in an adequate shipping container Any postage shipping and insurance charges incurred in shipping the hardware to A-M Systems Inc must be prepaid by the Purchaser and all risk for the hardware shall remain with purchaser until such time as A-M Systems Inc takes receipt of the hardware Upon receipt A-M Systems Inc will promptly repair or replace the defective unit and then return the hardware to the Purchaser postage shipping and insurance prepaid A-M Systems Inc may use reconditioned or like new parts or units at its sole option when repairing any hardware Repaired products shall carry the same amount of outstanding wan^nty as from original purchase or ninety (90) days which ever is greater Any claim under the warranty must include a dated proof of purchase of the hardware covered by this wan-anty In any event A-M Systems Inc liability for defective hardware is limited to repairing or replacing the hardware

What is not covered by this warranty This warranty is contingent upon proper use and maintenance of the hardware by the Purchaser and does not cover batteries Neglect misuse whether intentional or otherwise tampering with or altering the hardware damage caused by accident damage caused by unusual physical electrical chemical or electromechanical stress damage caused by failure of electrical power or damage caused during transportation are not covered by this warranty Products may not be returned to A-M Systems Inc for service whether under warranty or otherwise which are contaminated by infectious agents radioactive compounds or other materials constituting a health hazard to employees of A-M Systems Inc

What are the limits of llabiiity for A-M Systems inc under this warranty A-M Systems Inc shall not be liable for loss of data profits or savings or any special incidental consequential indirect or other similar damages arising from breach of contract negligence or other legal action even if the company or its agent has been advised of the possibility of such damages or for any claim brought against you by another party THIS EQUIPMENT IS NOT INTENDED FOR CLINICAL MEASUREMENTS USING HUMAN SUBJECTS A-M SYSTEMS INC DOES NOT ASSUME RESPONSIBILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE DUE TO MISUSE OF THIS EQUIPMENT Jurisdictions vary with regard to the enforceability of provisions excluding or limiting liability for incidental or consequential damages Check the provision of your local jurisdiction to find out whether the above exclusion applies to you This warranty allocates risks of product failure between the Purchaser and A-M Systems Inc A-M Systems Inc hardware pricing reflects this allocation of risk and the limitations of liability contained in this wanranty The warranty set forth above is in lieu of all other express wan^anties whether oral or written The agents employees distributors and dealers of A-M Systems Inc are not authorized to make modifications to this wan-anty or additional wan-anties binding on the company Accordingly additional statements such as dealer advertising or presentations whether oral or written do not constitute wananties by A-M Systems Inc and should not be relied upon This warranty gives you specific legal rights You may also have other rights whrch vary from one jurisdiction to another

6 mm ^ laquo _ _ A a B ^ _ 1 ^ ^ 131 Business Parti Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg W B 98324 O O

bull P l A y S V e m S l n C T^M 8OO42OI3O6 380683-8300FAX 360 803525 ^ ^ E-msl iiiisy80iHTBy8tenisoom Wsbsito hnphwwfrimysleiiisoom

A

V ISO

INSTRUCTION MANUAL

FOR

ISOLATED PULSE STIMULATOR

MODEL 2100

Serial

Date

A-M Systems Inc

PO Box 850

Carlsborg WA 98324

USA

360-683-8300 bull 800-426-1306 FAX 360-683-3525

httpwwwa-msystemscom

Version 70 February 2002

Contents General Description 1

Instrument Features 1 Controls and Connectors 2

Operating Instructions 6 Theory of Operation 10 Calibration Procedures 12

Inputs 14 Output Calibration 16

Specifications 19 Warranty and Service 22

Each Isolated Pulse Stimulator is delivered complete with

Rack Mount Hardware Instructions amp Maintenance Manual

NOTE

This instrument is not intended for clinical measurements using human subjects A-M Systems Inc does not assume responsibility for Injury or damage due to the misuse of this instrument

General Description

Instrument Features The Isolated Pulse Stimulator Model 2100 is designed for a wide variety of applications It is highly flexible being capable of delivering single pulses biphasic pairs or bursts of pulses Pulses may be started manually or upon receiving a trigger signal from another Instrument or computer Two non-isolated trigger outputs are available for triggering other instruments

Four sets of timing controls provide comprehensive control overall aspects of pulse generation Three digit accuracy is available over a 7 decade range for each timing function using lever wheel switches Pulse widths can be set over more than a 9 decade range from 05 ps to 999 seconds Timing accuracy is assured through the use of a 10 MHz base rate crystal-controlled clock digitally divided to provide accurate timing over the entire range Atiming overiap indicator will light If the timing controls are set inconsistently

The output may be conveniently switched between current and voltage modes Pulse and baseline amplitudes are Independently presettable with lockable dials An error Indicator will light if the Mode2700 cannot deliver the desired signal

r WARNING

The Model 2100 can produce potentially dangerous voltages up to 100 V at the output connectors The isolated output is not connected internally to safety (earth) ground in any way Some part of the extemal circuit should be connected to safety ground Use caution in handling any wires connectors or electrodes which may be directly or indirectly attached to the Model 2100 output Some kinds of connectors such as BNC connectors have exposed metal parts which may float at dangerous potentials unless extemally connected to safety ground For greatest safety tum the Model 2100 off before making any connections to

the instrument

131 Business Parii Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Telophone 800-426-1306 bull 360-68raquolaquo300 bull FAX 360683-3525 E-mal satesa-msystemsoom VVfebsite httpywwwa^nsystemscom fl-N Systems Inc 1

Controls and Connectors The controls for the Model 2100 are grouped in three sections START which controls when a pulse or burst of pulses begins TIMING which controls the onoff timing of one or more pulses and OUTPUT which controls the amplitude of the output signal

Start TRIG SLOPE Determines the polarity of valid trigger pulses (positive or negative edges in the trigger signal)

MODE Controls waveform initiation When set to FREE RUN one timing cycle immediately follows the last When momentarily placed In the MANUAL position a timing cycle starts Immediately When the switch Is In the center position timing cycles start when valid triggering events occur

TRIGD This LED lights up when a timing cycle Is in process and continues until the burst is completed

TRIG This BNC connector allows a signal from an external source to Initiate timing cycles It is set for standard TTL levels

GATE This BNC connector allows a signal from an external source to restrict the final output signal This input must be at a logical high (or open-circuited) in order for the Model 2100 to recognize either manual or automatic trigger events

Gate 1_ Trigger |~~^ i I Valid triggers (represented by the arrows in the figure) can occur only when the gate Is at logical high Note that the up arrow would apply only If TRIG SLOPE is set to + the down an-ows would apply only if TRIG SLOPE Is set to -

NOTE Triggers have no effect if the system has not completed its response to a previous trigger

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Park Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Vb 98324 TelQphQne 80O426-1306 360683-8300 FAX 360683-3525 E-mail sales^a-msystemscom Wsbsite httpywwwa-msystemscom

Timing Four sets of controls govern the timing of pulse generation Each set contains two values which are multiplied together to detemnine the actual timing value The rotary knob (rate selector) provides the approximate timing value and the lever wheel switch bank (MULTIPLIER)

provides a time resolution of three decimal digits The following diagram shows most of the Important relationships

Output r Delay Duration

|ltPeriodgtj

t Burst width

Trigger event

DELAY These controls determine the time duration between the initiating trigger event and the beginning of the pulse burst If this rate selector is set to NONE or the multiplier is set to 000 there Is no delay

BURST WIDTH These controls determine the time period in which one or more pulses may be delivered Once started a pulse may outlast the burst width If this rate selector is set to SINGLE or to any time shorter than the pulse duration only a single pulse will occur If the BURST WIDTH Is longer than the period pulses will be emitted at the PERIOD rate until the burst time ends Pulses are never truncated by a short BURSTWIDTH

inds)-PULSE

D U R A T I O N 1 0 1 0

10

INTEB-PULSE PERIOD

1 1 10

DURATION These controls determine the length of each pulse Ifthis rate selector Is set to SQUARE the duration is set to half of the period regardless of the MULTIPLIER setting

PERIOD These controls set the period of time between adjacent pulse events within the burst It also forces a minimum dead time between recognized input triggers following a burst of one or more pulses This can be used to prevent over stimulation of a tissue without requiring excessive delay between the triggering event and the stimulating pulse

TIMING OVERLAP

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 860 Carisborg Vamp 98324 |Telophone 800-426-1306 360683-8300 bull FAX 3606aW525 E-mail salearega^nsystemsoom Vfeb5ite httpAwwwa^nsyslemscam

NOTE If any of these timing controls are changed while a timing cycle is in operation the results are undefined until the current cycle finishes

TIMING OVERLAP This LED will light to Indicate an inconsistency in the timing cycle settings There are several ways to introduce such errors The most common way is to set the Inter-pulse PERIOD to be less than the pulse DURATION

T I M I N G (seconds)^

TRIG OUT (UPPER) This BNC connector provides a signal which is coincident with the Internal Burst timing signal (default) This means the signal starts at the end of the Delay time and persists until the Burst time expires This output may also be set to represent the delay time-out by setting the internal jumper J510 to the right two pins instead of the left two pins (Please see the Calibration section in this manual for jumper location Directions are given as viewed from the front of the Instrument)

TRIG OUT (LOWER) This BNC connector provides a signal which Is coincident with the Duration timing signal which controls pulse output

NOTE Both trigger output signals slightly lead the isolated output signal

Output

PULSE SIGN This switch determines the polarity of the pulses to be generated It also allows generation of biphasic pulses thereby doubling the effective total period Warning the first pulse generated after changing the PULSE

SIGN switch may have the wrong polarity

BASELINE This Switch determines the polarity ofthe baseline signal

RANGE This rotary switch determines if the output pulses will be constant current (3 ranges) or constant voltage (2 ranges)

BASELINE AMPLITUDE This value is independently set using a ten-turn counting dial The maximum baseline amplitude is one tenth the value shown on the range amplitude switch

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 8S0 Cartsborg Vfa 98324 |Tetaphone 80O426-1306 bull 360683-8300 bull FAX 3606803525 E-mail salesa-msystemscom Wbbsite http7Awwwaflnsystemscom

PULSE AMPLITUDE This value is independently set using a ten-turn counting dial The maximum pulse amplitude is the value shown on the range amplitude switch

EVENT This LED indicates when a pulse is ongoing

ERROR This LED indicates when the internal output amplifier cannot output the pulse as desired This is usually due to a short circuit while trying to output a voltage or an open circuit while trying to output a current

VOTEThe Pulse Sign control in the Oupuf section directly affects waveform timing When set to the Biphasic mode a positive-going pulse is immediately followed by a negative-going pulse This effectively doubles the pulse duration If a burst of biphasic pulses is being produced the period must be at least twice the single pulse duration In the Square wave mode the baseline disappears as long as the burst persists

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsboig Vte 98324 |Telophone 800426-1306 360683-8300 bull FAX 3606833525 E-mail salesa-m5ystem5 com Website httpwwwa-msystemscom

Operating Instructions

Examples Simple setup (and minimal instrument test)

Connect the output ofthe Model 2100 to an oscilloscope Before connecting the Model 2100 to any other instrument or the experimental preparation It is safest to turn Its power off

Set the Oufpuf controls

Range 10V Pulse Sign +

Baseline Zero Pulse Amplitude 200

Setting The Timing Controls

Delay Burst Width

Duration Period

none single

15010-2 50010-2

Setting The Start Controls

Mode Free Run

Disconnect any cables to the TRIG or GATE inputs

Note that the green Trig and Event Indicators turn on as Free Run is turned on (and turn off otherwise) You should observe a 15ms duration 20Hz rate pulse of 200V above a OV baseline on the oscilloscope

fl-N Systems Inc 131 BusinessPartiLoop RO Box850CarisbcxgWa98324 |Telophone 800426-1306 bull 360-683-8300 bull FW 360683-3525 E-mail salesa-msystems com VVbbsite httpywwwa-msystems com

Demonstration of Burst Mode Connect the output ofthe Model 2100 to an oscilloscope Before connecting the Model 2100 to any other instrument or the experimental preparation It Is safest to turn its power off

Set the Outpuf controls

Range 10V Pulse Sign +

Baseline Pulse Amplitude 200

Baseline Amplitude 100

Setting The Timing Controls

Delay 88010-2 Burst Width 12010-^

Duration 15010-2 Period 50010-2

Set the START controls as follows

Mode Free Run

Disconnect any cables to the TRIG or GATE inputs

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Telophooe 8004201306 360683-8300 bull FAX 360683-3525 E^naii salesa-msystems com Watjsite http7wwwa-msystemscom

Trigger the oscilloscope from the Bursf trigger out (upper Trig Out connector) for a stable display In each burst (occurring every lOOms) you should observe a trio of 15ms duration starting 50ms apart Try switching the StartMode from Free Run to the center (nonnal) position The pulses will no longer be produced and the Trig and Event Indicators will tum off Pressing this switch once (to Manual) will cause a single burst to occur

Problem Solving If the instrument appears to be not working properiy check all ofthe control settings and connections Be sure to wait at least 5-10 seconds after turning the instrument off before turning it on again The following summary of typical problems for the user (along with the most common solutions) may help

Problem CauseSolution

EVENT Indicator never lights even in FREE RUN mode

bull Replace fuse check power connection bullSet DELAY or PERIOD to a shorter interval

bull Power-on too soon after power-off

OVERLAP Indicator is on

ERROR indicator is on

bull Set DURATION gt000 bull DURATION Is set to SQUARE but

PERIOD is 000 Increase PERIOD or set DURATION independantly

bull BURST and WIDTH are gt DURATION increase PERIOD or decrease DURATION

bull BIPHASIC pulse output Is on and PERIOD is not longer than twice the DURATION Increase PERIOD or decrease DURATION

bull Free-run Is on and BURST is lt PERIOD (BURST off) DELAY is 0 and PERIOD Is lt DURATION Add delay or modify PERIOD

bull Free-run is on and BURST is gt DURATION (BURST ON) and PERIOD is lt DURATION Increase PERIOD

bull For VOLTAGE outputs the output is trying to drive too low a resistance or capacitance (eg a short circuit) Check by disconnecting the output ft is possible (and normal) that for the fastest cycles and largest amplitudes (close to 100 V

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business PartiLoop PO Box 850 CartsborgWa 98324 iTelophone 800-42O130636O6e3-8300FAX 3606B3-3525 E-mail satesaflisyslefmcom Vfebslte http7wwwa-msyslemscom

and 1 ps) that the ERROR indicator might always come on during repetitive pulses Fix output load or decrease amplitude as required

Time appears to be excessive Changed control in mid-cycle (resets current status)

Cant seem to get a full signal out Load Is not properiy connected repair wiring Too low a load impedance (VOLTAGE modes) or too high a load impedance (CURRENT mode)

Incoming triggers not accepted frequently enough

PERIOD is set too long (enforces dead time) followd by BURST set to SIGNAL Reduce PERIOD time

Table 10 Problem Solving

If you suspect that the Model 2100 may have completely failed we recommend checking the basic level of functionality Ifthis fails your instrument Is defective and must be repaired Ifthis passes either your experimental setup is incompatible or inconsistent or there is a more subtle flaw in your Model 2100

If the Model 2100 appears to be malfunctioning contact A-M Systems Inc or your dealer We will first attempt to solve the problem over the telephone so have an exact description of your problem available when you call You do not need to be within the warranty period to obtain over-the-phone assistance

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 iTetoptxme 80O426-1306 bull 360683-8300 FAX 3606803525 E-mail satesa-msystemsoomAfebsitehttpJwwwaflisystemscom

Theory of Operation

The operation ofthe Model 2100 is summarized in the block diagram (see the figure on Page 11) Not shown are all ofthe interconnections with the microcontroller The internal microcontroler plays an important role in setting the signal path but does not directly contribute to the dynamic characteristics It scans the front panel switches and sets the control values for the logic arrays It programs the internal counters which along with the other hardware achieve the necessary sub-microsecond speeds

Pulse generation starts either from an Input trigger signal (from Trig In) or an internally signal (Free Run mode) A Delay timer counts the 10MHz clock until its count value is exhausted At this point the Burst Period and Duration timers are started If the Burst timer has not expired by the end ofthe Period the Period and Duration timers are restarted If the Biphasic mode has been set the Duration timer is restarted at the end of the initial Duration and the sign ofthe output pulse is reversed doubling the total duration

The system state (pulse on pulse sign baseline sign [+0f-]) is transmitted to the isolated section via optoisolator The baseline and pulse amplitudes are selected by an analog switch The resulting signal is amplified by a variable-power-supply discrete operational amplifier The amplifier connections and gain is modified to provide two voltage and three current ranges

Timing overiap errors are detected by a logical decision computation rather than by testing for counter collisions This provides instant feedback rather than waiting up to an hour for such a collision to occur Output errors are measured by sensing the output amplifiers differential input voltage Under normal conditions this is a negligible voltage If the amplifier fails to deliver the requested signal the window comparator testing this voltage sends this message (via optoisolator) to the logic section turning on a warning LED

fl-N Systems Inc 131BusinessPart(LoopRO Box850CarisboigWa98324 4 n Tel0pri0ne80O426-130636O683^300FAX36O6833525 ^ E-mail salesaflisystBmscom V febsite http7wwwa-msystemsoom

S i

I - - ^^mdasho^M

OUTPUT i l l

TRIG ^ OUT

(burst)

TRIG 3-lt) OUT

(pulse)

til

I laquo

Calibration Procedures

The calibration interval is the lesser of 1000 hours of operation or 6 months Somewhat greater drift can be expected in the first 100 hours of operation as the semiconductors age Adjustments should only be made after the instrument has been fully warmed up for at least 15 minutes

Full instrument calibration requires the following test equipment digital multimeter (plusmn 01) able to measure resistance to at least lOOMO oscilloscope with at least 50MHz bandwidth true-mis voltmeter with 4MHz bandwidth universal counter (plusmn 001 ) able to measure single pulse widths and periods resistors (all plusmn 01) 2kn lOkH 1 watt 20kn 200kn alligator clip lead sets banana plugs and BNC adapters

Adjustment integrated circuit and test point locations are shown in the following figures All adjustments are on the timing board unless othenAise noted

All voltages in the non-isolated section should be measured with respect to ground at TP510 unless othenwise stated Some voltages are measured with respect to an internal isolated ground at TP650 or across the two output temninals Occasionally the voltage at an IC pin must be measured in these cases the reference designator is given with the pin number in parentheses eg U602(16) When it states within this procedure that a voltage is to be minimized this means that the adjustment should be made such that the measured voltage is as close to zero volts as possible Refer to the Specifications Section of this manual for acceptable tolerances

The sequence of this procedure is important If any adjustment is made all adjustments which follow must be made to ensure that the specifications will be met These procedures require that all controls remain as set in previous steps unless othenAise indicated

WARNING

The Model 2100 has dangerous voltages throughout the instrument even with the power is off Servicing the Model 2100 should only be done by qualified service personnel Use caution in handling any wires connectors or electrodes which may be directly or indirectly attached to the instrument Do not touch exposed connections or components Disconnect power by unplugging the power cord from the receptacle

H B ^ ^ S y s t e m s inc^degdegp^deg^^deg-^^^^^^^^B3^^^degdeg^^^lt^^^B^^^^ 131BusinessPartiLoopPO Box850CartsbOigWamp98324 4 9 |Telophone800-42013C6360683-8300F0lt360683-3525 ^ E-mail salesa-msystefnscom website httpwwwaflisystems com

CO

TP501 O lt0

g OTPSOO

U560 S

Trig Gate

0 -TISOS

U570

U500

Timing

p U520

Timing

K U550 Timin

gt U540

U515

o X I Timin

U508 I

J510 Timing nnn

Burst Delay J400

gt U550

R503

D D I D bull U8QQ i Q

n

oo

V P 5 1 0

b U535

^

Clock i _

U555

lt U 5 4 5

o

h d ^ O - - ^ U605

Q D

U620

O fJZ^ R737 bull ^ 1^13015 r j C - C O M P

B B nU770 ^ ^ ^ 5 ^ a

J420

a

o E

bull [ ]U632

riueso

rR742rVhigh R 6 1 9 ^

LJ TP645 O TP650

TPMOQ^QS

Vlow

CD-

CZZl

J440 bull bull tl iUDQ

I t

f i l

Power supply and bias voltages

Power supply

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

POWER ON Observe voltage at P703 power supply wire top of main board

Check for+15 plusmn 050 V

Observe voltage at P701 power supply wire top of main board

Check for-15 plusmn 050 V

Observe voltage at U505(24) Check for +5 plusmn 025 V

Isolated supply voltage Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

RANGE 10 V TRIG open circuit MODE center position

Alternately observe V ^ from R742 to R740 and V ^ from theU605(4)toU605(8)

Adjust R773 so that 110VltV lt 120 V and

nigh

28VltV|^lt34V

Capacitance balance Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

Connect a xlO oscilloscope probe to TP650 and ground the

Adjust R737 for minimum high frequency signal

Inputs

Gate function Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave Verify that the voltage to GATE switches states at the Observe voltage at U510(3) proper input levels with an oscilloscope

Trigger slope Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave Verify that the voltage to TRIG switches states at the Observe voltage at U510( 1) proper input levels with an oscilloscope

TRIG SLOPE Verify voltage is 180deg out of phase

TRIG SLOPE Verify voltage is in phase

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 860 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Jelophone 800-4201306 360683-8300 bull FM 380683-3525 E-mail salesaflTsystBfnscom bull Vtebsite httpVAirwwaflisystems com

14

Trigger and gate f unc t i on

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

DELAY NONE BURS-nMDTH SINGLE DURATION SQUARE PERIOD 100X10-3

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave to TRIG Observe TRIGD and EVENT LEDs

TRIG disconnect all Short the GATE connector to GND Verify LEDs extinguish

MODE press to MANUAL Verify LEDs flash once

Timing

System c lock f requency

Controls Inputs Observations Ad jus t Check

Observe the frequency of the wave Verify 1000 MHz plusmn 001 atU555(17)

Mul t ip l iers (Wheel Swi tches)

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

PULSE SIGN-laquobull MODE FREE RUN TRIG disconnect all TIMING MULTIPUERS all

wheels set to zero except the one being tested

TIMING OVERLAP ignore

Observe the pulse width with the counter at the location specified t)elow

Verify pulse width is correct for each wheel as it is tested independently

For each wheel of each MULTIPLIER test each position to verify that the pulse width is correct Observe the signal at the following locations DELAY U520(2) BURSTWIDTH U530(2) PERIOD U540(2) DURATION U550(2)

Rates (Rotary Swi tches)

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

TIMING MULTIPUERS 001 Observe the pulse width with the TIMING RATES all rotary counter at the location specified

switches set to 10-4 below except the one being tested

Verify pulse width is correct for each rotary switch as it is tested independently

For each ofthe four rotary switches in TIMING test each position to verify that the pulse width is correct Observe the signal at the following locations DELAY U520(2) BURSTWIDTH U530(2) PERIOD U540(2) DURATION U550(2)

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 iTetophone 8004201306 bull 360683-8300 bull FOC 3606803525 E-mail salesa-msystemscom Wbbsite httpJwwwaflTSystemscom

15

Trigger outputs

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

Range 10V Pulse Amplitude 500 Delay 100 xlO^ Burst 100 x 10 ^ Duration 100x10-^ Period 400x10-^ Pulse sign + Trig Mode Free run Trig in open

Trigger the oscilloscope to the Burst Trig Out Observe it the Pulse Trig Out and the isolated output

Verify that the waveform consists of a burst of three 1ms-on3ms-off pulses The burst trigger should be synchronous with the burst the pulse trigger coincident with each pulse

Output Calibration

Isolation Resistance (check)

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode center position Trig In open

Measure the resistance between ground banana jack (front panel) and black banana jack of output with DMM

Resistance read gt 100MQ

Amplitude Switch Offset (R640)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Zero Trig Mode center position Trig In Open

Measure the voltage at TP645 vs TP650 with the DMM

Adjust R640 (AmpI Sw Offset) for minimum voltage

Output Offset (R332 front panel board) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Zero Range 10V Trig Mode center position Trig In Open

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

Adjust R332 (Output offset) for minimum voltage

Positive Baseline Offeet (R607) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Sign + Baseline Amplitude

fully CCW (000) Range 10V Trig In open Trig Mode center position

Measure the voltage across the outputwiththeDMM

Adjust R602 (BSLN + offset) for minimum voltage

fl-N Systems Inc 131 BusBiess Parti Loop P O Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Telophone B00-42O1306 bull 360683-8300 bull FAX 3606803525 E-mail salesaflisystemscom V^tebsite httpy^vwwa-msystems com

16

Negative Baseline Offset (R619)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Sign -Baseline Amplitude

fully CCW (000) Range 10V Trig In open Trig Mode center position

Measure the voltage across the outputwiththeDMM

Adjust R619 (BSLN + offset) for minimum voltage

Pulse Amplitude Adjust (R602)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode Free Mode Pulse Amplitude 1000 Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =1001 Period =00110-4 Pulse Sign -Trig In open Range 10V

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

The Overiap indicator should be on Adjust R602 (Max Level) for -10OOV out

Pulse Sign Gain (check)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode Free Mode Pulse Amplitude 1000 Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =100 1s Period =001 10-4s Trig In open Range 10V

Measure the voltage at the output with the DMM for the Pulse Sign at + and - positions

The absolute values ofthe voltages should differ by less than lOOmV

Baseline Amplitudes (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Range 100mA Trig Mode center position Baseline Amplitude fully CW (1000) Trig In open

Measure the voltage at the output with the DMM with Baseline Sign in + Zero and

- positions

Gain the matching of current levels at = and - positions and offset current in Zero position

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop PO Box 850 Cartsboig Wa 98324 Telophone 800-4201306 360683-8300 FkX 3606803525 E-mail salesa-msystemscom website http^^wwaflisystemsccm

17

Output Range Amplitude and Drive (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Pulse Amplitude 1000 Pulse Sign + Trig Mode Free Run Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =1001 Period =10010-4 Trig In open

Load the output with a 10KV 1W 01 resistor Measure the voltage at the output with DMM

Verify that full scale output is within specification Scale Range 100V 100V 10V 10V 100mA IV 1mA 10V 10mA 100V

Pulse Sign and Short Circuit Protection (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =200 10-4 Period =00110-3 Baseline Zero Pulse Amplitude 25 Range 10V Trig Mode Free Run Trig In open

Measure the voltage at the output with the oscilloscope Check for Pulse Sign set to each of + - biphasic Watch for Error indicator when shorting the output

Verify that pulses of approx 25V amplitude (625V for biphasic mode) of the correct sign are produced every 10ms Short output in biphasic mode Output should return when opened

Output Transient Response (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Pulse Sign + Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =20010-4 Period =00110-3 Pulse Amplitude 250 Baseline Zero Trig Mode Free Mode Trig In open

Connect the oscilloscope to the output with a 310 attenuator probe Test both 10V and 100V ranges

Verify that overshoot and risetime meet specifications

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Telophone 8004201306 bull 3606808300 bull Flaquo( 360laquo83ltJ525 E-mail salesa-msystemsocm V^febsite http^wwwa-msystefnscom

18

Specifications

There are three classes of specifications Class A specifications tested in all units and are guaranteed Class B specifications are inherent in the design they are indirectly tested and are guaranteed Class C specifications are typical operating values which are occasionally tested- these are typical values given for your information but not guarshyanteed The class for each specification is noted in the center column ofthe following sections

Inputs Switching level

Hysteresis

Input equivalent circuit

Minimum duration (1 IL-level signal)

A

C

C

C

16 V(plusmn 02 V)

approx 50 mV

lOOKH to+5 in parallel with no more than 35pF

gt 50 ns

Open circuit condition B defaults to highon level

Timing and rate accuracy Rate selector steps

Timing multiplier steps

B

B

lOOpsto 100s in 7 steps

1 of rate selector step size Maximum value is 999 X the rate selector step size

Resolution B approx 01 ofthe maximum value

Timing error (second and later pulses after resetting controls)

B lt 002 of rate selector value + 015 ps

Timing error (first pulse after readjusting timing controls)

an additional 025 ps error may occur

Timing repeatability lt 001 setting + 20 ns (monophasic)

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Ram Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Vfa 98324 pTelophone 8004201306 bull 360683-8300 bull FAX 360683-3525

E-mail salesraquoflisystems com Wabsite httpJAnww afl isystems com

19

TRIG IN to OUTPUT delay (DELAY set to 0) output set to 2V

Timing jitter from TRIG IN to OUTPUT (for TTL trigger input with risetime lt10 ns)

Timing jitter from TRIG OUT (either BURST or PULSE) and OUTPUT

Trigger output to pulse output delay

Output characteristics Pulse level error (voltage mode open circuit current mode short circuit

Biphasic level difference IV + - V-1 2

Baseline level error (voltage mode open circuit current mode short circuit)

Risetime (25 V out)

Risetime (25 V out)

Transient response

A

A

A

Output impedance (voltage mode) C

Output impedance (current mode) C

Isolation resistance A

Isolation capacitance C

approx 05 ps for a load of no more than 10 KH in parallel with 50 pF

lt 125 ns (all rates except 100s) lt 125 ps (100s rate)

Less than 20 ns (all rates)

approx 350 ns

lt 03 of setting + 05 of r range (plus an additional 05 pA in 100 pA range)

lt 03 of range (voltage modes into open circuit current modes into short circuit)

lt 03 of setting of setting + 01 of range (plus an additional 05 pA in lOOpA range)

= 200 ns into less than 30 pF

= 15 ps into less than 30 pF

lt 8 overshoot into less than 30 pF for pulse voltages different than baseline voltage by at least 10 of range

= 50 ohms

raquo 1 0 GH (typically 200 GO)

raquo 1 0 0 M n

= 60 pF at 100 Hz

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Peril Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg V6 98324 |TelCf)hone 800-4201306 3606808300 bull FAX 360683-3525 E-mal salesaflisystefnsoom Website hnpyMVfWafllsystemsoom

20

Noise (differential mode)

Noise (common mode earth to isolated ground) with no signal output

Overload error indicator (low frequency short circuited voltage mode)

Overload error indicator low frequency open circuited current mode)

Overioad error response time

Miscellaneous

= 1 mV rms (10 V scale 10 Hz-4 MHz)

= 8 mV rms (10 Hz-4 MHz) == 100mVp-p (200 Hz -10 MHz) measured withalOMH 15pF oscilloscope probe

Turns on for set amplitude at or greater than approx plusmn1 V (10 V range) or plusmn2 V (100 V range)

Turns on for set amplitude at or above approx 2 of range

Flat to approx 30 ps duration Decreasing sensitivity for shorter pulses

Power

Fuse

Operating temperature range

Storage temperature range

Operating humidity

Dimensions

approx 11 watts

1 amp 3AG

10-30degC

0 - 50deg C

5 - 80 RH

17x475x1125 (inches) 432x121x286 cm

Weight 20 lbs (9 kg)

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Wb 98324 |Tetcphone 8004201306 3606808300 bull FOt 360683-3525 E-mail satesamsystems comV^febsite httpywwwaflisystemscom

21

Warranty and Service

What does this warranty cover A-M Systems Inc warrants to the Purchaser that the Instrument excluding cables Headstage Probes and any other accessories shipped with the Instrument (hereafter the hardware) is free from defects in workmanship or material under normal use and service for the period of one (1) year This warranty commences on the date of delivery ofthe hardware to the Purchaser

What are the obligations of A-M Systems Inc under this warranty During the warranty period A-M Systems Inc agrees to repair or replace at its sole option without charge to the Purchaser any defective component part of the hardware To obtain warranty service the Purchaser must return the hardware to A-M Systems Inc or an authorized A-M Systems Inc distributor in an adequate shipping container Any postage shipping and insurance charges incurred in shipping the hardware to A-M Systems Inc must be prepaid by the Purchaser and all risk for the hardware shall remain with purchaser until such time as A-M Systems Inc takes receipt of the hardware Upon receipt A-M Systems Inc will promptly repair or replace the defective unit and then return the hardware to the Purchaser postage shipping and insurance prepaid A-M Systems Inc may use reconditioned or like new parts or units at its sole option when repairing any hardware Repaired products shall carry the same amount of outstanding warranty as from original purchase or ninety (90) days which ever is greater Any claim under the warranty must include a dated proof of purchase ofthe hardware covered by this warranty In any event A-M Systems Inc liability for defective hardware is limited to repairing or replacing the hardware

What is not covered by this warranty This warranty is contingent upon proper use and maintenance ofthe hardware by the Purchaser and does not cover batteries Neglect misuse whether intentional or othenwise tampering with or altering the hardware damage caused by accident damage caused by unusual physical electrical chemical or electromechanical stress damage caused by failure of electrical power or damage caused during transportation are not covered by this wan-anty Products may not be returned to A-M Systems Inc for service whether under warranty or otherwise which are contaminated by infectious agents radioactive compounds or other materials constituting a health hazard to employees of A-M Systems Inc

What are the limits of liability for A-M Systems Inc under this warranty A-M Systems Inc shall not be liable for loss of data profits or savings or any special incidental consequential indirect or other similar damages arising from breach of contract negligence or other legal action even if the company or its agent has been advised of the possibility of such damages or for any claim brought against you by another party THIS EQUIPMENT IS NOT INTENDED FOR CLINICAL MEASUREMENTS USING HUMAN SUBJECTS A-M SYSTEMS INC DOES NOT ASSUME RESPONSIBILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE DUE TO MISUSE OF THIS EQUIPMENT Jurisdictions vary with regard to the enforceability of provisions excluding or limiting liability for incidental or consequential damages Check the provision of your local jurisdiction to find out whether the above exclusion applies to you

This warranty allocates risks of product failure between the Purchaser and A-M Systems Inc A-M Systems Inc hardware pricing reflects this allocation of risk and the limitations of liability contained in this warranty The warranty set forth above is in lieu of all other express warranties whether oral or written The agents employees distributors and dealers of A-M Systems Inc are not authorized to make modifications to this warranty or additional wan-anties binding on the company Accordingly additional statements such as dealer advertising or presentations whether oral or written do not constitute warranties by A-M Systems Inc and should not be relied upon This warranty gives you specific legal rights You may also have other rights which vary from one jurisdiction to another

fl-N Systems Inc 131BusinessPartiLoop RO Box850CartsbOfgWa98324 p O |Telophone 8004201306 bull 360683-8300FOC 3606830525 ^ ^ E-mail saiesaflisystefTiscom Wbbsite httpVwwwa-msystemscom

Power supply and bias voltages

Power supply

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

POWER ON Observe voltage at P703 power supply wire top of main board

Check for+15 plusmn 050 V

Observe voltage at P701 power supply wire top of main board

Check for-15 plusmn 050 V

Observe voltage at U505(24) Check for+5 plusmn 025 V

Isolated supply voltage

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

RANGE 10 V TRIG open circuit MODE center position

Altemately observe V^ from R742 to R740 and V ^ from the U605(4) to U605(8)

Adjust R773 so that 110VltV^lt 120 V and

nign

28VltV^lt34V

Capacitance balance

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Connect a x10 oscilloscope probe to TP650 and ground the

Adjust R737 for minimum high frequency signal

Inputs

Gate funct ion

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave Verify that the voltage to GATE switches states at the Obsene voltage at U51G(3) proper input levels with an oscilloscope ^ ^

Trigger s lope

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave Verify that the voltage to TRIO switches states at the Observe voltage at US 10( 1) proper input levels with an oscilloscope

TRIG SLOPE + Verify voltage is 180 out of phase

TRIG SLOPE Verify voltage is in phase

fl-N Systems Inc ^ 131 Bushess Park Loop PO Bar 850 Carisborg Wa 98324 8004201306 3eOlaquoS3e300 FAX 3606BV352S

C-maft fliii8yBQfriii9yBlumaoamVIAibsMB hRpJhwMifi-iiiBystematxini

14

Trigger and gate funct ion

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

DELA NONE BURS1WII3TH SINGLE DURATION SQUARE PERIOD 100X10-3

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave to TRIG Obsen^e TRIOD and EVENT LEDS

TRIG disconnect all Short the GATE connector to GND Verify LEDs extinguish

MODE press to MANUAL Verify LEDs flash once

Timing

System c lock frequency

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Observe the frequency of the wave atU555(17)

Verify 1000 MHz plusmn001

Multipl iers (Wheel Switches)

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

PULSE SIGN + MODE FREE RUN TRIG disconnect all TIMING MULTIPUERS ail

wheels set to zero except the one being tested

TnmiNG OVERLAP ^nOTB

Observe the pulse width with the counter at the location specified below

Verify pulse width Is correct for each wheel as it is tested Independently

For each wheel of each MULTIPUER test each position to verify that the pulse width is correct Observe the signal at the following locations DELAY U520(2) BURSTWIDTH U530(2) PERIOD US40(2) DURATION U550(2)

Rates (Rotary Switches)

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

TIMING MULTIPUERS 001 TIMING RATES all rotary

switches set to 10-4 except the one being tested

Observe the pulse width with the counter at the location specified below

Verify pulse width is conect for each rotary switch as it is tested independently

For each of the four rotary switches in TIMING test each position to verify that the pulse wkJth is correct Observe the signal at the following locations DELAY U520(2) BURSTWIDTH U530(2) PERIOD U540(2) DURATION U550(2)

fl-N Systems I n c ^ E-maft emfl

131 Business Parti Loop PO 809(850 Cartsborg Wta 98324 8004201306 3804806300 FAX 36068O3S25

E-maft ansysQa nvystems-oom Wobste hflp Avwwa4nsy8(Qnttoam

15

Trigger outputs Controls

Range 10V Pulse Amplitude 500 Delay 100x10 Burst 100x10^2 Duration 100 x1a Period 400x10^ Pulse sign + Trig Mode Free run Trig in open

Inputs Observations

Trigger the oscilloscope to the Burst Trig Out Observe it the Pulse Trig Out and the isolated output

Adjust Check

Verify that the waveform consists of a burst of three 1ms-on3ms-off pulses The burst trigger should be synchronous with the burst the pulse trigger coincident with each pulse

Output Calibration

Isolation Resistance (check) Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode center position Trig In open

Measure the resistance between ground banana jack (front panel) and black banana jack of output with DMM

Resistance read gt 100MQ

Amplitude Switch Offset (R640) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Zero Trig Mode center position Trig In Open

Measure the voltage at TP645 vs TP650 with the DMM

Adjust R640 (AmpI Sw Offset) for minimum voltage

Output Offset (R332 front panel board) Controls I nputsObservatlons AdjustCheck

Baseline Zero Range 10V Trig Mode center position Trig In Open

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

Adjust R332 (Output offset) for minimum voltage

Positive Baseline Offset (R607) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Sign + Baseline Amplitude

fully CCW (000) Range 10V Trig In open Trig Mode center position

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

Adjust R602 (BSLN + offset) for minimum voltage

fl M raquo _ _ _ A laquo ^ _ i ^ ^ 131Buslnelaquo8Pari(loopPOBoK850Cart8borgWB96324

bull P I i s V S i e m S a |||Cg1Maphans80O42O130638O68O8300FAX36Olaquo8raquo^2S E-tiBft anagtraquoflwiisyagtlaquomraquoaimW6baHB hHpffii(wwraquoltnsylaquoleniieom

16

Negative Baseline Offset (R619) Controls

Baseline Sign -i Baseline Amplitude bull fully CCW (000)

Range 10V Trig In open Trig Mode center position

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

AdjustCheck

Adjust R619 (BSLN 4 offset) for minimum voltage

Pulse Amplitude Adjust (R602) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode Free Mode Pulse Amplitude 1000 Timing Dialay =none Burst =single Duration =1001 Period =00110-4 Pulse Sign -Trig In open Range 10V

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

The Overiap indicator should be on Adjust R602 (Max Level) for -1000V out

Pulse Sign Gain (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode Free Mode Pulse Amplitude 1000 Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =1001 s Period =00110-4s Trig In open Range 10V

Measure the voltage at the output with the DMM for the Pulse Sign at -- and - positions

The absolute values of the voltages should differ by less than lOOmV

Baseline Amplitudes (check) Controls InputsObservations

Range 100mA Trig Mode center position Baseline Amplitude fully CW (1000) Trig In open

Measure the voltage at the output with the DMM with Baseline Sign in + Zero and - positions

AdjustCheck

Gain the matching of current levels at = and - positions and offset current in Zero position

fl-N Systems Inc^^ bull E-mal am8

131 Business Partt Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 88324 8004201306360laquo8Oe300FAX 360laquo8O362S

E-maM am8y8^o-mBy8tflmBoom WobaKo hHp Awwwo-f i iBystonuoom

17

Output Range Amplitude and Drive (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Pulse Amplitude 1000 Pulse Sign + Trig Mode Free Run Timing Delay =none Burst =8ingle Duration =1001 Period =10010-4 Trig In open

Load the output with a 10KV1W 01 resistor Measure the voltage at the output with DMM

Verify that full scale output is within specification Scale Range 100V 100V 10V 10V 100mA IV 1mA 10V 10mA 100V

Pulse Sign and Short Circuit Protection (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Timing Delay =none Burst =8ingle Duration =200 10-4 Period =00110-3 Baseline Zero Pulse Amplitude 25 Range 10V Trig Mode Free Run Trig In open

Measure the voltage at the output with the oscilloscope Check for Pulse Sign set to each of + - biphasic Watch for Error indicator when shorting the output

Verify that pulses of approx 25V amplitude (625V for biphasic mode) of the correct sign are produced every 10ms Short output in biphasic mode Output should retum when opened

Output Transient Response (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Pulse Sign + Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =20010-4 Period =00110-3 Pulse Amplitude 250 Baseline Zero Trig Mode Free Mode Trig In open

Connect the oscilloscope to the output with a 310 attenuator prolse Test boVn 10V and 100V ranges

Verify that overshoot and risetime meet specifications

fl-N Systems I n c ^ 131 Business Parte Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wb 98324 8004201306 36Olaquo83O300 FAX 36O680lt352S

E-mQ0 snBy8Qs-msy8faiTiscom VWriMtte N ^ Mvww9-msy8lemscom

18

Specifications

There are three classes of specifications Class A specifications tested in all unHs and are guaranteed Class B specifications are inherent in the design they are indirectly tested and are guaranteed Class C specifications are typical operating values which are occasionally tested- these are typical values given for your infomiation but not guarshyanteed The class for each specification is noted in the center column of the following sections

Inputs Switching level

Hysteresis

Input equivalent circuit

Minimum duration (1 IL-level signal)

A

C

C

C

16V(plusmn02V)

approx 50 mV

100K ft to+5 In parallel with no more than 35pF

gt 50 ns

Open circuit condition B defaults to highon level

Timing and rate accuracy Rate selector steps

Timing multiplier steps

Resolution

Timing eror (second and later pulses after resetting controls)

B

B

B

B

lOOps to 100s In 7 steps

1 of rate selector step size Maximum value is 999 x the rate selector step size

approx 01 of the maximum value

lt 002 of rate selector value + 015 ps

Timing error (first pulse after readjusting timing controls)

an additional 025 ps error may occur

Timing repeatability lt 001 setting + 20 ns (monophasic)

fl-N Systems I nc ^ bull E-moU ams

131 Business Parti Loop PO Boot 850 Cartsborg VM 98324 80O42O130838O08O8300FAX36Olaquo8O3S2S

E-meU anByafl^iiisyslainaoomWebsHe hHpffliiwwraquomsys)emsoom

19

TRIG IN to OUTPUT delay (DELAY set to 0) output set to 2V

Timing jitter ft-om TRIG IN to OUTPUT (for TTL trigger input with risetime lt10 ns)

Timing jitter ft^om TRIG OUT (either BURST or PULSE) and OUTPUT

Trigger output to pulse output delay

Output charactsristics Pulse level enror (voltage mode open circuit cun-ent mode short circuit

Biphasic level difference |V + + V-|2

Baseline level error (voltage mode A open circuit current mode short circuit)

Risetime (25 V out)

Risetime (25 V out)

Transient response

A

A

A

Output impedance (voltage mode) C

Output impedance (current mode) C

Isolation resistance A

Isolation capacitance C

approx 05 ps for a load of no more than 10 Kft in parallel with 50 pF

lt 125 ns (all rates except 100s) lt 125 ps (100s rate)

Less than 20 ns (all rates)

approx 350 ns

lt 03 of setting + 05 of r range (plus an additional 05 pA inlOOpArenge)

lt 03 of range (voltage modes into open circuit current modes into short circuit)

lt 03 of setting of setting + 01 of range (plus an additional 05 pA in lOOpA range)

laquo 200 ns into less than 30 pF

laquo15 ps into less than 30 pF

lt 8 overshoot Into less than 30 pF for pulse voltages different than baseline voltage by at least 10 of range

laquo 50 ohms

raquo 1 0 Gft (typically 200 Gft)

raquo100Mft

laquo 60 pF at 100 Hz

fl-N Systems Inc^^ 131 Business Partt Uxip PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 96324 8004201308 SBOee^^SOO FAX 360laquoS3^52S

E-mat BiByraquoaiMii8ylaquoliiiiiseomWiljalteHlpJV(wwraquo4tgy8lenaoom

20

Noise (differential mode)

Noise (common mode earth to isolated ground) with no signal output

Overioad error indicator (low frequency short circuited voltage mode)

Overioad error indicator low frequency open circuited current mode)

Overioad enor response time

Miscellaneous

Power

Fuse

Operating temperature range

Storage temperature range

Operating humidity

Dimensions

Weight

laquo1 mV rms (10 V scale 10Hz-4MHz)

laquo 8 mV rms (10 Hz-4 MHz) laquo100mVp-p (200 Hz -10 MHz) measured withalOMft 15pF oscilloscope probe

Turns on for set amplitude at or greater than approx plusmn1V (10 V range) or plusmn2 V (100 V range)

Turns on for set amplitude at or above approx 2 of range

Flat to approx 30 ps duration Decreasing sensitivity for shorter pulses

approx 11 watts

1 amp 3 AG

10-30C

0 - 50deg C

5-80RH

17x475x1125 (Inches) 432x121x286 cm

20 lbs (9 kg)

fl mm bull gt _ _ _ A ^ ^ _ _ L ^ 131BusinesraquoPariltLocpPOBox850C8rtsborgWS9e324

bull p i ^ y s v e m s IIIC^^deg(^deg^Bdegltgt^^^3degdeg^deg^^deg^^^degdeg^^I^deg^deg^^^^^

21 E-mei flre^nQo 4n8yo(amscam Wsbsfle hHpAwwwe-msy8Jems-Oom

Warranty and Service

What does this warranty cover A-M Systems Inc warrants to the Purchaser that the Instrument excluding cables Headstage Probes and any other accessories shipped with the Instrument (hereafter the hardware) is free from defects in workmanship or material under normal use and service for the period of one (1) year This warranty commences on the date of delivery of the hardware to the Purchaser

What are the obligations of A-M Systems Inc under this warranty During the warranty period A-M Systems Inc agrees to repair or replace at its sole option without charge to the Purchaser any defective component part of the hardware To obtain warranty service the Purchaser must return the hardware to A-M Systems Inc or an authorized A-M Systems Inc distributor in an adequate shipping container Any postage shipping and insurance charges incurred in shipping the hardware to A-M Systems Inc must be prepaid by the Purchaser and all risk for the hardware shall remain with purchaser until such time as A-M Systems Inc takes receipt of the hardware Upon receipt A-M Systems Inc will promptly repair or replace the defective unit and then return the hardware to the Purchaser postage shipping and insurance prepaid A-M Systems Inc may use reconditioned or like new parts or units at its sole option when repairing any hardware Repaired products shall carry the same amount of outstanding wan^nty as from original purchase or ninety (90) days which ever is greater Any claim under the warranty must include a dated proof of purchase of the hardware covered by this wan-anty In any event A-M Systems Inc liability for defective hardware is limited to repairing or replacing the hardware

What is not covered by this warranty This warranty is contingent upon proper use and maintenance of the hardware by the Purchaser and does not cover batteries Neglect misuse whether intentional or otherwise tampering with or altering the hardware damage caused by accident damage caused by unusual physical electrical chemical or electromechanical stress damage caused by failure of electrical power or damage caused during transportation are not covered by this warranty Products may not be returned to A-M Systems Inc for service whether under warranty or otherwise which are contaminated by infectious agents radioactive compounds or other materials constituting a health hazard to employees of A-M Systems Inc

What are the limits of llabiiity for A-M Systems inc under this warranty A-M Systems Inc shall not be liable for loss of data profits or savings or any special incidental consequential indirect or other similar damages arising from breach of contract negligence or other legal action even if the company or its agent has been advised of the possibility of such damages or for any claim brought against you by another party THIS EQUIPMENT IS NOT INTENDED FOR CLINICAL MEASUREMENTS USING HUMAN SUBJECTS A-M SYSTEMS INC DOES NOT ASSUME RESPONSIBILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE DUE TO MISUSE OF THIS EQUIPMENT Jurisdictions vary with regard to the enforceability of provisions excluding or limiting liability for incidental or consequential damages Check the provision of your local jurisdiction to find out whether the above exclusion applies to you This warranty allocates risks of product failure between the Purchaser and A-M Systems Inc A-M Systems Inc hardware pricing reflects this allocation of risk and the limitations of liability contained in this wanranty The warranty set forth above is in lieu of all other express wan^anties whether oral or written The agents employees distributors and dealers of A-M Systems Inc are not authorized to make modifications to this wan-anty or additional wan-anties binding on the company Accordingly additional statements such as dealer advertising or presentations whether oral or written do not constitute wananties by A-M Systems Inc and should not be relied upon This warranty gives you specific legal rights You may also have other rights whrch vary from one jurisdiction to another

6 mm ^ laquo _ _ A a B ^ _ 1 ^ ^ 131 Business Parti Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg W B 98324 O O

bull P l A y S V e m S l n C T^M 8OO42OI3O6 380683-8300FAX 360 803525 ^ ^ E-msl iiiisy80iHTBy8tenisoom Wsbsito hnphwwfrimysleiiisoom

A

V ISO

INSTRUCTION MANUAL

FOR

ISOLATED PULSE STIMULATOR

MODEL 2100

Serial

Date

A-M Systems Inc

PO Box 850

Carlsborg WA 98324

USA

360-683-8300 bull 800-426-1306 FAX 360-683-3525

httpwwwa-msystemscom

Version 70 February 2002

Contents General Description 1

Instrument Features 1 Controls and Connectors 2

Operating Instructions 6 Theory of Operation 10 Calibration Procedures 12

Inputs 14 Output Calibration 16

Specifications 19 Warranty and Service 22

Each Isolated Pulse Stimulator is delivered complete with

Rack Mount Hardware Instructions amp Maintenance Manual

NOTE

This instrument is not intended for clinical measurements using human subjects A-M Systems Inc does not assume responsibility for Injury or damage due to the misuse of this instrument

General Description

Instrument Features The Isolated Pulse Stimulator Model 2100 is designed for a wide variety of applications It is highly flexible being capable of delivering single pulses biphasic pairs or bursts of pulses Pulses may be started manually or upon receiving a trigger signal from another Instrument or computer Two non-isolated trigger outputs are available for triggering other instruments

Four sets of timing controls provide comprehensive control overall aspects of pulse generation Three digit accuracy is available over a 7 decade range for each timing function using lever wheel switches Pulse widths can be set over more than a 9 decade range from 05 ps to 999 seconds Timing accuracy is assured through the use of a 10 MHz base rate crystal-controlled clock digitally divided to provide accurate timing over the entire range Atiming overiap indicator will light If the timing controls are set inconsistently

The output may be conveniently switched between current and voltage modes Pulse and baseline amplitudes are Independently presettable with lockable dials An error Indicator will light if the Mode2700 cannot deliver the desired signal

r WARNING

The Model 2100 can produce potentially dangerous voltages up to 100 V at the output connectors The isolated output is not connected internally to safety (earth) ground in any way Some part of the extemal circuit should be connected to safety ground Use caution in handling any wires connectors or electrodes which may be directly or indirectly attached to the Model 2100 output Some kinds of connectors such as BNC connectors have exposed metal parts which may float at dangerous potentials unless extemally connected to safety ground For greatest safety tum the Model 2100 off before making any connections to

the instrument

131 Business Parii Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Telophone 800-426-1306 bull 360-68raquolaquo300 bull FAX 360683-3525 E-mal satesa-msystemsoom VVfebsite httpywwwa^nsystemscom fl-N Systems Inc 1

Controls and Connectors The controls for the Model 2100 are grouped in three sections START which controls when a pulse or burst of pulses begins TIMING which controls the onoff timing of one or more pulses and OUTPUT which controls the amplitude of the output signal

Start TRIG SLOPE Determines the polarity of valid trigger pulses (positive or negative edges in the trigger signal)

MODE Controls waveform initiation When set to FREE RUN one timing cycle immediately follows the last When momentarily placed In the MANUAL position a timing cycle starts Immediately When the switch Is In the center position timing cycles start when valid triggering events occur

TRIGD This LED lights up when a timing cycle Is in process and continues until the burst is completed

TRIG This BNC connector allows a signal from an external source to Initiate timing cycles It is set for standard TTL levels

GATE This BNC connector allows a signal from an external source to restrict the final output signal This input must be at a logical high (or open-circuited) in order for the Model 2100 to recognize either manual or automatic trigger events

Gate 1_ Trigger |~~^ i I Valid triggers (represented by the arrows in the figure) can occur only when the gate Is at logical high Note that the up arrow would apply only If TRIG SLOPE is set to + the down an-ows would apply only if TRIG SLOPE Is set to -

NOTE Triggers have no effect if the system has not completed its response to a previous trigger

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Park Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Vb 98324 TelQphQne 80O426-1306 360683-8300 FAX 360683-3525 E-mail sales^a-msystemscom Wsbsite httpywwwa-msystemscom

Timing Four sets of controls govern the timing of pulse generation Each set contains two values which are multiplied together to detemnine the actual timing value The rotary knob (rate selector) provides the approximate timing value and the lever wheel switch bank (MULTIPLIER)

provides a time resolution of three decimal digits The following diagram shows most of the Important relationships

Output r Delay Duration

|ltPeriodgtj

t Burst width

Trigger event

DELAY These controls determine the time duration between the initiating trigger event and the beginning of the pulse burst If this rate selector is set to NONE or the multiplier is set to 000 there Is no delay

BURST WIDTH These controls determine the time period in which one or more pulses may be delivered Once started a pulse may outlast the burst width If this rate selector is set to SINGLE or to any time shorter than the pulse duration only a single pulse will occur If the BURST WIDTH Is longer than the period pulses will be emitted at the PERIOD rate until the burst time ends Pulses are never truncated by a short BURSTWIDTH

inds)-PULSE

D U R A T I O N 1 0 1 0

10

INTEB-PULSE PERIOD

1 1 10

DURATION These controls determine the length of each pulse Ifthis rate selector Is set to SQUARE the duration is set to half of the period regardless of the MULTIPLIER setting

PERIOD These controls set the period of time between adjacent pulse events within the burst It also forces a minimum dead time between recognized input triggers following a burst of one or more pulses This can be used to prevent over stimulation of a tissue without requiring excessive delay between the triggering event and the stimulating pulse

TIMING OVERLAP

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 860 Carisborg Vamp 98324 |Telophone 800-426-1306 360683-8300 bull FAX 3606aW525 E-mail salearega^nsystemsoom Vfeb5ite httpAwwwa^nsyslemscam

NOTE If any of these timing controls are changed while a timing cycle is in operation the results are undefined until the current cycle finishes

TIMING OVERLAP This LED will light to Indicate an inconsistency in the timing cycle settings There are several ways to introduce such errors The most common way is to set the Inter-pulse PERIOD to be less than the pulse DURATION

T I M I N G (seconds)^

TRIG OUT (UPPER) This BNC connector provides a signal which is coincident with the Internal Burst timing signal (default) This means the signal starts at the end of the Delay time and persists until the Burst time expires This output may also be set to represent the delay time-out by setting the internal jumper J510 to the right two pins instead of the left two pins (Please see the Calibration section in this manual for jumper location Directions are given as viewed from the front of the Instrument)

TRIG OUT (LOWER) This BNC connector provides a signal which Is coincident with the Duration timing signal which controls pulse output

NOTE Both trigger output signals slightly lead the isolated output signal

Output

PULSE SIGN This switch determines the polarity of the pulses to be generated It also allows generation of biphasic pulses thereby doubling the effective total period Warning the first pulse generated after changing the PULSE

SIGN switch may have the wrong polarity

BASELINE This Switch determines the polarity ofthe baseline signal

RANGE This rotary switch determines if the output pulses will be constant current (3 ranges) or constant voltage (2 ranges)

BASELINE AMPLITUDE This value is independently set using a ten-turn counting dial The maximum baseline amplitude is one tenth the value shown on the range amplitude switch

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 8S0 Cartsborg Vfa 98324 |Tetaphone 80O426-1306 bull 360683-8300 bull FAX 3606803525 E-mail salesa-msystemscom Wbbsite http7Awwwaflnsystemscom

PULSE AMPLITUDE This value is independently set using a ten-turn counting dial The maximum pulse amplitude is the value shown on the range amplitude switch

EVENT This LED indicates when a pulse is ongoing

ERROR This LED indicates when the internal output amplifier cannot output the pulse as desired This is usually due to a short circuit while trying to output a voltage or an open circuit while trying to output a current

VOTEThe Pulse Sign control in the Oupuf section directly affects waveform timing When set to the Biphasic mode a positive-going pulse is immediately followed by a negative-going pulse This effectively doubles the pulse duration If a burst of biphasic pulses is being produced the period must be at least twice the single pulse duration In the Square wave mode the baseline disappears as long as the burst persists

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsboig Vte 98324 |Telophone 800426-1306 360683-8300 bull FAX 3606833525 E-mail salesa-m5ystem5 com Website httpwwwa-msystemscom

Operating Instructions

Examples Simple setup (and minimal instrument test)

Connect the output ofthe Model 2100 to an oscilloscope Before connecting the Model 2100 to any other instrument or the experimental preparation It is safest to turn Its power off

Set the Oufpuf controls

Range 10V Pulse Sign +

Baseline Zero Pulse Amplitude 200

Setting The Timing Controls

Delay Burst Width

Duration Period

none single

15010-2 50010-2

Setting The Start Controls

Mode Free Run

Disconnect any cables to the TRIG or GATE inputs

Note that the green Trig and Event Indicators turn on as Free Run is turned on (and turn off otherwise) You should observe a 15ms duration 20Hz rate pulse of 200V above a OV baseline on the oscilloscope

fl-N Systems Inc 131 BusinessPartiLoop RO Box850CarisbcxgWa98324 |Telophone 800426-1306 bull 360-683-8300 bull FW 360683-3525 E-mail salesa-msystems com VVbbsite httpywwwa-msystems com

Demonstration of Burst Mode Connect the output ofthe Model 2100 to an oscilloscope Before connecting the Model 2100 to any other instrument or the experimental preparation It Is safest to turn its power off

Set the Outpuf controls

Range 10V Pulse Sign +

Baseline Pulse Amplitude 200

Baseline Amplitude 100

Setting The Timing Controls

Delay 88010-2 Burst Width 12010-^

Duration 15010-2 Period 50010-2

Set the START controls as follows

Mode Free Run

Disconnect any cables to the TRIG or GATE inputs

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Telophooe 8004201306 360683-8300 bull FAX 360683-3525 E^naii salesa-msystems com Watjsite http7wwwa-msystemscom

Trigger the oscilloscope from the Bursf trigger out (upper Trig Out connector) for a stable display In each burst (occurring every lOOms) you should observe a trio of 15ms duration starting 50ms apart Try switching the StartMode from Free Run to the center (nonnal) position The pulses will no longer be produced and the Trig and Event Indicators will tum off Pressing this switch once (to Manual) will cause a single burst to occur

Problem Solving If the instrument appears to be not working properiy check all ofthe control settings and connections Be sure to wait at least 5-10 seconds after turning the instrument off before turning it on again The following summary of typical problems for the user (along with the most common solutions) may help

Problem CauseSolution

EVENT Indicator never lights even in FREE RUN mode

bull Replace fuse check power connection bullSet DELAY or PERIOD to a shorter interval

bull Power-on too soon after power-off

OVERLAP Indicator is on

ERROR indicator is on

bull Set DURATION gt000 bull DURATION Is set to SQUARE but

PERIOD is 000 Increase PERIOD or set DURATION independantly

bull BURST and WIDTH are gt DURATION increase PERIOD or decrease DURATION

bull BIPHASIC pulse output Is on and PERIOD is not longer than twice the DURATION Increase PERIOD or decrease DURATION

bull Free-run Is on and BURST is lt PERIOD (BURST off) DELAY is 0 and PERIOD Is lt DURATION Add delay or modify PERIOD

bull Free-run is on and BURST is gt DURATION (BURST ON) and PERIOD is lt DURATION Increase PERIOD

bull For VOLTAGE outputs the output is trying to drive too low a resistance or capacitance (eg a short circuit) Check by disconnecting the output ft is possible (and normal) that for the fastest cycles and largest amplitudes (close to 100 V

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business PartiLoop PO Box 850 CartsborgWa 98324 iTelophone 800-42O130636O6e3-8300FAX 3606B3-3525 E-mail satesaflisyslefmcom Vfebslte http7wwwa-msyslemscom

and 1 ps) that the ERROR indicator might always come on during repetitive pulses Fix output load or decrease amplitude as required

Time appears to be excessive Changed control in mid-cycle (resets current status)

Cant seem to get a full signal out Load Is not properiy connected repair wiring Too low a load impedance (VOLTAGE modes) or too high a load impedance (CURRENT mode)

Incoming triggers not accepted frequently enough

PERIOD is set too long (enforces dead time) followd by BURST set to SIGNAL Reduce PERIOD time

Table 10 Problem Solving

If you suspect that the Model 2100 may have completely failed we recommend checking the basic level of functionality Ifthis fails your instrument Is defective and must be repaired Ifthis passes either your experimental setup is incompatible or inconsistent or there is a more subtle flaw in your Model 2100

If the Model 2100 appears to be malfunctioning contact A-M Systems Inc or your dealer We will first attempt to solve the problem over the telephone so have an exact description of your problem available when you call You do not need to be within the warranty period to obtain over-the-phone assistance

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 iTetoptxme 80O426-1306 bull 360683-8300 FAX 3606803525 E-mail satesa-msystemsoomAfebsitehttpJwwwaflisystemscom

Theory of Operation

The operation ofthe Model 2100 is summarized in the block diagram (see the figure on Page 11) Not shown are all ofthe interconnections with the microcontroller The internal microcontroler plays an important role in setting the signal path but does not directly contribute to the dynamic characteristics It scans the front panel switches and sets the control values for the logic arrays It programs the internal counters which along with the other hardware achieve the necessary sub-microsecond speeds

Pulse generation starts either from an Input trigger signal (from Trig In) or an internally signal (Free Run mode) A Delay timer counts the 10MHz clock until its count value is exhausted At this point the Burst Period and Duration timers are started If the Burst timer has not expired by the end ofthe Period the Period and Duration timers are restarted If the Biphasic mode has been set the Duration timer is restarted at the end of the initial Duration and the sign ofthe output pulse is reversed doubling the total duration

The system state (pulse on pulse sign baseline sign [+0f-]) is transmitted to the isolated section via optoisolator The baseline and pulse amplitudes are selected by an analog switch The resulting signal is amplified by a variable-power-supply discrete operational amplifier The amplifier connections and gain is modified to provide two voltage and three current ranges

Timing overiap errors are detected by a logical decision computation rather than by testing for counter collisions This provides instant feedback rather than waiting up to an hour for such a collision to occur Output errors are measured by sensing the output amplifiers differential input voltage Under normal conditions this is a negligible voltage If the amplifier fails to deliver the requested signal the window comparator testing this voltage sends this message (via optoisolator) to the logic section turning on a warning LED

fl-N Systems Inc 131BusinessPart(LoopRO Box850CarisboigWa98324 4 n Tel0pri0ne80O426-130636O683^300FAX36O6833525 ^ E-mail salesaflisystBmscom V febsite http7wwwa-msystemsoom

S i

I - - ^^mdasho^M

OUTPUT i l l

TRIG ^ OUT

(burst)

TRIG 3-lt) OUT

(pulse)

til

I laquo

Calibration Procedures

The calibration interval is the lesser of 1000 hours of operation or 6 months Somewhat greater drift can be expected in the first 100 hours of operation as the semiconductors age Adjustments should only be made after the instrument has been fully warmed up for at least 15 minutes

Full instrument calibration requires the following test equipment digital multimeter (plusmn 01) able to measure resistance to at least lOOMO oscilloscope with at least 50MHz bandwidth true-mis voltmeter with 4MHz bandwidth universal counter (plusmn 001 ) able to measure single pulse widths and periods resistors (all plusmn 01) 2kn lOkH 1 watt 20kn 200kn alligator clip lead sets banana plugs and BNC adapters

Adjustment integrated circuit and test point locations are shown in the following figures All adjustments are on the timing board unless othenAise noted

All voltages in the non-isolated section should be measured with respect to ground at TP510 unless othenwise stated Some voltages are measured with respect to an internal isolated ground at TP650 or across the two output temninals Occasionally the voltage at an IC pin must be measured in these cases the reference designator is given with the pin number in parentheses eg U602(16) When it states within this procedure that a voltage is to be minimized this means that the adjustment should be made such that the measured voltage is as close to zero volts as possible Refer to the Specifications Section of this manual for acceptable tolerances

The sequence of this procedure is important If any adjustment is made all adjustments which follow must be made to ensure that the specifications will be met These procedures require that all controls remain as set in previous steps unless othenAise indicated

WARNING

The Model 2100 has dangerous voltages throughout the instrument even with the power is off Servicing the Model 2100 should only be done by qualified service personnel Use caution in handling any wires connectors or electrodes which may be directly or indirectly attached to the instrument Do not touch exposed connections or components Disconnect power by unplugging the power cord from the receptacle

H B ^ ^ S y s t e m s inc^degdegp^deg^^deg-^^^^^^^^B3^^^degdeg^^^lt^^^B^^^^ 131BusinessPartiLoopPO Box850CartsbOigWamp98324 4 9 |Telophone800-42013C6360683-8300F0lt360683-3525 ^ E-mail salesa-msystefnscom website httpwwwaflisystems com

CO

TP501 O lt0

g OTPSOO

U560 S

Trig Gate

0 -TISOS

U570

U500

Timing

p U520

Timing

K U550 Timin

gt U540

U515

o X I Timin

U508 I

J510 Timing nnn

Burst Delay J400

gt U550

R503

D D I D bull U8QQ i Q

n

oo

V P 5 1 0

b U535

^

Clock i _

U555

lt U 5 4 5

o

h d ^ O - - ^ U605

Q D

U620

O fJZ^ R737 bull ^ 1^13015 r j C - C O M P

B B nU770 ^ ^ ^ 5 ^ a

J420

a

o E

bull [ ]U632

riueso

rR742rVhigh R 6 1 9 ^

LJ TP645 O TP650

TPMOQ^QS

Vlow

CD-

CZZl

J440 bull bull tl iUDQ

I t

f i l

Power supply and bias voltages

Power supply

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

POWER ON Observe voltage at P703 power supply wire top of main board

Check for+15 plusmn 050 V

Observe voltage at P701 power supply wire top of main board

Check for-15 plusmn 050 V

Observe voltage at U505(24) Check for +5 plusmn 025 V

Isolated supply voltage Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

RANGE 10 V TRIG open circuit MODE center position

Alternately observe V ^ from R742 to R740 and V ^ from theU605(4)toU605(8)

Adjust R773 so that 110VltV lt 120 V and

nigh

28VltV|^lt34V

Capacitance balance Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

Connect a xlO oscilloscope probe to TP650 and ground the

Adjust R737 for minimum high frequency signal

Inputs

Gate function Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave Verify that the voltage to GATE switches states at the Observe voltage at U510(3) proper input levels with an oscilloscope

Trigger slope Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave Verify that the voltage to TRIG switches states at the Observe voltage at U510( 1) proper input levels with an oscilloscope

TRIG SLOPE Verify voltage is 180deg out of phase

TRIG SLOPE Verify voltage is in phase

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 860 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Jelophone 800-4201306 360683-8300 bull FM 380683-3525 E-mail salesaflTsystBfnscom bull Vtebsite httpVAirwwaflisystems com

14

Trigger and gate f unc t i on

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

DELAY NONE BURS-nMDTH SINGLE DURATION SQUARE PERIOD 100X10-3

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave to TRIG Observe TRIGD and EVENT LEDs

TRIG disconnect all Short the GATE connector to GND Verify LEDs extinguish

MODE press to MANUAL Verify LEDs flash once

Timing

System c lock f requency

Controls Inputs Observations Ad jus t Check

Observe the frequency of the wave Verify 1000 MHz plusmn 001 atU555(17)

Mul t ip l iers (Wheel Swi tches)

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

PULSE SIGN-laquobull MODE FREE RUN TRIG disconnect all TIMING MULTIPUERS all

wheels set to zero except the one being tested

TIMING OVERLAP ignore

Observe the pulse width with the counter at the location specified t)elow

Verify pulse width is correct for each wheel as it is tested independently

For each wheel of each MULTIPLIER test each position to verify that the pulse width is correct Observe the signal at the following locations DELAY U520(2) BURSTWIDTH U530(2) PERIOD U540(2) DURATION U550(2)

Rates (Rotary Swi tches)

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

TIMING MULTIPUERS 001 Observe the pulse width with the TIMING RATES all rotary counter at the location specified

switches set to 10-4 below except the one being tested

Verify pulse width is correct for each rotary switch as it is tested independently

For each ofthe four rotary switches in TIMING test each position to verify that the pulse width is correct Observe the signal at the following locations DELAY U520(2) BURSTWIDTH U530(2) PERIOD U540(2) DURATION U550(2)

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 iTetophone 8004201306 bull 360683-8300 bull FOC 3606803525 E-mail salesa-msystemscom Wbbsite httpJwwwaflTSystemscom

15

Trigger outputs

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

Range 10V Pulse Amplitude 500 Delay 100 xlO^ Burst 100 x 10 ^ Duration 100x10-^ Period 400x10-^ Pulse sign + Trig Mode Free run Trig in open

Trigger the oscilloscope to the Burst Trig Out Observe it the Pulse Trig Out and the isolated output

Verify that the waveform consists of a burst of three 1ms-on3ms-off pulses The burst trigger should be synchronous with the burst the pulse trigger coincident with each pulse

Output Calibration

Isolation Resistance (check)

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode center position Trig In open

Measure the resistance between ground banana jack (front panel) and black banana jack of output with DMM

Resistance read gt 100MQ

Amplitude Switch Offset (R640)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Zero Trig Mode center position Trig In Open

Measure the voltage at TP645 vs TP650 with the DMM

Adjust R640 (AmpI Sw Offset) for minimum voltage

Output Offset (R332 front panel board) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Zero Range 10V Trig Mode center position Trig In Open

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

Adjust R332 (Output offset) for minimum voltage

Positive Baseline Offeet (R607) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Sign + Baseline Amplitude

fully CCW (000) Range 10V Trig In open Trig Mode center position

Measure the voltage across the outputwiththeDMM

Adjust R602 (BSLN + offset) for minimum voltage

fl-N Systems Inc 131 BusBiess Parti Loop P O Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Telophone B00-42O1306 bull 360683-8300 bull FAX 3606803525 E-mail salesaflisystemscom V^tebsite httpy^vwwa-msystems com

16

Negative Baseline Offset (R619)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Sign -Baseline Amplitude

fully CCW (000) Range 10V Trig In open Trig Mode center position

Measure the voltage across the outputwiththeDMM

Adjust R619 (BSLN + offset) for minimum voltage

Pulse Amplitude Adjust (R602)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode Free Mode Pulse Amplitude 1000 Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =1001 Period =00110-4 Pulse Sign -Trig In open Range 10V

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

The Overiap indicator should be on Adjust R602 (Max Level) for -10OOV out

Pulse Sign Gain (check)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode Free Mode Pulse Amplitude 1000 Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =100 1s Period =001 10-4s Trig In open Range 10V

Measure the voltage at the output with the DMM for the Pulse Sign at + and - positions

The absolute values ofthe voltages should differ by less than lOOmV

Baseline Amplitudes (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Range 100mA Trig Mode center position Baseline Amplitude fully CW (1000) Trig In open

Measure the voltage at the output with the DMM with Baseline Sign in + Zero and

- positions

Gain the matching of current levels at = and - positions and offset current in Zero position

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop PO Box 850 Cartsboig Wa 98324 Telophone 800-4201306 360683-8300 FkX 3606803525 E-mail salesa-msystemscom website http^^wwaflisystemsccm

17

Output Range Amplitude and Drive (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Pulse Amplitude 1000 Pulse Sign + Trig Mode Free Run Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =1001 Period =10010-4 Trig In open

Load the output with a 10KV 1W 01 resistor Measure the voltage at the output with DMM

Verify that full scale output is within specification Scale Range 100V 100V 10V 10V 100mA IV 1mA 10V 10mA 100V

Pulse Sign and Short Circuit Protection (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =200 10-4 Period =00110-3 Baseline Zero Pulse Amplitude 25 Range 10V Trig Mode Free Run Trig In open

Measure the voltage at the output with the oscilloscope Check for Pulse Sign set to each of + - biphasic Watch for Error indicator when shorting the output

Verify that pulses of approx 25V amplitude (625V for biphasic mode) of the correct sign are produced every 10ms Short output in biphasic mode Output should return when opened

Output Transient Response (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Pulse Sign + Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =20010-4 Period =00110-3 Pulse Amplitude 250 Baseline Zero Trig Mode Free Mode Trig In open

Connect the oscilloscope to the output with a 310 attenuator probe Test both 10V and 100V ranges

Verify that overshoot and risetime meet specifications

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Telophone 8004201306 bull 3606808300 bull Flaquo( 360laquo83ltJ525 E-mail salesa-msystemsocm V^febsite http^wwwa-msystefnscom

18

Specifications

There are three classes of specifications Class A specifications tested in all units and are guaranteed Class B specifications are inherent in the design they are indirectly tested and are guaranteed Class C specifications are typical operating values which are occasionally tested- these are typical values given for your information but not guarshyanteed The class for each specification is noted in the center column ofthe following sections

Inputs Switching level

Hysteresis

Input equivalent circuit

Minimum duration (1 IL-level signal)

A

C

C

C

16 V(plusmn 02 V)

approx 50 mV

lOOKH to+5 in parallel with no more than 35pF

gt 50 ns

Open circuit condition B defaults to highon level

Timing and rate accuracy Rate selector steps

Timing multiplier steps

B

B

lOOpsto 100s in 7 steps

1 of rate selector step size Maximum value is 999 X the rate selector step size

Resolution B approx 01 ofthe maximum value

Timing error (second and later pulses after resetting controls)

B lt 002 of rate selector value + 015 ps

Timing error (first pulse after readjusting timing controls)

an additional 025 ps error may occur

Timing repeatability lt 001 setting + 20 ns (monophasic)

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Ram Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Vfa 98324 pTelophone 8004201306 bull 360683-8300 bull FAX 360683-3525

E-mail salesraquoflisystems com Wabsite httpJAnww afl isystems com

19

TRIG IN to OUTPUT delay (DELAY set to 0) output set to 2V

Timing jitter from TRIG IN to OUTPUT (for TTL trigger input with risetime lt10 ns)

Timing jitter from TRIG OUT (either BURST or PULSE) and OUTPUT

Trigger output to pulse output delay

Output characteristics Pulse level error (voltage mode open circuit current mode short circuit

Biphasic level difference IV + - V-1 2

Baseline level error (voltage mode open circuit current mode short circuit)

Risetime (25 V out)

Risetime (25 V out)

Transient response

A

A

A

Output impedance (voltage mode) C

Output impedance (current mode) C

Isolation resistance A

Isolation capacitance C

approx 05 ps for a load of no more than 10 KH in parallel with 50 pF

lt 125 ns (all rates except 100s) lt 125 ps (100s rate)

Less than 20 ns (all rates)

approx 350 ns

lt 03 of setting + 05 of r range (plus an additional 05 pA in 100 pA range)

lt 03 of range (voltage modes into open circuit current modes into short circuit)

lt 03 of setting of setting + 01 of range (plus an additional 05 pA in lOOpA range)

= 200 ns into less than 30 pF

= 15 ps into less than 30 pF

lt 8 overshoot into less than 30 pF for pulse voltages different than baseline voltage by at least 10 of range

= 50 ohms

raquo 1 0 GH (typically 200 GO)

raquo 1 0 0 M n

= 60 pF at 100 Hz

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Peril Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg V6 98324 |TelCf)hone 800-4201306 3606808300 bull FAX 360683-3525 E-mal salesaflisystefnsoom Website hnpyMVfWafllsystemsoom

20

Noise (differential mode)

Noise (common mode earth to isolated ground) with no signal output

Overload error indicator (low frequency short circuited voltage mode)

Overload error indicator low frequency open circuited current mode)

Overioad error response time

Miscellaneous

= 1 mV rms (10 V scale 10 Hz-4 MHz)

= 8 mV rms (10 Hz-4 MHz) == 100mVp-p (200 Hz -10 MHz) measured withalOMH 15pF oscilloscope probe

Turns on for set amplitude at or greater than approx plusmn1 V (10 V range) or plusmn2 V (100 V range)

Turns on for set amplitude at or above approx 2 of range

Flat to approx 30 ps duration Decreasing sensitivity for shorter pulses

Power

Fuse

Operating temperature range

Storage temperature range

Operating humidity

Dimensions

approx 11 watts

1 amp 3AG

10-30degC

0 - 50deg C

5 - 80 RH

17x475x1125 (inches) 432x121x286 cm

Weight 20 lbs (9 kg)

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Wb 98324 |Tetcphone 8004201306 3606808300 bull FOt 360683-3525 E-mail satesamsystems comV^febsite httpywwwaflisystemscom

21

Warranty and Service

What does this warranty cover A-M Systems Inc warrants to the Purchaser that the Instrument excluding cables Headstage Probes and any other accessories shipped with the Instrument (hereafter the hardware) is free from defects in workmanship or material under normal use and service for the period of one (1) year This warranty commences on the date of delivery ofthe hardware to the Purchaser

What are the obligations of A-M Systems Inc under this warranty During the warranty period A-M Systems Inc agrees to repair or replace at its sole option without charge to the Purchaser any defective component part of the hardware To obtain warranty service the Purchaser must return the hardware to A-M Systems Inc or an authorized A-M Systems Inc distributor in an adequate shipping container Any postage shipping and insurance charges incurred in shipping the hardware to A-M Systems Inc must be prepaid by the Purchaser and all risk for the hardware shall remain with purchaser until such time as A-M Systems Inc takes receipt of the hardware Upon receipt A-M Systems Inc will promptly repair or replace the defective unit and then return the hardware to the Purchaser postage shipping and insurance prepaid A-M Systems Inc may use reconditioned or like new parts or units at its sole option when repairing any hardware Repaired products shall carry the same amount of outstanding warranty as from original purchase or ninety (90) days which ever is greater Any claim under the warranty must include a dated proof of purchase ofthe hardware covered by this warranty In any event A-M Systems Inc liability for defective hardware is limited to repairing or replacing the hardware

What is not covered by this warranty This warranty is contingent upon proper use and maintenance ofthe hardware by the Purchaser and does not cover batteries Neglect misuse whether intentional or othenwise tampering with or altering the hardware damage caused by accident damage caused by unusual physical electrical chemical or electromechanical stress damage caused by failure of electrical power or damage caused during transportation are not covered by this wan-anty Products may not be returned to A-M Systems Inc for service whether under warranty or otherwise which are contaminated by infectious agents radioactive compounds or other materials constituting a health hazard to employees of A-M Systems Inc

What are the limits of liability for A-M Systems Inc under this warranty A-M Systems Inc shall not be liable for loss of data profits or savings or any special incidental consequential indirect or other similar damages arising from breach of contract negligence or other legal action even if the company or its agent has been advised of the possibility of such damages or for any claim brought against you by another party THIS EQUIPMENT IS NOT INTENDED FOR CLINICAL MEASUREMENTS USING HUMAN SUBJECTS A-M SYSTEMS INC DOES NOT ASSUME RESPONSIBILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE DUE TO MISUSE OF THIS EQUIPMENT Jurisdictions vary with regard to the enforceability of provisions excluding or limiting liability for incidental or consequential damages Check the provision of your local jurisdiction to find out whether the above exclusion applies to you

This warranty allocates risks of product failure between the Purchaser and A-M Systems Inc A-M Systems Inc hardware pricing reflects this allocation of risk and the limitations of liability contained in this warranty The warranty set forth above is in lieu of all other express warranties whether oral or written The agents employees distributors and dealers of A-M Systems Inc are not authorized to make modifications to this warranty or additional wan-anties binding on the company Accordingly additional statements such as dealer advertising or presentations whether oral or written do not constitute warranties by A-M Systems Inc and should not be relied upon This warranty gives you specific legal rights You may also have other rights which vary from one jurisdiction to another

fl-N Systems Inc 131BusinessPartiLoop RO Box850CartsbOfgWa98324 p O |Telophone 8004201306 bull 360683-8300FOC 3606830525 ^ ^ E-mail saiesaflisystefTiscom Wbbsite httpVwwwa-msystemscom

Trigger and gate funct ion

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

DELA NONE BURS1WII3TH SINGLE DURATION SQUARE PERIOD 100X10-3

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave to TRIG Obsen^e TRIOD and EVENT LEDS

TRIG disconnect all Short the GATE connector to GND Verify LEDs extinguish

MODE press to MANUAL Verify LEDs flash once

Timing

System c lock frequency

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Observe the frequency of the wave atU555(17)

Verify 1000 MHz plusmn001

Multipl iers (Wheel Switches)

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

PULSE SIGN + MODE FREE RUN TRIG disconnect all TIMING MULTIPUERS ail

wheels set to zero except the one being tested

TnmiNG OVERLAP ^nOTB

Observe the pulse width with the counter at the location specified below

Verify pulse width Is correct for each wheel as it is tested Independently

For each wheel of each MULTIPUER test each position to verify that the pulse width is correct Observe the signal at the following locations DELAY U520(2) BURSTWIDTH U530(2) PERIOD US40(2) DURATION U550(2)

Rates (Rotary Switches)

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

TIMING MULTIPUERS 001 TIMING RATES all rotary

switches set to 10-4 except the one being tested

Observe the pulse width with the counter at the location specified below

Verify pulse width is conect for each rotary switch as it is tested independently

For each of the four rotary switches in TIMING test each position to verify that the pulse wkJth is correct Observe the signal at the following locations DELAY U520(2) BURSTWIDTH U530(2) PERIOD U540(2) DURATION U550(2)

fl-N Systems I n c ^ E-maft emfl

131 Business Parti Loop PO 809(850 Cartsborg Wta 98324 8004201306 3804806300 FAX 36068O3S25

E-maft ansysQa nvystems-oom Wobste hflp Avwwa4nsy8(Qnttoam

15

Trigger outputs Controls

Range 10V Pulse Amplitude 500 Delay 100x10 Burst 100x10^2 Duration 100 x1a Period 400x10^ Pulse sign + Trig Mode Free run Trig in open

Inputs Observations

Trigger the oscilloscope to the Burst Trig Out Observe it the Pulse Trig Out and the isolated output

Adjust Check

Verify that the waveform consists of a burst of three 1ms-on3ms-off pulses The burst trigger should be synchronous with the burst the pulse trigger coincident with each pulse

Output Calibration

Isolation Resistance (check) Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode center position Trig In open

Measure the resistance between ground banana jack (front panel) and black banana jack of output with DMM

Resistance read gt 100MQ

Amplitude Switch Offset (R640) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Zero Trig Mode center position Trig In Open

Measure the voltage at TP645 vs TP650 with the DMM

Adjust R640 (AmpI Sw Offset) for minimum voltage

Output Offset (R332 front panel board) Controls I nputsObservatlons AdjustCheck

Baseline Zero Range 10V Trig Mode center position Trig In Open

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

Adjust R332 (Output offset) for minimum voltage

Positive Baseline Offset (R607) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Sign + Baseline Amplitude

fully CCW (000) Range 10V Trig In open Trig Mode center position

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

Adjust R602 (BSLN + offset) for minimum voltage

fl M raquo _ _ _ A laquo ^ _ i ^ ^ 131Buslnelaquo8Pari(loopPOBoK850Cart8borgWB96324

bull P I i s V S i e m S a |||Cg1Maphans80O42O130638O68O8300FAX36Olaquo8raquo^2S E-tiBft anagtraquoflwiisyagtlaquomraquoaimW6baHB hHpffii(wwraquoltnsylaquoleniieom

16

Negative Baseline Offset (R619) Controls

Baseline Sign -i Baseline Amplitude bull fully CCW (000)

Range 10V Trig In open Trig Mode center position

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

AdjustCheck

Adjust R619 (BSLN 4 offset) for minimum voltage

Pulse Amplitude Adjust (R602) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode Free Mode Pulse Amplitude 1000 Timing Dialay =none Burst =single Duration =1001 Period =00110-4 Pulse Sign -Trig In open Range 10V

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

The Overiap indicator should be on Adjust R602 (Max Level) for -1000V out

Pulse Sign Gain (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode Free Mode Pulse Amplitude 1000 Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =1001 s Period =00110-4s Trig In open Range 10V

Measure the voltage at the output with the DMM for the Pulse Sign at -- and - positions

The absolute values of the voltages should differ by less than lOOmV

Baseline Amplitudes (check) Controls InputsObservations

Range 100mA Trig Mode center position Baseline Amplitude fully CW (1000) Trig In open

Measure the voltage at the output with the DMM with Baseline Sign in + Zero and - positions

AdjustCheck

Gain the matching of current levels at = and - positions and offset current in Zero position

fl-N Systems Inc^^ bull E-mal am8

131 Business Partt Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 88324 8004201306360laquo8Oe300FAX 360laquo8O362S

E-maM am8y8^o-mBy8tflmBoom WobaKo hHp Awwwo-f i iBystonuoom

17

Output Range Amplitude and Drive (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Pulse Amplitude 1000 Pulse Sign + Trig Mode Free Run Timing Delay =none Burst =8ingle Duration =1001 Period =10010-4 Trig In open

Load the output with a 10KV1W 01 resistor Measure the voltage at the output with DMM

Verify that full scale output is within specification Scale Range 100V 100V 10V 10V 100mA IV 1mA 10V 10mA 100V

Pulse Sign and Short Circuit Protection (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Timing Delay =none Burst =8ingle Duration =200 10-4 Period =00110-3 Baseline Zero Pulse Amplitude 25 Range 10V Trig Mode Free Run Trig In open

Measure the voltage at the output with the oscilloscope Check for Pulse Sign set to each of + - biphasic Watch for Error indicator when shorting the output

Verify that pulses of approx 25V amplitude (625V for biphasic mode) of the correct sign are produced every 10ms Short output in biphasic mode Output should retum when opened

Output Transient Response (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Pulse Sign + Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =20010-4 Period =00110-3 Pulse Amplitude 250 Baseline Zero Trig Mode Free Mode Trig In open

Connect the oscilloscope to the output with a 310 attenuator prolse Test boVn 10V and 100V ranges

Verify that overshoot and risetime meet specifications

fl-N Systems I n c ^ 131 Business Parte Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wb 98324 8004201306 36Olaquo83O300 FAX 36O680lt352S

E-mQ0 snBy8Qs-msy8faiTiscom VWriMtte N ^ Mvww9-msy8lemscom

18

Specifications

There are three classes of specifications Class A specifications tested in all unHs and are guaranteed Class B specifications are inherent in the design they are indirectly tested and are guaranteed Class C specifications are typical operating values which are occasionally tested- these are typical values given for your infomiation but not guarshyanteed The class for each specification is noted in the center column of the following sections

Inputs Switching level

Hysteresis

Input equivalent circuit

Minimum duration (1 IL-level signal)

A

C

C

C

16V(plusmn02V)

approx 50 mV

100K ft to+5 In parallel with no more than 35pF

gt 50 ns

Open circuit condition B defaults to highon level

Timing and rate accuracy Rate selector steps

Timing multiplier steps

Resolution

Timing eror (second and later pulses after resetting controls)

B

B

B

B

lOOps to 100s In 7 steps

1 of rate selector step size Maximum value is 999 x the rate selector step size

approx 01 of the maximum value

lt 002 of rate selector value + 015 ps

Timing error (first pulse after readjusting timing controls)

an additional 025 ps error may occur

Timing repeatability lt 001 setting + 20 ns (monophasic)

fl-N Systems I nc ^ bull E-moU ams

131 Business Parti Loop PO Boot 850 Cartsborg VM 98324 80O42O130838O08O8300FAX36Olaquo8O3S2S

E-meU anByafl^iiisyslainaoomWebsHe hHpffliiwwraquomsys)emsoom

19

TRIG IN to OUTPUT delay (DELAY set to 0) output set to 2V

Timing jitter ft-om TRIG IN to OUTPUT (for TTL trigger input with risetime lt10 ns)

Timing jitter ft^om TRIG OUT (either BURST or PULSE) and OUTPUT

Trigger output to pulse output delay

Output charactsristics Pulse level enror (voltage mode open circuit cun-ent mode short circuit

Biphasic level difference |V + + V-|2

Baseline level error (voltage mode A open circuit current mode short circuit)

Risetime (25 V out)

Risetime (25 V out)

Transient response

A

A

A

Output impedance (voltage mode) C

Output impedance (current mode) C

Isolation resistance A

Isolation capacitance C

approx 05 ps for a load of no more than 10 Kft in parallel with 50 pF

lt 125 ns (all rates except 100s) lt 125 ps (100s rate)

Less than 20 ns (all rates)

approx 350 ns

lt 03 of setting + 05 of r range (plus an additional 05 pA inlOOpArenge)

lt 03 of range (voltage modes into open circuit current modes into short circuit)

lt 03 of setting of setting + 01 of range (plus an additional 05 pA in lOOpA range)

laquo 200 ns into less than 30 pF

laquo15 ps into less than 30 pF

lt 8 overshoot Into less than 30 pF for pulse voltages different than baseline voltage by at least 10 of range

laquo 50 ohms

raquo 1 0 Gft (typically 200 Gft)

raquo100Mft

laquo 60 pF at 100 Hz

fl-N Systems Inc^^ 131 Business Partt Uxip PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 96324 8004201308 SBOee^^SOO FAX 360laquoS3^52S

E-mat BiByraquoaiMii8ylaquoliiiiiseomWiljalteHlpJV(wwraquo4tgy8lenaoom

20

Noise (differential mode)

Noise (common mode earth to isolated ground) with no signal output

Overioad error indicator (low frequency short circuited voltage mode)

Overioad error indicator low frequency open circuited current mode)

Overioad enor response time

Miscellaneous

Power

Fuse

Operating temperature range

Storage temperature range

Operating humidity

Dimensions

Weight

laquo1 mV rms (10 V scale 10Hz-4MHz)

laquo 8 mV rms (10 Hz-4 MHz) laquo100mVp-p (200 Hz -10 MHz) measured withalOMft 15pF oscilloscope probe

Turns on for set amplitude at or greater than approx plusmn1V (10 V range) or plusmn2 V (100 V range)

Turns on for set amplitude at or above approx 2 of range

Flat to approx 30 ps duration Decreasing sensitivity for shorter pulses

approx 11 watts

1 amp 3 AG

10-30C

0 - 50deg C

5-80RH

17x475x1125 (Inches) 432x121x286 cm

20 lbs (9 kg)

fl mm bull gt _ _ _ A ^ ^ _ _ L ^ 131BusinesraquoPariltLocpPOBox850C8rtsborgWS9e324

bull p i ^ y s v e m s IIIC^^deg(^deg^Bdegltgt^^^3degdeg^deg^^deg^^^degdeg^^I^deg^deg^^^^^

21 E-mei flre^nQo 4n8yo(amscam Wsbsfle hHpAwwwe-msy8Jems-Oom

Warranty and Service

What does this warranty cover A-M Systems Inc warrants to the Purchaser that the Instrument excluding cables Headstage Probes and any other accessories shipped with the Instrument (hereafter the hardware) is free from defects in workmanship or material under normal use and service for the period of one (1) year This warranty commences on the date of delivery of the hardware to the Purchaser

What are the obligations of A-M Systems Inc under this warranty During the warranty period A-M Systems Inc agrees to repair or replace at its sole option without charge to the Purchaser any defective component part of the hardware To obtain warranty service the Purchaser must return the hardware to A-M Systems Inc or an authorized A-M Systems Inc distributor in an adequate shipping container Any postage shipping and insurance charges incurred in shipping the hardware to A-M Systems Inc must be prepaid by the Purchaser and all risk for the hardware shall remain with purchaser until such time as A-M Systems Inc takes receipt of the hardware Upon receipt A-M Systems Inc will promptly repair or replace the defective unit and then return the hardware to the Purchaser postage shipping and insurance prepaid A-M Systems Inc may use reconditioned or like new parts or units at its sole option when repairing any hardware Repaired products shall carry the same amount of outstanding wan^nty as from original purchase or ninety (90) days which ever is greater Any claim under the warranty must include a dated proof of purchase of the hardware covered by this wan-anty In any event A-M Systems Inc liability for defective hardware is limited to repairing or replacing the hardware

What is not covered by this warranty This warranty is contingent upon proper use and maintenance of the hardware by the Purchaser and does not cover batteries Neglect misuse whether intentional or otherwise tampering with or altering the hardware damage caused by accident damage caused by unusual physical electrical chemical or electromechanical stress damage caused by failure of electrical power or damage caused during transportation are not covered by this warranty Products may not be returned to A-M Systems Inc for service whether under warranty or otherwise which are contaminated by infectious agents radioactive compounds or other materials constituting a health hazard to employees of A-M Systems Inc

What are the limits of llabiiity for A-M Systems inc under this warranty A-M Systems Inc shall not be liable for loss of data profits or savings or any special incidental consequential indirect or other similar damages arising from breach of contract negligence or other legal action even if the company or its agent has been advised of the possibility of such damages or for any claim brought against you by another party THIS EQUIPMENT IS NOT INTENDED FOR CLINICAL MEASUREMENTS USING HUMAN SUBJECTS A-M SYSTEMS INC DOES NOT ASSUME RESPONSIBILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE DUE TO MISUSE OF THIS EQUIPMENT Jurisdictions vary with regard to the enforceability of provisions excluding or limiting liability for incidental or consequential damages Check the provision of your local jurisdiction to find out whether the above exclusion applies to you This warranty allocates risks of product failure between the Purchaser and A-M Systems Inc A-M Systems Inc hardware pricing reflects this allocation of risk and the limitations of liability contained in this wanranty The warranty set forth above is in lieu of all other express wan^anties whether oral or written The agents employees distributors and dealers of A-M Systems Inc are not authorized to make modifications to this wan-anty or additional wan-anties binding on the company Accordingly additional statements such as dealer advertising or presentations whether oral or written do not constitute wananties by A-M Systems Inc and should not be relied upon This warranty gives you specific legal rights You may also have other rights whrch vary from one jurisdiction to another

6 mm ^ laquo _ _ A a B ^ _ 1 ^ ^ 131 Business Parti Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg W B 98324 O O

bull P l A y S V e m S l n C T^M 8OO42OI3O6 380683-8300FAX 360 803525 ^ ^ E-msl iiiisy80iHTBy8tenisoom Wsbsito hnphwwfrimysleiiisoom

A

V ISO

INSTRUCTION MANUAL

FOR

ISOLATED PULSE STIMULATOR

MODEL 2100

Serial

Date

A-M Systems Inc

PO Box 850

Carlsborg WA 98324

USA

360-683-8300 bull 800-426-1306 FAX 360-683-3525

httpwwwa-msystemscom

Version 70 February 2002

Contents General Description 1

Instrument Features 1 Controls and Connectors 2

Operating Instructions 6 Theory of Operation 10 Calibration Procedures 12

Inputs 14 Output Calibration 16

Specifications 19 Warranty and Service 22

Each Isolated Pulse Stimulator is delivered complete with

Rack Mount Hardware Instructions amp Maintenance Manual

NOTE

This instrument is not intended for clinical measurements using human subjects A-M Systems Inc does not assume responsibility for Injury or damage due to the misuse of this instrument

General Description

Instrument Features The Isolated Pulse Stimulator Model 2100 is designed for a wide variety of applications It is highly flexible being capable of delivering single pulses biphasic pairs or bursts of pulses Pulses may be started manually or upon receiving a trigger signal from another Instrument or computer Two non-isolated trigger outputs are available for triggering other instruments

Four sets of timing controls provide comprehensive control overall aspects of pulse generation Three digit accuracy is available over a 7 decade range for each timing function using lever wheel switches Pulse widths can be set over more than a 9 decade range from 05 ps to 999 seconds Timing accuracy is assured through the use of a 10 MHz base rate crystal-controlled clock digitally divided to provide accurate timing over the entire range Atiming overiap indicator will light If the timing controls are set inconsistently

The output may be conveniently switched between current and voltage modes Pulse and baseline amplitudes are Independently presettable with lockable dials An error Indicator will light if the Mode2700 cannot deliver the desired signal

r WARNING

The Model 2100 can produce potentially dangerous voltages up to 100 V at the output connectors The isolated output is not connected internally to safety (earth) ground in any way Some part of the extemal circuit should be connected to safety ground Use caution in handling any wires connectors or electrodes which may be directly or indirectly attached to the Model 2100 output Some kinds of connectors such as BNC connectors have exposed metal parts which may float at dangerous potentials unless extemally connected to safety ground For greatest safety tum the Model 2100 off before making any connections to

the instrument

131 Business Parii Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Telophone 800-426-1306 bull 360-68raquolaquo300 bull FAX 360683-3525 E-mal satesa-msystemsoom VVfebsite httpywwwa^nsystemscom fl-N Systems Inc 1

Controls and Connectors The controls for the Model 2100 are grouped in three sections START which controls when a pulse or burst of pulses begins TIMING which controls the onoff timing of one or more pulses and OUTPUT which controls the amplitude of the output signal

Start TRIG SLOPE Determines the polarity of valid trigger pulses (positive or negative edges in the trigger signal)

MODE Controls waveform initiation When set to FREE RUN one timing cycle immediately follows the last When momentarily placed In the MANUAL position a timing cycle starts Immediately When the switch Is In the center position timing cycles start when valid triggering events occur

TRIGD This LED lights up when a timing cycle Is in process and continues until the burst is completed

TRIG This BNC connector allows a signal from an external source to Initiate timing cycles It is set for standard TTL levels

GATE This BNC connector allows a signal from an external source to restrict the final output signal This input must be at a logical high (or open-circuited) in order for the Model 2100 to recognize either manual or automatic trigger events

Gate 1_ Trigger |~~^ i I Valid triggers (represented by the arrows in the figure) can occur only when the gate Is at logical high Note that the up arrow would apply only If TRIG SLOPE is set to + the down an-ows would apply only if TRIG SLOPE Is set to -

NOTE Triggers have no effect if the system has not completed its response to a previous trigger

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Park Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Vb 98324 TelQphQne 80O426-1306 360683-8300 FAX 360683-3525 E-mail sales^a-msystemscom Wsbsite httpywwwa-msystemscom

Timing Four sets of controls govern the timing of pulse generation Each set contains two values which are multiplied together to detemnine the actual timing value The rotary knob (rate selector) provides the approximate timing value and the lever wheel switch bank (MULTIPLIER)

provides a time resolution of three decimal digits The following diagram shows most of the Important relationships

Output r Delay Duration

|ltPeriodgtj

t Burst width

Trigger event

DELAY These controls determine the time duration between the initiating trigger event and the beginning of the pulse burst If this rate selector is set to NONE or the multiplier is set to 000 there Is no delay

BURST WIDTH These controls determine the time period in which one or more pulses may be delivered Once started a pulse may outlast the burst width If this rate selector is set to SINGLE or to any time shorter than the pulse duration only a single pulse will occur If the BURST WIDTH Is longer than the period pulses will be emitted at the PERIOD rate until the burst time ends Pulses are never truncated by a short BURSTWIDTH

inds)-PULSE

D U R A T I O N 1 0 1 0

10

INTEB-PULSE PERIOD

1 1 10

DURATION These controls determine the length of each pulse Ifthis rate selector Is set to SQUARE the duration is set to half of the period regardless of the MULTIPLIER setting

PERIOD These controls set the period of time between adjacent pulse events within the burst It also forces a minimum dead time between recognized input triggers following a burst of one or more pulses This can be used to prevent over stimulation of a tissue without requiring excessive delay between the triggering event and the stimulating pulse

TIMING OVERLAP

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 860 Carisborg Vamp 98324 |Telophone 800-426-1306 360683-8300 bull FAX 3606aW525 E-mail salearega^nsystemsoom Vfeb5ite httpAwwwa^nsyslemscam

NOTE If any of these timing controls are changed while a timing cycle is in operation the results are undefined until the current cycle finishes

TIMING OVERLAP This LED will light to Indicate an inconsistency in the timing cycle settings There are several ways to introduce such errors The most common way is to set the Inter-pulse PERIOD to be less than the pulse DURATION

T I M I N G (seconds)^

TRIG OUT (UPPER) This BNC connector provides a signal which is coincident with the Internal Burst timing signal (default) This means the signal starts at the end of the Delay time and persists until the Burst time expires This output may also be set to represent the delay time-out by setting the internal jumper J510 to the right two pins instead of the left two pins (Please see the Calibration section in this manual for jumper location Directions are given as viewed from the front of the Instrument)

TRIG OUT (LOWER) This BNC connector provides a signal which Is coincident with the Duration timing signal which controls pulse output

NOTE Both trigger output signals slightly lead the isolated output signal

Output

PULSE SIGN This switch determines the polarity of the pulses to be generated It also allows generation of biphasic pulses thereby doubling the effective total period Warning the first pulse generated after changing the PULSE

SIGN switch may have the wrong polarity

BASELINE This Switch determines the polarity ofthe baseline signal

RANGE This rotary switch determines if the output pulses will be constant current (3 ranges) or constant voltage (2 ranges)

BASELINE AMPLITUDE This value is independently set using a ten-turn counting dial The maximum baseline amplitude is one tenth the value shown on the range amplitude switch

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 8S0 Cartsborg Vfa 98324 |Tetaphone 80O426-1306 bull 360683-8300 bull FAX 3606803525 E-mail salesa-msystemscom Wbbsite http7Awwwaflnsystemscom

PULSE AMPLITUDE This value is independently set using a ten-turn counting dial The maximum pulse amplitude is the value shown on the range amplitude switch

EVENT This LED indicates when a pulse is ongoing

ERROR This LED indicates when the internal output amplifier cannot output the pulse as desired This is usually due to a short circuit while trying to output a voltage or an open circuit while trying to output a current

VOTEThe Pulse Sign control in the Oupuf section directly affects waveform timing When set to the Biphasic mode a positive-going pulse is immediately followed by a negative-going pulse This effectively doubles the pulse duration If a burst of biphasic pulses is being produced the period must be at least twice the single pulse duration In the Square wave mode the baseline disappears as long as the burst persists

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsboig Vte 98324 |Telophone 800426-1306 360683-8300 bull FAX 3606833525 E-mail salesa-m5ystem5 com Website httpwwwa-msystemscom

Operating Instructions

Examples Simple setup (and minimal instrument test)

Connect the output ofthe Model 2100 to an oscilloscope Before connecting the Model 2100 to any other instrument or the experimental preparation It is safest to turn Its power off

Set the Oufpuf controls

Range 10V Pulse Sign +

Baseline Zero Pulse Amplitude 200

Setting The Timing Controls

Delay Burst Width

Duration Period

none single

15010-2 50010-2

Setting The Start Controls

Mode Free Run

Disconnect any cables to the TRIG or GATE inputs

Note that the green Trig and Event Indicators turn on as Free Run is turned on (and turn off otherwise) You should observe a 15ms duration 20Hz rate pulse of 200V above a OV baseline on the oscilloscope

fl-N Systems Inc 131 BusinessPartiLoop RO Box850CarisbcxgWa98324 |Telophone 800426-1306 bull 360-683-8300 bull FW 360683-3525 E-mail salesa-msystems com VVbbsite httpywwwa-msystems com

Demonstration of Burst Mode Connect the output ofthe Model 2100 to an oscilloscope Before connecting the Model 2100 to any other instrument or the experimental preparation It Is safest to turn its power off

Set the Outpuf controls

Range 10V Pulse Sign +

Baseline Pulse Amplitude 200

Baseline Amplitude 100

Setting The Timing Controls

Delay 88010-2 Burst Width 12010-^

Duration 15010-2 Period 50010-2

Set the START controls as follows

Mode Free Run

Disconnect any cables to the TRIG or GATE inputs

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Telophooe 8004201306 360683-8300 bull FAX 360683-3525 E^naii salesa-msystems com Watjsite http7wwwa-msystemscom

Trigger the oscilloscope from the Bursf trigger out (upper Trig Out connector) for a stable display In each burst (occurring every lOOms) you should observe a trio of 15ms duration starting 50ms apart Try switching the StartMode from Free Run to the center (nonnal) position The pulses will no longer be produced and the Trig and Event Indicators will tum off Pressing this switch once (to Manual) will cause a single burst to occur

Problem Solving If the instrument appears to be not working properiy check all ofthe control settings and connections Be sure to wait at least 5-10 seconds after turning the instrument off before turning it on again The following summary of typical problems for the user (along with the most common solutions) may help

Problem CauseSolution

EVENT Indicator never lights even in FREE RUN mode

bull Replace fuse check power connection bullSet DELAY or PERIOD to a shorter interval

bull Power-on too soon after power-off

OVERLAP Indicator is on

ERROR indicator is on

bull Set DURATION gt000 bull DURATION Is set to SQUARE but

PERIOD is 000 Increase PERIOD or set DURATION independantly

bull BURST and WIDTH are gt DURATION increase PERIOD or decrease DURATION

bull BIPHASIC pulse output Is on and PERIOD is not longer than twice the DURATION Increase PERIOD or decrease DURATION

bull Free-run Is on and BURST is lt PERIOD (BURST off) DELAY is 0 and PERIOD Is lt DURATION Add delay or modify PERIOD

bull Free-run is on and BURST is gt DURATION (BURST ON) and PERIOD is lt DURATION Increase PERIOD

bull For VOLTAGE outputs the output is trying to drive too low a resistance or capacitance (eg a short circuit) Check by disconnecting the output ft is possible (and normal) that for the fastest cycles and largest amplitudes (close to 100 V

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business PartiLoop PO Box 850 CartsborgWa 98324 iTelophone 800-42O130636O6e3-8300FAX 3606B3-3525 E-mail satesaflisyslefmcom Vfebslte http7wwwa-msyslemscom

and 1 ps) that the ERROR indicator might always come on during repetitive pulses Fix output load or decrease amplitude as required

Time appears to be excessive Changed control in mid-cycle (resets current status)

Cant seem to get a full signal out Load Is not properiy connected repair wiring Too low a load impedance (VOLTAGE modes) or too high a load impedance (CURRENT mode)

Incoming triggers not accepted frequently enough

PERIOD is set too long (enforces dead time) followd by BURST set to SIGNAL Reduce PERIOD time

Table 10 Problem Solving

If you suspect that the Model 2100 may have completely failed we recommend checking the basic level of functionality Ifthis fails your instrument Is defective and must be repaired Ifthis passes either your experimental setup is incompatible or inconsistent or there is a more subtle flaw in your Model 2100

If the Model 2100 appears to be malfunctioning contact A-M Systems Inc or your dealer We will first attempt to solve the problem over the telephone so have an exact description of your problem available when you call You do not need to be within the warranty period to obtain over-the-phone assistance

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 iTetoptxme 80O426-1306 bull 360683-8300 FAX 3606803525 E-mail satesa-msystemsoomAfebsitehttpJwwwaflisystemscom

Theory of Operation

The operation ofthe Model 2100 is summarized in the block diagram (see the figure on Page 11) Not shown are all ofthe interconnections with the microcontroller The internal microcontroler plays an important role in setting the signal path but does not directly contribute to the dynamic characteristics It scans the front panel switches and sets the control values for the logic arrays It programs the internal counters which along with the other hardware achieve the necessary sub-microsecond speeds

Pulse generation starts either from an Input trigger signal (from Trig In) or an internally signal (Free Run mode) A Delay timer counts the 10MHz clock until its count value is exhausted At this point the Burst Period and Duration timers are started If the Burst timer has not expired by the end ofthe Period the Period and Duration timers are restarted If the Biphasic mode has been set the Duration timer is restarted at the end of the initial Duration and the sign ofthe output pulse is reversed doubling the total duration

The system state (pulse on pulse sign baseline sign [+0f-]) is transmitted to the isolated section via optoisolator The baseline and pulse amplitudes are selected by an analog switch The resulting signal is amplified by a variable-power-supply discrete operational amplifier The amplifier connections and gain is modified to provide two voltage and three current ranges

Timing overiap errors are detected by a logical decision computation rather than by testing for counter collisions This provides instant feedback rather than waiting up to an hour for such a collision to occur Output errors are measured by sensing the output amplifiers differential input voltage Under normal conditions this is a negligible voltage If the amplifier fails to deliver the requested signal the window comparator testing this voltage sends this message (via optoisolator) to the logic section turning on a warning LED

fl-N Systems Inc 131BusinessPart(LoopRO Box850CarisboigWa98324 4 n Tel0pri0ne80O426-130636O683^300FAX36O6833525 ^ E-mail salesaflisystBmscom V febsite http7wwwa-msystemsoom

S i

I - - ^^mdasho^M

OUTPUT i l l

TRIG ^ OUT

(burst)

TRIG 3-lt) OUT

(pulse)

til

I laquo

Calibration Procedures

The calibration interval is the lesser of 1000 hours of operation or 6 months Somewhat greater drift can be expected in the first 100 hours of operation as the semiconductors age Adjustments should only be made after the instrument has been fully warmed up for at least 15 minutes

Full instrument calibration requires the following test equipment digital multimeter (plusmn 01) able to measure resistance to at least lOOMO oscilloscope with at least 50MHz bandwidth true-mis voltmeter with 4MHz bandwidth universal counter (plusmn 001 ) able to measure single pulse widths and periods resistors (all plusmn 01) 2kn lOkH 1 watt 20kn 200kn alligator clip lead sets banana plugs and BNC adapters

Adjustment integrated circuit and test point locations are shown in the following figures All adjustments are on the timing board unless othenAise noted

All voltages in the non-isolated section should be measured with respect to ground at TP510 unless othenwise stated Some voltages are measured with respect to an internal isolated ground at TP650 or across the two output temninals Occasionally the voltage at an IC pin must be measured in these cases the reference designator is given with the pin number in parentheses eg U602(16) When it states within this procedure that a voltage is to be minimized this means that the adjustment should be made such that the measured voltage is as close to zero volts as possible Refer to the Specifications Section of this manual for acceptable tolerances

The sequence of this procedure is important If any adjustment is made all adjustments which follow must be made to ensure that the specifications will be met These procedures require that all controls remain as set in previous steps unless othenAise indicated

WARNING

The Model 2100 has dangerous voltages throughout the instrument even with the power is off Servicing the Model 2100 should only be done by qualified service personnel Use caution in handling any wires connectors or electrodes which may be directly or indirectly attached to the instrument Do not touch exposed connections or components Disconnect power by unplugging the power cord from the receptacle

H B ^ ^ S y s t e m s inc^degdegp^deg^^deg-^^^^^^^^B3^^^degdeg^^^lt^^^B^^^^ 131BusinessPartiLoopPO Box850CartsbOigWamp98324 4 9 |Telophone800-42013C6360683-8300F0lt360683-3525 ^ E-mail salesa-msystefnscom website httpwwwaflisystems com

CO

TP501 O lt0

g OTPSOO

U560 S

Trig Gate

0 -TISOS

U570

U500

Timing

p U520

Timing

K U550 Timin

gt U540

U515

o X I Timin

U508 I

J510 Timing nnn

Burst Delay J400

gt U550

R503

D D I D bull U8QQ i Q

n

oo

V P 5 1 0

b U535

^

Clock i _

U555

lt U 5 4 5

o

h d ^ O - - ^ U605

Q D

U620

O fJZ^ R737 bull ^ 1^13015 r j C - C O M P

B B nU770 ^ ^ ^ 5 ^ a

J420

a

o E

bull [ ]U632

riueso

rR742rVhigh R 6 1 9 ^

LJ TP645 O TP650

TPMOQ^QS

Vlow

CD-

CZZl

J440 bull bull tl iUDQ

I t

f i l

Power supply and bias voltages

Power supply

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

POWER ON Observe voltage at P703 power supply wire top of main board

Check for+15 plusmn 050 V

Observe voltage at P701 power supply wire top of main board

Check for-15 plusmn 050 V

Observe voltage at U505(24) Check for +5 plusmn 025 V

Isolated supply voltage Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

RANGE 10 V TRIG open circuit MODE center position

Alternately observe V ^ from R742 to R740 and V ^ from theU605(4)toU605(8)

Adjust R773 so that 110VltV lt 120 V and

nigh

28VltV|^lt34V

Capacitance balance Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

Connect a xlO oscilloscope probe to TP650 and ground the

Adjust R737 for minimum high frequency signal

Inputs

Gate function Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave Verify that the voltage to GATE switches states at the Observe voltage at U510(3) proper input levels with an oscilloscope

Trigger slope Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave Verify that the voltage to TRIG switches states at the Observe voltage at U510( 1) proper input levels with an oscilloscope

TRIG SLOPE Verify voltage is 180deg out of phase

TRIG SLOPE Verify voltage is in phase

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 860 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Jelophone 800-4201306 360683-8300 bull FM 380683-3525 E-mail salesaflTsystBfnscom bull Vtebsite httpVAirwwaflisystems com

14

Trigger and gate f unc t i on

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

DELAY NONE BURS-nMDTH SINGLE DURATION SQUARE PERIOD 100X10-3

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave to TRIG Observe TRIGD and EVENT LEDs

TRIG disconnect all Short the GATE connector to GND Verify LEDs extinguish

MODE press to MANUAL Verify LEDs flash once

Timing

System c lock f requency

Controls Inputs Observations Ad jus t Check

Observe the frequency of the wave Verify 1000 MHz plusmn 001 atU555(17)

Mul t ip l iers (Wheel Swi tches)

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

PULSE SIGN-laquobull MODE FREE RUN TRIG disconnect all TIMING MULTIPUERS all

wheels set to zero except the one being tested

TIMING OVERLAP ignore

Observe the pulse width with the counter at the location specified t)elow

Verify pulse width is correct for each wheel as it is tested independently

For each wheel of each MULTIPLIER test each position to verify that the pulse width is correct Observe the signal at the following locations DELAY U520(2) BURSTWIDTH U530(2) PERIOD U540(2) DURATION U550(2)

Rates (Rotary Swi tches)

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

TIMING MULTIPUERS 001 Observe the pulse width with the TIMING RATES all rotary counter at the location specified

switches set to 10-4 below except the one being tested

Verify pulse width is correct for each rotary switch as it is tested independently

For each ofthe four rotary switches in TIMING test each position to verify that the pulse width is correct Observe the signal at the following locations DELAY U520(2) BURSTWIDTH U530(2) PERIOD U540(2) DURATION U550(2)

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 iTetophone 8004201306 bull 360683-8300 bull FOC 3606803525 E-mail salesa-msystemscom Wbbsite httpJwwwaflTSystemscom

15

Trigger outputs

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

Range 10V Pulse Amplitude 500 Delay 100 xlO^ Burst 100 x 10 ^ Duration 100x10-^ Period 400x10-^ Pulse sign + Trig Mode Free run Trig in open

Trigger the oscilloscope to the Burst Trig Out Observe it the Pulse Trig Out and the isolated output

Verify that the waveform consists of a burst of three 1ms-on3ms-off pulses The burst trigger should be synchronous with the burst the pulse trigger coincident with each pulse

Output Calibration

Isolation Resistance (check)

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode center position Trig In open

Measure the resistance between ground banana jack (front panel) and black banana jack of output with DMM

Resistance read gt 100MQ

Amplitude Switch Offset (R640)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Zero Trig Mode center position Trig In Open

Measure the voltage at TP645 vs TP650 with the DMM

Adjust R640 (AmpI Sw Offset) for minimum voltage

Output Offset (R332 front panel board) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Zero Range 10V Trig Mode center position Trig In Open

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

Adjust R332 (Output offset) for minimum voltage

Positive Baseline Offeet (R607) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Sign + Baseline Amplitude

fully CCW (000) Range 10V Trig In open Trig Mode center position

Measure the voltage across the outputwiththeDMM

Adjust R602 (BSLN + offset) for minimum voltage

fl-N Systems Inc 131 BusBiess Parti Loop P O Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Telophone B00-42O1306 bull 360683-8300 bull FAX 3606803525 E-mail salesaflisystemscom V^tebsite httpy^vwwa-msystems com

16

Negative Baseline Offset (R619)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Sign -Baseline Amplitude

fully CCW (000) Range 10V Trig In open Trig Mode center position

Measure the voltage across the outputwiththeDMM

Adjust R619 (BSLN + offset) for minimum voltage

Pulse Amplitude Adjust (R602)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode Free Mode Pulse Amplitude 1000 Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =1001 Period =00110-4 Pulse Sign -Trig In open Range 10V

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

The Overiap indicator should be on Adjust R602 (Max Level) for -10OOV out

Pulse Sign Gain (check)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode Free Mode Pulse Amplitude 1000 Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =100 1s Period =001 10-4s Trig In open Range 10V

Measure the voltage at the output with the DMM for the Pulse Sign at + and - positions

The absolute values ofthe voltages should differ by less than lOOmV

Baseline Amplitudes (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Range 100mA Trig Mode center position Baseline Amplitude fully CW (1000) Trig In open

Measure the voltage at the output with the DMM with Baseline Sign in + Zero and

- positions

Gain the matching of current levels at = and - positions and offset current in Zero position

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop PO Box 850 Cartsboig Wa 98324 Telophone 800-4201306 360683-8300 FkX 3606803525 E-mail salesa-msystemscom website http^^wwaflisystemsccm

17

Output Range Amplitude and Drive (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Pulse Amplitude 1000 Pulse Sign + Trig Mode Free Run Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =1001 Period =10010-4 Trig In open

Load the output with a 10KV 1W 01 resistor Measure the voltage at the output with DMM

Verify that full scale output is within specification Scale Range 100V 100V 10V 10V 100mA IV 1mA 10V 10mA 100V

Pulse Sign and Short Circuit Protection (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =200 10-4 Period =00110-3 Baseline Zero Pulse Amplitude 25 Range 10V Trig Mode Free Run Trig In open

Measure the voltage at the output with the oscilloscope Check for Pulse Sign set to each of + - biphasic Watch for Error indicator when shorting the output

Verify that pulses of approx 25V amplitude (625V for biphasic mode) of the correct sign are produced every 10ms Short output in biphasic mode Output should return when opened

Output Transient Response (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Pulse Sign + Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =20010-4 Period =00110-3 Pulse Amplitude 250 Baseline Zero Trig Mode Free Mode Trig In open

Connect the oscilloscope to the output with a 310 attenuator probe Test both 10V and 100V ranges

Verify that overshoot and risetime meet specifications

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Telophone 8004201306 bull 3606808300 bull Flaquo( 360laquo83ltJ525 E-mail salesa-msystemsocm V^febsite http^wwwa-msystefnscom

18

Specifications

There are three classes of specifications Class A specifications tested in all units and are guaranteed Class B specifications are inherent in the design they are indirectly tested and are guaranteed Class C specifications are typical operating values which are occasionally tested- these are typical values given for your information but not guarshyanteed The class for each specification is noted in the center column ofthe following sections

Inputs Switching level

Hysteresis

Input equivalent circuit

Minimum duration (1 IL-level signal)

A

C

C

C

16 V(plusmn 02 V)

approx 50 mV

lOOKH to+5 in parallel with no more than 35pF

gt 50 ns

Open circuit condition B defaults to highon level

Timing and rate accuracy Rate selector steps

Timing multiplier steps

B

B

lOOpsto 100s in 7 steps

1 of rate selector step size Maximum value is 999 X the rate selector step size

Resolution B approx 01 ofthe maximum value

Timing error (second and later pulses after resetting controls)

B lt 002 of rate selector value + 015 ps

Timing error (first pulse after readjusting timing controls)

an additional 025 ps error may occur

Timing repeatability lt 001 setting + 20 ns (monophasic)

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Ram Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Vfa 98324 pTelophone 8004201306 bull 360683-8300 bull FAX 360683-3525

E-mail salesraquoflisystems com Wabsite httpJAnww afl isystems com

19

TRIG IN to OUTPUT delay (DELAY set to 0) output set to 2V

Timing jitter from TRIG IN to OUTPUT (for TTL trigger input with risetime lt10 ns)

Timing jitter from TRIG OUT (either BURST or PULSE) and OUTPUT

Trigger output to pulse output delay

Output characteristics Pulse level error (voltage mode open circuit current mode short circuit

Biphasic level difference IV + - V-1 2

Baseline level error (voltage mode open circuit current mode short circuit)

Risetime (25 V out)

Risetime (25 V out)

Transient response

A

A

A

Output impedance (voltage mode) C

Output impedance (current mode) C

Isolation resistance A

Isolation capacitance C

approx 05 ps for a load of no more than 10 KH in parallel with 50 pF

lt 125 ns (all rates except 100s) lt 125 ps (100s rate)

Less than 20 ns (all rates)

approx 350 ns

lt 03 of setting + 05 of r range (plus an additional 05 pA in 100 pA range)

lt 03 of range (voltage modes into open circuit current modes into short circuit)

lt 03 of setting of setting + 01 of range (plus an additional 05 pA in lOOpA range)

= 200 ns into less than 30 pF

= 15 ps into less than 30 pF

lt 8 overshoot into less than 30 pF for pulse voltages different than baseline voltage by at least 10 of range

= 50 ohms

raquo 1 0 GH (typically 200 GO)

raquo 1 0 0 M n

= 60 pF at 100 Hz

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Peril Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg V6 98324 |TelCf)hone 800-4201306 3606808300 bull FAX 360683-3525 E-mal salesaflisystefnsoom Website hnpyMVfWafllsystemsoom

20

Noise (differential mode)

Noise (common mode earth to isolated ground) with no signal output

Overload error indicator (low frequency short circuited voltage mode)

Overload error indicator low frequency open circuited current mode)

Overioad error response time

Miscellaneous

= 1 mV rms (10 V scale 10 Hz-4 MHz)

= 8 mV rms (10 Hz-4 MHz) == 100mVp-p (200 Hz -10 MHz) measured withalOMH 15pF oscilloscope probe

Turns on for set amplitude at or greater than approx plusmn1 V (10 V range) or plusmn2 V (100 V range)

Turns on for set amplitude at or above approx 2 of range

Flat to approx 30 ps duration Decreasing sensitivity for shorter pulses

Power

Fuse

Operating temperature range

Storage temperature range

Operating humidity

Dimensions

approx 11 watts

1 amp 3AG

10-30degC

0 - 50deg C

5 - 80 RH

17x475x1125 (inches) 432x121x286 cm

Weight 20 lbs (9 kg)

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Wb 98324 |Tetcphone 8004201306 3606808300 bull FOt 360683-3525 E-mail satesamsystems comV^febsite httpywwwaflisystemscom

21

Warranty and Service

What does this warranty cover A-M Systems Inc warrants to the Purchaser that the Instrument excluding cables Headstage Probes and any other accessories shipped with the Instrument (hereafter the hardware) is free from defects in workmanship or material under normal use and service for the period of one (1) year This warranty commences on the date of delivery ofthe hardware to the Purchaser

What are the obligations of A-M Systems Inc under this warranty During the warranty period A-M Systems Inc agrees to repair or replace at its sole option without charge to the Purchaser any defective component part of the hardware To obtain warranty service the Purchaser must return the hardware to A-M Systems Inc or an authorized A-M Systems Inc distributor in an adequate shipping container Any postage shipping and insurance charges incurred in shipping the hardware to A-M Systems Inc must be prepaid by the Purchaser and all risk for the hardware shall remain with purchaser until such time as A-M Systems Inc takes receipt of the hardware Upon receipt A-M Systems Inc will promptly repair or replace the defective unit and then return the hardware to the Purchaser postage shipping and insurance prepaid A-M Systems Inc may use reconditioned or like new parts or units at its sole option when repairing any hardware Repaired products shall carry the same amount of outstanding warranty as from original purchase or ninety (90) days which ever is greater Any claim under the warranty must include a dated proof of purchase ofthe hardware covered by this warranty In any event A-M Systems Inc liability for defective hardware is limited to repairing or replacing the hardware

What is not covered by this warranty This warranty is contingent upon proper use and maintenance ofthe hardware by the Purchaser and does not cover batteries Neglect misuse whether intentional or othenwise tampering with or altering the hardware damage caused by accident damage caused by unusual physical electrical chemical or electromechanical stress damage caused by failure of electrical power or damage caused during transportation are not covered by this wan-anty Products may not be returned to A-M Systems Inc for service whether under warranty or otherwise which are contaminated by infectious agents radioactive compounds or other materials constituting a health hazard to employees of A-M Systems Inc

What are the limits of liability for A-M Systems Inc under this warranty A-M Systems Inc shall not be liable for loss of data profits or savings or any special incidental consequential indirect or other similar damages arising from breach of contract negligence or other legal action even if the company or its agent has been advised of the possibility of such damages or for any claim brought against you by another party THIS EQUIPMENT IS NOT INTENDED FOR CLINICAL MEASUREMENTS USING HUMAN SUBJECTS A-M SYSTEMS INC DOES NOT ASSUME RESPONSIBILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE DUE TO MISUSE OF THIS EQUIPMENT Jurisdictions vary with regard to the enforceability of provisions excluding or limiting liability for incidental or consequential damages Check the provision of your local jurisdiction to find out whether the above exclusion applies to you

This warranty allocates risks of product failure between the Purchaser and A-M Systems Inc A-M Systems Inc hardware pricing reflects this allocation of risk and the limitations of liability contained in this warranty The warranty set forth above is in lieu of all other express warranties whether oral or written The agents employees distributors and dealers of A-M Systems Inc are not authorized to make modifications to this warranty or additional wan-anties binding on the company Accordingly additional statements such as dealer advertising or presentations whether oral or written do not constitute warranties by A-M Systems Inc and should not be relied upon This warranty gives you specific legal rights You may also have other rights which vary from one jurisdiction to another

fl-N Systems Inc 131BusinessPartiLoop RO Box850CartsbOfgWa98324 p O |Telophone 8004201306 bull 360683-8300FOC 3606830525 ^ ^ E-mail saiesaflisystefTiscom Wbbsite httpVwwwa-msystemscom

Trigger outputs Controls

Range 10V Pulse Amplitude 500 Delay 100x10 Burst 100x10^2 Duration 100 x1a Period 400x10^ Pulse sign + Trig Mode Free run Trig in open

Inputs Observations

Trigger the oscilloscope to the Burst Trig Out Observe it the Pulse Trig Out and the isolated output

Adjust Check

Verify that the waveform consists of a burst of three 1ms-on3ms-off pulses The burst trigger should be synchronous with the burst the pulse trigger coincident with each pulse

Output Calibration

Isolation Resistance (check) Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode center position Trig In open

Measure the resistance between ground banana jack (front panel) and black banana jack of output with DMM

Resistance read gt 100MQ

Amplitude Switch Offset (R640) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Zero Trig Mode center position Trig In Open

Measure the voltage at TP645 vs TP650 with the DMM

Adjust R640 (AmpI Sw Offset) for minimum voltage

Output Offset (R332 front panel board) Controls I nputsObservatlons AdjustCheck

Baseline Zero Range 10V Trig Mode center position Trig In Open

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

Adjust R332 (Output offset) for minimum voltage

Positive Baseline Offset (R607) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Sign + Baseline Amplitude

fully CCW (000) Range 10V Trig In open Trig Mode center position

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

Adjust R602 (BSLN + offset) for minimum voltage

fl M raquo _ _ _ A laquo ^ _ i ^ ^ 131Buslnelaquo8Pari(loopPOBoK850Cart8borgWB96324

bull P I i s V S i e m S a |||Cg1Maphans80O42O130638O68O8300FAX36Olaquo8raquo^2S E-tiBft anagtraquoflwiisyagtlaquomraquoaimW6baHB hHpffii(wwraquoltnsylaquoleniieom

16

Negative Baseline Offset (R619) Controls

Baseline Sign -i Baseline Amplitude bull fully CCW (000)

Range 10V Trig In open Trig Mode center position

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

AdjustCheck

Adjust R619 (BSLN 4 offset) for minimum voltage

Pulse Amplitude Adjust (R602) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode Free Mode Pulse Amplitude 1000 Timing Dialay =none Burst =single Duration =1001 Period =00110-4 Pulse Sign -Trig In open Range 10V

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

The Overiap indicator should be on Adjust R602 (Max Level) for -1000V out

Pulse Sign Gain (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode Free Mode Pulse Amplitude 1000 Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =1001 s Period =00110-4s Trig In open Range 10V

Measure the voltage at the output with the DMM for the Pulse Sign at -- and - positions

The absolute values of the voltages should differ by less than lOOmV

Baseline Amplitudes (check) Controls InputsObservations

Range 100mA Trig Mode center position Baseline Amplitude fully CW (1000) Trig In open

Measure the voltage at the output with the DMM with Baseline Sign in + Zero and - positions

AdjustCheck

Gain the matching of current levels at = and - positions and offset current in Zero position

fl-N Systems Inc^^ bull E-mal am8

131 Business Partt Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 88324 8004201306360laquo8Oe300FAX 360laquo8O362S

E-maM am8y8^o-mBy8tflmBoom WobaKo hHp Awwwo-f i iBystonuoom

17

Output Range Amplitude and Drive (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Pulse Amplitude 1000 Pulse Sign + Trig Mode Free Run Timing Delay =none Burst =8ingle Duration =1001 Period =10010-4 Trig In open

Load the output with a 10KV1W 01 resistor Measure the voltage at the output with DMM

Verify that full scale output is within specification Scale Range 100V 100V 10V 10V 100mA IV 1mA 10V 10mA 100V

Pulse Sign and Short Circuit Protection (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Timing Delay =none Burst =8ingle Duration =200 10-4 Period =00110-3 Baseline Zero Pulse Amplitude 25 Range 10V Trig Mode Free Run Trig In open

Measure the voltage at the output with the oscilloscope Check for Pulse Sign set to each of + - biphasic Watch for Error indicator when shorting the output

Verify that pulses of approx 25V amplitude (625V for biphasic mode) of the correct sign are produced every 10ms Short output in biphasic mode Output should retum when opened

Output Transient Response (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Pulse Sign + Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =20010-4 Period =00110-3 Pulse Amplitude 250 Baseline Zero Trig Mode Free Mode Trig In open

Connect the oscilloscope to the output with a 310 attenuator prolse Test boVn 10V and 100V ranges

Verify that overshoot and risetime meet specifications

fl-N Systems I n c ^ 131 Business Parte Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wb 98324 8004201306 36Olaquo83O300 FAX 36O680lt352S

E-mQ0 snBy8Qs-msy8faiTiscom VWriMtte N ^ Mvww9-msy8lemscom

18

Specifications

There are three classes of specifications Class A specifications tested in all unHs and are guaranteed Class B specifications are inherent in the design they are indirectly tested and are guaranteed Class C specifications are typical operating values which are occasionally tested- these are typical values given for your infomiation but not guarshyanteed The class for each specification is noted in the center column of the following sections

Inputs Switching level

Hysteresis

Input equivalent circuit

Minimum duration (1 IL-level signal)

A

C

C

C

16V(plusmn02V)

approx 50 mV

100K ft to+5 In parallel with no more than 35pF

gt 50 ns

Open circuit condition B defaults to highon level

Timing and rate accuracy Rate selector steps

Timing multiplier steps

Resolution

Timing eror (second and later pulses after resetting controls)

B

B

B

B

lOOps to 100s In 7 steps

1 of rate selector step size Maximum value is 999 x the rate selector step size

approx 01 of the maximum value

lt 002 of rate selector value + 015 ps

Timing error (first pulse after readjusting timing controls)

an additional 025 ps error may occur

Timing repeatability lt 001 setting + 20 ns (monophasic)

fl-N Systems I nc ^ bull E-moU ams

131 Business Parti Loop PO Boot 850 Cartsborg VM 98324 80O42O130838O08O8300FAX36Olaquo8O3S2S

E-meU anByafl^iiisyslainaoomWebsHe hHpffliiwwraquomsys)emsoom

19

TRIG IN to OUTPUT delay (DELAY set to 0) output set to 2V

Timing jitter ft-om TRIG IN to OUTPUT (for TTL trigger input with risetime lt10 ns)

Timing jitter ft^om TRIG OUT (either BURST or PULSE) and OUTPUT

Trigger output to pulse output delay

Output charactsristics Pulse level enror (voltage mode open circuit cun-ent mode short circuit

Biphasic level difference |V + + V-|2

Baseline level error (voltage mode A open circuit current mode short circuit)

Risetime (25 V out)

Risetime (25 V out)

Transient response

A

A

A

Output impedance (voltage mode) C

Output impedance (current mode) C

Isolation resistance A

Isolation capacitance C

approx 05 ps for a load of no more than 10 Kft in parallel with 50 pF

lt 125 ns (all rates except 100s) lt 125 ps (100s rate)

Less than 20 ns (all rates)

approx 350 ns

lt 03 of setting + 05 of r range (plus an additional 05 pA inlOOpArenge)

lt 03 of range (voltage modes into open circuit current modes into short circuit)

lt 03 of setting of setting + 01 of range (plus an additional 05 pA in lOOpA range)

laquo 200 ns into less than 30 pF

laquo15 ps into less than 30 pF

lt 8 overshoot Into less than 30 pF for pulse voltages different than baseline voltage by at least 10 of range

laquo 50 ohms

raquo 1 0 Gft (typically 200 Gft)

raquo100Mft

laquo 60 pF at 100 Hz

fl-N Systems Inc^^ 131 Business Partt Uxip PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 96324 8004201308 SBOee^^SOO FAX 360laquoS3^52S

E-mat BiByraquoaiMii8ylaquoliiiiiseomWiljalteHlpJV(wwraquo4tgy8lenaoom

20

Noise (differential mode)

Noise (common mode earth to isolated ground) with no signal output

Overioad error indicator (low frequency short circuited voltage mode)

Overioad error indicator low frequency open circuited current mode)

Overioad enor response time

Miscellaneous

Power

Fuse

Operating temperature range

Storage temperature range

Operating humidity

Dimensions

Weight

laquo1 mV rms (10 V scale 10Hz-4MHz)

laquo 8 mV rms (10 Hz-4 MHz) laquo100mVp-p (200 Hz -10 MHz) measured withalOMft 15pF oscilloscope probe

Turns on for set amplitude at or greater than approx plusmn1V (10 V range) or plusmn2 V (100 V range)

Turns on for set amplitude at or above approx 2 of range

Flat to approx 30 ps duration Decreasing sensitivity for shorter pulses

approx 11 watts

1 amp 3 AG

10-30C

0 - 50deg C

5-80RH

17x475x1125 (Inches) 432x121x286 cm

20 lbs (9 kg)

fl mm bull gt _ _ _ A ^ ^ _ _ L ^ 131BusinesraquoPariltLocpPOBox850C8rtsborgWS9e324

bull p i ^ y s v e m s IIIC^^deg(^deg^Bdegltgt^^^3degdeg^deg^^deg^^^degdeg^^I^deg^deg^^^^^

21 E-mei flre^nQo 4n8yo(amscam Wsbsfle hHpAwwwe-msy8Jems-Oom

Warranty and Service

What does this warranty cover A-M Systems Inc warrants to the Purchaser that the Instrument excluding cables Headstage Probes and any other accessories shipped with the Instrument (hereafter the hardware) is free from defects in workmanship or material under normal use and service for the period of one (1) year This warranty commences on the date of delivery of the hardware to the Purchaser

What are the obligations of A-M Systems Inc under this warranty During the warranty period A-M Systems Inc agrees to repair or replace at its sole option without charge to the Purchaser any defective component part of the hardware To obtain warranty service the Purchaser must return the hardware to A-M Systems Inc or an authorized A-M Systems Inc distributor in an adequate shipping container Any postage shipping and insurance charges incurred in shipping the hardware to A-M Systems Inc must be prepaid by the Purchaser and all risk for the hardware shall remain with purchaser until such time as A-M Systems Inc takes receipt of the hardware Upon receipt A-M Systems Inc will promptly repair or replace the defective unit and then return the hardware to the Purchaser postage shipping and insurance prepaid A-M Systems Inc may use reconditioned or like new parts or units at its sole option when repairing any hardware Repaired products shall carry the same amount of outstanding wan^nty as from original purchase or ninety (90) days which ever is greater Any claim under the warranty must include a dated proof of purchase of the hardware covered by this wan-anty In any event A-M Systems Inc liability for defective hardware is limited to repairing or replacing the hardware

What is not covered by this warranty This warranty is contingent upon proper use and maintenance of the hardware by the Purchaser and does not cover batteries Neglect misuse whether intentional or otherwise tampering with or altering the hardware damage caused by accident damage caused by unusual physical electrical chemical or electromechanical stress damage caused by failure of electrical power or damage caused during transportation are not covered by this warranty Products may not be returned to A-M Systems Inc for service whether under warranty or otherwise which are contaminated by infectious agents radioactive compounds or other materials constituting a health hazard to employees of A-M Systems Inc

What are the limits of llabiiity for A-M Systems inc under this warranty A-M Systems Inc shall not be liable for loss of data profits or savings or any special incidental consequential indirect or other similar damages arising from breach of contract negligence or other legal action even if the company or its agent has been advised of the possibility of such damages or for any claim brought against you by another party THIS EQUIPMENT IS NOT INTENDED FOR CLINICAL MEASUREMENTS USING HUMAN SUBJECTS A-M SYSTEMS INC DOES NOT ASSUME RESPONSIBILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE DUE TO MISUSE OF THIS EQUIPMENT Jurisdictions vary with regard to the enforceability of provisions excluding or limiting liability for incidental or consequential damages Check the provision of your local jurisdiction to find out whether the above exclusion applies to you This warranty allocates risks of product failure between the Purchaser and A-M Systems Inc A-M Systems Inc hardware pricing reflects this allocation of risk and the limitations of liability contained in this wanranty The warranty set forth above is in lieu of all other express wan^anties whether oral or written The agents employees distributors and dealers of A-M Systems Inc are not authorized to make modifications to this wan-anty or additional wan-anties binding on the company Accordingly additional statements such as dealer advertising or presentations whether oral or written do not constitute wananties by A-M Systems Inc and should not be relied upon This warranty gives you specific legal rights You may also have other rights whrch vary from one jurisdiction to another

6 mm ^ laquo _ _ A a B ^ _ 1 ^ ^ 131 Business Parti Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg W B 98324 O O

bull P l A y S V e m S l n C T^M 8OO42OI3O6 380683-8300FAX 360 803525 ^ ^ E-msl iiiisy80iHTBy8tenisoom Wsbsito hnphwwfrimysleiiisoom

A

V ISO

INSTRUCTION MANUAL

FOR

ISOLATED PULSE STIMULATOR

MODEL 2100

Serial

Date

A-M Systems Inc

PO Box 850

Carlsborg WA 98324

USA

360-683-8300 bull 800-426-1306 FAX 360-683-3525

httpwwwa-msystemscom

Version 70 February 2002

Contents General Description 1

Instrument Features 1 Controls and Connectors 2

Operating Instructions 6 Theory of Operation 10 Calibration Procedures 12

Inputs 14 Output Calibration 16

Specifications 19 Warranty and Service 22

Each Isolated Pulse Stimulator is delivered complete with

Rack Mount Hardware Instructions amp Maintenance Manual

NOTE

This instrument is not intended for clinical measurements using human subjects A-M Systems Inc does not assume responsibility for Injury or damage due to the misuse of this instrument

General Description

Instrument Features The Isolated Pulse Stimulator Model 2100 is designed for a wide variety of applications It is highly flexible being capable of delivering single pulses biphasic pairs or bursts of pulses Pulses may be started manually or upon receiving a trigger signal from another Instrument or computer Two non-isolated trigger outputs are available for triggering other instruments

Four sets of timing controls provide comprehensive control overall aspects of pulse generation Three digit accuracy is available over a 7 decade range for each timing function using lever wheel switches Pulse widths can be set over more than a 9 decade range from 05 ps to 999 seconds Timing accuracy is assured through the use of a 10 MHz base rate crystal-controlled clock digitally divided to provide accurate timing over the entire range Atiming overiap indicator will light If the timing controls are set inconsistently

The output may be conveniently switched between current and voltage modes Pulse and baseline amplitudes are Independently presettable with lockable dials An error Indicator will light if the Mode2700 cannot deliver the desired signal

r WARNING

The Model 2100 can produce potentially dangerous voltages up to 100 V at the output connectors The isolated output is not connected internally to safety (earth) ground in any way Some part of the extemal circuit should be connected to safety ground Use caution in handling any wires connectors or electrodes which may be directly or indirectly attached to the Model 2100 output Some kinds of connectors such as BNC connectors have exposed metal parts which may float at dangerous potentials unless extemally connected to safety ground For greatest safety tum the Model 2100 off before making any connections to

the instrument

131 Business Parii Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Telophone 800-426-1306 bull 360-68raquolaquo300 bull FAX 360683-3525 E-mal satesa-msystemsoom VVfebsite httpywwwa^nsystemscom fl-N Systems Inc 1

Controls and Connectors The controls for the Model 2100 are grouped in three sections START which controls when a pulse or burst of pulses begins TIMING which controls the onoff timing of one or more pulses and OUTPUT which controls the amplitude of the output signal

Start TRIG SLOPE Determines the polarity of valid trigger pulses (positive or negative edges in the trigger signal)

MODE Controls waveform initiation When set to FREE RUN one timing cycle immediately follows the last When momentarily placed In the MANUAL position a timing cycle starts Immediately When the switch Is In the center position timing cycles start when valid triggering events occur

TRIGD This LED lights up when a timing cycle Is in process and continues until the burst is completed

TRIG This BNC connector allows a signal from an external source to Initiate timing cycles It is set for standard TTL levels

GATE This BNC connector allows a signal from an external source to restrict the final output signal This input must be at a logical high (or open-circuited) in order for the Model 2100 to recognize either manual or automatic trigger events

Gate 1_ Trigger |~~^ i I Valid triggers (represented by the arrows in the figure) can occur only when the gate Is at logical high Note that the up arrow would apply only If TRIG SLOPE is set to + the down an-ows would apply only if TRIG SLOPE Is set to -

NOTE Triggers have no effect if the system has not completed its response to a previous trigger

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Park Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Vb 98324 TelQphQne 80O426-1306 360683-8300 FAX 360683-3525 E-mail sales^a-msystemscom Wsbsite httpywwwa-msystemscom

Timing Four sets of controls govern the timing of pulse generation Each set contains two values which are multiplied together to detemnine the actual timing value The rotary knob (rate selector) provides the approximate timing value and the lever wheel switch bank (MULTIPLIER)

provides a time resolution of three decimal digits The following diagram shows most of the Important relationships

Output r Delay Duration

|ltPeriodgtj

t Burst width

Trigger event

DELAY These controls determine the time duration between the initiating trigger event and the beginning of the pulse burst If this rate selector is set to NONE or the multiplier is set to 000 there Is no delay

BURST WIDTH These controls determine the time period in which one or more pulses may be delivered Once started a pulse may outlast the burst width If this rate selector is set to SINGLE or to any time shorter than the pulse duration only a single pulse will occur If the BURST WIDTH Is longer than the period pulses will be emitted at the PERIOD rate until the burst time ends Pulses are never truncated by a short BURSTWIDTH

inds)-PULSE

D U R A T I O N 1 0 1 0

10

INTEB-PULSE PERIOD

1 1 10

DURATION These controls determine the length of each pulse Ifthis rate selector Is set to SQUARE the duration is set to half of the period regardless of the MULTIPLIER setting

PERIOD These controls set the period of time between adjacent pulse events within the burst It also forces a minimum dead time between recognized input triggers following a burst of one or more pulses This can be used to prevent over stimulation of a tissue without requiring excessive delay between the triggering event and the stimulating pulse

TIMING OVERLAP

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 860 Carisborg Vamp 98324 |Telophone 800-426-1306 360683-8300 bull FAX 3606aW525 E-mail salearega^nsystemsoom Vfeb5ite httpAwwwa^nsyslemscam

NOTE If any of these timing controls are changed while a timing cycle is in operation the results are undefined until the current cycle finishes

TIMING OVERLAP This LED will light to Indicate an inconsistency in the timing cycle settings There are several ways to introduce such errors The most common way is to set the Inter-pulse PERIOD to be less than the pulse DURATION

T I M I N G (seconds)^

TRIG OUT (UPPER) This BNC connector provides a signal which is coincident with the Internal Burst timing signal (default) This means the signal starts at the end of the Delay time and persists until the Burst time expires This output may also be set to represent the delay time-out by setting the internal jumper J510 to the right two pins instead of the left two pins (Please see the Calibration section in this manual for jumper location Directions are given as viewed from the front of the Instrument)

TRIG OUT (LOWER) This BNC connector provides a signal which Is coincident with the Duration timing signal which controls pulse output

NOTE Both trigger output signals slightly lead the isolated output signal

Output

PULSE SIGN This switch determines the polarity of the pulses to be generated It also allows generation of biphasic pulses thereby doubling the effective total period Warning the first pulse generated after changing the PULSE

SIGN switch may have the wrong polarity

BASELINE This Switch determines the polarity ofthe baseline signal

RANGE This rotary switch determines if the output pulses will be constant current (3 ranges) or constant voltage (2 ranges)

BASELINE AMPLITUDE This value is independently set using a ten-turn counting dial The maximum baseline amplitude is one tenth the value shown on the range amplitude switch

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 8S0 Cartsborg Vfa 98324 |Tetaphone 80O426-1306 bull 360683-8300 bull FAX 3606803525 E-mail salesa-msystemscom Wbbsite http7Awwwaflnsystemscom

PULSE AMPLITUDE This value is independently set using a ten-turn counting dial The maximum pulse amplitude is the value shown on the range amplitude switch

EVENT This LED indicates when a pulse is ongoing

ERROR This LED indicates when the internal output amplifier cannot output the pulse as desired This is usually due to a short circuit while trying to output a voltage or an open circuit while trying to output a current

VOTEThe Pulse Sign control in the Oupuf section directly affects waveform timing When set to the Biphasic mode a positive-going pulse is immediately followed by a negative-going pulse This effectively doubles the pulse duration If a burst of biphasic pulses is being produced the period must be at least twice the single pulse duration In the Square wave mode the baseline disappears as long as the burst persists

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsboig Vte 98324 |Telophone 800426-1306 360683-8300 bull FAX 3606833525 E-mail salesa-m5ystem5 com Website httpwwwa-msystemscom

Operating Instructions

Examples Simple setup (and minimal instrument test)

Connect the output ofthe Model 2100 to an oscilloscope Before connecting the Model 2100 to any other instrument or the experimental preparation It is safest to turn Its power off

Set the Oufpuf controls

Range 10V Pulse Sign +

Baseline Zero Pulse Amplitude 200

Setting The Timing Controls

Delay Burst Width

Duration Period

none single

15010-2 50010-2

Setting The Start Controls

Mode Free Run

Disconnect any cables to the TRIG or GATE inputs

Note that the green Trig and Event Indicators turn on as Free Run is turned on (and turn off otherwise) You should observe a 15ms duration 20Hz rate pulse of 200V above a OV baseline on the oscilloscope

fl-N Systems Inc 131 BusinessPartiLoop RO Box850CarisbcxgWa98324 |Telophone 800426-1306 bull 360-683-8300 bull FW 360683-3525 E-mail salesa-msystems com VVbbsite httpywwwa-msystems com

Demonstration of Burst Mode Connect the output ofthe Model 2100 to an oscilloscope Before connecting the Model 2100 to any other instrument or the experimental preparation It Is safest to turn its power off

Set the Outpuf controls

Range 10V Pulse Sign +

Baseline Pulse Amplitude 200

Baseline Amplitude 100

Setting The Timing Controls

Delay 88010-2 Burst Width 12010-^

Duration 15010-2 Period 50010-2

Set the START controls as follows

Mode Free Run

Disconnect any cables to the TRIG or GATE inputs

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Telophooe 8004201306 360683-8300 bull FAX 360683-3525 E^naii salesa-msystems com Watjsite http7wwwa-msystemscom

Trigger the oscilloscope from the Bursf trigger out (upper Trig Out connector) for a stable display In each burst (occurring every lOOms) you should observe a trio of 15ms duration starting 50ms apart Try switching the StartMode from Free Run to the center (nonnal) position The pulses will no longer be produced and the Trig and Event Indicators will tum off Pressing this switch once (to Manual) will cause a single burst to occur

Problem Solving If the instrument appears to be not working properiy check all ofthe control settings and connections Be sure to wait at least 5-10 seconds after turning the instrument off before turning it on again The following summary of typical problems for the user (along with the most common solutions) may help

Problem CauseSolution

EVENT Indicator never lights even in FREE RUN mode

bull Replace fuse check power connection bullSet DELAY or PERIOD to a shorter interval

bull Power-on too soon after power-off

OVERLAP Indicator is on

ERROR indicator is on

bull Set DURATION gt000 bull DURATION Is set to SQUARE but

PERIOD is 000 Increase PERIOD or set DURATION independantly

bull BURST and WIDTH are gt DURATION increase PERIOD or decrease DURATION

bull BIPHASIC pulse output Is on and PERIOD is not longer than twice the DURATION Increase PERIOD or decrease DURATION

bull Free-run Is on and BURST is lt PERIOD (BURST off) DELAY is 0 and PERIOD Is lt DURATION Add delay or modify PERIOD

bull Free-run is on and BURST is gt DURATION (BURST ON) and PERIOD is lt DURATION Increase PERIOD

bull For VOLTAGE outputs the output is trying to drive too low a resistance or capacitance (eg a short circuit) Check by disconnecting the output ft is possible (and normal) that for the fastest cycles and largest amplitudes (close to 100 V

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business PartiLoop PO Box 850 CartsborgWa 98324 iTelophone 800-42O130636O6e3-8300FAX 3606B3-3525 E-mail satesaflisyslefmcom Vfebslte http7wwwa-msyslemscom

and 1 ps) that the ERROR indicator might always come on during repetitive pulses Fix output load or decrease amplitude as required

Time appears to be excessive Changed control in mid-cycle (resets current status)

Cant seem to get a full signal out Load Is not properiy connected repair wiring Too low a load impedance (VOLTAGE modes) or too high a load impedance (CURRENT mode)

Incoming triggers not accepted frequently enough

PERIOD is set too long (enforces dead time) followd by BURST set to SIGNAL Reduce PERIOD time

Table 10 Problem Solving

If you suspect that the Model 2100 may have completely failed we recommend checking the basic level of functionality Ifthis fails your instrument Is defective and must be repaired Ifthis passes either your experimental setup is incompatible or inconsistent or there is a more subtle flaw in your Model 2100

If the Model 2100 appears to be malfunctioning contact A-M Systems Inc or your dealer We will first attempt to solve the problem over the telephone so have an exact description of your problem available when you call You do not need to be within the warranty period to obtain over-the-phone assistance

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 iTetoptxme 80O426-1306 bull 360683-8300 FAX 3606803525 E-mail satesa-msystemsoomAfebsitehttpJwwwaflisystemscom

Theory of Operation

The operation ofthe Model 2100 is summarized in the block diagram (see the figure on Page 11) Not shown are all ofthe interconnections with the microcontroller The internal microcontroler plays an important role in setting the signal path but does not directly contribute to the dynamic characteristics It scans the front panel switches and sets the control values for the logic arrays It programs the internal counters which along with the other hardware achieve the necessary sub-microsecond speeds

Pulse generation starts either from an Input trigger signal (from Trig In) or an internally signal (Free Run mode) A Delay timer counts the 10MHz clock until its count value is exhausted At this point the Burst Period and Duration timers are started If the Burst timer has not expired by the end ofthe Period the Period and Duration timers are restarted If the Biphasic mode has been set the Duration timer is restarted at the end of the initial Duration and the sign ofthe output pulse is reversed doubling the total duration

The system state (pulse on pulse sign baseline sign [+0f-]) is transmitted to the isolated section via optoisolator The baseline and pulse amplitudes are selected by an analog switch The resulting signal is amplified by a variable-power-supply discrete operational amplifier The amplifier connections and gain is modified to provide two voltage and three current ranges

Timing overiap errors are detected by a logical decision computation rather than by testing for counter collisions This provides instant feedback rather than waiting up to an hour for such a collision to occur Output errors are measured by sensing the output amplifiers differential input voltage Under normal conditions this is a negligible voltage If the amplifier fails to deliver the requested signal the window comparator testing this voltage sends this message (via optoisolator) to the logic section turning on a warning LED

fl-N Systems Inc 131BusinessPart(LoopRO Box850CarisboigWa98324 4 n Tel0pri0ne80O426-130636O683^300FAX36O6833525 ^ E-mail salesaflisystBmscom V febsite http7wwwa-msystemsoom

S i

I - - ^^mdasho^M

OUTPUT i l l

TRIG ^ OUT

(burst)

TRIG 3-lt) OUT

(pulse)

til

I laquo

Calibration Procedures

The calibration interval is the lesser of 1000 hours of operation or 6 months Somewhat greater drift can be expected in the first 100 hours of operation as the semiconductors age Adjustments should only be made after the instrument has been fully warmed up for at least 15 minutes

Full instrument calibration requires the following test equipment digital multimeter (plusmn 01) able to measure resistance to at least lOOMO oscilloscope with at least 50MHz bandwidth true-mis voltmeter with 4MHz bandwidth universal counter (plusmn 001 ) able to measure single pulse widths and periods resistors (all plusmn 01) 2kn lOkH 1 watt 20kn 200kn alligator clip lead sets banana plugs and BNC adapters

Adjustment integrated circuit and test point locations are shown in the following figures All adjustments are on the timing board unless othenAise noted

All voltages in the non-isolated section should be measured with respect to ground at TP510 unless othenwise stated Some voltages are measured with respect to an internal isolated ground at TP650 or across the two output temninals Occasionally the voltage at an IC pin must be measured in these cases the reference designator is given with the pin number in parentheses eg U602(16) When it states within this procedure that a voltage is to be minimized this means that the adjustment should be made such that the measured voltage is as close to zero volts as possible Refer to the Specifications Section of this manual for acceptable tolerances

The sequence of this procedure is important If any adjustment is made all adjustments which follow must be made to ensure that the specifications will be met These procedures require that all controls remain as set in previous steps unless othenAise indicated

WARNING

The Model 2100 has dangerous voltages throughout the instrument even with the power is off Servicing the Model 2100 should only be done by qualified service personnel Use caution in handling any wires connectors or electrodes which may be directly or indirectly attached to the instrument Do not touch exposed connections or components Disconnect power by unplugging the power cord from the receptacle

H B ^ ^ S y s t e m s inc^degdegp^deg^^deg-^^^^^^^^B3^^^degdeg^^^lt^^^B^^^^ 131BusinessPartiLoopPO Box850CartsbOigWamp98324 4 9 |Telophone800-42013C6360683-8300F0lt360683-3525 ^ E-mail salesa-msystefnscom website httpwwwaflisystems com

CO

TP501 O lt0

g OTPSOO

U560 S

Trig Gate

0 -TISOS

U570

U500

Timing

p U520

Timing

K U550 Timin

gt U540

U515

o X I Timin

U508 I

J510 Timing nnn

Burst Delay J400

gt U550

R503

D D I D bull U8QQ i Q

n

oo

V P 5 1 0

b U535

^

Clock i _

U555

lt U 5 4 5

o

h d ^ O - - ^ U605

Q D

U620

O fJZ^ R737 bull ^ 1^13015 r j C - C O M P

B B nU770 ^ ^ ^ 5 ^ a

J420

a

o E

bull [ ]U632

riueso

rR742rVhigh R 6 1 9 ^

LJ TP645 O TP650

TPMOQ^QS

Vlow

CD-

CZZl

J440 bull bull tl iUDQ

I t

f i l

Power supply and bias voltages

Power supply

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

POWER ON Observe voltage at P703 power supply wire top of main board

Check for+15 plusmn 050 V

Observe voltage at P701 power supply wire top of main board

Check for-15 plusmn 050 V

Observe voltage at U505(24) Check for +5 plusmn 025 V

Isolated supply voltage Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

RANGE 10 V TRIG open circuit MODE center position

Alternately observe V ^ from R742 to R740 and V ^ from theU605(4)toU605(8)

Adjust R773 so that 110VltV lt 120 V and

nigh

28VltV|^lt34V

Capacitance balance Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

Connect a xlO oscilloscope probe to TP650 and ground the

Adjust R737 for minimum high frequency signal

Inputs

Gate function Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave Verify that the voltage to GATE switches states at the Observe voltage at U510(3) proper input levels with an oscilloscope

Trigger slope Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave Verify that the voltage to TRIG switches states at the Observe voltage at U510( 1) proper input levels with an oscilloscope

TRIG SLOPE Verify voltage is 180deg out of phase

TRIG SLOPE Verify voltage is in phase

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 860 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Jelophone 800-4201306 360683-8300 bull FM 380683-3525 E-mail salesaflTsystBfnscom bull Vtebsite httpVAirwwaflisystems com

14

Trigger and gate f unc t i on

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

DELAY NONE BURS-nMDTH SINGLE DURATION SQUARE PERIOD 100X10-3

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave to TRIG Observe TRIGD and EVENT LEDs

TRIG disconnect all Short the GATE connector to GND Verify LEDs extinguish

MODE press to MANUAL Verify LEDs flash once

Timing

System c lock f requency

Controls Inputs Observations Ad jus t Check

Observe the frequency of the wave Verify 1000 MHz plusmn 001 atU555(17)

Mul t ip l iers (Wheel Swi tches)

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

PULSE SIGN-laquobull MODE FREE RUN TRIG disconnect all TIMING MULTIPUERS all

wheels set to zero except the one being tested

TIMING OVERLAP ignore

Observe the pulse width with the counter at the location specified t)elow

Verify pulse width is correct for each wheel as it is tested independently

For each wheel of each MULTIPLIER test each position to verify that the pulse width is correct Observe the signal at the following locations DELAY U520(2) BURSTWIDTH U530(2) PERIOD U540(2) DURATION U550(2)

Rates (Rotary Swi tches)

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

TIMING MULTIPUERS 001 Observe the pulse width with the TIMING RATES all rotary counter at the location specified

switches set to 10-4 below except the one being tested

Verify pulse width is correct for each rotary switch as it is tested independently

For each ofthe four rotary switches in TIMING test each position to verify that the pulse width is correct Observe the signal at the following locations DELAY U520(2) BURSTWIDTH U530(2) PERIOD U540(2) DURATION U550(2)

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 iTetophone 8004201306 bull 360683-8300 bull FOC 3606803525 E-mail salesa-msystemscom Wbbsite httpJwwwaflTSystemscom

15

Trigger outputs

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

Range 10V Pulse Amplitude 500 Delay 100 xlO^ Burst 100 x 10 ^ Duration 100x10-^ Period 400x10-^ Pulse sign + Trig Mode Free run Trig in open

Trigger the oscilloscope to the Burst Trig Out Observe it the Pulse Trig Out and the isolated output

Verify that the waveform consists of a burst of three 1ms-on3ms-off pulses The burst trigger should be synchronous with the burst the pulse trigger coincident with each pulse

Output Calibration

Isolation Resistance (check)

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode center position Trig In open

Measure the resistance between ground banana jack (front panel) and black banana jack of output with DMM

Resistance read gt 100MQ

Amplitude Switch Offset (R640)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Zero Trig Mode center position Trig In Open

Measure the voltage at TP645 vs TP650 with the DMM

Adjust R640 (AmpI Sw Offset) for minimum voltage

Output Offset (R332 front panel board) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Zero Range 10V Trig Mode center position Trig In Open

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

Adjust R332 (Output offset) for minimum voltage

Positive Baseline Offeet (R607) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Sign + Baseline Amplitude

fully CCW (000) Range 10V Trig In open Trig Mode center position

Measure the voltage across the outputwiththeDMM

Adjust R602 (BSLN + offset) for minimum voltage

fl-N Systems Inc 131 BusBiess Parti Loop P O Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Telophone B00-42O1306 bull 360683-8300 bull FAX 3606803525 E-mail salesaflisystemscom V^tebsite httpy^vwwa-msystems com

16

Negative Baseline Offset (R619)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Sign -Baseline Amplitude

fully CCW (000) Range 10V Trig In open Trig Mode center position

Measure the voltage across the outputwiththeDMM

Adjust R619 (BSLN + offset) for minimum voltage

Pulse Amplitude Adjust (R602)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode Free Mode Pulse Amplitude 1000 Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =1001 Period =00110-4 Pulse Sign -Trig In open Range 10V

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

The Overiap indicator should be on Adjust R602 (Max Level) for -10OOV out

Pulse Sign Gain (check)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode Free Mode Pulse Amplitude 1000 Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =100 1s Period =001 10-4s Trig In open Range 10V

Measure the voltage at the output with the DMM for the Pulse Sign at + and - positions

The absolute values ofthe voltages should differ by less than lOOmV

Baseline Amplitudes (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Range 100mA Trig Mode center position Baseline Amplitude fully CW (1000) Trig In open

Measure the voltage at the output with the DMM with Baseline Sign in + Zero and

- positions

Gain the matching of current levels at = and - positions and offset current in Zero position

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop PO Box 850 Cartsboig Wa 98324 Telophone 800-4201306 360683-8300 FkX 3606803525 E-mail salesa-msystemscom website http^^wwaflisystemsccm

17

Output Range Amplitude and Drive (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Pulse Amplitude 1000 Pulse Sign + Trig Mode Free Run Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =1001 Period =10010-4 Trig In open

Load the output with a 10KV 1W 01 resistor Measure the voltage at the output with DMM

Verify that full scale output is within specification Scale Range 100V 100V 10V 10V 100mA IV 1mA 10V 10mA 100V

Pulse Sign and Short Circuit Protection (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =200 10-4 Period =00110-3 Baseline Zero Pulse Amplitude 25 Range 10V Trig Mode Free Run Trig In open

Measure the voltage at the output with the oscilloscope Check for Pulse Sign set to each of + - biphasic Watch for Error indicator when shorting the output

Verify that pulses of approx 25V amplitude (625V for biphasic mode) of the correct sign are produced every 10ms Short output in biphasic mode Output should return when opened

Output Transient Response (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Pulse Sign + Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =20010-4 Period =00110-3 Pulse Amplitude 250 Baseline Zero Trig Mode Free Mode Trig In open

Connect the oscilloscope to the output with a 310 attenuator probe Test both 10V and 100V ranges

Verify that overshoot and risetime meet specifications

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Telophone 8004201306 bull 3606808300 bull Flaquo( 360laquo83ltJ525 E-mail salesa-msystemsocm V^febsite http^wwwa-msystefnscom

18

Specifications

There are three classes of specifications Class A specifications tested in all units and are guaranteed Class B specifications are inherent in the design they are indirectly tested and are guaranteed Class C specifications are typical operating values which are occasionally tested- these are typical values given for your information but not guarshyanteed The class for each specification is noted in the center column ofthe following sections

Inputs Switching level

Hysteresis

Input equivalent circuit

Minimum duration (1 IL-level signal)

A

C

C

C

16 V(plusmn 02 V)

approx 50 mV

lOOKH to+5 in parallel with no more than 35pF

gt 50 ns

Open circuit condition B defaults to highon level

Timing and rate accuracy Rate selector steps

Timing multiplier steps

B

B

lOOpsto 100s in 7 steps

1 of rate selector step size Maximum value is 999 X the rate selector step size

Resolution B approx 01 ofthe maximum value

Timing error (second and later pulses after resetting controls)

B lt 002 of rate selector value + 015 ps

Timing error (first pulse after readjusting timing controls)

an additional 025 ps error may occur

Timing repeatability lt 001 setting + 20 ns (monophasic)

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Ram Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Vfa 98324 pTelophone 8004201306 bull 360683-8300 bull FAX 360683-3525

E-mail salesraquoflisystems com Wabsite httpJAnww afl isystems com

19

TRIG IN to OUTPUT delay (DELAY set to 0) output set to 2V

Timing jitter from TRIG IN to OUTPUT (for TTL trigger input with risetime lt10 ns)

Timing jitter from TRIG OUT (either BURST or PULSE) and OUTPUT

Trigger output to pulse output delay

Output characteristics Pulse level error (voltage mode open circuit current mode short circuit

Biphasic level difference IV + - V-1 2

Baseline level error (voltage mode open circuit current mode short circuit)

Risetime (25 V out)

Risetime (25 V out)

Transient response

A

A

A

Output impedance (voltage mode) C

Output impedance (current mode) C

Isolation resistance A

Isolation capacitance C

approx 05 ps for a load of no more than 10 KH in parallel with 50 pF

lt 125 ns (all rates except 100s) lt 125 ps (100s rate)

Less than 20 ns (all rates)

approx 350 ns

lt 03 of setting + 05 of r range (plus an additional 05 pA in 100 pA range)

lt 03 of range (voltage modes into open circuit current modes into short circuit)

lt 03 of setting of setting + 01 of range (plus an additional 05 pA in lOOpA range)

= 200 ns into less than 30 pF

= 15 ps into less than 30 pF

lt 8 overshoot into less than 30 pF for pulse voltages different than baseline voltage by at least 10 of range

= 50 ohms

raquo 1 0 GH (typically 200 GO)

raquo 1 0 0 M n

= 60 pF at 100 Hz

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Peril Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg V6 98324 |TelCf)hone 800-4201306 3606808300 bull FAX 360683-3525 E-mal salesaflisystefnsoom Website hnpyMVfWafllsystemsoom

20

Noise (differential mode)

Noise (common mode earth to isolated ground) with no signal output

Overload error indicator (low frequency short circuited voltage mode)

Overload error indicator low frequency open circuited current mode)

Overioad error response time

Miscellaneous

= 1 mV rms (10 V scale 10 Hz-4 MHz)

= 8 mV rms (10 Hz-4 MHz) == 100mVp-p (200 Hz -10 MHz) measured withalOMH 15pF oscilloscope probe

Turns on for set amplitude at or greater than approx plusmn1 V (10 V range) or plusmn2 V (100 V range)

Turns on for set amplitude at or above approx 2 of range

Flat to approx 30 ps duration Decreasing sensitivity for shorter pulses

Power

Fuse

Operating temperature range

Storage temperature range

Operating humidity

Dimensions

approx 11 watts

1 amp 3AG

10-30degC

0 - 50deg C

5 - 80 RH

17x475x1125 (inches) 432x121x286 cm

Weight 20 lbs (9 kg)

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Wb 98324 |Tetcphone 8004201306 3606808300 bull FOt 360683-3525 E-mail satesamsystems comV^febsite httpywwwaflisystemscom

21

Warranty and Service

What does this warranty cover A-M Systems Inc warrants to the Purchaser that the Instrument excluding cables Headstage Probes and any other accessories shipped with the Instrument (hereafter the hardware) is free from defects in workmanship or material under normal use and service for the period of one (1) year This warranty commences on the date of delivery ofthe hardware to the Purchaser

What are the obligations of A-M Systems Inc under this warranty During the warranty period A-M Systems Inc agrees to repair or replace at its sole option without charge to the Purchaser any defective component part of the hardware To obtain warranty service the Purchaser must return the hardware to A-M Systems Inc or an authorized A-M Systems Inc distributor in an adequate shipping container Any postage shipping and insurance charges incurred in shipping the hardware to A-M Systems Inc must be prepaid by the Purchaser and all risk for the hardware shall remain with purchaser until such time as A-M Systems Inc takes receipt of the hardware Upon receipt A-M Systems Inc will promptly repair or replace the defective unit and then return the hardware to the Purchaser postage shipping and insurance prepaid A-M Systems Inc may use reconditioned or like new parts or units at its sole option when repairing any hardware Repaired products shall carry the same amount of outstanding warranty as from original purchase or ninety (90) days which ever is greater Any claim under the warranty must include a dated proof of purchase ofthe hardware covered by this warranty In any event A-M Systems Inc liability for defective hardware is limited to repairing or replacing the hardware

What is not covered by this warranty This warranty is contingent upon proper use and maintenance ofthe hardware by the Purchaser and does not cover batteries Neglect misuse whether intentional or othenwise tampering with or altering the hardware damage caused by accident damage caused by unusual physical electrical chemical or electromechanical stress damage caused by failure of electrical power or damage caused during transportation are not covered by this wan-anty Products may not be returned to A-M Systems Inc for service whether under warranty or otherwise which are contaminated by infectious agents radioactive compounds or other materials constituting a health hazard to employees of A-M Systems Inc

What are the limits of liability for A-M Systems Inc under this warranty A-M Systems Inc shall not be liable for loss of data profits or savings or any special incidental consequential indirect or other similar damages arising from breach of contract negligence or other legal action even if the company or its agent has been advised of the possibility of such damages or for any claim brought against you by another party THIS EQUIPMENT IS NOT INTENDED FOR CLINICAL MEASUREMENTS USING HUMAN SUBJECTS A-M SYSTEMS INC DOES NOT ASSUME RESPONSIBILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE DUE TO MISUSE OF THIS EQUIPMENT Jurisdictions vary with regard to the enforceability of provisions excluding or limiting liability for incidental or consequential damages Check the provision of your local jurisdiction to find out whether the above exclusion applies to you

This warranty allocates risks of product failure between the Purchaser and A-M Systems Inc A-M Systems Inc hardware pricing reflects this allocation of risk and the limitations of liability contained in this warranty The warranty set forth above is in lieu of all other express warranties whether oral or written The agents employees distributors and dealers of A-M Systems Inc are not authorized to make modifications to this warranty or additional wan-anties binding on the company Accordingly additional statements such as dealer advertising or presentations whether oral or written do not constitute warranties by A-M Systems Inc and should not be relied upon This warranty gives you specific legal rights You may also have other rights which vary from one jurisdiction to another

fl-N Systems Inc 131BusinessPartiLoop RO Box850CartsbOfgWa98324 p O |Telophone 8004201306 bull 360683-8300FOC 3606830525 ^ ^ E-mail saiesaflisystefTiscom Wbbsite httpVwwwa-msystemscom

Negative Baseline Offset (R619) Controls

Baseline Sign -i Baseline Amplitude bull fully CCW (000)

Range 10V Trig In open Trig Mode center position

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

AdjustCheck

Adjust R619 (BSLN 4 offset) for minimum voltage

Pulse Amplitude Adjust (R602) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode Free Mode Pulse Amplitude 1000 Timing Dialay =none Burst =single Duration =1001 Period =00110-4 Pulse Sign -Trig In open Range 10V

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

The Overiap indicator should be on Adjust R602 (Max Level) for -1000V out

Pulse Sign Gain (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode Free Mode Pulse Amplitude 1000 Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =1001 s Period =00110-4s Trig In open Range 10V

Measure the voltage at the output with the DMM for the Pulse Sign at -- and - positions

The absolute values of the voltages should differ by less than lOOmV

Baseline Amplitudes (check) Controls InputsObservations

Range 100mA Trig Mode center position Baseline Amplitude fully CW (1000) Trig In open

Measure the voltage at the output with the DMM with Baseline Sign in + Zero and - positions

AdjustCheck

Gain the matching of current levels at = and - positions and offset current in Zero position

fl-N Systems Inc^^ bull E-mal am8

131 Business Partt Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 88324 8004201306360laquo8Oe300FAX 360laquo8O362S

E-maM am8y8^o-mBy8tflmBoom WobaKo hHp Awwwo-f i iBystonuoom

17

Output Range Amplitude and Drive (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Pulse Amplitude 1000 Pulse Sign + Trig Mode Free Run Timing Delay =none Burst =8ingle Duration =1001 Period =10010-4 Trig In open

Load the output with a 10KV1W 01 resistor Measure the voltage at the output with DMM

Verify that full scale output is within specification Scale Range 100V 100V 10V 10V 100mA IV 1mA 10V 10mA 100V

Pulse Sign and Short Circuit Protection (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Timing Delay =none Burst =8ingle Duration =200 10-4 Period =00110-3 Baseline Zero Pulse Amplitude 25 Range 10V Trig Mode Free Run Trig In open

Measure the voltage at the output with the oscilloscope Check for Pulse Sign set to each of + - biphasic Watch for Error indicator when shorting the output

Verify that pulses of approx 25V amplitude (625V for biphasic mode) of the correct sign are produced every 10ms Short output in biphasic mode Output should retum when opened

Output Transient Response (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Pulse Sign + Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =20010-4 Period =00110-3 Pulse Amplitude 250 Baseline Zero Trig Mode Free Mode Trig In open

Connect the oscilloscope to the output with a 310 attenuator prolse Test boVn 10V and 100V ranges

Verify that overshoot and risetime meet specifications

fl-N Systems I n c ^ 131 Business Parte Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wb 98324 8004201306 36Olaquo83O300 FAX 36O680lt352S

E-mQ0 snBy8Qs-msy8faiTiscom VWriMtte N ^ Mvww9-msy8lemscom

18

Specifications

There are three classes of specifications Class A specifications tested in all unHs and are guaranteed Class B specifications are inherent in the design they are indirectly tested and are guaranteed Class C specifications are typical operating values which are occasionally tested- these are typical values given for your infomiation but not guarshyanteed The class for each specification is noted in the center column of the following sections

Inputs Switching level

Hysteresis

Input equivalent circuit

Minimum duration (1 IL-level signal)

A

C

C

C

16V(plusmn02V)

approx 50 mV

100K ft to+5 In parallel with no more than 35pF

gt 50 ns

Open circuit condition B defaults to highon level

Timing and rate accuracy Rate selector steps

Timing multiplier steps

Resolution

Timing eror (second and later pulses after resetting controls)

B

B

B

B

lOOps to 100s In 7 steps

1 of rate selector step size Maximum value is 999 x the rate selector step size

approx 01 of the maximum value

lt 002 of rate selector value + 015 ps

Timing error (first pulse after readjusting timing controls)

an additional 025 ps error may occur

Timing repeatability lt 001 setting + 20 ns (monophasic)

fl-N Systems I nc ^ bull E-moU ams

131 Business Parti Loop PO Boot 850 Cartsborg VM 98324 80O42O130838O08O8300FAX36Olaquo8O3S2S

E-meU anByafl^iiisyslainaoomWebsHe hHpffliiwwraquomsys)emsoom

19

TRIG IN to OUTPUT delay (DELAY set to 0) output set to 2V

Timing jitter ft-om TRIG IN to OUTPUT (for TTL trigger input with risetime lt10 ns)

Timing jitter ft^om TRIG OUT (either BURST or PULSE) and OUTPUT

Trigger output to pulse output delay

Output charactsristics Pulse level enror (voltage mode open circuit cun-ent mode short circuit

Biphasic level difference |V + + V-|2

Baseline level error (voltage mode A open circuit current mode short circuit)

Risetime (25 V out)

Risetime (25 V out)

Transient response

A

A

A

Output impedance (voltage mode) C

Output impedance (current mode) C

Isolation resistance A

Isolation capacitance C

approx 05 ps for a load of no more than 10 Kft in parallel with 50 pF

lt 125 ns (all rates except 100s) lt 125 ps (100s rate)

Less than 20 ns (all rates)

approx 350 ns

lt 03 of setting + 05 of r range (plus an additional 05 pA inlOOpArenge)

lt 03 of range (voltage modes into open circuit current modes into short circuit)

lt 03 of setting of setting + 01 of range (plus an additional 05 pA in lOOpA range)

laquo 200 ns into less than 30 pF

laquo15 ps into less than 30 pF

lt 8 overshoot Into less than 30 pF for pulse voltages different than baseline voltage by at least 10 of range

laquo 50 ohms

raquo 1 0 Gft (typically 200 Gft)

raquo100Mft

laquo 60 pF at 100 Hz

fl-N Systems Inc^^ 131 Business Partt Uxip PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 96324 8004201308 SBOee^^SOO FAX 360laquoS3^52S

E-mat BiByraquoaiMii8ylaquoliiiiiseomWiljalteHlpJV(wwraquo4tgy8lenaoom

20

Noise (differential mode)

Noise (common mode earth to isolated ground) with no signal output

Overioad error indicator (low frequency short circuited voltage mode)

Overioad error indicator low frequency open circuited current mode)

Overioad enor response time

Miscellaneous

Power

Fuse

Operating temperature range

Storage temperature range

Operating humidity

Dimensions

Weight

laquo1 mV rms (10 V scale 10Hz-4MHz)

laquo 8 mV rms (10 Hz-4 MHz) laquo100mVp-p (200 Hz -10 MHz) measured withalOMft 15pF oscilloscope probe

Turns on for set amplitude at or greater than approx plusmn1V (10 V range) or plusmn2 V (100 V range)

Turns on for set amplitude at or above approx 2 of range

Flat to approx 30 ps duration Decreasing sensitivity for shorter pulses

approx 11 watts

1 amp 3 AG

10-30C

0 - 50deg C

5-80RH

17x475x1125 (Inches) 432x121x286 cm

20 lbs (9 kg)

fl mm bull gt _ _ _ A ^ ^ _ _ L ^ 131BusinesraquoPariltLocpPOBox850C8rtsborgWS9e324

bull p i ^ y s v e m s IIIC^^deg(^deg^Bdegltgt^^^3degdeg^deg^^deg^^^degdeg^^I^deg^deg^^^^^

21 E-mei flre^nQo 4n8yo(amscam Wsbsfle hHpAwwwe-msy8Jems-Oom

Warranty and Service

What does this warranty cover A-M Systems Inc warrants to the Purchaser that the Instrument excluding cables Headstage Probes and any other accessories shipped with the Instrument (hereafter the hardware) is free from defects in workmanship or material under normal use and service for the period of one (1) year This warranty commences on the date of delivery of the hardware to the Purchaser

What are the obligations of A-M Systems Inc under this warranty During the warranty period A-M Systems Inc agrees to repair or replace at its sole option without charge to the Purchaser any defective component part of the hardware To obtain warranty service the Purchaser must return the hardware to A-M Systems Inc or an authorized A-M Systems Inc distributor in an adequate shipping container Any postage shipping and insurance charges incurred in shipping the hardware to A-M Systems Inc must be prepaid by the Purchaser and all risk for the hardware shall remain with purchaser until such time as A-M Systems Inc takes receipt of the hardware Upon receipt A-M Systems Inc will promptly repair or replace the defective unit and then return the hardware to the Purchaser postage shipping and insurance prepaid A-M Systems Inc may use reconditioned or like new parts or units at its sole option when repairing any hardware Repaired products shall carry the same amount of outstanding wan^nty as from original purchase or ninety (90) days which ever is greater Any claim under the warranty must include a dated proof of purchase of the hardware covered by this wan-anty In any event A-M Systems Inc liability for defective hardware is limited to repairing or replacing the hardware

What is not covered by this warranty This warranty is contingent upon proper use and maintenance of the hardware by the Purchaser and does not cover batteries Neglect misuse whether intentional or otherwise tampering with or altering the hardware damage caused by accident damage caused by unusual physical electrical chemical or electromechanical stress damage caused by failure of electrical power or damage caused during transportation are not covered by this warranty Products may not be returned to A-M Systems Inc for service whether under warranty or otherwise which are contaminated by infectious agents radioactive compounds or other materials constituting a health hazard to employees of A-M Systems Inc

What are the limits of llabiiity for A-M Systems inc under this warranty A-M Systems Inc shall not be liable for loss of data profits or savings or any special incidental consequential indirect or other similar damages arising from breach of contract negligence or other legal action even if the company or its agent has been advised of the possibility of such damages or for any claim brought against you by another party THIS EQUIPMENT IS NOT INTENDED FOR CLINICAL MEASUREMENTS USING HUMAN SUBJECTS A-M SYSTEMS INC DOES NOT ASSUME RESPONSIBILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE DUE TO MISUSE OF THIS EQUIPMENT Jurisdictions vary with regard to the enforceability of provisions excluding or limiting liability for incidental or consequential damages Check the provision of your local jurisdiction to find out whether the above exclusion applies to you This warranty allocates risks of product failure between the Purchaser and A-M Systems Inc A-M Systems Inc hardware pricing reflects this allocation of risk and the limitations of liability contained in this wanranty The warranty set forth above is in lieu of all other express wan^anties whether oral or written The agents employees distributors and dealers of A-M Systems Inc are not authorized to make modifications to this wan-anty or additional wan-anties binding on the company Accordingly additional statements such as dealer advertising or presentations whether oral or written do not constitute wananties by A-M Systems Inc and should not be relied upon This warranty gives you specific legal rights You may also have other rights whrch vary from one jurisdiction to another

6 mm ^ laquo _ _ A a B ^ _ 1 ^ ^ 131 Business Parti Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg W B 98324 O O

bull P l A y S V e m S l n C T^M 8OO42OI3O6 380683-8300FAX 360 803525 ^ ^ E-msl iiiisy80iHTBy8tenisoom Wsbsito hnphwwfrimysleiiisoom

A

V ISO

INSTRUCTION MANUAL

FOR

ISOLATED PULSE STIMULATOR

MODEL 2100

Serial

Date

A-M Systems Inc

PO Box 850

Carlsborg WA 98324

USA

360-683-8300 bull 800-426-1306 FAX 360-683-3525

httpwwwa-msystemscom

Version 70 February 2002

Contents General Description 1

Instrument Features 1 Controls and Connectors 2

Operating Instructions 6 Theory of Operation 10 Calibration Procedures 12

Inputs 14 Output Calibration 16

Specifications 19 Warranty and Service 22

Each Isolated Pulse Stimulator is delivered complete with

Rack Mount Hardware Instructions amp Maintenance Manual

NOTE

This instrument is not intended for clinical measurements using human subjects A-M Systems Inc does not assume responsibility for Injury or damage due to the misuse of this instrument

General Description

Instrument Features The Isolated Pulse Stimulator Model 2100 is designed for a wide variety of applications It is highly flexible being capable of delivering single pulses biphasic pairs or bursts of pulses Pulses may be started manually or upon receiving a trigger signal from another Instrument or computer Two non-isolated trigger outputs are available for triggering other instruments

Four sets of timing controls provide comprehensive control overall aspects of pulse generation Three digit accuracy is available over a 7 decade range for each timing function using lever wheel switches Pulse widths can be set over more than a 9 decade range from 05 ps to 999 seconds Timing accuracy is assured through the use of a 10 MHz base rate crystal-controlled clock digitally divided to provide accurate timing over the entire range Atiming overiap indicator will light If the timing controls are set inconsistently

The output may be conveniently switched between current and voltage modes Pulse and baseline amplitudes are Independently presettable with lockable dials An error Indicator will light if the Mode2700 cannot deliver the desired signal

r WARNING

The Model 2100 can produce potentially dangerous voltages up to 100 V at the output connectors The isolated output is not connected internally to safety (earth) ground in any way Some part of the extemal circuit should be connected to safety ground Use caution in handling any wires connectors or electrodes which may be directly or indirectly attached to the Model 2100 output Some kinds of connectors such as BNC connectors have exposed metal parts which may float at dangerous potentials unless extemally connected to safety ground For greatest safety tum the Model 2100 off before making any connections to

the instrument

131 Business Parii Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Telophone 800-426-1306 bull 360-68raquolaquo300 bull FAX 360683-3525 E-mal satesa-msystemsoom VVfebsite httpywwwa^nsystemscom fl-N Systems Inc 1

Controls and Connectors The controls for the Model 2100 are grouped in three sections START which controls when a pulse or burst of pulses begins TIMING which controls the onoff timing of one or more pulses and OUTPUT which controls the amplitude of the output signal

Start TRIG SLOPE Determines the polarity of valid trigger pulses (positive or negative edges in the trigger signal)

MODE Controls waveform initiation When set to FREE RUN one timing cycle immediately follows the last When momentarily placed In the MANUAL position a timing cycle starts Immediately When the switch Is In the center position timing cycles start when valid triggering events occur

TRIGD This LED lights up when a timing cycle Is in process and continues until the burst is completed

TRIG This BNC connector allows a signal from an external source to Initiate timing cycles It is set for standard TTL levels

GATE This BNC connector allows a signal from an external source to restrict the final output signal This input must be at a logical high (or open-circuited) in order for the Model 2100 to recognize either manual or automatic trigger events

Gate 1_ Trigger |~~^ i I Valid triggers (represented by the arrows in the figure) can occur only when the gate Is at logical high Note that the up arrow would apply only If TRIG SLOPE is set to + the down an-ows would apply only if TRIG SLOPE Is set to -

NOTE Triggers have no effect if the system has not completed its response to a previous trigger

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Park Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Vb 98324 TelQphQne 80O426-1306 360683-8300 FAX 360683-3525 E-mail sales^a-msystemscom Wsbsite httpywwwa-msystemscom

Timing Four sets of controls govern the timing of pulse generation Each set contains two values which are multiplied together to detemnine the actual timing value The rotary knob (rate selector) provides the approximate timing value and the lever wheel switch bank (MULTIPLIER)

provides a time resolution of three decimal digits The following diagram shows most of the Important relationships

Output r Delay Duration

|ltPeriodgtj

t Burst width

Trigger event

DELAY These controls determine the time duration between the initiating trigger event and the beginning of the pulse burst If this rate selector is set to NONE or the multiplier is set to 000 there Is no delay

BURST WIDTH These controls determine the time period in which one or more pulses may be delivered Once started a pulse may outlast the burst width If this rate selector is set to SINGLE or to any time shorter than the pulse duration only a single pulse will occur If the BURST WIDTH Is longer than the period pulses will be emitted at the PERIOD rate until the burst time ends Pulses are never truncated by a short BURSTWIDTH

inds)-PULSE

D U R A T I O N 1 0 1 0

10

INTEB-PULSE PERIOD

1 1 10

DURATION These controls determine the length of each pulse Ifthis rate selector Is set to SQUARE the duration is set to half of the period regardless of the MULTIPLIER setting

PERIOD These controls set the period of time between adjacent pulse events within the burst It also forces a minimum dead time between recognized input triggers following a burst of one or more pulses This can be used to prevent over stimulation of a tissue without requiring excessive delay between the triggering event and the stimulating pulse

TIMING OVERLAP

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 860 Carisborg Vamp 98324 |Telophone 800-426-1306 360683-8300 bull FAX 3606aW525 E-mail salearega^nsystemsoom Vfeb5ite httpAwwwa^nsyslemscam

NOTE If any of these timing controls are changed while a timing cycle is in operation the results are undefined until the current cycle finishes

TIMING OVERLAP This LED will light to Indicate an inconsistency in the timing cycle settings There are several ways to introduce such errors The most common way is to set the Inter-pulse PERIOD to be less than the pulse DURATION

T I M I N G (seconds)^

TRIG OUT (UPPER) This BNC connector provides a signal which is coincident with the Internal Burst timing signal (default) This means the signal starts at the end of the Delay time and persists until the Burst time expires This output may also be set to represent the delay time-out by setting the internal jumper J510 to the right two pins instead of the left two pins (Please see the Calibration section in this manual for jumper location Directions are given as viewed from the front of the Instrument)

TRIG OUT (LOWER) This BNC connector provides a signal which Is coincident with the Duration timing signal which controls pulse output

NOTE Both trigger output signals slightly lead the isolated output signal

Output

PULSE SIGN This switch determines the polarity of the pulses to be generated It also allows generation of biphasic pulses thereby doubling the effective total period Warning the first pulse generated after changing the PULSE

SIGN switch may have the wrong polarity

BASELINE This Switch determines the polarity ofthe baseline signal

RANGE This rotary switch determines if the output pulses will be constant current (3 ranges) or constant voltage (2 ranges)

BASELINE AMPLITUDE This value is independently set using a ten-turn counting dial The maximum baseline amplitude is one tenth the value shown on the range amplitude switch

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 8S0 Cartsborg Vfa 98324 |Tetaphone 80O426-1306 bull 360683-8300 bull FAX 3606803525 E-mail salesa-msystemscom Wbbsite http7Awwwaflnsystemscom

PULSE AMPLITUDE This value is independently set using a ten-turn counting dial The maximum pulse amplitude is the value shown on the range amplitude switch

EVENT This LED indicates when a pulse is ongoing

ERROR This LED indicates when the internal output amplifier cannot output the pulse as desired This is usually due to a short circuit while trying to output a voltage or an open circuit while trying to output a current

VOTEThe Pulse Sign control in the Oupuf section directly affects waveform timing When set to the Biphasic mode a positive-going pulse is immediately followed by a negative-going pulse This effectively doubles the pulse duration If a burst of biphasic pulses is being produced the period must be at least twice the single pulse duration In the Square wave mode the baseline disappears as long as the burst persists

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsboig Vte 98324 |Telophone 800426-1306 360683-8300 bull FAX 3606833525 E-mail salesa-m5ystem5 com Website httpwwwa-msystemscom

Operating Instructions

Examples Simple setup (and minimal instrument test)

Connect the output ofthe Model 2100 to an oscilloscope Before connecting the Model 2100 to any other instrument or the experimental preparation It is safest to turn Its power off

Set the Oufpuf controls

Range 10V Pulse Sign +

Baseline Zero Pulse Amplitude 200

Setting The Timing Controls

Delay Burst Width

Duration Period

none single

15010-2 50010-2

Setting The Start Controls

Mode Free Run

Disconnect any cables to the TRIG or GATE inputs

Note that the green Trig and Event Indicators turn on as Free Run is turned on (and turn off otherwise) You should observe a 15ms duration 20Hz rate pulse of 200V above a OV baseline on the oscilloscope

fl-N Systems Inc 131 BusinessPartiLoop RO Box850CarisbcxgWa98324 |Telophone 800426-1306 bull 360-683-8300 bull FW 360683-3525 E-mail salesa-msystems com VVbbsite httpywwwa-msystems com

Demonstration of Burst Mode Connect the output ofthe Model 2100 to an oscilloscope Before connecting the Model 2100 to any other instrument or the experimental preparation It Is safest to turn its power off

Set the Outpuf controls

Range 10V Pulse Sign +

Baseline Pulse Amplitude 200

Baseline Amplitude 100

Setting The Timing Controls

Delay 88010-2 Burst Width 12010-^

Duration 15010-2 Period 50010-2

Set the START controls as follows

Mode Free Run

Disconnect any cables to the TRIG or GATE inputs

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Telophooe 8004201306 360683-8300 bull FAX 360683-3525 E^naii salesa-msystems com Watjsite http7wwwa-msystemscom

Trigger the oscilloscope from the Bursf trigger out (upper Trig Out connector) for a stable display In each burst (occurring every lOOms) you should observe a trio of 15ms duration starting 50ms apart Try switching the StartMode from Free Run to the center (nonnal) position The pulses will no longer be produced and the Trig and Event Indicators will tum off Pressing this switch once (to Manual) will cause a single burst to occur

Problem Solving If the instrument appears to be not working properiy check all ofthe control settings and connections Be sure to wait at least 5-10 seconds after turning the instrument off before turning it on again The following summary of typical problems for the user (along with the most common solutions) may help

Problem CauseSolution

EVENT Indicator never lights even in FREE RUN mode

bull Replace fuse check power connection bullSet DELAY or PERIOD to a shorter interval

bull Power-on too soon after power-off

OVERLAP Indicator is on

ERROR indicator is on

bull Set DURATION gt000 bull DURATION Is set to SQUARE but

PERIOD is 000 Increase PERIOD or set DURATION independantly

bull BURST and WIDTH are gt DURATION increase PERIOD or decrease DURATION

bull BIPHASIC pulse output Is on and PERIOD is not longer than twice the DURATION Increase PERIOD or decrease DURATION

bull Free-run Is on and BURST is lt PERIOD (BURST off) DELAY is 0 and PERIOD Is lt DURATION Add delay or modify PERIOD

bull Free-run is on and BURST is gt DURATION (BURST ON) and PERIOD is lt DURATION Increase PERIOD

bull For VOLTAGE outputs the output is trying to drive too low a resistance or capacitance (eg a short circuit) Check by disconnecting the output ft is possible (and normal) that for the fastest cycles and largest amplitudes (close to 100 V

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business PartiLoop PO Box 850 CartsborgWa 98324 iTelophone 800-42O130636O6e3-8300FAX 3606B3-3525 E-mail satesaflisyslefmcom Vfebslte http7wwwa-msyslemscom

and 1 ps) that the ERROR indicator might always come on during repetitive pulses Fix output load or decrease amplitude as required

Time appears to be excessive Changed control in mid-cycle (resets current status)

Cant seem to get a full signal out Load Is not properiy connected repair wiring Too low a load impedance (VOLTAGE modes) or too high a load impedance (CURRENT mode)

Incoming triggers not accepted frequently enough

PERIOD is set too long (enforces dead time) followd by BURST set to SIGNAL Reduce PERIOD time

Table 10 Problem Solving

If you suspect that the Model 2100 may have completely failed we recommend checking the basic level of functionality Ifthis fails your instrument Is defective and must be repaired Ifthis passes either your experimental setup is incompatible or inconsistent or there is a more subtle flaw in your Model 2100

If the Model 2100 appears to be malfunctioning contact A-M Systems Inc or your dealer We will first attempt to solve the problem over the telephone so have an exact description of your problem available when you call You do not need to be within the warranty period to obtain over-the-phone assistance

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 iTetoptxme 80O426-1306 bull 360683-8300 FAX 3606803525 E-mail satesa-msystemsoomAfebsitehttpJwwwaflisystemscom

Theory of Operation

The operation ofthe Model 2100 is summarized in the block diagram (see the figure on Page 11) Not shown are all ofthe interconnections with the microcontroller The internal microcontroler plays an important role in setting the signal path but does not directly contribute to the dynamic characteristics It scans the front panel switches and sets the control values for the logic arrays It programs the internal counters which along with the other hardware achieve the necessary sub-microsecond speeds

Pulse generation starts either from an Input trigger signal (from Trig In) or an internally signal (Free Run mode) A Delay timer counts the 10MHz clock until its count value is exhausted At this point the Burst Period and Duration timers are started If the Burst timer has not expired by the end ofthe Period the Period and Duration timers are restarted If the Biphasic mode has been set the Duration timer is restarted at the end of the initial Duration and the sign ofthe output pulse is reversed doubling the total duration

The system state (pulse on pulse sign baseline sign [+0f-]) is transmitted to the isolated section via optoisolator The baseline and pulse amplitudes are selected by an analog switch The resulting signal is amplified by a variable-power-supply discrete operational amplifier The amplifier connections and gain is modified to provide two voltage and three current ranges

Timing overiap errors are detected by a logical decision computation rather than by testing for counter collisions This provides instant feedback rather than waiting up to an hour for such a collision to occur Output errors are measured by sensing the output amplifiers differential input voltage Under normal conditions this is a negligible voltage If the amplifier fails to deliver the requested signal the window comparator testing this voltage sends this message (via optoisolator) to the logic section turning on a warning LED

fl-N Systems Inc 131BusinessPart(LoopRO Box850CarisboigWa98324 4 n Tel0pri0ne80O426-130636O683^300FAX36O6833525 ^ E-mail salesaflisystBmscom V febsite http7wwwa-msystemsoom

S i

I - - ^^mdasho^M

OUTPUT i l l

TRIG ^ OUT

(burst)

TRIG 3-lt) OUT

(pulse)

til

I laquo

Calibration Procedures

The calibration interval is the lesser of 1000 hours of operation or 6 months Somewhat greater drift can be expected in the first 100 hours of operation as the semiconductors age Adjustments should only be made after the instrument has been fully warmed up for at least 15 minutes

Full instrument calibration requires the following test equipment digital multimeter (plusmn 01) able to measure resistance to at least lOOMO oscilloscope with at least 50MHz bandwidth true-mis voltmeter with 4MHz bandwidth universal counter (plusmn 001 ) able to measure single pulse widths and periods resistors (all plusmn 01) 2kn lOkH 1 watt 20kn 200kn alligator clip lead sets banana plugs and BNC adapters

Adjustment integrated circuit and test point locations are shown in the following figures All adjustments are on the timing board unless othenAise noted

All voltages in the non-isolated section should be measured with respect to ground at TP510 unless othenwise stated Some voltages are measured with respect to an internal isolated ground at TP650 or across the two output temninals Occasionally the voltage at an IC pin must be measured in these cases the reference designator is given with the pin number in parentheses eg U602(16) When it states within this procedure that a voltage is to be minimized this means that the adjustment should be made such that the measured voltage is as close to zero volts as possible Refer to the Specifications Section of this manual for acceptable tolerances

The sequence of this procedure is important If any adjustment is made all adjustments which follow must be made to ensure that the specifications will be met These procedures require that all controls remain as set in previous steps unless othenAise indicated

WARNING

The Model 2100 has dangerous voltages throughout the instrument even with the power is off Servicing the Model 2100 should only be done by qualified service personnel Use caution in handling any wires connectors or electrodes which may be directly or indirectly attached to the instrument Do not touch exposed connections or components Disconnect power by unplugging the power cord from the receptacle

H B ^ ^ S y s t e m s inc^degdegp^deg^^deg-^^^^^^^^B3^^^degdeg^^^lt^^^B^^^^ 131BusinessPartiLoopPO Box850CartsbOigWamp98324 4 9 |Telophone800-42013C6360683-8300F0lt360683-3525 ^ E-mail salesa-msystefnscom website httpwwwaflisystems com

CO

TP501 O lt0

g OTPSOO

U560 S

Trig Gate

0 -TISOS

U570

U500

Timing

p U520

Timing

K U550 Timin

gt U540

U515

o X I Timin

U508 I

J510 Timing nnn

Burst Delay J400

gt U550

R503

D D I D bull U8QQ i Q

n

oo

V P 5 1 0

b U535

^

Clock i _

U555

lt U 5 4 5

o

h d ^ O - - ^ U605

Q D

U620

O fJZ^ R737 bull ^ 1^13015 r j C - C O M P

B B nU770 ^ ^ ^ 5 ^ a

J420

a

o E

bull [ ]U632

riueso

rR742rVhigh R 6 1 9 ^

LJ TP645 O TP650

TPMOQ^QS

Vlow

CD-

CZZl

J440 bull bull tl iUDQ

I t

f i l

Power supply and bias voltages

Power supply

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

POWER ON Observe voltage at P703 power supply wire top of main board

Check for+15 plusmn 050 V

Observe voltage at P701 power supply wire top of main board

Check for-15 plusmn 050 V

Observe voltage at U505(24) Check for +5 plusmn 025 V

Isolated supply voltage Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

RANGE 10 V TRIG open circuit MODE center position

Alternately observe V ^ from R742 to R740 and V ^ from theU605(4)toU605(8)

Adjust R773 so that 110VltV lt 120 V and

nigh

28VltV|^lt34V

Capacitance balance Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

Connect a xlO oscilloscope probe to TP650 and ground the

Adjust R737 for minimum high frequency signal

Inputs

Gate function Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave Verify that the voltage to GATE switches states at the Observe voltage at U510(3) proper input levels with an oscilloscope

Trigger slope Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave Verify that the voltage to TRIG switches states at the Observe voltage at U510( 1) proper input levels with an oscilloscope

TRIG SLOPE Verify voltage is 180deg out of phase

TRIG SLOPE Verify voltage is in phase

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 860 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Jelophone 800-4201306 360683-8300 bull FM 380683-3525 E-mail salesaflTsystBfnscom bull Vtebsite httpVAirwwaflisystems com

14

Trigger and gate f unc t i on

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

DELAY NONE BURS-nMDTH SINGLE DURATION SQUARE PERIOD 100X10-3

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave to TRIG Observe TRIGD and EVENT LEDs

TRIG disconnect all Short the GATE connector to GND Verify LEDs extinguish

MODE press to MANUAL Verify LEDs flash once

Timing

System c lock f requency

Controls Inputs Observations Ad jus t Check

Observe the frequency of the wave Verify 1000 MHz plusmn 001 atU555(17)

Mul t ip l iers (Wheel Swi tches)

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

PULSE SIGN-laquobull MODE FREE RUN TRIG disconnect all TIMING MULTIPUERS all

wheels set to zero except the one being tested

TIMING OVERLAP ignore

Observe the pulse width with the counter at the location specified t)elow

Verify pulse width is correct for each wheel as it is tested independently

For each wheel of each MULTIPLIER test each position to verify that the pulse width is correct Observe the signal at the following locations DELAY U520(2) BURSTWIDTH U530(2) PERIOD U540(2) DURATION U550(2)

Rates (Rotary Swi tches)

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

TIMING MULTIPUERS 001 Observe the pulse width with the TIMING RATES all rotary counter at the location specified

switches set to 10-4 below except the one being tested

Verify pulse width is correct for each rotary switch as it is tested independently

For each ofthe four rotary switches in TIMING test each position to verify that the pulse width is correct Observe the signal at the following locations DELAY U520(2) BURSTWIDTH U530(2) PERIOD U540(2) DURATION U550(2)

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 iTetophone 8004201306 bull 360683-8300 bull FOC 3606803525 E-mail salesa-msystemscom Wbbsite httpJwwwaflTSystemscom

15

Trigger outputs

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

Range 10V Pulse Amplitude 500 Delay 100 xlO^ Burst 100 x 10 ^ Duration 100x10-^ Period 400x10-^ Pulse sign + Trig Mode Free run Trig in open

Trigger the oscilloscope to the Burst Trig Out Observe it the Pulse Trig Out and the isolated output

Verify that the waveform consists of a burst of three 1ms-on3ms-off pulses The burst trigger should be synchronous with the burst the pulse trigger coincident with each pulse

Output Calibration

Isolation Resistance (check)

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode center position Trig In open

Measure the resistance between ground banana jack (front panel) and black banana jack of output with DMM

Resistance read gt 100MQ

Amplitude Switch Offset (R640)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Zero Trig Mode center position Trig In Open

Measure the voltage at TP645 vs TP650 with the DMM

Adjust R640 (AmpI Sw Offset) for minimum voltage

Output Offset (R332 front panel board) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Zero Range 10V Trig Mode center position Trig In Open

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

Adjust R332 (Output offset) for minimum voltage

Positive Baseline Offeet (R607) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Sign + Baseline Amplitude

fully CCW (000) Range 10V Trig In open Trig Mode center position

Measure the voltage across the outputwiththeDMM

Adjust R602 (BSLN + offset) for minimum voltage

fl-N Systems Inc 131 BusBiess Parti Loop P O Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Telophone B00-42O1306 bull 360683-8300 bull FAX 3606803525 E-mail salesaflisystemscom V^tebsite httpy^vwwa-msystems com

16

Negative Baseline Offset (R619)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Sign -Baseline Amplitude

fully CCW (000) Range 10V Trig In open Trig Mode center position

Measure the voltage across the outputwiththeDMM

Adjust R619 (BSLN + offset) for minimum voltage

Pulse Amplitude Adjust (R602)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode Free Mode Pulse Amplitude 1000 Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =1001 Period =00110-4 Pulse Sign -Trig In open Range 10V

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

The Overiap indicator should be on Adjust R602 (Max Level) for -10OOV out

Pulse Sign Gain (check)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode Free Mode Pulse Amplitude 1000 Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =100 1s Period =001 10-4s Trig In open Range 10V

Measure the voltage at the output with the DMM for the Pulse Sign at + and - positions

The absolute values ofthe voltages should differ by less than lOOmV

Baseline Amplitudes (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Range 100mA Trig Mode center position Baseline Amplitude fully CW (1000) Trig In open

Measure the voltage at the output with the DMM with Baseline Sign in + Zero and

- positions

Gain the matching of current levels at = and - positions and offset current in Zero position

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop PO Box 850 Cartsboig Wa 98324 Telophone 800-4201306 360683-8300 FkX 3606803525 E-mail salesa-msystemscom website http^^wwaflisystemsccm

17

Output Range Amplitude and Drive (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Pulse Amplitude 1000 Pulse Sign + Trig Mode Free Run Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =1001 Period =10010-4 Trig In open

Load the output with a 10KV 1W 01 resistor Measure the voltage at the output with DMM

Verify that full scale output is within specification Scale Range 100V 100V 10V 10V 100mA IV 1mA 10V 10mA 100V

Pulse Sign and Short Circuit Protection (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =200 10-4 Period =00110-3 Baseline Zero Pulse Amplitude 25 Range 10V Trig Mode Free Run Trig In open

Measure the voltage at the output with the oscilloscope Check for Pulse Sign set to each of + - biphasic Watch for Error indicator when shorting the output

Verify that pulses of approx 25V amplitude (625V for biphasic mode) of the correct sign are produced every 10ms Short output in biphasic mode Output should return when opened

Output Transient Response (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Pulse Sign + Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =20010-4 Period =00110-3 Pulse Amplitude 250 Baseline Zero Trig Mode Free Mode Trig In open

Connect the oscilloscope to the output with a 310 attenuator probe Test both 10V and 100V ranges

Verify that overshoot and risetime meet specifications

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Telophone 8004201306 bull 3606808300 bull Flaquo( 360laquo83ltJ525 E-mail salesa-msystemsocm V^febsite http^wwwa-msystefnscom

18

Specifications

There are three classes of specifications Class A specifications tested in all units and are guaranteed Class B specifications are inherent in the design they are indirectly tested and are guaranteed Class C specifications are typical operating values which are occasionally tested- these are typical values given for your information but not guarshyanteed The class for each specification is noted in the center column ofthe following sections

Inputs Switching level

Hysteresis

Input equivalent circuit

Minimum duration (1 IL-level signal)

A

C

C

C

16 V(plusmn 02 V)

approx 50 mV

lOOKH to+5 in parallel with no more than 35pF

gt 50 ns

Open circuit condition B defaults to highon level

Timing and rate accuracy Rate selector steps

Timing multiplier steps

B

B

lOOpsto 100s in 7 steps

1 of rate selector step size Maximum value is 999 X the rate selector step size

Resolution B approx 01 ofthe maximum value

Timing error (second and later pulses after resetting controls)

B lt 002 of rate selector value + 015 ps

Timing error (first pulse after readjusting timing controls)

an additional 025 ps error may occur

Timing repeatability lt 001 setting + 20 ns (monophasic)

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Ram Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Vfa 98324 pTelophone 8004201306 bull 360683-8300 bull FAX 360683-3525

E-mail salesraquoflisystems com Wabsite httpJAnww afl isystems com

19

TRIG IN to OUTPUT delay (DELAY set to 0) output set to 2V

Timing jitter from TRIG IN to OUTPUT (for TTL trigger input with risetime lt10 ns)

Timing jitter from TRIG OUT (either BURST or PULSE) and OUTPUT

Trigger output to pulse output delay

Output characteristics Pulse level error (voltage mode open circuit current mode short circuit

Biphasic level difference IV + - V-1 2

Baseline level error (voltage mode open circuit current mode short circuit)

Risetime (25 V out)

Risetime (25 V out)

Transient response

A

A

A

Output impedance (voltage mode) C

Output impedance (current mode) C

Isolation resistance A

Isolation capacitance C

approx 05 ps for a load of no more than 10 KH in parallel with 50 pF

lt 125 ns (all rates except 100s) lt 125 ps (100s rate)

Less than 20 ns (all rates)

approx 350 ns

lt 03 of setting + 05 of r range (plus an additional 05 pA in 100 pA range)

lt 03 of range (voltage modes into open circuit current modes into short circuit)

lt 03 of setting of setting + 01 of range (plus an additional 05 pA in lOOpA range)

= 200 ns into less than 30 pF

= 15 ps into less than 30 pF

lt 8 overshoot into less than 30 pF for pulse voltages different than baseline voltage by at least 10 of range

= 50 ohms

raquo 1 0 GH (typically 200 GO)

raquo 1 0 0 M n

= 60 pF at 100 Hz

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Peril Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg V6 98324 |TelCf)hone 800-4201306 3606808300 bull FAX 360683-3525 E-mal salesaflisystefnsoom Website hnpyMVfWafllsystemsoom

20

Noise (differential mode)

Noise (common mode earth to isolated ground) with no signal output

Overload error indicator (low frequency short circuited voltage mode)

Overload error indicator low frequency open circuited current mode)

Overioad error response time

Miscellaneous

= 1 mV rms (10 V scale 10 Hz-4 MHz)

= 8 mV rms (10 Hz-4 MHz) == 100mVp-p (200 Hz -10 MHz) measured withalOMH 15pF oscilloscope probe

Turns on for set amplitude at or greater than approx plusmn1 V (10 V range) or plusmn2 V (100 V range)

Turns on for set amplitude at or above approx 2 of range

Flat to approx 30 ps duration Decreasing sensitivity for shorter pulses

Power

Fuse

Operating temperature range

Storage temperature range

Operating humidity

Dimensions

approx 11 watts

1 amp 3AG

10-30degC

0 - 50deg C

5 - 80 RH

17x475x1125 (inches) 432x121x286 cm

Weight 20 lbs (9 kg)

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Wb 98324 |Tetcphone 8004201306 3606808300 bull FOt 360683-3525 E-mail satesamsystems comV^febsite httpywwwaflisystemscom

21

Warranty and Service

What does this warranty cover A-M Systems Inc warrants to the Purchaser that the Instrument excluding cables Headstage Probes and any other accessories shipped with the Instrument (hereafter the hardware) is free from defects in workmanship or material under normal use and service for the period of one (1) year This warranty commences on the date of delivery ofthe hardware to the Purchaser

What are the obligations of A-M Systems Inc under this warranty During the warranty period A-M Systems Inc agrees to repair or replace at its sole option without charge to the Purchaser any defective component part of the hardware To obtain warranty service the Purchaser must return the hardware to A-M Systems Inc or an authorized A-M Systems Inc distributor in an adequate shipping container Any postage shipping and insurance charges incurred in shipping the hardware to A-M Systems Inc must be prepaid by the Purchaser and all risk for the hardware shall remain with purchaser until such time as A-M Systems Inc takes receipt of the hardware Upon receipt A-M Systems Inc will promptly repair or replace the defective unit and then return the hardware to the Purchaser postage shipping and insurance prepaid A-M Systems Inc may use reconditioned or like new parts or units at its sole option when repairing any hardware Repaired products shall carry the same amount of outstanding warranty as from original purchase or ninety (90) days which ever is greater Any claim under the warranty must include a dated proof of purchase ofthe hardware covered by this warranty In any event A-M Systems Inc liability for defective hardware is limited to repairing or replacing the hardware

What is not covered by this warranty This warranty is contingent upon proper use and maintenance ofthe hardware by the Purchaser and does not cover batteries Neglect misuse whether intentional or othenwise tampering with or altering the hardware damage caused by accident damage caused by unusual physical electrical chemical or electromechanical stress damage caused by failure of electrical power or damage caused during transportation are not covered by this wan-anty Products may not be returned to A-M Systems Inc for service whether under warranty or otherwise which are contaminated by infectious agents radioactive compounds or other materials constituting a health hazard to employees of A-M Systems Inc

What are the limits of liability for A-M Systems Inc under this warranty A-M Systems Inc shall not be liable for loss of data profits or savings or any special incidental consequential indirect or other similar damages arising from breach of contract negligence or other legal action even if the company or its agent has been advised of the possibility of such damages or for any claim brought against you by another party THIS EQUIPMENT IS NOT INTENDED FOR CLINICAL MEASUREMENTS USING HUMAN SUBJECTS A-M SYSTEMS INC DOES NOT ASSUME RESPONSIBILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE DUE TO MISUSE OF THIS EQUIPMENT Jurisdictions vary with regard to the enforceability of provisions excluding or limiting liability for incidental or consequential damages Check the provision of your local jurisdiction to find out whether the above exclusion applies to you

This warranty allocates risks of product failure between the Purchaser and A-M Systems Inc A-M Systems Inc hardware pricing reflects this allocation of risk and the limitations of liability contained in this warranty The warranty set forth above is in lieu of all other express warranties whether oral or written The agents employees distributors and dealers of A-M Systems Inc are not authorized to make modifications to this warranty or additional wan-anties binding on the company Accordingly additional statements such as dealer advertising or presentations whether oral or written do not constitute warranties by A-M Systems Inc and should not be relied upon This warranty gives you specific legal rights You may also have other rights which vary from one jurisdiction to another

fl-N Systems Inc 131BusinessPartiLoop RO Box850CartsbOfgWa98324 p O |Telophone 8004201306 bull 360683-8300FOC 3606830525 ^ ^ E-mail saiesaflisystefTiscom Wbbsite httpVwwwa-msystemscom

Output Range Amplitude and Drive (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Pulse Amplitude 1000 Pulse Sign + Trig Mode Free Run Timing Delay =none Burst =8ingle Duration =1001 Period =10010-4 Trig In open

Load the output with a 10KV1W 01 resistor Measure the voltage at the output with DMM

Verify that full scale output is within specification Scale Range 100V 100V 10V 10V 100mA IV 1mA 10V 10mA 100V

Pulse Sign and Short Circuit Protection (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Timing Delay =none Burst =8ingle Duration =200 10-4 Period =00110-3 Baseline Zero Pulse Amplitude 25 Range 10V Trig Mode Free Run Trig In open

Measure the voltage at the output with the oscilloscope Check for Pulse Sign set to each of + - biphasic Watch for Error indicator when shorting the output

Verify that pulses of approx 25V amplitude (625V for biphasic mode) of the correct sign are produced every 10ms Short output in biphasic mode Output should retum when opened

Output Transient Response (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Pulse Sign + Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =20010-4 Period =00110-3 Pulse Amplitude 250 Baseline Zero Trig Mode Free Mode Trig In open

Connect the oscilloscope to the output with a 310 attenuator prolse Test boVn 10V and 100V ranges

Verify that overshoot and risetime meet specifications

fl-N Systems I n c ^ 131 Business Parte Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wb 98324 8004201306 36Olaquo83O300 FAX 36O680lt352S

E-mQ0 snBy8Qs-msy8faiTiscom VWriMtte N ^ Mvww9-msy8lemscom

18

Specifications

There are three classes of specifications Class A specifications tested in all unHs and are guaranteed Class B specifications are inherent in the design they are indirectly tested and are guaranteed Class C specifications are typical operating values which are occasionally tested- these are typical values given for your infomiation but not guarshyanteed The class for each specification is noted in the center column of the following sections

Inputs Switching level

Hysteresis

Input equivalent circuit

Minimum duration (1 IL-level signal)

A

C

C

C

16V(plusmn02V)

approx 50 mV

100K ft to+5 In parallel with no more than 35pF

gt 50 ns

Open circuit condition B defaults to highon level

Timing and rate accuracy Rate selector steps

Timing multiplier steps

Resolution

Timing eror (second and later pulses after resetting controls)

B

B

B

B

lOOps to 100s In 7 steps

1 of rate selector step size Maximum value is 999 x the rate selector step size

approx 01 of the maximum value

lt 002 of rate selector value + 015 ps

Timing error (first pulse after readjusting timing controls)

an additional 025 ps error may occur

Timing repeatability lt 001 setting + 20 ns (monophasic)

fl-N Systems I nc ^ bull E-moU ams

131 Business Parti Loop PO Boot 850 Cartsborg VM 98324 80O42O130838O08O8300FAX36Olaquo8O3S2S

E-meU anByafl^iiisyslainaoomWebsHe hHpffliiwwraquomsys)emsoom

19

TRIG IN to OUTPUT delay (DELAY set to 0) output set to 2V

Timing jitter ft-om TRIG IN to OUTPUT (for TTL trigger input with risetime lt10 ns)

Timing jitter ft^om TRIG OUT (either BURST or PULSE) and OUTPUT

Trigger output to pulse output delay

Output charactsristics Pulse level enror (voltage mode open circuit cun-ent mode short circuit

Biphasic level difference |V + + V-|2

Baseline level error (voltage mode A open circuit current mode short circuit)

Risetime (25 V out)

Risetime (25 V out)

Transient response

A

A

A

Output impedance (voltage mode) C

Output impedance (current mode) C

Isolation resistance A

Isolation capacitance C

approx 05 ps for a load of no more than 10 Kft in parallel with 50 pF

lt 125 ns (all rates except 100s) lt 125 ps (100s rate)

Less than 20 ns (all rates)

approx 350 ns

lt 03 of setting + 05 of r range (plus an additional 05 pA inlOOpArenge)

lt 03 of range (voltage modes into open circuit current modes into short circuit)

lt 03 of setting of setting + 01 of range (plus an additional 05 pA in lOOpA range)

laquo 200 ns into less than 30 pF

laquo15 ps into less than 30 pF

lt 8 overshoot Into less than 30 pF for pulse voltages different than baseline voltage by at least 10 of range

laquo 50 ohms

raquo 1 0 Gft (typically 200 Gft)

raquo100Mft

laquo 60 pF at 100 Hz

fl-N Systems Inc^^ 131 Business Partt Uxip PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 96324 8004201308 SBOee^^SOO FAX 360laquoS3^52S

E-mat BiByraquoaiMii8ylaquoliiiiiseomWiljalteHlpJV(wwraquo4tgy8lenaoom

20

Noise (differential mode)

Noise (common mode earth to isolated ground) with no signal output

Overioad error indicator (low frequency short circuited voltage mode)

Overioad error indicator low frequency open circuited current mode)

Overioad enor response time

Miscellaneous

Power

Fuse

Operating temperature range

Storage temperature range

Operating humidity

Dimensions

Weight

laquo1 mV rms (10 V scale 10Hz-4MHz)

laquo 8 mV rms (10 Hz-4 MHz) laquo100mVp-p (200 Hz -10 MHz) measured withalOMft 15pF oscilloscope probe

Turns on for set amplitude at or greater than approx plusmn1V (10 V range) or plusmn2 V (100 V range)

Turns on for set amplitude at or above approx 2 of range

Flat to approx 30 ps duration Decreasing sensitivity for shorter pulses

approx 11 watts

1 amp 3 AG

10-30C

0 - 50deg C

5-80RH

17x475x1125 (Inches) 432x121x286 cm

20 lbs (9 kg)

fl mm bull gt _ _ _ A ^ ^ _ _ L ^ 131BusinesraquoPariltLocpPOBox850C8rtsborgWS9e324

bull p i ^ y s v e m s IIIC^^deg(^deg^Bdegltgt^^^3degdeg^deg^^deg^^^degdeg^^I^deg^deg^^^^^

21 E-mei flre^nQo 4n8yo(amscam Wsbsfle hHpAwwwe-msy8Jems-Oom

Warranty and Service

What does this warranty cover A-M Systems Inc warrants to the Purchaser that the Instrument excluding cables Headstage Probes and any other accessories shipped with the Instrument (hereafter the hardware) is free from defects in workmanship or material under normal use and service for the period of one (1) year This warranty commences on the date of delivery of the hardware to the Purchaser

What are the obligations of A-M Systems Inc under this warranty During the warranty period A-M Systems Inc agrees to repair or replace at its sole option without charge to the Purchaser any defective component part of the hardware To obtain warranty service the Purchaser must return the hardware to A-M Systems Inc or an authorized A-M Systems Inc distributor in an adequate shipping container Any postage shipping and insurance charges incurred in shipping the hardware to A-M Systems Inc must be prepaid by the Purchaser and all risk for the hardware shall remain with purchaser until such time as A-M Systems Inc takes receipt of the hardware Upon receipt A-M Systems Inc will promptly repair or replace the defective unit and then return the hardware to the Purchaser postage shipping and insurance prepaid A-M Systems Inc may use reconditioned or like new parts or units at its sole option when repairing any hardware Repaired products shall carry the same amount of outstanding wan^nty as from original purchase or ninety (90) days which ever is greater Any claim under the warranty must include a dated proof of purchase of the hardware covered by this wan-anty In any event A-M Systems Inc liability for defective hardware is limited to repairing or replacing the hardware

What is not covered by this warranty This warranty is contingent upon proper use and maintenance of the hardware by the Purchaser and does not cover batteries Neglect misuse whether intentional or otherwise tampering with or altering the hardware damage caused by accident damage caused by unusual physical electrical chemical or electromechanical stress damage caused by failure of electrical power or damage caused during transportation are not covered by this warranty Products may not be returned to A-M Systems Inc for service whether under warranty or otherwise which are contaminated by infectious agents radioactive compounds or other materials constituting a health hazard to employees of A-M Systems Inc

What are the limits of llabiiity for A-M Systems inc under this warranty A-M Systems Inc shall not be liable for loss of data profits or savings or any special incidental consequential indirect or other similar damages arising from breach of contract negligence or other legal action even if the company or its agent has been advised of the possibility of such damages or for any claim brought against you by another party THIS EQUIPMENT IS NOT INTENDED FOR CLINICAL MEASUREMENTS USING HUMAN SUBJECTS A-M SYSTEMS INC DOES NOT ASSUME RESPONSIBILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE DUE TO MISUSE OF THIS EQUIPMENT Jurisdictions vary with regard to the enforceability of provisions excluding or limiting liability for incidental or consequential damages Check the provision of your local jurisdiction to find out whether the above exclusion applies to you This warranty allocates risks of product failure between the Purchaser and A-M Systems Inc A-M Systems Inc hardware pricing reflects this allocation of risk and the limitations of liability contained in this wanranty The warranty set forth above is in lieu of all other express wan^anties whether oral or written The agents employees distributors and dealers of A-M Systems Inc are not authorized to make modifications to this wan-anty or additional wan-anties binding on the company Accordingly additional statements such as dealer advertising or presentations whether oral or written do not constitute wananties by A-M Systems Inc and should not be relied upon This warranty gives you specific legal rights You may also have other rights whrch vary from one jurisdiction to another

6 mm ^ laquo _ _ A a B ^ _ 1 ^ ^ 131 Business Parti Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg W B 98324 O O

bull P l A y S V e m S l n C T^M 8OO42OI3O6 380683-8300FAX 360 803525 ^ ^ E-msl iiiisy80iHTBy8tenisoom Wsbsito hnphwwfrimysleiiisoom

A

V ISO

INSTRUCTION MANUAL

FOR

ISOLATED PULSE STIMULATOR

MODEL 2100

Serial

Date

A-M Systems Inc

PO Box 850

Carlsborg WA 98324

USA

360-683-8300 bull 800-426-1306 FAX 360-683-3525

httpwwwa-msystemscom

Version 70 February 2002

Contents General Description 1

Instrument Features 1 Controls and Connectors 2

Operating Instructions 6 Theory of Operation 10 Calibration Procedures 12

Inputs 14 Output Calibration 16

Specifications 19 Warranty and Service 22

Each Isolated Pulse Stimulator is delivered complete with

Rack Mount Hardware Instructions amp Maintenance Manual

NOTE

This instrument is not intended for clinical measurements using human subjects A-M Systems Inc does not assume responsibility for Injury or damage due to the misuse of this instrument

General Description

Instrument Features The Isolated Pulse Stimulator Model 2100 is designed for a wide variety of applications It is highly flexible being capable of delivering single pulses biphasic pairs or bursts of pulses Pulses may be started manually or upon receiving a trigger signal from another Instrument or computer Two non-isolated trigger outputs are available for triggering other instruments

Four sets of timing controls provide comprehensive control overall aspects of pulse generation Three digit accuracy is available over a 7 decade range for each timing function using lever wheel switches Pulse widths can be set over more than a 9 decade range from 05 ps to 999 seconds Timing accuracy is assured through the use of a 10 MHz base rate crystal-controlled clock digitally divided to provide accurate timing over the entire range Atiming overiap indicator will light If the timing controls are set inconsistently

The output may be conveniently switched between current and voltage modes Pulse and baseline amplitudes are Independently presettable with lockable dials An error Indicator will light if the Mode2700 cannot deliver the desired signal

r WARNING

The Model 2100 can produce potentially dangerous voltages up to 100 V at the output connectors The isolated output is not connected internally to safety (earth) ground in any way Some part of the extemal circuit should be connected to safety ground Use caution in handling any wires connectors or electrodes which may be directly or indirectly attached to the Model 2100 output Some kinds of connectors such as BNC connectors have exposed metal parts which may float at dangerous potentials unless extemally connected to safety ground For greatest safety tum the Model 2100 off before making any connections to

the instrument

131 Business Parii Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Telophone 800-426-1306 bull 360-68raquolaquo300 bull FAX 360683-3525 E-mal satesa-msystemsoom VVfebsite httpywwwa^nsystemscom fl-N Systems Inc 1

Controls and Connectors The controls for the Model 2100 are grouped in three sections START which controls when a pulse or burst of pulses begins TIMING which controls the onoff timing of one or more pulses and OUTPUT which controls the amplitude of the output signal

Start TRIG SLOPE Determines the polarity of valid trigger pulses (positive or negative edges in the trigger signal)

MODE Controls waveform initiation When set to FREE RUN one timing cycle immediately follows the last When momentarily placed In the MANUAL position a timing cycle starts Immediately When the switch Is In the center position timing cycles start when valid triggering events occur

TRIGD This LED lights up when a timing cycle Is in process and continues until the burst is completed

TRIG This BNC connector allows a signal from an external source to Initiate timing cycles It is set for standard TTL levels

GATE This BNC connector allows a signal from an external source to restrict the final output signal This input must be at a logical high (or open-circuited) in order for the Model 2100 to recognize either manual or automatic trigger events

Gate 1_ Trigger |~~^ i I Valid triggers (represented by the arrows in the figure) can occur only when the gate Is at logical high Note that the up arrow would apply only If TRIG SLOPE is set to + the down an-ows would apply only if TRIG SLOPE Is set to -

NOTE Triggers have no effect if the system has not completed its response to a previous trigger

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Park Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Vb 98324 TelQphQne 80O426-1306 360683-8300 FAX 360683-3525 E-mail sales^a-msystemscom Wsbsite httpywwwa-msystemscom

Timing Four sets of controls govern the timing of pulse generation Each set contains two values which are multiplied together to detemnine the actual timing value The rotary knob (rate selector) provides the approximate timing value and the lever wheel switch bank (MULTIPLIER)

provides a time resolution of three decimal digits The following diagram shows most of the Important relationships

Output r Delay Duration

|ltPeriodgtj

t Burst width

Trigger event

DELAY These controls determine the time duration between the initiating trigger event and the beginning of the pulse burst If this rate selector is set to NONE or the multiplier is set to 000 there Is no delay

BURST WIDTH These controls determine the time period in which one or more pulses may be delivered Once started a pulse may outlast the burst width If this rate selector is set to SINGLE or to any time shorter than the pulse duration only a single pulse will occur If the BURST WIDTH Is longer than the period pulses will be emitted at the PERIOD rate until the burst time ends Pulses are never truncated by a short BURSTWIDTH

inds)-PULSE

D U R A T I O N 1 0 1 0

10

INTEB-PULSE PERIOD

1 1 10

DURATION These controls determine the length of each pulse Ifthis rate selector Is set to SQUARE the duration is set to half of the period regardless of the MULTIPLIER setting

PERIOD These controls set the period of time between adjacent pulse events within the burst It also forces a minimum dead time between recognized input triggers following a burst of one or more pulses This can be used to prevent over stimulation of a tissue without requiring excessive delay between the triggering event and the stimulating pulse

TIMING OVERLAP

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 860 Carisborg Vamp 98324 |Telophone 800-426-1306 360683-8300 bull FAX 3606aW525 E-mail salearega^nsystemsoom Vfeb5ite httpAwwwa^nsyslemscam

NOTE If any of these timing controls are changed while a timing cycle is in operation the results are undefined until the current cycle finishes

TIMING OVERLAP This LED will light to Indicate an inconsistency in the timing cycle settings There are several ways to introduce such errors The most common way is to set the Inter-pulse PERIOD to be less than the pulse DURATION

T I M I N G (seconds)^

TRIG OUT (UPPER) This BNC connector provides a signal which is coincident with the Internal Burst timing signal (default) This means the signal starts at the end of the Delay time and persists until the Burst time expires This output may also be set to represent the delay time-out by setting the internal jumper J510 to the right two pins instead of the left two pins (Please see the Calibration section in this manual for jumper location Directions are given as viewed from the front of the Instrument)

TRIG OUT (LOWER) This BNC connector provides a signal which Is coincident with the Duration timing signal which controls pulse output

NOTE Both trigger output signals slightly lead the isolated output signal

Output

PULSE SIGN This switch determines the polarity of the pulses to be generated It also allows generation of biphasic pulses thereby doubling the effective total period Warning the first pulse generated after changing the PULSE

SIGN switch may have the wrong polarity

BASELINE This Switch determines the polarity ofthe baseline signal

RANGE This rotary switch determines if the output pulses will be constant current (3 ranges) or constant voltage (2 ranges)

BASELINE AMPLITUDE This value is independently set using a ten-turn counting dial The maximum baseline amplitude is one tenth the value shown on the range amplitude switch

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 8S0 Cartsborg Vfa 98324 |Tetaphone 80O426-1306 bull 360683-8300 bull FAX 3606803525 E-mail salesa-msystemscom Wbbsite http7Awwwaflnsystemscom

PULSE AMPLITUDE This value is independently set using a ten-turn counting dial The maximum pulse amplitude is the value shown on the range amplitude switch

EVENT This LED indicates when a pulse is ongoing

ERROR This LED indicates when the internal output amplifier cannot output the pulse as desired This is usually due to a short circuit while trying to output a voltage or an open circuit while trying to output a current

VOTEThe Pulse Sign control in the Oupuf section directly affects waveform timing When set to the Biphasic mode a positive-going pulse is immediately followed by a negative-going pulse This effectively doubles the pulse duration If a burst of biphasic pulses is being produced the period must be at least twice the single pulse duration In the Square wave mode the baseline disappears as long as the burst persists

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsboig Vte 98324 |Telophone 800426-1306 360683-8300 bull FAX 3606833525 E-mail salesa-m5ystem5 com Website httpwwwa-msystemscom

Operating Instructions

Examples Simple setup (and minimal instrument test)

Connect the output ofthe Model 2100 to an oscilloscope Before connecting the Model 2100 to any other instrument or the experimental preparation It is safest to turn Its power off

Set the Oufpuf controls

Range 10V Pulse Sign +

Baseline Zero Pulse Amplitude 200

Setting The Timing Controls

Delay Burst Width

Duration Period

none single

15010-2 50010-2

Setting The Start Controls

Mode Free Run

Disconnect any cables to the TRIG or GATE inputs

Note that the green Trig and Event Indicators turn on as Free Run is turned on (and turn off otherwise) You should observe a 15ms duration 20Hz rate pulse of 200V above a OV baseline on the oscilloscope

fl-N Systems Inc 131 BusinessPartiLoop RO Box850CarisbcxgWa98324 |Telophone 800426-1306 bull 360-683-8300 bull FW 360683-3525 E-mail salesa-msystems com VVbbsite httpywwwa-msystems com

Demonstration of Burst Mode Connect the output ofthe Model 2100 to an oscilloscope Before connecting the Model 2100 to any other instrument or the experimental preparation It Is safest to turn its power off

Set the Outpuf controls

Range 10V Pulse Sign +

Baseline Pulse Amplitude 200

Baseline Amplitude 100

Setting The Timing Controls

Delay 88010-2 Burst Width 12010-^

Duration 15010-2 Period 50010-2

Set the START controls as follows

Mode Free Run

Disconnect any cables to the TRIG or GATE inputs

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Telophooe 8004201306 360683-8300 bull FAX 360683-3525 E^naii salesa-msystems com Watjsite http7wwwa-msystemscom

Trigger the oscilloscope from the Bursf trigger out (upper Trig Out connector) for a stable display In each burst (occurring every lOOms) you should observe a trio of 15ms duration starting 50ms apart Try switching the StartMode from Free Run to the center (nonnal) position The pulses will no longer be produced and the Trig and Event Indicators will tum off Pressing this switch once (to Manual) will cause a single burst to occur

Problem Solving If the instrument appears to be not working properiy check all ofthe control settings and connections Be sure to wait at least 5-10 seconds after turning the instrument off before turning it on again The following summary of typical problems for the user (along with the most common solutions) may help

Problem CauseSolution

EVENT Indicator never lights even in FREE RUN mode

bull Replace fuse check power connection bullSet DELAY or PERIOD to a shorter interval

bull Power-on too soon after power-off

OVERLAP Indicator is on

ERROR indicator is on

bull Set DURATION gt000 bull DURATION Is set to SQUARE but

PERIOD is 000 Increase PERIOD or set DURATION independantly

bull BURST and WIDTH are gt DURATION increase PERIOD or decrease DURATION

bull BIPHASIC pulse output Is on and PERIOD is not longer than twice the DURATION Increase PERIOD or decrease DURATION

bull Free-run Is on and BURST is lt PERIOD (BURST off) DELAY is 0 and PERIOD Is lt DURATION Add delay or modify PERIOD

bull Free-run is on and BURST is gt DURATION (BURST ON) and PERIOD is lt DURATION Increase PERIOD

bull For VOLTAGE outputs the output is trying to drive too low a resistance or capacitance (eg a short circuit) Check by disconnecting the output ft is possible (and normal) that for the fastest cycles and largest amplitudes (close to 100 V

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business PartiLoop PO Box 850 CartsborgWa 98324 iTelophone 800-42O130636O6e3-8300FAX 3606B3-3525 E-mail satesaflisyslefmcom Vfebslte http7wwwa-msyslemscom

and 1 ps) that the ERROR indicator might always come on during repetitive pulses Fix output load or decrease amplitude as required

Time appears to be excessive Changed control in mid-cycle (resets current status)

Cant seem to get a full signal out Load Is not properiy connected repair wiring Too low a load impedance (VOLTAGE modes) or too high a load impedance (CURRENT mode)

Incoming triggers not accepted frequently enough

PERIOD is set too long (enforces dead time) followd by BURST set to SIGNAL Reduce PERIOD time

Table 10 Problem Solving

If you suspect that the Model 2100 may have completely failed we recommend checking the basic level of functionality Ifthis fails your instrument Is defective and must be repaired Ifthis passes either your experimental setup is incompatible or inconsistent or there is a more subtle flaw in your Model 2100

If the Model 2100 appears to be malfunctioning contact A-M Systems Inc or your dealer We will first attempt to solve the problem over the telephone so have an exact description of your problem available when you call You do not need to be within the warranty period to obtain over-the-phone assistance

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 iTetoptxme 80O426-1306 bull 360683-8300 FAX 3606803525 E-mail satesa-msystemsoomAfebsitehttpJwwwaflisystemscom

Theory of Operation

The operation ofthe Model 2100 is summarized in the block diagram (see the figure on Page 11) Not shown are all ofthe interconnections with the microcontroller The internal microcontroler plays an important role in setting the signal path but does not directly contribute to the dynamic characteristics It scans the front panel switches and sets the control values for the logic arrays It programs the internal counters which along with the other hardware achieve the necessary sub-microsecond speeds

Pulse generation starts either from an Input trigger signal (from Trig In) or an internally signal (Free Run mode) A Delay timer counts the 10MHz clock until its count value is exhausted At this point the Burst Period and Duration timers are started If the Burst timer has not expired by the end ofthe Period the Period and Duration timers are restarted If the Biphasic mode has been set the Duration timer is restarted at the end of the initial Duration and the sign ofthe output pulse is reversed doubling the total duration

The system state (pulse on pulse sign baseline sign [+0f-]) is transmitted to the isolated section via optoisolator The baseline and pulse amplitudes are selected by an analog switch The resulting signal is amplified by a variable-power-supply discrete operational amplifier The amplifier connections and gain is modified to provide two voltage and three current ranges

Timing overiap errors are detected by a logical decision computation rather than by testing for counter collisions This provides instant feedback rather than waiting up to an hour for such a collision to occur Output errors are measured by sensing the output amplifiers differential input voltage Under normal conditions this is a negligible voltage If the amplifier fails to deliver the requested signal the window comparator testing this voltage sends this message (via optoisolator) to the logic section turning on a warning LED

fl-N Systems Inc 131BusinessPart(LoopRO Box850CarisboigWa98324 4 n Tel0pri0ne80O426-130636O683^300FAX36O6833525 ^ E-mail salesaflisystBmscom V febsite http7wwwa-msystemsoom

S i

I - - ^^mdasho^M

OUTPUT i l l

TRIG ^ OUT

(burst)

TRIG 3-lt) OUT

(pulse)

til

I laquo

Calibration Procedures

The calibration interval is the lesser of 1000 hours of operation or 6 months Somewhat greater drift can be expected in the first 100 hours of operation as the semiconductors age Adjustments should only be made after the instrument has been fully warmed up for at least 15 minutes

Full instrument calibration requires the following test equipment digital multimeter (plusmn 01) able to measure resistance to at least lOOMO oscilloscope with at least 50MHz bandwidth true-mis voltmeter with 4MHz bandwidth universal counter (plusmn 001 ) able to measure single pulse widths and periods resistors (all plusmn 01) 2kn lOkH 1 watt 20kn 200kn alligator clip lead sets banana plugs and BNC adapters

Adjustment integrated circuit and test point locations are shown in the following figures All adjustments are on the timing board unless othenAise noted

All voltages in the non-isolated section should be measured with respect to ground at TP510 unless othenwise stated Some voltages are measured with respect to an internal isolated ground at TP650 or across the two output temninals Occasionally the voltage at an IC pin must be measured in these cases the reference designator is given with the pin number in parentheses eg U602(16) When it states within this procedure that a voltage is to be minimized this means that the adjustment should be made such that the measured voltage is as close to zero volts as possible Refer to the Specifications Section of this manual for acceptable tolerances

The sequence of this procedure is important If any adjustment is made all adjustments which follow must be made to ensure that the specifications will be met These procedures require that all controls remain as set in previous steps unless othenAise indicated

WARNING

The Model 2100 has dangerous voltages throughout the instrument even with the power is off Servicing the Model 2100 should only be done by qualified service personnel Use caution in handling any wires connectors or electrodes which may be directly or indirectly attached to the instrument Do not touch exposed connections or components Disconnect power by unplugging the power cord from the receptacle

H B ^ ^ S y s t e m s inc^degdegp^deg^^deg-^^^^^^^^B3^^^degdeg^^^lt^^^B^^^^ 131BusinessPartiLoopPO Box850CartsbOigWamp98324 4 9 |Telophone800-42013C6360683-8300F0lt360683-3525 ^ E-mail salesa-msystefnscom website httpwwwaflisystems com

CO

TP501 O lt0

g OTPSOO

U560 S

Trig Gate

0 -TISOS

U570

U500

Timing

p U520

Timing

K U550 Timin

gt U540

U515

o X I Timin

U508 I

J510 Timing nnn

Burst Delay J400

gt U550

R503

D D I D bull U8QQ i Q

n

oo

V P 5 1 0

b U535

^

Clock i _

U555

lt U 5 4 5

o

h d ^ O - - ^ U605

Q D

U620

O fJZ^ R737 bull ^ 1^13015 r j C - C O M P

B B nU770 ^ ^ ^ 5 ^ a

J420

a

o E

bull [ ]U632

riueso

rR742rVhigh R 6 1 9 ^

LJ TP645 O TP650

TPMOQ^QS

Vlow

CD-

CZZl

J440 bull bull tl iUDQ

I t

f i l

Power supply and bias voltages

Power supply

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

POWER ON Observe voltage at P703 power supply wire top of main board

Check for+15 plusmn 050 V

Observe voltage at P701 power supply wire top of main board

Check for-15 plusmn 050 V

Observe voltage at U505(24) Check for +5 plusmn 025 V

Isolated supply voltage Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

RANGE 10 V TRIG open circuit MODE center position

Alternately observe V ^ from R742 to R740 and V ^ from theU605(4)toU605(8)

Adjust R773 so that 110VltV lt 120 V and

nigh

28VltV|^lt34V

Capacitance balance Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

Connect a xlO oscilloscope probe to TP650 and ground the

Adjust R737 for minimum high frequency signal

Inputs

Gate function Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave Verify that the voltage to GATE switches states at the Observe voltage at U510(3) proper input levels with an oscilloscope

Trigger slope Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave Verify that the voltage to TRIG switches states at the Observe voltage at U510( 1) proper input levels with an oscilloscope

TRIG SLOPE Verify voltage is 180deg out of phase

TRIG SLOPE Verify voltage is in phase

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 860 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Jelophone 800-4201306 360683-8300 bull FM 380683-3525 E-mail salesaflTsystBfnscom bull Vtebsite httpVAirwwaflisystems com

14

Trigger and gate f unc t i on

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

DELAY NONE BURS-nMDTH SINGLE DURATION SQUARE PERIOD 100X10-3

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave to TRIG Observe TRIGD and EVENT LEDs

TRIG disconnect all Short the GATE connector to GND Verify LEDs extinguish

MODE press to MANUAL Verify LEDs flash once

Timing

System c lock f requency

Controls Inputs Observations Ad jus t Check

Observe the frequency of the wave Verify 1000 MHz plusmn 001 atU555(17)

Mul t ip l iers (Wheel Swi tches)

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

PULSE SIGN-laquobull MODE FREE RUN TRIG disconnect all TIMING MULTIPUERS all

wheels set to zero except the one being tested

TIMING OVERLAP ignore

Observe the pulse width with the counter at the location specified t)elow

Verify pulse width is correct for each wheel as it is tested independently

For each wheel of each MULTIPLIER test each position to verify that the pulse width is correct Observe the signal at the following locations DELAY U520(2) BURSTWIDTH U530(2) PERIOD U540(2) DURATION U550(2)

Rates (Rotary Swi tches)

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

TIMING MULTIPUERS 001 Observe the pulse width with the TIMING RATES all rotary counter at the location specified

switches set to 10-4 below except the one being tested

Verify pulse width is correct for each rotary switch as it is tested independently

For each ofthe four rotary switches in TIMING test each position to verify that the pulse width is correct Observe the signal at the following locations DELAY U520(2) BURSTWIDTH U530(2) PERIOD U540(2) DURATION U550(2)

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 iTetophone 8004201306 bull 360683-8300 bull FOC 3606803525 E-mail salesa-msystemscom Wbbsite httpJwwwaflTSystemscom

15

Trigger outputs

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

Range 10V Pulse Amplitude 500 Delay 100 xlO^ Burst 100 x 10 ^ Duration 100x10-^ Period 400x10-^ Pulse sign + Trig Mode Free run Trig in open

Trigger the oscilloscope to the Burst Trig Out Observe it the Pulse Trig Out and the isolated output

Verify that the waveform consists of a burst of three 1ms-on3ms-off pulses The burst trigger should be synchronous with the burst the pulse trigger coincident with each pulse

Output Calibration

Isolation Resistance (check)

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode center position Trig In open

Measure the resistance between ground banana jack (front panel) and black banana jack of output with DMM

Resistance read gt 100MQ

Amplitude Switch Offset (R640)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Zero Trig Mode center position Trig In Open

Measure the voltage at TP645 vs TP650 with the DMM

Adjust R640 (AmpI Sw Offset) for minimum voltage

Output Offset (R332 front panel board) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Zero Range 10V Trig Mode center position Trig In Open

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

Adjust R332 (Output offset) for minimum voltage

Positive Baseline Offeet (R607) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Sign + Baseline Amplitude

fully CCW (000) Range 10V Trig In open Trig Mode center position

Measure the voltage across the outputwiththeDMM

Adjust R602 (BSLN + offset) for minimum voltage

fl-N Systems Inc 131 BusBiess Parti Loop P O Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Telophone B00-42O1306 bull 360683-8300 bull FAX 3606803525 E-mail salesaflisystemscom V^tebsite httpy^vwwa-msystems com

16

Negative Baseline Offset (R619)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Sign -Baseline Amplitude

fully CCW (000) Range 10V Trig In open Trig Mode center position

Measure the voltage across the outputwiththeDMM

Adjust R619 (BSLN + offset) for minimum voltage

Pulse Amplitude Adjust (R602)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode Free Mode Pulse Amplitude 1000 Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =1001 Period =00110-4 Pulse Sign -Trig In open Range 10V

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

The Overiap indicator should be on Adjust R602 (Max Level) for -10OOV out

Pulse Sign Gain (check)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode Free Mode Pulse Amplitude 1000 Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =100 1s Period =001 10-4s Trig In open Range 10V

Measure the voltage at the output with the DMM for the Pulse Sign at + and - positions

The absolute values ofthe voltages should differ by less than lOOmV

Baseline Amplitudes (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Range 100mA Trig Mode center position Baseline Amplitude fully CW (1000) Trig In open

Measure the voltage at the output with the DMM with Baseline Sign in + Zero and

- positions

Gain the matching of current levels at = and - positions and offset current in Zero position

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop PO Box 850 Cartsboig Wa 98324 Telophone 800-4201306 360683-8300 FkX 3606803525 E-mail salesa-msystemscom website http^^wwaflisystemsccm

17

Output Range Amplitude and Drive (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Pulse Amplitude 1000 Pulse Sign + Trig Mode Free Run Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =1001 Period =10010-4 Trig In open

Load the output with a 10KV 1W 01 resistor Measure the voltage at the output with DMM

Verify that full scale output is within specification Scale Range 100V 100V 10V 10V 100mA IV 1mA 10V 10mA 100V

Pulse Sign and Short Circuit Protection (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =200 10-4 Period =00110-3 Baseline Zero Pulse Amplitude 25 Range 10V Trig Mode Free Run Trig In open

Measure the voltage at the output with the oscilloscope Check for Pulse Sign set to each of + - biphasic Watch for Error indicator when shorting the output

Verify that pulses of approx 25V amplitude (625V for biphasic mode) of the correct sign are produced every 10ms Short output in biphasic mode Output should return when opened

Output Transient Response (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Pulse Sign + Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =20010-4 Period =00110-3 Pulse Amplitude 250 Baseline Zero Trig Mode Free Mode Trig In open

Connect the oscilloscope to the output with a 310 attenuator probe Test both 10V and 100V ranges

Verify that overshoot and risetime meet specifications

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Telophone 8004201306 bull 3606808300 bull Flaquo( 360laquo83ltJ525 E-mail salesa-msystemsocm V^febsite http^wwwa-msystefnscom

18

Specifications

There are three classes of specifications Class A specifications tested in all units and are guaranteed Class B specifications are inherent in the design they are indirectly tested and are guaranteed Class C specifications are typical operating values which are occasionally tested- these are typical values given for your information but not guarshyanteed The class for each specification is noted in the center column ofthe following sections

Inputs Switching level

Hysteresis

Input equivalent circuit

Minimum duration (1 IL-level signal)

A

C

C

C

16 V(plusmn 02 V)

approx 50 mV

lOOKH to+5 in parallel with no more than 35pF

gt 50 ns

Open circuit condition B defaults to highon level

Timing and rate accuracy Rate selector steps

Timing multiplier steps

B

B

lOOpsto 100s in 7 steps

1 of rate selector step size Maximum value is 999 X the rate selector step size

Resolution B approx 01 ofthe maximum value

Timing error (second and later pulses after resetting controls)

B lt 002 of rate selector value + 015 ps

Timing error (first pulse after readjusting timing controls)

an additional 025 ps error may occur

Timing repeatability lt 001 setting + 20 ns (monophasic)

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Ram Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Vfa 98324 pTelophone 8004201306 bull 360683-8300 bull FAX 360683-3525

E-mail salesraquoflisystems com Wabsite httpJAnww afl isystems com

19

TRIG IN to OUTPUT delay (DELAY set to 0) output set to 2V

Timing jitter from TRIG IN to OUTPUT (for TTL trigger input with risetime lt10 ns)

Timing jitter from TRIG OUT (either BURST or PULSE) and OUTPUT

Trigger output to pulse output delay

Output characteristics Pulse level error (voltage mode open circuit current mode short circuit

Biphasic level difference IV + - V-1 2

Baseline level error (voltage mode open circuit current mode short circuit)

Risetime (25 V out)

Risetime (25 V out)

Transient response

A

A

A

Output impedance (voltage mode) C

Output impedance (current mode) C

Isolation resistance A

Isolation capacitance C

approx 05 ps for a load of no more than 10 KH in parallel with 50 pF

lt 125 ns (all rates except 100s) lt 125 ps (100s rate)

Less than 20 ns (all rates)

approx 350 ns

lt 03 of setting + 05 of r range (plus an additional 05 pA in 100 pA range)

lt 03 of range (voltage modes into open circuit current modes into short circuit)

lt 03 of setting of setting + 01 of range (plus an additional 05 pA in lOOpA range)

= 200 ns into less than 30 pF

= 15 ps into less than 30 pF

lt 8 overshoot into less than 30 pF for pulse voltages different than baseline voltage by at least 10 of range

= 50 ohms

raquo 1 0 GH (typically 200 GO)

raquo 1 0 0 M n

= 60 pF at 100 Hz

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Peril Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg V6 98324 |TelCf)hone 800-4201306 3606808300 bull FAX 360683-3525 E-mal salesaflisystefnsoom Website hnpyMVfWafllsystemsoom

20

Noise (differential mode)

Noise (common mode earth to isolated ground) with no signal output

Overload error indicator (low frequency short circuited voltage mode)

Overload error indicator low frequency open circuited current mode)

Overioad error response time

Miscellaneous

= 1 mV rms (10 V scale 10 Hz-4 MHz)

= 8 mV rms (10 Hz-4 MHz) == 100mVp-p (200 Hz -10 MHz) measured withalOMH 15pF oscilloscope probe

Turns on for set amplitude at or greater than approx plusmn1 V (10 V range) or plusmn2 V (100 V range)

Turns on for set amplitude at or above approx 2 of range

Flat to approx 30 ps duration Decreasing sensitivity for shorter pulses

Power

Fuse

Operating temperature range

Storage temperature range

Operating humidity

Dimensions

approx 11 watts

1 amp 3AG

10-30degC

0 - 50deg C

5 - 80 RH

17x475x1125 (inches) 432x121x286 cm

Weight 20 lbs (9 kg)

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Wb 98324 |Tetcphone 8004201306 3606808300 bull FOt 360683-3525 E-mail satesamsystems comV^febsite httpywwwaflisystemscom

21

Warranty and Service

What does this warranty cover A-M Systems Inc warrants to the Purchaser that the Instrument excluding cables Headstage Probes and any other accessories shipped with the Instrument (hereafter the hardware) is free from defects in workmanship or material under normal use and service for the period of one (1) year This warranty commences on the date of delivery ofthe hardware to the Purchaser

What are the obligations of A-M Systems Inc under this warranty During the warranty period A-M Systems Inc agrees to repair or replace at its sole option without charge to the Purchaser any defective component part of the hardware To obtain warranty service the Purchaser must return the hardware to A-M Systems Inc or an authorized A-M Systems Inc distributor in an adequate shipping container Any postage shipping and insurance charges incurred in shipping the hardware to A-M Systems Inc must be prepaid by the Purchaser and all risk for the hardware shall remain with purchaser until such time as A-M Systems Inc takes receipt of the hardware Upon receipt A-M Systems Inc will promptly repair or replace the defective unit and then return the hardware to the Purchaser postage shipping and insurance prepaid A-M Systems Inc may use reconditioned or like new parts or units at its sole option when repairing any hardware Repaired products shall carry the same amount of outstanding warranty as from original purchase or ninety (90) days which ever is greater Any claim under the warranty must include a dated proof of purchase ofthe hardware covered by this warranty In any event A-M Systems Inc liability for defective hardware is limited to repairing or replacing the hardware

What is not covered by this warranty This warranty is contingent upon proper use and maintenance ofthe hardware by the Purchaser and does not cover batteries Neglect misuse whether intentional or othenwise tampering with or altering the hardware damage caused by accident damage caused by unusual physical electrical chemical or electromechanical stress damage caused by failure of electrical power or damage caused during transportation are not covered by this wan-anty Products may not be returned to A-M Systems Inc for service whether under warranty or otherwise which are contaminated by infectious agents radioactive compounds or other materials constituting a health hazard to employees of A-M Systems Inc

What are the limits of liability for A-M Systems Inc under this warranty A-M Systems Inc shall not be liable for loss of data profits or savings or any special incidental consequential indirect or other similar damages arising from breach of contract negligence or other legal action even if the company or its agent has been advised of the possibility of such damages or for any claim brought against you by another party THIS EQUIPMENT IS NOT INTENDED FOR CLINICAL MEASUREMENTS USING HUMAN SUBJECTS A-M SYSTEMS INC DOES NOT ASSUME RESPONSIBILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE DUE TO MISUSE OF THIS EQUIPMENT Jurisdictions vary with regard to the enforceability of provisions excluding or limiting liability for incidental or consequential damages Check the provision of your local jurisdiction to find out whether the above exclusion applies to you

This warranty allocates risks of product failure between the Purchaser and A-M Systems Inc A-M Systems Inc hardware pricing reflects this allocation of risk and the limitations of liability contained in this warranty The warranty set forth above is in lieu of all other express warranties whether oral or written The agents employees distributors and dealers of A-M Systems Inc are not authorized to make modifications to this warranty or additional wan-anties binding on the company Accordingly additional statements such as dealer advertising or presentations whether oral or written do not constitute warranties by A-M Systems Inc and should not be relied upon This warranty gives you specific legal rights You may also have other rights which vary from one jurisdiction to another

fl-N Systems Inc 131BusinessPartiLoop RO Box850CartsbOfgWa98324 p O |Telophone 8004201306 bull 360683-8300FOC 3606830525 ^ ^ E-mail saiesaflisystefTiscom Wbbsite httpVwwwa-msystemscom

Specifications

There are three classes of specifications Class A specifications tested in all unHs and are guaranteed Class B specifications are inherent in the design they are indirectly tested and are guaranteed Class C specifications are typical operating values which are occasionally tested- these are typical values given for your infomiation but not guarshyanteed The class for each specification is noted in the center column of the following sections

Inputs Switching level

Hysteresis

Input equivalent circuit

Minimum duration (1 IL-level signal)

A

C

C

C

16V(plusmn02V)

approx 50 mV

100K ft to+5 In parallel with no more than 35pF

gt 50 ns

Open circuit condition B defaults to highon level

Timing and rate accuracy Rate selector steps

Timing multiplier steps

Resolution

Timing eror (second and later pulses after resetting controls)

B

B

B

B

lOOps to 100s In 7 steps

1 of rate selector step size Maximum value is 999 x the rate selector step size

approx 01 of the maximum value

lt 002 of rate selector value + 015 ps

Timing error (first pulse after readjusting timing controls)

an additional 025 ps error may occur

Timing repeatability lt 001 setting + 20 ns (monophasic)

fl-N Systems I nc ^ bull E-moU ams

131 Business Parti Loop PO Boot 850 Cartsborg VM 98324 80O42O130838O08O8300FAX36Olaquo8O3S2S

E-meU anByafl^iiisyslainaoomWebsHe hHpffliiwwraquomsys)emsoom

19

TRIG IN to OUTPUT delay (DELAY set to 0) output set to 2V

Timing jitter ft-om TRIG IN to OUTPUT (for TTL trigger input with risetime lt10 ns)

Timing jitter ft^om TRIG OUT (either BURST or PULSE) and OUTPUT

Trigger output to pulse output delay

Output charactsristics Pulse level enror (voltage mode open circuit cun-ent mode short circuit

Biphasic level difference |V + + V-|2

Baseline level error (voltage mode A open circuit current mode short circuit)

Risetime (25 V out)

Risetime (25 V out)

Transient response

A

A

A

Output impedance (voltage mode) C

Output impedance (current mode) C

Isolation resistance A

Isolation capacitance C

approx 05 ps for a load of no more than 10 Kft in parallel with 50 pF

lt 125 ns (all rates except 100s) lt 125 ps (100s rate)

Less than 20 ns (all rates)

approx 350 ns

lt 03 of setting + 05 of r range (plus an additional 05 pA inlOOpArenge)

lt 03 of range (voltage modes into open circuit current modes into short circuit)

lt 03 of setting of setting + 01 of range (plus an additional 05 pA in lOOpA range)

laquo 200 ns into less than 30 pF

laquo15 ps into less than 30 pF

lt 8 overshoot Into less than 30 pF for pulse voltages different than baseline voltage by at least 10 of range

laquo 50 ohms

raquo 1 0 Gft (typically 200 Gft)

raquo100Mft

laquo 60 pF at 100 Hz

fl-N Systems Inc^^ 131 Business Partt Uxip PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 96324 8004201308 SBOee^^SOO FAX 360laquoS3^52S

E-mat BiByraquoaiMii8ylaquoliiiiiseomWiljalteHlpJV(wwraquo4tgy8lenaoom

20

Noise (differential mode)

Noise (common mode earth to isolated ground) with no signal output

Overioad error indicator (low frequency short circuited voltage mode)

Overioad error indicator low frequency open circuited current mode)

Overioad enor response time

Miscellaneous

Power

Fuse

Operating temperature range

Storage temperature range

Operating humidity

Dimensions

Weight

laquo1 mV rms (10 V scale 10Hz-4MHz)

laquo 8 mV rms (10 Hz-4 MHz) laquo100mVp-p (200 Hz -10 MHz) measured withalOMft 15pF oscilloscope probe

Turns on for set amplitude at or greater than approx plusmn1V (10 V range) or plusmn2 V (100 V range)

Turns on for set amplitude at or above approx 2 of range

Flat to approx 30 ps duration Decreasing sensitivity for shorter pulses

approx 11 watts

1 amp 3 AG

10-30C

0 - 50deg C

5-80RH

17x475x1125 (Inches) 432x121x286 cm

20 lbs (9 kg)

fl mm bull gt _ _ _ A ^ ^ _ _ L ^ 131BusinesraquoPariltLocpPOBox850C8rtsborgWS9e324

bull p i ^ y s v e m s IIIC^^deg(^deg^Bdegltgt^^^3degdeg^deg^^deg^^^degdeg^^I^deg^deg^^^^^

21 E-mei flre^nQo 4n8yo(amscam Wsbsfle hHpAwwwe-msy8Jems-Oom

Warranty and Service

What does this warranty cover A-M Systems Inc warrants to the Purchaser that the Instrument excluding cables Headstage Probes and any other accessories shipped with the Instrument (hereafter the hardware) is free from defects in workmanship or material under normal use and service for the period of one (1) year This warranty commences on the date of delivery of the hardware to the Purchaser

What are the obligations of A-M Systems Inc under this warranty During the warranty period A-M Systems Inc agrees to repair or replace at its sole option without charge to the Purchaser any defective component part of the hardware To obtain warranty service the Purchaser must return the hardware to A-M Systems Inc or an authorized A-M Systems Inc distributor in an adequate shipping container Any postage shipping and insurance charges incurred in shipping the hardware to A-M Systems Inc must be prepaid by the Purchaser and all risk for the hardware shall remain with purchaser until such time as A-M Systems Inc takes receipt of the hardware Upon receipt A-M Systems Inc will promptly repair or replace the defective unit and then return the hardware to the Purchaser postage shipping and insurance prepaid A-M Systems Inc may use reconditioned or like new parts or units at its sole option when repairing any hardware Repaired products shall carry the same amount of outstanding wan^nty as from original purchase or ninety (90) days which ever is greater Any claim under the warranty must include a dated proof of purchase of the hardware covered by this wan-anty In any event A-M Systems Inc liability for defective hardware is limited to repairing or replacing the hardware

What is not covered by this warranty This warranty is contingent upon proper use and maintenance of the hardware by the Purchaser and does not cover batteries Neglect misuse whether intentional or otherwise tampering with or altering the hardware damage caused by accident damage caused by unusual physical electrical chemical or electromechanical stress damage caused by failure of electrical power or damage caused during transportation are not covered by this warranty Products may not be returned to A-M Systems Inc for service whether under warranty or otherwise which are contaminated by infectious agents radioactive compounds or other materials constituting a health hazard to employees of A-M Systems Inc

What are the limits of llabiiity for A-M Systems inc under this warranty A-M Systems Inc shall not be liable for loss of data profits or savings or any special incidental consequential indirect or other similar damages arising from breach of contract negligence or other legal action even if the company or its agent has been advised of the possibility of such damages or for any claim brought against you by another party THIS EQUIPMENT IS NOT INTENDED FOR CLINICAL MEASUREMENTS USING HUMAN SUBJECTS A-M SYSTEMS INC DOES NOT ASSUME RESPONSIBILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE DUE TO MISUSE OF THIS EQUIPMENT Jurisdictions vary with regard to the enforceability of provisions excluding or limiting liability for incidental or consequential damages Check the provision of your local jurisdiction to find out whether the above exclusion applies to you This warranty allocates risks of product failure between the Purchaser and A-M Systems Inc A-M Systems Inc hardware pricing reflects this allocation of risk and the limitations of liability contained in this wanranty The warranty set forth above is in lieu of all other express wan^anties whether oral or written The agents employees distributors and dealers of A-M Systems Inc are not authorized to make modifications to this wan-anty or additional wan-anties binding on the company Accordingly additional statements such as dealer advertising or presentations whether oral or written do not constitute wananties by A-M Systems Inc and should not be relied upon This warranty gives you specific legal rights You may also have other rights whrch vary from one jurisdiction to another

6 mm ^ laquo _ _ A a B ^ _ 1 ^ ^ 131 Business Parti Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg W B 98324 O O

bull P l A y S V e m S l n C T^M 8OO42OI3O6 380683-8300FAX 360 803525 ^ ^ E-msl iiiisy80iHTBy8tenisoom Wsbsito hnphwwfrimysleiiisoom

A

V ISO

INSTRUCTION MANUAL

FOR

ISOLATED PULSE STIMULATOR

MODEL 2100

Serial

Date

A-M Systems Inc

PO Box 850

Carlsborg WA 98324

USA

360-683-8300 bull 800-426-1306 FAX 360-683-3525

httpwwwa-msystemscom

Version 70 February 2002

Contents General Description 1

Instrument Features 1 Controls and Connectors 2

Operating Instructions 6 Theory of Operation 10 Calibration Procedures 12

Inputs 14 Output Calibration 16

Specifications 19 Warranty and Service 22

Each Isolated Pulse Stimulator is delivered complete with

Rack Mount Hardware Instructions amp Maintenance Manual

NOTE

This instrument is not intended for clinical measurements using human subjects A-M Systems Inc does not assume responsibility for Injury or damage due to the misuse of this instrument

General Description

Instrument Features The Isolated Pulse Stimulator Model 2100 is designed for a wide variety of applications It is highly flexible being capable of delivering single pulses biphasic pairs or bursts of pulses Pulses may be started manually or upon receiving a trigger signal from another Instrument or computer Two non-isolated trigger outputs are available for triggering other instruments

Four sets of timing controls provide comprehensive control overall aspects of pulse generation Three digit accuracy is available over a 7 decade range for each timing function using lever wheel switches Pulse widths can be set over more than a 9 decade range from 05 ps to 999 seconds Timing accuracy is assured through the use of a 10 MHz base rate crystal-controlled clock digitally divided to provide accurate timing over the entire range Atiming overiap indicator will light If the timing controls are set inconsistently

The output may be conveniently switched between current and voltage modes Pulse and baseline amplitudes are Independently presettable with lockable dials An error Indicator will light if the Mode2700 cannot deliver the desired signal

r WARNING

The Model 2100 can produce potentially dangerous voltages up to 100 V at the output connectors The isolated output is not connected internally to safety (earth) ground in any way Some part of the extemal circuit should be connected to safety ground Use caution in handling any wires connectors or electrodes which may be directly or indirectly attached to the Model 2100 output Some kinds of connectors such as BNC connectors have exposed metal parts which may float at dangerous potentials unless extemally connected to safety ground For greatest safety tum the Model 2100 off before making any connections to

the instrument

131 Business Parii Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Telophone 800-426-1306 bull 360-68raquolaquo300 bull FAX 360683-3525 E-mal satesa-msystemsoom VVfebsite httpywwwa^nsystemscom fl-N Systems Inc 1

Controls and Connectors The controls for the Model 2100 are grouped in three sections START which controls when a pulse or burst of pulses begins TIMING which controls the onoff timing of one or more pulses and OUTPUT which controls the amplitude of the output signal

Start TRIG SLOPE Determines the polarity of valid trigger pulses (positive or negative edges in the trigger signal)

MODE Controls waveform initiation When set to FREE RUN one timing cycle immediately follows the last When momentarily placed In the MANUAL position a timing cycle starts Immediately When the switch Is In the center position timing cycles start when valid triggering events occur

TRIGD This LED lights up when a timing cycle Is in process and continues until the burst is completed

TRIG This BNC connector allows a signal from an external source to Initiate timing cycles It is set for standard TTL levels

GATE This BNC connector allows a signal from an external source to restrict the final output signal This input must be at a logical high (or open-circuited) in order for the Model 2100 to recognize either manual or automatic trigger events

Gate 1_ Trigger |~~^ i I Valid triggers (represented by the arrows in the figure) can occur only when the gate Is at logical high Note that the up arrow would apply only If TRIG SLOPE is set to + the down an-ows would apply only if TRIG SLOPE Is set to -

NOTE Triggers have no effect if the system has not completed its response to a previous trigger

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Park Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Vb 98324 TelQphQne 80O426-1306 360683-8300 FAX 360683-3525 E-mail sales^a-msystemscom Wsbsite httpywwwa-msystemscom

Timing Four sets of controls govern the timing of pulse generation Each set contains two values which are multiplied together to detemnine the actual timing value The rotary knob (rate selector) provides the approximate timing value and the lever wheel switch bank (MULTIPLIER)

provides a time resolution of three decimal digits The following diagram shows most of the Important relationships

Output r Delay Duration

|ltPeriodgtj

t Burst width

Trigger event

DELAY These controls determine the time duration between the initiating trigger event and the beginning of the pulse burst If this rate selector is set to NONE or the multiplier is set to 000 there Is no delay

BURST WIDTH These controls determine the time period in which one or more pulses may be delivered Once started a pulse may outlast the burst width If this rate selector is set to SINGLE or to any time shorter than the pulse duration only a single pulse will occur If the BURST WIDTH Is longer than the period pulses will be emitted at the PERIOD rate until the burst time ends Pulses are never truncated by a short BURSTWIDTH

inds)-PULSE

D U R A T I O N 1 0 1 0

10

INTEB-PULSE PERIOD

1 1 10

DURATION These controls determine the length of each pulse Ifthis rate selector Is set to SQUARE the duration is set to half of the period regardless of the MULTIPLIER setting

PERIOD These controls set the period of time between adjacent pulse events within the burst It also forces a minimum dead time between recognized input triggers following a burst of one or more pulses This can be used to prevent over stimulation of a tissue without requiring excessive delay between the triggering event and the stimulating pulse

TIMING OVERLAP

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 860 Carisborg Vamp 98324 |Telophone 800-426-1306 360683-8300 bull FAX 3606aW525 E-mail salearega^nsystemsoom Vfeb5ite httpAwwwa^nsyslemscam

NOTE If any of these timing controls are changed while a timing cycle is in operation the results are undefined until the current cycle finishes

TIMING OVERLAP This LED will light to Indicate an inconsistency in the timing cycle settings There are several ways to introduce such errors The most common way is to set the Inter-pulse PERIOD to be less than the pulse DURATION

T I M I N G (seconds)^

TRIG OUT (UPPER) This BNC connector provides a signal which is coincident with the Internal Burst timing signal (default) This means the signal starts at the end of the Delay time and persists until the Burst time expires This output may also be set to represent the delay time-out by setting the internal jumper J510 to the right two pins instead of the left two pins (Please see the Calibration section in this manual for jumper location Directions are given as viewed from the front of the Instrument)

TRIG OUT (LOWER) This BNC connector provides a signal which Is coincident with the Duration timing signal which controls pulse output

NOTE Both trigger output signals slightly lead the isolated output signal

Output

PULSE SIGN This switch determines the polarity of the pulses to be generated It also allows generation of biphasic pulses thereby doubling the effective total period Warning the first pulse generated after changing the PULSE

SIGN switch may have the wrong polarity

BASELINE This Switch determines the polarity ofthe baseline signal

RANGE This rotary switch determines if the output pulses will be constant current (3 ranges) or constant voltage (2 ranges)

BASELINE AMPLITUDE This value is independently set using a ten-turn counting dial The maximum baseline amplitude is one tenth the value shown on the range amplitude switch

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 8S0 Cartsborg Vfa 98324 |Tetaphone 80O426-1306 bull 360683-8300 bull FAX 3606803525 E-mail salesa-msystemscom Wbbsite http7Awwwaflnsystemscom

PULSE AMPLITUDE This value is independently set using a ten-turn counting dial The maximum pulse amplitude is the value shown on the range amplitude switch

EVENT This LED indicates when a pulse is ongoing

ERROR This LED indicates when the internal output amplifier cannot output the pulse as desired This is usually due to a short circuit while trying to output a voltage or an open circuit while trying to output a current

VOTEThe Pulse Sign control in the Oupuf section directly affects waveform timing When set to the Biphasic mode a positive-going pulse is immediately followed by a negative-going pulse This effectively doubles the pulse duration If a burst of biphasic pulses is being produced the period must be at least twice the single pulse duration In the Square wave mode the baseline disappears as long as the burst persists

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsboig Vte 98324 |Telophone 800426-1306 360683-8300 bull FAX 3606833525 E-mail salesa-m5ystem5 com Website httpwwwa-msystemscom

Operating Instructions

Examples Simple setup (and minimal instrument test)

Connect the output ofthe Model 2100 to an oscilloscope Before connecting the Model 2100 to any other instrument or the experimental preparation It is safest to turn Its power off

Set the Oufpuf controls

Range 10V Pulse Sign +

Baseline Zero Pulse Amplitude 200

Setting The Timing Controls

Delay Burst Width

Duration Period

none single

15010-2 50010-2

Setting The Start Controls

Mode Free Run

Disconnect any cables to the TRIG or GATE inputs

Note that the green Trig and Event Indicators turn on as Free Run is turned on (and turn off otherwise) You should observe a 15ms duration 20Hz rate pulse of 200V above a OV baseline on the oscilloscope

fl-N Systems Inc 131 BusinessPartiLoop RO Box850CarisbcxgWa98324 |Telophone 800426-1306 bull 360-683-8300 bull FW 360683-3525 E-mail salesa-msystems com VVbbsite httpywwwa-msystems com

Demonstration of Burst Mode Connect the output ofthe Model 2100 to an oscilloscope Before connecting the Model 2100 to any other instrument or the experimental preparation It Is safest to turn its power off

Set the Outpuf controls

Range 10V Pulse Sign +

Baseline Pulse Amplitude 200

Baseline Amplitude 100

Setting The Timing Controls

Delay 88010-2 Burst Width 12010-^

Duration 15010-2 Period 50010-2

Set the START controls as follows

Mode Free Run

Disconnect any cables to the TRIG or GATE inputs

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Telophooe 8004201306 360683-8300 bull FAX 360683-3525 E^naii salesa-msystems com Watjsite http7wwwa-msystemscom

Trigger the oscilloscope from the Bursf trigger out (upper Trig Out connector) for a stable display In each burst (occurring every lOOms) you should observe a trio of 15ms duration starting 50ms apart Try switching the StartMode from Free Run to the center (nonnal) position The pulses will no longer be produced and the Trig and Event Indicators will tum off Pressing this switch once (to Manual) will cause a single burst to occur

Problem Solving If the instrument appears to be not working properiy check all ofthe control settings and connections Be sure to wait at least 5-10 seconds after turning the instrument off before turning it on again The following summary of typical problems for the user (along with the most common solutions) may help

Problem CauseSolution

EVENT Indicator never lights even in FREE RUN mode

bull Replace fuse check power connection bullSet DELAY or PERIOD to a shorter interval

bull Power-on too soon after power-off

OVERLAP Indicator is on

ERROR indicator is on

bull Set DURATION gt000 bull DURATION Is set to SQUARE but

PERIOD is 000 Increase PERIOD or set DURATION independantly

bull BURST and WIDTH are gt DURATION increase PERIOD or decrease DURATION

bull BIPHASIC pulse output Is on and PERIOD is not longer than twice the DURATION Increase PERIOD or decrease DURATION

bull Free-run Is on and BURST is lt PERIOD (BURST off) DELAY is 0 and PERIOD Is lt DURATION Add delay or modify PERIOD

bull Free-run is on and BURST is gt DURATION (BURST ON) and PERIOD is lt DURATION Increase PERIOD

bull For VOLTAGE outputs the output is trying to drive too low a resistance or capacitance (eg a short circuit) Check by disconnecting the output ft is possible (and normal) that for the fastest cycles and largest amplitudes (close to 100 V

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business PartiLoop PO Box 850 CartsborgWa 98324 iTelophone 800-42O130636O6e3-8300FAX 3606B3-3525 E-mail satesaflisyslefmcom Vfebslte http7wwwa-msyslemscom

and 1 ps) that the ERROR indicator might always come on during repetitive pulses Fix output load or decrease amplitude as required

Time appears to be excessive Changed control in mid-cycle (resets current status)

Cant seem to get a full signal out Load Is not properiy connected repair wiring Too low a load impedance (VOLTAGE modes) or too high a load impedance (CURRENT mode)

Incoming triggers not accepted frequently enough

PERIOD is set too long (enforces dead time) followd by BURST set to SIGNAL Reduce PERIOD time

Table 10 Problem Solving

If you suspect that the Model 2100 may have completely failed we recommend checking the basic level of functionality Ifthis fails your instrument Is defective and must be repaired Ifthis passes either your experimental setup is incompatible or inconsistent or there is a more subtle flaw in your Model 2100

If the Model 2100 appears to be malfunctioning contact A-M Systems Inc or your dealer We will first attempt to solve the problem over the telephone so have an exact description of your problem available when you call You do not need to be within the warranty period to obtain over-the-phone assistance

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 iTetoptxme 80O426-1306 bull 360683-8300 FAX 3606803525 E-mail satesa-msystemsoomAfebsitehttpJwwwaflisystemscom

Theory of Operation

The operation ofthe Model 2100 is summarized in the block diagram (see the figure on Page 11) Not shown are all ofthe interconnections with the microcontroller The internal microcontroler plays an important role in setting the signal path but does not directly contribute to the dynamic characteristics It scans the front panel switches and sets the control values for the logic arrays It programs the internal counters which along with the other hardware achieve the necessary sub-microsecond speeds

Pulse generation starts either from an Input trigger signal (from Trig In) or an internally signal (Free Run mode) A Delay timer counts the 10MHz clock until its count value is exhausted At this point the Burst Period and Duration timers are started If the Burst timer has not expired by the end ofthe Period the Period and Duration timers are restarted If the Biphasic mode has been set the Duration timer is restarted at the end of the initial Duration and the sign ofthe output pulse is reversed doubling the total duration

The system state (pulse on pulse sign baseline sign [+0f-]) is transmitted to the isolated section via optoisolator The baseline and pulse amplitudes are selected by an analog switch The resulting signal is amplified by a variable-power-supply discrete operational amplifier The amplifier connections and gain is modified to provide two voltage and three current ranges

Timing overiap errors are detected by a logical decision computation rather than by testing for counter collisions This provides instant feedback rather than waiting up to an hour for such a collision to occur Output errors are measured by sensing the output amplifiers differential input voltage Under normal conditions this is a negligible voltage If the amplifier fails to deliver the requested signal the window comparator testing this voltage sends this message (via optoisolator) to the logic section turning on a warning LED

fl-N Systems Inc 131BusinessPart(LoopRO Box850CarisboigWa98324 4 n Tel0pri0ne80O426-130636O683^300FAX36O6833525 ^ E-mail salesaflisystBmscom V febsite http7wwwa-msystemsoom

S i

I - - ^^mdasho^M

OUTPUT i l l

TRIG ^ OUT

(burst)

TRIG 3-lt) OUT

(pulse)

til

I laquo

Calibration Procedures

The calibration interval is the lesser of 1000 hours of operation or 6 months Somewhat greater drift can be expected in the first 100 hours of operation as the semiconductors age Adjustments should only be made after the instrument has been fully warmed up for at least 15 minutes

Full instrument calibration requires the following test equipment digital multimeter (plusmn 01) able to measure resistance to at least lOOMO oscilloscope with at least 50MHz bandwidth true-mis voltmeter with 4MHz bandwidth universal counter (plusmn 001 ) able to measure single pulse widths and periods resistors (all plusmn 01) 2kn lOkH 1 watt 20kn 200kn alligator clip lead sets banana plugs and BNC adapters

Adjustment integrated circuit and test point locations are shown in the following figures All adjustments are on the timing board unless othenAise noted

All voltages in the non-isolated section should be measured with respect to ground at TP510 unless othenwise stated Some voltages are measured with respect to an internal isolated ground at TP650 or across the two output temninals Occasionally the voltage at an IC pin must be measured in these cases the reference designator is given with the pin number in parentheses eg U602(16) When it states within this procedure that a voltage is to be minimized this means that the adjustment should be made such that the measured voltage is as close to zero volts as possible Refer to the Specifications Section of this manual for acceptable tolerances

The sequence of this procedure is important If any adjustment is made all adjustments which follow must be made to ensure that the specifications will be met These procedures require that all controls remain as set in previous steps unless othenAise indicated

WARNING

The Model 2100 has dangerous voltages throughout the instrument even with the power is off Servicing the Model 2100 should only be done by qualified service personnel Use caution in handling any wires connectors or electrodes which may be directly or indirectly attached to the instrument Do not touch exposed connections or components Disconnect power by unplugging the power cord from the receptacle

H B ^ ^ S y s t e m s inc^degdegp^deg^^deg-^^^^^^^^B3^^^degdeg^^^lt^^^B^^^^ 131BusinessPartiLoopPO Box850CartsbOigWamp98324 4 9 |Telophone800-42013C6360683-8300F0lt360683-3525 ^ E-mail salesa-msystefnscom website httpwwwaflisystems com

CO

TP501 O lt0

g OTPSOO

U560 S

Trig Gate

0 -TISOS

U570

U500

Timing

p U520

Timing

K U550 Timin

gt U540

U515

o X I Timin

U508 I

J510 Timing nnn

Burst Delay J400

gt U550

R503

D D I D bull U8QQ i Q

n

oo

V P 5 1 0

b U535

^

Clock i _

U555

lt U 5 4 5

o

h d ^ O - - ^ U605

Q D

U620

O fJZ^ R737 bull ^ 1^13015 r j C - C O M P

B B nU770 ^ ^ ^ 5 ^ a

J420

a

o E

bull [ ]U632

riueso

rR742rVhigh R 6 1 9 ^

LJ TP645 O TP650

TPMOQ^QS

Vlow

CD-

CZZl

J440 bull bull tl iUDQ

I t

f i l

Power supply and bias voltages

Power supply

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

POWER ON Observe voltage at P703 power supply wire top of main board

Check for+15 plusmn 050 V

Observe voltage at P701 power supply wire top of main board

Check for-15 plusmn 050 V

Observe voltage at U505(24) Check for +5 plusmn 025 V

Isolated supply voltage Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

RANGE 10 V TRIG open circuit MODE center position

Alternately observe V ^ from R742 to R740 and V ^ from theU605(4)toU605(8)

Adjust R773 so that 110VltV lt 120 V and

nigh

28VltV|^lt34V

Capacitance balance Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

Connect a xlO oscilloscope probe to TP650 and ground the

Adjust R737 for minimum high frequency signal

Inputs

Gate function Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave Verify that the voltage to GATE switches states at the Observe voltage at U510(3) proper input levels with an oscilloscope

Trigger slope Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave Verify that the voltage to TRIG switches states at the Observe voltage at U510( 1) proper input levels with an oscilloscope

TRIG SLOPE Verify voltage is 180deg out of phase

TRIG SLOPE Verify voltage is in phase

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 860 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Jelophone 800-4201306 360683-8300 bull FM 380683-3525 E-mail salesaflTsystBfnscom bull Vtebsite httpVAirwwaflisystems com

14

Trigger and gate f unc t i on

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

DELAY NONE BURS-nMDTH SINGLE DURATION SQUARE PERIOD 100X10-3

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave to TRIG Observe TRIGD and EVENT LEDs

TRIG disconnect all Short the GATE connector to GND Verify LEDs extinguish

MODE press to MANUAL Verify LEDs flash once

Timing

System c lock f requency

Controls Inputs Observations Ad jus t Check

Observe the frequency of the wave Verify 1000 MHz plusmn 001 atU555(17)

Mul t ip l iers (Wheel Swi tches)

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

PULSE SIGN-laquobull MODE FREE RUN TRIG disconnect all TIMING MULTIPUERS all

wheels set to zero except the one being tested

TIMING OVERLAP ignore

Observe the pulse width with the counter at the location specified t)elow

Verify pulse width is correct for each wheel as it is tested independently

For each wheel of each MULTIPLIER test each position to verify that the pulse width is correct Observe the signal at the following locations DELAY U520(2) BURSTWIDTH U530(2) PERIOD U540(2) DURATION U550(2)

Rates (Rotary Swi tches)

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

TIMING MULTIPUERS 001 Observe the pulse width with the TIMING RATES all rotary counter at the location specified

switches set to 10-4 below except the one being tested

Verify pulse width is correct for each rotary switch as it is tested independently

For each ofthe four rotary switches in TIMING test each position to verify that the pulse width is correct Observe the signal at the following locations DELAY U520(2) BURSTWIDTH U530(2) PERIOD U540(2) DURATION U550(2)

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 iTetophone 8004201306 bull 360683-8300 bull FOC 3606803525 E-mail salesa-msystemscom Wbbsite httpJwwwaflTSystemscom

15

Trigger outputs

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

Range 10V Pulse Amplitude 500 Delay 100 xlO^ Burst 100 x 10 ^ Duration 100x10-^ Period 400x10-^ Pulse sign + Trig Mode Free run Trig in open

Trigger the oscilloscope to the Burst Trig Out Observe it the Pulse Trig Out and the isolated output

Verify that the waveform consists of a burst of three 1ms-on3ms-off pulses The burst trigger should be synchronous with the burst the pulse trigger coincident with each pulse

Output Calibration

Isolation Resistance (check)

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode center position Trig In open

Measure the resistance between ground banana jack (front panel) and black banana jack of output with DMM

Resistance read gt 100MQ

Amplitude Switch Offset (R640)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Zero Trig Mode center position Trig In Open

Measure the voltage at TP645 vs TP650 with the DMM

Adjust R640 (AmpI Sw Offset) for minimum voltage

Output Offset (R332 front panel board) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Zero Range 10V Trig Mode center position Trig In Open

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

Adjust R332 (Output offset) for minimum voltage

Positive Baseline Offeet (R607) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Sign + Baseline Amplitude

fully CCW (000) Range 10V Trig In open Trig Mode center position

Measure the voltage across the outputwiththeDMM

Adjust R602 (BSLN + offset) for minimum voltage

fl-N Systems Inc 131 BusBiess Parti Loop P O Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Telophone B00-42O1306 bull 360683-8300 bull FAX 3606803525 E-mail salesaflisystemscom V^tebsite httpy^vwwa-msystems com

16

Negative Baseline Offset (R619)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Sign -Baseline Amplitude

fully CCW (000) Range 10V Trig In open Trig Mode center position

Measure the voltage across the outputwiththeDMM

Adjust R619 (BSLN + offset) for minimum voltage

Pulse Amplitude Adjust (R602)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode Free Mode Pulse Amplitude 1000 Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =1001 Period =00110-4 Pulse Sign -Trig In open Range 10V

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

The Overiap indicator should be on Adjust R602 (Max Level) for -10OOV out

Pulse Sign Gain (check)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode Free Mode Pulse Amplitude 1000 Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =100 1s Period =001 10-4s Trig In open Range 10V

Measure the voltage at the output with the DMM for the Pulse Sign at + and - positions

The absolute values ofthe voltages should differ by less than lOOmV

Baseline Amplitudes (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Range 100mA Trig Mode center position Baseline Amplitude fully CW (1000) Trig In open

Measure the voltage at the output with the DMM with Baseline Sign in + Zero and

- positions

Gain the matching of current levels at = and - positions and offset current in Zero position

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop PO Box 850 Cartsboig Wa 98324 Telophone 800-4201306 360683-8300 FkX 3606803525 E-mail salesa-msystemscom website http^^wwaflisystemsccm

17

Output Range Amplitude and Drive (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Pulse Amplitude 1000 Pulse Sign + Trig Mode Free Run Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =1001 Period =10010-4 Trig In open

Load the output with a 10KV 1W 01 resistor Measure the voltage at the output with DMM

Verify that full scale output is within specification Scale Range 100V 100V 10V 10V 100mA IV 1mA 10V 10mA 100V

Pulse Sign and Short Circuit Protection (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =200 10-4 Period =00110-3 Baseline Zero Pulse Amplitude 25 Range 10V Trig Mode Free Run Trig In open

Measure the voltage at the output with the oscilloscope Check for Pulse Sign set to each of + - biphasic Watch for Error indicator when shorting the output

Verify that pulses of approx 25V amplitude (625V for biphasic mode) of the correct sign are produced every 10ms Short output in biphasic mode Output should return when opened

Output Transient Response (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Pulse Sign + Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =20010-4 Period =00110-3 Pulse Amplitude 250 Baseline Zero Trig Mode Free Mode Trig In open

Connect the oscilloscope to the output with a 310 attenuator probe Test both 10V and 100V ranges

Verify that overshoot and risetime meet specifications

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Telophone 8004201306 bull 3606808300 bull Flaquo( 360laquo83ltJ525 E-mail salesa-msystemsocm V^febsite http^wwwa-msystefnscom

18

Specifications

There are three classes of specifications Class A specifications tested in all units and are guaranteed Class B specifications are inherent in the design they are indirectly tested and are guaranteed Class C specifications are typical operating values which are occasionally tested- these are typical values given for your information but not guarshyanteed The class for each specification is noted in the center column ofthe following sections

Inputs Switching level

Hysteresis

Input equivalent circuit

Minimum duration (1 IL-level signal)

A

C

C

C

16 V(plusmn 02 V)

approx 50 mV

lOOKH to+5 in parallel with no more than 35pF

gt 50 ns

Open circuit condition B defaults to highon level

Timing and rate accuracy Rate selector steps

Timing multiplier steps

B

B

lOOpsto 100s in 7 steps

1 of rate selector step size Maximum value is 999 X the rate selector step size

Resolution B approx 01 ofthe maximum value

Timing error (second and later pulses after resetting controls)

B lt 002 of rate selector value + 015 ps

Timing error (first pulse after readjusting timing controls)

an additional 025 ps error may occur

Timing repeatability lt 001 setting + 20 ns (monophasic)

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Ram Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Vfa 98324 pTelophone 8004201306 bull 360683-8300 bull FAX 360683-3525

E-mail salesraquoflisystems com Wabsite httpJAnww afl isystems com

19

TRIG IN to OUTPUT delay (DELAY set to 0) output set to 2V

Timing jitter from TRIG IN to OUTPUT (for TTL trigger input with risetime lt10 ns)

Timing jitter from TRIG OUT (either BURST or PULSE) and OUTPUT

Trigger output to pulse output delay

Output characteristics Pulse level error (voltage mode open circuit current mode short circuit

Biphasic level difference IV + - V-1 2

Baseline level error (voltage mode open circuit current mode short circuit)

Risetime (25 V out)

Risetime (25 V out)

Transient response

A

A

A

Output impedance (voltage mode) C

Output impedance (current mode) C

Isolation resistance A

Isolation capacitance C

approx 05 ps for a load of no more than 10 KH in parallel with 50 pF

lt 125 ns (all rates except 100s) lt 125 ps (100s rate)

Less than 20 ns (all rates)

approx 350 ns

lt 03 of setting + 05 of r range (plus an additional 05 pA in 100 pA range)

lt 03 of range (voltage modes into open circuit current modes into short circuit)

lt 03 of setting of setting + 01 of range (plus an additional 05 pA in lOOpA range)

= 200 ns into less than 30 pF

= 15 ps into less than 30 pF

lt 8 overshoot into less than 30 pF for pulse voltages different than baseline voltage by at least 10 of range

= 50 ohms

raquo 1 0 GH (typically 200 GO)

raquo 1 0 0 M n

= 60 pF at 100 Hz

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Peril Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg V6 98324 |TelCf)hone 800-4201306 3606808300 bull FAX 360683-3525 E-mal salesaflisystefnsoom Website hnpyMVfWafllsystemsoom

20

Noise (differential mode)

Noise (common mode earth to isolated ground) with no signal output

Overload error indicator (low frequency short circuited voltage mode)

Overload error indicator low frequency open circuited current mode)

Overioad error response time

Miscellaneous

= 1 mV rms (10 V scale 10 Hz-4 MHz)

= 8 mV rms (10 Hz-4 MHz) == 100mVp-p (200 Hz -10 MHz) measured withalOMH 15pF oscilloscope probe

Turns on for set amplitude at or greater than approx plusmn1 V (10 V range) or plusmn2 V (100 V range)

Turns on for set amplitude at or above approx 2 of range

Flat to approx 30 ps duration Decreasing sensitivity for shorter pulses

Power

Fuse

Operating temperature range

Storage temperature range

Operating humidity

Dimensions

approx 11 watts

1 amp 3AG

10-30degC

0 - 50deg C

5 - 80 RH

17x475x1125 (inches) 432x121x286 cm

Weight 20 lbs (9 kg)

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Wb 98324 |Tetcphone 8004201306 3606808300 bull FOt 360683-3525 E-mail satesamsystems comV^febsite httpywwwaflisystemscom

21

Warranty and Service

What does this warranty cover A-M Systems Inc warrants to the Purchaser that the Instrument excluding cables Headstage Probes and any other accessories shipped with the Instrument (hereafter the hardware) is free from defects in workmanship or material under normal use and service for the period of one (1) year This warranty commences on the date of delivery ofthe hardware to the Purchaser

What are the obligations of A-M Systems Inc under this warranty During the warranty period A-M Systems Inc agrees to repair or replace at its sole option without charge to the Purchaser any defective component part of the hardware To obtain warranty service the Purchaser must return the hardware to A-M Systems Inc or an authorized A-M Systems Inc distributor in an adequate shipping container Any postage shipping and insurance charges incurred in shipping the hardware to A-M Systems Inc must be prepaid by the Purchaser and all risk for the hardware shall remain with purchaser until such time as A-M Systems Inc takes receipt of the hardware Upon receipt A-M Systems Inc will promptly repair or replace the defective unit and then return the hardware to the Purchaser postage shipping and insurance prepaid A-M Systems Inc may use reconditioned or like new parts or units at its sole option when repairing any hardware Repaired products shall carry the same amount of outstanding warranty as from original purchase or ninety (90) days which ever is greater Any claim under the warranty must include a dated proof of purchase ofthe hardware covered by this warranty In any event A-M Systems Inc liability for defective hardware is limited to repairing or replacing the hardware

What is not covered by this warranty This warranty is contingent upon proper use and maintenance ofthe hardware by the Purchaser and does not cover batteries Neglect misuse whether intentional or othenwise tampering with or altering the hardware damage caused by accident damage caused by unusual physical electrical chemical or electromechanical stress damage caused by failure of electrical power or damage caused during transportation are not covered by this wan-anty Products may not be returned to A-M Systems Inc for service whether under warranty or otherwise which are contaminated by infectious agents radioactive compounds or other materials constituting a health hazard to employees of A-M Systems Inc

What are the limits of liability for A-M Systems Inc under this warranty A-M Systems Inc shall not be liable for loss of data profits or savings or any special incidental consequential indirect or other similar damages arising from breach of contract negligence or other legal action even if the company or its agent has been advised of the possibility of such damages or for any claim brought against you by another party THIS EQUIPMENT IS NOT INTENDED FOR CLINICAL MEASUREMENTS USING HUMAN SUBJECTS A-M SYSTEMS INC DOES NOT ASSUME RESPONSIBILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE DUE TO MISUSE OF THIS EQUIPMENT Jurisdictions vary with regard to the enforceability of provisions excluding or limiting liability for incidental or consequential damages Check the provision of your local jurisdiction to find out whether the above exclusion applies to you

This warranty allocates risks of product failure between the Purchaser and A-M Systems Inc A-M Systems Inc hardware pricing reflects this allocation of risk and the limitations of liability contained in this warranty The warranty set forth above is in lieu of all other express warranties whether oral or written The agents employees distributors and dealers of A-M Systems Inc are not authorized to make modifications to this warranty or additional wan-anties binding on the company Accordingly additional statements such as dealer advertising or presentations whether oral or written do not constitute warranties by A-M Systems Inc and should not be relied upon This warranty gives you specific legal rights You may also have other rights which vary from one jurisdiction to another

fl-N Systems Inc 131BusinessPartiLoop RO Box850CartsbOfgWa98324 p O |Telophone 8004201306 bull 360683-8300FOC 3606830525 ^ ^ E-mail saiesaflisystefTiscom Wbbsite httpVwwwa-msystemscom

TRIG IN to OUTPUT delay (DELAY set to 0) output set to 2V

Timing jitter ft-om TRIG IN to OUTPUT (for TTL trigger input with risetime lt10 ns)

Timing jitter ft^om TRIG OUT (either BURST or PULSE) and OUTPUT

Trigger output to pulse output delay

Output charactsristics Pulse level enror (voltage mode open circuit cun-ent mode short circuit

Biphasic level difference |V + + V-|2

Baseline level error (voltage mode A open circuit current mode short circuit)

Risetime (25 V out)

Risetime (25 V out)

Transient response

A

A

A

Output impedance (voltage mode) C

Output impedance (current mode) C

Isolation resistance A

Isolation capacitance C

approx 05 ps for a load of no more than 10 Kft in parallel with 50 pF

lt 125 ns (all rates except 100s) lt 125 ps (100s rate)

Less than 20 ns (all rates)

approx 350 ns

lt 03 of setting + 05 of r range (plus an additional 05 pA inlOOpArenge)

lt 03 of range (voltage modes into open circuit current modes into short circuit)

lt 03 of setting of setting + 01 of range (plus an additional 05 pA in lOOpA range)

laquo 200 ns into less than 30 pF

laquo15 ps into less than 30 pF

lt 8 overshoot Into less than 30 pF for pulse voltages different than baseline voltage by at least 10 of range

laquo 50 ohms

raquo 1 0 Gft (typically 200 Gft)

raquo100Mft

laquo 60 pF at 100 Hz

fl-N Systems Inc^^ 131 Business Partt Uxip PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 96324 8004201308 SBOee^^SOO FAX 360laquoS3^52S

E-mat BiByraquoaiMii8ylaquoliiiiiseomWiljalteHlpJV(wwraquo4tgy8lenaoom

20

Noise (differential mode)

Noise (common mode earth to isolated ground) with no signal output

Overioad error indicator (low frequency short circuited voltage mode)

Overioad error indicator low frequency open circuited current mode)

Overioad enor response time

Miscellaneous

Power

Fuse

Operating temperature range

Storage temperature range

Operating humidity

Dimensions

Weight

laquo1 mV rms (10 V scale 10Hz-4MHz)

laquo 8 mV rms (10 Hz-4 MHz) laquo100mVp-p (200 Hz -10 MHz) measured withalOMft 15pF oscilloscope probe

Turns on for set amplitude at or greater than approx plusmn1V (10 V range) or plusmn2 V (100 V range)

Turns on for set amplitude at or above approx 2 of range

Flat to approx 30 ps duration Decreasing sensitivity for shorter pulses

approx 11 watts

1 amp 3 AG

10-30C

0 - 50deg C

5-80RH

17x475x1125 (Inches) 432x121x286 cm

20 lbs (9 kg)

fl mm bull gt _ _ _ A ^ ^ _ _ L ^ 131BusinesraquoPariltLocpPOBox850C8rtsborgWS9e324

bull p i ^ y s v e m s IIIC^^deg(^deg^Bdegltgt^^^3degdeg^deg^^deg^^^degdeg^^I^deg^deg^^^^^

21 E-mei flre^nQo 4n8yo(amscam Wsbsfle hHpAwwwe-msy8Jems-Oom

Warranty and Service

What does this warranty cover A-M Systems Inc warrants to the Purchaser that the Instrument excluding cables Headstage Probes and any other accessories shipped with the Instrument (hereafter the hardware) is free from defects in workmanship or material under normal use and service for the period of one (1) year This warranty commences on the date of delivery of the hardware to the Purchaser

What are the obligations of A-M Systems Inc under this warranty During the warranty period A-M Systems Inc agrees to repair or replace at its sole option without charge to the Purchaser any defective component part of the hardware To obtain warranty service the Purchaser must return the hardware to A-M Systems Inc or an authorized A-M Systems Inc distributor in an adequate shipping container Any postage shipping and insurance charges incurred in shipping the hardware to A-M Systems Inc must be prepaid by the Purchaser and all risk for the hardware shall remain with purchaser until such time as A-M Systems Inc takes receipt of the hardware Upon receipt A-M Systems Inc will promptly repair or replace the defective unit and then return the hardware to the Purchaser postage shipping and insurance prepaid A-M Systems Inc may use reconditioned or like new parts or units at its sole option when repairing any hardware Repaired products shall carry the same amount of outstanding wan^nty as from original purchase or ninety (90) days which ever is greater Any claim under the warranty must include a dated proof of purchase of the hardware covered by this wan-anty In any event A-M Systems Inc liability for defective hardware is limited to repairing or replacing the hardware

What is not covered by this warranty This warranty is contingent upon proper use and maintenance of the hardware by the Purchaser and does not cover batteries Neglect misuse whether intentional or otherwise tampering with or altering the hardware damage caused by accident damage caused by unusual physical electrical chemical or electromechanical stress damage caused by failure of electrical power or damage caused during transportation are not covered by this warranty Products may not be returned to A-M Systems Inc for service whether under warranty or otherwise which are contaminated by infectious agents radioactive compounds or other materials constituting a health hazard to employees of A-M Systems Inc

What are the limits of llabiiity for A-M Systems inc under this warranty A-M Systems Inc shall not be liable for loss of data profits or savings or any special incidental consequential indirect or other similar damages arising from breach of contract negligence or other legal action even if the company or its agent has been advised of the possibility of such damages or for any claim brought against you by another party THIS EQUIPMENT IS NOT INTENDED FOR CLINICAL MEASUREMENTS USING HUMAN SUBJECTS A-M SYSTEMS INC DOES NOT ASSUME RESPONSIBILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE DUE TO MISUSE OF THIS EQUIPMENT Jurisdictions vary with regard to the enforceability of provisions excluding or limiting liability for incidental or consequential damages Check the provision of your local jurisdiction to find out whether the above exclusion applies to you This warranty allocates risks of product failure between the Purchaser and A-M Systems Inc A-M Systems Inc hardware pricing reflects this allocation of risk and the limitations of liability contained in this wanranty The warranty set forth above is in lieu of all other express wan^anties whether oral or written The agents employees distributors and dealers of A-M Systems Inc are not authorized to make modifications to this wan-anty or additional wan-anties binding on the company Accordingly additional statements such as dealer advertising or presentations whether oral or written do not constitute wananties by A-M Systems Inc and should not be relied upon This warranty gives you specific legal rights You may also have other rights whrch vary from one jurisdiction to another

6 mm ^ laquo _ _ A a B ^ _ 1 ^ ^ 131 Business Parti Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg W B 98324 O O

bull P l A y S V e m S l n C T^M 8OO42OI3O6 380683-8300FAX 360 803525 ^ ^ E-msl iiiisy80iHTBy8tenisoom Wsbsito hnphwwfrimysleiiisoom

A

V ISO

INSTRUCTION MANUAL

FOR

ISOLATED PULSE STIMULATOR

MODEL 2100

Serial

Date

A-M Systems Inc

PO Box 850

Carlsborg WA 98324

USA

360-683-8300 bull 800-426-1306 FAX 360-683-3525

httpwwwa-msystemscom

Version 70 February 2002

Contents General Description 1

Instrument Features 1 Controls and Connectors 2

Operating Instructions 6 Theory of Operation 10 Calibration Procedures 12

Inputs 14 Output Calibration 16

Specifications 19 Warranty and Service 22

Each Isolated Pulse Stimulator is delivered complete with

Rack Mount Hardware Instructions amp Maintenance Manual

NOTE

This instrument is not intended for clinical measurements using human subjects A-M Systems Inc does not assume responsibility for Injury or damage due to the misuse of this instrument

General Description

Instrument Features The Isolated Pulse Stimulator Model 2100 is designed for a wide variety of applications It is highly flexible being capable of delivering single pulses biphasic pairs or bursts of pulses Pulses may be started manually or upon receiving a trigger signal from another Instrument or computer Two non-isolated trigger outputs are available for triggering other instruments

Four sets of timing controls provide comprehensive control overall aspects of pulse generation Three digit accuracy is available over a 7 decade range for each timing function using lever wheel switches Pulse widths can be set over more than a 9 decade range from 05 ps to 999 seconds Timing accuracy is assured through the use of a 10 MHz base rate crystal-controlled clock digitally divided to provide accurate timing over the entire range Atiming overiap indicator will light If the timing controls are set inconsistently

The output may be conveniently switched between current and voltage modes Pulse and baseline amplitudes are Independently presettable with lockable dials An error Indicator will light if the Mode2700 cannot deliver the desired signal

r WARNING

The Model 2100 can produce potentially dangerous voltages up to 100 V at the output connectors The isolated output is not connected internally to safety (earth) ground in any way Some part of the extemal circuit should be connected to safety ground Use caution in handling any wires connectors or electrodes which may be directly or indirectly attached to the Model 2100 output Some kinds of connectors such as BNC connectors have exposed metal parts which may float at dangerous potentials unless extemally connected to safety ground For greatest safety tum the Model 2100 off before making any connections to

the instrument

131 Business Parii Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Telophone 800-426-1306 bull 360-68raquolaquo300 bull FAX 360683-3525 E-mal satesa-msystemsoom VVfebsite httpywwwa^nsystemscom fl-N Systems Inc 1

Controls and Connectors The controls for the Model 2100 are grouped in three sections START which controls when a pulse or burst of pulses begins TIMING which controls the onoff timing of one or more pulses and OUTPUT which controls the amplitude of the output signal

Start TRIG SLOPE Determines the polarity of valid trigger pulses (positive or negative edges in the trigger signal)

MODE Controls waveform initiation When set to FREE RUN one timing cycle immediately follows the last When momentarily placed In the MANUAL position a timing cycle starts Immediately When the switch Is In the center position timing cycles start when valid triggering events occur

TRIGD This LED lights up when a timing cycle Is in process and continues until the burst is completed

TRIG This BNC connector allows a signal from an external source to Initiate timing cycles It is set for standard TTL levels

GATE This BNC connector allows a signal from an external source to restrict the final output signal This input must be at a logical high (or open-circuited) in order for the Model 2100 to recognize either manual or automatic trigger events

Gate 1_ Trigger |~~^ i I Valid triggers (represented by the arrows in the figure) can occur only when the gate Is at logical high Note that the up arrow would apply only If TRIG SLOPE is set to + the down an-ows would apply only if TRIG SLOPE Is set to -

NOTE Triggers have no effect if the system has not completed its response to a previous trigger

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Park Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Vb 98324 TelQphQne 80O426-1306 360683-8300 FAX 360683-3525 E-mail sales^a-msystemscom Wsbsite httpywwwa-msystemscom

Timing Four sets of controls govern the timing of pulse generation Each set contains two values which are multiplied together to detemnine the actual timing value The rotary knob (rate selector) provides the approximate timing value and the lever wheel switch bank (MULTIPLIER)

provides a time resolution of three decimal digits The following diagram shows most of the Important relationships

Output r Delay Duration

|ltPeriodgtj

t Burst width

Trigger event

DELAY These controls determine the time duration between the initiating trigger event and the beginning of the pulse burst If this rate selector is set to NONE or the multiplier is set to 000 there Is no delay

BURST WIDTH These controls determine the time period in which one or more pulses may be delivered Once started a pulse may outlast the burst width If this rate selector is set to SINGLE or to any time shorter than the pulse duration only a single pulse will occur If the BURST WIDTH Is longer than the period pulses will be emitted at the PERIOD rate until the burst time ends Pulses are never truncated by a short BURSTWIDTH

inds)-PULSE

D U R A T I O N 1 0 1 0

10

INTEB-PULSE PERIOD

1 1 10

DURATION These controls determine the length of each pulse Ifthis rate selector Is set to SQUARE the duration is set to half of the period regardless of the MULTIPLIER setting

PERIOD These controls set the period of time between adjacent pulse events within the burst It also forces a minimum dead time between recognized input triggers following a burst of one or more pulses This can be used to prevent over stimulation of a tissue without requiring excessive delay between the triggering event and the stimulating pulse

TIMING OVERLAP

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 860 Carisborg Vamp 98324 |Telophone 800-426-1306 360683-8300 bull FAX 3606aW525 E-mail salearega^nsystemsoom Vfeb5ite httpAwwwa^nsyslemscam

NOTE If any of these timing controls are changed while a timing cycle is in operation the results are undefined until the current cycle finishes

TIMING OVERLAP This LED will light to Indicate an inconsistency in the timing cycle settings There are several ways to introduce such errors The most common way is to set the Inter-pulse PERIOD to be less than the pulse DURATION

T I M I N G (seconds)^

TRIG OUT (UPPER) This BNC connector provides a signal which is coincident with the Internal Burst timing signal (default) This means the signal starts at the end of the Delay time and persists until the Burst time expires This output may also be set to represent the delay time-out by setting the internal jumper J510 to the right two pins instead of the left two pins (Please see the Calibration section in this manual for jumper location Directions are given as viewed from the front of the Instrument)

TRIG OUT (LOWER) This BNC connector provides a signal which Is coincident with the Duration timing signal which controls pulse output

NOTE Both trigger output signals slightly lead the isolated output signal

Output

PULSE SIGN This switch determines the polarity of the pulses to be generated It also allows generation of biphasic pulses thereby doubling the effective total period Warning the first pulse generated after changing the PULSE

SIGN switch may have the wrong polarity

BASELINE This Switch determines the polarity ofthe baseline signal

RANGE This rotary switch determines if the output pulses will be constant current (3 ranges) or constant voltage (2 ranges)

BASELINE AMPLITUDE This value is independently set using a ten-turn counting dial The maximum baseline amplitude is one tenth the value shown on the range amplitude switch

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 8S0 Cartsborg Vfa 98324 |Tetaphone 80O426-1306 bull 360683-8300 bull FAX 3606803525 E-mail salesa-msystemscom Wbbsite http7Awwwaflnsystemscom

PULSE AMPLITUDE This value is independently set using a ten-turn counting dial The maximum pulse amplitude is the value shown on the range amplitude switch

EVENT This LED indicates when a pulse is ongoing

ERROR This LED indicates when the internal output amplifier cannot output the pulse as desired This is usually due to a short circuit while trying to output a voltage or an open circuit while trying to output a current

VOTEThe Pulse Sign control in the Oupuf section directly affects waveform timing When set to the Biphasic mode a positive-going pulse is immediately followed by a negative-going pulse This effectively doubles the pulse duration If a burst of biphasic pulses is being produced the period must be at least twice the single pulse duration In the Square wave mode the baseline disappears as long as the burst persists

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsboig Vte 98324 |Telophone 800426-1306 360683-8300 bull FAX 3606833525 E-mail salesa-m5ystem5 com Website httpwwwa-msystemscom

Operating Instructions

Examples Simple setup (and minimal instrument test)

Connect the output ofthe Model 2100 to an oscilloscope Before connecting the Model 2100 to any other instrument or the experimental preparation It is safest to turn Its power off

Set the Oufpuf controls

Range 10V Pulse Sign +

Baseline Zero Pulse Amplitude 200

Setting The Timing Controls

Delay Burst Width

Duration Period

none single

15010-2 50010-2

Setting The Start Controls

Mode Free Run

Disconnect any cables to the TRIG or GATE inputs

Note that the green Trig and Event Indicators turn on as Free Run is turned on (and turn off otherwise) You should observe a 15ms duration 20Hz rate pulse of 200V above a OV baseline on the oscilloscope

fl-N Systems Inc 131 BusinessPartiLoop RO Box850CarisbcxgWa98324 |Telophone 800426-1306 bull 360-683-8300 bull FW 360683-3525 E-mail salesa-msystems com VVbbsite httpywwwa-msystems com

Demonstration of Burst Mode Connect the output ofthe Model 2100 to an oscilloscope Before connecting the Model 2100 to any other instrument or the experimental preparation It Is safest to turn its power off

Set the Outpuf controls

Range 10V Pulse Sign +

Baseline Pulse Amplitude 200

Baseline Amplitude 100

Setting The Timing Controls

Delay 88010-2 Burst Width 12010-^

Duration 15010-2 Period 50010-2

Set the START controls as follows

Mode Free Run

Disconnect any cables to the TRIG or GATE inputs

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Telophooe 8004201306 360683-8300 bull FAX 360683-3525 E^naii salesa-msystems com Watjsite http7wwwa-msystemscom

Trigger the oscilloscope from the Bursf trigger out (upper Trig Out connector) for a stable display In each burst (occurring every lOOms) you should observe a trio of 15ms duration starting 50ms apart Try switching the StartMode from Free Run to the center (nonnal) position The pulses will no longer be produced and the Trig and Event Indicators will tum off Pressing this switch once (to Manual) will cause a single burst to occur

Problem Solving If the instrument appears to be not working properiy check all ofthe control settings and connections Be sure to wait at least 5-10 seconds after turning the instrument off before turning it on again The following summary of typical problems for the user (along with the most common solutions) may help

Problem CauseSolution

EVENT Indicator never lights even in FREE RUN mode

bull Replace fuse check power connection bullSet DELAY or PERIOD to a shorter interval

bull Power-on too soon after power-off

OVERLAP Indicator is on

ERROR indicator is on

bull Set DURATION gt000 bull DURATION Is set to SQUARE but

PERIOD is 000 Increase PERIOD or set DURATION independantly

bull BURST and WIDTH are gt DURATION increase PERIOD or decrease DURATION

bull BIPHASIC pulse output Is on and PERIOD is not longer than twice the DURATION Increase PERIOD or decrease DURATION

bull Free-run Is on and BURST is lt PERIOD (BURST off) DELAY is 0 and PERIOD Is lt DURATION Add delay or modify PERIOD

bull Free-run is on and BURST is gt DURATION (BURST ON) and PERIOD is lt DURATION Increase PERIOD

bull For VOLTAGE outputs the output is trying to drive too low a resistance or capacitance (eg a short circuit) Check by disconnecting the output ft is possible (and normal) that for the fastest cycles and largest amplitudes (close to 100 V

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business PartiLoop PO Box 850 CartsborgWa 98324 iTelophone 800-42O130636O6e3-8300FAX 3606B3-3525 E-mail satesaflisyslefmcom Vfebslte http7wwwa-msyslemscom

and 1 ps) that the ERROR indicator might always come on during repetitive pulses Fix output load or decrease amplitude as required

Time appears to be excessive Changed control in mid-cycle (resets current status)

Cant seem to get a full signal out Load Is not properiy connected repair wiring Too low a load impedance (VOLTAGE modes) or too high a load impedance (CURRENT mode)

Incoming triggers not accepted frequently enough

PERIOD is set too long (enforces dead time) followd by BURST set to SIGNAL Reduce PERIOD time

Table 10 Problem Solving

If you suspect that the Model 2100 may have completely failed we recommend checking the basic level of functionality Ifthis fails your instrument Is defective and must be repaired Ifthis passes either your experimental setup is incompatible or inconsistent or there is a more subtle flaw in your Model 2100

If the Model 2100 appears to be malfunctioning contact A-M Systems Inc or your dealer We will first attempt to solve the problem over the telephone so have an exact description of your problem available when you call You do not need to be within the warranty period to obtain over-the-phone assistance

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 iTetoptxme 80O426-1306 bull 360683-8300 FAX 3606803525 E-mail satesa-msystemsoomAfebsitehttpJwwwaflisystemscom

Theory of Operation

The operation ofthe Model 2100 is summarized in the block diagram (see the figure on Page 11) Not shown are all ofthe interconnections with the microcontroller The internal microcontroler plays an important role in setting the signal path but does not directly contribute to the dynamic characteristics It scans the front panel switches and sets the control values for the logic arrays It programs the internal counters which along with the other hardware achieve the necessary sub-microsecond speeds

Pulse generation starts either from an Input trigger signal (from Trig In) or an internally signal (Free Run mode) A Delay timer counts the 10MHz clock until its count value is exhausted At this point the Burst Period and Duration timers are started If the Burst timer has not expired by the end ofthe Period the Period and Duration timers are restarted If the Biphasic mode has been set the Duration timer is restarted at the end of the initial Duration and the sign ofthe output pulse is reversed doubling the total duration

The system state (pulse on pulse sign baseline sign [+0f-]) is transmitted to the isolated section via optoisolator The baseline and pulse amplitudes are selected by an analog switch The resulting signal is amplified by a variable-power-supply discrete operational amplifier The amplifier connections and gain is modified to provide two voltage and three current ranges

Timing overiap errors are detected by a logical decision computation rather than by testing for counter collisions This provides instant feedback rather than waiting up to an hour for such a collision to occur Output errors are measured by sensing the output amplifiers differential input voltage Under normal conditions this is a negligible voltage If the amplifier fails to deliver the requested signal the window comparator testing this voltage sends this message (via optoisolator) to the logic section turning on a warning LED

fl-N Systems Inc 131BusinessPart(LoopRO Box850CarisboigWa98324 4 n Tel0pri0ne80O426-130636O683^300FAX36O6833525 ^ E-mail salesaflisystBmscom V febsite http7wwwa-msystemsoom

S i

I - - ^^mdasho^M

OUTPUT i l l

TRIG ^ OUT

(burst)

TRIG 3-lt) OUT

(pulse)

til

I laquo

Calibration Procedures

The calibration interval is the lesser of 1000 hours of operation or 6 months Somewhat greater drift can be expected in the first 100 hours of operation as the semiconductors age Adjustments should only be made after the instrument has been fully warmed up for at least 15 minutes

Full instrument calibration requires the following test equipment digital multimeter (plusmn 01) able to measure resistance to at least lOOMO oscilloscope with at least 50MHz bandwidth true-mis voltmeter with 4MHz bandwidth universal counter (plusmn 001 ) able to measure single pulse widths and periods resistors (all plusmn 01) 2kn lOkH 1 watt 20kn 200kn alligator clip lead sets banana plugs and BNC adapters

Adjustment integrated circuit and test point locations are shown in the following figures All adjustments are on the timing board unless othenAise noted

All voltages in the non-isolated section should be measured with respect to ground at TP510 unless othenwise stated Some voltages are measured with respect to an internal isolated ground at TP650 or across the two output temninals Occasionally the voltage at an IC pin must be measured in these cases the reference designator is given with the pin number in parentheses eg U602(16) When it states within this procedure that a voltage is to be minimized this means that the adjustment should be made such that the measured voltage is as close to zero volts as possible Refer to the Specifications Section of this manual for acceptable tolerances

The sequence of this procedure is important If any adjustment is made all adjustments which follow must be made to ensure that the specifications will be met These procedures require that all controls remain as set in previous steps unless othenAise indicated

WARNING

The Model 2100 has dangerous voltages throughout the instrument even with the power is off Servicing the Model 2100 should only be done by qualified service personnel Use caution in handling any wires connectors or electrodes which may be directly or indirectly attached to the instrument Do not touch exposed connections or components Disconnect power by unplugging the power cord from the receptacle

H B ^ ^ S y s t e m s inc^degdegp^deg^^deg-^^^^^^^^B3^^^degdeg^^^lt^^^B^^^^ 131BusinessPartiLoopPO Box850CartsbOigWamp98324 4 9 |Telophone800-42013C6360683-8300F0lt360683-3525 ^ E-mail salesa-msystefnscom website httpwwwaflisystems com

CO

TP501 O lt0

g OTPSOO

U560 S

Trig Gate

0 -TISOS

U570

U500

Timing

p U520

Timing

K U550 Timin

gt U540

U515

o X I Timin

U508 I

J510 Timing nnn

Burst Delay J400

gt U550

R503

D D I D bull U8QQ i Q

n

oo

V P 5 1 0

b U535

^

Clock i _

U555

lt U 5 4 5

o

h d ^ O - - ^ U605

Q D

U620

O fJZ^ R737 bull ^ 1^13015 r j C - C O M P

B B nU770 ^ ^ ^ 5 ^ a

J420

a

o E

bull [ ]U632

riueso

rR742rVhigh R 6 1 9 ^

LJ TP645 O TP650

TPMOQ^QS

Vlow

CD-

CZZl

J440 bull bull tl iUDQ

I t

f i l

Power supply and bias voltages

Power supply

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

POWER ON Observe voltage at P703 power supply wire top of main board

Check for+15 plusmn 050 V

Observe voltage at P701 power supply wire top of main board

Check for-15 plusmn 050 V

Observe voltage at U505(24) Check for +5 plusmn 025 V

Isolated supply voltage Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

RANGE 10 V TRIG open circuit MODE center position

Alternately observe V ^ from R742 to R740 and V ^ from theU605(4)toU605(8)

Adjust R773 so that 110VltV lt 120 V and

nigh

28VltV|^lt34V

Capacitance balance Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

Connect a xlO oscilloscope probe to TP650 and ground the

Adjust R737 for minimum high frequency signal

Inputs

Gate function Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave Verify that the voltage to GATE switches states at the Observe voltage at U510(3) proper input levels with an oscilloscope

Trigger slope Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave Verify that the voltage to TRIG switches states at the Observe voltage at U510( 1) proper input levels with an oscilloscope

TRIG SLOPE Verify voltage is 180deg out of phase

TRIG SLOPE Verify voltage is in phase

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 860 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Jelophone 800-4201306 360683-8300 bull FM 380683-3525 E-mail salesaflTsystBfnscom bull Vtebsite httpVAirwwaflisystems com

14

Trigger and gate f unc t i on

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

DELAY NONE BURS-nMDTH SINGLE DURATION SQUARE PERIOD 100X10-3

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave to TRIG Observe TRIGD and EVENT LEDs

TRIG disconnect all Short the GATE connector to GND Verify LEDs extinguish

MODE press to MANUAL Verify LEDs flash once

Timing

System c lock f requency

Controls Inputs Observations Ad jus t Check

Observe the frequency of the wave Verify 1000 MHz plusmn 001 atU555(17)

Mul t ip l iers (Wheel Swi tches)

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

PULSE SIGN-laquobull MODE FREE RUN TRIG disconnect all TIMING MULTIPUERS all

wheels set to zero except the one being tested

TIMING OVERLAP ignore

Observe the pulse width with the counter at the location specified t)elow

Verify pulse width is correct for each wheel as it is tested independently

For each wheel of each MULTIPLIER test each position to verify that the pulse width is correct Observe the signal at the following locations DELAY U520(2) BURSTWIDTH U530(2) PERIOD U540(2) DURATION U550(2)

Rates (Rotary Swi tches)

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

TIMING MULTIPUERS 001 Observe the pulse width with the TIMING RATES all rotary counter at the location specified

switches set to 10-4 below except the one being tested

Verify pulse width is correct for each rotary switch as it is tested independently

For each ofthe four rotary switches in TIMING test each position to verify that the pulse width is correct Observe the signal at the following locations DELAY U520(2) BURSTWIDTH U530(2) PERIOD U540(2) DURATION U550(2)

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 iTetophone 8004201306 bull 360683-8300 bull FOC 3606803525 E-mail salesa-msystemscom Wbbsite httpJwwwaflTSystemscom

15

Trigger outputs

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

Range 10V Pulse Amplitude 500 Delay 100 xlO^ Burst 100 x 10 ^ Duration 100x10-^ Period 400x10-^ Pulse sign + Trig Mode Free run Trig in open

Trigger the oscilloscope to the Burst Trig Out Observe it the Pulse Trig Out and the isolated output

Verify that the waveform consists of a burst of three 1ms-on3ms-off pulses The burst trigger should be synchronous with the burst the pulse trigger coincident with each pulse

Output Calibration

Isolation Resistance (check)

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode center position Trig In open

Measure the resistance between ground banana jack (front panel) and black banana jack of output with DMM

Resistance read gt 100MQ

Amplitude Switch Offset (R640)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Zero Trig Mode center position Trig In Open

Measure the voltage at TP645 vs TP650 with the DMM

Adjust R640 (AmpI Sw Offset) for minimum voltage

Output Offset (R332 front panel board) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Zero Range 10V Trig Mode center position Trig In Open

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

Adjust R332 (Output offset) for minimum voltage

Positive Baseline Offeet (R607) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Sign + Baseline Amplitude

fully CCW (000) Range 10V Trig In open Trig Mode center position

Measure the voltage across the outputwiththeDMM

Adjust R602 (BSLN + offset) for minimum voltage

fl-N Systems Inc 131 BusBiess Parti Loop P O Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Telophone B00-42O1306 bull 360683-8300 bull FAX 3606803525 E-mail salesaflisystemscom V^tebsite httpy^vwwa-msystems com

16

Negative Baseline Offset (R619)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Sign -Baseline Amplitude

fully CCW (000) Range 10V Trig In open Trig Mode center position

Measure the voltage across the outputwiththeDMM

Adjust R619 (BSLN + offset) for minimum voltage

Pulse Amplitude Adjust (R602)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode Free Mode Pulse Amplitude 1000 Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =1001 Period =00110-4 Pulse Sign -Trig In open Range 10V

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

The Overiap indicator should be on Adjust R602 (Max Level) for -10OOV out

Pulse Sign Gain (check)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode Free Mode Pulse Amplitude 1000 Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =100 1s Period =001 10-4s Trig In open Range 10V

Measure the voltage at the output with the DMM for the Pulse Sign at + and - positions

The absolute values ofthe voltages should differ by less than lOOmV

Baseline Amplitudes (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Range 100mA Trig Mode center position Baseline Amplitude fully CW (1000) Trig In open

Measure the voltage at the output with the DMM with Baseline Sign in + Zero and

- positions

Gain the matching of current levels at = and - positions and offset current in Zero position

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop PO Box 850 Cartsboig Wa 98324 Telophone 800-4201306 360683-8300 FkX 3606803525 E-mail salesa-msystemscom website http^^wwaflisystemsccm

17

Output Range Amplitude and Drive (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Pulse Amplitude 1000 Pulse Sign + Trig Mode Free Run Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =1001 Period =10010-4 Trig In open

Load the output with a 10KV 1W 01 resistor Measure the voltage at the output with DMM

Verify that full scale output is within specification Scale Range 100V 100V 10V 10V 100mA IV 1mA 10V 10mA 100V

Pulse Sign and Short Circuit Protection (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =200 10-4 Period =00110-3 Baseline Zero Pulse Amplitude 25 Range 10V Trig Mode Free Run Trig In open

Measure the voltage at the output with the oscilloscope Check for Pulse Sign set to each of + - biphasic Watch for Error indicator when shorting the output

Verify that pulses of approx 25V amplitude (625V for biphasic mode) of the correct sign are produced every 10ms Short output in biphasic mode Output should return when opened

Output Transient Response (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Pulse Sign + Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =20010-4 Period =00110-3 Pulse Amplitude 250 Baseline Zero Trig Mode Free Mode Trig In open

Connect the oscilloscope to the output with a 310 attenuator probe Test both 10V and 100V ranges

Verify that overshoot and risetime meet specifications

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Telophone 8004201306 bull 3606808300 bull Flaquo( 360laquo83ltJ525 E-mail salesa-msystemsocm V^febsite http^wwwa-msystefnscom

18

Specifications

There are three classes of specifications Class A specifications tested in all units and are guaranteed Class B specifications are inherent in the design they are indirectly tested and are guaranteed Class C specifications are typical operating values which are occasionally tested- these are typical values given for your information but not guarshyanteed The class for each specification is noted in the center column ofthe following sections

Inputs Switching level

Hysteresis

Input equivalent circuit

Minimum duration (1 IL-level signal)

A

C

C

C

16 V(plusmn 02 V)

approx 50 mV

lOOKH to+5 in parallel with no more than 35pF

gt 50 ns

Open circuit condition B defaults to highon level

Timing and rate accuracy Rate selector steps

Timing multiplier steps

B

B

lOOpsto 100s in 7 steps

1 of rate selector step size Maximum value is 999 X the rate selector step size

Resolution B approx 01 ofthe maximum value

Timing error (second and later pulses after resetting controls)

B lt 002 of rate selector value + 015 ps

Timing error (first pulse after readjusting timing controls)

an additional 025 ps error may occur

Timing repeatability lt 001 setting + 20 ns (monophasic)

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Ram Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Vfa 98324 pTelophone 8004201306 bull 360683-8300 bull FAX 360683-3525

E-mail salesraquoflisystems com Wabsite httpJAnww afl isystems com

19

TRIG IN to OUTPUT delay (DELAY set to 0) output set to 2V

Timing jitter from TRIG IN to OUTPUT (for TTL trigger input with risetime lt10 ns)

Timing jitter from TRIG OUT (either BURST or PULSE) and OUTPUT

Trigger output to pulse output delay

Output characteristics Pulse level error (voltage mode open circuit current mode short circuit

Biphasic level difference IV + - V-1 2

Baseline level error (voltage mode open circuit current mode short circuit)

Risetime (25 V out)

Risetime (25 V out)

Transient response

A

A

A

Output impedance (voltage mode) C

Output impedance (current mode) C

Isolation resistance A

Isolation capacitance C

approx 05 ps for a load of no more than 10 KH in parallel with 50 pF

lt 125 ns (all rates except 100s) lt 125 ps (100s rate)

Less than 20 ns (all rates)

approx 350 ns

lt 03 of setting + 05 of r range (plus an additional 05 pA in 100 pA range)

lt 03 of range (voltage modes into open circuit current modes into short circuit)

lt 03 of setting of setting + 01 of range (plus an additional 05 pA in lOOpA range)

= 200 ns into less than 30 pF

= 15 ps into less than 30 pF

lt 8 overshoot into less than 30 pF for pulse voltages different than baseline voltage by at least 10 of range

= 50 ohms

raquo 1 0 GH (typically 200 GO)

raquo 1 0 0 M n

= 60 pF at 100 Hz

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Peril Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg V6 98324 |TelCf)hone 800-4201306 3606808300 bull FAX 360683-3525 E-mal salesaflisystefnsoom Website hnpyMVfWafllsystemsoom

20

Noise (differential mode)

Noise (common mode earth to isolated ground) with no signal output

Overload error indicator (low frequency short circuited voltage mode)

Overload error indicator low frequency open circuited current mode)

Overioad error response time

Miscellaneous

= 1 mV rms (10 V scale 10 Hz-4 MHz)

= 8 mV rms (10 Hz-4 MHz) == 100mVp-p (200 Hz -10 MHz) measured withalOMH 15pF oscilloscope probe

Turns on for set amplitude at or greater than approx plusmn1 V (10 V range) or plusmn2 V (100 V range)

Turns on for set amplitude at or above approx 2 of range

Flat to approx 30 ps duration Decreasing sensitivity for shorter pulses

Power

Fuse

Operating temperature range

Storage temperature range

Operating humidity

Dimensions

approx 11 watts

1 amp 3AG

10-30degC

0 - 50deg C

5 - 80 RH

17x475x1125 (inches) 432x121x286 cm

Weight 20 lbs (9 kg)

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Wb 98324 |Tetcphone 8004201306 3606808300 bull FOt 360683-3525 E-mail satesamsystems comV^febsite httpywwwaflisystemscom

21

Warranty and Service

What does this warranty cover A-M Systems Inc warrants to the Purchaser that the Instrument excluding cables Headstage Probes and any other accessories shipped with the Instrument (hereafter the hardware) is free from defects in workmanship or material under normal use and service for the period of one (1) year This warranty commences on the date of delivery ofthe hardware to the Purchaser

What are the obligations of A-M Systems Inc under this warranty During the warranty period A-M Systems Inc agrees to repair or replace at its sole option without charge to the Purchaser any defective component part of the hardware To obtain warranty service the Purchaser must return the hardware to A-M Systems Inc or an authorized A-M Systems Inc distributor in an adequate shipping container Any postage shipping and insurance charges incurred in shipping the hardware to A-M Systems Inc must be prepaid by the Purchaser and all risk for the hardware shall remain with purchaser until such time as A-M Systems Inc takes receipt of the hardware Upon receipt A-M Systems Inc will promptly repair or replace the defective unit and then return the hardware to the Purchaser postage shipping and insurance prepaid A-M Systems Inc may use reconditioned or like new parts or units at its sole option when repairing any hardware Repaired products shall carry the same amount of outstanding warranty as from original purchase or ninety (90) days which ever is greater Any claim under the warranty must include a dated proof of purchase ofthe hardware covered by this warranty In any event A-M Systems Inc liability for defective hardware is limited to repairing or replacing the hardware

What is not covered by this warranty This warranty is contingent upon proper use and maintenance ofthe hardware by the Purchaser and does not cover batteries Neglect misuse whether intentional or othenwise tampering with or altering the hardware damage caused by accident damage caused by unusual physical electrical chemical or electromechanical stress damage caused by failure of electrical power or damage caused during transportation are not covered by this wan-anty Products may not be returned to A-M Systems Inc for service whether under warranty or otherwise which are contaminated by infectious agents radioactive compounds or other materials constituting a health hazard to employees of A-M Systems Inc

What are the limits of liability for A-M Systems Inc under this warranty A-M Systems Inc shall not be liable for loss of data profits or savings or any special incidental consequential indirect or other similar damages arising from breach of contract negligence or other legal action even if the company or its agent has been advised of the possibility of such damages or for any claim brought against you by another party THIS EQUIPMENT IS NOT INTENDED FOR CLINICAL MEASUREMENTS USING HUMAN SUBJECTS A-M SYSTEMS INC DOES NOT ASSUME RESPONSIBILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE DUE TO MISUSE OF THIS EQUIPMENT Jurisdictions vary with regard to the enforceability of provisions excluding or limiting liability for incidental or consequential damages Check the provision of your local jurisdiction to find out whether the above exclusion applies to you

This warranty allocates risks of product failure between the Purchaser and A-M Systems Inc A-M Systems Inc hardware pricing reflects this allocation of risk and the limitations of liability contained in this warranty The warranty set forth above is in lieu of all other express warranties whether oral or written The agents employees distributors and dealers of A-M Systems Inc are not authorized to make modifications to this warranty or additional wan-anties binding on the company Accordingly additional statements such as dealer advertising or presentations whether oral or written do not constitute warranties by A-M Systems Inc and should not be relied upon This warranty gives you specific legal rights You may also have other rights which vary from one jurisdiction to another

fl-N Systems Inc 131BusinessPartiLoop RO Box850CartsbOfgWa98324 p O |Telophone 8004201306 bull 360683-8300FOC 3606830525 ^ ^ E-mail saiesaflisystefTiscom Wbbsite httpVwwwa-msystemscom

Noise (differential mode)

Noise (common mode earth to isolated ground) with no signal output

Overioad error indicator (low frequency short circuited voltage mode)

Overioad error indicator low frequency open circuited current mode)

Overioad enor response time

Miscellaneous

Power

Fuse

Operating temperature range

Storage temperature range

Operating humidity

Dimensions

Weight

laquo1 mV rms (10 V scale 10Hz-4MHz)

laquo 8 mV rms (10 Hz-4 MHz) laquo100mVp-p (200 Hz -10 MHz) measured withalOMft 15pF oscilloscope probe

Turns on for set amplitude at or greater than approx plusmn1V (10 V range) or plusmn2 V (100 V range)

Turns on for set amplitude at or above approx 2 of range

Flat to approx 30 ps duration Decreasing sensitivity for shorter pulses

approx 11 watts

1 amp 3 AG

10-30C

0 - 50deg C

5-80RH

17x475x1125 (Inches) 432x121x286 cm

20 lbs (9 kg)

fl mm bull gt _ _ _ A ^ ^ _ _ L ^ 131BusinesraquoPariltLocpPOBox850C8rtsborgWS9e324

bull p i ^ y s v e m s IIIC^^deg(^deg^Bdegltgt^^^3degdeg^deg^^deg^^^degdeg^^I^deg^deg^^^^^

21 E-mei flre^nQo 4n8yo(amscam Wsbsfle hHpAwwwe-msy8Jems-Oom

Warranty and Service

What does this warranty cover A-M Systems Inc warrants to the Purchaser that the Instrument excluding cables Headstage Probes and any other accessories shipped with the Instrument (hereafter the hardware) is free from defects in workmanship or material under normal use and service for the period of one (1) year This warranty commences on the date of delivery of the hardware to the Purchaser

What are the obligations of A-M Systems Inc under this warranty During the warranty period A-M Systems Inc agrees to repair or replace at its sole option without charge to the Purchaser any defective component part of the hardware To obtain warranty service the Purchaser must return the hardware to A-M Systems Inc or an authorized A-M Systems Inc distributor in an adequate shipping container Any postage shipping and insurance charges incurred in shipping the hardware to A-M Systems Inc must be prepaid by the Purchaser and all risk for the hardware shall remain with purchaser until such time as A-M Systems Inc takes receipt of the hardware Upon receipt A-M Systems Inc will promptly repair or replace the defective unit and then return the hardware to the Purchaser postage shipping and insurance prepaid A-M Systems Inc may use reconditioned or like new parts or units at its sole option when repairing any hardware Repaired products shall carry the same amount of outstanding wan^nty as from original purchase or ninety (90) days which ever is greater Any claim under the warranty must include a dated proof of purchase of the hardware covered by this wan-anty In any event A-M Systems Inc liability for defective hardware is limited to repairing or replacing the hardware

What is not covered by this warranty This warranty is contingent upon proper use and maintenance of the hardware by the Purchaser and does not cover batteries Neglect misuse whether intentional or otherwise tampering with or altering the hardware damage caused by accident damage caused by unusual physical electrical chemical or electromechanical stress damage caused by failure of electrical power or damage caused during transportation are not covered by this warranty Products may not be returned to A-M Systems Inc for service whether under warranty or otherwise which are contaminated by infectious agents radioactive compounds or other materials constituting a health hazard to employees of A-M Systems Inc

What are the limits of llabiiity for A-M Systems inc under this warranty A-M Systems Inc shall not be liable for loss of data profits or savings or any special incidental consequential indirect or other similar damages arising from breach of contract negligence or other legal action even if the company or its agent has been advised of the possibility of such damages or for any claim brought against you by another party THIS EQUIPMENT IS NOT INTENDED FOR CLINICAL MEASUREMENTS USING HUMAN SUBJECTS A-M SYSTEMS INC DOES NOT ASSUME RESPONSIBILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE DUE TO MISUSE OF THIS EQUIPMENT Jurisdictions vary with regard to the enforceability of provisions excluding or limiting liability for incidental or consequential damages Check the provision of your local jurisdiction to find out whether the above exclusion applies to you This warranty allocates risks of product failure between the Purchaser and A-M Systems Inc A-M Systems Inc hardware pricing reflects this allocation of risk and the limitations of liability contained in this wanranty The warranty set forth above is in lieu of all other express wan^anties whether oral or written The agents employees distributors and dealers of A-M Systems Inc are not authorized to make modifications to this wan-anty or additional wan-anties binding on the company Accordingly additional statements such as dealer advertising or presentations whether oral or written do not constitute wananties by A-M Systems Inc and should not be relied upon This warranty gives you specific legal rights You may also have other rights whrch vary from one jurisdiction to another

6 mm ^ laquo _ _ A a B ^ _ 1 ^ ^ 131 Business Parti Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg W B 98324 O O

bull P l A y S V e m S l n C T^M 8OO42OI3O6 380683-8300FAX 360 803525 ^ ^ E-msl iiiisy80iHTBy8tenisoom Wsbsito hnphwwfrimysleiiisoom

A

V ISO

INSTRUCTION MANUAL

FOR

ISOLATED PULSE STIMULATOR

MODEL 2100

Serial

Date

A-M Systems Inc

PO Box 850

Carlsborg WA 98324

USA

360-683-8300 bull 800-426-1306 FAX 360-683-3525

httpwwwa-msystemscom

Version 70 February 2002

Contents General Description 1

Instrument Features 1 Controls and Connectors 2

Operating Instructions 6 Theory of Operation 10 Calibration Procedures 12

Inputs 14 Output Calibration 16

Specifications 19 Warranty and Service 22

Each Isolated Pulse Stimulator is delivered complete with

Rack Mount Hardware Instructions amp Maintenance Manual

NOTE

This instrument is not intended for clinical measurements using human subjects A-M Systems Inc does not assume responsibility for Injury or damage due to the misuse of this instrument

General Description

Instrument Features The Isolated Pulse Stimulator Model 2100 is designed for a wide variety of applications It is highly flexible being capable of delivering single pulses biphasic pairs or bursts of pulses Pulses may be started manually or upon receiving a trigger signal from another Instrument or computer Two non-isolated trigger outputs are available for triggering other instruments

Four sets of timing controls provide comprehensive control overall aspects of pulse generation Three digit accuracy is available over a 7 decade range for each timing function using lever wheel switches Pulse widths can be set over more than a 9 decade range from 05 ps to 999 seconds Timing accuracy is assured through the use of a 10 MHz base rate crystal-controlled clock digitally divided to provide accurate timing over the entire range Atiming overiap indicator will light If the timing controls are set inconsistently

The output may be conveniently switched between current and voltage modes Pulse and baseline amplitudes are Independently presettable with lockable dials An error Indicator will light if the Mode2700 cannot deliver the desired signal

r WARNING

The Model 2100 can produce potentially dangerous voltages up to 100 V at the output connectors The isolated output is not connected internally to safety (earth) ground in any way Some part of the extemal circuit should be connected to safety ground Use caution in handling any wires connectors or electrodes which may be directly or indirectly attached to the Model 2100 output Some kinds of connectors such as BNC connectors have exposed metal parts which may float at dangerous potentials unless extemally connected to safety ground For greatest safety tum the Model 2100 off before making any connections to

the instrument

131 Business Parii Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Telophone 800-426-1306 bull 360-68raquolaquo300 bull FAX 360683-3525 E-mal satesa-msystemsoom VVfebsite httpywwwa^nsystemscom fl-N Systems Inc 1

Controls and Connectors The controls for the Model 2100 are grouped in three sections START which controls when a pulse or burst of pulses begins TIMING which controls the onoff timing of one or more pulses and OUTPUT which controls the amplitude of the output signal

Start TRIG SLOPE Determines the polarity of valid trigger pulses (positive or negative edges in the trigger signal)

MODE Controls waveform initiation When set to FREE RUN one timing cycle immediately follows the last When momentarily placed In the MANUAL position a timing cycle starts Immediately When the switch Is In the center position timing cycles start when valid triggering events occur

TRIGD This LED lights up when a timing cycle Is in process and continues until the burst is completed

TRIG This BNC connector allows a signal from an external source to Initiate timing cycles It is set for standard TTL levels

GATE This BNC connector allows a signal from an external source to restrict the final output signal This input must be at a logical high (or open-circuited) in order for the Model 2100 to recognize either manual or automatic trigger events

Gate 1_ Trigger |~~^ i I Valid triggers (represented by the arrows in the figure) can occur only when the gate Is at logical high Note that the up arrow would apply only If TRIG SLOPE is set to + the down an-ows would apply only if TRIG SLOPE Is set to -

NOTE Triggers have no effect if the system has not completed its response to a previous trigger

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Park Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Vb 98324 TelQphQne 80O426-1306 360683-8300 FAX 360683-3525 E-mail sales^a-msystemscom Wsbsite httpywwwa-msystemscom

Timing Four sets of controls govern the timing of pulse generation Each set contains two values which are multiplied together to detemnine the actual timing value The rotary knob (rate selector) provides the approximate timing value and the lever wheel switch bank (MULTIPLIER)

provides a time resolution of three decimal digits The following diagram shows most of the Important relationships

Output r Delay Duration

|ltPeriodgtj

t Burst width

Trigger event

DELAY These controls determine the time duration between the initiating trigger event and the beginning of the pulse burst If this rate selector is set to NONE or the multiplier is set to 000 there Is no delay

BURST WIDTH These controls determine the time period in which one or more pulses may be delivered Once started a pulse may outlast the burst width If this rate selector is set to SINGLE or to any time shorter than the pulse duration only a single pulse will occur If the BURST WIDTH Is longer than the period pulses will be emitted at the PERIOD rate until the burst time ends Pulses are never truncated by a short BURSTWIDTH

inds)-PULSE

D U R A T I O N 1 0 1 0

10

INTEB-PULSE PERIOD

1 1 10

DURATION These controls determine the length of each pulse Ifthis rate selector Is set to SQUARE the duration is set to half of the period regardless of the MULTIPLIER setting

PERIOD These controls set the period of time between adjacent pulse events within the burst It also forces a minimum dead time between recognized input triggers following a burst of one or more pulses This can be used to prevent over stimulation of a tissue without requiring excessive delay between the triggering event and the stimulating pulse

TIMING OVERLAP

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 860 Carisborg Vamp 98324 |Telophone 800-426-1306 360683-8300 bull FAX 3606aW525 E-mail salearega^nsystemsoom Vfeb5ite httpAwwwa^nsyslemscam

NOTE If any of these timing controls are changed while a timing cycle is in operation the results are undefined until the current cycle finishes

TIMING OVERLAP This LED will light to Indicate an inconsistency in the timing cycle settings There are several ways to introduce such errors The most common way is to set the Inter-pulse PERIOD to be less than the pulse DURATION

T I M I N G (seconds)^

TRIG OUT (UPPER) This BNC connector provides a signal which is coincident with the Internal Burst timing signal (default) This means the signal starts at the end of the Delay time and persists until the Burst time expires This output may also be set to represent the delay time-out by setting the internal jumper J510 to the right two pins instead of the left two pins (Please see the Calibration section in this manual for jumper location Directions are given as viewed from the front of the Instrument)

TRIG OUT (LOWER) This BNC connector provides a signal which Is coincident with the Duration timing signal which controls pulse output

NOTE Both trigger output signals slightly lead the isolated output signal

Output

PULSE SIGN This switch determines the polarity of the pulses to be generated It also allows generation of biphasic pulses thereby doubling the effective total period Warning the first pulse generated after changing the PULSE

SIGN switch may have the wrong polarity

BASELINE This Switch determines the polarity ofthe baseline signal

RANGE This rotary switch determines if the output pulses will be constant current (3 ranges) or constant voltage (2 ranges)

BASELINE AMPLITUDE This value is independently set using a ten-turn counting dial The maximum baseline amplitude is one tenth the value shown on the range amplitude switch

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 8S0 Cartsborg Vfa 98324 |Tetaphone 80O426-1306 bull 360683-8300 bull FAX 3606803525 E-mail salesa-msystemscom Wbbsite http7Awwwaflnsystemscom

PULSE AMPLITUDE This value is independently set using a ten-turn counting dial The maximum pulse amplitude is the value shown on the range amplitude switch

EVENT This LED indicates when a pulse is ongoing

ERROR This LED indicates when the internal output amplifier cannot output the pulse as desired This is usually due to a short circuit while trying to output a voltage or an open circuit while trying to output a current

VOTEThe Pulse Sign control in the Oupuf section directly affects waveform timing When set to the Biphasic mode a positive-going pulse is immediately followed by a negative-going pulse This effectively doubles the pulse duration If a burst of biphasic pulses is being produced the period must be at least twice the single pulse duration In the Square wave mode the baseline disappears as long as the burst persists

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsboig Vte 98324 |Telophone 800426-1306 360683-8300 bull FAX 3606833525 E-mail salesa-m5ystem5 com Website httpwwwa-msystemscom

Operating Instructions

Examples Simple setup (and minimal instrument test)

Connect the output ofthe Model 2100 to an oscilloscope Before connecting the Model 2100 to any other instrument or the experimental preparation It is safest to turn Its power off

Set the Oufpuf controls

Range 10V Pulse Sign +

Baseline Zero Pulse Amplitude 200

Setting The Timing Controls

Delay Burst Width

Duration Period

none single

15010-2 50010-2

Setting The Start Controls

Mode Free Run

Disconnect any cables to the TRIG or GATE inputs

Note that the green Trig and Event Indicators turn on as Free Run is turned on (and turn off otherwise) You should observe a 15ms duration 20Hz rate pulse of 200V above a OV baseline on the oscilloscope

fl-N Systems Inc 131 BusinessPartiLoop RO Box850CarisbcxgWa98324 |Telophone 800426-1306 bull 360-683-8300 bull FW 360683-3525 E-mail salesa-msystems com VVbbsite httpywwwa-msystems com

Demonstration of Burst Mode Connect the output ofthe Model 2100 to an oscilloscope Before connecting the Model 2100 to any other instrument or the experimental preparation It Is safest to turn its power off

Set the Outpuf controls

Range 10V Pulse Sign +

Baseline Pulse Amplitude 200

Baseline Amplitude 100

Setting The Timing Controls

Delay 88010-2 Burst Width 12010-^

Duration 15010-2 Period 50010-2

Set the START controls as follows

Mode Free Run

Disconnect any cables to the TRIG or GATE inputs

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Telophooe 8004201306 360683-8300 bull FAX 360683-3525 E^naii salesa-msystems com Watjsite http7wwwa-msystemscom

Trigger the oscilloscope from the Bursf trigger out (upper Trig Out connector) for a stable display In each burst (occurring every lOOms) you should observe a trio of 15ms duration starting 50ms apart Try switching the StartMode from Free Run to the center (nonnal) position The pulses will no longer be produced and the Trig and Event Indicators will tum off Pressing this switch once (to Manual) will cause a single burst to occur

Problem Solving If the instrument appears to be not working properiy check all ofthe control settings and connections Be sure to wait at least 5-10 seconds after turning the instrument off before turning it on again The following summary of typical problems for the user (along with the most common solutions) may help

Problem CauseSolution

EVENT Indicator never lights even in FREE RUN mode

bull Replace fuse check power connection bullSet DELAY or PERIOD to a shorter interval

bull Power-on too soon after power-off

OVERLAP Indicator is on

ERROR indicator is on

bull Set DURATION gt000 bull DURATION Is set to SQUARE but

PERIOD is 000 Increase PERIOD or set DURATION independantly

bull BURST and WIDTH are gt DURATION increase PERIOD or decrease DURATION

bull BIPHASIC pulse output Is on and PERIOD is not longer than twice the DURATION Increase PERIOD or decrease DURATION

bull Free-run Is on and BURST is lt PERIOD (BURST off) DELAY is 0 and PERIOD Is lt DURATION Add delay or modify PERIOD

bull Free-run is on and BURST is gt DURATION (BURST ON) and PERIOD is lt DURATION Increase PERIOD

bull For VOLTAGE outputs the output is trying to drive too low a resistance or capacitance (eg a short circuit) Check by disconnecting the output ft is possible (and normal) that for the fastest cycles and largest amplitudes (close to 100 V

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business PartiLoop PO Box 850 CartsborgWa 98324 iTelophone 800-42O130636O6e3-8300FAX 3606B3-3525 E-mail satesaflisyslefmcom Vfebslte http7wwwa-msyslemscom

and 1 ps) that the ERROR indicator might always come on during repetitive pulses Fix output load or decrease amplitude as required

Time appears to be excessive Changed control in mid-cycle (resets current status)

Cant seem to get a full signal out Load Is not properiy connected repair wiring Too low a load impedance (VOLTAGE modes) or too high a load impedance (CURRENT mode)

Incoming triggers not accepted frequently enough

PERIOD is set too long (enforces dead time) followd by BURST set to SIGNAL Reduce PERIOD time

Table 10 Problem Solving

If you suspect that the Model 2100 may have completely failed we recommend checking the basic level of functionality Ifthis fails your instrument Is defective and must be repaired Ifthis passes either your experimental setup is incompatible or inconsistent or there is a more subtle flaw in your Model 2100

If the Model 2100 appears to be malfunctioning contact A-M Systems Inc or your dealer We will first attempt to solve the problem over the telephone so have an exact description of your problem available when you call You do not need to be within the warranty period to obtain over-the-phone assistance

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 iTetoptxme 80O426-1306 bull 360683-8300 FAX 3606803525 E-mail satesa-msystemsoomAfebsitehttpJwwwaflisystemscom

Theory of Operation

The operation ofthe Model 2100 is summarized in the block diagram (see the figure on Page 11) Not shown are all ofthe interconnections with the microcontroller The internal microcontroler plays an important role in setting the signal path but does not directly contribute to the dynamic characteristics It scans the front panel switches and sets the control values for the logic arrays It programs the internal counters which along with the other hardware achieve the necessary sub-microsecond speeds

Pulse generation starts either from an Input trigger signal (from Trig In) or an internally signal (Free Run mode) A Delay timer counts the 10MHz clock until its count value is exhausted At this point the Burst Period and Duration timers are started If the Burst timer has not expired by the end ofthe Period the Period and Duration timers are restarted If the Biphasic mode has been set the Duration timer is restarted at the end of the initial Duration and the sign ofthe output pulse is reversed doubling the total duration

The system state (pulse on pulse sign baseline sign [+0f-]) is transmitted to the isolated section via optoisolator The baseline and pulse amplitudes are selected by an analog switch The resulting signal is amplified by a variable-power-supply discrete operational amplifier The amplifier connections and gain is modified to provide two voltage and three current ranges

Timing overiap errors are detected by a logical decision computation rather than by testing for counter collisions This provides instant feedback rather than waiting up to an hour for such a collision to occur Output errors are measured by sensing the output amplifiers differential input voltage Under normal conditions this is a negligible voltage If the amplifier fails to deliver the requested signal the window comparator testing this voltage sends this message (via optoisolator) to the logic section turning on a warning LED

fl-N Systems Inc 131BusinessPart(LoopRO Box850CarisboigWa98324 4 n Tel0pri0ne80O426-130636O683^300FAX36O6833525 ^ E-mail salesaflisystBmscom V febsite http7wwwa-msystemsoom

S i

I - - ^^mdasho^M

OUTPUT i l l

TRIG ^ OUT

(burst)

TRIG 3-lt) OUT

(pulse)

til

I laquo

Calibration Procedures

The calibration interval is the lesser of 1000 hours of operation or 6 months Somewhat greater drift can be expected in the first 100 hours of operation as the semiconductors age Adjustments should only be made after the instrument has been fully warmed up for at least 15 minutes

Full instrument calibration requires the following test equipment digital multimeter (plusmn 01) able to measure resistance to at least lOOMO oscilloscope with at least 50MHz bandwidth true-mis voltmeter with 4MHz bandwidth universal counter (plusmn 001 ) able to measure single pulse widths and periods resistors (all plusmn 01) 2kn lOkH 1 watt 20kn 200kn alligator clip lead sets banana plugs and BNC adapters

Adjustment integrated circuit and test point locations are shown in the following figures All adjustments are on the timing board unless othenAise noted

All voltages in the non-isolated section should be measured with respect to ground at TP510 unless othenwise stated Some voltages are measured with respect to an internal isolated ground at TP650 or across the two output temninals Occasionally the voltage at an IC pin must be measured in these cases the reference designator is given with the pin number in parentheses eg U602(16) When it states within this procedure that a voltage is to be minimized this means that the adjustment should be made such that the measured voltage is as close to zero volts as possible Refer to the Specifications Section of this manual for acceptable tolerances

The sequence of this procedure is important If any adjustment is made all adjustments which follow must be made to ensure that the specifications will be met These procedures require that all controls remain as set in previous steps unless othenAise indicated

WARNING

The Model 2100 has dangerous voltages throughout the instrument even with the power is off Servicing the Model 2100 should only be done by qualified service personnel Use caution in handling any wires connectors or electrodes which may be directly or indirectly attached to the instrument Do not touch exposed connections or components Disconnect power by unplugging the power cord from the receptacle

H B ^ ^ S y s t e m s inc^degdegp^deg^^deg-^^^^^^^^B3^^^degdeg^^^lt^^^B^^^^ 131BusinessPartiLoopPO Box850CartsbOigWamp98324 4 9 |Telophone800-42013C6360683-8300F0lt360683-3525 ^ E-mail salesa-msystefnscom website httpwwwaflisystems com

CO

TP501 O lt0

g OTPSOO

U560 S

Trig Gate

0 -TISOS

U570

U500

Timing

p U520

Timing

K U550 Timin

gt U540

U515

o X I Timin

U508 I

J510 Timing nnn

Burst Delay J400

gt U550

R503

D D I D bull U8QQ i Q

n

oo

V P 5 1 0

b U535

^

Clock i _

U555

lt U 5 4 5

o

h d ^ O - - ^ U605

Q D

U620

O fJZ^ R737 bull ^ 1^13015 r j C - C O M P

B B nU770 ^ ^ ^ 5 ^ a

J420

a

o E

bull [ ]U632

riueso

rR742rVhigh R 6 1 9 ^

LJ TP645 O TP650

TPMOQ^QS

Vlow

CD-

CZZl

J440 bull bull tl iUDQ

I t

f i l

Power supply and bias voltages

Power supply

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

POWER ON Observe voltage at P703 power supply wire top of main board

Check for+15 plusmn 050 V

Observe voltage at P701 power supply wire top of main board

Check for-15 plusmn 050 V

Observe voltage at U505(24) Check for +5 plusmn 025 V

Isolated supply voltage Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

RANGE 10 V TRIG open circuit MODE center position

Alternately observe V ^ from R742 to R740 and V ^ from theU605(4)toU605(8)

Adjust R773 so that 110VltV lt 120 V and

nigh

28VltV|^lt34V

Capacitance balance Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

Connect a xlO oscilloscope probe to TP650 and ground the

Adjust R737 for minimum high frequency signal

Inputs

Gate function Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave Verify that the voltage to GATE switches states at the Observe voltage at U510(3) proper input levels with an oscilloscope

Trigger slope Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave Verify that the voltage to TRIG switches states at the Observe voltage at U510( 1) proper input levels with an oscilloscope

TRIG SLOPE Verify voltage is 180deg out of phase

TRIG SLOPE Verify voltage is in phase

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 860 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Jelophone 800-4201306 360683-8300 bull FM 380683-3525 E-mail salesaflTsystBfnscom bull Vtebsite httpVAirwwaflisystems com

14

Trigger and gate f unc t i on

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

DELAY NONE BURS-nMDTH SINGLE DURATION SQUARE PERIOD 100X10-3

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave to TRIG Observe TRIGD and EVENT LEDs

TRIG disconnect all Short the GATE connector to GND Verify LEDs extinguish

MODE press to MANUAL Verify LEDs flash once

Timing

System c lock f requency

Controls Inputs Observations Ad jus t Check

Observe the frequency of the wave Verify 1000 MHz plusmn 001 atU555(17)

Mul t ip l iers (Wheel Swi tches)

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

PULSE SIGN-laquobull MODE FREE RUN TRIG disconnect all TIMING MULTIPUERS all

wheels set to zero except the one being tested

TIMING OVERLAP ignore

Observe the pulse width with the counter at the location specified t)elow

Verify pulse width is correct for each wheel as it is tested independently

For each wheel of each MULTIPLIER test each position to verify that the pulse width is correct Observe the signal at the following locations DELAY U520(2) BURSTWIDTH U530(2) PERIOD U540(2) DURATION U550(2)

Rates (Rotary Swi tches)

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

TIMING MULTIPUERS 001 Observe the pulse width with the TIMING RATES all rotary counter at the location specified

switches set to 10-4 below except the one being tested

Verify pulse width is correct for each rotary switch as it is tested independently

For each ofthe four rotary switches in TIMING test each position to verify that the pulse width is correct Observe the signal at the following locations DELAY U520(2) BURSTWIDTH U530(2) PERIOD U540(2) DURATION U550(2)

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 iTetophone 8004201306 bull 360683-8300 bull FOC 3606803525 E-mail salesa-msystemscom Wbbsite httpJwwwaflTSystemscom

15

Trigger outputs

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

Range 10V Pulse Amplitude 500 Delay 100 xlO^ Burst 100 x 10 ^ Duration 100x10-^ Period 400x10-^ Pulse sign + Trig Mode Free run Trig in open

Trigger the oscilloscope to the Burst Trig Out Observe it the Pulse Trig Out and the isolated output

Verify that the waveform consists of a burst of three 1ms-on3ms-off pulses The burst trigger should be synchronous with the burst the pulse trigger coincident with each pulse

Output Calibration

Isolation Resistance (check)

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode center position Trig In open

Measure the resistance between ground banana jack (front panel) and black banana jack of output with DMM

Resistance read gt 100MQ

Amplitude Switch Offset (R640)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Zero Trig Mode center position Trig In Open

Measure the voltage at TP645 vs TP650 with the DMM

Adjust R640 (AmpI Sw Offset) for minimum voltage

Output Offset (R332 front panel board) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Zero Range 10V Trig Mode center position Trig In Open

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

Adjust R332 (Output offset) for minimum voltage

Positive Baseline Offeet (R607) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Sign + Baseline Amplitude

fully CCW (000) Range 10V Trig In open Trig Mode center position

Measure the voltage across the outputwiththeDMM

Adjust R602 (BSLN + offset) for minimum voltage

fl-N Systems Inc 131 BusBiess Parti Loop P O Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Telophone B00-42O1306 bull 360683-8300 bull FAX 3606803525 E-mail salesaflisystemscom V^tebsite httpy^vwwa-msystems com

16

Negative Baseline Offset (R619)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Sign -Baseline Amplitude

fully CCW (000) Range 10V Trig In open Trig Mode center position

Measure the voltage across the outputwiththeDMM

Adjust R619 (BSLN + offset) for minimum voltage

Pulse Amplitude Adjust (R602)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode Free Mode Pulse Amplitude 1000 Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =1001 Period =00110-4 Pulse Sign -Trig In open Range 10V

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

The Overiap indicator should be on Adjust R602 (Max Level) for -10OOV out

Pulse Sign Gain (check)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode Free Mode Pulse Amplitude 1000 Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =100 1s Period =001 10-4s Trig In open Range 10V

Measure the voltage at the output with the DMM for the Pulse Sign at + and - positions

The absolute values ofthe voltages should differ by less than lOOmV

Baseline Amplitudes (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Range 100mA Trig Mode center position Baseline Amplitude fully CW (1000) Trig In open

Measure the voltage at the output with the DMM with Baseline Sign in + Zero and

- positions

Gain the matching of current levels at = and - positions and offset current in Zero position

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop PO Box 850 Cartsboig Wa 98324 Telophone 800-4201306 360683-8300 FkX 3606803525 E-mail salesa-msystemscom website http^^wwaflisystemsccm

17

Output Range Amplitude and Drive (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Pulse Amplitude 1000 Pulse Sign + Trig Mode Free Run Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =1001 Period =10010-4 Trig In open

Load the output with a 10KV 1W 01 resistor Measure the voltage at the output with DMM

Verify that full scale output is within specification Scale Range 100V 100V 10V 10V 100mA IV 1mA 10V 10mA 100V

Pulse Sign and Short Circuit Protection (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =200 10-4 Period =00110-3 Baseline Zero Pulse Amplitude 25 Range 10V Trig Mode Free Run Trig In open

Measure the voltage at the output with the oscilloscope Check for Pulse Sign set to each of + - biphasic Watch for Error indicator when shorting the output

Verify that pulses of approx 25V amplitude (625V for biphasic mode) of the correct sign are produced every 10ms Short output in biphasic mode Output should return when opened

Output Transient Response (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Pulse Sign + Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =20010-4 Period =00110-3 Pulse Amplitude 250 Baseline Zero Trig Mode Free Mode Trig In open

Connect the oscilloscope to the output with a 310 attenuator probe Test both 10V and 100V ranges

Verify that overshoot and risetime meet specifications

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Telophone 8004201306 bull 3606808300 bull Flaquo( 360laquo83ltJ525 E-mail salesa-msystemsocm V^febsite http^wwwa-msystefnscom

18

Specifications

There are three classes of specifications Class A specifications tested in all units and are guaranteed Class B specifications are inherent in the design they are indirectly tested and are guaranteed Class C specifications are typical operating values which are occasionally tested- these are typical values given for your information but not guarshyanteed The class for each specification is noted in the center column ofthe following sections

Inputs Switching level

Hysteresis

Input equivalent circuit

Minimum duration (1 IL-level signal)

A

C

C

C

16 V(plusmn 02 V)

approx 50 mV

lOOKH to+5 in parallel with no more than 35pF

gt 50 ns

Open circuit condition B defaults to highon level

Timing and rate accuracy Rate selector steps

Timing multiplier steps

B

B

lOOpsto 100s in 7 steps

1 of rate selector step size Maximum value is 999 X the rate selector step size

Resolution B approx 01 ofthe maximum value

Timing error (second and later pulses after resetting controls)

B lt 002 of rate selector value + 015 ps

Timing error (first pulse after readjusting timing controls)

an additional 025 ps error may occur

Timing repeatability lt 001 setting + 20 ns (monophasic)

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Ram Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Vfa 98324 pTelophone 8004201306 bull 360683-8300 bull FAX 360683-3525

E-mail salesraquoflisystems com Wabsite httpJAnww afl isystems com

19

TRIG IN to OUTPUT delay (DELAY set to 0) output set to 2V

Timing jitter from TRIG IN to OUTPUT (for TTL trigger input with risetime lt10 ns)

Timing jitter from TRIG OUT (either BURST or PULSE) and OUTPUT

Trigger output to pulse output delay

Output characteristics Pulse level error (voltage mode open circuit current mode short circuit

Biphasic level difference IV + - V-1 2

Baseline level error (voltage mode open circuit current mode short circuit)

Risetime (25 V out)

Risetime (25 V out)

Transient response

A

A

A

Output impedance (voltage mode) C

Output impedance (current mode) C

Isolation resistance A

Isolation capacitance C

approx 05 ps for a load of no more than 10 KH in parallel with 50 pF

lt 125 ns (all rates except 100s) lt 125 ps (100s rate)

Less than 20 ns (all rates)

approx 350 ns

lt 03 of setting + 05 of r range (plus an additional 05 pA in 100 pA range)

lt 03 of range (voltage modes into open circuit current modes into short circuit)

lt 03 of setting of setting + 01 of range (plus an additional 05 pA in lOOpA range)

= 200 ns into less than 30 pF

= 15 ps into less than 30 pF

lt 8 overshoot into less than 30 pF for pulse voltages different than baseline voltage by at least 10 of range

= 50 ohms

raquo 1 0 GH (typically 200 GO)

raquo 1 0 0 M n

= 60 pF at 100 Hz

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Peril Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg V6 98324 |TelCf)hone 800-4201306 3606808300 bull FAX 360683-3525 E-mal salesaflisystefnsoom Website hnpyMVfWafllsystemsoom

20

Noise (differential mode)

Noise (common mode earth to isolated ground) with no signal output

Overload error indicator (low frequency short circuited voltage mode)

Overload error indicator low frequency open circuited current mode)

Overioad error response time

Miscellaneous

= 1 mV rms (10 V scale 10 Hz-4 MHz)

= 8 mV rms (10 Hz-4 MHz) == 100mVp-p (200 Hz -10 MHz) measured withalOMH 15pF oscilloscope probe

Turns on for set amplitude at or greater than approx plusmn1 V (10 V range) or plusmn2 V (100 V range)

Turns on for set amplitude at or above approx 2 of range

Flat to approx 30 ps duration Decreasing sensitivity for shorter pulses

Power

Fuse

Operating temperature range

Storage temperature range

Operating humidity

Dimensions

approx 11 watts

1 amp 3AG

10-30degC

0 - 50deg C

5 - 80 RH

17x475x1125 (inches) 432x121x286 cm

Weight 20 lbs (9 kg)

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Wb 98324 |Tetcphone 8004201306 3606808300 bull FOt 360683-3525 E-mail satesamsystems comV^febsite httpywwwaflisystemscom

21

Warranty and Service

What does this warranty cover A-M Systems Inc warrants to the Purchaser that the Instrument excluding cables Headstage Probes and any other accessories shipped with the Instrument (hereafter the hardware) is free from defects in workmanship or material under normal use and service for the period of one (1) year This warranty commences on the date of delivery ofthe hardware to the Purchaser

What are the obligations of A-M Systems Inc under this warranty During the warranty period A-M Systems Inc agrees to repair or replace at its sole option without charge to the Purchaser any defective component part of the hardware To obtain warranty service the Purchaser must return the hardware to A-M Systems Inc or an authorized A-M Systems Inc distributor in an adequate shipping container Any postage shipping and insurance charges incurred in shipping the hardware to A-M Systems Inc must be prepaid by the Purchaser and all risk for the hardware shall remain with purchaser until such time as A-M Systems Inc takes receipt of the hardware Upon receipt A-M Systems Inc will promptly repair or replace the defective unit and then return the hardware to the Purchaser postage shipping and insurance prepaid A-M Systems Inc may use reconditioned or like new parts or units at its sole option when repairing any hardware Repaired products shall carry the same amount of outstanding warranty as from original purchase or ninety (90) days which ever is greater Any claim under the warranty must include a dated proof of purchase ofthe hardware covered by this warranty In any event A-M Systems Inc liability for defective hardware is limited to repairing or replacing the hardware

What is not covered by this warranty This warranty is contingent upon proper use and maintenance ofthe hardware by the Purchaser and does not cover batteries Neglect misuse whether intentional or othenwise tampering with or altering the hardware damage caused by accident damage caused by unusual physical electrical chemical or electromechanical stress damage caused by failure of electrical power or damage caused during transportation are not covered by this wan-anty Products may not be returned to A-M Systems Inc for service whether under warranty or otherwise which are contaminated by infectious agents radioactive compounds or other materials constituting a health hazard to employees of A-M Systems Inc

What are the limits of liability for A-M Systems Inc under this warranty A-M Systems Inc shall not be liable for loss of data profits or savings or any special incidental consequential indirect or other similar damages arising from breach of contract negligence or other legal action even if the company or its agent has been advised of the possibility of such damages or for any claim brought against you by another party THIS EQUIPMENT IS NOT INTENDED FOR CLINICAL MEASUREMENTS USING HUMAN SUBJECTS A-M SYSTEMS INC DOES NOT ASSUME RESPONSIBILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE DUE TO MISUSE OF THIS EQUIPMENT Jurisdictions vary with regard to the enforceability of provisions excluding or limiting liability for incidental or consequential damages Check the provision of your local jurisdiction to find out whether the above exclusion applies to you

This warranty allocates risks of product failure between the Purchaser and A-M Systems Inc A-M Systems Inc hardware pricing reflects this allocation of risk and the limitations of liability contained in this warranty The warranty set forth above is in lieu of all other express warranties whether oral or written The agents employees distributors and dealers of A-M Systems Inc are not authorized to make modifications to this warranty or additional wan-anties binding on the company Accordingly additional statements such as dealer advertising or presentations whether oral or written do not constitute warranties by A-M Systems Inc and should not be relied upon This warranty gives you specific legal rights You may also have other rights which vary from one jurisdiction to another

fl-N Systems Inc 131BusinessPartiLoop RO Box850CartsbOfgWa98324 p O |Telophone 8004201306 bull 360683-8300FOC 3606830525 ^ ^ E-mail saiesaflisystefTiscom Wbbsite httpVwwwa-msystemscom

Warranty and Service

What does this warranty cover A-M Systems Inc warrants to the Purchaser that the Instrument excluding cables Headstage Probes and any other accessories shipped with the Instrument (hereafter the hardware) is free from defects in workmanship or material under normal use and service for the period of one (1) year This warranty commences on the date of delivery of the hardware to the Purchaser

What are the obligations of A-M Systems Inc under this warranty During the warranty period A-M Systems Inc agrees to repair or replace at its sole option without charge to the Purchaser any defective component part of the hardware To obtain warranty service the Purchaser must return the hardware to A-M Systems Inc or an authorized A-M Systems Inc distributor in an adequate shipping container Any postage shipping and insurance charges incurred in shipping the hardware to A-M Systems Inc must be prepaid by the Purchaser and all risk for the hardware shall remain with purchaser until such time as A-M Systems Inc takes receipt of the hardware Upon receipt A-M Systems Inc will promptly repair or replace the defective unit and then return the hardware to the Purchaser postage shipping and insurance prepaid A-M Systems Inc may use reconditioned or like new parts or units at its sole option when repairing any hardware Repaired products shall carry the same amount of outstanding wan^nty as from original purchase or ninety (90) days which ever is greater Any claim under the warranty must include a dated proof of purchase of the hardware covered by this wan-anty In any event A-M Systems Inc liability for defective hardware is limited to repairing or replacing the hardware

What is not covered by this warranty This warranty is contingent upon proper use and maintenance of the hardware by the Purchaser and does not cover batteries Neglect misuse whether intentional or otherwise tampering with or altering the hardware damage caused by accident damage caused by unusual physical electrical chemical or electromechanical stress damage caused by failure of electrical power or damage caused during transportation are not covered by this warranty Products may not be returned to A-M Systems Inc for service whether under warranty or otherwise which are contaminated by infectious agents radioactive compounds or other materials constituting a health hazard to employees of A-M Systems Inc

What are the limits of llabiiity for A-M Systems inc under this warranty A-M Systems Inc shall not be liable for loss of data profits or savings or any special incidental consequential indirect or other similar damages arising from breach of contract negligence or other legal action even if the company or its agent has been advised of the possibility of such damages or for any claim brought against you by another party THIS EQUIPMENT IS NOT INTENDED FOR CLINICAL MEASUREMENTS USING HUMAN SUBJECTS A-M SYSTEMS INC DOES NOT ASSUME RESPONSIBILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE DUE TO MISUSE OF THIS EQUIPMENT Jurisdictions vary with regard to the enforceability of provisions excluding or limiting liability for incidental or consequential damages Check the provision of your local jurisdiction to find out whether the above exclusion applies to you This warranty allocates risks of product failure between the Purchaser and A-M Systems Inc A-M Systems Inc hardware pricing reflects this allocation of risk and the limitations of liability contained in this wanranty The warranty set forth above is in lieu of all other express wan^anties whether oral or written The agents employees distributors and dealers of A-M Systems Inc are not authorized to make modifications to this wan-anty or additional wan-anties binding on the company Accordingly additional statements such as dealer advertising or presentations whether oral or written do not constitute wananties by A-M Systems Inc and should not be relied upon This warranty gives you specific legal rights You may also have other rights whrch vary from one jurisdiction to another

6 mm ^ laquo _ _ A a B ^ _ 1 ^ ^ 131 Business Parti Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg W B 98324 O O

bull P l A y S V e m S l n C T^M 8OO42OI3O6 380683-8300FAX 360 803525 ^ ^ E-msl iiiisy80iHTBy8tenisoom Wsbsito hnphwwfrimysleiiisoom

A

V ISO

INSTRUCTION MANUAL

FOR

ISOLATED PULSE STIMULATOR

MODEL 2100

Serial

Date

A-M Systems Inc

PO Box 850

Carlsborg WA 98324

USA

360-683-8300 bull 800-426-1306 FAX 360-683-3525

httpwwwa-msystemscom

Version 70 February 2002

Contents General Description 1

Instrument Features 1 Controls and Connectors 2

Operating Instructions 6 Theory of Operation 10 Calibration Procedures 12

Inputs 14 Output Calibration 16

Specifications 19 Warranty and Service 22

Each Isolated Pulse Stimulator is delivered complete with

Rack Mount Hardware Instructions amp Maintenance Manual

NOTE

This instrument is not intended for clinical measurements using human subjects A-M Systems Inc does not assume responsibility for Injury or damage due to the misuse of this instrument

General Description

Instrument Features The Isolated Pulse Stimulator Model 2100 is designed for a wide variety of applications It is highly flexible being capable of delivering single pulses biphasic pairs or bursts of pulses Pulses may be started manually or upon receiving a trigger signal from another Instrument or computer Two non-isolated trigger outputs are available for triggering other instruments

Four sets of timing controls provide comprehensive control overall aspects of pulse generation Three digit accuracy is available over a 7 decade range for each timing function using lever wheel switches Pulse widths can be set over more than a 9 decade range from 05 ps to 999 seconds Timing accuracy is assured through the use of a 10 MHz base rate crystal-controlled clock digitally divided to provide accurate timing over the entire range Atiming overiap indicator will light If the timing controls are set inconsistently

The output may be conveniently switched between current and voltage modes Pulse and baseline amplitudes are Independently presettable with lockable dials An error Indicator will light if the Mode2700 cannot deliver the desired signal

r WARNING

The Model 2100 can produce potentially dangerous voltages up to 100 V at the output connectors The isolated output is not connected internally to safety (earth) ground in any way Some part of the extemal circuit should be connected to safety ground Use caution in handling any wires connectors or electrodes which may be directly or indirectly attached to the Model 2100 output Some kinds of connectors such as BNC connectors have exposed metal parts which may float at dangerous potentials unless extemally connected to safety ground For greatest safety tum the Model 2100 off before making any connections to

the instrument

131 Business Parii Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Telophone 800-426-1306 bull 360-68raquolaquo300 bull FAX 360683-3525 E-mal satesa-msystemsoom VVfebsite httpywwwa^nsystemscom fl-N Systems Inc 1

Controls and Connectors The controls for the Model 2100 are grouped in three sections START which controls when a pulse or burst of pulses begins TIMING which controls the onoff timing of one or more pulses and OUTPUT which controls the amplitude of the output signal

Start TRIG SLOPE Determines the polarity of valid trigger pulses (positive or negative edges in the trigger signal)

MODE Controls waveform initiation When set to FREE RUN one timing cycle immediately follows the last When momentarily placed In the MANUAL position a timing cycle starts Immediately When the switch Is In the center position timing cycles start when valid triggering events occur

TRIGD This LED lights up when a timing cycle Is in process and continues until the burst is completed

TRIG This BNC connector allows a signal from an external source to Initiate timing cycles It is set for standard TTL levels

GATE This BNC connector allows a signal from an external source to restrict the final output signal This input must be at a logical high (or open-circuited) in order for the Model 2100 to recognize either manual or automatic trigger events

Gate 1_ Trigger |~~^ i I Valid triggers (represented by the arrows in the figure) can occur only when the gate Is at logical high Note that the up arrow would apply only If TRIG SLOPE is set to + the down an-ows would apply only if TRIG SLOPE Is set to -

NOTE Triggers have no effect if the system has not completed its response to a previous trigger

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Park Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Vb 98324 TelQphQne 80O426-1306 360683-8300 FAX 360683-3525 E-mail sales^a-msystemscom Wsbsite httpywwwa-msystemscom

Timing Four sets of controls govern the timing of pulse generation Each set contains two values which are multiplied together to detemnine the actual timing value The rotary knob (rate selector) provides the approximate timing value and the lever wheel switch bank (MULTIPLIER)

provides a time resolution of three decimal digits The following diagram shows most of the Important relationships

Output r Delay Duration

|ltPeriodgtj

t Burst width

Trigger event

DELAY These controls determine the time duration between the initiating trigger event and the beginning of the pulse burst If this rate selector is set to NONE or the multiplier is set to 000 there Is no delay

BURST WIDTH These controls determine the time period in which one or more pulses may be delivered Once started a pulse may outlast the burst width If this rate selector is set to SINGLE or to any time shorter than the pulse duration only a single pulse will occur If the BURST WIDTH Is longer than the period pulses will be emitted at the PERIOD rate until the burst time ends Pulses are never truncated by a short BURSTWIDTH

inds)-PULSE

D U R A T I O N 1 0 1 0

10

INTEB-PULSE PERIOD

1 1 10

DURATION These controls determine the length of each pulse Ifthis rate selector Is set to SQUARE the duration is set to half of the period regardless of the MULTIPLIER setting

PERIOD These controls set the period of time between adjacent pulse events within the burst It also forces a minimum dead time between recognized input triggers following a burst of one or more pulses This can be used to prevent over stimulation of a tissue without requiring excessive delay between the triggering event and the stimulating pulse

TIMING OVERLAP

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 860 Carisborg Vamp 98324 |Telophone 800-426-1306 360683-8300 bull FAX 3606aW525 E-mail salearega^nsystemsoom Vfeb5ite httpAwwwa^nsyslemscam

NOTE If any of these timing controls are changed while a timing cycle is in operation the results are undefined until the current cycle finishes

TIMING OVERLAP This LED will light to Indicate an inconsistency in the timing cycle settings There are several ways to introduce such errors The most common way is to set the Inter-pulse PERIOD to be less than the pulse DURATION

T I M I N G (seconds)^

TRIG OUT (UPPER) This BNC connector provides a signal which is coincident with the Internal Burst timing signal (default) This means the signal starts at the end of the Delay time and persists until the Burst time expires This output may also be set to represent the delay time-out by setting the internal jumper J510 to the right two pins instead of the left two pins (Please see the Calibration section in this manual for jumper location Directions are given as viewed from the front of the Instrument)

TRIG OUT (LOWER) This BNC connector provides a signal which Is coincident with the Duration timing signal which controls pulse output

NOTE Both trigger output signals slightly lead the isolated output signal

Output

PULSE SIGN This switch determines the polarity of the pulses to be generated It also allows generation of biphasic pulses thereby doubling the effective total period Warning the first pulse generated after changing the PULSE

SIGN switch may have the wrong polarity

BASELINE This Switch determines the polarity ofthe baseline signal

RANGE This rotary switch determines if the output pulses will be constant current (3 ranges) or constant voltage (2 ranges)

BASELINE AMPLITUDE This value is independently set using a ten-turn counting dial The maximum baseline amplitude is one tenth the value shown on the range amplitude switch

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 8S0 Cartsborg Vfa 98324 |Tetaphone 80O426-1306 bull 360683-8300 bull FAX 3606803525 E-mail salesa-msystemscom Wbbsite http7Awwwaflnsystemscom

PULSE AMPLITUDE This value is independently set using a ten-turn counting dial The maximum pulse amplitude is the value shown on the range amplitude switch

EVENT This LED indicates when a pulse is ongoing

ERROR This LED indicates when the internal output amplifier cannot output the pulse as desired This is usually due to a short circuit while trying to output a voltage or an open circuit while trying to output a current

VOTEThe Pulse Sign control in the Oupuf section directly affects waveform timing When set to the Biphasic mode a positive-going pulse is immediately followed by a negative-going pulse This effectively doubles the pulse duration If a burst of biphasic pulses is being produced the period must be at least twice the single pulse duration In the Square wave mode the baseline disappears as long as the burst persists

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsboig Vte 98324 |Telophone 800426-1306 360683-8300 bull FAX 3606833525 E-mail salesa-m5ystem5 com Website httpwwwa-msystemscom

Operating Instructions

Examples Simple setup (and minimal instrument test)

Connect the output ofthe Model 2100 to an oscilloscope Before connecting the Model 2100 to any other instrument or the experimental preparation It is safest to turn Its power off

Set the Oufpuf controls

Range 10V Pulse Sign +

Baseline Zero Pulse Amplitude 200

Setting The Timing Controls

Delay Burst Width

Duration Period

none single

15010-2 50010-2

Setting The Start Controls

Mode Free Run

Disconnect any cables to the TRIG or GATE inputs

Note that the green Trig and Event Indicators turn on as Free Run is turned on (and turn off otherwise) You should observe a 15ms duration 20Hz rate pulse of 200V above a OV baseline on the oscilloscope

fl-N Systems Inc 131 BusinessPartiLoop RO Box850CarisbcxgWa98324 |Telophone 800426-1306 bull 360-683-8300 bull FW 360683-3525 E-mail salesa-msystems com VVbbsite httpywwwa-msystems com

Demonstration of Burst Mode Connect the output ofthe Model 2100 to an oscilloscope Before connecting the Model 2100 to any other instrument or the experimental preparation It Is safest to turn its power off

Set the Outpuf controls

Range 10V Pulse Sign +

Baseline Pulse Amplitude 200

Baseline Amplitude 100

Setting The Timing Controls

Delay 88010-2 Burst Width 12010-^

Duration 15010-2 Period 50010-2

Set the START controls as follows

Mode Free Run

Disconnect any cables to the TRIG or GATE inputs

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Telophooe 8004201306 360683-8300 bull FAX 360683-3525 E^naii salesa-msystems com Watjsite http7wwwa-msystemscom

Trigger the oscilloscope from the Bursf trigger out (upper Trig Out connector) for a stable display In each burst (occurring every lOOms) you should observe a trio of 15ms duration starting 50ms apart Try switching the StartMode from Free Run to the center (nonnal) position The pulses will no longer be produced and the Trig and Event Indicators will tum off Pressing this switch once (to Manual) will cause a single burst to occur

Problem Solving If the instrument appears to be not working properiy check all ofthe control settings and connections Be sure to wait at least 5-10 seconds after turning the instrument off before turning it on again The following summary of typical problems for the user (along with the most common solutions) may help

Problem CauseSolution

EVENT Indicator never lights even in FREE RUN mode

bull Replace fuse check power connection bullSet DELAY or PERIOD to a shorter interval

bull Power-on too soon after power-off

OVERLAP Indicator is on

ERROR indicator is on

bull Set DURATION gt000 bull DURATION Is set to SQUARE but

PERIOD is 000 Increase PERIOD or set DURATION independantly

bull BURST and WIDTH are gt DURATION increase PERIOD or decrease DURATION

bull BIPHASIC pulse output Is on and PERIOD is not longer than twice the DURATION Increase PERIOD or decrease DURATION

bull Free-run Is on and BURST is lt PERIOD (BURST off) DELAY is 0 and PERIOD Is lt DURATION Add delay or modify PERIOD

bull Free-run is on and BURST is gt DURATION (BURST ON) and PERIOD is lt DURATION Increase PERIOD

bull For VOLTAGE outputs the output is trying to drive too low a resistance or capacitance (eg a short circuit) Check by disconnecting the output ft is possible (and normal) that for the fastest cycles and largest amplitudes (close to 100 V

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business PartiLoop PO Box 850 CartsborgWa 98324 iTelophone 800-42O130636O6e3-8300FAX 3606B3-3525 E-mail satesaflisyslefmcom Vfebslte http7wwwa-msyslemscom

and 1 ps) that the ERROR indicator might always come on during repetitive pulses Fix output load or decrease amplitude as required

Time appears to be excessive Changed control in mid-cycle (resets current status)

Cant seem to get a full signal out Load Is not properiy connected repair wiring Too low a load impedance (VOLTAGE modes) or too high a load impedance (CURRENT mode)

Incoming triggers not accepted frequently enough

PERIOD is set too long (enforces dead time) followd by BURST set to SIGNAL Reduce PERIOD time

Table 10 Problem Solving

If you suspect that the Model 2100 may have completely failed we recommend checking the basic level of functionality Ifthis fails your instrument Is defective and must be repaired Ifthis passes either your experimental setup is incompatible or inconsistent or there is a more subtle flaw in your Model 2100

If the Model 2100 appears to be malfunctioning contact A-M Systems Inc or your dealer We will first attempt to solve the problem over the telephone so have an exact description of your problem available when you call You do not need to be within the warranty period to obtain over-the-phone assistance

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 iTetoptxme 80O426-1306 bull 360683-8300 FAX 3606803525 E-mail satesa-msystemsoomAfebsitehttpJwwwaflisystemscom

Theory of Operation

The operation ofthe Model 2100 is summarized in the block diagram (see the figure on Page 11) Not shown are all ofthe interconnections with the microcontroller The internal microcontroler plays an important role in setting the signal path but does not directly contribute to the dynamic characteristics It scans the front panel switches and sets the control values for the logic arrays It programs the internal counters which along with the other hardware achieve the necessary sub-microsecond speeds

Pulse generation starts either from an Input trigger signal (from Trig In) or an internally signal (Free Run mode) A Delay timer counts the 10MHz clock until its count value is exhausted At this point the Burst Period and Duration timers are started If the Burst timer has not expired by the end ofthe Period the Period and Duration timers are restarted If the Biphasic mode has been set the Duration timer is restarted at the end of the initial Duration and the sign ofthe output pulse is reversed doubling the total duration

The system state (pulse on pulse sign baseline sign [+0f-]) is transmitted to the isolated section via optoisolator The baseline and pulse amplitudes are selected by an analog switch The resulting signal is amplified by a variable-power-supply discrete operational amplifier The amplifier connections and gain is modified to provide two voltage and three current ranges

Timing overiap errors are detected by a logical decision computation rather than by testing for counter collisions This provides instant feedback rather than waiting up to an hour for such a collision to occur Output errors are measured by sensing the output amplifiers differential input voltage Under normal conditions this is a negligible voltage If the amplifier fails to deliver the requested signal the window comparator testing this voltage sends this message (via optoisolator) to the logic section turning on a warning LED

fl-N Systems Inc 131BusinessPart(LoopRO Box850CarisboigWa98324 4 n Tel0pri0ne80O426-130636O683^300FAX36O6833525 ^ E-mail salesaflisystBmscom V febsite http7wwwa-msystemsoom

S i

I - - ^^mdasho^M

OUTPUT i l l

TRIG ^ OUT

(burst)

TRIG 3-lt) OUT

(pulse)

til

I laquo

Calibration Procedures

The calibration interval is the lesser of 1000 hours of operation or 6 months Somewhat greater drift can be expected in the first 100 hours of operation as the semiconductors age Adjustments should only be made after the instrument has been fully warmed up for at least 15 minutes

Full instrument calibration requires the following test equipment digital multimeter (plusmn 01) able to measure resistance to at least lOOMO oscilloscope with at least 50MHz bandwidth true-mis voltmeter with 4MHz bandwidth universal counter (plusmn 001 ) able to measure single pulse widths and periods resistors (all plusmn 01) 2kn lOkH 1 watt 20kn 200kn alligator clip lead sets banana plugs and BNC adapters

Adjustment integrated circuit and test point locations are shown in the following figures All adjustments are on the timing board unless othenAise noted

All voltages in the non-isolated section should be measured with respect to ground at TP510 unless othenwise stated Some voltages are measured with respect to an internal isolated ground at TP650 or across the two output temninals Occasionally the voltage at an IC pin must be measured in these cases the reference designator is given with the pin number in parentheses eg U602(16) When it states within this procedure that a voltage is to be minimized this means that the adjustment should be made such that the measured voltage is as close to zero volts as possible Refer to the Specifications Section of this manual for acceptable tolerances

The sequence of this procedure is important If any adjustment is made all adjustments which follow must be made to ensure that the specifications will be met These procedures require that all controls remain as set in previous steps unless othenAise indicated

WARNING

The Model 2100 has dangerous voltages throughout the instrument even with the power is off Servicing the Model 2100 should only be done by qualified service personnel Use caution in handling any wires connectors or electrodes which may be directly or indirectly attached to the instrument Do not touch exposed connections or components Disconnect power by unplugging the power cord from the receptacle

H B ^ ^ S y s t e m s inc^degdegp^deg^^deg-^^^^^^^^B3^^^degdeg^^^lt^^^B^^^^ 131BusinessPartiLoopPO Box850CartsbOigWamp98324 4 9 |Telophone800-42013C6360683-8300F0lt360683-3525 ^ E-mail salesa-msystefnscom website httpwwwaflisystems com

CO

TP501 O lt0

g OTPSOO

U560 S

Trig Gate

0 -TISOS

U570

U500

Timing

p U520

Timing

K U550 Timin

gt U540

U515

o X I Timin

U508 I

J510 Timing nnn

Burst Delay J400

gt U550

R503

D D I D bull U8QQ i Q

n

oo

V P 5 1 0

b U535

^

Clock i _

U555

lt U 5 4 5

o

h d ^ O - - ^ U605

Q D

U620

O fJZ^ R737 bull ^ 1^13015 r j C - C O M P

B B nU770 ^ ^ ^ 5 ^ a

J420

a

o E

bull [ ]U632

riueso

rR742rVhigh R 6 1 9 ^

LJ TP645 O TP650

TPMOQ^QS

Vlow

CD-

CZZl

J440 bull bull tl iUDQ

I t

f i l

Power supply and bias voltages

Power supply

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

POWER ON Observe voltage at P703 power supply wire top of main board

Check for+15 plusmn 050 V

Observe voltage at P701 power supply wire top of main board

Check for-15 plusmn 050 V

Observe voltage at U505(24) Check for +5 plusmn 025 V

Isolated supply voltage Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

RANGE 10 V TRIG open circuit MODE center position

Alternately observe V ^ from R742 to R740 and V ^ from theU605(4)toU605(8)

Adjust R773 so that 110VltV lt 120 V and

nigh

28VltV|^lt34V

Capacitance balance Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

Connect a xlO oscilloscope probe to TP650 and ground the

Adjust R737 for minimum high frequency signal

Inputs

Gate function Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave Verify that the voltage to GATE switches states at the Observe voltage at U510(3) proper input levels with an oscilloscope

Trigger slope Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave Verify that the voltage to TRIG switches states at the Observe voltage at U510( 1) proper input levels with an oscilloscope

TRIG SLOPE Verify voltage is 180deg out of phase

TRIG SLOPE Verify voltage is in phase

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 860 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Jelophone 800-4201306 360683-8300 bull FM 380683-3525 E-mail salesaflTsystBfnscom bull Vtebsite httpVAirwwaflisystems com

14

Trigger and gate f unc t i on

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

DELAY NONE BURS-nMDTH SINGLE DURATION SQUARE PERIOD 100X10-3

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave to TRIG Observe TRIGD and EVENT LEDs

TRIG disconnect all Short the GATE connector to GND Verify LEDs extinguish

MODE press to MANUAL Verify LEDs flash once

Timing

System c lock f requency

Controls Inputs Observations Ad jus t Check

Observe the frequency of the wave Verify 1000 MHz plusmn 001 atU555(17)

Mul t ip l iers (Wheel Swi tches)

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

PULSE SIGN-laquobull MODE FREE RUN TRIG disconnect all TIMING MULTIPUERS all

wheels set to zero except the one being tested

TIMING OVERLAP ignore

Observe the pulse width with the counter at the location specified t)elow

Verify pulse width is correct for each wheel as it is tested independently

For each wheel of each MULTIPLIER test each position to verify that the pulse width is correct Observe the signal at the following locations DELAY U520(2) BURSTWIDTH U530(2) PERIOD U540(2) DURATION U550(2)

Rates (Rotary Swi tches)

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

TIMING MULTIPUERS 001 Observe the pulse width with the TIMING RATES all rotary counter at the location specified

switches set to 10-4 below except the one being tested

Verify pulse width is correct for each rotary switch as it is tested independently

For each ofthe four rotary switches in TIMING test each position to verify that the pulse width is correct Observe the signal at the following locations DELAY U520(2) BURSTWIDTH U530(2) PERIOD U540(2) DURATION U550(2)

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 iTetophone 8004201306 bull 360683-8300 bull FOC 3606803525 E-mail salesa-msystemscom Wbbsite httpJwwwaflTSystemscom

15

Trigger outputs

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

Range 10V Pulse Amplitude 500 Delay 100 xlO^ Burst 100 x 10 ^ Duration 100x10-^ Period 400x10-^ Pulse sign + Trig Mode Free run Trig in open

Trigger the oscilloscope to the Burst Trig Out Observe it the Pulse Trig Out and the isolated output

Verify that the waveform consists of a burst of three 1ms-on3ms-off pulses The burst trigger should be synchronous with the burst the pulse trigger coincident with each pulse

Output Calibration

Isolation Resistance (check)

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode center position Trig In open

Measure the resistance between ground banana jack (front panel) and black banana jack of output with DMM

Resistance read gt 100MQ

Amplitude Switch Offset (R640)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Zero Trig Mode center position Trig In Open

Measure the voltage at TP645 vs TP650 with the DMM

Adjust R640 (AmpI Sw Offset) for minimum voltage

Output Offset (R332 front panel board) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Zero Range 10V Trig Mode center position Trig In Open

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

Adjust R332 (Output offset) for minimum voltage

Positive Baseline Offeet (R607) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Sign + Baseline Amplitude

fully CCW (000) Range 10V Trig In open Trig Mode center position

Measure the voltage across the outputwiththeDMM

Adjust R602 (BSLN + offset) for minimum voltage

fl-N Systems Inc 131 BusBiess Parti Loop P O Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Telophone B00-42O1306 bull 360683-8300 bull FAX 3606803525 E-mail salesaflisystemscom V^tebsite httpy^vwwa-msystems com

16

Negative Baseline Offset (R619)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Sign -Baseline Amplitude

fully CCW (000) Range 10V Trig In open Trig Mode center position

Measure the voltage across the outputwiththeDMM

Adjust R619 (BSLN + offset) for minimum voltage

Pulse Amplitude Adjust (R602)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode Free Mode Pulse Amplitude 1000 Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =1001 Period =00110-4 Pulse Sign -Trig In open Range 10V

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

The Overiap indicator should be on Adjust R602 (Max Level) for -10OOV out

Pulse Sign Gain (check)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode Free Mode Pulse Amplitude 1000 Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =100 1s Period =001 10-4s Trig In open Range 10V

Measure the voltage at the output with the DMM for the Pulse Sign at + and - positions

The absolute values ofthe voltages should differ by less than lOOmV

Baseline Amplitudes (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Range 100mA Trig Mode center position Baseline Amplitude fully CW (1000) Trig In open

Measure the voltage at the output with the DMM with Baseline Sign in + Zero and

- positions

Gain the matching of current levels at = and - positions and offset current in Zero position

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop PO Box 850 Cartsboig Wa 98324 Telophone 800-4201306 360683-8300 FkX 3606803525 E-mail salesa-msystemscom website http^^wwaflisystemsccm

17

Output Range Amplitude and Drive (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Pulse Amplitude 1000 Pulse Sign + Trig Mode Free Run Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =1001 Period =10010-4 Trig In open

Load the output with a 10KV 1W 01 resistor Measure the voltage at the output with DMM

Verify that full scale output is within specification Scale Range 100V 100V 10V 10V 100mA IV 1mA 10V 10mA 100V

Pulse Sign and Short Circuit Protection (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =200 10-4 Period =00110-3 Baseline Zero Pulse Amplitude 25 Range 10V Trig Mode Free Run Trig In open

Measure the voltage at the output with the oscilloscope Check for Pulse Sign set to each of + - biphasic Watch for Error indicator when shorting the output

Verify that pulses of approx 25V amplitude (625V for biphasic mode) of the correct sign are produced every 10ms Short output in biphasic mode Output should return when opened

Output Transient Response (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Pulse Sign + Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =20010-4 Period =00110-3 Pulse Amplitude 250 Baseline Zero Trig Mode Free Mode Trig In open

Connect the oscilloscope to the output with a 310 attenuator probe Test both 10V and 100V ranges

Verify that overshoot and risetime meet specifications

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Telophone 8004201306 bull 3606808300 bull Flaquo( 360laquo83ltJ525 E-mail salesa-msystemsocm V^febsite http^wwwa-msystefnscom

18

Specifications

There are three classes of specifications Class A specifications tested in all units and are guaranteed Class B specifications are inherent in the design they are indirectly tested and are guaranteed Class C specifications are typical operating values which are occasionally tested- these are typical values given for your information but not guarshyanteed The class for each specification is noted in the center column ofthe following sections

Inputs Switching level

Hysteresis

Input equivalent circuit

Minimum duration (1 IL-level signal)

A

C

C

C

16 V(plusmn 02 V)

approx 50 mV

lOOKH to+5 in parallel with no more than 35pF

gt 50 ns

Open circuit condition B defaults to highon level

Timing and rate accuracy Rate selector steps

Timing multiplier steps

B

B

lOOpsto 100s in 7 steps

1 of rate selector step size Maximum value is 999 X the rate selector step size

Resolution B approx 01 ofthe maximum value

Timing error (second and later pulses after resetting controls)

B lt 002 of rate selector value + 015 ps

Timing error (first pulse after readjusting timing controls)

an additional 025 ps error may occur

Timing repeatability lt 001 setting + 20 ns (monophasic)

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Ram Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Vfa 98324 pTelophone 8004201306 bull 360683-8300 bull FAX 360683-3525

E-mail salesraquoflisystems com Wabsite httpJAnww afl isystems com

19

TRIG IN to OUTPUT delay (DELAY set to 0) output set to 2V

Timing jitter from TRIG IN to OUTPUT (for TTL trigger input with risetime lt10 ns)

Timing jitter from TRIG OUT (either BURST or PULSE) and OUTPUT

Trigger output to pulse output delay

Output characteristics Pulse level error (voltage mode open circuit current mode short circuit

Biphasic level difference IV + - V-1 2

Baseline level error (voltage mode open circuit current mode short circuit)

Risetime (25 V out)

Risetime (25 V out)

Transient response

A

A

A

Output impedance (voltage mode) C

Output impedance (current mode) C

Isolation resistance A

Isolation capacitance C

approx 05 ps for a load of no more than 10 KH in parallel with 50 pF

lt 125 ns (all rates except 100s) lt 125 ps (100s rate)

Less than 20 ns (all rates)

approx 350 ns

lt 03 of setting + 05 of r range (plus an additional 05 pA in 100 pA range)

lt 03 of range (voltage modes into open circuit current modes into short circuit)

lt 03 of setting of setting + 01 of range (plus an additional 05 pA in lOOpA range)

= 200 ns into less than 30 pF

= 15 ps into less than 30 pF

lt 8 overshoot into less than 30 pF for pulse voltages different than baseline voltage by at least 10 of range

= 50 ohms

raquo 1 0 GH (typically 200 GO)

raquo 1 0 0 M n

= 60 pF at 100 Hz

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Peril Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg V6 98324 |TelCf)hone 800-4201306 3606808300 bull FAX 360683-3525 E-mal salesaflisystefnsoom Website hnpyMVfWafllsystemsoom

20

Noise (differential mode)

Noise (common mode earth to isolated ground) with no signal output

Overload error indicator (low frequency short circuited voltage mode)

Overload error indicator low frequency open circuited current mode)

Overioad error response time

Miscellaneous

= 1 mV rms (10 V scale 10 Hz-4 MHz)

= 8 mV rms (10 Hz-4 MHz) == 100mVp-p (200 Hz -10 MHz) measured withalOMH 15pF oscilloscope probe

Turns on for set amplitude at or greater than approx plusmn1 V (10 V range) or plusmn2 V (100 V range)

Turns on for set amplitude at or above approx 2 of range

Flat to approx 30 ps duration Decreasing sensitivity for shorter pulses

Power

Fuse

Operating temperature range

Storage temperature range

Operating humidity

Dimensions

approx 11 watts

1 amp 3AG

10-30degC

0 - 50deg C

5 - 80 RH

17x475x1125 (inches) 432x121x286 cm

Weight 20 lbs (9 kg)

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Wb 98324 |Tetcphone 8004201306 3606808300 bull FOt 360683-3525 E-mail satesamsystems comV^febsite httpywwwaflisystemscom

21

Warranty and Service

What does this warranty cover A-M Systems Inc warrants to the Purchaser that the Instrument excluding cables Headstage Probes and any other accessories shipped with the Instrument (hereafter the hardware) is free from defects in workmanship or material under normal use and service for the period of one (1) year This warranty commences on the date of delivery ofthe hardware to the Purchaser

What are the obligations of A-M Systems Inc under this warranty During the warranty period A-M Systems Inc agrees to repair or replace at its sole option without charge to the Purchaser any defective component part of the hardware To obtain warranty service the Purchaser must return the hardware to A-M Systems Inc or an authorized A-M Systems Inc distributor in an adequate shipping container Any postage shipping and insurance charges incurred in shipping the hardware to A-M Systems Inc must be prepaid by the Purchaser and all risk for the hardware shall remain with purchaser until such time as A-M Systems Inc takes receipt of the hardware Upon receipt A-M Systems Inc will promptly repair or replace the defective unit and then return the hardware to the Purchaser postage shipping and insurance prepaid A-M Systems Inc may use reconditioned or like new parts or units at its sole option when repairing any hardware Repaired products shall carry the same amount of outstanding warranty as from original purchase or ninety (90) days which ever is greater Any claim under the warranty must include a dated proof of purchase ofthe hardware covered by this warranty In any event A-M Systems Inc liability for defective hardware is limited to repairing or replacing the hardware

What is not covered by this warranty This warranty is contingent upon proper use and maintenance ofthe hardware by the Purchaser and does not cover batteries Neglect misuse whether intentional or othenwise tampering with or altering the hardware damage caused by accident damage caused by unusual physical electrical chemical or electromechanical stress damage caused by failure of electrical power or damage caused during transportation are not covered by this wan-anty Products may not be returned to A-M Systems Inc for service whether under warranty or otherwise which are contaminated by infectious agents radioactive compounds or other materials constituting a health hazard to employees of A-M Systems Inc

What are the limits of liability for A-M Systems Inc under this warranty A-M Systems Inc shall not be liable for loss of data profits or savings or any special incidental consequential indirect or other similar damages arising from breach of contract negligence or other legal action even if the company or its agent has been advised of the possibility of such damages or for any claim brought against you by another party THIS EQUIPMENT IS NOT INTENDED FOR CLINICAL MEASUREMENTS USING HUMAN SUBJECTS A-M SYSTEMS INC DOES NOT ASSUME RESPONSIBILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE DUE TO MISUSE OF THIS EQUIPMENT Jurisdictions vary with regard to the enforceability of provisions excluding or limiting liability for incidental or consequential damages Check the provision of your local jurisdiction to find out whether the above exclusion applies to you

This warranty allocates risks of product failure between the Purchaser and A-M Systems Inc A-M Systems Inc hardware pricing reflects this allocation of risk and the limitations of liability contained in this warranty The warranty set forth above is in lieu of all other express warranties whether oral or written The agents employees distributors and dealers of A-M Systems Inc are not authorized to make modifications to this warranty or additional wan-anties binding on the company Accordingly additional statements such as dealer advertising or presentations whether oral or written do not constitute warranties by A-M Systems Inc and should not be relied upon This warranty gives you specific legal rights You may also have other rights which vary from one jurisdiction to another

fl-N Systems Inc 131BusinessPartiLoop RO Box850CartsbOfgWa98324 p O |Telophone 8004201306 bull 360683-8300FOC 3606830525 ^ ^ E-mail saiesaflisystefTiscom Wbbsite httpVwwwa-msystemscom

A

V ISO

INSTRUCTION MANUAL

FOR

ISOLATED PULSE STIMULATOR

MODEL 2100

Serial

Date

A-M Systems Inc

PO Box 850

Carlsborg WA 98324

USA

360-683-8300 bull 800-426-1306 FAX 360-683-3525

httpwwwa-msystemscom

Version 70 February 2002

Contents General Description 1

Instrument Features 1 Controls and Connectors 2

Operating Instructions 6 Theory of Operation 10 Calibration Procedures 12

Inputs 14 Output Calibration 16

Specifications 19 Warranty and Service 22

Each Isolated Pulse Stimulator is delivered complete with

Rack Mount Hardware Instructions amp Maintenance Manual

NOTE

This instrument is not intended for clinical measurements using human subjects A-M Systems Inc does not assume responsibility for Injury or damage due to the misuse of this instrument

General Description

Instrument Features The Isolated Pulse Stimulator Model 2100 is designed for a wide variety of applications It is highly flexible being capable of delivering single pulses biphasic pairs or bursts of pulses Pulses may be started manually or upon receiving a trigger signal from another Instrument or computer Two non-isolated trigger outputs are available for triggering other instruments

Four sets of timing controls provide comprehensive control overall aspects of pulse generation Three digit accuracy is available over a 7 decade range for each timing function using lever wheel switches Pulse widths can be set over more than a 9 decade range from 05 ps to 999 seconds Timing accuracy is assured through the use of a 10 MHz base rate crystal-controlled clock digitally divided to provide accurate timing over the entire range Atiming overiap indicator will light If the timing controls are set inconsistently

The output may be conveniently switched between current and voltage modes Pulse and baseline amplitudes are Independently presettable with lockable dials An error Indicator will light if the Mode2700 cannot deliver the desired signal

r WARNING

The Model 2100 can produce potentially dangerous voltages up to 100 V at the output connectors The isolated output is not connected internally to safety (earth) ground in any way Some part of the extemal circuit should be connected to safety ground Use caution in handling any wires connectors or electrodes which may be directly or indirectly attached to the Model 2100 output Some kinds of connectors such as BNC connectors have exposed metal parts which may float at dangerous potentials unless extemally connected to safety ground For greatest safety tum the Model 2100 off before making any connections to

the instrument

131 Business Parii Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Telophone 800-426-1306 bull 360-68raquolaquo300 bull FAX 360683-3525 E-mal satesa-msystemsoom VVfebsite httpywwwa^nsystemscom fl-N Systems Inc 1

Controls and Connectors The controls for the Model 2100 are grouped in three sections START which controls when a pulse or burst of pulses begins TIMING which controls the onoff timing of one or more pulses and OUTPUT which controls the amplitude of the output signal

Start TRIG SLOPE Determines the polarity of valid trigger pulses (positive or negative edges in the trigger signal)

MODE Controls waveform initiation When set to FREE RUN one timing cycle immediately follows the last When momentarily placed In the MANUAL position a timing cycle starts Immediately When the switch Is In the center position timing cycles start when valid triggering events occur

TRIGD This LED lights up when a timing cycle Is in process and continues until the burst is completed

TRIG This BNC connector allows a signal from an external source to Initiate timing cycles It is set for standard TTL levels

GATE This BNC connector allows a signal from an external source to restrict the final output signal This input must be at a logical high (or open-circuited) in order for the Model 2100 to recognize either manual or automatic trigger events

Gate 1_ Trigger |~~^ i I Valid triggers (represented by the arrows in the figure) can occur only when the gate Is at logical high Note that the up arrow would apply only If TRIG SLOPE is set to + the down an-ows would apply only if TRIG SLOPE Is set to -

NOTE Triggers have no effect if the system has not completed its response to a previous trigger

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Park Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Vb 98324 TelQphQne 80O426-1306 360683-8300 FAX 360683-3525 E-mail sales^a-msystemscom Wsbsite httpywwwa-msystemscom

Timing Four sets of controls govern the timing of pulse generation Each set contains two values which are multiplied together to detemnine the actual timing value The rotary knob (rate selector) provides the approximate timing value and the lever wheel switch bank (MULTIPLIER)

provides a time resolution of three decimal digits The following diagram shows most of the Important relationships

Output r Delay Duration

|ltPeriodgtj

t Burst width

Trigger event

DELAY These controls determine the time duration between the initiating trigger event and the beginning of the pulse burst If this rate selector is set to NONE or the multiplier is set to 000 there Is no delay

BURST WIDTH These controls determine the time period in which one or more pulses may be delivered Once started a pulse may outlast the burst width If this rate selector is set to SINGLE or to any time shorter than the pulse duration only a single pulse will occur If the BURST WIDTH Is longer than the period pulses will be emitted at the PERIOD rate until the burst time ends Pulses are never truncated by a short BURSTWIDTH

inds)-PULSE

D U R A T I O N 1 0 1 0

10

INTEB-PULSE PERIOD

1 1 10

DURATION These controls determine the length of each pulse Ifthis rate selector Is set to SQUARE the duration is set to half of the period regardless of the MULTIPLIER setting

PERIOD These controls set the period of time between adjacent pulse events within the burst It also forces a minimum dead time between recognized input triggers following a burst of one or more pulses This can be used to prevent over stimulation of a tissue without requiring excessive delay between the triggering event and the stimulating pulse

TIMING OVERLAP

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 860 Carisborg Vamp 98324 |Telophone 800-426-1306 360683-8300 bull FAX 3606aW525 E-mail salearega^nsystemsoom Vfeb5ite httpAwwwa^nsyslemscam

NOTE If any of these timing controls are changed while a timing cycle is in operation the results are undefined until the current cycle finishes

TIMING OVERLAP This LED will light to Indicate an inconsistency in the timing cycle settings There are several ways to introduce such errors The most common way is to set the Inter-pulse PERIOD to be less than the pulse DURATION

T I M I N G (seconds)^

TRIG OUT (UPPER) This BNC connector provides a signal which is coincident with the Internal Burst timing signal (default) This means the signal starts at the end of the Delay time and persists until the Burst time expires This output may also be set to represent the delay time-out by setting the internal jumper J510 to the right two pins instead of the left two pins (Please see the Calibration section in this manual for jumper location Directions are given as viewed from the front of the Instrument)

TRIG OUT (LOWER) This BNC connector provides a signal which Is coincident with the Duration timing signal which controls pulse output

NOTE Both trigger output signals slightly lead the isolated output signal

Output

PULSE SIGN This switch determines the polarity of the pulses to be generated It also allows generation of biphasic pulses thereby doubling the effective total period Warning the first pulse generated after changing the PULSE

SIGN switch may have the wrong polarity

BASELINE This Switch determines the polarity ofthe baseline signal

RANGE This rotary switch determines if the output pulses will be constant current (3 ranges) or constant voltage (2 ranges)

BASELINE AMPLITUDE This value is independently set using a ten-turn counting dial The maximum baseline amplitude is one tenth the value shown on the range amplitude switch

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 8S0 Cartsborg Vfa 98324 |Tetaphone 80O426-1306 bull 360683-8300 bull FAX 3606803525 E-mail salesa-msystemscom Wbbsite http7Awwwaflnsystemscom

PULSE AMPLITUDE This value is independently set using a ten-turn counting dial The maximum pulse amplitude is the value shown on the range amplitude switch

EVENT This LED indicates when a pulse is ongoing

ERROR This LED indicates when the internal output amplifier cannot output the pulse as desired This is usually due to a short circuit while trying to output a voltage or an open circuit while trying to output a current

VOTEThe Pulse Sign control in the Oupuf section directly affects waveform timing When set to the Biphasic mode a positive-going pulse is immediately followed by a negative-going pulse This effectively doubles the pulse duration If a burst of biphasic pulses is being produced the period must be at least twice the single pulse duration In the Square wave mode the baseline disappears as long as the burst persists

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsboig Vte 98324 |Telophone 800426-1306 360683-8300 bull FAX 3606833525 E-mail salesa-m5ystem5 com Website httpwwwa-msystemscom

Operating Instructions

Examples Simple setup (and minimal instrument test)

Connect the output ofthe Model 2100 to an oscilloscope Before connecting the Model 2100 to any other instrument or the experimental preparation It is safest to turn Its power off

Set the Oufpuf controls

Range 10V Pulse Sign +

Baseline Zero Pulse Amplitude 200

Setting The Timing Controls

Delay Burst Width

Duration Period

none single

15010-2 50010-2

Setting The Start Controls

Mode Free Run

Disconnect any cables to the TRIG or GATE inputs

Note that the green Trig and Event Indicators turn on as Free Run is turned on (and turn off otherwise) You should observe a 15ms duration 20Hz rate pulse of 200V above a OV baseline on the oscilloscope

fl-N Systems Inc 131 BusinessPartiLoop RO Box850CarisbcxgWa98324 |Telophone 800426-1306 bull 360-683-8300 bull FW 360683-3525 E-mail salesa-msystems com VVbbsite httpywwwa-msystems com

Demonstration of Burst Mode Connect the output ofthe Model 2100 to an oscilloscope Before connecting the Model 2100 to any other instrument or the experimental preparation It Is safest to turn its power off

Set the Outpuf controls

Range 10V Pulse Sign +

Baseline Pulse Amplitude 200

Baseline Amplitude 100

Setting The Timing Controls

Delay 88010-2 Burst Width 12010-^

Duration 15010-2 Period 50010-2

Set the START controls as follows

Mode Free Run

Disconnect any cables to the TRIG or GATE inputs

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Telophooe 8004201306 360683-8300 bull FAX 360683-3525 E^naii salesa-msystems com Watjsite http7wwwa-msystemscom

Trigger the oscilloscope from the Bursf trigger out (upper Trig Out connector) for a stable display In each burst (occurring every lOOms) you should observe a trio of 15ms duration starting 50ms apart Try switching the StartMode from Free Run to the center (nonnal) position The pulses will no longer be produced and the Trig and Event Indicators will tum off Pressing this switch once (to Manual) will cause a single burst to occur

Problem Solving If the instrument appears to be not working properiy check all ofthe control settings and connections Be sure to wait at least 5-10 seconds after turning the instrument off before turning it on again The following summary of typical problems for the user (along with the most common solutions) may help

Problem CauseSolution

EVENT Indicator never lights even in FREE RUN mode

bull Replace fuse check power connection bullSet DELAY or PERIOD to a shorter interval

bull Power-on too soon after power-off

OVERLAP Indicator is on

ERROR indicator is on

bull Set DURATION gt000 bull DURATION Is set to SQUARE but

PERIOD is 000 Increase PERIOD or set DURATION independantly

bull BURST and WIDTH are gt DURATION increase PERIOD or decrease DURATION

bull BIPHASIC pulse output Is on and PERIOD is not longer than twice the DURATION Increase PERIOD or decrease DURATION

bull Free-run Is on and BURST is lt PERIOD (BURST off) DELAY is 0 and PERIOD Is lt DURATION Add delay or modify PERIOD

bull Free-run is on and BURST is gt DURATION (BURST ON) and PERIOD is lt DURATION Increase PERIOD

bull For VOLTAGE outputs the output is trying to drive too low a resistance or capacitance (eg a short circuit) Check by disconnecting the output ft is possible (and normal) that for the fastest cycles and largest amplitudes (close to 100 V

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business PartiLoop PO Box 850 CartsborgWa 98324 iTelophone 800-42O130636O6e3-8300FAX 3606B3-3525 E-mail satesaflisyslefmcom Vfebslte http7wwwa-msyslemscom

and 1 ps) that the ERROR indicator might always come on during repetitive pulses Fix output load or decrease amplitude as required

Time appears to be excessive Changed control in mid-cycle (resets current status)

Cant seem to get a full signal out Load Is not properiy connected repair wiring Too low a load impedance (VOLTAGE modes) or too high a load impedance (CURRENT mode)

Incoming triggers not accepted frequently enough

PERIOD is set too long (enforces dead time) followd by BURST set to SIGNAL Reduce PERIOD time

Table 10 Problem Solving

If you suspect that the Model 2100 may have completely failed we recommend checking the basic level of functionality Ifthis fails your instrument Is defective and must be repaired Ifthis passes either your experimental setup is incompatible or inconsistent or there is a more subtle flaw in your Model 2100

If the Model 2100 appears to be malfunctioning contact A-M Systems Inc or your dealer We will first attempt to solve the problem over the telephone so have an exact description of your problem available when you call You do not need to be within the warranty period to obtain over-the-phone assistance

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 iTetoptxme 80O426-1306 bull 360683-8300 FAX 3606803525 E-mail satesa-msystemsoomAfebsitehttpJwwwaflisystemscom

Theory of Operation

The operation ofthe Model 2100 is summarized in the block diagram (see the figure on Page 11) Not shown are all ofthe interconnections with the microcontroller The internal microcontroler plays an important role in setting the signal path but does not directly contribute to the dynamic characteristics It scans the front panel switches and sets the control values for the logic arrays It programs the internal counters which along with the other hardware achieve the necessary sub-microsecond speeds

Pulse generation starts either from an Input trigger signal (from Trig In) or an internally signal (Free Run mode) A Delay timer counts the 10MHz clock until its count value is exhausted At this point the Burst Period and Duration timers are started If the Burst timer has not expired by the end ofthe Period the Period and Duration timers are restarted If the Biphasic mode has been set the Duration timer is restarted at the end of the initial Duration and the sign ofthe output pulse is reversed doubling the total duration

The system state (pulse on pulse sign baseline sign [+0f-]) is transmitted to the isolated section via optoisolator The baseline and pulse amplitudes are selected by an analog switch The resulting signal is amplified by a variable-power-supply discrete operational amplifier The amplifier connections and gain is modified to provide two voltage and three current ranges

Timing overiap errors are detected by a logical decision computation rather than by testing for counter collisions This provides instant feedback rather than waiting up to an hour for such a collision to occur Output errors are measured by sensing the output amplifiers differential input voltage Under normal conditions this is a negligible voltage If the amplifier fails to deliver the requested signal the window comparator testing this voltage sends this message (via optoisolator) to the logic section turning on a warning LED

fl-N Systems Inc 131BusinessPart(LoopRO Box850CarisboigWa98324 4 n Tel0pri0ne80O426-130636O683^300FAX36O6833525 ^ E-mail salesaflisystBmscom V febsite http7wwwa-msystemsoom

S i

I - - ^^mdasho^M

OUTPUT i l l

TRIG ^ OUT

(burst)

TRIG 3-lt) OUT

(pulse)

til

I laquo

Calibration Procedures

The calibration interval is the lesser of 1000 hours of operation or 6 months Somewhat greater drift can be expected in the first 100 hours of operation as the semiconductors age Adjustments should only be made after the instrument has been fully warmed up for at least 15 minutes

Full instrument calibration requires the following test equipment digital multimeter (plusmn 01) able to measure resistance to at least lOOMO oscilloscope with at least 50MHz bandwidth true-mis voltmeter with 4MHz bandwidth universal counter (plusmn 001 ) able to measure single pulse widths and periods resistors (all plusmn 01) 2kn lOkH 1 watt 20kn 200kn alligator clip lead sets banana plugs and BNC adapters

Adjustment integrated circuit and test point locations are shown in the following figures All adjustments are on the timing board unless othenAise noted

All voltages in the non-isolated section should be measured with respect to ground at TP510 unless othenwise stated Some voltages are measured with respect to an internal isolated ground at TP650 or across the two output temninals Occasionally the voltage at an IC pin must be measured in these cases the reference designator is given with the pin number in parentheses eg U602(16) When it states within this procedure that a voltage is to be minimized this means that the adjustment should be made such that the measured voltage is as close to zero volts as possible Refer to the Specifications Section of this manual for acceptable tolerances

The sequence of this procedure is important If any adjustment is made all adjustments which follow must be made to ensure that the specifications will be met These procedures require that all controls remain as set in previous steps unless othenAise indicated

WARNING

The Model 2100 has dangerous voltages throughout the instrument even with the power is off Servicing the Model 2100 should only be done by qualified service personnel Use caution in handling any wires connectors or electrodes which may be directly or indirectly attached to the instrument Do not touch exposed connections or components Disconnect power by unplugging the power cord from the receptacle

H B ^ ^ S y s t e m s inc^degdegp^deg^^deg-^^^^^^^^B3^^^degdeg^^^lt^^^B^^^^ 131BusinessPartiLoopPO Box850CartsbOigWamp98324 4 9 |Telophone800-42013C6360683-8300F0lt360683-3525 ^ E-mail salesa-msystefnscom website httpwwwaflisystems com

CO

TP501 O lt0

g OTPSOO

U560 S

Trig Gate

0 -TISOS

U570

U500

Timing

p U520

Timing

K U550 Timin

gt U540

U515

o X I Timin

U508 I

J510 Timing nnn

Burst Delay J400

gt U550

R503

D D I D bull U8QQ i Q

n

oo

V P 5 1 0

b U535

^

Clock i _

U555

lt U 5 4 5

o

h d ^ O - - ^ U605

Q D

U620

O fJZ^ R737 bull ^ 1^13015 r j C - C O M P

B B nU770 ^ ^ ^ 5 ^ a

J420

a

o E

bull [ ]U632

riueso

rR742rVhigh R 6 1 9 ^

LJ TP645 O TP650

TPMOQ^QS

Vlow

CD-

CZZl

J440 bull bull tl iUDQ

I t

f i l

Power supply and bias voltages

Power supply

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

POWER ON Observe voltage at P703 power supply wire top of main board

Check for+15 plusmn 050 V

Observe voltage at P701 power supply wire top of main board

Check for-15 plusmn 050 V

Observe voltage at U505(24) Check for +5 plusmn 025 V

Isolated supply voltage Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

RANGE 10 V TRIG open circuit MODE center position

Alternately observe V ^ from R742 to R740 and V ^ from theU605(4)toU605(8)

Adjust R773 so that 110VltV lt 120 V and

nigh

28VltV|^lt34V

Capacitance balance Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

Connect a xlO oscilloscope probe to TP650 and ground the

Adjust R737 for minimum high frequency signal

Inputs

Gate function Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave Verify that the voltage to GATE switches states at the Observe voltage at U510(3) proper input levels with an oscilloscope

Trigger slope Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave Verify that the voltage to TRIG switches states at the Observe voltage at U510( 1) proper input levels with an oscilloscope

TRIG SLOPE Verify voltage is 180deg out of phase

TRIG SLOPE Verify voltage is in phase

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 860 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Jelophone 800-4201306 360683-8300 bull FM 380683-3525 E-mail salesaflTsystBfnscom bull Vtebsite httpVAirwwaflisystems com

14

Trigger and gate f unc t i on

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

DELAY NONE BURS-nMDTH SINGLE DURATION SQUARE PERIOD 100X10-3

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave to TRIG Observe TRIGD and EVENT LEDs

TRIG disconnect all Short the GATE connector to GND Verify LEDs extinguish

MODE press to MANUAL Verify LEDs flash once

Timing

System c lock f requency

Controls Inputs Observations Ad jus t Check

Observe the frequency of the wave Verify 1000 MHz plusmn 001 atU555(17)

Mul t ip l iers (Wheel Swi tches)

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

PULSE SIGN-laquobull MODE FREE RUN TRIG disconnect all TIMING MULTIPUERS all

wheels set to zero except the one being tested

TIMING OVERLAP ignore

Observe the pulse width with the counter at the location specified t)elow

Verify pulse width is correct for each wheel as it is tested independently

For each wheel of each MULTIPLIER test each position to verify that the pulse width is correct Observe the signal at the following locations DELAY U520(2) BURSTWIDTH U530(2) PERIOD U540(2) DURATION U550(2)

Rates (Rotary Swi tches)

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

TIMING MULTIPUERS 001 Observe the pulse width with the TIMING RATES all rotary counter at the location specified

switches set to 10-4 below except the one being tested

Verify pulse width is correct for each rotary switch as it is tested independently

For each ofthe four rotary switches in TIMING test each position to verify that the pulse width is correct Observe the signal at the following locations DELAY U520(2) BURSTWIDTH U530(2) PERIOD U540(2) DURATION U550(2)

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 iTetophone 8004201306 bull 360683-8300 bull FOC 3606803525 E-mail salesa-msystemscom Wbbsite httpJwwwaflTSystemscom

15

Trigger outputs

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

Range 10V Pulse Amplitude 500 Delay 100 xlO^ Burst 100 x 10 ^ Duration 100x10-^ Period 400x10-^ Pulse sign + Trig Mode Free run Trig in open

Trigger the oscilloscope to the Burst Trig Out Observe it the Pulse Trig Out and the isolated output

Verify that the waveform consists of a burst of three 1ms-on3ms-off pulses The burst trigger should be synchronous with the burst the pulse trigger coincident with each pulse

Output Calibration

Isolation Resistance (check)

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode center position Trig In open

Measure the resistance between ground banana jack (front panel) and black banana jack of output with DMM

Resistance read gt 100MQ

Amplitude Switch Offset (R640)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Zero Trig Mode center position Trig In Open

Measure the voltage at TP645 vs TP650 with the DMM

Adjust R640 (AmpI Sw Offset) for minimum voltage

Output Offset (R332 front panel board) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Zero Range 10V Trig Mode center position Trig In Open

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

Adjust R332 (Output offset) for minimum voltage

Positive Baseline Offeet (R607) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Sign + Baseline Amplitude

fully CCW (000) Range 10V Trig In open Trig Mode center position

Measure the voltage across the outputwiththeDMM

Adjust R602 (BSLN + offset) for minimum voltage

fl-N Systems Inc 131 BusBiess Parti Loop P O Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Telophone B00-42O1306 bull 360683-8300 bull FAX 3606803525 E-mail salesaflisystemscom V^tebsite httpy^vwwa-msystems com

16

Negative Baseline Offset (R619)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Sign -Baseline Amplitude

fully CCW (000) Range 10V Trig In open Trig Mode center position

Measure the voltage across the outputwiththeDMM

Adjust R619 (BSLN + offset) for minimum voltage

Pulse Amplitude Adjust (R602)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode Free Mode Pulse Amplitude 1000 Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =1001 Period =00110-4 Pulse Sign -Trig In open Range 10V

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

The Overiap indicator should be on Adjust R602 (Max Level) for -10OOV out

Pulse Sign Gain (check)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode Free Mode Pulse Amplitude 1000 Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =100 1s Period =001 10-4s Trig In open Range 10V

Measure the voltage at the output with the DMM for the Pulse Sign at + and - positions

The absolute values ofthe voltages should differ by less than lOOmV

Baseline Amplitudes (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Range 100mA Trig Mode center position Baseline Amplitude fully CW (1000) Trig In open

Measure the voltage at the output with the DMM with Baseline Sign in + Zero and

- positions

Gain the matching of current levels at = and - positions and offset current in Zero position

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop PO Box 850 Cartsboig Wa 98324 Telophone 800-4201306 360683-8300 FkX 3606803525 E-mail salesa-msystemscom website http^^wwaflisystemsccm

17

Output Range Amplitude and Drive (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Pulse Amplitude 1000 Pulse Sign + Trig Mode Free Run Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =1001 Period =10010-4 Trig In open

Load the output with a 10KV 1W 01 resistor Measure the voltage at the output with DMM

Verify that full scale output is within specification Scale Range 100V 100V 10V 10V 100mA IV 1mA 10V 10mA 100V

Pulse Sign and Short Circuit Protection (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =200 10-4 Period =00110-3 Baseline Zero Pulse Amplitude 25 Range 10V Trig Mode Free Run Trig In open

Measure the voltage at the output with the oscilloscope Check for Pulse Sign set to each of + - biphasic Watch for Error indicator when shorting the output

Verify that pulses of approx 25V amplitude (625V for biphasic mode) of the correct sign are produced every 10ms Short output in biphasic mode Output should return when opened

Output Transient Response (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Pulse Sign + Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =20010-4 Period =00110-3 Pulse Amplitude 250 Baseline Zero Trig Mode Free Mode Trig In open

Connect the oscilloscope to the output with a 310 attenuator probe Test both 10V and 100V ranges

Verify that overshoot and risetime meet specifications

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Telophone 8004201306 bull 3606808300 bull Flaquo( 360laquo83ltJ525 E-mail salesa-msystemsocm V^febsite http^wwwa-msystefnscom

18

Specifications

There are three classes of specifications Class A specifications tested in all units and are guaranteed Class B specifications are inherent in the design they are indirectly tested and are guaranteed Class C specifications are typical operating values which are occasionally tested- these are typical values given for your information but not guarshyanteed The class for each specification is noted in the center column ofthe following sections

Inputs Switching level

Hysteresis

Input equivalent circuit

Minimum duration (1 IL-level signal)

A

C

C

C

16 V(plusmn 02 V)

approx 50 mV

lOOKH to+5 in parallel with no more than 35pF

gt 50 ns

Open circuit condition B defaults to highon level

Timing and rate accuracy Rate selector steps

Timing multiplier steps

B

B

lOOpsto 100s in 7 steps

1 of rate selector step size Maximum value is 999 X the rate selector step size

Resolution B approx 01 ofthe maximum value

Timing error (second and later pulses after resetting controls)

B lt 002 of rate selector value + 015 ps

Timing error (first pulse after readjusting timing controls)

an additional 025 ps error may occur

Timing repeatability lt 001 setting + 20 ns (monophasic)

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Ram Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Vfa 98324 pTelophone 8004201306 bull 360683-8300 bull FAX 360683-3525

E-mail salesraquoflisystems com Wabsite httpJAnww afl isystems com

19

TRIG IN to OUTPUT delay (DELAY set to 0) output set to 2V

Timing jitter from TRIG IN to OUTPUT (for TTL trigger input with risetime lt10 ns)

Timing jitter from TRIG OUT (either BURST or PULSE) and OUTPUT

Trigger output to pulse output delay

Output characteristics Pulse level error (voltage mode open circuit current mode short circuit

Biphasic level difference IV + - V-1 2

Baseline level error (voltage mode open circuit current mode short circuit)

Risetime (25 V out)

Risetime (25 V out)

Transient response

A

A

A

Output impedance (voltage mode) C

Output impedance (current mode) C

Isolation resistance A

Isolation capacitance C

approx 05 ps for a load of no more than 10 KH in parallel with 50 pF

lt 125 ns (all rates except 100s) lt 125 ps (100s rate)

Less than 20 ns (all rates)

approx 350 ns

lt 03 of setting + 05 of r range (plus an additional 05 pA in 100 pA range)

lt 03 of range (voltage modes into open circuit current modes into short circuit)

lt 03 of setting of setting + 01 of range (plus an additional 05 pA in lOOpA range)

= 200 ns into less than 30 pF

= 15 ps into less than 30 pF

lt 8 overshoot into less than 30 pF for pulse voltages different than baseline voltage by at least 10 of range

= 50 ohms

raquo 1 0 GH (typically 200 GO)

raquo 1 0 0 M n

= 60 pF at 100 Hz

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Peril Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg V6 98324 |TelCf)hone 800-4201306 3606808300 bull FAX 360683-3525 E-mal salesaflisystefnsoom Website hnpyMVfWafllsystemsoom

20

Noise (differential mode)

Noise (common mode earth to isolated ground) with no signal output

Overload error indicator (low frequency short circuited voltage mode)

Overload error indicator low frequency open circuited current mode)

Overioad error response time

Miscellaneous

= 1 mV rms (10 V scale 10 Hz-4 MHz)

= 8 mV rms (10 Hz-4 MHz) == 100mVp-p (200 Hz -10 MHz) measured withalOMH 15pF oscilloscope probe

Turns on for set amplitude at or greater than approx plusmn1 V (10 V range) or plusmn2 V (100 V range)

Turns on for set amplitude at or above approx 2 of range

Flat to approx 30 ps duration Decreasing sensitivity for shorter pulses

Power

Fuse

Operating temperature range

Storage temperature range

Operating humidity

Dimensions

approx 11 watts

1 amp 3AG

10-30degC

0 - 50deg C

5 - 80 RH

17x475x1125 (inches) 432x121x286 cm

Weight 20 lbs (9 kg)

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Wb 98324 |Tetcphone 8004201306 3606808300 bull FOt 360683-3525 E-mail satesamsystems comV^febsite httpywwwaflisystemscom

21

Warranty and Service

What does this warranty cover A-M Systems Inc warrants to the Purchaser that the Instrument excluding cables Headstage Probes and any other accessories shipped with the Instrument (hereafter the hardware) is free from defects in workmanship or material under normal use and service for the period of one (1) year This warranty commences on the date of delivery ofthe hardware to the Purchaser

What are the obligations of A-M Systems Inc under this warranty During the warranty period A-M Systems Inc agrees to repair or replace at its sole option without charge to the Purchaser any defective component part of the hardware To obtain warranty service the Purchaser must return the hardware to A-M Systems Inc or an authorized A-M Systems Inc distributor in an adequate shipping container Any postage shipping and insurance charges incurred in shipping the hardware to A-M Systems Inc must be prepaid by the Purchaser and all risk for the hardware shall remain with purchaser until such time as A-M Systems Inc takes receipt of the hardware Upon receipt A-M Systems Inc will promptly repair or replace the defective unit and then return the hardware to the Purchaser postage shipping and insurance prepaid A-M Systems Inc may use reconditioned or like new parts or units at its sole option when repairing any hardware Repaired products shall carry the same amount of outstanding warranty as from original purchase or ninety (90) days which ever is greater Any claim under the warranty must include a dated proof of purchase ofthe hardware covered by this warranty In any event A-M Systems Inc liability for defective hardware is limited to repairing or replacing the hardware

What is not covered by this warranty This warranty is contingent upon proper use and maintenance ofthe hardware by the Purchaser and does not cover batteries Neglect misuse whether intentional or othenwise tampering with or altering the hardware damage caused by accident damage caused by unusual physical electrical chemical or electromechanical stress damage caused by failure of electrical power or damage caused during transportation are not covered by this wan-anty Products may not be returned to A-M Systems Inc for service whether under warranty or otherwise which are contaminated by infectious agents radioactive compounds or other materials constituting a health hazard to employees of A-M Systems Inc

What are the limits of liability for A-M Systems Inc under this warranty A-M Systems Inc shall not be liable for loss of data profits or savings or any special incidental consequential indirect or other similar damages arising from breach of contract negligence or other legal action even if the company or its agent has been advised of the possibility of such damages or for any claim brought against you by another party THIS EQUIPMENT IS NOT INTENDED FOR CLINICAL MEASUREMENTS USING HUMAN SUBJECTS A-M SYSTEMS INC DOES NOT ASSUME RESPONSIBILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE DUE TO MISUSE OF THIS EQUIPMENT Jurisdictions vary with regard to the enforceability of provisions excluding or limiting liability for incidental or consequential damages Check the provision of your local jurisdiction to find out whether the above exclusion applies to you

This warranty allocates risks of product failure between the Purchaser and A-M Systems Inc A-M Systems Inc hardware pricing reflects this allocation of risk and the limitations of liability contained in this warranty The warranty set forth above is in lieu of all other express warranties whether oral or written The agents employees distributors and dealers of A-M Systems Inc are not authorized to make modifications to this warranty or additional wan-anties binding on the company Accordingly additional statements such as dealer advertising or presentations whether oral or written do not constitute warranties by A-M Systems Inc and should not be relied upon This warranty gives you specific legal rights You may also have other rights which vary from one jurisdiction to another

fl-N Systems Inc 131BusinessPartiLoop RO Box850CartsbOfgWa98324 p O |Telophone 8004201306 bull 360683-8300FOC 3606830525 ^ ^ E-mail saiesaflisystefTiscom Wbbsite httpVwwwa-msystemscom

INSTRUCTION MANUAL

FOR

ISOLATED PULSE STIMULATOR

MODEL 2100

Serial

Date

A-M Systems Inc

PO Box 850

Carlsborg WA 98324

USA

360-683-8300 bull 800-426-1306 FAX 360-683-3525

httpwwwa-msystemscom

Version 70 February 2002

Contents General Description 1

Instrument Features 1 Controls and Connectors 2

Operating Instructions 6 Theory of Operation 10 Calibration Procedures 12

Inputs 14 Output Calibration 16

Specifications 19 Warranty and Service 22

Each Isolated Pulse Stimulator is delivered complete with

Rack Mount Hardware Instructions amp Maintenance Manual

NOTE

This instrument is not intended for clinical measurements using human subjects A-M Systems Inc does not assume responsibility for Injury or damage due to the misuse of this instrument

General Description

Instrument Features The Isolated Pulse Stimulator Model 2100 is designed for a wide variety of applications It is highly flexible being capable of delivering single pulses biphasic pairs or bursts of pulses Pulses may be started manually or upon receiving a trigger signal from another Instrument or computer Two non-isolated trigger outputs are available for triggering other instruments

Four sets of timing controls provide comprehensive control overall aspects of pulse generation Three digit accuracy is available over a 7 decade range for each timing function using lever wheel switches Pulse widths can be set over more than a 9 decade range from 05 ps to 999 seconds Timing accuracy is assured through the use of a 10 MHz base rate crystal-controlled clock digitally divided to provide accurate timing over the entire range Atiming overiap indicator will light If the timing controls are set inconsistently

The output may be conveniently switched between current and voltage modes Pulse and baseline amplitudes are Independently presettable with lockable dials An error Indicator will light if the Mode2700 cannot deliver the desired signal

r WARNING

The Model 2100 can produce potentially dangerous voltages up to 100 V at the output connectors The isolated output is not connected internally to safety (earth) ground in any way Some part of the extemal circuit should be connected to safety ground Use caution in handling any wires connectors or electrodes which may be directly or indirectly attached to the Model 2100 output Some kinds of connectors such as BNC connectors have exposed metal parts which may float at dangerous potentials unless extemally connected to safety ground For greatest safety tum the Model 2100 off before making any connections to

the instrument

131 Business Parii Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Telophone 800-426-1306 bull 360-68raquolaquo300 bull FAX 360683-3525 E-mal satesa-msystemsoom VVfebsite httpywwwa^nsystemscom fl-N Systems Inc 1

Controls and Connectors The controls for the Model 2100 are grouped in three sections START which controls when a pulse or burst of pulses begins TIMING which controls the onoff timing of one or more pulses and OUTPUT which controls the amplitude of the output signal

Start TRIG SLOPE Determines the polarity of valid trigger pulses (positive or negative edges in the trigger signal)

MODE Controls waveform initiation When set to FREE RUN one timing cycle immediately follows the last When momentarily placed In the MANUAL position a timing cycle starts Immediately When the switch Is In the center position timing cycles start when valid triggering events occur

TRIGD This LED lights up when a timing cycle Is in process and continues until the burst is completed

TRIG This BNC connector allows a signal from an external source to Initiate timing cycles It is set for standard TTL levels

GATE This BNC connector allows a signal from an external source to restrict the final output signal This input must be at a logical high (or open-circuited) in order for the Model 2100 to recognize either manual or automatic trigger events

Gate 1_ Trigger |~~^ i I Valid triggers (represented by the arrows in the figure) can occur only when the gate Is at logical high Note that the up arrow would apply only If TRIG SLOPE is set to + the down an-ows would apply only if TRIG SLOPE Is set to -

NOTE Triggers have no effect if the system has not completed its response to a previous trigger

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Park Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Vb 98324 TelQphQne 80O426-1306 360683-8300 FAX 360683-3525 E-mail sales^a-msystemscom Wsbsite httpywwwa-msystemscom

Timing Four sets of controls govern the timing of pulse generation Each set contains two values which are multiplied together to detemnine the actual timing value The rotary knob (rate selector) provides the approximate timing value and the lever wheel switch bank (MULTIPLIER)

provides a time resolution of three decimal digits The following diagram shows most of the Important relationships

Output r Delay Duration

|ltPeriodgtj

t Burst width

Trigger event

DELAY These controls determine the time duration between the initiating trigger event and the beginning of the pulse burst If this rate selector is set to NONE or the multiplier is set to 000 there Is no delay

BURST WIDTH These controls determine the time period in which one or more pulses may be delivered Once started a pulse may outlast the burst width If this rate selector is set to SINGLE or to any time shorter than the pulse duration only a single pulse will occur If the BURST WIDTH Is longer than the period pulses will be emitted at the PERIOD rate until the burst time ends Pulses are never truncated by a short BURSTWIDTH

inds)-PULSE

D U R A T I O N 1 0 1 0

10

INTEB-PULSE PERIOD

1 1 10

DURATION These controls determine the length of each pulse Ifthis rate selector Is set to SQUARE the duration is set to half of the period regardless of the MULTIPLIER setting

PERIOD These controls set the period of time between adjacent pulse events within the burst It also forces a minimum dead time between recognized input triggers following a burst of one or more pulses This can be used to prevent over stimulation of a tissue without requiring excessive delay between the triggering event and the stimulating pulse

TIMING OVERLAP

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 860 Carisborg Vamp 98324 |Telophone 800-426-1306 360683-8300 bull FAX 3606aW525 E-mail salearega^nsystemsoom Vfeb5ite httpAwwwa^nsyslemscam

NOTE If any of these timing controls are changed while a timing cycle is in operation the results are undefined until the current cycle finishes

TIMING OVERLAP This LED will light to Indicate an inconsistency in the timing cycle settings There are several ways to introduce such errors The most common way is to set the Inter-pulse PERIOD to be less than the pulse DURATION

T I M I N G (seconds)^

TRIG OUT (UPPER) This BNC connector provides a signal which is coincident with the Internal Burst timing signal (default) This means the signal starts at the end of the Delay time and persists until the Burst time expires This output may also be set to represent the delay time-out by setting the internal jumper J510 to the right two pins instead of the left two pins (Please see the Calibration section in this manual for jumper location Directions are given as viewed from the front of the Instrument)

TRIG OUT (LOWER) This BNC connector provides a signal which Is coincident with the Duration timing signal which controls pulse output

NOTE Both trigger output signals slightly lead the isolated output signal

Output

PULSE SIGN This switch determines the polarity of the pulses to be generated It also allows generation of biphasic pulses thereby doubling the effective total period Warning the first pulse generated after changing the PULSE

SIGN switch may have the wrong polarity

BASELINE This Switch determines the polarity ofthe baseline signal

RANGE This rotary switch determines if the output pulses will be constant current (3 ranges) or constant voltage (2 ranges)

BASELINE AMPLITUDE This value is independently set using a ten-turn counting dial The maximum baseline amplitude is one tenth the value shown on the range amplitude switch

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 8S0 Cartsborg Vfa 98324 |Tetaphone 80O426-1306 bull 360683-8300 bull FAX 3606803525 E-mail salesa-msystemscom Wbbsite http7Awwwaflnsystemscom

PULSE AMPLITUDE This value is independently set using a ten-turn counting dial The maximum pulse amplitude is the value shown on the range amplitude switch

EVENT This LED indicates when a pulse is ongoing

ERROR This LED indicates when the internal output amplifier cannot output the pulse as desired This is usually due to a short circuit while trying to output a voltage or an open circuit while trying to output a current

VOTEThe Pulse Sign control in the Oupuf section directly affects waveform timing When set to the Biphasic mode a positive-going pulse is immediately followed by a negative-going pulse This effectively doubles the pulse duration If a burst of biphasic pulses is being produced the period must be at least twice the single pulse duration In the Square wave mode the baseline disappears as long as the burst persists

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsboig Vte 98324 |Telophone 800426-1306 360683-8300 bull FAX 3606833525 E-mail salesa-m5ystem5 com Website httpwwwa-msystemscom

Operating Instructions

Examples Simple setup (and minimal instrument test)

Connect the output ofthe Model 2100 to an oscilloscope Before connecting the Model 2100 to any other instrument or the experimental preparation It is safest to turn Its power off

Set the Oufpuf controls

Range 10V Pulse Sign +

Baseline Zero Pulse Amplitude 200

Setting The Timing Controls

Delay Burst Width

Duration Period

none single

15010-2 50010-2

Setting The Start Controls

Mode Free Run

Disconnect any cables to the TRIG or GATE inputs

Note that the green Trig and Event Indicators turn on as Free Run is turned on (and turn off otherwise) You should observe a 15ms duration 20Hz rate pulse of 200V above a OV baseline on the oscilloscope

fl-N Systems Inc 131 BusinessPartiLoop RO Box850CarisbcxgWa98324 |Telophone 800426-1306 bull 360-683-8300 bull FW 360683-3525 E-mail salesa-msystems com VVbbsite httpywwwa-msystems com

Demonstration of Burst Mode Connect the output ofthe Model 2100 to an oscilloscope Before connecting the Model 2100 to any other instrument or the experimental preparation It Is safest to turn its power off

Set the Outpuf controls

Range 10V Pulse Sign +

Baseline Pulse Amplitude 200

Baseline Amplitude 100

Setting The Timing Controls

Delay 88010-2 Burst Width 12010-^

Duration 15010-2 Period 50010-2

Set the START controls as follows

Mode Free Run

Disconnect any cables to the TRIG or GATE inputs

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Telophooe 8004201306 360683-8300 bull FAX 360683-3525 E^naii salesa-msystems com Watjsite http7wwwa-msystemscom

Trigger the oscilloscope from the Bursf trigger out (upper Trig Out connector) for a stable display In each burst (occurring every lOOms) you should observe a trio of 15ms duration starting 50ms apart Try switching the StartMode from Free Run to the center (nonnal) position The pulses will no longer be produced and the Trig and Event Indicators will tum off Pressing this switch once (to Manual) will cause a single burst to occur

Problem Solving If the instrument appears to be not working properiy check all ofthe control settings and connections Be sure to wait at least 5-10 seconds after turning the instrument off before turning it on again The following summary of typical problems for the user (along with the most common solutions) may help

Problem CauseSolution

EVENT Indicator never lights even in FREE RUN mode

bull Replace fuse check power connection bullSet DELAY or PERIOD to a shorter interval

bull Power-on too soon after power-off

OVERLAP Indicator is on

ERROR indicator is on

bull Set DURATION gt000 bull DURATION Is set to SQUARE but

PERIOD is 000 Increase PERIOD or set DURATION independantly

bull BURST and WIDTH are gt DURATION increase PERIOD or decrease DURATION

bull BIPHASIC pulse output Is on and PERIOD is not longer than twice the DURATION Increase PERIOD or decrease DURATION

bull Free-run Is on and BURST is lt PERIOD (BURST off) DELAY is 0 and PERIOD Is lt DURATION Add delay or modify PERIOD

bull Free-run is on and BURST is gt DURATION (BURST ON) and PERIOD is lt DURATION Increase PERIOD

bull For VOLTAGE outputs the output is trying to drive too low a resistance or capacitance (eg a short circuit) Check by disconnecting the output ft is possible (and normal) that for the fastest cycles and largest amplitudes (close to 100 V

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business PartiLoop PO Box 850 CartsborgWa 98324 iTelophone 800-42O130636O6e3-8300FAX 3606B3-3525 E-mail satesaflisyslefmcom Vfebslte http7wwwa-msyslemscom

and 1 ps) that the ERROR indicator might always come on during repetitive pulses Fix output load or decrease amplitude as required

Time appears to be excessive Changed control in mid-cycle (resets current status)

Cant seem to get a full signal out Load Is not properiy connected repair wiring Too low a load impedance (VOLTAGE modes) or too high a load impedance (CURRENT mode)

Incoming triggers not accepted frequently enough

PERIOD is set too long (enforces dead time) followd by BURST set to SIGNAL Reduce PERIOD time

Table 10 Problem Solving

If you suspect that the Model 2100 may have completely failed we recommend checking the basic level of functionality Ifthis fails your instrument Is defective and must be repaired Ifthis passes either your experimental setup is incompatible or inconsistent or there is a more subtle flaw in your Model 2100

If the Model 2100 appears to be malfunctioning contact A-M Systems Inc or your dealer We will first attempt to solve the problem over the telephone so have an exact description of your problem available when you call You do not need to be within the warranty period to obtain over-the-phone assistance

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 iTetoptxme 80O426-1306 bull 360683-8300 FAX 3606803525 E-mail satesa-msystemsoomAfebsitehttpJwwwaflisystemscom

Theory of Operation

The operation ofthe Model 2100 is summarized in the block diagram (see the figure on Page 11) Not shown are all ofthe interconnections with the microcontroller The internal microcontroler plays an important role in setting the signal path but does not directly contribute to the dynamic characteristics It scans the front panel switches and sets the control values for the logic arrays It programs the internal counters which along with the other hardware achieve the necessary sub-microsecond speeds

Pulse generation starts either from an Input trigger signal (from Trig In) or an internally signal (Free Run mode) A Delay timer counts the 10MHz clock until its count value is exhausted At this point the Burst Period and Duration timers are started If the Burst timer has not expired by the end ofthe Period the Period and Duration timers are restarted If the Biphasic mode has been set the Duration timer is restarted at the end of the initial Duration and the sign ofthe output pulse is reversed doubling the total duration

The system state (pulse on pulse sign baseline sign [+0f-]) is transmitted to the isolated section via optoisolator The baseline and pulse amplitudes are selected by an analog switch The resulting signal is amplified by a variable-power-supply discrete operational amplifier The amplifier connections and gain is modified to provide two voltage and three current ranges

Timing overiap errors are detected by a logical decision computation rather than by testing for counter collisions This provides instant feedback rather than waiting up to an hour for such a collision to occur Output errors are measured by sensing the output amplifiers differential input voltage Under normal conditions this is a negligible voltage If the amplifier fails to deliver the requested signal the window comparator testing this voltage sends this message (via optoisolator) to the logic section turning on a warning LED

fl-N Systems Inc 131BusinessPart(LoopRO Box850CarisboigWa98324 4 n Tel0pri0ne80O426-130636O683^300FAX36O6833525 ^ E-mail salesaflisystBmscom V febsite http7wwwa-msystemsoom

S i

I - - ^^mdasho^M

OUTPUT i l l

TRIG ^ OUT

(burst)

TRIG 3-lt) OUT

(pulse)

til

I laquo

Calibration Procedures

The calibration interval is the lesser of 1000 hours of operation or 6 months Somewhat greater drift can be expected in the first 100 hours of operation as the semiconductors age Adjustments should only be made after the instrument has been fully warmed up for at least 15 minutes

Full instrument calibration requires the following test equipment digital multimeter (plusmn 01) able to measure resistance to at least lOOMO oscilloscope with at least 50MHz bandwidth true-mis voltmeter with 4MHz bandwidth universal counter (plusmn 001 ) able to measure single pulse widths and periods resistors (all plusmn 01) 2kn lOkH 1 watt 20kn 200kn alligator clip lead sets banana plugs and BNC adapters

Adjustment integrated circuit and test point locations are shown in the following figures All adjustments are on the timing board unless othenAise noted

All voltages in the non-isolated section should be measured with respect to ground at TP510 unless othenwise stated Some voltages are measured with respect to an internal isolated ground at TP650 or across the two output temninals Occasionally the voltage at an IC pin must be measured in these cases the reference designator is given with the pin number in parentheses eg U602(16) When it states within this procedure that a voltage is to be minimized this means that the adjustment should be made such that the measured voltage is as close to zero volts as possible Refer to the Specifications Section of this manual for acceptable tolerances

The sequence of this procedure is important If any adjustment is made all adjustments which follow must be made to ensure that the specifications will be met These procedures require that all controls remain as set in previous steps unless othenAise indicated

WARNING

The Model 2100 has dangerous voltages throughout the instrument even with the power is off Servicing the Model 2100 should only be done by qualified service personnel Use caution in handling any wires connectors or electrodes which may be directly or indirectly attached to the instrument Do not touch exposed connections or components Disconnect power by unplugging the power cord from the receptacle

H B ^ ^ S y s t e m s inc^degdegp^deg^^deg-^^^^^^^^B3^^^degdeg^^^lt^^^B^^^^ 131BusinessPartiLoopPO Box850CartsbOigWamp98324 4 9 |Telophone800-42013C6360683-8300F0lt360683-3525 ^ E-mail salesa-msystefnscom website httpwwwaflisystems com

CO

TP501 O lt0

g OTPSOO

U560 S

Trig Gate

0 -TISOS

U570

U500

Timing

p U520

Timing

K U550 Timin

gt U540

U515

o X I Timin

U508 I

J510 Timing nnn

Burst Delay J400

gt U550

R503

D D I D bull U8QQ i Q

n

oo

V P 5 1 0

b U535

^

Clock i _

U555

lt U 5 4 5

o

h d ^ O - - ^ U605

Q D

U620

O fJZ^ R737 bull ^ 1^13015 r j C - C O M P

B B nU770 ^ ^ ^ 5 ^ a

J420

a

o E

bull [ ]U632

riueso

rR742rVhigh R 6 1 9 ^

LJ TP645 O TP650

TPMOQ^QS

Vlow

CD-

CZZl

J440 bull bull tl iUDQ

I t

f i l

Power supply and bias voltages

Power supply

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

POWER ON Observe voltage at P703 power supply wire top of main board

Check for+15 plusmn 050 V

Observe voltage at P701 power supply wire top of main board

Check for-15 plusmn 050 V

Observe voltage at U505(24) Check for +5 plusmn 025 V

Isolated supply voltage Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

RANGE 10 V TRIG open circuit MODE center position

Alternately observe V ^ from R742 to R740 and V ^ from theU605(4)toU605(8)

Adjust R773 so that 110VltV lt 120 V and

nigh

28VltV|^lt34V

Capacitance balance Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

Connect a xlO oscilloscope probe to TP650 and ground the

Adjust R737 for minimum high frequency signal

Inputs

Gate function Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave Verify that the voltage to GATE switches states at the Observe voltage at U510(3) proper input levels with an oscilloscope

Trigger slope Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave Verify that the voltage to TRIG switches states at the Observe voltage at U510( 1) proper input levels with an oscilloscope

TRIG SLOPE Verify voltage is 180deg out of phase

TRIG SLOPE Verify voltage is in phase

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 860 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Jelophone 800-4201306 360683-8300 bull FM 380683-3525 E-mail salesaflTsystBfnscom bull Vtebsite httpVAirwwaflisystems com

14

Trigger and gate f unc t i on

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

DELAY NONE BURS-nMDTH SINGLE DURATION SQUARE PERIOD 100X10-3

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave to TRIG Observe TRIGD and EVENT LEDs

TRIG disconnect all Short the GATE connector to GND Verify LEDs extinguish

MODE press to MANUAL Verify LEDs flash once

Timing

System c lock f requency

Controls Inputs Observations Ad jus t Check

Observe the frequency of the wave Verify 1000 MHz plusmn 001 atU555(17)

Mul t ip l iers (Wheel Swi tches)

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

PULSE SIGN-laquobull MODE FREE RUN TRIG disconnect all TIMING MULTIPUERS all

wheels set to zero except the one being tested

TIMING OVERLAP ignore

Observe the pulse width with the counter at the location specified t)elow

Verify pulse width is correct for each wheel as it is tested independently

For each wheel of each MULTIPLIER test each position to verify that the pulse width is correct Observe the signal at the following locations DELAY U520(2) BURSTWIDTH U530(2) PERIOD U540(2) DURATION U550(2)

Rates (Rotary Swi tches)

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

TIMING MULTIPUERS 001 Observe the pulse width with the TIMING RATES all rotary counter at the location specified

switches set to 10-4 below except the one being tested

Verify pulse width is correct for each rotary switch as it is tested independently

For each ofthe four rotary switches in TIMING test each position to verify that the pulse width is correct Observe the signal at the following locations DELAY U520(2) BURSTWIDTH U530(2) PERIOD U540(2) DURATION U550(2)

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 iTetophone 8004201306 bull 360683-8300 bull FOC 3606803525 E-mail salesa-msystemscom Wbbsite httpJwwwaflTSystemscom

15

Trigger outputs

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

Range 10V Pulse Amplitude 500 Delay 100 xlO^ Burst 100 x 10 ^ Duration 100x10-^ Period 400x10-^ Pulse sign + Trig Mode Free run Trig in open

Trigger the oscilloscope to the Burst Trig Out Observe it the Pulse Trig Out and the isolated output

Verify that the waveform consists of a burst of three 1ms-on3ms-off pulses The burst trigger should be synchronous with the burst the pulse trigger coincident with each pulse

Output Calibration

Isolation Resistance (check)

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode center position Trig In open

Measure the resistance between ground banana jack (front panel) and black banana jack of output with DMM

Resistance read gt 100MQ

Amplitude Switch Offset (R640)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Zero Trig Mode center position Trig In Open

Measure the voltage at TP645 vs TP650 with the DMM

Adjust R640 (AmpI Sw Offset) for minimum voltage

Output Offset (R332 front panel board) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Zero Range 10V Trig Mode center position Trig In Open

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

Adjust R332 (Output offset) for minimum voltage

Positive Baseline Offeet (R607) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Sign + Baseline Amplitude

fully CCW (000) Range 10V Trig In open Trig Mode center position

Measure the voltage across the outputwiththeDMM

Adjust R602 (BSLN + offset) for minimum voltage

fl-N Systems Inc 131 BusBiess Parti Loop P O Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Telophone B00-42O1306 bull 360683-8300 bull FAX 3606803525 E-mail salesaflisystemscom V^tebsite httpy^vwwa-msystems com

16

Negative Baseline Offset (R619)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Sign -Baseline Amplitude

fully CCW (000) Range 10V Trig In open Trig Mode center position

Measure the voltage across the outputwiththeDMM

Adjust R619 (BSLN + offset) for minimum voltage

Pulse Amplitude Adjust (R602)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode Free Mode Pulse Amplitude 1000 Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =1001 Period =00110-4 Pulse Sign -Trig In open Range 10V

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

The Overiap indicator should be on Adjust R602 (Max Level) for -10OOV out

Pulse Sign Gain (check)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode Free Mode Pulse Amplitude 1000 Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =100 1s Period =001 10-4s Trig In open Range 10V

Measure the voltage at the output with the DMM for the Pulse Sign at + and - positions

The absolute values ofthe voltages should differ by less than lOOmV

Baseline Amplitudes (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Range 100mA Trig Mode center position Baseline Amplitude fully CW (1000) Trig In open

Measure the voltage at the output with the DMM with Baseline Sign in + Zero and

- positions

Gain the matching of current levels at = and - positions and offset current in Zero position

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop PO Box 850 Cartsboig Wa 98324 Telophone 800-4201306 360683-8300 FkX 3606803525 E-mail salesa-msystemscom website http^^wwaflisystemsccm

17

Output Range Amplitude and Drive (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Pulse Amplitude 1000 Pulse Sign + Trig Mode Free Run Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =1001 Period =10010-4 Trig In open

Load the output with a 10KV 1W 01 resistor Measure the voltage at the output with DMM

Verify that full scale output is within specification Scale Range 100V 100V 10V 10V 100mA IV 1mA 10V 10mA 100V

Pulse Sign and Short Circuit Protection (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =200 10-4 Period =00110-3 Baseline Zero Pulse Amplitude 25 Range 10V Trig Mode Free Run Trig In open

Measure the voltage at the output with the oscilloscope Check for Pulse Sign set to each of + - biphasic Watch for Error indicator when shorting the output

Verify that pulses of approx 25V amplitude (625V for biphasic mode) of the correct sign are produced every 10ms Short output in biphasic mode Output should return when opened

Output Transient Response (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Pulse Sign + Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =20010-4 Period =00110-3 Pulse Amplitude 250 Baseline Zero Trig Mode Free Mode Trig In open

Connect the oscilloscope to the output with a 310 attenuator probe Test both 10V and 100V ranges

Verify that overshoot and risetime meet specifications

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Telophone 8004201306 bull 3606808300 bull Flaquo( 360laquo83ltJ525 E-mail salesa-msystemsocm V^febsite http^wwwa-msystefnscom

18

Specifications

There are three classes of specifications Class A specifications tested in all units and are guaranteed Class B specifications are inherent in the design they are indirectly tested and are guaranteed Class C specifications are typical operating values which are occasionally tested- these are typical values given for your information but not guarshyanteed The class for each specification is noted in the center column ofthe following sections

Inputs Switching level

Hysteresis

Input equivalent circuit

Minimum duration (1 IL-level signal)

A

C

C

C

16 V(plusmn 02 V)

approx 50 mV

lOOKH to+5 in parallel with no more than 35pF

gt 50 ns

Open circuit condition B defaults to highon level

Timing and rate accuracy Rate selector steps

Timing multiplier steps

B

B

lOOpsto 100s in 7 steps

1 of rate selector step size Maximum value is 999 X the rate selector step size

Resolution B approx 01 ofthe maximum value

Timing error (second and later pulses after resetting controls)

B lt 002 of rate selector value + 015 ps

Timing error (first pulse after readjusting timing controls)

an additional 025 ps error may occur

Timing repeatability lt 001 setting + 20 ns (monophasic)

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Ram Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Vfa 98324 pTelophone 8004201306 bull 360683-8300 bull FAX 360683-3525

E-mail salesraquoflisystems com Wabsite httpJAnww afl isystems com

19

TRIG IN to OUTPUT delay (DELAY set to 0) output set to 2V

Timing jitter from TRIG IN to OUTPUT (for TTL trigger input with risetime lt10 ns)

Timing jitter from TRIG OUT (either BURST or PULSE) and OUTPUT

Trigger output to pulse output delay

Output characteristics Pulse level error (voltage mode open circuit current mode short circuit

Biphasic level difference IV + - V-1 2

Baseline level error (voltage mode open circuit current mode short circuit)

Risetime (25 V out)

Risetime (25 V out)

Transient response

A

A

A

Output impedance (voltage mode) C

Output impedance (current mode) C

Isolation resistance A

Isolation capacitance C

approx 05 ps for a load of no more than 10 KH in parallel with 50 pF

lt 125 ns (all rates except 100s) lt 125 ps (100s rate)

Less than 20 ns (all rates)

approx 350 ns

lt 03 of setting + 05 of r range (plus an additional 05 pA in 100 pA range)

lt 03 of range (voltage modes into open circuit current modes into short circuit)

lt 03 of setting of setting + 01 of range (plus an additional 05 pA in lOOpA range)

= 200 ns into less than 30 pF

= 15 ps into less than 30 pF

lt 8 overshoot into less than 30 pF for pulse voltages different than baseline voltage by at least 10 of range

= 50 ohms

raquo 1 0 GH (typically 200 GO)

raquo 1 0 0 M n

= 60 pF at 100 Hz

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Peril Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg V6 98324 |TelCf)hone 800-4201306 3606808300 bull FAX 360683-3525 E-mal salesaflisystefnsoom Website hnpyMVfWafllsystemsoom

20

Noise (differential mode)

Noise (common mode earth to isolated ground) with no signal output

Overload error indicator (low frequency short circuited voltage mode)

Overload error indicator low frequency open circuited current mode)

Overioad error response time

Miscellaneous

= 1 mV rms (10 V scale 10 Hz-4 MHz)

= 8 mV rms (10 Hz-4 MHz) == 100mVp-p (200 Hz -10 MHz) measured withalOMH 15pF oscilloscope probe

Turns on for set amplitude at or greater than approx plusmn1 V (10 V range) or plusmn2 V (100 V range)

Turns on for set amplitude at or above approx 2 of range

Flat to approx 30 ps duration Decreasing sensitivity for shorter pulses

Power

Fuse

Operating temperature range

Storage temperature range

Operating humidity

Dimensions

approx 11 watts

1 amp 3AG

10-30degC

0 - 50deg C

5 - 80 RH

17x475x1125 (inches) 432x121x286 cm

Weight 20 lbs (9 kg)

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Wb 98324 |Tetcphone 8004201306 3606808300 bull FOt 360683-3525 E-mail satesamsystems comV^febsite httpywwwaflisystemscom

21

Warranty and Service

What does this warranty cover A-M Systems Inc warrants to the Purchaser that the Instrument excluding cables Headstage Probes and any other accessories shipped with the Instrument (hereafter the hardware) is free from defects in workmanship or material under normal use and service for the period of one (1) year This warranty commences on the date of delivery ofthe hardware to the Purchaser

What are the obligations of A-M Systems Inc under this warranty During the warranty period A-M Systems Inc agrees to repair or replace at its sole option without charge to the Purchaser any defective component part of the hardware To obtain warranty service the Purchaser must return the hardware to A-M Systems Inc or an authorized A-M Systems Inc distributor in an adequate shipping container Any postage shipping and insurance charges incurred in shipping the hardware to A-M Systems Inc must be prepaid by the Purchaser and all risk for the hardware shall remain with purchaser until such time as A-M Systems Inc takes receipt of the hardware Upon receipt A-M Systems Inc will promptly repair or replace the defective unit and then return the hardware to the Purchaser postage shipping and insurance prepaid A-M Systems Inc may use reconditioned or like new parts or units at its sole option when repairing any hardware Repaired products shall carry the same amount of outstanding warranty as from original purchase or ninety (90) days which ever is greater Any claim under the warranty must include a dated proof of purchase ofthe hardware covered by this warranty In any event A-M Systems Inc liability for defective hardware is limited to repairing or replacing the hardware

What is not covered by this warranty This warranty is contingent upon proper use and maintenance ofthe hardware by the Purchaser and does not cover batteries Neglect misuse whether intentional or othenwise tampering with or altering the hardware damage caused by accident damage caused by unusual physical electrical chemical or electromechanical stress damage caused by failure of electrical power or damage caused during transportation are not covered by this wan-anty Products may not be returned to A-M Systems Inc for service whether under warranty or otherwise which are contaminated by infectious agents radioactive compounds or other materials constituting a health hazard to employees of A-M Systems Inc

What are the limits of liability for A-M Systems Inc under this warranty A-M Systems Inc shall not be liable for loss of data profits or savings or any special incidental consequential indirect or other similar damages arising from breach of contract negligence or other legal action even if the company or its agent has been advised of the possibility of such damages or for any claim brought against you by another party THIS EQUIPMENT IS NOT INTENDED FOR CLINICAL MEASUREMENTS USING HUMAN SUBJECTS A-M SYSTEMS INC DOES NOT ASSUME RESPONSIBILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE DUE TO MISUSE OF THIS EQUIPMENT Jurisdictions vary with regard to the enforceability of provisions excluding or limiting liability for incidental or consequential damages Check the provision of your local jurisdiction to find out whether the above exclusion applies to you

This warranty allocates risks of product failure between the Purchaser and A-M Systems Inc A-M Systems Inc hardware pricing reflects this allocation of risk and the limitations of liability contained in this warranty The warranty set forth above is in lieu of all other express warranties whether oral or written The agents employees distributors and dealers of A-M Systems Inc are not authorized to make modifications to this warranty or additional wan-anties binding on the company Accordingly additional statements such as dealer advertising or presentations whether oral or written do not constitute warranties by A-M Systems Inc and should not be relied upon This warranty gives you specific legal rights You may also have other rights which vary from one jurisdiction to another

fl-N Systems Inc 131BusinessPartiLoop RO Box850CartsbOfgWa98324 p O |Telophone 8004201306 bull 360683-8300FOC 3606830525 ^ ^ E-mail saiesaflisystefTiscom Wbbsite httpVwwwa-msystemscom

Contents General Description 1

Instrument Features 1 Controls and Connectors 2

Operating Instructions 6 Theory of Operation 10 Calibration Procedures 12

Inputs 14 Output Calibration 16

Specifications 19 Warranty and Service 22

Each Isolated Pulse Stimulator is delivered complete with

Rack Mount Hardware Instructions amp Maintenance Manual

NOTE

This instrument is not intended for clinical measurements using human subjects A-M Systems Inc does not assume responsibility for Injury or damage due to the misuse of this instrument

General Description

Instrument Features The Isolated Pulse Stimulator Model 2100 is designed for a wide variety of applications It is highly flexible being capable of delivering single pulses biphasic pairs or bursts of pulses Pulses may be started manually or upon receiving a trigger signal from another Instrument or computer Two non-isolated trigger outputs are available for triggering other instruments

Four sets of timing controls provide comprehensive control overall aspects of pulse generation Three digit accuracy is available over a 7 decade range for each timing function using lever wheel switches Pulse widths can be set over more than a 9 decade range from 05 ps to 999 seconds Timing accuracy is assured through the use of a 10 MHz base rate crystal-controlled clock digitally divided to provide accurate timing over the entire range Atiming overiap indicator will light If the timing controls are set inconsistently

The output may be conveniently switched between current and voltage modes Pulse and baseline amplitudes are Independently presettable with lockable dials An error Indicator will light if the Mode2700 cannot deliver the desired signal

r WARNING

The Model 2100 can produce potentially dangerous voltages up to 100 V at the output connectors The isolated output is not connected internally to safety (earth) ground in any way Some part of the extemal circuit should be connected to safety ground Use caution in handling any wires connectors or electrodes which may be directly or indirectly attached to the Model 2100 output Some kinds of connectors such as BNC connectors have exposed metal parts which may float at dangerous potentials unless extemally connected to safety ground For greatest safety tum the Model 2100 off before making any connections to

the instrument

131 Business Parii Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Telophone 800-426-1306 bull 360-68raquolaquo300 bull FAX 360683-3525 E-mal satesa-msystemsoom VVfebsite httpywwwa^nsystemscom fl-N Systems Inc 1

Controls and Connectors The controls for the Model 2100 are grouped in three sections START which controls when a pulse or burst of pulses begins TIMING which controls the onoff timing of one or more pulses and OUTPUT which controls the amplitude of the output signal

Start TRIG SLOPE Determines the polarity of valid trigger pulses (positive or negative edges in the trigger signal)

MODE Controls waveform initiation When set to FREE RUN one timing cycle immediately follows the last When momentarily placed In the MANUAL position a timing cycle starts Immediately When the switch Is In the center position timing cycles start when valid triggering events occur

TRIGD This LED lights up when a timing cycle Is in process and continues until the burst is completed

TRIG This BNC connector allows a signal from an external source to Initiate timing cycles It is set for standard TTL levels

GATE This BNC connector allows a signal from an external source to restrict the final output signal This input must be at a logical high (or open-circuited) in order for the Model 2100 to recognize either manual or automatic trigger events

Gate 1_ Trigger |~~^ i I Valid triggers (represented by the arrows in the figure) can occur only when the gate Is at logical high Note that the up arrow would apply only If TRIG SLOPE is set to + the down an-ows would apply only if TRIG SLOPE Is set to -

NOTE Triggers have no effect if the system has not completed its response to a previous trigger

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Park Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Vb 98324 TelQphQne 80O426-1306 360683-8300 FAX 360683-3525 E-mail sales^a-msystemscom Wsbsite httpywwwa-msystemscom

Timing Four sets of controls govern the timing of pulse generation Each set contains two values which are multiplied together to detemnine the actual timing value The rotary knob (rate selector) provides the approximate timing value and the lever wheel switch bank (MULTIPLIER)

provides a time resolution of three decimal digits The following diagram shows most of the Important relationships

Output r Delay Duration

|ltPeriodgtj

t Burst width

Trigger event

DELAY These controls determine the time duration between the initiating trigger event and the beginning of the pulse burst If this rate selector is set to NONE or the multiplier is set to 000 there Is no delay

BURST WIDTH These controls determine the time period in which one or more pulses may be delivered Once started a pulse may outlast the burst width If this rate selector is set to SINGLE or to any time shorter than the pulse duration only a single pulse will occur If the BURST WIDTH Is longer than the period pulses will be emitted at the PERIOD rate until the burst time ends Pulses are never truncated by a short BURSTWIDTH

inds)-PULSE

D U R A T I O N 1 0 1 0

10

INTEB-PULSE PERIOD

1 1 10

DURATION These controls determine the length of each pulse Ifthis rate selector Is set to SQUARE the duration is set to half of the period regardless of the MULTIPLIER setting

PERIOD These controls set the period of time between adjacent pulse events within the burst It also forces a minimum dead time between recognized input triggers following a burst of one or more pulses This can be used to prevent over stimulation of a tissue without requiring excessive delay between the triggering event and the stimulating pulse

TIMING OVERLAP

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 860 Carisborg Vamp 98324 |Telophone 800-426-1306 360683-8300 bull FAX 3606aW525 E-mail salearega^nsystemsoom Vfeb5ite httpAwwwa^nsyslemscam

NOTE If any of these timing controls are changed while a timing cycle is in operation the results are undefined until the current cycle finishes

TIMING OVERLAP This LED will light to Indicate an inconsistency in the timing cycle settings There are several ways to introduce such errors The most common way is to set the Inter-pulse PERIOD to be less than the pulse DURATION

T I M I N G (seconds)^

TRIG OUT (UPPER) This BNC connector provides a signal which is coincident with the Internal Burst timing signal (default) This means the signal starts at the end of the Delay time and persists until the Burst time expires This output may also be set to represent the delay time-out by setting the internal jumper J510 to the right two pins instead of the left two pins (Please see the Calibration section in this manual for jumper location Directions are given as viewed from the front of the Instrument)

TRIG OUT (LOWER) This BNC connector provides a signal which Is coincident with the Duration timing signal which controls pulse output

NOTE Both trigger output signals slightly lead the isolated output signal

Output

PULSE SIGN This switch determines the polarity of the pulses to be generated It also allows generation of biphasic pulses thereby doubling the effective total period Warning the first pulse generated after changing the PULSE

SIGN switch may have the wrong polarity

BASELINE This Switch determines the polarity ofthe baseline signal

RANGE This rotary switch determines if the output pulses will be constant current (3 ranges) or constant voltage (2 ranges)

BASELINE AMPLITUDE This value is independently set using a ten-turn counting dial The maximum baseline amplitude is one tenth the value shown on the range amplitude switch

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 8S0 Cartsborg Vfa 98324 |Tetaphone 80O426-1306 bull 360683-8300 bull FAX 3606803525 E-mail salesa-msystemscom Wbbsite http7Awwwaflnsystemscom

PULSE AMPLITUDE This value is independently set using a ten-turn counting dial The maximum pulse amplitude is the value shown on the range amplitude switch

EVENT This LED indicates when a pulse is ongoing

ERROR This LED indicates when the internal output amplifier cannot output the pulse as desired This is usually due to a short circuit while trying to output a voltage or an open circuit while trying to output a current

VOTEThe Pulse Sign control in the Oupuf section directly affects waveform timing When set to the Biphasic mode a positive-going pulse is immediately followed by a negative-going pulse This effectively doubles the pulse duration If a burst of biphasic pulses is being produced the period must be at least twice the single pulse duration In the Square wave mode the baseline disappears as long as the burst persists

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsboig Vte 98324 |Telophone 800426-1306 360683-8300 bull FAX 3606833525 E-mail salesa-m5ystem5 com Website httpwwwa-msystemscom

Operating Instructions

Examples Simple setup (and minimal instrument test)

Connect the output ofthe Model 2100 to an oscilloscope Before connecting the Model 2100 to any other instrument or the experimental preparation It is safest to turn Its power off

Set the Oufpuf controls

Range 10V Pulse Sign +

Baseline Zero Pulse Amplitude 200

Setting The Timing Controls

Delay Burst Width

Duration Period

none single

15010-2 50010-2

Setting The Start Controls

Mode Free Run

Disconnect any cables to the TRIG or GATE inputs

Note that the green Trig and Event Indicators turn on as Free Run is turned on (and turn off otherwise) You should observe a 15ms duration 20Hz rate pulse of 200V above a OV baseline on the oscilloscope

fl-N Systems Inc 131 BusinessPartiLoop RO Box850CarisbcxgWa98324 |Telophone 800426-1306 bull 360-683-8300 bull FW 360683-3525 E-mail salesa-msystems com VVbbsite httpywwwa-msystems com

Demonstration of Burst Mode Connect the output ofthe Model 2100 to an oscilloscope Before connecting the Model 2100 to any other instrument or the experimental preparation It Is safest to turn its power off

Set the Outpuf controls

Range 10V Pulse Sign +

Baseline Pulse Amplitude 200

Baseline Amplitude 100

Setting The Timing Controls

Delay 88010-2 Burst Width 12010-^

Duration 15010-2 Period 50010-2

Set the START controls as follows

Mode Free Run

Disconnect any cables to the TRIG or GATE inputs

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Telophooe 8004201306 360683-8300 bull FAX 360683-3525 E^naii salesa-msystems com Watjsite http7wwwa-msystemscom

Trigger the oscilloscope from the Bursf trigger out (upper Trig Out connector) for a stable display In each burst (occurring every lOOms) you should observe a trio of 15ms duration starting 50ms apart Try switching the StartMode from Free Run to the center (nonnal) position The pulses will no longer be produced and the Trig and Event Indicators will tum off Pressing this switch once (to Manual) will cause a single burst to occur

Problem Solving If the instrument appears to be not working properiy check all ofthe control settings and connections Be sure to wait at least 5-10 seconds after turning the instrument off before turning it on again The following summary of typical problems for the user (along with the most common solutions) may help

Problem CauseSolution

EVENT Indicator never lights even in FREE RUN mode

bull Replace fuse check power connection bullSet DELAY or PERIOD to a shorter interval

bull Power-on too soon after power-off

OVERLAP Indicator is on

ERROR indicator is on

bull Set DURATION gt000 bull DURATION Is set to SQUARE but

PERIOD is 000 Increase PERIOD or set DURATION independantly

bull BURST and WIDTH are gt DURATION increase PERIOD or decrease DURATION

bull BIPHASIC pulse output Is on and PERIOD is not longer than twice the DURATION Increase PERIOD or decrease DURATION

bull Free-run Is on and BURST is lt PERIOD (BURST off) DELAY is 0 and PERIOD Is lt DURATION Add delay or modify PERIOD

bull Free-run is on and BURST is gt DURATION (BURST ON) and PERIOD is lt DURATION Increase PERIOD

bull For VOLTAGE outputs the output is trying to drive too low a resistance or capacitance (eg a short circuit) Check by disconnecting the output ft is possible (and normal) that for the fastest cycles and largest amplitudes (close to 100 V

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business PartiLoop PO Box 850 CartsborgWa 98324 iTelophone 800-42O130636O6e3-8300FAX 3606B3-3525 E-mail satesaflisyslefmcom Vfebslte http7wwwa-msyslemscom

and 1 ps) that the ERROR indicator might always come on during repetitive pulses Fix output load or decrease amplitude as required

Time appears to be excessive Changed control in mid-cycle (resets current status)

Cant seem to get a full signal out Load Is not properiy connected repair wiring Too low a load impedance (VOLTAGE modes) or too high a load impedance (CURRENT mode)

Incoming triggers not accepted frequently enough

PERIOD is set too long (enforces dead time) followd by BURST set to SIGNAL Reduce PERIOD time

Table 10 Problem Solving

If you suspect that the Model 2100 may have completely failed we recommend checking the basic level of functionality Ifthis fails your instrument Is defective and must be repaired Ifthis passes either your experimental setup is incompatible or inconsistent or there is a more subtle flaw in your Model 2100

If the Model 2100 appears to be malfunctioning contact A-M Systems Inc or your dealer We will first attempt to solve the problem over the telephone so have an exact description of your problem available when you call You do not need to be within the warranty period to obtain over-the-phone assistance

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 iTetoptxme 80O426-1306 bull 360683-8300 FAX 3606803525 E-mail satesa-msystemsoomAfebsitehttpJwwwaflisystemscom

Theory of Operation

The operation ofthe Model 2100 is summarized in the block diagram (see the figure on Page 11) Not shown are all ofthe interconnections with the microcontroller The internal microcontroler plays an important role in setting the signal path but does not directly contribute to the dynamic characteristics It scans the front panel switches and sets the control values for the logic arrays It programs the internal counters which along with the other hardware achieve the necessary sub-microsecond speeds

Pulse generation starts either from an Input trigger signal (from Trig In) or an internally signal (Free Run mode) A Delay timer counts the 10MHz clock until its count value is exhausted At this point the Burst Period and Duration timers are started If the Burst timer has not expired by the end ofthe Period the Period and Duration timers are restarted If the Biphasic mode has been set the Duration timer is restarted at the end of the initial Duration and the sign ofthe output pulse is reversed doubling the total duration

The system state (pulse on pulse sign baseline sign [+0f-]) is transmitted to the isolated section via optoisolator The baseline and pulse amplitudes are selected by an analog switch The resulting signal is amplified by a variable-power-supply discrete operational amplifier The amplifier connections and gain is modified to provide two voltage and three current ranges

Timing overiap errors are detected by a logical decision computation rather than by testing for counter collisions This provides instant feedback rather than waiting up to an hour for such a collision to occur Output errors are measured by sensing the output amplifiers differential input voltage Under normal conditions this is a negligible voltage If the amplifier fails to deliver the requested signal the window comparator testing this voltage sends this message (via optoisolator) to the logic section turning on a warning LED

fl-N Systems Inc 131BusinessPart(LoopRO Box850CarisboigWa98324 4 n Tel0pri0ne80O426-130636O683^300FAX36O6833525 ^ E-mail salesaflisystBmscom V febsite http7wwwa-msystemsoom

S i

I - - ^^mdasho^M

OUTPUT i l l

TRIG ^ OUT

(burst)

TRIG 3-lt) OUT

(pulse)

til

I laquo

Calibration Procedures

The calibration interval is the lesser of 1000 hours of operation or 6 months Somewhat greater drift can be expected in the first 100 hours of operation as the semiconductors age Adjustments should only be made after the instrument has been fully warmed up for at least 15 minutes

Full instrument calibration requires the following test equipment digital multimeter (plusmn 01) able to measure resistance to at least lOOMO oscilloscope with at least 50MHz bandwidth true-mis voltmeter with 4MHz bandwidth universal counter (plusmn 001 ) able to measure single pulse widths and periods resistors (all plusmn 01) 2kn lOkH 1 watt 20kn 200kn alligator clip lead sets banana plugs and BNC adapters

Adjustment integrated circuit and test point locations are shown in the following figures All adjustments are on the timing board unless othenAise noted

All voltages in the non-isolated section should be measured with respect to ground at TP510 unless othenwise stated Some voltages are measured with respect to an internal isolated ground at TP650 or across the two output temninals Occasionally the voltage at an IC pin must be measured in these cases the reference designator is given with the pin number in parentheses eg U602(16) When it states within this procedure that a voltage is to be minimized this means that the adjustment should be made such that the measured voltage is as close to zero volts as possible Refer to the Specifications Section of this manual for acceptable tolerances

The sequence of this procedure is important If any adjustment is made all adjustments which follow must be made to ensure that the specifications will be met These procedures require that all controls remain as set in previous steps unless othenAise indicated

WARNING

The Model 2100 has dangerous voltages throughout the instrument even with the power is off Servicing the Model 2100 should only be done by qualified service personnel Use caution in handling any wires connectors or electrodes which may be directly or indirectly attached to the instrument Do not touch exposed connections or components Disconnect power by unplugging the power cord from the receptacle

H B ^ ^ S y s t e m s inc^degdegp^deg^^deg-^^^^^^^^B3^^^degdeg^^^lt^^^B^^^^ 131BusinessPartiLoopPO Box850CartsbOigWamp98324 4 9 |Telophone800-42013C6360683-8300F0lt360683-3525 ^ E-mail salesa-msystefnscom website httpwwwaflisystems com

CO

TP501 O lt0

g OTPSOO

U560 S

Trig Gate

0 -TISOS

U570

U500

Timing

p U520

Timing

K U550 Timin

gt U540

U515

o X I Timin

U508 I

J510 Timing nnn

Burst Delay J400

gt U550

R503

D D I D bull U8QQ i Q

n

oo

V P 5 1 0

b U535

^

Clock i _

U555

lt U 5 4 5

o

h d ^ O - - ^ U605

Q D

U620

O fJZ^ R737 bull ^ 1^13015 r j C - C O M P

B B nU770 ^ ^ ^ 5 ^ a

J420

a

o E

bull [ ]U632

riueso

rR742rVhigh R 6 1 9 ^

LJ TP645 O TP650

TPMOQ^QS

Vlow

CD-

CZZl

J440 bull bull tl iUDQ

I t

f i l

Power supply and bias voltages

Power supply

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

POWER ON Observe voltage at P703 power supply wire top of main board

Check for+15 plusmn 050 V

Observe voltage at P701 power supply wire top of main board

Check for-15 plusmn 050 V

Observe voltage at U505(24) Check for +5 plusmn 025 V

Isolated supply voltage Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

RANGE 10 V TRIG open circuit MODE center position

Alternately observe V ^ from R742 to R740 and V ^ from theU605(4)toU605(8)

Adjust R773 so that 110VltV lt 120 V and

nigh

28VltV|^lt34V

Capacitance balance Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

Connect a xlO oscilloscope probe to TP650 and ground the

Adjust R737 for minimum high frequency signal

Inputs

Gate function Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave Verify that the voltage to GATE switches states at the Observe voltage at U510(3) proper input levels with an oscilloscope

Trigger slope Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave Verify that the voltage to TRIG switches states at the Observe voltage at U510( 1) proper input levels with an oscilloscope

TRIG SLOPE Verify voltage is 180deg out of phase

TRIG SLOPE Verify voltage is in phase

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 860 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Jelophone 800-4201306 360683-8300 bull FM 380683-3525 E-mail salesaflTsystBfnscom bull Vtebsite httpVAirwwaflisystems com

14

Trigger and gate f unc t i on

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

DELAY NONE BURS-nMDTH SINGLE DURATION SQUARE PERIOD 100X10-3

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave to TRIG Observe TRIGD and EVENT LEDs

TRIG disconnect all Short the GATE connector to GND Verify LEDs extinguish

MODE press to MANUAL Verify LEDs flash once

Timing

System c lock f requency

Controls Inputs Observations Ad jus t Check

Observe the frequency of the wave Verify 1000 MHz plusmn 001 atU555(17)

Mul t ip l iers (Wheel Swi tches)

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

PULSE SIGN-laquobull MODE FREE RUN TRIG disconnect all TIMING MULTIPUERS all

wheels set to zero except the one being tested

TIMING OVERLAP ignore

Observe the pulse width with the counter at the location specified t)elow

Verify pulse width is correct for each wheel as it is tested independently

For each wheel of each MULTIPLIER test each position to verify that the pulse width is correct Observe the signal at the following locations DELAY U520(2) BURSTWIDTH U530(2) PERIOD U540(2) DURATION U550(2)

Rates (Rotary Swi tches)

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

TIMING MULTIPUERS 001 Observe the pulse width with the TIMING RATES all rotary counter at the location specified

switches set to 10-4 below except the one being tested

Verify pulse width is correct for each rotary switch as it is tested independently

For each ofthe four rotary switches in TIMING test each position to verify that the pulse width is correct Observe the signal at the following locations DELAY U520(2) BURSTWIDTH U530(2) PERIOD U540(2) DURATION U550(2)

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 iTetophone 8004201306 bull 360683-8300 bull FOC 3606803525 E-mail salesa-msystemscom Wbbsite httpJwwwaflTSystemscom

15

Trigger outputs

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

Range 10V Pulse Amplitude 500 Delay 100 xlO^ Burst 100 x 10 ^ Duration 100x10-^ Period 400x10-^ Pulse sign + Trig Mode Free run Trig in open

Trigger the oscilloscope to the Burst Trig Out Observe it the Pulse Trig Out and the isolated output

Verify that the waveform consists of a burst of three 1ms-on3ms-off pulses The burst trigger should be synchronous with the burst the pulse trigger coincident with each pulse

Output Calibration

Isolation Resistance (check)

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode center position Trig In open

Measure the resistance between ground banana jack (front panel) and black banana jack of output with DMM

Resistance read gt 100MQ

Amplitude Switch Offset (R640)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Zero Trig Mode center position Trig In Open

Measure the voltage at TP645 vs TP650 with the DMM

Adjust R640 (AmpI Sw Offset) for minimum voltage

Output Offset (R332 front panel board) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Zero Range 10V Trig Mode center position Trig In Open

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

Adjust R332 (Output offset) for minimum voltage

Positive Baseline Offeet (R607) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Sign + Baseline Amplitude

fully CCW (000) Range 10V Trig In open Trig Mode center position

Measure the voltage across the outputwiththeDMM

Adjust R602 (BSLN + offset) for minimum voltage

fl-N Systems Inc 131 BusBiess Parti Loop P O Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Telophone B00-42O1306 bull 360683-8300 bull FAX 3606803525 E-mail salesaflisystemscom V^tebsite httpy^vwwa-msystems com

16

Negative Baseline Offset (R619)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Sign -Baseline Amplitude

fully CCW (000) Range 10V Trig In open Trig Mode center position

Measure the voltage across the outputwiththeDMM

Adjust R619 (BSLN + offset) for minimum voltage

Pulse Amplitude Adjust (R602)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode Free Mode Pulse Amplitude 1000 Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =1001 Period =00110-4 Pulse Sign -Trig In open Range 10V

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

The Overiap indicator should be on Adjust R602 (Max Level) for -10OOV out

Pulse Sign Gain (check)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode Free Mode Pulse Amplitude 1000 Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =100 1s Period =001 10-4s Trig In open Range 10V

Measure the voltage at the output with the DMM for the Pulse Sign at + and - positions

The absolute values ofthe voltages should differ by less than lOOmV

Baseline Amplitudes (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Range 100mA Trig Mode center position Baseline Amplitude fully CW (1000) Trig In open

Measure the voltage at the output with the DMM with Baseline Sign in + Zero and

- positions

Gain the matching of current levels at = and - positions and offset current in Zero position

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop PO Box 850 Cartsboig Wa 98324 Telophone 800-4201306 360683-8300 FkX 3606803525 E-mail salesa-msystemscom website http^^wwaflisystemsccm

17

Output Range Amplitude and Drive (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Pulse Amplitude 1000 Pulse Sign + Trig Mode Free Run Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =1001 Period =10010-4 Trig In open

Load the output with a 10KV 1W 01 resistor Measure the voltage at the output with DMM

Verify that full scale output is within specification Scale Range 100V 100V 10V 10V 100mA IV 1mA 10V 10mA 100V

Pulse Sign and Short Circuit Protection (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =200 10-4 Period =00110-3 Baseline Zero Pulse Amplitude 25 Range 10V Trig Mode Free Run Trig In open

Measure the voltage at the output with the oscilloscope Check for Pulse Sign set to each of + - biphasic Watch for Error indicator when shorting the output

Verify that pulses of approx 25V amplitude (625V for biphasic mode) of the correct sign are produced every 10ms Short output in biphasic mode Output should return when opened

Output Transient Response (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Pulse Sign + Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =20010-4 Period =00110-3 Pulse Amplitude 250 Baseline Zero Trig Mode Free Mode Trig In open

Connect the oscilloscope to the output with a 310 attenuator probe Test both 10V and 100V ranges

Verify that overshoot and risetime meet specifications

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Telophone 8004201306 bull 3606808300 bull Flaquo( 360laquo83ltJ525 E-mail salesa-msystemsocm V^febsite http^wwwa-msystefnscom

18

Specifications

There are three classes of specifications Class A specifications tested in all units and are guaranteed Class B specifications are inherent in the design they are indirectly tested and are guaranteed Class C specifications are typical operating values which are occasionally tested- these are typical values given for your information but not guarshyanteed The class for each specification is noted in the center column ofthe following sections

Inputs Switching level

Hysteresis

Input equivalent circuit

Minimum duration (1 IL-level signal)

A

C

C

C

16 V(plusmn 02 V)

approx 50 mV

lOOKH to+5 in parallel with no more than 35pF

gt 50 ns

Open circuit condition B defaults to highon level

Timing and rate accuracy Rate selector steps

Timing multiplier steps

B

B

lOOpsto 100s in 7 steps

1 of rate selector step size Maximum value is 999 X the rate selector step size

Resolution B approx 01 ofthe maximum value

Timing error (second and later pulses after resetting controls)

B lt 002 of rate selector value + 015 ps

Timing error (first pulse after readjusting timing controls)

an additional 025 ps error may occur

Timing repeatability lt 001 setting + 20 ns (monophasic)

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Ram Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Vfa 98324 pTelophone 8004201306 bull 360683-8300 bull FAX 360683-3525

E-mail salesraquoflisystems com Wabsite httpJAnww afl isystems com

19

TRIG IN to OUTPUT delay (DELAY set to 0) output set to 2V

Timing jitter from TRIG IN to OUTPUT (for TTL trigger input with risetime lt10 ns)

Timing jitter from TRIG OUT (either BURST or PULSE) and OUTPUT

Trigger output to pulse output delay

Output characteristics Pulse level error (voltage mode open circuit current mode short circuit

Biphasic level difference IV + - V-1 2

Baseline level error (voltage mode open circuit current mode short circuit)

Risetime (25 V out)

Risetime (25 V out)

Transient response

A

A

A

Output impedance (voltage mode) C

Output impedance (current mode) C

Isolation resistance A

Isolation capacitance C

approx 05 ps for a load of no more than 10 KH in parallel with 50 pF

lt 125 ns (all rates except 100s) lt 125 ps (100s rate)

Less than 20 ns (all rates)

approx 350 ns

lt 03 of setting + 05 of r range (plus an additional 05 pA in 100 pA range)

lt 03 of range (voltage modes into open circuit current modes into short circuit)

lt 03 of setting of setting + 01 of range (plus an additional 05 pA in lOOpA range)

= 200 ns into less than 30 pF

= 15 ps into less than 30 pF

lt 8 overshoot into less than 30 pF for pulse voltages different than baseline voltage by at least 10 of range

= 50 ohms

raquo 1 0 GH (typically 200 GO)

raquo 1 0 0 M n

= 60 pF at 100 Hz

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Peril Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg V6 98324 |TelCf)hone 800-4201306 3606808300 bull FAX 360683-3525 E-mal salesaflisystefnsoom Website hnpyMVfWafllsystemsoom

20

Noise (differential mode)

Noise (common mode earth to isolated ground) with no signal output

Overload error indicator (low frequency short circuited voltage mode)

Overload error indicator low frequency open circuited current mode)

Overioad error response time

Miscellaneous

= 1 mV rms (10 V scale 10 Hz-4 MHz)

= 8 mV rms (10 Hz-4 MHz) == 100mVp-p (200 Hz -10 MHz) measured withalOMH 15pF oscilloscope probe

Turns on for set amplitude at or greater than approx plusmn1 V (10 V range) or plusmn2 V (100 V range)

Turns on for set amplitude at or above approx 2 of range

Flat to approx 30 ps duration Decreasing sensitivity for shorter pulses

Power

Fuse

Operating temperature range

Storage temperature range

Operating humidity

Dimensions

approx 11 watts

1 amp 3AG

10-30degC

0 - 50deg C

5 - 80 RH

17x475x1125 (inches) 432x121x286 cm

Weight 20 lbs (9 kg)

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Wb 98324 |Tetcphone 8004201306 3606808300 bull FOt 360683-3525 E-mail satesamsystems comV^febsite httpywwwaflisystemscom

21

Warranty and Service

What does this warranty cover A-M Systems Inc warrants to the Purchaser that the Instrument excluding cables Headstage Probes and any other accessories shipped with the Instrument (hereafter the hardware) is free from defects in workmanship or material under normal use and service for the period of one (1) year This warranty commences on the date of delivery ofthe hardware to the Purchaser

What are the obligations of A-M Systems Inc under this warranty During the warranty period A-M Systems Inc agrees to repair or replace at its sole option without charge to the Purchaser any defective component part of the hardware To obtain warranty service the Purchaser must return the hardware to A-M Systems Inc or an authorized A-M Systems Inc distributor in an adequate shipping container Any postage shipping and insurance charges incurred in shipping the hardware to A-M Systems Inc must be prepaid by the Purchaser and all risk for the hardware shall remain with purchaser until such time as A-M Systems Inc takes receipt of the hardware Upon receipt A-M Systems Inc will promptly repair or replace the defective unit and then return the hardware to the Purchaser postage shipping and insurance prepaid A-M Systems Inc may use reconditioned or like new parts or units at its sole option when repairing any hardware Repaired products shall carry the same amount of outstanding warranty as from original purchase or ninety (90) days which ever is greater Any claim under the warranty must include a dated proof of purchase ofthe hardware covered by this warranty In any event A-M Systems Inc liability for defective hardware is limited to repairing or replacing the hardware

What is not covered by this warranty This warranty is contingent upon proper use and maintenance ofthe hardware by the Purchaser and does not cover batteries Neglect misuse whether intentional or othenwise tampering with or altering the hardware damage caused by accident damage caused by unusual physical electrical chemical or electromechanical stress damage caused by failure of electrical power or damage caused during transportation are not covered by this wan-anty Products may not be returned to A-M Systems Inc for service whether under warranty or otherwise which are contaminated by infectious agents radioactive compounds or other materials constituting a health hazard to employees of A-M Systems Inc

What are the limits of liability for A-M Systems Inc under this warranty A-M Systems Inc shall not be liable for loss of data profits or savings or any special incidental consequential indirect or other similar damages arising from breach of contract negligence or other legal action even if the company or its agent has been advised of the possibility of such damages or for any claim brought against you by another party THIS EQUIPMENT IS NOT INTENDED FOR CLINICAL MEASUREMENTS USING HUMAN SUBJECTS A-M SYSTEMS INC DOES NOT ASSUME RESPONSIBILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE DUE TO MISUSE OF THIS EQUIPMENT Jurisdictions vary with regard to the enforceability of provisions excluding or limiting liability for incidental or consequential damages Check the provision of your local jurisdiction to find out whether the above exclusion applies to you

This warranty allocates risks of product failure between the Purchaser and A-M Systems Inc A-M Systems Inc hardware pricing reflects this allocation of risk and the limitations of liability contained in this warranty The warranty set forth above is in lieu of all other express warranties whether oral or written The agents employees distributors and dealers of A-M Systems Inc are not authorized to make modifications to this warranty or additional wan-anties binding on the company Accordingly additional statements such as dealer advertising or presentations whether oral or written do not constitute warranties by A-M Systems Inc and should not be relied upon This warranty gives you specific legal rights You may also have other rights which vary from one jurisdiction to another

fl-N Systems Inc 131BusinessPartiLoop RO Box850CartsbOfgWa98324 p O |Telophone 8004201306 bull 360683-8300FOC 3606830525 ^ ^ E-mail saiesaflisystefTiscom Wbbsite httpVwwwa-msystemscom

General Description

Instrument Features The Isolated Pulse Stimulator Model 2100 is designed for a wide variety of applications It is highly flexible being capable of delivering single pulses biphasic pairs or bursts of pulses Pulses may be started manually or upon receiving a trigger signal from another Instrument or computer Two non-isolated trigger outputs are available for triggering other instruments

Four sets of timing controls provide comprehensive control overall aspects of pulse generation Three digit accuracy is available over a 7 decade range for each timing function using lever wheel switches Pulse widths can be set over more than a 9 decade range from 05 ps to 999 seconds Timing accuracy is assured through the use of a 10 MHz base rate crystal-controlled clock digitally divided to provide accurate timing over the entire range Atiming overiap indicator will light If the timing controls are set inconsistently

The output may be conveniently switched between current and voltage modes Pulse and baseline amplitudes are Independently presettable with lockable dials An error Indicator will light if the Mode2700 cannot deliver the desired signal

r WARNING

The Model 2100 can produce potentially dangerous voltages up to 100 V at the output connectors The isolated output is not connected internally to safety (earth) ground in any way Some part of the extemal circuit should be connected to safety ground Use caution in handling any wires connectors or electrodes which may be directly or indirectly attached to the Model 2100 output Some kinds of connectors such as BNC connectors have exposed metal parts which may float at dangerous potentials unless extemally connected to safety ground For greatest safety tum the Model 2100 off before making any connections to

the instrument

131 Business Parii Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Telophone 800-426-1306 bull 360-68raquolaquo300 bull FAX 360683-3525 E-mal satesa-msystemsoom VVfebsite httpywwwa^nsystemscom fl-N Systems Inc 1

Controls and Connectors The controls for the Model 2100 are grouped in three sections START which controls when a pulse or burst of pulses begins TIMING which controls the onoff timing of one or more pulses and OUTPUT which controls the amplitude of the output signal

Start TRIG SLOPE Determines the polarity of valid trigger pulses (positive or negative edges in the trigger signal)

MODE Controls waveform initiation When set to FREE RUN one timing cycle immediately follows the last When momentarily placed In the MANUAL position a timing cycle starts Immediately When the switch Is In the center position timing cycles start when valid triggering events occur

TRIGD This LED lights up when a timing cycle Is in process and continues until the burst is completed

TRIG This BNC connector allows a signal from an external source to Initiate timing cycles It is set for standard TTL levels

GATE This BNC connector allows a signal from an external source to restrict the final output signal This input must be at a logical high (or open-circuited) in order for the Model 2100 to recognize either manual or automatic trigger events

Gate 1_ Trigger |~~^ i I Valid triggers (represented by the arrows in the figure) can occur only when the gate Is at logical high Note that the up arrow would apply only If TRIG SLOPE is set to + the down an-ows would apply only if TRIG SLOPE Is set to -

NOTE Triggers have no effect if the system has not completed its response to a previous trigger

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Park Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Vb 98324 TelQphQne 80O426-1306 360683-8300 FAX 360683-3525 E-mail sales^a-msystemscom Wsbsite httpywwwa-msystemscom

Timing Four sets of controls govern the timing of pulse generation Each set contains two values which are multiplied together to detemnine the actual timing value The rotary knob (rate selector) provides the approximate timing value and the lever wheel switch bank (MULTIPLIER)

provides a time resolution of three decimal digits The following diagram shows most of the Important relationships

Output r Delay Duration

|ltPeriodgtj

t Burst width

Trigger event

DELAY These controls determine the time duration between the initiating trigger event and the beginning of the pulse burst If this rate selector is set to NONE or the multiplier is set to 000 there Is no delay

BURST WIDTH These controls determine the time period in which one or more pulses may be delivered Once started a pulse may outlast the burst width If this rate selector is set to SINGLE or to any time shorter than the pulse duration only a single pulse will occur If the BURST WIDTH Is longer than the period pulses will be emitted at the PERIOD rate until the burst time ends Pulses are never truncated by a short BURSTWIDTH

inds)-PULSE

D U R A T I O N 1 0 1 0

10

INTEB-PULSE PERIOD

1 1 10

DURATION These controls determine the length of each pulse Ifthis rate selector Is set to SQUARE the duration is set to half of the period regardless of the MULTIPLIER setting

PERIOD These controls set the period of time between adjacent pulse events within the burst It also forces a minimum dead time between recognized input triggers following a burst of one or more pulses This can be used to prevent over stimulation of a tissue without requiring excessive delay between the triggering event and the stimulating pulse

TIMING OVERLAP

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 860 Carisborg Vamp 98324 |Telophone 800-426-1306 360683-8300 bull FAX 3606aW525 E-mail salearega^nsystemsoom Vfeb5ite httpAwwwa^nsyslemscam

NOTE If any of these timing controls are changed while a timing cycle is in operation the results are undefined until the current cycle finishes

TIMING OVERLAP This LED will light to Indicate an inconsistency in the timing cycle settings There are several ways to introduce such errors The most common way is to set the Inter-pulse PERIOD to be less than the pulse DURATION

T I M I N G (seconds)^

TRIG OUT (UPPER) This BNC connector provides a signal which is coincident with the Internal Burst timing signal (default) This means the signal starts at the end of the Delay time and persists until the Burst time expires This output may also be set to represent the delay time-out by setting the internal jumper J510 to the right two pins instead of the left two pins (Please see the Calibration section in this manual for jumper location Directions are given as viewed from the front of the Instrument)

TRIG OUT (LOWER) This BNC connector provides a signal which Is coincident with the Duration timing signal which controls pulse output

NOTE Both trigger output signals slightly lead the isolated output signal

Output

PULSE SIGN This switch determines the polarity of the pulses to be generated It also allows generation of biphasic pulses thereby doubling the effective total period Warning the first pulse generated after changing the PULSE

SIGN switch may have the wrong polarity

BASELINE This Switch determines the polarity ofthe baseline signal

RANGE This rotary switch determines if the output pulses will be constant current (3 ranges) or constant voltage (2 ranges)

BASELINE AMPLITUDE This value is independently set using a ten-turn counting dial The maximum baseline amplitude is one tenth the value shown on the range amplitude switch

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 8S0 Cartsborg Vfa 98324 |Tetaphone 80O426-1306 bull 360683-8300 bull FAX 3606803525 E-mail salesa-msystemscom Wbbsite http7Awwwaflnsystemscom

PULSE AMPLITUDE This value is independently set using a ten-turn counting dial The maximum pulse amplitude is the value shown on the range amplitude switch

EVENT This LED indicates when a pulse is ongoing

ERROR This LED indicates when the internal output amplifier cannot output the pulse as desired This is usually due to a short circuit while trying to output a voltage or an open circuit while trying to output a current

VOTEThe Pulse Sign control in the Oupuf section directly affects waveform timing When set to the Biphasic mode a positive-going pulse is immediately followed by a negative-going pulse This effectively doubles the pulse duration If a burst of biphasic pulses is being produced the period must be at least twice the single pulse duration In the Square wave mode the baseline disappears as long as the burst persists

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsboig Vte 98324 |Telophone 800426-1306 360683-8300 bull FAX 3606833525 E-mail salesa-m5ystem5 com Website httpwwwa-msystemscom

Operating Instructions

Examples Simple setup (and minimal instrument test)

Connect the output ofthe Model 2100 to an oscilloscope Before connecting the Model 2100 to any other instrument or the experimental preparation It is safest to turn Its power off

Set the Oufpuf controls

Range 10V Pulse Sign +

Baseline Zero Pulse Amplitude 200

Setting The Timing Controls

Delay Burst Width

Duration Period

none single

15010-2 50010-2

Setting The Start Controls

Mode Free Run

Disconnect any cables to the TRIG or GATE inputs

Note that the green Trig and Event Indicators turn on as Free Run is turned on (and turn off otherwise) You should observe a 15ms duration 20Hz rate pulse of 200V above a OV baseline on the oscilloscope

fl-N Systems Inc 131 BusinessPartiLoop RO Box850CarisbcxgWa98324 |Telophone 800426-1306 bull 360-683-8300 bull FW 360683-3525 E-mail salesa-msystems com VVbbsite httpywwwa-msystems com

Demonstration of Burst Mode Connect the output ofthe Model 2100 to an oscilloscope Before connecting the Model 2100 to any other instrument or the experimental preparation It Is safest to turn its power off

Set the Outpuf controls

Range 10V Pulse Sign +

Baseline Pulse Amplitude 200

Baseline Amplitude 100

Setting The Timing Controls

Delay 88010-2 Burst Width 12010-^

Duration 15010-2 Period 50010-2

Set the START controls as follows

Mode Free Run

Disconnect any cables to the TRIG or GATE inputs

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Telophooe 8004201306 360683-8300 bull FAX 360683-3525 E^naii salesa-msystems com Watjsite http7wwwa-msystemscom

Trigger the oscilloscope from the Bursf trigger out (upper Trig Out connector) for a stable display In each burst (occurring every lOOms) you should observe a trio of 15ms duration starting 50ms apart Try switching the StartMode from Free Run to the center (nonnal) position The pulses will no longer be produced and the Trig and Event Indicators will tum off Pressing this switch once (to Manual) will cause a single burst to occur

Problem Solving If the instrument appears to be not working properiy check all ofthe control settings and connections Be sure to wait at least 5-10 seconds after turning the instrument off before turning it on again The following summary of typical problems for the user (along with the most common solutions) may help

Problem CauseSolution

EVENT Indicator never lights even in FREE RUN mode

bull Replace fuse check power connection bullSet DELAY or PERIOD to a shorter interval

bull Power-on too soon after power-off

OVERLAP Indicator is on

ERROR indicator is on

bull Set DURATION gt000 bull DURATION Is set to SQUARE but

PERIOD is 000 Increase PERIOD or set DURATION independantly

bull BURST and WIDTH are gt DURATION increase PERIOD or decrease DURATION

bull BIPHASIC pulse output Is on and PERIOD is not longer than twice the DURATION Increase PERIOD or decrease DURATION

bull Free-run Is on and BURST is lt PERIOD (BURST off) DELAY is 0 and PERIOD Is lt DURATION Add delay or modify PERIOD

bull Free-run is on and BURST is gt DURATION (BURST ON) and PERIOD is lt DURATION Increase PERIOD

bull For VOLTAGE outputs the output is trying to drive too low a resistance or capacitance (eg a short circuit) Check by disconnecting the output ft is possible (and normal) that for the fastest cycles and largest amplitudes (close to 100 V

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business PartiLoop PO Box 850 CartsborgWa 98324 iTelophone 800-42O130636O6e3-8300FAX 3606B3-3525 E-mail satesaflisyslefmcom Vfebslte http7wwwa-msyslemscom

and 1 ps) that the ERROR indicator might always come on during repetitive pulses Fix output load or decrease amplitude as required

Time appears to be excessive Changed control in mid-cycle (resets current status)

Cant seem to get a full signal out Load Is not properiy connected repair wiring Too low a load impedance (VOLTAGE modes) or too high a load impedance (CURRENT mode)

Incoming triggers not accepted frequently enough

PERIOD is set too long (enforces dead time) followd by BURST set to SIGNAL Reduce PERIOD time

Table 10 Problem Solving

If you suspect that the Model 2100 may have completely failed we recommend checking the basic level of functionality Ifthis fails your instrument Is defective and must be repaired Ifthis passes either your experimental setup is incompatible or inconsistent or there is a more subtle flaw in your Model 2100

If the Model 2100 appears to be malfunctioning contact A-M Systems Inc or your dealer We will first attempt to solve the problem over the telephone so have an exact description of your problem available when you call You do not need to be within the warranty period to obtain over-the-phone assistance

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 iTetoptxme 80O426-1306 bull 360683-8300 FAX 3606803525 E-mail satesa-msystemsoomAfebsitehttpJwwwaflisystemscom

Theory of Operation

The operation ofthe Model 2100 is summarized in the block diagram (see the figure on Page 11) Not shown are all ofthe interconnections with the microcontroller The internal microcontroler plays an important role in setting the signal path but does not directly contribute to the dynamic characteristics It scans the front panel switches and sets the control values for the logic arrays It programs the internal counters which along with the other hardware achieve the necessary sub-microsecond speeds

Pulse generation starts either from an Input trigger signal (from Trig In) or an internally signal (Free Run mode) A Delay timer counts the 10MHz clock until its count value is exhausted At this point the Burst Period and Duration timers are started If the Burst timer has not expired by the end ofthe Period the Period and Duration timers are restarted If the Biphasic mode has been set the Duration timer is restarted at the end of the initial Duration and the sign ofthe output pulse is reversed doubling the total duration

The system state (pulse on pulse sign baseline sign [+0f-]) is transmitted to the isolated section via optoisolator The baseline and pulse amplitudes are selected by an analog switch The resulting signal is amplified by a variable-power-supply discrete operational amplifier The amplifier connections and gain is modified to provide two voltage and three current ranges

Timing overiap errors are detected by a logical decision computation rather than by testing for counter collisions This provides instant feedback rather than waiting up to an hour for such a collision to occur Output errors are measured by sensing the output amplifiers differential input voltage Under normal conditions this is a negligible voltage If the amplifier fails to deliver the requested signal the window comparator testing this voltage sends this message (via optoisolator) to the logic section turning on a warning LED

fl-N Systems Inc 131BusinessPart(LoopRO Box850CarisboigWa98324 4 n Tel0pri0ne80O426-130636O683^300FAX36O6833525 ^ E-mail salesaflisystBmscom V febsite http7wwwa-msystemsoom

S i

I - - ^^mdasho^M

OUTPUT i l l

TRIG ^ OUT

(burst)

TRIG 3-lt) OUT

(pulse)

til

I laquo

Calibration Procedures

The calibration interval is the lesser of 1000 hours of operation or 6 months Somewhat greater drift can be expected in the first 100 hours of operation as the semiconductors age Adjustments should only be made after the instrument has been fully warmed up for at least 15 minutes

Full instrument calibration requires the following test equipment digital multimeter (plusmn 01) able to measure resistance to at least lOOMO oscilloscope with at least 50MHz bandwidth true-mis voltmeter with 4MHz bandwidth universal counter (plusmn 001 ) able to measure single pulse widths and periods resistors (all plusmn 01) 2kn lOkH 1 watt 20kn 200kn alligator clip lead sets banana plugs and BNC adapters

Adjustment integrated circuit and test point locations are shown in the following figures All adjustments are on the timing board unless othenAise noted

All voltages in the non-isolated section should be measured with respect to ground at TP510 unless othenwise stated Some voltages are measured with respect to an internal isolated ground at TP650 or across the two output temninals Occasionally the voltage at an IC pin must be measured in these cases the reference designator is given with the pin number in parentheses eg U602(16) When it states within this procedure that a voltage is to be minimized this means that the adjustment should be made such that the measured voltage is as close to zero volts as possible Refer to the Specifications Section of this manual for acceptable tolerances

The sequence of this procedure is important If any adjustment is made all adjustments which follow must be made to ensure that the specifications will be met These procedures require that all controls remain as set in previous steps unless othenAise indicated

WARNING

The Model 2100 has dangerous voltages throughout the instrument even with the power is off Servicing the Model 2100 should only be done by qualified service personnel Use caution in handling any wires connectors or electrodes which may be directly or indirectly attached to the instrument Do not touch exposed connections or components Disconnect power by unplugging the power cord from the receptacle

H B ^ ^ S y s t e m s inc^degdegp^deg^^deg-^^^^^^^^B3^^^degdeg^^^lt^^^B^^^^ 131BusinessPartiLoopPO Box850CartsbOigWamp98324 4 9 |Telophone800-42013C6360683-8300F0lt360683-3525 ^ E-mail salesa-msystefnscom website httpwwwaflisystems com

CO

TP501 O lt0

g OTPSOO

U560 S

Trig Gate

0 -TISOS

U570

U500

Timing

p U520

Timing

K U550 Timin

gt U540

U515

o X I Timin

U508 I

J510 Timing nnn

Burst Delay J400

gt U550

R503

D D I D bull U8QQ i Q

n

oo

V P 5 1 0

b U535

^

Clock i _

U555

lt U 5 4 5

o

h d ^ O - - ^ U605

Q D

U620

O fJZ^ R737 bull ^ 1^13015 r j C - C O M P

B B nU770 ^ ^ ^ 5 ^ a

J420

a

o E

bull [ ]U632

riueso

rR742rVhigh R 6 1 9 ^

LJ TP645 O TP650

TPMOQ^QS

Vlow

CD-

CZZl

J440 bull bull tl iUDQ

I t

f i l

Power supply and bias voltages

Power supply

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

POWER ON Observe voltage at P703 power supply wire top of main board

Check for+15 plusmn 050 V

Observe voltage at P701 power supply wire top of main board

Check for-15 plusmn 050 V

Observe voltage at U505(24) Check for +5 plusmn 025 V

Isolated supply voltage Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

RANGE 10 V TRIG open circuit MODE center position

Alternately observe V ^ from R742 to R740 and V ^ from theU605(4)toU605(8)

Adjust R773 so that 110VltV lt 120 V and

nigh

28VltV|^lt34V

Capacitance balance Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

Connect a xlO oscilloscope probe to TP650 and ground the

Adjust R737 for minimum high frequency signal

Inputs

Gate function Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave Verify that the voltage to GATE switches states at the Observe voltage at U510(3) proper input levels with an oscilloscope

Trigger slope Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave Verify that the voltage to TRIG switches states at the Observe voltage at U510( 1) proper input levels with an oscilloscope

TRIG SLOPE Verify voltage is 180deg out of phase

TRIG SLOPE Verify voltage is in phase

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 860 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Jelophone 800-4201306 360683-8300 bull FM 380683-3525 E-mail salesaflTsystBfnscom bull Vtebsite httpVAirwwaflisystems com

14

Trigger and gate f unc t i on

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

DELAY NONE BURS-nMDTH SINGLE DURATION SQUARE PERIOD 100X10-3

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave to TRIG Observe TRIGD and EVENT LEDs

TRIG disconnect all Short the GATE connector to GND Verify LEDs extinguish

MODE press to MANUAL Verify LEDs flash once

Timing

System c lock f requency

Controls Inputs Observations Ad jus t Check

Observe the frequency of the wave Verify 1000 MHz plusmn 001 atU555(17)

Mul t ip l iers (Wheel Swi tches)

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

PULSE SIGN-laquobull MODE FREE RUN TRIG disconnect all TIMING MULTIPUERS all

wheels set to zero except the one being tested

TIMING OVERLAP ignore

Observe the pulse width with the counter at the location specified t)elow

Verify pulse width is correct for each wheel as it is tested independently

For each wheel of each MULTIPLIER test each position to verify that the pulse width is correct Observe the signal at the following locations DELAY U520(2) BURSTWIDTH U530(2) PERIOD U540(2) DURATION U550(2)

Rates (Rotary Swi tches)

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

TIMING MULTIPUERS 001 Observe the pulse width with the TIMING RATES all rotary counter at the location specified

switches set to 10-4 below except the one being tested

Verify pulse width is correct for each rotary switch as it is tested independently

For each ofthe four rotary switches in TIMING test each position to verify that the pulse width is correct Observe the signal at the following locations DELAY U520(2) BURSTWIDTH U530(2) PERIOD U540(2) DURATION U550(2)

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 iTetophone 8004201306 bull 360683-8300 bull FOC 3606803525 E-mail salesa-msystemscom Wbbsite httpJwwwaflTSystemscom

15

Trigger outputs

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

Range 10V Pulse Amplitude 500 Delay 100 xlO^ Burst 100 x 10 ^ Duration 100x10-^ Period 400x10-^ Pulse sign + Trig Mode Free run Trig in open

Trigger the oscilloscope to the Burst Trig Out Observe it the Pulse Trig Out and the isolated output

Verify that the waveform consists of a burst of three 1ms-on3ms-off pulses The burst trigger should be synchronous with the burst the pulse trigger coincident with each pulse

Output Calibration

Isolation Resistance (check)

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode center position Trig In open

Measure the resistance between ground banana jack (front panel) and black banana jack of output with DMM

Resistance read gt 100MQ

Amplitude Switch Offset (R640)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Zero Trig Mode center position Trig In Open

Measure the voltage at TP645 vs TP650 with the DMM

Adjust R640 (AmpI Sw Offset) for minimum voltage

Output Offset (R332 front panel board) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Zero Range 10V Trig Mode center position Trig In Open

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

Adjust R332 (Output offset) for minimum voltage

Positive Baseline Offeet (R607) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Sign + Baseline Amplitude

fully CCW (000) Range 10V Trig In open Trig Mode center position

Measure the voltage across the outputwiththeDMM

Adjust R602 (BSLN + offset) for minimum voltage

fl-N Systems Inc 131 BusBiess Parti Loop P O Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Telophone B00-42O1306 bull 360683-8300 bull FAX 3606803525 E-mail salesaflisystemscom V^tebsite httpy^vwwa-msystems com

16

Negative Baseline Offset (R619)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Sign -Baseline Amplitude

fully CCW (000) Range 10V Trig In open Trig Mode center position

Measure the voltage across the outputwiththeDMM

Adjust R619 (BSLN + offset) for minimum voltage

Pulse Amplitude Adjust (R602)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode Free Mode Pulse Amplitude 1000 Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =1001 Period =00110-4 Pulse Sign -Trig In open Range 10V

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

The Overiap indicator should be on Adjust R602 (Max Level) for -10OOV out

Pulse Sign Gain (check)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode Free Mode Pulse Amplitude 1000 Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =100 1s Period =001 10-4s Trig In open Range 10V

Measure the voltage at the output with the DMM for the Pulse Sign at + and - positions

The absolute values ofthe voltages should differ by less than lOOmV

Baseline Amplitudes (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Range 100mA Trig Mode center position Baseline Amplitude fully CW (1000) Trig In open

Measure the voltage at the output with the DMM with Baseline Sign in + Zero and

- positions

Gain the matching of current levels at = and - positions and offset current in Zero position

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop PO Box 850 Cartsboig Wa 98324 Telophone 800-4201306 360683-8300 FkX 3606803525 E-mail salesa-msystemscom website http^^wwaflisystemsccm

17

Output Range Amplitude and Drive (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Pulse Amplitude 1000 Pulse Sign + Trig Mode Free Run Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =1001 Period =10010-4 Trig In open

Load the output with a 10KV 1W 01 resistor Measure the voltage at the output with DMM

Verify that full scale output is within specification Scale Range 100V 100V 10V 10V 100mA IV 1mA 10V 10mA 100V

Pulse Sign and Short Circuit Protection (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =200 10-4 Period =00110-3 Baseline Zero Pulse Amplitude 25 Range 10V Trig Mode Free Run Trig In open

Measure the voltage at the output with the oscilloscope Check for Pulse Sign set to each of + - biphasic Watch for Error indicator when shorting the output

Verify that pulses of approx 25V amplitude (625V for biphasic mode) of the correct sign are produced every 10ms Short output in biphasic mode Output should return when opened

Output Transient Response (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Pulse Sign + Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =20010-4 Period =00110-3 Pulse Amplitude 250 Baseline Zero Trig Mode Free Mode Trig In open

Connect the oscilloscope to the output with a 310 attenuator probe Test both 10V and 100V ranges

Verify that overshoot and risetime meet specifications

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Telophone 8004201306 bull 3606808300 bull Flaquo( 360laquo83ltJ525 E-mail salesa-msystemsocm V^febsite http^wwwa-msystefnscom

18

Specifications

There are three classes of specifications Class A specifications tested in all units and are guaranteed Class B specifications are inherent in the design they are indirectly tested and are guaranteed Class C specifications are typical operating values which are occasionally tested- these are typical values given for your information but not guarshyanteed The class for each specification is noted in the center column ofthe following sections

Inputs Switching level

Hysteresis

Input equivalent circuit

Minimum duration (1 IL-level signal)

A

C

C

C

16 V(plusmn 02 V)

approx 50 mV

lOOKH to+5 in parallel with no more than 35pF

gt 50 ns

Open circuit condition B defaults to highon level

Timing and rate accuracy Rate selector steps

Timing multiplier steps

B

B

lOOpsto 100s in 7 steps

1 of rate selector step size Maximum value is 999 X the rate selector step size

Resolution B approx 01 ofthe maximum value

Timing error (second and later pulses after resetting controls)

B lt 002 of rate selector value + 015 ps

Timing error (first pulse after readjusting timing controls)

an additional 025 ps error may occur

Timing repeatability lt 001 setting + 20 ns (monophasic)

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Ram Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Vfa 98324 pTelophone 8004201306 bull 360683-8300 bull FAX 360683-3525

E-mail salesraquoflisystems com Wabsite httpJAnww afl isystems com

19

TRIG IN to OUTPUT delay (DELAY set to 0) output set to 2V

Timing jitter from TRIG IN to OUTPUT (for TTL trigger input with risetime lt10 ns)

Timing jitter from TRIG OUT (either BURST or PULSE) and OUTPUT

Trigger output to pulse output delay

Output characteristics Pulse level error (voltage mode open circuit current mode short circuit

Biphasic level difference IV + - V-1 2

Baseline level error (voltage mode open circuit current mode short circuit)

Risetime (25 V out)

Risetime (25 V out)

Transient response

A

A

A

Output impedance (voltage mode) C

Output impedance (current mode) C

Isolation resistance A

Isolation capacitance C

approx 05 ps for a load of no more than 10 KH in parallel with 50 pF

lt 125 ns (all rates except 100s) lt 125 ps (100s rate)

Less than 20 ns (all rates)

approx 350 ns

lt 03 of setting + 05 of r range (plus an additional 05 pA in 100 pA range)

lt 03 of range (voltage modes into open circuit current modes into short circuit)

lt 03 of setting of setting + 01 of range (plus an additional 05 pA in lOOpA range)

= 200 ns into less than 30 pF

= 15 ps into less than 30 pF

lt 8 overshoot into less than 30 pF for pulse voltages different than baseline voltage by at least 10 of range

= 50 ohms

raquo 1 0 GH (typically 200 GO)

raquo 1 0 0 M n

= 60 pF at 100 Hz

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Peril Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg V6 98324 |TelCf)hone 800-4201306 3606808300 bull FAX 360683-3525 E-mal salesaflisystefnsoom Website hnpyMVfWafllsystemsoom

20

Noise (differential mode)

Noise (common mode earth to isolated ground) with no signal output

Overload error indicator (low frequency short circuited voltage mode)

Overload error indicator low frequency open circuited current mode)

Overioad error response time

Miscellaneous

= 1 mV rms (10 V scale 10 Hz-4 MHz)

= 8 mV rms (10 Hz-4 MHz) == 100mVp-p (200 Hz -10 MHz) measured withalOMH 15pF oscilloscope probe

Turns on for set amplitude at or greater than approx plusmn1 V (10 V range) or plusmn2 V (100 V range)

Turns on for set amplitude at or above approx 2 of range

Flat to approx 30 ps duration Decreasing sensitivity for shorter pulses

Power

Fuse

Operating temperature range

Storage temperature range

Operating humidity

Dimensions

approx 11 watts

1 amp 3AG

10-30degC

0 - 50deg C

5 - 80 RH

17x475x1125 (inches) 432x121x286 cm

Weight 20 lbs (9 kg)

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Wb 98324 |Tetcphone 8004201306 3606808300 bull FOt 360683-3525 E-mail satesamsystems comV^febsite httpywwwaflisystemscom

21

Warranty and Service

What does this warranty cover A-M Systems Inc warrants to the Purchaser that the Instrument excluding cables Headstage Probes and any other accessories shipped with the Instrument (hereafter the hardware) is free from defects in workmanship or material under normal use and service for the period of one (1) year This warranty commences on the date of delivery ofthe hardware to the Purchaser

What are the obligations of A-M Systems Inc under this warranty During the warranty period A-M Systems Inc agrees to repair or replace at its sole option without charge to the Purchaser any defective component part of the hardware To obtain warranty service the Purchaser must return the hardware to A-M Systems Inc or an authorized A-M Systems Inc distributor in an adequate shipping container Any postage shipping and insurance charges incurred in shipping the hardware to A-M Systems Inc must be prepaid by the Purchaser and all risk for the hardware shall remain with purchaser until such time as A-M Systems Inc takes receipt of the hardware Upon receipt A-M Systems Inc will promptly repair or replace the defective unit and then return the hardware to the Purchaser postage shipping and insurance prepaid A-M Systems Inc may use reconditioned or like new parts or units at its sole option when repairing any hardware Repaired products shall carry the same amount of outstanding warranty as from original purchase or ninety (90) days which ever is greater Any claim under the warranty must include a dated proof of purchase ofthe hardware covered by this warranty In any event A-M Systems Inc liability for defective hardware is limited to repairing or replacing the hardware

What is not covered by this warranty This warranty is contingent upon proper use and maintenance ofthe hardware by the Purchaser and does not cover batteries Neglect misuse whether intentional or othenwise tampering with or altering the hardware damage caused by accident damage caused by unusual physical electrical chemical or electromechanical stress damage caused by failure of electrical power or damage caused during transportation are not covered by this wan-anty Products may not be returned to A-M Systems Inc for service whether under warranty or otherwise which are contaminated by infectious agents radioactive compounds or other materials constituting a health hazard to employees of A-M Systems Inc

What are the limits of liability for A-M Systems Inc under this warranty A-M Systems Inc shall not be liable for loss of data profits or savings or any special incidental consequential indirect or other similar damages arising from breach of contract negligence or other legal action even if the company or its agent has been advised of the possibility of such damages or for any claim brought against you by another party THIS EQUIPMENT IS NOT INTENDED FOR CLINICAL MEASUREMENTS USING HUMAN SUBJECTS A-M SYSTEMS INC DOES NOT ASSUME RESPONSIBILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE DUE TO MISUSE OF THIS EQUIPMENT Jurisdictions vary with regard to the enforceability of provisions excluding or limiting liability for incidental or consequential damages Check the provision of your local jurisdiction to find out whether the above exclusion applies to you

This warranty allocates risks of product failure between the Purchaser and A-M Systems Inc A-M Systems Inc hardware pricing reflects this allocation of risk and the limitations of liability contained in this warranty The warranty set forth above is in lieu of all other express warranties whether oral or written The agents employees distributors and dealers of A-M Systems Inc are not authorized to make modifications to this warranty or additional wan-anties binding on the company Accordingly additional statements such as dealer advertising or presentations whether oral or written do not constitute warranties by A-M Systems Inc and should not be relied upon This warranty gives you specific legal rights You may also have other rights which vary from one jurisdiction to another

fl-N Systems Inc 131BusinessPartiLoop RO Box850CartsbOfgWa98324 p O |Telophone 8004201306 bull 360683-8300FOC 3606830525 ^ ^ E-mail saiesaflisystefTiscom Wbbsite httpVwwwa-msystemscom

Controls and Connectors The controls for the Model 2100 are grouped in three sections START which controls when a pulse or burst of pulses begins TIMING which controls the onoff timing of one or more pulses and OUTPUT which controls the amplitude of the output signal

Start TRIG SLOPE Determines the polarity of valid trigger pulses (positive or negative edges in the trigger signal)

MODE Controls waveform initiation When set to FREE RUN one timing cycle immediately follows the last When momentarily placed In the MANUAL position a timing cycle starts Immediately When the switch Is In the center position timing cycles start when valid triggering events occur

TRIGD This LED lights up when a timing cycle Is in process and continues until the burst is completed

TRIG This BNC connector allows a signal from an external source to Initiate timing cycles It is set for standard TTL levels

GATE This BNC connector allows a signal from an external source to restrict the final output signal This input must be at a logical high (or open-circuited) in order for the Model 2100 to recognize either manual or automatic trigger events

Gate 1_ Trigger |~~^ i I Valid triggers (represented by the arrows in the figure) can occur only when the gate Is at logical high Note that the up arrow would apply only If TRIG SLOPE is set to + the down an-ows would apply only if TRIG SLOPE Is set to -

NOTE Triggers have no effect if the system has not completed its response to a previous trigger

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Park Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Vb 98324 TelQphQne 80O426-1306 360683-8300 FAX 360683-3525 E-mail sales^a-msystemscom Wsbsite httpywwwa-msystemscom

Timing Four sets of controls govern the timing of pulse generation Each set contains two values which are multiplied together to detemnine the actual timing value The rotary knob (rate selector) provides the approximate timing value and the lever wheel switch bank (MULTIPLIER)

provides a time resolution of three decimal digits The following diagram shows most of the Important relationships

Output r Delay Duration

|ltPeriodgtj

t Burst width

Trigger event

DELAY These controls determine the time duration between the initiating trigger event and the beginning of the pulse burst If this rate selector is set to NONE or the multiplier is set to 000 there Is no delay

BURST WIDTH These controls determine the time period in which one or more pulses may be delivered Once started a pulse may outlast the burst width If this rate selector is set to SINGLE or to any time shorter than the pulse duration only a single pulse will occur If the BURST WIDTH Is longer than the period pulses will be emitted at the PERIOD rate until the burst time ends Pulses are never truncated by a short BURSTWIDTH

inds)-PULSE

D U R A T I O N 1 0 1 0

10

INTEB-PULSE PERIOD

1 1 10

DURATION These controls determine the length of each pulse Ifthis rate selector Is set to SQUARE the duration is set to half of the period regardless of the MULTIPLIER setting

PERIOD These controls set the period of time between adjacent pulse events within the burst It also forces a minimum dead time between recognized input triggers following a burst of one or more pulses This can be used to prevent over stimulation of a tissue without requiring excessive delay between the triggering event and the stimulating pulse

TIMING OVERLAP

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 860 Carisborg Vamp 98324 |Telophone 800-426-1306 360683-8300 bull FAX 3606aW525 E-mail salearega^nsystemsoom Vfeb5ite httpAwwwa^nsyslemscam

NOTE If any of these timing controls are changed while a timing cycle is in operation the results are undefined until the current cycle finishes

TIMING OVERLAP This LED will light to Indicate an inconsistency in the timing cycle settings There are several ways to introduce such errors The most common way is to set the Inter-pulse PERIOD to be less than the pulse DURATION

T I M I N G (seconds)^

TRIG OUT (UPPER) This BNC connector provides a signal which is coincident with the Internal Burst timing signal (default) This means the signal starts at the end of the Delay time and persists until the Burst time expires This output may also be set to represent the delay time-out by setting the internal jumper J510 to the right two pins instead of the left two pins (Please see the Calibration section in this manual for jumper location Directions are given as viewed from the front of the Instrument)

TRIG OUT (LOWER) This BNC connector provides a signal which Is coincident with the Duration timing signal which controls pulse output

NOTE Both trigger output signals slightly lead the isolated output signal

Output

PULSE SIGN This switch determines the polarity of the pulses to be generated It also allows generation of biphasic pulses thereby doubling the effective total period Warning the first pulse generated after changing the PULSE

SIGN switch may have the wrong polarity

BASELINE This Switch determines the polarity ofthe baseline signal

RANGE This rotary switch determines if the output pulses will be constant current (3 ranges) or constant voltage (2 ranges)

BASELINE AMPLITUDE This value is independently set using a ten-turn counting dial The maximum baseline amplitude is one tenth the value shown on the range amplitude switch

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 8S0 Cartsborg Vfa 98324 |Tetaphone 80O426-1306 bull 360683-8300 bull FAX 3606803525 E-mail salesa-msystemscom Wbbsite http7Awwwaflnsystemscom

PULSE AMPLITUDE This value is independently set using a ten-turn counting dial The maximum pulse amplitude is the value shown on the range amplitude switch

EVENT This LED indicates when a pulse is ongoing

ERROR This LED indicates when the internal output amplifier cannot output the pulse as desired This is usually due to a short circuit while trying to output a voltage or an open circuit while trying to output a current

VOTEThe Pulse Sign control in the Oupuf section directly affects waveform timing When set to the Biphasic mode a positive-going pulse is immediately followed by a negative-going pulse This effectively doubles the pulse duration If a burst of biphasic pulses is being produced the period must be at least twice the single pulse duration In the Square wave mode the baseline disappears as long as the burst persists

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsboig Vte 98324 |Telophone 800426-1306 360683-8300 bull FAX 3606833525 E-mail salesa-m5ystem5 com Website httpwwwa-msystemscom

Operating Instructions

Examples Simple setup (and minimal instrument test)

Connect the output ofthe Model 2100 to an oscilloscope Before connecting the Model 2100 to any other instrument or the experimental preparation It is safest to turn Its power off

Set the Oufpuf controls

Range 10V Pulse Sign +

Baseline Zero Pulse Amplitude 200

Setting The Timing Controls

Delay Burst Width

Duration Period

none single

15010-2 50010-2

Setting The Start Controls

Mode Free Run

Disconnect any cables to the TRIG or GATE inputs

Note that the green Trig and Event Indicators turn on as Free Run is turned on (and turn off otherwise) You should observe a 15ms duration 20Hz rate pulse of 200V above a OV baseline on the oscilloscope

fl-N Systems Inc 131 BusinessPartiLoop RO Box850CarisbcxgWa98324 |Telophone 800426-1306 bull 360-683-8300 bull FW 360683-3525 E-mail salesa-msystems com VVbbsite httpywwwa-msystems com

Demonstration of Burst Mode Connect the output ofthe Model 2100 to an oscilloscope Before connecting the Model 2100 to any other instrument or the experimental preparation It Is safest to turn its power off

Set the Outpuf controls

Range 10V Pulse Sign +

Baseline Pulse Amplitude 200

Baseline Amplitude 100

Setting The Timing Controls

Delay 88010-2 Burst Width 12010-^

Duration 15010-2 Period 50010-2

Set the START controls as follows

Mode Free Run

Disconnect any cables to the TRIG or GATE inputs

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Telophooe 8004201306 360683-8300 bull FAX 360683-3525 E^naii salesa-msystems com Watjsite http7wwwa-msystemscom

Trigger the oscilloscope from the Bursf trigger out (upper Trig Out connector) for a stable display In each burst (occurring every lOOms) you should observe a trio of 15ms duration starting 50ms apart Try switching the StartMode from Free Run to the center (nonnal) position The pulses will no longer be produced and the Trig and Event Indicators will tum off Pressing this switch once (to Manual) will cause a single burst to occur

Problem Solving If the instrument appears to be not working properiy check all ofthe control settings and connections Be sure to wait at least 5-10 seconds after turning the instrument off before turning it on again The following summary of typical problems for the user (along with the most common solutions) may help

Problem CauseSolution

EVENT Indicator never lights even in FREE RUN mode

bull Replace fuse check power connection bullSet DELAY or PERIOD to a shorter interval

bull Power-on too soon after power-off

OVERLAP Indicator is on

ERROR indicator is on

bull Set DURATION gt000 bull DURATION Is set to SQUARE but

PERIOD is 000 Increase PERIOD or set DURATION independantly

bull BURST and WIDTH are gt DURATION increase PERIOD or decrease DURATION

bull BIPHASIC pulse output Is on and PERIOD is not longer than twice the DURATION Increase PERIOD or decrease DURATION

bull Free-run Is on and BURST is lt PERIOD (BURST off) DELAY is 0 and PERIOD Is lt DURATION Add delay or modify PERIOD

bull Free-run is on and BURST is gt DURATION (BURST ON) and PERIOD is lt DURATION Increase PERIOD

bull For VOLTAGE outputs the output is trying to drive too low a resistance or capacitance (eg a short circuit) Check by disconnecting the output ft is possible (and normal) that for the fastest cycles and largest amplitudes (close to 100 V

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business PartiLoop PO Box 850 CartsborgWa 98324 iTelophone 800-42O130636O6e3-8300FAX 3606B3-3525 E-mail satesaflisyslefmcom Vfebslte http7wwwa-msyslemscom

and 1 ps) that the ERROR indicator might always come on during repetitive pulses Fix output load or decrease amplitude as required

Time appears to be excessive Changed control in mid-cycle (resets current status)

Cant seem to get a full signal out Load Is not properiy connected repair wiring Too low a load impedance (VOLTAGE modes) or too high a load impedance (CURRENT mode)

Incoming triggers not accepted frequently enough

PERIOD is set too long (enforces dead time) followd by BURST set to SIGNAL Reduce PERIOD time

Table 10 Problem Solving

If you suspect that the Model 2100 may have completely failed we recommend checking the basic level of functionality Ifthis fails your instrument Is defective and must be repaired Ifthis passes either your experimental setup is incompatible or inconsistent or there is a more subtle flaw in your Model 2100

If the Model 2100 appears to be malfunctioning contact A-M Systems Inc or your dealer We will first attempt to solve the problem over the telephone so have an exact description of your problem available when you call You do not need to be within the warranty period to obtain over-the-phone assistance

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 iTetoptxme 80O426-1306 bull 360683-8300 FAX 3606803525 E-mail satesa-msystemsoomAfebsitehttpJwwwaflisystemscom

Theory of Operation

The operation ofthe Model 2100 is summarized in the block diagram (see the figure on Page 11) Not shown are all ofthe interconnections with the microcontroller The internal microcontroler plays an important role in setting the signal path but does not directly contribute to the dynamic characteristics It scans the front panel switches and sets the control values for the logic arrays It programs the internal counters which along with the other hardware achieve the necessary sub-microsecond speeds

Pulse generation starts either from an Input trigger signal (from Trig In) or an internally signal (Free Run mode) A Delay timer counts the 10MHz clock until its count value is exhausted At this point the Burst Period and Duration timers are started If the Burst timer has not expired by the end ofthe Period the Period and Duration timers are restarted If the Biphasic mode has been set the Duration timer is restarted at the end of the initial Duration and the sign ofthe output pulse is reversed doubling the total duration

The system state (pulse on pulse sign baseline sign [+0f-]) is transmitted to the isolated section via optoisolator The baseline and pulse amplitudes are selected by an analog switch The resulting signal is amplified by a variable-power-supply discrete operational amplifier The amplifier connections and gain is modified to provide two voltage and three current ranges

Timing overiap errors are detected by a logical decision computation rather than by testing for counter collisions This provides instant feedback rather than waiting up to an hour for such a collision to occur Output errors are measured by sensing the output amplifiers differential input voltage Under normal conditions this is a negligible voltage If the amplifier fails to deliver the requested signal the window comparator testing this voltage sends this message (via optoisolator) to the logic section turning on a warning LED

fl-N Systems Inc 131BusinessPart(LoopRO Box850CarisboigWa98324 4 n Tel0pri0ne80O426-130636O683^300FAX36O6833525 ^ E-mail salesaflisystBmscom V febsite http7wwwa-msystemsoom

S i

I - - ^^mdasho^M

OUTPUT i l l

TRIG ^ OUT

(burst)

TRIG 3-lt) OUT

(pulse)

til

I laquo

Calibration Procedures

The calibration interval is the lesser of 1000 hours of operation or 6 months Somewhat greater drift can be expected in the first 100 hours of operation as the semiconductors age Adjustments should only be made after the instrument has been fully warmed up for at least 15 minutes

Full instrument calibration requires the following test equipment digital multimeter (plusmn 01) able to measure resistance to at least lOOMO oscilloscope with at least 50MHz bandwidth true-mis voltmeter with 4MHz bandwidth universal counter (plusmn 001 ) able to measure single pulse widths and periods resistors (all plusmn 01) 2kn lOkH 1 watt 20kn 200kn alligator clip lead sets banana plugs and BNC adapters

Adjustment integrated circuit and test point locations are shown in the following figures All adjustments are on the timing board unless othenAise noted

All voltages in the non-isolated section should be measured with respect to ground at TP510 unless othenwise stated Some voltages are measured with respect to an internal isolated ground at TP650 or across the two output temninals Occasionally the voltage at an IC pin must be measured in these cases the reference designator is given with the pin number in parentheses eg U602(16) When it states within this procedure that a voltage is to be minimized this means that the adjustment should be made such that the measured voltage is as close to zero volts as possible Refer to the Specifications Section of this manual for acceptable tolerances

The sequence of this procedure is important If any adjustment is made all adjustments which follow must be made to ensure that the specifications will be met These procedures require that all controls remain as set in previous steps unless othenAise indicated

WARNING

The Model 2100 has dangerous voltages throughout the instrument even with the power is off Servicing the Model 2100 should only be done by qualified service personnel Use caution in handling any wires connectors or electrodes which may be directly or indirectly attached to the instrument Do not touch exposed connections or components Disconnect power by unplugging the power cord from the receptacle

H B ^ ^ S y s t e m s inc^degdegp^deg^^deg-^^^^^^^^B3^^^degdeg^^^lt^^^B^^^^ 131BusinessPartiLoopPO Box850CartsbOigWamp98324 4 9 |Telophone800-42013C6360683-8300F0lt360683-3525 ^ E-mail salesa-msystefnscom website httpwwwaflisystems com

CO

TP501 O lt0

g OTPSOO

U560 S

Trig Gate

0 -TISOS

U570

U500

Timing

p U520

Timing

K U550 Timin

gt U540

U515

o X I Timin

U508 I

J510 Timing nnn

Burst Delay J400

gt U550

R503

D D I D bull U8QQ i Q

n

oo

V P 5 1 0

b U535

^

Clock i _

U555

lt U 5 4 5

o

h d ^ O - - ^ U605

Q D

U620

O fJZ^ R737 bull ^ 1^13015 r j C - C O M P

B B nU770 ^ ^ ^ 5 ^ a

J420

a

o E

bull [ ]U632

riueso

rR742rVhigh R 6 1 9 ^

LJ TP645 O TP650

TPMOQ^QS

Vlow

CD-

CZZl

J440 bull bull tl iUDQ

I t

f i l

Power supply and bias voltages

Power supply

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

POWER ON Observe voltage at P703 power supply wire top of main board

Check for+15 plusmn 050 V

Observe voltage at P701 power supply wire top of main board

Check for-15 plusmn 050 V

Observe voltage at U505(24) Check for +5 plusmn 025 V

Isolated supply voltage Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

RANGE 10 V TRIG open circuit MODE center position

Alternately observe V ^ from R742 to R740 and V ^ from theU605(4)toU605(8)

Adjust R773 so that 110VltV lt 120 V and

nigh

28VltV|^lt34V

Capacitance balance Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

Connect a xlO oscilloscope probe to TP650 and ground the

Adjust R737 for minimum high frequency signal

Inputs

Gate function Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave Verify that the voltage to GATE switches states at the Observe voltage at U510(3) proper input levels with an oscilloscope

Trigger slope Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave Verify that the voltage to TRIG switches states at the Observe voltage at U510( 1) proper input levels with an oscilloscope

TRIG SLOPE Verify voltage is 180deg out of phase

TRIG SLOPE Verify voltage is in phase

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 860 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Jelophone 800-4201306 360683-8300 bull FM 380683-3525 E-mail salesaflTsystBfnscom bull Vtebsite httpVAirwwaflisystems com

14

Trigger and gate f unc t i on

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

DELAY NONE BURS-nMDTH SINGLE DURATION SQUARE PERIOD 100X10-3

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave to TRIG Observe TRIGD and EVENT LEDs

TRIG disconnect all Short the GATE connector to GND Verify LEDs extinguish

MODE press to MANUAL Verify LEDs flash once

Timing

System c lock f requency

Controls Inputs Observations Ad jus t Check

Observe the frequency of the wave Verify 1000 MHz plusmn 001 atU555(17)

Mul t ip l iers (Wheel Swi tches)

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

PULSE SIGN-laquobull MODE FREE RUN TRIG disconnect all TIMING MULTIPUERS all

wheels set to zero except the one being tested

TIMING OVERLAP ignore

Observe the pulse width with the counter at the location specified t)elow

Verify pulse width is correct for each wheel as it is tested independently

For each wheel of each MULTIPLIER test each position to verify that the pulse width is correct Observe the signal at the following locations DELAY U520(2) BURSTWIDTH U530(2) PERIOD U540(2) DURATION U550(2)

Rates (Rotary Swi tches)

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

TIMING MULTIPUERS 001 Observe the pulse width with the TIMING RATES all rotary counter at the location specified

switches set to 10-4 below except the one being tested

Verify pulse width is correct for each rotary switch as it is tested independently

For each ofthe four rotary switches in TIMING test each position to verify that the pulse width is correct Observe the signal at the following locations DELAY U520(2) BURSTWIDTH U530(2) PERIOD U540(2) DURATION U550(2)

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 iTetophone 8004201306 bull 360683-8300 bull FOC 3606803525 E-mail salesa-msystemscom Wbbsite httpJwwwaflTSystemscom

15

Trigger outputs

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

Range 10V Pulse Amplitude 500 Delay 100 xlO^ Burst 100 x 10 ^ Duration 100x10-^ Period 400x10-^ Pulse sign + Trig Mode Free run Trig in open

Trigger the oscilloscope to the Burst Trig Out Observe it the Pulse Trig Out and the isolated output

Verify that the waveform consists of a burst of three 1ms-on3ms-off pulses The burst trigger should be synchronous with the burst the pulse trigger coincident with each pulse

Output Calibration

Isolation Resistance (check)

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode center position Trig In open

Measure the resistance between ground banana jack (front panel) and black banana jack of output with DMM

Resistance read gt 100MQ

Amplitude Switch Offset (R640)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Zero Trig Mode center position Trig In Open

Measure the voltage at TP645 vs TP650 with the DMM

Adjust R640 (AmpI Sw Offset) for minimum voltage

Output Offset (R332 front panel board) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Zero Range 10V Trig Mode center position Trig In Open

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

Adjust R332 (Output offset) for minimum voltage

Positive Baseline Offeet (R607) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Sign + Baseline Amplitude

fully CCW (000) Range 10V Trig In open Trig Mode center position

Measure the voltage across the outputwiththeDMM

Adjust R602 (BSLN + offset) for minimum voltage

fl-N Systems Inc 131 BusBiess Parti Loop P O Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Telophone B00-42O1306 bull 360683-8300 bull FAX 3606803525 E-mail salesaflisystemscom V^tebsite httpy^vwwa-msystems com

16

Negative Baseline Offset (R619)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Sign -Baseline Amplitude

fully CCW (000) Range 10V Trig In open Trig Mode center position

Measure the voltage across the outputwiththeDMM

Adjust R619 (BSLN + offset) for minimum voltage

Pulse Amplitude Adjust (R602)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode Free Mode Pulse Amplitude 1000 Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =1001 Period =00110-4 Pulse Sign -Trig In open Range 10V

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

The Overiap indicator should be on Adjust R602 (Max Level) for -10OOV out

Pulse Sign Gain (check)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode Free Mode Pulse Amplitude 1000 Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =100 1s Period =001 10-4s Trig In open Range 10V

Measure the voltage at the output with the DMM for the Pulse Sign at + and - positions

The absolute values ofthe voltages should differ by less than lOOmV

Baseline Amplitudes (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Range 100mA Trig Mode center position Baseline Amplitude fully CW (1000) Trig In open

Measure the voltage at the output with the DMM with Baseline Sign in + Zero and

- positions

Gain the matching of current levels at = and - positions and offset current in Zero position

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop PO Box 850 Cartsboig Wa 98324 Telophone 800-4201306 360683-8300 FkX 3606803525 E-mail salesa-msystemscom website http^^wwaflisystemsccm

17

Output Range Amplitude and Drive (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Pulse Amplitude 1000 Pulse Sign + Trig Mode Free Run Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =1001 Period =10010-4 Trig In open

Load the output with a 10KV 1W 01 resistor Measure the voltage at the output with DMM

Verify that full scale output is within specification Scale Range 100V 100V 10V 10V 100mA IV 1mA 10V 10mA 100V

Pulse Sign and Short Circuit Protection (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =200 10-4 Period =00110-3 Baseline Zero Pulse Amplitude 25 Range 10V Trig Mode Free Run Trig In open

Measure the voltage at the output with the oscilloscope Check for Pulse Sign set to each of + - biphasic Watch for Error indicator when shorting the output

Verify that pulses of approx 25V amplitude (625V for biphasic mode) of the correct sign are produced every 10ms Short output in biphasic mode Output should return when opened

Output Transient Response (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Pulse Sign + Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =20010-4 Period =00110-3 Pulse Amplitude 250 Baseline Zero Trig Mode Free Mode Trig In open

Connect the oscilloscope to the output with a 310 attenuator probe Test both 10V and 100V ranges

Verify that overshoot and risetime meet specifications

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Telophone 8004201306 bull 3606808300 bull Flaquo( 360laquo83ltJ525 E-mail salesa-msystemsocm V^febsite http^wwwa-msystefnscom

18

Specifications

There are three classes of specifications Class A specifications tested in all units and are guaranteed Class B specifications are inherent in the design they are indirectly tested and are guaranteed Class C specifications are typical operating values which are occasionally tested- these are typical values given for your information but not guarshyanteed The class for each specification is noted in the center column ofthe following sections

Inputs Switching level

Hysteresis

Input equivalent circuit

Minimum duration (1 IL-level signal)

A

C

C

C

16 V(plusmn 02 V)

approx 50 mV

lOOKH to+5 in parallel with no more than 35pF

gt 50 ns

Open circuit condition B defaults to highon level

Timing and rate accuracy Rate selector steps

Timing multiplier steps

B

B

lOOpsto 100s in 7 steps

1 of rate selector step size Maximum value is 999 X the rate selector step size

Resolution B approx 01 ofthe maximum value

Timing error (second and later pulses after resetting controls)

B lt 002 of rate selector value + 015 ps

Timing error (first pulse after readjusting timing controls)

an additional 025 ps error may occur

Timing repeatability lt 001 setting + 20 ns (monophasic)

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Ram Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Vfa 98324 pTelophone 8004201306 bull 360683-8300 bull FAX 360683-3525

E-mail salesraquoflisystems com Wabsite httpJAnww afl isystems com

19

TRIG IN to OUTPUT delay (DELAY set to 0) output set to 2V

Timing jitter from TRIG IN to OUTPUT (for TTL trigger input with risetime lt10 ns)

Timing jitter from TRIG OUT (either BURST or PULSE) and OUTPUT

Trigger output to pulse output delay

Output characteristics Pulse level error (voltage mode open circuit current mode short circuit

Biphasic level difference IV + - V-1 2

Baseline level error (voltage mode open circuit current mode short circuit)

Risetime (25 V out)

Risetime (25 V out)

Transient response

A

A

A

Output impedance (voltage mode) C

Output impedance (current mode) C

Isolation resistance A

Isolation capacitance C

approx 05 ps for a load of no more than 10 KH in parallel with 50 pF

lt 125 ns (all rates except 100s) lt 125 ps (100s rate)

Less than 20 ns (all rates)

approx 350 ns

lt 03 of setting + 05 of r range (plus an additional 05 pA in 100 pA range)

lt 03 of range (voltage modes into open circuit current modes into short circuit)

lt 03 of setting of setting + 01 of range (plus an additional 05 pA in lOOpA range)

= 200 ns into less than 30 pF

= 15 ps into less than 30 pF

lt 8 overshoot into less than 30 pF for pulse voltages different than baseline voltage by at least 10 of range

= 50 ohms

raquo 1 0 GH (typically 200 GO)

raquo 1 0 0 M n

= 60 pF at 100 Hz

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Peril Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg V6 98324 |TelCf)hone 800-4201306 3606808300 bull FAX 360683-3525 E-mal salesaflisystefnsoom Website hnpyMVfWafllsystemsoom

20

Noise (differential mode)

Noise (common mode earth to isolated ground) with no signal output

Overload error indicator (low frequency short circuited voltage mode)

Overload error indicator low frequency open circuited current mode)

Overioad error response time

Miscellaneous

= 1 mV rms (10 V scale 10 Hz-4 MHz)

= 8 mV rms (10 Hz-4 MHz) == 100mVp-p (200 Hz -10 MHz) measured withalOMH 15pF oscilloscope probe

Turns on for set amplitude at or greater than approx plusmn1 V (10 V range) or plusmn2 V (100 V range)

Turns on for set amplitude at or above approx 2 of range

Flat to approx 30 ps duration Decreasing sensitivity for shorter pulses

Power

Fuse

Operating temperature range

Storage temperature range

Operating humidity

Dimensions

approx 11 watts

1 amp 3AG

10-30degC

0 - 50deg C

5 - 80 RH

17x475x1125 (inches) 432x121x286 cm

Weight 20 lbs (9 kg)

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Wb 98324 |Tetcphone 8004201306 3606808300 bull FOt 360683-3525 E-mail satesamsystems comV^febsite httpywwwaflisystemscom

21

Warranty and Service

What does this warranty cover A-M Systems Inc warrants to the Purchaser that the Instrument excluding cables Headstage Probes and any other accessories shipped with the Instrument (hereafter the hardware) is free from defects in workmanship or material under normal use and service for the period of one (1) year This warranty commences on the date of delivery ofthe hardware to the Purchaser

What are the obligations of A-M Systems Inc under this warranty During the warranty period A-M Systems Inc agrees to repair or replace at its sole option without charge to the Purchaser any defective component part of the hardware To obtain warranty service the Purchaser must return the hardware to A-M Systems Inc or an authorized A-M Systems Inc distributor in an adequate shipping container Any postage shipping and insurance charges incurred in shipping the hardware to A-M Systems Inc must be prepaid by the Purchaser and all risk for the hardware shall remain with purchaser until such time as A-M Systems Inc takes receipt of the hardware Upon receipt A-M Systems Inc will promptly repair or replace the defective unit and then return the hardware to the Purchaser postage shipping and insurance prepaid A-M Systems Inc may use reconditioned or like new parts or units at its sole option when repairing any hardware Repaired products shall carry the same amount of outstanding warranty as from original purchase or ninety (90) days which ever is greater Any claim under the warranty must include a dated proof of purchase ofthe hardware covered by this warranty In any event A-M Systems Inc liability for defective hardware is limited to repairing or replacing the hardware

What is not covered by this warranty This warranty is contingent upon proper use and maintenance ofthe hardware by the Purchaser and does not cover batteries Neglect misuse whether intentional or othenwise tampering with or altering the hardware damage caused by accident damage caused by unusual physical electrical chemical or electromechanical stress damage caused by failure of electrical power or damage caused during transportation are not covered by this wan-anty Products may not be returned to A-M Systems Inc for service whether under warranty or otherwise which are contaminated by infectious agents radioactive compounds or other materials constituting a health hazard to employees of A-M Systems Inc

What are the limits of liability for A-M Systems Inc under this warranty A-M Systems Inc shall not be liable for loss of data profits or savings or any special incidental consequential indirect or other similar damages arising from breach of contract negligence or other legal action even if the company or its agent has been advised of the possibility of such damages or for any claim brought against you by another party THIS EQUIPMENT IS NOT INTENDED FOR CLINICAL MEASUREMENTS USING HUMAN SUBJECTS A-M SYSTEMS INC DOES NOT ASSUME RESPONSIBILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE DUE TO MISUSE OF THIS EQUIPMENT Jurisdictions vary with regard to the enforceability of provisions excluding or limiting liability for incidental or consequential damages Check the provision of your local jurisdiction to find out whether the above exclusion applies to you

This warranty allocates risks of product failure between the Purchaser and A-M Systems Inc A-M Systems Inc hardware pricing reflects this allocation of risk and the limitations of liability contained in this warranty The warranty set forth above is in lieu of all other express warranties whether oral or written The agents employees distributors and dealers of A-M Systems Inc are not authorized to make modifications to this warranty or additional wan-anties binding on the company Accordingly additional statements such as dealer advertising or presentations whether oral or written do not constitute warranties by A-M Systems Inc and should not be relied upon This warranty gives you specific legal rights You may also have other rights which vary from one jurisdiction to another

fl-N Systems Inc 131BusinessPartiLoop RO Box850CartsbOfgWa98324 p O |Telophone 8004201306 bull 360683-8300FOC 3606830525 ^ ^ E-mail saiesaflisystefTiscom Wbbsite httpVwwwa-msystemscom

Timing Four sets of controls govern the timing of pulse generation Each set contains two values which are multiplied together to detemnine the actual timing value The rotary knob (rate selector) provides the approximate timing value and the lever wheel switch bank (MULTIPLIER)

provides a time resolution of three decimal digits The following diagram shows most of the Important relationships

Output r Delay Duration

|ltPeriodgtj

t Burst width

Trigger event

DELAY These controls determine the time duration between the initiating trigger event and the beginning of the pulse burst If this rate selector is set to NONE or the multiplier is set to 000 there Is no delay

BURST WIDTH These controls determine the time period in which one or more pulses may be delivered Once started a pulse may outlast the burst width If this rate selector is set to SINGLE or to any time shorter than the pulse duration only a single pulse will occur If the BURST WIDTH Is longer than the period pulses will be emitted at the PERIOD rate until the burst time ends Pulses are never truncated by a short BURSTWIDTH

inds)-PULSE

D U R A T I O N 1 0 1 0

10

INTEB-PULSE PERIOD

1 1 10

DURATION These controls determine the length of each pulse Ifthis rate selector Is set to SQUARE the duration is set to half of the period regardless of the MULTIPLIER setting

PERIOD These controls set the period of time between adjacent pulse events within the burst It also forces a minimum dead time between recognized input triggers following a burst of one or more pulses This can be used to prevent over stimulation of a tissue without requiring excessive delay between the triggering event and the stimulating pulse

TIMING OVERLAP

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 860 Carisborg Vamp 98324 |Telophone 800-426-1306 360683-8300 bull FAX 3606aW525 E-mail salearega^nsystemsoom Vfeb5ite httpAwwwa^nsyslemscam

NOTE If any of these timing controls are changed while a timing cycle is in operation the results are undefined until the current cycle finishes

TIMING OVERLAP This LED will light to Indicate an inconsistency in the timing cycle settings There are several ways to introduce such errors The most common way is to set the Inter-pulse PERIOD to be less than the pulse DURATION

T I M I N G (seconds)^

TRIG OUT (UPPER) This BNC connector provides a signal which is coincident with the Internal Burst timing signal (default) This means the signal starts at the end of the Delay time and persists until the Burst time expires This output may also be set to represent the delay time-out by setting the internal jumper J510 to the right two pins instead of the left two pins (Please see the Calibration section in this manual for jumper location Directions are given as viewed from the front of the Instrument)

TRIG OUT (LOWER) This BNC connector provides a signal which Is coincident with the Duration timing signal which controls pulse output

NOTE Both trigger output signals slightly lead the isolated output signal

Output

PULSE SIGN This switch determines the polarity of the pulses to be generated It also allows generation of biphasic pulses thereby doubling the effective total period Warning the first pulse generated after changing the PULSE

SIGN switch may have the wrong polarity

BASELINE This Switch determines the polarity ofthe baseline signal

RANGE This rotary switch determines if the output pulses will be constant current (3 ranges) or constant voltage (2 ranges)

BASELINE AMPLITUDE This value is independently set using a ten-turn counting dial The maximum baseline amplitude is one tenth the value shown on the range amplitude switch

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 8S0 Cartsborg Vfa 98324 |Tetaphone 80O426-1306 bull 360683-8300 bull FAX 3606803525 E-mail salesa-msystemscom Wbbsite http7Awwwaflnsystemscom

PULSE AMPLITUDE This value is independently set using a ten-turn counting dial The maximum pulse amplitude is the value shown on the range amplitude switch

EVENT This LED indicates when a pulse is ongoing

ERROR This LED indicates when the internal output amplifier cannot output the pulse as desired This is usually due to a short circuit while trying to output a voltage or an open circuit while trying to output a current

VOTEThe Pulse Sign control in the Oupuf section directly affects waveform timing When set to the Biphasic mode a positive-going pulse is immediately followed by a negative-going pulse This effectively doubles the pulse duration If a burst of biphasic pulses is being produced the period must be at least twice the single pulse duration In the Square wave mode the baseline disappears as long as the burst persists

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsboig Vte 98324 |Telophone 800426-1306 360683-8300 bull FAX 3606833525 E-mail salesa-m5ystem5 com Website httpwwwa-msystemscom

Operating Instructions

Examples Simple setup (and minimal instrument test)

Connect the output ofthe Model 2100 to an oscilloscope Before connecting the Model 2100 to any other instrument or the experimental preparation It is safest to turn Its power off

Set the Oufpuf controls

Range 10V Pulse Sign +

Baseline Zero Pulse Amplitude 200

Setting The Timing Controls

Delay Burst Width

Duration Period

none single

15010-2 50010-2

Setting The Start Controls

Mode Free Run

Disconnect any cables to the TRIG or GATE inputs

Note that the green Trig and Event Indicators turn on as Free Run is turned on (and turn off otherwise) You should observe a 15ms duration 20Hz rate pulse of 200V above a OV baseline on the oscilloscope

fl-N Systems Inc 131 BusinessPartiLoop RO Box850CarisbcxgWa98324 |Telophone 800426-1306 bull 360-683-8300 bull FW 360683-3525 E-mail salesa-msystems com VVbbsite httpywwwa-msystems com

Demonstration of Burst Mode Connect the output ofthe Model 2100 to an oscilloscope Before connecting the Model 2100 to any other instrument or the experimental preparation It Is safest to turn its power off

Set the Outpuf controls

Range 10V Pulse Sign +

Baseline Pulse Amplitude 200

Baseline Amplitude 100

Setting The Timing Controls

Delay 88010-2 Burst Width 12010-^

Duration 15010-2 Period 50010-2

Set the START controls as follows

Mode Free Run

Disconnect any cables to the TRIG or GATE inputs

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Telophooe 8004201306 360683-8300 bull FAX 360683-3525 E^naii salesa-msystems com Watjsite http7wwwa-msystemscom

Trigger the oscilloscope from the Bursf trigger out (upper Trig Out connector) for a stable display In each burst (occurring every lOOms) you should observe a trio of 15ms duration starting 50ms apart Try switching the StartMode from Free Run to the center (nonnal) position The pulses will no longer be produced and the Trig and Event Indicators will tum off Pressing this switch once (to Manual) will cause a single burst to occur

Problem Solving If the instrument appears to be not working properiy check all ofthe control settings and connections Be sure to wait at least 5-10 seconds after turning the instrument off before turning it on again The following summary of typical problems for the user (along with the most common solutions) may help

Problem CauseSolution

EVENT Indicator never lights even in FREE RUN mode

bull Replace fuse check power connection bullSet DELAY or PERIOD to a shorter interval

bull Power-on too soon after power-off

OVERLAP Indicator is on

ERROR indicator is on

bull Set DURATION gt000 bull DURATION Is set to SQUARE but

PERIOD is 000 Increase PERIOD or set DURATION independantly

bull BURST and WIDTH are gt DURATION increase PERIOD or decrease DURATION

bull BIPHASIC pulse output Is on and PERIOD is not longer than twice the DURATION Increase PERIOD or decrease DURATION

bull Free-run Is on and BURST is lt PERIOD (BURST off) DELAY is 0 and PERIOD Is lt DURATION Add delay or modify PERIOD

bull Free-run is on and BURST is gt DURATION (BURST ON) and PERIOD is lt DURATION Increase PERIOD

bull For VOLTAGE outputs the output is trying to drive too low a resistance or capacitance (eg a short circuit) Check by disconnecting the output ft is possible (and normal) that for the fastest cycles and largest amplitudes (close to 100 V

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business PartiLoop PO Box 850 CartsborgWa 98324 iTelophone 800-42O130636O6e3-8300FAX 3606B3-3525 E-mail satesaflisyslefmcom Vfebslte http7wwwa-msyslemscom

and 1 ps) that the ERROR indicator might always come on during repetitive pulses Fix output load or decrease amplitude as required

Time appears to be excessive Changed control in mid-cycle (resets current status)

Cant seem to get a full signal out Load Is not properiy connected repair wiring Too low a load impedance (VOLTAGE modes) or too high a load impedance (CURRENT mode)

Incoming triggers not accepted frequently enough

PERIOD is set too long (enforces dead time) followd by BURST set to SIGNAL Reduce PERIOD time

Table 10 Problem Solving

If you suspect that the Model 2100 may have completely failed we recommend checking the basic level of functionality Ifthis fails your instrument Is defective and must be repaired Ifthis passes either your experimental setup is incompatible or inconsistent or there is a more subtle flaw in your Model 2100

If the Model 2100 appears to be malfunctioning contact A-M Systems Inc or your dealer We will first attempt to solve the problem over the telephone so have an exact description of your problem available when you call You do not need to be within the warranty period to obtain over-the-phone assistance

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 iTetoptxme 80O426-1306 bull 360683-8300 FAX 3606803525 E-mail satesa-msystemsoomAfebsitehttpJwwwaflisystemscom

Theory of Operation

The operation ofthe Model 2100 is summarized in the block diagram (see the figure on Page 11) Not shown are all ofthe interconnections with the microcontroller The internal microcontroler plays an important role in setting the signal path but does not directly contribute to the dynamic characteristics It scans the front panel switches and sets the control values for the logic arrays It programs the internal counters which along with the other hardware achieve the necessary sub-microsecond speeds

Pulse generation starts either from an Input trigger signal (from Trig In) or an internally signal (Free Run mode) A Delay timer counts the 10MHz clock until its count value is exhausted At this point the Burst Period and Duration timers are started If the Burst timer has not expired by the end ofthe Period the Period and Duration timers are restarted If the Biphasic mode has been set the Duration timer is restarted at the end of the initial Duration and the sign ofthe output pulse is reversed doubling the total duration

The system state (pulse on pulse sign baseline sign [+0f-]) is transmitted to the isolated section via optoisolator The baseline and pulse amplitudes are selected by an analog switch The resulting signal is amplified by a variable-power-supply discrete operational amplifier The amplifier connections and gain is modified to provide two voltage and three current ranges

Timing overiap errors are detected by a logical decision computation rather than by testing for counter collisions This provides instant feedback rather than waiting up to an hour for such a collision to occur Output errors are measured by sensing the output amplifiers differential input voltage Under normal conditions this is a negligible voltage If the amplifier fails to deliver the requested signal the window comparator testing this voltage sends this message (via optoisolator) to the logic section turning on a warning LED

fl-N Systems Inc 131BusinessPart(LoopRO Box850CarisboigWa98324 4 n Tel0pri0ne80O426-130636O683^300FAX36O6833525 ^ E-mail salesaflisystBmscom V febsite http7wwwa-msystemsoom

S i

I - - ^^mdasho^M

OUTPUT i l l

TRIG ^ OUT

(burst)

TRIG 3-lt) OUT

(pulse)

til

I laquo

Calibration Procedures

The calibration interval is the lesser of 1000 hours of operation or 6 months Somewhat greater drift can be expected in the first 100 hours of operation as the semiconductors age Adjustments should only be made after the instrument has been fully warmed up for at least 15 minutes

Full instrument calibration requires the following test equipment digital multimeter (plusmn 01) able to measure resistance to at least lOOMO oscilloscope with at least 50MHz bandwidth true-mis voltmeter with 4MHz bandwidth universal counter (plusmn 001 ) able to measure single pulse widths and periods resistors (all plusmn 01) 2kn lOkH 1 watt 20kn 200kn alligator clip lead sets banana plugs and BNC adapters

Adjustment integrated circuit and test point locations are shown in the following figures All adjustments are on the timing board unless othenAise noted

All voltages in the non-isolated section should be measured with respect to ground at TP510 unless othenwise stated Some voltages are measured with respect to an internal isolated ground at TP650 or across the two output temninals Occasionally the voltage at an IC pin must be measured in these cases the reference designator is given with the pin number in parentheses eg U602(16) When it states within this procedure that a voltage is to be minimized this means that the adjustment should be made such that the measured voltage is as close to zero volts as possible Refer to the Specifications Section of this manual for acceptable tolerances

The sequence of this procedure is important If any adjustment is made all adjustments which follow must be made to ensure that the specifications will be met These procedures require that all controls remain as set in previous steps unless othenAise indicated

WARNING

The Model 2100 has dangerous voltages throughout the instrument even with the power is off Servicing the Model 2100 should only be done by qualified service personnel Use caution in handling any wires connectors or electrodes which may be directly or indirectly attached to the instrument Do not touch exposed connections or components Disconnect power by unplugging the power cord from the receptacle

H B ^ ^ S y s t e m s inc^degdegp^deg^^deg-^^^^^^^^B3^^^degdeg^^^lt^^^B^^^^ 131BusinessPartiLoopPO Box850CartsbOigWamp98324 4 9 |Telophone800-42013C6360683-8300F0lt360683-3525 ^ E-mail salesa-msystefnscom website httpwwwaflisystems com

CO

TP501 O lt0

g OTPSOO

U560 S

Trig Gate

0 -TISOS

U570

U500

Timing

p U520

Timing

K U550 Timin

gt U540

U515

o X I Timin

U508 I

J510 Timing nnn

Burst Delay J400

gt U550

R503

D D I D bull U8QQ i Q

n

oo

V P 5 1 0

b U535

^

Clock i _

U555

lt U 5 4 5

o

h d ^ O - - ^ U605

Q D

U620

O fJZ^ R737 bull ^ 1^13015 r j C - C O M P

B B nU770 ^ ^ ^ 5 ^ a

J420

a

o E

bull [ ]U632

riueso

rR742rVhigh R 6 1 9 ^

LJ TP645 O TP650

TPMOQ^QS

Vlow

CD-

CZZl

J440 bull bull tl iUDQ

I t

f i l

Power supply and bias voltages

Power supply

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

POWER ON Observe voltage at P703 power supply wire top of main board

Check for+15 plusmn 050 V

Observe voltage at P701 power supply wire top of main board

Check for-15 plusmn 050 V

Observe voltage at U505(24) Check for +5 plusmn 025 V

Isolated supply voltage Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

RANGE 10 V TRIG open circuit MODE center position

Alternately observe V ^ from R742 to R740 and V ^ from theU605(4)toU605(8)

Adjust R773 so that 110VltV lt 120 V and

nigh

28VltV|^lt34V

Capacitance balance Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

Connect a xlO oscilloscope probe to TP650 and ground the

Adjust R737 for minimum high frequency signal

Inputs

Gate function Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave Verify that the voltage to GATE switches states at the Observe voltage at U510(3) proper input levels with an oscilloscope

Trigger slope Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave Verify that the voltage to TRIG switches states at the Observe voltage at U510( 1) proper input levels with an oscilloscope

TRIG SLOPE Verify voltage is 180deg out of phase

TRIG SLOPE Verify voltage is in phase

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 860 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Jelophone 800-4201306 360683-8300 bull FM 380683-3525 E-mail salesaflTsystBfnscom bull Vtebsite httpVAirwwaflisystems com

14

Trigger and gate f unc t i on

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

DELAY NONE BURS-nMDTH SINGLE DURATION SQUARE PERIOD 100X10-3

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave to TRIG Observe TRIGD and EVENT LEDs

TRIG disconnect all Short the GATE connector to GND Verify LEDs extinguish

MODE press to MANUAL Verify LEDs flash once

Timing

System c lock f requency

Controls Inputs Observations Ad jus t Check

Observe the frequency of the wave Verify 1000 MHz plusmn 001 atU555(17)

Mul t ip l iers (Wheel Swi tches)

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

PULSE SIGN-laquobull MODE FREE RUN TRIG disconnect all TIMING MULTIPUERS all

wheels set to zero except the one being tested

TIMING OVERLAP ignore

Observe the pulse width with the counter at the location specified t)elow

Verify pulse width is correct for each wheel as it is tested independently

For each wheel of each MULTIPLIER test each position to verify that the pulse width is correct Observe the signal at the following locations DELAY U520(2) BURSTWIDTH U530(2) PERIOD U540(2) DURATION U550(2)

Rates (Rotary Swi tches)

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

TIMING MULTIPUERS 001 Observe the pulse width with the TIMING RATES all rotary counter at the location specified

switches set to 10-4 below except the one being tested

Verify pulse width is correct for each rotary switch as it is tested independently

For each ofthe four rotary switches in TIMING test each position to verify that the pulse width is correct Observe the signal at the following locations DELAY U520(2) BURSTWIDTH U530(2) PERIOD U540(2) DURATION U550(2)

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 iTetophone 8004201306 bull 360683-8300 bull FOC 3606803525 E-mail salesa-msystemscom Wbbsite httpJwwwaflTSystemscom

15

Trigger outputs

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

Range 10V Pulse Amplitude 500 Delay 100 xlO^ Burst 100 x 10 ^ Duration 100x10-^ Period 400x10-^ Pulse sign + Trig Mode Free run Trig in open

Trigger the oscilloscope to the Burst Trig Out Observe it the Pulse Trig Out and the isolated output

Verify that the waveform consists of a burst of three 1ms-on3ms-off pulses The burst trigger should be synchronous with the burst the pulse trigger coincident with each pulse

Output Calibration

Isolation Resistance (check)

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode center position Trig In open

Measure the resistance between ground banana jack (front panel) and black banana jack of output with DMM

Resistance read gt 100MQ

Amplitude Switch Offset (R640)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Zero Trig Mode center position Trig In Open

Measure the voltage at TP645 vs TP650 with the DMM

Adjust R640 (AmpI Sw Offset) for minimum voltage

Output Offset (R332 front panel board) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Zero Range 10V Trig Mode center position Trig In Open

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

Adjust R332 (Output offset) for minimum voltage

Positive Baseline Offeet (R607) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Sign + Baseline Amplitude

fully CCW (000) Range 10V Trig In open Trig Mode center position

Measure the voltage across the outputwiththeDMM

Adjust R602 (BSLN + offset) for minimum voltage

fl-N Systems Inc 131 BusBiess Parti Loop P O Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Telophone B00-42O1306 bull 360683-8300 bull FAX 3606803525 E-mail salesaflisystemscom V^tebsite httpy^vwwa-msystems com

16

Negative Baseline Offset (R619)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Sign -Baseline Amplitude

fully CCW (000) Range 10V Trig In open Trig Mode center position

Measure the voltage across the outputwiththeDMM

Adjust R619 (BSLN + offset) for minimum voltage

Pulse Amplitude Adjust (R602)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode Free Mode Pulse Amplitude 1000 Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =1001 Period =00110-4 Pulse Sign -Trig In open Range 10V

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

The Overiap indicator should be on Adjust R602 (Max Level) for -10OOV out

Pulse Sign Gain (check)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode Free Mode Pulse Amplitude 1000 Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =100 1s Period =001 10-4s Trig In open Range 10V

Measure the voltage at the output with the DMM for the Pulse Sign at + and - positions

The absolute values ofthe voltages should differ by less than lOOmV

Baseline Amplitudes (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Range 100mA Trig Mode center position Baseline Amplitude fully CW (1000) Trig In open

Measure the voltage at the output with the DMM with Baseline Sign in + Zero and

- positions

Gain the matching of current levels at = and - positions and offset current in Zero position

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop PO Box 850 Cartsboig Wa 98324 Telophone 800-4201306 360683-8300 FkX 3606803525 E-mail salesa-msystemscom website http^^wwaflisystemsccm

17

Output Range Amplitude and Drive (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Pulse Amplitude 1000 Pulse Sign + Trig Mode Free Run Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =1001 Period =10010-4 Trig In open

Load the output with a 10KV 1W 01 resistor Measure the voltage at the output with DMM

Verify that full scale output is within specification Scale Range 100V 100V 10V 10V 100mA IV 1mA 10V 10mA 100V

Pulse Sign and Short Circuit Protection (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =200 10-4 Period =00110-3 Baseline Zero Pulse Amplitude 25 Range 10V Trig Mode Free Run Trig In open

Measure the voltage at the output with the oscilloscope Check for Pulse Sign set to each of + - biphasic Watch for Error indicator when shorting the output

Verify that pulses of approx 25V amplitude (625V for biphasic mode) of the correct sign are produced every 10ms Short output in biphasic mode Output should return when opened

Output Transient Response (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Pulse Sign + Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =20010-4 Period =00110-3 Pulse Amplitude 250 Baseline Zero Trig Mode Free Mode Trig In open

Connect the oscilloscope to the output with a 310 attenuator probe Test both 10V and 100V ranges

Verify that overshoot and risetime meet specifications

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Telophone 8004201306 bull 3606808300 bull Flaquo( 360laquo83ltJ525 E-mail salesa-msystemsocm V^febsite http^wwwa-msystefnscom

18

Specifications

There are three classes of specifications Class A specifications tested in all units and are guaranteed Class B specifications are inherent in the design they are indirectly tested and are guaranteed Class C specifications are typical operating values which are occasionally tested- these are typical values given for your information but not guarshyanteed The class for each specification is noted in the center column ofthe following sections

Inputs Switching level

Hysteresis

Input equivalent circuit

Minimum duration (1 IL-level signal)

A

C

C

C

16 V(plusmn 02 V)

approx 50 mV

lOOKH to+5 in parallel with no more than 35pF

gt 50 ns

Open circuit condition B defaults to highon level

Timing and rate accuracy Rate selector steps

Timing multiplier steps

B

B

lOOpsto 100s in 7 steps

1 of rate selector step size Maximum value is 999 X the rate selector step size

Resolution B approx 01 ofthe maximum value

Timing error (second and later pulses after resetting controls)

B lt 002 of rate selector value + 015 ps

Timing error (first pulse after readjusting timing controls)

an additional 025 ps error may occur

Timing repeatability lt 001 setting + 20 ns (monophasic)

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Ram Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Vfa 98324 pTelophone 8004201306 bull 360683-8300 bull FAX 360683-3525

E-mail salesraquoflisystems com Wabsite httpJAnww afl isystems com

19

TRIG IN to OUTPUT delay (DELAY set to 0) output set to 2V

Timing jitter from TRIG IN to OUTPUT (for TTL trigger input with risetime lt10 ns)

Timing jitter from TRIG OUT (either BURST or PULSE) and OUTPUT

Trigger output to pulse output delay

Output characteristics Pulse level error (voltage mode open circuit current mode short circuit

Biphasic level difference IV + - V-1 2

Baseline level error (voltage mode open circuit current mode short circuit)

Risetime (25 V out)

Risetime (25 V out)

Transient response

A

A

A

Output impedance (voltage mode) C

Output impedance (current mode) C

Isolation resistance A

Isolation capacitance C

approx 05 ps for a load of no more than 10 KH in parallel with 50 pF

lt 125 ns (all rates except 100s) lt 125 ps (100s rate)

Less than 20 ns (all rates)

approx 350 ns

lt 03 of setting + 05 of r range (plus an additional 05 pA in 100 pA range)

lt 03 of range (voltage modes into open circuit current modes into short circuit)

lt 03 of setting of setting + 01 of range (plus an additional 05 pA in lOOpA range)

= 200 ns into less than 30 pF

= 15 ps into less than 30 pF

lt 8 overshoot into less than 30 pF for pulse voltages different than baseline voltage by at least 10 of range

= 50 ohms

raquo 1 0 GH (typically 200 GO)

raquo 1 0 0 M n

= 60 pF at 100 Hz

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Peril Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg V6 98324 |TelCf)hone 800-4201306 3606808300 bull FAX 360683-3525 E-mal salesaflisystefnsoom Website hnpyMVfWafllsystemsoom

20

Noise (differential mode)

Noise (common mode earth to isolated ground) with no signal output

Overload error indicator (low frequency short circuited voltage mode)

Overload error indicator low frequency open circuited current mode)

Overioad error response time

Miscellaneous

= 1 mV rms (10 V scale 10 Hz-4 MHz)

= 8 mV rms (10 Hz-4 MHz) == 100mVp-p (200 Hz -10 MHz) measured withalOMH 15pF oscilloscope probe

Turns on for set amplitude at or greater than approx plusmn1 V (10 V range) or plusmn2 V (100 V range)

Turns on for set amplitude at or above approx 2 of range

Flat to approx 30 ps duration Decreasing sensitivity for shorter pulses

Power

Fuse

Operating temperature range

Storage temperature range

Operating humidity

Dimensions

approx 11 watts

1 amp 3AG

10-30degC

0 - 50deg C

5 - 80 RH

17x475x1125 (inches) 432x121x286 cm

Weight 20 lbs (9 kg)

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Wb 98324 |Tetcphone 8004201306 3606808300 bull FOt 360683-3525 E-mail satesamsystems comV^febsite httpywwwaflisystemscom

21

Warranty and Service

What does this warranty cover A-M Systems Inc warrants to the Purchaser that the Instrument excluding cables Headstage Probes and any other accessories shipped with the Instrument (hereafter the hardware) is free from defects in workmanship or material under normal use and service for the period of one (1) year This warranty commences on the date of delivery ofthe hardware to the Purchaser

What are the obligations of A-M Systems Inc under this warranty During the warranty period A-M Systems Inc agrees to repair or replace at its sole option without charge to the Purchaser any defective component part of the hardware To obtain warranty service the Purchaser must return the hardware to A-M Systems Inc or an authorized A-M Systems Inc distributor in an adequate shipping container Any postage shipping and insurance charges incurred in shipping the hardware to A-M Systems Inc must be prepaid by the Purchaser and all risk for the hardware shall remain with purchaser until such time as A-M Systems Inc takes receipt of the hardware Upon receipt A-M Systems Inc will promptly repair or replace the defective unit and then return the hardware to the Purchaser postage shipping and insurance prepaid A-M Systems Inc may use reconditioned or like new parts or units at its sole option when repairing any hardware Repaired products shall carry the same amount of outstanding warranty as from original purchase or ninety (90) days which ever is greater Any claim under the warranty must include a dated proof of purchase ofthe hardware covered by this warranty In any event A-M Systems Inc liability for defective hardware is limited to repairing or replacing the hardware

What is not covered by this warranty This warranty is contingent upon proper use and maintenance ofthe hardware by the Purchaser and does not cover batteries Neglect misuse whether intentional or othenwise tampering with or altering the hardware damage caused by accident damage caused by unusual physical electrical chemical or electromechanical stress damage caused by failure of electrical power or damage caused during transportation are not covered by this wan-anty Products may not be returned to A-M Systems Inc for service whether under warranty or otherwise which are contaminated by infectious agents radioactive compounds or other materials constituting a health hazard to employees of A-M Systems Inc

What are the limits of liability for A-M Systems Inc under this warranty A-M Systems Inc shall not be liable for loss of data profits or savings or any special incidental consequential indirect or other similar damages arising from breach of contract negligence or other legal action even if the company or its agent has been advised of the possibility of such damages or for any claim brought against you by another party THIS EQUIPMENT IS NOT INTENDED FOR CLINICAL MEASUREMENTS USING HUMAN SUBJECTS A-M SYSTEMS INC DOES NOT ASSUME RESPONSIBILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE DUE TO MISUSE OF THIS EQUIPMENT Jurisdictions vary with regard to the enforceability of provisions excluding or limiting liability for incidental or consequential damages Check the provision of your local jurisdiction to find out whether the above exclusion applies to you

This warranty allocates risks of product failure between the Purchaser and A-M Systems Inc A-M Systems Inc hardware pricing reflects this allocation of risk and the limitations of liability contained in this warranty The warranty set forth above is in lieu of all other express warranties whether oral or written The agents employees distributors and dealers of A-M Systems Inc are not authorized to make modifications to this warranty or additional wan-anties binding on the company Accordingly additional statements such as dealer advertising or presentations whether oral or written do not constitute warranties by A-M Systems Inc and should not be relied upon This warranty gives you specific legal rights You may also have other rights which vary from one jurisdiction to another

fl-N Systems Inc 131BusinessPartiLoop RO Box850CartsbOfgWa98324 p O |Telophone 8004201306 bull 360683-8300FOC 3606830525 ^ ^ E-mail saiesaflisystefTiscom Wbbsite httpVwwwa-msystemscom

NOTE If any of these timing controls are changed while a timing cycle is in operation the results are undefined until the current cycle finishes

TIMING OVERLAP This LED will light to Indicate an inconsistency in the timing cycle settings There are several ways to introduce such errors The most common way is to set the Inter-pulse PERIOD to be less than the pulse DURATION

T I M I N G (seconds)^

TRIG OUT (UPPER) This BNC connector provides a signal which is coincident with the Internal Burst timing signal (default) This means the signal starts at the end of the Delay time and persists until the Burst time expires This output may also be set to represent the delay time-out by setting the internal jumper J510 to the right two pins instead of the left two pins (Please see the Calibration section in this manual for jumper location Directions are given as viewed from the front of the Instrument)

TRIG OUT (LOWER) This BNC connector provides a signal which Is coincident with the Duration timing signal which controls pulse output

NOTE Both trigger output signals slightly lead the isolated output signal

Output

PULSE SIGN This switch determines the polarity of the pulses to be generated It also allows generation of biphasic pulses thereby doubling the effective total period Warning the first pulse generated after changing the PULSE

SIGN switch may have the wrong polarity

BASELINE This Switch determines the polarity ofthe baseline signal

RANGE This rotary switch determines if the output pulses will be constant current (3 ranges) or constant voltage (2 ranges)

BASELINE AMPLITUDE This value is independently set using a ten-turn counting dial The maximum baseline amplitude is one tenth the value shown on the range amplitude switch

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 8S0 Cartsborg Vfa 98324 |Tetaphone 80O426-1306 bull 360683-8300 bull FAX 3606803525 E-mail salesa-msystemscom Wbbsite http7Awwwaflnsystemscom

PULSE AMPLITUDE This value is independently set using a ten-turn counting dial The maximum pulse amplitude is the value shown on the range amplitude switch

EVENT This LED indicates when a pulse is ongoing

ERROR This LED indicates when the internal output amplifier cannot output the pulse as desired This is usually due to a short circuit while trying to output a voltage or an open circuit while trying to output a current

VOTEThe Pulse Sign control in the Oupuf section directly affects waveform timing When set to the Biphasic mode a positive-going pulse is immediately followed by a negative-going pulse This effectively doubles the pulse duration If a burst of biphasic pulses is being produced the period must be at least twice the single pulse duration In the Square wave mode the baseline disappears as long as the burst persists

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsboig Vte 98324 |Telophone 800426-1306 360683-8300 bull FAX 3606833525 E-mail salesa-m5ystem5 com Website httpwwwa-msystemscom

Operating Instructions

Examples Simple setup (and minimal instrument test)

Connect the output ofthe Model 2100 to an oscilloscope Before connecting the Model 2100 to any other instrument or the experimental preparation It is safest to turn Its power off

Set the Oufpuf controls

Range 10V Pulse Sign +

Baseline Zero Pulse Amplitude 200

Setting The Timing Controls

Delay Burst Width

Duration Period

none single

15010-2 50010-2

Setting The Start Controls

Mode Free Run

Disconnect any cables to the TRIG or GATE inputs

Note that the green Trig and Event Indicators turn on as Free Run is turned on (and turn off otherwise) You should observe a 15ms duration 20Hz rate pulse of 200V above a OV baseline on the oscilloscope

fl-N Systems Inc 131 BusinessPartiLoop RO Box850CarisbcxgWa98324 |Telophone 800426-1306 bull 360-683-8300 bull FW 360683-3525 E-mail salesa-msystems com VVbbsite httpywwwa-msystems com

Demonstration of Burst Mode Connect the output ofthe Model 2100 to an oscilloscope Before connecting the Model 2100 to any other instrument or the experimental preparation It Is safest to turn its power off

Set the Outpuf controls

Range 10V Pulse Sign +

Baseline Pulse Amplitude 200

Baseline Amplitude 100

Setting The Timing Controls

Delay 88010-2 Burst Width 12010-^

Duration 15010-2 Period 50010-2

Set the START controls as follows

Mode Free Run

Disconnect any cables to the TRIG or GATE inputs

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Telophooe 8004201306 360683-8300 bull FAX 360683-3525 E^naii salesa-msystems com Watjsite http7wwwa-msystemscom

Trigger the oscilloscope from the Bursf trigger out (upper Trig Out connector) for a stable display In each burst (occurring every lOOms) you should observe a trio of 15ms duration starting 50ms apart Try switching the StartMode from Free Run to the center (nonnal) position The pulses will no longer be produced and the Trig and Event Indicators will tum off Pressing this switch once (to Manual) will cause a single burst to occur

Problem Solving If the instrument appears to be not working properiy check all ofthe control settings and connections Be sure to wait at least 5-10 seconds after turning the instrument off before turning it on again The following summary of typical problems for the user (along with the most common solutions) may help

Problem CauseSolution

EVENT Indicator never lights even in FREE RUN mode

bull Replace fuse check power connection bullSet DELAY or PERIOD to a shorter interval

bull Power-on too soon after power-off

OVERLAP Indicator is on

ERROR indicator is on

bull Set DURATION gt000 bull DURATION Is set to SQUARE but

PERIOD is 000 Increase PERIOD or set DURATION independantly

bull BURST and WIDTH are gt DURATION increase PERIOD or decrease DURATION

bull BIPHASIC pulse output Is on and PERIOD is not longer than twice the DURATION Increase PERIOD or decrease DURATION

bull Free-run Is on and BURST is lt PERIOD (BURST off) DELAY is 0 and PERIOD Is lt DURATION Add delay or modify PERIOD

bull Free-run is on and BURST is gt DURATION (BURST ON) and PERIOD is lt DURATION Increase PERIOD

bull For VOLTAGE outputs the output is trying to drive too low a resistance or capacitance (eg a short circuit) Check by disconnecting the output ft is possible (and normal) that for the fastest cycles and largest amplitudes (close to 100 V

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business PartiLoop PO Box 850 CartsborgWa 98324 iTelophone 800-42O130636O6e3-8300FAX 3606B3-3525 E-mail satesaflisyslefmcom Vfebslte http7wwwa-msyslemscom

and 1 ps) that the ERROR indicator might always come on during repetitive pulses Fix output load or decrease amplitude as required

Time appears to be excessive Changed control in mid-cycle (resets current status)

Cant seem to get a full signal out Load Is not properiy connected repair wiring Too low a load impedance (VOLTAGE modes) or too high a load impedance (CURRENT mode)

Incoming triggers not accepted frequently enough

PERIOD is set too long (enforces dead time) followd by BURST set to SIGNAL Reduce PERIOD time

Table 10 Problem Solving

If you suspect that the Model 2100 may have completely failed we recommend checking the basic level of functionality Ifthis fails your instrument Is defective and must be repaired Ifthis passes either your experimental setup is incompatible or inconsistent or there is a more subtle flaw in your Model 2100

If the Model 2100 appears to be malfunctioning contact A-M Systems Inc or your dealer We will first attempt to solve the problem over the telephone so have an exact description of your problem available when you call You do not need to be within the warranty period to obtain over-the-phone assistance

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 iTetoptxme 80O426-1306 bull 360683-8300 FAX 3606803525 E-mail satesa-msystemsoomAfebsitehttpJwwwaflisystemscom

Theory of Operation

The operation ofthe Model 2100 is summarized in the block diagram (see the figure on Page 11) Not shown are all ofthe interconnections with the microcontroller The internal microcontroler plays an important role in setting the signal path but does not directly contribute to the dynamic characteristics It scans the front panel switches and sets the control values for the logic arrays It programs the internal counters which along with the other hardware achieve the necessary sub-microsecond speeds

Pulse generation starts either from an Input trigger signal (from Trig In) or an internally signal (Free Run mode) A Delay timer counts the 10MHz clock until its count value is exhausted At this point the Burst Period and Duration timers are started If the Burst timer has not expired by the end ofthe Period the Period and Duration timers are restarted If the Biphasic mode has been set the Duration timer is restarted at the end of the initial Duration and the sign ofthe output pulse is reversed doubling the total duration

The system state (pulse on pulse sign baseline sign [+0f-]) is transmitted to the isolated section via optoisolator The baseline and pulse amplitudes are selected by an analog switch The resulting signal is amplified by a variable-power-supply discrete operational amplifier The amplifier connections and gain is modified to provide two voltage and three current ranges

Timing overiap errors are detected by a logical decision computation rather than by testing for counter collisions This provides instant feedback rather than waiting up to an hour for such a collision to occur Output errors are measured by sensing the output amplifiers differential input voltage Under normal conditions this is a negligible voltage If the amplifier fails to deliver the requested signal the window comparator testing this voltage sends this message (via optoisolator) to the logic section turning on a warning LED

fl-N Systems Inc 131BusinessPart(LoopRO Box850CarisboigWa98324 4 n Tel0pri0ne80O426-130636O683^300FAX36O6833525 ^ E-mail salesaflisystBmscom V febsite http7wwwa-msystemsoom

S i

I - - ^^mdasho^M

OUTPUT i l l

TRIG ^ OUT

(burst)

TRIG 3-lt) OUT

(pulse)

til

I laquo

Calibration Procedures

The calibration interval is the lesser of 1000 hours of operation or 6 months Somewhat greater drift can be expected in the first 100 hours of operation as the semiconductors age Adjustments should only be made after the instrument has been fully warmed up for at least 15 minutes

Full instrument calibration requires the following test equipment digital multimeter (plusmn 01) able to measure resistance to at least lOOMO oscilloscope with at least 50MHz bandwidth true-mis voltmeter with 4MHz bandwidth universal counter (plusmn 001 ) able to measure single pulse widths and periods resistors (all plusmn 01) 2kn lOkH 1 watt 20kn 200kn alligator clip lead sets banana plugs and BNC adapters

Adjustment integrated circuit and test point locations are shown in the following figures All adjustments are on the timing board unless othenAise noted

All voltages in the non-isolated section should be measured with respect to ground at TP510 unless othenwise stated Some voltages are measured with respect to an internal isolated ground at TP650 or across the two output temninals Occasionally the voltage at an IC pin must be measured in these cases the reference designator is given with the pin number in parentheses eg U602(16) When it states within this procedure that a voltage is to be minimized this means that the adjustment should be made such that the measured voltage is as close to zero volts as possible Refer to the Specifications Section of this manual for acceptable tolerances

The sequence of this procedure is important If any adjustment is made all adjustments which follow must be made to ensure that the specifications will be met These procedures require that all controls remain as set in previous steps unless othenAise indicated

WARNING

The Model 2100 has dangerous voltages throughout the instrument even with the power is off Servicing the Model 2100 should only be done by qualified service personnel Use caution in handling any wires connectors or electrodes which may be directly or indirectly attached to the instrument Do not touch exposed connections or components Disconnect power by unplugging the power cord from the receptacle

H B ^ ^ S y s t e m s inc^degdegp^deg^^deg-^^^^^^^^B3^^^degdeg^^^lt^^^B^^^^ 131BusinessPartiLoopPO Box850CartsbOigWamp98324 4 9 |Telophone800-42013C6360683-8300F0lt360683-3525 ^ E-mail salesa-msystefnscom website httpwwwaflisystems com

CO

TP501 O lt0

g OTPSOO

U560 S

Trig Gate

0 -TISOS

U570

U500

Timing

p U520

Timing

K U550 Timin

gt U540

U515

o X I Timin

U508 I

J510 Timing nnn

Burst Delay J400

gt U550

R503

D D I D bull U8QQ i Q

n

oo

V P 5 1 0

b U535

^

Clock i _

U555

lt U 5 4 5

o

h d ^ O - - ^ U605

Q D

U620

O fJZ^ R737 bull ^ 1^13015 r j C - C O M P

B B nU770 ^ ^ ^ 5 ^ a

J420

a

o E

bull [ ]U632

riueso

rR742rVhigh R 6 1 9 ^

LJ TP645 O TP650

TPMOQ^QS

Vlow

CD-

CZZl

J440 bull bull tl iUDQ

I t

f i l

Power supply and bias voltages

Power supply

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

POWER ON Observe voltage at P703 power supply wire top of main board

Check for+15 plusmn 050 V

Observe voltage at P701 power supply wire top of main board

Check for-15 plusmn 050 V

Observe voltage at U505(24) Check for +5 plusmn 025 V

Isolated supply voltage Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

RANGE 10 V TRIG open circuit MODE center position

Alternately observe V ^ from R742 to R740 and V ^ from theU605(4)toU605(8)

Adjust R773 so that 110VltV lt 120 V and

nigh

28VltV|^lt34V

Capacitance balance Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

Connect a xlO oscilloscope probe to TP650 and ground the

Adjust R737 for minimum high frequency signal

Inputs

Gate function Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave Verify that the voltage to GATE switches states at the Observe voltage at U510(3) proper input levels with an oscilloscope

Trigger slope Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave Verify that the voltage to TRIG switches states at the Observe voltage at U510( 1) proper input levels with an oscilloscope

TRIG SLOPE Verify voltage is 180deg out of phase

TRIG SLOPE Verify voltage is in phase

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 860 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Jelophone 800-4201306 360683-8300 bull FM 380683-3525 E-mail salesaflTsystBfnscom bull Vtebsite httpVAirwwaflisystems com

14

Trigger and gate f unc t i on

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

DELAY NONE BURS-nMDTH SINGLE DURATION SQUARE PERIOD 100X10-3

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave to TRIG Observe TRIGD and EVENT LEDs

TRIG disconnect all Short the GATE connector to GND Verify LEDs extinguish

MODE press to MANUAL Verify LEDs flash once

Timing

System c lock f requency

Controls Inputs Observations Ad jus t Check

Observe the frequency of the wave Verify 1000 MHz plusmn 001 atU555(17)

Mul t ip l iers (Wheel Swi tches)

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

PULSE SIGN-laquobull MODE FREE RUN TRIG disconnect all TIMING MULTIPUERS all

wheels set to zero except the one being tested

TIMING OVERLAP ignore

Observe the pulse width with the counter at the location specified t)elow

Verify pulse width is correct for each wheel as it is tested independently

For each wheel of each MULTIPLIER test each position to verify that the pulse width is correct Observe the signal at the following locations DELAY U520(2) BURSTWIDTH U530(2) PERIOD U540(2) DURATION U550(2)

Rates (Rotary Swi tches)

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

TIMING MULTIPUERS 001 Observe the pulse width with the TIMING RATES all rotary counter at the location specified

switches set to 10-4 below except the one being tested

Verify pulse width is correct for each rotary switch as it is tested independently

For each ofthe four rotary switches in TIMING test each position to verify that the pulse width is correct Observe the signal at the following locations DELAY U520(2) BURSTWIDTH U530(2) PERIOD U540(2) DURATION U550(2)

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 iTetophone 8004201306 bull 360683-8300 bull FOC 3606803525 E-mail salesa-msystemscom Wbbsite httpJwwwaflTSystemscom

15

Trigger outputs

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

Range 10V Pulse Amplitude 500 Delay 100 xlO^ Burst 100 x 10 ^ Duration 100x10-^ Period 400x10-^ Pulse sign + Trig Mode Free run Trig in open

Trigger the oscilloscope to the Burst Trig Out Observe it the Pulse Trig Out and the isolated output

Verify that the waveform consists of a burst of three 1ms-on3ms-off pulses The burst trigger should be synchronous with the burst the pulse trigger coincident with each pulse

Output Calibration

Isolation Resistance (check)

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode center position Trig In open

Measure the resistance between ground banana jack (front panel) and black banana jack of output with DMM

Resistance read gt 100MQ

Amplitude Switch Offset (R640)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Zero Trig Mode center position Trig In Open

Measure the voltage at TP645 vs TP650 with the DMM

Adjust R640 (AmpI Sw Offset) for minimum voltage

Output Offset (R332 front panel board) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Zero Range 10V Trig Mode center position Trig In Open

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

Adjust R332 (Output offset) for minimum voltage

Positive Baseline Offeet (R607) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Sign + Baseline Amplitude

fully CCW (000) Range 10V Trig In open Trig Mode center position

Measure the voltage across the outputwiththeDMM

Adjust R602 (BSLN + offset) for minimum voltage

fl-N Systems Inc 131 BusBiess Parti Loop P O Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Telophone B00-42O1306 bull 360683-8300 bull FAX 3606803525 E-mail salesaflisystemscom V^tebsite httpy^vwwa-msystems com

16

Negative Baseline Offset (R619)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Sign -Baseline Amplitude

fully CCW (000) Range 10V Trig In open Trig Mode center position

Measure the voltage across the outputwiththeDMM

Adjust R619 (BSLN + offset) for minimum voltage

Pulse Amplitude Adjust (R602)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode Free Mode Pulse Amplitude 1000 Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =1001 Period =00110-4 Pulse Sign -Trig In open Range 10V

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

The Overiap indicator should be on Adjust R602 (Max Level) for -10OOV out

Pulse Sign Gain (check)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode Free Mode Pulse Amplitude 1000 Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =100 1s Period =001 10-4s Trig In open Range 10V

Measure the voltage at the output with the DMM for the Pulse Sign at + and - positions

The absolute values ofthe voltages should differ by less than lOOmV

Baseline Amplitudes (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Range 100mA Trig Mode center position Baseline Amplitude fully CW (1000) Trig In open

Measure the voltage at the output with the DMM with Baseline Sign in + Zero and

- positions

Gain the matching of current levels at = and - positions and offset current in Zero position

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop PO Box 850 Cartsboig Wa 98324 Telophone 800-4201306 360683-8300 FkX 3606803525 E-mail salesa-msystemscom website http^^wwaflisystemsccm

17

Output Range Amplitude and Drive (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Pulse Amplitude 1000 Pulse Sign + Trig Mode Free Run Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =1001 Period =10010-4 Trig In open

Load the output with a 10KV 1W 01 resistor Measure the voltage at the output with DMM

Verify that full scale output is within specification Scale Range 100V 100V 10V 10V 100mA IV 1mA 10V 10mA 100V

Pulse Sign and Short Circuit Protection (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =200 10-4 Period =00110-3 Baseline Zero Pulse Amplitude 25 Range 10V Trig Mode Free Run Trig In open

Measure the voltage at the output with the oscilloscope Check for Pulse Sign set to each of + - biphasic Watch for Error indicator when shorting the output

Verify that pulses of approx 25V amplitude (625V for biphasic mode) of the correct sign are produced every 10ms Short output in biphasic mode Output should return when opened

Output Transient Response (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Pulse Sign + Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =20010-4 Period =00110-3 Pulse Amplitude 250 Baseline Zero Trig Mode Free Mode Trig In open

Connect the oscilloscope to the output with a 310 attenuator probe Test both 10V and 100V ranges

Verify that overshoot and risetime meet specifications

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Telophone 8004201306 bull 3606808300 bull Flaquo( 360laquo83ltJ525 E-mail salesa-msystemsocm V^febsite http^wwwa-msystefnscom

18

Specifications

There are three classes of specifications Class A specifications tested in all units and are guaranteed Class B specifications are inherent in the design they are indirectly tested and are guaranteed Class C specifications are typical operating values which are occasionally tested- these are typical values given for your information but not guarshyanteed The class for each specification is noted in the center column ofthe following sections

Inputs Switching level

Hysteresis

Input equivalent circuit

Minimum duration (1 IL-level signal)

A

C

C

C

16 V(plusmn 02 V)

approx 50 mV

lOOKH to+5 in parallel with no more than 35pF

gt 50 ns

Open circuit condition B defaults to highon level

Timing and rate accuracy Rate selector steps

Timing multiplier steps

B

B

lOOpsto 100s in 7 steps

1 of rate selector step size Maximum value is 999 X the rate selector step size

Resolution B approx 01 ofthe maximum value

Timing error (second and later pulses after resetting controls)

B lt 002 of rate selector value + 015 ps

Timing error (first pulse after readjusting timing controls)

an additional 025 ps error may occur

Timing repeatability lt 001 setting + 20 ns (monophasic)

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Ram Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Vfa 98324 pTelophone 8004201306 bull 360683-8300 bull FAX 360683-3525

E-mail salesraquoflisystems com Wabsite httpJAnww afl isystems com

19

TRIG IN to OUTPUT delay (DELAY set to 0) output set to 2V

Timing jitter from TRIG IN to OUTPUT (for TTL trigger input with risetime lt10 ns)

Timing jitter from TRIG OUT (either BURST or PULSE) and OUTPUT

Trigger output to pulse output delay

Output characteristics Pulse level error (voltage mode open circuit current mode short circuit

Biphasic level difference IV + - V-1 2

Baseline level error (voltage mode open circuit current mode short circuit)

Risetime (25 V out)

Risetime (25 V out)

Transient response

A

A

A

Output impedance (voltage mode) C

Output impedance (current mode) C

Isolation resistance A

Isolation capacitance C

approx 05 ps for a load of no more than 10 KH in parallel with 50 pF

lt 125 ns (all rates except 100s) lt 125 ps (100s rate)

Less than 20 ns (all rates)

approx 350 ns

lt 03 of setting + 05 of r range (plus an additional 05 pA in 100 pA range)

lt 03 of range (voltage modes into open circuit current modes into short circuit)

lt 03 of setting of setting + 01 of range (plus an additional 05 pA in lOOpA range)

= 200 ns into less than 30 pF

= 15 ps into less than 30 pF

lt 8 overshoot into less than 30 pF for pulse voltages different than baseline voltage by at least 10 of range

= 50 ohms

raquo 1 0 GH (typically 200 GO)

raquo 1 0 0 M n

= 60 pF at 100 Hz

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Peril Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg V6 98324 |TelCf)hone 800-4201306 3606808300 bull FAX 360683-3525 E-mal salesaflisystefnsoom Website hnpyMVfWafllsystemsoom

20

Noise (differential mode)

Noise (common mode earth to isolated ground) with no signal output

Overload error indicator (low frequency short circuited voltage mode)

Overload error indicator low frequency open circuited current mode)

Overioad error response time

Miscellaneous

= 1 mV rms (10 V scale 10 Hz-4 MHz)

= 8 mV rms (10 Hz-4 MHz) == 100mVp-p (200 Hz -10 MHz) measured withalOMH 15pF oscilloscope probe

Turns on for set amplitude at or greater than approx plusmn1 V (10 V range) or plusmn2 V (100 V range)

Turns on for set amplitude at or above approx 2 of range

Flat to approx 30 ps duration Decreasing sensitivity for shorter pulses

Power

Fuse

Operating temperature range

Storage temperature range

Operating humidity

Dimensions

approx 11 watts

1 amp 3AG

10-30degC

0 - 50deg C

5 - 80 RH

17x475x1125 (inches) 432x121x286 cm

Weight 20 lbs (9 kg)

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Wb 98324 |Tetcphone 8004201306 3606808300 bull FOt 360683-3525 E-mail satesamsystems comV^febsite httpywwwaflisystemscom

21

Warranty and Service

What does this warranty cover A-M Systems Inc warrants to the Purchaser that the Instrument excluding cables Headstage Probes and any other accessories shipped with the Instrument (hereafter the hardware) is free from defects in workmanship or material under normal use and service for the period of one (1) year This warranty commences on the date of delivery ofthe hardware to the Purchaser

What are the obligations of A-M Systems Inc under this warranty During the warranty period A-M Systems Inc agrees to repair or replace at its sole option without charge to the Purchaser any defective component part of the hardware To obtain warranty service the Purchaser must return the hardware to A-M Systems Inc or an authorized A-M Systems Inc distributor in an adequate shipping container Any postage shipping and insurance charges incurred in shipping the hardware to A-M Systems Inc must be prepaid by the Purchaser and all risk for the hardware shall remain with purchaser until such time as A-M Systems Inc takes receipt of the hardware Upon receipt A-M Systems Inc will promptly repair or replace the defective unit and then return the hardware to the Purchaser postage shipping and insurance prepaid A-M Systems Inc may use reconditioned or like new parts or units at its sole option when repairing any hardware Repaired products shall carry the same amount of outstanding warranty as from original purchase or ninety (90) days which ever is greater Any claim under the warranty must include a dated proof of purchase ofthe hardware covered by this warranty In any event A-M Systems Inc liability for defective hardware is limited to repairing or replacing the hardware

What is not covered by this warranty This warranty is contingent upon proper use and maintenance ofthe hardware by the Purchaser and does not cover batteries Neglect misuse whether intentional or othenwise tampering with or altering the hardware damage caused by accident damage caused by unusual physical electrical chemical or electromechanical stress damage caused by failure of electrical power or damage caused during transportation are not covered by this wan-anty Products may not be returned to A-M Systems Inc for service whether under warranty or otherwise which are contaminated by infectious agents radioactive compounds or other materials constituting a health hazard to employees of A-M Systems Inc

What are the limits of liability for A-M Systems Inc under this warranty A-M Systems Inc shall not be liable for loss of data profits or savings or any special incidental consequential indirect or other similar damages arising from breach of contract negligence or other legal action even if the company or its agent has been advised of the possibility of such damages or for any claim brought against you by another party THIS EQUIPMENT IS NOT INTENDED FOR CLINICAL MEASUREMENTS USING HUMAN SUBJECTS A-M SYSTEMS INC DOES NOT ASSUME RESPONSIBILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE DUE TO MISUSE OF THIS EQUIPMENT Jurisdictions vary with regard to the enforceability of provisions excluding or limiting liability for incidental or consequential damages Check the provision of your local jurisdiction to find out whether the above exclusion applies to you

This warranty allocates risks of product failure between the Purchaser and A-M Systems Inc A-M Systems Inc hardware pricing reflects this allocation of risk and the limitations of liability contained in this warranty The warranty set forth above is in lieu of all other express warranties whether oral or written The agents employees distributors and dealers of A-M Systems Inc are not authorized to make modifications to this warranty or additional wan-anties binding on the company Accordingly additional statements such as dealer advertising or presentations whether oral or written do not constitute warranties by A-M Systems Inc and should not be relied upon This warranty gives you specific legal rights You may also have other rights which vary from one jurisdiction to another

fl-N Systems Inc 131BusinessPartiLoop RO Box850CartsbOfgWa98324 p O |Telophone 8004201306 bull 360683-8300FOC 3606830525 ^ ^ E-mail saiesaflisystefTiscom Wbbsite httpVwwwa-msystemscom

PULSE AMPLITUDE This value is independently set using a ten-turn counting dial The maximum pulse amplitude is the value shown on the range amplitude switch

EVENT This LED indicates when a pulse is ongoing

ERROR This LED indicates when the internal output amplifier cannot output the pulse as desired This is usually due to a short circuit while trying to output a voltage or an open circuit while trying to output a current

VOTEThe Pulse Sign control in the Oupuf section directly affects waveform timing When set to the Biphasic mode a positive-going pulse is immediately followed by a negative-going pulse This effectively doubles the pulse duration If a burst of biphasic pulses is being produced the period must be at least twice the single pulse duration In the Square wave mode the baseline disappears as long as the burst persists

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsboig Vte 98324 |Telophone 800426-1306 360683-8300 bull FAX 3606833525 E-mail salesa-m5ystem5 com Website httpwwwa-msystemscom

Operating Instructions

Examples Simple setup (and minimal instrument test)

Connect the output ofthe Model 2100 to an oscilloscope Before connecting the Model 2100 to any other instrument or the experimental preparation It is safest to turn Its power off

Set the Oufpuf controls

Range 10V Pulse Sign +

Baseline Zero Pulse Amplitude 200

Setting The Timing Controls

Delay Burst Width

Duration Period

none single

15010-2 50010-2

Setting The Start Controls

Mode Free Run

Disconnect any cables to the TRIG or GATE inputs

Note that the green Trig and Event Indicators turn on as Free Run is turned on (and turn off otherwise) You should observe a 15ms duration 20Hz rate pulse of 200V above a OV baseline on the oscilloscope

fl-N Systems Inc 131 BusinessPartiLoop RO Box850CarisbcxgWa98324 |Telophone 800426-1306 bull 360-683-8300 bull FW 360683-3525 E-mail salesa-msystems com VVbbsite httpywwwa-msystems com

Demonstration of Burst Mode Connect the output ofthe Model 2100 to an oscilloscope Before connecting the Model 2100 to any other instrument or the experimental preparation It Is safest to turn its power off

Set the Outpuf controls

Range 10V Pulse Sign +

Baseline Pulse Amplitude 200

Baseline Amplitude 100

Setting The Timing Controls

Delay 88010-2 Burst Width 12010-^

Duration 15010-2 Period 50010-2

Set the START controls as follows

Mode Free Run

Disconnect any cables to the TRIG or GATE inputs

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Telophooe 8004201306 360683-8300 bull FAX 360683-3525 E^naii salesa-msystems com Watjsite http7wwwa-msystemscom

Trigger the oscilloscope from the Bursf trigger out (upper Trig Out connector) for a stable display In each burst (occurring every lOOms) you should observe a trio of 15ms duration starting 50ms apart Try switching the StartMode from Free Run to the center (nonnal) position The pulses will no longer be produced and the Trig and Event Indicators will tum off Pressing this switch once (to Manual) will cause a single burst to occur

Problem Solving If the instrument appears to be not working properiy check all ofthe control settings and connections Be sure to wait at least 5-10 seconds after turning the instrument off before turning it on again The following summary of typical problems for the user (along with the most common solutions) may help

Problem CauseSolution

EVENT Indicator never lights even in FREE RUN mode

bull Replace fuse check power connection bullSet DELAY or PERIOD to a shorter interval

bull Power-on too soon after power-off

OVERLAP Indicator is on

ERROR indicator is on

bull Set DURATION gt000 bull DURATION Is set to SQUARE but

PERIOD is 000 Increase PERIOD or set DURATION independantly

bull BURST and WIDTH are gt DURATION increase PERIOD or decrease DURATION

bull BIPHASIC pulse output Is on and PERIOD is not longer than twice the DURATION Increase PERIOD or decrease DURATION

bull Free-run Is on and BURST is lt PERIOD (BURST off) DELAY is 0 and PERIOD Is lt DURATION Add delay or modify PERIOD

bull Free-run is on and BURST is gt DURATION (BURST ON) and PERIOD is lt DURATION Increase PERIOD

bull For VOLTAGE outputs the output is trying to drive too low a resistance or capacitance (eg a short circuit) Check by disconnecting the output ft is possible (and normal) that for the fastest cycles and largest amplitudes (close to 100 V

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business PartiLoop PO Box 850 CartsborgWa 98324 iTelophone 800-42O130636O6e3-8300FAX 3606B3-3525 E-mail satesaflisyslefmcom Vfebslte http7wwwa-msyslemscom

and 1 ps) that the ERROR indicator might always come on during repetitive pulses Fix output load or decrease amplitude as required

Time appears to be excessive Changed control in mid-cycle (resets current status)

Cant seem to get a full signal out Load Is not properiy connected repair wiring Too low a load impedance (VOLTAGE modes) or too high a load impedance (CURRENT mode)

Incoming triggers not accepted frequently enough

PERIOD is set too long (enforces dead time) followd by BURST set to SIGNAL Reduce PERIOD time

Table 10 Problem Solving

If you suspect that the Model 2100 may have completely failed we recommend checking the basic level of functionality Ifthis fails your instrument Is defective and must be repaired Ifthis passes either your experimental setup is incompatible or inconsistent or there is a more subtle flaw in your Model 2100

If the Model 2100 appears to be malfunctioning contact A-M Systems Inc or your dealer We will first attempt to solve the problem over the telephone so have an exact description of your problem available when you call You do not need to be within the warranty period to obtain over-the-phone assistance

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 iTetoptxme 80O426-1306 bull 360683-8300 FAX 3606803525 E-mail satesa-msystemsoomAfebsitehttpJwwwaflisystemscom

Theory of Operation

The operation ofthe Model 2100 is summarized in the block diagram (see the figure on Page 11) Not shown are all ofthe interconnections with the microcontroller The internal microcontroler plays an important role in setting the signal path but does not directly contribute to the dynamic characteristics It scans the front panel switches and sets the control values for the logic arrays It programs the internal counters which along with the other hardware achieve the necessary sub-microsecond speeds

Pulse generation starts either from an Input trigger signal (from Trig In) or an internally signal (Free Run mode) A Delay timer counts the 10MHz clock until its count value is exhausted At this point the Burst Period and Duration timers are started If the Burst timer has not expired by the end ofthe Period the Period and Duration timers are restarted If the Biphasic mode has been set the Duration timer is restarted at the end of the initial Duration and the sign ofthe output pulse is reversed doubling the total duration

The system state (pulse on pulse sign baseline sign [+0f-]) is transmitted to the isolated section via optoisolator The baseline and pulse amplitudes are selected by an analog switch The resulting signal is amplified by a variable-power-supply discrete operational amplifier The amplifier connections and gain is modified to provide two voltage and three current ranges

Timing overiap errors are detected by a logical decision computation rather than by testing for counter collisions This provides instant feedback rather than waiting up to an hour for such a collision to occur Output errors are measured by sensing the output amplifiers differential input voltage Under normal conditions this is a negligible voltage If the amplifier fails to deliver the requested signal the window comparator testing this voltage sends this message (via optoisolator) to the logic section turning on a warning LED

fl-N Systems Inc 131BusinessPart(LoopRO Box850CarisboigWa98324 4 n Tel0pri0ne80O426-130636O683^300FAX36O6833525 ^ E-mail salesaflisystBmscom V febsite http7wwwa-msystemsoom

S i

I - - ^^mdasho^M

OUTPUT i l l

TRIG ^ OUT

(burst)

TRIG 3-lt) OUT

(pulse)

til

I laquo

Calibration Procedures

The calibration interval is the lesser of 1000 hours of operation or 6 months Somewhat greater drift can be expected in the first 100 hours of operation as the semiconductors age Adjustments should only be made after the instrument has been fully warmed up for at least 15 minutes

Full instrument calibration requires the following test equipment digital multimeter (plusmn 01) able to measure resistance to at least lOOMO oscilloscope with at least 50MHz bandwidth true-mis voltmeter with 4MHz bandwidth universal counter (plusmn 001 ) able to measure single pulse widths and periods resistors (all plusmn 01) 2kn lOkH 1 watt 20kn 200kn alligator clip lead sets banana plugs and BNC adapters

Adjustment integrated circuit and test point locations are shown in the following figures All adjustments are on the timing board unless othenAise noted

All voltages in the non-isolated section should be measured with respect to ground at TP510 unless othenwise stated Some voltages are measured with respect to an internal isolated ground at TP650 or across the two output temninals Occasionally the voltage at an IC pin must be measured in these cases the reference designator is given with the pin number in parentheses eg U602(16) When it states within this procedure that a voltage is to be minimized this means that the adjustment should be made such that the measured voltage is as close to zero volts as possible Refer to the Specifications Section of this manual for acceptable tolerances

The sequence of this procedure is important If any adjustment is made all adjustments which follow must be made to ensure that the specifications will be met These procedures require that all controls remain as set in previous steps unless othenAise indicated

WARNING

The Model 2100 has dangerous voltages throughout the instrument even with the power is off Servicing the Model 2100 should only be done by qualified service personnel Use caution in handling any wires connectors or electrodes which may be directly or indirectly attached to the instrument Do not touch exposed connections or components Disconnect power by unplugging the power cord from the receptacle

H B ^ ^ S y s t e m s inc^degdegp^deg^^deg-^^^^^^^^B3^^^degdeg^^^lt^^^B^^^^ 131BusinessPartiLoopPO Box850CartsbOigWamp98324 4 9 |Telophone800-42013C6360683-8300F0lt360683-3525 ^ E-mail salesa-msystefnscom website httpwwwaflisystems com

CO

TP501 O lt0

g OTPSOO

U560 S

Trig Gate

0 -TISOS

U570

U500

Timing

p U520

Timing

K U550 Timin

gt U540

U515

o X I Timin

U508 I

J510 Timing nnn

Burst Delay J400

gt U550

R503

D D I D bull U8QQ i Q

n

oo

V P 5 1 0

b U535

^

Clock i _

U555

lt U 5 4 5

o

h d ^ O - - ^ U605

Q D

U620

O fJZ^ R737 bull ^ 1^13015 r j C - C O M P

B B nU770 ^ ^ ^ 5 ^ a

J420

a

o E

bull [ ]U632

riueso

rR742rVhigh R 6 1 9 ^

LJ TP645 O TP650

TPMOQ^QS

Vlow

CD-

CZZl

J440 bull bull tl iUDQ

I t

f i l

Power supply and bias voltages

Power supply

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

POWER ON Observe voltage at P703 power supply wire top of main board

Check for+15 plusmn 050 V

Observe voltage at P701 power supply wire top of main board

Check for-15 plusmn 050 V

Observe voltage at U505(24) Check for +5 plusmn 025 V

Isolated supply voltage Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

RANGE 10 V TRIG open circuit MODE center position

Alternately observe V ^ from R742 to R740 and V ^ from theU605(4)toU605(8)

Adjust R773 so that 110VltV lt 120 V and

nigh

28VltV|^lt34V

Capacitance balance Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

Connect a xlO oscilloscope probe to TP650 and ground the

Adjust R737 for minimum high frequency signal

Inputs

Gate function Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave Verify that the voltage to GATE switches states at the Observe voltage at U510(3) proper input levels with an oscilloscope

Trigger slope Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave Verify that the voltage to TRIG switches states at the Observe voltage at U510( 1) proper input levels with an oscilloscope

TRIG SLOPE Verify voltage is 180deg out of phase

TRIG SLOPE Verify voltage is in phase

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 860 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Jelophone 800-4201306 360683-8300 bull FM 380683-3525 E-mail salesaflTsystBfnscom bull Vtebsite httpVAirwwaflisystems com

14

Trigger and gate f unc t i on

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

DELAY NONE BURS-nMDTH SINGLE DURATION SQUARE PERIOD 100X10-3

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave to TRIG Observe TRIGD and EVENT LEDs

TRIG disconnect all Short the GATE connector to GND Verify LEDs extinguish

MODE press to MANUAL Verify LEDs flash once

Timing

System c lock f requency

Controls Inputs Observations Ad jus t Check

Observe the frequency of the wave Verify 1000 MHz plusmn 001 atU555(17)

Mul t ip l iers (Wheel Swi tches)

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

PULSE SIGN-laquobull MODE FREE RUN TRIG disconnect all TIMING MULTIPUERS all

wheels set to zero except the one being tested

TIMING OVERLAP ignore

Observe the pulse width with the counter at the location specified t)elow

Verify pulse width is correct for each wheel as it is tested independently

For each wheel of each MULTIPLIER test each position to verify that the pulse width is correct Observe the signal at the following locations DELAY U520(2) BURSTWIDTH U530(2) PERIOD U540(2) DURATION U550(2)

Rates (Rotary Swi tches)

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

TIMING MULTIPUERS 001 Observe the pulse width with the TIMING RATES all rotary counter at the location specified

switches set to 10-4 below except the one being tested

Verify pulse width is correct for each rotary switch as it is tested independently

For each ofthe four rotary switches in TIMING test each position to verify that the pulse width is correct Observe the signal at the following locations DELAY U520(2) BURSTWIDTH U530(2) PERIOD U540(2) DURATION U550(2)

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 iTetophone 8004201306 bull 360683-8300 bull FOC 3606803525 E-mail salesa-msystemscom Wbbsite httpJwwwaflTSystemscom

15

Trigger outputs

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

Range 10V Pulse Amplitude 500 Delay 100 xlO^ Burst 100 x 10 ^ Duration 100x10-^ Period 400x10-^ Pulse sign + Trig Mode Free run Trig in open

Trigger the oscilloscope to the Burst Trig Out Observe it the Pulse Trig Out and the isolated output

Verify that the waveform consists of a burst of three 1ms-on3ms-off pulses The burst trigger should be synchronous with the burst the pulse trigger coincident with each pulse

Output Calibration

Isolation Resistance (check)

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode center position Trig In open

Measure the resistance between ground banana jack (front panel) and black banana jack of output with DMM

Resistance read gt 100MQ

Amplitude Switch Offset (R640)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Zero Trig Mode center position Trig In Open

Measure the voltage at TP645 vs TP650 with the DMM

Adjust R640 (AmpI Sw Offset) for minimum voltage

Output Offset (R332 front panel board) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Zero Range 10V Trig Mode center position Trig In Open

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

Adjust R332 (Output offset) for minimum voltage

Positive Baseline Offeet (R607) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Sign + Baseline Amplitude

fully CCW (000) Range 10V Trig In open Trig Mode center position

Measure the voltage across the outputwiththeDMM

Adjust R602 (BSLN + offset) for minimum voltage

fl-N Systems Inc 131 BusBiess Parti Loop P O Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Telophone B00-42O1306 bull 360683-8300 bull FAX 3606803525 E-mail salesaflisystemscom V^tebsite httpy^vwwa-msystems com

16

Negative Baseline Offset (R619)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Sign -Baseline Amplitude

fully CCW (000) Range 10V Trig In open Trig Mode center position

Measure the voltage across the outputwiththeDMM

Adjust R619 (BSLN + offset) for minimum voltage

Pulse Amplitude Adjust (R602)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode Free Mode Pulse Amplitude 1000 Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =1001 Period =00110-4 Pulse Sign -Trig In open Range 10V

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

The Overiap indicator should be on Adjust R602 (Max Level) for -10OOV out

Pulse Sign Gain (check)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode Free Mode Pulse Amplitude 1000 Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =100 1s Period =001 10-4s Trig In open Range 10V

Measure the voltage at the output with the DMM for the Pulse Sign at + and - positions

The absolute values ofthe voltages should differ by less than lOOmV

Baseline Amplitudes (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Range 100mA Trig Mode center position Baseline Amplitude fully CW (1000) Trig In open

Measure the voltage at the output with the DMM with Baseline Sign in + Zero and

- positions

Gain the matching of current levels at = and - positions and offset current in Zero position

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop PO Box 850 Cartsboig Wa 98324 Telophone 800-4201306 360683-8300 FkX 3606803525 E-mail salesa-msystemscom website http^^wwaflisystemsccm

17

Output Range Amplitude and Drive (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Pulse Amplitude 1000 Pulse Sign + Trig Mode Free Run Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =1001 Period =10010-4 Trig In open

Load the output with a 10KV 1W 01 resistor Measure the voltage at the output with DMM

Verify that full scale output is within specification Scale Range 100V 100V 10V 10V 100mA IV 1mA 10V 10mA 100V

Pulse Sign and Short Circuit Protection (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =200 10-4 Period =00110-3 Baseline Zero Pulse Amplitude 25 Range 10V Trig Mode Free Run Trig In open

Measure the voltage at the output with the oscilloscope Check for Pulse Sign set to each of + - biphasic Watch for Error indicator when shorting the output

Verify that pulses of approx 25V amplitude (625V for biphasic mode) of the correct sign are produced every 10ms Short output in biphasic mode Output should return when opened

Output Transient Response (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Pulse Sign + Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =20010-4 Period =00110-3 Pulse Amplitude 250 Baseline Zero Trig Mode Free Mode Trig In open

Connect the oscilloscope to the output with a 310 attenuator probe Test both 10V and 100V ranges

Verify that overshoot and risetime meet specifications

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Telophone 8004201306 bull 3606808300 bull Flaquo( 360laquo83ltJ525 E-mail salesa-msystemsocm V^febsite http^wwwa-msystefnscom

18

Specifications

There are three classes of specifications Class A specifications tested in all units and are guaranteed Class B specifications are inherent in the design they are indirectly tested and are guaranteed Class C specifications are typical operating values which are occasionally tested- these are typical values given for your information but not guarshyanteed The class for each specification is noted in the center column ofthe following sections

Inputs Switching level

Hysteresis

Input equivalent circuit

Minimum duration (1 IL-level signal)

A

C

C

C

16 V(plusmn 02 V)

approx 50 mV

lOOKH to+5 in parallel with no more than 35pF

gt 50 ns

Open circuit condition B defaults to highon level

Timing and rate accuracy Rate selector steps

Timing multiplier steps

B

B

lOOpsto 100s in 7 steps

1 of rate selector step size Maximum value is 999 X the rate selector step size

Resolution B approx 01 ofthe maximum value

Timing error (second and later pulses after resetting controls)

B lt 002 of rate selector value + 015 ps

Timing error (first pulse after readjusting timing controls)

an additional 025 ps error may occur

Timing repeatability lt 001 setting + 20 ns (monophasic)

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Ram Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Vfa 98324 pTelophone 8004201306 bull 360683-8300 bull FAX 360683-3525

E-mail salesraquoflisystems com Wabsite httpJAnww afl isystems com

19

TRIG IN to OUTPUT delay (DELAY set to 0) output set to 2V

Timing jitter from TRIG IN to OUTPUT (for TTL trigger input with risetime lt10 ns)

Timing jitter from TRIG OUT (either BURST or PULSE) and OUTPUT

Trigger output to pulse output delay

Output characteristics Pulse level error (voltage mode open circuit current mode short circuit

Biphasic level difference IV + - V-1 2

Baseline level error (voltage mode open circuit current mode short circuit)

Risetime (25 V out)

Risetime (25 V out)

Transient response

A

A

A

Output impedance (voltage mode) C

Output impedance (current mode) C

Isolation resistance A

Isolation capacitance C

approx 05 ps for a load of no more than 10 KH in parallel with 50 pF

lt 125 ns (all rates except 100s) lt 125 ps (100s rate)

Less than 20 ns (all rates)

approx 350 ns

lt 03 of setting + 05 of r range (plus an additional 05 pA in 100 pA range)

lt 03 of range (voltage modes into open circuit current modes into short circuit)

lt 03 of setting of setting + 01 of range (plus an additional 05 pA in lOOpA range)

= 200 ns into less than 30 pF

= 15 ps into less than 30 pF

lt 8 overshoot into less than 30 pF for pulse voltages different than baseline voltage by at least 10 of range

= 50 ohms

raquo 1 0 GH (typically 200 GO)

raquo 1 0 0 M n

= 60 pF at 100 Hz

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Peril Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg V6 98324 |TelCf)hone 800-4201306 3606808300 bull FAX 360683-3525 E-mal salesaflisystefnsoom Website hnpyMVfWafllsystemsoom

20

Noise (differential mode)

Noise (common mode earth to isolated ground) with no signal output

Overload error indicator (low frequency short circuited voltage mode)

Overload error indicator low frequency open circuited current mode)

Overioad error response time

Miscellaneous

= 1 mV rms (10 V scale 10 Hz-4 MHz)

= 8 mV rms (10 Hz-4 MHz) == 100mVp-p (200 Hz -10 MHz) measured withalOMH 15pF oscilloscope probe

Turns on for set amplitude at or greater than approx plusmn1 V (10 V range) or plusmn2 V (100 V range)

Turns on for set amplitude at or above approx 2 of range

Flat to approx 30 ps duration Decreasing sensitivity for shorter pulses

Power

Fuse

Operating temperature range

Storage temperature range

Operating humidity

Dimensions

approx 11 watts

1 amp 3AG

10-30degC

0 - 50deg C

5 - 80 RH

17x475x1125 (inches) 432x121x286 cm

Weight 20 lbs (9 kg)

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Wb 98324 |Tetcphone 8004201306 3606808300 bull FOt 360683-3525 E-mail satesamsystems comV^febsite httpywwwaflisystemscom

21

Warranty and Service

What does this warranty cover A-M Systems Inc warrants to the Purchaser that the Instrument excluding cables Headstage Probes and any other accessories shipped with the Instrument (hereafter the hardware) is free from defects in workmanship or material under normal use and service for the period of one (1) year This warranty commences on the date of delivery ofthe hardware to the Purchaser

What are the obligations of A-M Systems Inc under this warranty During the warranty period A-M Systems Inc agrees to repair or replace at its sole option without charge to the Purchaser any defective component part of the hardware To obtain warranty service the Purchaser must return the hardware to A-M Systems Inc or an authorized A-M Systems Inc distributor in an adequate shipping container Any postage shipping and insurance charges incurred in shipping the hardware to A-M Systems Inc must be prepaid by the Purchaser and all risk for the hardware shall remain with purchaser until such time as A-M Systems Inc takes receipt of the hardware Upon receipt A-M Systems Inc will promptly repair or replace the defective unit and then return the hardware to the Purchaser postage shipping and insurance prepaid A-M Systems Inc may use reconditioned or like new parts or units at its sole option when repairing any hardware Repaired products shall carry the same amount of outstanding warranty as from original purchase or ninety (90) days which ever is greater Any claim under the warranty must include a dated proof of purchase ofthe hardware covered by this warranty In any event A-M Systems Inc liability for defective hardware is limited to repairing or replacing the hardware

What is not covered by this warranty This warranty is contingent upon proper use and maintenance ofthe hardware by the Purchaser and does not cover batteries Neglect misuse whether intentional or othenwise tampering with or altering the hardware damage caused by accident damage caused by unusual physical electrical chemical or electromechanical stress damage caused by failure of electrical power or damage caused during transportation are not covered by this wan-anty Products may not be returned to A-M Systems Inc for service whether under warranty or otherwise which are contaminated by infectious agents radioactive compounds or other materials constituting a health hazard to employees of A-M Systems Inc

What are the limits of liability for A-M Systems Inc under this warranty A-M Systems Inc shall not be liable for loss of data profits or savings or any special incidental consequential indirect or other similar damages arising from breach of contract negligence or other legal action even if the company or its agent has been advised of the possibility of such damages or for any claim brought against you by another party THIS EQUIPMENT IS NOT INTENDED FOR CLINICAL MEASUREMENTS USING HUMAN SUBJECTS A-M SYSTEMS INC DOES NOT ASSUME RESPONSIBILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE DUE TO MISUSE OF THIS EQUIPMENT Jurisdictions vary with regard to the enforceability of provisions excluding or limiting liability for incidental or consequential damages Check the provision of your local jurisdiction to find out whether the above exclusion applies to you

This warranty allocates risks of product failure between the Purchaser and A-M Systems Inc A-M Systems Inc hardware pricing reflects this allocation of risk and the limitations of liability contained in this warranty The warranty set forth above is in lieu of all other express warranties whether oral or written The agents employees distributors and dealers of A-M Systems Inc are not authorized to make modifications to this warranty or additional wan-anties binding on the company Accordingly additional statements such as dealer advertising or presentations whether oral or written do not constitute warranties by A-M Systems Inc and should not be relied upon This warranty gives you specific legal rights You may also have other rights which vary from one jurisdiction to another

fl-N Systems Inc 131BusinessPartiLoop RO Box850CartsbOfgWa98324 p O |Telophone 8004201306 bull 360683-8300FOC 3606830525 ^ ^ E-mail saiesaflisystefTiscom Wbbsite httpVwwwa-msystemscom

Operating Instructions

Examples Simple setup (and minimal instrument test)

Connect the output ofthe Model 2100 to an oscilloscope Before connecting the Model 2100 to any other instrument or the experimental preparation It is safest to turn Its power off

Set the Oufpuf controls

Range 10V Pulse Sign +

Baseline Zero Pulse Amplitude 200

Setting The Timing Controls

Delay Burst Width

Duration Period

none single

15010-2 50010-2

Setting The Start Controls

Mode Free Run

Disconnect any cables to the TRIG or GATE inputs

Note that the green Trig and Event Indicators turn on as Free Run is turned on (and turn off otherwise) You should observe a 15ms duration 20Hz rate pulse of 200V above a OV baseline on the oscilloscope

fl-N Systems Inc 131 BusinessPartiLoop RO Box850CarisbcxgWa98324 |Telophone 800426-1306 bull 360-683-8300 bull FW 360683-3525 E-mail salesa-msystems com VVbbsite httpywwwa-msystems com

Demonstration of Burst Mode Connect the output ofthe Model 2100 to an oscilloscope Before connecting the Model 2100 to any other instrument or the experimental preparation It Is safest to turn its power off

Set the Outpuf controls

Range 10V Pulse Sign +

Baseline Pulse Amplitude 200

Baseline Amplitude 100

Setting The Timing Controls

Delay 88010-2 Burst Width 12010-^

Duration 15010-2 Period 50010-2

Set the START controls as follows

Mode Free Run

Disconnect any cables to the TRIG or GATE inputs

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Telophooe 8004201306 360683-8300 bull FAX 360683-3525 E^naii salesa-msystems com Watjsite http7wwwa-msystemscom

Trigger the oscilloscope from the Bursf trigger out (upper Trig Out connector) for a stable display In each burst (occurring every lOOms) you should observe a trio of 15ms duration starting 50ms apart Try switching the StartMode from Free Run to the center (nonnal) position The pulses will no longer be produced and the Trig and Event Indicators will tum off Pressing this switch once (to Manual) will cause a single burst to occur

Problem Solving If the instrument appears to be not working properiy check all ofthe control settings and connections Be sure to wait at least 5-10 seconds after turning the instrument off before turning it on again The following summary of typical problems for the user (along with the most common solutions) may help

Problem CauseSolution

EVENT Indicator never lights even in FREE RUN mode

bull Replace fuse check power connection bullSet DELAY or PERIOD to a shorter interval

bull Power-on too soon after power-off

OVERLAP Indicator is on

ERROR indicator is on

bull Set DURATION gt000 bull DURATION Is set to SQUARE but

PERIOD is 000 Increase PERIOD or set DURATION independantly

bull BURST and WIDTH are gt DURATION increase PERIOD or decrease DURATION

bull BIPHASIC pulse output Is on and PERIOD is not longer than twice the DURATION Increase PERIOD or decrease DURATION

bull Free-run Is on and BURST is lt PERIOD (BURST off) DELAY is 0 and PERIOD Is lt DURATION Add delay or modify PERIOD

bull Free-run is on and BURST is gt DURATION (BURST ON) and PERIOD is lt DURATION Increase PERIOD

bull For VOLTAGE outputs the output is trying to drive too low a resistance or capacitance (eg a short circuit) Check by disconnecting the output ft is possible (and normal) that for the fastest cycles and largest amplitudes (close to 100 V

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business PartiLoop PO Box 850 CartsborgWa 98324 iTelophone 800-42O130636O6e3-8300FAX 3606B3-3525 E-mail satesaflisyslefmcom Vfebslte http7wwwa-msyslemscom

and 1 ps) that the ERROR indicator might always come on during repetitive pulses Fix output load or decrease amplitude as required

Time appears to be excessive Changed control in mid-cycle (resets current status)

Cant seem to get a full signal out Load Is not properiy connected repair wiring Too low a load impedance (VOLTAGE modes) or too high a load impedance (CURRENT mode)

Incoming triggers not accepted frequently enough

PERIOD is set too long (enforces dead time) followd by BURST set to SIGNAL Reduce PERIOD time

Table 10 Problem Solving

If you suspect that the Model 2100 may have completely failed we recommend checking the basic level of functionality Ifthis fails your instrument Is defective and must be repaired Ifthis passes either your experimental setup is incompatible or inconsistent or there is a more subtle flaw in your Model 2100

If the Model 2100 appears to be malfunctioning contact A-M Systems Inc or your dealer We will first attempt to solve the problem over the telephone so have an exact description of your problem available when you call You do not need to be within the warranty period to obtain over-the-phone assistance

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 iTetoptxme 80O426-1306 bull 360683-8300 FAX 3606803525 E-mail satesa-msystemsoomAfebsitehttpJwwwaflisystemscom

Theory of Operation

The operation ofthe Model 2100 is summarized in the block diagram (see the figure on Page 11) Not shown are all ofthe interconnections with the microcontroller The internal microcontroler plays an important role in setting the signal path but does not directly contribute to the dynamic characteristics It scans the front panel switches and sets the control values for the logic arrays It programs the internal counters which along with the other hardware achieve the necessary sub-microsecond speeds

Pulse generation starts either from an Input trigger signal (from Trig In) or an internally signal (Free Run mode) A Delay timer counts the 10MHz clock until its count value is exhausted At this point the Burst Period and Duration timers are started If the Burst timer has not expired by the end ofthe Period the Period and Duration timers are restarted If the Biphasic mode has been set the Duration timer is restarted at the end of the initial Duration and the sign ofthe output pulse is reversed doubling the total duration

The system state (pulse on pulse sign baseline sign [+0f-]) is transmitted to the isolated section via optoisolator The baseline and pulse amplitudes are selected by an analog switch The resulting signal is amplified by a variable-power-supply discrete operational amplifier The amplifier connections and gain is modified to provide two voltage and three current ranges

Timing overiap errors are detected by a logical decision computation rather than by testing for counter collisions This provides instant feedback rather than waiting up to an hour for such a collision to occur Output errors are measured by sensing the output amplifiers differential input voltage Under normal conditions this is a negligible voltage If the amplifier fails to deliver the requested signal the window comparator testing this voltage sends this message (via optoisolator) to the logic section turning on a warning LED

fl-N Systems Inc 131BusinessPart(LoopRO Box850CarisboigWa98324 4 n Tel0pri0ne80O426-130636O683^300FAX36O6833525 ^ E-mail salesaflisystBmscom V febsite http7wwwa-msystemsoom

S i

I - - ^^mdasho^M

OUTPUT i l l

TRIG ^ OUT

(burst)

TRIG 3-lt) OUT

(pulse)

til

I laquo

Calibration Procedures

The calibration interval is the lesser of 1000 hours of operation or 6 months Somewhat greater drift can be expected in the first 100 hours of operation as the semiconductors age Adjustments should only be made after the instrument has been fully warmed up for at least 15 minutes

Full instrument calibration requires the following test equipment digital multimeter (plusmn 01) able to measure resistance to at least lOOMO oscilloscope with at least 50MHz bandwidth true-mis voltmeter with 4MHz bandwidth universal counter (plusmn 001 ) able to measure single pulse widths and periods resistors (all plusmn 01) 2kn lOkH 1 watt 20kn 200kn alligator clip lead sets banana plugs and BNC adapters

Adjustment integrated circuit and test point locations are shown in the following figures All adjustments are on the timing board unless othenAise noted

All voltages in the non-isolated section should be measured with respect to ground at TP510 unless othenwise stated Some voltages are measured with respect to an internal isolated ground at TP650 or across the two output temninals Occasionally the voltage at an IC pin must be measured in these cases the reference designator is given with the pin number in parentheses eg U602(16) When it states within this procedure that a voltage is to be minimized this means that the adjustment should be made such that the measured voltage is as close to zero volts as possible Refer to the Specifications Section of this manual for acceptable tolerances

The sequence of this procedure is important If any adjustment is made all adjustments which follow must be made to ensure that the specifications will be met These procedures require that all controls remain as set in previous steps unless othenAise indicated

WARNING

The Model 2100 has dangerous voltages throughout the instrument even with the power is off Servicing the Model 2100 should only be done by qualified service personnel Use caution in handling any wires connectors or electrodes which may be directly or indirectly attached to the instrument Do not touch exposed connections or components Disconnect power by unplugging the power cord from the receptacle

H B ^ ^ S y s t e m s inc^degdegp^deg^^deg-^^^^^^^^B3^^^degdeg^^^lt^^^B^^^^ 131BusinessPartiLoopPO Box850CartsbOigWamp98324 4 9 |Telophone800-42013C6360683-8300F0lt360683-3525 ^ E-mail salesa-msystefnscom website httpwwwaflisystems com

CO

TP501 O lt0

g OTPSOO

U560 S

Trig Gate

0 -TISOS

U570

U500

Timing

p U520

Timing

K U550 Timin

gt U540

U515

o X I Timin

U508 I

J510 Timing nnn

Burst Delay J400

gt U550

R503

D D I D bull U8QQ i Q

n

oo

V P 5 1 0

b U535

^

Clock i _

U555

lt U 5 4 5

o

h d ^ O - - ^ U605

Q D

U620

O fJZ^ R737 bull ^ 1^13015 r j C - C O M P

B B nU770 ^ ^ ^ 5 ^ a

J420

a

o E

bull [ ]U632

riueso

rR742rVhigh R 6 1 9 ^

LJ TP645 O TP650

TPMOQ^QS

Vlow

CD-

CZZl

J440 bull bull tl iUDQ

I t

f i l

Power supply and bias voltages

Power supply

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

POWER ON Observe voltage at P703 power supply wire top of main board

Check for+15 plusmn 050 V

Observe voltage at P701 power supply wire top of main board

Check for-15 plusmn 050 V

Observe voltage at U505(24) Check for +5 plusmn 025 V

Isolated supply voltage Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

RANGE 10 V TRIG open circuit MODE center position

Alternately observe V ^ from R742 to R740 and V ^ from theU605(4)toU605(8)

Adjust R773 so that 110VltV lt 120 V and

nigh

28VltV|^lt34V

Capacitance balance Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

Connect a xlO oscilloscope probe to TP650 and ground the

Adjust R737 for minimum high frequency signal

Inputs

Gate function Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave Verify that the voltage to GATE switches states at the Observe voltage at U510(3) proper input levels with an oscilloscope

Trigger slope Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave Verify that the voltage to TRIG switches states at the Observe voltage at U510( 1) proper input levels with an oscilloscope

TRIG SLOPE Verify voltage is 180deg out of phase

TRIG SLOPE Verify voltage is in phase

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 860 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Jelophone 800-4201306 360683-8300 bull FM 380683-3525 E-mail salesaflTsystBfnscom bull Vtebsite httpVAirwwaflisystems com

14

Trigger and gate f unc t i on

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

DELAY NONE BURS-nMDTH SINGLE DURATION SQUARE PERIOD 100X10-3

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave to TRIG Observe TRIGD and EVENT LEDs

TRIG disconnect all Short the GATE connector to GND Verify LEDs extinguish

MODE press to MANUAL Verify LEDs flash once

Timing

System c lock f requency

Controls Inputs Observations Ad jus t Check

Observe the frequency of the wave Verify 1000 MHz plusmn 001 atU555(17)

Mul t ip l iers (Wheel Swi tches)

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

PULSE SIGN-laquobull MODE FREE RUN TRIG disconnect all TIMING MULTIPUERS all

wheels set to zero except the one being tested

TIMING OVERLAP ignore

Observe the pulse width with the counter at the location specified t)elow

Verify pulse width is correct for each wheel as it is tested independently

For each wheel of each MULTIPLIER test each position to verify that the pulse width is correct Observe the signal at the following locations DELAY U520(2) BURSTWIDTH U530(2) PERIOD U540(2) DURATION U550(2)

Rates (Rotary Swi tches)

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

TIMING MULTIPUERS 001 Observe the pulse width with the TIMING RATES all rotary counter at the location specified

switches set to 10-4 below except the one being tested

Verify pulse width is correct for each rotary switch as it is tested independently

For each ofthe four rotary switches in TIMING test each position to verify that the pulse width is correct Observe the signal at the following locations DELAY U520(2) BURSTWIDTH U530(2) PERIOD U540(2) DURATION U550(2)

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 iTetophone 8004201306 bull 360683-8300 bull FOC 3606803525 E-mail salesa-msystemscom Wbbsite httpJwwwaflTSystemscom

15

Trigger outputs

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

Range 10V Pulse Amplitude 500 Delay 100 xlO^ Burst 100 x 10 ^ Duration 100x10-^ Period 400x10-^ Pulse sign + Trig Mode Free run Trig in open

Trigger the oscilloscope to the Burst Trig Out Observe it the Pulse Trig Out and the isolated output

Verify that the waveform consists of a burst of three 1ms-on3ms-off pulses The burst trigger should be synchronous with the burst the pulse trigger coincident with each pulse

Output Calibration

Isolation Resistance (check)

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode center position Trig In open

Measure the resistance between ground banana jack (front panel) and black banana jack of output with DMM

Resistance read gt 100MQ

Amplitude Switch Offset (R640)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Zero Trig Mode center position Trig In Open

Measure the voltage at TP645 vs TP650 with the DMM

Adjust R640 (AmpI Sw Offset) for minimum voltage

Output Offset (R332 front panel board) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Zero Range 10V Trig Mode center position Trig In Open

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

Adjust R332 (Output offset) for minimum voltage

Positive Baseline Offeet (R607) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Sign + Baseline Amplitude

fully CCW (000) Range 10V Trig In open Trig Mode center position

Measure the voltage across the outputwiththeDMM

Adjust R602 (BSLN + offset) for minimum voltage

fl-N Systems Inc 131 BusBiess Parti Loop P O Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Telophone B00-42O1306 bull 360683-8300 bull FAX 3606803525 E-mail salesaflisystemscom V^tebsite httpy^vwwa-msystems com

16

Negative Baseline Offset (R619)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Sign -Baseline Amplitude

fully CCW (000) Range 10V Trig In open Trig Mode center position

Measure the voltage across the outputwiththeDMM

Adjust R619 (BSLN + offset) for minimum voltage

Pulse Amplitude Adjust (R602)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode Free Mode Pulse Amplitude 1000 Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =1001 Period =00110-4 Pulse Sign -Trig In open Range 10V

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

The Overiap indicator should be on Adjust R602 (Max Level) for -10OOV out

Pulse Sign Gain (check)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode Free Mode Pulse Amplitude 1000 Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =100 1s Period =001 10-4s Trig In open Range 10V

Measure the voltage at the output with the DMM for the Pulse Sign at + and - positions

The absolute values ofthe voltages should differ by less than lOOmV

Baseline Amplitudes (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Range 100mA Trig Mode center position Baseline Amplitude fully CW (1000) Trig In open

Measure the voltage at the output with the DMM with Baseline Sign in + Zero and

- positions

Gain the matching of current levels at = and - positions and offset current in Zero position

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop PO Box 850 Cartsboig Wa 98324 Telophone 800-4201306 360683-8300 FkX 3606803525 E-mail salesa-msystemscom website http^^wwaflisystemsccm

17

Output Range Amplitude and Drive (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Pulse Amplitude 1000 Pulse Sign + Trig Mode Free Run Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =1001 Period =10010-4 Trig In open

Load the output with a 10KV 1W 01 resistor Measure the voltage at the output with DMM

Verify that full scale output is within specification Scale Range 100V 100V 10V 10V 100mA IV 1mA 10V 10mA 100V

Pulse Sign and Short Circuit Protection (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =200 10-4 Period =00110-3 Baseline Zero Pulse Amplitude 25 Range 10V Trig Mode Free Run Trig In open

Measure the voltage at the output with the oscilloscope Check for Pulse Sign set to each of + - biphasic Watch for Error indicator when shorting the output

Verify that pulses of approx 25V amplitude (625V for biphasic mode) of the correct sign are produced every 10ms Short output in biphasic mode Output should return when opened

Output Transient Response (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Pulse Sign + Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =20010-4 Period =00110-3 Pulse Amplitude 250 Baseline Zero Trig Mode Free Mode Trig In open

Connect the oscilloscope to the output with a 310 attenuator probe Test both 10V and 100V ranges

Verify that overshoot and risetime meet specifications

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Telophone 8004201306 bull 3606808300 bull Flaquo( 360laquo83ltJ525 E-mail salesa-msystemsocm V^febsite http^wwwa-msystefnscom

18

Specifications

There are three classes of specifications Class A specifications tested in all units and are guaranteed Class B specifications are inherent in the design they are indirectly tested and are guaranteed Class C specifications are typical operating values which are occasionally tested- these are typical values given for your information but not guarshyanteed The class for each specification is noted in the center column ofthe following sections

Inputs Switching level

Hysteresis

Input equivalent circuit

Minimum duration (1 IL-level signal)

A

C

C

C

16 V(plusmn 02 V)

approx 50 mV

lOOKH to+5 in parallel with no more than 35pF

gt 50 ns

Open circuit condition B defaults to highon level

Timing and rate accuracy Rate selector steps

Timing multiplier steps

B

B

lOOpsto 100s in 7 steps

1 of rate selector step size Maximum value is 999 X the rate selector step size

Resolution B approx 01 ofthe maximum value

Timing error (second and later pulses after resetting controls)

B lt 002 of rate selector value + 015 ps

Timing error (first pulse after readjusting timing controls)

an additional 025 ps error may occur

Timing repeatability lt 001 setting + 20 ns (monophasic)

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Ram Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Vfa 98324 pTelophone 8004201306 bull 360683-8300 bull FAX 360683-3525

E-mail salesraquoflisystems com Wabsite httpJAnww afl isystems com

19

TRIG IN to OUTPUT delay (DELAY set to 0) output set to 2V

Timing jitter from TRIG IN to OUTPUT (for TTL trigger input with risetime lt10 ns)

Timing jitter from TRIG OUT (either BURST or PULSE) and OUTPUT

Trigger output to pulse output delay

Output characteristics Pulse level error (voltage mode open circuit current mode short circuit

Biphasic level difference IV + - V-1 2

Baseline level error (voltage mode open circuit current mode short circuit)

Risetime (25 V out)

Risetime (25 V out)

Transient response

A

A

A

Output impedance (voltage mode) C

Output impedance (current mode) C

Isolation resistance A

Isolation capacitance C

approx 05 ps for a load of no more than 10 KH in parallel with 50 pF

lt 125 ns (all rates except 100s) lt 125 ps (100s rate)

Less than 20 ns (all rates)

approx 350 ns

lt 03 of setting + 05 of r range (plus an additional 05 pA in 100 pA range)

lt 03 of range (voltage modes into open circuit current modes into short circuit)

lt 03 of setting of setting + 01 of range (plus an additional 05 pA in lOOpA range)

= 200 ns into less than 30 pF

= 15 ps into less than 30 pF

lt 8 overshoot into less than 30 pF for pulse voltages different than baseline voltage by at least 10 of range

= 50 ohms

raquo 1 0 GH (typically 200 GO)

raquo 1 0 0 M n

= 60 pF at 100 Hz

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Peril Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg V6 98324 |TelCf)hone 800-4201306 3606808300 bull FAX 360683-3525 E-mal salesaflisystefnsoom Website hnpyMVfWafllsystemsoom

20

Noise (differential mode)

Noise (common mode earth to isolated ground) with no signal output

Overload error indicator (low frequency short circuited voltage mode)

Overload error indicator low frequency open circuited current mode)

Overioad error response time

Miscellaneous

= 1 mV rms (10 V scale 10 Hz-4 MHz)

= 8 mV rms (10 Hz-4 MHz) == 100mVp-p (200 Hz -10 MHz) measured withalOMH 15pF oscilloscope probe

Turns on for set amplitude at or greater than approx plusmn1 V (10 V range) or plusmn2 V (100 V range)

Turns on for set amplitude at or above approx 2 of range

Flat to approx 30 ps duration Decreasing sensitivity for shorter pulses

Power

Fuse

Operating temperature range

Storage temperature range

Operating humidity

Dimensions

approx 11 watts

1 amp 3AG

10-30degC

0 - 50deg C

5 - 80 RH

17x475x1125 (inches) 432x121x286 cm

Weight 20 lbs (9 kg)

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Wb 98324 |Tetcphone 8004201306 3606808300 bull FOt 360683-3525 E-mail satesamsystems comV^febsite httpywwwaflisystemscom

21

Warranty and Service

What does this warranty cover A-M Systems Inc warrants to the Purchaser that the Instrument excluding cables Headstage Probes and any other accessories shipped with the Instrument (hereafter the hardware) is free from defects in workmanship or material under normal use and service for the period of one (1) year This warranty commences on the date of delivery ofthe hardware to the Purchaser

What are the obligations of A-M Systems Inc under this warranty During the warranty period A-M Systems Inc agrees to repair or replace at its sole option without charge to the Purchaser any defective component part of the hardware To obtain warranty service the Purchaser must return the hardware to A-M Systems Inc or an authorized A-M Systems Inc distributor in an adequate shipping container Any postage shipping and insurance charges incurred in shipping the hardware to A-M Systems Inc must be prepaid by the Purchaser and all risk for the hardware shall remain with purchaser until such time as A-M Systems Inc takes receipt of the hardware Upon receipt A-M Systems Inc will promptly repair or replace the defective unit and then return the hardware to the Purchaser postage shipping and insurance prepaid A-M Systems Inc may use reconditioned or like new parts or units at its sole option when repairing any hardware Repaired products shall carry the same amount of outstanding warranty as from original purchase or ninety (90) days which ever is greater Any claim under the warranty must include a dated proof of purchase ofthe hardware covered by this warranty In any event A-M Systems Inc liability for defective hardware is limited to repairing or replacing the hardware

What is not covered by this warranty This warranty is contingent upon proper use and maintenance ofthe hardware by the Purchaser and does not cover batteries Neglect misuse whether intentional or othenwise tampering with or altering the hardware damage caused by accident damage caused by unusual physical electrical chemical or electromechanical stress damage caused by failure of electrical power or damage caused during transportation are not covered by this wan-anty Products may not be returned to A-M Systems Inc for service whether under warranty or otherwise which are contaminated by infectious agents radioactive compounds or other materials constituting a health hazard to employees of A-M Systems Inc

What are the limits of liability for A-M Systems Inc under this warranty A-M Systems Inc shall not be liable for loss of data profits or savings or any special incidental consequential indirect or other similar damages arising from breach of contract negligence or other legal action even if the company or its agent has been advised of the possibility of such damages or for any claim brought against you by another party THIS EQUIPMENT IS NOT INTENDED FOR CLINICAL MEASUREMENTS USING HUMAN SUBJECTS A-M SYSTEMS INC DOES NOT ASSUME RESPONSIBILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE DUE TO MISUSE OF THIS EQUIPMENT Jurisdictions vary with regard to the enforceability of provisions excluding or limiting liability for incidental or consequential damages Check the provision of your local jurisdiction to find out whether the above exclusion applies to you

This warranty allocates risks of product failure between the Purchaser and A-M Systems Inc A-M Systems Inc hardware pricing reflects this allocation of risk and the limitations of liability contained in this warranty The warranty set forth above is in lieu of all other express warranties whether oral or written The agents employees distributors and dealers of A-M Systems Inc are not authorized to make modifications to this warranty or additional wan-anties binding on the company Accordingly additional statements such as dealer advertising or presentations whether oral or written do not constitute warranties by A-M Systems Inc and should not be relied upon This warranty gives you specific legal rights You may also have other rights which vary from one jurisdiction to another

fl-N Systems Inc 131BusinessPartiLoop RO Box850CartsbOfgWa98324 p O |Telophone 8004201306 bull 360683-8300FOC 3606830525 ^ ^ E-mail saiesaflisystefTiscom Wbbsite httpVwwwa-msystemscom

Demonstration of Burst Mode Connect the output ofthe Model 2100 to an oscilloscope Before connecting the Model 2100 to any other instrument or the experimental preparation It Is safest to turn its power off

Set the Outpuf controls

Range 10V Pulse Sign +

Baseline Pulse Amplitude 200

Baseline Amplitude 100

Setting The Timing Controls

Delay 88010-2 Burst Width 12010-^

Duration 15010-2 Period 50010-2

Set the START controls as follows

Mode Free Run

Disconnect any cables to the TRIG or GATE inputs

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Telophooe 8004201306 360683-8300 bull FAX 360683-3525 E^naii salesa-msystems com Watjsite http7wwwa-msystemscom

Trigger the oscilloscope from the Bursf trigger out (upper Trig Out connector) for a stable display In each burst (occurring every lOOms) you should observe a trio of 15ms duration starting 50ms apart Try switching the StartMode from Free Run to the center (nonnal) position The pulses will no longer be produced and the Trig and Event Indicators will tum off Pressing this switch once (to Manual) will cause a single burst to occur

Problem Solving If the instrument appears to be not working properiy check all ofthe control settings and connections Be sure to wait at least 5-10 seconds after turning the instrument off before turning it on again The following summary of typical problems for the user (along with the most common solutions) may help

Problem CauseSolution

EVENT Indicator never lights even in FREE RUN mode

bull Replace fuse check power connection bullSet DELAY or PERIOD to a shorter interval

bull Power-on too soon after power-off

OVERLAP Indicator is on

ERROR indicator is on

bull Set DURATION gt000 bull DURATION Is set to SQUARE but

PERIOD is 000 Increase PERIOD or set DURATION independantly

bull BURST and WIDTH are gt DURATION increase PERIOD or decrease DURATION

bull BIPHASIC pulse output Is on and PERIOD is not longer than twice the DURATION Increase PERIOD or decrease DURATION

bull Free-run Is on and BURST is lt PERIOD (BURST off) DELAY is 0 and PERIOD Is lt DURATION Add delay or modify PERIOD

bull Free-run is on and BURST is gt DURATION (BURST ON) and PERIOD is lt DURATION Increase PERIOD

bull For VOLTAGE outputs the output is trying to drive too low a resistance or capacitance (eg a short circuit) Check by disconnecting the output ft is possible (and normal) that for the fastest cycles and largest amplitudes (close to 100 V

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business PartiLoop PO Box 850 CartsborgWa 98324 iTelophone 800-42O130636O6e3-8300FAX 3606B3-3525 E-mail satesaflisyslefmcom Vfebslte http7wwwa-msyslemscom

and 1 ps) that the ERROR indicator might always come on during repetitive pulses Fix output load or decrease amplitude as required

Time appears to be excessive Changed control in mid-cycle (resets current status)

Cant seem to get a full signal out Load Is not properiy connected repair wiring Too low a load impedance (VOLTAGE modes) or too high a load impedance (CURRENT mode)

Incoming triggers not accepted frequently enough

PERIOD is set too long (enforces dead time) followd by BURST set to SIGNAL Reduce PERIOD time

Table 10 Problem Solving

If you suspect that the Model 2100 may have completely failed we recommend checking the basic level of functionality Ifthis fails your instrument Is defective and must be repaired Ifthis passes either your experimental setup is incompatible or inconsistent or there is a more subtle flaw in your Model 2100

If the Model 2100 appears to be malfunctioning contact A-M Systems Inc or your dealer We will first attempt to solve the problem over the telephone so have an exact description of your problem available when you call You do not need to be within the warranty period to obtain over-the-phone assistance

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 iTetoptxme 80O426-1306 bull 360683-8300 FAX 3606803525 E-mail satesa-msystemsoomAfebsitehttpJwwwaflisystemscom

Theory of Operation

The operation ofthe Model 2100 is summarized in the block diagram (see the figure on Page 11) Not shown are all ofthe interconnections with the microcontroller The internal microcontroler plays an important role in setting the signal path but does not directly contribute to the dynamic characteristics It scans the front panel switches and sets the control values for the logic arrays It programs the internal counters which along with the other hardware achieve the necessary sub-microsecond speeds

Pulse generation starts either from an Input trigger signal (from Trig In) or an internally signal (Free Run mode) A Delay timer counts the 10MHz clock until its count value is exhausted At this point the Burst Period and Duration timers are started If the Burst timer has not expired by the end ofthe Period the Period and Duration timers are restarted If the Biphasic mode has been set the Duration timer is restarted at the end of the initial Duration and the sign ofthe output pulse is reversed doubling the total duration

The system state (pulse on pulse sign baseline sign [+0f-]) is transmitted to the isolated section via optoisolator The baseline and pulse amplitudes are selected by an analog switch The resulting signal is amplified by a variable-power-supply discrete operational amplifier The amplifier connections and gain is modified to provide two voltage and three current ranges

Timing overiap errors are detected by a logical decision computation rather than by testing for counter collisions This provides instant feedback rather than waiting up to an hour for such a collision to occur Output errors are measured by sensing the output amplifiers differential input voltage Under normal conditions this is a negligible voltage If the amplifier fails to deliver the requested signal the window comparator testing this voltage sends this message (via optoisolator) to the logic section turning on a warning LED

fl-N Systems Inc 131BusinessPart(LoopRO Box850CarisboigWa98324 4 n Tel0pri0ne80O426-130636O683^300FAX36O6833525 ^ E-mail salesaflisystBmscom V febsite http7wwwa-msystemsoom

S i

I - - ^^mdasho^M

OUTPUT i l l

TRIG ^ OUT

(burst)

TRIG 3-lt) OUT

(pulse)

til

I laquo

Calibration Procedures

The calibration interval is the lesser of 1000 hours of operation or 6 months Somewhat greater drift can be expected in the first 100 hours of operation as the semiconductors age Adjustments should only be made after the instrument has been fully warmed up for at least 15 minutes

Full instrument calibration requires the following test equipment digital multimeter (plusmn 01) able to measure resistance to at least lOOMO oscilloscope with at least 50MHz bandwidth true-mis voltmeter with 4MHz bandwidth universal counter (plusmn 001 ) able to measure single pulse widths and periods resistors (all plusmn 01) 2kn lOkH 1 watt 20kn 200kn alligator clip lead sets banana plugs and BNC adapters

Adjustment integrated circuit and test point locations are shown in the following figures All adjustments are on the timing board unless othenAise noted

All voltages in the non-isolated section should be measured with respect to ground at TP510 unless othenwise stated Some voltages are measured with respect to an internal isolated ground at TP650 or across the two output temninals Occasionally the voltage at an IC pin must be measured in these cases the reference designator is given with the pin number in parentheses eg U602(16) When it states within this procedure that a voltage is to be minimized this means that the adjustment should be made such that the measured voltage is as close to zero volts as possible Refer to the Specifications Section of this manual for acceptable tolerances

The sequence of this procedure is important If any adjustment is made all adjustments which follow must be made to ensure that the specifications will be met These procedures require that all controls remain as set in previous steps unless othenAise indicated

WARNING

The Model 2100 has dangerous voltages throughout the instrument even with the power is off Servicing the Model 2100 should only be done by qualified service personnel Use caution in handling any wires connectors or electrodes which may be directly or indirectly attached to the instrument Do not touch exposed connections or components Disconnect power by unplugging the power cord from the receptacle

H B ^ ^ S y s t e m s inc^degdegp^deg^^deg-^^^^^^^^B3^^^degdeg^^^lt^^^B^^^^ 131BusinessPartiLoopPO Box850CartsbOigWamp98324 4 9 |Telophone800-42013C6360683-8300F0lt360683-3525 ^ E-mail salesa-msystefnscom website httpwwwaflisystems com

CO

TP501 O lt0

g OTPSOO

U560 S

Trig Gate

0 -TISOS

U570

U500

Timing

p U520

Timing

K U550 Timin

gt U540

U515

o X I Timin

U508 I

J510 Timing nnn

Burst Delay J400

gt U550

R503

D D I D bull U8QQ i Q

n

oo

V P 5 1 0

b U535

^

Clock i _

U555

lt U 5 4 5

o

h d ^ O - - ^ U605

Q D

U620

O fJZ^ R737 bull ^ 1^13015 r j C - C O M P

B B nU770 ^ ^ ^ 5 ^ a

J420

a

o E

bull [ ]U632

riueso

rR742rVhigh R 6 1 9 ^

LJ TP645 O TP650

TPMOQ^QS

Vlow

CD-

CZZl

J440 bull bull tl iUDQ

I t

f i l

Power supply and bias voltages

Power supply

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

POWER ON Observe voltage at P703 power supply wire top of main board

Check for+15 plusmn 050 V

Observe voltage at P701 power supply wire top of main board

Check for-15 plusmn 050 V

Observe voltage at U505(24) Check for +5 plusmn 025 V

Isolated supply voltage Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

RANGE 10 V TRIG open circuit MODE center position

Alternately observe V ^ from R742 to R740 and V ^ from theU605(4)toU605(8)

Adjust R773 so that 110VltV lt 120 V and

nigh

28VltV|^lt34V

Capacitance balance Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

Connect a xlO oscilloscope probe to TP650 and ground the

Adjust R737 for minimum high frequency signal

Inputs

Gate function Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave Verify that the voltage to GATE switches states at the Observe voltage at U510(3) proper input levels with an oscilloscope

Trigger slope Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave Verify that the voltage to TRIG switches states at the Observe voltage at U510( 1) proper input levels with an oscilloscope

TRIG SLOPE Verify voltage is 180deg out of phase

TRIG SLOPE Verify voltage is in phase

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 860 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Jelophone 800-4201306 360683-8300 bull FM 380683-3525 E-mail salesaflTsystBfnscom bull Vtebsite httpVAirwwaflisystems com

14

Trigger and gate f unc t i on

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

DELAY NONE BURS-nMDTH SINGLE DURATION SQUARE PERIOD 100X10-3

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave to TRIG Observe TRIGD and EVENT LEDs

TRIG disconnect all Short the GATE connector to GND Verify LEDs extinguish

MODE press to MANUAL Verify LEDs flash once

Timing

System c lock f requency

Controls Inputs Observations Ad jus t Check

Observe the frequency of the wave Verify 1000 MHz plusmn 001 atU555(17)

Mul t ip l iers (Wheel Swi tches)

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

PULSE SIGN-laquobull MODE FREE RUN TRIG disconnect all TIMING MULTIPUERS all

wheels set to zero except the one being tested

TIMING OVERLAP ignore

Observe the pulse width with the counter at the location specified t)elow

Verify pulse width is correct for each wheel as it is tested independently

For each wheel of each MULTIPLIER test each position to verify that the pulse width is correct Observe the signal at the following locations DELAY U520(2) BURSTWIDTH U530(2) PERIOD U540(2) DURATION U550(2)

Rates (Rotary Swi tches)

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

TIMING MULTIPUERS 001 Observe the pulse width with the TIMING RATES all rotary counter at the location specified

switches set to 10-4 below except the one being tested

Verify pulse width is correct for each rotary switch as it is tested independently

For each ofthe four rotary switches in TIMING test each position to verify that the pulse width is correct Observe the signal at the following locations DELAY U520(2) BURSTWIDTH U530(2) PERIOD U540(2) DURATION U550(2)

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 iTetophone 8004201306 bull 360683-8300 bull FOC 3606803525 E-mail salesa-msystemscom Wbbsite httpJwwwaflTSystemscom

15

Trigger outputs

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

Range 10V Pulse Amplitude 500 Delay 100 xlO^ Burst 100 x 10 ^ Duration 100x10-^ Period 400x10-^ Pulse sign + Trig Mode Free run Trig in open

Trigger the oscilloscope to the Burst Trig Out Observe it the Pulse Trig Out and the isolated output

Verify that the waveform consists of a burst of three 1ms-on3ms-off pulses The burst trigger should be synchronous with the burst the pulse trigger coincident with each pulse

Output Calibration

Isolation Resistance (check)

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode center position Trig In open

Measure the resistance between ground banana jack (front panel) and black banana jack of output with DMM

Resistance read gt 100MQ

Amplitude Switch Offset (R640)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Zero Trig Mode center position Trig In Open

Measure the voltage at TP645 vs TP650 with the DMM

Adjust R640 (AmpI Sw Offset) for minimum voltage

Output Offset (R332 front panel board) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Zero Range 10V Trig Mode center position Trig In Open

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

Adjust R332 (Output offset) for minimum voltage

Positive Baseline Offeet (R607) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Sign + Baseline Amplitude

fully CCW (000) Range 10V Trig In open Trig Mode center position

Measure the voltage across the outputwiththeDMM

Adjust R602 (BSLN + offset) for minimum voltage

fl-N Systems Inc 131 BusBiess Parti Loop P O Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Telophone B00-42O1306 bull 360683-8300 bull FAX 3606803525 E-mail salesaflisystemscom V^tebsite httpy^vwwa-msystems com

16

Negative Baseline Offset (R619)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Sign -Baseline Amplitude

fully CCW (000) Range 10V Trig In open Trig Mode center position

Measure the voltage across the outputwiththeDMM

Adjust R619 (BSLN + offset) for minimum voltage

Pulse Amplitude Adjust (R602)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode Free Mode Pulse Amplitude 1000 Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =1001 Period =00110-4 Pulse Sign -Trig In open Range 10V

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

The Overiap indicator should be on Adjust R602 (Max Level) for -10OOV out

Pulse Sign Gain (check)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode Free Mode Pulse Amplitude 1000 Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =100 1s Period =001 10-4s Trig In open Range 10V

Measure the voltage at the output with the DMM for the Pulse Sign at + and - positions

The absolute values ofthe voltages should differ by less than lOOmV

Baseline Amplitudes (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Range 100mA Trig Mode center position Baseline Amplitude fully CW (1000) Trig In open

Measure the voltage at the output with the DMM with Baseline Sign in + Zero and

- positions

Gain the matching of current levels at = and - positions and offset current in Zero position

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop PO Box 850 Cartsboig Wa 98324 Telophone 800-4201306 360683-8300 FkX 3606803525 E-mail salesa-msystemscom website http^^wwaflisystemsccm

17

Output Range Amplitude and Drive (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Pulse Amplitude 1000 Pulse Sign + Trig Mode Free Run Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =1001 Period =10010-4 Trig In open

Load the output with a 10KV 1W 01 resistor Measure the voltage at the output with DMM

Verify that full scale output is within specification Scale Range 100V 100V 10V 10V 100mA IV 1mA 10V 10mA 100V

Pulse Sign and Short Circuit Protection (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =200 10-4 Period =00110-3 Baseline Zero Pulse Amplitude 25 Range 10V Trig Mode Free Run Trig In open

Measure the voltage at the output with the oscilloscope Check for Pulse Sign set to each of + - biphasic Watch for Error indicator when shorting the output

Verify that pulses of approx 25V amplitude (625V for biphasic mode) of the correct sign are produced every 10ms Short output in biphasic mode Output should return when opened

Output Transient Response (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Pulse Sign + Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =20010-4 Period =00110-3 Pulse Amplitude 250 Baseline Zero Trig Mode Free Mode Trig In open

Connect the oscilloscope to the output with a 310 attenuator probe Test both 10V and 100V ranges

Verify that overshoot and risetime meet specifications

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Telophone 8004201306 bull 3606808300 bull Flaquo( 360laquo83ltJ525 E-mail salesa-msystemsocm V^febsite http^wwwa-msystefnscom

18

Specifications

There are three classes of specifications Class A specifications tested in all units and are guaranteed Class B specifications are inherent in the design they are indirectly tested and are guaranteed Class C specifications are typical operating values which are occasionally tested- these are typical values given for your information but not guarshyanteed The class for each specification is noted in the center column ofthe following sections

Inputs Switching level

Hysteresis

Input equivalent circuit

Minimum duration (1 IL-level signal)

A

C

C

C

16 V(plusmn 02 V)

approx 50 mV

lOOKH to+5 in parallel with no more than 35pF

gt 50 ns

Open circuit condition B defaults to highon level

Timing and rate accuracy Rate selector steps

Timing multiplier steps

B

B

lOOpsto 100s in 7 steps

1 of rate selector step size Maximum value is 999 X the rate selector step size

Resolution B approx 01 ofthe maximum value

Timing error (second and later pulses after resetting controls)

B lt 002 of rate selector value + 015 ps

Timing error (first pulse after readjusting timing controls)

an additional 025 ps error may occur

Timing repeatability lt 001 setting + 20 ns (monophasic)

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Ram Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Vfa 98324 pTelophone 8004201306 bull 360683-8300 bull FAX 360683-3525

E-mail salesraquoflisystems com Wabsite httpJAnww afl isystems com

19

TRIG IN to OUTPUT delay (DELAY set to 0) output set to 2V

Timing jitter from TRIG IN to OUTPUT (for TTL trigger input with risetime lt10 ns)

Timing jitter from TRIG OUT (either BURST or PULSE) and OUTPUT

Trigger output to pulse output delay

Output characteristics Pulse level error (voltage mode open circuit current mode short circuit

Biphasic level difference IV + - V-1 2

Baseline level error (voltage mode open circuit current mode short circuit)

Risetime (25 V out)

Risetime (25 V out)

Transient response

A

A

A

Output impedance (voltage mode) C

Output impedance (current mode) C

Isolation resistance A

Isolation capacitance C

approx 05 ps for a load of no more than 10 KH in parallel with 50 pF

lt 125 ns (all rates except 100s) lt 125 ps (100s rate)

Less than 20 ns (all rates)

approx 350 ns

lt 03 of setting + 05 of r range (plus an additional 05 pA in 100 pA range)

lt 03 of range (voltage modes into open circuit current modes into short circuit)

lt 03 of setting of setting + 01 of range (plus an additional 05 pA in lOOpA range)

= 200 ns into less than 30 pF

= 15 ps into less than 30 pF

lt 8 overshoot into less than 30 pF for pulse voltages different than baseline voltage by at least 10 of range

= 50 ohms

raquo 1 0 GH (typically 200 GO)

raquo 1 0 0 M n

= 60 pF at 100 Hz

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Peril Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg V6 98324 |TelCf)hone 800-4201306 3606808300 bull FAX 360683-3525 E-mal salesaflisystefnsoom Website hnpyMVfWafllsystemsoom

20

Noise (differential mode)

Noise (common mode earth to isolated ground) with no signal output

Overload error indicator (low frequency short circuited voltage mode)

Overload error indicator low frequency open circuited current mode)

Overioad error response time

Miscellaneous

= 1 mV rms (10 V scale 10 Hz-4 MHz)

= 8 mV rms (10 Hz-4 MHz) == 100mVp-p (200 Hz -10 MHz) measured withalOMH 15pF oscilloscope probe

Turns on for set amplitude at or greater than approx plusmn1 V (10 V range) or plusmn2 V (100 V range)

Turns on for set amplitude at or above approx 2 of range

Flat to approx 30 ps duration Decreasing sensitivity for shorter pulses

Power

Fuse

Operating temperature range

Storage temperature range

Operating humidity

Dimensions

approx 11 watts

1 amp 3AG

10-30degC

0 - 50deg C

5 - 80 RH

17x475x1125 (inches) 432x121x286 cm

Weight 20 lbs (9 kg)

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Wb 98324 |Tetcphone 8004201306 3606808300 bull FOt 360683-3525 E-mail satesamsystems comV^febsite httpywwwaflisystemscom

21

Warranty and Service

What does this warranty cover A-M Systems Inc warrants to the Purchaser that the Instrument excluding cables Headstage Probes and any other accessories shipped with the Instrument (hereafter the hardware) is free from defects in workmanship or material under normal use and service for the period of one (1) year This warranty commences on the date of delivery ofthe hardware to the Purchaser

What are the obligations of A-M Systems Inc under this warranty During the warranty period A-M Systems Inc agrees to repair or replace at its sole option without charge to the Purchaser any defective component part of the hardware To obtain warranty service the Purchaser must return the hardware to A-M Systems Inc or an authorized A-M Systems Inc distributor in an adequate shipping container Any postage shipping and insurance charges incurred in shipping the hardware to A-M Systems Inc must be prepaid by the Purchaser and all risk for the hardware shall remain with purchaser until such time as A-M Systems Inc takes receipt of the hardware Upon receipt A-M Systems Inc will promptly repair or replace the defective unit and then return the hardware to the Purchaser postage shipping and insurance prepaid A-M Systems Inc may use reconditioned or like new parts or units at its sole option when repairing any hardware Repaired products shall carry the same amount of outstanding warranty as from original purchase or ninety (90) days which ever is greater Any claim under the warranty must include a dated proof of purchase ofthe hardware covered by this warranty In any event A-M Systems Inc liability for defective hardware is limited to repairing or replacing the hardware

What is not covered by this warranty This warranty is contingent upon proper use and maintenance ofthe hardware by the Purchaser and does not cover batteries Neglect misuse whether intentional or othenwise tampering with or altering the hardware damage caused by accident damage caused by unusual physical electrical chemical or electromechanical stress damage caused by failure of electrical power or damage caused during transportation are not covered by this wan-anty Products may not be returned to A-M Systems Inc for service whether under warranty or otherwise which are contaminated by infectious agents radioactive compounds or other materials constituting a health hazard to employees of A-M Systems Inc

What are the limits of liability for A-M Systems Inc under this warranty A-M Systems Inc shall not be liable for loss of data profits or savings or any special incidental consequential indirect or other similar damages arising from breach of contract negligence or other legal action even if the company or its agent has been advised of the possibility of such damages or for any claim brought against you by another party THIS EQUIPMENT IS NOT INTENDED FOR CLINICAL MEASUREMENTS USING HUMAN SUBJECTS A-M SYSTEMS INC DOES NOT ASSUME RESPONSIBILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE DUE TO MISUSE OF THIS EQUIPMENT Jurisdictions vary with regard to the enforceability of provisions excluding or limiting liability for incidental or consequential damages Check the provision of your local jurisdiction to find out whether the above exclusion applies to you

This warranty allocates risks of product failure between the Purchaser and A-M Systems Inc A-M Systems Inc hardware pricing reflects this allocation of risk and the limitations of liability contained in this warranty The warranty set forth above is in lieu of all other express warranties whether oral or written The agents employees distributors and dealers of A-M Systems Inc are not authorized to make modifications to this warranty or additional wan-anties binding on the company Accordingly additional statements such as dealer advertising or presentations whether oral or written do not constitute warranties by A-M Systems Inc and should not be relied upon This warranty gives you specific legal rights You may also have other rights which vary from one jurisdiction to another

fl-N Systems Inc 131BusinessPartiLoop RO Box850CartsbOfgWa98324 p O |Telophone 8004201306 bull 360683-8300FOC 3606830525 ^ ^ E-mail saiesaflisystefTiscom Wbbsite httpVwwwa-msystemscom

Trigger the oscilloscope from the Bursf trigger out (upper Trig Out connector) for a stable display In each burst (occurring every lOOms) you should observe a trio of 15ms duration starting 50ms apart Try switching the StartMode from Free Run to the center (nonnal) position The pulses will no longer be produced and the Trig and Event Indicators will tum off Pressing this switch once (to Manual) will cause a single burst to occur

Problem Solving If the instrument appears to be not working properiy check all ofthe control settings and connections Be sure to wait at least 5-10 seconds after turning the instrument off before turning it on again The following summary of typical problems for the user (along with the most common solutions) may help

Problem CauseSolution

EVENT Indicator never lights even in FREE RUN mode

bull Replace fuse check power connection bullSet DELAY or PERIOD to a shorter interval

bull Power-on too soon after power-off

OVERLAP Indicator is on

ERROR indicator is on

bull Set DURATION gt000 bull DURATION Is set to SQUARE but

PERIOD is 000 Increase PERIOD or set DURATION independantly

bull BURST and WIDTH are gt DURATION increase PERIOD or decrease DURATION

bull BIPHASIC pulse output Is on and PERIOD is not longer than twice the DURATION Increase PERIOD or decrease DURATION

bull Free-run Is on and BURST is lt PERIOD (BURST off) DELAY is 0 and PERIOD Is lt DURATION Add delay or modify PERIOD

bull Free-run is on and BURST is gt DURATION (BURST ON) and PERIOD is lt DURATION Increase PERIOD

bull For VOLTAGE outputs the output is trying to drive too low a resistance or capacitance (eg a short circuit) Check by disconnecting the output ft is possible (and normal) that for the fastest cycles and largest amplitudes (close to 100 V

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business PartiLoop PO Box 850 CartsborgWa 98324 iTelophone 800-42O130636O6e3-8300FAX 3606B3-3525 E-mail satesaflisyslefmcom Vfebslte http7wwwa-msyslemscom

and 1 ps) that the ERROR indicator might always come on during repetitive pulses Fix output load or decrease amplitude as required

Time appears to be excessive Changed control in mid-cycle (resets current status)

Cant seem to get a full signal out Load Is not properiy connected repair wiring Too low a load impedance (VOLTAGE modes) or too high a load impedance (CURRENT mode)

Incoming triggers not accepted frequently enough

PERIOD is set too long (enforces dead time) followd by BURST set to SIGNAL Reduce PERIOD time

Table 10 Problem Solving

If you suspect that the Model 2100 may have completely failed we recommend checking the basic level of functionality Ifthis fails your instrument Is defective and must be repaired Ifthis passes either your experimental setup is incompatible or inconsistent or there is a more subtle flaw in your Model 2100

If the Model 2100 appears to be malfunctioning contact A-M Systems Inc or your dealer We will first attempt to solve the problem over the telephone so have an exact description of your problem available when you call You do not need to be within the warranty period to obtain over-the-phone assistance

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 iTetoptxme 80O426-1306 bull 360683-8300 FAX 3606803525 E-mail satesa-msystemsoomAfebsitehttpJwwwaflisystemscom

Theory of Operation

The operation ofthe Model 2100 is summarized in the block diagram (see the figure on Page 11) Not shown are all ofthe interconnections with the microcontroller The internal microcontroler plays an important role in setting the signal path but does not directly contribute to the dynamic characteristics It scans the front panel switches and sets the control values for the logic arrays It programs the internal counters which along with the other hardware achieve the necessary sub-microsecond speeds

Pulse generation starts either from an Input trigger signal (from Trig In) or an internally signal (Free Run mode) A Delay timer counts the 10MHz clock until its count value is exhausted At this point the Burst Period and Duration timers are started If the Burst timer has not expired by the end ofthe Period the Period and Duration timers are restarted If the Biphasic mode has been set the Duration timer is restarted at the end of the initial Duration and the sign ofthe output pulse is reversed doubling the total duration

The system state (pulse on pulse sign baseline sign [+0f-]) is transmitted to the isolated section via optoisolator The baseline and pulse amplitudes are selected by an analog switch The resulting signal is amplified by a variable-power-supply discrete operational amplifier The amplifier connections and gain is modified to provide two voltage and three current ranges

Timing overiap errors are detected by a logical decision computation rather than by testing for counter collisions This provides instant feedback rather than waiting up to an hour for such a collision to occur Output errors are measured by sensing the output amplifiers differential input voltage Under normal conditions this is a negligible voltage If the amplifier fails to deliver the requested signal the window comparator testing this voltage sends this message (via optoisolator) to the logic section turning on a warning LED

fl-N Systems Inc 131BusinessPart(LoopRO Box850CarisboigWa98324 4 n Tel0pri0ne80O426-130636O683^300FAX36O6833525 ^ E-mail salesaflisystBmscom V febsite http7wwwa-msystemsoom

S i

I - - ^^mdasho^M

OUTPUT i l l

TRIG ^ OUT

(burst)

TRIG 3-lt) OUT

(pulse)

til

I laquo

Calibration Procedures

The calibration interval is the lesser of 1000 hours of operation or 6 months Somewhat greater drift can be expected in the first 100 hours of operation as the semiconductors age Adjustments should only be made after the instrument has been fully warmed up for at least 15 minutes

Full instrument calibration requires the following test equipment digital multimeter (plusmn 01) able to measure resistance to at least lOOMO oscilloscope with at least 50MHz bandwidth true-mis voltmeter with 4MHz bandwidth universal counter (plusmn 001 ) able to measure single pulse widths and periods resistors (all plusmn 01) 2kn lOkH 1 watt 20kn 200kn alligator clip lead sets banana plugs and BNC adapters

Adjustment integrated circuit and test point locations are shown in the following figures All adjustments are on the timing board unless othenAise noted

All voltages in the non-isolated section should be measured with respect to ground at TP510 unless othenwise stated Some voltages are measured with respect to an internal isolated ground at TP650 or across the two output temninals Occasionally the voltage at an IC pin must be measured in these cases the reference designator is given with the pin number in parentheses eg U602(16) When it states within this procedure that a voltage is to be minimized this means that the adjustment should be made such that the measured voltage is as close to zero volts as possible Refer to the Specifications Section of this manual for acceptable tolerances

The sequence of this procedure is important If any adjustment is made all adjustments which follow must be made to ensure that the specifications will be met These procedures require that all controls remain as set in previous steps unless othenAise indicated

WARNING

The Model 2100 has dangerous voltages throughout the instrument even with the power is off Servicing the Model 2100 should only be done by qualified service personnel Use caution in handling any wires connectors or electrodes which may be directly or indirectly attached to the instrument Do not touch exposed connections or components Disconnect power by unplugging the power cord from the receptacle

H B ^ ^ S y s t e m s inc^degdegp^deg^^deg-^^^^^^^^B3^^^degdeg^^^lt^^^B^^^^ 131BusinessPartiLoopPO Box850CartsbOigWamp98324 4 9 |Telophone800-42013C6360683-8300F0lt360683-3525 ^ E-mail salesa-msystefnscom website httpwwwaflisystems com

CO

TP501 O lt0

g OTPSOO

U560 S

Trig Gate

0 -TISOS

U570

U500

Timing

p U520

Timing

K U550 Timin

gt U540

U515

o X I Timin

U508 I

J510 Timing nnn

Burst Delay J400

gt U550

R503

D D I D bull U8QQ i Q

n

oo

V P 5 1 0

b U535

^

Clock i _

U555

lt U 5 4 5

o

h d ^ O - - ^ U605

Q D

U620

O fJZ^ R737 bull ^ 1^13015 r j C - C O M P

B B nU770 ^ ^ ^ 5 ^ a

J420

a

o E

bull [ ]U632

riueso

rR742rVhigh R 6 1 9 ^

LJ TP645 O TP650

TPMOQ^QS

Vlow

CD-

CZZl

J440 bull bull tl iUDQ

I t

f i l

Power supply and bias voltages

Power supply

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

POWER ON Observe voltage at P703 power supply wire top of main board

Check for+15 plusmn 050 V

Observe voltage at P701 power supply wire top of main board

Check for-15 plusmn 050 V

Observe voltage at U505(24) Check for +5 plusmn 025 V

Isolated supply voltage Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

RANGE 10 V TRIG open circuit MODE center position

Alternately observe V ^ from R742 to R740 and V ^ from theU605(4)toU605(8)

Adjust R773 so that 110VltV lt 120 V and

nigh

28VltV|^lt34V

Capacitance balance Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

Connect a xlO oscilloscope probe to TP650 and ground the

Adjust R737 for minimum high frequency signal

Inputs

Gate function Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave Verify that the voltage to GATE switches states at the Observe voltage at U510(3) proper input levels with an oscilloscope

Trigger slope Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave Verify that the voltage to TRIG switches states at the Observe voltage at U510( 1) proper input levels with an oscilloscope

TRIG SLOPE Verify voltage is 180deg out of phase

TRIG SLOPE Verify voltage is in phase

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 860 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Jelophone 800-4201306 360683-8300 bull FM 380683-3525 E-mail salesaflTsystBfnscom bull Vtebsite httpVAirwwaflisystems com

14

Trigger and gate f unc t i on

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

DELAY NONE BURS-nMDTH SINGLE DURATION SQUARE PERIOD 100X10-3

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave to TRIG Observe TRIGD and EVENT LEDs

TRIG disconnect all Short the GATE connector to GND Verify LEDs extinguish

MODE press to MANUAL Verify LEDs flash once

Timing

System c lock f requency

Controls Inputs Observations Ad jus t Check

Observe the frequency of the wave Verify 1000 MHz plusmn 001 atU555(17)

Mul t ip l iers (Wheel Swi tches)

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

PULSE SIGN-laquobull MODE FREE RUN TRIG disconnect all TIMING MULTIPUERS all

wheels set to zero except the one being tested

TIMING OVERLAP ignore

Observe the pulse width with the counter at the location specified t)elow

Verify pulse width is correct for each wheel as it is tested independently

For each wheel of each MULTIPLIER test each position to verify that the pulse width is correct Observe the signal at the following locations DELAY U520(2) BURSTWIDTH U530(2) PERIOD U540(2) DURATION U550(2)

Rates (Rotary Swi tches)

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

TIMING MULTIPUERS 001 Observe the pulse width with the TIMING RATES all rotary counter at the location specified

switches set to 10-4 below except the one being tested

Verify pulse width is correct for each rotary switch as it is tested independently

For each ofthe four rotary switches in TIMING test each position to verify that the pulse width is correct Observe the signal at the following locations DELAY U520(2) BURSTWIDTH U530(2) PERIOD U540(2) DURATION U550(2)

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 iTetophone 8004201306 bull 360683-8300 bull FOC 3606803525 E-mail salesa-msystemscom Wbbsite httpJwwwaflTSystemscom

15

Trigger outputs

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

Range 10V Pulse Amplitude 500 Delay 100 xlO^ Burst 100 x 10 ^ Duration 100x10-^ Period 400x10-^ Pulse sign + Trig Mode Free run Trig in open

Trigger the oscilloscope to the Burst Trig Out Observe it the Pulse Trig Out and the isolated output

Verify that the waveform consists of a burst of three 1ms-on3ms-off pulses The burst trigger should be synchronous with the burst the pulse trigger coincident with each pulse

Output Calibration

Isolation Resistance (check)

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode center position Trig In open

Measure the resistance between ground banana jack (front panel) and black banana jack of output with DMM

Resistance read gt 100MQ

Amplitude Switch Offset (R640)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Zero Trig Mode center position Trig In Open

Measure the voltage at TP645 vs TP650 with the DMM

Adjust R640 (AmpI Sw Offset) for minimum voltage

Output Offset (R332 front panel board) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Zero Range 10V Trig Mode center position Trig In Open

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

Adjust R332 (Output offset) for minimum voltage

Positive Baseline Offeet (R607) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Sign + Baseline Amplitude

fully CCW (000) Range 10V Trig In open Trig Mode center position

Measure the voltage across the outputwiththeDMM

Adjust R602 (BSLN + offset) for minimum voltage

fl-N Systems Inc 131 BusBiess Parti Loop P O Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Telophone B00-42O1306 bull 360683-8300 bull FAX 3606803525 E-mail salesaflisystemscom V^tebsite httpy^vwwa-msystems com

16

Negative Baseline Offset (R619)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Sign -Baseline Amplitude

fully CCW (000) Range 10V Trig In open Trig Mode center position

Measure the voltage across the outputwiththeDMM

Adjust R619 (BSLN + offset) for minimum voltage

Pulse Amplitude Adjust (R602)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode Free Mode Pulse Amplitude 1000 Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =1001 Period =00110-4 Pulse Sign -Trig In open Range 10V

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

The Overiap indicator should be on Adjust R602 (Max Level) for -10OOV out

Pulse Sign Gain (check)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode Free Mode Pulse Amplitude 1000 Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =100 1s Period =001 10-4s Trig In open Range 10V

Measure the voltage at the output with the DMM for the Pulse Sign at + and - positions

The absolute values ofthe voltages should differ by less than lOOmV

Baseline Amplitudes (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Range 100mA Trig Mode center position Baseline Amplitude fully CW (1000) Trig In open

Measure the voltage at the output with the DMM with Baseline Sign in + Zero and

- positions

Gain the matching of current levels at = and - positions and offset current in Zero position

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop PO Box 850 Cartsboig Wa 98324 Telophone 800-4201306 360683-8300 FkX 3606803525 E-mail salesa-msystemscom website http^^wwaflisystemsccm

17

Output Range Amplitude and Drive (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Pulse Amplitude 1000 Pulse Sign + Trig Mode Free Run Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =1001 Period =10010-4 Trig In open

Load the output with a 10KV 1W 01 resistor Measure the voltage at the output with DMM

Verify that full scale output is within specification Scale Range 100V 100V 10V 10V 100mA IV 1mA 10V 10mA 100V

Pulse Sign and Short Circuit Protection (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =200 10-4 Period =00110-3 Baseline Zero Pulse Amplitude 25 Range 10V Trig Mode Free Run Trig In open

Measure the voltage at the output with the oscilloscope Check for Pulse Sign set to each of + - biphasic Watch for Error indicator when shorting the output

Verify that pulses of approx 25V amplitude (625V for biphasic mode) of the correct sign are produced every 10ms Short output in biphasic mode Output should return when opened

Output Transient Response (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Pulse Sign + Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =20010-4 Period =00110-3 Pulse Amplitude 250 Baseline Zero Trig Mode Free Mode Trig In open

Connect the oscilloscope to the output with a 310 attenuator probe Test both 10V and 100V ranges

Verify that overshoot and risetime meet specifications

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Telophone 8004201306 bull 3606808300 bull Flaquo( 360laquo83ltJ525 E-mail salesa-msystemsocm V^febsite http^wwwa-msystefnscom

18

Specifications

There are three classes of specifications Class A specifications tested in all units and are guaranteed Class B specifications are inherent in the design they are indirectly tested and are guaranteed Class C specifications are typical operating values which are occasionally tested- these are typical values given for your information but not guarshyanteed The class for each specification is noted in the center column ofthe following sections

Inputs Switching level

Hysteresis

Input equivalent circuit

Minimum duration (1 IL-level signal)

A

C

C

C

16 V(plusmn 02 V)

approx 50 mV

lOOKH to+5 in parallel with no more than 35pF

gt 50 ns

Open circuit condition B defaults to highon level

Timing and rate accuracy Rate selector steps

Timing multiplier steps

B

B

lOOpsto 100s in 7 steps

1 of rate selector step size Maximum value is 999 X the rate selector step size

Resolution B approx 01 ofthe maximum value

Timing error (second and later pulses after resetting controls)

B lt 002 of rate selector value + 015 ps

Timing error (first pulse after readjusting timing controls)

an additional 025 ps error may occur

Timing repeatability lt 001 setting + 20 ns (monophasic)

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Ram Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Vfa 98324 pTelophone 8004201306 bull 360683-8300 bull FAX 360683-3525

E-mail salesraquoflisystems com Wabsite httpJAnww afl isystems com

19

TRIG IN to OUTPUT delay (DELAY set to 0) output set to 2V

Timing jitter from TRIG IN to OUTPUT (for TTL trigger input with risetime lt10 ns)

Timing jitter from TRIG OUT (either BURST or PULSE) and OUTPUT

Trigger output to pulse output delay

Output characteristics Pulse level error (voltage mode open circuit current mode short circuit

Biphasic level difference IV + - V-1 2

Baseline level error (voltage mode open circuit current mode short circuit)

Risetime (25 V out)

Risetime (25 V out)

Transient response

A

A

A

Output impedance (voltage mode) C

Output impedance (current mode) C

Isolation resistance A

Isolation capacitance C

approx 05 ps for a load of no more than 10 KH in parallel with 50 pF

lt 125 ns (all rates except 100s) lt 125 ps (100s rate)

Less than 20 ns (all rates)

approx 350 ns

lt 03 of setting + 05 of r range (plus an additional 05 pA in 100 pA range)

lt 03 of range (voltage modes into open circuit current modes into short circuit)

lt 03 of setting of setting + 01 of range (plus an additional 05 pA in lOOpA range)

= 200 ns into less than 30 pF

= 15 ps into less than 30 pF

lt 8 overshoot into less than 30 pF for pulse voltages different than baseline voltage by at least 10 of range

= 50 ohms

raquo 1 0 GH (typically 200 GO)

raquo 1 0 0 M n

= 60 pF at 100 Hz

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Peril Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg V6 98324 |TelCf)hone 800-4201306 3606808300 bull FAX 360683-3525 E-mal salesaflisystefnsoom Website hnpyMVfWafllsystemsoom

20

Noise (differential mode)

Noise (common mode earth to isolated ground) with no signal output

Overload error indicator (low frequency short circuited voltage mode)

Overload error indicator low frequency open circuited current mode)

Overioad error response time

Miscellaneous

= 1 mV rms (10 V scale 10 Hz-4 MHz)

= 8 mV rms (10 Hz-4 MHz) == 100mVp-p (200 Hz -10 MHz) measured withalOMH 15pF oscilloscope probe

Turns on for set amplitude at or greater than approx plusmn1 V (10 V range) or plusmn2 V (100 V range)

Turns on for set amplitude at or above approx 2 of range

Flat to approx 30 ps duration Decreasing sensitivity for shorter pulses

Power

Fuse

Operating temperature range

Storage temperature range

Operating humidity

Dimensions

approx 11 watts

1 amp 3AG

10-30degC

0 - 50deg C

5 - 80 RH

17x475x1125 (inches) 432x121x286 cm

Weight 20 lbs (9 kg)

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Wb 98324 |Tetcphone 8004201306 3606808300 bull FOt 360683-3525 E-mail satesamsystems comV^febsite httpywwwaflisystemscom

21

Warranty and Service

What does this warranty cover A-M Systems Inc warrants to the Purchaser that the Instrument excluding cables Headstage Probes and any other accessories shipped with the Instrument (hereafter the hardware) is free from defects in workmanship or material under normal use and service for the period of one (1) year This warranty commences on the date of delivery ofthe hardware to the Purchaser

What are the obligations of A-M Systems Inc under this warranty During the warranty period A-M Systems Inc agrees to repair or replace at its sole option without charge to the Purchaser any defective component part of the hardware To obtain warranty service the Purchaser must return the hardware to A-M Systems Inc or an authorized A-M Systems Inc distributor in an adequate shipping container Any postage shipping and insurance charges incurred in shipping the hardware to A-M Systems Inc must be prepaid by the Purchaser and all risk for the hardware shall remain with purchaser until such time as A-M Systems Inc takes receipt of the hardware Upon receipt A-M Systems Inc will promptly repair or replace the defective unit and then return the hardware to the Purchaser postage shipping and insurance prepaid A-M Systems Inc may use reconditioned or like new parts or units at its sole option when repairing any hardware Repaired products shall carry the same amount of outstanding warranty as from original purchase or ninety (90) days which ever is greater Any claim under the warranty must include a dated proof of purchase ofthe hardware covered by this warranty In any event A-M Systems Inc liability for defective hardware is limited to repairing or replacing the hardware

What is not covered by this warranty This warranty is contingent upon proper use and maintenance ofthe hardware by the Purchaser and does not cover batteries Neglect misuse whether intentional or othenwise tampering with or altering the hardware damage caused by accident damage caused by unusual physical electrical chemical or electromechanical stress damage caused by failure of electrical power or damage caused during transportation are not covered by this wan-anty Products may not be returned to A-M Systems Inc for service whether under warranty or otherwise which are contaminated by infectious agents radioactive compounds or other materials constituting a health hazard to employees of A-M Systems Inc

What are the limits of liability for A-M Systems Inc under this warranty A-M Systems Inc shall not be liable for loss of data profits or savings or any special incidental consequential indirect or other similar damages arising from breach of contract negligence or other legal action even if the company or its agent has been advised of the possibility of such damages or for any claim brought against you by another party THIS EQUIPMENT IS NOT INTENDED FOR CLINICAL MEASUREMENTS USING HUMAN SUBJECTS A-M SYSTEMS INC DOES NOT ASSUME RESPONSIBILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE DUE TO MISUSE OF THIS EQUIPMENT Jurisdictions vary with regard to the enforceability of provisions excluding or limiting liability for incidental or consequential damages Check the provision of your local jurisdiction to find out whether the above exclusion applies to you

This warranty allocates risks of product failure between the Purchaser and A-M Systems Inc A-M Systems Inc hardware pricing reflects this allocation of risk and the limitations of liability contained in this warranty The warranty set forth above is in lieu of all other express warranties whether oral or written The agents employees distributors and dealers of A-M Systems Inc are not authorized to make modifications to this warranty or additional wan-anties binding on the company Accordingly additional statements such as dealer advertising or presentations whether oral or written do not constitute warranties by A-M Systems Inc and should not be relied upon This warranty gives you specific legal rights You may also have other rights which vary from one jurisdiction to another

fl-N Systems Inc 131BusinessPartiLoop RO Box850CartsbOfgWa98324 p O |Telophone 8004201306 bull 360683-8300FOC 3606830525 ^ ^ E-mail saiesaflisystefTiscom Wbbsite httpVwwwa-msystemscom

and 1 ps) that the ERROR indicator might always come on during repetitive pulses Fix output load or decrease amplitude as required

Time appears to be excessive Changed control in mid-cycle (resets current status)

Cant seem to get a full signal out Load Is not properiy connected repair wiring Too low a load impedance (VOLTAGE modes) or too high a load impedance (CURRENT mode)

Incoming triggers not accepted frequently enough

PERIOD is set too long (enforces dead time) followd by BURST set to SIGNAL Reduce PERIOD time

Table 10 Problem Solving

If you suspect that the Model 2100 may have completely failed we recommend checking the basic level of functionality Ifthis fails your instrument Is defective and must be repaired Ifthis passes either your experimental setup is incompatible or inconsistent or there is a more subtle flaw in your Model 2100

If the Model 2100 appears to be malfunctioning contact A-M Systems Inc or your dealer We will first attempt to solve the problem over the telephone so have an exact description of your problem available when you call You do not need to be within the warranty period to obtain over-the-phone assistance

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 iTetoptxme 80O426-1306 bull 360683-8300 FAX 3606803525 E-mail satesa-msystemsoomAfebsitehttpJwwwaflisystemscom

Theory of Operation

The operation ofthe Model 2100 is summarized in the block diagram (see the figure on Page 11) Not shown are all ofthe interconnections with the microcontroller The internal microcontroler plays an important role in setting the signal path but does not directly contribute to the dynamic characteristics It scans the front panel switches and sets the control values for the logic arrays It programs the internal counters which along with the other hardware achieve the necessary sub-microsecond speeds

Pulse generation starts either from an Input trigger signal (from Trig In) or an internally signal (Free Run mode) A Delay timer counts the 10MHz clock until its count value is exhausted At this point the Burst Period and Duration timers are started If the Burst timer has not expired by the end ofthe Period the Period and Duration timers are restarted If the Biphasic mode has been set the Duration timer is restarted at the end of the initial Duration and the sign ofthe output pulse is reversed doubling the total duration

The system state (pulse on pulse sign baseline sign [+0f-]) is transmitted to the isolated section via optoisolator The baseline and pulse amplitudes are selected by an analog switch The resulting signal is amplified by a variable-power-supply discrete operational amplifier The amplifier connections and gain is modified to provide two voltage and three current ranges

Timing overiap errors are detected by a logical decision computation rather than by testing for counter collisions This provides instant feedback rather than waiting up to an hour for such a collision to occur Output errors are measured by sensing the output amplifiers differential input voltage Under normal conditions this is a negligible voltage If the amplifier fails to deliver the requested signal the window comparator testing this voltage sends this message (via optoisolator) to the logic section turning on a warning LED

fl-N Systems Inc 131BusinessPart(LoopRO Box850CarisboigWa98324 4 n Tel0pri0ne80O426-130636O683^300FAX36O6833525 ^ E-mail salesaflisystBmscom V febsite http7wwwa-msystemsoom

S i

I - - ^^mdasho^M

OUTPUT i l l

TRIG ^ OUT

(burst)

TRIG 3-lt) OUT

(pulse)

til

I laquo

Calibration Procedures

The calibration interval is the lesser of 1000 hours of operation or 6 months Somewhat greater drift can be expected in the first 100 hours of operation as the semiconductors age Adjustments should only be made after the instrument has been fully warmed up for at least 15 minutes

Full instrument calibration requires the following test equipment digital multimeter (plusmn 01) able to measure resistance to at least lOOMO oscilloscope with at least 50MHz bandwidth true-mis voltmeter with 4MHz bandwidth universal counter (plusmn 001 ) able to measure single pulse widths and periods resistors (all plusmn 01) 2kn lOkH 1 watt 20kn 200kn alligator clip lead sets banana plugs and BNC adapters

Adjustment integrated circuit and test point locations are shown in the following figures All adjustments are on the timing board unless othenAise noted

All voltages in the non-isolated section should be measured with respect to ground at TP510 unless othenwise stated Some voltages are measured with respect to an internal isolated ground at TP650 or across the two output temninals Occasionally the voltage at an IC pin must be measured in these cases the reference designator is given with the pin number in parentheses eg U602(16) When it states within this procedure that a voltage is to be minimized this means that the adjustment should be made such that the measured voltage is as close to zero volts as possible Refer to the Specifications Section of this manual for acceptable tolerances

The sequence of this procedure is important If any adjustment is made all adjustments which follow must be made to ensure that the specifications will be met These procedures require that all controls remain as set in previous steps unless othenAise indicated

WARNING

The Model 2100 has dangerous voltages throughout the instrument even with the power is off Servicing the Model 2100 should only be done by qualified service personnel Use caution in handling any wires connectors or electrodes which may be directly or indirectly attached to the instrument Do not touch exposed connections or components Disconnect power by unplugging the power cord from the receptacle

H B ^ ^ S y s t e m s inc^degdegp^deg^^deg-^^^^^^^^B3^^^degdeg^^^lt^^^B^^^^ 131BusinessPartiLoopPO Box850CartsbOigWamp98324 4 9 |Telophone800-42013C6360683-8300F0lt360683-3525 ^ E-mail salesa-msystefnscom website httpwwwaflisystems com

CO

TP501 O lt0

g OTPSOO

U560 S

Trig Gate

0 -TISOS

U570

U500

Timing

p U520

Timing

K U550 Timin

gt U540

U515

o X I Timin

U508 I

J510 Timing nnn

Burst Delay J400

gt U550

R503

D D I D bull U8QQ i Q

n

oo

V P 5 1 0

b U535

^

Clock i _

U555

lt U 5 4 5

o

h d ^ O - - ^ U605

Q D

U620

O fJZ^ R737 bull ^ 1^13015 r j C - C O M P

B B nU770 ^ ^ ^ 5 ^ a

J420

a

o E

bull [ ]U632

riueso

rR742rVhigh R 6 1 9 ^

LJ TP645 O TP650

TPMOQ^QS

Vlow

CD-

CZZl

J440 bull bull tl iUDQ

I t

f i l

Power supply and bias voltages

Power supply

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

POWER ON Observe voltage at P703 power supply wire top of main board

Check for+15 plusmn 050 V

Observe voltage at P701 power supply wire top of main board

Check for-15 plusmn 050 V

Observe voltage at U505(24) Check for +5 plusmn 025 V

Isolated supply voltage Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

RANGE 10 V TRIG open circuit MODE center position

Alternately observe V ^ from R742 to R740 and V ^ from theU605(4)toU605(8)

Adjust R773 so that 110VltV lt 120 V and

nigh

28VltV|^lt34V

Capacitance balance Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

Connect a xlO oscilloscope probe to TP650 and ground the

Adjust R737 for minimum high frequency signal

Inputs

Gate function Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave Verify that the voltage to GATE switches states at the Observe voltage at U510(3) proper input levels with an oscilloscope

Trigger slope Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave Verify that the voltage to TRIG switches states at the Observe voltage at U510( 1) proper input levels with an oscilloscope

TRIG SLOPE Verify voltage is 180deg out of phase

TRIG SLOPE Verify voltage is in phase

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 860 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Jelophone 800-4201306 360683-8300 bull FM 380683-3525 E-mail salesaflTsystBfnscom bull Vtebsite httpVAirwwaflisystems com

14

Trigger and gate f unc t i on

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

DELAY NONE BURS-nMDTH SINGLE DURATION SQUARE PERIOD 100X10-3

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave to TRIG Observe TRIGD and EVENT LEDs

TRIG disconnect all Short the GATE connector to GND Verify LEDs extinguish

MODE press to MANUAL Verify LEDs flash once

Timing

System c lock f requency

Controls Inputs Observations Ad jus t Check

Observe the frequency of the wave Verify 1000 MHz plusmn 001 atU555(17)

Mul t ip l iers (Wheel Swi tches)

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

PULSE SIGN-laquobull MODE FREE RUN TRIG disconnect all TIMING MULTIPUERS all

wheels set to zero except the one being tested

TIMING OVERLAP ignore

Observe the pulse width with the counter at the location specified t)elow

Verify pulse width is correct for each wheel as it is tested independently

For each wheel of each MULTIPLIER test each position to verify that the pulse width is correct Observe the signal at the following locations DELAY U520(2) BURSTWIDTH U530(2) PERIOD U540(2) DURATION U550(2)

Rates (Rotary Swi tches)

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

TIMING MULTIPUERS 001 Observe the pulse width with the TIMING RATES all rotary counter at the location specified

switches set to 10-4 below except the one being tested

Verify pulse width is correct for each rotary switch as it is tested independently

For each ofthe four rotary switches in TIMING test each position to verify that the pulse width is correct Observe the signal at the following locations DELAY U520(2) BURSTWIDTH U530(2) PERIOD U540(2) DURATION U550(2)

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 iTetophone 8004201306 bull 360683-8300 bull FOC 3606803525 E-mail salesa-msystemscom Wbbsite httpJwwwaflTSystemscom

15

Trigger outputs

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

Range 10V Pulse Amplitude 500 Delay 100 xlO^ Burst 100 x 10 ^ Duration 100x10-^ Period 400x10-^ Pulse sign + Trig Mode Free run Trig in open

Trigger the oscilloscope to the Burst Trig Out Observe it the Pulse Trig Out and the isolated output

Verify that the waveform consists of a burst of three 1ms-on3ms-off pulses The burst trigger should be synchronous with the burst the pulse trigger coincident with each pulse

Output Calibration

Isolation Resistance (check)

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode center position Trig In open

Measure the resistance between ground banana jack (front panel) and black banana jack of output with DMM

Resistance read gt 100MQ

Amplitude Switch Offset (R640)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Zero Trig Mode center position Trig In Open

Measure the voltage at TP645 vs TP650 with the DMM

Adjust R640 (AmpI Sw Offset) for minimum voltage

Output Offset (R332 front panel board) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Zero Range 10V Trig Mode center position Trig In Open

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

Adjust R332 (Output offset) for minimum voltage

Positive Baseline Offeet (R607) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Sign + Baseline Amplitude

fully CCW (000) Range 10V Trig In open Trig Mode center position

Measure the voltage across the outputwiththeDMM

Adjust R602 (BSLN + offset) for minimum voltage

fl-N Systems Inc 131 BusBiess Parti Loop P O Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Telophone B00-42O1306 bull 360683-8300 bull FAX 3606803525 E-mail salesaflisystemscom V^tebsite httpy^vwwa-msystems com

16

Negative Baseline Offset (R619)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Sign -Baseline Amplitude

fully CCW (000) Range 10V Trig In open Trig Mode center position

Measure the voltage across the outputwiththeDMM

Adjust R619 (BSLN + offset) for minimum voltage

Pulse Amplitude Adjust (R602)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode Free Mode Pulse Amplitude 1000 Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =1001 Period =00110-4 Pulse Sign -Trig In open Range 10V

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

The Overiap indicator should be on Adjust R602 (Max Level) for -10OOV out

Pulse Sign Gain (check)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode Free Mode Pulse Amplitude 1000 Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =100 1s Period =001 10-4s Trig In open Range 10V

Measure the voltage at the output with the DMM for the Pulse Sign at + and - positions

The absolute values ofthe voltages should differ by less than lOOmV

Baseline Amplitudes (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Range 100mA Trig Mode center position Baseline Amplitude fully CW (1000) Trig In open

Measure the voltage at the output with the DMM with Baseline Sign in + Zero and

- positions

Gain the matching of current levels at = and - positions and offset current in Zero position

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop PO Box 850 Cartsboig Wa 98324 Telophone 800-4201306 360683-8300 FkX 3606803525 E-mail salesa-msystemscom website http^^wwaflisystemsccm

17

Output Range Amplitude and Drive (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Pulse Amplitude 1000 Pulse Sign + Trig Mode Free Run Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =1001 Period =10010-4 Trig In open

Load the output with a 10KV 1W 01 resistor Measure the voltage at the output with DMM

Verify that full scale output is within specification Scale Range 100V 100V 10V 10V 100mA IV 1mA 10V 10mA 100V

Pulse Sign and Short Circuit Protection (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =200 10-4 Period =00110-3 Baseline Zero Pulse Amplitude 25 Range 10V Trig Mode Free Run Trig In open

Measure the voltage at the output with the oscilloscope Check for Pulse Sign set to each of + - biphasic Watch for Error indicator when shorting the output

Verify that pulses of approx 25V amplitude (625V for biphasic mode) of the correct sign are produced every 10ms Short output in biphasic mode Output should return when opened

Output Transient Response (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Pulse Sign + Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =20010-4 Period =00110-3 Pulse Amplitude 250 Baseline Zero Trig Mode Free Mode Trig In open

Connect the oscilloscope to the output with a 310 attenuator probe Test both 10V and 100V ranges

Verify that overshoot and risetime meet specifications

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Telophone 8004201306 bull 3606808300 bull Flaquo( 360laquo83ltJ525 E-mail salesa-msystemsocm V^febsite http^wwwa-msystefnscom

18

Specifications

There are three classes of specifications Class A specifications tested in all units and are guaranteed Class B specifications are inherent in the design they are indirectly tested and are guaranteed Class C specifications are typical operating values which are occasionally tested- these are typical values given for your information but not guarshyanteed The class for each specification is noted in the center column ofthe following sections

Inputs Switching level

Hysteresis

Input equivalent circuit

Minimum duration (1 IL-level signal)

A

C

C

C

16 V(plusmn 02 V)

approx 50 mV

lOOKH to+5 in parallel with no more than 35pF

gt 50 ns

Open circuit condition B defaults to highon level

Timing and rate accuracy Rate selector steps

Timing multiplier steps

B

B

lOOpsto 100s in 7 steps

1 of rate selector step size Maximum value is 999 X the rate selector step size

Resolution B approx 01 ofthe maximum value

Timing error (second and later pulses after resetting controls)

B lt 002 of rate selector value + 015 ps

Timing error (first pulse after readjusting timing controls)

an additional 025 ps error may occur

Timing repeatability lt 001 setting + 20 ns (monophasic)

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Ram Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Vfa 98324 pTelophone 8004201306 bull 360683-8300 bull FAX 360683-3525

E-mail salesraquoflisystems com Wabsite httpJAnww afl isystems com

19

TRIG IN to OUTPUT delay (DELAY set to 0) output set to 2V

Timing jitter from TRIG IN to OUTPUT (for TTL trigger input with risetime lt10 ns)

Timing jitter from TRIG OUT (either BURST or PULSE) and OUTPUT

Trigger output to pulse output delay

Output characteristics Pulse level error (voltage mode open circuit current mode short circuit

Biphasic level difference IV + - V-1 2

Baseline level error (voltage mode open circuit current mode short circuit)

Risetime (25 V out)

Risetime (25 V out)

Transient response

A

A

A

Output impedance (voltage mode) C

Output impedance (current mode) C

Isolation resistance A

Isolation capacitance C

approx 05 ps for a load of no more than 10 KH in parallel with 50 pF

lt 125 ns (all rates except 100s) lt 125 ps (100s rate)

Less than 20 ns (all rates)

approx 350 ns

lt 03 of setting + 05 of r range (plus an additional 05 pA in 100 pA range)

lt 03 of range (voltage modes into open circuit current modes into short circuit)

lt 03 of setting of setting + 01 of range (plus an additional 05 pA in lOOpA range)

= 200 ns into less than 30 pF

= 15 ps into less than 30 pF

lt 8 overshoot into less than 30 pF for pulse voltages different than baseline voltage by at least 10 of range

= 50 ohms

raquo 1 0 GH (typically 200 GO)

raquo 1 0 0 M n

= 60 pF at 100 Hz

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Peril Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg V6 98324 |TelCf)hone 800-4201306 3606808300 bull FAX 360683-3525 E-mal salesaflisystefnsoom Website hnpyMVfWafllsystemsoom

20

Noise (differential mode)

Noise (common mode earth to isolated ground) with no signal output

Overload error indicator (low frequency short circuited voltage mode)

Overload error indicator low frequency open circuited current mode)

Overioad error response time

Miscellaneous

= 1 mV rms (10 V scale 10 Hz-4 MHz)

= 8 mV rms (10 Hz-4 MHz) == 100mVp-p (200 Hz -10 MHz) measured withalOMH 15pF oscilloscope probe

Turns on for set amplitude at or greater than approx plusmn1 V (10 V range) or plusmn2 V (100 V range)

Turns on for set amplitude at or above approx 2 of range

Flat to approx 30 ps duration Decreasing sensitivity for shorter pulses

Power

Fuse

Operating temperature range

Storage temperature range

Operating humidity

Dimensions

approx 11 watts

1 amp 3AG

10-30degC

0 - 50deg C

5 - 80 RH

17x475x1125 (inches) 432x121x286 cm

Weight 20 lbs (9 kg)

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Wb 98324 |Tetcphone 8004201306 3606808300 bull FOt 360683-3525 E-mail satesamsystems comV^febsite httpywwwaflisystemscom

21

Warranty and Service

What does this warranty cover A-M Systems Inc warrants to the Purchaser that the Instrument excluding cables Headstage Probes and any other accessories shipped with the Instrument (hereafter the hardware) is free from defects in workmanship or material under normal use and service for the period of one (1) year This warranty commences on the date of delivery ofthe hardware to the Purchaser

What are the obligations of A-M Systems Inc under this warranty During the warranty period A-M Systems Inc agrees to repair or replace at its sole option without charge to the Purchaser any defective component part of the hardware To obtain warranty service the Purchaser must return the hardware to A-M Systems Inc or an authorized A-M Systems Inc distributor in an adequate shipping container Any postage shipping and insurance charges incurred in shipping the hardware to A-M Systems Inc must be prepaid by the Purchaser and all risk for the hardware shall remain with purchaser until such time as A-M Systems Inc takes receipt of the hardware Upon receipt A-M Systems Inc will promptly repair or replace the defective unit and then return the hardware to the Purchaser postage shipping and insurance prepaid A-M Systems Inc may use reconditioned or like new parts or units at its sole option when repairing any hardware Repaired products shall carry the same amount of outstanding warranty as from original purchase or ninety (90) days which ever is greater Any claim under the warranty must include a dated proof of purchase ofthe hardware covered by this warranty In any event A-M Systems Inc liability for defective hardware is limited to repairing or replacing the hardware

What is not covered by this warranty This warranty is contingent upon proper use and maintenance ofthe hardware by the Purchaser and does not cover batteries Neglect misuse whether intentional or othenwise tampering with or altering the hardware damage caused by accident damage caused by unusual physical electrical chemical or electromechanical stress damage caused by failure of electrical power or damage caused during transportation are not covered by this wan-anty Products may not be returned to A-M Systems Inc for service whether under warranty or otherwise which are contaminated by infectious agents radioactive compounds or other materials constituting a health hazard to employees of A-M Systems Inc

What are the limits of liability for A-M Systems Inc under this warranty A-M Systems Inc shall not be liable for loss of data profits or savings or any special incidental consequential indirect or other similar damages arising from breach of contract negligence or other legal action even if the company or its agent has been advised of the possibility of such damages or for any claim brought against you by another party THIS EQUIPMENT IS NOT INTENDED FOR CLINICAL MEASUREMENTS USING HUMAN SUBJECTS A-M SYSTEMS INC DOES NOT ASSUME RESPONSIBILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE DUE TO MISUSE OF THIS EQUIPMENT Jurisdictions vary with regard to the enforceability of provisions excluding or limiting liability for incidental or consequential damages Check the provision of your local jurisdiction to find out whether the above exclusion applies to you

This warranty allocates risks of product failure between the Purchaser and A-M Systems Inc A-M Systems Inc hardware pricing reflects this allocation of risk and the limitations of liability contained in this warranty The warranty set forth above is in lieu of all other express warranties whether oral or written The agents employees distributors and dealers of A-M Systems Inc are not authorized to make modifications to this warranty or additional wan-anties binding on the company Accordingly additional statements such as dealer advertising or presentations whether oral or written do not constitute warranties by A-M Systems Inc and should not be relied upon This warranty gives you specific legal rights You may also have other rights which vary from one jurisdiction to another

fl-N Systems Inc 131BusinessPartiLoop RO Box850CartsbOfgWa98324 p O |Telophone 8004201306 bull 360683-8300FOC 3606830525 ^ ^ E-mail saiesaflisystefTiscom Wbbsite httpVwwwa-msystemscom

Theory of Operation

The operation ofthe Model 2100 is summarized in the block diagram (see the figure on Page 11) Not shown are all ofthe interconnections with the microcontroller The internal microcontroler plays an important role in setting the signal path but does not directly contribute to the dynamic characteristics It scans the front panel switches and sets the control values for the logic arrays It programs the internal counters which along with the other hardware achieve the necessary sub-microsecond speeds

Pulse generation starts either from an Input trigger signal (from Trig In) or an internally signal (Free Run mode) A Delay timer counts the 10MHz clock until its count value is exhausted At this point the Burst Period and Duration timers are started If the Burst timer has not expired by the end ofthe Period the Period and Duration timers are restarted If the Biphasic mode has been set the Duration timer is restarted at the end of the initial Duration and the sign ofthe output pulse is reversed doubling the total duration

The system state (pulse on pulse sign baseline sign [+0f-]) is transmitted to the isolated section via optoisolator The baseline and pulse amplitudes are selected by an analog switch The resulting signal is amplified by a variable-power-supply discrete operational amplifier The amplifier connections and gain is modified to provide two voltage and three current ranges

Timing overiap errors are detected by a logical decision computation rather than by testing for counter collisions This provides instant feedback rather than waiting up to an hour for such a collision to occur Output errors are measured by sensing the output amplifiers differential input voltage Under normal conditions this is a negligible voltage If the amplifier fails to deliver the requested signal the window comparator testing this voltage sends this message (via optoisolator) to the logic section turning on a warning LED

fl-N Systems Inc 131BusinessPart(LoopRO Box850CarisboigWa98324 4 n Tel0pri0ne80O426-130636O683^300FAX36O6833525 ^ E-mail salesaflisystBmscom V febsite http7wwwa-msystemsoom

S i

I - - ^^mdasho^M

OUTPUT i l l

TRIG ^ OUT

(burst)

TRIG 3-lt) OUT

(pulse)

til

I laquo

Calibration Procedures

The calibration interval is the lesser of 1000 hours of operation or 6 months Somewhat greater drift can be expected in the first 100 hours of operation as the semiconductors age Adjustments should only be made after the instrument has been fully warmed up for at least 15 minutes

Full instrument calibration requires the following test equipment digital multimeter (plusmn 01) able to measure resistance to at least lOOMO oscilloscope with at least 50MHz bandwidth true-mis voltmeter with 4MHz bandwidth universal counter (plusmn 001 ) able to measure single pulse widths and periods resistors (all plusmn 01) 2kn lOkH 1 watt 20kn 200kn alligator clip lead sets banana plugs and BNC adapters

Adjustment integrated circuit and test point locations are shown in the following figures All adjustments are on the timing board unless othenAise noted

All voltages in the non-isolated section should be measured with respect to ground at TP510 unless othenwise stated Some voltages are measured with respect to an internal isolated ground at TP650 or across the two output temninals Occasionally the voltage at an IC pin must be measured in these cases the reference designator is given with the pin number in parentheses eg U602(16) When it states within this procedure that a voltage is to be minimized this means that the adjustment should be made such that the measured voltage is as close to zero volts as possible Refer to the Specifications Section of this manual for acceptable tolerances

The sequence of this procedure is important If any adjustment is made all adjustments which follow must be made to ensure that the specifications will be met These procedures require that all controls remain as set in previous steps unless othenAise indicated

WARNING

The Model 2100 has dangerous voltages throughout the instrument even with the power is off Servicing the Model 2100 should only be done by qualified service personnel Use caution in handling any wires connectors or electrodes which may be directly or indirectly attached to the instrument Do not touch exposed connections or components Disconnect power by unplugging the power cord from the receptacle

H B ^ ^ S y s t e m s inc^degdegp^deg^^deg-^^^^^^^^B3^^^degdeg^^^lt^^^B^^^^ 131BusinessPartiLoopPO Box850CartsbOigWamp98324 4 9 |Telophone800-42013C6360683-8300F0lt360683-3525 ^ E-mail salesa-msystefnscom website httpwwwaflisystems com

CO

TP501 O lt0

g OTPSOO

U560 S

Trig Gate

0 -TISOS

U570

U500

Timing

p U520

Timing

K U550 Timin

gt U540

U515

o X I Timin

U508 I

J510 Timing nnn

Burst Delay J400

gt U550

R503

D D I D bull U8QQ i Q

n

oo

V P 5 1 0

b U535

^

Clock i _

U555

lt U 5 4 5

o

h d ^ O - - ^ U605

Q D

U620

O fJZ^ R737 bull ^ 1^13015 r j C - C O M P

B B nU770 ^ ^ ^ 5 ^ a

J420

a

o E

bull [ ]U632

riueso

rR742rVhigh R 6 1 9 ^

LJ TP645 O TP650

TPMOQ^QS

Vlow

CD-

CZZl

J440 bull bull tl iUDQ

I t

f i l

Power supply and bias voltages

Power supply

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

POWER ON Observe voltage at P703 power supply wire top of main board

Check for+15 plusmn 050 V

Observe voltage at P701 power supply wire top of main board

Check for-15 plusmn 050 V

Observe voltage at U505(24) Check for +5 plusmn 025 V

Isolated supply voltage Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

RANGE 10 V TRIG open circuit MODE center position

Alternately observe V ^ from R742 to R740 and V ^ from theU605(4)toU605(8)

Adjust R773 so that 110VltV lt 120 V and

nigh

28VltV|^lt34V

Capacitance balance Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

Connect a xlO oscilloscope probe to TP650 and ground the

Adjust R737 for minimum high frequency signal

Inputs

Gate function Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave Verify that the voltage to GATE switches states at the Observe voltage at U510(3) proper input levels with an oscilloscope

Trigger slope Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave Verify that the voltage to TRIG switches states at the Observe voltage at U510( 1) proper input levels with an oscilloscope

TRIG SLOPE Verify voltage is 180deg out of phase

TRIG SLOPE Verify voltage is in phase

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 860 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Jelophone 800-4201306 360683-8300 bull FM 380683-3525 E-mail salesaflTsystBfnscom bull Vtebsite httpVAirwwaflisystems com

14

Trigger and gate f unc t i on

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

DELAY NONE BURS-nMDTH SINGLE DURATION SQUARE PERIOD 100X10-3

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave to TRIG Observe TRIGD and EVENT LEDs

TRIG disconnect all Short the GATE connector to GND Verify LEDs extinguish

MODE press to MANUAL Verify LEDs flash once

Timing

System c lock f requency

Controls Inputs Observations Ad jus t Check

Observe the frequency of the wave Verify 1000 MHz plusmn 001 atU555(17)

Mul t ip l iers (Wheel Swi tches)

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

PULSE SIGN-laquobull MODE FREE RUN TRIG disconnect all TIMING MULTIPUERS all

wheels set to zero except the one being tested

TIMING OVERLAP ignore

Observe the pulse width with the counter at the location specified t)elow

Verify pulse width is correct for each wheel as it is tested independently

For each wheel of each MULTIPLIER test each position to verify that the pulse width is correct Observe the signal at the following locations DELAY U520(2) BURSTWIDTH U530(2) PERIOD U540(2) DURATION U550(2)

Rates (Rotary Swi tches)

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

TIMING MULTIPUERS 001 Observe the pulse width with the TIMING RATES all rotary counter at the location specified

switches set to 10-4 below except the one being tested

Verify pulse width is correct for each rotary switch as it is tested independently

For each ofthe four rotary switches in TIMING test each position to verify that the pulse width is correct Observe the signal at the following locations DELAY U520(2) BURSTWIDTH U530(2) PERIOD U540(2) DURATION U550(2)

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 iTetophone 8004201306 bull 360683-8300 bull FOC 3606803525 E-mail salesa-msystemscom Wbbsite httpJwwwaflTSystemscom

15

Trigger outputs

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

Range 10V Pulse Amplitude 500 Delay 100 xlO^ Burst 100 x 10 ^ Duration 100x10-^ Period 400x10-^ Pulse sign + Trig Mode Free run Trig in open

Trigger the oscilloscope to the Burst Trig Out Observe it the Pulse Trig Out and the isolated output

Verify that the waveform consists of a burst of three 1ms-on3ms-off pulses The burst trigger should be synchronous with the burst the pulse trigger coincident with each pulse

Output Calibration

Isolation Resistance (check)

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode center position Trig In open

Measure the resistance between ground banana jack (front panel) and black banana jack of output with DMM

Resistance read gt 100MQ

Amplitude Switch Offset (R640)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Zero Trig Mode center position Trig In Open

Measure the voltage at TP645 vs TP650 with the DMM

Adjust R640 (AmpI Sw Offset) for minimum voltage

Output Offset (R332 front panel board) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Zero Range 10V Trig Mode center position Trig In Open

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

Adjust R332 (Output offset) for minimum voltage

Positive Baseline Offeet (R607) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Sign + Baseline Amplitude

fully CCW (000) Range 10V Trig In open Trig Mode center position

Measure the voltage across the outputwiththeDMM

Adjust R602 (BSLN + offset) for minimum voltage

fl-N Systems Inc 131 BusBiess Parti Loop P O Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Telophone B00-42O1306 bull 360683-8300 bull FAX 3606803525 E-mail salesaflisystemscom V^tebsite httpy^vwwa-msystems com

16

Negative Baseline Offset (R619)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Sign -Baseline Amplitude

fully CCW (000) Range 10V Trig In open Trig Mode center position

Measure the voltage across the outputwiththeDMM

Adjust R619 (BSLN + offset) for minimum voltage

Pulse Amplitude Adjust (R602)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode Free Mode Pulse Amplitude 1000 Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =1001 Period =00110-4 Pulse Sign -Trig In open Range 10V

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

The Overiap indicator should be on Adjust R602 (Max Level) for -10OOV out

Pulse Sign Gain (check)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode Free Mode Pulse Amplitude 1000 Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =100 1s Period =001 10-4s Trig In open Range 10V

Measure the voltage at the output with the DMM for the Pulse Sign at + and - positions

The absolute values ofthe voltages should differ by less than lOOmV

Baseline Amplitudes (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Range 100mA Trig Mode center position Baseline Amplitude fully CW (1000) Trig In open

Measure the voltage at the output with the DMM with Baseline Sign in + Zero and

- positions

Gain the matching of current levels at = and - positions and offset current in Zero position

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop PO Box 850 Cartsboig Wa 98324 Telophone 800-4201306 360683-8300 FkX 3606803525 E-mail salesa-msystemscom website http^^wwaflisystemsccm

17

Output Range Amplitude and Drive (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Pulse Amplitude 1000 Pulse Sign + Trig Mode Free Run Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =1001 Period =10010-4 Trig In open

Load the output with a 10KV 1W 01 resistor Measure the voltage at the output with DMM

Verify that full scale output is within specification Scale Range 100V 100V 10V 10V 100mA IV 1mA 10V 10mA 100V

Pulse Sign and Short Circuit Protection (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =200 10-4 Period =00110-3 Baseline Zero Pulse Amplitude 25 Range 10V Trig Mode Free Run Trig In open

Measure the voltage at the output with the oscilloscope Check for Pulse Sign set to each of + - biphasic Watch for Error indicator when shorting the output

Verify that pulses of approx 25V amplitude (625V for biphasic mode) of the correct sign are produced every 10ms Short output in biphasic mode Output should return when opened

Output Transient Response (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Pulse Sign + Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =20010-4 Period =00110-3 Pulse Amplitude 250 Baseline Zero Trig Mode Free Mode Trig In open

Connect the oscilloscope to the output with a 310 attenuator probe Test both 10V and 100V ranges

Verify that overshoot and risetime meet specifications

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Telophone 8004201306 bull 3606808300 bull Flaquo( 360laquo83ltJ525 E-mail salesa-msystemsocm V^febsite http^wwwa-msystefnscom

18

Specifications

There are three classes of specifications Class A specifications tested in all units and are guaranteed Class B specifications are inherent in the design they are indirectly tested and are guaranteed Class C specifications are typical operating values which are occasionally tested- these are typical values given for your information but not guarshyanteed The class for each specification is noted in the center column ofthe following sections

Inputs Switching level

Hysteresis

Input equivalent circuit

Minimum duration (1 IL-level signal)

A

C

C

C

16 V(plusmn 02 V)

approx 50 mV

lOOKH to+5 in parallel with no more than 35pF

gt 50 ns

Open circuit condition B defaults to highon level

Timing and rate accuracy Rate selector steps

Timing multiplier steps

B

B

lOOpsto 100s in 7 steps

1 of rate selector step size Maximum value is 999 X the rate selector step size

Resolution B approx 01 ofthe maximum value

Timing error (second and later pulses after resetting controls)

B lt 002 of rate selector value + 015 ps

Timing error (first pulse after readjusting timing controls)

an additional 025 ps error may occur

Timing repeatability lt 001 setting + 20 ns (monophasic)

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Ram Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Vfa 98324 pTelophone 8004201306 bull 360683-8300 bull FAX 360683-3525

E-mail salesraquoflisystems com Wabsite httpJAnww afl isystems com

19

TRIG IN to OUTPUT delay (DELAY set to 0) output set to 2V

Timing jitter from TRIG IN to OUTPUT (for TTL trigger input with risetime lt10 ns)

Timing jitter from TRIG OUT (either BURST or PULSE) and OUTPUT

Trigger output to pulse output delay

Output characteristics Pulse level error (voltage mode open circuit current mode short circuit

Biphasic level difference IV + - V-1 2

Baseline level error (voltage mode open circuit current mode short circuit)

Risetime (25 V out)

Risetime (25 V out)

Transient response

A

A

A

Output impedance (voltage mode) C

Output impedance (current mode) C

Isolation resistance A

Isolation capacitance C

approx 05 ps for a load of no more than 10 KH in parallel with 50 pF

lt 125 ns (all rates except 100s) lt 125 ps (100s rate)

Less than 20 ns (all rates)

approx 350 ns

lt 03 of setting + 05 of r range (plus an additional 05 pA in 100 pA range)

lt 03 of range (voltage modes into open circuit current modes into short circuit)

lt 03 of setting of setting + 01 of range (plus an additional 05 pA in lOOpA range)

= 200 ns into less than 30 pF

= 15 ps into less than 30 pF

lt 8 overshoot into less than 30 pF for pulse voltages different than baseline voltage by at least 10 of range

= 50 ohms

raquo 1 0 GH (typically 200 GO)

raquo 1 0 0 M n

= 60 pF at 100 Hz

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Peril Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg V6 98324 |TelCf)hone 800-4201306 3606808300 bull FAX 360683-3525 E-mal salesaflisystefnsoom Website hnpyMVfWafllsystemsoom

20

Noise (differential mode)

Noise (common mode earth to isolated ground) with no signal output

Overload error indicator (low frequency short circuited voltage mode)

Overload error indicator low frequency open circuited current mode)

Overioad error response time

Miscellaneous

= 1 mV rms (10 V scale 10 Hz-4 MHz)

= 8 mV rms (10 Hz-4 MHz) == 100mVp-p (200 Hz -10 MHz) measured withalOMH 15pF oscilloscope probe

Turns on for set amplitude at or greater than approx plusmn1 V (10 V range) or plusmn2 V (100 V range)

Turns on for set amplitude at or above approx 2 of range

Flat to approx 30 ps duration Decreasing sensitivity for shorter pulses

Power

Fuse

Operating temperature range

Storage temperature range

Operating humidity

Dimensions

approx 11 watts

1 amp 3AG

10-30degC

0 - 50deg C

5 - 80 RH

17x475x1125 (inches) 432x121x286 cm

Weight 20 lbs (9 kg)

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Wb 98324 |Tetcphone 8004201306 3606808300 bull FOt 360683-3525 E-mail satesamsystems comV^febsite httpywwwaflisystemscom

21

Warranty and Service

What does this warranty cover A-M Systems Inc warrants to the Purchaser that the Instrument excluding cables Headstage Probes and any other accessories shipped with the Instrument (hereafter the hardware) is free from defects in workmanship or material under normal use and service for the period of one (1) year This warranty commences on the date of delivery ofthe hardware to the Purchaser

What are the obligations of A-M Systems Inc under this warranty During the warranty period A-M Systems Inc agrees to repair or replace at its sole option without charge to the Purchaser any defective component part of the hardware To obtain warranty service the Purchaser must return the hardware to A-M Systems Inc or an authorized A-M Systems Inc distributor in an adequate shipping container Any postage shipping and insurance charges incurred in shipping the hardware to A-M Systems Inc must be prepaid by the Purchaser and all risk for the hardware shall remain with purchaser until such time as A-M Systems Inc takes receipt of the hardware Upon receipt A-M Systems Inc will promptly repair or replace the defective unit and then return the hardware to the Purchaser postage shipping and insurance prepaid A-M Systems Inc may use reconditioned or like new parts or units at its sole option when repairing any hardware Repaired products shall carry the same amount of outstanding warranty as from original purchase or ninety (90) days which ever is greater Any claim under the warranty must include a dated proof of purchase ofthe hardware covered by this warranty In any event A-M Systems Inc liability for defective hardware is limited to repairing or replacing the hardware

What is not covered by this warranty This warranty is contingent upon proper use and maintenance ofthe hardware by the Purchaser and does not cover batteries Neglect misuse whether intentional or othenwise tampering with or altering the hardware damage caused by accident damage caused by unusual physical electrical chemical or electromechanical stress damage caused by failure of electrical power or damage caused during transportation are not covered by this wan-anty Products may not be returned to A-M Systems Inc for service whether under warranty or otherwise which are contaminated by infectious agents radioactive compounds or other materials constituting a health hazard to employees of A-M Systems Inc

What are the limits of liability for A-M Systems Inc under this warranty A-M Systems Inc shall not be liable for loss of data profits or savings or any special incidental consequential indirect or other similar damages arising from breach of contract negligence or other legal action even if the company or its agent has been advised of the possibility of such damages or for any claim brought against you by another party THIS EQUIPMENT IS NOT INTENDED FOR CLINICAL MEASUREMENTS USING HUMAN SUBJECTS A-M SYSTEMS INC DOES NOT ASSUME RESPONSIBILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE DUE TO MISUSE OF THIS EQUIPMENT Jurisdictions vary with regard to the enforceability of provisions excluding or limiting liability for incidental or consequential damages Check the provision of your local jurisdiction to find out whether the above exclusion applies to you

This warranty allocates risks of product failure between the Purchaser and A-M Systems Inc A-M Systems Inc hardware pricing reflects this allocation of risk and the limitations of liability contained in this warranty The warranty set forth above is in lieu of all other express warranties whether oral or written The agents employees distributors and dealers of A-M Systems Inc are not authorized to make modifications to this warranty or additional wan-anties binding on the company Accordingly additional statements such as dealer advertising or presentations whether oral or written do not constitute warranties by A-M Systems Inc and should not be relied upon This warranty gives you specific legal rights You may also have other rights which vary from one jurisdiction to another

fl-N Systems Inc 131BusinessPartiLoop RO Box850CartsbOfgWa98324 p O |Telophone 8004201306 bull 360683-8300FOC 3606830525 ^ ^ E-mail saiesaflisystefTiscom Wbbsite httpVwwwa-msystemscom

S i

I - - ^^mdasho^M

OUTPUT i l l

TRIG ^ OUT

(burst)

TRIG 3-lt) OUT

(pulse)

til

I laquo

Calibration Procedures

The calibration interval is the lesser of 1000 hours of operation or 6 months Somewhat greater drift can be expected in the first 100 hours of operation as the semiconductors age Adjustments should only be made after the instrument has been fully warmed up for at least 15 minutes

Full instrument calibration requires the following test equipment digital multimeter (plusmn 01) able to measure resistance to at least lOOMO oscilloscope with at least 50MHz bandwidth true-mis voltmeter with 4MHz bandwidth universal counter (plusmn 001 ) able to measure single pulse widths and periods resistors (all plusmn 01) 2kn lOkH 1 watt 20kn 200kn alligator clip lead sets banana plugs and BNC adapters

Adjustment integrated circuit and test point locations are shown in the following figures All adjustments are on the timing board unless othenAise noted

All voltages in the non-isolated section should be measured with respect to ground at TP510 unless othenwise stated Some voltages are measured with respect to an internal isolated ground at TP650 or across the two output temninals Occasionally the voltage at an IC pin must be measured in these cases the reference designator is given with the pin number in parentheses eg U602(16) When it states within this procedure that a voltage is to be minimized this means that the adjustment should be made such that the measured voltage is as close to zero volts as possible Refer to the Specifications Section of this manual for acceptable tolerances

The sequence of this procedure is important If any adjustment is made all adjustments which follow must be made to ensure that the specifications will be met These procedures require that all controls remain as set in previous steps unless othenAise indicated

WARNING

The Model 2100 has dangerous voltages throughout the instrument even with the power is off Servicing the Model 2100 should only be done by qualified service personnel Use caution in handling any wires connectors or electrodes which may be directly or indirectly attached to the instrument Do not touch exposed connections or components Disconnect power by unplugging the power cord from the receptacle

H B ^ ^ S y s t e m s inc^degdegp^deg^^deg-^^^^^^^^B3^^^degdeg^^^lt^^^B^^^^ 131BusinessPartiLoopPO Box850CartsbOigWamp98324 4 9 |Telophone800-42013C6360683-8300F0lt360683-3525 ^ E-mail salesa-msystefnscom website httpwwwaflisystems com

CO

TP501 O lt0

g OTPSOO

U560 S

Trig Gate

0 -TISOS

U570

U500

Timing

p U520

Timing

K U550 Timin

gt U540

U515

o X I Timin

U508 I

J510 Timing nnn

Burst Delay J400

gt U550

R503

D D I D bull U8QQ i Q

n

oo

V P 5 1 0

b U535

^

Clock i _

U555

lt U 5 4 5

o

h d ^ O - - ^ U605

Q D

U620

O fJZ^ R737 bull ^ 1^13015 r j C - C O M P

B B nU770 ^ ^ ^ 5 ^ a

J420

a

o E

bull [ ]U632

riueso

rR742rVhigh R 6 1 9 ^

LJ TP645 O TP650

TPMOQ^QS

Vlow

CD-

CZZl

J440 bull bull tl iUDQ

I t

f i l

Power supply and bias voltages

Power supply

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

POWER ON Observe voltage at P703 power supply wire top of main board

Check for+15 plusmn 050 V

Observe voltage at P701 power supply wire top of main board

Check for-15 plusmn 050 V

Observe voltage at U505(24) Check for +5 plusmn 025 V

Isolated supply voltage Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

RANGE 10 V TRIG open circuit MODE center position

Alternately observe V ^ from R742 to R740 and V ^ from theU605(4)toU605(8)

Adjust R773 so that 110VltV lt 120 V and

nigh

28VltV|^lt34V

Capacitance balance Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

Connect a xlO oscilloscope probe to TP650 and ground the

Adjust R737 for minimum high frequency signal

Inputs

Gate function Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave Verify that the voltage to GATE switches states at the Observe voltage at U510(3) proper input levels with an oscilloscope

Trigger slope Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave Verify that the voltage to TRIG switches states at the Observe voltage at U510( 1) proper input levels with an oscilloscope

TRIG SLOPE Verify voltage is 180deg out of phase

TRIG SLOPE Verify voltage is in phase

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 860 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Jelophone 800-4201306 360683-8300 bull FM 380683-3525 E-mail salesaflTsystBfnscom bull Vtebsite httpVAirwwaflisystems com

14

Trigger and gate f unc t i on

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

DELAY NONE BURS-nMDTH SINGLE DURATION SQUARE PERIOD 100X10-3

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave to TRIG Observe TRIGD and EVENT LEDs

TRIG disconnect all Short the GATE connector to GND Verify LEDs extinguish

MODE press to MANUAL Verify LEDs flash once

Timing

System c lock f requency

Controls Inputs Observations Ad jus t Check

Observe the frequency of the wave Verify 1000 MHz plusmn 001 atU555(17)

Mul t ip l iers (Wheel Swi tches)

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

PULSE SIGN-laquobull MODE FREE RUN TRIG disconnect all TIMING MULTIPUERS all

wheels set to zero except the one being tested

TIMING OVERLAP ignore

Observe the pulse width with the counter at the location specified t)elow

Verify pulse width is correct for each wheel as it is tested independently

For each wheel of each MULTIPLIER test each position to verify that the pulse width is correct Observe the signal at the following locations DELAY U520(2) BURSTWIDTH U530(2) PERIOD U540(2) DURATION U550(2)

Rates (Rotary Swi tches)

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

TIMING MULTIPUERS 001 Observe the pulse width with the TIMING RATES all rotary counter at the location specified

switches set to 10-4 below except the one being tested

Verify pulse width is correct for each rotary switch as it is tested independently

For each ofthe four rotary switches in TIMING test each position to verify that the pulse width is correct Observe the signal at the following locations DELAY U520(2) BURSTWIDTH U530(2) PERIOD U540(2) DURATION U550(2)

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 iTetophone 8004201306 bull 360683-8300 bull FOC 3606803525 E-mail salesa-msystemscom Wbbsite httpJwwwaflTSystemscom

15

Trigger outputs

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

Range 10V Pulse Amplitude 500 Delay 100 xlO^ Burst 100 x 10 ^ Duration 100x10-^ Period 400x10-^ Pulse sign + Trig Mode Free run Trig in open

Trigger the oscilloscope to the Burst Trig Out Observe it the Pulse Trig Out and the isolated output

Verify that the waveform consists of a burst of three 1ms-on3ms-off pulses The burst trigger should be synchronous with the burst the pulse trigger coincident with each pulse

Output Calibration

Isolation Resistance (check)

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode center position Trig In open

Measure the resistance between ground banana jack (front panel) and black banana jack of output with DMM

Resistance read gt 100MQ

Amplitude Switch Offset (R640)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Zero Trig Mode center position Trig In Open

Measure the voltage at TP645 vs TP650 with the DMM

Adjust R640 (AmpI Sw Offset) for minimum voltage

Output Offset (R332 front panel board) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Zero Range 10V Trig Mode center position Trig In Open

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

Adjust R332 (Output offset) for minimum voltage

Positive Baseline Offeet (R607) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Sign + Baseline Amplitude

fully CCW (000) Range 10V Trig In open Trig Mode center position

Measure the voltage across the outputwiththeDMM

Adjust R602 (BSLN + offset) for minimum voltage

fl-N Systems Inc 131 BusBiess Parti Loop P O Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Telophone B00-42O1306 bull 360683-8300 bull FAX 3606803525 E-mail salesaflisystemscom V^tebsite httpy^vwwa-msystems com

16

Negative Baseline Offset (R619)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Sign -Baseline Amplitude

fully CCW (000) Range 10V Trig In open Trig Mode center position

Measure the voltage across the outputwiththeDMM

Adjust R619 (BSLN + offset) for minimum voltage

Pulse Amplitude Adjust (R602)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode Free Mode Pulse Amplitude 1000 Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =1001 Period =00110-4 Pulse Sign -Trig In open Range 10V

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

The Overiap indicator should be on Adjust R602 (Max Level) for -10OOV out

Pulse Sign Gain (check)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode Free Mode Pulse Amplitude 1000 Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =100 1s Period =001 10-4s Trig In open Range 10V

Measure the voltage at the output with the DMM for the Pulse Sign at + and - positions

The absolute values ofthe voltages should differ by less than lOOmV

Baseline Amplitudes (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Range 100mA Trig Mode center position Baseline Amplitude fully CW (1000) Trig In open

Measure the voltage at the output with the DMM with Baseline Sign in + Zero and

- positions

Gain the matching of current levels at = and - positions and offset current in Zero position

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop PO Box 850 Cartsboig Wa 98324 Telophone 800-4201306 360683-8300 FkX 3606803525 E-mail salesa-msystemscom website http^^wwaflisystemsccm

17

Output Range Amplitude and Drive (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Pulse Amplitude 1000 Pulse Sign + Trig Mode Free Run Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =1001 Period =10010-4 Trig In open

Load the output with a 10KV 1W 01 resistor Measure the voltage at the output with DMM

Verify that full scale output is within specification Scale Range 100V 100V 10V 10V 100mA IV 1mA 10V 10mA 100V

Pulse Sign and Short Circuit Protection (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =200 10-4 Period =00110-3 Baseline Zero Pulse Amplitude 25 Range 10V Trig Mode Free Run Trig In open

Measure the voltage at the output with the oscilloscope Check for Pulse Sign set to each of + - biphasic Watch for Error indicator when shorting the output

Verify that pulses of approx 25V amplitude (625V for biphasic mode) of the correct sign are produced every 10ms Short output in biphasic mode Output should return when opened

Output Transient Response (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Pulse Sign + Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =20010-4 Period =00110-3 Pulse Amplitude 250 Baseline Zero Trig Mode Free Mode Trig In open

Connect the oscilloscope to the output with a 310 attenuator probe Test both 10V and 100V ranges

Verify that overshoot and risetime meet specifications

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Telophone 8004201306 bull 3606808300 bull Flaquo( 360laquo83ltJ525 E-mail salesa-msystemsocm V^febsite http^wwwa-msystefnscom

18

Specifications

There are three classes of specifications Class A specifications tested in all units and are guaranteed Class B specifications are inherent in the design they are indirectly tested and are guaranteed Class C specifications are typical operating values which are occasionally tested- these are typical values given for your information but not guarshyanteed The class for each specification is noted in the center column ofthe following sections

Inputs Switching level

Hysteresis

Input equivalent circuit

Minimum duration (1 IL-level signal)

A

C

C

C

16 V(plusmn 02 V)

approx 50 mV

lOOKH to+5 in parallel with no more than 35pF

gt 50 ns

Open circuit condition B defaults to highon level

Timing and rate accuracy Rate selector steps

Timing multiplier steps

B

B

lOOpsto 100s in 7 steps

1 of rate selector step size Maximum value is 999 X the rate selector step size

Resolution B approx 01 ofthe maximum value

Timing error (second and later pulses after resetting controls)

B lt 002 of rate selector value + 015 ps

Timing error (first pulse after readjusting timing controls)

an additional 025 ps error may occur

Timing repeatability lt 001 setting + 20 ns (monophasic)

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Ram Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Vfa 98324 pTelophone 8004201306 bull 360683-8300 bull FAX 360683-3525

E-mail salesraquoflisystems com Wabsite httpJAnww afl isystems com

19

TRIG IN to OUTPUT delay (DELAY set to 0) output set to 2V

Timing jitter from TRIG IN to OUTPUT (for TTL trigger input with risetime lt10 ns)

Timing jitter from TRIG OUT (either BURST or PULSE) and OUTPUT

Trigger output to pulse output delay

Output characteristics Pulse level error (voltage mode open circuit current mode short circuit

Biphasic level difference IV + - V-1 2

Baseline level error (voltage mode open circuit current mode short circuit)

Risetime (25 V out)

Risetime (25 V out)

Transient response

A

A

A

Output impedance (voltage mode) C

Output impedance (current mode) C

Isolation resistance A

Isolation capacitance C

approx 05 ps for a load of no more than 10 KH in parallel with 50 pF

lt 125 ns (all rates except 100s) lt 125 ps (100s rate)

Less than 20 ns (all rates)

approx 350 ns

lt 03 of setting + 05 of r range (plus an additional 05 pA in 100 pA range)

lt 03 of range (voltage modes into open circuit current modes into short circuit)

lt 03 of setting of setting + 01 of range (plus an additional 05 pA in lOOpA range)

= 200 ns into less than 30 pF

= 15 ps into less than 30 pF

lt 8 overshoot into less than 30 pF for pulse voltages different than baseline voltage by at least 10 of range

= 50 ohms

raquo 1 0 GH (typically 200 GO)

raquo 1 0 0 M n

= 60 pF at 100 Hz

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Peril Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg V6 98324 |TelCf)hone 800-4201306 3606808300 bull FAX 360683-3525 E-mal salesaflisystefnsoom Website hnpyMVfWafllsystemsoom

20

Noise (differential mode)

Noise (common mode earth to isolated ground) with no signal output

Overload error indicator (low frequency short circuited voltage mode)

Overload error indicator low frequency open circuited current mode)

Overioad error response time

Miscellaneous

= 1 mV rms (10 V scale 10 Hz-4 MHz)

= 8 mV rms (10 Hz-4 MHz) == 100mVp-p (200 Hz -10 MHz) measured withalOMH 15pF oscilloscope probe

Turns on for set amplitude at or greater than approx plusmn1 V (10 V range) or plusmn2 V (100 V range)

Turns on for set amplitude at or above approx 2 of range

Flat to approx 30 ps duration Decreasing sensitivity for shorter pulses

Power

Fuse

Operating temperature range

Storage temperature range

Operating humidity

Dimensions

approx 11 watts

1 amp 3AG

10-30degC

0 - 50deg C

5 - 80 RH

17x475x1125 (inches) 432x121x286 cm

Weight 20 lbs (9 kg)

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Wb 98324 |Tetcphone 8004201306 3606808300 bull FOt 360683-3525 E-mail satesamsystems comV^febsite httpywwwaflisystemscom

21

Warranty and Service

What does this warranty cover A-M Systems Inc warrants to the Purchaser that the Instrument excluding cables Headstage Probes and any other accessories shipped with the Instrument (hereafter the hardware) is free from defects in workmanship or material under normal use and service for the period of one (1) year This warranty commences on the date of delivery ofthe hardware to the Purchaser

What are the obligations of A-M Systems Inc under this warranty During the warranty period A-M Systems Inc agrees to repair or replace at its sole option without charge to the Purchaser any defective component part of the hardware To obtain warranty service the Purchaser must return the hardware to A-M Systems Inc or an authorized A-M Systems Inc distributor in an adequate shipping container Any postage shipping and insurance charges incurred in shipping the hardware to A-M Systems Inc must be prepaid by the Purchaser and all risk for the hardware shall remain with purchaser until such time as A-M Systems Inc takes receipt of the hardware Upon receipt A-M Systems Inc will promptly repair or replace the defective unit and then return the hardware to the Purchaser postage shipping and insurance prepaid A-M Systems Inc may use reconditioned or like new parts or units at its sole option when repairing any hardware Repaired products shall carry the same amount of outstanding warranty as from original purchase or ninety (90) days which ever is greater Any claim under the warranty must include a dated proof of purchase ofthe hardware covered by this warranty In any event A-M Systems Inc liability for defective hardware is limited to repairing or replacing the hardware

What is not covered by this warranty This warranty is contingent upon proper use and maintenance ofthe hardware by the Purchaser and does not cover batteries Neglect misuse whether intentional or othenwise tampering with or altering the hardware damage caused by accident damage caused by unusual physical electrical chemical or electromechanical stress damage caused by failure of electrical power or damage caused during transportation are not covered by this wan-anty Products may not be returned to A-M Systems Inc for service whether under warranty or otherwise which are contaminated by infectious agents radioactive compounds or other materials constituting a health hazard to employees of A-M Systems Inc

What are the limits of liability for A-M Systems Inc under this warranty A-M Systems Inc shall not be liable for loss of data profits or savings or any special incidental consequential indirect or other similar damages arising from breach of contract negligence or other legal action even if the company or its agent has been advised of the possibility of such damages or for any claim brought against you by another party THIS EQUIPMENT IS NOT INTENDED FOR CLINICAL MEASUREMENTS USING HUMAN SUBJECTS A-M SYSTEMS INC DOES NOT ASSUME RESPONSIBILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE DUE TO MISUSE OF THIS EQUIPMENT Jurisdictions vary with regard to the enforceability of provisions excluding or limiting liability for incidental or consequential damages Check the provision of your local jurisdiction to find out whether the above exclusion applies to you

This warranty allocates risks of product failure between the Purchaser and A-M Systems Inc A-M Systems Inc hardware pricing reflects this allocation of risk and the limitations of liability contained in this warranty The warranty set forth above is in lieu of all other express warranties whether oral or written The agents employees distributors and dealers of A-M Systems Inc are not authorized to make modifications to this warranty or additional wan-anties binding on the company Accordingly additional statements such as dealer advertising or presentations whether oral or written do not constitute warranties by A-M Systems Inc and should not be relied upon This warranty gives you specific legal rights You may also have other rights which vary from one jurisdiction to another

fl-N Systems Inc 131BusinessPartiLoop RO Box850CartsbOfgWa98324 p O |Telophone 8004201306 bull 360683-8300FOC 3606830525 ^ ^ E-mail saiesaflisystefTiscom Wbbsite httpVwwwa-msystemscom

Calibration Procedures

The calibration interval is the lesser of 1000 hours of operation or 6 months Somewhat greater drift can be expected in the first 100 hours of operation as the semiconductors age Adjustments should only be made after the instrument has been fully warmed up for at least 15 minutes

Full instrument calibration requires the following test equipment digital multimeter (plusmn 01) able to measure resistance to at least lOOMO oscilloscope with at least 50MHz bandwidth true-mis voltmeter with 4MHz bandwidth universal counter (plusmn 001 ) able to measure single pulse widths and periods resistors (all plusmn 01) 2kn lOkH 1 watt 20kn 200kn alligator clip lead sets banana plugs and BNC adapters

Adjustment integrated circuit and test point locations are shown in the following figures All adjustments are on the timing board unless othenAise noted

All voltages in the non-isolated section should be measured with respect to ground at TP510 unless othenwise stated Some voltages are measured with respect to an internal isolated ground at TP650 or across the two output temninals Occasionally the voltage at an IC pin must be measured in these cases the reference designator is given with the pin number in parentheses eg U602(16) When it states within this procedure that a voltage is to be minimized this means that the adjustment should be made such that the measured voltage is as close to zero volts as possible Refer to the Specifications Section of this manual for acceptable tolerances

The sequence of this procedure is important If any adjustment is made all adjustments which follow must be made to ensure that the specifications will be met These procedures require that all controls remain as set in previous steps unless othenAise indicated

WARNING

The Model 2100 has dangerous voltages throughout the instrument even with the power is off Servicing the Model 2100 should only be done by qualified service personnel Use caution in handling any wires connectors or electrodes which may be directly or indirectly attached to the instrument Do not touch exposed connections or components Disconnect power by unplugging the power cord from the receptacle

H B ^ ^ S y s t e m s inc^degdegp^deg^^deg-^^^^^^^^B3^^^degdeg^^^lt^^^B^^^^ 131BusinessPartiLoopPO Box850CartsbOigWamp98324 4 9 |Telophone800-42013C6360683-8300F0lt360683-3525 ^ E-mail salesa-msystefnscom website httpwwwaflisystems com

CO

TP501 O lt0

g OTPSOO

U560 S

Trig Gate

0 -TISOS

U570

U500

Timing

p U520

Timing

K U550 Timin

gt U540

U515

o X I Timin

U508 I

J510 Timing nnn

Burst Delay J400

gt U550

R503

D D I D bull U8QQ i Q

n

oo

V P 5 1 0

b U535

^

Clock i _

U555

lt U 5 4 5

o

h d ^ O - - ^ U605

Q D

U620

O fJZ^ R737 bull ^ 1^13015 r j C - C O M P

B B nU770 ^ ^ ^ 5 ^ a

J420

a

o E

bull [ ]U632

riueso

rR742rVhigh R 6 1 9 ^

LJ TP645 O TP650

TPMOQ^QS

Vlow

CD-

CZZl

J440 bull bull tl iUDQ

I t

f i l

Power supply and bias voltages

Power supply

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

POWER ON Observe voltage at P703 power supply wire top of main board

Check for+15 plusmn 050 V

Observe voltage at P701 power supply wire top of main board

Check for-15 plusmn 050 V

Observe voltage at U505(24) Check for +5 plusmn 025 V

Isolated supply voltage Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

RANGE 10 V TRIG open circuit MODE center position

Alternately observe V ^ from R742 to R740 and V ^ from theU605(4)toU605(8)

Adjust R773 so that 110VltV lt 120 V and

nigh

28VltV|^lt34V

Capacitance balance Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

Connect a xlO oscilloscope probe to TP650 and ground the

Adjust R737 for minimum high frequency signal

Inputs

Gate function Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave Verify that the voltage to GATE switches states at the Observe voltage at U510(3) proper input levels with an oscilloscope

Trigger slope Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave Verify that the voltage to TRIG switches states at the Observe voltage at U510( 1) proper input levels with an oscilloscope

TRIG SLOPE Verify voltage is 180deg out of phase

TRIG SLOPE Verify voltage is in phase

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 860 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Jelophone 800-4201306 360683-8300 bull FM 380683-3525 E-mail salesaflTsystBfnscom bull Vtebsite httpVAirwwaflisystems com

14

Trigger and gate f unc t i on

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

DELAY NONE BURS-nMDTH SINGLE DURATION SQUARE PERIOD 100X10-3

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave to TRIG Observe TRIGD and EVENT LEDs

TRIG disconnect all Short the GATE connector to GND Verify LEDs extinguish

MODE press to MANUAL Verify LEDs flash once

Timing

System c lock f requency

Controls Inputs Observations Ad jus t Check

Observe the frequency of the wave Verify 1000 MHz plusmn 001 atU555(17)

Mul t ip l iers (Wheel Swi tches)

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

PULSE SIGN-laquobull MODE FREE RUN TRIG disconnect all TIMING MULTIPUERS all

wheels set to zero except the one being tested

TIMING OVERLAP ignore

Observe the pulse width with the counter at the location specified t)elow

Verify pulse width is correct for each wheel as it is tested independently

For each wheel of each MULTIPLIER test each position to verify that the pulse width is correct Observe the signal at the following locations DELAY U520(2) BURSTWIDTH U530(2) PERIOD U540(2) DURATION U550(2)

Rates (Rotary Swi tches)

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

TIMING MULTIPUERS 001 Observe the pulse width with the TIMING RATES all rotary counter at the location specified

switches set to 10-4 below except the one being tested

Verify pulse width is correct for each rotary switch as it is tested independently

For each ofthe four rotary switches in TIMING test each position to verify that the pulse width is correct Observe the signal at the following locations DELAY U520(2) BURSTWIDTH U530(2) PERIOD U540(2) DURATION U550(2)

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 iTetophone 8004201306 bull 360683-8300 bull FOC 3606803525 E-mail salesa-msystemscom Wbbsite httpJwwwaflTSystemscom

15

Trigger outputs

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

Range 10V Pulse Amplitude 500 Delay 100 xlO^ Burst 100 x 10 ^ Duration 100x10-^ Period 400x10-^ Pulse sign + Trig Mode Free run Trig in open

Trigger the oscilloscope to the Burst Trig Out Observe it the Pulse Trig Out and the isolated output

Verify that the waveform consists of a burst of three 1ms-on3ms-off pulses The burst trigger should be synchronous with the burst the pulse trigger coincident with each pulse

Output Calibration

Isolation Resistance (check)

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode center position Trig In open

Measure the resistance between ground banana jack (front panel) and black banana jack of output with DMM

Resistance read gt 100MQ

Amplitude Switch Offset (R640)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Zero Trig Mode center position Trig In Open

Measure the voltage at TP645 vs TP650 with the DMM

Adjust R640 (AmpI Sw Offset) for minimum voltage

Output Offset (R332 front panel board) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Zero Range 10V Trig Mode center position Trig In Open

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

Adjust R332 (Output offset) for minimum voltage

Positive Baseline Offeet (R607) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Sign + Baseline Amplitude

fully CCW (000) Range 10V Trig In open Trig Mode center position

Measure the voltage across the outputwiththeDMM

Adjust R602 (BSLN + offset) for minimum voltage

fl-N Systems Inc 131 BusBiess Parti Loop P O Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Telophone B00-42O1306 bull 360683-8300 bull FAX 3606803525 E-mail salesaflisystemscom V^tebsite httpy^vwwa-msystems com

16

Negative Baseline Offset (R619)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Sign -Baseline Amplitude

fully CCW (000) Range 10V Trig In open Trig Mode center position

Measure the voltage across the outputwiththeDMM

Adjust R619 (BSLN + offset) for minimum voltage

Pulse Amplitude Adjust (R602)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode Free Mode Pulse Amplitude 1000 Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =1001 Period =00110-4 Pulse Sign -Trig In open Range 10V

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

The Overiap indicator should be on Adjust R602 (Max Level) for -10OOV out

Pulse Sign Gain (check)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode Free Mode Pulse Amplitude 1000 Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =100 1s Period =001 10-4s Trig In open Range 10V

Measure the voltage at the output with the DMM for the Pulse Sign at + and - positions

The absolute values ofthe voltages should differ by less than lOOmV

Baseline Amplitudes (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Range 100mA Trig Mode center position Baseline Amplitude fully CW (1000) Trig In open

Measure the voltage at the output with the DMM with Baseline Sign in + Zero and

- positions

Gain the matching of current levels at = and - positions and offset current in Zero position

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop PO Box 850 Cartsboig Wa 98324 Telophone 800-4201306 360683-8300 FkX 3606803525 E-mail salesa-msystemscom website http^^wwaflisystemsccm

17

Output Range Amplitude and Drive (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Pulse Amplitude 1000 Pulse Sign + Trig Mode Free Run Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =1001 Period =10010-4 Trig In open

Load the output with a 10KV 1W 01 resistor Measure the voltage at the output with DMM

Verify that full scale output is within specification Scale Range 100V 100V 10V 10V 100mA IV 1mA 10V 10mA 100V

Pulse Sign and Short Circuit Protection (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =200 10-4 Period =00110-3 Baseline Zero Pulse Amplitude 25 Range 10V Trig Mode Free Run Trig In open

Measure the voltage at the output with the oscilloscope Check for Pulse Sign set to each of + - biphasic Watch for Error indicator when shorting the output

Verify that pulses of approx 25V amplitude (625V for biphasic mode) of the correct sign are produced every 10ms Short output in biphasic mode Output should return when opened

Output Transient Response (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Pulse Sign + Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =20010-4 Period =00110-3 Pulse Amplitude 250 Baseline Zero Trig Mode Free Mode Trig In open

Connect the oscilloscope to the output with a 310 attenuator probe Test both 10V and 100V ranges

Verify that overshoot and risetime meet specifications

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Telophone 8004201306 bull 3606808300 bull Flaquo( 360laquo83ltJ525 E-mail salesa-msystemsocm V^febsite http^wwwa-msystefnscom

18

Specifications

There are three classes of specifications Class A specifications tested in all units and are guaranteed Class B specifications are inherent in the design they are indirectly tested and are guaranteed Class C specifications are typical operating values which are occasionally tested- these are typical values given for your information but not guarshyanteed The class for each specification is noted in the center column ofthe following sections

Inputs Switching level

Hysteresis

Input equivalent circuit

Minimum duration (1 IL-level signal)

A

C

C

C

16 V(plusmn 02 V)

approx 50 mV

lOOKH to+5 in parallel with no more than 35pF

gt 50 ns

Open circuit condition B defaults to highon level

Timing and rate accuracy Rate selector steps

Timing multiplier steps

B

B

lOOpsto 100s in 7 steps

1 of rate selector step size Maximum value is 999 X the rate selector step size

Resolution B approx 01 ofthe maximum value

Timing error (second and later pulses after resetting controls)

B lt 002 of rate selector value + 015 ps

Timing error (first pulse after readjusting timing controls)

an additional 025 ps error may occur

Timing repeatability lt 001 setting + 20 ns (monophasic)

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Ram Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Vfa 98324 pTelophone 8004201306 bull 360683-8300 bull FAX 360683-3525

E-mail salesraquoflisystems com Wabsite httpJAnww afl isystems com

19

TRIG IN to OUTPUT delay (DELAY set to 0) output set to 2V

Timing jitter from TRIG IN to OUTPUT (for TTL trigger input with risetime lt10 ns)

Timing jitter from TRIG OUT (either BURST or PULSE) and OUTPUT

Trigger output to pulse output delay

Output characteristics Pulse level error (voltage mode open circuit current mode short circuit

Biphasic level difference IV + - V-1 2

Baseline level error (voltage mode open circuit current mode short circuit)

Risetime (25 V out)

Risetime (25 V out)

Transient response

A

A

A

Output impedance (voltage mode) C

Output impedance (current mode) C

Isolation resistance A

Isolation capacitance C

approx 05 ps for a load of no more than 10 KH in parallel with 50 pF

lt 125 ns (all rates except 100s) lt 125 ps (100s rate)

Less than 20 ns (all rates)

approx 350 ns

lt 03 of setting + 05 of r range (plus an additional 05 pA in 100 pA range)

lt 03 of range (voltage modes into open circuit current modes into short circuit)

lt 03 of setting of setting + 01 of range (plus an additional 05 pA in lOOpA range)

= 200 ns into less than 30 pF

= 15 ps into less than 30 pF

lt 8 overshoot into less than 30 pF for pulse voltages different than baseline voltage by at least 10 of range

= 50 ohms

raquo 1 0 GH (typically 200 GO)

raquo 1 0 0 M n

= 60 pF at 100 Hz

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Peril Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg V6 98324 |TelCf)hone 800-4201306 3606808300 bull FAX 360683-3525 E-mal salesaflisystefnsoom Website hnpyMVfWafllsystemsoom

20

Noise (differential mode)

Noise (common mode earth to isolated ground) with no signal output

Overload error indicator (low frequency short circuited voltage mode)

Overload error indicator low frequency open circuited current mode)

Overioad error response time

Miscellaneous

= 1 mV rms (10 V scale 10 Hz-4 MHz)

= 8 mV rms (10 Hz-4 MHz) == 100mVp-p (200 Hz -10 MHz) measured withalOMH 15pF oscilloscope probe

Turns on for set amplitude at or greater than approx plusmn1 V (10 V range) or plusmn2 V (100 V range)

Turns on for set amplitude at or above approx 2 of range

Flat to approx 30 ps duration Decreasing sensitivity for shorter pulses

Power

Fuse

Operating temperature range

Storage temperature range

Operating humidity

Dimensions

approx 11 watts

1 amp 3AG

10-30degC

0 - 50deg C

5 - 80 RH

17x475x1125 (inches) 432x121x286 cm

Weight 20 lbs (9 kg)

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Wb 98324 |Tetcphone 8004201306 3606808300 bull FOt 360683-3525 E-mail satesamsystems comV^febsite httpywwwaflisystemscom

21

Warranty and Service

What does this warranty cover A-M Systems Inc warrants to the Purchaser that the Instrument excluding cables Headstage Probes and any other accessories shipped with the Instrument (hereafter the hardware) is free from defects in workmanship or material under normal use and service for the period of one (1) year This warranty commences on the date of delivery ofthe hardware to the Purchaser

What are the obligations of A-M Systems Inc under this warranty During the warranty period A-M Systems Inc agrees to repair or replace at its sole option without charge to the Purchaser any defective component part of the hardware To obtain warranty service the Purchaser must return the hardware to A-M Systems Inc or an authorized A-M Systems Inc distributor in an adequate shipping container Any postage shipping and insurance charges incurred in shipping the hardware to A-M Systems Inc must be prepaid by the Purchaser and all risk for the hardware shall remain with purchaser until such time as A-M Systems Inc takes receipt of the hardware Upon receipt A-M Systems Inc will promptly repair or replace the defective unit and then return the hardware to the Purchaser postage shipping and insurance prepaid A-M Systems Inc may use reconditioned or like new parts or units at its sole option when repairing any hardware Repaired products shall carry the same amount of outstanding warranty as from original purchase or ninety (90) days which ever is greater Any claim under the warranty must include a dated proof of purchase ofthe hardware covered by this warranty In any event A-M Systems Inc liability for defective hardware is limited to repairing or replacing the hardware

What is not covered by this warranty This warranty is contingent upon proper use and maintenance ofthe hardware by the Purchaser and does not cover batteries Neglect misuse whether intentional or othenwise tampering with or altering the hardware damage caused by accident damage caused by unusual physical electrical chemical or electromechanical stress damage caused by failure of electrical power or damage caused during transportation are not covered by this wan-anty Products may not be returned to A-M Systems Inc for service whether under warranty or otherwise which are contaminated by infectious agents radioactive compounds or other materials constituting a health hazard to employees of A-M Systems Inc

What are the limits of liability for A-M Systems Inc under this warranty A-M Systems Inc shall not be liable for loss of data profits or savings or any special incidental consequential indirect or other similar damages arising from breach of contract negligence or other legal action even if the company or its agent has been advised of the possibility of such damages or for any claim brought against you by another party THIS EQUIPMENT IS NOT INTENDED FOR CLINICAL MEASUREMENTS USING HUMAN SUBJECTS A-M SYSTEMS INC DOES NOT ASSUME RESPONSIBILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE DUE TO MISUSE OF THIS EQUIPMENT Jurisdictions vary with regard to the enforceability of provisions excluding or limiting liability for incidental or consequential damages Check the provision of your local jurisdiction to find out whether the above exclusion applies to you

This warranty allocates risks of product failure between the Purchaser and A-M Systems Inc A-M Systems Inc hardware pricing reflects this allocation of risk and the limitations of liability contained in this warranty The warranty set forth above is in lieu of all other express warranties whether oral or written The agents employees distributors and dealers of A-M Systems Inc are not authorized to make modifications to this warranty or additional wan-anties binding on the company Accordingly additional statements such as dealer advertising or presentations whether oral or written do not constitute warranties by A-M Systems Inc and should not be relied upon This warranty gives you specific legal rights You may also have other rights which vary from one jurisdiction to another

fl-N Systems Inc 131BusinessPartiLoop RO Box850CartsbOfgWa98324 p O |Telophone 8004201306 bull 360683-8300FOC 3606830525 ^ ^ E-mail saiesaflisystefTiscom Wbbsite httpVwwwa-msystemscom

CO

TP501 O lt0

g OTPSOO

U560 S

Trig Gate

0 -TISOS

U570

U500

Timing

p U520

Timing

K U550 Timin

gt U540

U515

o X I Timin

U508 I

J510 Timing nnn

Burst Delay J400

gt U550

R503

D D I D bull U8QQ i Q

n

oo

V P 5 1 0

b U535

^

Clock i _

U555

lt U 5 4 5

o

h d ^ O - - ^ U605

Q D

U620

O fJZ^ R737 bull ^ 1^13015 r j C - C O M P

B B nU770 ^ ^ ^ 5 ^ a

J420

a

o E

bull [ ]U632

riueso

rR742rVhigh R 6 1 9 ^

LJ TP645 O TP650

TPMOQ^QS

Vlow

CD-

CZZl

J440 bull bull tl iUDQ

I t

f i l

Power supply and bias voltages

Power supply

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

POWER ON Observe voltage at P703 power supply wire top of main board

Check for+15 plusmn 050 V

Observe voltage at P701 power supply wire top of main board

Check for-15 plusmn 050 V

Observe voltage at U505(24) Check for +5 plusmn 025 V

Isolated supply voltage Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

RANGE 10 V TRIG open circuit MODE center position

Alternately observe V ^ from R742 to R740 and V ^ from theU605(4)toU605(8)

Adjust R773 so that 110VltV lt 120 V and

nigh

28VltV|^lt34V

Capacitance balance Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

Connect a xlO oscilloscope probe to TP650 and ground the

Adjust R737 for minimum high frequency signal

Inputs

Gate function Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave Verify that the voltage to GATE switches states at the Observe voltage at U510(3) proper input levels with an oscilloscope

Trigger slope Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave Verify that the voltage to TRIG switches states at the Observe voltage at U510( 1) proper input levels with an oscilloscope

TRIG SLOPE Verify voltage is 180deg out of phase

TRIG SLOPE Verify voltage is in phase

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 860 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Jelophone 800-4201306 360683-8300 bull FM 380683-3525 E-mail salesaflTsystBfnscom bull Vtebsite httpVAirwwaflisystems com

14

Trigger and gate f unc t i on

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

DELAY NONE BURS-nMDTH SINGLE DURATION SQUARE PERIOD 100X10-3

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave to TRIG Observe TRIGD and EVENT LEDs

TRIG disconnect all Short the GATE connector to GND Verify LEDs extinguish

MODE press to MANUAL Verify LEDs flash once

Timing

System c lock f requency

Controls Inputs Observations Ad jus t Check

Observe the frequency of the wave Verify 1000 MHz plusmn 001 atU555(17)

Mul t ip l iers (Wheel Swi tches)

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

PULSE SIGN-laquobull MODE FREE RUN TRIG disconnect all TIMING MULTIPUERS all

wheels set to zero except the one being tested

TIMING OVERLAP ignore

Observe the pulse width with the counter at the location specified t)elow

Verify pulse width is correct for each wheel as it is tested independently

For each wheel of each MULTIPLIER test each position to verify that the pulse width is correct Observe the signal at the following locations DELAY U520(2) BURSTWIDTH U530(2) PERIOD U540(2) DURATION U550(2)

Rates (Rotary Swi tches)

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

TIMING MULTIPUERS 001 Observe the pulse width with the TIMING RATES all rotary counter at the location specified

switches set to 10-4 below except the one being tested

Verify pulse width is correct for each rotary switch as it is tested independently

For each ofthe four rotary switches in TIMING test each position to verify that the pulse width is correct Observe the signal at the following locations DELAY U520(2) BURSTWIDTH U530(2) PERIOD U540(2) DURATION U550(2)

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 iTetophone 8004201306 bull 360683-8300 bull FOC 3606803525 E-mail salesa-msystemscom Wbbsite httpJwwwaflTSystemscom

15

Trigger outputs

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

Range 10V Pulse Amplitude 500 Delay 100 xlO^ Burst 100 x 10 ^ Duration 100x10-^ Period 400x10-^ Pulse sign + Trig Mode Free run Trig in open

Trigger the oscilloscope to the Burst Trig Out Observe it the Pulse Trig Out and the isolated output

Verify that the waveform consists of a burst of three 1ms-on3ms-off pulses The burst trigger should be synchronous with the burst the pulse trigger coincident with each pulse

Output Calibration

Isolation Resistance (check)

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode center position Trig In open

Measure the resistance between ground banana jack (front panel) and black banana jack of output with DMM

Resistance read gt 100MQ

Amplitude Switch Offset (R640)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Zero Trig Mode center position Trig In Open

Measure the voltage at TP645 vs TP650 with the DMM

Adjust R640 (AmpI Sw Offset) for minimum voltage

Output Offset (R332 front panel board) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Zero Range 10V Trig Mode center position Trig In Open

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

Adjust R332 (Output offset) for minimum voltage

Positive Baseline Offeet (R607) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Sign + Baseline Amplitude

fully CCW (000) Range 10V Trig In open Trig Mode center position

Measure the voltage across the outputwiththeDMM

Adjust R602 (BSLN + offset) for minimum voltage

fl-N Systems Inc 131 BusBiess Parti Loop P O Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Telophone B00-42O1306 bull 360683-8300 bull FAX 3606803525 E-mail salesaflisystemscom V^tebsite httpy^vwwa-msystems com

16

Negative Baseline Offset (R619)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Sign -Baseline Amplitude

fully CCW (000) Range 10V Trig In open Trig Mode center position

Measure the voltage across the outputwiththeDMM

Adjust R619 (BSLN + offset) for minimum voltage

Pulse Amplitude Adjust (R602)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode Free Mode Pulse Amplitude 1000 Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =1001 Period =00110-4 Pulse Sign -Trig In open Range 10V

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

The Overiap indicator should be on Adjust R602 (Max Level) for -10OOV out

Pulse Sign Gain (check)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode Free Mode Pulse Amplitude 1000 Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =100 1s Period =001 10-4s Trig In open Range 10V

Measure the voltage at the output with the DMM for the Pulse Sign at + and - positions

The absolute values ofthe voltages should differ by less than lOOmV

Baseline Amplitudes (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Range 100mA Trig Mode center position Baseline Amplitude fully CW (1000) Trig In open

Measure the voltage at the output with the DMM with Baseline Sign in + Zero and

- positions

Gain the matching of current levels at = and - positions and offset current in Zero position

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop PO Box 850 Cartsboig Wa 98324 Telophone 800-4201306 360683-8300 FkX 3606803525 E-mail salesa-msystemscom website http^^wwaflisystemsccm

17

Output Range Amplitude and Drive (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Pulse Amplitude 1000 Pulse Sign + Trig Mode Free Run Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =1001 Period =10010-4 Trig In open

Load the output with a 10KV 1W 01 resistor Measure the voltage at the output with DMM

Verify that full scale output is within specification Scale Range 100V 100V 10V 10V 100mA IV 1mA 10V 10mA 100V

Pulse Sign and Short Circuit Protection (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =200 10-4 Period =00110-3 Baseline Zero Pulse Amplitude 25 Range 10V Trig Mode Free Run Trig In open

Measure the voltage at the output with the oscilloscope Check for Pulse Sign set to each of + - biphasic Watch for Error indicator when shorting the output

Verify that pulses of approx 25V amplitude (625V for biphasic mode) of the correct sign are produced every 10ms Short output in biphasic mode Output should return when opened

Output Transient Response (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Pulse Sign + Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =20010-4 Period =00110-3 Pulse Amplitude 250 Baseline Zero Trig Mode Free Mode Trig In open

Connect the oscilloscope to the output with a 310 attenuator probe Test both 10V and 100V ranges

Verify that overshoot and risetime meet specifications

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Telophone 8004201306 bull 3606808300 bull Flaquo( 360laquo83ltJ525 E-mail salesa-msystemsocm V^febsite http^wwwa-msystefnscom

18

Specifications

There are three classes of specifications Class A specifications tested in all units and are guaranteed Class B specifications are inherent in the design they are indirectly tested and are guaranteed Class C specifications are typical operating values which are occasionally tested- these are typical values given for your information but not guarshyanteed The class for each specification is noted in the center column ofthe following sections

Inputs Switching level

Hysteresis

Input equivalent circuit

Minimum duration (1 IL-level signal)

A

C

C

C

16 V(plusmn 02 V)

approx 50 mV

lOOKH to+5 in parallel with no more than 35pF

gt 50 ns

Open circuit condition B defaults to highon level

Timing and rate accuracy Rate selector steps

Timing multiplier steps

B

B

lOOpsto 100s in 7 steps

1 of rate selector step size Maximum value is 999 X the rate selector step size

Resolution B approx 01 ofthe maximum value

Timing error (second and later pulses after resetting controls)

B lt 002 of rate selector value + 015 ps

Timing error (first pulse after readjusting timing controls)

an additional 025 ps error may occur

Timing repeatability lt 001 setting + 20 ns (monophasic)

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Ram Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Vfa 98324 pTelophone 8004201306 bull 360683-8300 bull FAX 360683-3525

E-mail salesraquoflisystems com Wabsite httpJAnww afl isystems com

19

TRIG IN to OUTPUT delay (DELAY set to 0) output set to 2V

Timing jitter from TRIG IN to OUTPUT (for TTL trigger input with risetime lt10 ns)

Timing jitter from TRIG OUT (either BURST or PULSE) and OUTPUT

Trigger output to pulse output delay

Output characteristics Pulse level error (voltage mode open circuit current mode short circuit

Biphasic level difference IV + - V-1 2

Baseline level error (voltage mode open circuit current mode short circuit)

Risetime (25 V out)

Risetime (25 V out)

Transient response

A

A

A

Output impedance (voltage mode) C

Output impedance (current mode) C

Isolation resistance A

Isolation capacitance C

approx 05 ps for a load of no more than 10 KH in parallel with 50 pF

lt 125 ns (all rates except 100s) lt 125 ps (100s rate)

Less than 20 ns (all rates)

approx 350 ns

lt 03 of setting + 05 of r range (plus an additional 05 pA in 100 pA range)

lt 03 of range (voltage modes into open circuit current modes into short circuit)

lt 03 of setting of setting + 01 of range (plus an additional 05 pA in lOOpA range)

= 200 ns into less than 30 pF

= 15 ps into less than 30 pF

lt 8 overshoot into less than 30 pF for pulse voltages different than baseline voltage by at least 10 of range

= 50 ohms

raquo 1 0 GH (typically 200 GO)

raquo 1 0 0 M n

= 60 pF at 100 Hz

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Peril Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg V6 98324 |TelCf)hone 800-4201306 3606808300 bull FAX 360683-3525 E-mal salesaflisystefnsoom Website hnpyMVfWafllsystemsoom

20

Noise (differential mode)

Noise (common mode earth to isolated ground) with no signal output

Overload error indicator (low frequency short circuited voltage mode)

Overload error indicator low frequency open circuited current mode)

Overioad error response time

Miscellaneous

= 1 mV rms (10 V scale 10 Hz-4 MHz)

= 8 mV rms (10 Hz-4 MHz) == 100mVp-p (200 Hz -10 MHz) measured withalOMH 15pF oscilloscope probe

Turns on for set amplitude at or greater than approx plusmn1 V (10 V range) or plusmn2 V (100 V range)

Turns on for set amplitude at or above approx 2 of range

Flat to approx 30 ps duration Decreasing sensitivity for shorter pulses

Power

Fuse

Operating temperature range

Storage temperature range

Operating humidity

Dimensions

approx 11 watts

1 amp 3AG

10-30degC

0 - 50deg C

5 - 80 RH

17x475x1125 (inches) 432x121x286 cm

Weight 20 lbs (9 kg)

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Wb 98324 |Tetcphone 8004201306 3606808300 bull FOt 360683-3525 E-mail satesamsystems comV^febsite httpywwwaflisystemscom

21

Warranty and Service

What does this warranty cover A-M Systems Inc warrants to the Purchaser that the Instrument excluding cables Headstage Probes and any other accessories shipped with the Instrument (hereafter the hardware) is free from defects in workmanship or material under normal use and service for the period of one (1) year This warranty commences on the date of delivery ofthe hardware to the Purchaser

What are the obligations of A-M Systems Inc under this warranty During the warranty period A-M Systems Inc agrees to repair or replace at its sole option without charge to the Purchaser any defective component part of the hardware To obtain warranty service the Purchaser must return the hardware to A-M Systems Inc or an authorized A-M Systems Inc distributor in an adequate shipping container Any postage shipping and insurance charges incurred in shipping the hardware to A-M Systems Inc must be prepaid by the Purchaser and all risk for the hardware shall remain with purchaser until such time as A-M Systems Inc takes receipt of the hardware Upon receipt A-M Systems Inc will promptly repair or replace the defective unit and then return the hardware to the Purchaser postage shipping and insurance prepaid A-M Systems Inc may use reconditioned or like new parts or units at its sole option when repairing any hardware Repaired products shall carry the same amount of outstanding warranty as from original purchase or ninety (90) days which ever is greater Any claim under the warranty must include a dated proof of purchase ofthe hardware covered by this warranty In any event A-M Systems Inc liability for defective hardware is limited to repairing or replacing the hardware

What is not covered by this warranty This warranty is contingent upon proper use and maintenance ofthe hardware by the Purchaser and does not cover batteries Neglect misuse whether intentional or othenwise tampering with or altering the hardware damage caused by accident damage caused by unusual physical electrical chemical or electromechanical stress damage caused by failure of electrical power or damage caused during transportation are not covered by this wan-anty Products may not be returned to A-M Systems Inc for service whether under warranty or otherwise which are contaminated by infectious agents radioactive compounds or other materials constituting a health hazard to employees of A-M Systems Inc

What are the limits of liability for A-M Systems Inc under this warranty A-M Systems Inc shall not be liable for loss of data profits or savings or any special incidental consequential indirect or other similar damages arising from breach of contract negligence or other legal action even if the company or its agent has been advised of the possibility of such damages or for any claim brought against you by another party THIS EQUIPMENT IS NOT INTENDED FOR CLINICAL MEASUREMENTS USING HUMAN SUBJECTS A-M SYSTEMS INC DOES NOT ASSUME RESPONSIBILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE DUE TO MISUSE OF THIS EQUIPMENT Jurisdictions vary with regard to the enforceability of provisions excluding or limiting liability for incidental or consequential damages Check the provision of your local jurisdiction to find out whether the above exclusion applies to you

This warranty allocates risks of product failure between the Purchaser and A-M Systems Inc A-M Systems Inc hardware pricing reflects this allocation of risk and the limitations of liability contained in this warranty The warranty set forth above is in lieu of all other express warranties whether oral or written The agents employees distributors and dealers of A-M Systems Inc are not authorized to make modifications to this warranty or additional wan-anties binding on the company Accordingly additional statements such as dealer advertising or presentations whether oral or written do not constitute warranties by A-M Systems Inc and should not be relied upon This warranty gives you specific legal rights You may also have other rights which vary from one jurisdiction to another

fl-N Systems Inc 131BusinessPartiLoop RO Box850CartsbOfgWa98324 p O |Telophone 8004201306 bull 360683-8300FOC 3606830525 ^ ^ E-mail saiesaflisystefTiscom Wbbsite httpVwwwa-msystemscom

Power supply and bias voltages

Power supply

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

POWER ON Observe voltage at P703 power supply wire top of main board

Check for+15 plusmn 050 V

Observe voltage at P701 power supply wire top of main board

Check for-15 plusmn 050 V

Observe voltage at U505(24) Check for +5 plusmn 025 V

Isolated supply voltage Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

RANGE 10 V TRIG open circuit MODE center position

Alternately observe V ^ from R742 to R740 and V ^ from theU605(4)toU605(8)

Adjust R773 so that 110VltV lt 120 V and

nigh

28VltV|^lt34V

Capacitance balance Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

Connect a xlO oscilloscope probe to TP650 and ground the

Adjust R737 for minimum high frequency signal

Inputs

Gate function Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave Verify that the voltage to GATE switches states at the Observe voltage at U510(3) proper input levels with an oscilloscope

Trigger slope Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave Verify that the voltage to TRIG switches states at the Observe voltage at U510( 1) proper input levels with an oscilloscope

TRIG SLOPE Verify voltage is 180deg out of phase

TRIG SLOPE Verify voltage is in phase

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 860 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Jelophone 800-4201306 360683-8300 bull FM 380683-3525 E-mail salesaflTsystBfnscom bull Vtebsite httpVAirwwaflisystems com

14

Trigger and gate f unc t i on

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

DELAY NONE BURS-nMDTH SINGLE DURATION SQUARE PERIOD 100X10-3

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave to TRIG Observe TRIGD and EVENT LEDs

TRIG disconnect all Short the GATE connector to GND Verify LEDs extinguish

MODE press to MANUAL Verify LEDs flash once

Timing

System c lock f requency

Controls Inputs Observations Ad jus t Check

Observe the frequency of the wave Verify 1000 MHz plusmn 001 atU555(17)

Mul t ip l iers (Wheel Swi tches)

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

PULSE SIGN-laquobull MODE FREE RUN TRIG disconnect all TIMING MULTIPUERS all

wheels set to zero except the one being tested

TIMING OVERLAP ignore

Observe the pulse width with the counter at the location specified t)elow

Verify pulse width is correct for each wheel as it is tested independently

For each wheel of each MULTIPLIER test each position to verify that the pulse width is correct Observe the signal at the following locations DELAY U520(2) BURSTWIDTH U530(2) PERIOD U540(2) DURATION U550(2)

Rates (Rotary Swi tches)

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

TIMING MULTIPUERS 001 Observe the pulse width with the TIMING RATES all rotary counter at the location specified

switches set to 10-4 below except the one being tested

Verify pulse width is correct for each rotary switch as it is tested independently

For each ofthe four rotary switches in TIMING test each position to verify that the pulse width is correct Observe the signal at the following locations DELAY U520(2) BURSTWIDTH U530(2) PERIOD U540(2) DURATION U550(2)

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 iTetophone 8004201306 bull 360683-8300 bull FOC 3606803525 E-mail salesa-msystemscom Wbbsite httpJwwwaflTSystemscom

15

Trigger outputs

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

Range 10V Pulse Amplitude 500 Delay 100 xlO^ Burst 100 x 10 ^ Duration 100x10-^ Period 400x10-^ Pulse sign + Trig Mode Free run Trig in open

Trigger the oscilloscope to the Burst Trig Out Observe it the Pulse Trig Out and the isolated output

Verify that the waveform consists of a burst of three 1ms-on3ms-off pulses The burst trigger should be synchronous with the burst the pulse trigger coincident with each pulse

Output Calibration

Isolation Resistance (check)

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode center position Trig In open

Measure the resistance between ground banana jack (front panel) and black banana jack of output with DMM

Resistance read gt 100MQ

Amplitude Switch Offset (R640)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Zero Trig Mode center position Trig In Open

Measure the voltage at TP645 vs TP650 with the DMM

Adjust R640 (AmpI Sw Offset) for minimum voltage

Output Offset (R332 front panel board) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Zero Range 10V Trig Mode center position Trig In Open

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

Adjust R332 (Output offset) for minimum voltage

Positive Baseline Offeet (R607) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Sign + Baseline Amplitude

fully CCW (000) Range 10V Trig In open Trig Mode center position

Measure the voltage across the outputwiththeDMM

Adjust R602 (BSLN + offset) for minimum voltage

fl-N Systems Inc 131 BusBiess Parti Loop P O Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Telophone B00-42O1306 bull 360683-8300 bull FAX 3606803525 E-mail salesaflisystemscom V^tebsite httpy^vwwa-msystems com

16

Negative Baseline Offset (R619)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Sign -Baseline Amplitude

fully CCW (000) Range 10V Trig In open Trig Mode center position

Measure the voltage across the outputwiththeDMM

Adjust R619 (BSLN + offset) for minimum voltage

Pulse Amplitude Adjust (R602)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode Free Mode Pulse Amplitude 1000 Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =1001 Period =00110-4 Pulse Sign -Trig In open Range 10V

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

The Overiap indicator should be on Adjust R602 (Max Level) for -10OOV out

Pulse Sign Gain (check)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode Free Mode Pulse Amplitude 1000 Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =100 1s Period =001 10-4s Trig In open Range 10V

Measure the voltage at the output with the DMM for the Pulse Sign at + and - positions

The absolute values ofthe voltages should differ by less than lOOmV

Baseline Amplitudes (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Range 100mA Trig Mode center position Baseline Amplitude fully CW (1000) Trig In open

Measure the voltage at the output with the DMM with Baseline Sign in + Zero and

- positions

Gain the matching of current levels at = and - positions and offset current in Zero position

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop PO Box 850 Cartsboig Wa 98324 Telophone 800-4201306 360683-8300 FkX 3606803525 E-mail salesa-msystemscom website http^^wwaflisystemsccm

17

Output Range Amplitude and Drive (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Pulse Amplitude 1000 Pulse Sign + Trig Mode Free Run Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =1001 Period =10010-4 Trig In open

Load the output with a 10KV 1W 01 resistor Measure the voltage at the output with DMM

Verify that full scale output is within specification Scale Range 100V 100V 10V 10V 100mA IV 1mA 10V 10mA 100V

Pulse Sign and Short Circuit Protection (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =200 10-4 Period =00110-3 Baseline Zero Pulse Amplitude 25 Range 10V Trig Mode Free Run Trig In open

Measure the voltage at the output with the oscilloscope Check for Pulse Sign set to each of + - biphasic Watch for Error indicator when shorting the output

Verify that pulses of approx 25V amplitude (625V for biphasic mode) of the correct sign are produced every 10ms Short output in biphasic mode Output should return when opened

Output Transient Response (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Pulse Sign + Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =20010-4 Period =00110-3 Pulse Amplitude 250 Baseline Zero Trig Mode Free Mode Trig In open

Connect the oscilloscope to the output with a 310 attenuator probe Test both 10V and 100V ranges

Verify that overshoot and risetime meet specifications

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Telophone 8004201306 bull 3606808300 bull Flaquo( 360laquo83ltJ525 E-mail salesa-msystemsocm V^febsite http^wwwa-msystefnscom

18

Specifications

There are three classes of specifications Class A specifications tested in all units and are guaranteed Class B specifications are inherent in the design they are indirectly tested and are guaranteed Class C specifications are typical operating values which are occasionally tested- these are typical values given for your information but not guarshyanteed The class for each specification is noted in the center column ofthe following sections

Inputs Switching level

Hysteresis

Input equivalent circuit

Minimum duration (1 IL-level signal)

A

C

C

C

16 V(plusmn 02 V)

approx 50 mV

lOOKH to+5 in parallel with no more than 35pF

gt 50 ns

Open circuit condition B defaults to highon level

Timing and rate accuracy Rate selector steps

Timing multiplier steps

B

B

lOOpsto 100s in 7 steps

1 of rate selector step size Maximum value is 999 X the rate selector step size

Resolution B approx 01 ofthe maximum value

Timing error (second and later pulses after resetting controls)

B lt 002 of rate selector value + 015 ps

Timing error (first pulse after readjusting timing controls)

an additional 025 ps error may occur

Timing repeatability lt 001 setting + 20 ns (monophasic)

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Ram Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Vfa 98324 pTelophone 8004201306 bull 360683-8300 bull FAX 360683-3525

E-mail salesraquoflisystems com Wabsite httpJAnww afl isystems com

19

TRIG IN to OUTPUT delay (DELAY set to 0) output set to 2V

Timing jitter from TRIG IN to OUTPUT (for TTL trigger input with risetime lt10 ns)

Timing jitter from TRIG OUT (either BURST or PULSE) and OUTPUT

Trigger output to pulse output delay

Output characteristics Pulse level error (voltage mode open circuit current mode short circuit

Biphasic level difference IV + - V-1 2

Baseline level error (voltage mode open circuit current mode short circuit)

Risetime (25 V out)

Risetime (25 V out)

Transient response

A

A

A

Output impedance (voltage mode) C

Output impedance (current mode) C

Isolation resistance A

Isolation capacitance C

approx 05 ps for a load of no more than 10 KH in parallel with 50 pF

lt 125 ns (all rates except 100s) lt 125 ps (100s rate)

Less than 20 ns (all rates)

approx 350 ns

lt 03 of setting + 05 of r range (plus an additional 05 pA in 100 pA range)

lt 03 of range (voltage modes into open circuit current modes into short circuit)

lt 03 of setting of setting + 01 of range (plus an additional 05 pA in lOOpA range)

= 200 ns into less than 30 pF

= 15 ps into less than 30 pF

lt 8 overshoot into less than 30 pF for pulse voltages different than baseline voltage by at least 10 of range

= 50 ohms

raquo 1 0 GH (typically 200 GO)

raquo 1 0 0 M n

= 60 pF at 100 Hz

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Peril Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg V6 98324 |TelCf)hone 800-4201306 3606808300 bull FAX 360683-3525 E-mal salesaflisystefnsoom Website hnpyMVfWafllsystemsoom

20

Noise (differential mode)

Noise (common mode earth to isolated ground) with no signal output

Overload error indicator (low frequency short circuited voltage mode)

Overload error indicator low frequency open circuited current mode)

Overioad error response time

Miscellaneous

= 1 mV rms (10 V scale 10 Hz-4 MHz)

= 8 mV rms (10 Hz-4 MHz) == 100mVp-p (200 Hz -10 MHz) measured withalOMH 15pF oscilloscope probe

Turns on for set amplitude at or greater than approx plusmn1 V (10 V range) or plusmn2 V (100 V range)

Turns on for set amplitude at or above approx 2 of range

Flat to approx 30 ps duration Decreasing sensitivity for shorter pulses

Power

Fuse

Operating temperature range

Storage temperature range

Operating humidity

Dimensions

approx 11 watts

1 amp 3AG

10-30degC

0 - 50deg C

5 - 80 RH

17x475x1125 (inches) 432x121x286 cm

Weight 20 lbs (9 kg)

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Wb 98324 |Tetcphone 8004201306 3606808300 bull FOt 360683-3525 E-mail satesamsystems comV^febsite httpywwwaflisystemscom

21

Warranty and Service

What does this warranty cover A-M Systems Inc warrants to the Purchaser that the Instrument excluding cables Headstage Probes and any other accessories shipped with the Instrument (hereafter the hardware) is free from defects in workmanship or material under normal use and service for the period of one (1) year This warranty commences on the date of delivery ofthe hardware to the Purchaser

What are the obligations of A-M Systems Inc under this warranty During the warranty period A-M Systems Inc agrees to repair or replace at its sole option without charge to the Purchaser any defective component part of the hardware To obtain warranty service the Purchaser must return the hardware to A-M Systems Inc or an authorized A-M Systems Inc distributor in an adequate shipping container Any postage shipping and insurance charges incurred in shipping the hardware to A-M Systems Inc must be prepaid by the Purchaser and all risk for the hardware shall remain with purchaser until such time as A-M Systems Inc takes receipt of the hardware Upon receipt A-M Systems Inc will promptly repair or replace the defective unit and then return the hardware to the Purchaser postage shipping and insurance prepaid A-M Systems Inc may use reconditioned or like new parts or units at its sole option when repairing any hardware Repaired products shall carry the same amount of outstanding warranty as from original purchase or ninety (90) days which ever is greater Any claim under the warranty must include a dated proof of purchase ofthe hardware covered by this warranty In any event A-M Systems Inc liability for defective hardware is limited to repairing or replacing the hardware

What is not covered by this warranty This warranty is contingent upon proper use and maintenance ofthe hardware by the Purchaser and does not cover batteries Neglect misuse whether intentional or othenwise tampering with or altering the hardware damage caused by accident damage caused by unusual physical electrical chemical or electromechanical stress damage caused by failure of electrical power or damage caused during transportation are not covered by this wan-anty Products may not be returned to A-M Systems Inc for service whether under warranty or otherwise which are contaminated by infectious agents radioactive compounds or other materials constituting a health hazard to employees of A-M Systems Inc

What are the limits of liability for A-M Systems Inc under this warranty A-M Systems Inc shall not be liable for loss of data profits or savings or any special incidental consequential indirect or other similar damages arising from breach of contract negligence or other legal action even if the company or its agent has been advised of the possibility of such damages or for any claim brought against you by another party THIS EQUIPMENT IS NOT INTENDED FOR CLINICAL MEASUREMENTS USING HUMAN SUBJECTS A-M SYSTEMS INC DOES NOT ASSUME RESPONSIBILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE DUE TO MISUSE OF THIS EQUIPMENT Jurisdictions vary with regard to the enforceability of provisions excluding or limiting liability for incidental or consequential damages Check the provision of your local jurisdiction to find out whether the above exclusion applies to you

This warranty allocates risks of product failure between the Purchaser and A-M Systems Inc A-M Systems Inc hardware pricing reflects this allocation of risk and the limitations of liability contained in this warranty The warranty set forth above is in lieu of all other express warranties whether oral or written The agents employees distributors and dealers of A-M Systems Inc are not authorized to make modifications to this warranty or additional wan-anties binding on the company Accordingly additional statements such as dealer advertising or presentations whether oral or written do not constitute warranties by A-M Systems Inc and should not be relied upon This warranty gives you specific legal rights You may also have other rights which vary from one jurisdiction to another

fl-N Systems Inc 131BusinessPartiLoop RO Box850CartsbOfgWa98324 p O |Telophone 8004201306 bull 360683-8300FOC 3606830525 ^ ^ E-mail saiesaflisystefTiscom Wbbsite httpVwwwa-msystemscom

Trigger and gate f unc t i on

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

DELAY NONE BURS-nMDTH SINGLE DURATION SQUARE PERIOD 100X10-3

Apply a 1 kHz 0 - 5 V triangle wave to TRIG Observe TRIGD and EVENT LEDs

TRIG disconnect all Short the GATE connector to GND Verify LEDs extinguish

MODE press to MANUAL Verify LEDs flash once

Timing

System c lock f requency

Controls Inputs Observations Ad jus t Check

Observe the frequency of the wave Verify 1000 MHz plusmn 001 atU555(17)

Mul t ip l iers (Wheel Swi tches)

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

PULSE SIGN-laquobull MODE FREE RUN TRIG disconnect all TIMING MULTIPUERS all

wheels set to zero except the one being tested

TIMING OVERLAP ignore

Observe the pulse width with the counter at the location specified t)elow

Verify pulse width is correct for each wheel as it is tested independently

For each wheel of each MULTIPLIER test each position to verify that the pulse width is correct Observe the signal at the following locations DELAY U520(2) BURSTWIDTH U530(2) PERIOD U540(2) DURATION U550(2)

Rates (Rotary Swi tches)

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

TIMING MULTIPUERS 001 Observe the pulse width with the TIMING RATES all rotary counter at the location specified

switches set to 10-4 below except the one being tested

Verify pulse width is correct for each rotary switch as it is tested independently

For each ofthe four rotary switches in TIMING test each position to verify that the pulse width is correct Observe the signal at the following locations DELAY U520(2) BURSTWIDTH U530(2) PERIOD U540(2) DURATION U550(2)

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 iTetophone 8004201306 bull 360683-8300 bull FOC 3606803525 E-mail salesa-msystemscom Wbbsite httpJwwwaflTSystemscom

15

Trigger outputs

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

Range 10V Pulse Amplitude 500 Delay 100 xlO^ Burst 100 x 10 ^ Duration 100x10-^ Period 400x10-^ Pulse sign + Trig Mode Free run Trig in open

Trigger the oscilloscope to the Burst Trig Out Observe it the Pulse Trig Out and the isolated output

Verify that the waveform consists of a burst of three 1ms-on3ms-off pulses The burst trigger should be synchronous with the burst the pulse trigger coincident with each pulse

Output Calibration

Isolation Resistance (check)

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode center position Trig In open

Measure the resistance between ground banana jack (front panel) and black banana jack of output with DMM

Resistance read gt 100MQ

Amplitude Switch Offset (R640)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Zero Trig Mode center position Trig In Open

Measure the voltage at TP645 vs TP650 with the DMM

Adjust R640 (AmpI Sw Offset) for minimum voltage

Output Offset (R332 front panel board) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Zero Range 10V Trig Mode center position Trig In Open

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

Adjust R332 (Output offset) for minimum voltage

Positive Baseline Offeet (R607) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Sign + Baseline Amplitude

fully CCW (000) Range 10V Trig In open Trig Mode center position

Measure the voltage across the outputwiththeDMM

Adjust R602 (BSLN + offset) for minimum voltage

fl-N Systems Inc 131 BusBiess Parti Loop P O Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Telophone B00-42O1306 bull 360683-8300 bull FAX 3606803525 E-mail salesaflisystemscom V^tebsite httpy^vwwa-msystems com

16

Negative Baseline Offset (R619)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Sign -Baseline Amplitude

fully CCW (000) Range 10V Trig In open Trig Mode center position

Measure the voltage across the outputwiththeDMM

Adjust R619 (BSLN + offset) for minimum voltage

Pulse Amplitude Adjust (R602)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode Free Mode Pulse Amplitude 1000 Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =1001 Period =00110-4 Pulse Sign -Trig In open Range 10V

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

The Overiap indicator should be on Adjust R602 (Max Level) for -10OOV out

Pulse Sign Gain (check)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode Free Mode Pulse Amplitude 1000 Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =100 1s Period =001 10-4s Trig In open Range 10V

Measure the voltage at the output with the DMM for the Pulse Sign at + and - positions

The absolute values ofthe voltages should differ by less than lOOmV

Baseline Amplitudes (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Range 100mA Trig Mode center position Baseline Amplitude fully CW (1000) Trig In open

Measure the voltage at the output with the DMM with Baseline Sign in + Zero and

- positions

Gain the matching of current levels at = and - positions and offset current in Zero position

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop PO Box 850 Cartsboig Wa 98324 Telophone 800-4201306 360683-8300 FkX 3606803525 E-mail salesa-msystemscom website http^^wwaflisystemsccm

17

Output Range Amplitude and Drive (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Pulse Amplitude 1000 Pulse Sign + Trig Mode Free Run Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =1001 Period =10010-4 Trig In open

Load the output with a 10KV 1W 01 resistor Measure the voltage at the output with DMM

Verify that full scale output is within specification Scale Range 100V 100V 10V 10V 100mA IV 1mA 10V 10mA 100V

Pulse Sign and Short Circuit Protection (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =200 10-4 Period =00110-3 Baseline Zero Pulse Amplitude 25 Range 10V Trig Mode Free Run Trig In open

Measure the voltage at the output with the oscilloscope Check for Pulse Sign set to each of + - biphasic Watch for Error indicator when shorting the output

Verify that pulses of approx 25V amplitude (625V for biphasic mode) of the correct sign are produced every 10ms Short output in biphasic mode Output should return when opened

Output Transient Response (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Pulse Sign + Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =20010-4 Period =00110-3 Pulse Amplitude 250 Baseline Zero Trig Mode Free Mode Trig In open

Connect the oscilloscope to the output with a 310 attenuator probe Test both 10V and 100V ranges

Verify that overshoot and risetime meet specifications

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Telophone 8004201306 bull 3606808300 bull Flaquo( 360laquo83ltJ525 E-mail salesa-msystemsocm V^febsite http^wwwa-msystefnscom

18

Specifications

There are three classes of specifications Class A specifications tested in all units and are guaranteed Class B specifications are inherent in the design they are indirectly tested and are guaranteed Class C specifications are typical operating values which are occasionally tested- these are typical values given for your information but not guarshyanteed The class for each specification is noted in the center column ofthe following sections

Inputs Switching level

Hysteresis

Input equivalent circuit

Minimum duration (1 IL-level signal)

A

C

C

C

16 V(plusmn 02 V)

approx 50 mV

lOOKH to+5 in parallel with no more than 35pF

gt 50 ns

Open circuit condition B defaults to highon level

Timing and rate accuracy Rate selector steps

Timing multiplier steps

B

B

lOOpsto 100s in 7 steps

1 of rate selector step size Maximum value is 999 X the rate selector step size

Resolution B approx 01 ofthe maximum value

Timing error (second and later pulses after resetting controls)

B lt 002 of rate selector value + 015 ps

Timing error (first pulse after readjusting timing controls)

an additional 025 ps error may occur

Timing repeatability lt 001 setting + 20 ns (monophasic)

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Ram Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Vfa 98324 pTelophone 8004201306 bull 360683-8300 bull FAX 360683-3525

E-mail salesraquoflisystems com Wabsite httpJAnww afl isystems com

19

TRIG IN to OUTPUT delay (DELAY set to 0) output set to 2V

Timing jitter from TRIG IN to OUTPUT (for TTL trigger input with risetime lt10 ns)

Timing jitter from TRIG OUT (either BURST or PULSE) and OUTPUT

Trigger output to pulse output delay

Output characteristics Pulse level error (voltage mode open circuit current mode short circuit

Biphasic level difference IV + - V-1 2

Baseline level error (voltage mode open circuit current mode short circuit)

Risetime (25 V out)

Risetime (25 V out)

Transient response

A

A

A

Output impedance (voltage mode) C

Output impedance (current mode) C

Isolation resistance A

Isolation capacitance C

approx 05 ps for a load of no more than 10 KH in parallel with 50 pF

lt 125 ns (all rates except 100s) lt 125 ps (100s rate)

Less than 20 ns (all rates)

approx 350 ns

lt 03 of setting + 05 of r range (plus an additional 05 pA in 100 pA range)

lt 03 of range (voltage modes into open circuit current modes into short circuit)

lt 03 of setting of setting + 01 of range (plus an additional 05 pA in lOOpA range)

= 200 ns into less than 30 pF

= 15 ps into less than 30 pF

lt 8 overshoot into less than 30 pF for pulse voltages different than baseline voltage by at least 10 of range

= 50 ohms

raquo 1 0 GH (typically 200 GO)

raquo 1 0 0 M n

= 60 pF at 100 Hz

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Peril Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg V6 98324 |TelCf)hone 800-4201306 3606808300 bull FAX 360683-3525 E-mal salesaflisystefnsoom Website hnpyMVfWafllsystemsoom

20

Noise (differential mode)

Noise (common mode earth to isolated ground) with no signal output

Overload error indicator (low frequency short circuited voltage mode)

Overload error indicator low frequency open circuited current mode)

Overioad error response time

Miscellaneous

= 1 mV rms (10 V scale 10 Hz-4 MHz)

= 8 mV rms (10 Hz-4 MHz) == 100mVp-p (200 Hz -10 MHz) measured withalOMH 15pF oscilloscope probe

Turns on for set amplitude at or greater than approx plusmn1 V (10 V range) or plusmn2 V (100 V range)

Turns on for set amplitude at or above approx 2 of range

Flat to approx 30 ps duration Decreasing sensitivity for shorter pulses

Power

Fuse

Operating temperature range

Storage temperature range

Operating humidity

Dimensions

approx 11 watts

1 amp 3AG

10-30degC

0 - 50deg C

5 - 80 RH

17x475x1125 (inches) 432x121x286 cm

Weight 20 lbs (9 kg)

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Wb 98324 |Tetcphone 8004201306 3606808300 bull FOt 360683-3525 E-mail satesamsystems comV^febsite httpywwwaflisystemscom

21

Warranty and Service

What does this warranty cover A-M Systems Inc warrants to the Purchaser that the Instrument excluding cables Headstage Probes and any other accessories shipped with the Instrument (hereafter the hardware) is free from defects in workmanship or material under normal use and service for the period of one (1) year This warranty commences on the date of delivery ofthe hardware to the Purchaser

What are the obligations of A-M Systems Inc under this warranty During the warranty period A-M Systems Inc agrees to repair or replace at its sole option without charge to the Purchaser any defective component part of the hardware To obtain warranty service the Purchaser must return the hardware to A-M Systems Inc or an authorized A-M Systems Inc distributor in an adequate shipping container Any postage shipping and insurance charges incurred in shipping the hardware to A-M Systems Inc must be prepaid by the Purchaser and all risk for the hardware shall remain with purchaser until such time as A-M Systems Inc takes receipt of the hardware Upon receipt A-M Systems Inc will promptly repair or replace the defective unit and then return the hardware to the Purchaser postage shipping and insurance prepaid A-M Systems Inc may use reconditioned or like new parts or units at its sole option when repairing any hardware Repaired products shall carry the same amount of outstanding warranty as from original purchase or ninety (90) days which ever is greater Any claim under the warranty must include a dated proof of purchase ofthe hardware covered by this warranty In any event A-M Systems Inc liability for defective hardware is limited to repairing or replacing the hardware

What is not covered by this warranty This warranty is contingent upon proper use and maintenance ofthe hardware by the Purchaser and does not cover batteries Neglect misuse whether intentional or othenwise tampering with or altering the hardware damage caused by accident damage caused by unusual physical electrical chemical or electromechanical stress damage caused by failure of electrical power or damage caused during transportation are not covered by this wan-anty Products may not be returned to A-M Systems Inc for service whether under warranty or otherwise which are contaminated by infectious agents radioactive compounds or other materials constituting a health hazard to employees of A-M Systems Inc

What are the limits of liability for A-M Systems Inc under this warranty A-M Systems Inc shall not be liable for loss of data profits or savings or any special incidental consequential indirect or other similar damages arising from breach of contract negligence or other legal action even if the company or its agent has been advised of the possibility of such damages or for any claim brought against you by another party THIS EQUIPMENT IS NOT INTENDED FOR CLINICAL MEASUREMENTS USING HUMAN SUBJECTS A-M SYSTEMS INC DOES NOT ASSUME RESPONSIBILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE DUE TO MISUSE OF THIS EQUIPMENT Jurisdictions vary with regard to the enforceability of provisions excluding or limiting liability for incidental or consequential damages Check the provision of your local jurisdiction to find out whether the above exclusion applies to you

This warranty allocates risks of product failure between the Purchaser and A-M Systems Inc A-M Systems Inc hardware pricing reflects this allocation of risk and the limitations of liability contained in this warranty The warranty set forth above is in lieu of all other express warranties whether oral or written The agents employees distributors and dealers of A-M Systems Inc are not authorized to make modifications to this warranty or additional wan-anties binding on the company Accordingly additional statements such as dealer advertising or presentations whether oral or written do not constitute warranties by A-M Systems Inc and should not be relied upon This warranty gives you specific legal rights You may also have other rights which vary from one jurisdiction to another

fl-N Systems Inc 131BusinessPartiLoop RO Box850CartsbOfgWa98324 p O |Telophone 8004201306 bull 360683-8300FOC 3606830525 ^ ^ E-mail saiesaflisystefTiscom Wbbsite httpVwwwa-msystemscom

Trigger outputs

Controls Inputs Observations Adjust Check

Range 10V Pulse Amplitude 500 Delay 100 xlO^ Burst 100 x 10 ^ Duration 100x10-^ Period 400x10-^ Pulse sign + Trig Mode Free run Trig in open

Trigger the oscilloscope to the Burst Trig Out Observe it the Pulse Trig Out and the isolated output

Verify that the waveform consists of a burst of three 1ms-on3ms-off pulses The burst trigger should be synchronous with the burst the pulse trigger coincident with each pulse

Output Calibration

Isolation Resistance (check)

Controls Inputs Observations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode center position Trig In open

Measure the resistance between ground banana jack (front panel) and black banana jack of output with DMM

Resistance read gt 100MQ

Amplitude Switch Offset (R640)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Zero Trig Mode center position Trig In Open

Measure the voltage at TP645 vs TP650 with the DMM

Adjust R640 (AmpI Sw Offset) for minimum voltage

Output Offset (R332 front panel board) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Zero Range 10V Trig Mode center position Trig In Open

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

Adjust R332 (Output offset) for minimum voltage

Positive Baseline Offeet (R607) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Sign + Baseline Amplitude

fully CCW (000) Range 10V Trig In open Trig Mode center position

Measure the voltage across the outputwiththeDMM

Adjust R602 (BSLN + offset) for minimum voltage

fl-N Systems Inc 131 BusBiess Parti Loop P O Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Telophone B00-42O1306 bull 360683-8300 bull FAX 3606803525 E-mail salesaflisystemscom V^tebsite httpy^vwwa-msystems com

16

Negative Baseline Offset (R619)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Sign -Baseline Amplitude

fully CCW (000) Range 10V Trig In open Trig Mode center position

Measure the voltage across the outputwiththeDMM

Adjust R619 (BSLN + offset) for minimum voltage

Pulse Amplitude Adjust (R602)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode Free Mode Pulse Amplitude 1000 Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =1001 Period =00110-4 Pulse Sign -Trig In open Range 10V

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

The Overiap indicator should be on Adjust R602 (Max Level) for -10OOV out

Pulse Sign Gain (check)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode Free Mode Pulse Amplitude 1000 Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =100 1s Period =001 10-4s Trig In open Range 10V

Measure the voltage at the output with the DMM for the Pulse Sign at + and - positions

The absolute values ofthe voltages should differ by less than lOOmV

Baseline Amplitudes (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Range 100mA Trig Mode center position Baseline Amplitude fully CW (1000) Trig In open

Measure the voltage at the output with the DMM with Baseline Sign in + Zero and

- positions

Gain the matching of current levels at = and - positions and offset current in Zero position

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop PO Box 850 Cartsboig Wa 98324 Telophone 800-4201306 360683-8300 FkX 3606803525 E-mail salesa-msystemscom website http^^wwaflisystemsccm

17

Output Range Amplitude and Drive (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Pulse Amplitude 1000 Pulse Sign + Trig Mode Free Run Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =1001 Period =10010-4 Trig In open

Load the output with a 10KV 1W 01 resistor Measure the voltage at the output with DMM

Verify that full scale output is within specification Scale Range 100V 100V 10V 10V 100mA IV 1mA 10V 10mA 100V

Pulse Sign and Short Circuit Protection (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =200 10-4 Period =00110-3 Baseline Zero Pulse Amplitude 25 Range 10V Trig Mode Free Run Trig In open

Measure the voltage at the output with the oscilloscope Check for Pulse Sign set to each of + - biphasic Watch for Error indicator when shorting the output

Verify that pulses of approx 25V amplitude (625V for biphasic mode) of the correct sign are produced every 10ms Short output in biphasic mode Output should return when opened

Output Transient Response (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Pulse Sign + Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =20010-4 Period =00110-3 Pulse Amplitude 250 Baseline Zero Trig Mode Free Mode Trig In open

Connect the oscilloscope to the output with a 310 attenuator probe Test both 10V and 100V ranges

Verify that overshoot and risetime meet specifications

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Telophone 8004201306 bull 3606808300 bull Flaquo( 360laquo83ltJ525 E-mail salesa-msystemsocm V^febsite http^wwwa-msystefnscom

18

Specifications

There are three classes of specifications Class A specifications tested in all units and are guaranteed Class B specifications are inherent in the design they are indirectly tested and are guaranteed Class C specifications are typical operating values which are occasionally tested- these are typical values given for your information but not guarshyanteed The class for each specification is noted in the center column ofthe following sections

Inputs Switching level

Hysteresis

Input equivalent circuit

Minimum duration (1 IL-level signal)

A

C

C

C

16 V(plusmn 02 V)

approx 50 mV

lOOKH to+5 in parallel with no more than 35pF

gt 50 ns

Open circuit condition B defaults to highon level

Timing and rate accuracy Rate selector steps

Timing multiplier steps

B

B

lOOpsto 100s in 7 steps

1 of rate selector step size Maximum value is 999 X the rate selector step size

Resolution B approx 01 ofthe maximum value

Timing error (second and later pulses after resetting controls)

B lt 002 of rate selector value + 015 ps

Timing error (first pulse after readjusting timing controls)

an additional 025 ps error may occur

Timing repeatability lt 001 setting + 20 ns (monophasic)

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Ram Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Vfa 98324 pTelophone 8004201306 bull 360683-8300 bull FAX 360683-3525

E-mail salesraquoflisystems com Wabsite httpJAnww afl isystems com

19

TRIG IN to OUTPUT delay (DELAY set to 0) output set to 2V

Timing jitter from TRIG IN to OUTPUT (for TTL trigger input with risetime lt10 ns)

Timing jitter from TRIG OUT (either BURST or PULSE) and OUTPUT

Trigger output to pulse output delay

Output characteristics Pulse level error (voltage mode open circuit current mode short circuit

Biphasic level difference IV + - V-1 2

Baseline level error (voltage mode open circuit current mode short circuit)

Risetime (25 V out)

Risetime (25 V out)

Transient response

A

A

A

Output impedance (voltage mode) C

Output impedance (current mode) C

Isolation resistance A

Isolation capacitance C

approx 05 ps for a load of no more than 10 KH in parallel with 50 pF

lt 125 ns (all rates except 100s) lt 125 ps (100s rate)

Less than 20 ns (all rates)

approx 350 ns

lt 03 of setting + 05 of r range (plus an additional 05 pA in 100 pA range)

lt 03 of range (voltage modes into open circuit current modes into short circuit)

lt 03 of setting of setting + 01 of range (plus an additional 05 pA in lOOpA range)

= 200 ns into less than 30 pF

= 15 ps into less than 30 pF

lt 8 overshoot into less than 30 pF for pulse voltages different than baseline voltage by at least 10 of range

= 50 ohms

raquo 1 0 GH (typically 200 GO)

raquo 1 0 0 M n

= 60 pF at 100 Hz

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Peril Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg V6 98324 |TelCf)hone 800-4201306 3606808300 bull FAX 360683-3525 E-mal salesaflisystefnsoom Website hnpyMVfWafllsystemsoom

20

Noise (differential mode)

Noise (common mode earth to isolated ground) with no signal output

Overload error indicator (low frequency short circuited voltage mode)

Overload error indicator low frequency open circuited current mode)

Overioad error response time

Miscellaneous

= 1 mV rms (10 V scale 10 Hz-4 MHz)

= 8 mV rms (10 Hz-4 MHz) == 100mVp-p (200 Hz -10 MHz) measured withalOMH 15pF oscilloscope probe

Turns on for set amplitude at or greater than approx plusmn1 V (10 V range) or plusmn2 V (100 V range)

Turns on for set amplitude at or above approx 2 of range

Flat to approx 30 ps duration Decreasing sensitivity for shorter pulses

Power

Fuse

Operating temperature range

Storage temperature range

Operating humidity

Dimensions

approx 11 watts

1 amp 3AG

10-30degC

0 - 50deg C

5 - 80 RH

17x475x1125 (inches) 432x121x286 cm

Weight 20 lbs (9 kg)

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Wb 98324 |Tetcphone 8004201306 3606808300 bull FOt 360683-3525 E-mail satesamsystems comV^febsite httpywwwaflisystemscom

21

Warranty and Service

What does this warranty cover A-M Systems Inc warrants to the Purchaser that the Instrument excluding cables Headstage Probes and any other accessories shipped with the Instrument (hereafter the hardware) is free from defects in workmanship or material under normal use and service for the period of one (1) year This warranty commences on the date of delivery ofthe hardware to the Purchaser

What are the obligations of A-M Systems Inc under this warranty During the warranty period A-M Systems Inc agrees to repair or replace at its sole option without charge to the Purchaser any defective component part of the hardware To obtain warranty service the Purchaser must return the hardware to A-M Systems Inc or an authorized A-M Systems Inc distributor in an adequate shipping container Any postage shipping and insurance charges incurred in shipping the hardware to A-M Systems Inc must be prepaid by the Purchaser and all risk for the hardware shall remain with purchaser until such time as A-M Systems Inc takes receipt of the hardware Upon receipt A-M Systems Inc will promptly repair or replace the defective unit and then return the hardware to the Purchaser postage shipping and insurance prepaid A-M Systems Inc may use reconditioned or like new parts or units at its sole option when repairing any hardware Repaired products shall carry the same amount of outstanding warranty as from original purchase or ninety (90) days which ever is greater Any claim under the warranty must include a dated proof of purchase ofthe hardware covered by this warranty In any event A-M Systems Inc liability for defective hardware is limited to repairing or replacing the hardware

What is not covered by this warranty This warranty is contingent upon proper use and maintenance ofthe hardware by the Purchaser and does not cover batteries Neglect misuse whether intentional or othenwise tampering with or altering the hardware damage caused by accident damage caused by unusual physical electrical chemical or electromechanical stress damage caused by failure of electrical power or damage caused during transportation are not covered by this wan-anty Products may not be returned to A-M Systems Inc for service whether under warranty or otherwise which are contaminated by infectious agents radioactive compounds or other materials constituting a health hazard to employees of A-M Systems Inc

What are the limits of liability for A-M Systems Inc under this warranty A-M Systems Inc shall not be liable for loss of data profits or savings or any special incidental consequential indirect or other similar damages arising from breach of contract negligence or other legal action even if the company or its agent has been advised of the possibility of such damages or for any claim brought against you by another party THIS EQUIPMENT IS NOT INTENDED FOR CLINICAL MEASUREMENTS USING HUMAN SUBJECTS A-M SYSTEMS INC DOES NOT ASSUME RESPONSIBILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE DUE TO MISUSE OF THIS EQUIPMENT Jurisdictions vary with regard to the enforceability of provisions excluding or limiting liability for incidental or consequential damages Check the provision of your local jurisdiction to find out whether the above exclusion applies to you

This warranty allocates risks of product failure between the Purchaser and A-M Systems Inc A-M Systems Inc hardware pricing reflects this allocation of risk and the limitations of liability contained in this warranty The warranty set forth above is in lieu of all other express warranties whether oral or written The agents employees distributors and dealers of A-M Systems Inc are not authorized to make modifications to this warranty or additional wan-anties binding on the company Accordingly additional statements such as dealer advertising or presentations whether oral or written do not constitute warranties by A-M Systems Inc and should not be relied upon This warranty gives you specific legal rights You may also have other rights which vary from one jurisdiction to another

fl-N Systems Inc 131BusinessPartiLoop RO Box850CartsbOfgWa98324 p O |Telophone 8004201306 bull 360683-8300FOC 3606830525 ^ ^ E-mail saiesaflisystefTiscom Wbbsite httpVwwwa-msystemscom

Negative Baseline Offset (R619)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Baseline Sign -Baseline Amplitude

fully CCW (000) Range 10V Trig In open Trig Mode center position

Measure the voltage across the outputwiththeDMM

Adjust R619 (BSLN + offset) for minimum voltage

Pulse Amplitude Adjust (R602)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode Free Mode Pulse Amplitude 1000 Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =1001 Period =00110-4 Pulse Sign -Trig In open Range 10V

Measure the voltage across the output with the DMM

The Overiap indicator should be on Adjust R602 (Max Level) for -10OOV out

Pulse Sign Gain (check)

Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Trig Mode Free Mode Pulse Amplitude 1000 Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =100 1s Period =001 10-4s Trig In open Range 10V

Measure the voltage at the output with the DMM for the Pulse Sign at + and - positions

The absolute values ofthe voltages should differ by less than lOOmV

Baseline Amplitudes (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Range 100mA Trig Mode center position Baseline Amplitude fully CW (1000) Trig In open

Measure the voltage at the output with the DMM with Baseline Sign in + Zero and

- positions

Gain the matching of current levels at = and - positions and offset current in Zero position

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop PO Box 850 Cartsboig Wa 98324 Telophone 800-4201306 360683-8300 FkX 3606803525 E-mail salesa-msystemscom website http^^wwaflisystemsccm

17

Output Range Amplitude and Drive (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Pulse Amplitude 1000 Pulse Sign + Trig Mode Free Run Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =1001 Period =10010-4 Trig In open

Load the output with a 10KV 1W 01 resistor Measure the voltage at the output with DMM

Verify that full scale output is within specification Scale Range 100V 100V 10V 10V 100mA IV 1mA 10V 10mA 100V

Pulse Sign and Short Circuit Protection (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =200 10-4 Period =00110-3 Baseline Zero Pulse Amplitude 25 Range 10V Trig Mode Free Run Trig In open

Measure the voltage at the output with the oscilloscope Check for Pulse Sign set to each of + - biphasic Watch for Error indicator when shorting the output

Verify that pulses of approx 25V amplitude (625V for biphasic mode) of the correct sign are produced every 10ms Short output in biphasic mode Output should return when opened

Output Transient Response (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Pulse Sign + Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =20010-4 Period =00110-3 Pulse Amplitude 250 Baseline Zero Trig Mode Free Mode Trig In open

Connect the oscilloscope to the output with a 310 attenuator probe Test both 10V and 100V ranges

Verify that overshoot and risetime meet specifications

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Telophone 8004201306 bull 3606808300 bull Flaquo( 360laquo83ltJ525 E-mail salesa-msystemsocm V^febsite http^wwwa-msystefnscom

18

Specifications

There are three classes of specifications Class A specifications tested in all units and are guaranteed Class B specifications are inherent in the design they are indirectly tested and are guaranteed Class C specifications are typical operating values which are occasionally tested- these are typical values given for your information but not guarshyanteed The class for each specification is noted in the center column ofthe following sections

Inputs Switching level

Hysteresis

Input equivalent circuit

Minimum duration (1 IL-level signal)

A

C

C

C

16 V(plusmn 02 V)

approx 50 mV

lOOKH to+5 in parallel with no more than 35pF

gt 50 ns

Open circuit condition B defaults to highon level

Timing and rate accuracy Rate selector steps

Timing multiplier steps

B

B

lOOpsto 100s in 7 steps

1 of rate selector step size Maximum value is 999 X the rate selector step size

Resolution B approx 01 ofthe maximum value

Timing error (second and later pulses after resetting controls)

B lt 002 of rate selector value + 015 ps

Timing error (first pulse after readjusting timing controls)

an additional 025 ps error may occur

Timing repeatability lt 001 setting + 20 ns (monophasic)

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Ram Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Vfa 98324 pTelophone 8004201306 bull 360683-8300 bull FAX 360683-3525

E-mail salesraquoflisystems com Wabsite httpJAnww afl isystems com

19

TRIG IN to OUTPUT delay (DELAY set to 0) output set to 2V

Timing jitter from TRIG IN to OUTPUT (for TTL trigger input with risetime lt10 ns)

Timing jitter from TRIG OUT (either BURST or PULSE) and OUTPUT

Trigger output to pulse output delay

Output characteristics Pulse level error (voltage mode open circuit current mode short circuit

Biphasic level difference IV + - V-1 2

Baseline level error (voltage mode open circuit current mode short circuit)

Risetime (25 V out)

Risetime (25 V out)

Transient response

A

A

A

Output impedance (voltage mode) C

Output impedance (current mode) C

Isolation resistance A

Isolation capacitance C

approx 05 ps for a load of no more than 10 KH in parallel with 50 pF

lt 125 ns (all rates except 100s) lt 125 ps (100s rate)

Less than 20 ns (all rates)

approx 350 ns

lt 03 of setting + 05 of r range (plus an additional 05 pA in 100 pA range)

lt 03 of range (voltage modes into open circuit current modes into short circuit)

lt 03 of setting of setting + 01 of range (plus an additional 05 pA in lOOpA range)

= 200 ns into less than 30 pF

= 15 ps into less than 30 pF

lt 8 overshoot into less than 30 pF for pulse voltages different than baseline voltage by at least 10 of range

= 50 ohms

raquo 1 0 GH (typically 200 GO)

raquo 1 0 0 M n

= 60 pF at 100 Hz

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Peril Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg V6 98324 |TelCf)hone 800-4201306 3606808300 bull FAX 360683-3525 E-mal salesaflisystefnsoom Website hnpyMVfWafllsystemsoom

20

Noise (differential mode)

Noise (common mode earth to isolated ground) with no signal output

Overload error indicator (low frequency short circuited voltage mode)

Overload error indicator low frequency open circuited current mode)

Overioad error response time

Miscellaneous

= 1 mV rms (10 V scale 10 Hz-4 MHz)

= 8 mV rms (10 Hz-4 MHz) == 100mVp-p (200 Hz -10 MHz) measured withalOMH 15pF oscilloscope probe

Turns on for set amplitude at or greater than approx plusmn1 V (10 V range) or plusmn2 V (100 V range)

Turns on for set amplitude at or above approx 2 of range

Flat to approx 30 ps duration Decreasing sensitivity for shorter pulses

Power

Fuse

Operating temperature range

Storage temperature range

Operating humidity

Dimensions

approx 11 watts

1 amp 3AG

10-30degC

0 - 50deg C

5 - 80 RH

17x475x1125 (inches) 432x121x286 cm

Weight 20 lbs (9 kg)

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Wb 98324 |Tetcphone 8004201306 3606808300 bull FOt 360683-3525 E-mail satesamsystems comV^febsite httpywwwaflisystemscom

21

Warranty and Service

What does this warranty cover A-M Systems Inc warrants to the Purchaser that the Instrument excluding cables Headstage Probes and any other accessories shipped with the Instrument (hereafter the hardware) is free from defects in workmanship or material under normal use and service for the period of one (1) year This warranty commences on the date of delivery ofthe hardware to the Purchaser

What are the obligations of A-M Systems Inc under this warranty During the warranty period A-M Systems Inc agrees to repair or replace at its sole option without charge to the Purchaser any defective component part of the hardware To obtain warranty service the Purchaser must return the hardware to A-M Systems Inc or an authorized A-M Systems Inc distributor in an adequate shipping container Any postage shipping and insurance charges incurred in shipping the hardware to A-M Systems Inc must be prepaid by the Purchaser and all risk for the hardware shall remain with purchaser until such time as A-M Systems Inc takes receipt of the hardware Upon receipt A-M Systems Inc will promptly repair or replace the defective unit and then return the hardware to the Purchaser postage shipping and insurance prepaid A-M Systems Inc may use reconditioned or like new parts or units at its sole option when repairing any hardware Repaired products shall carry the same amount of outstanding warranty as from original purchase or ninety (90) days which ever is greater Any claim under the warranty must include a dated proof of purchase ofthe hardware covered by this warranty In any event A-M Systems Inc liability for defective hardware is limited to repairing or replacing the hardware

What is not covered by this warranty This warranty is contingent upon proper use and maintenance ofthe hardware by the Purchaser and does not cover batteries Neglect misuse whether intentional or othenwise tampering with or altering the hardware damage caused by accident damage caused by unusual physical electrical chemical or electromechanical stress damage caused by failure of electrical power or damage caused during transportation are not covered by this wan-anty Products may not be returned to A-M Systems Inc for service whether under warranty or otherwise which are contaminated by infectious agents radioactive compounds or other materials constituting a health hazard to employees of A-M Systems Inc

What are the limits of liability for A-M Systems Inc under this warranty A-M Systems Inc shall not be liable for loss of data profits or savings or any special incidental consequential indirect or other similar damages arising from breach of contract negligence or other legal action even if the company or its agent has been advised of the possibility of such damages or for any claim brought against you by another party THIS EQUIPMENT IS NOT INTENDED FOR CLINICAL MEASUREMENTS USING HUMAN SUBJECTS A-M SYSTEMS INC DOES NOT ASSUME RESPONSIBILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE DUE TO MISUSE OF THIS EQUIPMENT Jurisdictions vary with regard to the enforceability of provisions excluding or limiting liability for incidental or consequential damages Check the provision of your local jurisdiction to find out whether the above exclusion applies to you

This warranty allocates risks of product failure between the Purchaser and A-M Systems Inc A-M Systems Inc hardware pricing reflects this allocation of risk and the limitations of liability contained in this warranty The warranty set forth above is in lieu of all other express warranties whether oral or written The agents employees distributors and dealers of A-M Systems Inc are not authorized to make modifications to this warranty or additional wan-anties binding on the company Accordingly additional statements such as dealer advertising or presentations whether oral or written do not constitute warranties by A-M Systems Inc and should not be relied upon This warranty gives you specific legal rights You may also have other rights which vary from one jurisdiction to another

fl-N Systems Inc 131BusinessPartiLoop RO Box850CartsbOfgWa98324 p O |Telophone 8004201306 bull 360683-8300FOC 3606830525 ^ ^ E-mail saiesaflisystefTiscom Wbbsite httpVwwwa-msystemscom

Output Range Amplitude and Drive (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Pulse Amplitude 1000 Pulse Sign + Trig Mode Free Run Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =1001 Period =10010-4 Trig In open

Load the output with a 10KV 1W 01 resistor Measure the voltage at the output with DMM

Verify that full scale output is within specification Scale Range 100V 100V 10V 10V 100mA IV 1mA 10V 10mA 100V

Pulse Sign and Short Circuit Protection (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =200 10-4 Period =00110-3 Baseline Zero Pulse Amplitude 25 Range 10V Trig Mode Free Run Trig In open

Measure the voltage at the output with the oscilloscope Check for Pulse Sign set to each of + - biphasic Watch for Error indicator when shorting the output

Verify that pulses of approx 25V amplitude (625V for biphasic mode) of the correct sign are produced every 10ms Short output in biphasic mode Output should return when opened

Output Transient Response (check) Controls InputsObservations AdjustCheck

Pulse Sign + Timing Delay =none Burst =single Duration =20010-4 Period =00110-3 Pulse Amplitude 250 Baseline Zero Trig Mode Free Mode Trig In open

Connect the oscilloscope to the output with a 310 attenuator probe Test both 10V and 100V ranges

Verify that overshoot and risetime meet specifications

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Wa 98324 Telophone 8004201306 bull 3606808300 bull Flaquo( 360laquo83ltJ525 E-mail salesa-msystemsocm V^febsite http^wwwa-msystefnscom

18

Specifications

There are three classes of specifications Class A specifications tested in all units and are guaranteed Class B specifications are inherent in the design they are indirectly tested and are guaranteed Class C specifications are typical operating values which are occasionally tested- these are typical values given for your information but not guarshyanteed The class for each specification is noted in the center column ofthe following sections

Inputs Switching level

Hysteresis

Input equivalent circuit

Minimum duration (1 IL-level signal)

A

C

C

C

16 V(plusmn 02 V)

approx 50 mV

lOOKH to+5 in parallel with no more than 35pF

gt 50 ns

Open circuit condition B defaults to highon level

Timing and rate accuracy Rate selector steps

Timing multiplier steps

B

B

lOOpsto 100s in 7 steps

1 of rate selector step size Maximum value is 999 X the rate selector step size

Resolution B approx 01 ofthe maximum value

Timing error (second and later pulses after resetting controls)

B lt 002 of rate selector value + 015 ps

Timing error (first pulse after readjusting timing controls)

an additional 025 ps error may occur

Timing repeatability lt 001 setting + 20 ns (monophasic)

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Ram Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Vfa 98324 pTelophone 8004201306 bull 360683-8300 bull FAX 360683-3525

E-mail salesraquoflisystems com Wabsite httpJAnww afl isystems com

19

TRIG IN to OUTPUT delay (DELAY set to 0) output set to 2V

Timing jitter from TRIG IN to OUTPUT (for TTL trigger input with risetime lt10 ns)

Timing jitter from TRIG OUT (either BURST or PULSE) and OUTPUT

Trigger output to pulse output delay

Output characteristics Pulse level error (voltage mode open circuit current mode short circuit

Biphasic level difference IV + - V-1 2

Baseline level error (voltage mode open circuit current mode short circuit)

Risetime (25 V out)

Risetime (25 V out)

Transient response

A

A

A

Output impedance (voltage mode) C

Output impedance (current mode) C

Isolation resistance A

Isolation capacitance C

approx 05 ps for a load of no more than 10 KH in parallel with 50 pF

lt 125 ns (all rates except 100s) lt 125 ps (100s rate)

Less than 20 ns (all rates)

approx 350 ns

lt 03 of setting + 05 of r range (plus an additional 05 pA in 100 pA range)

lt 03 of range (voltage modes into open circuit current modes into short circuit)

lt 03 of setting of setting + 01 of range (plus an additional 05 pA in lOOpA range)

= 200 ns into less than 30 pF

= 15 ps into less than 30 pF

lt 8 overshoot into less than 30 pF for pulse voltages different than baseline voltage by at least 10 of range

= 50 ohms

raquo 1 0 GH (typically 200 GO)

raquo 1 0 0 M n

= 60 pF at 100 Hz

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Peril Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg V6 98324 |TelCf)hone 800-4201306 3606808300 bull FAX 360683-3525 E-mal salesaflisystefnsoom Website hnpyMVfWafllsystemsoom

20

Noise (differential mode)

Noise (common mode earth to isolated ground) with no signal output

Overload error indicator (low frequency short circuited voltage mode)

Overload error indicator low frequency open circuited current mode)

Overioad error response time

Miscellaneous

= 1 mV rms (10 V scale 10 Hz-4 MHz)

= 8 mV rms (10 Hz-4 MHz) == 100mVp-p (200 Hz -10 MHz) measured withalOMH 15pF oscilloscope probe

Turns on for set amplitude at or greater than approx plusmn1 V (10 V range) or plusmn2 V (100 V range)

Turns on for set amplitude at or above approx 2 of range

Flat to approx 30 ps duration Decreasing sensitivity for shorter pulses

Power

Fuse

Operating temperature range

Storage temperature range

Operating humidity

Dimensions

approx 11 watts

1 amp 3AG

10-30degC

0 - 50deg C

5 - 80 RH

17x475x1125 (inches) 432x121x286 cm

Weight 20 lbs (9 kg)

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Wb 98324 |Tetcphone 8004201306 3606808300 bull FOt 360683-3525 E-mail satesamsystems comV^febsite httpywwwaflisystemscom

21

Warranty and Service

What does this warranty cover A-M Systems Inc warrants to the Purchaser that the Instrument excluding cables Headstage Probes and any other accessories shipped with the Instrument (hereafter the hardware) is free from defects in workmanship or material under normal use and service for the period of one (1) year This warranty commences on the date of delivery ofthe hardware to the Purchaser

What are the obligations of A-M Systems Inc under this warranty During the warranty period A-M Systems Inc agrees to repair or replace at its sole option without charge to the Purchaser any defective component part of the hardware To obtain warranty service the Purchaser must return the hardware to A-M Systems Inc or an authorized A-M Systems Inc distributor in an adequate shipping container Any postage shipping and insurance charges incurred in shipping the hardware to A-M Systems Inc must be prepaid by the Purchaser and all risk for the hardware shall remain with purchaser until such time as A-M Systems Inc takes receipt of the hardware Upon receipt A-M Systems Inc will promptly repair or replace the defective unit and then return the hardware to the Purchaser postage shipping and insurance prepaid A-M Systems Inc may use reconditioned or like new parts or units at its sole option when repairing any hardware Repaired products shall carry the same amount of outstanding warranty as from original purchase or ninety (90) days which ever is greater Any claim under the warranty must include a dated proof of purchase ofthe hardware covered by this warranty In any event A-M Systems Inc liability for defective hardware is limited to repairing or replacing the hardware

What is not covered by this warranty This warranty is contingent upon proper use and maintenance ofthe hardware by the Purchaser and does not cover batteries Neglect misuse whether intentional or othenwise tampering with or altering the hardware damage caused by accident damage caused by unusual physical electrical chemical or electromechanical stress damage caused by failure of electrical power or damage caused during transportation are not covered by this wan-anty Products may not be returned to A-M Systems Inc for service whether under warranty or otherwise which are contaminated by infectious agents radioactive compounds or other materials constituting a health hazard to employees of A-M Systems Inc

What are the limits of liability for A-M Systems Inc under this warranty A-M Systems Inc shall not be liable for loss of data profits or savings or any special incidental consequential indirect or other similar damages arising from breach of contract negligence or other legal action even if the company or its agent has been advised of the possibility of such damages or for any claim brought against you by another party THIS EQUIPMENT IS NOT INTENDED FOR CLINICAL MEASUREMENTS USING HUMAN SUBJECTS A-M SYSTEMS INC DOES NOT ASSUME RESPONSIBILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE DUE TO MISUSE OF THIS EQUIPMENT Jurisdictions vary with regard to the enforceability of provisions excluding or limiting liability for incidental or consequential damages Check the provision of your local jurisdiction to find out whether the above exclusion applies to you

This warranty allocates risks of product failure between the Purchaser and A-M Systems Inc A-M Systems Inc hardware pricing reflects this allocation of risk and the limitations of liability contained in this warranty The warranty set forth above is in lieu of all other express warranties whether oral or written The agents employees distributors and dealers of A-M Systems Inc are not authorized to make modifications to this warranty or additional wan-anties binding on the company Accordingly additional statements such as dealer advertising or presentations whether oral or written do not constitute warranties by A-M Systems Inc and should not be relied upon This warranty gives you specific legal rights You may also have other rights which vary from one jurisdiction to another

fl-N Systems Inc 131BusinessPartiLoop RO Box850CartsbOfgWa98324 p O |Telophone 8004201306 bull 360683-8300FOC 3606830525 ^ ^ E-mail saiesaflisystefTiscom Wbbsite httpVwwwa-msystemscom

Specifications

There are three classes of specifications Class A specifications tested in all units and are guaranteed Class B specifications are inherent in the design they are indirectly tested and are guaranteed Class C specifications are typical operating values which are occasionally tested- these are typical values given for your information but not guarshyanteed The class for each specification is noted in the center column ofthe following sections

Inputs Switching level

Hysteresis

Input equivalent circuit

Minimum duration (1 IL-level signal)

A

C

C

C

16 V(plusmn 02 V)

approx 50 mV

lOOKH to+5 in parallel with no more than 35pF

gt 50 ns

Open circuit condition B defaults to highon level

Timing and rate accuracy Rate selector steps

Timing multiplier steps

B

B

lOOpsto 100s in 7 steps

1 of rate selector step size Maximum value is 999 X the rate selector step size

Resolution B approx 01 ofthe maximum value

Timing error (second and later pulses after resetting controls)

B lt 002 of rate selector value + 015 ps

Timing error (first pulse after readjusting timing controls)

an additional 025 ps error may occur

Timing repeatability lt 001 setting + 20 ns (monophasic)

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Ram Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Vfa 98324 pTelophone 8004201306 bull 360683-8300 bull FAX 360683-3525

E-mail salesraquoflisystems com Wabsite httpJAnww afl isystems com

19

TRIG IN to OUTPUT delay (DELAY set to 0) output set to 2V

Timing jitter from TRIG IN to OUTPUT (for TTL trigger input with risetime lt10 ns)

Timing jitter from TRIG OUT (either BURST or PULSE) and OUTPUT

Trigger output to pulse output delay

Output characteristics Pulse level error (voltage mode open circuit current mode short circuit

Biphasic level difference IV + - V-1 2

Baseline level error (voltage mode open circuit current mode short circuit)

Risetime (25 V out)

Risetime (25 V out)

Transient response

A

A

A

Output impedance (voltage mode) C

Output impedance (current mode) C

Isolation resistance A

Isolation capacitance C

approx 05 ps for a load of no more than 10 KH in parallel with 50 pF

lt 125 ns (all rates except 100s) lt 125 ps (100s rate)

Less than 20 ns (all rates)

approx 350 ns

lt 03 of setting + 05 of r range (plus an additional 05 pA in 100 pA range)

lt 03 of range (voltage modes into open circuit current modes into short circuit)

lt 03 of setting of setting + 01 of range (plus an additional 05 pA in lOOpA range)

= 200 ns into less than 30 pF

= 15 ps into less than 30 pF

lt 8 overshoot into less than 30 pF for pulse voltages different than baseline voltage by at least 10 of range

= 50 ohms

raquo 1 0 GH (typically 200 GO)

raquo 1 0 0 M n

= 60 pF at 100 Hz

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Peril Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg V6 98324 |TelCf)hone 800-4201306 3606808300 bull FAX 360683-3525 E-mal salesaflisystefnsoom Website hnpyMVfWafllsystemsoom

20

Noise (differential mode)

Noise (common mode earth to isolated ground) with no signal output

Overload error indicator (low frequency short circuited voltage mode)

Overload error indicator low frequency open circuited current mode)

Overioad error response time

Miscellaneous

= 1 mV rms (10 V scale 10 Hz-4 MHz)

= 8 mV rms (10 Hz-4 MHz) == 100mVp-p (200 Hz -10 MHz) measured withalOMH 15pF oscilloscope probe

Turns on for set amplitude at or greater than approx plusmn1 V (10 V range) or plusmn2 V (100 V range)

Turns on for set amplitude at or above approx 2 of range

Flat to approx 30 ps duration Decreasing sensitivity for shorter pulses

Power

Fuse

Operating temperature range

Storage temperature range

Operating humidity

Dimensions

approx 11 watts

1 amp 3AG

10-30degC

0 - 50deg C

5 - 80 RH

17x475x1125 (inches) 432x121x286 cm

Weight 20 lbs (9 kg)

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Wb 98324 |Tetcphone 8004201306 3606808300 bull FOt 360683-3525 E-mail satesamsystems comV^febsite httpywwwaflisystemscom

21

Warranty and Service

What does this warranty cover A-M Systems Inc warrants to the Purchaser that the Instrument excluding cables Headstage Probes and any other accessories shipped with the Instrument (hereafter the hardware) is free from defects in workmanship or material under normal use and service for the period of one (1) year This warranty commences on the date of delivery ofthe hardware to the Purchaser

What are the obligations of A-M Systems Inc under this warranty During the warranty period A-M Systems Inc agrees to repair or replace at its sole option without charge to the Purchaser any defective component part of the hardware To obtain warranty service the Purchaser must return the hardware to A-M Systems Inc or an authorized A-M Systems Inc distributor in an adequate shipping container Any postage shipping and insurance charges incurred in shipping the hardware to A-M Systems Inc must be prepaid by the Purchaser and all risk for the hardware shall remain with purchaser until such time as A-M Systems Inc takes receipt of the hardware Upon receipt A-M Systems Inc will promptly repair or replace the defective unit and then return the hardware to the Purchaser postage shipping and insurance prepaid A-M Systems Inc may use reconditioned or like new parts or units at its sole option when repairing any hardware Repaired products shall carry the same amount of outstanding warranty as from original purchase or ninety (90) days which ever is greater Any claim under the warranty must include a dated proof of purchase ofthe hardware covered by this warranty In any event A-M Systems Inc liability for defective hardware is limited to repairing or replacing the hardware

What is not covered by this warranty This warranty is contingent upon proper use and maintenance ofthe hardware by the Purchaser and does not cover batteries Neglect misuse whether intentional or othenwise tampering with or altering the hardware damage caused by accident damage caused by unusual physical electrical chemical or electromechanical stress damage caused by failure of electrical power or damage caused during transportation are not covered by this wan-anty Products may not be returned to A-M Systems Inc for service whether under warranty or otherwise which are contaminated by infectious agents radioactive compounds or other materials constituting a health hazard to employees of A-M Systems Inc

What are the limits of liability for A-M Systems Inc under this warranty A-M Systems Inc shall not be liable for loss of data profits or savings or any special incidental consequential indirect or other similar damages arising from breach of contract negligence or other legal action even if the company or its agent has been advised of the possibility of such damages or for any claim brought against you by another party THIS EQUIPMENT IS NOT INTENDED FOR CLINICAL MEASUREMENTS USING HUMAN SUBJECTS A-M SYSTEMS INC DOES NOT ASSUME RESPONSIBILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE DUE TO MISUSE OF THIS EQUIPMENT Jurisdictions vary with regard to the enforceability of provisions excluding or limiting liability for incidental or consequential damages Check the provision of your local jurisdiction to find out whether the above exclusion applies to you

This warranty allocates risks of product failure between the Purchaser and A-M Systems Inc A-M Systems Inc hardware pricing reflects this allocation of risk and the limitations of liability contained in this warranty The warranty set forth above is in lieu of all other express warranties whether oral or written The agents employees distributors and dealers of A-M Systems Inc are not authorized to make modifications to this warranty or additional wan-anties binding on the company Accordingly additional statements such as dealer advertising or presentations whether oral or written do not constitute warranties by A-M Systems Inc and should not be relied upon This warranty gives you specific legal rights You may also have other rights which vary from one jurisdiction to another

fl-N Systems Inc 131BusinessPartiLoop RO Box850CartsbOfgWa98324 p O |Telophone 8004201306 bull 360683-8300FOC 3606830525 ^ ^ E-mail saiesaflisystefTiscom Wbbsite httpVwwwa-msystemscom

TRIG IN to OUTPUT delay (DELAY set to 0) output set to 2V

Timing jitter from TRIG IN to OUTPUT (for TTL trigger input with risetime lt10 ns)

Timing jitter from TRIG OUT (either BURST or PULSE) and OUTPUT

Trigger output to pulse output delay

Output characteristics Pulse level error (voltage mode open circuit current mode short circuit

Biphasic level difference IV + - V-1 2

Baseline level error (voltage mode open circuit current mode short circuit)

Risetime (25 V out)

Risetime (25 V out)

Transient response

A

A

A

Output impedance (voltage mode) C

Output impedance (current mode) C

Isolation resistance A

Isolation capacitance C

approx 05 ps for a load of no more than 10 KH in parallel with 50 pF

lt 125 ns (all rates except 100s) lt 125 ps (100s rate)

Less than 20 ns (all rates)

approx 350 ns

lt 03 of setting + 05 of r range (plus an additional 05 pA in 100 pA range)

lt 03 of range (voltage modes into open circuit current modes into short circuit)

lt 03 of setting of setting + 01 of range (plus an additional 05 pA in lOOpA range)

= 200 ns into less than 30 pF

= 15 ps into less than 30 pF

lt 8 overshoot into less than 30 pF for pulse voltages different than baseline voltage by at least 10 of range

= 50 ohms

raquo 1 0 GH (typically 200 GO)

raquo 1 0 0 M n

= 60 pF at 100 Hz

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Peril Loop PO Box 850 Cartsborg V6 98324 |TelCf)hone 800-4201306 3606808300 bull FAX 360683-3525 E-mal salesaflisystefnsoom Website hnpyMVfWafllsystemsoom

20

Noise (differential mode)

Noise (common mode earth to isolated ground) with no signal output

Overload error indicator (low frequency short circuited voltage mode)

Overload error indicator low frequency open circuited current mode)

Overioad error response time

Miscellaneous

= 1 mV rms (10 V scale 10 Hz-4 MHz)

= 8 mV rms (10 Hz-4 MHz) == 100mVp-p (200 Hz -10 MHz) measured withalOMH 15pF oscilloscope probe

Turns on for set amplitude at or greater than approx plusmn1 V (10 V range) or plusmn2 V (100 V range)

Turns on for set amplitude at or above approx 2 of range

Flat to approx 30 ps duration Decreasing sensitivity for shorter pulses

Power

Fuse

Operating temperature range

Storage temperature range

Operating humidity

Dimensions

approx 11 watts

1 amp 3AG

10-30degC

0 - 50deg C

5 - 80 RH

17x475x1125 (inches) 432x121x286 cm

Weight 20 lbs (9 kg)

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Wb 98324 |Tetcphone 8004201306 3606808300 bull FOt 360683-3525 E-mail satesamsystems comV^febsite httpywwwaflisystemscom

21

Warranty and Service

What does this warranty cover A-M Systems Inc warrants to the Purchaser that the Instrument excluding cables Headstage Probes and any other accessories shipped with the Instrument (hereafter the hardware) is free from defects in workmanship or material under normal use and service for the period of one (1) year This warranty commences on the date of delivery ofthe hardware to the Purchaser

What are the obligations of A-M Systems Inc under this warranty During the warranty period A-M Systems Inc agrees to repair or replace at its sole option without charge to the Purchaser any defective component part of the hardware To obtain warranty service the Purchaser must return the hardware to A-M Systems Inc or an authorized A-M Systems Inc distributor in an adequate shipping container Any postage shipping and insurance charges incurred in shipping the hardware to A-M Systems Inc must be prepaid by the Purchaser and all risk for the hardware shall remain with purchaser until such time as A-M Systems Inc takes receipt of the hardware Upon receipt A-M Systems Inc will promptly repair or replace the defective unit and then return the hardware to the Purchaser postage shipping and insurance prepaid A-M Systems Inc may use reconditioned or like new parts or units at its sole option when repairing any hardware Repaired products shall carry the same amount of outstanding warranty as from original purchase or ninety (90) days which ever is greater Any claim under the warranty must include a dated proof of purchase ofthe hardware covered by this warranty In any event A-M Systems Inc liability for defective hardware is limited to repairing or replacing the hardware

What is not covered by this warranty This warranty is contingent upon proper use and maintenance ofthe hardware by the Purchaser and does not cover batteries Neglect misuse whether intentional or othenwise tampering with or altering the hardware damage caused by accident damage caused by unusual physical electrical chemical or electromechanical stress damage caused by failure of electrical power or damage caused during transportation are not covered by this wan-anty Products may not be returned to A-M Systems Inc for service whether under warranty or otherwise which are contaminated by infectious agents radioactive compounds or other materials constituting a health hazard to employees of A-M Systems Inc

What are the limits of liability for A-M Systems Inc under this warranty A-M Systems Inc shall not be liable for loss of data profits or savings or any special incidental consequential indirect or other similar damages arising from breach of contract negligence or other legal action even if the company or its agent has been advised of the possibility of such damages or for any claim brought against you by another party THIS EQUIPMENT IS NOT INTENDED FOR CLINICAL MEASUREMENTS USING HUMAN SUBJECTS A-M SYSTEMS INC DOES NOT ASSUME RESPONSIBILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE DUE TO MISUSE OF THIS EQUIPMENT Jurisdictions vary with regard to the enforceability of provisions excluding or limiting liability for incidental or consequential damages Check the provision of your local jurisdiction to find out whether the above exclusion applies to you

This warranty allocates risks of product failure between the Purchaser and A-M Systems Inc A-M Systems Inc hardware pricing reflects this allocation of risk and the limitations of liability contained in this warranty The warranty set forth above is in lieu of all other express warranties whether oral or written The agents employees distributors and dealers of A-M Systems Inc are not authorized to make modifications to this warranty or additional wan-anties binding on the company Accordingly additional statements such as dealer advertising or presentations whether oral or written do not constitute warranties by A-M Systems Inc and should not be relied upon This warranty gives you specific legal rights You may also have other rights which vary from one jurisdiction to another

fl-N Systems Inc 131BusinessPartiLoop RO Box850CartsbOfgWa98324 p O |Telophone 8004201306 bull 360683-8300FOC 3606830525 ^ ^ E-mail saiesaflisystefTiscom Wbbsite httpVwwwa-msystemscom

Noise (differential mode)

Noise (common mode earth to isolated ground) with no signal output

Overload error indicator (low frequency short circuited voltage mode)

Overload error indicator low frequency open circuited current mode)

Overioad error response time

Miscellaneous

= 1 mV rms (10 V scale 10 Hz-4 MHz)

= 8 mV rms (10 Hz-4 MHz) == 100mVp-p (200 Hz -10 MHz) measured withalOMH 15pF oscilloscope probe

Turns on for set amplitude at or greater than approx plusmn1 V (10 V range) or plusmn2 V (100 V range)

Turns on for set amplitude at or above approx 2 of range

Flat to approx 30 ps duration Decreasing sensitivity for shorter pulses

Power

Fuse

Operating temperature range

Storage temperature range

Operating humidity

Dimensions

approx 11 watts

1 amp 3AG

10-30degC

0 - 50deg C

5 - 80 RH

17x475x1125 (inches) 432x121x286 cm

Weight 20 lbs (9 kg)

fl-N Systems Inc 131 Business Parti Loop RO Box 850 Cartsborg Wb 98324 |Tetcphone 8004201306 3606808300 bull FOt 360683-3525 E-mail satesamsystems comV^febsite httpywwwaflisystemscom

21

Warranty and Service

What does this warranty cover A-M Systems Inc warrants to the Purchaser that the Instrument excluding cables Headstage Probes and any other accessories shipped with the Instrument (hereafter the hardware) is free from defects in workmanship or material under normal use and service for the period of one (1) year This warranty commences on the date of delivery ofthe hardware to the Purchaser

What are the obligations of A-M Systems Inc under this warranty During the warranty period A-M Systems Inc agrees to repair or replace at its sole option without charge to the Purchaser any defective component part of the hardware To obtain warranty service the Purchaser must return the hardware to A-M Systems Inc or an authorized A-M Systems Inc distributor in an adequate shipping container Any postage shipping and insurance charges incurred in shipping the hardware to A-M Systems Inc must be prepaid by the Purchaser and all risk for the hardware shall remain with purchaser until such time as A-M Systems Inc takes receipt of the hardware Upon receipt A-M Systems Inc will promptly repair or replace the defective unit and then return the hardware to the Purchaser postage shipping and insurance prepaid A-M Systems Inc may use reconditioned or like new parts or units at its sole option when repairing any hardware Repaired products shall carry the same amount of outstanding warranty as from original purchase or ninety (90) days which ever is greater Any claim under the warranty must include a dated proof of purchase ofthe hardware covered by this warranty In any event A-M Systems Inc liability for defective hardware is limited to repairing or replacing the hardware

What is not covered by this warranty This warranty is contingent upon proper use and maintenance ofthe hardware by the Purchaser and does not cover batteries Neglect misuse whether intentional or othenwise tampering with or altering the hardware damage caused by accident damage caused by unusual physical electrical chemical or electromechanical stress damage caused by failure of electrical power or damage caused during transportation are not covered by this wan-anty Products may not be returned to A-M Systems Inc for service whether under warranty or otherwise which are contaminated by infectious agents radioactive compounds or other materials constituting a health hazard to employees of A-M Systems Inc

What are the limits of liability for A-M Systems Inc under this warranty A-M Systems Inc shall not be liable for loss of data profits or savings or any special incidental consequential indirect or other similar damages arising from breach of contract negligence or other legal action even if the company or its agent has been advised of the possibility of such damages or for any claim brought against you by another party THIS EQUIPMENT IS NOT INTENDED FOR CLINICAL MEASUREMENTS USING HUMAN SUBJECTS A-M SYSTEMS INC DOES NOT ASSUME RESPONSIBILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE DUE TO MISUSE OF THIS EQUIPMENT Jurisdictions vary with regard to the enforceability of provisions excluding or limiting liability for incidental or consequential damages Check the provision of your local jurisdiction to find out whether the above exclusion applies to you

This warranty allocates risks of product failure between the Purchaser and A-M Systems Inc A-M Systems Inc hardware pricing reflects this allocation of risk and the limitations of liability contained in this warranty The warranty set forth above is in lieu of all other express warranties whether oral or written The agents employees distributors and dealers of A-M Systems Inc are not authorized to make modifications to this warranty or additional wan-anties binding on the company Accordingly additional statements such as dealer advertising or presentations whether oral or written do not constitute warranties by A-M Systems Inc and should not be relied upon This warranty gives you specific legal rights You may also have other rights which vary from one jurisdiction to another

fl-N Systems Inc 131BusinessPartiLoop RO Box850CartsbOfgWa98324 p O |Telophone 8004201306 bull 360683-8300FOC 3606830525 ^ ^ E-mail saiesaflisystefTiscom Wbbsite httpVwwwa-msystemscom

Warranty and Service

What does this warranty cover A-M Systems Inc warrants to the Purchaser that the Instrument excluding cables Headstage Probes and any other accessories shipped with the Instrument (hereafter the hardware) is free from defects in workmanship or material under normal use and service for the period of one (1) year This warranty commences on the date of delivery ofthe hardware to the Purchaser

What are the obligations of A-M Systems Inc under this warranty During the warranty period A-M Systems Inc agrees to repair or replace at its sole option without charge to the Purchaser any defective component part of the hardware To obtain warranty service the Purchaser must return the hardware to A-M Systems Inc or an authorized A-M Systems Inc distributor in an adequate shipping container Any postage shipping and insurance charges incurred in shipping the hardware to A-M Systems Inc must be prepaid by the Purchaser and all risk for the hardware shall remain with purchaser until such time as A-M Systems Inc takes receipt of the hardware Upon receipt A-M Systems Inc will promptly repair or replace the defective unit and then return the hardware to the Purchaser postage shipping and insurance prepaid A-M Systems Inc may use reconditioned or like new parts or units at its sole option when repairing any hardware Repaired products shall carry the same amount of outstanding warranty as from original purchase or ninety (90) days which ever is greater Any claim under the warranty must include a dated proof of purchase ofthe hardware covered by this warranty In any event A-M Systems Inc liability for defective hardware is limited to repairing or replacing the hardware

What is not covered by this warranty This warranty is contingent upon proper use and maintenance ofthe hardware by the Purchaser and does not cover batteries Neglect misuse whether intentional or othenwise tampering with or altering the hardware damage caused by accident damage caused by unusual physical electrical chemical or electromechanical stress damage caused by failure of electrical power or damage caused during transportation are not covered by this wan-anty Products may not be returned to A-M Systems Inc for service whether under warranty or otherwise which are contaminated by infectious agents radioactive compounds or other materials constituting a health hazard to employees of A-M Systems Inc

What are the limits of liability for A-M Systems Inc under this warranty A-M Systems Inc shall not be liable for loss of data profits or savings or any special incidental consequential indirect or other similar damages arising from breach of contract negligence or other legal action even if the company or its agent has been advised of the possibility of such damages or for any claim brought against you by another party THIS EQUIPMENT IS NOT INTENDED FOR CLINICAL MEASUREMENTS USING HUMAN SUBJECTS A-M SYSTEMS INC DOES NOT ASSUME RESPONSIBILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE DUE TO MISUSE OF THIS EQUIPMENT Jurisdictions vary with regard to the enforceability of provisions excluding or limiting liability for incidental or consequential damages Check the provision of your local jurisdiction to find out whether the above exclusion applies to you

This warranty allocates risks of product failure between the Purchaser and A-M Systems Inc A-M Systems Inc hardware pricing reflects this allocation of risk and the limitations of liability contained in this warranty The warranty set forth above is in lieu of all other express warranties whether oral or written The agents employees distributors and dealers of A-M Systems Inc are not authorized to make modifications to this warranty or additional wan-anties binding on the company Accordingly additional statements such as dealer advertising or presentations whether oral or written do not constitute warranties by A-M Systems Inc and should not be relied upon This warranty gives you specific legal rights You may also have other rights which vary from one jurisdiction to another

fl-N Systems Inc 131BusinessPartiLoop RO Box850CartsbOfgWa98324 p O |Telophone 8004201306 bull 360683-8300FOC 3606830525 ^ ^ E-mail saiesaflisystefTiscom Wbbsite httpVwwwa-msystemscom